A collection of voyages and travels, some now first printed from original manuscripts, others now first published in English. In six volumes. With a general preface, giving an account of the progress of navigation, from its first beginning. Illustrated with a great number of useful maps and cuts, curiously engraven. ... 1732: Vol 5

3.
1 b

„

re DO rr

Fad *
a * , A "IR a
g ? . * n \ 5 a 4 o
7 Den e * —
* 2 0

B . ans
- e "YE N ' 1 . "ET Re rrEg Ib
of P os CS * A e k
„ * 7 * * * £ 4 0 : y 4 | wal > > 9 4 »
o Ys : 4 as 7 — 4 « * 0 *
. * ” : ; ”
d EE ET . #
” . a 4 f
, .,
j F
:
0 2 *
. *

o F

Voyages and Travels,

SF O ME

a *
221

Now firſt Printed from Original Manuſcripts,

OTHERS

Now Firſt Publiſhed in Ex IS .

*

O

With a General PRE FACE, giving an Account of the

A 5 9 * " . * = *]

2 FP

, A.

Fc N

Progreſs of Naviearion, from its firſt Beginning.

Illuſtrated with a great Number of uſeful Maps and Cuts,
Curiouſly Engraven. NT

5 | Vo: VT

” . - . - . ** . - . _ -* "3 * * 5 ;
. : 08 I 8 . TY 2 : 7 * * | " a
—— Cm — — — —_—
” . 9 c * *
4 : y

LONDON:
Printed by Aſfſignment from Meſſ® CRU RC HIII,

For Jo HN WAIT HO, over- againſt the Royal- Exchange, in Cornhill; T HO. Wor r ON,

at the 9ucen*s-Head and Three Daggers over-againſt St. Dunſtan's Church, in Fleet-Rtreet ;

SAMUEL Birr, in Ave-Mary-Lane, Ludgate-ſtreet ; DANIEL Browns, at the Black-.

Swan, without Temple-Bar; Thomas OSBO RN, in Gray's- Inn; Johx SyuckBugcn,

at the Sun, next the Inner-Temple-Gate, in Fleeiſtreet; and HENRY LINTOT, at the

Croſs-Keys, againſt St. Dunſtan's Church, in Fleet-ftreet, M. DCC. XX XII,

—— N — I 4

© ar TEE Pier —

—

_— U—— ——

5
*
*
i
Fl
*
*
ro
:

g

—
ee

N

ode a, = 8

——
”

neat ay GIAN YYGCESERO Eee TOW RS. xi 4
» rer R „
* | $9 * 9

— —

9 Ie;

D ESCR I P T 10 N

O F THE

©0 A 8 Tv

North and South- Guinea; ;

AND OF

Ethiopia Inferior, vuloarly Angola:

BEING

”. New and Accurate Ac cou Nr of the Weſtern

Maritime Countries of AFR ICA.
In Six BOOKS.

CONTAINING |

A Geographical, Political, and Natural HIsTORVY of the Kingdoms,

Provinces, Common-Wealths, Territories, and Iſlands belonging to it.
Their Product, Inhabitants, Manners, Languages, Trade, Wars,
Policy and Religion. | 3 ; |

With a full Account of all the E VRO EAN Settlements; their Riſe,

(

Progreſs, and Preſent Condition ; their Commerce, and Meaſures for i improving the ſeveral
Branches of the Guinea and Angola Trade.

Allo of Trade-Winds, Breezes, Tornadoes, Harmatans, Tides and Currents, G c.

And a New Relation of the Province of Guiana, and of the great Rivers of

Amazons and Oronoque in Sour -A ME RICA.

With an APPEND IX; being a General *

of the Firſt Diſcoveries of 3 in the fourteenth Century, and ſome
Obſervations thereon. And a Geographical, Political, and Natural
. of the . in the North-Sea of AME RICA.

1 n 5 J

_
—

3

Uluſtrated with a great Number of uſeſul Maps and Cuts, engraven on Copper; ;
very exactly drawn upon the Place.

By FOHN BARBOT.
Acrxr-GENERal of the Royal Company of Africa, and Iſlands of

America, at Paris.

— > 4 PRPS ——

—_— — 4 * 1 —_—y

—

o
1 — — * mY

Now Iz Printed from 2 Original Manuſeript.

8 x nas
ꝗ6—— — — — On

M. DCC. XXII,

YH h

MVS EVM |

BRITAN vicvn ;
# *

43

THE

Introductory Diſcourſe.

T is certain, that to judge well of
parts, the whole ought firſt to be
conſider'd. 1 5
According to this maxim, and in
order to give a juſt Idea of the parts

of Africa J am to deſcribe in this volume, I
will preſent the reader with a general view

of that quarter of the univerſe, that he may

the better judge of their relation to each o-
. Wer; . |

For this purpoſe, I ſhall conſider the

whole terreſtrial globe, as divided into three

principal parts, viz. the old, the new, and
the unknown world. The firſt, which 1s

ſphere in reſpect to us, and comprehends |
The ſecond,

Europe, Aſia, and Africa.
which is America, is in the inferior hemi-

ſphere. And the third, which comprehends
the Ardtick and the Antarctick world, is in
both the one and the other hemiſphere.

Beſides theſe main parts of the terreſtrial
globe, there are ſeveral lands, which are

commonly aſſign'd to the neareſt continent.

After the flood, the earth was divided into
three parts, according to the number of the

„L. I. e. 6. Children of Noah; Aſia, according to Zoſe-

phus, fell to the ſhare of Sem 3 Africa to that
of Cham; and Europe to that of Faphet.

To confine ourſelves to Africa only, it may
be conſider'd as the largeſt peninſula in the
world, and as the ſecond part of our conti-

nent in largeneſs. The Ocean, the Mediter-

ranean, and the Red. Sea encompaſs it almoſt
all round; for it holds to the continent of
Aſia only by the Ithmus of Sutz, which

lies betwixt the two latter of thoſe ſeas, be-

ing not above eighty Enxgliſb miles broad.
The ſituation of Africa, is betwixt 2 and

85 degrees of longitude from the meridian

of Ferro; and between 34 of north, and
35 degrees of ſouth latitude : ſo that the E-
ualor cuts it into two almoſt equal Sections.
ts length and breadth are generally deter-
mined by the four capes, or promontories
it has towards the four regions of the uni-

verſe; cape Bona on the north, the cape of

Good-Hope on the ſouth, cape Guardafuy on

the eaſt, and cape Verde on the well.

The two laſt capes determine its length of

about 1550, and the two former its breadth
Vol. V.

of near 1400 leagues. Thus it is ſmaller

than Aſia, which lies eaſt of it; and much
larger than Europe, which is on the north;
and much more thinly peopled than either
of them. „

As it lies in the Torrid Zone, the heat is ex-
ceſſi ve, which is the reaſon it has ſo few inhabi-

tants, and ſo many monſters and fierce animals.

Authors differ very much about the

etymology of its name: the Greeks call'd it
Lybia, Olympia, Coriphea, Heſperia, Ogy-

gia, Ammonites, Ethiopia, Cyrene, Cepbe-
nia, Eria, and Ophiuſa : but theſe were ra-

| ther names of parts than of the whole. The
our continent, lies in the ſuperior hemi-

Latins call it only Lybia and Africa, The

Moors, Alkebulan; the Indians, Bezecath ;
and the Arabs, Ifiriquia; from which, ſtran-

gers changing the J into A, call it Africa,
as do the Latins, Italians, Spaniards, French,
Dutch, and others. Foſephus ſays, it receiv'd
the name from Ophres grandſon of Abraham,

who is named in Geneſis, Hepher; and Clodo- +
menes, cited by || Joſepbus, calls him Faphram, IL. 1. c. 6.

and that he fought jointly with hi two Bro-
thers, ſons of Abrabam by Ketura, i. e. A.
Phram and Sur, in Lybia, againſt Antaus, un-
der the conduct of Hercules. Some alſo de-
rive the name of Africa from the Hebrew
word Aphar, i. e. Duſt ; but Bochartus in his

Canaan takes the trueſt etymology from the

Punick word Pherik, an ear of corn, becauſe
of the great plenty of corn produced in E-
gypt, Barbary, and many other countries of
Africa. Ear. 5 5
Africa is of a pyramidal or triangular
form, the baſis whereof extends along the

Ch. 27.

Mediterranean, from the mouths of the Nile,

to the ſtreights of Gibraltar: the other two
ſides are water*d on the eaſt by the Red and
Indian ſeas, and on the weſt by the Atlantick
ocean. nar

When the ſons of Noah divided the world
among themſelves, the lot of Cham, as Fo-
ſephus relates, contain'd all the countries

from the mountains Amanus and Libanys to

the weſtern ocean, and his children gave
them their own names ; ſome of which are

now entirely loſt, and others ſo much cor-

rupted, that they are ſcarce to be known.

Only the Ethiopians, deſcended from Chus,

Cham's eldeſt ſon, have retain'd their name,
B not

: 8
*
?
Y
{%
'
>
*

7
8
4

us procced to the deſcription.

F * rr
\ * 4 5 ,
% , "1 -
5 a” 1 2
"

pe Introductory Diſcourſe.

not only among themſelves, but in ſeveral
parts of Aſia, where they are ſtill call'd
Chuſeans. Egypt, call'd Meſre from another
ſon of Cham, who bore that name, is {till
known by-it. Beſides theſe, ſcarce any will

be found that have names of ſuch antiquity,

nor does it belong to this work to enquire
ſo —_ into the original of thoſe countries.
Let it ſuffice that the poſterity of Cham firſt

96. Africa, of which we are, now to
al |

The Egyptian kings were the firſt we have

any account of in that part of the world,

and of them the ſcripture makes mention;
and Joſephus, Herodotus, Diodorus Siculus,
and others have writ much. The next great
ſtate we find there, was the commonwealth
of Carthage, which was very potent; and
the kings of Numidia were alſo conſiderable
in thoſe days; but both the aforeſaid king-

doms and the commonwealth were ſubdu d
by the Romans, and continu'd ſubje to the
emperors till the fifth century, when Genſe-
ricus, king of the Vandals, paſs'd over out

of Spain into Africa, and there laid the

foundation of the kingdom of the Vandals;
which continu'd till the year 534, when the

renown'd general Beliſarius recover'd that
country from Gilimer the fixth and laſt king

of thoſe people. Fg |

In the year 647, the Arabs, call'd Aga-

renians and Saracens, being Mahometans,
_ enter*d Africa, from Arabia Felix, in the

reign of the emperor Honorius, and fill'd it
with their race and ſect. The Turks have

ſince made themſelves abſolute maſters of
Egypt, and a great part of Barbary is tribu-

tary to them. The kings of Spain and Por-

_ tugal have poſſeſs'd themſelves of ſeveral

towns along the coaſt, ſome of which they-
ſtill hold. But this relates only to the nor-

thern part of Africa, lying along the Medi-

terrancan; the ſouthern parts were but lit-
tle, or not at all known to the ancients. Let

Two thirds of Africa lying under che tor-

rid zone, the heats are there very violent,

and they are increas'd by the nature of the
country; for moſt of the middle parts being
ſandy, the reflection of the ſun makes them

the more inſupportable. All thoſe vaſt ſan-

dy regions are little inhabited, as ſcarce pro-

ducing any thing for the ſupport of life,
nor affording water. Beſides, where the ſand

affords any ching for living creatures to ſub-
ſiſt on, it ſwarms with multitudes of rave-
nous wild beaſts, as lions, leopards, tygers,
panthers, ounces, wild cats, and prodigious
venomous ſerpents, and the waters are full
of crocodiles. There are alſo camels, dro-
medaries, buffaloes, horſes, aſſes, and ma-
ny other ſorts of creatures.

In the more fertile parts, the cattle are
large and fat; in the barren, poor and ſmall,

28

There is great variety of excellent fruit and
plants, ſome very wholeſome, and others
of a poiſonous nature; of which latter ſort

the Adad is ſingular, for one dram of it is

immediate death. In ſeveral parts chere are
mines of gold, ſilver, copper, tin, iron,
cryſtal, ſalt, and quarries of marble and
other ſorts of ſtone. Of all the regions of
Africa, Barbary is the beſt and moſt conve-
nient to live in, tho? Egypt and Ethiopia arc
more renowned. Barbary is not only the
beſt, but the moſt populous part of Africa;
as moſt properly ſituated for trade, and
abounding in corn. It 1s that. part, which
lies all along the Mediterranean from the
Ocean to Egypt, and contains the ancient
Mauritania, Africa properly ſo called, and
part of Lybia. At preſent there are in it the
kingdoms of Fez and Morocco, on the weſt;
and to the eaſtward of them, Tremeſſen,

Tunis, Agier, T 4 x and Barca.

The moft conſiderable rivers in Africa are,
the Nile, the Niger, and the Zaire; of which

two laſt, I ſhall have occaſion to ſpeak in
the deſcription of Nigritia, or the Lower-
Ethiopia.

I will not enter upon the ſeveral diviſions
of Africa, in the time of rhe Romans, and
of Ptolemy, who liv'd at Alexandria in
Egypt, in the ſecond e 3 for then very
little of the interior part of it was known,
as appears by the many. fabulous accounts of
it ſet forth by authors of thoſe times, fo full
of abſurdities, that they are not worth taking,
notice of. Ptolemy goes no farther than
24 degrees of ſouth latitude along the coaſt,
where he places his Praſſum Promontorium,
now calPd cape Corrientes, in the province
of Chicanga, ſouth of Sofala ; but ſays no-
thing of it farther ſouthward, either on the

eaſt or weſt ſides, being fully perſuaded that —

the inhabitants beyond that were utterly ſa-
vage and inhuman, and therefore call'd

them Anthropopbagi Etbiopes, that is, man-

eating Ethiopians. About the year 1486,
Bartholomew Diaz, a Portugueſe, failed round
the cape of Good-Hope, and by that means
made us fully acquainted with the utmoft
extent of Africa. 33
Several geographers much more modern
than Ptolemy knew little more of that part
of the world; and John Leo Africanus, who
lived in the year 1526, notwithſtanding the
great care he pretends to have taken, did
not ſucceed in his diviſion ; for he makes
but four parts, which are Barbary, Numi-
dig or Biledulgerid, Lybia, and Nigritia,
by the Arabs call'd Beled Ala Abid., _
One of the beſt modern general diviſions
of Africa, is that which makes four parts of

it, viz. the countries of the Mpites, wherein

are comprehended Egypt, Barbary, Numi-

dia or Biledulgerid, and Zahara, or the De-

ſerts. Secondly, the country of the Blacks,

or

The Introductory Diſcourſe.

or Nigritia, in which are Guinea, Nubia, and

part of the Niem Ethiopia, Thirdly, Ethios
pia properly ſo call'd, which may be ſubdi-

vided into the Upper and the Lower; which
laſt contains Congo, Monomotapa, Cafreria,
and Zanquebar. The fourth part conſiſts of
the iſlands ly ing about Africa, in the Red
Sea, the Ocean, and the Mediterranean,

Thus much may ſuffice concerning Africa
in general, it being foreign from the ſubject
in hand to treat any more fully of it, there
being many accounts in ſeveral languages
extant, which the curious reader may con-
ſult. I proceed to that which makes more
to my purpoſe. ;

It will not be improper, before enter up-
on the deſcription of that part of Africa com-
monly call'd Guinea, to give ſome account
of the etymology of that name, and of the
ſituation, extent and limits of the country,
for the better information of ſuch as are un-
acquainted therewith; having obſerv'd, that
very few writers have taken upon them to
ſtate thoſe things right, and that not one

traveller I have met with has been careful in
theſe particulars. And it is a great misfor-
tune that among ſuch a multitude of men as
have been employ'd in voyages to Guinea,
and reſiding there, ſince navigation has been
brought to the preſent ere ſo few
have been curious to m

and obſervations of what might be found en-
tertaining and uſeful, _ ” 2

This defect is ſo univerſal, that I have
known many, and among them ſome who
have had good education, yet after ſeveral
voyages made to Guinea, or reſiding there
many years, could ſcarce give any tolerable
account of thoſe parts, but only in general,

and after a very confus'd manner; nor were

they provided with any printed accounts of
thoſe countries, to compare their own parti-
cular obſervations with them.
This omiſſion, I am of opinion, proceeds
from the opinion generally conceiy*d, that
Guinea and America are already ſo well
known, that 1t 1s not worth their trouble to
make any farther obſervations, than what
have been already publiſh'd in ſeveral lan-
guages; never conſidering, that countries
of ſuch a vaſt extent daily
new diſcoveries, and that it is impoſſi ble for
thoſe who have writ already, tho' ever ſo
capable and indefatigable, to have ſeen and
found out all things. 1
This being granted, any man may juſtly
conclude there is ſtill room enough for his
remarks, among ſo great a diverſity of
people and nations as are contain'd in ſuch a
vaſt tract of land. Beſides, there is ſcarce
any other voyage that will afford a man
more leiſure to obſerve and write, whether
he goes only on a trading voyage, or reſides
there; becauſe there is not always a brisk

proper remarks

afford matter of

trade, ſo that every man may have ſpare
hours to make his remarks, and write them
down as they occur; all which may be after-
wards tranſcrib'd during the paſſage from
one continent to the other, for that com-
monly laſts two months, and ſometimes
longer; and two or three hours every day
may be better employ*d that way, than in
drinking, gaming, or other idle diverſions
too frequently uſed,

It is not always incapacity that obſtructs
the making of ſuch obſervations, but rather
a ſlothful diſpoſition ; for there are men

enough of ſo much ſenſe and judgment, as

to be able to give a rational account of what
they ſee and hear, and to diſtmguiſh between
what is, and what is not worth their noting
down, eſpecially when they have had any
liberal education. Perhaps there are not
many ſuch, that will expoſe themſelves to
the dangers and fatigues of ſuch voyages:
but if they could conceive how great a ſatiſ-
faction it is to ſee remote and ſtrange coun-
tries, and to obſerve the various effects of
nature in them, their number would cer-
tainly be much greater, and they would
chearfully expoſe themſelves for the pleaſure
of contemplating the glorious effects of pro-
vidence, and the reputation of tranſmitting .

ſuch works to poſterity. For my own part,

I muſt own I have often lamented my misfor -
tune, of not having been brought up to
learning, which diſables me from delivering
what I have obſerv'd in Guinea and America,
in ſo good a method, and with ſuch elegancy
of ſtyle, as might be expected; eſpecially
writing in a language which is not natural
to me. The only ſatisfaction I have, is, that
my pencil has made ſome amends for the
defects of my pen and want of literature,
which encourag'd me to preſent my readers

with ſo many cuts as are contained in this
book, all the draughts being taken by me
upon the ſpot. Another inducement was,
that I obſerv'd the beſt accounts we have of

Guinea, are all deficient in this particular of

good cuts; for without reflecting upon any
perſon whatſoever, I muſt affirm that what

has hitherto been made publick of this ſort,
is nothing exact, or to be de

pended on :
and for thoſe I here preſent the world, I can
fafely proteſt, they are exact and lively repre-
ſentations of the things themſelves, as near
as my skill could reach. WS "AE PAD
To come now to the ſubject in hand, viz.
the etymology of the name of Guinea, being
a ane of the country of the
Blacks lying along the ſea-coaſt: It is un-
queſtionably deriv'd from that of Geneva,

another province of Nigritia, or the countr
of the Blacks, lying betwixt that of Gualata,
which is on the north of it, and the river
Senega on the ſouth; along the north ſide
of which river, this province of Geneboa
extends

The Introductory Diſcourſe.

extends above eighty leagues up the country
eaſtward. 5
The natives of this country call it Geunii,
or Genii, ancient geographers Mandori, and
the African merchants and Arabs, Gheneva
and Geneboa; from which, the firſt Portu-
gucſe diſcoverers corruptly came to name it
Guinea, or, as they pronounce it, Guznt
which appellation they gave to all the coun-
tries they ſucceſſively diſcovered from the
river Senega to that of Camarones, which
laſt is in the gulph of Guinea: and many
have ſince extended this name of Guinea to
the country ſtill ſouthward, as far as cape
Lope Gonzalez ; and others beyond Renguela,

which is to the ſouthward of Angola, as far

as cape Negro, in 16 degrees of ſouth lati-
8 5

Little or nothing of theſe countries having
been known in former ages, modern geogra-

phers have been obliged, in this and my
other particulars, to take up blindly wit
whatſoever accounts travellers could give of
thoſe parts; and accordingly, after the ex-

ample of the Portugueſe, applied the name

of Guinea to all the aboye-mentioned coun-
tries. Antient geography could not afford
them much light in this particular; yet
_ Ptolemy, in the ſecond century, ſays con-
cerning the name of Guinea, that it is a word
of the country, and ſignifies hot and dry,
to denote the temperature of the climate, as

being in the torrid Zone. The ſame author
places in thoſe countries the people Rerorci,

Leve Aithiopes, Aphbricerones, Derbici, and
others ſucceſſively: and in one of his eight
books of geography, where he treats of Ni-
gritia and Guinea, he places the Sophucet
Aithiopes betwixt Sierra Leona and Rio
Grande; the Angangine Atbiopes from Sierra
Leona to cape Palmas, and the Perorſi far-
ther inland than the others. Both Nigritia
and Guinea are there indifferently laid down
under the denomination of NVigritarum Regio.
Hence may be deduced, that the name of
Guinea has been impoſed on thoſe countries
only by Europeans; for the inhabitants of all
that tract of land from the river Senega down
to cape Lope, and even as far as cape Negro,
are perfect ſtrangers to it, none of them
| knowing what is meant by the name of Gui-
nea, except ſome few at the Gold Coaſt, who
have been taught it by the Europeans reſi-
ding among them. —
This being ſuppoſed, it is alſo very pro-
bable that theſe vaſt countries were after-
wards, for the ſake of method, ſubdivided
into diſtinct parts, by geographers, as they
gain'd farther knowledge of them in proceſs
of time; for the natives know nothing of
geography, nor ſo much as writing, as ſhall
be hereafter obſerv'd in its proper place.
The beſt diviſion of it, made by our mo-

dern geographers, is, into three parts, viz.

Nigritia, Guinea properly ſo call'd, and
the Lower Ethiopia ; but ſea-faring men, who
are not commonly confin*d to methods, give

arbitrary names to theſe ſeveral countries.

The Portugueſe,who ſeem with moſt right
to claim the Fri diſcovery thereof, divide it
only into two parts, the Upper and theLower
Guinea; the upper, that which is on this
fide the equator, and the other that beyond
it, as far as cape Negro abovemention'd.
The Engliſb and Dutch differ very much
in their deſcriptions of Guinea, tho' they
agree in the name. The former commonly

make North Guinea to begin at the river

Gambia, and extend it no farther ſouthward
than to cape Palmas, in four degrees of north
latitude: and from the faid cape to that of

cape Gonzalez, in one degree of ſouth lati-

tude, they reckon all the intermediate ſpace

South Guinea. Rt 1
The Duich, by North Guinea, generally
mean all the country from cape Branco,
near Arguim, to the river of Sierra Leona;
and from that river to cape Lope they reckon
South Guinea, dividing it into ſeveral ſections
or parts, as the Greyn Kuſt, the Tand Kuſt,

the Quaqua Kuſt, the Goude Kuſt, the Slave
Kluft, the Benin Kuſt, and the Bigfara Kuſt,

being the ſame names us'd by the Engliſb,

at the end of which laſt is cape Lope. Theſe
again are ſubdivided into ſmaller parts,

which I ſhall mention in the deſcription.
The French alſo greatly differ from one
another in this reſpect ; and moſt of them do

not reckon the countries lying from the Se-

nega to Sierra Leona River, nay, even to
Cabomonte beyond it, ſoutherly, as a por-
tion of what they call Guinea; but diſtin-
guiſh each country in particular by the name

of the inhabitants thereof on the ſea-ſide, or

by that of the places they trade at, as Se-
nega, Caboverde, Goeree, Rio Freſco, Porto

d Ali, Gambia Biſſegos, and Sierra Leona;

but reckon the beginning of Guinea propria
from Cabomonte, and ſo down to Camarones

river aforeſaid, and ſome of them as far as
cape Lope. |

Antient and modern geographers are alſo
at variance among themſelves on this head
for which reaſon it is difficult to determine
who is in the right. It is needleſs to perplex
the reader with their ſeveral opinions as to
the ſituation, limits and extent of this part
of Africa; it ſhall ſuffice to ſay, that among
the French authors, Robbe and Martineau du
Plzſſis, the moſt modern geographers of that
nation, have of late publiſh'd each a large
volume of geography, eſteemed by the
French the beſt and moſt accurate of all
others; wherein they pretend to have cor-
rected Sanſon, Duval, Baudrand and others.
| Theſe two ſeem to me to have the beſt
method of diviſion, of which I ſhall ſpeak

anon; for as to authors of very antient date,
| as

1

L. v. c. I.

\

| L. 5. c. 5.

| The Introductory Diſcourſe.

as Marmol and others, who have writ con-
cerning Guinea propria, there is nd relying
on what they have ſaid as to this point; nor
ought we to be ſurpriz'd at the many thi-
ſtakes and wrong notions we find in their ac-
counts, if we do but conſider how little
knowledge the world had of that country in
their time. Marmol, who otherwiſe is very
commendable for his account of Morocco,
Tremeſſen, Tarudant, Fez, and Tunis, as
having been there a captive for the Tpace of
ſeven years or more, and underſtanding the
Arabic and African language, as he declares
in his preface; ſo that Mr. d' Ablantourt

Judg'd it worth his pains to tranſlate him in-

to French out of Spaniſh; in what concerns
Guinea, is very defective, himſelf owning he
he was never in Guinea, but only travelled
the Deſarts of Lybia from Barbary, to a place
call'd Aceguia Elbamara, on the confines of
Genehoa, which he calls Guinea, with Cheriff

Mahomet, when he ſubdued the weſtern pro- 5 1
Ne or Negroland, lies between 8 and

vinces of Africa. This author, I ſay,
places the coaſt of Maleguete eaſt of the Gold
Coaſt, tho? it is above a hundred leagues to
the weſtward of it. And what is yet more in

Marmol, it appears that he has almoſt every

where copy*'d John Leo Africanus, a native
of Granada, who after it was taken by king
Ferdinand of Spain, in 1491, retired into Afri-
ca,where he compos'd his deſcription of thoſe
countries in Arabic, and out of it Marmol! did
compile the. beft part of his own deſcription
of Africa, without naming him any where.

| To return to the moſt natural diviſion of
the country of the Blacks in Africa; the
modern authors aboye-named, make three
ſections thereof, viz. Nigritia, Guinea, and
Ethiopia; and this laſt they ſubdivide into

the Upper and the Lower or Weſtern Ethiopia

or Abyſſinia, and ſay, after other geographers
of more antient date than themſelves, that
theſe countries were commonly call'd Nigri-
tia from their antient inhabitants, the Ni-
gritæ; which name the antients took from
their black colour, or from the ſoil, which in
ſome parts is burnt by the exceſſive heats of
the ſun, and which they thought did ſo
blacken them. | *
Pliny alledges hereupon, Suetonius Pau-
inus, Whom I knew, ſays he, in his con-
ſulſhip, and who was the firſt of the Romans
that march*d ſome miles beyond Mount. At-
las, of whoſe height he gives much the ſame
account as others have done, that in abour
ten days march he got thither, and further
up the country to a river call'd Niger, thro?
deſarts of black duſt, and places uninhabi-
table, by reaſon of the exceſſive heat ; the
rocks ſeeming to be almoſt burnt up, tho?
this expedition was in the winter, :
The ſame author ſays, the deſarts of

Phazania, now call'd the kingdom of Pha-
Vo 1. V. |

It is bounded on the north and eaſt by

run, were ſubdiied z where we took the two

cities of Phazani, call'd Alele and Cil-

laba: all was conquer d by the victorious

arms of che 1 for which Corn. Balbus

triumph d. Both cities lay in near 28 de-

grees of north latitude, and 33 of eaſt lon-

gitude; from the firſt metidian according
to Ptolemy, betwixt the country of the Ga-

ramantes on the north, and the deſart of
Lybia interior on the ſouth, almoſt ſouth of

unis, formerly Carthage, according to Mr.

de Þ It's new map of Africa.

The royal ſocieties of London and Paris
have admitted of the Portugueſe divifion of

Guinea itito Upper and Lower, reckoning the

former to extend from cape Ledo or Tagrin,
to cape Lope; atid the latter from cape Lope
to about Cabo Negro: |

Io fay ſomething in particular of theſe
teſpective parts of Africa, Nigritia, Guinea;
and Ethiopia.

23 degrees of north latitude, and from
3 to 44 degrees of longitude, from the meri-
dian of Ferro: thus it extends eight hundred
French leagues in length, from eaſt to weſt,
and near three hundred in breath. OT”

Zabara; on the ſouth by Guinea propria

and Biafara; this being part of the Lower

or Weſtern Ethiopia ; and on the weſt by the

Atlantick or Weſtern Ocean. _
That country is commonly ſubdivided in-

to two parts ;-the one which lies north of

the Niger and Gambia Rivers; the other

ſouth of them: thoſe two parts containing

eighteen kingdoms, beſides ſome other ter-

ritories about them. | 9

The Northern Nigritia, according to the
beſt accounts printed at London and Paris,
contains ten kingdoms, and ſome other
ſtates, viz. Gualata and Genehoa on the

Ocean, eaſtward; Tombut, Agadez, Cano,
Caſſena or Chana, Zegzeg, Zanfara or Pha-

ran,. Bornou, and Gaoga or Kaugha, and the

country of Zaghara ; and betwixt the Senega

and Gambia rivers are the kingdoms of the

ſame names, and da} Gelofes, with the

Sereres and Barbecins. \_—

All theſe countries in general are popu-
lous, and very woody; and the ſoil, tho?
ſandy, would produce great ſtore of Indian
wheat and millet, if the inhabitants took
better care to cultivate it. The air is very
hot, but ſo wholeſome, that it recovers fick
people. The ſoil produces rice, flax and
cotton; and there are mines of gold and fil-
ver, as alſo ambergris, honey, and fruit-

trees, eſpecially palm-trees, which afford

them wine. The natives, in ſome parts,

value Copper above Gold; but want the skill
Africa which are beyond the leſſer Syrtis

of ſpinning their flax, The earth is more.

fertile than in other regions of Africa, not
1 8 C

only

The Introductory Diſcourſe.

only becauſe it is leſs ſandy but chiefly be-
3 of the overflowing of the Niger, for

of 7 to the latter end of Jul following,
as 1 mall obſerve in a particular chapter in

"the following deſcription. This river, like |
TPHIS country is the ſouthern part of

the Vile, leaves after its overflowing a cer-
tain ſlime which fattens the earth, eſpecially
in paſture-ground. . Ic traverſes Nigritia,
from eaſt ro weſt, for above eight hundred
leagues; but towards the weſt it divides into
five or ſix branches, each of which has a
different name, viz. Senega, Gambia, Rio

.
b

ſome add Rio de San Juan; of this more in
the deſcription. 8

The Southern Nigritia contains eight king-
doms, beſides ſeveral other territories. The

kingdoms, to reckon them from eaſt to weſt,

are, Medra, N and Duma, ſouth
of the latter, being the Deſarts of Seu: then

Temian, Bito, Guber, Gago, and the coun-

try of Meczara, with the great kingdom of
Mandinga or Songo, and the countries of the

Malincopes, Sarcolles, Fargots, Galam, and

Cantorfy or Cantozy. The other nations are
the Caſangas, and the Biſegos, the former in-
habiting between the rivers Gambia and

St. Domingo, the others betwixt the latter and

the Niger ; as do alſo the Souſos and Biafares.

Moſt of the ſaid ee

into many ſmaller, ſo little known to us,
that it is not worth while to ſearch after
their names, which are ſo ſtrange, that they
are not to be underſtoooee.
Theſe kingdoms of North and South Gui-
nea have each of them their reſpective capital
towns, of the ſame name with the country
wherein they are ſituated : but the metro-

lis of Tombut, is the moſt renowned of
them all; it is very large, and mighty po-
pulous. Next to this, thoſe of Mandinga
and Cano are reckon'd conſiderable. e
city of Mandinga lies on the ſouthern ſide of
the Niger. 5
The Natives of Nigritia are leſs ſavage
than the people of Barbary and Biledulgerid :
They are very ignorant, groſs, and lazy
* admire a man that knows ſomething,
an

cheriſh ſtrangers. Moſt -of them deal

in ſlaves, which they take of their neigh-
bours ; and ſome fel their wives and chil-
dren to the Europeans, as I ſhall hereafter
obſerve in the following memoirs of Guinea.

All the kings of Nigritia are abſolute in

their dominions, and yet moſt. of them are
- tributaries to him of Tombut, as the moſt
puiſſant; and next to him in power, are
thoſe of Mandinga and of Cano, before · men-
tioned. They are all either looſe Mahome-
ani, or e mein eie the
fes. |
. Thoſe of the Deſarts live without any re-
ligion; and what fow Chriſtians are among

*

them, are very imperfectly initiated in gaſpel-
5 che © | precepts. e . | |

forty days together, yearly, from the middle 129 0 5 .
Of. Guinea-ProPria, or Sourn-

de St. Domingo, Rio Grande, Rio Rha, and

JK MNegroland, and formerly depended on

it. It is not half fo broad, but far more po-

pulous, as lying more to the ſea. Its boun-
dary on the north is Nigritia; on the eaſt
Biafara, or the Weſtern Ethiopia, which Di
Pleffis calls North Congo; but I fear he mi-
ſtakes: on the ſouth, the Ezhiopick Ocean

and on the weſt, being there of a circular

form, it is waſh'd by both the Erhiopick and
the Atlantick Ocean; this latter ending about

| cape Tagrin, at Sierra Leona, where it takes
the name of Ethiopick. The Atlantict Ocean

derives its name from Mount Atlas in Bile-
dulgerid, which reaches almoſt to it, and
bears that name as far as the cape Finiterre
in Galicia, among ſome geographers; but I
believe it ought not to be extended farther
to the northward than cape S. Vincent in Al-
garve. |

north latitude; and from 9 to 38 degrees of

longitude : ſo that it is about five hundred

and fifty leagues in length, and one hundred

and forty in its greateſt breadth, and ſixty in

the leaſt, about Rio Fermoſo, or Benin River.
Robbe ſays, the French diſcover'd Guinea be-
fore any other European nations, in 1346.

But ſince he produces no manner of autho-
Tity for his aſſertion, and none of the French

hiſtorians mention any thing of it in their
hiſtories, the notion ſeems to be ill groun-
ded; of which, more hereafter.

The ſituation of Guinea, near the Equator,

' renders the air ſcorching hot; which, with

the frequent heavy rains they have, makes it

very unwholeſome, eſpecially to foreigners.
The earth is water*d, beſides the rains, .
Q

ſeveral little rivers, which fertilize it;

that in ſome parts of it, they have properly |

two ſummers and two winters; the latter not
very ſevere, as conſiſting only of continual

rains, which occaſion the unhealthineſs above-

mentioned, but fatten the ground, and make
it fit to produce, as it does, great quanti-
ties of rice, Guinea pepper, Indian Wheat,
and ſome ſugar-canes, (Du Pleſis adds bar-
ley, but I never heard of any ſuch corn
there) cotton, millet, and many ſorts of

rain and fruits peculiar to that country.

t has alſo gold mines, elephants, cattle,

hogs, monkeys, apes very nimble ant
ſportful ; beſides great numbers of birds o
various ſorts, and poultry very ſmall. The
ſea abounds in divers kinds of fiſh, great and
{mall z of all which things 1 thalf give a
pI POO NR” particular

leopards, tygers, wild boars, goats 15

Guinea lies betwixt 4 and 12 degrees of

; i 8 7 8 — g 8 vu - 434 #83
- " 4 1 4 25 . * — 1 . N — 5 2
— - « 5 1 - , ; Ay 2 4-48 N g »y 4 a Res 2 8 2 L * =. * n 3
3 . 8 . 1 : . * VERT N n * _— 5 8 > 5 r n 2 "4 3 e „ 8 „ Foz r 5 „
as C ˙ Ls ; d ah : 2 1 5 N 7 2 * FB I” h/ d r ET IS Wi or E „ r
1 3 SY OE wry ” 2 s 1 8 Fe - , 5 SS + Ne Gs 4 — 722 2 7 „ Es FG 8 . N n th i . *
7 2 4 & 9 . 8 5 b k 5 0 E 2 N LA 8 ap 8 7.5 TE; 8 2 ** N — £5 * 7 5 - EE 7 n 8 8 4
. e 2 * 2 ? „V JJ... oa Bees og Re SI ER En, . V SO I ERR. Sg ne or es i. Go 3 4 3 8
* . ESD A N 2 5 : 2 7 "57 N off. E ov 93 . e 7 ot wot A e * n SH * wt» © ö
2 ie e * CCC : . 3 e eee 3 r 8 P Us. SAYS N ONES, OG 8 5 0
5 5 1 re 5 A SF : ö e N F ö n S 1 * rn " * 5 a

3 EIS we de
WT
3 AR 0 Rat fs
ENT rs ers

WE AGES ay” Eh ary” / Lad gf 3 3 N 2 4 5 =
3 n PPP! Eh, en
e HRS

25 S LL IN ; SS COKE
OC r e * e

2
e

5%
v5
>
FIC

.
8

1

e Z MS LAG _— me * RN . ö 4 s Je, So 4 7 þ + :
„nn ED Cee WEIL TE SS Ie
65 ß ß ͤĩ· 3

7 LT ns k 2 6 Nair PR 205 „ A 3 pa
3 rg REES Coe To gn > **

a
$7
*
3 F.
5 "5
.
7
N
n
Woo
2
IO
1
r
£9
4
*
1
x

ſouth their coaſts, with thoſe

de Introductory Diſcourſe.

particular deſcriptien in this volume, at
their proper places. TOY
The principal rivers are thoſe of Mitomba
or. Sierra Leona, Sherbro, Plizoge, Seſtro,
St. Andrews, Siveiro da Coſta, Mancu, Volta,
Lagos, Fermoſo, New Calabar, Old Calabar,
Rio del Rey, and Camarpnes; this laſt ſepa-
rating Guinea from Biafara. -

Guinea is again ſubdivided into three prin-
cipal parts, viz. the weſtern, middle, and
eaſtern: the weſtern part is the coaſt of

Malleguette ; the middle, Guinea propria,

that comprehending the Ivory, the Quaqua,
the Gold, and the Slave Coaſts ; the eaſtern,
Benin, and the coaſt from cape Fermoſo to

Rio Camarones; of all which I ſhall ſpeak

in time and place.

All cheſe countries are govern'd by kings,
and other ſovereigns; but it is a miſtake in

Robbe and other authors, to ſuppoſe an em-
peror of Guinea, as they do, who has ſub-
dued and made tributaries moſt of the other
Powers, reducing their countries and terri-
tories into one ſole mighty kingdom, which

they call Guinea. This ſhall be more parti- .

cularly cleared hereafter ; for the very name
of Guinea is not ſo much as known to the na-
tives, as I have already obſerv'd; and this
imaginary Guinean monarchy, was never

heard of there, nor elſewhere in Africa;

and this deſcription. will ſhow what great

numbers of petty kings and commonwealths

there are in it, all or moſt of them indepen-
dent and arbitrary, _ 5

As to the manners of the Guineans, their
trade, government, religious worſhip, c.
thoſe will be treated of in the deſcription

and the ſupplement, to which I refer,

Of the LOWER or INFERIOR
: C

ritories, which ſame antient authors

omprehended, to ether withGyinea propria,
in Nigritia; but the modern, with more rea-

ſon, account them all as a part of Ethiopia
exterior. Generally thoſe countries are ſub-
divided into three parts, .viz. the Kingloms

of Biafara, Gabon, cape Lope Gonzalez, as
the chiefeſt ; and extending from north to
hoſe of Ouwerre,
Callabar, and Del Rey, forming the gulph
of Guinea, by the antients called Atbiqpicus

ners the Bight of Guinea. The other pett

kingdoms 1 o che three N
named, are Medrg, Chan, and Catombo
or Cajumbo; and next the ſouth ſide of cape
Fa he a of Cone, Gaby, and
delle, Which are properly commonwealths.
After them, ſtill 5 foutbveard, lies 2
kingdom of Zogngo, by Pigaſeta call'd Bra-

B rior Guinea and Congo are ſeveral ter-

as, beginning helow cape 8. Catharing z

then thoſe of Cacongo, Bomangoy, -
4 an _— Conge,

_ Totheeaſtward of all eſe countries, lie

the vaſt territories of the Anzicains and the
Fagos, .» two. populous, but very batbarous
wild nations, and man-eaters; which are yet
ſubdivided into ſeveral tribes and colomes,
under different denominations. All theſe
kingdoms and territories aboye-mention'd,
with thoſe of Bungo, Macoco, Giringrombra,
and Mujac, nations inhabiting eaſtward of
the former, do all together conſtitute what
geographers call the Lower, or Weſtern, Ex-
terior Ethiopia. FF

This name of Ethiopia is Greek, and ſig-

nifies a country of Blacks; but the antients

more particularly adapted it to the country

of the Abyſines, above any other; and the
Europeans have follow'd them therein, till

this time, calling all theſe vaſt countries by
the name of Ethiopia in general: hut the
Ethiopians themſelves know nothing of any
ſuch name. |

Some authors deriye this name from

Eꝛibiops the ſon of Vulcan; or from the Greek
word Aitho, I burn, as Pliny does

Ethiopia interior comprehends Abyſſinia or
the empire. of the Aby/ines, and Nubia,
which is to the northward of it. Mo

Ethiopia exterior comprehends the king-
dom of Biafara, with the others 1 have
named above, that join to it about the gulph
and cape Lope; as Loango, Cacongo, Angola,
and Benguela, lying on the ſea: as alſo the

countries of the Axzicains and the'Fagos in-

land; and next to the others eaſtward, the
coaſts of Mataman and the Cafres, the em-
pires of Monomotapa and Monde mugi, and the
coaſts of Zanguebar, of Ajan, — of Abex,

on the eaſt ſide; theſe laſt at preſent under

the dominion of the Turks.
This region of Ethiopia, in former times

much larger, is now confin'd between 45 and
74 degrees of longitude 3 and betwixt the

14th degree of ſouth and the 16th degree of
north latitude, Its boundaries on the north
are Nubia and Egypt; on the eaſt the Red-
Sea; on the ſouth the Monoemugi and Ca-
freria; and on the weſt the countries f
Congo, Biafara, and the Jagos, otherwiſe
named Giacgues; and is ſeven hundred
leagues in length from north to ſouth, and
five hundred from eaſt to weſt. *
This is to be underſtood of the country,
which has gone under the name of Myſinig
or Ethiopia interior; but not of that which
is now ſubjedt to the emperor of Ania,
by ſome call'd the Great Negus and Prefter
John, whoſe dominions neyer extendett ſo
far, and have ſince the year 1537, been te-
duced into much narrower bounds than they
were before, by the inyaſious of the Calas
and other batharaus African nations up the

inland,

The Introductory Diſcourſe.

inland, and the conqueſts of the Turks, who
have ſubdu'd all the ſea-coaſts ; ſo that the
emperor of Ethiopia has not now one ſea-

Port town left him, or any better defence

than his inacceſſible mountains.

The people of Aby/inia, like all the Etbi-
opians, are very tawny in ſome places, and
in others very black, as they dwell farther
from, or nearer to the Equator, but handſomer

than the Blacks of Nigritia and Guinea.
They are witty, affable, and charitable to
ſtrangers; but on the other hand, very ſlo-
venly, lazy, and improvident. They are
alſo loyal to their princes, and religious to

inſtructed in the true religion of God, by
two of their former queens, Macqueda and
Candace. The firſt they pretend was that

queen of Saba or Sheba, who brought them

the Moſaical Law from Judea, in which ſhe
had been inſtructed by king Solomon; and
the ſecond taught them the myſteries of the

Chriſtian Faith. As to the latter, tis not

improbable that the Eunuch of Candace,
baptiz d by Philip the deacon, converted
them; and after him, St. Thomas and St.

Matthew the Apoſtles; and they have to

this time kept chriſtianity among them,
with this difference, that they have em-
braced the errors of Eutyches, and of Dioſco-
us; and have ſtill their metropolitan, call'd
there Abuna, who is ſubject to the patriarch

of the Copbties, who uſually reſides at Grand

Cairo, with the quality of patriarch of Alex-
andria. „
The kings of Abyſſinia uſually keep their
court in the open fields; and either in peace
Or war their camp is, as it were, the e

of the kingdom, and takes up a vaſt ſpace
of ground; for the number of ſuttlers and
other people following the army, is twice as
great as that of the ſoldiery. The king and

queen, with their whole houſhold, always
go along with the army to war; and are ac-
cCompany'd 15 all the lords and ladies of the

court: and all people, except handy- crafts
and husbandmen are obliged to take up
arms, and join the regular forces upon occa-
ſion, becauſe thoſe do not make up above
35000 foot and 5000 horſe, The tents of
the camp are ranged with ſo much order,
that they form a large city and fine ſtreets.
The emperor's tents ſtand in the middle of
the camp, with two others which ſerve for
churches. At ſome diſtance are thoſe of the
empreſs, and the ladies, the great lords, the

general officers of the army, and the inferior;

making together above 6000 tents, beſides
thoſe of the ſoldiery.
The emperor ſometimes removes every
year, and ſometimes fixes his reſidence ſe-
veral years together in the ſame place. He
commonly encamps betwixt Ambamarian,
Debſan, and Dancas, about the lake of Dem-

ſuperſtition ; boaſting that they have been

their mouth.

bea, in the province of that name. Theſe

princes boaſt they are deſcended from the
race of the king and prophet David.

or ſilk, according to their ability ; and ſome-
rimes, in sk ins dreſs d like chamoy. They
eat fleſh half, and ſome quite raw. All the
prieſts and religious men continually carry a
croſs in their hand as they go bn the
ſtreets or elſewhere. Some of the prieſts
are married, but never a ſecond time.

They circumciſe children, the males for-

ty, the females ſixty days after they are born;

which is always perform'd on a Saturday or
Sunday, being the days on which they cele-
brate Maſs, and then baptize them; after
which, the prieſt gives the communion to
theſe new-born babes, and immediately their
mothers feed them with pap, to help them
to ſwallow the particles of the Hoſt put into

The Jeſuits formerly converted ſome em-
perors there to the Roman catholick reli-

gion, as alſo the then patriarch ; but they

were afterward expell'd: ſince which time,
many Capucins have been there, and made
ſome progreſs; but the far greateſt number
are ſchiſmaticks.

As for other particulars of this empire, as

the plants, animals, rivers, and mountains,
and the manners and cuſtoms of the inha-
bitants, I refer the curious reader to the
travels of the Jeſuits in Ethiopia, written by
Balthazar Tellez; and to be found in Eng-

liſ in the quarto collection of travels in two

volumes: that being the account given by

the ſeveral Jeſuits, who reſided there many

years; and firſt diſcovered the true ſource of

the Nile, being eye-witneſſes of what they

write: whereas Ludolpbus, who has been
much cry'd up, has nothing to be rely'd on

but what he borrow'd from thoſe travels,

having never been in the country himſelf.

It remains that I ſay ſomething as to the
cauſe or reaſon of the hlacneſ of the people
of Nigritia, Guinea, Ethiopia, Madagaſcar,
and many other places, 1
T have been as inquiſitive as poſſibly 1

could, in this particular, and examined the

arguments brought by ſeveral authors and

geographers, but without any ſatisfaction.
Some ſuppoſe the reaſon to be, becauſe thoſe
people live betwixt the tropicts in the torrid

zones, Where the perpetual ſcorching heat

of the ſun blackens them, as it does the
earth in ſome parts, which makes it look as
if burnt by fire, But this vaniſhes preſently,
if we conſider that Etrropeans living within the
tropicts, tho? ever ſo long, will never turn

black or ſooty ; and that Blacks living many
years in Europe, will always breed black or
ſooty children, Beſides the Americans and

Eaſt-Indians, tho' inhabiting the fame pa-
rallel zones, are not black: and particularly
chroughour

The people are generally clad in cotton

ag ps

EY

1
* I
b
2
£4
*
*
£4
1
r
RS I
hk *.
&
*
85
no)
7
"I * 1
* a
NE
5
2 13
by
* "M
7
93
* .
*
79
6 LE.
OA
Ls
o 785
I 4 N
„
3
I.
*
= i
x
p00
* 3»
5
þ *
*
« "
+ 18
72
; *
A
N
*
.
.
8
1 *
Py
£ 4
4 Lab
7
1
Go
3;
8
Wo
PHE.
n
3
*
2
_—
.
5 n
> 1855 >
* 4
Bd
1
2
Cee
, 44;
eg ä
[nd
* 5,
Es:
x
4 (252
3
19
"uo
5

© "* 3. 4 - , 5 - ; 5 9 N 5 8 5 7 8 c : Wn ig 3,3, n $a, e
— by 8 . 9 8 Ip 7 4 f + - 3 wo 5 48 2 — 5 e * - "> 7 > es. Koike,
„5 N — 95 r * : x : 2
77 N :

The Introductory Diſcourſe. '

throughout all America, it is moſt certain,
there never was any black till they were car-
ry'd thither by Europeans, tho? ſo vaſt a part
of that continent lies within the torrid zones,
as is a great part of the kingdom of Mexico,
moſt of Peru and Brazil, &c. which never
produced any native Black.

Marmol, in my opinion, aſſigns the beſt
reaſon. The blackneſs of Ethiopians, and
<< other ſooty nations, does not proceed ei-
cc ther from the exceſſive heat of the ſun,
% or from the extreme dryneſs of their

<« land; or other things aſſigned by aſtro-
e Joyers; for if it were ſo, all Blacks would

< turn white in temperate climates after two
ce or three generations; and the Europeans
<« in like manner would turn black in the
* Negro countries; but experience teſtifies
the contrary. This blackneſs in thoſe

people muſt therefore proceed from the

blood or race; and it may perhaps be on

| Gen. ix. ** account of the malediction of Noah on
20,19 27-46 Cham his diſreſpectful ſon, as the diver-

* ſity of languages was the curſe of Nimrod

and of the Giants, that were building the

© tower of Babel. :
That this blackneſs muſt be in the blood
or race, as Marmol argues, can be further

proved, from this obſervation made, that
the Jews of the Portugueſe race, always mar-
rying one with the other, the children re-

ſemble their fathers and mothers complec-

tion; and thus this particular tawny colour

perpetuates itſelf with little or no diminution

whereſoever they inhabit, even in northern

countries : whereas the German Fews, as for
example thoſe of Prague, are as white as
moſt of their German countrymen ; which

ſhews what an error moſt people are in, who

think all Fews are tawny.

I had deſign'd to write a brief hiſtory of

navigation, and of the diſcovery of the mag-
net or loadſtone, with ſome additions of my

own, to what able pens have lately pub-
liſh'd; to entertain my reader with ſome-

thing more diverting than to ſpeak only of
Blacks, winds, ſeas, plants, and animals :
but being preſs*d to haſten this volume to

the preſs, after above ten years expectation
of it, Iam oblig*d to forbear for the preſent
time; but if I live, hope to get it ready for

the preſs before this copy is printed; and
then it may be added by way of appendix at
the end of this book. For the preſent I ſhall
only mention the diſcoveries of the coaſts of
Africa ſucceſſively, from the latitude of Ma-
dera iſland to Nigritia, Guinea, Ethiopia,

and the cape of Good-Hope, and fo beyond

it to the Eaſt-Indies, performed by the Por-
tugueſe nation in the fourteenth century.

Before I enter upon that ſubject, it will
not be amiſs to give an account of what ſome
French authors, and particularly Villaud de

Bellefons and Robbe aſſert z viz. that the
e „„

out of mind.

French diſcovered the coaſts of Nigritia and

Guinea, almoſt an hundred years before the
Portugueſe. The firſt of them ſays; it was
in the year 1346, and the latter in 1364.
Villaud de Bellefons relates it as follows :
That about the year 1346, ſome adventu-
rers of Dieppe, a ſea-port town of the terri-
tory of Caux, in Normandy, long before
uſed to navigation and long voyages, as be-
ing deſcended from the antient Normans 3
who from their northern cold country, had
ſettled themſelves in that province, even be-
fore the reign of Charles the Simple, in 922,
did fail along the coaſts of Nigritia and

Guinea, and there ſettled colonies in ſeveral

parts; but more eſpecially about Cabo Verde

in the bay of Rio Freſco, and along the coaſt

of Malleguette, to which they gave the
names of ſome French towns and ports, Viz:
the bay of France to the bay of Rio Freſco

above-named, extending from cape Verdo to

cape Maſto; that of Petit-Dieppe to the
village of Rio Corſo; and that of Seſtro

Paris to the large town of Grand Seſtro, on
the coaſt of Malleguette, not far from cape

Palms, at N. W. bringing over thence to
France, great quantities of Guinea pepper and
ivory or elephants-teeth; whence the inhabi-
tants of Dieppe ſet up the trade of turning
ivory, which art in proceſs of time did fo far

improve, as did the making of all other ſorts
of ivory-work, uſeful or curious, and eſpe-
became famous all
over France, and the neighbouring nations,
as the greateſt artiſts in that kind, and have

cially combs, that they

ſo continued to this time. |

Villaud adds, that by conſtant practice in

long voyages, the people of Dieppe became
ſuch great maſters of navigation and aſtro-

- nomy, that to this day abundance of the
French from all parts of the kingdom come

thither to learn thoſe ſciences in the publick
ſchools ſet up for that purpoſe, from time

He farther affirms, that the French firſt
founded the caſtle of Mina on the Gold- Coaſt
of Guinea, in the year 1383, and poſſeſs'd

it till the year 1484. That the civil wars en-
ſuing in France, which laſted from Novem-

{ber 1380 to Juh 1461, being eighty-one

years, in the reign of Charles the ſixth, ſur-
named Le bien aime, and Charles the ſeventh,

ſurnamed the king of Bourges, and aftet-

wards the Victorious and the Well-ſerved, as

having had the good fortune in his latter
years to force the Exgliſb to quit all their in-

tereſt in France, except Calais ; the French

nation was fo diverted from trading to re-
mote countries, andatthe ſame time fo much
impoveriſh*d, that the Normans were obti-
ged to give over trading at Guinea, and

abandon all their ſettlements there; which

were afterwards poſleſs'd by the Portugueſe,
the Dutch, the Engliſh, Danes, and Cour-
D landers,

of

9

Tr W R — ;
{eb res 4s ' AQ Bot. as AD EIA" AI
* * Le 4 * * * — y * TT ROT e

10

' The Introductory Di i courſe.

landers, who built caſtles and forts there,

for the greater ſecurity of their traffick.

If this account be true, it is ſtrange that

no mention is made of it by other French

| hiſtorians, ſeveral of whom 1 have examin'd,

and particularly de Serres and Mezeray. Such

conſiderable undertakings, and ſo rich a

trade, ſeemed to deſerve a place in hiſtory,
eſpecially at a time when long voyages were
look'd upon with a ſort of dread, as full of

| hazards, navigation being then in its in-

fancy. The ſilence of the French hiſtorians
in this point, gives us juſt cauſe to ſuſpect

the validity of this author's aſſertions; nor

do I find in the hiſtory of Portugal, which

is ſo full of the Portugueſe diſcoveries of Ni-
gritia and Guinea, the leaſt mention of their

having heard of any Frenchmen that had
founded the caſtle of Mina, in 1383 ; or

that Azembuja when he came to Mina in
1484, and begun there his firſt entrench-

ment, ever ſaw or heard of any ſuch caftle
built by the French an hundred years before.
Hence I conclude, that it would be a

piece of injuſtice to attribute the firſt diſco-
veries of this part of Africa to the French, in

prejudice of the Portugueſe, who certainly
the firſt of all Europeans made thoſe diſco-
veries 3 which will be further corroborated

by the following accounts.

To proceed the more methodically in this

account, I muſt firſt take notice of the prin-
cipal promoter and inſtrument of theſe diſ-
coveries; I mean the infante or prince Henry

the fifth, ſon to king Jobs the firſt of Portu-

gal, duke of Viſco, and maſter of the military

order of CHRIST. This prince having ſtu-
dy'd the mathematicks, and particularly
coſmography, gave his mind entirely to dif-

cover ſuch parts of the world as were yet un-
known, and ſpent forty years, and great

ſums of money, upon that enterprize. Be-

ſides what he had read of geography, he got

information from ſeveral Moors of Fez and

Morocco, who had travelled towards the
borders of Guinea, which much encouraged

him to proceed on his project. The better
to apply himſelf wholly to that affair, he
| ſettled his reſidence at the town of Temo-

cabol, on cape Sagres, in the kingdom of

Algarve.

Before I enter upon his performances, I
muſt by the way take notice, that the Ca-
nary Iſlands had been before diſcover'd in the

year 1348, by Jobn BZetbancourt, a French-

man, employ'd by king John of Caſtile, who
conquer*d five of them.

In 1415, prince Henry fitted out two
ſhips, which paſs'd not beyond cape Bojador,
ſixty leagues beyond cape Nao, then the ut-
moſt extent of the Spaniſb navigation.

The firſt that paſsd the ſaid cape was Giles

Tanex, which was reckoned a mighty exploit,

that cape having been before look'd up-
3 a

on as not to be ſurmounted, becauſe it runs
forty leagues out into the ſea to the weſtward,
and the water beats violently on it; and from
its jutting fo far out, which in Syaniſb is
call'd Bojar, it was call'd Byjador 3 but this
was later. |
Jobn Gonzalez Zarco and Triſtan Vaz were
ſent in the year 1418 to make farther diſco-
veries along the African coaſt ; but they
meeting with dreadful ſtorms, were acci-
dentally carry*d upon the iſland, which they
calPd Puerto Santo, or Holy Haven, being a
ſmall iſland not far to the northward from
that of Madera, and return'd home with
that account. i N
In 1419, the ſame two being ſent back
to the new iſland, with Bartholomew Pere-

ſtrello, in three ſhips, diſcover'd the iſland of

Madera; ſo calPd, becauſe it was all over
wooded. Some have pretended that this
iſland had been before diſcover'd by one
Macham, an Engliſhman, but that ſtory has

much more of novel than any reſemblance

of truth, 3
About the year 1434, Giles Janez and
Alonſo Gonzalez Balday failed thirty leagues

beyond the aforeſaid dreadful cape Bojador,
and gave the name of Angra de Ryyvos or
Bay of Gurnards, to an inlet they found,

where was great plenty of that ſort of fiſh.
The next year they proceeded twenty-four
leagues farther to the mouth of a river,

where they ſaw a vaſt number of ſeals, and

kill'd many of them, carrying home the

skins; which being then rare, were of good
value. oY

In 1440, Antony Gonzalez was ſent back

to the river where the ſeals had been taken,

and order'd to load his veſſel with their
skins; where landing, he took ſeveral of
the inhabitants, after being joined by Nuno
Triſtan, who came after him from Por!ygal.
Antony Gonzalez returned home with the

skins and flaves ; but Tyiſtan coaſted on as
far as Cabo Blanco or White Cape; and ſeeing
no people on the coaſt, went alſo back.

Prince Henry ſent the flaves brought him,
to pope) Martin the fifth, as the firſt fruits

of his diſcoveries ; deſiring his holineſs ta
make a grant of the countries he ſhould find,

and to encourage thoſe who ſhould expoſe
themſelves to the dangers of thoſe unknown
ſeas, for the propagation of the goſpel. The
pope accordingly, by his bulls, gave him
all he ſhould diſcover in the ocean, as far as
India incluſive. |
Ann. 1442, Antony Gonzalez returned,
carrying ſome of the natives he had brought
away; for whoſe ranſom he received ten
Blacks, and a conſiderable quantity of gold-

duſt, being the firſt that had been brought

from thoſe parts; and therefore he call'd a
rivulet where he lay, Rio del Oro, or the Ri-
ver of Gold. fas

The

n

PPP

The gold encouraged others to undertake
that voyage; and in the year 1443 Num
Triſtan paſſing farther on, diſcover'd the
iſland Adeget, one of thoſe of Arguim.
Thence he ſailed over to another iſland, and
call'd it de las Garzas, or of Herons, becauſe
he ſaw great numbers of thoſe birds there.

In 1444, a company was erected in Por-
tugal, paying an acknowledgment to the

prince, and fitted out fix caravels, which

ſetting men aſhore on the ifles of Arguim,

brought away about two hundred of the in-

habitants, whom they ſold for ſlaves.
Gonzalo de Cintra in 1445, failing to the
iſland of Arguim, run up a creek in the
night, intending to go aſhore, and take
ſlaves ; but his veſſel being left aſhore at the
low water, the inhabitants attack'd it, and
kilYd him and ſeven of his men; whence the

2 was call'd Angra de Gonzalo de Cintra,

ing fourteen leagues beyond the river of
Cold. | | =
Nuno Fernandez in 1446, paſs'd beyond

the river Senega, and diſcovered the famous

Cabo Verde or Green Cape. |
Many other adventurers continued every

year creeping along the coaſts, to mention

all whom, would be too tedious; but in

1460 Antony Nole, a Genoeſe, diſcover'd the

iſlands of Cabo Verde. In 1471 Fobn de

Santaren and Peter de Eſcobar diſcoyered the
place now calPd Mina, and proceeded to

_ thirty-ſeven leagues beyond cape Lope Gon-
2alez, in two degrees and a half of ſouth la-

titude. And about the ſame time were

found the iſlands of St. Thomas, Anno Bom,
and Principe. ny

King Jobn the ſecond of Portugal, finding
_ a conſiderable trade of gold at Mina, or-

der d a fort to be crected there. and in order
to it, ſent James de Azombuja, with ſix hun-
dred men, and all the materials for that

work, in the year 1481; and tho' the na-

tives at firſt endeavour*d to oppoſe it, the
work was finiſh'd, and the fort call'd Sz.

George de la Mina, or of the Mine, that faint

being then patron of Portugal.
Fames Cam in 1484 penetrated beyond

any other to the river of Congo, by the na-
tives call'd Zayre. The next year he pro-
ceeded to 22 degrees of ſouth latitude.

It would take up too much time to run
through all the particular diſcoveries; we

ſhall therefore conclude with the famous
Vaſco de Gama, who failing from Liſbon in
the year 1497, with three ſhips, fitted out

by king Emanuel, who had ſucceeded king
John, was the firſt that paſſed beyond the
cape of Good Hope, and thence running a-
long the eaſtern coaſt of Africa, till then ut-
terly unknown, open'd the way to India by
ſea, ſailing over from Moſambique to the
coaſt of Malabar, and the kingdom of Cali-
cut, whence he return'd in ſafety and richly

The Introdufory Diſeourſe.

——

laden to Portugal. Thus much may ſuffice

concerning the Portugueſe diſcoveries along
the coaſt of Africa and to India.

In the next place I will give ſome direc-

tions, which I think may be of uſe to ſuch
as ſhall hereafter reſort to Guinea and the
American Iftands, eſpecially if they were
never there before; x 5
In the firſt place, it is requiſite for the
perſon that deſigns to travel into thoſe parts
to learn languages, as Engliſh, French, Low-
Dutch, Portugueſe, and Lingua Franca.
Secondly, he ought to have ſome {kill
in drawing, and colouring, that he may be
able to take draughts of proſpects, land-
ſkips, ſtructures, birds, beaſts, fiſhes, flow-
ers, fruits, trees, and even of the features
and habits of people; theſe parts being in

my opinion very neceſſary to make an ac-

compliſh*d traveller: for by the help of

languages he will be able to converſe with

all forts of Europeans refiding in thoſe coun-
tries, and be by them inform'd of many
things worth obſervation, and very uſeful,
relating to thoſe regions and the trade there-
of, which otherwiſe might never occur, and
they would come away quite ignorant of
the main points to be underſtood. It is alſo
neceflary for ſuch as deſign to reſide any
time there, to ap |
learn the language of the Blacks, which, if
they can compaſs in any tolerable meaſure,
it will much conduce to their getting infor-

mation of many things of moment from the

moſt intelligent of thoſe people, who have

either gone far up the inland, or converꝰ d
with others that come down from thence to

the coaſt.

By the helpof drawing, the traveller will

be enabled to render the account of his tra-
vels the moſt uſeful and acceptable; ſince it

is certain, that the moſt accurate deſcrip-

tion cannot repreſent any thing to the reader

fo lively as a draught or cut, which, as it

were, ſhows the thing it {elf that is deſcri-
Beſides theſe qualifications, he ought to
be inſtructed in coſmography and aſtrono-
my, and no leſs in navigation. by

Being thus qualified, he is to take along
with him two large table-books, or at leaft
one, as alſo two profpective glaſſes, a great-
er and a ſmaller, to take views of objects

nearer, or farther off a ſmallſea-compaſs, |
to obſerve the ſituation of places; ſeveral

ſorts of ſcales, and compaſſes, to lay down
the dimenſions of ſuch places as require it;
a parcel of the beſt geographical tables,

ply themſelves betimes to :

nt

maps, and ſea- charts, and the moſt valuable

accounts of thoſe countries that have been
publiſh'd, in order to make remarks where
they are exact, or note down their faults ;
which laſt ought to be done without any o-
dious reflections on the authors, as has been

_ | done

ee . r A —
* * N * = 2 0 * n 7 4 Cad & =

done by many, thinking thereby to recom-
mend their own works; without conſider-
ing, they may perhaps themſelves commit
miſtakes, which when others ſhall rectify,
they will be expoſed to the ſame ſevere cen-
ſures. | 3
When there, he is to endeavour to ſee all
the caſtles, forts, factories, towns, villages,
Ec. and to endeavour to be acquainted with
the chief agents and officers at thoſe places,
who have reſided longeſt there; as alſo with
the beſt of the natives, and to converſe fre-
_ with them, as occaſion ſhall offer,
irecting the diſcourſe to thoſe points that
may be inſtructive, and particularly as to
things that are remote, and which he can-
not come at the ſight of. All which he is
to note down in his table-book, withdraw-
ing for that purpoſe, without being obſerv'd,
or taken notice of, if poſſible ; eſpecially,

when he is inquiring into the ſtate, or cir-

cumſtances of fortified places, which may
give any umbrage, or jealouſy to Europeans,
and particularly to the Dutch, who are, above
all others, ſuſpicious and unwilling to let
ſtrangers into any ſecrets, as to their ſettle-
ments, or commerce. In order to gain the
good will of ſuch perſons, and to get the
| beſt intelligence of them, it is neceſſary at
_ firſt to oblige them with ſome preſent, ac-
cording to the ſtation they are in, and no-
thing is more acceptable than European re-
freſhments, as pickles of ſeveral ſorts, wine,
liquors, neats tongues, hams, ſweetmeats,
| brandy, Sc. as alſo things for uſe, as Hol-
land ſhirts, hats, clothes, - piſtols, ſwords,
filks, or the like ; more or leſs of ſuch things
proportionably to their quality, and to the
inclination they ſeem to have for them.
The principal things they are to make
their obſervations upon, are, the country,
its ſituation, diſpoſition, extent and divi-
ſion; the climate; the nature and fertility
of the ſoil ; the inhabitants in general; their
employments, profeſſions, natural genius,
and temper ; their habit, houſes, cottages,

hamlets, villages, and towns, with all
of winds and weather, at all hours by night

things appertaining to them; their lan-
guages, manners, cuſtoms, religion, go-
vernment, and diſtribution of juſtice civil
or criminal; the ſeveral kingdoms, princi-
palities, or ſtates ; their power, courts, laws,
wars, armies, weapons, and taxes paid by
the ſubjects. The forts and caſtles of the

Europeans; the inland and coaſt trade; the

manufactures and commodities peculiar to
each place; how the trade is manag'd by
natives and foreigners; the market-towns,
and other places of trade; the merchants
and brokers, both on the coaſt and up the
inland country ; the navigation of the na-
tives, their fiſhery and canoes ; the beaſts
wild and tame, reptiles, inſects, birds, fiſhes,
plants, and fruits; the diſtempers and diſea-

,

The bit roduftory Diſcourſe.

ſes moſt frequent in every place, with the pro-

per cures and remedies; caſualties, ſtrange

adventures, and ſurprizing accidents ; rari-
ties, both natural and artificial ; minerals
and mines of all ſorts ; ſalt-pits, and rock
ſalt; gold in general, and the ſeveral ſorts
and value of it in ſeveral places; the ſea-
ſons, air, mountains, woods, foreſts, groves,
wooding and watering places, qualities of
the water, and nature of the wood and tim-
ber; the rains, hurricans, hermatans, tor-
nado's, ſpouts, winds, rivers, lakes, bays,
promontories, creeks, points, coaſts, roads,
harbours, bridges, banks, rocks, ſhoals,
breaking and rowling ſeas, ſoundings, fogs,
thunder and lightning, meteors, comets,

ignes fatui, declination of the ſun, variation

of the compaſs, length of days and nights,
heat, cold, trade-winds, breezes, tides, cur-

rents, Sc. always marking the places and

8 5

The next thing is to take draughts of
proſpects of coaſts, lands, promontories,
iſlands, ports, towns, caſtles, forts, land-

diſtances exactly.

To ſound and keep account of the depths
of coaſts, rivers, harbours, ſeas, in all pla-
ces. To take notice of the ground at the
bottom of the ſea in all ſoundings, whether

it be clay, ſand, ouze, rock, pebbles, or a

mixture of them, and the colours.

To obſerve carefully the ebbing and flow-

ing of the ſea, in as many places as may be,
with all accidents ordinary, or extraordina-
ry, attending the tides; the preciſe time
of ebbing and flowing in rivers, at capes,

or points, which way the current ſets, the

Perpendicular difference in depth between

the higheſt flood and loweſt ebb, eſpecially

during tlie ſpring and neap tides ; what days
of the moon, and at what time of the year,

the higheſt and loweſt tides happen, and all

other particulars relating to them, eſpe-
_ cially near ports, and about iſlands, rocks,

banks, Sc. 5

To keep an exact account of all changes

and by day, ſetting down the point the wind

blows from, and whether ſtrong, weak, or

ſtormy ; the rains, hail, and the like; the

time of their beginning, and continuance,

eſpecially hurricans, ſouths, norths, tornado's,
hermatans, and ſpouts; but above all, moſt
diligently to obſerve the trade-winds, about

what degree of latitude and longitude they
firſt begin, where and when ceaſe or change,

or grow ſtronger or weaker, .and to what a

degree, as near as may be.

To conclude, all is to be taken notice of,

even to common converſation, diſcourſe, re- :

flections, and accidents, provided they be

thing peculiar in them.

ſuch as relate to the voyage, and have any

It

ſkips, Sc. ſetting down the bearings and

8

It was my cuſtom, when I travelPd, to
carry a ſufficient ſtock of royal and common
paper of the beſt ſorts, fine white vellum,
Indian ink, black and red-lead pencils, and
all ſorts of water-colours, to draw by the
life, birds, beaſts, fiſhes, fruits, lowers, land-
ſkips, Sc. to repreſent things exactly as
they are in themſelves; and I have ſtill by me
ſeveral pieces of that ſort, as particularly of

the dorado, bonito, ſhark, flying fiſh, and

other things in their natural colours, with
exact accounts of their form and bigneſs
which is far more ſatisfactory than any de-
ſcription can be.

| Whereſoever I was, either at ſea, or a-

ſhore, I us'd to pry into every object that

occurr'd to the eye, and made enquiry after
what I could not have the opportunity of
ſeeing, if there was any thing in it either cu-

rious, or uſeful ; and immediately noted it

down in my pocket book, or on a looſe pa-
per, with my black- lead pencil, mentioning

the perſpective, diſtance, proportion, and

form, in what concern'd drawing of figures
and repreſentations. The ſame I practis'd
as to what I heard in diſcourſe with the moſt
intelligent Europeans, who had reſided long
in Guinea, Or with the diſcreeteſt of the na-
tives, to whom I could explain my meaning

in ſome language or other, as Engliſh, Dutch,
Latin, Italian, Lingua Franca, and French.

The Introductory Diſcourſe.

Every evening I retir'd, either to my cabin
aboard, or my chamber aſhore, but ſel-

dom lay aſhore in Guinea upon a coaſting

voyage, and there enter*d in my journal all
that f had, during the day, ſet down by

wayof memorandum in my table-book ; en-

larging upon it as far as my memory would
help me, after comparing it with what was
ſaid, touching the ſame, by authors; and
then made my remarks where I found them
miſtaken, or when we fully agreed, or but
in part. |

Thus I conſtantly, and day by day ga-
ther*d all the memoirs, notes, remarks, and
figures I could judge uſeful, diverting, or
curious, and tranſcrib'd the whole again,
during our paſſage from Africa to America,
and back to Europe, comparing the whole
with what was done by any paſſengers, or
officers aboard, who had the like curioſity.

I ſhall, in the following deſcription and
ſupplement, take notice what European

goods are molt acceptable to the beſt ſort

of Europeans reſiding in Gninea, and to the

natives of thoſe parts, beſides the catalogue

of commodities in general; and do adviſe all

travellers to furniſh themſelves with ſome

quantity thereof, to ſerve their occaſions
there, either for preſents, or to purchaſe
refreſhments and rarities of thoſe regions;

Vor. V.

13

nr 5
FF + ITY Kay by ; 2 : , .

r 8 n 1 4 * ” ” 8 5 .
a 2 * * » — 8 _ A . - * GY *
{ EF > 2 n 1 a 3 a

*
6
pa
*
*
*
F
j
1 A
\
.
-
,
;
F
Fj
*
b
| :
q
:
4 : 5
Y
1
*
*
-
.
6
| a
0
.
*
p
1
* 19
14 *
8
*
6
*
h
: }
; :
=
2
: 4
*
*
”y
5
*
2 a
5
.
*
a *
*
5
75

(15 )

A

DESCRIPTION
Coaſts of Nigritia,

NORTHEGUINEA, |

Nigritia |

an Iſland.

It, extent.

—

BOOK 1

CHAP. 1.

General remarks concerning the countries lying betcveen the rivers Senega and
Gambia, their limits, extent, diviſion, and product. An account of the river
Senega, and of the French ſettlement on the iſland of St. Lewis; the deſcrip-
tion of Cabo Verde, cape Emanuel, the iſland Goeree, and French ſettlement

there; the town of Rufiſco or Rio Freſco, Camina, Emdukura, Cabo Maſto,
Porto d' Ali, Porto Novo, and Juala. A view of the inland countries, eſpe-
cially thoſe of the Foules, and Gelofes or Jaloſes. |

HA part of Nigritia, or the
country of the Blacks, in which
we generally place the beginning
of North-Guinea, is in reality a
large iſland, form'd by the Atlantick ocean
on the weſt, and the rivers Senega and Gam-

bia on the north, ſouth, and eaſt; theſe two

flowing from the mighty river Niger, in
the province vulgarly call'd Cantorzi.

This iſland, if I may ſo call it, extends
in length from eaſt ro weſt above 200
French leagues, and in breadth, from north
to ſouth, about 6o along the coaſt. In the
midſt of it is the famous promontory, calPd
Cabo Verde, or cape Verde, that is green
cape, ſuppos'd to be the Arſinarium of the
antients ; and the country about, in former
times, ſuppos'd to be inhabited by the peo-
ple calPd Daradi Atbioges.

Limit:of This province is at preſent poſſeſs'd by
fares an- ſeveral Negro or black nations, each of them

nom.

ſubject to a particular king, or prince, I
al] not attempt to aſſign the limits and
5 |

Borſalo, with part of the country

extent of each of theſe nations, as not in- BAR HOT.
tending to impoſe upon any body; for nei

ther the Europeans reſiding in this part of
Nigritia, nor the natives themſelves, are
able to give any exact account of them tlie
Blacks being altogether ignorant of geogra-

Phy, of taking the dimenſions of countries,

All

and aſſigning them their boundaries.

I could gather upon the ſtrifteſt enquiry,

was, that this large tract of land is divided
into ſeveral kingdoms, principalitics, lord-
ſhips, and commonwealths, yet more gene-
rally known, and taken notice of, under the
name of two notable nations, viz. the Foules

and the Gelofes.

The Gelofes, or Falofes, poſſeſs all the Country if
lands and territories lying eaſt and weſt, be- % Jzvtcs.

tween the country of the Foules and the O-
cean, being above 100 leagues in length
that way, and 70 in breadth from north to
ſouth, comprehending the petty kingdoms
of Kayor, Baool, Porto d' Ali, nag Phong
of the

Great

- .
—

16

Bangor. Great Brack, king of Senega, lying in the
n province of Geneboa. ENG,

The Gelofes diſtinguiſh their monarch by

Their king. the title of king over fourteen kingdoms,

including that of the Barbecins; and yet
molt of the petty princes, whoſe kingdoms

he claims, are as abſolute in their dominion

Several
nations.

Baool
kingdom.

the coaſt. „
The kingdom of Kayor lies ſouth and weſt

Kayor
kingdom,

Ale king-
dom.

as the great Gelofe himſelf, but were tribu-
tary to him in former times.

This is the beſt account that can be given
of the countries of the Foules and Gelofes, to
which I think fit to add ſomewhat briefly
concerning the ſeveral nations, which are
beſt known, living intermixt with the Ge-

lofes, viz. the little kingdoms of Baoo!, Ka-

or, Porto d' Ali, Fuala, and Bor/alo, theſe
being on the ſea- coaſt, or at a ſmall diſtance

from it, and conſequently better known to

the Europeans reſiding in thoſe parts.

The little kingdom of Baoo! begins ſome-
what to the eaſtward of the town of Camina,
and is held of king Damel of Kayor, which
prince, among the blacks, has the peculiar
denomination of Train, ſignifying the king
in their language, as Pharaoh was the name
of all the kings among the Egyptians. This

Train, or king of Baoo!, has his uſual reſi-

dence at Lambaye, and ſometimes at San-
guay), a town ſeated two days journey from

from thoſe of Baool and Ale, and the ocean
to the NNW. The town of Kayor is about
ſix days journey up the inland, and there is
the reſidence of its king Damel. 1
That of Ale, or Porto a' Ali, is next the
ſea, ſtretching only twelve or thirteen leagues
along the coaſt, but of a much greater ex-

tent up the inland. It is reckon'd a part of
the country of the Serreres. The French call
the prince of it king of Portugady, or of

Porto d' Ali indifferently, from the town of
Porto d' Ali. The natives give him the ſtile of

| Fain, which among them 1s a title of digni-

Juala, or
Barbecins
kingdom.

FN ne;

Bor ſalo
kingdom.

of Portugueſe mulatto's.
dence is ſome days Tus from the coaſt.

ty, and not the name of a perſon.

The ſmall kingdom of Juala, is the ſame

that ſome call of Barbecins, parted from

that of Ale, by the river Grace; of a very
ſmall compaſs, and yet frequently at war
with that of Ale. Here are ſeveral colonies
The king's reſi-

The kingdom of Bor/alo reaches from the
laſt above mentioned to the edge of the river
Gambia, along the coaſt, and far eaſtward

up the inland, being much larger than the

two laſt ſpoken of. Some take Bor/alo, as

well as Juala to be a part of the people call'd

Barbecins, mentioned by Marmol, and o-

ther authors. The king of Bor/alo reſides

one part of the year at the village of Bar,

which is on the north point of the mouth of

the river Gambia; at other times, in ſome

towns higher up, on the banks of the ſame
2

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

river, to take his diverſions.

or caſtles, in all theſe

hundred leagues from eaſt to weſt, reckoning .

Eimbale.

countries of Kayor and Borſalo have two
towns or villages on their utmoſt borders,
the one calPd 7arap, belonging to the former;
the other Banguiſca, to the latter. They are
parted from each other by a woody and deſo-
late wilderneſs eight or ten miles over.

The ſea-coaſts, from Byhurt near the

mouth of the river Senega, to cape Verde, Dangerows

Book I.
Theſe two

are very little reſorted to, being all along cap.

foul, with many ſhoals, and not to be ap-

proach'd in many parts; for which reaſon,
the country thereabouts is but thinly inha-
bited.

There is not one walbd town, nor any

thing of what the Europeans call fortreſſes, No for-

in thoſe of the Foules or Falofes; but all open,
great or {mall villages, or at beſt boroughs,
and abundance of hamlets and ſcatter'd cot-
tages. All their ſtructures whatſoever are
of mud, or clay, as I ſhall obſerve here-

after, in 1ts proper place, and every where

mHarknkd. |

The French of Senega and Goeree, when
they ſail from the former of thoſe places to
the latter, generally ſteer SW. by W. for
ſome hours, then SW, and then again SW,
by S. the better to weather point Alma-
dilla, which is about a league to the north-
ward of cape Verde, running out to ſea NW.

under water, and conſequently not to be

ſeen.

Of the River Sex ROA.

petty kingdoms, or treſſes.

THE river Senega, which parts Negro-

land, or the country of the Blacks from 7;

the Moors of Genehoa, in Marmol formerly
calPd Benhays, runs winding for above three

from the water-falls at Galam, or Galama,
not far from the place where it parts from

the Niger in the province of Cantorzi, till it

empties itſelf into the Allantick ocean, at
A

This river has many names given it by

the ſeveral nations inhabiting along its banks. 1s ſeveral
The Geloſes call it Dengueb; the people of names.

Tombut, 1za or Ira indifferently, as far as

the lake Sigi/meſs, alias Guarda, whence it

flows out in four degrees of eaſt longitude
from the meridian of Lundi. The nation of
the TJurcorons, dwelling farther up the in-
land, call it Maye; the Saragoles, or Sara-
coles, ſtill higher up, on the fouth ſide, name
it Colle; and the people beyond them again,
The Senegues, according to Mar-
mol, give it the name of Senega, or Zanaga

indifferently; and thence it is likely the

French and Portugueſe deriv'd that of Sene—

gal and Senega, by which it is now known to

all Europeans,

— However

*

s length. :

/

_
a
g LEE
r
N
4.377 {
+
45
2
& A
a
2
**
1
28
8
4; .
4
No
(
*
*
0
„
1. 4
* *
1
.
+
>
1
OY |
A
<6

244.47
—

A

rennen 5 I of

2 ad 401.
Il. JS 2 N

ZO.ML-

. 2

Ceactly Drau

| | e r :
OY «fs 9

0 ” 6 £ s.
| f 84

— 1 A N + 2 . wi, :
| 2 , 4
| C4 a "Ah ae -

—— —

PET Oy E .

— — . —

| ti Pong cy bye, Wh ae Seo of? "I 5 |
255 . e ee IDEA We? |
_ - er 3 — 3 — Freer D — —＋— — ODE thy * W - BT N : .
-
kd 2 o% — *

i. . 4 = >
1% > — ü — 2 — * l R — _ _
« * |
F ,
7 * —
* =
11.
* * * b |
*
„
Fs
„
.
2
&
5 :
= - 7 VA Fg ;
.
- — . N
— —
— : = — — — = — ——_——————_— —- —— — ——
—
—
+ .
*
o
*

e-
— —

5 5971 ·ĩ—˖¶Z½g 4 of
ak *4 x
ane, 8 75 INT 993 44

n e e e vs TU 122 . 4. 9 Ty
7 7% Lee . — - 5

' 797 * 77 2555 . pgs. 979 8.292 is CONE 7

* n e407 CF PLE oa 0

4 e — N TEL 1 * . *

; r ” 7 7 22 449 * :

2 e 224711755 cheats 7277771 172 —

oe. $00 14 fs

i 45 * 1 15 !
%% 77 * 000005 L 7 |
« *

5 7's 5 15 .
. 42 - - f
ty £
4 # —
** 7
* $8 Op 22 <
9% ts
717 7
Y „ 4 "7 * * 7
7 5
*
*

*
77 „ „
=

Wo
.
- — A [ N N Fay
＋ of. . \ Peels 4 5. ö W N I WV e 12
: fx 4 l \ N
r PR "IE " 54.6 72 . | ol
* 7 * . . \ N 7 77250 & on
N PRC „ 0
1 1 0

>,
*
A „

F 77 õ0 | f WV ” + TT) 2 1 1 os -
* 0 11 77 4's: #7; 7 1 # W. 07 e 1 47 "oF J . a —‚— 774511. — 4
1 1 95 ous 55 x i [4 4 . | Dy 247 74 77770 3 .
s R 77 : | | 13% %, — 5 2 „„ * . OgR *
= 7 A | © = 1 7 9 ˖́˖⁊»ẽnr O TL M 224 1 „* 9 16% 7 „ .
>\ ;; 9 ) Y 1 \ Neth | p ts - i”; . 3 -$©
1 N., — - 4 1 6 . |
N 7 2 DOS ITE 7 * I” * 2 7 „ wet 22 7 # 4 ;
44 . ” 2 hows ,
7 Pot (F121 *
75765 17 tink 114 14 2
„ * 9 od
*

* abr 28

N 48

LEI Guns 3 | q |
Diemountæd

Nel cee, in 1695 ;

„
5222 = 7

Euten als Abaguar

CE

22

47 = 34, ge

.
8

Zo n

— .

Crap. I.

A red ri-

Ver.

Another.

comes down from the country to the north-

the river, from that of a mighty man in the
country, with whom their nation firſt tra-
ded, after its firſt diſcovery by Denis Fer-
nandex, in the year 1446; bot this appears
to be a falſe notion, by what has been ſaid
above, which is much more probable. Yaſ-
concelos, a more modern Portugueſe hiſto-
rian, ſpeaking of this river Senega, ſays it is
call'd by ſeveral names in a very ſhort ſpace z
but that the aforeſaid Denis Fernandez call'd

it Ri Portugues, which is now quite diſ-

uſed, even among the Portugueſe, who ne-

ver name it any otherwiſe than Ro Senega.

This Senega, in its courſe to the ſea, ſwal-
lows up many other conſiderable rivers,
coming from the ſouthern country; among
which, one is more particular, whoſe bot-
tom being a red ſand or gravel, the colour
is reflected to the ſurface of the water, which
retains it ſoas to be diſcernable from that of
the Senega, for ſome ſpace from the place

where they mix; becauſe the Senega gliding

over a white ſandy bottom, the water of it
every where looks of a brightiſh white.
Such another river as the laſt mention'd,

ward, through Genehoa, into the Senega, not

far above its mouth, and is call'd Rio de San
Joao or St. John's river; which, as is repor-

ted by the Benbay Arabs and the Gelof Blacks,
has alſo a reddiſh water, occaſion'd by the

Senega
ſcarce na-
vigable.

Its rapid
courſe.

colour of its bottom: but of this more in

the ſupplement to this work. CONC
The Senega is much ſhallower than the

Gambia, and the tide flows not up it ſo far
by much as in the other ; and therefore it 1s
not ſo navigable in barks and ſmall veſlels,
being alſo choak'd up in ſeveral places with
rocks, banks of ſand, and ſmall iſlands;

and in the upper part of the channel, quite

obſtructed by vaſt water- falls. Beſides, it is
ſo ſhallow at the mouth, and the ſea ſo boi-
ſterous, that no ſhips, tho? of inconſiderable
burden, can get in; that being only practi-
cable to flat-bottom?d ſloops and barks built
for the purpoſe. In ſuch ſmall craft the French

inhabiting the iſland of St. Lewis, drive a
trade with the natives on both ſides of the ri-

ver, during the ſeaſons it overflows for near
three hundred leagues up to the eaſtward,
as ſhall be ſhown hereafter in this deſcrip-
tion. 7 SE 8
The current is ſo ſwift and ſtrong down-
wards, that the freſh water runs out above

two leagues into the ocean, without mixing,

and appears at a diſtance, like a ſhoal or
bank above the ſurface of the ſea, This
water taken up four or five Engliſh miles
without the bar, as is commonly done by

the French company's ſhips, proves very
tweet, and keeps good for a long time.

Var. V.

of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.

However, ſome Portugueſe authors pre- This rapidity of the river, occafion'd by
tend this name of Senega was firſt given to

its narrowneſs,and the length of its courſe and
ſhallowneſs, is the reaſon why it continually
carries down a great quantity of ſand and
ſlime to the mouth, and that being forced
back again by the violent NW, winds,
moſt conſtantly reigning about thoſe parts,
is by degrees heap'd up together by the
ſurges and rolling of the ſea, forming a
croſs bank, call'd a bar, athwart the mouth
of the river. Nor does 1t continue always

in the ſame place, but is removed farther in

or out, as the current from within, or the
wind, or ſea from without, are ſtrongeſt
and moſt prevalent. But ftill at all times
this bar is ſuch, that no ſhips whatſoever
can paſs up into the river, as has been ſaid;
and therefore the French inhabiting the iſland
of St. Lewis, build there the above-men-
tion'd flat-bottom*d barks of about ten or

twelve tun burthen, to ſail in and out over

the bar ; for which reaſon they are pecu-
liarly call'd Barques du Barre or Bar-Barks,
But this way of failing in ſuch ſmall craft is
extraordinary difficult and dangerous, at
ſome times, when the bar is ſwollen high by
the NW, wind from the ſea, and the vio-
lent freſh from the land, and much more at
low tides and in foggy weather; for then the

17

BaRBoT.
18
The bar.

ſurges ſwell, foam, and break upon the bar

with ſuch fury and horrid roaring, as will

terrify the boldeſt and moſt undaunted ſailor,
and very often ſinks or ſtaves the barks, or
at beſt ſtrands and very much ſhatters them.

Whenſoever this happens, it is rare that

any of the men can eſcape either being

drowned, or devoured alive if they offer to

ſwim for it, by the vaſt multitude of mon-

ſtrous ſharks, conſtantly plying about the

bar, among the rolling waves. The French
therefore at ſuch times, frequently wait a
whole fortnight, or three weeks, for the wea-
ther to change and the tides prove more fa-

vourable for paſſing over the bar; which de-

lay 1s often very prejudicial, and retards the

diſpatch of their ſhips riding in Sexega road.

From this inconveniency is only excepted
the time when the river overflows in the
months of July and Auguſt, for then the bar

is paſſable, without ſcarce a day's interrup-

tion, as ſhall be farther ſhown hereafter.

As the navigation up this river is very French re-
difficult and hazardous to the French, and /4e»ce nos

generally their voyages for this reaſon te-
dious; ſo on the other hand it is advantageous,
as ſecuring their reſidence in the iſland of
St. Lewis, which is therefore neither wall'd
nor fortify'd, bating only ſome ſcatter*d
open batteries of a few guns, on the parts of
the iſland which are eaſieſt of acceſs, of which
more in another place.

fortify'd.

The mouth of the river Senega, accord- The month

ing to the lateſt obſervations, is exactly

in of the Se-

16 8.

18

Bax nor. 16 degrees and 12 minutes of north latitude;
Vand yer moſt maps in Europe, of that weſtern
part of Africa, place it 30 degrees farther to

the ſouthward z and Vaſconcelos, a Portugueſe

hiſtorian, aſſigns to it 15 degrees and 30

minutes; which is a great miſtake in him
and all others. Eh
This mouth is almoſt a French league over,
at the bar; and it is very remarkable, that
at the time when the river overflows, the
freſh which runs down ſo 1mpetuous, forces
itſelf new ways to the ſea, through the low,
narrow, ſandy peninſula of the country of
_ Genehoa, lying to the northward, and b

the French vulgarly calPd Pointe de Barbarie,

tho' very improperly, as giving the name
of Barbary to Genehoa. In the year 1661
it forced a paſſage through this peninſula,
much higher than it uſed to do, and broke
out almoſt over-againſt the iſland of the re-
ſidence, which obliged the French to remove
higher up the river, for a time. This ex-
traordinary mouth afterwards ſtopping up
of itſelf, the water reſumed its natural courſe
to the ocean, and ſo has continued ever ſince.
The water-falls before mentioned, at the
upper part of the Senega, not far from Ga-
lam, are of a great height; the ſtream as it
tumbles down, looking at a diſtance like an
arch, or bow; for which reaſon ſome of the
natives call it Burto, and others Huab, both
ſignifying the ſame thing in ſeveral lan-
guages; that is, a Bow, No doubt but
that theſe mighty ſtreams of water perpe-
tually falling from fo great a height, occa-
ſion the rapidity of the river before ſpoken
of, and render the navigation ſo troubleſome.

Water-
falls,

Bad riding
for ſhips. here, proceeding from the ſame rapid tide,

7 guſhing out at the common road where the
ſhips ride at anchor, at about two Eugliſb
miles diftance from the raging of the bar, 1s,
that the waves of the ocean for the molt part
rolling violently from the northward, and
the mighty freſh which runs from the river
keeping the heads of ſhips to the eaſtward, on
their moorings, they roll ſo prodigiouſly ſtar-
board and larboard, with the gunnils almoſt

to the ſea, that it is hard for a man to ſtand

faſt on the deck: and the company's ſhips
being oblig' d to ſtay ſome months in this
road, becauſe they cannot be ſooner diſ-
patch*d, their crews undergo much toil and
| hardſhips. Beſides, the ſhips themſelves are
much damaged by this perpetual agitation,
their cables wearing very faſt, as well as
their maſts and rigging ; to obviate which
miſchief in ſome meaſure, the French generally
as ſoon as they come to an anchor, lower
all their top-maſts and yards, and ſo con-

tinue till near the time of their departure

thence, either for America, or back to
France directly. 1

3

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Another inconvenience to be obſerv'd

I now proceed to the habitation of the 185

French Senega company in the iſland of St. Pp
Lewis, before mentioned in ſeveral places. N

Of the French Factory in the river SxROA.

TH IS Iſland and ſettlement had the Name and
name of St. Lewis given it in honour ry” YT

of the king of France, the natives calling it *

Hyacon. It is above three Exgliſb miles in Plate 1.

compaſs, lying in the middle of the river Se-

nega, and about four and a half or five

leagues within the mouth of it. The penin-

ſula of Geneboa lying to the weſtward of the

iſland, and being low and barren, the tur-

rets of the factory are plainly to be ſeen at

ſome diſtance at E. as you come from the

northward, appearing as in the plate here

annexed. |

The ſoil of this little iſland, is like the op- The ſoit

polite peninſula, almoſt all ſandy and bar-

ren, and without any verdure, except ſome
few low trees growing at thenorth end of it.

The factory, which the French expreſs The fafo-
by the word habitation, or dwelling, is" .
built on the ſouth fide of the iſland, where |
the ground is ſomewhat more firm and
ſolid, as is obſerv'd in the plate under

the proſpect of the factory, deſcribing the
form of it.
derable, that nothing worth taking notice of

The buildings are ſo inconſi-

can be ſaid of them, any more than as to the
largeneſs and extent of the warehouſes, lodg-

ments, offices, and chappel. It is encloſed

In ſome parts with only plain curtins, or
mud walls; and in others with pails of clap-

boards: and yet is calPd a fort by the

French, perhaps on account of three ſmall
ranges of iron guns, being fifteen or ſixteen
in number, placed about it, and mounted
on platforms of planks, to oppoſe any de-

| ſcent on the iſland. But were it not for the

difficulty of getting up the river, in almoſt
any ſort of veſſels, as has been before ob-
ſerv*d, this would avail very little to ob-
ſtruct the invading of their reſidence, no

more than it did the Eugliſb and Dutch,

when they had ſettlements here in former
times. The French here, for the privilege
of their factory and trade, pay to the king
of Senzga ſixteen in the hundred for hides, as
ſhall be more fully declared hereafter. The
Portugueſe paid but ten when they traded

here, and but little for other commodities.

About a league to the ſouthward of this

iſland is another of much the ſame magni-

tude, where the Eng!iſh had their reſidence Engliſh

in former times; and therefore the Irench?ſare.

ſtill call it P fe aux Anglois, or the Eugliſb
iſland.
To return to the iſland of &. Lewis, it is
the uſual reſidence of the director, or gene-
ral agent of the French Senega company, and
10

4 |

4268” *
8
v 0
FT,
N
* 2.
, Pg

iv
LI

C. Plate .

Lo

— —— — — — ——

> -* —

S

— iu. 4. "ry g ERS ——
——— — i

Ni

A W JS \
N — DL
_- = =nS ==, > AY

The Proſp .
on & Wand SeLewis, as it appears off at Sea, at 2 a League diſtance off x

ect of the Habitation of the French Senegal Compan

hore of Genehoz

N. Scr Home

A. Z lie Habunhon. Gum Hare Hout,
G. Ae mee, Late.

H. Aire hou /or Hides.
D zie (rn Hare, LZAe L, |

K. .
L. Aub.

*

* N : | mmm *
{ 2

8 „

= —ä — :
* - - - — — wo
— —
—

end
— — ELLE.
*

.
SS he 8
—— — %S

WS 4 — * - -
. - 9222 <> - IEA *

—— —ñů— — ds

— — — —
—— — Wo

— —

SENEGAL

45 *0,.,
* 20 0588
ao», ov Ayo -

Mutanten

. * „*
-- CESS
ec of, 0

2h 42414---4 - ae
l * 2 0 0 o* z2 1019
a l od „4

—
— ome

— *
5 44
—.

C wo WW

— ww © — — —
—— —U——U— — . . *
* v OT = 1 —
a a „ n N — —_—_Y
WAIERTDI
— 4 m

e CON
7 JJ

F114”
— — N \ "A

—

h $90).
— . 9 „

— —

—

* rl
6
8 * * * 1 5 . * 7 7
5 % * ” 5 1 n " — 8 —
4 r . 4 - ' 1 1 5
: 8 U t
»
=
, .
*
-
4
a
. » —
»
2
4
4
=_ —
*
.
* .
.
*
r iy
"RR.
. 14 —
s -«
Fs
o . *
—
*
*
2
.
%
4
8
i
P
PY
*
.
d .
-
”
»
.
3
.
2 o
of
| 2 . _— OK.” 3
i 7 - — * - 1 L Ac l 3 - = 4 4
: 88 1 - mm —— —UU—A—ü—ä— . — nn nn —— — —
8 - - 2 "3 2 Oe: N . 4 ER ago wah!
? g - - : : RE :iit . oennnenoSmes — . ——-— ee if * : 2 -
: 4 :
— _
— wal ·˖˙ i i Ia et C
22 ”

CHaP.l.

ſervants there give him the title of governor.

His province is in chief to direct and inſpect
the company's trade, and all other matters

in this part of Nigritia, or the land of Blacks,
as far as the river Gambia, He has ſeveral
aſſiſtants and accountants, both here and in
the lodges and reſidences the company has

about this country; with proper factors at
each of them, to whom he ſends from the

general ſtorehouſe here, all ſuch commodi-
ties as are proper for trading with the natives,
and receives their returns for the ſame, be-

Commodi- ing flaves, gold-duſt, ivory, bees-wax, bul-
ties of Gui- Ichs hides dry d, gum-arabick, oſtrich fea-

nea.

Trading

barks.

Dangers

thers, pagnos, proviſions, &c. This leads
me, before I proceed upon any other matter,
to give ſome account of the manner of the
French proceeding to carry on their trade in
the river Senega, and of ſome late attempts

they have made to penetrate up the ſaid river

as far as poſſible, in order to extend heir com-
merce along it, and make new advantageous
diſcoveries towards the Niger.
To this end they navigate the river in flat-
bottom'd barks, ready framed in France,

but brought over in pieces, which they join
and put together in the iſland of S/. Lewis;

each of them being about twelve tun bur-
then, and mann'd with feven or eight hes,
and ten or twelve Laptos or free Blacks, kept

by the company in conſtant pay. Each

bark is furniſh*d with proper arms, and has
a ſupercargo, or factor, with a competent
quantity of ſeveral ſorts of European goods
fit for that trade;

Being thus fitted, if the wind proves fair,

going up they hoiſt out all their fails ; but if it prove
the river. contrary, or the weather calm, the veſſcl is

drawn with ropes by hand along the north

bank of the Sexega, which is indifferent le-

vel, and not ſo much encumber'd with

woods or ſtumps of trees, nor ſo hilly, as
the oppoſite ſouth ſide.

However, this ſort
of navigation is very tedious, not only in re-
gard they muſt continually pull up againſt
the rapid ftream of the river, but by reaſon

of the many other toils and hardſhips which
attend it, occaſion'd by the inſupportable

heats of the climate, and the oppoſition of

abundance of floating logs and green trees,
waſh'd away from the banks of the river,
and carry*d down with ſuch violence, as of-
ten endangers both the veſſel and the men in
it; the ſhocks they give the barks being pro-
digious, and ſometimes ſtaving of them,
eſpecially when they lie at anchor.

the anchor-flooks, and ſtretch it to the beam,

to which they make it faſt with marlin, ha-
ving given the cable another turn : for if it
happens to be foul in this manner, the mar-
lin that faſtned it breaks, and by that means

To pre-
vent theſe diſmal accidents, as much as may
be, they ſeize the end of the cable about

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

ſo ſtiled by them; but the company's

9

the flook of the anchor draws out of the BarBorT.

ground, and leaves the bark adrift ; ſo that
the ſhock is not ſo dangerous as if it had held
faſt. Yer would not all this very often avail
them in thoſe dangers, were it not for the
many turnings and windings of the channel,
which in a great meaſure break the violent
rapidity of the river. fn

Nor are the dangers they undergo any leſs A yew e
in navigating the croſs rivers, as it happen'd pedition.

more particularly to them in an expedition
they undertook not long ſince to ſail from
the Senega to the Gambia by the inland, up-
on aſſurance given the general agent of a
free paſſage found out to that effect; which
if it had ſucceeded well, would have proved
very advantageous to the French company,
they being excluded the beneficial trade of
the Gambia by ſea, by the Engliſb, who are

there ſuperior, and do all they are able to

diſturb and moleſt any ſhip of France that
ventures to trade there.

This expedition was undertaken at the Di/appoin-

is, about July; and conſequently the water
was every where the deeper. Yet it met
with ſo many unforeſeen difficulties, as ren-
dered it ineffectual; for the bark ſometimes

> \. : | .
ſtraying out from the natural channel, ei-

ther ſtuck upon ſtumps of trees, or was
ſtranded on the banks. B ſides, through
continual toils and hardſhips the beſt part of

time when the Senega river overflow'd, that ted.

the ſailors ſickned and dy*d, whilſt others

periſh*d by the intolerable ſcorching heat,
which threw them into burning fevers; and
thoſe who had been proof againſt that into-
lerable fatiguz, were deſtroy*d either by the

vile perfidiouſneſs of the native Blacks of the
country, or devoured alive by alligators, a_

ſort of crocodiles which ſwarm in the croſs

rivers, as well as in the Senrga, ſome of
them above ten foot long, lying cloſe among

the bull-ruſhes, or under the water, along the
banks, and ever ready to ſeize and prey on
man, when opportunity offers.

Their diſcoveries towards the upper part Diſcoveries

of the Senega have proved more ſucceſsful by # the ri-

degrees, with much labour and expence, ““.

they having run up it as far as they could
well go, to a country call'd Znguelland, and
even to that of the Fargots, being more than
two hundred and fifty leagues above their
reſidence in the iſland of $7. Lewis; and have

there erected a ſmall fort of eight guns at

Galem or Galane; of which a farther ac-
count ſhall be given hereafter, when I come
to inform the reader concerning the com-

_ pany's trade along the river.

return now to the deſcription of the ma-
ritime parts, about the river Senega, before
I proceed more regularly in treating of this
part of Nigritia; and ſhall firſt make ſome
obſervations concerning the promontory

2

20 A Deſcription
BARBOr. | | rr
WY Of Care VERDE.

1 T HIS, as has been faid before, is gene-
rally taken for the Arſinarium of Pto-
lemy. The natives, in their language, call
it Beſecher, and the Portugueſe Cabs Verde,
a name given it by Denis Fernandez, who firſt
diſcover*d it in the year of CHRIST 1440, as
I have obſerv'd in the introductory diſcourſe
to this work, and ſignifying green cape, from
the perpetual verdure the country about it
is adorn'd with, in a multitude of beautiful
lofty trees growing there, which afford a

very curious proſpect at ſea.
Deſerip- Ii is in the kingdom of Kayor, lying ex-
tion. actly in 14 degrees and 25 minutes of north
latitude, and in 2 degrees and 15 minutes of
eaſt longitude, from the meridian of Tenerif,
ſtretching farther out weſtward, than any
other part of Africa, and is very diſtin-
guiſhable in coming from the northward.
The north fide of this cape is ſomewhat
mountainous z the weſtern point is ſteep to-
wards the beach, and about half a league
broad, having ſome rocks under water at a

_ diſtance in the ſea.

as regularly, as if they had been planted by
art. At the bottom is a fine ſpacious, level,
ſandy ſhore, like a bay, fronting WSW.
and beſet with ſeveral villages and hamlets,
as far as cape Emanuel, Between the two
capes, out at ſea, are two large rocks, or
little iſlands; on one of which ſtands a ſingle
lofty tree, of an extraordinary bulk, In the
other is a vaſt concavity in the form of a
grotto or cave, into which the waves of
bl the ſea are continually ruſhing with a
[ | prodigious roaring noiſe, and in it is har-
5 bour'd an immenſe multitude of gulls,
= mews, and other ſea-fowl, which have al-
Fl ways laid their eggs, and hatch'd their
young on both theſe iſlands time out of
mind, fo that their dung has almoſt turn'd
=» the natural dark colour of the rocks into
Þ | perfect white; for which reaſon the Dutch
| have in their language given them the name
of Beſcbeiten Eylands, that is, Shitten 1/lands.

PLatE2. I took exact draughts of the coaſt on both
ſides of the cape, as is here repreſented in the

| cut. _— =
b Variation, The variation obſerv'd here, is 3 degrees
bf current, and 40 minutes eaſt, The current ſets
bl ke. SSW. three leagues out at ſea, Five leagues
! a from the ſhore we found eighty fathom

water; the lead brought up grey ſand.
The Dutch formerly built a little fort on
the very cape, and call'd it $f, Andrews;
I VvVhich was afterwards in the year 1664 taken
[| | by the Engliſb commodore Holmes, who alſo
took from them all the reſidences the Dutch

of the Coaſts
Meſt- India company had in this part of Ni-

gritia. He changed the name of this fort to
that of 7ork, in honour of the duke of York

| The ſouth fide, tho? low, is pleaſant, be-
ing adorn'd with long ſtrait rows of tall large
trees along the ſtrand, which ſeem to ſtand

.

then the principal member of the Eugliſb
Royal African Company, and built another
at the mouth of the river Gambia, to ſecure
the trade of this coaſt to his nation. But

the Dutch admiral de Ruyter ſoon after re-

cover'd from the Engliſh the fort at cape
Verde, with the other Dutch ſettlements
about it. =

Cano ManotL or CAPE EMANvuEL,

I S five leagues diſtant from cape Verde,

being a flat hill cover'd all over with

ever-green trees, in ſuch order, that they

exactly repreſent the form of an amphi-
theatre on the ſouth fide,

The Portugueſe gave it this name in ho- |
nour of Emanuel, fourteenth king of Por-

tugal, ſucceſſor to king John the ſecond,
who died October 25, 1495.

The country about both the capes
abounds in Pintado hens, partridges, hares,
turtle-doves, roebucks, goats, and a mul-

titude of horned cattle.
The INand GoRREE
TIES a league ENE. from cape Ema-

nuel, by the natives call'd Barzaguiche,

and Goeree by the Dutch, at their firſt
taking poſſeſſion of it, in memory of their
iſland of the ſame name in the province of
Zealand, It was given them by one Biram,
at that time king of Kayor, and they built
on it two little forts, the one calPd Naſſau

on the plain, the other named Naſſau on the Dutch
top of the hill, oppoſite to it, on the ſouth, er *

to retire to, in caſe the other were taken,

for the ſecurity of the company's ſervants

and goods upon preſſing dangers; that being
made by the ſaid company a principal ma-
gaz ine for their commerce in theſe parts,
beſides that they had at cape Verde above-

mention'd. They held this place till the

year 1663, when the Engliſb invaded the
iſland, and took the two forts Naſſau and
Orange in the name of the Engh/b Royal
African Company; but were ſoon after turn'd
out again by the Dutch admiral de Ruyter,

on the 24th of Oober 1664; who ſent
Abercromby, the Engliſh commander, with

his garriſon, to the Engliſb reſidence at Gam-
bia river, according to the capitulation.
The Dutch Weſt-India company repair'd all

the damage done to this ſettlement by the

Engliſh, and the mighty rains; and raiſed

the walls of fort Orange which had been de-
moliſn'd, higher than before. From that

time they remainꝰd quietly poſſeſsꝰd of the

iſland till the year 1677, when the French

vice-admiral, the count 4 Eſtrees, 8 .
ma

- Ya

-
i IS

CRIES CNW 3

„ OTE >

5 , 1 2 a
_ \ 2 " 3x = *— #.
© 4 r
* E * + VE — XX

Book I.

—

un wr . —

—

4

777745

5797717
1.9

13777
1777517
11777
WAH

"4 7ů1
44%
1
77%
4%
444%
V4 Ar
7
4

94% /
MPT

4
o

Wn SS...
—

75
MM
795 F766
mn 44%
1,1
«1;
U

4!
1 ;

"
170

—— —
—
— — —

16065
4
5195
.
45174 0
wo f

— — —
I IRIS

,
”

40,

9960

U
11 ＋
70

7

— —

U
'#
"/

GO ODOODODI

—

— — ——

* — — —

—
—

»

—
CI
_
—
_
—

=

—

—
—

RD

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

DD

K*
=
—
—

— — — _—
"—_— —
— CD DDS So —
— — . _
—
—— ——
— — —

. — ————

—

i -1 ;
' I".
l
1 &
1 * [
|
I
ö
* eh
U
f |
} i
1
|

bY

*)
*

Mr

3%
7
WW

1 N Uli“ l

# N

t,
THe *

— — — . —

N—— — — —ä—4—0 — —

NI

.

2

*

4
* *

j

8

„„ „

„„ „

*

e

vt

Oo

„1
i.

W

E
775

4

* *
LO N
775

e Proſpect of the Neegr«

Th

U

„
LE
1 ibih

i

F
{ent

FEIOCO -
Sp

104 47
UN

Hel
Ae eme, wie,
e

*

AAA.
Hader

the
The

A
B
C

1
1
i

—

— —
—

1

| 147

| jv!
ol
'') |
/ /

Mn

{| WMA
/

Ne

rde, be ing at

2

1

The Proſpect of Cab

. off at Sea about 32 Leagues.

Po

„

D

—— —

/

—

—

e at 8

[bauc

1

Om a Fl

Ir

e

Verd

0

he Prolpect of the Co Ungs about C

1

—ñ—5r;riCarn——
———ů—————r]s — ́—
— . —

— _

— —
— — —
— ——

— —

A |
, jb n *. a
2 12 * . eu. .
„„ —— ———_—
— — — =

- — — — — — —

— —

* ——
— — SAS

A 4

4
adad

NN

700
—

D., f. m, ,.
E , Zhe Sandy Dea.
F Lhe Bay DG LIRmce ,

The Proſpect of Cabo-Ver

— — — — — P —ÿ—
— 2— —

-ance at Sea.

—_—

A -

bl

>
— —
—
— — * == —
— —Eʃ4 - — —
— — —

The Proſpect of C. Emanuel & of the

om about g Leagues off at 8. S E.

0 — =
= — — — — —
— — — 2 : —
— — — — — —

7
5

*
WY, 14
7

e Goeree: the Flag at E. S. E.

5 N ä -

r | Kip Seulp.

*

—— — — — end 3 — —— — —— * — —U—ü)ͤ— . — — — — — — — —
I ,
A U
*
i bs
|
-
7 1
*
! '
*
'
1 |

| / ol. L LU

— V—

—

1

5

—
, -
1
'
*
x
F: \
1 i
; 1 .
:
.
:
; ——
; 1 —

i . —— : — = —..... ̃ —öͤ—— Ie fee I , - — — , — —̃——ßꝛ53 ͤʒàͤ—4œU²ũmH . —————ĩ·Q —½:tꝰ

'

_— —— —

|
4
| , | 0411. << I F408 —— ..
„ 2 a — E en? . — LEN] S Eg —— , WW M14
TIED
! | ELIE
| | = .
ap | =
| Ee. h ||TheProſpect of the Iſland of Goeree & of th
W | HW. KA. off We £01

of the Iſland (

In Nigrit

THE CHANNEL

| Brea Mater Gre
1B Ine Garden

” — — a 2 * . = . 2 72
; 4 * 2 þ - — x V /, = — : a
— 7 7 . N 2 — —
u 4 Z FL 4 - = 7
L 7 — FI, HY, YA.
2 | ——- = it G. Ze Burial ple

I. The Hoad -
| Zhe l anding p

.
7 — Os *
—— - ® * Ld
j - A 2240 ©0420
j
#8”,
1 K
r
[1
1

il

1 2227 b * : |
7 WA * 40 *. \ o * dy 2 N 2 WE
— e * 1 8 N l -
/ : Ss 5 . N x _ we *
| , je => UL W 8 —
> 7 2 Ay pat : ——— 277 PP -
_ — 2 4 ( 7
, *

— . : . a — — 95

g ; — — — — — — * =— £2: 41, , N
5 0 - 3
—

AC
LC

ET TT rhe OCOCIDENTAL OCEAN or the 1 ANTICK SEA

-

W— ¶

|

— _ == — ]————ñ——— ² ——vñ : oa nn non
— r ——————ð7§—i- —
. — — — —— — — — — — ——— ſf—.—ñ— —
——— — ——̃̃ů—————— ——-—V—— — l—-—ũ—ʃ4 — — — ͤ ͤ— — T—— —
— ͤ — EE H ———- —— —T— — —
ä ͤ ͤ — . —-.t . A

l

Je, 5 . ——— 2 3 4 #/ i, LEES
DO Ton yy _(] '===E= =. / — ; - ES OT Eat E „ = — — 5
rn ͤͥ 0 ĩ v ol
— = > _- 11 8 LIE @ . —— — = = —— === . //
— . mr — 5 C — — = — — 52222:
1 —= ag" : — — 5 —
- _ — Þ 1
ETA == is
— ——ů— — DD PL == 2
>> a. — 4+ —
75
124
270
— — = — ;
x 1

e & of the Fort Vermandois alias St Michael Fd
1g Me Forge at half OuntHhot tance. E 5 . ”

—

"A PLAN Explanaton:. _
the Iſland Goeree A. Ae Place of lim, F. Latin.
in Nigritia . B.Zhe Saves Bote.

— C the HHites (abins. "age ZZ FN | #
rr. S Franc ale; | 1

.
|
a —
—— —— ©
— > . — — —
-

20 25 T.
1 ai

— — =
—ů—

C .
Fi
*
0
4
.
*
c
—
" %
BALE
ad
.
*
»
*
— — 2 2 — — — — — RAE. — — 9 ee — -
£ n * * A 2 - * 7 5
* — — - - 4 —— 4 ”
© 4 — Ae tec ou EC a= ( 3
62 — — — nt — — x — — — 5 > 4.
— — — *

— —

"
n

Crap. I.

Taken
by the

French.

ſmall ſquadron of ſix men of war, took it from
them on the 24th of October, landing four
hundred and fifry men under the command
of the marquis de Grancey, who firſt attack*d
the lower fort in the plain. The garriſon
fearing to be beſet by ſea and land, retired
to fort Orange on the hill, which the mar-
quis attack*d with ſo much bravery and reſo-
lution, that the Dutch were forced to ſur-
render it, and themſelves priſoners of war.
This done, the count d' Eſtrees having ran-
ſack'd, burnt, and levelPd both the forts,
and ſhip'd off all that was of any value, as
cannon, utenſils, and ſeveral ſorts of mer-
chandiſe, ſet fail from Goeree for the iſland

of Tobago in America, dr the ninth of No-

_ vember following.

Gruen to
their Afri-

can com-

*

The next year, 1678, this iſland was
yielded up by the treaty of Nimeguen between
France and Holland, for the uſe of the then
French Senega company, by patent under the
great ſeal z excluding all and ſingular other

_ perſons &© that nation, under forfeiture of

ſhips and goods, from trading to any port

of Nigritia, except the ſaid company, which

paid an acknowledgment to the crown for it.

The Senega company being thus put into
poſſeſſion of Goeree, and other reſidences for

trade along this coaſt, as far as the river
Gambia, immediately cauſed the ruin'd fort

on the plain to be rebuilt on its former foun-
dation, raiſing the curtins and ſemi- baſtions

ſixteen foot high, and facing the walls with

ſuch black ſtones or pebbles as the country

and iſland afford. Within they erected pretty
convenient ſtore-houſes and dwellings, with

other offices and conveniencies for a ſmall

garriſon and factory, giving the names of

. St. Francis and of Vermandois indifferentl

PLATE 3.

to their new fort, formerly calPd Naſſau by

the Dutch. It was calld Yermandois, in ho-

nour of the count de Vermandois, then admi-

ral of France, and the name of §t. Francis

was on account of one of the chief directors
of the company.

I have here given an exact draught of the

iſland and fort as taken on the ſpot. At firſt
there were twenty- four guns mounted in the

fort; but afterwards in my time it had but

ſixteen, and thoſe not in very good order.

The facto-

7

The French made a good ciſtern in the fort,
which has been ever ſince conſtantly kept
full of freſh water brought over from the
continent.
Here the company has its chief reſidence
and general ſtore-houſes, ſuitable to the trade
drove at ſeveral ports and places along the

neighbouring coaſts and rivers, as far as the

Biſegos lands 3 all managed by a chief fac-
tor, whom they there call governor, with
ſeveral inferior factors and aſſiſtants under
his direction; yet even he is ſubordinate to
the French general agent of Senega river.

The whole number of officers and ſervants,
Vo 1. V.

of Nigritia, or North- Guinea. 21

in the company's pay, with ſoldiers and Bangor.
Lapto Blacks depending on the chief at Goe- WWW
ree, amounts to about three hundred men.

The Lapto Blacks have ſeveral round huts
aſſign'd them for their dwelling, without

the fort, on the welt ſide; and juſt by it, is
a large houſe of black ſtone to lodge the
ſlaves that are purchaſed on the. continent.
The chappel in the fort is ſerv'd by a Fran-
ciſcan frier, and has nothing in it remarkable.
The ſouth-weſt part of the iſland is hilly, Goeree de-

the eaſt fide flat, ſandy, and barren, the/#i%.-

whole not much above two Engliſh miles in
compaſs. The landing-place is juſt under the
fire of the fort, at the low point, in a ſmall
bay form'd by a ſandy beach, or ſtrand,
where there 1s. good fiſhing with a ſeane.
The other parts of Goeree are every where
encloſed with a ridge of large round black
ſtones or pebbles, and ſhoals. At the weſt
point, among thoſe ſhoals and rocks, natu—

rally forming a little bay or harbour, fit for

boats and pinnaces, about twenty paces out
at ſea, is a ſpring of good freſh water; and
near to it, the ſcorching heat of the ſun pro-
duces a ſort of nitrous ſalt. The French call
this place la Fontaine.

The hill is indifferent large, and level at The foil.

the top, and produces nothing but weeds

and bull-ruſhes,which harbour abundance of
wild pigeons ; and at a certain time of the

year fome quails, which then come over thi-
ther from the oppoſite continent. The ſoil

of the iſland is a red ſandy mould; for which
reaſon, it produces very little paſture for cattle
and goats kept there for the ſubſiſtence of
the company's men; the beſt grazing is on
the top of the above-mentioned hill. |
The channel between this iſland and the
oppoſite continent is deep enough for third-
rate ſhips to paſs through,and the anchoring-
place before fort Vermandois, is about an

Engliſh mile ES E. from the ſhore, in eight

or nine fathom water. As for the former
fort Orange, the ruins of it remain there to

this day. One inconveniency here for inha- No wood.
bitants, is, that the whole iſland is deſtitute
of wood, either for ſhelter or fuel, there be-

ing none but only here and there ſome old

ſtanding Pallots, with little oreen heads,

and a few buſhes, at the foot of the hill, to-
wards the road,

The uſual watering-place for ſhips in watering-
the road, is at a place on the adjacent con- Face. _
tinent, by the French call'd le Cap, being
a third point of land, NE by N. from cape
Emanuel above ſpoken of. The water is there
taken out of a pool, having a gravelly bot-
tom, about a muſquet-ſhor up the land from
the ſtrand, The brook running into it, is
hemm'd in with buſhes and briers, and the
water very ſweet and good.

The wooding-place is at a ſmall diſtance Moding-
from the pool, and almoſt oppoſite to the Pace.

G wreck

22,

Bar. wreck of a ſhip caſt away there ſeveral years

ace, the ribs whereof are ſtill to be ſeen near

the ſhore at low water. The country there-

about being very woody, whatſoever is fell'd
may be convey'd down to the boats by

Village at |
the cape.

Blacks, with little trouble, the ſea being ſo
__ He |

About half a league to the weſtward of
the watering-place is the village of the cape,
and a little beyond it are two ſmall hamlets,
the inhabitants whereof commonly furniſh

| travellers with ſeveral ſorts of proviſions and
_ refreſhments, either for money or in ex-

change for goods, firſt paying the uſual du-
ties to the king of Kayor's officers. I ſhall
hereafter give a particular account of thoſe

duties.

Mandana-
z2 fruit.

The country about here is very barren,
in moſt places, yet it produces abundance
of wild crabbiſh apple-trees, growing; as
thick as broom on a heath, and among them
very ſmall ſhrubs, on which grows a ſmall

fruit, much reſembling an apricot, by the
Blacks call'd Mandanaza, generally no big-

ger than a walnut, of an agreeable taſte, but
by the natives reckoned very unwholeſome.

The leaves of the tree are like ivy, but of
a lighter green. TI
The natives here ſow and plant millet,rice,

tobacco, anda ſort of plumb-trees, not un-

trees, is therefore at all times cool and freſh.

like our cherry-trees, which they call Cabo-

var; as alſo another plant, whoſe fruit is
large, and in ſhape like our gourds. This
fruit, tho? it has ſcarce any ſubſtance, being
puffy under the rind, over a ponderous hard

ſtone, of the bigneſs of a common egg; yet

it is much valued by the Blacks, as a great

dainty, roaſted under the embers and chew'd,
when they ſuck out the juice, which 1s of an
orange colour. „„

The town of RuF1sco

IE by the Portugueſe call'd Rio Freſco or

> Freſh River, from the little freſh-water
river running down from the inland, through
the thick woods ſtanding about it; which
water thus gliding along under the ſhady

The Dutch have given it the name of Viſ⸗

chers Dorp, from the great number of fiſher-
men inhabiting it; the French corrupting

Kampaen
clift.

the Portugueſe Rio Freſco, have turn'd it into
Rufiſco

WS W. from the town is a cape, and over-
againſt it, at a diſtance, a high rocky clift,
encompaſs'd with dangerous ſhoals and ſands
under water, by the Dutch call'd Kampaen,
from Claes Kampaen, a famous rover of their
nation, who firſt ventured to approach, and
left it his name. However the channel be-
twixt this clift and the continent is deep
enough, and ſafe for any ordinary ſhip to fail
through. Soon ETD

A Deſcription of the Coaſts
The town of Nufiſco is all ſhelter'd behind Deſcrip-
by a large thick wood, beyond which there 77927 the

are ſpacious plains as far as the eye can
reach. In this wood there are abundance of

palm-trees, intermixt with much other. va-

riety of verdure; which, with the little ſand
downs, lying between the town and the ſea,
and the fine beach at the skirts of it, makes
a curious proſpect from the ſea, eſpecially
at low water, being exactly the ſame as re-
preſented in the cut.

calPd Alcaide by the Portugueſe and natives;
the name importing a governor to admi-
niſter juſtice, who 1s aſſiſted by a Gerafo, as

his deputy. Theſe two jointly manage the

government, collect the king's cuſtoms, toll,
anchorage and other duties; but there lies
an appeal from their determinations toCondy,
viceroy and captain-general of the king of
Kayor's army; of which more hereafter.

Any ſhips may anchor in Rufiſco road in Theroad.
fix or ſeven fathom water, fine ſandy ground,

about two Engliſh miles from the ſhore,

The heats are here intolerable in the day- en
time, even in December, and eſpecially at bear.

noon 3 for it is then generally a dead calm at
ſea, and no manner of air can come to it from

the land, by reaſon it is ſo cloſe ſhelter'd
behind by the thick woods ſtanding about it.
The heat is ſo ſtifling, that neither men nor

beaſts can endure it, or ſcarce breathe, eſpe-
cially near the ſtrand, at low water; for
there the reflection from the ſand almoſt
ſcorches the face, and burns the very ſoles
of the ſhoes in walking on it : and what ren-

ders ſthis the more inſupportable, is the air's

being infected with a horrid ſtench, exhaled

from a prodigious quantity of rotten ſmall

fiſh like pilchards, either ſpread abroad or
buried in the ſandy downs before the town,
which poiſons the breath. The reaſon of its
lying there is, becauſe none of the Blacks eat
any fiſh till it is thus putrefy*d. Being ama-
zed to think to what end they could do this,

I was told that the ſand gives the fiſh a ſort

of nitrous flavour, which thoſe people highly
admire z and according to the proverb, here
is no diſputing of taſtes. CET}

The bay, by the French call'd Ia Baye iin.
de France, or the French bay, * in :

ſeveral ſorts of great and ſmall and
this town ſtanding quite at the bottom of
it, is plentifully ſupply*d, and inhabited
by abundance of fiſhermen, who daily go
out ſeveral leagues in their canoes, driving
a trade with what they catch in the villages
up the country, as well as in their own,
whereof more ſhall be ſaid in its proper
place. Here is alſo a conſiderable trade of
dry'd hides, but moſt of them ſmall, as
being of young beaſts.

The

Boox IJ.

PLATE 2.
Several of king Damel's officers generally Govern-
reſide here, and have a chief over them, ment.

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

Plenty of The country abounds in cattle and fowl

23
theirs, who ſailing by it, was ſo ſuddenly BarBoT,
ſurpriz'd with a flaw of wind, that it brought WWW.
his maſts by the board, as is reported. Burt *' _ f

@ carcle. of ſeveral ſorts, eſpecially Pintado hens,

and palm-wine, which the Blacks fell at

8

eaſy rates in exchange for Sangara, that is

French brandy, by them ſo called; a li-
quor they all love to exceſs. A good hand-
ſome bullock may be there had for two
pieces of eight in goods, or money, and a
large cow for one, and ſometimes under.
Here is ſuch plenty of black cattle, that TI

have often ſeen large droves come down

from the inland to refreſh themſelves in the

ſea, at low water, ſtanding in it up to the
belly for ſeveral hours together about
C

The French have agreed with the king
of Kayor, to pay certain duties to his offi-
cers, for the liberty of taking in wood and
water. Each ſhip gives a ſettled quantity
of goods. Beſides, they agree with the
Blacks, who commonly are employ'd in
felling the wood and taking up the water,

Marmol ſays, it receiv'd the name of Cabo wh

de Maſtiles, or cape maſts, from one Lan-
celot, a Spaniſh commander, in former
times, on account of ſome extraordinary
tall and ſtrait palm-trees, he ſaw ſtanding
thereabouts, which from a diſtance out at
ſea look'd like maſts. To prevent any
ſuch accidents from ſudden flaws, as that

above mention'd, thoſe who have occaſion

to fail this way, about the cape, coming
from the land, generally ſtrike their fails

beforehand. Theſe guſts commonly pro-

ceed from the two adjacent mountains.
The coaſt from this cape to Ruſiſco is clean

and deep, ſo that ſhips may ſail cloſe under
the ſhore, |

PORT o CALI
IE s three leagues to the ſouthward

- which they carry on their backs to the of this Cape Maſto, at a river by the
boats, for which drudgery they are eafily Portugueſe call'd Rio das Pedras, or the
contented with a few bottles of Sangara, or ſtony river, the coaſt between them tending
brandy. | to the SE. The French have here a lodge

or factory, which has the ſuperiority over p;,e,y

bh CAMIN A, : their other lodges along the coaſt, as far as fadory.
A A com- A very populous town, ſtands at ſome Gambia river. The king, or Jain, ſome-
. diſtance SE. from Rufiſco. This is times reſides at this place. From this place
alan independent commonwealth, lying be- to Cabo Maſto there are ſhoals along the
. tween the countries of Kayor an Baool, coaſt, running out above half a 1:ague into
- having always withſtood the attempts of the ſea, but there is five fathom water on
. both thoſe kings, made at ſeveral times to them. To prevent any accident, we ge-

ſubdue it, by the bravery of its people, nerally keep a good offing, in failing from
and their fondneſs of liberty. This town the ſaid cape to Porto d' Ali. 3
is a continual mart for hides and cloths. The anchoring here is in ſeven fathom,
Generally two hides go for a bar of iron; and preuty good, having Cabo Maſto at
but cryſtal beads and French brandy, are Nb W. and the remarkable palm-trees
0 generally ſtaple commodities among theſe ſtanding on the ſhore at north. Near the
. People, and eſpecially thoſe of the inland beach is a rock, by the French call'd 1a
' 8 country, who reſort to the market here. Baleine, that is, the whale; which from a
„ diſtance out at ſea, looks like a floating
] EMDUKURA. cask, right againſt the abovemention'd
A village two leagues S E. from Camina. palm- trees. Take heed of this roc.
Gimi-hemery is another village, a league Some call this Punta d' Ai, from the Several
and a half farther from Emdukura. That ſmall cape to the weſtward, and perhaps 747%. |
of Punto ſtands another league anda half the Portugueſe might originally call it ſo ;
beyond Gimi-hemery to the ſouthward, near it might be alſo call'd Porto d Ali, that is,
the little river Piſcina, ſo call'd by the Port Ali, and by the French corruptly Por-
Portugueſe, from the great plenty of fiſh tudale: but this is not material. gee
it breeds. Here the French factory pays duties to Duties
c 3 the king of Ali, to the Alcaide, the king's Pais.
| APE Mas TO Furbe, the Alcaide's interpreter, and to his
LIE S next to the ſaid river Piſcina, eight boatſwain. The duty for the liberty of
5 leagues from Ruſiſco, and nine from watering is generally four bars of iron. Be-
Goeree. The coaſt between this Cape Maſto ſides they pay, the Welcome, as it is here
1 and Cape Manoel, bending in, forms the call'd, to the Alcaide, to the Forbe, and
= large open by facing to the ſouthward, by to the interpreter ; viz. to the Alcaide five
1 the French call'd la Baye de France, or the bars, and three to the Forbe; beſides the
French bay, as was ſaid above. duty for anchorage, and that of the Capi-

The Portugueſe formerly gave this the gain de 7 erre, or commander aſhore, =

bottles of brandy among them all,
with ſome bread and fiſh, The duties paid

at.

name of Cabo Maſto, from an accident fix
which befel a commander of a ſhip of

3

0353538 wt

WIS
» 0

ARBOT. at parting, are eighteen bars of iron, and Half a league to the ſouthward of Panta
u red cloth cloak, among the ſaid three Serena, is the point calPd Punta Lugar, in =
officers. They alſo pay ten hides for every the way to Juala, or Foalo,
Noop's loading of any goods, and ſeveral _ by Sn
other ſmall fees to inferior officers of this . Ju ALA. 33
port; and to the Blacks of the point and A N open town, ſeated on Rio de la Gra-
cademan, each a bottle of brandy. cia, that is, Grace-River, which parts
In this town there are ſome Portugueſe, this petty kingdom of Fuala from that of
Mulattos, and trading people. It is a great Ai, or Ale. Acroſs the river's mouth is
market for dry'd bullocks hides, which the bar, which remains dry at low ebb, and
Product. are much larger than thoſe of Ruſiſco. To- On it is a ſpring of freſh water, This bar The bar.
| bacco grows here wild without planting, Tenders the river not navigable for ſhips,
the green leaves whereof the natives gather but only ſuch ſmall craft as boats, or canoes ;
and chew with much ſatisfaction, tho very and even within the bar the river is ſhallow,
harſh and coarſe. The country round about having generally but four foot water, For .
is naturally very fertil, and were the Blacks this reaſon, great ſhips reſorting hither, ride
more iuduſtrious, they might cultivate Out in the open road, in five or fix fathom
plenty of many ſorts of plants. They Water, at about half a league diſtance from
have tamarinds, ananas, a fruit like dates, the ſtrand, and ſmall veſlels in two fathom
but ſmaller and very ſweet, of which they and a half. The inhabitants of Juala ge-
make a ſort of liquor, ſomewhat inferior nerally carry paſſengers aſhore in their pin-

k , g 3 . Ha

2 9 4 — 1 5 e < dg ial ae T4 8 2 a YATES » *
r 3 SEN 4 4 Koh r : TY x

Ls qd i a — 332 po Vs - 8 n Nr EI 3
CES PPE nent PP ee Es dog 1, EE Ss I
8 8 Dr, T... ec: ao HERE -— 4. _ (
32 3 * E 8 RX 8 J bs ON SF

*

b 8 8 K * *

"RSS

3

.

e ME 3 7.
8

14 09> r
* e 0
1

S ad
"uh

= SE © RP p 1 — cc — * —

—_—

— — ——— — —

CO OI — — — OO.
- — » E 8 _— — l
v=o 4 Er . > err arent rr IS. — Os — ——— *
Ky a . —— — — 7 1 voy — — —. ¶ ͤõü f — — ————_— a
1 1 9 — — 2 = —
- * Peet Sr vat. IN —
e — —— — — —— . De

to palm-wine; there are alſo Siby trees, naces or Canoes, = OP 5 Fg
| Naniples, a fort of pear-plumb, Nompatas, About a league to the Nortkward of the Shoals and 17
11 Tambalumbas, cotton, oranges and lem- town there are ſome flats, right againſt a 79s. 1
7 mons, of theſe two laſt but few ; indigo, white point of ſand, by the French call'd | LN
j call'd there Arvore de Tinto, in Portugueſe, La Pointe Blanche, or white point; but by +9
it dying trees, Cacatoes, &c. of all which the Portugueſe, Fazucho , appearing ſome- =
„ mamore hereafter. 1 _. what higher than the reſt of the land about OW
11 Pleaſant Cloſe by this town is the pleaſant delight- it. On the ſouth. fide of it, three leagues EI 7
17 wood. ful wood Tapa, the ſhade of whoſe lofty out at ſea, are ſome ſhoals, calPd Baixos e =
4 trees is very advantageous for affording the Domingos Ramos; and about two leagues 9

inhabitants ſhelter againſt the exceſſive north-weſt from this, is a ridge of ſmall

heats of the ſcorching ſun. There the rocks, lying under water, and by the Por-

Porjugueſe have a more peculiar abode, =—7ugueſe call'd Baixo de Barbociom.
There is great plenty of cattle all about On the ſouth fide of the town of Juala, Rivers and

this country, as well as at Ryfiſco ; and runs another ſmall river, ſuppoſed to pro- and.

particularly of kine, as appears by the ceed from that of Bor/alo, which gives

hides, which are their main trade, whereof birth to another little river, call'd Rio das

we ſhall have occaſion to ſpeak again. Oftras, or oyſter river, from the great
- | : plenty of oyſters found in it by the Por-
Por To Novo, zugueſe. Near to the ſaid oyſter river, the

.
Wo Bans 4 * 5 ac. X 5 " g i
— DDr By; TRI ppt ak 4 S e ee 0 2 N e OY . cy e ee, Ti
. S * : CO BO 2 2 N * > he ==

HA is, new haven, is three leagues Portugueſe charts place the iſland Barjoani-
T beyond Porto d Ali to the SE. ſtand- que, inhabited by Blacks, and it hes very
ing on a bay, but has nothing remarkable. cloſets che continent,” 9
About a league and a half beyond it again, At this town of Juala, the French have Duties 5
PuntaSe- the ſame way, is Punta Serena, right before a ſettled factory, and pay the following . BY
rena. which is a bank of ſand two 3 or three fa- cuſtoms and duties to the king. F ifteen
thom under water: when you have brought thouſand of bugle, and eighteen Knives, |
Cabo Maſto to bear NN W. and Punta Screta to the king, the Alcaide, the firſt and ſe-
E S E. you are upon this bank. 7 5 cond Gerafos, the captain of the . Water
The coaſt between theſe two places is and their boys. Four thouſand ditto 'to
low, and all over woody, and the ſhore all the Jagarafe, and to the king's Guyriot,
along beſet with ſmall villages and hamlets that is chanter, or rather buffoon, at co-
of no note. ming aſhore; and to other ſmaller offi-
Some will have it, that departing from cers, ſome acknowledgment in brandy or
Porto d' Ali for Juala, there ought to be toys. The Portugueſe, beſides all theſe
an offing kept of about three leagues and a cuſtoms, uſed to give them ſome provi-

Flats. half from the ſhore, to avoid ſome flats, ſions. 3 .
which lie off the ſea-coaſt 3 but it is well There is a road made by land, betwixt 2 =
known there is four fathom of water upon this town and that of Porto d Ali, running . E

thoſe flats, and ſeven fathom in the channel, from village to village along the ſea- ſide,
betwixt the ſhore and the ſaid flats; and as far as Rufſco, for the conveniency of
therefore others look upon this as a needleſs travellers repairing to the markets.

recaution. |
P Some

2
1 LN
*

5
* *
7 *
*
. bet
#5
oY X
Tp
2
.
*
zu
.
*
3
2
*
*
8
N
1
LEY
Caf
15
Tv
SN

5
25 N
Fee}

*
38
1

Cup. I.

Some leagues to the S E. of Rio das
Oftras, the river Borſalo falls intos the At-
lantick ocean, in the midſt of a bay, or
bending in, the coaſt being about nine
lagues from Juala. Some call this river
Baſſangamas, like the natives; it comes
down above forty leagues E N E. up the
inland, beſet on each fide with many vil-
lages, ſmall hamlets, and ſcattering cot-
tages. The tide runs up it ten or twelve
teagues ; and tho? it be ſomewhat flat and

Ba ſalo

river.

yet ſhips of conſiderable burden may fail
in, there being three or four fathom of wa-
ter in the channel ; but I never heard of
any conſiderable trade drove there.

8

Brezalme |
river. js a ſmaller; by the Blacks call'd Buzalmi,
and by the French Brezalme, which tho!

forming a wide mouth to loſe itſelf in the

\ choak'd up with many banks and ſands
for which reaſon the natives paſs in and out

in canoes. Beſides there is very little com-
merce, bating that the Portugueſe there
buy ſalt and proviſions. 8
The coaſts from the ri
Gambia are low and level, adorn'd with

ſtately trees, but thinly peopled, as I ſup-

4 F.-Y 12 8 bo ox ara OR WIR . « Y i 4 _ 3 70 IP OW" RE *
7 oo ĩð r —
8 * N 7 7 85 7. FR 95 Ts - . hs * Gy %
5 ; TT - „ . AS
—
5 Is
oor BY

*
IT; I OL BIR" e 2 1
PE ud 8 3 i r
15 N E Tong 4s
9 N. * be e OE * 2

"Ig
2 3 2 ERS.
r
ee en gon IS.
EE RE OT:

da Barra, at the mouth of the Gambia;
there are only ſome inconſiderable ones, as
Rio da Sal, or falt-river, and Crike, which

4
8 N 5 8
* _ P Cord dh On ie EAT ce ee Ken inch
* e, 5 de, 4 ; '; PO * — 2 255 3 2 OE MEG
Ee 2 4 g « F
Er . 2
as r 222 be & Io Sn TIE *
8 e
a . 2 7 Bit bs > i HHS,
C nn r * e *

N
SHR

B erbecines properly ſo call'd, who extend
Povoacao As far as the river Borſalo. Among them is
de Blanco: a little colony of Portugueſe, call'd Po-

voagao dle Rrancos, ſignifying borough of

1 . Whites, in Portugueſe. This town is three
._ leagues from the village of Bar, otherwiſe

| often reſides, which I ſhall have occaſion to
5 mention more at large in another place.
. This is all the account I could find to
5 give of the maritine part of Nigritia, from
Cape Verde to the river Gambia, I am now
to ſhow a ſketch of the inland countries,
and ſhall proceed as cautiouſly as I have done
along the coaſt ; returning, for the ſake of
good order to the river Senega,

Arab inha · The Arabian Moors, ſuppos'd by ſome
bitants. to be of the tribe of the 4zoaghes, inhabit
that part of Geneboa, which borders on the

north: ſide of the river Senega, as far as Rio

dos Maringuins, that is, the river of gnats,
which, as the natives inform us, comes

down from the country of Arguin, far di-

ſtant to the northward, and loſes itſelf in

the Senega. They ſuppoſe theſe Arabs ex-

oy 7 up the inland, as far as the

OL. V. : |

—

«

.

3»

of
e

oe
.
3

*

.

EL Ag
5
RE.

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

ſhallow in ſeveral parts near the mouth,

Some leagues to the SE. of this river,

ſea, is nevertheleſs not navigable, being

ver Borſalo to the

poſe, for want of good rivers; for all the
way between the river Buzalmi and Punta
loſe themſelves in the ocean among the

cal d Annabar, ſtanding on the north point
of Gambia river, where the king of Bar

*

25
other part of Genehoa, call'd Azgar, in BarBor:
their language, ſignifying marſhy grounds.
from the many moraſles there are in it.

Theſe Arabs, who are a meagre tawny
people, or of a ſoot colour, have no cer-
tain place of abode, but wander up and
down for the conveniency of finding paſture
for their cattle, and in ſuch places pitch
their tents for a time; having neither lords
nor princes to govern them, as their neigh-
bours the Blacks have, but only ſuch chiefs
as they think fit to appoint for a time; one
of which is Ali-Forke, reſiding on the north-

ſide of the Senega, of whom more will be
{aid in its place.

Of the inland countries.
T HIS kingdom has very much declin*d Kingdom
from what it was in former times, both f enega.

as to extent of dominions and the number of
people. The wars it has continually been
ingag'd in, have conſiderably contracted
its limits; for the country of Geneboa, was
once a dependance on it, and therefore in
thoſe days indifferently call'd Gene boa or
Senega. At preſent, its greateſt extent is
about forty five, or fifty leagues, along the
ſea-coaſt, and but about fifteen in breadth
up the inland, under the Government of
the great Brak, king of the Senega negroes z
Brak in the language of the country im-
porting the ſovereign, as Cez/ar does the
Roman emperor in Europe. Thus Adoni-
bezek ſignify'd lord or king of Bezek, a
nation ſubdu*d by the 17-aelites, immediately
after the deceaſe of Jaſbua, according to
Joſepbhus, lib. 5. c. 2. Adoni or Adonai in
Hebrew ſignifying lord. 3 00 Da

The dominions of Cheyratick, otherwiſe Kingdom of
call'd S:atick, king of the Foules, of which he Foules.
ſome mention has been made before, ſtretch
out about three hundred leagues in compaſs, '
reckoning from the country of the Fargots
in the eaſt, on thè river Sexega, down about
fifty leagues to the ſea-coaſt weſtward;
comprehending in this ſpace, ten other ter-
ritories and petty kingdoms, which are tri-
butary to it, beſides that of Ali-Fouke, be-

fore ſpoken of, over whom this king claims

a ſuperiority, and ſome others on the north
ſide of the Senega. The town or city Ca-
melingua, alias Conde, 1s reputed the me-
tropolis of this little empire, ſtanding
above a hundred miles up the inland, eaſt-
ward of the Senega: 4

The Foules may Be properly divided Two n4-
into two different nations, the eaſtern and tions of
the weſtern, inhabiting from the eaſtern !.
part of the Gelofes to Ca melingua; and
ſtretching from Donkan to Bociet, on the
weſt to the lands of the Gelofes 3 and towards
the ſouth, to thoſe of prince Wolly, and to
part of the kingdom 4 Borſals.

The

26

BannorT.

Their king.

ma
Kingdom of
the [alofes.

both ſides of the river Bor/alo, from Gam-

A Deſcription
The natives reckon their king, the moſt
potent prince in all thoſe countries, as I
ſhall ſhow in another place. He has the
character of being very courteous and civil
to the Europeans; and has ſuch regard for
them, as not to ſuffer any of them to be
wrong' d, or abus'd by his ſubjects. They
affirm, he is able to bring forty or fifty
thouſand men into the field, upon occaſion,
without any difficulty, according to the
method the Blacks uſe in raiſing their armies z
their warlike expeditions being very ſhort,
for want of laying up ſtores, and erecting
azines to ſupport them long.
he kingdom of the Gelofs, or Jalofes,
as has been already obſerv'd, extends near
a hundred leagues eaſtward, and about
ſixty five, or ſeventy north and fouth, on

ba to the kingdom of Senega. Marmol
calls theſe people Chelofes.

A s to the Blacks dwelling above the town

of Kayor, among the weſtern Foules, no-

thing can be faid of them, but what is re-

ported by ſome factors of the French com-

| pany, viz, That beyond Seratick, or Che-

ratick, are the countries of the Faregots, or

Fargots, and of Engueland, diſtant from

their factory above three hundred leagues,

up the river, with whom they have began

to ſettle commerce; the inhabitants no

way differing from the other Blacks below
the river Senega. 5

Bad tra-
velling.

of the mads hy land.
T HE French in Senega travel on camels,

> horſes, or aſſes, in ſix days, from their
factory on St. Lewis's iſland to Kayor, a-

mong the weſtern Foules ; but with abun-

dance of toil and danger, moſt of the way

being through vaſt thick foreſts, ſwarming
with robbers and wild beaſts, without any

ſort of lodging to repair to at night.

| The road by land from Rio Freſco, or

Rufiſco, to Byburt on the Sexega, tho? partly
through woods and foreſts, is nothing near
ſo bad as that which leads from the factory

to the town of Kayor. This we here ſpeak of

Eutan 4
great lake.

is open, for departing from Ryfi/co, the roads
ran NE, to the village Beer, about a
league diſtant, From Beer to Jandos is two
leagues farther, it belongs to a vaſſal of
the king of Juala, and there are abundance
of palm-trees. From FJandos it extends
{till three leagues northward, to a lake by
the natives call'd Eutan, and by the Por-
tugueſe Alagoas ; that is, lakes, being four
leagues in length, and half a league in
breadth, from which ſeveral little rivers

run out, in the rainy ſeaſon, and it abounds

prodigiouſly in fiſh, tho? in ſummer it is
almoſt dry, The bottom of the lake is all
cover'd with a ſort of ſmall ſhells, by the
natiyes call'd Simba, much like thoſe

of the Coaſts
which the Blacks of Angola uſe inftead of

money.

Book I.

From this lake the road runs N E. to Ride by
Emduto, a village, where they ſay, the 4n1iq5:7-

ancienteſt family of the inhabitants . has of
courle the government of the place, and
there travellers generally lie at night.
There the road turns off N W. to a
village, which is the uſual reſidence of the
prieſts, or Marabouts, of the country
round about, by the Blacks call'd Ly-
cherins. .
From this village the road goes on eaſt-

ward, to another village, call'd Endir,

and from this again to that of Sanyeng,
where formerly ſome Portugueſe lived with
their families, but are ſince remov'd to
other places; yet have ſtill there two large
houſes, with each of them before an ex-
traordinary large calabaſh tree, in which
the ſaid Portugueſe had ingeniouſly con-

_triv'da ſpacious ſummer-houſe, fram*d of $ummer-

the boughs, to divert themſelves, during e and
the heat of the day. Here is alſo a well, __.

ten fathom deep, which ſupplies all the
country about, with ſweet freſh water,

which taſtes as luſcious, as if it were tem-

per'd with honey. The Blacks affirm, that

«

the water of certain brooks, which are Srrang
near by this place is pernicious to camels v.

and dromedaries, and yet good and whole-
ſome for all other creatures.

From Sanyeng, the road leads to Mangar,
the reſidence of the king of Kayor, for

ſome part of the year; and thence ſtretches
on to Emboul, where the ſaid king of Kayor

has his chief Seraglio, being a ſpacious man- Seraglio. L

ſion, parted from the town by a paliflado,
or hedges of reeds, and the avenues to it
planted on both ſides with palm-trees, and
a large plain before it, hemm'd in with
trees, where the Blacks ride their horſes.

This Seraglio is the habitation of the king's

principal wives, whom they call Sagona,
and no man isallow'd to come nearer to it
than a hundred paces. 1
From Mangar, the road holds on ten
leagues to the village Embar, the reſidence
of the next ſucceſſor to the king of the
country; and thence it proceeds to and

ends at Byburt, a town on the river Senega, Byhurt
almoſt oppoſite to the iſland of St. Lewis. town.

At this town of Byburt are the king*s col-
lectors for taxes and tolls. :

It is to beobſerv'd, that beſides the ſeve-
ral places here mentioned in the account of
the road from Ruſiſco or Rio Freſco to By-
hurt, there are many- other ſmall villages
or hamlets, ſcatter*d along the ſides of it.

Travellers are alſo to be inform'd, that ronve-

the heat here is almoſt intolerable all the niences on

year about, only ſomewhat abating during % 77d.

the months of November and December; and:
that there is no ſtopping from morning till
3 night,

+ Z £ A 5 - Ws G4 = .
4 wes . : h q * * . S Rs ns, Ds
2 22 1 S . . n & wa On 2 &
r 3 FA ao 93 IS 8 EY: 7 3 x CFP IS 2 8 . e N 2
N FF c SOA n e . r E 8 * 2
7 * 5 N I e 3 e eee e r e i 2 . . 2 SEM Tp FE SL IR EE: "I
* 85 £ 2 + of! bs 5 wt , : * by * l $ "= * ER — PI A „ * 8 ” de *

CHAP. 2.

Hretched

958 :

And beds.

Lazy men

and leud
Wonen.

Portu-
gueſe fort

—

night, unlefs it be ſome little time about noon
under ſome trees, to eat of ſuch proviſions as
they muſt of neceſſity carry along with
them on little aſſes, which are dull heav
creatures, horſes being ſcarce at Nuſiſco.
However, the French agents ride a horſe-
back, and their ſervants on thoſe ſorry aſſes
without ſaddles, which is extraordinary un-
eaſy. At night they lie at ſome village,
where there is no accommodation, either for
man or beaſt; moſt of the native Blacks li-

ving for the moſt part on roots, for want of

corn, which is the common food in other
places, theſe here being extraordinary lazy
and miſerable poor.
Their little houſes or huts are generally
made of ſtraw, yet ſome more commodious
than others, built round, without any other
door but a little hole like the mouth of an
oven, through which they muſt creep on all
four, to get in or out; and having no light
bur at that hole, and a conſtant ſmoaky fire
continually being kept within, it is impoſſi-
ble for any but a Black to live within them,
by reaſon of the exceſſive heat from the roof,
and no leſs from the floor, being a dry burn-
ing ſand. Their beds are made of ſeveral
ſmall ſticks, plac'd at two finger's breadth
diſtance from each other, and faſtned toge-
ther with ropes, the whole ſupported by
ſhort wooden forks ſet up at each comer,
Tis not difficult ro gueſs what eaſy ſleeping
there is like to be on ſuch beds, tho! the bet-
ter ſort of them ſpread a mat over theſe bed-
ſteds to lie on. The men of Byburt are ſo
lazy, that they will donothing ; the women
manage all, even their ſmall trade, by which
means they have the opportunity of being
2 leud and debauch'd with the European
ailors.

At this place of Byburt are ſtill to be ſeen

the ruins of a fort, which the Portugueſe had
almoſt finiſh'd in the year 1483, under
the command of Peter Vas d' Acunha Biſagu-
do, ſent hither expreſsly by king Jobn II. of

Portugal, with a fleet of twenty caravels,

carrying men and materials to effect it with
all ſpeed. Thar king was induced to this
_ undertaking by the preſſing inſtances of one
Bemoy, at that time king of the country,

of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.
who being ſucceſſor to Barbiram, ki of Bannor.
in

the Gelofes, and expell'd by an inſurr
of his ſubjects, ran afoot from hence along

y the ſea-coaſt, as far as Anguin, where he im-

bark'd for Portugal, with ſome of his fol-
lowers, to beg the aſſiſtance of that king,
who receiv'd him affectionately, cauſing
him and all his retinue to be converted and

27

baptized with much pomp, and gave him

the name of Jobn, being himſelf godfather,
and the queen godmother. This Bemoy re-
turn'd to his country with the aforeſaid com-
modore Acunba, and being landed, pro-

ceeded to build the fort we have mentioned

bur the place proving very unhealthy to dA.
cunha and his men, whodied apace, and the
ſituation being bad, becauſe of the ſtrong

cens'd, fearing his king would appoint him
governour of the new fort, which would

make his life miſerable, that in a rage he Ba#baroxs
murder'd the unfortunate black king Bemoy, 4.

aboard his ſhip, and return'd with the reſt
of his men to Liſbon, leaving the fort half

current of the river, d' Acunha was ſo in-

built. King Jobn was highly offended at

him, both for his diſappointing the enter-

prize, and for the barbarous act of murdem
ing his convert Bemoy; concerning which,

fee Vaſconcellos in the life of that king,

The road we have ſpoken of, from Ru-
fiſco to the river Senega, was made for the

conveniency of trading from Goeree to the

dious and uncertain, the Freuch having found
by frequent experience, that their ſhips ot
ſloops often made it a voyage of a whole
month, tho? the diſtance be but forty leagues

by ſea, along the coaſt, the winds and cur-

rents much obſtructing it during the moſt
part of the year. : |

There is alſo a road made from Rufſeo to

Lambaye, the capital of the kingdom of
Baool, being twenty leagues diſtant from

_ Camina to the eaſtward; and thence to San-

guay, three leagues farther N W. from Lam-
baye, where the king of that country reſides,

Jameſil is five leagues eaſt of Lambaye, and

Borſalo town twenty eight or thirty leagues
2 ſtill, on a branch of the river Bor-
40. 5 5 |

"CHAF--:. |
A more particular account of the countries known by the names of Foules and
Jalotes, and the petty kingdoms lying towards the ſea- coaſt; their nature,

product, rivers, beaſts, birds, fiſhes, trees, fruits, flowers, and inſets; as
alſo the climate, weather, and Tornado's orTravado's.

Diſpoſition HIS country in ſome parts is hilly

of the conun-

Wy.

and mountainous, in others flat and
level, with large plajns and commons, inter-
mix d with ſalt- pits, large lakes, foreſts and
rivers, and abundance of meadow-· grounds
almoſt every where,

The lakes and ſea afford great plenty of
y about Case. 4

The foreſts harbour prodigious numbers zea/

ſeveral ſorts of fiſh, 7
Verde and Rufiſco. *

of elephants, eſpecially wood-- Aren
35 Sta

iſland of St. Lewis, which by ſea, is very te-

47

% BE, ot —
os K we *
2 — ge he —

28

Bangor. which here, as well as near Gamboa, feed
WYY together in Rerds, as the wild ſwine do in

ſome European countries. There are alſo
lions, leopards, tygers, rhinocerots, camels,
wild aſſes, wolfs, wild goats, ſtags, ounccs,
panthers, antelopes, fallow deer, wild rats,
wild mules, bears, rabbits, and hares; but
of theſe two laſt, the moſt about Yaray and
Banguiſa, two villages on the borders be-

tween Kayor and Borſalo. For cattle, there

Herd.

Red deer,

rabbits,

is an incredible multitude, much leſs in
ſize than what England generally affords,
which run about wild; but about the Sexega,
this ſort of cattle is larger than in the other
parts. Wild boars are alſo very numerous,
their fleſh much whiter, and not fo well
taſted as ours in Europe. The ounces are
reckoned much fiercer, and more ravenous
than the tygers, but at the ſame time more
beautiful. EL Ber „
Fere are alſo very many apes, monkeys,
and baboons, but not ſo handſome or game-
ſome as thoſe of the coaſt of Guinea. There

are alſo large porcupines, in Barbary calPd

Zaita, and two ſorts or ſpecies of very ſmall
tame goats, which the natives value very
much for their fleſh, and are to them inſtead
of ſheep. One ſort of theſe animals has a
beautiful ſhining black ſkin, highly eſteem'd
among the Blacks; the other ſort has long

hair about the neck. The fleſh of the fe-
males is juſt tolerable, but that of the males

is dry, naught, and ſcarce eatable, by rea-
ſon of the ſtrong ſuffocating ſcent, or ra-
ther ſtench always attending it. |

IT muſt again ſay ſomewhat more par-

ticular as to the oxen and cows already
mention'd. ' The number of them muſt be
almoſt infinite, if we conſider the very many
cargoes of dry hides in the hair, ſhipp*d off

every year at Senega, Goeree, Porto & Ali,
and other parts, and the ſmall price they
are purchas'd at; a good ox or. bullock -

yielding under two pieces of eight in Eu-
ropean goods, and a large cow much leſs.
The king of Baool! conſtantly keeps above

5000 of this ſort of cattel ; and every one of

the better ſort among the natives has a large
herd, or drove, ſuitable to his rank and abi-
lity. This prodigious quantity of cattel runs
in and about the woods, feeding in herds of
3 or 400 together, led by one ſingle Black,
who looks after, and drives them all back

every evening into places paliſſaded, like a

park fence. The cows are moſt miſchievous,
and will run at any perſon that comes near
with any thing that is red, either in clothes,

or the hands: their milk is very good and

ſweet. : TO
The ſtags and hinds have little ſhort
horns, bending towards the neck, like a

and hares. ram's; the fleſh of the firſt of them is extra-

ordinary ſweet and good; that of the hares
and rabbits is much the ſame as in England.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

There is alſo great plenty of fallow deer,
and abundance ot dogs, cats, and civet cats ;
beſides ſeveral forts of other aminals un-
known to us. One ſort whereof, is remark-

ble, for that it has the body of a dog, and 4 franss
the hoofs of a deer, but larger, the ſnout creature.

much like that of a mole, and feeds on
ants, or piſmires; and, if we may believe
the-Blacks, digs as faſt with that inout un-
der ground, as a man can conveniently
walk. I had one of them given me dead,
which I have drawn exactly as here repre-
ſented in the cut. | |

This country is alſo infeſted with ſeveral s:
ſorts of venomous ſerpents, the worſt of

which is of a light-grey colour, which
however does not offer to offend man, un-

leſs provok' d. Theſe often lurk at night
in the cottages of the Blacks, to watch for
rats and mice, which they are very fond of.

For theſe reaſons, the natives have a great
veneration for them, as believing that the
ſouls of their kindred departed are tranſ-

migrated into them; and therefore they

conclude, that whoſoever offers to deſtroy
them, deſerves death. As ſoon as one of

rpents, |

this ſort of ſnakes has bit a Black, he pre- Superſt3-

the place, to be cured, by his charms, and

fuperſtitions. If the Marabout happens to

be from home, the perſon is nevertheleſs

cured, by touching a piece of wood, that

ently repairs to the Marabout, or prieſt of tion.

is always ſtanding upright by the prieſt's
houſe, for that purpoſe. Eng

The Blacks farther pretend to ſay, they Fhing

have here ſeen a ſort of wing'd, or flying Serperrs.
ſerpent, which uſes to feed on cow's milk,

fucking it at the dug, without hurting the
beaſt. This ſort of ſerpent they affirm,
will ſtifle a man in a few minutes. Another

fort they fay is ſo monſtrous big, as to

ſwallow a buck, or a ſtag whole.

dinary large lizards, which are good to eat ;
and no fewer of the little fort, which make

their neſts in the hutts and cottages, and

are very troubleſome to the Blacks, by run-

ning continually to and fro over their faces
and bodies, as they lie aſleep, in the night,

and fouling on them,

Here is alſo abundance of ſeveral ſorts of Bird:.

birds and fowl, One of the fineſt ſort are

the parrots, but more eſpecially the par- Tarrots.

rokeets, being no bigger than an European

lark, ſome all over green, others with a
grey head, the belly yellow, the wings green,

the back, part yellow and part green, and
a very long tail; but theſe ſeldom or never
talk, though ever ſo well taught, having
only a pretty ſweet cry or tone. An-
other ſort are of an aſh-colour about the
neck, and yellow . or green about the

body; and theſe do much miſchief in the
"The

corn fields. f

3

There is a prodigious number of extraor- Lizard:.

.
2 IJ
N. x It .
oh” 1
1 x 3 * q
” * + * 44 | - 3,
* 314 1
= Abs 2» _— 5
. * 7 1 * 7 1 9
l * 4
1 1 .
5 * x
: £7 9
r PS,
- 5 F
p 2 * :
0 -
2
a '£

Cabo Verdo Camel

FR, 009,
- ”-
114M, Fs

t l
1 14

*
i.,

o — wy ” —
8 - = —

- hd — . ——
— Pr KA .
_— — Xa 2
— ned

———————-

*
1 14) :
, _— ,
TT
N
i WAR
=?
I 7
it 4

S *
1
0 5
| %% fr
1 þ bak A. „„
/ .

„„ h :
1 CBT x *
"\ * 15 h
\\ 11 %

P 7 nd
i a 1 441

> 4, £51, a 2.
— 1 "0 _ FL
e. | I:
* 1 ,4,/
. 14
26

— — ——
- p = — — 2 5 — a
— IM — 2 2 — — * 444 «sf 2
| AN " IAA” 5 2 2 ” — erer 77 2 4
ACT | * 74 2 D 5 72 4 *
RY 't hs 7 , 7 * 7e 7 7 P 7 * - 2 A 2 ., 7 „. ” - P 1000 491 Md, 0 N — A $% ies FAT
, . » * # 8. - 5 952225 7 1 - - „*
14 221% ELANTRA e > * 06, ov goto Fo ti109095 #4 fr
17. 47 d „„ £0 I — .
3 „. 8 ty * L „ent 4.9 8

One of the Sealer 0 a All. taken at Cabo Verdo drawn of < Natural Bignes

77

r
,,,

fs
2
*

—
V
Q
TJ
=W
wy =»
=
=o
—
W
—

8
772
4

/

—

——— —
33232355

— —
- —
* —— —
——— a
— —

T
1 n — — —
962 —
S | | - *
ERR 5 — TY — K — — — | | ASS ==
— — — <4 v8 a- — 2 a
S 2 .
— _ * * 3 % - : —
2 hes ths —_—— * — -
n . _ D : |
— — 88 |

a

—— _—
> — — ——
— r

—

U UU— — — 7 I .
— L062 - —
— æj— —— —
CEOS 2

Cocks and
Hens.

Pintadac.

The poultry, both cocks and hens, are ex-
traordinary ſmall, and perch on the trees,
like other birds; their fleſh very ſweet.
The Pintada hens, which are alſo very
mall, have a delicious taſte, eſpecially the
young ones. Their feathers are of a dark
ah colour, all over full of ſmall white
ſpecks, fo regular and uniform, that they
excced many ſmall birds in beauty. The
cocks have a fine riſing, or tuft on the
crown, like a comb, of the colour of a dry
walnut-ſhell, and very hard. They have
a ſmall red gill, on each fide of the head,
like ears, ſtrutting out downwards; but the
hens have none. They are ſo ſtrong, that

it is very hard to hold them, and ver

bold withal. They ſeldom have long tails,
except thoſe that fly much, when the tail
is of uſe to them, ſerving as a rudder to

help them in turning. Their beaks are thick

and ftrong, their claws long and ſharp :

They feed on worms, and rake up the earth
to come at them, or elſe on graſhoppers,
which are very numerous, Their fleſh is
tender and ſweet, in moſt of them white,
yet ſome have it black, and are taken by
dogs running them down, being kept ſome-
times 2 or 300 in a flock. They alſo

thrive well aboard of ſhips, and live long;

and if taken young, become as tame as our
hens. As to ſhape, they much reſemble
a partridge, but are much lager.

Theſe Pintadas perch on trees, as do alſo

their partridges, which are generally of a
larger ſize than ours in England, and differ

will Cee

g Teal.

| Doves, &c. 2 g . ;
which are choice meat, as are the wild pi-

Eagles,

from them in the colour of their feathers,
ſome being white, and others black. _
Here is alſo a ſort of wild geeſe, ſome-
what differing in feathers from the Euro-
bean, and arm'd at each wing with a hard,
ſharp, horny ſubſtance, about two inches
and a half long.

Teal are pretty common and very deli-
cious, eſpecially the grey ones of the river

Senega. | LD

Nor is there leſs plenty of turtle-doves,
geons, or ring-doves, which the woods
ſwarm with; as they do with nightin-
gals, much like ours in Europe, but do not
ſing ſo ſweetly. In ſome places there are
larks. |

Eagles are very numerous ; as are the

_ bawks,&c.ſtorks z ſhort-wing' d hawks ; herons, white

and black ; vultures, whoſe skins are much

valu'd by the Blacks ;, alſo falcons, wood-

cocks, wild ducks, and almoſt all ſorts of
birds known to us in Europe, whether wild
or tame, beſides others quite unknown to
us; ſome of which are extraordinary beau-
tiful to the eye, having curious red heads,
necks and tails, and their tails mix'd with

lively blue, yellow, and black. Others are

Vol. V.

Cuare. 2. of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.

as green as an emerald all over, or of a BAR Nor.
fine yellow or blue, ſome of which I brought W

over into Europe.

The Blacks ſay they have, in ſome parts, Oſtriches.

oſtriches of a prodigious magnitude, and
ſome ſmaller, which they reckon rare meat,
every part of their fleſh having a different
taſte from the other, Their feathers are ge-

nerally of a dark-grey. This creature is ſo

generally known, that Ithink it ſuperfluous to

ſay much more of it; but only to undeceive

the credulous, as touching an erroneous opi-
nion which has long prevail'd among Euro-
Peans, and is, that the oſtriches feed on and
digeſt iron; the contrary being very well
known, and may be ſufficiently clear'd by

this inſtance. The embaſlad&rs of Morocco,

Fez and Sale to theStates-general of the uni-
ted provinces, in the year 1659, among other
rarities of thoſe countries, brought over to

Holland, as a preſent, an oftrich, which died

at Amſterdam by greedily ſwallowing of iron-
nails, which children threw to it, believing
that creature had digeſted it like bread 3
for the oſtrich being open'd when dead,
above eighty nails were found entire in its
ſtomach. Others have obſerv*d, that the

oſtriches do void the iron, or braſs they have
ſo greedily ſwallow'd, without the leaſt di-
minution, and even that is ſcarce done with.
out imminent danger of the creature's life,

or at leaſt making it very ſick, Thus it
appears, that this animals devouring of iron
or copper, does not proceed from a natural
appetite for thoſe metals, nor from the
ſtrength of its ſtomach to digeſt them ; but
from a voracious temper and ſtupidity,
which makes it ſwallow things ſo prejudi-
cial to its body, 15

Now and then there appear in theſe parts Dwarf-
ſome dwarf-herons, which the French call herons.

Aygrets, being much like the other herons

in ſhape, excepting the bill and legs, which

are quite black, and all the feathers of a

curious white. |

I had one of theſe given me by a Black,
who ſhot it in the woods; and from the
wings and back of it I caus'd to be pick'd

a ſort of very long, ſmall, round and hairy

feathers, 12 or 15 inches long, which the

French call Aygrets, as well as the bird, and

are highly valu'd among the Turks, an
other eaſtern nations. Theſe I have by me
to this day, as a very great rarity.

There is another bird, which has a crook- Alcaviak
ed beak, with a black ſkin on the neck and bird, &c.

head, but no feathers there, tho' it has on
the body. Near the town of Sandos and

the lake Eutan, they have a ſort of iron-
grey fowl, of the bigneſs of a ſwan, whoſe
beak 1s round, and hooked, like that of a
parrot, with white feathers under jg. The
bird calPd Alcaviak, is of the ſize of a pea-

] cock,

30

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Boo I.

BARROr. cock, having a tuft of curious fine ſmall from their upper jaw with which it is ſaid -

V feathers on the head, much like a coronet, they can ſtrike through the planks ofa ſhip, =
ſpotted with white on each ſide of the head, and make it. leaky. The eſpadon, as the
and its feathers all over like velvet. French call it, is alſo found in theſe ſeas,

Bees, It is almoſt impoſſible to be exact in de- having a bone four foot long proceeding
ſcribing all the ſeveral ſorts of inſects in this from its upper jaw, with other ſmaller bones
country, and therefore ſhall paſs over them croſſing it at equal diſtance, with which it
the more ſlightly. The bees ſwarm in the catches other fiſhes. BP el
woods, eſpecially towards the river Gambia, The pools, brooks, lakes, and other Freſp-
where the Blacks make conſiderable advan- watery places in this country are alſo well ver Ab.
tage of their wax. ſtor'd with carps, crevices, and the fiſh

26. The woods are alſo full of very large ants they there call Herke-hay, much like a ſal-

gnats, &c4 or piſmires, and ſundry ſorts of gnats and mon. 15
flies, which are troubleſome to travellers; The crocodiles, or alligators, are alſo Alligators.
as is a ſort of inſect, like a little crab, ha- pretty common, ſome of them accounted
ving a ſting in the tail, like the ſcorpion, venomous, and others not; beſides another
which obliges the Blacks to travel, for the ſort, much like a ſerpent, and feeding on
moſt part, by night, through the foreſts piſmires. he pay:
with lights made of a bituminous fierce The natural lazineſs of the natives in ge-
burning ſort of wood they have among neral, may perhaps be one reaſon of the

them. —— Ws great plenty of fiſh hereabouts, and its

Fiſh, As for fiſh, there is as great plenty, as growing ſo large; becauſe the Blacks do

maeuch variety, and ſeveral ſorts as large, not ule to go a fiſhing, unleſs they can find
as can be imagin'd, all along that coaſt; no game a hunting, or ſhooting.
and particularly in the bay, by the French | .
call'd, la Baye de France, or French Bay. T The S011
often ſent out the pinnace there, with ſix I a reddiſh burnt mould, mix*d with ſand,
hands, who in leſs than two hours, with yet very fertile in the low lands of Senega

our ſeane, caught ſo great a quantity of all and Gambia, by reaſon thoſe rivers overflow
ſorts of fiſh, large, and very good, as would at certain ſeaſons of the year; and propor-
give 200 men a meal. Several ſorts were tionably in all other places, becauſe of the
the ſame we have in England and France, moiſture and coolneſs of the night, during
and others quite unknown to us. the ſummer ſeaſon : ſo that molt European
Generally the fiſh is very large. I have ſeeds thrive quickly, but none of our fruit-
ſeen ſcales 15 inches about, very fine and trees. However, the Blacks make little ad-
curious in their form. . vantage of this natural goodneſs of their ſoil,
' Pilchardss, Pilchards, though ſmall, are very good, being, as I have often obſerv'd, a very ſloth-
appearing in mighty ſhoals at certain times, ful people. Maiz or Indian wheat, and mil- Maiz and
on the urface of the water, about Ryfiſco, let, the two ſorts of grain they make moſt Miller.
where the Blacks pretend to dry them, on uſe of, would yield a mighty increaſe, and
the ſandy downs, before their town, next prevent the deſtructive famine they are often
the ocean, as I ſhall again obſerve. expoſed to, as ſhall be taken notice of elſe-
Soles, The ſoles here are longer, and not ſo where; our European corn will not anſwer
round as thoſe in France. Mullets are much well, the heat being too violent, and the
of the ſame ſhape as with us; as are the ground too moiſt, Hs Su
turbots, pikes, thornbacks, and monks of Rice would grow with eaſe in the low Rice.
three or four ſorts, one of which is all over lands, if the people were more induſtrious ;
full of round blue ſpots. The bream, cre- but they have little or none, unleſs it is at
vices, and lobſters, differ much from ours Cabo Verde, alledging they do not love that
in Europe, There are no oyſters at all, fort of grain. | | ir ns
but abundance of jambles, as large as the Ignames and potatoes are common enough, Roots
alm of a man's hand. beſides ſeveral other ſorts of roots, which

Strange The ſorts of fiſh unknown in Europe, the natives value very much, tho? ſome of

fiſhes. are the pargues, the gold fiſh, the tunny, the them are very inſipid. They uſually dry and

| racoas in ſhape like a ſalmon, the neger, keep them till they have occaſion. There
and the /arde, which the Blacks eat above is allo a particular ſort, call'd Gernot, which
any other fiſn. taſtes like a hazle- nut.
There are alſo multitudes of vaſt great The little white peaſe of Kayor, and the Peaſe and
ſharks, porpoiſes, or ſea-hoks, ſouffleurs, by white and red beans, are tolerable enough bean-.
the Dutch call'd nord-kapers, and by the to cat, -
Engliſh erampuſſes, being a ſort of whales, The Maniguette or Guinea pepper might Guinea 5

ſuccets, and /pruntons, or ſword- fiſhes, having be well improved here; but the natives do Tepfer.

a long ſharp- pointed bone ſticking ſtrait out not regard it, ſo that there are only ſome
buſhes

2

and

lea

RE + N 18
* r c
e TSC
n DR r
. n r N
7 1 7 9 * . g 2

WJ BY
" 4 1 9 "Jy
Wes
+ .,
ws d-
: We 4 : * :
23 F " p
3s
ps LH
2 —
9 4
— 8
r
„
333

bt ML
7
CT

y _

Watey-me-

Cabo Verde. © |

nothing ſo ſweet and pleaſant as in Portugal,
their juice being very infipid. At Goeree they
cultivate a ſmall fort of melons not much
bigger than an ordinary egg, which when
quite ripe turns perfectly red. 8

The Papayes, which taſte like coleflowers,

grow on a ſmall tree, with large leaves,
about the bigneſs of a ſmall melon, but not
many of them on one tree. Theſe are a

good refreſhment to ſailors, as are the pom-

pions of the country, but theſe very ſmall
and crabbed. _ 3

The pine · apple or Anana is plentiful about
Senega, but ſcarce at Cabo Verde, Here is
abundance of Dandelion growing wild to-
wards the ſea-coaſt, but extremely
as alſo every where great plenty Cf large
field-purſlain, and wild ſharp ſorrel, call'd

Guinea ſorrel, accounted very wholeſome,

being preſerved in a pickle of ſalt and vine-
gar. It grows like a ſmall buſh, with a little
prickly ſtalk, the leaves ſhort and broad.

I once found at Goeree, a ſort of plant,
which has the ſcent both of thyme and mar-
joram. | 1 +

I ſhall have occaſion in the courſe of this

deſcription to ſpeak of the palm-wine, by the

| Blacks call'd Miguolu, whereof there is great

plenty, as alſo of the palm-oil, much uſed
by the natives to ſeveral purpoſes; and will

therefore forbear in this place giving any far-
ther account of the ſeveral forts of palm-trees

Rufiſco, which are a great ornament, and

of which they are made. Only it may be

here obſerved, that there are abundance of
palm-trees in this country, eſpecially about

do much ſet off their landskips; but there

lons.
Trees.

are no coco- trees at all.

T EES and FRul xs.

| AS for wild trees, I took notice of none like
* what we have in Europe, or that the na-
tives made any other advantage of them but
for fuel. I have ſeen ſome there of an im-

menſe magnitude, the trunks being ſo big

about, that ſeveral men together could not
fathom them. If I may believe ſome of the
French factory, they have ſeen ſuch as twenty
men could not fathom. Moſt certain it is,
that I ſaw myſelf the trunk of a tree, lying
on the ground at the cape, near Goeree,
which was ſixty foot about, and in it a hol-
low or cavity, big enough to contain twent

men ſtanding cloſe together ; and I farther

_ obſerved, that there were ſeveral ſorts of odd

figures of men and beaſts, which appear'd
ſuch at a diſtance, form'd by nature itſelf on
—T— |
Theſe large trees have a ſoft tender bark;
the leaves are much like thoſe of the walnut-
tree, four or five growing cloſe together in

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.
buſhes of it to be ſeen here and there about

Water- melons abound every where, but

bitter;

7

a cluſter, They run up in a few years to an BAR RO r.
amazing bulk and loftineſs in low fat WWW
grounds, Fo 55
There is another ſort of tree in the foreſts, 74+ Ape-
on which a kind of ſmall birds, no bigger than ere.
ſparrows, make faſt their hanging neſts to

the ends of the boughs ; ſo that on one of

theſe trees there are often above an hundred

of the ſaid hanging neſts, very curiouſly and
artificially twiſted and wrought by thoſe little

creatures to preſerve their young ones from

the ſerpents, as the Blacks pretend; but I
rather believe from the apes and monkeys,
which are in great multitudes on the trees,
leaping and skipping from one branch to an-
other, and feeding on a certan fruit very
common in the woods, reſembling a gourd,
but ſomewhat longer, The Blacks therefore
call this the ape-tree; of which I ſhall ſay
more in my remarks upon the river Seſtro. |
Among the eatable fruits hereabouts, I Liquor.
took notice of one, in ſhape like a ſmall
plumb, which the natives make much uſe of,
extracting from it a ſharpiſh liquor ; ſerving
them inſtead of palm-wine, where this 1s
ſcarce to be had. 0 |
The country has but few orange-trees ; orange,
but there is more plenty of ſmall crab lem- 24 lem-

mons, eſpecially in the lands of the Foules,

about Camelingue. 1 Ie 1
In the agent's garden at Goeree, I ſaw palma

ſome plants of the Palma-Chriſti, of which Chriſti.
a medicinal oil is made. He told me, it was

of that ſort of Kikajon or gourd-tree, which
cover'd Jonas's hut when he ſat down before
the great city of Nineveh. 3
The Portugueſe in this country make much 1, fruit.
uſe of the fruit Kola, reſembling a large cheſ-
nut, in the rainy and winter ſeaſons ; of

which more hereafter. 5

Here is great plenty of a ſmall fruit like
dates, whereof they make a ſort of wine,
call'd Shonkon, which is not ſo pleaſant as
the true palm wine. Of the ſame is made a
ſort of oil, ſerving for ſeveral uſes; as is alſo

done of the wine- palm- trees, producing a

ſmall ſort of nuts, which afford the Punic
oil, having a ſcent almoſt like violets, and
taſting like olives, of a yellow ſaffron colour.
This fort of palm-tree they call Sijby, and put
a great value upon the wine made of it. I
never ſaw any right coco-trees in theſe parts,
and believe none grow here, as at the iſlands
in the bight of Guinea.
The Kakaton is reckoned very cooling, has Kakaton
a thin skin or peel of a dark green, but is Fruit.
crabbed and ſouriſn; as is another ſort of
fruit here call'd Naniples, in ſhape like an
acron, full of juice, the peel yellow and
ſmooth. The Blacks uſe it in fevers, mix-
ing the juice with water, which is very re-
freſhing.

The Nompatas are about the bigneſs of Nom-
a cheſnut, green without, very luſcious, patas.

growing

Naniples.

„

Err EC ²˙ - — q
fp oc has ho > — f 6 ” A 5
; — „ h ; '
8 1 2 - a —— pg — 3 —
— — — — — 8 ,

'

— — —
> ———
5 — 1 ͤꝗAn;l, —

32

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BaRrBorT. rowing on a ſort of tall tree, and heats the
blood

Banale.

Tamba-
kumba.

Dlabolos.

Cotton.

Banana.

The Banale is a * fruit, ſhaped like a
peach, as ſweet as honey. There is alſo a

ſort of white mulberry-trees and tamarinds.

The Tambakumba is about as big as a pi-
geon's egg, of a very diſagreeable taſte, and
extraordinary hot.

The fruit Diabolos is a fort of hazle- nut,

which taſtes like almonds. Another ſpecies

of trees bear a fruit like ſmall pears.
Cotton-trees are pretty common. The
Blacks ſpin and weave the cotton, making nar-

row. cloths of it, ſome for their own uſe, and

a vaſt quantity to ſell to the Europeans, who

driye a conſiderable trade of them all along

the coaſt of Guinea, eſpecially the Engliſh,

Portugueſe, and Dutch z but the French very
ſeldom, as having no ſettlements any where

on the coaſt of South-Guinea, but only at Fida.
The Banana trees are very plentiful, the

fruit whereof is by the Spaniards call'd A.

dam's-Apple; for what reaſon I know not,

Indigo.

Graf; 4
hay.

but ſhall ſay more of it hereafter.
The Tinto is a buſh about three foot high,
from whoſe leaves they extract a ſort of in-

digo, to dye their cloths or clouts of a dark
blue, as ſhall be more particularly obſerved

in another place.

The meadows and paſture· grounds pro-
duce great plenty of graſs to feed their cattle

and horſes, which are very numerous; but the

hay made of it proves very tough and dry,

Flowers.

by reaſon of the violent heat.

The fields and woods are adorned with ſe-

veral forts of wild flowers, of an indifferent

Phyſical
herbs.

differing from ours in ſhape.

Trade of

ſalt.

beauty, and quite different from any we have
either in France or England. I took notice of

one particular ſort among the many other, for

its beautiful crimſon colour, and its reſem-

bling the flower, by the French call'd Belle
de nuit, or the night-flower ; but the Blacks

take no manner of delight in flowers.
The phyſical herbs uſed by the Blacks in

their diſeaſes, are of ſundry forts, but alto-

gether unknown to Europeans, and quite
They wonder
at us for eating of herbs and ſalads, and ſay
we do like the cattle and horſes.

1 SALT.

TH E bottom of the river Senega, be-

tween Byburtand the iſland of Sz. Lewis,
is all covered, where there is two foot water,
with a cruſt or bank of rock-ſalt, which the
Blacks dig out in pieces or lumps, with large
iron-hooks. This ſalt, as ſoon as dry'd in
the air, turns white, and is indifferently well
ſavour'd. The men who work at it ſay, that
as faſt as they dig it out, the hole fills up
again; as when a hole is cut in ice, the
water ſoon freezes and ſhuts it up again.
This falt is conveyed all over the « country,
upon camels, for the account of che King

and debauchery of all ſorts.

of Kayor ; and a camels load of it is ber
valued at a Cabo Verde cloth or clout, or
elſe a basket of millet.

The great lumps of rock: ſalt are broke
into ſmall pieces, and packed up in leathern
bags of an equal competent weight, ſo as

two of them make a camel's load. The

Dutch formerly uſed to carry ſome of this
rock- ſalt into Holland, Tho' the king here
makes all the a of the trade for ſalt,
he is at no charge for digging of it; but
the buyer is to defray it.

This country produces no gold, nor an
other metal, or mineral, that I could hear of.

Of the A1R or CLIMATE.

T is in the main very unhealthy, eſpe-
I cially near the rivers and marſhy grounds, —

and in ee places; but moſt of all to

white men, particularly in July, Augnſt, and
Seplember, which is the rainy ſeaſon; for

from September to June,. the heats are almoſt

intolerable, and produce many fatal diſtem-
pers in the Europeans, who reſide here on
However, I am of Intempe-
opinion, that their intemperance is more

the account of trade.

prejudicial to them, than the air itſelf; for
it is moſt certain, that very many of them

are guilty of much exceſs in palm-wine and

women: yet it is no leſs true, that the very
air of the country occaſions malignant fevers,
which frequently carry off a luſty man in

twenty-four hours; but if he can withſtand
the firſt fury of it, there is great likelihood
of his recovering.

Book I.

nce

worſe,

The natives themſelves are not ſometimes

exempted from ſuch diſtempers; but are of-
ten known to languiſh under them, if not

immediately ſnatch'd away by thoſe violent

fevers. They are very ſubject · to conſump-

tions, convulſions, and pallics,. of which at
laſt they die.

Another diſeaſe, as bad as the fever, if) Worms in
not worſe, is that occafion'd by the worms e fſb.

this malignant air breeds in the fleſh of men,
as well Blacks as Europeans ; ſome of which
worms are four or five foot long: but the
Blacks are moſt afflited with them, which

may be attributed to their uſual bad diet,
Intending to
ſay more of this diſeaſe of worms, when I
come to treat of the gold-coaſt of Guinea, I
ſhall be the ſhorter in this place, and only
add, that men are here plagued with a ſort
of hand worms: which in the Caribbee iſlands

in America, are call'd Chiques, and work
themſelves into the ſoles of the feet and the

heels, becoming the more troubleſome and
inſupportable, in that they are not to be
rooted out, if they have once time given
them to lay their eggs there. But of theſe
allo more ſhall be ſaid in the ſupplement,

when I come to the deſcription of Mar-
tinico.
The

1

4 "5 7m Eb
1 bp "0 4 1

r 1

r
we 13 TR l

-* FE

- 985 750 25 4

5 * =
_+
. LY
. 1
8 : N 4
* 2 8 0 *
AY s , *
vB q .
f 2
7
1 „ | — -
- Wes 7
e
5 WKY \
MSA
ee
1
* *

SIE RS : 32
e C n 2
r 8
e 3 N. VN, Et REY
e
„
Em LES

4

The TORNADOES
AR E ſometimes ſo violent in the winter,
that in a ſhort time they overturn, not
only ſingle cottages, but whole hamlets.
Where the ground is ſuch, theſe whirlwinds

will raiſe the ſands, and throw them all over

the country, choaking up the villages and
dwellings with them, which is a mighty an-
noyance to the natives.

In the ſummer ſeaſon, Which begins in

October; and ends in May, the weather is

pretty good and dry, the air calm, ſerene,
and clear, and the nights cool and ſweet, at

wich time it ſeldom rains for a fortnight

out: and this perhaps might be the reaſon

The Wine
ve 5 fer 2

digious rains, falling like an inundation,

together; but ſcarce one day paſſes without

thunder.

„% 9 cs 1
THE proſpect of the country is always
pleaſant, being perpetually green and
ſhaded ; for as one leaf falls, another ſhoots

why the antients placed their Elyſian-Fields

here; and the more, for that the ſea, along

this coaſt, is calm and ſmooth, during the
ſummer ſeaſon, and therefore they call'd it

Peaceable; beſides that the ſhore is a very

fine white ſand, on which the ocean beats

with a gentle motion and little noiſe.

Yet we cannot but ſay that thoſe poets
erred groſsly in judgment, when they placed

their Elyſian-Pields in this country: for tho?

it be pleaſant enough to behold this country
in the ſummer ſeaſon; the winter, and pro-

render it an habitation of horror and uneaſi-

neſs; for then moſt people are cloſe confined
to their poor little cottages, in a very tire-
ſome and melancholy condition. Beſides, that

either by reaſon of the unſea ſonableneſs of the

Famine.

weather, or the natural ſlothfulneſs of the

people, they are often afflicted with grievous
famines; which ſweep away great numbers of
them. The famine which happen'd there in
the year 1681, which was a little before my

arrival at Goeree; deſtroyed many thouſands

Deſerip-

tion of the

Blacks.

of inhabitants of the continent, and many
ſold themſelves for ſlaves, only to get a ſuſte-
nance; as formerly the ſeven years famine in
Egypt; obliged the Egyptians and Canaanites,
after parting with all their money, cattle,
and lands, to ſell themſelves for ſlaves to
Pharaoh and Foſeph. And in the days of

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

Nehemiah, the Jews were forced

33

a dearth BaRrnor.

53

b
to ſell their ſons and daughters for corn to

ſubſiſt themſelves, whereof they complain'd

loudly to that great man, Nebem. chap. v.
Yet was J told, that this famine in 168 1, was

nothing to compare to what they had before

in 1641 and 1642. However, my coming
ſo opportunely as I did at that time to Goeree,
ſav'd the lives of many, both Whites and
Blacks then in our forts, moſt of whom
look'd like perfect skeletons, eſpecially the
poor ſlaves in the great booth or houſe with-
out: for the ſhips ſent by the agent to the

illands of Cabo Verde, for proviſions, did not

return till a long time after my departure;

the paſſage thither, tho' not very diſtant,

being commonly extraordinary tedious, on
account of the great compaſs they muſt fetch

to the ſouthward; to meet the trade-winds

to carry them thither.

Theſe famines are alſo occaſioned ſome Locuſts.

years, by the dreadful ſwarms of graſhoppers

or locuſts, which come from the eaſtward,
and ſpread all over the country in ſuch pro-

digious multitudes, that they darken the

very air, paſſing over head like mighty

clouds. They leave nothing that is green

whereſoever they come, either on the ground
or trees, and fly ſo ſwift from place to place,

that whole provinces are devoured in a ver
ſhort time. Thus it may be rightly affirm'd,

that the dreadful ſtorms of hail, wind, and
ſuch like judgments from heaven, are no-

thing to compare to this, which when it

happens, there is no queſtion to be made but

that multitudes of the natives muſt ſtarve,

having no neighbouring countries to ſupply

them with corn, becauſe thoſe round about
are no better husbands than themſelves, and
are no leſs liable to the ſame calamities,

At other times, if the locuſts have not

done before, immenſe ſwarms of ſmall birds;
and of ants and piſmires; will do ſuch miſ-
chief to their fields, that no leſs a dearth

mult enſue.

I know not whether there be any veins of

gold in this country ; but it is certain that
metal is ſcarce to be ſeen in it, and what
little there is at any time, 1s brought from

the inland country, towards the Niger: The

ſtones here are generally of a dark brown
colour, or quite black, and very hard and
ponderous,

| Ne I PA é Is C007
Of the Blacks, their conſtitution, language, apparel, houſes or cottages, their
employments or profeſſions; their wars, weapons, and manner of fighting ;

their tillage and lands.

| The BLacks,
N general, are well proportion'd hand-
ſome men, of ſtature tall, ſtrait, and

luſty, active and nimble; and of a perfect
„ 8 8 8

black, far exceeding thoſe of the Gold Coaſt,
or of Ardra. Their noſes flattiſn, their lips

big, their teeth well - ſet, and as white as

wory; their hair either curled, or long and
K lank;

34

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Barzor: lank 3 their kin of a ſmooth ſhining black,

except thoſe that live on the north ſide of

Their diſ-
_ poſition,

the Senega river, who are a ſort of tawny

blacks. |

They are genteel and courteous in their
way, of a vigorous ſtrong conſtitution, but
leud and lazy to exceſs, which may perhaps
proceed from the fertility of their climate,
affording them all that is neceſſary for their
ſupport without much labour: and for this
reaſon, they are not reckoned ſo proper for
working in the American plantations, as are
thoſe of the Gold Coaſt, of Ardraand Angola;
but the cleanlieſt and fitteſt for houſhold-

ſervants, being yery handy and intelligent -

at any thing of that kind they are put to,
and will waſh themſelves all over three
times a day. =

They are generally extremely ſenſual,
| knaviſh, revengeful, impudent, lyars, im-

pertinent, gluttonous, extravagant in their
expreſſions, and giving ill language; luxu-

rious beyond expreſſion, and ſo intemperate,

that they drink brandy as if it were water

deceitful in their dealings with the Zuro-

peans, and no leſs with their own neigh-

bours, even to ſelling of one another for

| Sorcery,

Cunning
thieves.

ſlaves, if they have an opportunity; and,

as has been hinted before, ſo very lazy,

that rather than work for their living, they
will rob and commit murders on the high-

ways, and in the woods and deſarts, and

more particularly thoſe of Zaray : ſo that,

beſides the want of convenient roads, it is

very dangerous travelling in that country.
Tho” not aſham'd of this baſe way of li-

ving, which keeps them wretchedly poor

moſt part of their life, yet are they proud

and ambitious of praiſe. There is general-
lyamong them a great propenſity to ſorcery,

or divination by lots, eſpecially among their

prieſts, who exerciſe that deceitful art upon

inakes or ſerpents, pretending to have a
power to make thoſe horrid creatures fly
before them, or obey their commands, as

they pleaſe. Walla- Silla, a former king of

Fuala, was reckoned the greateſt ſorcerer
and poiſoner in the country ; inſomuch,
that upon ſome extraordinary accaſions,
they tel] us, he could, by the power of
his magick, bring all his forces together
in a moment, though ever ſo far diſpers'd
and ſcatter*d.
The Yaray Blacks above-mention'd, are
ſo dexterous and expert at ſtealing, that
they will rob an European before his face,
without being perceiv'd by him, drawing
what they fix their mind upon away with
one foot, and taking it up behind. In ſhort,
the ancient Lacedemonians might have learnt
of them the art of pilfering and ſtealing,
conſidering how expert theſe people are at
it. Nor are they leſs per fidious to the Blacks
of the inland countries, who come down to

half of what they have.
Thoſe of Juala and Porto d Ali are as
great knaves as any, in this particular.

The Camina Blacks are reputed the beſt Good f
ſoldiers in the country, being of a ſteady 4er,

reſolute temper, by which they have main-
tain'd their liberty between the two neigh-
bouring kings, who have often attempted

to reduce them by force of arms, but wich-

out ſuccels.
The Women

AR E very well ſhaped, tall, luſty, ſtrait,

active, and of a very bright black
colour, extreme wanton, and of pleaſing

countenances ; their temper hot and laſci-

vious, making no ſcruple to proſtitute them-
ſelves to the Europeans for a very flender
profit, fo great is their inclination to white
men; which often occaſions mighty quarrels

with their husbands.

The LANGUAGE

I S generally that of Zungay, uſed alſo in aorions in

Gualata, much like that of the Azyages/peaking.

Moors, which they utter in a precipi-
tate manner; taking the bed and ſtretck-
ing out the neck, or ſhortning of it, as they
deliver their words, moſt of which do ter-
minate in a. 35

Mar mol. lib. 1. cap. 33. ſpeaking of the
language of the Africans, takes notice of

three ſorts, call'd Chilba, Tamazegt, and

Zenetie, and uſed in his time; which how-

ever denote almoſt the ſame thing, though
the true Bereberes, or Chilobes, that is, the
antient Africans, diſpers'd throughout all
Africa, differ from others in the pronuncia-

tion, and ſignification of many words. Thoſe

who are near neighbours to the Arabs, in-

habiting a great part of Africa ever ſince

*

the year of our Lord 653, and who have 2, fe

moſt converſation with them, intermix abun- ral lan-
dance of words of the language Abimalic, guage,

the moſt noble dialect uſed among the Arabs,

with their natural African tongue; as the

Arabs, on the other hand, make uſe of abun-
dance of African words. The Gomeres and
Hoares, who live among the mountains of
the little Atlas, and all the inhabitants of
the towns on the coaſt of Barbary, lying
between the great Atlas and the ſea, ſpeak
a ſort of corrupt Arabick ; but in Morocco,
and all the provinces of that empire, as
likewiſe among the Numidians and Getulians,
lying to the eaſt-ward, they uſe the pure
African language, call'd Chitha, and Ta-
mazegt ; which names are very antient. The
other more eaſtern Africans, call'd Bereberes,
bordering on the kingdom of Tunis, and
from T ipoli de Barbaria to the — of

Yea,

—

trade at the factories; for under colour of

helping them to carry their goods, or of
ſerving as interpreters, they will ſteal one

3

Barca, generally ſpeak a corrupt, or broken

Arabick ; as do thoſe who inhabit the coun -
tries from the great Alas to the ocean, whe-

ther they have ſettled dwellings or not, and

moſt of the Aruages, though their princi-
pal language be the Zenelien. Thus we
fee there are few in Africa who ſpeak the

natural pure Arabic; yet in their authen -

tick writings they all make uſe of the lan-
guage Abimalic, and for the moſt part
they write and read it all over Barbary,
Numidia and Lybia.

Thoſe two languages are mixt among
the Blacks ; for the provinces which lie near
the Sentgues, and other Mabometan Arabs,
have abundance of Arabic and African words.
In Goloffe, the country I am now deſcribing
Geneboa, or Geneoua, of which I ſhall give
a ſhort account in the ſupplement ; Tombut,
Meli, Gago and Ganaſe, they ule the Zun-
gay language; in Gubercano, Queſena, Per-
zegreg and Guangra, they ſpeak the Guber
dialect; in Borna and Goags a third idiom
is uſed much like the former; and in Nubta,
a fourth, which participates of the Arabick,
Chaldaick and Egyptian. All theſe provin-

ces border on the Niger. In others more

to the ſouthward, they again ſpeak ſeveral
forts of languages and dialects, the chief
whereof are the Zinguienian and the Abyſſine.
In other parts again, they rather ſeem to
whiſtle than to talk; but all languages,

which are ſo ſtrange to us Europeans, ſound

more like whiſtling than talking.
When the Mabometan Arabs conquer'd

Egypt, the Egyptians took to their language,

and after that again to the Turki/s, which

they uſe as the courtly dialect. Only thoſe

dialects, in uſe among
| Blacks I am to treat of.

The better
ſort.

Shirt,

Breeches. |

who ſtil] continue chriſtians have preſerv'd
the natural Egyptian tongue, the only one
before its conqueſt uſed in that nation;

though in ſome parts of it a little mixt

with Arabict, and Abyſſinian, and every
where with much of the Hebrew.
This digreſſion I hope may be accept-

able to the reader, as giving a reaſonable

idea of the many different languages and

The APPAREL |

F the prime men, is a fort of ſhirt,
or frock of ſtriped cotton of ſeveral
colours; as yellow, blue, white, black, c.
Some of theſe are plaited about the neck,
others plain, having only a hole, or ſlit
for the head to paſs through, and reach
from the neck to the knees with large 0
fleeves. Under this ſhirt they wear a thick
cloth, made up after the faſhion of lon
wide breeches, by them calb'd Jouba, as is
worn by the Arabs, much reſembling a wo-
man's petticoat, plaited and tied round at
the bottom; and is very inconvenient, as

of a veil.

leather ſtraps.

ſeveral nations of

*

of Nigritia, or North - Guinea.

much obſtructing the motion of the legs,
becauſe of the wideneſs and the thickneſs

35
BarBorT.

of the cloth it is made of. This fort of

breeches is moſt uſed in the winter, for in
the ſummer they wear only a ſingle ſhirt
of old linen, with a little cap made of lea-
ther, or ozier, ſtreight at the head, but
wide above like a large frier's hood.

The common fort of both ſexes gene- The com-

rally wear nothing but a ſhort cotton clout,
or ſome linen rags, to cover their naked-
neſs. Others have only a leather girdle, to
which is made faſt a ſmall narrow clout
round the body, with an end hanging out

mon ſort.

behind. Others again join ſeveral cloths

or clouts, two or three fathom 1n length,

which they wrap about their ſhoulders,

and under the arms, and leave the two
ends hanging before and behind down to
their heels, like a long cloak, which they
look upon as an honourable dreſs.
conclude, others go ſtark naked, eſpecial
ly the younger ſort.

Women and girls wear only a ſingle

piece of cloth or clout about their waiſt,
and another over their heads, in the nature
Their hair is either platted or
twiſted, and adorn'd with ſome few trinkets

of gold, coral, or glaſs. Some there are,who
wear a ſort of coif, ſtanding up five or ſix

inches above their head,

which they think
a fine faſhion, |

The gentry wear
only a piece of leather, cut out to the ſhape
of the ſole of the foot, and faſtned with

To

Nomen.

ſandals, conſiſting of Sandals.

About their necks, arms,

wailt and legs abundance of Grigri, or other

baubles, neatly twiſted or plaited with ſome
pieces of coral, glaſs beads, and Cauris. The
Grigri are little ſquare leather, or cloth bags,

in which are enclos'd ſome folded pieces of

written paper, in a ſort of Arabick charac-
ters, made by their Lyncherines, or Mara-
bouts, being in the nature of ſpells z where-

of I ſhall givea more ample account here-

Grigri.

after, becauſe of the great eſteem thoſe

people generally have for them.

_ MaxrxRrIAGes
H O' the Alcoran of Mahomet, which
ſome of the Blacks pretend to follow,

Polygamy.

allows every man but four wives, at moſt ;

yet very many here will marry as many as
they can maintain, becauſe they can turn

them away again upon any ſlight complaint,
whenſoever they diſagree;

Some there are who fancy marrying none

take none to wife but ſuch as have given

g proof of their not being barren. He who

pen but virgins ; others, on the contrary, will

marries a virgin, cauſes a white ſheet to be of virgins:

laid on the bed of mats, on which they
are to conſummate the marriage; and if it
appears ſtain'd after the confurmation, he

concludes

36

BaRBOT.

concludes her to have come to him' a vir-

gin, and carries the ſheet in publick thro?
the village, attended by ſome Guiriots, who
ſing aloud the praiſesof the woman, and the
happineſs of the man. Tf no blood appears
on the cloth, the father of the woman,

| Who had warranted her a maid; muſt take

her home to him again, and reſtore the

bridegroom what oxen, ſlaves, or other

goods he had given him for his daughter.
Almoſt the ſame is generally practiſed
throughout the empire of Morocco, and

the kingdoms of Fez and Suz; with this

difference at Moroceo, that in caſe the bride

is not found a virgin, the bridegroom ſtrips
her of the fiuptial ornaments, turns her out

of his bed-chamber, without ſeeing her

face, and ſends her home to her father
tho? the law of Mahbomet-allows to ſtrangle
her, if he will take t

practice ſeems to have been among the Jes,

by the 22d chap. of Deuteronomy, ver. 13.
There are very few formalities uſed at
the wedding, which is good and valid, by

the conſent of the two contractors before

ſome witneſſes, together with a little feaſt-

ing, after their way, and preſenting the

parents of the bride; with ſome oxen, or a

horſe, a calf, or a ſheep, However, ſome
Parents will portion their daughter with
fomething or other, as a ſlave, two or three,

or with oxen, according to their ability

Fealouſy.

all which the bridegroom Is to reſtore, in
caſe he thinks fit afterwards to put away
his wife. | | =

The men are for the moſt part extraor-
dinary jealous of their wives. If they ſur-

prize them in adultery, the huſband will

kill the adulterer if he can, and be di-

vorc'd from his wife. Yet are they not ſo
incens'd if the wife is debauch'd by an Euro-

Pean; but, on the contrary, are generally
very inclinable to perſuade either their wives

Lendneſs.

or daughters, to proſtitute themſelves to
Europeans, provided there may be ſome-
„„ in ens
The Black women being naturally extra-
ordinary laſcivious, and their huſbands ſo
ſordidly covetous as to encourage them in

ſuch proſtitution; and on the other hand,

moſt of the Europeans, who live in thoſe.

parts, being a looſe ſort of people; it is eaſy

Wives and
concubines.

to gueſs what a ſcene of leudneſs and de-
bauchery is continually acting there, for
the greater number of our Europeans main-
tain three or four women, as if they. were

marry'd to them: and this it is that oc-

caſions ſo many diftempers as they often

languiſh under, till death puts an end to

all: |

The kings, and other men of note, have
uſually more wives than the common ſort,
ſome keeping 30 at the ſame time, . beſides

— —

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

rigor of it; This

kept in a lower degree than the wives
for the huſband muſt lie at night with one
of theſe, or more if he pleaſes, and reſerves
the concubines to divert him in the day,

Theſe women do not live all together
with the huſband, whether king, or other
great man, but are diſpers'd up and down
the country, in villages where they keep
their cattle ; that ſo he may have the com-
pany of ſome of them, whereſoever his bu-
ſineſs or pleaſure calls him.

One among the king's wives is generally
chief above the reſt, whom he puts the

greateſt value upon; but if his mind alters;

and he grows weary of her, ſhe is ſent away
to ſome other place, with ſuch ſlaves as par-

ticularly belong to her, and is allow'd cer-
tain lands, which are till'd for her main-

tenance; and then he chuſes another chief

wife out of his ſeraglio.

BIN TH of CHILDREN.

Book I.

T HE Black women being, as has been xj chilg-

ſaid, of a robuſt conſtitution, bring forth bearing.

their children with very little pain, eſpe-
cially the common ſort of them; who, as
ſoon as deliver'd, carry the infant themſelves

to the next river, or other water, and waſh
it. This done, they wrap it up in a piece Nurſng.

of blanket, or cloth, and tie it to their

back with a cloth made faſt under the

arm-pits, leaving the child's legs hanging
out under their arms ; and thus go up and

down from one place to another, or do the
buſineſs of the houſe. At night, they lay

the infant by them on a mat, or cloth, for

they know. nothing of cradles, or clouts, I

have admir'd the quietneſs of the poor babes,
ſo carry*d about at their mothers backs, or

toſſed as they are at any hard labour in the

houſe ; and how freely they ſuck the breaſts,
which are always full of milk, over their

mother's ſhoulders, and fleep ſoundly in

that odd poſture. 1 8
In the morning, the mother waſhes the

infant with freſh water, and rubs it with
palm-oil, and conſtantly ſuckles it till able
to go, and then turns it looſe to play and

move about as it thinks fit, very little re-
garding what becomes of it, though always
very careful and tender when ſucking. It
is pleaſant enough ſometimes to ſee a par-
cel of ſuch little boys and girls, ſtark naked,
playing together, and creeping on all four

about the village, or in the market: places,
with each of them a ſmall net, made of

the bark of a tree, about their neck, full

of Grigri, that is, charms, which they fancy
preſerve them from miſchances, as ſhall be
tarther ſhown hereafter.

The wives of the better ſort of men be- x14; 17s.
ing put to no ſuch hard labour as the meaner, why,

it has been obſerved, that their children have
not generally ſuch flat noſes as the others;
| | whence

# 1

A.

n

noſes.

. 9
"A p

* .
4 2 1
"206 .
. |
12

2 I

A .

n

7 F
So OT

1

r
* xg x

5

1
„5 :

Beſt buid-

whence it may be inferr*d that the noſes of
| theſe poor infants are flatten'd by being ſo
long carried about on their mother's backs,
becauſe they muſt be continually beating on
them, when the motion of their arms or bo-
dies is any thing violent; eſpecially when
they are beating or pounding their millet
every morning, which is the conſtant taſk of

the women of inferior rank.
Time o lt is the cuſtom of the Blacks not to lie
yy with a woman, from the time ſhe appears
wives, do be quick with child, till ſhe is deliver'd
and the child wean'd, believing it would be
the death of the infant; and this I ſuppoſe to
be the more regularly practiſed, becauſe
of the number of wives and concubines they
have of their own; beſides their daily run-
ning aſtray among thoſe of their neighbours,
notwithſtanding the great danger they run
in ſo doing: ſuch is their natural inclination
to venery! a,
Naming of The only ceremony they obſerve in gi-
children, ving names to their children, is to invite
five or ſix perſons, to be as it were witneſſes

of the ſaid name impoſed. The names for

boys are commonly Omer, Guiab, Maliel,
Dimby, Sc. and for girls, Alimata, Fatima-
ta, Comba, Comegain, Warſel, Hengay, &c.
molt of which are Mahometan names, uſed
| by the followers of the Alcoran.

Their Houszs

: Manner of ARE commonly built roundlike pavilions,
Guilding.

made of large twiſted dry reeds, cloſe
bound together, enclos'd with walls five or
ſix foot high, of a red glutinous clay. Each

houſe conſiſts of five or ſix ſuch rooms or

combets, as they call them, ſtanding toge-
ther within the ſame incloſure. The tops
are thatch'd with twiſted ſtraw of Indian
wheat or millet, done very artificially, and
ſo as to be proof againſt any weather. Each
of theſe combets or rooms is deſign'd for a
peculiar uſe, as a ſtorehouſe, a kitchin, a

bed-chamber, Cc. all joining to one ano-
ther, with proper paſſages for communica-

tion. |

Foules the The Foules are the moſt curious buildersof

þ making them the moſt ſolid and near, of a
white glutinous clay, mix'd with ox's hair.
Their roofs are alſo of a better ſort, and
more durable, De
| utes of In ſome places along the road, which

ram. leads from Rio Freſco or Rufiſco to Byburt,

the combets are for the moſt part made of
ſtraw, with a little door like the mouth of
an oven, through which they muſt creep in
or out on all four, as has been mentioned
before. Ir is plain that theſe people took
this way of building from the Arabs their
neighbours, as you will readily conclude,

from what I ſhall ſay hereafter of that na-

p. 3. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea,

theſe combets or hutts among all the Blacks,

37

tion's Adouars or barracks, as they have imi- BAR Or.
tated them in many other particulars, viz. WWW,
in their eating, habit, ceremonies, &c. which

the reader may compare as they occur in

their proper places. | |

There are no fortify'd or walPd towns, in Ne towns;
the country of the Zalofes, but only abun- — wu:
dance of large wretched villages and ham
lets, conſiſting of two or three hundred round
combets or cottages, built almoſt in a heap
or cluſter, leaving only little narrow paſſages
or ways betwixt them, with ſome plantane-
trees to each manſion; ſo that it is very
troubleſome walking through thoſe narrow
crooked alleys in the rainy ſeaſon, the wa-
ter running down from the tops of the
houſes on the people, as thay paſs along.

Rio Freſco or Rufiſco is ſuch a town, open
on all ſides, looking at a diſtance like a
camp, as appears in the cut.

In the country of the Foules, where there yunages
are abundance of lions and tygers, the vil - encloſed.
lages are within an encloſure made of Bur-
Reeds, to ſecure them from thoſe ravenous
creatures, who would otherwiſe be very
troubleſome to them. 3 1

The town of Camelinga or Conde, the re- Camelins
ſidence of the kings of that name, is not ga te
much bigger than Ryfiſco, nor does it differ
in form, being all of a heap. 1

That of Kayor contains about three hun- Kayor:

dred houſes, beſides the king's manſion or

palace, which differs not from all the reſt,
in any other particular, but that it is much

larger, and has a conſtantguard kept about

It; as allo that there are ſome combets or
hovels built with clap-boards, orſmalltrunks

of trees join*d cloſe together, about eighteen

or twenty foot high, and the tops covered

with reeds twiſted ; but the doors are ver
low and narrow. Juſt before the firſt en- palace.
cloſure of this palace is a ſpacious field, to

manage the king's horſes, tho they are not

many in number. Without, by the ſide of
the palace, are the combets of the perſons of
note; and from it runs a large avenue, plan-
ted with calabaſh or gourd-trees. On the
ſides of this avenue are the houſes of the
King's officers, rang'd in ſuch order, that
thoſe of the prime officers are neareſt to the
palace. Within it there are ſeveral other
encloſures to paſs through, before we come

to the king's own combets or apartment;

but very few dare go ſo far in, without ſpe-
Clal leave. | 5

The king's wives have each of them their
ſeveral combets within the palace, with
five or ſix ſla ves a- piece to wait on them.
The Blacks in general have little or no ie.
furniture or houſhold ſtuff in their houſes; :
and in reality, nothing is to be ſeen there
bur pots, nets, ſhovels, axes, kettles, bowls,
weapons, and mats, none of them uſing
beds, tables, or chairs; and therefore the

3 mats

— 4

BARROY. mats are for them to lie or ſit on. The bet-

er ſort have their mats on an Eſtrada, which

z only an end of the room raiſed a little,

perhaps three or four inches above the reſt

of the floor. There they ſpread fine mats,

and fome a ſheer to lie on at night, with-

out any other pillow or boulſter for their

heads, but their own arm, or a ſmall piece

of wood or ſtone; nor any blankets to co-

ver them. Thus we read that Jacob took

his reſt at night, when he was travelling to
Padan Aran, Geneſis c. 28. v. 11.

Their PRor ESS IOMS and EMPLOYMENTS.

HO” I have already in general repre-
=» ſented them as very lazy and ſlothful,
yet there ate ſome mote induſtrious than o-
thers. Of theſe, one part addict themſelves
ko military employments, and follow the
wars, which is the moſt honourable profeſ-

fion; others to huſbandry, the next in e-
ſteem; others are blackſmiths; others pot-
ters; others builders, weavers, Sc. near
the ſea many are fiſhermen ; ſome take to
ſpinning, and others to dreſſing of leather.
Many are bred to look after cattle and hor-
fes ; ſome to follow the buſineſs of bro-

kers about the country, for the benefit of
trade; others are ſhoemakers, faddlers, or

Grigri-makers, that is, conjurers to impoſe

The men.

upon the ſuperſtitious multitude. To all theſe
profeſſions the fathers bring up their ſons;

and the mothers teach their daughters from
their tender years, to ſpin cotton, and to

| Weave cloths of it, or elſe mats of ſtraw or
Fuſhes. When theſe girls are grown up, they
muſt help their mothers in their houſhold
affairs, viz. to clean the corn or millet, to
pound rice, to bake bread, to fetch water
rom the brooks, ſprings or rivers, to dreſs
their meat, and particularly to keep a fire
uche night in the combets, where the fa-

mily lies all together in a round, with their
feet ſtretch*d out to the fire, which they

reckon extraordinary wholeſome, pretend-

ing, that the heat of the fire draws out all

the moiſture they gather during the whole
day, becaule for the moſt part they go bare-
foot. None but themſelves are able to en-
dure the cloſe confinement to ſuch a narrow
place, with ſuch an intolerable heat and
ſmoke as comes from the fire, which keeps

them in a continual ſweat; but uſe is a ſe-
cond nature,

Their Wr roxs and ARMIEs, HorsEs.
| and FURNITURE.

THEY have the art of making ſeveral
ſorts of weapons, each nation having
{ome peculiar to itſelf.
The 7alofes uſe bows and poiſon'd arrows,
made of a reed, the wounds whereof are
mortal, if not ſeer'd immediately with a red-

Foiſon d
arrows,

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Genehog their netghbours, which tho? ſmall,
are extraordinary mettleſoine, like thoſe of

Bock I.

hot iron; but if they penetrate deep into the
body, it is ſcarce poſſible to draw them out,
becauſe of the intolerable pain it cauſes, the
heads of the arrows being bearded, which
tear the fleſh in a miſerable manner.

The bows are made of a cane or reed, Bows.
reſembling the bamboes of the Eaſt-Indies,
and the ftring of the bow is alſo another ſort
of reed, very curiouſly cut and fitted to that
uſe. Theſe people are fo dextrous at their
bows and arrows, that they will hit*a mark,
no larger than a crown-plece, at fifty yards

diſtance. The quiver is made to hold fifty

of theſe poiſon'd arrows. 1

Beſides the bow and arrows, they uſe a Sword,
ſort of crooked ſword, much like a Turkiſh
{cymiter, the ſcabbard whereof is all covered
with a thin-copper plate. Another weapon
is a very ſharp-pointed ſpear, between the Spear.
fize of a pike and a pertuifan, which they
handle very dextrouſly. In war they carry
a large round buckler or target, made of Targers.
the ſkin of a beaſt they call a Daya, like a
little cow, being extraordinary hard. Others
are made of ox-hides. Beſides all this, they
carry an Aſ/agaia or javelin, and two ſmall
darts, which they call Syncheria ; each of Darzs.
which 1s faſtened to a long ſtring or cord by
the middle of the ſtaff, which ſerves to re-
cover and bring them back, when they have
darted at any perſon or thing, at which they
are extraordinary active and dextrous.

The Afagaia or javelin, is a ſort of long Aſagaia's,
and heavy Ton, the head whereof is arm*d
with four large points, and ſeveral hooks,
ſo that the wounds it makes muſt be deſpe-
rate, They can dart them and hit ata great
diſtance, and very ſeldom go abroad with-
out one in their hand, V
Beſides all theſe, ſome of them wear a Great
Mooriſh knife, about half a yard long, and e.
two inches broad in the blade; all which
weapons are ſo ordered about them in war,
that their arms and hands are at liberty to

handle them effectually and fight reſolutely.

Their armies are compos'd of horſe and Horſe and
foot. The troopers generally have all the et.
aforeſaid weapons; the foot, a bow and
quiver, a javelin, and an European cutlace.
They commonly buy horſes of the Moors of

Horſes.

Barbary. Some of them coſt ten or twelve
flaves a-piece, or about an hundred pounds
ſterling. One Catherine of Ruſiſco, of whom

I ſhall ſpeak hereafter, had a horſe when 1

was there, which ſhe valu'd at fourteen ſlaves,
and afterwards preſented him to the king of
Kayor.
They ride their horſes wonderful ſwift. I Riding.
once ſaw the old Conde, viceroy of Kayor,
then ſeventy years of age, riding a little Bar-
bary horſe on the ſtrand, near the cape, as
faſt as poſſibly his legs could carry him,
5 darting

4 e
f Ko

i F

' c 5

7
*

Cab 3. f Nigritia, ar North Guinea. 39

1 darting his Aſagaia a good way before him, darts, and then handle the Aſſagsia's or Bannor.

ar if it happened to fall to the ground, he

would take it up dextrouſly, without loſing

his ſtirrops, or abating of his ſpeed. I have
been told of ſome troopers, who can ride

= and catching it again with the fame band; ſpears, and thus fighting without any order WV

and. the combatants. being almoſt all over
naked, there enſues a mighty ſlaughter on
both ſides : for they are generally of an un-
daunted courage, and abhor cowardiſe, which

full ſpeed, ſtanding upright on the ſaddle, is infamous among them: But that which Prifincrs ef
and rurn about, or fit down and ftand up chiefly animates them, is the dread they have war made
again, or leap down from the ſaddle, only of being made flaves, that being the fate of ſaves:

| keeping one hand: upon it, and mount again

in the fame manner. Others on a full ſpeed
will take up from the ground, a.fmall ſtone
thrown at them in their career, with many

other ſurprizing fears of activity.

If we may believe the Blacks, they en-
chant, or bewitch their horſes, juſt at the
time of engaging, to render them the bolder
and ſwifter. | |

all priſoners of war z from which the beſt
men are not exempted, when it falls to their
lot to be taken. Another encouragement
they have, is, the confidence they place in

their Grigri or charms, which, as I ſhall ob-
ſerve hereafter, they firmly believe will pre-

ſerve them from all manner of evils, and
gain them all ſorts of advantages; eſpecially
in their engagements with the other Black

Bridlesand Their bridles are commcaly ſent from nations: for as to the actions they are con-
eur. Fnrope ; but ſome of them are of their own cern' din againft Europeans, who uſe muſquets,
making, much like the Engliſb bits. The and not arrows, they are wy convinced

i ſpurs are wrought out of the ſame piece of that no Grigri can divert the effect of our fire-

1 iron as the ſtirrop, for they ride barefoored arms, which they call Pouff. SHEA
4 themſelves, and never ſhoe their horſes. Phe kings of Juala and of Babol have been Juala ana
ddl, They are goodartiſtsat making of ſaddles, long at war among themſelves, about the li- Baue

and curious in embroidering them with wor- mits of their dominions, which has deſtroyeddꝰ
ſed of ſeveral colours, after their faſhion; great numbers of their ſubjects, without
adorning them at the ſame time with abun- coming to any amicable accommodation,
dance of Grigri or charms, and Cauris or the king of Bao! being ſtill unreaſonable in
ſhells 3, they are in the nature of our pad- his demands.
ſaddles. 3 It is reported of the king of Baool, that

7 The great Brok maintains about three when he holds a council to deliberate about
ia's, . thouſand horſe; becauſe he can purchaſe making war 2 ſome other prince, it is

horſes of the Moors, at a much cheaper rate done in ſome cloſe wood, the neareſt to his
Camels. than the Jalifes, who are at a great diſtance reſidence, There he cauſes a hole, about
from them, and therefore have few or none three foot deep to be dug; about which his
to ſerve in the war; but their foot are very privy-counſellors fit, with their heads bow- |
good, and ſome ride on camels, whereof ing towards the bottom of it; and when the
there 1s plenty in their country. council is diſmiſs'd, the whole is filPd up
Some of their ſoldiers have fire-arms, again, to denote, that they are to keep the
which they handle pretty well, as do alſo reſolutions taken there very ſecret, as if they
the Moors of Geneboa; and will ſhoot well were buried; which if they do not, they
Proviſions. at a mark, from a great diſtance. When the are look'd upon as guilty of high-treaſon.
ſoldiers go to war, every one carries a little The counſellors in this point are ſo juſt and

bag, about twelve inches long, full of pro- diſcreet, that their reſolutions are never

and viſions, as Cuſcons, which is made of flower, known but by the execution. 0
3 and the like; for they have no magazines En Na
provided abroad to ſubſiſt their armies. a > \ i | on |
It is a great honour and advantage to THE kings being abſolute lords of all All land
carry the king's drum, which they call Lom- I the lands, as in the Turkiſh dominions, the king's,
lambe. Bo _ Ch every private perſon is obliged to make ap-
. HSyßbortſfir- The troopers ride very ſhort in their ſtir- plication to them, or their Acaides, in
b 8 rops. rops, with their knees raiſed up, after the places remote fron him, to mark QUT the
Turkiſh manner. | portion of land he is to till and ſow for the
Nodici- The armies of theſe people are rather nu- ſupport of his family. When this is granted,
pliae. merous than good. They obſerve no order, according to the number of perſons in the
or martial diſcipline, whether they march in family, the head of it takes along with him
an enemy's country, or give battel, which four or five others, and ſets fire to the weeds
| is always done in ſome open plain. The and buſhes that are upon the ſaid land or
a . Guiriots make a mighty noiſe with their field, which they call Cougan or Cougar.
t drums, and other inſtruments, as ſoon as After the fire has clear'd it, they till, or dig Manner of
they are within an arrow's flight of the ene- the ground, with an iron tool, made in the rilling.
my, which is done to embolden them. The ſhape of a ſhoemaker's-knife, fix d at the
foot let fly their arrows, the horſe caſt their end of a ſmall ſtaff, about twelve foo

Drum.

t long.
Others

—_— CE INGEIIY 1
RS =D = P - 7 *
. —— 1 > r - - A
— — ay — 2 ——
* — —— —_— — -
"hd = — > _ — 2 = os —

—

— — —
SETS. 2 2 a
hs — tho. — —
* = Wa. —— of - we 22
8 + — _——— — — — — —— ——— —
— 7 *

_ --

"Ys b — =_

. — = —

— = hr — —
—

Sowing.

Shape of

How pre ·
ſerved,

Harveſt.

Tithe the
king's,

the grain.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts
Barnor. Others makes uſe of a ſort of round iron

WY'V ſpade or ſhovel, having a wooden handle.
With theſe tools they dig up the earth, not

above four inches in depth, and turn up the
mould, with the aſhes of the reeds they have
burnt, and ſo let it lie for ſome days. Du-

ring the time the work laſts, they are never
without a pipe in their mouth, and conti-

nually talking to one another; ſo that they
do not advance much in a day, being very

| averſe to hard labour.

The proper time for ſowing, is about

the end of June, when the rains decline.

To ſow millet, they make little holes, kneel-

ing with one knee on the ground, into which

they put three or four grains together, as

little ſtrait furrows, into which they throw

the miller, and cover it with a little mould;
but the firſt way is the moſt common, be-

cauſe the corn being ſo bury'd deep, is the
better preſerved from the hungry ſmall birds,
whereof there are here incredible numbers,
and often pick up the corn, juſt as it begins
to ſhoot out above the ground, which is
more eaſily done out of the furrows.

The ſeed-time is alſo a time of feaſting 5,49. vim
one another, much after the manner of the andhar-
Blacks on the gold-coaſt, to which I refer v.

the reader. Such is the fertility of the ſoil,
that their harveſt for millet is in September.

AOCRAP. IV.

chanicks, as weavers, potters,

An account of the grain, call'd millet ; how they gather and keep it. Of the me-
fiſhermen, blackſmiths, and ſaddlers. Of
trade in general ; of the French trade ; of the cuſtoms due tothe king, and his

officers ; of the goods purchaſed by the French, and the European commodities
they exchange for them; of the proper markets held for trade. Of the parti-
cular trade of the French company along the banks of the river Senega, and
whence the Blacks fetch the commodities they ſell to the Whites.

ig. Miirz r. 3
TE foil being ſo extraordinary fertile,
as has been ſaid, the millet very ſoon
ſprouts out, in a ſtrait reed, with many leaves;
bringing forth, in leſs than two months,
ears of twelve inches in length, looking at a
diſtance much like the heads of bull-ruſhes.

The grain is rather longiſh than round, much
like the coriander- ſeed. |

Whilſt the ears are growing up to matu-

rity, they cauſe the Cougan or field to be

guarded by their boys and girls, or ſlaves,
to drive away the mighty ſwarms of ſmall
birds, which, as has been obſerved, do peſter

the country, and without that care would
_ devour all the grain; as alſo to prevent its
being ſtolen. |

When the harveſt- time is come, they cut

the corn with an iron tool, like a little bill,
or hook, call'd Sarpe, which is ſold them
by the French. Then they let it lie a month

on the ground to dry, and then bind it up
in ſheaves, and fo houſe it under hutts made
for that purpoſe, or elſe lay it up in ſtacks,
which they cover with ſtraw or reed, to keep
it dry; encloſing the ſtacks with thorns or
boughs of palm-trees, to prevent its being
peck'd by their hens and poultry, which are
very numerous. 8

When they are to uſe it, the threſhing is
in the ſame manner as is practiſed in England
for wheat; after paying the tithe to the
king, or his collectors, for the ground- rent.

Thoſe who have more millet than will ſerve

their family, may ſell it to whom they pleaſe;
but this ſeldom happens, for no care being
ſufficient to prevent the birds making waſte

in their fields, or the thieves from ſtealing,

and they being themſelves naturally careleſs
and lazy at harveſt-time, it very often hap-

pens that what harveſt they have got in, falls
ſhort to maintain them the year about: ſo

that they are forced to feed on ſome ſorts of
inſipid black roots, which they dry for the

better keeping of them. One of theſe ſorts
is calPd Gernot, 2 9 5
Their ſloth and negligence in looking well Indian
after their corn, ſometimes occaſions a fa- wheat an?
mine among them, as has been obſerv'd be-

fore. Yet beſides the millet, they ſow

Maiz or Indian wheat; as alſo rice in ſome.

places: but the quantity is very inconſi-
derable, notwithſtanding it was plentiful
among them in former times. 0

Before I enter upon their mechanicks, I
muſt take notice, that the Blacks about the men.
river Gambia and Senega, and Cabo Verde,

are nice ſhooters and hunters ; tho' moſt of

them uſe only bows and arrows, with which

they dexterouſly kill ſtags, hares, Pintada
hens, partridges, and any other ſort of game.

Thoſe who live far up the inland, are not ſo
expert at this exerciſe, nor do they ſo much
delight in it. |

The WEAVERS

A RE the moſt numerous among the me- Their
chanicks, and would make very good cloth.

cloth had they large looms ; but they wholly
apply themſelves to weaving of a narrow,
thick, ſtriped cotton-cloth, ſeven or eight
fingers broad, and about two ells and a half
long, in ſmall portable looms, made for
that purpoſe, They afterwards ſtitch
: together

Book I.
we do with peaſe in England. Others draw

.
1
1
1 *

* L

1 1 1 4

* * 4
8

1 . 5 » d 2 - , < La LS
3 : f 3 # ; . - 8 9 WES 2 2 DE 3
* 1 7 p £ F : 3 * i 8 oy” 782 S * : 7 82
3 2 8 : 5 wk be 8 2 CCP * 1 .
n r ae tp ir Vn So dd #2, 3 „ e Te Te, ES 3 , 14,05 2 4
K e S $4 SY FC . CE IS p30 = 0 =” 8 7 = 999 y 72
(rn En, LIES 82 PVC Bets > 4 8 „ 2 — YDSO NS 8
3 T0 EE 4 He = OCT TR RT x he. 3 E . $I 7. SLY a
3 9 NS Ss . bs * IIS. th BE nes be . SE "0x 2 : I 8 OM : Sk FFF 2 . . 7 "XN
2 * IS * ds — N W XY 3 r P -* 4 ARES . 5
: : E = Is 8 2 5 N TEES 88 — — 2 9

nt

gen,

Z _
- 9 4 I =
_ --
. .
WI 8 Ws...

?
$M Mo F .
a e
4 . I As 4
_— 4
— WE. 4 4
n
5 K . 1
3 *
1 6 .
2 2 X *
= 0
0 AS. Uo <4
BoA
rr
; . 9 :
"A
9 7
5 3 5
g „
*

Another

Blue dye.

= fre.

flips to make a cloth or Panbo, as they have
learned to call it from the Portugueſe.

The women and their daughters dreſs the

cotton, then ſpin and dye it in indigo, for
their ſtriped cloths. This colour is extracted
from the juicy leaves of a buſh they call
Tinto, ſomewhat reſembling wall-rue. They
gather theſe leaves early in the morning, be-
fore the dew of the night falls off, and then
bruiſe or pound them in large deep wooden
mortars. When ſufficiently beaten, they
make rolls or balls of the maſs ſo bruiſed to-
gether, as big as their fiſts, and expoſe them
to the ſun for ſome days to dry. Then they

pound it again, and put it into a pot, which

has a hole in the bottom, and is fill'd up
with a quantity of aſhes made of the wood

of the ſame tree, and this ſet within another

pot. Then for ſome time they pour clear

ſpring water over the aſhes, which by de-

grees penetrates quite through into the under
pot; and this being repeated, as often as is
thought requiſite, they ſet the under pot for
ten days in the ſun, which thickens the liquor
in it, like cream, the top whereof they take
off gently, and with it dye as with indigo.

The groſs matter that remains in the pot,
they throw away. _ ;

Some ſay, they make another blue of ſor-
rel-roots, boiled with the white ſap of the
Tinto tree. 3

It is to be obſery'd, that, tho? all the
_ cloths barter'd in this part of Nigritia or the

country of the Blacks, are by moſt Europeans
call'd Cabo Verde cloths, that is an improper

denomination, they being wove in ſeveral

places, all about the country, from Cabo

Verde to Gambia river, and fold at different

Direnſils

made of

clay.

much better, as are their moulds, or elſe the

bake, or burn it longer in their kilns or
ovens : for their pots will boil fiſh or fleſh

and diſtant markets.

The PoTTERS

manner as ours do; but their clay is

much quicker than any of ours upon an equal
fire, and are not ſo apt to break or crack.
They make no other utenſils of their clay
bat pots, pipkins, jars, of ſeveral ſizes, and
tobacco-pipe heads or bowls. 5
The pots ſerve them inſtead of kettles t
boil fiſh or fleſh, and to keep their palm-
wine and oil; and the jars to keep their
drinking water : for they make no diſhes or
platters of earthen- ware; but only large

wooden bowls to waſh their hands in, or

cleanſe themſelves. The tobacco-pipe heads
they make of that clay, are pretty big; in-
to which they ſtick a longer, or a ſhorter
wooden pipe, as every one fancies, and ſo
ſmoke their tobacco. e
Vo I. V.

Repare their clay much after the ſame

made a ſhift to waft themſelves over. Others

of Nigritia, Or N orth-Guinea, 41

together ſix, ſeven, or eight of thoſe narrow

BY BarnoT.
+ 14 , The Fissur ye.
AR E indifferent numerous at Rufi/co of 5

Rio Freſco, and other places along the

coaſt, and the Senega river. Thoſe who ply Their
fiſhing in the ſea, go out ſometimes three boats.

hands in an Almadie or canoe, carrying two
ſmall maſts, with each of them two little
ſails, and ſometimes three, in imitation of
great ſhips, with main-ſails, top-ſails, and
top-gallant-ſails. - In theſe aanoes they will
launch three, four, and five leagues to ſea,

if the weather be not very boiſterous.

They generally ſet out in the morning
with the land-breeze, and having done their
fiſhery, return at noon with the ſea-breeze :
or if the wind fails them, and it proves very How th
calm, they row for it, with a ſort of ſhort, row.
pointed, flat ſhovels, one on each fide; and
that ſo ſwiftly, that the beſt pinnace, tho?
ever ſo well mann'd, will find it a hard

task to overtake them. |

Theſe Almadies or canoes are generally Almadio
about thirty foot long, and eighteen or 97 cane
twenty inches broad, all of one entire piece,
being the hollow'd trunk of a large ſoft tree,
and will carry ten or twelve men, but are
very ſubject to overſet when the water is
rough, or they croud too much fail z which
is no great trouble to them, for the Blacks
are ſuch expert and able ſwimmers, that they
ſoon ſet them upright again, tho? out at ſea;
then lade out the water, and ſlipping in nim-
bly, perform their little voyage.

I ſhall have occaſion in the ſequel of this
deſcription of Guinea, and the Lower Ethi-

opia, to give a farther account of theſe canoes

uſed by the Blacks whether great or ſmall,
and the manner of making them all of one
piece of timber; and therefore at preſent will
only add ſome few remarks, concerning this
ſort of veſſels, and ſhew that they have been

an invention of a very antient date, and com-
mon to almoſt all nations of the known

world, who being under a neceſſity of croſ-
ſing over rivers or lakes, before the building

either of ſhips or boats was found out, firſt

bound together reeds or canes, by which they
made rafts or floats of wood, and others de- Fete?
viſed the boat, made of one entire tree, and
calPd a canoe, which was uſed by the Gauls
upon the river Rhoſne, when they aſſiſted
Hannibal in paſſing over his army upon his
expedition into Italy, as Livy obſerves. Po-
Hdor Virgil aſſigns the invention of canoes to
the Germans, inhabiting about the Danube;
and this ſort of hollow trees St. 1/dore calls
Carabes. N 7

The Britons had poats made of willow- Boats ef
twigs, and covered oh the outſide with bul- :wigs and
locks hides, as had alſo the Venetians. The hide.

Germans had the an and in St. Iſidore's

days

— — *
- 4 A :
R Ps 5
„
2 £ = — — — ——

D 3 — N . 7 * 2 —— — —— =

— r

E - ——
my . + — — — — - at
Anau »-,

—
——]—ÿ ñw—— — — —

Ss —

— — 12

— — — — — —

— —— —

—— ” 4 4
OC — 2

,
N
3
1
1
*
1

A Deſcription of the c Boo,
Barnor. days committed many robberies in them. F

Www Moſt certain it is, that the Indians of Ame-
rica had no communication with any of theſe

nations, and yet from Forbiſber's ſtreights to
the ſtreights of Magellan, ſays Sir Walter
Raleigh, in his diſcourſe of the invention of
ſhipping, p. 6. thoſe boats, that is, the ca-
noes, are found, and in ſome parts of ſuch a
length, that he has ſeen ſome carrying 20 oars
on a ſide; which J have ſeen alſo myſelf in
Guiana, about Cayenne, and are by the Indians
there call'd Piraguas : and no fewer are daily
ſeen along the gold and the ſlave coaſts of
Guinea, as will appear in the progreſs of this
work. All nations, how remote ſoever,
being rational creatures, and having the

ſame ſtrength of imagination, have invented

the ſame things for neceſſary uſe, according
to the means and materials nature furniſhes

them with; and it is likely that all the na-

tions of Africa had the ſame notions as thoſe
in other parts of the univerſe to prompt
them to find out the making of the canoes
they uſe ; of which more hereafter.

They fiſh for the moſt part with hooks
and lines, or elſe with a ſort of harping-irons,
and ſome with nets of their own contriving;
which, as well as the lines, are made of the
hairy bark of a tree, ſpun into thread. Some
alſo fiſh in the night, holding in one handa
long burning piece of a combuſtible ſort of
wood, which gives a good light, and in the
other a harping- iron, with which they ſtrike

the fiſh, as they naturally come ſwimming
about the light, upon the ſurface of the wa-

ter. Others there are, who ſhoot at the fiſh,
with arrows, and ſeldom or never mils.

The ſea hereabout abounding very much

in ſeveral ſorts of fiſh, both large and ſmall,

and particularly an immenſe quantity of little

ones like pilchards, it is rare that they ever

fail of taking as much as they care for. If
they happen to ſpy any very great fiſh,
which does not uſe to bite at the bait, they

are ſo dexterous at the harping- iron, as very
ſeldom to fail of ſtriking it, and then tow it

aſhore with a line made faſt to the ſtern of
of the canoe. RES

It is very unaccountable that theſe people,
having ſuch plenty of ſeveral forts of large
fiſh, will not refs it whilſt freſh and ſweet ;
but let it lie buried in the ſand, along the
ſhore; eſpecially the pilchards, as I ſuppoſe,
to give it a better reliſh, or elſe that it may
keep the longer. In ſhort, whether this be
any particular fancy of theirs, or that the
continual violent heat immediately corrupts

it, this is certain, that they eat none but

what ſtinks, and account it the greater dainty.
To inſtance ſomewhat more particularly as
to pilchards, they only let them lie ſome
days buried in the wet briny ſand along the
ſhore, and perhaps it may be on account of

:

its faltneſs; but afterwards dig up and ex-
poſe them to the ſun for ſome time, todry;
and thus lay them up in their huts, which are
all the day like ſtoves: and thus they daily
eat and ſell them to the inland Blacks, who
come down to buy them, to ſupply the coun-
try-markets. I have ſeen whole cabbins, or
cottages, full of theſe dry pilchards at Ru-
fiſco; and the ſandy downs before it next the
ſea ſo ſtored, that there was an intolerable

ſtench about the place. LEE

They rip open the large fiſh, much as we
do our cod, and ſo cover it with the ſalt
ſand, to prevent its corrupting 3 for the heat
1s there ſo violent and ſcorching, that it is
impoſſible to keep any fiſh whatſoever ſweet,
above five or ſix hours. 5

The BLACKSMITHS

up their forge, but work any where
under ſome large green tree, two or three
of them together, with each of them a pipe
of tobacco in his mouth, and commonly ei-
ther ſtand on the ſide of the forge, or ſit
prating by it, ſo that very little work is done
in a day. The forge is but indifferent for con-

trivance ; the bellows ingenious enough, ei- Bellows.

ther between two boards, or ſome only of
ſkins, which they

like a blown bladder. The anvil is ſmall,

and fo oddly ſet on the ground, that at every
five or ſix ſtrokes of the hammer, it ſinks,

and they muſt raiſe it again, which takes up
the beſt part of their time. They uſe but
one fort of hammer, and have the art of ma-
king charcoal, of which they burn very lit-
tle at a time in the forge.

They have no grindſtones, properly ſo No grind-
call'd, to turn with a wheel or otherwiſe ; one.

but whet or ſharpen their tools on ſuch large
ſtones as they find about, or with little ones,
much as is uſed by the mowers in England to
their ſcythes. The iron bars they have from
the factories, and can make knives, ſhackles
for ſlaves, gold and ſilver bracelets, and o-
thers of braſs and iron; knife-hafts, hilts for
their cutlaces, caſes for their Grigri's or
charms, and ſheaths and ſcabbards. Their
horſes being never ſhod, there are no farriers.

The SADLERS

ORK indifferent neatly, and make ſad-

dles of all ſizes, ſcabbards, bridles,

ſandals, ſhields, Grigri's, quivers, and other
ſmall things for their uſe. =

Thoſe who look after the cattle, drive *em

in the morning to the paſture grounds, where

they wander till towards night, when they

drive *em back to their encloſures of reeds
or thorns, to ſecure them from the ravenous
wild beaſts; as is the ancient practice of both
eaſtern and weſtern Arabs. of

AVE no particular houſe or ſhop to ſet Forge-

we...

preſs with their hands,

Seceaſon for | |
trading. ſon is from Oftober till May; for the reſt of

| 15 Markets.

© bides.

F Traps in general.

1 5 HIS is the employment of ſome of thoſe
who dwell near the ſea, and trade with

the factories, and generally they are the
chiefeſt among the Blacks, The proper ſea-

the year they muſt lie ſtill at home, becauſe

of the continual rains and foul weather, it

being then impracticable to travel either by
land or ſea, without very great hardſhip and
; danger. 5
Vland Beſides the trade with the Europeans along
trade. the coaſt, they have ſome traffick up the in-
: land, and proper ſettled markets, but very
inconſiderable, except only that of Camina;
for the moſt they carry to them 1s a little
cotton, callico, cloth of their own weaving,
corn, beans, gourds, palm-wine, little ſpades
or ſhovels, and ſome pieces of iron half a
foot long, cut off the bars. However, at
ſome times there are things of greater value,
as gold rings and ear-rings, which they call
Dougaret, but the whole not worth thirty
___ pounds ſterling. :

Barter, They barter or exchange one commodity
what for another, as not having the uſe of coin or

goods.

the French factories, they purchaſe elephants

teeth, dry or green bullocks hides, calves,
goats, and deer-ſkins, bees-wax, civet, am-

bergris, ſalt, gold-duſt, oſtrich and herons

feathers, tobacco, gum arabick, cloths,

millet, cattle, proviſions, Qc.
The market of Camina, as has been ſaid,
is pretty conſiderable at ſome times for d
and green hides, the country cloths, and all
ſorts of ſuch proviſions as thoſe parts afford
but the beſt green hides and ſlaves are to be
had at Rufiſco and Porto d' Ali, and in greater
plenty. At Jameſil and Geroep markets
there are country. cloths, tobacco, ſlaves,
Horſes, camels, and other ſorts of cattle.
The market of Jameſil is kept every other
fourth day, which they call Gambayar, and
there is the Mia-garanda or collector of the

king of Bavo!, who receives his cuſtoms and

other duties. |

Cattle and The people about Cabo Verde trade moſt
in cattle they fetch from a great way up the

inland, buying them there in the markets, and
then fattening in their own paſture grounds;
but moſt of the bullocks hides come from
the inland, where they kill oxen only for
the hides, which they dry, and carry them

to the French factories, at Senega, Goeree and

Camina ; and to the Engliſb at Gambia.

Of the FRENCH Traps in particular.
The Sene- ＋ HE French company has at preſent the
ga compa- ſole trade from Senega river to Juala,
9 and even as far as the river Gambia, both by
ſea and land, under the denomination of the

of Nigritia, or

money. Thus for iron bars, bugles, little
glaſs baubles, and other things bought at

North-Guinea. 43

S-nega company, and enjoys it to the exclu- Barner:

Hon, not only of any other European na-

tion, but of all the other ſubjects of France,

as their charter does expreſs; and by the

treaty the ſaid company has made with the

kings of the country, for which privilege it

is liable to certain cuſtoms, duties, and fees

to thoſe black princes and their officers, as

ſhall be farther ſhown hereafter. . |
This Senega company has there two princi- Their forts,

pal places of ſome ſtrength to ſecure its com-

merce and ſervants, being the reſidences of

their chief agents, the one in the iſland of

St. Lewis, near the mouth of the ſaid river;

the other at Goeree before mention*d. Theſe

are the general ſtorehouſes or magazines for

the goods they carry to trade with the Blacks,

and thoſe they purchaſe of them in exchange;

but that of Senega is the chiefeſt. 5
They have alſo ſeveral ſmall factories a- Factories

long the coaſt, as at Rſiſco, Camina, Fuala,

Gamboa, Sc. which the French call Comptoirs
or Loges; all of them ſupply*d from the a-

foreſaid two of Senega and Goeree, Their

trade along the river Senega is manag'd by
ſloops they ſend up that river at certain pro-
per ſeaſons of the year, as I ſhall ſhew at
large in another place. 8

XA7 HICH the Senega company to
W the black ings and he 5 aud
officers, are of two ſorts, inward and out-
ward. The inward duties at Senega river
amount to 10 per cent. of goods in Taten or
out of ſeaſon, as they call them. Thoſe for Many Jaz
exportation are reckoned thus, one bar of ties and
iron for a ſlave, a hundred hides in the thou- es to Sil-

ſand, beſides ſome petty fees to the Acaides, tic.
Ceraſos, captains of wood and water, which

amount to 3 per cent. and are troubleſome
enough to diſcharge, being paid at ſeveral
times and places, and in ſundry ſorts of
goods, which would be too tedious particu-
larly to mention here; but as an inſtance,
at Boubancourt, beſides the great duty to the
king, they pay to Camelingue the viceroy of
the Foules, the cuſtom which is call'd The
gift of the Gerafos; another Le bon jour de
Sillatic, or good morrow to Sillatic 3 ano-
ther Le bon jour de Camelingue ; another a-
gain, La coiitume de Parmier, or the king's
wife's cuſtom 3 as alſo Le bon jour de Par-
mier; and laſtly Z ade de Sillatic.

It is to be obſerv'd that when the French
pay theſe cuſtoms, they receive from the
viceroy, the king's wife, the Zagarafe, and
Camelingue's wife, from each one bullock.

In 1677, the company was oblig'd, be- To king
ſides the great cuſtoms to king Damel, to Pamel.
pay ſeveral ſmaller to the Alcaide, to Biram-
Sangue, to Goyongo, to the receiver, to the
maſter of the wood, to am- Barre, to the

maſter

Bark.

44

The grea : To the great Brat, beſides his cuſtoms,
that of Co/ma,call'd Dous, to the beef- driver,
to Mantel, to the Acaide, to Muſtafa, to
Guyaudin, to Mambroze, and another his
fellow-ſervant. There is another due paid
to Brak, call'd the cuſtom for the river of
the Portugueſe, during the ſeaſon 3 and an-
other for the ſame river, called the cuſ-
tom out of ſeaſon. The former paid to
one du Brieu and his Fagarafe ; the other
equal to it, to Bretique, the Marabout of
Sadem on that river; to Dites-moy maſter

of the village, to ſee the hides convey'd fate
from thoſe two places; as alſo another to

Bourguiolof on the ſame account. This Bour-
guiolof is the chief of a certain territory; then
to, Brifeche and his Zaragafe ; but he is to

give a bullock in return. There is befides,
the cuſtom due to Sambamala chief of the
village le Terroir Rouge, and to' his wife.
This cuſtom is only two cloths of Saba and
Batan, and ſhe returns a bullock. Another
duty is to be diſcharg'd to one Guerigalage,

Chief in the river Amorfil. 907

As Rufiſ- The cuſtoms at Ruf ſco are due to the A-

1 caide, his ſervant, the Boſmain and his man;

to Biram the Alcaide's ſon ; to the great in-
terpreter and his man; the Gerafo or collec-
tor and his man; to captain Corde, to Ta-
gour in the room of David Doche, and to
Dom Alix. Another fee is due to the Alcaide
when he comes aboard a ſhip, and to the
great interpreter. This coſts fifty bottles

of mix'd brandy, beſides ſome meat, and

to each meſs of the Frippons, or common
ſcoundrel blacks, one bottle of brandy, a
diſh of cod-fiſh, and a ration of biſcuit.
For the guard of the little iſland and ancho-
rage, four bars of iron and two bottles of
brandy. The cuſtoms at Porto d' Ali and
Juala have been already mentioned in their
reſpective places.

Rates of For the conveniency of trade between the
goods at French at the Senega and the natives, all Eu-

Senega. ropean goods are reduc'd toa certain ſtandard,

vix. hides, bars, and ſlaves ; for the better
underſtanding whereof, I here give ſome in-
ſtances. One bar of iron is reckoned worth
eight hides; one cutlace the ſame; one
cluſter of bugle, weighing four pounds and a
quarter, three hides; one bunch of falſe
pearls, twenty hides ; one bunch of Galle,
four hides ; one hogſhead of brandy, from
a hundred and fifty to an hundred and fixty
hides. Bugles are the very ſmall glaſs
beads, moſtly made at Venice, and ſold in
ſtrings and cluſters, _ Z
At Goeree the ſame goods bear not quite ſo
good a rate; as for example, a hogſhead of
brandy brings but an hundred andforty hides ;
one pound of gunpowder, two hides; one
piece of eight, five hides ; one ounce of co-

AvGocree.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarBorT. maſter of the oyſter-ſhells, to his Reward,
ud the Bon jour to Damel.

ral, ſeven or eight hides z one ounce of cryſ-
tal, one hide; an ounce of yellow amber,
two hides, : F

A ſlave coſts from twelve to fourteen bars Slava.
of iron, and ſometimes ſixteen ; at Porto dA.
li, eighteen or twenty; and much more at
Gamboa; according to the number of European
ſhips, French, Engliſh, Portugueſe, and Dutch,
which happen to be there at the ſame time.
The bar of iron is rated at fix hides,

Before I proceed upon the matter in hand, Preſents ts
I cannot but take notice of the cuſtom which he made.
has prevail*d in this country, and all others
in Guinea, Ethiopia, and the Eaſt-Indies; and
is, that no perſon can be well admitted to
the audience of any prince, or even to their
inferior officers, without making way by a
preſent, A certain author tells us, theſe are
the means taught by nature to gain favour
and affection. The ſame that is now in uſe
all over Africa, was formerly, and 1s ſtill
practiſed among the eaſtern nations, and as
much among the Jets as any other.

Goops for TRADE.

Eſides thoſe mentioned above, which are European

the moſt ſtaple commodities, the French commedi-
import common red, blue, and ſcarlet cloth, “
ſilver and braſs rings, or bracelets, chains,
little bells, falſe cryſtal, ordinary and coarſe
hats; Dutch pointed knives, pewter diſhes,
ſilk ſaſhes, with falſe gold and ſilver fringes;
blue. ſerges; French paper, ſteels to ſtrike
fire; Eugliſb ſayes; Roan linnen, ſalam-
poris, platillies, blue callicoes, taffaties,
chints, Cawris or ſhells, by the French cal-
led Bouges, coarſe north red cords called
Bure, lines, ſhoes, fuſtian, red worſted caps,
worſted fringe of all colours, worſted of all
colours in ſkeins, baſons of ſeveral ſizes,

braſs kettles, yellow amber, maccatons, that

is, beads of two ſorts, pieces of eight of
the old ſtamp, ſome ſilver pieces of 28 ſols
value, either plain or gilt; Dutch cutlaces,
{trait and bow'd, clouts, galet, martoſdes,
two other ſorts of beads, of which the Blacks
make necklaces for women, white ſugar,
muſket balls, iron nails, ſhot, white and
red frize, looking-glaſſes in gilt and plain
frames, cloves, cinnamon, ſciſſors, needles,
coarſe thread of ſundry colours, but chiefly
red, yellow, and white, copper bars of a
pound weight, ferrit; mens ſhirts, coarſe and
fine, ſome of them with bone-lace about
the neck, breaſt and ſleeves z Haerlem cloths;
Coaſveld linnen; Dutch mugs, white and
blue; Leyden rugs, or blankets 3 Spaniſh
leather ſhoes, braſs trumpets, round pad-
locks, glaſs bottles, with a tin rim at the

mouth, empty trunks, or cheſts, and a ſort

of bugle called Pezant ; but above all, as
was faid above, great quantities of brandy,
and iron in bars. Particularly at Goeree,

the company imports ten thouſand or more
| every

. Ku * Ix \
3% * .
ER *
. +40 * :
"<1 25x 0 .
ON. «> EIS
..W 1
+ REM 333
:: Sac 8 .
Z
e r
Z
« . a» 3
A
* 7 £5 = 23
. io 3
5 „
— 4 N 2
& N

N r

.

3
&

of Nigritia, or North. Guinea. 45

from the 7 errier-rouges by the Exgliſb called Baznor.

ry year, of thoſe which are made in the
pd eg Red-borough, from Geribolen, and the Deſart WW.

province of Brittany, all ſhort and thin,

ts to | L only ſort and ſize uſed throughout all Ni- is, from the inner Lyb1a, inp camels, oxen,
0 . ęrilia, Guinea, and Weſt-Ethiopia, in the and horſes, or on the backs of flaves; and
way of trade. Laſtly, a good quantity of particularly to Terrier-rouge, or Red-borough,
Coignac brandy, both in hogſheads and rund- and the De/art, about the latter end of May.

* lets, ſingle and double, the double being The Deſart is on the north- ſide of this river,
*Þ eight, the ſingle four gallons. __ vulgarly called the Deſart of Barbary; and
African The principal goods the French have in by the Mooriſh inhabitants Azgor, on account
eeommodi- return for theſe commodities from the Moors of its marſhy grounds, a conſiderable way
ties. and Blacks, are ſlaves, gold - duſt, elephants up the inland. Some call this town of the

teeth, bees-wax, dry and green hides, gum- deſart Ingur bel. „
arabick, oſtrich feathers, and ſeveral other The goods proper to purchaſe gum-ara- Gum.
odd things, as ambergris, cods of muſk, bick, of which the French bring away thence aravick.
| tygers and goats ſkins, proviſions, bullocks, five thouſand quintals, or hundred weight
ſheep, and teeth of ſea-horſes. I will now yearly, are braſs kettles, and baſons, yellow
mention ſome of the particular places where amber in the lump, blue and white mar-
1 the French trade, or whence the Blacks bring griettas, ſcarlet and blue cloths, blue linen,
odi- goods to their factories, - red and black large bugles, red and green
OS 5 . galet, or beads, and a little iron.
—_— PLaces of TRADE, andTRADINGARABSs The Frenchat other places purchaſe about
Heyde AZ Heyde, a town of about 300 combets, two thouſand quintals, or hundred weight
town. or houſes, ſeated on the north- ſide of more of gum-arabick, which is much more
| the river Senega, there is a trade for ele- than they uſed to export thence, when the
phants teeth, and ſome gold-duſt; and if Dutch were ſettled at Arguin, near Cabo
we may believe the French, they have ex- Blanco, or white cape; which fort the
tended their trade beyond the dominions French took from them in the year 1676,
of Sillatick or Cheyratick, being eight de- and by the treaty of Nimeguen it was reſign'd
grees diſtance eaſt and weſt from the French up to them, with a total excluſion to the

= reſidence, in the iſland of St. Lewis, to the Dutch to trade there any more, as was
Fargots country which they call the Fargots and hinted above: and e FH, the Arabs or

en. Enguelland, lying above 250 leagues from Moors now bring their gum to the French

the aforeſaid factory in Sz. Lewis's iſland. upon the river Senega, though the Dutch
Thoſe people no way differ from the Foules; have ſtill ſome ſmall trade going on at Panga,
and there the French have built a ſmall fort, a place between Cabo Blanco and Senega river,
mounted with eight guns, ata place called whither they ſend every year one ſhip to
Gallem, or Galama, 120 leagues higher up trade. „ .
the country than the Terrier rouge, of which A great quantity of this gum is picked here
J ſhall ſpeak in its place. There they buy up every year by the Moors, in the great fon
_ flaves in conſiderable numbers, elephants woods, 70 or 80 leagues up the inland,
teeth, and bees-wax, which they convey E bs from Arguin, as a modern author ob-
down to their factory every year. ſerves. From thoſe woods it is convey'd
"Other na- By the Fargots live other nations, on the to the French, at certain times of the year,
ions. ſouth- ſide of the Senega, viz. the Caſſans, to Jerrier- rouge, or Red-borough, and other
the Maliucopes, and the Saracoles almoſt places about it, on that river; beſides what
mix'd together: theſe laſt Saracoles, whom is alſo brought to them from 3, 4 and 500
Marmol names Saragoles, call the river Se- leagues farther in the deſart of Lybia; of
nega, Colle. which, more in another place.
| Water- The French farther inform us, that were This trade of gum, as I am inform'd, is Rum ra
Fell. it not for the great water-fall of the river, cautiouſly managed between the French and ded for.
a little above Gallem, or Calama, they might the Moors, becauſe of the craftineſs of the
go much higher up the ſaid river, to Cabra, latter, who are bare-fac'd cheats, and very
and Tombut, and even into the great lake inſolent, after this manner: Once a year,
Sig iſwes, or Guarda; of which lake more about the latter end of May, or the begin-
: ſhall be faid in the ſupplement. ning of June, ſome of the inland French
Trading From Faringem, Sahador, and Bocies, factors repair thither, in well-arm'd loops,
TOWNs.

which is called in London narrow flat iron,
or half flat iron of Sweden; but each bar
ſhortned, or cut off at one end to about
16 or 18 inches, ſo that about eighty of
theſe bars weigh a ton, or twenty hundred
weight Engliſh. It is to be obſery'd, that
ſuch voyage-iron, as called in London, is the

large towns among the weſtern Foules, and
Vo I. V. |

other large towns among the weſtern Foules
and in the lands of Ali, on the north-ſide
of the Senega, or white river; at ſome times
of the year, they ferch great quantities of
gum-arabick, and ſome ambergris, which the
Arab, or Azgor Moors bring thither to mar-
ket, from 5 or 600 leagues diſtance : that

with a proper cargo, and drive their trade
ICY aboard

OTST >
— hn er wr

o 3 —— — — * — 2 — — 2 -
3 i hn; OG, OO ͤ— — on
- *

— + —_—_
— IE

"A
— — —

—
* _ — ä . — — TL OY - 2 " Coe nd p
yu A — = > - "4 * — Y , — — —
— — — 6 —— —_— * — 2 - - N 2 — — — — - : CEC ECERS
a - * — . — = - Z _— © - — —— — — l —
—— 1 ww — — — —
- * 4 > = 899 * a — 2 — — = — —
— — ᷣö— name ng 0 IS : 4 — — bt — — —_— — = : —
© - 4 — . p - - — . —— — —
p - S . r - _ —
p > *- aw CE < oy ., . — — 5 = ? — 8 2 4 —_ —
a ＋ 746 3 — - % > - A * . _ — — —
: - < . G . — — — — — — 8— — — — * — I =
- * — — IJ
— « — - - 3 K = « 2
— 4 — - FI . * * 6 * 2 = * . r 2 Fe >
2 = toy —_— Gs 5 = * < Sn > > "Is + I * —

WY

—
——— ——
„ „ ĩ — —

— —
—

———— Ox —— —

— —

— —
—

— — —

— — ——
— — — — —

*
S — — ä — CES
= «— ** Om — — * 2
* — — — £2 1 —
—

=> hs - == 5
a KISS >, - WIFI as
—_— „ 09

* Ie
. — —
yr ee — —
DP D
— —
— -
— - < 5
— — —
SD VC
> "= 2
— — »
It — nd ce" =; jy NS — — *
— — — - —— 4
— — —¼ Pure” > Ez.
— " — - - 2 5 3
7 - £ ;
* .

46

the Moors and Arabs, At one of the neareſt
ge about 3o leagues diſtant from the
factory, one Chi-chi-my aſſiſts as moderator,
or umpire, between the French, the Moors,
and the Blacks ; for the Foules alſo bring
ſome ſmall quantity of gum-arabick to the
market, which they gather in their country.

This Chi- chi- my goes over commonly to the

country of the Moors every year, ſix weeks,
or two months before the overflowing of the

river Niger, to give them notice of the pro-

per time, when they are to repair to the
market, with their gum, Sc. This was
formerly managed by one Aly, a notable

| ſharp man, in whoſe town the market for
gum was kept; but he having revolted

againſt his ſovereign, to ſide with thoſe
Azoaghe Moors, has occaſioned the removal
of the place, 18 5
The French always driving the trade of
gum-arabick on the banks of the river, have,
by that means, in a great meaſure, preven-
ted the frauds and inſults of the Moors ;
the gum being generally ſhipp'd off by de-
grees, as It is receiv'd from them. This
commerce is in the months of May and
June, as was ſaid above.

Original of If the French are right in their account

the Ge-
nehoa
Moors.

of the people of Genehoa, bordering on
the north-ſide of the river Senega, for by

that name they diſtinguiſh the Moors of
thoſe parts; then muſt it be concluded, that

they deſcend from the Azuages Arabs; who,

according to Marmol, following the Afri-

can authors, boaſt they came originally

from Phenicia, being driven thence by Jo-
ſua, the ſon of Nun, and ſucceſſor to Moſes

in leading the people of 1/rae!. That fly-

ing thence, they ſettled in Lybia, and built

Carthage, 1268 years before the birth of
CHRIST. Ibni Alraqui, an Arabian author
obſerves, that many years after there was
found at Carthage a large ſtone in a ſpring,
with theſe words carv'd on it, in the Punick

language: We have made our eſcape to this
place, from the preſence of that vagabond

robber Joſhua, the ſon of Nun. Theſe A-
⁊uages, at their firſt ſettling in Africa, call'd
themſelves Maures or Morophores, and thence
by Europeans they are named Moors.

A Deſcription of the Coafts +

BaRBOr. aboard their veſſels from place to place, to
ſecure themſelves againſt the treachery of

—

and reckon it good food. When they are
come to the places appointed to keep the
market, the French uſe to buy their oxen,
and have them killed by ſome of their own
Moors, appointed to that office, and diſtri-
bute the fleſh among them for their ſubſi-
ſtance 3 for the Moors would not eat, nor
ſcarce touch any meat kilPd or drefs*d by the
Whites, unleſs it were in extremity, and that
they had no other way to helpthemſelves.

When the market is over, the Moors re- Their re-
turn into their own country, carrying back

on their camels, or dromedaries, the goods
they have received in exchange for their
gum, or what part of the ſaid gum they
did not think fit to diſpoſe of; whether
it was that they did not like the goods
offer*d them in exchange, or that they
did not agree about the price. Thus they
make nothing to travel four or five hun-
dred leagues out of- Lybia, with -an hun-
dred weight of gum, or ſome ſuch parcel,
and to return home again with it 3 ſo un-
reaſonable and ſpightful they are in their
way of dealing. Ir is almoſt incredible
what a trouble the French are at to deal
with theſe Arabs, and what wrongs and at-

fronts they are to put up; thoſe wretches

being ſo revengeful as to murder a man for

the leaſt thing, if ever they can find an op-

portunity, though it be 20 years after the
injury they fancy they have received, or
elſe will demand 550 ſlaves to redeem, the
perſon they have in their power, and de-
ſign to deſtroy. They are generally tawny,
meagre, and of a ſcurvy mien, but of a

ſubtle crafty diſpoſition. See the SUPPLE-

MENT concerning theſe people.

The gum-arabick diſtils from a tall ſhady Gum
tree; much like the Mappou of America, *ravick,

and growing in the deſarts of the inner Ly-
bia. At the proper ſeaſon of the year, the
Moors take off the bark of this tree, with
ſmall iron tools, or forks, which is done
with eaſe, and ſoon after the ſoft and wateriſh
ſubſtance, that was under the bark, hardens
into gum, in little bits and lumps, much in
the ſame nature as we ſee the common gum
grow on our European cherry and plum-

trees. The Arabs keep this gum freſh from

one year to another, by burying of it un-
der ground,

l N
.
5 „
_—-
[TY Y
: . 7 q
* * .
e 3
: Pa. <0
4 - 0 1 5 . *
5
5 - 7 E
* 4 A 1 {2X
* * 1
8
* 1
L. *
7
* 70 ne,

rows.

Theſe Arabs are very expert at their fire- Arabs

Lom thy The Moors come from their own coun-
arms, and no leſs fearful of the effect of dread fires

travel to try about ſix weeks before the Niger over-

market, arms.

and feed,

flows, as has been obſerv'd, and repair to
theſe markets in ſmall gangs, to ſell their
gum-arabick, which, for the moſt part,
they carry on camels, and oxen, riding
themſelves. The common fort are ſtark
naked, the better have cloaks of furs, and

ſome only a piece of ſkin to cover their

privities 3 living all the way on camels
milk, in which they diſſolve a little gum,

them. I have been inform'd, that ſome
hundreds of the Moors, or Arabs about
mount Atlas, coming down to make war
on king Sillatic, and attempting to ſeize a
ſloop belonging to the factory, which was
come to trade, were fo frighted at the diſ-
charge of three firelocks made upon them
by the French, that they all immediately
ran away.

l

re-

8
d fires

| .
Tu * © 177
3
: 09
A |
7
.
n
: 1 _
' .
N .
33 ö
7
3 . 9
5 4
—
5

5 | them,

Mauros, in all likelihood, from their tawny
complexion, from whom the other Euro-
' peans have taken and continued the uſe of
this name, they being all a dark-colour'd
people. The Arabs I now ſpeak of, and
all the reſt I ſhall ſpeak of hereafter, being
no leſs tawny than the people of Barbary,
but rather exceeding them; therefore the
French in thoſe parts call them, Arab Moors:
which is confounding the ancient African
Bereberes, who live among the Arabs of
Lybia and Geneboa, with thoſe ſame Arabs.
I ſhall in another place ſpeak of the com-
merce and correſpondence between the peo-
ple of Morocco and thoſe of Tombut and
Geneboa. |

MAR EK ETS and COMMODITIES
EXT CHAN G' D.

Lats. duſt AS for gold-duſt, the French purchaſe

very little of it, fince the fifteenth cen-
cury, when the Portugueſe being driven out
of this country, ſettled on the gold coaſt,
as ſhall alſo be obſerv'd in its place. How-
ever, ſometimes a little gold is brought to
market at Heyde, at la Riviere a Morfil, at

la Riviere des Maringuins, at Mambrin, at

L.aametor, and towards Gamboa River.
Heyde The town of Heyde, or Leyde, conſiſts
town. of about two hundred houſes, ſtanding on

the north-ſide of the Senega, above 200

leagues up it, from the ſea, not far diſtant

from that of Camelinga ; and there is a mar-

| ket for ivory and gold, which laſt thoſe

Blacks call Dougure. 5

At the town of Geribolen, is a good mar-

ket for millet, and elephants teeth, which
are purchas'd for brandy and bugles.

Geribolen
market.

Other

At the towns of Biram-Lieze, Sapaterre,
marteis. Larron, and Bilor, are proper markets for
dry bullocks hides; ſome elephants teeth;
tygers, goats and deer-skins; oſtrich fea-
thers; Dutch cloths; galet; large yellow
amber: ſtones; margriettes; white and yel-
low bugles, Sc. but chiefly at Bilor.
More of On the rivers a Morfil and des Maringuins,

at Mambrin, on the north-ſide of the Se-
nega, and at Lametor, or Brak, on the
ſouth-ſide of the ſame, the French purchaſe
a conſiderable number of ſlaves, elephants

teeth, and dry hides, as allo ambergris

and ſome gold-duſt. At Serinpatte muſk-

cods ; tygers and goats-ſKkins; oftrich fea-
thers and gum-arabick ; in exchange for
kettles; yellow amber; ſtriped cloths ;
iron bars; bugles; Maccatons or beads of
two ſorts ; whole or half pieces of eight of
the old ſtamp 3 Margriettes ; another ſort
of beads madeat Roan, fine cryſtal beads ;
ſtrait, or bow'd cutlaces; Galet beads, and
pieces of ſilver of 28 ſols, either plain or
gilt. The country of little Brak affords
them ſlaves and wood for fewel.

be fold for a ſlave. ©

him in another place,

of Nigritia, or North Guinea. 4

1 Moors why It may not be amiſs here to obſerve, that
po call d. the Latins, call'd the people of Barbary

At the villages of Bozaert, or Bozar, and BanBOT.
Caye, near the factory, they have ſlaves WV

elephants; and ſea-horſes teeth; gold-duſt ;

dry hides 3 and the country cloths; in ex-
change for brandy, iron bars, cutlaces 3

bugle ; and Satalas, or braſs bafons of ſe-
veral ſizes.

SLAVES.
1 5 HOSE fold by the Blacks are for the How thre
moſt part priſoners of war, taken either e
in fight, or purſuit, or in the incurſions /9**:
they make into their enemies territories
others ſtolen away by their own country-
men; and ſome there are, who will ſell
their own children, kindred, or neighbours.
This has been often ſeen, and to compals it,
they deſire the Perſon they intend to ſell, to
help them in carrying ſomething to the fac-
tory by way of trade, and when there, the

perſon ſo deluded, not underſtanding the

language, is ſold and deliver'd up as a llave,
notwithſtanding all his reſiſtance, and ex-
claiming againſt the treachery. I wes told
of one, who deſign'd to fell his own ſon,
after that manner; but he underſtanding
French, diſſembled for a 'while, and then
contriv'd it ſo cunningly as to perſuade the
French, that the old man was his ſlave, and
not his father, by which means he deliver'd
him up into into captivity; and thus made
good the Italian Proverb, A furbo furbo e
mexzo; amounting to as much as, Set a thief

to catch a thief, or Diamond cuts Diamond.

However, it happened ſoon after, that the
fellow was met by ſome of the principal

Blacks of the country, as he was returnin

home from the factory, with the goods he
had receiv'd for the ſale of his father, all
which they took away, and order*d him to
The kings are ſo abſolute, that upon any ings ſell |
flight pretence of offences committed by offender.
their ſubjects, they order them to be ſold
for ſlaves, without regard to rank, or pro-
feſſion. Thus a Marabout, or Prieſt, as 1
believe, was fold to me at Goeree, by the

Alcaide of Rio Freſco, by ſpecial order of

king Damel, for ſome miſdemeanors. I
took notice, that this Prieſt was above two
months aboard the ſhip, before he would
ſpeak one word; but I ſhall ſay more of

Abundance of little Blacks of both ſexes hie,
are alſo ſtolen away by their neighbours, kiduapp'd.
when found abroad on the roads, or in the

woods; or elſe in the Cougans, or corn-fields,

at the time of the year, when their parents

keep them there all day, to ſcare away the

devouring ſmall birds, that come to feed

on the millet, in ſwarms, as has been ſaid

above. e e

In times of dearth and famine, ahun- people el

dance of theſe people will ſell themſelves, them-

for/eives.

— — — —
9 4 2 9 - . 8 —
— 2 — — OY
＋ — * — 2
- —_— - — 2

— 8 2
—
— neue ie —

— — —

*

— _—

*
* — 4
— — — — * — _
—
— hy _ — - 2 A - > — — — d — oy
on 6a, l ——
rr ...
2 —
_ 3 r > \ : pA3 :
— 2 E > A - :
— * a
—— CO 7

— ̃ I

> "Ut rr ene nr Hes
: — -
— IT EE oe

E . —— Q un TENETS”

EE —
ws * — ya _ — _
- — 9 = Doo * — Dm —_——_—- — Go
* = ANY = . — 2 I 20 — —
= — * - « XR 1 — 2 * & * .
- w 4 q — * a — —d — — — — — — = 5
— IR . DL — — — a — :
— OS _— 6 ©
- by 8 2 2 — 2 £4 + —_
* = - ant n — — 2 " P Y
4 ld = —
« 4

48

BaxNROr. for a maintenance, and to prevent ſtarving.

When! firſt arriv'd at Goeree, in Decem-
ber 1681, I could have bought a great num-
ber, at very eaſy rates, if I could have
found proviſions to ſubſiſt them ; ſo great
was the dearth then, in that part of N:-
gritia. |
To conclude, ſome ſlaves are alſo brought
to theſe Blacks, from very remote inland
countries, by way of trade, and fold for
things of very inconſiderable value; but
' theſe ſlaves are generally poor and weak, by
reaſon of the barbarous uſage they have had
in travelling ſo far, being continually bea-
ten, and almoſt famiſh'd ; ſo inhuman are
the Blacks to one another.

Inland
ſlaves.

ELEPHANTSTEETH

Elephants A RE gather*dand pick'd up in the woods;
hard tobe or elſe when the Blacks can kill an
killd. elephant, which is hard to be done, either
with fire-arms or arrows, as ſhall be parti-
cularly obſerv'd, when I come to treat of
the Qua- qua coaſt ; where there are more of
theſe bulky creatures, than in any other part
of Guinea, 1 ſhall only add here, that I
was told by one of the factory at St. Lewis's
| iſland, that he and his company were once
at the hunting of an elephant, and beſtow'd
above two hundred bullets on him, and yet
he got away; but the next day was found
dead ſome hundred paces from the place

where they ſhot him. %

How killd The Blacks of Senega go out ſixty in a

oy the

d with {1 II arrows
Blacks, company, each arm'd with {ix ſmall. arr

and a great one, Having found his haunt,
they ſtay till he repairs thither, which they
know by the loud ruſsling noiſe he makes,
breaking through the boughs that hang in
his way, and beating down whole trees, if
they ſtand in his way. Then they follow
him, ſhooting continually, till they have
ſtuck ſo many arrows in his body, as muſt
be his death; which they obſerve by the loſs
of blood, and the weakneſs of his efforts
againſt what ſtands before him. 5 80
The teeth pick d up in the woods and de-

farts are for the moſt part ſcurfy and hollow,

occaſion'd by their lying many years in the
rain and wind, and conſequently are leſs
valuable. |

| H IDE 8. : |
Beſt hides 71 HE beſt and largeſt dry bullocks hides,
in Guinea. ® are thoſe from about the Senega river,
becauſe the cattle is there much larger and
fatter, than about Rufiſco and Porto d' Ali,
where the country affords not ſuch good
paſture-grounds. They ſoak, or dip theſe
hides, as ſoon as flay*d from the beaſt, and
preſently expoſe them to the air to dry ;
which, in my opinion is the reaſon, why
wanting the true firſt ſeaſoning, they are
apt to corrupt and breed worms, if not

I

A Deſcription of the Coaſts
look'd after, and often beaten with a ſtick, = F

ſtore-houſes.

1 r
— * N
5

4 BY |
an TH
.
1 #8
"36
0 *
; 449 8
*
1
— 1

or wand, and then laid up in very dry

Theſe hides are nothing to compare to Berrer 3
thoſe of Havana, Hiſpanicla, and Buenos America,
Ayres, in America, both for thickneſs and
largeneſs. The African hides ſerve moſtly
in France and Holland, for covering of
trunks, and portmantuas; being, as has been
ſaid, much thinner and ſmaller than the
American. For an inſtance, the weight of
a hide at Buenos Ayres, is commonly ſe-
venty ſix pounds, and worth there upon the
place one piece of eight. The ſame hide is
worth at London ſix pence, at Roan half a
livre, and at Amſterdam ten ſtivers the pound
weight. Theſe hides are the commodity of
the country about Buenos Ares, lying in
35 degrees of ſouth latitude, fifty leagues
up from the mouth of the river of Plate,
by the natives call'd Paraguay. The ſaid
hides, being ſo cheap there, by reaſon of
the incredible multitude of cattle the coun-

try abounds in, and ſo much valu'd in Eu- 1

rope, are the uſual returns from thence; #4
with a ſort of red wool, call'd Lana de Vi-

cuna, growing on the Peru ſheep, and which

is worth at Buenos Ayres 18 royals plate per 4: Buenos
pound, and at London 20 5s. per pound, being Ayres.
brought down 350 leagues by land from
Peru, on mules, In the year 1658, there

were at Buenos Ayres, at one time, twenty
two Dutch, and among them two Engli/h

ſhips, as we are told in the account of Mon-

ſieur Acarete du Biſcay, homewards bound

with bull-hides, plate, and the aforeſaid
Vicuna wooll, which they had received in
exchange for their commodities. Each Dutch
ſhip had thirteen or fourteen thouſand bull-
hides, amounting to 33500 J. ſterling, bought 80

by them there at ſeven or eight royals each,
and ſold in Europe for at leaſt 25 5. a piece.

This happen'd at a time when the Spa- 25 Dutch
niards being embroiled in many troubles, here.
the Dutch laid hold of the opportunity ro
ſend thoſe ſhips to Rio de la Plata, laden

with goods and Blacks, which they had taken

in at Congo and Angola. The inhabitants of
Buenos Ayres wanting the ſupplies they uſed
to receive by the Spaniſh galeons, which
were hindered by the Engh/h from making

their conſtant voyages; and there being a

great ſcarcity of Blacks, and other neceſſa-
ries 3 prevailed ſo far upon the governor,
that for a preſent they obliged the Hollanders
to give him, and paying the duties to the
king of Spain, they were permitted to land,
and trade there: for no nation is allowed it,
but native Spaniards, with licences from the
king of Spain, which coſt five ducats plate,
for every tun, and ſeven ducats and a half
plate, whenſoever they are granted to

ſtrangers. A ſhip of five hundred tun, as
the lord Sandwich, in his diſcourſe of Spam,
: | informs

Fa

enoꝛ

utch

y 4 8
FS.
17 1
4 ” by _ ht 1
8 1 of
th F< L
38
Re.
Wo. 75
i =.
4p View
FAY.
RE.
Pa 1
N
.
3
77
1
1
þ N
1
.
r
.
49
4 5
: 89 rH.
: - > A
9
"4/4,

Sortrefla -

our.

Dire; but is not ſo good or clean.
bdſtrich
; feathers,

informs us, pays 3750 ducats for liberty to

trade in the Weſt- Indies. The ſame lord

ſays, a Black is worth ſix or ſeven hundred
pieces of eight, at Buenos Ayres ; and adds,
that the Spaniards there give very good rates,
and take great quantities of Engliſb manu-
factures, as cloth, bays, fays, ſtockings,
Sc. To which Monſieur Acarate ſubjoins
fiiks, ribbons, thread, needles, ſwords,
horſe-ſhoes, and other iron-work ; tools of
all ſorts, drugs, ſpices, ſilk-ſtockings,ſerges,
and :;enerally every thing for cloathing; all
thele being proper commodities for thoſe
parts. I hope I may be pardoned this di-
greſſion, ſo remote from my ſubject in hand,
having thought it might be advantageous to

ſome, who perhaps never heard of ſo bene-

ficial a trade, which was the occaſion of my
inſerting it in this place; and now I ſhall
return to Nigritia. „
Bees-wax is gather'd from trees in the
woods; as is done in the New-Foreſt in Hamp-

As for oſtrich feathers, they are com
mohly no where to be had, but about the

ur. ee e e

factory at St, Lewis iſland, that being BAN or.

neareſt to the Moors, who have the greateſt
plenty of thoſe animals in their country.

I could never underſtand, Whence the Amber=
Moors and Blacks have their ambergris, tho? gr.

muy body knows it 1s the product of the
ea.

The French reckon this trade in general
yields ſeven or eight hundred per cent. ad-
vance, upon invoice of their goods; and
ho theirSenega company, inſtead of thriving,

as often brought a noble to nine-pence.
Nay, it has broke twice in leſs than thirt
years; which muſt be occaſioned by the vaſt
expence they are at in Europe, Africa, and
America; beſides ill management of their bu-
ſineſs: but this is no more than the common
fate of the Dutch and Engliſh African com-
panies, as well as of that, to make rather
loſs than profit; becauſe their charges are
greater than the trade can bear, in main-
taining ſo many ports, caſtles, forts, and
factories in Africa, which devour all the pro-
fit, as I ſhall farther make out in the de-
{cription of the gold · coaſt. T9

CHAP. V.

The employments of the women ; the common food and drink of the Blacks ; the
palm-wine how made; funeral ceremonies z dread of heavy rain and thunder;
fleeping, dancing, and wreſtling, feaſting and Ramadan. The author's viſit

to Conde, viceroy of the country; the Guiriots or buffoons, and their office z
the government and deſpotic authority of the black kings; audiences, em-

baſſies, revenues, forces, and admiralty rights; the juſtice civil and criminal,

wars, religion, prieſts or Marabouts, and their Grigri or charms, Th

: Womzn's EMypLoyMENTS. |
Bus the care of nurſing their children,
they have all the charge of houſewifry

at home, viz, to make large ozier or ſtraw

hampers, or baſkets, twelve or fifteen foot

about, to keep their corn in; to beat or

pound the millet, with great wooden peſtles,
in deep hollow trunks of trees like mortars;
which is a tedious hard labour, and yet done

almoſt every mornings and to make or dreſs

either Sanglet or Couſcou, which is the com-

mon diet of the family, among the weſtern

| Couſcous.

Blacks,

Ks 47 1 a
T HE Couſcous, as the Arabs call it, and
the people of Morocco, Couſcouſou, but

the Blacks, Laguere, is their beſt and moſt

uſual food ; being made of millet beaten al-
moſt to fine flower, then ſifted or fann'd
with a ſort of fan made of palm-tree leaves,
as well as they can do it. This flower they

pu into a narrow bow], and ſprinkle it a

little wich water; then knead and turn it,

and ſprinkle more water again and again,

till it is N which they break into ſe-

Vor. 5

veral round balls, and let them ſtand in the
air a while to dry. They then put them into
an earthen- pot, having a hole at the bottom,
tak ing care to cover it very cloſe at the top,

and fix this pot pa another, in which there
is fleſh or fiſh ſeaſon'd with palm-oil and ſuch
ſpice as they have ; and thus ſer both pots,

one upon another, over the fire: ſo that when
the meat or fiſh boils, the ſteem aſcends
through the hole in the bottom of the upper

pot, to the Couſcous or paſte that is within

It; at once baking and giving it a favour,

which requires a long time to be well done.
When enough, they put all together, Conſcous,
and meat or fiſh, in a wooden platter or
bowl. This is the common food of the beſt
people, tho? in reality but indifferent diet,
the Couſcous being itſelf a coarſe and indi-
veſted matter: for beſides its being very ſalt,
and no way pleaſant, it cracks between the
teeth, as if there were ſand in it. There are

alſo Couſcous cakes made, which they bake
on large flat ſtones over the fire.

Theſe people, as well as thoſe of the em - Plate fir
pire of Morocco, and, as I take it, all other .
Mabometans, the Kings themſelves not

_ excepted

11

90

4 Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarBort. excepted, are forbid the uſe of plate at their

- Sanglet.

tables; and therefore the Sherife, or em-
peror of Morocco, tho? a potent prince, is
ſerved in no better than brafs or earthen -
ware. | : |
Their Sanglet is made of the bran of mil-
let, boiled in water, without any other addi-
tion, being the common food of the poorer
ſort, and particularly of ſlaves. Sometimes
it is boiled with ſtinking fleſh or dry fiſh, or
elſe with milk or butter, for the better ſort.
Towards the ſea-coaſt they eat milk, but-

ter, and curds, which the Whites have taught

Manner of
eating.

them to make, but neither ſo good or ſweet
as in England. 5 |

They generally eat twice a day ; at noon
and towards night, ſitting round on their
heels upon the bare ground, either within
the cabbins, or at the door without; but
ſome of the beſt ſit upon mats, men and wo-
men together, towards the coaſt, yet in
fome inland countries each ſex eats apart.
They eat but little at a time, and that after

a ſlovenly manner, as will appear by the

Entertain-
ment.

tugueſe' faſhion. Being come to her habita-

following ſtory.

Donna Catalina, a black lady of a good
preſence, and a very jovial temper, widow
to a Portugueſe of note, and a Roman Catho-

where ſhe then lived in great eſteem among
the Blacts; but always drefs'd after the Por-

tion, where was alſo the Alcaide of the town,

and ſome of king Damel's officers ; the con-

ducted us all into a very warm cabbin or hut,

in the midſt of which there hung at the roof

a large ſtinking piece of raw beef: and ha-
ving made us all fit down there in a ring, up-

33 D e 3} nil da 5) it 10038 6 —
on a fine mat, with our legs acroſs, after

Every man made uſe of his

2 . E 128 4 \V is 0 FE £ G 112
the Mooriſh faſhion, a ſlave brought in a

? niere neee 3?
wooden platter full of dirty water to waſh
our hands, without any towel to wipe them.
485 to dry

them, and 1 of my handkerchief. Then

„ . . 110 R rt ih AT ve 4 Is 3. ad
in his right hand, toſs'd it 'as far into his 5

the dinner was ſet down on'the mar, being
a large wooden platter, bfim-full' of Couſ-
cous, and another with ſtinking boiled beef,
to which I was bid welcome. The lady then
went about tearing the meat into abundance
of bits, with both her hands, and threw' it
into the Couſcous diſh, ſtirring it about wit}
one hand. Then every one of the gueſts in
his turn, took a bit of the meat and ſome
Couſcous, and rolling it together into a ball

| 5 Ks 21.5, — oF 413
mouth as he could'; then lick'd his fin ers,

What had ha

and ſhook his hand over the diſh, to Taye

venly behaviour did ſo balk my ftomach;
that I did but juſt taſte of the meat, tho
the lady often preſs'd me to eat heartily.
Dinner being over, the ſame dirty water,
which had ſerved to waſh before, was brought

in again for the fame uſe, and ſome walt d

quor given us, at this entertainment, but

kin much better, which is worth ſeventy or

ner FRA BEVEL diſcourſe c their meals.
3 The ack. King, call dit

ppened to ſtick to it. Thisffo- \

Book J.
their mouths with it. We had no other li-

water, which was neither ſweet, nor cool,
but lukewarm, by reaſon of the mc

heat of the weather. : |

This diſagreeable filthy way of eating is
univerſal among all the nations inhabiting the

weſtern and ſouthern parts of Africa, from
cape V artel to the cape of Gaod-Hope. Diego Emperors
de Torres, who ſerved the king of Spain in of Mo-
Barvary, about the year 1347, in his hiſtory ee how
of the Shzrifes, kings of Morocco, who ſtiled "7 Ot:
themſelves kings of Africa, tho* no better

than uſurpers; gives an account, that. "ang

once preſent at the old Sherife's dinner, an

obſerving that he wiped the hand he too

up his meat with, on the head of a black
boy, af about ten years of age, which mov d -
him to ſmile ; the Sherife, who took notice 7
of it, ask'd him, what it was the chriſt ian "Y
kings uſed to wipe their hands with at meals,
and what ſuch things might be worth. Torres
anſwer*d, they uſed fine napkins, which

might be worth a crown a-plece, or mgre, 2
and had a clean one at every meal. The —_
Sherife wiping his hand again on the black 1

915 head, reply*d, don't you think this nap-

eighty crowns? The emperor of Aforocey
is ſerved in the ſame manner as I have de-
ſcribed above, with Coujeouſby in an carthen
be ol nog Ba ee
hand to tear and take up the morſels of meat
not much more nicely than hungry dogs feed
on carrion. He often makes choice of the
ſtables of his Alcazarg or palace, to take
his meals in, and then on a piece of leather

e uſl

a * 89

hy 1 |
- The Blachs will ea molt ſorts of beaſts o
owt, |

Freſh

97.9,

Pg: $5

Hater,

Brandy

:Freflywater is not to be had every where.
At Rio Freſco; the little river affords it good
enough; but in many places up the coun-

try, they have it out of ponds and moraſſes,
0 that lit is thick and muddy. For this
reaſon, the king of Kayor has cauſed two

deep wells to be dug there, and made good
the inſides of them with timber laid cloſe
and croſs-wiſe, to hinder the mouldering in
of the eartn. =”

'The.Blacks are generally very greedy of

covered, brandy, by them call'd Sangara, which

| Climbing

they will drink as if it were water, when
given them. A Hlach being aboard a ſhip
at Goeree, and ſpying an ink- bottle in m

cabbin, drank a large doſe, before he per-

_ ceived it was not brandy.

PATLM-WINE and PALM-TREES,

H O' there be abundance of palm-trees
in this country, yet the palm-wine is
not ſo common a liquor here as on the Gold
Coaft, and at Ardra, being only uſed here
by the better ſort and ſtrangers.

Deſignmg in another place a particular
deſoription of the ſeveral ſorts of palm- trees,
I ſhall content myſelf at preſent with ob-
ſerving, that here are three kinds of them.

The one is like the date- tree, another like
the Latinor- tree, but none of the ſort which

bears the coco- nuts: neither ſhall I now ſay

much ef the nature of the palm-wine, or

how it is made, but only that they pay
certain duties to the Alcaides, or governors

of towns, for theſe palm- trees; as alfo, that

they climb up to the head of the tree by

of palm- means of an iron or braſs-hoop, which they

fress.

palm- |

wine.

contract or let out, as they have occaſion.
A man gets into the hoop, and ſets his

feet againſt the tree, the hoop bearing

him up behind, as ſecure as if he ſtood on
the ground, and ſo moves upwards by de-
grees to the top of the tree, where he makes
two or three inciſions, juſt below the tuft, or
head, making faſt pots, or gourds to them,

to receive the liquor which diftils from it :

each tree yields about three pints of wine,
of a pearl colour. That which diſtils an
hour before ſun-riſing is beſt ; and with
this ſort they entertain the Europeum, and
other foreigners, the beſt of the Blacks be-
ing never without it. 9
This ſort is of a pleaſant ſweet taſte,
being uſed two or three hours after it has
fermented a while in the pots; but ſoon

loſes its ſweetneſs, and grows ſourer every
day: the older it is, the more it affects
The right palm-wine ſearches
the reins, provokes urine, and it may be
reaſonably concluded, that the. conſtant uſe

the head.

the natives make of it, is the reaſon why

fe or none of them are troubled with the

gravel, or the ſtone in the bladder; and

things, as to compel a thief to a
to reſtore what he has ſtolen, be he ever

tho: it will preſuntiy fly-into the head, when:

Cnar. Ly . of Nigrit in „U. North. Guinea.

—

ST

uſed immoderately, yet thoſe furnes 'areBaxzor.

ſoon diſpell'd, with ſeems very ftrange,
confidering how much it works as ſoon'a5
in the pot. This fermentation is often ſo
violent as to break the pots, unleſs care be

taken to give the liquor vent. More of

this ſhall be ſaid in my ſecond part.

SUPERSTITION ard WITCHCRAFT.

THE Blacks generally ſer a- part ſome Meat .
* ſmall quantity of ſuch victuals as they fer 40 the
eat, for their Fetich2s, or, as ſome will have .

it, for the devil, whom they call Gune, to
oblige him to be kind to them; for if we
may believe their own aſſertions, he often

beats them. I remeniber a Black, from

whoſe neck I once pulled away a Grigri,
or ſpell, made a hideous noiſe about it,
telling me, that une had beat him moſt
unmercifully the next night; and that un-
leſs T would, in compaſſion, give him a
bottle of brandy to treat Gune, and be re-
conciled to him, for having ſuffered me to

take away his Grigri, he was confident hie

ſhould be infallibly Killa by him. Th

fellow was ſo poſitive in this conceit, and
roared in fuch a horrible manner for it, that
I was forced to humour him for quietneſs

fake. ;

This ceremony of ſpilling a little liquor, The ſams
and caſting ſomè part of rice, or any other in China.

eatable on the ground, is of great antiquity
in China, and kept up to this day. Tor
fucins, their moſt hohour'd philoſopher and
divine, pore if, the intentien of it be-
ing a fort of oblation to the dead; who
in former ages had taught that nation td
till the earth, dreſs meat, Sc. as Navarrete

informs us, in his account of China. It is

likely, that the Blacks in Męritia and Guinea
might at firſt have the ſame reaſon for this
ceremony, though at preſent few or none

underſtand why they do it; and only al-

ledge it is a cuftom tranſmitted to theni

from their anceftors, gtounding themſelves

in many of thefe practices wholly upon tra-
dition, without enquiting into the motives. .

They have afſo a great opinion of witch- preherafe.

craft, and pretend by it to be able to do

any miſchief they rhink fit to their enemies,
even to taking of their lives; as alſo to
diſcover all ſecfets, and find out hidden
pear arid

ſo remote; with many more ſuch abſurdi-

Hes. x.
FUNERALS.

that it is hideous -and: frightful to paſs. by.
the huts where any Black lies dead, by rea-
ſon. of the horrid ſhrieks and- howling. of

the neighbours and relations, who reſort to

the houſe of the departed to bewail him.

PHEY weep and lament over the deadzeating
as ſoon as expired, in ſuch manner, of the dead.

This

62

Bangor. This may perhaps be deriv'd from the cuſ-
com of the Fews, as we find it in St. Mark
= 5.36. And he (Ixsus) cometh to the houſe
of the ruler of the ſynagogue, and ſeetb the
| tumult, and them that wept and wailed great-
ly ; upon the death of his daughter. It is
well known, that the Fezos in thoſe days had
certain common mourners, who were hired
for weeping and wailing over dead perſons.
Upon theſe occaſions, they aſk abundance
_ queſtions of impertinent ridiculous queſtions, much
roche dead. in the ſame nature as the poor ignorant ſort
of Triſh are reported to practiſe to this day;
as for example, Why he would leave them
after that manner ? whether he wanted mil-
let, or oxen, or clothes, or wealth * whether
he ſtood in need of any more than he bad?
or, whether be had not wives enough, or they
were not handſome enough ? what harm any
body had done him? and the like. All theſe
queries are repeated by every one in the
{ company ſucceſſively, the Guiriots in the
| mean time acting their parts, continually
ſinging the praiſes of the party deceaſed,
and extolling his virtues, actions, and quali-
ties. The dead perſon making no anſwer,
thoſe who have put their queſtions with-
f draw, to make room for others to ſucceed
them, in repeating the ſame.
It was cuſtomar
Lybia, and the adjacent parts, as we ſhall

Ridiculous |

| farther ſhow in the Supplement, upon theſe

_ occaſions, for the wife, or next of kin, to
go out of the tent, or barrack, howling at-
ter a ſtrange manner Hoo-la-loo, as the
Triſh do over the graves of their friends de-
parted. By the 1 1th of St. Zohn, ver. 31. ic
appears, that the Jews often repaired to the

graves to bewail their dead, as is there ſhown

in the inſtance of Mary, the ſiſter of Lazarus.
If it be a boy that is dead, the maids
and women ſing; and the other boys run
at one another with all the force they are
able, holding naked cutlaces in their hands,
which they clatter together 3 and making
many extravagant motions and geſtures, too
impertinent to be deſcribed.
The funerals are performed with much

Death of
boys, |

Funeral

ceremonies. ſtate and ceremony. In ſome places they

bury the corpſe in the houſe it belonged to,
taking off the round roof of it, and re-
doubling their cries: then four mourners
ſtand in a ſquare, each holding a cloth ex-
tended, as it were to cover the corpſe, that
it may not be ſeen by the company. Next
the Marabout whiſpers ſome words in the
car of the deceaſed, covering him with a
white ſheet, or piece of callico. This be-
ing done, they ſet on the roof of the hut
again, over which they hang ſome cloths
of one, or of ſeveral colours ; and cloſe
by the houſe they ſet up a pole, on which

they hang the arms, bow, quiver, javelin,

Sc. of the perſon deceaſed 3 and having a

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

among the Arabs of

go to bed early, in dark nights; but when

fancy, that the dead eat in the grave, they
ſet by them a pot of Cou/cous, and another
of water, for ſeveral months, _

It is a common cuſtom among the Bar- The ſame
barians of Morocco, Fez, &c. to ſet meat on in Mo-
the graves, and to bury ſilver, jewels, and "9<c9. O's.
other things with the corpſe, that the dead
may want none of the conveniencies in the
other world, which they had in this.

At other places, the funerals are after Anorhes
this manner. Some drummers march be-ſers.
fore the company, after them follow the
neareſt relations of the deceaſed ; then his
wives, if it be a man, or the huſband, if
a woman; and then the corpſe, followed
by all the people of the village, of botn
ſexes. Being come, in this order, to the
place of burial, which is very often on ſome

riſing ground, or hill, they lay the corpſe

in the grave, ſtark naked, and fill it up

with earth. About the grave they erect

ſeveral little round huts, much like our ice-
houſes in hot countries ; and over thoſe
huts, they ſet up the round roof of the
deceaſed perſon's houſe, diſplaying on the
top of it a flag, or white ſheer, cut in pieces,
that being thus rent, it may not be ſtolen
away, as being rendered quite uſeleſs.

It is frequent among theſe people, for Barbar iey
the neareſt relations, as brothers, ſiſters, F kindred.
Sc. to take away for their own uſe, all the
goods, or wealth the party deceaſed has
left; thus robbing his own children, and
expoſing them to the greateſt miſery.

RAIN and THUNDER,

THE Blacks, in general, have a great Rain fe-

* dread of the rainy ſeaſon, becauſe they 0» ſickly.

are then, for the molt part, much afflicted .

with diſeaſes ofs ſeveral forts, which makes

them very cautious of travelling ; nay, moſt

of them will ſcarce come out of their houſes,

but Keep cloſe confined in them during all

that ſeaſon, with a conſtant fire, about

which they lie all night, in a ring, with

their feet towards it; ſo to draw out and

dry up the moiſture, they fancy thoſe lower

parts have drawn in, during the day; and

look upon it as the occaſion of the ſeveral

diſtempers their bodies are ſubject to.
Nor are they leſs apprehenſive of thun- pread of

der, which is very frequent in the country thunder.

at that ſeaſon, being dreadful loud, and at-

tended with terrible flaſhes of lightning.

Whea it happens to thunder on a ſudden,

as they are abroad in the fields, or on the

road, they lie down flat, with their faces

to the ground, till it is over, or at leaſt

till the violence of the claps abates.

SLEEPING, DANCING, and WRESTLING.

TH O' they conſtantly take a nap, of
an hour or two, after dinner, yet they

the

Book I.

- + 48"

r /! Bohn o ye,

Crar. 5.

the moon ſhines, they ſit up to dance and
ſmoak, with their wives and neighbours.

Their dances are commonly in a round,

ſinging the next thing that occurs, whether
ſenſe or nonſenſe. Some of them ſtand in

the middle of the ring, holding one hand

Lewd
gancing.

| Ridiculous
wreſtling.

on their head, and the other behind their
waiſt, advancing and ſtrutting out their
belly forwards, and beating very hard with
their feet on the ground. Others clap their
hands to the noiſe of a kettle, or a cala-
baſh, fitted for a muſical inſtrument. When
young men, or boys, dance with maidens,
or women, both ſides always make abun-
dance of laſcivious geſtures ; and every now
and then each takes a draught of palm-

wine to encourage the ſport.

The men often exerciſe themſelves at
wreſtling, putting themſelves into many ri-

diculous poſtures, as they approach one an-
other, either holding out a finger, the fiſt,

or the foot towards the antagoniſt ; one or
more Guiriots ſtanding by, and beating a

drum, or playing on ſome ſort of their noiſy

muſick, to encourage the combatants. Be-

ing ſtark naked at this ſport, he who is
thrown, ſeldom comes off without ſome hurt
or bruiſe, and ſometimes they both ſuffer
conſiderably. The great ſatisfaction they

have in throwing their antagoniſts, conſiſts

in the Guirict's extolling their valour with

a loud voice, and encouraging them to gain
many more ſuch victories. 1

Faſting
and feaſt.
ing at
once.

Ramapan and FrasTInNG
D RING the time of their Ramadan,
which is the Mahometan lent, and laſts

the whole month of September, they have

great feaſting and rejoicing at night; which,
from the Portugueſe, they call Folgar, that
is, to make merry. They are then forbid
eating, drinking, and ſmoaking in the day-
time ; and ſome are ſo very preciſe, that
they will not ſpit, or ſcarce do any other
thing, if they can avoid it; but as ſoon as
the ſun is ſet, or the firſt ſtar appears, they

all fall to feaſting with an intolerable noiſe

Conde,
Viceroy
and gene-
onal,

of drums, and never give over eating and
drinking till the ſun riſes again, with great
exceſs and debauchery.

A V1$s1T paid to Cone, the Viceroy.
BEF ORE I proceed upon the ſubject in

hand, it will not be ungrateful, in this
place, to give an account of the viſit I

once paid to old Conde, viceroy and gene-

raliſſimo of the forces of king Damel, at

the village of Racho, about a mile up the

country, in order to ſettle a good corre-

ſpondence, between the Blacks and the

French factors at Goeree, which had been

interrupted for ſeveral months, on account

of the cuſtoms for wood and water, for
the uſe of the company's ſhips ; which will
Vo 1. V. | |

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea, 53

farther demonſtrate the dexterity of theſe Bax vor.

people at bodily exerciſes. head pan
I had in my company the head factor of Manner of

Goeree, whom the French call governour, #is giving

and a file of ſoldiers from the fort. Being“ Aience.

all landed in the bay, near the cape, we

walked about a mile and a half up the

country through a thick copſe, or wood,

to a {mall village, call'd Racho, where we

found Conde fitting on a mat, under a large

round thatch'd roof, with a long tobacco-

pipe in his mouth, according to. the cuſtom

of the country, and five or ſix of his wives

about him in a ring, finely dreſſed after

their manner. When I drew near him, he

ſtood up, took me by the hand, and bid

me welcome; next, he deſired me to fit

down on his right hand, which being done,

a ſlave, by his order, brought me a cala-

baſh of palm-wine. That ceremony being

over, I made him the uſual preſents, con-

liſting of ſome trivial things, to the value

of about three crowns 3 and then declared

to him, in French, the occaſion of my com-

ing, which a Black, who underſtood French,

interpreted in his own language, Here-

upon the viceroy agreed, that for the fu-

ture, the French company's ſhips ſhould
pay no more than 30 bars of iron each,
in full for all cuſtoms, according to the
agreement made in the year 1677, with
the Alcaide Medioup ; beſides two dry hides

for every long boat, or pinnace, which
| ſhould fetch water, or wood from the

_ hore | |

As ſoon as- the contract was concluded, Dance.
we were ſurrounded by a great number of

Blacks, men and women, who formed a

dance to the ſound of ſeveral of their in-
ſtruments; which laſted a conſiderable time,

and was not altogether unpleaſing to us,

tho' odd and extravagant in itſelf.
The dancers being withdrawn, Conde Camels,
ſtood up, and invited me to ſee his camels
and horſes, which were at a ſmall diſtance,

I obſerved, that the camels were bur of a

middle ſtature, and not exactly like thoſe

of Afa. 7
This is rather a ſort of dromedaries; be- oy dromes

ing ſmall, lean, and tender, only fit for daries.

carrying of men; but ſo far excelling in

ſwiftneſs, that it is reported, they will tra-

vel an hundred miles a day, for ſeven or
eight days ſucceſſively, with little, or next
to no food, which is a little graſs, or brow-
Zing on the leaves of trees. The Arab
Moors call this ſort of camels Raguahil, or
Elmabaris and they are commonly uſed in
Lybia for travelling through the deſarts.
Dromedaries are made uſe of in the em-
pire of Morocco, upon occaſion of haſty,
urgent affairs. They differ from a camel,
only in being leaner and much ſwifter; qua-
lities which are natural t@ them, and very
N peculiar:

54

*

Barzor. peculiar; for if we may credit the na-

ten leagues in a day, for every day it ſpends
in ſleeping before it could fee diſtinctly, af-
ter its firſt coming into the world. So that,
if it leeps fix days, as ſoon as it comes from

the dam, it will travel ſixty leagues, and

ſo more or leſs in proportion. Some do po-
ſitively affirm, that the uncle of the preſent
emperor of Morocco did thus ride a hundred
leagues in a day; and do add, that the fa-

tigue of this way of travelling, which is but

the dromedaries conſtant pace, is equal to
the expedition, and that it was impoſſible
for the traveller to hold it, did he not cauſe
himſelf to be faſt bound to the ſaddle, and
his mouth to be cover'd, for fear of being
ſuffocated. The bunch on the backs of theſe

| Dromeda. Camels or dromedaries is ſmaller, in pro-

ries and

portion, than that of the camels in Arabia

camels of the flony, call'd Baftrians, The dromedaries

Arabia,

Horſes.

of Arabia have two bunches on their back,
and are much ſwifter than the Arabian ca-

mels; but theſe here have another ſmaller

bunch on their ſtomach, which ſerves them
to lean on when they reft. 33

Some of the horſes ſeem'd to me pretty
fine 3 but all very ſmall.

Having ſpent about two hours at this inter-

view, I took my leave of the old gentleman,

who bid the interpreter tell me, he would bear

Reſpect
paid to
him.

Antiquity

me company to the water- ſide, and ſee me

fafe in the pinnace. I admir'd all the way

how the people of the neighbouring cottages

and hamlets, being inform'd that Conde
was going down to the water-ſide, flock*d

about us, pulling off their ſandals from as

far as they could ſee him, and proſtrating
themſelves flat on the ground before, throw-
ing fand or earth, with both hands, over

their own heads; which among them are the
uſual tokens of reſpect, paid to perfons in

eminent dignity. ee „
This practice of proſtrating on the ground

of proſira- before perſons in a high ſtation, appears by

80g. ---

ancient hiſtory to have been follow'd by all

the eaſtern nations, and commonly uſed by

Praiſes
ſung.

yet I durſt not command them to give over,

the people of 1/rael; whereof we find man
inſtances in holy writ, of which I ſhall only
point out thoſe of king David and Abigail,

1 Sam. 25. 23. Mephiboſheth, 2 Sam. 9. 6. Ab-

falom, Ib. 14. 33. and Bath-ſhebah, 1 Kings

1. 16, & 1,31. It is ſtill practis'd in ſeve-
ral eaſtern countries, and particularly in the

dominions of the Mogol. 3
All the way we walk'd to the ſea-ſide, I

had two of Conde's Guiriots, one on each

fide of me, who never ceas'd, in their ſort

of tone, to ſing a kind of panegyrick in

praiſe of me, as I was inform'd by the in-
terpreter. The ſong was attended with a-
bundance of grimaces, geſtures, and ſkip-
ping, which, tho' very diſagreeable to me,

Deſcription of the Coaſts = Booxr TI.

for fear of diſobliging their maſter, it being
ties of that country, this beaſt will travel

the cuſtom of the great men among the
Blacks 10 to honour the Zyropeans that come
to ſee them. V

When we were come to the ſea - ſide, 4 g
Conde, to ſhow me how expert he was at #9/eman.

riding and managing a horſe, mounted upon

one of the moſt fiery, which he had caus'd

to be brought along with ham, and which
he faid was of Barbary, I own I could not

but admire to ſee a man at ſeventy years of

age ſo hail and active as he then was; fot
during above a quarter of an hour, he put
himſelf into ſeveral poſtures, and perform'd

divers motions a horſeback. Sometimes he

put his horſe upon full ſpeed on the ſtrand,

darting an Aſſagaia or javelin with the right
hand before the horſe, and running ſo ſwiftly,

as to catch it again with the ſame hand, be-

fore it fell to the ground; or if it happened
to fall, he would take it up again without

ſtopping in the career; which was the more
ſurprizing to us, becauſe no horſes what-
ſoever are fleeter than thoſe of Barbary.

It is proper here to obſerve, that the A/. Aſſigaiaoy
ſagaia or javelin above mention'd, as darted/***:

by Conde, is a fort of lance, or rather a

half-pike univerſally uſed by all the Blacks of
Nigritia, Guinea, and Ethiopia, as will be

farther made appear in the courſe of this

general deſcription of thoſe parts of 4-

frica.

This ſort of weapon is of very ancient uſage

in the eaſtern countries of Aja, and in all pro- Its anti.
bability among the Hebrews; for we often find 19:

it mention'd in holy writ under the ſeveral

denominations of lance, javelin, dart, Oc.

Phineas kill'd Zimri and Coſbi with a javelin,
Numb. 2 5. 7, 8. Saul ſmites David with the
javelin, 1 Sam. 19. 10. David took away
Saul's javelin and water- pot out of his tent,
Ib. 26. 16. Joab thruſt three darts through
the heart of Abſalom, 2 Sam. 18. 14. The

ancients always repreſented Pallas holding a
Javelin or lance in her hand; and all men of
_ diſtinction always carried a javelin in one

hand. Homer aſſigns javelins to his heroes,
as the Romans did to their Quirinus and o-
ther gods; and the emperor of Morocco al-

ways rides with an Afſagaia in his hand. See
a farther account of theſe weapons here-

after.

It muſt be own'd, that many of theſe giing.

Blacks of Nigritia are excellent horſemen,

which in all likelihood they learn in Tom-

but and Genehoa their neighbouring nations,
which have acquired it by their commerce
with the ſubjects of Morocco. All men, who
are vers'd in hiſtory, muſt know that the
Moors were always excellent at riding; as
particularly was formerly obſervable in the
Moors of Granada, whoſe racing and tilting
was admir*d by all their contemporaries: and
at this very tune the Moors of Morocco we

. 0

1 88

en
——

Fg >
3

| 11 2 / L 7 eres 2 N «
2 e IO 1 1
if. | 1 9 4 9 e 1 LD — 11 125 1 2— — 72 500 = _ Fe 1 g OJ ; 5 [ Wi 2 8
| | if | | 7 | 4 2 N b eee 608 iS D V 8 RY 0 |
| | W ul 19588771 Wis (We 8 J RY SJ ED 4s
| WE At 2 „ bl . 8 IS 5 | |
| ZI” AA—_ ; WI 1 KN I * 8 _ LA |
| WL | [|| A | 0 88 N | _—_\\\ |||
p | en eben.. — & 8 . 8 8 * N D f 8 : | | | by
1 i! 7 WA: Lee. 2 4 $3 — => 4 8 2 2 | | VC
| 0 f 13 nd — N
5 hi bf: I "oy JJ |
. Us 8 a N *Y |
= of Sr: ex R

IN . |

7

Fn
= =
<
if Cab
ald, into gre WW 22

O. N 17711
7616 5

8 N af A 1 * „ — . 110
i SIG , of ur

| | 1.1 111 ; | | 1 - i! | By 1 — — H . 8 [LEM

| [ELECT 4 ES CEE 2 Sateen = 188 bi. Munz: e
10 | N - 1 1505 1 üs
1 Wir WEE OE ate te ail

«OI
2.
„V. ue. J

anbi
7

NY
un;

—— —

%% eee HITUFE (14

L cannot Ge 111

the Palm Tree, to make
211101

. Pr 48 -
A - - - w7
+ Aa

2

Camels, Gira, and 0

F 4
1

e = || WH} 9 Nö | |
of DIGI — : —I 8 N 5250 Wl
2 * 555 — % e AS ! | HEE EI 5 | 1h:
PE ESE ES © —— ne SIR BE ||] <= VS &; „ ROE << | | | J
E_——— === by A; now 1 e e 8 D D
= | ©. _ | = [ A 5 1 £ &Z N * J * |
0 | , —=—= = errand —_ _— = Ny = | 0 = F oY jj . = , > 2 2 NJ \ JD R
2 | Z — _ @ * | BATH 1 7 12“ 77 3 47“ —_ nnn 8 ö . W DJ | dd WJ
5 = : — _ 8 7 5 5 7875 Fd 1 06 Via DY : 5 | KC
„ eq. 5566 lf, D N 1

4

NASCNLEVOUS

ig; ii, A 160 5 %

1

2
(L

8 3 ns 11 05
* „ Hf. W 1 4 :
"ts ED DL WI

Vans We”, 72
1 a 2 jr 7s =

2

Zl it ?- 7 C.

,

LUNG

Fad

7

Se

2

ES,

cove
— „
2 — 7 —-— — lff̃ä̃ä W ꝗ T r. .. ——— fe. 2...

; amb
2

——

0

OI

wo
N
——

ony
8 IT Bred fro roles > SIS SD oc

5 299 — — —— „ — — — — es
2 „ 1000 282

(ob , rid:
—
G

. o
3.7 ne — » SS
« * ** vs *x \ 1
22%“ 3 W \ * — <aallt"

= "

* 5
4 5
1

AN

a, on Ni Y dd WW | TS 2

. G oh WV, gk | | = a IN COIN ST
; 20 md | I NON ee — 85
5 | wir" 28 wt m . ; | 5
| | e ant u, oo. . = |
h — — =

7
2
>

= >

—_
—
A

—
—
——

7 of

all hun

7

aCabdL
2
5

ore
. Hearoes mmountl

5
„„ „„ %

gy

"of
, with an Ape

*

5
211101 |,

S
229227

an
VF.

10 f wo . Cf - 54555 24427157
4 ' = - 1
. _ l * -
| i * —— — 3 „2 1 , Mo 7 2 ae \ } 1 4
| py : 8 = \ g | by L g a. \ U —

72

2
4 up

,

8
— ——
—— —

3/4)

- ® 5 ac

UT

Ly
- — —

— x
Gao

—
PELLET

Ze
25

ums
ll
— 2

— 2 Peng, =

.
*
„5 ** *
— —
. 0 .*
' Ul .
„„
.
, ;
/ J
* .
A

DO, .

—
2
1 of G amb
US toute
Pry ons iu
braſs hoop, HeArabs 01

3 | |
N. Ol rave unknomB
ho Hi ad,

ba 74

. Plate
T4

9

9

e | | | | Th
'N/ it | 55 | - a
8 1 : 2 } :
I 2 - | 5 .
4 : 7 ;
3
-
\
\

—— ——

—
— * — he 2
» — — —— — — — — —— ——
= — — 5 — 8 —
— — 3
* a nk ny
* b

90 ; 1 RE 8 va — 1
2 :
— RJ -
- ION LAS <.
, "|
ll N 1 1 — — — \
— rar — ——— —— a
/ — 1 2 — — == 2 2
— } J ſ xp 4 3 — —
S „ \ — FAA 1 =>
LE } l *
.

2 —
/
a
*
=
. — — - -
%
—
—
1 Fd
\

J *
/ \ A,
— — ——_ * \ " | q } 1
— —— — — * I 79
— — — wm — — _ \ | [ N 1 i \
= — - * . 0) N 12 . 1 1 N ( :
2 — f il
LT, - === — ; 6 F * 17 0 /
r ? ——
— — — — | { WT,
s —— | !
— — —
—— \
—̃— —— » U — — [
— £4 C3.” — — —— —ů— of
288 — A
— — —— — /
— — — * — — — — Q
— — — — —
— _—_— — 2 — — — Y = — ==
my — — ——
— — — —— _
I" wo — — — Rͤä U—v— —
- - = — — — — A — —
— „ Ä 2 . 4 Pang mage —— —¾3ĩ — = =
— = IE In — 2 — 2
,, SAR e 3 ==
— TEE) e, ee. 7777 . . 24 — =
POOL Tetttirorgy, ioor 2 „ 05 U 4 7 —
5 by — —C— —— „ 9 e .

*
. 1 ,
0 4 — — — 5 „1 PPT. * .o vw» ON 1 FINE \
F — — — = —
5 2 8 ——ů— — — =
— — 7

, FEAT EIT ,
. e
22 IG |; 1 ad 4 4% 11
— — — — A A
— — — :
a _ . 6 N 22 <> — =
„. —_—_— 8 25 A to TN * ©
— . 28222 — 2 —Þþ nee co EIT rr . ”
— 2 LL 222 7 — — 7. , 77 %%. 74 4 eit 7 — / 7 P e => 7
2 1 -4 2 = OO Sy * a tac et
24> Is * 25 72 . *
| — 6 . V Nis 77577 7 . e — For —
5 —— — 2 * at - *
$5» >. c%6 ; 1 4 _- — AR) ui it / [ % 2 ALA —
* — — * 1 ww ARR, * 71 ( A U Ir 4 14 —
— ad „ : = LEP =
—— 4 9 1 A r 1 ——
2 4 - — 2 „ rü AF, 77 Wert: / 2 —
122.5 #4 \' i AIRY N38 nt 1 * 6% 16 %%%% %, „„ 7 * To 11 0 Y
— — e * 1117 —— 1 n , . Z %% Tl Sh 1 p # oe 3 TION NU, Gr WR 5
- - 125 * . 1 VV o — * 5 —*— 6 „. 77 ID riff es To wi V \YW Gori nh E& 244045 #7 „„ 1 . QM
J 71. 3 6 „„ „ 7 i 15757 i 5S,ſe 5 7 AL 17 22 pet — —
: i 2 — rte - 77 e e . nes —
2 FL "WEI FN . Cy? FRA - =: Zee > HOW
N — , tt ASTON.) rr ————
* _ eres . —·— e ee » 5 15 LEES hed vo, = _— Wy.
— K id. 0 7 7 N (ee — . ws 1 * . ' 2 5 >> —
= 975 . ee — : IX 2 : 2 x 2 7 „ "»,J) nite l e Fes 7 D
— __ R _ - oy 3 ©. 7 » TYP Ll SL ONO LE ors fron
_ — } ; ——:— — — "vp" SY VOLT x Pp . H44hry 77e eee 57.1 17 — .
; - ” — : 72 eee us aſt — * „
— ” 9 - —_— — 2 : 7 „ — — Jo. "6 ® - bs
TLULS mo) Nee E 3
7 — .
— —

9 4 „ >
” „ „ W LEY

- - —— 15 - A . WW, a” 7 34 W 7 I 114 EF LET
CE ttt tet | (fe. > EET TEE SE ne —= — 8 9

_ 3 ATI ona 0 Sage nn 4 — — — 4 ei 4

7 22. * — —— = — ͤ—œœ— s fi ö *
WV A COLL Gere Ae nr — = 7 tr; - 4/ , "1! }
0 og 7 2 .
3 2

Y 414411
mn

1, 59 LN ARCANTF „ . RIOT eo =
25 W 8 — . FE ee ee WA n 5 —
4 h 7 * 1 40} \ ( 9 EG TE "we"
I pe ANN ee A UK! — —

_ —— | 1 7 — — —
- JA HAM IS. 147 7 A - 7 7 . 7 . — =
40 2 c == — —
5 „ ee 1 10 1 7 - 14 75 777 7 .
ef PLE" "CT; 4 YL 6 ( 2 =
11 . ft (*) U * —
n ly .
* bs 4

2

zu be. a Gambia Wicg1 oc planing on i, Balafo at Home. K. the Habit of @ Crroum eaſed |.
reuguere haveSeen it ro done man a g, , ren girler of un & wears , bes
ci 7 rom them milhout e cet deal of Hificu Hau, E the Nabit of their Toe and Cnri dr abl,
22 70 get theFalm Time; and an other Tegroe a0171g to . Same grief ge 11h 2 ports FER
7 fiillt ther PUN Wrab ck ,

a7” other gbd. 4 ther Product, W@ SH at . Senega Riyer

22 22
n
vin
U

59.
—

—
g E——=
LY a

—
72
LY

—— ===

"iy 17

117%

NN TY

—
1
4 —

4 .
——— -
— _ | —
(IH W
*
— 2 ——
—
— _ —
— 2 — — — 4 —
— vw — —_— — — —_— — — — 2 —
— ——— — ͤ ꝛrX2——ͤ— — — yy . > cw —
— 2 — ————— — —_— 1. K — —
— — — — —— — —
: _ CC — — — — — - — — — — — —
2 2 — ———kZ¶ Tʃ ä ð——ßꝛ˙—ö— 5 ——— — — — ————— — — 2
—— — — — — — — —— — —
— — ————— = — — — — — ——— "== o— — 1 wy v 0 2
— — A LD — — 2 — — — « — - — —— — 17% „„ ITT It, 11441, 7 ff "2 — —
— — — 2 — 3 7 7532 = oma. aft per PEEL LEE -
9 4

—— — — = — — — gf 4 v7 4 — * 2

— — — —— —— — ——BV— — — — — —Ä—U—ͤ — 4

— —_— _ — 4 — — — — —
— — 2 2 2 - - — — —Ä—ä ä — —
— — — — ——— WÜWmwſ x —
> mr Ira S —— ——
— nn — —. — —— — — —
1

DD —— | * *

| 0.7 teal gebar Beds 1 ther houres, Þ IT hell earoes A e

- — - 1 £

p eri, obakomba R. the Fruit Cahovar | 3

he Plonones or medininal Tutr, call A. jndtan Pine apple Nera
£7 i ö | F F

x Net

ſo much addicted to this exerciſe, that the
emperor's ſons, at nine or ten years of age,
will ride an unruly horſe bare- ridg'd, with-
out boots or ſpurs, and fit faſt; it being
the Mooriſh faſhion to mount horſes bare ve-
ry early, as well for the ſake of the beaſt as

of the man, becauſe they thus break coltsat
a year old.

GUIRIOTS. © |
I T is convenient I ſhould in this place give
E ſome account of the Guiriots, having ſeve-

ral times made mention of them.
Þu&ors The name of Guiriot, in their tongue, pro-
Infamous. perly ſignifies a buffoon, and they are a ſort

in this country, keep each of them two,
three, or more of thele Guiriots to divert
them, atid entertam foreigners upon occa-

the other Blacks, that they not only account
them infamous, but will ſcarce allow them
a grave when they die ; believing the earth
would never produce any fruit or plants,
ſhould it be defiled with their dead carcaſſes,
nor will they throw their corps into ponds

or rivers, for fear of killing the fiſh, and

therefore they only thruſt them into the hol-
low trunks or ſtumps of trees: However,
notwithſtanding this mean conceit among

the people, the Guiriots have the ſole pri-

vilege of carrying the Olamba, that is, the
great long drum-royal, made of a fine goat-
fein, before the king when he goes to war;
which the Guiriot hangs about his neck; and
beats with ſmall ſticks, or with his hands,
hallooing aloud with a wretched voice, and
ſinging * ſorts of tones to nonſenſical
words. At other times, to divert their ma-
ke after the Moriſco faſhion, made like our
flat ball-baſkets, ty'd athwart with ſeveral
ſmall ſtrings, which they touch with one
hand, or graſp with their fingers, and beat

upon it with the other. |
Balafe m. Others again play on another ſort of mu-
ſick. ical inſtrument call'd Balafe; which would
make a tolerable harmony, if well managed,
for it ſounds like a harpficord; being a ſer
of calibaſhes or gourds made faſt together in
arrow, with ſtrings of ſeveral ſizes over them
Another in a tuneable order: Others alſo uſe a kind
fot. of lute, made of a hollow piece of a par-
ticular ſort of wood, cover'd over with a
piece of {kin or leather, having two or three
hair ſtrings, and at the ſtops, ſome little

plates of iron and ſmall bells
Blacks fond The Blacks look upon it as a great ho-
ef praiſe. nour done to any man, to have his praiſes
ſung by the king's Guiriots ; for they gene-

rally affect being flatter*d, as fond of ap-
plauſe and commendation, and will therefore
give any thing they have to be ſo compli-
mented by the Guiriols; and the rather, be-

Ce. 5. of Nigritia, or North - Guinea.

of ſycophants. The kings and great men

fion. Theſe men are ſo much deſpis'd by all

ſters or foreigners, they have a timbrel, |

cauſe if they do not reward them generouſly, Ban nor.

thoſe Guiriots will abuſe and defame them WWW,

as much as they before extoll'd and magni-

fied them: for it is another privilege of thoſe

fellows, to ſlander and reproach whom they

pleaſe, without any checks or fear of puniſh-

ment; and therefore ſome will; upon occa-

ſion, preſent the Guiriot with two or three

bullocks; and others will ſtrip themſelves of

all the clothes they have, tho? ever ſo va-

luable, to preſent him. 8 |
The uſual cant of theſe buffoons, either What iti

in ſpeaking or ſinging upon the like occa -H in.

ſions, as I was inform'd by the interpreter,

is no more than this: He is à great man, or a

great lord; he is rich, be is powerful, be is ge-

nerous, be bas given Sangara or brandy ; and

much more ſuch wretched ſtuff, often re-

peated, with ſuch ſorry voices, bawling, and

impertinent geſtures and grimaces, that it

muſt tire any but a Black: nay, ſometimes

it is in a manner intolerable, and yet muſt

not be found fault with, but rather applaud-

ed, as if extraordinary pleaſing. Among

many ſuch expreſſions as above- mention'd,

which Conde's Guiriots uſed towards me, they

ofteneſt repeated, That I was the king's chief

ſave; thinking they did me a mighty ho-

nour. N

The Government.

JN ſome countries the crown is hereditary,

in others elective. In ſome of the heredi Brothers
tary countries, as ſoon as the king is dead, ſ#cceed.
his brother ſucceeds, and not his fon; but
when the brother dies, the ſon of the former
king aſcends the throne, _ and after him his
brother again, and not his ſon: _ 5

In other hereditary kingdoms, neither the 925 :
brother nor the ſon ſucceeds, but the nephew *
by the ſiſter's ſide; and the reaſon they
give for it, is, becauſe it is uncertain whe-
ther the children the king has are of his
own getting; but his ſiſter's children cannot
fail of being of the blood-royal, and conſe-
quently they are ſure of ſuch a king, and
no other can be ſo. %%
In the elective countries, When the king Eledive
is dead, three or four of the greateſt men in *.
the nation make choice from among them-
ſelves of the perſon they think fitteſt to ſuc=
ceed in that dignity ; reſerving always to
themſelves the right of depoſing or baniſh-
ing him, as they ſhall afterwards think fit,
in caſe of any miſmanagement : which is of-
ten the occaſion of mighty troubles and civil
wars, becauſe of the many pretenders or ſe-

veral intereſts that are made upon ſuch oc-
caſlons; there being always many kindred or
relations of the depos'd king left behind;

who, —— that conſtitution, do
endeavour by open force to ſtep into the
throne, 8 LD

56

BAR HOH. But whether theking become ſuch by right
2 or violence, as ſoon as ever he is inveſted with

on one of his ſhoulders, leaving the body na-
ked from the waiſt upwards, and approach-
ing near the king in that manner, he kneels
down, bows his head, kiſſes the ground,
after taking off his ſhoes or ſandals, and
with both hands throws earth or ſand over
his head, face, and ſhoulders. Then riſes
again, repeating the ſame ceremony two or
three times, as he draws nearer and nearer
to the prince,

tinually ſtrewing earth or ſand on their heads

duſt and clay in reſpect of their king.
Being thus come up to the king, they

of their petition on their knees; and when
that is over, riſe up, without preſuming to
look on him, but reſting with their hands up-
on their knees, and from time to time caſting
ſand or earth upon their heads and foreheads.
All this while, the king ſcarce ſeems to take
any notice of them, but diverts himſelf ſome
_ other way; till at laſt, he returns a very

gravity and in a majeſtick tone: after which,

the petitioner withdraws, and joins the other

perſons of note,
ceremonies. |

The king's So great is the king's authority over the

will the people of the higheſt rank, that he will ſome-

law. times, for the leaſt offence, order the offen-

der's head to be immediately ſtruck off,

and his goods and chattels confiſcated ; nay,

concubines to be put to death. With the
commoy people, and Marabouts or prieſts,
his ſeverity ſeldom extends to lite, but to
make them perpetual ſlaves. —
civility to When a Marabout or prieſt, or the A.
che French. Zoaghe of the Moors, or an European ap-

proaches king Damel, he ſalutes him with a

bow, preſenting his hand to uy it on his;
ls

but he ſhows much morekindne

{ | :

T A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Reſpe the royal authority, the people pay very
paid them. great reſet and Strain 10 bis perde
and chief officers Such a one was Conde, of
whom I have already ſhow'd how much he
was honour*d by the Blacks in my preſence.
Abſolute - Inthe ſame manner, by whatſoever title
power. theſe kings get the crown, the moment of
their inauguration they aſſume a haughty car-
riage towards their ſubjects, of what qua-
lity ſoever, and do tyrannize over them at
diſcretion, ſo abſolute is their authority :
neither can any man, tho' ever ſo great,
preſume to come into his preſence, without
his ſpecial command or leave. |
Great ſub- When a Black of ever ſo great diſtinction
mijjon has occaſion to petition the king, he is to
paid. take off his cotton ſhirt or frock, and lay ir

Others kneel down at a great diſtance, and
advance all the way upon their knees, con-

and ſhoulders to denote that they are but

diſcourſe him concerning the ſubject matter

ſhort anſwer to their petition, with much

who uſually aſſiſt at ſuch

ſometimes he w1ll alſo order his wives and

and friend-

Book I.

ſhip to any French gentleman, whom he will
cauſe to ſit down by him, after the manner

of the country, on the ſame mat or bed he

ſits on himſelf, which is very often a quilt,
cover*d with red ſkins or leather, he having

a long tobacco- pipe in his mouth, and aſks
him ſeveral queſt ions; but moſt particu-

larly concerning the nature and value of the
preſent he has brought him: for, as J ob-
ſerv'd before, no Frenchman or other fo-
reigner approaches him without it; and that
commonly conſiſts of three or four gallons

of brandy, with ſome pieces of coral, ſome

ells of linnen, ſome ſugar or garlick, Sc.

For which reaſon, the French never wait on

the king, but upon ſome extraordinary oc-
caſion; becauſe it often happens, that beſides

the preſent, that prince will beg of the envoy

his very clothes, hat and ſword, or whatſoever Je to
he ſees about him and fancies, and will over take whas
and above eat up the beſt part of the provi- % fan.
ſions, which muſt of neceſſity be carried a-

long with him from home, to ſubſiſt him

on his journey, ſo that ſome of theſe meſſen-

gers have been in danger of ſtarving by the

way, in their return; his majeſty ſeldom
making any other return for his preſent, but

a Riud or hire quarter of a camel, a little

Couſcous, ſome palm-wine, or a kid; all

which is but very lorry food for a gentleman,
who is uſed to better. It is true, the k ing ne-

ver directly aſks any thing he fancies of an

European; but only deſires a thing to be
put into his hands, that he may view and
examine it, and then never offers to return
It. | N |

At an audience the French factor of Goeree

had of the king of Fuala, that prince took

off the hat of a triar, who was with the ſaid
factor, who deſired the king to return the
friar his hat, as being a very poor man. The

king took this very ill, and anſwer'd, he

did not want to be adviſed by him; but the Goo re.
next day ſent the friar a young ſlave for his turn.

6

har.
When the king gives audience to foreign Guard.

envoys, his guards do duty about him, arm'd
with Aagaia's or javelins. The king of
Juala has commonly five hundred men for
his guard, divided into three bodies, thro?
which the envoy 1s to paſs before he comes
to the king's apartment; and in the courts

there are fifteen or twenty horſes, indiffe-

rently well accoutred, and adorn'd with a-
bundance of Grigri, to ſhow his magnifi-
cence. | 7 15

At theſe audiences there is generally much Drunken

brandy and palm- wine dran, ſo that it is much audience.

if the king or the envoy come off ſober; and
when it is about the time of diſmiſſingthe en-

voy, the king orders ſome of the officers of his

guards to take out of the next village two or
three of the firſt perſons they can meet with,
to preſent him as ſlaves. Upon ſome part:

5 cular

wo Fo Hg Y FER ow 5 .

— >

N

RT

ä
e
« 7 * <4
' 3
N
285
3 "IA
BET
JIE 5
: s SF
A —
1 1
3
: Mu
a IN
.
72
| N
| ; 5
%
2
; 2
2
1 *
„
2
3
*
Fx,
; KS
85
5 8
5
KP
5 Sd
WS
He)
1.
.
. N.
* 1
» 3
: {5
*
8 Fe
Wer.
£3)
7
4 A
9
3:
9 7
8
2.
34
wy
Þ
*

— 3.26 5 F Wb og Go Eire Ef ß
PING Sh 272 ³ A 2 A r N
5 5 n Fi > IST or 8 "> * .
* SANS * ot EC dag FE. * 4 6

*
* 2
1 0
—*
3
xv
4 By
'%
S
A

cular occaſions, he will add two or three
oxen. Unhappy thoſe poor wretches, who
are thus ſeized by the officers, being con-
demn'd, without any offence committed, to
| loſe their liberty, and be ſent into miſerable
thraldom, at the arbitrary will of an unjuſt
and cruel ſovereign. This ſhows how abſo-
Jute the power of the kings is here over their
ſubjects; and if they are ſo inhumanly treated
in their perſons, how much worſe mult it be
as to their properties? It is not therefore to
be admir*d, that they impoſe what taxes they
pleaſe, which is the reaſon that the Blacks
in general are very poor and miſerable.
| However, a king here ſhows very little diffe-
rence in appearance from his ſubjects; their
wealth, for the molt part, only conſiſting in
camels, dromedaries, beeves, goats, miller,
and fruit.

| BRA K king of SENEGA
Poor king. H AS but very {mall revenues, and being

often in want of millet to maintain his

family and retinue, is forc'd to go about the
country, living two or three days upon his
| ſubjects in one town, and ſo to another, which
proves very burdenſome to many of them :
for he not only eats their proviſions, but
takes whomſoever he fancies to make ſlaves
of them, either for his own uſe, or to ſell
to the Europeans or Moors for goods, brandy,
ST .. bo
This Brak has more horſe in his army, than
any of the other black kings of this country,
becauſe he can have as many horſes as he

pleaſes from the Aꝛuagbe Moors his neigh-

bours, of the countr
change for ſlaves.

of Genehoa, in ex-
Beſides, he is ſo great a

A lover of lover horſes, that it has been ſometimes ob-

horſes, ſerv'd, when proviſions were very ſcarce in

the country, that he would be ſo ſparing
of millet to feed them, as to live himſelf
upon little beſides tobacco and brandy ; this
liquor not being prohibited by the law of
Mahomet, as wine is, for which reaſon they
are often drunk with it. ET,
I have been told, that this king maintains
five or ſix thouſand horſe after this manner,
which enables him to make frequent excur-

ſions into the dominions of his neighbours,

to get cattle, ſlaves, or proviſions. Brak,
as has been before obſerv'd, is not the pro-
per name of the perſon, but of the dignity.
The Portugueſe author Vaſconcelos writes this
name Þreque. |

SILLATICK king of the FOULES.
1 T is ſaid of him, that he can bring fifty
thouſand men into the field upon occa-
ſion; but muſt diſmiſs them very ſoon, for
want of proviſions to ſubſiſt them. His or-
dinary food is millet, beef, and dates. He
never drinks any liquor but water and milk,

and is a ſtricter obſeryer of the law of Ma-
Vo 1. V. _

A potent
prince.

CHAP. 7. of Nigritia, or Nofth- Guinea.

57

bomet than any other in thoſe parts, which BAR BO.
he has learnt from his neighbours the Moors, WWW
His country produces dates and millet, and

has very good paſlure-grounds. The na-

tives are accounted the moſt civiliz'd people

of Nigritia, being neither ſo black as the o-

ther Negroes, nor ſo white as the Moors or

Arabs.

It will not be improper to inſert here what Manner of
Vaſconcelos writes of the manner of theſe waging
Blacks making war. Tho? they are not ac- “.
quainted, fays he, with the European mili-
tary diſcipline, yet their way of making war
deſerves in ſome meaſure to be inſerted. All
ſuch as are capable of bearing arms, are diſ-
tributed into certain regiments or bodies,
maintain'd and quarter'd in places afſign'd
for that purpoſe, under the command of In-
garafes or coldnels. When a war breaks out,
orders are ſent to the ſeveral quarters for
bringing a mighty army into the field, with-
out making any new levies ; for the ſons {uc-

ceed their fathers, and thus put the prince

to no extraordinary charge for their ſubſiſ-
tence: beſides, to fave other ex pence, ever

ſoldier carries his own proviſion. =

Some of the black kings pretend to the Wrecks.

moiety of all ſhips or veſſels which happen

to be drove aſhore on their coaſts by ſtreſs of

weather, or any other accident, as being ſo-
vereigns of the ſaid coaſts.

Others of them, and particularly the king Goods of o-
of Baool, in caſe any Por!ugueſe or other Eu- "73%:
ropean dies in their dominions, claim all the %
goods and effects of the perſon deceaſed, to
the prejudice of the creditors, kindred, and
relations; and therefore when any of the
French factors, reſiding in ſuch country, find
themſelves very ill, they cauſe themſelves,
and all they have, to be removed to Goeree,
to prevent the ſeizure in time. Nor 1s it very
ſafe for fuch as are in health to live there,
for fear of being poiſoned by the king's
command, in order to have a plauſible pre-
tence for rifling of the factory; or even to
trade with the people in {loops or canoes:
ſo treacherous are thoſe people upon that ac-
count. Tx |

JUSTICE. |
TEE kings are aſſiſted in the govern-
ment, and in the adminiſtration of
juſtice, by ſeveral officers, who have alſo
their ſubalterns in every part of the land, and
in every town of any note, an Alcaid-, or a
Geraffo. Conde above-mentioned as viceroy

and generaliſſimo of the kings forces, in the

former of thoſe qualities goes the circuit, Circuits.
with the Grand Geraffo or chief juſtice, at gg
certain times, to hear the complaints, and chief-juſ- |
decide the controverſies of the people, and rice.

to inflict puniſhments, much in the ſame

manner as is done in England ; as allo to in-
ſpect into the behaviour of the Alcaides in

; & 2 their

a 6 8
BARBOr.

Civil go-
vVernment.

Alcaides.

Trial of
ordeal.

Corrup-
tion.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

their reſpective diſtricts, They order juſtice
to be done off hand. A thief convicted, is
puniſh'd by being made a ſlave; and it is
rare that any one is put to death for this
crime.

Viaſconcelos ſays, the Blacks along this
coaſt are brave enough upon occaſion, and
excellent horſemen, which, he adds, they
have undoubtedly learned of the Zenegas,
their neighbours to the northward 3 whom
they much excel in their civil government,
as much better obſerving diſtributive and
commutative juſtice ; and proceeding with
much prudence and ſecrecy in the affairs
which concern the preſervation or aggran-
dizing of their ſtate ; being very impartial
in diſtributing of rewards, and inflicting pu-
niſnments. The antienteſt are preferred to
be the prince's counſellors, keeping always

about his perſon, and the men of moſt judg-

ment and experience are judges, ſitting e-

very day to hear complaints, and decide all

controverſies. They have a ſort of nobility

and gentry among them, whom they call
Saßibobos; as they do the grandees and
Princes of the blood Tenhalas, which are as

it were the ſeminary of their kings, who are
choſen from among them, but never under
thirty years of age, „„
The Alcaides, or chief magiſtrates of
towns, are generally collectors of the king's
duties and revenues, and accountable to the
king's Alzari or great treaſurer, who is
much of the ſame rank as the great Geraffo,
but his authority more limited. The word
Alcaide, uſed in theſe parts, is common to
both Mhites and Blacks, and ſignifies a go-
vernour of a town or village. —
It is reported, that when a perſon is ac-
cuſed of a crime, which cannot be ſuffi-
ciently made out againſt him, he is oblig'd
to lick a red-hot piece of iron three times,
or to touch it with his lips; and if it
burns him, he is looked upon as guilty ;
if not, he is conſequently diſcharged with-

out coſts, but muſt immediately run away

with the informer, and ſo the proſecution

However, it is here, as in other more

civilized parts; for juſtice is not ſo impar-
tially adminiſtred, bur that very often the
Judges, nay the king himſelf will through
favour, or prejudice, or corruption, con-
demn the innocent and diſtreſſed, and clear
rich and powerful criminals. Such is the
corruption of human nature every where.
Many inſtances of corruption among theſe
people might be brought, but that I think
it ſuperfluous, that crime being too no-
troriouſly practiſed among chriſtians ; and
therefore none will queſtion its prevailing
among unpoliſhed infidels, who have leſs

ties to ſecure them againſt intereſt and hu-
man reſpects.

3 Of their WA Rs. EE

1 Have before deſcribed the manner of their
armies, compoſed of horſe and foot, and

how they manage their wars at home and

abroad; it remains to add, that they en-

gage in ſuch wars upon very ſlight pretences

or provocations.

When king Damel has reſolved on any Small
martial expedition, he orders Conde, his army.

generaliſſimo, to aſſemble the chief men,
and all the Blacks of the country, from

among whom a draught is made, to form

a body of horſe and foot, ſeldom exceed-
ing 1500 men, moſt infantry, becauſe this

king has ſcarce 300 horſe at command .
throughout his dominions.

This ſmall army, being thus formed, the
general Conde, and other chief officers, ac-
coutred in the beſt manner, and particu-
larly adorned with as many of their Cri-
gri as almoſt load them, march according
to the king's orders. The accoutrements,
eſpecially thoſe of the horſe, are ſo cum-
berſome, that if any of them happen to be

diſmounted in fight, they can ſcarce walk

or mount again; and yet will not go into
the field without them, becauſe of the won-
derful virtue they fancy is in the Grigri,

as ſhall be obſerved.

Their way of fighting is a diſorderly

ſort of fray or ſkirmiſh, which laſts nor
long. The firſt engagement being over,

is renewed for two or three days ſucceſſive-

ly, with great courage and reſolution, meet-

ing their enemies with fierce aſpects, and a
hideous mien. Theſe encounters being over,
each army ſends a Lyncherin, or Marabout,

to the other to treat about a ceffation, or
peace; which being once concluded, they

both ſwear on the Alcoran, by their pro-
phet Mahomet, as plenipotentiaries, punc-
tually to obſerve the articles agreed on.
The priſoners taken on both ſides are never

exchanged, but remain {laves to the cap-

tors. |
Their RELIGION.

IT will be a hard taſk to give a good Pagans.
account of it, moſt of the Blacks being.
groſs ſuperſtitious pagans, living after the

wildeſt manner, in woods and foreſts, prey-
ing on travellers, and making deities, ac-
cording, to their own extravagant fancies,
of the ſimilitudes of many ridiculous and
abſurd productions of nature, or of their
own imagination. Others, tho* fewer 1n
number, profeſs Mahbometaniſm, eſpecially
thoſe about the ſea-coaſts ; but they know
very little of that impoſtor's Alcoran.

Moſt of theſe Mahometans are about and Mahome-
along the river Gamboa ; and they are the tans.

ſtricteſt obſervers of that law, tho? remoter
from the Azoaghe Moors. Few of the Se-

nega, and Cabo Verde Blacks can give any

rational

"x *.A

+
__ - HI

25 WE. - -

1

=

7 Co

2K

; -
1 . N — \
. M—;
J. 1

11.

2

42-8

wy

e-

CAP. 5.

„

rational account of the Alcoran, except the
Marabouts, or prieſts, and ſome of the prime
men, who are taught by them. Thele pay
great reverence to it, and have here and
there ſome Moſques, or places of devotion,
built with mud walls, and thatch'd with
ſtraw or ruſhes, like their other common
houſes ; and yet they ſeldom have any reli-
gious aſſemblies, or uſe books : nay, moſt
of the Marabouts themſelves, tho? they have
the ſole privilege of reading and writing,
excluſive of all other perſons whatſoever,
are but indifferently knowing in the law of
Mabhomet ; and differ very much among
themſelves in many points, there being at
leaſt 72 ſets of Mahometans in Africa. Some
of them follow the literal ſenſe of the A-
coran, without any comment; others add
the expoſition of ſeveral Marabouts. Vaſ-
concelos ſays, theſe Blacks have been infected

with Mahometaniſin by their neighbours the
Azoaghes; as it is natural for diſtempers to

ſpread more than health, and vice rather
than virtue.

Their wor- Theſe Mabometan Blacks generally be-

ſip. lieve in one God, creator of all things, and
worſhip him in their way. They ſalute
the new moon, at every change, with loud
cries, like the Hottentots; and at that time

repair to the woods and foreſts, to make

their Sala, or prayers, and offer ſacrifice,
which is commonly ſome rice, mixed with
honey, and the blood of certain animals

they kill for that purpoſe, eating part of

the fleſh, and laying up the reſt in the hol-

low trunks of great trees; about which,

ſome who mix Mahometaniſm and Paganiſm,

place ſeveral odd and extravagant figures,

of their own carving with knives.

New Feaſting and rejoicing on the firſt day of
moons. the new moon, was cuſtomary among the
ancient Fewws, as appears by what is ſaid of

Saul's feaſting three days at the time of the

new moon, 1 Sam. 20. The Hebrews, ſays

an author, reckoned their months by the

moon, at leaſt in the latter times, yet not
aſtronomically, but viſibly from the day
N on which ſome men, deputed for that func-
tion, declared her to be new; which was
the day immediately following her firſt ap-
pearance. Then they uſed to feaſt and re-
Joice for three days together, after offering
their ſacrifices of thankſgiving, and for their

future proſperity.
Images To return to the Blacks: Others among

- forbid, them ſay, they ought not to repreſent the

deity by any manner of likeneſs, or image,
as being incomprehenſible and inviſible
and therefore all portraitures are ſo preciſe-
ly forbid by their law, that the gold and
ſilver coins in all Mahometan countries,
have no other ſtamp but ſome Arabick let-

ters, the prince's head never being put to

it, as not allow'd by the law. For this

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

59

reaſon, the princes themſelves, and more Barnor.

eſpecially the kings of Morocco, Fez, Ta-

filet, $uz and Darah, who boaſt themſelves

lineally deſcended from Mahomet, in their
ſeals uſe no other figures but the names of
Mahomet, and of JIESus CHRIST, whom
they call Cidi Naiſſa; or of Mabomet and
God, written in Arabick characters: all other

coats of arms being alſo forbid by their
law.

. =

Theſe are the trueſt Mahometans ; yet Mahomet,

they ridicule the myſtery of the incarnation”

of our Saviour, in the womb of the virgin
Mary, and much more his mediation be-
tween God and man, alledging, that Ma-
homet is the only mediator.

heir me-

Arto.

Others again aſſert, that God, who is The devil
ſo good, ſo great, and ſo powerful as to worſhippes-

produce the lightning, the rain, the thun-
der, the winds, Sc. and who rules the hea-
vens and the earth, does not require the

prayers and oblations of man, who is ſo in-
| finitely below him in purity and ſanctity
but that the devil, being a wicked miſ-

chievous ſpirit, who, as they conceit, beats

and torments them, they ought therefore

frequently to make application ro him,
that he may become more merciful towards
them. Hence we may infer, that moſt of
the worſhip and the ſacrifices, above men-

tioned to be offered in the woods and fo-

not to the true God,

reſts, are directed to the evil ſpirit, and

The intention of their prayers and ſa- What they

handſome wives, plenty of corn and other

food ; that they may be victorious over

their enemies; that the Cune, or the devil,

may not hurt them; that they may have

good weather, good fiſhing, and many
other ſuch petitions, according to their ſe-
veral wants and deſires,

crifices is directed, that they may have * er.

Nothing is more certain, than that thoſe The devil

ignorant ſtupid people do firmly believe, “then.

that the devil beats and torments thein, an

inſtance whereof I mentioned before, at
Goeree, This makes their condition very
deplorable, as living under ſuch miſerable
thraldom ; and therefore they ſtudy all ways
which they fancy, to be delivered from

him. As for example, if a woman has
been troubled by the devil, ſhe is dreſſed

in man's apparel, holding an Aſſagaia in
one hand, and led about, ſinging in a dole-
ful tone; which they pretend drives him
away, ſo that he will touch her no more.
The Patagons, a people of a gigantick ſta-
ture, about the ſtreights of Magellan, are
reported to dread a great horned devil, by
them called Setebos; pretending, that when
any of their people die, they ſee that tall
devil, attended by ten or twelve ſmaller,
dancing merrily about the dead corpſe.

Others

_ Mara-

60
BarxBoT. Others make uſe of ſorcerers; for they
have thoſe they believe to be ſuch among
Sorcerers. them, who at thoſe times, when the devil

beats them, ſing, roar, and make many

grimaces, and ſtrange motions with their

bodies, to conjure and divert him from the
patient.

They believe predeſtination, acknow-
ledging every accident that befalls them to
be the divine decree 3 and when one man
happens to kill another, they ſay, God has
kilPd him. However, they puniſh the mur-
derer, felling him for a ſlave. _

They are fo ſuperſtitious, and put ſuch
confidence in the Grigri, or charms they
carry about them, as really to believe they
will preſerve them from wild beaſts, or
any other fatal accidents, or even from in-
chantment, as we ſhall fee elſewhere.

Predeſtina-
tion.

Superſti-
tion.

Their MARaBouTs or PRIESTS, and
© (JRIGRT of. CHARMS.

T HE Marabouts are generally of Ara-
bick or Mooriſh extraction, and by
them calPd Biſchariins, or Lyncherins; on
whole ſleeves the Blacks ſo much pin their
faith, that they can impoſe any abſurdities,
or nonſenſical opinions whatſoever on them,
and even, at pleaſure, cheat them of all
they have. It is not eaſy to conceive what
frauds theſe fellows put upon them with the
Grigri's they fell to the people, as having
the ſole liberty to read and write. They
may be ſuppoſed to have been brought up
to reading and writing Arabick, in the fa-
mous city of Tombut, ſeated on the north-
ſide of the river Senega, above 200 leagues
from its mouth; where the emperor of
Tombut maintains ſchools, with ſtore of
Arabick books, brought thither ſucceſſively
from Barbary, by the Caravans; a great

number of Arabian merchants reſorting thi-

Cheats of

bouts.

ther to trade, of which more in the Sup-

plement.
Marmol. lib. 34. ſpeaking of the ancient
characters of the Africans, tells us, the moit
renowned of the Arabian hiſtorians are of
opinion, that thoſe people had no other
letters but thoſe of the Romans, when the
Mabometans conquer'd Barbary, where there
was, and ſtill continues, the nobility of A.-
frica. However, they believe, that people
' ſpoke another language beſides the Latin,
which was the moſt common. Hence it
is, that all the hiſtories left them by the
Arians, are tranſlated and abridged from
the Latin, with the names of the lords and
princes, anſwering to the reigns of the kings
of Perſia, Aſſyria, Chaldea, and Iſrael, or to
Cz/ar's calendar. But it muſt be owned
they have very few of them ; for when
the ſchiſmatick Califs ruled in Africa, they
cauſed all books of ſciences and hiſtory to
be burnt, which the people, or thoſe of

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

full of many

their own ſect, could read. Some again
affirm, the Africans had other characters
beſides thoſe of the Romans ; but that the
ſaid Romans, the Greeks, and the Goths,
aboliſhed them; as the Arabs did after-
wards with the Perſians: for the Califs cauſed
their books to be burnt, believing they
would otherwiſe never be true Mahometans,
as long as they kept any thing that could
put them in mind of their idolatry, They
allo took from them the ſtudy of ſciences,
as well as from the Africans. Thus all the
antiquities which are found by way of in-
ſcriptions in Africa, from before the coming
in of the Arabs, are Latin, or Gothic, and
all the more modern, Arabic. Ibni Alraquig
ſays, the Romans defaced and eraſed the
inſcriptions and ancient characters they found
in Africa, when they conquered it, and ſet
up their own in their place, that they only
might be immortalized, which is a frequent
practice among conquerors; and that there-

fore it is, there remains no tract of ancient

African characters: for which reaſon, we

are not to be ſurprized that the native A.-

fricans ſhould have loſt their letters, having

been for ſo many ages under the yoke of

divers nations, who were of different reli-

gions; the laſt of which have none but

Arabick letters, among which there are no
vowels, but only points, or dots, in lieu
of them; as in the Chaldee and Hebrew lan-
guages, which the Arabick much reſembles,
all three being writ quite the contrary way
to the Latin. The Arabick grammar 1s
very difficult, as to reading and writing,
becauſe that tongue 1s writ with abundance
of accents; and the orthography is much
more difficult than that of the Latin, be-
cauſe the words are very equivocal, fo that
the ſame word, writ with different accents,
ſignifies ſeveral things: and one Geda, which
is the redoubling of two conſonants, makes
a different ſignification of the ſame thing
in the ſame word. Tn.

The Grigri are generally a quarter, Or Grigri, or

half a ſheet or two of ordinary paper, quite charms.
lines of coarſe Arabick cha-
rafters, pretty large, drawn with pen and
ink. This ink is made of the aſhes of a
particular ſort of wood, known by them.
I have {till ſome of theſe by me, which I
keep as a curioſity, none of thoſe I have
ſhown them to in Europe, who are ſkilled
in the Oriental languages, being able to read
them; becauſe ſome of the letters are He-
brew, ſome Arabick, and others Syro- Ara-
bick intermix*d together in the ſame word

or ſyllable, as is ſuppoſed. Theſe writings,

it is likely, are ſome paſſages or ſentences
out of the Alcoran, which they believe have
many occult virtues, to preſerve the perſons
they are worn by, from any misfortunes,
every Grigri being for its peculiar uſe z ſome |

| | to

CHAP. 5. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

to prevent being caſt away, when they go

Calandars
religious
men.

a fiſhing ; ſome to ſave them from being
wounded, killed, or made ſlaves in war,
or as they travel; others to ſecure them
againſt thunderbolts; others to preſerve
women in child-bed ; others to excel in
ſwimming, to get many wives, or much
wealth, to have a good fiſhery, and to all
other purpoſes which relate to their wel-
fare. In ſhort, they have as much confi-
dence in them, as ignorant people place in

relicks, and therefore will boldly expoſe

themſelves to any danger.
The Grigri may perhaps have been ori-
ginally introduced by a certain ſect of Mo-

rabite-Arabs, called Calandars, living in re-

ligious ſocieties, or monaſteries, among Ma-

hometans, according to Marmol, lib. 2. chap.

3. who have a fort of cabaliſtical learning,
or rather art-magick among them. Thoſe
religious men obſerve very auſtere faſting,

and never eat any thing that has had life

in it. All the hours of the day and night are

_ appropriated to particular employments 3

and they are known by certain numbers,

figures, or characters they wear about them,

in ſquare frames. They pretend to viſions
of heavenly ſpirits, which give them the

true knowledge of worldiy affairs. This

ſect is much feared and reſpected in Africa,

ſays the ſame author; and, in the opt-
nion of the people, they are great ſorcerers.

Their rule was given them by one Boni, by
the Arabs called the father of enchantments

and ſorcery, who has writ a {mall treatiſe

of the way of making thoſe ſquare frames,

or Calandars, They

have allo three other
books; the firſt and chiefeſt whereof is

called Ellumka-mitanor, that is, inſtructions

of light, containing their faſts and prayers.
The ſecond is Sem Elmabarifa, that is, the

ſun of knowledge, which treats of the manner

Phylacte-
ries of the
SWS.

of making the Calandars, or ſquare frames,

and of the advantages thereof. The third,
Cyrr-les-mey-el-huzne, that ie, the ſecret of
the divine attributes, treating of the virtue
of the fourſcore and ten names of God:

I muſt farther add, in rclation to theſe
Grigri's of the Blacks, that they may per-

haps have been originally made in imita-

tion of the ancient practice of the Jews, of
wearing Phy/aFeries 3 that is, rolls or flips

of parchment, with ſome ſentences of ſcrip-
ture writ on them, according to what God

had commanded, Deut. vi. ver. 8. to bind

them for a ſign upon their hands, and to be

as frontlets between their eyes, There was
not a Few but what wore them, and the

Phariſees much larger than others, through

an hypocritical affectation, Math; xxiii. ver.
5, Mahomet having compiled his Alcoran,
in part, of ſentences and paſſages taken out
of holy writ, intermixt with pagan rites,
and the addition of his own impious and ri-
.

hometan zealots have, in imitation of the
PhylaFeries of the Jeu, invented theſe new

ones for their black diſciples, they being

ſuppoſed to be ſentences or paſſages of
the Alcoran; the Marabouts having found

they took well with the people, and were

extraordinary profitable to themſelves.

61

diculous opinions; and this pernicious doc-BaR Bor.
trine being ſpread over this part of Africa,
it may be rationally ſuppoſed, that the Ma-

In Morocco, the natives have a great re- Honour
ſpect for horſes that have been the pilgri- 5 10

mage of Mecca, where Mahomet was born;
and thoſe horſes they call Hadsis, or ſaints.
Hadgia, or Hagia, 1s the name of the pro-
vince, in which are the towns of Mecca and
Medina-al-Nabi, two places reckoned holy
by all true Mahometans ; whence the name
of Hadgi, given to the horſes which have
performed that journey, may be derived.
Such horſes have their necks then adorned
with ſtrings of beads, and relicks; being
writings wrapped up in cloth of gold or
ſilk, containing the names of their prophet;
or ſome pretended ſaints of their law; and
when theſe horſes die, they are buried with
as much ceremony as the neareſt relations

of their owners. The king of Morocco has

one of them, whom he cauſes to be led be-
fore him, when he goes abroad; very rich-
ly accoutred and covered with theſe wri-

tings 3 his tail being held up by a chriſtian
| ſlave, carrying in one hand a pot and a

or/es.

towel, to receive the dung, and wipe the

fundament. |
kiſſes this horſe's tail and feer.

The king himſelf ſometimes

Whatſoever was the original of theſe Fonduef; of |
Grigri, that ſtupid ignorant people will Grigri.

willingly part with any thing they have to

be furniſh'd with as many as they are able
to purchaſe, according to their quality and
profeſſion ; and take a great pride in them.

Some will give two or three ſlaves for one

Grigri; others two, three, or four oxen,
anſwerable to the virtues or qualities aſſign'd
toit. I was told, that Conde, king Damel's

viceroy, with whom I ſaid I had an inter-

view, conſtantly wore to the value of fifty
ſlaves in theſe Grigri's about his body; and
ſo every other perſon of note proportion-

ally: for not only their caps and waiſt-

coaſts, but their very horſes are cover'd

with them in the army, to prevent being
wounded. To ſay the truth, ſome of the

principal Blacks are ſo well furniſh'd all over
with Grigri's in every part of their bodies,
under their ſhirts and bonnets, that they
cannot well be wounded with any Aagaia,
or Javelin ; nay, they often ſtand in need of

being help*d to mount their horſes; which

are alſo adorn'd with the ſame, to render

them the more ſprightly, and prevent their

being hurt,

R The

62

47

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Barkor. The Grigri's of the prime Blacks, and

WAS
| How made

f and
worn.

men in high poſts, are wrapp'd up in a piece
of linnen curiouſly folded, and artificially co-
vered with a piece of reddiſh leather; ſome
of them about an inch thick, others two,
all neatly ſtitch'd. The ſmaller forts are

_ molt worn about the hair, or in the nature

Marabout

Frauds.

of necklaces, many of them ty*d in a ſtring,
intermixt with ſome pieces of red coral and
Cauris, or another ſort of red ſhells. But
ſome wear more of theſe baubles about their
caps or bonnets than about the neck. Thoſe
af the meaner people are only cover'd with
ſome red ſtuff, made much larger, and pret-
ty thick, which they wear before and be-
hind about their ſtomachs, Others again
are made only of a horſe's tail, or of the
horns of deer, rams, or bullocks, cover'd
with red ſerge or cloth. Of this laſt ſort was
that I took from about the neck of a com-

mon Black at Goeree, which put him almoſt

beſide himſelf, in ſo much that I had much
difficulty to appeaſe him, and could not pre-
vail without fome bottles of brandy and ma-
ny threats. Thus much for the Gxigri.

I return now to the Maradouts or prieſts,
What has been ſaid above, plainly ſhows,

how blind and implicit a faith the Blacks
have in them, in relation to religious mat-

ters, whereby they are often encouraged to
practiſe many villanies among thoſe ſimple
people; as for inſtance, it happened about

the year 1677, that a Marabout, deſcended

from the Arabian Moors, poſſeſs'd himſelf

of the kingdom of Kayor under colour of re-

ligion, depoſing the king Damel, and giving

out, he was ſent from heaven for that end;
and that he had the power of miracles, eſpe-
cially that of cauſing the earth to produce

abundance of corn and other food without

labour; which the people ſo firmly believ'd,
that they turn'd off their own king. But

having waited ſome years in expectation of

thoſe happy times he had promis'd, ſo a-
greeable to their natural flothfulneſs, and
all that while neglected to till their lands,

they were at laſt reduced to ſuch diſtreſs for
Want of food, that I was told, ſeveral of

them were compell'd by neceſſity to eat hu-

man fleſh ; and very many ſold themſelves

for ſlaves, to get bread ; till at laſt, being
exaſperated by miſery, and ſenſible that

they had been deceiv'd by that impoſtor,

whoſe defign was to plunder them and their

' neighbours, during the revolt, they baniſh*d

him, and reftored their own king; reſolving
never more to entertain any Marabout, but
to ſell all ſuch as they ſhould find in their
country for ſlaves, Iam apt to believe there
was one of this ſort among the flaves I pur-

chaſed at Goeree in the year 168 1; for Job-

ſerv'd, that during five or fix months he was
aboard the ſhip, healwayskeptapart from the

other ſlaves, when he could conveniently, and

continually appear*d penſive, and diſorder'd

9 4
N
„
2 6
* "0 ©
: O O 6 - | 3
| 3

in his mind: but would never diſcover what he

was, tho' it plainly appear*d byhisgeſtures and
tawny complexion, that he was a Maraboutof
Arabick deſcent. This revolt of the Marabout

before mention'd, chap. 4. was, in all like-

Iihood, the occaſion of the mighty famine,
ſtill continuing in that country, when I ar-
riv'd at Goeree above ſpoken of, towards
the concluſion of the ſecond chapter.

The Marabouts may not marry any wo-
men, but the daughters of Moors, nor teach
any perſons to write or read, but ſuch as are
of their own tribe; and therefore value them-

Their
learning
and vanity.

ſelves as much above the black men of letters,

as thoſe do themſelves above others, and
yet thoſe Blacks are much honour'd, both
here and at Tombut, where the college is, for
their ſtudents. However, theſe ſchools are
like thoſe at Mequinez, in the empire of Mo-
rocco, and in others throughout Africa,
where all the extent of the ſtudents learning

conſiſts in reading the Alcoran from one

end to the other. When he has run through
it, he is finely dreſs'd, mounted on horſe-
back by his companions, and led about the

town in triumph, with mighty praiſes and

acclamations.

They circumciſe the children of the Blacks circumcn
at eleven years of age, cauſing them to ſwal- ſin:

low the prepuce or foreſkin which is cut off,
and will not allow them to complain, the?
the pain they endure by the operation be
ever fo great; but will make them laugh,

when they ſear the wound with a red-hot

iron, to ſtop its bleeding.
During the whole night which precedes
Mahomers great feſtival like Eaſter, of

which more hereafter, they light abundance

of lamps and torches in their Moſques, and
the Talbes or Marabouts ſing his praiſes there

inceſſantly till the day appears.

Feſtival.

The Mahometans are often ſeen in the Bead,

ſtreets, fitting on their heels near a wall,

and holding long ſtrings of beads, which

they drop as faſt as is anſwerable to the ſhort-

neſs of the prayers they ſay by them; and

thoſe only conſiſt in pronouncing the ſeveral

attributes they aſſign to God, as ſaying at
every bead, God is great, God is good, God
is infinite, God is merciful, &c.

They pray five times a day, particularly

at ſun- riſing and ſetting, and at midnight,

and at every time before they make their
Sala or prayer, they make their ablution,

Prayers,

according to the law of Mabomet ; that is,

to waſh their bodies all over ſeveral times,
and while praying, often repeat theſe Ara-
bick words, Alla Mech-met, Ely, Allah, Ely.
They are ſo attentive at their devotions, that
nothing can divert them, even though they
ſhould ſee their own combets or huts on fire.
They always take off their Babouches or
ſhoes at the door of the Maſque, and we

| dhe ir

ene rer ta tata we

V Ty 1 3 SE,” 2 p
x 1 1 e
> > 2 7 2 AX VI bs 2 ft 3
— 8 CA Os Ps » 1 4 RE £
\ - 9,1 e Ig XL . * 5

Cray. 6.

their heads, hands, and feet, pretending to
Cleanſe themſelves from ſin. When a man
has had to do with his wife, or committed
any crime, he is to waſh his body all over,
before he enters the Mo/que, or to pronounce
theſe words reckoned the moſt ſacred in their
law, La illa ulleula Mahameth Darazoulla,
ſignifying, There is but one God, and Maho-
met is his meſſenger. T heſe words they believe
have the ſame virtue as bathing. The wo-
men never enter their Mo/ques, being look'd
upon as incapable of ever entring paradiſe,
becauſe, according to them, only created
for the propagation of human race. Yet
they make the Sala, or pray in their houſes
and on Fridays repair to the burial-places to
pray and weep over the graves of their re-

lations, being then generally clothed in blue,
which is the mourning of the Mufſulmans, as

63

the Mahometans call themſelves. They have BAR ROT.
many other ſuperſtitions, no leſs unaccounta- WWW
ble, and too tedious to be inſerted here,
When the Marabouts of the Blacks, who, Ignorance
for the moſt part, are not very ſtrict obſer-
vers of the Alcoran rules, are aſk'd whence
they derive their ablutions, circumciſion,
and other ceremonies in uſe, they make no
other anſwer, but that they have been prac-
tis d by them and their anceſtors time out
of mind. . |
I have ſhown how much theſe Africans are
ſubject to ſuperſtition, and ſhall add no more
but this one particular, that they will not eaſe
themſelves at fea, unleſs they be too far
from the ſhore; and when they do it at land,
they cover it with earth or ſand, according
to the ceremonial law given to the Fews,
Deut. xxili. 13.

; CHAP, VI

Of Mahomet and his Alcoran; the ſeveral ſects of Mahometans; the cities of
Medina and Mecca, and Mahomet's tomb; and of the Arabs, their original,

firſt coming into Africa, & c.

AVING already made mention of
Mahomet and his Alcoran, which I

ſhall have occaſion ſeveral times to ſpeak of

again in the following deſcription of Nigri-
tia and Guinea, it will not be improper to
give ſome ſmall account of both, for the in-
formation of ſuch as are altogether unac-
quainted with them, _ FO

: ManoMeET,
Bis birth, THE Arabian falſe prophet, was born;
according to ſome authors, at Harib
near Mecca, in Arabia Felix, on the fifth of
May, in the year of our Lord 370. His
father was a pagan, call'd Abdala, was the
ſon of Abdelmutalef, and grandſon to Abdel-
menef; his mother a Jewiſh woman, by
name Emina, the daughter of Hyayof. How-
ever, thoſe of his ſect will have him to be
of royal extraction, and have deduced his
genealogy from Adam, with as little ſenſe
Goes to ſer- as is to be found in his religion. Poverty
vice. at firſt obliged him to ſerve an Arabian mer-
chant of Canaan, whoſe name was Kero Pa-
dicha, by which means he convers'd much
among Chriſtians and Jes. His mother's
brother pretending to be a great aſtrologer
and magician, gave out he would be a
mighty king and law-giver ; which render'd
him famous, „

Marries His maſter dying, the widow, whoſe name
his miſ- was Cadiche or Tadige, a woman of about
freſs. fifty years of age, was prevail'd upon by
Mabomet to marry him, by which means he
became her other huſband's heir. He made

uſe of her wealth to raiſe himſelf, and bein
naturally ambitious, ſtrove to get above al

his companions, To this purpoſe he aſſo-
ciated with one Batiros, a Jacobile; Sergius,
a Neſtorian heretick; and ſome Jews of his
acquaintance ; that his ſect might have ſome-
thing of every religion.

The ALCPRAN, .

UN7ITH their aſſiſtance he compiled the The nature

V Alcoran, ſignify ing in Arabic the book; Mit.

being a volume full of incoherences and

abſurdities, divided into four parts, and each

of them into ſeveral chapters, with comical

titles to them, as, Of the cow, of the ants, of

the ſpiders, of the table, of the fleas ; and ma-

ny, more no Jeſs ridiculous. The book is

compos'd in Arabick, pure as to the itile,

but ſo void of method, that it is a meer

Jumble of incongruity ; the impoſtor ſome-

times ſpeaking in his own perſon, ſometimes

as by the mouth of God, and ſometimes for

the faithful. All his notions are borrow'd

from the hereſies of Arias, Sabellius, and

ſuch others. He ſometimes makes uſe of the

hiſtories of the bible, falſify ing as is for his

turn, corrupting that of the patriarchs, and

adding fables, about the birth of Chrift, and

his fore-runner St. John Baptiſt, Notwith- peneration

ſtanding all this, the book is in ſuch vene- paid zo ir.

ration among thoſe infidels, that if a Chri-

ſtian or a Few ſhould but touch it, he would

be immediately put to death, unleſs he chan-

ged his religion; and if a Muſſulman or true

believer, as they call themſelves, handles

It without waſhing his hands, he is reputed

criminal. So fully has their falſe prophet

perſuaded them, that not all the men in the

world, nor even all the angels in heaven,
can

—

— — — — —
— — — = =
p m_ *

—
— —

— — —— *
2
— —ẽ x og ner
— — * > —
5

. A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarnorT. can ever compoſe ſuch another, For this
V reaſon they hate all that do not believe it,
and pretend, that God ſent it to Mahomet

by the angel Gabriel, written on a parch-
ment made of the {kin of the ram, which A.
braham ſacrificed in lieu of his ſon.

As for the doctrine, it ſays, that after

the puniſhment of the firſt poſterity of Adam,

who is placed as antientelt in the catalogue

of prophets, Noah repair'd what the former

had loſt. That Abraham ſucceeded this ſe-

cond, and Fo/eph the third, he being pro-
dauuced by a miracle, as Moſes was preſerv'd
Opinion of by another. That St. Fohbn Baptiſt was ſent
Cuxisr. to preach the goſpel, which was eſtabliſh'd
by Jesus CHRIST, conceiv'd without cor-
ruption, in the womb of a virgin, free

from the temptations of the devil, created

by the breath of God, and animated by his

Holy Spirit; and that Mahomet had con-

firm'd it. Notwithſtanding his giving theſe
encomiums to the Saviour of the world;

whom this book calls The word, the virtue,

the ſoul, and the ſtrength of God; yet he de-

nies his eternal generation, and mixes ex-

_ travagant fables with the ſacred truths of
chriſtianity, .

MAHOMETAN TENETS.
8 T HEY hold that there is but one God
cerning without trinity of perſons; that Je-
Cuxisr. sus CHRIST was a great prophet, calling
him Cidy-Naiſ/a, and their own prophet Ci-
dy-Mabamelhb. They allow CHRISTH to

have been the moſt holy of all men, that he

wrought infinite miracles, yet do not allow
that he died as we believe, but that he was

taken up into heaven, where he continues

both in ſoul and body, and will return to
live forty years on the earth, in order to re-
unite all nations under one only law; after
which, he ſhall be laid in the tomb, which
Mabomet caus'd to be made on the right
hand of his own. They believe that thoſe
who follow'd the doctrine of Jesus CHRIST
till the coming of Mabomet, will be ſaved ;

but that the religion we now profeſs, not

being the ſame which he taught, and the
perſecution of the es having hindred his
bringing it to perfection, ſuch as will not

follow the law of their prophet, who was

ſent by God for no other purpoſe than to

give it the laſt perfection, and whom there-

fore they call his great favourite, and the
interpreter of his will, ſhall ſuffer eternal

Pains. 1 .

Children They hold, that all children dying be-
under fif- fore the age of fifteen years, whether they
teen ſaved. be chriſtians, jews, or idolaters, go to hea-
ven; but if they paſs that age, without ac-
knowledging Mabomet for God's favourite,

And vir- they are loſt to eternity; except females dy-
n ing virgins, which they pretend are reſerv'd
for accompliſhing the number of ſeventy,

which every Muſſulman or believer is to en-
joy in heaven. They allow the books of
Moſes, the pſalms of David, the holy go-
ſpels, as interpreted by Sergius the Neſtorian,
and the Alcoran to be true canonical ſcriptures,
They admit of praying for the dead, after
the doctrine of Origen, believing that the tor
ments of the damn'd will ceaſe at laſt, and

that the devils ſhall be converted by the Al-

coran, |

Mahomet makes the foul to be a portion
of God, as the Gno/ticks did; and tho? he
allows free-will in man, yet aſſerts a de-

ſtiny, like the pagans. The Alcoran ſays, Seven hea-
there are ſeven heavens, and the book of vers.
Adar adds, that Mahomet ſaw them all, be-

ing mounted on an animal, call'd Alborak,
which was bigger than an afs, and ſmaller
than a mule. The firſt of thoſe heavens was
of pure ſilver; the ſecond of gold; the third
of precious ſtones, in which was an angel of
fuch a prodigious magnitude, that one of
his hands was ſeventy thouſand days journey
diſtant from the other, in one of which he
held a book, which he was continually read-
ing. The fourth heaven was of emeralds ;
the fifth of cryſtal ; the ſixth of the colour
of fire; and the ſeventh, a delicious garden,

through which there ran ſprings and rivets

of milk, honey, and wine, with abundance
of ever-green trees, loaded with apples, the

kernels whereof are converted into virgins,

ſo beautiful and ſweet, that if one of them
ſhould but ſpit into the vaſt ocean, the wa-
ters of it would immediately loſe their ſalt-

MA ” GE

This unaccountable book adds, that this Monſtroui
heaven is guarded by angels, ſome of which angele.

have heads like oxen, bearing horns, with
forty thouſand knots in them, and that
there is forty days journey diſtance from
one knot to another. Others of thoſe angels
have ſeventy thouſand mouths, in each of
which are ſeventy thouſand tongues, and

each of them praiſes God ſeventy thouſand

times a day in ſeventy thouſand different lan-
guages. 55

Before the throne of God ſtand fourteen

lighted torches, being fifty years journey in

length; but it does not ſay, whether theſe
Journeys are on foot or on horſeback. All Fel

the apartments in theſe fabulous heavens will heaven.

be adorn'd with all that can be imagin'd
molt pompous, rich, and magnificent; and
the bleſſed ſhall be fed with the rareſt and
molt exquiſite eatables. Beſides, they ſhall
marry maidens, which ſhall retain their vir-
ginity 3 making felicity to conſiſt in ſenſual

brutality. |

The ingenious Monſ. Paſcal, ſpeaking of p;1icutau
the Mahometan religion, ſays, it has the Al- notions.

coran for its foundation, and Mahomet was
the compiler of it; but that his paradiſe is ſin-
gularly ridiculous. And indeed what can be

| imagin'd

Book I.

Hell.

Purgatory.

CAP. 6.

idea of the bleſſed in heaven as related above,
and as follows on below. h

The Alcoran ſays, that women ſhall not

enter into paradiſe ; but will at a diſtance

| bfhold the felicity of their huſbands. As

for hell, it will be a place of torments, which
will end at laſt, through the goodneſs of
Mabomet, who will waſh the damn'd in a
ſpring, and then cauſe them to feaſt on the
fragments of the proviſions of the bleſſed.
For purgatory, the Alcoran, and the
Suna ſay, that after death, two black an-

gels come into the grave, and return the

departed ſoul into its body; then they ex-

amine the perſon, whether he has duly ob-
ſerved the law. If the deceaſed anſwers in

the affirmative, and it is not true, the of-

fending member gives him the lye, and re-
proaches him with his crime: after which,
one of thoſe black ſpirits knocks him on
the head with a hammer, in ſuch a furious
manner, as ſinks him ſeven fathom deep in
the earth, and torments him for a long
time. If, on the contrary, the dead man
has anſwered right, as being innocent, two
white angels ſucceed in the place of the
black, and carefully preſerve that body till

the day of judgment.

Supporter
of the
earth,

created in two days, and is upheld by an
ox, ſtanding under it, on a white ſtone,

with his head to the eaſt, and his tail to

the weſt, having forty horns; and as many

teeth; and the horns at ſuch diſtance from

each other; that it is as much as a man

Articles of the baſis of the law; the firſt is predeſtina-

could do to walk from any one of them to

the next in a thouſand years, tho? he never

reſted: To conclude with theſe ridiculous.

notions; it will ſuffice to add to what has
been already mentioned, that the Alcoran
ſets forth two abominable propoſitions, as

religion. tion; or the belief, that whatſoever hap-

pens is ſo firmy decreed by the eternal be-

ing, that nothing can divert it. The ſe-

cond; that this religion is to be planted
without miracles, eſtabliſhed without diſ-
puting, and received without contradiction
inſomuch, that all who oppoſe it, are to

be put to death without any form of pro-

Hatred 40
chriſtian.
and others.

ceſs, or trial; and that the Myfſulmans, or
faithful, killing ſuch unbelievers, merit pa-
radiſe by ſo doing. Hence, to this day,

in the empire of the cherif of Morocco, the

people have ſo great an abhorrence for the

very name of a chriſtian, which in their
language imports the ſame as a dog, that

it is a moſt common and provoking re-

proach among them. They never utter it
without adding, God deſtroy him, or God
burn his father and mother. Theſe are the
firſt expreſſions they teach their children,

when they begin to ſpeak 3 and when
Vo L. V.

o Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

imagin'd more abſurd and ſtupid, than the a chriſtian appears in Mequinez, the re-Barnor:

fidence of the court, he is generally ex-
poſed to be hooted at by the rabble and
children, which follow their ſport: of a-
buſing and throwing ſtones at him. The
Acoran enjoins its being forc'd on mankind
by violence and arms. They are no leſs
mortal enemies to all ſects of Mabometans
differing from their own, and particularly
thoſe who follow Omar.

_ I will now briefly mention what hap- Commer:
pened in relation to this extragavant book, varie, on
The eaſtern “ Al
nations, who are no leſs inconſtant than

after the deceaſe of Mabomei.

ſuperſtitious, labouring to become perfect
in this new religion, there were at laſt
found above two hundred different commen-
taries on the Alcoran. This confuſion of
doctrines being likely to occaſion much miſ-
chief, among thoſe headſtrong ignorant peo-
ple, every one endeavouring to enhance the
value of his own chimerical comments; Mo-
havia, then calif of Babylon, contrived to
appeaſe the troubles ariſing with that va-
riety of ſects.
ed a general aſſembly to meet in the city
of Damaſcus, whither all ſuch as had any

writings of their legiſlator, or his ſucceſ-
MT | ſors, were ordered to bring them. The
The earth, according to this book, was

65

*

Coran.

To this effect, he ſummon-

vaſt diverſity of opinions produced ſuch
hot conteſts among thoſe doctors, that no-

thing could be concuded. Hereupon, Mo- The Al-
havia choſe himſelf ſix of the moſt learned, coran, ho

whom he ſhut up in an apartment, with Nad.

directions that each of them ſhould pick
out what he could find beſt in all that va-

riety; whereof there were ſix books com-

poſed, which to this day are called the
Acoran, all the reſt being caſt into the ri-
ver, It was then ordered,“ that no perſon
whatſoever ſhould preſume to ſay, believe,

or act contrary to what was writ in that vo-

lume, under the penalty of being declared
a heretickx. Notwithſtanding all the care

thoſe doctors had taken to eſtabliſh one
ſole fundamental doctrine, they could not
prevent becoming authors of four ſeveral

capital ſects. .

Four Secrts of MAHOMHE TANs.

PHE firſt i that called Mehpui, from the an e

ſect.

doctor Melick, whom Marmol names
Tbnilmelec, being that of Abubeker, father-
in-law to Mahomet, the moſt ſuperſtitious,
and followed by the Moors and Arabs, or
the Saracens, Agarenians and Africans, The

ſecond js called Imeniana, or Pontifical, The ſecond.

agreeable to the interpretation of Ali or

Hali, ſon-in-law to Mahomet, as having
the

married his daughter Fatima, being
moſt rational, and followed by the Per-

ſians; as alſo by the Berebere Arabs, who

wander in hoards about the deſarts of Lybia z
by the Indians, ſome people in Arabia, the
8 Gelbins

—

* 2 „ an - ” — — —
: N - . C . : — — — ; ; ” - > Tn” " pe — — — — . — — . >. —
— — — — — — —— — — — - * me ras oe" — — — — SCN. * 1 — — x 1 — = = = _=_=Xz :
- ——— — — <= " -£ 2 = - = - —— 8 8 — IE En Co — — — — — ä —— > yo - * *
— F YL <T : - > , "—_— ” — — == Fi. — —— — — — = — — : a — — - — yas
D xv 2 2 — n _ _ 7 — — _— — EEE - — — — = - p * © — — — — — * —
ut 52 — —— 4 * => — Nv —— As. TX — — —— — — —— = — 2 "= < — — 4 hero. — — — * — —
. ö — gp. QUE 2 & * * => —̃ — . +7” == q n m 2 — — ns. ne — = = —— DR — — — — — — — — * — — 4 + p. * A oy I
— — cave bo — — —_— - ro — — * — > -

— -
— 7

— * — g 8 a.
— — —᷑ —— — — — —— -

— —
— —

IE — EEE ——— - —
„ ͤ . ——
* * 9 » — 1 — —

3 —
wa \

= 7 " *
* ts
—
- — —
—

BANBOT. Gelbins of Africa, and ſome Barbarians dwel-
ng on the neighbouring mountains. Mar-
mol names this ſect Haneſia, or Aſafia, that

is, the law of religion, and devotion; ad-

ding. that it is followed by a great number

of Saracens, and by the people of Damaſcus

The third. and Syria. The Turks follow the third, which
is the freeſt, being that of Omar, which
Marmol ſays is called Buanefia, or Cheſaya,

from the names of the authors, who com-

piled or digeſted it, like the other two

above. It is alſo called Leſbaria, from one
Leſbari, who became the head of the Ara-

bian divines, and gathered the three others

The fourth, into one volume. The Tartars follow the
fourth, which is the moſt ſimple, and ſuit-

able to the ſentiments of Odeman, or Otho-

man. Mabomet is equally reſpected by all

| theſe ſorts of deluded wretches, who all
believe he is the greateſt of prophets. The
religion of all theſe ſeveral nations is de-
ſcribed in their hiſtory and geography, to

which I refer the curious ; as alſo ro what
Marmol has writ concerning thoſe particular

ſets, which had all a being, when he liv'd,

in Aſia and Africa. „

Many holy and learned chriſtian doctors

have ſolidly refuted the impoſtures of this ex-

travagant collection; as Sf. John Damaſcene,
Peter of Cluni, the cardinal of Cu/a, John

of Segovia, &c.

Their RAMADAN or LENT, and

333 8
Nile len- T HE Mahometans keep a lent of thirty
faſt. I days, by them called Ramadan, faſt-
ing from break of day, till the firſt ap-
pearance of the ſtars in the evening, and
then ſpend moſt of the night in gluttony
and debauchery.
Ramadan begins, they prepare for it with
abundance of mirth, repeated volleys of
fmall arms, and frequent cries of Allah,
that is, God. They are all on the watch
to diſcover the new moon, and fire at her
as ſhe riſes. Then they aſftemble, to make
their Sala, or prayer, with their Marabout,

or Talbe; kneeling, rifing, and proſtrating

| themſelves, with their faces on the ground,

ſucceſſively, always looking towards the
Feſtivals, eaſt. They have three great feſtivals, like
our Eaſter and Whitſuntide, which they ob-

ſerve for the ſpace of ſeven days, but do
not abſtain from buying and ſelling, any
more than on Fridays, which are their Sab-
bath. The firſt of theſe feſtivals is kept on
the firſt day of the moon after their Ra-
madan ; on which day the Cherif, or em-
peror of Morocco, uſually has all priſoners
brought before him, and either acquits, or
puts them to death, according to the na-
ture of their. offences, or the humour he
is then in, for he is a cruel and bloody prince.

Mr. St. Olan reports of him, that on the

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Some days before the

BookT.
third day of this feſtival, he in his preſence
put twenty men to death, The ſecond fe-
ſtival, called the great, is ſeventy days af-
ter the Ramadan, and celebrated by facri-
ficing to Mahomet as many ſheep as they
have male children in their families, in me-
mory of the ſacrifice of Abraham, the fa-
ther of 1/mae!, the progenitor of the Arab
Agarenians, and from him they believe Ma-
homet's mother was lineally deſcended. . The
third feſtival is always three moons and two
days after the ſecond, and kept in honour
of Mahomet's birth; during the firſt days
whereof, they feed on pap, in memory of
that which he eat. They celebrate the feaſt
of St. John Baptiſt with bonfires in their gar- xeap of S.
dens, burning much frankincenſe about the John Bap-
fruit- trees, to draw a bleſſing on them. tiſt.
They allow of circumciſion, but do not
fix the age, nor the time for it. Beſides
the feaſt of St. John, they call upon about
a dozen more of their ſaints; and particu-

larly Cidi-Bellabec, who they ſay is St. Au-

guſtin, the word Cidi importing holy or

lord. They all make the Sala, or pray

four times a day, and once in the night, at
certain ſet hours, which are notify'd to them

by the cries and noiſe made by proper of-
ficers, like our ſextons, on the tops of their
Gemmes or Moſques. They obſerve abun-
dance of ablutions, or waſhings, and other
ceremonies in their religious worſhip z which
J forbear to dilate upon, referring to the
proper authors. i
To return to Mahomet: He having thus Mako-
made up his religion, partly of Judaiſm, mersrap.
and partly of the ravings of condemned
hereticks, adapting it to the ſenſuality of
corrupt nature, firſt cauſed a parcel of
wicked men, and vagabond robbers, who
knew nothing of God, or righteouſneſs, to

embrace it by the powerful argument of
| his wealth, and ſome ſly inſinuations. With
theſe men he had recourſe to arms, and by
degrees ſubdued ſeveral nations, more par-

ticularly thoſe of Arabia. He had under
him ten chief lieutenants, which were Abu-

beker Cedie, his father-in-law, Omar Ben el
Hatab, Odman Ben-afen, Ali Ibni Abitaleb,

Moavia, Ali Zubeir, Abiazed, Abiazid, Alt
Obeid, and Abutal Hael Anzari, alias Zeid
Men Cehel. All theſe were his prime doc-
tors, or divines, as well as commanders.
The three firſt of them ſucceſſively became
califs after Mahomet, or ſovereigns of all
the dominions he had ruled over, contrary
to what he had appointed, viz. that Ali his
ſon-in-law ſhould ſucceed him. But the

other three combining together, after the

death of Mahomet, by their intereſt, and
the votes of the other prime commanders,
choſe Abubeker the firſt calif ; after whom
the others ſucceeded in the ſupreme au-
thority.

1

N -

: 7M
=

285 %
7
22
Wo

F

Np

Th

N 9

*

| 1

3

5

CHAP. 6.

2h, fand. Mahomet being

as has been ſaid,
into power, put to the ſword all chat re-

fuſed to ſubmit to his government, and to

embrace his religion. Thus, by hypocriti-
cal means, chis impoſtor was, in a ſhort
time, followed by a vaſt multitude ; and
the better to blind and deceive them, being
himſelf much troubled with the falling ſick-
neſs, he had a tame pigeon which would
then come and peck in his ear; and that he
perſuaded his followers was the angel Ga-
brie!, ſent by God, to tell him what he
was to do. It is alſo reported, that hav-
ing once cauſed one of his companions to
hide himſelf in a dry well, he ordered him
to cry aloud as he paſſed by, that Maho-
met was the true prophet. This man did
ſo, and thoſe dull people admired at that
wonder; but the impoſtor, fearing his kna-

very would be diſcovered, immediately

ordered his company to fill up that well,
leſt it ſhould afterwards be profaned, as he
pretended. The well was accordingly

periſhed in a miſerable manner.
Moſt of the Arabs, being a people fond
of novelty, followed Mabumet ; but his

countrymen, who knew ſomething better,

_ expelled him with ſcorn, when they per-

ceived his deſign was to ſet up for a prophet
and lawgiver. Thus was he forced to fl

of the prophet, diſtant four days journey

His death.

ſeven lunar or Arabick years:

wives,
Fatima : tho? others ſa:

from Mecca:

metans reckon their Hegira, that 1s, their

computation of time, as chriſtians do from
the birth of our Saviour.

yet left only one daughter, called

he had three. He
is ſaid to have died on the 17th of June,
in the year of our Lord 631, having reigned
eight years and ſome months, and lived ſixty
Since that

time his followers have made themſelves

maſters, of Paleſtine, Syria, Perſia, Egypt,

Greece, &c. and a very great part of the

world has ſubmitted to his law.

Pil gri-
mages.

The city of Medina, tho! of little extent,
is nevertheleſs very famous among the Ma-

Homelans, as well as Mecca, and both of them

yearly reſorted to in great caravans from
very remote parts of the world, and even
from the weſtern ſhores of Africa, as Fez,
Morocco, Tremezen, Sus, &c. tho' at a pro-

digious diſtance; the people reſorting to

pay their vows and religious worſhip to that

Maho-
Mmet's |
32976,

of 3000 ſilver lamps.

falſe prophet's body, which is depoſited in
Medina, in the principal Moſque, by them

called Mos al Kibu, that is, the moſt holy.
It is ſupported by 400 pillars, with upwards
There is a little

tower, all covered with plates of ſilver, and

hung with cloth of gold, in which is Ma-

got

the Mufti,
Mabometans.

At Mecca, they pay their devotions at à Mecca.

fil-
led up with ſtones, and the wretch within it

From that day the Mabo-
dow over it.

He had ſeveral

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

bomet's coffin, under a canopy of cloth of BAR Bor.
ſilver, embroidered with gold, yearly ſent WY.

thither by che baſſa of Egypt, at the grand
ſeignior's charge. It is not true, that his
coffin is made of iron, and hangs in the
air, being attracted by load- ſtones, as ſome
have given out; for though it be death for
any chriſtian to come within fifteen leagues
of the place, the truth has been made
known by Turkiſþ pilgrims, who afterwards
became chriſtians, who have declared, that

the coffin is ſupported by very ſmall co-

lumns of black marble, encompaſſed with
ſilver baniſters, hung with a great number
of lamps ; the ſmoke whereof does ſo darken
the place, that ir 1s not eaſy to diſcern how
the coffin is upheld. The Turks are obliged,

by their religion, to undertake a pilgri-
mage once in their life, to worthip that tomb;

bur at preſent only the meaner ſort perform
it, the richer being eaſily diſpenſed with by
who is the high-prieſt of the

place called Kiaabe, being a ſquare houſe,
by them called the houſe of God, and ſup-
poſed to have been built by Abraham. The
moſt renowned of all Mahometan Moſques,
and the moſt reſorted to in the univerſe,

ſtands in the middle of this city, and may

y be ſeen at a great diſtance from the town,
from Mecca, on the 16th of July 622, and

retired to Medina al Nabi, that is, the city

by reaſon of its high roof in the nature of
a cupola, with two lofty towers, of a cu-
rious ſtructure. There are above an hun-
dred doors into it, with every one a Win-
The floor is deep in the
ground, and they deſcend into it by ten
or twelve ſteps. They reckon the ground
it ſtands on ſacred, for two reaſons; the

firſt, becauſe, ſay they, Abraham built his

firſt houſe on that ſpot ; the ſecond, be-
cauſe Mahomet was born there. The whole
Moſque glitters with the richeſt tapiſtry, and
other works in gold ; but more particu-
larly one part, which has no roof, and, ac-
cording, to their tradition, is the extent of

N s houſe; the door leading into it

being of ſilver, Juſt broad enough for a man
to paſs through. On one ſide of it is a
Turbe, ſo they call a chappel, encloſing a
very deep well, of brackiſh water, which
they reckon ſo holy, that it cleanſes from all
ſin ſuch as are waſhed with it. On the day
which anſwers to our 23d of March, a ſa-

lemn feſtival is there kept, after their man-

ner, by drawing water from this well, and
ſprinkling the Muſſulmans, or believers, with
it. This is done when the caravans of pil-
grims arrive at Mecca. The arches of the
Moſque, and the ſhops ſtanding about it,

are full of a prodigious quantity of rich

merchandize, precious ſtoncs, and aroma-

tick powders, which: Tread a molt admira-
ble odour. _ 8

Of

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BARBOr. . Of the Aras 8.

NY *T HEY all pretend to be deſcended
Fiow they from Iſmael and Eſau, as mentioned

came into in the introductory diſcourſe. There are
Africa. very many of them in Africa, who firſt

enter'd it in the year of our Lord 653, un-
der Odman, or Othman, their calif, who
ſent thither an army of above 80000 com-
batants, commanded by Oecuba Ben Naſic.
Theſe Arabs built there the city of Caira-

ven or Carvan, 30 leagues eaſt from Tunis.

In the year of CHRIST 999, which is of
the Hegira, or Mahometan ra 400, three
races or tribes of Arabs were ſent into A.-
frica, by permiſſion of Caira, calif of Car-
van. At this time the African Arabs are
diſperſed in ſeveral parts, and have many
communities. The principal tribe or hoard
of them is called E/queguia, divided into
fix others, who live in their Aduars, or
villages, which are eaſily removed from
place to place, as conſiſting only of tents,
with only two avenues to them; the one
for the herds of cattle to come in, and
the other for them to go out; both ſhut

up at night with thorns to keep out the

lions. The Arabs of Numidia are as miſer-
able as the native Africans of that country.
They have better natural parts, and more
courage, keep abundance of horſes for ſale,
and love hunting, aſtrology and poetry. The
other Arabs of Africa are not ſo poor, ex-
cept thoſe who live in the deſarts of Barca,
betwixt Barbary and Egyyt. They are ſaid
to be treacherous and thieviſh, eſpecially
thoſe laſt mentioned, who are often obliged
to pawn their children to merchants of Sicily,
and other places, for corn to ſubſiſt them.
So great is their propenſion to robbery and
theft, that their very name ſeems to imply
it; for where the prophet Jeremy ſays, like
a thief in the wilderneſs ; St. Ferom turns it,
like an Arab in the wilderneſs. N

Theſe Arabs are generally a ſlothful un-
active people, retaining nothing of the for-

mer bravery of their anceſtors, who extended

their conqueſts ſo far, not only in Ala and
Africa, but even in Europe, and particular-
ly in Spain; which kingdom they, for the

moſt part, ſubdued, being called in by the

baſe count Julian, becauſe king Roderick
had debauched his daughter. Thoſe infidels

drove the Goths into the mountains of Leon,

Aſturias and Galicia, after they had been
poſſeſſed of that nation during the reigns
of thirty -four kings, from Ataulfus, the
founder of their monarchy in the year 412,
to Roderick in 713. The Arabian authors
call this entrance into Spain, the victory of
Andaluzia, At their firſt landing there,
they were 200000 foot and 40000 horſe,
againſt whom king Roderick oppoſed 1 20000
foot and 10000 horſe, who encamped between
Keres and Medina Sidonia; and on Sunday

—

the ſecond of September 714, a year fatal to
Spain, the battle began, which laſted eight
days ſucceſſively, with various ſucceſs on Spain.
both ſides; till at laſt, on the Sunday fol-
lowing, in the evening, the Goths gave
way. King Roderick, moſt authors ſay, was
killed, yet others affirm he fled, diſguiſed
in a ſhepherd's habit, and with one Roma-

nus a holy monk, after recovering from a

ſwoon, occaſioned by trouble and weari-
neſs, made his way into Portugal; where
they both took their dwelling on the ſea-
coaſt, near the town of Pederneira, about
nine miles from each other, and there end-
ed their days. Twenty thouſand Moors
were ſlain in this battle. A Sparihh hiſto-
rian upon this occaſion obſerves, that the
number eight was fatal to Spain, for the bat-
tle laſted eight days, the Moors ſpent eight
months in ſubduing Spain; during which
time, 80000 men loſt their lives, and the
Spaniards were 800 years in recovering of
the country. When the Moors had over-
run the greateſt part of Spain, Don Pelago,
or Pelagius, erected a little kingdom among
the mountains of Galicia, Aſturias and Leon
in the year 717. *

In or about the year 732, for authors pefeared
vary, Charles Martel, general of the French, by the
gave theſe infidels a mighty overthrow near French.
Tours, where they were ravaging and de-
ſtroying all the country. Some affirm, there
were no leſs than 300000 ſlain in this battle,
others more modeſtly write 80 or 10000c0,

and with them their king Abderramen. After

this defeat, the Saracens were 1n a few years
quite expelled France, where they had
ranged over the provinces of Languedoc and
Guienne, by William, ſurnamed, au Cornet,

prince of Burgundy, who had the principa-

lity of Orange beſtowed on him by Charle-
main, as the reward of his victories, he ha-
ving alſo taken the city of Orange from
Theobard, a Saracen king. Charlemain alſo
conſtituted him conſtable of France, duke

Js

of Aquitain and Provence, earl of Toulouſe,

and governor of Languedoc, From this
William, the princes of Orange deduce their
genealogy 3 and he wore a horn on his
buckler, and was thence ſurnamed au Cornet.
Charlemain himſelf gave the Arabs a great
defeat in Spain, in the year 778. The Geths
after ſome time venturing out of their moun-
tains, by degrees drove thoſe infidels out of
Spain; yet that war laſted near 800 years,
till Ferdinand V. ſurnamed the Catholick,
king of Aragon, marrying Jabel, or Eliza-
beth of Caſtile, united thoſe two crowns, and
conquered the kingdom of Granada from
the Mcors, after a war of eight years, and
quite expell'd them Spain, in the year of
CHRIST 1492. Mabomet Boabiilt, ſurnam'd
el Chico, or the little, fon to Muley Aſſen, was
then king of Granada.

5 This

* as 2 Bel
BOOK IJ.
* .
5 ry +

{XG ee ft CA

: . 8 e N

N ITE” AY n N
N s * : N Jn» "I" N Let _— * R 7 C VIE

8
20
Ap
»
10
by
$4
4
2
2
5
9
*
1 0
7
8
£4
3
T-

Cray. 6.

SHY. |

This city of Granada, by ſome is ſaid

to have been founded by Bedis, ſon to

Aben Habus, who lived in the tenth cen-
tury; but this muſt be meant of re-edify-
ing or enlarging, that place having been
noted ſeveral ages before. The annals of
the Arabs tell us, the Mooriſh kings kept
their reſidence there, from that time, till
the days of Aben Hul, who drove the A-
mobades out of Spain. This Aben Hul ſet-
tled his court at Almeria, and was there
killed, and Mahomet Alamar, his ſucceſſor,
reſtor*d it to Granada. The city increaſed
wonderfelly; and authors affirm it con-
tain'd 60000 houſes. King Bulhar erected
there ſuch ſumptuous and magnificent ſtruc-
tures, and of ſuch prodigious expence, that
his ſubjects poſitively believed he had the
art of making gold. There were ten ſuc-

ceſſors from him to Muley Aſſen, the father

of Boabdili, the laſt king. Granada is ſtill
one of the greateſt cities in Spain, and the

pleaſanteſt in ſummer, by reaſon of the

purity of the air, and the vaſt number of

fountains in it. The Moors were wont to
ſay, that paradiſe was in the part of hea-
ven, Which 1s over this city. ES

I might here entertain the reader with

an ample account of the manners, govern-

ment, ſciences, language and religion of
the Arabs in Africa; but that it would be
too long a digreſſion from the ſubject in

hand, and therefore ſhall briefly touch ſome-

Arabick

letters,

- moſt ancient.

thing of thoſe particulars,
There is no queſtion, but that thelanguage
of the Arabs is one of the beautifulleſt and
Their letters are linked to-
gether ; they uſe two ſorts of punctation,
and ſometimes three or four letters are
exactly alike, and only diſtinguiſhable by

theſe points ſet over, or under them. Their

i

Learning.

ters of the Alcoran.

alphabet conſiſts of twenty- nine letters, tho?
the Hebrew has but twenty-two. —
Of theſe people, ſome are merchants and
traffick, others profeſs literature, and par-
ticularly philoſophy, phy ſick, aſtrology and
mathematicks. They have alſo gramma-
rians, rhetoricians, hiſtorians, and interpre-
This is what renders
the Arabick language ſo highly eſteemed,
eſpecially in Aſia, where theſe ſatences are
more frequently to be met with among
the Arabs, inhabiting that large quarter of
the world, than among thoſe in Africa,
They have had eminent men in all theſe
ſciences. Almanzor, of the family of Ben

Avas, who began his reign in the year of

the Hegira 137, and of CHRIST 775, to
the ſtudy of the Alcoran, joined that of
philoſophy and aſtronomy. The Calif Ab-
dla, who began his reign in the year 813,
ſent embaſſadors to the emperor of Con-
ſtantinople, to aſk of him books of all ſciences,

which he cauſed to be tranſlated into his own
Vol. V. |

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

69

language, to excite his ſubjects to the love Baznor:.
of learning. His endeavours were not vain z WWW,

for during his reign there were leveral phi-
loſophers and phyſicians. There are ſeve-
ral Arabian hiſtorians, who own, that Ma-
homet in his law prohibited the ſtudy of let-
ters; but that the calif A/mamn, or Maimon,
encouraged and promoted it, on account of
an apparition he had of a ſpectre, in the
night-time, in the form andꝭ ſnape of Ari-
ſtotle, which adviſed him to the ſtudy of
philoſophy. He afterwards cauſed Ptolemy's
Almageſt, as Scaliger informs us, to be tranſ-
lated into his own language, for his ſubjects

to ſtudy aſtronomy. This good inclina-

tion to literature continued long after in
Africa; inſomuch, that there were among
thoſe people very excellent philoſophers,

as Algazel, Alfarabius, Albumazar, Maimo- Philoſo-
nides, Alkend, Albufabar, Abencina, Avicen phers.

or Avicenna, Alfragan, Averroez, &c. T hey

had univerſities at Conſtantina, Tunis, Tri- Univerſi.
poli, Fez and Morocco; and when poſſeſſed ties.

of Spain, as has been mentioned above,
they founded a college at Cordova: and in
Marmol's time, had publick ſchools, with
multitudes of ſtudents, in the city of Tom-

but, on the Senega river, as will be farther
obſerved in the Supplement, This 1s not

a proper place to ſpeak of the diſcoveries
they have made in ſeveral ſciences, and how |

they introduced the uſe of thoſe we call
cyphers throughout all Europe. It will
ſuffice to obſerve, that their years are lunar,
and the computation of time, which they
call Hegira, being inſtead of our year of
CHRIST, commences from Friday the 16th
of July, in the year of our Lord 622, when
Mabomet fled from Mecca; from which
time not only the Arabs, but all other Ma-
hometans, reckon their years, as has been
already obſerved elſewhere.

The Arabs were formerly idolaters, Wor- auiiew ©
ſhipping the ſun, moon, and ſtars, and even A abs ide-
trees and ſerpents. They alſo paid a par- laters.

ticular veneration to the court of Alcara or

Aquebila, which they ſaid was built by 1/-

mael, for whom they have a ſingular re-

ſpect, as alſo for his mother Agar; and

therefore are pleaſed to be called Agarenians,
or /ſmaelites, It is believed, that the three
wiſe men, who came out of the eaſt to adore.

the ſon of God at his birth, were the firſt

apoſtles of Arabia; where St. Jude after-
wards preached the goſpel : which was fo
well eſtabliſhed in the third I; that
a council was held againſt the biſhop of
Beryllus, and another againſt the hereticks

very zealous for the faith, and their biſhops
aſſiſted very punctually at thoſe councils,
as is evident by their names, ſtill extant in
their ſubſcriptions. Mahomet, who was alſo
an Arab, perverted thoſe ſimple credulous

| T people,

called Arbicks ; wherein the Arabs appear d

— - Na — — : *

—

* * weng —
CIS meet oo EIS — U —— —„— ——

- 2 — ——_—_ — — — - - 2 - - > © A
2 , — = .
— — — — — — — — =. — --
— — — — — —.— p 7 — _— - . ——— 5 : -

Prone — — r — - 7 EEE oc O — x — — 2 » > V I $ :

— © — — — — * - * —ͤ —

: ” - 8 — —
— — -

— . — 2
222. —— > 2 .

=

BAR BOr.

A

Sets of
Arabs.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

people, and ſo entirely charm'd them with
the pleaſure of his chimerical notions, as
well as by dint of arms and force, that they
followed him with a moſt deplorable ſted-
faſtneſs. After the death of that famous
impoſtor, they took upon them to propa-
n his ſect. Amidſt the variety of expo-
itions of the Acoran every man took up-
on him to make, they took up with that
of Melich; the' there be ſome among them
who follow thoſe of Odman and Leſbari, as
has been before obſerved. The Arabs of
Africa have formed ſixty ſects, all diftering
in opinions and cuſtoms. However, they
all agree in what relates to Mabomet, whom

they look upon as the greateſt of pro-

phets.
They have had ſeveral princes, called
Califs, who erected to themſelves a vaſt

empire in Aſia and Africa, after Mahomel's

deceaſe, under the common name of Sara-
cens. I have already hinted how they

paſſed into Africa, and poſſeſſed themſelves

of all that had been ſubdued by the Vandals;

but about the year 1170, one Abdelchir,

who had render'd himſelf famous by an hy-

pocritical outward ſhow of piety, revolted
againſt Cain Adam, Calif of Carvan; and
though he was himſelf killed, before he

could make any great progreſs, yet he left

two ſons, one of which became king of

Bugia, and the other of Tunis, Theſe two

brothers, the better to maintain themſelves
in their kingdoms, became tributaries to
the Almoravides ; but they being expelled
by the Almobades, Zoſeph Almanzor poſ-
ſeſſed himſelf of the kingdom of Tunis,
turning out the ſucceſſors of Abdelchir. The

power of the Amohades being afterwards
entirely broken, by the famous battle of

Navas de Toloja, in Spain, anno 1212, the
Arabs again recover'd the kingdom of Tunis.

I have already mentioned their conqueſts in

Ypain, and how they were again expelled.
The Arabs at preſent are ſubject, for the
moſt part, to the Turks and Per/tans, or

Arabs as
che eaſt.

elſe to particular princes of their own;
ſome of which laſt are alſo tributary to
the two former.
Beſides the Arabs here mentioned, now
inhabiting the northern and weſtern parts

of Africa, and the deſarts of Lybia, as far

as the frontiers of the Blacks, there are ſe-
veral tribes, or hoards, of the ſame nation,
who have been for ſeveral ages ſettled m
all parts of Egypt, and along the coaſt of
Africa, next the Red-Sea, called Aben and
Aian; and on towards the eaſt and ſouth-
eaſt, in the countries of Zanguebar, Mozam-
bigue, Sofala, &c. of whom Marmol gives
a particular account. The ſame author,
lib. 1. cap. 24. ſpeaking of the ancient Arabs
of Africa, fays, they are deſcended from
Iſmael and Eſau, the progenitors of all the

Morocco, had the name of Gomere 5 and

ground, among their cattle. Their baracks

Arabs, either in Aſia or Africa. The firſt
were called Agurenians, from Agar or Hagar, |
mother to Iſnael, and Abraham's concubine ; LR +1
the latter carefully diſtinguiſhed themſelves 5
from the others, by the name of Saracens,
from Sarah, Abraham's lawful wife, and
grand- mother to Eſau, as being the line of
the free-woman; whereas they reckon the
1/maelites the deſcent of the bond-woman,
to uſe St. Paul's expreſſion, Gal. iv. Mar-
mol farther adds, that theſe Arabs, accord-

"= 1 3 5 N
„ . 41.2 Is

ing to the moſt renowned African hiſtorians,

were the very firſt inhabitants of Barbary
and Numidia, Afterwards Melec ſfiriqui,
a king of Arabia Felix, came into Africa
with five tribes of theſe Arabs, then ſur-

named Sabeans, viz. the Zinhagians, the Mu-

camudins, the Zenetes, the Gomers, and the =
Hoares; from all whom are deſcended fix - ;
hundred races of Bereberes, or Barbarians ; =

and the greateſt families in Africa deduce
their pedigrees from therii, The Gomers,

it is likely were deſcended from Gomer, the

ſon of Fapheth, the ſon of Noah ; and from
them ſome mountains in the empire of

perhaps Gomera, one of the Canary iſlands,
oppoſite to it, might have the ſame original,

The Sabean Arabs, at firſt, ſettled in the Sabeans,
eaſtern parts of Barbary z whence they af- _
terwards ſpread, and ſubdued the beſt of
Africa, The name of Bereberes was given
them, from their firſt ſettlement in Bar-
bary; whereas thoſe that were before in Nu-
midia, Tingitana, and Lybia, are called Chi-
lobes, or Ailobes. When theſe people fell

at variance among themſelves, the con-

querors becoming maſters of the field and
cattle, obliged the vanquiſhed to fly for

ſafety to the mountains, or into populous

cities; where, intermixing with the other

Africans, they came at laſt, like them, to

live in houſes, and to be under the ſame ;
ſubjection. Therefore thoſe who live in
tents, like their countrymen in Arabia, are |
reckoned the nobler, being allo more power-

ful, and richer in cattle ; yet both keep to |
their own race, and poſſeſs the ſtrongeſt }
places in Barbary, Numidia, and Lybiga.
We read that Abraham travell'd about, with
his family and cattle, and liv'd in tents, gs
theſe Arabs do, Gen. xiii. and ſo did his
nephew Lot. Each wandering company of
Arabs chuſes a captain, whole tent, hutt,
or barack, as they call it, ſtands in the
middle of the Adouar, or village, where
he takes care of all things which concern
their welfare, The men lie on the bare

nx A ²˙¹ü— FH PBT ACID 9

are like pavillions, ſupported by two great

poles, the door made of branches of trees.

Thus we ſee the word Barack, made uſe of Barack;
by all Europeans to fignify a hutt, is de- Aravick.
rived from the Arabs,

Monſieur

*

T PJ1ꝙ0)7ö ²˙¹w xxx

CAP. 6.

Arabs in
Morocco.

Monſieur de St. Olon, in his embaſſy to
the emperor of Morocco, in the year 1693,
obſerves, that in the plains of the kingdom

of Morocco, there were then actually rec-

koned to be tnirty thouſand cotrages of
Arabs, containing one hundred thouſand
men, paying the Garamma, which is a yearly
tribute to the emperor, or the tenth of all
they poſſeſs ; and are liable to it from fifteen
years of age. They live in the eaſtern part
of the kingdom, and are diſtinguithed into
three different races, or tribes ; which are,
the [7ufſ:ins and Caragi Arabs to the north-
ward, and the Menebbe Arabs to the fouth-

ward; beſides a tribe, or hoard of the Ait-

In Fez,

In Suz.

9411 Bereberes to the ſouth-weſt of them.
In the kingdom of Fez, the Arabs amount
to three hundred thouſand men, that pay
the Garamma. In that of Suz, which bor-
ders on the ſouth and weſt parts of Morocco,

there were then fifteen thouſind Adouars,

making up fifty thouſand brave men, whom
the preſent emperor has not yet been able
entirely to ſubdue, The ſame author adds,

that all the Arabs and Bereberes ſubject to

the emperor of Morocco, when they lie in

' proviſions 3 as wheat, barley, meal, butter,

the way where his army marches, are ob-
liged to ſupply it gratis with all forts of

oil, honey and cattel, under pain of having

Emperor of

Mor OCco.

all they poſſeſs plundered, and being them-

ſelves cut in pieces.
The preſent emperor of Morocco is Muley
I/mael, who calls himſelf great Cherie, that
is, firſt and moſt potent of Mahomet's ſuc-
ceſſors; and boaſts himſelf to be deſcepded
from him by Ali and Fatima, ſon-in-law
and daughter to that falſe prophet, and
takes more pride in that kindred, than in

the antiquity of the crown in his family:

which ſufficiently proves, that his predeceſ-
ſors, who ſtiled themſelves Miramamolins,
that is, emperors of the faithful, made uſe
of the colour of religion to eſtabliſh their

government. The people there have ſuch a

veneration for this character of Miralmou-
uin, or, as we call it, Miramamolin, and

prince of the tribe of the Hachems, as this

emperor ſtiles himſelf in all his letters to
chriſtian princes, that they reckon it a par-
ticular honour, and no leſs advantageous to-
wards their going directly to their paradiſe
to be killed by his hand, without any rea-

fon, or juſtice. This not only here, but

throughout all the Tyrk;/> dominions, the

lanatick Muſſulmans, or Mabometans, look
upon as being crowned with martyrdom.

The word Cherife, and Xerife, another title
given to this emperor, imports the fame in
Arabick as Xorfa,' which ſignifies one of
the race of Mabomet; whence it is they

give the name of Aerifes, or Aas, to all
that are deſcended from their prophet;
whoſe family is the moſt honoured among

of Nigritia, ar North-Guinea.

of the meaneſt of them.

them, and looked upon as almoſt divine, BAR Bor.
ſays Vaſconcelos, in the Life of king Joby Il...
of Portugal,
Monſieur de St. Olon, ſpeaking of the Trade of
trade of this empire, ſays, iy only neigh- Morocco.
5

bours by land are the Blach on the one
ſide, and the Algerines on the other; the
Moors of Morocco, Fez and Tarudant driving
a conſiderable trade in Guinea, that 1s Ge-
e994, which is very advantageous on both
ſides. The Moors for ſome ſalt, little look-
ing-glaſſes, and toys, carry home a conſi-
derable quantity of gold- duſt, elephants-
teeth, and numbers of Blacks. This em-
peror of Morocco has gained ſo far on the
affections of theſe Blacks, by the good uſage
he affords them, and by preferring them to
be about his perſon; in the quality of
guards, that they look upon thernſelves as
his true ſubjects. The emperor of Morocco
has always feven or eight thouſand of theſe
Backs, as well horſe as foot, reckoned
the beſt of his ſoldiers, and in all engage-
ments they are the next about his perſon.

Beſides, he gives the beſt governments and

chicf commands in his army to ſuch of them
as ſignalize themſelves. They are not only
his confidants, but entruſted with the exe-
cution of his orders; which they perform
in ſuch a haughty and arbitrary manner,
that the very Acaides tremble at the ſight
The emperor
conſtantly raiſes recruits of theſe Blacks,
either by way of purchaſe, or other means,
and marrying and employing them, by
which means he has a ſort of nurſery, or
breed of them, to ſerve in time of need.

This author's account ſhews what correſpon-

dence there is at preſent between the Moors
and Arabs of Morocco, and the people of

Migritia. 1 |
I ſhall conclude this chapter with a gene- xal/bood,

ral obſervation of a practice univerſal] a-
mong molt Mahometans, but more eſpe-
cially the African Moors, relating to their
being juſt and true to their words. The li-
berty of lying and retracting whatſoever
they ſay, is fo thoroughly eſtabliſhed a-
mong them, that they rather look upon it
as a virtue than a fault. One of their Ma-
rabouts being once told of it, by a chriſtian
of note, as a thing very ſurpriſing to him,
did not heſitate to anſwer, that they made
this one of the diſtinctive marks between
their religion and chriſtianity; and were fully
perſuaded they ſhould foon be like us, ſlaves
to falſe doctrine and idolatry, fhould they,
like us, think themſelves obliged to keep

their words. 5 A
Thus have I endeavoured, in this chap-
ter, though it may” look like a digreſſion,
which yer cannot bur be entertaining ro the
reader, to give a ſnort, but I hope ſatiſ-
factory account, from the moſt reputable
authors.

B vor. authors, of the riſe and progreſs of the Ma-

A Deſcription of the Coaſts |

WW V hom:tan religion, in ſeveral parts of the

world, and more particularly in Africa; as
alſo a brief narrative of the firſt coming of
the Arabs into that part of the world:
which may ſerve to illuſtrate what I have
faid of them already, and am to add in the
ſupplement. This, I am of opinion, few or
none of the many Europeans trading to
Guinea and the coaſts of Nigritia, have ever
given themſelves the trouble to enquire into;
and yet I look upon it as uſeful and neceſ-

ſary, for the better underſtanding of the con-

ſtitution, government, cuſtoms, manners

Names of
_ tbe Gam-

bia.

and religion of the many ſeveral nations in-
habiting thoſe parts; for by this means the
miſtakes many of them conceive and incul-
cate into others concerning the affairs of
thoſe people, for want of true information,
will be removed; many travellers forming
to themſelves moſt abſurd notions of things,
when they ſee or hear of ſuch as they never
met with in their native countries: for I am

apt to believe, there are too many, who,

according to the Jurkiſi proverb, think.
the world is every where like their father's
houſe. | |

"CHAP. VII.

Deſcription of the river Gambia, or Gamboa; Mandinga town 3 3
crocodiles or alligators. James's iſland ; product, beaſts and birds ; the na-
tives, their cloathing, houſes, food, and trade; their government, religion,

ſorcerers, &c.

| GAMBIA RIVER,
Y Marmol, called Gamber and Gambra, is
well known to proceed from the Niger,
where it divides it ſelf into two branches;

that which runs to the north-weſt, is called

and the Blacks, Gambic.
running down from the place where they
part to the Ocean, with it form a large

Senega, as has been before obſerved. The
other, whoſe courſe is ſouth-weſt, bears the
name of Gambia, or Gamboa, The Por-
fugueſe call it Rio-Grande, that is, the great
river, and Gambea; the French, Gambie ;
Both theſe rivers

Iſland, of all the Dominions lying between

them, mentioned at the beginning of this

deſcription. Vaſconcelos, author of the Life
of King. John II. of Portugal, in his 4th
book ſays, he takes the Stachiris of Ptolemy

to be this river of Gambia, and that of Du-
rango to be the Senega. He adds, that John

de Barros, who writ before him, affirms,
that both theſe rivers proceed from the

iger, the ſource whereof is in the lake

Libya, and at Chenolides Naba and Ringer;
but that the inhabitants fancy it ſprings

from the Nile, tho' without any ground.

The Portugueſe having long known that

country, adds that author, have found,

that the river Gambia, running through the
Province of Mandinga, and by the way, re-

ceiving into it the waters of ſeveral rivers,
which run through that country, conveys
them all into the ocean, as well as its own,

in the latitude of ſeventeen degrees and a
half. The Senega, known by more names,

tho* its run be ſhorter, and almoſt in a

{trait line from eaſt to weſt, falls into the

ſea in about fifteen degrees and a half of

north latitude, after taking in the river

Genii, Or Geneboa, which muſt be the river

of St. John, running northward up a-croſs

the kingdom of Genehoa, Geneva, &c.

whence the Portugueſe, ſays the ſame writer,

have given the name of Guinea, with little
variation, to this part of Nigritia.

Book I.

The true poſition of the mouth of the 7:; lati-
Gambia is at thirteen degrees, thirty two 7#de and

minutes of north latitude ; and three de-
grees twelve minutes latitude, from the
meridian of Tenerife ; which mouth is three

miles over, and fix or ſeven fathom deep,
the ground muddy. At ſome diſtance to

the weſtward are the ſhoals, by the Por-
tugueſe called Baixos de Gibandor, This river

is very navigable as far up as Dobbo and

longitude,

Arſebil, which in a direct line down to cape

St. Mary, the ſouth ſide of the river's mouth,
is eighty Engli/þ leagues by land, but much
more along the winding channel of the

Gambia. The depth of water in the ſhal-g,,,,
loweſt part of the river, near the Iſland gepzh.

Feremire, to the ſouthward of Dobbo above-
mentioned, is three fathom, unlefs near
ſome rocks, a few leagues below Feremire
Iſland, where there is but nine foot water.
The farther part of this river, above
Arſebil, is not much frequented ; and little
can be ſaid of it, that I could hear. Ac-
cording to a very modern author, we know
nothing of it any farther up, than to the
eighth degree of the weſt longitude, from
the meridian of London, and not much

above the town of Mandinga, where there plandiag-

are rich gold mines.
in the province of Cantorfi, of the king-
dom of Mandinga, and about ſixteen leagues
up the inland from the river.

That town is ſeated town.

On the north-ſide of the mouth of the Points ans
Gambia runs out a long low point, al-Lar.

moſt imperceptible, as you come from
ſea in hazy weather, The land on the
ſouth-ſide is much higher, and 9

3 wit

— —

c / . RN ns n
ee eee eee es Ln

y : i SC RY WES r WE
£ . e F 8 3 Co 205 . 2 83

3 e W 2

e TEE EO > > e eee
e : —_ ,

How to

ſteer up it,

23 Re en EP runes
rr Sd 2a ec ET

1
„ .
EL nds nn PO 8

CHAP. 7.

with trees,

ſtretching out north-eaſt and /
ſouth-weſt.” There is a ſort of bar a—
thwart the mouth, having four fathom
water at the loweſt tides, and lying north-
welt and ſouth-eaſt.
To ſteer a right courſe into this river,
when the entrance appears open, you muſt
bear for the point called Ponta da Barra,

in five or ſix fathom water, till you have

brought the ſaid point to bear ſouth- eaſt,

and then come to an anchor, if the wind

happens to be ſcant; but if the wind is
large, hold on that courſe, always ſounding,

till you come into four and a half, or five

fathom water, keeping the aforeſaid point
always at ſouth-eaſt, and the other point by
the French called Bayonne, on the oppoſite
fide at fouth by eaſt. Then rack and ſteer
for the ſaid point of Bayonne z and being
paſt two leagues beyond it, keep in the mid-
dle channel 'of the river, which courſe will
keep you clear of the muddy bank, lying

round the Iſle of Dogs, where ſome ſhips

are ſtuck, when ay” leaſt think of it, and
it coſts much trouble to get them off. And
thus will you come to anchor ſafe before
Fori-Fames, on the little James's iſland,
lying about ten leagues up the river.

f 3 Salute and All ſhips entering this river uſe to fire

1 : duty.

three guns, by way of ſalute, to a very tall

and thick tree, which ſerves inſtead of a

ſtandard for the king of Bar, and the ſame

they do at going out, which is more par-
ticularly obſerved by the Exgliſo; and at

both thoſe times they pay one bar of iron

to the king, or his officer, for the duty of

The chan-
nel, tide,
&c.

anchorage.

This river in its way from Cantory to the
ocean, has many great turnings and wind-
ings, but more particularly from Cantor,
and is much deeper than the Senega, and the
channel more ſpacious. The tide or current
is very rapid, tho* not ſo much as that of

the Senega, and being increaſed by many

torrents and ſmall rivers falling into it,
carries ſuch a freſh into the ſea, as is viſible
eight or ten leagues from the ſhore. The

tide flows up as tar as Barra Conda, being

a great length, where dreadful falls obſtruct
the paſſage of ſhips, but ſloops may run
up two hundred leagues. The banks on
both ſides are low, and cut with many rivu-
lets, which the flood runs into. The chan-

nel about the creek of Jagre is from four

ings

and

Tfiands,

and a half to five fathom deep, near four

{mall iflands oppoſite to it.

It is much eaſter to fail up the river by
night than by day, becauſe there are uſually
calms all the day, and towards the evening
a freſh gale generally riſes. From the iſland
that is under Manſagar, the tide of flood
carries up the river without any danger.
There are many iſlands in it. That of

dogs, above-mentioned, is ſo cloſe to one
V 01. V.

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.
/ ſide, that the paſſage can eaſily be forded. Banzor.
Were it not for that, it would be a very WYW.

fit place to ſettle a factory, as the French
did once, and the Courlanders before them ;
but they had all their throats cut by the trea-
cherous natives thereabouts, ſo that it has
been ever ſince abandoned by all Europeans.
I think the Engliſb call this Charles's iſland.

Here are abundance of Hippopotami, or River-
river-horſes, lying in the ſmall rivers, which horſes.

fall in about the mouth of the Gambia;

_ eſpecially in that of Giumbs, joining with

that of Sangedegou, by means of the Brevet.
This animal is bigger than a common ox,

and ſhaped like a horſe ; has a very large
head, the legs, feet and tail very ſhort, ſo
that it rather ſeems to creep than walk, the
ſkin is hard and without hair. They gene-
rally keep in ſwampy and woody places, as
the cattle do, and when in the river ſwim
holding up their ſnout above the water,
which affords the Blacks the conveniency of
ſhooting them in the neck, as they uſually
do, for the ſake of their ſkins and teeth.

The ſkins are thicker than thoſe of any

other animal, and faid to be good againſt
the looſeneſs and bloody-flux. The teeth

or great tuſks, which are but two, ſerve for

the ſame uſes as the elephants, being ber-
ter in one reſpect, which is, that the wor

of them keeps always white; beſides, they
are ſaid to have a phyſical virtue to ſtop

bleeding, and cure the hemorrhoids, as has

been found by experience. Theſe river-horſes
live on the land, as well as in the water,

ing out of it to feed, ruining the fields of
rice and millet, becauſe they ſpoil more
than they eat. They are apt to overturn

the canoes of the Blacks, but do not hurt

the men.

Here are alſo crocodiles or alligators of Crocodiles.

thirty foot in length, and a proportionable
thickneſs; which devour men and beaſts at
one mouth-full, and whole bullocks have
been found in the bellies of ſome of them.
Their tail is as long as all the reſt of their
body, and their {kin ſo hard, that a muſket-
bullet will not enter it. Some of theſe

monſters live on fiſh, others on fleſh, and
the better to catch any creature, they keep

cloſe in ſuch places as are frequented, and
when near enough to a man, or beaſt, ſtrike
it with their tail, and ſo devour it. Only
the upper jaw of them moves, the lower
being fix d, but out of the water can do lit-
tle harm. They lay their eggs on the ſhore,
covering them with ſand, which as ſoon as
hatched the young ones run into the water.
The Blacks kill them to eat. Some French
commentators on the forty-firſt chapter of
Joh are of opinion, that the Leviathan ſo
elegantly deſcribed there, may as well be
the crocodile, as any other ſea-monſter ;
becauſe it is covered with very hard ſcales,

U very

— 1 — IN TT NT I IT — — —— — — Co =. 3 — — 1 — = = - =
— 1 2 — + 2 _ - — 3 — - - - a 2 - — — — 0 — — 2 —
* -
= s — _ —— — — —
1 _— — — — x —¾e — p - _—— — — — — 2 — — — = —
— = 4.4 > — Y — — — —. — — 2 * — — — — — - = - — — — m — — =
— . . = === DERELICT — = Po — — — — = —

} — — — 244 _— _ - — — 1 — 1 — — Fn — *

” 2 N — 4 — _ = 2 7 *
— 1 - — — — x . N 4 a 50s 2 > 2 I — —

* he 4 1

. . — *

Rc. "TR. 5
- — ow
” 2 — —

2
— END :
—— Vn LADIES Carrere _ —

74

WW

Trade in
general.

" Engliſh
trade.

Fort
James.

BANRHOT.

A of the ahh

very cloſe knit together. Beſides, the Arabs
to this day call the crocodile by the name of
Lavah ; and ſeveral things ſaid by Fob in
that place cannot properly be apply*d to
any other creature but the crocodile, The
favages inhabiting the country about the

great river Miſſiſipi in North- America, being

often expoſed to mueh danger in navigating
that river in their ſmall light canoes made
of the bark of the birch-tree, by reaſon of
the great multitude of vaſt big crocodiles
there are, eſpecially towards the mouth of

it, which do not only look dreadful, but

will attack them as they ſail along; take all
poſſible care to avoid them by day, and
in the night keep conſtantly a great light
to fright thoſe creatures, who dread no-
thing ſo much as fire. Thus much may
ſerve for a caution to all travellers in
this river, or any other where there are cro-
codiles. e

The trade of this river is very conſidera-
ble: the French, Engliſh, Dutch, and Por-

tugueſe having had ſeveral factories in the
country about it, and paid yearly tribute
to the kings of the countries it runs through,
particularly the latter nation; no perſon

whatſoever being allow'd to traffick there
till the cuſtoms are paid, and thoſe are
higher or lower according to the nature of
the trade, or of the ſettlement made in the
country; beſides many preſents that muſt

be given to the kings when they come to
viſit the factors, which cannot be deny'd,

tho' ſometimes they amount to a conſidera-

ble value; thoſe black kings being very free

and importunate in aſking whatſoever they
fancy, as has been before ſaid of thoſe about
the Senega. -
The Dutch and Portugueſe have at preſent
little or no trade there, neither is that of the
French or Engliſh ſo conſiderable as it was
formerly ; theſe European nations having,

during this laſt century, as they happen'd to
be at war, deſtroy'd one another's ſettle-

ments, or interrupted the trade in ſhips or

Noops, as either of them chanced to have

the upper hand. It would be too tedious to
run thro? all thoſe ſeveral changes and revo-

lutions ; I ſhall here only take notice of

the Engliſh ſettlement on the ſmall rock or
iſland of James, which lies in the midſt of
the channel of the river, oppoſite to the
town of Gilofre.

This iſland is but about a quarter of a
league in compaſs, being a ſort of gravelly
rock a little above water. Commodore

Holmes, in his expeditions, ann. 1064, againſt

the Dutch ſettlements in north and ſouth
Guinea, founded Fort-Fames for the principal
ſeat of the Engliſh commerce, and to ſecure
their new conqueſts over the Hollanders
on this coaſt. This fort is a quadrangle
or ſquare, built with lime and ſtone, and
2

land on both ſides of it.

ns

has four baſtions, ._ lined with good brick-
work; and in the outworks, three, as it
were, redoubts in the form of horſeſhoes,
with batteries along the paliſadoes from one
to another; and within the fort, . ſpacious
buildings, ſtorehouſes, magazines, a ciſtern
for freſh water, a powder-room, and ſixt

or ſeventy pieces of cannon mounted, beſides
ſeveral others diſmounted.
is, that the garriſon is obliged to fetch all
the fewel and freſh water from the main

is very advantageous, and there wants no-
thing, but that the ciſtern and magazine

Book I.

Bur the worlt .

The ſituation of it

for powder ſhould be bomb- proof, and to-

have it well ſtored with ammunition, pro-

viſions, and eſpecially freſh water, to render
it in a manner impregnable, if well defended

by a ſuitable garriion. At this time there
are generally in it ſixty or ſeventy White

men, and near as many Gromettoes, always

in the company's pay. This is the next beſt
fortificationto Cape Coaſt Caſtle, of all that are

to be found, on either the north or ſouth coaſts
of Guinea, having under its juriſdiction ſeveral

factories on the reſpective branches of that

river, as being the head ſettlement of the

royal African company of England, and the
chief magazine for trade, managed by a

governour or agent, with ſeveral factors un-
der him. One of theſe factories is at Gilo-

fre, on the north ſide of the river, oppo-

ſite to the fort.
The French company of Senega have ano-

French

ther factory at Abreda, a little village at facto.

ſome diſtance weſterly from Gilofre, both
of them belonging to the king of Bar, and
this is under
Danes: |

The factors of the Engliſb company at
James-Fort, and thoſe of the French at A-

the direction of the agent at

breda and other places, drive a very great

trade in that country, all along the river,
in brigantines, ſloops, and canoes ; pur-

Elephant's teeth or ivory,
Bees-wax, |
Slaves,

Pagnos or clouts,

Hides,

Gold, Sc.

In exchange for which they give the Blacks
Bars of iron, „„ 5
Drapery of ſeveral ſorts,

Woollen ſtuffs and cloth,
Linnen of ſeveral ſorts,
Coral and pearl,
Brandy or rum in anchors,
F on =:
Powder, ball, and ſhot,
Sleyſiger linnen, i:
Painted callicoes, of gay colours,
Shirts,
Gilded ſwords,

Ordi-

Commodi-

ties ex-

ported.

Imported.

*
*
>
&
1
1
El
>

£ 1 5 7 — 2
3 T7

227 Sj As TEIN SI Os RW

Wie OE EE MUIR

— nn

di-

d.

#5 : A

15 .
"1

** 1
A ©
k

3

**

!

7
1

ee HS ee

1 C 11 P
* | A
33 :

6 -

6. |

0

Go "ge

93 1G

French
liſh,

Ordinary looking-glaſſes,
Salt, EP
Hats,
Roan caps, _
All ſorts and ſizes of bugles,
Yellow amber,
Rock cryſtal,
Braſs pans and kettles,
Paper,
Braſs and pewter rings, ſome of them
gilt,
Bracelets,
Box and other combs,
Dutch earthen cans,
Falſe ear-rings,
Satalaes and ſabres, or cutlaces,
Small iron and copper kettles,
Dutch knives call'd Boſmans,
Hooks, N |
Braſs trumpets, —
Bills,
Needles,
Thread and worſted of ſeveral colours.
The French having an inconſiderable trade

and Eng- here, in compariſon of the Engliſh, who are

almoſt as good as maſters of the river, they
ſend all they can get in exchange from the
Blacks in brigantines to Goeree, where they
have their chief fort and magazines; for it

s very rare they have any ſhips coming into

Dutch.

Portu-

gueſe.

the river, during the war with England,
becauſe of Fort-Fames, which commands

all the river, and for fear of meeting the

Engliſh company's ſhips : beſides, that they
have been often inſulted by the natives in

their factory at Albreda, that being only a

thatch'd houſe, of little or no defence, and
their goods pillag*d ; the king of Bar having
always been more favourable to the Eugliſb,
in all likelihood becauſe they have ſo good a

fort, and a good garriſon in James iſland, fo

near him, and conſequently may ſoon re-
venge any wrong offer'd to the company's
people by the natives. 5
The Dutch had formerly a conſiderable
trade at Gambia z but ſince the taking of the
iſland Goeree from them by the French, in
the year 1678, (as has been mentioned above,
ſpeaking, of the river Senega) they have loſt
all their intereſt in theſe parts of Africa, and
all manner of trade whatſoever z unleſs now
and then ſome interlopers of that nation will

run the hazard of being ſeiz'd, and their

ſhips and goods confiſcated by the Engli/h
agent, or the commanders of the royal A-
frican company's ſhips following that trade.

As for the Portugueſe trade here, they
drive it far up, by croſs rivers from Cacheo
to Gambia; very few of their ſhips coming

directly to the great river, for fear of being
ſeiz'd by the Engliſh and French, who now
claim the ſole privilege of trade in this place,
excluſive of all other Europeans. Marmol,
a 9paniſh author, born at Granada, who

7. of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.

lived about the years 1589 and 1590, be- BaRBor.
fore quoted by me, and whom I ſhall have

hereafter occaſion to mention, tranſlated in-

to French by Nicholas Perot d' Ablancourt,
and publiſh*'d at Paris in 1667, gives a ſuc-

cin& account of the Portugueſe ſettlements
throughout theſe countries, as follows.

The death of Bemoy (a negro king in Se- Their {/
nega, of whom ſomething has been ſaid out actions in
of Marmol in the firſt chapter of this deſcrip- Hie parte.

tion) alter'd the deſign of Don John king of
Portugal, with the concurrence of the ill ſuc-
ceſs of his general d Acunha at Senega (men-
tion'd in the ſaid firſt chapter) but not his

_ reſolution to continue the diſcovery of the

rivers of Senega and Gamboa. His naval
forces ſerv'd to eſtabliſh his reputation a-
mong the Blacks in thoſe parts, who ſeeing

ſuch a number of ſhips together, well fur-

niſn'd with all goods and neceſſaries, and a

good number of ſoldiers well appointed,

ſpread the fame thereof all over the neigh-
bouring parts of Nigritia, which made thoſe

ſovereigns to ſue for the friendſhip and al-

liance of ſo potent and magnanimous a

prince, whooffer*d them hisafſiſtance againſt

all their enemies; and they, to ſecure ſuch

an auxiliary, ſent him embaſſadors with pre-

ſents. The king on his part began alſo to
intermeddle in their affairs, and take ſhare
in their wars, which made him more and
more known and reſpected among them.
He ſent embaſſadors to the kings of Tucuro!

and Tombut, as well as to thoſe of Mandinga,
who were potent princes. Theſe embaſſa-

dors repair'd into their countries by the way
of Cantor, the two firſt kings being then at
war with the king of the Fulos, who had
raiſed ſo formidable an army in the ſouth
parts of the province of Fura, which borders
on the eaſt of Mandinga, with which he was
marching againſt them, that they pretended
it dried up rivulets.
writ alſo to the prince of the Moſſes, who

made war on Monimonſe his ally, deſiring
him to deſiſt ; as alſo to Mahomet Ben Ma-
niziguel, grandſon to the king of Songo, the

capital of Mandinga, a Mahometan, who
being aſtoniſh*d at this meſſage, ſaid, that

none of the 4404, from whom he was de-

icended, ever had that honour done them by
a chriſtian monarch, and that till then he
had known but of four potent princes, which
were the kings of Alimaen, of Baldac, of
Cairo, and of Tucurol. The reaſon the kin

of Portugal had for behaving himſelf ſo obli-
gingly towards theſe princes of Nigritia, was,
the forwarding of the diſcoveries he was ſo ear-
neſtly bent upon, in order to penetrate into
the inner Eihiopia from this ſide of Africa,
and to get fuller information concerning the
emperor of AMyſſinia, much ſpoken of in the

year 1481, by ſome religious perſons, who

came from thence to Rome, and ſo into Por-
tugal.

The king of Portugal

— * ry —
_ — — — — 3 — * —
- — — — _ * {nx — 5 — LAY — = ——— —
— 2 ———————— — —— — -
> + > —=- — 2 : 5 5 >
— _ A F - Dt * wm *

82
.

nn lk”

. — —
—
—— — — — ny —
* — >=

— = Ow — —— OY
ESC SEE
hs

— — — — —
— TL: — — *
* 2 LY N — 2 * - a —
— — — —— — — — - -

— — 45

— — — —

29

717... RIES

— -

9
===
— —
Ae
—

I IR, A
—— 2 —

— ———
— oo = :
—
> gt ao Ot — — —
———— —ͤ(— —
— ——e—e—
— —— be

—

——
—

——— — — — —
— — r
— r

—

6 > —
9

3 = SS» E 3 X ==
= 2 —— — — 2x ” - _ — — — — =
2 — 5 — by —

—
ICE
r

— ——

2 —— —

— —— — — —— — -
— — -
— =
— » — 2

76

BARBOT. Hal.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

King John had alſo ſent him an em

baſſador by 1 who found a very favour-

able reception; but that emperor, whoſe

name was Alexander, being dead, his bro-
ther who ſucceeded him, took no great no-
tice of the embaſſador, but on the contrary
detain'd and would not permit him to re-
turn home. This emperor alſo dying, his
ſon David reign'd next, and king John ſent
him another embafly, by which means he

gain'd farther information into the affairs of

james

iſland.

Barifet
village.

King of

Bar.

Cantor

kingdom.

Bor ſalo.

Towns a-

long the

Gamboa.

Abyſſinia.

James iſland being but a fort of flat rock,
without any creeks or proper places for ca-
reening or repairing of ſhips or ſloops, that
is perform'd three leagues up Block or Bin-
tan river, on the ſouth ſide of Gambia, over
againſt the fort, near a village calPd Block,

the reſidence of a prince, who ſtiles himſelf

emperor of Grand Cantor, and is always at

war with the king of Bor/alo or Bar. The

French pretend that this river Block meets
with that of Combe, which 1s ſome leagues
to the weſtward of it, forming a ſort of
iſland where they join; and that to the weſt-

ward of that again, is another ſmall river,

which they call Rio Brevete.
The village of Barifet is on the ſame river

of Block, near to where it falls into the Gam-
boa, and TY to the king or emperor

of Cantor.
The king of Bar or - Borſalo refides ſome part

of the year at the town or village of Bar, above
ſaid to be on the north point of the river

Gamboa, near the lofty tree, by the Portu-
gucſe call'd Arvore da Marca, or the land-
mark tree, which ſerves inſtead of a ſtandard
to the European ſhips going in or out at the
ſaid river. At other times that king reſides
at the town of Auna-Bar, ſeated about a
mile farther up the land in a wood. From

this village of Bar to the eaſtward, on the
banks of the Gamboa, are the villages of

Grigou, Bubacoulon, and Lamy, almoſt op-
Poſite to the iſle of dogs, and ſomewhat to
the eaſtward of them again thoſe of Albreda
and Gilofre, where the Engliſh and French
have their factories, and The Portugueſe a
poor little church at the latter.

The kingdom of Cantor extends along the
ſouth fide of the Gamboa, including with-
in it many petty ne tributary to the em-
peror.

That of Borſalo is on the north ſide, but
much ſmaller, and has only one tributary
prince calPd Mollo Molly.

Both theſe Kingdoms are populous, and
have large towns and villages, moſt of them
on the banks of the Gamboa to the eaſtward;
ſome ol the chiefeſt whereof are, Tankerval,
twenty five leagues up the Gamboa on the
ſouth ſide ; Tandaba, a very large one, ſome-

what higher : ; fagre, twelve leagues beyond
the laſt, on a ſmall river, running ii into the

Gamboa, and remarkable for many ſkull;
of ſea-horſes, made faſt to two trees ; Fam-
bray, a league and half above the river of
Fagre, and oppoſite to an iſland in the Gam-
boa; Manſagor on the north ſide of the ri-
ver, about a little league from a creek, on
the mouth whereof ſtands a croſs, ercRed
by ſome Mulatto Portugueſe, who live there-
abouts in great poverty; Tinda, on a river
that runs into the Gamboa at ten days row-
ing up in a boat from its mouth, and where
the heats are ſo exceſlive, that there is no
poſſibility of rowing, except only in the
mornings and evenings 3 70/17 ſomewhat a-
bove Tinda; and Munckbaer, fix days jour-
ney from Jolict; Jaleat is near to Munch.
baer, on the welt ſide of it.

About ſeventy Engliſh leagues up the Gam- Labor

boa, on the ſouth ſide, ſtands the town of
Liabor, a conſiderable trading place, re-
ſorted to by European veſſels of fiſty or ſixty
tuns, which fail fifteen or eighteen leagues
in twenty-four hours with eaſe, or elſe may
row up, and run on as far as Caſſan, of
which I ſhall ſoon ſpeak ; the channel of
this river being ſo far up every where clean,
deep, and pretty wide, and at Liabor about
a muſket-ſhot in breadth. A French priſo-
ner at Southampton told me, that on Chri/t-
mas eve, in the year 1710, being come up

before Liahor in order to attack an Englijh
ſhip of fourteen guns and thirty five men,
which lay there at anchor to trade, this

Frenchman being in a {mall courvet of four
guns and fifty men; he laid the Engli/hman

aboard, and after a diſpute of an hour and a

half, wherein he kill'd many of their men,
and particularly ſeventeen Portngueſe, of an
hundred the town ſent to the aſſiſtance of the

Engliſh, tho? they all fought under ſhelter of
the decks and cabbins, he was fain to deſiſt,

with the loſs of half his own men, and fall

down the Gamboa without his intended prize.
At this town of Liabor is a great mart of Trade
gold, wax, ivory, and ſome flaves.

partly inhabited by Blacks, and partly by
Portugueſe, who live there, ſeveral families
together, under the juriſdiction of the na-
tives, and drive a conſiderable trade along

the river Gambia, and in the adjacent parts.

The Frenchman above mentioned has ob- Channel co!
ſerv*d, that the true channel of the Gambia the Gam+
on the ſouth ſide for a great bia

lies moſt]
way up; and that on the contrary, thenorth
channel is beſt, between Giloſre and Fames
iſland, where Fomes-Fort formerly ſtood, but
is now demoliſh'd and abandon'd.

The town of Jaije, the Blacks ſay is nine

days journey from one calPd Serambras ; and

that of Seliko, ſo famous for trade, is ſtill
farther up the inland. The village Pei

Caſſan is about an hundred and ten leagues Caſſan

up the river Gamboa, reckoning from the.
point of Barra, and on the north ſide, That
ot

Book 1

N
5 2 2-2 x — —
{© 4:

e
PLE LN NETS

85
7
4

. 1

ö CHAP. 7.

RN £5 AS Ih
r ee r

of Great Caſſan three miles beyond it, being
the metropolis of the kingdom; and but
about three days journey down the Gamboa
to Barra. This town is ſaid to be wall'd, and
is the uſual reſidence of the king of Caſſan.
| We have an account of two nations, pol-
ſeſſing that tract of land which lies from
cape St. Mary, at the mouth of the river
Gamboa, to the river Rha ; which nations are
call'd Arriaeros and Feluppes; tho? Farick
thinks theſe people live about cape Verde,
and therefore gives their names to the ſmall
iflands lying near that cape. He adds, that
they are very ſhy of. venturing aboard any
European ſhip without hoſtages given them,
becauſe ſome of their people have been
treacherouſly carry*d away; as alſo, that
they uſed to ſlit their under lips, thruſting
in a ſmall round ſtick to keep the cleft open,
and to cut various figures on their bodies,
which they afterwards waſh'd with a liquor
made of the juice of certain herbs, to pre-
ſerve it from corruption; and the more the
body was fo ſcarified, the greater they ac-
counted the ornament. At this time the
country between the rivers Gamboa and Rha,
next the ſea, is reckoned part of the king-
dom of Gamboa by moſt Europeans.

This country produces almoſt all the ſame

fruit and plants as are above mentioned of
the Senega; but abounds much more in rice,
| whereof the Blacks reckon five ſorts, one of
them not unlike muſtard-ſeed in ſhape and
figure. There 1s alſo great plenty of mil-
let; but right oranges, lemons and ananas

are ſcarce.

It alſo produces abundance of cotton, ba-
nanas, ſabacombas, being a large Fruit like
a pear, with the rind like that of a pom-
granate; and Ploygue, which is a ſort of
- medicinal nut. At Caſſan and above it, there
are large fields of tobacco, which makes a

great trade there, the Portugueſe buying

conſiderable quantities for Juala and Ca-
chau. | |
There are every where excellent paſture-
grounds, which ſerve to feed immenſe herds
of cattle, particularly oxen, kept merely for
the profit the people make of their dry raw
hides, which they ſell to the Engliſh, French,
and Portugueſe ; a good ox being generally

ſold for one bar of iron, which is about the

value of four or five ſnillings Engli/h.

Ihe country is allo well ſtored with goats,
ſheep, elephants, hons, tygers, wild boars,
and many other ſorts of tame and wild
beaſts; eſpecially about Manſagar, where
they have great droves of horſes, camels,
and aſſes, which are of great uſe to the na-
tives for travelling, and carrying on their
trade from place to place. Nor is there leſs
plenty of apes, monkeys, and baboons,
ſome of them very large, and conſequently
no leſs miſchievous ; for if we may believe

Vol. V.

dies.

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

what is ſaid of them, they often take chil- BAR BOT.
dren of fix or ſeven years of age up into =

trees, and it is a matter of the greateſt dif-
ficulty to reſcue them. Civet-Cats are alſo

numerous, and there 1s plenty of muſk at a
low rate. |

As for poultry, the plenty is incredible; Bird.

and ſo of parrots and parrokeets, with ma-

ny other ſorts of birds, ſeveral of them very

remarkable for the wonderful variety and
beauty of their feathers. Among the reſt.
is a fort of pelican, about the ſize of a
large gooſe ; and a kind of peacock, of
the bigneſs of a ſmall turky, having two _
tufts on the head, and charming fine fea-
thers. |
The air about the river Gamboa is reckoned
the moſt unwholeſome of all North-Guinea,
which is occaſion'd by the malignant va-
pours riſing from the marſhy grounds and
thick woods and. foreſts, and ſpreading all
the country about; together with the into-
lerable heats in the day-time, and the dead
calms in the night, and the exceſſive rains
falling at ſome ſeaſons of the year, par-
ticularly in Auguſt and September, frequent-
ly breeding maggots and ſmall worms
in cloth. Add to all this, the horrid thun-
der, lightning, and tornado's, that from
June to November there is ſcarce one day
dry; and that the winds, during that ſeaſon,
are conſtantly E. and SE. bringing along
with them thick fogs and ſtinking miſts ;
which do ſo corrupt the air, that few or
none of the Europeans, who reſide there any +
ſmall time, can eſcape its malignant in-
fluence, producing ſeveral ſorts of diſeaſes,
and moſt commonly lingering fevers, which
waſte a man away to nothing before he
Were it not for this deſtructive diſ-
poſition of the air, it might be pleaſant li-
ving in that country, being ſo fertile and

good, as has been mention'd ; eſpecially to-

wards the ſea-ſide, where the ſoil is fo rank;
that I have been told, there are in ſeveral
places prodigious tall trees, and of ſuch a

vaſt bulk, that twenty men can ſcarce fa-
thom one of them.

Of the NATIVES in general.

T HE Blacks of Gamboa were formerly civilixed.

very ſavage, cruel and treacherous z
but through long commerce with the Eu-
ropeans they are now become pretty tract-

able; eſpecially thoſe about the ſea-coaſts,

who are moſt civiliz?d, many of them un-
derſtanding, or ſpeaking Portugueſe; Engliſh,
French, or Dutch, indifferently well,

Many of them take to ſome profeſſion, uh.
and their wealth conſiſts in ſlaves and gold,

eſpecially about Jagre.

The blackſmiths make all forts of tools 3771
and inſtruments for tillage, c. as alſo wea- jmiths.

pons and armour, being indifferent ſkilful
X at

78

BarBoT. at hardning of iron, and whetting 1t on
common ſtones. Their bellows are made

Weavers.

as has been mentioned at Cabo Verde.

Cloth,

of two large reeds, joined together, in each
of which 1s a ſtick, covered all over with
ſmall feathers, tied faſt to it, fa that draw-
ing out and thruſting in the ſticks with
both hands, they blow and light the fire.

The weavers make great quantities of
narrow cotton-cloth, which from the Por-
tugueſe name, they call Panho, of the _

e
beſt ſort they call Panhos Sales, being eight
narrow flips ſtitch'd together, generally
white, clouded with flames. The ſecond
ſort is of ſix narrow ſlips put together, cal-
led Bontans, about two yards long, and a
yard and a half broad, curiouſly ſtriped.
The third ſort is called Barfoel, of the
ſame ſize, but coarſer.

Theſe cloths they ſell to the Engliſh and

Portugueſe; one of the firſt ſort for a bar

of iron; three of the ſecond for two bars

and two of the third for one bar: with
which thoſe Europeans trade at Sierra Leona,

Sherbro, and on the ſouth coaſt of Guinea,

and purchaſe for them elephants teeth.
The huſbandmen till the ground with a

ſort of tool, much like a ſmall axe, but

ſharp. Ar certain times of the year every

one of the Blacks is obliged to till the land,

excepting only the king, the chief officers,
the decrepit, and ſmall children,

Their CLOATHING.

B OTH men and women generally wear
a ſort of coat, or veſt, made after the

manner of a ſhirt, reaching down to the

knees, with long wide open fleeves ; and

under it the men have drawers, after the

Turkiſh faſhion.

offend thoſe within.
Bar, the hutts are generally ſmaller, than

Maids and young women make ſeveral]
figures all over their faces, arms, breaſts,
and fingers, with hot burning irons, or
needles, which at a diftance look like a

mezzo-relievo on the fleſh ;z and this they

reckon a mighty ornament,

Their Hous Es,
O R hutts, are much after the ſame form,
and of the ſame materials as thoſe de-
ſcribed at Senega, but neat and convenient,

commonly made of a red binding clay, or

earth, which ſoon hardens in the ſun; and

ſo well thatched or covered with ruſhes,

or palm- tree leaves, ingeniouſly wove toge-
ther, that neither the ſun, nor rain can
At the village of

at other places.

N Their Fo op
(Commonly conſiſts of millet, fleſh, milk,
V rice, poultry, and fruit. The Portugueſe
Mulattoes boil fowl and rice together. The

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

teeth,

much the ſame as at Senega; and their drink
is palm- wine, eſpecially about the coaſt,
near cape Roxo; but, for the moſt part,

they are not very cleanly, either in their
meat or drink.

Their T RA D E. 8
T HIS is the employment of very many

of the Blacks, either among others of

their own complexion, or with the Euro-
peans, making good advantage of it. The
Engliſh and French deal with thoſe that are

about their ſettlements ; and the Portugueſe |

with thoſe farther up the country, along

the rivers, from Cachau to Gamboa, in the

nature of interlopers.

The Blacks do not only trade along the Fair: and

Book I.

way the Blacks uſe to dreſs their meat, is

river Gamboa, in their canoes, but along markets.

the coaſt too, as far as Juala, Ale and Rio

Freſco, conſtantly attending the times of
fairs and markets. Such are thoſe appoint-
ed by the kings of Manſagar twice a year,

at Great Caſſan, Faye, Tinga, Tandaba, Tan-

erval, Foliet, Seliko, and ſeveral other
laces. 3

lattoes have their dwelling; and thither is

wax, elephants teeth, mats, cotton, gold-

duſt, of this the leaſt, all ſorts of cattle,

goats, poultry, horſes; and every Monday

throughout the year there is a ſmall mar-

ket for proviſions. Mats are properly the

coin of the country, all other things being

rated by the mats, for they know nothing
of plate, or money. |

The fair at Manſagar is held under a hill,
near the town, where ſome Portugueſe Mu-

brought to the market abundance of ſalt, £97

The fair kept twice a year at Great Caſſan, Caſſau

is both times very conſiderable, an almoſt Fair.
incredible number of people reſorting thi-

ther from all parts of the country, and
vaſt quantities of all forts of commodities

being brought to it. The Portugueſe reſort

to it very much to buy dry hides, elephants
&; for bugles, and iron bars. They
ſet out from Cachau, and other places on the

ſouth- ſide of Gamboa, at the beginning of

the rainy ſeaſon, and return not home till
all is over. But the rivers about Caſſan be-
ing interrupted by great falls, which ob-
ſtruct the navigation, all the goods they
carry thither, or bring back, muſt go and
come by land on the backs of ſlaves.

The fair held at Faye is reſorted to by Thar at

great numbers of Arabian Moors, from Ge- Jaye.

nehoa, and other parts, in caravans of ca-

mels; bringing thither ſalt, bugles, and

toys, to truck for gold-duſt.

I will here, upon the credit of others, Strange

. + way of
inſert, a very extraordinary, and no leſs ring

remarkable way of trading between thoſe
Moors, and the Blacks at Faye; occaſioned
by the Blacks of this country having a 2

| rous

12

2

ing.

CHAP. 7.

it very char

ſtrous large Scrotum full of ſores, beſides
other natural deformities in their ſhape and
bodies; which makes them ſo baſhful, that

they will not be ſeen by thoſe Moors. The

Arabs lay down their goods by way of lots,
in a place appointed, at ſome little diſtance
trom each other, and then withdraw a great
way, leaving no ſou] to look to their mer-
chandize. The Blacks perceiving they are
gone, come up to that ſpot, examine every
lot, valuing every thing they like, or want,
according to their own fancy, and having

left the quantity of gold-duſt they think it

worth by every lot, go off in their turn.
The Moors being informed of it, come
again to the trading-place, and conſider on
the quantity of gold laid down every man
by his own lot. If they think the gold

ſufficient, they take it away, leaving the

lot, or lots of goods for the Blacꝶ, without

the leaſt embezzlement or fraud; and the

next day the Blacks carry away the goods to
their town. If the Blacks have not laid
down gold enough to ſatisfy the Moors,
theſe carry
the gold, which the Blacks tetch away the
next day; yet it ſeldom happens, but that

they ſtrike a bargain. This way of trading
laſts nine days ſucceſſively, that they may

have the more time to adjult the prices of
the goods, in caſe the firſt tender of gold
is not accepted of by the Moors. Salt is a
good commodity among the Blacks, who
pay a great price for it. They uſe it very

much for rubbing and waſhing of their

fores, which would otherwiſe ſoon corrupt,

and be the death of them. This way of
bartering is exactly deſcrib'd by the Sieur

Moeuette, in the account of his captivity at
Fez, printed at Paris, in 12mo, but tranſ-
lated into Engliſb, in the two quarto volumes

of monthly travels; being a good account

of the kingdoms of Feꝝ and Morocco.
In the markets or fairs at Tinga, Tandeba,

and Janker val, are expoſed to ſale great
quantities of dry hides, elephants teeth,
cotton, rice; theſe two, molt. at the two
_ laſt places, and the firſt two, more at the

former places. The carriage of goods to
any of thoſe places being all by land, and
the roads extremely bad and difficult, makes
ble; and if done by rivers,
it is very tedious to row all the way againſt
a mighty rapid ſtream. Beſide, that iron

is not carried up to theſe places, which the

Blacks ſay, have iron-works of their own;
and yet iron there yields a better price than

at Gamboaa.

Salt is an extraordinary commodity at

Tinda, and other places oppoſite to it, on

the other ſide of the river. The moſt cur-

rent goods expoſed to fail at Tinda are
elephants teeth, hides, ſome little gold-
duſt, cotton, and the country cloths, all
in truck for ſalt and iron. |

off their own goods, leaving

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

The fair at Folie: is moſtly for gold-duſt. Bazzor.
This town is beyond Tinda, and, if we WWYV.
may credit the Blacks, there is a very great Tt at
quantity of gold-duſt at the fair, as well Joliet.

as at other places ſeated on the river Niger,
where that admired metal is not fo much
valued by the natives as iron.

At Seliko fair, great quantities of ſalt r Seliko

are bought by the Portugueſe in exchange
for flaves. The beſt ſalt is brought from
Barnivael. | 59s |
The Marabouts, as well as all the other
Blacks, trade with thoſe of Borſalo, and
others living beyond them, where gold is
to be had,

Their GovkRXMENT.

THE kings of this country ſcarce dif- J king.

* fer in behaviour, or cloathing, from
the common Blacks, unleſs upon ſolemn oc-
caſions, as giving audience to envoys, or
Europeans; for then they adorn themſelves
more than at other times, putting on ſome
red, or blue coat, or doublet, hung about
with tails of elephants, or wild beaſts, and
ſmall bells, bugles, and coral; and on
their heads, bonnets made of oſier, with
little horns of goats, antelopes, or bucks,
They are then attended by a conſiderable
number of Blacks, and walk with much
ſtate and gravity, generally holding a pipe
in their mouths, to the place appointed for
the audience; which in ſome places is under

a tall ſtately tree, as 3 by the king

of Borſalo, at Bar. No perſon whatſoever
is admitted to audience, without making
the uſual preſents to the king, or to his
deputy, in his abſence; and thoſe for an
European conſiſt of ten, fifteen, or twenty
bars of iron, ſame runlets of brandy, a ſword,
or a firelock, a hat, or the like; but good
brandy is generally moſt acceptable, and
ſometimes before the audience 15 over, the
king will be almoſt drunk with it, I for-
bear to mention many more 1 re-
lating to theſe kings, becauſe what I have
ſaid before of thoſe of Senega, &c. exactly
fuits with theſe. I ſhall only add, that
the Blacks look upon their kings as very ex-
traordinary ſorcerers and fortune-tellers ;,
and believe that Magro, formerly King of
Great Caſſan, beſides his mighty ſkill in
magick, and commerce with the devils,
could, by their help, blow ſo violently with
his mouth, as if all things about him would
have been torn in pieces; as alfo, that he

raiſed flames and fire from the earth, at
_ thoſe times when he called upon his infernal

ſpirits.

kings, princes, and great lords. However,
according to Marmol, at Grand Cairo, and
in ſeveral cities of Barbary, there is a vaſt

number

Divination by oracles is by the law PDivins-
of Mahomet forbid to all perſons, except tion.

Maho-

80

metans,

A dolaters
and chri-

ſtians.

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarBoT. number of vagabonds, who pretend to di-

vination, three ſeveral ways. Some tell
things paſt and to come by magical figures ;
others fill an earthen veſlel with water, and
caſt into it a drop of oil, which becomes
very clear and bright, wherein they pre-
tend to ſee ſwarms of devils moving in
order of battle, ſome by land, and others
by water. As ſoon as thoſe devils have
halted, they put the queſtion in hand to
them, which they anſwer by motions of
the hands and eyes. This fort of cheat
cannot be perform'd but in the preſence of
little children, becauſe perſons of age own
they ſee nothing of what thoſe deceivers
relate; whereas children being ordered to
look, and told what they are to ſee, are

_ eaſily perſuaded to anſwer 1n the affirmative,

that, they do; which gains thoſe knaves

much reputation, and conſequently no leſs

profit. Theſe are called in Mauritania,

Molalcimixes, that is, enchanters. The third

ſort of theſe impoſtors are women, who

make people believe they converſe very fa-

miliarly with devils, ſome of which are
white, others red, and others black. When
they are to foretel any thing, they ſmoak
themſelves with brimſtone, and other ſtink-
ing ingredients; which done, they are im-
mediately ſeized by their familiars, and al-

ter their voices, as if thoſe dæmons ſpoke
through their organs. Then thoſe who

conſult them draw near, and in very hum-
ble manner put the queſtions they deſire
ſhould be anſwered; and when that 1s
done, withdraw, leaving a preſent for the

witch. =

As to the authority of the kings over
their ſubjects, it is much the ſame as has
been above repreſented, .in ſpeaking of thoſe
of Senega ; the ſubjects here being no leſs ſub-
miſſive than there, = ou.

Their RELIGION.

JT is a very hard taſk to be particular

as to the notion they have of it. In
general, it may be ſaid, that many of theſe
Blacks, in outward. appearance, are Maho-

metans, as ſtrictly obſerving circumciſion,

with the prayers, faſts, and ablutions pre-
ſcrib'd by the Alcoran, the Marabouts ha-
ving much influence over them. Many

are alſo groſs pagans, but yet with ſome.

mixture of Mahometaniſm. The Portugueſe

miſſionaries have undergone great labours,

and run mighty hazards to convert ſome

of them to chriſtianity, ever ſince the be-
ginning of the laſt, and during this cen=
tury, but with little ſucceſs: for though

ſome ſeem to embrace the doctrine, yet
many mix it with pagan idolatry and Ma-
hometaniſm ; others are no ſooner baptized,
but they return to their wild natural way
of living.

It has been already obſerved, that the

Mahometans put into the grave with their
Marabouts all the gold they have, that they
may live happy in the other world.

As a farther teſtimony of the wonderful Sorcerers

ſuperſtition of the Africans, both Arabs
and Blacks, I will, out of Marmol, in this
place, mention a fourth ſort of ſorcerers,
though they might have been inferted above

among the reſt. They are known in Egypt

and Barbary by the name of Bumicilis, are
reputed to out-do all the others. Theſe,
ſays that author, pretend to fight with the

devils, and commonly appear in a great

fright, all over covered with wounds, and
bruiſes, about their bodies. About the full
of the moon, they commonly counterfeit a
combat, in the preſence of all the people,

which laſts for two, or three hours; and

is performed with Aſagaia's, or javelins,
till they fall down to the ground quite
ſpent, and battered; but after reſting for a

while, they recover their ſpirits, and walk

away. Theſe are look'd upon as religious

perſons. Another generation of ſorcerers
in Barbary, called Mubacimin, that is, Ex-
orciſts, boaſt they can drive away devils;
and when they do not ſucceed, alledge for

their excuſe either the incredulity of the
people, or that the ſpirit is celeſtial. Theſe

generally make circles, in which they write
certain characters, and make impreſſions

on the hand or face of the perſon poſſeſſed;
then they ſmoak him with ſome nauſeous
ſcents, and proceed to their conjurations.

They aſk the ſpirit, how he entered into
that body, whence he came, what is his

name, and laſtly, command him to de-
part. 5

Others divine by a ſort of Cabala, not Cabala,

unlike that of the eus; but that it is not
taken from the ſcripture. They ſay it is a

natural ſcience, which requires great know-
ledge in aſtrology to be rightly uſed. Che-

rif Mabomet was well acquainted with this
art, and often uſed it.

C HAP.

Book TI.

: IS

EY
ws
3
WR
*
*
EN
3
2512
7
8
A.
l
2
bs
m
*
941
*
<a
we
8
**
Iz
5
;
&
-
}
:

Fox!

81

BakBOr.

92

Cn. S8. of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.
| CHAP. vil.

The coaſt from cape St. Mary to cape Roxo. Rha river; Portugueſe trade

. and ſettlements. The natives and their idolatry.

ſhoals ; and on the north-ſide a long ridge

TRE e. HE coaſt between cape St. Mary at

Gamboa, and cape Roxo, or red-head,
to the ſouth of it, extends about twenty-
four leagues along the ſea, north and ſouth,
being cut through by ſeveral rivers falling
into the ocean; the chief whereof is the
Rha, by the Portugueſe called Rhaque, mix-
ing its waters with the ocean, at three ſe-

veral mouths; the largeſt and deepeſt of

which is the ſouthermoſt, being the right
channel to fail up it. This river is by others
called Caſamanſa ; and has the town of Fara
on the north bank, two leagues up it from

the ſea, Small ſhips and brigantines may

fail fifteen leagues up this river, going in
at the largeſt of the three mouths, as above

mentioned, for there is generally ſix, ſeven,

or eight fathom water; but there are alſo
many flats and ſhoals. There are no ha-
bitations to be ſeen along the banks of it,
when once paſt the town of Jarim, unleſs
here and there ſome hutts of fiſhermen.
The other rivers betwixt cape St. Mary,
and the river Rha, are that of S7. John firſt,

that of Sz. Peter next; and before the
mouth of this, at ſome diſtance weſtward,

are the Baixos de San Pedro, or St. Peter's
thoals. Some leagues to the northward of

St. John's river is a bay, by the Portugueſe
called, Porto de Cabo, that is, the port of

the cape; before which, to the weſtward,
lie the Baixos de Santa Maria, or St. Mary's
ſhoals.
All the coaſt between the two capes afore-
ſaid, is very foul and dangerous; and there-

of rocks under water, juſt before Angra de
Falulo, a bay to the eaſtward of Cabs
Roxo. |

Ponta Vermelha is ſome leagues to the Red poins; |

eaſtward of cape Roxo, ſo named by ſome
Portugueſe, and by others of the ſame na-
tion Barreiras Vermelbas; but by the Dutch
Rugge hoeck, there being ſhoals about it
off at ſea. Theſe capes ſhow at a di-
ſtance like iſlands in the ſea, and the ſhore

all hilly.

Thence to Rio de Santo Domingo, or St.
Dominic s river, the coaſt forms ſeveral

bays and headlands, with ſhoals all the Shoat:.

way; ſome of which the Dutch have named
North Bank, and South Bank, or Meuwes
Bank, on which the ſea breaks at high
water, and they are dry at low water. The
Portugueſe name them Baixos de Norte, and
Baixos de Falulo; this latter being to the
ſouthward of the other, very large and
extending on that ſide to the channel of
Rio Grande. The Baixos de Joao de Coimbra
above mentioned, run to the eaſtward, as
far as Barreiras Vermelhas. At that end the

channel of Faniares, already ſpoken of,

turns ſhort away ſouth, being but two fa-

thom deep, into the great channel of Sz.

Dominick's river, which commences at the
ſouth of the Baixos de Joao de Coimbra, ha-
ving a bar at the mouth of the channel,
called Barro de Rio de Santo Domingo; on
the ſkirts whereof, quite round, there 1s

four, five, and ſix fathom water,

Higher up, to the eaſt of Baixos de Norte, st. Domi-
on the oppoſite northern continent, ſtands a nick's
tall tree, by the Portugueſe called Arvore “vel.
da Praya das Vacas, or the tree on the ſhore |
of the cows, being a good land-mark for
ſhips to fail into the river of St. Dominick.
Some leagues above this tree, another river
runs down from the northward into this.
The lands here deſcribed are very fer- Fertility.

fore thoſe who deſign from Gamboa for Ca-
hau, muſt keep three leagues out at ſea,
in five or ſix fathom water. 5
The people called Caſſangas, or Caſa-
manſas, live along the banks of the river
Rha. Another nation called Beuhuns is
ſettled to the eaſtward of them.
Cape Roxo, known to the antients by the
name of Ry/ſadium Promontorium, is eaſily

. Caffangas
LO People,

| Cafe
Aar.

known from the ſeaward, by a ſmall grove
near to it, and by the coaſt, which from
It runs away ES E. being in 12 degrees,
42 minutes of north latitude. Before the
cape there is from fix to nine fathom wa-
ter, muddy and ſandy ground, for ſome
leagues off to the weſtward ; but cloſer up
to the ſouth part of the cape, and ſo failing

along it towards the ES E. four and five

fathom, in the channel, by the Portugueſe
called Canal de Faniares ; on the ſouth-ſide
of which is a bank of ſand, called Baixos

de Joao de Coimbra, or John of Coimbra's
„ Not, V. |

tile, abounding in ſeveral ſorts of fruit,
plants and cattle, being water'd by ſeveral
large and ſmaller rivers. The Portugueſe
have erected a ſmall fort on the north-ſide
of the Rha, and planted ſome guns on
IT. | |
The country is ſubje& to a petty king,
depending on him at Farim ; and this again
is tributary to another, who reſides higher
ap the inland; and this laſt owns the em-

peror of Mandinga for his ſovereign.
In former times, the Liſlon merchants
drove a great and profitable trade in the
Y rivers

| *
p | | o
= 2
ae | ; L " 8

92 A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarBOT.rivers Rha and Gambia; but at preſent,
they have in a manner ſettled it at Ca-
cbau, or Cacbeo, on the river of St. Domi-
nick, contenting themſelves with ſending
now and then ſome barks or brigantines to
Rha, up the inland waters, to purchaſe
ſlaves for Spaniſh wine,
"Brandy; -: HE
A
Dry fruit of Spain,
Iron, the beſt commodity,

Book 1; Þ
The adjacent parts are inhabited by Blacks, Bagnons
called Bagnons, whoſe king lives twelve or Blacks.
thirteen leagues from the ſea. _ ts
The river of St. Dominick, or Farim, st. Domi
reckon'd to be one of the branches of the nick's
Niger, is very large, running a winding“““.
courſe of near two hundred leagues, thro?
the lands of the Papais, or Buramos, and 9
Mandingas; and receiving by the way ſe- FB:
veral ſmaller rivers, eſpecially about Cacheo. |
Two of them, as the natives pretend, run

a Pine linnen, 1 . athwart the country, northward into the 5
Thread, and gold and ſilver laces; Rha, and one of them, whoſe banks are :
A cover'd with mangrove- trees, is reſorted to f
Dämaſks, by the Engliſh. St. Dominick's river is much 2
Needles, encumber*d with ſhoals and banks of ſand, .
Thread. ſome of which being left dry, at low water, 5
—_— ſhow from afar like iſlands. The mouth 5

Haberdaſhery of ſeveral ſorts,
And ſuch ſtuffs as are proper for Gamboa.
A perſon employ'd by the French at
| Goeree, takes notice of a river that runs

of it is in twelve degrees of north latitude. |
The three ſmall iſlands, call'd Buramos, Buramo:
lying at the mouth of this river, towards Hande.

—
3

— —„— . = _— a P 2 — o
_ 5 —
2 @ © * . - WW. 2 — —
o = = = — — - - — —
= . — . bs = =
= - N —
— & => * pe a
Cee. © — ¶ En, ⏑§ꝙ§« a > 3 Rc.
— - —
* 5 —
K ; - * — — —

—— —ñ— — 2 —— — r . — — Y ——— —— — -

\

down between thoſe of Gamboa and St. Do-

minick, and has left another French man

the following account of it. The banks of
the river Zamenee are inhabited by ſeveral

Sevage forts of Blacks ; thoſe at the mouth of it
Blacks.

call themſelves Feloupes, a people extremely
ſavage, with whom no nation has any
commerce. They are all Gentiles, every
one having his peculiar god, according to
his own fancy. One worſhips a bullock's
horn; another a beaſt, or a tree; and to
them they offer ſacrifice after their man-

ner. Their habit is like thoſe of cape Verde,

and the people about the river Gamboa.

The boldeſt and moſt wealthy man is ge-

nerally commander over all the nation or
tribe, They improve their land well, for
producing much millet, and rice. Their
wealth conſiſts in bullocks, cows, and
goats, of which ſome have great numbers.
All the coaſt as far as the river Gamboa,
and about fix leagues up the inland, is in

their poſſeſſion. Their towns are populous,

and not above a quarter of a league di-
ſtant from each other. Thoſe Feloupes who

dwell along the ſouth-ſide of this river Za-
menee, are exceeding barbarous and cruel;

for they never give quarter to any European
they can catch, and ſome ſay they eat
them. They extend all along the coaſt to
a village calPd Boulol, at the mouth of &..
Dominicꝶ's river. | 4

The coaſt we were ſpeaking of above, is

much better peopled than that of Gamboa,

the villages being about two leagues diſtant.

from one another, and about half a league
from the ſea. |

fan Town. . Seven or eight leagues farther is a little

river, which leads to the town of Fam,

where the Portugueſe gather great quantities

of wax, with which they trade by land to
Gamboa and Cachau.

—

iſlands.

the ſouth- ſide of it, the firſt whereof has 5

peculiarly the name of Three Iflands, be-

cauſe looking as if it were fo, are little bet-

ter than gravelly rocks, and yet inhabited

by Gourmet Blacks, who have caſt off their
ſubjection to the Portugueſe, and are re-

laps'd into paganiſm. There they cultivate

cotton, and make their ſort of cloth, which

they ſell to the natives on the continent;
but will allow no man to come upon their
lands, having canoes to carry on their
trade. The channel they croſs over is call'd
the Bot, and they take all poſſible care
that no veſlels - ſhall come near their

.

There are two channels to go up Sf. Do- channels

minick's river; the greater for ſhips, cloſe
to the bar; the lefler for barks, or floops,

being on the north-ſide, as may be ſeen in prær 4:

the map, and is that of Faniaress The
ſouth point of the river's mouth, is call'd
Ponta Malta de Puitama, ſome leagues to

the ſouthward of which is the little river

Obate. The country about the river is in-
habited by ſeveral ſorts of Blacks, and by

Portugueſe, who have ſeveral towns there,
The tide runs very ſtrong out at the great

channel, which hinders ſhips of great bur-
den from failing up any nearer than within

eighteen or twenty leagues of Cacheo, and

generally they come to an anchor berween
Ponta Vermelha, and cape Roxo, driving
their trade between that and Cacheo in arm'd
boats and ſloops. However, the Portugeſe
ſhips which reſort to this place being ſel-
dom of above one hundred tuns, commonly
go up to Cacheo, where they have a little
fort, mounted with four guns, on the north
ſide of the river, near a village of Blacks,

and kept by a ſergeant with four ſoldiers.
Four leagues higher, near the village of
Boulet, 1s the little river of Linguim, which
runs nine or ten leagues under ground, 2
„

Sa. ot

N

PAD

r

1

e
* £ #..-

A
A
„*

e

»

2

.

Ke

2 1 0 _ £
n 4 ST ag * 4 dh WIG . * n
N K 2 Py z £22 * Io 88 1 6 * o
$ 7 s 8 4 . q —
2 ;
- x Ay + * £ 7 an Pw . "
8 8 N © n * 3 . 2 F 2 —
8 * fe 4 ; 2 8 I = 7 L * © IG —
3 - 5 4 1 ? , ,
n 7s x . 7 5 > *
9 S EN 2 ET: 8 ng — 1 * yl * o
— I 7 2 8 5 —
-
» ,
: *
5 ' * * % 2928 FEES | * x
* * .
# , - * ,
* * ]

*

\
eo,

River O
Biſsos alias

*

\
O

—

ox eee ———
=”. —„-——

hos.

ok the Iſlands
Biog
240 Leagues.

of Cache

?

*

ueſe Town of Cac

/

* 4
r 1 *

| oy 25
| . = JJ
J NþÞ |
8. :

A
and o
S

Lal
E-/

— 10
— —
\

Z

-

7g MN. off ec, on the eren of HhatHame.
7

—

8 =
—
| * 9 0
X : AN |
: ; | ©
| 77122 \ = kd | DJ
ö | | Us — => 1600
| S 18
8 — 3
5 IS |
; — 18 |
8 or * !
Tue 6
N 924/727-40 abi, Ut

-

COD om nu EOS in IE Ae 4

= » * —_ * -

- - * — by — | x So LN 3 3 1 24
5 7 £ 4 . N 4 : : £ * . 1 PS ES, [CN Vp 2 * r n 1 r 5 2
Wy ; , 4 . OY 0 , 4 Ln x R = g 5 225 5 5 e 22 IND To WE Ie ns; i eV fo Cn . A 2272 ES ES EEO CS 5-4 4
. 1 j 3 32 [I oe 1 « r N ö 2 23 * FARE SN YRS pars 2 7. ff Pen $07 6 2 4b! 8 2 9 LY; TY {SY 2 J . EY F . : * .
FI pt e's 17777 ron Oe TC Dd(w ß f, f rf. a OS Ae ROT 22 8 c e „ .
e JFC. 8 SITE NE BY PE he 2 248 oh ET EAA r dd , ng N . ;
5 * * * — n ns PE Se \ " 78. e . 5 Ya; K CI 72 8 5 - <4 r * 3 * n amn - * 28 0 „ "ROE 6 . a . 4 2 N _

225
2

y

YI

:
*

a
.

,

- XY

the French report; and then loſes itſelf,

The country about it is poſſeſs'd by the

Guongain
village.

Boguinda

river.

Bag non Blacks, who are all idolaters, and
much dreaded by their neighbours.

The village of Guongain is directly at
the mouth of the river, where abundance
of Portugueſe and Gourmet Blacks have their
dwelling, and gather much wax.

The river Boguinda is on the ſame coaſt,
about three leagues higher than the tide
flows, and reaches twelve or fifteen leagues
up the country, which is inhabited by the
ſame ſort of people, dealing like the others
in wax. This 1s the ordinary paſſage from

_ Cacheo to Jam.

Matto

per moſo.

Papels
Blacks.

—

On the ſouth-ſide of the mouth of the
river of St. Dominick is a large wood, call'd
Mattio Fermoſo, that is, the beautiful grove ;
and a. village inhabited by the Pelovpes,
much more civiliz'd than thoſe before men-
tion'd; with whom a trade is maintain'd
for ſlaves and proviſions, but moſt partt-
cularly for rice. 2
About two leagues higher is a ſmall ri-
vulet, not navigable, but noted for parting
the Feloupes from the Papels. e

Thoſe Papels are as great idolaters as the
others. Their king reſides five or ſix leagues

| higher. When any conſiderable perſon a-

mong them dies, they ſacrifice bullocks,

Cacheo

town.

cows, kids and capons to their idols, which
are generally trees, bullocks horns, Cc.

On the road, about four leagues higher,
{ſtands the town-of Cacheo, on the ſouth-

| fide of the river; conſiſting of three hundred

houſes, made of clap-boards, palliſadoed

round, and defended on the weſt-fide by

a fort of redoubt, mounted with fourteen

large pieces of cannon ; beſides two other

forts of no defence at preſent, with each

Three or four guns. There are four churches

in the town, the chiefeſt of them dedicated
to the virgin Mary, the pariſh-church to
S/. Francis, the third of Capuchins, to which
belong three or four religious men, and the

fourth is of Feſuirs. The pariſh-church is

ſerv'd by a curate, There is alſo a viſitor,
in the nature of a great vicar in France,
who makes his viſitations in the name of

his dioceſan, the biſhop of Santiago, one of

the iſlands of cape Verde. Moſt of the in-
habitants are Portugueſe Mulatios, being
about three hundred families, which drive
a very conſiderable trade with the natives

that are under the Portugueſe government,

They formerly paid a conſiderable tribute

to the King of the country, who had per-

mitted them to erect three forts, the largeſt
of which is, as hath been ſaid, on the weſt-
fide of the town. Theſe forts have ſince
put them into a condition to deliver them-
ſelves from that tribute, and to command
the country as their own, trading about

where they think fit. For the ſatisfaction

Cuar. 8. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

83

of the curious, I have here inſerted a pro- BARBOr.

ſpect of the town of Cacheo.
The Portugueſe report, that about fix
leagues towards the north-eaſt, on the other

fide of St. Dominick's river, there is a large

inland town, call'd Bixamgor, not far from
a conſiderable river, running from the north-
eaſt, into that of St. Dominick, at ſome

leagues to the eaſtward of this town 3 which

laſt river, about fifteen leagues to the eaſt-
ward of Cacheo, winds away to the ſouth-
ward, and ſo into Rio Grande, making

an iſland of the country where Cacheo
ys toons |

3

PLATE *

The Portugueſe here are ſo careful to Portu-

conceal the myſtery of their trade, and
diſcoveries they have made in this par

Africa, that what we know of it is only

from ſome diſcontented ſervants of theirs,
who have withdrawn themſelves. Theſe
ſay, it is a very profitable trade carry*d on

along the inland rivers, from this place to

Gamboa; firſt along the ſmall river Domi-

nico, oppoſite to Cacheo, which flows into

that of Rha; then having carry'd their

goods a few leagues by land, they come

upon the Sanguedegou river, which falls upon

the Gamboa; having built a ſmall redoubt at
the place where the land-carriage is, to ſe-

cure the communication between the two
rivers, Others report, that they have a way

by rivers from the Gamboa to the Senega,
which is probable enough, by what has

been faid in the deſcription of Senega.

Nor do the Portugueſe make leis advan-
tage of their trade in the Biſegho, and other
iſlands thereabouts, and carry*d on in bri-

gantines and ſloops, or barks. They allo
traffick in the rivers Nonne, Pougues, and

the b
t of 6.

Sierra Leona; where they purchaſe wax,

ſlaves, elephants- teeth, red- wood, c.

The merchants at Cacheo pay to the king

of Portugal ten per cent. ad valorem, for
all their goods; there being a collector to
receive it, both coming in and going out.
There is alſo a governor, and a recorder,
or publick notary. There are yearly forty
or fifty criminals baniſh*d from Portugal to

this place, to ſupply the place of ſuch as

die, either for want of good diet, or of natu-
ral diſtempers. Such of theſe offenders as

can ſeaſon themſelves to the climate, and
overcome the malignity of the air, make
their baniſhment eaſy enough. 1

The fort of Cacheo is under the com-
mand of an officer, they call captain major,
or chief captain, but ſubordinate to that of
n 8

An hundred and fifty leagues higher up
this river of S“. Dominick is the town of
Farim, another Portugueſe colony, in the
country of Mandinga, palliſadoed round,
and govern'd by another captain major, ſub-
ordinate to him of Cachev. 1

* > > — TT \ \ by = > == cr ys IE? _ = _ = \ oy - \ = = _ — — —— =
2 p - - . — 3 P _ - : — — — — — tas ⁊ -
i 0 2 23 — 1 —— - . — 2 — © _
my r "I 2 RE — q l l — - | = — — 82882 . — © - 4A 2 * = hp : —— geaioge- — ra
— - * 2 — = n _ ——— —U— — — — == 2 * 2 = SEE I Send = _—_ == r 2 7 22g Ry het =_ . r == b
2 E = : == ; = 3 =: \ ; —— 9 , — r EY _ 1m, - —_— He 5 MN > Dy OO EY = = — — — * = N
— — - = — 4 . : — — ben ot "> - — 2 282 | n SAM : —ES 2.5 6 4 2 3 2» . . IE 1 — A
2 . : — ; — * 8 — — — — — — co S F- . 2
. 8 — — : Vee n * — „ — — * — — : : ET IS RCSL ” ; = * S : A .
7 i | - |
- ＋ 2 - — = vo L 5 * : . 1 :
a & 2 . 2 a PA - A F:
4 N 1 22 « 5 * a = - — — — — — — . — —— a = — —— — 5
- — , Ee HCA — — — — — —
1 — ” ou - . — — — — — — — 0 — 23—äͤ— Ds - £4266 - —4 * W
„ 1 — IE rr eros - - o
— ů——— 0 * — — oy e IH 0 . :
. Co

- —— — —_—

34

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Barxor. and abundance of cloth is made here, where-
n their chief trade conſiſts: for moſt of the

Gourmet Blacks are taught to weave, or ex-

erciſe other mechanicks.

Farim
.

Supi
Luelatry.

China idol.

The inhabitants of Farim are not ſo nu-
merous as thoſe of Cacheo; but they have
many ſummer-houſes, where their Gourmets
make calicoes, cloth, and wax.

The villages and hamlets all along the
river, from Cacheo to Farim, are inhabited
by Portugueſe Gourmets, or chriſtian Blacks ;

bur all the others throughout the country

are groſs ſuperſtitious pagans, worſhipping
trees, oxen's horns, and other inanimate
things, as their wild fancy leads them ; to
all which they offer ſacrifices of bullocks,
kids, fowl, Sc. Thoſe of Caſamanſe, be-
fides their other multitude of idols, pay a

particular veneration to one they call China,

which in their language ſignifies God; in
honour of whom, about the latter end of

November they make a general yearly pro-

ceſſion at midnight, juſt when they are to
ſow their rice, which devotion is perform'd
after this manner. „„

All the people being aſſembled at the

place where the idol China is kept, they

take it up, with great humility and reve-
rence, and go in proceſſion to the appointed

ſtation, where ſacrifice is to be offer d; their

on it, call'd Amacada and Times.
las Iletas, or the river of the little iſlands,

chief prieſt walking at the head of the con-
gregation, next before their god China,
and carrying a long pole, to which is af-
fix'd a blue ſilk banner, with ſome ſhin-

CHAP. IX.

The coaſt from St. Dominick's river to Rio Grande. Geva river and trade;
Guinala kingdom. Guard of dogs ; burial of kings. The kingdom of Biguba.

HE coaſt from the river of St. Do-
minicł to Rio Grande, by the ancients
call'd Stachiris, as well as the Gambia, to
which Ptolemy gives the ſame name, as has
been obſerv'd at the beginning of the ſe-
venth chapter, runs ſouth-ſouth-eaſt, and
ſouth-eaſt, to a place, where there are two
very large trees, which ſeem from afar to
be cloſe together; and there are two towns
Rio de

is fo the eaſtward of it; and by the Dutch
named, de Rivier van de drie klein Eylands,
that it, the river of the three little iſlands.
This part of North-Guinea is ſeldom re-
ſorted to by any European traders, except

the Spaniards and Portugueſe, as affording
little or no profit.

Rio
Grande.

The air about Rio Grande is pretty

wholeſome, and the country has much the

ſame plants and animals, as the others al-

ready deſcribed. This is call'd Rio Grande,

or the great river, becauſe of its wideneſs,
0 3

and the neighbouring iſlands, eſpecially

and valued at Mexico and Cartagena in the
MWeſt-Indies, beyond thoſe of Benin and
Angola. 5 |

the people call'd Tangos-maos, and the ſouth-

Book I.

bones of men, who perhaps have been put
to death for that purpoſe, and ſeveral ears
of rice. Being come to the intended place,
a quantity of honey is burnt before the idol,
after which every one preſent makes his of-
fering, and ſmoaks a pipe, and then they
all go to prayers, begging of their god, that =
he will give a bleſſing to their harveſt, and 93
afford them a plentiful crop, in due ſeafon. |
This done, they carry China back in the
ſame order to the place of his reſidence,
proceeding in a very ſolemn manner, and
with profound ſilence. 2

The river of St. Dominick abounds in L1;,.1,..,
fiſh, and breeds ſuch monſtrous alligators, |
that they devour any men, who venture too
far into the water. The Blacks along it
are careful to file their teeth very ſharp,
looking upon it as a great ornament.

One thing is reported very ſingular of Way to {+
the women, and is, that in the morning lence we-
they uſe to fill their mouths full of water,
which they hold all the time they are clean-
ing their houſes and dreſſing their meat,
to prevent talking, being extremely ad-
dicted to it. 5

The ſlaves purchaſed by the Portugueſe Oo
and others in theſe parts of the continent, ves.

—_—

thoſe call'd Biſſos, are the ableſt and moſt
ſerviceable of any throughout North Guinea,

and is the fourth great branch of the Niger,
forming two mouths, viz. Gumala and Bi-
guba, The north-ſide of it is inhabited by

ſide by the Biafares, forming two king-
doms, named as the two mouths laſt men-
tion'd, Guinala and Biguba. According to
ſome ancient geographers, there was once a
place call'd Portus Magnus, or the great 1
harbour, on the north-ſide of Rio Grande, 8
near the mouth of it. This river is gene-
rally look'd upon as one of the mouths of — 4
the famous Niger, and oppoſite to the |
iſlands Biſſeghos, or Biſſos. |
On a river by the French call'd Geva, Gera
which muſt needs fall into Rio Grande, river.
tho? they pretend it is loſt in the ſea, after
a winding courſe of ſeventy leagues from
north-eaſt to ſouth-weſt, is the village Gouf-
fode, about a league fran the harbour,
where ſlaves, bullocks, and poultry are
ſold. The French place this town on the
Ceva about five leagues higher; ** che
5 Hu-

«7 Set . ? : g
erin PE NEE oe rep

* =
8 1
8 "Nr C
S N

. AE LI 3;
- Or oy 2 * N 46 . : 54 - *
e 8 Sr

a

| 4
p. 9. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea. 85
Portugueſe have a church there, and it is in King's officers are aſſembled to conſult about Bax BON.
the country of the Biafares. Several barks the election of a new king. Having agreed WWW
and loops are kept in the port, which trade upon that point, they order the body of the
to Sierra Leona, with the fruit call'd Ko.a, deceas'd to be open'd, and burn his bowels \
or Cocters, reſembling the great cheſtnuts before the idol China, which is their chief
of India, which J ſhall ſpeak of hereafter. deity, as well as of the Caramanſas, before
They deal for great quantities of them with ſpoken of. Then the corpſe is very well
the natives of theſe parts, and with the waſh'd and embalmed with ſweet odors
Blacks on the river Nunbes for elephants mixed with the aſhes of the bowels. Every
teeth, and indigo in the leaf, for dying of Biacł is obliged upon theſe occaſions to fur-
their cloth. The barks can go no faither niſh his quota of frankincenſe, musk, amber-

than a village call'd Goeree, but their canoes gris,and white amber, according to his ability.
run up ſeveral rivers of little note. J-ſt The corpſe remains after this manner till the

2 :
"
:
—2
7
">
Pa
2 ,
$40 Y
7
8
In
LA
N:
l
8
NS,
2
1
5 *
1
08 ©
1
nada]
9 1
*
2
2
AT
vat
7.4
7
"pM
w_—
PEN: >
IF *
LG
«7 *
Y
75 ©
Ex?
1 * ,
3
447
28 *
N
N
N
AL.
N
TL :
44 \
AY H5
£8
WY...
Ji
Ly
N
Tr
WAS 2
1
PER. Y
2
1
2
.
„
1 wed
"ER
. & 5
n
n
k * FA
3
. BR 24
K.
E
5

7. oppoſite to the port, there are ſeveral ſmall day of the funeral, when ſix of the firſt qua-
iſlands not inhabited, beſides that of Bou. lity in the country carty it to the place of bu-
lam, ſix leagues in compaſs, and lying juſt ri-l, being cloathed in white ſarcenet gowns,
at the mouth of Rio Grande. : followed by a multitude of others, playing
"> Guinla The kingdom of Guinala is ſo call'd from a melancholy tune on a ſort of flutes and
„ 7 #ingdm. one of the branches of Rio Grand, waich hautboys, made after their manner. After

—_— runs thro* the country of the S. The theſe follows a croud of Bl:ck:, crying and
1 port of Guinala is the chief town; and that howling as loud as they are able. The corpſe
3 which the Portugueſe call a Cruz or the croſs, being thus laid in the grave, in the pr⸗ſence
5 is not far from it. The king of Guina/a is of the relations, who are uſually on horſeback.
always attended by a numerous r-tinue when- upon this ogcaſion, and cloathed in looſe
os ſoever he goes abroad, and particularly by Larcenet gowns, which is a ſign of mo irning,
a company of archers. He is ſaid to give they kill that wife the dead king wa fondeſt
the hat, wich is there uſed inſtead of a of, and ſeveral of his ſervants, to wait on
crown, to ſeven petty kings under his jariſ- and ſerve him in the other world; and that
diction, and that he maintains them at his he may want for no conveni-ncy there, and
own expence, and with great profuſion. This to the ſame intent, his ho:ſe is to be kill'd.
king had formerly twelve ſuch kinglings his 1: is r po ted, that above fifty perſons have
tributaries ; but the Fagos have reduced five been ſo netimes ſlaughter'd upon ſuch occa-
of them under their dominion fins; but the unheard-of barbarities uſually
” CGuardof It is alſo reported, that at Guinala the executed on thoſe wretched victims of ſu-
. king maintains fifty great dogs, cloti'd in perſtition and ignorance, before they give
f jackets or coats made of ſkins, whoſe buſi- them the laſt ſtroke to put an end to life,
neſs is to watch at night; which obliges the are wonder fully inhuman for, they are ſaid
inhabitants to be at home betimes, for fear to tear out the nails of their fingers and toes,
of being torn in pieces and devour'd by thoſe to cruſh and break their legs, and many
dogs, every one of which has a keeper, who more ſuch-like cruelties: and as a farther
chains him up in the day and takes care to addition to themonſtrouſneſs of this practice,
feed him. This odd ſort of watch has been they oblige the miſerable creatures, deſtin'd
ſettled there, becauſe formerly abundance for this butchery, to be preſent at the tor-

Ae ECP AUS IT CE ns LEI

4 of wicked vagabond Blacks uſed to reſort to ments of their fellows till the laſt, This

# Guinala, and carry away many of the inha- abominable cuſtom ſtrikes ſuch a terror in-

_ bitants in the night to the minds of the wives and ſervants, that,

* Tiecoun: The royal council conſiſts of the king notwichſtanding the plauſible ſtories told

3 al. himſelf, the heads and chief men of the them of the advantages accruing to thoſe

7 country, and twelve choſen counſellors, who are ſo ſacrificed, in the other world,
' Burialof The Blacks in theſe parts do not differ from moſt of them abſcond, or run quite away,
kings, the others already ſpoken of, in manners, as ſoon as they apprehend the leaſt danger +»
EE cuſtoms, Cc. bur only in the way of be- of death in the king. |
_ wailing and burying their dead kings, which Mercator in his Atlas obſerves, that it was Example:
* is worth obſerving. As ſoon as the king formerly the cuſtom in great Tartary to ſa- 9fother
Fi has expired, twelve men, call'd Scitens, wear- crifice, on mount Alcai, all that were pre- .
1 ing long and wide gowns, adorn'd all over ſent at the funeral of their Great Cham, by
14 with feathers of ſeveral colours, make it the Muſcovites call'd Czar Catai;ki ; and
2 known by way of proclamation, being pre- that it once happened, that near 300000

ceded by twelve other men, ſounding a rrum- men were ſo butcher'd ot one time. Ema-
pet in a doleful manner; which, as ſoon as nuel de Faria y Souſa in his Naviſb hiſtory of

| heard by the people, every man runs out of his Portugal, chap. 6. pag. 40. ſp:aking of Vi-

E houſe, covered witha white cloth or ſheet, and riatus, general of the Luſitania s or Portu-'

2 goes about the town all the day, whilſt the gueſ#, about an hundred and forty years be-
3 principal perſons of the country, and the late fore CHRIST, Who was kill'd by the con-
: ; OL, V. | | y 4 tr ivance

86

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BapRoT. trivance and treachery of Servilius Cepio, a

WYWV Roman general in Spain, tells this paſſage, of

the ſame nature as what we are ſpeaking of.
That the Luſilanians miſſing their general,
found him dead in his tent; whereupon the
whole camp was filPd with their lamenta-

tions. To perform his funeral rites with

all imaginable pomp, they rais'd a vaſt pile

of timber in the midſt of the field, leaving

a ſpace for the body. The top of the pile
was adorn'd with colours and other trophies
of arms. Then their idolatrous prieſt going
up to the top, call'd upon the ghoſt of Vi-
rialus, and killing ſome captives, ſprinkled

the arms with their blood; which done, he

Un/ettled
Blacks.

came down, and ſetting fire to the pile, the
body was conſumed in a moment.

The Poriugueſe jeſuits, and other miſſio-
ners, about the beginning of the laſt centu-
ry, baptized many of this nation of Guinala,
who ſoon relaps'd into their former paganifm
and ſuperſtitious worſhip of the idol Ching :
ſome of them, upon freſh exhortations, were
again reconciled, but as ſoon fell back into

their abſurdities; which, at laſt, tired thoſe
miſſioners, who were thus convinc'd, that

to undertake the converſion of thoſe infidels

was labour in vain, and therefore refuſed to

Biſſos
iſlands.

baptize the king, and ſome of his courtiers
who de fired it, withdrawing themſelves from
that country. 5

been ſaid before, and depends on that of
Guinala. The port of Biguba is ſomewhat
higher up the river than that of Balola or
Bayla, which is inhabited by the Tangos-maos,
and Biguba moſtly by Portugueſe. The Tan-
gos-mabs are ſaid to be of Pyriugueſe extrac-
tion, ſome of that nation having marry'd
black women; however it is, they differ not
in cuſtoms and manners from the generality
of the other Blacks, going almoſt naked,
and cutting or ſcarifying their bodies like
them

When a king of Biguba dies, and leaves Cruel cuf-
only one fon, that ſon is immediately en- em.

thron'd ; but if he leaves ſeveral, the eldeſt

cannot be king till he has kill'd all the o-

thers hand to hand; the Biafares looking

upon the braveſt as moſt worthy of that dig-

nity. This way of deciding the right to
the crown being tedious, it occaſions great

troubles and tumults during the interreg-

num.

try, notwithſtanding the great toits former-
ly undergone by the miſſioners for gain-

ing of converts; but the groſſeſt paganiſm
1s follow'd by all the natives without ex-
ception, „

„„
The iſlands Biſſos; their inhabitants and product; Biſſos town and trade:

How they

plight their faith to ſtrangers ; their habit, houſes, food, burials,

Kc. Of Rio Grande, and the iſland Fermoſa.

HE iſlands of Biſſvs or Biag bos, or Biſ-

ſan or Bizagoox, or, according, to the

French, Biſſu, lie to the weſtward of the
coaſt of Biguba, being inhabited by the Ja-

gos. The largeſt of them is by the Portu-
gueſe call'd Ilba Fermoſa or beautifut ifland
and by the Spaniards. Ifla de Fernan Po,
that is, Ferdinand Po's iſland, becauſe he
diſcover'd it. Some will have it, that there
are near eighty iſlands calPd B ſos, between
cape Roxo and Rio grande, encloſed on the

| weſt fide by a large bank, which the Portu-
gueſe call Baixos dos Bijagos, and the French,

Fermoſa
and Buſſi
iſlands.

near it.

| Banc de Si. Pier re. 0 .

Ilha Fermoſa is parted from the main by
the river Analuy, as are alſo two other iflands
Oppoſite to the channel, calPd the
Bot, is the iſland of Buſſi, inhabited by the
Papels, whoſe king is not very abſolute.
The ſea is ſo ſhallow there, that a man
may paſs over to it without being wet above
the mid- leg. This iſland is about ten leagues
in compaſs, and has two ports, the one on
the eaſt fide, callꝰd Old Port ; the other on
the ſouth ſide, named bite Stones Harbour.

Directly oppoſite to it, is the village of Caze-

lut, on the continent, and ſeveral little
iſlands not inhabited, About two leagues _—_
the French call'd and,

can paſs eaſily between the two iſlands, know-

from it, is the iftand by
des Bifſraux, A ſhip of three hundred tuns

ing the channel, This ifland is about fort

leagues in compaſs, inhabited by Pape!
| Blacks, divided into nine ſeveral tribes or

nations, each govern'd by a king of its own
but one of them is ſovereign over all the reſt,
who depend on him as governours of pro-
vinces. The prime men in it, are call'd
G-arges, ſignify ing as much as dukes or peers.
Theſe are the candidates when a new king is
to be choſen, which is done after this manner.

They draw up in a ring, in the midſt of Election of
which is the tomb of the deceas'd king,“ ling.
made of reeds, and held up by ſeveral men,

who, dancing about, toſs it up, and he on
whom it falls is their King.

Theſe iſlands are very fruitful, though all rerrility.

over woody, being every where water'd with
ſeveral ſtreams and rivulets, and producing
palm-wine, palm- oil and many other ſorts of

refreſhments,

Book I.
The kingdom of Biguba or Buſequi is in- Biguba
habited by the people call'd Biafares, as has £7540.

There are few chriſtians in this coun-

—— — . — . — IEEE —— = _ —— G
Ne e 1 5 8 ** e CE NN 8 97 5 r D e Ne dit e 4 7285
2 + Pos, %%% VTV I ES OY! Ss N © Jp „ p (2 C ＋ 4 : *
2 x «4 * * 4 A 4 * s IE ESTI s 5 7 "4 . * — 5 5 8 7
1 5 x N s "” 8 « - J $ 7 25 5 3 * — 1 \

IND 3 . a; x Wn * 1 gens ME) Ch rot 2 8 th ;
- 5 5 2 : 85 be: - i ar : RS
4 3 . 8 L I 5 J

"x

2

-

be

RT

>
>
2

1

8

2D.

= C60

GY .

Mo +

Or».

1

GEL. .

e

(7

RES >

2 ＋ "a 1

„

Woe.

Pe

"Hb

17

9
a

N
$42
© 4
— BY
"yp

OE CD re RT 4
IJ I. . . 25 * 8 8 & *
Po nt r . e Ty 92

S
*

FFF
n be Ds NN > Fa Fr 8

e e IR NAA TED
SS —
ax",

I" 4

* F [TT I Ra RI -

Er

LY,

11

ion of
1g.

ity.

rn
F 2 5 e
[5 ; nx

$
,
2
2

K

Brett!
ALB
Þ BO

ther.

=O Natives.

"wy
725
2
b 5
5
- "I
N * ” nl
+ 540
s DEAE
N SSIS
0 2939
a, £8
24 SIE
Aa TT
[24 2.0
BR 2353
= 8
e
*. . «
e 5 .
3 CAS ;
E "4; ,
n
8 X 5%
Z\"/"
LL 88
BL 15 5 897 J
5x 5
„
. 9
Bs 5M
Dea” 3.05
Wa +
*. 2a d
2 =
LF Xs 555 :
n Ws
RE” args 1
22 2
128 2
3
* ; "14%
3 RED
by 7 *
. ts 2 8:
39%
* *
5 a
5 IE
55 R.
9
A 43.
5 ERIN
42 *
3
Ip 3
5 N
4. * *
Ts 1
BY *
8 .
1 1
* RS”
8 .
. 5
E 5
: 3
* "IG 1
*
a 3
: #2
- ER
BZ kt rn
235
* * IS
1
4 3
7 1
1 AC
IX I % —
1
7 84
en- 9 "_
* 9
i * !
< x
N *
a "9
N *
x
et 2
Fren
* .
7 Rn 0
A 4
oo 8
—
PF
5 1
Y 2
5 r
22 _—
x21 mA
5 5
5 3
4 .
: 3
75 —
Cc 5 »
= -
72
is F-
=;
, 16:68
3 e
- by
. x- wh
2 7
* c
3 ER
7 vis
4 p IN
$5
+ *
4 y
6d
.
1
N.
HAR
+
TIE.
2
bo 4
J
5 WF:
F,
p 2
£3
Y q
ri * =
« N
: x
*
{4
A IN
p - FT
* * *
Fa
AF
k 25
3
b þ 2 J 4
— >
3 NI; nn
: 8 n.
1
1
. 1
F 0

refceſnments. The country is all flat and
low, only here and there ſome hillocks and
arable ridges at ſome diſtance from one ano-
The ſoil is ſo good, that any thing
grows with little labour, ſo that there is
plenty of rice, honey, wax, Guinea - pepper,
much valu'd by the Barbary Moors. It is

alſo well ſtor'd with all ſorts of beaſts, as

ſtags, fallow-deer, elephants, Ec.

The fea about them abounds in fiſh of ſe-
veral kinds, and produces ambergris, which
the natives ſometimes find on the ſhore.

"The natives are tall, but very lean, and
ſpeak no other language but their own;
but are a wild treacherous people, with

" whom there was but little trading till of

late. In the year 1683, they maſſacred all
the crew of a Dutch ſhip, who were gone
aſhore, either upon neceſſity, or to divert
themſelves, not ſuſpecting the inhabitants to
be of ſuch a bloody diſpoſition. Only a cab-
bin- boy was preſerv'd alive among them, and

afterwards ranſom'd by an Eugliſb factor of

Gamboa, who uſed, from time to time, to
trade to theſe iſlands for ſlaves, millet, poul-
try, cattle, and parrots blue and green.
When ſhips arrive at their ports, no perſons

are ſuffer'd to land, till the king has ſacri-

ficed a bullock z which done, any may go
aſhore, „ 5

The town of Bifſos, in the ifland des Bi/-

feaux is very large, and almoſt three leagues
in length, becauſe of the many orchards and

plantations there are within it, belonging to

the Portugueſe, who have there a colony of
about an hundred and fifty families, with a

canvent of Recoleis, and a pariſh church;

trading thence to all the other iſlands of Bi/-
fas, to Kio Nunnez, and Sierra Leona, bring-
ing thence ſlaves, elephants teeth, ſome gold-
duſt, Sc. which they ſell again to the Eu-
_ ropeans who reſort thither. They value a

man-ſlave from twenty to thirty bars of iron,
according to the time and ſcarcity,
The French Senega company began in
1685 to drive a trade here, and carry the
following ſorts of goods to barter for ſlaves,
clephants teeth, wax, Sc. 1 85

Iron bars, |
Bugles of ſundry forts,
Coral, |
Yarn of divers colours,
Frize,

Salala's or braſs baſons,
Braſs kettles,
Hats,
Ye<low amber,
Pieces of eight,
Knives, and many other kinds of haber-
dafhery ware. |
The Engliſb have alſo a hand in the trade
of the Biſſos, and will ſoon our-do the
French, becauſe of their nearneſs at Cam-
950d. | | | |
I

Caae.1o. of Nigrita, or North-Guinea.

80

The beſt road for ſhips to ride before the BAR Hor.

m
13 N
*

town of Biſſos, is juſt oppoſite to the pariſh WV WV

church, not above an Eugliſb mile from the
ſhore, ouzy ground; but nearer the ſhore
is better anchorage, where ſhips of ſixt

guns may ride fafe : the place by the French
is call'd Port Biſſeauv. N

The road.

In the year 1686, the Portugueſe were Portu-
actually erecting a little fort there, to ſe- gueſe.

cure their colony, and hinder ſtrangers from

trading there, that they might engroſs it
all to themſelves, having obtain'd a grant

of the king of the iſland, by means of a

very conſiderable preſent ſent him by the
king of Portugal; but they had then only
two pieces of cannon mounted, and a very
inconſiderable garriſon. It may be an eaſy
matter to diſappoint this deſign of the Portu-
gueſe, the ſame way they work*d upon the
king of the Bis, if the French or Engliſh
ſhould offer as good, or a better preſent than
the Portugueſe did, which would doubtleſs
induce that black king to grant them the

ſame privilege; if it were thought conve-

nient for promoting or ſecuring the trade
there, or, at leaſt, they might have leave to
ſettle in ſome other place near it: for the
Blacks in general are not pleas'd with this

grant made to the Por/ugueſe, which excludes
all other Europeans from trading with their
nation; and it is likely, things will not con-
tinue ſo long, thoſe Blacks being great ſtick-

lers for lib ert. V

There are ſeveral good harbours in this

ifland, beſides that Lhave mentioned. The The ki

king's place 1s within half a league of it,
one pariſh and one monaſtery, as was ſaid
before. Several of the Portugueſe inhabi-
tants are married to native black women z

and many of the inhabitants are baptized,
and profeſs the Roman Catholick religion.

The king has his guards, other ſoldiers,

and many wives of different ages. He has

at leaſt fifty canoes for war, each of them

capable of carrying thirty men; and two

or three times a year he ſends this fleet to

make war on the Biafares, dwelling on the
The ſoldiers of theſe iſlands
have no other weapons but a cutlace hang-

continent.

ing to their arm. The Bos have an open
trade with the towns of Bollo and Cacheo.

The town of Bollo lies between the other gollo
two, and affords millet, cattle, and poultry. town.
Every ſhip, or brigantine, that comes to pie,

Biſſos, or the neighbouring roads, is to pay
the duty of anchorage, befides the cuſtoms,

which make a part of that king's revenue,

Moſt of the bees-wax purchaſed at Biſſos,
comes from Cacheo and Gera, a Portugueſe

colony and town ſeated above fifty leagues

up the country, as before mentioned.

ng.

The cuſtom of ſacrificing an ox at Biſſos, Sacrifice.

and other places along this coaſt, to their

great idol China, in the preſence of fome

One

r

-

P
—

= 4 — —_—_ : r
— Os — — — — —
— — — = em SD {4 :

Sr

—

2
1 2

—

— 7X»
s — =
—

— >
— tis
—— F_ 2 > —
* a - - —
» . 4
— — —
— —

*

— a —

88

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Barnor. ohe of the ſhip's crew, above hinted ar, is
n lieu of a ſolemn affirmation, or oath,

Habit,

that they will not abuſe or defraud the
ſtranger; which ceremony is thus per-

formed: After the bullock is killed, the

prieſt drops ſome of the blood on the
ſtranger's ſhoes, and hangs up the horns or
feet on the Feiche tree; and whoſoever
takes them down, forfeits an ox.
The king of the Bs dreſſes himſelf
much after the Port: gueſe manner; but the

_ generality of the Blacks go quite naked,

having only a ſmall flap of kid-ſkin, dreſſed

and painted red, to cover their privities,

tied about their thighs, the ends ſupported
by a narrow ſtrap of leather, girt about
their waiſt, The women wear clothes much

like thoſe of Cabo Verde. |
Hose and The houſes or hutts are in form like thoſe

Pod.

of Rio Freſco, and of the ſame materials.
Their uſual food is millet, boil'd with

fowls, or beef, bananas, and figs, and their
drink palm-wine, 8 |

They bury the dead ftanding upright,
making a deep pir, or grave, which they

fill up with ſeveral ſorts of proviſions, be-

fide the body. The funerals of their dead
kings are very much after the fame manner,

and with the ſame inhumanity, as I have

before deſcrib'd in thoſe of Guinala; only
with this difference at B ſſos, as it was prac-
tiſed at the obſequies of a king not long
before the year 1686. They maſſacred

twenty-five or thirty of the handſomeſt

maids in the country, from eighteen to

Idol China.

twenty-five years of age, to ſerve the de.

ceaſed king as wives and concubines in the
other world; as alſo a like number of
young men of the beſt ſort, ſome of them
offering up themſelves of their own free
will, for fulfilling of that inhuman cuſtom;
but many others were taken up by force.
Thoſe who thus prodigally caſt away their

lives, on ſuch occaſions, do it upon the ab-

ſurd notion, that it is highly honourable:

however, this brutal notion loſes ground
very much among the better ſort of Blacks

who, as ſoon as they hear their king is in
danger of death, remove and hide their
daughters; and the handſomeſt maidens,
who have no parents, will abſcond carefully
even from their own relations, Beſides the
many young men and maids thus ſlaughter'd
and buried with the corpſe of the deceas'd
king, the remaining part of the grave,
which is generally very deep and ſpacious,

is filled up with proviſions, clothes, gold,

ſilver, ſweet ſcents, ſtuffs, Ec. in ſuch quan-

tity as is judg'd neceſſary to ſerve ſuch

a company for a conſiderable time, ſome
ſay five or ſix years, but that ſeems too
much. _ |

In theſe parts their god China is repre-
ſented by a bullock's, or a ram's head cary*d

arm'd canoes, up the neighbouring rivers z

ground, for twenty-one- leagues, to cape 5

% "7;
2770
TM
oY

Book I.
in wood, after their madner, or elſe made
of a ſort of paſte, of the flower of millet,
kneaded with blood, and mixed with hair
and feathers ; and they have very many of
theſe idols, There are fifteen or ſixteen
of them in a hutt near the door of the king's
houſe, at Bis; and no man dares touch
them, beſides the pri.ſts, at the time of ſome
ſolemn ſacrifice, when they remove one or
more of them to the place appointed for
that ceremony; and as ſoon as that is per-
form?d, return the ſame to chappel or lodge,
among the reſt. By this it is eaſy to per-

*
*
=
25
55
P
+

d rg 8 4 28 2 * > 6 8 31 0 SY
k F S „ . ĩͤ v 2
e d TEES
. r . os EBT TT gs 4
n ERS 1 2 — 3 . N 1 . 7

ceive what wretched groſs idolaters theſe

Biſſo Blacks are. =
Their weapons are the fame as thoſe of Arms aut __ ©
the Blacks at the river of St. Dominick, wars. 9
but not ſo neat and handy. The natural 1
courage and intrepidity of theſe iſlanders, 1
renders them formidable to their enemies
on the continent, with whom they are con- =
tinually at variance, and ſometimes with 4
the Portugueſe ; for they are bold and inde- w |
fatigable in war, and formerly conquered :
ſix ſmall provinces on the main, bringing
their adverſaries ſo low, as to oblige them
to call in the S/ aniards to their aſſiſtance.
They often go a privateerirg in their

*
r

and once forc'd the king of Biguba to take
ſnelter in the thickeſt of the foreſts in his
_— to avoid their fury; whilſt they
carry'd off great numbers of his ſub-
jects, and others of the adjacent countries.
Each of theſe Biſ iſlands has its parti- Govern:
cular prince, or commander in chief, but ment.
all of them ſubordinate to the king of the
Fagrs, who commonly reſides in Ilha Fer-
moja, or the beautiful iſland, and is ſtiled
the Great Kirg. Theſe Blacks offer up in
1 a to their idols, bullocks, capons, and
ids. 5 5
It will not be improper in this place to Courſe to
inſert the courſe the French ſteer from Goeree ſail.
to the Biſſas. From Goeree they ſtand SS E.
to cape St. Mary, of the river Gamboa, C2
being twenty-ſix leagues, but taking ſome- | z
what to ſouthward, to avoid Punta Serena. E 2
From cape St. Mary they ſteer ſouth, along 1
the ſhore, in eight fathom water, ouzy {0

N e , me
„ * Tp 882 * ;

St. Anne, the coaſt there lying north and FE if
ſouth. This cape St. Anne at a diſtance X
ſhows like high land, but is low when |
near. VVV
Ten leagues S8 E. from cape Roxo, the Three
coaſt forms three points, which as you point.
come from the ſaid cape, look like iſlands,
there being ſx or ſeven fathom water in the
channel between them. When thoſe three
points are brought to bear NE. they bear
up towards them till within the diſtance of
about a league, to avoid falling off to the
SW. on the iſland Carache ; after we
cer

PI
5 3 6: S « "I 3
CO, NOSE POLLS »A EE 4 $54
2 A PAS

Cray. 10. | of Nigritia, or North- Guinea.
ſteer S E. or ES E. at about a league, or

ſomewhat more diſtance from the ſhore.
The iſland Carache is ſeen from the three

89

The iſland Caſegu is about ſix leagues in Ban nor,
compaſs; on the ſouth- ſide of it is a con-
venient watering- place, and the water is Caſegu

Carache

1 | The tides in theſe parts run nine hours, with abundance of poliſh'd horns; and it
N at two leagues diſtance of the land, and is a high crime for any man to do the
} are to be nicely obſerved ; but eſpecially leaſt hurt to ir. The petty king of the
1 that which comes out of a ſmall river near ifland keeps ſome elephants for his pleaſure,
| Buſſy point, there being three little low in a park made to that end.
1 iſlands at the mouth of it, where ſome ſhips Having directed the courſe to the Biſſos,
; have run a-ground, notwithſtanding there I will now add the courſe to depart thence
3 zs eighteen fathom water in ſome places, at with the fame ſafety, when bound for the
3 2 ſmall diſtance from them. Weſt-Indies, or for Europe. 1
3 From Guyambeau point is ſeen that of This muſt be done by tiding it, for at every Courſe
Z St. Martin, lying eight leagues to the eaſt- turn of the tide, the ſhip is to come to anfrom the
Y ward; as alſo the iſland Carache, with that anchor; one tide carrying her from the Biſſos.
7 call'd the little Papagay, reckoned one of road of Bifſos to St. Martin's point; an-
5 the Biſſos. There is no coming within a other from thence to point Guyambeau ; a
4 league of the Papagay iſland, by reaſon of third from this to that of Byfſy ; and a fourth
I a bank of ſand near it, and ſtretching out from Buſy to the three iſlands, or three
2 eaſt and weſt. St. Martin's point is alſo points. The tide ſets NW and SE. and
5 very foul, for a league out at ſea. At a ſpecial care muſt be taken to give each cape,
1 league diſtance from point S§r. Martin, may point, or bank, a ſufficient berth, _
5 4 be ſeen an iſland once as big as that call'dd When you have brought the three points
land das Papagay, known by the name of [ha das to bear NE. or NE by E. then ſteer
= AdGalintas. Galinbas, or the iſland of hens, lying near away WNW. boldly, by which means
EY the main land of Bios. The courſe from you will clear the banks of Carache, tho?
"i St. Martin's point to that iſland is NE. they run eighteen or twenty leagues out
3 The name was given it by the Portugueſe to ſea, keeping in ſeven, eight, and nine
20 from the vaſt multitude of Pintado hens fathom water, till you come into fifteen.
| there is on it. If you delign for the Weſt-Indies, ſhape
s There is a paſſage between this iſland your courſe due welt, as ſoon as you loſe
_ and the continent, but not ſafe, becauſe ſight of Carache; but if you are bound
T veſſels may be drove aſhore by the ſtrong for Europe, ſteer WNW,
T | tides; and therefore it is better to paſs be- The tides out at fea, ſomewhat diſtant
l I tween the iſland das Galinhas, and that of from theſe iſlands, ſet SW. At the be-
E 2 the ſorcerers, bearing SE. from the road of ginning of May, when the ſun is there in
2 the town of Biſſos, and ſo come to an an- the Zenith, the wind being generally at
4 chor at Biſſos in ſeven fathom water. north, you may ſteer WNW. 3
Sorcerers This iſland of Sorcerers is all over wood- Rio Grande, generally believ'd by all Rio
nd. ed, and appointed by the natives for a travellers to be one of the fix known bran- Grande.
1 great ſacrifice, which the king of the Biſſos ches which convey the Niger into the Atlan-
| performs there in perſon every two years. tic ocean, and the moſt ſoutherly of them,
5 Any ſhip may ſafely ride at anchor near it. is ſo little frequented by Europeans, except
2 The iſlanders of Carache and Caſegu are ſome few Portugueſe, that there can be
: a treacherous, and conſequently a jealous no particular and exact deſcription of it
+ people, perpetually at war with their neigh- given. All we know in general is, that
7 bours, Their king is one of the talleſt the mouth is very wide, and reaches far up
1 men that can be ſeen. ä into the country. The main reaſon why
Z The iſlands between Carache and Caſegu fo little known to ſea-faring people, is its
5 are inhabited; but thoſe of Papagay and being inhabited on both ſides by wild, ſa-
N Sarques are not, but all over wooded. vage Blacks, little acquainted with trade,
4 Vol. V. A a | who
1

+
* In 8 o
NESS '

3

BT * 7 .
83 ? +48

DS OB : ,
2+

and nine fathom water.

points aforeſaid. Almoſt in the midſt of
the channel, between the continent and
Carache, is a ridge of rocks; but the lar-
board fide muſt be kept towards the con-
tinent, ſtill ſounding in fix, ſeven, eight,

From the ſaid three points, the courſe
is SE. for ſeven leagues, to point Buſſy,

- which runs far out into the ſea. From point

Buſſy to that of Guyambeau E SE. in from
twelve to fifteen fathom, with good an-
choring every where. This point of Guyam-
beau is not ſo foul as that of Buſy.

thoſe iſlands.

freſh and good. The natives of it, tho? Nane.

not ſo bold as the other iſlanders, yet for
profit make incurſſons into the neighbour-
ing countries, to take flaves, whom they
ſell to the Europeans,

The great Fetiche's tree is in the midſt of Strange

the iſland, being an ever-green, from whoſe “ee.
leaves they ſay water 1s continually drop-
ping, as has been long reported of ſuch

another tree in the iſland Ferro, one of
the Canaries ; but this laſt has been diſ-

proved by all perſons who have been on

The Blacks adorn this tree

- * _y =
\ =
22 - =5i —U— — ery >
l — E 2 > —
—

«| .
bo
”
=
« |
|
.
4 +...
* 1
4
3 N
4 by
* » 7 b
m_
1 i
1
1
2 ö
i
l = [ . *;
ont
\ . ö
1, 0) [ £1
—_—= 399
47 ;
E 1 |
41% Al
[
N
1
175
1 27
4 1
17
= !
= 45%
0 o 18
1 [
a 1 LY.
7 [
—_—
5 1 9
1114
+ #14 1
+ 4
* 14
* (1 5 [
|
kat. 1
its
2
4
1 "4 2 I
' MT 4!
Ul * $3
fe |
nl _ |
1
9 14
1 1
RET d
12 |
- SIG oF}
$4, tk N
= 2 +4 j
1 + x
$1 4 ! 4
D 1 3
411444 , 1
1 [
e
fol, ;
11 ' I
} Del '
l + +24 i
11 ol
=P a6 i}
th, «+ 461
1 7
| (x
TRAK
A.» !
4
| -4 7 9 1
1
a4 ? — 3*'Y
4 114
1 f
C 7
2 4 {
= j
14. '
- nn 11
1 5 1 ;
«14 15. 14
I BST] .
11 4 fo
. I
14 [
r
Er .
9 ts
1
? #1
\ ils.”
l 1 18 +3
j. 4.3 FF
1 1
1 '
D' i
E . * + {
4; TH
5 :
l _—_
j is
\ "7
1 #1
A ! i
5 H
TER
N »
3 [0
1 4
5 5 0 *81
+4 ;
4 11
14 :
a 16
of - ® ,
£3 wg =
{+ * 4
1 F
i. [ *
\ r II
4 14
| .
1 5
1 4 s :
'F 38
1
; x
l o
K 4 : | !
.,x:18 Fi
+ 1 # + Bf þ
i 14
| i
1
: . 38 44
0 ly
r
} 1 :
=. y
* N ?
* | 1 1}
Ie A
"| 1
12 ö
Y *
| „
9. irs
1 1
2 :
199: 7. 1
Ein ns
1 v7
8 fi
3 ! £7
4 * Z
134
I
| '
1 .
17
= | vis
l i
.
Mt
e i? :
1 i __
* B+ 1
4
{ 4 | 0 ;
SUR -464
U 1 N
: . |
ny N
Ll 4 i
0 Ol |
# ; ,
1 N
| [ha 4 1
171
23 .
FH
Eh
N [4 +4
is. Þ
4 T
©73%
19
1
4 * I + |
4 i
Ll ! L
i FF +H
5 4 4 iy
4 N +4
' x
14 : *
348 7
"7
1:0"
4
l +;
4 ty
1 11
* <
r 4 '
* ; of
1. >
* 1
1 14
14
& ix
i 1 '
0 Þ :
| 19
"rl FM '
1 4
" I'S
0 ' i
1
* z
1” Þ 4
1 ; :,
N 7
4 *
8
{1 ,

.
—

— — = ><
ED — ——
. — 2 n ==
. = — — - * 2
= - — —— —— —— — *
_ — — — —
— * 5
— = 6.42 — ä 8 — * —
— — —_ = .- — — 2 * - - — — —
— - _ 6 ——
— _ — — 3 ——
-

Fermoſa

iſland,

BARBoT. who. have often inſulted ſuch as have been
forced to put in there, either for want of

proviſions, or ſome other accident. Beſides,
the tide runs out extremely rapid, and the
entrance is much encumber'd with ſands
and ſhoals ; and there is reaſon to believe

vr ſome ſhips have periſh'd there, and
0

hers been aſſaulted by the natives, who

wear long collars of old ropes about their

necks, Which it is likely they have had
from ſuch veſſels as have been caſt away,
or they have plunder'd.

Some few leagues from the ſhore, to
the ſouthward of this river's mouth, is a

very fine flat iſland, about ten leagues in
compaſs; and therefore calPd Fermoſa, that
is, beautiful; abounding in rice, but diffi-
cult of acceſs, by reaſon of the ſea's break -
ing on its ſtrand, to the weſtward : the
eaſt- ſide faces ſeveral ſmall iſlands, which
are near it, and the continent oppoſite to
them. It is a proper place to be ſupply'd
with rice, bullocks, poultry, water and
fewel; but the inhabitants are very rude
to ſtrangers, ſo that there is no venturing
aſhore, as I have been informed by ſome
French men of my acquaintance, who have
been there of late, in much want of pro-

= viſions, when the iſlanders attack'd their

boat, and took two of their men, cafting
lots to decide whoſe ſlaves they ſhould be:
but the maſter of the veſſel at length pre-
vaild with the king, who ſeem'd to be
ſomewhat more civiliz'd than the reſt of the
Blacks, to have them reſtor'd, after ſending
ſome goods for their ranſom. —

Way of caſt- . Their way of caſting lots, upon this oc-
ing lots. caſion, is ſomewhat remarkable; they put

into a gourd, or cup, as many ſmall bits of

cloth, of ſeveral colours, as there are Blacks,

%

: 5

. 4 — 2

ö }

. . I <1

o . *
- . a 2 *
1 * , FLY

* NS

8 by

3 Lb

Of the rivers Niger and Nile, the ancient and modern accounts of them

every one of them chuſing his colour. Theſe

of the hen over him, in ſuch manner, that

to dreſs, after the Spaniſh way, or elſe it

at the Biſſos, where they. have reſidences.

they ſhake, and mix very well; and then
one appointed for the purpoſe draws the
ſaid lots, by which it is decided to whom
the ſlave ſhall belong. This done, they
perform a ceremony on the ſlave, thus:
they take a hen, or pullet, and cut off
the head and both wings, which they tie
about his neck, and hang the maim'd body

the blood may drop down on his head and 1
feet, by which ceremony they pretend to 1
conſtitute him a ſlave to the perſon on 5
whom the lot fell.
Theſe iſlanders go almoſt naked, wear- The an-.
ing only a ſquare piece of black Spaniſh lea- ders.
ther, hanging by a thong or rope about
their waiſt, to cover their privy parts; as
alſo a little cap, or head-band, of the ſame
leather, which *tis ſuppoſed they know how

is ſold them by the Portugueſe trading to
Rio Grande. They have no other weapons,
but bows and arrows, and long javelins,
and are covetous of brandy, iron bars, knives,
muſquets, powder, and ball; all which they
get from the Europeans, conſtantly trading

Hence it is they are ſo apt to aſſault ſtrangers,
who chance to come to their iſland 3 becauſe
when they have got and made any of them 2
ſlaves, they at one time or other carry them i
to the Bi/ſos, and there get ſuch European 3
goods as they like for their ranſom. Theſe =.
ſay, that the Blacks inhabiting on the other =
fide of Rio Grande, are more wild and cruel LS *
to ſtrangers than themſelves ; for they will [- 43
ſcarce releaſe a white man upon any condi-
tion whatſoever, but will ſooner or later
murder, and perhaps devour them.

and their ſources. The gold trade, and elephants teeth. =

_

F: will not, I believe, be unacceptable

to the reader, in this place, to give

ome account of the ſource of the rivers

Nile and Niger, erroneouſly taken for the
fame, and ſo little known in former ages:

for notwithſtanding all the induſtry uſed
to diſcover the ſprings of Nile, whatſoever

the ancients writ concerning it, was either

abſolutely falſe, or uncertain,

Seſaſtris and Ptolemy Philadelphus, kings
of Egypt, Cambyſes, Alexander the great,
Julius Cœſar, Nero, and many other mo-
narchs ſpared neither coſt, nor labour, to
diſcover the courſe of the Nile, without any
ſucceſs. Theſe latter ages have. diſcover*d

that ſecret ; and F. Pais informs us, that

he found and obſerved. it, in the preſence

of the emperor of Abiſſinia, on the 21ſt . F
Ipril, in the year 1618; but I will firſt W «
ſpeak of the Niger. 1

The NIGER

S the moſt conſiderable river through; Diferenc
out the country of Nigritia, or the land 9p2ni0ns
of the Blacks. The Arats at this time call it“ it.
Hued Niger; and ſome take it for the A/naga
of Pliny, pretending that the river Gamboa
is the true channel which conveys it into
the ocean, and urging, that the rivers Se-
nega and Grande are only branches of the
Gamboa. Others will have Rio Graude to
be the true Niger, and all the others above
mention'd only branches of it. However,
moſt of the ableſt geographers of this age,
alter

Las?

Guarda
lake.

the Gamboa and Senega are branches of the
Niger, parting from it in Cantozi, or Can-

torfi, a province of Nigritia. This river

runs in a body from the lake S:ge/mes, or
of Guarda, being a ſmall Mediterranean ſea,
near one hundred leagues in length from
eaſt to weſt, -and about fifty leagues in
breadth, north and ſouth, in a pyramidal
form, and lying between the fourth and
the ninth degrees of eaſt longitude from

the meridian of London; between the king-

doms of Agzadez on the north, that of Guber
on the ſouth, Caſſena and Bito on the eaſt,
and Meixara on the welt, This Meizara
lies to the ſouthward of the kingdom of
Tomboutton, or Tombut ; and the river is
call'd 1ca, or Senega, by the people of Tom-

but, as far up eaſtward, as the towns of
Semegda, and Timby or Tamby, two towns,

the one on the north, the other on the

| ſouth-ſide of the ſaid river: which, coming

out of the aforeſaid lake, takes a large
compaſs to the northward, at the upper
part whereof ſtands the city of Tombut, on
the north- ſide, and a few miles up the land.
The town of Cabra is on the bank of the
Senega, about ſixty leagues eaſt from the

rocks, which make a fall in the ſaid river

Senega, near the towns of Galama, Goury,
and Boromaia, lying in about two degrees

of weſt longitude from the meridian of Loy -

Source of
the Niger.

Courſe,

don, according to the moſt correct obſer-

vations of theſe latter times.

The ſource of the Niger has been much
contended about in former ages; ſome pre-
tending it was in a lake, to the eaſtward of
the deſarts of Seu, or Sen. Modern geo-
graphers will have it to come out of a lake,
call'd the Black Lake, on the borders of the
kingdoms of Mendra and Vanque, adjoin-

ing to Nigritia and Abiſſinia ; and affirm it
runs thence through the kingdoms of Bia-

fara and Nubia weſtward, to a place where
it ſinks under ground, and runs in that

manner for eighteen or twenty leagues,
after which it riſes again to form the great
lake of Borneo, on the frontiers of Guan-

gara, Biafara, Caſſena, Zegzeg and Cano;

as alſo the valt lake of Sigeſmes, or Guarda,

which waters on the ſouth, the lands of
Mandinga, Guber and Gago, and on the
north, thoſe of Agadez and Cano, Thence

they ſuppoſe it runs from eaſt to weſt, with-

out any interruption, between the kingdoms
of Melli and Tombut, to the place called
the fall, above Cantozi, where it divides
into ſeven branches. The firſt of them is
that call'd Rio de San Joao, or St. Jobn's
river, falling into the ſea, in the bay of
Arguin, at a place named Taſſia, near cape
Blanco; the ſecond is the true Senega river;

the third the Gamboa; the fourth Santo Do-

53

Cxare. II. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

after much conteſting about it, agree that

91

minga, or the river of S/. Dominict; the Bak Bor.
fifth Rio Grande, or the great river, from

which flows the Guinala, being the ſixth
mouth, and the Biguba the ſeventh. Never-
theleſs, ſome of the moſt correct accounts
of this time, ſeem to miſtruſt this account,
as if Gamboa, Santo Domingo, Rio Grande,
Guinala and Biguba rivers, did not proceed
from the ca, or Senega river, which is the
direct branch, or part of the Niger, at its

coming out of the lake Sig nes, or Guarda,

as has been ſaid above. They obſerve, that
at a place call'd Bajogue Aquibaca, the great
river S-nega divides itſelf, forming a very
large ſtream, called the black river, as the
[ca is there allo called the white river; which

gliding along to the S W. for about forty

leagues, ends in a lake call'd the great lake
in the country of Mandinga. Nor do they
lay any thing more poſitive concerning the
ſprings of Gamboa, Santo Domingo, and the
other rivers above mentioned,

The Arabian geographers pretend, that opinions of
the Niger is but a branch of the Nile in it.

Egypt, which abſconding under ground,
rifes again by the name of the Niger. The

Arabs of Numidia call them both by the

ſame name of Nile; but for diſtinction ſake,

the one the Nile of Egypt, the other the

Nile of Nigritia. There are others of this

ſame opinion, that the Nile and the Niger

proceed both from the fame ſource, becauſe

they both produce the ſame ſpecies of ani-

mals and monſters, and overflow at the
ſame time; and, Pliny ſays, the antients

were of this opinion, alledging for a farther

proof, beſides what has been ſaid, that the
Niger, as well as the Nile, produces a ſort

of ruſhes, made uſe of by the Egyptians

inſtead of paper to write on, and the plant

„„ „„

The new tranſlation of the Latin hiſtory
of Ethiopia, written by Ludolphus, illuſtrates
theſe laſt mention'd opinions, with the diſ-

coveries made in this preſent age, of which

he ſpeaks to this effect.

The Nile, ſays he, proceeds from two gource of |
deep round ſprings, or fountains, in the Nile.

plain call'd Secut, on the top of the moun-

tain Engla, in a province of the kingdom of

Gojam, calPd Sabala, or Sahala, of the em-

pire of Abiſſinia, in twelve degrees of north

latitude, and ſixty of eaſt longitude. The

inhabitants of that country are call'd Agaus,
and are ſchiſmaticks; the place where the
Nite ſprings, bears the name of Agaos, adds
Kircher, TE.

Theſe two fountains overflowing, form a

rivulet, running firſt towards the eaſt, and

then ſouthward, whence it winds again to the
northward; through ſeveral lakes, rolling
along the right of Abiſſinia, its native coun-

try; Where it is call'd Abanni, Abani, or

Abavi,

_—— ————— — 2, em:
— 5 a < l — — mY x ——

—

— -

—— — —

— — =
— —— — —
3 - 2
-

— r_ — =
a STA ä _
———

8 >
- 2 — —
— — —
PX

—

— ES

=

2 2

— —2

bt *
;
x
U
7 r
1
$8
i 2
? 1 4
an
"41:8
_
s BJ
WY !
1
«Ht i
44 [
LS
44}
N. [
1
1 ;
+
E 11
1
5 t4 |
0 1
* 14
4208
(1 +0
}
434
* 8
748
4 . 1
as þ '} b
ii
[1 14
N =
. 17
* _—
= +
F534
[ 4
1 1
4 F
© 3
*
4
7 1 !
if .
4
1
q
12
| 1 .
/ N
C .
13 19
| F:
4 5
N
, #
* *
«4 [2
|
| *
f | :
_—
$ 3
(+.
| }
' 110
4 .
f 14
„
1
14 |
+. 418
- i
. if 1
lt 0
44. 23
„ 1
3
1
by U
1711
1 71 $3
. **
q ? no =
K $4
i bh
J IN :
1 1
«
1 4
8 1
f „
.
1
N 1 *
* *!
7 > 1
1 nr -
bs | i ith *
r
o | ' I
þ 274 :
4 !
.
* £ - *
1 1
{ut
: wn
x WH
_
z] {
1
1
—_—— -
1 1:1
.
44 i 8 .
"yt
int
14
-
G 3.
{ - =
1 1
my
. nn
i :
:
_—
_—
8 14 1
+34
it
1
1

on — —

92
BARBOr.

*

A Deſcription of the Coaſts

Abavi, that is, the father of the waters, tra-
yerſing the kingdom of Senor, and at laſt,
coming into the land of Dengula, at the
foot of a mountain divides itſelf into two
branches, whereof that on the left takes the
name of Niger; and having turn'd again to
the ſouthward, runs clear away welt into
Nigritia, and ſo through it to the ocean
near Elwab. The other branch on the right,
which carries the greater quantity of water,

continues its courſe through NVubia, towards

the north, and ſo through Egypt, which 1s

fertilizæ d by its overflowing into the Medi-

_ terranean.

Ludolfus endeavours to back this aſſer-
tion, by the natural properties of the waters
of the Niger, and of the Nile, which yearly
overflow at the ſame time in une and July,
by reaſon of the violent rains then falling
in the province of Gojam, where the ſprings
are, as has been ſaid. However, all theſe
are no better than chimeras of Ludolfus,
who never was himſelf near Ethiopia, and

took moſt of his notions from one Gregory,

a native of that couutry, who knew little
or nothing of geography, and could give
but very imperfect accounts of things; and

tho? he often quotes F. Baltaſar Tellez, who

collected all the relations of the learned

Feſuits, who travell'd throughout Abiſſinia,

_ cious travellers, and every way qualify'd, _

and obſerv'd all things of note, like judi-

yet he rather chuſes to rely upon the im-

perfect and uncertain tales of a perſon no
way fit to make thoſe obſervations, than on

the others, who had the proper talent, and

made it their buſineſs to diſcover the ſource

and courſe of the Nile. I ſhall here inſert

Source of
the Nile,

what thoſe jeſuits, who were eye-witneſſes
of what they deliver, ſay of the Nile. |

The NILE,
ALmoſt in the midft of the kingdom of
Gojam, in Abiſſinia, and in twelve de-
grees latitude, 1s a country they call Saca-
pala, inhabited by a people known by the
name of Agaus, moſt of them heathens,

and ſome who at preſent only retain the

name of chriſtians. This country 1s moun-

tainous, as are moſt parts of Ethiopia.

Among theſe mountains is a ſpot of plain,
not very level, about a mile in extent, and
in the midſt of it, about a ſtone's throw
over, This lake is full of a ſort of little
trees, whoſe roots are ſo interwoven, that

walking on them in the ſummer, men come
to two ſprings, almoſt a ſtone's throw aſun-

der, where the water is clear and very deep;

and from them the water guſhes out two

ſeveral ways into the lake, whence it runs

under ground, yet ſo as its courſe may be
diſcern'd by the green graſs, gliding firſt
to the eaſtward about a muſket-ſhot, and
then turns towards the north. About half

F / IIA IE FOADEe err oo nt ts

a league from the ſource, the water begins
to appear upon the land in ſuch quantity,
as makes a conſiderable ſtream, and then
preſently is join'd by others; and having
run about fifteen leagues, including all its
windings, receives a river greater than itſelf
call'd Gema, which there loſes its name,
and a little farther two others, call'd K/ty
and Branty ; and cloſe by, is the firſt fall,
or cataract, 'T hence it flows almoſt eaſt,
and at about twenty leagues in a ſtrait line
from its ſource, croſſes the great lake of
Dambea, without ever mixing their waters.
Running hence, it almoſt encloſes the king-
dom of Dambea, like a ſnake turn'd round,

and not cloſing, or rather like a horſe-ſhoe.

Many great rivers fall into it, as the Ga-
mara, the Abea, the Bayxo, the Anquer,

and others. As ſoon as the Nile is out of

the lake of Dambea, above mention'd, its
ſtream runs almoſt directly ſouth-eaſt, paſ-
ſing by the kingdoms of Begameder, Ama-
Hara and Oleca, then turns toward the ſouth,
and again winds to the weſt, north-weſt,

and north, piercing into the countries

of the Gangas and Cafres, thoſe of Fo
calo, the Ballous and the Funclos, being
the ſame as Nubia, and ſo glides on to
Egypt. | | 1

HFHere is in a few words the exact ac-

count of thoſe perſons, who actually ſur-
vey*d the Nile, and who confute the miſtakes
of others that had writ only upon hearſay,
without any mention of a branch running
from it to the weſtward; nay, ſo far from
it, that theſe perſons, writing upon the

ſpot, do poſitively affirm there is no ſuch

river as the Niger any where near Ethiopia,
much leſs flowing from the Nile, which
they ſhow by their map and deſcription
runs entire into Egypt, Thus we fee all

the notions of Ludolfus are frivolous, and

therefore we ſhall leave him to ſeek for the
ſource of the Nile upon better authority.

The moſt correct obſervations of our Trueſource
times place the ſprings of the Niger in the 7
kingdom of Medra, near a town call'd Niger.
Median, ſtanding on the ſaid river, in twenty-
three degrees of eaſt longitude, from the
meridian of London, and in nine degrees of

north latitude. The river there comes

down from ſome mountains, about forty
leagues to the eaſtward of Median, and ſaid

to abound in emeralds. They inform. us,
the Niger runs from Median weſtward, by
the name of Gambaru or Camodeou, from
its firſt riſe to the lake of Bornou, in the
kingdom of the ſame name; and at its
coming out of that lake, takes the/name

of Niger”; the city Bornou, the only one in

that kingdom, ſtanding on the banks of
it, about twenty leagues weſt to the lake.
Holding on its courſe from thence weſt-
ward through the kingdoms of Zanfara, or

Ppbaran,

by

EL TT 5 oY nnr n PER
e or Mr ng regs |
3 N n

— — * —
o R C0

bo * R 3 2 F Feet 5 S dp e HIST PIE e 5 rig

N 8 3 5 5 9 25 * a Ce 7 , . . 8

: "20 8 " * a 7 5 3 8 b I 2 rs. N FEY
K * 27 Ry 25 S 2 1 N r
W ASSIST TT PINA Ten Bos. e

Book 1. (

Co,
fre
by

tug

arte

arſe |
ö

8
1 2
1

* of

I
ms...
„
=] 3
422
.
-

&
24
dn,
er
a
1
2
18
Ws
4-4 *
8

*
.
*
78
.
SY
*

J

as

A
9 2
P's
WEIS

* **

IS
Es

3
8
5

A
22
es,

5
"IL -

7
3
©:
WAA
"yy
wot C -
5
. 1
= -
No
8
40
.
.
£1
3
f
*

—
+32
%

i

.
2.
7
1
4
x2
2»
-
—
-
N
. 8
*
*
by
g
F
j
7

=

e * a * 8 #* g : FOO 5 ic *

1 Vs EY p SO OTTER. os Fs a "i J £ . * 22 3 Xs , * *
20k Ih SG E IP B-2 In We ee r CARAS S r F rr Y TE TORRE II.
HOES ICE CARIISET GO PER CBT rs ee OR I, Oe EPO IDE" EI eat EOS er en wad r N

1 3
r

trade.

CHAP. I2.

Pharan and Ovangara, a country on the
ſourh-ſide of it, abounding in gold, ſena,
and ſlaves ; it again ftagnates in the great
lake of Sige/mes, or Guarda, in eight de-
grees, thirty minutes longitude, from the
meridian of London, between the two towns

'of Ghana, built on either ſide of it, near

the lake, and in twelve degrees, thirty
minutes of north latitude. Having thus
run through the lake, which, as has been
before obſerv'd, is near one hundred leagues
in length, from eaſt to weft, it continues
its courſe to the weſtward, by the name of
Ica, or Senega, as above.

It would not have been improper in this
place, to have given an account of the
manner how gold is taken out of the rivers
or mines, ſince the Niger affords fo much
of that precious metal, and there are ſo
many mines in the ſeveral countries it runs

through; but that I reſerve it, till I come

to treat of that part of Guinea, call'd the
Gold Coaſt. I ſhall therefore at preſent only
fay in general, that the gold is either dug
out of the earth in many parts of this coun-
try which produce it, or elſe waſh'd down
by the prodigious heavy rains which fall,

for three months, with little or no inter-
miſſion, on the vaſt hills and mountains of

Nigritia, on both ſides of the Niger, where
the exceſſive heat of the ſun produces great
plenty of gold.

The ſmalleſt of it, call'd
gold-duſt, is carry'd down by the floods

into the Niger, and there taken out of the

channel among the ſand.

A Portugueſe, who had bees: a flave
eighteen years among the Moors inhabiting
a country near that river, has aflur'd me,
that gold is ſo common there, as to be put

to the meaneſt uſes, and not fo much va-
lued as iron, weight for weight. This makes

good what Sir Thomas More ſays in his

Utopia, that iron is preferable to gold, as
more proper for all uſes, ut fine quo, non

magis quam ſine igne, "__ aqua, vivere mor-

tales queant.

Gold

About two hundred years 290, the fa-

mous place for the gold trade was cape

Verde, and the adjacent parts; it being

fac 4
2
by Por-

tupueſe,

brought down chirher by the Moors from

the countries on the

tat ions; but ſu

Blacks, for the ſake of DB teeth.
ever, the elephants either caſt their teeth,

of Nigritia, or North-Guinea.

Mandinga, &c. to tra
beans : 1 * ut ever ſince the Poriagueſe ſettled
Their chief place of trade at Mina, in Som h
Guinca, the current is divexted that Way,
it being more convenient for the Moors to

carry it towards the gold coaſt, as they have

ever ſince continu'd to do, notwithſtanding
all the endeavours uſed by the French at
Senega to bring it back that way. as it
was before, believing it would fave them
much trouble and charge; Cabo Verde be-
ing ſo much nearer to France than the gold
coalt,;

To conclude with the deſcription of the
Niger : It is reported of the countries bor-
dering on that river, that they breed an
incredible number of elephants, as do Abi/-
ſinia, Monomotapa and Zanguebar, where thoſe
creatures range about in mighty herds, do-
ing much miſchief to the woods and plan-
pply them with ſuch quan-
tities of teeth, that they fence and palliſade
their towns and villages with them, as the
Portugueſe ſlave above mentioned has af-
ref beſides the conſiderable numbers of
them the Blacks carry down to the ſea-
coaſts of Nigritia and Suu Guinea, to traf-

fick with the Europeans; but moſtly at the
firſt of thoſe places, for i ivory grows. daily

ſcarcer in Scutb Guinea.
pick*d
them are alſo kill'd by

the Moors and
How-_

as ſtags do their horns, or elle they are
found after they are dead, and their bodies
conſumed.

I have met with a perſon of lai. :
who thinks it a vulgar error to call them

teeth ; ſince it is beyond diſpute, that they
grow out from the ſkull of the beaſt, and

not from the jaws, and that only the

males have them, which do not ſerve to

eat with; and therefore he thinks it would

be proper to call them * harns,
or weapons.

- CHAP, XII.

The ref of the coaf, as PER as Sierra Leona ; Rio das Pedras ne others. The
iſlands dos Idolos, &c.

| Left the deſcription of the coaſt of Ni-
gritia at Rio Grande and Biguba, The
tract of land between this river and that
of Sierra Leona, in ancient geography the

Sophucei Elhiopes, affords little to be faid
Vo I. V.

of it; being frequented by none but the
Portugueſe of Cacheo, and other 7 580
colonies of that nation in Nigritia, driving
a coaſting trade thither in ſioops and barks,
commencing at Oſualus, ſouth of Rio Grande.

Bb Thencs

uth of the Niger, 1
with the Euro-

The elephants teeth ate moſt of them Elephants
in che woods and foreſts, where teeth. =
thoſe creatures uſually keep; but many of

* 2 — 4 4 *

—

— — — 2 : 22 22 3
a , —_— N 1
= 2 » * 8 — —— 20m 2. i es > - — — — - 2238 = * * —
: L . H t 4 42 K * a 7 2 2 4 ?
8 = x . 2 4 = - 5 > A
e . Sr Sn Wor nn CIS Tr nee —ʒ— a 4 2 — — — — — — ——_
— — Af ons . * p — — — — — _ — — — — — -v—Y— * 4 *
— 5 - — — = = = . — - 2 —=—> - E
Pe 4 — > 2 os 7 —
» * Fg i

0 - _— .
C a — — u — — — — ——
—— — OI — — —- : —⅜ —
| * rr FS — eo hn os = = $a
2 1 — - ED 2
rr * 4 $a an oe

— — —
— * «

—

— — — —-— 1—
9 —

ar
5 == FL
——————

1

——
—
* « I

=> 7 7 w- — = — — 0 : we — 2 —
=="; x ES.. 2 2 0 — wo h =
— 2 — — - = =" Ty — * — 5 *
— k 8 TH — we mY : 2 —— 3
n I 2 k 4 "©, r.2 24 : — 2
— — ⏑ 2 2 ¼˙——. . — 3 | .

— — 7 = Þ -
__
ITT: — 2
— — * — -
r n
: — *

— — — —— — —
n © pad > nes 5s
MC -< ribs -<

—

*
*
1 aye,

—

——
T .
— 1 .
— mn. aid

Fg IT,

_ _
.
- — —— —
. ů — py
— —

Clem Lin IE
———— —¾ 82 7 — & "2

« —
*** 8
: „ͤ«4

*

—
x £ - y —
- — + "> - 4 - — 4 2 2 —
K&R oo — 22x 6— OO —— ¶ ¶ —— ——3—— — —— — I ESI — — — i *

94 _ A Deſcription of the Coaſts

BarBor. Thence they proceed to Corva de Gaſpar
HY V Lopez; Rio de Nunbo Jriſtao; Terra de
| Benar, which is a large ba; Cabo Verga,
Os tres Morros, Rio das Pedras, Rio de Car-
pote, at the entrance into which two rivers,

there are ſome iſlands, and the two rivers

meet at ſea, being before ſeparated only
by a cape, Rio de Caduche, Pougama, and
Rio Caluma. Theſe three laſt loſe them-
ſelves in a large bay, WS W. from which
off at ſea, lie the four iſlands called Idolos,
Ponta de Coaco, Mota de Tazao, Araſa,
| Rio Primeiro; theſe four allo falling into

one bay, and ſerving for a good land-mark,

coming from the NW. a long narrow
iſland, lying with the coaſt, from Mata de
Tazao, to the north point of this bay of
Barra de Bacre. Next follows Barra de
Coin, oppoſite to which alſo is a long nar-

row iſland off at ſea 3 Rio de Caſes, or Caſes,
with another river to the ſouth-eaſt, with-

out a name, both of them running out
into a deep bay; on the ſouth point of

which, lies the iſland dos Papagayos, or of

parrots ; and farther again to the ſouth-
ward, cape Paulou, which is the northern
head of the bay of Sierra Leona, and the
_ fartheſt extent ſouthward of the coaſt of
Nigritia. 5 5
7 The ſea-coaſt from cape Verga, by the an-

cients called Catbarum Promontorium, to Sierra

> Leona, lies SE by E. ſomewhat inclining
to the eaſt, as far as cape Tagrin, which
is in eight degrees, thirty-ſix minutes of
north latitude, cut by ſeveral rivers which
fall into the ocean; the banks whereof are
very agreeably ſhaded with orange and
lemon- trees, beſides being beſet with vil-
lages and hamlets, all which renders the
proſpect very delightful. Moſt of the ri-
vers are alſo deep and navigable, but their
ſtreams very rapid. The inland country

is very mountainous. _ -
Rio das Rio das Pedras, to the ſouthward of cape
pedras. Verga, glides down from a great way up the
country, divided into ſeveral branches, form-

ing divers iſlands in this land, which the na-

tives call Kagakais, where the Portugueſe have

a colony, ſecured by a little fort, called
St. Philip. >

Rio das Caſas or Caſpar, and Rio Tomba-.
ſine, this the leaſt of the two, flow from the

mountains of Machamala, which may be
eaſily ſeen in clear weather, at ſome leagues
diſtance from the coaſt, in failing by, ſtand-
ing to the ſouthward from cape Ledo or Ta-
grin.

It is reported, that on or about theſe
mountains, ſtands a high rock of fine cryſtal
of a pyramidal form, but conſiſting of ſe-
veral pyramids one above another, none
of them touching the ground; which if
lightly touched, do give a mighty ſound.

* 49 *

This is ſome notion of thoſe ignorant cre-
dulous people, ſcarce worth mentioning any
otherwiſe, than as it ſhows what ſome men
will believe. 0 e

The four iſlands, by the Portugueſe cal-

the many they found on them, by the

natives Veu uf vitay, and by others Ta-

mara, are at a ſmall diſtance from the
continent, near cape Camnekon, or Sagres.
They are ſcarce to be diſcern'd from the
oppofite continent at NE by E; but at
N NE. they ſeem to be at a good diſtance,
and all over wooded. They afford plenty
of ſeveral ſorts of proviſions, and very good
tobacco, which the Portugueſe fetch in ex-
change for brandy and falt ; both which

_ commodities are highly valu'd by the

iſlanders, who furniſh for them, beſides pro-

viſions, large elephants teeth, and gold-

duſt, The natives are crafty deceitful
dealers, and will not ſuffer any Dutch to

land on their iſlands, ever ſince that nation
formerly Kkidnapp'd, or ſtole away ſome of
their people. VV

The largeſt of theſe | iſlands lies exactly

in nine degrees, forty minutes of north-

latitude, and is higher than any of the
others; we ſail'd by them at about five Eng-

liſh miles diſtance, for cape Tagrin, ſound-

ing all the way, and ftruck fourteen, fifteen,
and twenty fathom, uneven ground and
ouzy, mix'd with ſmall ſhells.
From the iſlands dos Idolos, to the afore-
ſaid cape Tagrin, the courſe is moltly ſouth,
a ſmall matter inclining to eaſt, '
There is a tradition, that this tract of
land, from cape Yerga, to the north- ſide of
Sierra Leona river, which is the utmoſt ex-
tent of Nigritia to the ſouthward, was for-
merly ſubject to a king called Fatima, re-
ſiding up the inland, and ruling over ſe-
veral petty kings his vaſſals and tribu-
taries; among whom were Temfila, Teem-

ſerta and one Don Miguel, converted to

chriſtianity, and baptized by a Portugueſe

Jeſuit miſſioner, called Barreira, about the

YOur 1902, one ttt. So
The tide at ſea, from cape Verde, to

that of Tagrin, along the coaſt of Nigri-

tia, ſets NW. and SE, as in the Britih
channel.

What J am to ſpeak of, in the next place,
relates to the kingdom of Sierra Leona,
where Guinea, properly ſo called, com-
mences ſome leagues to the northward of
that river; and the name of the ocean is
chang'd from that of Atlantick into that of
Ethiopick, about cape Tagrin, according to
the exacteſt modern. geographers ;z which
laſt name it retains as tar as cape Negro, in
ſixteen degrees of ſouth latitude,

What

-Book1, |

| ; Iſlands do!
led Ilbas dos Idolos, that is, of idols, from Idolos.

Ee ata. 1
es.” e e + 02
8 A n
ALAS Z on tt Ee .
r . *X

.

5 Oo el SEN
— * — *
8
* Ik

— RR
T2. %Þ 3 3

e I
e
i HREM
4 ES OS
3
1
#% I,
2
3
W706. 41 7 —
* e
Ys WIRES
7 A
33
e
e
K CE
2 ol.
$ EIA
e
Tx PEP x
e
Px 4 Ti.
E
Fed 8
33 4 3
a *.
Fre * x
28 Wo >
£ oe. 4 U
r Age
5 + 8
2 »
RE 5.4.8
ö Ia.
. 5
—
. 56” oa
= * 2
7 *
LE 45
*
L
8
Ls 2
wg
»
6

4

*
7

N

*
. 8

—

=

*

N

SET a1 e

.

CBE

8 ork,

OA oo te a4. — 184 - oo — -- - „ N 85 ; way 5 8

A Ltate" C. 3 3 3 |

| Cape e. 2 Finado « at N. Lea =

—_—
— ou

„

_
> +

"== AE "7" EEE WE PIR, ——

— — _

} - «
”

i

_7 * — = T

g : — A ee

- — EEE INTE a ESD b

——

<= — = —
— .

-

2 —
—
.

=

— —
—
—

—

— 2 - TY o - . . ho — . -
WW 2 - - - 0005 — . 22 * — — _— ” bs ny . 7%, 22

——

— — *
CE —_—— ———————— .— ͤ— - - _—_ — — — —

„ 24+ + 4 4 Gn 4 * 6

wy.

*
ren. | N.
— % 2 - Cad = PAS I hues Thu 8
—— — — — — - =

—— — — "be Same "Gl 4 4 harcing Me 2 ROC

2

2
— - — *
4 je "it. *

pP r__—_——

, TER J
4 411

= nine =ummmnge— Bet =

” 79 „ .

: N 2 5 > . 1 8 : : ;
. og - 22 = — © — 2 2 4% e 77775 * db FOIA — " : =

— — —

— —

— — — — — ©
S = SS FI— EE

—— — - == —= —— - 2 > —
— = —_—— 2 ä —— —

ats PLantin N.

— —

SE

—

— 22 ——

Ar

Al
lb
Gi
[8 |
I!
D ||
aj

at EVE abt ;, League and t

— —
|
|
[:
|
|
Ml

_—

7575 Mr Ht 7m
- - — —

— — —

7

——— — —
—— -

- — —
— —

o

2 Leagues, he ROck,D, at JE E. all ovefWhods „nm.

—

»
— — — 4
— ———— — — —— rr ro gn.
RE ee — — ͤW ES a
— — —
—

— — — x
— — —— — FE 4
— — : — — - — — * 2 of

— ——— — uK—-v ITT — — — — ſo
—

——
— —
— — — — —

—
*
—

LA Land

Mm

42

n £40
The

| Tagrin., being aL, SE. 4 Leagues. f A. the Bay of terra

> TT
eee
— 4 WOT rr > . We, \ ]
XI — ; * Ft Io r , i, Novi N Wi *
——— LIPS WI.

LE

Ns
h WV
Wh 4 755 .
> ——— ALL ZI:
DB ili, —— B — 9" Ee” C1 Tr
e

n
LEY

a” eas

—___—— —————
= W ===
=

— — -

—
— L—

1 - tas . LL —
e 9 St 8 —
- . — = — — —

a 1 _ WES „ nth . * „ —_— * LEE 2 LAS e e e tn ae Le Ee
_ * 1 * 4 1 * ” DET an 3 — " - FF 2 3 = ay NE = = — 25
N _ ”y 2 mY ps Largk "Ho 4 5 5 Ke; 8 $ 5 5 c LE oe IF 9 1 ˙ A "5 TS 8 * 7 r LS TELL IP 2 5 32S N „ 3 KEELEY
* * " << * e 95 * R * 3 2 3 * 8 5 * 9 l 2 . 8 7 ag
* " " _ 1 +4 oy 7 HOGS: a > 15
a 8 bt N ES 5 F * 1 N 5 Sy 2 £ + {4 N WA $ SI's 2 8 wy
Io . . a im. Fs LE ef = r jor = G 11 15
< „ 5 FRIES". 2 5 Jo ot n 8 8 F ; 1
BE * n * 2 > 5 7 9 8 6 ry a
* F N F 7 TER D * * 7 * 8 * —— _ =
_ 8 * > £4 2 Pf : r IEP
; N SEN r . : 8 8 : i ee
25 N 5 N 4 5% l by r : ? 8 n 2 4 "_ — .
7 be) - : <3 5 * 8 22 —
* 4 _
Ra T EL E341
FI. 4 8 3 n 1 Ne
RE GGG |
*
— eels
*
e F
.

* .

P —— — :

— ʒ— —
re ran ——

7 * - >
N P TE nm—_——_—
* —— — ˙—·˙ Ä — „ — —
——— — — — — — —— — & 4 0 — - *
— — —— — ,
1 5 . 2

I Caae.12. of Nigritia, or North-Guinea, 95
What I ſhall ſay of the product of the of Nigritia, lying betwixt cape Verga and the Bangor.
land, manners of the natives and religion river Mitomba, or of Sierra Leona, which
2 profeſs' d in the country of Sierra Leona, - ſhall conclude this book of the coaſes of
1 may be applied in all thoſe particulars to Nortb- Guinea.
| the territories and inhabitants of that part — — .—

r RET

3

Lan

. A A SES ei, AO A AE IG Gs OS ng AE IE PEREGO 1 A nn.

BARBOr.
AW

Why fo
call 'd,

4ts oxtent.

* * « * . o P -
ö p 4 . 0 E : - $ 47 x * o .
of . . .
a 4 4 . . : | : 4 .
. *
N ( ” 8
, . 1
* N *
5 — * k . : 4 "oF "4 | SY
+} &-4 * ” 0 $4 .% 4 . : 1 1 1
* wh * o " - r
' Ss Wh i k " ? 147
1 g - 1
_ * o : | es
q *iY

e 8 SY
- » 3 # * n
E
5
1 ny „ * „ „„ 1
4 1 999 N , : 4
7 D g
=. 0. ?
: ; 2 0 y
+ & - = » *
Ty ”. TY
. * K * : . :
* —
d 5

OF IHE

| _ Coalts of Sout Guinea,

OR

GUINEA. properly ſo called:

Commencing at Serra Leona river, and ending

at Rio de Fernan Vas, to the ſouthward of

cape Lope Gonzalez.

With an account of the ſeveral iſlands in the gulph of Guinea,

by the Engliſh commonly called the Big.

K * |
8 75 .A : 7
A re he er En (3% —

*

A
MAPK +

7
* 7
. N 0 . » —

"= — tad —

SIERRA LEONA,

HE kingdom of Sierra Leona,

whether it be taken for the whole

country in general, or only for the
ſouth part of the bay or river of Mitomba,

had this name given it by the Portugueſe
and Spaniards, from the roaring noiſe of
waves beating in ſtormy weather upon the
ſtony ſhores and rocks, running all the
length of it, which at a diſtance 1s not
unlike the roaring of lions; or elſe from
the vaſt numbers of thoſe fierce creatures
living on the high mountains of Bourre and
Timna, on the ſouth-ſide of the river;
Sierra in Spaniſh ſignifying a mountain, and

Leona a lioneſs ; whence ſome call them the

mountains of the lions.

Nothing being more uncertain than the
extent and dimenſions of wild ſavage coun-
tries, where the natives are ſtupid, igno-
rant, and utter ſtrangers to geography; [I

3

Deſcription of Sierra Leona; the ſeveral kingdoms. Mitomba river; European
Factories. The natives, produtt, beaſts, birds, fiſh, &c.

4

cannot ſafely pretend to aſſign the limits of

this country of Sierra Leona, as being alto-

gether unknown to any Europeans. It will
be ſufficient to obſerve, that ſome modern
geographers extend it to cape Verga before

mentioned, northward, making it to bor-

der on the kingdom of Melli that way,
and to depend on it; eaſtward to that of
Bitoun, which joins on the N E. with that

of Mandinga; ſouthward to that of the
Quojas, Carrodobou, Dogo, and Conde; and
weſtward to the Atlantick and Etbiopick
ocean.

However it is as to the limits, that Iba

country is inhabited by two diſtinct nations,
called the Old- Capeʒ and the Cumbas-Manex:
the firſt of them reckoned the beſt and
moſt polite people of all Nigriia ; the lat-
ter daring, reſtleſs, rude, and unpoliſhed,
being man eaters, as the word Manez, de-

notes, in their language. The Portugueſe

at

* Ly . 2 * 4 * If 4 5 AA * Ae v we; _ + 9 x . KS.” 1 „ -.. > RODS » = 3 5 8 =; SS CPE E
ers 2 Wan 5 CERES, 1 „ . 3 x2 b Be RE i res on Sinks, not nt 8 . ee TD & 3: 14% . 5
Ph 8 g * S . n 1 8 . 2 x n 3 3 n . 8 * 3
ccc A OR I FER ph 6. FFF .. ⅛ũ ä ⁵äꝶſ˙.f. dd ., , ĩͤ Lag
" * N * 2 un 8 . * A 8 * y : K ee r WY TE * e N FP e ;

ay
£3
P
4
7
:
A
*

Je

2 J numbers of thoſe poor people.

. a N » a
- * 1 . 7 * >
408 8 ; 93 NE 1 42 . 3 RR n . XXX 5 7
8 8 7 e E N of n . c Or als "CALI: 3 8
. RE EAR apt on dh Fe 8 aA FFC 80 e e e

1 * 4
3 p
8 . CO W- 4? :
e 2

8:

CHAP. T.

at Congo and Angola, reckon theſe to be of
the ſame race with the barbarous 7agos and
Galas, inhabiting the country EN E. from
Congo, who have long been the terror
of many negro- nations in Africa, having
committed moſt unheard-of inhumanities
from the beginning of the laſt century to
this time; and all of them generally ſup-
poſed to proceed from the nation of the
Galas Monou, living far up the inland of the

river Seſtro. | |
Zarbarous Theſe two nations above mentioned, have
Cumbas, been continually at war, like implacable
and civi· enemies, ſince firſt the Cumbas Manez came
_ * down, about the year of our redemption
0 505, from a very diſtant country up the
land, and aſſaulted the Capez, then the na-
tural ancient inhabitants, deſigning to plun-

: der and deſtroy the country, and carry off
5 the natives, to ſell them to the Portugueſe,

then newly ſettled in thoſe parts of Africa;
and they actually did ſeize and ſell great
Then ob-
ferving the goodneſs and fertility of the
country, they refoly*d to ſettle there; and
the better to ſucceed in their deſign, conti-
nu'd to carry on a cruel and bloody war

took priſoners. The Capez ſeeing them-
ſelves reduced to ſuch diſtreſs, took heart,
and made ſuch vigorous oppoſition, that
their barbarous enemies have not yet been

CT. Y able to bring about their wicked deſigns.
2 Thus both nations ſtill keep footing in the

country, and the war continues to this day,

— with the deſtruction of great numbers on

both ſides; eſpecially of the Capez, many of
whom, tired out with ſo many hardſhips and
ſufferings, choſe rather voluntarily to ſell
themſelves for ſlaves to the Portugueſe,
than to hazard falling ſooner or later into
the hands of thoſe man-eaters This enmity
continu'd hot among them in the year 1678,
when firſt I went into that river, and ſaw
the preparations made by the Cumbas Ma-

| nz to give their enemies a warm reception,

as I ſhall obſerve hereafter ; tho? I was in-
form'd the war was not carry*d on with ſuch

been formerly ſubdued by a king of that
nation, call'd Hanſire, whoſe ſucceſſors ſtill
appoint a viceroy over them, by the name of
Dondagh, whoſe brothers once reſided at

Timna; till falling at variance among them-
Vo I. V. a 8

Mc Wa
A ASSENT * oy

Of the Coaſts of South-Guinea.

L with the civilized Capez, every where per-
T1 ſecuting and devouring many of thoſe they

inhumanity as formerly, the Cumbas begin-
ning to grow ſomewhat more civilized and
peaceable than their forefathers, by tradin
with the Europeans, but ſtill wild and bru-
tiſh enough.
Both jub- Both thoſe nations are ſaid to own ſome
1: % fort ofdubjection to the king of Quoja, who
Won. generally reſides near cape Monte, having

dering weather, the echo repeating each

oY

ſelves, they parted, and made war with one BAR ROr.
another. One Jobn Thomas, a Black of WWW
about ſeventy years of age, of whom I ſhall

have occaſion to ſpeak hereafter, at the time

of my coming thither, was the youngeſt ;

and had for his patrimony the village Tom -

by, lying four leagues up the bay, by the

French calPd Baye de France, and about a
league above the village Bagos, near which

there are ſeveral large tall trees. The Eng-

li/h, for the moſt part, anchor before Tom-

by, which is on the ſonth-ſide of the river,

and nearelt to their ſettlement.

There are other geographers, who will Various o-
have the country and kingdom of Sierra pinion, a-
Leona to commence at cape Verga aforeſaid, eee of
and to extend no farther ſouthward than cape Sierra
Tagrin, and reckon it as part of the kingdom Leona.
of Melli, Others again confine it between

the river Mitomba, on the north, and that

of Serbera on the ſouth, placing a town they
call Concho about the center of the inland
country; but theſe controverſies are not very
material. | | 6.2 5
The north parts of this river Mitomba, Boulm
from the point of the bay or mouth *ingom.
weſtward, and up the bank, are ſubject

to two petty kings, to him of Bourre on

the ſouth, and to him of Boulm to the
north; this laſt in my time was call'd Au-

tonio Bombo. The former commonly re-
ſides at the village Bourre, which conſiſts

of about three hundred huts or cabbins,
and five hundred inhabitants, beſides women

and children. The Portugueſe miſſionaries
formerly made ſome converts at Boulm, a-
mong whom was the king; and they ſtill
continue to ſend miſſionaries thither, from
time to time. The word Boulm, in the lan-
guage of the country, ſignifies low-land ;

and others pronounce it Bolem and Bouloun.

T he coaſt, on the ſide of Boulm, is low and

flat, in compariſon of the oppoſite ſhore of
Bourre or Timna; near which, are thoſe
famous mountains of Sierra Leona, being a
long ridge, and reckon'd the higheſt of either
North or South- Guinea, except thoſe of Ambo-

ſes, in the gulph or bight. There are ſo many Gra:
caves and dens about theſe mountains, that echo.
when a ſingle gun is fired aboard a ſhip in

the bay, the echo is ſo often and ſo diſtinct-

g ly repeated, as makes it ſound, to perſons at

a diſtance, like the report of ſeveral guns, :
the clap» being ſo loud and ſmart, which

was often pleaſant to me to hear; whereas,

on the contrary, it was dreadfu] in thun-

clap of thunder with as much force as the
real; inſomuch, that till uſed to ir, not
only I, but all the company aboard, did
quake at the horrid rattling noiſe breaking
forth from ſo many parts, thunder being

Cc here

LES = I». +
5 3 % DS
Row ennt cnet — ent EEE ne nun VER Ao noe AE es. _ =

——ͤ ——— —— — —

pe — — 4 ——
— —

——

— =" =
= — |
n ES =

ST I

— —
- - —
i - — 8

— _

— . S 2

— -

— —————<— 7
ky — ä — * —
— I on — — 2
— is = |

—

— — — . — — — gl
a mA.

BARBO r. here very frequent, and extraordinary fierce,
Hence the Portugueſe call them Montes Cla-
ros, that is, mountains that have a clear

ſound or echo. 9
Not far from theſe mountains, there runs
out into the ſea weſtward, a hilly point,
much lower than thoſe hills, forming almoſt
a peninſula, over which the Blacks carry their
canoes on their ſhoulders, when they deſign
to launch out to ſea, becauſe it ſaves much
trouble of rowing round from the bay thi.
Cape Ledo ther. This point is call'd Cabo Ledo or Ta-
or Tagrin. gin, and by others Tagaraim, lying exactly
in 8 deg. 30 min. of north latitude, accord-

ing to our exact obſervation ; contrary to all

the Dutch maps, which are faulty in this par-

ticular of latitudes all along the coaſt of this

part of Guinea, laying down all the coaſts

thirty degrees more northerly than they

Dutch really are. Theſe miſtakes ought to be care-

miſtakes. fully obſerv'd by Europeans trading along

the coaſt of Nigritia, and part of thoſe of

Guinea properly ſo call'd, accounting every

port, cape, and river, half a degree nearer

to the north than the Dutch maps repreſent

it: for the over-ſhooting of any port or

place there, is of great conſequence, it be-

ing no eaſy matter to recover the ſame by
plying to the windward, _

believe it will be acceptable to inſert

the following obſervations, which will be
of uſe in navigation to thole who go up
the river of Sierra Leona. The flood lets in
NE by E. and ENE. and the ebb runs
out SW by W. and WSW. 2. At full
moon, eſpecially from September to 7anua-
ry, the weather is very calm all the night,

and till about noon, when a freſh gale
comes up at S W. SS W. and WSW. which

holds till about ten at night, and then the

calm ſucceeds again. 3. Ships may anchor
every where, both within and without the
bay, in ſeven or eight fathom water, red
ſandy ground. 4. Ships ſailing from the
iſlands dos Idolos are to ſteer S E by S. and

88S E. to avoid the banks on the north-ſide
of Sierra Leona, and then ſhape their courſe

due ſouth, when they deſign for the bay,
till they come to range with the breaking
of the ſea, which at all times appears to

the weſtward of the bay. At the time of
flood, any ſhips may run along the break-

ing, ſteering EN E. and continually ſound-
ing from ſix to fourteen fathom, mudd

ground, which is the true channel. The
nearer you come to the coaſt or ſide of
Bourre, the deeper the water is; for the
higher the land, the deeper the ſea near it in
all places. 5. If you muſt of neceſſity anchor
withour the bay, the ſafeſt, and molt proper
place is about three quarters of a league
off cape Tagrin, to be clear of the violent

A Deſcription of the

Book II

ſtream running out of the river and bay, to
the NE. upon the breaking of the cape of
Boulm, the rapidity whereot is very great,
and no leſs diſcernible at low water. 6. This
method obſerv'd in ſteering, will carry a
ſhip ſafe up the river, to anchor before that
they call the bay of France, in ſixteen or
eighteen fathom water, clayiſh ground;
mooring as cloſe to the ſhore as can be with
convenience, to fave the crew the trouble of
going too far to fetch water and proviſions.
7. The flood in the bay is of ſeven hours,
and the ebb of five.

The river of SIERRA LEONA

RU NS down from a great way up the fs conrſe
inland. A certain Black would needs ub the
perſuade me, that the ſource of it is in Bar- .
bary z urging, that he had traded much that
way along the river, the commodities being
a {ort of fruit calPd Cola, and ſlaves, which

the Barbarians buy of the Blacks of Sierra

Leona. It is to be ſuppoſed, that by the Bar-
barians, this man meant the Moors and A.-

rabs, who trade into the kingdom of Tom-

but, which has commerce with Morocco,

which kingdom has its gold from thence 3
the merchants going to and from, between
thoſe two nations or kingdoms, with the

gold of Gago and Mandirga, where there are

gold-mines. Beſides, it is reaſonable to ſup-

poſe, that the river of Sierra Leona has a

communication up the country with other

rivers, or with ſome branches of the Niger,

which paſſes by Tombut, and is there calld
1ca by the natives. All this is not impro-
bable, the diſtance between thoſe places not
being very conſiderable, and there being
a conſtant commerce at Tombut, betwixt the

natives and the people of Morocco, Fez, and

Barbary, reſorting thither in caravans, thro?
the deſarts of Zahara, as I ſhall further ob-
ſerve in the ſupplement.
This river bears the name of Mitomba or How far

Bitomba no farther than about twenty-five call Mi-

or thirty leagues from the mouth up the _

country; and, tho? reported to run very far

down the inland, yet is no farther known to

Europeans, and the natives can give no

good account of its ſource. |
On the ſouth-ſide of it ſtands a town, As Mago-

called As Magoas, where none but the Por- as town.

tugueſe are allowed to reſide for trade; the

natives coming down the river to barter
with the French and Engliſh, when there are
any ſhips of theirs in the bay.

The ancients call this river Nia; cape 4 ien
Ledo, or Tagrin, Heſperi Cornu; and the names.
people inhabiting the countries abcaut it,
Leuc-Aithiopes, as allo the mountain up the
country Radius Mons,

This

5

4
KL
0 85
©
Þ

- Li R [ e

vl 2
— — 2 2 < n
* 2 > — — we FAX. . - _—— 2 =
3 _ CCC — — 2 —— — — nts _ . — *
> 7 ”
.
*
.
. P21
i -
*
* .
* 9
8 .
— .
— — —
* *
.
J
*
*
. ©
*
.
. » -
„
—
4
> —

.
*
*
.
«
- * *
— .
»
*
*
3 —
.
«
*
* N =
*
- TIN Ar 7 # PI £4.06 p24; "x *
2 > * « e wr ba Fe We I 4 22
3 2 4 - N }
. * > wt
4 1 K 0 N
0 I "ey da. + A 0 * * CITY 8
> 8 d . = . \ * 2 1 Lo. ** Py ©
t 8 's eat CE * PIES
7 5 Y N \ £3" LL b . $5 D \ 4 % - Ts Ws os Lg
* . * - * 7 * « 4 Fl 4 o Aa 2 o * . — Pa. 5 LL 1 — 2
a L 5 J « F 1 5 « SE nl in Pra d Se: E 1 2 FRG PASS LA 2 8 GE, he ey 2
3 $f > 2 . 1 a i = N Tre U N e
doo Or 5 went - 7 # r a * 88 S 4
5 * 2 5 3 iy "3x ite 2
: r 8 e 1. . * A og

C5.

ö
ö
x
8
: |
;
ö
'
|
ly

al. Vi Plate N.

oo

TO

0

AI 2p 7 . 8 .
— 5 2 . * 2 ©» 3 299. *
F * 2 & ALY SST FR Jo? . —
e 2.2 ©. Oo 92. STILL * 7177 =>
* WS e el, 2 ANTE
e e N te

— & * *

. * .
„ *s v4 v* *. > *
WE * 8 . 5D .,”
. .
* . * . *
* . . *
5 2 „ 8 * „ © 0
*. * 0 * ES & 9,,0 » . — ov .
3225 * 2 5 ©: — 2 o * . -Y 3 2 6
2 „ . * *, . * . .
_— . ps „ .
+ * * 6 > . r "RF... hes
* 8 86 888 „* .* *
. . . . + . . * .
. . F 0 » „ % „ - **,
<LA I . Ss 8 _ . £ «*
. . 4 * . . . ® . SES SM
< 2 4 „ 5 . 7.5 .* +. @'s 0 s * »
= . . py ROI "> —— *, . WT Ye
. . . . .

THE KIN GDOM-

Ts

by Wy en
Ul

1

R. dos cache 1

8

a

18

.&

A

6 „
Er 20 2.67 12

70

Hodge Ceuia 5 2
Fd im a
edo *
**.

"4

E
0

of Binque
Sag

e

4
4.

E

4

he Town
The Vil,
The V:
Cap

V+

1

7.

era cata
6 de 3
; D SH Anna L Sombr
5 * ; 8

B aixo x

* oy

Sherbrows

*Cerbera

*
%
*
8
dd
N W
.
; 6 Aida, -
„ 4 d
k. Yo *
2 WY \ 0
N
2 \ * x
Q
. hed
— N -
-
* *
b
-
- =
*
PL

Mpnboyyor d

. «
\ -
R*Aunnez,

WV

*

!

2 —
OR de Galjeiras
"4 * 0⁰ 1

* .

Tg,
LY 7
* 2
„
*
e \
7

- % D

* 2

„ 7
*

ff. © als 2 los Idol ——

3

Ja

">

2 2

— — me Gs
2 — — 2 — — = b — — — — ä r=
— —— — q .... . K I ZIIZRoA - "% "==" b : _ : 8
; — —— — —— 2 E E — ASAT "* 2 EE R
5 . "PF — E \ 2 g

=

RR —
3 ME TINT BREE —

— —

2 ==
- —

—

1 *

ä —

—

— —

ep no ol ͤ ̃ (ͤ2——— — ö

I A * W
Q 1 e Wb ” No
NA
5-2: 5:4. ud Serb OP A |

WB = nn So

4 <<2/ F VV!

4221 WAY 07

FATY AF 270]

e

SF en TONE.

= |

| 1 25 & + 1 TA.
| | OM
n AN "h N N /

nu KAN

1 Lg.
2

el an

3
of —}

Is In Sierraliona

— 4 Bout

S140 _[*,4/2

| Peng i SF

urre

The I. of Hondo Rs

Monou

The L. of 1 oe .

o lin . OT MN
Fo HO” Bi
„

ebb 5 and. |

The beende.

r BEE

N

' -
*
3% A.
0 PF Sc,
48 ol;

_ Karovmonou

15 N | Quotas Konde

1 Thel Y este

aluey q

The L? of Folgias 15 ,

|
1
|
5
:
.
1

Te Clip

e

2

OECD — — —
' —

Job. YL. a, E.

The h F F „
BT he place © 6.6 we cut Frere roSpect O He oad. UL the Bay of
| 9 | 0 f

C The Runnung 77 re/h water place

— 2 =
5 q "=

— — —

"ES 28

TS —

——
oe

r

ef ON Ol 25

PLL Eg
DE: ny 5 part

* 0 _ BY
AN Bo Wi

ay PA) ,

Fi 7 * 0 ”

a
— 75575

- 7 — 2 7 4 IJ I

#5 5 WI, — 2 * > — FEY —— 8 te » WW » 2

IM EG AY: > 3 25 We — 2 '®
eee . 7 777
— ED 2 ee 0 10 opt — . eee 22 9 75 72 WY N08

whe 4 8 Io 2

4 "i

285
WP

— —

— — — — — — —

4 8 nn Oro nee 8 — = — 5 \ \ 7 pon ,
ih RET = — — — —— — — N N
i OY —— 2 AN NES

— —

1 by

th

| 1

; TH

| 1 1.

1

h N ;

an

ih well
{
|

= —-

—̃ — — -
= .

— —
— —

—_—

*

— 2 .

1 0
i
144
j 7
I

— — a ___
-
— ol FY
— .
A OO t Ü OI Oe Q Q — — —
4

—
——

|

1 | +, | —
grad Aue == D
| — —

8 | 2 10 8 5 we

10 8 WE : j ay Z 1 0

—
-

—

ys

\

hit
2

— — — — — — *

— — — = —

— — 2.7
— 1 — - -—

I
N

L
hi
ny

—

at!

4
*

'l
LOL

(Ei, 10 2
FOR Mil K

N

'
7
8
2
!
! 2

E 11

!
1 15 1 2
Zi) WE 10 6 5 E

4
i
7

*, F

—

*

— —
—
+—_ — —

— —

2 z:

—

iy

is

NULL

'
U
Uh
(þ
«
4
ol
615
U

1 HH Hl 115

!!

eee

177

a
[ih
0
.
|
N
I
i]

— —
7 Tx

* vp wy
iD W.

—— — 4,
— = LIBS =; = P 25 * n 7
- F pM — 2 ALOE
'4 WV; INN W 1 —— * s =>
9 — 22 PAL 2 oe Pn 1 : ono 8 — * .
{ts — — mw

K
' NN!
F f

— —

— 2 —
= —
s 2, ——
— — —ę— 7
— wo 977 —
— 1

—— TEE
35
2 16

-

rr f ͤ nog EET III S-IETN

of YC UL Lion
From the Shoar

at ab?* 2 Leagues dis tain

D The Vi 2
77 ring Bay 77

bs. nd

of ir wrra Lina |
7 . F tie Road
C. Negros Cano0s

r 74
*
A:

"WH
770

UF

d

TAN at L

20++44 +4 242-4404 4 oe

/

Wall
55
2555

WOE

gd
00

7
it

Fi
Ph

n

5 Fl Ido

Os

\ Wd
Wah am
7

renne

1. In
IE

|

»

N

\\

odd: *
*

MI

Captain Ju Thoma

—

—
—
= =

—
——

5
WING
fp,

ji
tech
©

-,

—

8
171 %,

V

7

Jie

N >

/

N

N

VY

r Jul.

535 IS 2c a lt oy VO ns DUTIES 7 * * 327000 Cn ¾ ⁵:'EB On. a
-

| OO DO Bn Eb OS 17E
R :
: as Bhs 8 . F
3 3 8 ka —
nt HOES | —
* .
5 | 2 5 S
5 — —— wy
” 3 - h |
*
—
*

„
1

-
Te nn ————————————————— 8 7

:
_ |
AF ©} 7 :
2 F ;

- +
8

j 2 : ” * Q RL . -
. , FA 0 . b 2 55 WET Tags bs E 2 a LR CEOS PEERS Ne
- / 2 5 . — 1 SE; ng 1 „ ad ES rn OD 1 V
ts , 1 > 2 os 2 2 8 72 20 WA FTT Wr * SFF e's D r *** ——_
b 8 1 2 * 38 8 — Fr n 2 2 r * 4 n - r 3 _ 8 = a4 SSR, 8 . * N A r

by ** * ; Ls 2 oe oy dE CE i Cot n 5 n n e 7 ˙ àA—I—B ! ara 8; - F N Y * n N .
. ͤ ͤ og gt dE GE Fn : F RFCTTCCCCCCC00GC0T0b0b0b0bTbTbTTTCT ONe WY FORT E ü ß „
8 er n * E 8 YE. 0s, r 4 3 Boe 95 RENE; n * * p :

FFP —

Is * 2 *;
r a,

Engliſn
fort.

ter here.

alling in-

his river has ſeveral ſmall iſlands and
rocks at the entrance into the bay, which
look like hay-reeks. The chief of them
are the iſlands Cogu, Tafſo and Bences; on
the laſt whereof the Eugliſb have erected a
ſmall fort, which has nothing conſiderable
but the advantage of the ſituation, on a
ſteep rock, of difficult acceſs, which is
only up a fort of ſtairs cut in the rock,
and is a ſtore-houſe for the royal African
company. The fort is of lime and ſtone,
the walls low, has a round flanker with
five guns, a curtin with embrazures for
four large guns, and a platform juſt before
it with ſix guns, all of them well mounted.
Bur there are no conſiderable buildings in
it, the ſlave-booth being the beſt. The
garriſon generally conſiſts of twenty white
men, and thirty Gromettos, who are free
Blacks, and have a ſmall village under the
' ſhelter of the fort. The iſland is of little
compaſs, and the foil barren. |
About four leagues from the watering-
place ſtands the village Bagos, cloſe to a
little wood; and to the eaſtward of it is
Joby, where is a curious proſpect, and
before it the Eugliſb ſhips uſually ride; the
iſland Taſſo appearing from thence at a
great diſtance, and looking like firm land.
The Engliſh African company had its
factory formerly on the iſland 74%; but

De Ruy-

the Dutch admiral de Ruyter, at his return

from the expedition to the gold-coaſt, where
he reſtor'd to the Dutch Meſt-India com-
pany moſt of the ſettlements, the Engli/h,
under admiral Holmes, had taken from them

|

the year before, in the name of the duke

of York, and the royal African company of

England, put into this river of Sierra Leona,

deſtroy*d the ſaid company's fort, and took
away all the goods they had in it, amount-
ing to a conſiderable value. The Engliſh
company, after this expedition of de Ryyter,
cauſed another fort to be erected, for the
ſecurity of its trade, on the iſland Cogy ;

but the natives not approving of it, or

being otherwiſe diſſatisfy*'d with the Eng-
liſh, roſe up in arms againſt them, and de-
ſtroy'd it, obliging them to retire to an-
other place. En +

The Portugueſe have ſeveral ſmall ſettle-
ments in this country, particularly one near

Portu-
gueſe fac-
tories.

correſpondence with the Engliſh of Bence
Wand, being jealous of them in point of
trade,
The river Milomba in its courſe thro? ſe-
% % Veral countries, receives many ſinaller wa-
Mitomba. ters, the chief whereof are Rio Caracone,
flowing northward. The river Bonda, or
Tumba, or S. Miguel, running S E. naviga-

ble for ſhips of burden half way up its

Rivers

Coaſts of Sou TH-GUIN EA.

try

ſifting

Dondermuch, or Domdomuch ; but very little

—

channel, and dividing the Capez from the BaRBOr.
Cumbas. The country about it produces WWW
much ſantalum- wood, or ſanders, by the
natives called Bonda, and thence the river
has its name. Thethird, which is anony-
mous, runs towards the Forma de S. Anna,
along the fourth ſhore, and loſes itſelf in
the bay near the king of Bourre's town.
The Portugueſe trade up theſe two laſt ri-
vers, in their canoes and brigantines,

The country all along the fides of the villages
river . Mitomba, is well peopled, and has along the
many hamlets and villages. On the north-““ ““

833

fide of the bay, being the coaſt of Boulm,

are three villages ; which are thoſe of Bin-

que, Tinguan, an of Bun Captain Lewis.
The ſoil is very fertile, and therefore the
Blacks have added to the name of Boulm,
ſignifying low-land, that of Berre, which
imports good ; and thus Boulm Berre de-
notes good low-land.

The king of Bowl favours the Engliſh Eagliſm
more than either the Poriugueſe, French, or where fa-
Dutch, though there are many of the firſt vour d.
who live diſperſed up and down his coun-
The Blacks of Timna are much in the The
French tereſt. Some will have it, that French,
the village of Serborakata lies in the level where.

that 1s between cape Tagrin, and the moun-

tains to the eaſtward of it; and that about
two leagues farther up the country is a
cruel and ſavage people, called Semaura,
who are always at war with thoſe of Ser-
borakata. Ra

The village of John Thomas, who is go- pillage
vernour of that part of the country, ſtands of John
in the wood, E NE. from the place by the Thomas.
French called la Fontaine de la France, con-
but of a few hutts, built round,
much like thoſe deſcribed at Gamboa.

The bay of France, where this fountain, 3a f

or ſpring of freſh water riſes, is about ſix France.

leagues up the river, from cape Tagrin, and
ealily known by the fine bright colour of
the ſandy ſhore, looking at a diſtance like

a Jarge-ſpread ſail of a ſhip. The ſtrand

there 1s clear from rocks, which renders
the acceſs eaſy for boats and ſloops to take
in freſh water, At a few paces from the
ſea is that curious fountain, the beſt and
eaſieſt to come at of any in all Guinea,
the ſource of it is in the very midſt of the
mountains of Timna, ſtretching out about
fifteen leagues in a long ridge, and not to

be come at without great danger, as well

for the many tygers and lions living on

them, as for the crocodiles reſorting thither.

Some perſons who would have 'made a far-
ther diſcovery of the country, could not
go above two Engliſh miles, along the chan-
nel of one of the ſprings, not daring to

Venture

100

mal and dreadful proſpect they ſaw before

Curious
fountain.

Danger
in water.

them. The freſh waters fall down from
the high hills, making ſeveral caſcades a-
mong the rocks, with a mighty noiſe, ſound-
ing the louder in that profound ſilence which
reigns in the foreſt ; then running into a
ſort of pond, overflow and ſpread about
the ſandy ſhore, where they gather again
into a baſin, or cavity, at the foot of the
hills; which not being able to contain the
vaſt quantity of water continually flowing
in, it runs over upon the ſands again, and
thence at laſt mixes with the ſea-water.
This, in my opinion, is one of the moſt
delightful places in all Guinea; the baſin
which receives this delicate freſh water be-

ing all encompaſs'd with tall ever-green
trees, making a delightful ſhade in the moſt

exceſſive heat of the day; and the ver

rocks ſtanding about it, at a ſmall diſtance
from each other, do no leſs contribute to
beautify that piece of landſkip, and add to
the pleaſure of the place. I uſed, whilſt
there, to take the advantage of having my
dinner and ſupper carried thither frequently.
Here a large ſhip's crew may eaſily fill an

hundred caſks of water in a day.

As ſweet and freſhas this water is, it muſt
be obſerved, that it has an ill effect upon
the ſailors, if taken in the beginning of the
rainy ſeaſon; but more eſpecially in April,
becauſe the violent heats of the ſummer

| having corrupted the earth, and kilPd a-

bundance of venomous creatures, the vio-

| lent rains which enſue, occaſion mighty

floods ; and theſe waſh down all that poiſo-

nous matter into the ſprings and channels of
this fountain, and conſequently give a ma-
lignity to the water. This has been expe-

Duty for
watering.

Mooding-
place.

rimentally found by many to their coſt;
but it happens only in the winter, or rainy
ſeaſon. It is alſo requiſite to be ſparing in
eating of the fruit of this country, and to

avoid drinking of the water to exceſs, be-

cauſe it cauſes a ſort of peſtilential diſtem-

per, which is almoſt certain death, at leaſt

very few eſcape. SY .
The duty for liberty of watering and

wooding here, is not above the value of
four French crowns, in ſeveral ſmall wares

and toys, paid to captain ohn Thomas, the
chief commander there. 5
The wooding- place is about an hundred
paces N E. from the fountain, or elſe to the
eaſtward, as the black commander thinks
fit. The felling of wood here is very la-
borious, the trees being cloſe together, and
link'd from top to bottom with a ſort of
creepers, by the French called Lianes; other-
wiſe the wooding would be eaſy, the car-
riage to the water - ſide being ſhort,

the Moors. They are generally malicious

reveng'd of them, than by burning their

other parts of Guinea; particularly the Ca-

luxurious, but are now become braver, by
reaſon of the long wars they have had with
"the Cumba. |

there taught for a year to ſing, dance, and

ſhow all they have learnt at their boarding-

the bridegroom can make ſome ſmall pre- 1
ſents to the bride's father and mother, and to oY

which are the principal food of the natives,

A Deſcription of the Book Il.

Bangor. venture any farther, by reaſon of the diſ-

The Blacks of Sierra Leona are not of Black: g
ſo fine a ſhining black as thoſe of cape Sierra
Verde, nor have they ſuch flat nofes. They 1
adorn their ears with abundance of toys,
called there Mazubas, and make ſeveral
{mall impreſſions on their faces, ears, and
noſes, with a red-hot iron, which they reckon
very ornamental, wearing gold rings and
bracelets. Both ſexes go ſtark naked till
about fifteen years of age, when moſt of
them cover their privities with a clout, or =
piece of the bark of a tree; yet ſome there
are who do not care to do it, tho* grown
up men, having nothing but a narrow leͤ⸗-
ther thong about their waiſt, to ſtick their .
N 5 5

The Blacks of birth and quality, wear a Turbutn
ſhort gown, or frock of ſtriped callico, like temper.

o XS 5
S Er 1
_—_— — 3 5
.

88

Wer 3

28 *
IS CAN

MS e's
Ov
N

Dr

.. r
— ²˙ 88 2
S000 I Oe Ie a EE
<4 T

7 4 * - £14 2
„„ FTT (
S eee 8

25
D 1 1
rr 5 5
- HE De) 2 {BED

SSD Een r
% CSE 2 4
. r N 35
> OW re 8
W * 5
£3"

* een © > 1, +o44 IR
n —. SET TR
: . : 597 4 IS
WT EN ee ME os

and turbulent, which occafions frequent 1
falling out among themſelves, and more 5
with the Europeans; who cannot be better

hutts, and deftroying their corn and roots.

On the other hand, theſe Blacks are ſober, Sobriety
and drink little brandy, for fear of being :
diſcompoled, and are, for the moſt part, 5
more ſenſible and judicious than thoſe of - KB

Fez, who ſoon learn any thing that is taught
them. They were formerly effeminate and

Every town or village has one publick Education
houſe, to which all marry'd perſons ſend
their daughters, at a certain age, who are

perform other exerciſes, by an old man of
the prime family in the country; and when .
the year is expired, he leads them to the |:
market-place, where they ſing, dance, and

ſchool, in the preſence of all the inhabi- =
tants. If any of the young men, who are
ſpectators, are diſpoſed to marry, they make
choice of thoſe they like beſt, without re-

gard to fortune or birth. When the man
has thus declar'd his intention, they are
look*d upon as actually married, provided

the old man, who was her tutor, or maſter.

Theſe people make very curious mats Mars. |
of ruſhes, and other weeds, and dye them 2
of ſeveral colours, which are much valu'd 4
by Europeans. On theſe mats the Blacks lie
at night. It is queſtion'd, whether the 4
Portugueſe taught them, or they the Por-
tugueſe, to make theſe mats, f 4

The country abounds in millet and rice, Pie:

'The

EF mo Ser yr nd ASSES

—_—
—— — —

— LV! ̃Ü d

e

_ 2 == — _ '/
8 — — — — —— *
9 - 8 v5
-
-
»
4
c
3 e 2 ” 3 eee - 3 IEEE IE” 1 A r ESPE IR
s 7 5 Na — c, — o S
2 L 5 r to IS FCC .
, — 4 * a &
8 1 5 *
4 n
FA & > uh ** * 4 LA 4 EY N. * &

TIT

*
— *

2

N

e eee

2 e » 7 E
47 Wh | hs: 2
SS Wi ll 5 Ss
==a9® = 7.5 [!
SOS tl : ; |
* Nl I * 8 n — 6 i is
_— w 1 omg 5 j |
SIE e 1 N
28 x) Wa \\ i 1 . ö g

*

7
0
U

OI
MIX ICT
TK 10

Winne

Y
_

Wm

OOPS CU 22, RJ

”m—_—
\
i
1
N.
inn
Willi:

Hkmon

—
1 7 Parrptt
in ann
vu" "
A
MEAN
4
N
4 EA
UNA

* |
2 ET 5 | Il
. ax == [ 1 |
. = 2 | |
|
/
/
} — l
Mi Tl 1
Al |
[ Wl , Wi
ip 7 — lj Ik W -
HON | | / | D My wu | \j h | "><
il vb V Wo Mt
ANN. | |
Fly e. S Wh Ul
4% | l = Wi l ll»
wil TRE! | Q Wont Wl U |
| RL 107 I N 1 *
set fl - |
ITY Py | | |
= l
— = Ii : |
z- L 1 . |
- MAUI a |
= — . bt : a 2 |
E : vs
i ? 0
\. V
i S = *
VU N
2 * D
a© 8 2 Sq .
I
Fe: Q ;
2
8 '\ \N
3 \\\ |
& |
Y %
DI | j |
: % \
1%
Y
di

*
wi
2

v

mt

—
1]
ny. *
—
— —

md
KIT NAA

2 Oh ne le 8 tet
4. "Way
—_

$ oF EET

Unknomn

-” 25 The Old. y £7 al CS 5575

Jar, 198:

C arangque
0

1 =

JR I VIV DICE N
D Q Do. Wd W N WY.

Wa Wa KAN 3
9 bh.

BN
= 3. 2

N
14 0

—
— —

—

—

—

= —— . —
— —

—
">" em.
LATEST”
Di 288.
REA N

T >.
10 ME
.

Ss

©
WS. >

A.

2 wer Fl rr REST: —
— — —

— T8

x 5 S8

; _—_ ; - * 9 In |

8 aa: . =

: 8 7 N 285 wi bo $I 5 . A |
3 0 TY * 2 Ces. os 2 Gs VS RAS F N

. 2 N 3 oe * Y o > 2 3

28
*D
RD ee ee Bae APIS one pe es

.

EC ASCE ET

4 SLE

*%

* " OPT AE — 1 *
Pp. ̃² re rb Op
Th : F 4 2 3

%

LSE NEAT e
. ;

gee erty COLI Hee 8

—
5
%
ay /
„„ i

i *

— 5

_ * 1. a.

— AC!

5 f
e :
"4
*
5
1
.
| *
""
*
»

CAP. I.

£ 4 2 . - 2 27 , < x by * 1 . Nee 5 * A
5 , A N 3 2 - RED 1 2. = 4 2 C IE I 9 Rs Ft eV 2 * e
8 * * N 7 25 o $2- <g 2-rays S er err A e N — 1 D
F ee R 4

Eat oyſters.

The women pound the rice in hollow ſtumps
of trees, and then boil it into balls. Some
of them waſh their rice in ſea-water, and
ſo t it.
Here are alſo lemmons, ſmall juicy
oranges, Mangioca or Caſſabi, and Guinea
pepper, but no great quantities of any of
chem. Their wild grapes are pretty good,
and there are ſome Bananas, and three forts
6f cardamom, or grains of paradiſe, But
farther up the river, near the Engiifh
ſettlement, is gfeat plenty of oranges,
lemmons, bananas, Indian figs, ananas,

pompions, water-melons, ignames, potatos,

wild pears, white plumbs,. ſeveral forts of
pulſe; and Cola, of which I ſhall ſpeak
hereafter. All theſe proviſions they uſually
carry out in large canoes to the ſhips in
the road. Five or fix men row ſtanding,
and uſe long paddles inſtead of oars, like
the Blacks of cape Lopez.

They have great ſtore of cocks and hens,
wild goats, and ſwine, all which coſt but
little when bought for brandy or knives.

The mountainous country {warms with
elephants, lions, tygers, wild boars, fallow
and red deer, roes, apes of ſeveral ſorts,
and ſerpents : ſome of theſe laſt, ſo mon-
ſtrous big, if we may credit the natives,
that they ſwallow a man whole, They
have a ſort of plant which never fails to
cure the bite of ſerpents, which I ſuppoſe
to be the ſame lately found in the iſland of
Martinico ; the inhabitants whereof are ſo
peſter*d with ſnakes, that many periſh'd by
being bit, till ſome Black; accidentally found
that plant, which is now of great uſe,

Apes, monkeys, and baboons, are ſo
numerous, that they over-run the country

in mighty flocks, deſtroying the plantations.

There are three ſorts of them, one of them
called Barrys, of a monſtrous ſize ; which,
when taken young, are taught to walk up-
right, and, by degrees, to pound Indian
wheat, to fetch water in calabaſhes, or
gourds, from the river or ſprings, on their
heads, and to turn the ſpit. _

Theſe creatures are ſuch lovers of oyſters,

that at low water they go down to the ſhore,
among the rocks, which breed very large
oyſters; and when the ſhells open with the
violent heat of the ſun, they clap a ſmall
ſtone between them, and ſo pull out the
oyſter: yet ſometimes it happens, that the
ſtone ſlips aſide, or is too little, and then

the ſhells cloſing, hold faſt the monkeys \

and thus they are taken, or kill'd by the
Blacks, who reckon their fleſh delicious
food, as they do that of elephants,

Being one day myſelf kept as an hoſtage
for the Engliſh factor of Bence iſland, who
was aboard our ſhip, at the houſe of cap-

tain John Thomas, about half a mile up in
You: V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GrUINE A.
the woods; I there ſaw an ape boiling in a BAN or.
pot, with which the ſaid captain 7 . WWW,

101

mas offered to treat me at dinner: but I
could not prevail with myſelf to eat of that
unuſual food, and yet ſeveral Europeans
have told me it is good meat, having often
caten of it. „

I have ſeen oyſters here fo large, that
one of them would give a man a meal;
but ſo tough, that they are ſcarce eatable,
unleſs firſt well boil'd, and then fry'd in

F

The Cola is a ſort of fruit ſomewhat reſem- Cola fruit;

bling a large cheſtnut, as repreſented in the

figure, which is of the natural bigneſs. The Pare 5.

tree 1s very tall and large, on which this fruit
grows, in cluſters, ten or twelve of them to-
gether z the outſide of it red, with ſome
mixture of blue; and the inſide, when cut,
violet-colour and brown. It comes once a
year, is of a harſh ſharp taſte, but quenches
the thirſt, and makes water reliſh ſo well,
that moſt of the Blacks carry it about them,
whereſoever they go, frequently chewing,
and fome eat it all day, but forbear at
night, believing it hinders their ſleeping.
The whole country abounds in this Cola,
which yields the natives conſiderable profit,
ſelling it to their neighbours up the inland;
wno, as ſome Blacks told me, {ell it again

to a ſort of white men, who repair to them

at a certain time of the year, and take off
great quantities of it. Theſe white men are
ſuppos'd to be of Morocco or Barbary ; for
the Enugliſo of Bence iſland aſſur'd me, there
was a great quantity carry*d yearly by land

to Tunis and Tripoli, in Barbary.

The woods harbour infinite numbers of pp;14 feat,
parrots, and ring-doves or queeſts, and |

many other ſorts of birds ; but the thick-

nels of the woods hinders the ſport of ſhoot-

ing. The beſt place, and of eaſieſt acceſs
to ring-doves, is that where captain ohn
Thomas reſides, he having hew'd and grubb'd
it, for about 2000 paces ſquare, to make
arable ground, for his own ule, leaving
only {ome trees ſtanding here and there, at
a diſtance from each other, where many
of theſe birds come to perch. 1

The ſea and rivers furniſh the natives and pic.
travellers with abundance of fiſh, of all the
ſorts and ſizes that are found at Goeree and
cape Verde, beſides others unknown to

Europeans, as repreſented here in the cut, par 6.

having been very exact in the draught.
This plenty of ſo many ſorts of very large
or middling iſh, is of great benefit to ſal- 5%,
lors, while they ſtay here to water and wood.
or to drive their traffick, if they be provided
with proper nets, and lines; for the Negroes
are ſo lazy, that they take no manner of pains
to weave nets to catch fiſh ; and content
themſelves with the leſſer trouble to ſeek
D d amongſt

Very good

-_

- ä— 2 23 9 —

3 2 22:22 · 1 CS

102

BaR BO r. amongſt the rocks for what fiſhes the ebb

has there left dry; which often is ſo incon-

Unhealthy

climate.

ſiderable, it doth nothing near reward their
attendance. I have ſeen ſome of captain Tho-
mas's ſlaves catching upon the ſurface of
the water amongſt the rocks, by means of
a piece of a ragged cloth, an incredible
quantity of new-ſpawn*d fiſhes, the biggeſt
not ſo large as an ordinary gooſe-quill ;
which being boiled in a large earthen pot
together, tho' very full, are reduced to a

lort of pap, and accounted a good diſh.

among 'em.
The whole country is fo over-run with

CHA

Climate of Sierra Leona unwholeſome.

oy. EI

| Government. Inſtalling of kings.
the coaſt, ſands and ſhoals.

H O' the air of Sierra Leona is good

or bad, according to the time and
ſeaſon of the year; the days of ſummer,
being clear and bright in the open flat
country, tho' very hot in the forenoons, for

the ſouth-weſt gales of the afternoon refreſh

Goods at
Sierra
Leona.

the air very much; but in the high hilly
countries it's on the contrary very bad, be-
cauſe of the woods and foreſts: However,
it can be truly ſaid in general to be alto-

gether very unwholeſome, for Europeans,
as many Engliſomen that have dwelt in the

fort of the ſmall Bence iſland, during the
high ſeaſon of the year, could witneſs, if they
had not died there. For during ſix months
it rains, thunders, and is ſo intolerably hot,
eſpecially in June and July, that men muſt

of neceſſity keep cloſe within their huts and

cabbins, for a whole fortnight, to be free
from the malignity of the rain-water, which

falls in great abundance at that time, and

breeds maggots in an inſtant; the air be-
ing quite corrupted by the lightning and

horrid thunder, attended ſometimes with

dread ful tornados of tempeſtuous whirlwinds;

the days dark and gloomy, which altoge-

ther deſtroy and alter the beſt conſtitution
in men and beaſts, and the goodneſs of the
water and proviſions: ſo that *tis eaſy to
conceive what a ſort of melancholy and

miſerable life our Europeans muſt needs lead
But what will

in ſuch a diſmal climate.
not the proſpect of profit and gain prevail
with men to undertake |! ©

This river of Sierra Leona, has been long
frequented by all European nations, but
more by the Engliſh and French, than any
other, either for trade, or to take in re-
freſhment in their way to the Gold-Coaft or
Whidah, The goods purchaſed here by
way of trade are, elephants teeth, ſlaves,

A Deſcription of the

lofty trees, that it may be call'd one con-
tinu'd large foreſt, very thick -and cloſe
together; amongſt which, are abundance of

palm-trees, and a ſort of laurels, , on the

mountains. The ſea-ſhore, and rivers, are
border'd in many places with mangrove-trees.
The wood in general may be proper for
building any ſort of veſſel or ſhip ; but, it
is very heavy and ſluggiſh. |
To the weſt, John Thomas, the com-

mander of the bay, has another plantation

of maiz and mangioca, of much greater ex-
tent than his other, whereof I have taken
notice already. e

P. II.
Commodities imported and exported.
Religion. Courſe to be ſteer d along

ſantalum wood, a little gold, and much
bees- wax, with ſome pearls, cryſtal, am-
bergris, long-pepper, &c.

The elephants teeth are eſteemed the

beſt of all Guinea, being very white and
large. I have had ſome weighing eighty

and a hundred pound, at a very modeſt rate;

eighty pound of ivory for the value of five
livres French money, in coarſe knives and
ſuch other toys: but the Portugueſe ſpoil

this trade as much as they can, and do con-

ſiderable damage to the Engliſh company's
eſpecially in point
of ſlaves, which they are now forced to

agents reſiding here;

fetch a great way up the country,
The gold purchaſed here, is brough
from Mandinga and other remote countries,
towards the Niger ; or from South-Guinea,
by the river Mitomba.

The goods carried thither by the Euro- Good cr
d thi-
ther.

peans for trade, are,

French brandy and rum.
Iron bars. |

White callicoes.

Sleyſiger linnen.
Braſs kettles.
Earthen cans.
All forts of glaſs buttons.
Braſs rings or bracelets.

lours.
Braſs medals.
Ear- rings.
Dutch knives, (call'd Boſmans) firſt and
ſecond ſize.
Hedging: bills and axes,
Coarſe laces. 8 \
Cryſtal beads.
Painted callicoes (red) call'd chintz.
Oil of olive.
Small duffels.
| Ordinary

Bugles and glaſs beads, of ſundry co-

5 th
AF 3K
E 4 fs. .
: - Wy al
l
. y 2 2
5 :
* n S 4
WIN
s *
N 5501
.
"i 2 1

%

©»

5

85 5
8
i

r
e

.

La.
ſpol

the

Not
aut
me}

9 |
80 FEY of
1 7
— 8 + "ul
| N WM
0 IE: | H * 2.
ERR
— £35
55 2 1 »

car-
hi-

on RAE IT IE

» Y oy

J3J3J3J)jͤ TIC I Es ͤ ̃ ̃ ⁵T K ͤ ͤ ̃ A CRE yr PS ob
FRE ILY 3 F 5 Pr! ß 2 2 n ith
5 ( ²˙— Ei SR ares 77

e

*

= 4 J £
W
r en EROS

ds

Languages Moſt of the Blacks about the bay ſpeak

ſpoken either Portugueſe, or Lingua Franca, which

there.

Note of the
follow the

author's
method.

Atmin-

Ordinary guns, muskets, and fuzils.
Gun- po-] -er.

Muſket-balls and ſhot.

Old ſheets.

Paper.

Red caps.
Men's ſhirts. oo

All forts of counterfeit pearls,

Red cotton. \

Narrow bands of ſilk ſtuffs, or worſted,
about half-yard broad, for women, uſed
about their waiſts.

is a great convenience to the Europeans who
come hither, and ſome alſo underſtand a
little Engliſo or Dutch. The common lan-
guage of the country, is the dialect of Boulm,

a hard, unpleaſing tongue to ſtrangers,
very difficult to be deſcribed. I had, how-

ever, collected ſome of the ordinary com-
mon words and phraſes, but have ſince
miſlaid it.
It is to be obſerv'd, that I do not exactly
order of deſcription ; I take here
and there, as it comes to mind, ſuch remarks
or obſervations of things, as ſeem to me
the moſt ſingular and uſeful, and which are

not taken notice of in other places, already

deſcribed, For tho? all the Blacks of Ni-
gritia and of Guinea may be look*d upon as

one and the ſame people, in general, and

have great affinity and reſemblance among

themſelves, as to their manners and cuſtoms ;

yet each nation or people has its particu-
lar way, in one thing or other, which I
ſtudy to relate, as it occurs in the de-

ſcription of each reſpective country one after

the other; referring other things, I do not

ſet down in it, to what I have ſaid already

of thoſe of Senega and Gambia, to avoid
diſagreeable repetitions, and fave the readers
and my ſelf a trouble. For example, I
have ſaid nothing here of the way of dreſ-

ſing their rice and maiz, referring it to what
J have obſerved of the manner of doing this
m other Negro countries already deſcribed,

or which I ſhall deſcribe hereafter. And ac-

cording to this rule, I am now to relate
ſome ſingular ways and cuſtoms in point of

government and religion, which are par-

ticular to the people of Sierra Leona, and

not obſerved by other Negroes elſewhere.
The Capez and Cumbas, the two ſorts of

Hatten of people, as I ſaid before, who poſſeſs or in-

juſtice.

habit the kingdom of Sierra Leona, have
each of them a peculiar King or commander
in chief, who adminiſter juſtice, according
to their maxims and conſtitution, and judge
of all controverſies and debates ariſing be-

_ Tween private perſons: To this effect, and

upon occaſion of cauſes, either extraordi-
nary 1n their nature, or otherwiſe of impor-

Coaſts of SouTa-Gvuinea.

being
hands, ſmall braſs bells at their legs, and

ling- place; which is nothing but a heap of

round cabbins, or huts built together. There
the king fits on a ſort of throne ſomewhat
raiſed from the ground, cover'd with very
fine mats, his counſellors ſitting about him
on a ſort of long chairs ; theſe counſellors
being the ableſt perſons of the country,
whom they call Solateſquis.

The contending parties are call'd in, with rawyers.

their counſel or advocates; men who un-
derſtand and ſtudy the conſtitutions of the

country, and. plead their cauſe, either civil

or criminal : which being heard, the king
takes the opinion of his Solateſquis, and ac-

cordingly pronounces the ſentence defini-

tively, which he orders to be executed in
his own preſence. In caſe of crimes, tho?
ever ſo ſmall, the convicted criminal is
baniſh*d the country. 1
One thing very ſingular in this court,
is, that the Troens, or advocates, cannot
plead any cauſe before the king, without
maſk'd, having ſnappers in their

a ſort of frock on their bodies, adorned
with variety of birds feathers, which makes
them look more like buffoons and merry
andrews, than men of la.

The ceremony of creating and inſtalling

a Solateſquis, is no leſs ridiculous than the

former account given of the dreſs of a Troer,

or advocate. 1

The king being ſeated in his Funkos, ſends Solatel.
for the perſon deſign'd; he is order'd to quis, or
fit in a wooden chair, adorned after their.

manner. The king ſtrikes him ſevera] times

on the face with the bloody pluck of a

goat, kill'd for that ceremony, and rubs

the face all over with meal of Indian corn;

which done, he puts a red hat on his head,
pronouncing the word Solateſquis. After
which, he is carry'd three times about the
place of the ceremony, in the chair; and
for three days together this new counſellor
feaſts all the people of the village. The
entertainment conſiſts of eating, drinking,

dancing, fire-works and ſalvo's of ſmall ar-
over, a bullock is

tillery z which being
kilPd, and divided amongſt all the gueſts,

The royal dignity was hereditary before
the Quejas ſubdued this country. The
youngeſt ſon of the deceaſed king gene-
rally ſucceeded ; and for want of ſons, the

. neareſt relation was inſtall'd in the dignity

after this manner.

Abundance of people having repaired to En.
his houſe, to viſit him as a private perſon, ning of
he was thence brought to the deceas'd king's Weir kings.

houſe, being tied faſt, every body ſcoffing
at him by the way, and even beating him
with rods, Being come to the king's houſe,

he

2

103

tance; they hold their court in a Funkos, or BarBorT.
ſort of a gallery erected round their dwel- WWW

104

BARRBO Tr.

he was clad in the kingly ornaments, and
thus led to the Funkos, where the Solateſquis

and prime men of the country were before,

expecting him: then the eldeſt of the coun-
ſellors, made a ſpeech to the people there
preſenc, of the neceſſity of creating a king ;
and then proceeded to a kind of panegyrick
of the perſon to be inveſted with that dig-
nity. This being over, he preſented him
with an ax, putting it into his hand, to ſig-
nify that a good king ought to puniſh male-
factors; after which, the king was proclaim'd
by the unanimous conſent of all the aſſiſtants,
and every one paid his homage to him ac-
cording to their cuſtom.

The deceaſed kings are buried in the high-
ways leading to their villages ; alledging for
this cuſtom, that thoſe who have been ſo
much diſtinguiſh*'d above other perſons by
their rank and quality, are alſo to be ſe-
parated from them after their death.

The ceremonial part in burying their kings
is much the ſame as has been already men-

tion'd in other countries before deſcribed ;

putting into their graves all their beſt goods,
erecting a roof over the ſame, or covering
it with ſome ſheets, or other cloth. This
cuſtom is likewiſe uſed at the burials of pri-
vate perſons; the corps being always at-

tended from the moment of the perſon's

deceaſe, whether king or ſubject, but more

be E Portugueſe miſſionaries about the

and charms, at their necks, arms and elbows,

or leſs according to his quality, by ſeveral
mourners and weepers, paid for that pur-
poſe, who howl and cry more or leſs ac-
cording to the rewardor falary they receive.

RELIGION.

beginning of the laſt Century had made
many converts in this country, the people
following the example of their King Fatima,
and of ſome grandees of the land, whom the
Jeſuit Barreira baptized about the year

1607. But both the king and his followers

relapſed into their idolatry, and groſs Pa-

ganiſm. |
The Negroes here wear Grigri, or ſpells

breaſts and legs; conſiſting of toys, and ſor-
did things, for which they ſet apart every

time they eat or drink a ſmall portion, and

of 'em.

will never go to ſea, or on rivers in their long
canoes, without ſuch ſtore of this traſh a-
bout 'em, as they fancy will preſerve them
from all manner of accidents; being very
obſervant in praying to them, but eſpecial-
ly to the Grigri, or charm, which they
ſuppoſe has a particular authority upon the
ſea, Neither will they omit to mumble
over ſome words when the voyage is ended,
to thank the Grigri for the care it has had

Plats 7, I have drawn in the cut here annex'd the

2

A Deſcription of the

figure of a Petiche, Grigri, or idol, I once
ſaw in that wood, as I was going from the
fountain, to the village weſtward of it;
repreſenting, as well as they are able ta

make it with clay, a man's head ſet upon
a pedeſtal, of the ſame clay, under a ſmall

hut, to cover it from the weather, They
have many of theſe idols, as I was told,
upon the roads about the countries of Boulm
and Timna, and near their houſes, to pre-
ſerve and honour the memory of their de-
ceaſed relations and friends. I have been
alſo told here, that ſometimes the Negroes
mutter in their devotions to theſe 1dols, the

names of Abraham, Tfaac, and Facob.

It there be any Mahometans in this king-
dom, *tis more than I ever heard of, and
they muſt dwell far off, towards the Niger.

However, a late author affirms, that all

the people of Boulm, Timna, Cilm, as well

as thoſe of Hondo, Quoja, Folgia, Gola,

and Monou, to the ſouthward, are circum-
ciſed after the Mahomelan manner; that
they own but. one God, maker of heaven

and earth, and of all things therein con-
tain*d ; that they do not worſhip creatures,

not even the ſun or the moon. That they

never repreſent the deity, nor the ſpirits, by.

corporeal figures of men or of beaſts, calling

the ſupreme god Canou, whom they look
upon as the revenger of crimes: taking

him for witneſs of the ſincerity of their
words, being perſuaded he takes notice of

all things, and will judge all men; hold-

ing this opinion, very firmly, that a time
will come, when all wicked men ſhall be
puniſh*d according to their works. But

they believe that all deceaſed perſons be-

come pure ſpirits, knowing all things, and
concerning themſelves with all that paſſes
in their families: thence it is, they conſult
them in all their doubts, and invoke them
in their adverſities, ſuppoſing they will help
them in a ſpfritual manner; and when they
are going to hunt elephants, or boufficrs, or
to any other perillous exerciſe, they offer
ſacrifice to the ſouls of their kindred, and
lay wine or rice on their graves, Sc. But
of this more hereafter. 5

The courſe to bring ſhips out of the
river, for the ſouth, is this. If *tis a gale
from NE. or N. weigh anchor at young;
ebb, that you may go through; it the
wind ſlackens, come to anchor again till
the next tide of ebb, which will drive the
ſhip athwart, the head at N. with the fore-

_ fail; for *tis always a freſh gale in the af-

ternoons, to carry the ſhip thus a league
an hour, always ſounding. If forced to caſt
anchor, do it before the point, about an
Engliſh mile from cape Ledo or Tagrin, in
fifteen fathom water. When you weigh

anchor again, at proper time, keep to,

the

Book

Bs BEN Ep das "= & PR ED is D n — "4 7 5 * . 5 \
* r „ 8 CCC * . n 3 :
e e e Ee ee ee
— et K 1 * * " * R 22 N 0 e 4
4

*
*
N
eo
; i
Fx,
FLA
: 1
Ad.
3
pt
7
e
Pe:
WIS,
I £40 ,
Ne
re
S
1

ys
F<
Par”
3
LH
7 5
*
=
2x
N
2
0
7

S GGR DE og nt, (ESE
eee e e e CE I TELE ES

3 223 Bf4s TTP c ICT III a 5 So
$5 e e 6) UTB ² ˙ ůàNů᷑— ͤ re;
= * * nnen N

*
5
. ?
e
»
2 1 ol * a F ²²‚‚ ⁰»ůãů̈ô‚ e hK r n en n e xd = 201 A ra ry r ve Ga ge Rn Ko ce able aa el Mt .
4 r r 1 - . 2 L WY IS” „ e Died SE + Bt i
; be a LEST 7 3 NS Ed TIE AAA IE ook a hs Er he Et AS. . od ann he bc ** N . . R . 7 82888 ͤ ˙ nh on
IE 2 * To e _ *% 2 We, * . e f 2 5 — 9 & Y : . : .
GK. NET ATI IRS e N 8 e e : x ; . * l : g .

HSE nt el At re EY ew

1 I. fl ; > / 21 {44 / f 144 mls "1.10 TH = 4 #3 4 7 1 *
. | | ( | | "ab oh OT OILS NS. F 771
6 i k ; A TY 140! UN | | P
VHS ee eee
bn wh 8 N aa — 5 WTO CARA eee K _ wha
ft : | — - 7
| WG 9
2% 4%
Uk
: CUNT ;
| 4 "1 ll Ga.
; 1
J I A.
F D | |
2 D f | WV
. VP d& 1 | 8
S |
| 8A | :
Q LIRA | eit TIDAL EIS
WES. fp 7 | 0 8
_ 'E
| — 3 | i
1851
J $
| mite 7 7 22.
- BN 10 0 e Tee
| | ql (HIVE 0 0 0 i 7
. 1 (NL \ \ N . N.
' * 7 | . NN N all | .
| "_q ö 1 „
5 Y ; 0
A V . F
N |
i ©
\ |
| 1 | e
| { 5 | * f ral II |
. ' dn 4 Bo q || F
| s 1 5 . Fl
: : I ' 10 1 e all ll
f SS 1 | 0 N Wa
% 22 CE Ak 7% TN! 11. LI i
5 LL a MLT | |! Ae
N | W | 1 6 00 enn
; FE \' N Ay ſly | "
Y i { un Will | | | N 9
\ 765604
| \ [| |
J oh |
. 0 W 1 7247 l , | MN 14 ; i
TY | WT 11 * | | * a * | In ir li | an. 4 | | Ai 1 If |
ML k A £4 : 1 M 40 un We Win "Il | |
N Ann t Dee 11 |

Ml

'
BUN)

. - 4
*

- wu. — — — * — Wo — 2 2 —ů — — * * * * "IT 2 T * — — 2 w — —— — — — — — — —— __— 4
* - — 4 4
—— — — — - — ——— — ᷑¶— — — — — — d2— — — — — — —
— OII—— —— — — — 2 — —
- — —— — — = — —— — —
— — — — — — — — oo —
— Vn — —B— —

— — — en—_——_— — ...... —
: — = IS EEE — ——_ — — W
: « W 23 % —— <D_ > — 2 —— — —
* ud
* —
| 1 '
> „ Y
ö . | |
J | | — = —— | |
J | | | | | | 8 | - : Eg 4 , ll ö
| : | ! . | | © - : |
d N f N i | | — \ —
= |
d 5 i 1 * l |S SD | | N
| | | I'& — il Ut
/ 1 | — | = 13 |
11114 » £ 12 * r | i
cl | 7 |
; i

2

2 Mounta1
SFeturro

YM N 1 wh, 2
Med null,
Q

1

Pęeniucu

a
240 > odo rf \
a. 4 |

at”

h
|

9

3

——
—
—
*

MQ ; |
Y & j
| 4 8
2, WW | IF Il; 5M
Q : So [2/7 3®) | 2 | 1 . |
VU FI nr _—_ | f my

)

TITAN
—

A

0

nil j itf

— —

—

| = [-} [i

—
—
— —
—
—
—

ator :
E———

| | | | 5 000 0 | | Nan
nn 1

: ” e . TA
WA bu 4 i ji
Man 4 9755 |
8 0 i
TL | 1 00
N A | I;
Q 9
IG 1
9 ö a
| 28 I.

60

|

1 \

—

a

—

55 j

=
—

ji]
i
ll |
1
5 |
1 'S
1 1

- -

l|

<
—
»

—

n EDD
_ Ry —_ A N rea .
e „.V,;; R EE WA It Regs FP 72 N
I NED >" 86:06 TE Ces 2 8 \ 2 Beth RE SY 7 WES 28 e Ps ry Os, OR OOO RES
7 2 i F< 5 4 T7 N * . SR 4s SR, > > Nr We 2 7 n — A N .
75 v a : 8 2 & Brag" 3 — N p
* : . |
„
—
-
: *
" * —
90 DIE
© MN
, *
n 8 4 &
-
CY
o
-
-

en
Ay
2
9

N
R
>
. 245
* "JE 7
HO».
4 |
OT OS: .
FA
i - 54
* y
1390 ”
* 1 .
. *
1 7
4 *
bye

and the heats ſo exceſſive and intolerable,

P. 3.

the wind as poſſible, following the chan-
nel in ten, nine, and eight fathom water,
without fearing the banks, or Baixos de

F,. Anna, to the SW. of the cape, which

are eaſily known by the breaking of the
ſea; and thus inſenſibly you'll come from
ten into fifteen fathom muddy ſand, and

again into twelve, eleven, ten, or nine fa-
thom, ſame ground. Next you'll ſteer

N W. and NN W. in nine, ten, eleven,
twelve and thirtheen fathom, coarſe ground;
then tack about, the head at S. and SS E.
in thirteen and fourteen fathom, till you
come into nine or ten; here you'll be di-
rectly on the Baixos de St. Anna; therefore
tack again to N W. till you be in fourteen
or fifteen fathom, muddy ſand and yellow;
and keep thus playing to and fro, making
a good watch, ſo you'll reach the welt of
the Baixos, or ſhoals, and being come into
thirty five and forty fathom, yellow muddy
ground, there order the courſe S E. coaſting
the ſaid Baixos, or ſhoals. At this rate, be-
ing bound to the ſouthward, youll get ſight
either of Sherbro iſland, or of Rio das Ga-
linhas. 1 3

In my laſt voyage, we got ſight
river, by reaſon we had kept too wide
from the Baixos, or ſhoals, in coming from
cape Verde; the tides of the Biſſegos driv-
ing us from the Drog ſant, in the calm.
It was a very tedious tireſome navigation,

that it craz'd the brain of ſome of our

: Baixos de
St. Anna.

crew, and all in general had violent pains
in the head. 3

Take heed not to intangle your ſelf a-
mong the Baixos de St. Anna, for they are
dangerous ſhoals, and you may be drove

on the ſmall iſlands by dead calms, which

are frequent here. Small ſhips, who coming
out from Sierra Leona, and bound to the
ſouth, eaſily paſs over the Baixos, or ſhoals,
where there is generally five or ſix fathom

water, and good anchoring every where.

At my laſt trip, I ſpoke with a maſter of
an Engliſh veſſel, in ſight of Rio das Galin-
bas, who had paſs'd over the Baixos in ten

bound to the ſouthward,
of this

Coaſts of SOoUTH-GQUINEA.
the head. at W. and WNW. as near days time, and another Engliſb maſter 1 BAR BOr.
met afterwards at Rio Seſtro, told me, he

had ſpent five weeks in paſſing over them.

Wherefore I think it not very prudent to

carry a large ſhip over, nor to fail it at
too great a diſtance from them; whether
you come directly from Europe, or only

from cape Verde, or from the river of

Sierra Leona, but range the ſaid ſhoals, as
near as you can gueſs practicable : for tho?
it ſhould happen you were carried on them,
you might eaſily get from them again with
a little labour and loſs-of time, either by
anchoring on *em, when the wind fails, or
by towing the ſhip with the boats, if the
tide be not too ſtrong; obſerving when
ou fail over, to have the pinnace row-
ing a-head of the ſhip, and ſounding con-
tinually. e
I repeat it again, avoid failing too far
out at ſea from the ſhoals, - for fear of
rendring the paſſage very long and te-

dious; it being generally obſerved, that

the calms are much greater, and dead at
ſea, than they are on or near them.

It coming from the northward, and
you put in at
Sierra Leona in the high ſeaſon, 'twill be
a very difficult taſk to paſs the Baixos de
St. Anna, and proceed on your voyage,
becauſe of the frequent heavy tornados from

S. and SSW. and the high winds, which

will certainly keep yu back a long time,
if not totally obſtruE

it; ſome having ſpent
three or four months before they could
weather the ſaid Baixos, and *tis much
properer to ſtay at Sizrra Leona during that
bad ſeaſon, in expectation of the return of
good weather, to proceed then to the ſouth-
ward without danger or great toils and-fa-
tigues 3 or not to depart from Europe till
the beginning of OHober, to enjoy the whole
ſummer ſeaſon in Guinea, which renders the

voyage eaſy and pleaſant : for then a ſkip

may anchor any where without the leaſt

danger, all along the coaft, and prevent

ſhipwreck, which has been the fate of man

who happen'd to be on the coaſt in the

boiſterous ſeaſon.

III.

St. Anne's bay ; rivers Banque, Gamboas, Cerbera, das Galinhas, Sherbro, Ply-
. Zoge, Mavah, Aguada, S. Paolo, Arvoredo, Corſo, &c. Engliſh fort and
factory; induſtrious Blacks; cape Meſurado ; Petit Dieppe. Product and
trade, from cape Tagrin to Rio Seſtro. | 5

ſed by the Baixos de St. Anna, and runs S E by

S. forming the large bay or Angra St. Anna,
Vor. ...

HE coaſt from cape Tagrin to the which reaches almoſt to Rio de Gamboas, On
iſland Sherbro or Cerbera, is encompaſ- the north-ſide of this bay, are the iſlands

Bravas or Bannanas, the largeſt of which is
alſo the higheſt land, ſupplying the ſailors
PAN 466i 55,0008

106

BA RO r. with wood and excellent freſh water, and
ich all ſorts of plants and animals that are

Soap.

Pepper.

the bark of the Maniguette-tree. They pre-
tend to have gold and iron mines in their

Banque

FPiver.

Gamboas

river.

Sherbro
river.

found in the oppoſite main land.

The five iſlands Sombreres are on the ſouth
of the ſame bay of S/. Anne, producing a-
bundance of oranges, lemons, palm-wine,
and ſugar-canes growing wild, which is a de-
monſtration that the ſoil is proper for ſugar-
plantations ; beſides, that there are many
brooks and ſprings which would turn the
mills ata cheap rate: here are alſo banana's,

great quantities of bees-was, red wood call'd

Cam-wood, much better than Brazil, tor
it will ſerve ſeven times ſucceſlively, as I

have been told in Europe.

The natives make ſoap with palm-oil and
palm-tree aſhes, ſo highly valu'd by the
Portugueſe reſiding in thoſe parts, that they

will not ſuffer it to be exported to any parts

of Portugal, leſt it ſhould undo the ſoap-
boilers in that kingdom. 175
Here is a ſort of timber call'd Angelin,

very plenty, and proper to build ſhips.

The Pimento del Cola or de Rabo, is alſo
very plenty, long, and taily, and better va-

lued than right pepper of Borneo, and for
that reaſon prohibited in Spain, left it ſhould

ſpoil the Eaſt-India trade.

The Portugueſe carry it to the Gold Coaſt,

where they mix it with Guinea- pepper.
The iſlanders make very good matches of

little iſfands, and ſay they were ſeparated

from the continent, as they now appear, by

an earthquake.
The depth of water in the bay or An-
gra de St. Anna, is five, ſix, ſeven, eight
fathoms mud. The Portugueſe word For-
no ſignifies Gulph. Here are four rivers

running out into the ſea, one of which,

the Rio Banque, is navigable for large ſhips;
the three others are not much frequented,
the country about being a vaſt thick foreſt,
which harbours abundance of elephants, buf-
faloes, wild boars, foxes, tortoiſes, and cro-

codiles near the water-ſide. The banks of

theſe rivers are are all hemm'd in with man-

grove- trees, on which ſtick abundance of

oiſters. There are alſo ſome lemons in the

woods.
The Rio Gamboas is two leagues to the
| ſouthward of theſe Sombreres, having a bar

at the mouth or entrance. The town Concho

zs fifteen, leagues further up the river, whoſe

water is deep enough to carry ſmall craft

and floops ſo high, for there is ſome little

traffick drove at this Concho.
From Rio de Gamboas to Rio Sherbro or
Cerbera, the coaſts lies SE. and NW. ha-
ving the iſlands Tota between both rivers,
Theſe iſtands lie NW. from Sherbro, all
three on a line, low flat land, with rocks
and ſhoals on the NE, ſide. They have

4 Deſcription of the

bera. . |
The country abounds in rice, maiz, ig-

much the ſame plants and product as on
the continent; but eſpecially plantains, and

thence calPd the Plantain Iſiands by the
Engliſh. |

The tides of Tora and of Sherbro point,
drive ſomewhat to the ſouth —

The iſland Cerbera extends ENE. and

WNW. about ten leagues, its north point
reaching very near the iſles of Joa, and is
every where flat land, lying over againſt

Sherbro river, that is to ſay, to the eaſt-

ward of it. |
The Englih call it Sherbro ; the Dutch, St.

Anna or Maſfa-quoja; the Portugueſe, Ta- -
and the French, Cer-

rulha and Farelloens ;

names, bananas, potatoes, Indian-figs, a-
nanas, citrons, oranges, pompions, water-
melons, and the fruit Cola, by the Exgliſs
call'd Col, poultry in plenty, and breedeth
great numbers of elephants, who often re-

piir to the villages.

The oiſters here produce very fine pearls;
but it is very dangerous taking of them, be-
cauſe of the infinite number of ſharks lying

about the iſland, amongft the ſhoals and
rocks. 115 5

BoO

The iflanders are groſs pagans, ſaid to

worſhip Demons more than any other Blacks

in Nigritia, and yet circumciſe themſelves ;
tho? I did not hear of any Mahometans a-
mongſt them. „„

i

=

ws
67>
| 8 Ji
4 C23
NEFA
ont :
1 *
4 P
1 18
* *
; * 7
bh
, 4
3
0 3

539

The royal Arican company has a ſmall Engliſh
fort below the river, lately built on ther-.

the iſland 7%r%; which is cloſe to Sherbro

iſland, on the north- ſide of the eaſt point off

It, and near to the king's village, for the ſe-
curity of the trade in thoſe parts. Tis built
ſquare; having three round flankers, and a
ſquare one, with eleven

two large round flankers with five good guns

in each, all built with ſtone and lime, and
defended by about twenty-five white men,
and between fifty and ſixty Gromettoes, all
in the company's pay. _ EE”

There was another lodge of the company,
on the main land, oppoſite to the eaſt point

of Cerbera ifland, before this new fort was
built.

Rio CzkRBERA or SHERBRO

guns; and about
twenty paces from the fort on the ſea-beach,

1 S a large river coming from very far up the Its even

inland to the ſea, through the country of bame.

Boulm-Monou, a land full of moraſſes and

ſwampy grounds, and loſeth itſelf in the ocean

near Cerbera iſland: ſome call it Madre-Bom-
be; others, RioSelbobe; others, Rio das Pal-
mas, from the Portugueſe; from whom, per-
haps, may have been derived the other name

of Cerbera, given it by ſome. _
This river is very large, and navigable for
ſhips of burden for twenty leagues up to the
town

F — I *”s — — — n * — — Age

<
»
?
*
I
x
*
*
Fg o
= PF
>
.
I
5 ö
*
*
1
—
.
*
=
*
p
*
*
7 -
0
A 5
-
5
by
=
*
>
.
-
*
7 i N
*
*
*
© -
2 7 4 5 i 24-2 26 e 78
ANG 3 £3 2 ; WARS * 7 „ EYE ENT
* ” *
TOTS . # %
ee, "

l

l

p
d
>

|
|

. F — One A Ei ee Ee TR 1 . —— WM
S , ir 2 5 r wa
* . LCs: 2a dA TED 5 r STE 7
— - — 2 — » < v2, * + * 5 7 . *
r ĩ⅛˙1¹jũ; I REI 8 n
Kc . ĩͤ Rs
r FFF
* JJ.
S SIGH

22 oy >

2 —
— —
> o—_

o

4. a _ = - 4
* 2 2 2 — nen — —
D . =, = 8 * = 2 2 == Sos ve net .
Sr rr or a Ro” TR
ne ELIT) EI, T
2 N * 4 5 ; -

= ———————w s
- ——= — —_— |
= — _ — — —— —ͤ— — — —
JE oy 201l* 99 240
2U0 JU DDD | O P A
/ 5 8 N -
. — — ä ——
— — = _ — — — — — —
— In — — — — . — — = — — CLE — — x : — . — — — — — ——
— — —<- =! — 8 — — — — - 2 © IE —— — Iz Y HS — — - — — — —— — —— ̃ —
: — —Bů ů — — =. EC ͤ — — — — —— — -FAZ —— — AD — —
=) —— _ * — —— per" - — — = - — — 3 —. — Mo = — 4 * — — — © * * —
— nn —— — S SEE 8 p : i 3 A — —
OY — — . M—ñ— — — — TERS 2 — — —— — —ß _ — E
— — — — = — RR - — — *
a — — — DS OY OWE Dn = -
— - — = — La =
* 2 — PITS, SEK. —
2 —— = ER —T; — — - 2
— — — 5 — <= + TT —— ů ——— . —EEEEFFI ES ̃ — — ——— — —— e —— —— D

> - oy -- 9 ,
- l , . : * g C 'T = : — — —
= W : — 22 Io * 5 r ICS 3 22 988 : — 1. 2 4 1 TM 3 a tr? q 225 rr
— — — . _ _ FRA fc Te YR L.A CNT SECIS I UNS FO, EE 4144 deen. eee SI TE III ITT TIS” YT MESA ES LN CH PT EMHRINOYCY ___ CD ERNEXY SY YT ea CERES
— — — — 22 e X. . rennen

on

4 x
7

29 7

Writes f
47
\

—
» \ - 2 * „
” 1 \ 59 Y 7
o aryl 2 7 8
LI 9

N ay 42*\ = nad n -. 28 — - > 7 *

C T> o . h 4 27 ** 3 = - "5 »V*.= : * 2 8 - N oY
% »-,- 2 E . gy) & =? 4.4, Q 22 -* > - — N Andy - 2 > & — -

SLAC S2 Q nee ee + Mate IT N 229 w "_—_ — 27 vo

? — * « ow» * 5 od * — - > — - 0 —
— n 8 r 4 * \ . — — 2. 2 -*
. — 2 „„. . - 7 aS — ” »*4 0 3 » 5 — - L . — 2
— 2 % . J 4 FA 28 2 N » © x Cavs « x o - . — 22 222
— * 2 "2 . 7 * 1 D - . N 22 — . .

WY © & C7 g TIED IL — e 8 N = <a >t + — 2 2
OG NN 8 2 e —— + a 9 2 Fi 4 -

— - A — * .

U

+ *
8 =, —
2 - —_
o

XY 95

* -
d —

—— — ZÜñ¹uͤ—w—

— 2p 1 it 2 26s CA CEA A
cell; .... K
. * 44- Fi N Pt N * 14 27
* F

-
r 4
2. ,

r -
en

75
*

n

* AN' /

Q 87, / N

C "= = - 8 —
= — — - 25 - £ a 2 - . . - -,
— - - A a7 : : — 3 c > - — — —
b — . —= * — — 0 - 2 3 & 8 — . = * - * . — — — _ - _ Jo —
- — - — — ͤ — — —ĩ — fo — = =: = "2568 => 8 N —— 5 5 — — — a = — - - — Un
— * 9 - — — — = — — 5 - * = = —— 2 - = * - ——— 9 — * - " = - - . AS 4
— — 7 — — — — p > — p — — — — - m— — A = 2 8. £ -
5 7 — - ee ee _ —_ . Irn tee e 2 * ee 2 — = TX JIG _ PA
= , . GC RD - + 7 > = — * 27 1 Lene, ot — TL * P -
— _ — 7 ERS - 1 n 2 > > - — — 4. 3 — —— 5 - £5 nes 37 = 2 2 2 Py - =, *
— = ; 4 . 4 WS — — s — C — r — 2 RR 4»-f - - Sg " ; 2 4 2 8
— — - om [! 1H * 2 — T5 « — * : — Can ee” — * - 2 72 — 22 7 - ">> mn 7 <> «<% 4 ; HQ - o = * - -
- 2 A I 7722 py . . C — >> — 20 * 4 » — , $0 2. .* 7 f 2 wry Lage ING 5 n 2 hs — -
8 — - 0 - 2 — 55 4 , RB . — 4 P * A o G - _— Is 1 *x 0 o ” 5 a**i4 J - — — * -.
— ” [ ” : 2 = S 2 Ns 1:48 I 904 7 - #ff, ö ka — 8 77 55. poo” C-... — = 8 er * % r N 78 < =
= Y — = — - — 2 2 Mi] a it, 00 N. 2 7 area, 2 n 5444 * 4 22 28 = = — 22 V > > = I __ - ; $-,* 84> *
— iy > > — 5 * 0 7 9 4+ 10 +194 n 2 * * * _ - — - * o = z .
s — . — — —— n. e ira * : — - = a 0
= — — — 2 - — 3 : . TR ets I Q BI, * I ö
= ? — S b 1 — r — « , - 2 . 4 ;
* 7 * 2 2 — ol -> —_ 17 > r — 5 — D 4 7 oy * * 2 A — 4D — >
2 N q >= — - - 9 -. n * oO: - "Co IS 9 . - - —
4 _ 2 — — 5 - IS * 1 - 2 5 vo 4 — —
7 5 — « *> « < 72 — > a be: 2 2 2- — 5 — - PD. :
= — 2 £ . - 8 e k C
2 L - = 5 2 ; 2 5
Dy 22 — S * - © - 7 DE > 7 x
o 2 . a> A — - -— — »>45 . , s
-- — . a” - 2 * — -- 222 .
. ot 2 2 = - SS — 2 —
> "ta = A — 2
7 — 8 — = 2 1 : — 2 — 2 2 1
is n So 4 * < CO non Sto * . TA. + ——_— B
w os 8 — > Pe: * 3 — 2 * © > 25
. - * © oats r 5 —
5 3 — — 5 N F
4 SK Px . < 28 wo; 8
; 2 222 8
3 - Po ”

ww
< 7 - _ — — oc PCINEIENTS A — —— — — — : =

— - — —— — "OOO r——.— ää—— — — U— — — — — — — —
— — — — —— — = — . ͥ wY— ũ 6 i —W ̃ ̃——2'˖..? ñ — . — . — ———— — — — - =
— . —— .. ———— —— — === = = : -
P———n———_——_—_—___—_—_—__—_— _ = = —_—===——= =ffSZ=== — — =
— ſ = a — =
— — — — — — 2

— ͤ ͤ— . —u—— errno —_ — . — SES" :
——
ä »lo˖ r —ͤT—Ü— - — —
— >. eo — —
4 U „5 N 75 **
U 4* 4, „
U * 11 9 9 5
1 „ „„ A"
766 % 7 92 Ny *

gor H, VIC JV 2

— : Z 1 — — - —
— — — — = — - —_— — — — = — - . — — — — — — —

—— — —

— 1 - * — — — ” 1 > 5 7 e
> EEE eee 322 ö eee ee (ES — _—
, . 2 2 4 , TULLY * * r *

1 — nene NN we wh
. C . 5 200 2 * RO pe 28-4 oy 4
PT | iT ext r (of Of Ec us
- 3, 4 5 2 «
nh
8

nd : 4 22 8 Pr A at fo? iy 7 FT f * 4

wb > N22 oy es "- . 4 7 . o / , 4% 0

=... L 4 ->F 5 I * * tt g — 4 ul pa 2 65 . // v / TS, a8; | Wor: 0 LO
_ — : 4 7 , 7 / 2 41 % 0

—

10
Wi

55
4% ()
0,4 A

7
77

— — ——— xF— H —

»

- 4
s/auticg Feli 14

= £

39? TW ee, rogugeg of | on mia Fon el]

8 1 | „ e

— —

Lor bop : onbvo7

.
7

— — —— —
ä — 1 — — — — —— —
— - —_ — ——— RR ꝗ V — — ——— — — — ͥ ——— — — — — > — ——
: — — 4 — — ogtw—

— ems. — ͤ——U— —̃ —— — — ——— — — —_m——o—_, — — — —— —
— — — - 1
1 — —
* * ance — —— x — — „ — — —— "Y —_
— - - oO a 2—L»— —— h —— —— 20 - . 2:2 * . — 52444 4„%. „„ — —_— . 7

wh — — — — — — r —ͤ—4—— — —:— ———ʒ—¶‚Zꝶ—;dd¹. 22
— - — — ” — — —

— * 93 ——ů— * 23 — = 2 _ —
. — — - m__ — — —— — — - — 2
2 — * — ——˖ — — — — b — — — 5 —— _ _ 53 — — — nv — — — 2 — ꝓꝓͤ—y¼⅛4ꝛ — 22 n_—_— — — " - > — : — — — — — — — — — — — „ — —

2 2 K- — 4 ED,

CEN RG ̃ nee TS een

- , :
—— —u—é— —

— — — — — — oe

——

* — —̃§ Ã ̃ ! tread EO GT OVER —— —

— r —_

„
r
— =
D — —_—
0 — —— *

— ——— e,,

EET ,
— —_ aq - wo ein r 2

|
- __ > eg I — 1 f 777
a — — —„— - - > > IWS 22 2 OR THAT LOT
, 1 — — > — n 7 PL — G 12 N e r — ;
: = EEE . les A OI ( LOTT
by - ES — 5 ELIT A6q+4 * - Eo. 3 2 25 — — 2 > . — SN 25
r BF 2a IS ;

— —
in —
A of

— 5 5
n % . :
Og Pg .
4 - r
5 = — THR - %
8
— 42 2

—

fl 4 4 40 *
Dae. |

282 I © . *
— n

2 = W 22

—

——

D 7

= _ =
— 5 =
— — =

- —— =
E no”, — — =
— — — , ral v'y 77 7 i „ Fe = 2 * —
Lat? 1 —— 2 „en e 11 =
4 HU - | A 9 % eee WOW
1 2 „eee 7 4 : 2 — * 7 2 x p —
1 * 49 „ 4 *4, 's "1 ; I vr = _
= F Th * i. <9 -2 + * s i*N ** — 11%) £ >» 95 4 I - 2 —
0 8 2 0 — * i : } WY ** —— = . =
n bY o \ — 7 > 8 's. WT r - — 292 —
2 * ; TT. 4 * —— nas Cm,
- 2 "i ” » = Xt 42 - 4 . —
2 2 2 —
" * * —
8 8 p——_—

— — BT) 77101 AG Yo 1058
SA 27:21 SU LEE 7
7 35, 1 2 r 77 7777

2 , LD == — E
8 . =D vs ng &
I, 2

75
— »
ICT '
- 4,
VR

25

— ͥ —

IN Z TI OPL

—_—_—— —

NS 2429

—— —
- . — —— ͤ —

2907 2v YOUNG 972, | 2 je

Kr IN

155

e

—

"4 - EK
2 HILL N MG
. NOUN

<5:

rn

1

— Sv? de *

9 24S
2

—
—

/ 1
N ** ©”
— \ * * .
— dy IDA .
223
. «>
- *

4 NS
IC Cate
= % " 5 Le
— * r - :
4*% 0 ; th. to” 0 % : 2
- +. Xn Ee YN . v 2
- * * To SHE 8 * Na. * - * 5 * .
_ * = — r sss 1 of "0 ib = a, OY.
— — e PT ut 8 7 * A — 32 — 8 -
> 3 RN — — 9 8 Fe) F Co —— — „, — : - *
\ aL U 25 V - — — S =o = 2 - >, 2
4 > * > 2 x » » -Y >= . EO * — 8 EX o Ir T = »_ ”
Dy . %. x JR 2, Bo * . 22 Ds = . a Tak — 2 0 $2258 A . = — 2
Wo — 272 o _ - © 5 2 — * . — 7 p = A -—C:- 7 >
by JI », . N ge 1 728 — "a> ry 8 AS — 2229.2. 2 £ - <> 8 -
> > * * _ — =J — x re n * ==> 2 — 7 > .. . — — 5 72 72 _ _
: - > * — 20,» ” ka — *2 CADDY TIC r = x - a? >» - >. . —— >
. - . — 2 D 2 = -S 7 > - * = Ls Y 2 * -
"EMI. « V wy. rn n+ — -7 — SQ — 1 >. +
— >. * , * a .- S - 2228 _ 5.» 4. - . 5 *» 2
D — 1.5 — - WS oa. 4 - - - 1 22 => 7 "Fo > > >
- — a . 7 * ® vr I — 7 e — 2 1 — = — 7 *
FAY < n — 43 anc —— — — A5-3 2 e
a4 - r T — 2 — y - 2 I . 1 ., Wo > SY
q — = £ 3 Rr - — - — bs — . . > wa - — 7 * -
dhe: 1 >, 2 — 8 28 N — 2 - — N . 2 \.
E PIE — DS SES .
. - 2 nr 8 * . > — . A —
- — - _—_ > „ — gl — 5 *
— AC Eb YE : = A'S; - 27m 47 ZZ. D UL
> 89 <a © A 4 0 . * — 8
. > *
2 . —
bo ho - A —
— — - = * — =

477 ad ©

— —— rn Ines
— 2 — - 1

Loa — 3 =

Wimme, EE A Tad
* 4 3 E % £
F * 5 2
VA 1
—
9
N
—
#
-
*

* 1 RY 12 aaa e PT wot ON 4b-Js Cp 7 2 NNE e , Rs

—*

ck
.
2

8 4
28 27725 3 7
Z eee

1
.
0 :
2 931 .
4 1 i”,
4 4
bt
1
Pos £54 5
ES!
„ 4
2
Iv 6
* 4 . *
on: 8.
5 4.40
a | 4
„
© 4
$f 4298
8 A.
(al IS
8

3 Eng!

g factory.

*
,
15
$: *
xx)
7
- 25
1
*

extraordinary plentiful and cheap.

verflows the countr

p. 5

town of Baga, belonging to the prince of
Bculm ; and for brigantines and ſloops of ſe-
venty or eighty tuns, drawing but ſeven foot

and an half water, to thirty miles above Ked-

ham or Kidham, which is up the river two hun-
dred and fifty Engliſb miles, tho? very diffi-

cult to {ail up, for the prodigious thickneſs
of ruſhes, with which the banks are cover'd ;

being in ſome places ſo very narrow, that the
channel is choak'd up with them on either ſide,
and muſt of neceſſity be ſounded all along
with poles; and till grows ſhallower and
ſhallower upwards, there being ſcarce ten, or
nine foot water in many places in April and

May, the fitteſt time for the voyage up the

river to trade for Cam-wood, which is there
But
in Auguſt and September, after the rains are
fallen, the banks are all overflowed; and
in the channel of the river, there is fifteen or

| ſixteen foot water, where there was but nine

or ten before; ſo that it is much eaſter for
floops to come down, and yet troubleſome

enough, becauſe of the many heavy tornadoes,

attended with horrid thunder at this time,

which, when they are ſeen coming, mult be

yielded to by caſting anchor, and mooring
the veſſel larboard and ſtarboard, or making

it faſt, with cables, to ſome large trees near
the river-ſide, where there are many.
It is well inhabited all along the banks,
and the natives are very civil people.

This river receiveth into it, near the ſea,
two other larger ones, viz, Rio Torro at
NW. and Rio de St. Anna at SE. Torro o-
twice a year, being
ſhallow, and choak'd with ſmall iſlands and
ſhoals, ſo that the tide cannot go very high

up; yet it is navigable for ſmall barks and

brigantines.
Rio Sherbro breeds abundance of croco-

diles, and water-elephants, a wild dangerous

fort of animal.
The Engli/p have a factory at Bagos or
Baga, about twenty leagues up the river on
che north fide of it. os

The lands of Cilm-Monou are fifteen or
ſixteen leagues further up again; and the
town of Quuna- Mora, thirty or thirty-two
L-agues above Cilm-Monou, a very populous
town, but the inhabitants not ſo kind or
good-natured, and very difficult to be treated
With. | |

The country is very fertile in rice, and a-
bounds in all the fame kinds of plants and
animals I mention'd to be in the iſland Cer-
>;ra and adjacent places, and is alſo very
populous. The Blacks commonly wear a

rock of ſtriped callico, as do alſo thoſe in

Cerbera iſland, having all the ſame cuſtoms and
manners. The town is behind a large wood,
and cannot be ſeen from the road; but the
inhabitants come out in canoes aboard ſhips
riding there, and bring plantains, palm-

Coaſts of Sourh-GuIx EA.

107

wine, honey, rice, chickens, and ſugar-canes. Ba hO-
The town is very large and populous, but WWW.
the houſes very mean and low, except a
great one ſtanding in the middle of the town,
where the principal negroes make their aſ-
ſemblies and receive ſtrangers.

The inundations of this river, at the pro-
per ſeaſons, contribute very much to ferti-
lize the ſail. 1

The proper goods to purchaſe the Cam-
wood and elephants teeth in Sherbro river, are
= +: - ĩ

Braſs baſons and kettles,

Pewter batons and tankards,
Iron bars,
ugles,

Painted callicoes,
Nuinea ſtuffs or cloths,
Lolland linnen or cloth,

Muſkets, powder, and ball,

A ſhip may in two months time, out and
home, purchaſe here fifty tun of Cam- wood,

and four tun of elephants teeth, or more.

The Cam-wood is a much better ſort of

red wood, for dyer's uſe, than the Brazil,

and accounted the beſt in all Guinea. It will
ſerve ſeven times over, and the laſt time is
{till effectual.

From the ſouth point of Rio Cerbera to Galinhaz
that of Galinbas, the coaſt ſtretches ES E.
eleven leagues, flat, low, ſwampy, and
marſhy land, all over cover'd with trees,
and inhabited. VV

Rio de Galinhas, by the natives call'd Ma-
qualbary, has its ſource in the lands of Hon-
do, running through the countries of Boulm-
Monou, and Quilliga-Monou to the ſea: it
receiv'd that name from the Portugueſe, for
the poultry they found in the country, which 5
is here very plentiful, as it is all along te
coaſt to Rio Seſtro, and further to the ESE.
and at Quaqua coaſt, This river has two
iſlands in the mouth or entrance of it.

The Europeans trade in it, and carry

thence dry hides and elephants teeth, which

are brought down the river from Hondo and
Karoodoboe-Monou. This laſt country is a-
bout forty-five leagues from the ſea- coaſt,
a crafty bold nation, perpetually at war
with their neighbours at the eaſt, the Hon-
dos; and both depend on the king of Quoja,

who reſides at Cape Monte.

I have drawn the proſpect of the en- Pl Avr 5.

trance of Rio das Galinhas very exactly.

The tide runs very ſwift to N E. along
this coaſt, where it blows, for the moſt
part, a very freſh gale from the S W. but
much more at the time of the high ſeaſon;
ſo that it is very difficult to ply at wind-
ward, eſpecially about cape Monte, becauſe
of the ſhoals, or har, that ſtretches thence
out into the ſea, which breaks upon it in
ſuch manner, that it is very troubleſome
and hazardous for boats to land there, In

I che

e

.
— , ‚ ‚— ˖‚— nd
— - = n

108 A Deſcription of the” Book II f 0

BAR BO. the ſummer-ſeafon, it is not ſo bad, nor King Flambourre had alſo another village EZ
FYYD difficult; for then there are two ſorts of over-againſt that of Ferboefaja. From this *

r -

1
q
i

winds, one of the land, from midnight,
till about ten in the morning; the other of

the ſea, from ten in the morning, to mid-

ſubject to the Folgias.
e rd3ng

there is a road through the woods to Fera
Balliſa, at three leagues diſtance, towards

the ſea- ſide, belonging to the eldeſt of the

Pigeons here. Theſe low grounds are cut
through

night. 3 King's ſons. 3
The winter-ſeaſon at this coaſt, from The coaſt between Rio Mavab, and Rio *®
Sierra Leona to cape das Palmas, begins Maguiba, is beſet with ſundry villages and nad
in May, and ends in Ofober 3 during which hamlets, where the Negroes make abun- *

time, there are frequent heavy. tornados dance of ſalt, from ſea-water. 1
from the N W. with perpetual terrible thun- | DET S
der, and high winds, eſpecially in June and CAP MONTE, 4
July, when the ſun is in the Zenub, with AS the draught ſhews very exactly, is Pare 3
dark gloomy days, inſpiring horrour and ** a head of many hills, or rather moun- BS.
dread. tains, ſet one upon the other, all cover'd 5
Rio Maguiba, next to Rio das Galinhas, with trees, running out to ſea between the Was
has a bar athwart the mouth, which makes river Mavab at weft, and Rio. Plyzoge at 7
it impracticable for large ſhips. The Por- ealt, under ſeven degrees, fix minutes north T
tugueſe call it Rio Nunnes, or Rio Novo, and latitude, A very proper place for ſhips :
traded in it formerly with brigantines, as that come from Europe directly, for South- ;
did the French; but now the Engliſh have Guinea, to make land, it being ſo remark- 4
the moſt trade there, in elephants teeth, able, and ſeen from eight or ten leagues at 4
ſailing it up to the village Dova Rouja, ſea, The name of Cabo Monte was given 4
where the river is very. wide ; but farther by the Portugueſe, from the mountains it is 4
up 'tis choak'd with rocks and fall; it then formed of. The Negroes call it Waſh Congo. :
winds to the eaſt. 8 Ĩ᷑,ſ is ſeen at ſeveral leagues diſtance from 7
The coaſt from Galinbas to cape Monte ſea, ſhewing itſelf like an ifland, in the 5
extends ESE. is furniſh'd with ſundry vil- form of a ſaddle; the coaſt at weſt and .
lages, and is low and flat. The river Ma- eaft of it being very flat and low, in re- 1
. wah, or Maffah, having its ſource in the ſpect of that of the cape. The beſt road 2
mountains, about thirty leagues inland, near for large ſhips is to the weſt of the cape, 1
the country of the people Galvy; and run- in twelve fathom water, ſandy ground, and 4
ning in a large and deep channel through at about two Exgliſb miles from the ſhore, 1
| Dauwala country, about a league on the over-againſt the three ſmall villages, at 4
north- ſide of cape Monte, is ſo choak'd ſome diſtance inland, each of about ten 3
with ſands, that it never enters the ſea a- or twelve hutts, well peopled. The inha- x
bove once a year, at the time of its over- bitants flock to the ſhore as ſoon as they F
flowing, by reaſon of the great rains of the hear of any ſtrangers landing, to make 1
high ſeaſon, near to cape Monte, at W. them welcome, at their houſes or hutts, with z
Before the conqueſt of the Folgtas, this palm-wine, and other things. The Negroes 5
river was inhabited along the ſides by the here are very courteous, ſome underſtanding 1
Puymonou people, their king Flambourre a little Portugueſe ; of which nation, ſome 9
commonly reſiding at the village Feg Wonga, trade there now and then for elephants 74
on the weſt-ſide, and about a league and teeth, in the good ſeaſon, tho* the Holland z Prog
a half from the ſea, after he had quitted and Zeeland interlopers have the greateſt ere.
the town of Tommy, at cape Monte, to the ſhare of it. „„ .
Quojase but at preſent this king of the The acceſs to the ſtrand here is pretty
Folgias lives on the inland iſland, in the eaſy for pinnaces or canoes; and being come
lake of Plyzoge, the better to ſecure him- aſhore, you enter upon a plain, every T Plys,
ſelf from the inſults of the Dogos, which where beſet with green buſhes, the leaves and
are at War with him. | of them reſembling our bay-tree; and with er
The town Fochoo is on the other fide the ſome palm- trees ſcatter'd here and there,
river, oppoſite to Jeg Wonga, where Flam- which looks dery pleaſant. The proſpect
bourre allo liv'd for a time, when threatned on the ſouth is limited by the mountainous
to be attack*d by the Folgias. Two leagues cape, and on the north, by a river, in
farther up, on the ſame ſide, is the vil- which is a well-ſhaded iſland, and a large
lage Hggia, formerly the reſidence of one wood. On the eaſt you have large meadows,
Figgi, a brother to Flambourre. Two leagues and paſture-grounds, as far as can be ſeen,
above Figgia, on the ſouth-fide, is that of in which they keep their horſes, goats, and
Kammagoeja, and that of Jerboefaja ; an- ſheep ; but have no cows, nor kine, nor
other league beyond this laſt, the reſidence hogs, nor much poultry ; and what few
of a notable = of the Quojas, who then chickens they have, are very good and
lorded the country about, before it was ſweet, altho* not much bigger than tame Na
e | '0 4

7 e e e e

* x ; 97: 6
2 138 2 2 .
N A lo oy e

: Fe 2 1 ES Fer or! E woke g 2 Fe ey wt wh 5323 F PE; c
„„ A A K CAS ve *
r 9

„
8
.
r=
F<
5
» " * '
. a
4 mY
Fo: IK G
A Sx. 4
$3
Jo

*
8.
4

Induſtrious
Blacks.

Twiide de-
ay d.

P. 3.

whereof the natives of the cape have a

free communication with thoſe of the in-

land country; ſo that it may well be ſaid,
the landſkip hereabouts is extremely plea-
ſant and delightful.

The Blacks here are very induſtrious;
ſome employ themſelves in fiſhing with nets
in the lake, and rivers, which abound in
good fiſh of ſundry ſpecies, as well as the
ſea-coaſt 3 others apply themſelves to tra-
ding, planting rice, Sc. and all of them in
general in boiling ſalt for their king, whoſe
ſlaves thzy account themſelves. |

Formerly this was a place of good trade
for elephants teeth, the upland country be-
ing richly ſtored with elephants ; but in pro-
cets of time has been fo much exhauſted,
that very often there are few or none at
all, ſo great has been the concourle of Eu-
ropeans to traffick here. In thoſe days,
when the elephants teeth were ſo plenty,
it was a rule among the Negrces, as ſoon as
they ſpy'd a ſail coming from the welt, to
make a ſmoke on land, to ſignify they had
large parcels of teeth ready ar hand. But
now-a-uays, tho' they often uſe the ſame
ſignal, it frequently proves to be only the
inclination they have to ſee white men there,
in hopes to get ſome ſmall token or other

of them, if they can prevail.

I ſhall not here deſcribe their apparel,
manners, cuſtoms, Sc. referring it to the

deſcription hereafier to be made of the in-

land countries from Cerbera to Rio Seſtro;

my buſizeſs being at preſent to deſcribe the

Product
vere,

2

Plyzoge
and Mavah Ca
rivers.

ſca-coaſts, as far as Seſtro, to avoid confu-

ſion: beſides, that it is much the ſame ſort

of people, and undoubtedly the cuſtoms,
and manners alike every where. I ſhall

only obſerve, that the king of Monte 1s

laid to have ſeveral hundred wives and con-
cubines, by whom he has many ſons and
daughters. That the product of the land

conſiſts in abundance of rice, and a ſmall

quantity of jammes, potatos, maiz, (or Indian
corn) bananas, ananas, and another fruit
calPd paquovers. oe

The river Plyzoge, to the eaſtward of this

to the lake Mavah; thence it comes out

again, running through the land of Tomvy,

cept at the time it overflows, like the river

Rio dA.
= Quada,

to the coaſt, but never enters the ſea, ex-

Mavah, which runs into the ſame lake:
and thus both the rivers, and the lake,
make an iſland of the lands about cape
Monte. In the lake is an iſland, which was
formerly inhabited by Fambourre., The
lake is all round beſet with pulm-trees, af-

tording a curious proſpect in ſuch a coun-
cry. |

i '» Aguada, or Rio Menoch, is diſtant
Vo I. V. |

pe, has its ſource in the territories of.
Nuilliza, and after ſome windings runs in-

Coaſts | of SouTH-Gvu1 NEA.

through by ſundry ſmall rivulets, by means

109

from Cabo Monte, about eight leagues ES E. Barzor:

flowing from the land of Hondos, its native
country, and winding downwards to the

ſea, in a very fine channel; but fo full of

falls and ſhoals, and ſo choak'd by the
bar at the mouth, that it's quite impracti-
cable for the ſmalleſt veſſels. |

It produces abundance of cam-wood all
along the ſides. On a branch of this river
are the two large villages of Hamy Hamaja,
and Flamy Legaja, two leagues diſtant from
each other ; which, with the ruins of ſome
other villages, to be ſeen in the country of
Tomvy, and in that about cape Monte, in-
duces me to believe it was formerly very
well inhabited, the country every where
being ſo pleaſant and ſo very fertile.

The coaſt from Cabo Monte, to Rio &. Rio de 8.
Paolo, ſtretches S E by E. flat, low, and all

over woody. From Rio Paolo to cape

Mie ſurado, it bends. in ſuch a manner, that

from a certain diſtance at ſea, the cape
ſhews like a high iſland in the ocean.

Little ſnips anchor here at about half a
league from the ſmall river Duro, in ſixteen
fathom; and tall ſhips at three quarters of a
league out, ſandy ground,

Paolo.

Cape Maſurado is about ten or eleven Cape Me-

leagues diſtant from cape Monte, but not

ſo very high land, tho? it's a lofty promon- pi ara 3.

tory, running much farther out to ſea ſouth-
ward than Monte. It had this name from
the Portugueſe, and, as ſome pretend, on
occaſion of a ſhip of that nation caſt awa

near the little river Duro, which has a ridge
of ſhoals out at ſea: the men of that ſhip
ſwimming afhore, were aſſaulted by the
Negroes, which made the Portugueſe cry for

quarter, uſing, the word Miſericordia, from

which, by corruption, Meſurado.
The Blacks here are not ſo tractable as

to be always upon one's guard with them,

| thoſe of cape Monte; and *tis the ſureſt way

and not to go aſhore, but in armed boats.

Their uncivil behaviour towards ſtrangers
has, from time to time, put ſome Euro-

peans upon ravaging the country, deſtroying

their canoes, and carrying off ſome of their
people into captivity, which has occaſioned

III blood in them; and inſtead of changing
their rough manners, does rather render
them more peeviſh, and il}-natur'd, and
make them ſhy of coming aboard ſhip:
however, it is not always ſo with thele Blacks,
but they are glad to ſee ſtrangers come to
buy teeth, of which ſometimes there is a
ſmall quantity to
none. About two leagues to the weſtward
of the cape are ſome villages, of abour twent

or twenty-five houſes each, much like the

Combets of the Blacks at Rio Freſco, (near

cape Verde) each houſe having three or four

combets or apartments, and neatly built;

the tops or roofs being as at Rio Freſco,
| . re und

had, and at other times

110

Rio Paolo,

ſons, men, women, and children living to-
gether after a confuſed manner.

What I have ſaid of their ill- nature to-
nor ſo bad Wards Europeans, muſt not, however, be

_ underſtood to extend to all foreigners, but
only to thoſe of the ſame nation from whom
they have been injured ; for- to others who
have had no broils with them, they are ci-
vil and kind enough.

To this purpoſe I cannot but obſerve,
that if the Negroes be generally crafty and
treacherous, it may well be ſaid, the Eu-
ropeans have not dealt with them as becomes
Chriſtians: for it is too well known, that
many of the European nations, trading a-
mongſt theſe people, have very unjuſtly and
inhumanly, without any provocation, ſtolen
away, from time to time, abundance of
the people, not only on this coaſt, but al-
molt every where in Guinea, when they

came aboard their ſhips in a harmleſs and

confiding manner, carried great numbers
away to the plantations, and there ſold them
with the other flaves they had purchaſed
for their goods. |

Neither ought we ſo much to admire,
that thoſe who live aſhore ſhould be re-
vengeful, or jealous of ſuch Europeans as

never did, nor intend to practiſe ſuch un-

Juſt baſeneſs, the innocent being ſometimes
ſubject to ſuffer for the guilty : for bating
| ſuch accidents, theſe Blacks are civil enough
to ſtrangers, eſpecially the women, who are
here handſome, very complaiſant, and ready
to proſtitute themſelves for a very ſlender
gain. The men are lazy, contenting them-
jelyes with a little trade, and leave all the
reſt to their wives to do. =
The country affords much the ſame ſorts
of plants, fruits, cattle, and animals, as that
of cape Monte ; and particularly abounds in
excellent palm-wine, with which they often
make themſelves very merry and drunk.
The river Paolo, which I have already
ſaid enters the ſea north-weſt, about two
leagues from cape Meſurado, after having
run ſome miles to the northward, turns
thence eaſtward to Rio Junk. The Blacks
ſay they paſs daily in their canoes to Rio
Seſtro, along the ſaid rivers, carrying ſeve-
ral things of the product of their lands,
eſpecially elephants teeth, when they have
no trade for them at home; Seſtro being a

place to which a much greater number of

| ſhips reſorts to wood and water, as well as
to trade, than any other on this coaſt.
This river is navigable for boats and

canoes only in the rainy times, having five -

or {ix foot water at the mouth: for at other
times, in the good ſeaſon, 1t remains al-
moſt dry, the true channel of the river be-
ing ſcarce eighteen or twenty foot wide, I

A Deſcription of the

Barnor. round like hay-reeks ; and each of theſe
V houſes containing forty, fifty, or fixty per-

have been told, that boats are ſometimes
long detained before they can get out over
the bar, the river opening with a flat low
iſland ; and that there is a great quantity
of the carangues fiſh, which they uſually
catch with drag-nets. |

The talleſt ſhips may with ſafety fail
round cape Meſurado, at one league diſtance
from ſhore. The tide athwart of the cape
runs ſouth ſouth-weſt and ſouth ; and eaſt
and eaſt ſouth-eaſt when you are paſt
cape, half a league an hour without fails.

The coaſt from cape Meſurado, to Ris conf ts.

the land ſometimes low, and ſometimes high. Meturac
| FI e ?andRig
all woody. The beſt mark to know the Junk.

entrance of Junk, is three high hills, ap-

pearing at ſome diſtance up the land; the Part x.
laſt of which 1s a little to the eaſtward,
when you have the river at north. Another
mark, is three high trees at the point, which
appear above all the woods, ſpreading the
whole coaſt over, the lands within ſhewin
flat, and doubled, except the three hills a-
bove mentioned, 55

About a league to the eaſtward of Rio
Funk, are two large white cliffs, ſhowing
at a pretty diſtance weſterly, like fails, ſerv-

ing alſo as a mark to find out the river's
mouth, which is pretty wide, but ſhallow
water; the ground two leagues from ſhore

is muddy, with twenty-two fathom water.

The tide ſets, between Mefurado and Fink,
ſometimes north, ſometimes at weſt, and

at other times ſouth-eaſt,

The coaſt about the mouth of the Junk
is garniſh'd with palm, orange, and lemmon-
trees; and the banks on either ſide are alſo

adorned with fine pleaſant woods, which

renders the proſpect delightful.
It abounds in palm-wine, chickens, and
cam-wood. The Engliſo have near all the

trade of this river to themſelves. The vil-
lage of the Negroes is about halfa league up
it. The Europeans, paying a ſmall cuſtom
of brandy and mercery wares, to the com-

mander, are allow'd to ſet up lodges in the
wood, with fails, or planks, or boughs, to
ſerve as a warehoule to trade in. Some of-
the natives ſpeak broken Dutch, and Por-
zugueſe. They talk loud and haſtily, and
are generally rough and wildiſh in their
manners. They are clothed like the other
Negroes of this country, but wear a flat
bonnet, or cap, like that uſed by the High-
landers of Scotland; and never ſtep out of
their houſes without their aſſagaia's, or jave-
lins, ſcymeters, bows and arrows. Every
one of them that trades with Europeans will
always have his Da, or preſent, before he
buys the leaſt thing; which is no ſmall
charge and inconveniency. The Portugueſe
ſay, there is gold in this river.

Some

Boo II.

"I: * 2 d 5 a 5
2 bb R 2 r 3 3 1 8
e BK, EE Dar r 3 3 3 ae 8
I , — 8 8 PER 2 T ˙ '———l— ] W Is
r
ö 8 e

— *
WT,
Ne
25,
22
*
N -
"x8
-H J
7
>.
|

Z

>

by 4
By
vw. P
7
WH”

Aru
3 2 rive

? PL?
Funk, ſtretches eaſt about twelve leagues, tween cate |

pet

F

Die

Rv

Cor

if

87

CHAP. 4.

river.

other river, call'd by the Portugueſe Rio
do Arvoredo, coming from the north-eaſt
country; which diſembogues itſelf into the

bay, or entrance, of funk.

Some leagues to the eaſtward of the
Funk, I have taken notice of a river, which I
call Noel, becauſe we lay before it at anchor,
a league from ſhore, on Chri/tmas-day 10681 3

and I did not find any name it had in all

the charts that were aboard. Having all

conveniency to take the proſpect, I did it

par 5. as in the cut. The tide here drives towards

petit

Dieppe.

2 Vy-bers
| Koma peg.

pile
72 p 0
1

land, from Rio Noel, to that of Tabou da
Grou, and Corſo or Corras, two rivers which
meet, and fall into the ocean at one mouth ;
the coaſt points at Eby N. The ſmall
iſland which lies juſt at the point between
the two rivers, about the latter end of the
thirteenth century, ſerved the French mer-
chants of Dieppe, for a place of ſhelter, the
better to carry on their trade with the /Ve-
groes; who therefore gave it the name of Pe-
tit Dieppe. -

This Rio Corſo is eaſily known by the
great number of rocks, which are along the
ſhore, as it is at Funk and Seſtro, on which
the ſea beats continually in a violent man-
ner.
towards the land, and returns weſt and
ſouth-weſt with great force. It is very diſ-

Coaſts of Sou Ty-GUINE A.

Arvoredo Some few leagues within Ri Junk, is an-

Here the tide ſets ſouth-eaſt and eaſt

111

cernible from ſea, by the point that runs BARROr.

eaſt, having ſome rocks about it, extend. WWW

ing to the ſouth and ſouth ſouth-eaſt ; as

alſo by a flat rock, diſtant from the ſhore

near three quarters of a league, which may

be approached without any danger: but for

the better information of ſailors, beſides the

marks already given, I have tubjoined the

proſpect thereof from ſea, in the cut. PLATE 5.
To the ſouth-eaſt of Rio Corſo, is Rio de Other ri-

S. Pedro, and next to it, Rio de S. Juan, re- vers.

ceiving near to its entrance into the ſea an-

other, called Barſay; and thus both toge-

ther make but one opening in the coaſt,

about three leagues weſt from Rio Seſtro,

having abundance of ſmall rocks, and the

ſea breaking violently along the ſhore, which

makes it impracticable for ſloops or boats

to land there, and is difficult enough to be

done with canoes ; which is the occaſion

that it 1s not frequented by the Europeans, as

well as ſome of the former rivers deſcribed

above.

Thence to Rio Seſtro, the coaſt is cover'd

with rocks and cliſts, lying near the ſhore:

the tide ſets ſometimes S E. and E. at other

times at EN E. and then turns again to SW.

and WSW.

In the ancient geography, this part of
Guinea propria from Sierra Leona, to cape
das Palmas, was calPd the Leuc-Aithiopes,

Oo, CHAP. IV.
The country of Quoja. Trees, animals, birds, and inſects.

T JAVING thus deſcrib'd the ſea-coaſts

from Sierra Leona, to Rio Seſtro, I

am now to ſay ſomething of the inland
countries between both, in general ; as to
what 15 reported of the different people, or
nations, which inhabit it, and the product
of thoſe ſeveral parts.

The lands of Boulm Berre, Boulm Cilm,

Timna, Semaura, Capez, Cumbas, Vy-berkoma,

Quoja- ber oma, Galvis, Hondo, and he

with their dependencies, pay a ſubjectiom to
the Folgias, by way of homage, ſince the
conqueſt they made thereof, aſſiſted by the

Karoeus. |

The Folgias, with the Yy-galas, depend

or hold their countries from the emperor of
Monou or Monoe, reſiding between Rio Funk,
and Rio do Arvoredo. |

I have before deſcribed the lands of Boulm
Berre, and thoſe adjacent to them in the
kingdom of Sierra Leona, and am now to

continue the deſcription of the others above

named.
QvoJa CounTRY.
HE country of Qeja is about cape
Monte, conſiſting of two diſtinct peo-
ple, YVy-berkoma and 2uoja-berkoma, who

were both ſubdu'd by the Karoeys or Carons,
The Y-berkoma are the remains of the an-
cient inhabitants of the river Mavah, and
cape Monte, a populous and warlike na-
tion, extending as far as Monou; but by
the viciſlitude of times, reduced now to a
handful of men: they were called V, be-
cauſe, in their language, that ſignifies half,
and they are but half a nation.

Nuoja-ber koma, which ſignifies land of quoja-
Quoja, extends to the territory of Tomwvy, ber koma
bordering on the north and eaſt, with the Pele.
Calas, Vy-Galas, Hondo, Konde-Qucjas, Ma-
nou, Folgias, and Carous.

The Gala-vy are deſcended from the Ga- Gala-vy.
las, but driven out of that part of the
country by the Hondos, and are ſepatat d
from the true Galas, by a vaſt foreſt. The
head of the Galas is called Galla-Fally.

The territory of Hondo is ſomewhat to Hondo.
the north of Gala-vy, comprehending that
6 — —ꝛ—ʒ4 n —⁊

The Konde- Quojas, that is to ſay, high Konde-
Quojas, are neighbours to the Hondo-Iuls-Quojas.
704 ; the language is different from that of
the low 2y0jas.

The

ce 2b —
" -_-

—
3 ä PE I SS
— *

;

112

BAR ROT.

55

The Fugias and Monou countries are wa-
ter*d by. the rivers Junk and Arvoredo,
which in their courſe down to the ocean, ſe-

parate the Folgias from the Carou Monou,

though the king of the Caron reſides in the
country of the Folgias.

It might be comfortable and delightful
living in theſe countries, from Sierra Leona

to Se/tro, and farther eaſtward, were it not
for the intemperature of the weather, in

the high ſeaſon : for beſides the various fine
landſkips, the ever-green woods and paſture-
grounds, the brooks and rivers, adorned
with curious trees, Sc. it abounds every
where with ſundry ſorts of plants, provi-
ſions, and beaſts of divers kinds, which 1
ſhall now particularly deſcribe.

As to the great variety of trees, I will

make choice of the following forts.

Biſſy tree.

Kaey tree.

Tas 5
THAT which the natives call Bonde, is
* commonly very big and lofty, and ſe-
ven or eight fathom about; the bark is

thorniſh, and the wood ſoft, which, for
that reaſon, they uſe moſt to make canoes

of ſeveral ſizes. The aſhes of this wood
are very proper to make ſoap, boil'd with
palm- oll: the boughs being ſet in the ground,
ſoon bud and take root. TT
The Bj tree is commonly ſixteen to

eighteen foot big, the bark of a brown

red, uſed for dying cloth or wool, as alſo
to make their ſmall canoes.
The Kaey is lofty, and hard wood, the

bark and leaves are medicinal 3 they make

| Billagoh

tree.

5 Boſſy tree.

| Mille tree.

alſo canoes of this tree to play in the ri-
vers, the wood being ſo hard, that it is al-

moſt proof againſt the worms. „
The Billagob is alſo lofty, and harder

than the former. Its leaves are purging.
The Boſſy is ſoft, the aſhes made of the

bark ſerve to boil ſoap, the fruit it bears
reſemble a long yellow prune, taſting ſour,
but wholeſome to eat. 40

The Mille is large, tough, and ſoft, the

roots like that of the Bonde, ſpreading round,
moſtly above ground. The natives uſe this

Burrow

Mamo

tree.

Quamy |

tree.

tree in their conjurations.
The Burrow is of an uncommon lofti-

' neſs, though but about fix foot big; the

bark all over full of thick crooked thorns.
The wood is fit for no other ule but fuel.

From the bark and the leaves diſtils a yel-

low ſap or juice, which purges above all
other drugs whatſoever.

The Mamo is lofty, and crown'd with

round tops, producing a fruit much of the

figure of the cola of Sierra Leona; within
white, of a ſharp taſte, and laxative, and
can be preſerved for a whole year under
round. 5
The Quamy is likewiſe very lofty, and
crown'd with a-top; the wood is very hard,

A Deſcription of the

and ſerves the natives to make mortars to
pound the rice, and millet, becauſe it ne-
ver ſplits. They uſe of the bark of this
tree to compole their draught, which they
adminiſter ro ſuch as have the ſovah or
ſouha 3 and poiſon the point of arrows with
a juice that comes from the ſmall buſhes,

that commonly grow about the trunk of
this Quamy.

a huſk ; the ſtone of which is bigger than
a bean: the bark and leaves are purgative,
the aſhes clean and whiten linnen by way

of buck. 5 | |
The Domboch produces a fruit like the Domtoc,
ſorb- apple, much uſed by the Blacks ; the tree. |

bark ſoak'd in water, and drank, cauſes

vomiting. The wood is almoft red, and

proper to make canoes.

The Kvlach is very high, its fruit reſem- Koh ae
bling a plum, good to eat. The bark is re.
purging. Rs „
The Dig, lofty and headed, bears a fruit Day u

of the bigneſs of a common apple, which

the natives eat; and uſe the infuſion of

its bark in wine or water to ſtrengthen

them. |
The Bongia is likewiſe lofty and headed, Bonga
the bark purging. 5 0 >
The bark of the Naukony, at cutting of Naukon |
it, taſtes like pepper, and is here accounted tree.

of extraordinary virtue in purgatives.

The Quan or Tongoo, being the palm, is Quan u
very common in this country, produces the Tongoo
ſort of palm-wine calPd Mignol, which is “ee.
extracted in the ſame manner as on the

Gold Coaſt ; but beſides the wine, it yields
that excellent palm- oil, ſo commendable
for its peculiar properties.

The oil is made of the nuts of this tree, palm

which grow in a cluſter of two or three
hundred nuts together, the cluſter growing
out of the trunk of the tree, about a man's

height from the ground. The nut is about

the bigneſs of a pigeon's egg, and the ſtone

as big and as hard as that of a peach; and
each tree commonly produces five or ſix

ſuch cluſters. The oil drawn from the nuts

is of the ſaffron-colour, ſmelling ſtrong ; at
firſt extracting, it looks like oil of olives,
as to its conſiſtence, which, growing old,

turns thick and lumpy like butter, and may
be tranſported every where, and kept twenty
years in ſome proper veſſel. This oil is
much recommended throughout all Europe
for obſtructions, fractures, windy and cold
humours. The natives uſe it much, with

almoſt every thing they eat, as we do butter;
and moſt days rub and anoint their bodies

with it, to render the ſkin ſofter and ſhining,
and the body ſtronger. At moſt times of the
day, they gnaw the ſtone of the nut.

© As

Book II

The Hoguella is alſo very lofty, bearing Hoque)

a fruit ſixteen to eighteen inches long, in tree.

*

1 5
£8
;

g

* ©

Ox z
d WV

y

Biondi

(CH

tree.

tree.

© Jaja

WP

N

1

IK
2 ,
+ ©

2

3

5

'1
UC;

boch |

ich

Bondou
tree.

*
gla

kon :

no
ngoo

in- oil

2 2
*

; As this tree grows up gradually, it has
the fewer leaves, till it comes toits common
height of forty or fifty foot high, and then
it has only a ſmall top of leaves. It laſts
many years, 'and from the very firſt gives
wine, and a fort of flax out of its ſtem or
trunk, of which they make a ſort of cloth
and yarn for their nets.

The other ſort of palm, in theſe parts,
which produces wine, is call'd Makenſy,
whoſe leaves are commonly three foot long,
and half a foot broad; and, like the
Quaan, yields flax at its ſtem, and the leaves
ſerve the Blacks to make bags, cloths,
and fine mats. The ſtalk of the leaves,
which is as hard as any wood, and almoſt
round, ſerves to make roofs and floors to
their houſes, beſides many other ſorts of
uſes: nay, at ſome places they palliſade

their villages round with it, to defend the
entrance againſt lions, panthers, tygers, and

elephants, as J have ſeen it at Seſtro.

The tree Dongah is very common all a-
long this coaſt, and produces a fruit like the
acorn of our oak- trees in Europe.

The Bondou is likewiſe very common, its
leaves thin and ſhining; the wood is yellow
in the tree, but when cut down, turns red.

The Faaja is very plenty in all marſhy
ſwampy grounds, and lakes or rivers. It's
that which the Hollanders call Mangelaer,
and the French, Paleſtuvier ; common in
moſt marſhy grounds in America, where tis
accounted not a little ſport to creep amongſt
the boughs overſpreading in the water, to
which oiſters grow in great multitude: for

z Dongah

tree.

| 1 Jaaja tree.

into the water, by the moiſture, bud out up-
wards again to infinity, intermixing the one
with the other ſo cloſe and thick, and turn-
ing again into the water, and ſhooting

and thus propagating from ſpace to ſpace,
it may be well ſaid of it, that one trunk of
this Jaaja will extend many furlongs along
the banks of a river or the ſea. For which
reaſon it is, that oiſters breed on the boughs
in great abundance, and that it is a good di-
verſion to eat theſe oiſters on the ſpot, for the
under-boughs are ſupporters on the ſurface
of the water, to walk on from one place to
another, Others are fit and proper ſeats,
and the upper boughs ever green, do ſhel-

oiſters commonly ſtick very cloſe to the
lower branches of the Mangelaer in ſuch
manner, as *tis almoſt impoſſible to pull
? them off withour a hatcher or chizel, or by

cutting off the bough. The oiſters are ve-
ry flat, and about the breadth of a man's
hand, and of a ſharp taſte, but are well li-
ked here for want of better.

3 The Toglow, which produces the famous
5, 5D bo: Vs

Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA.

of bread by theſe Africans, being boiled.

the boughs of the tree commonly bending

other branches again ad infinitum; which
renders it impoſſible to find out the trunk:

ter men from the injuries of the weather. The

call Kaumach, and with multitudes of apes

113
fruit Cola, is of an indifferent height, the Barnor.
trunk about five or fix foot in circumference, WWW
The Cola is a cheſtnut, as I have ſaid before, Toy
three or four growing together in a rind, Cola fur.
each divided from the other by a thin ſkin.
The natives uſe it much in their ſacrifices or
offerings to their idols, and in their conjura-
tions; and have perpetually ſome in their
mouth, either walking or ſitting, to reliſh
water the better, reckoning it very, whole-
ſome, as I have faid before. The Porty-

gueſe drive a great trade with it up the
country.

The Fondy-kong is the cotton tree, very Fondy-
common in this country, of the wool where- kong tree.
of the Blacks ſpin and weave cloth, like
thoſe of cape Verde.

The lime trees abound every where, be- Lime tree.
ing ſmaller and rounder than lemons, and
have grown here time out of mind.

The orange, bananas, and fig-tree, o-
therwiſe called plantains and Baccoven, are
allo very common throughout theſe lands
the oranges are very ſour and ſmall.

Ignames are here very plentiful and large, iu nam
generally weighing eight or ten pound, fruit.
white and dry on the palate ; uſed inſtead

The potatoes are alſo plentiful. and large,

and of 4 luſcious Lice tothe ogy
This part affords no ſtore of ſugar-canes,

tobacco, plants, or ananas; the moſt they

have, being brought from Sierra Leona.

For herbs, the Blacks make uſe of a ſort Rerbs,
they call Quelle. tague, of a ſmall leaf, but

very ſweet and well taſted, which is com-
monly boiPd with meat: as they do alſo an-
other ſort call'd Quantiab, growing lofty,
the leaves very large. |

There are ſeveral other ſorts of pulſe, or
herbs, unknown to Europeans, and very
proper for the pot. |

Rice is very common in all this country, but Rice and
not maiz, or Indian corn, named here Magni- maix.
Jonglo. There is another fort of maiz which
they call Fonglo ſingly, a much ſmaller grain
than the other, and better valued by them,
tho' they ſeldom uſe it, but when rice is
ſcarce in the country.

The Guinea-pepper, or Maneguette, is very Guinea-
plenty; beſides which, they have alſo two pepper.
ſorts of Pimento in abundance, of the long
ſort, and of that of Benin.

T

*

ANIMALS.

H E country about cape Monte 1s well Elephants
ſtor'd with elephants, which the natives and apes,

and monkeys.
That about Rio Maguiba abounds in pater-ele-
water-elephants, there calPd Ker-Kamonon, phants,
commonly of the bigneſs of a horſe, but 997% 76+.
thicker. About Kio Mavab they have ſea- —
cows, water- elephants, and crocodiles, and

Gg an

114

A white ſtreaks, a long neck, ſhort body, and

0

Cilla Van-
doch,

thin ſmall” legs, of a dark brown colour,
and with horns like a bullock, which ſerve
the prieſt, and conjurers to ſound, when
they conjure, or proclaim any thing to the
people, and are extremely valu'd by them;
which ſhows that this animal 1s not common.
It is allo very ſwift and nimble, ſkipping like
a roebuck. |

The Cilla Vandoch is an animal of the
ſize of a hart, of a yellowiſh colour, banded
with white ſtreaks, the horns about twelve
inches long, each horn having a hole through

which the animal breathes. It 1s ſwifter than

any hart or deer.
Here are alſo a great number of buffalo's,

by the natives call'd Si, who ſpoil the fields,
and do much miſchief about the land.

Woey, or
Gazello.

The Woey of the Blacks, by the Portu-
gueſe call'd Gazello do Mato, of the ſize of
an ordinary dog, which tho* ſhort-legg'd,
is very ſwift. They catch 'em commonly
with a net, as they do another animal

call'd Tebbe, of a brown colour, and of the

Porcupines.

ſize of a large lainb. |
The Quulma, another animal, is much of
the form of the laſt, but of a reddiſh colour.

They have two ſorts of ſwine, one of

a burnt brown colour, call'd here Koga ;
the other quite black, named Quouja- Quinta,
which is much like a wild-boar, being as

ſavage, and arm'd with ſuch ſharp tuſks,

that it cuts any thing that oppoles it.
The Porupines, here call'd Queen, ja, are of

two ſorts, large and {mall ; the firſt are com-

monly of the bigneſs of a hog, arm'd all over
with very thick long hard points or quills,
ſtreak*d at equal diſtances, white and black,
which the animal can ſhoot with ſuch vio-
lence at man or beaſt when provoked, that

jf it happen to hit, it is very dangerous, and
will ſtick in a board. The animal bites ſo

barrel, will eat its way through. It is ſo
bold and daring, that it will attempt the

ſharp, that no wooden-ſtick or board can
reſiſt it; and if put into a wooden cage or

molt dangerous ſnake. I have brought home

ſome ſuch quills as big as a large gocſe-quill ;

*ris exactly the ſame as the Zaeta of Barbary,
the fleſh is reckoned good food by the

Blacks. |

Here is a kind of roe-bucks ſo tame,

that they feed in the very towns or villages.

Cameleon.

The cameleons, calPd Dontfoe, are much
eſteem'd ; the natives will nor allow them to
be kill'd, being of opinion that they pre-
ſage good or bad luck, according to the
time they happen to meet them on the road.
This animal is no bigger than a large frog,
generally of a pale mouſe- colour, the ſkin
almoſt tranſparent, and therefore it eaſily
receives the impreſſion of colours ſet about
it: which has given occaſion to report it

room, as I was fitting there writing in the

ling eyes, leap'd five or fix foot high, ata E

animals, eſpecially for ſuch as are kept for

its pizzle and the genitals, having a wide

A Deſcription of the Boox III C

BaxROr. an animal about the bigneſs of a horſe, with

changes colour every moment. It feeds
on flies, which it dexterouſly catches with
its long ſharp tongue; and lays eggs like
the lizards, ſnakes, tortoiſes, and ſnails, not
covered with a ſhell, but with a thick ſoft
fleſhy matter.

The Kquoggelo is an amphibious animal, kqu,..
about fix foot long, much of the ſhape of ge
a crocodile, which by means of its very
large tongue, feeds upon piſmires, haunting .
about their neſts ; and, like the crocodile, its |

body is all over cover'd with large hard E Que
ſcales, impenetrable to any weapon. It de- o
fends it ſelf from other voracious beaſts, and orb

eſpecially from the leopard, by ſetting up
its ſcales, which are pointed ſharp at the
end, 385

The civet-cat is here very common. This Civer-ca, |
animal is accounted of the ſpecies of cats, |
but I think it may be rather reckon'd a-

mong that of wolves ; being almoſt of the

ſame form and ſhape, and having like the * |
wolf a bone on each fide of its ribs, which a
hinders it from turning ſhort, as it is with the

wolf. It has a long pointed muzzle like
the fox, ſhort ears, ſharp noſe, and pointed 1
teeth, the hair of a grey colour, ſpotted "2
black every where, as well as its long tail, =
the hair of which is as bruſhy round about #
it; the nails or claws black, thick, ſhort, and 3
but a little bent, the legs ſomewhat ſhort $3

in proportion to its body. This animal is
voracious, feeding on carrion, raw fleſh, as

alſo maiz boil'd; and Ioften obſerved, in one
I brought over to Europe, that it would
always lean or lay down a minute or two

on the meat I gave it, before he eat it.
That which I brought over, having had no :
meat for a whole day, through the care- g-
leſſneſs of my man, at Guadalupe, found Leope
means to gnaw a paſſage through the rails

of the cage I kept it in, came into my — _

2.— 7 5 en ee

morning, and ſtaring about with fierce ſparx-

very fine talking parrot, of the country of 3
the Amazons, which I had brought from :
Cayenne, then perching on a pin in the wall;
and before I could come to its relief, the
civet-cat had catch'd it by the head, and
ſnapt it off. with its teeth. I alſo obſerv'd
in this animal, that it never eaſed nature, Z
but in the remoteſt corner of its cage. 4
The beſt food for the civet-cat, is raw |
fleſh and entrails of poultry, birds, and 3

the pleaſing odour they produce, generally
call'd civet; which is lodg'd in a bag between

mouth or opening like a matrix, border'd
with thick lips; which being open'd with
the fingers, you find two holes, or noſtrils,
in the concavity of which is room enough
to lodge an almond, There the civet is con-

1 tain'd,

« of . 4 — *
3 n, I wr fP7M 3 VE OT LOR
„„ e 4 .
S . „„

JE»
B 7
1 ( 11
25 .
; 3

et- cu.

„ee e eee

p. 4.

tain'd, and is drawn out by means of very
ſmall lead or tin ſpoons, for all other metals
would hurt the beaſt, this being a very
tender part.
than the females, and both muſt be very
much vex'd and irritated with a ſtick often

pointed at them, before you go to draw out

the ſweet; for this irritation in the animal cau-

uojas-

ſes an increaſe of that precious matter, in the
concavities of the bag wherein it is contained.
The Quojas-Morrou or Worrou, and by

Morrou or the Portugueſe calPd Salvage, or the ſavage,

or baboon.

other miſchief, if not hindered.
of the natives firmly believe that theſe crea-
tures will not ſpeak, for fear they ſhould be

is a large baboon, very ugly, ſome five
foot long, with a big head, thick body and
arms; and is eaſily taught, not only to walk
upright on its two hinder legs, but alſo to
carry a pail of water on its head, and other
ſuch like labour. This brute is ſo ſtrong

and miſchievous, that it will attack the
| ſtrongeſt man, and overpower him, either

clawing out his eyes, or doing him ſome
Moſt

ſet to work. They alſo fight among them-
ſelves 3 and are ſo ſtrong, that they will tear
in pieces the ſtrongeſt nets, and can only be

caught when very young. They are com-

a glimpſe, but the noſe is flat and crooked ; .

monly as tall as a child of three or four

years of age; the face looks like a man's at

the ears like a man's ; and the females have
full paps, and a belly with the navel ſunk

in. The elbows have alſo their proper joints

and ligaments; and the feet, beyond the
heel-bone, plump and brawny ; and will

often go upright, and lift heavy weights,

leopa rds.

tually fighting; but the tygers have gene-

and carry them from one place to another.

Dgers and The country 1s full of tygers, leopards,

and other ravenous beaſts, which are perpe-

rally the better: and for that reaſon, *tis
thought the leopard drags its tail, when
hunted or purſued by the tyger, to wipe a-
ay the impreſſion of its feet on the ſandy

ground, that the tyger may not find which
way it fled. The Blacks call the tyger

on rohen there is occaſion. After which, they
take off the ſkin of the animal, which is gi-

Orelly-qua, that is, maſter of the woods;
and the leopard, 2yelly, the king; this laſt
being very miſchievous to men, and the o-
the: only to beaſts. And for that reaſon,

there is great feaſting, ſporting, and muſick

in the village, when a leopard is kill'd; and
the perſon that does it, is much applauded
and honoured with this compliment by the
multitude, WNe ſee your toil and labour, and
are convinced that you are a man to be depended

ven, with its teeth, to the king or chief of the
place, and the fleſh to the people there ga-
thered, to feaſt on it: but the king is not

| allow'd to eat of it, alledging, that the leo-

pard being King of the woods, it is not rea-

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

The males produce more civet

ſonoble that their king ſhould eat of another
king like himſelf. :
The Blacks kill ſo many leopards every
year, that their kings have large ſtores of
{kins and teeth of theſe beaſts ; which they
are forc'd to ſell to ſtrangers, becauſe for the
ſame reaſon which does not permit them to
eat of the fleſh, they are not to make uſe
of the ſkin, either to lie on, or to adorn
themſelves with it: nay, the Bollis or prieſts

have fo infatuated them with this notion,

and threatned them with ſuch mighty mi-
ſeries from their idols, if they offend there-
in, that they will not eat of any of the
beaſts which the leopard commonly preys
on. But the teeth the king uſually beſtows
on his wives and concubines, which the

wear at their necklaces of beads or bugles,

and account them a great ornament,

119

Ba RBOT.

L

The dogs here never bark, but how], Dog-:

and are reckon'd delicate food, being va-

lued above any cattle to eat, and the young
ones commonly ſold at good rates. Theſe
dogs are generally very ugly creatures, ha-
ving no hair on the ſkin, their ears long and

ſtiff, like thoſe of foxes.

INS ECT 3.
THE country ſwarms with ſundry ſpe-

cies of them.

The vipers call'd Tombe are above two Vipers,

foot long, their ſkin finely colour'd on the
back ; they are not miſchievous till provo-
ked, but when fo, they bite a man or beaſt,
and it's mortal in leſs than three hours. -

Amongſt the ſeveral ſpecies of Serpents, Minia,vaſt

it ſwallows a goat or hind at once.
It's reported of this creature, that having

got hold of its prey, either hind, deer, or

other beaſt, it uſually feeds on, 1t drags the
ſame to ſome by-place, and there winds 1t-
{elf two or three times about the body of the

animal it has caught, with ſuch force, that

it is ſoon ſuffocated; and then ſearches

it all over, and if any piſmires or ants hap-

pen to ſtick to it, the ſerpent will preſently
run away, abandoning the prey; but if it

ſpies none, it then ſwallows the beaſt whole,

and lies ſtill on the ground till it is digeſted.

This (derpent dreads piſmires or ants to
ſuch a degree, as to run away at the ſight of
a ſingle one; and*tis ſaid, that if it ſhould

that which they call here Minia, grows to/*rperr.
ſuch a monſtrous bigneſs and length, that

ſwallow but one, the ſerpent would certain-

ly die. The Blacks eat the fleſh of this
monſter.

BIRDS.

T HERE are four ſorts of eagles: 1. that 24 le,

which they here call Cquolantja, is very
large and big, haunting the woods more than
the ſea-cliffs, and there perching on the tops

of

of the loftieſt trees, eſpecially on the Bonda,

Parrots.

Komma
bird.

fou-
kgboſli
bird.

FS.
5 1 4 4

116

BaR BOT. of which I have already ſpoken, and preys
moch on apes for its nouriſhment.

Cloſy- |

Lels- kite:
rena bird name ſignifying ſwallow of the light; and

Lele-Sirena, that of the night, which is the

2, The Cquolantja-clou, which keeps moſt

in moraſſes and ponds, where it feeds on

fiſh, as they ſwim on the ſurface of water,

Its claw are very crooked.

3. The Simby, a kind of eagle which feeds

on all ſorts of birds and feather'd creatures,

except its own ſpecies.

4. The Poy, keeping commonly about

the ſea-coaſts, and feeding on crabs, and

ſuch-like fiſh : and has very crooked claws,
Here are abundance of blue parrots with

red tails, calPd J/oſaey-y, — ſitting

on palm and coco: trees.

The bird Komma is very fine, has a green

neck, red wings, a black tail, a hooked
bill, and its claws like thoſe of parrots.

The Cloy-fou-kgboſſi is about the bigneſs
of a ſparrow-hawk, and black feather'd,
reckon'd a bird of preſage by the Blacks,
who tell abundance of ſuperſtitious nonſen-
ſical ſtories of it; and are fo poſſeſs'd with

that opinion, that according to the place
where they chance to meet or ſee this bird,
or to hear it ſing, they will proceed or not
proceed on an intended journey, or conclude

on good or bad ſucceſs, &c And when any
perſon dies ſuddenly or accidentally, they are

apt to ſay Kygbo/ſi has kill'd him, by ſing-

ing over him. This bird feeds moſtly on
iſmires.
The Fanton, being abour the ſize of our

larks, is another preſaging bird to the
Blacks, who are abroad hunting of buffalos,

elephants, tygers, ſerpents, or any other
game. This little creature uſually ſitting on

a tree near the covert or place where the a-

nimal is hid, ſings loud; which the hunters

hearing, they utter theſe words to it, Ton-
on- ler re, ton-ton-kerre, that is, Well fol-

I:w yon: then preſently the bird taketh his

flight very ſwiftly to the place where the
game lies, and points right.

The Lele- Atterenna is the ſwallow, the

bat or flitter- mouſe; it is of the ſpecies of
bats, that which is call'd Tonga, is as large

as a turtle-dove, and eaten as a dainty.

There are ſuch multitudes of this ſort, and

they hang in the day- time ſo heavy and ſo

numerous on the boughs of trees, that they

break them with their weight.
Here is alſo a little bird, about the ſize

of a ſparrow, which commonly makes a

hole with its bill, by little and little, in the

trunks of trees, there to neſt and breed;
which gives occaſion to the Blacks to belicve

that theſe little creatures, having formerly
compla ined to Canon their deity, that men

always ſtole their young ones from their
neſts, which they uſed to build on the
boughs of trees, and petition*d him to cauſe

A Deſcription of the 55 Book u

the heavens to fall on mankind and cruſh
them; Canou very readily granted their re-
queſt, provided they ſhould firſt pull down
all the trees in the country: in order to
which, they now hollow the trunks of trees,
and there build their neſts.

The 2 fonfoo is a kind of raven, black all Ofoafoe
over the body, but the neck all white, and b.
builds 1ts neſt on trees, with bulruſhes and
clay. The hens, as the natives report, pull
off all their own feathers, when they are
ready to hatch their eggs, in order to cover
their brood 3 the cock, at that time, taking
care to feed them all, till the young ones
are fit to ſhift for themſelves.

The woods harbour a multitude of tur- Turtle.
tles, which they call Papoo, and are of three
different ſorts; the firſt, call'd Bollends,
which are copple-crown'd the ſecond, Kam-
byge, having bald heads without any fea-
thers; and the third, Duedeu, the feathers
of their body black, ſpeckled white, and

all white about the neck. |
Here are cranes call'd Tiga; and at Cabo cis.

Verde, Aqua- Piaffo.

The Dorro is a very large bird, haunting Bene
the moraſſes and rivers, where it feeds on bird,
fiſh.

The Jouwa is of the ſize of a lk; and Jouwa
generally lays its eggs on paths and roads, l,

which none of the Colga Blacks will deſtroy ;

being poſſeſs'd with this opinion, that who-
ſoever cruſhes or breaks the eggs of this
bird, his children will not live long. If
they happen to break them by chance, they
are ready to run diſtracted ; and when come
to themſelves, they vow never to eat of any
birds; and will give the name of Jourva to
the child that happens to be born next, after
this accident.

They have two forts of herons, one white,
the other blue.

The Blacks eat of all the birds above-

mention'd, except the Fouwa, Fanton, and

the Keb, 5 which are ſacred among them.

W of D INSECTS.

Tus country is very rich in Kommok: 2 56

or honey- bees, which hive in the cavi-
ties of trees; and honey is ſo plenty, that
abundance of it is never gather'd.

The 2yom-Bokeſſy'or drone-bees, hurt no
body unleſs provoked, and then their ſting
cauſes great and dangerous inflammations.
Theſe inſets commonly hive about the hou-

ſes, but never give honey.

There is another ſort of honey-bees, call'd

Qbollicq-bolly, which, as the former, hive in

the cavities of trees; but their honey is very
brown, and the wax black.
Men are here very much troubled with guar.
gnats, night and day; being common in all
woody and moraſſy lands between the two
tropicks. 3

*

5 rue.

*
» Maca

Ps

BY
„ bo
_—_ -

T "04
i FIN
1
7
*

II

Marriages.
res, |

ane, ; |

Tro
d,

uwa
d.

8

es.

JS
M2 * x
JS

titude of flies, by the natives call'd Getleb,
thick, broad-headed, and mouthleſs, much

bigger than thoſe the French call Cigales,

which commonly fit on trees, and ſing, af-

ter a ſhrieking manner, both day and night,

Coaſts of Souru-Guinea.

At the time of the rains, here is a mul-

hot and cold countries, but by -what name
calPd in England, I know not. Thele flies
the Blacks eat, and ſay they live by the air.

CH APV.

Marriages of theſe Blacks ; polygamy ; naming of children]; habit and employ=
ments ; towns and houſes ; language ; ſorcerers and poiſoners ; funerals and

ſucceſſion.

Wives and CHILDREN,

HE Blacks marry as many wives as
k they can maintain; and ſome of the
kings of the country have three or four

hundred wives and concubines, who are kept

in ſeveral villages.

The ſame is done by

private perſons ; but the makilmah, or firſt
wife, is the moſt regarded, not only by the

huſband, but by all his other wives. They
live ſeemingly contented with all their wives,

and little or nothing concerned at their

number; for the keeping of them is not
very expenſive, neither are they much con-
cerned if they lie with other men.
They obſerve very little ceremony in
marrying, but ſo very different, according
to the ſeveral cuſtoms of countries, that it
would be very tedious to deſcribe, being
but little different from what is practiſed in
other parts of Nigritia : Only it muſt not
be omitted, that the bridegroom is to make
his bride three diſtin& preſents ; the firſt
call'd Togloe or Cola, conſiſts of a little co-

ral and bugles; the ſecond is Fafing, a few

pagnos or cloth; the third, Lefing, which is
a trunk or cheſt to put up her things; or a
braſs kettle or baſin; and ſome others, a ſlave:

and the father of the bride ſends a preſent

of one or two ſlaves, two frocks, a qui-

ver furniſh*d with arrows, a ſcymeter with

its belt, and three or four baskets of rice.
The huſband takes care to maintain the

boys, and the women the girls.

have loſt their virginity 3 nay, they account
it a labour ſaved, but covet much ſuch as
have good portions.

Theſe Blacks, as well as thoſe of Gamboa,
abſtain from their wives as ſoon as they
appear to be with child. Nor do the wo-
men in that condition allow it, for fear of
corrupting their milk ; and both men and
women account it a great crime and in-
famy to tranſgreſs this cuſtom.

They uſually give names to their chil-
dren ten days after they are born, The
day fixed for the ſolemnity of giving the
name to a boy, is remarkable; on that day
the father comes very early out of his houſe,
attended by his domeſticks, armed with
You, V.

They ſcruple not to marry women that |

their bows and arrows, and walks all about
the town, howling, ſinging, Sc. which the
other inhabitants hearing, come out allo,
to join with him ; and thus the greater the
company grows, the greater the noiſe 1s;
by joining to it their muſical inſtruments.
And this being over, the perſon appointed
tor the ceremony takes the child from the
mother's arms, lays it down on a kind of
ſhield or buckler in the midſt of all the
company, and puts a bow, made on pur-
pole, in the child's hand. Then he turns

about to the people, makes a long diſcourſe

on the ſubject; and that ended, turns a-
bout again to the child, wiſhing he may
ſoon be like his father, induſtrious, a good
builder, and good huſbandman, to get rice,
to entertain ſuch as will come to vilit him
that he may not covet his neighbour's wife,
nor be a drunkard, nor glutton, and much
ſuch morality : then he taketh the child
up again, gives him a name, and delivers
him up again to his mother or nurſe,
After which, all the company withdraw,
the men go a hunting, or to get palm-wine,
and in the afternoon they meet again all
together at the town, and there the child's
mother boils the game they have brought,

with rice; and thus they feaſt till night. _
The ceremonial of naming the girls, is not Naming of
the mother or girls.

ſo conſiderable. That day
nurſe brings the child, where the beſt part
of the people of the village are aſſembled ;
there it is laid down on a mat on the
ground, with a little ſtaff in one hand,

exhorting the child to be a good houſe-

wife, to be chaſte, to keep herſelf cleanly,
to be a good cook, a dutiful wife; when

once married, to mind her huſband, that

he may love her above all his other wives,
to attend him at hunting, and other ſuch
like wiſnes; which being over, the name is
given her, Sc.

HAB II.

HE habit of moſt of the Negroes in Mens gar.
this country is commonly a frock, like ment.

a ſhirt, with wide long ſleeves hanging down
to the knees. Some of the prime men, as
kings or chiefs, wear beſides alſo ſome-

times

117
living only on the dew of heaven, which Bagzor.
they draw in, by certain tongues like prickles, WY
placed on their breaſts: they are in both

118

Bangor. times either a cloak or coat, if they have
it from ſome European, and ſeem to be

The wo-
mens.

Ibatheba
diſeaſe.

Meazles.

very proud of that dreſs. They alſo wear
a woollen cap on their head, and go all

bare- foot.

The women commonly wear a narrow
cloth about their middles, and tucked in
at their ſides to faſten it, to ſave the charge
or trouble of a girdle. Some go now and
then ſhameleſly naked, without any con-
cern. |
„ Dis EAS ES.
MEN and beaſts ate here afflicted with

& many forts of diſtempers and infirmi-
ties, ſeveral of which are not known in
Europe. I ſhall mention the chiefeſt of
them.

The Ibatheba kills a multitude of ele-

phants, buffalos, wild boars, and dogs; but

not ſo many men or women.
The Meazles kill abundance, and for-

merly in the land of Hondo, ſwept away the
beſt part of the people. They think this

diſtemper was brought in by ſome Euro-

Small-
Pox.

Head-
ach.

Bloody-

flux.

Cankers.

- men and common harlots.

Twmours.

Trade.

which is named Jy-Doengb.

peans, at the beginning of this century,
who had ſpent ſome time at Sierra Leona.
The Small-Pox alſo ravages this country

very much, and kills very many of the na-

tives, old and young.

The Head-ach, call'd Honde-Doengh, is
very violent, as well as the tooth-ach,

The Bloody-flux is alſo common, and
ſweeps away multitudes of the Blacks after
they have loſt all their blood. They fancy
this diſtemper is given by witches and ſor-
cerers, call'd here $9vah- Monou.

The 2u5jas Negroes affirm, they never
knew of the bloody-flux till it was brought
from Sierra Leona, in the year 1626, eight
months after the Dutch admiral Laun had
left that place. „„

They are alſo much afflicted with/Cankers,
ſwelling out at the noſe, lips, arms, and
legs; which perhaps cafioned by
their extraordinary lux neſs with wo-

Here is another elſewhere unknown and
foul diſtemper, the Blacks are ſubject to,

throughout all the country about Sierra“

Leona, and in Quoja; i. e. a wonderful ſwel-
ling of, or in, the Scrotum; moſtly occa-

ſioned by the exceſſive drinking of palm-
wine, which cauſes violent pains, and hin-

ders their cohabiting with women. The
people of Folgias and Hondo are not fo much
troubled with it.

EMPLOYMENTS.
T HE chief buſineſs of the Blacks is til-
lage, for they do not mind trade near
ſo much, ſeeming to be contented with what
is ſimply neceſſary for life; I mean for the
generality, or perhaps the country does not
| , 5

Deſcription of the

and more cl

afford ſo much opportunity of trading with
Europeans, in elephants teeth, bees-wax, and

ſome cam-wood : for they have but few or

no ſlaves to diſpoſe of that way; and the
great number of Eurotean ſhips yearly paſ-
ling along their coaſt, ſoon exhauſts their
commodities, |

As to tillage, they commonly begin in Tillage,

January to prepare their low marſhy grounds
to ſow rice, their ſubſtantial food; every
one chuſing what he liketh, that is not pre-
poſſeſſed by others. They ſow rice much
the ſame way as our huſbandmen do corn
in France or England, being followed by
ſome perſon, who turneth the ground light-

ly-over the ſeed, with a little hooked tool

fitted for ſuch buſineſ:

The rice ſhoots uf three days after *tis Crops of

ſown; and then they encloſe the field with rice.

a paliſſado or hedge, about two foot high,

to defend it from elephants or buffalos,
which are great lovers of this grain; keep-

ing always a watch about it of boys of

their own, or ſlaves, who alſo preſerve it

from being ſpoil'd by the multitudes of
birds thar are about the lands. And towards
the beginning of May they cut it down,
and immediately make a ſecond tillage, to

ſow rice again in other higher grounds, for

they can fow rice at three different times of
the year; the firſt in marſhy grounds, the

ſecond in hard level grounds, which is cut
the beginning of July, and the third on

high riſing grounds, cut the beginning of

November, alternatively the one after the

other. The continual rains they have here
from April te September, much facilitating

the tillage of hard and high lands, which

is evety where done by hand.

They never cultivate the ſame ground,
but at two or three years diſtance, to give
it time to recover itſelf ; nor will they ap-
propriate to themſelves the grounds of o-
thers, unleſs by mutual conſent, eſpecially
hard or high grounds, knowing what toil
and labour it has coſt the proprietor to grub
and rid them of large trees or buſhes.

Bock ll.

The women have a great ſhare in cultiva- hat the |

taſk to weed, and in others, to ſow the rice;
cially *tis generally the buſi-

4

neſs of all women to dreſs and beat it in
long deep mortars, made of a hollow trunk

of a large tree; and, in fine, to boil it for
their families uſe, *

The Blacks ſpend much time in getting in
the rice, to dry it well on the fallows or
ground it grew on, and to-bind it in ſheaves,
and pay the tythe to their kings. moons

The countries of the Hondos, Galas, and
Gebbe Monou, do chiefly abound in that
grain, at all times; their lands producing

more, and better, than any other country
about them, which is a great advantage to

thoſe,

ting of the lands. In ſome places tis their women ,

2

*

f
4
1
ol 1
5
oF
71

%

1
* —
725 £
hs
3
$4.00
o whe
* N
"As
BY
„
Ks,
2!
828
-&

S 2 8
CER ee

2 Nas e 8

* e S : 1
82 . l Ty 3
.
La W 5

57 r
* ;

GC

Fiſh
and}
ing.

Fort
Tion.

8 : . 2 L n ws i = 5 Mo - Wy ” A'S * . LS l 5 —
3 1 7 2 e E 33
AE L & F GGG e +
nt ings Sn Gt EFF A e 8 IS.
; 3 M r HL iS EET AAR Rs _ 2 :
9 Y LIT * r 9 a

2
o

{42
: *
Hales
2 :
WT *
7778
3
8 :
S.
55
a
1105; o
3 *
#838?
1
4 R

thoſe, who either for want of a good crop or
good huſbandry at home, repair thither with

cloths, braſs, or copper baſins, and other

Fiſhing
and hunt-

ing.

of ſuch as the king has appointed, who are

things, to purchaſe it: but generally they are
very caretul to manage their ſtore well, and
to have no want of their neighbours.

The 210jas Blacks employ their time in
fiſhing, during the intervals of their different
harveſt-times, or in hunting, or building,
as occaſion requires. Tho' every one here
has a ſort of liberty to employ himſelf as
he thinks fit, yet the hunting of water-ele-

hants, or buffalos, is ſolely the privilege

to give him the moiety of the buffalos the

can catch, and a third part of all other
game whatever. But the water-elephants
appertain wholly to the king or chief of
the land, and the hunters muſt be ſatisfied

with what portion he is pleaſed to return them.
The fiſhermen are alſo to giv- a portion

of the fiſh they catch, to the prieſts of

Belly, for the jannanen; that is, the ſouls

Fortifica-
tions.

of their deceaſed relations in the other life.

Towns and Housxs.
T HE houſes of the Qucjas are all built
round, as at Ruſiſco, and their villages
alſo in a circular form, ſurrounded with
trees planted very thick, or near one an-
other. But the fortified e have in

this country, have four Koberes, a ſort of
baſtions, through which they come out, or

get into the village, at a gate ſo narrow
and low, that only one man can paſs at a
time. Each of theſe Koberes, or baſtions,
has a ſmall centinel's box over the gate,

made of the branches of a tree, calPd Tom-

boe Bangocla. The watch or centinel is
commonly one of the moſt courageous of
the place. Theſe towns are beſides inclos'd
with curtins, of theſe Tomboe ſtaffs, or of

| thoſe of the palm-wine trees, both being

long, thick and very hard wood, faſten'd
to the trees that are planted all round the

place, in ſuch manner, that nothing can
be ſeen through this encloſure ; but at cer-

tain diſtances there are narrow lights or

toop-holes, with ſhutters, to make uſe of
their muſkets if need be.

The lanes or ſtreets through the towns

lead from one Kobere to the other, croſs-

wiſe, and forming a ſort of marketplace in

the centre. ;

Such fortified towns they call San-fiab,
into which the country people retire in caſe
of an irruption from an enemy; every one
of the open country and villages call'd Fon-

ſerab, having a houle in the Sau- ſiah, for a

time of need.

Rivers and BRIDGES.
T: HE rivers in the country of the Quojas
being ſo ſhallow, and choak*d with falls

and ſands, there is no occaſion for canoes,

Coaſts of SOUTH-GuUiINEA, 119

but for the convenience of travellers. They Barzor.

have here and there a ſort of bridges, made WWW
with ſtaffs of Tomboe, tied cloſe together;

and over them, on each ſide, about three
foot high, a long rope made of certain
roots twiſted, to preſerve the travellers from
falling into the river. Theſe bridges are
faſtened at each end, on the land, with the

_ ſame ſort of ropes, made very ſtrong, and

fix'd to trees.
TEMPER and INCLINATIONS.

J Have before obſerv'd, that the Blacks in

general are very luxurious, which not onl

occaſions many diſeaſes, but alſo ſhortens
their lives. |

The women are no leſs intemperate in Leudneſj.
that reſpect, and uſe certain liquors made

of herbs and barks, to excite their natural

deſire.

Both ſexes are extremely fond of ſtrong Drunken-
liquors, and eſpecially of brandy, when tis ß.
offer'd them; tor *tis very ſeldom they will
buy any of the Europeans.

Theſe Blacks live all together in great charic;.
union and friendſhip among themſelves, be-

ing at all times ready to help and affiſt ſuch

as come to want clothing or proviſions, and
that in as effectual a manner as they are able
to do it, or making preſents to one an-
other, ſometimes of clothes, at other times
of ſlaves, or other valuable things. A

if any one dies, and has not left enough to
pay the charge of his burial, his friends do
it at their own expence.

No perſon can be admitted to the king's
preſence, whether white or black, but he

muſt carry a preſent, according to times
and occaſions,

The Blacks here are not much addicted
to ſteal or pilfer from one another, but
make no ſcruple of taking what they can
from ſtrangers.

Their LANGUAGE.

THE common language of the Blacks
here is the dialect of the Quejas, be-
ſides ſome which are peculiar; as thoſe of

Tim, Hondo, Mendo, Folgias, Gala and Geble.

That of the Folgias is the moſt elegant, and
therefore call'd Mendisho, that is, the lord's
language, in honour of the king of Folgia,
to whom they are ſubject by homage.
Thoſe of Gala and Gebbe differ a little from
the Folgian tongue; and there is much the
ſame difference in that of the Conde- Quojas,
towards the frontiers of Hondo, as there is
between High and Low-Dutch. |
The Blacks of faſhion uſe ſome ſort of Floquence.

eloquence in their diſcourſe, and frequently _
make uſe of allegories, well apply'd, and
to the, purpoſe, much after the manner that
we read in Judges ix. 8, Fotham the ſon

of

—— —
-

WS -

—
—

—

— — — —

—

—

— —
» — — > %

—

— . 1wrÄ 18 —
w Oe.
Y 3

=

& — — 1 0 * * _
— * * —— D___—_— . :

l
1
7 4
h
U
N
41 3
11 |
[
1 *
uh
0
4 11H
WI.
: 14
.
" 4 H
. }
L |
VR
1
'
l
;
1
4
. 1
4
at]
S: 35 |
44. þ
WIR
. it
p 4 |
4 TT
"108
Tt: Wl
*
T7
1
i q
11
if i44
-
fl Tl
4 }
5
1
17
.
3
!
4
TE BR
: 1
4* uf
}
+ {4
| *
vi
#$:144
HL HM
1 *
8 7 7
Ct }
. „ \
!
48-14
I.
im
' 45
I.
* 7 10
q 7
' 4
.
y
[ i
b ”
19
1
i 8
1100
a "x
4
424%
. *
0]
1 1
|
| V4)
4 50
1
5 4
i9,s
I. |
i ?
: *.
r
) [ I
+£4
1
x 4
*
o i
| 7
.
U
4
|
ff
10
1 +
6
1
|
[
N
1
Ji
{
4 |
|
75
i
i
j!
11 4
f
1

— —— *
5 — —

120

No aiſtine- They do not divide the day into hours,

tion of

Hours.

Good na-

tur d

Blac ks.

but only know when it is, midnight by the
five ſtars; which, beſides the Pleiades, ap-
pear on the head of Taurus, which they

call Monja-Ding, the lord's ſon.

The Blacks in theſe parts are generally
well temper'd, civil, and tractable, and not
addicted to ſpill human blood, unleſs very
much provok'd, or at the funerals of very
great perſons, as ſhall ſoon be obſerv'd.

SORCERERS and POISONERS.

A Deſcription of the
Wanner of-Cilox, Meliver'd himitif to the lords
of Sichem. | |

row in the other. | oy
Then the neareſt relations or friends make
a ſort of ſkirmiſh between themſelves, with
their arrows, which laſts a . conſiderable
while: and that ended, they kneel round

the corps, with their backs towards it, as

if much provok*d ; and thus ſhoot their ar-
rows round the world, as they call it, to
ſignify they are ready to revenge the de-
ceaſed againſt any perſon that ſhall offer
to ſpeak ill of him, or that may have been

inſtrumental to his death. After which, they hum
{trangle ſome ſlaves belonging to the de- and ſary |

TJ HEL ſay they have many magicians ceaſed, to attend him in the other world; i

and ſorcerers among them, as alſo a
peculiar ſort of men, whom they call Sovahb
Mounouſin, that is, poiſoners and blood-
ſuckers ; and theſe they fancy will ſuck the

blood out of any man or beaſt, or at leaſt
corrupt it in ſuch manner, as to occaſion
lingring and painful diſeaſes. There are

others, called Pilly, who, by their enchant-
ments, they believe can hinder the rice from
ſprouting out of the ground, or from com-
ing to maturity, when grown up. Both
thoſe ſorts of men, they tell us, are inclin'd
to commit ſuch ' barbarities by the Sovah,

that is, the devil, who they believe poſſeſſes
ſuch as are overwhelm'd with melancholy,

or grown deſperate through misfortunes,

and therefore withdraw themſelves from the

company of other men, and live wild in

the woods and foreſts; where the Sovah
teaches them, ſhows them what herbs and
roots are to be uſed in their enchantments,
as alſo the geſtures, words, and grimaces,

proper for thoſe helliſh practices. Theſe
men, when taken, are put to death, to de-

liver the country from their miſchiefs. The
Blacks will ſeldom travel through the woods
without company, for fear of meeting with
ſuch men, as alſo becauſe of the wild beaſts
which ſwarm there; and carry with them
a compoſition of ſeveral ingredients, which

they fancy preſerves them againſt the ma-

licious Sovab. .

It would be too tedious to relate the
many ſtories they tell of theſe ſorcerers and
Soveh ; as allo the particular ceremonies
of their funerals and burials of deceaſed

_ perſons: it ſhall ſuffice to obſerve ſome few,

which are not uſed among the other na-
tions I have already deſcribed; for, in the
main, they are the ſame, and no leſs in-
human.

FUNERALS.

HEN the corps is well waſh'd, they
3 trim the hair of its head into locks, and
ſet it up, cloth'd in all the beſt apparel the
perſon wore whilſt living, or what has been
given ſince dead, as is uſual ; ſupporting it
with props behind and before, and under the

who, the better to prepare them for their
exit, have been feaſted with all the delicacies
the country can afford.
During this time the women of the vil-
lage, who had the moſt familiarity with the
perſon deceaſed, keep about his wife, and
throwing themſelves at her feet, utter theſe
words, from time to time, Bgune, Bgune,
that is to ſay, be comforted, or wipe off
your tears, i ry
After this, they take the corps and lay it
down on a board, or a ſmall ladder, which
two men carry thus upon their ſhoulders to
the grave, caſting into it the ſtrangled wo-
men and ſlaves, mats, kettles, baſons, bu-
gles, and other odd things belonging to the
deceaſed; and covering all with a mat,
and hanging his armour on an tron rod,
ſet up in the ground at one end of the
roof, which they erect over the grave to
keep off rhe rain from it: and for a lon

while every day they leave eatables and li-

quors about it, for him to feed on in the
other world. If a woman is buried, they
ſet up at the iron pole or rod, her baſons
and Dutch mugs, in lieu of armour.

They obſerve to bury a whole family galt
ſucceſſively as they come to die, in the buẽj¾,
ſame place as near as *tis poſſible, tho? the ger.

perſons die at ever ſo great a diſtance.
The burying-places are commonly in ſome
forſaken, or ruin'd villages, which they cal]
Tombouroi ; and there are many of them on
the river Plyzoge, and in the iſland Maſſab,
behind cape Monte.

The reaſon they give for ſtrangling ſuch Strang
Perſons as are put to death, in order to be ling.
buried, in the graves of men of note, is,

becauſe their blood is too precious to be

ſpilt and waſted on any account. They

ſtrangle them with a ſtring put about the
neck, which they twiſt and turn behind the
back of the wretched victims, as is practiſed
by the mutes appointed for ſuch offices at
the Ottoman Porte. They allo burn in their
preſence the remaining victuals that had been
prepared to feaſt them before their exit, ad-
Judging it to be ſacred,

4 | This

Book III

arms, with a bow in one hand, and an ar-

nl i EF

— do
IEEE SAI Fs

II Car.

5 This barbarous cuſtom of ſacrificing the
living to honour the dead, begins now to
loſe ground; for here, and at other places
already deſcribed, where it is practiſed,
moſt of the people hide their daughters or
children as ſoon as the King's ſickneſs is

thought to be mortal; which thoſe who
wait on the dying king, uſe all precautions

to conceal as much as they can, that none

of thoſe who are to be thus ſlaughter*d ma
get away or abſcond. And when thoſe who
have thus kept themſelves out of the way at
1 that time, return to their dwellings, they
fav | © are ſeverely reproach'd -with their want of
= courage, which among them 1s the greateſt
affront, and told how unreaſonable it is they
ſhould have eaten the bread of their lord or
husbind, and be afraid to die with him :
with many more no lefs ridiculous re-
proaches. | | |
It is alſo cuſtomary here for the neareſt
relations, or friends of a deceaſed perſon, to
keep a faſt of ten days after the funeral
of one of the common ſort, which 1s calPd

8 2 n
e i

FPuaaſting at
1 funerals,

conſiderable perſon. Such as keep this faſt

drink any liquor but what is kept in a hole
made for that purpoſe in the ground, as
alſo to abſtain from the company of women;
and the women who engage to keep the
ſaid faſt, vow they will not clothe them-
ſelves during that time, with any other gar-
ments whatſoever, but with white of black
rags, with their hair looſe and diſhevelPd,
and to lie on the bare ground at night.
The faſt being over, the penitents lift up
both their hands again, to denote they have
very punctually accompliſh'd it: after which,

| Preſents to
7 thoſe that

what they kill, and all together feaſt on it;

—_ = and then thoſe who have kept the faſt, are
ber. | diſmiſſed with each of them a preſent of a
biaſon, or a kettle, or a cloth; others with a

NF basket of ſalt, or an iron bar, Sc.

2 TK There is another cuſtom, when a per-
TT ſon is ſuſpected to have died an untimely

: death; which is not to waſh the corps, till

: a ſtrict enquiry be made of it. To this ef-

* fect they make a bundle of ſome pieces of
Sh the dead perſon's garments, the parings of

his nails, and clippings of his hair, on which
they blow the ſcrapings of the wood Mam-
mon, or of Cam-wood ; faſtening the bundle

Superſtiti-
0K trial.

EEG eee, eee on fb ee e e

Vol: V.

2 N : mx 1 *
ELDERS ²˙ Ss
\

5. 3 Coaſts of SOU TH-GUINEA.

Bolly Guwe , and thirty days for a king or

make a vow, lifting up both their hands,
not to eat rice during that time, nor to

the men go a hunting, the women drels

121

to the peſtle, which two Blacks carry about Barzor.
the place, preceded by the prieſts, who WWW
beat with two hatchets, one againſt the
other, and aſk the dead corps in what
place, at what time, and by whom he was
thus deprived of life; and whether Canon
their deity has taken him into his protection.
And when the ſpirit, as they pretend, moving
the heads of the bearers of the corps, after
a certain manner, gives them to underſtand
the Sovah-Monouſſin has done it; they aſk
him again, whether the ſorcerer is male or
female, and where he lives : which the ſpi-
rit alſo declaring, in the ſame manner, and
leading them to the place where the ſor-
cerer abides; they ſeize and put him in
chains, to be examined on the charge the
ſpirit has laid on him. If he perſiſts to
deny it, he is compell'd to take the Kquony,
a horrid bitter drink ; and if after drinking
three full Calabaſbes of it he vomits it up,
he is abſolved: whereas if it only foams out
about his mouth, he dies immediately; his
corps is burnt on the ſpot, and the aſhes
are thrown into the river, or the ſea, be he
ever ſo great a man. 5 |
This drink is compoſed of the bark of a
certain tree, beateh in a wooden mortar,
and infuſed in water : *tis a very ſharp dan-
gerous liquor, and commonly adminiſtred
to the priſoner in the morning, in caſe of
ſuſpicion of high crimes; during which time,
they invoke the Kquony, praying that the
priſoner may vomit up the drink if he be
innocent; but if guilty, that he may die
on the ſpot. |

Many more ſuch abſurdities might be
related of theſe people, as to the admini-
ſtring of this draught, which are not worth
mentioning. %%%

he eldeſt ſon of the deceaſed inherits all Proviſſon

his goods, wives, and concubines; and hefor chil-
dying without iſſue, all falls to his younger ©
brother, if he has any. The other chil-

dren are generally provided for by their
father, that they be not. reduced to poverty

after his death. | 5

But if a man dies without iſſue male,
the ſon of his brother is his next heir, tho?
he ſhould leave ſeveral daughters; and if
there 1s never a male left of a family, then
the king becomes the ſole heir, but 1s to
maintain and ſubſiſt all the daughters that
are left behind. 8 *

oO

— * —
_ — —ũ⁴ä I

= — — 6
Ac nt Ys — —— — — - < — — ä —— ———— —

= = IL ” +
N . — —_ - — — . — — IT — >
— — — —_ _ 4 — pt 2 I — - 6 — — = —— — — — — 2 —
— — — 8 X — — _ * — * == = — 0 eng a . — —
*

54 —_ — — -
—_ 2 4 c_—_ l 1 A — — 8 — — 0
- - - 2
— . . re . ⏑§—r—.— or ar ve te _ —
2 . — — — | LF — _—
- £ C —— —z wy = 2

3 —

n

—

—

— —

— —_ —_ 4

1 *

= — *
o . — —
> ks 3 *
5 9

- pes + LOS > >:
— — — —— = — _
— — wow» — — , OA nw 0 _—
- — — — —
—

.

2 —
— —

——— — —
=
: —

122
BARBO r.

LAI

Policy of

theQuojas.

A Defcription of the

*

/

CHAP. VI
Government of the Quojas. Reception of embaſſadors. Favour to Europeans.

Superſtitions about ſouls departed. Circumciſion. New-moon. Society of
men called Belly ; another of women, called Neſloge. Puniſhment of male-

factors. Of Rio Seſtro.

he author viſits that king; his reception, &c.

Habit of men and women. Product, birds, and beaſts. Funerals. Religion,

and phyſick.

GOVERNMENT.
HE authority of the 2yojas Berko-
ma, over the countries of Cilm, Boulm,
and Boulm-Berre, tho' of a greater extent,
and more populous, is due to their politick
government, compos'd of very judicious
wile men; who, to keep their vaſſals and

neighbours in ignorance of the ſmallneſs of

the country, and of the inconſiderable num-

ber of its inhabitants, do not permit any of

thoſe of the north countries to travel to the

_ eaſt, thro? their lands, nor thoſe in the eaſt o

pals thro? to the weſtward : by which means
they alſo have much greater ſhare inſ the

trade, from“ one part to another. The

neighbours; and conve

Quojas ſerve as factors, or brokers to their

country the goods which the weſtern Ne-
groes ſend to the eaſtern, or the eaſtern to the

weſtern: for the ſame reaſon, thoſe to the

Subject to

northward of theſe Quojas, do not allow
them to paſs thro? their territories to the
other nations ſtill northward of them, un-
leſs on-occaſion of the Quojas marrying ſome

women among them, „
The Quojas Berkoma are ſubject to the

he Folgias. K ing of Folgia, as has been ſaid before; yet

Title How

- _Nivez,

that prince has given their king the title
of Dondagh, which he takes himſelf; and
this king of the Quojas gives the ſame title
to him of Boulm-Berre, without doing any
homage to the Folgias, but only to himſelf.
The title of Dondagb is given to the
king of the Quojas, by him of Folgia, in
this manner. The Qxoja prince lies down

on the ground on his ſtomach, the Folgias
throw ſome earth on his back, and ask him

what name he likes beſt; which he having
declared, they
to it the word Dondagh, with the name of
its country. Then the new Dondagh is or-
der'd to riſe from the ground, and ſtand-

ing up, is preſented with a quiver full of
arrows, which is hung on his back, and a

Quoja king

bow put into his hand, to ſignify he is now

bound to defend the country with all his

might. After which, the Qua prince does
homage to the king of Folgia, and makes a
conſiderable preſent of linnen, ſheets, braſs-
kettles, baſons, Sc. 0

This king of 29a is abſolute and arbi-

abſolute. trary in his dominions, very jealous of his

authority and prerogatives, and keeps a great

number of women, moſt of them brought

thro? their ſmall

proclaim it aloud, adding

down to him from Gala, Bondo, Folgia, and
other countries. |
When he appears in publick, he fits or
ſtands on a Koreda, or Buckler, to denote,
he is the defender of the country, the lea-
der at war, and the protector of good men
A 55
If any perſon ſent for by him being ac-

cuſed of any miſdemeanor, does not attend

him immediately, he ſends him his Koreda How he

by two drummers, who are not to ceaſe/7mm |
criminal.

beating their drums till that perſon comes
along with them to the king; carrying in
one hand the Koreda, and his cuſtomary

preſents in the other. And being come into
the king's preſence, he proftrates himſelf on
the ground, throwing earth over his head,
begging his crime may be pardoned, and

acknowledging himſelf unworthy to fit on
the Koreda, The king's deſign in ſending

the Koreda, is to ſignify to the perſon
it is ſent to, by way of reproach, for his
not coming upon the firſt meſſage ; that he

ſhould then come and take his place in the
government, and execute the power himſelf,
ſince he is ſo refractory to his commands.

When any perſon of note is to wait on gif,
this king, he firſt delivers his preſent to the che king.

chief of his wives, who carries it to the

prince, begging ſuch a man may be ad-

mitted to his preſence, to throw earth on

himſelf. If the king grants the petition,

the preſent is accepted, and the perſon ad-
mitted to come and pay his reſpects; but
if it is not granted, the preſent is privately
reſtored to the owner :who, however, dares.
not return home *till he has made his peace
with the king, through the mediation of

ſome friends in favour with him; and is af-

terwards admitted to an audience, and the
preſent accepted, if his fault is not conſidera-
ble; for if it be, the king is not eaſily moved
to forgive it. 5 TT
The perſon ſo pardoned and admitted to
ſee the king, 1s to walk towards him, bow-
ing to the chair in which he fits, on a fine
mat; bending one knee, and ſtooping
ſo low, as to reſt his head on his right arm
laid on the ground, pronouncing the word
Dondagh; to which the king anſwers Na-
mady, I thank you. After which, he bids
him ſir on a little wooden {tool at a diſtance,

or on a mat, if he be of the higheit rank,

or a foreign envoy.
EMBaAS-

| 95
B Es
Il Fs

8

their

cepti

Ang

£ N 1 - 3 0 . - g . : , 5 . 5 © - Ip £ S ev . Wt er So on ee 4 * N ed NI 3 e - y F 2 : 1
- 2a 9 2 - vp. SO TPAR A . Py OTH 7 . 1 — by « : * X WT 54 SPE . 1 = Wy - } i . :
PP ᷣ Dm IS ere ĩð . ˙ iD te 5 * - LE SES s OED :

Oth,
rem

D 1
Rt EYES ery *

5

Wh
Il = CHAP. 6.

officer to bring

Eu Ass ADO RSV, HOW RECEIVED,
AN envoy or embaſſador from a neigh-

bouring king, being arrived on the
frontiers of the Quojas, ſends to the king
to notify his arrival there; who ſendeth an
him to a village near the
court, where he ſtays till all things are ready
for his audience, On the day appointed, he
is brought from that village, attended by a
great number of officers and attendants,
arm'd with bows and quivers, making a great

' noiſe of their ſort of muſick, and all ſkip-

ping and dancing by the way, accoutred in

their beſt clothes. This proceſſion being

come to the palace, the Blacks make a lane
in the place of arms, thro' which the embaſ-
fador is brought to the council-chamber ;
and if it be a Folgian embaſſador, he is al-
lowed to have his own attendants to dance
in this place of arms; but no other nation
has that liberty, The dance being over,
he is conducted to his audience, and being
near to the king's Simmanoe, or chair, turns

his back to him, with one knee to the ground

he can, to ſignify to the king he would
eſteem himſelf very happy if he had the op-

and in that poſture draws his bow as ſtiff as

portunity to uſe it againſt his enemies. Du-

ring this formality, the envoys retinue ſing

and recite aloud ſuch verſes as have been

made in praiſe of the king; in return for
ſuch like praiſes ſung and recited as loud

by the king's attendants, in honour of his

Me N
ltzheir re-
p be |
mons |
ina.
F
1
|
}
+ Singing,
is t0 4 5
ling.
1
: I
Other ce.
. ES,
2 remonies.
=
4
i :
=
2
| 5
4
1
1

maſter and of himſelf: a ceremony uſed

on ſuch occaſions, which they call Polo,
Polo, Sammab ; and amongſt many flatter-

ing expreſſions, theſe following are often

repeated and accounted the moſt acceptable,

Comme, Bolle-Machang, that is, there is no
body can imitate the works of his hands.
Doogo Folmaa, Hando moo; he is the de-
ſtroyer of the Doogo Folmaa. Sulle Tomba

Quarryaſch, J ſtick like greeſe, pitch, or
ſulphur, to the back of ſuch as dare reſiſt me.

The panegyricks ended, the embaſſador
cauſes one of his officers, who is almoſt
naked, to advance, and throw earth on his
own body before the king; being himſelf
excuſed from ſo doing by his character.

And during that ceremony, all the aſſiſtants

about the Simmanoe dance, making ſeveral

motions and geſtures with their bows and

arrows.; after which, the embaſlador deſires

ilence to be order'd, and then he makes his

ipeech; and the Silly, or king's interpre-
ter, who uſually ſtands up next to the
king's Simmanoe, with a bow in one hand,

_ interprets word by word: and if it con-

cerns matters of ſtate, the anſwer is de-

fer'd till debated in council; otherwiſe it

is given on the ſpot. Then the embaſſador
is conducted to his quarters, after which

the preſents he brought are laid before the
2

Coaſts of Sourh. GUINEA.

king, and the reaſons given for making Bazzor:
5 WY

ſuch or ſuch a preſent.

At night, the king ſends his ſlaves to
watch the body of the embaſſador; next
his own wives, in their beſt dreſs, with ſe-
veral diſhes of meat and rice, according to
the number af his retinue : and after ſup-
per, the palm- wine, and his own preſents,
ſome braſs kettles, or baſons, or the like.

If any European 1s admitted to ſee the King, Favour te
and brings his preſents, he is allowed to Euro-
eat with the king, and of his own meat, Peans.

What is left of the embaſſador's ſupper, is
for the king's wives. |

No people among the Blacks are fo for-
mal and ſo ceremonious as theſe ; and to
uſe them after that manner, is a means to do

any thing with them to ſatisfaction.

Of the FoLG1As, and Howpos, and

QuABEE-MoNovus.

them. This Monou emperor extending his
empire over ſeveral neighbouring countries,
which all pay homage and tributes to him
yearly, in ſlaves, iron bars, bugle, cloth,
Sc. each of which, in token of his good-
will, he alſo preſents with Qua- Qua cloths;
which the Folgias again preſent to the Quo-
jas, when they pay their homage; and the
Quojas give them again to the kings of
Boulm and Hondo, when theſe come to make

their acknowledgments to them: all theſe

nations being very free in making pre-
ſents to one another, as has been obſerv'd
in another place.

The Folgias call the ſubjects of this em- Names of
peror Mendi-Monou, (that is, lords 3) the diſindion.

Quojas, Mendi- Monon, (i. e.) people of the
lord; and the Boulm and Cilm call them the
ſame, which is done to honour themſelves
the more, as being his tributaries: though
each of theſe petty kings has an abſolute
authority in his own diſtricts, and can maxe

war or peace, without the conſent or ap-
probation of this emperor, or of any o-

ther of whom they hold.

It is wonderful, that ſuch a ſmall coun-
try, and ſo thinly peopled, as is that of
Monou, ſhould have ſubdued ſo many other
countries, and ſtill preſerve their authority
over them all, and eſpecially the Folgias,
who are ſo numerous. But it muſt be ſup-
poſed, that the policy of the Monou, toge-
ther with the ſituation of the other countries
which are ſeparated from one another, has
been as inſtrumental in that conqueſt, as
force of arms.

The country of Hondo is divided into four Hondo
principalities, Maſſillagb, Dedowaeh, Dan- conniry.

goerro, and Daudi; the chiefs whereof are
named by the king of 29a, their lord:
cach

HE Folgias, as I have {aid before, have govereigniy
a dependance on the emperor of Mo- of the
nou or Mane, as the Quojas depend on Folgias.

AT

A Deſcription' of the

45 :

im

— * — — —
— EIT 2 5 S. > dry

Book II.

{elf priſoner, with the beſt of his ſubjects.
The Folgias, fearing to exaſperate that na-
tion, thought fit to conclude a ſolid peace
with them; which ſucceeded ſo well, that
the king of the Folgias call'd Flanfire, mar-

mortality of ſouls, &c. |
The Chineſe hold, that all deceaſed per-
Tons are turned into air; and therefore, all
their religious duties terminate in the air

that environs them,
Theſe

W 11%§öê*—d —2 5
. . oe e 9
. b b \ Cc
* K ä
e P Ss Ee
3 5 RT, r e ——
ee eee ee |

| BareoT-each having equal authority, and paying a ried the ſiſter of the Karon prince, and re-
| V yearly acknowledgment to him, by their ſtor'd him to his dominions.
. envoys, in preſents of braſs kettles, baſons, This ſtory ſomewhat reſembles the ad-
|} Qua-qua cloths, red cloth, and ſalt, made vice which Balaam, the falſe prophet, gave to
" of the ſea-water. Balak, king of Moab; which prov'd ſo fatal
1 Quabee- The Quabee-Monous live about the river to the [/raelites, as we read Nunib. xxiv. 14.
| Monous. Seſtro. They were formerly ſubdu'd by and in Foſephus, lib. 4. chap. 6.
4 Flanſire, king of the Folgias, after an ob- Theſe people believe, that the dead be- Opinion o
ki. ſtinate bloody fight, near the Seſtro; but come ſpirits, which they call Fannack or ſeul.
[1% have ſince recover*d their former indepen- Fananeen; that is, patrons or defenders,
#14 dency and ſovereignty, and own none but their buſineſs being to protect and aſſiſt
| Monou for their emperor, and now hold of their former relations and kindred: and
Fl him. | therefore they put ſuch queſtions to their
j : I dead, as I have before obſerv'd. Thus, if |
| KELICION; =. a man hunting of w1ld beaſts in the woods, |
Belief of a" HEY acknowledge a ſupreme being, happens to eſcape ſome imminent danger, he | Cir
8 creator of the world, and of all things ſays, he has been deliver'd by the ſoul of 1 *
viſible and inviſible; but they cannot form ſuch of his deceas'd kindred, as he lov'd z
a good idea of that ſovereign being: but beſt; and as ſoon as return'd home, ſacri- f
the Blacks of Boulm and Timna make ſtrange fices at his grave an heifer, rice, and palm- |
figures of it. 5 wine, as an acknowledgment of his delive-
Eis atiri· They call that being Canou or Kanuo, at- rance, in the preſence of the relations of
utes. tributing to him an infinite power, univer- the deceaſed, who dance and ſing at the
ſal knowledge, and to be preſent in all feaſt, 1 {
places, believing that all good is from him, They believe thoſe ſpirits, or ſouls, re-
but not that he is eternal; and that another ſide in the woods; and when any man has
light, or being, is to come to puniſh the receiv*d ſome notable injury, he repairs to |
wicked, and reward the vertuous. the woods, and there howls and cries, in- 5
A lake The Karou-Monous, when they poſſeſs'd treating Canou, and the Fananeen, to cha- j
worſhippd.the country about the rivers Funk and Ar- ſtiſe the malice of ſuch a perſon, naming i
voredo, in the kingdom of the Folgias, paid him by his name. ons ;
religious adoration to a lake or pool there, He who finds himſelf in ſome difficulty |
on a mountain; and uſed to offer to that or danger, conjures the ſoul of his beſt re- [
lake all the booty they took from the Fol. lation to keep him out of it, to ſatisfaction. i
gias, their mortal enemies, whom they had Others conſult them, and take their ad- BY
often defeated, being led by a Carou gene- vice on future events; as for inſtance, whe- L =
ral of great renown, calPd Sokwalla. ther any European ſhip will ſoon come, x .
Policy of The Folgias having been often worſted and bring goods to traffick, or the like. #
the Fol- by the Karou-Morous, and conſidering they In ſhort, they have all a very great re- 1
gia. were not able to withſtand ſuch a warlike ſpect and veneration for the ſpirits of de- F
enemy by open force, contriv'd how to ceaſed perſons, and rely on them as their ;
deſtroy, or weaken them by policy. They tutelar gods. They never drink water or 2
had recourſe to a ſorcerer, or magician, of palm-wine, without firſt ſpilling a little of ET
the country; who advis'd them to caſt in- it for the ZFananzen: and to aſſert the truth =
to the above mentioned lake of the Karous, of any thing, they ſwear by the ſouls of their | 2
a quantity of fiſh boil'd, with the ſcales deceaſed parents. The kings themſelves do 1
on: the Karous ſuperſtitiouſly looking up- the ſame: and tho? they ſeem to have a 1
on it as a great pollution to eat fiſh that great veneration for Canou, that is, God; |
was not ſcaled. This advice follow'd, had yet all their religious worſhip ſeems to be Þ i
its intended effect; for the Karous being in- directed to theſe ſouls, each village having 2 Te
form'd of what had been done, look'd up- a proper place appointed, in the neareſt ell.
on the lake as defiled and profaned; and wood, to invoke them. 3 = Ke
thereupon fell at variance among them- Thus the native Indians of Virginia be- 3
ſelves, to ſuch a degree, that a civil war lieve in many gods, whom they call Kew- 7
enſu'd; by which they were ſo weakned, aſowock, nere another, great and puiſ- ?
that the Folgias, who lay in wait to improve ſant, who is from all eternity, whom they j
all opportunities, attacking them, ſlew their call Kewas. They have temples, wherein 7
brave general Sokwalla on the ſpot, and his they make offerings to thoſe deities, ſing |
ſon Flonikerri was oblig'd to ſurrender him- and pray for the dead, and believe the im- :

.

＋
pi

%
*

*
XR
WS 7
ws
*

138
% a
1

5

B

.
8

* 2 2 4
is Co BER

Ti

— — * |
— 8 _— .

. d FE ˙ .. << Moen at ont 3 TF. ̃ ͤ 2 IG Con FI Act,
ET TREES ts Pe ER en on ²⅛ .. Tds RE TOUTE Eon FE doh tae TP Ee

| Crap. 6.

Circum-

7

* ciſion.

New mon Though the Blacks

Theſe Blacks, at three ſeveral times of
the year, carry abundance of proviſtons for
the ſubſiſtance of the Jananeen, into the
woods and foreſts, where they firmly be-
lieve thoſe ſpirits reſide, in a peculiar man-
ner.
in their extremity, to implore the aſſi-
ſtance of Canou, and the Fanancen, with
loud cries.

It is a ſacrilege for women, maids, or
children, to enter thoſe ſacred woods ; and
therefore are they made believe, from their
infancy, that the Zananeen would immedi-
ately kill them.

All theſe nations circumciſe their chil-
dren at the age of fix months, and believe
it is appointed by God, ſaying it has been
practiſed time out of mind among them.
Yet ſome mothers, through fondneſs, will

not let their children be circumciſed till“

they are three years old, that they may
bear the painful operdtion with greater eaſe
and ſafety to them, They heal the wound
with the juice of certain herbs, beſt known
to them. =

Here are two other ſtrange ceremonies
much regarded and obſerved by all the Ne-
groes of Hondo, Manou, Folgias, Galas, Gebbe,
Seſtro, Boulm-Cilm, and even in Sierra Leona;
which, though very different from what is
properly call'd the circumciſion, are never-
theleſs both of them very painful and ridicu-

lous ; of both which, I ſhall ſoon ſpeak at

large.

Ss.

have not been yet ob-

honour'd. ſerved to adore the ſun or the moon, yet tis

Belly o-

ciery.

remarkable, that at every new moon, both

in the villages and open country, they ab-

ſtain from all manner of work, and do not

allow any ſtrangers to ſtay amongſt them

at that time; alledging, for their reaſon,
that if they ſhould do otherwiſe, their maiz
and rice would grow red, the day

all a hunting that day.

The lower Ethiopians in Angoy, and near
Congo, pay the like veneration to the new
moon.

The fellowſhip or ſe& of the Belly, as
near as it can be well deſcribed, is proper-
ly a ſchool, or college, eſtabliſh'd every
twenty or twenty-five years, by order of
the king, who is the chief or head of ir,
for training up young men and boys
to dance, to ſkirmiſh, to plant, to fiſh,
and to ſing often, in a noiſy manner, what

they call the Belly-Dong, the praiſes of the

Belly; which are no other but a confus'd
repetition of leud filthy expreſſions, accom-
panied with many immodeſt geſtures and

motions of the body: all which things,

when duly perform'd, entitle the fellows of

that ſchool, to the name of the marked of
Vo l. V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINE A.

And thither afflicted perſons repair

of the Belly, who, they

king; and of enjoying certain prerogatives
of the country, from which the Sg,
idiots, that is, ſuch as never were educated
after-that manner, are wholly excluded,
The king having order'd proper baracks,

or huts, to be built rogether, in a ſpace -

of ground mark'd out, eight or nine miles

in circumference, in the midſt of a large

wood, or foreſt, where palm-trees thrive
well, and the ground being fitted for plant-
Ing of eatables, to ſubſiſt the ſcholars; and

all ſuch Blacks as deſire to prefer their ſons,
being ready to ſend them to it: proclama-
tion is made for all of the female ſex, great

or ſmall, not to approach the ſacred wood,
much leſs to enter it, during the conti-
nuance of the ſchool, which ſometimes is
tour, and other times five years, for fear
of polluting it ; leſt they incur the wrath
are made to be-
lieve, from their infancy, would kill ſuch
as ſhould preſume to tranſgreſs.

The Soggonoes or elders marked of the
Belly ſect, whom the king has appointed to
rule the ſchool, having taken their places,

proclaim the laws of it to the fellows, for-

bidding them to ſtir out of the limits there-

of, or converſe with any perſon but ſuch as

has been marked of the Belly: and then
they prepare every one of their ſcholars to
receive that mark, which is done by cutting
certain ſtrings which run from the neck to
the ſhoulder-bone ; a painful operation, but
cured in a few days, by proper vulnerary
ſimples; the ſcars whereof, when cured,
look at firſt fight like nails imprinted in the
fleſh : and then a new name 1s given to every
one, to denote a new birth. |

Being thus prepared and fitted, and ſtark
naked all the while they live there, the Sog-

of the Vgonoes daily teach them the ſeveral things
new moon being a day of blood, as they ex-

preſs it; and therefore they commonly go

above mention'd, till the four or five years
of their continuance at ſchool are near ſpent;
during which, they are ſubſiſted by the Sog-
gonoes, and by their parents, who ſend them,
from time to time, rice, bananas, and other
eatables.

The day being appointed for breaking up,

they are removed to other lodgings, erec-
ted on purpoſe at ſome miles diſtance from

the former; where they are viſited by their

relations, men or women indifferently, and

by them taught to waſh their bodies, to
anoint them with palm- oil, and to behave
themſelves handſomely among people: for
by reaſon of their long confinzment in ſuch
a retired place, they know little or nothing
of the behaviour of other people, but ra-

ther look like ſo many ſavages.

After ſome few days ſpent in this man-

ner, the parents dreſs and adorn them with

clouts at their waiſt ; ſtrings of bugle at the
KK neck,

152
the Belly, and renders them capable of all BA NHD
ſorts of offices and employments about the WWW

I

_
—_——
— — - _—_
I -

8

— OS
- — — *

o — —
— —

— —

— — er —˙ ' 2
1 — — = *

— — =
1 — —
— ra
_ —

— —
. =

—

—

<

"i
*
1
N
4
: $4
2.
A
A {
: 144
c N
.
x
1
'
4 4
wes
x
}
4
.
$4
, *
o U

—

what it is.

Neſſoge,
fellowſhip

of women.

126

braſs rings; a "deep oſier cap on the head,
which almoſt blinds them; and the body
accoutred with abundance of feathers of ſe-
veral colours. And in this equipage, they
are conducted to the publick place in the
king's town, and there in the preſence of
a multitude of people, eſpecially of women

gather'd from all parts of the country, the
fellows pull off their caps, and let their hair
looſe, one after another, ſhewing what im-
provement they have made in dancing the

Belly: and if any one happens to be out,
he 1s mock*d by the women, who cry out,
He has ſpent his lime in eating of rice.

When the dancing is over, the Soggonoes
call every fellow in his turn, by the name
that was given him at his admiſſion into the
ſchool, and preſent him to his father, mo-
ther, or relations.

To ſay ſomething of the Belly itſelf, it is
a thing made by the Belly- Mo or chief prieſt,
by the order of the king, of a matter knead-
ed or wrought like dough, ſometimes of one
figure, and ſometimes of another, as is

judg'd convenient, according to occurrences z
which he afterwards bakes, and, as I ſup-
poſe, it is eaten. A politick invention of
the king and prieſts, to keep the people in

greater ſubjection, by the many dreadful

Belly,

puniſhments they induſtriouſly give out it

can inflict on men, with the king's conſent,
without which, it can have no force. It
| cannot be imagined what impreſſion this
makes on the people of all theſe countries,
every one accounting it ſacred and venerable.
Even the very Kings and prieſts themſelves,
tho* they know well what this Belly is
made of, and for what end; yet, by the
prevailing force of ſuperſtition and ancient
practice, from one generation to another,
are fo far deluded, as well as the generalit
of the people, chat the king values himſelf
much upon being the head of that brother-
hood or ſect.
The other fellowſhip of the Neſſoge,
concerns the female ſex, and diſtinguiſhes

not; as that of the Belly does its followers

among other men that are not of the ſame

ſtamp.

This fellowſhip of women was at firſt in-
vented in the country of Goulla, and thence
followed and practiſed by all the other na-
tions. It is perform'd in this manner,

At a certain time appointed by the king,
a number of huts or cabins is built in the
midſt of a wood, to receive all ſuch maidens
or women, as are willing to be of the ſo-
ciety; who being all gather*d together, at
the place prepared, the Sogg-Wiliy of Goulla,
the ancienteſt woman of the profeſſion, who
is ſent for by the king, being come down

A Deſcription of the
-Banzor.neck, intermixt With leopards teeth at diſ-
"TO tances z the legs loaded with braſs bells and

ſhe reaches them all daily
the country, and to recite the verſes of San-

ſuch as profeſs ir, from other women who do

Book u

to rule and govern the ſchool, begins to exe.

cute her office, by a treat che old ma-
tron gives to her new diſciples, call'd
amongſt them Sandy-Latee, the alliance or
confederacy of the hen, (of which, more
hereafter) exhorting them to be eaſy and
pleas'd in their confinement of four months,
which is the uſual time it laſts. Then the
ſhaves their heads, orders every one to ſtrip
herſelf of her clothes, and having carried
them all to a proper brook in the holy
wood, waſhes them all over, and circum-
ciſes every one in the private parts; a very Cire _
painful operation, yet cured by her in twelve /u, of ws.
days, by means of proper herbs. After which, men,
the dances of

dy; which is a perpetual chanting of abun-

dance of leud, looſe expreſſions, accompa-
nied with many indecent ridiculous geſtures

and motions of the body, all naked, as they
are conſtantly during the four months of
their ſchooling. And if they be viſited,

during that time, by any other women or
maidens from abroad, the viſiters are not to
be admitted to the ſcholars, unleſs they alſo

be ſtark-naked, leaving their clothes in a

proper place of the wood.

The time being come to break up ſchool,
the parents ſend the ſcholars red ruſh- clouts,
bugle-ſtrings, braſs-bells, and large braſs
rings for the legs, to dreſs and adorn them-
ſelves. And thus, the old matron Sogg-Willy,
being at the head of them, they are con-
ducted to the village, whither a croud of
people reſort from all parts to ſee them.
There the Sogg-Willy being ſet down, theſe
Sandy-Simediuno, rere! of the Sandy,
for ſo theſe ſcholars are call'd, dance, one
after another, to the beat of a little drum;
and the dancing being over, they are diſ-

miſs'd, each to her own quarters.

PuxiskMENTS of MALEFACTORS.

A Woman accuſed of adultery, is to take ai
the oath on the Belly Paaro, which is “ e.

1d,
in ſubſtance, that ſhe wiſhes and conſents _

the ſpirit may make her away, if ſhe is guilty

of that crime; if afterwards convicted of
perjury, ſhe is in the evening carried to the
publick market-place of the village by her
own huſband, where the council is ſitting.
They firtt invoke the Zanaxcen ; then they

cover her eyes, that ſhe may not ſee the

ſpirits that are to carry her away; after
which, follows a very ſevere reprimand on

her diſorderly life, with dreadful threats, if

ſhe does not amend it: and fo ſhe is diſ-
charg'd by the Janancen, after a confuſed
noiſe of voices heard, expreſſing, that tho
ſuch crimes ought to be puniſh*d, yet ſince
it is the firſt offence, it is torgiven, upon her
obſerving ſome faſts, and macerating herſelf ;

it being expected, that thoſe who are forgiven

ſhould

* * * * _
80 8 2 > W $ 2 2 9 8 5 1 CORE Ee 3
——B..ͤ ᷣ K he ge ory

dultery |

w pu-

li d.

"87

7 Theft, |

'

hn LIES

. ⅛ð x ð ß Rs 8

Trials by
d ærinting. to drink a large draught of liquor, com-

CHAP. 6.
ſhould live ſo chaſte, as not to admit any
boys, tho' ever ſo young, into their arms,
nor ſo much as to touch any man's clothes.
If after this, ſhe happens to relapſe, and is
again duly convicted, the Belly-Mo, or
ſome of the Soggonoes, accompanied on ſuch
occaſions by perſons making a noiſe, with a
certain tool like a ſcraper, come in the

morning to the criminals houſe, take her
away into the publick place of the town,
where after having obliged her to walk
three turns about it, ſtill making a great
noiſe, that all who are of the brotherhood
of Belly, may fee what is doing, and take
warning; ſuch as are not of it, not daring
ſo much as to look out, for fear the Fa-
nazeen would carry 'em away: they

convey the adulterous woman to the holy

wood of Helly; and from that time forward
ſhe is never heard of any more. The Blacks
fancy the ſpirits of the woods carry ſuch

women away; but it is likely they are there

put to death, to appeaſe the indignation of
Belly, according to their. notion.
If a man is charged with theft, murder,

murder, o or perjury, and the evidence is not clear

3 e enough, or that he is only ſuſpected of this
” riſhed, or that crime, he is to take the trial of Belly;

a compoſition made by the Belly-Mo, or
prieſt, with the bark of a tree and herbs,

guilty of the indictment, the Blacks ſay it

manner of damage, if innocent.
Sometimes the Belly-Mo cauſes a perſon

poſed of two forts of a thick bark of the Ne!/e
and Quony trees, which they reckon a per-
te& poiſon. If he be innocent, he will vo-

; mit it up immediately; but if guilty, *twill

foam about his mouth, and thereby prove

him guilty, and puniſhable with death.

water, called by the Jes, of Jealouſy,
Numb. g. 17. and there named Holy-water,
compoſed of half a log of the water of the
pool that ſtood in the porch of the temple,
into which the prieſts did put of the duſt
of the floor of the tabernacle ; which com-
polition was named the bitter water, perhaps
from the effect it had on the belly of the
accuſed woman, by a particular diſpenſation
of heaven ; for otherwiſe there was no bit-
terneſs naturally in it.

It is indeed reported, that the prieſts did
add to it worthwood, or gall, or ſome ſuch
bitter drug ; but the law doth not mention
it, only that they pronounced on that li-
quor terrible maledictions and 1mprecations
as the law mentions, 5

Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINE A.

which is laid on the perſon's hand. If he is

will preſently burn the ſkin ; but will do no

cannot here forbear making this obſer-
vation, which in my opinion may be ac-
ceptable ; and is, that this drink adminiſtred
here to women, ſuſpected of adultery, may
be derived and uſed, in imitation of the

king Flonikerri.

127

If the woman was really guilty, the Jews BaR Or.

ſay, her face turn'd yellow and pale, her

eyes look'd dead, and then ſhe was carried
out of the porch, of the women ; her belly
ſwelled, her thighs fell, and ſhe expired,
and at the fame moment her paramour
died.

It ſhe was innocent, her face appear'd
very ſerene, her eyes bright; and if troubled
with any natural illneſs, ſhe was preſently
cured of it. It alſo made her capable ot
conception, and if before ſhe brought forth

her children with very great pain and hard

labour ; after this trial, ſhe was always de-
liver'd very eaſily : in fine, if before ſhe
had had only girls, after this ſhe was (ſure
to have boys. PE
If her belly did not ſwell, and the did
not die on therfpot, her husband was ob-
liged to take her again, and the ſpirit of
jealouſy which before was come upon him,
was to retire. ibid. ver. 14. 5

Theſe Gentiles may have deriv'd from the

Jerviſb law, this tort of trial of innocence

or guilt in women ſuſpected of adultery;
but have alter'd the compoſition thereof, as
before recited. „ ©

They uſually execute criminals thus con-
victed in ſome remote by-place, or in a
wood at a great diſtance from their village;
there the criminal kneels down, holding his

head, bowing towards the ground. In this

poſture, the executioner thruſts his body thro?
with a ſmall javclin, which being fallen on

the ground, he cuts the head off with an

ax or knife, and quarters it, delivering the

quarters to the wives of the perſons executed,

who commonly affift him at the execution;
and they are to caſt them on ſome dunghills
about the country, to be devour'd by wild
beaſts, or ravenous birds. The criminal's

friends boil his head, and drink the broth,

nailing up the jaws in their houſe of wor-
ſhip. 85 = OT
It is the cuſtom in theſe countries, when

any of the princes, eſpecially in Folgta, have

concluded an alliance with ſome neighbour-
ing potentate, as alſo amongſt private per-
ſons, to cauſe ſome pullets to be creis*d and
eat them together; after each treating party
has been mark'd with ſome drops of the
blood of thoſe ſacred animals. Ihey alto
carefully preſerve the bones of them; be-
cauſe, if one of the parties is willing to
break the treaty, thoſe bones are produ-
ced for him to ſhew caule for the breach
thereof.

The mark of ſubmiſſion here is to ap- Allian-
pear before a greater perſon, with a hat on ces how
the head; and ſo the Veis, after being ſub- ade.
dued by the Folgias, appeared before their

Of

— — eng a oo ow yo
. : 4 >
— — —

— — 2

— —— — ——

—
=
—

> — =

* a - — - — * - - : : R \
> : — — a
— — — — — —ͤ * : : 1 2 — = \ : S -—Þ-- - -> = =, > DIS = — —
— - — — — — — - — —— — rn pm - — —— —
CEE Cc RC C —— CI oa
— — = . — — 4 — 2 I — 4 — Coe - * 2 '

128

BARBOr.

OY

A Deſcript

O RIO S EST RO, Se.

Fon the better finding of Rio Sefro,

Land-
marks.

I think it may not be amiſs to add this
inſtruction,

1. It may be eaſily known coming from
weſt, by two large rocks appearing above-
water, about a league to the north-weſt of
that river, diſtant about half a league from
the ſhoal. =

2. Another mark is, two hills or little
mountains ſeen at a good diſtance up the

country, one of them much bigger than the

Trade
here.

other, and appears like a halt globe right
againſt the river's mouth; as alſo by a ridge
ot ſeveral ſmall rocks and clifts, appearing
above water to the ſouthward of the point
of the cape, call'd Cabo das Baixas, and

running out above a leagne into the ſea ;

one of them is calPd by the Portugueſe, Ilba
da Palma, the others [has Brancas.

Nio Seſtro is a place of trade for elephants

teeth, rice, and Guinea-pepper, and very
convenient for wooding and watering, and

_ conſequently much frequented by all Euro-
pean nations that every year paſs by, bound

to the gold coaſt, Ardra, and the Bight or

gulf of Guinea. The Negroes of Seſtro com-

the river.
The beſt place for great ſhips to anchor,
is in ſix or ſeven fathoms ouzy ground,

monly come out of the river in canoes to

meet the ſhips they ſpy to the weſtward,

to ſhow them the roads, or bring them into

| ſomewhat above half a league from the

Beſt an-
chor ing.

bar of the river, where there is good hold,

if the ſhip be well moor'd ; and tis much

eaſier for the crew to carry water and wood.
Whereas anchoring, as moſt do, in eight or

nine fathom, about a league from ſhore, is

very toilſome and hazardous, the ground
being there all rocky and hard ſand; the

anchors have no.hold, and the cables very

Aon th of |
the river.

often, in few days, by the continual mo-

tions of the waves, are either quite cut in
the rocky grounds, or at leaſt much worn
and ſhatter*d, unleſs the anchors be removed
almoſt every day; which is a very great fa⸗
tigue, and many anchors have been broke
in working of them up.

This river, at its mouth, bulges out a lit-
tle to the ſouth-weſt, and has a bar quite
athwart the entrance of clifts and rocks,

fome few above water, others ſix or eight

foot under it at low water, which in their
intervals leave a way for ſloops and brigan-
tines to paſs thro' without any hazard;
but the ſurges of the ſea are great, and ſome-
what dangerous in the winter ſeaſon. When
once got in, you are to range the greateſt

rock as near as poſſible, and ſteer or row

directly to the beach, on your larboard-ſide,
where the village ſtands, taking heed of two
{mall cliffs that are in the way; to avoid

ion of the

the which, you may ſteer for a while ſome-
what towards the ſtarboard, |

The village above-mention'd is within
the river, cloſe to the beaches, containing
fifry or ſixty houſes neatly built on tim-
ber, raiſed two or three foot from the ground ;
each houſe being commonly of two or three
ſmall low ſtories, and therefore ſomewhat
lofty, and conſequently eaſily ſeen out at

| ſea over the point; and the trees that ſur-

round it on the land fide, are moſtly Ba-
nana and Maniguette trees, intermjx'd at

diſtances with palms, which afford a pretty

proſpect, and ſhelter the town from the
high ſouthweſt breezes at ſea. The proſpect

from the village on the river is alſo very

pleaſant, the river being large, and the
banks cover'd with lofty fine trees, and
ſome low ones without diſcontinuation.

| The acceſs to the beach and the landing,
are very convenient for boats and pinnaces.
There is a large houſe in the village, for the
reception of ſtrangers, whither the captain

of the Blacks, one Facob, and his attendants,

commonly conduct, and there make them
welcome with palm-wine, and ſuch other
things as the country affords. It is like all

the common houſes raiſed upon timber, and
there is a ſmall ladder to get up into it.

There ſtrangers diſcourſe the Blacks about
the occaſion that brings them ; but nothing
1s concluded before the king of the country

is inform'd : and to this effect, they are

carried by water to his village, which 1s

ſeated about a league up a riyulet, near

the mouth of the Sz/tro.

THE AurHOR viSITS THE KinG.

Book II.

Houſes or

ue:

T HE. firſt time J viſited this king, Bar- The li-. b

/aw or Peter, for *tis cuſtomary with village

the Blacks of note on this coaſt to take an

European name; I went up in my pinnace,

attended by captain Facob, the prieſt, and

two other Blacks of the village below the

river: ſome of the king's canoes which
were ſent down to ſhew me the way, and

paddled by his own ſons, going before.

I was receivedat landing, by ſome of the
king*s officers, who conducted me to a
pretty large half-round building, cover'd
ſomewhat loftily, in form of a ſugar-loaf,
and about fix fathom in compaſs, ſtanding
ſome few paces from the encloſure of his
village, and raiſed on timber, being in the
nature of a common hall to receive ſtran-
gers, and deliberate on the affairs of the
country, and is by them call'd the houſe
of the whitez getting up into it by

' means of a ſmall ladder. I found king dl,,

Barſaw, an elderly man, with ſilver hair,

fitting on his heels on a fine mat, as the
Blacks uſually do, clad in a white cotton
Meorisko frock, imbroider'd here and there

with ſome comical figures of worſted of di-
vers

C imo a raged” *

_ _ OI IT ra

PI E *
. * 4 - —
* 6s — 2 q * x 8 4 — 8 N 8 * \ 3 FIG
8 ot ns fg 28 9 : . „ * CTT 5 7 7 i _ : A wo « : OS O ak 70 ; ” 35 N E ON bt N 8 .
5 Forde. Wl — 7 * * 7 5 ee M N 8 IV . N 8 ps x " » * nv. n * 2 5 ; x as NOREEN - oY
n x *: 2 88 ! * NS Dn. _ n 2 .
8 9 rag h +4 1 2 — * Fs = bg * "i
' y K : 8 4* 2 p
.
. 4 4 a |
ht 8 EL Ot WE UID 5 PO 2 3 2
| " a . an | . . 5 25 n 25 K 1 142 P >
ty v A 44 A P34 Y ls. Sd ks in. * * . Sy 4 e A ” Sac 2 2 * * A S az 4 e TILES ISO IT TER bed es P ax. ade ne. AE 8
-
5
> =
ww / A =>
on

is dreſs

—

— —

—
-
-

*

—

-
.

-

— —
—

>
— COA.
——
—
—

——
—

—
—
=
—

2

.

2
—

—

a
2

——

25

— — — a
— 2 —
yoo 2

-=

Ca” -

— -
222 -

S -
C_ -
—
-
L/
Al

Lol. LV. Llate Þ

5

i

,

NT oh; 4 not Seen
= other parts of y Coat of Gu

5

*

txt

I"

/

WL) Oy

wel \

il

ue A tagtes l.

Pheavant

Jeca

ae
" 1
.
N ACS
1
— -

news

Wl alli l

＋

—

-
47

727%,

8 MY

17

V

E.
Tos 4 .

CORE
4
_—.

d.

N

wee
CYY

-
-

we W
LI Wo

3 -

—

4

„

—

1s

i

*
TY

„167

Ale B

2 Dia ner! tuarled by

— —

pun
r

7
*
(..,
5 2

rere

8

dv.

—

_=
>

*%**.
IS?

%% > A
TT

a

of Natural Fyness

%
ON
a N
2
N

4 Jretro I.

\naiy

\

2 Pramure

a

——
9 -

* — 6 3
5 6 „74

Wo

D
e

—

—

4”
*

LI

/

tt

i e
222 A #1 EP 8555
ii: Me,

7

*
— 245 4
8281 IT

$2: >< <ncce — ©
AN UILIOTG ITS

N

ZH

2 Pt * = }

A L

OHH ; i \

71h; N | {lh
*

|

Ay
22
—

14 Os
,
7. ”"

Ao.
To, is

wi

( [ 0 i N
— N
8 le
DIR. IN
ad. 1 77 d

22222
reer
— 5
9 9272222

—

r ESR.

—— . — —— —

— 3 wöŹ—J—j— — —

— —

32

BE 4 N Fug. rad.

* les voi. un ther
” Seralllanoes

e 1e 222
h

—

* T he Boats mugt come
about this plage to take fres
r J Water out of Res

/ MAP of

I

: therr Drs | Ak xi U. .
bert are. Lyons 2 there Woods as 7 SZ
| | old Woodoy place by
222

* J A

5 ES 1 RO TY — NN

: 7 - 1 *

-

WSS 3
Jara
33
+ *

|

2

IL” A - "i

— 2 \Y [ - i > 8 8 8 IS "DR .
" DD 7

. DS

DD

\

—

\

ZZ
2

—
A, =
”,

WJ

;

— Se
— —

S,.*
1 *

i"

„ „

Ly
RM

VS.) ech WY Mai
2

uind

o
N

Ve n

4

8
—

Wo un
Wa}

vant!

"PSI

N
N

*

*

| *s
2 -

2 21

b So x .

/ LL \

a. \

NA

I

TTY -
, go Woch NAN N
Untere

AU

172

d

\

UmeUn 77

N 7 erTree 2

--- - 2
—

0
5

IL
1
N

he maniguet

U
;
TI

1

ſ
1
1

ty
18
8

(i;
a ny

--
.

” , - -

— - ESTI,

— — n : N ; j = —
ay — "— . . 5 8 2 5 FR _=====— — 2
- 25 '/ 2 1ST AY, D RR. — y , <T—=x _ — ———
2 \ . - — o 8 N 1 [; p 27 7 2
4 Ls 72 / N 4% = — 2 8 \ » TY LT Tr — — =
7 2 < 77 „ * 7 N * he, LC » * N \* a , — — 5.

: . \ & X '# Ls = =
- . : » 8 2 n ft, 4 19 —
AE „„ e TRL 3 = . A- YO dat ie LE lt ih. / Z A114 4 .
p U

i

2225

—

—_——

>

WOES
7
. .

-
&

ac

wt *
o
on

—
MIND

- = ami. |

— —
s x)

99.

nas 14408
-
ISIS \\
A TLITIIIIITIE
_— — ——

5
.
Cs
"74

.

8 0 | 1
| \ \ 72 75
\ \ 1 Ln N

JM le :

— 6

2 , =

. —

gl
7

WW SJ
JU
N ey
DITCH *

— —
— — —

— — — - —
2

— INI

m—— 3 CE 6 r * l
. rr roo . n 8 a 8 1 WA J FEE 3
A n * TE 5 8 Fo: 1 py. ha"; 7 „ NEED N. . 9 1 WIC SORE Tr pa n 1 KY
* , 1 - — Fm ä * 8 n . E DDS Is; CEC 4 pony; . : J 1
N £427 CTC EA SUEDE: He ents J..... ea RES 3 8 VVV N 2
e * 1 (iS . O N =” g 2 : : l p g e 4
r "IF . E et. COT. 2 S * : , 5 C22 : n N * 4 x4 $ *

OL ; - 20 - oe 5 5 >» | ö n e 2 * S 2 5
> 4 Des * * + K 3 * 75 1 20 | 4 Tr < r N r

8 * SA * 5 7 n „ * N 2 x ” = N N 4 * 2 J r * a IN ES 2 I i” A
RE 000 oo LESTE ARK: 28 SEO YEE SE dS ivy S ĩ wo ELESSY 7 r ö WA PL a", i RITES KS 2 ASCE . DIY I
K e n 9 OS r Rs "ip re Reg , . ys . La £ « N * 4 s

F

|

ICVM

\

MVSEVM.
'BRITANYN

|

>

p— ——_

— bs - 2 ——
r —
8 —— ———

La

Cuar. 6. Coaſts of SOUTH-GuINEA. 129

N vers colours, holding a very long pipe to his and obliged to lie aſhore with the beſt part Barror.
z mouth, the bowl end reſting on the floor. of my crew in the forge-houſe of the village, WWW

8 — m rae wand, 6” Hae]
Ge 2 : x
7 e N * 3

— r . 4 — —
r n

3 he ERR

2

— 7... .«.— — N
* - . 7 .
8 I
, "F LES _ 2. hs 5 ws F r
5 24 SY Fo Rl, —_— R 3 2
p 4 » 2 22 8 e 0 2 d 5 3 OSes RY" 5 2 p By EE ITS S- 5 e
n . W A r . N d D r '” eo .
,, ERS; * 3 . ERS "4A * 8 r * I, *
CCC r 1 * N _ * *
* : Tee: . > 7 n 4 * * a
+=. mn * D's *

4 * 1 a 7;
ON n L

4 Era WES IN * D

ccc * n

He had on his head a long oſier cap, like a

Mitre, beſet with a few goats-horns, porcu-
pines tails, and Crigris; and about his neck
a ſtring or necklace of knotted ruſhes, to
which hung two kids horns, as low as the ſto-
mach ; his hair twiſted in parcels like ſmall
horns, here and there; and attended by twenty
or twenty-two of his counſellors, ſitting in a
ſemicircle on the right and left of him on fine
Mats, and clad in Mooriſh frocks, but all
bare-headed. Before the king ſtood two
large pots of palm-wine, two empty cala-

baſhes or half-gourds near it, and a round

wooden ſtool, about a foot high. When!
was come within his reach, he held out his

hand, and made me a ſign to ſit on the ſtool.

juſt facing him; and to my attendants, to fit

down on the mats that lay by. Then my

preſent was laid down before him, viz. two
bars of iron, two flasks of brandy, one
bundle of bugles, and ſome knives 3 which
when he had eyed, he ordered his preſent to
be laid down behind me, being a basket of
rice and two hens 3 which I ordered imme-
diately to be killed and roaſted, and they
vere eaten by all the company in token of

mutual friendſhip. Meanwhile the inter-

preter, who underſtood a little Lingua
Franca or broken Portugueſe, interpreted to

the good old man what I ſaid to him ; being

to this effect, that I was come into the river
to take in x

and at the ſame time to trade with himſelf
and his people, for elephants teeth, rice, ma-
niguette, and proviſions; deſiring, he would
appoint the propereſt place to cut wood, and
permit me to erect a ſmall lodge at the vil-
lage down the river, for the convenience of
trade, during my ſtay: as alſo to give his

ſubjects notice thereof, and encourage them
to bring down what teeth and other things
they would diſpoſe of, with as much ſpeed as
poſſible, becauſe I deſigned to make but a

very ſhort ſtay. To all which, he cauſed
this anſwer to be giyen me by the interpreter

Juſt as I took my leave of him, that he

would come down himſelf very ſpeedily to
open the trade with me; which he did ac-
cordingly the next day, and I had ſome
imall dealings with him, in the lodge I had
cauſed to be erected near the beach, with
banana-trees, and boughs of palm-trees,
which made a comfortable ſhelter, by their

freſhneſs and lovely greens, againſt the

ſcorching heat of the ſun. But all I could
get in eight days, was only five or ſix hun-
dred weight of elephants-teeth, the king
himſelf being preſent moſt of the time; he
returning home to his village, every night,
and I aboard ſhip with my goods, except one

night that I was forced back by a Tornado,
Vo I. V. —

ater and wood, for a large ſhip,

as the moſt convenient place. Tho? all
the Blacks of the village ſhewed a great deal
of civility, every one offering his houſe to
lodge us ; yet I found it impoſſible to ſtay
one ſingle quarter of an hour in any of them,

they are generally ſo ſtifling hot and ſmoky, Smoky
by reaſon they keep a conſtant ſmall fire in houſes.

the night-time, ſleeping with their feet near
to 1t, which they account very wholeſome,

tho? they are thus almoſt drowned in their
own ſweat. This way of mak ing coal-fires, as

theſe and moſt of the Blacks in Guinea do,
ſeems to have been practiſed by the 1/-aelites,

who had no chimneys in their houſes, it be-

ing cuſtomary in hot countries to have none:
for we read in the xxxvi"® of Feremiab, ver.
23. that when king 7ehoiakim burnt the rol!
of the law, written by God's order, he fate
in the winter-houſe, where was a fire of char-
coal in the hearth, burning before him.
1 have ſeen many ſuch hearths in the
middle of the Portugueſe houſes in Prince's
iſland, where they dreſs their meat. But I
ſuppoſe this keeping a ſmoky fire in the
cabbins of the Blacks in the night-time, is

chiefly to drive away the gnats, which are
here very numerous and troubleſome; the

village lying betwixt the river in front, and

a ſort ofa thicket of ſhrubs and wood behind

it. For the Savages of the River Miſſi ſippi in
Nortb- America, contrive their houſes, dri-
ving into the ground big poles, as the Blacks
do here, very near one another, which ſup-

port a large hurdle, ſerving them inſtead of

a floor; and under it they make their fire,
the ſmoke whereof drives away the gnats.

It was juſt after ſun- ſet when I parted from
king Barſaw, when I paid him the firſt viſit
at his village, and a moſt ſweet lovely cven-
ing, in the month of December. We ran down peaſant
the river, carried only by the tide, very river.

ſlowly, between the banks which are mag-
nificently adorned and ſhaded with ever-

green trees, of many different forts and

forms, moſt of which ſtretch their boughs
far out over the river, in the figure of an

amphitheatre. This, with the profound ſi-

lence on the water, and the various notes
of a multitude of many ſorts of birds lodged
in the woods, with the ſhrieking and chat-
tering of a vaſt number of monkeys and apes
ſkipping and jumping from bough to bough
over our heads; and the ſweet gentle noiſe
of the Blacks paddling the ſeveral Canoes
which accompanied us; made our journey
very delightful and charming, and gave me

an inclination to row up the river a league

or more every evening during my ſtay, to
enjoy ſo pleaſant a diverſion, and to
ſhoot at monkeys and birds ; beſides the

ſport we had in fiſhing with drag-nets in a
22 5 L1 {ſmell

—

—
* — —
1
—ũ—6 — —

5 — —

— * — — —
W 12 — = ht IS ”

= 2 _— —
" o — Po . * A ——
. ——— - — ” = þ I®. Deb ron ——
— : * 4s
2 7; O gens — — — -
—U— — . ————— ͤ ͤß — — — - 2 f on . 3 _s
” 1 0 \ ——
5 —— — wwe 4” WA * *

2 war —— — ' — — a - Wenn —
25% IAC... Cr mr acts Yo
— —
2 —

_ = — = cc *
r

22 ——

OL rr OED

—— — —— —— ͤ ͤ OVhT—— —-[—-
* —

2
I AAA ont

- ͤ—U—— = eee

— — —
— —— ꝗ änꝝ. 22 2

———— [u—uↄ2gĩ 8 — — — — IRR Go. —

130

BAR Bor. ſmall ſandy bay, ſomewhat diſtant from

another village on the ſame continent. We

there got abundance of good large mullets,
and ſome other ſorts of fith.

The place where we had the liberty of
felling our wood, was almoſt halt way up
the river, to the king's village, on the NW,
ſide: there our people, who were waſhing
their clothes, by degrees burnt down a very
fine tree much like a firr-tree, of a prodigi-
ous length, very ſtraight, and without any
boughs, but only at the top a tuft, as if made
by art, with all the skill imaginable.

We got our water from the freſh of the
river, about an Engliſhb mile above the king's

village, the tide hardly running up ſo high;

The king's
village.

and yet a brigantine may fail up twelve
leagues, tho' the channel grows narrow the
farther you go up.

The Portugueſe have given this river the

name of Rio dos Ceſtos, from the vaſt quan-

tity of Guinea pepper the country affords,
which they call Ceſtos, and thence by cor-
ruption Seſtro by other Europeans. It runs
up far into the land, and takes in ſeveral
ſmaller rivers or ſprings in its courſe ; that
which the king's village is built on, runs
north-weſt. ns,
This village contains about thirty little
houſes, built of clay, and encloſed with a

mud wall, about five foot high, and ſtands

on a riſing ground, juſt at the mouth of a
little river; and the country about it full of

banana and palm trees: every haule has an

upper floor, and ſome two, neatly whiten'd
within, twelve or fifteen inches above the

ground, where the wall is black or red, in-
differently, as a band round about it; bur

the ſtories are ſo low, that people mult fit or

lie down. The floors, inſtead of boards, are
made of round ſticks, or boughs of palm-
tree, cloſe faſten'd together, which is again
another great inconvenience to walk on: ſuch
is alſo the floor of the council-houſe, the root
whereof, like that of the houſes, is made of
the ſame palm tree ſticks, adjuſted cloſe to-
gether, covered over with large Banama and

palm: tree leaves.

The ks g.

His wives

andchil-
deren.

In this houſe I obſerved a piece of
ſquare timber, about three foot long; on
which was carved, in half-relieve, the fi-
gure of a woman, and a child by her, but
of an odd ſort of work; and two ſquare

holes cut in pretty deep, at each end of the

timber: which I judged to be a fort of idol,
and the holes in it to hold meat and drink
for its uſe; that being the place where they
adminiſter an oath, or ſwear to the perfor-
mance of contracts or agreements made
among themſelves,

King Peter lives conſtantly at this village,

with thirty of his wives, and their iſſue, and

none other, He is a good, courteous, a-

A Deſcription of the

. with hot irons,

greeable man, but very [imple and innocent:
J had all the conveniency of knowing him,
becauſe he ſtayed with me molt of the time
I kept the lodge at the village of captain 7a.
cob, as has been already obſerved. Of thoſe
thirty wives of the King's, I could ſee but five
or ſix, attending on the chief of them, who
is among the others like a ſultana: ſhe was
lomewhat advanced in years, but a very
comely woman, having large figures cut or
imprinted on the fleſh in ſeveral parts of her
body, arms and legs, but eſpecially about
her middle. I cannot fay how thoſe f-
gures are made on the fleſh; for at a
{mall diſtance they look like halrcliaæve,
cut out of it; but was told they dich it

thus cut and adorned from head to foot,

which is accounted a great ornament among
; 1 hem. |

The king's ſons, or his ſons-in-law, wear
a long oſier cap, like that I mentioned of

their father, which is the only thing that

diſtinguiſh them from the common ſort, and

is peculiar to ſuch only as are of the blood-

royal ; but in all other things, they toiland
work like ſlaves, when occaſion requires it.
I have ſeen ſeveral paddling in their Canoe to
attend me up and down the river, when-

ever J had occaſion to go to and fro, by

Water. 8

Theſe Blacks, both men and women, are Ceurtecus
good-natured, and very civil to ſtrangers Packs.
who do not uſe them ill; living very friend]

together amongſt themſelves, While I was
there, news being brought that a Dulch ſhip
was come into the road, every man of captain
Facob's village laid hold of his bow, javelin,
and knife. Jasking ſome of the chief of them
the reaſorry, they told me, they would op-
Hole the landing of the Hollanders, if they
mould attempt it, becauſe not long fince, a
{np of that nation had ſtolen away thirteen
of their Blachs at Sangwin, I ſent word to
the Hollander in the road, to warn him, not
to come aſhore, who pretended, that it was
an £Erglij pirate, who had done it, under
Dutch colours; but being in no great want
of any thing from {hore, he proceeded to the
eaſtward.

There uſed to be formerly a pretty gcod
trade in $2/?r0, for elephants teeth 3 of wich

the Eugliſb and Dutch had the beſt ſhare, but

the vait number of ſhips, now trading on the
coaſt of Gyinza, has fo exhauſted it, that the
Englfh have been obliged to abandon the re-
ſilence they had about three leagues up the
river, the better to carry on their trade in tu
country along it; which is very populous,
and has abunuance of villages and hamlets
on its banks,
However, I might have had da.

I ſaw ſome other women

BOOk [[

.

*

4

—

— —

—

e 4

-
-

W (14

ny

T) Evin
2 lt
et
ere.
ein,
. e.
ca,

»

225
1222

5

*

22773.

$ 5182s
. *
22222855

ů * ˙— LV. ι²¹9˙ e
Hl

"".
— 2
22225

"
*
22777

N % 1
WI) A e

WIS]
Pt

——
—

WO ky a I „ ,
IN WH \ MAN UN 4 2

— >

—— a r ID = * — —
F - — - — N — — v — — n — 5 * 2 .
r ß ⁊ͤ ß PP . . — P no — — . 7 ˙—˙ Son, wet Jenna oo es ; — ery att. — — — x ů˖ I, 9 =
— —— — — 1 — — - — > - — — IE 2 —— —L — 2 — — — — — —— — 8 a 0 - ” — — — ä — —— —¼mm0— — — ũ—œb—— — —— —ͤ— — -—— r . grey ot _— = * — —
— p — EPR — — , — — — — = — ge — —— er ag — — > 5 — — — —— — — 2 — A. oe” — — _ ——ĩ—ẽ—— — —— ere wy —
5
1
8
4

C r—gr—ncagdbige—c — $7 4 3 Wer
#,* i P A

—- ſ
„ 105 1

,. i, WH LL 110 5
Pp ' 1 i t 4. — : KEY 1660 ny WTR, 165 \
ND * Fg p \ > —̃—— : tas i AR <1 = Je EL I ) U j My 5 1605 4 7610 i U - ;
1 e eee SOILED. RP +90 7 e,
55 „„ RS 61 OO
* I ay
CF

. g = - f 1 / 1657 55650

/
U

Will
1 1.

le of the {6

i , 1 T7) / . /
4 14, | 2 © wal : * Ni. | * Fa 7 i,
1 | , - 11%; is / | » «&

E..., WH
| . — 10)
/ ks | 172 Fil CDSBWLISSSSSSETES ISASSSBSSS . "7 £ : D * 7% a
| — / 4 i; Wl) mint 2 © | 1,7 0G = — 105
mn / AGE x ly | ©" OS - 1099-146,
>) F / {14 , | 4 "1; 77 a | : — . _—_ Lo | N l _—_— , _ 7777000

\
%* -
— —
SSD
FX

„00

W
U 975 77 f +

he

—

—

5 CE
7 M1;
. 70ʃ˙

—

C

— 9 2 —
— — —
— —— 2 ——

Wii bs i —_—_— = 5 4555 :

— ,
.
%
MART
LILY
WASTE
23
1

iv
ivy
vy

—
—
—
—
=> 4 _—_—
i.
—
Fi
2 —

—
—

ieee Ar '
Kanu 1 74 97516 | |
| 1 Mane ( 77 it
| / | j ! $3.44" [ | | ul. * 4 ; 77
Dine , 6 1 7 7. 7.
e 1 ;
71 A 17 7 ö | Z 225 ,
| | on 1 | || i 7 777. 7 27
41 [{| | 4.4 11% 71 ;
ei 205 4 ls
nnen 1777 75 775 -K˙57
| | ; {191411 | 17727 Hl ALLE
EI i 122 4
Ii if [| | | [
10 von i141] my [! |
| 1 | | vary! { |
e ; 5
1 441015 7 245 2
I! | 1 177 7 1 4
vii | ;
gf | | 5
2 0
| as W |
l 1 hy 7
| Eh Wit 5
7 ; *, nn ii
* 4
72
42
IH 782285287 K = : = ö
| & LILAC RCOLNERED Rea anna = 7 ns ihge
M 8 WY]

N
8 WIL:
NN N N

— 22
Le IO ITY
—

——

Wn

,
e e DJ | | M na
| ll THOR BIO RE DRSNVH REN ane IQ N N u | 25
Ike | CUNT TERESED | | | ' þ
Mee e | IKE! 111.7 / 5%
een | 1 We 1440
N 9;

Q
1

557 4.

% - . 222 —— l * 1 4;
ky Le 8 Y g \, *
RW | maids | | 11010 00 3 pg ONION
NY : 5 bi Js 10
N SS | - þ k 0 {PN | , NIN
5 751 8 W UN GE =
. DNL | |
D W 7 j UN

F . A = 9 77
1 \ gi> i,
i <S 4 [ p —
N
IVY)
*

e

— 2 D &
, Q
as I N DI, 2 wh WINDS
ar 8 — A oh \ ON 7
n 1
& J A ON
8 IJ * 58 1 TH ID : | 2 WONG
Ms =» S : 2 0 ; 8 2 8 8 W. W * 1 77% 7 K : 2 = : a N oN 0 **
\ k © * N D WW ff; bs = [
«> i Wn DS 8 ce n 5 Nee e

2
ie

C

— — — — — 3 — — —
1 - I b - , - — — — = -
— — — : 5 = = — > — 8 — b _— —— A —— — — —— —
| — = =

— —

=
— alin}

> -
T7 YT - 1

—_— At.

Inas. 6. Coaſts of So rH-GUIN EA.
4 moſt of the people were then buſy ſowing
their rice.

"
ſea, ſetting out early in the morning, and Barror. |
returning home, with their fiſh, about noon, WWW

4 Extent of The lands of Seſtro extend from the river

the lands of St. Jobn or Berſay, to Croe, being about

by the help of the ſea-breeze.

The chief of them drive a trade with the

J Seſtro. thirty-five leagues in a line, along the coaſt, Europeans, exchanging rice, maniguette,
Z and much farther up the country, NE by and elephants teeth, for European commo-
E. if we may believe ſome of that king's dities. |
officers. Beads, of ſeveral ſorts, European
The good old king is much reſpected Bugles, white and blue, ee
by all his ſubjects; and he is very affectio- Braſs kettles and baſons, 25
nate towards them, living like a careful fa- Iron bars,
ther of a large family. | Braſs and iron rings,
The Blacks here generally ſpeak through Annabas,
the noſe, and very haſtily. Their dialect Linnen,
is the Quabee, of which I had learnt ſome Dutch knives, |
words, but loft them and ſome draughts I Brandy, in whole and half anchors,
took there. A few of the natives, here and Cotton, | 1
there, on the coaſt, have got ſome Engliſh Covris, or ſhells,
and Dutch expreſſions. Pagnos, or ſhort cloths,
| N Small hedging- b.
HABIT of MEN and Women, Sc. Ordinary 5
be men. 1 HE men are generally tall, luſty, and Datch mugs,
; well-ſhaped, but not of a ſhining black; Fiſhing hooks,
and ſeem to live contented with their condi- Pewter tankards, Þ _ IR
tion. They go almoſt naked, wearing on- Pewter diſhes, *
ly a ſingle clout about their waiſt, tuck*'d White and blue large beads.
about their thighs; but perſons of diſtinc=- Theſe Seſtro Blacks are very importunate
tion wear abundance of toys, as bugles, at begging their Daſſy, or preſent, before
braſs bells, Sc. about their necks, waiſts, they will ſtrike a bargain ; and it is no eaſy
and legs. I faw ſome, who had iron rings matter to avoid giving them ſomething.
about their legs, which weigh'd above three It is the cuſtom of the Blacks to do lit-
pounds each; but more of the bells, and tle or no buſineſs in the afternoon 3: for
other ſounding ornaments, which pleaſe they are at play, or ſmoking, or lying
them at their publick feſtivals; as is alſo down at their cabbin doors, in their wives
done by the Quaquas, of whom more here- laps, to have their heads comb'd, and their
after: and theſe they delight in, becauſe hair trimm'd, after the ſame manner as thoſe
they make a noiſe as they walk, and much at cape Monte do it. 85 Fw,
more in dancing. | About noon, the women dreſs their meat, Manner of
This cuſtom of wearing jingling orna- and in the ſummer boil ſalt before their eating.
ments, may be deriv'd from the ancient doors, on the ng, 200 in the winter
Jetos, as may be ſeen in Jaiab, chap. iii. within doors. Fhey boil rice with mutton,
ver. 16, 18. where the prophet reproaches goat's fleſh, chickens, monkeys, and fiſh,
the daughters of Sion, for that they took a which are their common food. Their com-
pride in tinkling ornaments, and threatens, mon drink is water, and ſome palm- wine.
Ho that they ſhall be taken away. They eat after a very ſlovenly manner, as
Two The habit of the women is much the all the other Blacks do in other places, rol-

3
59 +
2 *

fame. They are very tender of their chil-

dren, whom they carry about whereſoever
they go, as long as they ſuck, in a ſort of

leather baſket, in which they ſit, and are

made faſt to their mothers backs, that they
may not fall. When the women meet on
the road, or elſewhere, they embrace and
ſhake hands, ſtanding a few moments in
that poſture z and they ſay, Macro, Ma-
ro, or Aqui-o, Aqui-o; that is, a good
day to you.

EMPLOYMENTS of the BLACKS.

TP HEY are very induſtrious and con-

ſtant at their employments, particu-
larly at ſowing of rice; others at fiſhing
in their canoes two or three leagues out at

ling the rice in their hands into a ball, which
ſerves inſtead of bread, a thing quite un-

known to them here. 9 1
The women never eat with their huſbands, Polygamy.

nor the children with their parents; but the
man eats firſt, then the wife, and laſtly,
the children. Every man has as many wives
as he can maintain, and all keep them very
quiet and ſubmiſſive; inſomuch, that they
dare not ſo much as ſmile on a ſtranger, in
the preſence of their huſbands, who are na-
turally jealous ; and cauſe their wives to
retire into the houſe, if an European is

talking to them without.
Whilſt king Peter was with me, at my
lodge, or hutt, intelligence was brought
him, that a Black had forc'd one of his
— wives;

BarBor. wives; but whether there was any com-
A pliance on her fide, I know not. The good
old man left me on a ſudden, and went a-
way to his village, and return'd the next
day, but told me nothing of the occaſion
of his journey : however, the day after,
another inform'd me, he had caus'd that
Black's head to be ſtruck off by his eldeſt
ſon. The old man ſeem'd to be out of
countenance when I ſpoke to him of it; and
did all he could to perſuade me to tell him,
which of his people had reveaPd that ſe-
cret to me, which I would not do, for fear
it might bring the Black into danger.
Clyfer, The women have a very extraordinary
how ad- way of adminiſtring a clyſter, through a
miniſter d. bulruſn, made fit for that purpoſe, blow-
ing the compoſition out of their mouths.
MW any of the Blacks here take European
names, as 70hn, Peter, Anthony, Dominick,
James, &c. to ſhew their affection to ſtrangers.

pany to ſet up a factory on the river; but

ſmall.
| e © 7. 15 og, op

which yields ſuch a prodigious increaſe,
that a large ſhip may be ſoon loaded, at
a very cheap rate; but it is not ſo large,
white, or ſweet, as that of Milan or Verona.

half-penny a pound. „
Guinea The Maniguelte, or Guinea pepper, 1s alſo
pepper. very plentiful and cheap. The Blacks of
Seſtro call it Waizanzag, and thoſe about
cape das Palmas, Emaneguetta. That which
grows on the river Seſtro, is the largeſt of
all this part of the pepper-coaſt. It is a
ſort of ſhrub, the leaves broad, thick, and
pretty long, much like thoſe of the nut-
meg tree. The buſhes grow fo cloſe to-
gether, that in ſome places at Seſtro, they
look, at a diſtance, like thickets, or ſmall
coppices. The fruit is almoſt oval, but
pointed at the end; being a thin huſk, firſt
green, and when dry, of a fine ſcarlet, a-
bout the ſize of a fig, and ſoft, as not fill'd
with any pulp; but within it is the Mani-
guette, growing in four or five rows, and
cover'd with a white film, which alſo ſe-
parates each grain, or ſeed ; and theſe are
white, very ſharp, biting beyond the hot-
teſt pepper. Theſe grains, before they
ripen, are red, and of a grateful taſte,
The beſt are of a cheſtnut-colour, large,
ponderous, and very ſmooth ; the black
41M are the ſmalleſt, They take their colour
1 | as they lie aboard the ſhip, being put up
i} green. The ſeed is neither fo large or round
| as the Indian pepper, but has ſeveral an-

gles. The ſtalks of it taſte ſomewhat like

3

— — — —
8 — — — = =p - — — = 5 —
6 — XV r — A —
- 5 IE . . < % — 20 - _ % To % — * > _
— — 8 yon oy nb -> | —_——_ — — — ” — 7 "=> : 5 — — » = -
- * 1 * - - — : 4 — 1 — - - . = = o 5 27 : "4 — — — — D * . n — —
< : i — K - by wh 2 * 2 K 223 — be on 2 — — J — = — g - K — — — — 2 vo
=— — — 2 —— * 2 5 8 — a rr = — —fö = r = — — - — = G l — p a — — — 5 725 N AGB =o on 8 * uy
- - a : r "OA"; 4 _ — 7 — — 67 —— _ — — — — San 5 — _ — * — E Oy — — — — 5 — — —
- — — _ y_ $ . —_ — —— —„— — — —— al 3 2 = p — — — — p — —— . . — — DD —_— —— — ed
- 4 — — _ — — = * — — 2 E = . 0 — — — . & id — 5 _ $ - pag — — wm » — — - _— .
— 4 — 8 — — — b * — — 8 = V "= — — - — neue : - — — — — r — — — — -
- 2 — > 2 23 — . * - 8 . * — — — 2 — —— — — — 5 p * — a — — —
2 K - * — — = _ — 2 — oma — — — — © - — - — — — 2 beater . — 72 ” X + - . 4
— - - - bh — 8 — - E 8 - ä - — gp = — =» — — = — — — — _ . e , * —— «>
. — — — 5 — = 1 - - dy . - * = L = * — — S — — 2 —— 7 _ — — — - _ 3 — — — XD ——— * — , ” my
: - - — — — PL A Py - — = — — — 3 - - — * — --» ;* — ry — — = 2 . — od — oy — —— * * 2 ” > > . 4
—— = N he — 4 » — —— — - 2 — — — — — — — © - 2 — . 44 < ag . — — — —— - £ = 2 : — » — — — —
— = — 7 — — — — * — — — ho - E - — — , = 2 £ — 2 — — "> 2 1 p "—_ — 5 Am - — —— e ee” 4 iS — — 5 [PIT ea —=£E & = -
A — — E — — —— 5 2 = — — = I . — — — 2 > — as — — = : 5 4 — —— — — — — — — a= - 7 t
U 2 — — — _ = * — — 8 4 : ©. 7 — — — - 2 — — - — — — — — A
—_— rr. - - - . 0 — 5 — 2 8 L x . — —_— — : — - — — * —— oz, — — 0
— = = © 8 — — — . = — — e — 3 * — — < 22 _— — —˙— ———— — — == —_— * —— — . — w . -
——— . 2 * — << — - — gy en » — — — 2 — =
—— 7 » A — —— — N - - - — — * — — = 1 — — - — — — * 4
2 ＋ n "1 — * — — — —— - —— — — — = —
© ” as . ' —_ — — * * — — — — n= . 1 - - 3
4 | 1 "ns. - * — . — — — — . - . a , — — — — . — — - - —
— — — Rs — —— — — : - on " K - N
PE — — — — 3 — — — „ — . * 4 ”
— PY

— —
—

* 5 —
— — —
— *
—
— end - 22
— — -

11
.
1
M
. {|
?
*
17
4
1
114
'
14 |
*

1. A Deſcription of the Book[|

guete, growing like large-leav'd graſs,

They often deſir'd me to perſuade the com-

I made them ſenſible it would not be worth
while, the trade of ivory there being ſo

Rice. T HE country of Seſtro abounds in rice,

I believe it might be bought for about a

and ſmall, eſpecially abundance of ring- 1
doves, which are excellent meat. There 3
are peacocks up the country, near the river- 4
ſide 3 but it is difficult coming at the places 8

where they keep, for want of roads; nor
are they eaſily found when ſhot, by reaſon

a bird, about as big as a turkey, perching

Inferior to our pheaſants. The beſt time
for this ſport is about the evening, when

captain Jacob's village, down the river, I | 4

5
8 L
8

Cn

That which is bought, from the middle Ft
of November till March, is certainly a
year old, for the new begins to bud in Fa-
nuary.

The Dutch uſed formerly to export a
great quantity of it yearly, loading whole
ſhips; but it is now leſs-ſought after. I ET
had three hundred weight of it at Seſtro 3
for one bar of iron, worth five ſhillings. |

Here is great plenty of hens, and chickens, Polin.

cloves. There is another ſort of Mani-

; 3 Monkey

> 2b tae

and ſo cheap, that I bought a couple of ; 3
them for the value of a penny, in trifing Þ
commodities, as little ordinary knives, fiſh Þ ©
hooks, pins, ſmall looking-glaſſes, and z
beads ; but they are ſmall, and not ſo well 2
taſted as in Europe. An hundred couple 2
may be had in a week and they eat well, SB
boil'd with rice, and a piece of bacon. - =
There are ſeveral ſorts of the ſame trees . | © Dogs,
I deſcrib'd before, ſpeaking of the county e,
of the Quojas; which make a delightfal | %

proſpect every way, being naturally inter-
mixt with the coco and palm-trees,
As to plants, it affords much the ſame Plans

as the country of the Quojas; but particu- 1
larly abounds in Zams or Ignames, whereof 1
the women make a ſort of pap, almoſt as 4
white as ours, to feed their little children.
There is alſo great ſtore of Cola, beans, =
ananas, bananas, plantans, potatos, coco- | 7
nuts, and ſmall oranges and lemons, very =.
full of juice, and all extraordinary cheap. T

There is no leſs variety of birds, great Bi.

of the thickneſs of the woods and briers
on the ground. Cn 1
We now and then, in the woods, about =

a mile from the king's village, kill'd |

on the trees, and having a very ſhrill cry ;
but they are very plump and ſweet, not |

they go to rooſt, perching on a particular = |
ſort of trees, on which a ſmall ſort of 2 vile
birds build their neſts. Theſe birds are 3
no larger than ſparrows, but of a gay cu- _

X | 5 2 1 Stra
rious plumage, and always build their neſts 1

on the very tops of the loftieſt trees, and at
the extremities of the ſmalleſt boughs. Near

ſaw above a thouſand ſuch neſts upon one Curious
tree. The ableſt artiſt could not imitate 2%.
the work of theſe little creatures, in the cu-
rious and ſolid twiſting and interweaving
of the bulruſhes, their neſts are made of,

5 being

uli.

*

3
<Q
8
£
*
i,
8
4
i
5
.
1
N

3
"I

a
3+
FF

%
%

4 #8:

g Monkeys.

3 Swallows.

ee.

Ants,

eds,

41945

+ Dogs,
ſwine,

# ſheep.

CHA

P. 6.

being very thick and firm, with a ſmall round

hole, or opening for themſelves to go in

and out at.

The apes and monkeys, who always keep

in and about the woods, ſitting on the trees,
are either grey and white, ſpeckled at the
muzzle, or noſe; or ſpotted grey, black,
and red, with a black face, the extremity
of it white, with a pointed ſharp beard at
the end of the chin. There is alſo another
ſort very ugly and frightful to behold, The
Blacks eat, and reckon them good meat,
either boiPd with rice, as I have obſerv'd
before, or dry*d and ſmoak'd like bacon,

or neats tongues ; but the very ſight of

them ſo dry'd, is enough to turn'd an Eu-
ropean's ſtomach. 2 ns
The ſwallow is here very ſmall, having
a flat head, and a very ſmall beak.
The dogs are as 1n other parts of Guinea,

but not very common, and eaten by the
Blacks as good meat.

There are but few
ſwine, and the ſheep differ much from ours
in Europe; they are not ſo large, and have
no wool, but hair, like goats, with a ſort of

mane, like a lion's, on the neck, and ſoon

the rump, and a bruſh at the end of the
tail, They are very indifterent meat, but

ſerve there, for want of better, being fold

for a bar of iron each. |

If I may believe ſome of my men, who

were cutting wood in the foreſt, near the
king's palace, they ſaw five lions together
about ſun-ſetting ; but I am more apt to
believe they were tygers, which are very
numerous in this country : and on their
account the Blacks raiſe their houſes three
foot above the ground, on poles, and en-
cloſe their villages with mud walls, thoſe

creatures ſometimes reſorting to the villages

in the night; tho? I did not hear they did
any harm to men, but only devoured dogs
and poultry.

"2 Grats and The woods are peſter'd with gnats, as

flies.

4
bk

N 3 ; Piſmires,
"0 |

Catter-
* fillers.

3 Strange

well as the ſwamps, or moraſſes; as alſo with
a ſort of green flies, as big as hornets, whoſe

ſting draws blood almoſt like a lancer.

The ants or piſmires are large, having

two long horns, and their bite cauſes pain-

ful ſwellings in the fleſh. | |
I alſo took notice of ſeveral forts of cat-
terpillers, ſome as long as a man's hand,
and very hideous.
I accidentally ſaw two ſtrange men in
this country. The one was a native, who
had a milk-white ſkin, but all over mottled

with ſmall black ſpots, like a tyger's ſkin ;

he was a tall luſty man. The other was an old
Black, whom J. ſaw in a little hamlet, near
the place where we hew'd wood; and who,
the natives told me, fate moſt of his life in

the very place where I found him, having

a monſtrous fcrotum, feeling like a vaſt
Tet FT:

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,

perfectly black : they ſhew'd me a ſmall

opening in the ſcrotum, thro? which he made

water. He fate ſmoking tobacco very hearti-
ly; but a very odd object to behold. This
painful and tedious diftemper is common
among aged men in Quoja, and thought to
proceed from the exceſſive uſe of palm-
wine and women, which occaſion the teſti-
cles to ſwell prodigiouſly in the ſcrotum,
rendring them incapable of walking or
acting.

There being many lepers in this country, Teer

I could not but ſuſpect that thoſe two men

might be of that number, and therefore 1

was afraid to examine them nicely. The
Blacks have no manner of communication
with ſuch perſons. |

The people of Seſtro live in perfect peace
with their neighbours, having put an end to
the wars they had with them, by ſelling all
the priſoners they could take, for ſlaves.

Formerly their country uſed to be often
ravaged and burnt. |

FUNERALS.

THEY are very ceremonious at the fu-
4 nerals of perſons of note. In the firſt
place, all the people of the village meet,
the men running round the houſe of the de-

ceaſed, in a diſtracted manner, howling diſ- |
mally ; and the women fitting about the Diſmal
body, each holding a few banana leaves, to #9%%ing.

ſhade and defend it from the heat of the
ſun, tho it be cover'd with a cloth; they

alſo raiſing their voices in loud cries and
forrowful lamentations, during twenty-four

hours. On the day appointed to bury the
corpſe, they all renew the ſame cries and

noiſe, eſpecially at the time of laying it into
the coffin, which 1s generally made of bul-
ruſhes z putting into it, with the body, all

the garments, the ſcymeter, Javelin, and

bugles, of the dead perſon. When the

coffin is to be laid in the grave, which 1s
made very large, they compel two wretched

ſlaves, one of each fex, to eat the rice pre-

pared and dreſſed for them; and this they
muſt do, though bewailing and lamenting
themſelves in a miſerable manner. Then
they put them both into a hole, Wade on
purpoſe in the ground, where they ſtand
up to the neck in the earth ; and after re-
peated cries and howling, they deſire the

dead corpſe, ſhut up in the coffin, to accept
of that preſent ; which ſaid, they chop off

the heads of the ſlaves, and lay them in the
grave, one on each fide of the coffin, with
four kids, or ſheep, kill'd on the ſpot, pots
of rice, and others of palm-wine, bananas,
and all forts of fruit and plants; intreating

M m ©... the

"6
lump of dough, very round, all over white, Bax Bor.
with black ſpecks, and the reſt of his body WW

On.

j
|
}
it
1

*
+ i.

#4.

1
'

2
—
mg

134 A Deſcription of the

BAR BO r. the dead perſon to make uſe of thoſe pro-
A yifions, if he happens to be hungry or thirſty

Book II

*
*
**
8
"Bc
*
>
„

men mention d there, who wove hangings
for the grove, as the Engliſh has it; and

[I

on his journey : for they believe death to
be only a paſſage into another unknown,
and remote country, where they enjoy all
manner of pleaſures. All this while the

company make much noiſe, and lamentation ; |
which is ſoon turn'd into joy, when they

come to the feaſt prepared againſt their re-

turn home, where they eat and drink mer-

rily together, at their own colt, if the de-
ceaſed has not left ſufficient effects to defray
the expence. If any ſtranger happens to
be at ſuch a treat, he muſt of neceſſity make
each of them a preſent, which ſometimes
may exceed the value of the whole enter-
tainment. — 1

It is the cuſtom to bury all perſons where
they are born, tho? they die at ever ſo great
a diſtance from the ſaid place; the charge
of the carriage being defrayed by the neigh-

bours, if the dead perſon has not left enough

for it.

_ REL1G10N. IC
I One day diſcourſed with a heathen black

prieſt concerning their religion; but not

underſtanding one another well, I could not
gather enough to give others any good ac-
count : only this I obſerved, that in the
main, they are groſs ignorant pagans. For
another day, as I was walking to take the

air, on the ſouth point of the river, about

a muſket-ſhot from the village, I found a
ſmall hut, cover'd with leaves, in which I
ſaw an imperfect ridiculous figure, of a dark-
brown clay, raiſed about two foot high, and
as big as a man's leg; repreſenting, as I
ſuppoſed, a human body, to which all the
Blacks reſorted every evening, as did the
king alſo; waſhing themſelves in the river

every time, and then Kneeling, or lying

quite along on the ground before it: and
that, as I afterwards underſtood, was the
idol of the village, to which they thus paid
their daily worſhip. .

It was a cuſtom, among the ancient Gen-
tiles, to ſet up many idols on the high-ways,
and elſewhere in the fields, under mean ſtalls,
thatch'd over or otherwiſe, in view of tra-
vellers; as is ſtill practiſed by the people of
Loango, and others in the Lower Ethiopia,
as ſhall be obſerved in the deſcription of that
country hereafter. And the French verſion
of the bible, in the paſſage of Lev. 26. 30.
T will deſtroy your high places and raze your ta-
bernacles, &c. takes the word tabernacles in
the plural, for thoſe foul huts or ſtalls co-
ver'd over, under which the idolatrous 1/-a-
elites, in imitation of the pagans living a-
mong and about them, were uſed to expoſe
their idols in the open country. The French
commentators on the 23d chap. of the 2d of
Kings, on the 7th verſe, ſpeaking of the wo-

the purification of women of the poorer ſort,

the French, tents, in lieu of hangings ; the
Hebrew, houſes; and the Low-Dutch, lit
tle houſes; ſay, they were little chapels, in
the nature of niches or cloſets, made by thoſe
women, in the temple of 7eru/alem, in the
days of Joſiab, of a ſort of ſtitch'd work;
into which, the idolaters of that time uſed
to put their little images or idols: and ſuch
were the little ſilver temples or tabernacles
of Diana, the great deity of the Epheſians,
made by Demetrius, Act. 19. 24. For more
of theſe little houſes or huts about the high
ways, and in other places, I refer the reader
to the concluſion of the laſt chapter of the
third book of this deſcription, where is
ſhown how conformable the practices of the
ancient Gentiles were with thoſe of the
modern, as proceeding from the ſame
ſource. | | | =
Other Blacks in this country pay religious Rock; ww. |
worſhip to ſome rocks, ſtanding at a diſtance /vip'4. |
from the aforeſaid hut, and riſing above the
ground, which I ſuppoſe to be their idols

of the ſea. 5

Being aſhore, on a ſunday, to make m

obſervations, I found the village full of Blacks,
come from the neighbourhood, all of them

dreſs'd and adorn'd after their manner, as
were thoſe of the village; their faces daub'd
with blood, and powder'd over with rice-
meal, which is a conſiderable embelliſhment
among them. Enquiring what this con-
courſe was for, I was told, they were met
in order to make a publick ſacrifice of the
Sandy-Letee, that is, the hen of the alliance,
to their idol, for ſucceſs in their buſineſs of the
next day, which was to begin ſowing of the
rice. This ſacrifice is attended with dances
before the idol; but thoſe were perform'd
in my abſence, no ſtrangers being allow'd to
be preſent at them. Two days after, I ob- Saria
ſerv*d in the village, that they cut and broke „.
down an orange-tree to about three foot a-
bove the ground. .To the trunk were made
faſt two poles croſs-ways, and at the top of
them was another ſmall pole, ty'd with a
ſmall ſtick to it; at which hung by the legs

a dead chicken or hen, {till dropping blood

at the beak, on the broken ſtump of the
orange- tree; and on each fide of the hen,
parcels of palm-tree boughs and banana
leaves, jagged all round, with holes thro?
the leaves, cut artificially, and ty'd to the
croſs poles both above and below. Some of
them inform'd me, that the orange-tree cut
ſhort, as has been ſaid, was the idol, and the
hen its food. |
The Hebrews offered in the temple, at
a pair of turtle-doves, or two young Pigeons;
and for lepers, two ſparrows, Levit. 12. and

14.
The

ii., ß . ̃7 AS:

VCF

AIRS | IRS © 5-08

* * 6 Prue oO *

1 Gentiles, in the days of Socrates, com-
facrifces. monly ſacrificed a cock to Eſculapius ; and
that philoſopher, when ready to expire, af-
ter he had drank poiſon, is faid to have
charg'd a friend of his to remember to pay

a cock to Eſculapius.
| The cock was alſo ſacrificed to the god-
Fi deſs of the night, according to Ovid, The

4 » Egyptians ſacrificed a white cock to Anubis,
and to Hermanubis a cock of a ſaffron colour.
The Trezenians, as Pauſanias reports, ap-
peaſed the wind calPd Africus, which is the
ſouth-weſt, and uſed to ſpoil their vineyards

1 X $23 Ze, 4 0 r

e op, OL COCA RES TREK x I 3 x 5 .
N . N Nee * *
3 e : N e. 1

EEE

and corn, with a cock. The Egyptians ſa-
crificed a gooſe to [/is; and the Phenicians
uails to Hercules.
Theſe Blacks alſo are circumciſed after the
manner of the Arabs and Moors; but can
give no other reaſon for it, than that it is an

ancient cuſtom tranſmitted to them by their

anceſtors. Perhaps theſe idolaters may be of

| 3.4m. the race of Iſmael, or Eſau, from whom pro-

LS for. ceeded the 1/maelites, Madianites, Amalekites,

2 Idumeans, and Arabs ; or of ſome other
children of Abraham by his concubines, all
which were circumciſed, but ſoon degenerated
from the faith and piety of that patriarch,
and became groſs, ſuperſtitious idolaters,

| who in proceſs of time ſpread all over Africk,
Mill retaining the ceremony of circumciſion,
as a diſtinctive mark of their extraction.

fia. upon as able phyſicians, being well ſkill'd
they adminiſter where there is occaſion, and

habitants of Florida pay the greateſt honour
to their prieſts, calPd Joanos, who are ſor-

2 cerers, and practiſe phyſick, after their
1 manner, as alſo ſurgery. The ſame is found
Z in New-France, the Autmoins there being
f

CuAr. 7. Coaſts of So- GUINEA.

I pri ply- The prieſts in this country are look'd
in the knowledge of herbs and plants, which

are therefore much reſpected. So the in-

ſurgeons. |

Before I leave Seſtro, I think my ſelf ob-
liged to warn all Europeans, who may come
hereafter to wood and water, that they
avoid, as much as poſſible, eating too
much of the fruit of the country, ahd that
they drink moderately of the ſpring-water ;
which together with the hard labour of
felling trees, and hewing wood, which can-
not be well done without being almoſt
naked, and the intemperate air of the woody
and ſwampy grounds, will at all times of
the year, but eſpecially in the rainy ſeaſons,
more than in the ſummer, ſoon put the
ſtrongeſt conſtitution out of order, by cau-
ſing at firſt violent head-aches, attended
with vomiting, and pains in the bones, which
turn to violent fevers, with diſtractions in
the brain, and ina few days prove morta.

For it has been often obſerv'd, that of a

crew of thirty or forty men employ'd on
ſhore, to ſupply the ſhip with neceſſaries,
ſeveral in ſix or eight days of ſuch toil and
hard labour in the ſcorching heats of the
day, have fallen ſo very ill, that they could
not recover in a long time; and others ac-
tually died in a few days. To avoid theſe
Caſualties as much as poſſible, *tis very re-
quiffte to have none of the ſhips crew lie on

re, but to fetch them all off every night,
and every morning early return them onſhore
to do the neceſſary work; and there ſub-
ſiſt them with the ſhips proviſions: and ra-
ther than fail herein, tis ſafer to ſpend
ſome more days about their buſineſs, than
thro* too much haſte to endanger the lives
of the men, by too violent labour, to ſhor-
ten the time of the ſtay in this river; which
is otherwiſe accounted one of the moſt

healthful places of the Guinea coaſt in ſum-

mer time.

GH Af. VII.

The coaſt of Malaguette deſcrib d. Its ſeveral villages ; the natives, their
inclinations, religion, &c. The product and trade. =

1 Am now to deſcribe the coaſt of Ma-

leguette, by the Engliſb call'd the pep-
per- coaſt, and by the Hollanders the
Greynkuſt ; accounting it to extend from

tains many villages along the ſea-ſide,
at which there is commonly a pretty

good trade of elephants teeth, as well as

pepper.

| Before I enter upon this deſcription, it

will not be improper to offer ſome general

obſervations relating to trade and navigation.

Cc

Rio Seſtro, more properly than from cape
Monte, as ſome do, to Grouwa, two leagues
ealt of cape das Palmas. This coaſt con-

The C OAST.

it generally is there; *tis eaſy to weather
the ridge of rocks which appear above water
to the ſouthward of the eaſt point of this
river ; and thus, without any danger to fail
along the coaſt, in twelve or fifteen fathom
water, about a league from land, or elſe
two leagues out at ſea, in thirty and thirty
five fathom grey ſandy ground, mix'd with
ſmall ſtones ; the land low, ſometimes dou-
ble, by intervals covered all over with lofty
trees, anchoring every evening, and firing a

gun

135

prieſts, ſorcerers, doctors, apothecaries and BAR BOT.

Oming out from Seſtro road, if the wind Pirections
V be north-weſt, or north- north- weſt, as for ſailing.

A Deſcription of the Boo l

as likewiſe by ſeveral high hills beyond it.
Here is abundance of maneguette or pepper,
which the Blacks exchange for blue Pepe.
tuanas, pewter baſons, iron bars, and An-
nabaſſes. |

The Blacks uſually come-abcard ſhip to
trafficx; they are dexterous thieves, and
ought to be well look'd to, in dealing with.
them; for they will never pay for what they
| buy, if they can avoid it. They ſeem to
be much addicted to women, for all their
talk when diſcourſing with ſtrangers tends
that way.

The village Sino lies ſouth-eaſt from Bo!- Sino;
?owa, about a league and a half diſtant, and lag.
diſtinguiſhable by a great rock, on a ſand-
point, running out a little to ſea. Behind
which, is a large fine river, coming from far
up the country, as the Blacks report, and It
not much inferior to that of Sz2ftro. yy =

136
Bax por. gun if you deſign to trade: and lying thus
at anchor till ten a- clock in the morning, to
give the Blacks time to come out in their
canoes, in caſe they have any goods to trade;
and when ſailing, to do it ſlowly, with top-
ſails half up. |
Bearing of The coaſt lies northweſt and ſouth- eaſt to
the coaſt. Seftro-Paris, or little Seſtro; before which
place, being about four leagues from Seſtro
river, is a mountainous long rock, on which
grows a high tree, with five other rocks to
the ſouthward of it, and one to the north-
ward. The Blacks here are generally fiſher-
men, and there is little or no trade, About
two leagues farther eaſt is the point, calPd
Baixos-$wwino, running out into the ſea; and
near it is a great rock cloſer to the land,
which is white at the top; and at a diſtance
weſtward at ſea looks like a ſail, eaſily ſeen
from Seſtro road, in clear weather. A little

i
”

4
:
Z
7
:

— —

———

* PY _ — — i 2 — 4- m
— = :
* —
o * ik

— S > ments pee, — Ü £7 mag ny -
— — = — |= — * —_ — -
_— — — — 78 9

1 a 2 — * —
8 —

— .

=>

\
4
4
1
*
iy
;
j
:
[
_
:
l 13
F
£
1
1
1
*
4
.
} £
o
*
f
*
1
N I
is
.
| * vj
*
>
1 2
.
; "7
— F
—_ 9
7 WY 5
.* & 5 £
1 A :
þ q
l 4
\ *4
[ * as
+
\ \ -
. *
* 7
, 8 2
4 1 34
4 % *
a .
4
94
* bd .
4425 9
! 1 M $
N 191
6 ; 11
*
i 11
1 : »
þ FH N
j
ö 7 79 1
' Ih |
1
11 £
q G *
*
14
k =
1 8
.
1 0 .
1 it 4
4+
[ i
a (|
1 ]
0
! 4 5
1
1 1
1
5 0
* 7 +
$ 4 i
+35; &
] f *
1
1
* 12
0 N
g *
we n +,
** 1
2 [ o .
141
* Pe : 4
i p :
| ' 70 ,
. 2.89 4
777 . *
= ©
„ 7
. b '
1 47 t
4 * -
: :
. 1
1
i
i. 4 %
.
1191 :
19
4 x
I 2
*
1
1 :
| | Et.
4 :
\ l :
S \ 1 Fe. $
o J
1 * -
4 $30 %
_ 7}
hi Py:
7 TX 0
o - F
1 12 by
1 + W7 "
j 1 {5
: . | 4
U 1 !
:
)
4
'l . *
'
Ii } F
f 1 'S+
[0 ;
. i
j 1 '
\ 144
1 : 9 1
i .
ol
þ :
i 4
Þ q ;
[1] | .
4 . *
1 7
1. 1
pe f
'R {
1 1
1 FY fy
3 7 a . .*
: 1%
+ Bi a4
# l 19
. +
1 1
.
1 4%
1 $503
4 N ; +
4 j?
7 4 *
1 1
i ”
* Iz
1 1
1 145
py 1
j :
. %
1 "F
.
. 4334+
Fg
14 a R
3 1
| : N
$4 4
7 ke * Yo
$1418 1
K 14
: 'S.
yt 5 " :
4 1
115
1 bs
1
9 \
o | | F*
”
i? 5
j ;
* F
1
&f
5
5 4 4
*
1 .
i* M1 1
* Þ 5
FP x
= 8
29 e
ba 11
i Ly
7 N.
1
4 3H x
: ”
' *
19 4, *
5 >
' 4 && ©
75 10
y 77
"$5 n
2
n
. ; "$1 4
P N
9 l
—_— 7: +5
11
3 .
4 *
1 a $ .
* 129 n
:
4 - -
U
iT;
-
r ;
18 1
9 } 11
3 50
e
5 *
| 89+
fo 1
1 1
*
i :
4 .
ar :
1
19
5 F
. 1
-4 $5
E 4
+* * 3 »
F i :
H. a 4 1
.
. 4
7 i
11
#3 7 *
oF
An - :
, j
+ 1
r
« : k
© » . k
7” mL
"Y 5 « 1
fa :
| :
l 9 .
2 c f 4
* 77
11 i .
1
1 U ö
1 N
14
— [1 1
6 by 4 1%
WS
A 14 d
5 &
7
,
:
+
it
} 1
"TR" 3
5
: |
=_
4 *
1 4
7 -
i t 4
: 41 A
4 } ,Z
4 6
, 13.3
l h 1
*4E
N
+ % 61 .
y
F N ;
i
1 .
1
7
.
4
iy © FF
- FF
;
, \
* 3
. R
7 8 - FR
oi :
1
* ., BY
1
; Ll
7
1 9
*

Droc

Sangwin below this rock is the village Sangtoin, The village of Souweraboe or Sabrebon, Souwe.n RB
village. ſtanding on the mouth of the river of is farther on toche ſouth-eaſt, a league from boe ri.
that name; which falls into the ſea at So. That of Seſtro-Crou, five leagues from oO al +
ſouth-ſouth-eaſt, and will carry ſmall ſhips Sabrebon, is a large beautiful village. The Crou.
twelve leagues up, tho' its entrance is place is eafily known by a head or cape, 4
very narrow. The banks of this river of three black hills together, planted with 'F
are covered with fine high trees. The vil- trees, which from a diſtance at ſea look like =
lage contains about one hundred houſes, maſts of ſhips; the cape or point being = 1
The Engliſh had a ſettlement there formerly; encompaſſed with rocks, ſome of which run IE
| but abandon'd it, becauſe of the ill- temper a little out to ſea: as likewiſe by two | 5
of the Blacks. The king is tributary to great rocks on the ſhore, about two Engliſb 5
him of Rio Seſtro; he commonly wears a miles diſtant from each other; the land 3
blue Mooriſh frock, and goes often aboard being low and flat : 5
the ſhips in the road. Formerly the Dutch Here is good watering, in caſe of neceſ- 5
and Portugueze drove a great trade of ele- ſity, in the bulging of the ſhore, which =
phants teeth and pepper there; but of late ſhews like a little bay. i
the Blacks have ſo extravagantly advanced The village Wappou or Wapjo, is five Wappe: | 19
the prices of their goods, that here, as well leagues from Sęſtro-Crou, ſituate on a little village. 3
as at all other places along this and other river, and may be known by a ridge of about 1
coaſts of Guinea, there is little to be done twenty or more high ſtraggling trees, which 30
to any advantage. Beſides, ſo many ſhips appear on a flat long high ground, beyond WR
continually reſort thither, that the trade is the ſhore ; at the end whereof {till farther in- s
quite ſpoilt. In caſe of n:ceſlity, Sangwin land, are five palm-trees, as alſo a very *s
is 2 convenient place for wooding and wa- flat and, or rock, near the coaſt, if not 5
tering, and to buy proviſions. . Joining to it, environed with other ſmall i
Baffa wil. Baffa, Bofoe, or Bofou, is a village about ones. And ſomewhat further in, by the ſhore, | IN
lage. a league and half eaſt of Sangwin, where are two other rocks, one of which is white ”
there is ſome little trade for elephants teeth, at the top, with the dung of many ſea-gulls n
but much more for pepper. This place is or birds, which conſtantly play about it. 1
caſily known by a plain ſandy point, en- The other rock is very near the ſhore on 135
viron'd with large and ſmall rocks; ſome the larboard ſide, going into the river. At 72
of the Blacks here ſpeak a little Portugueze, the village within this river, as well as at 1 3
or Lingua Franca, | Botowa and Seſtro Crou, the elephants teeth | 1
Seterna Seterna, or Serres, is again about two are commonly large. i
village. leagues eaſt of Bofou, having ſome rocks out The country abounds in maneguette, EY
at ſea on the eaſt point, and a good trade which they commonly carry aboard ſhips in © |
for ivory and pepper. the road, in great large bull-ruſh baſkets, A
Taſſe, or Daſſa, another village, is not far made in the form of ſugar-loaves. 8
from it; and next Bottowa, another Town Theſe places being very populous, many %
ſituate eaſtward on the ſhore ; eaſily known canoes come out from them aboard the ſhips. *
by two great rocks, the one appearing The natives of Wappo will, in caſe of ne- 1
out at. ſea, about two Eugliſb miles weſt of ceſſity, and for a ſmall matter, ſupply any J
it, by the Portugueſe call'd Cabo do Sino; and foreign ſhip with very ſweet freſh water, 0
another about four miles caſt of the town: from about their village. f

— ' wm

— — — — — —⅛ - E
| . : „ 2 — -
— © Id
— — — m_— : — a a 3 . — — ——
= — — —— — — —ͤ—ẽꝗ—— ͤæ ¹ — o
* a _ _
5 7
*
*
>
.
o
*
.
*
-
i .
*
—
+
.

: * r n . e
5 e JC... "AS e
r ß n.. ;

4% - 55
2

.

* 2 8 3 2 n 3 88 2 * bs 2 2 n FE 1 2 S AY —
5 4 1 1 * 2 Ne 8 ; : * ; | ' |
Os 24 ” Ht, 2; r * IG SY k - 75 N
SABER FEET

4 2 3y . *

es IE SIR beet er Re — "EF" .

p— -
- _—

r

•ũʒ / „ . —— IER_TT”].. -- Y] -e ̃ ʃʃglhnr J .. —
＋PE ⸗ iM PP P r rere x = . + CO c___—_ nr
— > —

— CER 2
22 -*

\ >
— oY

r

—

: * = = . — r — ot. in ER
= — IJ. I= — —— >

— > = — 28
a 2 F< \ = —
— - JOINS — N — ©
N — ———
2 =

n! 7 - 3 | :
71 mo V MO 211 <0
4

— — — —— N — ——— =

* _ - - = < — — — —

— = — — : — —

— 0 — _ f — = — ” = -

—

0 —ͤ—ä—W ©, 's
—— — — —— — *
wv . _— —
2 2 ＋
— - * — —
= —— —_—_ * 4 . 8 2-0 88
=> > 2 -S. 22
8 —— — D n -
Sc — — — = *
- ry — = — -
« = I» oy

=: 6% — 2 3 — AIDE ENT” 2
= » *> > reer. >. SS Iod. £ 5 —
8 A 1 8 — — 22 —ů—
I — 8 % , . e II — © —SS> I
= "= —_ — a 8 8 — I 8 — — — rer
— — % b S =O
* 2 . * > > — — 3 —
- 5 — IC 2 — — IR — — — — —
— > — <* — — —
. : 8

r
2 —

— — —ñ—̃ — — £.—_—_

9 — — - " - 2
— — —— [3àHL — —— \ - IJ ri ry
5 — 2 8 - n TI — - *
_ — — 7 2 ——— — F 1 , 2 — XA xn k . \ . D a. k : N N
> = >. —ͤ—ũ—32 IS Tu, tis Yo.” > - inde 2 * 40 , * = a 5 . - d \% LIFT de 1 N F. 2 NN N . 22 TILES tra od) \ nn N . i 8 KS
2 = -. TESTS "4 -,. >. 7 f +4 5 > © > . N >< *, JN 2 < = * 8 N
- = SO MT, -* — , *, = - - p N * . ' N 2 dw“ py N
— — — . 22. a _ * 2 0 - —_ _ Y X * 2 Q
— — | by . 2222. — , THA Tf : - = ——— : = = A N = | YR 918. N his
N - * rf) <P . „e, r — 2 . ASD Lan — N > < 85 SRL N 8
' * * 7 5 . ITE e , — SD LT SOLES n S= So DDS D = Deli
N * 83 232. - , 2 > 7 — = r - — 4 - * > 2 2 S . 5 . "
(3. IT: SA * * _ 5 4 » 3 J * av — DD IOW — * . = — n * 2 => Iva wo *% CW >= * 7 D S2 - 1 # of 5 44 Py
' 8 . - 8 8 - > = > « . py 8
7 D Q 72 * - * — DO Y _ » N % A 8 * — — «- 4 E — 0 i a „55 =
% Ld . - % . - % . w -* », x7 — * a + # — * M4 14 F. 2 . > A x by 4 IC * . 4 22 N
Dee — 732 . 0: TIO >. «. *:>>w Be > 4 . . 7 AX * 2a >. N 2 ; . d bit Sgt 2 2 S2 0
I * 2 _ N 4 py \ * » BY OSS. WS Cog nd. » 6 + * » a de 5 © S = a 2 < > 0 D 2 N > ITS S — o
"EW . + 0 r 2s 3 e 40 ID ISS +> Vo * ao _— * 2 Os, \ > > WH a. — 7 S2 22 1 \ *
n — n — 8 . h 2 2 4 — — S 222 a — 2 —
— 8 a. Z 7 : >> — — .
— R LYN r 8 8 n 9 5 ne
4 _ — I © — * © A C yo — £ 2 2 1 n

1
* 2.

”
At

* 6 . * ©

OT «.y
ITT D e
. RD ha — TORTS 1
. l —— — n

I» 8

8 . - N \ = I . br —
p — K l E = 2 — \ \ >» >= 5 Se *
— — Dex = n—— _ % — 8 N " 9 \ . 3 ©, K 28 . 9
IS 2464 25 5 CA ES 2 ene Ei >a Ve — N WD REES 2 n Sr — — —.—
% * — ner r — n _ N — Q - IN a OUL . * . e 2. - by > > = _ 8 — 2
.* 4) £905 We COR o 7 e . SN WY ws ASD 2” A — OE ce N - — 28 — 2 2

2 8 „ds dT — 8

" SN. do " —

6 9 > WES OL *
- — — ** . 7 *
2 4 2 y 9223 WO 2;
; 8 : "IX: EE n
* 2 * 7
« p PL SHALE . 4244. + — 2 - BIT . » 2 CLE:
* *> . © 24> : * 2 8
- * * * * — * N DI v 12 * * — 0 2 2 3
2 C 4» \ \ o 4

*. 8 — » ro
1 1 . d 8 — * 7 — 2 2
— LY , % — * * n . » 1 4
— — 8 — 1 ATI > * 2 e H. ＋ 2 85 n 1 Gy 8 4 Xx
= * bo * 98 y - 2 9
” 5 8

oy

7

> as. er

29 Apun apy pon 5

-
— ——

22
—VV , =». ——
ä—ͤD— . — — —— — — ——
- : 2

— . —— — - :

Nth
] N
U

1

+l
11

1 1

b

9 — - :
a. OP - = : —_ A.
— — — s 3 ” 4 „ — — 5
j * — : — ä 8 —— — —
2 — — Nd _ - Ws N
ge — — — — f
= = = —.— — = = = — =

WT

is

44

3 1
»

72 ＋
Ne 9.4
28 1

»
* —
=
. - - = 2
- . —
4 4
. * PP, l 28 . de 8
2 Va = — * -»--
l -
— ö - C
— .. „(K. 7
8 : „
* — =

w_
med

— wy

— — ——_

BS = __ m—_

—
Cn
—

on

— *

LAGS 7

2 —
SD

TT „ -
LE

— _

— — 2 — — ee
— _ A —

DIS

DES Dm —
— = ——
2

wa —

che” 2

2225 —

> 4,

— ==

—
— r

—

=

— >
DS ISS 8 I = =
— 4 33 —

—

—— —

— xz 2 -

DDD ESD

—

—

— — — — — — — = —Xx * =
=> JS — EST ped _ — =S — To. — >,

> SOS.

—

WL

—
FRIES
r 1

ä

"BUY 5

7

VEN

.

ILY) — — — — 8

——ů — — W= IC.

SJ :
—

— DD DS — — = — —
— — =>—*

— — —

1——ů— ee ——9ʃ
— . por — — —

——ůů —

F n She
Eo iS LS ICS gy 8 7
a Fg . 2 2 4
* | ? w 8 Key NEE EE IS, 5 G4 ING Is Weis A 5 z
4 2 ö Et: 2 N LP OG at 4 5 4s And eng, pry > > Fs 0
= 5 - wo * F r ISA . N a A A . - _ E
” 2 __ — * N | :
LS. - * 2% A f
r pn :
k, 2
ons * *
. hom. bu * r
os ak a * — ee ls er ©. * RIG) * -
— — — 2

— — — — —

W

— — _— —— — — — — — — — -
— —— —

* D — —

—

- — —
2 —

e ——___—————— Eo

7 n:oc awd Droe and Nifo, two other villages are be-
Niffo vil- tween Wappo and Grand Seſtro; they pro-
ages. duce abundance of maniguette, and ſo cheap,
1 that I purchaſed at Droe, three hundred and
fifty pound for one bar of iron.

The Blacks about Wappo, and parts ad-
jacent, are more tractable and better condi-
tioned than thoſe farther weſt: however, they
are importunate enough, as well as all the
other Blacks of the pepper- coaſt, in begging
their Daſſy, or preſent, before they deal for.
any goods; and it's very difficult toget rid of

their importunities. Their language can

ſcarce be underſtood. The country produces
much the ſame forts of proviſions and refreſh-
ments as at Seftro and other places.
The ſea all along aftords great variety
of fiſh, little differmg from that on the
gold coaſt, of which I ſhall ſpeak in its
proper place. 1 5 me
The coaſt from Wappo to Grand Seſtro, or
| Seftro Paris, ftretches ſouth-eaſt by ſouth,
being a large village on the Rio das Eſcravos.
The tide, at low ebb, carries along the ſhore;
and at ſea, on the return of flood.
Grand Seſtro is about two leagues and a
half to the ſouth-eaſt of Droe; and eaſily

found out, by a rock appearing on the

coaſt, over which are three palm-trees up
the land. 85

The Dutch call it Balletjes-hoeck, from a
| I I obſerved, that ſome of the Grand Seſtro

1 their canoes, did utter ſome French words in
| = the Norman dialect, crying aloud, and clap-

guelte tout plein, tout plein, tout plein, tant

| 1 a terre de maleguette; to ſignify they had
1 abundance of Guinea-pepper in the coun-
tr

1 The French of Diese gave this town the
1 name of Seſtro Paris in former ages, becauſe
1 of its greatneſs; being one of the largeſt

Dieppe there had a ſettlement for carrying on
their trade with the natives, for inea- pepper
and ivory, which are both very plenty, long
before the Eaſt-India pepper was known in
Europe; and *tis probable enough that the
Blacks of thoſe times tranſmitted ſome French

1 words and phraſes, to their poſterity, from
| hand to hand, until this day.
1 The Portugueſe having conquer'd Princes

iſland, in the Bight of Guinea, did over-run
all the Guinea coaſts, ſettling factories at
leveral places, and drove away the French
from this and other ports they had poſſeſs'd
for many years before. 8
From Grand Seſtro, to the village Goyava,
or Goyane, is three leagues and a half;

and four leagues more fro Goyava, to that
Vo 1. V. | |

* 04

| north-weſt of it, and by a cut in the

Blacks, when they came near the ſhip in

= ping hands, Maleguette, tout plein, male-

'| $ towns, and the moſt populous of this coaſt,
| BM and even of all Guinea. The adventurers of

; GHAP. . Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA.

of Garwai, all low land, and thence to cape Bax n

das Palmas two leagues. This village is &
ealily known, by a round mountain, which

appears at a great diſtance up the country 3 Palmas.

and by a river not navigable for floops,call'd
by the Portugueſe, Rio de St. Clemente, which
runs along the coaſt inland; on the ſouth
fide whereof, is a ſmall village, or hamlet,
where there is good freſh water to be had
on occaſion, as well as at Seſtro Paris. There
is alſo ivory and Guinea-pepper to be pur-
chaſed. |

The coaſt runs ſouth-eaſt and by ſouth
with ſhoals, and breakings, three leagues
out-at lea: 7 :

Cape Palm-irees, or Cabo das Palmas,
by the ancients, Deorum Currus, has this

name from ſeveral palm-trees to be ſeen on

the land in moſt places, but eſpecially near
the ſhore, and on the two hills that form the

_ cape. This cape is exactly in four degr.
fifty min. of north latitude. |

Behind the cape 1s a bulging in the coaſt,
which is a good ſhelter for ſhips againſt the
ſoutherly winds. On the eaſt, about a league
from it, is a great rock juſt by the ſhore ;
and from the point of the cape runs a ridge
of ſhoals, or a chain of ſmall rocks, even
with the ſea, ſtretching out a league into ſea,
at ſouth-ſouth-eaſt, where ſhips in former
times have been caſt away ; with another

bank, two leagues farther out to ſea, about
name of a Black who formerly lived there.

which the tide runs very ſwift at eaft, in

nine or ten fathom water. es
To avoid theſe banks, we ſailed from be-

fore Goyane above-mentioned, directing the

courſe ſouth and ſouth by eaſt for four leagues,

the better to weather them, till we came
into thirty five fathom water; and then we
ſteer'd eaſt and eaſt-north-eaſt, and thus

came to anchor before Growa, a village 6...
two leagues eaſt from cape Palm-trees, village.

where the pepper coaſt ends, according to
the general acceptation.

The Maneguelte, or pepper coaſt, in ge- Sich ih coaſt.

neral, extends from Rio Seſtro to Grotwa,
about fifty five leagues, being generally low
flat land; and the ſoil of the country, clam-
my, fat, all over woody, and water'd by
ſeveral rivers and brooks: which cauſe ſuch
a malignity in the air, that few Europeans
can make any ſtay without danger of fal-
ling into malignant fevers, of which many

have died. This bad air, is yet more per-

nicious about cape Palm- trees, being even
felt four leagues off at ſea, as many perſons.
have found by experience; for ſometimes
it carries a perfect ſtink with it, when the
weather is ſomewhat foggy.

The language of the Blacks of this coaſt he 14.
cannot be underſtood at all, and *tis by tives.

ſigns and geſtures, that the trade 1s carried
on with them. They are generally well-
ſhaped, and of a pretty good phy ſiognomy.
N n They

et. em fe —

_ - — = — — —
I” — — — — — *
— a — — —— 8 — . - — — — .
5 1 * * - _
| — 1 — — — —— — — —
= — i — -
= » wm _—_ —
4 — — - -4 —
> _ -—— - — 3 — . 5 9 > p mann 0 — 1 - — — — 2 -
:& -—* 5 I. — — — — — r. — 8 ſe — — ̃ —ꝛ—ͤ— — - —
n 7 * = - — 0 * - — — _ — — — — x 22 * — . _
2 2 — - — - — 8 = 2 - - - =
2 — == — 7 — - - | 2 - > 8 Y y 2 : wm - = - —
— I — = - _ Z P 7 = - _ " 4 iy * — — _ — — — — - = 2 ——
= = ———— . d_ — : — 4 * : 2 — — — — — == . —
Z - — =: > — = * * = — — — & - 2 2 2
— - py a 2 - 1 — — - — — — — _ —
Þ 2 bag « 5 2 — — = WI. D 2 — — 2 — — 2 — - _ FAC — = — = - - - —
A 2 8 5 — — = ===> — = =_ _ - — — — 3 ” * ed Bo — ——
_ — — . - _ jo _ a =_ — - — — — — — — OC — —
— — — — a 2 5 . 1 4 * — — — — — — = 4
= — - * 4 — 2 — — o —— — =
— - - « * » 4 —_ — — — — — 2 * 2
— — = — 2 "4
7

— — We en ge I
2 — = —— ——
a _ — .
m—_——_ S Cn
r — —— 2 py 8
— S - wow X — 2
WV = - —
= Y 2 * "<3
. ».% 5 — — n -
CI — — — — >: *
— - may -% 1 — — — —
— —
— —

138

A Deſcription of the Boox Il.

_ Barnor. They wear only a ſingle clout about their

Handi-
crafts.

Product,

the coaſt,

middle, and many of them have broken
bellies. I obſerv'd one amongſt the reſt,
whoſe rupture was ſuch, that his ſcrotum
hung down to his knees.
They are a ſtrong, ſturdy, laborious ſort
of men. When they happen to meet from

ſeveral different places aboard ſhip ; they
take one another by the arms, near to the

ſhoulders, ſaying Toma, and letting the
hands fall to the elbows, Tova ; then take
one another's fingers, as thoſe at Seftro, and
ſnap them, uttering theſe words, Enfane-

male, Enfanemate ; that is, my friend how do

you do f po

They have pretty good black-ſmiths a-
mong them, who know how to harden and
temper weapons, knives, &c. Others make

fine large and ſmall canoes, which they fit and
adorn very neatly. They are alſo very good

husbandmen to improve their lands, for rice,

millet, and maneguette 3 which is their chief
dependance, both for food and trade.

The country in general has plenty of peas,
beans, pompions, lemons, oranges, bac-
chos, bananas, and a ſort of nuts, the ſhell

very thick, and all of a round piece, with-
out any peel within, as our European nuts
have, which eat very luſcious and ſweet.

They have likewiſe abundance of cattle,

goats, hogs, chickens, and many other ſorts
of fowls, and very cheap. Their palm-wine

is excellent, as are likewiſe the dates, which
they are very fond of. en

They are very intemperate and luxurious
to excels, always talking of their ſport with

women. Tis reported, as a truth, that ſome

Blacks are ſo brutal and lewd, as to proſtitute
their wives to their own ſons; and not only
boaſt of, but even laugh at it, when repri-
manded by Europeans for ſuch abominable
inceſtuous practices, ſaying, it is but a trifle.
Every man takes as many women as he can
well maintain. 1 |

They are of a pilfering temper, and will

ſteal any thing they can well come at from

ſtrangers even aboard ſhips, and muſt be
well obſerved, and nothing left in their

way, either of eatables or goods, nay even
ruſty knives, or crooked broken nails, any
_ unknown there.

thing ſerving their turn,

CHAP. VIII.

Of the tvory-coaſt 3 villages on it. St. And rew's river; bottomleſs pit. In- 4
fructions for ſailing, &c. | 4

Diviſn of RE Dutch and French reckon the Tand-

kuſt or Ivory- Coaſt, from Growa, two
leagues eaſt of cape Palm-trees to Rio de Sweiro
da Coſta, where the Gold-Coaſt may properly

be ſaid to begin; and divide that coaſt into

three parts; Ivor)- Coaſt, Malegentes-Coaſt,

—

world; and ſalute the new- moon with plays,

thither to fetch off this pepper; traverſing

They are alſo great mumpers, and fo in- Begin:

tolerable in that way, of begging for a Daſſy, nd ils

that is, a Preſent, that it is not the buſineſs of "
a large ſhip to make any ſtay on the coaſt :
ſmall ones are only proper to drive a coaſting
trade with them. 1
Their Taba or Taba-Seyle, and by others
Fabo-Seyle, that is, their kings, are very ar-
bitrary, having an abſolute authority over
the people, and the people paying great ſub-
miſſion to them. Theſe kings go about
with much gravity and ſeeming ſtate.
They are groſs Pagans, praying to their
Grizri or idols, and to dead men, to grant
them a good, peaceful, and holy lite in this

ſongs, and dances ; and are ſtrangely addicted
to ſorcery and divination.

The beſt and fitteſt time ro drive the
coaſting trade, is in the months of February,
March, and April. The ſouth ſouth-eaſt
winds begin to blow on this coaſt in May,
and bring the Tornados, ſtormy weather,
and great rains, generally attended with
lightning and dreadful thunder. 85

As to the particular deſcription of the
Guinea- Pepper, and the trade thereof, and
at what time, I refer to what has been ſaid of
it in the ach chapter, ;

This fort of pepper being now little uſed

in Europe, the trade of it is inconſiderable;

ſo that moſt of the ſhips that ply upon this

coalt every year, look chiefly for elephants

teeth; of which the Engliſb and Dutch get
the largeſt ſhare: the Negroes paying
much civility to both nations, but eſpecially
to the Engliſh. They have alſo a great kind-
neſs tor the French, as being the firſt people
of Europe that frequented them, as I have
ſaid before. |

_ Marmol, chap. xxiii. ſays, that before the
coming of the Portugueſe to this coaſt of Ma-
laguette, the merchants of Barbary repaired

the whole kingdom of Mandinga in Migritia,
and the country commonly called Guinea,
1. e. Genehoa, and the Lybian Deſarts; and
from Barbar), ſome quantity of that ſpice was
tranſported into Italy, where it was called
Grains of Paradiſe, becauſe its origin was

and Quaqua-Coaſt: after the Portugueſe man-

ner, accounting the [vory-Coaft, from Gro-

wa to the river St. Andrew, running north- *

eaſt and ſourh-welt ; that of Malegentes, from
St. Andrew's river, to Rio Lagos, lying welt | 3
ſouth-weſt, to caſt north-eaſt ; and that f

| Quaqud, ;

re ens men er en OS
— — 2 8 K N Le
— . —— ˙ w ate ere — —
— 1 —

—

*
*
-
—
1
*
-
*
*
»
.
*
.
.
*
| *
%
2 * * *
a * Os

A x
A p

7 6:4) SON

2

— *

9 Sora :
(a

2—

— —

— : OE — — :
-

— — << - ay „

| Lal. L, Plats I. 3 RN

"the Lands 0 abo, from.) Fo 2 eague at Ja, rhe Lil

\

—
— . CO —̃ —— — — —
—
— ͤ ꝓwkr4ſ—⅛
| —_ — — —
PR ” : 5 > —— — —
— — — _— — —— — — — —— —
” — — —— EY cs I rr rr re re ere er ee I Ins —
— ʒꝓZu— -
— ä — — — — — —
— — — . — — — —— —
: NE — II Ir nee EDD TIES ena — — . — —
: — ———
— — ooo err nee et rInern Sree ne —— —— — —== = -
1 — n (—0 — — —
— - — —_— — -
— — — — ——— ——_ ——— —— œ c — ————
py. ä —— ——ũ— —d — — * © ——_—_— ——— — ——
— — Cor Err — — —8 —
——ů———5riEsʃ᷑j ᷣ ð&àmqedn;:? ——
——

— —

E , ow
- —
| — /
; I ,
=> -
! *
L 8 ©
| 8 7 = 8
1 * — — —— —
4 — ee. en — — — — = — = — — = — —̃— — —
ä — — —— — —— — —
_ ä — — — — — r — r ——— va. e — 4 — —
— DA. < 2 = J — — —— —— — — —5iEßIu — =
— er — — Joy —
al — — — - — — — —— — — _ — — —e—
— — Mao EMT: = — — — ——— —
_ — — — — —_—= ———— — == — —ͤ— ok. — * _ _ ID.
ws % — ang cane = — Were — — — — N — — A
—̃ͤꝙ— — ̃ —— —ę—. — — — ne . — . —— ... — —
- — — . 0 — ATI ——
i — —— — — — — — — — — — 6 — — teen — — — — — — — — — —
— dF — — — — — — — fU— — — — — —, — —

= — — —

}

\
|
;

|

\

*
NM

——— ʒ —

on
=
AS
RJ

|

=4

NR
Q
—
Ge
Q
.
DI
RV |
8
=

* yy -
— -¼- — ———— OO —— — _—_ — Raga
a — — : MITE rd Er — — n——————
> — — — — — — — U—— ꝓe-—ͤ — —
— — — eee ct pens — . a> I BY —
— — — — — — — mn — — ——
1 — n —— —e— — —— — — = = =
! _ —— — — — D —j—̃ — — —
— — ———
— — qqeF— — - — — — — ——— —
— ED = - — —ẽ—ũ:⸗2- ̃ —ää— — ́ͤ wäuͤ— œä. g —ä—ͤ— 5 ——
CDBG ů — —— — — —— — 2 —— —ͤ — — ——ẽ̃ v—ʒ([ —f— — — f
* — ——— —— — — — — z — — — — — — = =
3 — — — — — — — —— ę— —ä—ä——̃—— — — —— — ——
636 =o — ———— — — — — = —
— — c——_— — — —
— — — — NH * —
— —ͤ —— — .Ä—— — —

-
Ve. £2 £ -
— s — (1 - 3
— ——— W >
0mm OSS —— LD ” *
= —_. . I OS ASYUAR ar” * PPP OP. 5 2 —
mt ZAEZIIDD * SIS * — BF >, 2 by nd 2
ry - * -
4+ *223Y rey — => = 2 2;
= — 2 4
»4a%% SY == = = _ = ”
— vos — > - DRE — — A ... —— === =
OY A—_—__ — — — — — IS rene — — — — — — —
— — — — — —
— b e ns I — ͤ (— — —
ERS £ 5 5 ee — — pry
_ - —— = — — * r
OY ae 4 eee eee eee 3 —
—— Rb — ͤ — —•— np 2—.ü — ——— FLEA «=
s — —— _— — — — — 5 — —
— —— — — — - —— —— ——— —— ns OT ET — — ——— — 1
— — — — ———— — —— * — — _ —
= = 2 — > —

— —
* —
- —

The Progpect of the Land of. Rio StAndrey from the Sea, when the Ca is

UM) | |
18 | - - — — - *
hy | - = : ===
4 / 1 * 3 — — ̃ SAT: nk —
14
4 1 1 mn,
e 20 DAG 4 N
: - N ay
- 1 x
, [| 2 1
= - "5 :
: | 7
i [ ot =>
1 ; 6 f 8 yh N . —
— ? 2 7 "Ss - 9:
— 4:

\
\
&

* 22

—

———̃ ——PU—— — On

— — * — — —
\ | ————— eee. === __
0 I j aj 0 — — — — _
4 —— DDD —-—: 4 = * — aw — Res
= — — — — — — ̃ — S o————_
— b — — — — — —ů— ǘl4— . m En pet ppeenen pe en — — —
— — — 2 — — — — — — — — 2 LH -
A — — — — —— — — > - —
— = — — — — — — Cad — — —
—

—

—— —

e
{
|
|

72

— ————

—
—ͤ—ñ—ñ4ͤ— .:. —ñ— —

—

|
V
—
ON
N.
D
=
2
8.
IJ
J
D
N
D

—̃————
af — —— —— *
— — —
—̃—ñ
— —

* — . =

— eee ECG

— —

1 rom above | T 7 ? IEEE
at | * — : — |
S

{
rt
\

—

12
9
\
U ) I
- HY
\
2
7

* 0
” /, 41 7 1 — —
K — — —

— ä ——— a ſu rn mmm I —ñ
4 — — — — — — — — —
—— —— — — — rn — W
— — — ww 3 — —

Fe Fever
- Andes u Entri/

* 5 — — —
|
|
4
1
ſ
ö
ö

4

> ASS Uñ——4 . —

. - A 214 oy — —_—_— — 8 4
— — — . —-— r —

— —_— Q

k
{
0
\
0
'

—

ROI EMI EI A ALLY 8 2 os | 2.

L and. B. being at N O. and the ati, of ATOP} at UE |

-

——_—_— —

—
-4 — —
— .

—

— —

. A. Sing M. NANO. Wont 74 J5 4 Len UE

—_—
—

4 9
are y A * a In £ 1 f 4 . 2
* N. * EIT IS LIES —_ 8 7 — Y
* — 5 — W q : 3 ' I * @ a N «4 2 8 1 - . N * * =

> .. * * A A of ak rf q
IP | . ”» 5 s 1 72 — 72 a 1 J 2 ON
ht *F DEE
N

c 0 ” 4 a . = SP , >
8 ce om ee MED WE 8 IDS | Ep SEN bs N S = IN LES 5
5 1 * 2 Ss - - F "os Q — 4 . 0 ** . 2 — J 8 PL -v% WW 8. 75 -
N A. >< 4 7 7 Y 4 2 — 280 l © PF a *,
4 Ws 8 by — oF, — —＋ 2 **f — 2 2 2 D Q 78 "at, < of. 9 0 * f 2 — p * 2 X EIN 2,2 — 7
7 3 ING” 1" "On : So ICS n — —— 8 — — IE
—— — — — — erenene et —

— a>

— —

CO

—
— . —

—

— - —
— _—_—
—̃ —

—

— —
— —
<< =>,
— — —
— — —

1M 28 25 the

4 — be
— —— YO — —— — ES

TheTowno0 3
„ Der wW//.

— Je ear wes <<.» A

- 1 \ l *
DSN \

— —

— ——
. | - _ E a ga — —̃ — > ZE 2 — . = — 2
— - « 2 — — ” — — — : - =
= — __— — ——— RE ——̃ — ̃ — — — —

—

*

—

Lg Rolled pi our zu a ter N over
and, to River. At. rung in A

ether of DV

| JE WY W

NW
wot » G;

-8 A PALS; "5 %- >= : — 8 — > — a 8 Fr 5
EI IS ESE 95 S

Continued 4 dere, A |

2.

LD
1

ES =
= Suede” hey WE — —
— .. ——— =

—

ef Cl o 22 12 the e Ve Rover beg FEET 1 League

Ie Dt
7 2
SER a

* 85 : 8

8 W .
4 1 I 2 — . 9 is: Ws, 5 k 7 PE

0 YN It SS JETS — 9 7 : . WY! — A 2 1 5 5 vs 8

Ie Id Wo W a — ">> | WW__ —— , - GIA2 bo — 5% . 2 777 72

—— > + Ot I en one

6 77 Ter

— — —

, .
Den
ed Sr Ee SEE Ie Ne

' S © 8
S

A a hte

: —
= Ec — wv
9 3 wg = --
— iy * — CEO FE RE Ott pun opens” PD AE ORD Ks Caf $A in e R 9 FF 5
= By — | e ber r 1 D n 27ͤĩ] ͤ ͤ ²éᷣjqnü ß ß ̃̃ ß ĩͤ ß ß 8
1 ” *. ” N 8 E <4 Ag” e IL 5 . \% 9 : ee, 8 en 8 r 3 755 RS EEE 7b ˙ͤ A Et Does ES 88, 2
= " * - —_ — 0 MED SIT Ib e 5 ö e W . W . 9 3 e N <a NE ae IS FC Bar THER 3b ne N -
, - 5 — "4 ih 7 e 5 * N - { . 8 7 oO 6 PLS FEY'S ; 2
>. = "> — . 1 A f
: . 5 Py _ n wt
* in LY 1 * — YEA . *
„
*
*
T
&
*
*
5
2
*%
4
«av
3 E *
1 v > #
Fg 1
p
: 3 271
bros ng *
WD a” * n
8 Ct *. *
< at, =. 8
= - —
#4.»
* *
—
%
. \
2
2

—
OO — —ͤ—— 2 2 ͤ—— — _ * ” *
* , —
« - — os
. *

te Ce, ——— — — — —— — — — — —
— I 8 - " — — * 1
as 2 4 4 —— 5 * * = =
— —U— —
— ——— —— —üH4— — — —— — — — — —— 8 — Ü— — — ——
= rr — — -
— x - p 2 - 7 7

TTT
, 7 — IA

„
WR
Fay.”

— 1

eaſt ſouth-eaſt. Of all which coaſts I will

nas. 8.

4a Coſta, ſtretching from weſt north-weſt to

give the beſt account I am able, the natives
being ſo rude, that few Europeans dare go
aſhore.

VILLAGES on the Coasr.
LL this tract of land, in antient geogra-
phy, was called the Agangine A thiopes.
It is generally pretty full of villages and ham-
lets on the ſea- ſnore, but I will take notice
only of the principal and moſt known to us.
Tabo-Dune, the next village after Growa,

4 is known by a large green cape or he

near it; the country all woody, as well as the
cape. The tides commonly ſet eaſt north-
eaſt, tho? at ſome other times, ſlowly to
ſouth and ſouthweſt ; but this is ſeldom.
Tabo, which is ten leagues eaſt of Tabs-
Dune, may be eaſily known from ſea, by

| the great rock that appears at a good di-
ſtance, on the weſt of the village, about a

2 Ws 5
£2 2.9

Tahoe,

league and a half. The cape near the vil-
lage, is covered with high, large, ſtrag-

gling trees. The road before Tabo has eigh-

teen or twenty fathom water
There is a ſmall river in a brake, near the
village, called by the Portugueſe, Rio de S.
Pedro; weſt of which, are ſome hills, by
them alſo named Serra de Santa Apolonia.
Petry or Petiero, another village two
leagues farther eaſt from Tabo, may be

known by the rock which appears not far

from it.
Taboe, two leagues again eaſt of Petry.

gerby, an! Berby, another village, appears on the

1 Dr uyn-

E i Petry vil-

= lages.

. Nature
6 7/ theſe
= Blacks,

r u eee
N e e

Pda tn og cg ne rh ore ag
RO NEE ES „

aſcent of a hill, two leagues beyond
| Petry.

Druyn-Petry is near the riverof St. Andrew.
*Tis eaſily known, ſome houſes appearing
plain from ſea, on a high ground near the
ſhore, with ſeveral high ſtraggling trees on

the cape weſt of them; and by four ſavana's

or plains, lying weſt of it, about a league or
more, on the ſhore, among the woods that

cover it. The Portugueſe call that cape,
Cabo da Praynha, that is, the cape of the

Little Strand. The town ſtands in an iſland

in the river, which comes from the north, be-
tween ridges of hills; behind which, are ve

pleaſant meadows and paſture-grounds, Be-
ſides the town, there are three villages, each
half a league from the other, abounding in

cows and other cattle.

The Blacks here, are the greateſt ſavages
of this coaſt; and ſaid to eat human fleſh.
They take great pride in pointing their teeth

as ſharp as needles or awls, by filing them

often with proper files. I would not adviſe
any perſon to ſet foot aſhore here. The
Blacks, in their canoes, commonly bring large
parcels of teeth aboard ſhips in the road;

Coaſts of Sour H-GulN EA.

Quaqua, from Rio Lagos to Rio de Sweiro

afford no great profit.

They are generally covetous, begging,
beſides their Daſſy, any thing they ſee, and
will be very angry when denied it. They
are fo ſuſpicious or timorous, that if they
happen to hear any noiſe more than ordinary
aboard ſhip, or be harſhly ſpoken to; they
immediately leap over board on all ſides, one

after another, ſwimming to their canoes :
which they commonly keep plying with

ſome of their men, at a ſmall diſtance from
the ſhip, and thus make to land; ſo that it
1s very difficult ro trade with them.

Sr. AN DREw's RIVER.

THE river of St, Andrew is about a

league and a half eaſt north-eaſt, from
Druyn- Petry, where the land grows into a
large head or cape.

This river divides itſelf into two branches, River
the one running north-weſt and by weſt, the branche

other eaſt ſouth-eaſt. It is navigable for ſmall
ſhips, four leagues up the country, the wa-
ter being deep and the channel wide, tho? at

ſome times of the ſummer. ſeaſon, as when

we lay there at anchor, it is ſhallow at the
entrance, being ſo choak'd with a bar of
ſand, that our boat could not get in, for the

breaking of the ſea. The mouth of this ri- Peninſula.

ver looks ſouth-eaſt, having a high round
cape on the larboard: ſide, and to the weſt-

ward is a tree by itſelf. This cape appears

from the road like a great high rock, on the

ſhore, very ſteep towards the ſouth and eaſt

ſides, having beſides ſeveral ſmall rocks a-
bout it, both above and under water, which

can only be approached to go aſhore from the

river-ſide. The flat or beach of the peninſula is
not above twenty paces broad,from the river
to the ſea 3 whence the ground riſes gradually
towards the ſouth, forming the promontory

on the top of which, the ground is level,
making a platform of about three hundred
paces circumference, which commands the

oppoſite land: and thence are ſeen two vil-
lages, Giron eaſtward, on the ſide of a mea-

dow, and Little Tabo weſtward, on the bor-

ders of a heath or common, planted here

and there with trees, and terminates at the

foot of large mountains.

Our men, who were ſent aſhore here for

water, well armed, and in good number,
landed on the weſt-ſide of this peninſula, and
rolled their casks over it, to fill them with
the water of the river, and returned them

full the ſame way to the boat, with prect-

pitation, ſeeing ſeveral canoes full of armed
Blacks, coming down the river, with all the
ſpeed they could, in order, as it is probable,
to aſſault them; theſe Blacks being great
bloody ſavages. The water they brought
was brackiſh, being taken up too near the

mouth

139

but hold them ſo dear, that the purchaſe will BAR BOT.

BarBoT. mouth of the river, and we not knowing
that there was a ſpring of freſh ſweet water,
at the foot of the hill, oppoſite to the pro-
montory, about half gun-ſhot diſtant. _
The river looks very pleaſant, the banks
being bordered all along with fine large trees,
and ſpacious meadows. The country affords
great plenty of Millet, Ignames, Bananas,
Figs,Oxen, Cows, Sheep, Poultry; and in ſhort,
whatever the Maleguette Coaſt produces for
the ſupport of life : but the ſavage, brutiſh
temper of the natives will not allow them to
fell any to ſtrangers, unleſs at a very dear
rate, and not of the beſt. 7 =
This place might yield a good trade, were
it not for the rudeneſs and barbarity of the
Blacks ; who have at ſeveral times maſſacred
a great number of Portugueſe, Dutch, and Eng-
li/h, that came for proviſions, and to water,

ſhip in 1677, loſt three of its men ; not
many years ſince, a Hollander fourteen; and
in 1678, a Portugueſe nine men; of whom
nothing was ever heard ſince. Tis from the
bloody temper of theſe brutes, that the Por-
lugueſe gave them the name of Malegens, for
they eat human fleſh ; ſo that there can be
no trading with 'em at all. But if, thro? ne-
ceſſity, any one that trades on the coaſt is
obliged to get water or proviſions from this
place, it is abſolutely requiſite to man the
boat that is to go aſhore, very well with
muskets, half-pikes, and ſuch other wea-
pons, and to carry a couple of pattereroes on
the boat's head or ſtern, keeping centinels
on the maſt, or on the promontory, to pre-
vent being ſurprized by theſe miſcreants.

tro — — ——— ——— — — >
* -
— oy, — -

both maidens and women, but moſtly of a
ſmall ſtature. The men are tall and luſty.
The women wear only a ſingle clout about
their middle. „

St. Andrew's river, there appear along the
ſhore, twelve or more red cliffs, which
take up in all about three and a half or four
leagues in length; the ſhore being very ſteep,
and quite red, in parcels or brakes, and can be
ſeen in clear weather, from eight leagues out
at ſea. Sailing along it about a league from

the French, Falaizes Rouges; and the Dutch,
Roode- Kliftens, that is, Red-Chiffs. |

The village Dromwa-Petry, which is ſi-
tuated between the ſeventh and eighth red
cliff, is remarkable for two large trees,
ſtanding by it, and 1s ſeven leagues from the
aboveſaid river. The coaſt along to this
place, bears ſouth-eaſt, ſomething ſouth,
The Blacks are here as favage and brutal as
at $f, Andrew's. |
could ſee no other village but the laſt

Dromwa-
Petry vil-
lage.

A Deſcription of the

not thinking of any treachery. An Engliſh

The female ſex here are very handſome,

Sailing along the coaſt eaſtward, from

runs down from the north into the ocean;
but is not navigable.

land, it is twelve or thirteen fathom deep.
The Portugueſe call it Barreiras Vermet bas;
que Feaque, or Fackin abo; and next to it a-

mentioned; nor did I fee any from this Drom-
Wa- Petry toCselrot, nor any boats out, which
ſhows the country is not well inhabited. The

moſt remarkable thing is Rio de Lagos,

on the eaſt-ſide of which, is Coclrot; and
out of which, commonly come many canoes
aboard ſhip, with ſome parcels of large fine

teeth.

the eaſt of Coetroe ; the land between, low, Hoe.
Hat, and woody. This cape is alſo a low
point cover'd with trees, and the moſt tra-
ding place of all the coaſt of 2yaqua, for
fine large teeth, whereof there is great
abundance ar all times. It needs no other
particular mark to find it out, but the great
number of canoes, which uſually come out
with teeth, to meet the ſhips that come from
the weſtward; and that of a tall, large,
ſtreight tree, riſing much above all the |
others, like a firr-tree. The town of La Hou x
is a league in compaſs, and very populous ; |
ſeated near the ſhore, having a flat ſtrand all
along it, of fine yellow ſand ; on which the
{ea rolls and breaks with great ſurges. The
country about La Hou is plentifully provided
with all ſorts of proviſions, uſually found on
the coaſt of St. Andrew's and Druyn ; only
here they are much cheaper and better: the
natives being civil and eaſy to deal with, in
all things; but are apt to raiſe the price of

their Ivory, according to the number of ſhips

they ſee on the coaſt; and thither commonly

reſort many Engliſh and Dutch interlopers,

as well as free ſhips. Somewhat above a
league weſt of La Hou, is a large river, the

main channel whereof runs weſtward to that
of St. Andrew's ; the other ſmall branch of

it ſtretches a few leagues towards the eaſt, up
the country, VẽS |

From cape La Hou, the coaſt bulges out River
ſome way, and then runs ſtreight eaſt and by B,
ſouth. In that bulging appears the little ri- |
ver of 7aque La Hou, or Das Barbas, which

F
©
;

The village Wotoe, Wallock, or Wallatock, Wotoe

is ſeven leagues from Jaque La Hou eaſt and vi

by fouth. Ir is a place of but an indifferent
trade for ivory, few canoes coming out at a

time with ſuch goods.
Next to Moloe, on the Quaquà coaſt, is Jea-

gain on the ſame coaſt, to the eaſtward, that
of Corby la Hou : between both which places,
ſome rivulets run into the ſea, and the bot-
tomleſs pit, called by the Hollanders, Kuy!
ſonder grondt, a certain tract of fea, about a
league weſt from Corby la Hou, at a ſmall
diſtance from ſhore, where for a long time it
was believed no ground could be found, and
therefore it was called the bottomleſs pit.

# *

Book II Mc

But by experience it appears to be but ſixty
a fathom

Cape La Hoe or Hou, is two leagues to Caper, Þ :

A 4
s 3
6
EEK
* ©: 58
9
x 12
48
3.997
SAP
hp 4
3
AY.
Pa. £
2 b
ow. 2 1
SE 34,
ut
2
{ts
K 28
5 *

car. 9. Coats of SouTH#-Gving A.

Hoe *

*
*
þ
5 12
: g £94
River b 8
5 f 1
0 "np
| Barvas, bY
: A
i Bs
| 3
4 9
| 0s
=
=
75 8
72
: Ke
Wotoe ; $ f —
Rev 8
village 3
=
* SD
- a

v r PEEL - FE
> +4 7

:

a> >

Mfultitude
ele-
phants.

fathom deep, within musket-ſhot of the land;
| tho? farther out to ſea, the lead did not
touch the bottom : but I conceive it was
driven away by the ſtrong tile from the
ſouth-weſt that runs there. Tis therefore
much ſafer, to avoid falling into this pit,
not to fail from before Jaque la Hou without
ſuch a gale of wind, as will carry the ſhip
thro? it; for in calm weather or flack winds
you will be driven on it, and the ſhip in dan-
ger of being ſtranded; therefore come to
in anchor before Gammo, a league and halt
or thereabouts eaſt of Corby la Hou: This
Gammo road, being between Corby la Hou

141
and Rio de Stoeiro da Coſta, in the country Barzor.
of Adou, and thus at hand for the Blacks WW
of all three places to come out in canoes,
with large parcels of Qyaqua cloths, teeth,
and ſome gold, beſides abundance of refreſh-
ments. |
The Blacks of theſe three places are very
expert ſwimmers and divers; for when 1
threw any thing, as ſtrings of bugles, or
other little baubles, or haberdaſhery ware,
into the ſea, to ſee their agility in diving,
ſome of them leapt over immediately, and
brought it up almoſt from the bottom of
the ſea. OS

CHAP. IX. 4,
Trade; Elephants. Jealouſy and Knavery of the Blacks. Product; Na-
tives; Language; Ro. 7 5 „„

AVING given an account of the Ivory,

Malegentes and Quaqua coaſts; I ſhHall

now ſubjoin ſome general obſervations con-

cerning the trade thereof, and the manners

of the inhabitants, delivering them as they
occur to my memory; which, I hope, ma

be ſerviceable to ſuch as ſhall reſort to thoſe

Flephants T HE inland country affords yearly a vaſt

2 *
3

ſenb. quantity of fine large elephants teeth,
being the beſt ivory in the world, moſt of
which is conſtantly bought up along this coaſt
by the Engliſh, Dutch, and French, and ſome-
times by the Danes and Portugueſe. The Dutch

were formerly the principal traders therein

more of it, ſince the trade to Guinea is be-
come ſo general, This great concourſe of
European Ships coming hither every year,
and ſometimes three or four lying together
at anchor in the road, has encouraged the
Blacks to ſet ſo dear a rate on their teeth, and
particularly on the larger ſort, ſome of them
weighing near two hundred pounds French,
that there is not much to be got by them,
_ conſidering the vaſt charges that commonly
attend ſuch a remote trade.
To fay ſomething of the elephants; if we

quently been on this coaſt, it 1s ſcarce to be

conceived what a multitude of elephants

there is all about the inland country. They
are reported to be ſo numerous every where,
that the Blacks are forced to build their ha-
bitations underground, to be in ſafery from
them, notwithſtanding the great number of
them they kill, as well for that reaſon as
for the profit of the teeth. But were this
the only means of getting the teeth, it would
never produce that vaſt quantity which is
vearly exported 3 and tho? I cannot affirm,
iome do, that the elephants ſhed their

FEY every three years, and new ones grow
OL. V. | Sy:

Ve

but now the Engliſh get as much, if not

may credit ſome Hollanders, who have fre-

out, yet I do not diſſent from others, who
are of opinion, that this anima} may thus
change its teeth ſeveral times during its
life. Their living an hundred years or
longer, as is reported, may occaſion the vaſt
quantity of teeth that is pick'd up in the fo-
reſts; beſides the great number that die of
age or other caſualties abroad: however it
be, tis obſerv'd at preſent, that the teeth

are not ſeen in ſuch quantities on the coaſt

as formerly, whether it be that the count

is ſomewhat exhauſted, or the Blacks are
grown more careleſs in gathering of them,
which may occaſion their being now at ſo
high a rate; together with the great num-
ber of purchaſers : for which reaſon, and the
rudeneſs of the Negroes, the Dutch have
partly given over that trade, in compariſon
of what it was heretofore, It is a good di-
verſion aboard ſhips, along this coaſt; to ſee
almoſt every day ſo many canoes of Blacks
plying about, at a ſmall diſtance, crying
aloud Quaqua, Quaqua, and then they pad-
dle farther off. So great is their miſtruſt of Fealors
the Europeans, ſince ſome have baſely car- Blacks.
ried away or kidnap'd ſeveral of them, that
tho' they are call'd to, not to fear a ſurprize,
but to come freely aboard, as with friends,
yet few dare venture; and firſt they conſult
together in their canoes, and when agreed,
only a few of them go aboard, the others
paddling about at a diſtance, But to encou-
rage them to come aboard, the maſter, or
ſome of his officers, commonly take up a

| bucket of water out of the ſea, ſome of

which they carry up with their hands to
their eyes, and then they will come aboard
more freely, looking upon the ſea as a deity
or object of religious veneration ; fancying
that this ceremony perform'd by Europeans,
binds them as much as any oath, or folema
promiſe whatſoever can do, to be true and
Juſt to them. However, this ceremony does
not prevail on all theſe ſavages, as I found
Oo in

— —— — —— ũ ꝙ — ũ — — — — 5 —
r — — —ę—e _ -
2 =

—
2
—
— — — g
= — 4 I IN + — 3
— — . > - 2 * = =
— : — 2 0 — ——— ry
4 *
— — nen — 2 -
=_ - 8 — p< 29> 7

s . _ p — N *
— * — 7 of = » - -
Sis — 3 —_— ”" _ 0 o -
> SAR... . — 22 2 5 —

4 _ -
7 Re D
2 2 2
- — —
© =
—— —
— — —

— = i "a . x
CRE — "+ _
„ oo
— 8 — * -* - L
£ .
—— — — — — — —
Pu — A —

I
[
{
: $
{4
4 is
1 þ
44 '
wy 14
"3 0
v7
. .
1
if
0 :
i
U 3
*
„ þ
< v4
” 4
ce” ®
: + £3
14
Th i,
214
7 48
"bo
. 0
+ I
on i
401
„ F
v 2
2 *
Fo
14
E.
+ Yis
1 }
. i :
j 10
e 44 44
1 41
1
. 7
* Lt i
1
el 15
4 +
J 'Y
11
T |}
Is 2
RS 14
: 1
1
* [|
2 1
1 1
bz.4 94
147
As
\ 8 [1
Nen
4 *
K. 1
"Ef
24% [
v7y $
1 .
1 ; |
434 15.56
1
1 * |
h '
7
2

8 — 2
_ 2 "WG 7 — .
— — — I ES
p : — r
. T7 * — 2
. —
— — — — - = —
= * - . * a - 2 — - —— =
2 _ a —
8 — . ˖ A
— — K * — ny *
— 2 — * — 74 - —
7 — K ”
. —
2 8
. —
r — „ —— -

142

Bax BOT. in failing by, before Tabo; where, having

WYW

ſix large canoes about the ſhip, full of fine
elephants teeth, each canoe manned by five
or {ix hands at leaſt, all tall luſty reſolute

men; none of them would come aboard,

but perſuaded me to go'into our long-boat

_ a-ſtern the ſhip; and J order'd the top-ſails

Trading
by ſigns.

to be lgwer'd, to check our run for a While, to
try what trade F could drive with them. 1
gave every man his Daſſy or Bizy, as is cul-
tomary, but they were ſo unreaſonable as to
offer no more than fifty pound of teeth for
ten bars of iron, making a great noiſe and
prattling among themſelves. I order'd my
goods aboard again, without driving any
bargain, and loſt my preſent. _ :

Fis hard to conceive what patience is re-
quired to trade with moſt of theſe brutes;
and which is worſe, they cannot be under-

ſtood, nor do they underſtand us: ſo that all

is done by ſigns and geſtures of the hands or
fingers, and by ſetting a quantity of goods
they chuſe by the quantity of teeth we pitch
"At Dromwa-Petry, being loth to loſe the
Daſy given them, I order'd one tooth, as
near the value as I could gueſs, to be kept

aboard; and at cape la Hou, two teeth to be
kept till they had return'd the Daſſy, which
they did accordingly, after many

ſharp
words and ſome blows among themſelves in

their canoes, to prevent returning the Da/-
s they had receiv*d to thoſe whoſe goods

were detain'd by us aboard ſhip. Some of

them leap'd over-board, diving ſo deep and

fo long, that they were out of the reach of

me to come to an anchor, and having their

weight of braſs rings for about forty pound

a muſket before they. came up above water,
and being got into their canoes, paddled a-
way with wonderful expedition towards the
ſhore of Coeiroe, The Blacks had perſuaded

Daſſy, would take no leſs than thirty pounds
of very indifferent and old teeth; at which,

ſhowing ſome diſſatisfaction, and at that ve-
ry moment, the cooper walking by, about

his buſineſs on the gunnel, with a chopping

knife in his hand, about ten or twelve Blacks,

thinking the coopers were to aſſault them,
cry*d out aloud to thofe who kept the canoes

paddling about the ſhip, to make the belt of

their way to land; and then jumpt all toge-

ther, as if it had been but one'man, into the

ſea: which ſo frighted the reſt of their crew,

who were then ſtraggling about the ſhip, that

they all ran about, leaping overboard like
frogs on the brink of a pond, when they
hear any noiſe near them.

They go commonly four or five in a ca-
noe; but only two or three come aboard
ſnip, and that at ſome diſtance of time one
after another, each bringing but one ſingle
tooth; nor will they venture to come till the
firſt Black, who went aboard, has look'd

A Deſcription of the

all about to ſee whether there he many men,
or any arms upon the deck, and given them
adyice how things are aboard. After all
which, they are ſo miſtruſtful, that none of
them will ever go down betweendecks, nor
into the cabin. | |

They dread fire-arms to ſuch a degree,

Book ll

that, one day having caus'd a gun to be

fired with ball ar an jnterloper, ſeveral
Blacks, who ſtood on the round houſe,
leap'd all at once over-board into the ſea.

This trade is to be carried on only by smatt;
ſmall ſhips, to make the neceſſary ſtops of ef.

fi

ſome days at each place, to giye the Blacks

the more time to fetch teeth from the inland
country, if their ſtock near the water is ex-

hauſted; this being more proper for ſuch

little veſſels, which go at much leſs charges
than great ones, and better encourage
the Blacks to come aboard, becauſe the
crew 1s ſmall; whereas the number of men
they ſee aboard great ſhips, ſcares them a-
way. But then ſmall ſhips muſt be upon

their guard, when too great a number of

the Blacks comes aboard together, for fear

they ſhould attempt to make themſelves
maſters and plunder them, as has happen*d
to ſome Portugueſe heretofore, and even to
other Europeans. 3

The Daſſy or Bizy, which theſe Blacks origiut |
always aſk as Toon as they are aboard, tho? effre/av |

it is ſeemingly at firſt of no great value, as a f.

common knife to a man, or a braſs ring,
or a dram of brandy and biſcuit; yet in pro-
ceſs of time along the coaft, and having for-

ty or fifty Blacks or more every day to give

Blacks, |

it to, it certainly, at laſt, amounts to five

per cent. charge out of the cargo of the ſhip.

The Hollanders brought it up at their firſt
coming on the Guinea coaſts, the better to

put the Blacks out of conceit with the Portu-

gueſe, who had traded there ſo long before
them; and the natives were fo well pleas'd
with that uſage, that they have ever ſince

demanded it of all other Europeans, as well

as of the Hollauders, who find that this their
policy, tho? of ſome advantage at firſt, proves
now a burden to their commerce, as it is to
all other nations trading to thoſe parts.

The fame is alſo practiſed on the gold

coaſt, beginning at cape la Hou, with this

difference, that it is not granted there till

after a bargain is ſtruck, and that they call
Daſſy, my Daſſy: but on the other coaſts I have
already deſcribed, from Gambea to the afore-
ſaid cape la Hou, the Blacks will have it be-
forehand ; for they are no ſooner got upon the
ſide of the ſhip, but they cry out Bizy, Bizy;
and ſome add to Bizy, Dafſy, which words,
as I ſuppoſe, in their dialect ſignifies a pre-
ſent or token. ; .

The ſame European goods, particularly gud f#
mention'd to be fit for the trade at cape era.

Monte and at Rio Seſtro, are allo proper o
1 0

XL |
ww

( 8
*

H

aas. 9. Coaſts of Sour GUINEA. 143

the Ivory and Nuaqua coaſts; adding to the They are generally averſe to drinking to BAx nor.
reſt Contacarbe or Contabrode, iron rings of exceſs, and when they ſee any one drank, WWW

about the thickneſs of a finger, which the
Blacks wear about thetr legs with braſs bells,
as they do the braſs rings or bracelets about
their arms in the ſame manner. | |
PRO DVV r. 8

5 PHE country about Corby 1a Hou -and

that of Quaqua produce much cotton,
which the natives of the inland countries ſpin
and weave into Cloths. Thoſe: made at
Cape la Hou are of fix ſtripes, three French

ells and a half long, and very fine. Thoſe

made at Corby la Hou, of five ſlips and about
three ells long, arecoarſer, Their clothscome
from the inland country tothe Blacksalong the
coaſt, being only factors to diſpoſe of them
to the Europeans, and particularly to the
Dutch for Alkory, a ſort of blue glaz'd lin-
nen, who make a conſiderable trade of them,
on the Gold Coaſt and other parts of South-
Guinea.

Some of the ſaid factors, who conſtantly
go about the country to buy thoſe cloths,
told me, that the inland Blacks ſold vaſt

quantities of them to a white people, who

live far up the inland, uſually riding on mules
or aſſes, and carrying Aſagaias or ſpears 3
which muſt needs be Arabs from Zahara,

they inform againſt him, and he is ſevere!
puniſh'd by the king, attended by the prieſts,
according to the laws of the country ; and it
has been obſerv'd that moſt of them drink no
European liquor, nor palm-wine, tho? this
country abounds more in palm-trees than a-
ny other in Guinea; alledging, that ſuch li-
quors will either kill men, or render them
brutes. Their daily drink is Bordon wine,
which they call Tombe, mixt with water,
tho? of itſelf it is but a very ſmall liquor, but
very refreſhing.

| The LANGUAGE.

HEIR language is barbarous, and al-
together unintelligible, and they ſpeak
haſtily and by ſtarts. When they meet
one another, either aſhore or aboard, they
uſe this word, Quaqua, quaqua, each layi
one hand on the other's ſhoulder, and then
taking hold of their fore-fingers, repeating
the ſame Quaqua very low; for which rea-
ſon, I ſuppoſe, the name of Quaqua was gi-
ven to the ivory coaſt, They hate to kiſs one
another, as ſome Europeans do, and look
upon it as a great affront.
The ſon always follows his father's profeſ-

right | or about the banks of the Niger. ſion ſo that the ſon of a weaver is a weaver,
5 | I They alſo make clouts of a ſort of hemp the ſon of a factor a factor, Sc. and none
b. or plant like it, which they dye handſomely mult meddle with any profeſſion but what

ook; fit

adi.

and weave very artificially.

The NATIVES.

it. THE prime men generally wear a large

white linnen ſheet, wrapp'd about their

bodies; and acymiter or ponyardat their ſide.

The Quaqua Blacks, for the moſt part, are

tall, luſty, well- ſhaped men; but they look

fierce and frightful at firſt ſight. They file
their teeth as ſharp as awls, but they are com-
monly irregularly placed and crooked. They
look upon it as a conſiderable ornament tolet
the nails grow out half an inch beyond the
ends of their fingers, and to have long hair

platted and twiſted, daub'd with palm- oil and

red earth, and borrow the hair of their wives,

having an art to join ſeveral ſhort hairs to-
_ gether, to ſuch a length as they pleaſe, which
hangs like a perriwig; but ſome wind it all

about their heads, 1o that, at a diſtance; it
looks like a cap or bonnet. They every day
anoint their bodies with the ſame mixture
they uſe to their hair, and chew Betel all
the day, rubbing the juice of it about their
mouths and chins, and loading their legs
with vaſt thick iron rings; and I have ſeen

ſome at Cape la Hou, who had above ſixty

pounds weight of ſuch rings on one leg. They
much admire the noiſe thoſe rings make
when they walk ; and therefore, the greater
a man's quality is, the more rings he wears.
In ſhort, they are a hideous people to be-
hold, and ſtink very much.

they are brought up to.

_REL1icion.
HEIR religious worſhip is much the
* ſame as at the Gold Coaſt; to the deſcrip-
tion whereof I refer the reader.

Their kings and prieſts they take to be Sorcery.

ſorcerers, and for that reaſon they are much
reſpected and dreaded by the generality of
the people; eſpecially the king of Sa, a
country about Cape la Hou, who is look*d
upon as a more than ordinary magician and
enchanter. .

This king practiſes a yearly ceremony at %%%,
the beginning of December, in honour of the - 25

ſea, which is their greateſt deity, and con-
tinues it till April following; ſending ſome
of his people, from time to time, in a ca-
noe to Axim Sama Comendo, and other pla-
ces on the Gold Coaſt, to offer ſacrifice to
the ſea, caſting into it at each of thoſe pla-
ces ſome clouts or cloths made of ruſhes or
herbs, ſtones, and goats horns full of ſpice
and ſtones, all together ; muttering ſome

words to their ſaid deity to render it calm

and free from tornadoes during the ſum-
mer ſeaſon, to favour the navigation of
his ſubjects, as well from the inland coun-
try, as along the coaſts, that they may
drive on their trade with eaſe and profit. As
ſoon as the firſt canoe is return'd back to
him, another is immediately ſent the ſame

way

— —

—— —

— ů—ů—2—.ꝗ ,
— — —

— -

£ ——

> — —
- —

I
n
_
\ 1 |
1 W
1
*
.
{
/
, i
! .
* 1 \
o bt
„ 1
ib
* 4
4 Fn |
„.
{ 9
i} «
bl * +
* k
1
* .
! N
* 1
$ {Hh
| 4 [:
4 PM
£
o 8
A.
U
9
„
t |
N 1
\
7 1
i
1
\
4* 5
' IS:
4
_
\ 2 4
1 "1
| i
1 }
1
i
"Fl it |
þ J
14 %
-
"
1 i,
|
i
vM
þ
: „
5
i
| HT
: q
91
I
1 o
II q
j
jt |
.
119
47
N
189
f 1
}
' J.
Y "n
14
{ 4
4: |
4s
Yd 1 y
1 .
2 .
147 4
ry ”" Þ
:
:
i
7
4
- 4
11
, \
.
OY, !
g v Py
* }
ith WHY
107 448
Ps
\ 1 4
; 1
of .*
: 7 |
11
y 17
it |}
: .
1 «
thts
0 1
t
bi;
_ |
f
$ ' i 1
1
* . *
1 1
; 1.
Si 8
I 1
4
7
mn ,
G 12
k 1 I
\ ' LH
* 8 1
-
' : 1
11
: "1
o * 3 :
4 i
4
1 o
. 5
4 fre
, [
. 24
!
t 4
1 4
[ 1
0 3
' i;
: d 1
110
=
4: b
„„ e
4 i
x e
Fl
.,
0 ! o
i,
di 2»
N f
1 1 3
: »
140
bn
1
3
1 1
65 *
5 ]
* {
101
' tn
10
Li:
1 7
iis
t ]
1 13
1
"
1
[i
9
* "
:
rs)

5 S * *
2 — . = — 4 — — . "_ K
- — — — 9 — — 2 — — De <6. 2 — 2 —
9 oy —— — — — — — — —— — — - —_
ade po n - — 5 — — 1 pad — = 2 -

B l — * 8 - = =
5 — — _ : — . — * — = =_ - N — — =
— — — — — - — Þ — — — — — — = = — — 2 * — - _ =
* — — N — 2 ** — * — — . ; 8 5 . ho * — 8 —— — —
1 _- 2 h — — 3 _ — Py. >, — E — — - > _ 7 9 M — - S * — 2 - a ——- - _— « — = bY — — = — — — — — — - - -
— 7 N ae \ wag Rage , 2 ——— — —— —— * — — * — — R . 4 <p; 2 7 1 = a oy
— — : - 2 Err x 80 . —_— — — ——— — — — * — — — — — > — — [2 = 2 P a 5 \ _ * * 4 b. l * — —— — — * — —
> — X - _ — 8 - WAIT - - > — — — — —— ins ns 2 - — — — - 0 — — > _— : 7» + = rs _ 9 ES — 2 — a 8 : —
— — — s E ,- T” — < — — — . - <w_ar op Po ws * r Wy — p — 5 — c — 2 yo — — — X44 — Y — 5 + — 1 2 OS. — - by 2 2 * S : 2 —— 4 = 2 by — = 12 - — * on, Zan — — —
hq - — 25 . — — - 1 — — 2 — — . — = — — 8 — — = .
- 9 O * NS — 1 „ 1 — 2 9 ering ny aney r — * wy * 2 * : $I f bg IF Ip 4 COINS. IE] I +4, ed — ine tg — . == — - "I - * 2 — > — i 3 — 2 1
Ft - 1 4 1 — — — ; — — — — — — 2 — 8 hl — . Wa — « of = Sr ̃ ˙— — — — 0 w — — q . —— 2 * 8 — — BY — WP 2 2 : S So _— — — — 5 > 2 — — — — < — — -
— * — - - Ko — s 0m how n — — — a * * erm — — — — — — . — DSS * 2— was — — =_ = — 1 — — — _ = - 2 ” — — _— + — 2 G 7 — - - — Q o -— i _ - 2 x ID 8 * — — - L m—_ . 1 * 8
— —ę—— 2 2 p 1 7 * — — — Y 5 — . 3 * - < - — ul — * — — — * a — — * — — - _
_—_— * nt 2 2 * "Oc; * - ” - « - _ : — 2 — 5 - _—_ lc tarn- <i> 2 —— ——— 4 * *
© Lal =_ * — * pa — how — a 35 - — — — bl * - < = - . _— * —— — — G _ { Þ 4 - 0 — — we ——_— — — - — — — — eng —— — - — — -s - -— — I — — — — — 0 nr — — . — - _
_ — — * * — Mu — wp _ — wy — „„ „ — - mm — — — 1 wi * 2 . 9 :
- - - - p N <A _ 4 = =- 2 - 2 . * * — Þ — * "— : 2 2 * —
- | — * 12 ' — 4 * — —_— * — — — * -

— 2 —
— 1 = -
p —_ ——_— on

0 5” rf

* *
o
o —
_ oy
— *
« n
— 8 — — —
CC ——_— — ——— T
x * 2 »

2 — —2 —
a . N 2%
— x — - = _
— -
Ao = : = *
— = — — 8 O a
2 p — n — — 1
- — N >. en — —
bs — —
— 4
- — — 9822 4 -
* — — —
- — - 4 . . — > *
— — —
— — r= . 8 oth
— ” — — 3 — — 44 AT

144

the winter ſeaſon comes on. The firſt ca-
noe ſets out from Corby la Hou, and is pre-

ſently follow'd by the native factors of that
port in ſeveral canoes, laden with cloths, of
thoſe made of five ſlips. After their return,
thoſe of ſix breadths are ſent away with the

ſecond canoe; and after the third, thoſe from

other places follow: which alternative is ſo
regularly obſerv'd, that they never preju-
dice one another, but every trader has time
and opportunity to ſell his goods. This

trade continues till the end of April, when
the enchanting canoe returns to the coaſt, as
it were to let looſe the ſea, and then every

one makes the beſt of his way home again.

The country is almoſt every where plea-
fant and delightful to the eye; the hills and
dales are curious to behold; the red co-
lour of the rocks, with the lovely green that

ſhades them, eſpecially about the river of

St. Andrew and Cape la Hou, render the pro-
ſpect ſtill more agreeable. There is great
ſtore of cattle, as goats, ſwine, and ſheep, all

very reaſonable, a hog being ſold for the

value of half a crown in knives. There is

«SS

A Deſcription of South-Guinea. Book]

Bak Or. way for the ſame purpoſe 3 at the return of
WY that, another; and fo on ſucceſſively, till

alſo abundance of palm-oil, made by th
fruit produced by the Tombe tree, from which

they alſo draw the wine called Bourdon or
Tombe, uſually drank by the Blacks mix'd
with water to moderate the ſtrength of

the wine, and correct the crudity of the
water. |

op
7 ET
.
*
7

Wn 4
5.00
N

Wa:

| 2 5 1
i
7 *

a "7

* ** -

appearance the moſt barbarous of all Guinea, Black.

yet are they, in the main, the moſt polite
and rational, and ſo reputed among their
neighbours. They do not look upon it as
good breeding to kiſs one another by way
of welcome, or taking leave; but when

they. go aboard ſhip, they dip their hands
in the ſalt water, and let ſome drops fall

on their eyes, which ſignifies, they will ra-
ther loſe their eyes than defraud us in
their dealing.

The ancients, who, it is not queſtion'd, FRY
had ſome knowledge of Nigritia and Gui- nanu
nea, call'd the people of theſe coaſts, be- Blk. |

tween Cape Palmas and the river of Sweiro da
Coſta, Angangine Atbiopes; thoſe between
Sierra Leona and Cape Palmas, Leuc-Athio-
pes; and thoſe from Sierra Leona to Rio
Grande northward, Sophucei Athiopes.

The END of the SECOND Book.

* ZAISSD
[Cn

BOOK

Multitude

.

BO O

145

K II.

GEN

Of the gold coaſt in general; its extent; inland countries; maritime provinces.
Product. Europeans trading to it. Interlopers, &c.

oth of H E gold coaſt, which is part of South-
gold Guinea, the people whereof in ancient
geography, are calPd Aphricerones thiopes,

extends about an hundred leagues along the
coaſt, eaſt-north-eaſt, and contains, fifteen
kingdoms along the ſea-ſhore, which are
Adouww, alias Sokoo, alias Awine; Axim;
Ancober Anta; Adom, alias Little Incaſſan,
alias Warſbas; Jabi, alias Jabs; Comendo,
alias Guaffo; Fetu; Saboe, alias Sabou;
Fantyn; Acron; Angonna, alias Angwira ;
Acra; alias Acquambous; Labbade, and
Ningo, alias Lempy. It ought to be reckoned
to begin at the river of Sweiro da Coſta, as
the firſt place, where gold is purchaſed; and
to end at Lay, in the country of Lempy,
thirteen or fourteen leagues eaſt of Acra,
where that metal 1s only to be had acci-
dentally, from the Quaboe people, who live
farther up the inland. „„
The Portugueſe, who boaſt of being the
firſt diſcoverers of that country, calPd it
Coſta POro, from the great quantity of gold
it affords in the way of trade; and all other
European nations, after the Portugueſe, call
it, each in their proper language, the Gold
Coaſt, | 5
IxILAND CovunTxits.

HE inland countries, which beſt de-

ſerve to be taken notice of, are, accord-
ing to the beſt account of the Blacks, Iguira,
Great Inkaſſan, Incaſſia, Igyma, Tabeu, Adom,
Mompa, Waſſa, Wanquy, Abramboe, Guyſora,
Inta, by a modern author call'd Ajente,
Achim, Aqua, Quaboe, Gammanach, Bonoes,
Equea, Lataby, Accaradi, Inſoka, Dancke-
reis, or Dinkira, Cabeſterra, and the large
kingdom of Accanez, which encloſes molt
of the others from the north-weſt, round to
the north-eaſt ; beſides ſeveral other petty
kingdoms and territories, ſcatter'd among
thoſe above-mention'd. All the countries,
as well as thoſe along the ſea already named,
are very rich in gold, which the natives
either dig out of the earth, or gather from
the bottom of - rivers and ſtreams, as
ſhall be hereafter deſcribed in its proper

place. Theſe countries lie between four de-

grees, thirty minutes, and eight degrees of
north lids and between ſeventeen and
twenty one degrees of longitude eaſt, from
the meridian of Ferro, thus making about

four hundred leagues in circumference j a
Vor. V.

very ſmall compaſs of ground, for ſo many BaRBoT.

nations, and which ſhows how improperly \w
they are called kingdoms, or how inconſi-
derable they are, if compared to what we
look upon as a kingdom ; which muſt con-

tain many dukedoms, earldoms, baronies,
and lordſhips. But if we turn back to an- perry
tiquity, all hiſtory informs us, that there kings.
was a vaſt number of petty kingdoms in
the eaſt ; and in other parts, we find them

{till very ſmall, many ages after. The land

of promiſe, given by God to the 1/-aelites,

was poſſeſſed by a multitude of kings, in-

ſomuch, that 7o/bua made thirty one kings
priſoners at one time 3 and Benhadad, king
of Syria, came againſt Samaria, with a
numerous army, made up by thirty two
auxiliary Kings. To go no farther than

England; before king Egbert ſubdued all

that nation, it was divid:d into ſeven king-

doms, call'd the Heptarchy. The kingdom
of Kent had ſeventeen kings ſucceſſively ;

that of the Eaſt-Argles fourteen ; that of the
Eaſt-Saxons ſixteen; of the South-Saxons
three; of the Mercians twenty one; of
Northumberland twenty two; and of the
Weſt-Saxons eighteen, |

Maritime CounTRIEs.
HE maritime countries contain, ſome Towns.
one, ſome two, ſome three towns, or
villages, lying on the ſea-ſhore, either un-
der, or between the forts and caſtles of the
Europeans. Theſe are ſo placed for the con-
veniency of trade and fiſhing ; the principal

towns being generally up the inland, and

very populous.

Nine of theſe maritime nations are go-
vern'd by their reſpective kings, if we may
ſo call them; for before the Europeans fre-
quented thoſe countries, the chiefs of the
Blacks had only the title of colonels, or cap-
rains ; of which more hereafter, The other
ſix nations are 1n the nature of common-
wealths, under the direction of ſome parti-
cular perſons of their own, and independent
of one another by their conſtitution,

The inland countries are alſo. govern'd
by their kings, or lords, of which more in
its place. |

PRO DVU Or.

A LL the ſaid countries have much variety peaft:

of tame and wild creatures, as bulls,
＋ P COWS,

UC... 2
— 9

*

— — —— = ——půp— —— — . 5 . 3 * :
"4 o 07 — —— — - b Lee: . — = : - . - > - =
PE ITT 5m. ar — 2 — 2 — —— — =>; ——
- id - Ap + ws ER —— — —-
. on > -. wa, 58 bo 7 > 1 + — m___ - 8 — =" CE — ch T 2 —
_— a — — — . \ — bo 2 — — A NY - = _ — ATI — — = 2 8 =l — 2 = 7 — 4 r
=. "£4 .
2 2 _ - _ _ — 3 2 — — - : —— —— - — — — — —— — — - - 8 —
2 — T — — — 199 a — — by _
—_ - 72 8 — 4 — wo —
2

1
U
E.
U
I
}
*
f

* BY

F

o

i 95

o

"3p
v7

11

*

o 2
1
*

[1 : *
5 i
N
13s
R
(

ö i
1
! |
ö
by
*
+"

i
nu 5

4848 £

J

.
11
1.8
F +
:
4
we

48
41h

b

! [1
1 3}
:
|
: :
q :
F i 1 7
[ FF |
13
_— G
.
11 138
1

1

A

_— —
> Wd = __ — 1
* . fe umn — A — —
— — — . ¶Drwn— —
02 1 — — — Of *
| 7 r . q

_

—== — — ęv —

- —_— —
— —

, X — 2 : = => — 3 k > tt = \ = _ : >.
\ < , — ID — - 0 _Y N
= - — — — — RKK — —_——__—— * . — _ — ls b
— ———— — — — — — — — — — — = — 3 - — — — — Sn = a 3
= — — — * — = S es = = a = : ITE _ — = \ l = N=:
— — — — 1 * — 2 — 22 — > — 2 5 - — 2 =
2 "= - 2 — 2 — + 8 4 l . — tn R - . - r > 8
— — . — — — —— - — 828 * ==> 22 — - * . — = = _— = = -
— —„—U— 5 % _ * of 3 F * - * 8 * == — mat — * — FR 3 —
8 : = ——— 2 PT. 2 2 2 Ke 2 * 2 S4=-: - * — - l : =
A . 2 3 _ - 0 2 . 4 - 5 54 4 av. + : wh . - — — — -
== 22 — — 8 — K — — — = 1 — _ Ss T S SD = 42 2 _—_ D — — — 2 2 =
— ee 2 4 2 A2 = I — „r — a a
. — — Dy 0 - —— * — 5 2 — = — — . = — = = - << — — —— — — —— — =
* 7 2 > ba ds 7. — ga KALE TIES > rt 10 2 2 2 - e — —— — Q 222 == ta " 8 * — m =
EXS n — s > b 8 — MY NS DESI SE, Ry 2 © — — — — — _ © — — p — — 2 OE
— — — 22 — 2 — - - 2 - 5
— 2
— —ä— 2— — — —— — — 4 — — - — — —— — =
o — a — — — — — _ — — — — — — 11 - - -
— — — — - — , — —— — a * _

_ —

—

— — = 4
_ — ng — a =

hy - — My” — pay —_
— - — _— "I'D Þ
_ — 2 — > —— —
. — — — —
2 - . <a —
bY 0 — * * =
N 2 — — RR RI 1 -
— — — * _ — 1 — = IC = a + - — . — 5 . - - 8 he XD Set ce he - P
* —ä—äͥ: ——: Ht K- a — — ————ů —— 2 — — — — — = . _ 4 —
— — - — * — — — — — * = - — — — — A — —— > . *
— 5 I K - q — « - SZ
— 4 —— . — — — — —

146

BaRBOr. cows, ſheep, goats, horſes, aſſes, ſwine, dogs,
cats, rats, mice, elephants, buffaloes, ty-

Birds.

gers, wild dogs, wild boars, alligators,

ſeveral ſorts of deer, hares, porcupines,
hedgehogs, ſluggards, wild rats, bouſees,
civet cats, wild cats, muſk mice, berbes,
ſquirrels, kokeboes, leguanes, arompos,
ſeveral ſorts of apes, various kinds of lizards,
ſalamanders, cameleons, &c. ſerpents of

prodigious ſize and ſhapes, ſnakes, toads,

ſcorpions, and great variety of inſects, as

well as animals of the feather'd kind, viz.

pheaſants, partridges, wild ducks, turtle-
doves, crooked bills, ſnipes, cocks and hens,
and other eatable birds, unknown in Europe;
blue and white herons, portugueſes, birds

ſo call'd, eagles, kites; a ſort of fine river-

birds, crown birds, pokkoes; a large ſort
of fowl, four ſpecious or corn- devouring
birds, very beautiful; parrots, parrokeets,

ſtar birds, c.

Growth of There is alſo abundance of maiz, miller,
the earth, rice, yams, n water-melons, ana-

Fiſb.

nas, oranges,

| lemons, coco-nuts, palm-trees,
plantans, bananas, beans of ſix forts, palm-

dil, papays, Guinea-pepper 3 beſides various

ſorts of wild fruit, unknown to us, all which
are more or leſs plentiful, according to the
nature of the different ſoils, and the nature

of the place, whereof I ſhall treat in order,
as I come to deſcribe each country in par-

VVV .

However, it muſt be obſerved, that here
is ſome ſcarcity of fleſh ; the want whereof,
as well as of ſome other proviſions, is ſuffi-
ciently made up by the ſea in various ſorts
of excellent fiſh, large and ſmall ; as Bra-

zilian cod, jacks, plaiſe, flounders, that

the Blacks call ſiſic pampher, and ſeveral

other large fiſhes ; beſides bream, ſtomp-
| noſes, flat noſes, poutings, mackarel, ſaffer,
aboei, thornback, ſoles, dabs, lobſters,

crabs, prawns, ſhrimps, ſprats, karmous,
mullets, Batavia fiſh, north-capers, ſword-

| fiſhes, and ſharks; not to mention the river-
fiſh, to be ſpoke of in another place. And

without this ſupply of fiſh, it would be hard
to ſubſiſt in the ſummer,

_ EvRoPEANS frading to GUINEA,

Firſt diſo- I N the laſt book of this deſcription, I took
very diſpu-

ted.

notice, that the French pretend to have
been the firſt Europeans that ſettled in Guinea,
in the year 1364; and give the honour of
it to ſome merchants of Dieppe, who, they
ſay, made ſeveral ſettlements along the coaſt,
as far as Grand Seſtro, near cape Palmas :
and their authors affirm, they were alſo the
firſt founders of the caſtle call'd da Mina, or
of the mine, on the gold coaſt, in 1382 ;
which the Portugueſe afterwards took from
them. On the other hand, the Portugueſe claim
this diſcovery, as firſt made by them in the
year 1452 3 and that they were ſole poſſeſſors

A Deſcription of the

Spaniards, and Portugueſe have had no ſet-

to the coaſt of Guinea, which had nothing

of it for above a hundred and fifty years, with-
out any interruption 3 as alſo to have built
that caſtle at Mina, and ſeveral other forts,
as well on the gold coaſt, as at Angola:
of which more in the ſupplement to this
work,
W hoever the firſt diſcoverers of this coaſt

were, whether French or Portugueſe, they

have both in proceſs of time almoſt loſt the
poſſeſſion : other European nations, allur'd
by the advantageous trade of gold, ſlaves,
and elephants teeth, having erected ſeveral]
forts on the coaſt, for the better conveniency
of trading, and their own ſafety, from the
inſults of the natives and other nations,
either with the conſent of Black kings, or
elſe by force, or artifice, as ſhall alſo be
made appear in the courſe of this deſcrip-

Book Illic

; . Jute.
rea.

tion. The Dutch have the greateſt number Englih Þ 3

of ſuch ſettlements, and conſequently the a
beſt ſhare of trade on the gold coaſt, 'and "=

next to them the Engliſh. The French,

tlements on that coaſt for a long time, and
only make ſome coaſting voyages along

thole parts. The Danes have two forts ; pine 1

one at Maufro, the other at Acra; and the Bran
Brandenburger, a fort, or ſtrong-houſe, at bug
the village of Crema, in the midſt of cape
Tres-Pontas, all which ſhall be mentioned
in their places. ” dis

The firſt Engliſhman we hear of on the Fifi
| coaſt of Guinea, was one Thomas Wind bam. lin

He firſt made two voyages to the coaſt of

Africk, one in the year 1551, of which there
are no particulars ; and the other in 1552,
with three fail, to the port of Zaphin, or

Saphia, and Santa Cruz, whence he brought [

ſugar, dates, almonds, and moloſſes. In
1553, he ſail'd again from Portſmonth, with
three ſhips, taking along with him Anthony
Anes Pintado, a Portugueſe, who was the

7 we)

To FO IO TY

5
;

e

promoter of that voyage. They traded for
gold along the coaſt of Guinea, and pro-
ceeded as far as Benin, where they were pro-
miſed a lading of pepper; but both the
commanders and moſt of the men dying,
through the unſeaſonableneſs of the weather;
the reſt, reduced to about forty, return'd
to Plymouth, with one ſhip and little wealth.
In 1554, Mr. John Lock undertook a voyage
to Guinea, with three ſhips; and trading
along that coaſt, brought away a conſidera-
ble quantity of gold and ivory, but pro-
ceeded no farther. The following years Mr.
William Towerſon perform'd ſeveral voyages

peculiar, but a continuation of trade in the
ſame parts; nor do we find any account of
a farther progreſs made along this coaſt by
the Engliſb, till we come to their voyages
to the Eaſt-Indies, and thoſe began but late.
For the firſt Engliſbmun we find in thoſe parts,
was one Thomas Stevens, in 1579, aboard a

wy | Portu-

r Eg
e and Dui
J trade ni

f
8

e

d

16 Firſ fob
ee

"Guing,
_—

5 Danes of
e Brander
it burgen

|

.

— < :
* g NO : . Y |
. c 9 7 TH n 4s / . S 5 *

sf A . 3 . * * 8 2 E:

I 5 ee J 7 1 A J 2 A 1 > : x . . | TY J oF . ee
2 2 5 8 M $ : S > e < CFR a RNA TS vl e ; WES 2 14 e 5 r

> "I 7 3 8 £ 19 b £5: 2 3 . 5 . . 8 e ee Coe ae PAY. A. - he Le
— * J Oe Sn 3s We IR I WEN Me DS Bat on. . #o S / d , net amet Re rs A REI E

1 8 133 Ws Ca . 33 ͤ nn» ©» Ee ITO». n 8 F 3 %́ũ f —T

. IO AR W 22 y he Se tb Sk 2 4 > 3 hs n N - ooo FC r E FR d

g ; * n I er 5 F ö MEET TAG, l 0 5 .

N 1 . * *

Villages.

bY A

: 5 ; Boqu 0

4 5 lſſeny.

| for APD. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

Pertugueſe ſhip. The firſt voyage of the
Engliſh, in ſhips of their own, was in 1591.

The Blacks of the gold coaſt are for the
moſt part very rich, through the great
trade they drive with. Europeans, both a-
board the ſhips, and aſhore, bartering their
cold, for ſeveral forts of European commo-
dities, of which they make a vaſt profit up
the inland; or through the large allowance
they have out of the goods they buy of
Europeans, for the account of the inland

OS larerto n Blacks, for whom many of theſe on the
' : trade. |

coaſt act as brokers, buying conſiderable
quantities of goods of the interlopers, who
reſort thither in great numbers, from ſe-
veral parts of Europe; but eſpecially from
Zealand and France, notwithſtanding the ſe-
vere penalties they are liable to: for if
taken by the Engliſh, or Dutch companies,
their factors, or agents; their goods are not
only confiſcated, but a heavy fine laid on
them. The cunning Blacks are not deterr'd
by all theſe rigours, knowing how to bribe
the companies Laptos, or ſlaves, who are
let to watch them; and thus in the night
run aſhore the goods they buy of inter-
lopers, or foreigners trading on the coaſt
from 1ſeny, both by ſea and land. For
when the roads are clear of robbers, they

travel to eny and Rio d'Oro to buy their

goods, and bring them in by ſtealth, con-
veying them up the country without any
moleſtation. They. generally have ſuch
goods of the interlopers, twenty five or thirty
per cent. cheaper, and perhaps much better,
than thoſe the companies agents ſell. By

147

this under-hand trade, they in proceſs of Bangor:
time grow rich, and the company ſuffers WWW
very much. wo vids

Few or none of the Blacks are to be truſted;
as being crafty and deceitful, and who will
never let flip an opportunity of cheating an
European, nor indeed will they ſpare one
another; ſome may their maſters, but all
do not. Of this, and their lazineſs, more
hereafter.

The Engliſh Royal African, and the Dutch Penalty for
Meſt-India companies, having the privilege #*!0per+-
by patent of trading to this coaſt, excluſive
to all others their fellow-ſubjects; and I
ſuppoſe the Daniſh and Brandenburg com-
panies have the fame : ſuch of the ſaid na-

Lions as reſort to thoſe coaſts, are liable to
ſeizure of ſhips and goods, if taken by the
ſhips, or agents, of any of the ſaid com-

Panies, within their reſpective diſtricts on

the coaſt, beſides bodily puniſhments in-
flicted on the offenders, eſpecially among
the Duich, who have made it death ; bur
that 1s ſeldom or never executed, ſome of
the companies officers always finding it their

intereſt to let ſuch go unpuniſhed ; as is well

known to the Zealanders, who of all the ſub-
jects of Hollund ſend molt interlopers every
year to that coaſt, _ Lp |
Theſe interlopers generally make uſe of
ſhips of ſmall burden, and good ſailors,

well fitted and mann'd, the better to make
their eſcape, or ſtand upon their defence, if

attack'd by the company*s ſhips, I ſhall
now proceed to the particular deſcription of
the gold coaſt, 5

ERA I
The coaſt to cape St. Apolonia. That cape ; from it to Axim. That king-
dom; the Dutch fort there, The natives and product. Power of the

Dutch. Cape Tres-Pontas.

Cos 7 Cape St. AroLox IA.
1H E coaſt, from the river of Sweiro da
Coſta, to cape S'“. Apolonia, is low
and flat, and bears eaſt-ſouth-eaſt, twelve
leagues, all the way ſhaded with high trees,
and full of greater and ſmaller villages ; the
moſt remarkable are, Boqu, Iſſeny-pequena,
1ſeny-grande, Abbiany or Aſſene, Tebbo, and

Acanimina; all belonging to the country

of Adouwaſian, or Sokoo.

Boqu is in the woods, near the mouth of

the river of Sweiro da Coſta. Iſſeny-pequeno
appears on the ſhore, as does 1/eny-grande,
more to the eaſtward, with three little vil-
lages between them. Iſeny- grande lies at the
mouth of a river, which does not reach to
the ſea, unleſs it overflows in the rainy ſea-
ſon. This town was plunder'd and burnt
down, by the inland Blacks, in the year
1681. At the mouth of this river, and

very cloſe to the ſhore, is a little iſland, very

fit for building of a fort, for the conveniency

of an inland trade. The river runs down

from far up the country NN W. Iſeny-
grande is famous for its fine gold, which, it

is likely, comes from Aſienie or Inta, to-

wards the ſource of the river Sweiro da Coſta,

in about nine degrees of north latitude ; a

country rich in gold, and but lately known

to the Europeans on the gold coaſt.
The town of Abbiany and Jelbo, three Abbiany _

leagues diſtant from each other, are ſeated nd Tebbo.

in the woods, and known at fea by abun-
dance of palm-trees appearing on the ſhore.
Acanimina is built on the riſing ground, 1
about half a league weſt from cape S/. A. na.
polonia, VV
The inland country Ferkerg Bogu and
Acanimina, is hilly, : and affords excellent
gold, ſome ſlaves, and a few elephants teeth,
Pere

—
— —
— —

— — —_—— a N
- Xx" — —
—

Bo #4 5
LT
z$i „ t
4
4 1 £
4 0 p
il
l +
. 46
Ts *Þ; i
\ 1 3 "Tl 5
| = !
bf 1
4 1
at N
bone iy by :
HIV .
|; 41% 1 1 vi
WH 44 £
—__ 1 7
© p $0 „
_— j
* b 4 JF
1 ith} } ?
U .
"hh
1
Hs 1 5 : «
, Wh ,
by =o 15
G 11 . io
= d, 135% 14
= Ln 4 1 1 \
i: 14 'k+ Wh 14
: ;
4 1 7
a! _
14 1 i
n il
ul RY £
U I
E „ 19 .
11 |
j \ ? 11 x
; 161-61;
| 4 1
4 ”
i" 81
* . :
j | kit
i {4,0
ns \ {
437M 671
= r 47
nf .
”y 84 {
l iy 449 14 '
i 4730 $7
j F :
„
e
n 5
1 pa 44
WE
*
0 j +4 %
n T7 5 £
„ |
Y oak * +*
_— 4
Mann
n
4 } N
i! ; wit
l 1. Nu
4,
0 Ti, »
2 0 FV, '
34. ! Y 14
enen.
14 /
. . 1
—— 1 1 ext
4 * 7 :
" A1 F {4
i F; ; .
[ ,
j ' v7?
142 1
11 ot;
1 1 |
. 1144
Bhat: "4
: 1 |
wit.) *
g '
4 : 4 "1
l 1 n
2 Pp (
132 44
r |
: 1 4 f F
7. 47 N U 4
[2 wel, t |
| { - I
144 106
0 15 þ [
1 $ 14
» | .. to
1 R ith Y „ |
* 4 | l TT F
_ 5 Y f
[1 *
1 701 111
1 * $359
THEN [Bs 4 j 1
(1 * — 54.54
j + 4
oj +44 4h n
4 , & \V-4
1. 4%}
|; . 1
{ +
7
& . '
+ hi. 48 +619
0 1174
| 1 $318
. ml
} ug l 17
18 1141
j =. N. An
„ 14
) 1-48 FIG N
| 11
Uh. I".
| $ 1 1
Nes | 9
N j JE!
{] 117 |
+. 1
' TR IT BOY
! iq: K © } 1
D ' n 1
* y
4-4] #436 1744
aun 11
N 14 1 14
\ 1:24 Wit!
" | a o $ 4
1 [24 T1
il 1 N 3
een
_ . ee
+ 434.710 $0-5þ
' B75 BB £13)
1729
14 145
* N 4 —
Nie
116 y
Jeg 1 N
ö 15 [
i |
THEE 2275
i$ 481 10
{ 1 „ |
| 3: 4646 A
| # 1 1 11
db 'F | i p
J 1 |
| HY $41 .
" "R140! 11.11
w A. Ty
: age ;
by 1 ih * 1
a 1 1
7 5 * 6 N
' 1 ; v4
| 11 = 4
4 11 «17 1
4 16
| bf . '
if £
WILLS
15 1444 f
Fi tf 51% : '
yo. ial
l . 14s
} * ,
; 1 | |
1 þ ;}þ }
L + Mi x 1
q
1 i +, 44
IIe [EL
i Aue i
N N v1.3 2 ji
[ 14 Ti
; | 433% j
7 . ICH
i | * d
11 10 $19 243 |
W's”: 0
* '} {44 ab
- : "ze 1 þ +
1 4 ; L308
i 1 £ :
\ i
Menne
N | 'S 6.43
j BITTY |
4 þ 14 ,
i i! ,
1 * ,
Pl | iTY | ;
£ ! {415
it} J
6
% i i
1
q WT |
* 91 ; 8s
fl *..
»
1 . |
111 .
b 4
4 £ +.
A ; 44 7
ny 44
i fd - 6 4 =
1 Rh :
1 f
"WT -£)
4.1 19
* 13 * 6 WH
wh 4
ul [) 1 *N
41! : *
91 144
4 bi 4 1
44 19
| SHI i} i
P. 1 ; ', 7
#9110!
J 0 4214
inte
i [ 7 -
1! 1
It SE: 15
'Y'; 3,6 I
i 8. LY
| 1:8 N . }
4, 15 1
H 4
1 {1:8 $5
j q $ | |
f 1 4
$1) 1

— —
—
—

— —

; * — PROC
_ — 4
— 38332 2 > 2
= J
— — TT 5 —.—
— — — —
- > —— — — — — — -
— — — — — —
—_ Cy
WP *. =
- > ——
2 —
—

— —

—— 2 _—
tn thi AG ——'
— — —

— U——
— - "

148 A Deſcription of the

BarBoT. wherein the trade of the aforeſaid places
F conſiſts. The anchoring ground before each
of thoſe places, is about two Exgliſb miles
from the ſhore, in fifteen or ſixteen fathom
water.

Anchoring
ground.

CAPE ST, APOLONIA,

Marks to HA the name given it by the Portu-

know it. TI gueſe, who diſcover'd it on the feaſt of

that ſaint. It runs out a little to the ſouth-

ward, and ſeems to be low plain ground,

towards the ſhore, riſing up farther back

in three ſeveral hills, which may be ſeen

ten leagues out at ſea in fair weather;

which are ſufficient marks to know it by,

together with the ſtraggling trees appear-

ing on the ſaid hills, which make it an
agreeable proſpect.

villages, There are three villages on the ſhore, at

the foot of the hills; but the acceſs to it
from the ſea is very difficult, by reaſon of
the rolling of the ſurges, and the breaking
of the ſea on the ſandy flat ſtrand, as it does
all along this coaſt from this cape to /ſeny.
I had here a pretty good trade for gold,
during the three days I lay before the vil-
lages, under the cape. -

From Cape ST, APOLONIA 1% Axim,

A fre” TÞ about nine leagues, the land between
fraud. I them very low, and planted with abun-

dance of coco and palm-trees ; the ſhore

very wide, being a curious ſandy flat ſtrand,

fit to travel over in chaiſes, or coaches, as far

as about a league weſt of Axim, where the

_ pleaſant river Cobra, or Ancober, parts the
kingdom of Sokoo and Axim.

Two vil. There are but two villages on the ſhore, be-

lage. tween cape St. Apolonia, and the river Mancu,

which are Agumene and Bogio, ſeated among
the coco and palm- trees; but there is little
or no trade at them. The ſhore bending
away to eaſt-north- eaſt of the Bight for ſome
leagues, and the Dutch fort bearing E S E.
the ſhips trading along the coaſt, commonly
ſteer that courſe from St. Apolonia; from
whence the tide runs along the coaſt to

Axim. Juſt by Bogio, the river Mancu falls

Mancu into the ſea, is large and wide, coming down
river. from Iguira, where it is choak'd by mighty

falls and rocks, and conſequently not

navigable; but yields much fine gold,
which the Blacks get by diving among the
| roeles i |

Cobra The river Cobra, is about four Engliþ
river. miles weſt of the Dutch fort of St. Antony,
or Axim. The Portugueſe gave it this name

of Cobra, that is, a ſnake, from the many
windings of its courſe, up the inland, for

about twenty four leagues, thro* the coun-

try of {guira. It is very wide at the mouth,

but ſo ſhallow, that boats can ſcarce. paſs

up; however, a little farther in, it grows

deeper and narrower, and ſo continues for

many leagues z the utmoſt extent of its courſe
up the country being unknown. Thoſe who
have gone three days up it, affirm it to be
as pleaſant as any part of the coaſt of
Guinea, not excepting Seſtro, nor Wida or
Fida; both the banks being adorn'd with
fine lofty trees, affording a moſt agreeable
ſhade. Nor is it leſs pleaſant to obſerve the
beautiful birds of various colours, and the
monkeys ſporting on the green boughs, all
the way along; and to render the voyage
ſtill more delightful to travellers, when
they have failed about a league and a half up,
they are entertained with the proſpect of the

fine populous village of Ancober, ſtrerching

out about an Z7gli/ mile along its weſtern
ſhore, Higher up, are the falls and rocks
above-mentioned ; where the Blacks diving,
bring up much gold. About that place are
ſeveral fine villages, compoſed of three ſe-
veral nations. The firſt of them on the
welt ſide of the river, is Ancober; the next

to it, Abocroe; and the third, Iguira. An-

cober is governed by its king; but the o-
ther two are commonwealths.

Formerly the Dutch drove a very conſidera-
ble trade there, and had a fort in the coun-
try of Iguira; for beſides the gold carry*d
thither from all other parts, the country it
ſelf has ſome mines.

Kingdom of Ax IM, and Duren fort there.

F ROM the river Cobra to the Dutch

fort at Axim, the coaſt runs S E. all

over wooded. This kingdom of Axim,

or Alzyn, or Achen, extends about ſeven E

Book III

leagues in length, from the river of Ancober dariss.

to the village of Boeſua, near Boutry, or

| Boetrge, ſtanding in the middle of the fa-

mous cape Tres-Pontas, which runs out to
the ſea before it. This kingdom borders

weſtward on that of Sokoo, northward on
that of Tzvira, and eaſtward on the Ancete

country; the ocean being on the ſouth, and
the coaſt in many places full of rocks and

cliffs great and ſmall, next the ſea.
The country has very many large and 7
beautiful villages, all of them extraordi-

nary populous, ſome ſeated on the ſhore,

and others farther up the inland. The moſt
conſiderable of the former lie about the
Dutch fort, and at Pocqueſoe, near the hill
Mamfro, or cape Tres-Pontas. The land
is well cultivated. | 7
The inhabitants are generally very rich,
driving a great trade with the Europeans
for gold, moſt of which they ſell to the Eng-
liſb and Zealand interlopers, notwithſtand-
ing the ſevere penalties above-mention'd ; ſo
that the Dutch company has not above the
hundredth part of the gold, that coaft af-
fords. The great plenty of gold brought
down hither from the wealthy country of
Afſine,

Ri

7

wei.

h.
El

2
"I
"6
RJ
92
29
9

— —

-— — —

— . —³ - 7· 1w ee cdl Aa eng —

2 4 7 f $00 ” ,
n £7 Yoo YT eee... Sor LY | MO. te
„ „ ET T N
5 >

|
: -
| Wy, "3 + EE EEE * N 1 R
Ty VCC TS EE * oy ee eee
XK e IBID IS A, Aer dee 5 0
8 2 r * of KY
. fa a * 3 ;
5

A de Win bs pj
| N ö . "ug 1 . -

He l YN 5> 4 | e Mor % FE
* * * l 8 2 4 45 ? x x4. 467 0 6 IRA PLE 3-024 PA TE \ OH 1, | =

Hol: i, Plate K.

| a Gag 2 Hh oNT 240 > Along / 2
3 lat = —— = n
2 2 7 i 3 I pe. -—_ * _y 2 .
ns | "G45, YT SKN DAT B | . W b / RN T-
2 S eee eee,
> — 1 * 5 ry : DD. TP ura, e ms 4 1 8
| 8 = Fort N aſFaw 5 pol oro fore net Nee” . ama / |
h D OE ß | "IH 256i 9 =* A ourre 4 /
- 0 3 45h | ; | N Unta „
— ö KSFacunds : 1
DE | Bn Fakorary\. /
1 | | » 3 V 5 | | mM
= 5 = \ Vert Royal ; t 2 ee c LENS Wet W c | ; 1
= — vos ep ya
| U a.
| V — * | TeUuyY © TN
T | . PN
| & TGT oy 6 — 2-42.20 Bae [C3 Punta
oh 1 A
at Crema C
> N Bl . UML ;
0 creed 24 Y 8 bY
8 ITT ; ©
8 ee G)
= ; RoManci .
D || 11 Prei
DO i / v 0 „
— lf | Ja * * Y | ;
— | | os ä | 7
X24 | bee I
Q | A * 5 |
Re 2 o |, „ rim” ; eee
18 S — | 2 0 — 2 7 Hage
3 8 "0 5 JD ecamνEe
SIS 83 8 | |
8 3 „ 4
Q JS I 8 * * | re,
. 8 D © 3. Petit Comendo | ©
| | | Y Come
: > be 18 | FIBA
; SV V 8 : | A 8 eee x >
| 8 = ; — 2 a
[RS 2 —_ AN D Ra : breby — 0 | * +
i N — 2 > * 9; 2 vy 0 2 = 7 cer Cn
1 Sy C75 Q 8 | | o Gan = , |
| Ne 1 8 dars |
PS. E Q, —— N
3 & RT | I

—— =

= pp : .
*

I 1

32.8 f

JI TIL 8

I 5

© S |

WEL Va % 7: — —
15 \ Ss | | C. R

— ——— —

Lia =
! | Je

eBVETEL RELEE EEE SEETALITE RI EEEY

— oo —

rr 16666 IF SOSA TOSS Hr „ „%% 6
TIT theo

daCogta to

ee 3 2 .
al b 90 8580 4

„
1 vb

LO

27

ay of the 6 id Coast
mR

1

Ie

1. Se
W Duteh .
"> - Fort

Deere Berow
„ Juccuminaæ-

Ne 8 1
OG are In n /

o 41. Bortegcou —

L 2. League

LILIU

75 67 „ *
ANPOIGPADLY) 3421 IR \
74% SOUDT 4 20

7

"a fo

OA.

[1111
dq

0

A Clears and Map af the
of &
%

—

— —

ODDO IE „% „„ „„
IUümmnummu nemme

Vc

E. NE. about

. gehoeck at's is ; |
A An au Diab le 2 —

Lont Cort Fo |
| | | — 8 Lo Fc 2 Hy is
. . It 2 "Petit C 8 . — „ |
U ug ode .
* N ; mera LEA
Lo roma =

WMIpPAa3fin} 140 0 PE =] HE
. litt te,, 2 4 2 . Re 1 \
8

1

_

Ll

ing at

. > * fue A nie 1 5 ale TR
25 . os qu. g. C9 I Aloe. N . : N =

22 2-40 * 1
a rn ber 2 K Aon re

9 I.

e B. be

8 40 S / *R þ . 8

EN | "=: AN : ; w N. n e 2 A ; %
: *S Py : _ - 4 C 0 * ; J
S ON PO OO et $4 3roby 5 T „ ö

n 2 pup ol A * A

GC

2

660
(147 / 77 Wl,
, ,

HH CUM , %%
/ WH 4, / i l 77
| „

1 F 1

9 M
0 |; (py \ | 5 h oY 15

7

by HH , ,,, f
: * 4 7 / 7, fd, „ 7 f , | | ,
(e g (4 VO / 1111700 l i | | | | {\ \\ \ \ 1
X44 « / , g / / , / ' — 111 [1 *
4 F , 11 I-14] | \
x 777 5 Py UL Fo Hf , 57 Nie | 0 1 a
| 7s # $ 4 R * i I Tur ol [ i
7 / . [i I MT} 1 g 4 [| 1
eee q =.
j ' l | }
| |
; — 1 14411 '
[| TID! 1
a | {| 19 il; .
ROTH; SEM
1 i !
1 1
N 1 | [1 11
[ 141
N 1 | 190 | 10
14 14 44
| } it;
” {ty 14 1 til [{4j >
"1 { MH; (1; 141 1401 Y
| | 14 | =
| if e ili =
? 111 160 [LEY wry —
IN 1411 1104 {1 i =:
| hl Willy HTN 60 {=
8 00 t (i 1 1 | v3 + WH
hl | HS | , T4; "lk £
[| Wt 11 I}!
INN j i | FEELIN [] ſit. i | N
0 i bit] i) [ | — 74
THE | nnen [i |
I Ba WITTE
— - 160 oy! 1] 4/4 |! | |
15 il Ru * N
H i} HAM [| LLER
. e e e any
| Me M | RT?! 4
. THY . | TH: 1 177
Why f e 10 4
ny Wee El fl
0 14 l. Mü |
- a 100 i [{1}1 1 1+,
1 41 if? File | 4 i] "it TFF
16.0 inne H (|
{| 4+ 4 164111 l; j ER. ill ö |
1 Hen | | 1 eu
1 1 16154 1 | 1 5 !
207 [ {rh 14 ! i} | f al
R TRE il. - HY Þ
* WA UBT 104 a ll WK
| eee * DINE
11 tei ſl}, if j j [|] ' %
1 * 119 1 lf ji! [ *
. 06005 { il 1
qi 110 il! 1 | [ij 14 (
; j WANT Wy 4 | |
| 115 (ith NM
| | 00 1 if
, ö |! 4 144 14 1
| 10 141 | ' F: |
? | ; Aa n F [|
— NT bt, ll LEV [5:1 | 0 ay
40 | eee i
ae | Nan | ' i |
i 5 i Her |
(ill; ] 14 ö

lace

— —ů——ů ͤ ͤ ů —

A Batte

W4
er
ves and

Mos pcet

WN

STM

:
(VIII LE 4 | 0 00 4 0 i ; - II
SS JJ N
1 To ll = aack i
| x 41 ES . 8 © j 1 1 | In
| | XN < 5 | | | oj e 10
ee | Wh. La lj | |
Wil IE 1% Il 1 9 1
err | '
r Wo of S
by IDE SN 7 8 il} e | |
| FSR Sa W)nL SR BRB =
1 ” 'D 'w 8 8 * Wh | | —
pu ZIEEEIETS IO il. | | f ;
| f SS 8 J | ; | E
YL N 18 5 . 8 $ „ 5 | - =
N . d SEE DJ if | fm .
ZISA vel „ | |
N JY ba 8 = 8 N « | | i ' N.
N I D 2 8 KR U . | | | . Al 5 10 i
3 ö 5 {| WV WII
Y D M-.-0O Rk. : | 10 N þ ys,

——.
— —__ARS.

4a.

* o — - - © — — — — — i — 5 — —
- 2 5 — 4 —_ * . — — « 8 = C " my 5 ces? ede n — N _
— — * * = — . - = . . - _ — — — —
— — — —————— ͤ ᷣ p ů — 7 - - - — - — — — — — — —
— — — —— — — — — — = — — — — - —
p - : " — —— Oren ne —— ne
— — - = — —_ — 3 —— COT ay — —— —— — — —
— - —— — —
= - — — — y
«c —— 8 n * 2
e — - - — 2 2 — Res = > — SES =o I = -_ _ = — —
— — — — 5 — 4 = - — = — a _
2 — — — — = — =

-— 2%

* 2
f —

2
— ———_ —
— —

4

— O_o — — =
— .

0 S* Anthony at Axim - 2

—

— —

* £m
HE Ae”
* * 222 * 28

— 2 —

£
7
y
?

1

5 |
p
'|

— — — — =>. = XV XR —
— — k — — * = ö _ * — .
IRRERSRD — © == —— —— == —
— — — ; — — — I — — — *
D =TUD p — 2 5 - = >= — 3 = ISR”. —
Re, nn, * — 5 I 9 — — — 2 — > — —
b — 8 2 — — ——— = —
CT IDES W= * — - — 3 — — = F — = =—O=O=B
/ ay — = f ” — 2 — 22 * — 5 — — — — — nm
3 ä — == ' — = : - —
=> . — = — 2 on * 85 —.— === —_— HX==
x . S — . p — vo . —— 4 =
— R> = — —

/

if
6
,

/
7
/
FFT
*

i /

uh
4

/
#1
＋＋

11,74,

ls

Ph
/ , / /

0
7

754

/

f // 75
GLAS,
V1

050 75 FAf
IPL
2 —

.

U
ART
A
40 Y

N

RA

InP
1 lb.

MN

— ———
3
2 eee! 77 „

"oy

U

.

HY
jt

v

15

an
4h

N

LE OP - — = | WH |
_ OE or ER — TOO — ——

ll N N ky oi U
PN N *
7 8 i
>) F
— / %

— —

-
<d{ 7
= * —
—
_

—

_ -
——
—

= —
— — 7 4 — x
— — — 1
— 8
—

W
0

— o

0
8
N
Wh

\

\

all"

4

\

ln

Achor

"0

" WW bn —: Mey ot II Pra gd 2-4
e e e EN; *

e

* 22 —_ af bi. Pry 1 r TIER, " e k — adhd 1
* a 6B _ MOI 4 F ds. * N ne, n 25 - r 6:
N — 8 * T : _ Ons 2 8 of 7 . K %
EL 8 3b. WW, 4 * ug , Fd: 7 bo 7 4 . 5
5 * pics HE. A age + hoy « p j 2 2 * 2
* 2 $ 8 3 K 2 8 q 7 3
IG . 8 - ; Bey
-

— — 2 — —
— —— = — Fc — — — L —
r r £ rr
5 — F 77 eee. em er
: q L- 2A. — _ _— —
* 0 2 — U A
= l o o - —— — — ;
= FACAE] q = . — - - 8 — . :
- — —— — O_o OC =
—— 27 ——— rr — 3 K ö1 11! ——— — N ma — Bh -- "DL - * — A ---- - - —
K nl nn

Achom,
bene vil-
= lage.

+4

Axim
river.

Et Thefrand.

p. 2.

produce, makes a flouriſhing commerce; and
therefore Axim was by European traders
look'd upon as the beſt place for gold, and
conſequently much reſorted to; bur de-
clined very much in the year 1681, by rea-
ſon of the long wars that had then been
between Anta and Adom, which almoſt
diſpeopled the country, and accordingly
ruined the trade ; in ſo much, that it could
ſcarce be reſtor'd in ten years to its for-
mer condition, as the fiſcal of Axim de-

clar'd to me.

The village, or town of Achombene, lies
ſtretch*d out in a line, under the command
of the Dutch fort, having a wood behind it,
which comes down with a deſcent ; and be-
fore the village a fine ſpacious ſtrand, of
hard ſand, and a great number of coco and
other trees planted at equal diſtances among
the houſes, along the village, which make

the proſpect very pleaſant.

The little ſhallow river Axim, runs thro?
the village, coming down from the country
of Iguira, and ſupplying It with freſh water.

This river is ſcarce diſcernible at the mouth,

nothing appearing but a little gentle over-
flowing of its water over the ſtrand, which
falls into the ocean near the fort.

The ſtrand is all as it were fenced in

with abundance of greater and ſmaller rocks,

ſome ſtanding out in the ſea, and others
nearer the ſhore; which renders the acceſs

to it hazardous and difficult, the ſea hreak-
ing furiouſly on the ſaid rocks, when it

blows hard. |

Fort S.. Antony is ſeated on a large high :

rock, running out from the ſhore to the
ſea, in the nature of a narrow peninſula,

with a high round rocky head, on which

the fort ſtands; ſo encompaſs'd on every
ſide with leſſer rocks and clifts, that the
only acceſs to it is on the land fide, where
it 1s well fortified with breaſt-works, a
draw-bridge, and a battery of good large

guns to cover the whole.

The rock on which the fort is built being

of a ſmall compaſs, the whole work is ſo;

and therefore from ſome diſtance out at ſea,

it looks like a large, lofty white houſe.
This fort, with the village Achombene, and
the land behind it, and the ſeveral high and
low rocks, which cover the ſtrand, all to-
gether yield a pleaſant proſpect, full of va-
riety, from about two Engliſh miles at ſea
diſtance. | |

The natives uſually depoſite their goods,

wives and children, on ſome of theſe rocks,
or in retir'd woods, when they are to take

the field againſt their enemies, that they
may be ſecure, in caſe they loſe the day.

The ſame is done by ſeveral Indian nations

in America, and ſo it was formerly by the
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of So urH-GUINx AX. 149

Aſſine, beſides what the mines of Iguira

Amorites, leaving a guard with their families Bar nor.
in ſome place of ſtrength. n
The Portugueſe built this fort, where it

now ſtands, and gave it the name of ..
Antony, which it ſtill retains. In the days

of king Emanuel of Portugal, thoſe people

had erected another, on a little head on the
ſhore,near the village, which they were forced

to demoliſh, becaule of the frequent attacks

the natives made upon it, and then builr

this in a place of more defence and natural
ſtrength. 15 5

The Dutch took this fort from the Por-
tugueſe by force of arms, on the ninth of
January, 1642; and in the enſuing treat
of peace between Portugal and Holland,
it was yielded up to the Dutch Weſt-India
company, which poſſeſſes it at preſent.

The Wer we ſaid before, is not great, but

handſomely built, being triangular, and
ſtrong by nature. It has two batteries on
the land ſide, and one to the ſea, with pro-
per out-works, which, as wel! as the walls
are of black ſtone of the country, low to
the ſea, becauſe the rock is there high and
ſteep, and much higher towards the land.
There were twenty two iron guns on the bat-
teries, when I was there, beſides ſome pat-
tareroes. The gate of the fort is low, and
well ſecured by a ditch, eight foot deep,
cut in the rock, and over it a draw-bridge,
defended by two pattareroes ; beſides a ſpur,
that can contain twenty men, and ſeveral
ſteps cut in the rock, like ſtairs, to get up
to the fort through the ſpur,

The chief factor's houſe is neatly built Factor“
of brick, and high, being triangular, with Je.
only three fronts ; before one of which, on
the welt ſide, is a very ſmall ſpot of ground,
planted with a few orange-trees.

This place is generally garriſoned with
twenty five white men, and as many Blacks,
under a ſergeant, in the company's pay;
and if well ſtored with proviſions, may hold
out againſt an army of the natives. One

inconveniency here, as well as at all the other

forts on this coaſt is, that the violent rains
of the winter ſeaſon, cauſe the walls to
moulder away in ſeveral places, and it re-
quires a continual charge to repair and keep
them in good order; for which reaſon, the
Dutch have a lime-kiln near the village,
to make lime of oyſtcr-ſhells, whereof there
is great plenty at Axim, ſo as not only to
ſerve the fort, but to ſupply other places
along the coaſt, and even Mina.

The NaATivEs,

| OF Achombene, are moſt of them fiſher- Large ca-

men, and make large canoes of a con- 9:
ſiderable burden, to fell to foreigners, for
their uſe upon the Gold Coaſt, and at Fida
and Ardra, to paſs over the bars, and

q carry

- 2
>, 2 — - _ 2 — 5 — 7
> — _— a p *
> — — © — — —
2 — * * rn ——
— * = — hag © — my
. -
— — » —

FN

2 Es IO

,

IE once

.
——

150

BaRBorT.

= i nd
Product,

A Deſcription of the

_ their goods and proviſions along the
coa
The country produces abundance of

rice, water-melons, ananas, cocos, bananas,
oranges, ſweet and four lemons, and other

fruit and ſalleting; but no gfeat quantity
of maiz, nor ſo ſweet as is generally in o-
ther parts of the Gold Coaſt, becauſe of too
much wet; the land being continually
more moiſten'd with rain, than any other
place about it: inſomuch, that the Blacks
will tell you, the wet weather laſts eleven
months and twenty nine days in a year,
there being ſcarce a day of fair dry weather,
and therefore only rice and trees grow to

perfection, other things being commonly
ſpoil'd by too much moiſture,

Here is alſo plenty of ſheep, cows, goats,
Sc. and abundance of wild and tame

pidgeons, and other fowl of ſeveral ſorts.

The palm-wine 1s alſo very common and

excellent; and the apes fine and game-

{ome.
To conclude, this place in my opinion

is the moſt tempting of any on all the coaſt

of Guinea, taking one thing with another.
You have there a perpetual greenneſs, which
affords a comfortable ſhade, againſt the

| ſcorching heat of the ſun, under the lofty

palm and other trees planted about the vil-

lage, with a ſweet harmony of many birds

of ſeveral ſorts perching on them. The

walk on the low flat ſtrand along the ſea-

ſide, is no leſs pleaſant at certain hours of
the day; and from the platform of the fort
is a moſt delightful proſpect of the ocean,
and the many rocks and ſmall iſlands about
it; which afford but one ſafe paſſage for
boats and canoes to come to the ſtrand.

Notwithſtanding all theſe advantages, it is

Dutch
Factor's au-
thority.

not ſo healthy as other places on the coaſt,
becauſe of the dampneſs of the air, cſpe-
cially in the winter ſeaſon.

Powzr of the Durch.
1 factor, has an abſolute authority over

the whole country of Axim ; the natives be-
ing ſo entirely reduc'd under ſubjection by

_ thoſe people, that they dare not refuſe him

any thing, but are obliged to ſerve him to
the utmoſt ; nor will they preſume to de-
cide any controverſy of moment without his

knowledge and approbation ; he being as a

chief judge or juſtice, to puniſh, even the
greateſt of the Blacks. All fines impoſed
are paid into the ſaid factor's hands, who

diſtributes them to the injur*d perſons, firſt

_ deducting his own fees, which are very
large. For example, if a Black be fined a

hundred crowns for any crime, the factor's
tees amount to two thirds, and the aſſembly of

HE Dutch Opper-Koopman, or chief

Caboceiros has the other third; but in caſes of
murder, or robbery, or compelling them to
pay their debts, three fourths of the whole are

the plaintif's, and the other fourth is for the

factor and the Caboceiros ; the former taking
two thirds thereof, and the latter one.

So great is the authority of this factor at
Axim, and throughout the country of Au-
cober, that the Blacks dare not ſhelter 2
criminal, but muſt deliver him up to be
puniſn'd by him, according to his offence,
which renders that poſt very beneficial ;
and therefore it is reckon'd the next to the

general at Mina: for when the general's

place is vacant, the chief factor at Axim
ſucceeds in that employment. |
The fiſhermen pay the Dutch factor the
eighth part of all the fiſh they take, which
is pretty conſiderable, there being many of

them at Axim, as has been ſaid.

Three leagues eaft of the Dztch fort of
St. Antony, is the hill Mauro, and near it

the village Pocqueſve, pretty large and po-

Book II

pulous, one Jan or John being captain of

it. The hill is very proper to build a fort
on, being cloſe to
Tres-Pontas.
This cape had the name given it by the
Portugueſe, from its three points, or heads,
like three little hills, at a ſmall diſtance

four degr. fifteen min. north latitude, and
the diſtances between the three heads form
two bays; on the ſhore whereof are three
villages, Acor, Accuon, and Infiama, or as
the Eugliſb call it Dikisko,

Acoba or Acora is at the bottom of the Thr «i

from each other. It runs out ſouthward to

firſt bay, from the weſt eaſtward. Accuon, (#5

another village, lies on the aſcent of the
middle head of the cape, on the north-eaſt
ſide of it; and Dikisko is in a little gulph
form'd by the land, between the head or

point and Accuon.

It is much eaſier to come up with boats
co the two firſt villages, than to this laſt,
at the new and full moon, becauſe of a
ridge of rocks and ſhoals at the mouth of
the gulph. At my laſt voyage I had a

boat overſet there, and two of the men

drowned ; and another time, was like to un-
dergo the fame fate my ſelf. But at the
firſt and laſt quarters of the moon, the bar
is very ſafe for any boats that will wood
and water aſhore ; there being other neceſ-
ſaries alſo, as maiz, or Indian wheat, and
poultry, whereof there is ſufficient plenty,
ar certain times, eſpecially towards the end
of the winter ſeaſon. The water is uſually
taken there from a large pond, juſt by the
ſtrand ; but ſometimes the ſea happens to

overflow it, and then freſh water muſt be

tetch'd a good half mile up the land. The
wood alſo is fometimes cut juſt by the —
an

I

the firſt point of cape ce
5 Pontas, WE

. — 2
—— —— — . —
— — — —
=

— — =” * -

wo

> = A e a == — — —. —
» - "Cots * — ene? 8 '
Fr ee eas

r — — 4 — _— .
- — — — — —ͤ—— — — —— _ — 2 —
* r E2E—öꝰ il ä ——ů— — —— —— — ——

— OI II

1 ———
— —

— — — — OD r
r — — — — on K 2 es EE OE EO

— 2

=

— —

Ul

ant

ee eee

7

r
72 - 7

nd, Paid N
n 95
TEES ery

.

PREY EE

—

— — — - ” 2
— — — — — —

| 9 r _—_ — — x oem
ES SE ED, 0 7; > - _ = —

* 5 * x f IS .... LOI = => — — d - 2 I * 4 —
EDS: OT ST oo on SAWS earn oo OE = —— COD SOL ge
4 * — 4 Pr 7 22 = p 2 — 2 is 7 : r 3 2 9 >þ Ix — AK — * 1 1
2 — as . N 38 "INE. RR - = — 1 N << © a ——
1

<-> LPG

— 9 *
» EW =
Ras voy !

SOS =>”

„ — — = - — — — —

= —— TA | 4 W —
ED SW 8 Wo Ame fie mme ku

1
OG,
%.
N
3
8
—
do
ve |
= |

_ 3 DEE

2 1 = =

— SENS —

d

e 77 of" 87 . — N= A adv 0 f 2705 1

2 =
- * * - k -
7 — —

1 171 ſo pods

— _ — ALAS = © :
= = =

—

— :
7
—
6 _— -
— — 2
—- *
— *

To WT EY . UL

i 1
11 *
, | |
fl
met

1 1164

1 4.1
i |
11 L 8

: FP = A
85 POL

IN 291A FEE

7

, 407

wo CENA BAT)
[ONE LIST ]

"Wn {\ hi; ti
* * *

. ͤ Eo ͤ——. œ ..... . ——

Fr . ] “Ä w oO ooo Vo ©

* o — "4 a = ED - * n

4 * * * DI . — ©." * EOS N " NK * Ga 5 — was —_— * 3 * — =
„ rr qq v7 7CCCC ˙ — —
„ . . c DE IS IO — ̃ — ich. ar 7 SA

Om e e e TT WT
.

-
1

d : e TAN, MATES” TP ant tn Ho —
— 2 INT Feen, 8 LATER: **“. 7 {Ul (i441 * wel,
nl — 2 "OD 8 n:? 8 INS Wig e 1 Y % Le. 7, 5 UL N 11 . * . fu. 4 - —
— 8 "IT . OR — _ 2 — > o / „7 , p #. -4# . m 4 FL 3
— be A —— 8 ID -JEROEDY 0 : a aITEE? | 9 — #7 =
= . 1 8 : = — — _ > Dre 2 75 \ N. 29 00 71 * 4 i 2 74
! ES N x = ? £ ISTITOS> 2.28 e "WM : * 6 FL / 1 7 F

"> : 8 0 ＋ 0 *. . i
# mo DCE IIOES
— 1

: 2 —
. - — — * ; * Wirz:
» . — 1227
— 7 w— 8 j 822
- -&- oy —
>. ©, 2 * 9 * - 4 * 7
—WA-< LIE => — - oof 5 Ca.
21 2 — 5 . 8
5 /

422
4
2

An. 7
17 5
» 4
EW 7
WS”

NN —
_

— —
— —

= > 2 =

—

0 — —

—

8 — r

Dy 7” WPNSDGIF FLO 21/1 lo p,.

—_ —

700,

— I
n

: _ — ERICH onal >= .- XS

ONS!) . = | 5 * * — — ———
#0. - 8 55 3

. v \

N 60 14 · 7 e,.
. er bz, ET

= — - ==
\ wi * — 3
> w 3 TV KY A a x FS EY «
- —Wo > — xXJ
> "a oy . =" all > => We 2 3 » 9.
—— - iff N. Bo 2 «M0 2 = VS as
7 Zo A: - IN =
22 c ac 0 IN

8
r Ad
= —

.

—— M — — —

oP 0

4 D 4

*% HOW

— — —

n e : LIE; = IIS * A
2 V SB & hn 2b. : - RE l - Wes a EB
» | 2 > * N Le: —__—
1 1 wi -
T - - .
—
AMES
b — ds * Ke "IM. ä — —
; ; yer ; 8 $a . om” 2 9 © en ones Aran AE hs en”
K -_ 2 2 . —— — e noa l 20 — * 3 n *
—
* 2
3
BY K
Fo ® Fo. 4 m-.*
« * & *
.
— « 4 4
"A |
A ,
= 8
8 - * a
ry 10
.
-
ce
b
*
—— — 8 r — —
— — — — —äꝑ——H— —— —
— 1 * _ ge wn ͤ é ˙ ůͥm·⸗˙˙˙˙⁰ꝛ NN v9” — — — ——
ͤ— — —¾ — —— —. - . — . 1 hn ana ic
— —äU—ꝓ—0d ͤ c : * by

— a a Ss,

r r

151
Some reckon the aforeſaid villages to be- BAR NOT.
long to the petty king of Warſpas or little WYW_

| CHAP. 3. Coaſts of SOoUuTH-GUINEA.

and at other times an Exgliſb mile from it,
vp the country, behind the village, as the

r

Caboceiro thinks fit; who muſt be paid be-

fore-hand, for the liberty of wooding and

b &
* Hog.
% 4

1 lea/ant

| rountry.

R

3
was

7 . 7 n *
—ĩ·Ü˙1[—v˙ð
© MS 2

watering. 7

The trade 1s here but indifferent, as well
as at the two above-mentioned villages, the
Blacks of Infiama, and the adjacent parts,
being almoſt intractable, of a turbulent, vio-
lent, knaviſh temper, and great adulteraters

of gold,

CHAP.

Intaſſan, that country thus interfering be-
twixt the kingdom of Axim and that of Anta;
but whether it be ſo or not, matters not much.

The whole country about capeTres- Pontas

is hilly and wooded; one fort of which wood

is yellow, whereof very fine chairs, beds,
tables, and other houſhold goods are made.
There are many of this ſort of trees at Acoda,
eſpecially behind the Brandenburgers fort.

HI.

The kingdom of Anta, and common:wealth of Adom, deſcribed

AN TA KINGDOM.

Boetroe, and extends eaſtward to Sama, where
it borders on that of Jabs, which is its eaſtern
boundary. On the north it has Adom, on
the north north-weſt Mompa, on the north-
welt Iguira, on the welt Inkaſſan and Axim,
and on the ſouth and ſouth-eaſt the Ocean.
It is about ten leagues from eaſt to weſt, and

full of hills, covered with very fine large
trees. The valleys between the hills are ſpa-

cious, the ſoil proper for producing of all
forts of fruit and plants, as being well wa-

ter'd; and produces abundance of extraor-

dinary good rice, ſweet red maiz or Indian
corn, Which 1s the beſt ſort, potatoes, yams,
and ſugar-canes, larger and in greater plenty
than in any other place along the coaſt, eſpe-
cially about the river Boetron ; where, if the
land were laid out and improved, as in A-
merica, it would richly anſwer the coſt and
trouble of plantations and ſugar-works.

It alſo affords the very beſt ſort of palm-

wine and oil, in great quantities; alſo coco-

nuts, ananas, oranges, ſmall lemons, Cc.
and all ſorts of tame, as well as wild beaſts,
elephants, tygers, wild cats, deer, ſerpents,
ſome of them above twenty foot long, and
others ſmaller. .

The whole country abounds in villages,

well peopled ; the air is the wholeſomeſt on
the coaſt, the country being open, and not
ſo woody as in other parts. It is watered by
a ireſh river, which runs by the Dutch fort
at Boetroe, from the inward part of the coun-
try, adorned with curious tall trees on both
ſides, affording a pleaſant ſhade, almoſt a-
croſs it. The mangroves which grow a-
long the banks, under the lofty trees, are
loaded with oyſters, growing to the boughs.
It is navigable about four leagues up from

the ſea, but is impaſſable any higher, by

reaſon of the vaſt water-falls, tumbling

rien nw f HH E kingdom of Anta, or Hante, as down from the rocks. It ſwarms with an in-
= LT the Blacks call it, begins, according to credible number of crocodiles, which feed
| . the common acceptation, at the village Boe- on the fiſh the river abounds in. There is no
= fira, between Infiama and the cape or head of conceiving what a prodigious number of

monkeys, of ſeveral forts, there is all about

this country. I carried ſome to Paris, which
were look'd upon as the fineſt and moſt
gameſome, of any ever brought thither.

The principal villages of Ania, along the yillages.
ſea-coaſt, are Boetroe or boutry, Poyera or

Petri-Grande, Pando, Tacorary, the largeſt
of all, Sacunde, Anta, and Sama, all trading
places, . |

Boetroe is ſeated on a little river, at the poerrow
foot of a high hill, on which the Dulch have village.

a ſmall irregular fort, being an oblong, and

divided into two parts, defended by two very

indifferent batreries, mounted with eight
ſmall guns. This fort was erected by one
Carolof, in the ſervice of the Dutch, with
the conſent of the king of Anta, to whom
It pays a yearly tribute in gold, and was
called Badenſtein or Batenſtein. It com-
mands the village of Boetroe. This village
is thinly peopled, and its trade very 1n-
conſiderable, and would ſtill be leſs, were

it not for the inland Blacks, who now and

then reſort thither from Adom and other
parts, bringing very good gold, In 1682,
when I was there, the trade was very dull,
becauſe of the precedent war betwixt
Adom and Anta, which ended in 1681, but
had ſo diſpeopled the towns and villages of
Anta, that ſeveral had not ten families left

in them; but at my arrival, the commerce

began a little to revive, by the coming down
of the Adom Blacks, The king of Anta re-
des about four leagues from the fort, up the
inland, and is often at variance with the a-
foreſaid Blacks of Adom ; their territories ly-
ing in ſuch manner, that they extend be-
tween the rivers Sama or Chama and Cobra,
diſtant near twenty leagues from each other,
along the coaſt, and ſeem to go up the river

Sama
2

152

/

A Deſcription of the

Dutch have a houſe there at preſent, bur are

BARBOT. Sama in a line, and then to turn with a nar-
cov lip away to Cobra, The Dutch reckon

Villainous
republi-
cans.

Poyera
village.

the air of Boetro the wholeſomeſt of all the

Cold- Coaſt, in the winter ſeaſon.

ADOM CoMMoNwEALTE,

S governed by ſeveral of the prime men,
as a republick, and might raiſe a power-
ful army, were the governors unanimous.
This commonwealth of Adom is a plague to
all its neighbours, eſpecially to the Anteſians
and Ancoberians, being no better than a con-
gregation of thieves and villains, outrageous,
reſtleſs, cruel, and bloody in their wars
taking a delight to ſuck the blood out of the
wounds of their enemies, for ſpite and hatred,
Poyera or Petry-Grande and Pandos or
Pampenay, two villages between Boetroe and
Tocorary, are very indifferent places for trade,
being inhabited by none but husbandmen
and fiſhermen. The country about pro-
duces abundance of maiz or Indian wheat;
and theſe two places are known from ſea by

a vaſt rock near the ſhore, which the Blacks

worſhip as a deity, as they do the other
rock, lying before Tacorary; whereof I ſhall
ſay more hereafter, on account of the ſuper-
ſtition of the Blacks. :

TACORARY PRINCIPAL TOWN.

er), the principal town on the coaſt

of Anta, ſtands on the top of a hill,
which buts at S E. into the ſea, with ſe-

veral rocks about it, ſome of them above,

and others under water ; running out near
two Engliſh miles to ſea, as appears by the

breaking of the waves upon them. The town

is eaſily ſeen from ſea, when you are paſs'd
the ſaid rocks. The land behind the town,
is no leſs agreeable than that about Boutry,
but rather exceeds it; the vales being ex-
extremely fertile and delightful, as are the
plains, ſome of them very ſpacious, and

adorned with lofty trees and pleaſant woods.

Between the rows of trees, the paths are
covered with white ſand; on which are im-

printed the footſteps of various wild beaſts,

as elephants, tygers, deer, &c. as alſo of
tame cattle.

town, called fort Witſen, which the Engliſb

' took from them by ſtorm, in the year 1664,

under commodore Holmes. The Dutch re-
took it the next year under admiral Rayter,

who cauſed it to be blown up, as a place of

ſmall conſequence, having only ſeven or
eight ſmall guns, and of great expence to
maintain; ſo he put to the ſword the inhabi-
tants of the town, and burnt it. The ruins
of che fort are {till to be ſeen, the Exgliſb,

Dutch, Danes, Swedes, and Brandenburgers,

having all poſſeſſed it ſucceſſively, The

of a dark ruddy colour.

often obliged to forſake it, being frequently
aſſaulted and beat off by the Blacks, who ſtill

remember the former Dutch expedition, and

the cruelties then exerciſed on the natives.

There are French authors, who pretend,
this fort was firſt erected by ſome of their
nation; but I could not be convinced of it
upon examination.

The Tacorarians have a peculiar art at ma- Large da.
king the fineſt and largeſt canoes of all the vos.

coaſt of Guinea, of the ſingle trunk of a tree;
being thirty foot long, and ſeven or eight in
breadth, which will carry above ten tun of
goods, with eighteen or twenty Blacks to
paddle them.
The ſhips bound for Vida and Ardra, com-
monly furniſn themſelves here with ſuch ca-
noes, as well as at Axim, and give the ya-
lue of forty or fifty pounds ſterling in goods,
for one of the largeſt canoes. |

The inhabitants of Tacorary being a crafty 5/5
treacherous people, they have but little trade; zanrs,

tho* ſhips can ride ſafe in the bay, into which

the ſmall river of Sr. George empties itſelf,
about a league to the eaſtward of the town.

The coaſt affords vaſt quantities of oy-

ſters, the ſhells ſerving to make lime; and
along it are ſome large rocks, to which the
Blacks pay their devotions.

OTHER ViLLAGES,

oh corner of the bay, being as rich a place
in gold, and as healthy, as any along that
coaſt, The French formerly had a ſettle-
ment there; at preſent the Exgliſb and Dutch

have each of them a ſtrong Houſe.

Anta and Boare are two {mall villages, be- Anta au
tween Sacunde and Sama, not conſiderable Boare.
for any gold trade, unleſs by accident. The

country behind them is very hilly and woody.
Anta 1s only famous for the great quantity of
excellent palm-wine it produces, for which

the Blacks reſort thither, from fifteen or

twenty leagues about, and carry it to ſel] all
along the Gold-Coaſt. The land about Anta
is very fertile, producing abundance of all

ſorts of herbs, roots, and fruit, and ſtored _

The Dutch had formerly a ſmall fort here,
built on a hill, at ſome diſtance from the

with goats and poultry, The ſtones here are

tives of Anta are afflicted with ravenous ap-
petites, thought to proceed from their drink-
ing a ſort of palm-wine, called Cxiſia.

The gold is brought hither from Tguira

and Mompa, when the people of Adom grant
free paſſage through their country; ſo that
ſometimes there is an indifferent good trade
at Anla, and ſometimes not, according to
the humour of the people of Adom, towards
the adjacent nations, being poſſeſſed of the

paſſes the inland merchants muſt come

through to trade on the coaſt; by which
| means

Book III.

HE village Sacunde is ſeated at the other $acunde.

Several of the na-

m2,

Dutch

ert.
3

. onA. 3) Coafts of SouTH-GUINEA:

de,

ind

3
. Dutch
E
3

means the people of Adom have the oppor-

tunity of enriching themſelves; beſides that
they have ſeveral gold mines without their

own territories. Their wealth and numbers
have ſo puſſed them up, that thoſe who are
to deal with them, ought to behave them-
ſelves with ſingular diſcretion.

Sama is on a hill, watered by the little ri-
ver of S,. George, running at the foot of the
ſaid hill, and thence to the ſea. There are
about two hundred houſes or cabbins, ſo ſea-

ted, as to form three {mall villages together;

one of which is juſt under the Dutch fort of
St. Sebaſtian, to named by the Poriugueſe,

who built it, and from whom it was taken

by the Dutch, The place is populous, but

the inhabitants the pooreſt on that coaſt.
The fort is about the ſame compaſs as that
at Boutry, but ſomewhat longer; having
four ſmall batteries and eight guns. In the
wars between Eugland and Holland, it was
almoſt laid level with the ground, being
only encloſed with paliſadoes, which moved
the Engliſh to attack it, in conjunction with
the Backs of Jabs, but were repulſed ; and
then the Dutch finiſhed it. 5
This ſmall fort looks indifferent well from

the ſea, but cannot be ſeen till you are to the

ſouthward of it, and then ſhows like a white
houſe. The lodgings in it are pretty con-
venient, and it is well ſeated for the trade
with dom and Waſbas; which nations come
down hither to purchaſe Euroſean goods for
gold, and tranſport them to very remot? in-
land countries, who they ſay ſell them again
to others beyond them, ſuppoſed to be fome
Mooriſh inhabitants along the river Niger, by

the account the Blacks give of them, and of

their fortreſſes,

The Dutch have almoſt the ſame autho-
rity over the Blacks of Sama, as over thoſe of
Axim; but they pay a yearly duty to the
king of Gavi, for the fort, that being a con-

venient place for their ſhips to water, wood,

and ſupply themſelves with other neceſſaries.
The right road to anchor before this place 1s
in nine fathom water, ouzy ground about a
league from the ſhore, having the fort at
north-weſt and by welt. |
The river St. Juan at Sama, takes its courſe
from the fort, paſſing by the countries of
Jabs, Adom, and Fuffer ; and, as the natives
report, reaches four hundred leagues up the
country, being not altogether ſo large as Ri-
Cobra, but wide enough, and navigable
ſome way up, by which the Dutch receive a
conſiderable advantage; for beſides the freſh
water, it furniſhes the fort with fuel and
wood, as well as the ſhips. And were it not

for theſe advantages, they would not keep it,
the trade being ſo inconſiderable, andthe keep-

ing of it ſo very expenſive. Beſides, that they
are continually plagued with a villainous fort

of Blacks, amongſt whom thoſe of Adom are
Vo L, V. |

none of the beſt, whoſe country ſtretches it- Bax Bo.

ſelf in a ſtreight line along this river, and
contains ſeveral iſlands in the midſt of it, a-
dorned with fine towns and villages; and
thence ſtretches ſixteen leagues weſtward to
the river Aucober. So that this land of Adom
mult be very large.

The Dutch formerly undertook to travel
by water, towards the head of this river, up-

on the unanimous report of the inhabitants,

that it came down thro' countries that were
very rich in gold. To that purpoſe they ſent

fix men in a ſloop, well armed and provided;

who thirteen days after their departure from
the fort, returned back ; having for twelve
days together rowed againſt a violent rapid
ſtream, finding the river choaked with abun-
dance of rocks and ſhoals juſt under water,
and mighty water-falls. .

I have already ſaid that the river is wide
and practicable for boats and ſloops at the
mouth, and ſome leagues upwards; but J
muſt warn the ſailors againſt the rock called

the Sagar-Loaf, near its mouth, elſe they may

ſplit on it, as has ſeveral times happened;
and ſome have been loſt, eſpecially if the
ſea happened to turn, or was rough. _

I muſt alſo warn them of the ſhoals and
rocks that lie out half a league to ſea, on the
coaſt between Sama and Boarei to the weſt-
ward, The Blacks call this river Boſſtum- Pra,
and adore it as a god, as the word Boſſum

ſignifies.

The Blacks of the little territory of Tier,
eaſt of this place, ſomewhat up the country,

bring down to Sama, their corn, fruit,

plants, chickens, Sc.

JABSs CounTRY.

THE country of the Jabs, or Zabbab as

the Engliſb call it, commences a little to
the caſt of fort St. Sebaſtian, and runs a few
leagues up the inland, and along the ſea-ſhore
to that of Commany or Commendo; being but
a {mall diſtrict, not very potent, tho? the firſt

kingdom you meet with in coming from the

higher country. e

The king of Jabs is as poor as his ſubjects,
tho' his little kingdom makes a conſiderable
advantage of planting and ſelling maiz every
year; ſo that they might ſoon grow rich,
did not their powerful neighbours conti-
nually fleece and keep them under; which
they are not able to prevent. The Adome-
aus value the king of Jabs ſo little, that
they ſay, one of their chief governors (whom
they account very potent) can carry the king
of Jabs upon his horns.

The village Abroby is the only notable Abroby
place that occurs on the ſea-coaſt, of this village.

little country of Jabs, being ſeated in a bay,
which terminates at the cape Aldea de Torres.
Aldea in Portugneſe fignifies a Village.

Rr This

|
|
|
|
|

154

BAR BOT.

WW

A Deſcription of the

This village is divided into two parts, with
very large plains behind it, betwixt the town

and the hilly country; which makes the coaſt
to appear like double land at a diſtance on

the ſea. The country about produces much
maiz and poultry ; but no great quantity of
gold is traded for here; and what there is, ge-
nerally debaſed with braſs, copper, or ſilver,
as wel las at moſt of the before-deſcribed places.

To conclude with theſe countries of Adom
and Anta; the ſoil is very good and fruit-

ful in corn and other product; which it af-
fords in ſuch plenty, that beſides. what ſerves

their own uſe, they always expole great
quantities to ſale. They have competent
numbers of cattle, both tame and wild, and
the rivers areabundantly ſtored with fiſh ; ſo

that nothing 1s wanting for the ſupport of

Its extent.

and boun-
daries.

Com men-
do tomy.

Guaffo

life, and to make it eaſy.

The inhabitants of the maritime towns
make a conſiderable profit of the fiſhery,
carrying the fiſh to the inland countries in
exchange of other things, |

Fach town or village is ruled by its re-

ſpective Braſſo or juſtice, appointed by the

Kings or governors. For ſeveral years the
countries of Axim and Anta were accounted
one and the ſame nation, very potent and
populous, the inhabitants a martial people,
and the country divided into the Upper and
Lower Anta; Axim being reckoned the for-
mer, and Anta now deſcribed, the latter;
which very much annoyed the Dutch with
frequent onſets; but through their continual
wars with the Adomeſians, and their other

neighbours, they are fo weakened, that no

footſteps of their priſtine glory remain.

CHAP. Iv.

Deſcription of the kingdom of Commendo. Obſervations for trade. The com-
monwealth of Mina. The town of that name. Diſpoſition, employments, and

behaviour of the natives, &c.

Commrnpo KincGponm.
H E kingdom of Great Commends or

Commany or Aguaffo, borders weſtward

on the lands of Jabs and Tabeu ; northweſt
on Adom; north on Abramboe ; eaſt on Od-
dena or Mina.. a little commonwealth be-
tween Commendo and Feiu; and ſouth on the
great Ocean; extending but about five
leagues on the coaſt, and is about as broad
as long. In the middle of ir, on the ſtrand,
is Little Commendo or Ekke-Tokti, as the
Blacks call it, and ſome Europeans, Little Com-
many; the cape Aldea de Torres being on the

welt of it; and Ampeny on the eaſt; with

ſome other ſmall hamlets between them.
This kingdom, in former times, made but
one and the ſame country with Felu and Sa-

hoe, and was called Adoſſenys. The metropolis
of Great Commendo, is Guaffo, the uſual re-

ſidence of its king; being a large populous
village or town, ſeated on a hill, four leagues
up the inland, from Little Commendo. The

Hollanders call this town of Guaffo, Commany

Grande, to diſtinguiſh it from Little Comma-
ny on the ſtrand, which the natives call Ekke-
Tokki. It contains above four hundred houſes.

Little Commendo was divided into three
parts, containing together about one hun-
dred and fifty houſes ; but moſt of it was ac-
cidentally burnt not long ago, which cauſed
many of the inhabitants to ſettle at Ampeny :
much about the time the father of this pre-
ſent king of Commendo died. Some parts of
thetown are ſeated on a little rivulet, which

runs into the ſea, forming a ſmall harbour at

che mouth, to ſhelter their canoes ; on the

weſt-ſide whereof is a head or ſmall flat hill;
the eaſt-ſide is low land; but the landing on

the ſtrand very difficult, becauſe of the bar
that croſſes it. The acceſs to the ſhore is

much caſter in the morning.

Moſt of the inhabitants are Fiſhermen or

Brokers, it being a place of conſiderable
trade for gold and ſlaves, by reaſon of the
many Accanez Blacks who come down to
trade with the European ſhips, in this and
the adjacent roads of this coaſt.

The village Lory is very inconſiderable, Lo d.
as well as Ampeny or Ampena, the reſidence 46.

of one Coucoumy, a Black of Commendo, who
was ſent by the king into France in 1671, in
quality of envoy to the French king, to in-
vite him to ſend over his ſubjects to erect a
fortreſs at Commendo, and ſettle a trade with
his ſubjects: the Commanians having been
long much diſguſted at the arbitrary power

the Dutch of Mina exerciſe over them upon

all occaſions.
The inhabitants of Mina have often made
depredations by ſea on them, and at ſundry
times burnt their villages, on the ſtrand, not
daring to enter the country any farther, for
fear of the inhabitants of Gua or Great
Commendo, who are very numerous, a more
martial and rapacious people than thoſe of
their own nation at Liltle Commany, Ampeny,
and other maritime villages ; moſt of whom
commonly apply themſelves to traffick and

fiſhery, which made it eaſter for the Mina

Blacks to aſſault them.
The Commanians are often at war with the

Abramboe Blaczs, on account that the 1
w e

Book I

* \
+ &

- PFF TIRED. Th G. ꝶQʃM m ers. area —

* * * * IRIS = " op 7 * - -” " — - . **
® 7 — —— — — —äͤ

Lind LY * ?

— —— —

J * * . > — ——
. * A Ls LET * P — * 4 . — . : 1 8 > — 1 ae 1
A —_—_—_—. — —— — — en — — 6 — K ren g—————___— — . EE. CONIICEEC"RR — —äD4—— — I yn — * —— —w̃ t — TOES — — —— ꝓ ͤ4—ũ4ä— 2 — —— — — ͥ —— — AOS — — — — f ð

— — rt b —— - — — OA — — + ©

— ———

—

EEE EE

It. V. Plate N

FE7s

_—
—

EDN bas
ns Wy N
nr
—— Ä—Ä—

— — —
— _

7 0% "CE 0)

.

—— =

—

*

Th a

*

— —
—

— —

BD
— —

—

As --f<- 7
Us 2 > 2 „57 DR pp —
— ry e e >;
= % 4
— "aun 4
2

— —
= -

-c
7

— =
—

— — -
2 — — —
— —

| the Own and Ca

Wo

"wy
W
At

* . 3
.
Yi
| id Vi : e

ann!
= 1

. =
\m W

U
*
4 414
—

EF
1

0

-

0

11

7 6

N

Hob nrae dul

Ei

\

N

\ \ W

wil

22 1 Ui
4%.

|, F41UMI

N

[] U

" N
Re %%

wht 0 LA

WEN 4

\
44

i

I

ij

—ĩ

In
wi
weil
” "'} $4,

n
WT

14
Wm

— — =
7 2 — 1 Ml

14

— —

/

7. 4a,

= 2 D—— —— ——— -
TIRES LID ron — — — ca
—

I IETF
** — 2 — =

74
.

— — *
Gn. a

* % 8
= . 22 og. -

7 2 5
mere. IO» Gs Cas ——ů—
2 „ * — _ . E
8 8 3 — — — — — Nrn.
* - 4 St — —_—
* — —— —— —

2 __

— ——

— —— J- — I
. == MM Ny
— —

—

— — — P

770
|

0
„ 4

—

— =

7
SU

»

*

UT

ar

4

fl

7

*

F

/

7

444 /

3

het

*
— ..

.

ra wa,
nod hon —

#
10

—— mL — r
=. N — xi
. , — 2 — * — r * — —
. 1 EEC oret rl t n — * — Boi. oo
— 2 a es Hens —— —

0 „
I, in tt NAMI / i
„0% 10 1

'
*

/

ifi
„ 141
Ys #

1
\

4
75 //

Th

*;
16

unten THEN

WIL ,

li

1
— —

il

70
Ws

l/

|
i

—
> —

fl
2

MN

, U
I!

2

———

/
7

ur

/

6

/

7

NTT

I yy"

N
L

N

=
-
—
—
2
*

5 15

——

—

/
„
.

Wut

—

N

1h
KARE)

JE "m8 |: WR

— —
5

<. » — — ra
<,__ _— _—
— * - —

rar uo uw . ——
b

k ;

1 4
I

|

U

/

{

1175
1
*

0

W
*
1

0

\

}

i!

ni

ups

1

—

|

|

9 N
|
[

|

LA
LAY
zuuu

Ai

a;

4 ö 1 8 1 D * * a TRIS IT YEE — 9
, ” * WS 9 * * e — * PAR NS» o : 7 5 1 ;
N 2 & Iz * mos 7 1 MA uh — . 8 2, 1 2 8 1 5 1 80 9 L r r 8 i 8 —
en "ws, 2 E 5 4 2 * > Wes Bod EN 8 $7. hs bc o SB. L = >
CAR SITE Ws TE {
n * 2
4 - 4 2 2
Bo. n 1 - C 2
"
— * X « - o —
2 * — el ae ">
—— F — 4 — * \ 122k gi N _ ks tes ** * +
. — „
— — IS N
2 —
2 0
» *
.
4 3 * *
| -
”
*
o
*
*
; «
.

a .
7
| *
*
"4
| *
7
_- |
| .
-
t., i
*
—
b% «
, ; — ps ———— ˙19u— 2 * — * 2 — OI 1
eee —— * — * — dirt * = *

— a rus "»< —— = R—————

PINS VIS HE? n * * " n . N * * ” - . * . I
n rs P A l — 4 R 5 I 7 CLARE LLP
9 r 9 MENTED 9 *« 3 7 o e 4 8 x
Es 2 a . 2 N Ee OG * por Tout n 8 8 4 S it be a nn, ee 7 *
. 8 i n PETE . 2 Far BER Ra, 8 5 Yank 7 5 N 9 33 9 £ Gd of, 0 8
RE Wd 07>, 20 264 00S be 2 . e e V * | :
e N 9 9 2 N a RED Ware VF
8 N e e * *

| CHAP. .

has render'd them bold and martial,
OBSERVATIONS fir TRADE.

VI7HILST I was here, at two ſeveral

voyages, ſome of the chief, as well as
the common ſort, aſſured me they had much
greater value and friendſhip for the French
than for any other European nation; and at
my laſt voyage in 1682, the king ſent me his

ſecond ſon as hoſtage, if I would come up to

him to Great Commendo, in order to treat of
articles, for a ſettlement of the French on
the coaſt of his country, which he always
refus'd to grant to the Engliſh and Dutch,
who earneſtly deſired he would conſent that

each of them might build a fort; but he on-

ly allow'd the Engliſh to have a lodge with-
out any encloſure of walls. The Dutch had
one formerly, but were forced to quit the
country : and I always heard the Commanians
ſpeak very unkindly of the Dutch, and ex-
preſs a more than uſual hatred againſt
their hard domination over them. At my

return into France, I deliver'd to ſome mi-

niſters of the court, all the memoirs I had
taken on this head at Commendo, and my
own obſervations of the moſt proper place

to erect a fortreſs on that coaſt, at Ampena,
on a little point extending ſomewhat to the

ſouth, riſing gradually to a little head; the
coaſt there forming a ſort of elbow, where

the acceſs to the ſhore is leſs hazardous and

troubleſome for canoes, the ſea breaking
againſt that elbow, and ſheltering the canoes
from the ſouth-weſt wind, which blows moſt
on that coaſt and very high; and Ampena
being ſo near to Mina as it is, would ob-
ſtruct, in ſome meaſure, the great trade it

has, by giving an opportunity to the male-

contents there to traffick at Ampena.
I confeſs, a fort and ſettlement might per-
haps be thought to be belt ſituated at cape Al-

dea de Torres, on the borders of the land of
Fab or Tabbab. The French heretofore had a

lodge there, the ruins whereof are ſtill to be

ſeen at the end of the village north of the

cape; but the landing at this place is much
more perillous, becauſe the high ſurges and
breakings are there much greater than at any
other place on this coaſt.
Every morning there come out of Ampena,
Lory, and other places on this coaſt, ſeven-
ty or eighty canoes from each village, ſome
a fiſhing, and others to trade with the ſhips

in the roads; and return all aſhore about

noon, when the freſh gales from ſouth-weſt
begin to blow, and ſwell the ſea near the

ſhore, that they may land without trouble,

and have time to diſpoſe of the fiſh at Lit-
tle Commany and at Great Commendo, where

the inland Blacks buy it for the country
markets. |

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

kill'd one of the kings of the former, which :

corn, plants, roots, and fruits at a rea-

I55
The markets at Great and Litlle Comma ny Bak BOT.
are commonly well furniſh'd with all ſorts of WWW

ſonable rate: the bananas are eſpecially ex-

traordinary plenty and cheap ; for which

reaſon, the Dutch call Little Commany the
fruit-maket, the country about this place
being very fertile in all the forenamed fruirs
and proviſions. |

The inhabitants of Terra Pequera or Lo-
ry, and of Ampena, are all fiſhermen,

The country behind L:ttle Commany riſes Populous

gradually to ſmall hills, cover'd with trees,
at the foot of which, are large plains and
fields, curiouſly planted with ſundry ſorts
of fruit-trees ; and the land extremely fill'd

connt 7.

with inhabitants, a martial people, of whom

the king of Commendo can compoſe an army
of twenty thouſand men well arm'd, on
occaſion. The king has a guard of five hun-
dred men. |

The gold, here offer'd in trade, is com-
monly mix'd with braſs or ſilver, and re-

quires a great deal of caution to examine it

well, eſpecially the Crakra gold. 5
The Blacks are generally of a turbulent

temper, and very deceitful and crafty; and

moſt of them, from the higheſt to the loweſt,

are apt to ſteal, if not well look'd to.

The country of Commendo 1s thought to
be very rich in gold mines; and ſome fancy
the king will not have them opened for fear

ſhould attempt to deſtroy him and his peo-

ple, or drive them away, to poſleſs them-

ſelves of ſo rich a country. I have often
heard ſome of the natives ſay, that not far

the neighbouring nations, or the Europeans,

from the promontory Aldea de Torres, there

is a very rich gold mine, and that, for fear
it ſhould be ſearch'd, they have made a God
of that head or hill, which is the only means
they can imagine to preſerve the mine en-
tire; ſo great a veneration the Blacks have
for ſuch ſacred places, that they are ſure
no perſon whatſover will touch it: and
if any Europeans ſhould attempt it, they
muſt expect to have all the country about
them, and to be maſſacred if taken.
Here is ſometimes a briſk trade for ſlaves,
when the Commanians are at war with the

_ upland Negroes, and have the better of it,

for then they bring down abundance of pri-

ſoners, whom they ſell immediately, at a

cheap rate, to ſome interloper or other, if

any be in the roads, to fave the charge of
keeping and ſubſiſting them. And it once
happened, not many years ago, that an
Engliſh ſhip riding there, juſt at the time
they return'd from an expedition, wherein
they had ſucceeded, they deliver'd their pri-

ſoners to the Engliſhman as faſt as he could

fetch them from the ſhore with his boat ;
and, in a few days, he got above three hun-
dred ſlaves aboard, for little or nothing:

ſo

* —— — — 1 — 4 — 1 .
: — df omg 2 ns. -_
— * 4 k 5 * * 2 2 11 a — — —
e 7˖ 7 —˙·˙

— ae as ao —— —-—- —p 4 —
. T .

* q —
ances —
vel 0

% *
ä — ag
= — , ‚— A

156

BARBOT.

A Deſcription of the

ſo great was the number of priſoners they
had brought down, that they were glad of
this opportunity to diſpoſe of part of them
at any rate,

The CoMmMonNwWrEaALTH of Mina,

1 a very ſmall tract of land between Com-

mendo and Fetu, ſeparated from the latter
by the little river Benja, on which is the
large town of Mina, by the Blacks call'd
Oadena, ſituated on a low and long penin-

ſula; having the ocean on the ſouth, the a-

Mina
town.

The go-
Teryument.

fore ſaid river on the north, Commendo on the
weſt, and the famous caſtle of S!. George de
la Mina on the eaſt. It ſtands juſt on the
end or head of the peninſula, and commands
all the town, being ſo near that 1t can throw
hand-grenadoes into 1t.

The town is very long, containing about
twelve hundred houſes, all built with rock-
ſtones, in which it differs from all other pla-

ces, the houſes being generally only com po-

ſed of clay and wood. It is divided into
ſeveral ſtreets and lanes very irregular,
crooked, and dirty in rainy weather, the

ground being low and flat, and the ſtreets

and lanes cloſe and very narrow ; and more

particularly, it is very dirty and ſlappy at
the time the river Benja overflows and fills
id with water.

Moſt of the houſes of the town are one
ſtory high, and ſome two, all very full of
people; for they contain above ſix thouſand
fighting men, beſides women and children,
who are very numerous, every man gene-
rally keeping two, three, or more wives,
as is uſual in Guinea.

The town is divided into three diſtinct
parts, as if it were three large villages near
one another; each part or ward is governed

by its reſpective Braffo 3 which Braffo or go-

vernour is aſſiſted by a Caboceiro, and ſome

other inferiour officers, who adminiſter juſ-
tice, and have charge of the political ſtate 3
and theſe, all together, compoſe the regen-

cy of this little republick, ever fince the

Portugueſe made it independent of the kings
of Commendo, and of Fetu, who formerly
ere maſters of it by equal halves.

happen'd ſome few years before the Dutch

conquer'd the caſtle of Mina from the Por-
/1:2ueſe ; who, from that time till they were
turn'd out of the place, did protect and de-
fend the town from the attempts of the ſaid
kings, when they attempted to reduce it to
their obedience ; and were to aſſiſt the inha-
bitants with forces, when neceſſity required :
by which means the Mina Blacks became
formidable, and dreaded by their neigh-
bours; and grew ſo more and more under
the Dutch government, which aſſiſts and

protects them ever ſince their poſſeſſing of

the caſtle, in the fame manner as the Porlu-
gueſe had done before their time,

This

The affairs of the republick were for-
merly debated in the houſe of the Braffo of
one of the wards one time, and the next, in
that of another Braſſo alternatively; and the
deliberations or elections made there, were
carried to the Dutch general to approve of
them: if he did not, they were to debate
matters again in another aſſembly, till what
was tranſacted was conſented to by that ge-
neral ; which alſo was the method they were
liable to, when under the protection of the
Portugueſe.

But ever ſince the Dutch general has pre-
tended to take thoſe privileges from the
town, and make it totally dependent on his
arbitrary juriſdiction and authority, the
Blacks have been at great variance and miſ-
underſtanding with the Dutch. And as the
Dutch general has thought it his intereſt
and ſecurity, to keep that people more and
more in bondage, and uſe greater ſeverities
towards them, the better to oppreſs and curb

their bold daring ſpirit, and to prevent their

having any opportunity of forming deſigns
in oppoſition to the Dach intereſt or advan-
tage; ſo they, on the other hand, have,
as much as they could, oppoſed the gene-

ral's deſign of exerciſing an arbitrary power

over them : and by degrees, things are come

to ſuch extremities between both parties, as

Iſhall hereafter mention in its proper place.

To return to the deſcription of the town Fort fa
of Mina; it is fortified at the weſt end, to- tin.

wards the country of Commendo,with a ſtrong
rock- ſtone wall, ia which is a gate, defended

by ſome iron guns, and a large ditch. The

wall begins at the ſea-ſhore, and ends at the
river-ſide,

I have drawn the exact proſpect of the Pr: 1

town of Mina, and of the caſtle of $7. George, St. Cen
as it appears from ſea about three miles diſ- as :
tance, in the print here inſerted ; all toge· fares Wo

ther making a fine proſpe& with the fort
Coenraedſburg, ſituate on the hill of S/. Ja-

go, ſeparated from the town of Mina by the

little river Benja, which runs at the foot of
the hill, and is fo near, as to command the
town, as does the caſtle: ſo that it is im-
poſſible for the inhabitants to ſtir.

The Blacks of Mina are commonly hand- Hanint
. 1 ,
ſome, luſty, and ſtrong men, of a martial Back-

courage, and the moſt civilized of all the
gold coaſt, by the long correſpondence they
have conſtantly had to this time with the
Europeans,

Their uſual employments are trade, huſ-
bandry and fiſhery: I have often ſeen ſeven or
eight hundred canoes come out from thence,
ata time, for ſeveral mornings together, to
fiſh with hooks and lines about a league or
two off at ſea; each canoe having, ſome
two, ſome three, ſome four paddlers. I was
ſo pleas'd with the fight of ſuch a number

of canoes thus plying about, that I could

no!.

Book IN

we 4

"WIS N

een a M2 ng de ns ee un Lo .
"$LY ! . OTE c OT IS

3 . r

I
- "me
4 ?
N .
8
*
3
*
*

5
.
*
Wt
1
*
iy
„
2
oy
<
8.
D.
Al
by
#
5
TIE
*
Fr
1
a

© 7 «4%
e
e

Te Dutt;
oppre gt

Blacks

ene er cif ergo ne 2

Toy?

9

- ö — ——ñͤꝛů— 2 ——— —ñ——— GR en A
* 1 op < TEES JESS: — £ ; j —
22 > —— — —— — *

— — —
- =

——_

—
8
1 8 WWW 2 o X n n „ nnch. r e *
* 48 OR * [n= "7 2 8 8 7 > : "IE 4 > * * 8 * . L 1 5

i EE PO RE NN a LG GIS op not i bi 2 pv ang = Us oo IE” 2 * 1. N 8 wn 8 * N 8

EC. 7; l * F . — ** d . :

** 3 cage 3 8 . * 7 y 5

1 a, n 2 8 r 2

4 * 2 o 4 wu OT
e wa Sa $4 Sram N See N e e
" ME Fe? l %
_ 8 5

Ai N Eo Fee h

300

Coen:

ba
dent

= : — n 2232 een 2 — = — - F
2 — — — — — — —U — - bs — — — noone Sn rr rn — — —— —-— —u— - _ . — - — - - _—_
- — — — — — —
9 — — — - — — —
| P
| |
i
| 7
1
d
.
[ : -
| 1
:
10 1 -
1
|
18
* 1 1
1
i
.
104
[
/
{38
| :
14
1 .
*
? *
.
| / 8 ;
: / I / 7
'Þ * L *
— 1
F
- -
| | — :
: ; A . 8
5 *
' ; . -
L U , 5
N
1
i! .T —
ity
[ — — — -- — - A — —
! ä— — —ͤ4ä6——ͤ Sem ere ee ee a nn —— — — r LE *
_—_— — — . - = Er - — — - G — — 2
its — . —— — — : - - - — r i LET 24 20
[1 : — . . 2 oO — £6 8 4 ef ETAL I — —L— —
j — £ > - . A GAS AAA — —
=_ — — - - — -
! SELL ——
1
1 | = - LY 7 ....
if , SEW, — a - — GAG I —e — —
4 - . . ͤ—
Ly! av 2E2*ͤß—＋6· „ — CO OG A AS MOI AAS — AAA A —
1 - LEEY * „ „ — 9 * CO TD „„
we ia CGD OA GIA GI A GIGI IG GIA I GI IIIIGA ... =
; od . GET GS ISIS —T—. —

—ä —a—Ü—U—
. oo eau ones
-

ag—_——_—

N "a;
MA BA -
IIS os ©
LF.

N — — -
—- — — — . — 22 . 2 — — —
2 —
— - 4 2 A 4 — —
— „ — 2 2

—

f
U i — — ——— EOS 2 2
* 72727. c__rr_Y ow
by —äö ͤ — — — — — *
— ę— — ———— - 4
4 ——— ———— PS ma —— ——
— — — — —
at EL —— r LA
— = — 2 LIE
— —
.... ͤö ²˙-à ̃—? ———— Z
eau
— ö
: 7 4 . —
— — —
| — — 4 — — — Fg 1 —
* — — ia —> = 2 F p .
I , — _— - 2 4 —— — — —
- . — 4 —
| j 2 2 — — — -
:
111 . , _ DV A, f2
- * LY yn —— 1 xxx 4
! _ . —̃ —
2 —
1 — 25 = —
—
* —
11
1 — —
—— — —
4 Pn — — —
! - ä WIGS.
{ Z = "3h — —— — ——b—ů—
. — ——̃ K—— — — — —
' p — — 72 —
— — - —

„„—T—T——
— a — —
— 2 —

— — — œ—— —

I -
== —ů - ä 2
4 — — — —
- —̃ —— — 5
*
** ap
= 15 þ 21 * *

ene

” WW.

—
—

1 N — l = | 82-2
1 — fe |
wk oy is 27 lla
1 = ; ; == \ Mit hl

Wi tl
I opera
3a PE ED

_ 05

.
= UWA 70%

N 1. 5 i 0 1%
Ae
— 1 —

—
—
—

Y 146 R = i! l
" , , "my =
— 7 „ be ee w
SZ th TICS

\
LE

—— —

— a
A —

0 - — = —
* : — —— — = =. =».
— S =>. X — [ ' 2 >. . . — —
. r > — — a”
— —>—

W - - - — 4 . e 4 K
: — EA : — => — = : - 2 99 SI > — . 2 8 8 7 - :
: 2 — — — CS & DSS — a a f — ==
5 — — —_ 7 , — > *＋ — 0
7%» | : 8 W> ä ——ů— 4 — hs =2 — 5 =o .
— » . 8 _ — > => — ED == * —— — = AG 7 : =
W = = ; = — p os == — 2 — *
Wy

— . — - a — — x a >
——— 2 2 0 " 2

— —

— —
———
—— —

— ol
— 228

— — —

—— r r OD DO
—— — — n/a ee

—

NE CASTLE as MINA

7 22
— 22 —
LO 2 —
"4 44 — —
—— 2

— 20

. —_———
———

— A EEE ——

8

—
—
— DS

—
—

J

Ul,

77

| „
VA

f/

/

5

5 /
6
lj
0

6%

5 i
IM
1

e

*

| 70
WW 2

þ

—
=

Sy

70
i

} |
1
N

Wo

=
"RD

W

o Wl '11 il
_ WIE N

Bay

__ WY —
Wo \X —
>

Fs,

Coenrae dibi

be.

nent

IP —— ,

' — 7
is

: *

Am wt

L eee, |

Sl;
ul) .
04%

1 20

With

Sip

*
Eee

- \
A855" * ISSN
27 Need
O97 \ JESS
IP

„

70 8
\

o - *
— WD,

i —
Oy N \
Did.

N
.JD JT, --
7

-

*
ii 4 "<
rb yo
E

0

i

2

—
—

— a I EG

ad FR = >
——— —Uö— —

—
*

* T — TE Wie nin PC ATT — WV APE Ln” N rI7

7 ROERs

—_Q
—

r

2 +

ig

*

C. Plate

Lo

— _ — — —

-

2 — — ũ— —— — — — — CITE:

.

"1
* |

„

— —

/

Yin.

ett. 0000,

— —

—— 1%.

. Wii 8

| mn

HL.
75 1

ky

000 at a time

A

until

ON

*
a

ll

1 1
77% » % „% 41,"

I
722 ———
—

—

©

—

ILL 5

4

A e
14906 wk

NL

TULOGS O

Cat

2 _

—

TOES ——

4

Are

*

c

* — — rr reer 4 ne 4 — — —— — > — 1 2 48 CL —— 23244 n 2 :
— — 7 2 yy ” — — — = = — A 2 1 A 5 ot —̃ , +I + >", —
2
e OWL SPINS
— — |
& ® 0 [ iv = | —
Sl == i "1! |
| Ls |
1821 SE
a BY SZ |
Wo | ZE
qi 1
A ; " |
881 |
in. | a | |
'
| g ; | | |
i i 9.
i , |
] *
1 x, 9
j 75 X| |
jl | |
di 5 * - | |
| 23 EE
» -
ö |
| 6:
'
. j g
— 7 t 3
| PA,
7 | e
i 1 x .

—

—

Fae

11; 111
ne

N

BN
4”
. 8)..

\

1.4941

in

.

zin,

2 AI

— — Dm >

1 —

— a" — .
>> = =

__

| — q il
* Abd 1 j

*

70

| |
|

| 1

| [y 4 |

WA;

7

—

—

DDD

I ill

— — — — l
— - ja = l
- -
--

PP
]]]

"- T1,

———

— — — ſàn—

75 N
769 \ A
4 3——＋.Æ ih ; NN

N

C
.

j\

f
= -
1

| Mil . oof
„

y

77 =
2 -
VAULT
406

2
cf

TTTTTTITAnn 7161

}

— —

nme

} —
6
—

Manfroe

o Cannoes, carrymg Slaves, on Board of Shups att

=

| {ih 1+ 1 f 10 1 5
I! iſ! '? "hi j vt
1 7 i :
1 A f
Uh |
1 i!
| | ; 4 C
| 1 I 4 5
1 N ?
! Ab
14 ie
'S $ ö 1 I 5
8 x c — i Int | tb!
ru on |
E
i [HF
[| | .
$17 "i
109
[11
FIRTH
l } \! l;
I |
|
| | |
; : |
I
li
- P i!
lg |
4 [| f (|
iii] "4 | 4
ö N 0
HR!
il! | |
Me
j
e
6 0%
16010
wy
Hon
HATE
f |
| |
| |
. i |
if j = .
. fl
| j
I | "a
I i}
i ; | | |
| X A | i!
(ny } |
. 15 | 0 |
f j i
1 1
1 '
ij
[1 [ 0
f N |
it
F | i
ih f |
; p
[1
f U
|
| |
i
|; j
1
R __
1h} N We i!
14 ! wil U
1
(1! :
14 1
ll

i
th
\t

P

J
4 11 6 (

{
T

(

10

1

\£

.
Ps

Fay

—— —
— by

W

INS TRAN DG
ON apc

| I
1 4
|

—

—

\ i

[1

Li; '

I

—

ILY

05

—

—

PLATE

»

Its ſity

CuAb. F. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 157
þ PLre8. not forbear repreſenting them in the print all the proper materials and tools to that Bax BOr.
|. here adjoin'd. When the fiſhing is over, purpole ; and have alſo taught ſome of them .

and they never fail in the ſummer ſeaſon to the ſilver and goldſmiths trade: in which, Blacks
catch abundance of ſundry ſorts of good fiſh, the Blacks, by their natural genius, have ex- £0

— _ —— — WE
3 — — on — => nn rs ee __ GS.
— RE Ee . — CCC — — A. * -

— *
ye nt r —— 7˙ ˙ A
* A --

mit his.

they return to ſhore about noon, when the
freſh ſea-gale begins to blow; and carry
the fiſh to market, after having paid the
fifth part thereof to the Dutch officers, as has
been agreed, or impoſed on them, for the

Blacks do not ſeem to like it, as they are ve-

ry ready to declare to other Europeans; nor
are they leſs aggrieved at ſeveral other im-
poſitions laid on them, eſpecially thoſe of
the right of life and death over them, which
the general and his council claim ; and the
cotal prohibition of trade with any other
Europeans, both at ſea and land, under con-
fication and forfeiture of goods, and a ſe-

vere heavy fine beſides, of which more ſhall

be ſaid hereafter, | .
The Mina Blacks drive a great trade a-
long the Gold Coaft, and at Wida by fea,

and are the fitteſt and moſt experienc'd men

to manage and paddle the canoes over the
bars and breakings, which render this coaſt,

and that of Mida, ſo perillous and toilſome

to land either men, goods, or proviſions;
the waves of the ocean riſing in great ſurges,
and break ing ſo violently on the ſtrand, for

better than a muſket-ſhot in breadth one af-

ter another; which requires a great deal of
activity and dexterity to carry canoes through
without being ſunk, overſet, or ſplit to pie-
ces, and often occaſions the death of many
men, and conſiderable loſſes of the goods.
Theſe people are dexterous at debaſing of
gold, an art taught them by their former
maſters the Portugueſe, to cheat other Euro-
pean traders on the coaſt, ſo to bring the
whole trade into their own hands. The
Dutch, after the Portugueſe, have follow'd
the fame ſteps, and furniſh'd the Blacks with

tremely improv'd themſelves, and can make
many ſorts of ſmall utenſils and ornaments
of gold; eſpecially buttons plain, or in fi-
ligreen; rings plain, or in chains; tooth-
pickers; curious hat-bands; and ſword-

hilts; beſides many other ſorts of curioſities:

amongſt which, I have very often admired

their ability in caſting gold in filigreen, ſo

as to repreſent very exactly the form of large
ſea perwinkles, and all other ſpecies of ſnail

or ſhell-fiſh, &c. as ſhall be farther ob-

ſerv'd hereafter.

ah are ſo great artiſts at melting all

ſorts of glaſs, as to give it any ſhape or fi-
gure they fancy. |
hey are commonly as groſs pagans, in

Point of religion and worſhip, as the other

Blacks of the Gold Coaſt ; and if there are
any among them that ſhew ſome ſenſe ot

chriſtianity, they are only the Mulattos of

Portugueſe deſcent, whereof there are near
two hundred families in the town; but even
theſe are very indifferent new chriſtians, as

they call themſelves, their religion being

mix'd with much pagan ſuperſtition. The

great concern of the Dutch on this coaſt, as

well as of all other Europeans, ſettled or tra-
ding there, is the gold, and not the welfare
of thoſe ſouls : for by their leud looſe lives,

many who live among theſe poor wretches,
rather harden them in their wickedneſs, than
turn them from it. I beg leave to mention

this with ſorrow, to the diſhonour of chriſti-
anity ! tho” on the other hand it muſt be
own'd, that the nature of theſe Blacks in
general is ſuch, that it is very difficult for

well-diſpoſed chriſtians to convert them, as

experience has ſufficiently well ſhown,

The coaſt of St. George de la Mina. Coenraedsburg fort. The country about
ES them. Arbitrary government of the Dutch. IE

CASTLE of ST. GEORGE.
I AM now to ſpeak of the famous caſtle
St. George de la Mina, ſo call'd by the

Portugueſe, becauſe they landed there on

his day, and it has kept the name ever ſince.

Itis ſeated on the eaſt-ſouth-eaſt point of
the long narrow peninſula, on which the
townof Mina ſtands, as] have ſaid before, and
on the ſouth ſide of the mouth of the river
Benja. Both the north and ſouth ſides are en-
compaſſed with the rocky ſtrand and the ſea,
ſo that it is acceſſible only on the weſt fide,

Which is cover'd by the town of Mina. And

thus it is by nature and art very ſtrong, for
Vo LY;

that part of the caſtle which commands the

town, is very well fortified, and there is no
other way to come at it by ſea, but by the
river ſide, near the bridge of communica-
tion, laid over it for the conveniency of the
fort Coenraedſburg. The entrance into the

river is alſo pretty difficult, becauſe of the

bar which lies acroſs the mouth of it.
The French, as I obſerv'd in the former
ſheets of this deſcription, pretend to have
been the firſt European nation that made this
ſettlement in 1383. andthe Portugueſe claim
the ſame prerogative from the year 1452,
Of which I ſhall give a particular account
hereafter, together with a relation of the
Sf Dutch

—
* * -
„
—— — =

— 2 22 _ ——
Vu * 0

158

BAR BOT. Dutch conqueſt of this renowned place in
637. = 8
Srengtb. This caſtle is juſtly become famous for

A Deſcription of the Book Ill
pretty large, next to which is a great hall, 4
full of ſmall arms of ſeveral ſorts, as an |

beauty and ftrength, having no equal on
all the coaſts of Guinea.

It is built ſquare, with very high walls

of a dark brown rock ſtone, ſo very firm,
that it may be ſaid, to be cannon- proof.
The fort is fourteen Rhynlandiſh yards in
breadth, and thirty two in length, not to
reckon the out-works, which extend from
the river Benja to the ſtrand. The fort has
four large baſtions, or batteries within, and
another on the out-works, Two of the
baſtions lie to the ſea, and are, as well as the
walls, of a prodigious height, as appears
by the proſpect in the cut; the point of the
Peninſula, on which they ſtand, being a high

flat rock: beſides, two lower on the fide
of the river, where the ground deſcends gra-
dually from the rock. And on theſe batteries

forty eight fine pieces of braſs cannon, with
ſeveral pattareroes. The lower battery on
the out-works, 1s full of iron pieces, which
are fired on all occaſions of faluting ſhips
and the like. |

The garriſon commonly conſiſts of one
hundred white men, commanded by proper

officers, and perhaps as many black ſoldiers,

all in the company's pay.

The drawbridge is defended by a redoubt
with eight iron guns, and a ditch in the

rock twenty foot deep, and eighteen broad,
with an iron portcullis, and four braſs pat-

careroes within the gate, and a large Corps

de Guarde next to it; beſides, the bridge is
commanded by the ſmall arms from the
caſtle, which renders the paſſing over it very

arſenal 3 thro* which, and by a by-paſſage
you enter a fine long covered A all
wainſcoted, at each end of which there are
large glaſs windows, and thro! it is the way
to the general's lodgings, conſiſting of ſeve-
ral good chambers, and offices, along the
ramparts. The chappel on the other ſide
of theſe rooms, is a pretty neat building,
and well fitted for divine ſervice at which
I was preſent on Eaſter-day, 1682, Beſides
Sundays, there are publick prayers every
day, at which all the officers of the gar-
riſon, of whatever rank and degrees, are to
be preſent, under a fine of twenty five ſtivers
for every omiſſion, and double that ſum
on Sundays and Thurſdays,
The infirmary, or hoſpital, lies along the
ramparts, towards the river-ſtde ; and can
contain a hundred ſick men, decently at-
tended: and by it is a large tower, which
over-looks the redoubt, but has no guns.
The ware-houſes, either for goods or
proviſions, are very large and ſtately, al-
ways well furniſh*d. The compting-houſes
particularly, are large, finely fitted for the
factors and accomptants, book-keepers and

ſervants, being in all about ſixty perſons.

Over the gate of a ſpacious ware-houſe is
cut in the ſtone, A® 1484, being the year
when it was built by the Portugueſe, in the
time of John the ſecond, king of Portugal.
The characters look yet as freſh as if cut

bur twenty years ago. In this fortreſs, is a

battery without ſhoulders, with ſome pieces
of cannon, to batter the fort on Sr. Fags's
hill, in caſe of need. |

The goods and proviſions are brought in
at a gate that leads to the ſtrand, where
they are all hoiſted up by cranes, or tackles,
and in the ſame manner laid out again.

This place has been brought to the per-

difficult. 55
Canals and On the land fide the caſtle has two canals,
ciferns. always furniſhed with rain, or freſh water,
ſufficient for the uſe of the garriſon, and
ſhips 3 which were cut in the rock by the

2 + : 4
3 2 5 ˖ N

,
6
U
5
„ 44}
'}
*
1
#1
i
. 4
#
iv
.
.
.
0
ws.
I
1 1
;
\
*
i!
l
7
« \
n
M
id L
*
bl
;
13K
: 8
——
a
vs [
19
+. |
:
+ .
i
7
- g
i ,
:
: 14
14
1
ys
!
.

N 1
3 1
4 :

(7
+
6

17

14 ;
' 1:1}
1
*
"=
1
1
i Rl
i
_
1 1
+16
3
i
F
87
= >
3
' #F
+ i
, :
* Li
3
1
=
=.
1 5
1
4 i
:
_
[I
1
1
1
ir *
4:
*
1
ws
78

3

r
;

.
1

7
o
©
1
4
q

a —
* V3 = *

— — — - *
— So DH4 en wee
—— — —
* — «

—— —
—— —

ate, —

LIE 2 — K - —— — — -
—— RON tr nc - ini Gs AA A GAG ID — e CGG) n :: +4
.

2 - — —
— — — ee — —

Ne 2 — _—
PAF r*

2 be gs" A, —

Portugueſe, whom it coſt much money and
labour to blow up the rock by little and little
with gun- powder, eſpecially that which is
at the foot of the walls on the town ſide.
Beſides three very fine ciſterns within the
place, holding ſeveral hundred tuns to ſave
the rain, ſo that the garriſon is in no great
danger of wanting water,
There is room in the caſtle for a garriſon
of two hundred men, and ſeveral officers,
who may be all very conveniently lodged.
The inſide of the caſtle is quadrangular,
built about with fine ſtore-houſes, of white

fection it is now in, at the charges of rhe
Dutch Wejt-India company. It was nothing
near ſo ſtrong, nor ſo beautiful, when the

took it from the Portugueſe, And indeed,
as it now is, it rather looks as if it had
been made for the dwelling of a king,
than for a place of trade in Guinea.
Which evinces what is reported of the
Hollanders, that of all European nations,

they are the moſt curious and fitteſt to

make ſettlements abroad; as ſparing
neither charges, labour, nor time, and be-
ing ſteady and conftant in their under-

takings: but it were to be wiſh*d, they had,
on the other hand, a greater regard to the
maxims of Chriſtianity, for maintaining their
authority in the places where they lord it,

ſtone and bricks, which thus form a very

fine place of armes.
Generals The generals lodgings are above in the
apartment.caſtle, the aſcent to which is up a large

0 27 ”
32 — _
" * — 2 n

- — -1 — ”
= Dt a> vt om. —
+ 333 —ͤ——.ꝛt(v— ᷑·eeWmw —— — — — P- ͥ — — — LS

white and black ſtone ſtair-caſe, defended at
the top by two ſmall braſs guns, and four
pattareroes of the ſame metal, bearing upon
the place of arms; and a Corps de Guarde

in thoſe, and like remote countries of the
world ; of which I ſhall forbear to ſpeak at
reſent, and reſt fatisfy'd with ſome in-
ances, which occur naturally in the body”

| ="

Il

*
"oo
8
*
EI
.

4 **
0 4 Fs .
et o - d
We
HITS
4 CHA P. 5
3H” .
Ip
2
*
* b

: Lend bar-

rin.

*

of theſe memoirs, without any partia-
lity. |
The ſmall tract of land that depends on
the republick of Mina, is adorned with lit-
tle hills and vales, not very fertile; for

- which reaſon the inhabitants are obliged to

get palm-wine, maiz, and cattle, with all
other neceſſaries for their ſubſiſtence or re-
freſhment, from the countries of Fer,
Abramboe, Accanes, and Commendo, partly
in exchange for their fiſh, and partly for gold.

Whilſt the Portygueſe lorded it there,

they cauſed great quantities of fruits and

roviſions to be {ent them from Axim, which
they fold to the Dutch trading ſhips, as
the product of the country about Mina,
boaſting that it was the moſt fertile country
of all the Gold Coaſt : but daily experience
has convinced us, that Mouree, Cormentyn,
and Acra, are abundantly more fruitful and
pleaſant, for human ſubſiſtence ; and were
it not for the great advantage of the
fiſhery, it would be very difficult, if not
impoſſible, for ſo great a number of people
as live in Mina to ſubſiſt and maintain the

Dutch garriſon,

CoENRAEDSBUROG For.

O the north ſide of the little river Benja,

oppoſite to the town of Mina, the
Dutch thought adviſeable to erect fort Coen-

racdſburg, on the high hill of S. Jago;

ſo named by the Portugueſe, from a little
chappel they had built on it, dedicated to

St. James. This ſmall fortreſs was judged
by the Hollanders very neceſſary to ſecure
the hill, and hinder the acceſs to it, and

conſequently for the ſafety of St. George's
caſtle ; tho? it ſeems rather to ſtand there,

as made on purpole to requce it with more
eaſe, if it were once taken by an enemy:

the judgment whereof I leave to others, who
have well conſider'd it.

This fort ſtands in the country of Fetu,
being a beautiful quadrangle, ſtrengthened

with four good batteries, the walls twelve

foot high, and ſtrong, having four leſſer

ſquare batteries, mounted with twelve guns.
Within the fort is a tower, which com-
mands the country about, with convenient

lodgings for the garriſon, not only of five
and twenty men under an enſign, which
are kept there in peaceable times, and re-
lieved from the caſtle of Mina every four
and twenty hours, but for as many more up-
on occaſion. The fort is ſtrong, both by
nature and art, if well ſtored with proviſions

and men; for it may be eaſily defended,
being but twenty-four fathom on each ſide.

he Dutch are very careful to maintain it in

Sood repair: for as it was from thence they

chiefly obliged the caſtle of Sr. George to ſur-
render, they think it highly concerns them
to preſerve this fort and hill; for thoſe once

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA.

to be taken of this as of the caſtle itſelf.

The accels to it is eaſy on the ſide of Mina, Acceſs to
there being a road cut in the hill, from the it.

fort down to the bridge, with an eaſy deſcent;
but on the other ſide of the fort, towards
Fetu country and Commendo, the hill is very
ſteep.

The bridge of communication over the ri-
ver, has a draw-bridge, juſt in the middle
of it, as well for ſecurity, as to let paſs the
imall ſhips farther into the river, to refit.
At the foot of St. Jago is a large. canoe-
houſe, to preſerve them from the weather;
and a ſtore-houſe built near it, for the conve-
niency of ſhip-carpenters. I obſerved at this
place ſeveral tombs or little monuments,
with abundance of puppets and antick ridi-
culous figures, which, as I was told, are of
ſome kings, and other notable perſons buried
there, all adorned with imagery and other
baubles.

On the north-ſide of Sz. Zago*s-hill, and
next to 1t, the general of the caſtle of Mina
has a good large garden, handſomely divi-

ded by ſpacious walks, and rows of ſweet
and four orange, lemon, coco, palm, pal-
ma-chriſti, and other ſorts of trees, and

many extraordinary plants of the country;
as allo variety of herbs, pulſe and roots from
Europe. In the midit of the garden is a large,
round, open, and curious fummer-houſe,
with a cupola-roof, ſeveral ſteps leading up
to it. Some of the many ſweet oranges that
grow in this place, are but little inferior in
taſte to thoſe of China.

Benja, which divides this port of Feiu from vn ſalt
Mina, is rather a creek than a river, for it warer.

reaches not far into the land; and it has

been obſerved, that ſometimes in dry ſeaſons,

the water of it is ten times ſalter than the
ſtrongeſt brine, the ſoil thereabouts being
very nitrous, and the creek ſhallow, which
makes the ſea- water there be ſooner congealed
into ſalt, than that of the ocean. The inha-
bitants of Mina, at ſuch times, ſoon boil this
water into ſalt, and make a conſiderable ad-

vantage of it. In the months of May and

June, this water is as freſh as that which falls
from the clouds; becauſe then the rains are
ſo great, that the ſtreams fall from the neigh-
bouring hills as faſt as the tide comes in from

the ſea; ſo that here might be good con-

veniency for water-mills, there being water
enough to turn them.

The government of the coaſt is veſted in Govern-
the director- general, who always reſides at the ent

caſtle of Mina, taking upon him the title of
admiral and general of North and South Gui-
nea, and Angola; from whom all the gover-
nors, or chief factors, receive their commiſ-
ſions, and are accordingly ſubordinate to
him, having no power to do any thing

conſiderable

159
loſt, the caſtle of St. George could not hold BaRBOr.
out long, and therefore as much care ought WWW.

Bridge.

160

A Deſcription of the

BarBor. conſiderable without his conſent. The moſt who enjoys the place ſome years, never

difficult and important affairs are cognizable,

and ought to be laid before the council, con-

ſiſt ing of the director-general, the fiſcal, as
well in others as in criminal caſes, the chief
factors, the enſign, and ſometimes the ac-
comptant- general, who are the perſons ad-
mitted to this council of North and South
Guinea, as the Dutch call it. The factors
of the out-forts are ſometimes admitted, as
extraordinary counſellors. Every member
of this council has full liberty to offer his
thoughts upon what is to be debated ; but
the ſharpeſt of them will obſerve which ſide
the general is inclined to, and never offer to
thwart him, whatſoever they think, for fear
of incurring his diſpleaſure : ſo that the re-
ſolutions of the council ſeldom or never vary

from the general's opinion; becauſe he go-

verns all on that coaſt, from the higheſt to
the loweſt, inan arbitrary manner, and can
turn them out of their places, and ſend
them away from the coaſt, without ſhow-
ing any reaſon for it. Thus, in reality

the council is of no uſe ; but to ratify the

general's failings, and to ſecure him from
being accountable for them. It therefore

| behoves the Meſt-India company to beſtow

General's

advan-
rages.

that poſt on a perſon of known integrit
a white raven, 8

The general's ſalary is 3 600 gilders per
Anx, for the firſt three years, beſides con-

ſiderable perquiſites out of whatſoever is

traded on the company's account, all along
the coaſt ; ſo that when trade flouriſhes, his
poſt is very conſiderable, not to mention
the advantage he makes of ſuch as trade
under-hand. If continued in the poſt after

his three years, he is allowed a third more

ſalary for the firſt year; and ſo every year

ſucceſſively, one third more is advanced, till

he is diſcharged. He alſo makes a conſider-
able benefit of fines, confiſcations, and other

means, which are ſo conſiderable, that he

An introduction. French diſtoverers of Guinea. Portugueſe diſtoverers there.
5 They build the fort at Mina. Fables of theirs. Cruelty to the French.
,

that nation.

fails of going home rich.

*

Having been well acquainted with the ge-
neral, at the time of my being there, we had

much diſcourſe about the French and Duich

interlopers; arguing, whether it were not
for the common intereſt of both companies,
French and Dutch, that their ſhips ſnould, as
occaſion offered, ſeize ſuch ſhips of either na-
tion, as ventured to trade on that coaſt. We
had alſo the advice of his council upon that
ſubject, who thought ſuch a treaty ought
rather to be made in Europe, between the
directors of both companies, than on the
coaſt of Guinea by their agents. 3 35
To conclude this chapter concerning the
caſtle of Mina, I ſhall only add, that as it
is the chief place the Dutch have on this
coaſt, it is alſo the reſidence of the genera},
or governour in chief, the principal factor
and fiſcal ; and there all their ſhips which

come from Europe come to an anchor, and
unlade : for which purpoſe, there are very
fine warehouſes to lay up their goods. The

chief factor has charge of thoſe warehouſes,
which is ſometimes worth a conſiderable ſum
of money to him; and from thence all their

other forts and factories are ſupplied with
the goods they have occaſion for. The Blacks
and diſintereſtedneſs; but it is hard to find

reſort daily to the caſtle with their gold; for
which, after it 1s weighed, tried, and re-

fined, they receive their commodities, none

of which ever go out of the ſtore-houſes till
they are paid for, the chief factor giving no

credit, becauſe he is anſwerable for all the
Nor can he
charge the preſents uſually made to the na-
tive merchants to the company's account;
becauſe the ſaid company allows all their
factors a certain advance, which is not only

goods he is entruſted with.

ſufficient for making of the preſents to the
Blacks, but to leave them conſiderable gai-
ners ever year, which is done to encourage
them to be the more diligent and faithful in

the ſervice,

CHAP. VI.

haviour of the Dutch in Guinea.

- InTRODUCFION.
Promiſed above to give an account of the
taking of this famous caſtle of S. George
de la Mina by the Dutch, for the better in-

formation and entertainment of the reader;

and ſhall accordingly perform it as briefly as
will be convenient, out of the hiſtorians of
But before I enter upon that
ſubject, I think it will be very proper to add

ſomething more than has been ſaid in the

introductory diſcourſe to this work, concern-

ing the pretenſions of the French and Portu-

gueſe to the firſt diſcovery of Guinea; as alſo
of the behaviour of the Portugueſe while they
where ſole poſſeſſors of the Gold- Coaſt: but
firſt of the French, from ſuch authors of theirs
as have treated of it.

FRENCH diſcoverers of GUINEA.

S OME merchants of Dieppe having made Frenct
> ſeveral trading voyages to cape Verde, 4/*

. J
and farther on to Seſtro-Paris, on the + ns
00,

Book III

CH

Py
Kt
5
Hob
7
by —_
85
.
*
Ry
4B
Fr

.
*
N
Kot

JW

© Prof of

b Their fir]

Auventur

45
. vo!
Nie

| | '

WES
Y
8
b 5
F 5
1
5
Ws *
* +;
bent
WR
. N
F

> Frenck
diſcovt
Minz.

(

W

Coaſt of Guinea, in the year 1364, and in
the reign of Charles V. king of France, in
the year 1382, undertook} in conjunction
with other merchants of Rouen, to ſend
three ſhips to make further diſcoveries along
that coalt. One of thoſe ſhips, calPd the
Virgin, ran as far as Commendo; and thence
to the place where the town of Mina ſtands,

fo call'd, either from the quantity of gold

they got by trading with the Blacks, or their
concluding that the country was very rich in
cold mines. In the year 1383, they built
there a ſtrong houſe or factory, in which,
they leſt ten or twelve of their men to ſecure
it; and were fo fortunate in improving their
ſettlement, that in 1387, the colony being
conſiderably enlarg'd, they built a chappel
to it, and had a very good trade with the

natives till the year 1413; when, by occa-

fon of the civil wars in France, which in-
volv'd the kingdom in ſuch mighty calami-
ties, the ſtock of theſe adventurers being ex-

| hauſted, they were oblig'd to quit not only

Mina, bat all their other ſettlements at
Setro Paris, cape Monte, Sierra Leona, and

; . cape Verde. ”
| Prof ofin, ASA farther proof that the French founded

the caſtle at Mina, they alledge, that not-
withſtanding the many revolutions, which

have happened there in paſt years, one of

the baſtions is to this day call'd the baſtion

of France; and that on it, there are ſtill

ſome old arithmetical numbers to be ſeen,

ü Their firſt

Auventure.

which are Anno 13, the reſt being worn out
ordefaced by the weather: whence they infer,
that their countrymen, who built that fort,
did cut thoſe numbers on the ſtone, as a me-
morial of the time when the caſtle was built,
in the year 1383.

Pong rucursE diſcoverers of Gul xEA.
5 HE civil wars of France diſtracting the

nation, till the year 1490, the Portu-

gueſe, who then knew nothing beyond cape
Verde, having heard of the mighty profit the
French adventurers had made of their trade
in Guinea, for almoſt fifty years together,

fitted out a ſhip at Liſbon, in the year 1452,

by direction of the Infante Don Henry, and
in the reign of Alphonſo V. king of Portu-
gal, to make diſcoveries along the coaſt of
Guinea.

This Portugueſe ſhip happening to be on
the coaſt, at the time of the great rains, and
not being acquainted with the country, nor
uled to the climate, moſt of the crew fell
ck, and therefore reſolv'd to return to
Portugal: but as they had no knowledge of
the tides nor trade-winds, in thoſe ſeas, the
ſhip was driven to an iſland in the bight of

Cuinea, on the 2 1ſt of December, being the
feaſt of St. Thomas the apoſtle; for which
reaſon, they gave the iſland that name.

Finding there plenty of neceſſaries for their
Vol. V.

Coaſts of SouTa-GUINEA.

form'd there the firſt Portugueſe colony;
and after ſome time, put to ſea again, and
arrived at Liſbon in 1454.

The diſcovery of this iſland, encouraged
the undertaking of another expedition, to

Increaſe the new colony. Thence, in pro-

ceſs of time, the Portugueſe advanced to Be-
nin in Guinea; and, at length, to Acra on
the Gold Coaſt; where, having purchaſcd a
good quantity of gold, they return'd to &..
Thomas's iſland. The governor thereof re-

and materials to build at ſeveral places on

the Gold Coaſt, Theſe veſſels proceeded as Portu-
far as Mina, forty years after it had been gueſe a?

abandon'd by the French.
Marmol ſays, that Santarem and Eſcobar
were the firſt that came upon that part of
the Gold Coaſt, which is now called Mina,
in the year 1471. King oh II. of Portu-
gal, to ſecure the trade of his ſubjects in

thoſe parts, ſent thither ten caravels, in the

year 1481, laden with all ſorts of materials
for building a fort, and a hundred maſons,

Caſamanſe, lord of the country, with whom
he had before concluded a treaty of com-
merce, deſiring he would come down to
him to ratify it, as being advantageous to
himſelf and ſubjects.
coming, Azambuja landed his men, privately

arm'd under their clothes, and immediately

took poſſeſſion of a proper place to build the
intended fort; being a little hill, at ſome
diſtance from Caſamanſe's reſidence, where
were about five hundred houſes. He ſet up a

161
ſupport, and their veſſel being diſabled Barnor.
from returning home without refitting, they WWW

ſolv'd to fit out three caravels, in the year
1433, with a conſiderable number of men,

Mina.

there.

Whilſt Caſamanſe was

ſtandard, with the arms of Portugal, on a

tree, and erected an altar; at which, maſs
was ſaid the firſt time in Ethiopia, for the
ſoul of Henry, late Infante of Portugal, the

firſt and chief promoter of the diſcoveries of
Nigritia and Guinea, as is obſerv'd in the

This

introductory diſcourſe to this work.
happen'd on the feaſt of St. Sebaſtian, whoſe
name was given to a valley, where the
Portugueſe landed. After maſs, Azam-
buja was inform'd of the coming of Caſa-
manſe, and having rang'd his men in order,
fate down in an elbow chair, having on a

gold brocade waiſtcoat, and a gold collar

{et with jewels, all his followers clad in ſilk,
making a lane before him, that the black
prince might admire his grandeur. Caſa-
manſe, on his part, was not wanting to ſhow
his ſtate, which appear'd by a great num-
ber of arm'd Blacks, with a mighty noiſe of
trumpets, horns, tinkling bells, and other

inſtruments, all together making a hideous

noiſe. The principal Blacks were dreſs'd
after their own manner, as they are to this

Tt day,

under the command of James de Azambuja ; azambuja
who, upon his arrival there, ſent advice to lands

4
*
.
"6
"$
is *
.
.
4
7
$44
11
0
7 *
4,
;
?
;
.
k
|
p
+

ARSON acre a ²˙ Alt 0 ò.Ue j
1 I =

- E
4 — — IP — — — N

—— — —

— 2
8 3 — A
— —

— e —

— * _ =
= = DD 2 2 — = =
_ — — — — hd
l Py 4 — * —— — =_
— —¼“ rn nn ——
———— ——— —̃ ts * * k
- —

'
{
[

A Deſcription of the

Bannor. day, when they go to war, as ſhall be here-
WY W after deſcribed; and follow'd, each of them,
by two pages, one of them carrying a buck-
ler, and the other, a little round ſtool,
their heads and beards adorn'd with gold,

after their faſhion, 995
Ris ſpeech, After the firſt ceremonies and ſalutes on
both ſides, which took up ſome time, A-
zambuja made a long ſpeech, expreſſing the
great eſteem the king his maſter had for Caſa-
manſe's perſon and country, and how earneſt-
ly he deſired his, and his people's converſion

to the chriſtian faith; offering him his aſſiſ-

ſtance and friendſhip upon all occaſions, to
which effect he had ſent him thither, with
a fleet well provided with men, ammunt-
tion, and rich commodities: for the preſer-
vation whereof, he hoped he would allow
him to build a fort, for the carrying on
of trade with his ſubjects, repreſenting to
him the many advantages himſelf and his
ſtare would receive thereby; for by that
means, he would become terrible to his
neighbours, and that many of the black
kings would be glad to accept of ſuch pro-

poſals, c.
Build a Caſamanſe underſtanding the ſubſtance of
fort. Axambuja's diſcourſe, by means of an in-
8 terpreter, and being a man of good ſenſe,
made ſeveral objections to what he had
ſaid, endeavouring to divert him from the
thoughts of building a fort, and to perſuade
him to be ſatisfied with trading as he had
done before; but was at laſt prevaiPd upon

to conſent to it. The next day Azambuja

ſet his men to work, and the maſons break-
ing ſome rocks on the ſea- ſide, the Blacks,
whether it were out of a ſuperſtitious vene-
ration they paid to thole rocks, or that they
could not approve of erecting a fort in their
country, began to ſhow their reſentment;
which Azambuja perceiving, he caus'd con-
ſiderable preſents of ſundry ſorts to be diſ-
tributed among them, whereby they were
all appeas'd, and the Portugueſe carry d on
the work with ſuch diligence, that the fort
was put into a poſture of defence in leſs than
twenty days, and the tower rais'd to the
firſt ſtory ; the materials abovementioned,
which Azambuja brought over, being ſo fit-
ted, that there was nothing to do but to put
them together. This done, he ſent home his

caravels with a conſiderable quantity of gold.
The Portugueſe found the Blacks very kind,

and traded with them at what rate they
would themſelves for their goods ; which
was a great encouragement to the building
of the aforeſaid fort, to ſecure themſelves
againſt any attempts of the natives, or of a-
ny Europeans in after- times: and thus to ſe-
cure to themſelves the whole trade of that
rich country. 88885
Peace be- The bloody war betwixt Caſtile and Por-

9 tugal being ended by a treaty of peace at

Portugal.

Alcazoves, on September 4. 1479. excluding
the unfortunate princeſs Joanna from the ſuc-
ceſſion to the crown of Caſtile; Ferdinand,
who had ſecured that throne to himſelf, re-
nounced his claim to the kingdom of Portu-
gal; and king Alphonſo V. of Porlugal, on
his part, reſign'd the title of king of Caſtile,
he had before aſſumed, It was farther ſti-
pulated by that treaty, that the com-
merce and navigation of Guinea, with the
conqueſt of the kingdom of Fer, granted
by the popes to the kings of Portugal, ſhould
remain to them, excluſive of the Caſtilian.
who engaged not to trade, or touch in thoſe

parts, without permiſſion from the court of

Portugal ; and on the other hand, that the
Canary iſlands ſhould entirely belong to

pretends, that, contrary to theſe articles of““!

peace, the Caſtilians, in the year 1481, ſent
a fleet to trade on the coaſt of Guinea; where-

upon, king Alphonſo of Portugal ſent a ſqua-

dron to obſtruct them, under the command
of George Correa, who met with thirty ſhips
of Caſtile on the coaſt of Mina, and after
a ſharp engagement, obtain'd a compleat
victory, bringing ſeveral of them to Libor.
But this ſeems to be a groundleſs narrative
of that author's, according to the uſual va-
nity of thoſe people, no Spani/h hiſtorian ta-

king the leaſt notice of any ſuch action; be-

ſides, it appears that the crowns of Caſtile

and Portugal were that year 1481 in perfect
amity, and jointly fitting out all their ma-

ritime power againſt the Turks ; and king
Alphonſo died before the end of that year;
beſides, Azambuja's expedition, mention'd
above that ſame year, contradicts this in-
vention: ſo that there 1s not the leaſt likeli-

hood in that ſtory. Nor do ] find any more

in what the ſame author ſays, that in the

year 1478, the Caſtilians ſent to the ſaid

coaſt a fleet of thirty-five ſail, under the

command of Peter de Cobides, who brought

a great quantity of gold into SHain; ſuch

fleets were not at all uſual in thoſe days, and

if any had been, other authors muſt have
made mention of them : we will therefore

add no more of ſuch romantick relations,

this being enough to give the reader a cau-
tion, not to be too haſty in giving credit to
vain-glorious writers.
King John II. of Portugal, in order to ſe-
cure the whole trade of Guinea in the hands

of his ſubjects, granted letters patents to

ſome undertakers, himſelf joining in part-
nerſhip with them. Three ſhips were fitted
out; and ſo uncertain are the accounts of
theſe Porlugucſe affairs, that, notwithſtanding
the relation given above out of Marmmol,
ſome refer the erecting of the fort at Misa to

this year: ſuch is the confuſion among thoſe

who pretend to write the hiſtory of that na-
tion.

72

1 .
FT
1

1 Fa \

'S

© Portu:

gueſe
Guine:
Compa

A wick

| gariſon

French
4 gain a

1 : G Unea,

EY ;
ab

5
8
5 2
. ;
1 *
re
[ESE
=
.
.
III 6
EH
HY
13
« >
1
£%S

cou

Portu-

| gueſe
g Guinea
Company.

A wicked

| gariſon,

PFrench
Lain at
; Guinea,

P, 6.
tion. However, it was king John gave that

fort the name of $7. George, and afterwards
granted many privileges and franchiſes to

{ſuch as ſhould be willing to reſide in it. He

alſo gave it the name of a city, and caus'd a
church to be built in it, dedicated to St.
George. Aſter this, the ſaid king took the
ftile of lord of Guinea, and commanded thoſe
who were employ'd to make farther diſco-
veries along the ſouthern coalt of Africa,
and, at every place of note, to erect a ſquare
monument of ſtone, ſix foot high, with his
arms on it, and two inſcriptions, one on each
ſide, in Latin and Portugueſe, containing the
year, month, and day when that diſcovery
was made by his order, with the name of
the captain who commanded that expedition;

and on that pedeſtal, a ſtone croſs, cramp'd

in, whereas, in former times, they uſed to
ſet them up of wood.

Some years after, the king of Portugal

form'd a Guinea company, with the ſole
privilege of trading there, excluding all his
other ſubjects 3 which, at firſt, made a very
conſiderable profit, and caus'd fort Sr. An-
tbony to be built at Axim; another ſmall one
at Acra; and a lodge at Sama, on the ri-
ver of St. George; for the conveniency of
drawing from thoſe places, which were in a
more fruitful and cheaper country, the ne-
ceſſary proviſions for ſubſiſting of the gari-
ſon of Mina, which before was maintain'd
by the king of Portugal, who reſerv'd to
himſelf the right of appointing a governour,
and other officers, every three years, to gra-
tify ſuch of his ſubjects as had ſerv'd him
well in Europe and in Africa, in his wars
with the Moors of Fez, without making their
fortunes. 3

Thus the gariſon of this place came to

be commonly compoſed of leud and de-
bauch'd perſons, as well officers as ſoldiers,
both of them uſed to commit outrages, and
to plunder, or of ſuch as were baniſn'd Por-
!ugal for heinous crimes and miſdemeanours.
No wonder therefore, that the hiſtories of
thoſe times give an account of unparallel'd
violences and inhumanities committed there
by thoſe unſatiable Portugueſe, during the
time that place was under their ſubjection,
not only againſt the natives of the country,
and ſuch European nations as reſorted thi-
ther, but even among themſelves,

In the reign of Henry III. king of France,
the civil wars there being at an end, the
French again reſolv'd to trade along the
coaſt of Guinea, and accordingly reſorted to
the pepper and gold coaſt ; and not being

able to prevail upon the Blacks of Mina, to

deal with them, thoſe people being deterr'd
by the threats of the Portugueſe, they ſailed
thence to Acra, upon intelligence, that the
natives, provok'd by the barbarous uſage of
tne Portugueſe, had ſurpriz'd their little fort,

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

163

maſſacred the gariſon, and razed it to the BAR HOr.

ground, in the year 1578.

_*

Barbarity towards the FRENncn.

WARY

F R OM that time the Portugueſe loſt theif Portu-
credit and intereſt on that coaſt, when _=_ de-
they had reap'd all the advantages of the

Guinea trade for above a hundred years,
which now dwindled away from them; other
European natives contending with them, and
by degrees becoming ſharers in the wealth.
But this was not without bloodſhed, and
particularly many of the French loſt their
lives, either at the hands of the Portugueſe,
or of the Blacks, who receiv'd an hundred
crowns reward of the Portugueſe, tor every
head of a Frenchman they brought, the
Portugueſe general expoſing them on the
walls of his fort, Theſe barbarities prac-
tis'd for many years by the Portugueſe, ſo
terrify*d the French, that they again aban-
don'd the trade of Guinea.

As for the Blacks, the Portugueſe treated portu-
them with the utmoſt cruelty upon all occa- gueſe

of their country, and on the fiſhery, and

forcing the prime men among them, and

ions, lay ing heavy duties on the proviſions 7%%9-

even the kings, to deliver their ſons to wait

on them as ſervants, or ſlaves. Nor would
they ever open their warehouſes, unleſs there

were forty or fifty marks of gold brought
to purchaſe goods, when they compell'd

the poor wretches to take any commodities

they would give them, good or bad, and at

their own price; thoſe people not daring to
refuſe what was offer'd them: and if ever
they found any baſe mixture among the
pure gold, they immediately caus'd the

offender to be put to death, of what degree,

or condition ſoever he might be, as hap-

pened to a near relation of the king of Com-

many. It any of the Blacks durſt buy goods

of other Europeans, the ſaid goods, if ſeiz d

by the Portugueſe fiſcals and waiters, were
not only confiſcated, but a heavy fine im-
poſed upon the purchaſer..

The Dutch found no better uſage from

Dutch in

the Portugueſe, when they had an opportu- Guinea.

nity, but would not deſiſt from the Guinea
trade, being encourag'd, by the mighty pro-
fit they found on that coaſt to bear with the
outrages offer*d by thoſe people, till at laſt
they had their full revenge, when the two
nations engag*d in war. Then the Dutch
calling to mind how baſely they had been
treated by the Portugueſe, at that time ſub-
jects to Spain, took from them, not onl

one half of Brazil, but alſo all the forts

they had on the coaſt of Guinea, driving
that nation thence for ever, by taking the
caſtle of Mina, in the year 1637, and that
of Axim in 1643, as ſhall be related in the
next chapter, 55

BE-

A Deſcription of the

them, readily enough ſwallow Calvin's poi-
ſon, ſpread among them, intermixed with

164
BARRBO Tr.

WW Behaviour of the Duron in Guinea.

Boox if

ö
4
*
7s
3
*.
.
45
3
r

Id

Dutch

REFORE! proceed on that ſubject, the merchandize ; which their induſtry, taking 3
reader may perhaps be pleaſed to hear, the advantage of our negligence, or rather Backs.
What account the Portugueſe authors give of of our fins, vends about that coaſt, where 1
the behaviour of the Dulch, towards the they are by ſuch means become abſolute
Blacks on this coaſt, ſince they firſt gain'd pirates. They alſo hold, without any o-
footing there. I will give the words of ther right or title, but force and violence, the
Vaſconcelos, a Portugueſe gentleman, and fort at Boutro?, four leagues from ours, that
knight of the order of CHRIST, in his is, at Axim; as alſo the ſettlements of Cora,
life of king John II. lib. 2. p. 194. The Coromantin, and Aldea del Tuerto, at Com,
rebels, ſays he, meaning the Dutch, have mendo, and peaceably enjoy the commerce
gain'd more upon the Blacks by drunken- of Mina ; where they purchaſe above two
neſs, giving them wine and ſtrong liquors, millions of gold yearly, and export all
than by force of arms; inſtructing them, that can be furniſhed there by the Fagars
as miniſters of the devil, in their wickedneſs, and other nations, farther up in Eihiopia,
the more dangerous, where there is no vir- who reſort thither in great numbers. The
tue to oppoſe it: but the diſſolution of their quantity of merchandize, and their cheap-
lives and manners, and the advantages the neſs, has made the Barbarians the more
Portugueſe of Mina have gain'd over them, greedy of them; tho' perſons of honour
in ſome rencounters, tho' inferior in num- and quality have aſſur'd me, they would
ber, have given the rebels ſo ill a reputation willingly pay double for our goods, and are
among the natives, that they not only con- very covetous of them, as ſuſpecting the
temn them, as infamous, but alſo as men of others to be of leſs worth and deceitful, fo A
no courage and reſolution. However, the that they buy them only for want of better. Del
Blacks being a barbarous people, ſuſceptible But enough of this author, the reſt being _ wh
of the firſt notions that are inſtill'd into nothing but vanity. E Porty-
| | 8 | „„ | | | gueſe.

C HAP. VII.

Firſt Dutch voyages to Guinea. They take the caſtle of St. George, at Mina;

their behaviour there; their trade, &c.

am now to ſpeak of the taking of the
caſtle of St. George, at Mina, by the
Dutch, and ſhall therefore begin my ac-

count from their firſt voyage to the Gold

Coaſt.
Firſt Duren Voyages to GUINEA.

the Commendo and Fetu Blacks, encourag'd
by the Dutch, who ſupply'd them with

arms and other neceſſaries, roſe againſt the

Portugueſe, who had above three hundred

men kill'd in that war, and were reduc'd
for the future to keep themſelves confin'd to
the caſtle of Mina. _-

Occaſion NE Bernard Ericks, of Medenblick,
of them. having been taken at ſea, by the Portu-
gueſe, and carry'd to the Prince's iſland, in

The Dutch who till then had found much Dutck
difficulty to make ſettlements on the Go/d bail
Coaſt, notwithſtanding their being coun- for:

the bight of Guinea, and hearing there of
the rich trade they drove on the Gold Coaſt ;
being afterwards ſet at liberty, and returning
to Holland, offer'd his ſervice to ſome mer-

_ chants, for a Guinea voyage; who accor-

dingly furniſh*'d him with a ſhip, and pro-

per Cargo,

tenanc'd by the Blacks, reſolv'd now to
erect ſome forts on the coaſts of Benin, and

Angola. Then practiſing underhand with

ſeveral of the kings and prime men along
the Gold Coaſt, the king of Sabo gave

them leave to build a fort at Mouree, three
leagues eaſt from Cabo Corſo, which they

finiſh'd in the year 1624, and gave the com-
mand of it ro Adrian Jacobs, at the time
when the crown of Portugal was at war with
the Dutch, but poſſe(sd by Philip IV. king
of Spain ; which monarchs had reduced it
under their dominion the yearafter the death
of the cardinal Henry, the laſt king of Por-
tugal in the year 1578, who ſucceeded king

_ Ericks perform'd the voyage ſucceſsfully,
in 1395, running along the whole Gold
Coaſt, where he ſettled a good correſpon-
| dence with the Blacks, for carrying on the
trade with them in future times. Theſe
people finding his goods much better and
cheaper, than what they uſed to have from

Blacks viſe the Portugueſe, and being diſguſted at the

| Dutcl

againſt the violence and oppreſſion of their tyrannical Sebaſtian, kill'd in a battle againſt the Moors
Portu- government, beſides their natural love of of Fe and Morocco. The faid cardinal was 1
gueſe. novelty; provok'd the Portugueſe to uſe eighth ſon to king Emanuel, and near | Guine

eighty years of age when rais'd to the throne,
which accordingly he enjoy'd not long. 5
2 | n

them worſe than they had done before, and
ſo they continu'd till the year 1600, when

= TI} Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 16
13 In December 1625, the Dutch made an prince of Orange, and being made equal in Bax nor.
ee by attempt on the caſtle of Mina, with twelve authority to the governor general of the WWW.

Backs. hundred of their own men, and a hundred Eaſt-Indies, having the ſole direction of
j and fifty Sabou Blacks, under the command martial and civil affairs, religion, juſtice
of their Rear-Admiral Fan-Dirks Lamb, who and commerce. With him went a Fleet
landed at Terra Pequena, or Ampena, in of thirty two ſhips, twelve of them men of
the country of Commendo, but were totally war, carrying tw o thouſand ſeven hundred of
routed by the Portuguefe auxiliaries, the the choiceſt ſoldiers. Van Yypren being in-
Blacks of Mina, alone ; thoſe natives at= form'd of hisarrival in Braſil, and conqueſts
tacking the Dutch before they could form there, ſent a veſſel over to give him an ac.
their body, at the foot of a hill, a little count of the favourable opportunity then
before ſun-ſet, which was done in ſuch vi- offer*d for reducing of the caſtle of Mina,
gorous manner, that the action was over be- and baniſhing the Portugueſe from the Gold
fore night, with the ſlaughter of three Coaſt, by the conqueſt of that ſtrong place.
hundred ſeventy three ſoldiers, and ſix- Count Naſſau ſent him nine men of war, of
ty ſix ſeamen, beſides all the auxiliary Sa- his ſquadron, under the command of colo-
hu Blacks, and moſt of the Dutch Officers. nel Hans Coine, provided with all neceſſaries
Lamb their general, being wounded, was for ſuch an expedition.
reſcued by the little Commany Blacks. This ſquadron arriving, at cape La How,
on the coaſt of Quaqua, June the 25th 1637,
Du re take CASTLE Sr. GEORGE a! the commander immediately ſent advice to
Mina. 1 Van Ypren, at Mouree, and proceeded him-
bon HE ſtates-general, having ſome years ſelf with his ſquadron to Yeny, there to
e to after made over the property of fort expect that generals orders, which were to
tat ile Naſſau, at Myuree, to their Meſt-India com- bring his ſquadron to Commend, road, to Join theſe
| Por pany 3 Nicholas Van Qpren, their general at join him with two hundred canoes of Blacks“.
Hay Mouree, made from time to time what in- and ſome tranſport ſhips.
tereſt he could with the Black kings along Van Ypren gain'd over to his party moſt
| that coaſt to drive the Portugueſe thence, and of the youth of Commendo, to whom he
to ſettle themſelves in their room, by means promis'd a conſiderable ſum of gold, in
of large preſents and many larger promiſes caſe he reduced the caſtle by their aſſiſtance,
he made them, and ſucceeded ſo well as to Thus the fleet proceeded towards cape
foment a diviſion among the very Portugueſe Corſo, and the forces landed the 24th of
gariſon in the caſtle of Mina. Having thus Fly, in a little bay, or creek, about half a
diſpos'd all things for a change, and having mile welt of Corſo, in their bar canoes ;
gain'd the Caboceiros and captains of the every ſoldier carrying three days proviſion.
town of Mina, to aſſiſt the Dutch in a ſe- They were in all eight hundred ſoldiers and
cond attempt upon the caſtle, he ſent a full five hundred ſeamen, beſides the auxiliary
account thereof to the directors of the J/ejt- Blacks, and march'd in three bodies; the
India company in Holland; who having ſome firſt of them, being the Yan, was headed
Dutck years before gain'd footing in Brazil, b by William Latan, the main body by John
5410 taking of St. Salvador and Bahia de todos los Godlaat, and the rear by colonel Coine.
at Santos, belonging to Portugal, had con- They all halted at the river Dana or Dolce
triv'dall poſſible means to ſecure a place of to refreſh themſelves, and Coine being in-
arms on the coaſt of Africa ; that being ma- form'd, that a body of a thouſand Mina
ſters of both points, on the two oppoſite Blacks was poſted at the foot of the hill of
3 continents, they might have the abſolute Santiago, to oppoſe his taking poſſeſſion of
| command of the ocean, and of the paſſage it, as it appear'd by his march he deſign'd,
* to the Eaſt-Indies; ſo to ruin the trade of beſides that it was abſolutely neceſſary ſo
the Spaniards, Portugueſe, Engliſh and all to do, that being the only place which
other northern nations. They had often could favour their enterprize, as command-
ſought out for ſuch a place of arms, from ing the fort; he detach'd four companies of
cape Verde to the cape of Good Hope, but fuziliers to beat them off: but inſtead of
fail'd in their ſeveral attempts, and particu- performing it, they were moſt of them cut
larly in that I mention'd before, in the in pieces by thoſe Blacks, who ſtruck off
year 1625, againſt the caſtle of Mina, which their heads, and carry'd them into the
was reckoned the moſt convenient for their rown, in triumphant manner. Hereupon
Fa A mia jor Bon Garzon was ſent thither with ano-
| ſent from At this time count Joby Maurice of Na/- ther detachment, and having without much
| Brafil eo ſau, a near relation to the prince of Orange, difficulty forded the river Dana, fell upon
Quinea.

was arriv'd in Braſil, being by the Dutch
Meſt-India company appointed governor-
general of that country and of ſouth America,

with the conſent of the ſtates, and of the
Vor, V.

that body with ſuch vigour, that he oblig'd

them to abandon their poſt, and poſlets'd Gain 4
himſelf of it, with the loſs of only four poft.

whites and ten blacks kill'd in the attack.
n But

i

| n
.
14
| |
Tl
3*!
1
| i
13
}
i
| '
| »
. [
.

166

BaxBor. But the major was afterwards attack*d there

WVYV two ſeveral times, by the natives, endea-

vouring to recover the ſaid poſt, whom he
obliged both times to retire 3 yet it coſt
the life of William Latan and ſome more of
his men, Bon Garzon purſuing the enemy
down into the valley, between the moun-
tains and the hill Santiago, where the reſt of
the Dutch forces join'd him.
The Portugueſe, no longer able to keep

the field againſt the Dutch, retir'd into the

redoubt they had built on the hill Santiago.
It was not long before they were attack*d

in that place. Colonel Coine having caus'd

Ave re-

pulſed,

weſt-end of their town.
Blacks attempting to drive away ſome cattle,
were in danger of being cut in pieces, had

two ways to be cut through the thickets,

which cover one ſide of the hill, the one lead-
ing to the river Dana, and the other directly

to the redoubt on the hill, two pieces of can-
non and a mortar were brought up the hill,
and mounted, on an advantageous ſpot, which

commanded the caſtle ſo entirely, that ten
or twelve bombs the Dich threw from thence,

were very near falling into the place.

In the mean time, another detachment of
Dutch and Com mendo Blacks was ſent out, to
attack the Mina Blacks, and afterwards the
The Commendo

not the conduct of their officers prevented it,
by keeping them cloſe in a body along the
river Benja, which covered them; ſo that
the reſt of that day was ſpent in ſkirmiſhing.

The next day, the Dutch being reinforced
from their main body, attacked the town of
Mina, but were forced to retire by the great

fre from the caſtle. |

The day after, the general fearing left de-

lays ſhould be prejudicial to his deſign, and

diſappoint the undertaking, ſummoned the

caſtle as ſoon as it was light, proteſting he

portu-
gueſe

pPoorly ſib-
mit.

Mean ar-
zicles,

would put all the garriſon to the ſword, it

they refuſed to ſurrender immediately. The
Portugueſe governor demanded three days to
conſider on it; which was refuſed him, and
ſo that day was ſpent. 5
The next morning Coine drew up his forces
on the hill Santiago, and threw ſeveral bombs

into the place, with little effect ; but the

following day, having cauſed his granadiers

to draw nearer to the caſtle, the Portygueſe

beat the Chamade, and ſent out two perſons.

to capitulate, the articles being ſuch as the
Dutch general would impoſe, viz.

1. The governor, gariſon, and all other
Portugueſe, tO march out that day, with

their wiyes and children, but without ſwords,

colours, or any weapons, each perſon being
allowed but one ſuit of wearing apparel,

2. All the goods, merchandize, gold, and
ſlaves, to remain to the Dutch, except only
twelve ſlaves allowed the inhabitants.

The church-ſtuff, which was not of

gold or ſilver, allowed to be carried away.

1

A Deſcription of the

important place of Mina, endeavoured to
engrols all the trade of the coaſt in their own ra:

4. The Portugueſe and Mulattos to be Put
aboard the ſquadron, with their wives and
children, and carried to the iſland St. Thomas,

Thus this famous caſtle of Mina was deli- Mina
vered up to the Dytch, on the 2 om of Auguſt tale.

1637; and in it they found thirty good pieces 8 =

of braſs cannon, nine thouſand weight of
powder, and much other ammunition.
There was very little gold, and no great
quantity of goods. This done, Coine returned
to Mouree, with his forces, leaving captain

Malratuen to command at Mina, with a
gariſon of 140 men, befides ſeveral Blacks,

who had taken an oath of fidelity to them.
Coine, to make his advantage of the con-
ſternation the ſpeedy conqueſt of the caſtle of
Mina had ſpread along the Gold-Coaft, ſent
a canoe, with a letter to the governor of the
Portugueſe fort, called St. Antony, at Axim,
the moſt important poſt the Portugueſe had
on that coaſt, next to Mina, to ſummon
him to ſurrender that place, before he came

to attack it with his forces. The governor,

who had more courage than the other at
Mina, confidering the Dutch could not well
beſiege his fort, by reaſon of the continual
rains of that ſeaſon, anſwered, that he was

ready to give Coine a good reception, if he

ſhould pretend to beſiege that place, which
he was reſolved to defend to the laſt extre-
mity, for his K ing and maſter. This reſo-
lute anſwer obliged Coine to put off that en-
terprize to a more favourable opportunity;
and the Dutch did not reduce Axim till the

year 1642. Cone returned to Brazil with his

fleet and forces, where count John Maurice of
Naſſau cauſed him to be received at Olinda
and Arracife, under adiſcharge of all the can-
non, and with all other marks of honour.
The Dutch now become maſters of the

hands; and to that effect, Jan Mpren was
called from Morree to Mina, to make that
his reſidence, as general of Guinea and An-

gola. He cauſed the caſtle to be repaired
and enlarged, and by degrees made it much
ſtronger, more beautiful, and of a greater

extent, than when the Portugueſe had it.

_ Behaviour of the DuTcn in Guinea.

THE Dutch at firſt treated the Blacks of mar
Mina, and the reſt of the coaſt, very ½ Fus
gently, careſſing and preſenting the chief of ff.

them: but when the Eygliſb came to put in
for a ſhare of the trade of that rich country,
and endeavoured to make an intereſt among

the Blacks, in order to make ſettlements on

that coaſt, the Duteh changed their former
civility towards the Blacks into ſeverity, to
deter them from favouring the Eugliſh. They
alſo ſeized the Engliſh fort at Cormentyn,
where the general of that nation reſided,
which was one of the motives for the war be-
tween them in the year 1666. The

Dutch e
greß the

4
Book III [$5
En. ts

Ps

” Toward:
the Blac

Blacks
| provoke

Weir 4
content

Blacks
| provoked,
* was grown to ſuch a height in my time, eſpe-

79 :
K CG H AP . *
( 3 : þ - ;

Þ Toward
the Blacks.

The better to curb the Blacks along the
coaſt, and to engrols the whole trade, they
erected ſmall forts at Boetrou, Sama, Corſo,
Anamabo, Cormentyn, and Acra, pretending
to the Blacks, they did it to protect and de-
fend them againſt the outrages and inſults of
their neighbouring enemies of the inland
country, who uſed often to attack them.

Being thus grown powerful, the more to
keep down the Blacks, and prevent their at-
tempting any thing againſt them, they Jaid
duties on their fiſhery at Axim, Mina, and
Mouree, forbidding them, under ſevere pe-
nalties, to hold any correſpondence, or trade
with other Europeans, as has been obſerv'd

before; and proceeded to lord it over them

ſo abſolutely, as to take cognizance of all
civil and criminal cauſes, and to aſſume the
power of life and death over them; though,
on the other hand, they are oblig'd to pay

early acknowledgements to the native kings
for the forts they have there.

Perceiving that, notwithſtanding all theſe
precautions, the Blacks were not deterr'd
from trading with other Europeans, when

ccaſion offer'd, they alſo abuſed the Euro-
peans themſelves, and continue ſo to do, to

this very day.

The diſcontent of the Mina and Commendo
Blacks, as well as thoſe of Fetu and Sabou,

cially thoſe at Mina, that they had actually

Dutch?

;
res the
rade

Toward
the Eng-
liſh.

kept them ſo above nine months, as a pu-

| Theiy diſ-
| Content.

broke with the Dutch, and for ten months
kept their general cloſe confin'd to the caſtle,
without daring to come abroad, and had
twice aſſaulted it, tho* without ſucceſs, for
want of underſtanding the art of war ; ha-
ving loſt about eighty of their men, killing

but four of the Dulch. |
Not a day paſs'd, whilſt J lay thereabouts

at anchor, but I had thirty or forty ca-
noes from Mina and Commendo, all the

Blacks coming to complain of the hardſhips

the Dutch put upon their countrymen ; keep-

ing ſome of them for a long time in the

bilboes, within the caſtle, expoſed ſtark
naked to the ſcorching heat of the ſun in
the day, and to the cold dews in the night.
| myſelf ſaw three of them in that condition
on the land-batteries, ſhow'd me by the
then Dutch general; who told me, he had

niſhment for their boldneſs and treachery, as
having been concern'd in the conſpiracy of the

Blacks of Mina at thattime, to ſurpriſe the ca-

ſtle of St. George, and to deſtroy it by fire, to
which purpoſe they had actually gather'd

à great number of the Mina men; but the in-

tended deſign, being by him prevented, many

of them were fled from the town to other

places on the coaſt, after firing their houſes.
In ſhort, the Blacks, both here and at

Commendo, continually entertained me with

their grievances, and every one in parti-

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,

were to fee the French ſettled there, to pro-
tect them againſt the oppreſſion they lay
under,

Being one morning at breakfaſt with the

general, with whom I was pretty familiar,

as being my old acquaintance; he ſpied
through the gallery window ſeveral canges
of Mina, which were going aboard my
floop in the road to trade: whereupon he
abruptly in a paſſion ſaid, he would detain
me, and ſeize the floop, and had cffcctually
done it, but that I defired him to fend
aboard, and enquire, whether I had not left
politive orders with the maſter, to ſell no-
thing to the Blacks; beſides, that the fiſcal
was actually in the ſloop, to obſerve what
paſſed. For his farther ſatisfaction, I ſold
him the remaining part of the cargo that
was in the ſloop, for about ten marks of
gold; and when I returned aboard, I had
much ado to get rid of the Blacks, who
were all much diſſatisfied that I had fold thoſe
goods to the general. „

The hard uſage of the Mina Blacks, obliges

many of them to fly from thence to other

parts of the coaſt, which much leſſens the
trade of the Dutch ; as does the great reſort

of other European ſhips on that coaſt : for 1
can remember, that ſome years there have

been above fifty trading there, all at one
time. Another detriment is occaſion'd to
them by the many ſettlements made on that

coaſt, within theſe fifty years laſt paſt; and
the Dutch general, at Mina, admits of no

Blacks to buy goods, unleſs they can pur-
chaſe the value of fix marks of gold toge-
her. 8 | 7

I was told there, by ſome of the chief

factors, that formerly they uſed to export
thence above three thouſand marks of gold

yearly, and now, not above two thouſand,
when the trade 1s at the beſt.
They alſo uſed to export near eight thou-

ſand ſlaves from the whole coaſt, beginning
at Sierra Leona, down to Angola, moſt of

which they delivered at Curaſſau, whence
the Spaniards had them at an hundred and

one pieces of eight per head; beſides valt

quantities of elephants teeth, wax, Guinea-
>2pper, red-wood; cloths and other goods

of the country. Es |
Notwithſtanding all this, I am convinc'd
that the great charges the company is at,
in building and keeping in .repair ſo many
forts and factories, with a ſufficient number
of gariſons, and ſuch a number of agents,
factors, tradeſmen, ſervants, labourers, and
Gourmet Blacks in conſtant pay; as alſo the
valt expence of ſo many wars ſucceſſively
againſt the natives and others; bribing the
black kings, and paying large ſums for auxi-
liaries and ſpies; preſents, tolls, cuſtoms,
| and

—— n- — *
— ——ů— — 4 FE
-— «TC

167

cular importun'd me to inform the French BAN RO
court, at my return, how defiroys they YAN

— — — — . — AE —

1
.
7

,
=
"7
*
is
g
ö
|
|
*
1

Bounds of
the king-
dom.

lous coun-

ry.

Employ-
ments.

Cape
Coro.

168

BARBOr.
and in Europe; with many more accidents
and caſualties, which fall in unexpectedly:

Fine popu-

and ſalaries to agents and ſervants in America

all theſe things conſider'd, the profits ariſing
by this trade cannot be ſo conſiderable as
ſome ſuppoſe it to be.

On the contrary, it may be concluded un-
reaſonable to expect any thing but loſs for
any company, as I did make out to the
French African company, who, perhaps,
are much the better ever ſince, for driving

their trade by ſhipping only along the Gold

Coaſt, and in other parts of Guinea properly

ſo call'd, without the charge of ſuch ſettle-

A Deſcription of the

ments aſhore. An inſtance hereof they have
in their trade at Senega, Goeree, and Gamboa,
where, tho? the profits, at firſt ſight, ſeem
very conſiderable, yet by reaſon of the vaſt
charges in maintaining gariſons, and ſo ma-
ny ſervants there, and in the Caribbee iſlands
of America, we have ſeen the ſtock of that
company quite exhauſted, and two or three
times ſucceſſively renew'd. And JI am apt

to believe, the Dutch Weſt-India company

have no great cauſe to boaſt of their profit
in Guinea, notwithſtanding their vaſt trade
there, conſidering their expences as a-
bove.

CHAP. VIII.

The kingdom of Fetu deſcribed. Mandinga kingdom. Cape Corſo. Ooegwa

town. Engliſh and Dutch there. Engliſh fort at cape Corſo. Aguaffou
village. Manfrou town. Daniſh fort.

HE kingdom of Fe4 or Afuto, as the
Portugueſe author D. Auguſt in Ema-
nuel de Vaſconcelos calls it, and ſome Engliſh
Felou, of which I am now to ſpeak, borders
weſtward on the river Benja, and the coun-

try of Commendo ; northward, on Alti; eaſt-

ward, on Saboe, ending below the Dani/h
mount at Manfrou ; and ſouthward, on the

ocean, being about five leagues in breadth.
The preſent king's name is Aben Penin

Afſhrive. The kingdom is elective, the
principal town of it is call'd Fey, lying up
the country. _ Ent
This country 1s ſo populous, that it ſtrikes
a terror into all its neighbours, eſpeciall

thoſe of Commendo, whom 1t once ſubdued.

It has many well-built towns, full of inha-
bitants, abounds in corn and cattle, palm-
wine and oll, and is adorn'd with ſmooth
ſtrait roads, ſet with trees on both ſides from
a mile or two beyond Mina to Simbe, a vil-
lage about two leagues up the country of

Felu, ſo thick, that they ſhelter the travel-
ler both from the ſun and rain. All the hills
and other lands near the freſh waters are

cover'd with beautiful lofty trees, and the
whole country reaps much advantage by be-

ing ſeated ſo near the chief reſidences of the
Eglise

and Dutch. 5
The Blacks of this kingdom apply them-

ſelves, ſome to tillage; others to fiſning, or

boiling of ſalt; others to preſs oil and draw
wine from the palm- trees; and others to
trade, either on their own account, or as

brokers for the inland Blacks.

This little kingdom has ſeveral villages
on the ſea-coaſt, the chiefeſt whereof is

Ooeg wa, at cape Corſo, which juts out into
the ſea in 4 deg. 49 min. of north latitude.

This place is famous for the beautiful ca-

town, of all forts of proviſions, brought
down from the inland country of 4, as
alſo of conſiderable quantities of gold from
Fetu, Abramboe, Afiento, and even from

Mandinga z which laſt is above two hundred Mandir
leagues up the country north-weſt from cape lia

Cor/o, as the Ovegwa Blacks report; adding,

that the people of Mandinga are a ſort of

wild and bloody Blacks. Their capital city
of Songo is in 10 degrees of north latitude,
and about 6 degrees of longitude weſt from
the meridian of . London, according to a
modern author, very rich in gold, much

whereof is carry*d to Tombut, on the north
| fide of the river Senega, as has been before
-obſery'd; | Ts

Oorcwa Town.

**
2
128
Ve

6

=

. 5
1 IA

2

2 = . 4 2 R 2 * IL

2 = - as 7." r * : Wer? 4 *
EM 8 $ £ N . 1 5» & wo 3 JOE * 8 *
. 8 r : of © gh 7 : 1 « * 0

1 b r Ha .
ee I th. a OE 2
. Sx $55 5g 5 2 eB RES

THE Town of Ooegwa, contains above I.
five hundred Houles, divided by nar- ,

row crooked lanes, along the deſcent of the
hills, appearing like an amphitheater from
the coaſt, It is govern'd by a Braff, and
one Griffin, a Caboceiro, and lies all of it

under the command of the caſtle- guns.
The inhabitants are crafty and ready to 2%
cheat any man that is not upon his guard, tan:

and are nicely {kill'd in debaſing of gold;

but naturally ſlothful, eſpecially at tilling

the ground, which produces every thing

here as plentifully as at any of the other

towns along the coaſt. They have a very

filthy cuſtom of laying their fiſh to corrupt

for four or five days before they eat it; and
eaſing themſelves about their houſes, and in

any part of the town: which noiſome ſtenches
together, muſt of neceſſity be very unwhole-

ſome, eſpecially in the foggy weather, which
has a fort of infection in itſelf,

ENGLISH and DUTCH here.

ſtle the Engliſb have built there, and for I have already ſaid, the Dutch had for- h a

merly a pretty good fort at cape Cor/o, Holme,

the plentiful market held every day in the
| „ 1 which

— — ——— _—
, _— n= —_—

—

} WG Te
T * q aA Cf

e TO. 3. JE en i: Fi |
C

2

28

. ps 64 1 ron B. — VEE
.. EI ES CN; Lg EE ge Rs

|

,

0

ita

Alm

CO Ende — —

—
3 —

TS
= IA
-

——

—

— Sno — —
—

LS. er Soda =
— ——
2
-

——

—

—

l. l,. Jace 20. ; | |
|

—— — —

—
PO —
A Lis hd = ID
—— — 2
—
—
D

/

11
7 7
,

N
0

bi
|
(|

— a.

—

— — =
— ESSE__==_
— :

==
—

—

——— ens Goat

\

nll"

{4s

1
Mi e: ent. eee. 1
f* 22 S - 2:2 ©

11

4 l
ANN

Tu

WEE:

11 je _ | — / 217742 ad" 5

Ml T_T - : fei MZ

) lai I i . ; | me HELI
| It || Real | es DN EDD CR I | JJIY a
16 TID N

5 wit rr

* | | = Whit Fr.

7 ; SG 11 —

| ih
ll

| I n D

| 0 neee
| | "at AI

e 22 ' Ali 17

e "Yi!
ee 0 ji

— ——

AI
un

|

1

ee
55
N A

i
ll

CNV
Ae!

— —_ 1 70 |
* , 4 FR . = 2 117 SE dl |

77 "li; -— 7 . 14.

L 1 = : ; 7 175 [4 U Mo l rt = | y |

—

DNR

| N e

ee

lite

Hilti

4, — gs /
M
, P

a OSS 0 ² A _ —
> — - - - — — — —

}

;

{ *

8 4» FW 1-15 4
—— FLU
yu . — — p 44+, Fo ——v—ͤ— :
- , 58
1 vi — 2 F —
4 . ” „ .
— of
——__—_— Y
-

K
* —

x»

-

* — " _ . 3 7.
, : , 3 .
ION AG” ẽ —=—————

— ——

EI
E

23

5 *
ͤ— — —Uä4—— ¶ Vcb—

— —
—

——

— —

—

— — — — —ꝛ—ôä t

—

—
— ————

— nn q :
—_ Dn ̃ — — —

20 egrorTown

B.T he Landm place

— tit om — — 2 SRI 4. At. 2 Ft —— — AR +> tem; 822 -»
N — 0 8 & A - : Sh =

— ys —— EI F

=> oc — — . — —

= — — - Dan
*. io ron To

VV =
N | Wh 1
5 | | ZZ= D DID 7
H 65 55 i; n
UN, = D ,
* .
2
ll,
6%
60%
7 7%
WH!
i Wl 5
0%
| WHOS \
| / DD
; 8
fr, WER.

7

—
775
2
7
—

ſ

\.

A =
S
— 8 ==
—
===
=

SID

=>
—
—

7

8 —

8 >

*

— —
=

—

— —
RE —

i
/ /
I Wn, 0 5 ö
Oh |

, 5 Vil [
ul ,
475. ,
Fl L117 il
/ a
67% | SIR -
77 / {/ Wl 7 ! ON / WAR

570% %
Ah M ö
6%
756 „ 75
if

py

>

Ws
FAIT
ARSE *
2
WT

—

"I 4
8
7

=.

>
4; 2

—

4

77
"444 84
2

LT”
3
FP
„
i

— >
Ld; 4
78.
.
£55

/ TN
1 e N f >
f & 8 :
41 Jas Ri
4 N f
/ i D 8
1 7 11, 1
4 Nd 8
N N — —
j „ FR —
2 by .
ö 0 8 =
1 {
[/ 1 BVJ —
| 1 D
/ is —
i jj es 2
i U 2 8
6 ils [SIJD N
ö Ml li 8
i! —
| 1
1 . |

He

Fl

U

*
2.

Grin

77 7,
2 2
1
—

j

rp
r,
„
4

ATE
{'
EDN

OOH PA
66 % 77

7
bu

5

oO

lil
I

/
6,
/

777 i
744
—
© FO —

WN CAITE

{5h . — | — 8
77, N —
TIM, 2 3 *
| 1 „% 7 RU __
| | 0 8 N 8 n
Wh 4: +> 5 S =— DID
* il i N _ * 0 yd 328 4
1 | | | Wo Es ID
Vit „ ji IS I: WB :
| HH , ; | ; % S 3:
1 0 FISTS! [ HM 7 / / i | 88 8
| 1 7 , 744 77 ; ; { ; Ip 8
| | , 5 ö 7759 10 .
11 61 7 / 755 / 7 Fl 2 — br
i } , 57 | 200, INC 72S! :
| mo 6% oo RE
is Hi f / W / Bi 1 8 An >.
' ' h VO | 7 il ki i — N © =: RD =
(0! 5 ＋ {fl A5 / | 9 * IJ E
1 f 1/891 / 4 ll he 82
[ j j it / J; 77 . . 4 2 TE) > —
% ö „7 , ue 1B ?
1:1, (f; {| ' iff " [ /, / 0 77, 1 | 5
1 0 WH 9 fl FAO. "Wt 7
ll Mt! / 57

1, 6. 45 7
uh VM, 7

(

8 —
=
| 17 1 4 — — - - : 0
1 * WEELZ LAT Aha, : CL PIG LS 25 „ 2 2 y | ;
l ! [ i , 7 . ” 2 — "# Ap 7, 7 . , „ | - \
i HIS ,, x ; 5 „„ 1 , WWW
7 | ; ,,, . ITAL NW *.
77% of! 4 Fee, 70% 1194 5
| Ih | 1 1 fit] / 5 ti Hh / e . |}
| { ' Hi [Bi 1, A ö
| 1 j HI. 1H th 4 1 WALL 7

a = NV. \ * 6 N
y (TRE === \ \ 9 1 (
JANE = ==> | (|

W
110
Ws ane

N WA 9 * 8 ö 0 N =
SYN NV eee s

_——
22

3 — —
— LS

2 —
—— —

2 SILK IN
— -
— 2 be. ae A ER, LT TIS
—— — ä ů — — a
— S2 wo OO. *
- : — — — — —

ͤ—U— — —
— — —

— —
7

— —

— > — 5 —
— —

Dr 668 A netting

— . ———————————

J — — 2

——üUä—äj ̃

2 2 — yo r -
Ce
—.— — — — - — A — UN _—_ . r _ a
— — . . . D * 5
— 12 7 9 4 FR — 4 , wp. 2 ” - — —
— > — —

— bs _ L am.
—— 2 1
. — — — 2 —

22
2

+ 1
<2
1
LY
*
E
_
5
98
2H
nv
7
2

] pe Ruy-

j ee

8
or

7 .
H AP. 0
4

rclof, who had built it for the Daniſh com-
pany. That fort, in the year 1664, was
deſtroy'd by the Exgliſo, under admiral
Holmes, after his expedition to fort Mitſen,
at Tacorary, who afterwards took thoſe of
Adia and Anamaboe, belonging to the Dutch.

The next year the Dutch, taking their
revenge, as has been mention'd before, ad-
miral de Ruyter came from Gibraltar, with
a ſquadron. of thirteen men of war, to the
coaſt of Guinea, and ſetting upon the Eng-

_ kh there, deſtroy'd moſt of their factories,

took Cormentin caſtle, Tacorary fort and
other places upon that coaſt, and ſeiz d on
ſeveral ſhips, and the goods of the Engli/h
company; inſo much, that their loſs was

computed at above two hundred thouſand

pounds. By the treaty of peace, concluded
after that war, it was ſtipulated, that the

Dutch fort, at cape Corſo, taken by the
_ Engliſh in 1664, ſhould remain to the Eng-

lip, Hereupon, in 1672, King Charles II.

ranted a new charter to ſundry perſons, who
had ſubſcribed to a new ſtock, for carrying
on the Guinea trade, giving them the title

of the royal African company of England,
with the ſame privileges and excluſions,

which the former company had, as I ſhall
ſhow in the ſupplement to this work.

FExcLisn Fort at Cape Coxso.

T H E trade to Guinea being thus ſettled

again, the new company ſeveral years
after caus*d cape Coaſt, or Cabo Corſo caſtle,
to be built in the ſtately manner it is at pre-
ſent, being an irregular ſquare, the largeſt

and moſt beautiful on all that coaſt, next to

St. George of Mina, with four flankers, and
a large platform, on which are mounted

thirteen pieces of cannon, being about eight
pounders, pointing on the road and paſſage

upto it; which can eaſily hinder any enemies
ſhips anchoring there, and the ſmall arms
ſcour all the landing-place, behind the rocks
that encompaſs it. On the battlements are

ten guns, and twenty five on the flankers

| 5 Daniſh
fort,

from a minion to nine pounders ; and on a
rock, call'd Tabora, twenty paces from the
caſtle, are four, or ſix twelve pounders, in
a round tower, garriſon*d by about as many
men, which ſerves to keep the Blacks in the

town the better in awe, as well as to defend

them from all other Blacks their enemies,
that come from the inland country : tho? I

look upon this tower as uſeleſs, the caſtle
being ſo high, that its cannon may ſuffi-

ciently ſecure the town againſt any attempts
of thoſe people.

This caſtle is ſeated near the ſea-ſide,
about nine Engliſh miles eaſt from Mina, and
a ſhort mile weſt from Deen-Sthen, or Daniſh

mount, at Manfrou, on which ſtands the
Vol. V.

Coaſts of SouTH-GuINE A, 169
which they bought of the factor of one Ca- f

as J ſhall obſerve hereafter.

Holmes before-mention'd ; who made him-

_ Corſo as he could; but having well viewed
hold out but three days, his army would

refus'd to aſſiſt the Dutch with auxiliaries,

on which the Blacks run their canoes, with-

along the walls of the caſtle, to the principal

fort of that nation, call'd PFredericksburg, Banzor:
quite overtopping the Exgliſb caſtle at Corſo, WY

The walls of Corſo caſtle are high and
thick, eſpecially on the land- ſide, part there-
of being of rock-ſtone and part of large
bricks, which the Engliſb make, at ſome
diſtance from the place.

The Dutch admiral de Ruyter was ſent by Dutch |
the ſtates, to the coaſt of Gyinen, to drive 3
the Engliſb from ſeveral of their forts and * To
ſettlements, of which they had poſſeſs'd
themſelves in 1664 by force of arms and
ſurprize, under the conduct of admiral

ſelf maſter of all the places they had in
north and ſouth Grinza, except Axim and
St. George of Mina. De Ruyter at his coming
on that coaſt, being inform'd by the Dutch
general YValkenburg, at Mina, how neceſſar
it was for the advantage of the Dutch Weſt-
India company, to recover cape Corſo from
the Engliſh, that having no place of ſhelter
left in Guinea, they might be oblig'd to give
over the trade of Africk, and leave the Dutch
ſole poſſeſſors of it, he drew as near cape

the ſituation of the place, and finding he
had only a ſmall ſandy reach to land his
forces at, where an hundred men could eaſil

repulſe a thouſand, and that if the fort could

want proviſions, it being very eaſy for the
Blacks to ſtop all the paſſes and cut his men
off from freſh water; beſides, that the Fete
Blacks, among whom the fort is built, had

and declar'd they would ſide with the Eng-
iſh, if they were attack'd: for theſe rea-
ſons, I ſay, de Ruyter gave over the in-
tended expedition, and could never ſuffi-
ciently expreſs his aſtoniſhment, that the
Dutch ſhould permit the Engli/h ſo eaſily to
make themſelves maſters of ſuch a place ;
and from that time it has ever continu'd in i
the poſſeſſion of the royal African company
of England to this day. 5 6
The natural ſituation, on a round head, Strong

Jutting out into the ſea towards the SS E, ſetuation.

and its being encompaſs'd on that ſide and

the 8 W by ſeveral rocks, and the fea it ſelf,

render it inacceſſible on that ſide; the waves

of the ocean continually breaking among
thoſe rocks. ON IEY

The only landing-place is juſt under the Landing-
fortreſs, in a ſmall bay eaſtward, where the place.
ſtrand is clear of rocks, being a fandy flat,

. * A a
——— —
—— x 2—

out danger of ſplitting. The way thence is

the 5-7

— —
2 — *
— —

— ñ ́ —— — W ˙——

ate looking WN W, up to the country.
t has neither ditch, nor draw- bridge before
it, nor ſo much as a portcullis, being only
defended by the two round flankers on the
Xx land-

_—.

— Bt ded ns
_— "I nt a

2
—— IS
—

3

4 - 7 7 - = *
2 h — — wan tt age et I <A > — — ——
24 — = Cam Bile > — *
p — tte BE * a es. * — - -
Mr >. = — — *
=> * = — — — =
10 a D > 2 2 2 XS
2 * * pe - 1

1
7
1
!
” 5
1
1.
* .
, £45
* N
.
$4
l
* x
.
17
» 10 My
7 4.
1
II.
6
|
o 77
* is
„ 4
=!
! $2
4
44 1
e
14 1
Ti;
.
; $
4 o
L
i . 4
{| 1
| þ
7
0
0 :
» |
19
254
1
» .
R
„
.
7
1
Th
S.
1
v
i
»f
1
1
„
45 1
by
L 1
y n
1 7
1 1
© +
*
1
*
*
*
4
.
1
[
e
\

Yoo a — — =
3 7 mY
_ - — ante 7 on

— JH:
— rm ae—
* 1

— FO" _— — ee ag” -
5 0 — WT. —

as — —m ot rr . Q rr TT i &
—— 2 — — —

2 —

170

Bannor-lan I-ſide, and a low ſmall battery, mounted
YM with ſix pieces of cannon.

Lodgings.

The lodgings and apartments within the
caſtle, are very large, and well-built of
brick, having three fronts, which, with the
platform on the ſouth, almoſt make a qua-
drangle, anſwering to the inſide of the walls,
and form a very handſome place of arms,
well paved; under which, is a ſpacious
manſion, or place to keep the ſlaves in, cut
out of the rocky ground, arch'd, and divi-
ded into ſeveral rooms; ſo that it will con-
veniently contain a thouſand Blacks, let
down at an opening made for the purpoſe.
The keeping of the ſlaves thus under ground,
is a good ſecurity to the gariſon againſt a-
ny inſurrection. |

A curious continu*d balcony runs along
the buildings at the firſt ſtory, with hand-
ſome ſtair-caſes on the outſide, at certain
diſtances, on each front, for a communica-
tion between the lodgings of the gariſon;
and under the balconies are ſeveral ſhops.
Next the agent general's apartment is a
large ſtately hall. There are alſo ſpacious
ſtorchouſes, and counting-houſes for the
factors and other officers; ſome of which
rooms were not quite finiſh'd in the year
1082. The then agent Greenbil, my very

good friend, was diligently employ'd in fi-

Gariſon.

Mater.

niſhing them.

The gariſon and other company ſoldiers
amount to about a hundred whites, and
near the like number of Grome!tozs, with

their reſpective officers, all clothed in red,

and in the pay of the Royal African Com-

pany. |

They are ſupplied with water, in time of
ſcarcity, from a large ciſtern, which holds
above three hundred tun of rain, gathered

in the wet ſeaſon, from the tops and leads

of the houſes in the caſtle.

Fault of

the fort,

at cape Cor /0.

Another.

The only fault of this fortreſs is its near-

neſs to the Daniſh mount, at Manfrou, which

being high, and lying ſo near Cor/o, may
batter it to ruin, with good large cannon.
I have feveral times from the Danes fort
ſeen the men walking in the place of arms,
The Engliſh are very ſenſi-
ble of this defect, and therefore endeavour
by all means to live amicably with the
Danes; and I believe would willingly per-
ſuade them to quit that fort for a ſum of
Toney. | | =
Another inconveniency for the caſtle of.
cape Corſo is, its being built too near the

three great hills, to the N W. and NE. of
the town of Corſo where batteries might

be eaſily erected to reduce it, by any na-
tion, that were maſters of the Blacks and
their country. For this reaſon, the Engliſh

make it their buſineſs to entertain a good

correſpondence with the chief of the natives,
and make them conſiderable preſents to

A Deſcription of the

keep them firm to their intereſt ; beſides a

ſum of money they pay the king of Pet

monthly, very punctually, for the privi-
lege of having the caſtle in his country.
The agent general of the Engliſh com-
pany, who bears the title of general of
Guinea, from Sierra Leona to Angola; uſy-
ally reſides at Caſtle-coaſt, or Corſo, where
he keeps the great ſtores, and the accounts
of the other forts and ſettlements on that
coaſt ; the trade whereof conſiſts in gold,
elephants teeth, ſlaves, wax, red-wood, Gui-
nea cloths, &c. which might turn to con-
ſiderable profit, were it well and juſtly ma-
naged. But I am apt to believe, want of virtue
enough to withſtand the temptations of op-
portunity and importunity of bad example,

induces many of the company's ſervants to

make no ſcruple of breaking the oath they

take, not to trade for themſelves directly
or indirectly any way whatſoever; whereof

many inſtances may be given.

This, to-

gether with the vaſt number of interlopers

and other foreign trading ſhips reſorting to

the coaſt every year, deprives the company

of the belt ſhare of the commerce. How
to remedy it, I leave to the directors of the
ſaid company. Certain it is, that few, who
can live well at home will venture to repair
to the Guinea coaſt, to mend their circum-
ſtances, unleſs encouraged by large ſalaries,

and that a ſmaller number of factors be

employ'd, as I have often repreſented it to
the directors of the royal African company
in France; whoſe trade daily decays, thro?

the ill management of their ſervants in

Guinea, who to their own vices, add thoſe
of the people, among whom they live and
converſe. And they need not go ſo far to ob-

ſerve the faults of thoſe people ro have mat-
ter of railing when they

{ come home, con-
ſidering, that nothing is baſer, as Seneca
writes, Lib. f. de moribus, than to object

that to another, which may be retorted upon
one's ſelf. And St. Auguſtin's confeſſion,

chap. 10. ſays, a curious ſort of people, to
pry into other men's lives, and ſlothful to
mend their own. For none of us Europeans
ever go to Guinea, but we are apt ac our
return to make horrid pictures of the man-
ners and vices of the Blacks.

This muſt be ſaid, once for all, that the

generality of thoſe who look for ſuch em-
ploy ments, are neceſſitous perſons, who

cannot live at home; and perhaps moſt of

them of a temper to improve all opportu-
nities of mending their worldly circumſtan-
ces, without much regard to the principles
of chriſtianity. For without reflecting on
particular perſons, it may be ſaid, that what
J have here aſſerted, is ſufficiently made out
by the irregularity of their lives, in thoſe

parts; and particularly as to lewdneſs with Deas
women, and exceſs of drinking, eſpecially %%

punch,

Booz II

Fraud,

—
2
29

2
E=
4

wr”,

:

*

; oh
Er *
„
9
*

8
"Xx
>q

5
*

=
4
*

Cu-

De a

© Water

| Garde

0 2
be
2
5
4
.
2
.*
„
2 P
1
3
5
1
. : AX
"=
bo
0
W L
4

. 7

Aud,

Debate
th E ry "

N Gardens,

and corrodes iron much faſter.
pany's ſhips are ſupply'd with water from

p. 8.

and above all, the ſoldiers and workmen;
as well as by ill diet and water, the want of
proper remedies and able phyſicians; and the
paſſing in canoes from one place to another,
which has a danger in itſelf, beſides that of
the ſca. The fondneſs of their beloved li-
quor punch, is ſo great, even among the
officers and factors, that, whatever comes
of it, there muſt be a bowl upon all occa-
ſions, which cauſes the death of many of
them 3 and conſequently the gariſon be-
comes very weak, the ſurvivors looking
poor and thin, not only of the ſoldiers, bur
of the officers and factors, whoſe counte-
nances are ſhrivel'd and diſmal, through ill

diet and worſe government; either their ſto-
mach or their money falling ſhort, when

they have lived there ſome time. And ſhould
we form a judgement of the ſtate of health
in Guinea, by the number of Engliſh that
die there, that country would have a more
unhealthful name in England than in France.
I am alſo apt to believe, that the exceſſive
eating of fleſh, ſo natural to the Engli/h, is

very prejudicial to them in thoſe parts; as
I have often repreſented to ſome of the prin-
cipal men at cape Corſo caſtle, giving them

directions how to live more regularly, which
s certainly more agreeable to that intempe-

rate unhealthy climate; viz. to abſtain
from the black women, to drink moderate-
ly, eſpecially brandy, rum, and punch;
and avoid ſleeping in the open air at night,
as many, when heated with debauchery, do,
having nothing on but a ſhirt, thinking
thus to cool, but, on the contrary, they
murder themſelves: for nothing is more
pernicious to the conſtitution of Europeans,

than to lie in the open air, as I have been

ſufficiently convinc'd by experience. There-
fore, I did not only take care to avoid lying
ſo expoſed, but always kept to my bed, as
warm as I could well bear it; and, both
night and day, wore a dreſs'd hare's-ſkin
next to my bare ſtomach, for above two
years together, which kept it in a good dil-

poſition, and help'd digeſtion very much;

tho' I muſt own, it was ſometimes, and eſpe-
clally in the exceſſive hot nights, very trou-

bleſome, and occalion*d much ſweating.

The air, tho? not ſo cold, is much thin-
ner, and more piercing than in Euzland,
'The com-

the ciſtern in the caſtle ;z and if that is out,
from a large pond, lying at ſome diſtance
towards the ſea, between cape Corſo and
Mina, the Blacks conducting the boats thi-
ther, and rolling the caſks backwards and
forwards along the paths on the ſhore a-

mong the rocks, at a place call'd Domine.

The gardens bclonging to the agent and

Coaſts of SoUT H-GUINEA,

punch. And it is almoſt incredible how

other officers of the caſtle, are at ſome diſ. Barzor.
many ſhorten their days by ſuch debauchery,

ſtance from it, towards the ſtrand, and full
of orange and lemon-trees ; but have ver
few plants and herbs. In the midſt of them
is a ſquare ſummer-houſe for their diverſion.
Another place, much like a garden, bur all
planted with coco-trees, is the common bu-
rying-place for the gariſon and officers,

The agent-general expects to be ſaluted Striking 1s

by all ſhips that anchor 1n the road of cape
Corſo, not by firing of guns, but by lower-
ing the top- ſails down to the tops; and cau-

ſes the platform of the caſtle to fire with ball

on ſuch ſhips, either Eugliſb or foreigners,
as omit to do ſo. At my laſt voyage thi-
ther, aboard the French man of war le Folly,
I was not a little ſurprized after having ſa-
luted the caſtle with ſeven guns, and being
anſwer'd with five, that, as we were coming

to an anchor, they fired three guns at us
with ball, one after another, which fell juſt
at the head of the ſhip. Not knowing the
meaning thereof, we held on our courſe a-
bout a mile farther, to Manfrou road, and

ſent aſhore the next morning, to know whe-

ther there was any rupture betwixt France
and England, which I was unacquainted with,

tho* newly come ſrom Europe. The gene-

ral ſent word, that if I would come and dine

with him, I ſhould be ſatisfied as to my
queſtion, He gave me a noble reception at
my landing, the gariſon making a lane
from the water-ſide to the caſtle gate, whi-
ther the chaplain conducted me; and the ge-
neral, with his officers, receiv'd me at the

gate, and order'd nine guns to be fired from

the flankers. He then told me, he had po-
ſitive orders from his ſuperiors, to require

all ſhips whatſoever, which anchor'd in the

road, or paſs'd by, within reach of his guns,
to lower their top-ſails. The anchoring-
place is about two miles from the ſhore ;
where agent Greenbil, in the year 1660,
made frequent obſervation, that the varia-
tion was 2 deg. 14 min. weſterly. It gene-

rally flows here SSE. and NNW. upon
the full and change. The water, upon ſpring-

tides, riſes about ſix or ſeven foot.

The ſhore about cape Corſo, lies almoſt Soil.

eaſt and weſt, expoſed to the ſouth. The
country is hilly, though not very high, but
cloſe together, the valleys between being
extraordinary narrow, molt cover'd with a
ſort of low, but very thick ſhrubs. It is not a-
bove a tenth part of the ground that the
natives till; and yet that, within fix months
after, is overgrown as before, The ſoil is
eaſy to be till'd, and yields ſome hundreds
for one; yet, ſo ſlothful are the natives,
that if they have but one bad year, they
are in danger of ſtarving.

Some impute the earth's being ſo cover'd
with ſhrubs, to the badneſs of the air, and
to the rain-water they there keep in pits,
1 | which

171

the caſtle.

172

— —— — — ——

| Banzor. which ſtrains through the earth, and has a

I ſweetiſh taſte, with a mixture of acid like
vitriol. Others aſcribe it to the exceſſive

Toads and About the latter end of May, ſome years,

Dancing
ſeaſon.

CI
Sovereign
court.

rains; but it has been obſerv'd, that *tis not
only the wet which makes this country un-
healthy. On the other hand, if a country
which is all gravel, may be reckoned heal-
thy, as are ſome parts of Hampſhire in Eng-
land, then that country ſhould alſo be ac-
counted ſuch, there being every] where a
gravel or ſand on the ſurface, and under it a
ſort of whitiſh marle, almoſt like fuller's
earth, |

As Ihave ſaid before, Iknow not what fault
there is here in the air, more than at other
places on the coaſt, tho? unhealthineſs may
in ſome meaſure proceed from the ground
being cover'd with ſhrubs ; whence, in the

vales particularly, ariſes a certain fog or

miſt, towards night, and in the morning,
which may diſtemper the air. But, as I
ſaid above, diſorderly living and bad diet,
are certainly the main cauſes that more men
die there, than at other places on the coaſt.
The air indeed is extreme hot, and ſo piercing
at the ſame time, that it penetrates into a
man's body, much more than in France, or
England. 5

here appears a vaſt number of toads, which,
ſome time after, all vaniſh. There are alſo

ſome inſects, the moſt remarkable a ſort of

ſpider, about as big as a beetle, in ſhape
like a crab, with a ſtrange viſible orifice in
the belly, whence the web proceeds.

Beſides the daily market I have mention'd
to be kept at the town of Corſo, there is a
very conſiderable one at Abramboe, a large
town, about twenty ſeven miles northward
from cape Corſo; where by appointment of

the king of Fetu, at a certain time of the

year, is a rendevouz from all parts of his
country, for public dancing, and it is call'd
the dancing ſeaſon, and laſts eight days.
An incredible number of people repair to
it from all parts, and ſpend all the day, and
moſt of the night, in that toilſome diverſion.

At the ſame time, are alſo decided all

ſuits and controverſies, which could not be
determin'd by the inferior juſtices, in their

ſeveral diſtricts. This ſupreme court is com-

pos'd of the king of Fetu, his Dey, or prime

miniſter, the Geroſfo, and the Braffo, with
two Engliſb factors of cape Corſo caſtle. It
is the agents prerogative to ſend thoſe agents
to that court, and each of them is to have
as many ſuits of clothes, as he ſtays there
days, to appear every day in a different ſuit,
which puts the company to three hundred

pounds charges yearly.

Adu AFTOU VILLAGE,

15 very large, and lies weſt from cape
® Corſo, being a market, where the Blacks

A Deſcription of the Boo III

5
14
7

buy ſlaves to be kill'd and bury'd, at the fu-
nerals of their kings. 1

At my firſt voyage to cape Corſo, I had a 2529.
pretty briſk trade for ſlaves and gold; bur
at my return thither, three years after, [
found a great alteration; the French brandy,
whereof I had always a good quantity aboard,
being much leſs demanded, by reaſon a
great quantity of ſpirits and rum had been
brought on that coaſt by many Engliſh tra-
ding ſhips, then on the coaſt, which oblig*d
all to ſell cheap.

There is generally good plenty of gold,
but much of it is not pure, eſpecially the
Cracra and Feitizo gold. |

©
42

Re.
5

=
.

Manrrovu Town,

TP another place in Felu, almoſt round and 7; f.
ſeated below the Daniſh mount, about ion.

an Engliſh mile from cape Corſo, on the

ſtrand ; ſeveral large rocks near the ſhore, .

rendering the acceſs on that ſide very diffi-

cult and dangerous, the ſea running high,

and its ſurges breaking upon thoſe rocks.

The town is not very conſiderable, moſt ul.
of the inhabitants being fiſhermen, husband- 2
men, or ſalt-boilers ; beſides ſome who act
as brokers for the inland Blacks. Sometimes
there is a pretty good trade with the Blacks,
as alſo with the Danes, who having ſeldom
above one or two ſhips in a year from Den-
mark, are often in want of many things, ei-
ther for their own uſe, or to carry on the
trade, in the proper ſeaſon ; and I have my
ſelf ſold the Danes conſiderable parcels of
goods for gold and ſlaves.

Danisn FORT.

HE Daniſb mount is above three hun- put
dred paces over, and level at the top.
The Danes being formerly expell'd from Corſo
by the Dutch, made choice of that mount,
as a proper place to build a fort, with little
charge; the hill being it ſelf a fort, by its
ſituation and form, becauſe very ſteep and
high on all ſides: and thereaccordingly they
built the fort call'd Fredericksburg, almoſt
on the top of the mount, being only a 3
pretty large, almoſt triangular encloſure, I
or indifferent thick wall of ſtone and clay q
mix*d together, always falling to decay, -
with a round flanker towards the ſea-ſide,
and two other ſorry ſmall baſtions to the
land, of the ſame materials as the wall and
curtins, one of them pointing eaſt and the }
other weſt, towards cape Corſo; on all :
which there are fifteen or ſixteen old iron B
guns, in no good order. Within the enclo-
ſure, or walls, is a diſorderly heap of fold
clay buildings, thatch'd, like thoſe of the
Blacks, and all out of repair. The Danis
general's apartment has nothing in it worth :
taking notice of, unleſs it be an old gallery, , |

which has a very fine proſpect, both by es |
and

_— = —
.
* - *

. —

„SA .
—

—

*
I
LY --
*
4
T
1
- *
| Ly
L's * :
a
Mo... - —
1 5 F 4
4 a.
A”
WV
*
*
*
2
*
OPTI 9 ODE RM Re 0 — Dig" Whoa . — _
$ 2 % : . 8 : ;
A KC. 75 2
;
—
> —
| — =>
|
= * = mn wa -
"2 «<Q = —
—ů— . — = 2 W 5
OY © :
f CCI | —— — 5 coun —

ö
|

4
" 12

r
222 |

0

—

*

0
\

7

——

- NI

4 4 —
\ * "IND

,

1
7 £

9
5 7 77, 9
pou! [ i

79. U 7.
4% bs

—
—
2777777
”-

ku
DA

l 7 |
1603 %

}
{
'
i

* 20

2 —

*
—————

=?
—

W
\

DJ

—

2

AQ

CEE IIS

IN

N N

*

—

-
—

—

—

N

W

JQdd
M

Ev
\
U
U
— ——

——.
tne
—
—

>
—

1

Wah
2

— —

—
—

—
—

— — —

= .
— —
o

— i 2
S co og ——wS_———
a

yDamlſh Fort Great Frederick's Bur gh. from the We ry off a: if

| i}
[1

00

I, TT
FJ} 10
9

WIL

1 | FO
nn 0,008

of q 704
ET Jo Wi (fe

1 /

4a

ELITE

SI8101, 8 1/11,

/

(/
}

2 —

ef
—

%

ZR

*

M1

,

*
/
—

The Proſpect of

—

. at North Dat.

The exact Han

\ f
}
3x8
ESE |
1 [
1
CHEN
1 —
\. 11
\
—
—
—
—
* —
{
{
1

i | |
„„ „ J J % „
00 ads 1M 75 7 7
*{ ' . N 7 , 8 „ / Jy,
2 . j V5 7 /
: - 14.90 0 Will
c l | ö * Ll
f lil ,

| . ft Ll (lj

7 "AK, / 6 1 ö 7 „ „% 1757 0 1 | |;
7775 Na 75 7 © 1 iS 14 e 66% : { if
ok % „%%%
: VE 7 f 1 5 I, #4 * . p ö MW WA ; |
0 74 = 7 1 / £ 'þ . wh Y 4 ; 6 7666 f

vl.

„

il lh

il
Ws

1

4

{ | 4 |
ö * 4 |
MING

( {
0 ©
(UE!

— — >
— —— II

VU— — ——

% %%

%
Mee

146447

— ² i

Ul

—

l

—

if

18 |
RV Up.
D hs Hang

k TY HLLB SOTO SLBA BO4001 =

_wWwrL WA

75 A

»
*

/

0

1

| I

ns

uu

in,

I

|

Hanau

ll

l
1

|

CE *
TRA.
WE : =
N N 29 $®

|
]

*

|

|

_ s
es N
N WW

55

*

—

-
2. .

— .
—

2 * *
*
b»

„*
PS
—

N

| —
'

.
9

** g \ \\
* 3 \\ \ N
$

\
*
5
4 \
\

\
x
WO

3

* 5 |
4 p *

—— 2

22 *
22

— 23

IA;

*

\ \ \ \ N 1
N SSN VI
N 9 0 * af \ SY AY \ * Loy
WW We NE IN \
W W n q W N vA N
W. Vos
. Bode. 5 QI WA is \

—
—

6
NN.
18

»\

4

VI
WN

NN

\
8

CHA

PLATE 11.

_—_—

ES Daniſh
omen.

II \ N

1 :
Wading,
2

1

*

p. 8.

morning till night, being a S W. breeze,

ſometimes blowing ſo cold, that there is no

enduring of it; for which reaſon, this place

is reckoned much healthier than cape Co7/o.
J have here inſerted the proſpect of this

Jus
5 A good regular fort, well ſtored and ga-
riſon'd, on this mount, would be almoſt

injpregnable, by feaſon of its fätural ſitua-

tion. As it is at preſent, there is no danger
of its being ever reduced by the Blacks.
The Eugliſb at cape Corſo mult fare very ill,
if ever the two crowns bf England and Den-
mark ſhould be engaged in a war; for the
Danzs can batter the Eugliſb fort, and ut-
terly ruin it, without receiving any damage
themſelves, for they entirely overlook and
command it. The Engliſh royal African
company would do well, if poſſible, to pur-
chaſe that fott of the Danes at any rate, and
to build there another ſtronger and more
regular, to ſecure that poſt from falling

into the hands of an enemy; for it would

be a ſure bulwark to their caſtle at Co7/0,
as the Dutch now keep their fort Coenraed/-
barg, on the hill of Santiago, for the greater
ſecurity of their cattle of Mina. .

The gariſon in the fort is anſwerable to
the place, being ſometimes about twenty
white men fit for ſervice, beſides the Gro-
melto Blacks. It is generally obſerv'd, that

of all the European nations, which live on

that coaſt, the Danes loſe moſt men in pro-
portion, tho? ſettled in the beſt air; which
is aſcribed to their ill diet and government,
wherein they exceed the Engliſh of cape
Corſo, being often in want of money to buy
the moſt neceſſary things for their ſubſiſ-
tence, and great lovers of hot liquors, which
quite ſpoil their ſtomachs.

* alplace It has been alſo obſerv'd, that Daniſh wo-
men cannot live long there, being commonly
ſubject to a prodigious loſs of blood, by a

diſtemper peculiar to their ſex ; as lately

happencd to a general's wife, who had not

buen there a year. |
The beſt roads for ſhips at Manfrou is
due ſouth from the fort, in thirteen or four-
ten fathom water, good holding ground.
The Engliſh of cape Cor/o, pretend the road
is within their limits.

The eaſieſt place to land there, is on the
caſt-ſide of the hill, to boats remaining at
anchor at a diſtance, without the rocks,
and waiting for the canoes of the Blacks
from ſhore, to carry them over the break-

ung ſea, which ſometimes is dangerous.

The Daniſh general has a fine ſpacious
garden for his diverſion, on the N E. fide of
the fort, about half a mile from it, ſtored
with great variety of trees, and plants, and

particularly orange and lemon-trees, In

the midſt of it is a large ſtately ſummer-
VOL. V.

| Coaſts of SourH-GoutNEA.

and land, and a continual freſh air, from

ſion of a mock fight among Blacks, repre-
ſenting their true manner of engaging in
battle, whereof I ſhall give a particular
deſcription in its proper place.

Whether it be uſual with the Danes to Daniſh
treat ſtrangers ſumptuouſly, or whether it Treats.

is only peculiar in thoſe parts, I muſt owh
their entertainment was magnificent, and we
had ſometimes above twenty healths drank
at a meal, five or ſeven guns firing toeach
of them, according to the dignity of the
perſon ; which made me admire the batteries
could ſtand ſuch frequent firing, being ſo ill
built, and ſo much decay'd.

The Danes having aſſiſted the Engliſh, in
their expedition againſt cape Corſo, in 1664,
were allow'd to have a factory on the NW.
ſide of the town Oocgꝛva, with the Daniſh
colours on it, There they kept a factor

for ſome years to carry on the trade, but

It was afterwards abandon'd, fo that they
have now only the ſettlement at Manfrou,

on the Gold Coaſt; for their former fort at
Acra, which when I came thither before,

was ſtill in their poſſeſſion, and where I tra-
ded conſiderably for gold and flaves, with

the then governor Olrichs, is now in the
hands of the Portugueſe of St. Thome, who

bought it, after the murder of the ſaid O!-
ricks, by a Grecian of his company, as I
ſhall obſerve in another place.

By what has been faid of the buſineſs the ,
Danes have on the Gold Coaſt, it may be trade.

concluded their African company makes but

a very inconſiderable advantage of it, and
that through the unfaithfulnels of their ſer-

vants ; for ſcarce any one, who is ſent over
from Denmark, as a perſon of known inte-
grity to the company, as chief or general,

lives long on the coaſt, but is either ſnatch'd
away by a natura] death, or by the contri-

vance of his inferiors, aſſiſted by the B/acks,
the better to compaſs their own deſigns.

Thus it ſometimes comes to paſs, that a gun- Uncertain =
ner of the fort, or other ſuch mean perſon a
ſucceeds in that poſt, and ſo manages affairs
according to his ſmall capacity, or rather to

his wicked inclination to enrich himſelf in as

ſhort a time as may be; knowing he muſt
ſhortly be remov'd, or diſcharg*d by the
company, his command being only pro in-
terim z or that he may be ſerv'd by his in-
feriors, as his predeceſſor was before, every
one endeavouring to make his intereſt with
the Blacks, by large promiſes of gratuities,
if they can once arrive at that ſupreme poſt,
at any expence of blood and money.

Of the two Daniſß generals I knew there

during my voyages, the firſt had been the
gunner of the fort, the latter, a lieutenant,
as he ſaid himſelf; but others told me he had
been the other general's ſervant, a briſk,

* bold,

houſe, where he entertain'd me one after- BARBOr.
noon very nobly, and gave me the diver- WWW

Factory of
their;.

ern-

—

1 _ : . $48 SW 4 —
—— r — — — = .
A — * * : :
. "wo — ” * — x _

—
3 — —————

K
— *

1 = —

——

—

_ w— i 3A Gat; > 8

vw
2 ,
— . —

0
4 1
+
*
»
+; 1
1 0 £ 7
66
=
ih]
1$:5:
{
»
4:45
.
; 4
7
4 4
bo 1%
[
!
J.
[) F \
*
1
1
OY
6
.
55 1
I
'
'8)
*
4
1 7
*
i j 1
1 f
} 4
l j ;
'W: 11
1
[ E.
1
.
U 1
1
* i
$ 1
[]
1
! {
*
i
2
1
IF 7
.
1 F
N
4 # 7
Þ ; o
, *
by
P *
& Ki
'J$ i
F
- i! 1
5 J
U [
1 4
1
' —
Ft; ,
23 8759
i 34
i I”
: 0
} p 1
3
\ 8
CE Wi
J i 0
I.
21
7 *
| \
U ;
' 7
; 1 .
N H
1 8 if
$
4
4 N
j
* 1
1 N
+ |
&#
1
1 '
4 } q
» i
oy
Ly ; 7
1
i =
* 0 0 *
* l 4
1 * '
1
19 :
114
9177
TRE |
& 4
rt
111
A 40
x l
| #1 .
* 1
? 4
. 1
1
11.
1
14
| 1TH
! [ n
1 *
ö
uy
{ | N

—— —
—
——

2 a — — 2
PT — — 1 „

— — —_—— w—_ > he
CO —⏑— CI
— 1

174

BuxRnor. bold, daring well-ſet man, and very young;

both which advanced themſelves by the
aforeſaid means.
in his turn; but what became of the other
I know not, having left him there, acting
the part of a general: yet am apt to be-
lieve, he did not enjoy it long. I was told

there of an unparallelled inhumanity of his.

for which he was tried by a ſet of men,
both Whites and Blacks, as is uſual there,
all of them corrupted. The

Length and

breadth,

The book-keeper refuſing to comply with
him in the manner of keeping the books, he
procured ſome villanous Blacks to accuſe him
of ſeveral miſdemeanors and breach of truſt,

or man be-
ing thus convicted, and ſentence of death
pronounc'd againſt him, was immediately

A Deſcription of the
ſet to make his own coffin, and then ſhot

to death. : |
The firſt was murdered.

The Daniſb company pays a yearly ac.
knowledgment to the king of Fetu, for fort

Fredericksburg, and have allow'd a vote in

the election of a general to be choſen there
upon occaſion pro interim, when that poſt
becomes vacant. This is the occaſion of

the great abuſes ſo frequently committed

there, and of men's lives being ſo much ex-
poſed; good men being made away, to make
room for villains. |

The country beyond the Daniſb mount is
all hilly, high and cloſe, and little of it cul-
tivated ; but rather moſt of it cover'd with

ſhrubs and woods, through the ſlothfulnefs

of the natives.

CHAP. IX.

Saboe kingdom deſcribed. Fort Naſſau. Product and trade. The Fantin coun-
try; Anichan, Anamabo, Agga, or Adja. Great and little Cormentin vil
lages. De Ruyter's actions againſt the Engliſh. Other ſinaller villages.

SaBor Kingdom,

& þ HIS little kingdom of Saboe is about

two leagues in breadth along the

coaſt, reckoning from the foot of the Dani/h

mount, to about two Engli/þ miles below

Mouree, where it joins to the country of

Fantin; and about twice that length, up

Saboe

town.

Icon.

the country northward, —_
The town of Saboe, where the king re-

ſides, is about two leagues and a half up the
inland, being a large populous place. There

are three maritime villages, viz. Icon, or

Congo, half a league eaſt from the Danes hill,

where are ſtill to be ſeen on two hillocks, the
ruins or remains of a fine ſtone houſe the
Dutch had formerly there, on which they

diſplay'd their colours to keep away other

Europeans, for fear of leſſening their trade

At Mane. |

Mouree,

The ſecond maritime town 1s Mouree,
ſeated on a large rocky flat point, jutting
out a little way towards the SSE. exactly

in the fifth degree of north latitude. It is

neither ſo large or populous as Mina; but
well inhabited by fiſhermen, who go out

moſt mornings in four hundred canoes, or
more ; and at their return pay the fifth of
the fiſh they take, to the Dutch factor there,
as a duty impoſed on the natives, in like
manner as is practiſed at Axim and Mina:
a prerogative which none of the other Eu-
ropean nations have aſſumed over the Blacks,

on any part of that coaſt; and which
ſhows how the Dutch have extended their

authority over thoſe Blacks.
Abundance of Accanez Blacks have lodg-
ings in this town, the better to carry on

their trade with the Dutch and natives.

of the princes of Orange.

The houſes ſtand ſcattering at a diſtance
from one another; and it is very ill walk-
ing on the rocky ground between them.

This place, in former times, was called the

burial-place of the Dutch, becauſe of the

great numbers of them that died there,

fince their firſt ſettling at fort Naſſau,

Fort Nassav.

13 HIS fort was ſo built, as fully to com- gina |
mand the town of Mouree, which lies nan
about it, almoſt in a circle, except on the

eaſt ſide, where it is defended by the ſea.

It was built in the year 1624, at the coſt

and by order of the Sates-General, and
called fort Naſſau, in honour of the family
Afterwards the
ſtates gave it up to the Meſt-India company.
The firſt ſtructure of it was ſlight, the bat-
teries being only of turf, which was frequently
ruined by the mighty rains, and ſo the

gariſon expoſed to the inſults of the Por-

tugueſe at Mina, who uſed all their endea-
vours to obſtruct the deſigns of the Dutch;

whilſt they, the better to eſtabliſh their in-

tereſt, uſed all means to gain the favour

of the kings of Saboe, to be by them pro-

tected againſt the Portugueſe, wherein they

were ſucceſsful enough: thoſe natives ha-

ving for a long time conſtantly adhered to
them, as being the firſt Europeans they were
acquainted with; and in order to cultivate a
good correſpondence, ſent two envoys into
Holland to the directors of the Weſt-Iudia
company many years ago.

After the Dutch had made themſelves gw

maſters of the caſtle of Mina ; they cauſed
a half-moon to be cut off from fort TO
an

Book II

4
oF
A

JJ A a as
EC no

| Lee —————— —
_—_— Gs 2 :
Oo

2+ x — = * 8 —

— | « p - _
— * 3 - — ——— — — = *
.

— — FEY — * — — — an—_ay >" oy —— 2
— 2 — * — * — — — — . r * P *
5 *
*
T
*
>
4
>
4
4
L
*
-
e
*
{
/
-
. K mc . r C ² ͤoU(»VÄXXÄXÄXÄXÄXÄTÄ TO
1 OTE S 8 PT PEARS 2 g . 8 2 IL «. 3 — 1 pe
88 F ˙ m 3 OR Ee OOO 0 Pas CAR FEGEAEA ;

—

: 2 N : . rr ( , 22
a A

Situatin,
name, .

8 Srrengl

*
.

= =

>
—

— ES

—

52
=

- *
823
—

—— ——ñę ñ—

—

— —ä'—I4— 2
— — —

3

gd” es -
—— —

—— — — 2

S —
nr.”

— ae 4
„ we

—

— ——

———ñññ — — —-— K — 5
' r — F——

—

—

*
—ü— — —b

—

— —U—

—

i., Ltate 42. | | 2 | Ss 2 6

*

—
— — +
— renner rn nmr — ck
—— —— Cm —
— — —— -
of
* . — — th - — — ——
— - = — — — — —— — — — _——— —
Fe — —
— — — — —— — — — — — — — — — — ———— —
ok — —— — 5 < — — — — — — — — —— — — —
— — — — — x 2 — NE TT — * — —— — — — — —
— 2 — — — —— —
— * — — — - Y 7 * — — 5 — — ͤ —ä— — — — — — — — —
1 — — — — — — — ——— RAIN — — — — —— — =
— _ — — — — — — Ee 2 nn rr rr een nr ner erent =
———ů ——— * —— — — — nm tnn—_ — —
— — — — — — — — — uct —
_ — — — — — — — — — — Wn — ka * — —— —— — —ä —3— — 1 2
— — — — 8 or" ” = —_ — —— — — _ n — — — —— a —
— — —_—_— —_— — — — — . XD? Eat Fra _ jUJ— — — — * == ;
= = — — — — — X — — — — — — — — — —
—= = —_— * 3 92 N — SE) — —— — — ſIwVlw— — — — — —
— — ' — —— — —
— — — IS == — — —e——d — — — —
— == — — — — — = —ů———
= — —
— — — =

PA

— — 2 —

.
fr RS

9 12 ==

14110
66 —

2
*

7 * FP
W,

_— [—̃ K—
BED
—

111 0

eat?

* >
AD [ 75
- w—\y 1 „* '
bY”, 7172 |
«x
r

—.
— —

p=y —

— = W

SI — N UOTE

” k l « — : FS «7 a>» >
— : .
ka SY
ESSSSSRIED RW < 0 4
— —— WJ ” . . 0 27 * : - * :
. 5 a 1 ail — = | ae ID —‚„
5 — : 1 AI" N - AID DDE
— 0 : : — | = EZ ER are N R
= — - = => ” —— g 2 — wa - 8 8 i - \ " wy 8 527 - 4
— = EE = n e |
> - . I . p C 3 N > o

2 bo
-

ul
0/114

N TNA
nen
— , 11

MK

N

- 3 . — ud . 2 iD. n 11 RD
20 8 'S wt ; — , win A; IF ST, U NN

- + ITN h AN ny — A £ 1 * N x

. Trad lap? +4, 230 vw Y 8 By

7775 55
n ele. KUL

. . Fs
| bo * 0 NN
by nos ) R W | j

0 Ol, . Jeen from te ed.
U

i — _ == ” ro *
ts Wm _- ue, JOme omeShtorns tn the other belom

wt
10

* l

— —

— — — —
— —— — —

—
— - Ib ai — — — —
— — —⅛
— — 5 — ——
= — — oe
— — —_— —
Re — — — —— 2

rt Maul, fromthe E

4
— — — — yes _ =
3 n — - . — <
- — — — ow — = 4
4+ - ETD III La —
1 _
—
— => ——_—— B+ A —
- — _ - — —
SR — — 5 — — = 2 - - -
——— ————— — — —— — — — — _ — Ki
=== —
— 4

*
*

4

ar
wh U

WRT

*
i
= n
2”. Wy [I

f
i

— —
2

12

S 2
*
pe

— N
: 14; r
TY A 7 —
» ad
Was . 1 5 4
eee
- £ e 5. — <
| — F — .
8 — — K . 7 5 - 7— 0 K t Ke. "30 | t- 57 i - 77 2 , — 2 7 8
7 - I EBay : = "PV — *Y * * v * 529 if | \< ' N 9 N * 5 5 5 1 wy LEE
7 ; = - 7 1 - D „K. 9 1 - a) 3 * 7 7 — —— ; . \ 7 -
„ , - > a.” 4 - *% 5 1 p / ; " — © 6 4557 ;

LEES
. 7 2 2s be, ESD , D= . | = | 1 8 - ; 6-1 TILE
=: 8 omg ee — WSN : r 7; C N — 2 == 1 -
* — — r : 2 BZ
is

775
77

=
——

—

—— — = 5

= — * * —— * — > — o
i q — - —_— 4 === — 5 — . — :
4 ui. , , k - — a — 2 . — N
—— | | | Fs | D —
. — — — l — > ASVTSO
. - c ” —— — > — — . mw -
— -
g - — bs

"DEI

"87
l
1 +
kf
1

.
U

—

*

*

——

of
XS ——

—
— —

—

—
— VETS,

—

— —

LLL LA 72. | | 3 | | |

| he Frospce of Fort Nasraw

L fave Here raved ie _Smad Lrozpect of Lore Na/tntv _

2

— (—

—
——

— 2

—

_ —
—

— — —ů— — —

— — 4 —————

— Hſſ— ͥͤ — ——u— —̃ ——ñ—[— ——_©___

— — — —

— — — —

— — —

— 1Gm—ͤ—i
— rn rn mn ern mn nn nmr] 1
— ——— — I IP To y
— — — — P -
— —
— — Ee 2 —
— —
_ —

— — —ͤBñẽ—ũ ̃— —— —
— 1

— ͤ S-ůT—2æ4v mE M — ᷑̃ — — — ——— —__— —
1 —
— * —
2 — — ä — — . FOOTY — — — 04s — — — Y — — —-—-—q — — — ——
— — — conn — — — — — — — — — —— — =
— — — — — — PE — 3 * _
ant im; — — — — — — — * | - — — — — —
———— FO — — 22 ͤ b —ͤ ͤ— — w- . —— —k—
— — — — ————— ———— — — 8 ä — — — — c—_ _— — —
— — —— — — — — — ä — mmol — — — — —— — — — —— — — — — —
—— — — — — — — —— ' — —— 2 — — — eienm—ren—s ——nennneenes — — — — — —— — — — — —
F — — — — — — ee nrnee ygs comtnrepetme— ee eoen— > cen Se — — ͤ —— — — — — — — ͤ —— — 1
? — —— — — — —

3
|
1
|
|
!
|
|
[}
ö
1
|
|
[|
[|
|
|
'|
|
|
fl
{|
| |
[
|
q
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

W

31

|
j

Wl

0

|
\
Y
]
|
1% 1
%%% % RR |
| j | UNE
|
{'!
{
9
5
/
4
t
1
/
4
6
I
/
'}

— — — ——
— — — X = x
"SBS. _ — — —oee—— — <Q — —
— —̃— 2 8 — DIE — —. — - — S — —̃ — ID ———— — —
L=— ————_ = — —— — — — — LD === AE" EXE” _-, —_—_— << RSSS DRE ESRD SDR8h
— — — _ — » N U — — — — ©
nd 2 — — — — — > * a . = — — < , —
— - — ͤ 7 — — — 3 — 8 ——— 8 - . > : - — SO» — — = > — BSI — .
5 — 5 I — — = . ̃ — —r nn eo aprons == 3 _— S — Dx B —— — = — —
i - — — — = —— — — —ů— — — Ia Sony Fit >. — - — y = — = — — >< — * =. © ——
8 as — + — — — — 1 2 — - > 2 <4 = SOR = — < 8 — — — — =O —
ALOE Eg, —— == — — _ = — — — = — „ — — 2 — — 2 D — : DDS — — =
8 — —— —— — — ͤ—— — _ 9 > — > Fo - - 5 « = — — mnt els ——— — — * B — RE*__—_ -
—_ —ů— —_— — — Le 7 — _—_— — 268 3 5 *. 2 — — S RW — — DDR — = —
4 —— — * — — 8 — On 8 1 — — — ——— —
* = j f — — ns. _—_ — — — == — * — — — — — — _ RW ——
} R . —
o = "= J = — —__
- x — |
— —

—

— — —

2 | a =
a ; | : 1 | Sa ESR

X£ ES Ee, = CC F 6 lj // 7
FFF 00 TTT 00 ((T ee ;
= = 5: > : 7 , MI | N 9 22 As :
— 11 4 77 — 7 nn ' - #48 7 72 2 2 0 : - ty
, — 7 Wl 4. 2. 11 UA JEM AAU 4 NN

2 8 TI Ne. 4 Pn HY a 8
GU TL 2 . 1
W-

x4 1
» n

CRANES! 117 Px,

* * E XZ I Nt,

Nec on 1 tay 20 1

Noche ry SE,

Th Www ih

117
14

eee, 1 9 -

—

Wnt 1 2 te q

*

———

=

IT HR. 2

— — — — * — —— — 1 A — —
* „ — — — * — - — — — — — — — — ——ͤ 2 — —-
d * "IN 4 - 2 Þ >” x * 1 — — — _— — — — ——— — — — — — — .— —— |
5 - — . _ 5
— - 3 1 — 4 2 - - bh 0 Om — — - ga — — _
7 * 21 3 — — — — — — — 2 - — —— = - - — — — = da — = — —
— 3 2» ww — — 5 VT => — 2 2 gs =>, — — 5 - — — DE — — — £S
2 45 — — — — * — - — Ws — — — a — — Woe — * — —
* = f — — = —_— = 2 — —. . ͤ ͤ ͤ—— j j — — T— — x
— 5 — —— — — 4. — — — —— 8 — — —m * 7 0 — bt * — 2 —
—

—ͤ—ũ—I— IN — 4
N
1
j

—— —— em ee am

oo „% K }
Q
1
i
1
|
x |
Is
/
[
|
\

y
{
[
{
|
,
\
\
|
L
/

\
0
\
|
*
\
10
* J
160%

—.— . 6
— —ñůů— — — — — „
2 CEE ID n= — — — 2 — — — —
I — 7 8 >=
—u — — —
— CS SR=- —
— — ==

i
bd
ly ;

57 f 4}
Wil

|

0

—
—

16

f

|

: Te: Pag-175-
J #2 oY” 1 |
at MN OM feen um lle Ic.
lo eu, Some omerons tn He other Cen,

es

, from. 22 EME

— — —
— —

=
—

- = _
- — — — — — — * 32

_—DD EE SR EFC_.__— TNMCCC_TC_CQ_ _A___

—

—

"mM

0
0

1 7
i N
! i
*
*
HE

WM 71

41,4 , |

ez
« :

— > Deel
> V1,

„* —

— — — 2

— 5 —
== — — — . * —_
— _ —_— — — — — —
— — — = a
— —

— N — — 5 —
— 5 —— ——b—
== I <=
—— —— = — — — —
- 8 —— — —
== —

— — — — —
—— — foie F=—=
—— — = =_

50
Al
lj
j

— > — — —
— — = — ==
* _ * 2 5 — —
— 22 = — — —
> — — —
— — — — < — —
- 8 — —
— = — —
— = py — OY — —
— * —— — —
; 2 —— 2

— — —

——— — 8 5 , ——— —

—
— — —

2 **

— KP Seuly

1
!

IIe

[1

Mer

Nenn

g

2

4 F
Ki

PLATE

— 7—

— re re VR —

— —

Rr
E ** 7

5 3 DS —-¾— — —
. — ; —
2 * 22 of
2 » «ES. — * 2 — -
AV... .—--- — —— 5 —
— — WP, — Ip. _— —
—_— =, — - —— .

"Ie — —*Vů — —
22 a_—_ p — —
— — — —
Ly — T . * pou Ie E — 8

25 Eb

»
— — — — —

- - — n= i b
CCC Yer — ©

12

p. 9.

larger than the other ſides, and all the

works of good black ſtone and lime. It
has four batteries, on which are twenty four
guns; the gariſon being forty white men,
beſides the hired Blacks, The walls are
very high, the curtin extends to the two
ſea-batteries ; being ſo ſpacious and conve-
nient, that it may be eaſily made equal to
the caſtle at cape Corſo, for commanding at
ſea. It is alſo adorn'd with four large ſquare
rowers, at the four angles; and at the gate

is a drawbridge, covered with a gallery to

contain ſeveral men to ſcour it, with their

{ſmall arms. The lodgings within the fort

© PLATE 12:

2

1 9
4 7

3 6 :
* araun
3 0

are neat and convenient; and in ſhort, this
is the beſt place the Dutch have in Guinea,
next to the caſtle of Mina. The view of

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINE A,
and put it into the good condition it now :
js, being almoſt ſquare, the front ſomewhat

caſion'd by his intolerable exactions; but
the preſent king, being of a peaceable and
leſs covetous temper, has appeaſed all thoſe
troubles. The number of the Atti Blacks
is much greater than that of this king's
ſubjects ; and yet it often happen'd in the
wars, that the Sabou Blacks, who are dex-
trous in the uſe of fire-arms, routed them,
and brought down ſeveral heads, both of
the Ali and Accanez Blacks to the Dutch
factor at Mouree. ”

The beſt landing-place at Mouree is at a
bay, juſt under the cannon of the fort, on
the E N E. fide of it; which muſt he with

the help of canoes, as is practiſed at many

other parts of this coaſt.

it is very pleaſant, and exactly repreſented

here in the cut.

The Engliſh commodore Holmes took this
fort from the Dutch, in 1664, as has been
before mention'd ; but admiral de Ruyter
recover'd it from them again in 1665, with
the aſliſtance of nine hundred Mina Blacks,
ſent him by Yalkenburg from Mina. He
improv'd the fortifications to the condition

here laid down, and gariſon'd it with Eu-

ropean ſoldiers, and fifty natives.

The Dutch chief factor's garden is on
the weſt ſide of the fort, at a ſmall diſtance,
and reckoned the fineſt on all that coaſt;
being adorn'd with curious walks, ſummer-
houſes, and ſeats, and plentifully ſtored with
trees and plants; beſides much variety of
ſalleting and pulſe: but has the ſame fault

as the other gardens at Mina and Manfrou;

which is, its being cloſe hemmed in by

great hills.

3 Induſtrious
Blacks.

PRODUCT ad TRA PD k.

plenty of Indian corn, potatoes, yams,

palm- oil, bananas, oranges, lemons, and

other fruit, wherewith near an hundred

canoes are daily laden at Mouree, for Acra

and Axim, but moſtly with palm- oil. The
natives are accounted the moſt induſtrious,
pains- taking Blacks of any in theſe parts;
either in tilling the ground, fiſhing, or

trading with the Europeans, and the Acca-

nez people, by whom a great quantity of

E Dutch
E arbitrary.

1
—_—

gold is brought down hither, to buy goods,

hſh, and ſalt.

The Dutch, by uſurping ſo much autho-
rity over theſe people, have of late quite
loſt their affection, and very much of their
trade; ſowing diviſion between the king of
Saboe, and the inhabitants of Mouree, who
are forbid by the Dutch to pay him any
duties: for which reaſon, that prince will
willingly aſſiſt any other European nation

with two thouſand Blacks to beat the Dutch
out of their fort.

The FAN TIN Country,

tu
The father of the preſent king of Saboe Bax BOT.

had long wars with the Atti and the Acca WWW,

nez Blacks, his neighbours northward, oc-

B ORDERS weſtward on Saboe, at the it; limits.

iron hill, which is about an Engl
mile in length, having on the top a delight-
ful walk, ſo cloſe ſhaded by the trees, that
It 1s reported to be ſomewhat darkned at
noon-day. Northward this country extends
its limits to Atti, Aqua, and Tongua ; on
the eaſt to Acron; and on the ſouth it is

bounded by the ſea, along which it extends

above ten leagues. The principal villages

along the ſhore are, Anichan or Ingeniſian,
Aga, Cormentin, Sea town:.

Anamabo or Nomabo,

Amerſa, Little Cormentin, Aqua, Laguyo

and Mountfort ; beſides ſome others of leſs
note, from the laſt above- named to cape

Ruyge-hoeck ; in all which places there are
four thouſand fiſhermen, or upwards,

The capital town Faxtin, from which the capirat.

country has its name, lies five leagues up
the inland, where there are many other vil-

lages ſcatter*d about it.
H E kingdom of Saboe produces great

This country is a ſort of common- wealth, Cr.
under the direction of a Braffo, ſignifying mens.

a commander or leader. He is in the na-
ture of a chief governor, having the greateſt
power of any man in the dominion; but
1s kept in awe by the old men, ſomewhat
in the nature of a parliament ; and acting
as they think fit, without ever conſulting
the Braffo. Beſides this general aſſembly,

every part of the country has alſo its pe-

culiar chief, who ſometimes will ſcarce own
the Braff for his ſuperior, he having only
an empty title without any power.

The Blacks, tho? generally a treacherous Trade.

ſort of people, naturally baſe, and great
cheats in other things, as well as in adul-
terating gold; yet drive a great trade with
all interlopers, without regarding the Eng-
liſb and Dutch factors ſettled in the country,
eſpecially at Anamabo and Cormentin, at
the former of which places the Engliſo have
a caſtle, the Dutch one at the read =
O.

- = — Se 96> — — — = —
n 1 N 9 F —
— — FR l
——— — — D 4 ——— = p Po -

0 Li
*
0 [
, $
10
! 8
|
:
9 11
1
bp '
_ f
>
i . :
* : '
4 44
111
4
\ |;
bo
U
t
9
at 1
51
«
\ ff ! *
4
U 5
g
*
4 11
4 4 z
{4 1 , «
WL... *
1
= 1
f >
4
w
Jy bes
1
; fl
6
4h i't
4 ;
,
Fi
ON ?
4 «ti &
11 1
* +
od b
3
LP
B- $75
* 4
e
F {
8+ U
* {
| !
if tl
b *
0 „
4
—_ 11
14. &
4 \
fo .
£
, 11
[1 f
!
e
* „
7 |
_ 1 1
* 4
*
5
hs 0
l 1 1
{1
; \
Wot þ
N
1
i» oh
ny
17% 6
a7 1
1 &
1 1
o » 4
it :
:
if
{$18 i
i 1 g
i ak i i
+ 1.
i! $
( In)
|
-
1 *
: x
»
f 1
t
U
*
I
$$
= \ *
; =
1 Sl 1
1
17 N i
x, 4 þ 1
ol #9 kt f £
t
1 *
: "#4
[ \ |
3: ;
ih * 1
';
+04
q +) |
Wo 3,
+8108
! 1
b
. 1
in
A 'y ”Y
1 1
Al 4” +
o 1 7 N
* i 1
* +4 .
* 9
46:1 "BY
f
- ; : :
* I.
i
1 ©
pl
4 |
+ .
$4 4
Pi:
p „ +
N 1
Te
n :
p }
\1 $1
l $5 1
f. 1 :
i ! n
* 1 5
*
1
f
4
Uh 1 ' :
\ E.
i ! b
7 1 j
i #5
1 N
*+ A
2 2 *
De
* 51 *
1 .
217 |
1 4
1 £
4
N 1 T7
;þ 17
+4 'T :
LH il 3
x
Win
10 ! 4
19 4
þ 1 ;
: - 7
a .
4 4 1
k
FF 42 :
O02 .
|
ü 7 .
+ *} ,
. 1
F U 4 |
ip ' 2 - |
1
N 1 11 1
_ |
14k |
109
1 ＋
\ _—_ |
EF i Ar
*
1
1 44 9
;
l
| ;
0 1 :
4 , F
. }
*
— 3
* ok
4 4
. 4
6 4
by 1
D ihr? !
4 1
* 1 Y 5
© 4
4 14
4 5
+-&* wy
þ
43;
1 :
#1
1
7 (
i 1 'F
- 14
1 4
4
4
* * * :
1 :
1
{ * |
2 ö
0 1 j
t
1b v
a}
*
9 x *
1 1
q ' N p
4 ' $M! 5
qi L
: ;
: * "4
85> 1
j 1
[
'2 tn
i
[
\4 *F* 4
i 'F ©
ö .
1 1
o p 1
$ 4 Y
90
j |
q
4
, I .
i| d
{ 7
_—_—__
N =
1
14 13
1 17
IE FY
31 :
4
i
4: i g
1
1
1
1 [: .
4 :
"4
- l
YH
£ . uy
4
5
'
V

176
BAR BOT. both which I ſhall ſoon ſpeak. Neither of
WYWMV thoſe European nations dare oppoſe the na-
tives trading with interlopers or others, for
fear of being ruin'd themſelves z for thoſe
Blacks are deſperate, and can bring toge-
ther eight or ten thouſand men ina very ſhort
time: beſides, that they may ſhut up the
paſſes to the Accanez and other nations
northward, which drive a great trade to the
ſea-coaſt, as well for European gobds, as
for fiſh and white ſalt, of which laſt vaſt
quantities are ſent to Accanez; for which
privilege thoſe people pay a certain duty
in gold to the Fantinianss Moſt of that
ſalt is made by the heat of the ſun, in a
large lake, not far diſtant from the town.
There is no doubt, but thoſe Fantinians are
a very formidable nation; and were it not
for the continual diviſions among them-
ſelves, they might prove very troubleſome
to their neighbours.
The inland people employ themſelves in
tillage and trade, and ſupply the markets
with fruit, corn, and palm- wine; the country
producing ſuch vaſt plenty of maiz or
{ndian wheat, that abundance is daily ex-
ported, as well by Europeans, as Blacks re-
ſorting thither from other parts. Here is
Palm-
wine. fying the ſame as in Engliſh, having an
extraordinary exhilarating quality, when
plentifully drank ; and is ſold for double the

price of the common fort, the Blacks having

ſo great a value for it, that there is ſeldom
enough to anſwer the demand.

This country is alſo very rich in gold,
ſlaves, and all forts of proviſions,

ANICAN or INGENISIAN Village,

| LIS about three quarters of a league
from Anamabo, on a little hill, two
Dutch for- leagues eaſt from Mouree. The Dutch had

ſake it. a factory there formerly; but finding the
trade did not anſwer the charge of main-
taining it, and the Eugliſb and Portugueſe
having got footing there, they abandoned ir.
Englih The Engliſh have a factory there at this
there. time, defended by two pieces of cannon,
and two or three white men, with ſome
Grometto Blacks, and a flag, but very little
or no trade,
Portu- The Portugueſe, ſince the year 1679, caſt
gueſe. yp a redoubt of turf for their ſecurity, the

commander whereof, Laurence Perez Branco,
has ten or twelve of his country-men to de-
fend it. His trade conſiſts in tobacco and
pipes, Brazil ſweet-meats, ſoap, rum, and
ſuch like American commodities ; but I
cannot imagine what advantage he can make
of it, unleſs he buys European goods of
the interlopers, or has them ſent from Hol-
land by the Jews, who know how to get
Portugueſe paſſes ; and ſuch ſhips, when
they come upon the coaſt, are received, as
if they really came from Portugal.

A Deſcription of the

Mina fiſhermen, and: the other by thoſe of

be but a fifth part of the people of Fantin.

a a fort of palm-wine, called Quaker, ſigni-

with ſtone, brick and lime, and ſeated on a
having twelve good guns and two pattare-
ſon'd by twelve white men, and eightzen

lodgings within are convenient, and there
_ gerouſly, The ſhips boats anchor cloſe by,

which come out from the town, to a nar-

wall, about eight foot high, within which

higher than the reſt, which are a good land-

Book [I],

The village it ſelf is very inconſiderable, |
nor is it worth while for a ſhip to come to |
an anchor in the road, which is half wa

betwixt it and Auamabo caſtle ; ſo that this

laſt may be eaſily ſeen from it, tho? ſeated

on a low ground.

AnaMaBoor JamMisslaA,

I S a pretty large and populous village,

about a ſmall league from Cormentin, and

two leagues and a half from Mouree, di-

vided into two parts; the one inhabited by

Fantin, who pay a duty to the Braffo of
Anamabo, for the liberty of fiſhing there;
for which reaſon the town can furniſh as
many arm'd men, as the whole kingdom of
Saboe, or that of Commendo; though this

The natives are generally deſperate vil- 34% u.
lains, and muſt be narrowly look'd to in tive,
dealing with them, and their gold well
examin'd, being for the moſt part adul-
terated. ; |

The village lies under the cannon of the Engikh
Engliſh caſtle, lately built there, inſtead of fore.
an old houſe; which ſtood there in 1679,
the mud-walls whereof are {till to be ſeen
before the caſtle. This is a ſmall, neat,
compact fort, as here repreſented in the cut; Pare,
being rather a large ſtrong houſe, defended _
by two turrets on the one ſide, and two
flankers on the other next the ſea, all built

rock, about thirty paces from the ſtrand
roes mounted on it, and commonly gari-
Grometto Blacks, under a chief factor. The

are proper warehouſes,

The landing at Anamabo is pretty diffi- Landiy
cult, the ſhore being full of rocks, among Pe.
which the ſea ſometimes breaks very dan-

and the people are carry*d aſhore in canoes,

row ſandy beach, juſt under the full com- =
mand of the caſtle, enclos'd with a mud-

are houſes of the ſame ſtructure for the Gro-
metio Blacks, and others of the company's
ſervants. This wall, I was told, would be
pull'd down, when the caſtle was quite
_—_ and one of brick built in the place
of it.

The earth here is very fit for making of Mai
good bricks, the oyſter-ſhells afford good io. _
lime, and there is plenty of timber for-
building.

The country about this place is full of b
cloſe hills, beginning at a good diſtance
from the town. There are five together,

N . VVV
F N N 9
E See EE

R ein a * N * - 3
7 2104 one ON

I mark

3 — — — vk —— 4
— —— —ͤä—y— — — — —.m
— K 7 —S.- _— —_ — _
- — — —— = > op on ee a — — =

a wr —— — Ss
+ Oe — — .
— penk ye ps od nnd an -- —

— —
—
—

- —

Materia!
Or Guild

2 -- eo nd cow

—— ũ— —

—ä — — — — — ES

ä e / ——————

— —— er re Ee een
po ————_

—

"Xx — ür „ op aver *

—
7
1h AAU,

WH

S
1

5
5

4

$ PAY |
Ne Yu ff SELLS
5 ;

n

- )
k SQLS 6

T
CC

&,

{
eren
Ta 50
1 Wh, 2 6 tf, N
8 F 2D
0 GREAT? ec A, t
8 „ I es
ce
—_— 2
nd p4 — 1

2 —
Com: —
n
*

— —
2
I —
N . U —
a
nee | r
pry i

-- /

W111 "W *, 15 See. Sn

WX
. — N 2.
vin". e FS
— 77 IE Em

—
— —=x —_—
7,2 ——

=

—

—̃ —

2 Landadimg
=

Et Ge al Anamabo by;

De —— : — - ——_
[LL_<___— HSC

1 | ER ag. iG.

—

—
*

£

—— —
— — —

Nr

Wy

\

/

SIE SS

—

—

== ===_—_—_ 4 =
=; — — — — — — — — — — —

= JIX== — en——_ — x = F_—_—_—————— —
== —— <= == : —_—_—_—_——_——_ =

: SES . —————
D — —

E — —ͤ— — 2 ——
—_ Pe — —— ſß— —

— — , — _ — 5 - 5 3 = f — — — ͥ —

— — —— — — — — = = — — ARE

1
—

222

—

—_—_—

= », Tebks ug == 4 ARE

a -

10
g
3
7
N

-
_

1375

2 2
— —
„ Wa,

—

* 8
* q a ; « * 3 1 — . y A * * 7 - IT * na PA WG WF, NN. vV
ORD! a wad 2 „e 49 Nero IE II DST Box 3
wel N , IPA \ 1 „* , . * L 7 * Wy * * * . Is wy, l I 7 N t
N VVV
- 2 — e uw 2. 2 2 1 12 *
| jim

|
Mi
| 1 Rl

Wie
n

Ec
j

5

1 20 72 1 25 w 2 9 * *
711 LY) SY 4. \ . — 8
e ee

' = N
x . %
*

, ,

|
if

—Y:
N ax 4
nw A 2 — —

—ů— k·ͤů— —ꝛ—Ä—'ꝗF
—

—
— A
> —

. HA

|

\
U |
— —————
I ——

— —

oof We ü ic au ears

-

— CC — ͤ K—

—

—
K

——
— ————

1
1. lu. 1

—

=

F*
-
-<

t 1 th ſl

))) ——

E — . — EP = —— > — 2 Conn, 7, RON V

— — - Es — 111 Affe EET. 4 Min 72, . 2 25
I : .

1 A OY W

= WI 5 — = PER OI
8 Th — =
— — — . S e ——
IS ISIS =D SS 2
== * 8 — — => _—— _— . =
—— 2 8 By —>> » * —
=== 2 => I . f
2 2 — — => => — . 0 5
- _ S IEISRIEELSS => 2 ES N= *
= - > — "I b o — * . "I bs
= = < WS — n= > . 2 = *. N >
- - o . — _— n ¹ = . = — *
S ——— by » — 12 2 * 7 *
ä A - N. 2 7
52222227 1 72 575475 11055
. 7 :
: — - 77 8 N
FF 8 22399 Ml
: Tt 10 N 9
7
7
23233
222232 . $4 5

9 MY

— —

—
—
——

r 7 07 er Pop D

: —
— — — <A

— —

= ——
— — =, -
e,, IE EE _ II ID . . .., xe!!! err... A EE, — en
EEE on .: :: Ls > 10 * > of 0 _ > 8 — ESSE . ͤ—v.... . —̃⅛— 83.8 . ̃§²'... we Ro RY. MD, Aa
rr e eee ee rr rr , . K. . K rere.
rere. err ] ᷑ . , , . ę . § .. NT” Fj . —· W r r . r r II
Fr r . e , e . . , v . ... ̃ — e , WO WT , ,, e
CCC — ↄ . — Z— V, ͤ . eren „„ RI.
CRATES Fe, eee

+4 3
. 1 7 „„
- - "1 * eee
2 2 "SMBs ,
f +4 A — y TIM 10 N \
A 2 \ 3 a 2* C 5
"I / nt
114 4
—
it
5717 —

« F
ö 4
A \
i *
it! 5. ; 0
* N
W.
A N 2
\ I
W
\ „e.

MN *
* 1

— ———

4
hy
4 AT]

/ | 100
n

— — by <3
_ —

— SEIPSSED
— —

Fre

| | eb. 20.4 yaw feli, u7 22 1-10? Aol. Fus qu , Fa 97 jon] 5 — lg, 2 e

| > | . 5 e,

7 -* - ———————— — 12 — II. CLI: ITE. ht — * ˙ W YHmꝛ⁴ . ˙—˙ 6 PRE. ar 7 Gs BEES 2 — — — * n 1 —
| oO)" i we Sw A Ale we ors *

——— — — — * * —— —— — —
ar — „ — _— *
+ uy

— THe

— 358 fs Cat.

. ——ß—— PP TE En I roaey prog — —¾

— —— at

. - ___ * —
— 2 — 4 - _= 5 — — —
5 — * * ——_— 20 - -

PPP OI". IO. 6 © "PT. 7% 7” Vt ono as VA 109 TwRn—_A_ ar * * 2 * IT * *
- — — * : — — — — — — — — — We — 6 223 iden Dip. — 22233 **

.-
nn
8 2225 2
——AhLᷣB . ann, Yo. —
—
— 1 ——
- LIM =>
— — *
—

—
ha .
PP
—

-

o
— —

— =<===

—

—
— -

a 33 N {as fab 1 2

Sn Bas

Phu IDS 8 8

WM

—— — —

—

===

RY
2 T
I . LE INE SL IIS
. — Ä

. . ond __*
©" Po —jp— —— —— 2 2 —2— 2 42 2 8
—— 3 2 2272 28e e eee
rr

von

;
TN
N

—
— 7
—

{ *,
41.4

2 50 Fr ! A

4,"

17

4 — WV,”

1. * y
Ne BY HD

=
{4
if
li

„ 's 6 | *
WEIS 5 254/27

Ip. [ x —
— 4 _
Iv FR = * — — .
=> =: — - — - == r — ——
"yg = - — : * - . - * == — —

0

4 y == _ - = a
=== — = .
= —— * — — - — 2 8 $ Fx
8 8 — == ADS red} þ
— ß
A 4 _— *
7

* my

—— 2 2 *

— — — — — —ä—6ͤ — = — — — — ei = — _ —— —
= — ͤ CC ̃ ̃ — —e—pꝗꝓꝓ—————— —— =
— ———— Z = —— —.— ———
—_ r —— — — —— ibs.
= — — — ——_—————
2 — . — —
ES 2 25 wy
= — —
E — 5
— — — — — — — — — — 7
5 . — — ·——ñ—f—ä anon gnome — —— —
= —_——n————_—Xcu—MOM— ———M_— = wy = — - —— —
—— —— — — — = E
— > — — = — . — — —
S ——. A. — — - _ —_————__————— —___F//vv_— — —
— — — = == — 2 — — PD — — . ———
= : —ñ—ñ— =
— — — — — — — — — _ — —
= — : — — — — DIETING —
—ůů—————— — — — — — — — 4 1„ͤ„7„
—̃ů— ——̃ ͤ— . —
— — I Ine Cn = = —
= — — RES DIES vs 6 — — —
— — — — — —

. c —
— — — — b —— — — — — — ¶ —
i — 2 . ͤ —-VT — —— - UNS

= —— ——

— > — — — — = = pn - — — —— — — — —
— — EI - mmm me ——————_———_—_ . —— ———— 2 —
— — — ——ñ— ( —— — nn nn I gn — — — - RD — —
— - — — _ — — =: —-—t— — — —— — — — —— — — —

. ES Sy a

72 = — — — = = - a i 7 , Mee MA N W XN ud HA
== 25 2 = —̃ — 2 _ 7 aq" 44 XN

= -= if n 1190 — % . 4 4 6 20 8 oY

| 2 .

net

Win

—

at tha, *
— —
SIT y Tm
—

—ää Ü! 4

— — x x eas
— a 8 > |

282898

— — j — — * 2
o — — : -

4 3

I
72
=—

iN
_-
7

Cn

4x —
=

J
- Slaves and
con.

P. 9. 5

mark to know Anamabo, from ſome leagues a facto
to the weſtwatd. There is great variety of ſome Grometto Blacks ; beſides a factor, who WWW
trees, affording a very pleaſant proſpect,

Here is the beſt palm-wine of all the coaſt of
Guinea, of the fort abovemention'd, call'd
Onaker, There is alſo great plenty of maiz,
and ati infinite number of parrokeets, about
as big as ſparrows, their bodies a curious green,
and their heads and tails of a moſt beautiful
red; ſome whereof I carry'd to Paris, to pre-
ſent to ſome of the blood-royal of France,
Theſe birds are ſold there for a crown a do-
zeft; but they are fo very hard to keep A.
live, that not one in twenty ſurvives the
7. cal

1 have there eaten excellent green cab-
bage; as alſo Papas, a green fruit, about
a5 dig as a little melon, which taſte like col-
Iyftowers. The greateſt inconvenience there,
is, that they muſt fetch freſh water from two
jeagues diſtance, by means of their ſlaves.

The toad at Artamabo is generally full

of Engliſh ſhips, or thole of other nations,

anchoring there to trade, or elſe for corn

or other neceſſaries; but more eſpecially
for flaves, which are ſometimes to be had
in conſiderable numbers: and there are

great quantities of corn for the ſhips that

have bought ſlaves at other places along the
coaſt, or at Fida, Calbary, Rio Real, &c.
This great concourſe of ſhips to Anamabo,

very much obſtructs the company's trade

with the natives, whom, as I obſerv'd a-

bove, the Engliſh factors dare not in the

Pride.

| Trice of
corn.

the cheſt, at one Akier of gold.

leaſt contradict; but are rather obliged to
bear with them, and ſometimes ſo infeſted,
that they are cloſe confined to the caſtle,
without daring to ſtir abroad. Nay, if the
Blacks diflike the Enpliſh chief factor, they
ſend him away in a canoe to cape Corſo, or
oblige him to pay a heavy fine.

The great wealth of the Fantineans makes
them ſo proud and haughty, that an Euro-
pean trading there muſt ftand bare to them.

The maiz or Indian wheat ſells there by
The cheſt
contains about three buſhels. When there
is a great demand or ſcarcity, it riſes to two
and three Akiers. In plentiful years and
times of peace, it has been ſold for ten, and
even for eight Takoes of gold, which is not
three ſhillings Engliſh.

Acca, or Ap] A village,

| 1 divided into three parts, each of twenty-

five or thirty houſes, about half a league
from Anamabo, has but a very inconſidera-
ble trade, and is very dangerous to land at,

che ſea always running there very high. The

country about it produces very good cotton.

The Danes and the Dutch had each of

them a fort there formerly. How the Da-

niſb fort came to be deſtroy'd I do not find;

or on OT of it, the Engliſb have built
ol. V. |

Coaſts of Sou TH GUINEA.

men, beſides Grometto Blacks.
works are large, and the proſpect from the

diſplays the Engliſb colours.

The Dutch fort was only a bare tedoubt,
deſtroy'd by the Engliſh in 1665; being
blown up the ſame day the Dutch admiral
de Nu ter attempted to land at Anamabo;
but could not do it, being hinder'd, both
by the breaking of the ſea, and the great
hre of the Engliſh, affifted by the Fantin
Blacks, from behind the rocks, which there
cover the ſhore ; as alſo of the cannon from
the fort. The Eugliſb at Agga not imagining

that the Duleh ſhould miſcarry at Anamado,

177

ry of turf, kept by two White men, BaRBOr.

but rather concluding they would infalli-

bly land there that day, and immediately
march towards them, in their way to Cor-

mentin fort, which they had in view, under-

mined the ſaid fort at Anga, and left a match
of fuch a length to the powder, as they

thought would burn till the D»{ch came
to the fort, and then blow them up, when

they had taken poſſeſſion of it: but the ef-
fect did not anſwer, for the place blew up,
without doing any other damage, no body
being near it. =

The Dutch writers complain of inhumani-

ties, or, to uſe their own expreſſion, barba-

rities committed by the Exgliſb againſt their
men, when they took that ſmall fort from

them, and the other they then had at Ana-

LITTLE CORMENTIN village,

x7 [ES fomewhat to the eaſtward of Aga, putch
being ſo poor and inconſiderable, that fore.

it deſerves no account to be given of it, but

for the fertility of the country round abour,

and the Datch fort Amſterdam, which com-
mands it. This was the chief reſidence of

the Erngliiþh, till they were drove out by ad-

miral de Rayter in the year 1665, as I ſhall

preſently obſerve ; but much enlarg'd and

beautify'd by the Dutch, in 1681 and 1682,

* *

lime, ſtrengthened by three ſmall; and one
fine large battery, mounted with twenty
pieces of cannon; and within is a very large
ſquare tower, in the midſt of it, deſign'd to
have a cupola on it, where the flag-ſtaff
ſtands, There are very good lodgings, and
all offices for the ſervice of the commander

being, as here repreſented in the cut, a Pr are 14.
ſquare fort, built with hard rock ſtone and _

and gariſon, conſiſting of twenty-five white

The breaſt-

top of the tower delightful, overlooking all

the ſea and the country, Large convenient
ciſterns are made in it to hold rain-water.

The buildings were not quite finiſh'd, when
I was there laſt; and the Dutch ingenter was
pleas'd to adviſe with'me about ſeveral things
relating to the place.

The fort is ſtrong by nature, as ſtanding

on a high rocky Kill; in: moſt᷑ places ſteep and
2

2 craggy:

: — . - — — - 2
7 = \ a =p — — o - = —— — n = = — —— — —
8 1 : — _ l = \ —
= = = o. - _ n — * =: : 2 4 _ = = 2 I — = EY — —— 9 q —_— = =m_ : l - —
< = — — — 5 2 — 5 hd l 5 . N — * RE l \ = 2 — FI — — — — — — —
= _— — g S2 — — — — — > l — =; >: 2 — — — — ; > -
* * . - — Z — — — - - 5 - — fg - . a_ = - —_
- 2 Lg : - Md 8 by N . <a „ „ =y pages — — * l 2 =o —_
— 5 5 =» ® 4 — * _ + — be = pa > 4 _ — > * * 272 *
4 DE . ———— Cr. 5 — * . 5 — — I N _— - - — 3 : z — 1 = === _— —
Þ — lhe — — — — — — — 2 » mo —— — — — — . — — 2 — - - . gs _ - . : - 'T _— _ - — 1 — —
— — d rr 2 1 = = * To _ 8 — + \ 1 — — —L | _—
LESS b — * . 5 — „ Y S $ — = l = * — 1 —— % _ —ͤ—ỹ FRE g 122 bo * 4 T . - 8 — 0 _ — —
* 209 * 4 N — & | - oft - — 6 [cio * n : a v * - _— = —
— 0 l - 4 he : . l - 4 - < = — — * 2 . -
* Ww 0 ; 4 - = 7 - — — 5 * — — —
- i - -_ 2 Es Pu) > wa p == — - by ba - > — -
p * 4 4 — - Y * K — * * — — — — — — — — - —
— 8 ; rs SH ag Pr. S PE” > » — <a — 24444 — hy - - . f Y - = *
r — 2 b Þ 4 * —— ERIE — 2 = - * — — £ *
—„— et ”

— 5 s
— — 2 2
— - * —
—— are _ — —— _— —— It " —.
J — 232 Ss Yau
bh — . ns

178

Bathor craggy, and only acceſſible by a lane cut
WYYV into ſteps along the deſcent of the hill.

Ds RuyTER's actions againſt the ENGLISH.
18 ſay ſomething of admiral de Ruy ters
1 expedition againſt this place, I find it
was undertaken againſt his inclination, he
having been ſent by the ſtates-general from
Gibraltar, where he then lay, with a ſqua-

dron of thirteen men of war, to reduce the

Englifh fort at cape Corſo. That being

found impracticable, the Dutch general Val-

kenburg, then preſent at the council of war
held on board the admiral, after the reduc-
tion of fort Naſſau at Mouree, and the diſ-

| appointments at cape Corſo and Anamabo,

moſt earneſtly preſſed, and uſed all poſſible
arguments, to attempt the taking of the
fort at Cormentin; as ſo prejudicial to the
commerce of the Weſt-India Company, that
he undertook to prove it did more harm to

the Dutch,. than Holmes himſelf had done

the year before, during his whole expedi-
tion. The enterprize being reſolv'd on,
and Valtenburg having ſent admiral Ruyter
a reinforcement of four hundred canoes full
of arm'd Blacks from Mina, the Dutch fleet

came to an anchor in the road of Cormentin.

puls d.

Aſſiſted by |

The bay or port there, tho? ſpacious, being

very dangerous to land at, and the coming

out as bad, de Ruyter, on the 7th of Febru-
ary 1665, ſent a detachment of nine hun-
dred of his own men, ſupported by the bo-

dy of Mina Blacks above mention'd, to land

at Anamabo, which the Engliſh had taken, as
Theſe forces being come
near the ſhore, the Cormentin Blacks, who
were drawn thither, and poſted behind the
rocks and buſhes along the ſhore, fell on
them ſo furiouſly, that the Dutch, not able
to ſtand them, and the fire from the cannon
of the Engliſh caſtle, and ſuſpecting they
had been betray'd by the Braffo of Anama-
bo, ſtood about again with their boats and
pinnaces to ſea, and row'd back with all
their might to the ſquadron.

De Ruyter was no way diſmay'd at this

the Blacks. diſappointment, the Blacks of Anamabo

Land at

Agga.

and Adja, who had been wrongfully ſuſpec-

ted of acting in concert with the Engliſh,

ſending juſt then to aſſure him of their fi-
delity, and promiſing the next day to join
his forces, and aſſiſt him in taking of Cor-

mentin fort. They were better than their

words, bringing along with them three
thouſand Fantinean Blacks, their allies, whom
they had hired for that ſervice.

Theſe forces were landed without any
diſaſter, at Agga, between Anamabo and
Cormentin, in a fair calm day, which much
facilitated the debarkment ; for in blowing
weather it could not have been perform'd,
the ſea there rolling and breaking in a vio-
lent manner. Being there join'd by the

A Deſcription of the ©

and frequent ſallies,

auxiliary Blacks of Agga and Fantin, they

march'd in good order along the ſtrand, each
Black having a white handkerchief abour
his neck, to diſtinguiſh him from thoſe of

Cormentin, and arriv'd about noon before the
Engliſh tort, which YValkenburg ſummon'd
to ſurrender immediately, and, at the ſame

time, caus'd a body of his forces to ad-

vance to a riſing ground, juſt without reach
of the cannon of the place, being led by

ſome Blacks of the town, whom he had

gain'd to his party. The be ſeged made a
terrible fire upon them, as they approach'd,
which for a time ſtop'd
the progreſs of the vanguard ; many of the

Dutch Blacks being kilPd, in ſo much that

the paſſes were almoſt ſtopp'd with their
bodies. Moſt of this execution was done

by three hundred Engliſh Blacks, commanded

by one John Cabeſſee, a deſperate brave fel-
low. The main body at laſt coming up,
moſt of thoſe Blacks were either cut in
pieces, or retir*d with precipitation, and in
very diſorderly manner to the fort. Val-
kenburg then order'd the town to be ſet on
fire, which for a while took away the ſight
of the fort, from the Dutch, the ſmoak

blinding them, whilſt they appear'd as im-
patient and reſolute to attack the place, as

the Engliſh were full of conſternation; which

was ſo great, that ſoon after, ſeeing the
forces advance in good order with grana-

does in their hands, and a mortar to give

the aſſault, they not only ſtruck their flag,

but without any other ceremony open'd

the gate. Thus the Dutch took poſſeſſion

of the fort, at ſo ſmall an expence as ſixty

two marks of gold to pay the auxiliary

Blacks at Fantin, and the Braffo and Cabo-
ceiros of Anamabo and Adja. | |

The famous town of Great Cormentin lies Greicu
a cannon-ſhot NW. of fort Amſterdam, mexiit.
on a high hill, being fo large and populous,
that it well deſerves the epithet of great;
the inhabitants, merchants, traders, and

fiſhermen excluded, amounting to eight

hundred, or a thouſand men. The country

about it is hilly and fruitful. _

The lands about Little Cormentin pro- Prad

duce plenty of ſeveral ſorts of fruit and
corn. The air is very wholeſome. The
natives brew excellent beer made of maiz,
or Indian corn, as luſcious as ale, and call'd
Petaw. They bake Bananas into bread and
biſcuit, as alſo maiz, for their common
food.

In former times, Anamabo and Cormentin
were two of the principal trading places on
that coaſt, for the Dutch and Engliſh ; by
reaſon of the great reſort of Accanez Blacks,
who uſed to come down to each of thoſe
places, in little caravans: but the unhappy
differences between thoſe two European na-
tions, their wars and affaults upon each.

other; |

Boon Il

be p

* a
5 Sr ,
5 4

IN

4x73

E
_

£

Craft
Black

Peas
wit
Dute

E \ Exati
; | 03 th

ound
and 90
very,

Great Ca.
mentitt. .

produd

|

— — — — ot *

C

*

* o bs
*

* Tr,
Bo:

ther, in the years 1664 and 1665, along
the coaſts of North and South Guinea, did

them both great damage, and obliged the

Dutch to retire to Mouree, and the Engliſh to
Cormentin 3 where, during the ſhort time they

were poſſeſs d of fort Amſterdam, they were
ſo ſevere to the natives, who liked the Dutch

government, as having been long uſed to it,

that they and the Accanez Blacks, who lived

there as factors, intreated the Dutch general
at Mina, to ſettle a factory at Agga; the ſame
which was afterwards taken from-them by
the Engliſh in 1664, and blown up in 1665,
as I have already mentioned. The Englih
on their part, to thwart the Dutch, endea-
voured to corrupt the Braffos of Fantin and
Accanez, with conſiderable preſents, that
they might be induced to expel the Dutch
from Azga. The ſubtle Blacks received great
ſums of money, paid them by the Eugliſb,
without performing the condition for which

they were given; and conſidering that the

jealouſies between the Eugl and Dutch in
point of trade, occaſioned their purchaſing
the goods of both at a much eaſter rate, they
were well pleaſed to fee the Egliſb build a

ſmall fort at Anamabo, to rival the Dutch

at Mouree and Agga. us
Whatſoever places the Dutch and Engliſh

poſſeſs in che country of Fantin, neither of

them has any power there ; for when thoſe

crafty turbulent people think fit, they ſecure

all the paſſes in ſuch manner, that not one
merchant can poſſibly come down from the

inland country to trade with the Europeans

on the coaft ; and not ſo ſatisfied, they ob-
ſtruct the bringing of any proviſions to them,
till they are forced to buy a peace at a dear
rate, |

When Cormentin was taken from the Eng-

liſh, in the year 1665, as was ſaid above,

the people of Fantin expreſſed much ſatisfac-
tion to lee the Dutch ſettled there again; and

their reaſons were, for that the Engliſh go-

vernor had much incommoded them with

his gariſon ; that they thought the Dutch
better to trade with; and that their goods

were cheaper than the Engliſh.
However, they havenow gaineda pointup-
on the Dutch, who formerly made an agree-

ment to givethem a good ſum of gold, beſides

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

„

three hundred gilders for every one of the Bangor.
company's ſhips, which for the future ſhould WWW.

bring any goods thither, ſlave-ſhips only
excepted ; and this in conſideration of their
aſſiſtance in recovering fort Amſterdam, and
other ſervices: but now thoſe crafty Blacks
will make no difference betwixt ſlave- ſhips

and others, obliging them to pay for all

alike. They alſo extort a good ſum from
the Engliſh yearly, and thus treat both thoſe
nations alike; _ |

Mouree, Anamabo, Anichan, and Cor-
mentin are places where vaſt quantities of Eu-
ropean goods are vended, eſpecially linnens,
ſly ziger, copper, iron bars, old ſheets; brandy
and rum, pewter baſons, muſkets, bugles,
beads of ſeveral ſorts, powder, Sc.
Amerſa, Aqua, Languyo, Montfort, and
ſome other ſmall villages farther eaſtward,
on the Fantin ſhore, as far as Acron, have

but a very inconſiderable trade. Aqua lies Aqua:

on a little river, two leagues eaſt from Cor-
mentin; the land about the village is low and
flat, it produces plenty of Indian corn, and
has good freſh water and wood for ſhips that

want. |
Laguyo is ſtill two leagues farther eaſt from Laguyo.

Aqua, on a riſing ground, deſcending to-

wards the ſhore, has a little trade for ſlaves,

and ſome gold, but not of the pureſt.

i ,

Montfort again eaſt from Laguyo, affords Montfort.

ſome ſlaves and maiz.

The other ſmaller villages to the eaſtward 8

of this laſt, are little frequented by Europeans,

the inhabitants being very poor fiſhermen,

who carry their fiſh aboard ſhips, as do alſo

thoſe of Laguyo and Montfort ; yet moſt of

thoſe fiſhermen will boaſt to the ſhips crews
of the great plenty they have aſhore of ſlaves
and gold; which is done only to amuſe them,
that they may ſtay longer in the road, and
buy their fiſh, for ſeveral ſort of toys and
pedlars ware. The Eugliſb ply at all thoſe
places more than any other Europeans, and
from thenceforward to Acra.

The language of the Blacks, from Axim Languagt.

to Fanlin, along the ſea-coaſt, is almoſt one
and the ſame ; whereof I intend in time to
give a ſmall vocabulary, of ſeveral moſt fa-
miliar words and phraſes, with the Engli/h
of them.

GH

Dye country of Acron deſcribed; that of Agonna or Augwina; that of Acra of

Acara. James fort belonging to the Engliſh. Creyeceur, Dutch fort. St. Francis

Xaverius of the Portugueſe.

Ac RON COUNTRY,
IES between that of Fantin and Au-
ILL. gwina or Agonna, on the ſea-ſhore,
running eaſtward to about the famous cape,

called Monte del Diablo or the Devil's Mount.

It is divided into great and little Acron, the
former part lying farther up the inland, and
being, as to its government, a ſort of com-
monwealth. Little Acron is a petty king-
dom. The two countries have no depen-

| dance

180
BAR BO r. dance of each other, but live in perfect ami-
ny, under the protection of the Fantineans,
which makes thoſe people live in peace, tilling
their fruitful country to ſuch purpoſe, that it
conſtantly a ffords them a plentiful crop, diſ-
poſed of by them to other nations round
about.
At the time of my being there, the King
of Little Acron was a civil good- natur'd man,
about fifty years of age, or better, and re-
puted one of the wealthieſt on the Gold- Coaſt,

King of
Action.

his indifferent fubje&ts. This is rather an
anarchy than a monarchy, for the king can
do nothing, but with the confent of ſome of
the prime men of the country, =»

The country abounds in deer, hares, phea-
ſants, partridges, and many other forts of
beaſts and birds.

It has a little village on the coaſt, called
Apam, inhabited by fiſhermen, but very con-
veniently ſeated for trade, only that the
Blacks are not very tractable. It ſtands a

Product.

Apam vil-

lage.

and fowl, and running about two leagues up
VV . |
There grows the ſame fort of yellow wood,
which 1 mentioned to be at Acoba, in the
midſt of cape Tres Pontas, as proper for ma-
king of fine chairs and tables.

Ze!low
Wood.

The country of AGONNA or AUGWINA,

Egins at, or about the above-mentioned
*- Monte del Diablo or the Devil's Mount,
by the Dutch called Ruyge-hoech, diſtant a-
bout a Teague or better eaſtward of the ſalt-
river of Acron, and extends thence eaſtward
along the ſhore to Anonce in Aquamboe or
Acara. On the north it borders on Sonquay,
and ſouthward on the ocean, along which 1t
ſtretches about fifteen leagues; in which
ſpace there are ſeveral towns and villages, as
Paier, Polders- hay, Mango, Wiamba or Sim-
pa, Old Berkn or Barracou, Faccou, Tnnya,
Lampa, Succumma, New Little Berku, and
Roechs Broot, a high round hill, in form of
a fugar-loaf, about two leagues welt from
Acra. All very dangerous places to land
at, the fea rolling and breaking violently
along the ftrand,

Extent ©
and li-
mits.

= . = - « SY a o — — — —
>> — — —— — \ = —
\ \ — = = = = = = oY * = - S = —— — — = : —
— - — n » i = - 1 re — — San _ — a — — — + — Oo — 2 — — — ET...
2 2222 * >= 2 _ VE = — = * „ 7 — — - 8 1 — A X - by ua * _— — - _ — . n — Pay
— — 0 — - , = : . — „ 232 — . * — * — * AP — — _ - —
bf — — 2 — * 5 Tr 5 3 — - p —— IT - - * CLIC”, —ͤ— — 2. — — 2 1 r eng l . - = __ - by —
4 * 4 = — — 2 — — * _ 8 — — p II 2 A _— - n — — 8 F. . 2 . — > = a
1 — - - . N — = 5 © — - — — — — T — - : by " A — © OY y . " — - H 4 \ PY - . \ 5
: PRs 1 _— — woe - 2 —n WAIL r —— — . 8 — - : 9 $ — * L oy - l — — _ — V2 —
ws IT" — err rt wi tw RY —u— — - Ws - - - - Tan 7 * * » > 2 Ln 22 =o 4 oo ha n — —— — „ . - 22 2 . = . — —
— — * * 8 * — C »þ — - * — * * * 2 - - - — * —
— 3 = — 2 —— Fa. 2 k : - . m
Im —_— 4 * 5 0 Py on 2
I Y — 5 - 6 —
— 1 _— =
x ” . : ©
4 — . . .
n — 8

- EI
- 8
— — -
—

Villages.

— —
— 2 — —
— ——
—_— 5 —

pleaſant as that of Acron, in all reſpects. In
my time it was governed by a woman, of
great courage and wiſdom; who, to keep
the whole power im her own hands, liv'd un-
marry'd. She was about thirty-eight years
of age, and took upon her the title of queen.
The inhabitants ſay their country has the
adyantage of a very fine large: freſh-water
river, abounding in oyſters and other fiſh,
andthe banks of it ſtored with all ſorts of mon-
keys and baboons, as big as any on the coaſt
of Guinea, This river, I. ſuppoſe, lies a
utthe-calt of Hi.

A Deſcription of the

tho? he wore no better clothes than any of

little way up a ſalt river, abounding in fiſh

The people about this village breed great
| herds of cattle, and eſpecially cows and bul-

Bremba, and much fought after by the men

4 queen, The country of Augwing is as fertile and

BooxTy

Dajou and Polders-bay are places of no Don ay

confideration. 5 | Poder
Mango is famous for its ſituation nearb )..
Monte del Diablo or the Devil's Mount, which Manga.
is very high, like a lofty cape. It had the name 79%!
. . . Moun:.
grven it by the Portugueſe, from the ſacrifices

the Blacksoffer there to the devil, as they pre-

tended ; but ſince we have no inſtance of any
Blacks on the Gold- Coaſt, that pay any venera-
tion to that evil ſpirit, we may conclude the
Portuguſe are in the wrong as to this point.
However that is, this mountain is very rich

in gold, which the Blacks, after violent

ſhowers, gather in conſiderable quantities,
the rain waſhing it from among the fand,
The Dutch gave this mount the name of
Ruyge-boeck, becauſe being very high, they
often ſaw it at a diſtance, long before the
could reach it, in failing along the ha
from eaſt to weſt; the wind being conftantly,
moſt of the year from morning till night at
S W. and a very freſh gale, the tide com-
monly ſetting to the eaſtward, ſo that it re-
quires much time to turn it up.

The French and Dutch uſed formerly to
trade at Mango; but ſince the natives have
addicted themſelves to falſify ing of the gold,
much more than at other places on the coaſt,
both thoſe nations have forſaken that place.

locks, which they carry up and down the
coaſt for ſale. The women are there very Hardin
Jolly and handſome, efpecially thoſe of vnn.

of the coaſt for wives. The country about
it yields plenty of maiz and palm, oil.
Miamdba or Simpa ſtands on the aſcent of a win
hill, in the bulging of the land, very agree- will:
ably ſeated among trees. The Engliſh fac-
tory, being a double ſtone houſe, was ran-
ſacked by the Blacks in 1679, and the factor
had much ado to ſave his own and his men's
lives; happily making their eſcape in the
night to cape Corſo, where I ſaw him land,
much wounded and all embrued in his own
blood. This place is eaſy to be known from
the ſea, by the two Engliſb houſes yet ſtand-
ing, without any roof, near the ſhore, and
about two hundred paces from Hiamba ;
which is a ſmall village of about thirty
houſes, ſeated in a flat low ground, with
large meadows beyond 1t, encloſed with
hedges, and farther up the country are ſeve-
ral lakes. In the fields are to be ſeen large
herds of five hundred deer together, and ve-
ry large deformed 5 and baboons.
Here is alſo great plenty of poultry, as alſo
bar-canoes for Fidaand Ardra. The village
of Wiamba is chiefly inhabited by fiſhermen.
In time of war there is very little trade, but
the. ſituation is good for it im peace.
Berku-or Barracou, the: principal town of ge
the Augwins coalt, is ſeated on a 8 lab
ve

3
* N
or.
+
9
*
wo
0
"#4
Fo
£4
b+
2
E
ad
7
r
R
3
q al
258
3
=
v .

| Langu,

Fun hs.

Ve co

; Good tt

3 | Nat i

= ,
I | HAP. IO.
| 4 ſive leagues weſt from Acra, abounding in
| F rame fowl, and much cheaper than elſewhere
on the Gold-Coaft. The Blacks here drink a
ſort of beer, called Petaw, made of Indian
wheat, in taſte and colour like Exgliſb ſmall-
beer, but more luſcious.

This Barracou or Barracoe 18 a propet

face to ſettle a factory or fort for trade,

and pleaſant enough to live at, being in a
3 lentiful country.
L.rcuage. Their language is different from that of
underſtand the others.

The natives are expert at works in gold
and iron, mak ing curious gold rings and
chains, and very fine armour and weapons;
which they ſell along the coaſt, and particu-
larly at Acra.

Whilſt the Portugueſe lorded it along this

coaſt, the French uſed to trade to it; which
is the reaſon that the Blacks ſtill remember
many French words, eſpecially of the Nor-
man dialect. —

Hzre are as great numbers of parrokeets
as at Anamabo.

Little Berkn lies about a league and a half
eaſt of Barracou, on a {mall river.

| $uichs,

© Feat, The coaſt from Cormertin to Monte del
3 Diablo or the Devil's Mcunt, extends SE by E.

about twelve leagues, and thence to Berk
nine leagues, and from Berks to Acra river
about nine leagues more. „
The country eaſtward of Koeck-broot hill
Hardom Wi is low and flat towards the ſea, but hilly up
amen. the inland: ſome leagues {till farther to the
EZ eaſtward, tis covered with ſhrubs and little

3 trees, the land dry. | 5
E Grultrade, I have already obſerved, that all the a-
Wiamba i |
village. are well ſeated for trade, when they are not
| at war with their neighbours ; for when they
are, there is little gold and few ſlaves to be

had. The Acra Blacks come down to this

coaſt to trade, when they hear there are
ſhips riding, that have a well ſorted cargo,
of ſuch goods as they have occaſion for, viz.
ſayes, old ſheets, coeſvelt linnen, bugles,
iron and brandy. A good flave ſells there;
as at all other trading places on the Gold-

Coaſt weſtward, at the rate of one Benda of

gold, whick is two ounces:
The people of Augwina, in general, are
bold and warlike, well ſkilled in fiſhing,
and at many works in gold and iron; but
more eſpecially at making curious gold

chain-rings,

The kingdom of Ack A or ACARA,

JS tributary to and dependant on the king

of Aquamboe z and tho! the greateſt part
of its territories lie up the country, yet are
they commonly deſcribed among the king-
doms of the coaſt, becauſe of the great com-

perky re merce with them, and their king's extends

a | Vol. V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

the weſtern parts of the Gold Coaſt, but they

bovementioned places of Acron and Augwina

181

ing his power over the Blacks along the ſea, Bax Or.
for above twenty leagues, notwithſtanding WWW
that theſe have kings of their own; and
therefore they are adjoined to this country

of Aquamboe.

This Acra kingdom, which lies next on Lite.

the coaſt, borders weſtward on Augwina,

from which it is parted by a ſmall river;
northward on Aboura and Bonoe ; eaſtward

on Labade and Ningo ; and ſouthward on the

ocean; being about ſixteen leagues in com-

paſs, and almoſt round, ſcarce two leagues

and a half lying to the ſea, and on it three
villages, which are Soko, Little Acra, and Villages.
Or/aky, each of them under the cannon of
an European fort, viz. Soto under the Engliſh Fei.
fort James; Little Acra under the Dutch fort
Creveceur ; and Orſały under that of òt. Fran-

cis Aaverius, now belonging to the Porty-

gueſe, but before to the Danes, and by them

called fort Chriſtiaenburg; all three of them

reckoned among the bett on the coaſt.

Theſe three fortreſſes are ſituated in the Deirſin-
compals of leſs than a league and a half of #9”:
ground, each on a rocky headland, adyan-
cing a little way upon the ſtrand; where it
is very dangerous landing; except at Acra,

at which place it is not ſo difficult, at the

firſt and laſt quarters of the moon, vith the
help of bar-canoes; _ 1
The three European forts have but little

authority over the Blacks, and ſerve only to

ſecure the trade, the Blacks here being of a

temper not to ſufſer any thing to be impoſed

on them by Europeans; which, if they ſhould

but attempt, it would certainly prove their |
own ruin. On the other hand, conſidering 1% allow-
the boldneſs and warlike diſpoſition of thoſe 70 be
Blacks, it is ſtrange they ever permitted Euro-.
peans to build three ſuch good forts ſo cloſe

together: but ſo great is the power of mo-

ney, as well in that golden country, as in
all other parts of the world, that the late
king of Acra, about forty years ſince, being
gained by conſiderable preſents the Danes
and Dulch made him, and by the kindneſs
his ſubjects ſhowed to white men, granted
the liberty at firſt aſked of him, for each of
them to build a ſtone houſe, to ſettle a factor
in, under the obligation of ſeven marks of
gold yearly, for each houſe. The houſes
being thus built, the Danes and Dutch never
gave over careſſing the natives, and inſinua-
ting to them, that whereas they were conti-
nually aſſaulted in their own country by the
reſtleſs Aquamboes, their mortal enemies, it
would be for their ſafety to permit them to
turn thoſe houſes into forts, Which would
protect them and their families with their
cannon againſt thoſe bold and incroaching
Blacks. By theſe means they prevailed to
have thoſe places put into the condition they
now are. The firſt that obtained this pri-
vilege of the king of Acra were the Dutch,
ASA. wha

182

A which they built with a ware-houſe of rock
ſtones, ſixty-two foot in length and twenty-
four in breadth, with plank floors laid on
joyſts, and the roof cover'd with tiles; all
the buildings encompaſſed with bulwarks,
and the walls made with port-holes for guns,
Some time after, the Danes; and, at laſt,
the Engliſb had the good fortune to be al-
low'd building of forts there. To ſay the
truth, thoſe forts, upon ſome occaſions,
have proved a good refuge to the natives;
eſpecially when the king of Aquamboe con-
quer'd Acra, in the year 1680, when, had
they wanted that ſecure retreat, few or none
of them had been left alive, or at beſt, in
any condition to drive the trade they now
have; which is conſiderable, notwithſtand-
ing the great number of families that have
removed thence to Lay, Popo, and Fida, as
their king Fourri has done to Fetu, being a

of Tetu, to deliver themſelves from the ar-
bitrary power of the king of Aguamboe,
whole ſoldiers frequently plunder this and
other countries; being countenanc'd by their
haughty ſovereign, who never fails to eſpouſe

all their quarrels. . 5
traity of It might be reaſonably ſuppoſed, that the
lier com- three ſeveral companies trading there, might
panies.
the conſequences would be fatal to each in
particular, and to the whole commerce in
general; but experience ſhows the contrary,
here being ſuch plenty of gold and ſlaves,
that none of them is in danger of wanting.
Beſides, that each fort is ſtock' d with com-
modities, which the other has not; and that

ſo conſiderable, notwithſtanding the cala-
mities of war, or famine, this country
has long labour'd under, that it may well
be ſaid, this place alone furniſhes more gold

And could the Am and Aquamboe Blacks a-
gree, as they are continually at variance, a-
bout the annual tribute the former demand
of the latter, by virtue of their feudal right
over them, the trade would be yet greater,
at Acra, than it is: but the Aguamboes will
by no means ſubmit to it, leſt a conceſſion
of this nature might, in time, coſt them the
toſs of their whole country; and their king
is ſuch a politician, as to ſow diſcord be-
tween the gove:10rs of Akim, by means of
fair words and large gifts, whereby he pre-
ſerves his country in peace, and in a condi-
tion to enjoy a beneficial trade.
To ſay ſomething more particular of each
of thoſe maritime villages and forts at Acra.
Soko. Soo is to the weſtward of the other two,
cel of about an hundred ſcattered houſes, at
2 diſtance from one another,

A Deſcription of the

Banzor.who bought a proper place for a fort of him,

near relation to Ahen Penin Aſbrive, king
FTida. The three European forts, at Acra,

be apt fo te claſh among themfelves, that
fort, being of rock-ſtone and lime; but too
Nightly built to reſiſt the exceſſive rains of

gether, being a ſort of plarform, with a

often helps to promote trade, which is here -
and thirty black men.

and ſlaves, than the whole coaſt beſides.

and of lefs conſequence, being only a par-

Book [I]

Little Acra, which is about half a mile Li

+4
+.

eaſt of Soko, was pretty handſome and com. Act,
modious, being a market-town well go.
vern'd, and much reſorted to; but the A.
mes burnt 1t a few years fince, ſcarce
ixty houſes being left ſtanding. Fourri,
king of Acra, choſe rather to live at this F
place, than at Great Acra, which is up the q
inland; and I was there ſeveral times with
him in 1679. He wasa man of a good mien,
a great friend to Europeans, but of too reſt.
leſs a ſpirit, which at laft occaſion'd his ruin,
having too powerful a nation to contend
with: as were the Aquamboes, who, in con-
cluſion, obliged him to abandon his domi- |
nions, as has been ſaid, EE 3
Orſaty is not ſo conſiderable as J have for- O1
merly ſeen it, the Aquamboes having alſo
deftroy'd and ruin'd it. Moſt of the inha-
bitants of theſe three villages have left them,
ſince the irruptions of the Aguamboes, and
ſettled themfelves and families at Popo, near

* 3;
*
1 4

are built much aſter the ſame manner, and
alike in bigneſs: but to ſay ſomething of
them more particular.

Jamzs FoRr belonging to the EN CLIs n,

AT Soko is a ſquare, having four batte- g
'* ries, the walls high and thick, eſpe- &c.
cially on that ſide which is next the Dutch

the wet ſeaſon. The lodgings are cloſe to-

ſquare tower, and a little ſpire on it, where
the Engliſh flag is hoiſted. I ſaw only eigh-
teen little iron guns mounted on the batte-
ries. The gariſon confiſts of twenty white

Its ſituation is very advantageous, being
on a large rocky head-land, ont in the ſea,
as you ſee it here repreſented in the cut, pan
having the village of Soko on the north, at
a {mall diſtance, It is ſcarce poſſible to land 344
dry here at any time of the year, the ſea in:
perpetualiy rolling and breaking on the
ſtrand; ſo that you muſt of neceſſity be
waſh'd, if not overſet. 7

The Du T R FORT CREVE COE UR,

Hereof we here give a proſpect in PI
the cut, is ſeated about half a can-

non- ſnot from James Fort; and, like it, on
another large rocky head- land, which jutting
out into the ſea, renders it the ſtronger on
that ſide: and tho? boats and pinnaces can ,,,,,
come up to the ſtrand in ſafety, almoſt at ac:
any time, yet the landing is well defended _
by the guns of the fort, and the ſmall
arms of the gariſon.

It is ſquare built, with four batteries,
which, as well as the curtins, are of rock-
ſtone and lime, but neither very thick nor

high;

N F TOR EP Ne EY TRI, R K e 9 8 ö 2 2 4 ar : :
- ws AEST A TA * * * n pad ALE od cok os Ta: TY : 7 4 7 "ek / > 5 l 5 2 — SI ae
N 5 a # 2 Kat hy FR as „ PEE AC PI” EP : 2 . 5 - 9 7 . 7 2 — 8 — 3 F 251 N r *
2 . * . E * - 8 bs 6 7 . v : N wi BY: - . Sore Hae» Hh Nel 1 3 en v5 BY OVEN N
. A ; 4 l 5 | K L 2 : 1 DANS ; a 24 » OB CE ED i NES IO SIS LS Cr 55 £59 * * 5 *
oth, 8 Ne 7 a a N p Y 2 y- 4 IND ONE 5 8 : 4 2 A 1 * A : : 5
E C e : 4 .

— - — — _ - - * — — — d
3 „ 1 —— —-—-— . ß == - 4 - —
—

PR ae — ne

—

X — — —— F a es WY — — 4 —— 3
= | — — __ 7 . . << ene — — — — 1 —— — nu — — —— — An 8 — — 2 hs D _—_ *
- . — . — — ' _ — — * * —— « — 22 *
5 2 _ ** * : — 0 5 = — 2
—
—
»
:
*
* 3 W 8
9 > ,
e
8 1 _ FAD * ,

Strength

&c.

Art

= *
= =
2 =

2 „

Zu. J, lug. 12 H

Lt nr 75

utch Fort ect at Accra

eta

lt

|
*
| |
/ |
1 | |
[i
| ii!
ay td 1
ith
i'll
104
0 I
j IE.
OTIS,
|
1
0
109 |
RP
Nog) 141
4 I, '
1 1 1
0
jt}
Wh
I
10
Mi
i 11 6;
ie
i [
(it
1770 i,
| ;
|
1 70
Nie
9154
$144!
Wu
: k
i
146
An
U
al
0
| (1491
| IT]
i j
l I
it
1 {ll
5 11 L
L 1,
5
b;. 1
W 18!
} [
I!
hi
IA
ee M
j! i!
| |
1

— _=
— = -—— —— 3 —— 892
— — — —— - -
—
—

—

I. | TM E-

/ 9
PF, 7 2 "Ws

7 74 2, p
e

m 8 WW! 1
U 1 N 78

inthe 1
ii

PATIL BF
{t i

i / /
Is þ 1 :
f 1 1

. 8
9937 25
5 .
72

== -

— - —
—— ——
Z "
2

RR

if

P
1 N

8 64
l it

„5 „ / i 4 U
5 773 fr vill
F i

r

[

22222

| | 3 5

I. WY *
1 \ 001; N
0 vo W's 1 0 |
U tit

— of —U— — * *
- —_— - 2
8 - ” IS l \ A — — *
. Jö5wbw Ents — . 2 5 — — —— Q :
- hy — IINIPLD By 3 — —— — — 2 — -
hd A . = —_ n — 22 - = - - - co - — 22222 — — — * oi _
=" = . hg CESS — 1 2 LEA - = - — 2 — ä - - - ISO II — OS
— > = b — = — r = * >= — — we — —
3 ws = — _ _ — — < Rf - - = =
N — — — —
— — — — — =
- © — => — _

＋

burg

1s
2.
LED

/

(| ML!
wi 74 . 1.
%
1

YSTLACN

[1]

"WP

N

7 — —
— — — i 7 —
— =>, — 10
1 Fon - -
— — — — —
* _—_ A
= 8 — - — —
— — = 2 22 —
—— = — — —
of = = = —
9 * =
- — —
D 2 ”

- Danirh Fo

[il

N ' bis ö
ti 4 610

61 j „ Rl
| | „ 1 Whe

| 1 1 10K. A |

f 7260 |

/
1
"85 WAS |
Wi
3 1 U

J

ee
. 1 U. i Wi,

R 2

RAS...

I —
—

—
_
>.

—ůůůůů
——
* —
— INS
— — —
DEE
> —

— —ůůů

o Hy
Wn

7

ui!
[YM i |
44%

—
— _
—
MW"
—
—
—

/
U

1
W
SHEER
N

/

Wm —
8 — =
- —

—

.
— — =D Wd

if
AN
10 1
.
f | 1 * 4) 0
U 4 j 4
| In V/ 7. 9 i
6 WY „
TAL 10
| fl |
rr | '

— 7 —_—
— —

———
—— —
. —

—

hg —

— CO ST IRS

ISI ISSSSDO
-

_ —
—
= 9 —————

—
-
—
—

—
—
—

A

77 VT a 7547 -
4144 2 4 2 * -

1 2 2 — = ba

—— — —

— — ——

Jo IS - 7 g — — 8 —— D = 1 „ * — — ——— ů — =
> —- — . —— _— Pe: 2. . — — Gn 2 - Pd .... FLV, 7 7 WL, d 5 . — Ee nn — —
— — . 227 . =_ FEES — > , A 7 - . - - &
22 —— : "Le b X

N EF 15 F iS
< al e EL ES

* —
- — — —
— — —
— ISA — — — ——
— — — — —

7

FE

- — | - ' — 3 . * — — 4 — |

£ =

7U0 Goon 13 SP ANN Tv T7 2 2 i fa 7 LON 2 lg 55 ä [ol

= _ =
——
at F

— © TN = * ZL 14 17 = 12g e .

—— = —
— — —— —⅛h

— = .
= — —

1 ee, r

„ '"F
9 2 * I! ts *
1 j , 1 2222 1 Gitter . N 22 5 hull
2 7 2 rot e
= K - vs b

— —
a -
Ft
ww

Hi

——

— —

1 — gouy —
—
8 =
BE O's R A
= 4
S

1 gnw0011t-
ncies in it.

*
*
2
*n

l — 2a 4; PG N R 1 N 2
i x . r * W —
; p N * E TECC ˙Ü1sͤmd .. En ee 5
4 4 Ls 4 R n n 2 * „ (EPI * © N h 28 F 9 a 2 2 * S n N ö
a ö Laval gas 2 N W 2 WK £24," FEES ES * —ꝑæ ũeeSwͤt mpg dd. 8 „
Wo Fr TOY n Ne n RR EY as iN 9 * *
C eee WG F
e a N 7
* —

* or * 8 + LE OE IS,» * OY 3
GWWWWWWWWWWWWWWGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG I
EEC. ⁵˙Ü˙ꝙ ͤ .. Sg
hp * 1 *

ä
W

Fortu-
Reeſe not
a
fi

( bappel
: d 0 A It.

HAP. 1 O.

high, ſo that it cannot endure much bat-
tering; and the Engliſh, from James Fort,
might ſoon reduce it to a heap of rubbiſh
with their cannon, 1n caſe of a rupture be-
tween the two nations, tho? it is much lar-
ger than their fort. Within it, is a large
flar ſquare houſe, with a platform, and on
it, a turret with a cupola, on which, the
Duich flag is difplay'd, as at all other
forts on the coaſt, as ſoon as any ſhips ap-
pear at ſea, The lodgings are pretty neat
and convenient, both for the officers and
gariſon, which conſiſts of fifteen white, and
twenty-five black men, It has a good
handſome gate towards the north, overlook-
ing the village of Little Acra, and the road
that leads to Great Acra. The gate is ſe-
cured by a Corps de Guarde and two barriers,
but no ditch or pallifadoes before it, which

is the fault of all the forts along the coaſt,

none excepted. The Blacks being wholly
unſkill'd at taking of ſtrong holds, and ge-
nerally running away, or lying down flat
when the cannon is fired, thoſe outward de-

fences are look*d upon as unneceſſary char-

ges. There are fourteen pieces of cannon,
and ſome pattareroes on the batteries. The
ſituation of the fort 1s ſuch, that it enjoys

a better air than the other two caſt and weſt

of it.

Fox T ST. FRA NCIS XNAveRivs,

1 the only place the Portigueſe have on
1 the coaſt, and that but of late, being at

the village of Or/aky, a ſhort league eaſt
from Acra, built much after the ſame form
and manner as the other two, to the weſtward
of it; but, in my opinion, much ſtronger,
and more ſpacious, the curtins and batte-
ries more ſolid and lofty. The tower and
lodgings are alſo larger, with a good Corps

de Guarde; and a ſpur at the gate, which

overlooks the village. The Portugueſe have
rais'd the ſaid curtins and batteries three foot

higher than they were when poſſeſsd*by the

Danes. It has twenty-four iron guns moun-
ted, and a few pattareroes ; and the gariſon
conſiſts of forty-five white men: for they
will admit of no Blacks among them, being
hated by them here, as well as at all other
places on the coaſt. Several families are
removed from the village to ſeveral other
parts, either on their account, or becauſe
of the Aquamboe wars. 5

They have alſo built a chappel in the
ort, where maſs is fiid by a black prieſt,
ordain'd by the biſhop of S. Thome. Beſides,
they have much improved the lake, lying
ar iome diſtunce from the fort, and parcePd
It out into diviſions, to make ſalt, in the
ae Manner as they do at Setubal, and in
her parts of Portugal. This lake was for-
erly a conſecrated place, and one of the
eidies of the inhabitants of Or/aky, which

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINE A.

Poriugueſe. I have here given a proſpect
of the whole,

The Danes built this fort, as was faid a-

may be one cauſe of their averſion to the BaRBoT.

PLATE 15.

Daniſh _

bove, and named it Chriſtiaenburg, in ho- Vert. /ol.

nour of their king then reigning. In 1679,
it was governed by John Olricks of Gluckſtad,
a worthy perſon, with whom I was very

intimate: him the treacherous Blacks inhu-

manly
Greek, who had liv'd there ſome years un-
der him. That villain; ſome time after.
ſold the place to Julian de Campo Barret,
formerly governor of the iſland of &. Thome,
for a ſum of money, not exceeding ſeven
marks of gold. Barreto was the ſame per-
ſon I had known three years before at Iba
de Principe or the prince's iſland, in the gulph
of Guinea, How he behaved himſelf to-
wards his garifon, I cannot well ſay; but
when I was at Acra, in the beginning of the
year 1682, they had revolted, and kept

him confined in the upper part of the tower

of his fort, He being much a gentleman,
and known to me before, as I have juſt ob-
ſerv'd, I caus'd myſelf to be carry'd thither
by Blacks in a hammock; from the Dutch
fort, to pay him a viſit; but the Portugueſe
chief factor, who commanded then in the
place, would not allow me the liberty of

any diſcourſe with him, or any more than
to ſalute him at the window of the room he

was confined to above-ſtairs, from a conſi-
derable diſtance, without admitting me into

the fort. The Portugneſe factor came a lit-

tle way out of the fort, to tell me he could
anſwer for what he had done, and if the pri-

murder'd, at the inſtigation of a

Portu-

gueſe im-
priſon their
governonr,

ſoner were willing to go over to Euroße with
me, he might do it; but Bareto ſent word

by a Black, that he could not leave his poſt
without a ſpecial order from the king of Por-
zugal, and deſired me to take care of his let-

ter he ſent to that court, which 1 promis'd,

and perform'd ſome time after, when I re-
turn'd to prince's iſland. He alſo ſent word,

he hourly expected a Portugueſe man-ot-
war from Liſbon.

The Portugueſe gariſon was then in a mi- Their mi-

ſerable condition, in want of all ſorts of pro-/#74%e

viſion, and even bread ; and all the goods
in their warehouſe did not amount to the va-
lue of ſixty pounds, as I was told at the
Dutch fort; and that the Portugucſe gave
out, they had ſpent above an hundred marks
of gold, to put the fort into the good con-
dition it then was, I was alſo inform'd; that
the Danes of Frederickſburg, near cape Cor-

/o, had in vain ſollicited the Portugueſe to

reſtore the place to them, paying them what
it coſt, and reaſonable charges, which could

condition.

not amount to ncar what they pretended ;

but the Poriugyeſe would not hearken to

their propoſals, and ſtill keep poſſeſſion of

the fort.
The

184

Bax gor. The Daniſh company might have made
V very conſiderable profit by its trade here,
Advan- were it not for the revolutions which have
. happened at ſeveral times, and the infide-
place. ,. a
lity of their ſervants, as I have already ob-
ſerv*d ; for this fort being the laſt place on
the Gold Coaſt, where there is a britk trade,
and much gold, moſt of the European ſhips
generally part with the remainder of their
goods at any rate: which is a good oppor-
tunity for the company's ſervants to drive an
advantageous underhand trade for them-

ſelves, during the vacancies of the poſt,

upon the deceaſe of a governour, or chief
factor. | . 15

Scarcity, The three forts of Acra are ſubſiſted
by the proviſions they fetch from cape
Corſo, Manfrou, Anamabo, and Cormentin ;
the country all about them, for a great way,
lying waſte, having been ruin'd by the wars
with the Aquamboes ; which occaſion'd ſuch

a ſcarcity of corn, that a cheſt of maiz, of

two buſhels, was rais*d to ten pieces of eight.
Pure geld. The gold of Acra is of the pureſt fort,
much like that at Axim, which comes from

Egweira, Molt of it is brought down thi-

ther from the country of Abonee, and that

of Quaſoe, which is beyond the other, and

very rich in gold; the natives whereof, paſ-

ſing through Aquamboe in their way down,

drive the greateſt part of that trade. In

time of war, it furniſhes ſo great a number

Plenty of of ſlaves, that it amounts to, at leaſt, as ma-
faves. ny as are ſold all along the reſt of the coaſt.
This country is continually in war with ſome

of the neighbouring nations, which are very
populous, and from whom they take very

many priſoners, moſt of whom, they ſell

to the Enrofeans. The ſlaves are commonly
purchaſed for coeſvelt linen, ſlyziger, ly-
wat, ſheets, ſayes, perpetuanas, firelocks,

powder, brandy, bugles, knives, top-ſails,

nicannees, and other goods, according to
the times. The natives carry thoſe com-
modities to Abonee market, which is four

leagues beyond Great Acra northward, for
the Accanez people, who reſort thither three

times a week; as do other Blacks from the
country of Abonee, Aguamboe, and Aquime-
ra, who all buy thoſe goods of the Acra

men, at ſuch rates as they think fit to put

upon them, the king refuſing to permit
thoſe ſtrangers to go down themſelves to
the European warehouſes on the coaſt ; for
which reaſon, thoſe Blacks pay often double
the value for what they buy. The king has
there an overſeer, who has the power to
ſet the price on all goods, between buyer
and ſeller. This general overſeer is aſſiſted

by ſeveral officers to act for him, where he

cannot be preſent himſelf. Thoſe employ-
ments are much ſought after there, as being
both honourable and advantageous; be-
cauſe, both the king's and their perquiſites
are very conſiderable.

A Deſcription of the

country, beyond the European forts, there

duſtrious inſets have rais'd above the reſt

rets, look, at a diſtance, like the ſalt heaps

of the ſalt- ſeaſon.

country, becauſe it is at peace, go ſerve in

Book Illu
The principal town of Great Acra lies a. Cr ige to
bout four leagues up the country, at the Anu. Mikilr:
foot of the hilly land, which is ſeen at 4
great diſtance off at ſea. „
The land, from the ſea - ſnore, to about Beaſt
three leagues inland, is pretty level and even.

and a good ſporting ground for hares, rab-
bits, ſquirrels, wild-boars, red and fallow

deer, wild goats, pintado hens, and other

fowl. What large and ſmall cattle they
have, 1s brought from Labade, at a ſmall
diſtance eaſtward, There is ſuch plenty
of hares among ſhrubs and buſhes, which
grow very thick, that the Blacks kill them
with ſticks, and the Europeans take them
with ſpaniels ; but their fleſh is very inſipid.

The ſoil is a pale red and fat mould, pro-.
ducing little or no fruit, and very few trees;
but it yields yams, and ſeveral forts of beans
and peaſe. The country beyond the flat
is hilly, : -

It is worth obſerving, that in the flat 4-4

are abundance of ants neſts, which thoſe in-

of the ground in a moſt amazing manner,
ſeveral of them riſing like ſugar-loaves, three
foot high, or better: of which, I ſhall here-
after ſpeak more at large. Theſe ant-hills,
not improperly deſerving to be call'd tur-

in the iſle of Rhe in France, at the beginning 1
5 5 Small ex-
The Blacks here do not much regard fiſli- x10, .
ing, or boiling of ſalt, tho the country af. ru
fords great plenty of it; leaving that alto-
gether to the others along the coaſt, who
nevertheleſs find time enough to trade with 3
the European ſhips repairing to their roads. Z
I have already taken notice, that theſe
people are continually at war with ſome one Uabade
or other of their neighbours; it muſt not be ; vilage,
therefore concluded, that they make it their I

whole employment, but only one part of it.

All the Blacks in general are ſoldiers, as long
as the war laſts, if they are able to bear
arms, or have any given them by their chiefs;

but as ſoon as the war is ended, every man

returns to his peculiar employment. Among
the fiſhermen, there are but few ſoldiers, be-
cauſe they living under the protection of the
forts, are not ſo frequently attack'd by the
enemies, and therefore ſeldom provided with
arms. .
The Blacks, who are of a turbulent na-
ture, and do not care to live without war,

| ; f Vu,
when they want employment in their own ,

4 mits, &c
any other neighbouring country where there
is war; and theſe are more particularly
accounted ſoldiers by profeſſion.

Before I leave Acra, I muſt warn ſailors
to. weigh their anchors in the road every

two or three days, becauſe the ground bene

11. „il

ingen
gan

HAP. II.

ie to full of rock-ſtones, the buoy ropes, and

lain. the cables are apt to be cut, about eight

| or nine foot from the anchor. Thus we loſt
a ſheet-anchor in that road; and many o-
ther ſhips, before and after me, have had
the ſame fortune. The freſh S W. gales,
which generally blow from morning till
night, except in the rainy ſeaſon, from Ma

till September, cauſe the ſea to ſwell high,
and the tide ſetting eaſtward very rapid with
the wind, ſhips work very hard on the ca-
bles, and render it very tedious and trouble-

| ſome to get up the anchor in the day-time z
which is much eaſter done in the night, the
weather being calmer. _

In the wet ſeaſon, the tide ſets as the
wind and moon rule it; for two or three
days before and after the new and full moon,
the tide ſets up to the weſtward, as it alſo
does after it has blown hard at NE. and

The kingdoms of Tgwira.

Acarady, and Infoko. _

$ : LABAPD BE kingdom, _
aller- J S fo ſmall and inconſiderable, the whole

that it ſcarce deſerves any notice ſhould be
Coaſt, but for its touching upon the ſea, be-

l one league in length along the ſhore; in
b which ſpace there are two villages Orſou, and
E Labade Labade. This laſt is a large populous place,
| age, encloſed with a dry ſtone-wall. The ſitua-
1 tion is pleaſant, betwixt fine meadows and
plains. The inhabitants of both villages
are generally huſbandmen, tilling their
ground, and looking to their ſheep and
ſwine, which they bring from Lay poor,
then fat and fell them to the people of the
Gold Coaſt, and at Acra, with conſiderable
profit. They make ſalt of the ſea-water for
their own uſe; bur few of them apply them-
{elves to trade, which is inconſiderable a-
mong them, as having little gold to diſpoſe
of, The country is govern'd by its petty
king,

a

0

The kingdom of NIN Go,
| + NY the French, is calPd Lempi; and, by
e. the Evgliſh, Aamſoe; the prince of it
| bearing the title of king of Ladingcour, tho
p he, and his ſubjects, have an entire depen-
dance on the king of Aquamboe, who lords
It over them ſo abſolutely, that the ſlighteſt

faults are often puniſh'd with death. This

country borders weſtward on Labade and

VoI. V. |

Coaſts of SOUTH-GuINEA,

in. I circumference of it being but four leagues,
taken of it, in this deſcription of the Gold

twixt Acra and Ningo, 9 that only for

185
EN E. and the wind returns to SSW. and BARBO T.

S W. Then the tide, for twenty-four hours, WWW
will run upwards againſt the wind, as has

been found by experience, lying before
Corſo, Anamabo, Cormentin, and Acra.

The king and chief Blacks of Acra were, rich
in my time, very rich in ſlaves and gold, Blacks.
through the vaſt trade the natives drove with
the Europeans on the coaſt, and the neigh-
bouring nations up the country. Thefe
people, in their flouriſhing peaceful times,
poſſeſs more wealth than moſt of thoſe be-
fore ſpoken of put together; and yet theſe
natives of Acra being much addicted to war,
with their inveterate enemies the Aquamboes,
have been at laſt overcome by them, and
their country ruin'd and finally reduced to
a province in the years 1680 and 1681, as
has been mentioned in its place, _

CHAP, AL:

The kingdom of Labade deſcribed. That of Ningo. Of the inland countries.
Great Incaſſan.
Fory of Tabeu. The kingdom of Adom ; and countries of Mompa, Waſſahs,
Vanqui, Quy-Foro, Bonoe, Atti, Accany, Akam, Aqua, Sanquoy, Abonee,
Kuahoe, Tafoe, Aboera, Quakoe, Cammanach, Bonoe, Equea, Lataby,

Incaſſia-Iggina. The terri-

Great Acra, at Equea; eaſtward, on Soko ;
and ſouthward, on the ſea of Guinea; ex-
tending about thirteen leagues along the
coaſt N E by E. from Labade to Lay. Its

principal villages on the coaſt, are Ningo

the Leſſer, Tema, Cincho, Brambro, Pom-

pena or Ponny, Great Ningo, Lay or Alempy,

and Occa, all barr'd places, and very diffi-

cult to land at. ro,

I ſhall confine myſelf to ſpeak only of
Cincho, Great Ningo, and Lay, which are
generally places of commerce, the others
having little or none ; tho? in 1680, the
Dutch uſed to trade to Tema or Temina.

Cincho is five leagues eaſt from Acra, a Cincho
place reſorted to from the beginning of the ige.
laſt century; tho? now the inhabitants a-
ply themſelves much to fiſhing, to ſupply
the market at Spice, which is a large town
up the inland, for which they pay no duty
to the king, The Blacks here commonly
buy much linnen, and ſeveral ſorts of cloth
for the country trade; as do all the other
inhabitants of the coaſt, from hence to Rio
da Volta. Their language differs from that
of Acra, The land affords plenty of pro-
viſions, and abundance of fine large oranges.

Great Ningo lies five leagues farther eaſt gen
again, and can ſcarce be ſeen from the road, Ningo
no more than Cincho; nor does the land af-
ford any notable mark to know it by, be-
ſides the high mount call'd Redondo, ſtanding
due north from Lay up the country, which

B b b being

.
— SITS / 15-9 RW... — — — — — — — — — —
1 — —— U] . D — —

1
x:
7
j
1

186

Lay wil.
Lage.

Cincho, you will be then exactly in Ningo
road; which will be confirm'd by the inha-

bitants, who commonly uſe to come out in
canoes as ſoon as they diſcover a ſail coming

from the weſtward. This place ſometimes
affords a brisk trade of ſlaves and gold, for
coeſvelts, printed callicoes, c. The gold
is generally brought to the Blacks of Ningo
and Lay from Qua oe, a country lying a-
bove them up the inland, and abounding
in that precious metal. The Blacks of this
village, and the country about it, drive a
trade of cattle, which they fatten in their
paſture- grounds; and either the Gold Coaſt
Blacks come for it, or they carry it along
the ſaid coaſt, and to Acra, where they
make thirty crowns of a bullock.

The town of Lay is two leagues eaſt from
Great Ningo, and appears from the road at
NNW. of mount Redondo, fix leagues up

PLATE 15. the country, as may be ſeen by the proſpect

Clifts and
ſtrand.

thereof in the cut here adjoin'd. The

mount is very large, and in the ſhape of a

ſugar-loaf. ors | 8
The ſhore about Lay, is all nothing but

high ſteep cliffs near the ſea, in ſeveral pla-

ces rent aſunder, and in ſome, adorn'd with

palm and other trees at ſome diſtance from

each other; and before the cliffs, runs a fine
white ſandy ſtrand of a moderate breadth.

of the houſes can be ſeen from the road. The

inhabitants are pretty civil and fair traders,

Natives

jealous.

but ſo ſuſpicious, that they will ſcarce ven-

ture aboard any ſhips without hoſtages firſt

ſent aſhore. 5 5
When the Aguamboes are at war with the

Achim Blacks, theſe people have a conſidera-

ble number of good ſlaves to diſpoſe of;
for whilſt thoſe two inland nations make

war, moſt of the priſoners are convey'd to
Lay and Acra, and ſold to the Europeans,

Way of
trading.

who reſort thither. The Achim Blacks com-
monly carry their priſoners to Lay, and the

Aquamboes, theirs to Acra, where they el}
them to Europeans for cauris or bouges,
ſayes, perpetuanas, coeſvelt cloths, fliziger * ®

linnen, bugles red and yellow, knives, fire-
locks, powder, chints, ſalampores, &c.

One Santi, a famous Black, uſed to ma-

nage the commerce by the king of Lay's ap-

pointment; he ſettled the prices of ſlaves

according to their ſex and age, as alſo of the
European goods; then hoſtages being gi-

ven on both fides, he ſends the ſlaves aboard

the ſhips by degrees, as they are brought
down from the inland country to the town,
and receives goods from the Europeans in

proportion to the number of Blacks ſhipp*d

off at each time, and thus a ſhip is often fur-

niſh'd with four or five hundred Blacks in a

fortnight or three weeks. In my time, a

F # A Deſk cription of the

BarBor. being brought to bear north as you go from

1tat that time, as the abovementioned Black

They have alſo a peculiar way of catching

thornbacks.
The town ſtands on the aſcent of a little hill,
look ing towards the north, ſo that very few

particularly ſtored with cattle, viz. cows,
| ſheep, and ſwine, beſides poultry, which

| becaule the ſhore is high and difficult of ac-
ceſs ; but the want of ſea-fiſh is abundantly

is in lakes and rivers.

to him extravagant or prepoſterous, none

Book CAA.
good male ſlave might be bought there from
fifty-five to ſixty pounds of cauris or ſhells,
and {ometimes they advanced to ſeventy.
The French, Engliſb, and Portugueſe ſhips
ply moſt at this coaſt, to purchaſe ſlayes
and proviſions. Notwithſtanding the great |
numbers of ſlaves J have mentioned to be 79%
tranſported from theſe parts, it ſometimes ©".
happens, when the inland country isat peace,
that there are none at all; as it happen'd
to me in the year 1682, when havin
lain three days before Lay, I could not
get one, nor was there any likelihood of

1 K 3 CE do ©) . hn} \

Santi told me; and yet, but two monts |
before my arrival there, one of the men of | |

war of our little ſquadron got three hundred

flaves ina very ſhort time, which ſhows that |
the trade is very uncertain, _ | 4 |
The inhabitants of Ningo and Lay havea IM
good trade at Spice, a large inland town. iii“

Em,

fiſh in thenight-time; along the ſtrand, by

means of round wicker baſkets faſtened to

long poles, holding the pole in one hand,

and in the other, a lighted torch, made of

a ſort of fierce burning wood. The fiſh ge-

nerally make towards the light, and ſo are

taken in the baſkets. Among other ſorts of

fiſh taken, there are extraordinary large
The belt riding before Lay, is when mount Bal ne

Redondo bears N NW. the ground ſandy ©

mixt with very ſmall ſtone.
The country of Ningo, Lempy, or Alampoe, Can.

is flat and low, populous and fertile, and

are continually bought up there, to be car-
ry'd along the Gold Coaſt. =
The fiſhery on the ſea is inconſiderable,

Unit, and
vealt h.

made amends for by the great plenty there

Of the INLAND Cou N TRI ES.
LJAving, from my firſt entering upon this
work, reſolv'd to give a compleat de-
ſcription of North and South Guinea, as far
as 1t 1s known to us; I now, in purſuance
thereof, deſign to give ſome ſhort account
of the inland countries lying farther up above
thoſe of the Gold Coaſt already deſcribed;
tho” in treating of the maritime countries,
ſomething has been occaſionally ſaid of the
others, as matters offer*d themſelves; and
in the map of the Gold Coaſt, I have given
the poſition of the moſt noted inland coun-
mes. - =

I defire the reader will accept of what I
offer in good part, and put the beſt con-
ſtruction upon it, if any thing ſhould ſeem

, Wot f od

of

ne 5

rag!

ttle,

$C:ar. II.

having ever ventured far up the land, that
| could hear of; fo that what account can

be given of it, is taken from the moſt intel-

ligent Blacks, particularly as to the remoteſt
countries, it being extraordinary difficult
and dangerous, if not altogether impoſſible,
for Europeans to venture ſo far into ſuch wild
ſavage countries, where the roads are, for

the moſt part, narrow and hard to find, be-

ing in moſt parts hid with woods, and over-
grown with ſhrubs : beſides, being every
where peſter'd with robbers, in many places
quite deſart, without any dwellings or ſub-
ſiſtance to be found, or any carriage of hor-
ſes, carts, or the like; all which, together
with the treacherous diſpoſition of the inha-

bitants, and the exceſſive heat of the days

in the ſummer-ſeaſon, being the propereſt

time for travelling, and the continual heavy

rains inthe winter, is in my opinion ſufficient,
adding the danger of ravenous wild beaſts,
which ſwarm in thoſe countries, to deter the

boldeſt and moſt reſolute man from under-

taking ſuch journeys, eſpecially conſidering

they are to be perform'd a-foot.
To proceed methodically in this deſcrip-

tion, I muſt return to the beginning of the

Gold Coaſt, as far as Awine, which I take
to be near Adom, the firſt on the Gold Coaſt.

The Blacks of that country uſually return
large quantities of fine and pure gold to I/
ſeny, and other parts along the coaſt, They
are very civil, and the faireſt dealers of all
the Blacks 3 ſo that it is a pleaſure to trade
with them. |

The kingdom of IGWI RA,

% % Orders ſouthward on that of Atzym or

Axim, and Litile Incaſſan; northward,

on Great Incaſſan; and eaſtward, on Mom-

pa. It is accounted extraordinary rich in
gold, and that of the pureſt ſort, commonly
dug out of the ground, or taken from
the bottom of rivers, moſt whereof come

_ down in ſmall ſtreams or torrents from the
vaſt high hills, ſeparating Incaſſan and I-

ira, Which ſtreams are form'd by the ex-
ceſſive rains of the wet ſeaſon, waſhing the
ground, and carrying down what gold lies

near the ſurface of the earth; and the ri-

vers of Igwira being all choak'd with rocks
and falls, bearing away the mould with great
lwiftneſs, the rich metal which is among it,
by its natural weight ſinks to the bottom,
and for the moſt part among the aforeſaid
rocks and falls; where the Blacks commonly
aive for it, becauſe there, in procels of time,
it gathers into little heaps.

Moſt of this fine Igwira gold is convey'd
io Axim, or to Iſſeny, as occaſion offers;
for which reaſon, thoſe two maritime places
have generally the fineſt gold of all the
coaſt ; either becauſe it paſſes through few

Coaſts of SouTa-GviINEA.

of the Europeans dwelling along the coaſt,

covetous than at many other trading places

on the coaſt, where the myſtery of adulte-

rating gold, is known to perfection.

Two Blacks of Commendo went ſome years Dangers in
ago into Jgwira, with European goods, to travelling.

trade, and made a very good hand of them,
as they reported; but the roads between
Commendo and that country, being very ſel-

dom free from robbers, and the diſtance

great, and ſeveral nations being in the way,

which always guard the paſſes through their

liberties, and extort heavy duties for the
liberty of trading: theſe things, I ſay, con-
ſider'd, there are few who care to venture
frequently between Commends and Jgewira.

I obſerv*'d, in the deſcription of the river
Cobra near Axim, that the Poriugueſe, in
former times, made a confiderable advan-
tage of their trade in this /gwira country.
How the Dutch factory at Axim, having
driven the Portugueſe from thence, manages

that affair now, is a ſecret to all the world

beſides themſelves; but it is beyond all
doubt, that they, who are ſuch cunning tra-
ders, muſt find a very conſiderable return
there. +

The kingdom of GREAT Incassan |

HA? for its boundary, on the ſouth, that
of Igwira; on the eaſt, thoſe of Va

ſabs and Vangui : and unknown countries on

the welt. The natives of it, are almoſt un-
known on the Gold Coaſt, only a few of them
now and then coming down through the
country of Adom, to trade at Little Com-
mendo or Tſſeny ; and oftner to the latter, as
being much nearer to them than the other.

The kingdom of INcasSSIA Tecina,

N the ſouth, reaches to that of Great

PZ Tncaſſan ; on the eaſt, to thoſe of Va.

ſabs and Vanqui; but to what parts it ex-
tends north and weſt, I could not learn. The
natives have no manner of correſpondence
with the Europeans at the coaſt ; and there-

fore it is quite unknown beyond the next

neighbouring nations.

The little territory of TAB EU
H Anta on the ſouth; Adom on the

weſt and north; and Commendo or
Guaffo on the eaſt ; being ſeparated there
from it by a little river. The Blacks of Ta-

hen drive their trade with the Dutch at Sama,
carrying thither corn, poultry, fruit, plants,
and other things of the product of their
country. The Portugueſe of Mina uſed for-

| merly to draw the ſubſiſtance of their gari-

ſon from thence, as well as from the coun-
try of Axim.

1 The

187

hands before it comes thither, Jp<vira con- BaRRHOr.
fining on thoſe territories; or, for that the WWW
Blacks in general are more honeſt, and leſs

188

BARBOr.

Hs Tabeu on the weſt, Guaffo on the

The Kingdom of A p o M

ſouth, Waſſabs on the north, and A-
bramboe on the EN E. The Blacks of this
country generally turn their trade to Little
Commendo, when the paſles are not open,
and the rocks clear from robbers between
them and the coaſt, either to Axim or Bou-
troe, whither they otherwiſe reſort.

The Country of MomP a, |
utterly unknown, but ſaid to extend

8
I weſtward to Igwira; northward to Great

H S Vanqui on the north; Quy-Foro

Incaſſan, Maſſabs and Adom ; and eaſt-
ward to Anta.

That of Wass A Hs,

and Abra mboe on the eaſt; Great In-

caſſan on the weſt, and Incaſſia-Iggina on

the north-weſt. It is famous for the great

quantity of gold brought out of it, tho?
it has but few rivers; and therefore ſome _

ſay the natives bring that metal from other
remoter parts. The land is generally bar-

ren, and produces nothing conſiderable,
which is the reaſon that moſt of the inha-

bitants make it their chief buſineſs to gather

gold, to purchaſe European goods, and ſo

by Bonoe.
weaving fine ſtuffs with gold, which they
ſell to the people of Accany, who again ſell

drive a trade with their neighbours,

The Territory of VA Qu,

I bounded on the weſt by Iucaſſia-Iggina;

on the ſouth by Waſſabs; on the north
The natives have the art of

them to the Arabs, inhabiting about the fa-

mous river Niger, as alſo to the people of

Gago and Akam, north of them.

The Kingdom of AQUAMBOR,
Xtends to Adom and Yaſſahs on the weſt;
to Guaffo on the ſouth; to Accany on

the north; to Alty on the eaſt, and to Felu

on the ſouth-weſt, *Tis a very populous
country, and of great commerce; great num-
bers of the natives conſtantly reſorting to
Mouree to exchange their gold for linnen
and iron; and ſome of them keep their
families there altogether, acting themſelves
as brokers for many of their countrymen,
who are conſiderable dealers.

| Theſe Aquamboes are naturally brave, re-
ſolute and warlike, and for the moſt part at
variance with the Accaneſe, by whom they
for many years paſt had been much in-
teſted ; they having made ſeveral inroads
into Aquamboe, deſtroying all with fire and
word. They are now at peace, which *tis
likely will not laſt long, there being ſuch a
natural averſion to each other,

A Deſcription of the

next to Ali. 1
Theſe Accaneſe are famous for the trade 5
the

ch ind Theſe Blacks, in company with
thoſe of Cabeſterra, a count
and Saboe, uſed to bring down the gold of
Aſſiante and Akim, together with ſome of

The Land of Quy-Foro,

7 vuches Waſſabs weſtward ; Abramboe

ſouthward ; Bonoe northward ; and As-
cany eaſtward. Tis a very barren country,
and the people generally of a ſmall capacity
and ſimple, having no trade on the coaſt.

That of BO NOE,
Eaches weſtward to Vanqui; ſouthward
> to Quy-Foro'; eaſtward to Accany and
Inta. The natives never go down to the

coaſt any more than thoſe of Mompa.

be Territoryof ATT1, |
H AS Abramboe on the weft, Fetu, Sabou
and Fantin, on the ſouth, and Daboe on

the north. Theſe people had formerly a

great trade with the Dutch; but being em-
poveriſh'd, and almoſt exhauſted by their
long wars againſt Sabou, their main em-
ployment now is tillage, the country being
naturally very fertile. They have ſome ſort
of dependance on Accany, whoſe inhabitants
can hinder them from trading on the coaſt,
when they think it for their advantage, and
they are a people ſufficiently inclined to en-
groſs all the traffick of thoſe countries. To
this effect, they have ſettled a great market
at Accany, on certain appointed days in

the year, whither a multitude from the
neighbouring countries uſually reſorts to
buy iron, which the Accaneſe bring from

4

the coaſt.

The Kingdom of Accany,
P commonly diſtinguiſh'd by the names

of Accany-Grande, or the Great, and Ac-

cany-Pequeno, or the Little.

Accany-Pequeno, or the Little, is ſaid to Lirkk
extend on the weſt to 2yy-Foro and Bonoe ; c

on the ſouth to Dahoe, Atti, and Abramboe
on the north to Inta; and on the eaſt to

the ' kingdom of Akim, or Atchim. The

great town of Dahoe is near the trontiers,

drive not only on the coaſt, but up

their own, to trade upon the coaſt ; and
that which they ſold there, was ſo pure and
fine, that to this day the beſt gold is by

the Blacks from Commendo to Wiamba,

called Accany Chica, or Accany gold; be-
cauſe it was never any way .mixt, like that
of Dinkiara.

| Theſe people are naturally of a turbulent e
temper, haughty and warlike, which makes bc

them either much fear'd or loved, by their
neighbours round about, and every where
entertain'd coſt-free by them, when they

: Fats travel

between them

Book Ill cn

Arc han

Dinkira
E country.

Inta repy;.
toy.

Cu-

ure gh

F urlite
AT:
Blac (300

F Merchants.

© Dinkira
© country.

Inta teyyi-
Efory,

p. II. Coaſts of SouTH-GuiNEA.

travel through their countries. Their uſual
weapons are an Aſſagaya, or javelin, a buck-
ler and a ſcymiter. The language is much
the ſame as that of Fetu, Atti, Saboe, A-
bramboe and Fantin, only ſomewhat ſofter
and more agreeable to the ear.

The Accaneſe merchants carry all the
goods they buy at the coaſt by land, on
their ſlaves backs, to the markets at Alti,
Saboe, and other places up the country, pay-
ing the duties at the paſſes, to the reſpec-
tive governors of thoſe countries and ter-
ritories, through which they travel. Many
of them can ſtill ſpeak ſome few words of
Portugueſe, and the Lingua Franca they
learnt of their fore-fathers, when the Por-
tugueſe had the whole commerce on that
coaſt, This Lingua Franca 18 a corruption
of Italian, Latin, #rench, and Portugueſe.

The country of Dinkira, or Dunkira, lies

above ten days journey by land from Axim,
anc: five from Mina, due north, having

Cabeſterra on the eaſt, Adem on the weſt,

and Accany on the north. The roads to it
from Axim and Mina, ure very bad and
winding, which makes it double the diſtance
in travelling thicher, that it would be, were

they good and ſtrait: whether the Blacks

will not or cannot remedy that inconve-
niency, is uncertain. „„

It was formerly a country of a ſmall com-
paſs, and not very populous ; but the na-
tural valour of the natives has enlarged
its borders, and raiſed its power ſo high,
that its people are fear'd and honour'd by

all the nations round about, except thoſe

of A/rante and Akim, who are ſtill more
potent than they.

The inhabitants of Dizkira are vaſtly rich
in gold, as well brought from other parts

as what their own mines afford ; the firſt

fort whereof they get, either by plunder,
or by trade, wherein they are infinitely
more expert than any other Blacks.

When the roads to the coaſt are free
and open, the Dinkira merchants come to-
gether, with the Accaneſe, as I ſaid before,

either to Sama, Commendo, Mina, or cape

Corſo caſtle, according to the diſtance of the
places where they live at home. If the
pailes happen to be ſtop'd in the inland
country, they go farther up the coaſt ; by
which means, thoſe upper factories have a
briſk trade in their town, and plenty of
gold, when it falls ſhort at the middle forts

of the coaſt. |

The Dinkira gold is commonly very fine,

but too often mix'd with Fetiche gold,

which is a ſort of compoſition of ſeveral
ingredients, in ſome very odd ſhapes, as I
ſhall particularly deſcribe hereafter. _
The territory of Inta, or Aſfante, which
a modern author ſuppoſes to be one and the

ſame, is limited on the welt by Mandings 3
.

189

on the north by unknown regions; on the Bazzor,
eaſt by Akim and Acham ; and on the forth WWW

by Accany. Nothing can be faid of this
countrv, which 1s utterly unknown, for
want of correſpondence ; but that it is very
rich in gold, ſome parcels whereof are
brought down to the Gold Coaſt, in peacea-
ble times, by the Accane/e who trade thi-
ther, when the roads are open. Ir lies well
for the trade of 1ſeny and Axim, as being
ſeated towards the head of the river of
Suiero da Coſta.

Akam, Akim, or Ahim, or Accany-Grande, Great Ae.
the Great Accany, borders weſtward on Ac- cany.

cany-Pequeno, or Little Accany; on Aqua,
and Sonqua ſouthward ; on Inla and Achara
northward ; and on Aguamboe and Quaboe
eaſtward. :

If we may credit ſome of the Accaneſe

Blacks, it is of ſo great an extent, that it

reaches to the Barbary coaſt, which mult
be miſtaken for the river Niger ; becauſe
being very wide, the Barks may perhaps
look upon it as a ſca; and it runs from eaſt
to welt, juſt Þorweng rhivteen and fourtcen
degrees of norch latitude, being about two
hundred ſcventy leagues from the Gold- Coaſt,
directly northward: ior hould they really
extend to the Barbary cont, properly ſo

called, this country mutt reach to the Medi-

terranean, acrols the vaſt continent of Africa,

above ſix hundred leagues directly north

from the Gold-Coaſt to the kingdom of Al-
gier, through the countries of Gage and
Gruber, placed by the beſt geographers be-

between the Accaneſe lands, and that famous

river; and theſe countries are reckon'd very

populous, and to have a great trade. This

couniry was formerly a monarchy, and now

a commonwealth, after ſeveral changes and
revolutions in the government, which ren-

ders it the leſs formidable to its neighbours,

becauſe of the factions and diviſions the re-
publican government is ſubject to; and eſ-
pecially among the Blacks, where intereſt is
no leſs prevailing than in other parts, and
many love to fiſh in troubled waters: and
therefore this country, for want of unity

and a good underſtanding among the na-

tives, 1s not ſo powerful as formerly.
Moſt of the gold of this country, is ge-
nerally convey*d to Acra, and thence to the

weſtern roads and forts of the coaſt, very

fine and pure, without any mixture or cor-
ruption.

The Blacks of Akim are very proud and
haughty, and as rich again in gold and
ſlaves, as the Little Accane/e; for which
reaſon they pretend to ſome ſuperiority over
them. The natives drive molt of their com-

merce towards the countries lying along the
Niger, being thoſe of Gago and Meczara
on the north of them. Gago is a large king-
dom, abounding in gold, a great quantity

EC whereot

Pure gold.

Gagoking-

dom.

i

— cw oy ea Wy — —

* — COST —— — Sith de rem = — —

190

BarBor. whereof is ſent to the kingdom of Morocco,
ich caravans, by the way of Tonbut. The

Rotten fi, derable gainers by that trade; tho? the fiſn

fold.

Accaneſe trade alſo with their other neigh-

bour nations, as Aſſiante and Akam, this

latter lying north, the other north-weſt from
them, where they ſell abundance of their
ſhort cloths and other goods for gold. They
alſo ſometimes repair to the markets at A.-
bonee, near Acra, and there, as well as at
Little Accany buy European goods thoſe
Blacks carry from the coaſt,

The Territory of AK A M,

Hs Inta, or Aſſiante on the weſt; A-

kim on the ſouth; unknown lands on

the north; and on the eaſt 2yakoe and Ta-

foe. The Europeans on the coaſt are utter

ſtrangers to the natives of this country.

Hy Aqua,
PXcends to Atti and Dahoe, on the welt ;
to Fantin on the ſouth ; and to Axim on

the north. Ir is a ſmall country, and has

ſome dependance on the king of Fantin,

SANQUAY,

ROrcders ſouthward on Fantin 3 northward
on Akim ; and eaſtward on Augwina,

The Blacks of this nation uſe to come down
to Monte del Diablo, or the devil's mount
and Dajou, on the coaſt, to buy ſea-fiſh, to
ſupply their markets, and are very conſi-

is commonly rotten, before it can be carry*d
ſo far up. This land pays ſome acknow-
ledgment to the king of Augwina.

AQUAMBOE,

| H As for its boundaries, Abonee and A.

boera on the eaſt; Akim on the weſt ;

2wakoe on the north; and Agwana on the

ſouth. They have no commerce with the
Europeans, 9 |

AB ON EE,

J. territory of a very ſmall compaſs, ſhut
in on the weſt by Aquamboe ; on the ſouth
by Augtoina; on the north by Aboera; and
on the eaſt by Great Acra, and part of
Aboera. It is only remarkable for the ex-
traordinary market held at Great Acra,
where the natives give conſtant attendance,

as does a great throng of Blacks from th

other neighbouring parts. |

KvaHnoe,.

P confir'd weſtward by Mam; ſouthward

by Aquamboe and Akim; northward by
Tae; and eaſtward by Aboeru, and Cam-
m, em-. We know nothing of the inha-
Litas, but that they are reputed a treache-
rous falſc prope,
2

A Deſcription of the

— T Ar OE, 9 5
Oins on the weſt to Aram; on the ſouth
to Kuaboe; and on the eaſt to Camma-
nach and Kahoe. is a rich country in
gold, which they ſometimes carry to Abonee
market, and ſometimes to Mouree.

ABOERA,

MEETS with Aguanboe in the weſt 3
with Cammanach and Kuahoe in the

north; with Abonee and Great Acra in the

ſouth; and with Bonoe in the eaſt, The
natives are rich in gold, which they diſpoſe
of at Avonee market.

QUAKOE, 5

Borders on Cammanach and Little Aer
ſonthward; and on Tafoe weſtward. The

inhabitants carry much gold to Abonee,

Acra, and Great Ningo.

CAMMANACH),

PÞXcnds on the welt to Kuahoe ; on the

north to Q]; on the ſouth to A.

boera and Bonde,; and on the eaſt to Equea,
| Lataby, and Little Acra. The natives ap-

ply themſelves moſtly to tillage, and diſpoſe
of the product of their land, particularly

the maiz, or Indian wheat, among their
neighbours.

„ Bono,

I limited by Aboera on the weſt; by
Cammanach on the north; by Agrana and

Aera on the ſouth; and by Equeaand Ningo

on the eaſt, The main buſineſs of the inha-

bitants is husbandry, eſpecially ſowing of

Indian wheat. |

A KG&V-Þ As

E bounded weſtward by Bonoe; north-
ward by Cammanach ; and ſouthward by

Ningo and Lataby.

wheat, which is their ſole buſineſs and trade.

LATABRY,.

N the weſt touches Equea and Camma-
W nach ; on the north-eaſt Little Acra;

Ningo and Labbade on the ſouth, This
country is renowned for its markets, tho?
they are not quite ſo conſiderable as that of
Abonee ; but very great quantities of goods

from many parts are ſold in them.

_ ACARADY,

H AS Cammanach on the weſt ; Quake

on the north; and Lataby and Ningo
on the ſouth. The Blacks from this country
carry much gold to Abonee market, and
it is reckoned as fine and pure as that of
Accany. |

INSOEK o, ;

A cording to the account the Accane/c

give of it, is a country diſtant five days

journey from the coaſt ; its ſouthern borders

little

They alſo ſow Indian

| E Diſmal
pads,

-
* —— WY «CC & fo 0s ' am mock

odud,

Book Illu

IN | HAP. I2.

little known, becauſe ſcarce frequented, by

reaſon the roads generally ſwarm with

thieves and robbers. The natives of it are
notable weavers, making curious ſtuffs and

Mort cloths, which yield a good profit, fold
to the neighbouring nations; who purchaſe
them for plate and pieces of eight, as alſo
for Haerlem cloth. The Accaneſe ſay, that
thoſe Blacks know not what copper or
gold are, having never ſeen thoſe two metals
in their country. ”

All the abovementioned kingdoms and
territories in general, are not ſo woody, as

the country about Cormentin, and the others

higher on the gold coaſt, nor fo fruitful,

mals.

By what J have ſaid of them, it may well be
concluded, that they are for the moſt part

extraordinary rich in gold; but particularly
Inta, or Aſſiante, Awine, Iguira, Dinkira,
Atam, and Accany afford vaſt quantities;

moſt of the gold traded for along the whole

Coaſts of Sou rH- GUINEA.

191

coaſt coming from thoſe parts, where there Bax nor:

are many rich mines of that metal, beſides

what the natives draw from their neighbours,

by way of trade, which is a very conſidera-

ble quantity. Mandinga, Gago, and Tafoe,

furniſh them with very much in exchange
by goods, or by way of plunder ; and theſe
again, beſides what their own land produces,
receive it from many unknown countries
northward, on both ſides of the Niger:

thoſe places, according to the accounts of

all authors and travellers, producing an im-
menſe ſtore of gold.

I might now proceed to treat of the ſeve-
ral ſorts of gold, and the ways of digging,
gathering and trying of it; but have thought
fit to refer that to another place, where it
will be as proper, that I may not interrupt
the deſcription of theſe countries, eſpecially
thoſe along the ſea-coaſt, as beſt known to
Europeans, =

CHAP: XML

| The land along the coaſt in general. Seaſons and unhealthineſs of the Gold-

Coaſt. Tornadoes ; ſtinking fogs, harmatans. Cold in Guinea. The country

fatal to Europeans.

The Land in general.

HIS country for the moſt part,

near the coaſt, may be reckoned wild

and ſavage, being very woody, and covered

with ſhrubs and buſhes ; and particularly
about Axim, Sama, and Commendo, where
the roads are ſo crooked and narrow, that
two men cannot travel a-breaſt ; and the
woods ſo thick, that they ſtrike a horror in-

_ to ſuch as are not uſed to them, the light

of the ſun ſcarce penetrating through them:

not to mention the multitudes of deſperate

villains and robbers, which commonly peſ-
ter the ways. However, in many places
there are very large pleaſant fields and vales,
fit to breed all ſorts of cattle. The foil

b generally fat, of a pale brick-colour, very

proper to ſow Indian wheat. In other places
it is alſo ſandy and gravelly, as about cape
Corſo. :

The country along the coaſt, from cape
Tres- Pontas, to near Acra, is moſt hilly, gra-

dually rifing more and more up the inland, till
it becomes almoſt mountainous. The ſoil is
for the moſt part extraordinary fertile, and

produces abundance of Indian wheat, millet,
rice, potatoes, yams, oranges, lemons, coco-
nuts, palm-wine, bananas, plantans, and
ananas; but leaſt of the laſt.

There is plenty of four- footed beaſts,
and fowl, both of thoſe natural to the
country, and others tranſported thither by

the Portugueſe from Brazil and St. Thome,
which have multiplied exceedingly in the

ſpace of two centuries 3 of which creatures,
more ſhall be ſaid hereafter in its proper
place.

large and ſmall rivers, ſome of the former
very pleaſant and beautiful ; as the river

Cobra, thoſe of Boutrou, Sama, and others
farther eaſtward, which ſupply the natives

with vaſt quantities of good freſh fiſh, be-
ſides furniſhing them with much gold.

The land is here and there water'd with give:

The ſea along the coaſt, affords no leſs

variety and plenty of excellent fiſh, and
yields abundance of ſalt, by boiling its

water to a conſiſtence; both which turn to a

very conſiderable profit and advantage, not
only to the Blacks inhabiting the coaſt, but

to innumerable multitudes for ſeveral hun-
dred leagues farther up. „
Having propos'd to myſelf to treat here-
after, by way of ſupplement, of the ſeaſons
and monſoons of Nigritia and Guinea in ge-
neral, as alſo of the winds, rains, Sc. I
ſhall at preſent only ſay ſomething of the
ſeaſons and unwholeſomeneſs of the Gold- Coaſt
in particular, as it lies between the fourth
and fifth degrees of north latitude, which

occaſions ſome ſpecial difference to be here

taken notice of.

Seaſons and unhealthineſs of the Gol D-CoAsr.

bad, or high and low ſeaſons, according to
the ſeveral ways uſed by the Europeans, 5
ive

HE year is generally divided into two Twoſea-
ſeaſons, ſummer and winter, good and ens.

:
{
N
|
17
i
|
*
| |
N

— — ww

* oO OY OO Ir EOS — K —— — — — a — 2

unge ” ay — —.

192

BARBO T.

live there, to egpreſs themſelves; none of

them taking notice of any autumn or ipring 3

Summer.

Winter.

becauſe the heats continue more or less
throughout the whole year, and the plants

and trees are perpetually green.

The ſummer uſually commences about
the beginning of September, and laſts the five
following months; and the winter holds the
other ſix months of the year, which are-alſo

ſubdivided, into two rainy, two miſty and

N Hen the

ſeaſons

EommMmence,

rainy, and two windy and rainy months.
Not that we are to ſuppoſe that every two
of thoſe months are altogether rainy, miſty,
or windy; but becauſe during each of thoſe
ſubdiviſions, the winds, miſts, or rains are
predominant in their turns. It is alſo to be
obſerv'd, that theſe ſcaſons do ſo alter ſome
years, that the miſty or rainy months may
fall, perhaps, a whole month later than is
uſual ; and therefore it may bealfo reckon'd
that the ſummer ſ{eaſon commences at che
latter end of September, and the winter in
April following.

"The Engliſh call theſe two ſeaſons winter
and ſummer z the French the high and the
tow ſcaſon; and the Ditch, the good and
bad times.

The heſt obſervation of the time when the
rains begin on the Gl. Coaſt, is made by
agent Gre. hil/, who brings it to about the
to of Arril,
5 l obſerv'd, from fifteen degrees
& north, to the fan number of ſouth lati-
« rude, that they follow the ſun, with five
or iix degrees, and ſo proceed with him,
« till he has touch'd the tropick, and re-
* turns to the like ſtation again,” This he
makes out by the following inſtance, viz.
cape Coro caſtle is in four deg. and fifty
five min. north; about the 12 of Apri!,
the ſun has there about twelve acg. north
declination 3 at that time the rains begin
and continue in that latitude, till he has
perform'd his courſe to the greateſt obliquir

from the equator, and return'd to the like

ofition ſouth. The ſame he ſuppoſes may

be underſtood of other places within the

trop! icks.

Length of The days and nights are there all the year

days.

Feat.

about much of the tame length; the ſun al-
moſt at all times riſing at fix in the morn-
ing, and ſetting at ſix in the evening; but
he has been up almoſt half an hour before
he is perceived by the people there, who at
his ſetting allo loſe ſight of him almoſt half
an hour before he is quite under the ho-
„

During the ſummer, thus reckoned to be-
gin with October, and to end with March,
the heat is very violent and ſcorching, but
particularly in December and Fantary, which
are commonly the dryeſt months in the ſum-
mer, and confeq 1ently the heat more intenſe :
and indeed it could not be endur'd, eſpeci-

A Deſcription of the

„ This, ſays he, may be

_ ries off very many,

ally by ſuch as are newly arriv'd there from

England or Holland, whole bodies are not
ſo well diſpos'd, as thoſe who have lived
upon the ſpot ſome time, were it not for the

treſh gales of wind, blowing regularly every
day from nine in the morning till night,
when a north-eaſt breeze, by the Blacks
call'd Bofoe, takes place; being a hot air
from the land, which cauſes people to ſweat
exceſſively in their beds, as I have men-
tion'd it, ſpeaking of the ſhips in the roads,

February and March now and then af-

ford gentle rains, and ſometimes heavier

ſhowers, attended with tornadoes, more fre-
quent in theſe than in the other tour fum-
mer months.

Arril, May, and June have the moſt of Lahe

thoſe tornadoes, and are therefore the molt

hurtful months ro the Blacks, as are thoſe of

July and Augiſt for their thick and ſtinking
logs, which occaſion more ſickneſs at that
time than in ſummer: for the long violent

rains, falling like floods, more particularly

in thoſe months, attended with frequent
tornadoes, lightning, and dreadful claps of
thunder, alternatively i intermixt with thick
miſts and fogs, do ſo corrupt the air, toge-

ther with the ſtench tliat iin and about the

towns and villages of the Blacks, as I have
before oblerv'd, do all together much pre-
Judice the ſtate of health; inſomuch, that

not only new comers, but even thoſe who

have been long on the coaſt, cannot poſſi-
bly avoid partaking of thoſe malignant
effects.

As for new-comers, few of them at firſt
fail of being ſeiz*d by a ſickneſs, which car-
tho* perhaps fewer in
ſome places than in others: for where the

wind blows continually very freſh, and the

Blacks make the leaſt ſtench, ſuch places are
certainly molt wholeſome z as for inſtance,
Boutroe, Zacundee, the Daniſh mount at

Manfrou, Wiamdba, and Acra. As, on the

contrary, thoſe places which are generally
moſt ſubject to rains, as particularly Axim:
is reckoned to be ſo more than any other
place along the coaſt, are the moſt un-
healthy.

The TORNADOES,

* H the Portugueſe call Travados; Hoi
the Blacks, Rs and the fo"

French, Travades; commonly follow the
tun, which attracts them. They are fierce
ſtorms of wind, riſing on a ſudden from the
eaſt and fouth-caſt 3 and ſometimes from the
north, with ſome points of the weſt, but
not fo frequent, intermix*d with Tread!
repeated claps of thunder, and terrible light-
ning, vaſt ſhowers of rain falling like a flood,

and an extraordinary darkneſs even at noon-
day. Some of theſe laſt an hour, others
two or more; and as ſoon as over, the wea-
ther immediately becomes as clear and fair
2 45

Book ny on

© Signs of
_ 7114408.

-
*

bern,
10 Euro-

5 3 cans.

l

Horril
ſtort.,

| CHA

ah 1

> Signs of
= 191144005.

* *
Dangerous
to Euro-

p. I2.

ſon or ſummer, as there do now and then,
tho? generally not ſo violent as in the win-

ter, yet they are more incommodious both

to land and ſea-faring people, being com-
monly follow'd by cold rains, ſo heavy and
violent for ſeveral days ſucceſſively, that
they ſeem to threaten a ſecond deluge.
Theſe tornadoes, if not timely taken no-
tice of by ſhips under ſai], will certain over-
ſet any large or ſmall veſſel ; or drive them

aſhore, if not well moored ; or at leaſt, ſplit

their ſails, or bring the maſts by the board.
But they never fail to give warning time
enough to prepare againſt them; yet they
do not always follow after that warning.
The manner of it is thus: a very black

cloud appears far off, in which, if there

be ſeveral white ſpots, the wind will be
moſt ; if not, the rain will prevail. This is
the ſaying of the ſailors, and therefore not
always infallible. This is certain, that the
tornadoes very much help ſuch ſhips as are

bound to the windward, if they are not too
violent; for then they can ſteer by them a

direct courſe, whereas otherwiſe, they muſt
ply it up, continually tacking, which proves
very tedious. The ſame advantage is made
of a Harmatan, of which, and the tornadoes,

I ſhall ſay more in the ſupplement.

Unwholeſome Fo G s.

T HERE being a continual chain of hills

and mountains from one end to the o-

ther of the Gold Coaſt, there riſes every morn-
ing, in the valleys betwixt them, a thick,
ſtinking, and bituminous miſt or fog, eſpe-

cially near rivers or watry places, which
ſpreads itſelf all over, and falls ſo thick on
the earth, that it is almoſt impoſſible for
Europeans to eſcape the infection, whilſt
they ſleep, their bodies being more ſuſcep-

tible of it than the natives. Theſe unwhole-

ſome miſts riſe every night throughout the

whole year ; but eſpecially in the winter
ſeaſon, and then moſt in July and Auguſt,
It is no wonder, that

as was ſaid above.
ſuch fogs, together with the intolerable
ſtench about the habitations of the Blacks,
and all the abovemention'd intemperances of
the climate, the continual rains, exceſſive
heats of the day, the fierce lightning, and

the horrid frequent claps of thunder; it is

no wonder, I ſay, that all theſe united,
ſhould make the air unhealthy and perni-
clous to human conſtitutions, and more par-
ticularly to Europeans.

It is to be obſerv*d, that though, during
the ſix months of the ſummer ſeaſon, the
heat is very violent, and ſometimes ſcorching
and intolerable ; yet the other ſix months
of the winter ſeaſon are ſo different, that
ſometimes a fire could be well endur'd, the
weather being often much like September in

France or England, and evenings pretty cool,
Vol. V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-QUINEA.
as before. If any happen in the good ſea-

matan, which 1s a dry north or north-eaſt

wind, call'd by the Portugueſe Terreno; that

is, the land-wind, becauſe it comes from

the landward and overpowers the ſea-breeze.

HARMATANS,

AN Harmatan will laſt two or three days,
and ſometimes four or five, but ſeldom

ſo long: yet ſuch a one we had, lying off

Boutroe, in Fanuary 1682, It blew a ſharp Piercing

piercing cold air, no ſun appearing all the «i.
while; but the weather was thick, cloſe;
cold, and raw, which very much affected

the eyes, and put many into an aguiſh tem-

per, ſo violently piercing the naked bodies
of the Blacks, that I obſerv*d many I had then
on board, look'd at a diſtance as if they had
been all over ſtrew'd with meal, and ſhiver'd
as in an ague. Nor is it any wonder that
the natives, who are uſed moſt of the year,
and even of their lives, to a ſcorching air,
ſhould be ſo tender and ſenſible of a ſharp
piercing wind, coming ſo ſuddenly on them,
when the Europeans themſelves, who are uſed

to cold climates, can ſcarce endure it, but

are ſenſible of the effects thereof, tho? cloſe.
confined to their chambers, with a gentle fire
and ſtrong reſtoratives to keep up the ſpirits.

Ihe latter end of December, all January, when ie
and part of February, are ſubject to theſe happens,

Harmatans, as the Blacks call them; but

January moſt of all. Thoſe which happen

in February, do not commonly continue
long; and they are never known before or
after the times here mention'd.

During the time of an Harmatan, all per-
ſons whatſoever, white or black, without
any exception, are obliged, by the ſharp-

nels of the air, to keep confined to their

houſes, or chambers, without ſtirring a-
broad, unleſs upon very urgent occaſions :
for the air 1s ſcarce to be endur'd, becauſe

it ſuffocates, obliging people to draw their Di#: ry
breath often, and ſhort ; and they are forced i ear.
to correct the acuteneſs of it with ſome ſweet “s

oil; without which, it would be difficult
breathing as at other times.

This ſharp piercing air is as prejudicial, ppugerful
if not more, to beaſts or cattle, than it is to fes.

men ; and certainly deſtroys many of them
in a very ſhort time, 1t not drawn together
betimes into ſome cloſe cover*d place: which,

for this reaſon, the Blacks generally provide

before-hand, being acquainted with the pro-
per ſeaſon of thele Harmalans, and know-
ing they never miſs coming, ſooner or later.
An experiment was made at cape Corſo, of
the ſharpneſs of the air, on two goats;
which were not expoſed to it above four
hours, before it kilPd them. Beſides, the
joints of floors in chambers, and the decks

and ſides of ſhips, as far as they are above

water, did open ſo wide, that a caulking-

Dad Iron

I87

which happens alſo even in the ſummer ſea- Bannor.
ſon, more eſpecially at the time of an Har.

Advan-

age
_

of the Tornadoes before-mentioned, is advan-

matan laſted ; and as ſoon as it was over,
thoſe joints and ſeams cloſed again of them-
ſclves, as if they had never open'd.

Theſe Harmatans generally blow from
Eaſt to ENE, and are the moſt ſteady freſh
gales that are obſerv'd to blow, never at-
tended with thunder, lightening, or rain, or
at leaſt very rarely. They generally turn
the tides from their conſtant courſe, which
is caſt, to the weſt, and impel them with a
great force; which change, as well as that

tageous to ſhips bound from the eaſt part
of the coaſt to the weſtward ; which is here

call'd the upper coaſt, as the eaſtern part is

named the lower. |

the SW. to the WSW. along

equinoctial.
gulph of Guinea, upon ſuch a voyage, I ob-

The land · wind is ſeldom known to blow

here in the winter ſeaſon; that which then
conſtantly reigns, and pretty freſn, is from

downward; which drives the tide ſtrongly
to the Eaſt, and E NE. render ing the navi-
gation tedious and toilſome to thoſe who
are bound from Fida and Ardra, to croſs the
Being once in the bight or

ſerv'd, that when we ſteer d SSE. we made

but an EN E. courſe.

Cold in Gui NEA.

THE high winds which blow fiercely in

Great
florms.

| Froſt.

Infectiou;

Air.

July and Auguſt, occaſion cold wea-

ther, tho' coming from the South and S8 W.

as they then generally do, cauſing a ſharp,

raw, foggy air, with a great ſtench on and

near the land. The ſea then runs high, and
rough. Some years there are ſuch fierce
and boiſterous ſtorms in the country, that

thouſands of trees are either torn up by the
roots, or ſplit.

The cold is alſo ſaid to be ſo ſharp at
night, that many have been perſuaded it
froze; the earth, which is commonly very
moiſt, by reaſon of the dew, appearing on
the contrary dry and whitiſh, and ink found

frozen in the houſes. This is not at all im-

probable; for I have met with ſuch cold
weather under the line, that one of our men
made uſe of his gloves and a muff he happen'd
to have among his apparel.

In the good ſeaſon, I have obſerved the
effect of the corrupted evening air to be
ſuch, that in two hours it corrupted a piece
of freſh meat, ſo that the next morning it
ſwarm'd with maggots, as ſoon as the ſun
came to ſhine upon it; and even on woollen
clothes, that lay out all night, the vermin
would breed: nor could we keep the fiſh

juſt taken out of the water, ſweet above

four hours. By this we may gueſs what ef-
fect the air of the high ſeaſon, or winter,

may have on ſuch bodies, and conſequently

on human nature,

_ A Deſcription of the
BarBoT:ijron could be thruſt in deep between the
e ſeams, continuing ſo all the time the Har-

the coaſt

remain'd untouch'd.

Boon if on

Notwithſtanding I have before ſaid ſome. Dug, W

thing to the ſame purpoſe, I think myſelf h.

oblig'd here again to warn ſailors, that the

do not 1 down on the decks uncover'd, ag
they ar

too apt to doafter working hard ; or
perhaps drinking brandy, punch, or any
other ſtrong liquor, which may occaſion
them to ſleep ſo all the night : for it is ten
to one, but that in the morning they will find
themſelves ſo ſtiff and cold, as not to be
able to ſtir from the place; which caſts
them into fluxes, of which few or none re-
cover. It behoves them therefore carefully
to avoid lying abroad, and uncover'd in the
night; and maſters of ſhips ought ſtrictly
to forbid it, if they value the ſucceſs of their
voyages, many ſtout and brave men having
periſh'd miſerably after this manner on the
coaſt of Guinea: and thus voyages, which
might otherwiſe have been advantageous,

have prov*d deſtructive to the adventurers,

for want of hands to carry the ſhips home
with all diligence, which is a main point
towards a good voyage. Bur of this more
in another place.

In September the winds uſually blow Sta
from the ſouth during the day, driving *.
way the ſtench up the inland; and they,

north wind returning commonly at night,

carries it off again to ſea. This month of
September, by degrees drives away the win-

ter ſeaſon, and generally concludes wich fine
clear weather, and great heats. 5

The gold coaſt lying between the tro- D
pick and the line, it is eaſy to gueſs what H
dreadful thunder it muſt be ſubject to,

which is moſt in the winter ſcaſon. The
lightening is ſometimes fo frightful, that it
really looks as if the world were going to
be conſum'd by fire. The ſheets of lead
nailed on the ſides of a gallery, over the

ſeams of the ſhip I was in, were in ſome
places almoſt reduc'd to nothing; and it is

recorded at Mina, that in the year 1651,
gold and filver were melted in bags, which

| Guinea fatal 10 EUROP EANs.

T Heſe things conſider'd, it is no wonder Han
= that the coaſt of Guinea ſhould yearly Cu

conſume ſo many Europeans living aſhore
eſpecially if we conſider their way of living,

being utterly unprovided of what ſhould

comfort and nouriſh them; having wretched

medicines, unskilful ſurgeons, and no ſup-

port of nouriſhing diet and reſtoratives.
The common fort, at beſt, can get nothing

but fiſh, and ſome dry lean hens, and were
they able to pay for better, it is not to be

had; for all the oxen, cows, ſheep and
poultry, are lean, tough, and dry; nothing

being good but ſpoon-meats. As for the

chief officers, they are commonly pretty

well ſupported with better food; as either

having

4 Exeeſſes
© of Euro-

© peans,

ll CHAP. 12. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,

ey |

. 4
ad.

epten

her dri

medicines and reſtoratives.

L Exeeſſes
© of Euro-
K peans,

having it ſent by their friends in Europe, or
buying it of European ſhips that trade on
the coaſt, or elſe receiving preſents of good

_ poultry, ſalt meat, French and Madera
vine, neats tongues,

ammons, all ſorts of
ickles, preſerves, Pit, ſweet oil, fine
flower, Choice brandy, Sc. with good freſh
Beſides, they
are not oblig*d to be expos'd to all ſorts of
weather, either to the ſcorching air of the
day, or cold evening-dew ; nor to hard la-

' bour, or going from one place to another

in canoes z or, which is worſe, paſſing over

bars, and the breaking of the ſea, wherein, as I
have ſaid before, there is a hazard beſides that

of drowning 3 or if they have occaſion to do
this ſometimes, they are preſently ſhifted

and comforted with reſtoratives : whereas

the common ſort, eſpecially canoe men, la-
bourers and ſoldiers, are expos'd to all ſorts
of fatigues and hardſhips upon every com-
mand, without thoſe comforts and ſupports
which officers have. Beſides all this, they

are generally men of no education or prin-
ciples, void of foreſight, careleſs, prodigal,

addicted to ſtrong liquors, as palin-wine,
brandy and punch, which they will drink to
exceſs, and then lie down on the bare ground

in the open air, at the cool of the evening,

without any other covering but a fingle
ſhirt ; nay ſome, and perhaps no ſmall num-
ber, are over-fond of the black women,
whoſe natural hot and leud temper foon

waſtes their bodies, and conſumes that little

ſubſtance they have : tho? ſuch proſtitutes

are to be had at a very inconſiderable rate,
yet having thus ſpent their poor allowance,

thoſe wretched men cannot afford to buy
themſelves convenient ſuſtenance, but are

forced to feed on bread, oil, and falt, or, at

beſt, to feaſt upon a little fiſh, Thus ' tis
not to be admir'd that they fall into ſeveral
diſtempers, daily expoſing their lives to
danger, very many being carry'd off thro?
theſe exceſſes, in a very deplorable condi-

tion, by fevers, fluxes, cholicks, conſump-

tions, aſthma's, ſmall-pox, coughs, and
ſometimes worms and dropſies: of all which
diſeaſes, I ſhall ſay more in another place.

But it is not only the inferior ſort who are
guilty of this irregular courſe of life; there
are too many of the officers and heads, who,
the greater their ſalaries and profits are,
the more eager they are to ſpend them ex-
travagantly, in exceſſive drinking, and o-
ther vices, never minding to keep ſome-
thing by them to procure freſh proviſions

at all times for their ſupport. Nay, ſome of

them run ſo deep in debt, to gratify their

diſorderly appetites, that their pay is ſtop-

ped, or made over by bond, before it be-
comes due ; fo that ſeveral, who do not die
there, return home as empty in the purſe

3

and occaſions extraordinary pains.
ſay more of thele and other diſtempers the

195

as they firſt went out: and it very ſeldom BAR Hor.

happens that any make their fortunes, ex-
cept the commanders in chief of forts, who
have the beſt opportunity of laying up; or
thoſe who make no account of the ſolemn
oaths they have taken, not to trade for their
own proper account, directly or indirectly ;
which oath 1s generally adminiſter'd to every
perſon employ'd by any of the African com-
panties in Europe. Yet many of them open-
ly profeſs they went not thither for bare
wages; and I fear the number of ſuch 1s
not ſmall in every nation.

How unwholeſome ſocver the Gold Craft
is, the Europeans who do not reſide aſhore,
but are conſtantly aboard the ſhips, are no

thing near ſo liable to the malignity of the
corrupted and infeEtious air, provided they

be any thing cautious and careſul of them-

ſelves 3 and eſpecially if they avoid the fre-
quent opportunities which offer aſhore, of

hard drinking, and having to do with black
women; and if they take heed to ſhift them-

ſelves often aboard, after being wet, or ha-

ving work'd hard in the hold of the ſhip:
to which purpoſe moſt of them wear only a
pair of drawers, or thin breeches, leaving
the reſt of their bodi:s quite naked.

The ſea-breeze, during the day, is a Advan-
great refreſhment to them, notwithſtanding 78. of be+

the ſcorching heat then reigning ; and the

ſhips generally riding two or three Engliſh

miles from the ſhore, the ſtench of the
town, and the miſt of the night, is ſeldom

much better fed aboard than the common
people are aſhore.

ing a

carry'd ſo far from the land, by the north
wind which then blows. Beſides, they are

boar d.

The natives are ſeldom troubled with waives
any diſtempers, becauſe being born in that healthy.

unhealthy air, and bred up in ſloth, and

that ſtench, thoſe things little affect them,

and when the Tornadoes happen, which are

attended with great claps of thunder, flaſhes
of lightning, and violent rain, by them
very much dreaded ; they keep very cloſe
within doors, and under ſhelter, if poſſible,
being ſenſible of their dangerous effects on
human bodies : or if they cannot avoid be-

ing expoſed, their ſkins are fo ſuppled by

daily anointing with palm-oil, that the

weather can make but little impreſſion on

them, the pores being ſtopped, and not ſo

open as in white men.

The common diſeaſes of the Blacks along piſtaſes of

the whole coaſt, are the ſmall
great numbers every year, and the latter

rievouſly afflicts them in ſeveral parts of
their bodies; but more eſpecially in the legs,

Blacks are ſubject to in another place.

CHAP.

I ſhall

pox and Blacks.
worms ; the firſt of which ſweeps away

oo 7 Deſcription of the Boo; II

BARBOr.

. CHAP. XIII.

Husbandry ; mais, or Indian wheat, and other gram; roots; gardening ;
ſugar-canes ; fruit; palm-wine trees; wild trees; and making of falt.

Hus BAND Rv. like materials; tho” this they do more par-
Two har- HEY have generally two ſeed and ticularly for millet, or other ſmaller grain
Veſts, two harveſt-ſeaſons on the Gold Coaſt. than the Indian wheat; and in it they keep

The firſt ſeed- time is at the latter end of ſome of their children or ſlaves all the day,
March, and the firſt harveſt in Auguſt. till harveſt-time, to ſcare away the birds,
The ſecond ſeed-time is immediately after who otherwiſe, being ſo very numerous in
the firſt harveſt ; but they do not ſow much that country, would ſpoil and deſtroy the
at this time, becauſe of the dry weather millet, whoſe reed 1s not ſo thick, nor co-
which follows it, till the next harveſt, which ver'd with leaves, as the Indian wheat is;
is at the latter end of the year: for the and therefore much more expoſed to thoſe
Indian wheat does not come up well wich- grain-devouring birds than the other. When
out much rain. ” they think it isripe, they cut it down with a
Tillage, When the ſeed-time is at hand, every fort of ſickles or hooks, and let it dry on
Black marks out the {pot he likes, which is the ground for above a month; after which,
uſually on riſing grounds, near their towns they lay it up in heaps or ſmall reaks, co-
and Villages: and having promiſed to pay ver'd with the dry leaves of the corn, which
the uſual rent to the officers appointed to are long and broad, either within their houſes
that purpoſe, the kings being lords of all or without.
the lands; the head of a family, aſſiſted by 5
his wives, children, ſlaves, if they have any, MAZ, or InpianWHEar, and other Grain,
ſets fire to the ſhrubs and buſhes, which for 1 2 HIS ſort of Indian wheat, generally, |
the moſt part overſpread the earth, or elſe produces one, two, three, and ſome- ;,,,,,;
cut them cloſe to the ground; for they times four ears, each of them containing *
will ſeldom beſtow the pains of grubbing four, or five hundred grains, more or leſs;
up the roots, for which reaſon they ſoon ſo that according to this prodigious increaſe,
ſprout up again: yet they think it ſufficient one grain yields a thouſand, fifteen hundred,
for ſowing their ſeed to turn up the aſhes of and ſometimes two thouſand grains. It is
the ſhrubs and buſhes with the earth flight- very ſtrange, conſidering this increaſe, that
ly, which they do with a fort of tool or the Blacks ſhould ever know any ſcarcity, and
ſpade, call'd Coddon, and are fo dextrous at ſometimes a famine 3 but it is for the moſt
managing it, that two men will dig as much part occaſion'd by their ſloth, they being
land in a day, as one plow can turn over in generally careleſs, void of foreſight, and
England. This being done after the ſame not providing for caſualties, _
manner by all the inhabitants of the village, In peaceable times, a thouſand ſtalks of Price
they let it lie eight or ten days, after which, Indian corn are fold for about five ſhillings cr,
all perſons being thus prepar*d, and the day Engliſh, and in ſome parts for a third or
for ſowing appointed, which is always ona fourth part leſs, ; Rs |
tueſday, that being their feſtival or ſabbath, There are two ſorts of this corn, red and
they begin that day, by ſowing the land of white, the latter moſt beautiful, but the for-
the Braffo, or chief of the town, he being pre- mer accounted the beſt ; and when beaten
ſent ; and when it is done, treating the Blacks ſmall and cleanſed, it makes indifferent
with a ſheep and abundance of palm-wine, in good bread, tho? ſomewhat heavy for want
the field, which is done in honour of their deity, of yeaſt, or leven. If it were well ground,
ſpilling a great deal of wine on the ground, boulted, and baked, as is done by the peo-
to be a plentiful crop. The next day, and ple of Bearn, and ſome other parts of France,
ſo the reſt ſucceſſively, are ſpent in ſowing who uſe this ſort of corn very much, the
their own corn, one ground after another, bread would be good. The leaves of the
till all is done; {till feaſting one another by maiz or Indian wheat dry'd, are proper food
turns, and drinking all the while in the for cattle in winter, and ſo uſed in the pro-
fields. They plant this corn, as we do vince of Bear aforeſaid. uh
beans, making little holes in the ground, The Portugueſe firſt enrich'd theſe Africa; 1
and putting ſced into them. countries with the Indian wheat, or maiz, gueſ.
This grain commonly ſprings out in eight bringing the ſeed from the iſland of S“. 7%
cearing of Or ten days after ' tis ſow'd. When ' tis grown m5, in the bight of Guinea, to the Gold
bird. up to a man's height, and begins to bloſ- Coaſt; where the ſoil proved ſo proper for
ſom, they commonly build a hut, in the it, that it has been ever ſince the main ſub-

middle of the field, made of reeds, or ſuch ſiſtence of the Blacks, not only on the cout,
| 1 | Ul

ICH

let.

4p.

2 fe

onde

tere.

3

1
=

1
5
4 .
3
*
8
Iu
bo.
.
1
8
© -Y
==
I
20
8
Wh
5
3
3
2X8
""
=
=
4 *
<4
*
A
A
1
>
1
_
2
7
3
I JW
>»
—
-
—
13
.
YN
bw
=
."Y
*
2 *
be
=”
1
1
1
3
R
3
3 4
=
-
=Y
3
x
=:
VP
3 FF;
3
&
x
„
BIA
*
2
2
* N
1
.
=
vv
_
3
1
1
by
J 3s 4
2
1
85
„
.
og
=
4
_
=
Ky
3x
„
=
3
1
1
7%
__
x
8
3
. bs
"
my”,
i
3
_
=
N *.
8
8
*
1
0
>
Y
= 2.
5
3
-*
3
*
3
==
4 5
=
-4
A
3
i Y .
47
3
2
*
4 5
A
"X
iv
3
F. KN.
*

aucht!
„ Porw?
ele.

CHAP. I3:

but far up the inland: beſides the vaſt profit
thoſe people yearly make, by felling it at
the European forts, and to the ſlave ſhips
as alſo to all the other nations about them,
The name of Maiz is properly Indian,
given to this grain by the natives of Ame-
rica, Where is great plenty of it. The Por-
tugueſe call it Milbo Grande, that is, great
miller, and Indian wheat; the Italians, Tur-
kiſh wheat; and the French, Spaniſh wheat.
Ic is poſitively aſſerted, that before the Por-
tugueſe came to this coaſt, the natives nei-
ther uſed, nor ſo much as knew of bread,
made of any ſort of corn; but only ſuch as
they made of yams and potatoes, and a few
roots of trees: which may be credited, with-
out any difficulty, becauſe it is well known,
that to this day there are ſeveral countries in

Guinea, which have very little or no Indian

corn, or millet, the Blacks there feeding on
the aforeſaid roots.
The ſecond ſort of grain, by the Portu-
gueſe call'd Milbo Pequeno,which is the com-
mon millet, is alſo very plentiful on the Gold
Coaſt, being like coriander-ſeed, as I have
fully deſcribed it, in the firſt book of this
work, chap. 4. and ſhall now only add, that
it is here made into bread, as well as the

other, and ſomewhat reſembles the ſmaller
ſort of rye in England. It is well taſted and

very nouriſhing ; but not ſo much ſown as

the Indian Wheat, for which reaſon it 1s one

half dearer. =

Both theſe ſorts are ſow'd along the Gold
Coaſt, but leaſt of all at Axim, as I obſerv'd
in the deſcription of that place, and therefore
always dear there: but the countries of Anta,
Anamabo, and Augwina, in fruitful years

and peaceable times, yield prodigious quan-
tities ; inſomuch, that at Anta a thouſand
ſtems, or ſtalks of Indian wheat, are ſold for

ſix, ſeven, eight, nine, or ten Takoes of

gold, each Takoe being about four-pence far-
thing Engliſh ; and a ſack, at moſt, does
not exceed twenty-two Pence.

On the contrary, in time of war it is
deareſt ; ſometimes yielding an ounce of
gold, which is four pounds ſterling : a very

exceſſive rate, and might eaſily be remedy*d,
would the Blacks ſow more than what is ne-
ceſſary for the year's conſumprion : but their

natural ſlothfulneſs is ſuch, that they ſeldom
exceed that quantity.

'Tis generally obſerv'd, that Indian corn
riſes from a crown to twenty ſhillings be-

twixt February and harveſt, which I ſuppoſe
is chiefly occaſion'd by the great number of

European ſlave ſhips yearly reſorting to the
coaſt, eſpecially Engliſh and French, the
Dutch being generally better victual'd than
they, and being obliged to buy corn, which
carries off ſome thouſands of cheſts yearly.

The third fort of grain on the Gold Coaſt
is rice, but not common all over it; there

Vo I. V.

Coaſts of SourRH- GUINEA.

being v

coaſt, towards Iny, and farther weſtward
about cape Palmes and Seſtro, a ſhip may
be eaſily loaded with it, perfectly clean, un-
der a penny, and even three farthings a
pound: whereas what is at Axim, Anta, and
other parts of the Gold Coaſt, foul and un-

ſifted yields above a penny a pound. It is

well for the inhabitants of Axim, that their
ſoil is ſo proper for rice, to make ſome a-
mends for their want of Indian wheat, and
that they lie not far from Abocroe, Ancober,

and Anta, which are able to ſupply them

with that grain.

The rice-harveſt is uſually in September,
tho' it be ſow'd in January. I have been
told, it was firſt brought from India to the
coaſt: I have ſaid more of it in the firſt book,
to which I refer the reader. $5

The Blacks of this coaſt make bread of Bread.

theſe ſeveral ſorts of grain, either of Indian
corn alone, or mix'd with millet ; and ſome-
times they put rice to it, or make their
bread of this laſt alone: but they have not
the true art of baking, ſo that their bread
is generally clammy and heavy; for they
have neither yeaſt nor leven to make it light
and pleaſant: But of this I ſhall ſay more
when I come to ſpeak of the employments
of the women. Fr TD

The bread made of rice only, is very

white, but heavy. That which is made
with millet, is the browneſt of all, but clam-
my, and not very pleaſing. That which is

made of maiz only, after the Portugueſe
faſhion, is pretty good; but if mix'd with
millet, tis incomparably more grateful, and
eats much like rye-bread in Europe, as I
have ſaid before; and is of the fort moſt
uſed on the coaſt.
The Negro Blacks in ſome places, have a

particular way of baking this ſort of bread ;

ſo that it will Keep ſweet two or three

months. |

The boys and girls uſually eat the maiz
in the ear, roaſted a little over the coals,
or laying the looſe grains on a very hotlarge

ſtone. Some are of opinion, that the uſe of

this grain thus roaſted, heats the blood, and
cauſes a ſort of itching and ſcabbineſs in ſuch
as have not been long uſed to it. We ſec

in holy ſcripture pretty often mention made

of the uſe of roaſted grains or corn among
the 1/raelites.

RBEfides maiz, miller, andrice, the Blacks ,

uſe 0 a root which grows in the
earth like carrots, commonly twelve or

fourteen inches long, and as much in thick-
neſs or circumference, and others more, ha-
ving ſeen ſome that weigh'd eight and ten
pounds a- piece. They are here of a reddiſh
yellow colour without, and ſnow-white
within;

Eee

197
ery little near the ſhore, and the BAR BOT
moſt at Axim and Ania. Higher up the

we.

he

198

BarBor: within; they ſhoot out a long grfen leaf,
near the form of French beans, with little

prickles. The Blacks ſo order this leaf,

that it twines up poles appointed for that

Tom,.

uſe; and by it they know when the fruit is
at maturity, at which time they dig it out
of the earth; and it will keep ſweet for
a conſiderable time. The Tams never
grow without ſome of the fruit it ſelf be
Planted.

This root either boil'd or roaſted, ſerves
the Blacks inſtead of bread; and even the
Europeans. The natives commonly boil it,
and when peel'd, eat it with ſalt and oil.

Its taſte is much like that of earth- nuts, and

is dryer and firmer, tho' not quite fo ſweet.
The country of Anta, is well provided
with this kind of roots. But that of Saboe
hath the greateſt plenty, and they are ſent
in the ſeaſon by thouſands ata time to the

other places, about it. Comendo and Mouree

Potatoes.

| ſhooting forth green leaves, running along

are alſo pretty well ſtored ; a? colt there

about fourteen ſhillings a hundred, but at
other places where they are ſent for from

thence, they yield much more.
Potatoes, a root of an oval form, as
large commonly as turneps in Europe,

the ground, are plenty enough on ſundry

parts of the coaſt, but eſpecially at Saboe.

And next to it in the lands of Anta, and I

iſlands of America.

think at Comendo alſo, but dare not be =
ſitive. This root, which is perfectly white

within, is very ſweet, and eats much like

our good cheſnuts of ſome ſouthern parts of
France, call'd Marrons, |
roaſted under embers ; and I think their
ſweetneſs here exceeds that of the Barbadoes
potatoes, ſo much praiſed in the Leward

this root planted in the ground, in a little
time grow potatoes: the Blacks eat them
as heartily as bread. 5

Brans, -
THERE are five, if not ſix forts of

Beans; three of which are the moſt

Threeſorts.

and delicate food.

Fubterra -
neous
beans.

remarkable, in that they grow under the

earth.

The firſt ſort of beans then, 1s in figure
and taſte, ſomething like our garden-beans
in Europe. The ſecond fort, is a ſize larger,
growing in cods, about half an ell long ;
the beans are of a bright red colour. The
third ſort, is almoſt like thoſe very ſmall

beans, call*d princeſſes, but of a deeper

red: this ſort is very good, nouriſhing
Theſe three ſorts grow
like French beans in France or England, ei-
ther propt up, or creeping up by a hedge.
The firſt ſort of the pretended ſubterra-
neous beans, is ſmall, and calPd there, by
the Dutch, Fojooties, running along the
ground, encloſed in long ſlender huſks.
They eat well, when green and young.

A Deſcription of the

being boil'd or

From the branches of

The other ſort grows on buſhes like our

gooſeberries, are ſhell'd like green peas,
and require a good quantity to make up a
diſh, but are neither ſoft nor ſweet. |

Another ſort, which is call'd Gobbe-Gob-

bes, grow together in a cod under the
earth, ſhooting out a ſmall leaf above its
ſurface, and are accounted the worſt of
beans, tho? eaten by many.

The ſecond fort of earth-beans, call'd
Angola beans, as being but of late brought
over from thence, and tranſplanted hither,

if fryed like cheſnuts, is a very agreeable

ſort of eatable. |

The laſt fort, growing under the earth
alſo, are the beſt of all the above ſpecies of
beans, if they muſt paſs for beans, rather
than for earth-nuts ; being eaten raw out of
hand, and taſte not muchunlike hazle-nuts,

Theſe pretended forts of beans are commonly

broken in pieces, ſoaked in water, and
ſqueez'd in a cloth. Their liquor boil'd
with rice, paſſes every where in this country

for milk, and when ſeaſon'd with butter,

cinamon and ſugar, will not eaſily be taken

for any other thing by thoſe who are not
acquainted with it. |

SAR DFEN-WAR E.

r HE Salad Herbs and Cabba e, Which
the European gardens afford, in ſome

parts of the Coaſt, are of the ſeeds brought
from thence; and thrive pretty well in ſome

grounds, if well cultivated and look'd after.

eſpecially Roman lettuces, melons, and

cabbage, which are very delicious.

The wild purſlain is very plenty every
where, and a good refreſhment to the Eu-
ropeans, eſpecially ſailors, to make broth;
more particularly to the French, who gene-
rally are fond of pottage, wherever they

80. | |
Here is alſo a ſort of Pulſe, called Jelic,

the plant and leaf not unlike that of Rape.
It has ſomething of the fouriſh taſte like

Sorel, and is very ſtomachical.
There are above thirty ſeveral ſorts
of green herbs extraordinary wholeſome,
which are the principal remedies in ule
among the Blacks, as being of wonder-

ful efficacy; as likewiſe ſome ſorts of Roo!s,

Branches and Gums of trees, which if well
known in Europe, would perhaps
more ſucceſsful in the practice of. phy ſick,
than other things in common uſe; or at leaſt
the uſe of theſe herbs, c. would prove
more ſucceſsful here on the ſick Eyrepeans,
frequenting this coaſt, than our phyſical
preparations brought from Europe can do,
becauſe they have loft moſt of their virtue,
before they reach the coaſt, and are com-
monly corrupted. It were therefore to be
wiſhed, that ſome European phyſician would
take a voyage into Guinea, to enquire Ne

prove

Book NICs

NCA? 13:

the nature of theſe plants, no other perſon
being ſo proper for it.

SUGAR-CANES,

A RE, found here and there, growing
X wild and uncultivated, ſome twenty

foot high or more; but not fo ſweet nor ſo

full of juice, as they are commonly in the
Leward iflands of America, becaufe, as I
ſuppoſe, they are not rightly managed and
planted as they ſhould be. The country of
Anta, as I ſaid before, has the moſt of that
ſweet plant, and undoubtedly as the ſoil is

of its nature, the ſugar-canes would im-

prove to advantage, if well cultivated.

PE PP E R and GINGER.

T HE Malagueita, or Guinea pepper, of
I which I have ſpoken at large, in

the deſcription of the river of Seftro, in the

firſt book of this volume, grows alſo here,
but not in any quantity; either on ſhrubs in
red ſhells or huſks, or on another different
figure of plant, not unlike large graſfs-reeds.

Ginger 15 not ſo common on the coaſt ; it
grows only at ſome places, but in very in-
conſiderable quantity. :

The Pimento, or Spaniſh pepper, is very

[ plenty here, and of two forts, great and

mall; it grows on fhrubs, fomewhat like,
tho' little leſs, than gooſeberry buſhes in
Europe. Both ſorts are firſt green, but
afterwards change colour, the ſmall to a

beautiful red; and the large to a red and

black, They are both much hotter than
common pepper, eſpecially the ſmaller ſort,
which is not above the quarter part of the
ſize of the other: but the plant or buſh on

which it grows 1s fix times as high, and wider
extended, than the other. This Pimento
keeps well pickled in vinegar, but in lime-
juice is as good again, being more corrobo-
rating to the ſtomach, and very wholeſome.
Here is another fruit on ſhrubs, much
like Cardamum, in figure and taſte; if it be
not really the right fort.

STINKING ToBacco.
Arragon, and Tobacco plants, are 1n
great plenty, eſpecially tobacco, but
of a very ſorry fort generally : for it ſtinks

ſo abominably, when uſed in the pipe, that
tis almoſt impoſſible even for thoſe who
are not very nice, to ſtand long by the

Blacks when they ſmoke : and yet they like

it wonderfully. It is moſtly ſpent by the
inland people; for the inhabitants of the
coaſt have frequent opportunity to get
Brazil tobacco, from the Portugueſe trading
there; and this tobacco, tho' not very
pleafant, and very ſtrong, is far more tole-
rable than that of Guinea.

The Blacks of both ſexes, are ſo "oy
fond of tobacco, that they will part wi

3

Coafts of SOUTH GUINEA.

America.

199

the very laft penny, which ſhould buy them BarBor:

bread, and ſuffer hunger rather than be WW.

without it. The Portngueſe know how to

| maketheir advantage of this people's greedi-
neſs of tobacco, as do the French, who
bring to the coaft fome quantity of Sz. Do-

mingo tobacco; both forts being twiſted
like cords about the bigneſs of a ſmall finger,
of which they often make five ſhillings per
pound, tho? it is fold commonly by the fa-
thom meaſure, one fathom of Brazil weigh-
ing about a pound. 3

Another thing the French eſpecially bring
moſt to the coaſt, is Garlick : *tis ſcarce to
be conceived how greedy the Blacks gene-
rally are of it, ſo that they purchaſe it at

any rate, for fiſh or even gold; and I can

aver I have my ſelf made five hundred per

Cent. by it : but not in any quantity. Whe-

ther it will grow in this country or not, I
am 1gnorant, as well as concerning onions.
It never came to my thought, to enquire into
it. But Lam apt to think it will not, any
more than ſeveral other fruits and green
herbs common in Europe, which never come

there to perfection.

FRu II.

TH E fruit Kola, by

in Nerth-Gumea but not fo plentifully.
The Europeans of the coaſt call it, cabbage-
fruit. I refer, for a farther deſcription of it,
to what I have treated thereof in the prece-
ding book, ſpeaking of Sierra Leona. The
Blacks are of opinion here, as well as there,
that chewing of it helps to reliſh water, and
palm-wine. They do alſo commonly eat
this Kola, with ſalt and malaguetta; the
ſole virtue of that ſorry fruit, is its being
diuretick : but otherwiſe it's very harſh, and

almoſt bitter; and draws the chewer's mouth

almoſt cloſe. Some pretend this Kola agrees
exactly with the taſte and virtue of the In-
dian Betele or Anca,

the inhabitants of Kola.
the coaſt, call'd Boe, grows here, as

The Ananas is a fruit common to this Ananas.

country, as well as to America, and other

arts of the world; and generally much
commended for its luſciouſneſs and flavour,
and I think muſt be accounted the beſt of
the fruits of Guinea.

The natives of the Canary Hands where
it grows moſtly to perfection, call it Auanoſa;
the Brazilians, Nava; thoſe of St. Domingo,
Fajama ; and the Spaniards, about Rio de la
Plata, Pinas, in regard of the form it has
of a pine-apple.
ananas, at Brazil, But we know only of
one ſort here on the coaft, which is nothing
near ſo delicious and large as the ananas of

the Caribbe 1Nlands, eſpecially of Dominica,

one of the Antilles, or Leward iſlands of

This

There are two ſorts of

200

Da. 4

the ſame thickneſs, which is much ſmaller

Marchand April; and, as it happens to other
fruits, ſome are large and others ſmall :
here they are about a ſpan long, and about

than I have ſeen many in the Leward iſlands,
where 1 dare affirm they are twice as big as
thoſe of Guinea.

The plant there grows not above a foot

and a half in height, and the ſtalk half a

foot. It ſomewhat reſembles the large Sem-
per-vivum, with this difference, that the ana-
nas ſhoot their leaves upwards, being nei-
ther ſo broad, ſo thick, nor ſo green as the

| Semper-vivum, which is always of a very
beautiful green; beſides that the leaves are

garniſh'd on each ſide with ſharp prickles, and
are of a deep yellow colour, ſomewhat incli-
ning to green, and ſomewhat like Alee-
leaves. .

Betwixt the Ananas leaves, before the
fruit appears, grows a bloſſom, about as

big as a man's fiſt, which is very green, but

adorned with an extraordinary beautiful red
crown, and ſurrounded with ſmall leaves,

that render it very agreeable to the ſight.
This bloſſom by degrees grows into an Ana-
nas; which at firſt is green, accompanied
with yellow leaves, but in ripening changes

to a perfect yellow: when the Ananas is to

be eaten, the ſaid leaves that ſurround it,

are to be cut off with the ſhell, or rind.
The crown, or at leaſt a partof it, remains
firmly fixed to the fruit, tho' changed to a
ellowiſh colour. Before and round about the
Ananas ſmall ſprigs ſhoot out, Which are plan-
ted to continue the ſpecies of this vegetable.
The people in the hot countries of the
Faſt and Weſt-Indies, account the Ananas

to bea great refreſhment and delicacy, when

eaten with cinamon, ſugar and wine; the

fruit being cut into ſlices, the moſt agreeable

and healthful way to ule it, tho' reckoned

hot of its own nature; beſides, if frequently

eaten alone, it nauſeates. Some pretend it is
rather of a cold quality, than inflaming; but
experience proves the contrary, the hot juice
of it forcing blood from the throat and gums.

It has been alſo a moſt general opinion

for a long time paſt, that the juice of this

fruit is ſo corroſive, as to diſſolve a knife that
remains ſtuck in it but half an hour, much

like Agua-fortis ; whereas we find that tho?

the knife ſhould remain many months to-
gether, it would not be diſſolved, but only
be blunted, as it happens in the cutting of
ſome ſorts of apples in Europe, or of le-
mons or oranges, but more particularly of
green Bananas or Plantans. So that this

acidity is not peculiar to the Ananas. The

PLATE 16.

French in the Weſt-Indies eat the Ananas
with ſugar and water, and the Indians by
themſelves, 1 have given a true draught
of this fruit, taken by my ſelf,

— f Deſcription of the

BarBor. This fruit is commonly at maturity in As for pomgranates and vines,

one imperfect kind, common]

ſeen but very few along the Gold Coaſt.
There are a few pomgranate trees in the
gardens of Mina, Dariſh-mount, Manfroy,

and Mouree, but they have been tranſplan-

ted thither from Europe; the fruit
whereof is commonly ſmall and more luſ.
cious than ours in France, beſides that be-
fore they come to maturity, they frequently
rot or fall off; ſo that they ſeldom ripen to
a ny perfection.

The vine is alſo brought hither from pit.
Europe, and thrives very well. I was told
of that which I ſaw in the Danes garden at

Manfrou, that it bore grapes almoſt at all

times of the year, but the bunches never ri-
pen'd all at once, there being at the ſame
time green, ripe and rotten. I have eaten
grapes in that manner two or three times,
which were pretty ſweet.

| The Dutch of Mouree, boaſt much of
their vine there, which exactly produces
grapes twice a year, commonly in Januar)
and Auguſt, and call it the Moureſe vine,
becauſe there is no other on the coaſt, like
It, as they ſay; and according to them,
would doubtleſs yield a vaſt quantity, if
ſeaſonably and rightly pruned by a ſkilful
hand: but as it is managed by ignorant
Blacks, not half the grapes come to per-
fection, but wither or rot before they are
half ripe. The Portugueſe planted this
vine firſt, having brought it from Brazil,

the fruit whereof is very agreeable to the

Europeans, living at the coaſt. It is obſerv-
able that vines will not grow any where, but
at this place of Mouree ; for at Mina, Man-
frou and other places, they do not thrive near
ſo well as there. _ ED
Here is no other ſort of apple, but of yu,
call*d the
Cormentyn apple, becauſe it abounds moſt |
in that country. It is as big as a walnut,

with its green huſk on, its rind is yellow,

ſomewhat inclining to red: in the core are
four large flat black kernels, which are ſur-
rounded by the pulp or the fruit it ſelf,
which is red and white, and of a ſort of
ſharp, ſweet taſte; but moſt inclining to
acid. Tis accounted here a very agreeable
retreſhing fruit, very comfortable for the
ſick, particularly thoſe afflicted with the
bloody-flux, being very aſtringent ; and
boiled with wine and ſugar, is not only more
uſeful, but more agreeable than tamarinds.
There are in the country ſeveral other
fruit-trees, not only unknown to European,

but eaten by very few. Amongſt them is a
ſort of fruit, like our blue and white plums,

in ſhape as well as colour, but not very
well taſted, as being ſweet, mealy and dry.

The papay-trees abound exceedingly all 747

tree.
ae

along the Gold Coaſt, and are of two ſort

male and female, as diſtinguiſh'd may:
| e-

Boon Il

1 have Pomyrg.
Nate,

ine.

ole.

ee.

® 08cm 9
- ***2 85

SO. —
wn
A

ve I
A aa, v __ SETS
\ \+ bp . - p % > 22: 24.
N A D : Sg 3 2 2

0
N
» »\
NV 8
on 7 — = 7 / . N .
l — - 2 712282220 IT N
. 288 — > X - — —U— æ3v3j29« m „„ „
> =. II N — & > ? i 228.5777
— 5 8 >< i —— = . of - - —. Io 7 = -. —— 222
2 >> > > # Q a / q IE IB ©. o
Vos 2 —_
22 004

=
77
/

7
a

>>

1 ,

=
,
MJ

|
:
|
|

.

hi

N N

1

. U
: 2
, as 1 7, - .
| 5 1 l \ WJ * > _ = — _ — r = - +4 Par
| 1 \ b 4 . > — — — — — — — — - = — » + +
\ \ dd dQ © C B ... 2 — * - WS
' fi i N \ . © © © _— 2 »+ + 4% „ & 25252525 „%% 2 ET RI IT IIS py XY D.
1 Q _ * — * - . : ———ä—ꝓ—hͤy3 3 :e: „„ „ — 5 222 2222227 * 05 06+ + won - = * *
\ j by \ x 4 J 4 i — ©» © i 8 — * Ss vo 4 2 —— — - l © & <-> D 0000 opgg @ogpeooaococ,* © a= . © 55 9 2 Coos . 0 EE „„ 3 22
7 „ N * — od , TIC — — —— — cu 2X es. — = — —— 1 * #5 » ET IOES fo =
e — ty p = ooo II nn2n000ccoocoon ff! ©0109*tvo.cso —Y - =

——
— =. — 2. 0
2224244

Ls

E
x N 8 N V V
. ths : \
W \
1 % N 8 e

k \ 8
; > \y * \
i

— Se

N
wo ove © OY
—— . Ss

g
*
a> <

late 18.
h

OO.

7

Hol, Hug.

in Seed

S he Mangnoc Tree

TY

4
0
* >

4A

eee

1 ll Yr >

i
4 \ {11
4
— — —— - =
Cr e——z, —
4 -SSIIIIES,. - wry.

J

— * 2 b
: -- 222 LETT woos *,
5 7

E

9 o of * L 2 v
LY SITE

17 W \
ION.

y 0 44%\
N TY

" want,

oot,, at Cayenn

o — * T's
bl -» ones
9 7

—

S eee:
22222

F. Kip fect

＋ Cale ow was

——

Ry

Wi,

7
*

W J 7.

n |

J \ N 11

JJ Ve

r . * e : F l on TK 25 >
n

* * — DO I OO IO RIS S SF"
, * : nen BEL Fng San: 8 r n n ,
; * —— —— AA + —— 1
— — — had — -_ *
*
. —
{
Fl
N
5 -
\
— \
*
*
-
-
| 4
*
.
| 5
.
-
*
*
8
- 4d 5 4
; »
2 .
„ ” * bi = PF ,
. of
— « ; * ®
as ER.
— — 8
— * *
— k a
» \ *
- * * * =
— 4
N * ;
* *
£ 3 2
i
—
>
—
*
* 2 5
5
:
' 5
' -
_
”
p
|
U
7 : T
|
»
| *
ö .
!
.
N ,
.
—
1 * f i
| *
| * =
[ .
#
N
:
f .
*
Ll
1
.
.
-
I
*
*
1 -
x
„
.
—
_ N
* — ” — —— — — — —— — — — * * VEE
CE — — 4 ? PROM — —— — — — — — p— — — — — — - _— — — — ones — —— — ä * * 8 25 *
tt a l « 6 *
—ͤ——— — — E

Coaſts of SOUTH-Gu IN EA.

201

tree are about eight or nine foot long, and BAN HOr-
about three foot broad, and end in a round

(CHAP. 13:
; becauſe the male bears no fruit, but is con-
| tinually full of bloſſoms, which are long

white lowers. The female bears the ſame
bloſſoms, but not ſo long nor ſo numerous:
ſome have obſerved, that the females yield
much more fruit when they grow near the
males; let every one think thereof as he
leaſes, as well as what 1s reported much
like this, of the male and female palm-
ees.
Y The trunk of the papay-tree, 1s from ten

point. The fruit grows at the bottom of
the leaf on a great ſtalk, in a cod of about
eight inches long, and the bigneſs of a
black-pudding. The cod is of a fine yellow
colour, often ſpeckled with red, which be-
ing taken off, the inſide of it is white; but
the Plantar it ſelf is yellow like butter, and
as ſoft as a ripe pear. Sometimes fifty or
ſixty grow upon one ſtalk, and five or fix

.

to thirty foot high, and very thick; com-
poſed of a ſpungy wood, or rather root,
which it moſt reſembles. It is hollow, and
may very eaſily be cut through the middle
with a hatchet. The fruit at firſt grows at
the top of the trunk without any branches;
but as the tree grows older, it ſhoots out
branches towards the top, reſembling
young ſtocks; on which the fruit alſo
grows. At the very top of the trunk, and
of the branches, ſhoot other ſmall {prigs
almoſt like reeds ; alittle crooked and hol-
low : and at the extremity of theſe ſprigs,
grow very fine broad leaves, frequently
| cleft, not much unlike vine- leaves, ex-
cepring the ize only.
The papay-tfruit is about half as big as
the coco-nut, of an oval ſhape, green with-
out, and white within; but in time it turns
very red within, and is full of numerous
white kernels, which are the ſeed from
whence it is propagated. The papays taſte
F rather worſe than pompions. You may

Dh

"x
_
E
88

be

ſtalks upon a tree : they are an extraordi-
nary good fruit, very uſeful to mankind in
moſt parts of the Eaſt and Weſt-Indies,
where there is great plenty of them, as [
have already ſaid. In ſtrictneſs this plant
cannot be well calPd a tree: the colour of
Its leaves, its ſtatelineſs and beauty is cer-
tainly to be admired; when moved by a
gentle breeze, it is pleaſant and agreeable.
The Banana-tree is much the ſame, only Binn.
the fruit is not ſo long as the Plantan; which, tree.
as I ſaid before, is about eight inches long,
and the Banana not above fix. It grows in
the ſame manner as the Plantan, fifty or
ſixty in a cluſter, upon one ſtalk. The
fruit is ſomewhat paſty or doughy, yet
pretty ſweet, delicate and luſcious.
Both ſorts of fruit, if gather'd when yet
ſomewhat green, will keep pretty well,
hanging up the cluſter to the cieling of a
houſe, or in a ſhip; where they ripen by
degrees, the figs being cut into ſlices, the

figure of a croſs appears on each ſlice, ſo
' Prare 16. ſee the figure of this tree in Plate 16. as exactly imprinted by nature in the heart of

they are found in the Leward iſlands; the fruit, that the Portugueſe, who are very

next to or under which letter, is another ſcrupulous, if not. ſuperſtitious in man
ſort of papay-tree of that country, much things, never cut theſe figs, but break or
different from the former, as to the branches bite them, thinking they cannot cut them
and leaves, and the place where commonly with a knife or other tool, without loſing
it bears fruit. = the veneration they bear to the croſs.

The pizang, or fig-trees, are common at This fruit in many parts of the Eaſt and
the coaſt, and generally known by the name Wieſt-Indies, is eaten inſtead of bread, roaſted
of Banana and fig- trees; the French follow or boild, juſt at the time it is come to its
that denominarion after the Spaniards, The full bigneſs, ſomewhat before it is quite
Engliſh call them Plantansand Banana trees, ripe, or turn'd yellow, as I have my ſelf
the Dutch, Baccoven and Banana, to diſtin- eaten it thus prepared at the prince's
guiſh the two ſpecies thereof, iſland in the bight of Guinea. It eats well

The pizang-tree has been ſo well known alſo, with a ſauce made with pimento or
in both the Eaſt and Weſt-Indies, for a long malaguetta, ſalt and lemon-juice, and taſtes
time, and ſo much has already been writ- better than dry bread in France. It is like-
ten concerning the ſame, that I judge it wiſe very agreeable ſtew'd with wine, cina-
needleſs now to enter upon the particular mon and ſugar, and alſo made into tarts,
deſcription of each ſpecies ; referring it to baked in an oven, or raw, or boil'd into
lome more proper place hereafter. It ſhall puddings, as ſhall more fully obſerve here-

ſuffice for the preſent to ſay, that their fruits, after. — | — —
eſpecially the Plantan, or Indian fig, are Thoſe who are of opinion, that the leaves
very good, that they bear in a year, tho* of this tree, were the leaves with which our
but once in all, for then the ſtock is cut firſt parents covered their nakedneſs, are not
down, and from the root there ſhoot out ſo much out of the way, partly becauſe
five or ſix freſh ſtocks. | ttheſe leaves are long and broad enough for
S 5 The ſtock, if it may be ſo call'd, grows that ſervice ; for two leaves ſew'd together
PD once and a half or twice a man's height, will make a frock for any man, almoſt to

about four foot about. The leaves of the his ankles 3 and partly, by reaſon they are
Vo I. V. / f called

y
2
4
&

*
A
n
#
—
F
*

Fig: tres.

a 8 A* B:. Log He be <4 05 264 ord r . ² ·mm ä¹A- -- ⁵ ¾ ¹¹ AA Ü R
. 8 D ** * PE tint} "I "Ives r 2 han ms, IEG wes "Sa 3 - TORE RESI IST x R 1 2 ee eee N Es 2h Sas res E bs RIS, 2
5 I ö ä Wc * /„)h. LIST DE ab RS OE TY BT PIPE 3 A F n
OS :.. EL a ad orga i ad i te et be LEP to 2 on i, SO ER Rs En .in d —. — 3 . e Ant YE EEE SD
x "OF. EA Es PROS USSR oe ly: ge Sy J e d d nl 3 a
IK CO r JF!!! ͤ„r᷑⁊ ̃ ͤ᷑—]³² ᷣ c LS 05” 9 * ea dt rant amide . .

202

BaRBOT:

A Deſcription of the

called fig-leaves, and theſe trees bear the
name of Indian figs. Though, on the other
hand, it muſt be own'd, that they are very
unfit for clothing or covering, becauſe a
touch of the finger makes a hole in them;

befides that, it is faid Gen. 3. 6. It was beau-

Hiful to the eyes, and pleaſant to the ſight. If
| hereby is meant the fruit, it does not ſuit

with the plantan-fig, whoſe form is long,
and reſembles a large pudding, of a yel-
low green, and has nothing in it ſo ex-
traordinary beautiful. Howſoever that may
be, this fruit is a very good refreſhment in
the hot climates, being of its nature ſome-
what cooling, laxative, and very nouriſhing,

1 in all the relations of the

Prark 17.

Ivo ſor ts
of coco-
trees.

Eaſt and Weſt- Indies, where the authors have
drawn the figure of this plant, that it was
not exactly done, I thought proper to pre-
ſent the reader with a true draught in Plate
17. Letter N. :
Here are two ſorts of coco- nut trees, the

one called, for diſtinction, the right coco-

tree, which ſhoots up to the height of thirty
or forty, or ſometimes fifty foot, generally
flender and ftreight, bears its fruit the
fourth or fifth year, and lives fifty years and
longer. 1 5

The branches or leaves, are like thoſe of

the palm, excepting that the coco · branches

are not fo long or fit for the uſes the other

are put to. The leaves are ſome three, ſome

four fathoms long, and it produces that

we call the coco-nut; which, with the

outer rind on, is bigger than a man's head.
The outer rind bein; |
pears a ſhell, ſome of which will hold near

a quart. Within the ſhell is the nut; and

within the nut, is about a pint and a half,
more or leſs, as the nut is larger or ſmaller,
of pure, clear, ſweet, and refreſhing water,

which is very cool and pleaſant. The ker-

nel of the nut is alfo very good; when pret-
ty old, it is ſcraped or ſliced, and the ſcra-

Pings being ſet to ſoak in about a quart of

reſh water, for three or four hours, the wa-

ter being ftrain'd, has the colour and taſte
of milk; and, if it ſtands a while, will have

a thick ſcum on it not unlike cream. This

milk being boil'd with any poultry, rice, or

other meat, makes a very good broth, and

is reckoned very nouriſhing, and often gi-

ven to fick perſons. Every ſhip ought to
provide a quantity of theſe nuts, when they

can get them, to help their ſick men in the
The leaves of the trees ſerve to
thatch houſes ; the outer rind of the nut,

paſlage.

to make a ſort of cloth, and ropes, rigging,

cables, Sc. The ſhell of the nut makes

pretty drinking cups; it alſo burns well, and

makes a very fierce and hot fire. The ker-

nel ſeryes inſtead of meat, and the water

therein contain'd inſtead of drink; and if

I

taken off, there ap-

ſhore, as farther up inland.

the nut be very old, the kernel will of itſelf
turn to oil, which is often made uſe of to

try with, but moſt commonly to burn in

lamps. So that from this tree it may be ſaid,
they have meat, drink, clothing, houſes,
firing and rigging for their ſhips. But there,
through the ignorance of the Blacks, no o.
ther advantage is made of them, than what
the nut affords, both the kernel and the
milk within it, being very pleaſant, as has
been ſaid, when at its full maturity. Whilſt
the nut grows, it is full of liquor within;
but as it ripens, by degrees the fleſh or ker-
nel begins to form itſelf on the inſide of the
ſhell ; and, by little and little, that white
fubſtance grows thick and hard, I preſent
vou with my own drawing of this tree, in
Plate 17, Letter Q. on

The wild coco or palm-trees growing here.

peans eat, tho? the Blacks do. This tree is
very much thicker than the right coco- tree,
eſpecially in the middle, where it is of a vaſt

bignefs; and what adds to the addneſs of

its figure, is, that the top and bottom are
one half ſmaller. At the tap grows a fruit,
which ſeems to be the pith of the tree, and

is call'd palm-cabbage, becauſe it has a fort
of cabbagy taſte, or rather that of bot-

toms of artichoaks ; it eats very well, either
boil'd, and afterwards put into butter ſauce
and nutmeg ; or raw, with pepper and ſalt,
as green artichoaks are eaten. See the figure

in Plate 17. Letter O. The branchesp,n;;

are commonly about nine or ten foot long;
and about a foot and half from the trunk of
the tree, they ſhoot forth leaves four foot
long, and an inch and half broad: theſe
leaves grow ſo regularly, that the whole
branch feems but one entire leaf. The cab-
bage, when it is cut out from. amongſt the
branches, is commonly fix inches about, and
a foot long, ſome more ſome leſs, and is
as white as milk. At the bottom of the cab-
bage grow great bunches of berries, of about

five pound weight, in the ſhape of a bunch
of grapes ; their colour is red like a cherry,

and the berries are about the bigneſs of a
black cherry, with a large ſtone in the mid-

dle; and they taſte much like Eugliſb haws.

They never climb up to get the fruit or cab-
bage, becauſe the tree is ſo high, and there

is not any thing to hold by; and therelore

tis a hard matter fora man to get up, tho
the trunk of the tree is made up outwardly
with ſeveral knots or joints, about four in-
ches from each other, like bamboe cane,
void of any leaves except at the top.

Beſides the coco-nut-trees and the wild nel
forts!

coco-trees above deſcribed, this conntry 1:

furniſh'd with four ather ſpecies or Kinds of ee

palm-trees, tho? not ſo plentifully about the

PAL M-

Boox Il

: Pare U

Sree phage, Wil
bear a fruit which but very few of the Euro- _ 9

— — — — a :
. n

—
== |
— - -
_ =

: 24
2 a

* 8 * —
<
a ————m—_—

—

—

—

—
*
„
—
-
U
-
.
a 6 I TO I 3 n 2 1 S Nn 155 Pals bon E 3 -
| b „ Gets r u _ — 5 2 M 4 1
| | - | | | * | * * 2 n I = £2. . — . 90 2 n 1 * 2
| — 1 — _ a neren 7 * . 8 * 2 2 _
: 1 2 . :
— ;
—
—
— ——
py _ <> —

*

22 — 41 WP _ e 4 _ - —
— — — 2 ꝰ — ꝑ — — —— — — —

— —ũ—3V— —

—
— = -
. ——

75
7 A. * —
7 „
- L417.
—
—

**

5
- PREY Cd?
—

7
p

53
——

—
—

-
- -
——

PT CS
—— —

— SS
— —

-

—

147 TN, ——
„„eine 1 N
* WAR 49 ', :

=

＋

—.— — — WY
— :

— >

7

5
1.
ed

"ky
N16

j
/
CG. 5

J.

7
FI

550
7.

if
/
— mh

fl

tn

"1

2
-
o

U

N
"\.
*

.
4 £8 8 8

—

„

a».

5 :

p
— 2
o

*
28,
—
Nn
r

—

bs erte
I

Ang

71 77

kee.

Mt.”

-
-

4
* - *

I -

.
a4”
r

—
—
-

#5»
13g
2
oy
2227
——

.
1:24,

45
— 1 2 „

,

*
»

— —
Di 1/1 {HG
7 4, "F

-
on — tne 2 — —— . — — p 2 Ar
— — ah. - "SY - - . — þ 7 —
. . 4 — : - 1 72 7 4 — — — ao 6120. 2747, p 3 2
HD Ei PLE - . 5 . 7 (OXY 1
4 * = = = 2 - « - * - LAY: — " , ——
x 9 3

* 7
. 4
UF ye

-
* *
9 .

4
—

45, .
err
WY 1

4 v4 N11
—
g l

—

[ : 777
- 1
:; Bat
—— 22722

i

- - o
12404 1, 400
2. —
- - \
p .
„
- _
-

-
-

i 22 p
M. u,
— — =
——Ü—2)“ 7

224
— 3 —*
233
-

—

8 | TE 2 Zen,

Fl

106
1

9

71

;
1

14

—

— 22 . — = —

>_ — — — —
— — — —
— — — * —
— 8 — — —— — —
. poet ns — — -
F- r — — —
= —— — — —
— —— — —
— —— — — — —
— — — — Ln
— — — — — —
— r > . — — be”
— = — — 2 —
— — =

— n
— — — 4
— —

2

7
2

J

U
,

FEE
.

=_
—_—_ 2

, ,

20
.

een,
7255

N
1

1

FN

RIM
> 0,

1 —
— — 7 . . 2 X —

—

- „
— vows » * WY —
— — — - hy
8 DI —— e,. — So»
7, - .

* 2
n

— — — ? ,
— — — — 4 a P / f ö
. . N. Es W/O 5 th
— — — 4 $9977 b | — 22 2 4 „* 1 1
' — — — 2 Pp . — / *
F NS IA((7 1 = ==: / == 19
RET ö 7 57 I 7 . 7572 |
S 5 | 3 22 10
. . *. WII WL E WS 7 E 15 > a" — n - N . by
N. „ \ 1 Din ww \ f f 725 2 1 SP): - "0g % Til
\ \ V 22 1 — 75 > (7 #4 7 =
155 i N W N N = — - , 1 — * „, 7 ; 5 >>, -— WORLD _ —_— lll, 7 10
12 0 W N fs - x77 = = TW 4-3 —5 8 - — = 4 A / 2 | 1 !
81 A NN . N Gr vl * Wn be f [jp xt ** . „eee, RV # : horn +: 77 il | N
L 3 49d — 9 ts * 111 4 Fe : . THE TT 0 „ /- F ©
725. 8 — þ , f a Nu 1 Int : x
p $ n 2 1
: U

— — j —
8 —— 104141 .

83 —

—

1
2002
980
© EI. FEB äGüůàůP — —

ro
er
—
— YI — — ᷣ ——
r J.u._ ——— ů — tn ESD

F< mans
—
%

26/7 ers

* „

va" W
0 5 „*

„ —
a

- K 6 N _— 17 ot: U . * A 3 — —
- ET * 77; TY '' \ \ k 2 8 . . ITALIA _ . 2 Ef N „
* . \ — . — = = > .

,,, . , 1 -
8 — . 0 — % Y * 21

— =
— PR
—
2
— 2
—

4 UTIL) \
VERT) IN NN N ee
hy in \ "ry „eee =
i! fl He Wo e —
: \\\ — V. \ 98 \ \ » \\ * - 4 — — * * = - —
\ "is \ e — — N — n - 22 5 — = — > p - —

„ie e

—

2

——

v

Mein
Wh |
vl

|

—

1

|
|

eee eee

XY 2

1
f —
—

—
DJ

5 — —
——ͤ—— — — — eee regs

1
-
DDr

Dr

>>
uin,

8

—
14414 480185711162

$I GH 8B 484 „l
(ELLE EEE

„„en
—
„%%

1 **
N

, ns,

7 : by
immeillüifiin,

** „„ %%% 92
= :

*
—
8

TTY tI—

—— 2 «4 — . -
- - - - -

Second ſort
rd fort a

n

n 2254, 0ohe
9 wn

Wo. ORE TS.

=
ht

-
T

WH? ©; J
. oy =

as... FO 6

» e.

— — *

— * he 1

*
4

.

5 — %
17

-
4
-
*
*
e — — —— — — ———— — - — Doren er eatnens — 8 — 2 my — — — —— 2 —— e —
— — — 2 — - —— — — — — > a

— —
5 4 ST — — — £
—— ae ces —

P

Ber 13: Coaſts of Sour GUINEA. 203

keep ſweet above ten hours after tis dran; Bann

for after that, it becomes quite ſour and WWW
good for nothing.

The Blacks ſay, that the frequent exceſſes

ED Palrm-Wing TREES.
q THE firſt ſpecies is the genuine palm-
't. 1 yyine tree, which affords the inhabitants

.
th .

4 no where elſe ; the wine of which, is there and Adom, are much more troubled with
| call'd quaker-wine, for reaſons given here- that diſeaſe than any of the other people a-
1 rofore. | bout the ſhore.
15575 br. The third ſort is the pardon-wine tree, The pardon and criſſia-wines are drawn
| an!” which grows no where but in the lands of from the trees whilſt they are growing, from
q Axim, Ancober, and Abocroe; and ſome, but four, or five, or more ſtalks, every tree gene-

3 |
„ 1
| Firſt o
1

I ort

E both wine and oil.

The ſecond is the palm-wine tree, only to
be found in the Fantiu country, for it grows

thereof inflames and ſwells the maſculine

member prodigiouſly : and thence it muſt

proceed, that the inhabitants of Anta, Jabs,

4 not many, in the country of Auta. rally ſhoots out. But the right palm and
b The fourth ſort is the criſſia-wine tree, quaker-wines are diſtill'd when the trees are
Er, which is only peculiar to the countries of old enough to be cut, which is done after
3 Anta, Jabs or Jabi, and Adom. this manner:

They ſtrip the tree of all its branches, and wine, how
when it has ſtood a few days, they bore a g#thered.
little hole in the thickeſt part of the trunk,
into which they drive a {mall bulruſh or
reed; thro? which, the liquor drops into a
pot ſet under, and tied to the trunk to re-
ceive it. Thus the wine diſtils, but ſo very
ſlowly, that it ſcarce fills a pottle in twenty-
four hours. In this manner, it yields wine
for twenty, or thirty, or ſometimes more
days, according to the nature of the ground
the tree is planted in; and when it is almoſt
exhauſted of its juice, they kindle a fire at
the bottom or foot of it, in order to draw
with a greater force, what little liquor may
be ſtill left in it. In ſome places, when the
pardon and criſſia-wine trees are drawn
whilſt yet growing,and are almoſt exhauſted,
they cut them down, and kindle a fire at
one end of the trunk laid on the ground,
and hold a pot at the other end to receive
the liquid ſubſtance, the force or power of
the fire forces out.

This way of extracting palm-wine, ſhews

; A ſingle palm-wine tree, when once at
b maturity, which 1s at ten, twelve, or fifteen
| - years, affording but ten, fifteen, or twenty
gallons of wine to be drawn out of it, pro-
portionably. to the goodneſs of the ground
in which the tree is planted, and being af-
terwards cut down, and fit for nothing
but fewel, it is natural to infer that there
muſt be a prodigious number of them in
the country, conſidering what vaſt quan-
tities of that wine come daily to the coaſt-
markets and elſewhere, or elſe the wine
| would be ſoon at an end, being commonl
ſold at two ſhillings the half anchor of five
_ gallons, or thereabouts; and at ſome times
and places, it is one half cheaper than at o-
ther. Re |
The right palm-wine, being drank freſh
. when it comes from the tree, is delicious,
3 and more agreeable than the fineſt me-
I theglin ; but withal ſo ſtrong, that it ſoons
| 7aln-wine gets into the head, and intoxicates. But that
i «te. which the country people bring daily to the
1 coaſt, or to markets, is nothing near ſo a-

4 greeable and ſtrong, becauſe of the large what a multitude of palm-trees there muſt
2 mixture of water they put into it, tho* it be in theſe parts; whereas in the Indies,

ſtill retains an inebriating quality; which is
the thing that renders it moſt acceptable to
the Blacks, who, from their infancy, are uſed

to ſtrong hot liquors : for otherwiſe this a The trunk of the palm-tree is commonly
daulterated wine would not be ſo taking as it five foot about, and as high as a man. The
1 s generally, not only among the meaner quaker-wine tree is not above half ſo big.
[ lort, but even among thoſeof a higher ſphere, Theſe two ſorts of palm-trees ſhoot their
The quaker-wine of Fantin exceeds the branches upwards, ſome of which exceed
former ſomewhat in pleaſantneſs of flavour, twenty foot in length, and are eall'd bam-
and very much in ſtrength ; half the quan- boes, much ufed for covering of houſes,
tity of this, as of the other, working the and for hedges. On each fide of theſe bam-
lame effect. The trees whence *tis extracted, boes grow ſmall long flips, which are their
are commonly not much above half as big leaves. |
| as the genuine palm- wine tree. Ihe pardon and criſſia-trees grow much
| larly, The pardon- wine of Axim, and other ad- like the coco- nut trees, but have -a much
t. Jacent places, is not ſo ſtrong, but has as ſlenderer ſtalk, and abundantly ſhorter; eſpe-
| pleaſanta taſte. = Ccaially the criſſia-trees, which are net half ſo
Jia. The criſſia- wine has no manner of ſtrength, high as the pardon- trees. All the ſoxts of
ne. anda very different flavour from all the o- the wine aforeſaid, provoke urine, and are
ther abovementioned. This wine, when reckoned very good againſt che gravel or
drank freſh, taſtes like milk, but can hardly ſtone in the bladder; and thence it muſt be,

that

they don't draw off all the wine at once,
but leave a remainder for the nouriſhment
and maintenance of the trees. 1

*
1
I
3

28
— — — *
— —

. 0
3 Val *.
4 Pine.

IC
ol
n
ra
ſ *
899
"1.0 *
1
*
x
* J
«
|
1 #
; BR
or 55
| q
9
| 1 4
. 121 *
1 18 '
1 oY
1 a. *
$ CY
4
* „
n= =
Th. "240
LU
N A =
if
_-
q \ LL ”
: i 1 4
\ 8
: * 205
Fi U wy
an.
; | =
WW”! ..-
" Ei
# an YH
N
* 4
14.4 x 6 A
CY
Ft, n
1 }-
11 L.
N 1
— 15 3
inn
bit 4 _
12% 4
" *
4 pt
144423
„ 13
t
\ | Wi,
: } 1
0 F
: 1 2 Fe
Wt 1
[
N. j}
"4+. $53 4
vi q ?
£ fl !
T9230
, 1
5
1
7
to ” 1
155 3 of
100 7
78
4 4 *
1 1
x 15 3
,
$19 *
1 1 i
4 1
ef 1
j Pa. *
+ *
1 In
i
i357
WT. ;
i [ N
f N
Xx
Ne
4 «
"NINE
wu 1 }
'20 114
1 ,
£ |
but.
T8 *
Ft at;
14 Ir
1 1 i. l
os $f
1
19 J
4B *
1 of
15 Nn
: 2
. N
3 bd
{ 4}
8 ill
1 l *
l
19
WF q
1 [Ws +
} * >
. :
18 .
n
N 4
x þ
{ : W [i
v9 14
41 Wot
2 14
* t !
$ .
10 1
Ii *
1
"+ 7 jo
i L008
j 11
1 11
* 1%
; FP 1 1
"EF :
, f f 4
i 2
4 1 ** f.
. [i
7 j K
9 4
i
+
3.5
ö 1
N p | Bal
e
a 1 x
Ws
in
4.2 14 {
RM
+ 1 "
1
4.4
1,90
+ 4
;, 1 2
{ 19 ;
e
\ TIS
, 1 of 1
4: 3%
S418
: 15
11
14.
+ 1
„n
5 5
4
9
a9 'S | 3.
+38 BW
* *
.
. 19 1 4 4
| 1 14
11 : \
"8 ; *
1
1"
1s * [
i. "e
3 oo
x *
i 4
v }
k 0 4;h
'# | ]
\ :
. 1 7
1 1
1 BH 1
; I
4 8 Yo
1 1 4 i
| 4 ”
17
9911 ;
AT © -
” q
N Lb 4
1 ty Y
T7, 1
149
O i
/ 17
all *"
2 ſ 3-3
n
2 [1 l
1
* | 4 V
1.
1 .
* . ; |
CET T1
e
1 1 J
* ; * = 4
w 12 #4
Q ' #5
: A :
© ws Fig
1% e
7 ö x
XA 4 i
. 1 11
1
+8
. 4
mw WT
| 1 i
1
15
1
TY '
N. q y
#4
1
9
n
* {
ö
1 g
5 {
KY » : 3 4 1
0 7
i Þ iy
8! 2&4 1
n
ts | Xi fi
' N
f
' N {
} 5
. 5
; 17
ö
N '% $4
el «
{
7 '
i
. p

2 * Wome «

—- 7 r — _ (or res wn roy ns —— —
_ — — - —
- 4 * _— — = 2 4 * %*.

204.

4

BAR RO r. that few or none of the Blacks are troubled
WW V with thoſe diſtempers ; and tho? it will ſoon

Stone of
the nut.

Uſe of

palm. oil.

make a man drunk, yet the fumes of them
do not laſt very long, and cauſe no head-
ach. It is a great bleſſing to the inhabitants

of theſe countries, to be ſo abundantly ſup-

plied with very little trouble and charges,
with ſo comfortable and pleaſant a drink,

which, with the help of bread, fiſh and ſalt,

ſubſiſts moſt of the people on the coaſt, to-
gether with the nuts and oil, the palm-trees

furniſh them with beſides.

PaLlM-OiL.

T HE nutsof genuine palm-trees, when

old, are cover*d with a black and orange-

colour ſhell, and contain the palm-oil;

which is extracted by expreſſion, as that of
8 |
Theſe nuts grow ſeveral of them toge-

ther in a cluſter, at the upper end or top of

the trees, commonly as large as pigeons-eggs
cloſe ſet together, which at a diſtance look
like a large bunch of grapes.

This oil is naturally red, but if kept

ſome years, turns almoſt white, and may
be preſerv'd ſweet twenty years or more,

if rightly potted and look'd to. It is a little

nauſeous at firſt, to ſuch as are unacquainted

with it; but to thoſe who are, is no deſpi-

cable ſauce, eſpecially when new : it is alſo
very ſtrengthning and wholeſome, in ſo
much that ſome prefer it there, in ſeveral
diſhes before olive- oil.

The pulp of theſe nuts, after preſſing

cout the oil, is a delicate meat for the Blacks;

and when kept till old, is extraordinary good
to fatten hogs, and render their fleſh very

firm. The ſtone of the nut, is almoſt as

big as a common walnut, and hard as iron,
having three very ſmall holes or openings at

one end: this ſtone contains three ſmall ker-
_ nels, as big as ſmall almonds, and have no
ſavour. | 17

This palm- oil is of great uſe to the
inhabitants, in ſeveral reſpects; for beſides

its ſerving to ſeaſon their meat, hſh, Oc.
and to burn in their lamps to light them at

night, it is an excellent ointment againſt
rheumatick pains, winds and colds in the
limbs, or other like diſeaſes, being applied

very warm. The Blacks in general anoint

their bodies almoſt every day, all over with

it; which ſoftens and renders their ſkin
' ſmooth and almoſt ſhining, and thereby

more capable of bearing the intemperances

of rain and weather.

I have been very prolix in the deſcription
of all theſe different ſorts of palm, coco-
nut, and of the pizang-trees, plantans and
bananas. But I thought ita ſervice to ſuch

as ſhall frequent that part of Guinea, the
productions of the aforeſaid plants being

of ſo great uſe and benefit to the travellers,

A Deſcription of the

There the general's large garden is extraordi-

be abundance along this coaſt, the climate

Boox IN C AA
which has been the principal motive of my *
undertaking ſo laborious and tedious a work
as this is. . 3
Here are very few or no orange-trees, ex-,, MM
cept in the country of Axim, which is richly won
ſtored with the ſweet as well as four. The
ſweet are pretty good, and of an agreeable
taſte z there are ſome of theſe orange-trees,
in each of the gardens of the Dutch, Eng-
liſh and Danes chief forts, and on the hill
near Boutry fort, but eſpecially at Mina.

nary full of them, ſome little ſhort of China,

The lemon, or rather lime-trees, grow,
all over the coaſt, but eſpecially at Mouree, nen. Caen.
where in favourable ſeaſons, they make *
above two hundred caſks of lime-juice, be-
ſides great quantities of the ſmalleſt lemons

A © mu K ju — 88 „% — .

pickled. The lemon: juice ſells there com-

lings Engliſh the caſk. The lemons or limes
are generally no larger than a ſmall egg,
very crabbed and ſour. The juice is uſed
by the Blacks for ſauces, as alſo to waſh
their teeth, to preſerve them from ſcorbu-
tick humours: and ſuch ſhips as carry ſlaves
to America, provide a quantity of that juice
for their ſlaves and ſailors againſt the ſcurvy.

I think there is ſome made at Axim, Man- [ 3
frou and Boutry, but not in any quantity. |

7

3

monly at about twenty or twenty five ſhil- | a
EZ (

|

|

I had almoſt forgot to mention water. a
melons, an agreeable and rich fruit, becauſe me. |
there is no plenty of them there, through
the lazineſs of the Blacks; for there might

being proper for them, as appears by what
the gardens of the Europeans, and eſpecially
the Dutch, afford of this fruit. 7

They grow in the ſame manner as cucum-
bers, but bear a different leaf; and are
about twice as big as melons in France,
being in their prime in July and Auguſt :
and in ſeaſonable years they have them twice
a year. ED,

This fruit is leſs injurious, and much

healthier for a feveriſh perſon, than the Fr
Anana. LE —

The water-melon being yet unripe, and 1
not at its full bigneſs, is green without and | =
white within; but when come to maturity, 3 |
the green rind becomes ſpeckled with white, b |
and the whiteneſs that was within, is then f
ſomewhat intermix'd with red: the more
red it has, the riper and the more delicious
it is, being watry, refreſhing and cooling.

The præcoce- melon is eaten like a ſalad,

after the manner of cucumbers, which it

ſomewhat reſembles, having ſuch kernels 3 |
which when the fruit is full ripe, turn black, WM

and are then fit to plant. The fleſh of this

fruit, is a watry congealed ſubſtance, which

melts in the mouth, as ſoon as chew'd, and

therefore a man may eat a whole melon,

without much difficulty,

W 1 L Ds

ar. 13. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

peans have made any uſe of them ; for had Bartor.
ſuch trees fit for larger or ſmaller maſts, WY”

res,.

WII p- TRE ES.

A? to the wild-trees, the beſt part of

the whole coaſt is well furniſh'd with
them of all ſizes, but eſpecially towards the
inland countries, where the ſtately woods,
and ſweet charming groves ſerve to render
the malignity of the place more ſupportable;
for tis a perfect delight to travel the inland
countries up land, tho' the roads are gene-
rally very incommodious and bad, as has

been already obſerved. The countries of

and about Mina and Acra, are more bare

bf trees than other places of the Gold Coaſt.
7 Cotton-

Moſt of the ſorts and ſpecies of wild-trees,
are of another kind than what Europe com-

monly produces, and therefore it is not eaſy
to give a true idea of them. Amongſt the
ſeveral ſpecies thereof, only one is properly

named; and that 1s the capot- tree, or the

cotton- tree, becauſe on them grows a ſort

of cotton-wool, there calPd capot, which
is very uſeful in that ſcorching climate, for
filling of beds, ' feathers being much too
hot. | | : Ep
Some of theſe trees are fo high, that their
branches and top are ſcarce to be reach'd, by
2 common muſket-ſhot. The wood of this

capot-tree, is light and porous, and ſcarce
proper for any other uſe, but to make ca-

noes. And the great ones made at Axim and

| Cormentin, where the Blacks are dextrous
xrtuits at ſuch work, being generally better

than thirty foot long, and proportionably
broad, made of a ſtrait piece of wood, e-

qually thick all over; and conſidering few

trees grow directly ſo, it is eaſy to conceive,
that the canoes do not amount to above halt
the bulk of the tree, and thence to infer
how prodigious high and large ſuch trees

\

muſt needs be.

The inhabitants do not ſtick to affirm,

there are ſome of theſe trees, in the country
large enough. to ſhelter or cover twenty
thouſand men under them. „
There is one tree at Axim, which ten men
could ſcarce fathom, for the prodigious

iprouts, which cloſely ſurround it.

Theſe trees are full of thorny prickles.

Some grow up in ſuch a wonderful manner,

thut it ſurpaſſes what the moſt ſkilful artiſt
could do; others grow ſo thick, and their
ſhady boughs are ſo wide extended, that
they form entire alleys 3 which afford an
amazing ſatisfaction to any who are inclined
to take the pleaſure of walking along them.

Lhe capot- trees commonly grow to the

greateſt height and wideneſs, when planted
on moiſt grounds, and near the ſides of ri-

vers and watry places.

It is very likely there are good large trees,
fir to make maſts, if not for the greateſt
ſhips, at leaſt for barks, yachts and ſloops.

But as yet, I have not heard that any Euro-

Yor V:

been found up the country, it would be a
very difficult taſk to bring them down to
the ſhore, the ways being every where ſo
very narrow and crooked.

There are alſo ſeveral ſorts of trees, very C7155;

fit for curious works in wood, and particu-
larly the country of Anta, and that of Aon,
have abundance of fine yellow wood, where-
of very neat tables, chairs, and ſuch other
neceſſaries may be made.

I ſhall conclude this diſcourſe of trees,
with obſerving that the Blacks, in all parts
of this country, have ſet aſide and conf--
crated ſome peculiar trees, as they do moun-

tains, rocks, the ſea, and other inanimate

beings, under which they perform their re-
ligious worſhip ; theſe being generally ſuch

205

4
wo OA

as nature has given the greateſt perfection

to, as I ſhall farther relate in the courſe of
this deſcription.

SALT made.

HERE the land is ſo high, that 3) boiling.

the ſea, or ſalt-rivers cannot overflow

it, the natives boil ſalt water fo long in cop-

pers, or earthen pots or pans, made on pur-
poſe, till it comes to the conſiſtence of ſalt ;

but this is neither the ſhorteſt, nor the moſt

profitable way.
At thoſe places where the ſea, or ſalt- ri- ny the jun;

vers frequently overflow, they dig pits to

receive that water; as at Corſo, Anamabon,

and Acra: afterwards the ſun dries up the li-

quid part, and the falt remains at the bot-

tom, which is much help*d by the nitrous

quality of the ground; fo that there is no
manner of trouble, any farther than looking
to it now and then, and gathering it when

made. |

Such Blacks as are unwilling or unable to

have copper boilers, uſe the earthen pots

above-mention'd, ſetting ten or twelve of
them cloſe to one another, in two rows, all
cemented together with clay, as if done by
a bricklayer, keeping a fire under them,
continually fed with wood. This 1s a te-
dious and toilſome way of making ſalt, and
the quantity it produces is leſs conſiderable.

The ſalt made or boiPd along the coaſt, Vis:

is generally very white, except at Acra ;
bur that made in the Fantin country is like
the very ſnow.

The ſalt produced in the pits, is generally 57752

more ſharp and tart than that which is made %%.

by boiling, which on the other hand is
commonly more pleaſant and better raſted,
and conſequently more valuable.
The proper ſeaſon of the year to make
ſalt, eſpecially in the pits, is from the latter
end of November, till the beginning of
March ; the ſun being then in the Zenith,
and conſequently his force greater than at

689 any

5 — * D'S. * 8 — 7 1 l — — 2
— - 5 — * — ” —— ey, Beyer I IE — — ” ——— agony —n—_ <a. —
* Y : —I--- < 7 — 0 > — N * 2 — x — 5 — C [EY >
= bo —_ . — = — 2 _ — — - — = Nos a _—_— —_ — a © — — > x — . 4 * - -
— — — J 4 - * - * "= — —— — — - 5 I A2 ——— —— £ — =» 2.2” — — 2 — — — * 3 — — E 5 — 7 — 1 = I * 2 * -
: — > Aa — 2 — — — — — — 2 — * 4 $2 * 7. = o - 2 4 _ : — — — — - 2 2 =» - g — — 3 — — — — — 2 - < — — 4 0
- — 3 > * 3 — - : Vo . = w — 200 _— — * — 8 _ — > — — = —
- *d Ja — — — — — — 4 y - „ HALO "- * wad * — am 4 * _— — a Cnr — og es — — 2 — ———— — 3 = is —— — — — © 2 — a
— 9 * - s - * — — — — 2 _ — — 7 — rap : r 8 — — % — * +» oy N — ws E . a = — —
* * — 2 - 1 I 1 4 8 * — yy — —— 4. — — — 22 3 — = - "= "> 5 5 21 - == — 7 — AF * : - — 7 5 — — £ 0 - — 2 =
& "0 — tes na : — PE? # 4 — . Th T —— - wt = a> AER = 2 EW 228 - — a N * g - — I FONT] Wr Mn
- - . — . * — - — 8 a = T © _ _ : — r - - 2 — _ * * — f * 7 — - % 2 y h 2 # * — = - -
— === rn — 2 CD . * * 3 + - A — . 22 — r — 5 — - I" * - — yo 5 — * 7 4 —__ 1 7 — 6 — = - i — = * 8 r * 2 a 5 * — =_ 3 = - on = x = 2 LS . 4 — n
— _ - _ _ _ * = — — * - a * — BG. <> — — — — 2 —— = — 2 be * bY 2 = h 2 2 — — — - = * — * * * 9 1 — - E - = hb a : — 2 = by N # = = = — x - =P *%
2 — wi — 9 - — 5 — — - 2 - . jo pay prin 2 - 7 6, 1 * = gs - —— -
2 TAPE - 4 — — r — ol N 7 2 P — I — 1 2 — * - _——_ '_ - 0 = wt EY *-— ——— D_>/ifex * 4 n n * 7 7 3 K \ ” — — — 2 a - * - -«r 2 = - — —
=> == 2 s N 2 0 4
* * - 1 * * Ky — — — £ : — <7 2 —— — 3 * pn — — — os po % — pa 3 = — — — — 1 = - = n a - - — o = \
: — „ 1 « a a --— nz 8 — of — - 2 — — - 2 — — > De wel — * — peas” \ _ = _ = " _ SS — — = I” F n
" — —— — * — TS hy 4 — — - — W - — — — — — 2 8 — —— - — 5 4 - —_ * - =_ b a
3 | ; , = 2>— IB bt — — - — a > T 5 : :
- — — 5 \ - : pp — 8 2
-; * 2 — — — — 2 — — 2 — Y 18
—ů— — — 2 _ b i 0 . 1 2
1 : 3 5 — — 8
— = ” 2
— —
on l a
0

* — * . A wy ___ : ne
2G
4 — —

.

uh —
8

————ůů

AZ "

- — n
— —

"
&
b
|

|
|
Ky
[
$
ye
Hy
1
K
i {
'
'$
;
<
.
ö
{
4
1
{
i!

206

A Deſcription of the | Book Il

Baryor. any other time of the year, The ſame is
also the ſeaſon to carry it into all the inland

Few at
the Gold
Coaſt.

countries, for then the Blacks come down
from thoſe parts in great numbers, to buy
it of the ſalt-boilers, and carry it away in
round reed baſkets, made like ſugar-loaves,
and cover'd with the leaves of the ſame reeds

the baſkets are made of, to keep the ſalt

from any wet, and from the ſcorching heats ;
which were it not for the cloſe packing of
thoſe baſkets, would ſoon turn the ſalt very
black. The faid baſkets are carry*d on the
backs of ſaves, tho? never ſo far, or in ſo
great number.

It is ſcarce credible how the ſalt will har-

den, by lying any time in thoſe baſkets,
where it conſolidates into one entire lump,
ſo hard and firm, that it requires a great

force to break it. The Blacks call ſalt Inxin.
CHAP; IV.

Of wild and tame creatures; elephants, buffaloes, tygers, jackals, crocodiles,
wild-boars, civet-cats, wild-cats, deer, antelopes, apes, monkeys and ba-
boons ; the ſluggard, ſnakes and ſerpents, lizards, cameleons, porcupines,
feeld-rats; cows, ſheep, ſwine, goats, horſes, aſſes, dogs, cats, rats, mice

and weaſels.

Of EL EPHANTS.

HIS part of ſouth Guinea, tho' not
| altogether deſtitute of elephants, el- |

pecially up the inland country, which is
molt ſhady and wooded ; yet is nothing
near ſo abundantly ſtock*d with thoſe vaſt
creatures, as are all the lands to the weſt-

ward of the Gold Coaſt, from 1ſſeny to cape
Palmas, and ſo onward that fame way,
which is infer*d from the great multitude
of teeth, which has been there traded for,

every year ſucceſſively, from almoſt time
out of mind; and particularly on the O-
gua coaſt, whither, thoſe immenſe numbers

of the ſaid teeth, are in all probability

brought down from the adjacent inland
countries of Augwina, Fummora, and others
unknown. From one end to the other of
the Gold Coaſt, there is no manner of trade
for teeth, that I ever could hear of ; or it

there be any at ſome particular time, it

muſt be towards the weft end of it, and
they muſt be brought down thither from
the abovemention'd inland countries, and
from thoſe of Igwira, Abocroe, Ancober,

and Axim, in which there is a much greater

number of elephants, than in all the other

countries from cape Tres Pontas, to the far-
theſt end of the coaſt eaſtward. The rea-
ſon given for this difference is, that the ſaid
countries, eſpecially thoſe between Anta
and Acra, have been long well peopled ;
and it is rare that any elephant is ſeen about
the ſhore, tho? it may now and then happen,
ſome one happening to ſtray from the inland

near ſo large and monſtrous as travelle

The ſalt of the coaſt in general, does
not keep its ſavour very long, as has been
found by experience in the meat ſalted with
it, which grows ſharp and bitter.

The Blacks all along the coaſt are en-
rich'd by boiling, or making of falt, and
might ſtill make a much greater advantage,
if they were not fo often at war among
themſelves; becauſe all the inland people,
from very remote parts, mult fetch it from
the coaſt, and the carriage fo far up the in-
land, being very chargeable, the pooreſt
ſort of the natives, are forc*d to make uſe
of a faltiſh ſort of herb, inſtead of ſalt,
which is there ſo exceſſive dear, that in ſome
places far up from Acra, they ſay, a ſlave,
and ſometimes two, are given for a handful
of ſalt.

countries. This is very fortunate for the

inhabitants of the coaſt, the elephants being
ſo miſchievous to the fruits and plants, as

they are; for they beat down ſtone or brick- Cf | I

walls, without much exerting their ſtrength, WY
and ſeeming only to touch them lightly.
Much leſs do they find any difficulty in
tearing the coco-nut trees, which they do
with as much eaſe as a luſty man can over-

throw a child of three years of age ; and be-

ing lovers of figs, bananas, and other ſorts
of fruit, they would deſtroy all the trees
which bear them, devouring not only the
fruit, but the branches, and of ſome the
very ſtem. The ſame they would do with
the corn, could they come at it. For this
reaſon, if any elephants happen to appear

near the ſhore, the country people all gather

to aſſault them with their fire-arms, cither
to kill, or drive them up the country into

the woods, which are their natural refuge

and ſhelter. Theſe encounters with cle-
phants ſeldom happen without the death of
one or more Blacks, either trampled under
feet, or torn in pieces by them, as has
been often ſeen, when any of them have
come in ſight of the forts or towns.

The Guinea elephants are not generally Sal

g : : EO Indi.
ſpeak of in the Eaſt-Iundies; for in Gνĩvife

they ſeldom exceed thirteen foot Leight,
whereas in Ida chey are reported to be
twenty, or upwards. Nor are there white

elephants known here, as is ſaid to be there.

But we muſt not omit to take notice, that
4 tome

5
Þ +

gif.

E
1
"0
«4.4
7.
4
7 3
x

N Their qua-

ties.

; Long life,

Do not
ed teeth,

ICH A?. 14-

Such as the elephants are in Guinea, they
are certainly ſtrong and ſwift creatures. I
have already ſaid fomething of their ſtrength,
and as for ſwiftneſs, tho? of ſo great bulk,
no horſe can out-run them. The Blacksat
Mina call an elephant O/fon.

This creature is ſo well known almoſt
throughout Europe, that it will be abſolutely
needleſs to proceed to a deſcription of its
form and figure; much leſs to repeat abun-
dance of things reported of its natural do-
_ cllity, wonderful inſtinct, if we may not

call it underſtanding, and many other ſin-

| Swift.

q Their qua-
© lities,

gular qualities, which naturaliſts aſſign it,

as well as Indian travellers. That it is ca-
2 pable of performing many ſurpriſing mo-
tions and actions, has been ſufficiently made
4 known in Europe, by ſuch of them as have
been expoſed to publick view in ſeveral
cities, as Paris, London, Amſterdam, &c.
As to their ſtrength and fury, when en-
raged, after being made drunk with wine,
and mulberry juice, read 1 Maccab. vi. 34.
and 3 Maccab. v. 1, and 30. There it ap-
pears the elephants in that condition did
mighty execution in a battle, particularly
if the mulberry juice and wine were mix'd
with a quantity of frankincenſe.

4 joned
2 I ſuppoſe the ſaid elephants mentioned in

lin

the Maccabees, were ſent from Nubia, or

Abiſſinia into Egypt, ſince king Ptolemy Phi-
lopator could get five hundred of them to-
gether, to ſerve him in his battels, as ap-
pears by the texts; for he could not ſo
conveniently have got ſuch a number out
of Aſia. | 5
Nor will I undertake to argue about the
4 length of their life, which is ſo variouſly
= repreſented. As to this particular, I ſhall
g only infer, by way of conſequence, that
they live very long, conſidering we ſee

Long life,

many of their teeth which weigh a hundred

and twenty pounds each, that 1s, two hun-

dred and forty pounds the two teeth, each

elephant having two of an equal weight

and bigneſs ; and it muſt be ſuppos'd, that

ſuch prodigious heavy teeth cannot grow
| to that bulk and ſolidity under many ars.
D. ure This exceſſive weight, in my opinion,

el uit. refutes another opinion ſufficiently receiv'd

among ſome people, that this beaſt ſheds

thoſe teeth; for it they did, how could we

find ſuch monſtrous teeth, without the ani-

an. mal liv'd very many years after ſuch ſhed-

— ding? But where is the perſon that has

lived long enough to make ſuch obſerva-

tions as to 1ts age, copulation, pregnancy,

bringing forth, Sc. That knowledge muſt

be had in the woods where thoſe creatures

conſtantly live; and it is moſt likely that

aller
114.16

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

ſome relations inform us, there are white
elephants farther up in Africa, along the
river Niger, 1n Ethiopia, and the country of
3 Zanguebar. | |

207
no perſon ever reſided long enough in thoſe BAR Or.
deſarts to ſatisfy his own, or other men's WWW
curioſity as to thoſe particulars. 05
I have heard of another queſtion ſtarted
by Camerarius, who follows the opinion of
Bodin; and is, whether it be proper to call
theſe excreſcencies teeth, or horns, and de-
tences, it being well known, ſays Bodin,
that the animal makes no other uſe of them,
but to defend himſelf, and to tear and rend
whatſoever oppoſes it; beſides, that it is
againſt the courſe of nature for teeth to
grow out from the skull, as theſe do, but
out of the jaws. I leave this to be decided
by naturaliſts.
There are ſeveral ſorts of elephants, as Several

the Lybian, the Indian, the marſh,the moun-/orts:

tain, and the wood elephant. The marſh
has blue and ſpungy teeth, hard to be
drawn out, and difficult to be wrought

and bored, being full of little knots.

The mountain are fierce and i!l condition'd,
their teeth ſmaller, but whiter and better

ſhaped, The field elephant is the beſt,

good-natured, docible, and has the largeſt

white teeth, eaſier to be cut than any other,

and may by bending be ſhaped into any
form, according to Juvenal. N

The female excels the male in ſtrength, #,,,ate;:
but is more timorous. It has two teats,
not on the breaſt, but backwards, and more
concealed. In bringing forth, their pains
are very great, and they are ſaid to ſquat
down on their hinder legs. Some ſay, they
bring but one young one at a time, others
ſay four; which ſee and go as ſoon as come
into the world, and ſuck with the mouth,
not with the trunk. N

The male's pizzle is ſmall, in proportion 37%,
to the bulk of the creature, and like a ſtal-
lion's; his teſticles appear not, but abſcond
about the reins, which renders them the
fitter for generation. Their feet are round
like horſes hoofs, not hard, but much
larger; the ſkin is rough and hard, but
more on the back than the belly. They

have four teeth to chew with, beſides the

tuſks which ſtick out at their jaws, which
are crooked, but thoſe of the females
ſtrait. :
W hether the Blacks value the elephants
fleſh as good food, or whether they do it
to rid their land of ſuch miſchievous crea-
tures, or for the advantage of their teeth,
they often make it their buſineſs to hunt
them, eſpecially in the inland countries,
beyond Aula, and even at Anta, where
abundance of elephants are killed, being
ſo numerous up the country, that they often
come down to the coaſt and near the forts,
where they do much harm. ou,
The common way of killing them is, by
ſhooting with bullets, which are ſo far from
doing execution immediately, that fome-

times

Hunting of
elephants.

N
14
£
as
'*Tis
x7
:
. 1
|
*
271
74
* 2
ih,

x creme — — g A E = — A
- ""

P — et eee oe ee et ent.
_—_— p 2 — 4 4 +

— wu we aI_ es > -
LEY 1

+
ki
LL

19

208

Barzor: times two hundred ſhall be ſpent upon one
of thoſe creatures, without making it fall,

Their fleſh

the leaden bullets being quite flatted when
they hit their bones, without breaking or
piercing them and ſome parts of their fin
are ſo hard, that they are not to be pene-
trated by them, tho' ſometimes they are
hurt and will bleed very much. There-
fore thoſe who are more expert make
uſe of iron ſlugs, the leaden bullets be-
ing too ſoft to break their bones, or pe-
netrate ſome parts of their ſkin, However
it ſometimes happens, that one leaden ſhot
will kill an elephant, when 1t hits between
the eye and the ear, tho? even there the
bullet is flatted. Some pretend that is the
only place where an elephant is vulnerable;
but we read in the firft book of Maccabees,
chap. vi. ver. 43, and 46, that Eleazar,
ſurnamed Abaran killed a mighty elephant,
which carry'd thirty arm'd men, by thruſ-
ting a ſword or ſpear into his belly, which

ſhows that there the ſkin is eaſily pierced:
but that zealous 7e being obliged to get

under that monſtrous beaſt, to wound © it,
which loſt him his lite, being cruſhed to
death by it; perhaps it may not be ſo pe-

netrable every where, but only in fome

particular part.

When the elephant is thus killed, or
mortally wounded, they immediately cut
off the trunk, that being the molt offenſive
member; which is ſo hard and tough, that

they can ſcarce ſeparate it from the head at

thirty ſtrokes, If the beaſt be yet alive,
that makes it roar dreadfully, and as ſoon as
the trunk is off, it dies. Then every man

cuts off as much as he can of the fleſh to

carry home and eat. The tail is much va-
lued to make fans, which ſome uſe in ſcorch-
ing calm weather.

When the elephant eſcapes from the

hunters, he generally makes to the next

water, river, or brook, to waſh and cool
himſelf; eſpecially if he blecds, and then

haſtes away to the woods. He is not ſoon

provoked when ſet upon; but once enraged,
will tear and deſtroy whatſoever ſtands in
his way, and if a man happens to be with-

in reach, will lay hold of him with his trunk,

and trample on him, and perhaps tear his
body in pieces; then ſtand ſtil] unconcerned,
and ſometimes take up a muſket, and beat
it into ſhivers.

They ſwim The Blacks affirm, that the elephants

well.

never ſet upon any man they meet acciden-
tally in the woods; but it provoked by
hunting, will purſue them even into the
water: for notwithſtanding their vaſt bulk,
they ſwim very well, as has been fecn in
Gamboga river, where they have purſued men
in canoes, and would have deſtroyed them,
were it not that they had the good fortune

A Deſcription of the

to kill them ar one ſhot, hitting between
the eye and the ear, as has been obſerved.
However that 1s, I would not adviſe any
man, who values his life, to come ſo near
an elephant; for tho' ſome have paſs'd by

unmoleſted, yet others have found much
difficulty to eſcape them, and many have
periſhed.

I have been told another way of hunting u,
clephants up the inland, where the uſe of pits,
fire-arms is not ſo common. There the
Blacks dig large pits 1n the ground, which
they fill with water, and lay acroſs it flight
wood, or bamboes, ſo cloſe as to bear as
bundance of leaves, or other greens to cover

the mouth, only leaving ſo much open, as

that the elephant may ſee the water, to
which he ſoon makes to drink or cool him-
ſelf, and ſo drops into the pit. Then the
Blacks who lie hid to obſerve it in the

_ thickets, fall upon the beaſt thus ſecured !

and kill it, without any danger to hg
with their javelins and arrows.

It has been obſerved by ſome authors,
that when the elephant finds himſelf near
death, he commonly makes into the woods,
and thickets, which is ſuppoled, becauſe
their ſkeletons are often found in ſuch
places; but it being certain that their con-

tant abode is in the woods, as is uſual with

all wild beaſts, there is nothing remarkable
in the obſervation 3 for where they always
live, there it is to be ſuppoſed they com-
monly die. That they delight in ſhady
and watery places, is expreſs&d by Job in
his noble deſcription of the elephant, chap.
Xl. ver. 10, to 19, and ver. 21, 22. He
lieth under the ſhady trees, in the covert of
the reed and fens. The ſhady trees cover him
with their ſhadow; the willows of the brook
compaſs him about.

The inſtance I have brought above of
Eleazar the Maccabee, killing a monſtrous

elephant, by thruſting his [word or ſpear into

his belly, ſhews that to be the proper place
to wound this vaſt creature, call'd by Job,

chap. xl. ver. 16. the chief of the ways
of God ; the ſkin being thers thinner and
tenderer than in any "other part of the

body, and more caſily enter'd by any

Weapon.

Ie Blacks here are not liks the Eaft- EI
Indians, eſpecially thoſe of Siam, Who ta 4 0 ;
clephants in leſs than a month, and make
uſe of them to travel, or in their wars; and
yet in Guinea they are much ſmaller, as 4

have already mentioned ; but they are ſa-

tisfied to eat their fleſh and trade with their

teeth,
No

I have not heard of any rhinocerots in Tir
theſe parts of Africa, and ſuppoſe there are Gur
none; which is ſomewhat ſtrange, they be-

ing the elephants greateſt enemies.
BU F-

3
=
dA

Book nh DAP

=

*

e, rave.
uu, and g
1 l a

— LY. — — — 285 6 —

— — 2 —

[ | HAP. I4-

BUuFFALOES.

THEL are not common in this coun-

try, where one is ſcarce ſeen in two
or three years, tho? in other parts they are
numerous, eſpecially to the eaſtward, along
the bight of Guinea, They are of a reddiſh
hair, much about the ſize of an ox, with
ſtrait horns, lying backwards, and run very
ſwift. Their fleſh is good, when they are
fed on fat meadow ground. Theſe crea-
tures, if ſhot, and not mortally wounded,

Rare on

he Gold
Coal.

which dangers, the Blacks get upon trees
and ſhoot from thence, continuing there,
if they do not kill, till the beaſt is gone,
and thus they deſtroy many of them.

TVYGERS,
A RE wonderful numerous, and by the
Blacks called Bohen. They are a great
plague to the country. Axim, Acra, and
Anta are full of them, but more eſpecially
Anta.
each differing in ſize and ſpots. Some are

N vera

un.

leopards, ounces, &c. all comprehended
under the general name of tygers. I can
give no juſt account of the ſeveral ſorts.
They are very miſchievous to the Blacks,
as well as to cattle; but they will not
_ aſſault men, as long as they can find beaſts
to feed on, which failing, whatſoever hu-
man creature falls in their way, is in great
danger. | |

r. coaſt are as big as an ordinary calf, furniſh'd
| with large feet and talons, their ſkin all over
aiverſify*d with curious black ſpots, the reſt
of the hair being of a pale yellow. They
are ſo frequently carry'd about from one
town to another in Europe to ſhow, that it

4 will be needleſs to be more particular in

their deſcription, molt perſons having ob-
ſerved that they very much reſemble a cat,
| and are bearded in the ſame manner.
Ev; rave. Theſe ravenous creatures very often come
/d at night, not only near, but into the Eu-
EF ropean forts, and much more to the houſes
of the Blacks, where they do much harm,

= They carry away into the woods cows,
». ſwine, ſheep, goats, dogs, or any other
beaſts, and for want of them, ſeize on hu-

man creatures, as I have ſaid, which often

occaſions diſmal accidents. For this rea-
parts, which are molt peſter'd with tygers,
3 and particularly at Axim, that wholoever
4 takes or kills one, ſhall have the privilege
of ſeizing all the palm wine which is brought
to the market in eight days, without pay-

feaſt during thoſe ei ht days, ſhooting,
Vor, vo 1 8 5

Coaſts of Sourn-GuiNEA.

will run at men and kill them; to avoid

There are four or five ſorts of them,

of opinion, that they are tygers, panthers,

Wc The common ſort of tygers along the

and will leap over a wall ſeveral foot high.
fon, the Blacks have made it a law, in thoſe

ng any thing for it; and they commonly

209
dancing, and indulging all manner of ſports Barzor.
and paſtimes, „„
They have ſeveral ways to catch or kill
the tygers. Some ſhoot them with fire-
arms, which thoſe fierce creatures are not
afraid of; but if the man miſſes his mark,
he is in extreme danger of his life, for the
tyger will ſcarce fail to ſeize him about the
ſhoulders with his fore-feet, and with his

teeth tear him in pieces, beginning generally

at his ſide, unleſs ſpeedily relieved by ſome
wonderful- accident. Several of the Blacks
going out together to deſtroy the tygers af-
ter this manner, it often happens that ſome
one of the company is kill'd by their ran-
dom ſhots. |

Others up the inland countries, make uſe Traps for

of traps to catch them, not unlike thoſe we Her.

uſe for mice, only proportionable to the

bigneſs of the creature, as here repreſented

in the cut, laying a conſiderable weight on p,ars 17:
the trap, to keep it ſteady on the ground, fig. E.
and baiting it with ſome large piece of fleſh,

or a ſmall ſwine or goat, in the night. Thus

they take ſome, if men be at hand to kill

them there, before they have time to tear

the cage or trap in pieces with their teeth.

When the muzzle of a piece is preſented a-

gainſt them, they furiouſly take it in their
mouth, by which means, it is eaſier to Kill

them, firing the gun into their bodies.
The inland Blacks eat the fleſh of tygers, Tam d.

and make ſeveral ornaments of their ſkins.

In ſome parts they keep the young ones,
and breed them up ſo tame, that they play
with them like cats3* but there is no truſting
to them when grown up, for nature at laſt
prevails, and they become miſchievous.

b JAc KAL s,

BY ſome reckon'd wild dogs, are as fierce Shape, ſize
and ravenous as the tygers, but not ſo and colour.

common on the Gold Coaſt ; yet there are too

many of them, eſpecially in the lands of A-

cra and Aquamboe, They are generally as

big as ſheep, with longer legs, which, in

proportion to their bodies, are very thick,

having terrible talons; and are very ſtrong z

their hair ſhort, and ſpotted ; their head

flat and broad; the teeth ſharp.
Theſe creatures are ſo bold, that they How kill'd,

will ſeize on any thing that comes in their

way, whether men or beaſts; and come,

as well as the tygers, under the walls

of the forts, to ſeize ſheep, hogs, cows, &c.

Several of them are kilPd as follows: they

lay ſeveral muſkets, well loaded, with the

locks cover'd by ſmall boxes, and a cord

faſtned to the triggers, and a piece of mut-

ton ſo faſtned to it, that as ſoon as the beaſt

ſeizes it, the piece goes off, and very often

ſhoots them. 3
There are many ſtrange inſtances of the

boldneſs of this creature. One of them

Hhh coming

210

BARBBOr.

coming into a Black's houſe, laid hold of a

girl, caſt her on his back, and holding faſt

Numerous
and large,

by one leg, was carrying her off, bur her
cries waking the men, they came ſeaſonably
in to her relief; and the beaſt dropping her,
made its eſcape, leaving her behind, hurt by
the claw that held her. |

CroconiLEs or ALLIGATORS.
THE crocodile or alligator may well be

reckon'd among the ravenous creatures,
and the rivers in this coyntry are full of
them; but eſpecially at Boutroe and Lama,

A Deſcription of the

courſe, as ſome pretend it is requiſite he
ſhould do, to eſcape that creature; yet the
ſafeft way is to keep far enough ont of its
reach, either by land or water. Theſe are
very deformed animals, as may appear by

the cut; but it is not known that they ever pray
NN
there-fig, 4

devour'd man or beaſt in theſe parts:
fore if the accounts given by ſeveral authors
and travellers of the crocodiles, or alliga-
tors, in the Eaſt and Miſt-Indies, and in
Egypt, are true, thoſe muſt be of a more
fierce and ravenous nature than the ſame pe-
cies is in Guinea.

Book [|

3

They have a great ſtrength in their tail, 71

where ſometimes fifty, or more, appear in
with which they will overſet a ſmall canoe»;

a day, many of them near twenty foot long,
In Gamboa, ſome

Tts fleſh |

ſweet.

Hard
ſcales.

How kill'd,

and thick in proportion.
are thirty foot long, and will ſwallow a buck

whole.

Their moſt uſual food is fiſh, which they“

are continually chacing at the bottom of the
rivers. |

| Ravenous

I was preſented by the Daniſb general at There is another ſmaller ſort of alligators 4% , tn tw
Acra with a young one alive, being about call'd Leguaen, almoſt of the fame ſhape as/:. WM x7:

ſeven foot long, which he kept in a large
fat, and had deſign'd to bring it over into
Europe; but conſidering the great quantity
of freſh water that would be ſpent in fo long
a paſſage, as from thence to the French

Leward iſlands of America, and thence into

France, I order'd it to be kilPd, and fome
of my men and the Blacks eat it, as a deli-
cate bit. It taſted much like veal, but very
luſcious, and had a ſtrong ſcent of musk.
The body of this creature is cover'd with

ſuch a hard skin, and ſquare ſcales, of a

dark brown colour, that there is no poſſibi-
lity of killing it with a musket- ball; where-
fore the Blacks make caps of its skin, which
cannot be cut with a hanger, being as hard
as a land-tortoiſe ſhell. The belly is ſofter,
which they therefore take care not to expoſe
to danger; fo that there is ſcarce any way
of killing them but at the head, and fo it
was we ferv'd the young one that was given
me at Acra. A ſtout Black ſat aſtride on
the head of the fat the crocodile was kept
in, with a large hammer in his hands, and

two other Blacks one on each ſide of the

firſt, holding a couple of iron bars athwart

the head of the cask; another Black knock'd
out the head of the fat, through which the

alligator advancing his head, with flamin
eyes, to get out, but being ſtopt by the
two iron bars acroſs, the Black who ſate on
the head of it, gave him two or three ſuch
ftrokes on the forehead, with the hammer,
that it died immediately. |

T his is well known to be an amphibious
animal, living for the moſt part in or under
water, and ſometimes coming out to feed
on the land, or on very hot days basking on
the banks of rivers; and as ſoon as it per-

_ ceives any perſon coming near, it ſteals a-

way, and plunges itſelf into the water. It
does not ſeem to be ſwift enough to purſue
and overtake a man, who runs from 1t, tho?
he ſhould not make any windings in his

the great ones, but ſeldom above four foot
long. The body is ſpeckled black, the
{kin very tender, and the eyes round. Theſe
hurt no creature but hens and chickens,

which they deſtroy wherever they can come

at them. The Whites, as well as the na-
tives, all agree, that the fleſh of this crea-
ture is much finer than any fowl.

A third fort of alligators there is, which 7,1;
always live on land, by the Blacks calbd g

Langadi. 3 1
The alligators bury their eggs in the ſand,
and as ſoon as they ate hatch'd, the young
ones run into the water or the woods. Na-
varette, in his ſupplement, ſays, that in In-

dia, ſkulls, bones, and pebbles were found

in the belly of an alligator; and that he
was told, they ſwallow'd pebbles to ballaſt
themſelves.

no tongue; that the females devour as many
of their own young as they can, either as

they come into the water, or running down

the ſtream, and that two bags of pure mul:
had been found in an alligator, where the

two ſhort legs join to the body.

WILD Boars,

WW Hich in Europe we reckon among the
ravenous beaſts, arc not ſo fierce along

the coaſt, where there are but few of them,
but many more in the countries ſtretching
out to the bight or gulph of Guinea; which
there afford great diverſion to ſuch as are
addicted to hunt them, being in herds of
three or four hundred together. They are
very ſwift, and make a good chace.

extraordinary pleaſant. The Blacks at Mi-
na call them Porfor, and at other places
Cottoccon. |
CiveT-Cars,
BY the Blacks call'd Can-Can, and by the
Portugueſe Gatos de Algalia, may be pro-
1 | perl)

He adds, and F. Colins a miſ-
ſioner affirms, that they have four eyes and

Their
fleſh is delicate tender food, the fat being

Hier.

Fecondl ſort

; Thi 74 ſort.

.
— —é

Tt [Y

1
mal
3

md gh
MJ

© Ravenous

Cuar. 14.

perly reckon'd among the ravenous crea-
tures; and there are many of them in thoſe
parts, eſpectally at Manfrou and Anamabo,
in Fetu. They are much like our foxes in
fize and ſhape, bat longer legg'd, and the
tail exactly like our European cats, but ra-
ther longer, in proportion to their bodies;
their hair grey, full of black ſpots. They
feed better on raw fleſh and entrails of
beaſts, than on boil'd millet or any other
grain; and being ſo fed, afford much more
civet than otherwiſe : eſpecially the males,
becauſe the females cannot avoid piſſing in-
to the civet-bag, which ſpoils it. I carry'd

ſome very fine civet-cats into Fance, which

were much admired there, and afforded ex-
cellent ciwet. 5 8
Theſe creatures, when very hungry, will

vben hun- Prey on any thing that comes in their way,

*

1 1
N J 9 ; n
75

1 Clean-

; Firſt ſort,

> Second ſort

Vid fort,

which they can maſter. I had one at Gua-
daloupe, which was kept in the next chamber
tome: my man having negleRed to feed it
a whole day, it came into my chamber the
next morning, and immediately leap'd at a
curious talking parrot of the Amazons river,
I had brought from Cayenne, laying hold of
it by the head, tho? it was perch'd above fix
foot high from the floor, and tore the neck
quite off before I could relieve it. OR
1 have often obſerv'd, that theſe cats will
always roll and tumble themſelves ſeveral
times on the fleſh they are to feed on, before
they eat it; and are fo cleanly, as always to
eaſe nature cloſe up in the corner of the cage
they are kept in; and when hungry, gnaw

the very wood of the cage to get out for

proviſion. They are generally ſo well known
in all trading places in Europe, that I ſhall
forbear adding any more of them than this,
that they muſt be much fretted and vexed,

before the civet is taken out of the bag, be-

cauſe the more it is enraged, the more it

affords, and the better. The beſt way of

taking it out, is with ſmall leaden ſpoons,
for tear of hurting the creature in that part,
which is very tender.

Wird Cars.

f i HERE is a fort of them in Guinea,
as fierce as, and ſpotted like, the civet-
cat, which deſtroy all the cocks and hens
they can come at.
Another ſort of them is much ſmaller than
the laſt above mention'd, their ſnout much
ſharper, but the body ſpotted like the ci-
vet-cats. Theſe the Blacks call Berbe.

A third ſort of theſe cats, call'd Kokeboe,
reddiſh, about twice as big as a common
houſe- rat, is very miſchievous, bites dan-
gerouſly, and flies either at man or beaſt if
Provoked. They are great devourers of

cocks and hens, and ſtrong enough to carry

chem off very nimbly.

Coaſts of SOUTH-QIUINEA.

very long hair, 1s about three fingers broad,
ſpeckled in the fame manner, and ſo long,
that it reaches back to their heads, much
after the manner of our ſquirrels. Theſe
creatures are very fond of palm-wine, and
may perhaps more properly be calPd ſquir-
rels. 3
DE ER.

THERE are at leaſt twenty ſorts of Severa!
deer in this country, fome of them as“!

large as ſmall cows; others no bigger than
ſheep and cats, moſt of them red, with a
black lift on the back, and fome red cu-
riouſly ſtreak*d with white, There are great
numbers of them all along the coaſt ; bur
particularly at Anta and Acra, where they

go in droves of an hundred together. They Delicate
are all very ſweet and good meat; but two meat.
ſorts particularly exceed the reſt in delicacy.

The firſt ſort is of a pale mouſe- colour, ſub-

divided into two kinds, ſomewhat differing,

in their ſhape, the feet of the one being a
little higher than thoſe of the other; but
both of them about two foot in length.

The other ſort is not above half fo big, of

a reddiſh colour, and extraordinary beauti-

ful beafts, having fmall black horns and

ſlender legs, indifferent long in proportion
to their bodies, yet ſome of them no thicker
than an ordinary gooſe-quill ; however they
will leap over a wall or encloſure twelve

foot high.
There is ſtil] another ſort of deer, of a ,,,,;,,
ſlender ſhape, and about four foot long, jr:.

their feet of an unuſual length, as are the

head and ears; being of an orange-colour,
ſtreak'd with white.

All theſe ſeveral forts of deer are ſo ver

ſwift, as is ſcarce to be imagin'd, eſpecially

thoſe whoſe legs are no bigger than a gooſe-
quill ; and for that reaſon, as well as for its
extraordinary beauty, the Blacks call it the
king of deer. The natives give the ſame

account of the mighty ſubtlery and cau-
tiouſneſs of all theſe ſorts of deer, as is re-

ported of ours in Europe; which is, that they

generally detach one of their body as a ſen-

tinel, to give notice to the others of any ap-

proaching danger.

The inland Blacks hunt deer with bows Hunting.

and arrows, and ſometimes only with their
javelins; at which, they are very dextrous,
as to kill many of them in the chace.

ANTELOPES,

their fleſh being very good, and the
incredible ſwift, generally keeping within
the hilly country beyond the European forts.
T he ſhape of them 1s between a goat and a
ſtag, their horns like the goats and buffaloes,

lying

111
There is ſtill a fourth ſort, no bigger than BAR Or.

our full- grown rats, of a reddiſh grey, mix d
with ſmall white ſpecks; the tail, which has 3

RE ſometimes ſeen and hunted at Acra,

7

r Ee. © hee RE ET IS
> = <p ” —

212

A Deſcription of the Book Ill "MF

asg. lying towards their back, and a little bow'd,
but commonly longer than a goat's.

Firſt ſort

baboons.

Ap ES, MonKEYs, and BABO ON sS,

RE innumerable throughout Guinea,
and of more ſorts than can eaſily be ob-
ſerv'd; wherefore we ſhall only mention
ſome of them which are moſt known.
The firſt fort, call'd by the natives Smit-
ten, are of a light mouſe-colour, and pro-
digious large, ſome of them almoſt five foot

long, frequently ſeen about the country of

Augwina, being ſo bold as to aſſault a man,
and ſometimes prove too hard for him, put-
ting out hiseyes with ſticks they willendeavour
to thruſt into them. They are very ugly crea-
tures to look at, and no leſs miſchievous.
Their tail is very ſhort, and when ſtanding
up on their hinder legs, they, at a diſtance,
have a great reſemblance of man. Their

heads are the molt deform'd, being ſhort,
round, and large, not unlike our great maſ-

tifts.

Second rt: Another ſort is like that above in ſhape,
monkeys, but not above a quarter of the bulk, and

Strange
fancy.

Apes.

Peaſants.

Otherſorts.

_ eaſily taught many comical tricks and geſ-

tures, as alſo to turn a ſpit. The ſame is
done by another kind ſomewhat larger, by
the French calPd Marmots, and are thecom-

mon monkeys, their heads very ugly, and
have little or no tail. |

The natives fancy that theſe brutes can

ſpeak, but will not do it for fear of being

made to work, which they abhor.
There are two or three other ſorts of apes,

all alike in ſize and handſomenels, but about

half as little as the laſt above ſpoken of, ha-
ving ſhort hair of mix'd colour, black,

grey, white, and red; ſome of a fine light
grey ſpotted ; others without ſpots, with a

white breaſt and a ſharp-pointed white beard,
a ſpot of white on the tip of the noſe,
and a black ſtreak about the forehead. I
brought one of this fort from Boutroe, which

was all ſport and gameſomeneſs, valu'd at
Paris at twenty Louis d'Or, for its tameneſs
and beauty; and I muſt own I never ſaw
any other like it in all my travels.

Bearded -

monkeys,

Another beautiful fort are about two foot
high, their hair as black as jet, and about
a finger in length, and have a long white
beard ; for which reaſon they are called
Little-bearded Men, of whole ſkins fine caps
are made, Theſe being ſomewhat ſcarce,
are ſold upon the ſpot for twenty ſhillings
each.

Another ſort are called Peaſants, becauſe

of their ugly red hair and figure, and their
natural ſtink and naſtineſs.

Beſides theſe here mentioned, there are
ſeveral other ſorts of very fine and gentle
apes and monkeys, but naturally ſo tender,
that it is a very difficult matter to preſerve
them alive in ſo long a paſſage, as it is from
| 2

So much might be ſaid o
ſorts of apes and monkeys in thoſe parts ſeal,

another tree: but being naturally ſo heavy and

Guinea to Europe, eſpecially conſidering that
our carry ing ſlaves over from thence to A.
merica lengthens it 33

. | vumerous.
the ſundry 4, i
as would require a particular volume; we
ſhall only add, that they have an uncom-
mon inclination and ſubtilty in ſtealing
not only of fruit, corn, and the like, but
even things of value, whereof I will give
an inſtance. That very beautiful monkey
or ape I had at Boutroe above mention'd,
ſtole out of my cabbin aboard the ſhip a
caſe, in which I had a ſilver-hafted knife,
fork and ſpoon; and opening it, threw each
of them, one after another, into the ſea,
which was then very calm, ſkipping and
dancing about very merrily, as each of them
went over-board. | „

It has been obſerv'd, that when they Bon ty
ſteal corn, they pick and cull the beſt ears, 4 an.
throwing away thoſe they do not like, and 1 |
pulling others, taking one or two in each 1] |

q |

: Monſtrous

8

paw, two or three in their mouths, and one
or two under each arm, or fore- leg, and ſo |
go off, leaping upon their hinder legs; MW
but if purſued, the crafty creatures drop *_
what they have in their paws and under 1 4
their arms, ſtill holding faſt what they have |
in their mouth, and ſo make their eſcape,

with wonderful celerity. Being very nume-

rous, this their ſtealing, and nicety in pick-
ing the beſt ears, throwing away the others,
is infinitely miſchievous to the Blacks.

The natives catch them in gins and ſnares, min
made faſt to the boughs of trees, where
they are continually ſkipping about; or elſe
take them when very little, before they
can make their eſcape.

| Horned
Hate.

The SLUGGGAR D,
AS the Europeans call it, and the Blacks yy, uy
Polto, is an hideous deform'd creature, je.
as any in the world, having a head diſpro-
portionably large, the fore-feet much like
hands, of a pale mouſe-colour when very
young, but turning red as it grows old,
the hair of it as thick as wool. This hor-
rid animal, they tell us, when once climb'd
up intoa tree, ſtays there, till it has eaten up,
not only the fruit, but the very leaves, and
then goes down very fat, in order to climb

FE! «4 —— —

ſluggiſn, that it can ſcarce advance ten ſteps
on plain ground in a day; it becomes again
very Poor and lean, before it can get up the
next tree: and if the trees happen to be
very high, or the diſtance between them
conſiderable, and there happens to be no
food in the way, it certainly ſtarves to death.
This I deliver upon the credit of ſome
writers, and the Blacks ſeem to believe
ſomething of it,

e,

SNAKES

1

Ale,

(M40

Caar. 14 Coaſti of SOUTHGuiINEA iz

143 (GOines is very much infeſted with them,

© 3fonfirous

SNAKES and SERPENT $.

ſome monſtrous big, others of ſmaller
ſizes; but ſo numerous, that not only the
woods are full, but even the houſes of the
natives, and the very forts and lodgings of
the Europeans are not exempted, molt of
them being venomous, and ſome to a very
high degree.
Of the larger ſort ſome exceed twenty-two
foot in length, and it 1s believed there are
ſome much bigger up the inland ; ſomeBlacks

aſſuring me they were to thirty foot long.

They alſo told me there are winged ſer-
pents or dragons, having a forked tail and
a prodigious wide mouth, full of ſharp teeth,
extremely miſchievous to mankind, and
more particularly to ſmall children. If we
may credit this account of the Blacks, theſe

are of the ſame fort of winged ſerpents,

| Horned

which, ſome authors tell us, are to be found
in Abiſſinia, being very great enemies to the
elephants. Some ſuch ſerpents have been
ſeen about the river Senega, and they are

ador'd and worſhipp'd, as ſnakes are at

Wida or Fida, that is, in a moſt religious

IRONET:..

Theſe monſters devour not only all ſorts
of beaſts, as deer, goats, ſheep, &c. but

even men, which have all been found in

their bellies, the Blacks killing many of

them almoſt every day, in one place or
other, |

There is another ſort of ſnakes, which
are offenſive neither to man, nor beaſt, any
otherwiſe than by means of a ſmall horn,

or tooth, running, irregularly from the up-

per jaw, quite through the noſe of ir ; ng
white, hard, and as ſharp as a needle. Theſe

are frequently taken or killed, becauſe, when
full, they lie down and ſleep ſo ſound, that

the Blacks tread on them with their bare

feet, as they commonly go about the coun-

try, and they will ſcarce awake. Their

| bodies are about five foot long, and as thick
z a man's arm, party-colour'd, being all
over black, brown, yellow, and white ftreaks

very curiouſly mixed.

Some of the above-mentioned ſerpents

twenty two foot long have been killed at
Axtm, and being opened, a full-grown deer
found in their bellies. One was once kill'd

at Boutry, not much ſhorter than the laſt,

and the body of a Black found in it.

At Mouree, a great ſnake being half un-
der a heap of ſtones, and the other half
out, a man cut in two, as far as was from
under the ſtones; and as ſoon as the heap

was removed, the reptile turning, made
up to the man, and ſpit ſuch venom into his

face, as quite blinded him, and ſo he con-

tinued ſome days, but at laſt recovered
his ſight.

Voi. V.

It has been obſerv'd, that ſome Blacks BaRBOr.
who have been hurt by ſerpents, have WV S
ſwelled extremely, but it ſoon fell again,
and they returned to their former condition 3
by which it appears, that the venomous qua-
lity in ſnakes and ſerpents is very different,
the bite of ſome being mortal, that of others
but a common wound, and that there are
ſome altogether harmleſs, as it is with our
ſnakes in Europe.

The ſerpents are very great enemies to Fighr poy-
the porcupines, and there are ſharp en- π
gagements between them, when they meet,
the ſerpent ſpitting its venom, and the
Porcupine darting his quills, which are two
ſpans long; they being very large, of which

more hereafter.

Another ſort of ſerpents are about four-

teen foot long, having the lower part of

their belly within two foot of the tail, and

two claws like thoſe of birds, ſuppoſed to

ſerve them, either to rear up, or to leap.

One of this kind ſtuffed, hangs up in the

hall, at the caſtle of Mzina, taken by a

Black with his bare hands, tho? fourteen foot

long, in the garden beyond Santiago's hill,

and brought alive by him to the caſtle. The

head of it is like thar of a pike, and has

much ſuch a row of teeth.
Some ſerpents have alſo been found with Twe-head-

two heads, but whether both ſerviceable to e.

the body, I leave to others to decide. All
the Blacks in general eat the ſnakes and ſer- Eaten,
pents they can catch, as a very great dainty
and I have feen French gentlemen eat them
at Martlinico. 3
| L1iZARDS.
TH E country every where abounds in
them, in fome places thoufands toge-
ther; efpecially along the walls of the Eu-
ropean forts, whither they reſort to catch
flies, ſpiders and worms, which are their
food. 85 |
There are ſeveral ſorts of them, ſome two
foot long, the fleſh whereof is delicious, and
has ſomething of the taſte of veal. Others are
venomous, and others of the largeft ſize have
a tail about a foot long, and a handful broad,
of a browniſh colour, and part of their head
red. Moſt of thoſe are extraordinary ugly.

Some other forts are more tolerable than Sala man-
the former, being of a greeniſh colour, and «er.
about half their bigneſs; and others half as
big as theſe, and grey, which creep about
in the rooms and lodgings, and are there
called falamanders, cleanfing the houfes
from all fmall vermin. Theſe are the coldeſt
of all the lizards, tho* they are all naturally
cold, to fuch a degree, that it is not eaſy
to hold them long in a man's hand; and
perhaps the exceſſive coldneſs of that ſort
of lizards there, call'd ſalamanders, has oc-
caſioned rhe notion of the ſalamander's being , 3
able to live in the fire. ora

lii The

. _ - —
— 2 _ A 2 —
1 E 3 —

—.— — =
M2 , . - =
— D 4 * 0 a
St x — 5 - 4
E 2 Po. ——— —
n . - = 9
» . r — 8 I
4; . —— — == HITS... -
2 A — 0 * 4 = 'd _—
: 0 NINE N . 7
— — eye : -
LY —
5

2 — *
—

, |
8 oo RE TS
— . 9
— 8 — 2 2

— 1 —
— DW —
— - „
_
—
Bs 2 3

ny _—

* 2 7 Moen > Z x- —— n *
* * 2 IT _

214

BaRBOT.

2

Their food.

ER A Deſcription of the

The other vulgar conceit, that lizards
have ſuch a love for man, as to give him
warning of the approach of any venomous
ſnake, or other creature, I take to be of
the ſame ſtamp, and as falſe as the ſalaman-
der's living in the fire. |

The CAMELEONS,
AR E of two ſorts, the one green, ſpeckled

with grey, or a pale mouſe-colour ; the
other green, grey, and fire-colour mix'd
together, not frequently ſeen in Guinea.
Their ſkin is very thin, ſmooth, and almoſt
tranſparent 3 their eyes round, very black
and ſmall, turning them one up and one
down, or one to the right and the other to
the left, at the ſame time, ſo as to ſee
two ways at once. They are much of the
fize of ſmall lizards, but longer legg'd, with

a longiſh tail, which they turn into a ring in-
wards as they walk.

They feed upon flies for the moſt part,
their tongue being almoſt as long asthe body,
which they dart out with an incredible ſwift-
neſs, and catch the flies upon the point of it,
drawing them into their large wide mouth.

They ſeem to take much delight in ſucking

in the air, ſtretching open their wide mouths,

and have no guts like other creatures. Their

ſkin being ſo very ſmooth and tranſparent,

they are molt apt tochangetoa lizard-colour,
but do not take the colour of every thing that

is ſet about them, as is falſely reported; for

they will never be red, nor of ſeveral other

colours, tho' they have been obſerv'd to
change three or four times in half an hour.
They
being kept on trees; and ſome are ſent over
into Europe,

together as if they were threaded; not co-

ver'd with any hard ſhell, but only with a ſoft

Their ©
quills.

PLATE 17,
fig. C.

Teeth and
firength.

pliable film, like thoſe of our ſrails in Eu-
rope, or thoſe of lizards, ſnakes, and tor-
toiles. .
1 „„
AR E not very common on that coaſt, I
* ſaw one at Inſiama, about two foot

brought over ſome of its quills, about as
thick as a gooſe's, two ſpans long, and ſome
three, according to the bigneſs of the beaſt,
divided at diſtances with black ſtreaks ; as
may be ſeen in the figure of this creature,
here inſerted.
Theſe are much like the porcupines I have
ſeen in France, brought over from Morocco.
They have ſuch ſharp and long teeth, that
if kept in a wooden box or fat, they will
eat their way through in a night; and when

provoked, ſhoot out their long ſharp quills

with ſuch fury and dexterity, that they will

wound any other creature at a reaſonable

diſtance, piercing pretty deep into the bo-
| 2 |

live in Guinea five years or longer,

Their eyes are about as half
as big as thoſe of ſmall lizards, and join'd

dy of ſerpents, or other its enemies, and will
ſtick into a board. They are fo bold as to
attack the greateſt ſerpent, as. I have men-
tioned before. The Blacks, and ſome Eu-

ropeans, reckon their fleſh very nice food.

There is another ſort of animal, not un-
like our hedgehog, only that they cannot
roll themſelves as thoſe do.

THERE is along the coaſt a ſort of fig,

beaſts, like rats in ſhape, but bigger
than cats, and call'd field- rats, becauſe they
lie in the corn-fields, where they do much
miſchief ; but both Miles and Blacks reckon

their fleſh very delicious, being fat, tender,

and very agreeable; and may well paſs for
ſuch with thoſe who have not ſeen them :
for its diſagreeable figure and loathſome

name, are ſufficient to give a loathing and

averſion; for which reaſon, ſome cut off
the head, feet, and tail, before they are ſer-
ved up to table.

At Axim they have another ſort of field- Second

rats, as long as the former, but much ſlen-
derer, which they call Bzutees, eaten only
by the Blacks.

among the ſtores of rice and Indian wheat

laid up in the houſes of the Blacks, ſpoiling

more corn in a night, than an hundred of

our houſe-rats could do: for beſides what

they eat and carry off, they damage all
the reſt they can come at.

There is alſo a ſort of very ſmall mice, gun
whoſe ſkins have a muſky ſcent, much like mice

the odoriterous Penſilvania rat-{kins.

In the woods is an animal, call'd Arompo in-
or Man-eater, having a long ſlender body eue.

and a long tail, with a fort of bruſh at the

end of it; is of a lightiſh brown colour and

long hair'd. The natives ſay, it will very
ſoon throw up the earth, where a man has
been buried, to devour the dead body, but
walks round ſeveral times before it touches

the corps; which, the Blacks ſay, denotes

the unlawfulneſs of making uſe of any thing
that 1s not our own, before we have taken

- pains, or done ſomething to earn it; but we

high, ſome being two foot and a half, and

may more rationally conclude, it is done out
of fear, which is natural to moſt brutes, and
that they only look round to ſce whether
18510 be any man near to take the prey from
them.

The hares in Guinea are much like ours gre:

in Europe, but their fleſh 1s not ſo well re-
liſh'd. Very few or none are any where to

be ſeen, unleſs it be in the country of cron ;

and more eſpecially at Acra, that land be-
ing low, flat, and gravelly.

The Blacks hunt them with ſticks, many
men going about the country, where they
uſe to ſhelter, ſhouting, and beating their
ſticks one againſt another, which makes
ſuch a noiſe as frights the poor timorous
| crea-

Booz II

Theſe do infinite damage

1

Little on

ne coaſt.

4

z Bil feſh,

| Crs not
miched,

05 xen.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,
creatures \whorun for their lives, and theBlacks
having made a ring about them, ſtandin

pretty cloſe together, with the ſticks in their A RE very numerous all along the coaſt, Murron

215

Barpor.

WW

CHAP. I4.
| SHEEP,

hands, kill many. and yet very dear; the price in gold % and
ad.

n

(2

are:

Bitte on
ie coal.

1 4
'Y
3 *

5 |

3

7 Bad feſh.
Y

A

5

three hundred weight, and generally not

Y
* -

| Cr: not
miked,

s 0x29,

Of Tame ANIMALS, and firſt of Kive.

7 E inland countries abound much more
in kine, than thoſe near the ſea ; Akim,
Dankira, and Aſante, which have great
llenty of them, being ſo remote from the
ſhore, that they cannot conveniently be ſent
down ; for which reaſon, only a few bulls

and cows come from thence ; and what

cattle they have at the coaſt, 1s generally
brought from Acra, where they are ſup-

plied with them from Labbodee, Lamp, or La-
dingcour, and Ningo, to the eaſtward of

Acra, and from the country of Aquamboe,
which are all ſtocked with cattle, wherewith
the natives of thoſe parts drive a great trade
at Acra, and all along the Gold Coaſt, as

has been hinted before.
The ſaid cattle, tho? brought from thence _
fat and in good caſe, ſoon grows poor on
the coaſt, for want of good paſture, which

is every where wanting, except at Acra,
Pocgeſon, or Crema and Axim, it being there
indifferent, and will keep them up ſome
time; but at Mina, and all the reſt of the

coaſt, both eaſt and weſt, the beaſts ſoon

fall away, and their fleſh becomes dry and
inſipid, declining to ſuch a degree, that a
cow, at full growth, ſeldom weighs above

above two hundred and a half; and yet
they are of ſuch a bulk, that they ſeem to
be double that weight. That lightneſs muſt

certainly be occaſioned by the ſorry paſture,

which makes not the fleſh firm and ſolid,

but looſe, ſpungy, and tough, and of an

ungrateful taſte, both in cows and bullocks.

The cows are no where milked, but at

Mina, 1 ſuppoſe for want of ſkill in the
Blacks, and even at Mina the milk is bad,
and the quantity very ſmall.
At my laſt voyage to the caſtle of Mina,
I preſented the then Dutch general with a

hogſhead of French wine, and a fine cow I

had taken aboard at Goerze, which uſed to
afford milk aboard the ſhip, in a tolerable
quantity, and was extraordinary well re-
ceiv'd by him; and in return, juſt as I was
under fail, he ſent me four of the country
incep, which prov'd but very ſorry meat,
even among the meaneſt ſailors.

The calves, as well as other cattle, by
reaſon of the ſorry milk they ſuck from
their dams, are but very wretched meat.
They make no oxen, the Blacks being very
unſkilful at gelding their ſteers. Such as
they are, they are generally ſold for three
ounces of gold, worth about twelve pounds
ſterling. The Blacks call a cow Name-boe-

Hiſſia; a bullock Nanne-Bainin, and the

Oxen Ennan. |

being generally about twenty eight ſhillings

erling : an extravagant rate, conſidering
that mutton 1s nothing near ſo ſweet and
tender as ours in Europe; for in reality, it is
ſcarce eatable, unleſs gelt young, and fat-
ned with fry'd barley-meal.

In my account of Seſtro river, I gave

the deſcription of the ſheep there, to which

the reader is refer*d, they being much alike.
They have no wool, but only hair like
goats, and are not much bigger than Exg-
liſb lambs. Their horns turn towards the
back, ſomewhat bow'd, and their legs are
ſomewhat longer in proportion than thoſe
of our European ſheep.

(OATS,

A RE not fo large on the Gold Coaſt, as Cheap and
in Europe; in other reſpects, they are good.

much like them, and generally are more fat
and fleſhy than the ſheep : for which reaſon,

ſome will rather chuſe to eat the he-goats
gelt young, which ſoon: grow much fatter
and larger than thoſe which are not gelt; be-

ſides, that a goat bears not above half the

price of a ſheep.

All the three ſpecies of ſheep, goats and

ſwine, are ſaid to have been firſt carry'd
over to the coaſt by the Portugueſe from

Sf. Thome, who at firſt uſed to fatten them

with Indian wheat.

There is an infinite number of goats: ſome Fooliſh
of the Blacks are of opinion, that the ſtrong io.

offenſive ſcent which 1s natural to them,
eſpecially the males, was given as a puniſh-
ment for having requeſted of a certain deity,
that they might be permitted to anoint
themſelves with a precious ſort of ſweet oint=
ment, ſhe uſed herſelf ; inſtead of which,
ſhe took a box of a ſtinking nauſeous com-

poſition, with which ſhe anointed their bo-
dies, which caus'd them to ſmell ſo ſtrong

ever ſince. .

SWINE,

A RE plentiful enough in Guinea, and
call'd Ebbio by the Blacks, who breed
great numbers of them, but whether for

want of ſkill in the people, or proper food
for them, they are good for little, their fleſh

being flabby, and the far as bad; and yet
ſuch as they are, a hog of about an hundred
weight, is commonly ſold for the value of
three pounds ſterling in gold.

They are neither of the ſhape or bulk of Shape and
our European ſwine, being ſhort body'c OW:
and legg*d, and generally all black or ſpot- 55

ted; but the ſows are very fruitful, and

when with pig, their bellies hang down al-

moſt to the ground.
The

*
|
4
* 2s
3 3h
—_
"..
N |
: 7
4 4d 4
e
Wo.
.
} i
, !
Wi .-
| *
=
-
i s
x =
7 5
wn
19
y
* *
4 | l
_
* *
N
2
[ 2 b
. . =
kl a
p ry
1 Th
f : 4
f + 4 U
9
\} ,
B 32h
1 1
" *
4 _
'j *
* ay}
38 " 5
e on
7 ' N
Kü ,
1 5
G
14 4 3
*
| mn
*
1 $1 by
; 31
1
” 34 1
ö 1 \ IF
4 N
1 *
1 Mo,
[ ( 11
431 bi
4 SY]
38 (ns
WL.
*
. 1
4
_ ; &
U
1
Ri
WH
" ?
i! iP Y
FR b
5 1
|: l 0
1 pt 4 \
. 1
PF. "ab
ly 1. "I
1 4
: ; :
t 1 |
4 p a
Min. 1
1 N g
TEM "ht
45H ANY
8 1 3. 14
- 7 & .
( . N
1
I 7 44
IN .
: 1
F 1 !
[i 1 if .
1 Wy j;
1 + "ot
1 R.
Fl)
13
A 7
110 14 i
+4 I
468 s. iſt
i 1
1
F. LIES
y 2
4 , 74
n
0 "nl 7 N 1
{ n
1 'f
ö BY 7
1
t —
19-18
e
N ni
m__
5 ot
1 , 1 A
24 4G
xD
11 g
1.58 } |
1 F | |
1% 48 4
119 1
1 17
5 ; By 4 7
1 x 19
1
FROM
bs of *
1.
1
wo
41 l
ny N Ma
1.8
* | :
als | l
i .*
1
a
88
e
e
1223)
BY
5 *.
4 i 1 ,
l 1
TY).
W
9 1 +)
| o 4
l
a
1
N.
. 1 *
h
j | 1 14
20 4 5
. 5
ry i [
z "1
i
1 1
2 i 4
4 3
a8
8 8989
0.4
15
wal
*
1 1}
44 i}
95%
13 + a6 3
1
; 1 17
»
+ 1 a
I
1 : 1 1
; x [1
| j »
+ rn
.
ln
y * 1.
ai
1 i
GS \
{ Th 88
%
"
*
14 $ 11
, #
W157:
i 8 1
: U
.
{+ R
*
TH
1 *
1 if 4
; [ 4
U * 5
2
5
8 | 1] -
1
wo
- ths 1
n
ny 3 Sh
+ '
.FLY i
1 3:
1 x
i = 1 U
1 £1 $1 bþ 1.8
ö 44 3
1
+BY N
1 $
T Wo
Ki
* 1
: N
4 Y
a
+41 | .
1 |
1 : 1
1 4
\ 1 9 16
* N 4
1
„
: {
6 14.
19
+
4 * + 2
f 1
14 4
4 J
h Hh q 4
* x 4 0
A
o . 7
1 4 a
o 4 by 1
.
| Fl
i” : j
6 1 "16
1 + |
' ' |;
1 *
.

216

. wy +

Barpor. The hogs which are fatted by the Whites

along the coaſt, are more tolerable, but

nothing near ſo delicate as thoſe at Fida, and
in the French Leward iſlands, which are of
the ſame ſpecies, and for delicacy of taſte

and firm fat, certainly much exceed ours
in Europe.

HoRrSsSEs.

T HERE are abundance of them up the
inland countries, but ſcarce one to be
ſeen along the coaſt. They are very ill
ſhaped, their necks and heads, which they
always hang down, much reſembling thoſe
of aſſes; being perfect jades, ſubject to
ſtumble, and will ſcarce move without much
beating; not unlike the Norway horſes in
ſize, and ſo low, that when a man rides

them, his feet almoſt touch the ground.

PLare 18. FFF HOSE figure ſee in the cut, are

Ass Es,

ARE generally pretty numerous along
the coaſt, higher than the horſes, and

handſomer in their kind; but do not live

long there, for want of Proper food. Their
ears are for the moſt part longer than thoſe
of ours in Europe. The Blacks do not ule
them to carry burdens, but only to ride on,

being full as proper for that purpoſe as their

horſes.

ſaid to have been firſt carry'd thither
from Europe, and in proceſs of time ſo

chang'd to that ſhape and form we now ſee
they generally bear; their colour and heads

being much like foxes, with long upright

cars; their tails long, ſmall, and ſharp at

Naked and

hideous.

the end, without one hair on their bodies,
but a naked bare ſkin, either plain or ſpot-
ted, and never bark, but only howl. They

always run away at the leaſt ſtroke or laſh

Eaten,

given them; but will purſue ſuch as are

afraid and fly from them, and bite deſpe-
rately. They are diſagreeable to look to,

but much more to handle, their ſoft bald
{kin, being unpleaſant to the touch.

The Blacks call a dog Cabra do Mato, which
in Portugueſe ſignifies a wild ſheep, becauſe
they eat them, and value their fleſh beyond

mutton; ſo that in ſome places, they breed

them for ſale, and carry them to the publick
markets, ty d two and two, where they yield
a greater price than their ſheep. The na-
tives are as great lovers of dog's fleſh, as
the Chineſe are ſaid to be, and look upon a
meal of it as the beſt treat they can give
or receive; and therefore, when they go

A Deſcription of the

Booz IN
aboard ſhips, they will offer to buy the dogs

they ſee there. I remember one of our
cabin boys had three Aquiers of gold, at

cape St. Apollonia, for an ugly one he had

kept ſome time; the Black, who bought
him, intending to put him into his barking,
or dog-{chool, out of which they commonly
ſell puppies at a very high rate.

The Blacks, who have abundance of very New
ridiculous notions, generally fancy, that n.
our European dogs ſpeak, when they bark ;
and their reaſon for it is, becauſe their dogs
never bark, but only howl, as has been ſaid,

It is always obferv'd, that European dogs,
when they have been there three or four
years, always degenerate into ugly crea-
tures, and in as many broods, their barking
turns into a howl.

CATE

B Y the Blacks call'd Ambayo, whoſe breed

came from Europe, retain their firſt form
and ſhape, and do not alter in their nature.
Some of the Blacks, but more eſpecially
the meanelt fort and ſlaves, often kill and eat
them; however, this is frequently done for
want, they being generally much valu'd by
the Blacks for clearing their houſes of rats
and mice. | | |

„ Pha # To Bo on.
AR E prodigiouſly nu merous, eſpecially
the firſt of them, doing much harm
to the inhabitants, by devouring and gnaw-
ing all they can come at. They are exactly
like ours in Europe, as to ſhape, colour and
miſchievouſneſs. 5
The weaſels are alſo alike in all reſpects,

and theſe with the cats, make it their bu-

ſineſs to hunt rats.
The Blacks do not ſcruple to eat, either
rats or weaſels, as did ſeveral of our ſailors
aboard, our ſhip being full of them; and

they did us ſuch conſiderable damage, du-

ring the whole voyage, that to encourage
the deſtroying of them, I allow'd a pound

of ſalt · butter, for every ſcore of rats they

catch'd. It is worth obſerving in this place,
that the rats were ſo ravenous, as to eat ſe-
veral of our parrots alive, and even to ſteal

away our breeches and ſtockings in the night,

and to bite us ſeverely.

This is the beſt account that can be given
of the wild and tame creatures on the Gold
Coaſt, as far as they are known to Europeans.
I doubt not, but that there are ſeveral foris
of animals up the inland, which, for want ol

communication and conveniency of trave!-
ling, remain yet unknown to us.

CHAP.

l ——— * — -
a — N TIE WES — N 2 — * þ —_ " — ene, ons of
I — 2 - "= a N 5 8 - 22 2 * rn » Io. * - - — — 5 — he : * D = E -
—— * — — * — — 5 wy = = —_ . — : - vo 7 — 8 : ie

—
.

— — 2
7 = HS —
5 2

=

- — -
n
_ " > -

er

Plate 10.

The Alcatrnct 27 the 7 Scorpion 0
Lortugles fes eh, 1 a natural Bigness
T . AR — *
JF 1 — Mad Bu 4 4 2 - 5 5 "0 P SJ
outh of 1 SAEquinoctal | | —

/

|

0

i"

f

SSIS
4 *

% OILS

WY
Red WILL LY

_—
»
9

* 7 2 MIY
D un

N

| £
A Pir miire Nest 0 at Akra

IG

So

l Ih

LO OG

- a.

SN)
"gk .
—8

- a
—

- — 5 =
——————————————————_—————— ten —_ 2
— . — — — — *
— — — — r —— . ͤ —— . ̃ 5 or
— — ( — — — rr _ — —
K
— —

= 23S
c er — —
* — — — — —

32
. IE NR
- -

. ce
> bm ff Em
NESS ISIS a — bg — \

ti H

The

> V © -@ > 0%
> ec, DS we «

"omendo Fig
0 bl tate Of |
CZ

N " — 2 - a — , iD N a
D ARON ů — — — SER — — r — Pg ˙˖r 2 r“! rb * K — ———S____ — e rae £4 A —
— — — — — — —— — —C— > gg 1 — 4 — - — 8 — a — — — — — — —_ — — 2 — "EET .
1 oc - , nn bg ——— 257 - 3 2 = x = I _ 5 „
2 — 2. . „ oð . I — — CES - EEE = FSR. Sex > 57
: ; PF > 4 <—— - ts,
* — He — —

Ce . LR = —— -

A So
— — — : — — — — a
7
— N . —— — 2 —— — —— —— — — — —
5 6% 0 A |
2 | l | RS.
2 | Ml | | . |
Q : 5 100 | Ml i * 2
"i 111 *
N bi „ 2 2 5 \
? | | 160 Ml 7 — 2
. | F 0 2 *
DIV . Wy Ra It = 8 Ry
N „ 3 : £
. | I
E A'S
1 N | | G DO 4 — 2
— 28 8 ü e lh 2
— N N 840016 . 1 f —
IS 8 8 fl \ . gl
J * k JWQ | WE Wl SY
J Q JÞd (| | 8 1 0 6 S. N
RI 9 V | — 4 5 i i
—Y Ie No Wm
bo A Y | | 69 / 1
HOES M0 N \ | | = ; 1 0
= 8 | — 110400
8 ö If S 1 6% i 7
LS? - Wl 3
j
| 2 "Hl
{ | g
\ ly \ \ | 5 | | |
| | A - = N il
| i
2
4 i Je
—
es N =
e e
FLY Z HIER | |
. LY N f 4 if 1 j (1 W
: 2 M ( .
[08888]
7 11 N.
| 2 ; 0 1 f
| \ A} 8 : 1s) | |
r KN Ml wire IN 5 | ;
Bd, * 5 bh
. W=4 9 % ih wi 7
rs e JV,
8 „ | 1 „
Y 35 l ſl © Mie \ *
2 = . 6 : | | 2
* SS 3 272
je = [ D | 50 | — aw n
” Il CO 2 ;

—
=
I
a>
may
=>
—

E Cocks and

he a Ds on AC LE ED

=
1 — *
S e 8 * *

CHA

2
.
x
V

—
hi? K
. * *
N

„

"£3 %

4
*
*
"of
Py
o
U
— — —— —ů— —i— —

83

* R
— — > ——
« —— — Ir ——— . 22 „

— —

CHAP. 15. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 217

CHAP; xv.
Of the tame fowl, cocks and hens, ducks, turkeys, pidgeons, wild fowl, herons,
* portugueſe, wild-ducks, pheaſants, partridges, turtle-doves, eagles, kites,
and ſeveral other nameleſs birds, ſome of them very beautiſul ; inſets and
reptiles, frogs and toads, ſcorpions, millepedes, bees, ſpiders, Rc.

x $

| TamMmre-Fow L, Fi1GEONS,

ie forts. HE. ſeveral forts of tame-fowl, con- AK E pretty numerous, at ſome of the
ſiſt properly in hens, ducks, turkeys forts on the coaſt, eſpecially at Axim,
and pigeons; the two former whereof are and all of the common fort of field, or wild
not common to the Blacks, but only to be doves, and are pretty ſweet, when young.
found in or about the European forts and The Blacks call them Abronama, which im-
factories. | ports, a bird brought up by the Mhpites, or
5 Europeans, for ſo the Blacks call us.

1] COCKS and HE s, The pintado-hens, which may be accoun-
[ ARE very plentiful all over the coaſt, ted of the tame, as well as wild forts of

1 them at home; but when they are at war, they breeda few, Whether they are natu-
1 theſe fowls grow ſcarce. ral to the country, or of the breed of cape
q Cocks and Axim has always the better ſort of fowls, Verdo- Pintados, 1 am not certain, but the

bn. they being there generally good and fat; are fine curious birds, much bigger than

Gold Coaſt, they are commonly ſo dry and properly, as I have faid heretofore.
lean, and of fo little fleſh, that a man with |

a good ſtomach may very well cat three of Witn-FowL, and firſt of Heros.
them or more ata meal. | .
They are generally nothing near ſo large H
as commonly our fowls in France; their
eggs are ſcarce bigger than thoſe of our tame
pigeons, yet a pair of ſuch fowls, yields,
even in time of plenty, about two ſhillings
| Engliſh, and double that price in time of
war, They are much like ours, in ſhape

ERE are two ſorts of herons, ſome
blue, others white, exactly of the form

eat them there, -
The natives, alſo eat a fort of bird un-
known to us, called the Portugueſe, which

and feathers, the Blacks commonly feed them white.
with broken maiz, or millet. But to make .
them ſoon fat and fit to eat, they muſt be e s W N |
cramm' d with meal. ARE commonly plentiful enough on the
D 5 - coaſt, being exactly like thoſe of Eu-
Ducks. rope, only ſomewhat ſmaller, and of two

4 Large and T H E breed was brought over from Bra- {ſorts 3 but the peop] Care not induſtrious to
ppl 1 5, or other parts of America, not many Set them. There have been ſome ſhot a-
| years ſince, | for they are exactly alike, in bout Mina, Of a very: beautiful green, with
form and feathers; and nothing like thoſe fine red bills and feet, of a deep charming

commonly white or black, or white and and bill are yellow, and the body mixt with

brown mixt. The drakes have a large red green and grey feathers: This ſort is not ſo
knob on their bills, almoſt like the turkeys ; beautiful as the former.

only it doth not hang ſo low, nor ſo looſe,

but firmer, and is pretty like a red cherry. _ PHEASANT .
The young ducks are eatable, but the old RE plentiful enough along the Gold
ones are tough and inſipid. Coaſt, but particularly at and abour

| Acra, In the Aquamboe*'s country, and at
3 Tun KE TS. Acxon, near Apam, commonly of the ſize
THER E are only a few in the hands of an ordinary hen ; their feathers ſpeckled
of the chiefs of the Europeans forts, with a bright blue and white, with a ſky-

Blacks breed none at all, perhaps becauſe heads. To compleat the beauty of this crea-
they are very tender, and require much care ture, which may be very well ranked, in
to bring them up. | that reſpect, amongſt the wonderful works

Vo I. V. "KR kk of

and fize of herons in Europe. Severalpeople ;

when the Blacks can peaceably breed fowls, are ſeen no where but at Acra, where

though ſmall. But at all other parts of the common poultry, and delicate meat, if fed

L

8

has the body of a gooſe, and is moſtly

of Europe, being there as large again, and colour. Another fort there is, whoſe feet

which are nothing near ſo tender and pala- colour ring round their necks, about two
| table as ours in Europe commonly. The fingers in breadth ; and a black tuft on their

ATE 17.
8.

— O — =
_ —

2 ee e ERTSS:
2 — 2 — — * - _— -
*
* — . — «

— — . 4p
a 1

— —U

i
ö

"Is

1h

— — r 2— «
> l .

E ——
2 — * * * n 2
— A = N " 3 = 5 : N —

I — w-
as »
— — — ws —

1 — —
— — —

Bannor. of nature, in the ſpecies of birds, and is the

fnacſt of any in Guinea.

The Fida pheaſant, whereof there afe but
few in this country, but a great number at
F144, is gre and white, à little ſpeckled
with blue; his head is bald, and covered
with 4 hard callous ſkin; Which is all over
knotty; his bill is yellow ; from whierice to
the head grows out on each fide a red
Jollop.

PANT N1 58823,
A Bound every where, but much more at
Acra; yet for want of good ſhooters,
but few are killed ; which, dich in proper
age and ſeaſon, are good meat, particularly
the young ones.

TonrLE-Do vs,
AR E of three ſorts, the firſt is ſmall, of
a bay colour, which eat very agreeable
and tender.

The ſecond fort is of a much brighter
colour, but the fleſh is tough.

The third fort is as tough again, and
Iarge as the former. Thefe are of a very
fine green, their bills and feet yellow, and
have a few red feathers ; the eyes encircled
with large ſpeckted rings, ſome intermixt

with blue.

Others of the fame ſpecies of turtles have
a black ring or circle about their neck.
Of the ſecond and third ſorts of turtles,
thouſands commonly harbour every evening
in the underwoods, which are thick grown,
on the large rock, or rather iſland, lying

about half a gun ſhot from the Dutch fort

at Axim, and fly from thence every morn-
ing to look for food; but the woods that
cover the little ifland all over, being ſo very
thick grown, it is not very eaſy to ſhoot

at theſe turtles, or rather to find them,

when killed.

QUEESTS,

A RE alſo very common in the woods
within the country.

THRUSHES,

THERE, much reſemble ours in Eu-
abe.
Beccaricos, _
R fig-eaters, a dainty little bird, of a
gold colour, which perch and build

their neſts at the very tops of the higheſt
trees, and at the extremities of the branches,

the better to ſecure themſelves and brood,

from the injuries of venomous creatures,

5 Co RN EATERVSV.

* HERE is alſo another ſort of very lit-
tle birds, Which are very numerous,

and waſte'the corn in the fields ſo extremely,
chat che Blacks, they ſay, in revenge, will

A Deſeription of the

TH E laſt of them are grey

eat them alive, feat ners and fleſſ. Theſe
little creatures commonly build cheir neſts
amongſt the corn.

8 PARROWS
ARE innumefable all along the coaſt,
and differ little or hot at all from ours
inEnrope 3 doing, as well as the others, much
damage to the corn and other fruits of the
earth, they can come at.
There are many different ſorts of little
granivorous birds, which alſo do the ſame
injury to the inhabitants Helds and fruits;

there being ſorne all red, others all black,

and others of variety of colours intermixt.
The natives catch great numbers of theſe
birds with nets, and ſhoot many, and eat

them, as well as ſeveral large birds, all

which it is — particularly to diſ-
tinguiſh,

The SWALLOW,

18 here ſmaller in ſize, and of a lighter

black colour chan ours in Europe.

SvIprs, Woeobcocks, and CROOK BILLY,
A RE 8 numerous, the former, moſt

in marſh y grounds, and are like ours
of Euro pe, but much more tough, and

therefore not ſo valuable, altho in the
main they are good food.

Cranes, BiTTERNS, Maevizs, and
SEA-MEW«S.
The Black:
look upon the bitrern as a foreteller of
things to come.

EACGLES,

ARE not wanting, nor do they differ
from thoſe we have in Europe; yet

ſome are not altogether alike : the print pia

repreſents one of this latter fort, which is
pretty ſcarce to be found any where, unleſs

in the province of Acra ; and is there call'd

the crowned eagle.
I ſaw once, at Cabo Corſo caſtle, a tal

bird, feather'd much like a peacock, its

legs like thoſe of a ſtork, and the bill near
upon that of a heron, having a tuft of plumes

on its head, in the nature of a crown;

which they reckoned there to be another
ſpecies of ea e. : but I could not be ſatisfied
of the appellation ; for eagles are not thus
ſhaped, and long legged.

They reckon } here, for a third ſpecics of
eagles, a large bird, whoſe head is much

like that of a turkey; and call them Pe
de Deos, or, God's bird, to which the Blacks
pay ſuch a veneration, that it is a capital
crime to kill one ; tho? it is a creature that

deſtroys all their poultry and corn, Where

ever it comes, is diſagreeable to behold,

and has a nauſeous ſcent, is perpetu!ly

K. ori,
vo; 42

Book Ii Cn.

© other

= Xo Lark
vor fea-
cock.

lil

TE 1)

a falcon. much

Aut her

CHA P. 1 5.
keeping in muddy naſty places; and yet is rec-
koned a deity among the natives: who, to
feed and ſerve it every day, boil meat, lay
it on the hills, and promontories, where it
haunts the moſt.

ird ik f
pray like a falcon; and tho? but a little
bigger than a dove, ſtrong enough to tly
away with the largeſt poultry,

We RI r xs,

TEAL all the chickens, fleſh, or fiſh,
they can ſpy, even out of the hands of
the Black women, as they go along the
ſtreet, or fit in the market; but eſpecial-
ly fiſh. 3 |
There is a fowl about as large as a hen,
the upper part of its body ſpeckled brown

. or black, with white; and the under, either

red or orange colour; having a tuft of
ſpeckled feathers riſing like a comb. Its
bill ia proportion to the body, is extraor-
dinary thick and long.

let LI never heard of any peacocks or larks
E wrfea- in this country. N
J cocks.

Ro Wu- BIN p.
| H ERE is ſometimes ſecn a fine bird,
* of many various colours, as white,
black, brown, red, green, {ky-colour, blue,
Sc. having a long tail, the feathers whereof
the Blacks wear on their heads. ET
This curious rare bird is called the crown-
bird, becauſe ſome have a gold colour, or
a charming blue tuft on their heads, much
in the form of the tufts we have ſeen on the
Virginia nightingales. Some call this bird
the Cuinea peacock, It is common at
Lida, and isa bird of prey, of which more
hereafter.

The PoKk EK OE,

PLatt 1. J a bird as ugly as rare to come at, ex-

k. * adctly the ſize of a gooſe; its wings ex-
traordmary long and broad, of dark coloured

leathers. The under part of its body covered

with aſh coloured feathers, or rather hairs,

ior they are as like the one as the other ; ha-

long, as thick as a man's arm, like a red
kin, in which it lays up its food, as the.
monkeys do in their chops. The neck,
which is pretty long, and the red knob on
the nape, is garniſh'd with the ſame ſort of
tcathers, or hairs, as the under part of the
body in proportion to which, the head is

much too large, and excepting a very few
hairs it has, 1s very bald. The eyes are
large and black, the bill extraordinary long
and thick.

This creature feeds commonly on fith,
which when toſſed it catches very nimbly,
and ſwallows down whole into its crop or
maw ; and will at once devour as much fiſh

Coaſts of SoUuTH-GUINEA.

There is another ſort of ravenous bird,

ving under his neck a maw, about a ſpan

219

as would ſerve four men. It is likewiſe a Bazzor.
lover of rats, ſwallows them whole, and
ſometimes they will ſpring up half digeſted _
out of the crop. .

When a boy or dog is ſet on them, they
will make a good defence, pecking and
ſtriking them with their bills very ſmartly,
which makes a noiſe, as if two flicks were
ſtriking one upon another.

There is another fine bird, ſomewhat 4, tat.
like the former in ſhape, its feathers inter- bird.”
mixed all over the body, red, white, black,
blue, and ſeveral other colours; its eyes
large and yellow; ſtanding on its legs,
which are very long, as well as the neck
and ſtretching it upward, it is near fix foot
high. Some of theſe tall birds are found
in the country of Acron, near the rivers,
and *tis likely they feed on fiſh. .

Another bird has all the feathers about Cheguered
its body chequered yellow and light blue ; 7:
its bill long, and pointed ſharp; a black
ſemi-circle round the neck ; a long tail of
blue, yellow, and black feathers; and a
few feathers on its head; it feeds upon corn
and other grain, = 3

Another bird of the ſame ſpecies and
form as the laſt, differs only, in that its bill
is thick, ſhort, and black; the under part
of its body black ; the back of a curious
fine yellow; and the feet again black.

Another ſort is much 11 the former,
but grey and yellow, having a ſharp bill,
and long feet and claws, in proportion to
its ſize. 7 fe

There is another ſmall bird, ſhaped al- Beautiful
moſt like a ſparrow, his head and breaſt as 7.
black as jet; his wings and feet grey; the

reſt of his body of a bright red. This bird
is very fine. |

Another curious bird is yet finer than the
laſt ; the wings and upper part of the body
entirely blue, inclining to ſky, as the fea-

thers of his pretty long neck, and the tuft

on his head; his breaſt is of a dark yellow,
mixt with ſome red and blue feathers ; his
feet and bill very thick and long, both of a
bright reddiſh colour: it harbours com-
monly about the rivers, and there feeds on
fiſh. This bird may, as well as the Gold
Coaſt pheaſant, have the pre-eminence for
beauty over all the feathered kind in Guinea,
and perhaps of any other parts of the world.

They have alfo another ſort of grain-de-
vouring bird, whoſe neck, breaſt, and un-
der part of the body is of a kind of orange-
colour; the head all black, only on the
fore-part of it, a lively yellow ſpot; the
wings, and upper part of the body, are
black; and his tail is intermix'd with red,
yellow, and black feathers.

Another bird, about as big as the for-
mer, has a beautiful red breaſt, and under
part of his body ; the upper part, Vine

1 TALLY

— — —
5 Ea xy ” aA =
O = - — — — 265 o

—

E .
—— . , - 1 —
————— —ͤ——UU!——— ———L———äẽẽ — — WE — — - "5 - «7 2 5 3 5 4 £ ot "2 N — 78 — 4 5 -
. — —— * W — — - —,. — — — * — = — 2 2 - D 3 2 - — — — t — — >. — — -LA. - - > = — . — ——— —
by 1 * = — 1 = — : 7 * a = 2 2 * * * _ 3 2 Pon — — = "i * = 5 4 — © 4 * * q 2 p U —_ = * my
* 2 all SO =>— >.> — — Na V7 * IEA 2 f 2 Z - — — — - ———— — — - S 4 — — - — — — — at os 1 — «
g — — 4 - — — 2 2 D : - = RIO . 3 . — r 22 — ; a0” 5 i 2 7 — * . — —— — — . : . A — — 5 + = | —_ * — — —
- — * - * * — — — — — — — — - 8 » — — — — — - wy — A * Ky . - 4 >: — — 1 * — — 5 5 22 -
— > 8 T —_— Y p * — * — — — — — * \ — 3 N D r g 2 * — 5 7 — R
x a K r * — 7 SY — — —— 2 . — — — - 4 Td. hs. In — — —— Ae wore hg — — — «
- . * : * : 3 3 5 - . J - 2 - — — A 2 = — 5 — - — + +> % = = — — cnn. — — as
Eo > CI _ —_ > > ES 95 . > a = ERS. «odd ——— —— — W * — * _ — — ä 2” .
— a 8 4 — - = 8 % 5 *. » : * 4 N —_— py > 4 — ET » . ＋ 2 — n — — 323 1 — .. ew m bY _— oy - . — w 8 * : r "4 \ * n 8 *
„ Oye as: your S —— — — 2 G — 2 . e 8 — r ; 3 3 > ES = * 3 OR ; 7 = EE OT TIS, * ONE = f . : Wes
7 - — 2 + 5 5 — — — * — _ - 3 — = =- -
— 20 l \ 5 — — — x by - rr a, tt — — > My — * — — —— — —— — — — — 8 — „ 3 7 r : = 5
—— —— -- 5 — Wa, . 5 6 — by * — - x " - =p 2 — — oy * — — — — 2 — — N YE . * — -- - * = == - 3 - 3 1
= - ” E — * = - 1 of wt — — f ry S : \ - 2 * ICI

7 r

—
2

. EEE Oe

——— — .
— WE = IOTE _— —
— Xo 22 xs 22 =

—— ʒ — —— TE IT

—
* ——_ SS —— —_

— - —
— Mo + Oo

r e
2 . | ——

— —
_—

n
_ + wv o
Py” 355 "2 5

— 4 —
*

—_

. = - -
—— —— 8
pres — —_—_———— o— .

— 4 .

„

OR — — 1
RX — :

=
3 LS Oe a Wh

0

Irrer
4 * - COS - — - * *

220

BaR BOT. and tail, as black as jet and che top of his
head of a bright yellow; and a ſharp bill,

ſomewhat crooked. |

The Blacks talk much of a bird twice as

big as a ſparrow, having a few ſmall ſpecks
on his feathers, which ſome call ſtars; his
cry or voice is hollow and piercing. If
the Blacks are upon a journey, and chance
to hear him on the left hand, they will pro-
ceed no farther, but return home as 1s re-
ported.

Pratt 18. I have drawn the figure of a ſmall parro-

Parro-
qitets.

quet, which ſome call the Gz7zea ſparrow 3

for no other reaſon, I ſuppoſe, but becauſe
theſe little birds are as numerous and miſ-
chievous to the corn, and other fruits of the
country, as the ſparrows properly ſo call'd,
which I have {aid to be infinite all over the

country; for the form, and feathers of the

parrokects, is as different from that of a

right ſparrow, as a black man is from a
white. The Blacks call them Aburonce; and
they are generally ſold for a piece of eight
Per dozen.
Mouree, Anamabo, Cormentin, Acron, Ber-

ku, and Acra, are full of theſe fine pretty

birds.

They ply about thoſe places in prodigious
ſwarms, as the ſtarlings do in ſome parts of
France, doing much harm to the corn.

They are very beautiful creatures, of a
lovely light green, mix'd with a charming
red; and ſome have alſo a few black and
yellow feathers : one half of the head, from
the eye to the bill, which 1s white, and
exactly framed like a parrot's, of a curious
orange- colour; their tail intermixt with
black, yellow, and orange- colour ſtreaks
athwart the feathers, which are there pretty
long. 1
The trading ſhips on the coaſt, ſeldom fail
of taking many of theſe lovely creatures
aboard in cages, but they are fo tender, that
moſt of them commonly die in their paſſage
to France, Enzland, or Holland, notwith-
ſtanding all the care that. can be taken of
them. Of all the great numbers I uſed to
carry away from the coalt every voyage,
I could fave but very few alive when arrived
in France. The change of climate and food,
or what I believe attects them moſt, the
cold weather, is inſupportable to them.

I alto obſerv*d that the firing of great guns
aboard ſhip, was ſo dreadful to them, that

ſeveral of mine would drop down dead at

the noiſe. |
Theſe rare birds cannot be taught to pro-
nounce any diſtinct words in any language,
at Jeaſt, that I did ever hear or know, tho?
T took all the pains I could take to teach
ſome; yet there are perſons who affirm, they
had ſome who would utter a few words in
French, which I will not contradict : but

A Deſcription of the 5

ſeveral of them kept together in a cage in

man

good dry hot weather, will make a prett
ſweet pleaſant natural chanting. I obſerv'd
that the hen uſually perches on the left ſide
of the cock, and ſeldom offers to eat but
after him. The cock is generally ſomewhat
larger in ſize and bulk than the hen, and
has a greater variety of colours in his fea-
thers, and the green ſomewhat deeper.

I am ſorry the engraver hasnot been nice e-
nough in his cut, ſo as to repreſent this bird as
my drawing did; but there being few pla-
ces in Europe, where theſe creatures are not
pretty common, what they appear to every
body, will rectify the defect of the print.

There is another ſort of parroquets, ſome-
what larger than the former, but not com-

monly to be had on the coaſt ; their whole

body is of a curious deep red, with only a
black ſtreak acroſs the back, and the tail
entirely black. 5 5

The parrots are not much ſeen about the pa
coaſt, unleſs here and there one that wanders

from the inland countries, where they are
very numerous in the woods. 8
They are all over blue, only ſome have a
few red feathers in their wings or tails. No
green ones are to be found on the coaſt, nor
along farther eaſtward round the gulph of
Guinea, as far as cape Lope-Gonzalez.
This bird is fo well known all over Europe,
whither great numbers are tranſported every
year, tho' formerly much more than is now
practiſed, that I forbear mentioning an

thing more of it; and ſhall only take

notice, that at the coaſt they bear a
greater price, and are more eſteem'd than
in Europe: for ſome will there give almoſt
an ounce of gold, in goods, for a pratling
parrot, Every body knows the young ones
are moſt apt to learn to talk, and of ſuch,

the traveller has choice at prince's iſland in

the gulph, where they are very numerous,

and bought raw and unſkilPd for a piece o

eight. Of theſe, we had once half a hun-
dred or more aboard the ſhip, and twice as
monkeys ; of both which, but few
remain'd alive when we arrived in France.

There are many bats and owls in the
country; and very large ones, which are
nothing different from thoſe we have in Eu-
rope.

This is all the account that can be given
of the birds and fowls of that country ; but
it is not to be infer*d that there are no other
ſorts, for thoſe we have mention'd do nor.
perhaps, amount to the third part of wha:
are ſeen, but do not fall into our hands.

REPTIL ES and INSECTS,
E. will, in the next place, ſay ſome-
thing of reptiles and inſects, or what-
ever has a relation to either.

As

Booz II]

Other bar.

HAP

C
i

U

\

RY apa

an — 1 4 _ A Ay

War. 15.

2
by

4]
8
4
©
=

4 F 101 .

| Not ſpeedily remedied.

As for ſerpents and ſnakes, I have already
aid enough of them in the fourteenth chap-
ter of this book, to which I refer,

Toaps and FRO GS,

RE, as numerous and common at the

L coaſt, and in the inland parts of the
country, as in Europe, and of the ſame
ſhape 3 but the toads are there, in ſome
places, of ſo prodigious a bulk and bigneſs,
that they may eaſily be taken, at a diſtance,
for land-tortoiſes. |

Art Adja or Egga, betwixt Mouree and
Cormentin, there is a vaſt number of toads
of that immenſe ſize, commonly as large as
table-plates, which are very hideous.

At the beginning of the rainy ſeaſon, at
cape Cor/o there 1s an extraordinary num-
ber of them. _

[ have obſery*d before, that this ugly crea-
ture has a natural antipathy for ſnakes,
and many perſons have been eye-witneſſes
of {ſeveral combats betwixt them.

\

The SCORPION,

in the print, which is drawn as big as the

1 m8. ]? generally of the ſize and form you ſee

life; but there are ſome as large as ſmall

lobſters: and all of them have two large
claws and feet, and their whole body co-

vered with long hair.

Some have a ſmall bladder full of venom,

of half a finger's breadth, at the end of their
tails, adjoining to the ſharp crooked prick or
horn that is at the end of the tail; with

which, if they ſtrike or prick either at men
or brutes, the hurt is certainly mortal, if
The moſt certain cure is to bruiſe the
ſame ſcorpion, if it can be catched, on the
wounded part of the body; as our chief
ſurgeon cured one of our men at prince's
iſland, who being at felling of wood, was
thus prick*d by a ſcorpion in the heel.
At Acapulco, in Weſt- Mexico in America,
where there are abundance of terrible ſcor-
Ptons, they uſe, when going to bed, to rub
all about the beds with garlick.
Another certain remedy againſt this ſting,
and the pain of it, is to ſtroke the part that
was hurt with a child's private member,
which immediately takes away the pain,

and then the venom exhales. The moiſture

that comes from a hen's mouth, is good for
the ſame.
MiLllEPEDES.

T HE inſect here call'd Millepedes, and by

the Portugueſe Centipedes, of which there

54 multitude in the country, is allo very

troubleſome to man; for tho' it does not
ing ſo dangerouſly as the ſcorpion, yet it

certainly cauſes very ſharp pains for three or

our hours; after which, they quite ceaſe

without the leaſt remains of uncaſineſs,
Vo L, V.

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA.

it ſtrikes. It has fifteen or twenty feet on

each ſide of the body, more or leſs. There

is no place on the coaſt free from theſe ver-
min.
1 |
ARE not very plenty at the Gold Coaſt,
in compariſon of what there are about
Rio de Gabon, Cate Lopez, and farther to
the ſouthward of the gulph of Guinea: as I
ſhall hereafter obſerve. They harbour there

in the woods, and make their honey and

wax in hollow trunks of trees. Both the
honey and wax are very good, but not like
ours in France: however, they afford the
Blacks very great profit by trade with the
Europeans.
CIGARRAS,
RE a thick, broad-headed, mouthleſs
* ſort of flies, which commonly fit on

trees, and ſing, after a ſhrieking manner,
day and night, and live only on the dew of

heaven, which they ſuck in by a long ſharp
tongue, placed on the breaſt. ;
There are alſo frogs, and ſuch prodigious

numbers of graſhoppers, or rather locuſts,

coming in ſwarms like thick clouds, from

the far inland countries, as ſome ſuppoſe

from the deſarts of Z.ybia and Zara, to this
part of Guinea, where they brouze all the

plantations of corn in ſuch a manner, that

it cauſes almoſt a famine in the land.
There are land-crevices, which eat ver

ſweet, being much of the taſte of the land-
crabs in the French iflands of America. Theſe

crevices harbour, like thoſe, under ground.

There are alſo large black flies, which in
a dark night give a kind of light ; and abun-
dance of glow-worms, crickets, caterpillars,

and many ſpecies of worms, ſpiders, butter-

flies, gnats, ants, and beetles ; but of ants

and gnats moſt prodigious numbers all over

the coaſt: and more particularly at and a-
bout Acra, where the country is flat and le-

vel. The ants are of various forts, great and
ſmall, white, red, and black; the ſting of

the red inflames to a great degree, and is
more painful than that of the millepedes.
The white are as tranſparent as glaſs, and
bite ſo forcibly, that in the ſpace of one
night they can eat their way through a
wooden cheſt, and make it as full of
holes, as if it had been ſhot through
with hail- ſhot. eee

Theſe inſects make neſts ten or twelve
foot high in the earth, which they won-
derfully raiſe up in the fields and hills, in
a pyramidal form, fo firm and ſolid, that
they are not eaſily beaten down; and when

they are, it is very ſurpriſing to obſerve the
number of diviſions and apartments, that

are within thoſe neſts, correſponding exactly
L11 one

221
This infect is about a ſpan long when at BaR TOT

full growth; flat, ſpeckled like other worms: WWW
having two ſmall horns or claws, with which

> . -+Þ
- ”
— ————— — 1
— — _ 1 -
8 > 7 y _ — - „ we —
: * — __ D — = : l N N
E — — PR yu.

„„ IE 2 ET I. 4
— — A
hes. — 6

222

Ba BO r. one to another; ſome of thoſe rooms are
filled with their proviſions, which the pru—

A Deſcription of the Book I Cu
1 ſhall conclude this deſcription of inſets, MF ²²
with ſomething, of ſpiders, of which there

ti
i

bl
ih
(!
te
In
4
=
' 4
i |
=
bus
IT
by

dent animal gathers from the fields; others

are filled with their excrements, and others

are dwelling- rooms.
From thoſe neſts, (one of which, ſee

Prare 18. in the figure I drew at Acra) they range

all about the country, and come into the
forts and chambers of the Europeans, in
ſuch ſwarms, that they oblige them to quit
their beds, in the night, biting very ſharply ;
and are of ſo devouring a nature, that if

kens, and other tame fowl ; it appears,

that rho? they be indifferent large, yet they

are ſeveral ſorts; but I ſhall confine my ſelf

to one, called by the Blacks Ananſe.

This animal is monſtrous large, his body
long, his head ſharp, broader before than
behind, and not round, as moſt ſpiders are;
his legs hairy, ten in number, and the
thickneſs of a little finger. Which far ſur-
paſſes the largeneſs of the Tarantula, a kind
of field- ſpider, of Abruſſo, Calabria, J,

cany and Romania in Italy, commonly as

big as an ordinary acorn: ſo dangerous to

grateful taſte : whence it is natural to infer,

that it were almoſt impoſſible for men in
general,

| Thirty

they attack a live ſheep, or goat, in the
* night, it is found a perfect ſkeleton in the mankind, that a perſon ſtung by it, changes m f
bs morning : and this they do fo nicely, that an hundred ways in a mement, weeping, 5
the beſt anatomiſt could not perform it dancing, vomiting, quaking, laughing, |
more artificially than they do. Chickens, growing pale, fainting away, feeling horrid
and even rats, tho' ſo nimble, cannot eſcape pains, and finally dies in a very ſhort time, |
them; for as ſoon as one or more attacks a if not ſpeedily relieved. The effectual cure | Plate 11
rat, he is aſſaulted on all ſides by a multi- is by ſweating, and antidotes; but the grand q
tude of them, till ſo many fall on, that and only remedy is muſick, as is affirmed
they over-power, and never leave him, till by ſeveral phyſicians, and travellers, eye-
they grow to a body ſtrong enough to re- witneſſes of the diſeaſe, and the cure thereof.
move him to a ſafe place. This wonderful inſect has four legs on each
It is really a great diverſion to obſerve the fide, like the common large ſpiders, in form
ſingular inſtinct of ſo ſmall a creature in all and length. As to the African ſpiders, I never |
their proceedings and performances, and it learnt any thing of their natural qualities, X
would almoſt perſuade, that they had a good or bad. I ſuppoſe there are but few | Call Sal
ſort of language among them, conſidering ſuch hideous infects in the country about, | 3
vhat harmony and order they obſerve: for and in the bay of Campeche in South Ane- 1
it you place a beetle, or a worm, where Lica, is a ſort of ſpiders of a prodigious ſize, 4
os two or three of theſe inſects are, they ſome as big as a man's fiſt, with long ſmall
immediately depart, and return in a minute, legs, like ours in Europe; but have two
bringing with them above a hundred ; and teeth, or rather horns, an inch and a half or
if that number is not ſufficient, in another two inches long, and of a proportionable
moment, more are called: after which they bigneſs, which are as black as jet, ſmooth
fall all together on their prey, and march off as glaſs, and their ſmall end ſharp as a
with it very regularly, aſſiſting each other thorn : They are not ſtrait, but bending,
in carrying off the burden. Hence it muſt and preſerved for tooth-pickers, and to pick
be, that ſome are of opinion, and affirm, pipes in ſmoaking tobacco.
that the ants have a king, who is as large The Blacks, who have always ſtrange
as a cray-fiſh, notions, as has been ſaid of them elſewhere,
The gnats are another inconvenience to believe the firſt man was made by this hor- q
the inhabitants, in the night-time, eſpecially rid inſect ; and few can be made ſenſible, by Alicia
near the woods and marſhy grounds. Their our way of reaſoning with them on this .
ſting is very ſharp, and cauſes ſwellings and head, of their folly and ſtupidity,
violent pains; whence it is eaſy to conceive, At Cabo-Corſo, in the rainy months of
with what I have ſaid of the ants, and the June and July, they have a ſort of inſects,
exceſſive heat of the climate, what a trou- which are a kind of ſpiders, about the big-
bleſome life people muſt lead, where *tis neſs of a beetle, the form neareſt to a crab-
ſcarce poſſible to have an hour of quiet fiſh, with an odd kind of orifice, viſible
ſleep; and proviſions are but very indif- in the belly, whence the web proceeds.
terent. —.—
| C-H: A-P.-£VL
Of the ſeveral ſorts of fiſh in the ſea of Guinea; as the king-fiſh, fetiſſo,
and many more generally eaten; as alſo of the grampuſſes, ſword-fiſh, and
ſharks; of the porpoiſe, the remora, and the flymg-fiſh. |
F is H in general. are very light, and that the ſorry food they
M what I have before obſerved of the have, inſtead of a firm, produces only 4 |
nature of the fleſh of tame cattle, chic- ſpongy, looſe and tough fleſh, of an un om
18.

[CHA

p. . Coaſts of SouTu-GUINE A. 223

general, and much more for Europeans to
ſubſiſt there; if the want of good fleſh and
other neceſſary proviſions, were not very
happily ſupply'd by the ſea, which, by a
particular providence daily affords a pro-
digious quantity of very good, large and
ſmall fiſh of ſeveral ſorts, as well as the
rivers; ſo that abundance of Blacks and
7/hites alſo can live tolerably upon bread,
fiſh, and palm-oil, tho? that food has the
ſame effect on them, rendring their bodies

poor and light, in proportion to their bulk.

There are above thirty ſorts of ſea-fiſh,

| u commonly taken and eaten, beſides many

other kinds accidentally caught at ſome par-
ticular ſeaſons. I ſhall firſt ſpeak of ſome of

the largeſt.

The KIN G-F Is E,

ku 18. 1 in the cut, is reckoned by

the Engliſh at cape Cor/o, one of the
beſt fiſhes in thoſe parts, when in ſeaſon.
It is extraordinary fat and delicious, and
when boiled, taſtes ſomewhat like eels ;
but gutted and dry'd, is eaten inſtead of
ſalmon. At full growth, it is about five foot

along the coaſt, when abundance are taken.

call Sf. Some call it the Safer, and others the

fer and

.

Negro, for its black ſkin. It common-
ly harbours among rocks, and ſometimes
comes into ſuch ſhallow water, that the
Blacks, when they go to ſtrike fiſh at night,

with a light, as I have obſerv'd before, will

ſometimes kill theſe with an iron tool, or
with a three-pointed harping iron, or morlin,

Fx T1$Ss0 FISH.

At my firſt voyage, whilſt we lay before

Comendo, ſome fiſhermen, near our
ſhip, took a fiſh about ſeven foot long,

| ſhaped as exactly repreſented in the figure.

The Blacks call'd it Fetiſſo, but for what rea-

1 ſon Icannot determine, unleſs it be to expreſs,
| 4licouc that it is too rare and ſweet for mortals to eat,

and only fit for a deity: the word Fetiſſo,
which in Portugueſe ſignifies ſorcery, being by
the Blacks apply'd to all things they reckon
ſacred, becaule the Portugueſe gave the name
of ſorcery to all their ſuperſtitions. It was,
indeed, a moſt beautiful fiſh, tho? the ſkin 1s
brown and ſwarthy about its back, but
grows lighter and lighter the nearer it comes

to the ſtomach and belly. It had a ſtrait

ſnout, with a ſort of horn at the end of it,
very hard and ſharp pointed, above three

ſpans long; and another ſmall ſtrait horn

| Platz 18.

on the upper part of its mouth. The eyes
large and bright, and on each fide of the
body, beginning at the gills, four longiſh
cuts, or openings, As I remember, the
Blacks would not ſell it at any rate, but
only allowed me the liberty of drawing its
figure, as it appears in the cut; and were
much amazed to ſee it ſo well repreſented,

Sierra Leona, Seſtro river, and other places, Blacks ad-

with as much zeal, as the Elians worſhip-
long, andat ſome times, there are vaſt ſhoals

and plentiful enough.

Dutch there call it Roejend and Jacob E-

eaten by the common fort of Blacks, the

Nor was that aſtoniſhment peculiar to them, Barzor.
for many others there, on the Gold Coaſt, at WWW d

mire

very much admired to ſee me make the fi- drawing.

gure of any creature upon paper.
I am apt to believe the Blacks look upon Adoring of

this fiſh, as a ſort of deity 5 tho? I did not fiſhes.
hear they paid it any religious worſhip, If

they do, there is nothing new in paying
adoration to a fiſh ; for the Philiſtines in the

firſt ages of the world adored Dagon, which

was an 1dol, half man, and half fiſh; the

word Dagon, in their language, ſignifying a

fiſh 3 and that thoſe Gentiles look'd upon

as the great God, Judges xvi. 23. Dagon

our God has delivered Sampſon our enemy into

our hands. Dagon repreſented Neptune, the

god of the ſea, and by him perhaps was

meant Noah. The Syrians, according to

Cicero and Xenophon, ador'd ſome large tame

filhes, kept in the river Chalus, and would

not ſuffer any perſon to go about to diſturb

them. The Syro-Phenicians, according to

Clemens Alexandrinus, adored thoſe fiſhes

ped Jupiter; and Diodorus Siculus affirms,

the Syrians did not eat fiſh, but ador'd them

as gods. Plutarch mentions the Oxindrites

and Cynophites, Egyptian nations, which hav-

ing been long at war about killing a fiſh they
eſteemed ſacred, were ſo weakned, that the
Romans ſubdued and made them ſlaves.
The Brazilian cod, is a delicate fat fiſh, Brazil cod:
as large as the ordinary Newfoundland cods,

There are Pikes and Jacks, great and Pikes.
ſmall, which, when in ſeaſon, are fat and
better than in ſome parts of Europe.

Flounders are very plentiful, differing Floungers.
conſiderably from ours, in ſhape, thickneſs,
and goodneſs, wherein they far exceed them.

Plaiſe are not altogether like ours, nor plaiſe.
are they plentiful. I am apt to believe
they are the ſame ſort of fiſh the French at
Goeree call the Cabo Verde halt-moon, the
figure whereof 1s in the cut. - ;
There are alſo dorados, corcobados, or 6 4 1
gilt-heads, and other large fiſh ; as black , [ 102

|

PLATE 20.

and white carabins, which are very plentiful
and cheap, and commonly ſerve the meaner
ſort of people, who reckon them good
food ; but the dorados, when in ſeaſon, are 4
very good. 5 15

There are three or four ſorts of bream 3, am. _—
in great abundance, two forts whereof par- 1
ticularly are very fat and delicate. The

VerlZen.

The ſea-toad, is a fiſh of a ſmall ſize, 4.
fins of them very curious, as appears by the
figure in the cut. The head of it is much PLart 18.
like that of a frog, or toad, whence it has
the name.

The

* —— — _ —— nome =
-S.. 2 —— — . = —
2 w
* —

1
8

2

——

— — —
r

24
—

5
i
4

Wa
1.1
|
1
ll -
i
40
1
.

_
q *

3 n 2 2 T *in = - A „ * =

2 — — — 1 - * W_- . — Ce — — =
_— 14 44 —— — — o

— 1 2 — de LS 1 4 : —_

U — * „ T7 EF
— 6. 2 — K 6: +
* 9 „ wages wv — 2 *
57 op + . 2 n Ka
— D —

224

Barnor. The piſie-pampher, is a fort of ſmall
flat fiſh, which in delicacy ſurpaſſes all o-
> n thers on the coaſt, _
In June, July, and Auguſt, at Comendo
and Mina they catch a prodigious quantity
Pare 18. Of a ſmall fiſh, repreſented in the cut, which
is very good, and taſtes much like our pil-
chards; but is full of ſmall bones. It
bites quick, and five, fix, or eight of them
are taken at a time; if there be ſo many
hooks to one line. The hooks are always
kept playing upon the ſurface of the water,
where the fiſh generally ſwims.
Another ſort of fiſh, is much larger
plark 18. than the laſt, which ſee in the cut.
The coverer is flat, and rounder than the
ptfie-pampher.

Coverer.
Mackarel, There are mackarel at ſome ſeaſons, but

few caught, nor are they exactly ſhaped
like ours in England ; therefore the French
call them Trezahar; looking as beautiful
in the ſea, as our mackarel, of a fine eme-
rald green, mixed with a ſilver white on
the back. 3
Macho- The machorans, ſo called by the French,
rans, or and by the Dutch Baerd Maneties, from five
horn fc. pretty long excreſcencies, which hang at the

end of their chops, like a beard, and on
each ſide of the mouth, juſt under the eyes,
Pare 19.0ne much longer, as repreſented in the fi-

gure. At the upper fin on its back, and
at the under one on the belly, is a long hard
ſharp horn, the prick whereof cauſes violent
pains and great ſwellings, as if there were
ſome venomous nature in it, as many ſailors

have experienc'd to their coſt, when acci-

dentally hurt by it; and for that reaſon,
many do not care to eat of the fiſh in the
Leward iſlands of America, where there is

great plenty of them and very large; as alſo

becauſe they feed there among the Manza-
nilla trees, which produce a fort of poiſo-
nous apples, tho? very beautiful, and of a
charming red. This fiſh feeding in Ame-
rica on that fruit, it can not but be dange-
rous to eat; but being caught out at ſea in
Africa, and there being no ſuch trees on the
coaſt, I cannot think it is any way hurtful ;
beſides that experience ſhows the contrary,
they being commonly eaten and found good
wholeſome fiſh. Thoſe of the coaſt of
America, are generally larger, and mix'd
yellow, ſky-colour, and brown: the Eng-

lifþ call it the horn-fiſh, and when firſt

caught, 1t ſeems to groan, $f
Aboei, Among the ſmall fiſh is the Aboei, ſome-
| what like our trouts, but much firmer and
more delicate, Thouſands of them are
caught every day along the coaſt.

There is no leſs plenty of thornbacks, both
great and ſmall, which differ not in ſhape
from ours ; but ſome of them are blue, all
PLare 20. Over ſpotted, as in the print drawn at cape

Thorn-
backs.

Verde, The ſeaſon for them is in May: the

3 |

A Deſcription of the

preſerve great quantities.

muddy, as it is apt to do.

moſt flat, and pretty thick about the back,

Boo; Il.
Blacks ſtrike them with harping irons.

Soles are extraordinary good, but longer Se
and narrower than ours in Europe, as in the
figure. | 3 8 POE

Dabs are nothing inferior to them in bas,
goodneſs. | |

In October and November they catch near
the ſhore, with long 'nets, abundance of a
ſort of pikes, which the French call Begune,
ſhaped as in the plate. | e Prarb tg

In December they take the fiſh call'd Ca-,
rangoues, whereof there are two ſorts, the
one having large round eyes, and the other
ſmall ones, as in the fame plate. They Pra;
have large forked fins on their backs, and :
very thick forked tails,

There are alſo. two ſorts of ſprats, great 9
and ſmall, mighty plentiful, both very fat
when in ſeaſon ; but the larger ſtringy, and
therefore not valu'd. The ſmaller are ver
agreeable fiſh, broiPd, or pickled, or dry'd
like herrings; all which ways the European,

Caran.
Lone,

Lobſters, crabs, prawns, ſhrimps, and S
muſſels are very common; the lobſters dif-
fering ſomewhat in figure from ours : ſee
the cape Verde lobſter in the plate. The puny
oiſters are commonly extraordinary large.

The Bonito, an excellent fiſh, is ſeldom 3%
taken there, for it comes not near the ſhore;
but there are prodigious ſhoals of them play-
ing in the deep ſea, and particularly about
the equinoctial. See the figure of them na-
turally drawn in the plate. Plriß
There are three other ſorts of fiſn, which
come out of the ſea, and ſtay in rivers.

The Carmou is a white fiſh, the largeſt of cm
the kind about three quarters of a yard long,
and as thick as a man's arm. It would be
very delicious, if not too fat and oily.

The mullet, whoſe figure ſee in the plate, ys
differs from ours in that it has not ſo thick Pran
a head, but is very near as good food.

The Batavia, when at full growth, is in- Bani.
different good meat, if it does not taſte

In December there 1s great plenty of Corco- comme
vados, or moon-fiſh, of colour whitiſh, al- %.

but near round, for which reaſon the Euro-
pean ſea- faring men call it the moon. See
the figure. The proper bait for them is FH
bits of ſugar-canes. The fleſh is ſomewhat
fulſome.

There are many other ſorts of fiſh about
the coaſt, which I think needleſs to men-
tion, as having already taken notice of the
principal ſorts: fo that a lover of fiſh may
there pleaſe his appetite, and make a good
meal for ſix-pence at moſt ; and ſuch as
cannot afford ſo much, may eat their fill at
half the charge in the ſummer-ſeaſon, for at
that time there is alway one ſort of fiſh or

other in the market very cheap; but in the
Winter-

—— r

mm 7 > = — * — —
—ů——ů— ů — — — —— ——

-
JP

JFF ˙ OA" OT VE
R PI — 8

* re 27
r HY

1
| 5 .
1
1
ito,
b b.
1008,
[le,
\TE 10
avis.
0
ATE 30

E
— — EI TICS

— .

. -

ET — IE WI

9

T pus
r

323
*

0 <7 A

I \\\\\+
\\ *
\\ * D

AV

A

1 N
2» All

aca
DV) _— .

\\\ \\
\ \

WA
dQ
WI

ob

*

1
V.

W W
\W

— —
—
—

——
OO RO
—

—

The Hh prauy
al / |
The Sea Here.

DD

==> —
> ——
— BR

os 4
1 1 "+
. 5% 5 5
953 .
ls | "0 o DLO

.
20
\ 14
*

Po

N

„
.

2 9.

the under Part of the þ
eg Dernhbl. |

72 6
CIP
4 „

"

. =
wy W OOO.
* \ C

\

2 — —
ua. # — * * * 7
ä
-

- F +
* 4 — ee roots —
— 17 = ” 4 1 6 -
— 7 _——_— —_
r 7 FIT , -
bot — IA — yay
ALE F115 SH
- — — * my
— * N a —
\ x — — "xx. *

the Pilote of 75 De
of the Jea

— Se”
- + + - —

—

-

„
os 7
. 7 "Ba , Mou

2
„ .
er
— — *

—

"wei .

—

*

— —. tr, — w— |
Les Hijh ty) not common 11 Onmia Out V0 4 Plenty
1 ß Oo. lmern 8 — A

— 1

_—
— 2
—
— —

-

. ; 2 Lag.224. ö

1
4 0
- [Ll
N (TULN CN ALY . © ALSOULN
1 998
bo X f
«\ 77
(
— . 5 K
. 22 — N .
77 2 ie
IF; . — 2 — ae os 3 — 7 CI"
7 22 — == = << IL
— en ̃ ͤ——. DT Dm
/ nM
ACA \ a8 Boneto or Domnto of the
r N -
8 . ern DIS. (
RIS ä e fee, MeL 177 <5
DL IS DOY
- — * ot
DEE
—
— BELLS dat
— ASD
- n 2
3 n
PEE FH DR Rr —
— a |
1 2
5 ö — — a
: #1777 -
— —
ä
my —
N 5 © CO JS
W. WW
755 SY
% .
i}
1
|
[
;
| |
ö 7
I
i
* iy
q
"$f

UN
RD
ne

JI
DPD
—
I „67,
—
—

*
— —

— — 2 -

— —

* 7
—

2322

— —

.
—
2—

Len. nn 2 —
— —ę—
— 4
— —

—

- -
LO
22.

—

=>
mm
-

Ff, U

D
.

I

A

©

22

*

2
F.

*

0.
600
0

or

» ||
.,

|

|

—— eee CS
. —8n—— :
> — ———

2

|
|

4
*

Of Nati al

2

loggre He

F
Mar

8
105
oP

1
| als 0 Ae 4
ee
50 1 85 400 Il
2 * I | |
mA | N D N

+ We 0 II
0 ay 0 MV: N Wl 10

po
O
—

——

4
—

— —

a e

9 N
„

—

— os

U
1
155

h
e
ieee
Wenge

A
"Eb Lc

He
A.

2
2

— — —

LL AM,

————— Do—_

5 —
2 *

er mon erp rm ůů ˙
— . ⏑— e HB wr eres es olies ba, wo oe te

e
=

14

N

.

1

10

Ld

Ces Ie.

LEE £4

A art. 07 rng LA

ov
»

288
s

5

er
1

2
3

Wn

.

rag polled

Sung

Ot: -.

fs H

\
IO .

Aamneroud

Hor
lape ,

A. Jae
75

JN

£2

25 (al

1h

„„
mal t Il! 17 \v \
ae

/

A —— ——— IS

7,

*

'
*

Lee, £7,

—

00.

.
LON IOA7C.

—

N
. :
Sy by
N N VL 9
N 8 8 VS
8) N ö 1
8 8 8 4 8
Y I i X
8 y
& WIZ

2

al SUtle L u,.

WAR

4 5 -
77 »

77
N

The gu, Boro
Aeon -4

CHE

„
-

Re

1
7

2

7

77

[4

1210/03

/
07

4
—＋

(. e R mud
=

Oi;

2

HL 17

7 *

2

= *

A Grond,

—V 2 — —

Ht .

7
97

— —— —
—.

hy * A
22 1 Ub; *
e
| _ YN
- Z l a ane 12
, | nee | 9366690 N
' 0 d 4477
; N ak = ; v0, 1 |
Wr IS Nt
AUTOS | © 7 Ä 910 .
[
'

4
4,91
6. 571077
* 57 ts
MH +1471
in

— f
5 * ' ; | 4 11 5
— o . ry
1 1%
— Fo
* 8 y
N md ET 1
D HUTT IAN ng TH
— 7 / | l . ts WV . 222 0
Led! N 22 1 | :
8 UW; 71
WL 25 0
LOSE IJ 21777

-
— LILIES

Nene adds

* — TID i , Ms
— —
- 1 ——— —
* * _ 414
þ Wy — 2 — PPP —
— . — 2 „

3
Foot =p
* „*

—— — DIET

Spouting

-

*

Ti water.

— — ðàꝛÄ oa ROS: ons CS
. 7 - = ” 2 —
. — 12 -

> — „ S q

N Ec 5

3
2 _— =

— Fa

l —— on

—. — — —di
. -

CR EE — —«— —— 8
b — 2
. - 4 mY —— — - —— — — — 1
WE rere. r 8 —_r rrc..z % 4 nan —— —
” as oo x > -- = . — .
*
R „„ i T5 —

vin.

—

3

n

*

CHAP.T 6.

winter-ſeaſon, or foul weather, the ſcarcity
of fiſh is ſuch, that the poor ſoldiers and
labourers, as alſo the meaner fort of na-
tives, are ſcarceable to ſubſiſt, |
Beſides the ſeveral ſorts of ſea and river-
fiſhes, which I have already mention'd, ge-
nerally eaten by the people of the country;
they often ſee about the coaſt, three other
very large kinds, viz. a ſort of ſmall whales,
known by the name of grampuſſes; the
ſword-fiſh, and the ſhark : it will not be
unacceptable to give a ſhort account of each.

The GRAMPUSSES,

BY the French are call'd Souffleurs, that
is, blowers, or ſpouters, from their blow-
ing as it were ſpouts of water out at their
noſtrils when they riſe upon the ſurface of
the ſea, holding up their ſnouts, as I have
ſeen thouſands of them together in a ſhoal,

for three or four miles in circumference ;

either in the gulph of Guinea, or to the

| ſouthward of the Line: which at a diſtance

| Their

Sings

in calm ſcorching weather look like huge
blocks ſwimming on the ocean. ME

The Dutch call them Noord-Kapers, and
they are commonly about thirty-five or forty
foot long, and ſometimes longer ; being of
the ſpecies of whales, tho? ſomewhat longer,
and not ſo thick in proportion, as near as I
could diſcern at a very ſmall diſtance ; for
they would ſometimes come within piſtol-
ſhot of our ſhips, in the open ſea.

They are very ſwift in their motions, and
it is almoſt incredible how nimble they ap-
pear, conſidering their prodigious length

and bulk; and tho? we often ſhot at them

Ip
fall fiſh,

with muskets, and certainly hit ſome, we
could not perceive they were ſo wounded as
to ſtand ſtill.

Theſe creatures, in fine weather, when
the fiſhermen are at the height of their
ſport, about the coaſt, come towards the
ſhore, and put all the ſmaller fiſh into ſuch
a fright, that they all immediately fly out
to ſea, and even the next day there is ſcarce
one to be ſcen about the land, by which it

appears that theſe monſters devour them.

| Whenuce /
| | call d ſe

The SworD-Fisn,
TP ſo call'd, on account of a flat bone it

bears at the end of the ſnout, about a

ard or an ell long, and a hand broad; along
which there are about ſeventeen or nineteen

whales,

points, like teeth, as long as a man's fin-
ger, on each ſide, for the moſt part rugged,

and one more on the one ſide than on the

other. I ſhould think this might be as well
call'd the comb-fiſh.

It is from ſeven to ten foot long, and ex-
traordinary thick in proportion; and it is
generally affirm'd, that it drives away
the whales with the ſword in the ſnout;

which I report not of my own knowledge,
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of Sour H-GuiNx REA.

whale and the ſword-fiſn, obſerving them
to fight and ſtrike at one another ſo fu-
riouſly, as to make the water fly about like
rain, ſometimes the one and ſometimes the
other getting the better; but for the moſt
part, they cannot ſtay to ſee the end of the
battel.
The SHARK,

BY the French call'd Requien, which I Ravenous.

have drawn by the life in the cut in the
ſupplement, is an extraordinary ravenous
creature, of a vaſt ſize, ſome of them be-
ing twenty, and ſome thir:y foot long, very

large and thick, their head broad aud flat,

and the ſnout ſharp-pointeu, If à man nap-
pens to fall over- board, and theſe monſters
are at hand, they ſoon make him their prey;
and I have often obſerv'd, that win we
threw a dead ſlave into the ſea, pa ticularly
avout the mouth of the bay of prince's
iſland, in the gulph of Guinea, one ſhark

would bite off a leg, and another ar arm,
whilſt others ſunk down with tne body

and all this was done in leſs than two mi-
nutes; they dividing the whole corps among

them ſo nicely, that the leaſt particle of it

was not to be ſeen, not even of the bowels.

On the other hand, it is pleaſant enough Fight one
to obſerve what ſtrange motions there are another.
among them upon ſuch occaſions: for if

one happens to come too late for his ſhare
of a dead body thrown overboard, he 1s
ready to devour the reſt, and ſeldom fails
to attack one or other of them with the
greateſt violence, when rearing their heads
and half their bodies above the ſurface of
the water, they give one another ſuch ter-
rible blows, that they make the ſea about
them foam.
Providence has ſo order*d it, that this ra-
venous creature has its mouth far behind
the ſnout, and low; ſo that it is obliged to
turn on its back to bite at any thing: and

were it not for this, the creature would be

much more dreadfu. :

It is ſo well known to moſt failors, and peferip- =
has been ſo often deſcribed by other tra- tion of it.

vellers, that it will be needleſs to give a
larger account; beſides that, the figure of
it exactly drawn, as I have ſaid above, will

give full ſatisfaction: but for the informa-

tion of thoſe who have never ſeen any, I
cannot but add, that its eyes, tho' very
ſmall in proportion to the body, and round,
look like a bright flaming fire. The jaw-
bones or chops are ſo wonderfully framed or
join'd together, that when occaſion requires
to prey on ſomething that is very large, they

can open a mouth of a prodigious width and

bigneſs, withir. which are three rows, above
and below, of very ſharp and ſtrong teeth,
which at once cut off a man's arm, leg,

M m m | head,

225
but the Greenland ſailors ſay they have often BAR BROT.
ſeen inſtances of the enmity between the

,
rt
ix
1
?
4 4 i
7
1 i
6 a
N
[
4
(1
.
[21
*
1
* 4
7
#
19
n
t 5
b. |
dic
9 4
a 3
1
6
1 1 j
4
* \
.
e
: []
88
*
» n &
4 *
: ©
4 :
*
bs
1 .
: 7
F 4
7
5
7 4
8
: t
[ z
,
[
b
|
x
i p|
!
0 1
by
TT
1 5
1 *
5 1
( 3 N
| i
1 *
4 2 1
: io
1 N
| 7
4 8
{ 4
ol 1
„
24 .
' "9
+
I
| 7
1
+8 8
N
1
} 1
7 t
» 3 ar
A
: 1
#49
5H EREL
1B
ö *
10 8
1 a
8
i }

— =

&2 E " 5 6 = - ih 4
P — — — 2 rr
— 25 — — woos THe oa —— 3 * 2
. . — wa. rt 4 _ —

2 -

” -_ *
— —
— by . W SED
—— — ́p——
— -
— bag — — — — — 4
.

wv ——-

8 — _— — - — a+ - 2 — —

* 2” . "FR n — — > » _ - ——— — — : E

2 < - 5
4 "——_— tho — 1 7 a= - — * —— . »
—_ — — ——— — 2 ** x — *
- 2 * F 3 a * n >
— _ "+ > "4 = — — -
« - — — 1313 2 — — — WY 6 — — :
1 * ä — — — — ä — =

— „„ „
.
> 7 2 6 -

- —_— —_ = - - =
— — — — — CA
K — : _ — "OS _ ut <> whe. wo om *
— — —œ— c 7§«ßÜg«ꝙ — —

—
—

2 — 8
——ü—äʒ—œ4ẽä — — » 4 w —— — — —
= l —8 42

hy ns ms - Wn. *

7 —

— — 1 -+ $44
© = * bo 2 "I
goo - « 2 "x?
—

+ V3.
a4

—— oo KK 1 1 Fl
— — — ———— — at
_ — - 1 332 —
Go 2 a toon ic

S 3 " wer 2 = FS * T . =
— - _ > a i — * = 7ID0 MES — * 2 - — — nt» + = — YER” ts Ha cg
—_- 2 0 x 2 2 1 4
"646 >4 — — - . as - - — 3 — — FE 8 — 1 a * — = = as
— —— —_ - SIS 2 en Sp oy = — : _ ASS — — K. —=a< -_
—— —— = — — Mg — * 2 4 ay - — - # 7 . - = —
— e de 4 N 7
a 8 = . 3 o n - —
AGIs — ———— ———————ꝛv—ůů ů 9 —— * *
.

2 wet tithe. Fo —
*

226

BAR ROr. head, or any other part of the body. It
has been obſerv'd, that miſſing the bait, it
will return three times, tho? before torn by
the hook; and I have been told, that there
was found in the belly of one of them a

knife and fix pounds of bacon.
Brings It does not ſpawn like other fiſh, nor lay
forth eggs as tortoiſes do, but brings forth young
young. as the beaſts do, having a matrix, and all
the reſt like a iſh; as has alſo the ſeal-fiſh,
which ſomewhat reſembling a ſmall ſhark,
has by ſome been taken for another ſort of

them; but when well examin'd, as I have

done ſeveral times, it appears very different,
which may be ſeen in the cut in the ſupple-
ment, repreſenting a ſeal-fiſh, which the
French call Rouſſetie, and whereof I ſhall
ſpeak more at large hereafter in the ſupple-
ment.

Multi- To return to the ſhark, there are every

tudes of Where vaſt multitudes of them between the
them. tropicks; and more particularly on the
coaſt of Guinea, or Arguin, on the coaſt of
Genehoa, corruptly call'd Barbary, to the
northward of Senega, down to Angola, and
| farther ſouth, either out at ſea or near the
ſhore, all along thoſe coaſts; and they are
of all ſizes, ſome vaſtly big, and others

ſmall, according to their ages.

— are of 6 dark brown. almoſt

colour. over all the body, and whitiſh juſt under

the belly, having neither ſcales nor ſhells,
bur a thick oily fat roughneſs like ſhagreen
adorn'd with ſtreaks acroſs very orderly
| down on each. {ide of the back. It ſwims
incredibly ſwift, and great multitudes of

them uſually follow our ſlave-ſhips ſome

hundred leagues at ſea, as they fail out from
the gulph of Guinea; as if they knew we

were to throw ſome dead corps over board

almoſt every day. They are ſeldom ſeen
far out at ſea, unleſs in a calm, following
| ſhips to catch whatſoever is thrown out.
Pilot fiſh. They are commonly attended by a ſort

of little fiſhes, about as big as pilchards,

but ſomewhat rounder ſhaped, ſwimming
before them, without ever being hurt by
thoſe ravenous monſters, which through a
particular inſtinct never devour them, as
they do all other fiſhes they can maſter,
Theſe ſmall ones are call'd Piot- Fiſhes, from
their ſwimming before the others; and it is
obſerv'd, that very often, when a ſhark is
taken with a hook, and drawn aboard a
ſhip, this Pilot-Fiſb clings to his back, and
is taken with him: and I have heard that

ſome ſharks have been taken with the Re-

mora fiſh ſticking to them.

Taking of Thoſe days we threw no dead bodies over

frarks. board, and when the weather was moderate,

we diverted ourſelves with catching of

ſharks, with long thick iron hooks, faſt-

ned to an iron chain, having a large piece

of bacon, or ſtinking meat, for a bait ;
| 2

_ A Deſcription of the

long that ſhore, and are frequently taken:

of which opinion it is obſerved, that at Fida

Book Ill CH
which way we ſoon caught ſome : but in |
haling them aboard with a rope, or tackle,
were always fain to keep clear, becauſe be-
ſide the danger of their ſharp teeth, they
ſtrike with the tail ; which is ſo prodigious
ſtrong, that ſhould it hit a man, it would
not fail to break an arm or a leg, if not
worſe.
No creature is harder to kill; for when Brain wy
cut in pieces, they will all move. They forth, q
have a ſort of marrow in the head, which“ “l.
hardens in the ſun, and being powder'd and
taken in white wine, is very good for the
cholick.
Notwithſtanding theſe creatures are ſo
ravenous, as has been ſaid, they are not fo 1 Bi
in the ſame degree on the Gold Coaſt as elſe- G“
where; tho' abundance of them ſwarm a. Cos.

Hot bloo

which may be attributed to the vaſt quan-
tity of fiſh it always finds thereabouts, to
ſatiate its greedy appetite. In confirmation 1
and Ardra, where there is much ſcarcity of | ON
fiſh on the coaſt, the ſharks are more rave-
nous after any dead corps, or other fleſh that
is thrown over board.
The fleſh of a large ſhark is commonly wy, uit
tough, and therefore not much liked by 8m
Europeans; but the Blacks in general eat it
as a dainty, after 1t has lain rotting and
ſtinking eight or ten days, according to
their cuſtom; and a great trade of it is
driven into the inland country, 1
The ſmaller ſharks, of about ſix or eight Bi
foot long, are the beſt to eat, boil'd, and". i
preſs'd, and then ſtew'd with vinegar and
pepper; which way many European ſeamen
eat it, when they are in want. 5

To conclude this diſcourſe concerning Aer

fiſh, I ſhall mention three other ſorts. The | tion of

firſt is
The POR POIs E,
Or which there are ſwarms in this Guinea
ocean, and they often appear near the

| ſhore. This fiſh is univerſally ſo well known,
that I ſhall not ſpend much time upon it,

having given the figure of it in the cut. Pra»

The French call it Marſouin. It is won- Shi
derful to ſee how ſwift they are, and what hen
valt ſhoals there are of them in the gulph _
of Guinea, playing about in a brisk gale of
wind, and skipping about a ſhip that has a
good run. We one day there ſtruck five
of them with our harping-irons, and had
leiſure enough to view them exactly. |
They were about five foot long, and very x wi
fleſhy, or rather all fat, except the head, mas
which is tolerable good meat, being firſt
well falted ſome days, then boil'd and well
ſeaſon'd, yet it is afterwards uneaſy upon
the ſtomach, being too fat and oily, The
fleſh of their bodies was cut into ſlices, and
after it had lain ſeveral days in a 3

| rine,

Wt

WI ©
WIN ©
b.

i May

1

old
daſt,

ag, 1
ood n,

% ini

etter, |

PIA
Shoal: WE

them,

| Not gal
medi.

CHA

| Hot blood,

| Shape.

brine, or pickle, our men hung it up for a
time, expos'd to the heat of the ſun, and

then cat it; but it was ſtil] nauſeous, the

fat being ill-taſted. The ribs and entrails
are like thoſe of a hog, bating that they
have two ſtomachs, the one at the end of
the œſophage, the other clinging to one
fide, almoſt as large as the firſt ; and this
laſt has a little opening, which is the com-
munication between them both. It is full
of little cells, like thoſe in the wax, before
the honey is taken from it. The duodenum
has its riſe in the laſt. 5 |
Thoſe fiſhes, when firſt laid upon the
deck, made a ſort of groaning till they
expired. Their blood is as hot as that
which comes from any beaſt, and there is a
good quantity of it; which is contrary to
the nature of other fiſhes. We took both
males and females, each ſex having its di-

ſtinct parts of generation; and they engen-

der by copulation.

The skin is all over like a whale's, of a
pitchy colour, and the body round and
plump. The ſnout is pretty long, and in
the mouth are rows of very ſmall ſharp teeth,
looking at a diſtance like a ſaw. This fiſh

will not meddle with a man.

The REMORA,

1 S repreſented in the cut in the ſupplement,

of which the antients have writ, that it will
ſtop a ſhip under ſail. I ſhall only ſpeak of its

head; the upper part of it is quite flat, with

twelve ſmall cuts or dents reaching from one
end of it to the other, by means whereof it
cleaves faſt to any piece of timber or ſtone,
as the lampreys do; ſo that the whole body

| hangs down: and hence perhaps proceeded
| 4{rdno. that abſurd opinion ſome men in ſormer ages
n f it, conceiv'd, that it could ſtop a ſhip under

ſail; ſome part whereof might be poſſible,
if a ſloop or ſmaller veſſel had a thouſand or
more ſticking to its ſides and ſtern, they be-
ing com monly, at full growth, about three
foot long or better, for then they might

conſiderably retard the ſailing of ſuch a veſ-

ſel; but it is ridiculous to ſay they can have

p. 17). Coaſts of Sourkx-Guix EA.

227

any power over great ſhips under ſail, as is Barnor.
Pretenged. 5

I obſerv'd for ſeveral days, both in the
gulph of Guinea, and about the line, that

we were follow'd by great numbers of theſe

fiſhes, and they appear'd very greedy of
men's excrements, which they were conti-

nually gaping after as they fell to the water ;

and therefore the ſlave ſhips are well attended
by them in thoſe parts.

They are nevertheleſs tolerable good Cobula-
meat, when well dreſt and ſeaſon'd. The en.

under chop is ſomewhat longer than the up-

per ; and I believe they engender by copu-
lation, as ſeveral other ſorts of fiſh do, par-
3 whales, ſharks, porpoiſes, and ſea-
dogs.
The French call this fiſh Szſſet, or Re- Names.
mora, or Arrete nef; the Engliſh, the Sea-
Lamprey.
The FLY1nG Fin,

TS the third of the three laſt I promis'd to

mention, there being ſuch plenty in thoſe
ſeas, that I ſhall have occaſion to ſpeak
of it hereafter z and, for the preſent, ſhall

only obſerve, that there are ſeveral ſorts "7 -woagg

it, and refer you to the two figures of thePrare 19;

fineſt I met with in my travels, as exactly
repreſented in the cut.

They are both excellent meat, eſpecially God meat.

broiPd on a quick fire, and very fine crez-
tures to look to, being about twelve or fif-
teen inches long. GE
Theſe, when purſued by the ſhoals of Bo-
nitos, or other greater fiſhes, which greedily
devour them, take their flight above water;
but generally not very high, which is the
reaſon that ſmall low veſſels catch more of
them than the greater and loftier. They
fly as long as there is any moiſture left in
their wings, and then plunge again in the
ocean; and it is no ſmall diverſion, in ſome
parts of the ocean, to ſee millions of flying
fiſhes purſued by the vaſt ſhoals of Bonitos
in the water; and out of it, aſſaulted b
many large ſea-fowl : whereof I will give a
particular account in another place, with a
draught of the ſame.

CHAP. XVII.

The ſeveral places and ways for gathering of gold; on mountains, in rivers, _
and on the ſea-ſhore. Of gold mines. Several ſorts of gold. Falſifying of ß
it. How to diſcover that cheat. Advice to dealers. Love and eſteem of

I Have already, in my deſcription of the
inland country beyond the Gold Coaſt,
taken notice which country was richeſt in
gold; and that the beſt and moſt of that
metal was brought down to the coaſt from

Dinkira, Accanez, Akim, Awine, Igwira,
and Qua toe.

gold. Gold weights. Long meaſure. European Fraud.

I am now to ſhow the ſeveral ways the Miſtaken
Blacks have to get this gold, to refute the notion.
opinion receiv'd among many perſons in
Europe, who have been perſuaded that the
moſt of it is dug outof mines; and perhaps

believe it is here as with the Spaniards at Po-

zo/i, that it is only ſetting ſlaves to work
theſe

0
0
.
1
£
4 3 -
4 \
at
- £
*
x
. :
=
.
}
_ |
8 19
7
3 |
1 _—
« +. :
3 29
1
11
"4
5 i4
| N
$ i
25 4 44
* 9 p
a i
yz 3H L
0 , v8
+ 4
q *
19
i, A
1 4
1. 1 i
FT & by
*F 4
a |
1 . 8
91 _—
J 4 .
\ *<{jY
U *
4B
* 0
7 *
5 .
i 13
4 i* 8
1 | 11
*
AY -
. 1
1
41 il
48
Z _ uy
4 343
7
A
3 i
is \
+ 1
.
4
r
4 { £
%
+
_ 2
+
Pn
1
l :
.
4 has
*
3
18 -
$.4.4%
' Is
* [1
b 5 ;
1 .
x
[4 q
4
iy
14
$
4 ,
i 4
1 5 «L 4 *
14
Y :
« $8
*
« $44
0
7 :
74
+ 353g
1 ;
7 -
tang
on p
*
1 a
; =—
* N —
1 4 '
& 4 *
* :
pf
2 .
!
N14 :
+ [1
"| ©
.
* 4
} 2
7
7 4
4
f
1
4
4
IT 5
1
* 4
\ [1
7 ” C
; * 1
4.4.4 Y * h
I
,
* 4 4
\ .
1
*
4 5
rr
; £7
MW;
: 1
> ” 22%
L950”
8 1

3

= PE
«
— anns
* Rene
2 ce.
— — wy
— —ooes
S 10

228

BAR HOF. theſe mines, and that each of the European

nations trading on the Gold Coaſt, has a pro-
portion of ſuch mines, whence they dig that
metal.

Where, and how GOLD is found.

Three ways N HE Blacks have three ways to get gold,
aten, and three ſeveral ſorts of places where
they find it. The firſt, where the beſt gold
is found, is on or betwixt ſome particular
hills; the ſecond is in and about ſome rivers
and water-falls; and the third on the ſea-
ſhore, where there are little rivulets, into
which the gold is driven from the moun—
rains, as well as into the great rivers.
Mines con- As for the gold mines, the Blacks either
cealed. through ignorance, or policy, eſteem them
ſacred, and keep all perſons in fear of open-
ing, or working them; ſo that it may well
be affirm'd, that from the firſt times when
the Europeans began to trade thither to this
day, no European ever ſaw any of thoſe
gold mines: and I am of opinion, that
were the Blacks willing to open any of them,
they know not how to go about it.
Firſt places
to findgold.tion'd, the Blacks having once found where
any gold is, dig at random, without the
leaſt knowledge of the veins, and ſeparate
the metal from the earth which comes up
with it. There 1s no doubt but much more
muſt be thus loſt, for want of skill in ſepa-
rating the metal. _ | 55
Second ſort. In the ſecond ſort of places, the violence
| and rapidity of the water-talls, waſhes down
great quantities of earth, carrying the gold
along with it, from the hilly and moun-
tainous country, where it is generally thought
the gold is produced, rather than in low
flat grounds, as the natural philoſophers and
reaſon itſelf informs us. To evince this,
the Blacks often told me, they found much
more of that metal in the rainy ſeaſon of the
year, than at other times; and hence
ſprings their cuſtom, of praying to their
deities to ſend heavy and long ſhowers of
rain, that they may grow rich the ſooner.
Diving for The inhabitants of Igwira and about Cobra
gold. river, fetch their gold from under and a-
bout the rocks that are under water in their
rivers, where there are greateſt water-falls
and torrents. They plunge and dive under
the moſt rapid ſtreams, with a braſs baſon,
or goden bowl on their head, into which
they gather all they can reach to at the bot-
tom; and when full, return to the bank of
2 the river with the baſon on their head a-
%, Lain, where other men and women are rea-
dj to receive and waſh it, holding their ba-
ſons or bowls againſt the ſtream, till all the
dru:s ind earth is waſh'd away: the gold, if
there is any in tne baſon, by its own weight
i: 1, 19% lowp U the bottom. When thus
o ' nazated, they turn it into
2

A Deſcription of the

As to the firſt ſort of places, above men-

another veſſel, till quite clear of ſand or
earth. The gold comes up ſome in ſmall
grains, ſome in little lumps as big as peaſe,

or beans, or in very fine duſt. This is a

very tedious and toilſome way of gathering
gold; for I have been aſſured, that the moſt
dexterous diver cannot get above the value
of two ducats a day, one day with another,

The third fort of places for finding of 7

gold, as at cape S. Apolonia, Mancu, Axim
and Mina, are the rivers or ſmaller ſtreams,
which run there into the ſea; and in their
courſe downwards carry away ſmall particles,
or bits of gold, but moſtly the duſty part of
that metal, into the ocean; and that again
boing in perperual agitation by the 8 S W.
and S W. winds, the waves are continually
beating upon the ſtrand, which motion of

theirs drives up the ſand, and among it the

gold that was before carry'd out by the ri-
vers, the beach being there very flar.

After a violent night of rain, in the morn- cui

Book Ill

ing hundreds of black women and boys re- n th
pair to thoſe places, ſtark naked, except in-

what modeſty requires ſhould be covered ;
every one carrying a larger or ſmaller tray,

which they fill full of earth and ſand, and

then wafh it over and over again in the freſh

water till quite cleans'd, after the ſame man-
ner as I mention'd to be done in Igwira,

and other inland parts. This employment
generally holds them till noon, at which
time ſome of them can not get above the
value of ſix-pence; ſome may perhaps find
bits worth ſix or eight ſhillings, which is very
rare, and ſometimes they loſe all their la-
bour.

ther'd; which, if J may credit ſome ver
underſtanding gentlemen, who have lived

long there, amounts to 8000 marks, be-

ſides what is ſent about to other parts of the
world, Of this quantity, the Dutch gene-
rally have one fourth part, when there is a

general peace among the Blacks, and all the

paſſes are open and free. The Eg/ifþ have
about a fifth or better. The reſt 1s divided

among the French, the Danes, the Branden-

burghers, the Portugueſe, and the interlopers
of thoſe nations. Re»

Thus we may ſay, the whole quantity
carry'd away from the Gold Coaſt, amounts
to 12000 marks one year with another;
which being reckoned at 30 l. ſterling 75“
mark, amounts to 240000 J. ſterling, ot

little leſs, according as the price is higher or

lower in the parts of Errope where it is dil-
poſed of,
Of Gorp Mines.
F ROM what has been ſaid of the three
ſeveral ways the Backs have to get gold,
from the carth and rivers, how tedious and dif-

ficult it is to gather ſuch quantities as I have
- mention'd

2 [n;

9
{ AP

In this manner, all the gold that is yearly u.
exported from that coaſt to Europe, is ga- .

|
4
6
1

ran, fans aud jan © cms mY PYY nn

2 » 4? 8 ED

2 bpy fron mp toy

SO =P =& io a ty up

ll

f

1d found
the

and

Tow mui
xporiis

DHAP. 17

mention'd are carried yearly from the Gold
Coaſt, and the prodigious quantit which al-
ways remains in the hands of the Blacks ; it is
natural to believe,as I do, notwithſtanding the
general receiv'd opinion to the contrary,
that up the inland it may be gathered out
of mines, tho? perhaps they have not the
{kill of working them in perfection. Did
that country belong to Europeans, they
would undoubtedly find it to produce much
greater treaſure than the B/acks draw from
it; but it 1s not likely they ſhould ever
enjoy that liberty there, and muſt therefore
reſt ſatisfied with what they can get by
way of trade.

vl I will not be too poſitive in this aſſertion,
Ba Backs as being only my own private conjecture z
ws! 27% put on the other hand, all thoſe who are
ger” f the contrary opinion have no better

grounds for it than their own notions. For
no European whatſoever has been lo far up
the country, as to ſee whether the inland

| Blacks do not open and work their mines;
and we hear of very large pieces of gold,

that are there in the hands of particular
perſons ; as for inſtance, the king of [gwira,

who the natives ſay has at the door of his
houſe or palace, if we may ſo call it, a
lump of that rich metal, as big as an ordi-
nary wine hogſhead, which is conſecrated
and ſet apart, as that monarch's deity, to

which he aſſigns many hidden prerogatives

and virtues: yet I can never believe, that

ſuch a lump of gold, as that is reported to
be, could ever be dug, or worked out from

a mine as it 1s, but rather, that, if there be
any truth in the ſaid report, it muſt have
been made of melted gold: for as far as I

could be there informed, by the moſt under-
ſtanding perſons, gold is ſeldom dug out of
the earth, or found in rivers in any larger

pieces or lumps than the bigneſs of a man's

In confirmation of my opinion, that gold
may be dug out of mines up the inland
countries, I give here the account I had

from ſome rational and judicious Blacks, of

the inland parts, who unanimouſly agreed
in this particular; that they had gold mines
m their countries, and thoſe not very
remote from the coaſt ; but would never
tell where, nor how they did work them :
lo politick and diſcreet they are in that
Point, leſt foreigners ſhould know them,

and be tempted to invade their country, for
the ſake of thoſe ſubterraneous treaſures,

The kings and rulers of thoſe gold coun-
tries make uſe of this policy not only in
regard of foreigners, from whom they would
conceal their gold mines; but even extend

i to the commonalty of their own people,

to whom they inculcate ſtrange ridiculous

notions of them, that they may be afraid to

offer at breaking up any, As for inſtance,
Vor.V.

Coaſts of SoUuTH-GUINEA.

naturally preciſe and ſcrupulous in religious
affairs, that alone is ſufficient to deter them
from making the leaſt attempt upon, or
ſo much as removing one ſtone from ſuch
ſanCtify*d places. Secondly, as if that were
not ſufficient to reſtrain the avarice of thoſe
people, their prieſts tell a thouſand extra-
vagant ſtories of thoſe gold mines; as for
example, they make believe ſuch a horrid
noiſe is heard in the mines, that the moſt

undaunted man cannot continue there a mo-

ment, without being frighted to death.
Thirdly, that whoſoever is fo bold as to
enter the mines, is cruelly beaten by mali-
cious ſpirits; and others affirm, there is a
golden dog that walks about to guard them.
Whether it be the policy, or the ignorance
of thoſe prime men and prieſts, which makes
them give out ſuch abſurdities, is hard to
decide; the better ſort, as well as the com-

monalty, being ſuperſtitious and void of all
knowledge.

After all, the Blacks own, that the ma-

nagement of their country gold mines is
often fatal to thoſe that work in them, for
want of ſkill, they being often buried alive,
by the falling in of the earth, or elſe ſuffo-

cated by the damps and exhalations riſing
under ground, ORE „„

Another argument to believe, that there

are ſuch gold mines in the countries not

very remote from the coaſt, is, that in the
year 1622, the king of Gyaffo cauſed a hill,

which is juſt behind cape Aldea des Torres,

near little Commendo, to be dug, and at firſt

found much gold; but the miners not un-
derſtanding the buſineſs, the earth fell in, 4 2
and ſmothered a great number of labourers *

2

whereupon the king ordered, that for the
future, no perſon whatſoever ſhould open
any gold mine, and that law has been ever
ſince obſerved there. By this it appears,
that whatſoever tales are told to the con-
trary, the Blacks have opened mines, and
are deterred from it rather by the fear of
their falling in, than any religious, or ſu-
perſtitious conceits: and perhaps farther up
the country, there may be leſs danger in

digging in ſome places, or more art in

managing of the work; for in thoſe things
we have no better authority than the im-
perfect accounts of Blacks, moſt of whom

have not been themſelves far up the inland,
but only traded for the gold they bring

down to the ſea, at the nearer markets,
But Igoira and Dunkira, very rich
countries in gold, are not very diſtant
from the ſhore; and Prakoe, whence a
very great quantity comes down every
year to Acra, is not above thirty leagues
from the coaſt.
| N nn

A

229
they conſecrate and make deities of thoſe Bax bor.

hills and mountains, which afford moſt of WWW

the precious metal, and the Blacks being mw fa-

= p — — =_ b 1 5
— — — — = —_— —_— | .
= * fo = =
- 4 - — — — _— — - — - : — :
X . - to — . RY 2 * 4 MN —
i _ 2 — — — 5 * —
a = , l * 2 . — —_—_— — 29— — 2 -
— 4 — - - — - — o
— — ag — A _ ——— — - . 5 * L =
— — - 4

— — — — — —

—— — A — -

* * — <_.

* 4 2”
» i 3
22 5

"i 4
r
Il :
| #/ 4+
, 1
— « 444 :
7

5 . TH
0
i | ;
_
1 148
1
_
4: N
1
4
i 44
18
2

Mines

—— —— — —————— —
* YR — == {=
n 2 — 7
PRAS 22 — — . a
— * _ -
: i
— IN:

250

*%%.

tome, that gold was dug out of the mines,
in the countries of Accanez and Fetu, at both

which places he had been upon the ſervice
of the company; and that it is a law there,
that whoſoever diſcovers a gold mine, has
the one half of the gold it affords, and the
king the other half. That he ſaw very large
Pieces of gold there, as they came from the
mines, each of thoſe kings having a lump
of gold, of the circumference of a buſhel,
which they kept as a deity, and which he
{wore to me, he ſaw and touched ; and to
what purpoſe that gentleman ſhould for-
{wear himſelf, I cannot ſee,

SEVERAL SORTS of Gol p.

J Come now to treat of the ſeveral ſorts
of gold, in thoſe parts, for it 1s not
every where of the ſame fineneſs, as ſome
perhaps may imagine.
It is generally of two ſorts, as it comes
naturally, either from the mines, or rivers.
The fineſt, That which is found neareſt the ſurface of
the earth is the fineſt, as being more refin*d
by the heat of the ſun, by whom this metal
is ſaid to be produced, according to our
natural philoſophers 3 being found in veins,
running through the earth, like the branches
of trees. 5 ER
The lower gold produced by the exceſ-
ſive heat of the ſun, in proceſs of time
much deeper and lower, 1s not ſo much re-
fin'd as the uppermoſt ; for generally the
deeper you dig, the coarſer it riſes, be-
cauſe it is nearer to ſilver.
Ir is alſo to be obſerv'd, that ſome mines
afford better gold than others.
Of theſe two ſorts one is called gold duſt,
being almoſt as ſmall as meal, and is the very
beſt, bearing the greateſt price, not only
in France, but all over Europe.
In grains The ſecond ſort is in bits, or pieces of
er lumps. ſeveral ſiæcs, ſome no bigger than ſpangles,

Two ſorts.

Coa rſer,

Gold duſt.

ſome like peaſe, ſome as large as French

| beans, and ſome as big again, like ſmall
rocky pointed ſtones, of about the value
of three guineas in weight, and ſome again
_ weighing twenty, or thirty guineas : there are
but very few of theſe large lumps to be ſeen.
Thoſe lumps or pieces of gold, are there
called mountain gold, which being melted,
touch better than gold duſt ; but the many
ſmall ſtones that ſtick to them, cauſe much
loſs in melting.

FaLsIFyineG of GoLp.

Blacks de- T_FAving ſpoke of the two ſorts of natural

ceitful.
ſorts of baſe and counterfeit gold, ſo com-
monly met with in trading on that coaſt;
the Blacks in general being crafty, knaviſh
and deceitful, and letting flip no oppor-
tunity of cheating an European, or one

A Deſcription of the

BaRBOr. A Daniſh gentleman at Manfrou affirmed

Blacks long braſs pins, and ſilver melted in-
to little bars and wire, which in time proved

that it may very well be ſaid, the Blacks

| Europeans can have for their goods on the
Gold Coaſt; J nope I ſhall not be thought

head; my deſign being no other than to

* gold, I am next to treat of the ſeveral

another, rather than fail. A Man of inte.
grity, that may be depended-on, is among
them as rare as the Phenix; ſo that it is
not to be admir'd that they daily offer
great quantities of baſe and counterfeit
gold, in trading with the Europeans, having
attain'd the art of ſophiſticating it, which
was firſt taught them by the Portugueſe,
when, after having been for a whole century

in poſſeſſion of all the trade on the Gold
Coaſt, they found the French, Engliſh and
Dutch putting in for a ſhare with them, and
thought there could be no better way to
diſcourage them, thin by teaching the Blacks

to debaſe and fallity their gold, they were

to furniſh the new intruders with by way of
trade. The Dutch allo, when they had
driven the Portugeſe from their ſettlements Porupy
on the coaſts, as has been already mention'd, 3 *
practiſed the fame methods the Por!ugueſe ;
had before contriv'd, to put their other
European rivals by this trade; not only en-
couraging and inſtructing the natives in the
way of ſophiſticating the gold, but furniſh-
ing them with the proper tools and metals
for the doing of it the more maſterly; and

to that purpoſe uſed formerly to ſell the

as miſchievous to themſclves, as to other
Europeans; the Blacks being grown ſo expert
and ſkilful at falſifying gold, and doing it
ſo many different ways, that they are as
often cheated themſelves as any others: ſa

have learnt to cheat the cheater.

The dexterity of the Blacks in ſophiſtica-
ting their gold being ſcarce imaginable, and
that metal being one of the principal returns

tedious if I am ſomewhat particular on this

inform all that ſhall hereafter have occaſion
to trade in thoſe parts, how they may a-
void being impoſed upon, and know the
counterfeit gold from the true.
The firſt ſort of falſe gold is mix'd with HAN
ſilver, or copper, and caſt into ſundry ſhapes falt d
and ſizes, which ſome there call Fetiſſos, ſig-
nifying in Portugueſe charms, becauſe that
nation gave the ſaid name to whatſoever
belonged to the ſuperſtitions of the Blacks.
You may ſee them repreſented in the cut. PL: ”
Theſe are generally ſome ſorts of toys com-
monly uſed there by the women for orna-
ment, as alſo by young men, and worn in their
hair, or by way of neck laces and bracelets.
Theſe pieces of gold are by the Blacks

cut into ſmall bits worth one, two, or Galle

three farthings, uſed as coined money in the ple v
markets, to buy proviſions, as bread, fruit,
fiſh, fleſh, Sc. The Black women are ſo
well acquainted with the value of thoſe _

7 whic

Book Ill

TT

on Ono GG 1 . , ¾ . ] ax

|

Much of it
xtorted.

WE Second {art

A {al
1

2 ion,

Il Fa

Ortuguck
1d Duck
heat.

exported.

of {alle
E

29
alle gu

bird ſort,

PLATE 7:

Goldefli
tle ali

which they call Kakeraas, or Krakraas, a
word ſignifying a very little value, that they
are never miſtaken, and tell them to one
another without weighing, as we do farth-
ings Or half-pence in England. And this ſort
of money is more generally found at Com-
mendo, Mina, cape Corſo, and the adjacent

arts, than elſewhere. Thoſe Krakraas are
indeed worth very little, for that gold in any
part of Europe, will not yield above forty
ſhillings an ounce 3. and yet it paſſes current
all over the coaſt, and the European garri-

| ſons are paid their ſubſiſtence in it, and can

with it buy all ſorts of eatables of the Blacks,
who mix it with other gold, and carry it a-
gain to the European forts and ſhips.

. fic What is thus purchaſed at the forts on the

coaſt, as ſoon as received, 1s by the clerks
picked out from among the other better
gold, with which it has been mixed by the
Blacks; ſo that very much of it paſſes there
backwards and forwards, from the Blacks to
the Yhites, and from them again to the
Blacks, without diminution - but the other
part, which the Blacks trade with aboard
the ſhips, ſeldom or never returns to them,
but is carried away into Europe, by the
French, Engliſh, Daniſh, Portugueſe, Bran-

denburg, and Dutch interlopers; and that 1s
no inconſiderable quantity. But the Blacks
continually making theſe Krakraas, faſter

than they arc exported, this falſe gold is
like to be found there as long as the trade
to the coaſt ſhall endure. | .

* The ſecond ſort of falſe or counterfeit

gold, is that of the mountains counterfeited,
by which ſeveral unexperienced traders are

frequently deceived. Some pieces of moun-

tain gold are ſo artificially imitated by the
Blacks, that all the outſide to the thickneſs
of an half-crown is all fine gold, and the
inſide filled up with copper, or iron, which
is a new cheat of theirs. The common

mountain gold, is a mixture of ſilver, cop-

per, and ſome gold, very high coloured,

which helps the cheat; eſpecially when a

pound or two is to be received together, in
which there are many pieces, and every one
of them cannot well be touched by it ſelf,
and the appearance being ſo fair, it paſſes un-
ſuſpected. ho

The third ſort of falſe gold, grown pretty
common among the Blacks, is a compoſition
they make of a certain powder of coral,
which they caſt and tinge ſo artificially, that
15 impoſſible to diftinguiſh it any way but
by the weight.

Of this powder the Blacks make gold duſt;

ut more of the filings of copper pins, or
Wire, to which they give a very good tinc-
ture: but all that falſe tinged gold, loſes its
wire in a month or two, and then begins
to appear falſe; which cannot happen in
thoſe pieces that are caſed with gold, for

. I9. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 231

they continue as when firſt received, tho' BAR BOr.
ever ſo long kept, without any alteration, WWW
and therefore the cheat is the more miſ- 5
chievous.

How to diſcover falſe Gor p.
H AVING ſhown the diſeaſe, it will be
proper to preſcribe the proper remedy z
that is, how to diſcover this counterfeit
gold, eſpecially if offered at night or in the

morning.

Firſt, as for the large lumps, or pieces The fit
of gold, they being artificially quite caſed ed.
with fine gold, tho? within there is nothing
but caſt copper or iron, the touch-ſtone is
of no ule to diſcover the cheat, and there-
fore every piece muſt be cut clear through
with a chizzle and hammer made for that
purpoſe, Knives being too weak to do it ſo
ſpeedily; and thus you will diſcover whe-
ther there is any cheat.

As for the ſmall pieces of mountain gold, The ſecond.
lay them on a hard ſtone and beat them
with a hammer; if they are made of coral,

they will moulder away into duſt ; but if
they ſhould ſtand the beating, you may

afterwards try them with a knife.
To try the ſmalleſt bits and gold-duſt, The third
which the Blacks commonly call Chica Fetu,
that is, Fetu gold, the word Chica ſignify—
ing gold ; put it into a copper, or tin baſon,

and winnow it, letting it run through your
fingers and blowing hard: and thus all the

falſe gold will fly away, and the true remain
in the baſon; and this being repeated ſeveral
times, nothing will at Jaſt be left but the
pure gold.

The gold duſt may alſo be tried with The fourth,

aqua-fortis, which diſcovers the falſe by e-

bullition, or bubbling up; and if there be a
mixture of falſe, by turning black: but this
tryal is not ſo effectual as that before pre-
ſcribed. For example, if you take an
ounce of ſuch gold, whereof a ſixth, ſe-

venth, or eighth part is falſe, and put it in-

to a glaſs, or earthen veſſel, pouring the
aqua- fortis upon it, the ſaid aqua-fortis will
have the ſame effect, tho' in a leſs degree,
as if the whole parcel were falſe, which
renders the proof very uncertain. Beſides
that this ſort of tryal is too tedious, as well
as prejudicial to the trade, becauſe it is not

reaſonable to refuſe the good gold, on ac-

count of a ſixth, an eighth, or a tenth
part that is falſe, eſpecially when the trade
is dull, either for want of dealers, or by
reaſon of many ſhips lying at once on the
coaſt, In the!.: cafes, ſuch niceneſs cannot

be allowed of. Beſides, the Blacks who

have good gold will icarce ſufter it to be
ſo tried by aqua-fortis, becauſe of the trou-
ble of drying it again; which is alſo tedi-
ous, unleſs done by holding the baſon o-
ver a charcoal fire,

It

- . — —_ — \ — — Gn DI = — —
q — - — — — 3 ——— "= 7 — ERS —
E = N = . —— - = - =
— - —— — — — - * hy _ W by - - "
: \ * : L 8 =
4 : — 1 ba t 2 1722 9 ner ve — | =
1 1 = * = [ —_— - — as 4 = -
* 5 — 3 > "DEP 2 "= 2 — 2 WW. FI I, WEIRD... = 4 2 — — -
—_ b _ — — —— 3
1 — * F 2 * F — _ — Bona — *
—— K * — on . = __ — * —— —— -
- ” Wu — ny
5 : *

9222

SS. „ 3 K.
- _— TT —— — — Py = — —
Pw 230A > 5-4 + 4. —- . — 4
* 232577
5 * 2 þ 7
— end by he vB we 4

— > _
. ks. -> mm 1
r * Ch ; N "a
— Aurora one, „ COR. _—_— * — 2a

— — wy * — 2
rr _ _ - 4 = a

ay -

F ad 4.4 --—- — 1 4 - — -. ”—_

— mY
— —— — - 4 — — — 2

— „

e oy 8

e
* —
— 2 .
** k

232

BarBoT. It is the part of an underſtanding factor,
aſter tryal thus made, to make a true judg-
ment of the value of gold duſt ſo mixed,
ſrom a ſixth to an eighth, or a tenth of
falſe, in proportion to the value of the
pure gold, for expedition in buſineſs, or
elſe it would be endleſs. All thoſe who are
of opinion, that the tryal by aqua-fortis is
beſt, may remember it is a proverb, that
there is no gold without droſs; and there-
fore it will be better for them to follow
the method of winnowing gold-duſt in a

copper baſon, as has been ſaid above, and

to leave the tryal by aqua: fortis.

Some people try the Krakra gold by the
touch-ſtone, ſpreading a parcel of it thinly
on a ſmall piece of hard wood, and rubbing
it over with the ſtone 3 and by the diffe-
rent colours left on it, an expert man may
pretty well gueſs at the quantity and value
of the gold, by the rule of proportion: but
the moſt certain method as to Krakra gold
by itſelf, is to obſerve What has been ſaid
before concerning it, that it commonly
yields not above the rate of natural gold,
and therefore muſt be taken at that rate, or
returned again. But the Black may be alſo
deſired to pick it himſelf, and ſeparate the
baſer Krakra from the beſt, becauſe they are
not all of the ſame equal value; but ac-
cording as the toys they were cut from,
had more or leſs mixture of ſilver, or cop-
per. The Blacks, who generally know the
difference by ſight only, will pick them

very nicely, and in a very ſhort time.
The ſixth, Another method to prevent being cheated
in gold, eſpecially on ſhipboard, tho' not al-
together to be depended on, but only in
general, is nicely to obſerve the behaviour
of the Blacks, which I have done myſelf ;
for generally a cheat, who knows his gold
is falſe and counterfeit, is very impatient,
uneaſy and in haſte to be gone, under ſome
colour or other, beſides he commonly bids
a higher price than uſual for goods, and
takes them in a hurry without much exa-
mination z and if not found out, will pad-
dle away to ſhore with the goods, as faſt
as his canoe can carry him. Nay, I have
bobſerv'd ſome of them to ſtand trembling
and quaking, whilſt their gold was upon
tryal; and ſuch their behaviour is a ſuffi-
cient indication to ſuſpe&t ſome fraud,
eſpecially when there is a croud of dea-
lers, for then they expect to find the bet-
ter opportunity of impoſing on the purcha-
ſers, and then the European factor ought
to be niceſt in examining every parcel of
gold. When I met with any ſuch knaves,
and had diſcover'd the cheat by tryal, I
always uſed them very roughly, even to
cocking of an unloaded piſtol at their
breaſt, or elſe threatned to throw their
falſe gold over board, which deterr'd many

The fifth.

4A Deſcription of the

which are generally deſigned to conceal

in themſelves to rob us, when an opportu-

Tue
Book I

vice.

of them from offering the like to me a. ;
gain. On the other hand, a Black who
knows his gold is pure and fine, appears
always calm, ſtands hard about the price
of goods, and is curious in examining e-
wy piece, whether it is truly good in its
Ort. |

There is another ſure way to try gold, , ſ
which may be uſed by merchants and is vn,
very plain, by twenty four artificial needles,
made with alloy of metals from the loweſt
ſort of gold to the fineſt of twenty four
carats fine, having exact rules for valuing
of it, according to the degrees of fineneſ;
or coarſeneſs, |
I will farther add this advice to all ſea- A
faring men, trading on that coaſt aboard 4 I
ſhips, that when they ſee many Blacks come =
aboard together, to trade with gold, they E
admit but two or three at moſt, into the
great cabbin, or any other part of the ſhip,
at one time, and always keep about them
four or five of their own men to be upon
the watch, left the Blacks embezzle any
goods; that ſo they and their goldſmith, if
there be one aboard, as commonly there is
aboard French ſhips, may have leiſure to
examine the nature of the gold: for it is

1
|
|
{

1 hir d . |

|

common there for one Black, moſt of thoſe
on the coaſt being factors or brokers for the
inland people, to have twenty or more ſe-

veral ſmall parcels of gold, wrapt up in
rags, or in little leather bags, to purchaſe
goods for ſo many ſeveral perſons; and |
thoſe parcels muſt be all examined one 1
after another, which takes up a long time:
and if they admit of a croud of Blacks a-
bout them, they cannot ſo well examine all
their different parcels, fo as to be ſure they
take none but what is good. Beſides that

the Blacks, when in a croud, are always here the
prating together. | frvef gold

Take heed of ſuch as come with ruſh Tiinii 1 bad,

baſkets, as I have ſeen five or ſix of them Bache
together, with every one ſuch a baſket,

what they can ſteal. So thoſe who talk
much, and make a noiſe, are to be ſuſ-
pected, and it may be obſerv'd they will
never agree to any price of goods ; for the
Blacks being generally inclin'd to ſteal from
one another, make much leſs ſcruple of
robbing the Europeans, alledging for their
excule, that the Europeans are rich and they
poor. Therefore they think it a leſs crime

nity offers, than for an European to ſteal
from them: and in one reſpect they may
be ſaid to be in the right, ſince Europeans
have the law of God for their guide, which
commands them not to ſteal, which is un-
known to the Blacks, who have no other
law but that of nature.

| Whey, mo,
ie,

Another

f.
th,

vice iz

ling

pievil

lacks

Il

| HAP. 17.

b fon Another rule I obſerved, was to keep in
0 |

WIAZ

1 third.

the great cabbin, where I uſed to trade with
the Blacks, only one ſingle piece of each
ſort of my goods, for a ſample ; and when
I had ſtruck a bargain with a Black, I ſent

him with my note to the ſtorekeeper, ſpe-

cifying the quantity and quality of the goods
he had contracted to pay for.

Another method to be uſed in ſhips, is

ſeverely to puniſh any Black, that has been
taken ſtealing 3 for tho' the perſon ſo ſer-
ved does not perhaps much value a few
blows he may receive, yet it is a great diſ-
grace among themſelves, not on account of

the heinouſneſs of the crime of ſtealing, molt
of them being ready enough and well in—

clined to do the ſame, when an opportu-
nity offers, but becaule he is ſcoff*d at by
his countrymen for being ſo unſkilful as to
be taken in the fact.

J have alſo oblerved, that thoſe Blacks
who had been pretty well drubb'd with a
knotted rope's end, were afterwards more
tractable and better to deal with ; which
makes out that they are like ſpaniels, that
the more you beat them the more they love
you.

In this manner, as I have ſaid above, our

| buſineſs was done orderly, and ſafely, with-

ere the
Fe gold
f Fl had,

out trouble, or confuſion, and at night I
entered all my notes, in my book of ſale,

and weighed all the gold I had received that
day in the lump, to ſee whether it anſwered
the particulars for which it was received,

and alfo cauſed it to be entered in the ſame
book by my under- factor, obſerving to keep
the ſaid gold in ſeparate boxes, that at my
return into France I might have the judg-
ment of the officers of the mint at Paris, or
elſewhere, to know which of the chief places
of trade on the Gold Coaſt aftorded the fineſt,
and which the worſt gold.
It was accordingly obſerved by the of-

ficers of the mint at Paris, that the //ſeny,

cape St. Apolonia and Axim gold, was from

twenty two to twenty three carats fine;

which gold is commonly brought thither
from the countries of Awine and Egwira.
That from cape Tres Pontas to Sacunde, a-

bout twenty two carats fine, being com-

monly carried to thoſe places, Egwira,
Adom, and other neighbouring counrties.

The gold of Acra, which uſually comes

from Tafoe, 2uakoe and ſome other adjacent

parts, was between twenty two carats, and
twenty two and a half. The Acra gold is

monly mixed with ſome fine ſand, and
1

| very ſma

1
| fil”

gravel, which muſt be blown
away 1n a baſon, as I have ſhown above;
or it they be ſtones, they are to be pulled
out with ſmall nippers fit for that pur-
poſe, . ee

There is a great alteration in the quality
of gold from about Sacunde to the caſt-

Vol. V.

Coaſts of So uTH-GUINEA. "a

ward, as far as Manfrou, in Fetu;, the BaRBOr.

people of all the places lying between thoſe WWW.
two, being the moſt ſubtil artiſts, at falſi-

tying and counterfeiting this metal, as I
have before obſerved ; tho? the gold they
commonly have there is brought from Ac-
canez and Fetu, which is of its own nature
good; but ſophiſticated by the Accanez
Blacks themſelves. |

However, of all thoſe places, the inha-
bitants of Commendo, Mina, and ſo down
the coaſt to Mouree, are the greateſt cheats
for bad gold, and above all, thoſe of the
above-named two places, who ſo much de-
baſe it, that ſome is not worth twenty
ſhillings an ounce. Nay, ſome of thoſe
knaves are ſo impudent as to offer our
ſeafaring men, bare filings of copper for
gold-duſt. Thus a French captain of a French
man of war, called the Tyger, was ſerved, 4

being formerly {ent to the coaſt as a guard- Ore
ſhip, and brought home about twenty

marks of that droſs inſtead of good gold:
which ſhows that gentleman had little or
no {kill in gold, for had he but obſerved
the bulk of twenty marks of copper fi-
lings, as all his parcel was, it would ſoon
have convinced him how notoriouſly he
was cheated, it being well known that
twenty marks of ſuch filings will ſhow
twice as large, as the ſame weight of gold,
this being ſo much more ponderous. When
any of thoſe cheats were ſo bold as to offer
me ſuch filings, as I remember one did, I
made no difficulty to throw it over board,
and had the fellow well drubbed with a
rope's end, in the preſence of his comrades,
to deter him and them from being ſo im-
pudent for the future.

The gold purchaſed at Cormentin and

Anamabou, tho' it alſo comes from Ac-

caneZ and Felu, is ſeldom better than at
the places laſt mentioned. „„
That of Tantonqueny and Bergu, farther
eaſt, is ſtill worſe. .
From Acra to Lay, ſtill eaſtward, it is
alſo pretty much adulterated, and requires
a nice proof: for the principal employ-
ment of the Blacks of Labbadee, Ningo and
other places on as far as Lay, being to
ſell their cattel to the weſtern Blacks along
the coaſt, as far asCommendo, they either car-
rying it thither, or the others reſorting to
them for it; theſe Blacks are often paid
for their ſaid cattel in bad gold, and eaſily
impoſed upon by the others, as not ſo
well acquainted with that rich metal :
whence it follows, that they receive, and

_ conſequently tender to Europeans, by way

of trade, much the ſame ſorts of bad gold
that are found at Commendo, Mina and o-
ther places adjacent,

O O O Lo vE

234 A Deſcription of the Book II
BarBoT. The ounce troy weight is divided into $444.
ww Loves and ESTEEM of GOLD. ſixteen Angels, or Akyes, four of which make n
pk ae A Should not proceed to ſpeak of the pro- a Peſa , and an Angel or Akye is again
luedit nor, © per gold weights, but muſt firſt ob- divided into twelve Taccoes. A Damba is
ſerve as to the gold itſelf, chat the Blacks two Taccoes, the Damba being a little req
in former times, as appears by the accounts berry, with black ſpots. The Taccoes are
of the moſt rational perſons among them, little peaſe, black on the one fide, and
had nothing near fo great a value for it as. red on the other,
they have now. The greedineſs the Por- About Mina, the Damba is reckoned a Nany,
tugueſe ſhowed for it, whilſt they were the two penny-weight, and twenty four of them w
ſole traders on that coaſt, for above an make an Angel, or Akye. The Taccoe is four
hundred years together, as I have before penny weight there, being white beans with
obſerved; and the ſame eagerneſs for it black ſpots, or all black. There are ſome
in the other Europeans, who have ſince of them that riſe to ten penny weight,
expelled them, by degrees brought the and others to twenty; but thoſe large
natives to have more eſteem for it: and beans are not looked upon as ſure weights,
This increaſing from one generation to an- and only uſed at pleaſure, or for fraud.
other ſucceſſively, they have now fo great Again, in the Janguage of the Blacks.
an opinion of its worth, that their an Aua is five Ackyes; a Sirow three
whole ſtudy in all places on the coaſt, is Ackyes; an Emjayo two Ackyes: a Quentay
either to ſeck for it in the bowels of the an Ackye and an half, or eighteen Taccoes ;
earth, or in rivers, or to purchaſe it by an Aquiraguer is one Ackyez a Medra-
trading, with all the induſtry and applica- abba is fix Taccoes.
tion imaginable ; and many of them are Weighing gold by the {mall weights of ds:
thus by their labour and craftineſs grown the Blacks above mentioned in ſeveral par- wut.
rich, which has fo raiſed their minds and cels, to make up four Bendas, or a mark
thoughts, as is too common to the gene- troy weight, there will fall ſhort almoſt an
rality of mankind, that it may be well ounce of the due weight of a mark.

}
[

Omg oo Oo.

1
—

E - — — ES a PRs
{ . —_— 4 — 4 26

- — — — — —
— — DSZ 1 ST ORE: — 2 r
— 5 » — 3
C 2 5
— IE wa — _ FA * „ _ R > ;
* l = 4a ; l e p - p b "I . _—y — wg © - - 4s * — CTR — > — % — + =, \ 2
2 ; _ 2 Dems. gp + -of — — 4 „5 i —— 2 a 4 -& A * 2 * 9x —— ——— 7 * 2 = - \ 2 *
— 92 7 > cx _— * rd * — D * p « r — — 2 « 3233 3 * 23 2 OCT - —_ þ 5 7 we. + E — —
oY -JV XK a — * — : > fond q — 7 7 * —
2 * : . * ein — yo JETS 1 N — — — 4 — 2 WP At * 5 a > ONES - , - - —
: ” . y . - - 2 — — — > i —— — - 2 —
/ 2 2 * A o Bah 5 —_— + : * - K £ . : * .
PP 7 * — 4 * 4 4 : - hy et. n 2 — — 7 " 2 8 bt « . —— —— - - _ — — 5 * a *
— 8 — 5 —_— b 2 I, — - « - 7 — — * 224
* A — * 9 e * — * wb > OS ** : | 5 - ** «

—

2
— —

Cheating
/“

E

* „ „
ry — — bt. oy. Boe on et een
r * 5

rr

C -
*
> N * *
— 2 — * — —
"Wy
5 4
— 8 * 2 9 *

faid of them, they are grown proud and The inhabitants of Acra, common!
haughty to excels, in compariſon of their make uſe of two ſorts of weights for gold, 1
former ſimplicity and meeknels. the one larger than the other, and yet each
Gord an- Talking to this purpoſe with ſome Blacks, of them proportionably divided, ſo that. EC
4

/wer of and reproaching them for their pride and each contains ſixteen Angels or Ackyes ; and
- "Backs. defire of growing rich in gold, and for in trading they make their bargain to pay
undcrvaluing our goods as they did, as in gold by the greater or leſſer weight, and
ſcarce bidding the firſt coſt, without con- value the goods accordingly. =
ſidering the hazards and expences we were There the greater Benda is two ounces 24.
at in bringing them from ſuch remote and eight Aces of the {mall weight, and fi
parts of the world; they very pertinently that Benda they call Ta, which is worth in
anſwered, That conſidering the great gold about a hundred and twenty French
eagerncts the Europeans had always ſhown livres. The half Benda is called Ofſvar-
in fetching gold from thoſe parts of the Hian, which is twenty Ackyes, of the ſmal!
world, they were apt to believe it was weight. Ten Angels or Ackyes, are called
their principal deity, and that our country Ofuanon;, five Ackyes, Offerou , four Ac.
muſt be very poor, ſince we left it, ex- Kyes, Exyckbas ; three Actyes, Sauna; two
poſing ourſclves to ſo many perils and fa- Ackyes, Jarnila; and one Ackye, Melabbe,
t:gucs to fetch it from among them, at ſo or Medratabba.
great a diſtance, All the weights the Blacks uſe on the
coaſt, among themſelves in trade, are ei-
Golp WEIGHTS ther made of copper, or tin; which they

H E proper weights uſed there for caſt in ſand moulds, and file, which they
f gold, in trading AY the Blacks, or divide in a manner quite different from

among Europeans, are either pounds, ours 3 but being reduced, they are brought
marks, ounces, or angels, ſixteen of theſe to agree exactly with them. Ir is only up
to an ounce; but the Blacks do not the inland country, that they uſe great
weigh their gold by pounds, or marks, weights of a yellow fort of wood.
but commonly by the Benda, which 1s two £
ounces, and thus they weigh one, two, or Lo NO MEASURE.
more Bendas ſucceſſively, four Bendas being ; 8 H E meaſure the Blacks have for

TINY
25 o * 8 — * — _
: 3 ͤ— *
* — —
— Pa K 9 — - * .
” — ad we 3 2 = —
CER -— ad>- — ——— » + PD _
> r
2 2 mm , = TTY .
a - SE : 29% 15 re — —
— * —— — - —_— — —_—_— ” 5

a mark 3 each of them, as has been ſaid,

Several two ounces troy weight; Afa is an ounce,

forts and Epgeba half an ounce: ſo thoſe weights
are called by almoſt all the Blacks of the
Gold Coaſt, $0

cloth, linen, or any wove ſtuffs is cal-
led Jectam, being about nine foot long.
In ſome parts of Guinea the Jeclam 1s rec-
koned twelve foot, or two fathom, which

they cut in the middle, and ſo they ſell
| ther

diy.
;

Wm";

Her
rag,

0
57
emi
I- how fi

y
Y
m
.

P
at

.

* 1 i x
{ 85 :
£ by

ECheating
eig“

| HAP. 18.

their eyebrows lofty and thick.

homs the Dutch, upon examination, make
their Stork and three quarters. In woollen
they meaſure none but pieces about a hand-
ſal broad, Which they cut out ſo, and uſe
them for girdles, to tie about them; and
ſell among themſelves, and have no other
meaſure of that kind, calling it Paw, which
is three quarters of a yard Engliſh,

The flaves are generally ſet at ſuch a
price, as are all European goods then they
compute ſo much gold for a ſlave, or ſo
much gold for goods, and ſo ballance ac-

counts. Bur of this I ſhall ſpeak in another
place, as allo of their way of reckoning,

or counting 3 for there 15 not one that can

write or read, not even their very prieſts.

EuroPran FRAUD.

Shall conclude this long diſcourſe of gold,
with an obſervation I often made there;
which is, that many Europeans, who lo loudly
exclaim againſt the perfidiouſneſs, and de-
ceitful nature of the Blacks, in Offering falſe

Coaſts of Sour H- GUINEA.

their linen to one another. Thoſe two fa-

notorious cheat and fraud, in uſing two ſorts
of weights there, the heavier to receive
gold by, and the lighter to pay it away
again; which is frequently practiſed by too
many, and is a great diſhonour to chri-
ſtianity, being contrary to the golden rule,
To do as we would be done by. Such baſe
dealing rather ſerves to confirm thoſe pagans
in their ill principles, inſtead of endeavour-
ing to convert them. But ſelt-intereſt and
covetouſneſs, which is called the root of
all evil, are vices too common to all the
corrupt race of mankind, either chriſtians or
pagans. But chriſtians ought to remember
the words of St. Paul, to the Roman chri-
ſtians in his days, on the like occaſion :
chap. ii. v. 24. That for their evil practices
the name of (red is blaſphemed among the
Gentiles. And that double weights and double
meaſures are an abomination o God. Levit.
X1x. 36. and Prov. xi. 1. |

CHAT AYE

Stature, features, &c. of the Black men; their nature and qualities, their habit.

Black women, their features, &c. their habit. Marriag

es, births, eiucation,

names, circumciſion ; puniſhment of adultery up the inland country.

STaTuRE, FEATURES,&c.of BLack Mxx.
HE Blacks, in this part of Guinea,

are generally well limb'd and propor-
tioned, being neither of the higheſt nor of the
loweſt ſize and ſtature; they have good
oval faces, Iparkling eyes, ſmall ears, and
Their
mouths not too large ; curious clean, white
and well-ranged teeth, freſh red lips, not ſo
thick and hanging down as thoſe of Angola,

nor their noſes ſo broad. For th: moſt part

they have long curled hair, ſometimes reach-
ing down to their ſhoulders, and not fo ver

coarſe as theirs at Angola; and very little

beards before they are thirty years of age.
The elderly men wear their beards pretty
long. They are commonly broad-ſhoulder'd,
and have large arms, thick hands, long

fingers, as are their nails, and hooked, ſmall

bellies, long legs, broad large feet, with
long toes; ſtrong waiſts, and very little hair
about their bodics. Their ſkin, tho? but
indifferent black, is always fleck and ſmooth.
Their ſtomach is naturally hot, capable of
digeſting the hardeſt meat, and even the
raw entrails of fowls, which many of them
will eat very greedily. They take parti-

cular care to waſh their whole bodies morn-

ing and evening; and anoint them all over

with palm: oil, which they reckon wholeſome,

and that it preſerves them from vermin,

which they are naturally apt to breed.

Breaking of wind either upwards or down-
wards, 1s very loathſome to them. In ſhort,
they are for the molt part well-ſer, hand-
ſome men in outward appearance; but in-

| wardly very vicious.

Their NATURE and QUALITIES.

A

enough ; of a ſharp ready apprehenſion, and
an excellent memory, beyond what is eaſy
to imagine; for, though they can neither
read nor write, they are always regular in
the greateſt hurry of buſineſs, and trade,
and ſeldom in contuſion. On the other
hand, they are extremely flothful and idle,
to ſuch a degree, that nothing but the ut-
moſt neceſſity can prevail with them to
take pains; very little concerned in miſ-
fortunes, 1o that it is hard to perceive any
change in them either in proſperity or ad-
verſity, which among Europeans is reckoned
magnanimity, but among them ſome will
have it to paſs for ſtupidity.

To inſtance in this particular, when they 1,py/ble of
have obtained a victory over their enemies, adverſity.

they return home dancing and {kipping, and
if they have been beaten, and totally routed,
they ſtill dance, feaſt and make merry.
The moſt they do in the greateſt adverſity,
is to ſhave their heads, and make ſome al-
teration in their garments; but ſtill they are

ready

235

gold in trade, never conſider, that on the BAR BOT.
other hand they are themſelves guilty of a WWW.

S for their natural parts, they are for iy and
the moſt part, men of ſenſe and wit ingenious.

23 A Deſcription of th Boon l

BarBor. ready to feaſt about graves, and ſhould they They make no great account of breakin
Y'V fee their country in a flame, it would not their contracts with the Europeans, upon any
diſturb their dancing, ſinging, and drinking; frivolous humours, or if they find them not
ſo that it may well be ſaid, according to to their advantage; but ſeem to be ſome-
ſome authors, that they are inſenſible to what more obſervant among themſelves,
grief and want; ſing till they die, and In war they are very cruel towards their,
dance into their graves. enemies, whoſe blood they will ſuck and /
Tho? I have faid, they are ſo very cove- drink; and very ſubject to commit murders,
tous and greedily inclined to heap up gold as ſhall be obſerved hereafter. To finiſh
and other wealth; yet after all they ſet their character, they have outdone the former
their hearts ſo little upon it that the greateſt Gentiles, whom St. Paul deſcribes, Rom. 1.
loſs they can meet with is not to be per- 29, 30, 31, and 32; for theſe modern Pa-
ceived by their behaviour, as never depriv- gans have not only, like thoſe of ancient
ing them of one hour's reſt ; but they ſleep times, changed the glory of the uncorrupted
wholly undiſturbed by any melancholy God, into an image made like birds and
thoughts. 5 four-footed beaſts, and creeping things,
T have faid elſewhere, that the Blacks are ibid. v. 23. but even into that of inanimate
all generally ſubtle, deceitful, and addicted beings, as ſhall be ſhown in another place.
to thieving 3 to which I muſt add covetoul- Their youth are extraordinary vain, and 5%
neſs, flattery, drunkenneſs, gluttony, envy ambitious of paſſing for perſons of great l
and ſelfiſhneſs. They conceive a hatred birth, though ſome of them perhaps but
againſt one another upon very ſlight occa- ſlaves; and are nice in adorning their bodies
ſions; will quarrel for a trifle; and are to the utmoſt, after their manner.
luſtful to ſuch an exceſs as is ſcarce credible, FT 5
and conſcquently much troubled with ve- Their HABIT.
nereal diſtempers. They are bad paymaſters, Ts 9
and wonderful proud and haughty, as ap- THF habit and dreſs of the richer ſort 1
pears in their carriage: for if a man by his Ot people, 48 merchants, factors, and ,c1,w
ſubtilty or induſtry has raiſed himſelf fo as others, is various; and in ſome attended
to become rich, or be in conſiderable office, with vanity and affectation, eſpecially the
he never goes about the ſtreets without a ornament of the head, in which they take
flave, who carries his wooden ſtool, to reſt the greateſt pride; and it is generally or-
him whereſoever he makes a ſtop. He dered by their wives. Some wear very long
ſeldom moves his head to look at any other hair, curled and platted together, and tied
perſon, unleſs it be one above himſelf, in VP to the crown of the head. Others turn
wealth or place; or if he happens to ſpeak their hair into very ſmall curls, ſmeared with
to his inferiors, it is done in a lofty, diſ- Palm-oil, and a fort of dye, which they
dainful way; always excepting Hite men, order in the ſhape of a roſe, or of a crown,
for whom they ſeem to have a particular and adorn it with gold toys, or a kind of
reſpect, and eſpecially thoſe who belong to coral, called on the coaſt, Conta de Terra,
the fortreſs, under whoſe protection they Which they ſometimes value three times be-
live. They will ſcldom offer to approach, yond the fineſt gold. They will alſo ſet
much leſs to ſpeak to any of them, or to them off with another fort of blue coral,

the officers of our ſhips, when aſhore, un- by the Europeans called Agrie, and by the
leſs bare-headed ; bur at the ſame time they Blacks, Accorri, which is carried thither from
expect to be civilly treated by them, which Benin; and when any thing large, they value
is a ſure way to gain their affection. After as much as any gold, and will purchaſe it
all that has been ſaid, I cannot but own, weight for weight, „
that if we look at home, we ſhall find much Others will ſhave all their hair, leaving
the ſame folly among ourſelves; our wealthy only one part about an inch broad, and in 4
men are ſubject enough to deſpiſe thoſe che ſhape of a croſs, or of a half-moon, or b
whom fortune has kept below them, we in a circle, and ſome in ſeveral little rounds,
have our ſhare of pride, vanity and envy ; They alſo wear in their hair, eſpecially thoſe
and ſome European nations, inſtead of treat- Who plat in the ſhape of a roſe, or a crown,
ing ſtrangers with reſpect, as thoſe Blacks do, ONE or more ſmall narrow combs, of two,
are proud of the brutality of inſulting and three, or at moſt four long ſharp teeth, as
abufing them. | ou ſee them repreſented in the cut; being, n
Hing. They will ſtand boldly in a lye upon trivial like a fork, without a haft or handle, which
occaſions, and particularly in the caſe of they thruſt through their crowns, or roſes of
theft; but make a mighty diſturbance if a hair, when they are bit by vermin, and
I/Vhite man happens to take any thing of they are ſeldom free from them; ſcratch-
theirs ; and indeed that is no wonder, for it ing their heads after this manner, without
is a great rarity in any part of the world, to diſcompoſing their crowns, or roſes, which
find a thief that will be willing to confeſs require much time to make up. Mani

his crime.

288 . - .
888 A 2

— 3 — — = 1 1
— = : - —_—_ EEE 1
* 8 3 ry = _ 2 2 — 4.4 — — —
5 . . 8 b * — 5 4 \ - 12 N 22. = — ww 5 =
. Iz 0 1 * 1 C l F * —_— *
o ZZ ERS . — — PI
— — * —
8 — —

— = _ 2 — - — S 8 oy * —
* phy 2 — 2 —— na Pann A -4 4 * . = ET * -
— ad l l 8 - wag : - 2 A 7 _ l % *
8 5 * 3 *. —— A = — RR oa 1 i - 5 = — - tr 6 5 = I > | n
a > 2 * — 25 P . - — — —— — 8 : = * - f 8 r —— — 11 r - -
4 ap ein, ye wx . — — — — - ” — : __ » _— PP Iv r N 4 | : wr, OS > — a
_ : _ . : 7 ob n —_— —— » —— — — 4 - - 4 Dec . 22 b 5 4 2 ria bd _—_— * - — a
* — — — 1222 CL l a by <S "S — — — 1 7 * - 4
. — - — 1 — * tre po — — — — — — -” F : - mm 2 * 2 N 2
4 a N - 2 1 — —* — _ — « — | — my be 2 a — D : © n — - + 444
* 4 1 2 ——— 94 4 " % * — — . mm — * - : \ y , * by — .
A — 28 —- —. 2 1 — - 4 4 3 I 5 2 * 122 \ = ww 2 th, r 'T * 2 at 4 4 - * * 4 4 — *
Ns — 4 — - 2 — — 2 1 - a 1 — - „ T —_— oa 1 — 98 — * — 2 — -
| | = . * — "- =4 CEP FIT PO" i OE SF — wu * * 2 2 *
. * Sy *
— bs was * 0 = 2 — - —
— DOTY . — qo a 15 by » = ty — Y , _ - a — 4 *
— f — . — . — — pe —
: 8 * w——_ © 2s L. * — — 4} BR => A * # 9 5 5 " . = —— — * — ——
— R — 3 Wed N e — — 4 2 4 * 3 * 5 7 = + - bt * Te- *
. — F as. 4 2 : : Po ».. : 5 "4 * ZZ, 4 25 ge 3 — ” A — :
a — — — . — — na —— 3 — - n — EY — — _— P
712 1 n 2 8
4 * ä 7 9 3
* 4 — "RS AER * *
*

* —

— —
n
+

oy 22
—— —

was
t
ki |
I
Tk

Statelineſs.

© Wal FIRES, "RR . a A 4
Fc ES „FF e
C4; a — * *
c ON n * ns
. „„
« ** "1 A S

n
e —
. ;

"IE

. ˙ tr
— —— — WF -
= —

*

e — — — = *
7
as 4
; |
— — —
* * 93 .
R — — .
8 = WS... Y ” —
” ” * — * 0
3255

— — — — — —
— —

—— —
2
* 3
96 ww I,

—
yo
4a

wo ne Sogn 5
— 1

— — „
* —
a

— +

— — Ar on org

5

1
I
.
'

„

* 2 = *
; ING ra * 4 1 " — " _— "I BP, * l
ö g | | Wo — 1 * - 15 —_ 9 n Is tas * 1 12 - * CA" 4 of Pry” 5 2 1 ry 3 ada 7” = 3 2 4 F * * 4 o 2
INDIES n b * * 5 83 3 v7 a) 0" FR a 7 — r 9 . * A $f 9 * 7 MS . EY - r 3 9 88 _ ——- 3 5 E r — = * Y 2 EY;
2 - . 7... A EEE LOR on 8 **

BO
We

Ge
>" RT

Lang

2% 4
2 "oo Tod $99 7 7

& * 4% * . * - * f

E

- 5 * 2 \ wy be the 2 Ss N tho ny 4 n *
„35 WEI CUINAEESY 2 Nt n FCP 3
: 5 ; g 5 I 5 + : 2 — OE . 3 2 3 bx l 4 "OW 1 i'r in bb 8 e
3 : 2 2 5 E 4 . CIR 8 ERS Et . py D "on 2 0 3 RP: N
— 5 5 4 7 2 — . Sa 8 0 : : . S Wo 2 2 y * 5 * 8 + * An rag d 8 *. 4 — * 5 *. 4 e * LY Er. < 2 bd v 5
8 "4 ns ; 1 8 8 , 5 Oe - 2 5 mee Dee PORT . « 7 2 > * . on — -
— y

rue

EE
S = 2
fy — — —

| Vol.5, Plate 24 NCYMAN

V (aborero 1 N K+ F bre bos

—

2 7

—
„

—

. RW
"ud, X dl;

—

bg
-

i

FAY

—

— TUE» *

ele

— = I SISRIRIESDD
_—_— MRRSNDRRRRREE!DSSS
% — = Re er —
* —

28. —
— OTOT Ie — 8 a,
—

* 8
» ON YI. 9.

IH, > 0O "> WV)
— ä

Nn

unn,
Oo WWII bo

8 —
r

*
> -
_——_

— —_
==

8 -
— 2 ——
— 22 .

— >

— *

I
— SS
—
* 3.

— —

—
—
—
LG

-
-
—
—
—

<->"
— —
©,

0 (X)
U
Y Oo U *
W V Wy U

9 Y
7 $ e oo
RO W Wo
+

S WEE 50S BE — ——— 2

— —

Pd,

, | wm

1. 145 2 7 the bot 7 nk ' [[ 01101 7 Vie good ant

—
=o

6
e . —

—
—

—

—

222%
222
— 2 .

3

=
— nd
+."

_”
r

75 775
115605!

I
4 22.
LM

* -
—

—

— ——
FAY 15325, >
0

noe wo — 4
; _—

—

07

700
"Snjant

n —
4 n r d . 4 "
— 8 K . , j! - N
rr — - | ” : [1
ND e
IDS VIE N

SJ

if

-- *
———
IC > ——
S

C

2 o
«q „5 p — * pt - - - * .
Sr Bloor 760 £ g c Q ; p _- 4," 4 .* 4 - - -- - x : i
EH SERIE Fo > | k : 2 4 | :
. , - - - + a*©
PP > DEAE
W - 2 - -_

— OE

25 > 220
ie
2

7
7

4
0

22

AN.
Ne
1 1

k

1
4

*

.
(0 NVoman 0

2
*

22 SS
SO WS
= r 232322
r

—
—— =»

—

— 2 — —

6ꝶꝙkö6 l. SECS >” 2
— wee

— 2 — —

Je 77 J
uy

LS

— — ICS
1

Y
U

*
2

.
r

A
—
—
.

,

one E.

Pp rr TIP IA DT ST OA A oo
* ne CO TO OA” — IL EO —̃ —¾
-_"- —— 2 - — —— a
———— — —.—

9
7 fue, ee. 2

3

——
8
*

=" — I TIP” SR:
SIS

are

*

„„ *
2 —

V

\IW
—.
RA

(1 Count 7 Girl

*

—_—_

DV N
W — 22 220 ”
2

. 8 => 5 - < * — - I - * , j 7 « — > Sw :
hes [ Jt _ — SEN a 22,0 0%” —.— 7 p , . | 1 = . £ _ a g 8 \ —

2

IE

"> 5 fy 3

—
——

*

7

JH MHUYC

>_>
—

2

1

7
2

CH

: Jabs.

r = nn xe A Io
*

—— —— — — 28

= * F? — Dt et
ES a Map = I

— -

*
Fae:

_—

2

—

*

— — Y — —

LA JOSE a — —_—
3 2 r

——

2 in. .

22 „4 „

RT

_ o
+ my

Many of the Blacks wear our hats, which
they will buy at great rates, tho“ very
coarſe 3 or elſe hats made of ruſhes, or of
goats, or dog's ſkins, which they make
upon wooden blocks, the ſkins being firſt
well moiſtned, and afterwards dried in the
ſan : adorning all thele ſeveral ſorts of hats
and caps, with ſome ſmall goat's horns,
3 gold toys, and little ſtrings of the bark of
| their conſecrated tree, and ſome add mon-
q key's tails to all the reſt. =
he „ They adorn their necks, arms, legs, and
E ts. waiſts, with ſtrings of the fineſt ſorts of
F PVenice bugles, intermixt with gold, and
the above-mentioned forts of corals. I have
ſeen ſome of them who wore whole bunches
of bugles hanging at their necks, athwart
after the manner of ſcarves, intermixt with
abundance of their gold toys, and ſome
ſtrings of the aforeſaid conſecrated tree, or
chains of gold, with coral amongſt it, ſome
of which ſtand them in above a hundred
pounds ſterling. Thoſe are only worn by
perſons of great note, as are golden brace-
lets, collars, necklaces, and large rings

1 labs.

ſeem to have been uſed by eminent perſons
in ancient times, as we find in many places
of ſacred hiſtory; as for inſtance, in Gen. xxiv.
22. Ezech. xvi. 11. Iſaiah iii. from v. 18,
to 22. Judith x. 3, Sc. And the Hebrew
hiſtorian, Joſephus, ſpeaks of the like orna-
ments, in ſeveral places of his hiſtory of
the Jets; as for inſtance, lib. 6. cap. 15.
the young Amalekite, after he had killed
king Saul, by his own command, took from
him his golden bracelets, and his diadem,

&c.

7

They alſo wear large ivory, gold or ſilver
1 collars, and rings on their arms, and take
3 great pride in them; and the latter they
J call Manillas, ſome having three or four of

thoſe ivory rings, one above another, on
an arm: and they are very artificially made

by them of elephant's teeth, generally car-
_ ried thither from the aqua coaſt, beſides

what they have from the inland country.

The women wear moſt of the ſame orna-
ments; all which you will find repreſented
in the cut, having drawn them myſelf for
the ſatisfaction of the curious. |
The common habit of the men conſiſts
of three or four ells, either of ſattin, cloth,
Perpetuanas, ſayes, India chints, or other
lort of ſtuff ; which without any help of
taylors they throw about their body, roll
it up in a ſmall compaſs, and make it faſt,
ſo that it hangs from the navel downwards,
covering all the legs half way. This ſort
of wrapper ſeems to have ſome affinity with
the thirty ſheets, and thirty changes of
garments, which Sampſon offer'd to give the

Philiſtines of Timnath, if they could expound
Vol. V.

rar 21.

E Garments,

for the arms and legs: all which ornaments.

237

the riddle he propoſed to them, Judg. xiv. 12. Batzor.
Thoſe ſheets might probably be made WVW.

there in the nature of a cloak, ſo that one
end could cover the ſhoulders, and the other
go acroſs under the arms, hanging down-
wards z whence they were alſo called change
of garments, becauſe they were ready to
throw off when they came home, and to
put on again when they went abroad, as
we do with our cloaks : and it ſeems the
mentioning of the thirty changes of gar-
ments was only mentioned to explain the
thirty ſheets. 1 5
The batchelors, called Manceros, do not
dreſs themſelves pompouſly.

The Caboceros, or prime Blacks, from of the

cape Verde, and on the Quaqua coaſt, wear Prime men.

only a fine clout about their waiſt, a cap
made of fine deer's skin on their heads,
and a ſtaff in their hands, with a ſtring of
coral about their necks ; by this their habit
looking rather like poor than rich men :
but I know not for what reaſon, they being

as haughty as any other men in office,

The dreſs of the common ſort, as fiſher- commen

men, canoe-men, ſellers of wine, and other fore.
handicrafts, is alſo various; but very or-
dinary and poor: ſome of them wearing

an ell or two of coarſe ſtuff, or their own
country cloth; others only a ſort of wrapper
drawn through between their thighs, to
hide the immodeſt parts. The fiſhermen
commonly wear a cap, or bonnet, made of
ruſhes, or deer-ſkins ; and ſometimes an old
ruſty hat, ſuch as they can get from the
ſea- men, for fiſh, or other eatables. The
hat is of good uſe either in the hot ſcorching,

or in cold and rainy weather.

Others wear finer ſtuffs, as ſayes, perpe-
tuanas, or 2yaqua cloths, made faſt about
their waiſts, and drawn through between
their legs; ſo that the two ends hang down
before and behind, ſome to their knees, and

ſome to their feet. This ſort of habit is

common to moſt men, of what condition

ſoever, when they are at home, or upon a

journey: but when rich perſons go about
the town, or a viſiting, chey put on their p;/zz;
beſt apparel, as has been mentioned above ;
or wrap about their necks and ſhoulders,
two, three, or four ells of ſayes, perpetu-
anas, or richer ſtuffs, as ſattin, chints, &c.
one end paſſing under their arms, like a
cloak, holding a long rod, or javelin in
one hand, with a grave mien, and follow'd
by a flave, carrying a little low wooden
ſtool, as I ſaid above. When returned
home, they undreſs again, and lay up their
fine clothes in deal cheſts, which they buy
of the Europeans for that purpoſe,

The ſlaves are generally poorly habited
and always bare-headed.

W

Slaves,

BLack

Ppp

4
22

.
a 4 y ;4 = — * ig; — 4 5 F
F r — tn 3 5 — OT ade a — WD 3
5 _ _- 1 2 - — . 2 —
> , : — Tat or : — . 2 = Y— * 1 -
+3 — 3 * — — — = — 1 —————ů— — — 2 2 —
; 4 — — — —
— — rc — » <2 — — — — — "2 -
8

on Pa Tee PA ut >" ——
7 . _-

— _ .

OT
__—

"
— aa any, oc — Poe a a Pr PPT PET.
I — .
— 2 3 - . 4
———— — - — 2 —

238

Banror.

n

Back Women, their FEATURES, Cc.
T HE Black women, I alſo obſerved to

be ſtrait, and of a moderate ſtature,

pretty plump, having ſmall round heads,
ſparkling eyes, for the moſt part, high
noſes, ſomewhat hooked, long curling hair,

little mouths, very fine well-ſet white teeth,

full necks, and handſome breafts. They are

Vices,

ferred from their coſtl

very ſharp and witty ; very talkative, and
by Europeans repreſented as extraordinary
laſcivious, very covetous, addicted to ſteal,
and proud to a high degree; which is in-
dreſs, as if women
in any part of -the world, did not clothe
themſelves according to their ability.

Houſewifry, It is certain they are very great houſe-

Head. dreſi.

"PLATE 21.

Figures in
the thin.

Strings of
gold, Kc.

wives at home, where they take all the
pains of drefſing the corn and meat, and
breeding up their young daughters to it
betimes; very fond and tender of ther
children, frugal in their diet, tight and
cleanly, and nice in waſhing themſelves all
over 1n the ſea, or rivers.

Their Has1T.

THE common dreſs of women of qua-
1 lity is much richer than that of the
men; they plat their hair very artificially,
after it is moiſtned with palm, oil and dye;
adorning it with their coral, and ivory rings,
and gold toys, as alſo bugles and red ſhells;
all which is done with great ingenuity, and
to the beſt advantage, as appears by the
figures in the cut.
They daub their foreheads, eyebrows and

cheeks, with ſome white and red paint mixt,

often making ſmall inciſions on each ſide
of their faces, and ſometimes imprinting
figures of flowers, on their faces, ſhoulders,
arms, breaſts, bellies and thighs, with ſuch
art, that at a diſtance it looks as if their
bodies were carved; for thoſe figures riſe

above the reſt of the ſkin, like a half, re-

lief, which I have obſerved in the wo—
men of Seſtro, and ſome men adorn their
faces and arms in the ſame manner, it being
all done with hot irons.

About their necks they wear gold chains,
ſtrings of coral of ſeveral ſorts, beſides ten
or twelve other ſtrings of gold, or coral,
which adorn their arms, waiſt, and legs,
ſo thick, eſpecially about their waiſt, that
had they no other clothes or girdles about

it, they would ſuffice to cover what modeſty

Clothing.

ought to conceal.

The lower part of the body is clothed
with a fine long cloth, very often two or
three times as long and broad as that of the
men. This long cloth they wrap about
their waiſt, binding it on with a flip of
red cloth, or other ſtuff, about half an ell
broad, and two ells long, to make it fit
cloſe to the body; both ends of that gird-

A Deſcription of the

Book

ing ſlip hanging down over the petticoat

cloth, which, when worn by women of

high rank, is enriched with gold and ſilver
laces.

The upper part of their body they cover py,

with a veil of ſilk, or other fine ſtuff, or
callicoe ; for which uſe the green and blue
colours are moſt in requeſt. Their arms
are adorned with gold, filver, and ivory
rings, or bracelets; as alſo with ribbands,
when they go a viſiting, or feaſting; and
thus they go about the town or roads,
with much ſtate and gravity. Theſe forts
of ornaments ſeem to me to have much af-
finity with thoſe of the J/raelitih women,
mentioned by the prophet EZeHiel, chap. xvi,
v. 10, to 14. and to the ſame may be re-
ferr'd what is ſaid in Judges vili. 26. of the
car-rings of gold, the ornaments, collars,
Sc. that were plundered by Gideon's army,
of the kings of Midian, &c. which were all
of gold: for the Midianites were moſtly
Arabs, and follow'd their faſhions; and it
ſeems they were of the poſterity of Abraham,

and owned 1/hmae!, his ſon, by Hagar, for
the head of their nation, or tribe; agreeing

in manners and faſhions with the Hagare—
nians, or Iſmaelites, who adorned themſclves
with rings, collars, and jewels, vid. Gen. xxv.
13. and xxxvil. 25. 25

At a feaſt the Daniſh agent made at Acra,
to entertain, and ſhew me the pomp of the
Black ladies, I ſaw ſeveral of them richly

I.

; Mane,
.

adorned, and could not but own they were

very ingenious in dreſſing themſelves, in
ſuch manner as might prove ſufficiently

tempting to many leud Europeans; who not pndit

= 3:7
= girlsn,
= hed,

regarding complexions, ſay, all cats are grey ropes

in the dark, And indeed there were ſeveral

genteel perſons of that ſex, not only curious

and rich in their dreſs, but extraordinary

good-humour'd, merry and diverting ; which

did much attract the eyes, not to mention
many laſcivious Jooks and geſtures, at which
they are very dexterous, and ſpare no pains

or art to allure an European gentleman,

thinking it an honour to be in their com-
pany, either in publick or private.

Some of thoſe women wrap the aforeſaid
long pieces of ſtuffs about their bodies,
cloſe under their breaſts, and ſo let them
hang down half way their legs, and lower ;
about the back part of their waiſt, place a
thick wreath of cloth, ſayes or perpetuana,
inſtead of a girdle, to the one fide whereof
hangs a purſe full of Krakra, which is their

ſtring with many keys; which is done even
by the daughters of kings, thoſe being a
part of their ornaments, tho' they have not
above one or two trunks at home to lay
up their wearing apparel. Some alſo add
to the purſe or keys ſeveral ſtrings of the
ſacred tree. |

A5

om
gold money, and to the other ſide, a long

\

III CHAP. 3 Coaſts of SouTH-GviINEA. | 239

il.

| All women
vor b.

| Meaner
1 fort.

them.

As ſoon as ever thoſe Black ladies return
home, they take off all their rich apparel,
which they lay up in their trunks, and in-
ſtead of it wrap about them a country
cloth, reaching only from the waiſt to the
knees, that they may be the leſs encum-
bered to attend their work, or houſewifry,
as the meaneſt ſlaves might do: for there
the women of the greateſt quality muſt ſet
their hands to the work of the houſe, even
ro the meaneſt drudgery, without any re-
gard to quality; the only exception being,
that thoſe who are rich, exempt two of their
wives, the chief wife and the ſecond, called
Boſſum, who is conſecrated to their deities,
and thoſe two are free from work, and as it
were houſekeepers, commanding over all
the reſt, of which more hereafter. Thus

it appears, thoſe females are not ſo lazy

and haughty as ſome would repreſent

The meaner ſort of women, wear a veil
or mantle, made of four or five ells of Ley-
den ſerge, to keep them from the cold and
rain; adorning their arms and legs, with
tin, copper, and ivory rings, and ſome of
iron, of which ſort they alſo wear many
on their fingers; and when they go to

market, they walk very gravely, holding

up their arm with a pewter baſon, or

= 4 Boys and

18

'OPEUIL,

J nun.

Lirle na-
el.

wooden platter, on the palm of their hand.
In ſhort, there are many other dreſſes uſed
among the women, which would be too
tedious to recite in particular.

The youngeſt people of both ſexes, a-
bout the coaſt, are ſeldom cloathed till
eight or ten years of age, but go ſtark
naked, playing, bathing, and ſwimming to-
gether, without any diſtinction, in the ſea
and rivers, as ſhall be again taken notice of
hereafter. 5

The women on the coaſt are more laſci-

vious than thoſe of the inland countries,
which is attributed to their frequent com-

merce with Europeans, who commonly

keep many of them; and their example has
ſuch an influence over the young girls, that

they are ſoon brought to comply; eſpccial-

ly ſuch as are put to dancing: ſchools, where
they are taught many indecent poſtures.
Thus we ſee the Europeans are the occaſion
of that leudneſs they ſeem to find fault
with, and it is no wonder that dancing-
{ſchools ſhould make women unchaſte there,
lince we ſee” them to produce the ſame
effect in England. — —

Few women there have above five or ſix

children, which thoſe, who find fault with

all things abroad, aſcribe to their laſciviouſ-
neſs; tho? it is not very common in Europe
to have above that number, and it may ra-

ther be imputed to the mens having ſo
many wives. 3

. BaAxNBOr.
MAR RIAOEsS; 9
AR E there concluded without the pre- No court-
vious formalities of courtſhip, diſputes ſiib or /et-
about ſettlements, or nicety about the dif-**
parity of perſons; the higheſt quality mar-
rying their own ſlaves, or other inferiors,
according as they fancy, in which there 1s
no oppoſition, or diſgrace. The methods
are ſeveral, whereof I ſhall mention two
or three. | ; By
Firſt, When a Black ſettles his inclina- Firft way
tion on a young woman, to marry her, he cn
applies himſelf to her father, mother, or .
neareſt relations; and is very ſeldom refuſed |
by them, if the maiden is willing to com-
ply, Then he takes her home with him,
if marriageable, or leaves her for a time
with her parents, if too young, tho' this
laſt is not always done. The bridegroom,
according to his ability, defrays the expence
of the wedding · day; being a ſmall preſent
of gold to the father and mother, or neareſt
relations of the bride, and wine, brandy,
and a ſheep to treat them, as alſo new

clothes for the bride ; of all which he keeps

an exact account, that he may demand 1t
again; and it muſt be made good to him, in
caſe ſhe ever takes ſuch a diflike as to leave
him, or he can ſhow ſufficient reaſon for leay-

ing of her,

There is no very great feaſting on the Xo portion.
wedding-day, but the bride is dreſſed very

fine, and ſet off with gold and other orna-

ments, either bought by the bridegroom,
or borrowed, as is frequently done upon ſuch
occaſions : for the bride brings no other for-

tune but her perſon, nor does the man re-

quire much. At night ſhe is conducted to

the bridegroom's houſe, attended by a young

woman of her familiar acquaintance, who

ſtays there a whole week, to bear her com-

pany, and by degrees to make her new con-

dition agreeable. „
The ſecond method is, when a man de- Second way

ſigns to marry his ſon, he pitches upon ſuch 9 contra

a young woman as he thinks moſt accepta-““

ble to him; and having obtained the con-

ſent of her parents, they, if rich, pay her

portion, commonly amounting to about

thirty pounds ſterling in gold, with one

ſlave, to attend on her, when married ;

the kings ſeldom allowing their daughters a

greater fortune.

On the wedding-day, the parents on both

ſides meet, and cauſe the bride to ſwear ſhe

will always be very ſubmiſſive and obedient
to her husband, and never wrong him with
any other man. The bridegroom is alſo
obliged to promiſe, that he. will take ſpe-
cial care of, and uſe her Kindly, till
death, unleſs ſhe ſhould give him uſt
grounds to be divorced. The reſt is much
as above.

The

— _—— -
* - p . — —
— —— :

— -

[1
n
v4
1
' *
Ne
N
*
6
7
. 1
14
4:11
K
4
I
ö ar.
"81
1
5 5 *
j
4 |
4+. #4
. 11 !
;
4
TY
Pt
*
TY,
N
847
1 1
„
1.
pt;
k ©.
?
7 .+
e
o 1
Pg + *
* O
y My
bt
1
Nn
$ * 0
1
MY
J,
: +
A*
bs”
.
10 115
1
$4 3380
Th.
111
1
: I
Fo,
1
-*
4 EY
© 1
7
11. 1
1
1 I]
Nl }
}
FA,
|
, £12
+38
: 7
"Ry »
4
I
5
7
3
ol
dc,
T.©
|
10
Fg
ia)
1 #1
_
*
Þ
L
}
\ +

A Deſcription of the

— *
* 2
> aw 4

x —=sS — r „ ee Ax. —— — -
„ 34 | Tz

- a = 4 - 8 js —_— wy 4
OY * — — 3 fe
8 we 6th 5 T = —

— — —a—½LQa
* i

— on i ts 7:
do pang

turn home drunk.

There are ſeveral other cuſtoms and for-

malities obſerved among the Blacks on the
coaſt, in their marriages, which differ in

ſome particulars, according to the countries
and places; but are much the ſame in the

main, as what has been mentioned, for which
reaſon I think what is ſaid may ſuffice.

there may be no controverſy. It ſhewhoſe turn
it is happens to be a favourite, ſhe lies
with her husband all the night ; if not, when
her turn is over, ſhe muſt withdraw, whe-
ther ſhe will or no. |

= | | 10 |
Thus there are rich merchants, and of- Multi
ficers of towns, who have twenty, or thirty af 25

wives, according to their circumſtances ;
| but

240 Boox HN
BARBOr. The third method; in my time, at Acra a The marriages of the Maelites were not Mani,
Black of about forty years of age, married attended with any religious ceremonies that # Ii,
The third. , girl of eight, at moſt. On the wedding- I know of, except the prayers of the father ines
day, all the kindred, on both fides, met at of the family and the company preſent, to
the bride's father's houſe, and had a great implore a bleſſing on the woman. Such uch wiſe
feaſt, with much rejoicing, abundance of were the marriages of Rebecca with Iſaac, fat
their muſick, and no leſs dancing. When of Ruth with Boaz, of Sara with Tobias, |
that was over, the young bride was again a- I do not find that any offerings or facri-
dorned with more gold toys and ſtrings of fices were made, that any went to the tem-
coral, about her head, neck, arms, and ple, or that the prieſts were called to them.
legs; and then the bridegroom made the All the buſineſs was tranſacted between
declaration as above, in the preſence of the parents and friends; ſo that it looked
their prieſt. After which, the bride was but like a civil contract, attended with ſe-
carried to his houſe, and bedded between veral days of fraſting.
two women, in the bed where he lay; and Kings and prime men there marry their
this to prevent his offering to meddle with daughters, without the leaſt regard to high
her, by reaſon of her tender years, This birth or quality, all perſons being at liberty
was repeated three nights ſucceſſively, after to do therein as they think fit; and thoſe q
which the man ſent her back to her father's women having abſolute liberty in their þ Children
Houle, to be kept there till ſhe was of age choice, will not ſcruple or be aſhamed to *
to conſummate the marriage. marry a ſlave, as frequently happens; as it I
I was informed, that when that time does, on the other hand, to ſee a king's ſon 4
came, all the young women of the place, marry a woman flave: the only difference :
in their richeſt apparel, would accompany being, that the children a king's daughter 1
the bride to her husband's houſe, ſhe being has in wedlock by a ſlave are free, whereas 3
as coſtly dreſſed as poſſible 3 and then each thoſe a king's fon has by a female ſlave, are HF
of thoſe attendants, tho? they were fifty in reputed ſlaves, becauſe the children muſt 1
number, was to be preſented by the bride- follow the mother. „„ j
groom with the value of half an Ackye in Married people in theſe parts have no c
gold, which, as has been ſaid above, is the community of goods, but each their own is Wi
fixceenth part of an ounce. Then they property; the man and his wives agree the
were all to dance moſt part of the night a- matter together, both bearing the charges N
{ bout the houſe of the new-married couple. of houſekeeping ; but the clothing of the b
It The feurch, The fourth: At Manfrou they commonly whole family is at the man's expence. I
. marry people thus; when a Black thinks his Every man there marries as many wives ph
Ct ſon marriageable, he picks out the young as he can keep, ſeldom exceeding the num- 4
nb maid he thinks propereſt in the village, and ber of twenty, and when any one takes ſo 1
it ſends his ſon to court her. If the damſel many, it is to appear very great; the more F
i admits of his addreſſes, for there the women wives and children a man has among the Blacks,
of are left at their own diſpoſal in this point, the greater is his reputation, and the reſpett
W: the Manceroe, or young man, acquaints his paid him: but the moſt common, is to have
1 father, who applies himſelf to her parents, from three to ten wives, beſides concubines,
|: in behalf of his ſon. If they approve of the whom they often prefer before their wives;
Ut! match, the wedding-day is appointed; and but their children are counted illegitimate,
J then the bride, in the preſence of the prieſt, and not reckoned among the relations.
3 is made to ſwear on the toys given them by Moſt of thoſe women ſo married to one in-
__ the ſaid prieſt, as their nuptial gods, that man, muſt till the ground, ſow Indian lieu
J. ſhe will be loving and faithful to her huſ- wheat, or millet, plant yams, or work ſome
i 0 band, as long as ſhe lives: and the bride- other way for their husbands, and each of
9 groom on his part ſwears, he will love and them is ſure to do her beſt to pleaſe him,
{of j maintain her all the days of his life, &c. and gain his affection in a more particular
"i This being done, the parents on both ſides manner, that ſhe may be by him preferred
1 preſent one another, according to their con- above the reſt, and have the moſt of his ö
ik i dition; and the remaining part of the day company; which altogether depends on the en
Wl 18 ſpent in feaſting, dancing, and ſuch man's pleaſure, tho* the common method ate
„ drink ing, that many of the company re- is to oblige every wife in her turn, that ene,

Cr 18.

oods not
CM.

rich wiſe
rep:

E Children
J tovered,

olycam). | |

[ame
labour,

but the kings and great governours, take
ſome eighty, ſome an hundred and more,
with as many concubines or ſlaves to wait
on them. | | |
Each of theſe wives has her particular hut,
adjoining to the husband's houſe, where ſhe
lives, lying on a mat of ruſhes, with a
piece of wood for her boulſter; and thither
the man repairs, to lie with them in their

turns; or if it happens that his inclination

leads him to be more frequent in his viſits

of love to one than to the reſt, he muſt be

cautious that they do not know it, to avoid
the trouble and diſcord that would enſue if
they knew it.
The Hebrews coveted to have many chil-
dren, becauſe in their country thoſe were
accounted fortunate and happy, who had a
numerous iſſue, as in Prov. xx vii. 6, Chil-
dren's children are the crown of old men.

The pagans had the ſame notion, and the

poets talk much of Priam's fifty children;
the Greeks being very fond of fruitful wo-
men, and barrenneſs being ſo ill looked on,
that even maids were accounted unhappy

for dying before they were married. The
daughter of Fephtha bemoaned her unhap-

pineſs in that particular, Therefore it was

that the Hebrews took ſo many wives, look -

ing upon it as great and honourable. It is
not to be admired that God tolerated poly-

gamy, which was in uſe even before the flood,

tho? contrary to the firſt inſtitution of ma-

trimony, which was firſt inſtituted in para-
diſe, before concupiſcence was known, and

ever. ſince has been honoured, and highly

| favoured ; but during thoſe intervals when

grace was ſuppreſſed, and fin prevailed, it
was God's goodneſs to allow a greater indul-
gence, and polygamy was permitted after

the ſame manner as divorce, concerning

L WOnte-
ent,

which Jesus CurisT, Matth. xix. 8.

tells the Fews, Moſes ſuffered them to put a-

way their wives, becauje of the hardneſs of
their hearts; but from the beginning it was
nol ſo. DEE 5

Beſides the wives, it was alſo permitted

to have concubines, which were commonly

ſlaves. The difference betwecn them and
the lawful wives was, that the children of

the latter were to inherit; ſo that the name

of concubinage did not ſignify living in
leudneſs, as with us, but was only a leſs
lolemn marriage. EE |
However, this liberty rather made the
yoke of matrimony heavier than eaſier ; for
a married man could not divide his affec-
tion ſo equally among all thoſe women, as

to pleaſe them all, and was therefore ob-

liged to govern them with an abſolute

Power, as they ſtill do in the Levant, and

thus in matrimony there was no equality,
true friendſhip or ſociety. It was ſtill more

difficult for the rivals to agree among
OL. V.

Coaſts of SouTn-GuiNEA.

among them. Every woman's children had
as many ſtep-mothers as his father had o-
ther wives: every one ſided with his own
mother; and looked upon the children of
the others as ſtrangers and enemies. We have
an inſtance of theſe domeſtick jars in Da-
vid's family, and a greater in Herod's.

The rich Blacks, asI have hinted above, Two privi-

241
themſelves, but there were prepetually di- Bazzor.
viſions, animoſities, and domeſtick broils WWW

have two wives, who are exempted from leged

labour, the principal called Mother Grande,

which is the Portugueſe name, not of the

language of the Blacks, which ſignifies the
great wife, who has the charge of govern-
ing the houſe and family, The ſecond pri-
vileged wife is called Boſſum, becauſe ſhe
is conſecrated to their deity, which bears
that name.
of thoſe two principal wives, but more eſ-
pecially of the latter, and will be enraged
and almoſt diſtracted, if any man kiſſes her;
and, could he do it privately, would puniſh
her ſeverely for permitting it. As for his
other wives, he is nothing near ſo much
concerned, tho? they do not live altogether
regularly, eſpecially if it yields him any
profit or advantage. 1

The Boſſum wives are commonly ſlaves, Privilege

wives.

The husband is very jealous

purchaſed on purpoſe to be conſecrated to 1%

their deity, and for the moſt part of an a-
greeable face and mien; and with them
they lie, either out of a religious notion, or
for the ſake of their beauty, on certain
fixed days, as on their birth-day, or on the
day of the week, dedicated and ſet apart
for their religious duties, which is Teſday.

This preference makes the Boſſums eſteem

their condition above that of the other wo-

ſecond,

men; who, as has been ſaid, muſt till the

ground, ſow corn, plant yams, and do all
other work for their husbands, and have the
trouble of dreſſing his meat; tho”, as the

eat very poorly, that work is ſoon done.

The husband ſpends moſt of his time very

idly, either talking, or drinking of palm-

wine, which thoſe women are forced very

often to get with hard labour, to ſatisfy the

greedy appetite of thoſe ſlothful drones; I
mean many of them, for the wine-drawers
and fiſhermen are laborious enough, the
firſt in getting and ſelling their wine, the
others in fiſhing, or hiring themſelves to the
factors on the coaſt, as occaſion offers, to
row or paddle their canoes, Theſe, by their

own toil and induſtry, fave their wives much

labour at home.

The principal wife has the keeping of the of the
husband's money, to lay it out as the fa-jrf.

mily has occaſion ; and theſe are ſo far
from being jealous of their husband's tak-
ing too many women, that they often preſs
them ſo to do, becauſe there is a fee of four
or five Ackyes of gold due to them, from

Qqq every

— 1. %. — << 24 one - —
— 7 J
4 — s
. 8 =
—
- - . + oe es. - # 2

2 r = IE -:

— AE — — — — — —— — 2 ————

— —_—
_—
7 S
2 :
— > . —

— — — 33
— — 4 * _ ><)
—— 2 * -

TH
——

2
— —— —

—
et

—
— 3s - i %
— ͤ ernncnc th too Do => I

*
— _ ac —
_ — — - — ——— 2 — N —
———ͤ—

—

— . ˙—— —

— —
< * _

—
—
3

—ũ—— - L — s
—
— — .

— =y
——
K.

— —
„ * D —— + - & © N. 7 " .
— i Se. , — 2222 "4.43 2 Es 9 5 5 3 UH —
— — E. 2 wr . Ras. — 2 p — 8 |
* 8 i — E: Y ä

— CATS — - * - —— =
uh = _— - — *. $ - 4" —
2

r T4

a | 5 8 * 4
* — __ FY — ues . 3 = * — 1 —
—
8 3 — —
a % < * «xx
Fg rr —— LS
— 4

—
mes

=

b_

|

FR.

i »

.
77

Merchant:

— —— — —
— n

BAR BO. every one of thoſe women he takes, as a
» preſent; beſides, the ſuperiority over them,
in every particular, even to lying with the
husband three nights together to their one,
and that by turns, according to the order

of time when they were married.
Oxeto ſuc- When this principal wife is grown very
ceed her. old, or fickly, the man by her conſent,
chuſes one of the others, whom he likes
beſt, to ſucceed in the functions and privi-
leges of the former, and then ſhe is to
meddle no more with any concerns of the
family. This new governeſs, thus prefer-
red, if ſhe has been formerly ill uſed by her
that is laid aſide, will then ſhow her re-
ſentment, uſing the other in a haughty
manner, and almoſt like a ſlave.
Theſe wives cannot be put away unleſs in
wives hap- caſe of adultery ; but in general the wives
bit. of merchants and traders are the happieſt, as
not being obliged to labour without doors,
and on the contrary well kept by their hul-

and eſpecially with ſtrangers, whom thoſe

women allure by many ſubtilties, perſua-

ding them they are not married; and when

got into the net, and in the height of their

familiarity, the husband, who is upon the

watch, ſurprizes them, and makes him pay
— dear to get off. .

Gallants : 5
ee ried, will promiſe upon oath to keep the ſe-

cret, but yet betray them to their husbands;

which in reality they cannot well avoid,
becauſe it would go hard with them, ſhould
he come to the knowledge of it any other

way. Thus they catch them together and

receive the man's compoſition, which he
pays to avoid attoning for his offence by a

greater fine. |

Fine for If the perſon is rich, who has had to do

adultery, with the principal wife of ſome man of note,
the fine is one or two hundred pounds, and
the woman is turned off, unleſs ſhe had the
husband's content to proſtitute herſelf for
money. If this happens between a man and
woman of the meaner ſort, the fine does not

_ A Deſcription of the

Others, whoſe gallants know they are mar-

and throwing all manner of filth and dirt at
her, as ſhe is going thither, and there ſhe
is plunged and waſhed clean; being of opi-
nion, that if this were not done, the infant
in her womb, or ſome of the kindred would
certainly die very ſoon.

BiRTHS.

Book

wW HE Na woman is in labour, abun- 1

oe

dance of the neighbours reſort to the .

houſe without diſtinction of ſex or age, to ea)

attend and help her in caſe of need, for it
is no ſhame there for a woman to have a
croud of men and boys preſent at her la-
bour. As ſoon as ſhe is delivered, which is
generally within a quarter or half an hour,
without any ſhrieking or crying out, they

make her drink a calabaſh, or gourd full of
a ſort of liquor made of Indian wheat, ſteep-

ed in water, wine, and brandy, tempered
with Guinea pepper; and then covering her
warm, that ſhe take no cold, they let her

eaſineſs: which is a proof of the ſtrength of

their conſtitution. |

This puts me in mind of a woman ſlave, ta
who was delivered aboard our ſhip, on the#

bare deck, between the carriages of two
guns, 1n about half an hour ; who, the

very next moment, took the infant herſelf,
carried it to a tub of water, waſhed it, and
having reſted about an hour, fell to work,
as buſily as ever; helping our cook,
which was her peculiar buſineſs, carrying

the babe at her back, wrapped up in a

clout. |

Thus child-bearing is there very little Xen
at (abowk

trouble to the men, and it is very rare to

hear of any woman dying in child-bed, or

being ſo ill as to keep up ſome days. There
is no goMPIng, nor groaning feaſt, nor any
proviſion made of clouts or other neceſſaries

for the new-born babes, and yet all their

limbs grow as ſtrong and proportionable as
any in Europe ; only they have Jonger na-
vels than our children, which muſt be at-

tributed to the mother's fault, or ignorance.

I

bands. rreſt and ſleep for three hours, after which |
Wives ex- There are other Blacks, who marry many ſhe gets up, waſhes the new- born babe, and q Children
hoſed for wives, only to get money by them, allow- falls to her houſhold work, as ſhe did be- beit, a
sen, ing them to lie with other men for gain; fore, without the leaſt ſhow of pain, or un- ion.

—
3 — = As -* — FY
>.
&, . *
— — gk _ a Fg
A — — » - =
* 2 4

exceed four, five, or ſix pounds ſterling ;

i Thoſe children are for the moſt part of Infant
the cauſe being nicely tried before the pro-

= rong (00

ſo ſtrong a conſtitution, that they require ui

little care to be taken of them: for as ſoon”

— — —— ——
ſug : a5 5 :
— * « * * * - ”
—— rn 2 —
by + — . bs

— —
—_—
- _ >
23

Er 3 _
— — 3 % g - 5 - "
& & ” | RT
n *

22

r

per judges of the country, of which more
hereafter. ET
Women When a man's wife appears to be with
with child. child, ſhe is much more regarded by him
and taken care of than before; and if it
be her firſt, rich offerings are made to their
deities, for her ſafe delivery. The ceremo-
nies obſerved upon ſuch occaſions are very
fooliſn and ridiculous, one of them being,
that as ſoon as the woman finds ſhe has con-
ceived, ſhe is conducted to the ſea-ſhore, a
great number of boys and girls following

as they have been waſhed, either in the ſea
or rivers, they are wrapped up in a ſmall

piece of ſtuff, and laid down on a mat, or

on the bare ground, and left to themſelves
to roul about, which is practiſed for five
or ſix weeks: after which, their mothers
carry them hanging at their back, in a piece

of ſtuff, as our gypſies or beggars do, and

keep them there moſt part of the day, not-
withſtanding the hard labours they are em-

ployed in themſelves ; and thus they 5
che

ar. 18.

ante

N
I labowh

7 Children

40 /oon.

them from time to time, lifting up the
children to their ſhoulder, and turning the
breaſts up to them. And ſome women, eſpe-
cially when they grow old, have their
breaſts ſo long, that the children will hold
them with both their hands, without lean-
ing far over the mother's neck; as is alſo
reported of the women of Chili, in America,
who are ſaid to have very long breaſts. Nor
is it to be thought ſtrange, thoſe women
never wearing any thing to ſtay up their
breaſts, which occaſions their own weight,
eſpecially when full of milk, to extend tnem;
and if we did obſerve it in Europe, we

' ſhould find women enough in every country

that might do the fame.

What has been ſaid of the women nur-
fing their infants after this manner, 1s to be
underſtood of the meaner ſort, or ſlaves :
for the women of a higher rank, and more
wealthy, never carry their children about

with them, but leave them at home, when

they go abroad. |
It is very rare to ſee any of thoſe chil-

rait, anddren lame, crooked, or ricketty ; but the

are all ſound, healthy, ſtrait and well limb-
ed, and before they are eight months old,

their nurſes let them crawl! about alone
ſtark naked, on all fours, feeding heartily

on dry bread, and as well ſatisfied as ours

luſty and ſtrong, that they begin to go and
talk before they are a year old. Nor are
their mothers much troubled with them,
but do their work either at home or abroad
without any interruption from them : and

this is rather to be looked upon as the cuſto-

mary way of breeding them up, than any
want of tenderneſs in the parents ; who up-
on all occaſions ſufficiently make ir appear,
that they are as fond of their offspring as
other people. Some women will ſuckle
them three years, tho? others do it not a
quarter of the time.
light in adorning them with ſeveral ſorts of
gold toys, ſtrings. of beads, ivory rings,
and ſome of the ſacred tree about their

_ necks, arms, waiſts, and legs; but they

are particularly careful to make them wear
leveral ſtrings of the ſacred trees, which
they have from their prieſts, who are ſent
for as ſoon as an infant comes into the
world, and bind a parcel of ſtrings, coral,
and other baubles about their heads, bodies,
arms, and legs, and then uſe exorciſms, ac-
cording to their manner, believing theſe to
be extraordinary perſervatives againſt all
accidents and diſeaſes ; but in particular they
think they hinder the devil from doing them
any harm : and as the children grow up,
they buy other new flrings of thoſe ſor-
cerers, or prieſts, or as they call them Con-
foes. They fancy each ſtring has its pecu-
lar property and virtue; ſome to prevent

Coaſts of SOUTH-GuiNeA.

regard it. N

They take great de-

neck, others about its hair, to kee
from falling; others are to hinder bleedin
at the noſe; others to make the child ſleep
well, and others to ſecure them againſt ve-
nomous creatures, There every mother
ſuckles her own child, and each infant
knows its own mother. 0

E DPUCAT TON.

243
vomiting, which they put about the child's Bax Or.
p them

*

T H Us they breed them up till they are 500 "=
about eight or nine years of age, %

learn to

wholly in idleneſs and play, learning nothing vim.

all that while bur to ſwim well, and con-
tinuing, as I have ſaid before, ſtark naked,
as they come out of their mothers wombs ;
boys and girls daily running about the town,

or market-place, in ſome places many hun-

dreds together. It was ſometimes very di-
verting to me to ſee great numbers of both
ſexes, indifferently mixed together, play-
ing with much activity and dexterity, among
the ſurges of the ſea, about the ſhore, ſome
on pleces of timber, others on bundles of
ruſhes, made faſt under their ſtomachs, the
better to learn to ſwim ; others ducking un-
der the water, and continuing, there for a con-

ſiderable time, the Blacks on the coaſt looking
on it as a great perfection in a boy or girl to

rea ſwim well, which may be of uſe to them
with all their dainties; generally growing ſo

ſome time in their life The inland Blacks
are not ſo expert at ſwimming, as being
far from the ſea, and having few great rivers
in their countries, which makes them little

One great fault in theſe Blacks is, to let Eat car-
their boys and girls eat all manner of carrion .

they find abroad, as they commonly do,

and will often fight among themſelves de-
ſperately about dividing of it; but conſi-
dering that the old Blacks are generally fo
filthy and naſty in their way of feeding, and
greedy of ſtinking fleſh and rotten fiſh, it is no
wonder the young ones ſhould be of the
ſame temper. 7”
They rarel

correct or puniſh their Puniſh-

children, for any other faults, than wound- ment.

ing of others, or ſuffering themſelves to be
beaten 3 in which caſes I have ſeen ſome ſo
ſeverely beaten with a ſtick, that I was
amazed their limbs were not broken, and
no leſs at the ſtubbornneſs of the boys,
who were ſo far from amendment, that they
immediately were guilty of the ſame offences.

When the children are come to ſeven, or B.

eight, and ſometimes nine years of age,

taught
their fa-

they hang before them, at their waiſt, half her pro-
a yard of ſtuff, or the country cloth, likefefion.

an apron, and then by degrees they are
brought to work. If the father is a fiſher-
man, or husbandman, or of any other
trade, as a merchant, or a factor, Sc. he
brings up his boys to his own profeſſion.
When a youth is grown up to a competent

age,

1
1
"|
8
1
of
{
.* 1
1
* 3»
BKY
[4 U
1
5 i
1 )
{ ;
1
4
"ye!
1
13
5.
*
7 *
[i
4 4
\
4
x
ol
C1
ali
1
*
1
1
.
*
: i
N
=
" wt
.
i
!
ſi
it
el, :
: 1
*
17
1
1
10
15
11
N j
"Pl

U
g
|
|
|

"i A =
— — — CE
3 wt oe

Zr TO Gs
me a + — 8 _—_ :
- - 2

244

A Deſcription of tbe Boox Il

Barzor. age, he muſt ſhift for himſelf, and as op-

portunity offers, lays up all he can conve-
niently get againſt that time, which the
parents ſeldom or never obſtruct. Being
thus brought up to their ſeveral profeſſions
to about twenty years of age, two or
three of theſe youths will aſſociate and
keep houſe together, working for them-

ſelves; the father, if he is able, ſometimes

giving his ſon a ſlave to help him in his

ticus, &c. The ſame was uſed among the

fect 3 as was practiſed by the ancient Romans,
who had performed any great exploits, as
in Africanus, Britannicus, Parthicus, Aſia.

* ho-
Jews, and 1s ſtill among the New-England unable.
Indians, who call themſelves Sa- Ga-Neatb, ö
Rua- Gelb- Ton, being ſeveral names belong-
ing to one man.

The titles given to our nobility are not xa

known among thoſe Africans, nor were they Item

i
7
1
Gs
=
— 44
b
4."
*
U
4
!
&
by

calling.
Girls th The women breed their daughters to beat
buſineſs or pound the corn and rice, to bake bread
th and dreſs meat, to clean the houſe, to take

care of their parents clothes, as well as their
own; and in general, to all parts of good

houſewifry. If they are market-women,
to ſell their proviſions ; others to weave mats,
and make baskets of ſtain'd ruſhes of various
colours, boedding, coarſe cloth of the hairy
bark of palm-trees, ſpin, and many other
ſorts of works; which thole girls, having
good natural parts, ſoon learn, and become
perfect in them: for it is obſcrv'd, that
the female ſex are there generally more
ingenious and induſtrious than the males; ſo
that the maidens, tho* married very young,
are Capable of houſekeeping, and helping
their husbands with ſomething of what they
had got by their work before. k

Names.

Children A S ſoon as the Confoe, or prieſt, has bleſs'd

of note the child, if we may ſo call it, or hung
have three about it thoſe preſervativesabove-mention'd,

the next thing is to give it a name. If the
family be above the common rank, the
infant has three names given it; the firſt is
the name of the day of the week on which
it is born; the next, if a ſon, is the grand-
father's name; and if a girl, the grand-

mother's; others give their own name, or

that of ſome of their relations.
At Acra, the parents having call'd toge-
ther all their friends, take the names of all
the company, and give the child that which
is born by moſt in the company.
Tux names for boys are commonly,
What ſor fs: Adom, Quagqou, Quat, Corbei, Coffi, &c.

and for girls, Canow, Fama, Aquouba, Hiro,

Accaſiaſfa, and many more, Beſides theſe
names of their own for boys, they frequently

add our chriſtian names, as John, Antony,

Peter, Jacob, Abraham, &c. being proud

of thoſe European names; but that is prac-

tiſed only by thoſe that live under the
protection of the forts on the coaſt.

Name; . Beſides thoſe two or three names given
from them, as ſoon as born and conſecrated by
«ion: the prieſt, they take ſeveral others as they
advance in years; for if a man has behaved

himſelf bravely in war, he receives a new

name, derived from thence ; if he has killed

a ravenous beaſt, he has a name to that ef-

to the J/aelites ; but the names of theſe laſt

had ſome great ſignification, as thoſe of the

patriarchs. The name of God entered into the

compoſition of moſt of them, as Elias and
Foel are compoled of the two names of God
ſeverally joined. Jeboſapbat, or Sephanie ſig
nifies God's judgment; 7oſedeck or Sedechigi)

his juſtice ; Jobanan or John and Hananiah,

his mercy; Nathanael, Elnathan, Jonathan

and Nathania, import all four, given of
God, or the gift of God. Sometimes the

name of God was implied, or to be un-
derſtood, as in Nathan David, Obed, Ozah,
Ezra, as appears by Eltezer, Oxiel, Abias,
&c. where it is expreſſed. There were alſo
ſome myſtical and prophetical names, as
Foſhua, or Jeſus, and thoſe which Oſzah
and Jaiab impoſed on their children by
God's ſpecial command. Other names de-
noted the piety of their parents, as may
be ſeen in the names of David's brethren,

and his ſons. Such are the names which our
ignorance of the language makes us think

barbarous; and certainly much better than
the extravagant ſurnames of godfathers, now
trequently given to children for chriſtian
names, ſo much practiſed in England.

It would take up too much time to recite
all the names given to Blacks, and the oc-
caſions of them, ſome of them having at
leaſt twenty ; the principal and moſt ho-
nourable of which, is that given to every
one in the market-place, when they are there
drinking palm-wine together. However, the

common name they go by, is that which was

given them at their birth, There are ſome
alſo who take their name from the number
of their mother's children, as the eighth,
the ninth, the tenth, which is never done
unleſs the number exceeds ſix or ſeven.

CIRCUMCISION,

] uſed at no place on the whole coaſt,

but only at Acra, where infants are cir-
cumciſed by the prieſt, at the ſame time

that they receive their names; and the cere-

mony is performed in the preſence of all the
relations of both ſexes, and ends with danc-
ing and feaſting.

' MATRIMONIAL STATE 2p the INLAND:
H Aving given an account of the mat-
riages, births, and education of the
Blacks along the coaſt ; it remains that I ſay
| ſome-

N Night

N Lewdye
3 of Won

| ſomething of the behaviour of the inland
people in the ſtate of matrimony. |
It has been declared, that the Blacks on
dn , the coaſt have many wives, which is alſo
4 0 practiſed up the inland country; this company of ſome other men; and they
; multitude of wives being looked upon as dreading the event, are not eaſily brought
the chiefeſt glory and grandure of the to comply with them: which puts that ſex
husbands, as their wealth conſiſts in the upon ſtudying means and contrivances, to
number of ſlaves, tho* this often proves allure them; and ſometimes, if they chance
their ruin, every man being obliged to to get a young briſk fellow alone, they
make good the _— done by his ſlave, will tear the clout or {tuff which covers his
in caſes of theft or adultery, according to middle parts, and throw themſelves upon
the fine impoſed for his crime, and to be him; ſwearing that if he will not ſatisfy |
reſponſible for their children, nephews, and their defires, they will accuſe them to their
other relations ; but this ſometimes not in husbands, as having attempted their cha-
the whole, becauſe it is uſual for the rela- ſtity. And tho? he were as chaſte as Joseph,
tions to help one another by mutual con- being ſeen in that poſture, it would little
tributions, every one according to his cir- avail to plead he came thither by chance,
cumſtances; elſe the criminal would be or ſurprize ; the woman's accuſation would
condemned to ſlavery or death. prevail, and the poor wretch, tho' never

£45
eaſy to conceive how inſufficient he muſt Barzor.
be to ſatisfy ſo many: thence it is, that WWW
notwithſtanding the ſeverities they incur, :

they are continually contriving to get the

Þ pariſh

wiſh In thoſe inland countries, he who de- ſo innocent, would ſuffer cruelly, and loſe
mu bauches a married woman is not only his life, in horrid torments, if neither he,
bl, vined himſelf, but his relations ſuffer with

nor his relations were able to attone it by
him. If the man, whoſe wife is ſo de- great fines.

| bauched is rich, or in ſome conſiderable Others of thoſe lewd women, will ob-
poſt, he will not be ſatisfied with ruining

ſerve the place where the perſon on whom
the criminal, but will do his utmoſt to they caſt their luſtful eyes uſed to ſleep ;
have him made away. If the offender be then ſteal to, and lie ſoftly down by him
a ſlave, his death is inevitable, and that after which awaking him, they uſe all their
in the moſt cruel manner, but his maſter arts to bring him to ſatisfy their paſſion :
muſt alſo pay a fine : and the woman is and the more to allure him, will ſwear and
in great danger of her life, unleſs her re- aſſure him, no perſon whatever knows of
lations do pacify her husband with a con- their coming to him, and that they can re-
ſiderable ſum of money. But if ſhe has tire without the leaſt ſuſpicion of their
committed adultery with her husband's husband, or any other perſon ; adding, if
ſlave, ſhe is without appeal condemned to he ſtill proves inſenſible to gratify their
die with her adulterer, and her parents ob- deſires, that they will make ſuch a noiſe,
| liged to pay her husband a ſum of money. as ſhall occaſion their being ſurprized to-
For here every ſuch conſiderable Black,

gether. Upon which proteſtation the young-
thus injured, is properly his own judge; or man is forced to yield, and ſatisfy the luſt-

— —

C — — - x) -
_ — Ks * 0 > 4
u — 2 - 3 2 **
a — — 1 2 *. 2 -
— — yo | gn — - = 2 Ss — * 2% < 2,
— — 2 2 2 - 7 * : a : * = K — - . 1 —
38 1 — —— — - n — ? 8 * * * — * —— — oa. thy _ * 1 — gu — Do 7 > —
= ; * —— a 2 - : . * — aff - ”” \ 3 — 2 23 —
— = r ET” * - - 3 . 5 — c Fa T7 p ws * "IG K 1 — wo - - ——IC 22 - — _—_— —. 7 —
2 - E 3 8 — bs — 2 — — — — - 2
gy - r . ö — . —— —— - — — — 2 => —— b -
o 2 8 —— — = — Fa — — +45 — - - s = —
: . — — — — 1 2 2 A — — — SV. * -
be 3 — A — 2 = 9 <= = 2 = o og _ 2
— SS 0 : a 2 .

- 3 0 1
— — —

— — 9
POE
-—— 2 —

*
—

=.
= =
— —

q
— ener ene — —

if he is not himſelf ſtrong enough, to ful woman as well as he can: and if this by
ſee reparation made him, his friends familiarity can be kept ſome time ſecret, ©
join and aſſiſt him, they being ſure to ger they perhaps repeat it ſo often, that at laſt 1
- tome part of the fines. it is diſcovered ; and then they receive the 1
g Thoſe Blacks being much richer, than aforeſaid puniſhments, Thus it appears | {
g the others that live near the coaſt, and that men there are very jealous of their jt
, amongſt the Europeans, the fines are car- wives, and act in this particular with too |
| ried to four or five thouſand pounds fter- much partality and injuſtice, asnot making
ling, for the crime of adultery. Whereas it reciprocal, ſince they themſelves ſpare no
at the Gold Coaſt, no man whatſoever, e- coſt or inducements to corrupt the wives
ven a king, tho? he ſhould ſell all he has or daughters of other men.
in the world, could raiſe ſuch a ſum of For how jealous ſoever the women ma
money on any account whatſoever, ex- have cauſe there to be of their husbands,
cepting the kings of Acron, and Aquam- they have no other ſatisfaction, for their
X boe, which poſſeſs great riches, and if their many infidelities, than to ſtudy to wean
5 wealth was joined would amount to a

them from that vice, by ſoft and tender

greater ſum, than that of all the others on admonitions or endearments, none of thoſe

che coaſt could make up together.

5. women, except the chief wife, daring
The great puniſhment inflicted here on wo- to chide them for it. Which particu-
0 men for adultery, being either a cruel death, lar prerogative of the chief wife, tho' ex-
. : B's or exceſſive fines, is not ſufficient to reſtrain erted as opportunities do offer, charging
V ramen dheir luſt - they being of a nature ſo much them ſeverely on that head, and threatening
[- J hotter than the men; and ten, fifteen, or to forſake their houſe, and company, if the
De 1 twenty married all to one husband; it is continue that vicious courſe ; yet it —
} ; Vor. .
6. 3

R rr be

—

——— — 8 — © -- P — * |
.

= =>
- N . 4
5 Denn als rok
** 3

* nn, * -
_— —

*
+ pa
2

*
*

1 DE 2
WAR > al
— 5 - ——— — — — — — - non <> ei —— —

3 ſy
— - ” "£1 Mn Pm 1
— — — hs — 3 : = —
” . P
3 >

— — — —
r —
9 *. * id —_ — - 42 *
— . — of RE 5 Sf B
— - CO — — —

r . — — >
= :
: \ ——_ . \
— — — - F — 422 Ie „ „ N 3 57 . * — — — 4 =y — 4 — RY -
22 her EY ALT. i. a Maint _ — ER 2» r S 2 Sand on ( — — — — = - = e 2 a= 2 „
0 — 9 - 1 p - : F : - =_ 2 1 4 2 I * = 8 =,

2 . < Py 4 2 E i — y_ 4 g _ — — 8 A 4
9 K = : p — age IO 5 > — 20 r — 5 — — — - 2 — * >—
— 1 A — =

4 * at GAIT. —

1
N ,
1
1
1175
11
«
+, Þ
1. 1
+719
4 : 3
1287
: 5 x
FEES
U & 4 ;
+54
TY
4 Te *Y
£
.
1 1
_ TS
Ie
1 A P23.
* * 0
7 1
' TY
} .
. 1
1
44 - :
SJ 2
| 14
1 * 4
o 2 .
14 Fob Bb
p :
l b 1
2
25 At! F
=. „
is” I + j :
HI
, A
l þ [
. : =O |
.
47 $
UE 1
. 9
1
1 8
i Wo :
0 141%
l .
4b :
.
4 4
; ,
155
4 x
1 .
by HO;
# i
ts =
4s 4
oy 8 ;
oy
\ 44 4
by oY £
2 Wa *
g * ö 1
| :
4 1 *
* F +
IN +19
1
. 1 .
fo Þ .
„ : 'K
* 'Þ 1 4
o FL bl * 6:2
14 f
7 FEY
1 * — 8
F 5 * e
4 1
* 425%
= 6
4 :
- 4 36 F
f
* 14
*
1
= ,
: #
_—_ 1
= 12
9 F [ 1 K
94 EN
* 45 -
$32 4 1
# ”
g E
.
=
l CY
;
\ $
b p 1
ty 4
= 1
1 4 5
G N F ;
a Fi #1
\ ER C 1
by „* * 4
+ + 8 -
k / ;
1
.
1
i" 84
1
1 1
+4. '*: 6 .
, G
;
1
j *
4 |
1 ,
p "4
4 :
„
nnen
24 N
* 5
* 4
þ :
5
” ? :
G 1 34
N fl
14.7
$68} : 4
4
wo
$4
* D
* ,
£4
:
:
1

r rr ae EE Ye STEIN REES

*

— ” _ — —_— -

A year's
conſine-

ent.

Looſe
Avers.

More wo-
men than
men.

246

BAK BO r. be done at ſuch time as the husband ſeems
co be in a good temper, elſe it would avail

little, and ſhe might perhaps find him too

hard for her, or give little ear to her re-

monſtrances. |

When married women have their uſual

courſes, they are reputed ſo unclean, that

they muſt be ſeparated from their husbands,

and kept in a ſmall hut near theirs, or their
own father's houſe.

If a man gets a child by his ſlave, whe-
ther married to her or not, his heirs will
look upon it, and keep it, only as a ſlave ;
for which reaſon, thoſe who have a tender

A Deſcription of the Book Il

HA

affection for cheir ſlaves, will take care to

make their children free, with the uſual

ceremonies, before they die; after which,

ſuch children are treated as free perſons, in
every particular, amongſt the people.

I deſire to be excuſed, if the variety of
ſubjects, which occur to my memory, makes
me, perhaps, not treat of them in that
order as is requiſite z and being now upon
giving an account of women in general,
either married or unmarried, concubines, or
harlots, I ſhall refer what more is to be
ſaid of them to the next chapter.

4
—
4
4
4
*
*
of
43
*
5
8
9
.
*
—
.
E
E
ww
*
7
.
£2
=

CH: A P; XI;

Ceremony obſeru'd with fruitful women; ſmgle men and women; publick
harlots. Right of inheritance ; language; degrees of people. Mulattoes.

CEREMON Y with FRUITFUL WOMEN.

T is the cuſtom in the country of Anta,

when a woman has born ten children,
to keep ſeparate from her husband in a ſmall
hut, remote from the concourſe of people,
for a whole year, where ſhe is very carefully
provided with all manner of neceſſaries to
maintain her. When that time is elapſed,

and all ceremonies, uſual on that occaſion,

perform'd, ſhe returns to her ſpouſe's houſe,
to live with him as ſhe did before. This

practice is ſo ſingular in it ſelf, that it muſt

needs proceed from ſome ſuperſtitious no-
tion, which we can give no account of;
but only that it is peculiar to Aula.

SINGLE MEN and WOMEN.

QEveral of both ſexes here live ſingle, at

> leaſt for ſome time; tho' commonly
the number of females exceeds that of ſingle

men; becauſe they live more pleaſant and

free unmarried, than they ſhould if wedded :
and perhaps have the more liberty to enjoy
the company of men. Women of that

temper, afterward uſually marry among the

common people, with whom they may more
ſafely continue this vicious courſe of life;
the meaner Blacks being leſs provok'd at the
infidelity of their wives than the better fort.
Another reaſon alſo may be, that there
being very many more women than men,
they muſt wait the opportunity of being
asked, to marry. And in the mean while,
they ſatisfy their ſenſuality, without incur-
ring the ſcandalous name of whores, but are
rather look'd upon as the better fitted for
wedlock, by many Blacks who are not rich;

and thus they can wait the opportunity of

being asked in marriage, with more ſatis-

faction.

Few of the men die unmarried, unleſs
very young; but commonly take a wife as
ſoon as they can raiſe money to defray the

2

ployment thereafter. This being done, 4

wedding-charges z which, as I have faid
before, being fo very inconſiderable, they
ſoon ſpeed. But the children of the chief,

or rich ſort of people, are generally married fan
before they are able to make diſtinction of "mil
ſexes ; when the parents or relations are in-
clined to it, and want no money. There
are alſo ſeveral families, which interchange-
ably marry their children, almoſt as ſoon

as they are born, without any other forma-
lities, but the conſent and agreement of both
parties, willing to be more nearly allied,

Wrivilege
of harlots

PuBLick HaRrLoOTs.

QEveral women never marry, but take the
character and profeſſion of publick
whores, for the Manceroes or batchelors ;
as is commonly ſeen in the countries of //-
ſeny, or Awine, Egwira, Abocroe, Ancober,
Axim, Aula, and Adom; where ſeveral wo-
men in each country are initiated in that
trade, after this manner. 2 |
The Manceroes, or-batchelors, having pe-
titioned the Caboceiroes, or rulers of their
towns or villages, to ſet up a publick whore Setup h
for their uſe ; the Caboceiroes accordingly, am
or ſometimes the Manceroes, with their con-
ſent, buy a beautiful woman ſlave, who is
brought to the publick market-place, ac-
companied with another already of that pro-
feſſion, to inſtruct her in the myſteries of
her trade: after which, the novice is ſmeared
all over with earth; and then, they make
ſeveral offerings for her good ſucceſs, and
better performances in the courſe of her em-

laing

Bo temn's
Ruud.

little boy, yet unripe for acts of love, makes
a repreſentation of lying with her in the
ſight of all the people there preſent; and

then it is declared to her, that thenceforth
ſhe is obliged to receive all perſons with- L
out diſtinction, even boys, that ſhall deſire C

her company. Then the harlot is conducted
to

INK: 42. 19-

infant;

mArrid,

Set uþ h
| authorty.

——_—_ TS. YG vo

Nilege

T1
A
1

the
2

Vburlots.

latin.

to a ſmall hut, built for her, a little out
of the way, and there, for eight or ten
days together, lies with every man that

comes to her: at the expiration of which

time, ſhe has the name of her profeſſion,
Abrakrees, or Abelecre, which imports Com-
mon Whore ; and has a dwelling-place aſ-
ſigned her, near one of her maſters, or in
a particular place of the town, where, during

her life, ſhe is obliged to deny no perſon the

uſe of her body, tho' he offers never ſo
ſmall a ſum for her reward; which ſum ſel-
dom is above a penny : if any give more, it
is their free-will or civility, becauſe ſome,
perhaps, may be better pleaſed with her
company than others.

Each of the above-mentioned towns has
two or three ſuch Abrakrees, according to

the number of the inhabitants. The money

thoſe wenches get, by their ſordid proſtitu-
tion, they carry to their maſters, who allow
them as much out of it as is neceſſary to
ſubſiſt and clothe them. |
In the countries along the Coaſt from Qua-
qua to Axim, they have three ſuch Abra-

trees in each town; ſer up by the governors,

and yielding them conſiderable profits.
Every Black, who paſſes through the mar-
ket-place, where theſe whores dwell, being
obliged to give them ſome few gold Kra-
kra; there theſe publick women have alſo

the privilege to take what proviſions, or

clothes they can lay their hands on, without
impunity 3 nor are they to be denied it, in

ſo great favour and eſteem they are.

Among the other ceremonies practiſed
for inſtalling them in that profeſſion, which
are like thoſe already mention'd, the of-
fering to be made is a hen, which when
killed, they cut the bill of it, and fo let

it bleed on the woman; but to what pur-
_ Poſe, I know not, only that the Blacks ſay

it ſignifies, ſhe will not be aſhamed of hef
profeſſion, of which ſhe maketh a publick
declaration, to all the people preſent.

Hemd Theſe common women daily. poſtituting

themſelves to abundance of men ſound, or

infected with the foul diſeaſe, which they

ſeldom eſcape : and when once they have

it, no body takes any care of them, nor
the maſters they belong to; who ſeeing
their profit at an end, negle& them : and
thus forſaken, theſe unhappy wretches live
as miſerable a life for a while, as their end
is deplorable. _

On the contrary, as long as theſe women
are in their prime, freſh, and healthy;
they are much regarded and eſteemed b
all perſons 3 inſomuch that when the factor
at Axim, for inſtance, has any controverſy

wih the Blacks there, he has no better

way to bring them to a reaſonable com-
Polition, than by taking one of thoſe Abe-

Coaſts of Sou TH. GUINEA.

with great eagerneſs on the Caboteroes, to
require him to give the factor ſatisfaction,
that he may ſet their harlot at liberty a-
gain: urging for their reaſon, that during
her confinement, ſuch as have no wives
will be prompted to run the danger of ly-
ing with married women. And it has been
ſeen there on the like occaſion, that the
whole town came upon their knees, to
intreat the factor to releaſe them; and a-
mong them, ſeveral who had no particular
intereſt in it. And it may truly be faid,
that it is not poſſible to afflict a land or
town more ſenſibly than by ſeizing their
Abrakrees. Whereas it allo happened
there, that when the factor had ſeized and
confined, five or ſix Caboceiroes in the fort,
tho* they are the magiſtrates among the
Blacks, ſcarce any body, beſides their own
relations; was concerned for them. Through-

out all the lands of Fida, they have a vaſt

number of thoſe publick women : there you

may fee an incredible number of huts, not

above ten foot long and ſix broad, near

the great roads, through the whole coun- Har lots
try, in which, on certain appointed days, left as le-
thoſe women wait for any body that 84cies.

has occaſion to make uſe of them; and
they are very many, the country being ex-
treamly populous, both in freemen and
ſlaves, and the married women kept up
very ſtrict, It is eaſy to judge, that cheſs
women on ſuch days have very much buſi-
neſs upon their hands; and it is reported
there for a certain truth; that ſome of them
have had the company of thirty men in a
day, at the common price of three Boe

jes (or Cauris) a fort of little white ſhells,

of the Maldivy iſlands in the Eaſt-Indies,
which are there the current money, and
thoſe three Cauris may perhaps coſt us
about a farthing; and this is the ſet price,

for every man that wants the company of

thoſe harlots, and their ſubſiſtance, beſides

what they can earn on other days, by
unſound ; live in perpetual danger of being

more honeſt induſtry and work : for bein

at their own diſpoſal, and not ſolemnly in-

itiated ro this profeſſion, as at the Gold
Coaſt, ſo they have no overſeers to account
with; but they are generally appointed for
the publick uſe, by ſome of the moſt con-
ſiderable women, as legacies on their death-
bed: it being uſual for them to buy ſome
fine female-ſlaves to that purpoſe, our of
a Charitable deſign, as is ſuppoſed, believ-
ing they ſhall receive their reward in the
other world; and conſequently the more

of ſuch harlots they preſent to the publick,

the greater their reward ſhall be.

Theſe harlots having more buſineſs on
their hands there commonly, than the others
on the Gold Coaſt, of conſequence involve

them-

lecres, into his cuſtody, in the fort. For BAR BOT.
as ſoon as the Manceroes hear it, they wait WWW

- as = IRS <- - Rg,.
7 A

Sx 2

D — p * . — ——
- —— — — r
— — — — * — nem ein en

2 A - © * w-
1 EF —
3 2 -
ett oo err

Z — weg; - "4
* 3 - a .
— to"

—
—

KD 0
—— rr I

—

8
7
— — — -
2 A . —— —V—¼ —
— — eb eng

i
4 4
1
i
US
*
Was;
i 14
Wer
1
„
1
"+
11
91
+
"i
il
1
.
*
1
2
15
60
1,
.
i

CY ad

. E — 1
— —— - * — —
— — — * — — —
1 * — — — ——
W =

= 3
R

* > of —

* * * . 2 ——

. . I»
— _—

ITY : * _- = « ©
2 — TRL
- : - l _ — N * 2 —
— ws = - % 4 * — — 1 %
. 3 — — — 2 * _ * - — _ , - —
1 Tow — — W 3 — = dds. 4 — Dy. r * * n
$3 — bh — — * 3 2 ©. 2 > —_ : _ Y
— * 2 - a - — F :
8 "om
— — © . — - * - _ — "Ro
-

—

——

0
4
J
1
b.
b

= * a
' — q

248

BARBOT.

themſelves in more miſery than they ; by
having to do with more unſound men, and
accordingly like them come to a wretched
miſerable end, and ſometimes very young
too: ſeldom any arriving to a moderate
15 |
ST his infamous practice of publick proſti-
tutes is of a very ancient date, as may be in-
ferred from the hiſtory of Judab, and Ja-
mar his eldeſt ſon Er's widow, (Gen.
xxxviii. 14, to 23.) Tamar put her wi—
dow's garments off from her, and covered
her with a vail, and wrapped herſelf, and
ſat in an open place, which is by the way

to Timnath: and Judah ſeeing her, thought

Adullamites,
whom 7udab and Tamar dwelt ; in whoſe

her to be an harlot, becauſe ſhe had coyered
her face. And he turned unto her by the
way, and having agreed with her for her
price, and given her his ſignet, bracelets,
and ſtaff, for a pledge of the kid from the

flock, he had agreed to give her, and ſo

came in unto her, and ſhe conceived by
him, Sc. In which, Tamar followed the
uſage of the common harlots amongſt the
a pagan nation, amongſt

country Hebron was ſituated, who allowed
of publick harlots, to ſet with a vail on the

high roads, for the uſe of travellers. On

the other hand, thoſe Adullamite idolaters
- accounted fornication as a thing diſhoneſt,

vicious, and infamous, as may be inferred
from the expreſſion of Judab himſelf, after

his friend and own god-father Hira the

Adullamite, by whom he had ſent the pro-
miſed Kid to Tamar, whom he all along
thought a publick harlot ; and he had re-
ported to him, he could not find the woman,
ſhe being gone away, and having laid by
her vail: Let her take it, (meaning the
pledges he had given her) 10 her, leſt we be

aſhamed. As if he would have ſaid, left by

making too ſtrict inquiry after her, to have
the aforeſaid things returned , we diſcover
the vicious act I have committed with a
publick harlot on the high way, which

would turn to my diſhonour, amongſt the

inhabitants of the country.

The cuſtom of the Adullamites publick

harlots, was to beautify their faces, and
being; covered with a vail, to fit on a high
way where two roads parted. It is appa-
rent by the paſſages of the firſt of Kings
chap. xv. 12. and chap. xxii. 47. that in
the reigns of A/a, and of Jeboſapbhal, kings
of Judah, the Iſraelites allowed men to
make a trade of a publick proſtitution. of
themſelves to Sodomy: which is yet far

more criminal. It is true, Aſa took away

the greateſt part of theſe Sodomites out of
the land, and Jeboſaphat, the remnant of
them, „„ . 5

A Deſcription of the

ceaſed. .
In ſome places, the wife of the deceaſed

INHERITANCE,

THE right of inheritance all over the
Gold Coaſt, except at Acra, is ve

ſtrangely ſettled; for the children born legi-

timate, never inherit their parents effects,
The brothers and ſiſters children are the
lawful heirs: and all that the ſon of a king
or Braffo, or Caboceiro, has of right, is his
deceaſed father's office, his ſhield and cymi-

ter, but no goods, chattels, or money: un-

leſs his father, which ſeldom happens, out of
his tender affection in his life-time beſtow
ſomething on him very ſecretly ; for if
it comes to be diſcovered after his deceaſe,
they will force the ſon to return it to the
laſt penny.

The brothers and ſiſters children do not

jointly inherit, but the eldeſt ſon of his mo-
ther 1s heir to his mother's brother, or her
ſon, as the eldeſt daughter is heireſs of her
mother's ſiſter or her daughter. The father
himſelf nor his relations as brothers, ſiſters,
Sc. have no claim to the goods of the de-

is obliged to give over to his brother, if

any, or his father, if living, all the effects

he had, without reſerve for herſelf or his
children; and in caſe of a married woman's

death, her husband muſt refund all he re-
ceived from her parents for her portion.
Thus whatſoever way it is, the children are

left ſo unprovided, that they muſt hire
themſelves, as ſhall be ſaid hereafter, to
ſubſiſt: for there no body is allowed to beg,
therefore the father in his life-time, if he

has any paternal affection, tho? ever ſo rich,
will have them trained up to ſome profeſ-
to ſerve them in that extremity.

ſion,
Acra, as I ſaid above, is the only place,
where the children are the ſole lawful heirs
to their father's or mother's effects; ex-
cept in point of ſucceſſion of the crown,

which by law devolves to the deceaſed king's

eldeſt brother, or ſiſter's husband, in de-
fault of the former. 8
It is ſupppoſed the Blacks in this parti.

cular follow the maxim of ſome eaſtern

nations of the Indies, which adopt their
ſiſters children, to inherit their dignity and
effects; becauſe they cannot queſtion ſuch
being of their own blood: whereas, they

can have no poſitive certainty that their

own wives have not committed adultery at
one time or other, and born children of a
ſtrange blood; but of this more hereafter,
concerning ſucceſſion to the regal office.

LANGUAGE,

H O' the Gold Coaſt be but of. a ſmall"
extent, as has been ſhown, yet have

they ſeven or eight languages, ſo different, jul
from Pac.

eight lun

Book In.

pre ver

1 HAP. 19.

are unintelligble to any but the reſpective
natives. The people of the country called
Junmore, twelve leagues weſt of Axim,
cannot underſtand the language of Egwira,
Ancober, Abocroe, and Axim ; and thoſe be-
tween Cormentyn, and Acra, have alfo four
ſeveral dialects, tho' there are but twenty
leagues diſtance from the former to the
F latter. 5 | |
1 2% The Axim idiom has a very diſagfeeable
| brutiſn ſound ; that of Aula is ſweerer and
more pleaſing, tho' not very beautiful nei-
ther. But that of Acra is the worſt of all,
and the moſt ſhocking, and nothing like
any of the reſt.

The language of the inland Blacks of
Dinkira, Akim, Adom, and Accany, is much
pleaſanter, and more agreeable z as any
perſon of but indifferent judgment may
ſoon diſcern; and not only better ſound-
ing, but more intelligible, and might be
learned very well in a few years: where-
as thoſe on the coaſt can ſcarce be attained
in ten years, to any perfection; the ſound

of ſome words being ſo ſtrange, that it

is extremely difficult to expreſs them by

European letters, and more particularly by
the Engliſh alphaber : the pronunciation
of letters being in Engliſh of another ſound,
than they are in all other nations of Eu-
rope. And ſince the Blacks can neither
write nor read, and have no uſe of any
characters, 1t 1s conſequently impoſſible to
expreſs their faults, and as difficult ro learn
their language, in two or three years, of
conſtant practice amongſt them; for many
have lived there ten years, and yet could
not underſtand and ſpeak it to perfection,
nor ſcarce hit the pronunciation.

The Fetu language being moſt general-
ly underſtood at the Go!d Coaft amongſt
the Blacks, as I have ſaid before; I have
made a collection of ſome familiar words
and phraſes, which ſhall be found in the
lupplement : and if the letters and vowels
are pronounced as in French, I doubt not
but a Black will underſtand it, when fo
ſounded and exprefled. Had I lived any
conſiderable time among them, I had col-
lected a much greater number of phraſes
and words, to help ſea-faring men in
their commerce with the natives of the
Gold Coaſt ; beſides the other languages,
mi which we can talk to them: for man
of the coaſt Blacks ſpeak a little Engliſh,
or Dutch ; and for the moſt part ipcak
to us in a ſort of Lingua Franca, or bro-
ken Portugueſe and French.

DxrcREEs of BLACKS.

B Efore I proceed any farther in deſcribing

the manners and cuſtoms of the Blacks,

both in civil and religious reſpects; I
Vo .

Coaſts of So H-GUINEA.

om one another, that three or four of them

249

think it convenient, firſt, to make ſomeBanzor.

general obſervations of the ſeveral degrees WWW
they have among them, which are five.

In the firſt rank, are their kings or cap- Kings or
tains, the word being there ſynonimous ; caprains.
for as I have before obſerved, the Blacks
never uſed to give their chiefs or princi-
pals any other title than that of colonel
and captian, beſore the Europeans came a-
mong them.

The ſecond rank, muſt be given to their Magi-
chief governours or magiſtrates, in civil af-frates.
fairs; whoſe province it is only to adminiſter
juſtice, and ſee order kept under their
kings, in the reſpective towns or villages.

Theſe are called Caboceiroes, or chief men. ”

The third degree, is of thoſe, who ei- Rich men
ther by inheritance or their own induſtry 9 volles.
in traffick, are poſſeſſed of much money,

and many ſlaves: fuch are improperly the no-

bles of their country; and tho? it cannot
be very well made out, that they have any
particular ſenſe or knowledge of nobility,
in the manner as it is acquired amongſt
the polite nations of the world, by ſome

heriock actions, or eminent ſervices per-

formed for the advantage of their coun-
try; yet, I ſhall not ſcruple to call theſe
rich Blacks nobles, tho* ſome perſons

ſeem to ridicule it. |

The fourth order of Blacks, muſt be commons.
the common people; that is, fiſher-men,
husband-men, wine-drawers, weavers, and
other mechanicks.

In the fifth and laſt rank, I place the Slaves,

flaves, whether become ſo by poverty, or

ſold by their relations, or taken in war.

As to the firſt degree, the dignity of king Deſcent of

or captain, in moſt countries deſcends by he crown.
inheritance from the father to the ſon, and

in default of ſuch iſſue, to the next heir-

male. In ſome other countries, the richeſt

man in ſlaves and money, will be prefer-

red before the right heir, if he is poor.

J ſhall ſpeak of the inaugurations of theſe

kings hereafter. .

The ſecond degree, viz. the Calo- Choice of

ceiroes, or magiſtrates, are generally limi- 7ag?-
ted to a certain ſet number, choſen from rates.
among the commonalty, and are generally
perſons pretty well advanced in years
young men are ſeldom or never put into

ſuch an office. According to the cuſtom

at Axim, the candidates for ſuch office,
muſt be natives of the country, and liv-

ing or at lealt keeping a houſe there, in-

habited by one or more of his wives, or

by ſome of his family, and he himſelf
reſiding there alſo. Sometimes there, on
occaſion of adding one or more Cabocei-
rozs to the aſſembly or common- council
of the town, he or they are brought to the
Dutch factor in the fort; with a requeſt
that ſuch, or ſuch, may be admitted into
S.ſf their

—
—
— —

k . 2 A 8
5 £ — — ? Þ z * I
— 2 w_ = c—_ — — — — — .
a — — - — — — — — — —

2
—
— —

— — TIO ORE. DO _
—
Pr * 2 2
ESE ELIE. — —
du CL > » — —

—
—
2
n
—

250

Barnor. their ſaid common-council, the Dutch there
having the right of ſovereigny over thoſe

nobles.

Blacks. If the factor has nothing to object
againſt the perſon, he adminiſters an oath to

him on the bible, to be ever true to the Duich

nation in every reſpect, and to aid and aſſiſt

them to the utmoſt of his power againſt

all their enemies whatſoever, Europeans or
Blacks, like a loyal ſubject. After which
the factor cauſes him to take another
oath, reſpecting his own country-men and
nation: which being done, he obliges him
to confirm and ratify theſe two formal
oaths, by this imprecation: That God
would ftrike him dead, if he ſwore contrary
to bis intentions, or doth not keep his oath,
Then the bible is held on his breaſt, and
laid on his head, by way of farther con-
firmation of all the former obligatory

oaths and imprecation. After which, his

name is regiſtered, and the Dutch gover-

nour acknowledges him a member of their
aſſembly, and admits him to all the rights,
privileges, and advantages, belonging there-
to: and having made the due preſents to
his brethren, he is a Caboceiro during

life. A

At other places not ſubject to the Dutch
government, ſome of their Caboceiroes dy-
ing, and the vacancies not being filled,
when in their aſſembly they find the num-

bers of them too ſmall, they chuſe others,

as has been ſaid, out of the commonalty,
perſons in years, and ſo put them into
office. The perſons thus nominated, are
to treat their brethren of the common-
council, with a cow, and ſome drink ;
which being done, they are i7/o facto ad-

15 mitted and confirmed.
Creation of

As to the third rank of Blacks, whether

we conſider them as nobles, tho* they may

not be properly ſo calPd, as having no no-
tion of that true nobility which is the re-

ward of great publick ſervices, or barely
as rich men, by inheritance, or induſtry ;
it is to be obſerved, that the Blacks in general
do all they can to acquire a reputation, or
great name among their countrymen. At

tome places, when a Black, who thinks he

has money enough to defray the expences

uſually made at the inſtalling himſelf into
this third order, and has propoſed his deſign
to the king or Caboceiroe of his village or
town, the principal men appoint a day for

the publick ceremony; at which time, the

man brings a cow to the market-place, or,

if he is not rich enough, a dog, or a goat.

Then he ſends to all the noblemen of the
place, and to his other friends, a little gold,
and a hen, to each of them : thoſe who are

ſo invited to affiſt at the ceremony, drefs

themſelves as fine as they can, and repair to
the market-place, where the Black waits
for them, as richly adorned as he can poſ-

A Deſcription of the

man's wife;
Wheat at her face. When the proceſſion 1

Book Ill

ſibly ; follow'd by a little boy, who carries
his wooden ſeat or ſtool, and many ſlaves,
with all the other men and women of the
village, great and ſmall, armed after the
Mooriſh faſhion, ſinging, dancing and ſkir.
miſhing, men againſt men, to the ſound of
their horns or trumpets, and other inſtry-
ments of their muſick, at the head of all
the company; at which is the Braffo, or
Gaboceiroes it the king be not there himſelf
in perſon, with their javelins and ſhields.
After which, they proceed to the ceremonial,
in this manner.

They ſeat the Black on ſome ſtraw, ſo
that he may not touch ground, the
people wiſhing him all happineſs ; the wives

of the other nobles, or rich Blacks, at the

ſame time, wiſhing much joy to his wife.
When the felicitations are over, the man
is adorned with abundance of gold toys
about his head ; a gold ring about his neck,

and another on his left arm, having two

round claſps, one at each fide. They put into
his left hand, an elephant's, or a horſe's
tail; then all the aſſiſtants, placing them-
ſelves each in his proper rank, the men on
one ſide, the women on another, and che
king, Caboceiroes, and nobles, in another

body; ſome Blacks lead the beaſt, deſtin'd

for ſacrifice, all over garniſh'd with toys,
and boughs of the ſacred tree; and ſome
bugles, or green glaſs beads : and after it is

carried on four other men's ſhoulders,

the perſon who occaſions the ceremony ſit-

ting on his ſtool ; having two ſlaves under

him, to hold his legs and feet: and at the
head of them, his horn-blowers or trum-
peters. After him, follow all the people ;
and with this equipage and attendance he
is carried all about the town, and round
the market-place, that every body may for

the future honour him, as a perſon of

diſtinction.
The women of the town, with thoſe of

the adjacent villages, which as well as the

men commonly reſort to ſuch ſpectacles,
walk alſo two and two, in order, before the
throwing flower of Indian

over, he is carried to his houſe, where a treat
is prepared for the chief of the people; and
a white ſheer diſplayed, on the top of the
houſe, in ſign of honour, |

Theſe formalities are repeated for three
days ſucceſſively ; and being expired, the
publick executioner of the place, kills the
beaſt appointed to be facrificed to their
God, with all the others the invited gentry
uſe commonly to bring on the like occa-
ſions, which are kept for three days before
in the market-place. Theſe being thus
ſlaughtered, they are divided into as many

rts as there are men invited, the head

eing uſually reſerved for che founder wn
the

— om” >
—

—

——

83 -

, 2 2 — 2 "= - _ * "oe LA > a 8 - — — IS 8
1 * —— 2 __ _ * - — < * = * - =
— - k _ — — =_ — I =: = 2 — — — 2 — 5 — - - —— . : ha — — 2 Ks hy ” %
8 — ' « WS es ⁵—— ern , ‚⏑«—§·⁰Lẽ0 nn oe Sr, "== — — — — — . — — "7D 2 _ 2— 2 - - CC — * — * - - — — < * " NETS - - N - — — — —
* — ag — 2 > — — 2 1 — = * * "ED — — - Fo 3 5 1 2 * — p 2 - —— * _ a . % J
222 . ] 7˙¾‚—¾,]õA ohne”; / — " — 2 — . — = 5 —- — — W 5 — — — _— . 1 „ _ — * * — * _— — 2 2 — :
2 m — — * = 0_—_ -01m ct or os OS” Ac Oy "4. a= +4 — » _ « — —— — — q — <4 4 3 * = q 2 2 - TE. - - — N ; = Sy - = — g — . k n - - —— —
- „ — 4 - — — — * 2 * 4 8 — _ 2 N DR * = p< * . — — * 4 - - 5 > 2 4 — 4 X
1 fe ; hag 4 = — £ N 5 2 * 2 — * = . - - - 2 £ i . — 2 "ID
3 = s . ” — —- 5 + * .

am nat Bis Frogs
—

. —
Wien.

r

i

UB

0

Xo
©

>
r

7

7y
2

N

28

"ph

0

0
N

fy
\\ Wy 0 U
14

fl

—

Lt

dd

qi!

.
el

Wil

8
ID
» 1 _

a)

eta

err tt true re

1 „„
8989 ** LELIFITY

fi

0
|
q

i |
||

|

|

i

|

LL ET EEO
* *

*
*
> FC
k *
* .

72

{44

. —.w.— —-—
r ˙ i ———__

©)

gianna:

fie

5

+ ++ 44404 99 „1
— 10

_

E

—— 2
5 —

1 —
O =
IJ
Y
1
|

ATTN - 7 / — — 8 IT Wu, ; 5 1 \ * LEED - 2
r bee 2 & 22222775 f 79... 41 35
- 88 ages 22 / gon? PETE. es ITT
1 1 7772 ” _ U n
4 Ji eee
iu 4 J Dx

* —
1 POSE BOSSA MOEFFERESFEMISOSTI. PLELE

Ig wy |

j ”
{

|

Seq

hg

31444

" UE

um“ d RY

J
'4

1

9

SS
Y
Is,

=

—
*
4
of
—
*
5
A N11 .
0 2
5 Pe \ 8
*
7 ,
4 » - 4

PLATE 22

251

any one has new drums or horns, they there Ba nor.
conſecrate them with human blood. To this &

CuAp. 19. Coaſts of Sou TH- GUINEA.
| che feaſt, eſpecially if it be of a cow or
20 to 8 Ro 4 His houſe, 1 teſti-

Muſecal
horns,

PLATE 22.

ſelves,

and ſlaves appear with all the

monial of his nobility, and of the right he

has thereby acquired to traffick every where,

to buy and ſell flaves, Sc. to keep drum-
mers and horn-blowers of his own, which
the common people are not permitted to
do ; but if they are inclined to divert them-
muſt borrow them: which makes
thoſe Blacks, who have purchaſed the ſaid
privilege, as proud as any of our upſtart
quality; and, like them, will ſcarce ſpeak

to the common fort, looking on them as

unworthy of their converſation, The new
couple of nobles muſt not eat of the fleſh
of the beaſt ſacrificed on their account, b--
lieving if they did, they ſhould certainly
die that very day. f

When the feaſt is over, both man and

wife take new deities, and having waſhed
and dried the cow or goat's head, hang it
up in their houſe, as an enſign of their no-
| bility 3 and it is accounted the principal or-
nament of the houſe.

The expence of this ceremonial common!
coſts them ſeven or eight Bendas of gold ; or
about ſixty pounds ſterling, more, or leſs:
but the preſents they receive from all their
friends, often defray one half. But ſuch is

the vanity of the Blacks in general, that if
they can but raiſe ſo much money as to
clear theſe expences of the ceremonial, to
be inſtall'd among the rich or nobles, they
care for no more; and ſometimes thoſe poor
fellows are obliged, the very next day after
their promotion, to go a fiſhing to main-

tain their family; and will nevertheleſs,
upon all occaſions, entertain the Europeans
they have the opportunity to converſe with,
with their wealth and abilities.

In ſome places the blowing horns, which
thoſe diſtinguiſhed Blacks are allowed to
have, are about ſeven, made of ſmall Ele-
phant's teeth, curiouſly wrought with ſe-
veral odd figures of beaſts, and other things,
cut all over them, as repreſented in the
Cut.

On thoſe horns they cauſe their family to

be taught all ſorts of tunes uſual among
the Blacks, which when they have learnt,
they inform all their relations and acquain-
tance, that they intend to ſhow their blow-
ing horns publickly, that they may come
and make merry with them for ſeveral
days together; whilſt they, their wives
pom

poſſible ; borrowing gold and coral of their
friends, to make the greater ſhow ; and
diſtributing preſents amongſt them, ſo that
this ceremony becomes very expenſive, but
when over, they are free to blow their horns

at pleaſure. I muſt not omit, being upon

this ſubject, to take notice of a moſt horrid
practice amongſt the Blacks of Fetu, when

which they

effect, the ſlave appointed to be facrificed
is made to drink and dance merrily all the
day, and at night they throw him down,
with his face in the ſand, then cut his head
off, and in four or five hours after, they
drink palm-wine out of the upper part of
his ſkull, in the fight of all the people.
The pretended new nobleman, thus in-
ſtall'd, commonly purchaſes firft one, and
then another buckler or ſhield ; of which
he makes as publick and pompous a ſhow

as that of the horns; and is obliged to lie

the firft night, with all his retinue, in the
open air, to expreſs that he will dread no
dangers, nor ſpare any hardſhips in de-
tence of his family. After which he ſpends
the next and the remaining days of the
feaſt, which commonly laſt about eight
days, in ſhooting and warlike exerciſes, as
well as dancing, and all forts of mirth 3
himſelf, his wives, and family, being as
richly dreſt as they poſſibly can, expoſing
all he has in the world to publick view,
and removing from place to place: but
this feſtival is not ſo expenſive as the for-
mer, for inſtead of making preſents, as
uſual in that, at this, on the contrary, he
receives very valuable gifts; and when he
defigns to go to the war, he is allow-
ed to carry two ſhields, which men of
non inferiour rank are not permitted to
0. | | |

Theſe nobles are generally very una- Noble:
nimous, and live friendly together, beingfriendhj.

ready upon all occaſions to help one an-
other, and feaſting amongſt themſelves,
from time to time, by turns. They have
commonly two ſuch publick feaſts, the
firſt is to celebrate the anniverſary of their
inftallation, each in his order, as it hap-
pens. On that day they conſecrate new
idols, and adorn the cow's heads with them,
making great rejoycings, Sc.

The other is a general feaſt, falling Feaſt.

uſually on the ſixth day of July, during
all have one and the fame
idol ro which they facrifice, On that
day each of thoſe nobles wears a green
bough of the facred tree, platted about
his neck, in the manner of a collar, or
garland, their bodies being ſmeared with a
red and white dye, and then change the toys
about their cow's heads. This feaſt ends
the night, when the Caboceiroe, or chief of
the town, treats them all ; and with fuch
plenty of liquor, that they all, go home
very drunk. ds

Whatever notions the Blacks may have
of this their gentility, ſeveral European
factors can boaſt, that for ſeveral years they

have been waited on by ſome of theſe nobles,

in the capacity of their footman, of Valet de
Chambre,

252

ca ſion offers. 3
The Blacks of the three chief orders I
have deſcribed, will not be called or looked
upon as Moors, which they fancy implies
ſlaves, or ſome wretched poor creatures;
but deſire to be called Pretos, which in
Portugueſe ſignifies Blacks. :

Of the fourth and fifth ſorts of Blacks
above-mention'd, I ſhall ſpeak more parti-
cularly hereafter, and repeat, for the preſent,
that they are commmon people and ſlaves.

MuLarTToEs.
REſides the above five orders of men, in-
habiting thoſe countries, there is a ſixth,
which muſt be taken notice of; and is,
the Mulattoes or Tapoeyers, as the Blacks call
them; being begotten by Europeans upon

the Black or Mulatto women, of a tawny,
yellow-brown complexion, neither white nor

black, who, when young, are far from hand-

| ſome; and when old, frightful; eſpecially

the old women, who look as lean and poor

as envy it ſelf can be repreſented. In proceſs

of time the bodies of Mulaltoes become

ſpeckled with white, brown and yellow
ſpots, like leopards, and reſembling them
in their barbarous nature; which all who

A Deſcription of the

Bangor. Chambre. However it is certain, on the
Wother hand, that generally there, thoſe
gentlemen are put into offices and places of
_ truſt, next after the king's relations, as oc-

have any thing to do with them, muſt cer.
tainly own, They are generally profligate
villains, a baſtard race, as unfaithtul to the
Europeans, as untrue to the Blacks, and very
rarely agreeing among themſelves; and
tho* they aſſume the name of chriſtians, are
as Aer ee idolaters as any of the Black,
can be: and whatever 1s in its own nature
worlt in the Europeans and Blacks, is united
in them, Moſt of the women are common
whores, publickly to the bites, and pri.
vately to the Blacks. The men are for the
molt part ſoldiers, in the ſervice of the

| Dutch, and other Europeans; clothed like

them ; but the women, different from the
Black women's dreſs: for they prink up
themſelves after a particular manner, Such
of them as pretend to any faſhion, wear a
fine ſhift, and over that a ſhort jacket
of ſilk or ſtuff, without ſleeves; which
reaches from under the arms to their hips,
faſten'd only at the ſhoulders. On their
heads they wear ſeveral caps one over the

other ; the uppermoſt of which is of filk,

pleated before, and round at the top, to
make it fit faſt: over all which, they have
a ſort of fillet, going twice or thrice about the
head, which dreſs makes a great ſhow : their
lower parts are clothed like the Black wo-

men. Thoſe who are poor, have the upper

part of their body naked.

N
| Roads, towns and houſes. Diet. Rain much dreaded. Civility. Merchants *

fiſhermen; blackſmiths; goldſmiths. Arms ; tools, and muſical inſtru.
ments. Husbanary ; canoes; potters; thatchers, Markets and ſlaves.

Roaps, Towns and Hovsts.

HE Blacks, in building their towns

or villages, have very little regard
to the pleaſantneſs, or conveniency of the
ſituation, either for fine proſpect, pleaſant
walks, or other advantages; which they
might procure to themſelves, if they were
ſenſible of ſuch benefits, ſince they have
many noble rivers, pleaſant valleys, and
well-planted hills; but, on the contrary,
they commonly build them in dry and diſ-
agreeable places. Nor are they any wiſer
or more curious in the making of roads
and paths, from place to place, as I have

before hinted: for they are generally

crooked, rough, and uneven; ſo that the
diſtance between places is made almoſt
double; nor will they be perſuaded to
mend or alter them, as they might very well,
with little labour; to ſave to themſelves
the inconveniency of ſuch crooked, into-
lerable roads ”
Their towns and villages are compoſed
of ſeveral huts, ſtanding in parcels, and

g which by their diſpoſition, or
ſituation, form many little lanes, crooked,
and very irregular ; all of them ending at
the wide open place, which they commonly
leave in the centre of the town, and call it
the market- place: ſerving daily both to
hold the market, and to divert the inhabi-
tants. „ 5

The towns and villages of the inland
countries, are generally much larger than

ſcattering;

at the Gold Coaſt, and conſequently much

more populous. But neither the inland
towns, nor thoſe at the coaſt, have any
walls or palliſadoes, like thoſe of the Moors,
dwelling about the river Niger; which are
fenced round with elephant's teeth, to keep
off the wild ravenous beaſts
The ſtrength of their villages, in ſome
parts, conſiſts in their being ſituated on
ſome ſteep, barren, high ground or rocks,
or in a marſhy, ſwampy place, and but
rarely on a river, or brook ; acceſſible only
by ſome narrow, uneven paths, or crooked
lane; or through ſome large thick woods:

| ane

Booz Ill

and me allo in the midſt of a wood. At
the coaſt, they are commonly placed on

a dry barren ground, or on a flat rock,

or ſome gravelly ſandy place.
The houſes are generally ſmall and very
low, looking at a diſtance, more like
baracks in a camp than dwelling-houſes,
except ſome of thole about the European
forts, which are ſomewhat larger and more
commodious; the natives there having
learnt of us how to order them to a
reater advantage than others; as I have
before obſerved, at Mina, and ſome other
places on the coaſt, they are .one or two
{tories high, with ſeveral ground rooms,

and ſome of them have flat roofs.

| wuſechow The Blacks generally build their houſes
| jig. on four poſts or trunks of trees, drove in-
to the ground, at ſuch diſtance as the
deſign the largeneſs of the houſe to be,
and about ſix or ſeven foot high. To
thoſe main corners of the houtes they
faſten three or four long poles athwart,

again others acrols them downwards, from
the uppermoſt to the ground, The houſe
being thus framed, they lay on a fort of
clay or plaiſtering both within and with-
out, about eight inches in thickneſs ; which
in a very ſhort time, by the heat of the
ſun, becomes almoſt as hard and ſolid as
a ſtone wall, leaving a few ſmall lights
or holes in the wall, and a very 'low and
narrow door, or paſſage, to go in or out
at. Laſtly, they for the moſt part colour
the inſide of the wall, white and red, or
black and yellow, as every one likes beſt.
On thoſe mud and timber walls they la
ſmall quarters acroſs both ways for the roof;
and inſtead of tiles, cover them with palm
tree, or rice leaves, or bulruſhes, as the
place they live in affords. In moſt houſes
the roof is ſo contrived, that it opens at the
top, to let in air, when the weather is hot.
The door-way is ſo low, that no man
can go in, without bowing himſelf almoſt
double; and for a door, ſome plat bulruſhes
flat and very thick together; others have
ſome ſorry pieces of boards, hung with
ropes inſtead of hinges, and both torts of
them open either out or in, as they think fit.
The ground-floor of the houle is of the
fame ſort of hard clay, as the walls, and in
the midſt of it is a hole, to hold a pot of
palm-wine, when they meet to make merry.
Adjoining to the houſes of the common
lort of people, they build two or three ſmall
huts for offices; the houſes of the richer
lort having generally ſeven or eight ſuch

\

The roof.

Doors,

Flos.

Out-houſes,

of them for their wives to live in, ſome for
their children, and others to dreſs their meat,
keep their proviſions and the like. Moſt

of thoſe huts are divided into two or three
Vol; V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

cloſe together. The better ſort of houſes WY

y before the door are two large earthen pots,

at equal diftances one above another, and

country, and that is the buſineſs of the

viſion.

ing thus built near, tho' not joining to one lanes.

allowing ſpacious ſtreets ; it is very ill walk-

huts ſome what diſtant from each other, ſome

25
parts by partitions, made of ruſhes bound Bars:

are commonly encloſed with all their ſaid
ſmall huts, or out-houſes by, as it were a
hedge, made of ruſhes, made faſt together,
of a good thickneſs, and as high as the
walls of the houſes, to which there is no
door, the only paſſage our into the ſtreet
being through the main houle.

The houſes of the kings and other great Honſes
men, are generally built by themſelves near great
the market-place, being much larger than
the others, and having more out-houſes and
offices, but all of the ſame materials as
thoſe already deſcribed of the inferior peo-
ple, diſpoſed without any order. In the
midſt of them is a kind of pavillion, where
the king or chief man holds his court, and

ſet in the ground, full of freſh water, for
their deities; and by them a few ſentinels

or guards, armed with javelins, who do
duty there continually, and are lodged and
maintained in the palace, as are the owner's
wives. „ =:
A houſe is there built in ſeven or eight ce,
days, and with a ſmall charge, as ſeldom 8ildi
colting above forty ſhillings to pay maſons
and carpenters ; for the materials, either tim-
ber, clay, or leaves to thatch them, are
taken where they can be found about the

ſlaves. |

Every family has commonly a ſort of Store.
ſtore-houſe, or granary without the town, #ouſes.
or village, where they keep their Indian
wheat, millet, or rice, for the year's 'pro-

another, and as it were in a heap, without

ing through the ſaid towns, eſpecially in
rainy weather, becauſe the lanes being ſo
narrow, they who have occaſion to go along
them 1n rainy weather, cannot avoid receiv-
ing all that runs off the eves of the thatched
houſes : but the {tench of the towns is much
more inſupportable, for, as has been ſaid be-
fore, the Blacks commonly eaſe themſelves in
thoſe very lanes, only throwing a little earth
upon their excrement, as was enjoined in
the Moſaical law, Deut. xxiii. 13. Thou ſhalt
have a paddle, and when thou wilt eaſe thy-
ſelf abroad, thou ſhalt dig therewith, and ſhalt
turn back and cover that which cometh from
thee. Some of the principal houſes there have
aſmall ſort of neceſſary houſe without for that
uſe, but they take ſo little care to bury it well
when full, that it rather increaſes the ſtench,
eſpecially in the hot ſcorching weather;
whence it is eaſy to gueſs, what a fuffocating fench
nauſeous air men breath there. Add to this the
vaſt quantity of fiſh kept about their towns

Tt rotting,

154

Barzor.rotting, for five or ſix days, as I have be-

-

pre obſerved they

like it beſt when ſo
putrified; and all together produces ſuch a
violent ſtink, that ir is very offenſive a
ſhip-board, particularly in the night time,

when the land-breezes carry it off from the

ſhore, two or three Exel miles, for ſo

Houſhold
Loods,

far from the land the ſhips ride; tne ill
ſavour being the more, the greater the
towns are. 1

Another great inconveniency is, that the
ſtreets or lanes in the towns not being pav'd,
are very muddy in rainy weather; for I do
not remember to have ſeen any places pay*d,
except the markets at Mina and Corſo.
Nor are the Blacks at all curious in
planting trees in their villages, to ſhade
their houſes, as they might eaſily do, ex-
cept at Axim, where they have many fine
lofty trees ſet about, and in the town,
which are a great eaſe to the people againſt
the ſcorching heat of the ſun.

They are as little nice, even among the
higheſt rank, in furniſhing their houſes with
proper goods; for all they have in them is
only a few wooden ſeats or ſtools, ſome

wooden or earthen pots, to hold freſh wa-

ter, and dreſs their meat; ſome cups and
croughs, and their arms hanging about the
walls. The topping people have tables,
and beds or quilts made of ruſhes, on which
they lay a fine mat at night, to lie on,
with a bolſter much of the ſame fort, and
by it a large braſs kettle, with water to
waſh them. The meaner ſort have no
quilts, but lie upon a mat laid on the
bare ground, with one arm under their head,
inſtead of a bolſter, or elſe have a little

block for that purpoſe, without any veſſel

of the houſe to waſh themſelves.

of water ſtanding by it, but always go out
All the
ſaid goods, among perſons of diſtinction,
are generally placed in the houſes of their

wives, the men keeping nothing in their
own, but their arms, ſeats and mats; but

among the common ſort all is huddled to-

gether in a diſorderly manner, with the tools

All eat
apart,

and inſtruments of their profeſſion.

The conſtant employment of the women is

doing the work of the houſe, and dreſſing
the meat for the family, under the direction
of the chief wife, whilſt the husbands are
about their buſineſs, or ſit idly drinking;
and, which is very odd, the husband com-

monly eats by himſelf, in his own hut,
and every one of the wives in hers, with

her own children, unleſs by chance ſome of
them agree to join together, and ſometimes

the husband happens to eat with her he

Good ma-

nagement.

likes beſt, or with his chief wife.

I have elſewhere taken notice, that com-
monly the chief wife is entruſted with the
husband's money, as he earns it by his

labour or induſtry, that ſhe may ſubſiſt the

A Deſcription of the

whole family; and it is very remarkable,
how well thoſe women manage it, divert-

ing none to any other uſe, fo that it is very

rare to hear of any miſpent.

DIE Tr.

Hing in another place mention'd what Po /,,

poor and flender food thoſe people al-
low their children, it is no wonder, that
being uſed to eat ſo meanly from their mo-
ther's womb, they are afterwards ſo frugal
and temperate in their diet, when come to
age. Two-pence a day, or leſs, is ſufficient
to feed a Black ; but this frugality is not

the effect of virtue, or becauſe they do not

defire better, but only proceeds from ab-
ſolute covetouſneſs: for when any of the
better fort are admitted to eat with Euro-

| peans, they will fill themſelves for three
days to com?, and that of the beſt which

comes to the table.

The common food of the meaner people Of th
is a pot of Indian wheat boiPd to the con- wr |

ſiſtence of a pudding; or elſe yams and:
potatoes, over which they pour a little
oil, with a few boil'd herbs, to which
they add ſome ſtinking fiſh, and this they
reckon a nice diſh: for it is but ſeldom

that they can get fiſh and herbs, eſpecially

in the winter ſeaſon. _
On their feſtivals they live better, pro-

viding for thoſe times, either oxen, ſheep,
goats, dogs, or poultry, as ſhall be men-

tioned hereafter.

Europeans, having never been uſed to Difmu
ſee dogs fleſh eaten, are apt to admire, that
the Blacks ſhould be ſo fond of it; but they“

would wonder leſs, did they obſerve what
is practiſed in other nations. Throughout
all China aſſes fleſh is valued above any other,
tho? there are capons, partridges, pheaſants,
and all other rarities we eſteem moſt. Dogs
fleſh is the next in value, and horſe fleſh

is accounted extraordinary good, eſpecially

with a little milk. Snakes are alſo eaten;
and even toads, one fort whereof is much
more deformed than ours, are reckoned a
morſel for a prince.
worth two of any fiſh whatſoever ; and mice
are alſo ſerved up at table. The Iroquois

Aguies, a nation of North- America, near

New-York, boil frogs entire, without flea-
ing them, to ſeaſon their Sagamite, which is

a fort of pottage made of Indian wheat.

In France the hind legs of frogs are com-

monly eaten fricaſſeed, not for want, as ig-
norant people imagine, but becauſe they |
are an excellent diſh, little or nothing infe-

rior in goodneſs to chickens legs, and ferv'd
up at the tables of rich perſons. |
tars cat horſe-fleſh ; the Indians crocodiles
and ſerpents. In the Philippine iſlands rats are
good meat. Rooks and jackdaws are fre-

quently eaten in many countries. Oleaſter hy

Boo Ill.

A pound of frogs is

The Tar-_

Frod of th

enter ſort

0/ er

| Manner
bof eating.

—_— | oy ay N Ss So 8 1 n

l

Food of the
Werter ſort.

9%

other

ow

N.

| Manner
bo eating.

| HAP. 20. |

the ſeventh of Genu. arguing whether any
creature be unclean by the law of nature,
defines and proves there is none.

The Blacks of higher rank do not fare
much better than the others; only they al-
low themſelves a little more fiſh, and more
herbs for their common diet : and for an
extraordinary diſh, which they call Malagnet,
they boil ſome aſh, and a handful of Indian
wheat, as much dough and ſome palm-oll
in water, which they reckon a princely en-
tertainment, and indeed it is not diſagreeable,
when once uſed to it, and wholeſome enough.

Others boil their fiſh in water ſeaſon'd
with falt, and their pepper; and roaſt the
yams and potatoes under the embers, and
then make a ſort of pap, and fo eat it.
They bake green unripe figs, which ſerve
inſtead of bread, as does Indian corn toaſted:
over the fire.

They boil rice with fowls, or mutton,
which 1s a Portugueſe diſh, or only with
ſalt and palm-oll; as alſo herbs and beans
ſeaſon'd with ſalt and oil, and ſome of them
eat elephant's and buffalo's fleſh boiPd.

The richer people, who converie moſt
with Europeans, have learnt of them how
to dreſs beef, mutton, pork, goat's fleſh,

veniſon and fowl; and even to make ſoup,
or pottage, with cabbage and other herbs z
beſides ſeveral other forts of diſhes, which
they manage very indifferently after their
way, and teach them to other Blacks about

the country, their pepper being always the
predominant ſeaſoning. Some are alſo fo
tar improv'd by converſing with the J/þ:tes,
that they will have their meat ſerved upon
a table, and ſit about it, with their ſlaves
waiting; but the common ſort generally fit
to their meat on the bare ground, croſs-

80 like our tailors, and leaning to one
Ide,

or elſe with both their legs ſtrait under
them, and ſitting on their heels.
They generally eat very greedily, and

after a ditagreeable filthy manner, which I

could not bear with, when I happened ſome-

times to be treated by any of the prime
men; for they uſe A table-cloths, nor
napkins: what meat or fiſh they dreſs, is
always half rotten, and moſt diſhes are ſea-

ſon'd with palm-oil, which, tho' pretty
good to ſuch as are uſed to it, has a ſharp-
1ſh taſte, and a ſmell very nauſeous to ſtran-
gers. I could not but admire the power of

habit and cuſtom in thoſe people, who were

wonderfully pleaſed with the moſt corrupted
ſtinking food, and fed on it moſt greedily;

for till they have ſatisfied their ſtomach,

their hands are never ſtill, either tearing the
meat with their long nails, or elſe rowlin
up the gobbets in the palms of their hands,

as J have ſaid to be practiſed by the Blacks
Ar cape Verde, and at Ruſiſco; and then toſ-

ling them into their mouths, open'd as wide

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 255

as they can gape; ſo that every morſe] is Bax RO.
thrown down to the very gullet. Then WWW
they ſhake their greaſy fingers, as they [>
come from their mouths, over the diſhes the

meat is ſerved up in, _ |

They make two meals a day, the firſt in Two meals.
the morning, the other towards night,
drinking water and brandy at their firſt
meal. In the afternoon, when the palm-
wine comes from the fields into the market,
they muſt have it, coſt what it will; and
for brandy, or any other ſtrong liquor, they
will ſell all they have, or do any thing,
tho? ever ſo vile, for it. Men, women and
children are wonderful fond of it, for which
reaſon the Europeans in the forts muſt take
ſpecial care of their cellars at night, thoſe
people knowing very well how to come at
them.

In ſome places they alſo in the morning Beer.
drink a fort of beer of their own brewing,
call'd Pitow, and made of Indian wheat.

They never drink any palm-wine in the Palm-
morning, becauſe too ſtale, if left from the wie.
day before, and not fermented, when juſt
drawn from the tree ; but in the afternoon,
that wine drawn in the morning is in its
perfection. As ſoon as ever the country
people bring it into the market-place, three

or four Blacks club for a pot, and fit round

It, with their chief wives, till near night, all
of them drinking out of a calabaſh,or gourd,
after this manner: the perſon that is to

drink fits, and all the reſt of the company

ſtand up, with their hats or caps in their
hands, crying, Tauloſſi, Tautaſſi, whilſt the
other drinks; who when he has done, an-
ſwers, 1, o, u, and at the ſame time ſpills

a ſmall quantity of wine on the ground for

their deity.
Some of them, before they drink, talce Libations.
a little of that wine into their mouth, and
ſpurt it upon their arms and legs, when
they are adorn'd with their ſuperſtitious
toys; believing their deities would be very
angry with them, if they ſhould omit that

Ceremony.

The ceremony of ſpilling a little wine on Uſed in
the ground is very ancient in China, ind China.
obſerved to this day, as it is among the
Blacks. For the better underſtanding where-
of, it will not be improper to inſert in this
place, what NVavarette, in his account of
China, ſays to that purpoſe. After what
F. Proſper Intorceta writes in his Sapientia
Sinica, p. 73. . 4. ſpeaking of Corfucius,
he ſays, !ho* he fed on the coarſer rice, yet
pouring one part upon the ground, be ſacr i-
ficed to thoſe dead perſons, who in former ages
had taught the way of lilling the earth, dreſ-
ſing meat, &c. And this was the cuſtom of
the ancients, in token of gratitude, and he per-
formed thoſe things with much gravity and
reverence. Thus, adds the author, it ap-

pears,

|
|

BarvoT.pears, that the ſhedding any part of meat

or drink on the ground, is in China called

a ſacrifice, and is no civil or political
action. |
The ſame, in my opinion, may well be
ſaid of the cuſtom of the Blacks, general-
ly to ſpill a little wine on the ground for
their deities.
Nothing can be more mean that the diet
and food of theſe, and all other Blacks,
nor more nauſeous than their way of eating.

Food of The moſt uſual proviſions of the Iae-

Hraclites. 1;,,; were bread, wine, wheat, barley, meal
of all ſorts of grain, beans, lentils, peaſe,
raiſins, dried figs, honey, butter, oil, beef,
mutton, and veal ; but moſt eſpecially
grain and pulſe, as appears by the account
of the proviſions David received at ſeveral

times from Abigail, Siba and Berzellai, and
thoſe brought him to Hebron.

This was alſo the common food of the

Eygptians, and the Romans, in their ſoberer
times, and when they applied themſelves
to tillage. The great names of Fabius,

Piſo, Cicero and Lentulus are well known

to be derived from ſeveral ſorts of grain,
or pulſe. What ute the IJ/aelites made of
milk, may be known by the advice of the
wiſe man: Let the milk of your goals ſuffice
for your nouriſhment, and for the wants 0

your houſe. Tho' they are allowed to uſe
fiſh, I do not find it practiſed till the lat-

266 A Deſcription of the

that purpoſe, like a mortar 3 or elſe in deep
holes in rocks appropriated for that uſe,
having wooden peſtles to beat it with;
then they winnow and afterwards grind it on
a flat ſtone, much as our painters do their
colours. Laſtly, they mix it with flower
of millet, and knead it into a ſort of
dough, which they divide into ſmall round
pieces, as big as a man's fiſt, and boil it in
a large earthen pot full of water, in the
nature of a dumplin.

That ſort of bread is indifferent good, Brea
but very heavy on the ſtomach, The

ſame ſort of dough baked on very hot
ſtones is much better; and that which is
made at Mina exceeds any other of that
coaſt, the women being there more expert
at making of it.

They alſo bake it into a fort of biſket, Bike,

which will keep very good three or four
months, to victual the large canoes, in
which they make coaſting voyages, as far
as Angola. Beſides, they make a fort of
round twiſted cakes, called there Qyanguis,

which are fold at the markets, to ſupply
ſuch people as are unprovided at home,

Thoſe 244::quis are agreeable enough.

— Tho? this way of beating and dreſſing
the corn is hard and toilſome ; yet the
women perform it merrily, in the open
ſcorching air, many of them at the fame
time having their infants at their backs,

t
{
—
| l
{
[
|
|
|
|
|

' Book ua!

Fires in

vai weg-
aim were
. t er,

E Ancient

ter ages. 3 The aged or lame people are put to 4gedai
It is thought the ancients deſpiſed it, as ſome labour, or work ſuitable to their con- —_—_
too dainty for hardy men; Homer takes dition ; ſome to blow the bellows at the J

no notice of it, nor is it mentioned in what
the Greeks writ of the heroick times. Nor
do we read that the Hebrews regarded
ſauces, or fine diſhes, their feaſts and ban-
quets conſiſted of ſolid fat meat. They
looked upon milk and honey as the greateſt
dainties; and indeed before ſugar was
brought from the Meſt-Indies, nothing was
ſo much valued as honey. Fruits were
preſerved with it, and there was no fine
paſtry without it. The cream was often
called by the name of butter, as being the
moſt delicious part of it. The offerings
enjoined by the law ſhow, that even in the
days of Moſes, they had ſeveral ſorts of
paſtry, ſome kneaded with oil, and ſome
fried in oil.

EMPLOYVMENT of WOMEN.
Come now to the employment of the
women at home. In the evening they

ſet by the quantity of corn, which is
thought neceſſary for ſubſiſting of the fa-
mily the next day, which is brought by the
ſlaves from the houſe or barn where it 1s
uſually kept, without the village, as before
mentioned; tho? others have their ſtore-
houſe at home. That corn the women
beat in a trunk of a tree made hollow for

place,

ſmith's forge ; others to preſs the palm-
oil, or to grind colours to make mats,
or to ſit in the markets with proviſions
to ſell, according as the governours di-
rect; it being one part of their care, to ſee
ſuch people employed, that they may
earn their bread. The youth are liſted in

the ſoldiery of the country, and thus no

perſon goes about begging ; which is a

thing highly commendable in the govern-

ment of the Blacks.
Some poor Blacks, who know not how
to ſubſiſt, will bind themſelves for a cer-

tain ſum of money, or have it done by |
their friends: and the perſon to whom

they are ſo bound, ſupplies them with all
neceſſaries, employing them about ſome

work that is not flaviſh ; particularly they

are to defend their patron, or maſter up-

on occaſion, and in ſowing-time they

work as much as they pleaſe themſelves.
On the other hand, the Blacks, tho' ne-
ver ſo rich, and even their kings are not
aſhamed to beg any thing they have a
mind to, tho* of never ſo little value;
and are ſo importunate in it, that there 15

no getting rid of them without giving

ſomething : but of this more in another

RAIN

| Salutes.

HAP. 20.

Rain much DRA DED.
: II is ſcarce credible how much thoſe Blacks
I in general dread the rain ſhould fall upon
their bodies. As ſoon as ever a heavy
ſhower begins to fall, they quake, and clap
their arms acroſs over their ſhoulders, to
keep it off as much as poſſible, if they can-
not get under ſhelter ; and this apprehen-
fion 1s ſtill much greater at tne time of the
tornadoes, when they ſhiver, as if they had

1. an ague upon them; tho' the rain is com-

monly luke-warm, the air being violently
hot. The beſt reaſon they can give for
being ſo ſtrangely fearful of the rain is, that
the water which falls is very pernicious and
| unhealthy. For the ſame reaſon, during the
Fri rainy ſeaton they all keep fires, during the
ks, a es whole night in the middle of their rooms,
geſtro, lying about it in a ring, with their
feet to it, to extract the moiſture contracted
by walk ing on the wet ground; and in the
morning they commonly anoint their body
and legs with palm-oil, and the very ſoles
of their feet, the better to repel the ſup-

poſed malignity of the wet.
t,., Herein they ſeem to follow the example
alm. of the Hebrews, and all eaſtern nations.
| For this reaſon the ſcripture ſpeaks fo much
of their waſhing their feet, when they went
into their houſes or tents, to waſh off the
duſt that clung to their feet and legs, be-
f cauſe they wore only ſandals, open and
= made faſt at the inſtep with latchets, with-
out any ſtockings. The ſame they practiſed

when lying down to their meals, as was then

uſed, and going to bed: and in regard that

waſhing dries up the ſkin and hair, there-

fore they afterwards anointed it, either with

plain oil, or elſe with ſome aromatick balſam,
lomewhar like our eſſence.

By what has been ſaid of the nature and
unwholeſomeneſs of the rains in the winter
ſeaſon on that coaſt, we may conclude the
Blacks to be in the right in being appre-

henſive of it, being the beſt judges of its

pernicious effects, by conſtant experience of
all ages. 2

CrivitliTy: |
HO? the people of Guinea are thought
I do know little of ceremony and cour-
| aus, deſy, yet thoſe particularly who converſe
moſt with Europeans, when they meet one
another take off their hats or caps; but the
inland people do not look upon that as any

act of courteſy or reſpect. Next, they take

one another by the arms, as if they were
going to wreſtle, and then by the fore-
finger and the thumb of the right hand,
as if they would pinch them; laſtly, when
they let them go, they ſnap them together,

ſo as to make a noile, three ſeveral times,
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of SouTH-GuiNEA.

after the univerſal ceremony of taking by
as has been obſerv'd in the deſcription of

ſtomach, and that done, preſent it to the
his gueſt by the hand, and nipping his two
middle fingers together, only bids him

the other anſwers, I am come again.

both ſides, the wives, or female ſlaves bring

venly gueſts that were ſent to him, Gen.

257

bowing their heads towards each other, and Barzor.

laying Auzy, Auzy, which imports as muck WWW

as good-morrow, or good-day to you. Then

the one aſks, how did you ſleep ? The other

anſwers, very well; and then aſks the ſame

queſtion of the firſt ; who, if he has ſlept well

tells him ſo, Whence may be imply'd, that

they look upon ſound ſleep to be a ſure

token of health. When the Blacks of the

coaſt meet with an European, they only take

off their hat, or cap, ahd drawing back

one foot, as we call making a leg, ſay,

Aqui Segnor. Some will alſo take him by

the fingers of the right hand, and nip them

with their fore-finger and thumb, making

a Inap, as they do among themſelves. |
Others, as about Mina, being men of Other (6r1..

O
any note, when they ſalute one another, |

the hand, and then withdrawing it with a
ſnapping of the fingers, ſay, Bere, Bere;
that is, peace, peace. Inferiors ſalute their ſu-
periors after this manner; they firſt wet their
finger in their mouth, then rub it on their

od
Upon viſiting, the perſon viſited takes ring.

welcome; if it be his firſt viſit: but if he
has been there before, and is making ano-
ther viſit, he bids him welcome, ſaying 3
You went out and are returned. To which
This
is the polite behaviour and manner of ſa-
luting among then. |
When viſited by perſons of another Civiliry to
country, they ſhow them very much civility ; rangers.
and as ſoon as the compliments are over on |

water, palm-oil, or a fort of ointment like
greaſe, to waſh and anoint the ſtranger :
as was practiſed in the firſt ages of the
world by the eaſtern nations, who uſed to
waſh and anoint the feet of their gueſts; as
for inſtance, in Abraham, waſhing the hea-

xvili. 4. and our Saviour waſhing the feet
of his diſciples. |
Whena king, or other Black of the high- 5%, , f
eſt rank deſigns to viſit another of the fame kings, &c.
degree, and is come to or near the village
or place, where the perſon to be viſited re-
ſides, he commonly ſends ſome of his re-
tinue to compliment him; who ſends one
of his own train back with the other that
came to him, to return the compliment to
the viſitor, and aſſure him of a hearty wel-
come. In the mean time his ſoldiers, to the
number of three or four hundred are drawn
up in the market-place, or before the palace,
to do honour to his gueſt, who advances
but ſlowly, attended by a great number of
armed men, who all leap and dance with a
ſort of martial cadence and noiſe,

Uun Being

258

BarBoT. Being thus come to the place where the
V perſon viſited fits, expecting his coming,

Tedious

he detaches all his armed attendants of any
diſtinction to preſent their hands, by way
of ſalutation to the others men, that are
about him, as well as to the maſter. When
this ceremony is over, the two kings, or
great men, each carrying his ſhield, ap-

proach one another. If the viſiter be of

a higher degree than the other, or the latter
inclin'd to give him an extraordinary re-
ception, he embraces and bids him wel-
come three times ſucceſſively ; but if he who
viſits be of an inferior rank, then the viſited
makes three ſeveral advances to welcome
him, each time only preſenting his hand,
and filliping his middle finger. This done,
the viſitant ſits down, with his retinue, di-
rectly before the other, expecting his com-
ing to welcome him, with his attendants
which the viſited preſently performs, by
three circular advances, and then returns
to his own place and fits down, ſending
ſome officers to ſalute the reſt of the viſit-
ing company, to enquire after their health,

and the occaſion of their coming, which the

chief generally anſwers by meſſengers of
his own. |
This ceremony commonly laſts an hour

ceremonies. Or two, or till the viſited riſes, and deſires

| cauſes him to be preſented by the great

Profeſſions.

his friend to go into his houſe, where he

men of the village, with ſheep, fowls,

yams, potatoes, or other acceptable things;

beſides which, there are many other cere-
monies too tedious to be particularly men-
tioned. -

I have before obſerved, that the Blacks
on the Gold Coaſt were naturally inclinable
to ſeek their eaſe, and averſe to labour;
it is certain nevertheleſs, that there are very
many who induſtriouſly apply themſelves
to ſome particular profeſſion, or handicraft,
as merchants, factors or brokers, gold and
black-ſmiths, fiſhermen, canoe, or houſe car-
penters, fali-boilers, potters, mat-makers, huſ-
bandmen, porters, watermen or padlers, and
ſoldiers; in each of which profeſſions they
not only endeavour to live, bur to grow
rich, being much encouraged ſo to do by
che example of the Europeans, to whom
they are now nothing inferior in covetouſ-
neſs; whereas formerly they were ſatisfied
with bare neceſſaries to ſupport life.

Having from the beginning of this de-
ſcription reſolved not to omit any minute
circumſtance that ſhould occur to my me-
mory, 1-ſhall now give ſome account of
each of the aforeſaid profeſſions on the
Gold Coaſt ; tho? ſome perhaps may think it
too trivial, yet it may be acceptable to
others no leſs judicious, wherefore I ſhall

take them in the ſame order as mentioned
above. | |

from the firſt coming of the French among

A Deſcription of the Book III c=

MERCHANTS,

I Have before obſerved, that trading IS y tri
* the employment of the prime Blacks, te
both in rank and riches. The French, ac-
cording to ſome authors, having been poſ-
ſeſſed of the caſtle of Mina, for about an hun-
dred years, without interruption, from their

firſt founding of it in the year 1383, and the
Portugueſe having ſupplanted them in 1484;

each of thoſe two nations had in a manner

the ſole trade on that coaſt, during thoſe
former centuries, furniſhing the natives with
many things they had never before ſeen

or heard of; which prov'd ſo acceptable

and uſeful to them all in general, as well

on the ſaid coaſt as far up the inland, that
thoſe near the ſea embraced the commerce

them; buying their goods to ſell again to
the inland people neareſt to them, who
again carried thoſe goods to others more
remote; and ſo from hand to hand they
convey*d them even beyond the river Niger,
the prices, as may be imagin'd, advancing
the farther they were carried, and yet the
commodities were every where acceptable,
as being not only new, but alſo uſeful.

In proceſs of time the myſtery of trade %
was well eſtabliſh'd among thoſe people, var!
in every part of it, many of them applying
themſelves wholly to it, and the profit
being conſiderable, many from the inland,
thought it worth while to come down to
the coaſt, to buy European goods of the
Portugueſe and other Whites, to furniſh the
markets in their ſeveral provinces; others
ſettling there with their families, as brokers
and factors for their correſpondents, re-
ſiding in remoter parts, great numbers of
which ſort are to be found, ſettled at many
places under the European forts, eſpecially
at Commendo, Mina, Corſo, Mouree, Cor-
mentin, and Acra, as has been mentioned
before. Thus in proceſs of time, from ge-
neration to generation, the reſort of trading
Blacks has been greater and greater, as the
ſeveral European ſettlements at the coaſt
have encreaſed the plenty of goods, and
conſequently leſſened their prices; which
has been a greater encouragement to thoſe E
people to drive the greater trade in the re- bn,
mote inland countries, and by it very many | |
have been vaſtly enriched, and fo eaſily in-
duced to perpetuate ſo beneficial a profeſſion
in their poſterity.

I have been told, that: when the Euro 2
peans firſt came acquainted with thoſe people, 2.
many of the inland Blacks, who, as wel
out of curioſity as for profit, ventured to
come down to the coaſt, to ſee J/hite men,

a thing wholly new to them, they were
afraid to come near them becauſe: of the

whiteneſs. of their complexion ; aud woes
ts

Trading
| 4%0ard,

II CHAP. 20. Coaſts of Sou H · G v IN E A.

leſs would they venture to go aboard their
ſhips, being frighted at the ſwelling and
Ne | breaking of the waves, and becauſe ſuch
ws as ever did hazard themſelves were ſea ſick,
having never been uſed to that element,
which had ſuch violent operation on them,
that ſome died of it. This ſo much daun-
ted thoſe inland people, that when return-
ed home, they thought it beſt to employ

259
Each perſon that employs, gives them BAR ROr.
his gold by weight aſhore; and if that WWW

weight falls ſhort aboard, or in the Euro-
bean factories, when they go thither to buy
goods, he makes it up out of ſome of the
other parcels, taking notice of the quantity,

to be accountable to the owners.

The difference in weight often occaſions European
great conteſts between the ſupercargo of the rau.

as factors or brokers, either ſome of thoſe
Blacks living on the coaſt, or ſome of their

own kindred or conntry-men, ſent to ſettle

there and do buſineſs for them, allowing them
a competent profit out of the goods they
ſhould buy, for their account. Thence as
the trade increaſed in the courſe of a cen-
tury or more, the number of thoſe factors
or brokers has alſo multiplied to what they
now are; as has the number of fairs and
markets in many parts of that vaſt coun-
try. | es
"Thoſe Guinea merchants and factors com-
monly go aboard the Europeans ſhips and
to the forts, or factories, to buy ſuch goods
as they have occaſion for, either for their
proper account, or by commiſſion,

Thoſe who go aboard the ſhips, which
many do as ſoon as they ſee them at an-
chor, ofren going out, when they only
hear of their being near their places of a-
bode, in ſmall neat canoes, paddled by
two Blacks, the merchant or factor fitting

in the middle of it on a little wooden
ſeat, or ſtool, with a pipe in his mouth,

his cymiter by him, and a baſket of ruſhes
or ſtraw to hold the things he intends to
buy; and for fear the canoe ſhould ovyer-ſer,
as often happens, he keeps the gold which
is to purchaſe the goods he deſigns to buy
in a little leather bag, or a ſmall box,

made faſt to the girdle that is about his

waiſt, or in a ſort of handkerchief well tied
about his neck, ſo as it may be no hin-
drance to him in ſwimming, if he ſhould
have occaſion, till the paddlers have turned it
up again, and thrown out the water, which
they do very dexterouſly, and in a ſhort

time, tho? the ſea runs never ſo high; as I

ſhall have occaſion to mention more par-
ticularly,

ſhip and the African factors; becauſe many
of our Europeans making no ſcruple to
weigh the gold by a heavier weight than
they ought, as I have already obſerved, the
Blacks can ſcarce ſubmit to be fo baſely
impoſed upon, and ſome will rather return
to ſhore without purchaſing any goods.

On the other hand, I took notice of ſe- Cheats of
veral of thoſe factors, who, either to make % Bla

the parcel of gold anſwer, or exceed, would
flily blow upon the ſcale it was in; others
making a ſhow, as if they added more
gold, would take it up between their nails,
which, as I have obſerved, are very long,
and the tops of their fingers.

They are generally very cautious in the Cautiouſ-
choice of the wares they are to buy, whe- .

ther well conditioned, and of the quantity
and quality of the ſamples, or of the uſual
ſtandard : and this ever ſince the Europeans

were ſo baſe as to diſgrace themſelves

tormerly ſeveral times by impoſing on thoſe

people; for till then the Blacks having an

extraordinary opinion of the candor and in-
tegrity of J/hite men, took whatſoever they
ſold them upon content, without any
ſcrutiny or examination. RO

1 ſhall hereafter ſet down at length the
ſeveral ſorts of European goods, common-
ly fold at the Gold Coaſt, and the uſes they

are put to.

The Blacks, who buy goods aboard ſhips Merchants.

for their proper account, which is general-

ly in the ſummer ſeaſon, for the molt part

keep them to diſpoſe of, when the bad
weather comes on, there being fewer tra-
ding ſhips at that time.

The profit of the brokers, or factors, is Factors.

alſo conſiderable ; for the inland people,
who by reaſon of their remoteneſs are un-
acquainted with the uſual prices thoſe goods

| Back The quantity of gold a factor commonly

F : are ſold at, are generally impoſed on by
| *£great Carries aboard ſhips, conſiſts of fifteen, wen-

thoſe brokers, or defrauded by them in the

IO: ty, or more imall parcels, wrapped up in
bits of ſtuff, or linen, or leather, tied at

the top, like a purſe; and tho* I never
could obſerve any mark on any of the
many I had thus brought aboard, yet
thoſe factors exactly know whoſe every
parcel is, and what goods they are ordered
do purchaſe with it, and that without any
other help than ſtrength of memory; the

Blacks, as I have ſaid, being utter ſtrangers

to writing and reading,

weight or meaſure: and tho? ſome of thoſe
who employ brokers to buy for them, are
themſelves at times preſent aboard the ſhips,
yet thoſe crafty factors will cheat them io
their faces, either in concert with the ſuper-
cargo, or by amuſing them with ſome flam,
whilſt another broker or Black, who 18 in
the ſecret, cuts off ſome part of the linen
and {tuff he has bought for them, or alters

the weight of what is weighable, or mixes 7y,;-
As for inſtance of this fraud

liquors with water.
: fraud

260

_ A Deſcription of the

| BaRporT. fraud in liquids; I have ſeen ſome in cape

Cor ſo road, who by that means gained three

_ anchors of brandy at one time, on a parcel

they had bought for others.

The better to
conceal their knavery, they leave that aboard
till night, which they have defrauded others
of in the day, and then return aboard to
convey it privately aſhore, running it in the
dark, to prevent its being ſeized by the
Dutch factors, at ſuch places as arg under

their juriſdiction, or at other places exempt

from the dominion of the Dutch, to ſave
the king's cuſtom or duties.

Another way thoſe factors have to de-

ceive their principals, is in the weighing of
the gold they are to be intruſted with to
buy goods: when the crafty knaves will
put their hands into the ſcales, as 1t were
to pick out ſome gravel or ſmall ſtones,
that happen to be ſometimes mixed with it,

and ſome of the gold never fails to be

lodged under their long hooked nails,
whence they convey it into their mouth,
noſe, or ears, and ſometimes between their
toes. In ſhort they are moſt expert thieves,
and perhaps in that dexterity outdo the
moſt ſkilful of the ancient Lacedemonians.

of the inland people with them, they wi

promiſed them ſtill greater rewards, if they

would bring them ſome of the rich inland

traders, becauſe thoſe generally buy much

greater quantities of goods, than any of

thoſe living on the ſhore. This practice is
ſtill more and more in uſe at this time,
when the number of trading ſhips from

many parts of Europe, is far greater than

it was formerly, and conſequently obliges
every agent or commander, to Procure
what cuſtomers he can by ſuch promiſes
and gratifications. |

The merchants and factors generally come

aboard the ſhips, a little after ſun- riſing,

with the land-breeze, which makes the ſea
pretty calm; and return again aſhore a-
bout noon, with the ſea-breeze, which they

call Agombretou, before it blows too freſh c,

and the ſea runs high. If they have _

return aſhore about eleven of the clock,
Juſt at the beginning of the breeze, before
the ſea is rough 3 becauſe thoſe inland
Blacks cannot endure it ; and at their land-
ing on the beach, they are met by abun-
dance of young Blacks, who uſually wait
there about that time, for the return of

Boox1th

| landis,,

CHA

| Men bir of.

: Juve. fold '

pany, excluſive to all others of their nation,
and which is alſo extended to all other

when the goods are ponderous, as lead, iron,

Preſencs They alſo are conſiderable gainers by the the canoes, ſome to unlade the goods they
made daſſy or preſent, which the Europeans, either are loaded with, and others to carry the
them. aboard their ſhips, or in the forts or fac- canoes aſhore, and lay them with the bot-
tory muſt unavoidably make them, when tom upwards on ſome ſhort poſts ſtuck in
they have agreed for any parcel of goods; the ground for that purpoſe, that they may
which leads me to ſay ſomething in particu- dry the ſooner ; and for that ſervice the
lar concerning thoſe preſents. owners of the canoes allow them a certain |
Introduced The Dutch firſt brought up that diſagree- reward, either of the ſaid goods in ſpecie, reh).
6y the able and burdenſome cuſtom. Their deſign or in gold Krakra. Their buſineſs is alſo to |
Durch. at firſt was only to draw off the Blacks from help when canoes, either empty or laden,
trading with the - Portugueſe; but thoſe chance to be over-ſet, as it often does, when
people having once found the ſweet, could they come near the beach, by the break-
never be broke of it, tho* the Periugucſe ing of the waves. Upon ſuch occaſions
were actually expelled all the places of trade they are not eaſily ſatisfied with what is |
they had been poſſeſſed of on the coaſt; given them, pleading great merit. * wax.
| but it became an inviolable cuſtom, for all Thoſe who come from the inland coun-
| Europeans as well as the Dutch. Some of tries, to trade with the Europeans, either a-
| thoſe people are ſo very eager, that they ſhore, or aboard their ſhips, are for the
| will demand it with much importunity, e- moſt part ſlaves ; one of which number, in
| ven before they bargain for any thing, which whom the maſter confides moſt, is ap-
is a great trouble and loſs, becauſe it lowers pointed the chief of that caravan a-foot, 7041 i
| the profit upon goods, by four or five per the goods bought being carried by thoſe %
| Cent. and occaſions great conteſts and cla- flaves to their habitations up the country, ried
mours; many of the Blacks not reſting ſa- as uſing neither carts nor horſes. Theſe fat
tisfied with what is offered them, eſpecially flaves carry all on their ſhoulders or backs,
the poorer ſort. ſo that if there be any conſiderable parcel
other Another encumbrance introduced alſo by of goods, it requires a conſiderable num-
| Lifts. the Dutch, before they were ſettled in a com- ber of ſlaves to tranſport it ſo far, eſpecially
?

Europeans trading thither, is, that ſeveral

ſhips happening in thoſe times to meet to-
gether on that coaſt, each particular com-
mander, or ſuper- cargo, offered ſome par-
ticular gratification to ſuch broker or fac-

tor, as would prefer him in the ſale of his

cargo, and procure him moſt buyers; and

or tin; two or three hundred weight where-
of, requires fifty men or more. The Euro-
peans commonly ſhow much civility to the
chiefs of ſuch companies of ſlaves, and are
ſo far from treating them according to their
ſervile condition, that they ſtudy all ways to
oblige them, well knowing they are in ſpe-
cial favour with their maſters, and may go

to

Ping

tachle,

ods (al:
d by
ver.

Cna?. 20. Coaſts of SOuTH-GuINEA.

| Men bir ed.

to other European forts or ſhips 3 for which
reaſon they are often better uſed than their

maſters would be if preſent, ;
Thoſe inland Blacks, who come down

without ſlaves of their own to carry back

the commodities purchaſed, hire either

Vi, pax.

; Fred 70 it.

Fiſhing

Lachle,

free-men or ſlaves, Who commonly live
under the forts, at ſuch rates as they can
agree upon, according to the diſtance of
the places the goods are to be carried to;
which is a conſiderable advantage to thoſe
at the coaſt, tho' the money is hardly
enough earned, thoſe poor wretches having
high hills to climb, and bad ways to pals.
The caravans go generally well armed

to defend themſclves againſt robbers, and
wild beaſts. |

reid. The merchants and factors on that coaſt

pay for the commodities they buy, not only
in gold, but in ſlaves, which they call by
the Portugueſe name Cativos, carrying two,

three, or more aboard together in a canoe.

Sometimes they in that manner carry great
numbers of flaves aboard, at other times
fewer, according as they happen to be at
peace or war with their neighbours. In the

year 1682, I could get but very few, be-

cauſe there was at that time almoſt a ge-
neral peace among the Blacks along the

_ coaſt ; and conſequently they were two or
three pieces of eight a man dearer than
at my former voyage, I ſhall have occa-
ſion to ſpeak more particularly of ſlaves,
| conſider'd as a peculiar commodity.
| No tory, |

There are very few elephant's teeth ſold
along the coaſt, for tho? the natives have them
from the inland countries, or from the coaſts
of Quaqua and Congo, brought in canoes,
they commonly make uſe of them to make

blowing horns, or trumpets, and in other

ways, as for rings about their arms, Sc.

Nor is there any quantity of wax to be

had, unleſs it be accidentally, though there
is enough of it; but the natives having learnt

to make candles of it, ſpend it that way.

FIS HE R ME N.

THE buſineſs of fiſhing is there look'd
upon as next to trading, and thoſe
wbo profeſs it are more numerous than any

other ſort of people. Thoſe who follow

that profeſſion bring up their ſons to it from
nine or ten years of age, at Anta, Commendo,
Mina, Corſo, Mouree, Cormentii, and ſome
other ſea-towns to the eaſtward ; but the
greateſt number is at Commendo, Mina,
and Carman

From each of theſe laſt mentioned places
there commonly go out every morning in
the weck, except Tueſday, which is their
ſabbath, or day of reſt, five, ſix, and ſome-
times eight hundred ſmall canoes, each about
thirteen or fourteen foot long, and three

or four in breadth ; and put out about two
Vor. V.

leagues to ſea, commonly with one paddler, Bax BOr.
or rower, beſides the fiſhermen ; and ſome WWW

with two, as alſo their fiſhing tackle, con-
fiſting of great and ſmall hooks, and harp-
ing irons, which they uſe dexterouſly when
the hooks have caught a fiſh too big for
the line to bear. They are alſo furniſhed
with caſting, and other large nets, ſome
twenty, and others twenty four fathom long,
made of the coco thread or yarn which
they ſpin, and of which their lines are
alſo made. They place their nets in the
ſea over night, not far from the ſhore, in
the months of Ofober and November, ſe-
curing the two ends with ſtones, and draw
them in the morning, when they are com-
monly full of all forts of fiſh ; the coaſt
being every where plentifully ſtored, as I
have already obſerved.

Every fiſherman always carrries a ſcy- yjayuey of
miter in his canoe, with ſome bread, water, f/hing.

and a little fire, ona flat large ſtone, to roaſt
fiſh, when he has occaſion. The rower, or
paddler commonly ſits at the ſtern, paddling

very ſlowly, and the other ſtands, both of

them plying the fiſh with long and ſhort
lines, ſome of which have five or ſix hooks
hanging at them. Some make faſt a line

about their heads, others holding it in their

hands; and thus I have often ſeen them
draw up five or fix fiſhes at one caſt of a
line. They labour thus till about noon,
and ſeldom later, becauſe then the wind
begins to blow very freſh, and fo they re-
turn aſhore with the ſea-breeze, each canoe
being generally well ſtor'd with fiſh, there
being ſuch plenty in that ſea, as has been
ſaid. Thoſe who ſtay out later, deſign to
diſpoſe of their fiſh aboard the ſhips for
brandy, garlick, hooks, and other inconfi-
derable things; as thread, needles, pipes,
pins, tobacco, bugles, ordinary knives, old
hats, old coats, ſmall ordinary looking-
glaſſes, Sc. „
Theſe men, by conſtant practice, are be-
come very dexterous at their trade of fiſh-
ing, and 'tis no ſmall diverſion to ſee fo
oreat a number of canoes at that ſport. If
a ſword-fiſh, or any other of the greateſt
bulk, happens to be in the net they have laid
in the ſea over night, it is certainly torn to
pieces; but if the owner of the net has
notice of it in time, he deſires the aſſiſtance
of his friends, and two or three canoes go
out together, provided with ſtrong harping-
irons to ſtrike it, and the Blacks being fond

of that fiſh above any other, one of them

makes amends for two or three nets torn, by
the price it yields.

They catch the Machoran, by the Dutch
call'd, Baerd-Manette, and by the Engliſh,
Cat-f/ſh, with nets ſpread floating, and

| faſtened to two little poles, to which they
tie iron bells, like thoſe put about the

XXX necks

262.

. 4 Deſcription of the

Bannor. necks of cows in ſeveral parts of Europe, way of eating them is boild, and then cut

V which being. ſhaken by

the Waves, make
a tinkling noiſe, that attracts this ſort of

- fiſh, and brings it into the net, I have

been told, that cod is taken after that man-

ner in ſome parts of Europe, but do not re-

member where.

River f. They alſo take river fiſh with proper

Another
way.

nets, and ſeveral ſorts of inſtruments, both
by day and by night, but not in ſuch quan-
tities as the ſea affords. They are generally
indefatigable at this employment, at the
proper times and ſeaſons.

There are ſeveral ways of fiſning by night,
both up the country and at the coaſt, ac-
cording to the variety of places. Some of
the Blacks at the coaſt, in the night hold in
one hand a piece of combuſtible wood
flaming, having firſt dipped it in oil or
roſin; and in the other a ſmall dart or
ſpear, with which they ſtrike the fiſh,
which commonly makes to the light. Others
have a gentle fire always burning 1n the
middle of the canoe, the ſides whereof
being bor'd through, at certain diltances,

the light ſtrikes through upon the water,

and attracts the fiſh, which they alſo ſtrike
with their ſpears. En

Others go into the water up to their
middle, with a light in one hand, and a
baſket in the other, which they clap upon
the fiſh, and take it; but this way of fiſh-
ing, being ſubject to unlucky accidents
from the ſharks, often playing near the
beach, few dare follow it, for fear of being

devour'd by thoſe ravenous monſters.

Shark-
fiſhing.

Fiſhing in
ſhoal-

water.

Muſcles.

Oi/ters.

When they deſign to take ſharks, which
is often done, as well to deſtroy the ſpecies,

having a particular hatred to it, for the
miſchief it does, as for the benefit the

reap by ſelling them to the inland people,
who are fond of it dried in the ſun, they

uſe proper hooks and lines; and when one
of the larger ſize has ſwallowed the bait,
they help one another to tow it aſhore,
and diſtribute it among the people, by
whom 1t 1s eaten in revenge, as has been
cliewhere obſerved.

They allo take abundance of very good
large and ſmall fiſh, between the rocks, near
the ſhore, where the water is ſhallow enough,
killing them with a ſort of iron tool, ſhaped
much like that with which the country
people of Aulnix in France, and the iſle of
Rhe kill congers. Among the various ſorts
of fiſh they catch, is that they call the
King-fiſh, very good, and of a delicious taſte.

They there get great ſtore of muſcles, as
ſweet as thoſe of Charon near Rochel, and
accounted excellent food in their proper
ſeaſon. |

They have alſo ſach large oiſters, that
two or three of them will fill a man, but
they are commonly tough, and the beſt

of canvas, or other coarſe ſtuff, holding

in pieces and fry'd.
Small fiſh is alſo taken there with a piece

the ends of it with both hands, under water,
and raiſing it up haſtily, when they ſee any
fiſh ſwimming over it.

BlAack-SMITHSs.

TH E chief handicraft at which theſe er

Blacks are belt ſkilled, is ſmithery ; of
which I ſhall now ſpeak. The black-ſmiths
there, many of whom are at Boutroe, Com-
mendo, Mina, Berku, and other places,
with ſuch ſorry tools as they have, can
make all ſorts of martial weapons they

have occaſion for, guns only excepted ;

they alſo make whatſoever is requiſite for
husbandry, and for their houſhold uſes,
Tho *they have no ſteel, yet they make their

cymiters, and other cutting inſtruments, _
Their principal tools are a hard ftone, a,

inſtead of an anvil, a pair of tongs, anda
{mall pair of bellows, with three or four
noſſels, an invention of their own, and
blows very ſtrong. Their files of ſeveral

ſizes, are at leaſt as well temper'd as we

can make them in Europe. Hammers of
all ſizes they have from the Dutch. Their
forges are commonly ſmaller than ours.

GOL p-S MITE S.

TH EY outdo the blackſmiths in their Cin

performances, as having been taught vorne
their art by the French, Portugieſe, and
Dutch, in former times, and now make of

fine gold, breaſt- plates, helmets, bracelets,

idols, hunting-horns, pattins, plates, orna-

ments for the neck, hatbands, chain and
plain rings, buttons, and ſhell-fith; they
alſo caſt very curiouſly all forts of wild
and tame beaſts ; the heads and ſkelctons of

lions, tygers, leopards, oxen, deer, mon—
keys, goats, Sc. which ſerve them by way
of idols, either in plain work, or filigrene, al!

caſt in moulds; of which ſort I brought

over ſeveral pieces of figures, but particu-

larly that of a perwinkle, as big as an
ordinary gooſe- egg; which were all much
admired at Rochel and Paris, and even by
the beſt goldſmiths. The thread and con-
texture of their hatbands and chain-rings
is ſo fine, that I am apt to believe, our
ableſt European artiſts would find it difficult
to imitate them. For the ſatisfaction ot
the reader I have taken the pains to draw

moſt of the pieces of both gold-ſmiths and
black-ſmiths work in the cut; which being PA!

divided into three parts, I ſhall here give
a ſhort account of them.

In the firſt diviſion of the cut, I repre-
ſent all ſorts of martial weapons, as allo
the inſtruments for tillage and houſhold

uſes ; in the ſecond, under it all the vagiers
0

Small 0

Book Ill NC

bow aud
E RITOWS,

dall dat
F Razors,

| "words,

ll

1
men,

ATE 27,

CHAP. 20.

| Dart.

Few: and

grows.

kaxors.

Swords,

a ſpan or two 1n length.
ſerves them inſtead of a cymeter 3

again, on the right hand, the whole variety

of their muſical inſtruments, either for di-

verſion or war, with the various ſorts of
ſeats, or wooden ſtools. 3

For the better underſtanding of the fi-
gures in the firſt diviſion :

Arms, Toots, Musicar INSTRUMENTS

and ORNAMENTS |

K. IS a javelin or ſpear, with a quiver

* full of arrows, the Javelin having a
ring in the middle to faſten it to their body
when they travel. | mY

L. An Aſagaya, a Mocriſh word uſed
in Portugueſe, and thence taken by the
Blacks, being a long dart, to be caſt at a
diſtance, with another ſort of quiver, and
three arrows 1n it, The quiver they hang
about their ſhoulders, at a leather thong,
or belt, as mark'd 7, Theſe darts are
commonly about two yards long, and pretty
large, the end pointed with iron, like a
pike, and fome of them covered with iron
This weapon

that
holding their ſhield in the left hand, they

may the more conveniently dart it with

the right; for they have commonly ſome

body to carry it after them, when they

cannot well hang it on their ſhoulders.

A. Repreſents their bows and arrows, at
preſent not much uſed by them at the coaſt,
excepting the Aquamboe Blacks, who are molt

dexterous at ſhooting thoſe arrows, which

have feathers at the head, and are pointed
with iron. The people of A/wine uſed to
poiſon them ; but on the coaſt they do
not, being utter ſtrangers to poiſon.

| coal, L. O. A ſmall dart to be caſt by hand,

about a yard long, and very ſlender.
O. Razors, with which they ſhave their
beards. .
. Three different ſorts of ſwords or
cymiters, with iron, or wooden hilts, or
a monkey's head caſt in gold, and look'd
upon as ſacred, or a ſpell. Two of the
lwords ſhaped like chopping-knives, being
about two and a half, or three handfuls broad

at the end, about one at the hilt ; and

three or four ſpans long at moſt, bowin
a little at the top.
are very ſtrong, but commonly ſo blunt,
that it requires two or three ſtrokes to
cut off a head, They have a wooden hilt
and guard, adorned, ſometimes on the one,
and ſometimes on both ſides, with ſmall
round knobs, covered with a fort of ſkin,
or a rope black'd with the blood of ſome
tame beaſt, Others alſo adorn it with a
tult of horſe-hair. Perſons of note cover

the hilt with thin plates of gold. The

leather ſcabbard is almoſt open at one

tide, to which they hang, by way of or-

Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA.
of gold- ſmiths works; and in the third nament a tyger's head, or a large red ſhell, Ba BOT:

hang WWW
_ theſe cutlaces at their left hip, by a belt,

to enhance the value of it. They
girt about them; or elle they ſtick them
in the clout they wrap about their body,
and between their legs, that they may run
the ſwifter, when they go to war in an
enemy's country, and have alſo about them

a bandelier belt, with about twenty bande-
liers hanging to it.

M. Another ſort of cymiter, part of the Cutlaces
edge whereof is made like a ſaw, to ſaw like ſuws.

off the bones of their enemies. The pom-
me] 1s the muzzle of a beaſt, caſt in gold,
for an idol or ſpell. |

This ſort of cymiter or cutlace, muſt
be a particular weapon, uſed in ancient
times by the Ammonites, who being abo-
minable bloody idolaters, in the days of
David, and uſing to ſacrifice their own
children to Moloch, or Malcheu, making
them pals through the fire, or burning
them 1n a barbarous manner, as we read in
2 Kings xvi. 3. and xxiii. 10. and Levit. xviii.
21. and xx. 2, Sc. were peculiar at invent-
ing of horrid torments for their enemies,

and uſed to put them under ſaws, and under
iron harrows, and axes of iron; and made

them paſs through the brick-kilns, as may
be reaſonably conjectured from the dread-
ful puniſhments David inflicted on all the
towns of that execrable nation, when he
had taken Rabbab, their royal city, by his
army, under the command of Joab, cauſing
all the Ammonites, according to the equita-
ble rule, call'd Lex Jalionis, to be put to
death, by the ſame ſorts of torments they
had put others to, as we read, 2 Sam. xii. 31.

So that it is not unlikely thoſe ſavage Ammo-
nites might alſo have invented this ſort of
cymiter, or ſword, like a ſaw on the one

tide 3 which by the Arabs, their neighbours,

might, in proceſs of time, be carried into
Africk, and by degrees convey'd down to
the Blacks of Guinea, living near them.
Some of thoſe exquiſite torments anciently
uſed, are ſtill known in the eaſtern parts;
we have an account that the prophet 7/azab
was ſaw'd in two, by order of king Manaſ-
ſeb, with a wooden ſaw, which muſt have

g been a more grievous torture than if it had
Thoſe cutlaces

been of iron.

P. A Ponyard, or Bayonet, after their poyyarg,

manner.

9. A round ax, with a blunt edge on
the one fide.

EK. An ax of another form; both theſe Aue.

for huſbandry.

J. An ax of a third make, to hew, or
fel] timber. pos

§. A ſhield, or buckler, of dreſs'd lea- 17%

ther, uſed by the Blacks of note, in war,
or on feſtivals ; or when they viſit athers of
an equal rank, Theſe fhields are four or five

foot

264

BAaRBOT.

foot long, and three in breadth, the under
part made of ofiers, ſome of them cove-
red with gilt leather, or with tygers ſkins,
or the like, Some alſo have broad thin
copper - plates, made faſt to each corner,
and in the middle, to ward off arrows and

darts, as well as the ſtrokes of cutlaces ;

but they are not proof againſt muſket balls.
T hey are wonderful dexterous at managing
of theſe ſhields, which they hold in their
left hand, and the ſword in the right, and
ſkirmiſhing with them both; they put

their bodies into very uncommon poſtures,

Drums.

covering themſelves ſo nicely, that there
is no poſſibility of touching them, 2 Chron.
xiv. 8. Aſa king of Judab, had an army of
three hundred thouſand men, armed with
ſhields or bucklers and javelins, and two
hundred and eighty thouſand men with
ſhields and arrows, againſt the king of E-

io pia.

F. Another ſort of ſhield, made of offers
or bulruſhes, for the common ſort of peo-
le. |
K T. The royal drum, uſed when a king
takes the field and heads his army, adorned
with ſpells, ſhells, and jaw-bones of their
enemies {lain in battel. The ſound of it is
not unlike that of our kettle-drums. The

body of it is a piece of wood made hollow,

covered at one end with a ſheep-ſkin, and

left open at the other, which is ſet on the
ground.

It is beaten with two long ſticks,
like hammers, and ſometimes round, as in
the figure. They alſo ſometimes beat with
a ſtrait ſtick, or with their hands. To be

* intrufted with this drum, is looked upon as

They

an office of honour,

drums, moſt of them being trunks of trees
hollowed, of ſeveral degrees and ſizes,
They generally beat theſe drums in con-

ſort with the blowing horns, made of ele-

to rattle on a hollow piece of iron, with

phants teeth, which together make a hide-
ous noiſe 3 and to help it out, they ſet a boy

a ſtick : and this addition is ſo far from

Tools.
A mus ket.

rendring the noiſe more agreeable, that it ra-
ther becomes more unſupportable to our ears.
4. 4. Two ſorts of tools for tillage.
. Such a muſket as they buy from
Europeans. They handle their fire-arms
very cleverly, diſcharging them ſeveral
ways, when drawn up, one fitting and an-
other lying down, never hurting one ano-
ther. Abundance of fire-arms, gun-pow-
der and ball are ſold there by all the tra-
ding Europeans, and are a very profitable
commodity, when the Blacks of the coaſt
are at war ; yet were it to be wiſhed they
had never been carried thither, conſidering

how fatal they have been, and will til]
be upon occaſion in the hands of the Blacks,

to Europeans, who for a little gain fur-

A Deſcription of the

have above ten ſ{-veral ſorts of

niſh them with knives to cut their own
throats, of which, each nation is ſenſible
enough, and yet none will forbear to carry

that commodity, which proves ſo dange-
rous in the hands of thoſe Blacks ; and the

beſt excuſe we have for this ill practice is,
that if one does not, ſtill the other will ſel}
them; if the French do not, the Dutch
will ; and if they ſhould forbear it, the
Engliſh or others would do it.

In the ſecond and under Divisto N.

Book III Cu-

Others.

Zorns.

* A N earthen pot, as ny are generally bur

made of ſeveral ſizes, large and ſmall.

Juſt under the pot, a woman's necklace,
of Contas da Terra and Agri, adorned with
gold ſpells, and flips of the ſacred tree;
ſuch necklaces are reckoned there very orna-
mental, and coſt a conſiderable ſum of
money.

9. A gold hat-band, of curious work- Yathand

man-ſhip.

From 4. to B. ſundry ſorts of their 2 4
gold toys worn as ſpells, or things ſacred, brace,
and bracelets of ſix ſorts, one of them ſo

long, that it reaches to the elbow ; and
over them two ſorts of flat arm-rings. Un-

der thoſe rings ſome caſt heads of beaſts,
uſed alſo as ſpells, or holy things, and

near the biggeſt head a gold bracclet,

which can be contracted, or extended, as

narrow, or as wide as they pleaſe on the
arm. 5 ew

Above thoſe rings, a ſmall blowing horn %

of gold uſed by the better ſort:

. A piece of natural gold near an ounce v
in weight, which I have ſtill by me, be- £4.

ing like a piece of a ſharp-pointed rock.

„ Neckligq

.

: Caſtagne.
Flutes.

F Cittern,

| Kettle,

| Drums,

8. A large whilk, or perwinkle, call do pr
in gold filigrene work, a very curious»

6. Two Bouſies, or Cauries, Eaſt- Inclia
ſhells, which ſerve for ornaments in neck-

laces, and go for money at Fida and Ar.

dra.

circle at the end, like a half moon, which
1s current money at ſome places, for a

certain value.
1. Small ſcales of their making, to weigh Salt,

gold.

4. A great iron pin, with a ſmall ſemi- 3%

3. The beans, or peaſe, with which they 1

weigh gold duſt, as has been ſaid before.

5. Little wooden ſpoons to put gold Sh.

into the ſcales, or take it out, to adjult the
weight.

2. Gold Krakra, which is their ſmall Krakn

money.

In the third Div1stoN, on the right-hand,

F Ancient
| and mo
dien

eafon;

. C OMS, made of a ponderous hard Cont.

wood.

H. Three ſeveral ſorts of wooden ſtools, Stool.

or ſeats, as commonly uſed by the 88
ort

ILY CHAP. 20. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 265

Others.

Horns.

la

| Bell, .
and.
E Caſtagnets.
anl Flutes.
ts,

j Cittern,

| Kettle,

2
„
4 ng.
9.
15
ht:
Th
| Anctent
ra. | and mo-
dern
ea ons.

bs,

muſical inſtruments. |
Of theſe and all other things repreſen-

fort of people, and carried about with
them, when they go a viliting,

Z. Two different forts of ſmall ſeats or

ſtools, which they always carry 1n their
ſmall canoes, to fit on in the middle of them.

G. Blowing horns, made of elephants
teeth, of ſeveral ſizes, the biggeſt of which
weigh about thirty pounds; they have a
peculiar art to hollow them from one end
to the other. At the lower end of them is a
piece of rope, blacked with ſheep or hens
blood, and a ſquare hole, blowing into
which makes a prepoſterous noiſe, by them

reduced to a ſort of tone and mealure,

and altered at pleaſure. Sometimes the
tone is more tolerable, according to their

ſkill, On it are carved many figures of
men and beaſts, and others only the pro-

duct of fancy.

F. Three ſorts of tinkling bells, which
make up part of their muſick.

E. Two forts of caſtagnets uſed in dancing.

D. Two flutes, diftering from ours, by
having more holes. L

C. A ſort of cittern, made of a cala-

baſh, or gourd, over which is a long nar-

row piece, made of reeds ſet cloſe to one
another athwart; and over all, four ſtrings,
which give the ſound, when play'd upon
with the fingers, after the manner that the
Portugueſe touch the guittar; and J am of
opinion che Blacks made this inſtrument in

imitation of thar.

B. A braſs kettle, with two ſticks, to

beat it, in muſical manner.

A. Two ſeveral forts of drums, with
their ſticks, the round one uſed at feaſts

and in war; the long one alſo ſerves
ſometimes for the ſame uſes, and ſome-

times 1n religious worſhip to honour their
deities, or upon other extraordinary oc-
caſions „„

B. A pair of tongs, with a ſtick to beat
and rattle them, being another of their

ted in the figures, I ſhall have occaſion
to ſpeak more at large hereafter.

In relation to the above-mentioned houl-
hold goods and arms of the Blacks, it may
be here obſerved, as to their weapons, that
they are much like thoſe uſed by the Greeks

and Romans, being ſwords, bows, arrows,
darts and lances made like half-pikes ; for

the lances of the ancients were not like
thoſe of our former horſemen, with large

butt ends; and their {words were broad

and ſhort. It is ſaid that king Saul com-
monly held a lance in his hand, as Homer

gives one to his heroes, and the Romans

to Quirinus and their other Gods; which
lances exactly anſwer the Aſagayas, or jave-

_ lns uſed by the people of Guinea, and

many other Africans.
Vor. V. 4

The ancient Greeks and Romans neverBaRBor.
wore offenſive arms, but in war; nor did
the 1/raclites, who had the ſame fort of 77 n
weapons. David commanding his men to peace.
march againſt Vabal, bid them take their
ſwords, tho' they were then ſubject to per-

etual alarms. The cuſtom of wearing
words at all times, was peculiar to the
Gauls and Germans.

The defenſive arms uſed by the Greeks, Defenſcve
Romans, and Iſracliles were ſhields, and s.
bucklers, helmets, coats of mail, and fome-
times greaves, or armour for the thighs,
which was very rare among the I/raeliles, and
much more among the natives of Guinca.

As for the furniture of houſes among Houſbold
the Iſraelites, the Levitiral law often men-Soods.
tions veſſels of wood and earth, and ear-

then veſſels were moſt common among the

Greeks and Romans, before luxury had
prevailed among thoſe nations. Such uten-
ſils are mentioned in the catalogue of the
refreſhments brought to David, during the
war with Abſalom. We ſee what was rec-
koned neceſſary furniture in the words of
the Shunamite, a wealthly woman, who
harboured the prophet Eliſha z Let us make
a little chamber, with a bed, and a table, and
a ſtool, and a candleſtick, for the prophet ; 2
Kings iv. 10. The candleftick there
mentioned muſt have been a lamp, for
then and long after candles were not
uſed, and all people burnt oil in lamps,
The beds were commonly mats, or car-
pets of Dedan, in Arabia, brought by the

Arabs to Tyre; and the Tyrians, who drove

a great trade of fiſh and other commodities
with the 7/-aelites, conveyed them to Feruſa-
lem. Thoſe beds were without curtains, and

| generally placed againſt the wall, as ma

be obſerved by the account of Hlegekiab.
Perſons of the higheſt rank had beds of
ivory, perfumed and adorned with rich
ſtuffs, as the prophet Amos reproaches the
rich Jews, his contemporaries. 75
The houſes were flat roofed and terraſ- Ancient
ſed, the windows having only curtains or houſes.
lattices before them : and there were no
hearths or chimneys; the people for the
moſt part living altogether on the ground-
floor.

Hus BAN PDR v.

1 Have already ſpoken of their husban-
1 bry, which is but indifferently managed;
which ſome will attribute to their ſloth-
ful temper, tho' we ſee in other things,
by what has been ſaid, they are as in-
duſtrious as any other people ; and it may
as well be aſcribed to the frequent wars
among them. Whatſocver the reaſon may
be, they are very often in want of corn,

and ſometimes come almoſt to a famine;

which may proceed from other cauſes, ſince
J we

Ge RE wy oo ids Doe ern int V —— Ye <a —

266
BaRBOr. we ſee the ſame happens in the moſt fruit-
WY V ful countries of Europe, where people might
periſh, if not ſupplied from other places.

Sizes.

The lar-

Leſt.

Men.

Padales.

|

A Deſcription of the

CANOES.
A* IM, Ackuon, Boutroe, Tacorary,
Commendo, Cormentin and Wineba, are
the moſt noted places for canoes; the na-
tives there making and vending great num-

bers of them yearly, of all ſizes, both to

Europeans and their neighbours. The lar-

geſt are forty foot long, ſix in breadth

and three in depth, and ſo from this ſize
down to the ſmalleſt ſort; which, as has
been ſaid, are about fourteen foot long,
and three in breadth, few reaching to four
foot.

The largeſt canoes are commonly made
at Axim and Tacorary, and carry eight,

rarely twelve tun of weighty goods, be-
ſides the crew. Theſe canoes ſerve either

I/hites or Blacks to tranſport any fort of
goods and cartel from place to place, over

bars and breaking waters; and are more
particularly neceſſary at Fida and Ardra,
above any other parts of Guinea, as J ſhall

obſerve hereafter. The Mina men, who
are the moſt ſkilful of all the Blacks in row-
ing and managing this ſort of canoes, over
the moſt dangerous bars and raging waters,
venture to fail in the largeſt all about the
bight of Guizea, and even to Angola.
They navigate them with maſts and fails,

and with oars and paddles, when the wind

proves contrary, or in a calm ; being com-
monly manned from twelve to eighteen
hands, according to their bulk and cargo,

The rowers or paddlers fit two and two,
on benches, or boards nailed athwart the
. canoe, at equal diſtances, each of them

having, inſtead of an oar, a paddle, made
like a ſpade, about three foot long, with a
ſmall round handle, about the fame length,
with which they paddle the water, uſing

both hands to it, and all ſtriking together,

they give the canoe a very ſwift motion,

thoſe boats being very light. The ſteerſ-
man ſits quite at the ſtern, with a

paddle
ſomewhat longer than the others for rowing.

Thoſe canoes laden with goods and men,
are conveyed by the Mina Blacks over the
worſt and moſt dreadful beating ſeas, all a-
long the coaſt, eſpecially at Fida and Ar-
dra, where no manner of trade could be

Bar cages, Carried on between the ſhore and the road,

without that help. Thoſe Blacks manage

them with ſuch extraordinary dexterity in

the moſt dangerous places, that it is much to
be admired ; and it ever the canoe happens
to be overſet, the ſea ſwelling and break-
ing more than ordinary with ſome violent
wind, thoſe people being uſed to ſuch ac-
cidents, and excellent ſwimmers and divers,
ſoon turn it up again, without any other

damage than what the goods may receive
by the ſea-water, according to their na-

ture; for they are always ſo well ſtowed,
and ſo firmly made faſt with ropes to the

canoe, that there are ſeldom any loſt by
its overſetting ; there being alſo croſs pieces
of wood in thoſe bar canoes, for ſo they
are there called, at certain diſtances, which
ſecure the cargo upon ſuch occaſions.

The canoes for war, commonly carry War d.
fifty or ſixty men, beſides ammunition and we.

proviſions for fifteen days, if it be requi-
ſite. | |

When the bar canoes, or any other ſmaller
ſ1zes, are to ſtand in for the land, through
the breaking waters ; the crew narrowly ob-

ſerves to have the three high ſurges, which

uſually follow, one upon the back of an-

other, paſs over, before they enter upon
beating waters. The Blacks, who, at thoſe aint: 5
times always wait on the beach, either to 7"aragiy

ſuccour the canoes coming in, if any acci-

dent befals them, or to unlade them as ſoon

as they are ſafely arrived on the- ſtrand,
give a ſhout from the ſhore, which is a
ſignal to thoſe in the canoe, that the three
great ſurges are over; which they can bet-

ter judge of from the land, as being higher

above the water. Then the canoe men all to-
gether, with wonderful concert, paddle amain,
and give the canoe ſuch ſwift way through
the beating water, which foams and roars
in dreadful manner on both ſides, that it is
got half way through, before the ſucceeding

ſurges, which commonly rife and ſwell pro-
digious high, the nearer they come to the

beating, can overtake it: and thus the
canoe holding that rapid courſe in the
midſt of the foaming waves, runs itſelf at
once almoſt di

tend there for that purpoſe, running into
the water up to the knees, or middle, be-

fore it has touched the ground, and take out

the paſſengers on both ſides, whom they

carry aſhore; tho' often very wet with

the waves breaking into the canoe. Aſter

that, they alſo take out the goods, and

carry them where commanded.

As to the launching and running out of Putin
thoſe canoes over the bars, and through the

breaking waves; they generally lade them
firſt, with goods or paſſengers, as they lic
dry on the beach ; and when ready, a num-
ber of men proportionable to the bignels
of the veſſel, beſides its crew, taking hold
on each ſide, from one end to the other,
hale it into the water, making a diſmal

cry, and when afloat in the breaking wa-

ter, they leave it to the crew, who hold-
ing it on each ſide, with the head directly
to the ſurges, ſwim along with one hand,
till it is ſo carried as far as they think fit
into the water, when they all leap into it

from

on the ſandy beach;
many of thoſe Blacks, who continually at.

Dangerous
ne, An
acts.

; Derterity

f fſber-

$777

Book I NAA

Wy Wy —

A AO — 2 = 3 EzEEBY

(

ILA. 20.

e do

ing
to (5

ins an
| b. ACES,

Dexterit)

ef her

$77

Dangerous

of April, May, June and Juh, and ſtill
| more at the new and full moons, eſpecially

from both ſides, and fitting on their benches,
paddle with all their might, through the
rolling ſurges, keeping the head of the
canoe directly to them: for ſhould they
miſs of ſo doing in the leaſt, the waves,

which run as high as mountains, would ſoon

fill it up, beat it to ſhivers, or at leaſt
overſet it. Thus either going in or out the
canoe is lifted up, and let down by the waves,
with a frightful noiſe.

The danger is much greater in the months

at Fida and Ardra, as I ſhall obſerve, when
come to the deſcription of thoſe countries.
There diſmal accidents are very frequent,and
great quantities of goods are Joſt, and many

men drown'd ; whereas at the Gold Coaſt

thoſe things happen but ſeldom, tho? they
uſe ſmaller canoes, the landing being nothing
near ſo bad as at thoſe other places. I have
gone ſeveral times aſhore at the Gold Coaſt,
both in great and ſmall canoes, without any
ill accident, by reaſon of the good manage-
ment of the paddlers, who were all choſen

men, and becauſe it was always at the beſt

ſeaſons : yet I mult own, that ſometimes
I eſcaped narrowly, and wiſh'd my ſelf

| elſewhere, being in a ſmall canoe, for a
quarter of an hour, or better, waiting be-
tween two dreadful waves, and rollin

{urges, for a proper minute to launch thro?
the breaking ſea, before Cormentin, which
is generally the moſt dangerous landing-
place of all the Gold Coaſt ; in ſuch manner,
that it almoſt made my hair ſtand up an
end with horror. At another place, I think
it was Movuree, I ventured to go aſhore in
the pinnace, and landed pretty well ; bur
the worſt was to get off again: to which
purpoſe I hir'd ſeveral Blacks, who, with

my own men, all ſwimming with one

hand, kept the head of the pinnace right

againſt the rolling waves, but could not

prevent my being thoroughly wet.

I have often admir'd the dexterity of the
fiſhermen, when ſome of them happened
to come aſhore later than 1s uſual, in the

afternoon, at which time the ſea-breeze
makes the ſea ſwell conſiderably near the

land : I obſerved how two or three men,
in ſo ſmall, ſo low, ſo narrow, and ſo light

a boat, in which he who ſits at the ſtern to
| ſteer ſeems to have his poſteriors in the

water, could ſo ſwiftly carry the canoe

through the breaking ſea, without any
misfortune, and with little or no concern; but

this muſt proceed from their being brought
up, both men and women, from their in—

Coaſts of Sour H-GUINEA.

from it. The Blacks of Mina out-do all
others at the coaſt in dexterity of ſwin
ming, throwing one after another forward,
as if they were paddling, and not extend-
ing their arms equally, and ſtriking with
them both together, as Europeans do. There,
as I have hinted before, may be ſeen ſeve-
ra] hundred of boys and girls ſporting to-
gether before the beach, and in many places
among the rolling and breaking waves,
learning to ſwim, on bits of boards, or
ſmall bundles of ruſhes, faſten'd under
their ſtomachs, which is a good diverſion to

the ſpectators. :

I would adviſe thoſe, who are to go aſhore, Advice for
to ſend their beſt clothes before them, in a landing.

trunk; for I have often ſpoil'd good appa-
rel upon ſuch occaſions, and eſpecially
when the Blacks lift a man out of the canoe

juſt when it reaches the beach, as has been

ſaid before: for they being always anointed
all over with greaſe, or palm, oil, certainl

leave the impreſſion of it on his clothes,
whereſoever they touch them, and it is
ſcarce ever to be got out. There every
European of any note, commonly wears
fine ſil k, or woollen ſuits, and often adorned
with gold, or ſilver galoons ; according to

the poſt he is in, each ſtudying to exceed
g another; beſides that the Blacks, as well

as other nations, ſhow moſt reſpect to thoſe
who are beſt dreſſed. >

There is another ſort of very fine canoes, pleaſare
of about five or fix ton burden, which canes.

every commander of an European fort keeps
for a pleaſure-boat, to paſs with his atten-
dants, as occaſion offers, from one place to
another. The Daniſh general in my time,
had the fineſt of that ſort. In the midſt of
it was a large auning, of very good red
and blue ſtuffs, with gold and ſilver fringes,
and under it handſome ſeats, covered with
Turkey carpets, and curious curtains to draw
on iron rods. At each end of the auning
was a ſtaff, bearing a little ſtreamer, and
another at the head of the canoe, and un-
der it the Daniſh flag. Theſe canoes are
repreſented in the cur of the proſpect of

fort Fredericksburg, at Manfrou, near Corſo ;

where 1s alſo another canoe, which was for
the Daniſh general's ſervants and ſoldiers,
which uſually attended his own canoe. In
the cuts of the caſtle of $7. George of Mina,
cape Corſo caſtle, and Chriſtiaenburg at Acra,
are exact draughts of the great canoes,
uſed by the Exgliſb and Dutch to carry goods
and paſſengers along the coaſt ; to which
prints I refer, as to the form of the canoes,

267
aſhore in the ſecond, tho? never fo diſtantBarsor.

Excellent
m ſwimmers.

fancy, to ſwim like fiſhes ; and that, with
the conſtant exerciſe, renders them ſo dex-
terous at it, that tho' the canoe be over-
turn'd, or ſplit in pieces, they can either
turn it up again in the firſt caſe, or ſwim

and the manner of fitting and rigging them. 1 61
Bur I muſt take notice, that the ſails thoſerjgging.
people uſe, are commonly made of ruſh
mats, or a ſort of cloth of the bark of |
trees, having long hairy threads, like the |
Crco-

1
,
;
/
|
$
3
4
|
=
N
4
1
1
ö
.
,

268

BanBor.

Spells, or
idols.

Coco-iree, which they ſpin and weave into a
ſort of canvas, and their rigging is of the
palm-tree yarn. The European canoes have
commonly European canvas and cordage.
The canoes are alſo commonly painred,
both within and without, as well as they can

do it, and adorn'd with abundance of their

toys, or idols, fore and aft, which they
look upon as patrons and protectors of
them; and conſiſt, for the moſt part,
of ears of Indian corn, among ſeveral dry
heads, and muzzles of lions, tygers, goats,
monkeys, and other animals. The canocs
which are to make a long voyage, com-
monly, beſides all thoſe ſpells, carry a
dead goat, hanging out at the head of the
veſſel.

Canoes all By what has been ſaid of the bigneſs

ef one piece. of the large canoes, it is caſy to gueſs what

prodigious bulky trees there are in that

country, conſidering that thoſe boats are

How ade.

made of one piece or trunk; as allo to
conceive, what tedious work it is to fell
ſuch trees, and work them into that form,
all being done with only a fort of crooked
large knives thoſe people make; and it
were ſcarce practicable, but that the Cabot
trees, of which they always make the canoes,
are very porous and ſoft, as has been ob-
ſerved before. ”
When the trunk of the tree is cut to the
length they deſign the canoe, they hollow
it as much as they can, with their crooked
knives, and then burn 1t out by degrees,
till it 1s reduced to the intended cavity and
thickneſs, which then they ſcrape and plain
with other ſmall tools of their invention,
both within and without, leaving it thick-

neſs enough, that it may not ſplit when

Sha pe.

heavy loaded. |

The bottom 15 made almoſt flat, and the
ſides ſomewhat rounded, ſo as that it is
ſomewhat narrower juſt at the top, and
bellies out a little lower, that they ma
carry the more ſail: the head and ſtern

are raiſed long, and ſomewhat hooked,
very ſharp at the end, that ſeveral men may

lift at both ends, upon occaſion, to lay it
up aſhore, and turn it upſide down, the
better to preſerve it from the weather, and

_ eſpecially from rain, and therefore they

Small
Canoes.

make it as light as poſſible.

The leſſer canoes, which the Blacks call
Ekem, and the Portugueſe, Almadias, are
reckoned to be beſt made by the people of
Commendo, and a great number is made at
Agitaſi and Commani, inthe country of Com-
mendo. The name of Canoe is properly of
the Meſt-Indies, where ſuch boats are uſed;
and from thoſe people the Spaniards learnt
it, and all other nations have taken it from
them. 1 4 5 |

This ſort of little canoe is exactly re-
preſented in its proper form and ſhape in

e Deſcription of the

the print, ſhowing five or ſix hundred of
them abroad a fiſhing, at Mina; and juſt
under it is the other ſort of canoe, carry

ing ſlaves aboard the ſhips, both of them

differing much from the bar canoes, and
thoſe made to perform voyages. The latter
is exactly drawn in all its parts, to give
the reader a juſt idea of it, and the way
of rowing and ſteering, and therefore it
will be needleſs to ſay more of it.

I have before ſpoken of carpenters and
houle-builders, as well as of porters, |

POTT ERS.

13 HERE is not much to be ſaid of them, g

but that they were formerly taught by Y th:P
the Portugueſe to prepare the clay, to form “le

and mould it into 1185 pipkins, pots and
troughs of ſeveral ſizes; and then to bake
it in proper ovens, ſo that the earthern
ware made there, tho' very thin, is yet
extraordinary hard, and as good as any in
the world to boil meat, or other proviſions,
or for any uſe whatſoever, The clay they
generally have, is of a dark colour, and the
veſſels made of it will endure the moſt
violent heat. 5
Aren

THESE have a peculiar way of rang-

ing and ordering the leaves of palm-
trees, or of Indian wheat, or ruſhes, one
over another, all bound and faſten'd toge-
ther, on round poles of ſeveral ſizes ; which
they expoſe to ſale in the markets, where
any one, who is to build or repair a houſe,
has the choice of what is moſt for his pur-
pole.

ke,

The inland Blacks have alſo ſeveral trades, Sen

and abundance of huſbandmen among them, 7. .
Beſides, they have many that make various

ſorts of caps and hats of the ſkins of beaſts,
and with ſtraw and ruſhes ; and great num-
bers of weavers, who work cloths very

y artifically, in little portable looms, to be

carried about, as at cape Yerde, ſpinning
the bark of certain trees, and dying it of
ſeveral colours.

ful at it of any on the Gold Coaſt.

MARK E T S.

1 Have elſewhere obſerv'd, that the Blacks
have publick markets or fairs, appointed
in ſeveral parts of the country, on certain

days of the year, for the conveniency of

trade; beſides that which is peculiar to
every village for proviſions.

It would be endleſs to attempt to deſcribe
each of thoſe publick fairs or markets, as
well up the inland, as at the coaſt ; and I

think it will ſuffice to ſpeak of one for all,

which is that of cape Corſo, accounted the
molt conſiderable of all the coaſt, and even
of all other parts of the country.

le

The people of /ſzny, and
the country about them, are the moſt {kil-

Book III Cu

parket .

| Good order

Palm.
wine.

erp;

des,

CajeCorlo It is kept every day, except Tueſdays,

market .

| Good order.

palm.

wine.

which are holy, or their ſabbath, in a large
place at the end of the town, whither great
numbers of all the neighbouring people re-
ſort every morning very early, with all
ſorts of goods and eatables the land affords;
beſides the European goods carried by us.

This place is ſo diſpoſed, and the rules
preſcrib*d for the more orderly keeping of
the market ſo religiouſly obſerv'd, that all
who are of one trade, or ſell the ſame ſort
of things, ſit in good order together; and
they are moſtly women, who, as has been
hinted before, are commonly employ*d to

keep market, being looked upon as fitter
for it than the men, and commonly ſharper

than they for gain and profit. They come
thither by break of day, from five or ſix
leagues round about, loaded like horſes,
with each of them one, or more ſorts of

goods; as ſugar-canes, bananas, figs, yams,

lemons, oranges, rice, millet, Indian wheat,
malaguelte, or Guinea pepper, bread, kan-
kies, fowl, fiſh raw, boiled, roaſted, and

fried, palm-oil, eggs, pompuons, earthen-

ware, beer called Petaw, wood for fuel,
thatch for houſes, tobacco of the growth of

the country, Sc. The Blacks of the coaſt

alſo carry thither ſeveral forts of European
goods; and early in the afternoon the palm-
wine drawers carry that liquor, freſh from
the fields, and the fiſhermen the fiſh they
have caught in the morning. There the

country women barter or exchange their
_ proviſions for fiſh, or other neceſſaries, and
about three of the clock return to their re-
ſpective dwellings, ſeveral of them toge-
ther in a company, very merrily, ſinging and

ſporting all the way, tho' it be ever ſo
far, and that they are loaded with as much
as they can well carry ; beſides ſometimes
an infant tied at their back, which, as has
been ſaid, they always carry whereſoever
they go, as long as it ſucks. Where any

of their idols are ſet up in the roads, and

there are great numbers of them through-

out all the country, they never paſs by,

without leaving ſome ſmall part of wuat
they carry, by way of offering.

Of all the ſorts of goods, or proviſions
fold at this marker, the palm-wine has the
greateſt vent, becauſe of rhe great number
of fiſhermen and factors, reſorting thither
as foon as they come aſhore from trading
or fiſhing at ſea in the forenoon; who

having earn'd ſome money, are very free to

ſpend it in that liquor, and drink plentifully

the reſt of the day, with their friends and

neighbours, till ſupper-time, when moſt of
them go home drunk : and notwithſtanding
thoſe exceſſes, it is rare to hear of any quar-
rel or diſorder committed, by reaſon of the

good government of the Caboceiros, or ma-

giſtrates, during the market.
Vor, V

269
At this market, not only the neighbour-Barzor-
ing inhabitants, but alſo the crews of Euro

Jean ſhips riding in the road, are plentifully
ſupplied with many neceffaries and refreſh-

ments; the latter commonly bartering with
the market women, for garlick, pins, ſmall

looking-glaſſes, ribbands, flints and ſteels,
and ſuch like trifles.

At other places up the inland they have Fair.

ſet fairs, at ſome once, and at others twice

a year; but ſo that no two fairs may fall

out at the ſame time, leſt the one be an
hindrance to the other. There they alſo
expole to ſale all forts of things they have
of the product either of Europe or Africa,
and there is a mighty concourſe of people,
from all parts, tho* very remote from the

Place where the ſaid fair is kept.

In former times thoſe people had no other
way of vending their commodities among
themſelves, than by bartering or exchange
but ſince the French firſt, and after them the
Portugueſe, taught them the way of cutting

coarſe gold into very ſmall bits, by them

calPd Kra- ra, to facilitate the buying and

ſelling of ſmall things, the Blacks have fo
well improv'd that fort of money, that

now pretty large ſums are paid in it, all
along the Gold Coaſt, except at Acra, where

it is little uſed ; but inſtead of it, for the
conveniency of buying ſmall things in the

market, they have a ſort of large iron pin,

with a ſemicircle, or half-moon at one end

of it, exactly of the form and bigneſs as
repreſented in the cut of their ſmithery.
Having already ſpoken ſufficiently of the

Kra-kra money, and of the manner of the

ſcales and weights they uſe to weigh it, or

any gold duſt, I refer the reader back to it;

as well as for what I have there alſo ſaid of
their way of meaſuring all forts of linnen,
cloth, or ſtuffs, by a meaſure almoſt nine
foot long, by them called Jefam, and of
their manner of valuing ſlaves, at a ſet rate,
but alterable according to the times.

J have allo given an account of their lan-
guage among themſelves, and in what ſort

of dialect they converſe and trade with Eu-

ropeans; and that they know nothing of
writing or reading, tho' ſome Blacks of
cape Verde, and Rufiſco, are acquainted with

both. They only make to themſelves ſome Art of
rules for memory, the better to manage memory.

their affairs, ſo that they are rarely guilty
of omitting, or forgetting the leaſt thing
that is material. For their way of caſtin

up any numbers, they commonly tell from
one to ten, and then tally on their fingers,

or by Taccoes, and fo ſucceſſively other tens,

till they come to an hundred, which they
tally or ſcore down in the ſame manner,
and begin again from one to ten. Some of
the better ſort of Blacks have proper names
for numbers to an hundred, Cc. as may be

3 ſeen

Money.

PLATE 22.

— — —_
1 — * I 2 — 2
* - e — * —_— :
„ r 1 . "Fon
CT ——_———_——_—— Ju a r Vs. ; —
—

270

BARBOT.

ſeen ſet down in the vocabulary of their fa-

WYY miliar words and phraſes hereafter inſerted.

Paronts

felling their;

children.

SLAVES,

Bking one part of their riches, and pro-
perly a commodity in this country, as
they were in ancient times at Tyre, Ezech,
xxvii. 13. Javan, Tubal and Mejhech, they
were thy merchants; they traded the perſons of
men, &c. it will not be improper to ſay
ſomething of them. 5

They are, for the moſt part, people taken
in war; but ſometimes ſold into bondage
by their own relations, in this particular,

like the Chineſe, who fell their ſons and

daughters when they pleaſe, and practiſe it

Kidnap-
ping, KC.

frequently. The Sclavonians had the ſame
cuſtom, and were allo free to kill them.
The Per/ians kept them as ſlaves. Vid. Na-
Varetie, pag. 51.

Others are ſometimes ſtolen away, out
of their own countries by robbers, or ſpirit-
ed by kidnappers, who often carry away
many children, of both ſexes, as they find
them about the country, being ſet to watch
the corn-fields of their relations, as has been
ſaid in its place. Some alſo through extreme

want in hard times, alſo inſolvent debtors,

and ſuch as are condemn'd to fines they
are not able to pay, fell themſelves willing -

ly for flaves, to others of their country
people, and there are of both ſexes and all

Barbarous
ATC,

ages; but the much greater number of
ſlaves, as has been faid, are taken in war,
either in battle, or by making excurſions
into the enemies country,

The trade of ſlaves is in a more peculiar
manner the bulineſs of kings, rich men,
and prime merchants, excluſive of the in-
terior fort of Blacks. |

Theſe ſlaves are ſeverely and barbarouſly
treated by their maſters, who ſubſiſt them

poorly, and beat them inhumanly,as may be

{cen by theſcabs and wounds on the bodies of
many of them when fold to us. They ſcarce
allow them the leaſt rag to cover their naked-

neſs, which they alſo take off from them

XL Thoſe in the
—Welt-In-
dies hap-

pier.

when {old to Europeans; and they always
go bare-headed. The wives and children of
ſlaves, are allo ſlaves to the maſter under
whom they are married ; and when dead,
they never bury them, but caſt out the
bodies into ſome by place, to be devoured
by birds, or beaſts of prey. LD
This barbarous uſage of thoſe unfortunate
wretches, makes it appear, that the fate of
ſuch as are bought, and tranſported from
the coaſt to America, or other parts of the
world, by Europeans, is leſs deplorable, than
that of thoſe who end their days in their
native country; for aboard ſhips all poſſible
care is taken to preſerve and ſubſiſt them
for the intereſt of the owners, and when ſold
in America, the ſame motive ought to pre-

A Deſcription of the

vail with their maſters to uſe them well,

that they may live the longer, and do them
more ſervice.

Not to mention the ineſti-
mable advantage they may reap, of be-
coming, chriſtians, and ſaving their ſouls,
if they make a true uſe of their condition ;
whereof ſome inſtances might be brought :
tho* it muſt be owned, they are very hard
to be brought to a true notion of the chri-
ſt ian religion, and much leſs to be prevail'd
on to live up to its holy rules; being na-
turally very ſtupid and ſenſual, and fo apt
to continue till their end, without the leaſt
concern for a future ſtate of eternal bliſs,
or miſery, according as they have lived in

this world.

It muſt alſo be own'd, that the chriſtians Slave:

in America are much to be blamed in this H
inſtructid
# a chriſt.
teſtants, which I beg leave to take notice a

particular; and more eſpecially the pro-

of with ſome concern, take very little care
to have their ſlaves inſtructed in the chriſtian
religion; as if it were not a poſitive duty
incumbent on them, by the precepts of
chriſtianity, to procure the welfare of their
ſervants ſouls, as well as that of their bodies.
This has been expreſſly declared by two
ſynods of the proteſtant churches of France,
the one held at Roan, the other at Alengon,
in 1637. upon the queſtions put in thoſe
aſſemblies by over-{crupulous perſons, who
thought it unlawful, that many proteſtant
merchants, who had long traded in ſlaves

from Guinea to America, ſhould continue

that traffick, as inconſiſtent with chriſtian

charity. The ſynod thereupon, after a long

diſcuſſion of the point, decreed as follows :
Tho? ſlavery, as it has been always acknow-
ledged to be of the right of nations, 1s not
condemned in the word of God, and has
not been aboliſhed in molt parts of Europe,
by the manifeſtation of the goſpel, bur
only by a contrary practice, inſenſibly in-
troduced; nevertheleſs, ſince ſeveral mer-
chants, trading on the coaſt of Africa, and
to the Indies, where that traffick is permit-
ted, acquire ſlaves of the Barbarians, either
in exchange, or for money, the poſſeſſion
of whom they tranſmit to others by formal
ſales, or exchange ; this aſſembly, confirm-
ing the rule made on that ſubje& in Nor-
mandy, exhorts them, not to abule that
liberty, contrary to chriſtian charity, anC
not to diſpoſe of thoſe poor infidels, but
to ſuch chriſtians, as will uſe them with
humanity 3 and above all, will take care
to inſtruct them in the true religion.

But how far moſt proteſtant planters and o- Ne!

ther inhabitants of European colonies in Ame-**"
rica, are from following ſuch reaſonable ad-
vice, every perſon that has converſed among
them can tell. There, provided that the ſlaves
can multiply, and work hard for the benefit

ol their maſters, moſt men are well ſatisfied,

with-

Book It Non

| BCH4?. 20.

he
Ted
| Iſt

olet

N.

wichout the leaſt thoughts of uſing their
authority and endeavours to promote the
good of the ſouls of thoſe poor wretches.
In this particular F muſt ſay, the Roman-
Catholicts of the American plantations are
much more commendable ; for at Marti-
nico, one of the French Caribbee iſlands, all
who have been there may have obſerved,
that every Sunday morning early there is a

maſs celebrated in the chappel of the e-

/irits, called the maſs of the Blacks, as being

fer not in-

E [rafting

1 ſaves.

particularly appointed for thoſe ſlaves in

the iſland z and every planter, who lives
within a reaſonable diſtance of it, is obliged
to ſend his Blacks to be prefent at it, and

at other devotions, according to the ſervice

of the Roman church. ; 5

It is alſo notorious, with what applica-
tion the Portugueſe have endeavoured, for
theſe two laſt centuries, to propagate their
religion amongſt the Blacks in general, at
Guinea, Congo and Angola, by keeping a
great number of miſſioners there, in ſeveral
places: and even in Braſil, what care they
take to inſtruct ſo many thouſands of Black
ſlaves, as are employed in the ſervice of

their plantations, as ſhall be farther declar'd

when I ſhall treat of thoſe peoples ſenſe, or
belief of religious wc, .

07 A Before I leave this ſubject, I ſhall mention
ie Englilh two principal reaſons, to paſs by ſeveral

others of lefs moment, which proteſtant
planters uſually alledge, in the Engliſh co-

lonies of America, to excule this neglect :

the firſt, the great incumbrance it would
be to a planter, who hasa great number of
lives, ſome one, others two hundred and
more, firſt to have them learn Engliſh, and
aiterwards to inſtruct every one of them in
the principal articles of the proteſtant be-

lief, thoſe ſlaves being generally of a bru-

tith temper, and prepoſſeſſed with fantaſti-
cal ſuperſtitious practices of the groſſeſt and

moſt abſurd paganiſm which, in reality, moſt

of them always adhere to, tho' they have
lived ever ſo long among proteſtants. The
ther argument, on which many ſeem to
ay much ſtreſs, is, that if their faves were
made chriſtians by baptiſm, c. they
ould, according to the laws of the Britiſb
nation, and the canons of its church, imme-
diately loſe the property they had before

in thoſe ſlaves; it being inconſiſtent with

the proteſtant religion, that any of its pro-
leſſors ſhould be kept in bondage for life.
But chisis a falſe notion, for neither the laws

of the nation, nor the canons of the church

of Kugland, nor of any other chriſtian people
in /:1rore, that I could ever var of, do
diſcharge any Black ſlave, that has reccived
baptiſm, from continuing fo till death. 1
have in this point had . opinion of very
learned Engliſh and French divines, alledging

ene inſtance of the like cafe in Oneſimus, a

2

Coaſts of So rH-GUuIlNx BA. 271

chriſtian ſlave, in whoſe behalf St. Paul BAR BOT.

writes to Philemon, his maſter, in ſo affecti: Www
onate a manner; vid. his epiſtle: by all which
it is apparent, that in thoſe times, the pri-
mitive chriſtians had many ſlaves among
them, who were alſo chriſtians. |

To conclude on this head, it may ſafely chrifiani-
be affirmed, that if the proteſtants were *y would
careful to have their Barbarian ſlaves bap- — —
tized, and well inſtructed in the principles“ Tel.
and maxims of true chriſtianity, many of
thoſe poor wretches would behave them-
felves much more humanely and dutifully
towards their maſters and fellow-ſlaves than
they do, for want of ſuch inſtructions; and
conſequently we ſhould not ſo often hear of
their mutiny ing and deſerting, as has been
known at Barbadoes, and other colonies.
The maxims of chriſtianity would doubtleſs
be a curb to their rude remper, and the
planters might expect the bleſſing of heaven
on. their plantations, as a reward of their

charitable endeavours to convert thoſe groſs

pagans from their deplorable ſtate of depra-
vation, in all malice and vileneſs towards

God and man.
The Gold Coaſt, in times of war between

the inland nations, and thoſe nearer the

ſea, will furniſh great numbers of ſlaves
of all ſexes and ages; ſometimes at one

Place, and ſometimes at another, as has been

already obſerved, according to the nature
of the war, and the ſituation of the coun-
tries between which it is waged. I remem-

ber, to this purpoſe, that in the year 1681,

an Engliſh interloper at Commendo got three
hundred good flaves, almoſt for nothing,
beſides the trouble of receiving them at the
beach in his boats, as the Commendo men
brought them from the field of battle,
having obtained a victory over a neighbour-
ing nation, and taken a great number of
priſoners.

At other times ſlaves are ſo ſcarce there,
that in 1682, J could get but eight from

one end of the coaſt to the other; not only

becauſe we were a great number of trading
ſhips on the coaſt at the ſame time, but by
reaſon the natives were every where at peace.
At another time, I had two hundred ſlaves
at Acra only, in a fortnight or three weeks
time ; and the upper coatt men, underſtand-
ing I had thoſe flaves aboard, came down
to redeem them, giving me two for one,
of ſuch as I underſtood were their near re-

lations, who had been ſtolen away by inland

. Blacks, brought down to Acra, and ſold

tO Us.
I alſo remember, that I once, among my 4 whole
ſeveral runs along that coaſt, happened to family

have aboard a whole family, man, wife, {ve

three young boys, and a girl, bought one
after another, at ſeveral places; and cannot
but obſerve here, what mighty ſatisfaction

0 thoſe

r

|
4
|
'
4
N
|
j

272
Barxror.thoſe poor creatures expreſſed to be fo
(come together again, tho' in bondage.

For ſeveral days ſucceſſively they could
not forbear ſhedding tears of joy, and con-
tinually embracing and careſſing one ano-
ther ; which moving me to compaſſion, I
ordered they ſhould be better treated a-

board than commonly we can afford to do

it, where there are four or five hundred in
a ſhip; and at Martinico, I fold them all
together to a conſiderable planter, at a
cheaper rate than I might have expected,
had they been diſpoſed of ſeverally; be-
ing informed of that gentleman's good-
nature, and having taken his word, that
he would uſe that family as well as their
circumſtances would permit, and ſettle them
in ſome part by themſelves.

I have elſewhere ſpoke of the manner of
valuing and rating the ſlaves among the
Blacks, and ſhall conclude this chapter,

which proves to be one of the longeſt,

with an odd remark; which is, That many
of thoſe ſlaves we tranſport from Guinea

to America are prepoſſeſſed with the opinion,
that they are carried like ſheep to the

laughter, and that the Europeans are fond
of their fleſh 3 which notion ſo far prevails
with ſome, as to make them fall into a
deep melancholy and deſpair, and to refuſe
all ſuſtenance, tho' never ſo much com-

pelled and even beaten to oblige them to
take ſome nouriſhment: notwithſtanding all
which, they will ſtarve to death; whereof I

have had ſeveral inſtances in my own
ſlaves both aboard and at Guadalupe.
And tho' I muſt ſay I am naturally com-

_ paſſionate, yet have ] been neceſſitated
ſometimes to cauſe the teeth of thoſe

wretches to be broken, becauſe they would
not open their mouths, or be prevailed
upon by any intreaties to feed themſclves
and thus have forced ſome ſuſtenance into
their throats.

At the end of the ſupplement to this
deſcription, may be ſeen how I ordered the

ſlaves to be uſed, and managed, in our

| paſſage from the coaſt to the Yeſt-Indies;

which if it were well obſerved by other
Europeans following that trade, would cer-
tainly ſave the lives of many thouſands of
thoſe poor wretches, every year, and ren-
der the voyages much more advantageous
to the owners and adventurers ; it being

A Deſcription of the

known by a long courſe of experience that

the Engliſh particularly every year loſe

great numbers in the paſſage, and ſome
ſhips two, three, and even four hundred
out of five hundred ſhipped in Guinea.

Before we leave this ſubject, the follow- 9%,
ing obſervation may not be unacceptable, and,
The Hraelites had the power of life and ine.

death over their ſlaves, and that right
was then common to all nations; for
captivity was derived from the right of
war, when inſtead of killing the enemies
it was judged more adviſeable to ſave their
lives, and make uſe of their ſervice. It was

then ſuppoſed, that the conqueror always

reſerved to himſelf the right of taking
their lives, if they became unworthy of
his mercy z that he acquired the ſame
right over the children of ſlaves, ſince they

could never have been born, had not he

preſerved the father, and that he tranſ.

ferred that right, in diſpoſing of his ſlave,
This is the foundation of the abſolute Powe if

authority of the maſters, and it was very 10 1
ein.

rare that they would abuſe it; their own
intereſt obliging them to preſerve their
ſlaves which were a part of their wealth,
That is the reaſon in the law of God, tor
not puniſhing him, who had beaten his
ſlave ſo unmercifully, that he died in

few days after. *Tis his money, ſays the

law; to ſhow that his loſs was a ſufficient
puniſhment : and it might be preſumed in

that caſe, the maſter only intended to cor-

rect him. But if the ſlave actually died
under the blows, it was an inducement to
believe that the maſter's deſign was to
kill him, and therefore the law declared

him guilty ; wherein it was more merci-

ful than the laws of other nations. The
Romans tor above fifty years had the right
of putting their ſlaves to death; of lay-
ing their debtors in irons, for non-pay-

ment, and of felling their own children

three ſeveral times ſucceſſively, before they

were out of their power. All this was

purſuant to the laws of the twelve tables
which they brought from Greece, about
the time when the Fews were again re-
eſtabliſhing themſelves, after their return
from captivity, and about a thouſand years
after Moſes, More of theſe remarks may
be found in other parts of this deſcription
treating of ſlaves.

CHA. F. XXI.
European goods for Guinea; uſes they are put to; duties paid for goods.
Safe riding at the coaſt. Merry-making and dancing. Feaſt made by the
Daniſh general. Manner of taking an oath. =

Eu RO EAN Goops for GUINEA.

AS to the different ſorts of goods the

Europeans generally carry thither for
trade; each nation commonly ſupplies the
coaſt, as much as is convenient, with ſuch

as their reſpective countries afford; and
what they want at home for well aſlort-
ing their cargo, they buy in other parts of
Europe. For inſtance,

The

Boox Ill

What the
| French

carry.

Dutch
| lading .

agli

q cargo.

5 4%

it

69 of
er 6
Aer
4,

| What the
| French

carry.

CHAP, 21.

on the other hand, they ſupply the
Guinea trade with greater quantities of
linen cloth, bugles, copper baſons, and
kettles, wrought pewter, gun-powder,
ſayes, perperuanas, chints, cawris, old
ſheets, c. than the French; becauſe they
muſt get thele wares from England or
Holland. i

The French commonly compoſe their
cargo for the Gold Coaſt trade, to purchaſe
llaves and gold-duſt; of brandy moſtly,
white and red wine, ros ſolis, firelocks,
muſkets, flints, iron in bars, white and
black contecarbe, red frize, looking-glaſſes,
fine coral, ſarſaparilla, bugles of ſundry
ſorts and colours, and glaſs beads, pow-
der, ſheets, tobacco, taffeties, and many o-

ther ſorts of ſilks wrought, as brocardels,
velvets, &c. ſhirts, black-hats, linen, pa-

per, laces of many forts, beads, ſhot, lead,
muſket-balls, flints, callicoes, ſerges, ſtuffs,

Cc. beſides the other goods for a true

aſſortment, which they have commonly from
Holland.

The Dutch have Coefveld linen, ſleyſiger

' lywat, old ſheets, Leyden ſerges, dyed in-

digo-blue, perpetuanas, green, blue, and
purple : Konings-Kleederen, annabas, large
and narrow, made at Haerlem, Cyprus and

Turkey ſtuffs, Turkey carpets, red, blue, and

yellow cloths, green, red and white Leyden
rugs, ſilk ſtuffs, blue and white; braſs ket-
tles of all ſizes; copper baſons, Scotch pans,
barbers baſons, ſome wrought, others ham-

mered; copper pots, braſs locks, braſs

trumpets, pewter, braſs, and iron rings,
hair trunks, pewter diſhes, and plates (of
4 narrow brim ;) deep porringers, all ſorts
and ſizes of fiſhing-hooks, and lines, lead

in ſheets, and in pipes, three forts of

Dutch knives; Venice bugles, and glaſs

beads, of ſundry colours and ſizes; Sheep-

' ſkins, iron bars, braſs pins, long and

Lngliſh

1 cargo.

ſhort; braſs bells, iron hammers, powder,
muſkets, cutlaces, cawris, chints, lead balls,
and ſhot, of ſundry forts 3 braſs cups,
with handles, cloths of Cabo-YVerdo, Qua-
qua, Ardra, and of Rio-Forcado
coral, alias akory, from Benin; ſtrong wa-

ters, and abundance of other wares, being

near a hundred and fifty forts, as a Dutch-
man told me. |

The Engliſh, beſides many of the ſame
goods abovementioned, have tapſeils broad
and narrow, nicanees fine and coarſe ;

many forts of chints, or Indian callicoes

printed, tallow, red painting colours; Ca-

nary wine, ſayes, perpetuanas, inferior to

the Dutch, and ſack'd up in painted til-
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA.
The French commonly carry more
_ brandy, wine, iron, paper, firelocks, &c.

than the Engliſh and Dutch can do, thoſe
commodities being cheaper in France as,

alſo there,

blue

China ſattins, Barbadoes rum, or aqua - vitæ,
made from ſugar, other ſtrong waters, and
ſpirits, beads of all ſorts, buckſhaws, Welſh
plain, boyſades, romberges, clouts, ginga-

rus taffeties, amber, brandy, flower, Ham-

burgh brawls, and white, blue and white,
and red chequer*d linen, narrow Guinea
ſtuffs chequer'd, ditto broad, old hats, pur-
ple beads. |
Note, That all the iron for Guinea, is of
the very ſame ſize and weight as defcribed
in the deſcription of Nigritia 3 and is called
at London by the name of Yoyage-Iron, and
is the only fort uſed all over the coaſts
of North and South Guinea, and in Ethio-

P14.

The Danes, Br andenburghers, and Portu- Danes,
gueſe, provide their cargoes in Holland, Branden-

| ; ? burghers,
commonly conſiſting of very near the ſame 4,4 Portu-
ſort of wares, as I have obſerved the Dutch, gueſe.

make up theirs; the two former having
hardly any thing of their own, proper for
the trade of the Gold Coaſt, beſides copper
and ſilver, either wrought or in bullion, or
pieces of eight, which are a commodity

The Portugueſe, as I have already faid,
have moſt of their cargoes from Holland,
under the name of Jews reſiding there,
which conſiſts in many of the ſame ſorts
of goods, mentioned in the article concern-
ing the Hollanders; to which they add
ſome things of the product of Brazil, as
tobacco, rum, tame cattle, S/. Tome cloths,
and others from Rio-Forcado, and other cir-
cumjacent places in the gulph of Guinea.

The Blacks of the Gold Coaſt having traded Blacks

with the Europeans, ever ſince the beginning examine
of the fourteenth century, are very well what they

{ſkilled in the nature and proper qualities 9
of all the Europeans wares, and merchan-
dize vended there ; but in a more particu-
lar manner, ſince they have ſo often been

impoſed upon by the Europeans, who in

former ages made no ſcruple to cheat
them in the qualities, weight and meaſure
of their goods; which at firſt they received
upon content, becauſe they ſay it could
never enter into their thoughts, that J/hite
men, as they call the Europeans, were ſo
baſe as to abuſe their credulity, and good
opinion of us. But now, they are perpe-
tually on their guard in that particular, exa-
mine and ſearch very narrowly all our
merchandize, piece by piece, to ſee each
be of the quality and meaſure contracted
for by ſamples : for inſtance, if the cloth
or ſayes are well made and ſtrong, whe-
ther ded at Haerlem or at Leyden ;, if the

knives be not ruſty, if the baſons, kettles,
and other utenſils, of braſs or pewter, are
Aaaa

not

273
lets, with the Engliſh arms: many ſorts BaR nor.
of white callicoes; blue and white linen, WWW

274

BarBoT.not crack'd or otherwiſe faulty, or ſtrong

enough at the bottom. They meaſure iron

bars with the ſole of the foot; they tell

over the ſtrings of contecarbe, taſte and

prove brandy, rum, or other liquors, and

will preſently diſcover whether it is not a-

Prices un-

certain.

Rates ſet
At times.

Interlopers

fell cheap.

dulterated with freſh or ſalt water, or any
other mixture ; and in point of French
brandy, will prefer the brown colour in
it. In ſhort, they examine every thing
with as much prudence and ability as any
European trader' can do.

All the befone- mentioned ſorts of Euro-
bean goods yield here a price, higher or
lower, accordiny3 to the briſkneſs or dul-
neſs of trade, which is more or leſs pro-
portionable to the quantity they know 18
ata time on the coaſt, either in the forts
and factories, or ziboard ſhips in the roads;
or according as they are at peace or war
amongſt themſelves, up the inland coun-
tries, as alſo anſw erable to the winter and
ſummer ſeaſons. 80 that I cannot ſay any
thing preciſely of t he price of each indivi-
dual commodity.

The Dutch gener:1l, at Mina, ſets a price
current on all the De goods, of which

he ſends copies to all his officers, of the
out-forts and factories of his dependence
on the coaſt, to diſperſe it all about the
inland people in their ſeveral diſtricts ; and
for ought I know, the Exgliſb do the ſame

in their ſeveral ſettlements.
the Engliſb, Dutch,
Danes, Brandenburghers, &c. aſhore out of

The goods fold by

their ſettlements, are generally about 25
per Cent. dearer to the Blacks, than what
they get aboard ſhips in the roads; the
ſuper-cargoes of the ſhips commonly fall-

ing low, to get the more cuſtomers, and

make a quicker voyage: for which rea-

ſon, the forts have very little trade with

the Blacks during the ſummer ſeaſon, which
fills the coaſt with goods by the great con-
courſe of ſhips at that time from ſeveral
ports of Europe; and as the winter ſeaſon

5 approaches, moſt of them withdraw from

the coaſt, and ſo leave elbow-room to the
fort factors, to trade in their turn, at a
greater rate, during that bad ſeaſon, _

In the year 1682, the gold trade yield-
ed hardly 45 per cent. to our French ſhips,
clear of all charges, but that might be im-
puted to the great number of trading ſhips
of ſeveral European nations, which happened

to be at that time on the coaſt ; where-

of I counted forty two in leſs than a month's

time: had the number been but half as

great, that trade would have cleared 60

per Cent. or more ; and if a cargo were
properly compoſed, it might well clear 70
per Cent. in a ſmall ſhip, failing with
little charge, and the voyage directly

A Deſcription of the

home from this coaſt, not to exceed ſeven
or eight months, out and home, if wel!
managed, Poe

Uſe made of EuROPEAN'Goons.

I Shall here mention, as briefly as pofli.

ble, what uſe the Blacks make in gene-
ral of the European goods they buy at the
coat. =

The broad linen ſerves to adorn them.
ſelves, and their dead-men's ſepulchers
within; they alſo make clouts thereof. The
narrow cloth to preſs palm-oll ; in old
ſheets, they wrap themſelves at night from
head to foot.
and ſhave, the Scotch pans ſerve in lieu of
butchers tubs, when they kill hogs or
ſheep; from the iron bars the ſmiths
forge out all their weapons, and country
and houſhold tools, and utenſils. Of
frize, and perpetuanas, they make girts,

four fingers broad, to wear about their
waiſt, and hang their ſword, dagger,

knife, and purſe of money or gold; which
purſe they commonly thruſt between the
girdle and their body. They break Venice

coral into four or five parts, which after-

wards they mould into any form, on whet-

ſtones, and make ſtrings or necklaces,

which yield a conſiderable profit. Of four

or five ells of Engliſh and Leyden ſerges,
they make a kind of cloak to wrap about

their ſhoulders and ſtomach, as has been
obſerved before. Of chints, perpetuanas,
printed callicoes, tapſeils and nicanees, are
made clouts to wear round their middles.
The wrought pewter, as diſhes, baſons,
porringers, Sc. ſerve to eat their victuals
out of. Muſkets, firelocks, and cutlaces,
they uſe in war. Brandy is moſt common-

ly ſpent at their feaſts. Knives to the

ſame purpoſes as we uſe them. With
tallow they anoint their bodies from head to
toe, and even uſe it to ſhave their beards,
inſtead of ſoap. Fiſhing-hooks for the
ſame uſe as with us. Venice bugles, glaſs
beads, and contacarbe, ſerve all ages and

ſexes, to adorn their heads, necks, arms,

and legs, very extravagantly, being made

into ſtrings, as has been obſerved : and

ſarſaparilla is uſed by ſuch as are infected

with the venereal diſeaſe. French, Madera
and Canary wine, are little uſed by the na-

tives, but commonly bought by the Euro-
peans reſiding there.

Duri Es paid for Goops.

AE L the goods the Blacks buy of us, are g, ie
liable to certain duties or taxes, a- coaſt.

mounting to about 3 per Cent. paid to the

proper officers, the kings of the land have

at each port-town.z and even fiſh, if it

exceeds a certain quantity, pays one in

five.

Book Il

The copper baſons to waſh

CH:

| None #p

the inlan

| How col-
ſectors At
$912

I CHA

the

| None up
the inland.

P. 21.

five. Theſe duties are paid either in kind
or value. | 5

Op the inland, they pay no duty for
river-fiſh, but are liable to a capitation of
one ſhilling per head for the liberty of paſ-
fing down to the ſea-ſhore, either to traf-

fick or attend the markets with their pro-
viſions, or other ſorts of the product of

the land, and pay nothing at their return
home, goods or no goods, unleſs they
chance to leave their arms in a village;

then the perſon ſo doing, is to pay one

| How col-
ſectors AC-
tout.

the firſt fiſn he has caught, till the dut

ſhilling. _ f

The collectors account quarterly with
their kings, and deliver up what each has
received in gold at his reſpective poſt;
but the fifth part of the fiſh they collect
is ſent to the king as they have it, and
ſerves to feed his family. 1

No fiſherman is allowed to diſpoſe of

is paid, but are free to do it aboard ſhips ;

which perhaps may be one reaſon why ſo
many of them daily fell ſuch quantities of

their fiſh to the ſea-faring men, for ſe—

veral toys, as has been obſerved.

Go op riding at the Cos r.
ANY fort of ſhips may ſafely ride at

all times of the year, before the Gold
Coaſt; there being very good anchorage,

from one end to the other, except at Acra,
where the ground is rocky, as has been
mentioned heretofore : but in the months
of Auguſt and September, the fierce torna-
does blow horribly from the ſea, on the
land, and unleſs a veſſel be well ſecured
with ſeveral good cables and anchors,
may force it aſhore, as we heard of one

ſo caſt away at Tackorary, and another

at Commendo, in the year 1679. and I was
like to have had the ſame fate in my

yacht, before Infiama, in the year 168 2,

by a tempeſtuous ſoutherly wind, in the
middle of the night, tho' but in the
month of April, when I made a coaſting
voyage from Acra, where I left the man
of war I was in, to ſome leagues above
cape St. Apolonia, at the upper coaſt,

MrRRV-MAk ING and DANCING.
IE N and women there being, as I
& have before obſerved in their charac-

ter, inclined to fing till they die, and

dance into the grave; they ſcarce miſs one
day in their lives without ſome ſports and
dancing, eſpecially the female ſex are moſt

particularly eager for it; inſomuch that if

amidſt their hardeſt toils and work at
home or abroad, they do but hear an

one ſing, or play on their muſical inſtru-
ments, they will fall a dancing: which
gives me an opportunity to enter on the

ſubject of their dances and paſtimes,

de Sen Wh tens,

277

It is a cuſtom from time out of mind, BAR BOr.

amongſt them, for the greateſt part of WWW
the inhabitants of a town, or village, to

meet together every evening, at the mar-

ket · place, there to dance and be merry,
for an hour or two, before they lie down
to ſleep, The women make the firſt ap-
pearance, dreſſed in their beſt garb ; ha-
ving abundance of tinkling ſmall bells,
tied about their legs: and after them the
men, in the beft equipage they can con-
trivez each carrying in his hand an ele-

phant's tail, gilt at the end. The muſi- Meetings
cians ſtand by, at one corner of the place, ee #

ſome with braſs baſons,
of two or three different ſorts. and tones,
on which they commonly fit aſtride ; others
have wooden ſnappers, our boys uſe them
in imitation of caſtanets, and others with

reeds, flutes, and flagelets ; others with a
y hand flat drum, made up with ſmall belts

8 the mar-
others with drums +.

round it; and others with their gittern,

the beſt inſtrument they have; which is,

a hollow piece of wood of two handfuls
long, and one in breadth. From the hin-
der part of this a ſtick comes acroſs to the

fore-part, and upon the inſtrument are ſix

extended ſtrings ; ſo that it bears ſome ſort

of reſemblance to a ſmall harp, and affords
much the moſt agreeable ſound of any they
have. To theſe are adjoined the horn-
blowers, or trumpeters. | |
All theſe inſtruments make a loud,
ſtrange harmony, together with the ex-
travagant vocal muſicians ; and the men
and women who are to compoſe the dance,
divide themſelves into equal numbers and

couples, oppolite to each other; and form-

ing a general dance, meet and fall back
again, leaping, beating their feet hard on
the ground, bowing their heads to each
other, and ſnapping their fingers, mutter-
ing ſome words at times, and then ſpeak-
ing loud ; then whiſpering in each other's
ears, moving now very ſlowly, and then
very faſt ; men and women running againſt
each other, breaſt to breaſt, and knockin

bellies together very indecently ; clapping Leud ac-
their hands together, throwing their ele-“.

phant's tail at one another, or toſſing it
about their ſhoulders, and uttering ſome

dirty myſterious words,

The women throw a little hoop on the

ground, dance round it, then take it up
again with their foot; others toſs up, as
high as they can, a ſmall bundle of linen

bound up hard together, and catch it again

as it falls; others recite aloud, certain im-

modeſt verſes, to which the other dancers singing.

anſwer much in the nature of a choir of

muſick. This ſort of dance, 1s much like
that we call in France, La danſe des filloux.
When they have thus ſpent about an hour
and a half, or two hours, in that exerciſe,

they

2.76
BarBorT.

WY

Variety of
dances,

"0 Deſcription of the

After them, the Black ladies took their Da

they retire to their reſpective lodgings to
reſt. .

Their dances vary according to times,
occurrences, and places, which would be
too tedious to particulariſe: ſome of theſe
dances being in honour of their deities, are
more ſerious; others are by particular ap-
pointment of the kings: as for inſtance, at
Abramboe, a large town in Fetu, every year,
for eight days together, there is a reſort from
all parts of the country, of multitudes of

people of both ſexes; and this, they call
the Dancing-ſeaſon; where every one that

comes, is dreſſed to the moſt of his ability

and condition. e |

FeasT made by the Danisn GENERAL.

T will not be unacceptable in this place
to give a ſhort account of an entertain-
ment the Daniſh general made for me in

his garden behind Fredericks-burgh, at Man-

frou, in the month of January. After a
ſplendid dinner, in the fort, we walk'd down
the hill to that garden; where the company
was ſcarce ſeated, in the ſummer-houſe,
ſtanding in the midſt of orange- trees, before
we were ſurrounded by about an hundred
Blacks, arm'd from head to foot, in the

moſt compleat manner they uſe to be when

they take the field, but ſo fantaſtically

adorned, with caps on their heads made of

a crocodile's, or elephant's ſkin, having on

each ſide a red ſhell, and behind a bunch of

horſe-hair, and a heavy iron chain, or ſome-
thing elſe inſtead of it, girt round their

head, and their bodies coloured white; that

really, they rather reſembled devils than

men. At firſt they made a horrid confuſed

noiſe, beating upon one another's ſhields,

firing their muſkets at one another, and

bowing to the ground. -
This ſort of ſkirmiſh being over, they
withdrew to ſome diſtance ; at which time

we were entertained with a great conſort of

their vocal and inſtrumental wild muſick ;

much in the manner, as I have deſcribed it

before: during which, the general's concu-

bines, and thoſe of the other Daniſh gentle-

men of the fort, attended by the belt ſort

Mock fight,

of the town*s-women, came to viſit us in
their utmoſt gay and rich dreſſes, Imme-
diately they were preſented with French
and palm-wine; mum, brandy, and ſweet
oranges : and during the collation, the armed
Blacks began to wreſtle, and make a ſham
fight among themſelves, ſeveral of them inter-
mixing it with dances by intervals, ſtriking

by meaſure and cadence, with their cutlaces,

lous ſtrange poſtures,

on their bucklers, much as the actors do
at the opera of Mars, at Paris; whilſt
others, in couples, were continually firing
their muſkets towards the ground, leaping,
and putting their bodies into ſuch ridicu-

3 as if they had been
PO *

turn, and ſhowed all their {kill and dexte-

rity by many ſorts of dances, amongft

themſelves, pretty agreeably. All this
while the fort, at certain intervals, an-
ſwered the many volleys of the comba-
tants in the garden, by firing five guns at
a time, and continued ſo to do, till it be-
gan to be duſkiſh, which obliged the com-
pany to return to the fort; being recon-
ducted by all the armed men, who, whilſt we
were on the way, marched all round at
the foot of the hill, and afterwards divided
themſelves into two bodies, each with its

commander's drums, horns, and the Daxif,

colours, oppoſite to one another, in order

could have a full view of them, but each
body began to move towards the other, and

{kirmiſhed together with fire-arms, without

any order; after which, each man taking

his javelin in one hand, and his buckler in

the other, made a ſhow of caſting it at his
oppolite. At laſt, they fell in together con-
fuſedly, with their cutlaces, ſtriking hard
on their ſhields, till it being dark night,

they left off; one body attending their of-

ficers home, to the town of Majfrou, the

other guarding the Daniſh ſtandard to the
fort, where the general treated them with

French wine, and brandy. This feaſt coſt

the general five Bendas of gold, or forty

pounds ſterling.

Manner of taking an OarH.
I Have already hinted ſomething concern-

ing the manner of adminiſtring an oath

to the Blacks at Axim; and more particu-

larly, that of taking an oath to the Dutch
officers there: I ſhall now make ſome far-

ther obſervations on the ſame ſubject, as
it is practiſed in Felu, either towards Euro-

peans, or among themſelves, in things ot
moment.

Upon ſuch occaſions the prieſt or con-
jurer erects a pile of ſmall ſticks, in the
form of an altar, on which he lays a can-

vas bag, ſprinkled with human blood, con-
taining ſome dry bones of men; to which
he adds ſmall pieces of bread, and a cala-
baſh or gourd full of the bitter water or
drink, ſo much uſed among them in reli-
gious ceremonies, all which the prieſt exor-
ciſes, and cauſes the perſon to whom the
oath is adminiſter'd to ſwear on it, by

Oſturẽ, the name of their chief deity. To

which he adds an exhortation, for the in-
violably obſerving of the ſaid oath in all
points, with a terrible denunciation of a moſt
horrible puniſhment in caſe of perjury ; and
if the perſon takes an oath to the Exgliſb, or
other Europeans there, he is made to {wear
on the bible.

They

Ming,

of battle. No ſooner were we placed in the Au
long gallery of the fort, from whence we e,

Book Il Ca

| Diſeaſes

| general,

| Penereal
; diſeaſe, f

| WS Cure,

Head. a.
and cu

g Car. 22.

King,

the
k fit

| Penereal
| (aſe, and them is a meer gallantry, every man being
extravagantly addicted to a multitude of

women of all ſorts, ſound or unſound ;

| WS Cre,

| Read. ach
and cure.

They commonly proſtrate themſelves be-

fore them, embrace their feet, and lifting

one of them from the ground, rub the ſole
of it on their own faces, ſtomachs and
ſhoulders, uttering loudly this ſyllable, jau,
jau, jau; ſnapping their fingers, ſtamping
with their feet on the earth, and kiſſing the
idols on their arms and legs: others add,
to all theſe fantaſtical ceremonies, the
draught of bitter water. Some of the moſt
civillz'd at taking an oath to a White man,
will alſo croſs their two fore-fingers, and
carrying them to their mouth, kiſs them,
ſaying in Portugueſe, Por eſta crus de Deos,
which is, By this croſs of God. _

Coaſts. of Soutnu-Gvine a.

I have before obſerved, that theſe people,
before the Portugueſe came among them,

were reckoned very conſcientious, and true to

their oaths; but whether by the frequent inter-
courſe with European nations ſince that time,
or whatever the occaſion of ſo great a change
may be, at preſent they are entirely dege-
nerated : for tho' they will now take the
moſt ſacred oath, either in their own, or
our way, they are very little to be truſted,
eſpecially by Europeans, as little valuing per-

277

Barnor:

jury, provided they can be gainers by it, or

ſatisfy their paſſions. But of this, and other
particulars relating to oaths and perjury, t

| ſhall have occaſion to ſpeak hereafter,

CHAP. XXII.
Diſeaſes in Guinea, and their cures. Superſtitions and funerals.

'HAVE. before obſerved, that how un-

wholeſome ſoever this country 1s, yet we

5 ſee but few of the natives afflicted with

diſtempers, which is one advantage of bein

born in this bad air, and bred up in ſtench;
and when lingering under ſome diſtemper,

it muſt really be mortal, to hinder them,

either from their buſineſs, or taking their

uſual ſports and diverſions; as having al-
ways at hand a great diverſity of medicinal
herbs, and proper remedies, to eaſe and
cure it in a ſhort time, according to the

{kill they have, as will be made appear in

this chapter.

DisEAs Es in GUINEA and their CURES,

Diſeaſes „THE diſtempers of the Blacks, are the

| general,

venereal diſeaſe, megrim or head-aches,
bloody-fluxes, fevers, which they call 4-

brobra, cholicks, pains in the ſtomach ;z the

ſma}l-pox, which makes the greateſt havock

among them, as does alſo that ſtrange dil-
_ eaſe of the worms. 385

As for the venereal diſeaſe, which among

they commonly cure it with Sar/aparilla,

boil'd in brandy, uſing it by draughts till

the patient is recovered ſound. This Sar/a-
Parilla is brought them by the Dutch.
In their head-aches, they apply

whoſe virtue is peculiarly known to that
effect; which cauſes {mall tumours and

pimples, which they ſcarify with ſharp-

pointed Knives, if they do not break of
themſelves: then they lay on it a certain
white mould, to dry and conſolidate it,
but it leaves behind che ſmall ſcars, of which
the faces of many perſons of both ſexes are
very full ; which inclines me to believe that
their head-aches and megrim are very com-
mon and general.

Vol. V.

to the
face of the patient, a pultice of ſundry herbs,

The cholick and bloody: flux is not ſo cholict
common among the natives, as the Euro- and cure.

peans; many of whom are ſnatched away
before they can be naturaliz'd to that un-
wholeſome air; who generally, before the

die, grow ſo benumbed in their limbs, and

ſo lean, that they are frightful to behold.

The Blacks, in caſe of a violent cholick,
drink morning and evening, for ſeveral
days ſucceſſively, a large calabaſh of lime-
Juice, and Malagueite mixt, which ſeems at

firſt to be contradictory for ſuch diſtem-

pers, were it not known, that our phyſi-
cians in France give Limonade tor gravellous
cholicks. .

The European remedies againſt cholicks
there, are to keep warm, not to lie down to
ſleep on the ground; to avoid the dew of
the evening, and the rain; not to uſe ſpring-
water, nor lemon-Juice, nor any other acids:
which refutes the too common ule of punch,
ſo much in vogue amongſt the Engliſh Gui-
neans; and which undoubtedly kills many
of them, by cauſing violent cholicks.

Pains in the ſtomach are cured by taking Pain in the
four or five drops of balfam of ſulphur, in ſlomach,

a little quantity of brandy; which if the“
patient be well covered, after the doſe is

taken, will cauſe ſweating. The day after

this, to be let blood; and two days after,
a gentle purge. in

Another remedy, 1s to take every morn-
ing, a little of confection of hyacinth, and
alkermes; and from time to time, good
cordials, avoiding carefully any exceſs in
wine or brandy.

I cannot omit, being on this ſubje&, to

Method to

mention how I uſed to live whilſt I was at?” wm

the coaſt of Guinea, and during the whole
voyage; to which I very much attribute
the perfect health I enjoy*d, without almoſt
any ailing. I wore continually, day and
night, a hare's-ſkin, well dreſſed, on m

Bbbb

bare ſtomach, the hair next my body; which
kept

nd cure.

278

BARBOr.

kept it always in good order and activity;
tho' I muſt own it made me often ſweat won-
derfully, ig the ſcorching air of the torrid
zone, but Elp'd digeſtion admirably. I
obſerved very exactly, not to drink wine
or brandy in the morning, as moſt ſea-
faring men of all nations do; which is very
offenſive to an empty ſtomach, affecting the
render parts of it, by its corroſiveneſs, en-
feebling and weakening its faculties by de-
grees, and conſequently renders it uncapa-
ble of digeſtion, altho' it ſeems, at the
moment it is taken, to ſtrengthen it : there-
fore I always took ſome nouriſhment before
I would uſe it; and a quarter of an hour
after, took the dram, neither would I drink
any ſtrong liquor, till a quarter of an hour
after meals; much more did I ſhun to
drink hard, of any corrupted liquors of Eu-
robe, and of the Guinea beer, called Petaw
all which ſo much abounds in the European
fortsat the Gold Coaſt. By this method my
ſtomach was all along-Kept in good order,

and digeſtion to admiration, notwithſtand-
Ing the exceſſive heats, which naturally

Cure for
the cholicł.

of right orvietan, in four or five drops of

_ marſh-mallows, or holyoaks, pellitory of

weaken its faculties,

Again, for the cholick, beſides what is
above-mentioned for pains in the ſtomach,
take about half the weight of a louis-d'or,

anniſeed oil; and uſe repeated gliſters,
compoſed of the decoction of common and

the wall, and caſſia- powder, with ten drops
of anniſeed-oil, keeping warm eſpecially

Diſtem per
of worms.

at night.

As for the diſeaſe of the worms, by the
Mina Blacks called Iæłon, it is more peculiar
to the natives than to Europeans, who are
ſeldom afflicted with them.

This diſeaſe appears in ſeveral parts of the
body, but more commonly in the fleſhy

parts, as the thighs, the haunches, the
breaſts; and even in the ſcrotum, a man

will ſometimes have nine, ten or twelve of
theſe worms at once; ſome long, ſome
ſhort, and ſome deeper in the fleſh than
other, and there are often alſo ſome lodged
betwixt the fleſh and the ſkin. The worm
generally ſhows itſelf by the ſwelling of
the fleſh; in ſome it cauſes violent agues,
with great ſhiverings; others it torments
with intolerable pains, all over the body,
lo that they cannot reſt in any poſture :
others it caſts into a violent fever, and con-

tinual deliriums. But thoſe that grow in
the breaſt or paps are the moſt afflicting,

as thoſe that come in the ſcrotum and yard
are the moſt dangerous of all, as well as

tormenting; inſomuch, that they have put
ſome men there into ſuch a woful condi-

tion, that they grew perfectly mad and

outrageous, ſo that it was requiſite to bind
them. very faſt,

A Deſcription of the Book III Cn:

Some of thoſe worms are an ell and a,,,,
half long, as big as araven's quill, as I ſaw ſize,
in one of our ſlaves aboard ſhip, winding en.
almoſt twice about his waiſt, viſtbly appa-
rent in many places; which our chief ſur-
geon drew out entire in four days time; and
when dry, it was almoſt like a white ſinew.
From this immenſe ſize of an ell and a half,
the worms are of ſeveral other magnitudes,
ſhorter and ſhorter, to fix inches long, and
proportionably thick to their length, the
ſmalleſt no bigger than a hair.

The only way to cure this horrid tor- C
menting diſeaſe, is to take hold of the wy,
worm, very gingerly, as ſoon as the head
has made its way out of the ſwelling, and
make it faſt to a ſmall piece of paſte-voard,
or ſtick, till it draws back of itſelf; when
it muſt by no means be forced, but
the paſte- board left over the wound, bind-
ing the ſaid wound ſo fait that the worm
may not re-enter, and applying to it pultices
and fomentations, twice a day, to ſoften
the tumour, and facilitate the coming out
of the worm; every time the wound is.
dreſſed, turning the paſte-board gently,

and thus repeating the fomentations and

winding of the worm twice a day, ſome-

times for a whole month, till it comes out |
entire, which is the greateſt point of the a pen
cure, tho* the method be tedious : for if it |
ſhould happen to break by being too haſty

in drawing it out, that part which remains

in the body, will ſoon putrify, or break

out at ſome other part, which occaſtons |

double pain and trouble. We have ſeen

men thus ſerved, for whom no other re-

medy could be found to preſerve their lives,

than cutting off a leg, or an arm, or tlie

privy parts; and if the worm is lodged in

the trunk of the body, and broken, it is

almoſt a miracle if the man does not die

of the gangrene working to the vital parts.

Commonly the worm brings along with it, =

as it 1s gradually wound out of a man's | Falleopini
body, a great quantity of putrified matter. | daß
The principal point of this cure, beſides _
the gentle drawing out of the worm, as has

been ſaid, is to keep the wounded part very

warm, becauſe the cold air would ſwell it,

and conſequently choak the worm's paſſage,

which would cauſe intolerable torment.

What has been ſaid on this ſubje&t, properly

concerns Europeans afflicted with this unac-

countable diſeaſe; to which I ſhall add, that
it is neceſſary, after the cure, to purge the
patient, and take for a general rule, to pre-
vent this diſeaſe, to live well, and ſoberly,
to keep the ſtomach very warm, to ſhift
linen, as ſoon as wet by rain or ſea water;
and generally to obſerve all the other pfe-

ſcriptions I have hinted at before, but

eſpecially to abſtain, as much as poſſible,
from the uſe of women, 4 |
a | |

LY CH47. 22. Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA. 279

the

As for the Blacks, they let the worm.

come out gradually of itſelf, not commonly
taking ſuch precautions as are above ob-
ſerved 3 ſo that we have ſeen a man there
with five or ſix ſuch worms hanging partly
out from his body at once : and when the
worm is quite out, they anoint the wound
with butter and ſalt, and afterwards waſh it
from time to time with ſea-water only, which
proves very effectual. |

This worm. diſeaſe is frequent all the coaſt

over; the places at which the Hollanders

find their men are the moſt tormented with
it, are Cormentin and Apam, which they

attribute to the foul water they are obliged
to drink there. At Acra the natives are

nothing near ſo much afflicted with it, as at
all other places of the Gold Coaſt; the
reaſon whereof may be, that the country
of Acra not being a promontory, nor lo

woody as all the other parts of the coaſt

are, the air is conſequently wholeſomer.

T have been told there, that a man may

have this worm-diſeaſe two years before it
appears, and that in ſome Europeans, the

worm did not break out for twelve months
after they were got back from the coaſt

of Guinea, to Europe, without feeling, all
that while, the leaſt pains. 5

| 'all-yx. The ſmall-pox ſweeps away great num-

bers of Blacks, of both ſexes and all ages

every year.

66 fear I ſhall prove tedious upon
*© every ſubject I treat of; but my deſign
* having been, from the beginning, to omit
no particulars of uſe, or tor curioſity, to
render the deſcription of the Coaſts of

_ © Guinea more compleat, than any yet pub-

i liſhed, in any language, I ſhall now enter
upon a digreſſion of the various cauſes,
© which are thought to breed the worms
in men's bodies in that part of Africa.“

3 Nor ioxs of what breeds Worms.

| en. SOME fancy exceſſive luxury, in the
| 63s diſap-
Tart

continual uſe of a great number of wo-

men, to be the principal occaſion of it:

others attribute it to the frequent eating of
a certain fiſh, whereof there is great plenty:
others, that it comes from keeping ſo long

in the ſea-water every day; and others alſo,

from exceſs of fatigues and long journeys

a-foot, There are others who impute it to

the exceſs of palm-wine, and the kankier
made of maiz. But all theſe opinions ap-
pear to be groundleſs, by the frequent ex-

amples of many perſons at the coaſt, who

have been under all thoſe circumſtances,
for many years together, even beyond ex-
preſſion, and yet have lived very free from
that diſeaſe ; whilſt others, that live there
temperately in many of the before-mentioned
particulars, have been much tormented with
it, eſpecially the Europeans: and the Blacks

have often aſſured me, that the natives forty Ban or.

or fifty leagues farther up the inland, know WWW

nothing of that diſeaſe; tho* ey are ge-
nerally as intemperate in wach regards,
and particularly in the enjoyment of women,
as any at the Gold Coaſt.

Others have been of opinion, that the
too frequent uſe of pit · water is the occaſion
of it. To corroborate which notion, they
produce an example of it at Ormus, and in
the neighbouring places, where the Indians
having no other water to drink, but that
of pits, are ſubject to this worm diftemper 3
which has obliged them to fetch freſh water
from out of the ſea it ſelf, in eighteen fa-

thom deep, having men employed on pur-

pole there, to dive ſo low for it: and that
at Mouree and Cormentin, where they drink
no other water, the people are much more
tormented with the worms, than at other
parts of the coaſt ; but yet abundance of the
natives there, tho' they uſe as much of that
water as any others, are very free from it.

_ Laſtly, others are poſitive it proceeds
from bad water, and ill food, together with
the exceſſive malignant rains, and the mil-
dews of the cool evenings, which affect
many people there, and breed it in their

bodies. To make out their aſſertion they

alledge, that the people are moſt tormented

with that diſeaſe in the rainy month of Auguſt,

when the drops of rain chat fall are com-
monly as big as large peas, and ſo ma-
lignant, that, as I have obſerved before, it
will rot any woollen clothing in three days
time, it not prevented by the perſon that

has been ſo wetted, by ſhitting it preſently,

and having it dried. It is alſo poſitively
aſſerted, that the mildew in that month is
much more dangerous than at any other
time of the year, tho? it may be ſaid to
be bad art all other times, not excepting the
ſummer ſeaſon. Which of all theſe opinions,
concerning the cauſes of this ſtrange diſeaſe

of the worms, is the moſt ſolid and proba-

ble, I will not venture to decide ; only ſhall
preſume to ſay, this laſt ſeems to me the

moſt natural, by what I know, and have

heard of the ſurpriſing effects of the rains
in the month of Auguſt, and the corrupted
air of that ſeaſon, occaſioned by them, as
alſo by the horrid thunder, attended with
lightnings and tornadoes, which are then ſo
frequent.

The Blacks are well enough attended in Good at-

ſickneſs, according to their abilities; tho? rendance in

ſome repreſent them to be uncharitable, /{*kneſ-
even to inhumanity, towards their ſick re-
lations, ſo as to deny them the neceflary

help and ſubſiſtance. :

They are generally very much afraid of
death; and uſe all poſſible methods to pre-
ſerve their lives, not only by means of
natural remedies, but alſo by the yr”

| 0

j 8
:
j
{
ö
|

—— a oe bees 4 — 0 ar th. oc EA. peer

_—, PREG

+

3

f
9
F
#
if
h
"4
{
i}

2 ———

— 2 — — p b u D „
— D 3 2 — _

wo MTS — = ro

2 r

n —- - Nr * —

280

„

of ſeveral ſuperſtitions, as I ſhall hereafter
mention; and yet when ſick or wounded,
they endggvour to appear unconcerned.
The word Mijarri, in their language ſig-
nifies to be ſick ; Farbakaſſi, to be dying;

and Oi, to be dead.

Preeſts

dil peri-

tous cus.

They dreſs their wounds with vulnerary
herbs, of which they have above thirty

ſorts, of great virtue and efficacy, as I

have obſerved before, wherewith they cure

great and dangerous wounds to a wonder ;

but wanting {kill to draw out muſket-balls
or the like from the fleſh, they often heal
them ſuperficially, And I remember a
flave, after having been three months a-
board, had three muſket-balls taken out
of his body, by our ſurgeons,

SUPERSTIT-ION.

phyſicians. 1 HE prieſts, Or conjurers, are general-

ly their phyſicians and ſurgeons, as
well as ſpiritual guides; as we read the Boyez,
or prieſts of Cuba in America, were among
thoſe people. The prieſts of the I/raelites
ſeparated the lepers, and decided of legal
impurities, and in that reſpect acted as

phyſicians or ſurgeons 3 for the ancients.

did not diſtinguiſh between thoſe profeſſi-
ons. The law did condemn the perſon,
who had wounded another, to pay the
phyſician's fees: and in other places, men-
tion is made of bandage, plaiſters and oint-
ments, but not, that I know, of an
purges and diet. The Greeks of the he-

roick times, as Plato obſerves, applied

themſclves only to dreſs wounds, with pro-

er remedies, without preſcribing any or-
der of diet; ſuppoſing that other inciden-
tal diſtempers-would be cured by the good
conſtitution and temperance of the patient.

The Blacks entirely rely on the dictates
of their ſaid prieſts in ſpiritual affairs, and
no leſs in ſickneſs; when having unſucceſs-
fully tried the proper natural remedies,
they commonly have recourſe to ſuper—
ſtitious practices, ſuppoſing them more ef-
fectual, or being perſuaded to it by the
prieſt, and eaſily induced to believe they
can never recover without making ſome

offering to their gods. Accordingly they

defire the prieſt to enquire of their deity,
What he would have. When the pretend-

ed enquiry is made, the crafty prieſt, who

makes his advantage of their ſimplicity,
tells them they muſt offer ſome tame
beaſt, a ſheep, a hog, a cock, a dog, or
a cat, or whatſoever he fancies 3 which
ſometimes is gold, cloth, drink, or the

like, which is commonly proportioned to

the ability of the perſon that 1s ſick ; and
whatſoever he requires, they freely part
with, which 1s the profit of the cheat.
According to this ſuperſtition, the prieſt
makes ſeveral pellets of clay, which are

- A Deſcription of the

ſet about the patient's room, in rank ang

file, all ſprinkled with blood, and the

ſaid prieſt eats the fleſh of the creature
offered to his good health.

If the ſick perſon happens to recover
ſoon after the offering made, either b
ſtrength of nature, or by virtue of the
remedies adminiſtred, the prieſt is ſure to be
well rewarded, and highly commended for
his ſkill and ability.

Thus a Boyez or prieſt of Cuba, above.
mentioned, when he undertook to cure a
ſick Cacique of that iſland, uſed to ſnuff up
the juice of a certain herb, which put him
beſides himſelf; and when recovered of his
mad fir, he told them, he had ſpoken to
the Cemis, which were their gods, and
that the Cacique would ſoon be well again;
bur if he ſaid, that thoſe ſpirits were angry,

it was to denote that the Cacique would

die. They repreſented thoſe Cemis, much
after the manner our painters do the devils,

and ſaid they were the meſſengers of the e.

ternal God,

If the patient grows worſe, freſh offerings
are made, more expenſive than the former;
and ſo repeated again, and again, till the
ſick perſon recovers or dies. It alſo often
happens that one doctor is diſcharged with
a good reward, and another called in his
place, who begins the ſame courſe over a-
gain, knowing well how to manage the ſu-
perſtitious ſimplicity of his patient,

clan has done, whereupon new offerings are
made, colt what they will, to get what may

be had, for fear of being alſo turned away

very ſhortly, as his predeceſſor was, and
another again brought in, in his ſtead.
For this change of doctors, or phyſicians,
will happen twenty times or more ſucceſſive-
ly; and at a continual charge, perhaps
greater than with us: thoſe people being
ſo ſtrangely prepoſſeſſed with the opinion of

thoſe offerings, that ſometimes they will |

force the prieſts to make them.

to the Europeans there, if they think they
have a good maſter, will as ſoon as he is
the leaſt indiſpoſed, ſecretly go to the prieſts
to make offerings for him, of a ſheep, or
hens, according to their ability, which they
eat to his good health, as has been ſaid,
that he may recover ; and ſome lay on beds,
or in the chambers of their ſaid maſters,
the ſmall pellets conſecrated or charmed by
the prieſt, to defend him from death. And
thoſe boys knowing their maſters would
be much diſpleaſed at it, are very cau-

tious how they do it, and conceal it ſo well,

that it is impoſſible to diſcover it before

the perſon be well recovered or dead. 25
that

His
firſt act is to condemn all the former Phyſi

Boo II

This bigotry is fo grafted in the Blacks gn
of all ages and ſexes, that the young ones, fie.
even boys, who are either ſervants or ſlaves%

C=

| European
fected.

| Diſmal la
E menta-

| Dead vj.
_ ſited,

l.

il drer
per{iitt
Th

CHAP. 22.

Fu rope an
infected.

nmenla-

.

5

Dead vi.

chat but very rarely and by chance, if they
had not time to take them away as privately.
Some of the Mulatto women, who I ry
{aid would fain paſs for Chriſtians, of whic
religion they know very little, are addicted
to ſuch ſuperſtitious practices, even to extra-
vagancy. If any one of them is married to, or
kept by an European, who loves and pays her
well, if he fall ſick, ſhe never fails to make
rich offerings to the prieſt, with much war-
mer zeal and ſtronger reliance on the ſuc-
ceſs of them, than the Blacks themſelves.
But what is more deteſtable, as well as

deplorable, is, that even ſome Europeans

there, not only believe this idolatrous wor-

ſhip effectual. but encourage their ſervants
in it; and are very fond of wearing about
their bodies, ſome of theſe conſecrated toys
or ſpells of the heathen prieſts,

FuntnAls
W HEN any perſon dies, they are very
careful to hinder his eyes and mouth
from ſhutting or cloſing, and the arms and
legs from ſtretching out ſtiff, that the de-
cealed may ſee what people come to viſit

him, after his deceaſe, and entertain and
ſalute them.

nel. Then they fer up fuch diſmal crying, la-

mentation, and ſqueaking, that not only
the houſe of the deceaſed, but the whole

village or town reſounds with it. Many
of thoſe mourners run round the houſe ſing-
ing mournful verſes, to the ſound of the

baſons on which they beat, with little ſticks,
now and then going into the houſe to ſee
the deceaſed, whilſt others waſh his corps;
and the yourh of his acquaintance, common-

ly, as if it were to pay their laſt duty and

reſpect, fire ſeveral muſkets. If the decea-
ſed be a man, his wives immediately ſhave

their heads very cloſe, and ſmear their bo-

dies with white earth; and put on an old
ragged garment : in this equipage they run

about the town like diſtracted or mad wo-
men, with their hair hanging looſe, and
making a diſmal, lamentable noiſe, con-

tinually repeating the name of the dead, and

reciting che beſt actions of his paſt life. This

tumultuary ridiculous noiſe of the women

laſts ſeveral days ſucceſſively, even till the

body is interred,

When the corps is waſhed, they lay it in
an oſier or wooden coffin ; in ſome places
they place it on a board, as ſitting, and his
relations come to inquire after his death, or
Why he would die: tho? they know he died
2 natural death, either by ſickneſs or old

age, wounds or other mortal diſtemper ;

yet they all ſuppoſe it muſt certainly pro-
ceed from ſome other caule.

The prieſt, who muſt of neceſũty be pre-
ſent on this occaſion, enquires of the rela-

tions whether the deceaſed was ever perjured
V OL, V.

Coaſts of SouTH-GUiNEA. 281

in his life-time; if it is proved he was; then BAR BOr.
they conclude, his death was the puniſhment WWW
of that great crime. If he is not found 27%
i 3 into the
guilty of that, they enquire whether he cauſe of
had any conſiderable enemies, who might death.
have laid ſpells in his way, which might
occaſion his death; which, if proved, ſome
of thoſe enemies are examined very ſtrictly,
and if they have been uſed to ſuch practices,
tho* never ſo long ſince, they will ſcarce
come off without hurt or damage.
If there be no ſuſpicion of poiſon, the
enquiry is, whether wives, children, and o-
ther perſons of his family, or his ſlaves, at-
tended him with due care, or were liberal

enough 1n their offering, while he was ſick;

and if no defect is found therein, the laſt

refuge is to conclude the deceaſed had not

been exact in his religious worſhip.

Thereuponthe prieſt approaches the dead
perſon, and aſks him why he died ; and be-

ing ſenſible that himſelf, and others like him

have prepoſſeſſed thoſe ſenſeleſs people with
an opinion of their ſanctity and diſintereſted-
neſs, anſwers the queſtions himſelf, as is moſt
for his own advantage; and that paſſes a-
mong thoſe filly people for real truth.

The queries then commonly put to a Queſtions

dead perſon, are of ſeveral ſorts: as for in- aked the
ſtance, ſome men take up the dead body —
in the preſence of the prieſt on their ſhoul-
ders, and then aſk, Did not you die for ſuch
a cauſe ? If he did, the men who hold him,
by a hidden impulſe, are obliged to incline
the body towards the queſtioner ; which is
taken for an affirmative anſwer : otherwiſe
they ſtand ſtill. 7
At ſome other places, where they expoſe

the deceaſed perſon fitting on a board,

they put many queſtions to him, ſome-
times ſeveral people ſpeaking together ; for
example, What was the reaſon why you left
us ? what things did you want moſt ? who is
it that has killed you ? with many more, as
fooliſh and impertinent, as tedious to relate.
At Acra, the examiner commonly lies

flat down on the ſtomach of the deceaſed

perſon, and taxing him by the noſe, puts
all the abovementioned queſtions to him ;
and their ſimplicity 1s fo unaccountable in
this particular, that they will affirm the
dead perſon has fully anſwered their queſ-
tions, by a motion of his tongue, teeth,
eyes or lips.

At Acra, again, the principal wife of a
Black, who happens to die, lies down b
his corps, howling, crying, and rubbing
his face from time to time, with a wif
of ſtraw, or of the thread of the conſecra-
ted tree; ſaying, Auzy, Auzy. If it is a
woman that is dead, her husband does the
ſame to her.

It is cuſtomary in ſeveral places for the
Chief wife of a deceaſed Black, from the

Cecc time

29-4. —

282

Sacrifice
for the
dead.

to go about the town from houſe to houſe
with a calabaſh, or braſs baſon in her hand,
to gather gold Krakra, to buy a cow or
ſheep, to be ſacrificed, and beg of their
deities to conduct the deceaſed to a place of
reſt, without any accident by the way.
This offering is performed by the prieſt
in the following manner: he orders the beaſts
to be ſlaughtered 3 and, with the blood
thereof, he rubs all the dead perſon's idols,
which he has ſet together in a ring in .
corner of a houſe; the largeſt being placed
exactly in the middle of all the others,
and all adorned with gold ornaments, and va-
luable corals, or other things; as alſo many
threads of the bark of the conſecrated tree,
which he has mixed with a quantity of peaſe,

beans, rice, Indian wheat, palm-oil, ſhells,

and bird's feathers ; then he plates wreaths

of green boughs, which he puts about his

Making of

idols.

neck: during this, the wives of the de-

ceaſed, having cut in pieces the cow, or

the ſheep, bring it in troughs or diſhes to
the prieſt, who lays it by the idols.
After ſome moments of profound ſilence,
he mutters certain words, and taking
into his mouth ſome water or palm-
wine, ſpurts it out again on all the idols:
this done he puts all that maſs together,

and preſſes it, taking out the fat or greaſe,

which he mixes with other ingredients not
uſed before, moulding and working it to-
gether again with the green leaves that hang

about his neck, the juice whereof he has
before ſqueezed out, and continues that
kneading till he has uſed all the leaves.

To conclude, he works all thoſe things to-

gether, and of that filthy compoſition makes

leveral pellets, as big, or as ſmall as he
pleaſes, paſſing each parcel between his legs,
and over his face, ſaying, Auzy, that is,
good be to you: and thus the new idols
are made; ſome of them to be put into the
deceaſed perſon's coffin or grave, as tutelar
gods, to protect him in his long journey
to the other life; the others to be diſtri-
buted among all the company, as their
guardians and protectors in war. The

poorer people, who cannot buy a cow, or

a ſheep, for an offering, provide cocks and

hens, which the prieſt kills, uſing the ſame
ceremonies as above.

Manner of In ſome places, before they bury the

going to
the grave

dead, they lay the corps on a board, and
expoſe it for a day and a half to the ſight

of all the people, with the face covered,
and the arms ſtretched out.

When the time
appointed for the funeral is come, the corps,
thus made faſt on a board, is laid on two
men's ſhoulders, one at each end; in ſome
Places this is done only by women, exclu-
ſive to the men, who carry it to the grave,
attended by all the women of the town,

A Deſcription of the

Bangor. time of his deceaſe, to that of his burial,

her head, and carrying a ſtick in one hand,

ſinging dolefully to the niuſick of ſeveral

inſtruments, beaten in a mournful manner.
If the perſon to be buried is a man, and
the grave at a great diſtance from the
place where he died, his principal wife
commonly walks all the way, cloſe by his
coffin, as the huſband does when his wiſe
is to be interred; but if the deceaſed died
in the town, or place where he was born,
it is not cuſtomary either for the huſband or
wife to go to the grave.

they happen to die from the place where
they were born, to be carried thither, to
lie among their kindred; which muſt cer-

tainly be done whatſoever it coſts, if the

effects of the party deceaſed will pay the
charge. Thus ſome bodies are carried twenty
five or thirty leagues, conducted by a good
number of armed men, who are ſubliſted

all that time at the charge of the dead

perſon's relations. This we fee frequent-
ly practiſed in Europe.

They commonly lay their dead in graves Interrin,
about four foot deep, and having placed

the body therein, with the board it is
faſtened to, they cover it with as man

green boughs, or other things, as will ſerve

to bear off the earth, and bury with it the
arms, clothes and utenſils, the deceaſed

perſon uſed while living ; together with the

new idols, made by the prieſt, as was ſaid
above, all which they cover with earth,
till the grave is filled up, and then erect
over it a ſmall thatch'd cottage, or hut,
ſupported by four poſts, into which the
women, attending the funeral, creep upon
all four, with diſmal cries and lamentations.
This done, they leave under that roof, palm-
wine, corn, and other proviſions, to ferve

the dead perſon in the other life; one half

whereof is commonly taken away by the
man that dug the grave, for his own ule,
beſides the money paid for that ſervice.
When the proviſions left on the grave for
the ſubſiſtance of the dead perſon, are rot-
ten, or devoured by the fowls of the air,
for no man will venture to touch them; thc
relations look upon it as an inviolable point
of religion and honour, to remove what re-
mains, and lay freſh in the room, fron
time to time.

Others ſow rice in the grave, and there
leave ſeveral worthleſs things of the de-
ceaſed, but no houſhold goods.

The Blacks about the Brandenburg fort palin
of great Frederickſtadt, near cape Tres Pontas, ciſun.

have a peculiar cuſtom among them, which
is, to bury their dead in a ſea cheſt, bowing

the corps; and thoſe cheſts being commonly

but four foot, or four foot and a half in

length, and the dead body conſequently
0 too

Boox ll

each of them wearing an idol of ſtraw on

It is the conſtant
cuſtom of the Blacks, of either ſex, when

CHA

| Burial of
ſaves

Funeral;

| long aft

. 4040 .

Genera

WW lamentg

nn.

I CHAP. 22. Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA. 283

eculiat
oſcom.

| Burial of

Funeral;

lang aftey
| death,

too long for them, they chop off the head,

and lay it on one fide. As ſoon as the corps

is let down into the grave, the perſons who

attended the funeral drink palm-wine, or
rum plentifully, out of oxes horns; and
what they cannot drink off at a draught,
they ſpill on the grave of their deceaſed
friend, that he may have his ſhare of the
liquor. 8

If a woman dies in childbed, and her
child too, it 1s buried in her arms.

As to the burial of ſlaves, I have ſaid
before, that in ſome parts it 1s not allowed

them, but their bodies are caſt out into by-

places, there to rot away, or be devoured

by wild beaſts; but at thoſe parts of the
coaſt where they are kinder to their ſlaves

in this particular, they throw eighteen or
twenty inches depth of earth over them.
When the corps of a deceaſed irce perſon
is laid down in the grave, with all the
formalities above- mention'd; the women
attending the funeral. walk to the neareſt

water, either ſea or river, and entring into

it navel deep, with their hands throw the
ſaid water in one another's faces; thus waſh-
ing themſelves all over, whilſt others ſtand-
ing by on the ſhore, play by turns on
mournful inſtruments, with extravagant

ſhrieking and howling. Then one of the

company advances towards the widow of
the deceaſed, leads her into the water, lays

her down in it, on her back, waſhes her all
over; and calling the other women preſent,

they raiſe her up, and every one makes the
compliment of condolance. After this, they
all go to the deceaſed perſon's houſe, where
they feaſt all the remaining part of the
day, on the fleſh of the cows or ſheep,
which were before offered to their deities,
as has been ſaid, Commonly all the gueſts
come away very drunk at night.

When a man of note is killed in battle,

and thro? the diſtractions of war they have

not the opportunity to ſecure, hide, or bury
his body, becauſe the funerals muſt be per-

formed in their own native countries, the

iad perſon's wives are all that time in
mourning, and their heads ſhav'd ; and
when the day of burial is appointed, which

1 ſometimes ten or twelve years after he

| General

© lamentg.

was killed, the funeral ceremonies are per-
tormed with the ſame pomp and ſhow, as
if he had died but a few days before, and
his wives renew their mourning, cleanſing
and dreſſing themſelves as before.

Whilſt the women are lamenting abroad,
the neareſt relations ſit by the corps at home,
making a diſmal noiſe, waſhing and cleanſing
themſelves, and performing the other uſual

Ceremonies: the remoter relations alſo aſ-

ſemble from diſtant places, to be preſent
at the mourning, or funeral rites. Hethat
remis or negligent in this point, is liable

to a great fine, unleſs he can ſhow very Barzor:

good reaſon for his abſence. The town's. FI

people and acquaintance come alſo to la-
ment him, each bringing his preſent of
gold, brandy, fine cloth, ſheets, or ſome
other thing; which they pretend is given
to be carried to the grave with the corps,
and the greater preſent of this nature any
perſon makes, the more it redounds to his
honour, |

All this time, brandy in the morning, uralt,
and palm-wine in the afternoon, are briſkly buried
filled about to all ſorts of people. They
dreſs the corps richly, when laid into the
coffin, and put in with him leveral fine
clothes, gold, idols, rich corals, beads, and

many other things of value, for his uſe in

rhe other world ; not doubting in the leaſt,

but that he may have occaſion for them.

All this is done in proportion to what the
deceaſed perſon left, or the ability of his
heirs: thus it is certain, that the funerals of
rich Blacks are extraordinary chargeable.

Whilſt the deceaſed is lay ing down in the
grave, a parcel of young ſoldiers go or
run forwards and backwards, loading and

diſcharging their muſkets; followed by a

multitude of people of both ſexes, without
any order; ſome of them very ſilent, others
crying and ſhriek ing as loud as they can,
whilſt others are laughing as loud. After
which follows the feaſting at the houſe of
the deceaſed, as above mention'd. 5

It was the cuſtom among the ancient Ancient

idolaters, in the days of the prophet Jeremy, cuſtom.

on theſe occaſions, for every perſon of the
town to go into the houſe of the deceaſed,
to mourn, and comfort the friends for their
loſs, and drink the cup of conſolation, Jer.
Xvi.5, and 7. as allo to cat bread, and to

feaſt with fleſh, ſent in by the relations and
neighbours for that purpoſe, which cuſtom

was imitated by the Jraclites; and for ſo
doing, the prophet ſeverely reproved them

by God's ſpecial command. _
In 2 Sam. iii. 33. we fee the grievous and
learned complaint David made upon the
untimely death of Abner; and in Deut. xxxiv.
how all rae! mourn'd thirty days, for the

death of Moſes.

When a king dies, all the people exprels pe-
their ſorrow in the ſame manner, as has kings.
been ſaid to be done to great men; and the
ſame ceremonies, or more, are uſed towards
him, even to dreſſing of meat for him, all
the time the corps lies in ſtate, to be ſeen
by the people.

In ſome countries, on the day appointed Buried in
for the funeral of a king, the prime men private
of the country caule the corps to be carried Places.
by ſlaves into ſome remote part of a thick
wood, unknown to all the people, according
to the conſtitutions of the place ; but every
man is allowed to bring his preſent to a

7 certain

1
1
1
!
N :
1
1
{
1
|
o
|
b1
i
i
)

|

=
1
b
=
(
If

4 i

— 4

10

7

|

j

f

nn
þ
1614

1

|

_

d

4

is

i

crificed,

Tartars,

deaths.

284
BaRRBOr. certain place appointed, in the ſame wood,
V where ſome men are placed to receive, and
carry them thence to the grave to be there

buried with the corps. |
Ancient This cuſtom is 3 like the prac-
burying of tice of the eaſtern nations, in ancient times,
freaſure. to put goods, and even treaſures into graves 3

as appears by what Joſephus writes of king
Solomon, and the obſequies of his father Da-
vid, Lib. vii. cap. 12. King Solomon buried
him in Feruſalem, with ſuch magnificence,

that beſides the other ceremonies practiſed

at the funerals of kings, he cauſed immenſe

wealth to be laid up in his tomb : for one
thouſand three hundred years after, when
Anliochus, ſurnam'd the religious, fon to
Demetrius, laid ſiege to Feruſalem, Hircanus,

the high-prieſt, wanting a ſum of money,

to prevail on him to raiſe the ſiege, cauſed

David's tomb to be opened, and took out

from thence three thouſand talents, part of

which he gave to the ſaid Autiochus. Again,

long after this, king Herod took out a very

great ſum of money, from another part of

David's ſepulchre, where that vaſt treaſure

had been laid up. But the coffin, in which

the king's aſhes lay, was never touched, as

having been ſo ſafely hid under ground,

that it could not be found, 5

Slaves ſa. Beſides the preſents above-mentioned,
made at funerals, of eatables, gold, coral,
Sc. many ſlaves are given, or ſold, being

ſuch as are paſt their labour, through age,

or otherwiſe diſabled, and to be ſacrificed
upon thoſe occaſions ; being all barbarouſly
Naughtered, and buried with the royal
corps, ſometimes to the number of ſeventy
or eighty of both ſexes, and all ages; be-
ſides ſeveral of his own ſlaves, to ſerve him
in the other world: as are alſo the Boſſums,
or wives, he, during his life-time, dedicated
to his falle deity, as alſo one of his princi-
pal ſervants. |

- die with wives mult hang herſelf, to bear him com-
hen, pany in that journey. The Chineſe have the
ſame cuſtom, but it is not ſo common, nor
approved and received by their philoſopher.
A viceroy of Canton, being near his death,
called the concubine he lov'd beſt, and
putting her in mind of the affection he had
borne her, deſired ſhe would bear him com-
pany 3 ſhe promiſed, and, as ſoon as he
was dead, hanged herſelf.
Cruel To return to the Blacks, *tis a moſt
wretched ſpectacle to ſee thoſe poor wretches
killed; for what with piercing, hacking,
and tormenting, they endure a thouſand
deaths inſtead of one, Some of them,
after having endured many exquiſite tor-
ments, are delivered to a child of ſix years
of age, who is to cut off their heads, and
may be an hour in doing it, not being able

A Deſcription of the

The Tartars of China obſerve this cuſtom
their wives when any of them dies, that one of his

to manage the cutlace, Others have been

ſhut up alive in hollow trees, and continued

there ſeveral days before they expired.

Book IIC

Speech of

= prieſ al

funeral.

At other places, as in Fe eu, the wretch Angthe

deſtined to be ſacrificed is made to drink
abundance of palm-wine, and to dance ;
every one that will, at the ſame time, ſtriking
or puſhing him. At laſt, he is thrown
down, with his face on the ſand, and whe.
ther that ſtifles him or not, I am ignorant,
but they fall on him, firſt cutting off his
legs below the knees, and afterwards his
arms below the elbows ; then his thighs,
and his arms at the ſhoulders, and laſtly

his head.

In other places again, thoſe who will Au,

perſon, with ſlaves, to wait on them in the
grave, practiſe a more tolerable inhumaniry
in their execution ; for they either watch
an opportunity to kill the ſlave, when he
thinks nothing of it, with their javelins, as
he turns his back ; or elſe the maſter ſends
him on ſome pretence to a place where men

lie hid to murder him, and carry his corps
to the houſe of the perſon deceaſed, or to

the grave, to be buried with him.

preſent their dead king, or other eminent a

F Graves.
: drned,

However, theſe human ſacrifices ate not Hm,
now altogether ſo much in uſe among the 1 «.

Blacks, who are ſubject to the European go-
vernment, as with thoſe who live more re-
mote from the coaſt, The Dutch particu-
larly, where they have any authority, will
not permit them 3 bur the ſuperſtitious
Blacks will remove privately to other places,
in order to perpetrate this barbarity.

In ſome countries they keep the body of Bedi: .
a dead king, or other great man, a whole/”**.
year before they bury it, and to prevent
corruption, they lay the corps on a wooden
frame, like a gridiron, which they ſet over a

gentle clear fire, which dries it up by de-
grees. Others bury their dead privately
in their own houſes, giving out that they
preſerve the corps in the ſame manner as a-
foreſaid, till a fit time to have the funeral
ſolemnly performed.

In other places, when the day draws near Con
for the ſolemn interring of a king, publick ““

notice thereof is given, not only to the peo-
ple of his own nation, but to others round
about, which occaſions ſuch a vaſt con-
courſe, as is very ſurprizing, all perſons be-
ing curious to ſee the ſolemnity, all of them
as richly dreſſed as they can afford ; ſo that
then more gallantry may be ſeen in one day,
than at other times in ſeveral years; and 1
is indeed very well worth the ſeeing.

I will conclude this long account of fu-
neral ceremonies, with two or three ob-
ſervations ; the firſt, as I was told, by the
Engliſh agent general at cape Corſo z that be-
ing himſelf preſent at the obſequies of a no-

table deceaſed negroe woman of the plot
L

ſtructed h
Europen

l

el of

Cnae. 23. Coaſts of SouTH-GVUINxEA.

the ſorcerer, or prieſt, made a pathetick

fil at a ſpeech to the company there preſent, ex-

ſureral. |

179

| Graves a-
: tarned,

May 1
fees 0.
wed by

ropeary

dio: ug
vel.

nl oli“

as has been mention'd already.

horting them all to live well; to hurt or
cauſe damage to no perſon: to be very
religious obſervers of their promiſes and
contracts, and a deal more of ſuch mora-
lity; after which, he made the panegyrick of
the deceaſed woman, and ended the cere-
mony, by throwing on the ground a long
ſtring of ſheeps jaws, threaded together,
holding one end thereot by one hand, and
cry'd aloud, Do ye all as the deceaſed ; do ye

imitate her; ſhe was very careful, during the

whole courſe of her life, to conjecrate great num-
bers of ſheep, on occaſions of this nature; as

theſe jaws do ſufficiently teſtify. Thus many

of the people there preſent, were moved
to give each a ſheep; the agent himſelf
not excepted: moſt of which did turn to the
profit of the crafty prieſt. .
The ſecond is, that at Axim, Mina, and
ſome other places; they ſet up ſeveral ear-
then figures or images, on the gra ves, as
obſerved it at Mina, being ſmall mauſo-
leums, garniſh'd with many puppets of an-
tick fantaſtical forms, or figures of men and
women, painted in various colours, and all
over garniſh'd with coral and idols, which are

waſhed a year after the burial, when they re-

new the funeral ceremonies, in as expenſive
4 manner as at the interment; and, as the
Blacks ſay, more ſlaves of both ſexes are a-
freſh ſacrificed, in the ſame barbarous way,

The graves which I ſaw at Mina, upon

the road to Sr. Iagos-bill, were thoſe of

ſome Braffo's and other officers of the town,

amongſt whom was alſo that of a near rela-

tion of the king of Fetu, which was adorned
with thirty or more figures of human kind,
each ſer up on a poſt ina ſemicircle, in the

center whereof, were ſeveral idols encom-

paſſed with pots of palm-wine, and diſhes
of meat, covered with branches and leaves
of the conſecrated tre.

In other parts, the Blacks build little huts
or roofs over the graves, to cover them
from the weather, and ſer up a long poſt or

285
Javelin, at one end of them, to which they BAR Bor.
hang ſome of the deceaſed's clothes, hig WWW
bow and quiver, his ſword, Sc. a cuſtom
practiſed in former ages by the Scythians,
and Great Tartars, at the funerals of their
kings, as we find in hiſtory. The Tartars
beſides uſed many great barbarities at their
funerals, and among the reſt, to ſtrangle Ancient
the moſt beloved wife of the deceaſed mon- #arbari-
arch near the grave, with his groom of the“
chamber, a cook, a butler, a poſtillion, a
ſerjeant, and a mule-driver, all theſe being
allowed but one horſe to carry their baggage
to the grave: the horſe was there likewiſe
killed, with thoſe poor wretches, and all
together put into the grave by the corps
of the deceaſed prince, with his plate and
moſt coſtly houthold gocds and jewels, to
ſerve and wait on him in the other life.

The Scythians, beſides, at the end of the
year, made the like ſervice to the deceaſed

king, ſtrangling fifty of his officers, all ot

noble race and free men, with a like num-
ber of horſes ; and taking out the entrails
of the ſtrangled men and beaſts, faſtned
them all round the grave, covered with
cloaks, and on the horſe's back, which from
a diſtance appeared in that equigage, as a
troop of horſe {et up for the guard of the
deceaſed king. Vid. States, Empires, aud
Principalities of the world. By D. J. J. J.
in French, p. 813, 814. 5 Fo

The third obſervation is, that the Blacks, Backs i,
as I have faid before, are very fond of be-.
ing buried in their own country; fo that if country.
any one dies out of it, they frequenty bring
his corps home to be interred there : and
if he have any friends or acquaintance there,
they cut off his head, one arm, and one
leg, which they cleanſe, boil, and carry
to his native country, where they are buried.
with the uſual ſolemnity, according to their

ability.

At the town of Aquaffou, in the country Market for

of Fetu, weſt of cape Corſo, is a peculiar /#ves 7
market, for buying and ſelling of ſlaves, to

be ſlaugh-

* tered.
be ſacrificed in

honour of great perſons de-
ceaſed, 1 8

C HA p. XXII.

Kingdoms and common-wealths at the Gold Coaſt. Election of kings. En.
throning them. Digreſſion concerning labour. Polygamy. Great officers.
Viſiting. Beaſts. Covetouſneſs. Wars and treaties.

RING DOM S and COMMON-WEALTHS.

S ſoon as the funeral of a deceaſed king
A is over, the people proceed to ſubſti-
tute another, according to the laws of the
land. Before I enter upon this ſubject, it
is to be obſerved, that the ſeveral ſorts of
government among the Blacks, at the Gold

oof, are either monarchial or republican.
o L. V

Commendo, Fetu, Saboe, Acra, and others,
are governed either by hereditary or elec-
tive kings. Axim, Anta, Fantin, Acron,
and others, are common-wealths, I ſhall 1, la,
next treat of the elective kings, how they govern-
are inſtalled, their authority, prerogative, me.
Sc. but muſt farſt take notice, that the two
common-wealths of Axim and Anta ſeem to

D d d d be

EST nn - er.

LAG. Dodo ——

MN. 2. 7 ˙— wrt nee woes Da SED i, POET OO On —
m on
” 3

286

Barron. be the moſt regular, either at the coaſt, or

bent thre!

ſovereign, was the Imperator of the Romans,

the inland; tho? in general it may be ſaid,
that the publick adminiſtration of affairs
among the Blacks is ſo confuſed and irregular,
that there is ſcarce any comprehending,
much leſs giving a good deſcription of it.

ELECT10N of Kincs.

TO come to the monarchial govern-

- ment, I have before obſerved, that the
Blacks, before the coming of the Europeans,
gave the title of captains or commanders
to their chief rulers, and not that of kings.
But this matters not, for it is well known,
that the title now uſed, of emperor, for a

which ſignify'd no more than a general,
or commander. Thoſe great officers have
often been the founders of monarchies, and
it ſignifies not by what name a prince is
called in every country, when we know he
is the ſovereign. The Ham, or Cham of

Tartary imports a lord, and he is their

monarch. The ancient Mahometan Calif,

which word imports no more than vicar,

Several

forts of

elections.

or ſucceſſor, was the ſovereign of thoſe
people; and the preſent Turki/h monarch is
called their Suan, the natural ſignification
of it being lord, or maſter. Much more
might be ſaid on this ſubject, but this may
ſuffice to ſhow that the names given by ſe-
veral nations do not alter the property of
the thing, and it is ſufficient that we know
they mean by them their monarchs and ſo-
vereigns.

In the elective kingdoms, the brother,
or for want of ſuch, the neareſt male re-
lation, is generally promoted to the royal
dignity, except at Saboe, where none of
the deceafed king's relations are admitted,
but ſome ſtranger called to the crown, of
the royal family of any neighbouring coun-

try. In Fei they will alſo ſometimes

break through the conſtitution, or com-
mon cuſtom, and elect a ſubje&t no way
related to the laſt king; provided the per-
fon ſo choſen has power, as they ſay, to
do what he pleaſes, and they can do no-
thing againft him: the Blacks having a con-
ceit, that ſome men among them are bleſ-
fed with ſuch extraordinary gifts and pre-
rogatives by their deities, that they are
capable of doing things beyond the com-
mon courſe of nature.

At Acraà and Felu, the Fataira, or cap-
tain of the guards to the precedent king,
is often pitched upon to ſucceed him.

ENTHRONING of KINGS.

T HES E elections are not followed by

pompous ceremonies, coronations, or
coronation-oaths. On the day appointed
for declaring the new ſovereign, the per-
ſon ſo promoted is taken out of the houſe,

where he had been confined ſince the death

A Deſeription of the

Book IIL (Ca

of his predeceſſor, and ſhown to the peo-
ple, attended by all the prime men -of the
country, and abundance of the inferior ſort,
and ſometimes they carry him throughout
all his dominions ; during which time all the
ſpectators expreſs their joy in the moſt ſig
nal manner they are able, by dancing,
ſhouting, and the like. When come to the
houſe or palace of his predeceſſor, and ſeat-_
ed on his chair or throne, they proclaim
him by his name, and then the prieſts fall
to making of new idols, and mighty offer-
ings to them; after which, they put him in
poſſeſſion of all the goods and treaſure which
belonged to the deceaſed king.
| Then the new king's wives and children, ., TT
it he has any, are conducted to the palace, ws. ect.
and put into their proper apartments; |
whence the women are not to go abroad
a-toot any more, but be carried in hammocks
by ſlaves, appointed for that ſervice.

a the inauguration-day, the king is ob-
liged to make conſiderable gifts to the peo-
ple, and to entertain them for eight days
ſucceſſiyely, during which time the neigh-
bouring kings, and the chieis of the Euro-
pean forts, ſend meſſengers or embaſſadors
to congratulate him upon his acceflion to
the crown, and to deliver their preſents ;
after which, they go themſelves in perſon to
viſit and compliment him.

If there happen to be two competitors ma

ſet up at once, each of them, to bind his rer.
followers to him, obliges them to take an

oath of allegiance. Unleſs this fall out, all | Their ſer
things are done with much eaſe, ſome offe- %

ings being made, as is uſual upon all {o-

lemn occaſions.
When the few ceremonies and the feaſt- Pv

ing of the proclamation are over, the new aA

king applies himſelf to the government, ei-

ther confirining or diſcharging the officers

that ſerved under his predece ſſor; and ior

the moſt part, there, as is uſual in all other

parts of the world, upon the devolution of

crowns; he puts many into offices, to pro-
mote his own friends and adherents, only

taking care to continue ſome of thole, who

nad the greateſt intereſt with his predeceſlor,

and are molt in eſteem among the people,

for fear of alienating the minds of his ſub-

jects, but rather to gain their affection and

applauſe ; always endeavouring to be very

popular, and exerciſing much liberality,

particularly towards the wives and childrcn

of the predeceſſor, to whom ſome will re- |

ſtore part of his goods and treaſure, and | =

marry the females ro men of note, and be- **

ſtow conſiderable places on the males. |

The king is abſolute maſter of his domi- Ac

nions, and of the perſons of his ſubj &ts, 9

and whoſoever dares diſobey his commands,

is ipſo facto, for ever, rendered incapablc of

any employment, either military or by
| a!

Hare

2 die 4,

| clue
power.

| CHAP. 23. Coaſts of SouTu-Gvu IN EA.

They have the full power of peace and
war, without any controul on any account.
If they are generous and courteous towards
their ſubjects, they pay them all honour
and ſubmiſſion; but however, if they prove
otherwiſe, they incur much ill will, and
meet with oppoſers; thoſe people alledging,
it does not become a perſon, on whom all
the nation depends, to be covetous, and
only ſtudy to heap up wealth. In this caſe
they have been ſometimes known to pro-
ceed ſo far as to depoſe them; whereas if
they prove otherwiſe, thoſe people never
ceaſe extolling the magnanimity and gene-
roſity of their princes, eſpecially if they

natd af frequently treat them with palm- wine and
vi;

other ſtrong liquors and proviſions z which
puts them to great expences, thoſe people

never conſidering that ſuch prodigalities

continually put their ſovereigns upon ſeek-
ing means to increaſe their revenues, by
new duties and impoſitions; theſe kings
having little or nothing of their own, beſides
what was left by the former, which ſometimes
is not very conſiderable. It is perhaps the
conſideration of this great charge, which
moves ſome of thoſe who might be choſen
in courſe, according to the cuſtom of the
country, to relinquiſh their right; chuſing
rather to live private, than be obliged to

be fo expenſive in treating of their ſub-

jects.

REVENUES.

Uni we PHE revenues of kings generally ariſe

there from taxes laid on the people, as
in other parts; fines and confilcations for
offences; duties upon goods paſſing through
their countries, and the hire they receive
ior aſſiſting their neighbours in war, and
even the European commanders on the coaſt,
moſt of that money falling to the ſovereign;
who, when it is received, will not be over-
lolliciteus whether the promiſed aid be rea-
dy at the time appointed or not: for when
his turn is ferved,. he is never without ſome
plauſible excuſe for his breach of promiſe,
being ſo ſubtle in this particular, that they
vill often deceive thoſe who are moſt upon
their guard, We have ſeen enough of ſuch
practices among, ourſelves, not to find fault
with the Blacks for the ſame.
Another method they have of getting
gold, which they are very fond of, is by
being choſen mediators betwixt contending

nations; becauſe then, like lawyers, they
| Frauds of receive fees on both ſides, and endeavouring
leckere, to keep the breach open as long as poſſi-

ble, ſtill draw more from each party. Were
it not for ſome of theſe extraordinary ways

of raiſing money, to defray the great ex-

pences they are liable to, it would be hard
for them to ſubſiſt ; becauſe the collectors
of the conſtant revenues, being always ſome

2.87

of the prime men, never fail to collect ſo Bax Bor.
well for themſelves, that little remains for WWW

the king. When all this falls ſhort, ſome
of them will levy exorbitant fines, without
any juſtice, on ſuch of their ſubjects as are
able to pay them ; but others alſo rather
than thus to ſuck the ſweat and blood of
the people, will ſtrive to live by their own,
and the labour of their ſlaves: for which

reaſon, thoſe kings who have but few ſlaves

are not rich or potent.

The condition of ſome of thoſe kings is Poor kings.

ſo uncertain and precarious, that they have
ſometimes been reduced ſo low, as to want
both money and credit to get a quart of
palm-wine to treat their viſitants; and
their children, as ſoon as grown up are of-
ten forced to plow, and draw palm-wine;
carrying it themſelves to market to fell.
At Commendo, they are put into ſome con-
ſiderable poſts, and offices, and even into
that of Fataira, or captain of the guards,
and by that means ſome arrive to ſuccecd
in their father's dignity. I was there told,
that the fame was practiſed at Ara, Helu,
Fantin, and other countries, where they either
had commands in the army, or were made
governours of towns, or collectors of the

revenues. Others are alſo delivered up as heir ſons.

hoſtages in the European forts, for the ſe-

curity of thoſe places, which pay yearly

acknowledgments for the liberty given
them, of being continued in thoſe domi-
nions. Others are hoſtages to neighbour-
ing princes or common-wealths, tor per-
tormance of conyentions and treaties ; and
thoſe places are profitable to them, through
the preſents then made them.
of the children of thoſe kings as are bred
to trade, are exempted from all duties; and
thus from husbandmen, ſhepherds, mer-
chants, Potters, and many ſuch like em-
ployments, they are frequently raiſed to the
throne ; nay, ſome of them from ſerving
the Euroßean factors or agents in the forts;
in no better capacity than foot-boys : for
which reaſon, the meaneſt of thoſe Euro-
pean factors on the Gold Coaſt, values him-
ſelf above any of thoſe kings. 15

The daughters of kings are not exempted
from putting their hands to the plow upon
occaſion, and ſome of them ſet up for pub-
lick harlots, to maintain themſelves in ſome
ſort, Others are married whilſt young,
without the leaſt regard to their royal de-
ſcent ; every perſon there being allowed a
liberty of choice, and a match between a
king's daughter and a ſlave, being thought
no diſproportion ; but ſomething better than

for a King's ſon to marry a woman:flave,

as frequently happens.

It will ſeem ſtrange, as the world is
now governed, to hear of kings labouring
with their own hands, at plowing, reap-

ing

Such alſo

Theiv
daughters.

— — <>, es row — woes.
z

— 5 = — — *
— Sauter NES Co ee wrt. 0c. or 7 rnd Snag,

——

}
|
4
j

PET avis. wo ww i. aac

— A

Ls 2
— A honoured husbandry ; the Carthaginians,

288

» gqaintenance of himſelf and family, and

Kings la-
bour.

his children, under the fame hardſhips, and
marrying ſo much below their rank;

but if we ſhould imagine to ourſelves a

country, where the difference of conditions
were not ſo much regarded as among, us,
and where nobility did not conſiſt in do-
ing nothing, thoſe things would appear
more natural. It will be needleſs to have
recourſe to Plato's imaginary common-

wealth, for ſuch a country, for ſo the grea-

teſt part of the world lived for many ages;
ſo lived the ancient Greeks and Romans.
Homer tells us of kings and princes, who
lived by the labour of their hands; it is
true, he was a poet : but the ſcripture ſhows
that the greateſt men placed their chiefeſt
wealth in their locks. We read of Roman
generals taken from the plow to command
their armies: but this muſt be allowed to
have been in their times of rudeneſs; when
they grew polite, they avoided all mean
offices, as much as is done now. The

patriarchs were ſhepherds, but they had

many ſervants and ſlaves, who laboured tor

them; and believe there are few inſtances

that they ever plowed or ſowed themſelves.

In fine, tho' many would make labourers

of the great men of the world, they care

not to toil themſelves, and it is requiſite

there ſhould be ſeveral degrees, for the bet-

ter government of the world. The people

of Guinea are ignorant and unpoliſhed, and

the dominions of their princes ſo inconſi-

derable, that they ſcarce deſerve the title of

kings; for which reaſons there is no draw-

ing of what is there practiſed into a conſe-
quence, or making compariſons between
them, and polite and potent monarchs of

other parts of the world.

1
dry Ho-

DiokRESSsITON concerning LABOUR,
H Owever, to look back a little into an-
tiquity, the Greeks, Romans and eros

who were originally Phemncians, made it a

particular ſtudy, as appears by the twenty

eight books Mago writ concerning it. The
Egyptians carried it ſo far, as to worſhip

the beaſt employed about it. The Perſians,

in the greateſt ſplendor of their monarchy,
kept ſuperintendants in the ſeveral pro-
vinces, to take care of the tilling of the
lands, and the young Cyrus delighted in
planting and trimming a garden with his
own hand. The Chaldeans were great huſ-

bandmen, and the plains about Babylon ſo

fruitful, that they yielded two and three
hundred for one. To conclude, the hiſtory
of China informs us, that husbandry was
there much regarded in the ancienteſt and
beſt of times. But after all, the northern

A Deſcription of the

BarBoT- ing and other ſervile employments, for the

Booz Ill
nations have always looked upon it as 4
mean and deſpicable employment.

God promiſed the 1/raelites no other Go; ,,,
goods, but the moſt natural product of ”#* ::

the earth; he does not mention gold or
ſilver, or jewels, nor any other riches,

made ſuch by conceit and art; but al-

ſures them, he will ſend rain in the proper

ſeaſon 3 that the earth ſhall bring forth a-

bundance of grain ; that the trees ſhall be
loaded with fruit; that harveſt, vintage, and
ſowing-time ſhall follow each other with-
out interruption 3 he promiſes them plenty
of food, ſound fleep, ſafety, peace and
victory over their enemies; he adds, that he
will cauſe them to increaſe and multiply ;
that his bleſſing ſhall make their wives
fruitful, that he will bleſs their herd, ſheep-
folds, barns, cellars, and the works of their
hands. Thoſe were the temporal goods,
which God would have them expect from
him, and therefore no people gave them-
ſelves up ſo intirely to tillage, as the 1/-ae-
/ites, addicting themſelves but little to o-
ther arts and profeſſions, being fatisfied to

live upon the product of the earth. They

were a long time wholly ignorant of thoſe
we call conveniences of life, much more of
the many ſuperfluities, which vanity has in-
troduced ; all things that were neceſſary
they could do themſelves, all that was for
their ſuſtenance they did at home; the wo-

men baked bread and dreſſed meat, ſpun

the wool, wove the ſtuffs, and made the
clothes; the men followed other neceſſar
employments abroad.

Theſe were the primitive cuſtoms of the Their is
Iſraelites ; God promiſed them ſuch things "a"

as were ſuitable to their groſs capacities:
they had been bred ſlaves in Egypt, feeding
their flocks, tilling their ground, and ma-
king of bricks ; they were brought out of
the depth of miſery, and what could thoſe
wretches be capable of above the expecta-
tion of plenty of food? Ir is plain enough

they had no notion of eternity, ſince all

the promiſes made them terminated in eat-
ing and drinking, and therefore Moſes was
not directed by heaven to ſpeak to them
of bliſs after this life; becauſe in all likeli-
hood, that groſs ignorant multitude would
never have given ear to it. We ſee, ſo
many ages after, when our. Saviour was a-
mong them, the Sadducees were very nume-
rous, and they ſtill denied the reſurrection;
which ſhows how little ſuſceptible that na-
tion was of any thing beyond a preſent
poſſeſſion of carthly goods: and even in
that particular it does not appear that they
ever roſe above the ſenſual pleaſures of
eating and drinking, and getting of chil-
dren. There are ſcarce any foot-ſteps to
be found of their having any ſenſe of ho-
nour,

ap. 23. Coaſts of SouTu-Guvinea 289
"our, they ever quaked at the name of ban twenty one years in a very toilſome BaRnor.
their enemies, and would never have ſtood manner. We may gueſs what men did at WWW
before them, had not God moſt viſibly that time, by what the young maids were
fought their battles ; they wept like chil- put to. Rebecca came a conſiderable way to
dren at every misfortune, and in ſhort, draw water, and carried it on her ſhoulder,
were a molt abject generation. Yet how tho? a rich man's daughter, and afterwards
luxurious they grew, when in a flouriſh- wife to the patriarch I/aac. Rachel look-
ing condition, is too long to deſcribe, and ed after her father Laban's cattle ; neither
may be ſeen in the deſcriptions thereof, their birth, nor beauty rendering them the
made by the ſeveral prophets. To con- more delicate or tender. Gideon was threſh-
clude, they were mighty husbandmen till ing wheat by the wine-preſs, when an an-
they had learnt an eaſier courſe of life, gel called him; Thou mighty man of valour,
and then valued that profeſſion as little as go in thy might, and thou ſhalt ſave Iſrael
other nations have ſince done. from the hands of the Midianites. Ruth
Homer deſcribes the good man Eumæus gained the favour of Boaz, as ſhe glean'd
making his own ſhoes, and ſays he had in the field. When Sau! received the news
| built magnificent ſtables for his herds. - of the danger the city of Fabe/h-Gilead
ts his Ulyſes himſelf had built his own houſe and was in, he was driving a yoke of oxen,
hardineſs. contrived with much art the bed, by which tho' he was then king. David was look- :
| he was known to his wife, He alone ing to his father's ſheep, when Samuel ſent M
built and equipped the veſſel in which he for him to anoint him king. Eliſha was
went from Calypſo. That poet tells us, called to be a prophet, as he was at work
it was then an honour for a man to know with one of his father's twelve plows. The
| how to do all things that are uſeful for husband of the famous Judith, who delive-
life; it is ſo now, but he who has others red Beihulia, tho? very wealthy, fell ſick
to toil for him, need not carry burdens, and died of over-working himſelf, The
or hods of mortar to build his houſe. A ſcripture is full of ſuch examples, not to
thatched hut was then a good houſe ; mention others among the Greeks and Ro-
but no argument that all mankind ſhould mans. Cicero ſpeaks of country-men and
return to live in ſuch hovels. _ farmers in Sicily, ſo rich and magnificent,
I have before obſerved, that the Blacks that their houſes were adorned with ſtatues,
have many cuſtoms, which ſeem to be de- and they were ſerved in wrought veſſels of
rived from the Iſraelites, and other eaſtern gold and ſilver. VU
nations; but in reality they are the very The patriarchs, it is certain, lived ac-
dictates of unpoliſhed nature. The kings cording to the cuſtom of thoſe days. A.
I have mentioned in Grinea, labour ſome brabam fat at the door of his tent, when the
of them with their own hands, and the angels came to him, he had no houſe to
ancient patriarchs are ſaid to have done live in; we are not therefore to deſtroy
many things, which now ſeem below men our houſes, and go live in tents. He
of their rank. I can not but admire the brought water to waſh the feet of his
innocent lives of the patriarchs Abraham, gueſts; it may well be queſtioned, whether
Jaac and Jacob, who tho* abſolute over he brought it himſelf, or commanded his
their families like kings, and wanting only ſervants to do it; or if he did, it was the ef-
the empty titles, ſince they made alliance fect of his extraordinary charity, not his fond-
with heathen kings, and had the power of neſs of labour. It is the common expreſ-
peace and war, as we ſee in Abraham; yer ſion to ſay, ſuch a one built a houſe, when
he who had three hundred and eighteen we mean the owner, or he that paid for
perſons in his family, at his feaſt made for it, tho? he touched not the materials. A
the three angels, treated them only with a - vain conceit of antiquity carries us awa
calf, new bread baked in the embers, but- from our reaſon, to approve of all that
ter and milk; and at almoſt an hundred was then, and condemn all that is preſent ;
years of age, brought water himſelf to a medium between both would doubtleſs
waſh the feet of his gueſts, went in perſon be more juſtifiable. The ancient Britons,
to pick out the calf, ordered his wife as well as many other nations, went ſtark
Sarah to make the bread, and came to at- naked; it would not be therefore commen-
tend them ſtanding. Their ſervants help- dable in us to throw away our garments,
ed, but did not take them off thoſe duties. and return to that ſhameful poſture. Nei-
7” Jacob travelled a foot, with only his ſtaff ther is our exceſs in apparel commendable ;
| ö in his hand, at ſeventy ſeven years of age, but mankind is prone to run from one ex-
E above two hundred leagues from Bethſabee treme into another. The firſt men were
; to Haran in Meſopotamia ; he lay down, rude and unpoliſhed, latter ages are doubt-
ö b where the night overtook him, made uſe leſs grown effeminate and luxurious; this
of a ſtone for his pillow, and ſerved La- exceſs puts us upon all contrivances to ſatisfy
̃ ö Vol. V. | | 2 E e e e our

heir il.
rant.

[
4
|

290

Barnor, our appetites and deſires, and we range all
tee world to ſatisfy our extravagant inclina-

tions. 3
This it is that prevails on ſo many thou-
ſands to expoſe themſelves to all the dan-
gers of the mercileſs ocean, which ſwal-
lows ſuch numbers continually, and as 1t
enriches ſome, ſo it impoveriſhes others, ei-

ther by ſhipwrecks or pirates, or other

accidents z beſides, the unſpeakable toils
and hardſhips, thoſe who eſcape beſt are
continually expoſed to. This 1s really an
extravagant effect of avarice, which hurries
us away beyond our reaſon, as if a little
in peace and ſafety were not better than
the greateſt treaſure in perpetual toil and
hazard; yet ſo vain is our nature, that we
condemn the poor Blacks becaule they la-
bour at home, and at the ſame time de-
ride them as ſlothful, becauſe they are ſtran-
gers to many of our ſuperfluous toils; nay,
ſo great is our pride, that the moſt bru-
tal ſailor values himſelf above the beſt of
thoſe Guinea kings.

This digreſſion is already grown too te-
dious, tho? very ſhort in reſpect of what
might be ſaid upon this ſubject, and may

perhaps not be unacceptable to ſome who

have ſo much good nature as not to run
down all nations, and to believe that all
ages have been guilty of their follies, as

well as this we live in. Let us now re-

Wives kept

in ſlate.

turn to our deſcription.

OE PoLYGAMY.

E VERY king there has more or fewer

wives, beſides concubines, according to
his ability and inclination. Inchero, king
of Commendo, or Guaffo, in my time had
eight wives, all of them lodged and ſub-
ſiſted within his palace; but each in a
diſtinct hut, and that prince being rich,
allowed every one of them a plentiful main-
tenance, after their way, aſſigning for their

uſe that part of his revenue which 1s re-

ceived in kind; and none of them ever

Women

ſirive for

preference.

went abroad a-foot, but they were all
carried in hammocks on the ſhoulders of
ſlaves ; which made them proud, and of a
haughty behaviour towards their inferiors:
all their bufineſs at home being to enter-
tain the king and waſh him, or to pam-
per and adorn themſelves, the better to
pleaſe him, leaving their ſlaves to attend
the houſhold affairs and to dreſs meat.

They had the privilege of eating with

him, on his holiday, or weekly ſabbath,
when he entertain'd all the great men of
the country.

Jealouſy often occaſions diſputes among
thoſe women ; ſhe that is preferred before
the reſt being accounted happieſt and moſt
reſpected, and each of them hoping for
that good fortune, they ſtudy all the ways

4 Deſcription of the |

Great OFFICExrs.

'T HE prime offices next the king in Fr;

are a viceroy, there called Dy; a high
treaſurer, the Braffo or ſtandard- bearer;
the Fataira, or captain of the guards; the
ſword-bearers, which are commonly four;
the attendants on the king's wives; the
Tie- Ties, or publick criers; the king's drum-
mer, and the trumpeters and horn-blowers,

The Dy is the next perſon to the king, y, ,
always repreſenting him in his abſence, and pine ;;
acting in the government, both civil and e,

military as his deputy.

The Treaſurer, as in other parts, has the 77:

care of all the revenues, receives all from the
collectors, and lays it out in defraying the
charges of the king's houſhold, paying the

ſoldiers, and other expences of the ſtate. By
his office, he is almoſt inſeparable from

the king's perſon, and accompanies him

whereſoever the neceſſity of affairs requires
his preſence 3 for which reaſon he has alſo

lodgings in the palace, and is much re.
ſpected by all thoſe who have any em-
ployments, or buſineſs at court. His poſt
is very profitable, and enables him to
appear abroad in a very coſtly garb, and

wearing abundance of gold toys or idols,
to diſtinguiſh him from the other great

officers.

The Fataira, or captain of the guards, cantf
is always a man of great note among thoſe

people, as being partieularly entruſted with
the king's perſon, and always attending

him in his expeditions, by which he is
raiſed ſo high, as to be ſometimes advan-

ced to the throne, upon a vacancy, as has

been ſaid before. |
The ſword-bearers, which are generally sr
four, have alſo a very good poſt, being =

ſometimes ſent embaſſadors to foreign coun-
tries; their buſineſs at home being to carry
the king's ſword and armour, at publick
feaſts, or warlike expeditions. |

There are many Tre-Ties, or publick c

criers, every town having two or three, to

cry what is loſt, ſtolen, or ſtrayed, and

to proclaim the orders of the King or go-
vernours under him. Thoſe next the king
are always preſent, when he ſits in coun-
cil, and cry Tie-Tie, if the counſellors hap-
pen to talk too high, or fall into confu-
ſion, whence the name of the office is de-
rived, They wear a cap made of black
apes-ſkins, the hair of it about a finger
long, and hold in their hand a luck

of hair of an elephant's-rail and ſmall

ruſhes among it, which ſerves for 31
ap,

Book Il

they can imagine to gain that advantage,
loading themſelves to that purpoſe with al!
ſorts of ornaments, corals, gold rings, and
other toys, that they are a perfect burden
to them. | 1

07:

Alten-
dants 01
the kin
wives.

Dumm

Trumpe
ters.

| Kings
| late.

bY pra i
ard;

dor.
beart',

Crier:

Cuar. 23. Coaſts of SoUTHGUINEA.

flap, tO keep thoſe inſects from the king.

They are alſo ſent by the king, or council,

Alten-
gants om”
the kings

vives.

Drummer.

| Trumfe-

| Kings
| Without
| late,

on national errands, to friends or enemies;

their caps being their paſs every where, ſup-

poling them to be ſent by their maſter,

otherwiſe they are no protection, They are
alſo ſometimes ſent embaſſadors to foreign
courts, according to the opinion conceived
of their capacity, for ſo great an employ-
ment. *

The main buſineſs of thoſe attending on
the king's wives, is to take care, that no
man debauches them, and that each of them
is allow'd her due maintenance. Whether

they are eunuchs or not, I cannot affirm,

but doubtleſs are well known by their maſter

to be qualified for that employment; and

in the countries where there is no high-
treaſurer, theſe are commonly entruſted with
the king's wealth, the keys whereof they

always keep, excluſive of all others, and
conſequently after the king's death, they
are liable and obliged to give an account of

it to the ſucceſſor. .

The drummer is alſo a good place, both
as to honour and profit; the perſon who
has it being generally near the king.

The trumpeters, or horn-blowers, are
the meaneſt officers about the court; but, as

in Europe, thoſe that belong to the king are

ſomething more honourable than others,

and they are a part of his muſick, upon all

publick and private occaſions, to divert him
at home, at his entertainments, and abroad,
in time of war. !

Theſe are all the offices worth taking no-
tice of in the courts of thoſe Black monarchs,
tho* there may be many others leſs. conſi-
derable. i

I have elſewhere obſerved, that every
oreat Black has the ſame forts of officers to
attend him; and if very rich, will vye with
the king in that point. .

By the account I have here given of the
officers belonging to thoſe kings, it might
be ſuppoſed, there is ſomething of polite-
neſs and grandeur among thoſe Africans ;
but there is no ſuch thing: for thoſe princes
in their houſes, tho? in reſpect to them we
call them palaces, whereas they are but a

cluſter of cottages or huts, are not diſtin-

guiſhable by keeping any ſtate, except it
be on extraordinary occaſions, when they
receive or pay viſits to great men; other-
wiſe there is no guard at the palace-gate,

nor any attendants to wait on them; and

when they go abroad about the town, they
ſeldom have above two boys to bear them
company, one of which carries the ſword,
and the other the ſtool ; and if met in the
ſtreets, they are ſcarce taken notice of, the

meaneſt ſlave hardly ſtirring out of the Way
for them.

are not much better furniſh'd than thoſe of
the common Blacks. Bread, ſuch as it is,
palm- oil, and ſtinking meat, or fiſh, make
up the fare of their numerous family. Water
is their common drink, but if they have it,
they drink brandy in the morning, and palm-
wine in the afternoon. In ſhort, they differ
very little from the meaner ſort, in their

way of living.
5 J OS

125 VIS ITI 6.
HEN

one from any conſiderable man, they al-
ways take care to ſhow their grandeur, and
on thoſe occaſions are always attended by
arm'd men; ſeveral ſhields are carried along
with them, and an umbrella over their heads,

to defend them from the ſcorching rays of

the ſun. Their wives are then alſo finely

dreſs'd, with gold toys, rings, and other

rich ornaments, eſpecially thoſe of Commendo
and Felu, and have long ſtrings of gold,
coral, or beads hanging about them; tho?
at other times they and their wives are fo

Poorly habited as to be ſcarce diſtinguiſh-
able from other people.
When viſited king Fourri at little Acra, The au-
as has been hinted before, I found him ſit- hrs viſit
ting at the gate of his palace or houſe, with 9 A king.

ſeveral of his principal officers, ſome of
them alſo fitting, and others ſtanding by
him, with a parcel of arm'd men, or guards
about them. He defired me to fit down
right againſt him, and immediately ſent for
his wives, to ſhow his grandeur. The

ſoon came, and the king ſeeing his mother
among them, deſired her to fit down on
his right hand, and his favourite wife on
the left; and then all the other women fate
down on each ſide and behind him, on the
ground, after the Turki/h manner, and the

attendants ſtood about in a ſemi- circle.

Next, a large pot of palm-wine was ſet Enter rain-
on the ground, between the king and me, ment.

and ſome of the ſaid wine preſented to me,
with a compliment, that if I had given him
more timely notice of my deſign to viſit

him, he would have provided better for

my entertainment. That prince had no
other clothes on, but a ſingle frock made of
the country ſmall cloths T have before de-
{cribed, after the Mooriſh faſhion, as is uſed
at Cabo Verde, and the reſt of him naked ;_
but ſeveral of his prime officers, and all his
wives appeared pretty handſomely drefled,
in their way. The Dutch commander of the
fort Crevecæur, who bore me company at
that viſit, told me, the court of that king
was nothing near ſo great, as thoſe of Fein

291

They are ſo covetous, as to be always Ban BO .
ready to catch at any preſent from the (PWV
meaneſt of their ſubje&ts. Their kitchens Pier.

they are to pay a viſit to any ten
perſon, in another town, or to receive dance. ,

Dn — 2 8 — 2 . * . i, -
— J — =_ PR -
— _ CE * "Y
nn ir 3 : —

V —
Pay

_ — >
2 - — *
25: _ 2 —
; = —

2 —
— *
2 r

3 —

— . i, oe

Fetu.

_— / /

292

BaRBOr. and Commendo, either for magnificent dreſſes
and gold, or for the number of officers
and guards; Inchero, king of Commendo,

having generally two hundred men attend-

ing him as his guards. TY
Palaceof The king of Acra's houſe ſeem'd to me
Acra. very little preferable to any others in the
town, =
of com- That of the king of Commendo is large
mendo and and ſpacious ; but that of the king of Fetu
much more, and is reckoned the fineſt and
largeſt of all the Gold Coaſt, there being
above two hundred rooms in it, as I was
told; and it ſtands in the large open place,
which is in the midſt of the town of Fety,
or Feton.
Their The kings of Commendo and Fetu are uſually
grandeur. attended abroad by a great croud of officers,
ſlaves and guards; before whom goes the
muſick of trumpets, drums and baſons.

They are generally carried in a hammock,

on the backs of ſlaves, and ſcarce ſtir a foot,
unleſs upon ſome extraordinary occaſion.

Fr 9

II is cuſtomary among thoſe kings of
the coaſt, to treat all the people, in a
ſplendid manner, every quarter of the year,
when their collectors pay into their treaſury
the money they have received for toll,
cuſtoms, Sc. in their ſeveral diſtricts; and
this, beſides the particular entertainments
to their courtiers, and officers, every 76,
day, which they call Dia do Feitiſſo; that is,
the charm-day, from the Portugueſe, in
which language all their religious practices
were look*d upon as and tiled Foitiſſas, that
is charms or witchcraft: the Blacks have
taken the word, and mean by it their deities;
ſo that by it they would ſignify, the day of
their gods, or the ſabbath. Beſides thoſe,
they have alſo ſome peculiar days to en-
tertain the people, as the anniverſaries, or
commemorations of ſome paticular events,

which were advantageous to their country,
Among the reſt is a yearly feſtival of the

Anniver-

ary ofcom- King's acceſſion to the crown, when there is

ing 70 the n much greater concourſe of people than

at other times; for then the entertainment
is more ſumptuous, and the diverſions much
more ſplendid than upon other occaſions.
They commonly begin it by ſolemn facri-
fices, early in the morning, about the king's
ſacred tree, which is generally the higheſt
about the town; or on ſome high conſecrated
hill, abour which they lay abundance of
proviſions of all ſorts, for the deity, and
repeat it for three days ſucceſſively ; during
which time they feaſt, dance, and make
merry : the king, onthe one hand, ſtudying
to expreſs his love to his ſubjects; and they,
on the other, ſhowing all manner of joy

and ſatisfaction, for being under his gentle
government,

A Deſcription of the

evening, at the gate of their palace, hand-
ſomely dreſſed, and to lie, for ſome hours,
in their wives laps, to have their heads
comb'd and dreſſed; and at night to have
balls and dancing in their houſes, during
which the guards that are upon duty, fire
their muſkets continually. Thoſe ſoldiers
are either hired men, or their ſlaves, ſome
of whom are in the day-time employ'd
either within or without the palace, at ſom:
ſort of work.

Sometimes, when the palm- wine comes in Pra

from the country, they go in the afternoon,
ſlaves and maſters all alike, to the publick
market- place, where they ſit down and
drink very ſociably; and every one that
pleaſes, brings his ſtool, and joins the com-
pany. There they tope plentifully, taking
ſtill more and more at every draught, till
they come to drink bumpers, which are
calabaſhes or gourds, holding a pottle; but
let very much of it run down their beards
to the ground, which forms a rivulet of
wine, and that they look upon as an extra-
ordinary grandeur. During the enterta in-
ment they talk loud, with much confuſion

and impertinence; for the moſt part no-

thing but lewdneſs, and that in the preſence
of the women, who are often among them,
and ſo far from being out of countenance
at it, that they will endeavour to outdo the
men in that filthy diſcourſe. If they hap-
pen to fall into any other more becoming
chat, they ſcold and rail at one another
very freely, laying open one another's fail-

ings and imperfections in a jeſting manner,

without ſparing the king, to his face, he
being one of the company; but ſometimes

he will be provoked to give them broken

heads; from which thoſe are only excepted,
who have gained reputation among the
people. Some of the ſlaves have more au-

thority than their maſters, for having been

long in power over their dependants, they
have traded for themſelves, and are become
maſters of ſlaves of their own, and by de-
grees grown ſo powerful, that their maſters
are obliged to connive at their faults; nay,

ſometimes they become ſo obſtinate, that

their ſaid maſters cannot appeaſe them by
any other means than a preſent.

CovETOUS N ESS.

1 T is a true axiom, that covetouſneſs is the prac of
root of all evil, and it is a vice that has fai.

infected all the nations upon the earth; and
among the reſt, thoſe Africans are ſo o-
ver-grown with it, that they can ſeldom on

that account enjoy a laſting peace, but are

apt to break it almoſt as ſoon as made,
and that upon very ſlender and unjuſt pre-

tences, as appears by the accounts we hays

Book Ill Nu
It is alſo cuſtomary with thoſe kings, in 0%»,
time of peace, to fir every afternoon, or Y

Aptives,

© War mad

| for debt,

1 23.

of them for theſe two laſt centuries ; and
as they are not at all nice or ſcrupulous
in breaking the moſt ſolemn treaties and
conventions among themſelves, much leſs
are they ſo with Europeans, tho* they

| {wear to and ratify them ever fo ſolemn-

ly. Among the ſeveral European nations,
which have felt the diſmal effects of the
perfidiouſneſs of thoſe people on the Gold
Coaſt and elſewhere, the Portugueſe have
reaſon to repent it in a more particular
manner, eſpecially at Commendo, in the
year fifteen hundred and ſeventy, where a
_ conſiderable number of thoſe people were
no leſs treacherouſly, than barbarouſly
murdered by the natives, 05

Wars.

H E principal motives of the wars
which happen among thoſe Guineans,
are either ambition or plunder, or giving
aſſiſtance to others before at variance, for
which they are commonly well paid. Some-
times alſo they fall together by the ears
for recovering of debts, or upon diſputes
among the prime men. 1 CALI
It is certainly a moſt unjuſt war which
js thus commenced for the recovery of
debts, not practiſed in any other part of
the world, an inſtance whereof is as follows,

as generally practiſed at Axim. 5

nr mals If a perſon of one country owes money

to a conſiderable man of another, and is
backward in paying, the creditor cauſes as
many goods, freemen or ſlaves to be ſeized
by violence and rapine, in the countr
where the creditor lives, as will fully pay
him.
irons, and if not preſently redeemed, ſells
them to raiſe money to anſwer his debt.
If the debtor is honeſt and able, he im-
mediately endeavours to Pay the debt, ſo
to reſcuꝭ his country- men; or if the rela-
tions of the perſons ſo unjuſtly ſeized, are
able and powerful enough, they oblige
the debtor to ſatisfy his creditor, in caſe
he is not free to do it of himſelf.

If the debt happens to be diſputable, and

the debtor unwilling to pay it, he repre-
ſents to his country-men his creditor as an
unjuſt perſon, and that he is not obliged
to pay him any thing. Thele reaſons pre-
_ vailing among them, he next endeavours
to make reprizals on the people of the
pretended creditor's country. Then both
tides have recourſe to arms, and watch all
opportunities of ſurprizing one another. In
the firſt place, they labour to bring over
the Caboceiros, or magiſtrates to their party,
as being men in authority, who can influ-
ence the reſt; next, they endeavour to gain
the ſoldiers: and thus a war commences
between two nations for a trifle, and con-

tinues till one of them is ſubdued; or if
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of Sour H-GUIN EA.

The men fo ſeized he puts into

men on both ſides are obliged to make
peace, at the deſire of the ſoldiery: as fre-

quently happens there upon ſuch ruptures,

if it is near the ſowing- time; every ſoldier
then deſiring to return home, to till the
ground, for they are ſoon tired of ſerving in
war, without pay, and at their own expence,
unleſs they happen to take ſome conſide-
rable booty from the enemy.

When a king finds himſelf wronged by How war
any of his neighbours, either perſonally ' 4#re9-

or in his ſubjects, and cannot obtain ſatis-
faction by fair means, he lays the matter

before his chief officers, who common!

compoſe his council, declaring his deſign
to right himſelf by force of arms, and
promiſing them the plunder, the hopes

whereof eaſily intice them and the ſoldiery

to approve of the king's reſolution, and ac-
cordingly every man prepares for the ex-
pedition. In the mean time, the king ſends
one of his Tre-Tres, or meſſengers, to the
other king, as his herald, to declare war

_ againſt him and his ſubjects, appointing

the time and place, when and where he
will meet him, with his army; which the
latter accepts, and provides his forces to

meet the other at the place appointed.

The people are then exerciſed after their

manner in both countries, all of them ex-

preſſing their ſatisfaction, by ſinging and

dancing, being full of expectation of the

plunder they ſhall get in their enemies
country, as alſo very eager for the honour
of ſhedding their blood.

The Amalekites and other idolaters, Da-

6 : for plun-
vids contemporaries, were wholly intent !

upon booty and plunder in their warlike
expeditions, as appears by the victory Da-
vid obtained over them, when they had ta-
ken and ſpoiled Ziklagh, and reſcued from

them two of his own wives Abinoam and

Abigail, and the wives and children of his

men, with all their beſt goods, as we read
1 Sam. xxx. and in Foſephys, lib. 6. chap. 15.

Much the fame was done by Abraham,

long before David's days, when he reſ-

cued the king of Sodom and the other

kings of that plain, and among them his.

nephew Lol, from the four kings Amra-
phel, Arioch, Chedorlaomer and Tidal, Gen.
xiv. and Joſephus, lib. 1. chap. 10.

The war thus declared, all men fit to Al men
bear arms, above the age of twenty, re-ſerve jn
pair to the rendevouz, from all parts of““

the country, in their martial equigage, leav-
ing at home the decrepit old men, and the
Manceroes or youths,

The fame was practiſed by the Hebrews
at the beginning of Saul's reign, when be-
ing ſummoned to appear in arms, by his
meſſengers ſent into all parts of Mael, and

to follow him to the relief of Fabez of

1 Galaad,

293

their force proves equal, till the principal Bax nor.

294

BARBOT.

We

Villages

Ammonites, they immediately formed an
army of three hundred thouſand fighting-

men of Jſrael, and thirty thouſand of Ju-

dah; for no Iſraelite was exempted from
ſerving upon ſuch accaſions, not even the
prieſts and Levites, from twenty years of
age or upwards.

The women will commonly bear their

forſaken in husbands company, with their children;
WAY,

and in caſe the expedition they go upon

is like to laſt long, and is very far from
their homes, they remove all their beſt
effects out of the town, and then ſet fire
to it, by that means to induce the ſol-

diers to behave themſelves with more bra-

very and reſolution. But if the war be not
reckaned of any continuance, they only
ſecure their villages and families, in the
beſt manner they can.
The inhabitants of Axim, upon ſuch oc-
caſions carry over all their effects, wives

and children in canoes, to a large rock,

which is a mile out at ſea, north-weſt of
the Dutch fort of St. Antony, where they

_ think them ſafe; the people they are to en-

European
forts pro-
tect the
Blacks.

gage with, having no canoes to paſs over

to them, and being beſides very fearful of

venturing out to ſea. =
At other places of the coaſt, thoſe who

live under the command of European forts,

put all their families and effects into them,
and if worſted in war take ſhelter there

themſelves, as in the year ſixteen hundred

eighty ſeven, none of the natives of Acra
had eſcaped the fury of the victoriuos Aquam-
hoes, had not the governour of the Dutch

fort of Crevecæur opened the gates to re-

ceive all the Acra men, who were totall

routed, and ſecured them by firing all the
guns upon the Aquamboes, which kept them

at a diſtance.

Common-
wealths
perfidious.

Thoſe nations of the coaſt, which are
commonwealths, ſeldom ſend a meſſenger
to declare war againſt the people they have
reſolved to attack ; but when the Cabo-
ceiros or magiſtrates have had it under con-

ſideration, together with the Manceroes, or

young men, as for inſtance, at Axim, and got
together their forces, they make an irruption,
after a perfidious manner, into the country
they have pitched upon, tho? they were in
full peace, without the leaſt notification;
and thus kill and plunder all before them.
The injured nation will no doubt endea-
vour to revenge that breach of faith, and
if too weak to do it alone, then hires ano-
ther to aſſiſt it, for a certain ſum of money,
ſeldom exceeding fixty marks of gold; for
which ſmall ſuman army 1s to be had there,
well armed and ready to engage, but not
very formidable, the plunder being their
chief aim and encouragement z tho? it often

A Deſcription of the

Galaad, beſieged by Naas, king of the

Booꝶ Il

happens that they come off with a good
beating.
The money they receive for aſſiſting an- B,
other nation with their forces, is at ien een
divided among the Caboceiros and May.
ceroes, but with great diſproportion ; for
the former being crafty and ſuperiors, ſo
order the matter, that the latter hardly
get a third, or a fourth part among them
all, which ſometimes does amount to x
crown a man.

The plunder, if any is got, according to "

T Under

the cuſtom ought to be applied to defray
the expence of the war, and what remains
above to be divided ; but every man lays
hold of what he can, without regarding
the publick. If no booty can be had in v. 4%
the expedition, the young men, or Man. fl.
ceroes, often deſert and return home, being
under no obligation to ſtay abroad any
longer than they think fit, tho? under any
particular officer or commander, whoſe au-
thority extends not beyond thoſe who are
his proper ſlaves ; for the freemen own no
authority, not even that of their governors,
unleſs compelled by a ſuperior power. Thus
it often falls out, that the leader advancing
foremoſt towards the enemy, 1s followed
but by a few, which renders their war-
like expeditions very Precarious and uncer-
tain. : „

The Engliſh and Dutch at the coaſt have g ;
often had occaſion to hire auxiliary forces Eu.
of the Blacks their allies againſt their ene- Penn
mies, but the Du!ch more frequently than
the Engliſè; and a body of men compoſed
of four or five ſeveral nations, kept three
or four years in their pay, either againſt
Commendo or any others, did not coſt them

Cu.

| Cowar ai,

| Generals.
EMC.

; Arms an
amour.

above two hundred marks of gold, which

is about ſix thouſand pound ſterling, be-
ſides the damage received in their com-

merce.

A national offenſive war is often car- 9
ried on there with an army of four or ami
five thouſand men in the field, but a de-
fenſive requires more; tho? ſometimes their
armies do not amount to above two thou-
ſand men, which ſhows how inconſiderable
ſome of thoſe nations on the Gold Coaſt
are. The Aquamboes and Fantyn are to be
excepted, the latrer being able in a ſhort

| Slarers,

time to raiſe twenty five thouſand men,

and the former a much greater number.
In the year ſixteen hundred eighty two, yy f.
when I was at Acra, the Aquamboes and tur u.

Atim nations, were actually facing each#

other, twelve leagues from Acra up the
inland, each army conſiſting of about
twelve thouſand men.

The inland nations, either monarchies or Pines
common-wealths, as Akim and Aſſente, can brtons.
raiſe numerous armies; but on the _

tho

| Cowardiſe.

nas,

diſi

| Generals,
ne.

Kc.

amour.

lired 0
ro-
Cans,

;
armit:
| Slater,
:
g
0
ö
More 5e.
tent va.
1 21004.
G
t
r Painted
1 r tons,
5
5

CHAP. 23.

them in battle.

auxiliaries to any one, they can rarely
make an army of twenty five thouſand men.

For this reaſon, beſides their natural
cowardiſe, few men are killed in battle;
and if ever a thouſand men happen to be
flain upon the ſpot, they look upon it as a
very extraordinary action. They are for

the moſt part ſo timorous, that as ſoon as

ever they fee a man fall by them, they
betake themſelves to their heels, and make
the beſt of their way home; and it often
happens, that ſcarce an hundred men are
killed, tho* one party has drove the enemy

out of the field, and obtained a complete

victory. 5
The armies are generally headed by their

kings in perſon, attended by their guards,

or, for want of kings, by the generals, who

have their ſubordinate officers. The general

commonly carries a white ſtaff in his hand,
to denote his poſt. The officers under him

Ams and wear caps made of the ſkins of elephants,

or buffaloes, in the nature of helmets, gar-
niſhed with the jawbones of men, killed by
Others adorn them with
red and white ſhells, goats-horns, and idols.
Others again have caps made in the ſhape
of morions, of lions, tygers, or crocodile's

ſkins, covered all over with ears of Indian

wheat, cocks-legs, feathers, monkeys ſkulls,
and other charms. They all carry on their
left arms, ſhields made of ozier, covered
with the ſkins of elephants, oxen or tygers,
and the inſide lined with goats ſkins. In
the right hand they carry a javelin; and at
their fide a very broad ſword, with two
knives ſticking in their girdle, which being

made of the country-cloth, or ſtuff, they
wind abour their waiſt, and between their

legs, fo that a long tail of it hangs out

behind, Others of the officers adorn their

necks with ivory rings, or ſtrings of ſea-

horſes teeth, and each of them 1s attended

by his ſlave, arm'd with a cutlace by his
ſide, and a bow and quiver full of arrows in
his hands, :

The ſoldiers are variouſly equipp'd for

war; ſome of them with muſkets, or fire-
locks and cutlaces by their ſides, and thoſe
are generally in the front of the army ;

others are armed with javelins, bows and

arrows, broad ſwords and knives,or bayonets.

Their bodies are all over ſmear'd with yel-
low, white, red and grey colours, laid on

like flames, or croſſes, very hideous to be-

hold; having about their neck a ring of

lome conſecrated bough, as a charm or
ſpell, which they look upon as a wonder-
ful protection againſt the enemy's weapons.

The ancient Britons, we find in hiſtory,
uſed to paint themſelves with woad, that
they might appear more terrible in fight.

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA.

tho? five or fix nations join themſelves as

tions in North America.

Every one of the ſoldiers has beſides, a ,,,,. ond

ſhield fix foot long, and three foot broad, way

covered with cows, ſheeps, or goats ſkins. marc

Thoſe who live under the European forts,
commonly carry the colours of the nation
under whoſe protection they are; and each
Braffo or Caboceiro leads his hand, more or
leſs numerous, as it happens, to the general
rendevouz of the army, marching without
any order or diſcipline, but after a confuſed
manner, ſinging and howling all the way.

Every man, upon thoſe expeditions, takes Proviſen:

along, with him proviſions for eight or ten
days, being corn, dogs and ſheep's fleſh.
The national great drum, I have ſpoken
of before, conſecrated by their prieſts, 1s
carried by one of the greateſt men after the
king, and with the ſame honour and vene-
ration as was the Oriflamme, or banner of
St. Dennis, in France: and du Tillet, in his
collection of the kings of France, &c. p. 332.
obſerves, that this Oriflamme was highly re-
ſpected among the French, the king cauſing

it to be carried in the army upon the greateſt
warlike expeditions ; and that the office of

the Oriflamme-bearer was ſo honourable,
that in the reign of Charles V. Meſſire Ar-

noul d' Endevehan laid down his office of

marſhal of France, to carry the Oriflamme ;
and all that bore it were to receive the ſa-
crament, and to faſt at the time of their
admiſſion to that office.

The Blacks are totally ignorant of the Noincamp-
manner of incamping; nor have they any ing or bag-
baggage or tents, but all lie in the open air: Le.

neither have they any better rule or method
in fight, but every chief officer has his band
cloſe together in a throng, himſelf being in
the center of it.

When the armies are come in ſight, they Manner of
encourage one another to behave themſelves gt.
manfully, and give the charge with horrid

cries and howling ; attacking the enemy
man to man, or one parcel againſt another,
firſt with theirjavelins, which they dart very

dexterouſly, and then with their bows and
arrows, when every man lifts up his ſhield,
to cover himſelf z whilſt the women, who
are very often ſpectators, add their cries and
howling to the noife of the drums and
trumpets, and the ſhouts of the men. It
often happens, that a commander ſeeing
ſome other of his fellow-officers furioufl
attack*d, and perhaps hard put to it, chuſes
rather to run away, than ſtand his ground,
even before he has ſtruck a ſtroke, or ven-
tured one bruſh ; which example he who is
engag'd will ſoon imitate, if hard preſſed,
unleſs fo entangled with the enemy that he
cannot do it, and fo is obliged to gain the
reputation of being a good ſoldier, 1
The

255

The fame is ſtill done by ſeveral Indian na- Barnor.

296

BaRBOr. The muſketeers do not ſtand upright a-
—YYV ogainſt one another, but run on ſtooping,

Myusketeers

Cruelty of

VICLOYS.

that their enemy's bullets may fly over their
heads. Others creep up cloſe to the enemy,

and let fly among them, and then run back

to their own men, as faſt as their legs can
carry them, to load again, and repeat the
ſame action: ſo that between their ſtooping,
creeping, ſtamping, ſkipping and howling,
their engagements look more like antick
repreſentations, than real battles.

Thus they fight and ſkirmiſh, till one
file or the other is quite routed, when the
victors uſe all thoſe they can come at very
inhumanly, killing even the women and

children, who, as has been ſaid, often follow

the men into the field. If the vanquiſhed
party be any of their irreconcileable enemies,
the conquerors ſeldom or never give them
quarter, or ſhow the leaſt mercy, but com-
monly cut off the heads of the ſlain; and
if any fall into their hands alive, they cut,
or rather tear off their under jaws, and fo
leave them to periſh and ſtarve. A Com-

mend man aſſured me, he had done fo by

twenty three men after a battle; firſt lay-
ing the man down, then cutting his face
from the ears to the mouth, and ſetting
his knees on the ſtomach of the unfortu-
nate wretch, with both hands tore off the

under jaws, leaving him in that miſerable

condition, wallowing in his blood, till he
expired; taking the jaws of them all home

with him, as teſtimonies of his bravery ;_

which gained him extraordinary reputation
among his countrymen, and high applauſe

at their publick feaſts and rejoicings, where

ſome new name was added to his former,
as has been hinted before to have been done
by thole Africans upon ſuch occaſions.

Others are ſo monſtrous cruel and ſavage,
as to rip open the bellies of women, with
their hooked knives, from the womb to
the navel, if big with child, to take out
the infant, and daſh it againſt the mother's
head.

Hatred of The national hatred thoſe Blacks bear to one

nations.

another, is more or leſs, according to times

and accidents. For inſtance, the people of

Comm ndo, who are often at variance with
ſeveral of the countries round about them,

on accidental quarrels, are ſatisfied with
leading them away into ſlavery, without
uſing them ſo unmercifully when they have
the upper hand, as they will the nations of
Ae and Accanez, their irreconcileable ene-
mies, for many years paſt: for in their wars
with thoſe people, their battles are horrid
ſlaughters, and they are ſo far from giving
any quarter on either ſide, that their rage
rather induces them to feaſt on the fleſh of
their dead adverſaries, and carefully to pre-
ſerve the jaws and ſkulls of all they can

come at; with which they adorn their

A Deſcription of the

manſions; or if the number be too conſi-
derable, and they tired with the ſlaughter,

they drive thoſe that remain alive home to

their habitations, beating and reviling them,
and there ſell them for ſlaves to the Euro-
peans, Which many among them think worſe
than the moſt inhuman death.

There are other inſtances of the barbarities z,,,,,
the Blacks are wont to exerciſe over their rite,

conquer'd enemies. When a general has

happen'd to take ſome of the chief of the
enemy, he has wounded them in many places

and ſuck'd their blood at thoſe wounds, and

not ſatisfied with that monſtrous inhumanity,

cauſed ſome to be bound at his feet, and
their bodies to be pierced with hot irons,
gathering the blood that iſſued from
them in a veſſel, one halt of which he
drunk, and offered up the reſt to his deities.

Theſe are certainly inſtances of a very Cr 4
depraved, cruel temper in men; and yet mec

much inferior to what Carcilaſſo de la Vega

Inca relates, after F. Blaſe Valera, in the
eleventh chapter of his hiſtory of the 1ncas
of Peru, of the natives of the country of

the Antis, eaſt of los Charcas, in Chili; who

would cut off the fleſhy parts of the bodies

of their enemies taken in war alive, and

made faſt to poſts, with ſharp ſtones, like

flints z men, women, and children, being
exceſſive greedy of human fleſh : and thus

they would eat it raw, in the ſight of thoſe

miſerable creatures, and ſwallow it down

without ſo much as chewing : the women

rubbing their nipples with the blood, that
their children might ſuck it in with their
milk 3 continuing that bloody execution,
which they calPd a ſacrifice, till the priſoners
expired. If they obſerved the priſoner,
whilſt they tormented him, to thow the
leaſt ſenſe of his pain in his face, or by
any motion of his body, or to groan or
complain, they bruiſed or pounded all his

bones, and ſtrewed them on dunghils, or

in rivers; but if, on the other hand, he

appeared unmoved and fierce in his ſuffer-

ings, then, after eating all his fleſh and en-
trails, they dried the ſinews and bones in
the ſun, plac'd them on the tops of moun-
tains, and there worſhipped them as gods.
That race of inhuman men, the ſame au-
thor adds, came from Mexico, and peopled
the countries about Darien and Panama
whence it ſpread farther, along thoſe vaſt
mountains, which run from Santa Marta,

to the new kingdom of Granada. The

ſaid author, 1n another part of his hiſtory,
calls thoſe monſtrous Canmbals, Chiriguanas.
Several nations of north America are no leſs
barbarous to their enemies, taken in war,
than the ſaid Chiriguanas, or the Jagos, to
the eaſtward of Congo, of whom more in the
ſupplement. The ſame Garcilaſſo de la Vega

| gives

Boox Ill

drums, or the gates or doors of their

CH

Bejoicing
| after vic

tor).

More in.
bumanit

dh.

Car. 23- Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

y1VES an account of no leſs barbarities com-
2 by the laſt Inca, Atabualpa, after

The Blacks of the Gold Coaft commonly Barzor.
keep moſt of their priſoners of war as“

bai
es

el A.
ericans,

his revolt againſt Huaſcor Inca, his brother

by the father's ſide, and dethroned him, as

| Rejoicings
after vic-

10%

| More in-
| humanity.

uſed to do that of his enemies.

may be ſeen in his ninth book, chap. 36,
an 37. . |

To return to Guinea, when the Blacks
have obtained a compleat victory over a
nation that is rich and wealthy, they enter

the country with fire and ſword; and having

plundered all that is worth carrying away,
burns the town and villages, making utter
deſolation whereſoever they come, and
then return home, carrying before them all
the tokens of victory, and particularly the
heads of the enemies ſlain, on the points of
their ſwords or javelins. When arrived at
their towns, they ſolemnize their triumph
with feaſting, and other publick demon-
{trations of joy, for fifteen, or twenty days
ſucceſſively, according to the greatneſs of
the ſucceſs ; expoſing to publick view all

the priſoners they have brought. home, whom

they keep faſt bound, or in irons, till there
is an opportunity to diſpoſe of them : and
for their greater mortification, they muſt

be always preſent at their rejoicings. Every

year after, the anniverſary of the victory
is alſo obſerved on the ſame day it hap-
pened. VP
Another inſtance of the ſavage temper
of theſe Blacks of Adom, beſides what 1
have mentioned above, towards their ene-
mies, I ſhall now give of what 1s done
among themſelves, in the ſame perſon laſt
mentioned, for his inhumanity towards his
enemies of Anta. That monſter, being
told, that one of his wives, without any
ill deſign, had permitted a Black to look

upon her new-faſhion'd coral, without taking

it from her neck, tho? the people of Adom
allow their wives all honeſt liberty of con-
verſation, even with their ſlaves 3 was fo
inraged with that innocent freedom, that
he cauſed both the wife and ſlave to be put
to death, and drank their blood, ol he

no-

ther time, the ſame brute, for ſome ſuch

trivial matter, cauſed the hands of one of
his wives to be cut off, and afterwards,
in deriſion, would bid her look lice in his
head, as is uſual for them to do, the men

lay ing their heads in the women's laps; and

dh

he took much pleaſure at his horrid jeſt.
This may ſerve to evince the bloody temper
of thoſe people. Do

The booty the generality of the com-
mon Blacks is fo fond of, conſiſts of pri-
ſoners, gold ornaments of ſeveral ſorts, co-
ral, and ftrings of beads ; the inland people
being uſually dreſſed in the richeſt manner,
when they go to war : ſome of them being

ſo loaded with ornaments, that they can

{carce ſtir under them,
Vor. V.

ſlaves, unleſs they are ranſomed by them-
ſelyes or friends, at a good rate; and the
greater the perſon taken, the more con-
ſiderable ranſom is expected for him,

and he is carefully guarded till that be
paid. |

If the perſon that occaſioned the war Kings mads
be taken, they will not eaſily admit him ſv. ;

to ranſom, tho? he offer his weight in gold,
but will keep him cloſely confined, that he

may for the future attempt no more to

trouble their country with another war
or elle they fell him away into bondage,
So that here the greateſt king is not free
from ſlavery, in his turn, in caſe he be
made priſoner of war in the rout of his
army; for ſometimes the ranſom demand-

ed for him, is ſo high, that neither him-

felt, nor all his friends together, are capable
of raiſing it, and fo he is left in perpetual
ſervitude, and reduced to work with the
meaneſt of ſlaves. And with ſome others
in thoſe occurrences, their fate has been,
to be cruelly maſſacred by the victorious
enemy, who law no proſpect nor hopes,
that his priſoner was able to pay an exor-
bitant ranſom. =
The wars which happen betwixt two
abſolute kings, commonly laſt many years,
or till one of them is quite ſubdued or
ruined, Their armies lie all the while in
the field, without attempting any thing be-
ſides a few ſkirmiſhes; and each returns
home againſt the rainy weather, without mo-

leſtation on either fide, according as their crafty
prieſts rule them: for without their direc- prieſts.

tions the Blacks are not eaſily prevailed upon
to hazarda battle zthole crafty knaves having
ſuch an influence over the p2ople in gene-
ral, that it lies in their breaſt to adviſe
them to fight, or not to fight, under the
ſpecious pretence, that their gods have, or
have not declared in favour of them; and
if ſome leſs ſcrupulous nation will attempt
it, they threaten it with ill ſucceſs. They
ſeldom adviſe them to fight, till they are
fully convinced, that their army is much
ſuperior and ſtronger than the enemy's,
and their ſoldiery well diſpoſed for action,
but always with a reſerve; fo that if it ſue-
ceds contrary to their expectation, they
never want an excuſe to clear themſelves;
laying the blame on the commanders or ſol-
dirs, as having committed ſome overſight,
ordone ſomething that was not to be done ;
for which reaſon, they ſay, the whole army
is puniſhed, So that let the event prove
how it will, the prieſt is infallibly inno-
cent, and his character always maintains

its ovn reputation and power.

J have already, in another place, men-
tioned how dexterous the Blacks are at

Gggg handling

"ayer

g - —_— — —
5 — 1 _——_— per" —
n — * —— —

255

BAR BOT. handling their fire- arms, as alſo how they

Cannon

A Defeription of the

manage their javelins, ſwords and bows,
as alſo how ridiculous their warlike dreſs
is; and I ſhall not therefore need to repeat
Wo Et 3

As for cannon, they are but of little uſe to

little uſed. them, tho? ſome kings of the coaſt have a

few, as particularly the king of Saboe,
which they bought from ſome European
traders at the coaſt ; but they uſe them in
a ſlovenly manner. This king of Saboe
had his cannon in the field, but never made
uſe of them againſt the enemy for want of
ſkill, fo that they ſerve only to fire, by

way of ſalutes; of which thoſe nations are

extremely fond.

Ein.

W H E N two contending nations are to
treat of peace, the kings on either
ſide agree upon a proper place to treat,
either in perſon or by their officers; and
when the treaty is concluded, they both
ſwear by their deities to maintain it in-
violably, and to live in real friendſhip and

good harmony together; and for a pledge
of their ſincerity, deliver hoſtages to each

other reciprocally: which being done, the
reſt of that day is ſpent in feaſting and
dancing together, and often giving one an-
other freſh repeated affurances of their re-
ſolution to keep the ſaid peace. When that
is over, each king returns to his own home,
with his hoſtages, who being commonly
perſons of conſideration in their native
country, are maintained and ſubſiſted, an-
ſwerable to their character.

Upon adjuſting of differences betwixt

private perſons of note about Mina and
cape Corſo, they uſe frequently to give

each other hoſtages, of their own children
or near relations, for an aſſurance of ſin-
cerity and cordiality to maintain, or per-
form the conditions of their conventions
and contracts. And even the kings give
themſelves up as ſuch pledges, on ſome ex-
traordinary occaſions ; as it happened at
Corſo, in the year ſixteen hundred eighty
one, when the king of Fetu, tho' near
ſixty years of age, and one of the greateſt
monarchs of the Gold Coaſt, delivered him-

ſelf as hoſtage to the Englih agent, in a

place commanded by the cannon of their
caſtle, for eighteen ſlaves, who had fled

from the caſtle, into the town of Corſo ;
where they were protected by the in.
habitants, who would not return them to
the Engliſd upon any terms; which had
obliged the Engliſb agent, to point his guns
at the town to frighten them: but thoſe
Corſo-Blacks, far from complying, came our
about ſeven or eight hundred in a body,
and armed to attack the caſtle, which forced

the Engliſh to fire their cannon in earneſt,
on the ſeditious, killing fifty or fixty of

them; and they on their part, killed ſome

few Engliſh, with ſmall arms. Which tu-

mult being reported to the king of Fer.
he came down with all ſpeed to Corſo, with
twelve of his guards only, and ſtopped un-
der the conſecrated tree, which 1s about

half gun-ſhot from the caſtle, and con-

tinued there eight days, offering up his
devotions to the idols, whom he earneftly

intreated to reveal to him, the place where

the deferted Engl; ſlaves were hid; and
at the ſame time, aſſured the Engliſh agent
he had no hand in the revolt, proteſting
to the Corſo people, as he was ſworn on
his idols, to deliver up at all times and oc-

caſions, to the Exgliſb, all ſuch of their
ſervants or flaves as ſhould deſert from

them, in what part or place ſoever of his

dominions they ſhould ſhelter themſelves,
and did declare folemnly he would not ftir
from that place till the Exgliſ were fatis-

fied in their juſt pretenſions. At laſt the

differences were adjuſted and made up with

the agent, and then he renewed his alli-
ance with the Engliſo, who had ſubfiſted

him during the time of his being under the

conſecrated tree, being dreſſed in a black
velvet coat, 5

Thoſe kings are obliged to ſupport their
authority by force, as has been formerly

obſerved; and therefore the richer they are
in gold and flaves, the more they are ho-

noured and regarded both by their neigh-

bours, and by their own ſubjects; without

which, they could not eaſily have the leaſt

authority over them. They are naturally

tyrannical, and will on trivial pretences of
crimes or miſdemeanours, extort large ſums
from their ſubjects, under a ſeeming colour
of juſtice ; which Drings me to treat now of

the maxims and ways of adminiſtring juſtice,

in civil and criminal affairs among the
Blacks; and this ſhall be the ſubject of the
following chapter.

c HA.

Boo INCA

Common-
bwealths, b

-

whom g0-
verned.

IN Ca AP. 24.

Judges.

Common- ; 3 0
frelthu y der their adminiſtration; but what con-

al cerns the whole common-wealth, as ma-
vVernes.

Coaſts of So urH GUINEA. 299

2 BAR BOr.
C H A P. XXIV. 3 AY
Kingdoms and commun-wealths. Tryals at law. Puniſhments. Suc-

celſion and inheritance in monarehies. Courſe of Juſtice, and puniſh-
ments for crimes in commoun-wealths.

KINGDOM Ss and COMMON-WEALTHS,
T H E government of the Blacks being

very precarious and irregular, by
reaſon of the ſmall authority the Caboceiros
and other magiſtrates have among the peo-
ple, there are frequently very great diſor-
ders among them, and frequent wars with
their neighbours, occaſioned by their ir-
regular management and abſurd cuſtoms.

There is alſo much difference in the ad-

miniſtration between monarchies and com-
mon-wealths. In the former, the kings are
the heads of juſtice, the power and juriſ-
diction being veſted in a ſingle perſon:
that of common-wealths, commonly con-
ſiſts of two parts; as for inſtance, at Axim,
in the body of the Caboceiros or chief
men, and that of the body of Manceroes or
young men, as has been already obſerved.
All publick affairs in general are un-

king war or peace, raiſing taxes and im-
poſitions, or tributes to be paid to foreign
nations, which ſeldom happens, tho' they

appertain to both bodies of Caboceiros and

Manceroes; yet on theſe occaſions, the

latter often have the greateſt ſway in the

management thereof, eſpecially if the for-
mer are not rich and wealthy enough, both
in gold and ſlaves, to over-power and
bring the other to their opinions.
In monarchical governments the kin
appoints ſeveral chief officers to aſſiſt him
in the adminiſtration of juſtice. I cannot
give any account of the ceremonies uſed
in the conſtituting of judges; but they
have a power to appoint inferior officers
under them in every diſtrict, as they think
convenient. | |

The chief juſtices are commonly taken

from among the richeſt and moſt notable

perſons of the country ; ſuch as the Braf-
fos or Caboceiros, and governors of towns

and villages, aſſiſted by the prieſts of thoſe

Places, as ſubſtitutes. Theſe take cogni-

zance of civil and criminal caſes, as they
happen in their reſpectiye provinces; but

are not ſupreme judges, in caſes of great
importance, for then the parties have the

liberty of appealing to the king's own
court: tho? this ſeldom happens, becauſe

tneſe kings, to ſave the trouble of deci-
ding ſuch caſes and differences, have chief

Juſtices there called Ene, whom they uſually
nd to make the circuits; much as it 1s
practiſed in England, at the aſſizes z and

they, with the other judges, decide the
higheſt caſes in the ſeveral diſtricts of the
country. Theſe perſons knowing the
king's mind, and no appeal lying from
them, are ſure to aggravate the crime as
much as poſſible, and very cautious that
their judgment may be conſonant to his
will ; that 1s, that the criminal, if a weal-
thy man, be ſeverely puniſhed in his purſe,
even for trivial crimes, the greateſt ſhare
thereof going into their ſovereign's trea-

ſury.

TRYALS af Law.

] * would be tedious, if not impoſſible, x, lan-

to give an exact account of the many yers.
ways and maxims of their law-fuits, both
in civil and criminal caſes; as alſo to ob-

ſerve the nature of rhe ſentences and de-

terminations, on every individual caſe: I

ſhall confine myſelf to ſome particular in-

ſtances. Every man pleads his own cauſe,
without the aſſiſtance of councel or attorney,
ſuch forts of men being unknown there.

The plaintiff firſt opens his caſe, and then

the defendant ſpeaks for himſelf; and it

is an unalterable rule amongſt them, that

he who pleads is not to be interrupted up-

on any account whilſt he ſpeaks, and in

ſome parts ſuch a tranſgreſſion is puniſhed
with death. Nor do, the judges pronounce
ſentence till they have thoroughly heard the
conteſting parties, one after another, fully
according to the merits of the ſuit ; with
much ſhow of decency and reaſon ; tho“

the crafty juſtices do this only to blind Corrupt
the people, being before reſolved to mo- judęments.
del their judgments according to the king's
intention; which, as I have obſerved, is,

to extort what money they can out of the

meaneſt cauſe, if the parties be rich; with-
out any regard to equity, and impartial

| juſtice. For which reaſon the ſubjects, who

are well acquainted with thoſe tyrannical
maxims of the government they live un-
der, will as much as is poſſible have their
differences made up by amicable compo-
ſitions, betwixt themſelves, or by the me-
diation of their friends. So that it is but
ſeldom they are tried by the chief juſtices.
I have elſewhere obſerved, that the king
of Leta has ordered a yearly general aſſem-
bly of all his ſubjefts, who have any dif-
ferences among themſelves, who are to
meet at Abramboe, a large market-town,
diftant about nine leagues from Cabo Corſo,
under the denomination of the dancing-
ſeaſon.

Barzor.ſeaſon, and laſts eight days, There all the
differences and conteſts betwixt man and
mäan, are definitively decided by that prince,
The king aſſiſted by his Dey, the Braſfo's, and the

hears two Engliſh deputies ſent thither every year

Nutte by the Engliſh agent, as has been ſaid be-
fore.

This king of Fey, being it ſeems ſome-
what leſs tryannical than the others of the
coaſt, that his ſubjects may live amicably
together, after he has compoſed or deter-
mined their differences by a final judg-

ment, cauſes them to feaſt and dance toge-

ther, all the time thoſe general aſſizes do
laſt, every day till very late in the night;
each · ſtudying to make there the greateſt
| ſhew and figure he can, in rich dreſſes, Cc.
They try cauſes upon teſtimonial evi-

dence, and where that is wanting or de-

fective, by oaths of the parties, which con-
ſiſt in drinking a liquor there called En-
(Hic -Benou, compoſed of the ſame ſimples
and ingredients of which the idols are made;
and tho' that compoſition has no manner
of malignity in itſelf, yet they are gene-
rally poſſeſſed with a poſitive opinion,

that whoſoever drinks of it to aver a falſ-

hood or impoſture, expoſes himſelf to ex-
traordinary calamities, tho' perhaps they
never had any viſible inſtance it did ſo.
Thoſe who being accuſed, offer to clear
their innocence by the Enchion-Benoy, or
by the eating of idols, are denied it, if there
appear ſeveral poſitive witneſſes againſt
them ; but if admitted to drink, and are
not hurt by it, they are accounted not
guilty, and their accuſers are condemned
to a fine.
Murder and rebellion, tho* crimes in

themſelves of a heinous nature, are through

the covetous temper of both king and
Juſtices expiated by large heavy mulcts and
fines, rather than by the death of the cri-

minals, if they are rich in gold and ſlaves;

but the murderer of a brother is very ſel-
dom excuſed, by any fine whatever in
ſome nations, as being an unnatural horrid
lin, not to be forgiven.

PUNISHMENTS.

Freeurims: A Perion thus ſentenced to die for ſuch a
for mur. crime, either by the king in council,
der, trea- or by his chief juſticiaries, is delivered vp
ſen, &c. to the pulick executioner, his hands bound
to his back, and thus by him led out in-

to the fields without any aſſiſtants, the law
forbidding it; and being come to the place

of execution, the executioner covers his

_ eyes with a piece of cloth, and bids him

kneel down ; then going back to ſome ſmall

diſtance from the criminal, ſtrikes him
through the back with a javelin : after

which, he cuts off his head with a hook-

knife, which he hangs up on the next tree,

© A. Diſtriptios of the

ſiderable Black,

And if I may credit the Blacks, it is the
cuſtom of ſome nations after ſuch execu-
tions, that the neareſt relations of per-
ſons ſo executed, when the executioner has
thus performed his office, do take down
the head from the tree, boil it at home, and
drink the broth, in abhorrence of ſo heinous

a crime, and in deteſtation of the criminal's

memory; placing his ſkull near to their

idols. The Blacks alſo told me, that a-
mongſt ſome other nations, the wives of the

perſon to be ſo put to death, uſually accom-

pany him to the place of execution, cry.
ing and howling, and when he has been
cut into quarters by the executioner, they
carry his quarters away at a diſtance, each

woman ſtill bitterly lamenting, and caſt

them on dunghils.

Adultery with the chief wife of any con- P.
| is allo very rigorouſly es
puniſhed, as has been already obſerved, At“

Commendo they commonly cut off one ear

of the adulterer, and fine him to pay as

much gold as the woman had for her dowry,
and four goats, or ſheep beſides. If the

adulterer 1s a ſlave, they cut off his privy
parts; and if being a freeman, he has not

wherewithal to pay the fine laid on him, he
is ſold for a ſlave for ever: or if the crimi-
nal has found means to make his efcape be-
fore he has thus anſwered the fine, then
his neareſt relation is obliged to pay it for
him; and in caſe he is not able to do it,
he is baniſhed the country with a white ſtaff
in his hand, and all his goods ſeized and
confiſcated for the king*s uſe, without the
leaſt hopes of ever returning home, unleſs
he becomes able to pay that fine.

In ſome nations, he who has debauched

another man's wife with promiſes of giv-

ing her a. certain quantity of money, and

has not performed it accordingly, is con-
demned to forfeit all his goods to the king's
uſe, and his houſe to be ſet on fire by the
relations of the woman he has ſo debauched;

thereby to remove from their ſight, the
neighbourhood of a perſon, who has dil-
graced their family. 5

The adultereſs is either fined two ounces
of gold to her husband, or elſe divorced, in
caſe the king has ſo determined it.

In other countries the puniſhment for a-
dultery is not corporal, but pecuniary, be-
ing ſix ounces of gold; one third to the
king, one third to his chief officers, and tlie
other third to the husband.

It has happened ſometimes, that women
have accuſed men that had debauched them,
two or three years before; in this caſe, the
perſon ſo informed againſt, pleading not
guilty, the woman takes the drink Eu-
chion-Benou, to convict him thereof.

_ Theft

Book It
and quarters' the body, throwing each part
at a diſtance from the other on the groung,

Cual

I CAP. 24.

Theſt and robbery are all puniſhed by a
gn to the king, according to the value of
he crime, if committed againſt their coun-
try-men; for as to what is ſtolen from Euro-
e005, it is ſeldom puniſhed.

" Adalcerated gold, offered in payment of
Jebrs or traffick amongſt them, is alſo li-

able to a fine, but unpuniſhable when of-

red to I) ite men. |
Affairs purely civil, are generally tried
by the common ordinary juſtices of the
place or diſtrict; and it the contending
parties have fully fubmitted the deciſion
thereof to them, they cannot appeal to the
ſovercign's juſticiarics. -:
At teveral places on the coaſt, ſmall
ibs are recovered after a very unjuſt man-
ner there a villainous creditor inſtead of
alking his money of his debtor, and fum-
monmg him before the judges, in caſe of
dental, ſeizes the firlt thing he can meer
with, though fix times the value of his
Cebt, without any regard who is the pro-
Privtor 4 who when he comes to aſk for it,
1 told that he muſt go to ſuch a perſon
who ig his debtor, and mult pay him for
i: : and this no body can hinder; fo he
goes immediately to atk the other for mone'

bor his goods. This courſe is generally

taken for recovery of {mall debts, as I have

fad; but however, the debtor is ſometimes

obliged at this rate to pay lix or ten times
rhe value of his debt; if the ſecond man
's 25 ugreaſonable as the firſt, and yet it
is not to be oppoſed, if the creditor be
more potent than he, and is upheld in it
Perhaps by the king, or ſome other great
ones of the country. And this happens
CVETY day, whereby many men do much

rien themictves with the name of juſtice.

Again, another way to extort from the
Proble, is, that ſome inſolvent debtor will
Soto a perſon, and tell him he has received
lach damage by his fon, nephew, ſlave, or
JOme body elſe depending on him, for which
16 comes to alk ſatis faction, cheatning that
tle he will murder or ſorely wound him
or Bi ot tome other at his coſt ; and if
te villain is bold enough to put it in exe-
dation, the other muſt ſuffer as if he had
GONE it.

in criminal caſes, the accuſer gives his

formation to the juſtice of the town or

villize againſt che criminal, and he im—
möcliately cauſes the drum to beat all a-
Pour the town; the drummer, who is a
ive, being accompanied by two little
DOYS, CaCO having in lis. hand an iron
bell, on which they beat with ſticks. Then
fic juſtre comes to the publick market-
lice, where the beſt part of the inhabi-

rants of eicher ſex are alrcady allembled

p03 the boat of the drum; the chief peo—
Pho, or nobles alſo repairing thither well
or, V. | |

Coaſts of Sour H- GUINEA. a 301

armed. There the publick cryer, or Jie-BARBOr.

Tie of the town, proclaims the criminal, WWW
who is often, without ſuſpeCting it, of tage
number of the ſpectators, and preſently

ſeized and ſent in cuſtody to the Caboceiroe's

houſe : if the crime he 1s charged with be

very great, they bind him hands and feet,

till his tryal be over; but if it be only

for a ſlight offence, he is commonly given

in cuſtody to the executioner of the town,

who is bound to produce him whenſoever

it ſhall be required. Sometimes, for trivial
faults, they will try a man upon the

ſpot 3 and if he cannot clear himſelf, he

is fined.

| In crimes of a high nature, if the pri- aurgerer;
ſoner be ſentenced to death, and is wealthy redeemed.
enough to pay a large ſum of money, he

is diſcharged by the king, with a ſpecial
command to any perſon whatever, even the
widows and children, not to upbraid him

nor his family and relations with the crime;

and the only ſatisfaction the family of the

dead perſon has, is ſome part of the mone

the criminal has paid to redeem his life.
But if he is not able to pay it, they either
order him to be executed according to the
ſentence, or to be ſold for a ſlave, accor-

ding to the king's pleaſure,

Such as are thus fold by order of juſtice
to be ſlaves for ever in foreign countries,
forfeit the privilege of ever returning to
their native ſoil. 5

Beſides what has been ſaid relating to Dyels.
the power of judges, there is a peculiar
cuſtom, that if the Ene or chief juſtice pleaſe
to conſent, tho? it be in civil diſputes or
conteſts, they may be decided by duel,
and then each party chuſes a ſecond or two,
who all meet at the place appointed ; where
each antagoniſt, with his aſſiſtants, attacks
his man with his javelin, and thus they
fight till one of the principals is killed,
when the ſeconds ceaſe. But thoſe of the
party that has been ſlain, require the others
to deliver them the murderer of their friend,
that he may be tried for the murder accor-
ding to their laws, which the others cannot
refuſe to do; or if he has made his eſcape,

running away as ſoon as he had ſlain his ad-

verſary, his ſeconds muſt run too, that they
may apprehend and deliver him up to juſtice,
and no perſon whatſoever may conceal him
in his houſe, tho? it be in another diſtrict or

juriſdiction, or even a foreign country, un-
leſs they would embroil themſelves in a

bloody expenſive war.

The man thus apprehended, is delivered
up to the chief wife of the perſon he has
killed in the duel, it being her right either
to ſell or to keep him as her own ſlave. But
this happening very ſeldom, and this ſort of
murder not being look*d upon as malicious,
the man has the liberty of redeeming him-

Hhhh fſelf

302

A Deſcription of the

Baror. ſelf for money, if he be very rich; for it
vill commonly coſt him twenty Bendos of

Price of
murder.

Children
do not in-
Herit.

gold, which is about a hundred and fifty

pounds ſterling; and amongſt the Accaneez,

if the parties concerned be men of great
note, the murderer will ſcarce come off un-
der a hundred and ſeventy marks of gold,
which is upward of five thouſand pounds
ſterling : for which reaſon, very few will
ever proceed fo far in their quarrels, as to
determine them by duel; for tho? they
are authorized by the Ene, or chief juſtice,
yet if one party 1s killed, the other 1s ſure
to ſuffer for it ſeverely, tho? it ſeems to im-
ply a contradiction in itſelf : but what can
be expected from men of ſo looſe and de-
praved minds and principles, beſides contra-
dictions and abſurdities?

Success oN and INHERITANCE.

Have before taken notice that the neareſt

relation inherits, to the excluſion of a man's
own wives and children. The beſt reaſon
the B acts give for ſuch a conſtitution, is,
that the dividing of eſtates or goods among
ſo many perſons as generally compoſe their
families, ſo many wives and children, would

occaſion endleſs diſputes and quarrels a-

mongſt them; or this, that children rely-
ing too much on their father's wealth, would
live lazily, without any inclination to em-

ploy themſelves in ſome buſineſs, to avoid

lewdneſs, wantonneſs, and debauchery.
Whereas being now ſenſible from their ten-
der youth, that they have nothing to expect

from their father, but a bare maintenance

during his life, they are much the rea-
dier to betake themſelves early to learn

ſome profeſſion, by which they may main-
tain themſelves handſomely, when their fa-
ther is no more; and even to maintain their

father's family after his death, as many do;

which is very commendable in ſo brutiſh a
people, as they generally are.

Thus far concerning the adminiſtration
of juſtice in monarchical governments.

What now is to follow, is a ſketch of the

Recovery

of debts.

republican on the ſame head ; and ſeeing
that of Axim ſeems to be one of the leaſt
confuſed and perplexed, tho” difficult to un-
derſtand ; I ſhall next mention ſome parti-
cular paſſages or inſtances of it, which will
in ſome meaſure ſhow what is practiſed in
other common-wealths of the coaſt, as
differing only in ſome particulars, and not
in the main,

JusTICE in COMMON-WEALTHS.

T HERE, when one perſon claims a
debt of another, and is forced to have
recourſe to juſtice for ſatisfaction; the beſt
means to procure it, is to make a preſent
to the Caboceiroes, either in gold or brandy,
this laſt being a very acceptable liquor, and

thus
deliver till he receive full ſatisfaction, and

to ſtate his caſe to them, deſiring they will
diſpatch the buſineſs as ſoon as poſſible, If
the Caboceiroes are reſolved to favour him, à
full council is ſummoned immediately, or
at fartheſt in two or three days after, 1;
it 1s judged convenient. Then after mature
deliberation among themſelves, they give
judgment in his favour, tho* ſometimes un.
juſt, but only in regard of the rich preſent
given them.

But if in the cauſe aforeſaid, the defen.
dant has bribed the judges with a richer
preſent than the plaintiff had given them;

let his caſe be never fo juſt, they will caſt

him; or if his right be ſo apparent, that
there is ſcandal in a too partial ſentence,
they will delay and keep off the tryal, obli.
ging the plaintiff, after long and vain ſolli-
Citations, to wait in hopes of finding more
impartial judges thereafter ; which perhaps
will not happen in his life-time, and fo the
fuit falls to his heirs, who whenever an
opportunity offers, tho? thirty years after,
will make uſe of it, to procure ſatisfaction
tor the debt: and yer one would be apt to
think it were impoſſible they ſhould re-
member fo long, conſidering they can nej-

ther write nor read.
It happens ſometimes that the plaintiff, Fr
or perhaps the defendant, finding the cauſe

given againſt him, contrary to equity, is too
impatient to wait for an opportunity of ha-
ving juſtice done him; and lays hold of the
firſt that offers to ſeize ſuch a quantity of
gold or goods, as 1s ſufficient to repair his
damage, not only from his debtor, but of
the firſt that falls in his way, if he lives in
the ſame town or village: and what he has
oſſeſſed himſelf of, he will not re-

is at peace with his adverſary, or obliged to

it by force. If he be ſtrong enough to de-

fend himſelf and his feizure, he is ſure to
Keep it, and thereby engage a third perſon
in the ſuit, who has recourſe to the perlon

on whoſe account he has ſuffered that da-

mage : ſo that hence proceed frequent mur-
ders, and ſometimes wars.

If the cauſe is brought before the Dutch Ty" i
factor at S!. Anthony's fort, the ſuit is ami-/9
cably ended by adjudging it againſt him, fats,

whom the evidences prove to be in thewrong,
and who is found not to have a ſufficient
plea to offer in his defence to clear himſelf
of it. But if, on the contrary, he can clear
himſelf by witneſſes, he is diſcharged; and

if neither of the parties have any evidence,
the defendant clearing himſelf upon oath, 1s
diſcharg'd: which if he cannot do, he is
liable to have judgment paſs againſt him, to

pay what is charged on him, provided the
plaintiff have given in his charge upon oath,

which he is always obliged to do.
The

FeProvery
of detti,

Book ITY Cn

oaths of
the par ties

Fines for
murder.

for mur.

| dering 4
| fave,

IN Car: 24-

910
ey

ö
94.

at 056
the
tch
tor,

naths of

the parties. there {
plaintiff prove his demands by one or two

Fines for
murder.

For Muy
| dering a
| ſave,

before that of accuſation ; for if the

witneſſes, the defendant is notallowed to take
the oath, which frequently occaſions ſome
very ill accidents, perjury being ſo com-
mon amongſt theſe Guineaus; and the per-
ſon thus injured will ſcek all opportunities
of revenge. All that has been above ſaid
of unjuſt tryals, is to be underſtood of the
inland countries, and ſeldom or never hap-
pens about the coaſt, where all ſuits ariſing
among, people that live under or near the
Dutch forts are decided for ever, by the ſen-
tence of the factor, and of the Caboceiroes
jointly 3 their judgment admitting no appeal
but to the director general, in cafe the in-
ferior judges have been miſinformed, which

ſcarce happens; and ſo the parties pay the

fines they are condemn'd in, with all willing-
neſs. And thus a ſuit is begun and ended
without the aſſiſtance of councel or lawyer
in a ſhort time, and perhaps with as much
juſtice; for the cauſes here are ſeldom diffi-
cult or puzzling, and plaintiffs, defendants,

and judges, are equally ſimple people up-

on a level. |

oo PUNISHMENTS for CRIMES.
T HE uſual penalties for murder, I have
obſerved before to be death or a pecu-
niary mulct; which is alſo of two ſorts with
reſpect to the free, and thoſe that are ſlaves.
It is very rare that any perſon is executed
for murder, if he is wealthy himſelf, or has
any rich friends to pay the fine for him.
The fine for the murder of a free-born
man at Axim, if the crime is to be atoned
that way, 1s one hundred and twenty five
pounds {terling, but ſeldom ever paid to
the full, the murderer commonly getting

ſome abatement, according as the relations

of the murdered perſon ſtand affected; it

being at their difcretion to moderate it as

they pleaſe. Bur if the perſon that was mur-

dered be of confideration and dignity, the

line is proportionably ten times that ſum ;
lor were it not ſo, there are too many
Blacks that would willingly give five hun-
dred crowns to remove a chief man out
of the way ; and therefore the judges ap-
point the fine proportionable to the quality
of the perſon. 5
For the murder of a ſlave the fine is but
thirty crowns; and if the murderer ſtands
hard, he obtains an abatement of the
maſter, who is the injured perſon, and who
gets above twenty two crowns, being com-
monly a chain or ſtring of gold of that
value. If the murderer cannot pay the
fine, he is to expiate his crime with his

own blood, and is executed in a miſerable -

and cruel manner. For they do in ſome mea-
lure Kill him a thouſand times, by cutting,

*

Coaſts of So rH- GUINEA.

The oath of purgation is always preferred hacking, pricking, or running him through BAR BOT.

the body, and ſhooting him, or whatever WWW

elſe they can invent to torture him; unleſs
the Dutch factor ſends for him out of their
hands, and orders him to be beheaded.

Thievery or robbery is commonly pu- For theft

niſhed by the reſtitution of the goods ſtolen,
and paying a fine, proportionable to the
value of what was ſtolen, according to the
place where, and the perſon by whom the
tact was committed : for example, one is
fined twenty crowns beſides what he has
ſtolen, and another for an equal robbery
committed, ſhall be fined one hundred or
more, without the leaft injuſtice, according
to their ancient municipal cuſtoms : for the
Blucks do not think it any wrong to have
ſuch regard to perſons; but particularly
to handle the richeſt ſort more ſeverely
than the poor on two accounts: firſt, the
rich are not urged to it by neceſſity; and

ſecondly, they can better ſpare the money.

For no man there is fined above his ability,
unleſs by accumulating of crimes he draws

on himſelf an accumulation of fines, which

he his not able to pay, and is therefore ſold
for a ſlave, as was practiſed by the ancient
Fes, in the former ages of the world. And
in Great Tariary, the thief redeems his lite,
by paying nine times the value of what
he has ſtolen. For this reaſon, a judicious
man there, tho* very rich, will always
pretend poverty, leſt he or ſome of his
relations, ſooner or later, falling into the

hands of the judges, ſhould be too hardly

uſed on that account.

_ Kidnapping, or ſtealing of human crea-
tures, 15 puniſhed with great ſeverity, even
with death, on ſome occaſions. As they
alſo ſeverely puniſh the ſtealers of cattle,

ſheep, hogs, dogs, c. Where the Blacks

are not ſubject to be tried by the Europeans,
they will ſometimes rather put a man to
death for ſtealing a ſheep, than killing a man.
Whereas in thoſe parts where Europeans

have the authority in their hands, as at

Axim, Mina, and Meuree, theft is puniſhed
by a proper mulct, I have before, in the
particular deſcription of the Dutch fort at
Axim, given a ſketch of the Dutch factor's
prerogatives and juriſdiction over that coun-
try, and that of Ancober, which has been
long ſubject to Axim; and how he ma-
nages it, in concert with the Caboceiroes:and
likewiſe ſpoken of the nature and extent of
fines on ſeveral cauſes, and how the ſame
are divided amongſt himſelf and the judges;
to which I refer.

Beſides the above-deſcribed diſtribution Cour: of
of juſtice, they have an odd fort, which isſeung men.

under the direction of the Manceroes, or
native young men; who have erected a judi-

cial body, or ſociety, of themſelves, in

There

each village of any conſideration.
they

304

BarBorT. they pretend to judge all trivial crimes, that
Ware brought before them, and of ſuch the

generality of the Blacks is very often guilty 3
as curling, beating, or reviling one another,
Sc. To theſe tribunals the perſon who thinks
himſelf injured applies, and makes known
his caſe, viz. ſuch a man has injured me in

this or that manner, I ſell or ſurrender him
to you, puniſh him accordingly. Upon
which the Manceroes forthwith take that

perſon into cuſtody, and after a very flight
enquiry into his crime, lay a fine of ſome
money upon him; which if he appear not
willing to pay, they, without any more to

CH A

A Deſcription of the

do, go to the market, and take up as many
goods, on his account, as the fine comes to;
which the poor wretch mult pay, and that
money, as ſoon as received, thoſe young
judges ſpend in palm-wine and brandy, _
The pretended crimes which thoſe young
men uſually fine, are ſo various and ridicu-
lous, that it is not worth while to particu
lariſe them: and if theſe have nothing to do
the whole day, that can procure them money
to drink, they ſpend their time in contriving

to bring in ſome body, on one pretence or

other, that will ſupply them with it.

p. XXV.

Of the religion of the Blacks. They have a notion of one God. Dread of
the devil. Portugueſe miſſion. Conceit of thunder. Opinions of the cre-

ation. Future ſtate. Manner of worſhip. Deities or idols.
idolatry of other nations. Idols made by the prieſts. Nature and uſe of

Parallel

idols. Moſt ſolemn obligatory oath. Conſulting of idols. Begging ſuc-
ceſs of idols. Worſhip in groves, with drums, &c. Prieſts of the Blacks.
Baniſhing of the devil. Computation of time. Of idolatry in general.

Variety of J Shall, in the next place, treat of the re-

worſhip. |

ligion of the people of Guinea. It would
require a particular volume to mention the
numerous and different ſorts of opinions and
ſuperſtitions there are among them, there
being ſcarce a town or village, nor even a
private family, but what varies from the
reſt in that point; however, for the ſatiſ-
faction of the curious, I will give an ac-
count of ſuch notions and practices as are
moſt generally received among them, tho?

perhaps I may to ſome ſeem tedious, there

being ſo great a diverſity among them in
this affair; their divinity being ſo erroneous,
abſurd and monſtrous : for, like the Indians
in Virginia, they worſhip and adore all
ſorts of things and objects, which they think
may do them harm, as fire, water, thun-
der, great and ſmall guns, horſes, and
many other things, but more peculiarly the
devil. The fame honour they pay to all that

may be any way beneficial to them, and

when aſk'd, whence they had fo many ri-
diculous opinions in point of religion, they
anſwer, like the people of Fapan, that
they received them by tradition, and follow
what was taught them by their forefathers,
and are not to believe or practiſe any thing
but what they received from them.

Nor io of Ont Gop.

MOST of the Blacks have a confuſed

indigeſtednotion of one ſupreme being,
which created the univerſe, and rules it ac-
cording to his will ; but this opinion ha-
ving, 1n all likelihood, been inculcated by
the Europeans living on the coaſt, and ſo
perhaps convey*d to others at a diſtance,

in proceſs of time, it has hitherto had no
great effect upon them; all or molt of them
entertaining extravagant notions of the deity,

and very many fancying there are two Gods.
The chief of thoſe two they ſay 1s white, Gd »,
by them called Bun, or Fangoeman, that bad teit..
is, good man; who is more peculiarly the

God of the Europeans, and ſupplies them
with all good things. The other, they con-
ceit is black, whom, from the Portugne/e
language, they call Demonio, or Diabro,
being a wicked, miſchievous ſpirit, who par-
ticularly infeſts and plagues them; being of

his nature cruel and implacable, giving them
none of thoſe good things the other allows

us fo bountifully, but only a little gold, corn,

palm-wine and chickens, which they have al-

moſt in ſpight of him, as being purchaſed by
their labour and induſtry ; and that for the

cattle, and other eatable beaſts they now have,

they are beholden to the Portugueſe, who
firſt carried them into their country : That
it is the earth which furniſhes them with
corn and gold, the ſea with all ſorts of
fiſh ; and that they may thank the God ot
the Whites for the rain, which fertilizes the
land, and makes corn, gold and iron.

Plato, ſpeaking of the number of

of inferior gods, among which ſome are

viſible, and called the celeſtial bodies. Then
coming to the demons, he expreſſes himſelf

thus : Next are the demons, yet lower than
the former ; being of an airy nature, inthe
third middle region of the air, placed there
to be the interpreters of the gods, which

demons we ought to honour, becauſe they

officiate as interceſſors in our affairs.
| FRED DREAD

Book Ill

The devil

beats and {
ears to
thi Blacks. r

— — — — — „ — — — got

bragon
Levi!

]
t
1
(
Devil wor-

ſidded at
(atcut. |

a 2 1 nr Coe OO ge” PF EASIEAT Y _—_ a _— ak

gods, Plato;
owns one only true, good, bountiful and 2 1
ſupreme deity; but acknowledges a number?“

and
iti,

to Mi
nt of

CHAP. 25.

i JIARAD; Of -20e. DEVIL;

HE Blacks very much dread the devil,
previ T and quake at his very name, attribu-
ting to him all their misfortunes and diſ-
appointments, and believing that their other
particular deities are ſometimes over-ruled
by him. | 3

Many look upon it as an invention of
3 travellers, when told, that the Blacks affirm
tears te they are often beaten by the devil: I ſhall
lle Backs. not argue about the fact, but it is certain,
that in ſeveral places they have been often
heard to cry and how! in the night, and
ſome ſeen running out of their huts in a
ſweat, ſhivering and weeping ; and ſome
Blacks at Acra aſſured me, not only that
the devil often beat, but that he alſo ſome-

times appeared to them in the ſhape of a

black dog; and that at other times he
ſpoke to them, and yet they could not ſee
him.
mon The Patagons of ſouth America, ſay there
Lil, is a great horned devil, who, when any of
| them dies, is {een attended by ten or twelve
| ſmaller devils, dancing merrily about the
corps. 8
peil vor- The people of Calicut, on the Malabar
intel at coaſt, in the Eaſt-Indies, tho' they believe
(acut. jn one God, yet at the ſame time they
worſhip the devil; erect ſtatues, and
offer incenſe and ſacrifice to him, as if he
were a deity, believing him to be the ſu—
preme judge of human affairs, and placed
by God on earth for that end. They call

in his chapel, ſeated on a chair of metal,
with a triple crown on his head, having
alſo four horns, and four teeth, his mouth
very large, and gaping wide, as are his

and the feet like a cock, all which together
makes a hideous frightful figure. The cha-
pel is alſo adorned all about with many
pictures, repreſenting ſmaller demons, of the
like form, and it is ſerved by ſome Brach-
mans, who are to waſh that figure of the
devil with ſweet waters, and often to in-
cenſe it with a cenſer, after which they
ring a little bell, then proſtrate themſelves
before him, and offer ſacrifice. The king
never dines till four of his prieſts have of-
| fered the devil the meat that is dreſſed for
him. There is alſo a magnificent temple
built in honour of the devil, in the midſt
of a lake, after the antique form, with
double ranges of columns, like that of

ſ

high altar of ſtone. Thither all the nobility,
gentry and priefts, from all the country,
within twenty five days journey round about,
repair, with an infinite multitude of meaner
People, on the twenty fifth of December,
our Chriſt mas day, to be cleanſed from

their ſins; and there the Brachmans or prieſts
Yor, V.

Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA.

him Deumo, and the king has his effigies

noſe and ears; the hands like a monkey,

St. John at Rome; and in it a very large

305

anoint the heads of them all with a certain BAR RO r.

oil: and thus anointed, every one goes and WWW

proſtrates himſelf before that frightful fi-

gure of Satan ; and after adoring it with

much fervour, every one returns home,

This devotion holds for three days ſucceſ-

ſively ; all murderers, other malefactors,

and baniſhed perſons, are there pardoned :

ſo that at ſome times above a hundred thou-

ſand ſouls. have been there together, for the

country is of a very great extent and popu-

lous. Hiſtory of Prodigies, Lib. I. p. 5.
Whether this opinion of the Blacks being Baniſhing

beaten and haunted by evil ſpirits, as they he devil.

report, is real or not, will ſufficiently ap-

pear, when I come hereafter to ſpeak of
their annual cuſtom of baniſhing him out

of all their towns, with abundance of cere-
monies, as at Axim, Anta, and ſeveral other
parts of the coaſt : which is far from praying

and making offerings to him, as ſome au-
thors relate; ſaying, they never eat or drink
without throwing ſome part on the ground
tor the devil, which is a groſs miſtake ; that
meat or drink ſo thrown on the ground
being for their peculiar deities, or for ſome
friends deceaſed, as I have obſerved elſe-
Where 15

From this dread and terror of the devil Appari-

proceeds their poſitive belief, of the ap- Len.
pearing of ghoſts and ſpirits, which they
fancy ſo frequently diſturb and ſcare people
among them. They are ſo full of this opi-
nion, that when any one dies, eſpecially
ſome conſiderable perſon, they perplex one

another with frightful ſtories of his appear- :

ing ſeveral nights near his late dwelling.

It a king of theirs happens to be killed Idle con-
in the wars with any European nation at the ceits.
coaſt, and an European general, or chief
factor dies a natural death ſoon after, the
believe and ſay, that king has call'd him,

ſince he had no opportunity to be reveng'd
whilſt living. | rg,

Miss lions.
T HE Portugueſe formerly, and as long

as they were maſters of the Gold Coaſt,
were careful to keep a conſtant miſſion in

this and ſeveral other parts of Guinea, in

order to convert the Blacks to the Roman
Catholick religion, but with very little ſuc-
ceſs; nor did the French Capucine miſſoners,
ſent thither in the year 1635, ſpeed better,
Thoſe French miſſioners were ſet aſhore at
Deny, and at firſt made ſome progreſs among
the people; who treated them very courte-
ouſly, and ſeemed to have ſome reliſh of
chriſtianity 3 but ſoon after, they ſcoffed at
them, and their doctrine. Three of thoſe
Capucines dying there thro? the unwholeſome-
neſs of the climate, the other two, who till
held out againſt that intemperate air, with-
I i ii drew

2 —— ——

—
—

*

>

d

K
> * 2

bid _ 4.
*

1
* *

*

+ =

4

5 a
129%

14
F
1

* 3
3 ils %
| |
sf
7 6
*
7 4
1610
UL
18
| Pi ;
= 1
. 7 n 1 1
wh i \
45 \
4
" 1 + +
NW
n j
+4 p o
5 1.
F ne. 1
. * 44m
;
: 1

"yy
11 Þ o

* "HY + *

5 |

\ a.

5

Y 0

„

'w*
4 FW
La Þ
3
N. |

I 1
— þ

} m 1
3 ''
109.5 9 -
9 '\c
7 * "i 1

0

1

*
19 5
" \

' He

1

pig |
5 1
Hef
4 13
, *
. 3. ,

U 9

i 4
26 o +

bl 29
7 .

* „ 1

Ne 0

"2
„

1

1

* 44'

p [
N b N

* l
VE 14
4 .

» 2.

3

1
* „
5:0
3 'Y
* J
Wee
3 7
. 7

45
1
1 *
7

i to]

*
oth:

6 f
14 q
v -%::

= We PP
9 cj
b by

1 # :

ql 3189
55 I
[3
ry Ta
1
L. ..
? +34
"= Er F

1a
: 1
: *
Ma
1 2A
- "
4 17
17 1
1
N
'
en
F 7
f. Ho
179 .
1 &

„
"i
27

N. +
*

h .
1 2
1 K
1137
1 1

19
n
1
1 18
Wi
[4 1

1 4
19
A

*

4 S.
* *

J : Ol
1 2
0 :

1; nh
oy; U
G4 '!; 9
i
1
{ ny
y 7;
"GIL
. vl

Wi.
AJ
» 4 * H
* 17 , -

E of WY
by kl! "248
1 C26
J. it
| '
1 f
2 - RR
%%
"+.
q fa ji;
j l
o li p
q ! l
D
„.
\ WD 3
j 1
17

i i

8

=

n

. n

of * \ *

- *
N 4

| *
nnr
1 S
IF | ba

2 *

+
1 .
; 1
1 re:

—
7
_y

1 * bh
' =
+ 1 &
. N o
Way \ -

7 _
4
3 i

1
| thy ?

7

; an 1

"S180

3 j

4

» =

, "_
7
1 N
/ pF. |!

”

>

7 5
. U
2 4

1 *
; j

:*

L 4

.
ed 3 *

J CY 4;
FF *.
„
* a, _
a 1
n 14

N :

U 4

= =y

*

'1
e'l
6 *
C $ I
. 7 *
£ * * f
1 >
i .
& .
7
=
i .

T

7 =
4 "

*

| i Tr

F

"ALL.
yY. =

þ x
PY i=
k w 4

"o' 204 1
8M
pl * 0 5
Fs ry
,
* {
42 B30
dQ 1
8 * 6
, n 'l
1 .
1 :
: =
- IE ih
a”
4
4 5
240
L i ——

5 }
. 6
i
4 *

n
1 5
0 PE
1 *
1
N «55,
{ "
0 8 2
7. 1
* bu
1
Ss 7
SL

*

} o *

*

„

_ {
3 ==
1. 1
Fl 3
.
141
nh

=O
| :

U

Y f
*

,

1

114

j . J,

14
18
ki v7)
L9H

* Ul
[.?
|

306
BA RBO r. drew to the Portugueſe near Axim, being no
WYV longer able to bear with the inſulting be-
1 haviour of the Blacks, and their deriding the
chriſtian religion. In ſhort, whatſoever we
can urge to the Blacks in general, concern-
ing the chriſtian divinity, viz. That what
Fruitleſs may be known of God is manifeſt in them, God
85 ſddiums. ſaing ſhowed it unto them, from the creation
of the world, by the things that are made,
even his eternal power and godhead ; to uſe
the words of St. Paul, Rom. i. 20. they at
firſt ſeem to give car to and believe; but
as ſoon as our backs are turn'd, they forget
all that was told them : or if ſome, who
have better memories, do happen to retain
it, they ſeldom fail, upon the ſlighteſt oc-
caſion, to ridicule it in their frolicks, even
thoſe who are ſervants to the Europeans on
the coaſt, ſome of whom J have ſeen ſo far
inſtructed in the chriſtian religion, as to an-
ſwer very pertly to our catechiſm, and to

ſpeak pertinently of the creation; the fall

of Adam; Noah's flood; of Moſes, and of
JEsus CHRIST ; and yet would no more for-
jake their idolatrous worſhip, than the groſſeſt
and moſt ignorant of their countrymen;
or if any do, the number 1s very inconſi-
dcrable.

NoT1on of ThuxpER.

That God
has wives.

HEN it thunders, they ſay, it 1s the
noiſe of the trumpets, or blowing-horns
of 7an-Goeman, ſo they call God; who, with
reverence be it ſpoken, is diverting himſelf
with his wives: and therefore when it thun-
ders much, or tho? there be only flaſhes of
lightning, they preſently run under covert,
if poſſible ; believing, that, if they did not
ſo, God would ſtrike them with his thun-
derbolts, becauſe they are none of his people,
they being black, and he white. When any
happen to be killed by lightning, as it does
ſometimes, where dreadful thunder is ſo fre-
quent at ſome times of the year, as has
been obſerved ; they attribute it to that
cauſe, and are much amazed to ſee the Eu-
. ropeans ſo unconcerned at thunder. What
[ have faid is confirmed by what we read in
the hiſtory of Spain, that about rhe year
1480, the Spaniards trading at the coaſt,
found thoſe Blacks extremely covetous, and
fond of a fort of ſea-ſhells, giving any thing
they had for them, as believing they had a
peculiar virtue againſt thunder; whereupon
ſo many of thoſe ſhells were carried out of

Spain, that at laſt they were ſcarce to be

had there for money. p. 1202. lib. 22.

Tho? it is reported of the Braſilians, that
they adore no gods or idols, nor have an
ſenſe of religion, yet ſome of them believe
there is a God, and ſay it is he that make
the great noiſe of thunder.

A Deſcription of the

Book ll
___ Oe1n1ons of e CREATION.
1 make no offerings to God, nor x,.
call upon him in a time of need; but,
upon all occaſions apply themſelves to
their idols, or peculiar deities, and pray to
them in all their difficulties and under.
takings. 9
They have different opinions as to the cre- v,
ation, many of them believing, that man was ha .
made by Ananſie, that is, a great ſpider of
a monſtrous ſize, as has been before deſcrib'd ;
which is no more abſurd, than what is re-
ported of the Canada Indians in New France,
who ſay, that the world having been loſt
in the waters, was retrieved by one Meſſou.
Others again attribute the creation of ga
man to God, but aſſert, that in the begin- Tea
ning God created Black, as well as White
men; ſo to make out their race as ancient
as ours, and for their own farther honour
they add, that when God had created thoſe
two ſorts of men, he offered them two fe.
veral gifts, viz. gold, and the knowledge
of arts and lerters, giving the Blacks the
firſt choice, who took the gold, and leſt
learning to the Whites. God granted their
requeſt, but being offended at their avarice,
reſolved that the Z/h1ites ſhould for ever be
their maſters, and they obliged to wait on
them as their ſlaves. —
Some few affirm, that man at his fiſt
creation, was not ſhaped as he is at preſent ;
but that thoſe parts which make the dif-
tinction of ſexes, in men and women, were
placed more in view, for the conveniency
of copulation: and when the world was wel!
peopled, the deity, for modeſty fake, re-
duced them to what they now are.
To conclude, others think that the firſ:
men came out of dens and caves, like that
which 1s at preſent in a great rock, next
the ſea, near the Dutch fort at Acra : but to
mention all their various notions concerning
the creation of the moon and ſtars, would
be tedious ; ſome fancying, as has been by
others among us, that the moon is inhabited,
and they pretend to have ſeen a man in her,
beating a drum, with many more abſurdi-
ties. .
Miſſon reflecting on the religious worſhip g
of the Blacks of Madagaſcar, and other parts
about the cape of Good Hope, after taking
notice that they adore one only God,
creator of all things; adds, they have allo
a particular veneration for the ſun and moon,
his chief miniſters, whoſe buſineſs it is to
give life to the earth and all creatures 0n
it. Thoſe people, ſays he, have neither
idols nor ceremonies, nor any viſible out-
ward fort of worſhip, and admit of no
law but that of nature. If they feaſt and
dance at the appearance of every new moon,

it is not to pay any veneration to her, but to

CHAT

pris worſe |
than a
theiſts,

— yy 5_-- — — —

— Aw — 4A — A.

Arious
TAP

CHAP. 25.
rejoice for the return and benefit of her

oe light. In a word, they are true deiſts:
Wo Whereupon, ſays he, I cannot, by the by,
bil. forbear declaring, contrary to the common
received opinion, that no real diſtinction

can be made betwixt ſuch people and thoſe

that are generally calPd atheiſts, the uſcleſs

god of the deiſts, being no god: and in this

J they are leſs orthodox than the devils them-
; ſelves, who have a more uſt idea of the
- divinity. Beſides, to ſay, that one adores
God, without loving or fearing him, with-
out aſking or expecting any thing from him,
nor having any regard for him, is moſt pro-
perly to be without a God; and to be
without a God, is to be an atheiſt. This 1
think is much the caſe of the Guinea Blacks.

FUTURE STATE.

"4220045
TAP

T HE notions the B/acks have of a future

ſtate, are allo various. The moſt be.
lieve, that immediately after death, they go
ro another world, where they live in the
{ame ſtation and nature as they did here,
and are ſubſiſted by the offerings of provi-
ſions, money and clothes, their relations left
behind make for them after their deceaſe.

It does not appear they believe, or have any
idea of future rewards or puniſhments, for
the good or ill actions of their lite paſt ;
only ſome few excepted, who fancy the dead
are conveyed to a famous river, by them
called Boſmangue, up the inland country;
that there their god enquires into their paſt
life, whether they have religiouſly obſerv'd
their feſtival or ſabbath, and whether they
have inviolably abſtained from all forbidden
meats, and kept their oaths ? If fo, they are
cently wafted over that river into a countr
where there is nothing but happineſs : but,
if they have, on the contrary, tranſgreſſed

buried in perpetual oblivion.
kenia
Aang.

I have had occaſion to take notice before,
believe the immortality of the ſoul, and that
after death the ſouls of good men go to hea-
ven, and thoſe of the wicked tò a large pit
or hole, by them call'd Popogiiſſo, which they
tancy is far to the weſtward from them,
where they burn for ever.

ef |

ruptible and mortal, as well as their bodies
which was the opinion of the Sadduces, one
of the four ſects among the Jews.

2 . | 3
i Others own they know not what becomes
y

ation.

departed ſoul tranſmigrates into the body
of ſome other animal, without loſing its
hung nature or faculties. | |
„ This was the opinion Pythagoras taught
che Crotoniats,among whom he lived, when he

Coaſts of SouTH-GuiNnea.

this again.

thoſe obſervances, the deity plunges them
into the river, where they are drowned and

The native Indians of Virginia, of whom

ner. Others believe that human ſouls are cor-

of the ſoul after death; and others that the

fled from Samos, his native country, becauſe Bax Bor.
of the tyrannical government of its prince, WWW
He receiv'd this notion of tranſmigration
of fouls, from the Egyptians : for, if we
may believe Herodotus, they were the firſt
who ſaid, that the ſoul departing out of one
body paſſed into another; and that after
having paſſed into thoſe of beaſts, fiſhes and
birds, 1t again returned into that of man,
and was three thouſand years in performing
that revolution; the ſoul being like wax,
which can be made into a thouſand figures,
and is ſtill the ſame wax; and fo the ſoul
animated ſeveral bodies ſucceſſively, {till re-
maining the ſame it was at firſt. The bet-
ter to inculcate that opinion to the Croto-
mats, he told them, he well remembered,

that at the ſiege of Troy, he was Euphorbus,

the ſon of Panthus ; and that not long ſince,
he had ſeen the buckler he carried at that
time, in the temple of Juno, at Argos,

Ihe Phariſees, the moſt renowned of the Phariſces.
four fects among the Fews, in the days of
Joſephus, as we lee in him, lib. 18. cap. 11.
believ'd the immortality of the ſoul, that it
would be judged in another world, and re-
warded or puniſhed, according to what it
had deſerved in this world; and that the
wicked were eternally detained priſoners in
the next life, and the virtuous returned to

Many things I have already ſaid, and ſhall 2 FR
have occaſion to add hereafter, ſeem to hee
prove ſome conformity between thoſe Blacks Blacks and
and the antient Jes, which may perhaps Jews.
have been communicated to them by the
Arabs, who have ſpread themſelves into the
neighbouring countries; and being doubt-
lets deſcended from Iſinael, the fon of Abra-
ham by Hagar, and Eſau the fon of Iſaac,
have preſerved ſome of the cuſtoms and opi-
nions of their fore-fathers. But to return to
the Blacks :

I have heard ſome ſay, that the ſoul goes

under the earth to an antient perſon, whom

they call Boſſiefoe, who examines it narrowly,
as to the good or bad actions of its former
life; and if it has lived well, puts it into
ſome animal, and conveys it over a large ri-
ver, into a pleaſant country, or elſe drowns
It there, as was ſaid above.

Others are of opinion, that after death White men
they are tranſported to the lands of the #9noured.
Whites, and chang'd into Mhite men; which
they look upon as a great advantage, and
ſhews how much more honoutable they think
White men than themſelves, 5

There are many more conceits among 5%, Be.
them, concerning a future ſtate; but from lisved im-
what has been ſaid, may be deduced, that mortal.
thoſe people are fully perſuaded of the im-
mortality of the ſoul, as is confirmed by their
offerings of men, eatables and clothes, which
I have before ſaid they lay about the graves.

The

307

53232 _— —
£ >

— —
— 7 1
— KY.

—

=

Foz 4 4
: 4 2 - eg » 2405
ho « b 1 — —
F — * _ it Fs G 4 apa. 4 — — —
oe”? n ; — — — — I - Fa WS OY,
— og IgE w 98 P bo 7 — + 8 =" 1 hb nn. NY

* mmm a 8 3 : 5 1 Ao. LA * > * ” —
—— 3 — r 2 — — . * * — 6

F "WM
882 2 33
* — —
* 4 :
— -

- Aa
PX. 4
— 4

— 4 — —
3 f

r © >

4" A
In OS. oo
*

* 25 EE
- p —
2 - => 28 I — —
— 22 —2—— — —„—-—T

8 PY L
> ——_ —
- 33 8
— 2 —
— 4 1
= * 8
2 — ——_—— —
r TOTS
1 INDE: —

8 8 —ͤ Io — 0 — + 4 . p hs -
= = — — a 2 - * 2 . Fo 2% \
© > - Fn oo - 5 > — » TIED —__— * 3 5 75 .
3 - — N * 2 | —— p 5 po 3
, — 1 — — — — 8 — 1 EY (OE 8 N ==
AT; by 3 = 2 — —
0 — _ 4 -

——_— —

—_ — + C

.

— 4 —— — — — =,

2

308

BARBOr. 5
V this particular, are ſtill more abſurd and ſtu-

Notions of pid; for, as ſome tell our Blacks at the coaſt,

inland
Blacks.

The notions of the inland Blacks, as to

there lives a famous prieſt or conjurer, in a
very fine open houſe, far up the country,
who they ſay, has the wind and weather at
his beck, which he alters at pleaſure; and to
prove this, they pretend, that tho his houſe
is not covered, yet it never rains into it.
They give out, that he knows all things paſt,

can foretel future events, and cures all diſ-

tempers. They further affirm, that all thoſe

who live near his dwelling, muſt appear be-
fore and be examined by him, whom, if they

have led a good life, he ſends to a happy
place; if otherwiſe, he kills them over again,
with a club, made for that purpoſe and
ſtanding before his houſe, which cauſes him

to be much honoured by the people, who

daily tell freſh miracles of him. This 1n-
ſtance of the ſimplicity of thoſe deluded
people, ſhews the ſubtilty and craftineſs of
their prieſts, who can fo far blind them, that
they may not diſcover their palpable frauds,
and keep them in an abſolute ſubmiſſion to
themſelves, upon all occaſions ; ſo to gratify

their inſatiable avarice, or vanity, and lord

Names of
idols.

Days to
honour
them.

it over them, as well in civil as in religious
Affairs. | |

Manner of WorSHir,
F ROM the aforeſaid erroneous and ab-
ſurd notions the Blacks have of the deity,
proceed the monſtrous and idolatrous ways
of worſhip, whereof we are to ſpeak in
the next place.

The word Feitifſo, is Portugueſe, as has

been obſerv*d before, and ſignifies, a ſpell,

or charm, the Portugueſe looking upon their

practices as no other, and from them the
Blacks borrow'd it; but it is the word Boſſum,
which in the proper language of the Blacks,
ſignifies a god, or an idol; others call it
Boſſefoe, as has been ſaid before: this word is
chiefly taken in a religious ſenſe, and they are
ſo far fallen into the Por1ugueſe trap, that they
call whatſoever is conſecrated to the honour

of their god, Feitiſſo, or a charm; and ſo

the name is given to thoſe artificial bits of
gold they wear as ornaments, ſo often men-
tion'd in other chapters. We don't find any
nation in the univerſe beſides the Blacks of
Guinea, and the northern people about
Nova Zembla, that uſe this word Feitiſſo in
a religious ſenſe; and the latter give that
name to their 1dols, which are half figures
of men, cut in the trunks or ſtumps of trees,
ſtanding in the earth, with their roots, be-
fore which ſtatues they pay their religious
worſhip, _

Every Black has his peculiar Boſſum, or
idol, which they worſhip on their birth-day,
calling that day in the Portugueſe language
alſo Dia ſanto, or a holy day; on which

A Deſcription of the

theſe ſolemnities they are alſo clad in white,

that day they kill a cock, or if they are
able, a ſheep, which they offer to their god ;
but as ſoon as k ill'd, they tear it in pieces with
their hands, and the owner has the ſmalleſt
ſhare of it, his friends and acquaintance, who
are generally preſent at ſuch offerings, falling
on, and every one ſeizing a piece; which
they broil, clean or foul, and eat it very
greedily. They cut the guts into ſmall bits,
and ſqueezing out the dung with their fin-
gers, boil them with the other entrails, a
little ſalt and Malaguetta, or Guinea-pepper,
without waſhing off the blood; and call it
Evnt-jeba, reckoning it moſt delicious food.
They commonly folemnize their holy day,

in ſome wide open place; in the midft of res $4

which, they erect a ſort of table, or altar,
about four foot ſquare, ſupported by four
pillars of clay, adorn'd with green boughs
and leaves of reeds. This altar is ſet up
at the foot of ſome tall tree, which is con-

ſecrated to their deities, and on it they lay

Indian wheat, millet and rice-ears, palm-
wine, water, fleſh, fiſh, bananas, and other

fruit, for the entertainment of their idols; be-

ing perſuaded they eat thoſe things, tho they
daily ſee them devoured by birds of prey.
As ſoon as they are all gone, they betmear
the altar with palm-wine, and lay freſh
proviſions on it, that the deities may not
want. In the mean time, the prieſt being
ſeated in a wooden chair before the altar,

encompaſs'd by a multitude of the people,

of both ſexes, at certain intervals makes them
a diſcourſe of ſome minutes, with ſome ve-
hemence, in the nature of preaching ; which
is only underſtood by the aſſembly, who
are all very attentive whilſt he ſpeaks, but
will never tell us Europeans any thing of

it, when we enquire, as if they were aſham'd

of it. 1
Juſt by the prieſt ſtands a pot full of Paws.
mixed liquor, with a ſprinkler, and he
ſprinkles the faces of the congregation, who
then all begin to ſing and dance about the
tree and altar; others playing on their mu-
ſical inſtruments, till the prieſt ſtands up,
to ſprinkle the altar with the conſecrated
liquor, and then all the aſſiſtants clap their
hands, and cry Tou, Tou, which imports
Amen. Then every one goes home, fully
perſuaded of what the prieſt has ſaid to them,
of the power and virtues of their idols. At

mulich,

and beſmear'd with white earth; as alſo a-
dorned with abundance of ſtrings made of
the hempiſh bark of the conſecrated tree.

D £ 1-

Book II
they drink no palm-wine till the ſan ſets,
and they are clothed all in white, ang
themſelves ſmear'd with white earth in
token of purity. Moſt of them, eſpecially

ſuch as are any thing conſiderable, have a
day every week to honour their idols. On

ſinging ul. .

/ithed on |

and in

fear of
death.

ſegeta-
tint and
anal; r

7; 1 »þ 'd *

|

©... : DEITIES; er Ipors.
II is not poſſible to expreſs what idea
they entertain of their gods and idols,
which they know not themſelves. This how-
ever is remarkable, that they have a great
number of them, every houſe-keeper ha-
ving one in particular, which they fancy
ſtrictly obſerves their courſe of life, reward-
ing good, and puniſhing wicked men: the re-
ward conſiſts in multiplicity of wives and
llaves, and their puniſhment in the want of
them; but the moſt dreadful puniſnment
they can imagine is death, which they are
incredibly afraid of. : .
en That exceſſive fear of death is what in-
% flames their zeal in religious affairs, and
makes them exact in abſtaining from for-
bidden meats and drinks, leſt they ſhould
die, if they tranſgreſs. They make no great
account of murder, adultery and robbery
as ſins, becauſe they can be expiated with
gold, whereas the other offences cannot,

but will remain a charge againſt them.
Beſides the peculiar Boſſum, or idol every
Black has, as mentioned above, they have
alſo a great number of an inferior degree,
conſecrated to divers uſes and purpoſes,
and made of ſeveral filthy things, which I

ſhall hereafter deſcribe, _

Wen. They alſo worſhip the ſea, rivers, lakes,
14 and ponds, fiſhes, mountains, trees, plants, herbs,
„ins rocks, woods, birds and beaſts, as the an-
p cient Gentiles had natural and animal gods.
All thoſe they call great idols, or deities,
worſhipping them as gods; and have lo great
a veneration for them, that they will be
ready to tear any perſon in pieces, who ſhall
offer them the leaſt indignity, ſo great is

yulriplt-
f gods,

their bigotry in that reſpect. For example,

they ſtedfaſtly believe, that the cutting off
any part of ſome conſecrated trees, would in-
fallibly occaſion the deſtruction of all the
fruits and plants in the country. Yet in
ſome parts they will patiently bear with
it, being done by Europeans, looking up-

on them as not inferior to thoſe gods; but

15 thould any Black preſume to do it, he would
gal be immediately ſacrificed, and it is but
tk, of latter times that they will permit Eu-

r0peans to do ſuch things. In the year 1598,
the Blacks of Mource, maſſacred ſeveral
Dutch men, who had cut down ſome con-
ſecrated trees inadvertently.
bal wr. The firſt religious aſſemblies of men, be-
1 fore they had built temples, were on the moun-
% tains and in the woods: on mountains, be-
zu. Cauſe their elevation was thought more pro-

crifices were offered on the high places, by
the Hebrews, call'd Bamot, whence came
the Greek word Bomos. The woods and
groves, becauſe of their gloomy light, were
thought moſt likely to imprint reſpect, and

diſpoſe the mind to a certain dread, which
Vor. V.

(CHAP. 25. Coaſte of Souru-GuIN RA.

per for men to converſe with god. The ſa-

uſed to ſerve the deity under oaks.

We ſee, in almoſt every page in the pro-
phets, and in 1 Kings xiv. 23, 24, Sc. the
{jraelites are {till reproached with defiling
themſelves ; that is, committing idolatry,
under every green tree; and more pecu-

liarly under the oaks, which was done in imi-
tation of the Gentiles,

Jurieu, pag. 120, and 186. Clemens Alex- Feather
andrinus and Arnobius inform us, that the g.

Arabs adored a ſtone ; the Icarians a rough
ſtump of wood; thoſe of Peſſinunte, a flint,
for the mother of the gods; as the ſtum

of the Icarians was to repreſent the goddeſs
Diana. The ancient Romans adored Mars

under the figure of a halt-pike ; the Scythi-

ans a poniards, and the Theſpians a bough of
a tree for their goddeſs Juno Cynthia. All
theſe were emblems, not looked upon as
true repreſentatives of the gods of the Gen-
tiles; as the god Heliogabalus, in the time of
the emperor of that name, being the god

of the Syrians, was adored under the figure
of a pyramidal ſtone. 8

The palm: trees are the moſt

ties; eſpecially that ſort of them which they
call Aſianam. I ſuppoſe, not only becauſe
the moſt beautiful, but by reaſon they are
more numerous than any other ; and accord-

ingly there are very many conſecrated, in

all parts, and ſcarce any Black will paſs by
them without taking off ſome ſtrings of the
bark, which they twiſt between their fingers,

and then tie them to their waiſts, necklaces,

arms or legs, with a knot at one end, and

reckon thoſe baubles a protection againſt
ſeveral misfortunes. |

They have the more veneration for con- Mountains
ſecrated mountains, becauſe the thunder is worſhipped:

naturally more fierce on them, and there-
fore lay great quantities of proviſions and
liquors at the bottoms of them, in pots and
troughs, for the uſe of thoſe deities. In the

ſame manner they ſerve the conſecrated

rocks or clifts, as we fee it practiſed at Boe-
troe and Dikisko, in the country of Anta ;
with this difference, that thoſe rock deities
are adorned all over with hooked ſtaves,
as being the gods againſt ſtorms and torna-
dos, as is likewiſe a vaſt rock at Tachorary :
to which places, as I obſerv'd at the be-
ginning of this deſcription, the Blacks of
Corbyla-hoe, and of the adjacent parts to
Rio de Sueiro da Coſta, are ſent yearly in
canoes, at a ſet time, by every townand vil-
lage, to make their offerings, according to
their vows, to pray thoſe great deities to
appeaſe the ocean, and keep it free from
ſtorms and tornados, that they may carr

on their trade in ſafety along the gold coals

Kkkk Lakes,

309

diſpoſes men to devotion. Hence flowed Barzor:
the ſuperſtition of the Pagans, who conſe- W
crated the oak to Fove, becauſe the ancients

peculiar ſort palm. tret
they make choice of to conſecrate into dei- honoured.

— —
2

— — —_— —

— — —

3 .
. 1 7

* 1
ot” A
ny 51 K
** =
0
4+
;
7
1
+
9 i
1
4
Fin *
ws. l
*
4
h 7
0
f "
=
j { ;
+3
' £260 *
+
11
; »
&: On ;
15 1 o
r \
&
4
1.
16 5
1 * „
* —
; *
* *
| 4
+ 4
i 1
4
Ks. |
* F.
N A
37 l
; 11
i LY bl
wo i 8d:
4 )
S.- 4
= 14.
17 —
1 4 4
.
1 4
* i
x #
g þ
* 1
. *
4 1
©
6.5 11
13
1 C
4 3
4 o
2
* 3
:
i
3.
1
i
[1 1 \ \
4 4
. AF \
140 ;
q 175 | \
{ 1
. 1
K. |
* 4
1
: 1 "TT.
i TI
N | 1
of
c $ *
1 ?
"2 1
121 FY 5
a...
1
1 12
1 Y
1 Fa
0s 3.
1
B: ;
2 F =
. 7 3»
n
ul j \
"FR 34 \
[1 S ? \
14 70
$
4 p 5
7 1
f 4 i
; *
1
& *4 J
F of? { 194
wa TY 7 iv: * ">
11 5 1 MH
1: ++)
{ 8 g \
: [1 RAR
143 =s
| * 2 —
! 15 ow
e's | i!
3 Kd 0
' & nl * *
1 4s - 9 *
21 11
=y = .
1 n :
a8 2.465 4
1 1
1 p
j > SAY 'f
> fp Th AH
fa {F „ 1
Ft. 1
1
1 is
* N 2 bd = ;
200 þ
82 ba I
+ i795 *
iin
1 *.
1 1 q
* n
Z" 43% ©
7 a; K 1
l ++ 3 „
5 * * 1
4 = 5
4 i 42 * _
1 N "Y
* * 6
T3 "ot :
4 IE IS
7 111 *
1 +8
j \
M7 %
By t
| "F. CES
6 —
1
e
r
n 17.
>. : 1 I
: 0
J 4
* N 2
1 $ U
1
19 15
ae
1 N
4 Y ö
7 4 \
1 + 4
F 103. 5 1
* *
1
e
* 1 ha .
„
or
11 bl
e "=o
—— : 4
* « Z A;
”
0 1
i mn >
\ b N
1 3
* 8
. 1. ol
15 *
.
19 +
2
1
33 WH i.
1 Li — 1
* 2
Bi
4 2
it 1% 4
1 ct
3% 4
1 1
, 4 1
A 2 4 75 d
7 0 i
ah. i 3; A 4
113
oy 4 *
, : „ ST
YT 4
7 +8 He OW
BY # 149
l Kt
"ty
p 5
2; & (122008
144 18 6
14 7 e 7
"2
- 1.3 l
R.
N 1 y '
8
1's 1
1 7 , =
1 5 [IS
'3 *7 WL
4 4 þ
? * 4
j * {of 4
« V+; 5 .
b * + % WF
- lk. 5 0
® - *
» #4 0 p
hs ”w
\ 7; 19% £7 MN \
. 8 1
mY 4 G
143+ 7
44 x
* 1 0
. 3 .
e wy
7
=
124
7" Bk + WES
1 13 X as
k | 1 * 4 -
. as *
* 4 „ 1
4
= 4 1 2K %
K j 1
A , of 47
* 12 12 '
| A 4 .
: 121
, ( -
4 1
; 149
} by
$75: 5 a
vp 9 1
5 1 * ©
N 'Þ 1 |
1
mn
7 .
1 4 o
BE? "= 5
* 1 8
[
pd Th."
. #9 L 9 .
1 * N
N $9
' + % 4 * $1
7 ol
4 . 1 [
A 133
N i
1 TI
: Tt i, 4
EY 43 *
: TIL 0
' 127
; « REN
4 Ty
: "7
TS 1 Fr \
. ii
| 1 o
8 p ure! /
* : =” a
1 N.
1 * Ss
$44 3 C0
WAH. .
3: -.
i : id » N
9 8
Cr e N
— 3 Y 8
11 *
* *
9 3
1
1
1 7 v
l 1
$3? —
< i
6
n . » ©
FP, 1
. 19
,
N N 1
* F
” v5 * £
*
1 „ *
1 4
1% *
Z E
117 -
of
3 g
1
F ſ i
=
i *

— —

— 4
Oo wp.

310 A Deſcription of the

BaRBOr. Lakes, rivers and ponds being alſo often
WYW conſecrated for greater deities, in ſeveral
re parts, I obſerved once at Acra, a very ſin-
; ' gular ceremony performed in my preſence,
on the pond, which is there, not far from
the Daniſh fort, to intreat it to ſend rain,
to bring up their corn then in the ground,
the weather having been dry a long time.
A great number of Blacks, of that and the
neighbouring places, came to the pond,
bringing with them a ſheep, whoſe throat
the prieſts cut on the bank of the ſalt lake,
after ſome ceremonies, ſo that the blood
ran into it, and mixed with the water.
Then they made a fire, whilſt others cut
the beaſt in pieces; then broiled it on the
coals, and eat it as faſt as it was ready,
This being over, ſome of them threw a gally-
pot into the pond, muttering ſome words. I
aſk'd the Dane, who was with me, and ſpoke
their language fluently, what it was they ex-
pected from that ridiculous ceremony; and he
having put the queſtion toſome of the Blacks,

they deſired him to tell me, that the lake being

one of their great deities, and the common
meſſenger of all the rivers in their country,
they threw in the gally-pot, with the cere-
monies I had ſeen, to implore his aſſiſtance
and in moſt humble manner intreat him to

take that pot, and go immediately with it

to beg water of the other rivers and lakes of

their country: and that they hoped he would

ſo far oblige them, and at his return un-
doubtedly pour the pot full of water on their

corn in the ground, to moiſten and bring

it up, that they might have a plentiful crop.
Parallel of This extravagant ceremony, as abſurd as
the Jews. jt appears, ſeems to be derived from and al-

lude to what was practiſed with extraor-

dinary ſolemnity, and much rejoicing
by the ancient Hebrews, in Feruſalem,
at their ſolemn yearly feaſts of the taber-
nacles or tents, which conſtantly fell out
in their month of Tizri, being our September,

when they began their civil year, as the ec-

cleſiaſtical began in the month of Niſſan,
that is March. To that feaſt of the taber-
nacles, there repaired from all parts of the
country, a vaſt multitude of people to par-
take of the bleſſing of the effuſion, or
pouring out of the water, fetched with much
ceremony, in a baſon, from the fountain
of Silos and offered up to God, after their
humble thanks returned to him for their
harveſt then got in. The ſolemnity ended
the night of that they called the great day
of the feaſt, by the aforeſaid effuſion of
the water, followed by a mighty ſymphony
of trumpets, hautboys, and otherinſtruments
and voices of the temple, and much dancing,
to beg of God to afford them ſeaſonable
rain, repreſented by that water, to render
the earth fit to produce more fruit. Hence
it is very probable, that our Saviour, being

ſolute authority, thro? the

at that ſolemnity in the temple, took oc.
caſion to cry aloud to the multitude there
preſent, alluding to that effuſion of water,
Jobn vil, 38. He that believeth in me, as the
ſcripture has ſaid, out of bis belly ſhall flew
rivers of living water. Meaning the gifts
of the Holy Ghoſt, to make them produce
good works to ſalvation. =

Don Auguſtin Manoel Vaſconcelos, ſpeak-
ing of the religious worſhip of the Blacks of
Mina, at the time when the Portugueſe be-
gan to build that caſtle, ſays, they make
deities of any thing that is new to them,
or extraordinary in itſelf, a large tall tree,
the bones of a whale, high rocks, Cc. fo
that it may be ſaid of them, their gods are
any thing that 1s prodigious; and no nation
in all the world is more addifted to the
tolly of ſoothſaying and caſting lots than Suri.

they are. Their way of caſting lots is as a!

ridiculous, and the effect they expect from
it, making their judgment by the manner
of ſome ſticks they drop from their own
mouths. They all converſe with the devil,

and have a great reſpect for ſorcerers, who

make their advantage of the ignorant cre-
dulity of the vulgar fort; which affords
them much profit, and gains them an ab-
falſe ſuggeſtions
and deluſions of the devil
To return to what we were ſaying of the
Blacks at Acra, the Portugueſe, when they
became maſters of the Daniſh fort there,
drained the afore-mentioned pool, in order
to convert it into a ſalt- pit, after their man-
ner; which ſo enraged the neighbouring

Blacks, that partly on that account, and

partly, becauſe of the depredations commit-
ted by the Blacks at Acra, a very great
number of the natives forſook the place,
and their ſubjection to the Portugueſe, and
went to ſettle at little Popo, ner Fida.

The Sword. fiſe, whoſe figure I have gi- Se

ven before, and the Bonito, are the two forts ad
worſhitt's

of fiſn they generally worſhip among their
greater deities; and ſo greatis their veneration
for them, that they never take any of them de-
ſignedly ; and if any happen to be taken by
chance, they preſerve the Sword as a relick.

Among birds, the bittern is alſo a deity 3 4% : |
and they reckon it a good preſage to hear bit |

it cry, when they ſet out upon a journey,
believing, it tells them, they ſhall return
home ſafe; and therefore, they take care
to lay corn and water in ſuch parts of the
woods as thoſe creatures reſort moſt to, and
and on the roads, for them to feed on.

IpoL AT RVY of other NATIONS.

THE common ſort of the Chineſe are Chinek
very ſuperſtitious and vain obſervers
of the heaven, the earth, the notes of birds, the““
barking of dogs, of dreams, and many other

particulars; as days lucky and unlucky, _
whe-

mericans
bid a
i rr-fal | 4 *

Cu,

pr in

Book III 440.

whe
car!
and

fort
J

fall

of
and

deit

ſom
pin:
dev
eye
are
nat.
that
ener
We

]
gat]
der
as \
alre
frlt
giy
ped
ry!

and

diſt

tha

=

wit
thir
not
tha
the
anc
ſuc
flo;
pre
Jey
tou

pre

rab

an

ty

haf
pre
fel
Wil
or
fox
for
nei

Haar. 27. Coaſts of SouTn-GuINEA.

nl

wits |

)
*
*

—
*

ſc
iti

carry to-morrow, which they decide by lots,

mericans
1 id a
1 fil J

1 in

whether they ſhall ſucceed to- day, and miſ-

and proceed ſo far in it, as to ſeek after
fortunate hours.

The ſavages of North-America, about the
fall of a river, call'd St. Antony's fall, have
z very great veneration for that caſcade
of water; which is in itſelf very ſtrange
and dreadful, believing it to be a ſpirit, or
deity, as they do all other things which are
ſomewhat extraordinary in nature, worſhip-
ping and offering ſacrifices to it with great
devotion 3 praying to it, with tears in their
eyes, in theſe or the like words: Zo, who
are a ſpirit, be pleaſed to grant that thoſe of our
nation may paſs by without any misfortune ;
that we may kill many bullocks, overthrow our
enemies, and bring home ſia ves, ſome of whom
we will kill before you. 5 N

The people of Peru, before they were
gathered into communities, and civilized un-
der the government of their kings the Incas,
as we are informed by Garcilaſſo de la Vega,
already quoted, in the ninth chapter of his
firſt book of the hiſtory of the Incas of Peru,

gives a Jong account of the idols worſhip-

ped by thoſe Indians. Every province, eve-

ry nation, every town, every ſtreet, or lane,
and every houſe, or family, had its gods

diſtinct from all others; fondly conceiting,

that only that peculiar idol, by them ador'd,
Vas able to aſſiſt them in time of need;

without conſidering the nature of thoſe
things, or whether they were worthy of ho-
nour; their notions therein being leſs lofty

than thoſe of the Romans, who framed to

themſelves deities of peace, hope, victory,
and the like, The Peruvians adored only
luch things as they could ſee, as herbs, plants,
flowers, trees of all ſorts, mountains, caves,
precipices, great ſtones, ſmall pebbles of

jeveral colours, like jaſper, which they

tound on the banks of rivers; and in the
province of Puerto Viejo, they adored an eme-

raud : they alſo worſhipped many forts of
animals; ſome for their fierceneſs, as the

tyger, the lion, and the bear; and if they

happened to meetany of them, would fall
proſtrate on the ground, and ſuffered them-
elves to be devoured or torn in pieces,
without offering to make the leaſt defence,

or fave themſelves by flight. They adored

foxes and monkeys for their ſubtilty ; dogs
for their fidelity, and others for their ſwift-
nels: as alſo birds of ſeveral ſorts, and
Particularly that they call the Condor,
ſome nations boaſting that they were

geſcended from it. Some ſacrificed to

eagles, others to falcons for their ſwift fly-
ng 3 others to the owl for the ſake of its
eyes and head, and for its ſeeing in the dark,
which they accounted wonderful. Snakes,
erpents above thirty foot long, lizards and
toads, had alſo their religious honour, eſpe-

animal, or inſect, for ſome made a god of
a beetle, or any other, tho? ever ſo filthy
vermin, but what they looked upon as a
deity. Yet is there not ſo much reaſon for
us to wonder at thoſe barbarous ſtupid na-
tions, on this account, as at the ancient
Greeks and Romans, who tho? they boaſted
ſo much of their knowledge and politeneſs,
as to look upon all others as Barbarians,
yet were ſo void of reaſon, as to worſhip

above thirty thouſand gods, in the moſt flou-

riſhing times of their empire.

The Egyptians adored ſheep, cats, dogs, Egyptian
the Ibis, which is a ſort of ſtork, apes, deities.

birds of prey, wolves, kine, c. The town

of Mira adored the crocodile ; that of Le-
_ ontopolis, the lion; that of Mendes, the male-

goat, under the name of Apis, tho? that
name was commonly given to an ox or calf,
the principal object of the Egyptian idolatry,
being the emblem of the father of the "he
thers of the world; the word Apis ſignifying

my Fatber.

All thoſe animals were kept and main-
tained in particular temples; about which,

were their beds and tables covered with
dainties. When any of the ſaid beaſts died;

there was great mourning and lamenta-
tion; and they made coſtly funerals for,

and laid them in magnificent monuments,

as Herodotus and Diodorus Siculus relate.
Each city, town, or precin& in Egypt had
its particular devotion for one ſort of ani-
mal or other; and that ſuperſtition was
practiſed by the Egyptians in the days of
Moſes, and of the patriarchs: as may be
gathered from the anſwer Moſes made to
Pharaoh's propoſal, that he would permit
the 1/raelites to ſacrifice to God in the land
about them. Exod. viii. 26. to which Mo-
ſes replied, Il is not meet ſo to do; for we
ſhall ſacrifice the abomination of the Egyp-
tians to the Lord our God. Lo, ſhall we
ſacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians
before their eyes, and will they not ſtone us?

The Egyptians, accounted the moſt ratio- I,
nal and wiſeſt of pagan nations, ſeemed to E

have forfeited all common ſenſe, in worſhip-

ping ſo many brutes as they did; wherein

they proceeded fo far, that when Cambyſes,
king of Perſia, made war upon them, and laid

ſiege to the city of Pelujium, the beſieged |

doing much harm in his army with their
arrows, that king was adviſed to bring to-
gether great numbers of dogs, ſheep, of
the ſort of bird call'd Ibis, &c. which he
placed before his troops, and proved ſo ſuc-
ceſsful, that the Egyptians after that durſt
not ſhoot any more arrows, for fear of hurt-

ing their deities.
If ſuperſtition ſo far prevailed on ſo wiſe
and civilized a nation as the Zgyptians, it is
not

cially among the inhabitants of the moun- BaR Or.
tains Andes, In a word, there was no WWW

— * . _——— _ :
- . '2 - - — — £ f. < 2 —
OO” 0 * , — OO . —
_ a a * 0 . * - 7 N 7 *
n - _ IT Pp DR TRE EST » S —

—— CC —— 2
—

_ —

1 2

1 p 8. : . . — * ＋
4 —_ - ch - _— - — Pr Se — 3 - <>»
. - þ - At * *
; ray — * N E pow F \
1 a 4 - „ — os - 3 3 l — n = 8 —
— — — — — - — — 4 g — _ 1 > 2 2 enen
i _ - "SE 0 - 8 J 2 » So os 8 « =_ . 2
W - ALAS: tt - 6,05 ai EN WOE #2, 0h: Dol n
_ T 1 cy I ——_ d - — < wy py
p — — e — me 3
- _ 4 . b b < — - - 3 1 ©
a * — =. 1 _- — r
— — Po 2 2— 2 — = PR — n = — =_ — — = —
P 5 - — 2 — — MS : — — 8 — 2
— = > r

Ca Face. AMS —
— * — ———
— _

— 2 ——_
_— — 8
= — - dy
al * * = --
We 20 a) =

——

,
«
> :
S 1 o
5 .
uc .
g
is |
11
1 N
yy = be,
l
1
1
* 4
"KI. 4
7 \ *
: "hab.
1
91 *”"
4 5 0
it \
$2 4 +
: $28 ;
(SHE
\Þ 1 1 "tf
. *
* 5
16 ah ft.
1 1 ol
| i
1277
* . 6
- J. 1 =
«% : p4 hy 5 F
q fry.
.. .
1 a=
4 "w 1
* 1 *
1
n
> f 11 Ire
BEE | as
M4! l
4 * 1
= N +
©, I *
1 !
: r *
++ N
4
8 11
+ :
„
| 1 1 5
; 9
1 1
l
* 5 "= p < 2
( N en
N
＋ 4 7
a KEY
2 (IV pM
1 3 IS
* +14 F
6 wm 7. o
i 17
* On a.
: 1
q _
2 7"
*. 1 Z
1 1
8 33 =
: . G
MW p be 4
\ ib
. 1 is N
N 177
7 'w*
* 4 1 20
J 9 'Sh
þ a
r
IS is
188
13
.
\/ IRE
b *
is J =
Wy 5 U
» A f
1
W | by
b p N
. *
a 6.4
. 8
14 ;
1]
19
„ \ J g
*
„ >
* hs
* Hh 1
0 4
2 *
* 13S MILL
2 i [©
* -
1
BF © l
5
p 14
$4 0
N ; \ *
> i
BT + £4 6 k
te by. bb 2
19 4
' 1344 LS
$4 d iz \ .
3 ES ii .
* 6 1
1 A
7 9
CY: GN
1 p _
* 2 9
* oh al
1 * p
1. -
*Y *
I - N
\ : -
3 $3 © „
3 4 a v4
1 4
(4 A; .* .
Fl 4 \
1 3
ed C
+ 8
'3 i? '1
v4 , Y .
„
1
141
FA.
11 * =
tl \ «YL
> 1 2 ,.
1 1 it
g * oY
N e
1 L Lf
17 N. 1
N F
: # 13 2
5 - ſ
1 * —
of oO 1
4 i a
. N , E
* 5 %
1:.; AWEE
4 1
TE 4. -
| * 3 \F *
4 4 5 5 :
/ 1 : o
1B .
| . y
© BY
4)
0 Wo k i =
! he. 44 . 1
17 us % + 5
ry ' AY
i {| A *
4 1
18 bi *
Pn
1 BA =
by "HR
: 1 :» f
44 3
beds ; 4 *
1 91
+ *
N Lt
7 1
| on
;
=?
3 1
x N 15
} J FR 11
eo;
* 1.
25 : i
h 74
| :
p WL
| hs
$a 1
42 ? A
I — 4
*. wy :
4 * *
4
, J a4
4 f *
12 4 )
TI q 4
. 17. _m
4 4
7 71 *
4 . 1 o
j - % i
| LL: bs 0
3 ;
| U „ *
5
*
ö
*
3%
*
/
-
N
of
*
i
*
:
4

. —
"220 7

312

BARBO T. not to be admired, that thoſe ignorant ſtu-
pid Guinea Gentiles I treat of, ſhould be

guilty of ſuch extravagant and deteſtable
follies in point of religious worſhip. It 1s
true, the Egyptians pretended to couch the
myſteries of their divinity and morality under
the worſhip of thoſe brutes we have men-
tioned ; but even the prieſts of the poor
ignorant Blacks can pretend no reaſon for
their abſurd ſuperſtitions, and monſtrous
worſhip ; rather believing that thoſe crea-
tures, whether living or inanimate, have a
hidden power and virtue to grant their re-
queſts. There is no queſtion to be made

but that the generality of the Egyprians

believed the fame, and that the crafty
prieſts only pretended to thoſe myſteries,
to excuſe their impoſing on the brutal
multitude. .

I cannot forbear adding an extraordinary
inſtance of the ſtupidity of the Gentiles, in

another remote part of the univerſe, ſtill
relating to religious obſervations, as related

in Navarrette's travels. In the kingdom of
Malabar, in the Eaft-Indies, the natives,
notwithſtanding the law of Mabomet has
got ſome footing among them, adore not
only the ſun, moon and ſtars, but alſo cows;
and the greateſt oath the king ſwears, is by
a cow, which he never breaks. When thoſe
people are near their end, they endeavour
to have a cow as cloſe to the dying perſon as
may be; that is, the cow's fundament at

the mouth of the ſaid perſon departing,

that the ſoul breath'd out may enter the
back way into the cow. What can there
be in nature more ridiculous? JI have before
mentioned the Malabar people's worſhip-
ping the devil; which the Virginians allo do,

for fear, having him repreſented in hi-

deous figures in their temples, and their

prieſts are habited in the ſame manner as

they repreſent him.

Little bird It is time we ſhould return to the follies

adored,

white feathers,

of the Blacks, in this particular, who allo

make a deity of a ſmall bird, as big as a
robin-red-breaſt, having black, grey, and
whereof there are great
numbers at Fida. They are as much pleas'd
when any of them happen to come into their
little orchards, as concerned, if any perſon

offers to kill them, and a heavy fine is laid

on him that offers at it.

Ipols made by the PRIESTS,

REſides theſe idol gods, and thoſe men-

tioned to be called upon at the ſowing
time, they have multitudes of other inferior
deities, made by the prieſts, a few whereof
I ſhall mention, and the purpoſes they are
deſigned for, with the power and virtues
aſſigned to them, Nothing can equal their
aſtoniſnment, when they ſee European,

trample and cruſh them in pieces under

A Deſcription of the

their feet, without receiving the leaſt harm.
or puniſhment from thoſe their deities. If
it is in their power, they will never per-
mit us to offer the leaſt indignity to that
conſecrated traſh ; or be perſuaded to let us
handle or touch them, unleſs compelled by
force. I remember I once got the idol of
a Black, who belonged to the Danes, at Acra;
at which that fellow was ſo highly con-
cerned, that the next day he complained
grievouſly to the Daniſh general on his knees,
and with tears in his eyes, crying aloud
what great danger I had brought him into,
his Boſſum, or god, being highly incenſed
againſt him, for having ſuffered his idol
to be inſulted by a White man, inſomuch,
that he had beaten him cruelly for it in the
night; and that having that morning offered

ſacrifice to Boſſum, together with the prayers |

of the prieſt, that god had commanded
him to require, in ſatisfaction for his idol,
a bottle of brandy, and two Ackters of gold,
to appeaſe his wrath ; and therefore he hoped
I would not be ſo barbarous as to deny his
requeſt: which was granted by me, to be
rid of his clamours, and rid him of his
tears 3 with which he went away well fa-

tisfied, and in appearance full of joy, car-
rying the gold and brandy to his prieſt,

who 'tis likely reaped the benefit of it.

That BlacFf's idol was in the ſhape of 404 wil

large Bolonia ſauſage, made of a compoſition
of bugles, glaſs beads, herbs, clay, burnt
feathers, tallow, and threads of the conſe-
crated tree, all pounded and moulded toge-
ther, having at one end an antick, rough,
and miſhapen human countenance, and

was ſet up in a painted deep calabaſh or

gourd, among abundance of ſmall ſtones and
bits of wood, with kernels of ſmall nuts, and
bones and legs of chickens, or other birds,
as it is repreſented in the cut.
traſh, I was told, ſerved the Black to know

the will of the idol, when he made any re-

queſt to it, or aſked a queſtion, by ob-

ſerving the diſpoſition of thoſe ſeveral things,

after overturning the gourd or calabaſh.

This inſtance of the abſurd conceit the

Blacks have of their idols, leads me, in the

next place, to ſpeak of the nature and ule
of them. |

NarukE and UsE of Ipots.

W HEN they have a mind to make any
offerings to their idols, or deſire to
know any thing of them, they cry, let us

make Feitiſſo; that is, as has been before ob-

ſerved, according to the Portugueſe, whence
they have the word, let us conjure, or make

our charms: but according to their meaning

is, let us perform our religious worſhip, and

ſee or hear, what our god will ſay to us.
In like manner, if they happen to be
wronged by any man, they perform on
| witch-

Book I

All which Pra.

E.

Ani h.

Oath:.

fard to
10,

ment for
phe lame.
(9

Little re.

Il

"art f or

W e.

pni h.
ment for
pe ſame.

Oath:.

HAP. 25.

which is after this manner.

Firſt, they intreat the prieſt to charm ſome
meat or drink, which they ſcatter about
ſuch places as they know their enemy moſt
frequents, OF paſſes by; having this conceit,
that if he happens to touch It, he will cer-
tainly die ſoon after. Hence it is, that the
Blacks dread paſſing by ſuch places, or if
they cannot avoid it, they cauſe themſelves
to be carried over; becauſe then the charm
has no virtue, as 1t does not touch them,
and affects not the perſon it is not deſigned

againſt. They are ſo fully poſſeſſed of this |

opinion, that tho” they ſee frequent inſtances
of the inſufficiency of thoſe inchantments,
they are never diſſuaded from them.

Thoſe who have been robbed, make uſe
of the ſame ſort of conjuration to diſcover the
thief, and bring him to puniſhment.

If any perſon is taken ſtrewing that ſort
of ſuppoſed poiſon, he is ſeverely puniſhed,
and even with death ; tho? it be done on ac-
count of a robbery : theft being look'd up-
on as a cunning way of acquiring wealth,
and not as vile or infamous; yet puniſha-
ble, as has been obſerved before.

Making and confirming of obligatory
oaths, is alſo call'd, charming, or making
their devotions. When they drink the oath-

draught, they commonly add this impreca-

TE.*.

Little re.
dard to
th,

tion, Let the Feitiſſo, that is, he idol kill
me, if I do not perform the contents of the
obligation, Every perſon thus entring into a
ſolemn obligation to another, is bound to
drink the oath-draught. 1 8 5
The common practice betwixt man an
man, when required to make ſome aſſeve-
ration, to corroborate what they are upon,
is to ſwear by their parents head or beard;

as the /raelites ſwore, by the heaven, or the
earth, or by the temple of JFeruſalem, as in

Matt. v. 25, 26. as alſo by their head.

A king, or the governors of common-
wealths, hiring themſelves and their people
to aſſiſt another nation, are obliged to drink

the oath-draught, with the prime men of

their country; making this aſſeveration, That

their deities may puniſh them with death, if
they do not aſſiſt that nation, with the utmoſt

vigor and reſolution againſt their enemies. And

yet nothing is more frequent, than to ſee

thoſe ſolemn oaths broken, which makes e-
ven the Blacks themſelves repoſe bur little

confidence on ſuch formalities : beſides that,

they have found out a way to be abſolved from
them, taking the money of thoſe who hired
them for auxiliaries, and acting directly con-

trary to thoſe ſolemn engagements, made in the

preſence of their prieſts; not queſtioning,
but that they have good authority to diſen-
gage themſelves from the ſame. For this

reaſon, ſome of them, before they contract,
VOI. V.

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA. 313

witchcraft, or devotion, to deſtroy him,

oblige the prieſt to drink the oath-draught, BaRBOr.
with this imprecation, That their deity may WWW.
puniſh him with death, if he ever abſolves

any perſon from their oath, without the con-

ſent and concurrence of the other party
concerned in this contract. And it is obſer-

ved, that ſuch cautionary oaths, render thoſe

which are reciprocally obligatory, binding,
durable and punctually obſerved. Thus it
appears, that they make a conſcience of their

oaths; and that, even their prieſts are ſo

tar from impoſing on the people, that they

really think themſelves obliged. 5

They are generally perſuaded, that the Purgario:
perjur*d perſon, on ſuch occaſions, will be of crime:
[woln up by the oath-draught, till he burſts, 7 %,
or will ſoondie a languiſhing death. They do“
not in the leaſt queſtion, but that the firſt of
thoſe effects will infallibly take place on wo-
men who are perjur'd, if they take the
{aid draught to clear themſelves from the
imputation of having committed adultery ;
as has been mentioned heretofore. |

The ſame draught is adminiſtred to per-
ſons ſuſpected of thefts and robberies, with
the imprecation, May the deity kill me, if
1 am guilty of the fact I am accuſed of.

The draught is given upon many other
occaſions; but this may ſuffice, and I will
conclude this matter with ſome account of
the moſt ſolemn and obligatory way of
binding, which is only uſed upon affairs of
the higheſt nature, 5

Moſt ſolemn obligatory O a T f.

T HE Black who is to take ſuch an oath,

muſt do it in the preſence of the prieſt's
idol, being a large wooden pipe, or a horn,
or any other; every one, as has been ſaid,
having the liberty to form his own peculiar
god, as he pleaſes. He ſtands directly be-
fore the ſaid idol, and aſks the prieſt its
name; by which he calls upon it, and then
particularly recites the conditions he is to
perform, upon oagh, and after them the u-
ſual imprecation, That the idol may kill him,
if he proves perjured. This done, he walks
round the pipe or horn, repreſenting the dei-
ty, and then ſtands ſtill before it, and ſwears
a ſecond time, in the fame manner he did
before, and fo with the ſame ceremony a
third time. Then the prieſt takes ſome of
the ingredients,which are in the pipe or horn,
and with them touches the ſwearer's head,
arms, belly and legs, and turns it three
times round over his head, Next he cuts
off a bit of the nail of one finger, of each
hand, and of one toe of each foot, and ſome
of the hair of his head, which he puts into

the pipe or horn, that is the idol; and fo

ends the ceremony of that religious and ſa-
cred oath.

L111 55

314

BARBOT.
Sa.
Offerings.

_ ConsULTING of InoLs. |
8 HE never engage in war, undertake

a journey, drive a bargain, or do any

other thing of moment, without firſt conſul-

Fuggling
with the
idol.

Another.

ting their idols, by means of the prieſt, who

ſeldom propheſies ill; but generally encou-
rages them to expect ſucceſs, and they in-
tirely rely on his word, exactly performing
his directions: and he never fails to oblige
them to offer up ſheep, dogs, cats, ſwine
or fowl to his idol. and ſometimes clothes,
wine and gold, according as the perſon 1s
in wealth ; ſo that all turns to his advan-
tage, the whole falling to him, except the
garbage, or leaſt valuable part of the of-
tering, beſides the money given for his mi-
niſtry.

If the prieſt is willing more fully to ſa-
tisfy the offerer, he puts the queſtions to
the idol in his preſence, one of theſe two
ways : the firſt 1s, by a bundle of about
twenty ſmall pieces of leather, among which
he binds ſome other ſuch like traſh, where-
with he fills the above-mentioned wooden
pipe or horn ; ſome of thoſe denoting good
tucceſs, and others bad. Thoſe the prieſt
ſhuffles together ſeveral times, and if the
firſt of them appear often together, he aſ-
{ures the ſuppliant of a good event. The
fly prieſts being well acquainted with the

ignorance of their countrymen, never fail,

by their {light of hand, to make which they
pleaſe of the leathers to come together : or,
if they think fit to order to the contrary,
that the preſage may be unlucky, it is only
to extort greater offerings and rewards, on

pretence of appeaſing the angry idol; but

all tends only to double their own profit.
The ſecond way 1s, by a fort of wild-nuts,
which the prieſt pretends to take up at ran-
dom, and let fall again ; which he counts,
and makes his prediction from the numbers,
either even or odd ; and thus he impoſes the
greateſt abſurdities on them, to pick their
pockets : and tho? the event ſhows the falſ-
hood of his prediction, he is never without
an excuſe to bring him off, He alledges ei-
ther the ceremony was not rightly perfor-
med; ſomething was omitted, or negligent-
ly done; for which reaſon the idol is in-
cenſed, and therefore the undertaking has
been thwarted or diſappointed : and an
ſuch excuſe goes down glibly with the filly

people, who are ſo far blinded with the opint-

on of the ſincerity and ſanctity of thoſe crafty
prieſts, that they never ſuſpect the fraud;
and this even in matters which concern the
whole nation: for tho? the whole country be
ruined by the falſhood of the prieſts predic-
tions, ſtill his credit and reputation is ſafe ;
and if their prophecies happen to hit right,
then they are ſure to be well rewarded, and
their perſons reſpected as the wiſeſt and
moſt holy men in the univerſe.

A Deſcription of the

BecoinG SUCCESS of Ipols.

F a fiſher-man has met with ill ſucceſs j
his buſineſs, he concludes his idol is dif.
pleaſed, for having been denied ſomething ;

and preſently repairs to the prieſt to make

his peace, and beg the idol will give a blef.
ſing to his labours, during the reſt of the
ſeaſon, giving him ſome gold in hand for
that ſervice. Then the prieſt orders his
wives to dreſs themſelves very fine, and to
walk round the town, clapping their hands
and howling, in a hideous manner; after
which, they proceed to the ſea-ſide, where
they take boughs from the conſecrated tree,
calPd Aſſianam, which is peculiarly dedica-
rec to the fiſhery, each of them ſtanding
there with a bough twiſted about her neck
till the prieſt comes to them, beating a
ſmall drum; which he continues to do for
a conſiderable time, to incline the lea-deity
to commiſerate his ſuppliant's condition.
Laſtly, he turns his wives about, muttering
ſome words by fits, and then ſtrews ſome
millet in the ſea, for the uſe of the deity,
who they believe, after the performing of
this ceremony, and receiving the offering,
will bear the offerer company for the tu-
ture, and procure him good fiſhing. It is
remarkable, that this commonly happens in
Auguſt and September, when the prieſt well

knows, that there is great plenty of fiſh, and

vaſt quantities are daily caught; and yet thoſe

ſuperſtitious people attribute their future

ſucceſs to their oferings, having worſhipp'd
the ſea-deity,

Emanuel de Taria e Souſa, author of the char
& a ſhort account 9 B

Life of Don John II. giving

of the Portugueſe ſeltlement at Mina, ſpeaks 7

”

thus of the Blacks on that coaſt. Their gods

are whatſoever is prodigious, or they never
ſaw before.
more addicted to the vanity of ſoothfaying
and lots; the way they uſe to know any
thing thereby, 1s as ridiculous as the event
13 falle. They judge of it by the manner
of ſome ſtraws falling from their mouth.
They all converſe with the devil, and bear
very great reſpect to ſorcerers, who making
their advantage of that reputation, grow
haughty, and deceive the people with thoſe
tollies, in which they are enſnared by
the devil. It is nevertheleſs remarkable
in thoſe Pagans, that they are extraord!-
nary religious in keeping their oaths, and
may be an example to Catholicks. They
believe, that whoſoever breaks his oath,
will immediately die : which opinion pro-
ceeds from a miracle God wrought there in
former ages, by one of his ſervants, who,
as thoſe people have received by tradition,
preaching the goſpel of CHRIST among
the Sacances (I ſuppoſe the author means
the Accanees) the molt polite pcople of that

part of Africa, was unhappily killed, not-

withſtanding

Boo IHA.

n In Hir

No nation in the univerſe is

Oblations
W iid {
W cod,

bl 11 000 d

fads.

0jering to
tem,

"er ng; of
prince 4.

MCA. 25.

ir him, upon their moſt ſolemn and execrable
oaths 3 and it pleaſed God that all who had
a hand in that martyrdom, did ſurvive their
perfidiouſneſs but a fe hours. From that
time they have had extraordinary regard to
an oath, and it is become hereditary, and
generally obſerved by them all. 5
They are furthermore true and well in—
clined, inſomuch, that good manners are
fr more prevailing among them, than good
wholeſome laws among many civilized na-
tions. Hence it is, that their law-ſuits are
not tedious, but generally decided by the
elders, and men of note, upon the aſſeve-
ration of the plaintif, or the confeſſion of
the defendant. There 1s no crime or ofience
ſo great, but what is redeemable for money;
and none is ever puniſhed with death, un-
leſs he have often relapſed into the fame
fault. ä
What has been ſaid above, of a holy man'sha-
ving preached the goſpel among the Accanees,

in former ages, and his being treacherouſly

put to death by ſome of that nation, is not at
all improbable, conſidering the great num-
ber of chriſtian churches there was in the
north of Africa, and in Miſſinia, whence
ſome zealous miſſioners might have ventured
into Gin, to propagate the chriſtian faith;
or ſome of the miniſters of the golpel fled
from thoſe parts ſouthward into Africa, du-
ring the horrid perſecution of the Arian
Vanduls. Ts
To return to the matter in hand; the
ſervice to the idol, for finding of gold, is
performed every morning, when they go
out for it, and conſiſts only in throwing
handfuls of water over their heads, and
muttering ſome words; and laſtly, ſpitting
into the water. ne
H “ For houſhold gods they ſet up at their
l, doors little ſtaves hooked at one end, which
the prieſt ſells, when he has conſecrated
them on a large ſtone, that is ſanctified and
dedicated to that uſe; firmly believing their

2 05Lations
1 | geld.
Your

houſes are thereby ſecured from all ill ac-

cidents,
n. honthold gods, conſiſts in hens, which
they facrifice on the leaves of the conſe-
crated tree, Cut in ſeveral figures, and then
tear them in pieces, turning about to each

other, ſome laying, Mecuſa, Mecuſa, ſigni-

tying, do me good ; and others anſwering,
ring 2 Auzy, good be to you. |

mne, Whena king, or chief of a country, or

town, perceives his revenue to ſink, and

that the merchants, who uſed to pay toll

and cuſtoms, have taken another way, thro?

ſome other dominions, he preſently cauſes

the conſecrated tree to be well furniſhed

with proviſions and liquor, and ſends to the

_ Prieſts to repair to the place, to conſult

Coaſts of SouTH-GUINE A.

withſtanding the aſſurance they had given

join in religious exerciſes. The chief men

5 nance, is ſeverely fined.
g t The proper offering to their country

315
the idol, whether the merchants will come BaRzor.
again thro? their lands or not. The prieſts WWW
put the queſtion to the idol after this man-

ner. Firſt, they make a heap of wood-

aſhes, in a pyramidal form, and pluck or

cut a branch of the ſacred tree, over which

they mutter ſome words, and then ſpit on

the bark of it; and taking up ſome of the

aſhes, one of them wets and beſmears the

faces of the reſt with it, making many odd
geſtures and grimaces, till one of them, by
appointment, altering his voice, as if the

idol ſpoke, delivers the oracle's anſwer.

Men and women have each of them Fariety of
their peculiar idols, one for a happy de- %
livery when with child; another for the
head-ach 3 another for the fever or ague;
others for venereal diſeaſes ; for the worms,
to preſerve them from being drowned, and
from robbers abroad and at home ; for
preventing ſtorms in their voyages at ſea,
and fo ad inſinitum, for or againſt all the
caſualties that attend human nature. Thus
they aſcribe innumerable virtues to their
idols, and conſequently pay them ſo much
honour and reverence, as to make vows to
them, and obſerve faſts; ſo that one Black
will vow never to cat any beef, another no
mutton, another no white hens, and ano-
ther no fiſh during his whole life. So one
will abſtain for ever from brandy, another
from palm-wine, and nothing can prevail
with them to break thoſe vows, any more
than the Reccabites would the ordinance of
their father 7onadav ; and they poſitively
believe he would infallibly die that ſhould
be guilty of ſuch an offence.

Upon any unſeaſonable weather, as over- Prayers for
much rain, occaſioning floods, or drought, £994 wea-
a whole town or country will commonly

then aſſemble, and adviſe with the prieſts
what 1s to be done to remove that publick
calamity 3 and what they direct, is immedi-
ately put in execution, through the whole
country, a cryer making proclamation z and
whoſoever preſumes to tranſgreſs the ordi-

WoksHfP in Grovss with Drums, Se.

AL. moſt every town or village has near Grove:
to it a ſmall conſecrated grove, to which conſecrated.

the governors and p:ople frequently reſort,
to make their offerings, either for the pub-
lick, or for themſelves. No Perſon dares
defile them, or cut, break or pull any of
the branches off thoſe trees; the tranſgreſſor,
beſides the uſual puniſhment, dreading to
incur the curſe of the whole nation.

Generally at all their devotions the prieſt, pam, and
or ſome one of the company, beats a drum muſick.
or timbrel, and fings to it; and upon more
publick ſolemnities, they add other inſtru-
ments. So the ancient Jraelites uſed Kuen

© An

316

BARRBOT. and timbrels in their feaſts and ſolemnities,

SY W as we read in Exod. xv. 20. Judg. xi. 34.

_ Pſal.1xviii. 26, and cl. 4. which they accom-

panied with dancing. And their progeni-
tors, in the firſt ages, before they had either
ark or temple, for their religious aſſemblies,
uſed to retire, at certain hours of the day,
to ſome fields, groves, or mountains to

pay their religious duty to the ſupreme

deity 3 judging thoſe by-places the moſt con-
venient, as being ſolitary, and out of the
way of worldly buſineſs, and therefore fitter
for raiſing up their minds to divine contem-

plation. Thus Abel and Cain offered their

ſacrifices in the fields, Gen. iv. 8. IJſaac uſed
to repair to the fields in the evening to me-

ditate, Ib. xxiv. 63. Elias on mount Carmel;

Religious
ob ſerva-
tion.

John the Baptiſt in the deſart of Judea; and
even JEsus CHRIST prayed in the garden
of olives; and St. Peter on the houſe-top.

The ancient pagans allo affected to retire to
mountains, caves, grottos, woods and groves,
to worſhip their falſe gods; and to this da
at the Gold Coaſt, many of the Blacks reſort
to the open fields, three or four of them
together, to pray to their idols, commonly
attended by a prieſt, with a drum hanging
at his neck.

SAB BAT H.
WW Hatloever opinions the Blacks enter-

tain concerning the deity, we find
they every where keep one day in the week

holy; which is every where Tze/day, except
at Anta, where they obſerve Friday, as the
Mahometans do. This feſtival or ſabbath,
they call Dia Santo, that is holy-day; but
it is none of their own language, and they
have borrowed it from the Portugueſe, as
they have many other words. That day
the fiſhermen never go our a fiſhing, nor
do the peaſants carry any proviſions to the

markets, but only deliver to the king, or

the Caboceiro, or magiſtrate of a town, the

palm-wine, which they cauſe to be diſtri-

buted among the inhabitants. Merchants
and factors are allowed to go aboard ſhips

in the road, becauſe of the ſhort ſtay they
generally make at one place; elſe they would
not be permitted to break their ſabbath. In
ſome parts they are not ſo rigid, but allow
all ſorts of work to be done as on other
days, except fiſhing.

I have ſpoken ſufficiently of the veneration
the Blacks pay to their idols, and of the re-
ſpect they generally ſhow to their miniſters
or prieſts, as the interpreters of their oracles

and ordinances 3 I ſhall conclude with an ob-

Prieſts no 8

conjurers.

ſervation concerning thoſe

MiINIST ERS or PRIESTS,
OME authors have endeavoured to per-
ſuace the world that the Blacks worſhip
the devil, whici l have own io be a miſtake ;

&

A Deſcription of the

ters, Which is as falſe as the other. This
notion came from the Portugueſe, who gave
thoſe prieſts the name of Feitiſſeros, which
they ſtill retain, and ſignifies ſorcerers; and
this they did becauſe thoſe people being
idolaters, and worſhipping very deformed
figures, they concluded them to be devils;

and the extravagant ceremonies performed

by the priefts, they looked upon as witch-
craft, But it is certain thoſe prieſts have
no other conjuration than to delude the
people, and get what they can by them,
thro? a perſuaſion that what they do proceeds
from God; and their ignorance makes them
ſwallow any fraud, as ſomething above the
common cauſe of nature.

Thus we read As viii. 9, &c. that the Simor
Samaritans, from the higheſt to the loweſt, Wg.

were poſſeſs'd with an opinion of Simon Ma-

guss, who had ſo gained them by his en-
chantments, that they admired him as a
worker of prodigies. |

Even ſo the Egyptian magicians, in the Egryin

days of Moſes, had fully perſuaded that jm

nation, that there was a ſupernatural virtue
in them for doing wonders, Exod. vii. & ſeq,

PRIESTS of the BLACKS.

S to the Guinea prieſts in general, ſet- Ff.

ting aſide their frauds and impoſtures in-

regard of religion, and for deluding the

people, they are men of a grave and ſober

behaviour, and live very regularly in all
reſpects, being like Reccabites, under a vow
never to drink palm-wine.

The function is hereditary in their families, au
ſome of them boaſting of very great anti- #4:

quity in their tribe, which contributes very
much to render them more honourable
among the people, and even the kings and
great men of every nation, who carry them-
{elves very diſcreetly towards them, to gain
their favour, that they may be always ready
to gain them the good- will of their idols,
believing that the ſaid prieſts can do much
with them. 1

They are commonly clothed in the coarſeſt
Leyden ſayes, or Coefveld linen, which 1s
wrapped about their waiſts, and hangs down
to their legs, with a looſe ſcarf over it, and
the reſt of their body naked. They adorn
their necks with ſtrings of the bones of
broiled fowl; and about their legs, like
garters, have knotted threads of the conſe-
crated tree, intermixt with bugles.

BanisSHING of the DEviLl.

[ in general believe there is a devil, an

that he often does them much miſchief 3 for
which

Boo k Il
as alſo that their prieſts are ſorcerers or ma-
gicians, who converſe with evil ſpirits, by

whoſe means they pretend to foretel future
events, and perform other extraordinary mat-

Clathing. |

Have already obſerved, that the Blacks cm

Driving
th d vil.

| Werſhip-
ping the
rl,

Girantich
teil.

[ HAP. 27. Coaſts of SouTH-GviNEeA, 317

41; |

nd 1

lar

ins. |

noni

C |

Driving
the devil,

| Worſhip-
ping the
til.

which reaſon they have a ſolemn appointed
time yearly, in every country, to baniſh
him all their towns and villages, The
cople of Axim and Anta uſe the molt cere-
mony about 1t, which 1s as follows. Firſt,
they keep publick feaſting for eight days
ſucceſſively, in every town, all which time
is ſpent in ſinging, ſkipping, dancing, and
all ſorts of mirth and frolicks ; and during
the ſaid time, every perſon has his full li-
berty to defame all others, either by ſing-
ing or telling their faults, without any ex-

ception, from the king to the ſlave: and

this they are ſure to do continually, with-
out any offence taken, nor is there any other
way to ſtop their mouths, than filling them

with plenty of liquor; which has ſo good
an effect, that they will turn their railing
into commendations, extolling the perſon

who has been ſo bountiful to them.

The next morning after the ſolemnity
expires, they hunt out the devil, with hor-
rid and diſmal cries and howling, all the

' multitude running, and throwing ſtones,
ſticks, or any thing they meet with, even

to excrements, as thick as hail, at the de-

vil, as they faricy, and continue ſo doing

till they think they have drove him quite
out of the town, and ſo return home highly
pleaſed with their expedition; and for the

more ſecurity, that the evil ſpirit ſhall not
return to their houſes, the women waſh and

ſcour all their wooden and earthen veſſels
very clean, that they may be free from filth
and that ſpirit,

In the moſt ſouthern cold parts of A-
merica, there are Indians, who worſhip the

devil, whom they call Eponamon, that is

potent; but the: heathens of Axim ſeem

only to fear him. Thoſe of the countries

of Angoy and Congo, in the Lower Etbio-

_ pig, call upon the evil ſpirits, making great

fires before their figures. The people of

| the iſland of Madagaſcar pay them ado-

Girantich
teil.

ration, that they may do them no harm,

taking little notice of good ſpirits. The
Inibs, or prieſteſſes of the iſland Tormoſa,

on the coaſt of China, in twenty two degrees
of north latitude, pretend to drive away
the devil with their Japoneſe cymiters, ma-
king a hideous noiſe and doleful cries, which

they ſay frights him, and he drowns him-

{elf in the next river,

The inhabitants of the country of Anta

tell us, they are often plagued by a giant,
who, they ſay, is a miſchievous god, and
has one ſide ſound, and the other rotten;

Wich if any perſon happen to touch, he

dies immediately. They are very ſtudious
to appeaſe him, and to that purpoſe lay
out thouſands of pots or troughs, with eata-
bles, all about the country, and take care

continually to ſupply them.
e ee 2 £

This expelling of the devil is one of their BAR ROT.
moſt ſolemn feſtivals, as is another, which WWW
they call the Fair, commonly falling at Iva.
the end of their harveſt.

CoMPUTATION F TIME.

TH E Blacks generally make their com-

putation of times and ſeaſons by the
moon, and by her know the proper ſea-
ſons for ſowing, for which reaſon they pay
that planet a particular veneration; but
many of them have been long ſince brought
by the Europeans, among whom they have
converſed, to divide time into years, months,
weeks and days, giving every day of the
week its proper name, in their own language;
but the inland people divide their time into

lucky and unlucky.

Of Ipor ATR in general.

I Shall conclude this chapter of the religion
and 1dols of the Blacks, with the follow-
ing digreſſion, concerning the ſource and
original of the idolatry of the Gentiles of
Nigritia, Guinea, and the Lower Ethiopia,
as well as of all other Pagans = A
Laban had his Teraphins,or tutelar deities, 1Gaelires
whom hecalled his gods, and were his houſ- made idols.
hold gods, being repreſentations of Noah and
Shem., Micah made Teraphims, ar tutelar
gods, to draw a bleſſing from heaven on
his houſe. Judges xvii. 5. And the man Mi-

cah had an houſe of gods, and made an Ephed

and Teraphim, and conſecrated one of his ſons,
who became his prieſt. ver. 13. and ſaid, Now

I know the Lord will do me good,

The king of Babylon ſtood at the parting
of the way, at the head of the two ways,
and enquired of the Teraphims, or idols,
for they are ſynonimous 3 it being the cuſtom
in thoſe days to ſet up the Teraphims in
niches, or cavities, where two roads met,
as tutelar gods of the high-ways. Teraphim
lignify ing - preſerving and healing gods;
they are Dii ſervalores & ſoſpitatores.

The Teraphims, or Seraphims in Egypt,
were figures, having a human head, wichout
a body, arms, or other limbs, it being uſual
among the Egyptians to make ſuch repre-
ſentations. 5

I have ſeen ſuch figures at Sierra Leona, 7401, on
Rio Sejiro and Mina, as appears in the cuts roads.
relating to the deſcription of thoſe countries;

and they were ſer up in the roads, under

little huts. The idols of the northern people,
near Nova Zembla, ſpoken of before, were
carved on the trunks of large trees in the
open fields. Thoſe puppets mentioned in the
deſcription of Mina, and the idol of the
Acra Blacks, there diſcourſed of, were no
other than the reſemblance of human heads,
without any body or limbs,

M mmm The

318

BAA nor. The

hereafter, have alſo their idols, ſet up under

Houſhold
gods,

little roofs, or in niches, on the roads, lead-
ing to the city of that name, or others, to
5 ig they pay a religious worſhip as they
aſs by.
1 The en Romans had their Lares, or
houſhold gods, juſt at the entrance into
their houſes, as the Blacks have on the Gold
Coaſt, at Fida, and in moſt other parts of

Guinea, and the Lower Ethiopia. Nor had the

Romans Lares, only to protect their houſes,
but others alſo ſet up on the high-ways, as
protectors to travellers; and thoſe were
called Dii Viales, or Dii Compitales. So the
people of Guinea have their gods on the

roads and about the country, as tutelars of

thoſe places.

M. Furieu, in his critical hiſtory of the
good and bad doctrines and worſhips which
were. in the church, from Adam down to
Jzsvs CHRIST, Part III. pag. 458, and 4.59,
makes a digreſſion upon the word Teraphim,
and proves it to be the ſame the pagans gave
to their idols, and that by Teraphims they
did not mean the great God, but ſome ſingu-
lar perſons of note departed, whom they had
deified. He, for inſtance, ſuppoſes Laban's

Teraphims to have been the images of Noah

and Shem ; as the Lares of the Romans re-
preſented their anceſtors, and the moſt il-
luſtrious perſons of their families, which were

15 peculiarly conſecrated and worſhipped as

gods. He then ſhows how thoſe Teraphims

were imitated from the oracle of the CHeru-

bims, and in proceſs of time became inſtru-
ments of magick, among the eaſtern nations.

people of Loango, of whom more

A Deſcription of SouTu-GuviNEA. Book Il

A commentator on 1 Cor. x. 20, and 21 1

ſays, that many of the heathen deities, whom
they ſerved in their idols were wicked ſpirits,

as in Levit. xvil. 7. And they ſhall no more

offer their ſacrifices unto devils, &c. Den;
xxxii. 17. They ſacrificed unto devils, not 19
God. And tho? they often pretended thereby
to honour men deceaſed, or other creatures,
or even ſometimes the ſupreme creator, az
in As xvii. 23. and Rom. i. 21. yet were
they reputed to render that ſervice to the
devil, becauſe he was the inventor and pro-
moter thereof; and that by ſuch acts on
was not honoured, but rather provoked.

This may ſuffice to convince ſome perſons une.
who will argue, that the ſervice the people ia». |

of Guinea do to their idols is not idolatry,
in a ſtrict ſenſe, becauſe they do not wor-
ſhip them as gods, nor even the devil him-
ſelt, tho? they dread him ſo very much,
as has been ſaid before; for confirming where-
of, I ſhall uſe the words of St. Paul, 1 Cor.
chap. x. 19, 20. What ſay I then? that
the idol is any thing, or that which is offered in
ſacrifice to idols is any thing? But J ſay that the
things, which the Gentiles ſacrifice, they ſacrifice

to devils, and not to God, Others alſo have

been of opinion, ſpeaking of Fews and Cen-
tiles, that they
laſting, without the knowledge of God, the
ſupernatural Being, and without the know-
ledge of the immortality of the ſoul, and
of reward and puniſhment after this life ;
but Navarette very juſtly ſays, that ſuch
doctrine cannot be defended or taught by
ſound apoſtolical miſſioners.

The END of the THIRD Book.

BOOK

might attain to life ever-

vari

— — — — 2. 2 2 2

wo Pe A

ww 2

319

CHA P.L

Of the Slave Coaſt in general. Soko kingdom. Rio da Volta. Coto king-
dom. Little Popo. Great Popo. French Factory there, &c. 5

N the former book, which was all of | So KO Kincpom.

the Gold Coaſt, I laid down its extent T I'S kingdom extends on the weſt to & countr,

along the ſhore, from Rio de Sweiro da Coſta, Occa, a village eaſt of Lay, and on the little
to Lay, in the Lempi country. _ eaſt, to Rio da Volta, along the coaſt on the“.

In this fourth book, I am to treat of the ocean. How deep it runs inland, I could
Slave Coaſt, ſo called by the Europeans, be- not learn, being a country of little com-
cauſe the whole trade there conſiſts in ſlaves merce with Europeans, unleſs by chance :
and gold, purchaſed merely by chance, in ſome, eſpecially Portugucſe, touch at its
an inconſiderable quantity. maritime places, viz. Angulan, Briberqu,

Baya and Aqualla, either to provide corn,
The SLAVE COAST. ( (maiz) of which it affords great plenty;
unt of THE ſea-faring Europeans extend this or to purchaſe Accany cloths, which the
the coaſt Slave Coaſt, to Rio-Lagos, in Benin, Accaneez people bring thither from their
where it loſes its name; the adjacent coaſt country, when the inland roads are clear
being that of Great Benin: and beyond it from robbers, and make a very conſiderable
the coaſt of Douwerre, ſtretching to cape profit by that trade; but that country is
Fermozo, towards the ſouth ; and from this ſeldom free from ſuch villains.
cape, to Rio del Rey eaſt ; and thence com- The Negroes of Volla and Coto likewiſe
_ paſſing ſouth, as far as cape Lope-Gonzales, come to Soko by ſea, when they are informed
beyond the Zquator, forms the gulph of that ſome European ſhips make any ſtay
Guinea, or the Bight: thus ſtretching in the there, and bring ſome quantities of ſlaves.
whole three hundred and fifty leagues in a The natives of Soko are moſtly huſband- Husband-
bow, from Volta, the beſt part whereof, at men, and ſcarce mind any other employ-#.
leaſt as far as Camarones river, at the bottom ment beſides that and fiſhing ; tho? fiſhery
of the gulph, might be well accounted the there, as well asat the former weſtern coaſts,
Slave Coaſt, as affording vaſt numbers of ſlaves as far as Acra, turns to little or no account.
in trade, eſpecially at new and old Calabar, Very few of them ever have any gold, un-
and ſo on to Rio del Rey, And for the ſame leſs it be the Acra, Lampi, and Aguamboez
reaſon, the tract of land along the ſea be- Blacks, who are ſettled among them with
twixt Lay and Rio da Volta, might as well be their families, of which there are a pretty
reckon'd a part of the Gold Coaſt, the coun- many; as well as at Lay, Ningo, Cincko,
try affording now and then ſome little gold and ſo to Pompena, or Ponni, weſtward.
in traffick: and it was on that account, Beſides the four mentioned villages fitu-
that in my original French manuſcripts, ated on the Soko coaſt, there are ſeveral
and in the map, or chart annexed, I made hamlets and cottages intermixt between
the Gold-Coaſt extend from Rio de Sweiro them on the ſea-ſhore, but of no manner
da Coſta, to Rio da Volta; looking upon that of conſideration.
as its true extent, and aſſigning two famous

large rivers for its limits. of the kingdom of Lampi; whole prince,
But this being of very little or no con- as I have ſaid in the ſecond book, bears

ſequence, and our Engliſh and Dutch ſea- the title of king of Ladingcour.

faring people reckoning it otherwiſe, I re- The maritime part of Soko is flat and

linquiſh my former opinions, and ſubmit low, riſing gradually as it runs up inland,

to theirs, becauſe it is chiefly for them I and is very woody.

write; and now enter on the ſubject of the

— 2 — 5 — -
h 4 — — - * —_ ny -
4 — * I ——ç—7j8h _ .
— £ 2% * 41 2 2 p 4 „

* ” 5 — .
, IX - ” $15, 8
i M4 - — I
< — — 1 — & 3 4 —— — — rg * — 7 2
4 , >. ” Pr + 4
f a < 5 8 * % — "x ” x
- * OW 6 22 ” 4 - 2 * oh * — * S2 4 — — N « Z
4 - 2 - — — > > - — — _ — — l - by — 8 = row iy — l
E 2 — — — . % 1 OF 8 . 3 * > 4 - £ * * l
= o = oy Wu . ” « * p -
a — 5 ——— , = 5 a * 2 2 + 8" AF ASE — : ——
=. * 1 2 1 2 # I < r N = * >, bs - 1% of S-- *. 4 — — — = = - — *
— 5 > « * 9 K ; . _
— K — > bY , — a A "1 4 * 7 L — — — —
2 « — r — > \ ; N —
— . — 3 — — 3 — —— _ pn = G Shes . —— =
— wt — B Mie" — = = l Y — OS GX RT _ - - . oy 4 —
— - % — — r. = = _

— IO
2 —
ny * A © - a
„375 Ex
—— —— — *
* - 8 - 12
— |:
e oe EO = OL
— —— —
Wes. all

% <4
— — adi” EI
U .
1 - —

Some authors account this country as part

Slave Coaſt, commonly reputed to extend Rio Da VoLTA,

from Lay, to Rio Lagos. TAS ſo called by the Portugueſe for its
This Slave Coaſt comprehends the coaſts of rapid courſe and reflux. Its ſpring,

So, Coto, P30, Fida and Ardra, the ſub- according to a very modern author, is in the

ject of the following deſcription. kingdom of Mam, bordering ſouthward on

that

320 A Deſcription of the Book IV CHAP,
ha

Barpor. chat of Gago, in nine degrees north latitude,
WY WV running thence through the country of
Taſou, in which are ſaid to be mines of
gold; and ſo downward ſouth, through
that of 2yabou, Aboura, Ingo, and others.
The coaft about it is flat and low, butup

the land it riſes into hills and very ſteep.

mountains. The ſhore is bordered all along
with a fine large ſandy ſtrand, forming fe-
veral little bays, having nine fathom deep,
about a league out to fea. The land is
pretty open for ſome miles, on either fide
of the river, where you ſee a great num-
ber of palm-trees, ſtanding at equal di-
ſtances from each other ; the country farther
up is all woody, or covered with ſhrubs
and buſhy trees. |
Hard to be This river is not eaſily ſeen from ſea, un-
ien from Jeſs at about five or ſix Engliſh miles diſtance,
e. from the top-maſt heads, whence only 1t
appears to be a fine and large river, diſ-
charging its waters very violently into the
ocean; but you cannot perceive the leaſt
opening, till you come within a league of
the ſhore, where it ſhows a fmall opening,
or mouth, and the ruſhing and ftrong ſtream
that guſhes out, has but a ſmall paſſage :
for though this river 1s very wide within,
a tract of land or point, which ſome pre-
tend is an iſland athwart its mouth, as the
Duleh maps have it, renders the entrance
into the ſea ſo narrow, that it is paſſable
only with , canoes, but twice in the year,
and that commonly in April and November,
at which times the weather is not ſo boifte-
rous at the coaſt, as 1n the rainy ſeaſons.
Dangerous I lay one night at anchor north by weſt
extrance. of this river, in a yacht, in eighteen fathom
water, muddy ground, and the next morn-
ing found the yacht was driven northward,
from eightcen to thirteen fathom, in five
hours time; whereas naturally the tide
ſhould have driven 1t to the ſouthward,
ſince it generally runs that way from Volla,
with an incredible rapidity,ſo as you find the
freſh out to ſea, in ten fathom depth, the
water looking white; and carrying great
numbers of trees along with it, at ſome ſea-
ſons of the year, which ſticking faſt at the
mouth of the river, occaſions very high
ſwellings, and terrible ſurges, |
It is natural enough to believe, that by
reaſon of the wideneſs within, and the vio-
lent reflux of this river, the ebb, which
paſſes thro* that ſmall mouth, muſt be
much ſtronger than if it had as large an
entrance into the ocean as the river is wide.
This violent ebb, meeting with the waves
of the ſea, which by the ſteady winds from
ſouthweſt, and ſouth, are forced upon the
ſhore, muſt needs cauſe horrid and dread-
ful ſwellings, or ſurges on the ocean, which
renders the navigation of that river, after

the rainy ſeaſon, ſo perilous, that it is not

fend floops to Volla, which brought back

poſſible to perſuade the Blacks to venture

even with canoes. 1 1 3
The beſt mark I can give to diſcover the gh
mouth of Volta from the ſea, is a ſmal]
wood, ſtanding on the eaſt point of it, tho' 2
it ſeems at a diſtance to be all continent. =
All the Dutch maps we have, as wel] A. 9 2
the Engliſh, repreſent the ſhore about Volta, . 5
eſpecially for ſome leagues weſt of its mouth, |
to be faced with a high large bank of ſand, 7
tor avoiding of which, mott Eurotean ſhips, 1
bound from Lay to Fida or Ardra, com- ef Fn
monly ſteer wide of the coaſt, ten or twelve ; | 5
leagues : which, if they Knew better, they 1
would not do, ſince it lengthens their navi- 2
gation : for there 1s no other ſhoal or bank fa
but a very ſmall one, both in length and ſe
breadth, uſt eaſt of the river's mouth; which 95
is omitted in the maps above mentioned, ,
beginning exactly at the eaſt fide of the
channel, or paſſage of the river. So that 1,
any ſhip whatever may very ſafely ſail from i
Lay, along the coaſt of Soko and Volta, iteer- A
ing directly at a league and half diſtance fl
from ſhore, at moſt. "a
There is another bank of ſand athwart '7
the mouth of the river, in the nature of a 1
bar; which rendring the water more ſhallow, a
contributes, with the violent reflux, and the
narrowneſs of the paſſage, to the horrid
ſwelling and ſurges I have mentioned. And 7
I remember to this purpoſe, that the then |
Dutch general of Mina, Verhoutert, ſup- 4
poling, as he did, I was making obſervations, {
and new diſcoveries on the Guinea Coaſt, in J
the yacht I was embarked on, when] paid ,
him a vilit at Mina, as has been ſaid before, (
and perceiving I was very inquiſitive about 1
every thing relating to Grinea, as we were e of
diſcourſing together, adviſed me, as to this 000. f
river of Volla, by no means to venture to
carry the yacht into it, as being the moſt \
perilous thing I could do, even at that very t
time when he ſpoke to me, which was in the

month of April, and conſcquently the firtelt |
ſeaſon of the year for paſſing up it with Lat
a yacht, Bur in the courſe of our conver- va |
ſation, ſome time after, forgetting what he
had ſaid before, added, that he uſed now
and then, at ſome ſeaſons of the year, to

Form of
| Ihe conſt,

ſome quantities of ſlaves and cloths ; which,
as he told me, the natives buy of the Ab.
mans, and Nubians, with whom they have à
tree commerce, by means of this river run-
ning up, always very wide and large, a vaſt
way inland, towards the north north-eaſt:
but it is choaked in ſome of the upper part
of its channel, by falls and clifts, as the Blacks
report. He ſhow'd me ſome of thoſe cloths, .
which are not unlike borders of needle tapeſ-
try; but] ſuppoſe the trade of this river *
of no great advantage, ſince the Hollanders,

who are well acquainted with the og 5
ave

ö CHAP. I.

Dutch

mp:faje. by eaſt, about twelve Dutch miles,

have no ſettlements there: or it may pro-

ceed from the dangers of navigating that

river. ah
The Portugueſe trade there ſometimes,
and carry away a few ſlaves, ſome elephants
teeth, and Indian wheat, whereof there is
great plenty; but little or no gold, the na-
tives ſcarce knowing that metal.
The coaſt from Lay to Volta, ſtretches
eaſt by north, and ſometimes eaſt by ſouth,
ſeventeen or eighteen leagues. The Dutch
maps lay it down north-eaſt, and north-eaſt
But

they are miſtaken: for I had good oppor-

Coto.

Form of
ine coaſt,

tunity to make nice obſervations in failing
along the coaſt, in a yacht, in fix or ſeven
fathom, not far from ſhore, where we ſaw
ſeveral fires all along it from Lay to that
place; it being then the ſowing ſeaſon for
Indian wheat.
The coaſt from the eaſtern point of Rio
da Volta, to cape Montego, or Monte da Ra-
fa, runs eaſt ſouth-eaſt almoſt four leagues
the village Hova being ſeated on the ſea-
ſhore, about a league and a half weſt from

the mount; and has for a mark, a thick,

large and lofty wood, on the north-eaſt of
it, The ſand of the ſounding is there as fine

as duſt,

SE Coro KINO DOM.
T HIS is the kingdom of Coto, which, as
have ſaid before, is reckoned to begin
weſt from Rio Volta, and extends on the

ſea-ſide from chence to the town of Coto, or

Verbou, about ſixteen leagues or better eaſt-
ward: has been the reſidence of the king of
Coto, and is reported to be a large popu-
lous town. RO.

Em From Cabo Montego eaſtward, the coaſt

forms a great bulging of ten leagues, from
point to point, to cape St. Pablo, near
which ſtands the village Quila, which 1s
to be known from the ſea by a ſmall thicket

or wood, over which three palm-trees riſe.

The founding there is extremely fine ſand,
and on the ſhore very great ſwelling waves,
which hinders the natives from coming out
on board ſhips. The ſhore of the bulging
above-mentioned, appears broken through in
many parts, and the land within marſhy
and watry, as it is all along from Volta hi-
ther; and ſeems to be a large continued
lake, out of which, about the middle guſhes
out a little river, which does not flow out
into the ſea, but is diſcernable by the trees
ſtanding on the eaſt ſide of it, and by ſeveral
ſmall iſlands in the lake.

The Coto Coaſt, from cape
cape Monte, runs eaſt north-eaſt, the land
low, flat, level and open, or at beſt having
here and there ſome ſhrubs. Near this cape

appears a ſeparation 1n the ſhore, as of a

Wer; one ſide of which is low and open, and
Vo I. V.

Coaſts of Sourh-GUIN EA.

$1. Paolo, to

anding near the ſtrand ; but no canoes ever
come out from thence, the natives having
little or no commerce with Europeans, The
village Bequoe is not far from that place.

The kingdom of Coto is not extraordinary
populous, and like to be leſs, by reaſon of

its wars with their next neighbours of Po.
The inhabitants are generally pretty civil Civil

to ſtrangers, as well as their king; tho? ſome
pretend they were formerly of a more ſa-
vage and ſottiſn temper than moſt of the
Blacks are. „

The ſoil of this country is tolerably ſtored Soll.
with cattle, palm, or wild-coco, of which
laſt it produces a vaſt quantity : the ſoil 1s
otherwiſe flat, very ſandy, dry, barren, and
void of all other trees. OS

The rivers afford the inhabitants good
ſtore of fiſh, but no ſea-fiſh is ſeen there,
becauſe of the horrid breaking of the ſea,
all along the ſea-ſhore, which makes it im-
practicable for any canoes to go in or out.

Thenativeshavea very inconſiderable trade Cotos
in ſlaves, of which it is but ſeldom they can Poor.

afford any good number together, and thoſe
they moſtly ſteal from the upland country,
and diſpoſe of them on board ſome Europe-
an ſhips; eſpecially to the Portugueſe, who
reſort thither more than any others : ſo that
there are few wealthy men among the Cotos,

and the generality being very poor, many

of them turn ſtrolling robbers about the
country, and do much miſchief.

This nation is in a fort of confederac
with that of Aquamboe, which will now and
then on occaſion aſſiſt them with ſome forces
in time of war. Their ceconomy, politicks
and religion are much the ſame as on the
Gold Coaſt ; only they have here a vaſt quan-
tity of idols: and as to their dialect, it dif-
fers little from that of Acra.

Lir ri Por s.

FR OM cape Monte, in the country of Extere.

the Cotos, to little Popo, the coaſt ex-
tends north eaſt about five leagues, all flat

land, very ſandy and barren, with only Barren.

ſome few ſhrubs here and there.
Little Popo is a ſmall country, but bearin
the title of a kingdom, ſituated betwixt thoſe
of Coto, and great Popo, on the ſea-ſide z its
extent up the inland I know not. The
country is flat, without hills or trees, and
ſo extraordinary ſandy, that the Blacks can
dreſs no victuals, but what is full of ſand.
The ſoil is ſo barren, that the natives muſt

be ſupplied with moſt neceſſaries for life from
Fida.

rous. The town of little Popo is ſeated on
the ſhore, four leagues weſt of grand Popo,
and near a ſmall river or creek.

Nnnn Moſt

321

on the other ſide, it is ſomewhat a riſing Bax nor
grows, with many round huts or houſes, WWY.

They are alſo incredibly plagued Plague of
with rats, which are extraordinary nume- .

Knaviſl
people,

322
BaRBOr. Moſt of the inhabitants are the remains
of the little Acra people, who lived under

the Dutch fort, Crevecaur, from whence
they have been lately driven by the A-
quamboes nation, as J have obſerved before.
Tho? this country is not very populous, the
natives are very bold and warlike, and often

at variance with the Coto nation. =

The inhabitants of little Popo live moſtly
upon plunder, and the ſlave trade ; far ex-
ceeding the Cotoſians, their neighbours, in com-
mitting abundance of outrages and robberies,

by means of which, they encreaſe in riches and

trade; which however, is not ſo very conſi-
derable, as to afford a large cargo of ſlaves
in a little time, but requires ſome months.
To this purpoſe, it is their common prac-
tice to aſſure the ſupercargo, or comman-

der of a trading ſhip, when they come firſt

aboard, that they have a ſtock of ſlaves a-
ſhore; but it is only to draw him aſhore,
which if they can do, they will detain him
ſome months, and fleece him well : for they

are the moſt deceitful and rhieviſh of any

Blacks. Sometimes it happens according to
the ſucceſs of their inland excurſions, that
they are able to furniſh two hundred ſlaves
or more, in a very few days. 0
The Portugueſe, of all European nations,

have the molt conſtant commerce with little

Popo; notwithſtanding they are heavily a-

buſed and cheated by the inhabitants, be-

caule the Portugueſe commonly have very
ſorry goods to compoſe their cargo, which
will not take ſo well at other trading ports
of the Slave Coaſt, as there: and thoſi: Blacks
being naturally fraudulent, have ſo often
cheated and amuſed the Eng/i/h, Da.nes and
Hollanders, that they ſeldom now will call
at that place to traffick ; which obligzes the

natives to ſhift as well as they can with. Por-

tugueſe commodities. |
Their politicks, ceconomy and religion,

are much the ſame, as what has been men-

tioned of the Blacks at Acra, as being but
lately fled from thence thither, for ſanctu-
ary againſt the violent outrages of their im-
placable enemies the Aquamboes.

There is an incredible number of rats,
very troubleſome in many reſpects to the in-

habitants, and much more to travellers,
who are not uſted to them. It is reported,
that in the village of Rowaill, in the iſland
of Harries, one of the weſtern iſlands of
Scotland, the natives were much troubled
with rats, which deſtroy'd all their corn,
milk, butter and cheeſe, Sc. that they
could not extirpate thoſe vermin for ſome
time, by all their endeavours. A conſide-
rable number of cats was employ'd for that
end, but were ſtill worſted, and became
perfectly faint, becauſe over- power'd by the
rats, who were twenty to one. At length
one of che inhabitants, of more ſagacity

A Deſcription of the

than the reſt, found an expedient to renew

his cat's ſtrength and courage; which was

by giving it warm milk, after every en-
counter with the rats: and the like being
given to all the other cats, after every bat-
tle, ſucceeded fo well, that they left not
one rat alive, notwithſtanding the great
number of them in the place.

If this is effectual to deſtroy rats, it may
be very uſeful aboard ſhips, where we are
commonly ſo much peſtered with that miſ-
chievous vermin : for they pilfer and carry
away any thing they can come at, even
breeches, ſtockings, Sc. and will often bite

men in their cabbins, and foul on their fa-

ces; nay, they are even fo large and ſo bold,

that they have aſſaulted my grey and blue

parrots in the night, kill'd ſome, and almoſt
eaten them up, tho* the ſhip I was in was

new from the ſtocks for the voyage.

GREAT Popo.
F RO M this port to that of great Pozo,
or Popob, eaſt of it, is about five leagues,
This place is eaſily known coming from weſt
to it, by two flags that are conſtantly diſ-
play'd there, at the beach on either ſide of

the river Tary, That on the eaſt point is
the Dutch flag, that nation having a lodge

there; the other a white flag, the natives
ſet up on the weft point of the river, when
they perceive ſhips coming from the weſt-
ward. You ſee by the chart of great Popo

in the print, how the river Tary, by the Pr,

Portugueſe call'd Rio do Poupou, is ſituated;
and the town Popo ſtanding in an iſland,
formed by moraſſes and bogs: for which
reaſon, the Portugueſe call it Terra Anegaaa,
i. e. drowned land, and others Terra Gazel-
la. The town is divided into three parcels,
at a diſtance from each other.

The entrance or mouth of the river do

Poupou is choaked with a bar, of eaſy acceſs
and receſs with bar-canoes. |
The natives of this iſland have ſcarce
any dwelling-places, beſides the great vil-
lage where the king of Popo commonly re-
ſides : and the country is but thinly peopled,

becauſe of the perpetual incurſions of the

Fida Blacks ; who labour continually to

reduce the Popo men to the obedience of Conti
the king of Fida, to whom it did former“ |

ly belong, but have not as yer been able
to effect it. The town of Popo, being
in an iſland, in the midſt of the river,
they are forced to make uſe of floats to
come at them; and the Popo people keeping
themſelves in a good poſture of defence,
often repulſe the Fidaſians, and their auxi-
liaries, with great loſs. =

This continual war hinders the Popoſians
from cultivating their lands quietly 3 where-
by they very frequently want proviſions,

and would ſtarve if they were not ſupply'd
| from

_ i;

| 2alare.

A Wy - — A, — = — — —

Ment,

e,

Book IVC 4?

— — —

big — &

[WC 42. L.

ill

Trade at
Feat po-
2

from Fida for their money, tho? their ca-

ital enemies; intereſt encouraging the Fida
Blacks to furniſh them with neceſſaries, not-
withſtanding the ſevere fines and puniſhment
they incur from their ſovereign the king of
Fida, on that account.

Whilſt this petty kingdom of great Popo,
by the Portugueſe calPd Os Poupos, was ſub-
ect to the king of Ardra (for it may pro-
perly be reckoned to be in the ancient
country of Ardra, as well as Fida,) the Ardra-
dan langvage being ſtill uſed at Popo, with
very ſmall alteration, and the government
upon the ſame foot; it had but an indiffe-
rent trade with Europeans, the king of Ar-
dra obliging them to carry all the ſlaves
they got to Ardra, in order to receive his
toll, which probably may have induced the
Popoſians to revolt from him, and preſerve
themſelves free and independent : and by this
their policy they have drawn a good trade
to Popo ever ſince; inſomuch, that at ſome
times they are able to make up a large car-
go of ſlaves in a few days, taking in pay-
ment ther-of, cauris, iron, bugles, linen,
and other ſorts of European goods.

All trading ſhips there commonly adjuſt

the price of flaves on the one ſide, and of

#3177

Employ.

Ment,

Ng,

by his people.
the king always to eat by himſelf.
His houſe or palace is very large, con-

European goods on the other, with the king

of great Popo; and if no ſhips come thither,
they fell to thoſe of little Popo. But their

oreateſt profit accrues from the fiſhery of

their river, and trading with the fiſh in the

neighbouring nations.
The preſent king of Popo is a tall well-

ſhaped man, having ſomething in his mien

above the common Blacks : he 1s generally
dreſſed in a long gown of brocade], an oſier
cap on his head, and very much reſpected
It is the cuſtom there for

ſiſting of abundance of ſmall huts round
his apartment; which is in the remoteſt part
of all the buildings, diſpoſed in ſuch a man-
ner, that to come at it, you muſt paſs thro?
three courts, each having a guard of ſol-
diers; in the farthermoſt of which, are the

bing's lodgings, adorned with a pavillion,
which ſerves the king to converſe with the

principal men of the nation, and his own
officers. IgE

This prince has many handſome women,
two of whom ſtand always by him, with

fans in their hands, to cool him. He ſpends

the beſt part of the day in ſmoaking tobac-
co, and talking either with his own waves,
or with his officers, or other notable per-
lons of the country.

His wives are maintained in the palace,

with variety of meat, fowls, rice and po-
tatoes,

In 1682, he maintain'd war againſt the
Blacks of Monte or Coto, and thoſe of Fida,

Coaſts of Soura-Gv IN EA.

their 71 forces: and ſome time after, he
Joined in league with the king of Fida, to
attack the country of Colo; but how they
ſped, I was never told.

The natives of great Popo are much like Thieves;

their neighbours of little Popo, and of Coto,
living moſtly upon plunder, being naturally
thieves by profeſſion; eſpecially when got
drunk, they ſteal any thing they can come
at from friends or foes: which temper in
them, has hindred any Europeans but the
Dutch, from ſettling a factory at Popo; and
brought them alſo to have the king to adjuſt
matters of commerce betwixt them and his
ſubjects, being bound to make good any
irregularities of this kind to each party; in

Imitation of the practice uſed at Vida and
Ardra.

The Popoſians, like all other Blacks, have priefs.

great faith in their prieſts, which are there
call'd Domine. They go commonly dreſſed
in a long white frock, always carrying a
ſtaff crooked at one end; and each trading
ſhip muſt pay the Domine a certain toll,
by way of free gift, which encourages the
Blacks to diſpatch the Europeans as quick as

poſſible ; conceiting that the prieſts being

ſo well paid, will uſe all their intereſt with
the deities of the ſea, to favour them with
calms and good weather, that ſo they may

with the greater facility and ſafety carry
goods and flaves to and from the ſhips

to the land, and thence on ſhip-board again,

without being overſet in their canoes. And

when they ſhip off ſlaves in their canoes,
they have a prieſt ſtanding by at the beach,

who ſtrews ſand over the ſlaves heads, that
their deities may preſerve them from being

overſet in paſſing the bar.

The houſes at great Popo are built in the
ſame form as at Cabo Verde. The inland
country abounds in ſundry fruits and roots,
and in cattle, poultry, Sc. Near the ſhore
the land is all over marſhy and ſwampy,

as has been obſerved already, and conſequent-

ly flat and low.

. F
FROM Popo-grande to the port of Fida,
+ the coaſt extends about five leagues eaſt
north-eaſt, the little town of Ogy or Oay
lying betwixt both places on the ftrand,
about a quarter of a league eaſt of a little
river that falls into the fea,z the coaſt all

along almoſt inacceſſible, by teaſon of the

mighty ſurf.

The village Coulain-ba, with ſome other yillages.

hamlets and cottages, are ſeated on the

banks of the river Tary, which runs down

from the Ardra country, thro? Fida, to the
ocean at Great Popo, within the land, all
along the ſhore, at about a quarter of a

mile

who obliged him to make peace with theBarnor.
king of Fida, to avoid being ſubdued by WWW.

—
om

: 2 — 4 —

_—

* . AC b>
70 42
=
PER | 3-4 bt 1 3 4
— L NN

=
— CS — 5 — N , by
. — —_ 4-4 — 4. hed — — 2 * _—
— as - - 4 5 i - & 7
: 4 - 2" w_ = L : — me bo = — = a . on — "= ' r N > F = 4 — — — — — A
' 2 : — * TS 6.8 þ 8 ee | f 2 IM 4 2 - _—

— — : 2 . —— ——— ET — — 2 - 2 —— ũͥ — —
nn I ye 2 5 12 _ — 2 _ — — * — — — — = =
=? 2 1 & + - — — — "IIS = —— — ws — | - _ : ap oy = pen - —

2 F h of EIA 4 — ä 1 — > >- s EA
ry * 5 FP . Ax

1

——
— t_

un
J
-
0
4
7
x?
*
8 be
£ MJ U
* [
124 y 9
9278 |
* 7 8
* !
1 i
if 7
* * 1
| 4 |
Fn
. :
t
1 1
& n
al A \ *
T 8
1” AW
- x ESE
87 1
5 bad Q yy
=.
: 15 ol
14 71
F 6 »
* 8 7
q
. — 514.4
2142 1
it)
p „44
þ ”
WE jt 7.
3% 1
4 is 4
— A J
ö 1
17 oh
: 'L xi
: « N
?
; \
A 14
y WB
19 oy e
4 l 4
* 1
£ 4 * 2
o Fo
/ PRE
: . *
N i
a 1 1
ö 73
1
1
+
# i .
n
„4
4 i
* J *
[ >
1 7
71
1 14
, 7 N 5
-= 1
WE, N. T8)
*T .
4 ' il
„ e
. - TI
_ T7
r 44
1
V3 7 1
35:9 'C 1

324

ſwamps we ſee for ſeveral leagues together,

extending within the ſhore from Great Popo,

to Tary, through the land of Fida.
Above Coulain-ba is the town Fackain,
on the banks of another river, which, as it
extends into the country of Ardra, grows
more and more ſhallow, till at laſt it is quite
dry, as if it were loſt in the ſands. All
the above-named villages belong properly
to the country of Fida, and are not eaſily

perceived from ſea, but from the top-maſts _

of ſhips, when failing near the ſhore.

The beſt mark to avoid over-ſhooting
the port of Fida, which is called by the
French, La Praye, 1s in failing from before
Popo-grande, to ſteer along the ſhore, till
you lee in the eaſt four or five large trees
ſtanding ſeparately on the land, forming
a ſort of a grove together ; and farther

eaſtward, a little houſe on the beach, near

to which 1s ſet up a pole or ſtaff, for a flag,

and about the houſe there are uſually ſeveral

canoes ſet dry: and having brought the
pole to bear north, then caſt anchor, as
being the beſt ground; for ſomewhat far-

ther eaſt there are abundance of ftones

under water, which will ſpoil, and even
Jö;

The French ſhips bound to this port com-
monly fire a gun, when they come about
three leagues eaſt of Popo, as a ſignal to the

French factor, reſiding at Fida, which they

call Juyda, to give him notice of their ap-
proach ; and the ſaid factor ſends immedi-
ately ſome ſervant to the beach, to hoiſt
up the white flag: and I believe the Engliſh

factor, reſiding there, does the ſame, when
ſhips of his nation appear at weſt; the ſtaff

being common to them as 1t happens.

This place is extremely dangerous, either
landing. to land at, or to get out of it, becauſe of the

dreadful, horrible ſurf of the ſea, near the
ſhore, which people cannot paſs through
without running the hazard of their lives, or
at beſt great trouble at all times of the year
it being impoſſible to prevent being daſhed
all over with the foam of the waves : but
in a more particular manner, in April, May,
June and July, the rainy time, for the break-
ing is then ſo violent, and the ſurges of the
ſea ſo very high, by the ſhallowneſs of the
water, that it is a ſaying here, be ought to
have two lives who ventures, and eſpecially
in that ſeaſon. There happen frequently
very diſmal accidents, by the overſetting
of the bar-canoes, tho? ever ſo well mann'd ;
whereby many perſons are drowned, great
quantities of goods are loſt, and the canoes
often ſhattered to pieces in a moment.
For when they happen to overturn, or the
ſea breaks into them, full of people, the

A Deſcription of the

BarBor. mile diſtance, but ſo ſhallow, that it is
V fordable every where; and by its overflowing
and flat banks, forms the moraſſes and

greateſt part, even the rowers, are either
drowned or devoured by the monſtrous
ſharks which ſwarm amongſt the ſwelling
waves of the ocean ; tho' generally the rowers,
who, for the moſt part, are Mina Blacks,
the moſt ſkillful of all the Blacks, by their
dexterity in ſwimming, may perhaps ſave
themſelves. Such accidents happen there al-
moſt every day in that ſeaſon, and there
is no European factor, or ſupercargo, but
what loſes conſiderably thereby in goods
or ſlaves, carried to and fro; beſides that it
frequently retards the diſpatch of their ſhips,

In thoſe ſame months the tide ſets from
the eaſt ſo violently, that no boat or ſhallop
can ſtem it by rowing, but they are forced
to ſet them along by ſticking their pole in
the ground; which is another obſtruction
that detains ſhips there twice as long as is
neceſſary to trade, eſpecially for flavcs.
Were things otherwiſe, and the accels to,
and receſs trom the ſhore no more perilous
and tedious than it is at many ports of the
Gold Coaſt, it would be a perfect pleaſure to
drive much buſineſs there; for when once
landed ſafe, the charming proſpe& the
country affords from all parts at about
two Engliſh miles from the ſtrand, is a
mighty ſatisfaction to the traveller, caſting
his eyes about to behold the pleaſantneſs
of ſo fine and well- inhabited a country,
after the dreadful hazards he has run in
coming to it: but of this more hereafter, _

The lodges of the Engliſh and French pag.

African companies, are ſeated near the vil- awFra:
lage Pelleau, ſomewhat beyond the moraſs; lat.

and the country from thence to the water-
ſide, for two miles, being all flat, low and
marſhy, we are generally carried thither
from the port on men's ſhoulders, in a ham
mock, faſtened to a pole; the bearers being
relieved from time to time, all the way, by
freſh porters, who in ſome places are almoſt
up to their ſhoulders in the water of the
ſwampy grounds: but the fellows are ſo
ſtrong, and ſo well ſkilled in that work,
that at ſuch places they lift up the pole,
holding it much above their heads, on the
palms of their hands, and thus ſecure the
perſon carried in the hammock from being
A |

The French factory at Pilleau, was eſta-
bliſhed by one Carolef, in the ſervice of
the French Weſt-India company, with the
conſent of the king of Fida, and the favour
of prince Bibe in 1671. who beſides granted
him the permiſſion of trading in this, and
the Ardra country; that part of Arara,
which borders on the ocean, having then
revolted againſt its ſovereign, and put itſelf
under the protection of the king of Fida,
which very much obſtructed the ſlavesꝰ trade,
who thereby could not be ſhip'd off at Ora,

a town on the river of Ardra.
: FRENCH

Book IV n

Strong tile ;

Wap. I.

1 ;

, Tron frf
Adra.

Puarrel
_W

I the
Dach.

Frrxcn Factory.
T will not be improper in this place, to
] inſert the hiſtory of that ſettlement.

The directors of the French Weſt- India

company being reſolved to ſettle a factory
at Ardra, ſent thither in 1669, the ſhips
Fuſtice and Concord, commanded by Du
Bourg; and Carolof for their agent: putting
aboard a handſome preſent for the king of
Ardra, conſiſting, among other things, of
a fine gilt coach, with ſuitable harneſſes;
which that king received from Carolof, with
great ſatisfaction, and immediately cauſed

a permiſſion of commerce with the French

nation to be proclaimed throughout all his
country; they pay ing his duties as the Hol-
landers had don: for twenty years.
The Dutch chief factor there growing jea-
lous at the eſtabliſnment of the French,
thwarted it as much as he could; which ſo
incenſed the French, that one thing happen-

ing after another, on that account, the

factors of the two nations fell out about the
honour of the flag, of which the French
factor, Marriage, made his complaints to
the king of Ardra ; who being unwilling
to diſpleaſe theDutch, who had drove a great
trade in his dominions, and paid him very
conſiderable cuſtoms for a long time, he
behaved himſelf ſo artfully in the quarrel,
that the differences between the two rival
factors remained unadjuſted.

About the ſame time that prince ſent
over to France, 1n the ſhip Concord, Matteo
Lopez, a Black, one of his miniſters of ſtate,
and interpreter, as his embaſſador to the
king of France; who accordingly took ſhip-
ping at Offra, with three of his wives, and

as many of his children; a retinue of fix or

ſeven other Blacks, and the king of Ardra's

_ preſents, of a very ſmall value; and was

ſet aſhore at Di-ppe in France, on the third
of December. Thence proceeding to Paris,
with his retinue, he was admitted to audience
by the king, at the palace of Les Thuille-

ries, and afterwards maintained all the while

he ſtaid at Paris, at the charge of the French

company, with whom he conc]uded a treat

of commerce at Ardra; and was ſent back
to that country by the way of Havre de
Grace, in the ſhip Sz. George, with conſi-

derable preſents for his maſter from the king

of France, which were committed to the

care of Carolof; then returning into Africa
m the fame ſhip, he landed at Arara on the

firft of October 1671, |
When arrived there, Lopez pretended
that the preſents for his maſter ought to
be put into his hands, that he might de-
liver them; which Carolof would not con-

ſent to, ſuſpecting he would divert ſome
part to his own private uſe, as it afterwards

appeared the crafty Black had deſigned to

do. His refuſal ſo incenſed the Black em-
Vol. V.

ing the king his maſter's

Coaſts of Sour. GUINEA.

baſſador, that he employed all his intereſt Banzor.
in the country againſt the French, and much WWW

diſtracted their affairs, till at laſt Carolof was
obliged to take other meaſures, till he could
ſpeak with the king of Ardra ; who was then
buſy appeaſing a civil war in his own do-
minions, which had ſtopped all the paſſes
tor carrying down the ſlaves to Offra, ſo
that leſs than two hundred ſlaves were ſent
down in fifteen months ; a thing ſo prejudi-
cial to the Dutch trade, that five of their
ſhips were ſent back empty to Mina.

Carolof having before drove ſome trade at prench
Great Popo, ſettled there a factory of his factory at

nation, by permiſſion of the Black king,
upon condition he ſhould pay that prince

the value of twenty eight ſlaves, for each

ſhip's cargo the French afterwards took. in
there, whereas he had contracted to pay
an hundred at Ora. Going from Popo
to Vida, the king of that country gave
him a very favourable reception, granting
him the liberty of trading in his kingdom,
with aſſurance, that he would always pro-
tect the French nation and intereſt : where-
upon he reſolved to fix the French factor

at Fida, removing it from Ardra, and keep-

preſents to be
ſent back to France, ;

Another reaſon which induced Carolof to Reaſon for
ſettle the French factory at Fida, was be-
cauſe the roads from Savi to Ardra were

then open, by which means great numbers
of ſlaves were brought down to Fida ; the
king of Ardra permitting them to paſs thro?
his territories, thereby to puniſh and curb
his rebellious ſubjects, he making his own
advantage, whilſt they were deprived of the
flave-trade at Offra.

Thus was the factory ſettled there for Duty paid.

the French MWeſt-India company, and after-
wards made over by the ſame to the Se-
nega company, which at this time keeps
there a chief factor and a recolet friar, as

chaplain to the French nation, and has only
one iron gun at the gates, for ſalutes, when

occaſion offers. The ſaid Senega company
pays to the king of Fida, the value of
twenty five ſlaves for the duty of every ſhip
that trades there, and for the liberty of

wooding, watering and victualling.
The goods carried aſhore from aboard charge of
the company's ſhips, are convey'd on thecarriage.

backs of ſlaves, from the ſhore to the
French factory; the expence whercof a-
mounts to the value of five or ſix ſlaves
for a cargo, and as much for the hire of
canoes, from the ſhip to the beach. Men
there work very cheap, and will Keep upon
a trot, with a hundred weight on their
heads; ſo that a /hite man can ſcarce keep
up with them, tho? he carries no burden.
Each load from the ſhore to the French or

Engliſh factories, coſts commonly from eight
to

Oooo

326
| Barzor. to twelve pence, according to its bulk and
eight, which is always exactly propor-

tioned, 1
Theking The rate in trade is generally adjuſted
erades firſt, with the king, and none permitted to buy
or ſell till that is proclaimed ; whereby he
reſerves to himſelf the preference in all
dealings, he for the moſt part having the
greateſt number of ſlaves, which are ſold
at a ſet price, the women a fourth or a fifth
cheaper than the men. This done, and
the king*s cuſtoms paid, as above mentioned,
the factor has full liberty to trade, which
is proclaimed throughout the country by the
king's cryer. :
The moſt uſual difference between the
European and the Fida merchants, is, when

Shells the
moſt valu-
able money.

they demand, eſpecially Bougies and Cauries,
which are the money of the country, and
what they are moſt fond of ; but commonly
this is adjuſted by paying part in Cauries,
and part in other goods: becauſe ſlaves
bought with Cauries coſt double the price

as if purchaſed with other commodities,
eſpecially when thoſe ſhells are dear in Eu-
rope, the price being higher or lower, ac-
cording to the plenty or ſcarcity there is
of them. ; 1
Frices ſet. At other times the king fixes the price
of every ſort of European goods, as alſo of
ſlaves, which is to ſtand betwixt his ſubjects
and foreigners; and therefore no European

muſt go there to trade, without waiting on

him before he preſumes to buy or ſell.
That prince generally reſides at Savi, a
town about four miles diſtant up the inland
from the village of Pilleau, at the entrance
into a wood ; whither the factors and ſuper-
cargoes repair upon their arrival, with a true
copy of the invoice of goods they have to
diſpoſe of, out of which the king picks

ſuch as he has occaſion for.
Frandardef The proportion of trade is commonly
trade. adjuſted by the two ſtandards of iron bars
and Cauries, for valuin
modities. For example, a flave is rated
at one Alcove of Bougies, or Cauries ; the
Alcove conſiſting of fifty Galinas, both of
them proper meaſures of the country, which
makes about ſixty pounds weight French,
by the Blacks there called Guonbotton, and
is about four thouſand of thoſe ſhells in num-
ber. The other rate 1s fifteen bars of iron.
This regulation being agreed on by the
king and factors, the goods are brought
aſhore, and carried on men's backs to the
French houſe, whither the king himſelf re-
pairs, or elſe ſends his factors or agents.
hen he has choſen what he thinks fit, the
nobility or prime perſons pick out what
they have occaſion for, and after them every
other Black ; and then every buyer, king or
ſubjeQ, pays the factor the number of ſlaves,

Savi town.

A Deſcription of the

the factor will not give them ſuch goods as

continue ſometimes ten or fifteen days,

of all other com-

Book IVE Cal
according to the amount of the goods each "4
of them has ſo pitched upon.
As the ſlaves come down to Fida from the ,,,
inland country, they are put into a booth, Fe
or priſon, built for that purpoſe, near the
beach, all of them togetherz and when
the Europeans are to receive them, they are
brought out into a large plain, where the
ſurgeons examine every part of every one
of them, to the ſmalleſt member, men and
women being all ſtark naked. Such as
are allowed good and ſound, are ſet on
one ſide, and the others by themſelves;
which ſlaves ſo rejected are there called
Mackrons, being above thirty five years of
age, or defective in their limbs, eyes or
teeth; or grown grey, or that have the
venereal diſeaſe, or any other imperfection.
Theſe being ſo ſet aſide, each of the others,
which have paſſed as good, is marked on the
breaſt, with a red-hot iron, imprinting the
mark of the French, Engliſh, or Dutch com-
panies, that ſo each nation may diſtinguiſh
their own, and to prevent their being chang'd
by the natives for worſe, as they are apt
enough to do. In this particular, care is
taken that the women, as tendereſt, be not
burnt too hard.
The branded ſlaves, after this, are re- P
turned to their former booth, where the rac. |
factor is to ſubſiſt them at his own charge,
which amounts to about two-pence a day
for each of them, with bread and water,
which is all their allowance. There they

—

Credit to
Backs.

ö a. — . ee. tufc ooo. 8 1 PTY

a « — 1 th. mm tt ll

Netion of
Blacks, bY

till the fea is ſtill enough to ſend them a-
board; for very often it continues too boiſte-
rous for ſo long a time, unleſs in January,
February and March, which is commonly
the calmeſt ſeaſon: and when it is ſo, the
ſlaves are carried off by parcels, in bar-
canoes, and put aboard the ſhips in the road.
Before they enter the canoes, or come out
of the booth, their former Black maſters
ſtrip them of every rag they have, without
diſtinction of men or women; to ſupply
which, in orderly ſhips, each of them as they
come aboard is allowed a piece of canvas,
to wrap about their waiſt, which is ver7
acceptable to thoſe poor wretches.
I deſign, in the ſupplement, to give an %
account how the ſlaves are to be ſubſiſtedu.
and kept aboard, for their better preſerva-
tion; and muſt here add, to conclude this
diſcourſe of the ſlave-trade at Fida, that in
the aforeſaid months of January, February
and March, which are the good ſeaſon,
ſnips are for the moſt part ſoon diſpatched,
if there he a good number of ſlaves at hand 3
ſo that they need not ſtay above four weeks
for their cargo, and ſometimes it is done
in a fortnight.
The Blacks of Fida are fo expeditious at an
this trade of ſlaves, that they can deliver 3%
| thouſand *

Ardra a
larg e king-
don,

V CHAP. I.

11m

ed,

oper | |

{wy
avt 4
103

| thouſand every month, in caſe there be no

Credit to

Backs.

Adra a

large king-
am.

ſhips at Fackin, in great Ardra, about three
leagues and a half eaſt from the port of
Fida; which makes a conſiderable alteration,
becauſe the king of great Ardra, thro? whoſe
country they muſt of neceſſity paſs down,
when the ſhips are at Fackin, to favour his
own people, commonly ſhuts up all the
paſſes to Fida, which puts the Ardra men
upon dealing underhand with thoſe of Fida,
tho? the two kings are inveterate enemies:
but when the king of Ardra leaves the com-
merce open, then it flouriſhes at Fida.

If there happens to be no ſtock of ſlaves
at Fida, the factor muſt truſt the Blacks
with his goods, to the value of a hundred
and fifty, or two hundred ſlaves; which
goods they carry up into the inland, to buy
ſlaves, at all the markets, for above two
hundred leagues up the country, where they
are kept like cattle in Europe; the ſlaves
ſold there being generally priſoners of war,
taken from their enemies, like other booty,
and perhaps ſome few ſold by their own
countrymen, in extreme want, or upon a
famine; as alſo ſome as a puniſhment of
heinous crimes : tho* many Europeans be-
lieve that parents ſell their own children, men
their wives and relations, which, if it ever
happens, is ſo ſeldom, that it cannot juſtly
be charged upon a whole nation, as a cuſtom
and common practice.

vn of Some Europeans there would alſo per-
backs. ſuade me, that the inland Blacks of Fida are

man-eaters, and that at a town about a
league above Savi, there is a market for

la ves, where at the time of a violent famine,

they ſold them fatted up, to be ſlaughtered
like beaſts, and their quarters expoſed in

the ſnambles, to be eaten; but I will not

anſwer for the truth of it: but only obſerve,
that among the many ſlaves we carry thence
to America, there are many of the Oyeo and
Benin Blacks, implacable enemies to thoſe

of Ardra, who are poſitively prepoſſeſſed

with the opinion, that we tranſport them
into our country, in order to kill and eat
them : which ſtrange notion ſo far affects
ſome of them, that they refuſe all manner

of ſuſtenance, whatſoever we can do to
them; and ſo ſtarve to death, of which

more hereafter. This ſomewhat induces me
to believe they are uſed to eat human fleſh
in their own country.

Some authors repreſent this country of
Fida, as belonging to the king of great Ar-
ra, whoſe territories they make to begin
at the frontiers of Benin eaſtward, and ex-
tend them to great Popo; but it is a miſtake,
for the kingdoms of Fida and Torry are be-
tween Popo and Ardra; that of Fida
bordering weſtward on great Popo, and ex-
tending along the ſhore to that of Torry
caltward, being about four leagues and a

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 327

half diſtance. Torry is a little ſtate by itſelf, Barzor.
having but one ſea-port town or village, WWW
called Foulan, the circumference of the whole
country being but four leagues, but inde-
pendent of the kings of Ardra and Fida,
tho* extremely inferior to them, both in
wealth and power: for Ardra, tho? but of
a very {mall extent along the coaſt, that
is, from Torry to Benin, yet it is a very
large ſpacious country northwards, up the
continent, reaching to the kingdom of V-
kamy on the north, which is under ten
degrees of north latitude. Ulkamy, accord-
ing to a very modern author, borders
northward onthe country of Lamtem, which
reaches the ſame way to the kingdom of
Guber, and that again to the Sigiſines lake,
or the Niger. | |

Some ſay the kingdom of Hida, or Ouidab, Fida king-
by the French called Fuida, is ſcarce ſixteen dom potent.
leagues in compaſs; others will have its
extent along the ſhore, to be about ten
leagues, including therein the land of Torry;
that in the middle it runs ſeven or eight
leagues up the inland, extending thence like
two arms, in ſome places eleven or twelve

miles broad, and in others much narrower,

ſo that it is not poſlible to give an exact
account of its circumference. There is no
queſtion but that it is extraordinary po-
pulous, being ſeated between Popo-grande,
Ardra, Torry, and the ſea, inſomuch, that
in one village alone, as for inſtance, Savi,
the king's reſidence, or thoſe others of his
chief officers, and particularly the viceroy's
village, there are as many inhabitants as in
a whole ordinary kingdom on the Gold Coaſt ;
and the land is well ſtored with thoſe large
villages, beſides a vaſt number of ſmall
ones, which are all over the country, ſome
not a quarter of an Engliſh mile from each
other; becaule thoſe who live out of the
great towns, build and ſettle where they
think beſt: ſo that each family may be
well ſaid to fill a whole village, as it en-
creaſes and multiplies, from a ſingle houſe
or tenement it was at beginning: and upon
great emergencies the king can draw toge-
ther, two hundred thouſand fighting men,
to ſerve him in his wars. T9.
The traveller is no ſooner got aſhore pelicate
there, but he beholds a beautiful meadow- country.
ground, about half a league off: and mo-
ving forwards up the land, for an hour or
two, betwixt the numerous villages and
hamlets he is to paſs by on all ſides, the
ground inſenſibly riſing, as it does, and
looking back, he isdelighted with the fineſt
proſpect, that imagination can ſuggeſt; con-
ſidering the great number of villages, con-
ſiſting of ſeveral houſes, which are round at
the top: and encompaſſed with mud-walls
or hedges; together with the great number
of all ſorts of fine lofty trees, which om
E

328

Ban vor. deſignedly planted in regular order: and

the country being covered with a beautiful
verdure, either of paſture- ground or trees,
and richly ſtored with corn- fields, and o-
thers of beans, potatoes and other fruits, ſo
cloſe to each other, that in ſome places
there is only a narrow foot path left un-
tilled, for the conveniency of paſſengers.

The natives are ſuch good huſbands of

their ground, that they leave no part there-
of waſte, but ſow and plant it with one thing

or other, even within the hedges which en-

But we)
aubealeby

Product of the earth at Fida. Cattle. Tame-fowl. Wild-beaſts. Mild.
| their courteous behav1our 3
ployments : their ill qualities; their habit. Vives and children. Courſe
of inheritance. The king; his family and government. His revenuc.
His wives. The king's death. People of Fida uo good ſoldiers. Their

Fertility,

cloſe their townsand villages; and the next
day after they have reaped, they ſow the
ſame ground again: and this from the vaſt
multitude of people inhabiting the country,
the better to ſubſiſt it all well.

It would be rational to conclude, from

* the fine ſketch I have given of the great

beauty, and pleaſantneſs of this country,
that it muſt be a ſweet dwelling for Eu-
ropeans; which however it is not, becauſe
from the ſwampy marſhy grounds, extend-
ing about half a league in breadth, between

the ſtrand, and the village of Pilleau, and

ſo eaſt and weſt all along the ſhore of
Fida, the ſun extracts malignant vapours,
which the ſea-winds ſpread all over the
country, occaſioning many diſtempers in
Europeans: few eſcape with life, or atleaſt,
being taken very ill with violent pains in
the ſtomach, which often degenerate into
burning fevers,attended with great deliriums;

others, who, by reaſon of their ſtrong con-

ſtitution, have lived there ſeveral years, with-
out being much incommoded by the bad
air, fall into ſuch diſeaſes at ſea in their
return to Europe, and die miſerably in their
paſſage home, either of dreadful cholicks,
or by the bloody flux. This our doctors

do attribute to the crudity of the fruits, and
the great freſhneſs of the ſpring-water of

CHAP. II.

fowl. Account of the natives ;

A Deſcriptim of the |

Book IV

ſo
Fida; and eſpecially to the drink of that :
country, a ſort of beer called Petaw, which n
ſo alters the nature of the blood in them,
that when they come to breathe another air, n
it creates thoſe diſtempers in them. 5
Whatever the cauſe may be, it concerns 5. . al
every European that lives there to ule great tif, | 1
ſobriety in every thing; to eat little at a p
time, but often; and drink ſtrong liquors b
but very ſeldom, and that very moderately: Cl
to be careful not to expoſe himſelf to the tl
mildew, nor 1n the rain ; nor to the ſcorch- If
ing rays of the ſun ; nor to give himſelf to p
the violent exerciſe of hunting, but to keep n
well covered in bed in the night, which is t.
generally there cool and moiſt. 0
The ſpring-water up the inland, is very 0
light, clear and ſweet: that which is taken g
out of the pits, betwixt the river Jar) t
and the ſea-ſhore, ſerves for the ſhips crews, 1
is ſweet enough, conſidering 1t is ſo near n
the ſea, tho* the natives will not drink it, (
becauſe it is drawn out of wells, twenty or F
thirty fathom deep, and but ſix or eight £
foot in circumference ; ſo that no ſun can {
warm it, and is thereby raw, and as cold t
almoſt as ice; and that they account very un- {
wholeſome in ſo hot a country as this is. |
They pretend the uſing ſuch cold water, ry
but for a few days together, would occaſion 1
fevers; and thence it is, that all the people t
there, the ſlaves not excepted, drink only \
beer ; of which more hereafter. ,
Our failors commonly hale the water- a
caſks to and fro with ropes, tying three or Guin fo
more together, and ſo tow them thro' the ing.

ſurf, which is very hard and perilous work,
but it cannot be done otherwiſe.

The natives fetch the wood, or fuel for
our ſhips from the inland foreſts, and ſell
it to us, being commonly the ſtumps and
roots of oſier, and other ſhrubs or buſhes.

— „ 1 „ * —

| Potatoes, (
\

1

(

their em- |

lam,

weapons. Contratts. Funerals. Shells uſed for money. Slaves. Keep:

ing of accounts.

TY E fertility of Fida far exceeds all
I have ſaid of the countries along the
Gold Coaſt, both in producing plants of all
forts, and in feeding, all ſorts of catrle, and
wild beaſts ; as will appear by the follow-
ing deſcription.

Didi ſion of time.

PRODUCT of the EARTH.
THE corn is there of three ſorts ; the jndin
_* fieſt is the large maiz, or Indian wheat, wheat:
which, tho' not altogether ſo large a grain
as at the Gold Craft, is nevertheleſs as good,

and ſerves the natives for brewing of two
ſorts

0
[
|

Beans,

cher

Plants,

V

No ovens
1 Fida,

Grain for

| eing.

Pratoes,

lams,

beans,

Other
plants.

HAP. Z.

ſorts of beer; and therefore, they do not

ſow ſo great a quantity, becauſe they do not
make bread of it.

The ſecond ſort of corn, is the ſmall

milho, or millet, which they ſow twice a

year, but at one time more than at another :
at the time when they ſow the moſt, the
whole land is ſo full of it, that ſcarce a foot-
path is kept untill'd, as I have obſerved
before, which yields them a prodigious
crop 3 and nevertheleſs it often happens,
that at the end of the year, they have none
left: nay, ſome years it has fallen ſo ſhort,
partly by their ſelling great quantities to the
neighbouring nations, great Popo, and o-
thers, as I have hinted before, that it has
occaſioned violent famines in Fida, ſo as to
oblige a free Black to ſell himſelf into bon-
dage to avoid ſtarving z and others, to ſet
their own ſlaves at liberty for ever, not be-
ing able to maintain them; as has been
mentioned in the foregoing deſcription of
Cabo Verde and Rufiſco, to have often hap-
pen'd there. At ſuch times European ſhips can
get their complete cargo of ſlaves for a very
ſmall matter; nay, even for nothing but
the trouble of carrying them on board, and
ſubſiſt ing them; as it happened to ſome not
long ſince. -

This ſmall millet
the Fidaſians make bread, boiling it in wa-
ter, as the Gold Coaſt men do their Indian
wheat, and never bake it in ovens: for
which reaſon not one oven 1s to be ſeen in
all the kingdom of Fida.

The third ſort of grain, is a ſmall millet

alſo, which does not grow on ſtalks, like the
ſecond ſort, but in the nature of oat-ears :
this millet is of a reddiſh colour, but ſo long
a coming to maturity, that it is above ſix or
ſeven months in the ground, and ſerves the
Blacks only to mix with the large Indian
wheat to brew with; they being of opinion,
that it adds ſtrength to the beer.
Beſides their common boiled bread made

is the corn, of which

»

of the ſmall millet, they allo uſe potatoes,

which are there ſo prodigious plentiful, that
it may well be ſaid, the whole coaſt of

Guinea doth not produce ſuch a quantity,

as this ſmall country, They eat the poratoes
with all ſorts of victuals, inſtead of bread.
Yams are but very indifferent there, and
come nothing near the goodneſs of what we
have of this root at the Gold Coaſt; and
the Fidaſians do not admire nor uſe them
much. „
Small beans, of ſundry ſorts, are very
plentiful, which they call Acraes. Of one
ſort whereof, the Europeans there make oil-
cakes, as light as any in Holland; where
that ſort of cakes is very much eſteemed by

the common people.

As to Bananas, Backoven, or Indian figs,

oranges, lemons, citrons, Pepper, and all the
i..

| Coaſts of Sou rh- GIN EA.

produces, theſe grow there alſo, and as
good, if not better. But onions and gin-
ger, and eſpecially the former, are not very
plentiful z which perhaps may proceed from
the little value the natives put on them :
for it has been experienced, that many of
our European ſeeds of cabbage, turnips, car-
rots, radiſhes, Spani/b-radiſh, parſly, ſorrel,
Sc. thrive very well; and it is therefore ſup-
pos' d, that our ſalletting would ſucceed as
well, if carefully cultivated, the ſoil being
ſo good as it 1s.

It produces abundance of tamarind, or Tamarind:
indigo-trees, and ſome other fruit-trees un- And indigo.

known to us ; and the fruit ſo very indiffe-
rent in the taſte, that it 15 not worth while to
ſay more of it. |
The indigo, beſides its great plenty, isat
leaſt as good and as fine, as that of Guati-
mala, or any other we find in the Eaſt and
Meſt-Indies, if not better. The natives dye
all their clothes therewith; but waſte three
times as much of it as they would do, if
they were better ſkill'd in the dying- trade.
There is great plenty of palm: trees
throughout the whole country; but the na-

tives not being fond of palm- wine, or at

beſt but few of them drinking it, very lit-
tle is extracted from them; but they are
ſerviceable to the people of Vida, to draw
oil from them. As for the pardon palm-
tree, which is alſo very common there, tho?
the wine of it is ſo much valued at the Gold
Coaſt, as has been before hinted, theſe peo-
gle being generally uſed to drink beer, va-
lue them only for their wood; which be-
ing durable, they uſe it for buildings, &c.
In ſhort, conſidering the fertility and na-
tural property of the ſoil of Fida, it may
well be ſuppoſed, that not only all forts
of African, but alſo many European fruits,
might be there produced to ſatisfaction. _

CAT TAE,

HE cattle at Fida, as oxen, cows,
=» goats, ſwine and ſheep, are not diffe-
rent in ſhape from thoſe of the Gold Coaſt,
bur infinitely better, more fleſhy, and of a
more reliſhing taſte ; their paſture-grounds
and meadows aftording as good a nouriſh-
ment as in Euro pe. :
The common price of
from eight to ten crowns, a fat ſheep two,
a good goat one, and a hog two crowns.

Horſes are pretty common, but not much Horſes.

better or finer than thoſe mentioned at the
Gold Coaſt, and generally ſold for fifteen or
ſixteen crowns ; being of very little ſervice
in a long journey, and ſoon tired.

TAM E FO WI.

S to the tame fowls, they have only
turkeys, ducks and chickens: of the

Pppp two

329

other fruits of the earth, which the Gold Coaſt Bax Bor.

an OX Or cow, 1s Prices of

330

A Deſcription of the

BarBorT. two firſt no great quantity, but a prodi-
V gious number of the latter. The chickens are

Value of
tobacco-

pipes.

Turtle-
do ves.

C Y0Wn-
birds.

ſmall, and yet very plump, fleſhy and
ſweet, at about ſix- pence a piece, if bought
for goods, which is three-pence prime coſt:
but if bought for tobacco- pipes, we have there
a good pullet for three pipes of European make;

and it is proper for any European ſea- faring per-

ſon who goes that way, to carry a good quan-
tity of our common pipes, which will ſell
there from four to two-pence a- piece.

WILD BTASTS;
RE not very numerous there; but far-
ther up the country there are multitudes
of clephants, buffaloes, tygers, and many
others : as alſo deer of ſeveral forts, where-
with da is not very well ſtock'd, becauſe
of the incredible number of pcople living
ſo cloſe together.
There is a fort of creature much reſem-
bling a hare.
WII D Fow TL:
B UT tho? four-footed animals are not ſo
very plentiful in Fida, we may ſay the
whole land ſwarms with wild fowl, geeſe,
ducks, ſnipes, and many other ſpecies of
eatable birds, all very good and cheap.
It 1s ſufficient there over night, to order
a native to go a ſhooting, to have the next
day at noon a couple of diſhes of fowl,
which will not coſt. above a dozen pipes.
Turtle-doves are ſo plentiful there, that

a good ſhooter may kill an hundred or

more in a morning and evening; that is,
in about ſix hours time.

Birds of prey are likewiſe numerous, but

not in ſuch great variety as on the Go!d Coaſt;
and to mention their ſeveral ſorts, would

be repeating what has been ſaid elſewhere.

I muſt add of the crown-bird, farther
than what has been ſaid of it at the Gold
Coaſt, that the body is about the bigneſs of
a pullet, the neck and legs ſhort, the eyes
and eye-lids hairy, the bill ſhort and thick,
which as well as the legs 1s very ſtrong,

and proper for ſeizing of its prey.

FIS N.

Ss 5 H E ſea, about the coaſt of Fida, be-

Xing ſo full of ſharks, as I have obſerv'd,
affords no great plenty of good fiſh; and tho?
it did, the natives would be very little the bet-
ter for it, there is ſuch extraordinary danger
from the dreadful ſurf, which runs all along
the ſhore. — 1
But the two fine large rivers, which run

thro? the country of Fida, (the one paſſing

to the two Popo's, little and great, at weſt-
ward, the other by Fackin, to the eaſt) are
ſo richly ſtored with fiſh, that beſides the

great conveniences the natives receive, of

being ſo plentifully provided, the king's du-

ties ariſing from it, amount yearly to the
value of near two hundred ſlaves.-

. NAT IVES of FI DA.
T H E people of Fida of both ſexes, are
| generally tall, luſty and well limb'q;
not ſo jet ſhining black as thoſe of the
Gold Coaſt, and much leſs than thoſe of Se.
nega and Gamboa; but far more induſtrious
and laborious, even to exceſs and covetouſ-
neſs ; exceeding them all, and others of the
Guineans, in good and bad qualities.

In good qualities, beſides their ſteady ap- 1.5,
plication to work and induſtry, whereas e
the Gold-Coaſt Blacks indulge themſelves in“ Br

floth ; they are all, from the higheſt to the
loweſt, extremely courteous, civil and offi-
cious to all Europeans, being very engaging
in their behaviour, and different from all

other Blacks, who perpetually teize us for

Daſſ;s, or preſents ; whereas theſe, on the
contrary,require nothing beyond a morning's
draught, being of that noble temper, that
they had rather give than receive. In the
trade we have with them, they are wall
pleaſed we ſhould acknowledge the good
offices they have done us, tho', on the other
hand, they are very fond of their ancient
cuſtoms.

In civility to each other, in ſome partl- Tue
culars, they almoſt equal the Chineſe, who 11"
are ſo full of manners and formalities, to a?"

nicety, even in trivial matters. The inferior
there is ſo reſpectful towards his ſuperior,
that we are at firſt ſurpriſed to find ſuch po-
liteneſs, on a ſudden, among thoſe people,
who are ſo little diſtant from the Gold Coat,
where the people are ſo very defective in that

CouRTEous BEHAVIOUR.

IF any one of the Tidaſians viſits his ſu-

perior, or meets him by chance, he im-
mediately kneels down, and kiſſes the groun |
three ſeveral times, claps his hands, withes
him a good day, or a good night, and con-
gratulates him; which the other, either ſit-
ting or ſtanding, or whatever poſture he 15
found in, barely anſwers, with clapping his
hands ſoftly, and wiſhing the other a good

day; and when extraordinary civil, will fay,

it is enough : and during all that, the for-
mer remains kneeling, or proſtrate on the
ground, till the other departs, unleſs ſome
affair call him away; if ſo, he begs leave,
and retires creeping on the ground 3 for 1t
would be thought a great crime to fit upon
a chair or form, in preſence of one above
himſelf. FL 3

Children pay the ſame reſpect to their
parents, wives to their huſbands, and younger
to elder brothers, and none of them will de-
liver or receive any thing to or from his
or her ſuperior, otherwiſe than on their
knees, and with both hands together,
which is a ſign of the greateſt ſubj con.
And if they ſpeak to any ſuperior as abcve

Book!

al *

"oa — — — — „ „„ tow 1

Courteſy
between
enuals,

prayer for
ſuezng,

8 1 a *% „ — —_—

CHA]

Recerving
a preſents,

CHAP, 2.

aid, their hand is always held before their
mouth, for fear their breath ſhould offend
him or her. Among the Hebrews, the fa-
thers had the permiſſion, by the law, to
ſell their daughters, Exod. xxi. 7. but that
ſale was a ſort of marriage; as it was for a
time with the Romans. They had power of
life and death over their children; it is true
they were not allowed to uſe this prerogative
ſo rigorouſly of their own authority, as
the Romans did, without the concurrence
of the magiſtrate. The law of God only
permitted parents, after they had tryed all
their private domeſtick corrections, to ac-
cuſe their ſon before the ſenate of the town,
as rebellious and debauched; and on their
complaints, he was ſentenced to death, and
ſton'd. That ſame law was practiſed in
Athens, and founded on this, that children
holding their lives from their fathers, and
it being ſuppoſed that no father could be ſo
inhuman as to procure his own ſon's death,
unleſs he were guilty of moſt horrid crimes,
children were kept in entire ſubmiſſion, and
conſequently paid all due honours and re-
verence to their parents.
Curry When perſons of an equal condition meet,
laren they both fall down on their knees together,
45. clap hands, and reciprocally ſalute, wiſhing
each other a good day ; which ceremonies
are alſo exactly obſerved by their attendants

Fatt (ie
7e
perlat |

pleaſant to obſerve.
Mr fr When a conſiderable perſon ſneezes, all
fing. that are preſent fall down on their knees;
and after having kiſſed the ground, and
clapped their hands, -wiſh him or her all
proſperity and happineſs.
wiving If an inferior perſon receives a preſent from
yen. one above himſelf, he claps it between his
hands, and after kiſſing the ground, returns
thanks very reſpectfully, In ſhort, no
people in the univerſe are more preciſe and
nice in paying reverence and honour to ſu-
periors, than this nation; in which they
vaſtly differ from the Gold Coaſt Blacks, who
hardly know of any rank or diſtinction
amongſt themſelves ; and live like beaſts in
that particular. | 5 |
As to their king I ſhall hereafter obſerve
what great honour and ſubmiſſion they all
pay him, even to adoration : his preſence 1s
to them ſo awful, that with a ſingle word he
makes them tremble; tho' on the other
hand, as ſoon as he has turned his back,
they ſeem to forget their great fear of
him; and not much regard his commands,
as very well knowing how to appeaſe and
delude him by their lyes. 5

Their EMPLOYMENT.
T HE king, anda few of the great men

of Fida, do not till or ſow the ground,
as other Guinean kings do, in ſome parts;

lag,

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,

or companions on either ſide, and are very

331
but excepting thoſe few perſons, every body Barnor-
there minds agriculture, being aſſiſted by WWW
their wives, children and ſlaves, ſpinnin
of cotton, weaving of fine cloths, making

of calabaſhes, wooden veſlels, ſmith's-wares,

javelins, and ſevera] other handicrafts 3

which theſe Blacks have brought to a greater
perfection than at the Gold Coaſt: beſides
which, they have ſome trade unknown to
the others, being more ingenious and labo-
rious than they. The ſubſtantial men, be-
ſides huſbandry, drive a conſiderable trade,
as well in ſlaves, as all other valuable mer-
chandize.

They till their ground by hand, and lay
it in high furrows for ſowing their corn,
as we do in many parts of Eugland.

The female ſex are no leſs induſtrious in Blacks live
their proper callings; for beſidesaſſiſting their well.

huſbands, or parents in tillage, they are

perp:tually buſy, at one thing or other, at
home. The married women brew beer,
drels victuals, and make ſundry forts of

hampers, baſkets, and other like utenſils,

with the ſtraw of 1adian wheat, which they
carry to market ro fell, together with their
huſbands merchandize. In ſhort, men and
womenare very diligent at getting of money;
each ſtriving to out- do the other; which is
the reaſon they all live ſo plentifully; nay

even ſplendidly, for ſuch Barbarians. As

well the meaner, as the higher ſort of people
eat of the beſt each can get for his money;
and if that happens to fail them, they will
work hard at any thing whatever, even
for {mall wages, as has been hinted before,
rather than loſe the opportunity of getting
money, to ſpend it again that way : for ge-

nerally they all love their belly, and will

not work with an empty one; whereas

the Gold Coaſt Blacks grudge to beſtow a

ſmall matter for eatables ; if they think any
thing too dear, they'll have none, and are

well pleaſed to be without a good morſel.

Their ILL QUALITIES.

A S to their bad qualities, they are as Multitude
- cowardly in battle, as the other Blacks of wives.
of Guinea, but far more luxurious; thoſe.

of the Gold Coaſt contenting themſelves with

one, two, three or four, and the conſidera-
ble perſons with twenty wives: but there
an ordinary man has thirty or forty ; the
great ones ſixty or ſeventy ; and the chief
officers and commanders, ſome one, ſome
two, ſome three or four hundred ; and if we
may believe them, ſome a thouſand ; and
the king more in proportion of his dignity,

becauſe they think it a great honour to have
a vaſt number of wives to ſhow themſelves

great and creditable.
They are all, except the king, and three Cunning
or four of the moſt conſiderable men, the Hieves.
greateſt and moſt cunning thieves, that can

be

25 - by
_ » — — "> — _—_—
. 6 þ 2 Ef my I — —— — 0 4 £
; - _— 2 — Yu ; — — — — _ —_
-- #7 7 . 2 - — p — eh — D b
3 1 1 = : F O - 4 >
= — 4 1 4 22 "A A £4 - = =
7 "=. > - mY 1 of 0 - = o
4 be +, > - 9 qu» — —— 1 * 2 = = > _ _——
[ 7 4 — — — 8 r =
— 8 . b 8
— N 1 n beg q = 5
i _ . — — 2 5 — 2 —
CY 0 l _— \ — =
— ge" — — — - I - * N — >
* 8 . fl _ = + © — —— = - 2 33
— iy. a
ral! = =

.

— 1 ©
« * 4 * — ——
- —_ —
2
"#2 *
3 F ee”
—
7 1 _
— E d r *
00” .
_— þ —
-

91
1 þ
F-

332
Barzor. be imagined, without exception; therein far
YM exceeding our European pick-pockets, No

ſhip of any nation whatſoever can come
thither without being robbed of goods, to
a conſiderable value; for the Europeans
being obliged to make uſe of Blacks to
carry their goods from the beach, to the
village Savi, as I have faid before; and from
that village to the ſhore again, tho? they
be never ſo cloſe watched and attended all
the way, which is three good leagues, thoſe
villains will find an opportunity to act their
part; and if they happen to be taken in
the fact, they are ſo bold as to tell us,
we cannot think they would work ſo hard as
they do for ſuch ſmall ſalaries, as we com-
monly allow them, if they had not the li-
berty of pilfering our goods.
Inflances of For an inſtance of their great dexterity
— herein, tho' ſome factors have their Boejies,
Blacks, as they carry them along the way,
cut the ſacks, and dig out the Boejzes, at
the chinks of the barrel, with an iron chiſſel.
Other factors had their warehouſes rifled

of what goods and proviſions they kept in

them, and yet the ſaid warehouſes were
found, after the robbery, well ſecured with
locks, and very firm and cloſe. In ſhort,
they are acquainted with many feveral ways
of robbing and ſtealing : the moſt common
is, to make a hole in the roof of ware-
houſes, which, as all other habitations here,
are covered with reed, and clay or mud,
to prevent firing; and thro' that hole, by
means of a pole, with an iron hook at the
end of it, they draw out the goods.

Hence it is that the European factors are
always ſuſpicious of them, and as much
upon the watch as they can poſſible ; tor

tho' they may complain to the king, and
he gives order to ſearch after the thieves,
to puniſh them, few or no perſons dare

inform, for fear of ſome of the principal

men of the court, who commonly ſhare

with, and are ready to protect the rogues.

The king The king, who is a very free, open, plain
ver to man, and a great promoter of trade in his
mem.

Thieves
protected.

his people are generally tainted with this
vice of ſtealing, has, on ſome occaſions,
expreſſed his diſlike of it; but as he cannot
remedy it, unleſs he puniſhes the whole
nation, he is not wanting to warn our
factors of it; telling them, that His ſub-
jets are not like thoſe of Ardra, and other
circumjacent countries, who upon the leaſt um-
brage received from the Europeans, would
Poiſon them, But I adviſe you, ſays he, 10
take particular care of your goods, for theſe
people ſeem to be born expert thieves; and
will rob you of every thing they can come at.

As a farther inſtance of their bad qualities,
I ſhall add, they are very great gameſters, and

Gameſiers,

A Deſcription of the

in ſmall barrels, ſewed up in ſacks, the

monl

and women, but not ſo rich as the beſt ſort
of the Gold Coaſt people, who, as has been

at firſt view, and before we are uſed to it,
looks very odd; and ſo they go in the rain,

dominions, knowing ſo well as he does, that them all look much younger than they

dren, and do not account it a large family

Book Iy.

readily play away all they are maſters of;
and when all is loſt, ſome will very bru.
tiſhly firſt ſtake wife and children, and
after that their land, and their own ſelves
for flaves.

HAB I I.

HE men are generally much better of.
clothed, than thoſe of the Gold Coaſt.
They wear five or fix cloths, all of different
ſorts, one above the other ; the uppermoſt
of which is about eight or nine yards long,
decently wrapt about their body, but no
perſon is allowed to wear red, it being the
peculiar colour of the king's family exclu-
ſive to all others- |
The women alſo wear many cloths, one of ws,
over another, each of them being about an |
ell long, and they buckle the two ends on
their bellies, covering the poſteriors very
cloſe ; but are ſet in ſo loote a manner before,
that if the wind blows a little freſh, what
modeſty requires to cover, 1s often expoſed
to view. They ſay this faſhion of dreſs is
the women's invention, for their own conve-
niency 3 it is as eaſy to gueſs what they mean
by it, as unbecoming to expreſs. | |
Thoſe cloths, befides what they make Xo goll »
themſelves, which are very fine, are com-/#v:.
Indian chints, white ſarcenet, and
brocadel, fold them by the Europeans.
But gold and ſilver being metals, they
are not acquainted with, as well as their
value, they never wear any ornaments
made of them, and conſequently are only
very fine and neat in their dreſſes, both men

obſerved, are all over adorned with idols,
rings, and other gold trinkets.

Perſons of all ages and ſexes there, go
always with their heads cloſe ſhaved, which

the wind, the ſcorching ſun, or any other
weather, without ever covering their heads.
The men of what age ſoever, have always
their beards cloſe ſhaved alſo, which makes

really are: and as to their being ſo naked
headed, it is certain that uſe makes them
very hardy.

Wives and CHILDREN,

E ERY man may marry as many wives Num |
+ as he is able to maintain, and ſomefem
have married their own daughters. Thus
ſome Blacks have a multitude of children,
they being commonly ſtout luſty men, and
the women not barren ; and all eating and
drinking very well _ |
Some men have above two hundred chil-

to have ſixty or ſeventy alive; nay» 6 has
| been

jon,

Wires ſer

=
5

Wd ons — wy — wy — — wy ( ‚⏑ AA UA wo

—

Citumci-

ve

their buſ ac

band;

berling.

vi

un.

by the Incas

| HAP. 2.

been known there, that one of the king's
viceroys, aſſiſted by his ſons and grandſons,
with their ſlaves, has repulſed a powerful
enemy, Which came againſt him, and
made all together an army of two thouſand
fighting men; not reckoning daughters,
or any that were dead, Notwithſtanding
the men there have the uſe of many wo-
men, their luxury is ſo very extreme, that
they have a valt number of publick harlots,
licenſed to proſtitute themſelves to every
body at a very cheap rate. Thoſe women
keep all the day each in a hut, ſet up for
their trade at diſtances, all about the coun-
try, juſt by the roads, for the accommoda-
tion or conveniency of paſſengers of what
ſort ſoever. |
The like wares was tolerated in Peru,
ings, to obviate greater evils,
as they pleaded. Thoſe Peruvian whores
lived ſeparately in the country, in ſorry
little huts, being vulgarly called there
Pampauruna, a name which deſign'd their
abode and way of living : but ſuch women

were totally excluded the company and

li gl
os.

Crtumci-
fan,

their huſ.
band;

uedling.,

mere
lin.

converſation of honeſt women, and never
permitted to enter into any town.

Menſtruous women are eſteemed ſo un-

clean, that they are not admitted at Fida,
into the king's, or other great perſons houſes,

on pain of death, or at leaſt perpetual ſla-

very.

They circumciſe their children, as the
Mahometans do, but cannot tell us, whence
they have that cuſtom ; all their anſwer is,
they received it from their anceſtors, by tra-
dition; but do not know the import nor
ſignification of it. Some girls are alſo cir-
cumciſed, as I have obſeved it to be prac-

Uſed in north Guinea. |

| Thoſe Blacks differ very much as to the
time of circumciſing children; ſome doing

or ten years of age.

it at four, five, or ſix, and others at eight,

Feſerve To return to the women; they are there,

as in all other parts of Guinea, entruſted
with the care of preparing and dreſſing pro-
viſions for their family, and brewing. The
wives of great perſons commonly wait on

their huſbands at table, and ſerve them on

the knee, as is practiſed in England, by the
officers to the king.

J ſhall have occaſion, in the deſcription
of Ardra, to obſerve the way of brewing
the beer of Indian wheat, of baking bread,
and dreſſing proviſions, to which I refer; it
being done in the ſame manner by the Fida
women, and their houſes are the ſame.

The great men and prime officers, ſeldom

dine without a guard of muſketeers at the
door of their houſes, who fire their muſkets
from time to time, to honour their maſters,

who generally love the noiſe of fire- arms.
Vor. V;

Coaſts of SouTu-GuiNnea.

Upon occaſion of mourning, they do not
trouble themſelves with a diſmal muſick as
the others do.

BEHAVIOUR i SICKNESS.

I N fickneſs they are yet more ſuperſti- Fea
tious than the other Blacks, making nu-4

merous offerings to their idols, ſeveral days
ſucceſſively, for the recovery of their health,
and no leſs fearful of death; which makes
them very diligent, in the uſe of proper me-
dicines to cure them, if poſſible.

As to their offerings, on occaſion of ſick- Places rs
neſs, they do not make them in their own eriſice.

houſes, as moſt of the Blacks at the Gold
Coaſt practiſe it; for there, every perſon re-

ſerves a place, in the open air, conſecrated

and encloſed with reeds, and other materials,
tor making his ſacrifices and oblations on
this account.
Contrary to the humour of che Gold- Coaſt
Blacks, thoſe of Fida are ſo extraordinary

jealous of their wives, thar on a bare ſuſpi-

cion, they'll fell them to the Whites; and
in caſe any perſon debauches a rich or con-
ſiderable man's wife, the offender is not only
puniſhed with death, but ſometimes his

whole family is ſold into captivity 3 and no

wealthy man there, will ſuffer any other

to enter his wives houſes ; but particularly

the king 1s very ſevere in this regard, as I

ſhall mention hereafter ; whereas many Blacks

at the Gold Coaſt drive an open trade with
their wives bodies.

Courſe of INHERITANCE,

IN Fida the eldeſt fon (from the king to
the loweſt rank) inherits, not only all his
father's goods and chatrels, but his wives,

which he uſes as his own, excepting his own

mother, whom he lodges apart, and allows
her a ſufficient maintenance all her life-time,
in caſe ſhe is not in a capacity of ſubſiſting
by her ſelf. | |

The KING, his FAMILY and
___GovERNMENT.
T H A T prince may now be about thir

generous temper, and ſubtle genius, always
attentive to promote the trade of the nation
with us Europeans; and at all times receives
the chief factors and captains of our ſhips,
with much civility, and after a very en-
gaging manner : for beſides the entertain-
ment given to them, he commonly, on ſuch
days, the better to expreſs his ſatisfaction,
beſtows ſuch bounties on his own people,

agg that,

They have ſeveral ſorts of muſical inſtru-BaRhO r.
ments, and the noiſe of them is much more WWW
ſupportable than thoſe of the Gold Coaſt, Muſict.

.
4 —
KH - - : £9 — —— — 2 - —
_ © L. * * = * 5
- X — — - - . ap — — be 3 * — —
* ——ů— — — * : , 2 : » - 7575 . i \
5 bY ＋ * >. * 33 _ jp. 1 * AY = . \ »_ = \ _—
4 8 7 4 1 4 — 2 2 . —2— — — — — — — f 322 3 = _ =o. — — 1 —
9 * * 3 4 2 Sb - b + 7;öXö ꝶß—7 . . = =
\ — — — —
„ — r 3 — r —
b N — = r= oy
= l + |S =

— r
5 4 = e
+ —
PRE — 2 — — —— — — _
— 2
—
_ — . \ —

eight years of age, being a well: ſet, ord ed

vigorous, ſprightly and agreeable man, and
has a large ſhare of good ſenſe ; is of a moſt

— 77 8 1 1 2
nn x — 0 þ 2 hd = by 4 — 2
2 8 ea - — * — BS, 2 a — he.
GE = — n 3
— - I

— . — — — 8 " _ wok 2 <rea
. * *
— k 3 he
" - 8 :
.
r

334

BarBorT. that, if we muſt credit the Blacks, ſome Eu-

WY WV 79pean viſits coſt him the value of an hun-

dred, ora hundred and fifty ſlaves z and he

daily preſents the Europeans with ſheep,

hogs, fowl, oxen, bread, beer, fruit, or
what the ſeaſon affords. |

The great regard he expreſſes for the

French and Dutch factors, eſpecially, pro-

ceeds from a ſenſe of gratitude and acknow-

ledgement of the eminent ſervice, the French,
Dutch and Portugueſe formerly did him, in
being ſo very inſtrumental] to fix him, by

their forces, on the throne, to the prejudice
of his elder brother, who was not liked by
theſe Europeans; he, tho' the youngeſt ſon,
being more acceptable to them, becaule of
his good-nature, and inclination to favour
trade: which inſtance of gratitude in a Bar-
barian, is worth obſerving, for he 1s never
better pleaſed than when we aſk a favour of
him.

Habit, &c. He is generally habited after the Moori/h
faſhion, in a long violet ſilk gown, and ſome-
times of gold or ſilver damaſk ; but is for
the moſt part better dreſſed than ordinary,
when he goes to viſit any of the Europeans,

which he can do unſeen of any, their lodges
being built round his palace; with whom

he can converſe, as ſpeaking broken Portu-
gueſe, or Lingua- Franca. 5
The Blacks value him much on account of
his being very religious in their way of wor-
ſhip; and that his palace is all over abun-
dantly furniſhed with idols: they eſteem him
alſo, becauſe he is vaſtly rich, tho' his re-
tinue 1s but mean, having very little atten-
dance, beſides about three or four hundred
wives, he has already, as young as he is;
and ſometimes by a few ſoldiers.

Gratitude.

Palace.

as being only a heap of little clay houſes,
or huts, encloſed, without any order or
beauty; but for diſtinction, has four iron
guns mounted at the gate, with a guard of
ſoldiers doing duty there.
No perſon is to know the king's lodging,
ſo that if an European aſks where the king

lay at night, he is anſwered with this queſtion,

Where does God lodge? which ſignifies, Is it

poſſible for us to know the king's bed-chamber ?
Whether this policy is to gain reſpect among

the people, or to conceal the king's perſon

from any attempt, is more than I can decide.

The king's Th this palace is a large room, where he
2 enn gives audience to foreigners; or is informed
ö by his officers of what happens in the nation,
to give his orders accordingly; or if no

bufineſs occurs, he ſpends part of the day at

one ſort of game or other, being a wonder-

ful gameſter, as are all his ſubjects. He
never plays for money, but for cattle, and
3 pays the ox, cow, hog or ſheep

loſes; and if he wins, does not defire,
either ſubject or European to pay him. When

A Deſcription of the

and the table is pretty well furniſhed, and

proſtrate on the ground, all the time he is

His palace is very ordinary, tho' ſpacious,

wives, dreſſed the beſt they are able, being

of coral, which is there much more valua-

Book VCA.
he does not fit there, either about buſineſs, 1
play or diſcourſing, he keeps at home a-
mongſt his wives, indulging himſelf in ſuch
diverſions as they are, one after another,
very ſtudious to afford him: and being of
a very pleaſant humour, and good company,
there is ſome ſort of ſatisfaction in {pending
time with him ; for he will continually enter-
tain us, if he do not play, with the beſt he
has to eat and drink.

That prince, when in the audience-room, Aula
uſually fits on an oval ſtool, as is cuſtomary
in that country; the ſtool being on a broad
foot bench covered with a cloth; the other
foot bench, which is there covered with
mats, ſerves our European factors to fit by,
and converſe with him, always bare-headed,
as knowing, that he is better pleafed they
ſhou'd be ſo, than cover'd: nor are they to en-
ter that room with their ſwords on; for he
does not like that any ſhould appear armed
in his preſence. | 5

He eats by himſelf, and no perſon, either
man or woman, except his wives, is allow'd
to fee him at that time; but the great offi-
cers of his court, often eat in his preſence,
which when we do, he is very well pleas,

Deputy go

yernors

E

Common
captains, n

— — w wr v£+ — 79 at

in ſome good order. All his officers, and
other Blacks of note who are preſent, lie

preſent, without daring to riſe ; and when
we rife from table, thoſe great men and
officers are ſerved with what is left, and eat
it very greedily, good or bad, tho' they
have perhaps much better of their own at
home; but this, in all likelihood, is done |
out of reſpect; that they may not ſeem to
deſpiſe the king's proviſions. |
This king uſes twice a year, to go a pro- He
greſs through the country, which he com-“
monly does with ſome fort of ſtate; being, |
beſides his retinue, attended by all his

Duties on
ſaves,

very richly adorned, each with abundance

ble than gold: and it is only at ſuch times,
that we can have the fight of his beautiful
women, who otherwiſe are always very cloſe
ſhut up, and guarded from the eyes of men.
In this progreſs not one man accompanies
him, but he orders his officers and great
men, to wait on him at the place he de-
ſigns to go to divert himſelf; and they
muſt there alſo keep at a good diſtance
from his wives, and fee them only as they

As to government, the king, is abſolute pan |
in it, and afliſted therein by fome of the
moſt noted men of the nation, who are of
his council, and of three ſorts: Firſt, the Fi-
dalgos, as they are there call'd, which is a Por.
tugueſe word, fignifying men of quality, and
they are governors of provinces or _

VIICHA?. Z. 5 Coaſts of SouTn-GUINEA 337

Then the great captains; and laſtly, the com- Theſe incomes ſerve to defray the ex-BaRBor.
mon captains. pences of his houſheld, and the many rich TOS
The Fidalgos, or governors, command as offerings he is obliged to make to the ſnake- 1

urrdor⸗ expences.

Ing n numerous than all the others, and each of I have hinted before; and even to the Euro-
theſe has a peculiar character. He who is pean factors, whoſe tables he moſt days fur-
appointed inſpector of markets, is called, niſhes with eatables and liquors, all ſorts in
captain of the market: he who is ſuperior ſo plentiful a manner, that it is often
of the ſlaves, captain of the ſlaves, and ſo more than they have occaſion for; beſides |
forth; another is captain of the priſon ; a- that he cauſes houſes or lodges to be built |;
nother of the beach; every affair that can near his town for their accommodation; 0
be thought of, having a proper captain, or ſome of which are very large, containing |
overſeer, appointed by the government. ſeveral ware-houſes and many chambers, be- j
There is beſides a great number of other ſides a beautiful court within, adorned on |
| honorary captains, without any function. each fide with a cover'd gallery. j
Revenues of the CROWN. The Kinc's Wives, IM
Ofres ſold, ALE the above-mentioned offices are „ Be return to the King's private concerns "I
<* ſold, every man paying a greater or at home: Whofoever happens, either fi
leſs ſum to the prince, according to his premeditatedly or accidentally, but to touch 80
poſt; which makes one branch of the royal one of the king's wives, incurs death or ſla- 140
revenue.” 85 very; therefore all ſuch, as have any buſi- „ . raul
The revenue accrues in a great meaſure neſs about the king's palace, call out aloud, ,,; 7 5. vn
out of the tolls ; there being nothing ſo lit- to inform thoſe wives, thatthere isa man near: touched.
tle, but what pays a toll to the king, and to the end, that no man may enter the
which every year amounts to a very great walls thereof, the king is always ſerved by
. 3 his wives, unleſs to repair it, or do what theſe
dale en Beſides which, there is a crown, or five women cannot. And in ſuch caſes, the work-
ſaves, ſhillings a head duty for every ſlave that is men continually call out that the women
ſold for goods; but the collectors of it, may, during that time, keep cloſe within;
cheat their prince conſiderably, by agree- and if it happens otherwiſe, it may not be
ing underhand with thoſe who ſell theſe imputed as a crime to them. |
1 ſlaves, ſo that a ſmall matter comes into Thoſe women go into the fields to work,
. the treaſury, only for ſuch as are ſold for as hundreds do every day; and as ſoon as
Boeſies: this being the money of the land, they ſpy a man, they cry out, Stand clear !
it is always paid in the king's preſence, whereupon, ' that perſon falls immediately
and out of that, he takes three crowns for on his knees, or flat on. the ground, wait-
every ſlave; and yet, ſome are ſo ſly, as ing till they paſs by, without daring to look
to fetch the Boejies from us in the night- at them.
time, or at ſome other unſeaſonable hours, This prince is ſo very jealous of his autho- Eis jea-
to cheat the prince of his cuſtoms. rity over his wives, that on the leaſt diſguſt, lo
Each ſhip which trades to Fida, and there he is ready to ſell them for ſlaves, and ſome-
are forty or fifty every year, more or leſs, times fifteen or more together; which makes
as it happens, either by his duties, or his the women there to prefer a ſpeedy death,
own trade, may be computed to be worth before the miſerable condition of a king's
to him near eighteen hundred crowns. wife : as there have been inftances of
Add to this, the tolls out of the river-fiſlh, ſome, who being purſued to that end, have
mentioned heretofore, and the heavy fines drowned themfelves in wells, For when an
and mulcts in criminal caſes; as alſo the one is brought in to the king, that has plea-
ſums accruing to him by the ſale of places, fed him, he will perhaps enjoy her company
«| and offices of truſt, as has been ſaid above:

1140

veral provinces, and keep as great ſtate
there. ; |

ay le The great. captains are deputies to the

. former, in their ſeveral diſtricts, and live
| great. N

The common captains are much more

and this prince would have a vaſt income,
and be very potent for a Black, but that

each collector in his province, and he has

above a thouſand all over the country, cheats
him of what he can; ſo that he ſcarce re-
ceives one half, or perhaps a third of it.

arbitrarily as the king himſelf, in their ſe-

houſe and idols ; and to keep an army con-
ſtantly in pay, for carrying on his war with
great Popo, and Offra, which he ſeems re-
ſolved to ſubdue : beſides which, he alſo
maintains a great number of his ſubjects in
meat and drink, and gives very largely to
his people upon extraordinary occaſions, as

confined for ever if his feraglio, as it were
in perpetual widowhood : as David's ten
concubines were ſhut up in a ſeparate place
by his direction, becaufe Ab/alom, his ſon,
had violated them, during his flight from
Feruſalem. (Joſeph. l. 7. c. 10.)

twice or thrice - oh which favour, ſhe 1s

The

ay
ot
*;
wy
9
.
1
=
=
At
1
111
1
4þ
b |;
*
8 i
- *
o L's
8
P i
1
i
\
vi
,
f l
"" 2%
” A
*
© N
{ +x*©
? , i \
)
| hs a
y 7
WI.
4
4 *
*
Si 1
wo 7
| * 41
1 -1 \
5
{ 4
4020
4 '
|
.
4.
: * 1
* } 1.
, 7 {4
bl
1
. —
IT +
. \
„
ny IH o
"* "Wan
3: SE "Y
k Ly
4 17
BH I
11
1.
* 1 — *
*I
wk
. 1 4 4.
Aa
. if!
l ,
h ö "L
oy . Al
— =
6.4 q
4 %
|
L
| |
| We
|
„
.
*
1N
or
17
1 N.
1
: N
LS.
19
- 7 —

336

Ban noT.

The captains of this ſeraglio frequently

ſupply it with freſh ladies, as they find beau-
tiful virgins; which they chuſe and pick

Awe of
ſubjecls.

King's
children.

Death not
to be men- .
Bl

tioned.

Publick

ſtealing.

The ſon
takes his
father's

wives.

amongſt their country people, and no perſon
whatever of their relations dare oppoſe them.

The king is feared and reverenced by all
his ſubjects, even to adoration, no perſon of
what rank ſoever, appearing before him, other-
wiſe than kneeling or proſtrate on his belly.
Thoſe who are to wait on him in the morn-

ing, proſtrate themſelves before the door of

his apartment, kiſs the ground three times
ſucceſſively, and clapping their hands,
whiſper ſome words, as tending to adoration;
after which, they crawl in on all four, where
they repeat the ſame ceremonies.

The king's children are always kept
within doors, till they are of a competent

age to wander among the people.
[ have already hinted, how fearful the

acks in general are of death ; inſomuch,
that the meaneſt of them are very un-
willing to hear it mentioned, as if that a-
lone would haſten their end. It is there-
fore looked upon as a great crime, to ſpeak
of death in the king's preſence, or of any
of the principals of the nation; and when
any European happens to do it to the king,
thro? inadvertency, every body that hears
it is amazed; none of his own ſubjects da-
ring to ſay he is a mortal man: but the

king himſelf never takes it ill of an Euro-
Pear to be told ſo; and will even ſmile at

the ſimplicity of his people, and laugh hear-
tily when we ſpeak of death to his officers,

The KinG's DEATH.

A S ſoon as the king's death is publickly
known, they all fall a ſtealing from one

another, all things they can lay their hands

on, tho' of never ſo great value, openly
and in the ſight of all people with 1mpunt-
ty 3 and fo continue to do till a new king 1s
fixed on the throne, or at leaſt till the
officers of the crown, to check that ſtrange
practice, cauſe it to be publiſhed, that they
have inaugurated a new king; tho' ſome-
times it is not yet done: for then the rob-
bers, if they continue pilfering and ſteal-
ing, are liable to puniſhment.

For this reaſon, they are very expeditious
in enthroning and electing a king: and if

the deceaſed has left any male iſſue be-

hind him, the eldeft fon commonly, with
the aſſiſtance of his creatures, immediately
after his father's death, takes all his wives
into his cuſtody, and enjoys them as his
own; as the moſt effectual way, to aſſure
the crown and government to himſ-lf : for
when he has ſo done, few or none of the

people will conſent he ſhould be forced to

quit the royal dignity, in c:ſe there aroſe
any party or cabal among the chief people,
to put another perſon into his place; as it

A Deſcription of the

happened to this preſent king, who was
placed in the royalty, by the joint forces

Book lv

and intereſt of the French, Portugueſe, and

Hollanders, to the excluſion of his elder
brother, who was not approved of by
them, nor by ſome of the great men of
the nation, perhaps gained by bribes, as 1
have before hinted : and on ſuch occaſions,
the younger brother's party keeps all his
friends at hand, to favour his election, in
the room of the eldeſt. This practice of
the Fidaſians, aſpiring to the royal dignity,
to take poſſeſſion of the precedent king's
wives, as is above related, much reſembles
what was done by Abſalom, when he revol-
ted againſt his father David; and by the
counſel of Achitophel, openly abuſed his fa-
ther's concubines: to the end no body

ſhould be ignorant of that action, which

wasa teſtimony, that he had taken poſſeſſion
of the royal dignity, and of the kingdom,

PzoPLE of FIDA not good SOLDIERS,
] Have before obſerved how populous the

country of Fida is, and how in ſome emer-

Coward, |

gent neceſſity the king can bring two hun-
dred thouſand men into the field 3 but they

are ſo weak and heartleſs, and ſo fearful of
death, that ten thouſand Gold- Coaſt Blacks,
or fewer, drive and repulſe that great num-
ber of Fidaſians, who are naturally more in-
clined to trade and huſbandry, than to wat ;
for which reaſon they have no experienced

officers or generals,to head them : and there-
fore it r happens, that when forced

to take the field againft an enemy, their

army is commanded by ſome mean perſon;

the chief men of the nation very often chuſing
rather to ſtay at home, than to lead them to
fight; and conſequently the inferior officers
will ſcarce obey that commander which ren-
ders their wars generally unſucceſsful, or ver

tedious. For that mean general, tho' he had
courage enough to accept of the poſt, to gra-
tify his vanity, is as great a coward, in an
engagement, as the ſoldiers themſelves; and
ready, upon the firſt onſet, to give way and
run home as faſt as he can, leaving his
men to ſhift for themſelves; and they never

fail to follow his example.

However, to give thoſe people their due,
it has been obſerved, on ſome occaſions,
that they would ſtand their ground pretty
well, eſpecially in a defenſive war, to pre-
vent or ſtop an invaſion in their country,
when they were lead by ſome courageous

and ſkilful general of high birth and dignity.

WE APO NS.

T HE ſoldiery there, as well as at Ardra,

Clubs,

are armed, ſome few with muſkets, and

many others wich bows and arrows, hangers,
javelius, and wooden clubs, about three foot
long, five or fix inches thick, very round

ane

Only mur
ler and
adultery
atital,

Puniſhmer
fir murder

Fir adul
ten.

H AP. 2.

and even, except a knot at the end; the
breadth of a hand, and three fingers thick.
Every man is always provided with five or
ſix ſuch clubs, as being the principal weapons
they depend moſt on; and ſo dexterous in
throwing of them, that they can, at ſeveral

aces diſtance, hit an enemy, and break his
limbs with them, as being made of a very
ponderous wood. The Gold- Coaſt Blacks
are as much afraid of that ſort of weapon,
as of a muſket- ball.

The hangers are fine and well made, and

the javelins very beautiful and ſtrong. When
a houſe happens to be on fire, they ſet up
a cry, by which they, in a ſmall time, raiſe
the whole country, the people flocking to
the place, armed with clubs, ſwords, jave-
lins, and other weapons.

Thus far concerning the Fidaſian ſoldiery,
and kingly office and prerogatives: I ſhall

now ſpeak of the adminiſtration of juſtice,

which will appear as irregular and partial
as their maxims of government.

ADMINISTRATION of JUSTICE.
THE king and his counſellors uſually

decide the ſuits of greateſt importance,
and governors of towns or diſtricts the leſ-
ſer cauſes. . 8
Few crimes are there puniſhed with death
beſides murder, and adultery with the king's
or great mens wives: and the people in ge-
neral being ſo fearful of death, as has been
repreſented, every man 1s very ſtudious not
to incur that penalty; tho? it now and then
does happen, that ſome, thro' paſſion and
inconſiderateneſs, commit one or other of
thoſe two capital crimes. The king then

lays the caſe before his council, requiring

each perſon that belongs to it, to conſider
what puniſhment ſuch or ſuch a fact deſerves.

?wihment In caſe of murder, the criminal being ſen-
fr murder. tenced to be put to death, is accordingly

executed after this manner. The executioner
firſt cuts him open alive, takes out his en-
trails, and burns them before his face : this
done, he fills up the body with falt, and
fixes it to a ſtake in the middle of the mar-
ket- place of the town, where it is left in
that condition,
In caſe of adultery with any of the king's
wives, both the man and woman, being

convicted of the fact, and ſentence paſſed on

them, they are executed thus: Being brought
to the place of execution, which is in an
open field, the man is ſet as a mark for ſe-
veral great men, by way of diverſion, to

ſhow their ſkill in darting javelins at him,

by which the miſerable wretch 1s cruelly
tormented, Then, in the preſence of the
adulterous woman, he 1s bereft of his privy
parts, and obliged to caſt them himſelf
into the fire, which is ready lighted at ſuch
executions, This done, both criminals are

Tak ?

Coaſts of Sourh- GuINRA.

of which, by degrees, he lades ſome on them,
till the pot is half empty, and then pours
the remainder on them all at once; and fi-

nally, he fills the pit with earth, and thus
buries them alive.

Others are ſentenced to be burnt for the Auothe-
ſame crime of adultery, and thus executed, way.

by the king's own wives, who are ſome-
times employed by him to execute his ſen-
tences pronounced againſt offenders; every
one of thoſe women being very forward to
bring wood to burn the criminals, tho! it
may happen that the man fo burnt, with
one of thoſe wives, has long enjoyed the
company of ſeveral of thoſe very women,
getting into their houſes in the habit of a
woman, and ſo continuing there a conſider-
able time : which ſome men, tho? upon the

point of dying a cruel death, have publickly

declared, without accuſing any of their ac-
complices,

Thus in theſe two particular caſes of mur- x;ze; for
der, and adultery with the royal wives, or other
thoſe of great perſons, the king of Fida crimes.
and his council are exact obſervers of juſtice,

according to the laws of the land, as being
themſelves therein perſonally affronted or

Injured 3 but in other leſs criminal cauſes,
they commit abundance of irregularities,
_ compounding by a pecuniary mulct, which

commonly accrues to the king and them, but
eſpecially to one of his favourites, called
captain Carter, and the king's ſoul, becauſe

that prince will not do any thing, tho? but

of little moment, without his advice. That
Carter 1s alſo called captain Blanc, or the
captain who 1s entruſted by the king, with
all affairs relating to the Europeans.

In ſome caſes, when ſentence is pronounc'd Another
againſt an offender, the king ſends two or Penalꝶ.

three hundred of his wives to the male-
factor's houſe, who ſtrip, and lay it level with
the ground, which no perſon dares oppoſe;
all being forbid, on pain of death, ſo much
as to touch any of the king's wives, as 1
have ſaid before: and thus a man, ſome-

times unjuſtly accuſed and condemned, is on

a ſudden brought to utter rum, unleſs he
can foreſee what is coming upon him, and
have courage and dexterity enough to at-
tend the king, and acquit himſelf hand-
ſomely, ſo as he may revoke the ſentence.

A perſon accuſed of malverſation, deny- 5,341
ing the fact, is obliged to clear himſelf by ſwimming.

oath, and other ceremonies mentioned at
the Gold Coaſt ; otherwiſe, as often happens
there, he is led to a river, at a little diſ-
tance from the royal palace, which the Blacks
believe has a peculiar quality of immediate-
ly drowning all guilty perſons, that are
thrown into it; and of preſerving the inno-

Rrrr cent,

put into a deep pit, being firſt bound hand Bazzor.
and foot; after which, the executioner ſets a WWW
large pot of boiling water on the fire; out

— 7 r ; l \
7 Bo — — =_ "_ _— G :
J = 5 1 | ee 9
: — ERR == ==
— —— 3 — — —

338

BAR BOr. cent, whether they can ſwim or not, tho?
WYW they ſee daily, they all ſave themſelves by

ſwimming 3 molt people there being very

expert at it: and perhaps they never yet

ſaw that river convict any offenders indrown-
ing them. All that are thrown into it, and
come out ſafe on the other ſide; pay a cer-
tain ſum to the king, which induces me to
believe it is a mere invention of the judges,

to try people, and acquit them, for money,
tho? fully convicted of the offences. This
the governors, in their reſpective diſtricts,

practiſe in like manner, and to the ſame
end; which is getting of money.

But if it ever happens, that the criminal,
by ſome impediment or other, in his ſwim-
ming a- croſs that river, is drowned, they ſay
his body is boiled in a large copper, and
eaten by many, as is pretended, in deteſta-
tion of his guilt; but this I dare not aſſert
for a truth. 5

The king's wives, and thoſe of conſidera-
ble Blacks, are often expoſed to this fort of
trial, upon ſuſpicion of adultery ; but thoſe
who know themſelves guilty, will rather con-

feſs it freely, than venture this trial, being
made to believe, they will, in ſuch caſe,

Prepoſte-

rous Cere-

mony.

be certainly drowned: to avoid which,

they incur the inevitable penalty of being

either caſt off or ſold into perpetual cap-
tivity. |

In caſe of miſdemeanors not proved, they

practiſe another ſort of trial for conviction
or juſtification, which is properly a juggle ;
wherein, by the diſpoſition of fome odd
things thrown together, as practiſed at the
Gold Coaft, by their prieſts, they will ab-
ſolve or condemn the perſon accuſed,

CO TRLACTS
THERE is another ceremony uſed a-

mong thoſe people, on account of ſo-
lemn contracts and engagemens, which they
call Boire-Dios, after this manner.
The contractors make each a little hole
in the earth, into which they let ſome of
their own blood drop, and having diſſolved it
with ſome little earth, each of them drinks
of the compoſition, as much as he can.

This done, they look upon it as a ſolemn
engagement, to have but one and the ſame

intereſt in whatever may befall them, whe-
ther good or evil; and that they are bound
to reveal to each other their moſt ſecret
thoughts, or whatever they may have heard
ſaid, good or bad, of one another;
fully perſuaded, that the leaſt omiſſion therein
would certainly occaſion their death.

F Uu N E R AL 8.

13 HEY bury their dead with abundance
of tokens of grief, and great mourn-

Ing ; but after the funerals, they feaſt their

acquaintance for five or ſix weeks together.

A Deſcription of the

2Ing

parate places for that ſervice, 'and obſerve
abundance of ceremonies after their death:
to inſtance one for all, they tie ſome idols
made for that purpoſe, to the legs of a
certain black bird, which they ſet on the
grave of the deceaſed, with a large pot full
of water, and dance and ſing round and

over the grave, till they ſee it level With

the other ground; for at firſt they raiſe the
earth over the graves, as is practiſed in many
parts of Europe.

They kill many ſlaves, and women, at the Ab
funerals of their kings, and other perſons of af.

note, to ſerve and wait on them in the other
world, where they make the ignorant people

believe, they live greater than they uſed to
do in this; and therefore when any of thoſe

great perſons, eſpecially their kings die,
the courtiers loudly expreſs a fervent defire
to keep them company in their grave;
which is nothing but cant and diſſimulation,

ſince every one knows how fearful they are

of death.
1 might inſtance many particulars con-
cerning the people of Fida, which being of

no great moment J paſs by, or refer, as to

ſome of them, to the deſcription of Ardra;

thoſe two nations being very much alike
in abundance of cuſtoms and practices, both
in civil and religious affairs; that I may
conclude this account of Fida, with the ob.

ſervations made concerning their religious
worſhip in general and particular, which

will afford matter for a ſeparate chapter.

But before I enter upon that ſubject, it

will be convenient to ſay ſomething of the

Bozjies or Cauris, which J have often men-

tioned in the deſcription of this country; as

being accounted the chief wealth there, and
ſo advantageous and uſeful in the trade we

have with its inhabitants, as the current

coin among them, which commands every

thing, as much as coined ſilver or gold does

throughout Europe. I ſhall alſo add ſome-

what concerning the nature and qualities of
the ſlaves purchaſed there, and at Ardra,

and their way of accompt in trade; and of
their diviſion of time.

SHELLS uſed for MovEx.

THE Boejies or Cauris, which the French

call Bouges, are ſmall milk-white ſhells,
commonly as big as ſmall olives, and are
produced and gathered among the ſhoals

and rocks of the Maldivy iflands, near the

coaſt of Malabar in the Eaſt-Indi:s ; and

thence tranſported as ballaſt to Goa, Cochin, ,, 1, wy
"ey Shells

and other ports in the Eaſt-Indies, by the alu x

natives of thoſe numerous iſlands: and from Guin

the above-named places, are diſperſed to the

Dutch and Engliſh factories in India; then

brought over to Europe, more eſpecially 15
| [

Bo OK IV HAP.
They commonly bury deceaſed perſons in Dada

their own former manſions, having no ſe- 1e gr

the.
ther
trad
to
Gui
or (

per

uni

era!

Wees. th

all.
fung. f

Parcels and
Waſures,

till
al,

N vera!

„etz.

ll;
frung.

HAP. Z.

them, according to the occaſion the ſeveral
trading nations of Europe have for this traſh,

to carry on their traffick at the coaſt of

Guinea, and of Angola; to purchaſe ſlaves
or other goods of Africa, and are only pro-

er for that trade; no other people in the
univerſe putting ſuch a value on them as the
Guineans 3 and more eſpecially thoſe of Fida
and Ardra have long done, and ſtill do to
this very day. And ſo, proportionably to

| the occaſion the European Guinea adventurers

have for thoſe Cauris, and the quantity or
ſcarcity there happens to be of them, either
in England or Holland, their price by the
hundred weight is higher or lower. I can
give no reaſon why they are uſually ſold by
weight, and not by meaſure, e
Theſe Cauris are of many different ſizes,
the ſmalleſt hardly larger than a common
pea; and the largeſt, as an ordinary walnut,
longiſh like an olive; but of ſuch great ones
there is no conſiderable quantity in propor-

tion to the inferior ſizes ; and are all inter-

mixt, great and ſmall. They are common-
ly brought over from the Eaſt-Indies, in
packs or bundles, well wrapp*d, and put
into ſmall barrels in England or Holland,

for the better conveniency of the Guinea
trade. |

Having given this account of the nature

of theſe Boejies, it remains to obſerve the ule

made thereof, by the Guineans.
At Fida and Ardra, where, as I have

| hinted before, they are moſt fond of them,

they either ſerve to adorn their bodies, or
as current coin. Ar Fida the natives bore

a little hole through each Boejie, with an

iron tool, made for that purpoſe, and thread

them, forty Boejies in a ſtring, which they

call Toques in Portugueſe; and in their natu-
ral language Cenre.

ref and Five ſuch ſtrings, or Cenres, of fort
hes. Brejies each, make a certain ſmall meaſure,

called a Galinba, and in their own language
a Fore. Two hundred Cauris, and fifty ſuch

Fores, make an Alcove, or a Guinbotton, in

their language; the word Alcove being Por-

tugueſe, as well as that of Galinha, but as
frequently uſed by the Blacks, as the other

names of Fore and Guinbotton, of their own

language. This Alcove meaſure weighs, as

[ have before obſerved, about ſixty pounds,

and contains four thouſand Boejies.

With theſe ſtrings, or Togues, or Cenres,

of ey Boejies, they buy and fell all ſorts

of goods among themſelves, as if they were
ſilver or gold money; and are ſo very much
taken with them, as to tell us they are pre-

ferable to gold, both for ornament and traf-

fick ; inſomuch, that a handful of them is

better for thoſe purpoſes, than an ounce of

fine gold : and it is a general rule there, to
reckon a man's wealth by the number of

Coaſts of SouTH-GuiINEA. 339

the Dutch, who make a great advantage of

the Alcoves of Boejies, and the quantity of Ban ROr.

ſlaves he poſſeſſes. WWW
As to the ſlaves, and the trade of them,

whereof I have before ſpoke at large, it will

be proper to obſerve here, that commonl

the ſlaves we purchaſe at Fida and Ardra,

are brought down to the coaſt from ſeveral

countries, two and three hundred leagues up '

the inland ; where the inhabitants are luſty,

ſtrong, and very laborious people : thence

it is, that tho” they are not ſo black and fine

to look at as the North-Guinea and Gold-

Coaſt Blacks, yet are they fitter for the A.

merican plantations, than any others; eſpe-

cially in the ſugar iſlands, where they re-

quire more labour and ſtrength than in the
other colonies of Eyropeans, at which the
Fida and Ardra ſlaves are found, by conſtant
experience, to hold out much longer, and
with leſs detriment to themſelves, than the
other ſlaves tranſported thither from the
other above-mentioned parts of Guinea,
One thing is to be taken notice of by ſea-
faring men, that theſe Fida and Ardra

ſlaves are of all the others, the molt apt to

revolt aboard ſhips, by a conſpiracy carried
on amongſt themſelves ; eſpecially ſuch as
are brought down to Fida, from very re-
mote inland countries, who eaſily draw o-
thers into their plot: for being uſed to ſee
mens fleſh eaten in their own country, and
publick markets held for that purpoſe,
they are very full of the notion, that we
buy and tranſport them to the ſame pur-

poſe; and will therefore watch all oppor-

tunities to deliver themſelves, by aſſaulting
a ſhip's crew, and murdering them all, if
poſſible : whereof, we have almoſt every
year ſome inſtances, in one European ſhip

or other, that is filled with ſlaves. To

prevent which, it 1s neceſſary to obſerve ex-
actly, the directions I propoſe to give in the
ſupplement to this book, both for managing
ſlaves, and ſubſiſting them properly in
their tranſportation at ſea; as alſo for pre-
venting their revolt and mutiny. |

KEePinG of ACCoMPTS.

4 6s HE Vidaſians are ſo expert in keeping
their accompts, that they eaſily reckon
as exact, and as quick by memory, as we.
can do with pen and ink, though the ſum
amount to never ſo many thouſands: which

very much facilitates the trade the Euro-

peans have with them; and is not half ſo
troubleſome, as with other Guineans, who

are commonly very dull on this head.

Another thing of great advantage to trade Language.
with them is, that moſt of the#14a merchants,
can ſpeak either fomething of the Lingua
Franca, or of ſome other European language,
but more eſpecially French, which ſome few
are very perfect in, through the long in-
tercourſe they have had with us: and herein

the

340

BAN nor. the French have ſome advantage over the
other Europeans trading there, that their

Snakes,

trees, and

language is near ally'd to that Lingua
Franca, or broken Portugueſe. |

However, forthe facilitating of commerce
with thoſe, and the Ardra Blacks, I have taken
the trouble to collect ſome of the moſt fami-
liar words and phraſes of thoſe two nations,
which are annexed to the vocabulary of the

Guinea Blacks moſt common language in

the ſupplement to this volume: the Fida-
fians uling the ſame language as thoſe of
Ardra; by which, as well as by their uni-
formity of manners and practices, it ſeems
they were formerly one and the ſame nation.

It would be proper here to inſert, the ſe-
veral ſorts of European goods, with which

A Deſcription of the

we drive our trade there, to purchaſe ſlaves:
but the ſame ſorts of goods being uſed in
the ſlave-trade, at Ardra, I refer to the de.
ſcription of that kingdom, and of the trade
we have there, with the natives,

As to the Fidaſian way of reckoning the
time, there can be nothing ſaid very exactly
but that they ſeem to live in a manner by
gueſs : for it does not appear, that they
have any diviſions of years, months, weeks,
days or hours; but reckon their ſowing.

time by moons, and know that every three
days there is a great market. Nor do we

find, that they have any feſtivals. None

of them can read or write, not even their
prieſts, .

CHAP ib - Wy
Of the religion of the people of Fida. Their notion of God, and inferior dei-

ties. Peculiar protector for any buſineſs.

Worſhip of ſnakes ; of trees,

and the ſea. Notion of bell, and difficulty of being converted.

NoT10N of Gop, and inferior DEITIES.
HE Fidaſians, for the moſt part, have
an imperfect notion of a ſupreme Be-
ing, Almighty and Omnipreſent, to whom
they attribute the formation of the univerſe ;

and give him an infinite preference above
their endleſs number of idol gods; to

whom, becauſe he is ſo highly exalted,
they neither pray, or offer any ſacrifices,
alledging, that they think his incomparable

grandeur does not permit him to think of
human race, or be at the trouble of go-

verning the world, which he has therefore
committed to their idols, to rule as his
vicegerents in all things ; and therefore they

direct all their religious worſhip to thoſe in-
- ferior deities : amongſt which they reckon
as the principal; firſt, a fort of reddiſh
brown ſnake; next to it, the high lofty

trees, of a beautiful form; and next to
them again, the ſea. Theſe three chief di-

vinities, ſay they, we worſhip and pray to

all over this land, each of them having its par-
ticular prerogative and power, diſtinct from

the other; but with this difference, the ſnake-

god has an unlimited power over the trees

and ſea, and can rule and reprove them in

Idols.

caſe they be ſlow or neglectful, in acting
the parts of their offices, amongſt the crea-

tures of the univerſe ; and thoſe two ſubor-

dinate divinities are in no wile to intermeddle

in the office of the ſnake-god.

Beſides thoſe three principal deities, they
have an infinite number of inferior idol-
gods, natural and animal, who derive
their prerogatives and offices from the three

principal before mention*d, but moſt parti-

cularly from the animal-god, the ſnake ;
and every man is allow'd to make himſelf as
many of thoſe inferior idol-gods, as he thinks

convenient: as for inſtance, if a Black re-

ſolves upon important buſineſs, he firſt
ſearches out a god- protector, which is com-
monly the firſt creature he ſpies, dog, cat,
or other moſt contemptible animal, or any

inanimate thing, a ſtone, a piece of wood,
or the like. 5 1

| Pecvulian PROTECTOR.
THE god - protector thus accidentally

found out, the Black immediately pre-
ſents him with an offering, and makes a ſo-
lemn vow, that in caſe he ſucceeds in the

affair he is to enter upon, he will very re-

lIigiouſly for the future hold and worſhip
him as his peculiar deiry. Which he accor-
dingly performs, if the event anſwers his
expectation ; preſenting that dumb deity
every day with new ſacrifices, and praying

to him. On the contrary, if he miſſes his

aim in that affair, he takes no more notice
of the chance-god. In ſhort, they make
and unmake their gods daily,

religious worſhip. _ =
Every individual inhabitant of Fida, is

not ſo credulouſly addicted to thoſe grols

ſuperſtitions: for ſome of thoſe who have
converſed moſt with Europeans, and can
ſpeak their languages, are commonly ac-
quainted with the principles of the chriſtian
religion, and have a rational notion of the
true God, and how he is to be worſhipped,
and aſcribe to him the creation of the uni-
verſe, andof all the creatures therein. Thoſe,
whoſe number is not great, ridicule the falſe

and are the Gods me!
and un.

maſters or inventors of the objects of their „

Blacks01

fer in-

deities of their country, when they diſcourſe forme,

with us, and ſeem to regard them no farther
than is neceſſary, not to incur the hatred of
their countrymen, or to make their friends

and relations eaſy with them; being always
very

als.

Kale;

nt © ao oo keys

6 W frat Roca nad A ws Q@% (A\ .. ee

BOORMCAA.

_—_

n tt. eee © a + amend. a& ud © £©auA R _(L-. PY

each rats.

dia bes

bouſe,

a 8 1 as « 1 5 — enn ©

I; n.
[une |

ge.

ick.
„ in-
med.

Los.

Snakes

Ms hes
biuſe,

CHAP. 3.

catch rats,

\

very cautious not to rail at their groſs ſu-
perſtitions, nor to reveal to them the con-

trary notions they have concerning the true

exiſtence of the divinity, and the worſhip
that is due to it; becauſe that would un-
doubtedly prejudice them very much in their
worldly concerns.

Beſides all the above-mentioned natural
and animal deities of Fida, they have an
innumerable multitude of idols; each pri-
vate perſon making as many as he pleaſes,
as well as the prince and great men: they
are commonly puppets, made either of fat
mould, or of a white potter's clay, where-
of they have infinite numbers, both in their
habitations, and about the roads and foot-
paths all over the country of Fida, under
proper huts and niches; beſides a vaſt

quantity of other clay huts, erected in all

parts, to ſhut up all ſuch ſnakes, as they
by chance meet on the roads: which huts

they call Caſas de Dios, or god's houſes.

WorSHIP of SNAKES.

As to this ſnake-worſhip, which is there

the grand devotion of all the people,
from the king to the ſlave; I ſhall firſt
deſcribe the proper ſort of ſnakes, which
is the chief deity of the Blacks, being that
which is ſtreak'd with white, yellow and
brown : the biggeſt commonly ſeen there
of that ſort, is about ſix foot long, and
the thickneſs of a man's arm; they are
very greedy of rat's fleſh, frequently chace
them, and when they have caught one,
are at leaſt an hour before they can fwal-
low it down, as having a very narrow
throat, which when they are to ſwallow
their prey, extends itſelf by degrees. It
is a fort of diverſion to ſee that animal chace

rats, and ſwallow them. If a ſnake hap-

pens to be under the tiling of a houle,
and fees a rat paſs by, at which it cannot
come, the ſnake will hiſs, and uſe her ut-
moſt endeavours to diſengage herſelf, and
get at it; but becauſe that requires a pretty

long time, the rats, as if they were ſenſible
of that long creeping animal's being very
flow to move, will paſs and repaſs be-

fore her ſeveral times, as it were in ſcorn:
and this is often obſerved in the evening.
The principal ſnake-houſe ſtands about
two leagues or more from the king's town,
and is erected under a very beautiful, lofty

tree, in which the Blacks ſay, reſides the

chief and largeſt of all the ſnakes, which
they repreſent as big as a common-ſized
man, and of an immenſe length, being ac-

counted the procreator of all the other ſnake-

gods; and having been found out very many

years ago, when by reaſon of the wicked-

neſs of men, it left another country, to
come to them, which cauſed an univerſal

Joy 3 and after having render'd it all man-
ei .

Coaſts of Sou TH- GUINEA.

it is now kept in.

The reverence and reſpect the Blacks RA to
nakes,

have for the ſnake is ſo great, that if one o
them ſhould but touch one with a ſtick,
or any otherwiſe hurt it, he is ſentenced
without remiſſion to be burnt alive. At
firſt ſettling of the Engliſh at Fida, a cap-
tain of that nation, having landed and
houſed his cargo, or part of it, his men
found one night a ſnake in their lodge,
which they immediately killed, and threw
it out at their door, being ignorant of the
conſequences of what they had done, as
meaning no harm.
ing ſeeing the dead ſnake, and the Engliſh
very innocently telling them, without being
aſk*d who had killed it, immediately aſſaul-

341
ner of religious reſpect and homage, they BaRROr.
carried it on a ſilk carpet to the holy houſe

The Blacks in the morn-

ted them on all ſides, murdering all that Engliſh

were in the lodge, and burning it, with all -#rderes
the goods that were in it: which barbarity/® 1 8
ſo diſcouraged the Engl, that for a long
time they refrained going thither to trade,

but carried on their commerce in other
parts of Guinea; till at laſt, ſome ventur'd

thither again, and have ever ſince continued

todo ſo unmoleſted, obſerving very cautiouſly
not to do the leaſt harm to any ſnakes;
which is in like manner exactly obſerved
by all other Europeans trading at Fida,
being always informed by

to moleſt them, in any manner whatſoever.

Ever ſince that tragical accident befallen Europeans
the Eugliſi, we have not heard of any harm cautious of
done to Europeans, they being all very cau- fem ſnce.
tious how they meddle with ſnakes ; though
many of thoſe inſects frequently enter their
lodges, in hot ſun-ſhine weather, ſometimes

the Blacks at
their firſt landing, that the ſnakes are the
gods of their country, and required not

five or fix of them together, creeping upon

their chairs, benches, tables, and even their

beds, whilſt they are afleep : nay, ſome of

thoſe vermin, if they

perhaps breed there.

When any ſnakes come thus to harbour
in the houſes of Europeans, ſome of them
will give notice thereof to the natives, who
gently carry them out of doors, if they

get a good place
under a bed, and like it, and the ſervants,

out of lazineſs, do not turn up the bedding,
will continue there a whole week, and

The Blacks

are found in ſuch places as they can lay remove
hold of them; but if they happen to be ther.

gotten to the joyce, or any other high place
of the houſes, though they be but one ſtory

high, the Blacks will ſcarce be perſuaded
to remove them from thence; and ſo are
left till they come out of themſelves, which
ſometimes will be a fortnight, without eat-

ing any thing; though the ſimple credulous

Blacks believe, the ſnake thus perched on
high, knows how to feed itſelf : and it has

Si!

hap-

. . I» *
; Po Me 3 - 2 2 - - — *
. : . "= Ys r * "= g K 8 « . —
A 32 1 a — b ww a < — ; — © 8 2 2 - 5 7 * by
n * Wo 7 * mu a * — — >= © "4 . - . £ + % > „ 2 * « a . * had a * 8 1 = _—_— — — FF l
- ; : , 8 — — —— - - p - A "= . P rr I. Repo — 45 _ . , 2 2 Sek Fa : = I: %F £
" == * . . a k * — — 0 = 2 r 2 err 3 2 . > hz * 05 La * — v 4 p N — —— "oo — — I - - * , - =»: _ =
* 0 X $ 2 - _——— . \ — 5 * — = r — — — - Le . 1 r ” — = — — - 2 8 -.. = 2 - © # « - \ —
1 n E : — — 1 — — A ad 1-4 F * 5 4 VE I. 4 ——— > = 1 2 — — — — "I 2 — — * 4 x F RS: A LEY — * — — — — be. — — — ** E 7. PH 7 > b : 7 2
3 - —_— : * py 3 — 1 2 »- _ i * —— — wi 25468 8 4 * — * 4 "4 OW — * * 7 = Y 5 * fg — 2 — hs = P a8 >. 2 4 —— - . — os as ime —
3 & —_ — " — — 2 — — — . n a , y — * - —_ go - 84 . * > 3 JR 5 2 r yo rt 2 8 r A 0 — - - - wa ”. © , rat, FITS — — — — r a ER: - — - = is
5 >, g — > »—y_ 4 — 5 - Fx p / ihe 5 1 I 5 7 : * — * A LAPS at; So 22 IT — — 0 — — - . 5 — a. — — 8 : 8 * * =
> 2 4 * - — — ow = * — I 7 N * hot © * b 2 > E - 1 — 1 — 7 2 rx = - = — — — — 0 2 2 22 88 8 DL IE = r pe 2 * 8 2 5 . = * D 5 PT WITT : = \ - \ -
K — — Por. - — 5 i 4 4 2 — 2 Z — 8 r. — ET yo nn - 6 ” : - - * © 2, wh * > — BR 222 = 3 _ — ; - 4 =» _
3 IS 8 OE : > — * 5 ae; — ot, —_——_ 7 vw ILY 3 * _——C Tan CITIES OI ot. — Xx - : c — : 2 * 8 — - ©”
— — — s 1 PEO” 8 7 m—_—_ 8 2 - . ue - 3 3 8 1 thy = b 5 * 8 I = 8 . \
* — — _ = . a -_ ma - * 8 d + n — + — be — Y 2 = — coat E) = - ba - * 2 _ A . . 2 = = = _ n 1
- A — * 4 — o — =, 2 2 — 8 — . -— "A + 8 * A = — — — -2 — „ — 8 be
4 "S ul 0 - o As 5. _— _ 7 * 4 2 o . pr - : po p - — 8
4 > - —
— F 70 * fn, a — — — _ — o wa ba - =
= * .

EO

pay

— — * ww
— N — —

342
B ARBO r. happened, that ſome Europeans having had
a inake a long time in their houſe, have ac-
quainted the king with it, who has imme-
diately ſent them a fat ox, to pay for that
creature's board. By,
"Tis death If an European ſhould happen to kill a
to hurt ſnake through inadvertency, and without
them. any deſign, he would certainly undergo the
ſame fate as thoſe Engliſh above-mentioned 3
unleſs he could make his eſcape to the
king, and ſatisfy him, that it was an accident,
and he may then prevail with the prieſts
to accept of a fine; but this is very ha-
Zardous, if the facrificer ſhould go about
to raiſe the multitude. I would therefore
adviſe all Zyropeans in thoſe parts, to be
cautious of any thing of that nature.

An Aquamboe Black, having once taken
up a ſnake on his ſtick, as not daring to
handle it, and ſo carried it gently out

of the houſe, without any hurt done to
the creature, two or three Fida Blacks who
happened to lee it, ſet up the cry, as they
do for fire; whereupon, the mob immedi-
ately flock'd to the place in arms, and

had certainly murdered the foreign Black,
bur that the king being informed of his
innocence, reſcued him from them, by
ſending his prime miniſters to his aſſiſtance.

When a ſnake gets into a Black's houle,

Worſhip ;
he immediately ſends for the next prieſt,

paid to
them,
and if aſk'd, whither they deſign to carry
it, they anſwer, that the god they hold
will direct them. No perſon paſſes by the
ſnake-houſes, without going in to worſhip
thoſe vermin, and enquire what they ſhall
do to pleaſe them. Every houſe has an
old prieſteſs, who is maintained by the pro-
viſions continually carried for the ſnakes,
by thoſe ſuperſtitious people: and ſhe gives
them anſwers to their ſeveral queſtions, in
a low voice, as the mouth of thoſe deities,
She orders one not to have to do with

ther not to eat fowls, beef or mutton, on
{uch and ſuch days; another not to drink
palm-wine, nor beer; and ſo others to
abſtain from other things, according to
her fancy: which thoſe ignorant people
religiouſly obſerve, believing that their dei-
ties would infallibly puniſh the leaſt tranſ-
greſſion with death.
Way to bs This ſhows what great reſpect thoſe peo-
=y % ple have for ſuch vermin, and how dange-
**. rous it is to do them any harm. For this
reaſon, when we are weary of the Blacks, and
deſire to be rid of them, we need only ſpeak
ill of the ſnake, at which they will im-
mediately ſtop their ears, and run out of
doors ; but no Black of any other nation,
muſt preſume to do the like, without he
will run himſelf into great danger, and
the natives dare not offer at it.

A Deſcription of the

who carries that inſe& to the ſnake-houſe;

his wives at certain times and ſeaſons; ano-

The beſt is, that thoſe ſnakes do no miſ- Earn:

chief to mankind : for if they happen to beate.

trod upon, and bite or ſting, it does no
more hurt than the ſting of the millepe.
des, before ſpoken of in the deſcription
of the Cold-Coaſt. Therefore it is, that
the Blacks do think it good, to be bit by
thoſe inſects, becauſe they fancy it ſecures
them from the ſting of other poiſonous
ſnakes, whereof there are great numbers
in that country. But how ridiculous this
notion of theirs is, appears by the frequent
battels we there ſee between thoſe ſnake.
deities, and the venomous ſnakes, which
are much the largeſt ; and there being great
enmity between them, would certainly de-
{troy the worſhipped vermin, were not
ſome Blacks always at hand to reſcue their
gods. „

If a fire happens to break out, and
one or more ſnakes are burnt in it, e—
very one that hears it ſtops his ears, and
gives money to be reconciled to the burnt
Inake-god, for having been ſo carelefs of
him; tho' they firmly believe the burnt-
ſnake will quickly return, to take ven-
geance of ſuch as have occaſioned its death,
by this accident of fire. If any of them
happen to be kill'd by a beaſt, either
deſignedly or accidentally, upon complaint
made to the king, by the prieſts, that
prince ſometimes, to ſatisfy them and the
people, will order a general ſlaughter of
the beaſts of the ſame kind, as that which
ſo killed the worſhipped ſnakes; and the
commonaity of the Blacks do execute it
with ſwords and clubs, till the king ſee—
ing a certain number ſo ſacrificed, to ap-
peaſe their ſnake-god, and being petition'd
by the owners, revokes his order, and for-
bids any farther execution : which pro-
ceedings ſufficiently teſtify, how arbitra-
rily the prince and the prieſts rule the
people, both in civil and religious matters.

The Fidaſtans invoke the ſnake, in ex-,
ceſſive wet, dry or barren ſeaſons ; upon , |
all occurrences relating to government 3 |
for the preſervation of their cattle 3 and,
to be ſhort, in all neceflities and difficul-
ries.

The king, at the inſtigation of the
prieſts, and his courtiers, who are com-
monly the tools of thoſe prieſts, ſends very
rich offerings to the ſnake-houſe, of money,
ſilk ſtuffs, cattle, eatables, liquors, and
many other things of the product of
the country, or from Europe; which
in all likelihood thoſe crafty ſacrifi-
cers convert to their own uſe, This they

ſo frequently demand of him, that ſome-
times he grows tired, and denies them their
requeſt, and perhaps in an angry manner,
if it is required on account of obtaining a
good crop, and he thinks he has ſent c.

nough

gi

mages.

Mad no-
1108,

Boox1Iy ICH?

— — —

— — — „

Aber iti.
MW fraud,

— — — — io A — — — — — — — — — —

«3 22 bk SLE

Var. 3.

le,

les b.
red in
e.

nough already for that ſeaſon, and is ſen-
Gble the beſt part of the corn is rotten in
the fields, he will tell them plainly, he does
not deſign any farther offerings; and if
the ſnake will not beſtow a plentiful har-
veſt, he may let it alone. |

The kings of Fida, make yearly pilgri-
mages to the ſnake-houſe, in great ſtate 3
and conclude them with rich preſents, not
only to the ſnake-god, but alſo the great
erſons of the nation that have accompa-
nied him thither, which is very expenſive
to him. This preſent king, if he does not
perform it in perſon ſome years, orders it
to be done by his wives, which is not ſo ex-
penſive to him.

However, if on the one hand this ſnake-
god's ſervice proves chargeable to the prince,
the revenues which accrue to him from it,
are on the other hand very conſiderable :
for every year when the Indian wheat is

ſowed, till it grows up to a man's height,

Mad no-
ion.

Aberſſiti-
Ms fraud,

he and the priefts get much money by the
young women and girls, that are ſet to
watch and guard the corn fields againſt the

devouring birds and other animals,

Thoſe young women are often carried
away, and the ſimple credulous Blacks made
to believe, that the ſnakes during the whole
ſeaſon make it their buſineſs, every evening

and night, to ſeize all the beautiful young

women that pleaſe them, and to make

them diſtracted, and to cure them. The
parents carry ſuch mad girls to a particu- |
lar houſe, built for that purpoſe, where

they are obliged to ſtay ſeveral months,
as they give us to underſtand, to be cured

of their madneſs; and during that time,

they muſt furniſh them with all ſorts of

neceſſaries ſo plentifully, that there is enough

tor the prieſts alſo to ſubſilt on.

When the time of this confinement is e-
lapſed, they obtain leave to come out, af-
ter they have paid the charges of their
cure and keeping, which are commonly in
proportion to the circumſtances of their
parents : ſo that by a near calculation, one
young woman with another, brings in
twenty crowns; and the number of ſuch as
are thus confined on account of diſtrac-
tedneſs, amounts to ſeveral thouſands yearly,
each village having a particular houſe appoin-
tedfor that ſervice, and the townstwo or three
each, The money ariſing from thoſe cures,

is thought by rhe generality of that nation,

to be employ'd in religious uſes by the
prieſts ; but it is very apparent, that the
king has the beſt part of it, and the prieſts
the overplus.

The Blacks believe, that as ſoon as a
young woman is touch'd by the ſnake, ſhe
preſently runs mad; and that if not immedi-
ately confinedin the ſnake-houſe, ſhe'll break
and ſpoil every thing that comes in her way :

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA. 8 343

for which reaſon they never fail to ſhut BaRBOr.

her up, when once ſuſpected of madneſs. WWW

And to entertain this, opinion in them all,
the prieſts, from time to time, appoint
ſome ſuch girls, as they pretend to have
been touch'd by the ſnake, who commit
all manner of diſorders about the country.
They alſo perſuade the Blacks, and the
poor credulous people tell us, that a ſnake
will carry off a girl out of the ſnake-houſe,
though it be cloſe ſnut up; and to con-
vince the people of it, the prieſts diligently
obſerve thoſe young women, who have ne-
ver been affected by the ſnake, they pre-

vail on them, firſt by promiſes, or after.

wards by threats, to perform what they de-
fire of them, viz. that being in the ſtreet,
and ſeeing the coaſt clear of people on al!
ſides, they fer on crying and raving with
all their might, as tho' the ſnake had faſt
hold of them, and order'd them to repair
to the ſnake-houſe ; and if any perſon
comes to their aſſiſtance, to tell them, the
inake is vaniſhed, and that they are mad;
which obliges their parents to confine them
to the ſnake-houſe. And when the time
of their being diſmiſſed is come, the prieſt
lays a ſevere injunction on them, not to
reveal how they were ſeized by the ſnake,
or rather not to diſcover the cheat ; but to
affirm, the ſnake did it, threatning them
with being burnt alive, if they don't exactly
comply herein. ER
Theking, who finds thoſe religious frauds
yield him much money, as well as the
prieſts, is no leſs willing than they, to con-
firm the people in thoſe follies they are
made to believe, concerning that fort of
madneſs in young women, Sc. and now
and then cauſes ſome one of his own daugh-
ters to pretend to be ſeized by the ſnake ;
and immediately ſends her away to the ſnake-
houſe, where ſhe is confined for ſome time

only, but not ſo long as is cuſtomary for

girls of an inferior rank: and when ſhe is
diſcharged from thence, all the other young

women, that happen then to have been ſhut

up there, are on her account alſo diſmiſſed.
On the day of the princels's delivery, ſhe

1s brought our in a ſplendid manner, and

conducted with all the other young women,
releaſed oh her account, to the king's court,
having only a filk ſcarf paſſed betwixt her
legs;and being richly adorned with beads and
corals, much valuable there.

In this equigage, whilſt ſhe is there, ſhe
commits all manner of extravagancies, du-
ring the playing on ſeveral muſical inſtru-
ments; which madneſs the Blacks preſent
firmly believe remained in her, by reaſon
of her being enlarged before the expiration
of her due time of confinement.

During that time, the moſt notable per-
ſons of the court croud thither for * 16
or

A Deſcription of the

Barsor. or four days ſucceſſively, with their preſents on ſome more particular occaſions, and in

344 Book MCA

, for the princeſs, amounting all together to this manner.

a very conſiderable value; and fo the young
lady, or rather the king, gets very conſide-
rably by the cheat. If any Black, wiſer
than others, 1s ſenſible of the fraud, yet will
he, to avoid incurring the diſpleaſure of the
king and prieſts, and for his own ſecurity,
ſhur his eyes, pretend ignorance, and
allow it for a real truth, to avoid being
poiſoned ; as happen'd to a Black of the
Gold-Coaſt, married to a Fida woman, who
pretended to be ſeized by the ſnake ; but

che ſea, they pray and worſhip them only

WorsSHiP of TrEEs, and the Sea.
FIRST as to trees, they make offerings

and pray to them in time of ſickneſ
and more elpecially under fevers, for the
recovery of the patients; which they think

is more properly the province of the tree.

deities, and of the ſnake-gods. Beſides
which deities, on ſuch occaſions they alſo
ſacrifice to the other inferior idol-gods;
and their ſuperſtition is ſo exceſſive herein,

the great prieſteſs of Diana, in Nr

— „ «„

he, inſtead of ſending her to the ſnake- that when the king is ſick, they facrifice a un be
houſe, as being of a different religion, clapt man, and eat part of his fleſh, in honour o 8
her in irons: which ſo enraged the woman, thoſe extravagant deities. 1
that ſhe privately accuſed him to the prieſts, When the ſea is tempeſtuous and raging, ans
who, not caring to make any publick at- ſo as to hinder goods from being brought
tempts on him, becauſe he was of a diffe- aſhore; or when no ſhips have been there |
rent nation and religion, ſecretly poiſon'd for a long time, and they would fain fee 4
him, ſo that he became ſpeechleſs, and loſt them come, the facrifices or offerings for l
the uſe of all his limbs. thar third principal deity of the Fida/ians,
The religious worſhip and adoration of are all ſorts of goods, caſt into it, but this |
ſhakes, or ſerpents, is not peculiar to thoſe ſort of offering turning to no profit to the fupidiry
people ; ſeveral other nations have practiſed prieſts, they do not much encourage the 410 hel,
it: for not to mention the golden ſerpent, practice of it. |
worſhipped by the firſt Iſraelites, nor the 8 «
hiſtory we have in ſcripture, of a dragon or PRIESTHS and PRIESTESSES, ]
ſerpent adored by the Babylonians; the THE religious functions are there per- |
Egyptians had in former times a ſingular ve- formed by men and women indifferent-
neration for a certain ſpecies of Aſps or ſer- ly; and both the prieſts and prieſteſſes are
pents, called Thermutis, pretending it was ſo highly reverenc'd by all the people, that
ſacred, and therefore they paid it a peculiar they are not to be puniſhed any manner ot
reſpect, according to Alian. way, even for the moſt horrid crimes they
The ſerpent was accounted by the Zgyp- can commit ; unleſs for high-treaſon againſt
tians, one of the moſt venerable ſymbols of the king's perſon, as it happened in this king's
religion; Euſebins, reign, that a prieſt had conſpir'd with the
Serpents were adored in Pruſſia, according King's brother to murder him; for which
to Eraſmus Stella, in his antiquities of Bory//ia, crime both the king's brother, and the prieſt,
i. e. Priſſia, Lib. 10. Thoſe people, in former after due conviction, were both condemn'd
ages, having no religion, began it by the to death, by the king and his council, and
adoration of ſerpents. accordingly executed. ! f
In the time of Sigiſmund, baron of Her- The prieſteſſes are as much honoured as =
berſiein, in his relation of Muſcovy, a ſerpent the prieſts, or rather more; inſomuch, that þ
was adored in Samogitia, and in Lithuania, they aſſume to themſelves the diſtinctive
And we hear of ſome nations in the Indies, name of God's children. And whereas all :
which to this day adore ſerpents 3 Jurieu. other women are liable to a ſlaviſh ſubmil- |
It has been ſuppoſed, that the Romans, ſion to their huſbands, theſe prieſteſſes, on
in a time of plague, fetch'd from Epidaurus, the contrary, exerciſe an abſolute ſway over.
Eſculapius, the ſon of Apollo, in the form of them, and their goods; living with them |
a very monſtrous ſerpent, to whom the Ro- arbitrarily, and at their own pleaſure ; their
mans gave a magnificent reception at his huſbands always ſpeaking to, and ſerving 3 57 45%
landing, on an iſland in the Tyber; the them on their knees; accounting it a very ard. |
ſenate, the principal ladies, even the ſacred great advantage to have ſuch holy perſons ;
veſtals, and all the people, meeting him at for their conſorts. ons 8
his landing, firſt welcoming him with ſhouts The idolatrous Jews, in the times of A4, .
of joy, burning on the Tyber banks an in- and Hoſea, had women officiating as prielt- p
finity of frankincenſe, and building many eſſes of the infamous idol Priapus, then wor- f
altars, from ſpace to ſpace, where they ſa- ſhipped among them, ſet up by Maacab, the :
crificed abundance of victims to the honour queen-mother to Aſa, and her ſelf being 0
of that ſerpent-god. the chief prieſteſs, which the good king =
As to the two other natural deities, of Aſa removed. | U
the Fidaſians, the lofty beautiful trees, and Camma, wife of Sinatus Galatianus, Mas p

VC Av. 4.

| 700% be-
bebe 4
Jace of
zuments.

vutidity
1 70 hill,

ies,

The famous temple of Diana at Epheſus
was ſerved by a woman. The ſacrifices of
Ceres, and its myſteries, were officiated b

women, and the men had no hand in them

(M. Jurieu, P. 769.)

Nor IioN of HELL.
* E Fidaſians have a ſort of idea of
hell, the devil, and the apparition of
ſpirits, as well as the people of Congo, but
not in the ſame manner as they; who often
die with the fright, as ſhall be mention'd
in its place.

They think hell is a fix*d place under the
earth, where thoſe who have lived wickedly
are puniſhed with fire, and miſerably tor-
mented. Some of their prieſteſſes come

from a foreign country, and tell them, they
have been there, and ſaw ſeveral of their

acquaintance, and particularly ſome one

thoſe people have known very well in his
life-time, who they ſay is there grievouſly
tortured,

A Portugueſe raiſſioner, being once in diſ-
courſe with one of the courtiers, and telling
him, that in caſe he, and the people of Fida,

did not repent of their wicked old courſe of

life, they would certainly burn for ever in

hell, with the devils; the Black replied, our

predeceſſors, whoſe numbers are infinite,

Coaſts of Sour H-GuiN EA.

345

liv'd as we do, and worſhipped the ſame Bangor.

gods; if they muſt burn for it, we muſt

be contented ; we are not better than they,
and ſhall comfort our ſelves with them
in hell. This inſtance of their ſtupidity and
unconcernedneſs of a ſtate of miſery, evinces
how difficult it is to convert thoſe ſuperſti-
tious people from their erroneous abſurd
opinion and idolatrous worſhip.

Thence it is that ſo many miſſions as
the Portugueſe have ſent thither from Portu-

gal, and St. Tome, from time to time, within

this century, have always been fruitleſs, and
of no effect. But Polygamy, ſo extravagant-
ly and generally affected there, is an inſu-
perable difficulty, no man enduring to be
confined to one wife. There are many
other impediments in the nature and temper
of the Fidaſians, inſomuch, that it ſeems
to be labour in vain to undertake their to-
tal converſion to the chriſtian religion: for
which reaſon the Portugueſe miſſioners have
quite forſaken them, and do not think
fitting to trouble themſelves any more with
ſuch people ; for indeed they muſt firſt be
made men, before they can be made chri-
ſtians 3 their ſtupidity being like other Blacks

and Cafres, who can conceive nothing that
is ſpiritual, but only ſenſual and palpable

objects.

CHAP; IV;

Ardra.

Little Ardra next the ſea. The country of Torry. Deſcription of great
Their habit; polygamy and marriages. Funerals. Commo-

dities exported and imported. Notable Black king. Soldiery. Admi-

niſtration of juſtice. Religion.

BE ORE I enter upon the deſcrip-
0 tion of the kingdom of Ardra, by
ſome ſurnamed Grande or the Great, I muſt
take ſome notice of the little country of
Torry, which, as I have hinted before, is
encloſed between Ardra and Fida; and in the
next place, muſt ſay ſomething of Little Ar-
dra, another ſmall country, contiguous to
that of Torry, on the eaſt of it, and both
lying along the ſea-ſhore.

LirTLE ArpRa deſcribed.

Een FROM the port or road of Fida, to Lit-
lle Ardra, the coaſt runs eaſterly, about
nine leagues ; low, flat land, in many parts

woody, only towards Little Ardra, the ſhore
riſes a little, and has three ſmall hills, near
one another, on a kind of point, or cape,
that is at the beginning of a large bay, and
is the proper anchoring-place for ſhips, that
deſign to trade ar Little Ardra, which is in
that bay. The river that runs thro? the coun-
tries of Great Ardra, and Offa, falls into,
and ſeparates the kingdom of Benin, from

that of Great Ardra ; its water is brackiſh,
Vot, V.

Little Ardra is alſo known from the ſea,
in coming from the weſtward, by four large

thickets of trees, which appear at a diſtance |
from each other, three leagues to the weſt-

ward. 1
The French and Engliſh commonly call
the port of Little Ardra the road of Ardra;

the town being ſomewhat higher, about

two hundred paces from the ſtrand, on an
extent of ſix hundred fathom of ground, of
which more hereafter. To return to the de-
{cription of Torry.

TORRVY CouN TRY,

S a little ſtare or commonwealth, about , 2
four leagues in circumference, betwixt uation.
Fida, Little Ardra, or Offra, as molt of the
Europeans call it, and the ſea, and ſcarce
three leagues diſtant from the coaſt or road
of Fida. |
Foulaen is the principal town thereof, ſeated cui
on the river Torry, which runs almoſt eaſt cows.
and weſt to Great Popo. 5
The inhabitants are either hufbandmen, Inbabi-
cultivating their ſoil for Indian wheat, and vente.
i other

346

V reigners; or, like the Little Popo men, live
upon plunder; lying like ſtroling robbers
on the roads of Offraand Ardra. The lands
of Little Ardra or Offra, begin not far
from the town Foulaen, in Torry ; ſomewhat
farther inland, and make part of the king-
dom of Great Arara.

3 Reęluru to LITTLE ARD RA.

Lite zr. J Have already given ſome obſervable

1 "+4 marks to find out the proper port of
Little Ardra; and to proceed methodically
in the deſcription of that country, mult
add, that the bar which continues to front
the ſhore all along from Rio da Volta to Little
Ardra,. is every where as bad and perilous
as at Little Ardra, but more eſpecially in
the high ſeaſon 3 and above all, at the new
and full moon: for then the ſurges are ſo
violent and high, that it is totally impracti-
cable for twelve or fifteen days.

The right road of Little Ardra, in the
ſummer ſeaſon, that is, from December to
April, is in fix fathom water, ſandy ground,
about three quarters of a league from {hore :

and in the winter, or high ſeaſon, which is
from May to November, about a league and
a half from land, in eight or nine fathom.
The bar before the port of Little Ardra,
is very ſhallow, and therefore the ſurge
arc there 10 . hunt
In the ſummer ſeaſon the air is clear and
ſerene, and more wholeſome than *tis
uſually in the bad ſeaſon.
Offra town. The town of Ofra is up the land, about
ſeven £rglihmiles, from that of Little Ardra,
on the ſame river, and governed by an Ardra
commander. Being the reſidence of the Eu-
ropean factors, the Engliſh and Hollangers
have each a fine houſe there; the latter
more eſpecially driving there a very conſi-
derable trade in flaves, &c. | |

The town of Fakin lies betwixt Offra

and Little Ardra, north north-eaſt from the
latter; ſeated on a rivulet. It had the name
from a Black, who lived there many years
ſince, and takes up about one thouſand five
hundred fathom of ground, being encloſed
with a mud-wall, very thick and ſolid; the
houſe or palace of the governor, is tolera-
bly handſome, made of a ſtrong clay. Thus
much for Little Ardra.

The road.

Jakin
town.

Deſcription of GREAT ARDRA.

CG REAT Ardra, the uſual reſidence of
the king of Ardra, lies ſixteen leagues
farther inland, north north-weſt from Little
Ardra ; a large ſpacious road, leading all
along from the one to the other : and much
about the middle of it is a little place called
Gran-Fero, and by the Dutch, Pleyſter
Plaets, where is a kind of an alehouſe, or
publick inn, for the accommodation of paſ-

Ardra
town.

Deſcription of the

BarzorT. other eatables, to drive a trade with fo-

ſengers, travelling betwixt Great and I 17,

Ardra, either in hammocks on men's ſhou].

ders, or on horſe-back. 3
The Blacks tell us, that the town of Crea

Ardra, by them called Aſſem, is nine Endlih

miles in compaſs, the ſtreets being extra-
ordinary wide, and the houſes built at a
diſtance from one another, to prevent firing,
Ihe king of Ardra has there two large

2 Palate |

[pacious palaces, in one of which he keeps
his court; the other being empty, and kept
ſo, to remove thither in caſe that he lives
in, ſhould be conſumed by fire: both of
them are encloſed with a fort of rampart
of earth, five foot thick, as is the whole
town, and the ditches of the town and pn.
laces are within the encloſure or walls,
The houſes are cover'd with ſtraw, and di-
vided into ſeveral rooms, if we may rely on
the report of the natives. The palace the
King lives in at preſent, is divided into large
courts, apartments and gardens, with ſeveral
long and wide galleries about the buildings;
handſomely ſupported with uniform columns
and pilaſters, forming fine large piazzas
on either ſide of the courts and gardens.
under which people walk and recreate
themſelves ; and the buildings two ſtorie;
high, in which are many large and ſpacious
apartments, rooms and cloſets, and all
built with nothing bur clay. L

The gardens are alſo walled about, di- Gy. |

vided into fine large walks of green trees,
and green plats, and beds of flowers, eſpe-
cially of three ſorts of lillies; which ſhews
the politeneſs and induſtry of the natives.

Having deſcribed the Metropolis of Great

Ardra, I ſhall now proceed to the deſcrip-
tion of the whole kingdom.

Ardra, with all its dependant countries, x: |
is a large gelen kingdom, but not enough 4» in; |
y the Europeans, to know ex-.

reſorted to
actly its length and breadth, This we know,
that it is of a narrow extent towards the ſea-

| fide, but of a great length and breadth up
the inland; ſome making it to border on

the welt upon Rio da Volta, and at caſt on
Benin, encloſing Fida and Torry on the
north ſide; and will have it to reach at
north and north-weſt to Oyeo, a large po-
pulous country, and to other potent king-
doms ſituated towards the Niger.

. . | ave Toro and
This country is very populous, as I have may

already hinted, and conſequently has many
large towns and villages; molt of thoſe
towns being encloſed with thick mud-walls
or fences, like the metropolis. Among the
reſt, the towns of 70% and Ba are obſerva-
ble; the former being three days journey
from Fakin, and the latter about two mules

farther from Joyo, having two gates on

the ſouth ſide; and on the north a river,

which comes from Benin. The Dutch have à

factory there,

The

Book Iy

gurniture
of heuſes.

Air of the
=.

Fruitful-
8

Convent-
knee of tra-
wn {4 .

Product.

En es,

bread.

Ford |

by byw
ade,

—. win, Www, © = — — — —

vo as

%

CHAP. 4.

ther
ton.

gurniture
of Heuſes.

Air of the

e.

Fraitful-
ue,

Conrvent-
ecy of tra-
7 1 1 {4 X

The other towns and villages in Ardra,
which are not enclos'd with mud-walls,

are ſeated in places of natural ſtrength,

which ſecures the inhabitants from inſults,
and procures them an open trade.

The houſes in Ardra are all of a fat
clay, the walls or ſhells commonly about
chree foot thick, and covered with ſtraw;
and not much better furniſhed than thoſe
of other Guineans, that is, only with ſuch
utenſils or goods, as are of abſolute ne-
ceſſity. The king's houſes are in that re-
ſpect no richer than the reſt, only he has
ſome damask elbow-chairs, formerly pre-
ſented him by Europeans. | |

The air of this country in general is ex-
tremely unwholeſome for Europeans, ſcarce
five out of forty that go to reſide there
any time eſcaping death; which, however,
may in ſome meaſure be attributed to their
own intemperance, in regard of women,
or their careleſſneſs of preſerving themſelves
from the evening mildew, or their exceſ-
five uſe of the fruits of the country, which
do not agree with our conſtitution, For the
natives commonly live to a great age, and
are healthy and vigorous, except when the
ſmall-pox rages amongſt them, which ge-
nerally ſweeps away great numbers of them.
This country is all flat and level, and
the ſoil very fertile, much covered with ſhrubs
and ruſhy plants, and in ſome parts woody;

but in others, Which are properly vales,

it is very agreeable and pleaſant.

Ir has this farther conveniency, that it
is all over ſtored with convenient roads,
and ſmall rivers, very deep, and fitting for

_ travellers and merchants.

Product.

Horſe;
J U

bread,

Fong ,

bey baw
"ae,

It produces abundance of Indian wheat,
millet, yams, potatoes, oranges, lemons, co-
co-nuts, palm-wine, and ſalt made in the low
ſwampy grounds, and yielding a conſide-
rable trade with the natives of the iſland
Curamo, who go thither to fetch it in

their large bar-canoes,

The country about the city of Great
Ardra, abounds in horſes, which ſerve to
mount the King's cavalry.

The natives prepare their corn for bread,
much after the ſame manner as 1s practiſed
at the Gold-Coaft, either in cakes or
cankjes,

They either roaſt yams on coals, or boil
them with butter, which they know how to
churn ; they alſo uſe rice for common food,
and pulſe, herbs and roots, with beef, hogs,
goats, ſheep's and dog's-fleſh ; and likewiſe

Poultry, dreſſed with rice, and call ſuch eata-

bles, Kade, indifferently.

Their ordinary drink is the beer Pitau,
as at the Gold-Coaſt : Fero and Offra have
the beſt ſort. It is uſually made in the fol-
lowing manner: firſt, they ſteep Indian
wheat well, and then dry it in the ſun ;

cole of n ed

347

then they beat it in deep hollowed trunks Bax nor.
of trees, or grind it on large flat ſtones, WWW.
in the manner uſed to make bread, pouring

hot ſcalding water over it from time to

time, as they grind it; after this, they let

that malt ſteep afreſh in water, ſtirring it

well from time to time, and thus make 7's nature.
their Pitau, or beer, which being mixed

with water, and moderately uſed, is pretty

good drink; but by itfelf is dangerous,

for it will occaſion exceſſive griping in the

guts. Another bad quality in this liquor is,

that it ſoon turns ſour, and 1s not fit to be

tranſported to any other place,

HA 3 1-T,

H E dreſs of men and women in As,
* dra, is exceedingly richer and finer
than that of the Gold-Coaſt, They com-
monly wear five or ſix rich cloths, one Rich clo?
above another, as I have ſaid of the Lida
Blacks, all the reſt of the body remains na-
ked: thoſe cloths are made in the country;
and ſome of them are enriched with gold
thread, either plated or woven in them,
which looks very fine. .

The gentry and others of the prime ſort, gay; of
commonly wear a ſhort cloak on their ſhoul- gent.

--

ders, and under it filk, or India chints

wrapped about them, with fine white cal-
lico-ſhirts made there.

The king of Ardra uſually wears two Ofche bing.

as it were petticoats, one longer than the

other, after the Perſian faſhion 3 and ſome-

times a ſilk ſcarf belt-wiſe, with a fort of

laced coif, hanging down on his back, and

under it a little crown, of black wood, that

caſts a very ſweet ſcent; holding in one

hand a ſort of whip, the handle whereof is
curiouſly faſhioned.

The females there, exceed the males in ohe wo-

their dreſs: thoſe of ſome diſtinction, com- en.

monly wear fine painted India callicoes,

white China ſarcenets, and rich ſilk, and
linen-wrappers. 3 .

Both men and women are very careful waſhing
to waſh their bodies, morning and evening, 4 peru.
in clean pure water, and to anoint them with“.
civet; eſpecially married women, who are
very ſtudious to pleaſe their huſbands, know-
ing them to be extremely luxurious,

PoLycamy, and MARRIAGES. ö

A Man, even of the loweſt rank, may
have as many wives, as he thinks he
can maintain; but the king, and the prin-
cipal perſons, keep each a vaſt number of
wives and concubines. The king's chief
wife has the title of queen, with this pre- The queer:
rogative, that in caſe the King denies her
any thing ſhe has occaſion for, ſhe may ſell
ſome of the king's other wives for ſlaves;
and of this, there have been many inſtances,
from time to time. Moſt of the Ardra gen-
try

348 + + Deſcription of the

BaRBoT.try marry young women of quality, not
above eight or ten years old; but do not
_— conſummate the marriage, till they have
young. kept them ſome years in the nature of ſer-
vants, ſtark-naked: and when they have
fixed the time for cohabiting, they then
clothe them with a piece of cloth, or a

ſhort frock. |
The meaneſt man there may pretend to,
and often marries, the woman of the great-
eſt quality in the town or place where he
lives; having no manner of regard to birth

or fortune. „
No marri- Their marriages are concluded without
age-cere- any other ceremony, than the mutual con-
mony. ſent of the parents on both ſides: only the
bridegroom commonly preſents his bride
with two or three cloths, and muſt treat
the parents, and invited friends, with
eight or ten pots of Pitau, or beer; and
then declares to all the company, that he
takes the woman in the quality of firft or

chief wife. 3

The Ardra women gnerally are not very
fruitful, and it is rare to find one that has
three or four children; but if any one hap-
ens to have ſeven or eight, ſhe is as much
valued and beloved by her huſband, as the

barren women are lighted and deſpis'd.

The men of quality's wives are always very
reſpectful towards their huſbands, and very

filent in their preſence, being ſenſible of

the ſubjection due to them, by the laws of
the land. When their huſbands command
them to appear before a foreigner, they
commonly ſit down all together on mats, at

one end of the room; and if ordered ſo

to do, they'll freely ſing, beating time

methodically, with two little ſticks on a
ſmall bell, the moſt uſual muſical inſtrument.

among them. Ifa woman happens to be delive-

red of twins, they conclude ſhe muſt be guilty

of adultery, believing it impoſſible for her to

have two children at once, by one man.

Puniſh. A woman convicted of adultery, is left
ment of a- to her huſband's choice, either to ſell her
sultery. for a ſlave, or to keep her ſtill: yer this
law does not cure many of their natural
inclination to enjoy the company of ſtran-

gers, being very ready to make uſe of the

firſt opportunity that is offered them to

gratify their ſenſuality ; and always curi-

ous to appear wanton and laſcivious, even

in their geſtures and carriage. Nor are

the men leſs inclined to that vice: for not-

withſtanding their great number of wives,
they will hunt after other men's wives or
daughters. eee
However, the greateſt perſons are ſome-
what more reſerv'd in this particular; and
very ſtudious not to expoſe their wives to
the view of their countrymen, and only to
ſuch of the Europeans as they value moſt,
and are fully perſuaded of their chaſtity,

3 ERASS::

T HE Y differ little from the Gold- Coaſt
Blacks, in the manner of interring
their dead; except in this particular, that there
the deceaſed's relations furniſh the cloths
for ſhrouds, to wrap the corps in, and
here the governor of the place does it :
and that they commonly bury the dead
perſon in the houſe he inhabited, in a vault
built for that purpoſe. _
The Ardrafians do ſo little value their
own, that they rather uſe the Ulkami lan-
guage ; which they are ſtudious to learn, as

being in their opinion far more elegant and

ſweet.

The inhabitants of little Ardra, and zwy,,. |
thoſe who live near the ſea-ſide, employ me

themſelves altogether in fiſhing, boiling of
ſalt, and trading; and the inland people in
husbandry, tilling the ground by ſtrength
of arms, and the ſame way as thoſe of Fida
do it; which is very laborious and hard
work.

They have many publick markets every in,

where, but more particularly at Ba, every
four days, where they expoſe more ſalt to
ſale, than any other commodities ; that

ſalt being carried from Joy) in canoes, and

from Ba, 1s tranſported to the Ulkami
country, whoſe inhabitants convey it far-

ther up the inland, to other nations more

remote. About five or ſix leagues from Ba,
ſtands a lofty tree in a plain, under or about
which, is kept a great market, at certain

times of the year, to which there reſort

from ſeveral parts of the country three or
four thouſand merchants, with all forts of
African goods,

CouMOoD⁰ITIES Exported and Imported.

F HE Dutch, as I have hinted before, gare,
drive a conſiderable trade at Arara, cl, _

and next to them, the Engliſh, having proper
factories or lodges at Little Ardra, and at
Offa; and exporting thence, ſlaves, cot-
ton cloths, and blue ſtones, called Agry or
Accory, very valuable at the Gold. Coaſt.

The beſt commodity the Europeans can 35 ji!

carry thither to purchaſe ſlaves, is Boej

being the current coin there, as well as
at Popo, Fida, Benin, and other coun-
tries farther eaſt ; without which, it is ſcarce
poſſible to traffick there. |

Slaves in Ardra are uſually purchaſed, Go jt ;

one half with thoſe Boejies, and the other
half with European goods; and when they
are ſcarce and dear in Europe, as it happens
ſometimes, we endeavour to ſatisfy the Ar-

draſians with one third or fourth part of

them, and the other parts in other mer-

chandize : of which, generally flat iron-bars

are, next to Byejies, the moſt acceptable;

for the round or ſquare bars will not do-
And

Langua 20

ſies, for mnt |
or Cauris, ſo much valued by the natives;

Book IV. 1

iy of ad-
ng
| them,

Duties
ail.

a't,

g

Les,

h K..

ells pi

gods r
t
pither, Duties

taid,

CHAP. 4.

And again, next to iron, fine long coral,
China ſarcenets, gilt leather, white damaſk
and red; red cloth, with large liſts, cop-
per bowls or cups, braſs rings, Venice beads,
or bugles of ſeveral colours, agates, gilded

looking-glaſſes, Leyden ſerges, platilles linen,

morees, falampores, red chints, broad and
narrow tapſeils, blue canequins, broad gu-
nez and narrow, (a ſort of linen) double
canequins, French brandy in ankers, or halt-

ankers, the anker being a fixteen gallon

rundlet; canary and malmſey, black caude-

bec hats, Lalian taffeties, white or red,

cloth of gold or filver ; Dutch knives, cal-

led boſmans ;, ſtriped armoizins, with white

and flower'd; gold and filver brocadel ;
firelocks, muſkets, gun-powder; large beads
from Rouen; white flower'd ſarcenets; In-
dian armoizins 3 damaſk napkins; large co-
ral ear-rings; cutlaces, gilded and broad;

filk ſcarfs; large umbrelloes; pieces of

eight; long pyramidal bells. |

All the above-mentioned goods, are alſo
proper for the trade in Benin, Rio Lagos,
and all along the coaſt to Rio Gabon.

1 fad The commerce is there adjuſted with

the king, in the fame manner as 1s done at
Fida ; and as ſoon as a ſhip arrives there
from Europe, the commander or ſupercargo
muſt wait on the governor of Little Ardra,
to be conducted by him to the king, ta-

king along with him the uſual preſents, which
commonly conſiſt in a parcel of about three

or four pound weight of fine coral, ſix Cyprus
cloths, three pieces of morees, and one
piece of damaſk, for the king; another

- parcel of coral for the queen; a piece of

damaſk napkins for the prince; one piece
of armoizin for the Foella, or captain of the
Whites ; another for the porters of the
court; another for the courtiers, or elſe
ſome beads, or great braſs rings; ten ga-
linhas of Boejies for dancers, who com-
monly attend at the water-ſide at landing;
or the value thereof in other things.

This governor is commonly very civil to-
wards the officers of ſhips who land there, or-
dering twelve or fifteen hundred armed men
to receive them on the ſhore, all dancing:
and if he is hindred by buſineſs from wait-
ing with them on the king, at Great Ardra,
he charges ſome of his principal officers to
accompany them with a fine retinue, and
porters with hammocks, each porter to have
tour braſs rings a day, beſides ſubſiſtence.

"Tis uſual for Europeans, to give the king
the value of fifty ſlaves in goods, for his
permiſſion to trade, and cuſtoms for each

ſhip; and to the king's ſon, the value of

two ſlaves, for the privilege of watering;
and of four ſlaves for wooding, in caſe it

be Ne 3 otherwiſe thoſe duties are not
paid, |

Voi V.

Coaſts of SourH-GUUIN EA.

349

As for the hire of bar-canoes, we com-BarBor.

monly adjuſt it with the Honga, or captain
of the bar; for every twelve trips of a
canoe, with goods from or to a ſhip, one
ſlave in goods: which obliges the Honga
to attend in perſon at the beach, with
his men, all the while the ſhip is ſending
her cargo aſhore, in order to quicken his ca-

noe-rowers, and to give the neceſſary aſſiſ- Landing of
tance, if the canoe happens to be over- goods.

turned by the ſurges, or filled with water ;

or to help our people in the long-boat;
in which we uſually bring our goods from

the ſhip to the ſkirt. of the ſurf, caſt anchor

there, and deliver the goods by parcels into
the bar-canoe, to run them aſhore thro?
thoſe horrid ſurges, which no boat or pin-
nace can perform, without the riſque of
being ſplit in pieces, and all the goods caſt
away.

The Europeans being obliged to deliver

at their own charge, at Great Ardra, all

ſuch goods of their cargo, as the king
has pitched upon for himſelf out of their
invoices; the common allowance to the
porters, is one braſs ring for each trip, of
a light burden, the diſtance being ſixteen
leagues; which is extremely cheap.
Theſe particulars, I have thought pro-

per, for the information of ſuch as trade

at Ardra: to which purpoſe, the following
obſervations will be of uſe.

I have hinted before, that we always ad- Licence to
juſt the price of European goods, of ſlaves, trade.

and of the blue ſtones, called Agry or Accory,
with the king of Ardra ; which being agreed
on, that prince cauſes a publick cryer to pro-

claim it about the country, and to declare that

every man may freely tradewith the ſuper-
cargo of ſuch a ſhip, who is to ſatisfy the
cryer for his labour ; and to pay him forty
braſs rings, twenty hens, one goat, a piece
of canequin, and a piece of ſhort or little
armoizin. And without ſuch publick no-

- tice from the king to his people, none of

them would ever dare to diſpoſe of any

Agry ſlaves or blue ſtones, above menti-

oned.

The governor, or his officers, who have

conducted the factor or ſupercargo of a ſhi
to Great Ardra, to adjuſt trade with the

king, accompany him back in the ſame
order as far as a village,

to the ſouth ſouth-weſt, called by the Hol-
landers, Stock-vis-dorp, where they appoint
a houſe for him to drive his trade in;
which being done, the factor cauſes all
his cargo to be brought aſhore, and

diſtant about!
four Engliſh miles from the ſhore of Ardra,

lace to un-

lade goods.

carried to that village by porters; and

thence, he ſends up by them to Great Ar-
dra, all the goods the King has pitched up-
on for himſelf,

Uuuu

After

350

BaRBOr. After which, the great captain of com-
» merce, called the Foella, is to take his
Great cab choice of the cargo; but it is very rare,

tain of
trade.

that factors or ſupercargoes will give a
true invoice of all their beſt goods, either
to the king, or the Foella, as knowing they

have other notable perſons, and conſidera-

May of
reckoning.

ble merchants to pleaſe, who generally give
a better price, or pay more punctually than
the former uſually do. We
This cuſtom of adjuſting the price of
oods and flaves, at firſt, very much faci-
itates the expedition of European ſhips, as

taking off all manner of diſputes and con-
teſts betwixt the ſeveral native traders, and

the Europeans; and when any ſuch happens,
which was not foreſeen, the king, being in-
formed thereof, immediately regulates it.
The meaſure for Boejies, is there the very
ſame as at Fida, and the Blacks, who, like
thoſe of Fida, can neither write nor read,
obſerve much the ſame ways of accompting,
by means of ſmall cords or ſtrings, knotted
in ſeveral parts, on which they ſoon make
their calculations; much in the ſame nature
as is practiſed by ſome Indian nations of
America : and thoſe knotted cords are to the
Ardraſian traders, what our pocket-books

are to us Europeans; for with them they
know how to obſerve time, places, num-

bers, and even a meeting appointed at ſuch

an hour or day, and fo forth.

The factor or ſupercargo having finiſhed
his ſale, is to preſent the king again with
two muſkets, twenty five pounds of powder,
and the value of nine ſlaves in other goods,
as an acknowledgement to that prince for

his favour in granting him the permiſſion
to trade in his dominions: he mult alfo,

on the ſame account, preſent the Foella with
one piece of armoizin, the Honga or cap-
tain of the bar with another piece, and
ſome other inferior officers with another

piece among them.

High du-
ties.

Dutch
trade.

So that reckoning all thoſe cuſtoms and
duties together, one way or other, they a-
mount to the value of ſeventy, ſeventy five,
or eighty ſlaves, in goods, for each trading
ſhip: whereas at Fida, they do not altoge-
ther exceed thirty two, or thirty five; which
is great odds for the Engliſh and French fac-
tors reſiding there. „

The Engliſh have alſo a lodge at Offa,
but the Dutch having the preheminence in
commerce, as being the firſt intruders at
Ardra, they carry a great ſway over the

Engliſh; and one year with another export

French
honoured,

above three thouſand ſlaves,
The Portugueſe, in the beginning of this
century, had a conſiderable trade there, but
were ſupplanted by the Hollanders.
- NorTaszLt BLack KING.
T HE French were much honoured and
careſſed by the late king Alkeny or Texy.

A Deſcription of the

That prince, being convinced of the gran.
deur of the king of France, tho? he ſeldom
ſaw above one French ſhip there in a year
and the Hollanders had five or ſix; yet he
would never allow the latter the pre-emi.
nence of the flag, or precedence in publick
ſolemnities, being a judicious, polite man,

He was ſeventy years old when he {ent
Dom Matteo Lopez his ambaſſador extraor.

dinary to the French court, of which I haye
taken notice before.

That king Tez

| Boox]

V. Cn:

omenien
navelling

being much importuned 7+ ay;,,

by the Dutch factors reſiding in his domi- ef a 8;

nions, to grant them leave to build a ſtone .

houſe, anſwered them thus: You will,
perhaps, at firſt build only a large ſtrong
*© ſtone houſe ; but at another time, you'll
e defire to encloſe it with a ſtrong ſtone
© wall; afterwards, you'll ſtrengthen it
*© proceſs of time, you'll render it fo ſtrong,
that with all my might] ſhall not be able
to remove you, as you have done at
* Mina, and other parts of the Gold- Coaſt,
* where by little and little, your nation
„has at laſt ſubdued whole nations, and
* made the kings thereof tributaries, and
e ſlaves, Therefore, ſaid he, keep where
„ you are, and be ſatisfied; you ſhall
never have any other houſe or building
ein my dominions, to carry on your trade,
but ſuch as ſhall be erected by my own
„people, as we uſually build in Ardra, that
„is, with clay; and that you ſhall keep or
&« hire as tenants commonly do.“

The preſent king of Ardra is ſon to that . tire
late king Tezy, very abſolute, and much re- H

ſpected by the whole nation; none of the

ſubjects ever appearing before him, without

falling flat on their faces, and in that hum-

ble poſture, they ſpeak to him. Only the
great Marabou, or chief prieſt, has the
privilege of ſtanding, and diſcourſing him

in that poſture, which renders him the ſe-
cond perſon in the country; and he is the
king's chief miniſter of ſtate, both in tem-
porals and ſpirituals. _

Of all che Guinea kings, thoſe of Ardra Aldi
and Benin are the moſt reſpected, and even

dreaded by their ſubjects. This king of
Ardra is entirely arbitrary, in all matters

of government, civil, military and religious;

juſtice, peace, war, all is entirely at his
diſpoſal. | |

Every individual ſubject pays him a heavy Hi of.

capitation, as well as foreigners reſiding in
his dominions. He has a numerous court 3
and every officer whatſoever, is called cap-
tain, according to the poſt he is in. The
king's ſteward is called captain table ; the
purveyor general, captain meat; the great
butler, captain wine; and ſo of the others;
as is practiſed among the Back nations at
Cape Verde, a

with ſome great guns; and thus, in

kereption
Europe-

vs

Mzrabou
or Pigh-

pie,

CHA? 4
| have already ſaid that paſſengers in Ar-
ira have the conveniency of travelling from
one place to another, 1n a hammock, faſtned
at both ends to a long pole, on men's
ſhoulders, as at Fida. The porters are re-
lieved from ſpace to ſpace by freſh men,
and in this manner a paſſenger performs a
long journey in a day, without any other
i1:onvenience, than being kept ſo long ly-
ing at his full length, in the hammock 3
for when it rains, or the weather is ſcorch-
we ing hot, the hammock is covered over by
* the porters, with a fine carpet: however,
we commonly travel only by night, from
Little Argra to Aſſem, unleſs we be in com-
pany of the prince, or of ſome very nota-
ble men of the court, when we can travel
by day; but the politick Blacks carry us
then along by-roads, and never through any
town or village, tho' there are many ſuch
on the great road; and alledge, that it is a
poſitive order from the government 1o to
do, that no ſtrangers may obſerve the diſ-
poſition of the country, and the nature and
lituation of places. Therefore when we
White men are carried to Great Ardra, to
have an audience of the king, each accord-
ing to the nation he belongs to, as ſoon as
arriv'd there, every one is conducted to the
lodgings in the king's palace, appointed to
that nation, and there very handſomely ſub-
ſiſted at the king's charge, till the time of
the audience ; and what the king practiſes
in this particular, with European viſitants,
is alſo obſerved by the great men, who after-

: il wards come to viſit us in our quarters.
bn The captains of commerce, and of the
kuope- Eing's cavalry, are uſually introductors of
the HMobites, to the king's audience. When
come into the king's preſence, that prince
commonly advances ſome ſteps to the Euro-
bean, takes him by the hand, preſſes it in
his own, and three times ſucceſſively touches
his fore-finger, which is there a token of
amity and friendſhip 3 after which, he bids
him ſit down by his ſide, on neat mats

ſpread on the floor.

This done, the European lays his preſents
before the king, and declares what it is he
deſires of him; which is told him by the
ordinary interpreter, as is the king's anſwer
to the foreigner. |

Mirabou The audience being over, the European is
. conducted to the prince, who uſually reſides
an, i. ata large town, encloſed with walls, about
| two Engliſh miles diſtant from Aſem, or

| Great Ardra, and there introduced and treat-

ed much after the ſame manner as he wasat

Aſſem, being ſeated on mats. Thence he

goes to the great Marabou, who uſes to en-

tertain foreigners very nobly, and feaſt

them well. At this audience we ſit down

on fine ſilk cuſhions, after the Turkiſh fa-

ſhion, and they are on extraordinary curious

oom enient
rave lng.

——

armed with muſkets, and cymiters, or

Coaſts of SouTan-GUiNEA. 351

mats. The Marabou commonly on ſuch Bax BO

occaſions ſends after dinner for his wives,
being about eighty in number, to honour

us with the ſight of them; they immedi-

ately go into a kind of parlour or hall,

and there dance and fing before us to the

noiſe of their muſical inſtruments.

This great Marabou, asT have ſaid before,
has the ſole privilege of ſeeing the king
night or day. He is a tall well- ſet man, much
eſteemed by the king and courtiers, and
extremely reverenced by all the people of
the country. His dreſs is much like that of
the other great perſons of Ardra.

The king and the prince never appear
abroad without a great retinue, and fol-
diers armed with firclocks, The king's

maſter of the horſe generally walks next

before the king, with his head cover'd, and
a cymiter in one hand; the king following,
tor the moſt part, leaning on the ſhoulders
of two officers, having the great captain or
general of the horte on his rizhr, and, the
captain of commerce on his left; and all
the other courtiers and gentry round about

in a croud.

St iR.

THE king of Ardra can ſoon, upon

occaſion, form an army of forty thou-
ſand men, or more, both horſe and foot;
the law of the land diſpenſing with no ſub-

The king's
power,

ject from ſerving in the army, when com-

manded to go into the field, unleſs decrepit
with age, or too young. |
The ſoldiers at Ardra are commonly Weapons,
{words ; that is, thoſe who live near the coaſt :
for thoſe who are more remote from it, uſe
bows and arrows, hangers, javelins, and
wooden clubs, all which arms are very fine,
and of their own making. Notwithſtandin
all this,and that they are naturally luſty men,
and ſeemingly courageous, a handful of re-
ſolute, ſtout men will ſoon fright them, ſo
as to give way at the firſt onſet: which
may perhaps proceed from two defects in
their army; the one, that they have no
experienced general to lead and command
them; the other, that they obſerve no order
nor ranks, but march up to the enemy in
great confuſion, ſtraggling ſome to the
right, ſome to the left, asevery one pleaſes,
Thus their wars frequently prove unſucceſs-
tul, and they are commonly beaten by the
inland nations, aſſiſted by auxiliaries trom
Fida ; ſometimes bringing down an army
of ſeveral hundred thouſand men, moſt of
them cavalry, anda warlike people, who now
and then overrun one half of the kingdom
of Ardra, make a mighty ſlaughter of men,
and commit all manner of gutrages and
devaſtations.

That

|
|
|
Fl
[
'
.
|

352

Barnor. That remote inland nation, which I ſup-
WV Vpoſe to be the Oyeos and Ulkami, ſtrikes

Anniver-

ſaries

Drum;,

colours an

bells.

| Muſick,

buffoons,

ME.

Refreſu-
ments

cheap.

which noiſe, the ſoldiers make an hundred

ſuch a terrour at Ardra, and all the adja-
cent countries, that they can ſcarce hear
them mentioned without trembling; and
they tell a world of ſtrange ſtories of them.
Theſe inland Blacks, like moſt of the Gui-
neans and Ardraſians, are cruel in war, and
cut off all the privities of enemies flain,
extending their inhumanity to women and
children, and carrying off thoſe privy parts
with them : and it is reported of them, that
none muſt preſume to take an enemy
priſoner, who is not furniſhed with an hun-
dred of thoſe trophies.

It is the cuſtom in Ardra, to keep ſo-
lemn feaſts and anniverfaries, to commemo—
rate their victories over an enemy, though of
ſmall importance. 5

In their warlike expeditions, they carry
a ſort of ſtaves or poles, bowed at both
ends, in the figure of an S; at the extre-
mity whereof, they diſplay a ſmall ſtandard,
with which they make abundance of va-
rious motions ; and with their long drums
ſharp- pointed at one end, they beat a kind

of meaſure: others have a ſort of tinkling
bells, on which they beat with ſticks; at

various and ridiculous geſtures and motions
with their bodies. The ſame ſort of muſi-
cal inſtrument 1s alſo much uſed in their
feſtivals and diverſions. _ |

They have publick - vocal muſicians,
tale-tellers and buffoons, to divert the ſol-
diers in the field; and the cavalry has ſmall
ſhort trumpets, which join their mufick

to the precedent harmony, to excite valour

in their men; but to little purpoſe, as I
have obſerved, becauſe they want natural
courage, like the Fidaſtans : and there-
fore, they dare not revenge themſelves,
as often as they are provoked by them,
on account of ſome infractions or ir-
regularities, committed to their prejudice,
as being perpetually at variance among them-
ſelves, and irreconcilable enemies.

Before I proceed to treat of the admi-
niſtration of juſtice, religion, &c, of this
country; I will again add ſomething re-
lating to commerce and ſlaves.

CoMMERCE and SLAVES.

HE Europeans are there commonly

treated with all manner of civility by
the natives; and there is great variety of
refreſhments, at a very cheap rate: For ex-
ample, we pay fora barrel of freſh water,
and a load of wood for fuel, two braſs
rings; for a cheſt of ſalt, four; and for a
pot of beer, one : and thoſe rings they re-
duce into hens; four of them there called
2 yellow, being five hens.

A Deſcription of the

demned for crimes committed, to perpe-

becomes a ſlave to the maſter of her adul-

liticks and religion.

TJ HOUGH the difference be not great, !

idols, ſaying, like the Fidaſians, that the

poſſeſs'd, they turn all their thoughts and

The ſlaves we purchaſe there, are either Sas,
priſoners of war, or given them as contri.
butions, by neighbouring nations or kings,
and ſome alſo that have been judicially con-

tual ſlavery : beſides, a very few ſold to us
by their own kindred, or parents.

ADMINISTRATION of JUSTICE;

Perſon who dares diſobey the king's Diva.
; | g S Diſoved;
commands, is beheaded, and his wives hte 5 x
and children, ipſo facto, become the king's l
ſlaves. | | |
Inſolvent debtors are left to the mercy Peu,
of their creditors, who, if they will, may 4,
Ferers, F
ſell them to pay themſelves. The ſame
puniſhment is inflifted on him, who has
debauched another man's wife. 8
As for adulterous women, if the crime
be committed with a man ſlave, the woman

terer, if he be of a higher rank, than the
offended huſband ; but if the husband is of
a higher condition, the adulterous ſlave is
to be ſlave to him for ever. As to other
ſorts of crimes, and their puniſhments, they
are the ſame as at Fida: the two nations
being much alike, in their manners, po-

R LION.

will mention ſome particulars of the reli-

gion of Arura, which chiefly depends on
the fancy and direction of their prieſts, of
which there is a vaſt number; every wealthy
perſon keeping one in his family, as his
chaplain. 5

The religion of thoſe Blacks, is a groſs
ſuperſtitious paganiſm; tho? moſt of them |
acknowledge a ſupreme Being, but in a very Neti: « }
erroneous manner, proceeding from an opini- |
on, that the ſaid ſupreme Being determines the
time of life and death, and of all other ac-
cidents in this world : and they are naturally
very averſe to death, even as to tremble
at the hearing of it mentioned, and much
diſcouraged under the many croſs accidents
attending our lives, on this {ide of the grave.
They ſtudy to honour that unknown God,
by the ſervice and religious worſhip of their

ſupreme Being is too great for us to dare
approach him directly: and therefore, they
think to ſerve him well by the interpoſition
and credit of their idols. Being thus pre-

practices to thoſe abſurd inferior gods, in fi:
whom they put all their confidence; and 4
have ſo great an opinion of them, as to
ſay and believe, that whoſoever dares mock
or ſlight them, will be puniſhed with
death; or at beft, will lead a very miſe-

rable life.
Upon

fler if of

fahl.

Book VNA.

Fucrince

the ſck. U

met, |

m——_ > 32 > £3 TT Ya} WW mo kk, e O

— 5 © io 5 5

— 2

.

on 7 N

ix,
tie

*

101

HAP. 4.

his peculiar idol, compoſed of many filthy
things; or elſe it is ſome natural being ei-
ther animate or inanimate, which he keeps
hid in his houſe under a large earthen- pot:
and every {ix months, the head of the fa-
mily makes a publick offering, and puts
ſeveral queſtions to the 1dol, according to
his occaſions, If the offering is not large
enough to ſatisfy the prieſt's covetouſneſs,
as commonly the greateſt part accrues to
his profit, he tells them, that the idol, not

being ſatisfy'd with the offering, will not

return an anſwer to the queries; whereupon,
they are very ready to enlarge it, either
by ſacrificing a dog, or a goat, or ſome more
hens, according to the circumſtances of the
perſon: which being done, the prieſt, as
the mouth of the dumb 1dol, gives his an-
ſwer to the queries of rhe worſhipper, with
a low voice. And thoſe ſtupid Blacks, tho?
they ſee and hear the words ſpoken only
by the ſacrificer, or prieſt, yet they firmly
believe the idol himſelf pronounced them,
by a ſecret impulſe in the prieſt,

The oracle thus delivered, the prieſt

covers the idol with the pot as his niche,
and ſprinkles it either with beer or meal;
and after him, every one that was preſent

at the ſacrifice (and they generally invite

rice

their friends and neighbours) does the ſame,

as was done by the prieſt.

If a perſon happens to be ſick, beſides
che application of ſerreral medicines, the prieſt
muſt come in, and offer ſacrifice for the
recovery of the health of the patient, ac-
cording to the perſon's ability; either a

cow, a ſheep, a goat, or ſome hens: he

rubs the 1do] of the ſick perſon, with the

om of the offering, and throws away the
| eſh. . | | |

It is ſcarce conceivable what credit the
prieſts in general have among thoſe people;
and what reverence, and almoſt adoration they

pay the great Marabey in particular. They

all believe him to be an eminent diviner,

and foreteller of things to come; by the

familiar commerce he has, as they ſuppoſe,
with the demon, which is repreſented in

his hall, where he gives audience, and re-

ceives viſits, by a ridiculous imperfect fi-
gure, or idol, all over white, as big as a
child of about four years of age: for they
lay, the devil is white, whom the great
Marabou conſults about future events, and
has them ſo exactly revealed to him, that
not a ſhip arrives on the Ardra coaſt, from
Europe, but what he knew of ſix months before.
They allo believe, as the Gold- Coaſt people
do, that the devil beats them cruelly ſome-
times: whether it be ſo or not, I dare not
affirm ; it is very certain, that ſeveral of
them are now and then heard to how],

ſhriek, and cry out horribly in the night-
Yo. V.

Coaſts of SoUuTH-GUINEA.

r ci Upon this notion, each perſon there has

becauſe of his crue] temper, in order to
render him leſs miſchievous. If it be true,
that the Ardra people do worſhip this evil
ſpirit, we have inſtances in authors of other
nations of the known world which do the

ſame; and among them fome Chineſe, and

other caſtern Indians: as allo an innume—

rable multitude of the American Indians.
The Ardraſians believe the mortality of Mortalii
human ſouls, and that they are annihi- T he fen.

lated after death, the fleſh putrifying, and
the blood congealing : or that if any men
be exempted from that total annihilation
of body and ſou], they are only thoſe who
ſerve their country in the army, and are
kilPd in fight; and do poſitively affirm,
they have a multitude of examples of fol-
diers, who having been ſo kill'd, do not
lie above two days in the grave, but
return to life again with other features and
lineaments, which renders them unknown to
their friends and acquaintance,

This ſtrange opinion is inculcated into
the people, by thc crafty prieſts, who are
generally entircly devoted to countenance

the deſigns and politicks of the government;

: : 3 TO,
which being very ſenſible of the want of na-

tural courage in the Ardraſians, to infule

ſomewhat of it into them, that they may

the better attend the ſervice of the arm

upon occaſion, has thought fit, in all likeli-

hood, to make the prieſts inſinuate ſuch
abſurd notions into the people. And the
better to delude and confirm them in it,
thoſe prieſts, who uſually attend the army
in the field, as the Hebrew Levites and prieſts

did, (the prieſt Banaiab, ſon of Feiada,

was one of the mighty men of David, 2 Sam.
xxili. 20.) are very careful to bury in the
night-time, ſuch as have been ſlain in fight;
and afterwards aſſure them, they are riſen
again from their graves, and that they have
ſeen them full of life.

Their burials in Ardra, are commonly Funeral-.

performed with little or no pomp and cere-
mony, but rather privately ; only upon the
death of the king, three months after bis
funeral, they murder ſome ſlaves, and bury
them near him. | |
Authors tell us, that the late king Tezy
had ſome tincture of chriſtianity, having
been bred up in his youth in a convent at
St. Tome, by the Portugueſe, where he was
initiated in the principles of the Roman

religion; and he could ſpeak Portugueſe _

well, and that he had willingly, and very
readily received baptiſm accordingly, had
he not feared the power of the then great
Marabou of Ardra, who would certainly
have excluded him from inheriting his fa-
ther's crown and dignity,

XNA To

time. And thence proceeds ſuch a dread Bax vor.

of the demon, that they are ready, as
ſome ſay, to ſacrifice to, and worſhip him,

354

BARVOr.
"#0

To conclude with what concerns reli-
gion, it is as morally impoſſible to convince
the people of Ardra of their erroneous,
groſs paganiſm by human miniſtry, as it is to

\

A Deſcription of the

convert all other Blacks, for reaſons alread
iven 3 unleſs providence would effect a pro-

2 .
digious change 1n their nature, by its infinite

irreſiſtible grace. |

"EH A P. V.

Courſe to Benin. Rio Fermoſo, or Benin river. The kingdom of Ulkamy,

Channels

deſcrib d.

Awerri and Uſa countries. The kingdom of Benin deſcribed ;
duct. Oedo the capital. Trade at Benin.

ported, markets, &c.

CouRSsE to BENIN.
E commonly reckon about fifty five
leagues in a direct courſe eaſt and by
north, from the road of Little Ardra, to Rio
Fermoſo, which is Benin river, called allo Argon

river; being the uſual courſe the Hollanders

take to enter that river, to carry on their
trade in the kingdom of Benin. But the
Engliſh and the Portugueſe, enter it another
way; that is, at the channel of Lagoas, which
begins at cape Lagoas, diſtant about eight or

ten leagues eaſt from Little Ardra, from

which cape, the coaſt runs in a ſemi-circle,
to Rio Fermoſo aforeſaid, on the north ſide ;

and the lands /choo, or Curamo iſlands, lie
oppoſite on the ſouth of it, all along at ſome

of the low flat iſlands of Curamo.

diſtance, forming thus all together the La-
goas channel, that leads to Benin river, which
channel at ſome places, and for ſeveral leagues
together, is no broader than a large river;
eſpecially from the cape of Lagoas aforeſaid,

and the ſouth-weſt point of the largeſt of

the Curamo iſlands, to the river Lagoa, which
runs from the oppoſite north country, into
the Lagoas channel : the ſhore on either ſides,
from the cape, and the Cyrams iflands, being
low and ſhallow water, with ſands all along,
as it is alſo on either ſide of the ſaid channel,
from Rio Lagoas, to Rio Fermoſo in Benin; only
the channel there, in ſome parts, is very
wide, according as the north, or main ſhore
is diſtant from the ſouth ſide ſhore, made up

right courſe in that channel, to Benin river,

is on fifteen and fourteen foot of water all

Lagos
river.

along, from weſt to eaſt; as is likewiſe the
other channel, eaſt of the Curamo iſlands,

which, as I have hinted, is the proper channel

uſed by the Dutch; and both large and deep
enough for brigantine ſloops, and other ſmall
craft, commonly made uſe of, by the before-
mentioned European nations driving ſome
trade at Benin; among whom, the Hollanders
have the greateſt ſnare.

For the better knowing of the two ſeveral

channels to Benin river, I muſt obſerve, as
to chat of Lagoas or Lagos, which I call
the welt channel, that at the mouth, or en-
trance of it into the ocean, betwixt ca

| Lagos, and the moſt weſtern iſland of Cu-

ramo, Which together with the coaſt on either

But the

its Pro-
Goods imported and ex-

ſide, extending northward from the chan.
nel, there is a bar, which choaks it almoſt
acroſs, only on the ſide of Curamo it leaves

a paſſage, found out by often ſounding ; and

through it you enter the channel of Lagos,
ſteering your courſe north-eaft, to the river
Lagos, that runs into it, from the country
on the north, and gives its name to the ſaid
channel, according to the Porlugueſe, who
firſt called it Lago de Curamo. That river

Lagos has a bar, at the entrance into the

Book

Lagos channel, which is ſcarce navigable.

for boats, becauſe of the mighty ſurges,

that render it very difficult. The Portugueſe

geographers place Ciudade de Fubu, or city

of Jubu, ſeveral leagues inland of this river.

From cape Lagos, to Rio Lagos, is fifteen
leagues, the courſe north-eaſt, having in
that ſpace of land the rivers Rio- Albo and

Rio-Dodo, at a diſtance falling into the

channel, and the village Almata, on the

eaſt point of Rio Lagos; and not far from it,

at eaſt again, the town of Cur amo, where cin

good fine cloths are made and fold by the

natives to foreigners, who have a good
vent for them at the God Coaſt; eſpecially

the Hollanders, who carry thence great quan-

tities, which turn to a good account. Sloops
or bar- canoes are commonly
for that trade, as being ſmall veſſels, na-
vigated at an inconſiderable charge, and
making quick voyages.

From Curamo to Kio Palma, is ſeventeen
or eighteen leagues eaſt ; ſome towns or vil-
lages lying on the ſhore, betwixt them; as
Aldea de Almadias, Palmar and Jabum, this

made uſe of

Other |
towns 41

f

Iy CHA

rivers. |

laſt ſeated weſt of Rio Palma, or Palmar,
from which river to Rio Primeira, is eleven

leagues eaſt; and from Primeira to cape
Ruygehoeck, which is on the weſt fide of the
mouth of Rio Fermoſo, or Benin river, 18

twelve leagues; the ſhore betwixt both

forming a large bay, in which are three
ſmall iſlands, near the main, the courſe being
eaſt ſouth-eaſt, to the ſaid Benin river.

The other eaſtern channel, berwixt the

eaſtermoſt iſland of Curamo, and the main

land of Benin, is about ten leagues long, the
ſoundings along the right channel, being
fifteen, twelve, fourteen and fifteen foot,

from ſouth to north, to cape Ruygehoeck 3 the
| weſtern

P

<2

WC-

p. 6. Coaſts of SouTH- GUINEA.

weſtern point or cape of the river Fermoſo,
which at a diſtance looks like a high rock,
with the top cut off ; and with the eaſtern,
oppoſite, low, ſandy bay, conſtitutes the
mouth of that river, being about eight or
nine leagues diſtant from each other; whence
the two lands drawing ſtill more and more
together, reduce it to about four Engliſh
miles in width; but then failing farther up
again, it widens in ſome places, and narrows
in others. This river appears very plainly,
if entered from the weſt channel ; for from
Ardra the land is even and woody, the vil-
lage Loebo being on the eaſt ſide of the mouth.
Joao Alfonſo de Aveiro, the firſt diſcoverer
of Benin, gave this river the name of Rio
Fermoſo, ſignifying in Portugueſe, the beauti-
ful river; the Engliſh, French, Dutch, and

other northern Europeans, call it indifferent-

ly Benin or Argon river. Aveiro carried from
Benin to Lisbon the firſt pepper that ever

came out of thoſe parts.

FERMoso, or BENIN RIVER.

T HIS river ſpreads itſelf into a multi- |

tude of branches, ſome of them ſo wide,
that they might themſelves well deſerve the

name of rivers ; on all which there are many
towns and villages, on both ſides, each of

them inhabited by a particular nation, go-

vern'd by its own king. Among thoſe many

towns and villages, are that of Aguma, on
the weſtern bank of Fermoſo, betwixt two

other rivers, and that of Alambana, on the
_ eaſt ſide ſomewhar above Sand-bay ; with an-

other, ſome leagues to the ſouthward of
the latter, and called Rygocam, being on
the north mouth of a river running from

the eaſtward into the ſea 3 as Alambana lies

on the ſouth ſide of another river, called by
the Engliſh, Binnin. =

The river Fermoſo makes abundance of
windings and turnings, as it enters the coun-
try of Benin; which, with the multitude of
its branches, renders the failing up it ſo
difficult, that a pilot from land is abſolutely
neceſſary. 5 5

About two leagues within its mouth, are
two branches, two Engliſb miles from each
other; upon one of which is a Portugueſe
lodge and chappel, at the town of Awerri,
belonging to a nation, independent of Benin,
and only an ally and neighbour of it.

The uſual trading-place in the river Fer-
moſo, is the town of Arebo, or Arbon, above
lixty leagues up from its mouth, beyond

which place ſhips may paſs up conveniently,
failing all the way by abundance of branches

and creeks, ſome of them very wide. For

ſeveral leagues up this river the land is every

Where low and moraſly ; the banks all along
adorned with great numbers of high and
low trees, and the country all about it divided

into iſlands, by
branches. There are alſo many floatin
iſlands, or parcels of land covered all over
with ruſhes, which are often removed or
driven from one place to another, by the
ſtormy winds and tornados, which failors
often meet with, and are forc'd to ſteer va-
rious courſes; for which reaſon a land-pilot
is abſolutely neceſſary, as has been ſaid
before.

The town of Arbon is about half a
mile long, lying on the eaſt-ſfide of the
Fermoſo, about a quarter of a mile broad,
and all open: the country beyond it is all
over full of ſhrubs and thickets, only par-
ted by ſuch narrow roads or paths, that two
men can ſcarce walk a- breaſt.

» The town of Gotion, by the Portugueſe
called Hugato, or Agaiion, being much a-
bout the bigneſs of Arbon, is twenty four
leagues farther up towards the north-eaſt,

up to Gotton ; this latter being about twelve
leagues diſtant from the metropolis of Benin,
called by the natives Oedo, north of it.

358

the vaſt number of its BAR BO.
2 A

Floating
iſlands,

and the river much narrower from Arbon

This river is very pleaſant, for which

reaſon the Portugueſe gave it the name of
Fermoſo; but very unwholeſome, as moſt
of the rivers of Guinea are: which muſt

proceed from the continual exhalations ho-

vering about them ; and more particularly
thoſe in low and moraſſy grounds: to which
may be added another inconveniency here,
and in other places, being the innumerable
multitude of gnats, or moſquito's, which
are a very great plague to all ſea-taring men,
eſpecially in thenight-time. The lands on
each ſide the river are very woody, which
breeds thoſe tormenting vermin in ſuch im-
menſe numbers, that they attack our

ſailors at night on all ſides, and ſo peſter

them, that many the next morning are not

to be known by their features, their faces

being {woln and full of pimples, depri-
ving them at the ſame time of their natu-
ral reſt ; which, together with the unwhole-

ſome air, occaſions a great mortality among
our Europeans, ſome ſloops or ſhips in one
voyage often loſing one half of their

crews, and others more, and the ſurvivors
remaining very weak and ſickly: which
ſtrikes ſuch a terror into ſailors, that few
are willing to ſerve in ſuch voyages and
the boldeft always afraid of their lives.
The Portugueſe tell us, there is in this
country a land- road to Calbary, and a paſ-
ſage yet more convenient by water for
canoes to go from hence into the neigh-
bouring rivers, and to Rio Volta and Lagos
welt, and to E- Rey, Camarones, and others
ealt ; which, as to Rio Volta ſeems impro-
bable, but as to the others, tis eaſy to
conceive it may be the rivers in this part
of Guinea being ſo near together.

Were

Plague of
gnats.

356

BaRBOT.

Were it not for the intemperature of

A the climate, and the plague of gnats, this

would be a very pleaſant place for trade
the river being ſo agreeable, and the coun-
try on each fide very plain, without hills,
only riſing gently ; which affords a very
fine proſpect, the trees ſtanding in many
parts as regular, as if planted by art; but
the banks of the river are thinly ſtored
with villages and cottages on both ſides,
which may be becauſe clofe by the river,
the ſoil is not good: for though what is
ſown comes up well, yet che contagious
damps of the river kill it; but at {ome
diſtance from it, the land is extraordinary
fruitful, and yields a rich crop, of every

thing planted or ſowed. How far it ex-

tends itſelf up the inland thro' the King-
dom of Benin, none of the Blacks can rell ;
tho? it is natural to infer, from its wideneſs
below, for many leagues, that it comes from

very remote countries.

Before I proceed to the deſcription of
the kingdom of Benin, and of the trade of
its river Fermoſo, it will be proper to ſay
fomething of the kingdom or country of
Ulkamy, ſituated betwixt Ardra and Benin,
whoſe name only has been mention'd before.

KINGDOM of ULkany,

II borders at eaſt, ſouth and weſt, and

at north, on an unknown potent nation:
the natives call it Akomy, and repreſent it
as a mighty ſtate, whence the Ardraſians get
molt of the flaves they fell to us, whom
the Alkomy Blacks take priſoners in their
excurſions on their neighbours ; but are a
ſort of people who have little communica-
tion with them : and therefore can ſay no

more of their manners and religion, than

Circumci-
ion.

Pirates.

that they circumciſe men and women, when
young ; the daughters at ten or eleven
years of age : which they ſay is done, by

means of large ants or piſmires, of a yel-

low colour, taſtened to a ſtick, and thus
apply'd to the part, and left there, till they

have bit it in many parts ſo, that the blood

guſhes out of it, which is a very painful ope-
ration to the patient; and then the inſects
are removed.

AWERRI and Us A.

2 return to Benin. The Blacks of Rio
Fermoſo, and the circumjacent country,
for a great way up, compoſe many ſmall
territories, and petty kingdoms, each of
which has its peculiar governor, or king;
but all vaſſals to him of Benin, except thoſe
of Awerri and the U/a men, a particular peo-
ple, who live altogether on plunder and
piracy on the rivers, ſeizing, men or goods;
all which they ſell to the firſt that come
thither for proviſions, being them-
ſelves ill furniſhed, . at their habitations,

A Deſcription of the

the ſea,

which are juſt at the mouth of the river
Fermoſo 3 and are therefore called the pj.
rates of U/a. Thoſe knaviſh people extend
their piracy ſo far, that many men comin

from Ardra, Calbary, and ſeveral other

parts of Guinea, eaſt or weſt of Benin, have
been taken on that river, and fold for flave;
by them. Thoſe Uja and Awerri men, have
always kept themſelves free from the ju-
riſdiction of the king of Benin, to this
time, but are as much tyrannized over by
their own kings, upon all occaſions; and
they eſteem the qualification of the King's
ſlaves, a very happy condition.

The river Fermoſo, and all its branches,
harbour a multitude of crocodiles and ſca-
horſes, great and ſmall 3 and though not
very full of fiſh towards their heads, yer
furniſh the natives with it nearer to their
mouths.
is one calted the quaker, becauſe it cauſes
a ſhivering in the arm of any perſon cha:
does but lay one finger on it. There i;
another ſort of fiſh, very common, at a
place called Boca de la Mar, the mouth of
where they dry, ſmoak and {:1]
it all about the country; but not being
well ſalted, it has an ill taſte, putrißes
preſently, and ſtinks intolerably.

Of the KI N pu F BENIx.

T HIS kingdom in general, is by an-

cient geographers called the Dermo—
nes 1hiopes, and the mountain that ſepa-

rates it from Ardra, Aranga mons. It

borders to the north-weſt, on Alkomy,
Jaboe, Iſago, and Oedobo; to the north, on
the kingdom of Gaboz, which is eight days

journey from Oedo, the metropolis of Be- 1, l.

uin; to the eaſt, on the lands of Janna,
Awerri and Forcado; and to the ſouth,

on the ſeveral little countries and territo-
ries next the lea ; which are tributaries to,
and dependants on it, except Awerri and

Ja, as I have obſerved before. And thus
Benin may well be ſaid to extend on the
ſouth to the A#!hiopick ocean.

Its extent from ſouth to north, muſt be 2
near two hundred leagues, and its breadth nun |
from weſt to eaſt, about one hundred and Pe.

twenty five: but is a country not eaſyto tra-
vel m, being for the moſt part very
woody. The lands about Oedo, the metro-
polis, and thoſe near the ſea-ſide, are very
well peopled, and ſtored with towns and
villages, little frequented by Europeans :
It is alſo well inhabited towards Alkomy 3
however, though there is a vaſt number of
people in the kingdom, yet in proportion
to its extent, and in compariſon of Fids
and Ardra, it is not populous, the towns
in many parts being at great diſtance from
each other; eſpecially up the inland, and
near the river. The Portugueſe under obs

Alfonſs

Among the ſeveral ſorts, there

Book IV. CAA

A
dt
2
4
al

©, <4

Ce ae” Lee” ae. deat” woes a a

SY
freduct.

Leut of

FAIMS,

Potatoes,

| Gans, rice,

Iranges,
lemons,

bepper.

Cott on an,
cloth,

V (HA

predict.

Leut, of

fans,

Potatoes,

Hanges,
lemon,

er.

p. Fo Coaſts of SouTn-GUiNEA. 357

Al'onſo de Aveiro, firſt diſcovered this king-

dom in the reign of Dom John II. king of
Portugal. Vaſconcelos, an author of that

nation, makes it but eighty leagues long,

and forty in breadth. Alvarez at his firſt
voyage thither, eſtabliſhed a correſpon-
dence with the king of Benin, who pro-
miſed to become a chriſtian ; but after
ſome years of commerce, the Portugxeſe being
made ſenſible, how little ſucceſs their trou-
ple and endeavours uſed to convert thoſe
ſouls would meet with, becauſe of their
obſtinacy and perfidiouſneſs, as well in ci-
vil as religious concerns, began to diſcon-
tinue it in the reign of Dom Fohn III.
This country in general is flat and low,

and very woody, as has been obſerved be-

fore, cut through in ſome parts with rivers,
and ſwampy grounds, and in other parts
is dry and barren ; but this is ſo in a more
particular manner about Agalton, and Oeas :
for which reaſon, the king of Benin keeps
conſtantly ſeveral men on the roads, to
preſerve there freſh water in great large veſſels,
for the conveniency and ule of travellers,
who are to pay a certain toll for it, and
no man dares ule it without paying.

PR OD U er.

THE land, for the moſt part, produ-

ces Indian wheat, but not millet, which

makes the former very cheap; and the more,
becauſe the natives do not much value it:

wherefore but little is ſowed, which yet
yields a prodigious quantity of grain, and
very luſcious. Inſtead of corn there is a
prodigious plenty of yams, which is their
moſt common diet, for they eat them in-
ſtead of bread, with all forts of fleſh ; and
are therefore very cautious to improve the
proper times of the year for planting of
them. . „

Potatoes are not very plentiful; but

iin rice. they have two ſorts of beans, much like

our horſe-beans, of a hot diſagreeable taſte,
and not wholeſome. There is no rice,
though the moraſſy grounds in many parts,
ſeem to give reaſon to believe, it might
grow well if ſowed. 5

In the ſpace of land betwixt Oedo and
Agalton, grows abundance of citrons, oran-

ges and lemons, and a ſort of red-pepper,

much like in colour and taſte to the pie-
mento, or Guinea pepper; which the na-
tives uſe moſt, upon occaſion of confirming
by oath, what they contract or covenant a-
mong themſelves, cruſhing it then in their

hands, ſome ſwearing never to eat pf it,

and others to eat of it in all ſauces.

burton an! The fruit-trees are; the coco-nut, Cor-
cleth,

mentyn- apple, banana, baccoven, wild- fig, and
the palm and bordon- wine trees, both which
laſt are not the beſt in Guinea, The cotton-

trees are alſo very plentiful, and of the very
N

the manner of making it.

will aſſault men, if not too numerous for

— — — — —— Uͤ A Oe OO
—
£ 7 +;
— — — —— — — p "1
. . S's *

fineſt ſort; the wool whereof they dreſs, Bax nor.
ſpin and weave into ſeveral ſort of cloths, WWW
which make one branch of the trade of the

country; the Europeans buying vaſt quanti-

ties to ſell at the Gold-Coaſt, as I have
obſerved before.

The Hollanders, ſome years ago, planted
of this ſort of cotton-ſeed, at Mouree,
which they did in March ; and it throve
ſo well, that to this day, they have ſome
plants of it there. Some other fruits there
are growing on trees,not extraordinary good,
and only known and uſed by the natives.

Indigo grows there abundantly, and they Indigo and
have the art of making very good blue other He,
from it, with which they dye their cloth.

They alſo know very well how to make ſe-
veral ſorts of green, black, red and yellow
dyes, extracted by friction and decoction,
from certain trees beſt known to them-
ſelves: and being better {killd in making
ſoap, than any other people of Guinea,
their cloths are generally very clean. Moſt
people in Benin are clothed with it, be-
ſides what is yearly exported by themſelves
and foreigners, to many other parts of
ps | 5

They make ſoap, as at the Gold- Coaſt, with Soap.
palm- oil, banana- leaves, and the aſhes of
a certain wood; and differ very little in

2 . . As — A wmv. Om —— —— — —
- : EY 5 p ” 5 4
9 "37 9 1 . . 4
— 7 0 8
— by 1 wa — . 2 ; .
— — — = = 2 3
2 * . 8 3 - . q . 7
2 ha — — : — — — . Py
: — 2 : 20m... - 4 — — — * * —
L *

This country is well ſtored with ſmall Castle.
horſes, aſſes, goats, cows, ſheep, dogs, cats,
poultry, and ſeveral ſorts of deer, all pretty
cheap and good, tho' the cattle be very
ſmall, but well taſted. Dogs and cats are the
choiceſt diſhes of the natives. The ſheep
as at Sęſtro, are without any wool. _

They have likewiſe abundance of wild ;;;14
beaſts, elephants, tygers, lions, leopards, wild beaſts.
boars, civet cats, wild cats, ſerpents of
all ſorts, land-tortoiſes, Ec. the elephants
are in a more particular manner prodi-
giouſly plentiful ; but lions and tygers are
not frequently ſeen there. Jackalls, or wild
dogs, are reported to be very numerous
and apes of all ſizes and ſorts, among
which, baboons extraordinary large, that

them. Their ſeveral ſorts of deer, wild
boars, and other eatable wild beaſts, afford
good ſport; and a man may very well
live upon it. ” |

There is alſo poultry of all ſorts, phea- xox.
ſants, partridges, both green and blue ;
turtle and ring-doves, a ſort of ſtorks,
crooked-bills, ducks, water-hens, divers,
ſnipes, a ſort of birds almoſt as big as
oſtriches, and another that is a crown-bird ;
beſides a vaſt number of many ſorts of birds,
large and ſmall, with a multitude of par-
rots of ſeveral kinds,

The Blacks of Benin being no great lo-
vers of fire-arms, and conſequently not

Yyyy well

358

BarBorT. well {kill'd in the uſe of them, ſeldom any
AYR fowl or wild beafts come to hand; or when

they catch any, it is by means of nets: tho?
ſametimes they kill wild boars and deer
with their javelins; but that is rare, and
thoſe people, being naturally cowards, dare
not venture to hunt lions and tygers: of
which more hereafter. _

Qrdo be CAPITAL.

Avaſt 9.0 E DO, the metropolis of Benin, is pro-

Noble
ſtreets.

Houſes.

digious large, taking up above ſix
leagues of ground in compaſs, if we include
therein the queen's court or palace; fo that
no town in Guinea can compare to it, for
extent and beauty. It is ſeated about twelve
leagues north north-weſt from Agalton, in

a vaſt plain, which is as pleaſant as could

be wiſhed ; being all over planted with fine
large and ever-green trees, very regularly
diſpoſed. It is enclos'd on one fide by a
double ridge of trunks of trees about ten

foot high, ſer cloſe together in the ground,

for a fence or paliſado to itz the trunks
faſtened to one another by long pieces of

timber athwart, and the interval between

the two ridges or rows of trunks filled up
with red clammy earth; which at a dif-
tance looks like a good thick wall, very
even and ſmooth. The other fide of the
city, is naturally defended by a large mo-
raſs; which is, beſides, covered by thorny
ſhrubby buſhes very thick together, ſo as
that the moraſs can hardly be well come at.

The town has ſeveral gates at a diſtance
from each other, on the ſide of the wood,
and clay-wall, being but ten foot high,
and five broad, and ſhut with one ſingle
piece of wood, hung up at each gate, in
the manner as we do our gaps of ground

in Europe: they keep a guard of loldiers
at each gate, which leads to the country

through a ſuburb. |
There are in Oedo thirty very great ſtreets,
moſt of them prodigious both in length

and breadth, being twenty fathom wide,
and almoſt two Engliſh miles long, com-

monly extending from one gate to another,
in a ſtrait line; and beſides theſe, a great
number of croſs- ſtreets and lanes. In the
large wide ſtreets, continual markets are kept
in the fore and after-noon every day, of
cattle, elephants-teeth, cotton wool or
yarn, and many ſorts of European goods:
and all thoſe ſtreets, though never ſo
long and wide, are by the women kept
very neat and clean; every woman being
charged to ſweep before her own door.
The houſes in every ſtreet are very thick
and cloſe built, and all full of inhabitants;
the ſhells of the houſes are all of a ſtrong
clammy clay, two foot thick, and but one
ſtory high, there not being one ſtone, tho?
never fo ſmall, to be found in the whole

A Deſcription of the

country. The tops are thatehed with ſtraw
or palm-tree leaves; moſt houſes, are ver,

wide, each having a great gallery within,

and fome another without, where they
place forms and benches, to ſit or lie on,
ta take the freſh air, in hot ſcorehing Wea-
ther. The ordinary houſes have but one
door, and no windows, receiving light only
at a hole left open for that purpoſe, in the
middle of the roof, and to let the ſmoke
out, in thoſe rooms deſigned for kitchens,

The belt houſes are very large and hand-

ſome, and tolerably well built, if compared
with the buildings of other nations of Blacks.
Each of thoſe large houfes 1s divided into
ſeveral little rooms, for divers uſes. Their
galleries are very neatly kept, being, as
molt of the inſide of the houſe-walls, waſh'd
over witha red glazy paint, as the king of
Seſtro's houſes are, before mentioned by me.

The houſes of great and notable perſons,

are yet finer and larger than thoſe of the
commonalty; for theſe have generally gal-

leries within and without, ſupported by ſtrong

planks, or pieces of timber ten or twelve
foot high, inſtead of columns, not plained,
but hewed out.
This large city is divided into ſeveral
wards or diſtricts, each of which is govern'd
by its reſpective king of the ſtreet, as they
call them here, to adminiſter juſtice, and
keep good order, being in ſome manner
like our aldermen of wards in London.
Theſe kings of the ſtreet by their poſt,
and being commonly rich men, have a
great authority over the inhabitants of their
reſpective wards. Tr

The royal palace ſtands on the high road ee.
leading from Benin to Agaiton, at the right |
hand; and is ſo large and ſpacious, that it
takes up as much room as Rochel or Bour-

deaux, being all encloſed with a baluſtrade
wall, of the ſame ſtuff and materials, as I

have ſhewn the city 1s on one fide : how-
ever this palace is accounted, and in reality
makes a part of that great city, being alſo

built on a very great plain; about which
there are no houſes, but has nothing more of

rarity in it, than the other buildings of the
town, only that it is extraordinary large,

the houſes and apartments in it being all of
the ſame materials; however, it is remarka-
ble for its large courts, and long wide gal-
leries.

The firſt of which is ſupported by near , fe,
in

ſixty ſtout planks, twelve foot high,
lieu of pilaſters, roughly hacked out.
When paſt this gallery, you come to the
clay wall, which has three gates, one at
each angle or corner, and one exactly in
the middle, adorned with a wooden turret
about ſeventy foot high, narrower above
than at the bottom; and on the top of it lis
placed a long large copper ſnake, its head
hanging

Book ly NOAA.

Two o: er
galleries.

tele.

camber,

able.

Laborioys
Women,

— 2 E 2

hi

*..& =: =» <0

Audience-

— x e £2.S:

—

— —

CAP. 5.

hanging downwards, either caſt or ham-
mer d, and indifferent good work, Every
building or houſe has alfo a ſmall turret, of a
pyramidal form; on ſome of which is fix d
a caſt bird of copper, with ſtretch'd- out
wings 3 which is alſo a pretty ſort of work
for Blacks, and induces me to think they
have tolerable good workmen, that are
ſomewhar ſkilled in caſting braſs or copper.

Within thoſe gates appears a plain of
about an Engliſh mile, almoſt ſquare, en-
cloſed with a low clay-wall, at the end of
which plain is another gallery, like the
former, in every particular; and beyond it
a third, like the other two, with this dif-
ference, that the columns or pilaſters, on
which it reſts, are human figures, ſo ill
carved, that it is a hard matter to diſtin-
guiſn whether they are the figures of men
or brutes 3 and yet the natives divide them
into ſoldiers, merchants, and hunters of
wild beaſts: and under a white carpet or
ſheer are eleven men's heads, caſt in copper,
but of a very odd ſort of work, on each
of which heads ſtands an elephant's tooth,
which are the king's idols.

Beyond this gallery, is another large plain
with a fourth gallery at the end of it, and
beyond that again, the king's dwelling-houſe,
adorned with a turret, and a copper call
fnake-as on the firſt wall.
4ulience- The firſt room in the king's houſe at the
laber. entrance unto the plain or court, is the au-
dience-chamber, where ſtrangers are admit-
ted to his preſence, he having then always
by him the three greateſt officers of his
court, of whom more ſhall be ſaid here-
after. There that prince commonly fits on
an ivory couch, under a filk canopy, c.
and on his left hand, againlt a fine tapiſtry,
are ſeven white ſcoured elephant's teeth, on
pedeſtals of ivory, which 1s the way they
have there to place all the king's gods or
idols in the palace, 1

The king has pretty large ſtables there
for his horſes, which are ſmall, and not very
handſome, the land affording no better;
but he has a great number of them.

The inhabitants of this large town muſt
be all natives of the country, for no fo-
reigners are allow'd to ſettle there.

The Benin Blacks not being very labo-

Two 0ther
galler es.

els,

la.

Hables,

living near the court; there are abundance
lin. of families of that ſort of gentry in Oædo,

any profeſſion; leaving all their concerns,
en and ſlaves, who are continually at all the
fairs and markets in the country round about,
io carry on their huſbands and maſters bu-
lineſs ; or elſe ſerve there for wages, the beſt
Part whereof they muſt very carefully pay
to their huſbands or maſters : which makes

Coaſts of Sourn-GuiNEA.

rious, and many of thoſe that are wealthy

' reſort, as ſoon as an
attending continually in the palace, without

wing either in trade or huſbandry, to their wives

359

the women there as much ſlaves as they are BAR BOT.
in any other part of the kingdom of Benin
for, beſides their taſk of driving their huſ-
bands traffick, and tilling their ground, they
mult alſo look after their houſe-keeping and
children, and dreſs proviſions every day for
their family, But the female ſex is there in
a moſt peculiar way ſo briſk, jolly, and
withal ſo laborious, that they diſpatch it
all very well, and with a ſeeming pleaſure |
and ſatisfaction, |

The inhabitants of this great city are for Generon,
the generality very civil and good-natured Pele
people, eaſy to be dealt with, condeſcending
to what Zyropeans require of them in a civil
way, and very ready to return double the
preſents we make them; nay, their gene-
rous temper goes ſo far, that they ſeldom
will deny us any thing we aſk of them, tho?
they have occaſion for it themſelves: where-
as, on the contrary, if treated with haught1-
neſs and rudely, they are as ſtiff and high,
and will not yield upon any account.

They are very nice and exact in all their

behaviour and deportment, according to

their ancient cuſtoms, and will not ſuffer
them to be aboliſh'd; and to comply with
them in this particular, is a ſure way to
gain their friendſhip, and be uſed by them
with all poſſible civility ; being ſo liberal

as to give Eyropeans prodigious quantities of
refreſhments, and more thanwe really want;

nay, ſome give beyond their ability, to gain
a good reputation among us. They are no
leſs ſtudious ro be generous in their mutual
preſents to one another. |
They are very tedious in their dealings,
inſomuch, that ſometimes it is the work of
eight or ten days, to bring them to ſtrikes
a bargain for a parcel of elephant's teeth
but becauſe they behave themſelves very ci-
villy all that while, it is almoſt impoſſible to
be angry at them.
This mention of their way of trading with
Europeans, induces me to refer many other
obſervations concerning them, to another
place, and to purſue the diſcourſe of trade,
which is the chief ſubject of this deſcription
of Guinea. 8

TRADE of BENIN.
T HERE are four principal places where
the Europeans trade; and to which, for
that reaſon, the neighbouring inhabitants
of our veſſels come
to an anchor; viz. Boededoe, Arebo or Arbon,
Agatton or Gotlon, and Meiborg.

Boededoe is a village of about fifty houſes goededoe,
or cottages, built only with ruſhes andfr/t place
leaves, governed by a magiſtrate, there F #744.
called Veador, a Portugueſe word, ſignifying
an overſeer ; with ſome other of the king's
officers, who in his name extend their juriſ-
diction over the whole country round abour,

in

260 A Deſcription of the

Banner In Civil affairs, and receiving the king's
SI duties and taxes; for as to criminal caſes
of great moment, they ſend to court, and
wait for new inſtructions and authority to

decide them. |
Art Arebo, or Arbon, is farther up the river
Fa of Benin, and a fine long town, pretty well
ade. built and inhabited; the houſes much larger
than at Boededoe, tho? contriv'd after the

ſame manner. The town is governed by a
viceroy, who commands over all the adja-

cent country, aſſiſted by ſeven other great
officers, as at Boededoe; who are called Vea-

dors, or overſeers. The Engliſh and Dutch

have both lodges or factories there, and each
of them a factor of the nation, calPd Mer-
cador or Veador, that is, merchant or over-

ſeer, in Portugueſe, being a ſort of brokers.
Gotton, Cotton or Agatton is a very large town, of
third place Which, as well as of Arebo, I have already
of trade, ſpoken in another place. It ſtands on a ſmall
hill over the river, juſt joining to the conti-
nent, and is a very large place; much more
pleaſant and healthful than the others,
the country all about it being full of
all ſorts of fruit- trees, and well furniſhed
with ſeveral little villages, whoſe inhabitants
go thither to the markets, which are held

at Gotton, for five days ſucceſſively. This

town, as have faid, is a day's journey from
Great Benin, or Oedo, the metropolis, and
governed by five Yeadors or overſeers.
Meiborg, There is alſo a village called Meiborg,
south probably from a Dutch man, who has re-
_ of ſided there as factor for his company; and
I, a pretty conſiderable factory.
King's At all theſe places, the merchants and
brokers, brokers, called, as I have obſerved, Merca-
dors and Veadors, are appointed by the go-
vernment of Benin to deal with the Euro—
Pc ans, that reſort thither to traffick, b
reaſon they can ſpeak a ſort of broken
Lingua-Franca, and are the very {cum of the
people of the country; and yet, before we
can come to the buſineſs of trade, we muſt
go thro? many formalities; and no veſſel is
allowed to go fo far up the river as Aga!-
ton, without a ſpecial order from the king
of Benin; which he uſually grants, as ſoon
as the European factor or ſupercargo has
ſent notice to court of his arrival in
the river below. And then the king orders
two of his own Yeadors, with twenty or
more of theſe brokers, whom they alſo
call Velbos, or old men; who go down all
together to Agatton, having the privilege to
take every where on the road, what car-
riages, horſes, ſlaves, &c. they think con-
venient for performing their journey; and
no ſubject dares refuſe them, or 1f he
ſhould, would be ſeverely puniſhed for it.
| Thoſe men being come to Agation, or
any of the other trading places before men-
tioned, they pitch on the moſt proper houles

there for themſelves and attendants to lodge
in, and the houle-keepers muſt maintain
and ſubſiſt them all the time they ſtay there;
and if any ſhould repine at it, they will
certainly be puniſhed for it, and the Veador,
may turn them out of their own houſes,

Book]

* CHA.

The Veadors thus ſettled, at the aforeſaid Cor.

trading towns, firſt give a welcome viſit to

the Europeans, newly arrived, being com-
monly dreſſed to the greateſt advantage,
according to the country faſhion ; and com-
pliment them in the name of the king, the
queen, and the great Yeador, kneeling down,
and at the ſame time tender their preſents,
which are commonly things of ſmall value :
the reſt of that day is ſpent in feaſting
and dancing.

At another viſit they examine all the
European goods in the factory or lodge, if Ia
they are already brought aſhore; and

agree for the king's cuſtoms, and their own
fees as brokers, the latter whereof are very
inconſiderable. And the whole charges put
together for every ſhip that comes to trade
there, that is, for the king's cuſtoms, the
great lords, the governors of towns and
places of trade, and thefe Mercadors and
Veadors fees, or any other petty charges
and duties accruing hereby to any other per-
ſons. whatever, ſeldom exceeds ſix pounds
ſterling, or twenty five crowns,

Next they fix and adjuſt the price of y,;..;; |
European goods, which is commonly the on go. |

ſame that was ſet on the laſt European veſ-

ſe] that was there. But if there be any new
ſorts of goods, they will ſpend a whole

month in conſidering and debating on the
price of them, and behave themſelves, du-
ring all that time, to excuſe their ſlowneſs,
as I have hinted before; ſo that no man can

well fall out with them on that account, they

being extraordinary civil and courteous.

When that is done, the commerce is open Cre: |
and free for the Europeans * but it often tei,

happens, and is a very great hardſhip on
us, that we are obliged to truſt thoſe men

with goods, till they make cloths for pay-

ment, for which we muſt ſtay a long time;
and ſometimes ſo long, that the ſeaſon being
almoſt ſpent, proviſions conſumed, and the
crew either half dead, or very ſickly, we
are obliged to depart without the payment
for the goods ſo advanced upon credit:

but if we return, they never fail to pay the 7 |
whole with abundance of civility. For” |

thoſe people, above all other Guineans, are
very honeſt and juſt in their dealings; and
have (uch an averſion for theft and robbery,
that by the law of the country, the lealt
act of that ſort, tho? a trifle, «ſpecially if
ſtolen from us Europeans, is puniſhed with
death. |

None but the Yeadors or brokers candeal

with us, and even the greateſt perſon 1
the

Rue coral.

— 8 88 — ©” — — — pros wy

a. .

eee — 0 hy —

—
—

2D — —w ww —̃ —

Gods (614 C

"markets.

4

CA. 5. | Coaſts of SourH-GUIN BA. 361
V dhe nation dare not enter the European

oil, wood for fewel, calabaſhes, wooden Barzor.
ſactories or lodges, under ſevere fines: as

bowls, troughs, and platters ; abundance WWW

#4,

de-

in like manner the Viadors and brokers,

are forbid under heavy mulcts, or bodily

uniſhment, to intermeddle in any manner
of affairs relating to war.

Here follows an exact catalogue of Eu-
ropean goods, commonly imported by way
of trade to Benin, and of the goods we
export from thence in exchange.

'Goops Imported and Exported.
1: O begin with the latter: Cotton cloths,
= like thoſe of Rio Lagos, before mentio-
ned, women ſlaves, for men ſlaves (tho* they
be all foreigners, for none of the natives can
be ſold as ſuch) are not allowed to be expor-
ted, but mult ſtay there. Jaſper-ſtones, a few

ger's or leopard's. ſæins; Accory, or blue
Re coral. coral, as at Ardra; elephant's- teeth; ſome

piemento, or pepper. The blue coral

grows in branchy buſhes, like the red co-

ral, at the bottom of the river and lakes

in Benin; which the natives have a pecu-
| lar art to grind or work into beads like

olives; and is a very profitable merchan-

dize at the Gold- Coaſt, as has been obſer-

ved. |

The Benin cloths are of four bands, ſtri ped

blue and white, an ell and a half long, only
proper for the trade at Sabou river, and
the Blacks Mou-

at Angola, and called by
ponoqua, and the blue narrow cloths Amba-

is; the latter much inferior to the former
every way, and both ſorts made in the. in-

land country.

The European goods are theſe ; cloth of
gold and filver, ſcarlet and red cloth ; all
forts of calicoes and fine linen; Haerlem
ituffs, with large flowers and well ſtarch'd ;

iron-bars, ſtrong ſpirits, rum and brandy;

beads, or bugles of ſeveral colours; red
velvet, a good quantity of Boejzes, or Caw-

vis, as much as for the Ardra trade, being
the money of the natives as well as there.
Falſe pearls ; Dutch cans, with red ſtreaks

at one end; bright braſs large rings, from five
to five ouncesand a half weight each; ear-rings

of red glaſs or cryſtal ; gilt looking-glaſſes,

cryſtal, Sc.
15 MARKET 5:

REfides the above-mentioned trading pla-

ces, which are properly for dealing with
Europeans, the king of Benin has appoin-
ted publick markers in many provinces of
his kingdom, for the ſubjects to trade to-
gether, every three days in the week : the
have one at Gotton, to which they bring
from Oedo, Arebo, and other circumja-

85 ſold Cent countries, abundance of Benin cloths,
markets, Accory, and ſeveral ſorts of eatables and

proviſions, living dogs, roaſted apes, mon-
kies and rats; parrots, chickens, yams,

malaguetta in ſtalks, dried lizzards, palm-

.

of cotton- yarn, all ſorts of fiſhing-tackle,
and inſtruments for huſbandry; as alſo
carpenters tools, with all other ſorts of

weapons, as cutlaces, javelins, bucklers, and

women-ſlaves: with all the various ſpecies
of European goods, uſually imported
into this country, bought of the Yhites at
Arebo, by the Yeadors and brokers; and
Koffo cloths, which are commonly ex-
changed for Benin cloths, by the natives.
Koffo is a village, a day's journey eaſt of
Oedo, or Benin, not at all frequented by
Europeans. Es

They have alſo at certain times of the
year, publick markets or fairs appointed,
and kept in large open plains, betwixt Oe-
do and Agatlon, near the high-way ; to
which a great number of people reſort from
all the neighbouring places, to buy and
ſell goods: and as it is a cuſtom there, for
the king to ſend his proper officers to the

ſaid markets to keep the peace and good p,gytarirs
order amongſt the people that come to it, of them.

appointing every merchant a proper place,

according to the nature of the goods he deals

in, &c. for that reaſon, during the mar-

ket-time, the ordinary juſtices of the place

have no manner of authority; but it is

veſted for that time only in the court-

officers. | |

The Benin Blacks, as I have hinted be-
fore, are ſeemingly very courteous and civil,
and on all occaſions very ready to ſerve one
another in point of trade; yet are they very
miſtruſtful, and careful not to diſcover

their affairs, fearing if known to be weal-

thy and rich, ſome criminal imputation
would be laid on them, by unjuſt infor-
mers of the high rank, in order to fleece
them. Some men in authority here, as well
as in other countries, make no ſcruple to
oppreſs their poor fellow-ſubjects, under

one pretence or other, though never ſo un-

_ juſtly, provided they can fill their pockets.

And therefore, abundance of the natives of
Benin, pretend to be poorer than they re-
ally are, the better to eſcape the rapacious
hands of their ſuperiors ; and thence chiefly
it is, that they profeſs ſo much civility and
regard to each other, to gain their mutual
good-will, and avoid being inform'd againſt.

Europeans are ſo much honoured and re-

Honour

ſpected at Benin, that the natives give them paid to Eu-
the emphatick name or title of Owioriſa, ropeans.

in their dialect, which ſignifies children of
God : and in diſcourſing with us in perſon,
they often tell us in broken Portugueſe, Vos

ſa Dios, or, you are Gods. Ir is a great

misfortune, that the malignity of the air

is there ſo fatal to Europeans, as has been
obſerv'd: for there is no nation through-

out all Guinea, fo genteel, courteous and eaſy
L227 to

362

WvVV cepting their tireſome irreſolutions, and

that they

The men's
dreſs,

ſeldom allow us the liberty of
travelling to their chief towns without ſome
guards, under pretence of civility ; but in
reality, as if they ſuſpected ſtrangers would
ſpy the country, and betray them, eſpe-
cially at Oedo, their metropolis. Which how-
ever the Dutch nation obtain eaſily enough,
as being their old conſtant traders, and
moſt familiars, and are in great favour at

court, as well as among the common

people: but the Poriugueſe they don't like
ſo well.

A Deſcription of the

BarBoT: to be dealt with in Point of traffick, ex-

I have already ſaid ſomething of the em-Enyly. |

ployments of perſons of rank and dignity, ”*:e }
and that there are alſo ſeveral rich men,
attending continually on the court ; I muſt

add, that the ordinary citizens ſpend whole
days, in expectation of European veſſels
coming into the river, and repair to the
place they uſually ride at, with what goods
they have. If no ſhips come, in ſome
while, they ſend their ſlaves to Rio Lagos,
or other places, to buy fiſh ; of which they
make a very profitable trade in the inland
countries: and the handicrafts keep to their
work in the towns, Cc.

CHAP. VI

Habit of Benin.

Marriages and Polygamy. Circumcifion. Handicrafis.

Diet. Funerals. Inheritance.

HABIT of BENIN.
THE men in Benin are generally hand-
ſomer than the women, and both ſexes

dreſs'd, at leaſt, as richly as the Ardraſians.
Their habit is neat and ornamental, almoſt

to magnificence, eſpecially among the richeſt

ſeort of people, who wear firſt a white ca-

lico or cotton cloth, about a yard long,
and half as broad, which is in the form of
drawers; and over it a finer white cotton,
commonly about eighteen or twenty yards
long, plaited very ingeniouſly in the mid-
dle; and upon that again a ſcarf, about a
yard long, and two ſpans broad, the end of
it adorned with fringe or lace, much like the
women at the Gold-Coaſt: the upper part of
their body is uſually naked, In this habit
they appear commonly abroad; but at

home, they wear only a coarſe cloth about

their waiſt, and no drawers, cover'd with
a great painted cloth of their manufacture,
inſtead of a cloak. The dreſs of the meaner

people 1s much the ſame, a coarlſe cloth,

and one painted, not by any expreſs regu-
lation of the government; for every one

there that gets gold may wear it, that is,

The wo-
mens.

dreſs himſelf as rich as he is able. They
don't curl their hair, but let it grow as long
as it will, and buckle it in two or three
places, to hang a large Accory coral in it.
Women of the higheſt rank, wear fine
cloths of their country make, ingeniouſly
chequer'd of ſeveral colours, but not very
long and buckled together, as is uſed at Fida;
with this difference, that here the cloth is left
open behind on one ſide, and cloſe before: for
at Fida it is open before. The upper part

of the body is covered with a beautiful
cloth, a yard long or more, inſtead of a veil,

like that which the Gold-Coaſt women wear.

They adorn their necks with necklaces
of coral agreeably diſpoſed; and their arms
are dreſt up with bright copper or iron-

rings, called by the Portugueſe name Ma-

nillas; as are alſo the legs of ſome of them;
and their fingers as thick crouded with
copper- rings, as they can poſhbly ſet them
on. In this habit they look pretty tole-
rable. They turn up their hair very inge-
niouſly, into great and ſmall buckles, and
divide it on the crown of the head like

a coronet, or rather a cock's-comb inver-
ted; by which means, the ſmal] curls are
placed in regular order: and ſome have
their hair divided into twenty or more

plats and curls, according as it is thick or
thin. Others anoint it with oil extracted
from kernels of palm-nuts, by roaſting

them on the coals, which makes it loſe

its natural black, and growing old, turns
to a ſort of yellow, or pale green. Some
again, paint one half of their hair red, and
the other black.

'The meaner ſort of women differ from

the richer, only. in the goodneſs of their
clothes: ſome wear a ſort of blue calico-

frock or jacket, which hangs down almoſt
to their knees, with a ſmall narrow cloth

over their breaſts, and load their legs and

arms with bright copper-rings.

Their hairs
and heads dreſs'd like the others. |

The boys and girls go naked; the for- By: 4

e Comp. |

% fon, |

mer till ten or eleven years of age, and

the latter till nature diſcovers its maturity;
and are both only adorned with ſome ſtrings
of Accory, twiſted about their middle.
When come to thoſe years, they are per-

mitted to cover themſelves with ſome clothes,

with which they are highly pleaſed, becauſe
they are then expoſed to publick view, being
ſeated on a fine mat or white ſheet, and
viſited by abundance of people, who come
to congratulate, and wiſh them joy. :
A great number of young men and wo-
men, above twenty years old, go all about
the towns ſtark-naked, with only a .
| Cora

Book IV. CHAT

AQ

bajo, ws B53 OY —

— — — — —

Na natives
ſaves, |

* — a «a — .

N.

Tidows
low ail

rd of,

©, + =»

—

ee NqaH

S Nomare
race cere-

|

|

CHA

No natives

ſaves.

par.

age cere-

fn)

7
*
/

p. 6.

being ſuch as have not yet obtained leave
of the king, to habit themſelves, and expect
an opportunity of getting either a wife or
huſband, which then certainly qualifies them
for being clothed like the other people; and

to ler their hair grow as long as it can, for

there abundance of people wear their hair
as long as either ſex does in Europe. And
it is cuſtomary, if a man marries a youn

woman, and is not able to buy her clothes,

for her to continue to go naked as ſhe did

before; and he is not allowed to lie with
her, till he can get clothes for her, which
is almoſt infamous among them,

Here is alſo another law, that no perſon

whatever, may enter the king's apartment

in his clothes, without a ſpecial licence
ſo to do; otherwiſe he muſt ſtrip himſelf
ſtark-naked, thereby to approve the more,
that he is the king's ſlave 3 a qualification,
which every individual ſubject, of what
dignity ſoever, boaſts of: tho? they are all,
as I have hinted before, free men; and
there are no other real male-flaves in Benin,
than what are brought from foreign nations.

MaRRIAGES and POLYGAMY.
VERY man may marry as many wo-

men as he can maintain; and they obſerve
few ceremonies in their marriages, which
are generally thus. The man having made
his addreſſes to the parents of the young
woman, who ſeldom deny the demand,
on the day appointed, the bridegroom dreſ-
ſes his bride as richly as his circumſtances
will allow him, with a whole ſuit of clothes,
necklaces and bracelets; and then treats
the relations on both ſides, not altogether
at his own houſe, or elſewhere, but
ſends each of them to their own habita-
tion, part of the victuals and drink that
he has provided for that folemnity : this
done, the marriage is concluded. The dit-
terence betwixt the wedding of great and
mean perſons is only, that the former treat
more ſplendidly than the latter.

omen are commonly married at twelve,
thirteen or fourteen years of age; and as
ſoon as provided with a husband, the pa-
rents think no more of them, than if they
were out of the world. EE

Thoſe whoſe husbands happen to die

without leaving iſſue by them, belong to
the king, who diſpoſes of them as he thinks
fit; and ſuch as become widows before the

conſummation of matrimony, fall ro the

King's ſon, who, like his father, can marr
them again as he pleaſes ; and if they are very
handſome, will marry them himſelf. Some
other ſuch widows, are alſo allowed by the
prince, to proſtitute themſelves as publick
whores, paying a certain tribute to the

ing in Boeſies, the money of the country:

Coaſts of SouTH-GuIN EA.

coral or jaſper collar-ring at their neck,

and if they chance in the proſecution of BAR ROT.
their trade to get a boy, they are, ipſo WWW

fatto, exempted for ever from the tribute,

and allowed to follow on their calling un-

diſturbed, as long as they pleaſe : but if,

inſtead of a boy, the harlot has a girl, the

tax continues, and the girl is maintained at

the king's charge, who is afterwards to pro-

vide a husband for her, when come to a pro-

per age. | |
Thoſe publick proſtitutes are alſo by law Pulick

ſubordinate to ſome aged matrons, who frofitnres.

ſhare in their profits, and into whoſe hands
they are to pay the tax laid on them,
for them to repay it into the great trea-
ſurer's hands, for the uſe of the king.
It is hard to conceive how laſcivious and
wantonly thoſe common harlots behave
themſelves, to promote their trade; and not
only they, but generally ſpeaking, the 0-
ther women are extremely looſe in their be-
haviour, tho' they are not very ready to give
themſelves over to Europ:ars, fearing the
puniſhment the laws of the country inflict
on adulterous women: but the Blacks there,
are not ſo concerned at our converſing with
their wives, as they are jealous of them
with their own countrymen. They have ſo
good an opinion of the Vhites, that when Courteſy te
we give them a viſit, if ſome unavoidable Europe-
buſineſs calls them away, they not only ans.
freely leave us alone with their wives, but
charge them to divert us well; whereas,

no Black is allowed to come near their
apartment, a cuſtom very rigidly obſerved
throughout all the country: for when a

man there is viſited by another, his wives

immediately retire to another part of the
houſe, ſo as they may not be ſeen; but
if the viſitant be an Euroſcan, they ſtay
in the room, knowing it is the husband's
will, and contrive all the ways they can
to pleaſe, all their happineſs depending on
them, becauſe the men are abſolute maſters
of their wives, e

The wives of perſons of great rank and

diſtinction are, for the moſt part, ſhut up

very cloſe, to obviate all occaſions of tranſ-
greſſion; but, the inferior ſorts of women
go every where, as their work and buſineſs
calls them, and that without any reflec-
tion, | -
It a woman is left a widow, and has idem:
ſome male. iſſue by her deceaſed husband,
ſhe can never marry again, without the
conſent of her ſon : or if he be too young,
and not come to years of diſcretion, the man

y . who offers to marry her, 1s obliged to pre-

ſent the boy with a woman-flave to wait
on him; which, afterwards, may alſo be his
concubine. In caſe, the widow bride ſhould
commit any fault that is puniſhable, either
by divorce or ſlavery, the husband cannot
diſpoſe of her, according to the arbitrary

pre-

364

BarBor prerogative of husbands over their wives,
V without the king's conſent firſt had, and

next her ſon's; and if we may credit what
the Blacks ſay of the authority ſuch a ſon
there has over his widow mother, he can
even make her a ſlave. |

No Black there is to lie with any of his
wives that is brought to bed, till the child
be twelve or fifteen months old, or can walk
of itſelf; but conſidering the great number
of wives they maintain, they may eaſily
comply exactly with this cuſtom.

The Hebrews abſtained from their wives,
not only whilſt they were with child, and
had other indiſpoſitions of women, but alſo
all the time they ſuckled, and nurſed their

children; which commonly laſted three

years: and we do not find that the women
were excuſed from nurſing their own chil-
dren; and after being delivered of a male
child, they were by the law, Levit. xi. to
keep thirty days of purification; and fora
girl, two weeks more.

Menſtruous women are reckoned ſo un-

clean, that they are not permitted ſo much

as to enter their huſbands houſes, to touch

any thing, dreſs diet, clean the houſe, which
is the taſk of all women there, nor even to
look into, much leſs enter other men's houſes :

but during their uncleanneſs, muſt reſide in
a ſeparate houſe ; and when it is over, they
waſh themſelves, and are reſtored to their

former employments in their huſbands houſe.

Ceildrer.

Modeſtyand .

ſobriety.

The ſraelites, by the Levitical law, were
forbid, not only menſtruous women, but any
ching that ſuch a woman had touched, Levit.
xv. 19, to 28. and thoſe women kept retired
in a ſeparate room or place for a fortnight.

Thoſe people in general are extremely
prolifick, the women being very fruitful,
and the men luſty and vigorous, and each
having a great number of wives. They va-

lue a fruitful woman very much, and a

barren one is as much deſpiſed.
The woman that is big with child, is not
allowed even her own huſband's careſſes,

till ſhe is delivered: and when brought to
bed of a male child, it is preſented to the

king, as of right belonging to him; and
therefore all the males of the country are
called the king's ſlaves, as has been obſerved.
If ſhe is deliver'd of a girl, it is accounted
to belong properly to her father, who keeps
and maintains her till ſhe be capable of ma-
trimony, and then marries her when and
to whom he thinks proper.

Both ſexes are ſaid to be laſcivious, and
it is aſcribed to the pardon-wine they drink,
and good eating, which together invigo-
rate nature : however, they are ſeldom or
never heard to talk obſcenely, as believing
things of that nature are defign'd for ob-
ſcure privacy, and very improper to be
talked of; or if any do, it is by circumlo-

Deſcription of the

cutions, and moſt diverting fables and alle.
gories, tending chat way; and he that can

cleanly expreſs himſelf. in that manner,

aſſes for a wit. Wherein they are more
polite than the people at the Quaqua and
Gold Coaſt ; where the Blacks generally di-
rect all their diſcourſes to lewdneſs, and
that in the moſt broad and obſcene words,
and even geſtures; nor are the Benin Black;
ſo much addicted to drink to exceſs, as
thoſe at the Gold Coaſt,

If we may credit the natives, their king

has above fifteen hundred wives, as by right
inheriting all the wives of his predeceſſor,

and thoſe of many private perſons.

It ſeems probable, from the words of the

prophet Nathan to king David, 2 Sam, xii. 8,

And I gave thee thy maſter's houſe,and thy maſ-
ters wives into thy boſom, &c. that this cuſtom

was eſtabliſhed among the eaſtern kings;
after which model, it is apparent enough,
king Saul, predeceſſor to David, had form'd
his court and family, of all which David

had taken poſſeſſion after his untimely death,
and by the toleration of polygamy, in thoſe
days among the1/razlites: however, interpre-
ters exclude the mother of Mical,one of Saul's
wives; with whom they ſuppoſe David could
not co-habit, Mica/ being his firſt wife.

Thoſe women with whom the king has

co-habited, can never marry again after

his death 3 but are then ſhut up in a kind
of Seraglio, and there kept and waited on by
eunuchs : and ifany of them ſhould be found
to have to do with a man, ſhe ſuffers death
without any remiſſion, as does the adul-
terer, tho' of never ſo great quality.

In all parts of Benin, except at Arebon,
they honour women who have two children
at a birth, and look upon it as a good pre-
ſage, and the king is immediately inform'd
of it, who cauſes publick rejoicings to be

made, with all ſorts of muſick ; and if the

woman fo delivered of twins is not capable
of ſuckling both the babes, her huſband
provides a wet nurſe, whoſe child is dead,
for one of them. But at Arebon, by a mu-

nicipal law, they treat the twin- bearing wo- NN
man barbarouſly, and kill both the mother
and infants immediately, as a ſacrifice to

a certain demon, which they firmly believe
to be hovering continually in a wood near
Arebon ; unleſs the huſband be fo fond of her
as to buy her off, by ſacrificing a woman-
ſlave in her place, and it is but very ſeldom
that any man fails of doing ſo. But as for
the innocent twins, they are to die without
redemption 3 and muſt be offered up in ſacri-
fice, by an irrevocable and ſavage law:

which barbarous cuſtom is very grievous to
the tender mothers of ſuch miſerable victims.
This ſavage law is of ſuch force at Arebon,
that there have been examples of a prieſt,
whoſe wife being ſo delivered of two 3
| ren

Ertravge
to-

ian;

Boox IVAA

RR PI IE nn * n — —

V. HAP. 6.

ume

Ertrava-

3.0.

lau;

dren at a birth, and ſhe redeemed by the

offering of a ſlave, according to cuſtom,

the poor prieſt was obliged with his own
hands to ſacrifice his own twin-infants, as
indiſpenſably bound to it by his prieſthood.
And thus, as the P/almi}t ſays of pagans,
P/al. cvi. 37, 38.

To fiends their ſons and daughters they,

Did offer up and ſlay:

Yea, with unkindly murthering knife,

The guiltleſs blood they ſplit,
Yea, their own ſons and daughters blood
Without all cauſe of guilt.

However, this ſavage cuſtom has in proceſs

of time made ſuch impreſſions on married
men, that when the time of their wives
delivery draws near, they ſend them to
another country, fearing a twin-birth: and
perhaps by degrees they may aboliſh ſuch

an inhuman law, founded on this extrava-
gant notion, that it is impoſſible for a man

to get a woman with child of two children
at a time, and therefore look upon it asa pro-
digy, or monſtrous; and that they ought

to be made away preſently, to atone their
gods, who other wiſe would certainly plague

the whole land with ſome terrible calamities.
The wood near Arebon, where the Blacks

fondly believe the demon lies lurking, 1s ſo

venerable and ſacred to the inhabitants of

that diftrict, that they never permit any

foreign men or women to enter it.
If any native unawares happens on a path

which leads to this wood, he is obliged to
go to the end of it before he turns back;
and they are firmly prepoſſeſſed, that if

the law concerning twin-births be violated
in the leaſt particular, the land will cer-
tainly be afflicted with ſome great plague.

However, looking upon us Hite men as

a ſort of gods, as I have hinted before,
they do not think the ſacred wood defiled
by our entering it as often as we think fir,
to ſhoot, or by our turning back before
we have gone half way to the end of the
path; which fome Europeans have done, de-
ſignedly, to ridicule their ſtupid credulity,

which doth not a little ſtagger the faith of
lome, when they ſee their boldneſs attended

by no ill events. But the cunning prieſts im-
mediately ſatisfy ſuch doubtful perſons, by

telling them, that the demon, to whom

they ſacrifice human blood, does not trouble
himſelf with //hite men, who are gods as
well as himſelf; but if any Black ſhould
preſume ſo to do, he would ſoon feel, by
lome dreadful accident, the indignation of
the god inhabiting the ſacred grove.

CIRCUMCISION,

T HOS E people preciſely obſerve the

ceremony of circumciſing every indivi-

d perſon, either male or female, ſome at
eint, others fourteen days after they are

bc. The boys, as uſual, by taking off
Vot. V.

Coaſts of SourH GUINEA.

the fore- ſæin, and the girls by a ſmall am-
putation in the private parts. Beſides

365

BARRBOTr.

which, they make ſmall inciſions all over FC

the bodies of the infants, repreſenting ſome
figures; but more of them are uſually made
on the girls, for the greater ornament, ac-
cording to their parents fancies: tho' this
ſort of operation is very painful to the poor
tender babes, as mangling their bodies; but
being a great faſhion, every body will a-
dorn their children after that manner.
When children are ſeven days old, the
parents make a ſmall feaſt, believing them
to be then paſt danger : and to prevent evil
ſpirits from doing them any miſchief, they
ſtrew all the ways with eatables, ready
dreſſed, to appeaſe, and render them fa-
vourable to the babe. 3 |

When we aſk thoſe Blacks who introduced
circumciſion, and the looking upon men-
{truous women as unclean, becauſe it ſavours
much of Judaiſin; they generally anſwer,

they do not know, but that thoſe cuſtoms

have been handed down from their fore-
tathers, from generation to generation.

HANDICRAFTS.
T HE chief handicrafts there are ſmiths,

* carpenters, leather-dreſſers and weavers

but all their workmanſhip is ſo very clumſy,
that a boy who has ſerv'd a few months ap-
prenticeſhip in Europe, would out-do them.

- . .
THE natives of Benin are generally
wealthy, and eat and drink of the beſt

in the fleſh.

the country affords. The ordinary diet of

the rich people, is beef, mutton, and
chickens, with yams for bread ; which, after
they have boiled, they beat very fine, and
make cakes of them, They frequently treat
one another, and are very ready to give
part of what they can ſpare to the poor.

Their drink is water and brandy, when they
can

get it. The meaner ſort feed uſually
on ſmoak' d, or dried fiſh, Their bread 1s
yams, as with the former, bananas and
beans; their drink is water and pardon-
wine, which, as ſaid before, is none of the
beſt. - 8

The king, great lords, and officers in
government, who are indifferently rich, ſub-
ſiſt many poor at their place of reſidence,
on their charity; employing thoſe who are
fit for any work, to help them to live; all
for God's ſake, as they ſay, and to obtain
the character of being charitable; ſo that
there are no beggars, nor many remarkably
poor in this nation. |

PRIESTS PHYSICIANS.

HESE people are nothing near fo

1 concern'd, or afraid of death, as thoſe
of Fida, and Ardra; but aſcribe the brevity
or length of life, ro God's determination :
5 A

yer

366

BARBOr. yet are very ready, on the leaſt indiſpoſition,
WYW to ſeek all proper remedies and means, to
porolong life as much as they can. Beſides,
when fick, they immediately ſend for the
prieft, who is commonly their phyſician,
as they are on the Go!d-Coaft, He firſt ad-

miniſters the uſual herbs, and if they prove

ineffectual, he has recourſe to ſacrifices to
their idols; and, as it 1s done at the Gold-
Coaſt, if the patient doth not recover, the
doctor is diſmiſſed, and another called, in
hopes that his ſkill may be greater. If the
ſick perſon recovers, that prieft and phyſi-
| Clan is well paid, and much valued and
reſpected. Such a prieſt will ſoon grow rich
by his phyſick, which is moſt of their de-
pendance ; for as to offerings and religious
ſervices, except in this particular, every

man there offers his own ſacrifices to his
idols, without a prieſt.

Fu Nn R A Lb 8.

As ſoon as a perſon expires, his corps is
waſhed and cleanſed; and that of a na-
tive of Oedo, the metropolis, who happens
to die at a very diſtant place, is perfectly
dried up over a gentle fire, and put into a
coffin, cloſe glued, and ſo convey'd to that
city, to be there interred: and tho? a con-
veniency to carry it, does not offer in ſeveral
years, they keep the corps in the coffin
above ground.
They obſerve publick mourning for their

dead fourteen days: the neareſt relations,

huſband or wives, with their ſlaves, lament-
ing and crying about the corps, to the tune
of ſeveral muſical inſtruments, but with
conſiderable ſtops and intervals, during which
they drink very plentifully. .
When a woman dies, her friends com—
monly take the trunks, kettles, pots, and
other neceſſaries ſne had made uſe of in her
life- time, and carry them on their heads,
all about the ſtreets of the town, attended
by muſicians, drummers, Cc. ſinging her
Praiſes. | |
Cruel fu-
nerals, maſſacre thirty or forty ſlaves on the day of
her burial; and one has been known to
have had ſeventy- eight ſlaves thus ſacrificed
on her account, which were all her own ; and
to complete the even number of eighty,
as ſhe had ordered before her death, they
murdered two young children, a boy and
a girl, whom ſhe had loved extremely.
Thus few or no perſons of note die there,
but it coſts the lives of many others, who
are inhumanly ſlaughtered, to wait on the
deceaſed in the grave : but this horrid tra-
gedy is more cruelly acted at a king's death,
as be obſerved hereafter.
f f ey commonly bury the dead in their
en- beſt apparel, and il —— or leſs ſlaves to
wait on them, according to their quality.

A Deſcription of the

or eight days, with lamentations, ſongs,

It ſhe was a perſon of diſtinction, they

Book IV CHA?
The funeral ceremonies commonly laſt ſeyw | |

dances, and hard drinking: and ſome haye

taken up a corps again after it was interred -
in all due formalities, to repeat the cere. | G
monials of mourning and burial ; and to
ſlaughter as many more men and beaſts,

on their account, as was done at firſt, When

the funeral is over, every perſon retires to

his own home, and the next relations, which

continue in mourning, bewail the dead for

ſeveral months ſucceſſively ; ſome with their | 15 7
hair ſhaved, others their beards, or half _
their heads, | 72 Cl
„ Is
| INHERITANCE. | 9
TEE right of inheritance devolves in the iu, W
following manner. A huſband is the . WW ©!
ſole heir to his wife; her children being de. at
prived of all ſhe poſſeſſed, except what ſhe | a
was pleaſed to beftow on them during her | SN
life-time z but, on the other hand, women F t
cannot inherit their huſband's eſtate, not the Ct
very leaſt thing, but all is at the king's diſ- _
poſal, and even the woman herſelf, as has N P
been already obſerved. 5 | | 2
Among deceaſed perſons of diſtinction, the x1; ;, MW. h
eldeſt ſon is the ſole heir, upon condition her. WW ©
he pay the king a ſlave by way of herriot; ³ü l
and another to the great lords; and pe- ö 0
titions them ad formam, that he may be al·- l
| lowed to ſucceed his dead father in the ſame 4
quality: which the king commonly grants; Wi:
and ſo he is declared the lawful heir of all 8
his father's goods and chattels; of whichhe 4
beſtows no more on his younger brothers, 8
than what he pleaſes. If his mother be til] 1 P
alive, he allows her a maintenance ſuitable a
to her rank; beſides permitting her to keep | b
whatever his father had given her, in his £
life-time. And as to his father's other wives, | 0
eſpecially thoſe that never had any child by | N
him, he takes them home to him, and ules | =
them as his own; thoſe he docs not like | .
ſo well, are alſo taken home with their | 5
children, but ſet to work, the better to ö U
ſubſiſt them, and he has no manner of com- {
merce with them, in the nature of married 0
people: and of this laſt ſort of widows Mx:
there are great numbers. . *
If the deceaſed perſon leaves no iſſue of om f

his body, his brother inherits all he was
poſſeſſed of; and when no brother, the next
a- kin is his heir: and if no heir at all, then
the king is the heir, according to law.

The crown of Benin 15 likewiſe herecitary;
firſt to the eldeſt ſon od rhe king, and in
default of iſſue from im, to the king's
brother, or his iſſue male, as I ſhall ſhew :
hereafter : which brings me to ſpeak, in
the following chapter, of the government | 1
of Benin, of the king's prerogative, ad- :
miniſtration of juſtice, and religion of the 1

natives.
CHAP.

/ als

Tere?

12775.
th bj

nine mi⸗

CHA

coaſi of SouTu-Gurne A.

P. | VII.

Government of Benin. The tags prerogative. His revenue, wars, army.

His appearing abroad. A

ieuce to Europeans,

Burial of kings. Eu-

throning of them. Puniſhments for crimes. Several trials. Iflabo, Ja-
boe, Oedoba, Biafra, and other kingdoms briefly deſcribed.

GOVERNMENT.
HE government of Benin 1s princi-
pally veſted in the king, and three
chief miniſters, called great Veadors; that

is, intendants, or overſeers: beſides, the

great marſhal of the crown, who is entruſted
with the affairs relating to war, as the three
others are with the adminiſtration of juſtice,
and the management of the revenue; and
all four are obliged to take their circuits
throughour the ſeveral provinces, from time
to time, to inſpect into the condition of the
country, and the adminiſtration of the go-
vernors and juſtices in each diſtrict, that
peace and good order may be kept as much
s poſſible. Thoſe chief miniſters of ſtate,

have under them, each his own particular

ing ſuperviſors or intendants, over every
thing that can be thought of, in order to
keep all things in a due regular way.

From among thoſe Reis de Ruas, they Governors

commonly chuſe the governors of provin-
ces and towns; but every one of them is
ſubordinate to, and dependent on, the afore-
mentioned great Veadors, as being generally
put into thoſe employments, by their re-
commendation to the King, who uſually
preſents each of them, when ſo he,
to the government of provinces, towns or
diſtricts, with a ſtring of coral, as an en-
ſign or badge of this office; being there
equivalent to an order of knighthood in
European courts.
They are obliged to wear that ſtring

367

; : © Enſign of
continually about rheir necks, without ever 3

daring to put it off, on any account what- ment.

officers and aſſiſtants in the diſcharge of
their poſts and places. They call the firſt

7 tin,

of the three aforementioned miniſters of ſtate,
the Onegwa, the ſecond Ofſade, and the third
Arribon. . „„

1 kings They reſide conſtantly at court, as being
wi, the king's privy council, to adviſe him on

all emergencies and affairs of the nation 3
and any perſon that wants to apply to the
prince, muſt addreſs himſelf firſt to them,

and they acquaint the king with the peti-

tioner's buſineſs, and return his anſwer ac-
cordingly : but commonly, as in other coun-
tries, they will only inform the king with
what they pleaſe themſelves ; and fo, in his
name, act very arbitrarily over the ſubjects.

Whence it may well be inferred, that the

government is entirely in their hands; for
it is very ſeldom they will favour a perſon
lo far, as to admit him to the king's pre-
ſence, to repreſent his own affairs to that
prince : and every body knowing their great
authority, endeavours on all occaſions, to
gain their favour as much as poſlible, by
large gratifications and preſents, in order to
ſucceed in their affairs at court, for which
reaſon their offices and poſts are of very
great profit to them.

g na. Beſides theſe four chief miniſters of ſtate,
Hates.

there are two other inferior ranks about
the king: the firſt is compoſed of thoſe
they call Reis de Ruas, ſignifying in Por-
!ugueſe, kings of ſtreets, ſome of whom
preſide over the commonalty, and others over
the ſlaves; ſome again, over military af-
fairs; others, over affairs relating to cattle,
and the fruits of the earth, &c. there be-

ſoever; and in caſe they loſe it by care-
leſſneſs, or any other accident, or if ſtolen
from them, they forfeit their heads, and
are accordingly executed, without remiſſion.
And there have been inſtances of this na-
ture, five men having been put to death
for a ſtring of coral ſo loſt, tho' not intrin-
ſically worth two-pence: the officer, to
whom the chain or ſtring belonged, becauſe
he had ſuffered it to be ſtolen from him,
the thief who own'd he had ſtolen it, and
three more who were privy to it, and did
not timely diſcover it.

This law is ſo rigidly obſerved, that the
officers ſo entruſted with a ſtring of coral
by the king, whenſoever they happen to
loſe it, though it be taken from about
their necks by main force, immediately ſay,
J am a dead man; and therefore regard
no perils, though ever ſo great, if there
be hopes of recovering it by force, from
thoſe who have ſtolen 1t. Therefore, I ad-
viſe all ſea-faring Europeans, trading to
thoſe parts, never to meddle with the
ſtrings of coral belonging to any ſuch offi-
cers, not even in jeſt; becauſe the Black
that permits it, is immediately lent for to
the king, and by his order cloſe impriſoned,
and put to death,

The ſame puniſhment is inflited on any
perſon whatſocver, that counterfeits thoſe
ſtrings of coral, or has any in his poſſeſ-
ſion, without the king's grant.

That we have here called coral, is made
of a pale red coctile earth or ſtone, and

5 very

Ba»»or.very well glazed, much reſembling red
his own cuſtody, and. no body is allowed,
as I have ſaid, to wear it, unleſs honoured
by the prince with ſome poſt of truſt in
the nation. Foe

Third fore The third rank of publick miniſters or
of officers. Officers, is that of the Mercadors, or mer-
chants 3 Fulladors, or interceſſors; the Veil-
hos, or elders, employed by the king, in
affairs relating to trade: all which are allo
diſtinguiſhed from the other ſubjects, not
in office or poſt, by the ſame badge of a
coral-ſtring at their neck, given each of

them by the king, as a mark of honour,
All the ſaid officers, from the higheſt to
the loweſt, being men that love money,
are eaſily bribed : ſo that a perſon ſentenc'd
to death, may purchaſe his life, if he is
wealthy in Brejies, the money of this coun-
try ; and only poor people are made ex-
amples of juſtice, as we ſee is no leſs prac-
tiled in Europe: yet it being the king's
intention, that juſtice ſhould be diſtributed,
without exception of perſons, and malefactors
rigidly punithed according to the laws of the

to conceal from him, that they have
been bribed, for preventing the execution
of any perſon condemn'd.

5 The KINC's PREROGATIVE.

T HE king of Benin is abſolute; his will
being a law and a bridle to his ſub-
jects, which none of them dare oppole ;
and, as I have hinted before, the greateſt
men of the nation, as well as the inferior
ſort, eſteem it an honour to be called the
king's ſlave, which title no perſon dares aſ-
ſume without the king's particular grant; and
that he never allows bur to thoſe, who, as
ſoon as born, are by their parents pre-

ographers have thought, that the king of Be-
nin was religiouſly adored by all his ſubjects,
as a deity. But that is a miſtake, for the
qualification of the king's ſlaves, is but a
bare compliment to majeſty ; ſince none of

native; the natives of Benin, can by the law of the

faves, land, be made flaves, on any account, as
has been obſerved before. os
King ant Tbe preſent King is a young man, of an

quzen-mo- affable behaviour. His mother is ſtill li-
ther. ving, to whom he pays very great reſpect
and reverence, and all the people after his
example honour her. She lives a-part from
her ſon in her own palace out of the city
Oe, where ſhe keeps her court, waited

men and maids. The king, her ſon, uſes
to take her advice on many important af-
| fairs of ſtite, by the miniſtry of his ſtateſ-
men and counſellors : for the king there is
not io ice his own mother, without danger

A Deſcription of the

ſpecklid marble, which the king keeps in

realm, the officers take all poſſible care

ſented to him: for which reaſon, ſome ge-

on, and ſcrvcd by her proper officers, wo-

Book!

of an inſurrection of the people againſt him,
according to their conſtitutions. The palace
of that dowager is very large and ſpacious
built much after the manner, and of the ſame
materials, as the king's, and thoſe of other
great perſons.

The king's houſhold is compos'd of à Gu:

great number of officers of ſundry forts, c. ſu
and ſlaves of both ſexes, whoſe buſineſs is fe
to furniſh all the ſeveral apartments with ; A
all manner of neceſſaries for life and conve. A tr
niency, as well as the country affords. The 15
men officers, being to take care of all that | d
concerns the king's tables and ſtables; and | al
the women, for that which regards his | fr
wives and concubines : which all together | Cc
makes the concourſe of people fo great at = is
court, with the ſtrangers reſorting cont;. | tl
nually to it every day about buſineſs, thu M
there is always a vaſt croud, running to | tl
and fro, from one quarter to another. It ap. n
pears by ancient hiſtory, that it was the ww
cuſtom of the eaſtern nations, to have only | "Þ
women, to ſerve them within doors, as ll
officers in the King's houſes. David being a.
forced to fly before Ab/alom his ſon, and | V
to leave Feruſalem his capital, to ſheller WM f
himſelf in ſome of his ſtrong cities beyond | rc
Fordan, left ten of his concubines for the F cl
guard of his palace.
The king being very charitable, as wel! Chariy, |
as his ſubjects, has peculiar officers about g
him, whoſe chief employment is, on certain #
days, to carry a great quantity of proviſion, t
ready dreſſed, which the king ſends into the l

town for the uſe of the poor. Thoſe men- k
make a ſort of proceſſion, marching two Þ

and two with thoſe proviſions in great or- 7
der, preceded by the head officer, with a long t
white ſtaff in his hand, like the prime court- l
officers in England; and every body is ob- a
liged to make way for him, tho? of never fo P
great quality. ” | a

Beſides this good quality of being chari- t
table, the king might be reckoned juſt |
and equitable, as deſiring continually his 0
officers to adminiſter juſtice exactly, and {:
to diſcharge their duties conſcientiouſly : Þ
beſides that, he is a great lover of Euro- l

peans, whom he will have to be well treated c
and honoured, more eſpecially the Datch (
nation, as J have hefore obſerved. Bui 9 0
extortions from ſuch of his ſubjects as are Dibutary ©
wealthy, on one unjuſt pretence or other, Prices, t
which has ſo much impoveriſhed many ot 4
them, will not allow him to be look'd up- r
on as very uſt, /

He ſeldom paſſes one day, without hold- 4
ing a cabinet council with his chief mini-
ſters, for diſpatching of the many aua
brought before him, with all pofſible ex- = and *
pedition ; beſides, the appeals from ne- ba,
rior courts of judicature in all the part of :

the kingdom, and audiences to ſtrangers,
Or

14,7. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.
or concerning the affairs of war, or other
' emergencies of ſtate. :

369

with pikes, javelins, bows, and poiſoned Barnor,

af

i.

tal
Mit!

Tribatay
rinceg.

Car and

vea pon,

RR VN UR.

T E king's Income is very great, his

dominions being ſo large, and having
ſuch a number of governors, and other in-
ferior officers, each of whom 18 obliged, ac-
according to his poſt, to pay into the king's
treaſury ſo many bags of Boejzes, ſome more,
ſome leſs, which all together amount toa pro-
digious ſum; and other officers of inferior rank
are to pay in their taxes in cattle, chicken,
fruits, roots and cloths, or any other things that
can be uſeful to the king's houſhold: which
is ſo great a quantity, that it doth not coſt
the king a penny throughout the year to
maintain and ſubſiſt his family; ſo that
there is yearly a conſiderable increaſe of
money in his treaſury. Add to all this, the
duties and tolls on imported or exported

goods, paid in all trading places, to the reſpec-

tive Veadors, and other officers, which are

alſo partly conveyed to the treaſury ; and

were the collectors thereof juſt and honeſt,
ſo as not to defraud the prince of à conſide-
rable part, theſe would amount to an 1n-
credible ſum.

= WA $6

THIS prince is perpetually at war, with

one nation or other, that borders on
the northern part of his dominions, and
ſometimes with another north-weſt of his
kingdom, which are all potent people,
but little or not at all known to Euro-
peans, over whom he obtains from time
to time conſiderable advantages ; ſubduing
large portions of thoſe unknown countries,

and raiſing great contributions, which are

partly paid him in jaſper, and other valu-
able goods of the product of thoſe coun-
tries. Wherewith, together with his own
plentiful revenue, he 1s able upon occaſion
o maintain an army of an hundred thou-
land horſe and foot ; but, for the moſt
part, he doth not keep above thirty thou-
land men, which renders him more formi-

dable to his neighbours, than any other

Guinea king: nor is there any other through-
out all Guinea, that has ſo many vaſſals and

» tributary kings under him; as for inſtance,

thoſe of Iſtanna, Forcado, Jaboe, Iſſabo and
Oedoba, from whom he receives conſide-
rable yearly tributes, except from him of
Habo, who tho? much more potent than all
the others, yet pays the leaſt,
ARMY.

T O ſpeak now ſomething of the ſoldiery

in the King's pay. They generally wear
no other clothes but a narrow ſilk clout
about their middle, all the other parts of

their body being naked; and are armed

Vor,

them to fight: and even then, they
rather ſuffer the greateſt loſſes than defend“.

arrows, cutlaces and bucklers or ſhields ; WWW

but ſo flight, and made of ſmall Bamboes,
that they cannot ward off any thing
that is forcible, and fo are rather for ſhow
than for defence. Some, beſides all
theſe weapons, have alſo a kind of hooked
bill, much of the form of thoſe we uſe in
Europe, for cutting of ſmall wood, whereof
bavins and faggots are made, and fome 0-
thers have ſma]l poniards.

Theſe ſoldiers are commonly diſtributed oi

into companies and bands, each band com-
manded by its reſpective officer, with others
of lower rank under him: but what is
pretty ſingular there, thoſe officers do not
poſt themſelves in the front of their troops,
but in the very centre, and generally wear
a cymiter hanging at their ſide, by a lea-
ther girdle faſtened under their arm-pits,
inſtead of a belt, and march with a grave
reſolute mien, which has ſomething of
ſtatelineſs. |

The king's armies are compoſed of a
certain number of thoſe bands, which is

oreater or {maller according to circumſtan—

ces; and they always march like the ancient
Salij, dancing and ſkipping into meaſure
and merrily, and yet keep their ranks, be-
ing in this particular better diſciplined than
any other Guinea nation; however, they

are no braver than the Fida and Ardra

men, their neighbours weſtward, ſo that
nothing but abſolute neceſſity can oblige

themſelves. When their flight is preven-
ted, they return upon the enemy, but with
ſo little courage and order, that they foon
fling down their arms, either to run the
lighter, or to ſurrender themſelves priſo-
ners of war. In ſhort, they have ſo little
conduct, that many of them are aſhamed
of it; their officers being no braver than
the ſoldiers, every man takes his own
courſe, without any regard to the reſt.

The great officers appear very richly ha-
bited in the field, every one rather endeavour-
ing to outdo another in that particular, than
to ſurpaſs him in valour and conduct. Their
common garment is a ſhort jacket or frock
of ſcarlet cloth over their fine clothes, and
ſome hang over that an ivory quiver, lined
with a tyger's-ſkin, or a civet-cat's, and a
long wide cap on their heads, like the dra-
goons caps in France, with a horſe-tall
pretty long hanging at the tip of it. Thus
equip'd, they mount their horſes, to whoſe
necks they commonly tie a tinkling bell,
which rings as the horſe moves. Thus
they ride with an air of fierceneſs, attended
by a ſlave on foot, on each ſide, and fol-
lowed by many others, one carrying the
large Bamboe ſhield, another leading the

5 B horſe,

had Wart of

370

Ba RBO. horſe, and others playing on their uſual mu-
WWW fical inſtruments; that is, drums, horns,

Mis ſic al
inſtria-
NES»

Magnifi-

Fent train.

flutes; an iron hollow pipe, on which they
beat, with a wooden ſtick; and another in-
ſtrument, the moſt eſteemed among them,
being a ſort of large dry bladder, well
ſwelled with air, cover'd with a net, fill'd
with peas and braſs bells, and hung or tied
at the end of a wooden handle, to hold it
by.
"When returned home from a warlike ex-
pedition, every man delivers back to the
king's ſtores, the quivers, and arrows he
has left. That ftore-houſe or arſenal, is
divided into many chambers ; and immedi-
ately the prieſts are ſet to work to poiſon
new arrows, that there may be always a
ſufficient ſtock for the next occaſion.

Having obſerved what little courage there
is in this nation, we ſhall not have much to
ſay of their wars; nor is it eaſy to account
for their becoming ſo formidable among
their neighbours to the north, and north-
weſt, but by concluding thoſe nations to be
as bad ſoldiers as themſelves, and not ſo
populous; for there are other nations fourh
and eaſt of them, who value not their power;
amongſt whom are the pirates of U/a, who
give them no little diſturbance, as has been
hinted before. .

The KING appearing abroad.
1 2 HE. king of Benin, at a certain time of
the year, rides out to be ſeen by his
people. That day he rides one of his beſt
horſes, which, as has been obſerved, are
but ordinary at beſt, richly equipped and

habited, followed by three or four hundred

of his principal miniſters, and officers of
ſtate, ſome on horſeback, and ſome on foot,
armed with their ſhields and javelins, pre-
ceded and followed by a great number of
muſicians, playing on all ſorts of their in-
ſtruments, ſounding at the ſame time ſome-
thing rude and pleaſant. At the head of

this royal proceſſion, are led ſome tame

Bar baron:

ſacrifice.

Great

feſtival.

leopards or tygers, in chains, attended by
ſome dwarfs, and mutes.

This proceſſion commonly ends with the
death of ten or twelve ſlaves, facrificed in
honour of the king, and paid by the people,

who very groſſly imagine, thoſe wretched
victims will in a little time after, return to

life again, in remote fertile countries, and
there live happily. .

There is another royal feaſt, at a fixed
time of the year, calPd the coral-feaſt, du-
ring which, the king cauſes his treaſure to
be expoſed to publick view in the palace, to
ſhow his grandeur,

On that day the king appears in publick

again, magnificently dreſſed, in the ſecond
court or plain of his palace, where he ſits
under a very fine canopy, encompaſſed by

4 Deſcription of the

all his wives, and a vaſt croud of his princi-

pal miniſters, and officers of ſtate, all in
their richeſt apparel, who range themſelves

about him, and ſoon after begin a proceſſion ;
at which time the king riſing from his
place, goes to offer ſacrifices to his idols in
the open air, and there begins the feaſt, which
is attended with the univerial loud accla-

mations of his ſubjects. Having ſpent about

a quarter of an hour in that ceremony, he

returns to his former place under the canopy,

where he ſtays two hours, to give the peo-
ple time to perform their devotions to their
idols; which done, he goes home in the
ſame manner he came thither, and the
remaining part of that day is ſpent in ſplen-
did treating and feaſting; the king cauſing
all forts of proviſions and pardon-wine to
be diſtributed among the people ; which is
alſo done by every great lord, in imitation
of the prince. So that nothing is ſeen
throughout the whole city, but all poſſible
marks of rejoicings and mirth.

The king on that day alſo uſes to diftri-
bute men and women ſlaves among ſuch
perſons as have done the nation ſome ſervice;
and to confer greater offices on them ; but for
his jaſper-ſtone and corals, which, with
the Boejies, make the greateſt part of his
treaſure, he keeps them to himſelf, :

AuplENCE to EUROPEANS,

A T the audiences the king gives to ſome

European factors, or commanders of
ſhips, who are ſeldom dented that favour
when they aſk it; he fits in the room ap-
pointed for that purpole, before a fine ta-
peſtry, having on his left hand feven very
clean bright clephant's teeth, on pedeſtals
of ivory, as his idols, plac'd againſt the
tapeitry. The perſon is, according to cuſ-
tom, to ſtand about twenty five or thirty

paces from that prince at his firſt coming

in. If the king has a particular kindneſs for
the nation ſuch perſon belongs to, he
perhaps will allow him to come vithin ten
paces of him; and whatever the European
has to propoſe, muſt be firſt told to the

three chief miniſters of ſtate before men-
tioned, who conſtantly wait, and are preſent

at thoſe audiences. They report it to him,
and bring anſwer; going thus continually
to and from him: but no body being per-
mitted, beſides them, to approach the prince,
we do not know whether they deliver the
propoſals or petitions of foreigners fairly,
nor whether they return his true anſwer.
Next, the Eurobean's preſents, conſiſting of
ſome ſilk garment or night-gown, are pre-
ſented to him, covered with mats, accord-
ing to their cuſtom ; and behind and before
the preſents, ſeveral men march with white
ſtaves, denoting their office, in their hands,

to make way tor them ; and if any perſon
ſhould

Book I

CHAP

77. ͤ DOT Tony Rr nor gs ̃˙ e Pe” Yr 44 Tf. VET a,

1 b.
—_ with

VECaA?. 7. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA, l

| ſhould not ſtand out of their way when or- After this, the chief miniſters take care to Barnor.

dered, he would be very well beaten; which inform the perſon, who is by right to ſuc- WWW
they ſay is practiſed, to prevent poiſoning ceed in the royal dignity z who immedi-
of the king's idols or murdering him. ately repairs to the burial-place of the late
The preſents are never ſhowed to the King, and cauſing the pit to be well ſhut
king, till after the foreigner is withdrawn; up with the ſtone, orders abundance of all
ſo that we do not know, whether he liked ſorts of meat to be roaſted on it, to feaſt
them or not, but by the report of the great all the people, and to expreſs his ſatisfaction
officers. for their readineſs to receive him to fit on

the throne of the deceaſed.

BURIAL of KiNGs. The people having thus eaten and drank
FAE ſay, that as ſoon as a king of plentifully, run all about the city in the
I Benin expires, the cuſtom is to dig a night-time, committing abundance of out-
very large pit in the ground at the palace, rages, and even killing ſome perſons they
and ſo deep, that ſometimes the workmen meet with, chopping off their heads, and
are in danger of being drowned, by the bringing their corps to the late king*s burial-
great quantity of water This pit is wide at place, for a preſent to him, to be thrown
the bottom, and very narrow above. They into the pit, with the garments, houſhold

let down the royal corps, and then his molt goods, and By ejics of the perſons ſo kill'd.
beloved domeſticks, of both ſexes, earneſtly

beg to be allowed the favour of going into ENTHRONING of a Kino.
it, to wait and attend on their maſter in £ 2 HE uſual manner of enthroning a new
the other life; but this honour is granted king is as follows.
only to the beſt qualified among them, and When the reigning king finds himſelf dy- 1nterreg-
thole thedeceaſed king ſeemed to be moſt fond ing, he ſends for the Onegwa, one of his num.
of, which often occaſions great murmurings chief miniſters, whom he commands, upon
lig bu. and diſſenſions among them. The perſons pain of death, to keep his laſt will and
L allowed the preference of accompanying teſtament ſecret, till after his deceaſe ; the
#2044. their royal maſter in his grave, being let purport of it being to acquaint him, which
down into the pit, they ſhut up the mouth of his ſons he will have to ſucceed him
with a large ſtone, in the preſence of a in the government. When the king expires,
multitude of people, waiting there day and that miniſter immediately takes into his
night. The next morning they remove the cuſtody all his treaſure and effects, and re-
ſtone, and ſome proper officers aſk thole ceives the homage of all his ſons, the
perſons who were put in the day before, being on their knees, each of them ſtudying
whether they have found the king. If they how to honour him, being uncertain which
anſwer, the pit is again ſhut up, and open'd of them he is order'd, by their deceaſed
_ a-new the day following, to put the ſame father, to ſer on the throne; but it is com-
queſtion ; which is anſwered by ſuch as are monly the method of that miniſter, ſo to
ſtill living in the pit, who alſo name ſuch behave himſelf with them all during the
of their companions as are already dead. interregnum, as to ſhow no more favour
In ſhort, this ſtrange fantaſtical ceremony and regard to the one than to the other.
lafts ſometimes five or ſix days; and every The time approaching to proclaim the Great mar-
day they put the ſame queſtion to the men new king, the Onegwa ſends for the great keeps
let down into the pit, till they being all dead marſhal of the crown, who, as ſoon as he“ 8 ſecret.
with hunger and cold, no anſwer is returned. comes into his preſence, aſks what he deſires
When that is made publick, the people of him; and being told by the Onegwa,
ſpend all their rhetorick in the praiſes and what the late king commanded him to ob-
encomiums of thoſe perſons, who have been ſerve concerning his ſucceſſor, the great mar-
lo happily diſtinguiſhed from all others, ſhal cauſes the Onegwa to repeat the ſame
as to walt for ever on the deceaſed prince. five or ſix times; after which he returns
This inhuman practice of depoſiting living home, and there confines himſelf, without
Perſons in the graves or ſepulchres of the declaring to any perſon, what the Onegwa
deceaſed, was formerly in uſe at St. Domingo, has revealed to him of the late king's in-
near Famaica; where, when any of their tentions. 5
Caciques, that is, chiefs or governors died, During that time the Onegtea ſends for
they put down into his grave ſeveral living the late king's ſon, who was propoſed by
women, to ſerve and wait on him in the him to ſucceed in the throne, orders him
other world. Alexander ab Alexandro reports, immediately to wait on the great marſhal,
that before the laws of the twelve tables at his houſe, and deſire he would be pleaſed
were brought to Rome, the Romans buried to givea king to the ſtate ; after which, the
their dead in their houſes, in large caſks, prince returns to the palace, as the great
and other veſſels, Which gave birth to the marſhal orders. Five or fix days after, the
gods Lares. marſhal comes to the palace to confer far-

ther

|
|

372

BarBoT. ther with the Oyegwa, about proclaiming

The king
enthron d.

te new king; and after having cauſed him
again to repeat, which of the late king's

ſons is appointed by him, to be inaugurated;
at laſt, aſking him, if he does not miſtake
the name of that ſon, and the other perſiſt-
ing in his ſaying, they both ſend for the
young prince, whom they bid to kneel
down, and in that poſture declare to him
the will of his father. The young prince re-
turning thanks to them for their fidelity in
the diſcharge of their truſt, riſes up, and
immediately is dreſſed in the proper habit
for the ceremony of his inauguration; pro-
claimed king of Benin accordingly, and in-
veſted with all the prerogatives of royal
authority: after which, all the miniſters of
ſtate, and perſons of quality, come and pay
their homages,and after them al] the people,
every on- wiſhing him a proſperous reign.
When thus inzugurated, the new king
uſually retires to the village Ooſeboe, not far
from Odo, the metropolis, there to keep
his court, till he be of age to govern ; the
quten- mother, the Onegwa, and great mar-
inal, being regents in O-do till that time.
The nzw king being at age, the great
marſhil ferches him from Ooſebos; he takes
poſſeſſion of the government, ſettles his reſi-
dence in the palace; and after the manner

Deſtroys his of the O!t9mans, Cauſes all his brothers, and

brothers,

ſuch other perſons as are ſuſpicious to him,

to be put to death: or if any eſcapes it at
that time, by abſconding, or otherwiſe, he
will ſooner or later be ſacrificed, to the
jealouſy of the new king: and the very
children of thoſe unfortunate perſons are
uſed as their fathers ; but all of them bu-
ried with great pomp. The manner of fa-
crificing ſuch ſtate victims, is to fill their
mouth and ears with rags, and ſuffocate
them, becauſe the law forbids ſpilling the
royal blood, - , |

The kings of Benin celebrate anniverſa-

ries, in honour of their predeceſſors, and

then commonly ſacrifice a great number of

beaſts, and men to them; but thoſe men

are commonly malefactors ſentenced to death,
and kept for thoſe ſolemnities. When it
happens that there are not five and twenty
of them, which is the fix'd number or-
dained to be ſlaughter'd on ſuch an occa-
ſion, the king orders his officers to go in

the night-time about the ſtreets of Oedo, to

ſeize on all ſuch perſons indifferently, as
they chance to meet carrying no light, and
to ſecure them.

If the perſons ſo ſeized are rich in Boejies,

they are commonly allowed to redeem their

lives; but if they are too poor, they are
made a ſacrifice on the day of the ſolem-
nity. The ſlaves of conſiderable men and
officers, thus ſeized, may alſo be redeem'd

A Deſcription of the

Book
by their maſters putting other ſlaves of leſs
value in their place.

This ſtrange way of ſeizing on men indif.
ferently in the night- time, turns to a conſi-
derable advantage to the prieſts, it being
their proper province to redeem from death
the perſons thus taken; and they make the
people believe, that thoſe who are fo re-
deem'd have been ſacrificed privately,

Musical INSTRUMENTS.

T HEIR muſical inftruments chiefly
conſiſt in large and ſmall drums, not
very different from thoſe made uſe of at the
Gold-Coaſt, being ſhaped like them, and co-
2rd with ſkins of beaſts, and beaten in the
ſame manner. They have beſides, a fort of
iron bells, on which they play : as alfo ca-
labaſhes hung round with Boejies, which
ſerve them inſtead of caſtagnets; all which
together afford a diſagreeable and jarring
found, |
They have another inſtrument, which,

IV.

*
LU. J.

by its form, may be called a ſort of harp;

being ſtrung with ſix or ſeven extended reeds,

on which they play very artfully, ſing
finely, and dance ſo juſtly to the tune, that
it is agreeably diverting to ſee it; and really
the Benin Blacks are the beſt dancers of all
the Guineans ; or if any of thoſe can be ac-
counted to come ſomewhat near them, in
point of dancing, it muſt be the people of
Axim, when they celebrate the annual feaſt,
of driving out the devil; but ſtill they are
much ſhort of the natives of Benin.
Here few or none are addicted to gaming,
for they know no other games than thoſe
play'd with beans, only for diverſion and
paſtime, but never for money.

PU N Ii Ss n UMR N T.

S for adulter * if a man and a woman Aduiter) |

Man-

> of any quality be ſurpriz'd in the act, # ju
they kill both, on the very ſpot, their dead

bodies are thrown on the dunghil, and left
there for prey to wild beaſts.

Sometimes the woman's relations, to pre-

vent the diſhonour of their family, prevall

with the injur'd huſband, by means of a
large ſum of Boejies, to keep her till as his
wife; and then ſhe paſſes for a virtuous

woman, as before the crime committed,
both with her huſband, and amongſt all
her neighbours. e

Among the commonalty, if a man is ſuſ-

picious of the levity of any of his wives,
he ſeeks all opportunities to ſurprize her

in the fact; and if he ſucceeds, by the laws

of the country, he is entitled to all the goods
and effects of the gallant, which he ſeizes

immediately, and uſes as his own. The

adulterous wife is either ſtoutly beaten, or

turned out of his houſe, deſtitute of all
things

Te

faughter,

Herution
* 4 rim

Ing fon +
wt pared, t

f

f
l
c
|

* 6 — 8

HAP. 7.

things to maintain her; and ſeldom or never
any man offers to marry women ſo di—
vorced: but they commonly retire to ano-
| ther place, remote from their huſbands, and
there paſs for widows, and thus may chance
to get huſbands again; or if they miſs of
their aim that way, they commonly ſet up

for publick harlots, to get a livelihood.
The ſeverity of the Jaw in Benin againſt
adultery, among all the orders of people,
deters them from venturing ; fo that it is
but very ſeldom any perſons are puniſhed

for that crime.

% The moſt uſual way of executing perſons
3 judicially ſentenced to death for ſome capital
1 crime, as murder, Sc. is to bind the crimi-
nal's hands to his back, to cover his eyes
with a piece of ſtuff or linen, and fo put
him into the hands of the publick execu-
tioner, who cauſes him to lift up his arms
as high, and to ſtoop down his head as low
is he can poſſible; and thus, chops off his
head very dexterouſly : which done, he
quarters thebody,and throws it on the dung-
hil, expoſed to the ravenous beaſts, and eſ-
pecially to a fort of large birds of prey,
which love carrion, and are ſo much re-

not only carefully avoid hurting them, but

on the contrary, conſtantly lay down pro-
viſions for them in places appointed for that
purpoſe. : I 5
un Ik the king's ſon murders a man wilfully,
ard, they lead him under a ſtrong guard to the
| frontiers, and there put the ſentence in exe-
cution, in the ſame manner as above recited

for there being no more heard of him, 1t 1s
more probable, that they put him there to
death, than to think, as the commonalty

of the Blacks do, that he is convey'd into

foreign countries 1n perpetual exile,

ww. If a man accidentally kills another, fo as
Gager. the dead has not bled, the offender may re-
deem himſelf from the puniſhment of the
law, by being at all the expences of the
burial of the murder*d perſon, and giving a

ſlave to be put to death in his place, after

he has touched, on his knees, with his fore-

head, the doom'd ſlave, juſt as he is exe-
cuted; and to pay a large ſum of money to

the governors ; all this thus perform'd, the
offender is free, and the relations of the
perſon kill'd muſt reſt contented with this
atonement for the crime, whether they like
it or not. |
u, As to theft, which is ſeldom heard of
there, the natives, as I have hinted before,

not being addicted to it; if the thief be taken

in the fact, ſtealing any private perſon's ef-

fects or goods, he is not only obliged to

the total reſtitution of whatever he has
ſtolen, but likewiſe to pay a fine in money,

if he is able; and if not, he is well beaten.
But a robbery committed on any one who

V0 kh.

er |

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA,

garded by the natives of Benin, that they

is entruſted with government, is puniſhed Barzor.
with death, and therefore is very rare.

All other crimes are atonable by fines, Be,
proportionable to the ability of perſonsz _
but he who has no money, is liable to cor-

poral puniſhment. 5

SEVERAL TRIALS,

PErſons accuſed of crimes which are not
clearly proved by evidences, are obliged

to purge themſelves by four ſeveral ſorts of

trials for ſlight offences, or in civil cauſes.

The firſt trial is to carry the accuſed per- xirg trial.

ſon to the prieſt, who greaſes a cock's
teather, and therewith pierces his tongue.
If it paſſes eaſily, they account him innocent,
and the wound will ſoon cloſe and heal up,
without pain: but if, on the contrary, the
quill remains ſticking in the tongue, they
conclude him guilty of the accuſation.

The ſecond trial is, that the prieſt rakes The ſecond.
an oblong clod of earth, in which he ſticks
either nine or ſeven cock's quills, which the
accuſed perſon is to draw out ſucceſſively ;
if the quills come out eaſily, he is acquitted,
if on the contrary they ſtick faſt, he is re-
puted guilty of the indictment.

The third trial is made by ſpurting the que third.

Juice of certain green herbs into the eyes of

the accuſed perſon : if it doth not hurt him,
he is abſolved; but if it cauſes the eyes to
turn red, and enflames them, he is dealt with
as convicted, :
The fourth trial is, that the prieſt ſtrokes7;, fourth,
the accuſed three times over the tongue with
a red-hot copper arm-ring; if it does not
burn him, he is diſcharged; if it does, he is
reputed guilty. - --
It is eaſy enough to infer from the nature
of ſuch trials, left to the diſcretion of co-
vetous prieſts, greedy of money, how few
can well avoid being found guilty, and con-
ſequently being liable to be fined at diſ-
cretion. „„
The trial for high crimes is only allowed
to perſons of diſtinction, and by ſpecial order
from the king; but it happens very ſeldom,
and is reported to be managed after this
manner. 9 |
The perſon accuſed having petitioned the 2% ,-

prince to be allowed to clear himſelf of his great per-

indictment, and it being granted, is con Hens.
ducted to a certain river, to which the na-
tives of Benin aſcribe the ridiculous property
of gently wafting innocent perſons plunged
in it ſafe aſhore, tho* never ſo unſkill'd in
ſwimming z and of ſinking guilty perſons
to the bottom, tho? never ſo good ſwimmers,
and uſing all poſſible means, by that art,
to gain the land, it all proves vain, and only
renders their death the more painful : for
the water of the river, ſay they, upon caſt-
ing in of a criminal, tho' before very till,
immediately riſes, and continues as turbulent
5 0 as

*
-

. —— — ba <

Eee

v9 TIE —— — —

374

BARBO Tas a whirl-pool, till the malefactor is

WWW

drowned and gone to the bottom; and
then returns to its former calmneſs, What can
be more abſurd than this ? |

The fines impoſed for the above-mention*d
offences, either civil or criminal, are com-
monly divided among the juſtices, governors
and prieſts, who take care the king ſhall re-
ceive as little of them as 1s poſſible, he be-
ing ſeldom informed of any cauſes or trials ;
and his three chief miniſters of ſtate either
content themſelves with what ſhare the others

are pleaſed to ſend them, or if they think it

Notion of
God.

Wor ſhip of

the de vil.

Maultitud:
of idols.

not competent to the nature of the offences,
ſend it back to thoſe inferior juſtices and
governors, telling them, in the king's name,
the fines are too ſmall, and fixing what they
muſt be; whereupon they will perhaps ſend
up again to the three miniſters of ſtate double

the former value, for fear of falling under

their laſh, who would not fail to do them
ſome ill office. |

As for fines on account of robberies,
the perſon injured is firſt ſatisfied out of

them, and then the governors, and the chief

miniſters have their ſhares.

R E L I G 1-0 N.
T O come to the religion in Benin, it 1s
* ſo abſurd and perplexed, that it will
be a very difficult taſk to give a uſt idea
thereof.

It might ſeem rational to believe, that
this nation being ſo near neighbour to Ardra
and Fida, ſhould have much the ſame tenets

and worſhip with them ; however, they dif-

fer very much in ſeveral particulars, tho?
not in the main, being no leſs groſs, abſurd
and ſuperſtitious pagans as will appear by
what follows. |

They form to themſelves a notion of an

inviſible ſupreme deity, called Oriſſa, which
they own created heaven and earth, and
maintains and governs them abſolutely ;
and being inviſible, cannot be repreſented,
under any form or figure whatſoever ; nor

is it to be worſhipped or ſerved directly, be-

cauſe it is a being always doing good innu-
merable ways. Whereas, on the contrary,
the devil, whom they alſo look upon as a
deity of great authority, but naturally very
hurtful to human race, is to be appeaſed and
rendered leſs miſchievous by continual of-
ferings, and other religious practices, and
therefore they think they mult ſacrifice to

him, not only beaits, but human creatures,

to ſatiate the thirſt he has for blood. So that
it may well be ſaid of the people of Benin
in general, that they worſhip both God and
devil.

From theſe abſurd erroneous notions of the

ſupreme true God, is ſprung another, no leſs
injurious to the deity ; which is, to imagine
an innumerable number of other divine be-

A Deſcription of the

ings, which they ſet up in human and bru-
tal images, as elephant's teeth, claws, dead
men's heads, ſkeletons, and every other thin
that ſeems extraordinary in nature, for idol
gods, and ſo worſhip and offer ſacrifices to
them according to their deluded fancies,
every man there being his own ſpiritual
guide, and even facrificer : and thence it i;
they have ſuch multitudes of idols, notwith-
ſtanding they have alſo eſtabliſhed prieſts,
as has been obſerved before, to perform the
religious ſervices upon ſome publick national

occaſions.

The devil is not repreſented among them
by any particular figure, or diſtinguiſhed
from their ido]-gods, any otherwiſe than in
their intention only; for thro? the very ſame
idols they ſometimes make offerings to God,
and ſometimes to the devil, with whom they
think their prieſts have a frequent commu-
nication, and that he renders them wel!

ſkilled in necromancy.

Every man has his peculiar prieſt, with

whom he adviſes in all religious affairs, how

he is to behave himſelf, and acts accordingly ;
eſpecially when to undertake a journey, or
any other matter of moment, they deſire
the prieſt to enquire of the devil what the
ſucceſs thereof will be; and in this caſe the
prieſt puts the queſtions much after the ſame
manner, as thoſe of Ardra uſe to do on the
like occaſions. py |
Thus the prieſts gain much credit among
the blind deluded people, and lead them,

at pleaſure, in all vain groſs errors, mould- gayic, ?

ing and framing idols to their ſeveral uſes,
as they think ſuitable to their own intereſt,
either out of pieces of timber or herbs, or
other traſh worked together; which, when
they have formally conſecrated, the ſtupid
natives fondly keep as ſacred treaſure, and

attribute to them infinite virtues, to help

and aſſiſt them upon all emergencies; which

every body there firmly believes they are

able to do, and therefore their houles are
full of ſuch idols. Beſides which, there are
alſo ſeveral huts erected without doors,
which are likewiſe filled with them, and
thither they ſometimes repair to ſacrifice.

The daily offerings they make to their

idols, are only a few boiled yams, mixt with
palm-oil, which they lay before them but
when they are adviſed to offer a cock, the
idol has nothing for himſelf but the blood
of the victim, and they eat the fleſh of it.
Perſons of high rank uſe to celebrate an

annual feaſt to their idols, which they per-

form with great ſtate and expence, both for
the great number of all ſorts of cattle and

ſheep they cauſe to be ſacrificed, and for

entertaining and feaſting the people invite
to ſuch ſolemnities, and diſmiſſing them ag
with preſents very honourably, as being al
very generous in that reſpect, 2

Book IVECHA?

Tie ea ho”
ou d . Ve

tadew 0

an,

VECHAP: 7.

cel, J

Th lea ho-
117d.

The natives of Benin have all a ſingular
veneration for the ſea, and uſe to ſwear by
ir in matters of concern. They celebrate a

feaſt on a certain appointed day in the year,

that it may prove a beneficent deity to their
country at all times; and they as ridiculouſly
imagine the ſtate of bliſs or torment in the
other life will be in the ſea. We read in the
hiſtory of the Zucas kings of Peru in South
America, written in Spaniſh by the Tnca Gar-
cilaſſo de la Vega, lib. 1. c. 10. that the inha-
bitants of the coaſts of Peru, before they
came to be governed by the Yacas, among

chat multitude of natural and terreſtrial di-

vinities there honoured in general, did pay
the greateſt veneration to the ſea, as the moſt
potent of all their gods; calling it in their
Idiom Mamacocha, 1. e. my mother: to
ſignify, that it was their nurſe, in affording
fiſh to ſupport them; and did alſo adore the
whale for its monſtrous bigneſs. The people
of Beuin, in great concerns ſometimes ſwear
by the King's perſon.

Moſt men there, talk much of the appa-
rition of ſpirits or ghoſts, of their- deceaſed
anceſtors or kindred, which however they

ſay happens only in their ſleep, when thoſe
ghoſts come to charge them to offer this or

that ſacrifice to the idols; and they are ſo
fond of this vain effect of their deluded
fancies, that as ſoon as the light of day ap-
pears, they immediately pertorm what is
enjoined them; and if unable to do it, rather
than fail, they borrow of others; firmly
believing their neglect would infallibly

draw down ſome judgment upon them : tho?

when ſome of us ſcoff at their ſtupidity in
this particular, they are very ready to own
thoſe are but dreams; but then, at the ſame
time, add, it is a cuſtom introduced by their

anceſtors, which has been practiſed from

lab of They imagine the ſhadow of a man,

Tan,

generation to generation, and therefore they
are obliged to follow it.

which they call Paſſador, a Portugueſe word,
importing a thing that paſſes along, ſhall
teſtify whether he has lived well orill ; if

well, they believe that man ſhall be inveſted

with great dignities in the fea ; but if ill, he
is to periſh there in miſery, through hun-
ger and poverty: thus aſſigning the ſame
place for the ſtate of bliſs and torment.

It is alſo the cuſtom one day in the year,
for every wealthy perſon to celebrate a feaſt
at a very great charge, in remembrance of
their deceaſed anceſtors or relations. Beſides
which, they keep many other feſtivals, on
ſeveral accounts, too tedious to be obſerved;
among which is the famous one, of the coral,
in the month of May, at which the king
aſſiſts in perſon, and is ſo expenſive to him,

as has been already obſerved.

They divide time into years, months,
weeks and days; each of which has its

Coaſts of SouTH-GuiINEA,

teen months to a year.
To conlude this account of the religion
in Benin, it is an inviolable law, that no
prieſt ſhall ever go out of the country un-
der very high fines, and even pain of death,
unleſs he has firſt obtained leave of the
king : and they are more particularly ob-
liged by that law not to go to Oedo, the
capital city of the kingdom : which ſeems
very ſtrange, conſidering the great reſpect
both king and ſubjects pay to their prieſts,

particular name, but they reckon four-

375

BAR RBO r.

*

The prieſt of Loebo, a town near the Prieſt
mouth of the river Fermoſa, or Benin ri- much hos
ver, is eſteemed, and very famous among ve

them, for his intimate familiarity with the
devil, and for being an eminent magician z
whole prerogatives are ſuch, that he can at
his will, cauſe the ſea either to advance
or draw back, and foretel the moſt remote
events; in regard whereof, the king has be-
{towed on him and his heirs for ever, all the
lands of the territory of Locbo, with all the

ſlaves that were therein: and from his name

the town was called Loebo, This prieſt is
counted in the rank of their chief ſacrificers,
and ſo dreaded by all the people, that none
dares come near him, much leſs to touch his
hand, the king's envoys not excepted,

I have obſerved before, that thoſe people
uſe the ceremony of circumciſion in men
and women, as rendring them much bet-
ter qualified to ſerve their idols, and far
more acceptable to the deity ; and thus con-
clude the deſcription of the kingdom of Benin.

It remains now, to give a ſhort account
of the adjacent kingdoms of abo, Faboe
and Oedoba, and of the neighbouring terri-
tories, which all are ſubject and tributary
to the government of Benin.

ISS ABO KINGDOM,
Borders at the weſt on Benin; but the

natives can tell us no more of it than
this, that it abounds in horſes, which the
natives uſe much in war. And not many
years ago, they made an incurſion into

Benin with an army of horſe, thinking to Strata-
have gained ſome conſiderable advantage, 4.

by ſo ſudden a ſurprize; but the king

of Benin having had timely notice of their

deſign, ordered abundance of pits to be

made in that part of the plain, through

which they were of neceſſity to march,
and to cover them over ſlightly with earth;
and when the abo cavalry approached
the plain, the Benin men feigning to give
ground, drew them eaſily into the ſnare,
which cauſed a terrible ſlaughter among

them 3 the Benin army giving no quarter

but only to ſome of the prime men, who
engaged, that their country ſhould for the
future be obliged to pay an annual tribute.

JaBOE

— — K

—_— 5 — — —
— 2 —
2
- =

**

ERS & FE
— x. . 2
——— — A ˙ —_—_
4. — — , 1

*

376
Bannor.

ws

Forcado
river.

Fara

IJABOE and Ox DOA.

learn nothing of them, but that they are
both tributaries to the king of Benin; and
that there are other kingdoms called Gabor
and Iſago, lying about eight days journey
above Oedo, upon the river Fermoſa; which
to the northward border on the kingdom
of Bito, a very rich country, extending
to the great lake Sigi/mes, where the Niger
loſes its name, and takes that of Ica, or

white river, alias the Senega, as has been

mention'd before. North by eaſt from Gabor,
is the kingdom of Temian, whole inhabi-
tants are ſaid to be man-eaters, extend-
ing to the Niger z beyond which river is the

kingdom of Zegzeg, being a part of the

Blacks country lying between Bito and Te-
ian on the ſouth, and Cafſena on the weſt,
and ſo called from its metropolis of the
ſame name ; on the eaſt of which, is Zan-
or Pharan, The above-mentioned
kingdom of Gabou, is faid to be rich in
Jaſper and ſlaves; and beyond Temian, is
che kingdom of Orangara, extending to
the Niger, from whence they bring gold,
ſena and flaves. CF:

We are alſo told of another kingdom
called Biafra, lying to the eaſtward of Be-
ain; which, according to ſome geographers,

A Deſcription of the
HESE kingdoms join to Benin on the

north-eaſt, but there is ſo little inter-
courſe between the people, that we can

runs round the Bight of Guinea, or gulph
of Ethiopia, and to four degrees of ſouth
latitude, whence has been taken the name
of the coaſt of Biafra. This kingdom
northward borders on thoſe of J/ago and
Gabou; eaſtward it extends to the king.
dom of Medra; weſtward to that of Benin,
and ſouthward to that of Gabor, lying at

a good diſtance from the ſea, and receivesthe

name from its metropolis, which Hues pla.
ces in fix degrees ten minutes of north la-
titude,

The inhabitants of Biafra are generally
addicted to necromancy and witchcraft above

any other people of Guinea, and fondly be-

lieve, their magicians can cauſe thunder,

rain, and high winds, at their pleaſure. They
are very groſs pagans, of a wild temper, and

have an extraordinary veneration for the
devil, whom they worſhip and ſerve relj-
giouſly, all the ways they can think moſt

acceptable; and ſacrifice to him not only an
incredible multitude of all forts of beaſts,

fruits, Sc. but alſo, abundance of ſlayes,
and even their own children. 5

This inhuman practice, of ſacrificing not
only men, but even their own ſons and
daughters, to the devil, is not peculiar to
thoſe Guineans ; for, ſome of the Eaſt and

Weſt-Tndians do the fame; as alſo, the inha-

bitants of Lybia, in Africk, as hiſtorians re-
late; and the ſame we find in holy writ,

CHAP. VIIL

Of the kingdom of Ouwere. The metropolis, climate, trade, product and
natives. The king. The religion.

The coaſt deſcribed. New Calbary.

Trade of ſlaves. Rings the only money. Canoes. St. Domingo river.
Old Calabar river. Goods imported. 15

dom of Ouzere or Forcado, and of the
coaſt from cape Fermoſa, where the El bio-
Pian gulph, or bight of Guinea, commences,
to the river of new Calabar or Calbary,

1 N this chapter, I ſhall ſpeak of the king-

Ed SITUATION.
T H E kingdom of Oxwere or Oveiro, lies
along Ris Forcado, which falls into the
ocean, about eighteen leagues ſouth ſouth-
eaſt of Rio Fermoſa or Benin river; the in-
habitants were by the ancients called Der bici
Ai bio pes. The river Forcado runs down from
a great way up the inland to the north north-
eaſt, with many windings, and is in moſt places
near two Eng/t/h miles over, eſpecially towards
the ſea-coaſt, but ſo ſhallow, that it is navi-
gable only in ſmall veſſels, drawing ſeven or

eight foot water. The banks are adorned with

lovely ranges of beautiful trees, which ren-
der the proſpect very agreeable. Near the
mouth of it, on a little river, which is loſt
in the Forcado, is the village Poloma, inhabi-

ted moſtly by fiſhermen.

The ME TRrROPOL1s,

T HE capital town Ouwzere, Which gives %
its name to the whole country, lies onαπνν

the river Forcado, about thirty ſix or ſeven

leagues up, from its mouth, and is near two

miles about, being encompaſs*d on the land-
ſide with groves and thickets, the ordinary re-

ſidence of the king of Ouæere. The houſes

are generally pretty fine and neat, for a
country of Blacks, particularly thoſe of the
perſons of rank and wealth; the ſhells being
all of clay, or loam, and painted red or
grey, and the roofs cover'd with palm-
tree leaves. The king's palace is nothing
near ſo large as that at Oedo in Benin;

but in all other reſpects much like it in

form, materials and diſpoſition.

The CLIMATE.
THE air is extremely bad, by reaſon

of the continual malignant vapours

the exceſſive heat of the ſcorching ſun ex-
hales from the river, which ſpread over
the land, and occaſion a great mortality
among

Boo K IV AP

al

Poultry.

IV

Imtcrts

; and e

iti?
,
U

Peultyy.

HAP. 8.

among the crews of ſuch European veſſels
as go thither to trade; but more eſpe-
cially among ſuch as frequent the croſs ri-
vers that fall into the Forcado, or are not
very careful to ſhelter themſelves from the
evening mildew, or moon- ſhine; and do
not live very temperately in all reſpects,

TH I EAD Bb

HE Portugueſe, and next them the
Hollanders, are the Europeans that trade

T

moſt in the orcas : their cargoes are com-
pos'd much of the ſame ſpecies of European

commodities, as are proper for the Benin
trade; and they export from thence in ex-
change luſty ſtrong ſlaves, much better
ſhaped than we have them at any other
parts of Gr7ea 3 but this place will not at-

tzrd at moſt five hundred ſuch flaves in a

whole year, They alſo purchaſe ſome jaſ-
per-ſtones, and fome Accory; but of the
latter very lute is got there, and it is very
ſmall and extraordinary dear: for which
reaſon, but a ſmall quantity is exported
ycariy, |
The Por/uoveſe were the firſt Europeans

that traded with the natives of Ouwere,

who not being then accuſtomed to traffick,
and unprovided with goods, thoſe Portugueſe
{et up teveral of them as merchants and bro-

kers, truſting them with their goods, to
carry up in the country and to the neigh-

bouring nations, to ſell for them: but the
Dutch in progreſs of time, with much diffi-
culty have broken the Blacks from that

cuſtom, and brought them all to trade for

ready money, in the European factories; and
even the women come thither daily to buy
and ſell with them, and are all very courteous
and honeſt in their dealings, but ſomewhat
irreſolute and tedious, ſpending a long time
in conſidering and reſolving on the price of
goods; which when once agreed on, becomes
gencral, and fixed for all the people.
The country is not very fertile in general,
the night-dew being moſtly very thin, which

often cauſes a great ſcarcity of graſs to feed

the cattle z and is the occaſion that they
breed but few,and that horſes are not plenty,

as in Benin, and the countries welt and north

of it.
PRO DHU cr.

POultry is prodigious plentiful and much
larger than in any other part of Guinea,

which the natives moſtly feed on. They have

a ſpecial way of dreſſing them; for when
they roaſt a pullet or chicken, they com-
monly baſte it with its own dripping beaten

up with the yolk of an egg, which gives it

a very good reliſh, and makes it look agree-
able, when taken up from the fire.
They have ſtore of palm-trees, lemons,

oranges, and Guinea pepper, or maleguetta,
Vo. V.

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUIN BA.

the Gold-Coaſt.

alſo of magnoc buſhes, which they call,

Mandi-hoka, in their language; of which

they make the Caſſaba, or Farinha de Pao,
that is in Portugueſe, wood-meal, which 1s
the bread they commonly feed on.
B OTH men and women, are general!
well limbed and ſhaped ; eſpecially the
latter are very agreeable to look at, and both
ſexes have three large ſcars, or cuts in the
face, one on the forehead, exactly above
the noſe ; the two others, one at each ſide

of the eyes, near the temples; and wear

their hairs, either long or ſhort, as every one
pleaſes,

NATIVES. 5

They are generally more induſtrious than cloth.

the Benin Blacks, and nothing inferior to
them in neatneſs of dreſs ; their cloths be-
ing much finer, about two ells long, which
they wind about their breaſts and ſtomach,
hanging down. Some of them are made
of cotton, and others of bark, flax or
weeds, ſpun as fine as ſilk, dyed of ſeveral
colours, and wove in ſtripes and checkers,
the woof hanging out at each end, like a
fringe. I have ſtill half a dozen of them
by me. Thoſe cloths yield good profit at

Every man there, as well as
parts of Guinea, may have as many wives

as he pleaſes z but when he dies, all the wi-
_ dows belong to the king, who diſpoſes of

them as at Benin.

| The. KI N c,
WO ſome ſay is tributary to him

of Benin, is very abſolute, and go-

verns much after the ſame manner as the

other. He that reigned in 1644, was a
Mulaito, born of a Portugueſe woman, mar-
ried to king Mingo ; and the ſaid prince
was called Don Antonio Mingo, He always

wore the Portugueſe habit, and a ſword by

his ſide, :

Ne 16 10 n

MF, in his voyage to Congo, informs
us, that about the year 1683, two
capucin miniſters, called F. Angelo Maria

@ Aiaccio, and F. Bonaventura di Firenza,

arriving from the iſland of $7. Thome, in this
country | |
ceived by the then king. That prince,
ſays he, was better bred than ordinary,
having been educated among the Portu-
gueſe, whoſe language he was perfect in
could read and write, a qualification very
rare among Ethiopian princes.

5 D

JET =

and an infinite number of banana trees, as BarBor.

Scars for

in other Polygamy.

of Ouwere, were courteouſly re-

and tion of

At their
firſt interview, Aiaccio addreſs'd himſelf to
the king thus: If your majeſty deſires 1
ſhould continue in your dominions, you
muſt oblige your ſubjects to embrace the

holy

Plants.

beauty.

2 . — | — —
Er. 2

[4
11
j U
*
1 |
|
j
q 4
*
1
. 3K
1 1
. fl
Mr 7
i! j
.
: i

Introduc-

chriſtig«
nity. |

5 u [Ie
— — — — — _

— on EET
— > n
*

- ——
2 —

——
— pwr Ir

A Deſcription of the

Bangor. holy ſtate of matrimony, according to our
WYW rites and ceremonies z and whereas, the

young men and women go naked till mar-
riageable, I deſire your majeſty will com-
mand them all to be cover'd. The king
anſwered, he would take care that his ſub-
jects ſhould comply with his requeſt 3 but

for himſelf, he would never be brought to
it, unleſs he was married to a White, as

ſome of his predeceſſors had been. The

difficulty was to get a White to marry a

Black, tho' he were a king; eſpecially a-
mong the Portugueſe, who naturally deſpiſe
them. Aiaccio ſeemed to approve of the
condition, and in order to bring it to ef-
fect, returned to &. Thome, where he en-
quired after ſome J/hite woman, that would

one, who, though poor, was virtuouſly
educated, and a comely perſon, under the
care of an unclez one day after maſs, he
turned about at the altar to the people,
and in the name of God, and for his ſake,
intreated the uncle to let his niece marry
the king of Orwere, which might contri-

bute towards the converſion of all that
nation. The uncle being prevailed on by

thoſe pious motives, gave his conſent, and
the young lady ſet out for the ſaid king-
dom with the miſſioner, and ſome few Por-
tugueſe. When come upon the frontiers,
ſhe was met and joyfully ſaluted by the
people as their queen, and all the honours
they were capable of paid her. The king
received her at his palace with all tokens
of affection, and much magnificence after
their manner, and married her after the
chriſtian manner; ſetting a good example
to his ſubjects, who ſoon left their licen-
tious way of living, and ſubmitted to be
reſtrained by the rules of the goſpel, being
all married after the chriſtian way. Thus
far Merolla.
The religion of the country differs little
from that of Benin, except in the point of
ſacrificing men and children to their idols,
which theſe people are averſe to; alledg-
ing, that to ſhed human blood, properly
belongs to the devil, who is a murderer
from the beginning. Nor are they all fond
of idol-worſhip, or pagan prieſts, nor ad-
dicted to poiſoning, as is practiſed among
other people of Guinea.

The Portugueſe miſſions above-mention'd
of chriſtia- ſeem to have made deeper impreſſion on
the people of Ouwere, than in other parts

of Guinea: for many of them ſtill ſeem to
retain ſome principles of chriſtianity 3 and
to this day, they have a chapel in the town
of O:were, in which is a crucifix, or an
altar, and on the ſides of it the figures of the
leſſed virgin Mary, and of all che apoſtles,
with two candleſticks by them; to which
the narives reſort from all parts, and there

mutter ſome words in their language be-
fore the crucifix, every one of them car-
rying beads in their hands, as is uſed by the
Portugueſe. They ſay, ſeveralof thoſe B act
have been taught to read and write; the
Portugueſe of St. Thome and Punie's iſland,
who are their neighbours in the Ethionich
gulph, ſupplying them with paper, ink and
books. From what has been here ſaid, may
be inferred, that the people of Ozwere are
the moſt likely of any in Guinea to be con-
verted to the chriſtian faith.

The Co As T of OuwERE deſcrib'd.

7 | HE coaſt of this kingdom from the Ext: |

mouth of Rio Forcads to cape Fermoſa
extends about forty ſix leagues, north-
welt by north, and ſouth-eaſt by ſouth, all
along low, flat and woody land, and is
ſcarce to be ſeen till in twenty five fatnom
water out at fea, |

It is parted by ſeveral rivers, which run En
acroſs it into the ocean; the moſt conſide-“

rable of which are thoſe of Laos and Dodo,
all of them little frequented by Europeans,
Rio Forcado having all the trade of the
country : and I do not find that the
Portugneſe or Dutch, who have frequen-
ted thoſe parts more than other Europeans,
have made any great advantage by their

voyages thither; all they get, is {ome few
flaves in Sangama river, and cape Ferme/a, and

ſo along the ſame river, which are to be ſeen

from the ſea, betwixt that cape and New
Calabar, or Rio Real: but it is not worth

while for a ſhip of any conſiderable bur-
den to ſtop for them, as I ſhall farther ſhow
hereafter, ”

Cape Fermoſa lies in four degrees ten cht.
minutes of north latitude, and, like the ad- He
jacent lands, is low, flat and woody. The

Portugueſe give it this name of Fermoſa,
or beautiful, from the fine proſpect it affords
at a diftance, being all covered with beau-
tiful trees. North north-weſt of it is 2
little river, before which is a ſhoal that is
dry at low-water. The village Sangama
is on the north ſide of that river, ſome-

what within the mouth. At this cape Fer-

moſa moſt ſea- faring men begin the bight
of Guinea; though ſome take it from Kt
das Lagoas near Ardra. Modern geographers

call it the Eibiopick gulph, and it ends at

cape Lope Gcnzalves; the land berwixt

both capes forming a large ſemicircle.

Cape Termoſa may be ſeen from the
weſtward, being upon twenty three or
twenty four fathom water; bur is not eaſily

diſcerned farther off at fea, the coaſt run-

ning from ſouth-eaſt ro north-welt, The
charts make it angular,

From cape Fermo/a to New Calbary river, Sai ©" |

or Rio Real, the coaſt runs eaſt about five

and thirty leagues, being cut through at

dliitances

Book IVC4ar

un Dias
river,
L2mp*a
muy,
Measriver.

Tres Ir-
maos
fivcr.

| Sombreiro

Mew,

DireFion,
r ſailing

(nap. 8. Coaſts of SOUTH-GuINE 4.

diſtances, by ſeven rivers, which all loſe
themſelves in theBight ; and is all along very

I 379

ers, which lie athwart the mouth of that Bax ROT:
river, before the two ſmall iſlands ; and tg

era

4 q
cui.

DireFions
fr ſailing,

practicable for all torts of ſhips, and very
good anchorage, in ſeven, ſix and five fa-
thom, ſandy ground: the breakers along
that coaſt being very near the ſhore, and
the coaſt from one end to the other low and
_
The true coaſt from cape Fermoſa to Rio-
Real, is to keep in ten fathom water, where
is alſo the beſt anchorage there, and all
round the bight, and not nearer, becauſe of
the ſeveral looſe ſands between ten fathoms
and the ſhore.

The firſt of the ſeven rivers that ſhow
themſelves in this tract of land, is Rio Non,
four leagues eaſt of cape Fermo/a.

Non river.

| 045 The ſecond river, farther eaſt, is Rio

rr, Oddy, or Malfonſa, or Fonſoady, or S. Bento,
remarkable, being ſouth of it, in ſeven fa-
thom water, from two tall capes or heads
it has on both ſides of its mouth ; the land
within the heads being flat and low: there
are alſo two thickets of trees, high and lofty,
on the eaſt ſide of the river, not far from
each other ; the coaſt low and level. |
The third is that of Filana or Juan Dias.
Look The fourth is that of S. Nicholas or Lempta.
er. The fifth is Rio de S. Barbara, or Kio
exriver, Meas, before whoſe mouth are great breakers,
as well as to the eaſt of it.
The ſixth is S. Bartolomeo, or Rio dos Tres
Irmaos, remarkable by a ſteepy head at the
ſhore, about two leagues off it; and by the
breakers, out at ſea, to the eaſt. There-

unn Dias
river.

Tres Ir-
maos
my,

about, a league and a half from the ſhore,

is but four fathom deep, but uneven ground,
the land low, running eaſt ſouth-eaſt.

| Smbreiro The ſeventh is Rio Sombreiro, which ſmall

Mew,

ſhips may get into and paſs through land,
into New Calabar river, by croſs ones.
At all the above mentioned rivers ſmall
ſhips may anchor, and try their fortune,
for getting ſome ſlaves, and elephant's teeth ;
but the moſt probable is Rio Sombreiro.
From this laſt river to Foko point, being
the weſt head of Rio Real, or Calabar river,
and by others Calbarine river, is but:
leagues eaſtward 3 and from Foko point, to
Bandy point eaſt, four leagues, which is
the breadth of the entrance or mouth
of Rio- Real, or New Calabar river, which
1s navigable, without much trouble, for
ſhips of three hundred tuns, or more, it the
be large fly boats; as I ſhall farther demon-
ſtrate in the Supplement to this volume, and
give a true chart thereof, ſetting down the
anchorage and paſſages as exactly as poſſible.

Of New CALBARV.
£ HE road before this river, which is
the eighth river from cape Fermoſa, is
a hard ſandy ground, with five, ſix, ſeven
and eight fathoms water, without the break-

true channel 1s at Bandy point, north and
ſouth at four and threetathom anda half deep,

at ſlack-water ; and being come within the

breakers, you mult ſtecr to the weſtward
almoſt to Foto point, and afterwards to
the north, to the road of Foto town,
between the main and little iſland before it,
about two Exgliſb miles diſtance.

This iſland is pretty high, and ſerves as Foko
a mark from the ſea, to know the river, *
Very few ſhips go as high up as New Ca-
labar town: for it is much better to ride
at Foko, which is not ſo much moleſted
with the moſquettoes, as New Calabar
town, 3 | |

A ſmall ſhip may very well venture
upon the channel at Foko point, with the
tide, and fail fo near the ſhore, as to ſpeak
with the Blacks on the land. But, as has
been obſerved, Bandy point is the deepeſt
channel at ſlack water, |

The town of Foto is ſome leagues up the
river, on the weſt ſide of it, and that of
Bandy, on the eaſt ſide oppoſite to Foko; and
there being ſeveral other villages and hamlets,
diſperſed along the river on the eaſt or weſt,
all inhabited by a very good civilized fort Civil
of Blacks, any man may ſafely venture to Blacks:
trade, either for ſlaves, elephant*s teeth, or
proviſions. a

Thoſe of Foko will ſupply us with freſh Good wa-
water and wood, The water is there taken tering.
out of a pond near the town, which keeps
well at ſea ; whereas that which can be had
at New Calabar, is nothing near ſo good.

They will alſo ſupply us with yams and proviſions.
bananas, at reaſonable rates, at the proper
times of the year; but in Auguſt and Sep-
tember, and ſo on to March, thoſe eatables
grow very ſcarce, and dear among them:
inſomuch, that ſome ſhips have been forced
to fall down to Amboſes, and Camarones river,
in May and June, to buy plantains, which
is a fort of banana dried, yet ſomewhat green,
and is a food well liked by the natives; thus
ſpending a month or five weeks in that
voyage, and afterwards turning up again to
the weſt ward, to New Calabar, to purchaſe
their cargo of ſlaves. To avoid this long de-

lay, at that time of the year, it is much

better for a ſhip, bound to this place from
Europe, to ftop in his way at cape Tres-
Pontas, at the Gold-Coaſt; or at Mamabou,
on the fame coaſt, to buy Indian wheat or
corn there : the Calabar ſlaves being gene-
rally better pleaſed with food of their own
country, than with any of 7yrope, except
horſe-beans, which many like pretty well,
boiled with pork, or oil; bur eſpecially thoſe
we purchaſe at the Gold-Coa/?, as ſhall be
hereafter obſerved.

The

war ancy> 0

:
j
7
[
4
{
1
v4
}
*
ky
*
74
ti]
1
N
1
|
:
N
(
[1
7
N
5
$4
|
I
}
1
j :
&
.
hh
"it
*
N.
1
Y
+ 4
By
7% 8
10
15
}
'
LS
«<2
13
ol [
}
|
' .
1
}

ZW oat

A _ —E — —— — : — — cagnbpelepir or tener —
— 1 5 4

380

BaRBorT.

he ne
Beſt tra-

ding ſeaſon.

The yams, which are the chief of their
ſubſiſtance, are not fit to be taken out of the
ground before the months of July and Au-
guſt ; and therefore moſt European travel lers
account thoſe two months, as alſo June and
May, for the beſt ſeaſon of the year, in
Calabar river; becauſe of the continual rains
which refreſh and cool the air, and give the
natives an opportunity to apply themſelves
wholly to commerce, up the land, for get-
ting of ſlaves and elephant's teeth; and are
conſequently the fitteſt time for us to pur-
chaſe ſlaves with expedition, and leſs hin-
drance and fatigue: but more eſpecially in
Auguſt and September, tho' the months of
June and July are ſomewhat troubleſome,
becauſe of the lightning and thunder, then

very frequent and terrible; but the daily

Worſt ſea-
fon,

great rains do abate the heats very much.
We reckon the months of Oclober, No-
vember, and December, the worlt ſeaſon,
becauſe of the dry ſcorching heat of the ſun,
and the thick fogs, which are there frequent;

ſo that it is not poſſible to ſee from one end
of the ſhip to the other.

It is alſo to be obſerved, that yams, at
Bandy point, are nothing near ſo good, nor

ſo laſting as thoſe we have from Foto, or

New Calabar town, where the ſoil ſeems

natives. This river runs up the land to north-

more proper for their production.

/ The territory of Calabar or Calbary lies

on and about the river, called by the Por-
tugueſe Rio-Real; by the Engliſh, Calabar;
and by the Dulch, Calbary; from the town
of New Calbary or Calabar, ſituated on that
river ; who there drive their trade with the

weſt, a great way, and can be navigated
only by floops and yachts, the bottom being

very uneven.

Calabar
town.

Fokotown.

New Calabar town lies on an iſland cloſe

to the main, on the north ſide of a little ri-

vulet, coming into Rio-Real, and is the chief
place for the trade of the Hollanders; and
containing three hundred and nine houſes, 1s
paliſſaded about after their faſhion, having
on the north ſide a large ſwampy or marſhy
ground, which the tide often overflows,
The little rivulet above mentioned, forms

at its head or ſpring, a large iſland, all over

woody, but ſo cloſe to the main, that it is
hardly diſcernable to be an iſland ; the river
at that place being very narrow.

The town of Foko, already mention'd, is
call'd by the Dutch Myn-Dorp, becauſe of
the great quantity of palm-wine the coun-
try about it affords; and in the language of
the inhabitants Foko ſignifies wine, is ſeated
on the ſecond point of the weſt ſide of Rio-

Real, or Calbary, as we enter into it; ha-

ving two ſmall rivers, one to the weſt, the
other to the eaſt of it; both which fall into

the great river, and that from them runs up

north-weſt, and has good anchorage in the

A Deſcription of tbe Boox IV.

mouth of the weſtern rivulet, which is prac-
ticable enough for ſloops to ſail three leagues
up to trade. About ten leagues up the
country, and welt of New Calabar town,
lies that of Belli, govern'd by a captain;
but affords little trade to Europeans, in ſome
tew ſlaves, |

Sixteen or ſeventeen leagues above New

Calabar, the river receives another little

one, which comes from the inland country,

at eaft north-eaſt 3 on the banks whereof are

ſeveral villages and hamlets.

The territory of Cricke lies ſome leagnesr

—

north north-weſt of Ri9-Real, and borders Molo fr.
towards the ſouth on that of Moko, which L

lies near the ſea, as well as that of Bany,
another territory, where is a large village,
calPd Culebo, and eight or ten other ſmaller
villages, in the compaſs of about four leagues,
all of them under the government of a cap-
tain ; as are alſo the other territories above
mentioned: tho? ſuch chiefs or captains are
now generally allow'd the title of kings,
by the Europeans, all over Guinea, as has

been before obſerv'd ; but are at beſt ſuch

kings, as the two and thirty that %u
deteared at once, mentioned in holy writ,
The money of Moko 1s of iron, 1n the ſhape
and figure of a thornback, flat and as broad
as the palm of the hand, having a tail of
the ſame metal, of the length of the hand.

As to Bandy point, which is the eaſtern Bandy
head, or cape of the mouth of Rio- Rea]; bein,

it is diſcernable enough from ſea, by a tuft
of high trees, overtopping the wood which
covers all the coaſt about it. That tuft of
trees the Portugueſe call the lanthorn, or
fanal : which muſt be well obſerved ſteering
into the river, as well as the iſlands lying
at the entrance of it; the true channel being

near this Bandy point, north and ſouth, in

four and three farhom and a half at ſlack
water. It is uſual there, when the Blacks of
Bandy town ſpy a fail coming in, to ſend
aboard a canoe with pilots, who ſpeak a
little either Engliſh, Portugueſe, or Dutch,
to convey it ſafe into the river of Bandy;
which when open'd, or in view on the lar-

board fide, is to ſteer north-eaſt, with the

tide, which is very ſwift, and thus come to

an anchor before the town of Bandy, or Great

Bandy, lying two leagues eaſt with Bandy

point. Ships that come to an anchor in the

road before the town, in fourteen or twelve
fathom water, uſually give a ſalute of three,
five or ſeven guns, according, to the bignels
of the ſhip, to the king of Bandy ; the Blacks
being very fond of ſuch civilities, and 1t
contributes much to facilitate the trade.

The towa of Great Bandy, conſiſting of Bandy
about three hundred houſes, divided into tous.

parcels, ſtands in a marſhy ground, made
an iſland by ſome arms of the river from
the main: it is well peopled with A

who

.

4

towy, |

AP. 8.

the Engli

who employ themſelves in trade, and ſome
at fiſhing, like thoſe of New Calabar town,
in the inland country, by means of long and

large canoes 3 fome fixty foot long and ſeven

broad; rowed by ſixteen, eighteen or twenty
paddlers, carrying European goods and fiſh
to the upland Blacks ; and bring down.to
their reſpective towns, in exchange, a vaſt
number of {laves, of all ſexes and ages,
and ſome large elephant's teeth, to ſupply
the Europeans trading in that river. Several
of thoſe Blacks act therein as factors, or
brokers, either for their own countrymen,
or for the Europeans; who are often obliged
to truſt them with their goods, to attend
the upper markets, and purchaſe ſlaves for
them: for all that vait number of ſlaves,

which the Ca/abar Blacks fell to all European

nations, but more eſpecially to the II-
landers, who have there the greateſt trade,
are not their priſoners at war, the greateſt
part being bought by thoſe people of their
mland neighbours, and they allo buy them
of other nations yet more remote from them.
There is allo a market for ſlaves at Belli,
a large town at welt, of O Calaver inland,
but the trade is not fo briſk as at the eaſt
of the river Calabar.
Of all European trading nations that fre
quent this river, and the adjacent parts, the
Dutch have the greateſt ſhare 1n the trade ;
% next, and after them the Portu-
gueſe, from Braſil, St. Thome and Prince's
iſlands 3 and all altogether export thence a
great number of ſlaves yearly to America,
beſides a conſiderable quantity of good ele-
phant's teeth, and abundance of proviſions,
This would be a proper place to enter
upon the deſcription of the ſlaves, and trade

of elephant's teeth, with the natives, and

of the European goods, that are uſed com-
monly to purchaſe them, as well as provi-
ſions, together with the methods to carry it
on ſugceſsfully; as alto, to ſpeak of the

. cuſtoms, tolls, manners and religion of the

Blacks of Foto, New Calabar, Fougue, Ban-
dy, and Dony, this laſt being about ten
leagues up in Bandy river, towards the eait,
and the conveniencies of driving the trade,

by the ſeveral rivers, having a communica-

with Rio-Real, &c. But J will follow the
plan propoſed to my {elf in writing this

deſcription of North and South Guinea, and

give as good an account of thoſe vaſt
countries, as I could gather from the year
1078, to 1682, during which time I made
two voyages thither; after which, by way

of ſupplement, I will add, the moſt re-

markable changes and alterations that have
happened there till the year 1706, as col-
lected from credible travellers, who have
been there from time to time : and ſhall
therefore refer the particular deſcription

of the trade, in Rio-Real, to that place

or. .

Coaſts of So THE GUINEA.

voyage to that river, in the year 1699,
aboard the Abion frigate; a ſhip formerly
belonging to the Britiſ government, then

called the Dover-Prize, which ſome mer—

chants of London and I bought of the com-
miſſioners of the navy, in 1698, and fitted
out, for New Calabar, with twenty four
guns, ſixty men, and a cargo of two thou-
land fix hundred pounds ſterlings: my faid
brother, and one Eragilhier going joint ſuper-
cargoes, and purchaſing five hundred and
eighty three ſlaves, in two months time,
which they carried to Jamaica.

The journals of thoſe two perſons, which
are in my hands, being exact and curious,
I thought more proper to refer them to
the Supplement I promiſe, as being tranſ-
actions of a much freſher date than m
own voyages; and later initances of the
trade of that river, and of the manners of
the inhabitants, Ec. fo

| Ikape of SLAVES,

Rea!, and thoſe who dwell thereon,

much fariher up the inland to the north-

welt, are reported to eat the fi-ſh of their
enemies ſlain in battle, and ſel] all the pri-
ſoners of war they take to the Calabar and
Bandy factors for ſlaves; ſometimes bring-
ing them down to New Calabar market,
where they are publickly expoſed to ſale
on certain fixed days, to the higheſt bidder.
The ſame account is given of the Blacks
dwelling on and about a river, called by
the Eugliſb, Croſs river, thoſe people being
alſo neighbours to the former; but with
this difference, that they never kill their
priſoners to eat them, unleſs they perceive
them to be flick : for then, inſtead of con-
triving to cure them, as they do their own
people, they commonly kill them, and
make a publick feaſt. .

We are allo told there of a certain na-
tion inhabiting a ſmall ſtate, about ten
leagues in circumference, which lies ſtill
farther inlund; whoſe chief town is called
Catanach, and their king Mancha, who once
aſking an Ergli/þh man, that was taken by
the Blacks of the coaſt, and ſent up to Ca-
lanach as a priſoner, whether the Þritifh.
empire was as large as his kingdom; and
the European replying, that his ſtate was but
one half of the lcaſt ſhire of England: the
Black king was ever after very melancholy,
as long as he lived, to find himſelf ſo little
in the world.

Some Portugueſe geographers place a city
ſeveral leagues inland weſt of New Calabar
town, which they call Ofcco ; and antient
geography names the ſeveral nations that
inhabit the large tract of land from Benin,
to the Camarones river, the Xyliuces Athiopes,

6 FE, The

381
where I defign to inſert an abſtract of theBarzor+
journal kept by my brother James, in his

HE natives on the eaſt fide of Rio.- Man-
eaten,

„ A Deſcription of tbe Boo y

BARBOT. The flaves generally purchaſed at New With ſuch canoes, thus equipp'd, they
WY V Calabar, are conveyed down thither from carry on their traffick very far on rivers,
Biafra, and other countries farther inland, or their wars, as occaſion requires,
whither the Blacks report they are ſent by

other nations, living more towards the S. Dominco Rives,
north and north-eaſt, and quite unknown 8 O called by the Portugue/e, and by others
to them. Laitomba, falls into the As hiopian gulph,
9 about five leagues eaſt of Bandy point, which
5 RIN OGS for MON Ex. is at the month of Rio- Real. The town |
| | 1 HE principal thing that paſſes in Ca- Dony or Bony, ſtands on the eaſt ſide of it,“
i | labar, as current money among the is large, well peopled, and trades in ſlaves l
0 natives, 1s braſs- rings, for the arms or legs, and teeth with the Europeans, by meansof {| [
which they call Bochie; and they are ſo Bandy river, which has a communication | E
| nice in the choice of them, that they will with it, and by means of thoſe rivers, the air.
often turn over a whole caſk before they Dony people drive their trade up the land, a
find two to pleaſe their fancy. to purchaſe ſlaves and teeth. | |
Good work- The Engliſh and Dutch import there a I might here enlarge upon the deſcription {
wen, great deal of copper in ſmall bars, round of this town and country, and of the man- l
and equal, about three foot long, weighing ners and religion of its inhabitants; but my |

about a pound and a quarter; which the brother's journal mentioning ſeveral particu-

Blacks of Calabary work, with much art, lars thereof, I refer that to the Supplement, | |
ſplicting the bar into three parts, from one 3 —
end to the other; which they poliſh as fine Orp CaLaBar River. | |
as gold, and twiſt the three pieces together F ROM Kio de S. Domingo, to that of
very ingeniouſly, like cords, to make what * Old Calabar or Calbargue, the coalt |

ſorts of arm. rings they pleaſe. _ ſtretches eaſtward, all over level and woody,
e | and betwixt them both is another river that Other in.
LANG ES. falls into the gulph, called by the Hellan- Ed

Jive already hinted ſomewhat of their ders, Rio de Conde; but I have not heard an WM”
large canoes, made of the trunks or body ſay it is a place of any trade. The-
bodies of lofty big trees, and framed much Dutch call this river Oude Caiborgh, and the
after the manner of the canoes at the Gold- Engliſh, Old Calbary. The true channel for
Coaſt, for bars, but much longer, ſome large ſhips is on the eaſt fide, in three fa-
being ſeventy feet in length, and ſeven or thom and a half water Vand the right road
eight broad; very ſharp pointed at each in it is near another river, call'd Croſs river,
end, fitted with benches athwart, for the coming from the north-weſt into it, above
conveniency of the rowers, with paddles, the place called Sandy-point ; below which,
who fit as near the ſides of the canoes as at the mouth of Old Calabar river are two
is poſſible. They commonly hang at the villages at a diſtance from each other, call'd
head of the canoe two ſhields, and on the Fiſh-town, and Sall- town; the Blacks of the
ſides fome bundles of javelins, as defenſive former being fiſhermen, and of the latter
arms, in a readineſs to repulſe any attempt falt-boilers. de.
that may be made on them in their voyages On the eaſt ſide of Old Calabar river, juſt
along the rivers, being generally at variance at the mouth of it, is another little river
with ſome neighbouring nation or other. running up north, and then eaſt to Rio del
Canoes Every canoe has alſo a hearth, in the Key, thro' which ſhips may paſs ſafely, and
with decks. head of it, to dreſs their victuals, and they ſo makes an iſland of the coaſt that lies be-
have a contrivance to ſet up a ſort of awn- twixt it and O!d Calabar. In the midſt of
ing, made of mats, to ſhelter the principal the entrance of Old Calabar river lies a ſmall
perſons in the boat at night, or in extreme oval iſland, flat and low, call'd parrot's
bad weather: and others have a fort of iſland, which makes two channels to enter it;
quarter-deck, made of ſtrong reeds ; but the the beſt being, as J have ſaid before, on the
reſt of the crew, and the ſlaves, when they fide of Bennel's river: the other channel is
carry any, lie expoſed to all weather. between that little iſland and the ſalt-town,
Canoes fr They navigate ſuch canoes with eighteen on the main; but it has a bar almoſt athwart
war. or twenty hands, and thoſe arm'd for war, it, extending from Sali- town, to very near
commonly carry ſeventy or eighty men, the weſt point of Parroi's iſland, leaving
with all neceſſary proviſions to ſubſiſt only a narrow paſſage cloſe to that iſland,
them, being generally yams, bananas, ſix or ſeven fathom deep.
chickens, hogs, goats or ſheep, palm- wine Thus by all the before mentioned remarks
and palm-oil; which two laſt forts are plen- this river is eaſily known from ſea, and as caly
tiful enough at New Calabar, and pretty to be navigated by large ſhips. It is well
cheap, as are all other ſorts of eatables, for furniſhed with villages and hamlets all about,
themſelves and the ſlaves. where Europeans drive their trade vw 4
acts,

(gA?. 8. Coaſts of SoUTH-GUINEA,

Blacks, who are good civiliz d people, and
where we get, in their proper ſeaſons, as
at New Calabar, all ſorts of eatables, yams,

The monkeys of Old Calabar are very Bax BO
handſome, and much valued in Europe.
It may perhaps not be altogether uſeleſs Monkeys.

bananas, corn, and other proviſions for the

Other in-
(nVeniens
(Its,

flyboat, bound for Nevis, but firſt for

Prince's iſland, which had bur five men of
all the crew able to hand the fails, having

ingo me miombo,

to inſert here a few words of the Old Cala-

| flaves which we barter there, as well as bar language.
elephant's teeth, and I believe have the Lo, Give me,
greateſt ſhare of, of any Europeans. Tata, bobob, Speak.
” Itis to be obſerved, that the trade goes Singome, Shero me.
on there very ſlowly, ſeveral ſhips being ob- Hai-fay, To truck,
liged to ſtay eight or ten months, accord- LYong-yorg, Good and fair.
ing to the circumſtances of the natives, a-qua, Linen.
making faſt their ſhips to large trees on Baſin, Baſons.

the bank of the river, to ſave their cables. Tails, -: Beads.

n, The air in this river is very malignant, Laboucbe, A woman.

and occaſions a great mortality among our Negro, A black.
ſallors, that make any long ſtay. Iremem- Coberiko, Chickens.
ber, that at my firſt voyage into Guinea, Cakedeko, To-morrow.
being in the frigate call'd the Sun of Africa, Cakedeko ſingo, After to-morrow.
met at ſea, in croſſing the line, an Eugliſb Macinche, Zeſterday.

Singo me Crizake,, Shew me the like.

Give me ſome ſtrong liquor.
Kinde nongue-nongue, Go ſleep.

been ten months in Old Calabar, to purchaſe Chap-chap, Eat.
about three hundred ſlaves, of which one Foretap, All.
third part, or better, were then dead, tho' they Meraba, Water.

had been bur three weeks from that river.
The Hollanders, of all the other Euro-
bean Guinea traders, can leaſt bear with the
intemperature of the air, in Old Calabar z
and for that reaſon, as well as for the tedi-
ouſneſs of their trafick there, in all pro-
bability, they ſeldom ſend their ſhips thither:

beſides its being ſo ſituated in the gulph,

that the tide almoſt continually runs with

great violence towards Camarones river, in
the circular part of the bight, north from all
the coaſt round it; which gives a great fa-
tigue to ſailors that come out of Old Ca-
labar, to turn up a ſhip for three weeks or
a month in the gulph to gain Prince's iſland,

St. Thome, or cape de Lope Gonzalves, to take

in freſh water, wood and proviſions; which

is alſo very prejudicial to the ſlaves aboard.

Goops imported.

1H E moſt current goods of Europe for

the river of Old Calabar to purchaſe
ſlaves and elephant's teeth, are iron bars, in
quantity, and chiefly; copper bars, blue
rags, cloth, and ſtriped Guinea clouts of
many colours, horſe-bells, hawks-bells,

rangoes z pewter baſons of one, two, three

and four pound weight; tankards of ditlo,
of one, two and threepound weight ; beads,
very ſmall, and glazed, yellow, green,
purple and blue ; purple copper armlets, or
arm-rings, of Angola make; but this laſt
lort of goods is peculiar to the Portugueſe.
The Blacks there reckon by copper bars,
reducing all forts of goods to ſuch bars ;
for example, one bar of iron, four copper
bars; a man-ſlave for thirty eight; and a
woman-ſlave for thirty ſeven or thirty fix
copper bars.

To conclude this chapter, I would adviſe
ſuch as are to carry ſhips of conſiderable
burthen into the rivers of New and 0/4 Ca-
labar, beſides obſerving the before men-
tioned directions, to ſound the proper chan-
nels and depths with boats, before failing
in the ſhip; and to make all due remarks,

as prudence requires: as alſo to take the ad-

vice of ſome of the natives for the channels;
and after ward to examine if it be ſo, with
the boat or pinnace; alſo to obſerve the
tides, winds and depths, and the ſituation
of the lands and banks; and, if poſſible,
to be even ſo curious, as to make particular
charts or draughts thereof; and of the rivers.
for preſent and future uſes, for themſelves
and poſterity. The neglect of this, in moſt

ſea-faring men, even thoſe who have had

education, is much to be lamented among

us; very many ſpending their whole life
in travelling from one part of the univerſe
to another, and very often to and from the
ſame places; who nevertheleſs are not able
to ſhow what uſe they have made of their
time, in any obſervations of this ſort, that
may be ſerviceable to poſterity, as well as
to themſelves. Had this been practiſed in
former generations, and even in this preſent,
ſince navigation is become ſo familiar to the
meaneſt capacities; and ſuch multitudes of
men have vilited, more than once, the beſt
parts of the known world, ſeveral of them
having been at many coaſts, harbours and
rivers; we ſhould be now better furniſhed
with exact maps and charts thereof, and
many ſhips and men had been ſaved who

have periſhed, in all parts of the world,

thro* the ignorance of the commanders,
or thro' their own neglect: an inſtance
whereof,

'
>
I
'
"4
[+
{4
[|
.
i
|
.
5
4

4
1
1
Ay
kl
7

— —
*

— P... —— —— —— TCR.
5 2 m_ 2 —

— — nan eoamenthe ===
— - — — 5 — - — —

384

BaR HOT. whereof, I have, at my own coſt, in the
WV Grifin frigat, which ſome adventurers of

Marks to
know the
i ver.

London and myſelf had fitted out in 1697,
for New Cala bar river; and after a very
proſperous voyage and trade, in three months
exactly from the Downs to that river, ha-
ving in that ſpace taken in three hundred
and fifty ſlaves, was miſerably caſt away
on that bar, coming out to proceed to
Jamaica, in the beſt weather that could be
wiſhed 3 through the neglect of the officers,
and for want of taking due obſervations
of the channel, and not having ſenſe enough,
when the ſhip had but gently touch'd un-
damaged on the ſkirt of the bar, to caſt
anchor there, and knock out the heads of
all the water-caſks to lighten her. But all
the crew got into the long-boat, and run
athore ar Bandy; leaving the ſhip with
all her ſails out, and all the flaves in her,

E

A Deſcription of the

to be toſſed to and fro for three days in the
channel, till at laſt it was ſplit in pieces,
after the king of Bandy had ſent fever]

canoes aboard her, which took out all the

ſlaves, and the beſt part of her rigging
and utenſils for himſelf: being amazed and
much ſurpriſed at the conduct of our people;
molt of whom died there, and ſome few, atter
three months ſtay in miſery among the Blacks,

got their paſſage in a Poriugueſe ſhip over

to Sf. Thome, and thence afterwards to Eyg-
land. It was a great ſurpriſe to the ad-
venturers, to hear of their arrival here,
when we expected letters from Jamaica,
with an account of the ſhip's arrival there
with a good cargo of Blacks; which was
no leſs expected there by many of the plan-
ters, then in great want of Blacks, who
at that time yielded forty pounds a man,

F. it.

Rio del Rey. Calbonges ation. Ambozes country. Camarones viren.

The coajt to Rio Gabon.
iflands. Cape St. Clare.
Mild beaſts. Religion.

))VVVCCCCCCCVVCV ©
FR OM the eaſt point of Old Calabar

river, to the weſt-head or cape, of the

mouth of Rio del Rey, the coaſt extends

about ten leagues eaſt and weſt.

This river del Rey is very eaſily known
coming from the weſtward, by the extreme
high lands of Amboſes, ſituated betwixt it
and Rio Camarones, Which appear at ſouth-
eaſt, as we go into Rio del Rey, fo that
it is impoſſible to miſs it; the mouth look-
ing like a deep large bay, running to the
northward ſeven or eight leagues wide in the
entrance, from the weſt point to the op-
ſite fide out and in. Somewhat out to
ſea are two ridges or rows. of poles fixed
in the ſea, called a fiſhery, the Blacks pro-

bably faſtning nets there to catch fiſh, A-

Depth of
the river.

Its courſe,

Trading
village,

the north very wide for a great way up,

bout them is eight fathom water.

The depth of the river's mouth three
and a half and three fathom, ouzy ground,
and every where free from ſhoals and ſands,
except near the eaſt-ſhore, where it is
ſomewhat foul within. The channel is ex-
actly in the middle.

The ſhore is flat, low and ſwampy on
both ſides; and the river comes down from

with many villages on the eaſt and weſt banks,
and it receives many others that fall into
it on both ſides 3 on which are alſo ſeveral
villages and hamlets.

The trading place on the weſt point of
the mouth of the river, 1s a village com-

Angra 7zver.
Gabon river. Pongo lands. Gooermnment,

Coriſco aud. Moucheroa

monly well inhabited, being ſeated on a

ſmall river that loſes itſelf in Rio del Rey,

ſomewhat within the mouth, the little one
being navigable for ſloops.
have the greateſt ſhare of trade there in
yachts ſent from Mina, on the Gold-Coaſt;
whoſe cargo conſiſts moſtly of ſmall cop-
per-bars, of the fame ſort as mentioned at
Od Calabar, iron- bars, coral, braſs-baſons,
of the refuſe goods of the Gold- Coaſt; bloom-
colour beads or bugles, and purple copper
armlets or rings, made at Loanda in An—
gola, and preſſes for lemons and oranges,

In exchange for which, they yearly export
from thence four or five hundred ſlaves,

and about ten or twelve tun weight of
fine large teeth, two or three of which
commonly weigh above an hundred weight;
beſides Accory, javelins, and ſome ſorts of
knives, which the Blacks there make to per-
tection, and are proper for the trade of the
Gold- Coaſt. The Accory is to be found no
where but at Rio del Rey, and thence along
to Camarones river.

The inconveniency there is, that the air Bad ai,

in the river is always thick and very foggy,
and the country affords no other freſh wa-

ter, but what the Blacks gather from the

tops of their houſes when it rains. So that
the yachts, or other veſſels which go to trade
there, muſt take in their proviſion of wa-
ter elſew here; for what they could get there,
will coſt very dear.

| CaL-

The Dutch

Niked ©

Mt,

© eyed — 1 — —— 0 A — — — —

Book IVI CAA

«a

tl. + at as —cc{cQ = u ow AZ£A

| _— — 1— 3 6 5

6—

= A — — — — —

„

_—_ x * Ry:

VICHA?. 9.

T HE nation of the Calbonges inhabiting

4 Aix.

CALBONGES NATION.

about the upper end of Rio del Rey,
and being a part of the people in the ancient
geography call'd Xyliuces Athiopes, which
poſſeſs the tract of land from this river to
cape Termoſa weſtward, are a very ſtrong ro-
buſt people, but very poor and knaviſh,
always ready to cheat Europeans, upon e-
very opportunity that offers; fo that it
bel.oves thoſe who deal with them to be
continually upon their guard,
Both men and women wear only a bare
ſingle clout, made of herbs or flax, about their
waiſt, They are generally a wild brutiſh
race, very cruel and unnatural ; inſomuch,
that among them it is common for a father
to ſell his children, a huſband his wives, and
1 brother his ſiſters, or other relations.
Tney are alſo very naſty, both in their
houſes and perſons; and many of the males

carry their privy-members in a ſort of caſe
they faſten to their middle; thoſe caſes be-

Others have yet a ſtranger faſhion ; which is,
to tie up with a thread the end of the fore-
ſkin, and ſo encloſe the member: and both
theſe ſort of men go ſtark-naked, as they

came from their mother's womb, ſmearing
their bodies all over with a red ſort of ſtuff;
and having ſeveral ſcars on their foreheads,

made with a red-hot iron or pincers 3

plaiting their hair many different ways,

and filing their teeth as ſharp as needles,
like the Quaqua Blacks.
Their way of clearing themſelves of

crimes laid to their charge, is to make an
inciſion in their arm, and ſuck out their

own blood. Which is likewiſe practiſed
by the people of Ambozes, Ambo and Boe-
tery, bearing irreconcileable hatred to the
Calbonges, becauſe theſe are very wicked
deceitful enemies to them and other
neighbours.

Theſe wicked Calbonges have the king-

dom of Gabon on the north, from whence

comes Jaſper and ſla ves, as has been ob-

ng in the rivers, which are richly ſtored
with various kinds of fiſh. e

AMBOZ:Z ES CouN TR.

T H E territory of Ambozes, which, I

ſaid before, is ſituated between Rio
del Rey, and Rio Camarones, is very re-
markable for the immenſe height of the
mountains it has near the ſea-ſhore, which
the Spaniards call Alta-Tierra de Ambozi,

and reckon ſome of them as high as the

pike of J. eneriffe, The coaſt runs from
Rio del Rey to ſouth-eaſt; the little river
Camarones Pequeno, lies about five leagues
from Rio del Rey; from it to cape Cama-

ones, the northern point of Rio Camarones
.

Coaſts of Sour H- GUINEA.

ing no other than a narrow long calabaſn.

ſerved. Their principal employment is fiſn-

Rio del Rey.

This Little Camarones river is properly
a branch of Great Camarones river, and di-
vides it ſelf coming out from the latter
into three branches; all three running thro?
the lands of the Ambozes, into the great
Ethiopick ocean: the principal of which be-

ing the third river, ſouth-eaſt of Rio del

Rey, is called Old Camarones by the Engliſb.
This third branch divides it ſelf again into two

other branches, at a diſtance from each
other, running to ſouth-eaſt and ſouth ſouth-

eaſt into the Great Camarenes river. And
thus, with the ocean, form three iſlands in the
territory of Amboges, wherein are the higheſt
mountains, which extend near to the north

point or head of Great Camarones. And
at weſt and ſouth-weſt of Old Camarones

river, are three round iſlands off at ſea, two
or three leagues from the main, as loft
and high land, as the oppoſite {mbozes hills.

Theſe iſlands are called by the Portugueſe, Three
Ibas Amboges: the channel betwixt them jſaxds.

and the main is ſeven fathom deep; tho?
from ſome diſtance off at ſea they ſeem
to touch the oppolite continent, which is

properly the effect of the immenſe altitude

of the hills, on either ſide the channel, fo
that the biggeſt firſt-rate may ſail through
it with ſafety; the tide there running as

the wind ſits. The moſt northern iſland

of the three, lies tour leagues from the Pe/-
caria or fiſhery of Rio del Rey, and the moſt
ſouthern of them five leagues to the north
of cape Camarones, being the higheſt land
of them all and the largeſt; the other,
which 1s the ſmalleſt, lies betwixt the two
former. |
Though theſe little iſlands look but lik
Jarge lofty rocks at a diſtance; yer they
ſwarm with people, and are fo fertile, eſpe-

_ cially in paln- wine and oil, that the ſoil

produces enough to ſubſiſt the inhabitants.
It 1s ſurpriſing to find there ſuch abun-
dance of palm-trees, when there is not one
to be ſeen on the oppoſite continent. The
ſea about the iſlands abounds in many ſorts
of good fiſh ; which 1s of great advantage
to the iſlanders.

The road for trading-ſhips, is eaſt of the
moſt ſouthern iſland. The inhabitants for

the moſt part underſtand Portygueſe pretty

well, but are the worſt Blacks of all Gui-
nea. They form a ſort of common-wealth

of the three iſlands, making continual de- Blacks
ſcents with their canoes, on the territor dos
of Ambozes on the main, and get from 7 .

thence in their incurſions a vaſt quantity
of proviſions ; and have no other commerce
with thoſe people.

The territory of Ambozes, comprehends villages.

ſeveral villages on the weſt of cape Cama-
. rones,

Grande, the coaſt is low and woody, much BaRBOr.
more than it is from Little Camarones to Www

2

by * T 1 8 a

i — —

— X — Aa d- ——— *

8 2. 5 f — eb arg tor 2 —
. BD OT 3%, aa 8-0 — - "+ .
. l - 2 "+
— - n | 2 ave < > - — - —
— hw. oh — — = 8 FL... pa — Ig . —

— —— —

- —
—
22 —

2429 arms %-
3 — ES

7 OG 3

- *

. a

386

BarnoT.rones, amongſt which are thoſe of Ceſves,
WY NV Bodi and Bodiwa, where there is a little

trade for ſlaves, and for Accory. The Hol-
landers trade there moſt of all Europeans, and
export ſlaves for the ſame ſorts of goods,
they uſe to import at Rio del Rey.

Names of The Blacks there have the ſame names

numbers.

—

The chan-

nel.

for numbers as thoſe of Camarones: one is
no; two ha; three melella ; four meley ; and
five matan, &c. | .

The country of Amboxes is very fertile
in all the ſorts of plants and fruits of GAi-
nea, except palm- trees, of which not one
is to be ſeen, as I have already hinted; and
to ſupply the defect of palm-wine, they
make a liquor for their uſual drink, of
a certain root call'd Gajanlas, boiled in wa-
ter, which is not diſagreeable; and is beſides
a remedy for the cholick.

They have great ſtores of poultry, and
other eatable animals: for which reaſon ma-
ny European ſhips take proviſions and re-
freſhments there.

CauARONES River.
R IO Camarones, by ſome called Jamoer,

at which ends Guinea, and commences
the lower or weſtern Ethiopia, in the king-
dom of Biafara; being part of the nation
called in ancient geography Achalinces Alhi-
opes. This river falls into theE!hiopick ocean,

through a wide ſpacious mouth; yet is it

only navigable for yachts and brigantines,
and that with much difficulty.

On the ſouth ſide of the mouth lies the
little bufflers-iſland, from which ſtretches
out ſouth ſouth-weſt a ſhelf of ſmall rocks
ſo ſteep, that ſhips may fail ſafe cloſe by

it, in ſix fathom water, and ſo by the other

rocks that appear within the mouth of this
river, on the ſtarboard and larboard ſides

of the channel, which is exactly in the middle,

| where it is three fathom deep. For ſome.

| Two ſmall

FIVers.

leagues up, the tides of flood and ebb go
in and out conſtantly very ſwiftly.
The proper anchoring-place is before the
mouth of a little river, coming from the
country at eaſt into Camarones, on which
lies a village. This little river is called

by the Blacks Monoca , and by the Hollan-

ders Tande- galt. And farther up in Cama-
rones, and on the ſame fide is another little
river falling alſo into it, called by the
Dutch Monambaſcha-gatt ; on the banks of
which, is the town where Europeans trade.
On the northern ſides of Camarones, for
2 good way up, lie the lands of Ambozes,

having a long ridge of mountains extend-

ing far inland, at north north-eaſt, which
ancient geographers call Aranga-Mons ; and
is properly the ſeparation of the coaſt of
Guinea proper, from that of the weſtern
Ethiopia, or the Heſperii Zthiopes, of the an-

A Deſcription of the Book!

CI
I

>

wal

cients. This territory of Amboz?s, as I
have hinted before, 1s cut thro” by branches
of rivers coming from Great and Little Ci
marones rivers into ſeveral large iſlands; the
fartheſt whereof in Camarones, is cull'd .
grey, in which is //hitebay, and the next to
it at weſt Negary, Near to which, ane
at its welt-ſide, is the head called by the
Englijh, the high-point, oppoſite to K:;
de Bore, at the ſouth-eaſt fide of Cayig-
rones, where is a ſmall village of fiſhermen, |
being ſome leagues diſtant from Sealed 3
point, that lies on tne fame continen. WT orb: vi-
ſouth-weſt of it. „,.
Above Monambaſcha-gat! before- ment. =
oned, being the third ſmall river entring
from the eaſt into Rio Camarones, is à vil-
lage called Beteba ; and farther to the north
eaſt of it, on the river Camarones, another
great town called Biafara, the capital city Ban
of all thoſe lands; that of Medra, is near, |}
the Niger, the metropolis of the Kingdom 320
of Medra, and another named Tebeldera. _ FP
The lands oppoſite to the latter places, —_- -:4
on the north of Kio Camarones, are inhabited 1
by the Calbonges, and, as I have laid before, 1 v5
extend to the upper part of Rio del Rev, „
and are a ſtrong luſty people, very knaviſh F
and treacherous dealers, and miſerab!y poor, | .
continually at war with the Camaroze; =
Blacks, living higher on that river, gover-
ned by a chief of their own tribe, called
by them Moneba; who is eſteemed the moſt
conſiderable perſon of all that country,
and commonly reſides high at a ſeat of his, on |
a rifing ground, which is by nature the moſt Cui» IF
ſweet and pleaſant dwelling-place of all the/®:
coaſt of the gulph of Guinea, both for a
delightful proſpect and wholeſome air: as
allo the fertility of the ſoil about it, plenti-
fully ſupplying him with yams, bananas,
palm and Bordox-wine, beſides other pro-
viſions of the country.
The houſes there are ſquare. The peo-

. a> HR SS |

— On 3 "SY F%Y od.

+ — — s — Rr

ple drive ſome trade with Europeans, ha-

ving ſtore of teeth, Accory and ſlaves, which IU.
they afford us at very reaſonable rates. Be-
ſides iron and copper-bars, braſs-pots and
kettles, hammer*d ; bugles,or beads, bloom-
colour, purple, orange and lemon colour ;
ox-horns, ſteel files, &c. are thechoiceſt goods
to get ſlaves for. The Accory is commonly
purchas'd for Haerlem cloths, and ſome o-
ther ſtuffs of Europe, of the ſorts impor-
ted at Rio del Rey, and all other trading
places in the gulph. ,

The Blacks of Camaronesare generally tall, Nativ#
luſty,well-ſhaped men; ofa fine ſmooth ſkin, |
but very long-legg*d. Ancient geography
calls them Achalinces Athiopes, being the
greateſt nation of the weſtern Ethiopia, now
properly ſo call'd, and formerly Heſperii
Alhbiopes.

The

CHAP. 9.

The CoAs T to Rio GaBon,
F ROM Swaleba point, on the ſouth ſide
of the mouth of Camarones river; the
coaſt, as far as Rio Gabon, being about
ſeventy leagues ſouth by weſt; affords no-
thing conſiderable in trade; which is the
chief ſubject of this deſcription of Guinea:

and conſequently being little frequented by

Europeans, I cannot ſay much of it. How-
ever, take the following general obſerva-
tions. |

gero and The coaſt from the mouth of the river

_ Coaſts of SouTH- GUINEA.

calling it point Pan, where it notes good an-
choring, near the ſouthermoſt point of the
bay, between the cape and a ſmall iſland, on
the ſouth-weſt of which is fifteen fathom
water,

The ſame Engliſh map alſo mentions
thereby, two round hills at ſome little di-
ſtance of the coaſt, and calls them Navia;
making the hills to extend inland from the

borba 1 Camarones runs ſouth by eaſt to Rio de point of Pan, to the northern banks of
% Boroa or Borro about ten leagues, in which Rio-Campo, and noting good anchorage in
ſpace the river Borba cuts it through, fal- fifteen fathom water, near the north head or
ling into the gulph, much nearer to Cama- point of the mouth of the ſaid river. Bur
rones than to Boroa: not far from which, the Dutch charts mention no places at all
is the iſland Branca or Baracombo, about betwixt the rivers. | |
two leagues and a half diſtant from the con- From Rio do Campo to Rio de &. Bento, 8 Bente
10 tinent, oppoſite weſtward to the iſland of is ten leagues ſouth by weſt, in which ſpace river.
Fernando Poo, and ten leagues from it. the ſame Por/ygue/e charts ſet down ſeveral
dane: The iſland Branca has ſeveral ſorts of rocks along the ſhore, called Baixos de Pedra,
jaw. fruit and birds; among which is that par- ſouth of which is a port call'd Duas Pontas ;
ticular ſpecies before-mentioned in the de- and according to the Engliſh chart, ſome
ſcription of Seſro, : tew leagues ſouth of the river Campo is a bay
129470 The female ſex there are accounted the

104:

Jr,

wt,

men,

moſt intemperately brutiſh of any in Guinea,
as openly and impudently proſtituting them-
ſelves in the ſight of all men;

Some years ago, a Dutch ſhip happening to
anchor there, a ſloop ſoon came aboard with
twenty eight Blacks, one of whom had a
drum and a hollow ſtick, like a flute;

and another, whoſe face, arms and breaſt

were white, held in one hand a green

branch and a bell, and in the other a little

bird, about as big as a ſparrow, which he
now and then let fly off upon the deck, and
whilſt diſcourſing with them he often rung

the bell, as it were to expreſs his ſur-

priſe at what the Dutch gave them to un-
deritand, by ſigns and geſtures. Some of
the Dutch going aſhore afterwards, obſer-
ved in the village of thoſe people, a ſmall
hut about three foot high, wherein was an

earthen pitcher covered with a net, which

the natives would never permit them to

take off; and juſt by the pitcher they ſaw

the figure of a child cut in a piece of
wood very oddly, with ſome ſmall iſh-bones

thruſt into and round about one eye, ſup-

| poſed to be the idol of thoſe people. They

allo took notice, that thoſe Blacks obſerv'd
circumciſion, but did not diſcover they had
any notion of a deity, or any religious ſer-
VICE, |

From Rio de Boroa to Rio do Campo is fif-

teen leagues, in which ſpace the Portugueſe

maps I have by me, made by the king of
Portugal's command, ſet down four ports

or villages, which no other European nation

pretty deep, inland and wide, called Bay de
Balo, where is good anchorage in ſixteen
fathom water, over againſt the north head

of the bay, and twenty off the ſouthern

head of the ſame. Ir likewiſe takes notice
of a long ridge of little hills inland, that
extends from Rio do Campo, five or ſix leagues
ſouthward, and marks a very high promon-
tory at the north point of the mouth of
Rio de S. Bento, in the form of a ſemicircle,
extending from weſt to eaſt along the ri-
ver's entrance; before which is a bank or
ſhoal, of three leagues, along the north ſide
of it, near which the channel is fix, five,
and four fathom going in. It alſo ſuppoſes
another river, coming into S. Bento, from
the eaſt north-eaſt, call'd Ris Toza, and ano-
ther leſs, calPd Rio Moda, falling into the
lame on the ſouth ſide, OE ng
From Kio de S. Bento, to the north point

of the bay of Angra, is fifteen leagues, a di-
rect ſouth-weſt courſe; the coaſt forming a
great bulging at eaſt, being twelve, four-
teen or fifteen fathom deep along ſhore ;
the two capes thereof, according to the
Portugueſe charts, being to the northward
that of das Serras, and ſouthward that of
S. Joao. The Engliſh map repreſenting the
beſt part of this bulging to be low land,
riſing gradually as it runs ſouth, to a great
promontory, forming the cape S. Yo, and
placing a ridge of hills beyond thar low
land, call'd Los-Mitos, and the coaſt co-
ver'd with high trees at diſtances, from
the ſouth end of the inland hills, half wa

This laſt is there repreſented as a large deep BAR Or.

bay. Only one modern Eugliſb chart of the,
gulph hints ſomething of this laſt port,

to cape S. Joao, and eight fathom deep,
round about that cape, to turn into the bay
of Angra,

takes any notice of. They are ſouth of Rio
de Buroa, and call'd Serra Guerreira, Angra

do liheo, Pao da Nao and Porto de Garapo.
| LD The

388

A Deſcription of the

Barnor. The coaſt from cape S. Joao turns on a as are very deficient in the poſition of Places,
V {ſudden from north to eaſt, in a direct

River of

Angra.

Eſtyras
bay.

Corilco

| land,

Difference
about An-
gra river.

courſe, for about ten leagues ; and there
receiving a little river into the bay, turns
again ſhort to ſouth, in a direct line, for
near ſeven leagues to the north-eaſt head of
Rio de Angra, which is diſtant from the
other weſtern cape of the ſame river, about
three leagues, the utmoſt wideneſs of its
entrance into the bay aforeſaid : the mouth
thus looking full north-weſt, with five fa-
thom depth betwixt thoſe two heads.
From the welt head of the ſaid river's
mouth, which 1s called cape Coriſco, the
coaſt runs circle-wiſe, five leagues ſouth-
welt to cape de Eſtyras, which forms the
bay of that name, near three leagues wide
from north to ſouth, and near as much in
length to the bottom of it. The little iſland
Coriſco, lying juſt in the middle of the bay,
is ſo low land, that at a diſtance the mul-
titude of trees there ſeem planted in the
water, and afford a very fine proſpect.
The iſland Great Coriſco lies off at fea,
about the middle of the mouth of the large
bay of Angra; and a great way up from it
eaſt north-eaſt in that bay, are the three
little iſlands, call'd by the Hollanders, iſles
of Mouc heron; of which, as well as of Great
Coriſco, I ſhall ſpeak more at large preſently;
being obliged in this place to obſerve, as
to the ſituation of the entrance of Rio de
Angra, that the Dutch charts are different
therein from the Engliſh ; for the Hollanders
do not only ſuppoſe the river to flow into
the ſea of the bay, full ſouth-weſt, and
thence to run eaſterly in the land, in a wide
channel, receiving another river near to its
mouth, on the north ſide ; but alſo place
the mouth of it, quite on the north fide
of the great bay, where the Engliſh place a
little unknown river, that I ſaid before, ac-
cording to them, falls into the angular north

part of that bay, about ten leagues directly

eaſt of cape S. Joao.
Another obſervation, which occurs natu-
rally on the ſame ſubject, is, that the Por-

lugueſe map, I have already often made men-
tion of, places the mouth of Rio de Angra

in the ſame latitude as the Engliſh do; that

is, in the ſouth angle of the bay, but

makes it look full weſt; and lays down

the iſland Great Coriſco almoſt oppoſite to
cape Coriſco, by the Engliſh cape de Eſtyras
above mention'd ; but *tis very probable

the Dutch charts, being very ancient, are

either ignorantly or wilfully miſtaken, and
rather the latter than the former ; for we
find by a multitude of inſtances, that they,
for fear other European nations may rival
chem in the trade of the gulph, have thought
fit to conceal from publick view, the true
exact map of that coaſt, which they have
ſo long frequented z and to expoſe only ſuch

I return to the deſcription of the iſland

ASREAT CoRi1sco.
THE north point of it lies about four

leagues from cape S. Joao, having a
rock of a long, rather than round form,
making two little heads, one at each end
of it, and a cavity betwixt each head, on
which are three or four trees; which is a fit
mark to know Coriſco, being exactly weſt
of the iſland, which is about three leagues
in length to the ſouthward, and about a
league broad, encompaſſed from north-eaſt
to ſouth-weſt, with ſhoals, rocks and ſands,
but is much cleaner on the eaſt ſide, where

the ſtrand is of a white ſand, and the right
anchoring for ſhips; its north point is in

about forty five minutes north latitude. It
is rather Jow land than otherwiſe, only to-
wards the north part the coalt riſes a little,

This iſland had the name of I do Coriſco,
from the Portugueſe, becauſe of the violent

horrid lightnings, and claps of thunder, the
firſt diſcoverers thereof {aw and heard there
at the time of their diſcovery, It is all
wooded within, molt of the trees being
tall, and among them 1s a quantity of red
wood, fit for dyers, which the natives call
Tacoel, and the Eng/iſh Camwood, being hard

and ponderous wood, but a better red than

Brazil or Brazileito. Moſt part of the land
of Great as well as Little Coriſco is ſo low,
that the trees therein ſeem from a diſtance
to be planted in the ſea, which makes it look
very pleaſant.

place to careen any ſhips in three or four
fathom of water, good ground, and very
near the ſhore. The road is on the north-
eaſt ſide of the iſland, and near a ſpring of
freſh water, which runs down from the hills
within, into the ſea, facing the bay of Angra.
T his water at the ebb is very ſweet, but
brackiſh at high water, the flood then en-
tering the rivulet. .

It is inhabited only by thirty or forty
Blacks, dwelling near the north-eaſt point,
about a league from the wooding and wa-
tering places. That handful of Blacks has

much ado to live healthy, the air being

very intemperate and unwholeſome: they
are govern'd by a chief, who is lord of the
iſland, and they all live very poorly, but have
plenty enough of cucumbers, which grow
there in perfection, and many ſorts of fowl.
The Dutch general of Mina ſent thither
about forty Hollanders in 1679, in order to

ſettle a colony of that nation, to grub the,

ſoil, and make it arable ; being perſuaded

that it would very well produce Indian wheat,

and other ſorts of corn and plants of Gut-

nea, which would have been of great advan- |

tage

The ſea round this iſland is commonly g 4. |
very calm and till, and is a very proper renin. |

E | {

: Book IV CHAP

1

Datch on
Coriſco.
Ich d

0 .

V CHA

p. 9. Coaſts of SouTn-GuiINe A. 389

tage and conveniency, for ſupplying the

Dutch Weſt-India company's ſhips with all

Datch on

ſorts of proviſions and refreſhments, to pro-
ſecute their voyages either home directly,
or to America, inſtead of making for the
Portugueſe Wands, of the Bight or cape de
Lone, to furniſh themſelves therewith, at
a great expence, and even loſs of time;
many of the Dutch trading ſhips in Guinea,
having miſs'd of thoſe places, as being ſet
off by the ſtrong tides. and winds.

The Hollanders being accordingly ſet on
ſhore in the iſland, firſt of all erected a
turfi-redoubt, to lodge themſelves, and
Janted ſome iron guns on it, the better to
Moe themſelves from any ſurpriſe or

aſſault of the few natives, who are a fort of

wild miſchievous Blacks and then proceeded

—

1370 1

Dae 4

— en 2

I 7 9) od.

to cultivate the ſoil, and had pretty well ſuc-

ceeded, having in ſome time gathered
good ſtore of corn, and other eatables.
But the bad air of Coriſco, and the great
hardſhips they underwent in tilling and
grubbing the iſland, brought ſuch malig-
nant diſtempers upon the little colony, that

ſeventeen men being dead, and thoſe that

O
remained ſickly, they reſolved to raze their
habitation and redoubt, and retired to Mina:
and the trading factory that was at the
ſame time ſet up in Cori/co, not turning to any
great account, they left it, and have not
been there ſince. 55

MovucHrRoOn ISLANDS.

T HE three ſmall iſlands of Moucheron,
had their name from an Hollander of
that name, who in his voyage to the Eaſt-

Indies in 1600, was drove into the gulph

of Guinea by the tides: whether he loſt
his ſhip on ſome of thoſe little iſlands, or
whether it was found uncapable of pro-
ceeding on the intended voyage, I know

not. Bur Moucheron caus'd a fort to be

built on the largeſt iſland, in hopes to
drive an advantageous trade with the Blacks

of the oppoſite continent; and having thus

ſtaid there himſelf for ſome time, left the
ſettlement to the conduct of one Heſins,
wao had hardly been in it four months
after Moucheron's departure, before the
Gabon Blacks, fearing the Dutch would draw
thither all the trade of teeth from their

river, and the neighbouring ports of the

Bight, after ſome other fruitleſs attempts
made to ruin it, at laſt found means to
ſurpriſe the fort, and inhumanly maſſacred
the Dutch, with all the neighbouring Angra
Blacks that happened to be there to traffick ;
the natives of the river Angra, not daring
to oppoſe the attempt of thoſe of Gabon,
as f-aring to incenſe or provoke them.
However, their reſentment for the murder
of their countrymen in Moucheron iſland,

ſtuck ſo much to their hearts, that at laſt
.

a war broke out betwixt them and the BAR ROT.

Gabon and Pongo people, on that account, WWW
which ſtill continues. 1

ANGRA RIVER.

R TO de Angra, or Angex, is a place of
trade, and much reſorted to by the
Dutch, and ſometimes by the Engli/h trading Way of
ſhips, which export elephants- teeth, bees- 23
wax, and ſome ſlaves. They anchor in great

Coriſco road, and ſend their ſloops or long-

boats well manned and armed to the river,

carrying their goods in trunks. |
The Blacks of Angra ſay, their river
comes from a great way up the land, which
is probable by the largeneſs of its mouth,
as has been already obſerved. It lies ex-
actly in two degrees north latitude. The
trade of this river would be much greater
than it is, if the Blacks that inhabit the
country about it, were not at war among
themſelves, as they are; tho' they live all
under the government of one and the ſame
king, which hinders them from attending Little com-
trade, as is requiſite to procure plenty of merce.
teeth and bees-wax ; which might eaſily
be had, if there were full liberty and open
paſſages to the neighbouring countries, to
gather thoſe commodities, and convey them
down their river for commerce with Euro-
peans. For as the trade is at preſent, by rea-
ſon of their perpetual diſtractions at home,
and the war with thoſe of Gabon and Pongo,
a ſloop trading there has in three days
exhauſted all their ſtock of teeth and bees-
wax; as is very commonly done alſo in man
parts of Guinea, where teeth are purchaſed :
for at the moſt abounding ports or rivers,
whither Europeans reſort for teeth, the ſtock.
is carried off in eight or ten days; and
though the Blacks promiſe more, it is often
better to go off than to ſtay any longer.
As to the other before-mentioned ports

and rivers, which lie from the Camarones

to this Rio de Angra, we are given to un-
derſtand by the natives, that they ſcarce
afford any teeth, bees-wax or ſlaves, and
that they have barely proviſions enough Poor coun-
to ſubliſt themſelves, as being bur thinly 7:
inhabited towards the ſea- ſide; perhaps be-
cauſe of the unfitneſs of the ſoil, which ob-
liges the natives to ſettle farther up in-
land. |
Carn ST. CLARA,
F ROM Little Coriſco iſland to cape
St, Clara, we reckon about ten

leagues ſouth by eaſt, a direct courſe in
fifteen fathom water all along to near
the ſaid cape, where it lowers to twelve
fathom. The coaſt betwixt them 1s cut by
a river without a name, according to the
Engliſh chart.

Cape St. Clara forms a high head, and
ſhews a double land very high coming from

5 G Wo! -

390

BaRBoT.

R

A Deſcription of the

the northward 3 and is the northern head
of the mouth of Rio Gabon, ſo famous that
few Europeans who ever failed to that part
of Guinea, can be unacquainted with it.
The land from the faid cape St. Clara, turns
off ſhort to full eaſt for ſix leagues into the
bay of that river, being a high ſhore
planted at diſtances with lofty high trees,
and then winds towards the ſouth ſouth-
eaſt; being cut in that diſtance by two
little rivers, which run into the bay or
mouth of Gabon river, according to the
Engliſh chart. But the Portugueſe map ta-
ken by order of the former kings of Por-
tugal, ſets down the river's mouth and chan-
nel up the inland directly eaſt ; as does alſo
very near the Dutch chart.

„„ NIVTEK

F R OM cape S.. Clara, the north head of

it to the ſouth cape, call'd the Roupnmd Hill
by the Engliſh, becauſe it ſhows ſo from
the ſea, is three leagues, being the breadth
of the mouth into the &thiopick ocean; the
middle channel whereof, betwixt the two

aforenamed capes, is directly under the equi-

Marks to
know the
river.

noctial line.

This Rio de Gabon has its name from the

Portugueſe, who call it Rio de Gabaon, and
others Gaba, Gabona, or Gabam. The
depth of the water betwixt the beforemen-
tioned capes at the entrance into the ſea, is
eight, and then fix fathom water. Cape
St. Clara on the north- ſide ſhews off at ſea
much like that of St. Joe; on the north

entrance of Rio de Angra before- mentioned,

except that of &. Clara : the hill that forms

it, has a particular mark to know it, which

is a white ſpot in the hill, appearing at a
diſtance like the fail of a ſhip; it has alſo
ſome ſhoals ſtretching out, on which the
ſea breaks. 1 2
The ſouth point of the mouth of Nio de
Gabon, is low land, with a little round hill
on it, and all over woody: it has alſo a
ſhoal off the point at ſea, betwixt which
and the land is a paſſage for a ſloop of

thirty tons to enter the river's mouth with-

out danger. And {ome leagues to ſouth-
ward of the point, appear the white downs
called Los Serniſſas; which are allo a good
mark in coming from the northward into
Gaben river, with the others before-men-
tionad, to avoid over-ſhooting it.
The bottom of Rio de Gabon, is ſo very

uneven in ſailing in, that it is ſurpriſing to

Frong tide.

thoſe who are not uſed to it: for in one
place chere is ten, immediately fifteen, then
five or lix, and preſently twelve or more
fathom water; as if the bottom of the
mouch were full of rocks: and theebbis there
ſo ſtrong, that it is ſcarce poſſible to ſail
into it with a weſterly wind, and ſhips are
often forced to ſtay till the flood; ſome ſhips
with their fails full loſing more ground in

bearing up againſt the ebb, "than they can

gain. It is obſervable, that the beſt chan-

nel to fail up the river, is along the ſou-
thern ſhore, taking heed of a rock that ap-
pears above water, near the ſecond point
within the river. When paſt that rock,
you ſteer ſouth a little way, which puts
you in the proper channel to the iſlands of
Pongo ; and you may fail a ſhip five or ſix
leagues up above them. Some authors, as
du Plelſis, mention a town ſituated up in this
river called Maceira.

PoncolsSLANDSs.

'T HE iflands of Pongo, lie againſt the
point called by the Hollanders Sand-

hoeck, or ſand-point, and by others Zuid-

hoeck or ſouth- point, a place whence foreign
ſhips uſually fetch freſh water, as being
better than that taken at cape Lope Con-
zalves, and is about five leagues within the
river's mouth, That point extends from
north to ſouth, and the Pogo iſlands lie
near the north-ſhore. Thoſe iſlands are alſo
diſtinguiſhed from each other by different

names; one of them, which is about two

leagues in compass, having a high hill in
Its centre, is called Prince's iſland by the
Engliſh, and by the Hollanders Coning i{1:nd,

and is very well peopled ; the king of
the country generally reſicing in it. The.
other is called Papegay's-E/and, from the

multitude of parrots that harbour in it;
and is very fertile in many ſorts of Guizza
fruits, and ſerves for a place of refuge to
the inhabitants of Pr:nc-*s iſland, in time
of war with the neighbouring nations, as
being ſtrong by natu;.. They heve there,
ſince the year 1601, foie pieces of cannon
and muſkers, which they took out of a

Dutch veſſel, that had put into the river,

after having maſſacred the crew, and eat
them. The ſame they did afterwards by
ſome ShHaniards. Thoſe people are not now
altogether ſo ſavage as formerly, by reaion
of the frequent reſort of Eyropeay nations

to the river Gabon, though they ſtill pre-

ſerve much of their antient rudeneſs.
The king of Pongo is by the natives 35. r

called Mani-Pongo, that is, lord of Pengo, as
the king of Congo is ſtiled Mani-Congo, Main!
in their language ſignifying a lord; which
title they pretend imports a greater dignity
than that of king; as was practiſed by
the ancient Romans.

Thar prince's palace is of a great extent, i

but very mean; all the ſhells of the build-
ings, being of reeds interwoven, and the roots
of banana-leaves. The natives call that pa-

lace Goli-patta, or royal houſe, in imitation
of the people at cape Lope, who give that
name to their king's houſe,

There are above Pongo iſlands, and fur-
ther within land, two other kings ; the one

who reſides on the north-ſide of Gabon ri-
| yer,

Book IV.

tod ca-

reculg.

| Plenty o
* f

LL

V. CAP. 9. Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINE A.

ver, called Amajomba or Cajombo; the other
at Gabon, on the ſouth- ſide, ſuppoſed to be

1
other ſhips of their nation belonging to thega R RO.
Wejt-India company, do the ſame, but not WWW

1

Gerd ta-

rec o

| Fmt) of

7
50%.

the king of Capon, ſituate on a river of that
name, which runs into Camarones: both na-
tions hold of Mani-Pongo, being in all reſpects
very much inferior to him in power. The
king of Cajonibo was formerly in league and
confederate with Mani-Pongo againſt thoſe
of Gabon, and cape Lope, his neighbour on
the ſouth.

The river of Gabon ſpreads into many
branches on both ſides, and is navigable in
ſmall ſhips a great way up; but how far it
reaches up the country, and how wide it is
there, I could not learn. |

Many European ſhips viſit this river, as
well on account of trade, as for its convent-
ent ſituation, for the cleaning and refitting
of veſſels: choſe who go on the laſt account,
unl1de their anchors, guns, water-caſks, and
o her like heavy or bulky carriage, on the
Princ.*s land of Pongo, and by the help of
the flood, Zet their ſhips as far on land as is
poible, that by means of the ſtrong cbb,

they may be on a ſort of dry ground, and
Howe -

tus more eaſily repair their veſſel.
ver, this mult not be uncerftood as proper

for great ſhips, for fear of coming to ſome

damage by lying dry; ſome ſhips, ſuch as
eallcys, or cruilers, being very crank, and
cop ſequently not to be laid dry. But ſuch
veilels, if any other ſhip 1s there at the ſame
time, may careen on it, as mariners know
beſt how to do, by which incans they can
come at the very kœel to clean her.

This river breeds abundance of crocodiles
and ſfea- horſes, and is bordered on each fide
with ſhady trees; being alſo prodigiouſly

ſtocked with all forts of good fiih, which is

a great reffeſhment for ſailors, and can be
eaſily caught with nets or hooks, ſo abun-
dantly, as to ſtore a ſhip for a conſiderable
time. The Blacłs catch *em very dextrouſly

fo frequently as the former; and ſometimes

Engliſh ſhips put in there on the ſame ac-

count; but the French very rarely, unleſs
they have over-ſhot the iſtand of Sr. Tome,
or Prince's land, their uſual rendezvous.
The Hollanders ſometimes ſell a few ſlaves
taken in at Amhbozes or Camarones, to the

Blacks there, for elephants teeth of thirty to

forty pounds weight each, and get a hun-
dred and fifty or two hundred pounds weight

of ſuch teeth for a male ſlave. They alſo %

buy of the natives, elephants, tails and
ſ{kins of thornbacks, and ſea-wolves or dog-
fiſh, which they ſel] afterwards to good
profit at the Gold- Coaſt. The wax pur-
chaſed there is in cakes, and commonly bar-
tered for knives.

The Gabon Blacks in general, are barba- Natives.

rous, wild, bloody, and treacherous, very
thieviſh and craſty, eſpecially towards ſtran-
gers. The women, on the contrary, are as
civil and courteous to them, and will uſe all
poſſible means to enjoy their company; but
both ſexes are the moſt wretchedly poor and
miſerable of any in Guinea; and yet lo very
haughty, that they are perfectly ridiculous :
they are very proud of taking Dutch names,

and never come aboard a ſhip of chat nation,

but they immediately let them know it, ima-
gining they will value them the more on
that account; and are extremely well
pleaſed when they call them by their, bor-
rowed Dutch name,

They are al; exceſſively fond of brandy

and other ſtrong liquors of Zyrope or Ame-

rica, and ſpend all they can upon them, even
to fell an indifferent large elephant's tooth,
for ſtrong liquor, which they will drink out
before they part, and ſometimes before they

go out of the ſhip. If they fancy one has
got a mouthful more than another, and the

— -———— f — — —
_

1 of —— — — —— ocn. A
— — — A * *
— — — 4
4 —

—ͤͤͤ —
— .

on
—

— =

a=

j
*

*

for paſſing along the river- ſide in a canoe,
and ſpying a fiſh, they dart a javelin at it,
and very ſeldom miſs it, which is diverting

are half drunk, they will ſoon fall a fighting, Love of
even with their own princes or prieſts, if they en wa-
are of the club, and are ſo warm at it, that“

bing. 1

paint '1

to ſee. Before the mouth of the river ſome-
what off at ſea, we daily obſerve great ſhoals
of thoſe fort of ſmall whales, which the
French call Souffleurs, the Hoilanlers Noord-
Kapers, and the Engliſh Grampuſſes being
commonly abour forty foot long, and ſome
of them more, of which ſort of whales I ſhall
hereafter take farther notice. This coaſt, as
far as cape Lope, abounds in that fort of
fiſh called the ſucking-fiſh, or remora.

The trade there conſiſts in elephants teeth,
wax and honey, which at ſome times is in-
different quick, eſpecially if no ſhips have
been there lately, which ſeldom happens;

for the Zealand interlopers viſit it the whole
year round, to cleanſe their ſhips and ſtore

them with water, wood, 9c. during which
time they trade with the inhabitants: the

coats, hats, and perukes, or whatever the

have, is thrown over-board : for they take a
great vanity in wearing the old hats, per-
wigs, coats, c. of our ſailors, who fell
them for wax, honey, parrots, monkeys,
and all forts of refreſhments. Their exceſ-
ſive greedineſs for ſtrong liquors, renders
them ſo little nice and curious in the choice
of them, that tho* mixt with half water,
and ſometimes a little S7anz/ ſoap put into
it ro give it a froth to appear of proof, by

the ſcum it makes, they like it, and praiſe it

as much as the beſt and pureſt brandy, and
do all they can to have a ſtock of it.

Tho? the molt taking method there, in
order to have a good trade with thoſe Blacks,
is to treat them with ſtrong liquors ; yet
they expect their Daſy or preſent, Ike

rae

392

BARBOrr.

Preſents on
both ſides.

with all their ridiculous ways.
a practice among them alſo to make us pre-

the Qyagua-Blacłs; and if asked to drink
before we give every man his Daſſy, they
will not touch a drop. And if we happen
to ſtay ſometimes too long before we give
it, they boldly ask whether we imagine they
will drink for nothing. Tho' this be im-
pertinent, whoſoever will traffick there muſt
humour them, or he ſhall not ſee one tooth
brought aboard; but muſt bear patiently

ſents at our firſt arrival, and that perhaps
may be the occaſion of their asking ſo
boldly for a return from us, and ſay they
will take theirs back again; which they alſo
perform, if what is preſented them is not
worth more than theirs. Another thing to
be obſerved there, alſo, is, that thoſe men are
ſo extremely flow in dealing, that they will
ſometimes haggle a whole day in ſelling of

one tooth, and go away five or ſix times be-

fore they can conclude a bargain. |
They are commonly tall, robuſt, and
ell- ſhaped men, very poorly dreſſed, ſome

few with ſailors old coats, ſhirts, breeches,

and all other old clothes, and think them-
ſelves very fine in them, and therefore are

willing to buy ſuch of our men, for any

Habit.

thing they have; but generally their only
clothing is a poor wretched clout tied about
their waiſt, made either of a piece of mat,
or of bark flax; which laſt they call Ma-
tombe : others wear, inſtead of it ſome,
monkeys-{kins, or thoſe of ſome other wild-
beaſt, faſtening to the middle of it a ſmall
braſs tinkling bell, and all the reſt of the
body naked. =

Both ſexes go always bare-headed, the
females twiſt their hair after a ſtrange man-
ner. Some of the men wear a kind of
brimm'd cap, or hat of bark, large flat
thread, or ruſhes ; and others, again, adorn
their heads with a circle of feathers faſtned
to a wire, which ſerves them inſtead of a
bonnet. . |

A peculiar, but ſtrange fancy in this peo-
ple, is, to bore tlieir upper lip, and thruſt
into it a ſmall wory pin, from the noſe down
to the mouth: others ſplit the under-lip fo
wide, as to thruſt the tongue through on ce-
remonial occaſions.

Ynaments inſtead of ear-rings, wear long ſilver rings of

three or fob ounces a-piece ; others in lieu
thereof, have pieces of a flat thin wood, as
broad as the hand; or goats horns, or ivory

rings.

They adorn their ſkin in moſt parts of
the body, and juſt round one of their eyes,
with ſc.-s in many fantaſtical figures, which
they veint with a ſtuff compoſed of ſeveral
ingredients, ſoak'd in the juice of a ſort of
wood © Jed there Toc2el ;, and ob!terve nicely
to paint a white circle round one eye, and a
yellow one about the ocker, daubing their

4A Deſcription of the

It is true, "tis

Moſt men and women

faces on each ſide with two or three lon
ſtreaks of the ſame colours, each ſtreak diffe-
rent from the other

Many of them, beſides a mat about their
middle, wear a leather girdle of a buffalo's
{kin in the hair, with a bark thread, and
hang to it a broad ſhort knife, as the figures
demonſtrate; and when they go a walking,
or on a journey, every man hangs his ſword
or ponyard at his ſide.

Some hang about their necks little round bias .

boxes, wherein are contained their Gy 167
or charms, which they will never allow any

man to touch, nor ſhew them upon any ac-
count.

The women wear over the clout a ſort
of ſhort apron, hanging down before, and
load their arms and legs with large thick
iron, copper, or tin- rings, of the country
make, which they work pretty handſomly.
They beſmear their bodies with elephants or
buffaloe's fat, and a ſort of red colour, as the
men do likewiſe; which makes them ſtink
ſo abominably, eſpecially the women, that
there is no coming near them, without turn-
ing a man's ſtomach; and yet they ſell their
favours at a very cheap rate to any of the
meaneſt European ſailors, for a ſorry knife,
or ſome ſuch trifle, of no value.

Their houſes are all built of the ſame ma-
terials as the king's, above mention'd.

As to their ſubſiſtance, it is likely they

depend chiefly on hunting and fiſhery, and
do not ſeem much to mind tillage; nor is
there any corn or Indian wheat, at leaſt that

we can ſee, in the ſpace of ground that is

commonly frequented by Europeans, neither
does that part of the country look to be very

fertile, or fit to produce corn, or other
fruits.

Their ordinary eatables, are potatoes and
yams, either boiPd or roaſted, with ſome
other ſorts of roots and ſmall beans, but in
no great plenty ; and inſtead of bread, bana-
nas roaſted. They have a great plenty of
thoſe, and ſome eat them with ſugar or ho-
ney, mixed and dreſſed with roaſted ele.

phants, huffaloes, or monkeys fleſh. They

allo eat fiſh, dry*d in the ſun, with bananas
and ſugar.

They lie flat down on the ground at their
meals. and ſave their meat in earthen veſlels,

or platters; only the principal perſons among

them have it in pewter baſons, bought of us:

and none of them drink till ſome time after pain

they have eaten, when commanly every one
ſwallows a large pot of water, or palm-wine,
or of a particular liquor which they call Me-
laſſo, made of honey and water, which taſtes
much like our metheglin; and none drink
without ſpilling a little of the liquor on the
ground, for his idol.

If we may credit ſome of them, they have

a cuſtom, quite unknown to or practisd by
any

Book Iy CHAT:

c
oba.

an

N10 Coaſts of Sour un - 393

any other nation of Guinea; which is, that a about him, for his courage and power 3BARBOT.
man marries his own mother, daughter or which has rendered him ſo formidable, that
ſiſter, without any ſcruple, they not accoun- none of them will refuſe any thing he re-
ting it inceſtuous and monſtrous. This quires of them. i :
barbarous cuſtom was yet more in practice This Mani-Pongo has appointed an offi- Magi-
among the antient inhabitants of Peru, and cer in each village, or diſtrict of his little *
other Indian nations of South and North- dominions, whoſe title is Chave-Pongo, or lte.
Amzrica, to cohabit with their proper Ponſo, to adminiſter juſtice among the in-
daughters, ſiſters, nieces, and other near habitants; and he is therefore ſomewhat bet-
relations; and the 29:cas of Pery, tho* more ter regarded by the people, who uſually
polite, uſed to marry their ſiſters or neareſt wait on him reſpectfully every morning, to
kin, in order to preſerve their pretended wiſh him well; being before him on their
noble deſcent from the ſun and moon. knees, and clapping their hands, fay, Fino,
| | Fino, Fino, that is, well be it to you.
GOVERNMEN T,

S to the government at Gabon, it ſeems Wir Do Bras ys.
by the ſmall reſpect they ſhew each o- BEFO RE I come to their religious
ther, that every free perſon lives there for worſhip, I ſhall obſerve that the land
himſelf, without any regard for king or about this river incredibly abounds in wild
chiefs, neither have thoſe dignified perſons beaſts, eſpecially elephants, buffaloes and
any ſhew of ſtate or grandeur ; for the king boars.
follows the trade of a black-{mith, to get his Elephants are often ſeen there a mile or Elephant.
living, being like his ſubjects very poor, and two within land, or ſometimes along the
is not aſham'd to hire his wives at a very river-ſide, about Sandy- Point, walking gent-
cheap rate to the Eurobedns. = | ly towards the ſaid point ; but if purſued by
However, on occaſion of a foreign war, men, they retire at a full trot to the woods.
it ſeems they arc obliged to aſſiſt him; and However, it is not adviſeable for us Europe-
being a turbulent fort of people, have often ans to engage in ſuch a chace with too few
the opportunity to exert their bravery. For hands, tho? provided with good fire-arms,
Par kings. ſome time ſince, the king of Pongo had a war and never ſo bold and reſolute; becauſe it
with him of cape Lobe Gonzalves, enter'd his is very rare that two or three ſhot bring
country in arms, fought and roured him and down the monſtrous beaſt : for, as has been
his forces, and return'd to Gabon loaded with obſerved in the deſcription of the Gold-Coaſt,
booty, conſiſting of teeth, ſlaves, and bees- to which I refer the reader, a great number
wax, taken at Olibatta, the reſidence of that of men well armed have enough to do to
king. conquer that creature, unleſs ſome acciden-
Puff'd up with this ſucceſs, he thought of tal ball hits betwixt the eye and the ear. I
nothing leſs in a ſecond irruption into Oli- have there alſo obſerved, that this animal,
balta, than to deſtroy that country, and to when provoked to exceſs, is very terrible
make a ſlave of the king; when the Hollan- and furious; otherwiſe it is not much to be
ders, always attentive to what may prejudice dreaded, being of that temper as to let men
their affairs in the Ethiopian gulph, guel- it meets accidentally in its way pals by, at
ing at the deſign of Mai- Pongo, to waſte ſome little diſtance without diſturbance.
the country of cape Lypez, interpoſed Travellers have ſometimes found the ſkele-
in time, and made an accommodation be- tons of clephants in the midſt of woods, ſome
rwixt them, fo that a peace enſu'd, and entire with the teeth to their heads, weigh-
both nations ever ſince have lived in amity. ing both together ſixty or ſeventy pounds;
Having concluded that peace, Mani- the fore- legs three, the hind four foot long;
Pogo led his forces towards the Cama- and the head four foot or more: which
r0i:25, Who had formerly affronted him, and ſhews how large theſc creatures are in that
his ſubjects, and cauſed fifty or ſixty large part of Guinea. |
canoes to be carried by land, the better to There is another chace of much leſs dan- Wd boars.
proſecute that war; wherein he was ſo ſuc- ger and of very good ſport, which is that of
celsful, that after having burnt all the ha- the wild boar. Thoſe creatures go about
bitations, and got a large booty of ſlaves two or three hundred in a herd, and if met
and teeth, he turned immediately to the by men that ſet upon them, run away fo
lands of the Ambozes, who were his enemies ſwiftly, that they can hardly be overtaken,
alſo, and made them feel all the cruelties and fo get out of reach among the woods;
an inſolent conqueror can exerciſe againſt a but one or more may be cut off from the
weak enemy, After this, he marched a- reſt, and ſo more eaſily be ſet on and ſhot
- gainſt other neighbouring nations, whom down in the thickets, and they are very ſweet
he ſerved in the fame manner, and returned agreeable food.
home, loaded with a conſiderable booty, There is alſo a great number of red buffa- Buffalos.
caving a great dread of him amongſt all loes, with ſtrait horns extended backwards,

OL, 5 H about

vine,

394

aRBhO r. about the ſize of an ox; which when they
[ run, ſeem to be lame behind, but are very

Downs.

into Fanais-Pequenos, the firſt comin

ſwift, and which, as the natives report,

when they are ſhot and not mortally woun-
ded, fly immediately at the man that has
miſs'd his ſhot, and kill him. The fleſh of
buffaloes is far better and more agreeable
than that of elephants, tho' the natives value
the latter above it.

Theſe animals alſo keep in herds of an
hundred or more together; and when a par-
cel of them is ſet upon by hunters, and half
a ſcore bullets fly without hurting any of
them, they all ſtand till, looking angrily
on the men, but ſeldom do any more.

The Blacks are very wary in hunting of
buffaloes, to prevent miſchief. When they

have obſerved where thoſe animals lie in

the evening, they place themſelves on a high
tree, and as ſoon as a buffaloe appears, ſhoot
at him from thence. If they perceive it is
kill d by the ſhot, they come down from the
tree, and with the aſſiſtance of other men
carry it off. But if the ſhot has not killed
it outright, they ſit ſtill, and keep out of

A Deſcription of the

danger. And thus they deſtroy many, and
eat the fleſh, which is good and fat, as 1

have obſerved before; thoſe beaſts com.

monly feeding in the meadow - ground.
which is about the Sand- Point, aforeſaid.

RELICGOION.

A S to the religion of the Gabons, they are
all moſt groſs and very ſuperſtitious pa-
gans, and have, beſides their Grigrys or charms,
as great a number of idols as any other na-
tion before ſpoken of; to whom they attri-
bute very great power, and accordingly
pray to and make offerings, each as his fancy
dictates: but how, and in what manner
they direct their religious ſervice, or what
figure and form their idols are made after, I
have not heard, but ſuppoſe it to be like
what has been already obſerved of the other
e by which it 1s eaſy to form an idea
OT It.
Their language is much the ſame as ar
cape Lope Gonzalves, of which country I
ſhall now give a ſhort deſcription, as bor-

dering upon Gabon.

CHAP x

Deſcription of the coaſt, from Rio de Gabon to cape Lope Gonzalves. 4»
account of that cape. Cam-wood. The king and prince of the cape. Towns
and villages. The natives, religion, &C. |

DEscRIPTION of the CoasT,

Rio de Gabon's mouth, is low and woody,
as has been obſerved before, and runs ſouth

to the white downs, called Los Serniſſos;

which are diſtinguiſhed by the Por!ugueſe
g from
Gabon river, and Fanais-Grand-s, the far-
theſt which extend ſoutherly to near Angra

de Nazaret. The Engliſh call theſe downs

after the Portugueſe, Little and great white .

Cliffs , and the Dutch, Kleyne and groote Kli-

pen; and ſome Wittehoeck.

There is a bank of ſand of a ſharp trian-
cular form jutting out to ſea, ſome leagues
weſtward, betwixt both Fanais, or downs; on
the north- ſide of which, is four and three, and
on the ſouth three and two fathom water, be-
tween the bank and a ſmall iſland ſouth of it,
called French-Bank, being almoſt as low as
the ſurface of the water about it, and is, ac-

cording to our Exgliſb chart, exactly weſt of

the bay of Nazaret.

From the ſouth hoeck of Fanais Grandes,
the coaſt to Olibatta river, in the bottom of
the bay of cape Lope, extends ſouth by eaſt,
and at about a league and half from ſhore,

Depth of has thirteen and twelve fathom water; but

water on
the coaſt.

nearer the land, ſix, five, and four fathom,

T I E ſea-coaft from the ſouth point of

without any danger, which is generally to be
found in ſailing along the coaſt of the Bight,
which 1s done to geta land-wind in the night,
and a ſea-wind in the day-time ; and the lame
at cape Lope.

The tide coming out of this cape, ſets tin «|
ſouth and weſt ; ſouth in March, April, and. |

May, along the coaſt, which very much fa-
cilitates the navigation acroſs the equinoctial,
in thoſe parts; for at that time it is very rare
for the tide about the cape to ſet northward,
as it happens now and then, in Auguſt and
September, which is imputed to the ſoutherly
winds, forcing it to the north, the freſh
coming conſtantly out of the great river
Zaire, tho* diſtant from this cape near an

hundred leagues, ſouth-eaſt by ſouth.
From Olibatta river, in the bottom of oli |
the bay of cape Lope, the mouth of which riv

river lies in one degree eighteen minutes of”
ſouth latitude 3 the land turns ſhort to
north-weſt, for about eight leagues, a direct
courſe, in the nature of a narrow, flat, low
peninſula, ſcarce two leagues broad in its
largeſt part, and growing gradually nar-
rower as it approaches the point or head, at
north-weſt ; which is the famous cape Lope
Gonzalves, of which I am to ſpeak at large
preſently, and which with the eaſtern-land
oppoſite to it, called Angra de ee
an

Book IV

. | l
— Of — 2 V 22 A — D ——— ——_— *
Cnr tr ů ů˙ðñ —————ů——ĩ N ” . "= — — —>
— — — —. _———_—_ —_— — 3 __ :
. —— — — ę —

—

— —

— —

S —
222
—

4

Olibatta }
river au.

bay.

we

— — > 6

P— — — — w ñ⁵ſ ¶Vmnö — — — — ro nm

.

3 Zar. Hes;

*

ST he STrozpect of Princes Trland ab* 5 L eagueel ce

. ——-———— —— — — n—_— .
—.— —

— ——
— —— — —
8 &

3 LL,

zj\ 8
10.

— ——— — * —— —— =

— — —
— — — — —__— = — — — — gu
— SS in Ei ee nn _—————-
—— — — — c —— — — =
2 —— — — — — — — —_ — —

+

JT he Sight of Princes Srland at E.N.E. a

—
—

| — Ne
4 x *. Mis, \
vi Ii
WOODY

—
1 \ — _
N
x — — *
—
3”

T7 fl 17 2 ANN N x \ DON — o * \ | - > & 5-7 101, * . 2 —
N — n 9 R : p, 0 F
bh —_—_— — — 3 ———ñ1cä̃ — | EY

Ty, ee res

<A»
%

3

— —

= ee ee nn Ee
| / t T2 * 5 Sf h L
Thee rospect of the Jlund Y. JS OME , from the J ou ab

un

i
l

Ac . 5 922 1 *
8 — - ——E—_—_— — Sn — =
WIS \ ad . 2 — - I. p ro IE — Es
—
— ER

— — ͤ LOI Þ

T he Sight

—

ef Ow

15
; *
of
10 \

Nl [ if (

3
\

NOTION
— 77
—7*—*—ν
,
6 WA

44
4
oy
—

444
INF)

La ge Mul.

[ Hs,

% ,
*
*
AY
#2
3-400
2s
N
N
*
LS”
=. 4
j
[
þ .
oy
*
2 1 1
4 HY) #67 $0
-
ee ene Leen SS ah 2
— |
—
a — — — — ũ |

— ———_— 2 — —

77 RN SO 3 n . 0 \
b 2 p - {
N ; COLE ELLIS. . — = | \ = n
} My Wen L 9 — \ - " — — 1 — N — — — 6 45 25
e. ES IN. | NN 8 SY c ATE "=== — 7 a 40 1
2 £- — = — n AA £122 = —_2 — - | 4
3 > — — \- gay > V — „ S — — — 4 4 a
— 2 y : 8 n — « 8 . by *
ez, - => — | 2 . - —S—_ OPER?
; *. — r
— —

— S
League dirtance from Sea

|

.
.

10

4
Ir
1 5

,
—

ET

— — — 2
— : Z — = - — —
— EE — —— ——— fi rn 7 — — ͥͤ—— OR — —
2 — — —— —— — *

— RSS

W - F

8 d N
ON Ml)

\ 8 \ | 4
JJ Ms | | ;
Wn RE : . 3 —— EE = — :

— _— =
— — — a
— = == — - — - — — : — — — — e 2 —
. —— : : - — - — : : x
2 : Ft y”
Th | 2 „,. at 2
The Sight 0 og HEZ aft Sd: SH. Fe. Tea |
ts U
. ———T—T—T0T————
— — — - **
I
—
— — A 2 —
—= "WF. Yes
— . i 8 =="
| ; — — — * 1 . = — —— ———
i" Re AN
q $, 0 ax N 1 oe. a ku
FT Caps, he Gonsaluez |
3 — . EST]
— . ——. .. — - ' == 2 : TEE en pms
gears — » ”
** * , ks
2 — 5 — . — —
— — (D? — — ==
— — . —
= — — — —
ma = — 8 e
MA. gms „„ ud — —
Part 7 i A WA j Me, WOOD a” — \\J 2 5
72 of 606 1 „„ will 2
I/ 4 - v HAMA till! a! + R — _ PISS
* i 8 9 * > > „ — :
F * * ſ 7 4. 0 , 9 ( — — . IJ \ \ 4 DD 8 Ne X N
7 7 ak : 7 n a * , . \
Le 10 W 7 N 07. , — £ we i \ \
\ {| * = \
py \

CANVAS of I.
AVC (
w'

%

4

U

IS. 8 DN; | | n W), |
Al! NV 8 | . Lee from about

„„ OLE Annaboan land

ö WC \ 7
1 ' N IR 8 N
N 8 e .

n

— „e

-
j

£
ap

hap Sculp. |

Le road. =

Danrers 0
Ned. f

Pf „

PLATL 23,

KT

4 "e road.

OAT of

55
1114
4011

{AP. IO.

and the adjacent coaſt at ſouth, and ſouth
ſouth-eaſt, makes the bay of Olibatta; the
principal town of the country of the king
of cape Lope, commonly ſo called, by all
European fea-faring nations.
The coaſt of this bay from Angra de Na-
zarct, to the north-eaſt point of Rio de Oli-
hatla, is covered with a large bank, which
as it draws near the river grows broader,
till ir comes to the channel of its mouth,
and beyond the ſame channel extends again
to the ſhore, north-weſt of the ſame river.

/ The uſual road for ſhips of burden to
anchor in, is in fifty minutes of ſouth lati-

tude, caſt by ſouth of the cape, juſt within
the point; for though the land of the cape
is very low and flat, tall ſhips may without
any danger come cloſe up to the point in
deep water, which is contrary to the nature
of flat low lands, where generally the wa-
ter is ſhallow in proportion to the lownels
of the land, except in this place. It is to

be obſerved, that about a league and half

calt north-eaſt to ſeaward of the cape, there
is a ſhoal or bank, but ſo cut off from
the point of the cape, that it leaves a very
large channel, fifty ' fathom deep.

Mrs There are alſo very uneven grounds about
1::/ed.the bay and moving ſands, which if a ſhip

ſhould happen ro touch upon, may en—

danger it; and therefore ſailors ought to

keep continually ſounding, either as they

go in or out ot the bay, to prevent acci-

dents: bur when they have once brought the
cape to bear weſt, they are paſt thoſe dan-

gers, and the bottom is ſound.
The country all round the bay, a great

way inland, is ſwampy ground, ſcarce paſſa-
ble on foot. 4

CAPE LOPE GoNZALVES
T HE cape in failing by it, at about five
flat iſland, being in reality a long narrow
peninſula, ſtretching out ſeveral leagues to
ſea from the continent; which is, as well as

the peninſula, low, flat and ſwampy, all o-
ver wooded, as appears by the proſpect
"url 23. thereof in the print here adjoined. It had
the name of Cabo de Lope Gonzalves, from

the Portugueſe, who firſt diſcovered it, and
lies in fifty five minutes of ſouth latitude,
Near it is a hamlet of about twenty houſes
or cottages, inhabited by a ſmall number
of Blacks, only whilſt any ſhip is in the
road to attend the trade; but it is very rare
to ſce no ſhip there, and very often there
are ſeveral together, a great number reſor-
ting thither every year, either to provide ne-
ceſſaries, or to waſh or tallow, in order to
proſecute their voyage to America or Europe,
or elſe back to the Gold Coaſt of Guinea, as
the coaſt trading veſſels uſe commonly
to do: but of all Europeans, the Dutch

Coaſts of SouTH-GuiNEa.

leagues diftance weſt, ſhows like a Io

are moſt frequently there, for the above-
mentioned purpoſes. |

395

BarBoT®

WAYS

All ſhips that arrive there uſually fire % he
ſome guns, to give notice of their coming cape af-
to the inland people, who immediately re- rds.

pair to the cape from Olibatla, and other

inland places to trade, or to fell ſuch ne-
ceſſaries as they have, which are wood for
fuel, freſh water and ſome proviſions.
Thenatives knowing how many ſhipsreſort
thither yearly, continually keep good ſtore
of wood ready cut, near the cape, being
billets about two foot long, and ſell a boat-
load thereof for one bar of iron, or at the
deareſt time give a fathom of it for the

ſaid price. The freſh water is taken out
of a large muddy pond, lying very near
It keeps ſweet and freſh at ſea ;

the cape.

Wood and

water.

and is accounted by many ſea-faring perſons.

much wholeſomer than that at &. Thome,
or even at the Princes iſland. _ |
Every ſhip is to pay a certain duty for

anchorage, and for wooding and watering,

but of no great value, to the Chave-Ponſo,
or chief of the little village at the cape.

It does not exceed four, five or ſix knives,
and a bottle or two of malt-ſpirits, or com-

mon brandy, and that rather out of civility

than any thing elſe, according to the big-
neſs of the ſhip ; for they might eaſily fur-
niſh themſelves with wood and water b

force: but beſides, that the Blacks are ſatis-

Duty paid.

fied with ſo little as I have mentioned for

the permiſſion of wooding and watering,
it may be inconvenient for other ſhips co-
ming after them on the ſame account.

Thoſe ſhip's crews, which are provided Plenty of |
with nets, hooks and lines, may there eaſily b. |

catch a prodigious 2
whereof vaſt ſhoals are daily ſeen in the bay;
inſomuch, that at one ſingle caſt of a net,

they often take as much as will load a ſmall

boat. They may alſo refreſh themſelves
with oyſters hanging at the boughs of long

ſhore of the bay; and in it are great numbers
of crocodiles and ſea-horſes.

The proviſions ſhips may be ſupplied
with there, are fowl, hogs, buffaloes, ba-
nanas, potatoes and yams z beſides the fiſh
aforeſaid, and Piemento de Rabo, or long

pepper and purſlain.

The great number of ſhips I have ſaid
reſorts thither yearly, makes a pretty briſk
trade for cam-wood, bees-wax, honey and
elephant's-teeth; of which laſt, a ſhip may
ſometimes purchaſe three or four thouſand

more, and there is always abundance of
wax: all which Europeans purchaſe for
knives called boſmans, 1iron-bars, beads,
old ſheets, brandy, malt-ſpirits or rum;
axes; the ſhells call'd Cauris; annabas,
copper-bars, braſs-baſons, from eighteen-

pence

of good ſea-fiſn,

ranges of mangrove trees, bordering the

Proviſions.

f Goods on
weight of good large ones, and ſometimes both ſides

396

| Banzor: pence to two ſhillings a- piece; fire-locks,
WYW muſkets, powder, ball, ſmall-ſhot, Oc.

Theprince's

dre.

with ſtrings of ſhells and little bones painted

His cour-

e f0

ſtrangers.

foreſts of that ſort of wood,

Cam-Woop,

'T HE cam-wood is the king's peculiar

trade there, and all fold by him, at
about twenty five or thirty ſhillings per tun,
according to the prime coſt of the goods
given for it in Europe, and ſometimes not
above twenty ſhillings per tun; he under-
taking to provide by a certain time forty
or fifty tun thereof, provided we lend him
axes and ſaws to cut it down, eighteen or
twenty leagues up the river of Olibatta, whence
he conveys it at his own charge to the ſea-
fide : the country thereabouts having large
the beſt
whereof is that which grows on ſwampy
grounds, being very hard, ponderous, and
of the beſt red; whereas, that which grows
on high dry grounds is much lighter and
paler. The better ſort of it, is at London
eſteemed near as good as the Sherbro cam-
wood.

King an PRINCE of Care IL. OP E.

R OM the village at the cape to the
town of Olibalta, where prince Tromas,

ſon to the king of cape Lope reſides, is a-

bout ſix leagues by land, there being ſeveral
cottages and hamlets of the natives in the
ſpace between thoſe two places, on the pen-
inſula; and from that prince's habitation
to the king's uſual reſidence, is five or fix

leagues more up the inland, but gone on

the river in canoes. |

That prince is a tall well-ſhaped Black,
about thirty eight or forty years of age, by

the natives call'd Save- Pongo, who in his

deportment before ſtrangers affects a co-
mica] air of grandeur, commonly dreſſing
himſelf in a piece of calico ſtriped white
and blue, wound ſeveral times about his
body ; his neck, arms and legs, adorned

red, and his face often beſmear'd with a white
ſort of compoſition,

In honour to ſuch Europeans as viſit him,
he will advance ſome diſtance from his houſe
to meet them, leaning on four or five of
his wives, and attended by ſeveral Blacks,
armed with javelins and fire-locks, which they
fire now and then very confuſedly, and pre-
ceded by drummers and trumpeters, before

whom are ſeveral colours and ſtandards of
the Dutch.

| ſtranger, takes him by the hand, and re-

In this manner he meets the

turning to his houſe or palace, ſits down
there with the viſitant by his ſide, and en-
tertains him the beſt he is able, in broken

_ Portugueſe; diſcourſing about the nation

he belongs to in Europe, always expreſſing
very great eſteem for the king or gover-
nors thereof, and offering to drink their

—

A Deſcription of the

health in palm-wine; which when he docs,
ſometimes in a cryſtal-glaſs, or any other
veſſel, all the natives about him, men and wa.
men, being no ſmall number upon ſuch occa-
ſions, lift up their right hands, and hold them
ſo long as he is drinking, obſerving a pro-
found ſilence; after which, the drummer:
and trumpeters ſound and beat, whilſt the
ſoldiers give a volley of their fire-arms:
and then, to divert the ſtranger, both muſ-
queteers and ſpearmen run about ſhouting
and howling in ſuch a manner, as is frightfuf
to thoſe who are not acquainted with jr.
This ceremony is practiſed cvery time the
king drinks a health; and then the king
retires into his houſe, leaving the toreicner
with thoſe perſons that conducted him
from the fea to his palace; which is by
thoſe people call'd Ga!lr-paita, as is that
of the king of Pongo at Gabon.

-

Towns and VILLAGES.

*- HE town where the king reſides, co:
® fiſts of about three hundred hout
made of bul-ruſhes, wreathed in the fame
manner as thoſe of Galon, and like them
covered with palm-tree leaves, wherein aro
lodged the king's wives, his children, is
relations, and his ſlaves z belides ſome par-
ticular families of his ſubjects, for whom
he has the greateſt kindneſs, which all to-
gether make as it were a little ſeparate

town. We go thither in great canoes up

the river, all the country about being low
and marſhy ground, not fit to travel thi-

ther by land. | |
There are other towns and villages about the
country, five or ſix leagues from each other;
the inhabitants whereof living ſo far from the
ſea-coaſt, and ſeldom ſeeing any Nile men
in thoſe remote parts, when any happen to
go thither, they flock from all the neigh-

bouring places to ſee them, bringing but-
faloes and elephant*s-ſleſh to treat them

with, as valuing that above any food their
country affords, and particularly the ele-

phants. Many of thoſe inland people not N. |
being able to conceive how the Europeans b,

ſhould happen to be white and they black,
fancy we make it ſo by art: for which
reaſon, ſome of them rub the faces of ſuch
ſtrangers with their hands, and others will
ſcrape their hands with their knives, be-
lieving they may by that means take off
the artificial white they imagine ; but that
remaining, contrary to their expectation,
they are much ſurpriſed at the difference
of complexion between them and us, till
ſome of the natives, who are uſed to ſce
and converſe frequently with Europeans, and
who commonly bear us company up che
country, tell them, that if they ware in
Europe, they would appear as ſtrarge to
the people there, who are not uſed 2

blac

33 f
1 1
1 Tre kn:
42 * 3
C8, town.

—
Court eons

ple

Forces,

Extent,

Book IVEICH4?

bl

a, and % ON gonged Hwa

n

f

VECHA?. IO.

1 n

ICKS.

Court eons
pple N

Forces,

Extent,

black faces, as the Vhile men ſeem aſto-
niſhing to them. |

Tur NaTives.
T HEY are alſo very courteous and civil
ro Europeans, many of whom having
been ſhipwreck'd there, and obliged to live
a conſiderable time among thole people,
were all the while very lovingly uſed and
ſupplied by thoſe Blacks with all forts of

roviſions, and every thing the country

would afford, without demanding any re-

turn.

The ſubjects ſeem to have a great vene-
ration for their king, but we ſuppoſe it to
be as with other nations in thoſe parts, more
eſpecially before ſtrangers : for at other
times, they are ſaid to live all together, as
if no rank diſtinguiſn'd the ſovereign from
the ſlave, and thoſe kings work as well as
their meaneſt ſubjects; as has been ſaid,
ſpeaking of the king of Gabon.

This king of cape Loe, has ſome iron
guns mounted on carriages before his palace-
door at Oliballa, bought by his prede-
ceſſors of the French, and he 1s not a little
proud of them; tho? they are ſeldom uſed,
either for want of ſkill, or for fear of ac-
cidents,

I can give no good account of the nature
and number of his forces ; but conſidering
what I ſaid before, that the king of Pongo

routed him, and ravaged his country with

ſo ſmall a power, we may conclude his to
be inconſiderable. When he ſpeaks of them

himſelf, either in promiſing aſſiſtance to a

neighbour, or threatning to make war, he
uſually ſays, he will come himſelf at the
head of his lances and fire-locks.

For adminiſtring of juſtice, he has his

Chave- Ponſas, or magiſtrates, in every town

or diſtrict, to ſee good order kept: by
which, and other circumſtances it appears,
that prince muſt have more than, as ſome

vainly imagine, a ſuperficial dominion, or

command over his p=ople.

have not met with any author or tra-
vellcr, that could give a juſt account of
the extent of this king's dominions, either
eaſtward or ſouthward; however, ſince
moſt modern geographers carry the king-
dom of Bramas, which is the frontier of
the lower Ethiopia, to the river Faire, al-
moſt under the line; the kingdom of cape

Lope muſt of conſequence be ſuppos'd to

reach no farther ſouthward than the ſaid
river, or at fartheſt to that of Fernan Vaz,
in one degree fifty minutes of ſouth latitude,
as ſet down in ſome Dutch maps, the banks
Whereof are inhabited by the people called
Comma. The neighbours of this king's
dominions ateaſt ſouth-eaſt, are, according
to ſome, the Anzikan people, who are man-

eaters, and extend to the ſouth-weſt ſkirts
r

Crafts of Sour. GUINEA.

that the king of cape Lope's dominions are

not very great. 3 5
More might be ſaid concerning this

prince, as to his wives, their manners, and

397

of Miſſinia. However it be, this is certain, Bax Or.

other particulars ; but theſe things being ſo

like what has been ſaid of others, it is
needleſs to repeat. I ſhall therefore onl
add ſomething of the nature and 8
of the country, and of the manners and re-
ligion of the natives in general.

They are commonly tall and well-ſhaped, Shape and
as like thoſe of Gabon in feature and de- temper of

portment, as if they were one and the ſame

nation; but of a more courteous temper,
and very affable to Europeans, to whom
they all, the king not excepted, are very ready
to tender the company of their fineſt wives,

if they ſeem to deſire it; looking upon it

as an honour to their wives and themſelves,
as making no account of cuckoldom; and

the female ſex being generally very free of

their bodies.

tives.

The common dreſs both of men and women, Hadi:

is alſo much like that of the Gabon Blacks :
but the knives the men uſually carry, have

three or four very ſharp points: they throw
them fo dexterouſly, that which way ſo—

ever they hit, they certainly flick 3 and
ſcarce any of them walks abroad without

one in his hand, as the moſt ready weapon,

for their defence. © |
Their houſes are alſo like thoſe at Gabon,
both in ſhape and materials. Their com-

mon food is yams, potatoes, bananas, green Feed.

or dried fiſh and fleſh; eſpecially that off

buffaloes and elephants.
They never drink at meals, and being Printing
into tribes and families, and lying.

all ſubdivided
the heads or chiefs whereof, are diſtinguiſh'd

among them, by the name or title of Mavi;

it is a cuſtom for the Mavi of a tribe al-

ways to eat by himſelf alone in a pewter-

diſh, and the reſt of his family in wooden

veſſels. They ſit at their meals on mats,

and lie on them at night.

Theſe, as well as the Gabon Blacks,
make no ſcruple to marry their own mo-

thers, aunts, daughters or ſiſters, and wear
bits of ivory ſtuck through their ears, or

long rings; and ſplit their upper- lip, keep- Cut lips.
ing a little wooden ſtick in the gaſh to pre-

vent its cloſing, becauſe they are ſubject to
a certain diſtemper very common there,

which on a ſudden ſeizes and caſts them

into fits, of ſo long a continuance, and
cloſing their mouth fo faſt, that they would
be inevitably ſuffocated, if by means of

the ſplit at their upper-lip, they did not

pour into their mouths ſome of the juice
of a certain medicinal herb, which has the
virtue of eaſing and curing the diſeaſed per-
ſon in a very ſhort time.

6-4 5 Their

* CC ——
—

7
.
1
*
Fo
1.4
2
1
a 4
*
1
U
in
2
*
1
75
1
ö
5
" it
*
10

7
'l
|
l
|
1

rr rr rr re
2 — - —

———
ou _ £4 4
2 :

— 1 ——
—— by
— — - ——_—_— .

—= pope =o =
— —— api . — — IEA

rr . 7——————

—— — —
——

ky of * * *

— — . —

—— -» —
* « —_ = =
—_— SIS 2

398

Barnor. Their language differs in nothing, from
that of Gabon, only ſtrangers have this advan-
Language tage, that the cape Lope Blacks can ſpeak a

broken Portugueſe, as having frequent com-
merce with many ſea-faring men of that
nation, who reſort thither, from Braz!!,
Angola, and the Portygueſe iſlands of the
Bight, to clean, or get proviſions, or trade,
as being a more convenient place, and of
much leſs expence than at S/. Tome, or
Prince's iſlands, their own colonies, How-
ever, becauſe every northern European that
trades there cannot ſpeak Portugueſe, I ſet
down here ſome few of the molt neceſſary
words and phraſes of their language. Si
omba, to buy; Mamimomeeau, clephant's
teeth; Pelingo, iron- bar; Mone!lo, linen
cloth; Jagna, a knife; Pelollo, gun-pow-

der; Longo, a ſhip; Enſienni, wrought pew-

ter; Broquo, bad; Fino, good; Quiero, to
aſk; Jango, little; Quendo, go away;
Mena, let me ſee; Biaka, let come; Coria,
to eat; Mondello, a Hollander; Meckendo
Fino, a fine woman; Pellie; large or great;
Save-{0ijg0, the king; Coquelle, power;
Calicule, for Maleguelte, or Guinea pepper.

Tis hardly to be believed what a multi—

tude of blue parrots there is; for ſometimes

they fly over the country in ſuch numbers,

as really ſeem to darken the air: they ſoar

not extraordinary high, and may be eaſily

| ſhot, being good meat ſtew'd or boil'd,

Extreme
be at.

eſpecially the young ones; which, with the

bullocks fleſh, ſo common in thoſe parts,
is an extraordinary help to ſailors. The

latter feed in Savannas, and other paſture-
grounds about the woods, where they ſhel.

ter themſelves, ſometimes above a thouſand

in a herd. To kill them they get to the

windward of the herd, in the night-time, and

aſſault them juſt at break of day, ſhooting
among them; for if they have the wind,
they will run into the woods. This ſort of
cattle is ſmaller than at Cabo-Verde; their
horns no more than round ſtumps, like the
Alderney cows, on the coaſt of La Hogne.

The days and nights are generally of an

equal length, except at the time the ſun
comes to the tropicks, when they differ
about half an hour. „„

The winter or bad ſeaſon commences in
April, and laſts till September, during which
time, tho? 1t rains continually, the heat is

et almoſt intolerable, and ſo extreme, that
the foil is ſcarce wet, and the ſtones almoſt
as hot as fire. |

The uſual weapons for war, are bows and
arrows, javelins pointed with iron, and
thields of bulruſhes, five foot long, or the
bark of trees, for the generality ; and ſome
few uſe muſkets. When their army takes
the field, the women attend their huſbands,

and carry their weapons, till the time they

meet the enemy, and then deliver them to

A Deſcription of the

the ſoldiers. TFheir drums are made after

the manner of thoſe at the Gold Coaſt, wide
at the upper end, and pointed at the other.

Thus they make war by land or by water,
and to that effect they always keep a cer-
tain number of long large canoes read
which they row like the S:erra-Leona Blacks,
ſtanding up in them. They uſe great in-
humanities towards their enemies, when they
get the upper hand. Formerly they uſed
to eat them, but ever ſince the Europeans
buy ſlaves at Guͥiie a, they are ſatisfied with
ſelling their priſoners of war, inſtead of
deſtroying them, as finding it for their ad-
vantage, tho' they have commonly but
few to diſpoſe of ; but before they are ſold,
they make them feel the effects of their ha-
tred, in abuſes and blows, after an inhuman
manner.

KTTLTTTOQO1TDN

5 Þ HOSE Blacks ſeem fomewhat 105

* rational in their religious worſhip than Sw. ma
all the others I have ſeen ; for tho? they 2 u¼j

. 1 fi ttd.
have all their idols, as well as theſe, yet“ “

they ſeem to entertain a nearer idea of the
deity, in worſhipping, as ſeveral of them
do, the ſun, the moon, and the earth, as

natural gods; and as to the earth, they ac-
count it a profanation to ſpit on the ground.

Some there are, who adore certain high
lofty trees, and the reaſon they give for it
is, that they are beholden to the earth and
trees for affording them all manner of
eatables for their ſubſiſtance, by the help

and influences of the two glorious luminaries

of heaven; which beſides, continually light
them. |

When firſt their country was diſcovered,
they t
at a diſtance, with their ſails abroad, for
large birds, with wide ſpreading wings, and
the guns for living creatures.

They call their chief prieſt Papa, after gi; pick

the Portugueſe manner; when ſuch a one

dies, all the people, and the king himſelf,

mourn for ſeven days ſucceſſively ; during
which time, the king keeps retired by him-
ſelf, and admits of no viſits from any perſon
whatever : after the expiration thereof, they
bury the dead Pontif, a vaſt croud of people
aſſiſting at the funeral, all in confuſion about
the corps.

The ſaid high-prieft has always a bell

hanging over his ſhoulder, to ſhow his dig-
nity and office; and upon exerciſing his
conjurations and enchantments, or other fe-
ligious ceremonies, makes a great noiſe with
it: for he pretends to cauſe dry or wet
weather, fertility or barrenneſs, to appesſe
the devil, to foretel future events, and many
ſuch abſurdities, which the groſs ſtupid
people believe he can perform at will.
Thoſe

took the Portugueſe ſhips, appearing.

A

„ K O©\ <= 8 > 053. wt

Limits of

Lines.

WHation,

"tt,

tte. Boo Walks . K „„

— tas FL) tend & pad, trad © An tr, tn, beads * gas _ a Mn 4

Book IV. HAF

— S
—

EY red. SO.

Var. II.

. mom
4 earth |
„ |

1

715541
51s.
* vc 4

% pri

Thoſe Blacks pay a great reſpect to the
Portugueſe prieſts, who happen to come to
their port; and will have ſome of their

children baptized by them, with a chriſtian

Limits of

Guines,

nation.

auh.

name, which ſeveral of them alſo take.
The young prince Thomas's wife 1s baptiz'd,
and her name Antonia, as is one of his
ſonsz.

The Portugueſe had ſome miſſioners there
in former times, who inſtructed them in the
principles of the chriſtian religion; but the
air being very unhealthy, the ſaid miſſioners
either ſoon died, or were forced to return

home; for which reaſon their miſſions pro-

duc'd but little fruit, and the natives re-
main in their groſs ſuperſtitious paganiſm,
from which it is almolt impoſſible to with-
draw them, unleſs it were by a continual
courſe of inſtruction, which might gain
ſome of the molt ſenſible and judicious a-

mong them, who might be fit to receive

holy orders, and diſperſed throughout the
country, to teach and convert the people.

I have before obſerved, that Gninea reaches
from Sierra Leona, on the north, to Rio de
Camarones on the ſouth, thoſe being its moit
certain and natural boundaries; however,
ſome ſea-faring men will have it extend

ſouthward, to cape Lope Gonzatves, and

ſome even to Rio de Fernan Vaz, near cape

St. Catherine, in two degrees and a half of

ſouth latitude z which may properly be

Coaſts of SOUTH-GUINEA.

reckoned to belong to the kingdom of cape Barzor.
Lope Gonzalves, The ports and rivers of WWW
Mixia, or Paradia and Sarnaſias, or Santa-
bacias, places of little trade, and only reſorted

to by ſome few ſmall Portugueſe ſhips, lie be-

twixt the ſaid cape and Rio de Fernan Yaz,

which is generally allowed to divide the

upper, or North Guinea, from the lower or
Southern; the deſcription whereof I ſhall

conclude, after giving an account of the

four large iſlands in the Bight of Guinea,
which are, Fernando Po, Prince's iſland,
St. Tome and Annobon, being the ſubject of
the next chapter.

It is true, there are ſome authors who in-

clude within the extent of Guinea, the coaſts

of Loango, Congo and Angola, which I can-
not but condemn as an error. Others there
are, who make the country of Angola to
commence a little ſouth of cape Lope,
which in reality is almoſt an hundred leagues.
from it. :

I ſhall add ſome general remarks I have
made upon the Eng!ifh, French, Portugueſe
and Dutch charts I have by me of the coatts
of Guinea; beſides what I have already
made, which may be of uſe to ſca-faring
men. The lait chapter ſhall be a Vocabu-
lary of the molt familiar words of the four
chief languages of the Blacks in Nor th and
South Guinea, being thoſe of the 7elofs,
Foulles, the Gold Coaſt, and Fida and Andra.

CHA&AP xt

The deſcr iption of the iſland of Fernando Po. Of Princes's a. Of
St. Thomas's z and; and of the iſland Annobon, The difference be-

FERNANDO Po IsLanD.
HE iſland of Fernando Po, otherwiſe
1 called //ha Fermoſa, or Beautiful iſland,
as allo Ilha de Fernando Lopes, for the Por-

tugueſe give it all theſe names indifferently,

had the firſt of them from the diſcoverer
of it in the year 1471. Ir is, as to ſitua-
tion, the moſt northerly of the four great

iſlands in the gulph of Guinea, and thirty

hve or thirty fix leagues diſtant in a line,
from Bandy point, at Rio-Real, or New
Calabar river; the north point thereof lying
in three degrees of north latitude, or but
lome few minutes over. The length of it
is about twelve leagues from north to ſouth,
and it bears weſt ſouth-weſt from Camarones
nver, leaving a ſpacious ſafe channel be-

Tween them.

It is the largeſt of the four iſlands in the
gulph, or at leaft as large as St. Tome, af-
fording a delightful proſpect at a diſtance,
and being all very high land, is eaſily ſeen
at a great diſtance at ſea. „

tiven the Engliſh, French, Portugueſe aud Dutch charts.

The land produces plenty of Mandioca
roots, rice, tobacco, and many other fruits,
plants and roots of the uſual growth of
Guinea, The Portugueſe formerly had ſugar
plantations there, and I cannot learn why
that work was given over; but the ruins of
ſome of their mills are {till to be ſeen.

Product.

The natives are a cruel ſort of ſavage Nethues

people, and ſeem to be frighted at the ſiglit
of any Europeans, that either by chance or
neceſſity happen to make the iſland ; for
few or none ever come to it otherwiſe, as
being a place of no trade. They are natu-
rally rude and treacherous towards any ſuch
ſtrangers, who ought therefore to be cautious
how they truſt them; being very wild, and
divided into ſeven tribes, each under its re-

ſpective King or governor, who are always

at war among them ſelves.

| PRINCE's IS LAN p,
R, as the Portugueſe call it, Iba do Prin- n, nam:

cipe, had its name from the Portugueſe
prince

400

BAR BOT. prince Henry, who, as J have taken notice,

RO And

Poſition,

PLATE 23

in the introductory diſcourſe to this work,
was the chief promoter of the diſcoveries
on the coaſt of Guinea ; tho* ſome would
deduce it from its revenue having been
given to a Portugueſe prince, without na-
ming which of them: but the firſt is the true
derivation.

It was diſcover'd about the year 1471,
either by Santaremand Fohn de Eſcobar, or
by Fernando Po, and is ſeated in one de-
gree fifty minutes of north latitude, about
thirty four or thirty five leagues welt of
cape St. John, which is oppoſite to it, on
the continent of the gulph of Guinea, and
about thirty leagues north of Sz. Tome, be-
ing about nine leagues in length, and five
in breadth, high and mountainous, as here

. repreſented in the cut, which I have drawn
as exact as poſſible, both the times I was

there ; and may be ſeen pretty plainly at

twenty leagues diſtance weſt, ſome of the

mountains appearing like tables, and others

| pecked, like pyramids or ſteeples.

The proper road for ſhips to come to an

anchor is on the eaſt ſide ; the right courſe
to it, in coming from the weſtward, being

Paim-

land,

to make cloſe to the ſouth point of the iſland,
and to paſs through the channel there is be-
twixt it and the high round Palmsiſland, or

Ilha de Caroco, diſtant about an Engliſb mile

eaſt ſouth-eaſt from the ſaid ſouth cape, or
point. This Palm-iſland being extraordi-

_ nary high, and all over covered with palm-

trees, from which 1t has the name, may be
ſeen at a great diſtance weſt, copling up

like a hay-reek. The channel is there ſo

deep, that any ſhip whatſoever may boldly
ſail within piſtol-ſhot of either ſhore, with-
our apprehending any thing, for there is
no bottom found there with the lead ; but
when paſt to the eaſtward of the Palm-iſland,
and then ſtanding northward, we find in
coaſting of Prince's- iſland, from twenty to
thirty fathom water, ſandy ground, mix'd

with ſmall pebbles and ſhells, till we come
to the right road of the ifland, which 1s
ſomewhat within the mouth of a bay, facing

eaſtward, in juſt one degree thirty minutes

of north latitude, where is only four or five

St. Antony
tom.

fathom water, oozy ground.

That bay extends from the ſouth point,
which has a rock near it at eaſt, within the
land, about five Engliſb miles welt fouth-
weſt in depth, and is about two Engii/b
miles in breadth, at the mouth. Small
veſſels, yachts and ſloops may run in to the
bottom of it, without any danger, and an-
chor within half gun-ſhot of the town $7.
Antonio, the chief port of the iſland. The
ſhores are generally covered with large peb-
ble ſrones, and in ſome places rocky; only
at the botrom of the bay, facing the town,

is a ſpacious beach, which at low water is a

muddy ſand,

A Deſcription of the

catholicks.

Book
The town lies along the beach, oppoſite
to the mouth of the bay, and at the ver

bottom of it, between two rivulets, which

run down from the adjacent hills, at the foot
whereof is the town, and conſiſts of about
four hundred houſes, built with clap- boards,
after the Portugueſe manner, forming two
long ſtreets in a ſtrait line, from one rivu—
let to the other, which affords a pleaſant
proſpect, each ſtreet being wide, and look.
ing upon woody hills. Moſt of them have

long balconies, and lattice windows; fo that

IV.

tho? the ſtructure be but mean, all together

looks well. Some of the houſes are built
after the Dutch faſnion; thoſe people about

the latter end of the laſt century havirg

poſſeſſed themſelves of the iſland, and
planted there a colony of their own, be-
longing to a conſiderable merchant of Ann.
ſterdam, under the direction, if I miſtake
not, of one Claer Hagen, who, for its greater
ſecurity, had begun to erect a fort on the
ſouth point of the bay; bur diſcord pre-
vailing among themſelves, and the Pyr7z-
gueſe, who had been firſt maſters of it, being
aſſiſted by their countrymen of 51. Tome,
they were forc'd to quit it, and ever ſince

it has remained in the hands of the P9gr/r-

gueſe, who the better to defend it, have at
the north ſide of the town, and by the rivu-
let at the end of it, built a little fort of turt
and planks, with convenient cazerns for
the governor and the garriſon of about
forty men kept there, being -moſt of them
Portugueſe mulattos, with ſome few iron

guns, to ſcour the beach and landing-place ;

but the fort, guns and garriſon are at pre-
ſent in a ſorry condition.

There are two pariſhes in the town, with chart

their reſpective churches, which are pretty
handſome, for ſuch a place. The firſt and
beſt in the weſt part of the town, dedicated
to St. Antony, from which it derives its name;
the other is of the invocation of the hleſſed
virgin, called Madre de Deos, or the mother
of God, at the eaſt end. Tho? at ſome di-
ſtance, they are both in ſight of each other,
and decently adorned, with handſome altars
and good church-ſtuff, as uſed by roman
Each of them is ſerved by a
black prieſt, the one ordained by the arch-
biſhop of Lisbon, the other by the biſhop ot
St. Tome. Beſides the two pariſh churches,
there are two chappels in the town.

The country behind, and on the ſides of che
town, is very mountainous, and almoſt all
over woody, as may be ſeen by the draught

of the town of St. Antony, taken from the anal

middle of the bay in the cut here inſerted.
That poſition renders it ſubject to heavy
rains, and dreadful thunder, thoſe moun-
tains being often covered with clouds, and
conſequently it is a very unhealthy habita-

tion, tho? the air in other parts of the Nano

SO TT 0W U

— — — — — 4” —
„ **

2 n ;
E
2 — — —

8 RR — — 2 r 2
— — . —— —— —

mY»

_

one

22 Ad IA”

+ ts —

— — —

——— — —

—— — — —

—ͤ— ——Pf— f — — —

—— — —— ¶ w̃—

* - Pg LY Mn | 5 | | Ee : ;
FEET OE of oE CO RT 8 25 15
— — a f P >
5 7 |
Ne FLOSPLCE Of 4 a AN SOFT D. SU
* 1 |
; *
— ND en = — — Tl..
. — . — = — ro
5 p 3
* * ml <p
=> 5 DI
: SR ILSS A
2 2 —— 558 SF

* > 8 4

XL

<>

L EEE; —
. —— | :
23 IEEE 3 n
8 0 OR LCL — = — 8
== y — : 7

% — ">= TE
* « < == — 3 -

-

17 Map
Poa d

7
5

4

"11:1) to tho Nino e
Portugal

122 Gallovg

"Uh>BayS! |

_
ry LIT1
Lin 4 1

it

—

— nn nn
— 2 - —— —
—̃ —v—ñ— —
—
—
—
— =
_—-
— *
*
3 n

OS ey — —
7 —— — ſ—
— — —-— —
— — —
—— — rn
8 —
—
— —
— _ —
—— —öj⁴aUä—ä 4
*
+
Ii
"7
l
j
.
i lf
—
— — — 2—
— J
—_ ——
—
—
—

—
RK >=
8

5 2
— 5

Pe

—

==

: —
Bom

, undop |

2 * — 1 |
— — — 5 — —4—ä — — — —
— t F e on -——
— A ac ee Do * — — ——ů — — A 2 2 n EI —— —
— D N — . —— _ _
W rr h |

Q 2
2 (1 - 4 | 10 >
> © n
A 1 = bn | 34
Rv S i V2, 411 NUR
T] — ö * Th | 1 „ 8
I A 0 F "1 0 . | I
DB A M7 M i 3
2 2 , een, *
2 2 1600 ,
= ES 25 W I kt | D
8 WIE » "| iy | Wi |

C. The Church I te Antonio
all Mudd at [ov

B. The Church Madre de D
D. TheFort

RT he own or Drvacton.
3 aH.

*

La
ES
ID

* >

>"
1

8 : it f f .
*1 — en Th 4
W ,, 7 140
5 f > &) | | it i |
| p 4 LEE RR e
) i EI, IDLE en |
* a OI, F 518 114 |
| l 10 ee |
60K A 1
11 F MEM ö
1

A Kort. Sharp edpl

J as SCN from rhe Road in the Bay .

) 10
140 ̃ BY (
Mr i | [| 1 |
0 5 RO || \ ö | | :
2 „ ; 'F}-g i) |
: Wi 9 0
1 | 5 | N | !
— ; I 7 * > Ds: 9
e 8 .
5 — | 6 = 2 N 8 8
5 — | i | 2 8 83
ö 5 DS. | WV a
10 <a RM JD 8
— ll; | K JV 8 DJ £ |
a l 4. f | [| , 4 — —
Wt, ( - 8 8 8 %
0 RR 5 8 *
2 „, n 2
| hh. ] an; Eu (OY
Rs | „ ee V . So Da8
| 1 1 is oh: J 0 2 981 N
1 i gone 1 * 9 : | XJ Q |
| th 1 A V 175 "0 I A
g — N 161 | | | CE > «ys (FS 2 93 ; R
1,1 | 1 i PI
PQ [ (14 [Ih ; j ; | 1 ID \ \ OS V
„ lh 7 Foe EIN IX . NN > * 8
8 It | | | | | 0 | 6s | > 7 j/ . 3 —
| e ee "a { | N JOHN N 8
ee mt: ok ole SO 1717 No I
0 ö ie 4 " 1 1 Se,
S ba —— ——=z 1 W Fol) = -
e i mt | he _— 100 N S
i ; 2 4 a þ . Fe

0

——
+4
<4z
44
Ter!
2
Fx *
7 .
n
Derr
5
*
8
Y £5
Soo
—
—
—
I
”
-
.
— _
— —
22
*
—
—
—
=
.
— —
*
ach

Rrtilit 7

Prark

Mandic
Met for
read,

CHAP. II. Coaſts of SouTH-GUINEA. 401

35 generally reckoned more wholeſome than is proper for long voyages. At Brazil the Bax po

at $4. Tome, or any other parts of the Big; Portugueſe ſtore their ſhips with it to ſerve WWW

a —

Great
2000.

Fertility.

ret fo r
tread,

fr which reaſon the Portugueſe inhabitants
of S'. Tome and Annobon, ſend over their
ſick people thither to recover their health,
as they generally do, and ſoon find the Be-
nefit. |
The thunder there is the more dreadfu],
becauſe of the repeated echoes from the
many dens and large cavities in the moun-
tains, each of them ſo very loud and diſtinct,
chat were it not attended with horror, there
might be a diverſion in it, being much like
what I have before mentioned, to be returned
by the mountains at Sierra Leona, There
are ſo many ſeveral echoes all over the iſland,
that one gun fired returns ſo many reports
from cavern to cavern, ſo diſtinctly, and with
ſuch intervals, that any perſon who is not
acquainted with tne nature of the place, will
certainly conclude, that ten or twelve guns
have been fired ſucceſſively. |
This iſland is very fertile in oranges, of
two ſorts, ſweet and four, lemmons, bananas,
coco-nuts, ſugar-canes, rice, Mandioca, all
ſorts of herbs for ſalleting, and European
grain; as alſo cabbage, papas, tobacco,
much better than that of Brazil, Indian
wheat, millet, cotton, of which they make
cloth, water-melons, pompions, purſlain,
ſome grapes, which are ſeldom all ripe to-

| gether, and a prodigious quantity of palm-

wine, which is there very excellent; but the
leaſt of any ſort above mentioned, is of the

Indian wheat. |

The ſugar made there, and they have five
or ſix mills, is very ordinary and brown.
They commonly dry the bananas before
they are quite ripe, or bake them in ovens,
being . moſtly eaten by the inhabitants in-
ſtead of bread ; tho? many alſo make it of
the meal of the Mandioca root, which is
only the tender part of the ſtumps or ſtalk
of Mandioca, a fort of buſh, bearing long
ſharp-pointed leaves, five together in a
cluſter, at each end of the ſtalks, or ſmall

ire 16. branches, as is repreſented in the print, of

which there grow infinite quantities, if well
cultivated, Thoſe ſtalks they beat very
well, and then dry them in ovens, fo that

Madioc with a little more pounding they are re-

duced to a fort of coarſe meal, very crum-
bly. When reduced to that, the Portugueſe
call it Farinha de Pao, that is, flower, or
meal of wood. It is by many eaten by 1t-
ſelf, dry, carrying of it ſo in their pockets z
bur the more general way 1s to ſoak and
knead it, with freſh water, into dough, and
afterwards bake it on large iron, or copper
plates into thin round cakes, and lo it ſerves
inſtead of bread ; which when new, is tole-
rably nouriſhing and agreeable, tho' ſome-
what inſipid ; but when ſtale, is ſorry food.
The meal will keep good a long time, and
Vor. V.

them to Portugal, and it will ſerve back a-
gain, if they are overſtocked with it. It is
better for this uſe than Caſſabi, becauſe it
keeps longer, tho' at laſt it grows very inſi-
pid; but ſo does our beſt bread, when too
ſtale. Beſides, the older it is, the worſe it
bakes into bread. The Yorimaus Indians,
a nation dwelling on the ſouth- ſide of the
great river of the Amazons, in America, a-
bout the mid-way up towards its ſource, that
is, in about three hundred and twelve degrees
of longitude, bake it in great earthen baſons
over the fire, almoſt as confectioners do their
[weet-meats ; after which, they again dry it

in the ſun, when deſigned to keep long.
Caſſabi bread is made of the meal of this Caſſabi

ſame Mandioca, before it is baked. There
is allo a particular way of preparing it, to
make it keep long, but not fo well as the
baked meal.

With this ſort of food the French planters

of the Caribbee iſlands of America keep their
ſervants and ſlaves, and call it Caſſabi, as
the Portugueſe do at Brazi!. The Mandi-
oca meal was very dear at the time of m

been planted that year. =
This is very remarkable in the Mandioca,

that the ſap or juice of the ſtumps is a cold j, poiſo-
and quick poiſon; and therefore all thoſe who nou juice,
commonly uſe the meal of it, are very care-

ful to preſs out that malignant juice, when
they firſt prepare it, beating the plant quite
flat, and then drying it in hot ovens.

Of this ſort of plant every inhabitant of
the iſland always takes care to have a ſuffi-
ci-nt ſtock in his plantation, not only to
ſerve his own family at home, but to ſell to
the ſhips of their own nation and foreigners,

which reſort thither from the coaſt of Gui-
ea in their return to Europe, or to America,

either to careen, or to take in refreſhments
and proviſions, as alſo for water and wood,

of which more hereafter. 5
The inhabitants have alſo on their planta- Cartel.

tions, ſheep, hogs, goats, and a prodigious
quantity of poultry of ſeveral ſorts, the

greateſt number being of hens, and larger

than they are at the coaſt of Guinea, yet well
fed are pretty good and ſweet ; and ſell a-
bundance to ſea-faring men, eſpecially to
the French, who above all other Zuropeans,
touch there very often with ſlaves : the
Engliſh and Dutch generally furniſhing
themſelves at cape Lope, or St. Tome or An-
nobon, according as the ſtrong tides of the
gulph, which commonly ſet eaſtward, do
drive them. Formerly the Dutch compa-
ny's veſſels did moſtly reſort thither for the
ſame purpoſe, which it is ſuppoſed they

are now forbid by their principals, out of a

jealouſy, that their commanders coming to
5 K _ that

5 * 2 1

— n — : * * r

— 1 » >. * » oy 1 4 ou on od © #
OF ia. cM Og 38 a _ LAS

* ty :
—— . » „fr, —:—3“k“!“1„ñ„ꝗé—

a * 5 — # . —
* 2 4 hg 1 SG * — CR -
- * * * * 7 * 6 4
4 = p £55 _ SIN. "2 * , - = — v F
Ks Tha * > a wal 4 1 — _— - bi —_— RR i = 2 * =
d > = \ —_— — =_
, a — s 33 ——— oo . 7 N 5 % . 3 PR * nn
1 bs 4 OL - _ =,
2 wo * — 5 — - n we” . —
X - — = ac" ” —_ + aa & 2 0 hs 5 ” . . y , LIST... * — q 5 8 _ 1 and __ = \ = -
+ * * 8 * e 1. * 1 ** — » — == — — — * — Mag — oat N 2 * X F i - — _ . 0 gs — - Wy 9 q "7 ts 2 —_—
— * "0 2 — _ 4 — — - rr - e. . n - : - Yo" LE als — JO \
7 = — . . 1 — 1 - — * a — TI s : l N 1 —— 4 ou " _ 1 3 —
— — þ 1 1 % ” 2 — - — — - * — — — 6 PI a n * * * * . wed \
p - D 7 RPE Py — — — a _ 0 p Pg, 4 - —
L * * dab. oe — * . _ hs l . ” l . 1 *. — 8 4 i 7 _ - . l gh. = 2 — D _ G — 4+ . - ID — 5 * *
2 - — ä * b \ 2 £4 * $5 *: 4 1 L * p — — - RN 7 - \ _ . 1 2 5 8 11 * — 2 _ TT G
K CERES | = * 1 5 > * * 4 > 2 2 4 S*- 4 "> 9 A - 1 2 2 -= — * 2 - # bas *
b — / a - : — 8 2 2 L C l : VECIIO WC IRESIIPE Thos * * 2 3 te 5 _ 7 =_ A l _
: : f - we _ \ I - ” - SI IN — g R - — — — _ PR - — * 2 Ss * _ - -—_ \ 2 == : . —_— ; l _ \ l == 9
" , * * 1 at _— — — - — — 2 — r 23 * rant 7 „ W by * 1 So > 4 — — = * 3955 2 92 - * a4 OLDEST 2 - A ”* 3 T a, << +2 A _—_—— = — — 5

— —
—
2

being there, no great quantity of it having

"=
F. 0
; l
"oY
8
24,
8
N %
1-8
.
Fl
$76)
*
1
f o
* n
A
N 45
vw
a
7
J = x
a + :
+
£
N
-
?
1
1
* *
"þ
:
:
F =
*, :
4
4 =
8 17
Tha)
4 8
+
ON 4
.
4
l
*
*
F
C5
EF
WB 7
} x4
i4 N.
.
8
4 l
N
* *
** :
* fy
t p
; *
vs
4 * *
\ x B
bd a,
„
ä 1 *
1
.
;
*
. * FF
o 4
1 2
*
|
- 4
11
= 13]
1 * *
C | :
1 7
11 ”
;
} S 4
Fj
"IO :
a |
Ae
:
— |

—

—

=
: Y

* - + + a
re * k ” *
bs =s ou Ba ih —
K 5
: 2:50" a *
5 PISS. — .
09 — I — —
— - - — PR
— 2 *
2 = — — DR | -
os — » _ — - U ,
* * — — —

402

BARBOr.

Scorpions.

A Deſcription of the

that iſland, may drive a clandeſtine trade to

s their prejudice,

Every ſhip pays the governor of the iſland
uſually reſiding at the fort, forty pieces of
eight, for the privilege of anchoring, wood-
ing and watering there; either in ſilver or in
European goods, or ſlaves, at the rate agreed
on: which done, he allows them the liberty
of wooding and watering on either ſide of
the bay, as is moſt handy to the ſhips-crews.,

The proper place to water, is on the north-
ſide of the bay, about two Exgliſb miles

from the fort, where ſeveral torrents deſcend

continually from the hills almoſt to the beach,
This water is extremely ſweet, but ſo very
cold, that till kept fix or eight days, it is apt
to breed the cholick or pains in the ſto-
mach; eſpecially among the ſlaves, if the
drink much of 1t at a time, as I found by
experience in the Emerillun. There is alſo
good watering on the ſouth-ſide of the bay;
and working on both ſides at once, we have
filled ſixty hogſheads in a day.
The wood is hewed conveniently at moſt
places within the bay, juſt near the beach,

the trees covering all the land, very thick

together dawn to the ſea-ſide. At my laſt
voyage in the Emerilloy man of war, I
wooded on the ſouth- ſide of the bay, about
three miles from the town; but there our
people that were ſet to work, were plagued
with ſcorpions : and among them, one of the
ſailors was ſo ſtung by that little animal, in
the heel, that his foot, and even the leg,

_ were already much ſwelled; when, by good
fortune for him, a ſlave of the town, who

Fiſh.

happened to call that way, at the very mo-
ment, took up the ſcorpion, and cruſhed it
alive, on the wound, which in a few hours
after, quite healed it, as well as if it had
never happened,

The bay is plentifully ſtored with fiſh, of

thoſe ſorts which are commonly caught in

Guinea; only I obſerved among them two dit-

PLATE 24.

ferent and extraordinary ſpecies, which are

ſeldom ſeen at any other of thoſe parts, that I
know of: for which reaſon, I drew them as
near the life as my {kill would permit, and
cauſed them to be inſerted in the cut which
gives the proſpect of the town Sr. Antonio.
The one is a little fiſh, broad and quit
flat under the ſtomach, and as ſharp as the

edge of a knife, on the back; with two ſhort,

thick, ſharp, hard-pointed horns, on the
head, juſt over the eyes, which are pretty
large, and very round; and of that ſort
many are brought over into Europe, dried,
and are called by the French Coffre de Mori.
The other is a long fiſh like an eel, with a
long ſnout, looking at a diſtance like a flute,
the ſkin of its body of a darkiſh brown,
ſpotted all over on each ſide, with two long
rows of fine blue round ſpecks, which s
very good to cat, Among the variety of

ſhells, our people found there in the bay, as
they fiſhed every day with drag-nets, they
preſented me with an extraordinary large
one, near eighteen inches long, much reſem-
bling a muſcle, being all over garniſh'd on
the upper-ſide with a fort of hollow prickles,
as the figure repreſents it in the
meat whereof is very good and ſweet, two or
three being enough for any man ata meal.
The bay ſwarms with huge monſtrous
ſharks, which are very dangerous: for J
ſevera] times obſerved how quick they ran
at any of the dead ſlaves we threw over-
board, and made but one mouthful of a
young boy, that was fo caſt over-board.
The woods alſo ſwarm with apes and
monkeys, but of a diſagreeable figure, and

Y nauſeous ſmell, having long, brown, red-

diſh hair, which are commonly ſold there,

to foreigners, at a piece of eight each, in Pitz |
exchange for haberdaſhery-wares, or old lin- |

nen rags, or ſailors clothes, eſpecially old
hats, which the natives much covet. The
only good in that ſort of monkeys, is,
that they are full of tricks, and pleaſant
geſtures and motions. _ IO.

Blue Parrots, with fine ſcarlet tails, are 8
innumerable in the woods, where they con- birds,
tinually make an intolerable noiſe; of which,

as well as of the monkeys, the natives catch

great numbers with ſnares, or ginns, ſet on

the trees, for that purpoſe. Thoſe parrots,
when well taught, will learn to talk and
whiſtle diſtinctly, ſooner than any others,
and are very good to eat.

There is alſo a multitude of ring-doves, and
turtle-doves, in the woods, which are very
ſweet food; and an incredible quantity of ſe-
veral other ſorts of birds, unknown to us, All

about the woods, grows great plenty of that

ſort of fine purple flowers, which in France
are called Belles de Nuit, becauſe they have
a charming freſhneſs in the morning, and
ſeem almoſt withered in the day-time.

The inhabitants are, for the generality, „1 i.
Blacks, either freemen or ſlaves ; there be- %

ing hardly twenty right Portugueſe families
in the iſland, with about ſixty of Mulattos,
tho' it is reckoned there are above three
thouſand perſons on the iſland, in the ſeveral
parts thereof. Moſt of the Blacks are a ſort
of malignant treacherous race ; nor are the

Mulaltos much better-natured : and if I may

be allowed to ſpeak the truth, the few right

Portugueſe are not very commendable, either 5 f..
for honeſty or good temper, at leaſt the Pe.

greateſt number of them. For they will
watch, as molt of the Mulattos and Blacks
do, the opportunity of ſtealing a foreigner's
hat off his head, as he goes along the ſtreet,
not only in the duſk of the evening, but in
the day-time, if they meet him in ſome by-
place, and are nat ſeen by other people, and
run away with the hat to the wood or one

Book IV.

print; the Plate 1

aſt; and |

(44

French
eatter t1
tort.

Nomen.

Nour. 11. Coaſ of Sou ru. Gu nA,

it behoves every one that goes thither, to be
always on his guard; for the natives are, as [
have hinted already, a ſavage ill-natur'd

403

They eat after the Portugeſe faſhion, and Ba hor.
have in the middle of their rooms, even above WW
ſtairs, a large ſquare hearth, to boil and *9"%*'*

ATE 2

ab;.

ds,

able

fe fes. |

oft; and

French

le, and have been very rude and inhu-
man to ſtrangers, as, has been ſaid, they
were to the Dutch colony, ſettled there by
a conſiderable merchant of Amſterdam, at
the latter end of the laſt century: as they
alſo, ſome time after, proved to Olivier van
Noori's people in 1598; when that admiral,
being bound from Holland for the Eaſt-In-
dies, and driven thither by the ſtrong tide of
the gulf, the iſlanders invited ſeveral of his
men aſhore, with all poſſible demonſtrations
of friendſhip, to ſee their fort and town; and
having prevailed, and got them into it, they
barbarouſly fell on, and maſſacred them
moſt inhumanly, |
At my laſt voyage to this iſland, I came
thither in a yacht, from Fida, to join our
little ſquadron of three frigats, which were
gone before me; I found our people at open

ite the hoſtilities with the town, on account of our

fort.

Namen.

ſerjeant- major, who had been aſſaulted by a
Black, at the beach, and was very dange-
rouſly wounded in the back with a knife;

which ſo incenſed the commander in my ab-

ſence, that he very raſhly and inconſiderately

moor'd two of the frigats, within reach of

the town and fort, and fired ſo briſkly for

two hours together on both, that all the

inhabitants and garriſon fled to the hills,
and had I not come in good time, he would
have done them much more miſchief. But

I ſet all things to rights, by an excuſe to the
_ Portugueſe governour, Don Sebaſtian Vaz, my
old acquaintance, promiſing that the direc-

tors of the French company ſhould pu-
niſh that officer, when returned to France,
for his raſhneſs in doing himſelf juſtice for
the Black's having aſſaulted our ſerjeant-

major fo treacherouſly, before he had re-

quired it of him.
That governour is a gentleman of good

| faſhion, and very courteous to ſtrangers :

beſides him, I knew the major of the garri-
ſon, who is a g00d-natur'd man; all the reſt
are not to be regarded or truſted.

The Portugueſe there, always wear long

ſwords, and the Blacks long knives ſtuck in

their girdles, like thoſe of the Gold Coaft; and
have only a clout, at their middle, to cover
them, Several of the Mulatios are not much
better dreſs'd, and bare-foot ; being gene-
rally very poor, as well as moſt of the Por-
tuguefe inhabitants.

The Portugueſe women are very civil to

foreigners, that can approach them; and

much kinder are the Mulatto women, who
commonly dreſs themſelves in the Portugueſe

faſhion. They ſeldom go abroad but to

church, and then covered with a long veil,
and attended by an old woman ſlave, on
whoſe ſhoulder they lean, as they walk

along,

of pieces of eight.

dreſs their victuals, and fcarce a chair or
ſtool to fit upon, but only a few pewter or
wooden utenſils, and earthen-pots, with
ſorry poor beds, for all the furniture of their
houſes. e
The Blacks, both freemen and ſlaves, call

themſelves Chriſtianos Novos, that is, new
chriſtians, or converts; and many of them,
as well as of the Mulattos, are brought over
from Brazil and Angola, beſides the natives
of the iſland, who all ſpeak Portugueſe, and

two or three forts of languages of their own.

They are all extremely ignorant, and rather
ſuperſtitious than religious, above all in re-
ſpect to their patron St. Antony.

One thing there, is ſomewhat diverting,

which is, when on ſome ſolemnity in the

night-time, they illuminate their ſtreets with
abundance of lamps, made of orange hollow

peels, filled with palm-oil, and a cotton- wick,
ſet on the balconies of their houſes, ten, fif-

teen,or twenty,on every balcony, with which
every houſe is adorned; and the ſtreets being
built in a ſtrait line, the fight is very plea-
ſant. „%%%

The major of the fort is the propereſt

perſon to apply to, and whom I employed to
buy all our proviſions; which he performed

with a great deal of honeſty and good huſ-

bandry, and I paid him for his trouble, and

the coſt, in brandy, coarſe and middling

hats, ſhirts, old and new ſhoes, all forts of
made linnen; narrow and broad ribbands

of ſundry colouts ; ſeveral forts of ſtriped

and plain coloured ſilk, taffety and broca- d.

del, out of faſhion in Europe; gloves, white
linnen, ſilk-ſtockings, old perukes, ſpices,
and thread of ſundry gay colours, the iſlan-
ders being fond of all that is gaudy, and
A ſmall cargo well ſor-
ted, to the value of four hundred crowns, in
all the above-mentioned goods, and of the

cheapeſt forts, will fell very well there, in
product of

exchange for proviſions, of the
the iſland ; but not for money, that being
generally little known among the inhabi-

tants, or at beſt, but little of it in the hands

of a few of the principal men, who drive a
little coaſting trade about the gulf, and Gold
Coaſt of Guinea, making up the cargo of
their ſloops, of tobacco, ſugar, ſome eatables,
Sc. of the growth of their plantations, and
of ſome remaining goods of Europe, fit for
that trade, which they ſometimes get of
Europeans, touching there in their return
home, in exchange for neceffaties for thei

voyage. |

We paid a crown for an Alqueire of Mandi-
oca flower, which is very dear, the Alqueire be-
ing but a little above a buſhel Wincheſter mea-
ſure; anda crown and a half for one of rice; a

crown

-
_—_ 3, 5, ce IF ow

—

7
:
ö
7
:
1
1

"5 Ts
: + "Wo
7 4 4 4 \,
\
£ 0 {
111
. 4
4
: \ l
1 41
# P l q
1 =
ö * |
; * |
b on = :
: , N U NM
. on
. © þ
5 H
[ 419
* 1 7 7
: R
7 *
4 0
15 12
©. a
: - 8
4, ,
” '
* o
. l *
| 42
g - 8 =
fl 4
45 N .
* : 5
: ; 1 4
, * 1 : \ o
N 4 *
N K
4
q - *
; 7 ;
4 l
. 13
4 i +
1 CY
, 1188
i ; 1
1.
}
J 10 7
! - B
J q A 1
* 8
Y 7
3 1
, by 1
mt
W
3
＋
13
. 4 —
331
. 7 7
1
'
1
.
15
F.
= 7
"7 5
% 6
AW 4
&YJ!
l \
* F
* ?
=
1 :
Fl » 4
oy :
*F
4
+.
»
; [2
1
* 1 ; l
} +
3
[| \
> :
4
: 4
. PF.» 1
| :
f ,
as.
*
c
1 *

— CIS 2 —

——

n 9 tg == >

—_ OE Fo — we IO —

— — — — — —
p 8 us . — Ws wo IIS 838 8 .
4 4 2 =o 2 bY oy — — > * — - — — a — — — — —
© 2 ; R þ - — pros * By > — — - * w - — —— — < - 4 += Y 8
— 1 — * — R Y A — 1 - 2 - 5 po — 5 © — We" 2 *r. * * e ; ws 2 *
— * - — - ＋ . — — 1 . in = a 3 8 4 » E \ — -
* of 4 ' . 8 K — e —— —_ y * 7 2 * — > b F M * * = © *
— — WA - A — — > —— 4 N . . * — 7 Ky l * pa ww = — % \ — 3” 4 — C 4 - 2 2 2 * g * 1
701 — 7 4 * * 2 — ap . , 2 2 E - - ; 24 SE SR 3 n we EY . ² Ä - Rent 2 8 2 oe = c : os -: > —— — CW
2 2 N 2 - 1 we = 23 * * 2 2 4 BE MC Xx 3 - — 2 4 þ 22 — * WE — - — Wm os = þ — wa” * .- —_— — — — 9 pes — — —— * — - — —— 1 * e «+ 4
: — — 7 — . 2 Jah 4 _—_— — — . > » = 2 * PY 6 * 2 - * 4 * "7 i . LR" b - N 1
— 4 . — ——— —ͤ— . 8 _ : g —__ P CDRS — — a =: of * 2 2 — i n 2 _ 2 — == 2 = 2 5 8 { _ — — £ 5 * 5
e 5 * * - be 1 -j A — — a — . * — 22 Dd _— S - - : — — ww — — he _ „ 1 9 — — = — 5 g x

Batnor. crown for an hundred of coco-nuts : oranges,

emmons, bananas, and all other fruits,

plants, or poultry, are very cheap sand all

0017441, Of them uſeful and neceſſary in ſlave-ſhips

ood ſupply f 7

of neceſſa. eſpecially, becauſe they cure and preſerve

ries, the ſlaves, as well as the ſhips crew, at ſea,

Wen duly adminiſtred to them, during

their tedious paſſage to America. I would

adviſe all perſons trading to Guinea, not to

neglect taking ſuch refreſhments, either

there, or at St. Tome: for cape Lobe and

Annobon cannot afford them ſo good, the

water of St. Tome not agreeing ſo well with

the ſlaves, as I ſhall obſerve in the deſcrip-

tion of that iſland. For tho* it ſeems to be

a great expence to get it in a ſufficient

quantity, for ſo many men as are generally

on board a ſlave- ſhip, yet the good it does

them all, countervails the charge; it ſaves

the lives of many ſlaves, and keeps them

healthy, in a much better condition, and

fitter for a good advantageous market in

America : for this reaſon, few of the French

ſhips trading to Guinea, miſs touching, in

their return from that coaſt, at one of thoſe

Por ti gueſe iſlands, unleſs they only want to

wood and water; both which they may

do at cape Lope, with as much eaſe, and
cheaper than at any of thoſe iſlands,

ST. THOMAS Ss ISsLaAnp.
Bigneß, THE iſland of St. Thomas, or St. Tome,
poſition, _ is oval, about fifteen leagues in length,

& eo. from north to ſouth, and twelve in breadth
from eaſt to welt ; the chief port-town in it
lying directly under the equinoctial, and in
the northerly part of the iſland,

The Portugueſe, who diſcovered it, in the
year 1452, under the direction of prince Heu-
ry of Portugal, gave it that name, becauſe
they found it upon the feaſt of that apoſtle,
and it is by the Portugueſe reckoned one of
the nine countries, by them conquered in

nent call it Poncos. It appears at about ten

in the et. |

Rog South ſouth-weſt of it, is the little iſland
iſand, das Roſas, or de Rolles, or Rolletias, as the
Dutch call it, ſeparated by a channel, which
has twelve fathom water near either ſhore,
and twenty in the middle; there are ſome
very ſmall iſlands or rocks, called de Roles,
but moſtly overflowed by the ſea. The
iſland das Roſas is much larger than that
de Cabras, on the north; and the channel be-
twixt it and St. Tome, is half a league broad;

and there is good anchoring- ground in it.
Oakes At the north point of S7. Tome, cloſe by
and. the ſhore, lies the little iſland call'd Ilha de
Cabras, or goat iſland; the channel between
them very deep, and ſo called, from the vaſt
number of goats there is on it. The iſland
is very high, and full of wild lJemmon-trees,

404 A Deſcription of the

Africa. The Blacks of the oppoſite conti-

PLATE 23. leagues diſtance at ſea, as here repreſented

S.. Thomas's iſland is about thirty-five
leagues ſouth from the Prince's, and forty-
five weſt from the neareſt port of the conti-
nent of the gulph. It was diſcovered about
the year 1471; the extraordinary fertilit

of its ſoil, moved the Portugueſe to ſettle a Fir cy,

colony of their nation on it, for the con- 47 St.

veniency of their people trading to Guinea,
tho* the climate 1s very unwholeſome, and
abundance of men died before it was well ſet-
tled and cultivated; violent fevers and cho-
licks ſnatching them away ſoon after they
were ſet a-ſhore. |
The firſt deſign of ſettling there, was in
in the year 14863 but perceiving how many
periſh'd in that attempt, by reaſon of the
unwholeſomeneſs of the air, and that they
could better agree with that of the continent
on the coaſt of Guinea, it was reſolved in
council by king Jh of Portuga!, that all
the Jeu within his dominions, which were
vaſtly numerous, ſhould be obliged to re-

ceive baptiſm, or upon refuſal, be tranſ-

ported to the coaſt of Gyinea. Accor-
dingly. an edit was ſet forth, and many of

thoſe who would not comply, were ſhipped

off, and ſet aſhore in Guinea, where the
Portugueſe had already feveral conſiderable
ſettlements, and a good trade, conſidering

the time ſince the firſt diſcovery. A few
years after, ſuch of thoſe eus as had eſcap'd

the malignant air, were forced away to this
iſle of S/. Tome; there married to Black wo-
men fetch*d from Angola, in great numbers,
with near three thouſand men of the ſame
country. From thoſe eus married to Black
women, in proceſs of time proceeded moſtly
that brood of Mulaltos at this day inhabi-
ting the iſland, Moſt of them boaſt of be-
ing deſcended from Portugueſe, and their
conſtitution 1s by nature much fitter to bear
with the malignity of that air. Faria y Sou-

ſa, in his hiſtory of Portugal, p. 304. gives

an account of the expulſion of the Jews trom

| Spain, thus:

The Jes, who in great numbers lived

in Caſtile, ſeeing themſelves condemned to
the flames, by the erecting of the inquiſition

in that country, ſwarmed into Portugal.
King John the ſecond of the name, ſurnamed
the perfect, and the great, firſt entertained
them; but afterwards, being ſenſible of
their wicked practices, for that pretending to
be chriſtians, they ceaſed not to judaize, he

ſent out his officers. who burnt ſome, cha-

ſtiſed others, and filled all the priſons with
them. This made many of them fly into
Africa, where they openly profeſſed them-
ſelves Jes; whereupon the king forbid any
more paſſing over thither, upon pain of
death; giving them liberty, at the lame
time, to remove to any chriſtian country.
But tho? it happened ſome years later, we

will relate what was done in this caſe, In

the

ome,

\
Laas,

Book IVAA

[
{
|
|
{
|
(
|

VW. II.

the year 1492, a vaſt multitude of Jetos
came out of Caſtile into Portugal, engaging
to pay the king a certain number of ducats
a head, and only deſiring to be permitted
to paſs through the kingdom. Eight
months were allowed them to ſtay, and
certain ports aſſigned them to embark. The
time expiring, many went over to the coalt
of F:z, where they were plunder d and abus'd
by the Moors; having been little better trea-

red by the Portugueſe, many returned to Ca.

ſtile, pretending they were converted, and
many ſta id in Portugal under the ſame co-
lour. The king, the following year, find-
ing them obſtinate in their wicked practices,
made all that could be found ſlaves; and
taking their children away, cauſed them to
be baptiz'd, and ſent them to the iſland of
$:. Thomas, to be brought up there chriſti-
ans, and inhabit it. Thus the Fews came
firſt to mix their race with that of the antt-
ent Portugueſe. To return to my ſubject.
The ſhips anchor in the road of the bay,
on which the town is ſituated; the ancho-
ring for ſmall ſhips is in three fathoms and a
half, and for the larger, in five fathoms,
ſandy ground, keeping the fort at ſouth- weſt.
This road lies north-eaſt and ſouth-weſt, we
moor there, with the beſt bower at ſouth,
becauſe the wind blows moſtly from thence;
we commonly fail cloſe to the iſland, to
come to the roads, the water being there

pretty deep along the ſhore. About a league

and a half from the fort, in the bay, lie two
{mall iſlands, ED

The foil of Sr. Tome is generally fat, mix'd

with yellow and white earth, which by the
dew of the night, is rendered very proper to
produce many ſorts of plants and fruits, and

min ſwampy grounds, prodigious lofty trees,

EN

ina ſhort time. |
The ſugar-canes thrive ſo well there, that

the planters make yearly, above an hun-
dred thouſand arrobes of muſcovado ſugar,

the arrobe being thirty-two pounds Porty-
gal weigh t: the plants were carried thither

from Brazil, but do not yield ſo much ſu-

gar, nor ſo good as there, tho' cultivated
after the ſame manner; becauſe of the moi-
ſture of the ſoil, which makes the canes to

over-ſhoot, for which reaſon they often dry
it by fire, or burn it as much as they can.

For the ſame reaſon our European wheat
will not come to maturity; but ſhoots out
all into ſtalks and leaves. 5

The iſland is watered in ſever al places, by

little rivers, running down from the hills

into the ocean, their waters are very ſweet,

and cold, moſt of the rivers coming from

the great high mountain, which riſes in the
very center of the iſland, much above all the
other hills about it, and is almoſt continu-
ally covered with ſnow at the top, and all

over wooded; which is very remarkable, conſi-

Fel .

Cote of e

the ſcorching heat of the ſun.

405

dering how much it is continually expos'd to Bax ROr.

All the ill fruits and plants of the growth p,44,9.

of Guinea, thrive there to admiration, beſides
many others tranſplanted thither from Bra-
zil; and even grapes, Accajou apples, and
many ſorts of ſmall beans; as alſo Cola,
which formerly occaſioned a conſiderable
trade from thence to Angola, Ginger is alſo
pretty plentiful, as well as the cabbage-tree,
which grows very tall in one year, and is
called by the natives Abellane: but Euro-

peanfruit-trees, asalmond, olive, peach, and

other ſorts, which have ſtones, or ſhell, tho?
they grow very well, yet they never bearany

fruit; and on the contrary, all forts of our

ſalletting thrive very well.

The natives prerend they have a ſort of
trees, whoſe leaves are continually diſtilling
water, like the fabulous tree authors ſpeak
of in the iſland of Ferro, one of the Canaries.

They have great ſtore of all the tame Beaffs and

creatures, that are uſual on the coaſts of .

Guinea and Benin; and particularly of black

cattel, larger and more beautiful rhan thoſe

at the Gold Coaſt, and the ſwine are alſo
very large: and as for fowl, there are tur-

keys, geeſe, ducks, turtle-doves, partridges,

black-birds, ſtarlings, and very beautiful

parroquets, no bigger than ſparrows, with

fine ſcarlet heads, beſides many other fine
birds not known in Europe.

The ocean all round the iſland ſwarms Fiſh, &c.

with fiſh, and among them ſmall whales,

and north-capers, or grampuſſes; nor is
there leſs plenty in the rivers : ſo that the
inhabitants have all ſorts of proviſions in im-

menſe quantities; and were not the ſcorch-
ing damp air ſo pernicious to Europeans, who
can ſcarce live there to fifty years of age, it
might vie with the iſle of S/. Helena, ſo fa-
mous amongſt Eaſt-India travellers, for its
fertility and plenty of all neceſſaries, and
over and above for the wholeſomeneſs of its

air, being about four hundred leagues diſ-

tant from St. Tome, ſouth-eaſt by eaſt, and

look'd upon as a terreſtrial paradiſe.

As for the natives, they are ſaid to live
long and healthy, tho? ſpare and lean of
body, and many of them to attain to an
hundred years of age. There 1s alſo ano-
ther notion, for the truth whereof I dare

not vouch ; which is, that if a foreigner hap- |
pens to go to reſide at St. Tome, before he
is at his full growth, he will continue at that

pitch all the days of his life. They alſo
ſay the nature of the ſoil is ſuch, as to con-
ſume a dead body in twenty-four hours,
The unwholeſomeneſs of the air, is chiefly
attributed to the iſland's lying under the
equinoctial, which renders it intolerably hot
the greateſt part of the year ; and being all
hills and dales, which are continually fill'd

with a thick ſtinking fog, even in the hotteſt.

;L time

2 9 : *

= nc -
. > Te ———— — — — — — on —_ ra > —— 2 — — ; - * — y — . 4
N 8 . — 1 *. - — —
> ; o ” = - > +00 Ee 2 2 a
3*„ A %%%—ͤ́t P r N © CORE > 2 8 = —
— © 9
=. . 7 > — Ts _ MP + —— —
i” - * * — - mo” - —_— —„—
* 2 — — — « © £
» — — * — 2 =
— 4 E 7 — 8 A & .
* _ . _y = n — . ms <A * 8
- * 5 bo CS = a * "- » "7 + — 4 E o C 2 - — 4
1 2 1 *

” = 5 _ — —— — — ve.” wow wee
a * Ag ge b k
N = 2 — 2 0 F 2 x” ”
—— — —ͤ 22 2 —ÜUyUũ— — nes. -. — :: ET EO
— 8 —
8 © — 3 — 4 -
— L — * * 2 — N
- L ks, Mr _— r
— — — = — — t IT =

406

Baxnor. time of the day, that condenſes and in-
Vofects the air, and renders it unwholeſome.

Exceſſive
heat.

Temperate

ſeaſon.

The town,

Add to this, the heavy rains, which fall on

the low marſhy grounds, which being af-

terwards drawn up by the violent heat, rurn
into vapours, and fall down mornings and
evenings on the bodies of men and beaſts, oc-
caſioning much ſickneſs, and the death of
many at the town, eſpecially at ſome times of
the year; becauſe it is ſituated in a low bot-
tom, which 1s not ſo much about the north
and ſouth parts of the iſland. However, at
certain ſeaſons of the year, that malignant
air is fo univerſal, that the natives are forced
to keep cloſe at home, for a time, to free
themſelves from it as much as is poſſible.
The exceſſive bleeding uſed by the Portu-
gueſe, which they have recourſe to on the
leaſt occaſion, ſome of 'em letting blood
fifty times, or more, in a year; is probably
what makes them look more like walking
ghoſts than men. This practice, ſo repeated
for many years ſucceſſively, muſt neceſſa-
rily weaken their conſtitution; the nature of
that climate being ſuch, as cannot ſupply
them with haſty recruits of blood. |
There are two rainy and two fair ſeaſons
in the year, beginning at each equinox, and
ending at the ſun's coming to the tropicks.
At the time of thoſe equinoxes, they have

cular over their heads, and then exhales im-
menſe quantities of water from the ocean,

all about the iſland, which turn to ſuch

heavy violent rains, that they fall all over
the land like another flood; and the on!

comfort at ſuch times, is, that the heat of
the ſun is nothing near ſo ſcorching as at
other dry ſeaſons, when it is intolerable, the
thick clouds then interpoſing; however, at
that time they ſuffer as much by the exceſs
of dampneſs, as they did before by the in-
ſupportable heats, in June, July, and Au-
guſt, eſpecially Europeans; thoſe heats be-

ing then ſo violent, and the ſoil ſo burning

hot, that 'tis ſcarce poſſible to walk on it,
at ſome times, without cor kſoles to the ſhoes.

The other three months of good ſeaſon,

viz. March, April and May, are more
temperate, the continual ſouth-eaſt winds

refreſhing the air; ſo that it does as much
good to Europeans, as damage to the na-

tives, whom it pinches and annoys ſo very
much, that they all look then extremely
thin and poor. But it is very rare there
to have a north-eaſt wind blow as it doth
at the Gold Coaſt of Guinea; and when that
happens, *tis occaſioned by the high moun-
tains of the continent of Africa, diverting
it towards this iſland.

The principal town, lies at the bottom
of the bay, facing the north-eaſt betwixt
two rivers, on a low flat ground, and built
in length, containing about eight hundred

A Defcriprion of the

houſes, moſt of them two ſtories high, and
flat- roofed. And the Portugueſe ſay, there
are above five thouſand ſuch houſes abour
the country, ſix miles round the town;
which is cover'd on the ſea- ſide, by a ram-
part built of free-ſtone, in 1607 ; defended
on the north by fort Sz. Sebaſtian: con-
fiſting of four large baſtions, faced with
free- ſtone, ſtanding on a point of land, the
courtins being of hard poliſh*d rock-ftone,
twenty five foot high; all which renders
it a ſtrong place, if well defended.

The fort has alſo a little harbour or ba-

ſon, facing the north; the acceſs to which,

may be eaſily obſtructed, by thirty- ſix braſs

guns, from eight to forty eight pound ball.

it is furniſh*d with; and ſupplied with wa—
ter by a little river that falls into the fea.
and is the beſt freſh water in all the iſland,
and the moſt proper for ſhips for lons
voyages, if taken in the day- time: but
being then always full of ſlaves, and beaſts
reſorting from all parts of the town for wa-
ter, and to waſh themſelves, and often eaſe

their bodies there, and throw 1n all ſorts of

filth, we are obliged to fill our caſks in the

night, when it is free from all that naftineis, ;,
which makes it leſs agreeable to our men and
ſlaves, being perhaps too raw, as it comes from

the hills, till warmed by the ſun: for it appears
no manner of ſhade, the ſun being perpendi-

by experience, that the water at Prince's
fland and cape Lope, proves much whole-

ſomer for our ſlaves and ſhips crews at ſea,

Tho? this of S!. Tome Keeps pretty well in
caſks, after it has once ſtunk, and is recovered,
J would adviſe ſuch as reſort thither to
victual their ſhips, to water in other places
of the iſland, or in the middle of the town,

through which the river runs, tho' it will

coſt double the labour and charges. For
it 1s fo eſſential a point, that the water
taken aboard in flave-ſhips ſhould be of
the very beſt and cleanly, that it often
contributes very much to fave or deſtroy
whole cargoes of them, according as it is
good or bad; and rather than to run a riſque,
I would adviſe them to go to cape Lope,
Prince's iſland, or Annobon for it; becauſe
many ſhips have loſt the beſt part of their
compliment of ſlaves by that water, in their
paſſage from thence to America.

All the houſes in the town are built with a
ſort of hard ponderous white timber, growing
on the plantations of the iſland, and covered
with planks of the ſame, only three houſes are
all of ſtone ; the chiefeſt whereof, is the
governor's, and another is the biſhops's pa-
lace.
dioceſe extends over the adjacent Portugue/e
iſlands of the gulph of Guinea, and it is ac-
counted the mother-church of Guizea, Congo
and Angola; and for that reaſon, the biſhop
of Angola is ſuffragan to this ſee, which
claims it by antiquity.

There

St. Tome is a biſhop's ſee, whoſe

7 1
Tre (2 0h

e
Are 1

Book IV (a4

Churche:

Cenerg

Churches,

IVE CHAP: IL

There are three churches in the town, one

of them the cathedral, dedicated to our

lady of the conception, as they term it,
which was formerly ruined by the Dutch
admiral, Pieter ver Does (in 1610) who
invaded the iſland ; but afterwards rebuilt
and enlarged by the Portugueſe, much fi-
ner and larger. In it was long after bu-
ried the corps of another Dutch admiral Fol,
who after his conqueſts of Loanda de St.
Paolo in Angola, being ſent there with
twenty one men of war, and two thouſand
two hundred men from Brazil, by count
Maurice of Naſſau, captain-general by ſea
and land for the Dutch in 1641, ſubdued
this iſland the ſecond time: but ſoon after

the concueſt, all his little army was ſeized

with the diſtempers of the country, which
deſtroyed many; and Fol himſelf, with fix
of his officers died, and was interred in
this church, with all the pomp uled at the
funerals of the greateſt generals of armies.
This church is preciſely under the equi-
noctial line.
The other churches of the town, are that
of St. Elizabeth, which is an hoſpital ; and
that of &. Sebaſtian, the lealt of the three,
and the neareſt to the fortreſs, of which

it bears the name.

Thereare alſo ſome other ſmaller churches
and chapels without the walls of the town;

one dedicated to St. Antony, at about half
a mile diſtance; another nearer, to St. John;

another again, to the mother of God, about
half a league to the ſouth-eaſt; another to
the trinity, two leagues off eaſt 3 and ano-
ther, to St. Anne, about three leagues ſouth-
eaſt, which was rebuilt in 1667, as large as
that of St. Saviour at Rochel, but much
handſomer. Two of thoſe churches belong
to monaſteries of Auguſtinians and fryars.
All the inhabitants are romaniſts, except
tome few families of pagan negroes of the
oppolite continent, who reſide there on ac-
count of trade. The biſhop of Sz. Tome
is ſuffragan to the primate of Portugal;
molt of the prieſts officiating there, and at
the other Portugeſe iſlands are Blacks. The

muſick of the cathedral, is partly compoſed

Ceneral.

of negro boys, who are trained to it, and
ling moſtly without book. The king of
Portugal maintains them, and the whole
chapter, out of the revenues of the iſland.
The inhabitants are obliged to main-
tain at their charge the gariſon of fort S..
Sebaſtian with fuel, and to keep in due
repair the governor's houſe in the town 3
as likewiſe all the bridges within and with-
Out it, and to mend the roads about it,
which are often damaged by the heavy
rains overflowing and breaking them up.
The general extends his juriſdiction over
thoſe of the neighbouring Portugueſe iſlands,
of the gulph of Guinea, but reſides at St. Tome,

Coaftr of So UNE

the viceroy of Guinea and Angola, reſi-
ding at Loanda de St. Paolo, in Angola. The
Portugueſe general that was there, at my
firſt voyage to the gulph, was Julian do Cam-
fo Barreto, whom I ſaw ſince at Prince's
iſland, and afterwards at Acra, being there
kept cloſe priſoner, by the garriſon of the
fort Chriſtiaenburgb, then poſſeſſed by the
Portugueſe ; as I have obſerved in the pre-
ceding deſcription of the Gold Coaſt of
Guinea.
The beſt governors and generals, ſent to
the Portugueſe iſlands of the gulph of Guinea,
are old officers, who having ſerved the
king of Portugal in his armies, and had the
misfortune to waſte their eſtates in that ſer-
vice, are poſted there to recover their loſſes;
which they may quickly do, as having the
whole trade of that part of Guinea, beſides
the perquiſites of their poſts, and their

ſhare of the duties foreign ſhips are obliged

to pay, which amount to near ten per cent.
ad valorem, of the proviſions exported from
the iſlands, which duties we commonly pay
in European goods; and for a large ſlave-

ſhip, come to about one hundred and

twenty crowns, or three ſlaves, valued at
torty crowns a- piece; beſides which, eight

or ten crowns are paid to the corregidor,

Merinho da Mar, and other officers of the

cuſtom-houſe. All which, conſidering the

great number of foreign ſhips reſorting
to the iſland yearly, being often above
an hundred and fifty ſail of all nations
and ſizes, it 1s eaſy to infer, that the poſt
of general there, 1s very beneficial withour
all the other profits accruing by the admi-
niftration of juſtice, and trading in Guinea,
and the ſale of the product of their own
plantations, and the fifth part of all the
fiſn caught on the beach, and three- pence
per week for every fiſherman that fiſhes
out at fea: for there is nothing but what
pays fome duty to the king or the gover-
nour ; and even European goods carried a-
ſhore for purchaſing proviſions, muſt all
be fent to the cuſtom-houſe, and pay ten
per cent. ad valorem,

Thoſe goods in French ſhips particularly Goods im-
conſiſt in Holland-cloth, or linen, as well ported.

as of Rouen and Britany z thread of all co-
lours; ſerges, filk ſtockings, fuſtians, Dutch
knives, iron, ſalt, olive-oil, copper in ſheets
or plates; braſs-kettles, pitch, tar, cordage,
ſugar forms, (from twenty to thirty pounds
a- piece) brandy, all kinds of ftrong liquors
and ſpirits, Canary-wines, olives, capers,
fine flower, butter, cheeſe, thin ſhoes, 8
ſhirts, and all ſorts of ſilks out of fafhion
in Europe, hooks, Sc. of each fort a little
in proportion, .
The

an

and is aſſiſted by a corregidor in deciding Barzor.
Judicially all the conteſts and differences that WWW
happen there; but there lies an appeal to

Pets 6 *

of Gs * —é—— ——
"I rr -
. - — n

J a E .
S
> th, N 2

—— Cora gr
I 1 n

* - = #* DD * —
< 2 — = — * M £ — —
2... „ „„ 2 — ˖7 —ßůß——j——— — — — *

— 1 e . y
- — 0 . * F — — — a J
WA. IR - n . a>
T = " 2 * > 8 7 _— — _ "3 5 o — Net. 4 A 4 1 * - 2 1
4 — OA Ah re 4 0 | * * a n e + 3 + - 1
7 ; 8 8 = . I 24 = "Ta &. — r Fo” 8 : < —— 2 — — — b . - -
Eu CRT ART ©, _ = : | — —.. Ee ECD TEES Rn=ny.—>—— DG — — — —
ON — — — —.— A a . - — —— - - p — : dart > ;
— — — r — my E - — — — — 4 >» "> N — 4 od _—% - 4 — bs _ a =
gre —— * . 2 1 5 f . * 2 — Td - | . - as * a * — — * * . | PR
3 4 7 — 5 _ b — — 5 — 2 = : - . - — x: 4 8 ' — — N F
, * . - _ = — * * - > _ n © - - 4 * „ — — 7 4 2 n —
— X — — 5 5 1 - - g = 20 g .
= ” - a bs 3 "Kee - 8 y 5 7 4 * 3 mm 5 — * =, —
þ = — — — 2 — — F * 0 4 1 — . C 2 my * 7 5 = _—
= . j N - 8 : 2 e 2 4 * . N 2 or - of me 4 * ow Fe, : -, i _ -
1 ? n gt. 4 8 7 5 4 woo 2+ a * SF? 8 * * 4 . . — 4 2 — - 7 =o. — — — — e
4 I b- — PO — 8. * — — — — 2 . . ol —
= A ITT * 2 Z - b — — a — — — —_ — ; d p - " * 22 — —— 1 a - - 5
—— S — — — 2 — = —— + eco. - - — 32 2 — 2 . . -4
— — — — 08 2 a n — 2 0
1 1 1 - 8 — _ - — . 2 — Loans 1 Md 8 ay 2 a; 2 2 hy heh = —
r 52 — — 5 * 7 — * — 2 oy eng

2 8
— >, T - a
— — * 2 — h — — Ee
. . — — * vr
E acti
——
— 4 * * — e .
a * 7 — — nets on -
” 0" = 4 8 — Ys —
; 2

— . 2 — . — 22 . 2 —
22 = — — 2 = 2 — £ - . K

380

BARBOT-

A

Inhabi.

t Ants.

The iſlanders are a mungrel people, as J
have already hinted; white Portugueſe, de-
ſcended from the firſt inhabitants of the

iſland, when it was ſéettled; Portugueſe Mu-

latts*s, allo deſcended from the - proſcribed
Fes, ſent thither at the beginning of the co-
lony, and married to Black women ſent from
Angola; both free, beſides a vaſt number
of Blacks and Mulait,*s not free; tranſported
alſo from Loanda de S. Paolo, as the iſland
could be cultivated : as alſo a multitude of
other ſlaves, who tho” they are ſo, compoſe
whole villages of themſelves all over the
iſland.

The moſt ordinary food of the inhabi-

tants is potatoes, kneaded and mix'd with

Farinha de Pao, or Mandioca, goat's-milk,
palm- wine and water. Thoſe of ſome ſub-
ſtance often feaſt one another in their vil-
lages; eſpecially in hot ſcorching weather,

five or ſix whole families meeting together

in dens and caves, dug for that purpoſe
under ground, to keep off the heat, each fa-
mily bringing a diſh to compoſe the ban-
quet. 8

The commonalty of all thoſe mungrel
people, eſpecially of the Mulatto's and Blacks,

are treacherous villains, very thieviſh, in-

ſolent and quarrelſome, on the leaſt occa-
ſion ; and ſome, without any.

| Difempers; Having ſpoken fully of the unwhole-

ſomeneſs of the air at Sf. Tome, it will not

Fevers '

be improper to take ſome notice of the
moſt common diſeaſes, afflicting the inha-
bitants, viz. fevers, ſmall-pox, cholicks,
the bloody-flux, the venereal diſeaſe ; and
another called there Bichos no Cu, beſides
ſeveral others, affecting men there, and
particularly the head-ach. |

The fever, above all other diſtempers,
deſtroys the greateſt number of people,
eſpecially new comers from Europe, carrying
them off in leſs than eight days ſickneſs.
The firſt ſymptoms of it are a cold ſhiver-

ing, attended with an intolerable heat or

inflammation in the body for two hours,
ſo as to throw the patient into a violent

_ delirium, which at the fifth or ſeventh fit,

Small-pox,

or the fourteenth at moſt, makes an end of
moſt perſons ſeized with it; the fit return-
ing every other day. It the patient eſcapes,
he may reaſonably expect to live there
leveral years in health, provided he is tem-
perate both as to wine and women; and
be well dieted after having been purged
immediately with Caſſia, infuſed in the
blood of vipers. They allow the patient
to drink water plentifully during the fit.

As to the ſmall- pox, it is there as elſewhere
in Guinea, ſome die of it, ſome not; and
the proper medicines for ſuch patients, are
known to all nations, and therefore I for-
bear ſaying any more on that head.

A Deſcription of the

Cholicks are there ſo terrible,
diſtract the patient in three or four days
The cauſe of this ſort of cholick is moſtly at-
tributed either to the exceſſive uſe of women
or to the evening dews; and to catching
cold, after a violent ſweating: many, eſpe.
cially new comers, being apt to cool and
air themſelves when very hot, in the night-

time a-bed, or drinking to exceſs of the

Juice of coco-nuts, which is of a very cool-
ing nature,

This fort of cholick has ſwept away an

incredible number of people of all forts

and nations ſince that was a colony ; and
does ſtill continually, the reſort to the
iſland being very great from many parts
as I have obſerved before. It has particu.
larly, together with the bloody-flux, kill'd
ſuch a number of Dutch men, the two

ſeveral times they ſubdued the iſland, in the

the years 1610, and 1641, as before men-
tioned ; that the iſland was then known in

Holland, by the name of the Dutch Church.

ard. However, it is obſerved among our
failors, that thoſe who ſeldom or never g⁰
aſhore, are not afflicted with this or any
other diſtemper of the country. The na-
tives uſe the ſame medicines for cholicks, as

the Blacks do on the coaſt of Guinea.
The bloody-flux is as common among the Bloody-
inhabitants as among foreigners, and de- fx.

ſtroys many of both ſorts indifferently,
The medicine moſt uſed by the natives, is

to anoint the patient all over very often

with an ointment made of palm-oil, boil'd
with certain phyſical herbs, beſt known to
the Blacks, which cures many in a ſhort
time: but for our European ſailors, we find

that quinces are the moſt efficacious reme-

dy againſt that diſtemper.

The venereal diſtemper is very common, Vea.

the Blacks ſeeming to be little concerned at
it, as having a way to cure it with Mercury;
but few Europeans who get it, eſcape dying
miſerably. I cannot therefore but ſeriouſly

recommend it to ſuch as happen to go thi-
ther, to forbear having to do with any

Black women, as they tender their own
lives.

The diſeaſe call'd Bichos no Cu, is alſo rye). |

very common there, both among Whites
and Blacks; the nature of it is to melt or
diſſolve mens fat inwardly, and to void it

by ſtool, which *tis likely is occaſion'd by

the inſupportable heats. The French call
this diſtemper Gras fondu, that is, melted
greaſe ; being in effect a ſort of dyſentery,
the forerunner of which, is an extraordinary
melancholy, attended with a violent head-
ach, wearineſs, and ſore eyes. As ſoon as
theſe ſymptoms appear, they take the fourth
part of a lemmon-peel, and thruſt it up the
patient's fundament, in the nature of a ſup-

poſitory,

Book IV CHA!

as to Cholict.

— — —

„ . . 4 }Wy > we

ne - ii 8 1 — rrnre

= Head ac h,

Product,

PAtoes,

nH .
1041205,

Agar.
ane;

k,

10,

V ICaAP.

rad ach.

Product,

Fiat hes,

1005.

Way.
ane;

97 |
| £11205,

IT.

ſitory, as far as they can, which is very
painful to him, and he is to keep it there as
long as poſſible. If the diſeaſe is not invete-
rate, this certainly cures him; but if this
remedy proves ineffectual, and the diſeaſe ſo
malignant, that there comes away a ſort of
grey matter, they infuſe tobacco-leaves in
{alt and vinegar, for two hours, then pound
jt in a mortar, and adminiſter a gliſter of it
to the patient : but becauſe the ſmart of it
is violent, they have two men to hold him.
They uſe alſo in this caſe another ſort of

gliſter, not fo ſharp, made of the juice of an

herb called Orore de Bichos, with roſe-leaves,
two yolks of eggs, a little allom and oil of
roſes. Some allo prevent that dangerous

diſtemper, by applying a ſuppoſitory made

of lint, fteep'd in a new-laid egg, beaten
with roſe-water, ſugar and cerule, or white
lead. e :
Head-aches are allo very frequent, and
cured as on the coaſt of Guinea.

To return to the deſcription of S/. Tome 3
Indian wheat grows there to perfection, of
which they make bread, baking it with ſe—
veral roots, eſpecially potatoes. Grapes ne-

ver ripen together upon the ſame bunch; but

there are ſome atall times of the year. Stone
fruits ſeldom or never come to maturity.

Mandioca, or Caſſabi, is cultivated as in Bra-
il, but differs from it: for beſides its grow-

ing here as big as a man's leg, and very
lofty, it has not that poiſonous juice as
what grows there, and at Angola. Many
here, as well as at Prince's iſland, make
bread of it, firſt raſping and drying the meal
in the air; and it is much better food than

that of Brazil and Angola,

There are four ſorts of potatoes of Be-
ain, Auwerre, Mani-Congo, and Saffrance,
all tranſplanted thither from the ſaid places.
The two firſt ſorts are the beſt, the one for
lweetneſs, the other, becauſe it will keep
long ſound and good.

The fruit calld Pe gos, grows on a tree
of the ſame name, and reſembles a calabaſh
or gourd, covered with a hairy ſubſtance,
and 1s ſweet and refreſhing.

The Cola is the ſame as in Guinea, and ſo

very plentiful, that they export vaſt quan-
Uities to Loanda in Angola, all in their

huſk or rhind, which preſerves it a long
time, and is much valued there. They alſo
export thither much palm: oil.

They manage and cultivate their ſugar-
canes, as in Brazil, and the ſugar iſlands of
America; but the canes grow much bigger
than at any of thoſe places, yet do not af-
ford more juice in proportion. They com-
monly plant them in January, and cut them
down in Fuze, tho ſome planters do not ob-
ſerve that time ſo exactly; ſo that it may
be ſaid, they make ſugar moſt part of the

year, and there are reckoned to be about
Vol. V.

Coaſts of Sour H- GUINEA.

ſixty ſugar-mills on the iſland; which all to- Box Nov
gether, make every year about fifteen hun WWW

dred tuns of brown ſugar, better than what is
made at Prince's iſland, whence they for-
merly exported ſeven or eight ſhips laden to
Portugal, the Canary iſlands, and England,
before thoſe parts were ſo plentifully ſup-
ply'd from America. Some planters refine
a ſmall quantity, for the uſe of the inhabi-
tants ; but being much inferior to the Ma-
dera ſugar, it has little vent abroad, having
a taſte of the clay ground, and will hardly
dry in the moulds, unleſs the parching ſouth-
eaſt winds blow, and then will not keep
dry two years; for which reaſon they have
ſome white refin'd ſugar from Madera im-

Ported every year.
There is great plenty of cotton, which Cotton

the natives and other inhabitants dreſs, ſpin
and weave, into ſeveral forts of cloth ; the
ſmall cloths for Blacks made of it, are of
the ſame ſort as thoſe of Benin, but not near
ſo fine and good, They lend yearly great
quantities of them to Angola, where they
yield good profit.

All the aforeſaid plants, are often much Vermin.

damag'd by a ſmall ſort of green crabs,
which ſwarm all over the country, and
breed under ground, like moles: The
woods and copices {warm with innumerable
multitudes of large flies, which ſting : and
at ſome times of the year, there are infinite
great ants, which eat the graſs, and gnaw
the young ſugar-canes 3 but they die when
the ſeaſon is over, The rats allo do much
harm to the ſugar-canes.
I ſhall now entertain the reader with a
brief account of the conqueſt of this iſland,
at two ſeveral times; the ſtates of Holland
being at war with the crown of Spain, and
Portugal, at that time ſubject to the ſaid
crown. |
The firſt expedition was under admiral
Pieter Verdoes, or Vander Does, in the
month of November 1610, with ſeventeen
men of war. That admiral having landed
his forces on the iſland, with ſome artillery,
took the two forts. The one ſurrendered at
the firſt ſummons ; the other he batter'd for
ſome time with ſeven pieces of heavy can-
non, and obliged it to yield: after which,

he ſtormed the town, and carry'd it; and the

inhabitants refuſing to pay a ranſome of ten
thouſand gold ducats, demanded by the ſaid
admiral, he took out ſome thouſand cheſts
of ſugar, a great quantity of clephants teeth,
with ſome parcels of gold and woollen

cloth, and wrought ſilks, twenty-one pieces

of cannon, &c. and ſet fire to the place.

But the Dutch did not long enjoy this con- Firſt inva-
queſt ; for ſoon after the country diſtempers ſan by tb

ſeized them in ſuch manner, that above ab
thouſand ſoldiers died; as did alſo the admi-
ral Verdoes, his vice-admiral Storm, and all

e the

410

BARBOT.

WAY

who obliged the reſt to ravage and ruin all
the towns, ſugar-mills, Sc. and having em-
bark'd all the booty they could get, they
left the iſland in ſuch diſorder, that the Por-

tugueſe were not, for ſeveral years, able to
Tepair the damage, for want of coppers, and

The ſecond.

other utenſils and materials, to ſet up their
ſugar-works again; that being then their
beſt revenue.

The ſecond conqueſt of this iſland, was
made at a time when the crown of Portu-
gal, having revolted from the Spaniſh mo-
narchy, had actually concluded a truce
with the ſtates-general of the united provin-
ces; but it not being yet made known to
count Maurice, at that time generaliſſimo

for the Dutch Weſt-India company, at Bra-

211, where he had ſubdu'd ſeven provinces,

or captainſhips, of fourteen there are in Bra-

2:1, he only ſuſpecting that the treaty was
on foot; and being deſirous to augment the
Dutch conqueſts, in Africa, that what they
ſhould gain by force of arms might remain
to them, after the concluſion of a peace, or
truce ; and being ſenſible of the great im-
portance of the ſlaves trade the Portugueſe had

at Angola, and Guinea; ſent from brazil,

admiral Fol, or Houtebeen, directly to An-

gola, with a ſquadron of twenty-one men of

war, two thouſand two hundred land-men,
and nine hundred ſea- men, in order to dil-

poſſeſs the Portugueſe of the city and forts
of Loanda de St. Paolo, their chief place in
the kingdom of Angola, ſouth of that of
Congo; and to put that trade into the hands
of the Dutch Weſt-India company; and
thence to conquer the iſle of 57. Tome, in
the gulf of Guinea, if it were practicable.
According to theſe inſtructions, admiral

Fo! having for his vice-admiral James Hin-
derſon, on the thirtieth of May 1640, ſail'd

with his fleet from Brazil, to Loanda de St.
Paolo at Angola; being in the ſame degree

of ſouth latitude in Africa, as is Fernambuco

in Braz!l.

The conqueſt the Dich made in Angola,

coſt them only an inconſiderable fight: for

Hinderſon had no ſooner got footing in the
ifle of Loanda, but he marched with his
little army to the city of S/. Paolo, tho?
ſeated on a long mountain, and defended

by ſix ſmall forts and redoubts ; beſides the

Jeſuits and capuchins convents, which were
capable of reſiſtance. Whereupon the natives
came to the aſſiſtance of the town; but
were totally defeated by Hinder/on, as were
alſo, afterwards, the Portugueſe forces, led
by Pedro Ceſar de Meneſes, governour of Lo-
anda ;, the Dutch cutting moft of them in
Pieces, on the twenty-fourth of Auguſt:
which put the town into ſuch a conſter-
nation, that the Portugueſe quitted it. The
Hollanders entring the city, found nobody

© Wifi of te

officers of the land-forces, except one only,

there, but ſome ſoldiers quite drunk, and
a few decrepit old men, who had not
ſtrength enough to get away with the other

inhabitants.

The Dutch found a conſiderable booty
conſiſting of twenty-nine braſs, and ſixty.
nine iron guns; a vaſt quantity of warlike
ammunition, and proviſions ; and thirt
Portugueſe ſhips that were then in the har-
bour.

Admiral 7% immediately ordered the
town to be fortify'd, with new regular
works; and to erect a new large citadel,
with two other forts, for the defence and
preſervation of the city: which ſo ſurpriz'd
the former Portugueſe governour, Meneſes,
who at firſt thought the Hollanders had no
other deſign, than to get a rich booty, and
ſo to withdraw from Angola; that he com-
plain'd thereof to 7, alledging the truce
newly conſented to by the King of Porty-
gal, and the ſtates-general ; by which all
paſt conteſts and differences betwixt the
two nations, Were ceas'd, and the two na-
tions looked upon one another as allies. To
which 7 reply'd, he knew of the late re.
volution in Poriugal; but that he had not
yet heard of any truce betwixt his ma-
ſters and the new king : beſides, that it

ſeem'd to him, the town of Loanda ſtill

held for the king of Spain, ſince the go-
vernour had oppos'd his deſcent by open
force, inſtead of treating the Hollanders as
allies,

Thus the city of Sr. Paolo, and the iſland
of Loanda, were poſſeſs'd by the Hollangers,

till on the twenty-firſt of Auguſt 1648,

they were obliged to quit it to the Portu-
gueſe again, by a ſpecial capitulation ſign'd
the twenty- fourth of the ſame month.

To return to 7%; after he had given the
neceſſary orders for the defence and pre-
ſervation of the iſland and city of Loanda
de St. Paolo, and left there a competent
force; he ſail'd with the aforeſaid ſquadron,

to the expedition againſt the iſland S. Tome,

conſidering that the reaſon of war would
remain in force till the truce, betwixt the
crown of Portugal and the ſtates-general,
were duly publiſhed : and reſolved to re-
duce that iſland, which had been formerly
ſubdu'd by admiral Vander Does, as has
been related above, and repoſſeſs'd again

by the Portugueſe.

Jol being arrived there, landed his for-
ces, at a place near which is a ſugar- mill,
and calPd St. Anna, about two leagues
from the chief town of the iſland; and at
the ſame time cauſed the ſquadron to ad-
vance to within ſhot of the caftle of &..
Sebaſtian, ordering his men to commit no
hoſtilities unleſs the enemy began.

The natives could not forbear firing at

the Dutch ; and were immediately followed

by

Box IMCAA

IVECas

e, II. Coaſts of SouTH-GvuiNeA.

by the Portuguzſe, who made a terrible fire

on the Duich ſhips from the fort; which

ſet one of them in flames in ſo violent a
manner, that all the Hollanders aboard pe-
riſh'd in the conflagration.

Jol having routed the Blacks aſhore,
cauſed his forces to march towards the for-
treſs, which was very ill provided both
with men and ammunition, and had but
eight guns fit for ſervice. He attacked it with
much bravery ; but the walls being thirty-
eight foot high, and the Dutch not provi-
ded with ſcaling-ladders, they were forced
to retire with a conſiderable loſs of men 3
and marched to the town, which had no
defence, nor people to make any reſiſtance,
the inhabitants, and even the garriſon be-
ing fled into the country at their approach :
ſo that the Dutch immediately took poſſeſ-
ſion of it.

Then they returned to
fort, regularly; and by means of a battery
of ſix great guns, fired day and night on
it, forced the garriſon to capitulate, and to
leave them thirty-ſix pieces of cannon, and
a vaſt quantity of ammunition 3 but ſcarce
any Proviſions.

This done,
gueſe inhabitants into the town, to treat
with them about the manner, how they
ſhould acknowledge the ſtates-general.

Some few days after, the country diſea-
ſes began to ſpread among the Dutch army,
in ſuch a dreadful manner, that a great
number of the ſoldiers being dead, and
among them Jol, their admiral, with fix
of the chief officers ; he was buried in the
cathedral, with all the magnificence and

pomp, uſed at the funerals of the greateſt

generals. He was a man altogether unpo-
liſh'd; but indefatigable, and bold to ex-
ceſs, in the greateſt and moſt dangerous
attempts. TOE

Jol's expeditions in Africa, were followed
by another, which count Maurice under-
took in the northern part of Brazil, at the
inſtance of the directors of the Dutch Weſt-
India company, to whom the captainſhips
of Maranbab, or Maragnan, had been
repreſented as a country very healthy, and
fertile in ſugar, cotton, ginger, tobacco,

ſalt, and gold mines; and very conveni-
ently ſituated, for annoying from thence

the Leeward and Caribbee iſlands, and all
the other iſlands of the gulph of Mexico.
The count accordingly committed that
expedition to admiral Lieſſtart, and colo-
ne] Coine, both of them very expert men
in warlike and marine affairs.
They failed thither with eight men of
war and fix tranſports, in the month of
October, and immediately ſeized the ifle of
Maragnan, and the town of St. Lewis, and
afterwards the whole province, without any

attack the great

Fol ſummoned all the Portu-

is divided, ſeven were under the Dutch go-
vernment, about the latter end of the year
1641; but ſome time after, theſe three,
Maragnan, Siara and Seregippe revolted,
and the iſland S/. Tome in Guinea ſoon fol-
lowed their example.

ANNOBON ISLAND.

T

the Portugueſe, on account of its being

diſcovered on the firſt day of the year 1471.

It lies in one degree forty-five minutes of
ſouth latitude, and twenty fix degrees of
longitude eaſt ; thirty-five or ſix leagues
north north-eaſt, and fouth ſouth-weſt of
St, Tome; and fifty-eight leagues welt ſouth-
welt of cape Lope Gonzalves z and appears
off at ſea, as is repreſented in the print.
It's about five leagues in length from
north to ſouth z and about five, and in o-
ther places four leagues or lets broad; the
land full as high as S/. Tome, round as if
it were only one large mountain, and, like
it, almoſt always covered with a thick
miſt. About it are ſeveral rocks and

ſhoals off at ſea, which muſt be wel!

looked to, in making the iſland. One of
thoſe rocks at the north end,

good ground, about an Engliſh mile from
ſhore: the tide thereabouts from March
to September, ſets ſwiftly from ſouth, and
e in moſtly fouth-weſt and weſt ſouth-
welt,

There 1s another road for ſhips at the
north-welt part of the iſland, in thirty two
tathom water ; but full of ſhoals and rocks.

Annobon is reſorted to by a great num-
ber of ſhips every year, as well thoſe that
have been trading at the coaſt of Guinea,
as thoſe bound to Angola, and even for the
Eaſt-Indies, that have fallen below the

gulph of Guinea, which put in there for

refreſhments and proviſions; being an
iſland prodigiouſly ſtock'd with cattle and
fruits, far beyond the other Portugueſe iſlands
of the gulph for its bigneſs. In the year
1605, {ome outward-bound Eaſt- India Dutch
ſhips were forced thither by the ſtrong tides,
in their way to the Eaſt- Indies, it being
then inhabited by only two Portugueſe
families, cultivating the iſland with about
two hundred ſlaves; but in proceſs of time
increaſed to thirty or forty families of plan-

ters, each having a certain number of ſlaves,

more or leſs, to cultivate their reſpective
plantations : over all whom is a Portugueſe
governor, but ſuch a one, as will make
no difficulty to receive an alms of a crown,
if tender'd him.

411
reſiſtance made by the Portugueſe. And thus Bax Hor.
of fourteen ſuchcaptainſhips into which Brazii (VAL

HE iſland Annobon was ſo called by Situation.

is called
Porto Ilbeo, that is, the port of the iſle, being
a ſandy bay, facing the north-eaſt ; the an-
choring place at twenty-five fathom water,

The inhabitants are in Lhabi-

9 |
q n
4 !
4 i
*
o U
|
al
| b
} „
i 1
1 1
4 1
0 *
i Ll =
4 3
i LET?
y 4
*
*
_
* Oo
by 1
? „
3 2
Gy — "
*
| 1
q n Wa
Li
[ 4 ©
; b ,
. g
11. : i l
g 1
2Y 4 td
f | 4
3
y oy
iP 14
9 ON CR
{ +4 *
. 15 0
4 4
1
h [1
4 1 1
299
1 ' bot
T in >
4, 5
19 189
1
A *
? ? *
7
TT „“
1 7 8 12
5 i 1 g
2 _ 1
U
[1
o 9 * '
x 4 bs 1 [
. 111 4
. 1
0 * : 7
0 FA
+ Wa
1
1 ja N 11 _
3 | p. * * ' W ö
3s ; 193 |
© | 1 1 1 4
1 { bs
Y Li
N *. b
7 4 4
7
12
19 ) 7 - J
: 00
1 4 a
L 4 1.40 4
- © 4
| [| * RS
1 i ;
9
24 3
” (4 |
* , |
1 y Y i]
. N I =
1 \ 1,9
99 111 f
7 an
1 18H \ 8
-» i 7 5
. 14 N N
„ NN
8 THY
F r
tak
©
Jo * 241
11
j Ic *
18 1.97"
$147
"" : 7.0
1 3 ty”;
1
i% |
, 2 {
. 8
„ 1
© 15 *
R
0 r
r 7
A
7 4 *
if 2
; N 45
5 A
.
ee
* 1
} .
1. * )
Dia ©
7 4 j: — OY
4 1 14 y
1
3 A. .
C 437
11 +
- 4:0 44
*
R .
4
þ ©1$#
7 11
„ 1
4 We;
; l 1
1 f -
11 0
* * >
4 j
1 4 4G
* 4 4% +.
* + iT
* -
„ 1 7
4 = : 9 ,
F v I..
50 «2 if '
b *
4/1 42 yr
1 bo *8..3
22 4 ET
1 1
741
1 423
ry J 2
7 1 "i
AVOID 1
21 6
7 Met
* *
7 *
AY -
x : 2
4 L 11
1
i 4
1 i a.
j $ , 2 1
, *
* $, 9
0 £43
1 $5
ET 4
A x;
. Wa."
T4 uh
\ F
3 4 7 |
4 -
13 ; '
| © I} U
1 =] i o 7
19 1 19 ?
Wt '
+ ba 7
1 74 "Rl ©
Ant” 1
1. 1
4 90h | %
4 N
+
- i
\

HAT |
* *

4

Na.

+ * $8!

De AN
* .

+ +" l
!
4:

+ 4 2088
LEE © o

"Fit 1H

FM

[

; 8 27

i [7 |;

.- |

4

412

BaRBor.

2

A Deſcription of the

ſuch awe of him, that they are ready on
the leaſt provocation to break his head:

for, being only ſteward to a Portugueſe.

gentleman, to whom the iſland belongs, to
collect a third of all the planters cattle,
fruit and income; he fleeces them as much
as he can, which renders him odious to
the inhabitants: who, on the other hand,
are generally a parcel of Black villains not
to be truſted, on any account, tho* they
bear the name of chriſtians, their religion
being but an empty name; beſides, that
they are deſcended from thoſe ſlaves, the
Portugueſe tranſplanted thither in the be-

inning of the colony.

Their women are no better temper'd,
and generally very ready to debauch our
ſea-men; tho? few of them, unleſs naturally
very leud, will be ſo deprav'd and brutiſh,
as to meddle with thoſe frightful and ill-
favour'd jades.

All thoſe people are under the ſpiritual
care of ſome Portugueſe ca puchin fryars:
their churches are very handſome, and large
enough for thrice the number of people.

The greateſt number of the iſlanders in-
habit a large village, oppoſite to the road,
which is fenced round with an earthen cour-
tin, containing about an hundred or more
ſtraw-houſes, beſides ſome of wood and
planks for the white Portugueſe.

The Blacks there wear only a clout about

their middle; and the women nurſe their

children as they do in Guinea, and ſubſiſt

moſtly upon hunting, fiſhing, rice, and

Mandlioca.

The air at Annobon is not ſo unwholeſome
as at S!. Tome ; tho? it be, as I have ob-

ſerv'd already, for the moſt part cover'd

with a thick miſt, probably proceeding
{rom the ſame cauſe, as has been hinted to

occaſion that which overſpreads the former.

The plains are all tilled, and half way up
the hills, as far as the ground has proved
good, which is really very fertile; tho? to
look at from below, it ſeems very dry and

barren.

It is all over planted with cocos, oranges,
lemmons, bananas, bakovens, palm- trees,
and ſeveral others, as commonly ſeen in
Guinea; whoſe fruits are all plentiful, and
as cheap or cheaper than at Prince's iſland,
iz. an hundred coco- nuts, a crown ; a
thouſand of oranges or lemmons, a crown;
and other fruit in proportion. .

There are in the woods wild boars, deer,

wild and tame goats, herons black and

white, and ſeveral other ſorts of birds; and
about the iſland, the ſea furniſnes them with

abundance of all ſorts of good fiſh, and

Olſters,
Hogs, ſheep, goats, chickens, and pi-
geons are to be had in great quantities for a

ſmall matter, or for all ſorts of old linnen
and woollen rags.

Wood and water is eaſily got, very cheap,
and in what quantity we delire ; as alſo
plenty of tamarinds, which 1s an excellent
preſervative againſt the ſcurvy, and a ſort
of ſmall nuts, call'd by the French, Nojs 4:
medicine.

The hills furniſh the iſland all round wit;
many rivers and torrents of good freſh wa-
ter running down to the ſea. Thoſe hills
are ſo diſpos'd, and ſo well planted and cyl-
tivated half way up, as I ſaid above, that
they afford a pleaſant proſpect every way;
which, together with the great fertility of
the foil, and the variety of animals and fruits
found thereon, at all times of the year, do
much recommend it to travellers for a fine
iſland.

The inhabitants tel] us, that on the
higheſt mountain there is a lake of freſh
and ſweet water; about which, the air is ex-
tremely cold, and ſome parts continually
cover'd with ſnow. 555

The Dutch poſſeſs'd this iſland for a while
during their wars with Portugal; but could
not keep it long, the Blacks having fled to
the hilly parts of it, which are almoſt inac-
ceſſible to Europeans; and from thence fo

gall'd them, that they were oblig'd to quit

it on that very account.

It is requiſite in ſailing from Annobon to
the weſtward, the winds being the beſt part
of the year at ſouth-weſt, and ſouth- ſouth-
weſt, to make long trips, til] you get into
three degrees of ſouth latitude, where infal-
libly you find the ſouth-eaſt and ſouth- ſouth-

eaſt winds, which will carry you a great way ci
to weſtward : tho? I have heard of ſome ſhips,“ “ “

that being bound from Annobon for the Gold-
Coaſt of Guinea, in September, failed conti-
nually along under the line, without incli-
ning a degree either towards the ſouth or
north ; and inſtead of meeting with a violent
heat there, on the contrary found it ſo cald,
that tho? the men were well clad, they could
ſcarce bear it, notwithſtanding the ſun in
that month paſſes the line, and is exactly per-
pendicular over-head. The reaſon whereof,

as has been experienced by men who have

made many voyages thither at that time
of the year, is, that then it is always thick

weather, and a ſtiff gale, which prevents

men from feeling the heat of the ſun; a
truth which I have experienced myſelf, in
the months of March and April, when four

ſeveral times I paſſed the equinoctial line, to

and fro, in my return from Guinea; and
have ſeen our ſurgeon-major uſe a muff in
the night-time. :

The reaſon why the air ſeems ſo cold, I
am apt to believe, is, that having been ſo

many months together under a ſcorching
Eg air

Book lx

4

HA

IV

Crap, II. Coaſts of SOUTH-QUINEA. 413

air along the coaſt of Guinea, and coming iſlands in their maps ſeparated as they do, Ban BOT.
on a ſudden into an open air, where we ſome eight, ſome ten, and ſome twelve WWW

WF Wint ,
e lin: E: |

have continual freſh gales, it is not ſurpri-
fing that our bodies are ſo pinched with it,
as to make us ſay, 1t 1s extremely cold ;
tho* perhaps, were it poſſible to tranſport
any perſon in an inſtant from Europe,
into that latitude, he would find the air very
hot; when we, coming from Guinea, ſay it
is, and really feel it very cold.

I promiſed ſome few general remarks on
the difference I have obſerved, between the
Engliſh, French, Portugueſe and Dutch charts,
of the coaſt of the gulph of Guinea: which
are as follow.

D1iFFERENCE between CHARTS.

Erween the Coaſt of Ardra and Rio del

D Rey, the Portugueſe chart, made by
ſpecial order of the former kings of Portuga!,
as I have hinted before, places a large A-r-
chiſelago, of near fifty iſlands, great and

ſmall, moſtly in a double range, along the

coaſts of Benin, Owwerre, Forcado, and fo
on more eaiterly to New Calabar river;
which is very different from all the-other

above mention'd European maps, who men-

tion only a few iſlands on all the above men-

tion'd coaſts, and lay them down betwixt

the coaſt of Ardra and Rio Fermoſo, in Be-

vin; and none at all from the ſaid river Fer-

moſo to New Calabar river.

However, ſince we find there are many
large or ſmall rivers in this extent of coaſt,
which fall into the ocean, at ſeveral di-
ſtances from each other; and ſince we are
inform'd by the native Blacks, at ſeveral
places, that thoſe ſeveral rivers have a com-
munication within the land, by their ſeveral
branches running from one into the other;
in this manner the Portugueſe may be ſup-
pos'd in the right, to repreſent thoſe coaſts

all along cut through into many iſlands as

they do. But then allowing it to be lo, as I
am very apt to believe it; yet thoſe ſeveral
large or ſmall iſlands are no farther diſtant

from the main, and from one another, than

the ordinary breadth of the inland branches
of thoſe rivers, which cannot be well ſup-
pos'd to be above a mile or two over at
moſt, It muſt therefore be a miſtake in
che Portugueſe, to repreſent thoſe ſeveral

leagues diſtance from the oppoſite continent;
as, more eſpecially, they repreſent thoſe
ſet down there, about that part of the an-
gular coaſt, next cape Fermoſo, the coaſt
there turning ſhort from north-weſt to
eaſt : where alſo ir takes no ſort of notice
of that famous promontory's name, and
makes that part of the coaſt which 1s
the cape Fermoſo, to extend to five degrees
of north latitude ; whereas by the genera-
lity of the obſervations of modern European
travellers, this cape lies exactly in four

degrees ten minutes north, as was mentioned

before, in the deſcription thereof.

Another miſtake in the Portugueſe, is
very groſs, not only in the ſhape and form
they give to Rio Real, which is New Ca-
{agar river, ſo very different from the new

draught of it, inſerted in the ſupplement to

this volume; which was taken with all pot-
ſible exactneſs in the year 1699, as is there
expreſſed : but alſo in this, that from cape
Fermojo to the ſaid river Real, they take
notice of four rivers only, viz. to begin
from the faid cape at eaſt, Rio de S. Bento,

Rio de S. Ndefonſo, Rio de S. Barbara, and

Rio Pequeno; and this laſt they repreſent not
properly as a river, but as a little bay
or bulging in an iſland ; whereas it is cer-

tain there are ſeven rivers, at a diſtance

from each other, all of them running down

from the inland country of the continent
into the ocean, through viſible channels or

mouths, as reprefented, and particularly
named, in the ſaid new draught of Rio
Real. |
Nor does the Portugue/e map take the
leaſt notice of the three high iſlands of

Ambozes, ſituate between Rio del Rey, and
Rio de Camarones, nor of the little iſland

Branca, lying cloſe to the continent of the
gulph, oppoſite eaſtward to Ih de Fernando
Po, near the river Borea, or da Borea,
Which gives us ground enough to think,
that nation was not thoroughly informed of
the true poſition of the coaſt of the gulph
of Guinea, at the time their map was
drawn, or that the draughtſmen made it
barely on the credit of perſons, who were
in an error as to thoſe particulars,

CHAP. XII.

Contains a Vocabulary of the principal languages ſpoken on the coaſt
of Guinea; being thoſe of the Geloffs, the Foulles, he Gold Coaſt, and
of Fida and Ardra.

Come now to the Vocabulary, of ſome lt commences with the two principal lan-
of the moſt familar words and phraſes guages, moſt uſed in the maritime parts of

of the languages of the Geloff5, the Foulles, North Guinea; the Geloffs and Foulles dwel-
the Gold Coaſt, Fida and Ardra. ling betwixt the rivers Senega and Gambia,
Volt. V. | 5 N Pre-

ä I In ie — 1

3

REC, —— —— rr — — 4
i . Ly ”- 1 ey - -
i 2 =
"IR — 5. AD 6
— o po _— —
Mos — o -
— = — a - - T \ - "I
— 2 *

T
”*
1
9
1
t
2
. iy.
I:
. 9
7

414

BARBoT. proceeds to that which is moſt uſed
ct the Gold Coaſt, and ends with that which

A Deſcription of the

is common to Fida and Ardra.

I would have added, that of the Quabes-
Mounou, who inhabit the banks of Rio Seſtro,
and the circumjacent territories; but that I
have loſt that paper: only I fear the pronun-

Engliſh,

ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen

fifteen

ſixteen

ſeventeen

eighteen

Nineteen

twenty
twenty one
thirty

forty
fifty

ſixty

ſeventy
eighly
ninety

an hundred

two bundred

three hundred

a thouſand

one thouſand and
twenty

Geloffs,
(or Zanguay.)
en
yaare
yet
yanet
guerom
guerom- ben
guerom-yaare
guerom-yet
guerom- yanet
fouck
fouck- ak- ben
fouck- ak- yaare
fouck-ak- yet
fouck- ak- yanet
fouck- ak- guerom

fouck-ak-guerom- [

ben

fouck-ac-guerom- [

yaare
fouck-ak-guerom-
3
fouck- ak- guerom-
yanet +
nitte |

nitte- ak- ben

fonoair
yanet-foucke
guerom-foucke
guerom-bena-
foucke _

guerom-yaare-

- toncke *

guerom-yet=

foucke +

guerom-yanet-
foucke +

temer (101 teme-
rack-ben, &c 7

yaare-temer

yet-temer

gune

gune-ak-nitte, &c.

N. B. So ak is ad-
ded in joining of any
two numbers, as we
expreſs it by the mo-
noſyllable and.

Foulles.

goO
didy
taty

naye

guiĩeve
guie-goo

guie-didy

guie-taty
guie-nay
ſappo

ſappoe- goo

ſappoe-didy
ſappoe-taty
ſappoe-naye

ſappoe-guieve

ſappoe-guie-goo

ſappoe-guie-did y
ſappoe-guie-taty

ſappo-guie-nay
{oppo
ſoppoe-goo

noggah
chapandetaty

|
„ this is loſt

” :

temedere

temedere-didy
temedere-taty

Gold Coaſt.

biaccou
abbien
abbiaſa
annan
annou
aſſia
aſſoun

oOck-hue

ackounou
eddou
eddou-biaccou
eddou-abien
eddou-abiaſſy
eddou-annan
eddou- annou

eddou- aſſia
eddou-· aſſoun
eddou-Ock-hue

eddou-acknounou

addounou
addounou-biaccou

addou-naſſan
addou-annan

_ addou-enou

addou-efſia
addou- aſſoun
addou-ockue

addou-ackounou
och-ka

och-ka. abbien

och-ka- abiaſſa

temedere-ſappo, &c. appiem

Ca

| Boox1y

ciation of the Engli/þ alphabet may cauſe
ſome difficulty to render the pronunciation

as intelligible to the natives of thoſe diffe.

rent countries, as it is, when ſpoken by a |
French-man z according to whoſe pronun. |
ciation I writ this Vocabular
with the numbers.

temedere-ſoppo, &c. appiem- adounou, & 5 toques, fore, which i 6

7.— 1 begin ad yo!
eil
; | Iwill |
515 and Arca, ome
(in Common } i
edde mon.) one n
| 4
ouwe Hon
oton yur /
hene bp fre
atons [ſee 3
trepo come al
. t blow
tlon-hove 4 4
tioton SY
tiene /
abovay (106-1
hove-reppo 21g
hove-ouwe
(ome It
hove-otons come u
hove-ene 1405
foton EE
g Wi
foton-repo mot
| AN p HA
9 *. |
foton-ove [ that
it rain
foton-oton Igt |
| J.
foton- ene ag
1 | a [wer
OU ;
cou-nOn-gui-repo | lot us
oban | 31 3 te ] 9
a cenre ſ q i cenre. que? 140,
They do not reckon hight br Ing
than 40, and ſo do taiyj] $
and as they reckon al 0 WT
things by boejies, thi I'm /
thread 40 8 1, h
firing, and that thy |
call toque; and jo cu. tut ht
tinue to number i) ur.
ques, (vix.)
E |
1 toque, cenre 4\
Al
2 toques, cen · ove RN
Pe
3 toques, cen - oton 5
4 toques, cen-hene a,
galinha, or 299
boejies ana 7 e
tally, and u. io
tinge to reclin. thres
2 galinhas, fou-hove four
3 galinhas, fou-otn Bl +,
4 galinhas, fou-bene | |
5 galinhas, fatons, ] /*
is 1000 ſeven
jies, anda eight
10 galinhas, fa-h00s | 42
15 galinhas, fa- hoos· 70 :
20 galinhas, guinbale:! len
is the higheſt 1" eve
of 4000 boeſies, and tive]
gin again to reclon el .

| by 1 toque, or palin
100 galinh. guin- batons

Iv

dra,
on.)

on higher
0 40 tal
rec kon al
zies, thy!
eſies in #1
x 4 they]
and jo cus ·

ber 6) *

ve
ton

ene

which in 61
ha, or 209 ö
es ;and un

and tox-

to rec bon,

- hove
oton
hene

1000 boe-
, and ral

.hoos |
. hoos-£3'9
inbale:f
eſt nume
ies, and
ec kon eit
„i galiol

in- baton s

CHAP. I2.

Engliſh.

bold your long
lll

Iwill not

(me

come not near

1 away

uur ſervant

j1 fire a musket
I ſee you

Za Sed

it blows bar

17 do you do
very well, fir

| nd mor row, fi

very early

come 10 eat
come up

p dhe

9 coalk

H- moro
920 night, fir
[ thank you

it rains

T got ſleep

| would fleep with
a girl |

0 ſoeet- heart
lt us go N

.
Ido not remember

bring me a ſheep quickly ĩaſſima-ommghargh

give me ſome drink

I'm ſleepy
is bot

put him in irons

JvOCABULARVY of Numbers, and of the Names of the Months of the Year, uſed
at the Gold Coaſt, at the beginning of this century, which may be uſeful yet, at ſome

parts of that coaſt: the above Vocabulary being more peculiar to the Blacks of Axim,

Coaſts of SourH-GUIN EA.
FAMILIAR PHRASES.

Geloffs,
(or Zanguay.)
noppil |
doinaman
bainaman
calay
bouldick
dock-hodem

* * *

* * *

gueſnala

F * *

gallaou- barenna
ogya-meſſa

Foulles.

de-you
bido-hidy
mi-hyda
arga
da-rothan
hia

* * *

* K* *
medo-hyma
hendou-hevy

ada-hegiam

guamde- bares, ſamba medo-hegiam

quarha-quaihou,

ſamba
lelegentel

calai-caeck-mane

qui a-quaou

ova quiequa- ſouf
* * *

aileg- ack agiam
fon- angiam- ſamba
ſantenala
data- ou
nangretery

acandaoſan

7 pougue-namate,

ſoumack--hiore

candoch-hane
* * *
bain-amaeck

mamanan

* * *

* * *

guinguela-maguiou

7 coffe

medo-hietoma

ſoubacke- allau
* N *

argay

hialleſſe

* * *

ſoubacko
nihallay

* * *
* * *

medo-lelohy

medo- dano

harque-guehin, 7
hylojade
mede-leho
my-fa-hyacke
addou-nambalou

loccan-hyardde

* * *

warn-hiende

ack-hena

* X **

Gold Coaſt.

moua-no
meppe
mimpe

bera, or braa
mem-maho
ſorrecko

medotto

ova-toutourou
mangh-hou
mocko-huenom
& X N
ouna-daſlin
edde-hie-ohie

aquioos-edappa

cou- querou- cou
braa mincouiridy
broa- ſouron
cova- ſaſſly

CO

marinck-he-edappa

midaſſay

* * *
* * *

* * **
* * *
* * *

ovarguiehyelle "my LY,

ſede

and Anta; and this to thoſe, from Anta to Cormentyn.

Engliſh,

415

Fida and Ardra,

namoune-bazy
hann |
my-be

ova

oma-ova

OZONn x

* * *

* * * —
my- mou

N * *

quio-honſouſou

mamoune ebiou-hain
ebbyoin- d'aye

ofons- d'aye

Cxe-cre

* * *
Oua

guiro- dome
O20

ezain

ognoghon
aova-non
* * * |

myle-fion _
dun-hoinene-ova- F
domel-codemy F

* * M

lova-mizon

* N M
* * *

85 din-elein-repon- *

amya-lacon

namya-haan

mydomelo
* * *

my poty-guenda [

ogh

Negro. Engliſn. Negro.
abiancon thirteen eddou- abieſſa
abiennon fourteen eddou-anam
abieſſa fifteen eddou-· anom
anam ſixteen eddou-achien
anom ſeventeen eddou-ochion
achien eighteen eddou-oque
ochion nineteen eddou-oque-nom
oque twenty a denom
oque nom twenty-one, and ſo to thirty adenom-abiangon
eddou thirty, &c. adeſſem
eddou-abiangon fifty aha
eddou- abienon an hundred

hanon i

1 2 2 = 8 1
K —— — —e ñ—. i. HE So — ä K
F — — ooo — —ä — nc —— —— —ä1a———— — - — * 2 —
* — — p . 3 5 85
. — - — — K — 5 — 2 — — CET 2 — —
; ” — 4 8 = . —— A "I N — — = — 2 p
. : — 1 _ —
- — wer _ x - 5 1 — + =
- * — 6 _
S — * 1 9 - — .

416

© Deſcription of the

Book IV.

The Blacks at the Gold Coaſt, diſtinguiſbh the Months of the Year by Moons,
which they name.

January
February

September
Ottober
November

December

Cua-para
Sanda

Ebbo
Ebbo-bere
Biraffe
Deo-fou
Aſſaroeu |
Adeſſen-ſanda
Abeſſem
Ebire
Abanamattan
Ma-maure

FAMILIAR PH R As Es of the ſame people, from Anta to Cormentyn.

Engliſh. Negro.
how do you do, fir aoro-deje
very well daſſene
come, what do you ask bera-ebeny

good morrow, merchant

what will you buy
Iwill buy linnen

ſheto me your bargam

Twill buy conſt _—

1 will pay you well
will you 3 to us

doe have abundance of goods

have you many goods

1 will buy four fathoms of d
linnen for two pieces fou eggeba

there is much gold aſhore

it coſts more in Europe

do well mamebribey

give gold mame-chika

merchant, do you weigh 7 battafou- tumon- chika
the gold |

it is too light chika-engrou

it is falſe chika-emou

captain, give me to eat

T will go away

Tul return to-morrow

T ſhall buy baſons and cloth
go away, and come again
bring a pot of palm-wine

The next is a VOC ABULARY of words, names, and phraſes, in the languages „
| the Gelofts, Foulles, Gold Coaſt, Fida aud Ard ra.

Engliſh,
A

ananas

the arms

the arſe, or bum
to ask

an arrow

B
blind
a bough

batatou-akie
tbetto-beney
betto-fou- fou

cokive-memame-huit
betto-brette
mettra-cau-hie
meſoney-bri-be!1
aqua-edre brette-hoho
battafou aſſaſey-brette
betto-jectam-anam-fou-

æne, manje- idey

men- cofou

eriko-nomabe
betto-eowa-ytonic-tambre good be to you
co-fou, co-bera

fa-enſam, bere-tentem

Geloffs.
(or Zanguay.)

ananas

ſmal- loho

tate, (or guir)
lay
ſmack tonghar

bomena
cahlah

yo ſpeak well

give me a handſome Wife

chika-berette-hoho

metuo-chika-cou give me ſomething

Foulles.

guion-ghe

Engliſh. Negro,

bring wood for the kitchen fa-innem-bera

bring freſh water afa-taba

good morrow captain aquie, æne

1 come to tell you ſomething bera-montheau

let us go aboard together mecon ahenon

1 will not do it men- coquie

eaſar, brette
mohamme
mamehiroo- de- app
woman, Wil! you lie with me mame-hoque- midy
friend, give me ſome gold
take, here is ſome gold

a teſton beque, guave

1 will give no more men- konom- aubeau
in a good hour (or luckily) main ke
mame : daſche
(idem)
manco- bre- beau
meco aſaſej - bera

hold your tongue

tou-mon-chika

give me a token
my moſt dear friend
ace I will be ſet aſhore

this day membry
to-morrow eckenna
a month eſſetan

a moon (idem)
a year after
twelve moons (1dem)

aquio-aquy

Gold Coaſt. Fida and Arars.

ananſi yebode

menſa aova

moutenn mituy
meſcrohady 3

agghien 2 .

nenny offoura 2

otta ED 29.3

meanco-mainc-chikz 1

hanand |

05
gf

banand
jind of
[ wil by
ble bear-
4 Hal, 0
g harr el
; bar of
a box
hej
brandy

6 boy

breeches
g bed
1) bio
10 bite
the brec
ird
bread
ages
E 5100
the bell

crooked
(219e

tron

eivet=Cl
rccodt
a (8516
ler
10 cul

| 4 cann
4 cat

a 20at
cuſcou
10 col
iriptle
the cht
4 coat
the ch
10 Co
the *
4 00

bh dxiy
a op
0 gas
the d
the da
dead

the ell
it ele
the ea
an ens
th; ey
the ea

the ey:

feſp
tho fi
f fes
the
he f
Vi

CAP, I2. Coaſts of Sourn-GvixRA. 417

Fida and Ardra.
; Geloffs. Foulles. 5 * pt | |
5 Engliſh. (or Zanguay.) * * % obourady (banana) * * by
4 * et * *
X R * nenny a | f
banand patt WT maghouary Ovamylelin
Ind of an 06 % mongreſangou bboogihe da
e equlen * | batcera fb
the bear a altovap e * * *
1 pippa . * appatyn
gbarre! barra (win) barra IT appaty-vy
g bar ion ovach-ande 480 ditto aqua
ns idem | . p ara brandwyn _
e ſangara 5. mononta, etouhay 5 lonon- yy
ranch ſoukagorco e en |
ovaſſy ken blaya
1 touhouba 2 ſin-no
towapp pa emppa enſin- no
breeches euntodou le 1 achkuendor |
6 bed 9% nien doou 1 F J oatkanno hendou
1) blow the # matt n mo Ca ano
* wu-haine 8 0 aunoma Egner
tie breaſts arral k hiolly N commen
obird 550800 bourou mo eque
br :ad hyarack bourely *nod- dgia hohonton
14 deret hy -hyam affou | ado
be blond ſmabie rhedo
i? affon Fn
ES 4 loko er u ohon
mnoked <a lahna 1 ye-bozuin
3 AND = canghan 1
n * * * Bt adinck- ſiam "MAP
wetecat | nNOorova hontan
1 0 Sn wy loamdo - dk fey
4 Copper {mah, (cravat) leffoll offoſi quandequen bo |
q cravat doghhol 2 rec balila
| n. bamberta " _ aggirhaomoa ES
| 4 cannon uenaapp oulonde eee, lein
4 cat = behova 3 S * % *
a 00 ; v9 bibaut-huoy
blen n ghian-gol „ * * *
b 9 4 ſoghe boſſare ach: hounan lele
bite, lame a. cobe e aous
e boubou- tovap dee de oddi-courouba ACCOZOU-Vy |
a coat a-ham * *
le children of princes domeguaihe md mobbaa * * *
!s cough ern cotto aque * * *
the 1 * * facere or ſare * * * ednam
8 en | |
| ſa nou
D | hvarde menomen on f
U drink 1 me” | 2 N d'o ou · my-· pon
0 O
| tp Ss hemde adoppi or ſaſſan ſou
dance guine onquen
f ge guinnay K adda q
77 of f - 4 lelegh ſoubac a ovahou on
| 0 |
> | FF dehaina eee _ * * *
| | aſſin
f the elbow p ſmnai-kuoton 8 aſſoun 2
t un elephant gnay a aſſouba 2
the ears ſmanoppe whochionde . griffiba * I.
2. + DEER 2 hyamhyanko s pu * * *
(be eye-browy Ichidy aſſaſſy my-tuy
the earth ſoffi agny ba y |
ſmabutt hyterr ES
lhe eyes = eddnom lin
tenau | ;
10 YaPP fedehendo enſahuere alovy
0 ſma-baram | d*yn-mipon
fingers m 9 eckhaurou yn- mipo
„, or pluck off 7 ma-gre-faiſce houttoude SS
van Nor Mien S% * mehiary
| ver Suernama 5 0
Nei. V.

418

A Deſcription

Engliſh, | | Geloffs,
. (or Zanguay.)
fire ſasfara
a fortreſs 33
a firelock e
fiſherman moll
zo fart doch-hott
the feet ſimatanck
feather doungue
J Uenn
5 G K
gold | * * *
a gun bumberta
God I-halla
great maguena
glutton * * *
the gums * * *
guinea pepper, Or ? EL
malaguetle
fiſhing-hooks delika
a hat * * *
the hair caghovar
the heavens aſſaman
a horſe farls --
a hamock todeapp
herbs miagh
the hands 10 0
a houſe ſman-vig
@ hett gnaarr
the bead ſmababb
K LA
a knife pack-ha
a — donomchende
a kettle cranghiare
the knees ſma-hoom
the king bourre
to kill ruy
1 x
the legs ſmap-paire
a fiſhing line ſmabou- delingba
the lips ſmatovin
o lye narn aa
lice teings
lead bettaigh _
little neouna
to laugh rathal
linnen-cloth endymon
the mouth gueminin
much barena
a maid n*daouch-digin
a man goourgue
the moon vhaaire
mahys, or Indian corn dough-oub
a muſket faital
a ſheep ommghargh
my, and mine LEE:
a monkey or ape goloch
needles pourſa
a nail dinguetitt
220 d'haair
the navel ſmal- loutt

Fonlles.
gia-hingol

X & *
loſſoul fetel
k iou- ballo
ride

coſſede
donguo
linghno

* * *

fetel

allah
mahodo
haderoro
la-koude

* * *

ouande

* * *
ſoukendo
hyalla
pouckiou
leſſo

4 * *

youngo
ſouddo
guertogal
horde

pake
bidho
barma

holbondou

lahamde
ouharde

| covaſſongal

ovande

tondo
hadarime
bamdy

cCckaye

choukahiel

ghialde

chomchou

hendouko
heuy

ſoucxa
gorko-mahodo

leoure

mackary
fetel
balou
ſman
owandou

meſſelael

pangal
ala

houddo

of the

Cold Coaſt.

ahoue-dimy
abban |
* * *
opoffo
oattan
monaintigp
teck - hra
ennam

chika

outrou-caſli

lan- come

oſſon
* NR *

Ss * *

ehuiſſa

aquou- va
eck-hie
ehuy
ahuya
parkoa
hamanke
* * *

zatiaba

ouffy
oko-Kko

„ ier

oſſej-karn

ſaſſi
eouwa
oukonn

oddiekourou
may - counou

menonſoa
achghama
manno-houma
minti

egh-huy
ſombouy
kiſſouwa
oſſery

ainhuyra, or foufou

annon

* N *
katou-meſlia.
eddin

offeran

abbkahoun
ottrou

* N *

* * *
oſchovan

adrobba

prech- gou

bogho
effrouma

Book I)
Fida and 2

| bibaut-huoy
* * *

ſou
hovevito
n'heon
hafo
equefon
gambavy

* * *

balila
boden
Zaſl

* * *
* * *

* * *

* * *

* * *

da
guy-ouleau
ſo

havonſo
* * *

alo

oſin

couquelou

tacon

guy-by
* * *
* * **
* * *
accazou
mi- houy

afo

ocan
nou- bien
ahovelailou
.

* * *

Pevy
cou- e- de
avon

nou- bien

ſouſou
n'hoine- vy

ſonnon
founou

hielrau, or Iyhon

ſou

..clein-

* * *
ezin

* * *
* * *
* * *
* * *

— — —

Cu.

the WE
the ng
the nal

ric 5

an 0X
an at

61 0r0

the P-
a fig

0 fade
f talbe
1 piſs

0
fo inc.
6 fipe
a 70ʃ

g pav1
taper

(Fl Ay
6 igel
painter

0 QUO,
0 quilt
6 queet

a rogue
the 1h
6 rope
a book
the rat
a rat

red

6 ſheep
0 ſing
to hit
10 ſoit
a ſhirt
to ſeep
lr ftay
10 (nee
6 ſlave
a wor
ache.
a/cabb
be be
KW ſcra
fk
toe ſeg
6 ſhip
lo ſhea]
a lone
the fr
2
Ihe fea;
10
foes
the ſur
ſorglet,
mille

%.

IV

CHAP. 12.

Engliſh.

ihe noſe
the night
the nails

rich
4 ox or bullock

mn oath or curſe

611 orange

tho þ---k oY yard
a ft f
a a canoe
titatoes
jo piſs |
adde or pagay

fo pinch

4 Pipe to ſmoak tobacco

a fot

pavilion

paper

( /arrol

6 igen
painted calicoes

0 quroer

ill

6 queen
3

4 rogue

the ribs

g rope

a book

the rain

a rat”

” Ns
8
6 ſheep

% ſing

.. hit

10 ſort

a ſhirt.

H. ſeep

5 ſtay or flop
It ſneeze

6 ſave

6 ſword
ſhackles
d/cabbard

te ſheath of 4 Knife

| 10 ſcratch

fith

toe ſea
/ ſhip

in ſeak

tone

the ein

i lake or ſerpent

Ine ſeat
al
ſues

the ſun

millet boil*d
0 fit

ſoull

Coaſts of Sou r¹GUIN EA.

Geloffs .
(or Zanguay.)
ſmack-bockan
goudina
huai

* * *
* * *

ſmabock (hanabi)

* * *

droai

giolle galgue
N NM *
berouch
Wart

domp
ſmanano
kingn

raya

cahait
inquay
petteck

* * *

ſmahcallah
entedou
guaihe

ſoch-horby

uwett

boume

ſmatere guma rajank

taou
uenach

13

* * *

ovayel
mangredouly
toffli

boughtovap
* * *

gueckiffi

maugre-teſſely
guamon
guaſſi
guingue

ſmanbarguaiſy

ſmanbar-packha

hock-halma
raguena
ſmandai
manguena
ovache

doyg

* e
qua'nn
gangone
ſock' matte
dale |
ghiante-finkan

ſaylet, or bran of I * * *

ſongoane

Foulles.

hener
guiema
chegguen

nedau
nague

ſoldebama oy cot-

tel youmo
canghe

ſolde

babalady
haodguiou

* K *
haing-huje

* X *
mouchioude
hy*-ardougal
tahando
arhayhillan
barkol

ſolerou
* * *

* * *

* * *

leſſo

guefoulbe

abonde

chabiburde

boghol
torade-allah
tobbo |
d*ombrou
bodeghioun'n

cedre

hyemdy
boude
thoude
d'olanke
dahnady
doradan
hiſſeloude

mockhioudou
caffe

gue-hyelle
ovana
ovana

nanhyady

ognia-huß
.
randy
halle

hayre

goure

body or gorory

ghiodorde
lamb- dam
pade
nahangue

changle

ghiodo

Gold Coaſt.

och-huen

aoudouffin
enſacougouloty

* X *
* * *

* * *

abbroque hancaba

cotty
procko

* XK *

bora- guyo
aghucn'tho
ottabhoun'n
ovetti'noun'n
aibiboa
ettoha
franga
aghouma
ahuiry
abrounama
Ottam

* * *
ampa--
oddiekourovay

oghva

emf

ahama

X X * i
eſſou
ockoura
enckhiema

* 4 *
cobbinſoum
ibbin
taſſou
cameza
marccodda

tranſaſſy
ouhenſti

ackhouba

affenam
X & *

a ffena-boucha
enghova
abboggha |
ohiarry, nawahou
eppo-
conghanhie
ora-kaila
obboba
ach-houma
ohovo

* * *

anckin

ſapati

achovai
N K X

tranſaſſy

419

Fida and Ardra,

* * *

Zame
* K *

* K *

X * *

bodou-hovy
yebo, zuinbo

enhouen
hohan

mycon connon
ha- ovelly

hova-diddo
N X *

| henzy

azozein
he zein
fiao?

hovey

eguyle

* X *
* * *

* * *

X * *

accozouzy

* * *
* * *

Ocan or Ocar

hove- doubazy- boden
guyoccon
hofin
fofay

elein
gian
n'homy

* * *

ha- hou
domelo
note
* & *
alabe
gibybo
ogen
* % *

* X *
N K XR

miguiozon
houlguy
hohon

fi
rn
bazey
hohonton
* * *
eque
atopa
hove que
* * *

hynan

420
Engliſh,

ſugar
a ſail

£ þ
a trunk
the thighs
elephants teeth
the teeth
thread
tary
the throat
to throw
the tongue
the toes
tallow or greaſe
to truck or barter
to tremble or quake
a trumpet |
a taſter of cocoas
tobacco
the thunder
it thunders
a table
V
the veins
W
a Wrinkle
Wool
Water
Write |
a woman With child
a Woman

writing-book

| to waſh the bands
to walk

a Whore

to weep ©

to whiſile

the wind

French wine
palm-wine

A Deſcription, &c.

Geloßhs,
l' hem

wirr

ovach-hande

loupp

gnay negnay
ſmabenabin
ovin

ſandol
ſmanpouroch
ſannir
laming
ſmahua jetanck
divguneck
nanvequi
denaloch
bouffſa

taſſa

tmagha

denadeno
ditto
gangona

ſed'itte

* * *
matt

m' doch

binde

digin*-gobirr
digin

ſmackyet? Cumore-

biud
raghen
doch'oll
guelarbi
d'goiſe
Oway'leſte
oallaon
m*ſango tovabb
m*ſango geloffi

(or Zanguay.)

Foulles.

hyombry
ouhderel-hana

bretewall
bouhall
n*hierre-ghiova
n'hierre

guarahie
* * *

dandy
verlady
dheingall
peddely
bellere
ſohode
chin” houde
* * k& •
horde
taba
d'hirry
ditto
gango
d'adol!
* * *
leggal

d' hiam

W hin'doude
deboredo
debo

7 deffe terre

lahow*yongo
medo*hyaſſa
ſakke
who'hedde
houde
hendon
chinck

chingue

Cold Coal

4
avedda

adack- ha
annen
eſſiunſſe
eſſin

ach- hema
* * *

och*hovanoggo

fock*huene
tagur hama
enſa' huere
abbroun'hova
oweſſaſſan
meck* houm
abourben'n
eck' houly

taba
* * *

* * *
oppounu

enſin

ahova
addacka
inſou
ockivahouma
anninſay

hobba

brohoumacrata

coguo hary' zatiaba

on'an'ſſy

abbrakres or abelek re
oreſſan

eghuirama
ach'houm'n

enſan

enſappa

The END of the FouRTH Book.

Book Iy

Ada and Arirg, |

yebogue
honſon

apoty

*X * *
* * *

adou
alotin
X x x
croera
ble
ede
otouy

lou
4
bibautoumy
* * +
aguon' qua
hazo
——ZOU

omaſezou
* * *

* * *

* K *

n' aque

eſin

een' ovay

n*hoine *vas-qui- 1
n'hoine

enhuiove, canhore

alo- aſſy
ozon
heyn'ſy

via · vy

* * *
guio' hon'n
yebo

mevey'han 7 ann

— —— —

S ESSE -

— — Wb

8 N — — —
1 328 Er _—— ES Ee er EE
” : PPP e 2 SSS wo K * . A — —

Lo
*
o

INCA

10 THE

O-F THE
s of North and South-Gu
In Two BOOKS.
P

Vor. V.

Cog

SUPPLEMENT

tn

Jut-vy
hove |
A

The Contents of the firſt Book of this Supplement.

N abſtract of the moſt remarkable oc-

currences and tranſactions, which
have happen'd in North and South-Guinea,
ſince the year 1682, to compleat the ac-
count thereof to this preſent time. A
voyage to New Calabar, in 1699, by the
author's brother. A new brief deſcription
of the coaſts of the lower Ethiopia, vul-
early call'd Angola; that is, from cape

St. Catberi ne, in two degrees and a half
of ſouth latitude, to twenty three degrees
and a half of the ſame. An extract of
the journal of a voyage from England to
the river Zaire, or Songo, thence to Ca-
binde-bay, and thence to Barbadoes and
Jamaica, with ſlaves, in the year 1700,
by the author's nephew.

The Contents of the ſecond Book of this Supplement.

E W obſervations of the courſe from

| Rochel, in France, to the coaſt of
North- Guinea. A ſhort ſketch of the
iſlands Porto-Santo, Madera and the Ca-
naries, lying in that paſſage, An account
of the weſtern coaſts of Africa, from cape
Bojador, in Biledulgerid, to cape Blanco,
in Gualata, incluſive ; with a continuation
of the ſame coaſts from Arguim to Senega-
river. Genera] obſervations concerning
the deſarts of Zabara, and of the pro-

vinces of Biledulgerid, Gualata, Genehoa

and Tombut z and the product and trade

thereof. The courſe from Sexega-river to

the ſouthern parts of Guinea, properly ſo
call'd. A brief account of the iſlands of
cape Verde, oppoſite to the cape of that
name. Of general and particular courſes
from the ſeveral ports or places of Guinea,
properly ſo call'd, to Europe directly,
and to the coaſt of Guiana, on the conti-
nent of South- America, and thence to the
Leeward iſlands. Some remarks about
croſſing the equinoctial, either to the

ſourhward or the northward, Of the

courſe: from Loango and Congo, in the

lower Ethiopia, to the jflands of America.

A ſhort account of the iſlands St. Mat-
thew, Aſcenſion and Fernando de Noronha,

lying ſouth of the equator, betwixt Africa
and South- America. General obſervations
on the management of Black ſlaves aboard
ſhips in their paſſage from Africa to
America, by French, Portugueſe and Dutch.

A brief deſcription of the large pro-

vince of Guiana, in South- America; and of

the two noted rivers that encloſe it on the

_ eaſt and welt : firſt of the renowned river

of the Amazons ; and then of the river
Oronoque. A particular account of the
iſland of Cayenne in that province, be-
longing to the French. Curious remarks
and obſcrvations concerning the ſuppos'd

lake of Parima, in Guiana, and of the

pretended city Manoa, or El Dorado; for-
merly accounted by the Spaniards wonder-
ful rich in gold. The paſſage from Cay-

enne to Martinico and Guadalupe, and

thence back to Roche! in a firſt, and

to Havre de Grace in a ſecond voyage.

An account of the dreadful thunder near

the Bermudas iſlands, and the. terrible
effects thereof; with a ſketch of thoſe

iſlands. Laſtly, an account of hurricanes

of three ſorts, in the Weſt-Indies, vis.
north, ſouth and genuine hurricanes.

The whole illuſtrated with ſeveral
new maps and cuts. |

(30eres
iſland
fort cal
ty he

Eng iſt

A

SUPPLEMEN T

TO THE

New deſcription of the coaſts of Guinea, &c.

The INTRODUCTION.

H I'S new deſcription of North
and South-Guinea, and part of
the Weſtern Ethiopia, which I
have here preſented the reader,
having been ſome time ſince writ by me in
French, agreeable to the conſtitution of
thoſe parts in the year 1682, and having
ſince undertaken to publiſh the fame, after
another method, in Engliſh ; I now deſign

to add an abſtra& of the moſt remarkable

U

CGoeree-
iſland

fot :aken
ty the

-

Engl iſh.

tranſactions that have happened on thoſe

coaſts ſince my laſt voyage thither, in the
aforeſaid year 1682, as far as I have been
able to collect, during that interval of time,

either by my correſpondence there, or from

the accounts given me by perſons of repute,

who have made ſeveral voyages into Ginza,

ſince my being there. To which I ſhall ſub-

Join two new voyages, the one made to
New Calabar, in 1699, and the other to
Congo in 1700; the firſt of them perform'd
by my brother James, and the latter by my

nephew James Barbot : which I hope will be

the more acceptable, by reaſon they will
render this new deſcription of Guinea, and

the coaſts of the weſtern Ethiopia, the molt

compleat of any yet extant, in any language

whatſoever,

B O O K I.

SEN EGA and Gok REE.

London Gazette, No. 2922, from Tueſday, November 9, to Monday, November 13. 1693.

1 H E royal African company of Eng-
land having of late years been mo-
leſted in their trade, in the north parts of
Guinea, by the French, did, by virtue of
their majeſties commiſſion, order their
agent-general, John Booker Eſq; at Fames-
iſland, in the river of Gamboa, to attempt the
diſpoſſeſſing them from thoſe parts; which
ſucceeded accordingly, as appears by letters
from the ſaid agent of the fourteenth of
March 1692-3, now received by way of
Jamaica; an abſtract of which follows.
Having embarked my ſelf, and above a
hundred men of this iſland, upon the com-
pany*s ſhips, the Anne, captain Leech, and
the America, captain Brome, with ſeveral
20S as an addition to the force they ſent
me; I arrived at Senega river the thirtieth of
December 1692, with great difficulty, and

the loſs of ſix men. I got over the bar, and
whilſt I was preparing to attack the fort
called Louis de Bourbon, the firſt day of
January, I received a letter from M. Deſino-

lins, the governor, offering to ſurrender if he

and his men might have civil treatment;

which I readily granted, landed, and took

poſſeſſion of the fort the ſame day, where I
found fifteen cannon, c. The ſaid fort is ſi-
tuated in the mouth of the river Sexega,
and has been in the poſſeſſion of the French
above fifty years, where I have now ſettled
a factory, and called it by the name of
William-and-Mary fort. I continued there
until the twenty fifth, when I failed thence,
and having ſucceeded ſo well, called a
council of war, at fea, the next day, where
it was reſolved to attack the iſland of Goęree,
the only place remaining in the French poſ-

| ſeſſion

— — ESO Een —
_ Tal; W — — —
— — ! 2 —— :

424

Barnor ſeſſion in Guinea; where I arrived with the

La.

with twenty eight guns, without an

ſhips the firſt of February, and continued to
alarm the caſtles until ſaturday the fourth,
when in the night I landed with a hundred
men under the old fort, within two hundred
and fifty yards of the new caſtle, _ called
St. Michael, and commanded by Mr. Felix,
ſituated on a riſing ground, and mounted
reſiſ-
tance, till about break of day, when they fired
furiouſly upon us with great and ſmall- ſhot.

About noon I ſent them a ſummons to

ſurrender before our cannon ſhould be landed;

when they immediately deſired a capitula-
tion, which being granted, and articles
agreed on, they marched out the eighth,

with their arms, bag and baggage, and

colours flying, and were carried to the

company*s fort at Fames-iſland, whence they
are to be tranſported on the company's ſhip-
ping, and at the company's charge, for
Europe.

I have obſerved in the deſcription of the
river Senega, how treacherous and inſolent

the Arabian Moors generally are, who ſell

gum-arabick to the French: I ſhall give an
inſtance thereof in the relation of what hap-
pened there five or ſix months after my paſ-
ſage that way, which is as follows. One
day three White men hinder'd four hundred

of thoſe wretches, by their continued firing

on them, from taking a bark, in which they

had but juſt then been trading for gum-

arabick. Afterwards the French agent was
told, that moſt of thoſe Moors were of a
country lying on the fide of mount Atlas,
in the kingdom of Jarudant, and that they
came down to depoſe Cheiratick, king of
the Foulles, one of the mightieſt princes of
that part of Nigrilia, as was obſerved in the
deſcription thereof. Voyage of M. de Gennes
on the coaſt of Africa, Sc. in 1695, pag.

8, and 9.

In November 1711, when I was writing
this at Southampton, a French gentleman,
brought thither priſoner of war, and who

had for ſeveral years uſed the Guinea trade,

as agent for the company at Paris, of the
Aſſiento, or contract with Spain, for furniſh-
ing the Weſt-Indies with ſlaves, aſſured me,
that about eleven or twelve years ago, one
Des Marchais, who has lived long at Senega,
as ſervant to the Senega company, had made
very conſiderable diſcoveries up that river, by
means of flat-bottom'd boats; having, not-
withſtanding the falls that are about Galama,
penetrated above five hundred leagues up,
and ſettled a very beneficial commerce with
the ſeveral nations inhabiting the banks of
that river, ſome of which are almoſt white;
the French keeping factories among them,
and purſuing the trade with ſuch advantage
to the new Senega company at Paris, erected

Remarkable Occurrences

in the room of the other that was before
that the king of France, to encourage his
ſubjects to ſuch uſeful undertakings, has con-
ferr'd the honour of knighthood of St. Lazg-
rus on the ſaid Des Marchats, and cauſed his
diſcovery to be printed in French,

The iſland of Goeree is but a league diſtant ga,
from the continent, and four from Cape- there

Verde. The Hollanders firſt ſettled a colony
there, and built the forts of S/. Francis and
St. Michael, which are {till to be ſeen. After.
wards the count d' Eſtrees made himſelſ
maſter of the place in 1678. The Engl;
took it from the French in 1692, and de-
moliſhed the forts, which had been erected
by the Dutch ; at laſt the Senega company
having retaken it from the Eugliſb in 1692,
rebuilt &. Michael's fort, an there are at
preſent in the iſland about a hundred French,
with ſome families of Laplos, who are free
Blacks, hir'd by the company to trade from
one coaſt to another. |
Some time after, the French company,

to prevent any farther invaſion upon Goeree,

cauſed the upper fort St. Michael to be rebuilt,

fifteen foot high, and furniſh*d it with thirty

two guns, from eighteen to thirty ſix
pounders, an equal number of each; the

latter of which reach a mile beyond the

great road of Goeree : whereas an eighteen
pounder, fir'd from aboard a ſhip in the
road, cannot reach it, which nothing under

thirty fix pounders will do from thence,

as has been experienc'd by the commander
of the iſland. |

The French have built a tower in that PHH.
fort, which ſerves them for a powder- room, time,

but they keep no garriſon there, unleſs upon
the approach of an enemy; nor are there
any other buildings within it, but barracks
for the ſoldiers, to ſerve upon occaſion.
They have alſo erected three batteries, or
breaſt-works, one at the weſt point of the

bay, of 12 eight pounders; another at
the centre of the bay, looking to the

ſouth, from the pigeon-houſe, towards fort
Vermandois, or St. Francis, of 16 eight
pounders; and another on the eaſt point, ofs
eight pounders, all pointing upon the road,

and obſtructing the landing in the bay; be-

ſides fort St. Francis, which is in the midſt
of them all: ſo that in 1701 there were in
the two forts, and the three batteries, ninety
iron guns mounted, and about three hun-
dred men of all ſorts, ſoldiers, ſea- men and
Black Laptos, at the French company's ex-
pence.

The French have alſo ſettled a factory oc |
at cape Emanuel, oppoſite to Goeree, and Wen
another at Cane, a place farther eaſt from the 1

cape, to carry on their trade with the na-
tives on the continent, the more conveniently.
This account was given me by a French

gentleman, priſoner of war at Southampion,
in

Surceſsfh
x/urper,

Praying
revel

in North and South-Guine. 425

in 1706, who had lived at Goeree ſome time been here ſaid to Caſeneuve; and added, that + gor.
b fore, and ſaid, that iſland was then in a very having been for ſome time ſurrounded by WWW

Retaluy by
Preach

good poſture of defence; and another French
gentleman, priſoner of war alſo at Southamp-
ſon, and mention'd in the precedent account
of the Senega, not only confirmed it, but
aſſured me, that but three years before he
ſaw above ſeven hundred good choice ſlaves
at once, in the booth at Goeree, the French
carrying on the ſlave-trade very briſkly
thereabouts, and eſpecially along the Senega
river, by means of the large diſcoveries
made along 1t by the Chevalier des Mar-

many men, who ſhot arrows at him like
hail, he preſerved himſelf by his dex-
terity in managing his ſhield, ſo as to
cover his body, and receive the arrows on
it; and that their troops were all armed
with bows and arrows, and javelins, only
twenty five or thirty men having muſkets.
This Emanuel gave Caſeneuve a ſhort ac-

count of his life, which I inſert here for

the reader's diverſion, and to ſhow the inge-
nuity of the Black.

chais, above mentioned. Thoſe flaves are „The king, ſaid he, had formerly ſold Notable

at ſeveral times ſent over from thence to the * me for a ſlave to a Dutch captain, who 4 0

* the year 168 6, the king of Baol, who * language as you hear by me. Thence !
ger. 4 holds of the king of Damel, revolting * proceeded to Portugal, which language
from him, obtained a compleat victory over I made my felt maſter of with more eaſe
his ſovereign, near this port, after a bloody << than either the French or Dutch. Having
fight, in which abundance of men were * thus ſpent ſeveral years in travelling thro?
kill'd on both ſides, and thus wholly de- Europe, I reſolved to return to my native
livered himſelf from ſubjection to Dame! z * country, and laid hold of the firſt op-
and prevented his two ſons, who aſſiſted “ portunity that offered. When I arriv'd
their father in that battle with their forces, “ here, I immediately waited on the king,
from being eſtabliſhed kings in that country, * who had ſold me for a ſlave, and having
which he ſecured to himſelf; tho? before he related to him my travels in Europe, ad-
| was only viceroy to Damel. | « ded, I was come back to him, to put
ic. %,, This new uſurper, who was of an ambi- „ my ſelf into his hands, as his flave again,
on thee, WY tious temper, and a bold ſkilful commander, „if he thought fir. The king was ſo far
being encamp'd with his army near Porto * from reducing me to that low condition,
Dali, in order to advance againſt Damel; * that he gave me one of his own liſters
the night before he moved from thence, „ in marriage, and conſtituted me Alcaide,
cauſed all the Marabouis or prieſts to make * or governor of this town, where you ſee
a ſolemn proceſſion through the town of * me live, and of that of Por/udal; for the
Ali, attended by a great croud of people, “ perſon who acts as governor there, is only
to pray for the good ſucceſs of his arms, „ my deputy.”
ſinging and ſhouting. A few days after Zh .
he defeated Damel's army, and returning GAMBOA,
with abundance of priſoners, ſtruck ſucha M Onſieur de Gennes, whom I knew inFrenchex-
terror into that country, that moſt of the *** France, engineer in the king of France'spedition
inhabitants of the villages fled away, to ſervice, after the expedition I am now go-ils.
avoid being taken and made ſlaves; as it ing to ſpeak of, was made governour of
was his cuſtom to do with thoſe he could part of Sz. Chriſtopher's iſland, in America,
get into his power, on any ſlight pretence, and at laſt taken at ſea by the Eugliſo, and
which made him much dreaded by all the carry'd to Plymouth, where he died; being
people. ſent, by the king of France's approbation,
| A French ſhip, that happened to be then with a little ſquadron of four frigats, one
| in the road of Porio Dali, on board which courvette of war, and two pinks, carrying
was Caſeneuve, who gave this account, bought two mortars and fix hundred bombs, with
her eighty ſlaves of the priſoners of war, The all ſorts of proviſions and ammunition, ne-
Hence

gacce ſful

booth at Goeree, for the better conveniency
of ſhipping them for America ; the bar of
the river Scnega rendering it too tedious and
dangerous for ſhips, at moſt times of the
year, as I obſerved in my deſcription of
the coaſts of Nigritio.

PORTO DALI.

reſt of the priſoners the uſurper ſent towards
the country of the Moors, to be exchanged
for horſes, to mount his cavalry.

One Emanuel, a Black of quality, Alcaide
or governor of a large town, and captain of

a troop of norte in the army, told what has
Vor. V.

finding me a good ſervant, in his paſſage

eto the Weſt- Indies, did not ſell me to the
„ planters there, as he did all my country-
* men he had aboard, but carried me with
e him into Holland, where I ſoon learnt to
« ſpeak good Dutch, and after ſome years
c he ſet me free, I went from Holland into

France, where I toon got as much of that

ceſſary for a long voyage, to make a full
diſcovery of the ftreights of Magellan, and
of the coaſts of New Spain in the South-ſea ;
in order to reap the advantages that one Ma-
certy and one Oury made out might be ex-
pected from ſuch an undertaking ; they ha-

5 Q ving,

47 1

426

Baavor. ving, among other buccaneers, taken very

rich booties from the Spaniards in thoſe
parts. The king ſupply'd de Gennes with
ſhips, at his own choice; and the project
was ſo well approv'd of, on account of its
novelty, that ſeveral perſons of the greateſt
quality readily contributed to the equipping
of thoſe ſhips : tho? the deſign miſcarried,
the ſquadron not being able to penetrate any
farther through the ſtreights of Magellan
than to point Galant, on the north ſide of
the ſaid ſtreights, and in the country of the
Patagons; being about the mid-way through,
and by reaſon of the contrary cold ſharp
winds, with abundance of rain, hail and
ſnow, and their proviſions beginning to fail,
the men eating rats, and giving fifteen-pence
a-piece for them. The ſeaſon being very far

advanc'd, and no hopes remaining of any

favourable winds to carry them through
into the Soutb- ſea, they return'd again into
the north-ſea, on the eleventh of Apri/
1696, touch'd at Brazil then at Cayenne,
and laſtly at Marlinico; without being
lo happy as to ſee thoſe fortunate coaſts of
Peru, whence we are ſupply'd with what is
generally eſteem'd moſt precious. =
To return to the ſubject in hand: That

Ude Gen-. ſquadron fail'd from Roche! on the third of

nes at
Gamboa.

June 1695, and on the third of July fol-
lowing arriv'd at Goeree, in North-Guinea,
to refreſh the men. There an Engli/b de-
ſerter, from James-fort in Gamboa-river, in-
form'd the French governour, that almoſt
all the garriſon was ſick, and in want of
proviſions. De Gennes reſolving to improve
that accidental opportunity to moleſt the
Engliſh, ſer ſail for Gamboa-river, on the

_ nineteenth of July, taking two Blacks and

Summons
the Eng-
liſh fort.

Takes their
proviſions.

the Engliſh deſerter for his guides. On the
twenty ſecond all the ſhips enter'd the river,
under Engliſb colours; and at five in the at-
ternoon they came to an anchor within a {mall
league of the fort, and immediately inveſted
it with the courvette and ſhallops, to prevent
the carrying in of any proviſions or other
ſuccours, and unmaſted one of the pinks,
to convert it into a bomb-veſſel.

On the twenty third M. de Gennes ſent an
officer to ſummon the fort to ſurrender. Be-
ing come to the iſland, he was conducted
blindfold to the governour's houſe, and re-
ceived by the lieutenant; the governour
himſelf being then abſent. That comman-
der treated the officer very well at dinner,
and drank the healths of the kings of France
and England, with vollies of cannon, and
then ſent him back with this anſwer, That
he would defend the fort to the laſt ex-
tremity. | |
The next night, between the twenty third
and the twenty fourth, the French ſhallops
took a brigantine and ſeveral canoes, laden

Remarkable Occurrences

then drop'd anchor in a line, within piſtol-

with proviſions for the fort; whilſt one of
the frigats gave chace to a canoe, in which
the governour was paſſing over thither ; but
finding no better way to ſave himſelf, leap'q
into the water, and made his eſcape to the
woods: from whence he found means to re-

tire in the night without being diſcover'd.

At break of day two French ſhallops
ſail'd three leagues up the little river Block,
burnt there two ſmall veſſels that were re.
fitting, and carried away thence two pieces
of cannon, and ſeveral pattareros,

On the twenty fourth, at eight in the
morning, the bomb-galley diſcharg*d two
bombs, which did not come near the fort;
and therefore de Gennes forbid throwing any
more, reſolving to wait for the tide of flood,
that he might bring up the veſſels within
ſhot of the place. |

In the mean while the commander of the,
f. HI | £ Tye 7
ort, John Hanbury, having ſent a canoe cri,

with a white flag, to deſire to capitulate,
two of his officers were detain'd as hoſtages,
and two of the French ſent to the fort, to
draw up the articles; which were ſign'd the
ſame day by all the Exgliſb officers, and the
next day by all the captains of the ſqua-
dron, conſiſting of nine articles. The ſecond

whereof was, that every man ſhall be per-

mitted to carry along with him his own
arms, baggage, cheſts, attire, ammuni-
tion and money, with drums beating, and
matches lighted ; and that every officer ſhall
be attended by a young Black. The eighth,
that a veſſel with three maſts ſhall be given
them, with artillery, ammunition and pro-
viſions, to return to Eugland, without de-

taining any thing whatever; and that their ,,.., |

departure ſhall be within thirt

days, at
fartheſt. The ninth, that they

ſhall have

a good paſs to go in ſafety, Cc. The tenth,
that the above-mention'd articles being

granted, it was declar'd, that the following
goods belong'd to the royal African com-
pany of England, viz. five hundred quin-
tals of elephants teeth, three hundred quin-
tals of wax; one hundred and thirty male
and forty female ſlaves in the iſland ; fifty
at Gilofre, and above eighty thouſand crowns
of merchandize, at the uſual rate of the
country; as allo ſeventy two large pieces
of cannon mounted, thirty diſmounted, and

a conſiderable quantity of warlike ammuni-

tion, Sc. and that they ſhould have a truce
till the commander in chief return'd an
anſwer. 7

On the twenty ſeventh, at break of day,
the major of the ſquadron gave notice to
the Engliſb commander to prepare for his
departure, the term granted being expir'd.
At ſix a- clock the ſhallops and canoes, ready
fitted up, attended on the commadore, and

ſhot

ger
gender.

French |
ſolve of
17 0 the

Backs.

Back k
| {omits

Te for

tirulate; |

tic.

ff

in North and

ſhot of the fort. The French officer, that
was choſen for governour, went firſt aſhore ;

Te . where the Engliſh commander gave him the

keys, and embark'd at the ſame time to go
aboard the Felicity, Afterwards all the
forces landed ; centinels were plac'd at all
the neceſſary poſts ; the French ſtandard was
ſet up 3 Te Deum was ſung by the chap-
lains of the ſquadron 3 and thirty ſeven guns

fir'd. |

On the twenty eighth a Prench officer

went to deſire the king of Bar, to give them

leave to take poſſeſſion of the ſlaves and
oxen, which the Eygliſb had in his domi—
nions 3 to which the king reply'd, that the
fort being ſurrender*d, every thing that was
left on the land, of very good right belong'd
to him. The officer told him, that the
commander of the ſquadron would not be
ſo ſatisfy'd ; and that if he refus'd to grant

frenchre- his demands willingly, he would certainly
do himſelf juſtice by force of arms. And

Backs.

indeed a council was held about that anſwer;
and for as much as it was well known, that
at che break ing out of the war, he had ſeiz'd
on merchandize to the value of above forty
thouſand crowns belonging to the French,
who traded on that river, it was determin'd
to make a deſcent, to take the king pri-
ſoner, with as many of his people as could
be found, and to burn all their hutts.

This decree was ready to be put in execu-

Tick ing tion, when an Alcaide came to paſs a com-

units. pliment on de Gennes, and to aſſure him,

that the king was unwilling to engage in a
war againſt him ; but, on the contrary, very
defirous to entertain a friendly correſpon-
dence with him; and that he might freely
take whatever he ſhould think fit: and ac-
cordingly the next day de Gennes went to
give the king a viſit, c.

On the thirtieth a council was held, to
determine whether the fort ſhould be kept,

or ſlighted. The latter advice was follow'd,

for ſeveral reaſons; and therefore the ihips
drew near, to take in all the merchandize
that were to be exported. They conſiſted
of ſeveral pieces of ordnance, a great quan-
tity of arms, elephants teeth, wax, veſſels

of tin and copper, Sc. woollen and linnen

cloth, printed calicoes, coral, glaſſes, and
other commodities; with which a great
trade is drove in that country.

On the fourteenth of Auguſt, the Engit/h
officers ſail'd for Cayenne, in one of the
pinks, with one hundred and fifty ſlaves
ſhut up in the hold; but thoſe poor wret-
ches, ſcarce having room to breath, threw
themſelves one upon another, as it were in
deſpair, ſo that thirty four of them were
found ſtifled. |

De Kae. The ſeventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth
6%. and twentieth days, were ſpent in breaking
0 4,

the cannon at St, James s-fort, and under-

South-Guinea.

mining the wall. On the twenty ſecond the BAR Bor.
mines ſprung, and took very good effect.

The Engliſi ſpent ſeveral years in building

that fort, which ſtood in the middle of a

fine river, where the traffick is very conſi-
derable; and the profits they receive from
thence, are computed to amount to a mil-
lion of livres yearly : ſo that the loſs of that
place cannot be eaſily repair'd.

On the twenty fourth, at noon, the ſqua-
dron paſs'd down the river; and the next
day, about eight a-clock in the morning,
Prepar'd to ſail, The free-booter of &.
Domingo, who had put into the river on the
fourteenth, ſail'd at the ſame time, and
paſſing by the commadore, ſaluted him.
The ſquadron fteer*d for Brazil; and the

free-booter for the Red-ſea. De Gennes had

given that free-booter's crew two pieces of
cannon, with powder, ball, and ſome oxen,
on condition, that in their paſſage they
ſhould ſer the Black prince of A//izy aſhore
in his own dominions, he having him in
charge; but could not perform that himſelf,
without interrupting the voyage he was
upon.

The royal African company of England, Engliſh re-
having the ſucceeding years, with very ld their
great expence, cauſed Fames-fort to be re- ſort.

built, and the trade to be carried on again;
the French made another attempt on ir in

1702, according to the account in the Paris

Gazette, of the eleventh of April 1503,

which is as follows:

By the Greyhound, arriv'd at Maul, we
have advice, that captain de la Roque 1n the
frigat, call'd the Mulinous, being the ſame
perſon that commanded a frigat in the for-
mer expedition under M. de Gennes, at
James-fort in Gamboa river, in the year 1695,
and captain de St. Vaudrille, in the Hermione
frigat, have taken from the Eygliſh the fort
in Gamba river, in Guinea, where they

French
tale it a-

gain.

found two hundred and fifty ſlaves, and a

conſiderable quantity of merchandize; and
afterwards ranſom'd the ſaid fort, that it
might not be demoliſh'd, for one hundred

thouſand crowns. Captain de la Roque was

kilPd in the attack.

An Engliſh maſter of a ſhip told me in

London, that he uſed to trade in Gamboa-
river, with a veſſel of about ſixty tons; in
which he ſail'd two hundred leagties up
that river, and found there a very briſk ad-

vantageous trade of elephagts teeth, wax and

{laves. 5
In the year 1709, the #rench made a
third attempt on fort-Zames, as appears by
the account in the Paris Gazette, of the
ninth of November 1709, as follows :
We have receiv'd advice, that M. Parent,

an officer of the marine, being commadore Tate it a
of four 6s 777 fitted out for privateering third time-

on the coaſt of Guinea, has taken from the

Eng lib

427

* p M4 ag, — 2 —
Deer * — 22 127 a 5
* —
IE e — * —
- - - - - — —
- A I ky wo —— — fore.
—— — 2 oo * \ 7
2 2 ARG ns : Za; =
Z
I * S 1 — — — * hy

7
}
1
+ |
|
N t
:
[1
: 3 &
*
2%
n
F .
{
It
x
'1#
«3%
N.
* =
o |
i
*
: 1
1
t 4
&
*
18 'F
.. 14
*hech 4
\
v.
= 1 4
i.
"Tels > ©
N
4 i
1
* .
4 1 *
B, 3
fot
4. :
14
„
1919
' Bu 4
.
4 I c
—
7
75
1 N
*
Ma
X
30
„4
oY
9
19 **
j Pig
[ 1 |
1. |
6

428 Remarkable Occurrences

BarBor. Engliſh the fort of Gamboa, in Africa, and I had the following memoir from a Frenc;,
V a ſhip laden with ſlaves. That de afterwards man in 1702, he being then newly come
made a deſcent on the iſle of St. Tome, be- from the French factory at Biſſos.

longing to the Portugueſe, took the town and That factory is enclos'd with a courtin,
caſtle, Sc. Vid. hereafter St. Tome. defended with ſix or eight iron guns, to
After ſo many aſſaults made by the French ſhelter the company's ſervants from the at-
on fort St. James, in Gamboa- river, and tempts and frequent injuries of the trouble
upon other places belonging to the African ſome turbulent: ſpirited Blacks of B, and
company, in North and South-Grinea, the for the preſervation of their traffick and
company thought fit to abandon the ſaid merchandize: and yet the French there
fort during the late war with France: and have been ſo often abus'd and moleſted by
thus the trade of that river was left open to them, that, about the year 1708, they had
all Zyropeans indifferently, and has turn'd to thoughts of retiring from among fo outra-
the great advantage of ſeveral private adven- geous a people to Goeree
turers ; ſome European nations having ſmall Paris Gazette, November, 1694. Lisbon,
reſidences there, and eſpecially at Gellefrie: October 26, 1694. That a veſſel come from
however, the beſt part of that trade falls to Cacheo, near Cabo-LVerde, has brought over
the Engliſh, and in the next place to the a Black prince, call'd Batonto, ſon to Ba-
French Senega company; whoſe affairs, as I compoloco, king of the iſle of Biſſan, ſituate
faid before, are now in a better poſture than betwixt the branches of the river Niger,
they were before the renewing or ſubſtitu- His father has ſent him over to be bapriz'd ;
ting of the new company to the old one. and the ceremony at his baptiſm, is to be
| celebrated on the fourth of next November.”
That prince begs likewiſe the protection of
the king of Poriugal; and that he will be
pleas'd to cauſe a fort to be erected in his
iſland, and to ſend over thither ſome miſſio-
naries, .
Lisbon, November 9, 1694. In the Pa-
ris Gazette of the eighteenth of December
following.
The thirtieth of the laſt month, the ſieur
Contarini, the pope's nuncio, baptiz'd in the, :

+

chapel of the caſtle the prince Baono, ſon ine g.
to the king of the iſle of Bi/an, ſituate ini:
the river Niger, in eleven degrees latitude.
The king ſtood for his godfather ; he was
named Emanuel, and preſented with a jewel
valu'd at eight hundred piſtoles. The queen
was in the tribune, with the ladies, all the

nobility aſſiſting at the ceremony; and the

French
ip take!

BISS OS.

IN my deſcription of Guinea, I took no-
tice of a grant made by the Black king of
Biſſos to the Portugueſe, to trade and ſettle
there, excluſive of all other Europeans; but
not long after, the natives obſerving, that
the Portugueſe had built a fort with eight
guns, oppos'd their deſign of ingroſſing the
whole trade of their iſland, and laid it open
to all ſtrangers reſorting to their ports ; who
may carry on their commerce there with all
imaginable ſafety, and without apprehen-
ding any inſult, if they offer none. The
French have now a great trade there; and
for its greater ſecurity have, of Jate years,
erected a little fort, with eight guns and a
factory, on a ſmall iſland, near to a large
one, lying at the mouth of the river of S/. Do-
mingo, not far from Cacheo; betwixt which chapel was throng*d with a vaſt number ot
and the main land, on the north-ſide, is a people.
channel. From that factory they carry on SIERRA-LEONA,
a trade, not only with the Blacks, but alſo O N the ſeventeenth of 7u/y, 1704, two WM
with the Portugueſe of Cacheo, receiving gold ſmall French men of war, commanded 1 |
and ſlaves for ſmall anchors and graplings, by the ſieur Guerin, attended by nine other!,,., ;, |
for ſloops and boats of ten or twelve tons, fail of ſhips, took the Exgliſb fort at Sierra-hebre |

French
Factory.

brandy the moſt ſtaple commodity, a little
coral, Sc. And the Portugueſe have ſuch
confidence in the French factors, they will
advance or truft them with a conſiderable
number of ſlaves from time to time, to be
repaid in the above-mention*d goods, at the
return of the ſhips the French ſend thoſe

Leona, fituate in an iſland diſtant nine
leagues from the road, before the houſe of
John Thomas, a Negro-chief, without any
reſiſtance made by the Eygliſb commander,

who fled from the fort, with about one hun-

dred men, before he was attack'd; and leſt in
it only a gunner, and eleven or twelve men,

ſlaves by to the Meſt- Indies, and thence to who fir'd forty or fifty ſhot before they wk
France: fo that every French ſhip, that ſurrender'd. LEY piace 6
comes to Biſſis, brings one hundred and That fort was very handſomely built with 2

thirty, or one hundred and fifty ſmall an-
chors and graplings, Sc. which ſerve the
Portugueſe to equip their brigantines and
loops, they employ in great number to
ſail up the neighbouring rivers and iſlands,
where they drive a conſiderable trade.

four regular baſtions, and had very fine ware-
houſes and lodgings within it, mounted
with forty-four guns : over the gate was 4
platform, and on it four large pieces, which
might have done very good ſervice upon oc-
caſion.

The

in North and South-Guinea,
The French pillag'd and level'd it, after

having carried away four thouſand clephants

429

from the cardinal de Noailles, and offered at BARBOT.
the ſame time a picture to the bleſſed virgin, WAY

lack

prince bab.

pow?
1% Fl

Engl j

fort there
taken &y |
heFrenct' }

fricce bag.
Biz'd. f

teeth that were in it, beſides three thouſand

that were aboard a little ſhip, riding behind
the iſland, with abundance of merchandize
fit for the trade of the country.

After this expedition, the French ſquadron

ten. bd along the Gold Coaſt of Guinea, and

thence to Ningo, Lay, Lempa, purchaſing
faves there, as alſoat Little and Great Popo,
and got the greateſt quantity of them at the
two laſt ports; and having their compliment,
proceeded to Cartagena, and other ports of
New Spain, to diſpoſe of them for the joint
account of the A/hento; and in their return
from thence to France, with a rich cargo,
conſiſt ing moſtly of gold and bullion, were
met near the Havana, by ſome Britih men

of war, from Jamaica, who took them:

Guerin the commodore being kill'd in the
fight; and one Teer, who was an officer
in his ſhip, and gave me this account, on
the fifth of December 1706, was brought
over from Jamaica and N-Ww-7ork, to the
priſon at Southampton.

SHERBRO or CERBERO RIVER.

N the year 1698, I was often importun'd
by one * ** who had juſt before made

three voyages ſucceſſively to that river, to

be concerned in a new adventure thither,
under his conduct; but being then deeply
engao*d another way, at the coaſt of Calabar,

I did not accept of the propoſal, which was

to fit out a little ſhip of about ſeventy or
eighty tuns, not drawing above ſeven foot
and a half water: the coſt and out-ſet of
which he computed at five hundred pounds,
and with another five hundred pounds of the
goods mentioned in the deſcription of that
river, he was poſitive to bring back for that

cargo, as he had done at his laſt voyage,
forty five tuns weight of Cam-wood, then

fold in London at ninety pound a tun, and
five tuns of elephants teeth; tho* he had

ten tuns at his former voyage, which yielded

then two hundred pound a tun: and engag'd
to perform that voyage in ten months, out
and home.

ISS ENI or ASSINY,
At the beginning of the Gold Coaſt.

European Mercury for the year 1701, printed
5 at Paris.
Nother pagan prince is brought over to

nibal, king of Syria, (which he miſtakes for
Leni) on the Gold Coaſt of Africa; who after
having been a long time inſtructed in the
chriſtian principles, and baptiz'd by the
biſhop of Megux, the king being his god-
father, received the ſacrament of the Lord's-

ſupper on the twenty ſeventh of February,
Vol. V.

the chriſtian faith, namely, Lewis Han-

to whoſe protection he ſubmitted his terri-
tories, having made a vow at his return
thither, to uſe his utmoſt endeavours to-
wards the converſion of his ſubjects. This
Mooriſh prince departed on the twenty fourth
of this month, in order to embark at port
Louis, and be conveyed home by two or
three men of war, under the command of
the chevalier Damon. |
This pretended prince of Aſiny, was th
ſecond of that ſort carried over into France ;
for, as I obſerved before, de Gennes, who
ranſack*d the Engliſh fort James at Gamboa

in 1695, had charge of a prince of Aſiny,

whom at Gamboa he put aboard a French
tree-booter of S/. Domingo, that was put into

that place bound to the Red-/ea, whom he
charged to ſet him aſhore in his own terri-

tories in his paſſage thither.

But whatever thoſe two princes of Any
were, weare told by the following narrative
of a Dutch man who lived thirtecn years, as
he ſays, at the Gold Coaſt, and had been at
1jjeny, that as ſtupid as the Blacks are, yet
ſome among them have impoſed upon the
court of France. |

Some years ſince, ſays that author, (BOY Dutch
man, p. 420.) the French uſed to ſeize all ſtory.

the Blacks that came aboard their ſhips, and
to ſell them into the Weſft-Tndies for ſlaves;

among whom happen'd to be the aforeſaid

Lewis Hannibal, chriſten'd in France : but
finding him endow'd with a more ſprighily
genius than his other countrymen, inſtead of
ſelling, they carried him to the French court,
where that impoſtor pretended to be ſon and
heir apparent to the king of Aſiny; by
which means he ſo inſinuated himſelf into
the good opinion of the court, that the kin

made him ſeveral rich preſents, and ſent
him back to his own country in the manner

above related; but at his arrival on the

coaſt, he was diſcovered to be only a ſlave
to a Caboceiro of Afiny, to whom, ſoon

after his arrival, he returned; and, as Jam

credibly informed, inſtead of converting his
ſubjects to chriſtianity, is himſelf return'd
to paganiſm. 5

Lou may eaſily gueſs, adds the author,
at the reſentment of the French court, after
being ſo ridiculouſly bubbled by a ſlave, if

you conſider that by this means they loſt

their aim, which was to get footing on the
Gold Coaſt; and beſides, that the pious in-
tentions of his moſt chriſtian majeſty, to
convert a heathen prince, and eſtabliſh him
on his throne, were fruſtrated ; the cardinal
de Noailles, and the biſhop of Meaux la-
bour*d in vainz and in ſhort, the whole
French court was diſappointed of its expecta-
tion. However, we have nothing but Boſman's
word for the truth of this unlikely ſtory,

5 R The

430
Ban BOr.

French
Fort.

Remarkable Occurrences

The chevalier Damon, who had brought
over the pretended prince of 4/jiny in 1701,
and was ſent with men and materials to build
a fort there, and ſettle a factory, for the
African company of France, finding himſelf,
as well as the French court, impoſed upon
by Hannibal, and not being able to prevail
with the true king, to ger footing on the
continent, but only on alittle iſland, near
the mouth of A//iny river, ſet his men to
work, and erected a fort with eight guns,
to ſecure the factory he ſettled there, which

the French had for many years before labour'd

to accompliſh; that being a place where
there is a great deal of the pureſt and fineſt

gold of all Gumea; and having left a factor

there with twelve or fifteen French-men, re-
turned to France.

The Dutch, growing jealous of that new

ſettlement of the French, at fo advantageous
a place, and the war breaking out with
France in 1702, reſolved to obſtruct it; and
to that purpoſe, as the Paris Gazette of
October the ſeventeenth 1703, informs us,
they equipp*d at Mina four veſſels to attack
the fort, which the French had built at Any ;
where being landed, they were received with

ſo much bravery by the ſieur Lavie, the

chief factor, that they were forc'd to retire,

among whom was their chief ingeneer, and

eleven taken priſoners, leaving their canoes

behind them.
Some time before this, whether the French

did not behave themſelves towards the na-

tives as was for their intereſt, or whether

the king of Aſiny was put upon it by the
Hollanders, and repented the grant he had
made to the French; one who was there at the
latter end of the year 1701, aſking, of the
Blacks how they agreed with the French, they

anſwer'd, that all the Caboceiros of Any,
and their ſubjects. were gone from thence,

and had ſettled a mile above the village,

where they continued at that time, without

entertaining the leaſt commerce and corre-
ſpondence with the French, who had only a
bare lodge on the ſhoar, encompaſſed with
palliſadoes, and provided with five pieces of

cannon, and then guarded by eight men, who

were well furniſh'd with proviſions left
there by the French ſhips, but ſometimes in
great want of water, which the natives al-
ways endeavour'd by force to keep them
from: and were therefore of opinion, that
unleſs they received ſome aſſiſtance from Eu-

rope, they could not long ſubſiſt there; but

would be obliged to abandon the place upon
the firſt opportunity.

And perhaps it was upon ſuch a report
ſpread abroad at the Gold- Coaſt, that the

Dutch from Mina attempted to attack that

French ſettlement as ſoon as the war was
proclaim'd againſt France, which was done

in May 1702. However, they failed in their
attempt, as has been ſaid before; the French
having, it ſeems, put themſelves in a better
poſture of defence than they were the year
before, or elſe the Dutch had no right ac-
count of their condition.

However, the French being at variance with
the natives, and conſequently having little
or no trade, the company ſo far neglæcted
their ſervants there, that in June 1704, per-
ceiving the hatred of the Blacks againſt them
ſtill encreaſed, and having no ſort of trade,
they embarked for France, after having
levelPd their factory to the ground. g

I had this account from one Porquet of

Dieppe, who was then preſent at the blow-

Ing up of the lodge.

Ivory Cos r.

Bernard Lad man's letter, dated Commend,
the ſeventh of February, 1701-2.
As for trade, I have met with very little

at the Ivory Coaſt, the Blacks being afraid

to come aboard Exgliſo ſhips, as having

been tricked by ſeveral ; particularly of late
by brigantines belonging to Jamaica and
Barbado's, which abour the nineteenth of
December laſt, did ſurpriſe and carry away

with them twenty tour Blacks, belonging to
with the loſs of twenty-five men KkilPd,

Drewin, with ſixteen cows, and a great par-
cel of teeth, as they came aboard to trade,
Some were redeemed, but had three for one:
the ſame method they take all along the

coaſt; ſo that if there be no care taken to

prevent ſuch villanies, our Zzgl;/ colours
will be of no uſe to us; for the Blacks me-
ditate revenge, and are reſolved to ſeize

what they can. Accordingly, on the twenty

ſeventh of Deccmber, captain Daniel Lewis,
of the Dolphin ſloop, belonging to London,
being at anchor off of Drewin, to trade, a

great number of natives came aboard, and

ſurpriz'd them all, took all that was in the
veſſol, and run her aſhore, where ſhe ſtaved in
pieces. The mate and boatſwain eſcaped in
the boat, bur the commander, and the reſt

of his men they drove up into the country;
ſince, they are more moderate to them, and

have admitted of an exchange for the cap-
tain and his cook, taking ſix Blacks for
them; the doctor is likewiſe cleared by rea-
ſon they had cur his head, and could not
tell what to do with him. Captain Lewis is
now aboard of me, and gives me this account,
but the reſt of the men are ſtill at Drewin.

= L':'a'u o 0.

Sir Dalby Thomas's letter, dated at Cape-Coaſt
caſtle the thirteenth of May, 1705.
In told that the people of Lahoo have

eighteen guns, well mounted on batteries
round their town, and the town very well
pallido'd ; they are arrived to ſo much

knowledge, that they can defend themſelves,
an

Frederic
jt,

Pats

and carry their guns up the river in great

1

canoes, to offend their enemies, The ten

per cent. ſhips bring thoſe guns over and ſell

them to the Blacks at ſeveral places, as ſhall
be farther made out hereafter,

Carer TRES PONT A8.

Of the eſtabliſhment of the Brandenburghers,

or Pruſſians.

1 had the following account from a relation of
mine, director for his electoral higbneſs of
Brandenburgh, at Embden.

N the year 1682, his electoral highneſs
of Brandenburgh ſent to the Gold Coaſt
of Guinea two frigats, one of thirty-two
guns and ſixty men, the other of eigh-
teen guns and fifty men; the former com-
manded by captain Mathieu de Vos; the
latter, by captain Philip Pieter Bloncg 3
wao being arrived in May, 1682, at cape
Tr-5-Pontas, landed their men at Montfort

bill, where they ſet up his eleCtoral high-

3
neſo's flag.

Frederick

fert.

Captain Bloncg being well acquainted
with the natives there, purſuant to the in-
ſtruction he had from his electoral high-
neſs, made ſo good ule of his credit a-
mong them, which he had gain'd at ſe-
vera] former voyages, that the Caboceiros
granted him liberty to build a fort on that

his electoral highneſs.

In order thereto, he cauſed ſome pie-
ces of cannon to be put aſhore there, and
ſet men at work to throw up, with all haſte,

an intrenchment with palliſadoes, whilſt

others erected ſome houſes ; which being
furniſhed with goods, proviſions, and am-
munition, the two frigats returned to Ham-

burzh, having aboard ſome Caboceiros, who

were immediately conveyed to Berlin, by

order of his eleoral highneſs; who re-

ceived them very favourably, entertained
them magnificently for ſome time, ſhewed
them the grandeur of his court, together
with ſome part of his army; and ſent
them back to their native country, at Tres-
Pontas, where captain Bloncq, being alſo

returned at the ſame time, took upon him

PLare 11.

village Pocqueſoe,

the government both of the fort he had
mark'd out and begun, before he went for
Europe, and of the country; and with all
due application cauſed the fort to be fi-
niſh'd, as repreſented in the cut; moun-
ting thirty-two pieces of cannon on the
batteries, and calling it Groote Fredericts-
burgh, from his electoral highneſs's name,
now king of Pruſſia.

This fortreſs, which is the chiefeſt the
Pruſſians or Brandenburghers have on that
coaſt, ſtands on the hill Manfro, near the
full three leagues eaſt of

the Dutch fort, at Axim,

in North and South-Guinea.

ſix pieces of ordnance, but too light and
ſmall ; and the gate is the moſt beauti-
ful on all the coaſt ; but in proportion
much too large for the ſtructure : on the

' eaſt-ſide it has a very fine outwork, which

ſome pretend, deprives the fort of a great
part of its ſtrength 3 wherefore it would
be eaſily gained, if attacked on that fide.
Another g eat fault, is, that the breaſt-
works are not above three foot high, which
does not well ſhelter the garriſon againſt
the ſhot from without ; the natives being
as good markſmen as they.

The walls are thick, ſtrong and high;
and within them are ſeveral fine ware-
houſes and dwellings, for the officers and
ſoldiers.

The governor, who ſtiles himſelf direc-
tor-general for his electoral higbneſs of
Brandenburgh, and of his African company,

Jointly with the Cabcceiros of Pocqur/ſoe,

and other neighbouring towns, determines
all caſes and differences ariſing betwixt the
inhabitants, ſummoning them together on
ſuch occaſions (which meeting they call a
Pallabra, or council) into the fort, whither
immediately thoſe Caboceiros repair z and
there decide all cauſes, civil or criminal,

and their ſentences are executed accordingly,
hill, and ſettle a trade with the natives, for

with all ſubmiſſion, from the natives;
which gives great credit and authority to
the commander of the fort, in that coun-
try, being a common-wealth like Axim.
The chief governor alſo receives the
accounts of the Brandenburgh factors, at

Jacrama, or Crema; and at the fort at

Acoba, called Dorothea, at Tres- Pontas, as
mentioned in the deſcription ; and of tnoſe
at the lodges, at Popo, and Fida, which
are all the ſettlements that nation has on
the coaſts of Gyinea ; and for ſome time
paſt, their ſervants, and even the comman-
ders, but not the ſoldiers, have been for
the moſt part Hollanders, who, like their
countrymen, have always aimed at an ab-
ſolute dominion over the B/acks, but could
never accompliſh it; being hitherto hin-
dered by their inteſtine diſſenſions and ir-
regularities, or the ſtubborn nature of the
Blacks, living under their dominions, moſt
of whom have fled from the Dutch, on ac-
count of crimes or diſcontent, and ſettled
near the Brandenburghers.

In 1674, the Prufjans built the fort, 1
have mentioned, at Tacrama, or Crema,
a village in the middle of cape Tre-Pon-
tas; betwixt great Frederice:burgh and Do-
rotbea forts. They have only fix guns moun-
ted on it, to hinder the natives of the ad-
Jacent villages from trading with any fo-
reign ſhips, within the reach of their guns,
the natives being almoſt entirely under
the Pruſſian dominion. In

431
It is a handſome large fort, with four Bax Br.
large batteries, now furniſhed with forty- WWW

432

Banror. In 17or, the Pruſſian agent allowed any

foreign ſhips to take wood and water there,

for ten pounds a ſhip.

| Pruſſian
Alte ectors.

Their deſign was to build a good fort
there, to ſecure and defend the adjacent
watering- place to themſelves; but the
keeping of that factory, and the two forts
before mentioned, has prov'd ſo charge-
able to the company, that it is thought,
they will not raſhly augment their ex-
pence, by building a more regular fort.

Their little fort Dorothea, at Acoba, a-
bout three leagues eaſt of cape Tres-Pontas,
was, about the year 1690, enlarged by
the Hollanders ; who, it ſeems, had diſpoſ-
ſeſſed the Pruſſian founders of it, in 1683
but afterwards, by order of the Dutch Weſt-
India company, delivered it to them again:
fince which, they have very conſiderably
ſtrengthened and improved it; tho? it is
but a houſe with a flat roof, on which are
two {mall batteries, and on them ſeveral

{mall guns, my brother ſays twenty, with

a ſufficient number of rooms, and conve-
niencies, ſlightly built, and ſomewhat crou-
ded together. ps

The former directors of the Pruſſians

there, and among them eſpecially, Zobn

Nyman, an Embdener ; and after him, John
and Jacob Tenhooft, father and ſon, being

men of ſound judgment, good ſenſe and ex-

perience, diſcharged their office with much
fidelity, and good conduct; acquired a
large ſhare of reputation, and kept thoſe
under them in due decorum : eſpecially

Jacob Tenhooft the fon, who by his good

name and courteous behaviour, gain'd the

_ affection of the Blacks, and had every body

at his devotion ; by which means he eſta-

bliſhed the Brandenburgh affairs, in a much

better condition than any before him : and
as they never had a better governor, ſo it
is very likely they'll repent the time when
they removed him, and appointed Gy/-
brecht van Hoogveld in his place ; who had
been in the ſervice of the Dutch before, at
Axim; Where he treated thoſe under him

ſo ill, that general Joe! Smits and the coun-
ci}, were obliged to diſcharge and ſend

him from the coaſt, as unfit for their ſer-
vice. However, being then commander in
chief there, to reconcile himſelf to the

_ offended Blacks, his old enemies, he gran-

ted them ſeveral franchiſes and privileges,
which ſerved not only to leſſen the power
of the Priſſiians, and lay the firſt foun-
dation of their ruin, but to encourage the
Europeans and the Blacks, jointly to riſe
againſt him : and after trying to diſcharge
him once more from the government, and
baniſh him the coaſt, chooſing in his place
John van Laar, an anabeptiſt, who was

found to have a much better talent at drin-

king of brandy than at buſineſs ; and cook

Remarkable Occurrences

ſo little care of the publick, that all went
to ruin. And he himſelf was timely re-
moved by death, to make way for John
Viſſer, his ſucceſſor; a perſon, who wan-
ting even common ſenſe, was utterly in-

capable of that truſt,
Soon after his elevation, his factor at Corea
the natives; which Pri |

Acoba was killed by
he having neither ſufficient conduct nor
power to revenge, they continued their

unbridled outrages, at the expence of the

lives of ſeveral of his Europeans; and laſtly,
ſeizing his perſon, carry'd him into the
inland country ; and after miſerably break-
ing almoſt all. his limbs, and faſtening
abundance of ſtones about his body.

drowned him in the lea.

This barbarous murder was variouſl
talk'd of there; but all agree, that the
Europeans under his command, conſented
to, and abetted it; and ſome aſſert it was
done by their order: and Adrian Grobbe,

choſen by the Blacks, his ſucceſſor, is ge-

nerally charged with the greateſt ſhare in
that crime. If he be innocent, I hope he
will clear himſelf; but if guilty, may hea-
ven avenge it on him and his accom-
plices ; for it has very perniciouſly weaken-
ed the power of all the Europeans on
that coaſt, and filled them with apprehen-
ſions not altogether groundleſs, that if this
bloody fact eſcapes unpuniſhed, nobody
is there ſecure. It has already ſo enſlaved
the Pruſſiaus, that I very much doubt,
whether they will ever regain the maſtery ;

tor the natives having once got the upper

hand, will ſufficiently lord it over them.
There have been ſeven directors ſucceſ-

ſively, in about thirteen years time, at

Fredericksburgh, from about the year 1689,

to 1702; which ſhews how irregular the

Embden company's affairs have been at
the coaſt ever ſince. | 7

In what condition the Pruſſian affairs
ſtand at the coaſt ſince the year 1702, J
have not heard; but only find fir Thomas

Dalby, chief at cape Corſo, writes to the
royal African company, of the twenty-

eighth of March, 1708, thus:

„By a Portugueſe ſhip which came from
„Lisbon, I was informed that the King

of Portugal had offered the King of

« Pryfjia forty thouſand pounds, for his
<« fort at cape Tres-Pontas and the two

© other ſertlements belonging to it.

ce think it, ſays he, a great deal of mo-
„ ney, to be given for any ſituation on
«« this coaſt; and I am apt to believe, if it

« is ever bought by the Portugueſe, the

« Dutch will take it from them: for they
& fear no conſequences, can they but gain

„their point, by all the deceitful ways

c poſſible.“
F Dic-

zoſman.

Engliſh

forts

Engliſh
and
lacks
jon in

_ 144,

BoſmaD-

Engliſh
and
Blacks
jon ma

fraud,

DicKklEsSKo or INFIAMA;
By the Dutch Dikieſchofft ; but properly
called Infuma.

THE Engliſh built a ſmall fort, Anno

1691, after they had ſeveral times diſ-
puted the ground with the Brandenburghers,
who ſome time before had ſet up their elector's
flag there; tho? at laſt not finding it turn
to any great account, they quietly yielded
to the Engliſh, who advanced fo leiſurely,
that it was but finiſhed in ſix years; after
all which, it was ſo inconſiderable and flight,
that it hardly deſerved the name of a fort.
J have often heard the Engliſb themſelves
complain of it; for beſides that it is not a
place of good trade, the natives there-
abouts are ſo intractable, fraudulent, villa-

nous, and obſtinate, that the Engliſh can-

not deal with them. For if they have re-
courſe to violence, in order to bring them

to reaſon ; they are alſo oppoſed by force,
and that ſo warmly, that from the year

1697, to 1702, they adventured to be-
ſiege them in their fortreſs, and were very
near taking it. At laſt they obliged the
Engliſh to their terms, without allowing
them to exerciſe any power over them;
and hence proceeded an alliance ſo ſtrict
betwixt them, that they jointly agreed to
cheat all the ſhips that came to trade there,
by putting ſophiſticated gold upon them,
a fraud which they have frequently prac-
tiſed; as they did alſo about the year 1702,
upon two ſmall Engliſb ſhips, one of which
was laden to the value of one thouſand
ſeven hundred pounds ſterling : for all which,
the maſter received only falſe gold ; fo that
he loſt his whole voyage at once, nor did

his companion fare better ; and what moſt

ſurprized them was, that they received it

as well from the Whites as the Blacks.
They apply'd themſelves to the Engliſh

chief governor at the coaſt, deſiring they

might have their goods return'd, or good

gold in exchange for the falſe : but to go
to him, was to goto the devil for juſtice ;
for he partaking of the fraud, would by
no means help them. This cheat 1s become
ſo common, that it is daily practis'd ; bur
that the Y/hites have always a hand in it, I
dare not affirm. However, I am very ſure,
this place deſerves the name of the falſe
mint of Guinea, of which, every trader who

comes to the coaſt ought to be warned:

for the making of falſe gold is there ſo
uſual, that it is publickly ſold, and become

a perfect trade; the price current being in
my time, about a crown in gold for two

pounds ſterling of falſe.
Letters to P.] This Engliſb fort at Dic-

kiez-Cove, is a large and ſquare fort, ſitu-

ated near the ſea-ſide, having a Branden-
burgh fort within two leagues to the weſt-

ward, that is Dorothea fort, and a Dutch one,
Vo I. V.

underſell us by ver
quently have the ſtaple of ſugars over all

in North and South- Guinea.

Batenſteyn at Boetroe, within three leagues BA Bor.

433

to the eaſtward of it: it is built with fone: WY

and lime, has two round flankers, and two
ſquare baſtions ; with twelve guns moun-
ted in very good order, and a ſuitable ba-
ſon to contain rain water; *tis commonl
kept by ſixteen white men, and about four-
teen Gromettoes, who are as good for de-
tence and ſervice as ſo many white men,
and always in the company's pay.

BOE TR OE or BouTRy.

I BI D. A. xxxi.] This fort is very impro-

perly called Batenſtein, ſignifying pro-
fit ; for it much better deferves the name of

Schadenſtein, ſignifying loſs, in regard the

Dutch have for ſeveral years loſt much
more than they got by it.

But by what fir Dalby Thomas writes Dutch
from cape Corſo caſtle, the twenty-ninth of Plantation,

July, 1708, that the Dulch on the river
Boetroe were, as he was informed, laying

out ground for ſugar and rum-works ; and

the general had ſent a ſhip to J/hidab, to
bring up two hundred ſlaves; and they ſaid

that by their next ſhipping they expected

materials from Holland, for carrying on a
ſugar plantation, and ſugar-works, Ec.
wherein, if ſucceſsful, the ſoil being very
proper for ſugar canes, as is hinted in my

deſcription: it is much to be feared, con-

ſidering the multitude of ſlaves on that
coaſt, whoſe labour is very cheap; and
the ſhortneſs of the voyage from Holland
to the coaſt of Guinea, in reſpect to that

to the Eaſt-Indies, from whence they al-

ready import great quantities of ſugar, that
in ſome few years time, when our Ame-

rican colonies, will be obliged to make

ſugar at ſo much greater charge, than the
Hollanders in Africa, they may be able to
much; and conle-

Eurote, as they have already that of all
ſpices : then Batenſtein fort will properly ſig-
(

TAO RAR Y by the Dutch, and To c-
CARADOE by the Engliſh.

Cape Corſo caſtle, the fiſteenth of January,
_ 1707-8. dir Dalby Thomas's letter.

T OCCARADOE is a place of no manner Dutch
of trade, and has been tried by all alice.

nations trading thither ; yet the preſent

Dutch general, to ſhew his mortal hatred
to us, has built a fort of ſeven or eight

guns there; and ſettled a Coopman in it,

with all other attendants, as in other places;

for no other end or purpoſe, than to hin-
der us from getting oyſter-ſhells for ma-
king of lime.

I have hinted in the deſcription of Gu;-

zea, that Taccorary is the place which af-
fords a vaſt quantity of oyſter-ſhells, very
5 8 Proper

Y
.
1
*
4
*
.
10
? 4
2
3
N
N

„
\
4
}
7
.
4
1

. *
yY. JT G
x \
4 |
1 1
4 4
3 -
i $
- 2
” at
2 „
* In
U — 9
1 by
li 1 7
4 ”
1
„ *
2
15334
N * YT q
4 11 1
: & dS |
| 141 =
T N 1 LT
| gg.
” *
„*
3 } —
* 4a : -
4
2
T3 .
* T1
1 7 4
4 *
—
* a 5.
A
4 4 c
F111 :#
\ t
$ 1
5
7
11
93 1
1 5 59 {
| : * 11
_
Y "4 2 1 1
13
i
= N o
18
n
u
| #8
LI T 4
U
50
* }
i if 3 8
$7: ki _-
£4 4379
. N 1 ; |
* > ,
4
; 8 N
' ? * i *

BaRBOT.to make good lime, and that the Engliſh, as
WYV well as other Europeans, uſed in thoſe times

Remarkable Occurrences oy
ing; by which the Dutch, tho' very little

to fetch ſhells as they had occaſion for their
buildings all along the coaſt 3 that being a
place fit for no trade, and abandon'd by all
trading Euroreans, who had poſſeſſed it by
turns, Sc. and ] find by many letters I have
in my hands, that the Dutch have been ver

induſtrious to diſturb our Britiſh ſettlements
at the coaſt, in a more particular manner
ſince the year 1706, being jealous of the
Engliſb having erected a fort at Succundee,

_ which lies in the ſame bay as Taccorary, ſe-

veral years ago; and it is apparent, that

their building this new fort at Taccorary, is
to obſtruct and annoy this nation yet the
more effectually there, as appears by ſeveral
letters from the Exgliſb agent and factors; of

which I ſhall inſert one from ſir Dalby Thomas,

to their advantage, were left maſters of that
place: however, about 1702, they traded
there conſiderably for a large quantity of
gold, which the Eugliſb underſtanding, made
ſeveral attempts to rebuild their fort, but
were always obſtructed by the Anteans.

Paris Gazette, of November 1694. The
Dutch fort, Orange, above mention'd, was
about the month of September 1694, taken
by the Blacks, and pillag'd ; as was allo a
little Hollander, that happen'd to ride there;
and all the crew maſſacred, according to the
report of a Zeeland ſhip, that came from the
coaſt the ſaid month.

The deſtruction of the Exgliſb fort at Suc-
cundee happend in this manner,

The three agents letter at cape Corſo the

2 6th of June 1698.

dated February 1705-0.
I went for Dicki-s-cove, and when I arriv*d
there, the Cabaſbeers of Dickies-cove told me,

This brings your honours the ſad news E ë 7
ce of our Vite men's being beaten off from u.
«« your ancient poſſeſſion at Succundee, which/"9*4% |

ſome years after; but the trade at ſo low an
ebb, and the officers of each fort ſo jealous

that the day before the Dutch had deliver'd
our arms, powder and ammunition to all
the people of Butteroe, Pampaney, and all
other places thereabouts; and had given
them orders to deſtroy all the people at
Toccoradoe, and to murder the Fhite men;
particularly if they catch'd me alive, to cut

off my head, and ſend it to M. Nuyts, Coop-

man of El-Mina. I aſk'd them how they
could tell thoſe particulars ; they ſaid, they
had friends and relations among them, who
had ſent them word of it: and the next
day after my arrival, they told me, they
had deftroy*d and burnt the town of Tocco-
radoe, killd one, and wounded four men.

SV ce u D 2 .

TH E Engliſh and Dutch had each a fort

ſtanding there, erected (the Dutch fort,
Orange) before 1682, and the Engliſh one

of each other, that they both liv*d in miſe-
rable poverty, at the expence of both the
Engliſh and Dutch companies; the trade
having been ſpoil'd by the war betwixt Adom
and Ante. This Succundee was before that
time, one of the fineſt and richeſt villages,

as well in money as people, along the whole

coaſt; but the Adomeſe conquerors entirely

burnt and deſtroy'd it. The few ſlight dwel-
lings which were there in 1702, were built
ſince that war, and others daily building,
ſo that it may grow to be a good village;
but to re- inſtate it in its flouriſhing condi-
tion, requires ſeveral years.

In June 1698, the Engliſh fort was burnt
and deſtroy'd by the Antean Blacks ; its
chief commander, and ſome of the Engii/h
being kill'd, and the reſt plunder'd of all
their own, and the company's goods; and

ſo abandon'd, the out-walls only left ſtand-

« we deſigned to have re- ſettled, as by our
„ Jaſt advices ; it happening upon the firſt
« of June laſt, and was done, and carried
«© on by Dutch Blacks, privately ſent from
« El-Mina;, ſome in their own ſhips and
* canoes, and the reſt by land. We having
« before-hand ſecret intelligence from ſe-
«« yeral, of their pernicious intentions, ſent
« to adviſe the general thereof, by ours of

the twenty ninth of May laſt, who own'd
to have ſent them, as by his of the ninth

« inſtant N. S. but covered their deſign,
« They went under pretence to demand a
« debt he had ſent them for; but from
«« what they did when there, is evident he
c gave them no ſuch commiſſion, the which,

had he ſo pleaſed, he might have coun-

ce termanded, but would not; we having

« timely forewarned him before any mil-

chief was done, to prevent it; and not
«« ſuffer, nor ſend his Blacks to moleſt our
« ſettlement, and to cut off our Mpile men
ein the ſervice of your honours there.”
The ſame to M. John van Sevenbuyſen,
general at Mina, 1628.
„We were in hopes by our late contract,
we ſhould have lived in amity, which

truly is our deſire ; but we perceive your

e mind is otherwiſe bent, elſe you would
not ſend your people from the Mina, by
„land, or your ſhips by ſea, to take our
& fort at Succundee, for what reaſon we
« know not; we are ſure, by no provoca-
tion from us, or the people that are our
« friends: we do not deſire to moleſt your

fort, and you muſt expect, if our people

« be cut off, their lives will be required at
« your hands.
„Our ſloop, by diſtreſs of weather, at
e Succundee-road, loſing both anchors, the
e maſter ſent on board your ſhip, deſiring
„ to lend one, but the meſſengers were an-
ſwered

the Dutch,

nei
Yt lle.

ojedtj 1
7 J. ö
* Dutch.

4e enough but do you think we will ſpare any

1% you? Do you not ſee we are ſent to take

« your fort, and can you expect our belp? To
« which our men anſwer'd, we muſt then
« periſh ; to which your mate lightly re-
« plied, why then periſh, and the Lord have
« mercy upon your ſouls.”
From the ſame to the ſame, 7th of June
1698.

C Yours of the ninth inſtant, N. S. we
« have received, wherein you ſeem to be

« di{zuſted at the precaution we gave you,

« of the miſchicf we not only ſuſpected,
« but were inform'd by your own people,
« was intended againſt ours at Syuccundee 3
« we wiſh there had been as little truth in

it as you pretend, but we find to the

« contrary 3 our Mhite men being murder'd,
« and other B/ack ſervants, our ſlaves, ſciz'd,
« houſe: burnt, the royal Africa: company's
awful poſſeſſions wreſted by force and
violence from us; and not only this, but
the ſurviving men ſtrip'd, and miſerably
« avuled by them. You acknowledged to
« have ſent them with a ſham pretence of
« receiving debts; we are not ſenſible of
* any debt due from our company to yours;
« if we were, you might aſſure your ſelf of
& ſatisfaction upon demand, and not put
you tothe trouble and charge of levying
an army. The occaſion now of troubling
« you, is to know whether you will ac-
«+ knowledge theſe things to have been done
&« by your order; if ſo, we ſhall leave it
«to your betters, but hope to find it
« otherwiſe, and that you will deliver up
e thoſe bloody villains, the authors, to re-
e ceive puniſhment ſuitable to the deſerts
of murder, Sc. which in juſtice you can-
not deny; tho' you might by ſlight eva-
* ſions ſeek excuſes, you cannot reaſonabl
ce think, but other ſatisfaction will be re-
* quired. | =
Jou are pleaſed ro ſay you ſent your
*© ſhip to look after interlopers, which we
** admire you ſhould pretend, when the

- 5 whole country knows the contrary ; ſhe
being never deſigned farther than Byteroe

* and Syuccundee, at which places you well
* knew ſhe was not likely to meet with
any. Had you been wholly clear of this
* action, your Coopman durſt not have ſuf-
* fer'd the plunder to have been brought
into his fort, as was done, before all our
** White men's faces; and ſo barbarouſly to
* abuſe them, and ſo inhumanly to turn

them abroad almoſt naked, and with the
captain to ridicule their misfortunes. Our

guns cannot be carried off by the Blacks,
*and many other things are there loſt,

* which. we expect you to enquire after,

being acted by perſons commiſſioned

Le

by you.

In North and South- Guinea. 435

« ſwered by your mate; is true, We have

as this their other villany, Sc.“?

* We ſhall not enlarge at preſent, if you Bax pr.
« will now deliver up the actors of this WWW
bloody tragedy, as well for their debts =

The ſame to the ſame, the 16th of July
1698.

« Sir, when our Y/hite men, who were
* wounded at Succundee, are recover'd, we
„ ſhall take their depoſitions, concerning
** what we wrote you in our laſt, and give
<*« needful anſwer to yours.

This in the mean while ſerves to in- Murder
* form you, we are adviſed by our chief at the Dutch.
* Winnebah, that one of our company's
e ſlaves, named Coffee, travelling upon the
* road, towards Mumford, to buy corn,
* was ſet upon between that and your fac-
** tory at Apom, by one of your Bla ſer-
** vants, and two of your company's flaves
there, who kilPd him with above twenty
five ſtabs in his body, cutting his neck
round to the bone. Our faid factor ſent
* to yours at Afom, to demand ſatisfaction
for the murder, which is denied, and is
the reaſon we addreſs our fclves to you,
that if you do not approve of what they
* committed, you will now ſhew 1t by an
* exemplary juſtice done upon the mur-
ce derers, c.“ .

By other memoirs J have in hand, I find
the Engliſh have reſtored their fort at Suc-
cundee to its former condition, gariſon'd it,
and carry on their trade as formerly with the
natives; but could not learn at what time,
and in what manner it was performed.

I forbear, not to enlarge upon ſmall tranſ-
actions, to inſert here the many inſults of-

— br —

— —
** pon * —
w * — — = — « —
— — — - 4 - * 8 — =
— 2 * — * xi .
— — we * rg * Dey —
— — 2 i;
\ Re = n — — — by = - — *
- a - - - 2 = 8 =
as — 7 - hs « — hwy =— * — => _— = bod - _ =
* n * "os = os — R —
＋ . n — > - =
oY = 2232 x DJ = f * - 4 = : - FR _
— E =
—_ a Oo A _— O_ _ — "= mung — _ — 1 — _y

8 — CISAN AGILE
* . * PR — — 4.
q : _ : — bo —
—— —— —— — —
T AN . = j
a 25 —
— —
— MW 2 -
= 4-3 2 5 8 — Mt 57
_ - - +:
L = - + —_— & _ .
* — / _
- _— — D 4

fer'd by the Dutch to the company's people,

from time to time, for many years ſucceſ-
ſively, to obſtruct and hinder them from
getting their ſupply of oyſter-ſhells from the
coaſt about Toccoraroe: referring the many
inſtances thereof to ſeveral letters ſent by
the company's agents at the coaſt, on that

and other grievances about the company's

trade; and conclude this account with the
following late obſervation.
Boſman, p. 27.] Iam alſo inform'd by
Mr. Harris, your chief at Succundee, that
the Dutch Coorman has panyar'd, or ſe-
cur'd the Cabaheers there; and made them
take Feri/ſoes, that is, ſwear that they would
not come near the caſtle, nor do us any

ſervice, and they forbear.

P. 22.] The Engliſh fort at Succundee is
quadrangular, ſitua ted on a hill, about fifty
paces from the ſea- ſide; between two Dutch
forts, the one to the weſtward, at Taccorary,
the other to the eaſtward of it, is built
with brick and lime; has... . . . guns
mounted, and a tank alſo. There are com-

monly in it fifteen /þite men, and twenty
Gromettoes. | 0

Abou,

War with
Anta.

FVith
others.

An inhu-
man Black. barbarous man, or rather a monſter, whoſe

< — Iz — — a

— 11

r r r RR. 9 22 4 : ES
RI Ws * a4 R '- — ez — 2 3 Abad * 12 2
ww» — * 2 a . Fe 22 2 —— 18 —

436

St. Juan.
1 Obſerved in the precedent deſcription of
the country of Adom, that it was a kind
of common-wealth, governed by five or
ſix of the principal men, without a king.

I ſhall now add, that this nation has prov'd

from time to time a common plague and
ſcourge to the neighbouring Blacks, and even
to our Europeans, being an aſſembly of thieves
and villains; who if they were unanimous,
would be able to raiſe a powerful army, to
the terror of all about them.

Anno 1690, they jointly began a war

againſt the Anteſians, which continued three

or four years, till they had almoſt ruined
that country and people, who yet will not
ſubmit to them, but continue to bid them
defiance.

They were alſo at war with the three
nations on the river of Ancober, a few years
after, whom they oblig'd to buy a peace,
at the price of a large ſum of gold.

In thoſe expeditions they had one Anqua
for their general, a Black, ſo violently in-
clin'd to war, that he could not live in
peace; but as much as he coveted it, ſcarce
any engagement happen'd with thoſe of
Anta and Ancober, in which he was not ob-

liged to his heels for his ſafety : ſo that if
his men had been no better ſoldiers than

himſelf, he had ſoon been ſtop'd in his ca-

reer; and yet the other governors dare not

diſpleaſe him, he being the richeſt of them
all in money and men.

This Anqua was a deteſtably bloody and

name is ever mentioned with horror in
Anta and Aucober river.

To inſtance ſome of his unheard-of bar-
barities; having in an engagement taken
five of the principal Anteſians, in 1691, he
wounded them all over, after which, with
a more than brutal fury, he did not ſatiate

himſelf with ſucking their blood at the
gaping wounds, but bearing a more than
ordinary grudge againſt one of them, and
not contented with the mention*d ſavage

cruelty, he cauſed him to be laid bound at his
feet, and his body to be pierc'd with hot irons,
gathering the blood that iſſued from him in
a veſſel, one half of which he drank, and
offered up the reſt to his god.

In the year 1692, when he took the field
a ſecond time againſt the Anteſians, I went

to give him a viſit in his camp near Chama,

or Sama; he received me very civilly, and
treated me very well, according to the cuſ-
tom of the country: but whilſt he and 1
were diverting our ſelves together, a freſh
opportunity offer'd it ſelf for the exerciſe of
his brutiſh temper, which was only, that a
Black obſerving one of his wives had a new-

Remarkable Occurrences

Barnor. ADOM, and on the CHAMASCIAN RIVER,
OY as the Dutch call it, and others, Rio de

faſhion coral on, and holding a part of it in
his hand to look on it, without taking it off

her neck ; ſhe not thinking any hurt, freely

permitted him to do fo, all Blacks allow.
ing their wives all honeſt liberty of con-
verſation, even with their ſlaves. But Angua
ſo highly reſented this innocent freedom, that
as ſoon as I was got out of the camp, he
cauſed both wife and ſlave to be put to
death, drinking their blood, as he uſed to
do that of his enemies. |

A little before he had cauſed the hands
of one of his wives to be cut off, for a very
trivial crime; after which, in deriſion, he
uſed to command her to look his head for
vermin, which being impoſſible with her
ſtumps, afforded him no ſmall diverſion.

This is mention'd, to ſhew the bloody
cruel nature of the Blacks, towards their
neareſt relations, as well as the moſt inve-
terate enemies. :

Commenno or Aquarro.

John Bloome's Letter, from Cabo-Corſo, 4
J. B. the 27% of February 1691-2.
1 N the year 1688, M. Da Caſſe, came up-
on the coaſt with four French men of war,
equipp'd at Rochefort, with great confidence
to make there ſeveral conſiderable ſettle-
ments, for the royal African company of
France, but eſpecially at Commendo, upon
the frequent former invitations of the Agua

fou men, both king and people; in order

to croſs the Dutch intereſt at their coaſt, and
in ſome meaſure revenge themſelves of the
inſults they had received from the Hollanders
at Mina, for many years before; ſome in-

ſtances of which you may ſee in the prece-
dent deſcription, and his people boaſted ſo

much before-hand at Rochel, of the great
exploits that were to enſue of this expedi-

tion, that the people there gave that officer
the title of petty-king of Guinea,
Du Caſſe made an attempt upon Com, French

mendo, where he ſettled a factory, and pro- |

ceeded farther to Alampi and Fida, on the
ſame deſign ; but a few months after he had

failed from Commendo, thro? the inſtigation

of the Dutch, a war happening againſt the
Aquaffoes, in whoſe country the French
factory ſtood, the Aguaffoes were routed,
their king kill'd, all the French effects pil-
lag'd, and the French-men, who kept the
factory, forc'd to fly to cape Corſo caſtle
for refuge: ſince which time, there have not
appear'd any French ſhips, nor have they

any ſettlement upon that coaſt,

Boſman, p. 27.] That ſame year Swerls,
the Dutch general at Mina erected an indit-
ferent large fort, on the ſtrand, at Liiile
Commendo, or Ekke-Tokki, as the Negroes
call it, and named it Yreden-burgh : in re-
gard, he had entirely reduc'd the Comma-
nians to an honourable peace with his na-

tion,

putch for
attacked,

rench

loſs, after a fight of five hours.
wonderful, and no ſmall ſign of divine pro-

rſappoin;* |
3

tion, as ſhall hereafter farther be taken no-
tice of, after ſo many years of a diſorderly
war, continued at times, from the year

1682, It was a ſquare building ſtrengthned

with good batteries, on which thirty two
guns may be conveniently plac'd, there
being ſo many embrazures in the breaſt- work
for them. It is large enough for ſixty men
to live in; tho? at preſent, 1702, there are
not near ſo many, but about twenty: not-
withſtanding all which, it is ſufficient not only
to defend it ſelf againſt, but to repulſe a
great number of Blacks, as was found by
experience, Anno 1695, when I commanded

puch fort there. Our enemies attack*d us by night;
c:acked. J had but a very ſorry garriſon, not full

twenty men, halt of which were not fit for
ſervice, and yet I forced them to retire with

*T was

tection, that we loſt but two men in this
action; for we had no doors to moſt of our
gun-holes, and the Blacks poured ſmall- ſhot
on us, as thick as hail ; inſomuch that thoſe
few doors which were left to ſome gun-holes,
were become like a target which had been

ſhot at for a mark; and the very ſtaff which

our flag was faſten'd on, tho? it took up
ſo little room, did not eſcape ſhot-free.
You may imagine what caſe we were in,

when one of them began to hack our ver

doors with an ax; but this undertaker being
kill'd, the reſt ſheer'd off, The general,
to whom I had repreſented my weak condi-
tion, ordered two ſhips to anchor before our
fort, to ſupply me with men and ammunition,
Peter Hinken, the captain of one of thoſe
veſſels, endeavouring to execute the general's
orders, the day before I was attack'd, ſent
his boat full of men to me, bur they were
no ſooner on land, than the Blacks fell upon
them fo furiouſly, even under our cannon,

that they kilPd ſeveral; which tho? I ſaw, I
could not prevent: for attempting to fire

upon the enemy with our cannon, I found

them all nail'd ; of which piece of treacherous

villany, according to all appearance, my
own gunner was the actor, whom I therefore
ſent in chains to the general, at our chief
place of reſidence, who ſwore that he would
puniſh him exemplarily ; but inſtead of that,
ſoon after not only ſet him at liberty, but
preferr'd him to a gunner's place of greater
importance. | ——

For this reaſon J was forc'd to be an idle
ſpectator of the miſerable ſlaughter of our
men, not being able to lend them the leaſt
aſſiſtance: and if the Blacks had at that in-

ſtant ſtorm'd us, we were in no poſture of

reſiſtance; but they going to eat, gave me
time to prepare for the entertainment I gave
them, as J have before told you. Here 1
cannot forbear relating a comical accident

that happen d. Going to viſit the poſts of
o L. V.

in North and South- Guinea.

told me, that the Blacks, well knowing he
had but one hat in the world, had malici-
ouſly ſhot away the crown, which he would
revenge, if I would give him a few grana-
does. I had no ſooner order'd him two,
than he call'd out to the Blacks, from the
breaſt-work, in their own language, telling
them, he would preſent them with ſome-
thing to eat; and giving fire to his gra-
nadoes, immediately. threw them down

among the croud, who obſerving them to

burn, throng'd about them, and were at

firſt very agreeably diverted; but when

they burſt, they ſo gall'd them, that they
had no great ſtomach to ſuch another meal.

Commendo, an Hugliſb fort, is large and Engliſn

437
„
our fort, to fee whether every man did his Bar 07.
duty, one of the ſol{i-rs, quitting his poſt,

ſquare, with three large ſquare flankers, and for:

one round; and within che fort is a large
ſquare tower, all built with ſtone and lime.

It is ſituated on a level ground, about fifty

1 O
paces from the ſca-ſide, between two Drich
forts; the one to the weſtward, call'd

Sama; and the other about half a mile to

the eaſtward of it, call'd Uredenburgh,

It has twenty-four good guns mounted;
and is uſually guarded by twenty white men
and thirty Gremettoes, and has a tank for
water, |

In the year 1694, ſome miners being ſent

from Holland to the Dutch general at Mina,
he order*d them to Commendo, to make an

eſſay at the hill behind Aldea de Torres, weſt

of the Dutch fort Uredenburgb; that moun-
tain ſeeming to be well plac'd for their pur-
poſe, there being a tradition, that it wa
very rich in gold ore.

This hill was at that time conſecrated to Blacks war
one of their gods; tho? there was ſcarce with on
UtCA,

ever any talk of it before: but this was
really only a pretence they made uſe of to

declare war againſt us. The miners began

their work; but in a few days, ſuſpecting
nothing, were aſſaulted, miſerably abus'd,
robb'd of all they had, and ſuch as were

not nimble enough, kept priſoners for ſome

time,

We immediately (continues the author)
complain'd of this ill uſage to the king of
Commany, or Com mendo, Who was villainous
enough to remove the blame from his own
door, and fix it upon 7% Kabes, a Black,
who liv'd near our fort Uredenburgh, and
with whom we always traded very conſide-
rably ; alledging, that he had done it in
revenge, for the ill treatment he had met
with from our former chief, or general.
That this was only a ſeign'd excuſe, was
very evident; for 7% Kabes was ſo arrant
a coward, that he durſt not have ventur'd
on an attempt ſo dangerous, without the
king's expreſs command : but the king was
reſolv'd to break with us; and becauſe he

5 T could

2

— — Wop wm — 3 — 4 —
- ” . — * — — wow, — - 4 - — - "q * 1 —
7 2 » PR , — —
2 . — — — 4 h Re — - - * „ - l . 8
= —— > — — et: — a e e * — 3 - 4 = _
: — ; F ks I :
* z ð K —-—%ͤ and — A. K ]« ⁰ ü 111
eff ®. _ A N * - - — * = - -
1 rn = — ——ů— : . — — —— =
— r —̃ — * 9. — 1 —— 5 - 7 8 =
NS 1 == | _— hit cath. bf 4 hs - _ ES 2 =
72 — + Co _ » = _—__— 2 — - — — — — >; pr = \ jo _ — — — * s ©
. 2 = a , 7 „ © 8 — — — l * 2 8
2 arp — fate 6. = : : ns - —

42
OLI n
: —
* > . - —— 7
— 1 r

438 Remarkable Occurrences

Bannor. could find no better excuſe, made uſe of
this. 5
| Mr... .. the then Duich general, with-
out any farther enquiry, reſolv'd to go to
Commany in perſon, to require ſatisfaction
of Fobn Kabes for that injury: to which pur-
Poſe he took ſome of the forces of Mina a-
long with him; and being come to Com-
many, immediately detach'd a party to 7oby
Kabes's village, who came out to meet them,
leading a ſheep to preſent to Mr... .., and
clear himſelf of what he was accus'd: but
ſceing the Mina forces fall upon his goods,

without giving him any warning, and be-

gin to plunder, as great a coward as he was,
he put himſelf into a poſture of defence;
and our people finding he was reſolv'd to
ſell his effects as dear as he could, the ſkir-
miſh began; and ſome on both ſides were
very well beaten.

After this, all our affairs ran at random;
it ſhew'd the king of Commany our private,
and John Kabes our profeſs'd enemy; who,
to revenge the injury done him, invited the

Eugiih into Commany, giving them a dwel-

ling place about a league from our fort, in
one of his ſalt villages; reſolving to ſettle
them, with the firſt opportunity, in the old
ruin'd fort they had formerly poſſeſs'd:
which ſoon after ſucceeded according to his
wiſh. For the Engliſh are ſo well fortify'd

oo tne. |
e there, that it will be impoſſible to remove

make their

advantage them, unleſs in time of war; their fort be-

Hit. ing as large, and having four batteries as wel]
as ours: beſides which, it has allo a turret,
fir to be planted with guns, from whence
they may extremely incommode us; conſi-
dering that they have more and larger can-
non than ours: in ſhort, we are there likely to
have a nice bone to pick. What injury this

neighbourhood has already done our trade,
every one knows who 1s acquainted with
this coaſt 3; and how eaſily it might have been
prevented. But Mr.... . . was too ficry to
think ſedately, or hearken to wiſe counſels ;
and, contrary to all reaſon, he deſir'd no-
thing ſo much as war, and the honour he
hoped to get thereby ; vainly promiſing
himſelf, that he ſhould ſucceed as well as

Mr. Swerts in 1687, who entirely con-

quer'd and ſubdu'd the Commanians, after
they had in the war loſt their king and ſe-
veral of the greateſt men in their kingdom.
Vain Notwithſtanding all which, I dare aver,
Du'ch he might have ſucceeded, had he not been
General. qeluded by the too great opinion he had
conceiv'd of himſelf and his followers, and
his too contemptible thoughts of his enemies.

For he hir'd an army of 7ufferiansandCabeſte-

rians for leſs than five thouſand pounds ſter-
ling, which were twice as ſtrong as that of
Commany, and conſequently might have
ſubdu*d them: but he was ready enough to
imagine, that, with this force, he could eaſily

conquer not onlyCommany, but all the coatt ,
and accordingly, very impudently threat.
ned the Fantyneſe and Sabveſe, that after
he had corrected the Commanians, he would
give them a diſagreeable viſit.

Thoſe two nations, conſidering how much
they were indebted to us; which, if they
endeavour*d to repay otherwiſe than by

their continual villanies, was not owing to

their want of will, but power; they ſoon

embrac'd this favourable opportunity of

joining their forces with thoſe of Commany;
to ſupport which, they believ'd their un-
queſtionable intereſt, and by this means they
became ſtronger than our auxiliaries, A
ſufficient proof of this, is our firſt unfortu-
nate battle; in which we loſt all thoſe auxi-
liaries, and the money they coſt us. The
fight was much more bloody than the wars
of the natives uſually are; for the greateſt
part of the men we miſs'd, were kill'd, and
the reſt taken priſoners; whereby we were
reduc'd to a miſerable ſtate, not knowing
what meaſures to take, as having made the
moſt potent nations of the country our ene-
mies. And indeed we ſhould never have
been able to make any freſh attempt, had
not the enemies themſelves ſeaſonably given
us an opportunity by their inteſtine di-

_ viſions. 1 4
The king's brother, Tekki- Ankam now Same
king of Commany came over to our fide, and

was in a ſhort time ſtrengthned by the Ads-
mians and other auxiliaries; which occaſi-
on'd a ſecond engagement, ſo warm on both
ſides, that the victory was long dubious, till
at laſt it ſeemed to incline to ours fo far, that
our army fell greedily to plunder ; which
being obſerv'd by Abe Tecky, the Commanian
king, who excell'd all his contemporary
Blacks, in valour and conduct, and had hi-
therto kept himſelf out of the fight, and laid
us this bait, he unexpectedly march'd to-
wards us, with freſh forces, carrying their
muſquets with the butt ends forwards to de-
ceive us: which ſucceeded ſo well, that we
taking them for our friends, continu'd our
greedy courſe of plunder, till the king came
upon us, and his men turning their muſquets,
fir'd ſo briſkly, that they diverted us from
the prey, and oblig'd every man to fave his
life as well as he could: thus leaving the
Commanians a ſecond compleat victory, thoſe
who could eſcape, made the beſt of their
"x to our fort. ”

heſe were two pernicious loſſes, the
greateſt part of which undoubtedly ought

to be charged on Mr. . ., for had he been

ſo prudent as to conceal his reſentment, a-
gainſt the Fantyneans and Saboeans ; and in-
ſtead of irritating, gain'd them by a bribe,
as he afterwards was oblig'd to endeavour,
tho* in vain; I do not believe they would

have concern'd themſelves for the Comma-
nian,

routed |

Atvire
but pe!
ng 70
emploje

SirD;
Mac's;
Nov.
1705.

in North and

| vians ; whom by that means he might have
ſubdu'd, and with the ſame force have re-
duc'd the others to reaſon. 5
It will not be amiſs to proceed with my
Author's account, as an introduction to the
tranſactions of thoſe times, which have cau-
ſed ſuch conſiderable damage to the Dutch
intereſt at Mina, as well as at Commendo;
and have ſo much depopulated the fine large
town of Mina; now as little, as it was great
and famous, in my time. It will not only
ſhow the uncertainty of ſublunary things in
reneral, but be a proper caution to the di-
rectors of all African companies whatſoever,

Dutch to employ in the government of their affairs
routed, | in Guinea, both by ſea and land, men of

known candor, probity, underſtanding, true
23 courage, and experience; attended with mo-
79 be deſt behaviour; Sc. And when they have
mm;lzed. found any ſuch, not only to continue them
much longer in their employments, than 1s
commonly done; but alſo to grant them
ſuch competent ſalaries, and perquiſites, as
may content them, and they may not be
tempted to commit perpetual breaches of
truſt, and contrary to their moſt ſolemn
oaths, and all the ties of conſcience, 1% make
Hay, while the ſun ſhines; as it is too notori-
ouſly and generally practiſed. _ |
ThisI formerly propos'd, to the directors
of the French African company, at a full
board, in Paris; and it was, it ſeems, better
liked than practiſed ; and it is no wonder,
that they and our royal African company
at London, have not made ſuch advantage

cond
efeat

pected, if rightly followed, and no regard
of perſons had, to the prejudice of the pub-
lick: for tho? the beſt and wiſeſt endeavours

of trade, which, of all human things 1s
moſt liable to times and circumſtances, eſpe-
cially in confus'd revolutions, occaſion'd by
war, yet it muſt be allow'd, that a right
management is the molt likely means to
conduce to a profitable end.

the revolutions happen'd at Mina, I think
5 % it not amiſs, to give an hiſtorical account
e of John Kabes, the famous Black at that
in Ka- coaſt 3 who has been chicfly the fatal occa-
ion of that war, as far as I find it contain'd
in the memoirs I have by me, which will
ſhew, how ſmall a ſpark can kindle a great
fire, and perſuade men in publick truſt to
be circumſpect, even in affairs of little mo-
ment.
WT. This Kabes was formerly a ſervant to the
hze\lertey Engliſh at Cabo Corſo, and owing them
oY: money, baſely went over to Mr Nays, the
„then Dutch general at Mina; who not only
protected, but encourag'd him in his knave-
ry, inſtead of keeping him in order, tho?
the villain had formerly cut off the heads

of their commerce, as might have been ex-

will not always anſwer the projects, in point

Before I return to my author's relation, of

South-Guinea, 439
of about half a dozen Dutch men: but by B An BOr.
means of a purſe of gold, eſcap'd the pu-
niſhment due to him; which the Mina ge-
neral, before Mr Nuyts, had often threatned
him with.
John Kabes was allow'd by the Dutch
general, to live in village of his, near
their fort Uredenburgh, at Commendo; with
whom, ſays the Dich author, we traded
very conſiderably, and he was in that con-
dition when atrack'd by the Dutch general
in 1694, upon the king of Commendo's ſay-
ing he was the chief author of the aſſault,
made by the Blacks on the Dutch miners

at Commendo, as has been related: and b

the ſame account you have ſeen how Kabes

went over to the Engliſh again, and was

very inſtrumental by his credit and power
at Commendo, to aſſiſt them in building the
Engliſh fort there. Afterwards it ſeems Ka-
bes, either through intereſt, or diſguſt at the
Engliſh, having ſet up a trade there for him-
ſelf, with Engliſh interlopers, or 10 per cent.
ſhips, and aſſiſted by one captain Gladman, he
built himſelf a flanker, in oppoſition to the
Engliſh tort at Commendo; Gladman having
ſold him eighteen guns in 1702, and one
captain Ingle an Engliſhman, ſold him ſix
out of the ſame ſhip, the Shrewsbury Galley,
a ten per cent. ſhip, the laſt voyage ſhe made,

all this being contriv'd to moleſt and ob-
ſtruct as much as poſſible the royal African

company's trade in their fort at Commend.
How it went with Kabes and his flanker

afterwards, I do not hear, but only find in

Sir Dalby Thomas's letters, that on the 22d
of April 1707, he receiv'd advice from Mr
Pearſon, chief at Commendo, and from John
Kabes or Cabeſs, that the Dutch were draw-
ing the Sama and 7abbah people, to wind-
ward of Commends, together; as alſo thoſe of
Mina people, and what others they could, to
attack Foy in his fort: and that the Engliſh
chief there, wanted nothing but corn, and
a better gunner, in caſe they ſhould be

block'd up or attack'd. Upon which, Sir
Thomas immediately diſpatch'd one Mr.

Hicks, Mr Pearſon being weak and not well

in health, with a gunner, and corn, in Pin-

dar*s long- boat, and a five-hand canoe, all
in arms, and the boat with two pattareroes;
leſt the Dutch ſhould pretend to ſtop them
as they paſs'd by Mina, as they had endea-
voured to do ſeveral Engliſh canoes, which
Sir Dalby Thomas had ſent armed to Succun-
dee, for advice and neceſſaries for the Eng-
lifh at Cabo Corſo caſtle. From Mina they
fir'd three great ſhot, and four from a ſhi
in Mina road, and ſent ſeveral ſmall canoes
armed after her; but finding that ſhe was
armed too, and the Engliſb reſolute, they
left her. |
From this account of Sir Dalby Thomas in
1707, may be infer*d, not only that Fohr:
Kabes,

mY FIy 28 =
— ERS —_—_—

= «7 —
ͤ——ũ) ꝙ——— —— — —
=
l

!
_

vos
F!

— —
= tn. A 7—;˖Üo;̃ , —W, AS

— ES

RN 623%

BarzorT. Kabes was again become a friend to the

Dutch

company's intereſt, but alſo, that the Eng-
liſb and Dutch were then at variance next
to a war; but what the iſſue has been, I do
not hear as yet. |

I reſume now my Dutch author's account
of the war, which has been ſo pernicious to
their intereſt at the coaſt, from the place
where J left it.

Our affairs, (ſays he, p. 34.) continued in

vate peace this poſture till Mr.. expiring, left the

with the
Blacks.

government to his ſucceſſor Mr..... who,
as new lords generally occaſion new laws,
finding we loft by the war, by the advice of
thoſe whom the company had entruſted,
prudently reſolv'd, if poſſible, to put an
end to it; and accordingly brought the
Commantans to ſo good a temper, that we

ſoon became friends; they not only obliging

The Eng-
li 4%

themſelves to make good the damage we
had ſuſtained, but becoming as zealouſly
engaged in our intereſt, as the poſture of at-
fairs could encourage us to hope : and it
was very much to be wiſhed, for the ad-

vantage of our company, that the peace

could have continued; which would have
conſiderably advanc'd our trade, and ſpar'd
the large ſums we were obliged to diſburſe
in the following war. |
But the Engliſh there envying our happy
concluſion of the war, and fearing it would
not much conduce to their advantage, con-
triv'd methods to break the peace. The

means they chiefly hit upon, and practiſed,

were to poſſeſs the king, that conſidering his

two victories, he ought rather to aſk than
give ſatisfaction ; which they enforc'd by in-

culcating our weak conditionand his ſtrength,

urging, that we were not in a poſture to act
offenſively again, but would be obliged,
not only to beg, but to buy a peace, which
would furniſh him with an opportunity of

forcing his own conditions upon us.

The king being not only a Commanian by

birth, and conſequently of their turbulent

humour, bur ſufficiently elevated by his

paſt victories, ſoon liſten'd to the Engh/þ
advice of breaking with us: to which he

was encouraged by their aſſurance, that they

would make his cauſe their own; and ac-

cordingly ſupply him with all proper ne-

ceſſarics: whereupon he renew'd his old
courſe, and did us as much miſchief as ever.
This we patiently ſuffer'd for ſome time,
vainly expecting relief by fair means; but
our dependance on them ſery'd only to aug-
ment his outrages, and oblige us to have
recourſe to force, which was now become ab-
ſolutely neceſſary to preſerve our character
among the reſt of the nations of that coun-
try: and accordingly we began to think of
warmer meaſures; and in conjunction with
other perſons proper to be conſulted, it
was reſolved to bring a conſiderable force

Remarkable Occurrences

into the field, which ſhould make ſhort
work at once, and be able to chaſtiſe the
Commanians ; we were therefore of opinion,
that ſince the Fantyntans lived then in amity
with us, it would be very eaſy to gain them
to our ſide, and by that means enable our-
ſelves to tame the king of Commany. We

treated with them accordingly ; and at laft, ;
in conſideration of the value of nine hun-#

Buy off the 1
lacks |

0%, the

dred pounds ſterling, to be paid them, they Dutch,

oblig'd themſelves to fight the Commanians,
till they had utterly extirpated them. We
now thought our ſelves very ſecure, daily
expecting the Fantyneans to take the field;
but here the Eugliſb quaſh*d our deſign, and
in order to keep their word with the king
of Com many, or at leaſt to throw an obſta-
cle in our way, one of their governors went
from Cabo-Corſo to Fantyn, and prevailed
with that people, for exactly the ſame ſum,
we had before given them, to ſtand neuter:

which being only oppoled by the Braf,

they ſoon diſpatch'd him out of the way,

ſubſtiruring immediately another in his room,
To one who knows how common and trivial

a crime perjury is among the Blacks, it will

not appear incredible, that they ſhould ra-
ther ſtand ſtill for one thouſand eight hun-
dred pounds, than fight for nine, Thus our
hopeful negotiation ended with the irreco-
verable loſs of our money
The Commanians for this reaſon growing
more arrogant, began to inſult us worſe than
ever: to remedy which, we agreed with the
Adomians to aſſiſt us for leſs than five hundred
pounds, but they falling out about the diviſion

of the money, as well as the Accaniſtians and

Cabeſterians, who were alſo by contract

oblig' d to our aſſiſtance, agreed only not to
ſtir one foot from home. Being thus diſ-
appointed, we caſt our laſt anchor, and
agreed with the Dinkiraſchians for the ſum

of eight hundred pounds, to take our ſide;

but were herein ſo unhappy, that they fal-
ling into a war with their near neighbours,
were oblig*d to neglect our cauſe to defend
their own country; they indeed were yet ſo

| honeſt, as to return our money, except only
a ſmall quantity, which ſtuck to the fingers
of their meſſengers : we alſo got back the

greateſt part of what we had given to the
Adomians, but could not recover the leaſt
part of what the Fantyneans had got of Us.
Being in this deſperate condition, we left no
means unattempted to redreſs our ſelves,
tho* in vain; for we were cheated on all
ſides. We thought of making an honour-
able end with the king of Commany, but
how to compaſs that, we could not imagine 3
fearing, as the Engliſh had promiſed, we
ſhould be obliged to beg a peace, which had
certainly happened, if at this critical juncture,

a better and more honourable way had not

offer'd itſelf,

The

Tel

of th
Eng

in North and South-Guinea.

yy The before mention'd brother of the king

441

miſſed. Were I to determine concerning this Ban nor.

h ' : ;
11 of Commany, who for ſome piece of villany, action, I muſt own, we had then the faireſt .
Engliſh. as is reported, had, together with his wife opportunity in the world to obſtruct the

and children, been ſent as ſlaves to Surinam,
by Mr...... but declared free by the com-
pany, were brought over hither again.
Upon his arrival, we employed him to
ſound whether his brother was moſt inclin'd
to war or peace ; by which means we found,
that he being tired with the former, would
be very willing to accept of the latter:
making uſe of this opportunity to our intire
ſatisfaction, we concluded a peace upon very

Engliſh, and reſent their former injuries, if

we had quitted Teki-Ankan, as he deſerted us,

and joined with the Commanians againſt them:

but there was a Remora in the way; for one of

the greateſt villains of this country being

then broker to the company, had ſo gain*d

the ear of Mr. . . . our general, that he

looked upon all other advice as pernicious.

This favourite, whether encouraged thereto wor pep
by intereſt, or prompted by an inveterate eh the

ly off tle |
icks |
1 the
itch,

Dutch.

honourable and good terms; neither ſide
deſiring any more than a ſettled and laſting

peace, as it had undoubtedly been if an ac-

cident as unexpected had not interrupted it;
for we had but juſt began to reliſh the
pleaſure of our new tranquillity, and learn'd
to prefer a proſperous eaſe before a perni-
cious war, when the Eugliſh, being diſguſted
at it, or growing jealous that the king
would adhere too cloſe to us, we being his old
friends, and ſhake them off; or, for ſome
other unknown reaſon; murdered him, in a
manner eſteemed barbarous by all Euro-
pears, when he came to divert himſelf, and
make merry with them : thus ungratefully
rewarding the ſeveral years ſervice he had
done them, |

This barbarous action occaſioned a great

alteration on the coaſt. The Commanians,
hitherto fo ſtrictly allied to the Eng!i/h be-
came their moſt inveterate enemies, reſolv-
ing at any rate to revenge their king's death:
Teki Ankan, on the contrary, became their
oreateſt friend; and having a hand in his
brother's murder, fled from us, ſhelter'd
himſelf among the Engliſh, and agreed with
them to fall upon the Commanians with the
firſt opportunity. They invited us to join
with them, but thar was refuſed, we not

being able to enter into a war on their ac-

count, and having but too long found how
fatal a war is to our commerce. The
however went on with their deſign, hiring

hatred, is uncertain, was continually buz-
Zing ſtories in the governor's ears, in order
to irritate him againſt the Commanians : they
in the mean time diſcerning by his carriage
where it was likely to end, were not afraid
to offer us ſome injuries; by which means
Akim, ſo the broker was calPd, gain'd his
end, and had ſome arguments to offer
for beginning a war againſt them, and ſuc-
ceeded ſo well with Mr.. that without
confulting, or imparting 1t to the council,
he reſolved upon an action equally perfidious
and deteſtable; which was to attack the

Feluaus, a people fubject to the Commanians,

contrary to the common faith of nations,
when they came under our protection to
market with their goods: accordingly this
was barbarouſly put in execution, and they

robbed of all they brought ; ſome of them

killed, and eighty made priſoners.

Pray, Sir, be pleaſed to judge imparti-
ally; was not the law of nations herein vi-
olated in the higheſt degree? Icannot help
believing it was; and that his excellency
cannot anſwer his acting in this manner,
without the advice or knowledge of the
council. Had they indeed conſented to this
baſe action, he might, as a pretext, have
alledg*d, that thoſe of Velu were juſtly
puniſhed, for the murder of ſome women at

Mina, as they were paſſing by them; tho?

that is very improbable, becauſe the Fe-
tuans proteſted themſelves innocent of the

the Blacks of Saboe, Accany, and Cabeſterra, fact, and kept up a good correſpondence
d with which auxiliaries, Teki Ankan came with us; nor is it to be imagined they durſt
l into the field, and engag'd the Commanians ſo far injure us, or offer ſuch a piece of vil-
, with ſuch ill ſucceſs, that notwithſtanding lany ; or that after, they ſhould fearleſg
the number of his men was quadruple to and defenceleſs come to our market to vend
b theirs, yet he was totally routed. The Com- their commodities, is what can never be
5 manians ow'd this ſignal victory to their believed by unprejudiced perſons. But ſe-
5 general Amo Tekti, a Black, who in valour vera! boldly affirm, that the above men-
ö equalled, if not exceeded their murder'd tioned murder of the women, was commit-
A ted by the contrivance and command of
- Notwithſtanding we had been hitherto per- Akim himſelf, and Teki Ankan, deſignedly
2 fectly neuter, theCommaniangeneralſentacivil to lay it to the charge of the Commanians,
p meſſage to our governor, together with ſe- in order to ſerve as a ſpecious pretext to
; veral of the ſkulls of his vanquiſh'd ene- juſtify our breaking, and interrupting all
mies, in token that he had reſolved to live commerce with them. Whether this be true
+ and die in the ſervice of the Hollanders: or falſe, heaven only can determine; but it
fl his meſſenger was civilly receiv'd, and after is certain, that the gentlemen of the coun-

thanks and preſents from the general, diſ- cil, tho? they reſented it as an abominable

Vor, V.

3 action,

Remarkable Occurrences

By letters from Meſſieurs 'William Ronan
William Malroſs, and Nich. Buckeridge,

442

Barzor- action, were not villing to diſcover
= WY WV their ſentiments, when paſt, becauſe the

*
*
' 4

*

, .
:
**

#7 id
—

1

__

' 4g

Py
$,
}
4%

<

. b

hy Fug
8 1
1

+

\F

bk 0

'

! 48

1

149

„

.

1

119

4 6

}

* 23
91
Y -
.
i
k4
"8
!

be »: r ai EE... As...
— 8 2
— I — 2 = "Iz ww — a 8

Erngliſßb, that inſtead of making peace with

blame muſt neceſſarily fall upon Akim,
whom they knew was villain enough to
revenge himſelf at the expence of their
lives; for which reaſon they paſt it over in
filence. |

By theſe unwarrantable practices, our
trade at Mina was immediately ſtifled, and

the Commanians and Fetuans became our .

profeſſed enemies; which ſo animated the

the Saboeans, the ſtrongeſt of the two, they

in the utmoſt dilorder; leaving Tek: Autan

ſtrengthen'd themſelves to the utmoſt, and

once more engaged the Commanians; who,

with their ſmall force behaved themſelves ſo
well, that they had certainly got the day,
if their general, Amo Tecki, had not been
obliged to retire out of the army by a wound
he received : which ſo confounded them,
that after they had begun to put their ene-
mies to flight, upon miſſing their comman-
der, they betook themſelves to their heels

and his followers an entire victory; their
general, and ſeveral of the moſt conſiderable
among them being kill'd and taken pri-
ſoners. | |

By this ſucceſs Teki Ankan became king of

Commany; and we, as well as the Eugliſb,

had a ſhare of advantage by it: tho' we

might, if other meaſures had been taken,

have done our ſelves much more conſiderable
| ſervice; but not to lay down uncertainties

for undeniable truths, all men, whilſt they

are men, are liable to frailties ; and the ma-

nagers of this affair had their failings as wel!

as others. Thus I have ſaid enough of the
Commanian war, and its true ſource 3 by

which you may be better enabled to ſpeak

of it on occaſion : and tho? I have left blanks

for the names of our governors, you cannot

be ignorant who is there intended. I have
alſo handled the whole as tenderly as was

ill intention. But if you aſk how he came
to be fo fond of him, it is reported, that
before he was preferr'd to the government,
that wretch ſerv'd him with a fidelity uncom-
mon among the Blacks, which tinctur'd him
with ſuch a ſettled good opinion of him, that
he never could believe any thing againſt him,
However it was, *tis certain that his fond

affection to that villain, was by him abuſed

only to enrich himſelf,and render his maſter's
government odious to all people : and thus
he is liable to be injur'd, who repoſes too

much confidence in any one man, and de-

ſpiſes the good intentions of others to ferve

him, |

the three agents at Cabo-Corſo caſtle,

By a deſerter from Mina we are informed,
that the Dutch company have ſent poſitive
orders to ſpare no coſt to carry on the war,
and drive us out of Commendo : and for that
end the general, witha large ſum of money,
has corrupted the Braffo of Fanteen, and
captain of 2yaman to aſſiſt little Tagee, to
whom we had lately given ſeveral Daſſſes,

to encourage them to be true to the Exgliſb;

for which they had taken Fetiſſoes, or oaths,
to ſtop that current, We are neceſſitated
to be at a conſiderable expence to your

honours, to aſſiſt the captain of Abra, king;

of Aquaſfou, Fetu and Saboe, who with us
are jointly reſolved to depoſe the Braffo of
Fanteen, and captain of Quaman, and make

the captain of Abra, Braffo in his ſtead ;
which, with the Danchaes aſſiſtance, who

ſides with the king of Aquaffo, &c, and are
coming down to diſpute their differences with
the Arkames, doubt not but ſhall fruſtrate
all the Dutch deſigns ; and 1n little time to
have the way ſo open'd, as to have a conſi-
derable trade. We hope your honours will
conſider, and uſe ſuch meaſures at home,
that theſe their deſigns may be fruſtrated,
otherwiſe it will prove very expenſive to
keep your honours intereſt at Commends, or
any where elſe ; for if they ſhould ever get
the better there, they would endeavour the
deſtruction of all your honour's factories on
the coaſt.

Mina or Opp ENA.

T HIS town is very long and indifferent Boſman, |
5.4; n
About fifteen or ſixteen years ago it was }

broad; vide the deſcription.

very populous, and eight times as ſtrong
as at preſent, the inhabitants being then ter-

rible to all the Blacks on the coaſt, and
might, under a good general, have ſuc-

ceeded in great undertakings ; but about
fifteen years ago, the ſmall-pox ſwept away
ſo many, and ſince by the Commanian wars,
together with the tyrannical government of

ſome of their generals, they have been fo
miſerably depopulated and impoveriſh'd,

that 1t is hardly to be believed how weak it
1s at preſent ; not being able to furniſh fifty
arm'd men, without the help of the fer-
vants of the Europeans: and there is no place
on the whole Gold Coaft, without ſome of
the Blacks of Mina; for ſome of them who
were friends to the Commanians fled to them,
but moſt of them from the tyranny of theit
governors, and our above mentioned Akim,
who only kept them as ſheep for ſlaughter.
When I firſt came upon the coaſt, I have
frequently told five or fix hundred canoes
which went a fiſning every morning; whereas

now

in North and South-Guinea.

now ſcarce one hundred appear, and all the
people ſo poor, that their miſerable caſe is ve
deplorable, eſpecially if we refle& upon their

two Blacks fetch'd away the dead body, not Bax Bor.
offering to meddle with them in the leaſt.

him ſtanding in the midſt of the garden; could ſeparate it, which muſt be very pain-
. | where, before our coming, he had broke ful to the beaſt, fince it made him roar ;
Wm down four or five coco-trees; which num and that was the only noiſe I heard him
ber, either to divert himſelf, or ſhow his make. After this he died under the ſaid
ſtrength, he augmented with five or ſix tree, and was no ſooner dead, than the
more in our preſence. The ſtrength which Blacks fell on him in crouds, each cutting
he ſeemed to uſe in breaking down a tree, off as much as he could; fo that he fur-
may very ficly be compared to the force niſh*d a great many, as well J/hites as
which a man exerts in order to knock down Blacks, with food enough for that day;
a child three or four years old. who found, that of a vaſt quantity of ſhot
Whilſt he ſtood there, above an hundred levell'd at him, very few had paſſed the
ſhot were fir'd at him, which made him bone into his head; ſome remain'd betwixt
bleed to that degree, as if an ox had been the ſkin and the bone; moſt of them, and more
kill d. During all which he did not ſtir, but eſpecially the ſmall-ſhot was thrown off by
only ſet up his ears, and made the men ap- his hide, as if they had been ſhot againſt
prehend that he would follow them. a wall, which made us judge the bullets were
A Black fancying himſelf able to too ſmall: and thoſe who pretend thorough-
deal with the elephant, went ſoftly behind ly to underſtand the elephant ſhooting, told
him, catch'd his tail in his hand, deſigning us, that we ought to have ſhet iron bullets
to cut off a piece of it; but the elephant, fince thoſe of lead are flatteee.
after giving the Black a ſtroke with his ſnout, oy: |
drew him nearer, trod upon him two or Cay * CO RSO.
three times, and as if that were not ſufficient, Mr. John Hillier $ letter, to Dr. Bathurſt
made two holes with his teeth in his body, 47 Oxon, dated Cape Corſo, Jan. 3. 1697-8.
large enough for a man's double fiſt to en- I Thought the cuſtom of deſtroying flaves
N

oſm aſl, |

former condition. So that indeed it is high]

Ibid, p. 320.] After the elephant had been

ghly about an hour in the garden, he wheeled

neceſſary that a governor ſhould be quickly ſet
over them, who by mild uſage would foon
recall the deſerters, eſpecially if he were ſo
prudent as to baniſh, or at leaſt cramp Akim,
{o that he ſhould not be able to go far in-
land, where he has at our coſt, made him-

| ſelf fo many friends, that he would certainly

Notable

furvef an

elephant.

do more miſchief.
Boſman, p. 318.] In the year 1700, in
December, at ſix in the morning, an elephant
came to Mina, walking eafily along the
ſhoar, under the hill of $7. Jago. Some
Blacks were ſo bold as to go againſt him
without any thing in their hands, in a ſort
to welcome and bring him in : he ſuffer'd
them to encompaſs him, and very quietly

went along with them tojuſt under the mount

St. Jago, where one of our officers belong-
ing to the fort, and a Black that came down

with him, fired on him, and the officer's

ball hit him above the eye. This and the
following ſhot which the Blacks pour'd on

bim, were ſo far from provoking him, that
they did not move him to mend his pace

in the leaſt; he only ſeemed to threaten the
Blacks betwixt whiles, but ſtill let them

alone; only prick'd up his ears, which were

of a prodigious ſize, and ſo went on, and
laſtly, ſtept into our garden.
This extraordinary accident, and our own
curioſity, drew the director- general and my
ſelf into the garden, and we were ſoon
follow'd by ſome of our people. We found

ter: then he let him lie, without making
any farther attempt; and ſtood ſtill whilſt

about, as if he intended to fall on us, as
we ſtood about ſixteen paces from him;
which made all that were in the garden to
fly, the greateſt part making to mount
St. Jago, but the animal follow'd no body
out of the garden, all flying out at the
fore door, and he took the back door : whe-
ther the wall ſtood in his way, or the door
was too narrow for him to paſs, he flung
it, tho? a brick and a half thick, a conſi-
derable diſtance, which I had the fortune to
ſee a good way off, but could not obſerve,
that in ſo doing he very much exerted his
ſtrength, but rather ſeemed to touch it
lightly. After which he did not only paſs
thro* the gap, where the door had been,
but forc'd through the garden hedge, going
very ſoftly by mount &.. Jago towards the
river, where he bathed himſelf to waſh the
blood, with which he was beſmear'd, or to
cool himſelf after the heat occaſioned by ſo
many ſhot. .

After having refreſhed himſelf a little in
the river, he came out and ſtood under a
parcel of trees, where were ſome of our
water tubs ; and there he alſo cooled him-
ſelf, and broke them in pieces, as he did
alſo a canoe that lay by them.

Whilſt the elephant ſtood there, the

ſhooting was renew'd, till at laſt he fell

down, when they immediately cut off his
ſnout, which was ſo hard and tough, that
it colt the Blacks thirty ſtrokes before they

at the death of great people had been
aboliſhed, and I was fo inform'd ; but we

have

— nes > on — — —
* 2 * — — - «ad — n __ 5 > 9p —
— Ta 2 .
* n e +” — 5 * r |
* * - - i * . a —
5 = — Y 2 — _ _

444

BAR BO. have ſeen that it is not; for October the third,
V this year, died Aben Penin A/hrive, king of

People
killd at
great fu-

nerals.

Election of

a king.

Fett, here at cape Corſo, where he had been
long ſick. The Fetiſſeros had done all they
could to ſave his life, which was nothing
at all to the purpoſe; their phyſick ſcarce
extends to any thing but the flux, and what
we call the French diſeaſe : his was a con-
ſumption and an aſthma (if J miſtake not
the word) of a great continuance, ſo that

they fled to the aid of their religion; and

according to the rules of that, they made
ſeveral pellets of clay, which they ſet in
his room, in rank and file, all ſprinkled
with blood ; beſides the ſeveral muttons
which they eat to his good health, but

that was of too little force; ſo the man
died, having deliver'd his ſword to the Dey

who in the interregnum was to be the princi-
pal man; for the kingdom is elective, con-
trary to what we wrote before: and com-
manding him to be conſtant to the Eugliſb,

of whom himſelf had been a great favourer ;

with a threat, if he was not, to haunt him
after his death. He alſo appointed one of
his wives, whom he thought worthy of that
unlucky honour, to accompany him to the
other world, -

The next day he was carried to Petor,

and buried there November the ſecond, with

the poor woman we ſpoke off. Preſently
after, they that were conſiderable, or had

a mind to ſeem ſo, ſent in thoſe they had

a mind to murder in honour of the king :

how many there were, is hard to ſay; the
higheſt accounts give ninety, .the loweſt

fifry, the middle ſeventy. The Blacks do
not underſtand arithmetick, ſo the number
they give in all caſes is very uncertain : I
think there were above eight from this

town, which will not hold proportion to

the higheſt rate; but it is like, near Felon
there might be more.
many more will follow half a year after
his * The manner of the execution
of theſe poor creatures I have not yet learnt,

only, that they make them drink and dance,

with a great deal of bravery, all the be-
ginning of the day, and toward night cut
off their heads; but whether by that they
reckon the common way of their executions,
Jam yet to ſeek. 1

After the king's funeral, the next thing
was to chuſe a ſucceſſor; ſo the people
were called together at Feton, (I ſuppoſe by
the authority of the Dey) without inquiring
any thing of their freehold : they pitched
upon Mydy, tho* he were not of the blood
royal; the reaſon was, as they ſaid, be-
cauſe he had power enough to do what he
pleaſed, and they could do nothing againſt
him ; bur he refuſed the honour, becauſe
of the charge it would put him to, and
propoſed the brother of the deceaſed king :

They ſay alſo, that

Remarkable Occurrences.

ſo the buſineſs ſtuck ſome time, but at

laſt it was accorded, and king Afbrive's

brother was declared king November the
eighteenth : his name is Ahenaco, Tis
wonderful how they could diſpatch ſuch a
buſineſs with ſo little diſturbance ; but 1

ſuppoſe there was no conſiderable number

that diſſented; otherwiſe it would ſcarce
have been determined without bloodſhed,
becauſe it was not eaſy for them to poll,

I ſaid it was doubted, whether thoſe ſa-
crificed died after the rate of their ordinary

executions; if you would know it, the

creature that 1s condemned 1s made to drink
abundance of palm-wine, and to dance,every
body that will, all the while, ſtriking or
puſhing him: when that is over, he is
thrown down on his face upon the ſand,
which whether it ſtifles him or not, I cannot
tell ; then his legs are cut off below the
knees, and his arms below the elbows ;
afterward his thighs, and his arms below
the ſhoulders; laſtly, his head.

A man would not expect any thing more
barbarous than this; yet there is a cuſtom

which has ſomething worſe: when any one

has new drums, trumpets or blowing-horns,
it is requiſite that they be conſecrated with

human blood. I have known but one hap-

pen of this kind, that was January the
ſeventh 1686-7, when after the man had
been executed after the former manner,
about eight in the morning, at one in the
after- noon they drank palm- wine out of the
upper part of his ſkull, and this in the ſight
of all the factors at cape Corſo. In Florida
the natives ſacrifice their priſoners to their
idols, and afterwards eat them, according
to Mercator. 1

Ibid. p. 31.] Under the Eugliſb fort you Pere
may obſerve a houſe not unlike a ſmall fort, Mu: |

with a flag on it, and ſome cannon z this
is inhabited by an Engliſh Mulatto, by name
Edward Barter, who has a greater power on
the coaſt, than all the three Exgliſb agents

together (in whom the chief command of

the coaſt is veſted jointly) who by reaſon of
their ſhort ſtay here are ſo little acquainted
with the affairs of this coaſt, that they
ſuffer themſelves to be guided by him, who
very well knows how to make his advantage
of them: he is become ſo conſiderable,
that he can raiſe a great number of arm'd
men; ſome whereof are his own ſlaves,
and the reſt free-men, that adhere to him.
Thus his intereſt is at preſent ſo great, that
he is very much reſpected, honoured and
ſerv'd by the principal people about him;
and whoever deſigns to trade with the £ng-
liſh, muſt ſtand well with him, before he
can ſucceed. This Mulatto pretends to be
a chriſtian, and by his knowledge of that
religion, which he has acquired by the ad-
vantage he has of reading and writing, might
very

P
)

Power
Mulatto.

re We OF. ST

very well paſs for one; but his courſe of life

is alrogether contradictory: for tho? he is
lawfully married in England, he has above

eight wives and as many miſtreſſes. But this
the Engliſþ muſt not condemn as diſhoneſt
and irreligious, ſince moſt of their officers
and governors follow the Mulatto's exam-

ple; for I believe two of the preſent agents

have about ſix. This was about 1701.

By the following accounts I am apt to
believe this Mulalto was, upon the coming
of Sir Dalby Thomas, out of place and cre-
dit at the Gold Coaſt. Boſman, Pp. 23,

Feb. 9, 1701-2.] Before the receipt of
yours, having notice of ſome villanies com-
mitted by Barter, being up in the country,
ſent for him down; but he being conſcious
of our having the knowledge of his actions,
fled up into the Country. We doubt his
underhand dealing with the Dutch, who take
his part, tho* Mr. Peck went to Mina to con-
ſult them, will put us to ſome inconveniencies.

May 15, 1703, p. 24.] How much the
Dutch are your rivals in trade, your ho-
nour is a judge; but it cannot be expected
ours ſhould increaſe, whilſt they give Bar-
ter a protection under their caſtle, to ſtop
any from coming in here. I can't tell what
courſe the gentlemen deſign to take for the
future, to prevent ſuch inconveniencies; but
certainly, at preſent, we ſuffer very much
by his villany. |

tlio, At Cabo Corſo caſtle, April 2, 1707, The

ten per cent. ſhips carry'd all the trade,
perpets at five Akies. No people in the
world underſtand their intereſt better than
the Blacks at the Gold Coalt ; and could the
lupply their wants as cheap at the factories,

as they do aboard ten per cent. ſhips, one
would think they would not put themſelves

to the charge of canoe-hire, and the hazard
of overſetting with their goods, as often they
do. Beſides that advantage on the price of

goods, they have that on the price of ſlaves

alio. The ten per cent. ſhips being upon the
coalt, and near ſlay*d, they diſpoſe of their
goods at prime coſt, for diſpatch; and
give very extravagant prizes for ſlaves
eſpecially when they are advanc'd to the lee-
ward as far as J/innebah. Another inconveni-
ency has appeared at Cabo Cor/o caſtle,
that in the year 1703, three large ſhips of
the French company of the A/ſiento, of about
fifty guns a- piece, and one of them a Dutch
man of war prize, call'd the Medenblick, be-
ing trading about cape Cor ſo, and the Blacks
not daring to go aboard of them with ſlaves

or gold, the French drew their ſhips in a line,

at about half cannon-ſhot from the caſtle,
the anchoring there very good, mud and
land, did ſo warmly batter the caſtle from
that ſide, notwithſtanding its hot firing from

the water-battery and .turrets, that in leſs

than an hour's time the garriſon was forc'd
Vo I. V.

in North and South- Guinea. 445

to keep cloſe ſhelter*d, not daring to appear Ba» om,

any longer, to play their cannon. The com

mander found himſelf oblig*d to hang out
a white flag for a truce ; and to grant to the
Blacks of the town, and all others abour, to
traffick freely with the French, who got

thereby a good number of ſlaves and gold,
for their merchandize, |

ManrRrov, or Danisn Mount.
near CORS O caſils.
OAN BLOOME, Leb. 27, 1691-2. at
Cabo Corſo.) Frederickſhurgh fort, which
belonged to the Daxes, and was fold and
deliver'd by Mr. Ilans Tnck, their general,
in the year 1685, to Henry Nur/e Hiq; agent
for the royal African company of England,
is at preſent but a mean fortification, but Englif:
deſign'd to be built very ftrong : the royal fort.
African company has named it T Rgval.
Reflex. p. 32.] Fort Royal is now built; *tis

a ſquare fort, newly rebuilt of brick, and

has ſeven guns mounted on the caſtle, and
eleven on the platform; it is conſtantly
guarded, with about fix white men and
twelve Gromettoezs. ?Tis ſeated on the top
of a hill, within leis than a mije from cape
Corſo caſtle, to the ciſtward, and they are
very aſſiſting one to the other.
Boſman, p. 53.] The fart was begun in

1699, when the Eugliſb entirely pulPd down

the old one; the agents oblig'd me with a
fight of the model, by which that already

finiſh'd is built, as the whole is intended;

and by this I perceive, they do not intend to

take ina large compaſs of ground, but when
y finiſh'd, it will be ſo ſtrong, that no fort

on the coaſt will be to compare to it. The
form of it, and the natural ſtrength of the
hill, which they intend to cut ſtecp, fo that
only one acceſs ſhall be left to it, will render
it ſo ſtrong, that if well ſtor'd with proviſions
and well garriſon'd, it cannot be taken with-
out great difficulty; which wil} be yet
augmented, if we conſider that the enemies
being unaccuſtom'd to the air, and appre-
henſive of the natives, can hardly beſicge it.
They who would have it, muſt take it by ſur-
prize; for I dare engage, when it is finiſh'd,
the Engliſh may ſafely depend on it.

Ibid. p. 33.] Queen Anne's point, is a fort
lately built of ſtone and lime, ſeated on a
hill, within leſs than a mile of Fort-Roya!,
to the weſtward, and two miles off a Dutch
fort, to the eaſtward of it; has five guns
mounted, and is commonly guarded with
five White men and ſix Gromettoes.

It ſeems by Boſman's letters, that this
Queen Anne's point, is at or near Congo, a-
bout half a league from the Daniſi mount,
where the Dutch had formerly a fine ſtone
houſe, divided and ſituated upon two hil-
locks, as in the deſcription you may farther
obſerve,

== A N As

x
:
.
N
1%
1 4
_
9.
at x
IL 7
13
.
14
141
y * 4
.
i
1
198
—
1 a
17
Cc
t
f
: N
|
» a
2
4 :
| '
|

7

i*%
14
F

*
*

z „ — -
— AER» 8

—

446

BAR BO.

WAI

Engliſh
diſturb d
by the
Blacks,

| Remarkable Occurrences

ANAMABOE.
Mr. Thomas Cooper, chaplain, writes from
cape Corlo caſtle, Sept. 19, 1701.
T HER E is war between us and the

Blacks at Anamaboe, and all things are
in diſorder and confuſion ; as likewiſe 1t 1s

reported that the Dutch, contrary to the ar-

ticles agreed on, aſſiſt the Blacks with pow-
der and guns.

The three agents letter at Cabo Corſo caſte,
Novemb. 6, 1701.

On the fourth of September, being Sunday,
the Blacks in a tumultuous manner ap-
proached towards the caſtle of Anamaboe,
broke open the outer ſpur-gate, and ſet fire to

our outwalls and corn-room, firing alſo at the

caſtle 3 bur by our firing the great guns,
they ſoon quitted their ground, and falſe pre-
tenſions too. In requital, that night from the
caſtle, we burnt the major part of the town;
this continu'd for twenty-two days, at which
time they requeſted a truce, and that they
would compoſe thoſe matters to our deſire,

the king of Sabo? being come there for

that intent; the which we granted. They
objected againſt nothing that we propoſed to

them, and for their fidelity they took Peti/-
/oes, that is, their oaths, according to the cuſ-

tom of the country; rendring up their ſons
alſo, as pawns for their better performance
of this agreement, and payment of the da-
mage done to your honours fort. But ſince,

by the encouragement of the ten per cent.

men, captain Benſon in a ſhip, the Amity of

Landon, giving them all the aſſiſtance he

could, which we hope your honours will take

notice of, they begin to play the old game
again, not regarding any agreement ever

made with them.

It appears to me by Bloome's memoirs, the
chief at Anamaboe, with ſome of the other
principals, were ſo aſſaulted by the Blacks
at the time they attacked the caſtle, on the
4th of September, 1701, that they fled to
cape Coro caſtle naked in their ſhirts only.

The Negroes of Anamaboe, are the moſt tur-

bulent reſtleſs people of all the coaſt.
P. 15.] By a letter from John Smith, da-
zed at Anamaboe, 6 February, 1704.
Since I came hither, I have done as much
as poſſible to oblige the natives, and in-

creaſe as well as maintain your honours in-
| tereſt with them; which at firſt ſeem'd to

have a good effect: but ſince the arrival of
the ten per cent. ſhips, I have not been able
to keep the trade to the fort; for there can

be no limitation to the price of good ſlaves,

when other ſhips out-bid us: which I am
poſitive has been done by captain Prince, he
having given fourteen poundsa-head for men;
as alſo by one captain Normanton, in a bri-
gantine bound for Jamaica, who firſt ſold
blue perpets for five angels each, and before

Patience; becauſe we met with ſufficient

building of it, by the frequent oppoſitions

he went off, diſpoſed of ſeveral for four
angels. |

Agga, 3 March, 1707-8.) The ten ber
cent. men uſing this place ſo much, has
made the ſlaves exceſſive dear. Four ſhips
from Briſtol and Barbadoes ſlaved here be
fore the battles were fought, and they gave
fourteen pieces current for men, and nine for
women, and ſome fifteen pieces; or in gold
three ounces, three or four akyes a man; a
woman two ounces, three or four akyes
a· head. At this place all the year round, one
year with another, men- ſlaves are dearer b
twelve akyes upon a head, than at any other
place of the coaſt. |

FANTYN.,

AT the end of Fantyn, below Cormen- Roma,
* * tv, the Engliſh, two years paſt, plan- p. 35.
ted a flag and began to build a fort: whe-
ther their expectations were not ſatisfied,

or they could not agree with the Blacks.

is uncertain 3 but at preſent, 1701, they
are endeayouring to remove all the mate-
rials from thence, which the native com-
mander in chief has hitherto hindered ; and
how it will end, time muſt diſcover. If]
miſtake not, it appears that this was the
Shidoe factory, which the author of the re-
flections, Sc. takes notice of in his cata-
logue of the Engliſh ſettlements at the coaft

of Guinea, &c. and ſays, it is a very pro-
fitable factory, which makes good returns

to cape Corſo caſtle,

ACRON,

N the middle of it, at the village Apam, 1. f.
in the year 1697, we Hollanders began
to build a ſmall fort, or rather houſe, now
fortified with two batteries, as the draught
will better inform you. To this we have PIA
given the name of fort Lyd/aembeyd, i. e. Duchſr]

opportunity of exerciſing that vertue in

of the natives. Our chief factor there, by

the deadneſs of the trade, and the depraved

nature of the inhabitants, is ſo perplexed,

that he has enough to do to keep his tem-

per. I never was ſo deceived in my ex-

pectation as by thoſe natives; they ap-

peared fo well at firſt, that by my ad-

vice the building of that fort was much

expedited ; but I ſoon enough repented it.
Upon the two batteries are eight pieces of

cannon ; but its greateſt ſtrength and or-

nament, is derived from a fine turret be-
fore it. TS

ANGWINA of AGONN A. |
BOUT the middle of Agonna, the Boſnin, |
-* Engliſþ built a ſmall fort in the re
1694, a draught whereof ſee. It is cove- Pe

red with a flat roof, and has four batte-
rics

RAE — 4 r ne I
2 — SS. — a”
— 2 _ - = =

— — —

. GI SES CIR
ee. TR, — —
- \ — — = — M — —
2 - : .
. _ — —

—

1

—

h

if
ne Roman)

e-
(
ICS

Fol. Vi ate 25 5 | |

WW vw

U

\

*
1

Wd

—

* & E— =
— N ith, 8 — . —-—.— — p r ——————— —— — ts - — — — — — 4
I! Tot EV LES?
. | — — —— —ê— Its . — =
! — —
| ——
* 21
; — 5 =
01 | ===
a 222
| | Ii v1 gs - C
[ 4} \ 2 —— =
\'1 2 > *
| = — —
SCA DSL -
8 k ' — — 2 — —
k q — 2
„ — » ” ; — — —
7

. 1 7
| ig! e,
— — Ui ' ' e
| Ia i 1 : 2 . . 8 8 1094,
| . a = , 2 4 ue COIL LEAD
M " 5 ä . (1, re
? [1 — l a >= — / 74 9 — —
- \ j} | , : 87 i ot IN
| g

—
1 > —

—
—
— —
——
4
7
— —
— —
— —
— — . —
—

1
+
r
1
1
4
+
*
— ——
—

D

— — mn ——
—³ꝗ ! 22 — 8 — — —
a 2 WA * — 5 enn *
— ——— — en 2 Der —— HOPES * *
. —. —— : ̃ . n W EEE 3
— — — — — - - 2
r- — ———A ——_—_. ll;
— X w S, = — — - -
—— \ * 7 77 2 e

, - . a 6 L% 2
> Ro pr ID) 2 A ., Dun 0 e Re

— — —— — 22 — — — — — — 8 ay es N An)
- 3 _— — — —_ - - ehr 22
—̃ñ — — — Pa

; -
—
Dr
nne eee — — — — ——
1 ———— — — —— — — — — ——ů——

CE GS — —̃ͤ —— —
— —

-

—=—_ Hs Wo Ss 8 - .

S on, IT PIE! DT —— |
— — = .

— ry E *

— — -
EM. + "GOES — —
* N === — Sc

— £ 8 * -
= — ———— — to 8
5 — 2 -
_— 3 -2 4
— 0

3
„„

— —

— ©

(TE.

—_——— — ——

—ͤ— —— — —C——

. J. Ae, Ali at Cornenty 4 I
- — — = /

— —

an \\

„deo L ellyaemhetd Dutch &
< 88 ——— —_— — |

D
Y | 1 7 17
52 7 8

—

50 |

17 1
oc)

4-1
5 }

ES
Dr
4 $ . V

e : nw” \
„ a
TALL : —

ae

—— - — WELD 5 | . ' X a Ty! Q

acts

; —.— : ; 4 2 = f — — 2 .
— an 0 » 4 Bd

a J —, * — — —— 4
' 0 8 eon - pe ew | +
' — Tv - A oi ba
RT k Cre! a / 4 1 hr YAGI Z = {yl
? * >= „„. — tt S *
© Y <7, JEET / 8 5 - — — 7
$ DI 2 28 * — Wi: Id - £.
— ' * : 4 :
LOTT ILL

*
il , by \ l -_

, WY BW £1, a — = C6 „ 1 =>
l } a . 4 . al 3 . = 28. > — P —
eee : SI g . * e
e eee 55 —_— | =
Mt 465 LAKE is — 4 7 1 * by » — 2 — — 1 —ꝓä k—äͤ ot of © — *» — > ———_ — —

—— — Prone nor Mpc — EES —— == — — —— — *
eee . EET

71 1 rr.
j

0 WH < wi
lit fl i bal -
4 6 lt
22 5

, '
1

ce | il IF --M way: TEEN Nl f
e eee eee 15 * e
i a eee — ———— 0 D

—

7

0 * —
＋ .
pb Fm e
WIE S
e 57145
1
97

—

2D
2 =
SaaS,

. \\
= mh „. XV

—

%> .\\

*
VS.

bl

$30
91

774¼ l 4 2

P=4

— —

4

LR

C

te an

cui ©

bo

Cz

U

|

1
\
—

Wt

lll, FR

0 l

60 777

Gardens.

—

|
|
1

*
* |
+ .

9

5

Ne

,
,

WY %% Fi | Wl
Wt (NCR
8 DY Wl LD

% -
TA NS.
FS

e,,
6 7 [SM
0 1

(OY 163 N

JV YN U vil / 17 |

* N 8 7 f : | . 75
WW 1 ” 160 5 * „i
eee Wc.

SU — 4 fl

*

on
dat
N

4 |
d,
Mt

(
N..

: £ OO
52 55 465 k i,
160 6N2
Me .5 k
j ie fs ; | 5 af þ
TR = aj.
Wc 28 : g | I.

MS 5; 5

„ 4
Ke

&@ |
*
U

322
2 .
«4
—

U

o
„
**
*

M

Il

2

E

0 — 2 :
MST

NN l
2

-
—

*

ULLU
_

-

Du,

SSA

1

;

1H JN

/

The Fo

— —

—

2

9
Ang
1

—

N I.
I 10

22

N
. N

—

— ——

UH»,
ITTTIS
—

—
72

.

SS

—

*

—
—
r N

—

2

1 mabo

/r C2

2

eAng

— — —

+ Ht i

—— —ę—

4 j
S*:>
« > *

.

„

PR

4

8 4

11e OY

FIR

2

RB
l < "yi 4

1 %.\; Ute \ 1!

== A

——

197917

7

55 ats

*

2 —
822

—— —

——

ache. D212 —— &Aüꝗ—üↄ⁴œ rUä U — —— -

A 1

*

—

——— — — — — Fes

5

—— —

in North and South-Guinea.

ries ſo large, that a man may eaſily leap
over them without a ſtick; and the guns

are of a proportionable bigneſs, one of them

diſcharging a half-pound ball: in ſhort,
it is like our forts, at Boutry, Zaconde,
Chama, and Apam, and theirs at Dickie/-
choof, a fort which wants another to de-
fend it. The adjacent village to it is Mim-
ha, others call it Simpa, and the Engliſh
Ihinnebab. The Aquamboes who dwell far-
ther inland made excurſions to Anguina, in

1693, and 16943 which is very trouble-

ſome to the inhabitants.
Neff. p. 33. xi.] This Whinnebab is a large
ſquare fort with four flankers, all built of

ſtone and lime: there are eighteen guns

in it, is commonly guarded by about twelve
fhite men and twenty-eight Gromeltoes,
and has a ſuitable tank, a pool or baſon
for water. It ſtands about a hundred and
twenty paces from the ſca, within three
miles of Shidoe, to the weſtward, and thirty-
ſix miles from Acra, eaſtward.

5% mine, P. 62.] Speaking of Monte del Diablo, in

the Agonna country, he fays, this hill 1s re-
ported to be very rich in gold, whereof the
Agonnaſians are ſaid to gather a conſiderable
value after violent ſhowers, the rain waſh-
ing it off with the ſand. This year, 1701,
one Mr. Baggs died at Cabo Corſo, who was
agent for the Engliſh, and entruſted with a
more ample commiſſion than any of his pre-
deceſſors, or the three who uſed to govern
together, had for ſeveral years. This exten-
five commiſſion, if we may believe the Eng-
liſh, was given him by the directors of the
African company, becauſe he had inform'd
them of, and promis'd to dig gold, or gold
ore, out of this hill, and ſend it over to them.
To this purpoſe he brought all manner of
neceſſary inſtruments along with him ; but
lam certain, if he had purſu'd his deſign, the
Agonnaſians would have treated him and his
men as ill as the Commanians did us, winch I
believe his ſucceſſors will wiſely conſider.
Sir Dalby Thomas at cape Corſo, May 13,
1705. p. 16.] The king of HMpidab, and
the king of Quamboo, have a great many
fine guns. The king of Saboe has two. *Tis
true thoſe people do not at preſent under-
ſtand how to uſe them, but how ſoon they
may, none can tell; nor is it unreaſonable
to think, that they may take 1t to be their
intereſt to hire a White man to make them
maſters of gunnery ; and there is very ſel-
dom wanting a renegado Hhite man to in-
ſtruct the worſt of enemies, when well of-
fer'd: and when that's done, farewel forts
and caſtles, the trade of this coaſt, and every
thing elſe but cruelty and inhumanity here,
Something is neceſſary to be done, to pre-
vent the ſelling of great guns to the Blacks,
either by the Engliſh or Dutch, I believe
there are ſeveral laws in both nations ; and I

this.
At W/innebah, without date, ſuppos'd to

be February, 1706-7, from Mr. Seth Groß.

venor,] I have been told that the country
of Angwina was formerly entirely for your
honours intereſt, as by contract between you
and the queen of this country ; but the
Dutch, like treacherous undermining people,
have encroach'd fo, as to make a ſettlement
at a place call'd Barracoe, where they have
erected a ſmall triangular fort of twelve
guns. bo

I find them very troubleſome neighbours,
always incenſing the natives againſt us, to
Interrupt us in our trade. The Dutch chief
at Barracoe, lately took ſeveral of your ho-

nours goods from traders, which they had

bought here of me, telling them he ſhould
always continue to do fo, if they came to
the 72/1/þ to buy goods: I ſent a meſſen-
ger to demand the goods, and he would not
return them; but J have ſince made him de-
liver them to me, and he promis'd never to
take any more goods from our traders.

Ac RA and Adu AMB Ok.

viz. the old and young king, tho? the latter
15 excluded on pretence of his minority, by
his father*s brother, aſſiſted by his own mo-
ther; ſo that the uncle reign'd in conjunction
wich the father. This double government

was found extremely prejudicial to the ſub-

jects, who were ſure to ſuffer, as well from
the one as from the other tyrant, till the year
1699, when the old King dying, the young
one eſtabliſh'd himſelf ſolely on the throne,

utterly excluding the other, and reigning at

preſent. N |
The old man was of
per, and an utter enemy to Europeans, and

tho* he receiv'd from the Engliſh, Danes, and f
us, an ounce of gold, as an acknowledg-

ment, for the liberty given us by his prede-
ceſſor to build in his dominions, yet he hor-
ridly plagued us, and that in ſo unreaſonable
a manner, that if he did but fancy any of us
had injur'd him, he was ſure to oblige us all
three to make ſatisfaction, by ſhutting up the

paſtes fo cloſely, that not ſo much as a ſingle

merchant could get to us. So that tis not to
be doubted, but that his death has, and will
contribute to the advancement of the Euro-
Pean trade here; the preſent king being more

intelligent and rational, as well as a friend to

the Europeans, efpecially the Hollanders.
This plainly appear'd in his dangerous ill-
neſs, which his country phyſicians could not
cure; for then he confidently entruſted him-
ſelf in our hands, coming in perſon to our
fort with a few of his attendants, and reſided
there ſome time, being roughly enough han-

ded

447

am of opinion, that only the Enzlih doBarnor.

Dutch in-
croach-
ments.

OM E time fince, the government of the Boſman,
Aguambocans was adminiſter'd by two, P. 65.

a wicked abject tem-

3
4

2 . tal : =

* 7

Remarkable Occurrences

This town of So is at preſent one of the Soko
fineſt and largeſt of the Gold Coaſt, ſeated town

© Bannor. dled by our barber, but luckily almoſt curd;
his diſtemper being of that nature, that he

Exceſſive

luſt.

cannot expect to be entirely freed from its
effects: and he is accordingly, at preſent,
not only incapable of procreating children,
but of the enjoyment of any of his wives,
of which he has a large number.

Exceſſive venery in his youth occaſioned --

his indiſpoſition ; his wives who endeavour'd

to reſtrain him, he rewarded with broken
heads, tho? he has too late repented it; and

it is indeed a pity, for he is a clean well-ſhap*d
man, and in the flower of his age.

In the old king's time we were very de-
ſirous to build a fort, and accordingly be-

gun it, at the village Ponni, at the end of
the Gold Coaſt ; but when our ſhip with

building materials arrived at Acra, being in-
form'd that Ado was gone with his arm
againſt the enemies, for fear the old king

thould too much impoſe on us, we deſiſted:

ia which we were very fortunate, by reaſon

we ſhould only have put our ſelves to un-
necellary charge; for at this time we find the

trade not ſo conſiqcrable as was pretended,

and that a lodge with a man or two are ſuf-
ficient : wherefore, without a very great al-
teration of the poſture of affairs, I don't be-
lieve a fort will ever be built there.

B:ſman, p. 67.] The Enghſh fort, James,

at Acra, has been ſome years ſince my de-
parture from the coaſt, repair'd to a better
advantage and convenience, than it was in
my time; and its walls made higher and

trhicker, eſpecially on the ſide towards the

Dutch fort, Crevecoeur, fo that it is ſome-
what thicker than ordinary, with four

flankers, built of ſtone and lime, and is

now fturniſh'd with twenty five guns, but
molt of chem fo ſmall and flight, that if
they ſhould be attacked, they would do

very well to exchange them for twelve good

guns. The garriſon allo is very mean for
ſuch a place, being but eighteen White men,
and thirty Gromeltoes 3 as if it were ſ{uffici-
ent to build forts, furniſh them with can-

non and neceſſary proviſions, without men,

in which reſpect the Engliſh are at leaſt as

dcficient as any other European nation can
be. They have allo raiſed the lodgements,
and made the dongeon higher than 1t was
in 168 2. It has allo a tank, and is ſituated
on a rock next the lea.

Bloome*'s Memoirs, chief at Acra in 1693.]
The village So fituated under this fortreſs,
is alſo much enlarg'd ever ſince, by a large
number of families of the people of the
neighbouring village Little Acra, under the
Dutch fort, who have ſettled at the former,
after the devaſtations of the Aquamboes at
the latter, they having burnt moſt of it ;
others retired to other places of the coaſt
eaſtward, as Lampa, Popoo, &c. thoſe Blacks
being alſo, on the other hand, much diſſatiſ-
fied at the Dutch proceedings towards them.

on a level ground, and regularly built, and ſo
much encreaſed in buildings and inhabitants
ſince the year 1692, that it has a very conſi-
derable trade with the Eygliſb, to the pre-
judice of the Dutch.

The Daniſh fort at Acra, when ] left the
Gold Coaſt, in 1682, was poſſeſſed by the
Portugueſe; but ſome time after, the Danes
redeemed it for a good ſum of money, by
mutual agreement, and ſettled their trade
anew with the natives, and ſo poſſeſo'd it till
the year 1693, when the Backs ſurpriz'd it
in the following manner, expelling the Danes,
and keeping poſſeſſion of it for ſome time.

Bloome's Memoirs.) This misfortune of they

Danes was Occaſion'd by the death of ſe-ju

ſome inſults to the king of Acra, that prince
ſtudied revenge, and oblerving the Dane.
had much confidence in one Aſſemmi, a Black
who had a great intereſt in that country,
procured them a very briſk trade, he en—
gag'd him to contrive how to fſurprize the
tortreſs. Accordingly, Aſſemmi made the

Daniſh governor believe, he would bring

him a conſiderable number of merchants at
once, to buy fire-arms, which they wanted
much, and therefore adviſed him to en-
haunce the price, appointing the day when
they ſhould come.

On that day accordingly, Aſemmi brought
about eighty bold Blacks along with him,

whom the Danes introduc'd into their fort,
in hopes of felling them a great quantity of
fire-arms, and not ſuſpecting the leait
treachery. When the Blacks had agreed on

the price of the goods, and paid the value

in gold, they loaded their muſkets with
powder and ball, which each of them had
brought with him, as if they deſigned totry
them; but on a ſudden fell all unanimouſly
on five and twenty or thirty Danes, that then

compoſed the garriſon, who preſently yielded
the fort to them. They immediately dil-

perſed the Danes into ſeveral parts of the
inland country; after which, the king of
Acra, and the Blacks entirely ſtript it, and
took a booty of above ſeven thouſand pounds
ſterling: the fort was given over to the
treacherous Aſemmi in propriety, who gar-
riſon'd it with his own Blacks, and fo ſettled
himſelf therein, trading with all the Euro-
bean ſhips that came thither; buy ing great
quantities of European goods of them, and
afterwards ſelling them again to the Blacks
of the country toa conſiderable profit.

Boſman, p. 67, 68.) It was really divert- They re
ing, tho* the hard fate of the Danes was to cover!“
be lamented, to ſee what work the Blacks

made with the fortreſs. Their commander,
Aſſemmi, dreſs'd himſelf in the Daniſb go-
vernor's habit, and cauſed himſelf to be com-

plimented by that name; in acting of 1 5
pa

aniſh fore :
5 a : prix a,
veral of their garriſon, and they having done Blacks

Reflect.

9.33.)
XIII.

it.

in North and South Guinea.

part, there were ſeveral very comical ſcenes.

He thunder'd at all the Exgliſb and Zealand

interlopers, by way of ſalute, with his can-

non, as if there would never be an end of

the powder; and remain'd in poſſeſſion of
the fort, till two Daniſh ſhips arriv'd at Acra,
which was above a year after it had been
ſurpriz*'d 3 when by means of a very conſi-
derable preſent, worth one thouſand pounds
ſterling, in European goods, to the king of
Aquamboe, or Acra, but more eſpecially by
the mediation of the Hollanders, it was re-
deliver*d to them: which ſervice they after-
wards as baſely as ungratefully rewarded.
But they were no great gainers by it; for to
garriſon the fort, they were oblig'd to leave
their ſhips ſo poorly mann'd, that they bzcame
a prey to the pirates in the ſight of Guinea.
As the fort is at preſent, it would be too
ſtrong for the united force of the Eugliſb
and ours. It is a ſquare building, ſtrengthen'd
with four batteries; and to the beſt of my
memory, twenty guns. It appears very
beautiful, and looks as if it were but one

continued battery, as it is really in effect;

for the roof being entirely flat, the cannon
may conveniently be planted on all parts

of it. The Daniſh agent that commanded

there in 1699, was one Mr, Trawne of Co-
penhazen, who had his wife there with him;
the gentlewoman being of that fond tem-
per to accompany him to Guinea, and live
with him during his commiſſion, tho? ſhe 1s
of a very good family of Denmark ; and
might have been told, that European women
run much greater riſks of life in that intem-
perate climate than the men ; as we have
had inſtances of it heretofore, in ſome Da-
niſh ladies, that were ſoon ſnatch'd away
by death at this coaſt,

ALAM POE, or LAMA, and LADINGCOUR,
T4 MP A, or Alampa, is a conſiderable
P

lace for buying of ſlaves ; it has been

poſſets*d by the Engli/h African company for
ſeveral years, having had a factory there,
with about five //bite men, and ten Gromet-
toes, with ſmall arms, &c. They made ſome
ſteps rowards building a fort there ; but the
Dutch interpoſed with the natives, and it has
been diſcontinued for ſome time: however
L underſtand they are about re-ſettling it
again, Sc. It is ſituated near the ſea-ſide,
between Acra and Whidah,
Bloome's Memoirs, 1701.) The king-

dom of Lampa, or Alampa, is at this time
a place where a great quantity of ſlaves is
purchas'd, by the Engliſh, French, Dutch
and Portugueſe, and a cargo of them ſoon
compleated. The Europeans carry thither for
trade,almoſt the ſame ſorts of European mer-
chandize, as ſerve for the commerce at Acra;

but of all the European trading, nations, the

French have the greateſt traffick on that coaſt,

from Ningo- minor, to Ningo- grande, and Lay.
Vol. U

by a French officer of the ¶Mfenio company,
priſoner of war at Southampton, who had
made three voyages to Aampos ſucceſſively,
for the ſaid company. _

In order to follow the ſame method I have
obſerv'd in the deſcription of the ſeveral
nations and countries of the Gold Coaſt of
Guinea, I muſt, before I proceed any far-
ther in the account of the changes and re-
volutions that have happen'd in Guinea ſince
the year 1682, ſay ſomething of the tranſ-
actions that have occurr*d in the inland
countries of the Gold Coaſt. |

DixnKIRA, or DUNKIRA,
THE natives have ſubjected three coun-

produces ſome, tho' not much gold, viz.
Maſſab, Encaſſe, and ufer; they border

one upon another, and the laſt upon Com- _
many, The gold of theſe countries, their ;arion,.

own, and what they brought from other
parts, ſatisfied the demand of the whole
coaſt from Axim to Succundee about three
years ago, during the Commanian wars; but

ſince our peace with the Commanians, the

roads being free and open to the merchants,
the diſtance of ſeveral places from them,
makes them not travel farther at preſent than
to Chama, Commany, Mina, and Cabo Corſo :
wherefore the higher coaſt is not extraordi-
narily ſupplied with gold; for tho? there

are ſome countries betwixt Dinkira and them,

which have gold mines; to inſtance in Egwwi-
ra and Adom, beſides Abocr oe and Ancober,

which alſo have a ſmall ſhare; yet all added

together will not amount to a quantity ſuf-
ficient to ſupply all the upper forts. In the
year 1694, I heard the Brandenburghers com-
plain, that they could not receive two marks
of gold in a whole month's time; nor did
we fare much better in our forts, trade being
extremely dull at that time.
The gold which is brought us by the
Dinkirans 1s very pure, except only that it
is too much mix'd with Fetiches; which are
a ſort of artificial gold, compoſed of ſeveral
ingredients, among which ſome are very
oddly ſhaped. Theſe Fetiches they caſt in
moulds, made of a ſort of black and very
heavy earth, into what form they pleaſe ; and
this artificial gold is frequently mix'd with
a third part, and ſometimes with half ſilver
and copper, and conſequently leſs worth,
and yet we are peſter*d with it atall parts of
the coaſt ; and if we refuſe to receive it, ſome
Blacks are ſo unreaſonable, that they will cer-
tainly take back all their pure gold: ſo that
we are obliged fometimes to ſuffer them to
ſhuffle in ſome of it. There are alfo Fe-
tiches caſt of unalloyed mountain gold, which
very ſeldom come to our hands, becauſe
they keep them to adorn themſelves 3 fo
that if ever we meet with them, thoſe who
part with them are oblig'd to it by neceſ-
1 ſity,

449

This was confirm'd to me ſome years ago, Bax Bor.

4.6

\ 4, 5 1.
F 118
1 x
n N
1 nr
* \ *
. ». H
x 4
I a
*
N 1
25.

: * in- Boſinat
tries to their dominion, each of which p. 73. 8

Fal/e gold.

BARBOr. ſity, or they are fill'd with the mention'd black
V WV heavy earth, with which the unſkilful are
liable to be baſely cheated, receiving inſtead
of gold, frequently half the weight in this
ſort of earth. =
By what has been ſaid, - may imagine
how rich and potent the kingdom of Din-
ira was. But a few months ago it was ſo
entirely deſtroy d, that it lies at preſent de-
ſolate and waſte. Certainly it cannot be un-
leaſant to inform you, how ſuch a fatal
and ſudden deſtruction fell upon this fo po-

proceeded, which Iam oblig'd to take from
the report of ſome of the natives ; and the
event has given me ſufficient reaſon to be-
lieve they told truth.

Dinkira, elevated by its great riches and
- Power, became ſo arrogant, that it looked
| on all other Blacks with a contemptible eye,
eſteeming them no more than its ſlaves 3
which render*d it the object of their com-
mon hatred, each impatiently wiſhing its
_ downfall, tho? no nation was fo hardy as to
attack it, till the king of A/rante, injured
and affronted by its governor, adventured
to revenge himſelf of that nation in a ſignal

manner...
Occaſion of The occaſion of which was this. Boſiante,
the ruin f the king of Dinkira, a young prince, whoſe
Dinkira. valour was become the admiration of all the
Blacks of the coaſt, ſent ſome of his wives
to compliment Zay, the king of Aſante ;
who not only receiv'd and entertained them
very civilly, but ſent them back with ſeveral
very conſiderable preſents, to expreſs his
ſenſe of that grateful embaſly ; and being
| reſolv'd to return the favour, he a while
| after ſent ſome of his wives to compliment
the king of Dinkira, and aſſure him of the
great eſteem he had for his perfon. Thoſe
ambaſſadreſſes were no leſs ſplendidly treated
at Dinkira, being alſo loaded with preſents;
but the king caſt a wanton eye upon one
of them, and hurried on by exorbitant luſt,
gratified his brutal deſire. After ſatiating

— —— ——— — — —Eñ—ö6E —y„— ————— —- —m— — EC 8

—— —-— ————ů—ů— 7944466557 wn

of which, he ſuffer'd her, together with

the reſt, to return to their country, and

the injur'd huſband, who was informed

of this affront : but he took care to make

the king of Dixkira ſenſible, that he would

not reſt till he had waſhed away the ſcan-

. dal in his injurious blood. When he was
made ſenſible of the king of Aſſiante's reſo-

lution, knowing very well who he had to deal

with, he heartily wiſhed he had not been

guilty of the crime; but ſince it was done,

he offer'd him ſeveral hundred marks of

gold to put up the injury, The inraged

Zay, deaf to all ſuch offers, prepared for a

vigorous war, railing a ſtrong army, in

YT order to invade Dinkira ; and not being ſuffi-
| ciently ſtored with gun-powder, he bought
up great quantities on the coaſt : the Din-

450 Remarkable Occurrences |

tent a land, as well as whence their ruin

kirans being fooliſh enough to aſſiſt him
themſelves, ſuffered his ſubjects to paſs with
it uninterrupted through their country, not-
withſtanding they knew very well it was
only deſigned for their deſtruction. Whilſt
he was making theſe preparations, the ki

of Dinkira died; which might encourage a
belief, that the impending cloud of war
would blow over. Whether the governors
of Dinkira were too haughty to implore a
peace of the injured Zay, or whether he
was inſtigated by the enemies of that coun-
try, 1s uncertain : but he ſtil] immoveably
perſiſted in his purpoſe, of utterly extir-
pating the Dinkirans : and about the begin-
ning of the year 1701, or 1702, I am not
poſitive, being compleatly ready, he came
with a terrible army into the field, and en-
gaging the Dinkirans, who expected him,
worſted them; and in a ſecond engagement
entirely defeated them. The Blacks report,
that in thoſe two battles, above a hundred
thouſand men were ſlain: of the Blacks of
Akim only, who came to the aſſiſtance of

the Dinkirans, there were about thirty thou-

ſand kilPd, beſides a great Caboceiro of Axim,
with all his men cut off. The plunder
after this victory took up the Afrantines fif-
teen days time, and Zay's booty alone a-
mounted to ſeveral thouſand marks of gold,
as is affirmed by one of our European offi-
cers, who was ſent on ſome embaſly to Zay,
and ſays, he has ſeveral times ſeen the trea-
ſure, This meſſenger of ours, who is now
in the Aſſiante camp, has orders to take an
exact account of what he hears and ſees
there. Thus you ſee the tow'ring pride of

Dinkira in aſhes, they being forc'd to ly

before thoſe, whom they not long before
thought no better than their ſlaves, and are
themſelves now ſold as ſuch.

Accany, or AcanxNr.

OR three years paſt, thoſe Blacks have Boſmaa,
not much traded with us, (the Dulch;) b. 77:
for they, on what account I am ignorant, 3

falling out with the Dinkirans, were ſo
beaten, that all their governing men, and
no ſmall number of the inferiour people,
were killed and taken priſoners; to redeem
whom out of ſlavery, they were obliged
to ſtrip themſelves of all they were poſſeſs'd

of in the world; by which means they were

reduced to the utmoſt poverty and inability
to defend themſelves. But the Diaki-ans
themſelves being now ruined as well as they,
and having declared for the king of Aſianie,
perhaps theſe may recover ſome of their

ancient luſtre.

.

AE IM, or ARE A M,

S a ſpacious country, having the king- 14, 8,

dom of Gags on the north, that of 4/-
ſiante at welt, Tafou at eaſt, and Akinis or
Accany

1 Wig.

dwine

hs PA — — Fo — — . 2 . ny 8 '

Ur, =

in North and South-Guinea.
Accany at ſouth, furniſhing as large a
quantity of gold, as any land that I know,

451

we have not receiv*d much gold from them. Bax hOT.
In the conqueſt of this land, the Dinkirans WWW

and that the moſt valuable and pure. It
was formerly a vaſt monarchy, and now
a kind of commonwealth. The young ſuc-
ceſſor being yet but young, and betraying
but too palpable ſigns of a cruel nature, has
not been able to make himſelf maſter of
the whole land, bur is obliged to be content
with a part; for the governing men of the
kingdom, fearing he will prove a great ty-
rant, to reſtrain him, have taken a part of
the adminiſtration into their hands, which
proves very well for Accany and Aquamboe.

We have always eſteem'd Dinkira, Acan-
ny and Akim, to be the richeſt countries in
gold; but that there certainly are ſeveral
more, is undeniable. A/ante is a convincing
proof of this, which being but lately known
to us, we find affords more gold than Din-
kira, as does Ananſe, a country ſituate be-
twixt A/ante and Dinkira ; as there are un-
doubtedly many more, with which we are
yet utterly unacquainted,

Ass IAN TE, or INTa,
18 according to moſt modern and correct

accounts, a kingdom, far inland, north
of Awine, and Iſſeny, where begins the

Cold Coaſt. It borders at weſt, on that of

Mandinga; at eaſt on Mam; at ſouth-eaſt
on Accany, or Akinis; and at north-eaſt
by north on the kingdom of Gago, from
which gold is ſaid to be brought to Morocco,

by the caravans of Tombut, which lies

north of Gago ; the country of Meczara be-
ing betwixt both kingdoms, in the ſemicir-
cle the Niger, or the Senega river or Ica,

makes there, bending northward, to fifteen

degrees and a half north latitude, near the
city of Tombut. As I have obſerved in the
deſcription of Nigritia, I ſhall alſo mention
hereafter in this Supplement, in treating of
the vaſt trade drove from many parts of
Africa, at the city of Tombut, the prodigi-
ous quantity of pure fine gold brought thi-
ther from Mandinga, and from Tidar. Thus
by conſequence, this kingdom of Aſſiante,
being ſo near to other countries ſo rich in
gold, it may be well ſuppoſed, to abound
in the ſame metal, or to fetch it from the
others, to drive a trade towards the Gold
Coaſt, of late years begun to be open'd,

AWINE.

] Lake it to be the very firſt on the Gold

Coaſt, and far above Axim. From the
inhabitants of this country we formerly uſed
to receive abundance of pure fine gold; and
they being the civilleſt and faireſt dealers of
all the Blacks, we traded among them with
great deal of pleaſure : but the Dinkirang,
who would lord it over all their neighbour
ing nations, ſubdu'd this; ſince which tim

fight them man by man.

were very brave and obſtinate, and had no
doubt been ſubdu'd themſelves, if the na-
tives of Awine could have been unanimous:
for the Dinkirans in one battle with a gover-
nour of theirs, loſt above two thouſand men,
and left the ſaid governour ſuch an abſolute
victory, that there was not a ſingle perſon
left to carry the news to Dinkira ; they be-
ing all kill'd with poiſon'd arrows, which
the Awineſe know very well how to uſe. Up-
on this defeat, the Dinkirans got together a nu-
merous army, which the victorious Awineſe
underſtanding, ſent to his countrymen for

farther aſſiſtance; inſtead of which, he met

with nothing but deriſion, they accuſing

him with cowardice; and replying, that he

was able to beat the Dinkirans: but if he
was beaten, it was their turn to come and
Thus fighting
one to one, they loſt their country and
themſelves entirely, almoſt in the ſame man-
ner as the Chineſe were conquer'd by the
Tartars; whereas if they would have united,
they might eaſily have beaten the Dinkirans.
A modern author mentions a kingdom
of Anguine, in which the Rio de Sueiro da
Coſta riſes; near the banks of which, he takes
notice of a town of the ſame name, border-
ing it at north-eaſt on that of Aſſiante or In-

ta, before mention*d, which perhaps may

be the Awines country ſpoken of in this pa-
ragraph: if ſo, then it lies about eighty
leagues up the ſaid river da Sueiro da Coſta.
By what has been ſaid both here, and in
the precedent deſcription of the gold coun-
tries, you may collect that the gold is
brought to the Gold Coaſt moſtly from the
inland countries, lying from the ninth de-
gree of north latitude, downwards ſouth to
the Gold Coaſt, in four degrees and a half, and
from the fifth degree weſt, to the third
degree eaſt longitude of the meridian of Lon-

don: beſides what gold may come likewiſe |

through theſe ſeveral countries, from Man-
dinga and Gago, adjoining to them at weſt
and at north.

It is not poſſible to inform you better, as

co the ſituation of the ſaid countries, than I
have done it there: becauſe the Blacks can-
not give any certain account of them, nor
do any of the Europeans go ſo far.
L return to the account I have undertaken
to give, of the moſt remarkable changes and
tranſactions, that have happen'd at the coaſt
of Guinea, ſince 1682: which I interrupted
at the paragraph concerning Alampoe.

___ CorTosEs Country,

S a kingdom conſiderable in ſtrength, gognza.
but abates daily by its wars with Popo, p. 329.

which have continu'd for ſome years ſuc-
ceſſwely; and they being pretty even in
| force,

452

Baxpor force, unleſs they make peace, their diſpute
Ves not like to be ended before one of them

Double
dealing.

Afforri 4
brave

Black.

engages ſome other country to their aſſi-
ſtance: but Aquamboe, who would keep
them both on foot, takes care that neither be
deſtroy'd, ſending ſupplies of forces to the
weakeſt ſide.

When Aquamboe was govern'd by two
chiefs, thoſe of Popo had a ſtrong ſupporter
of the old, as they of Coto of the young
king; thus each ſide was continually fur-

niſn'd with Aguambocan props.

But how it will go with them when the
old king is dead, time will ſhow.

Thoſe of little Popo, in 1700, watche
their opportunity, and ſurprizing thoſe of
Coto, fell upon them, and oblig'd them to
quit their country ; yet I doubt not but the
Aquamboes will ſoon reinſtate them, and clap
a bridle into the mouth of the Popreans,

I found the inhabitants there very good-
natur*d and courteous, and receiv'd ſeveral
civilities from them, eſpecially from the
king. When I told him, that after having

accompliſh*d my merchandize at Fida, I

deſign'd to return by land, he offer'd to
come himſelf with his whole force, to re-
ceive me on the borders of his territories,
and to conduct me beyond Rio Volta, to
ſecure me againſt any miſchief from the

ſtrolling robbers. I had accepted this kind

offer, had not thoſe of little Popo, who al-
ſo promiſed to conduct me through the ex-
tent of their land, cauſed me to be diſſuaded

from it by their ambaſſadors, under pre-

tence they were afraid I might be ſet on by

the robbers, before they came to me.
This diſſuaſive was very faint, and the

ſaid ambaſſadors underhand encourag'd me

to this land tour, urging it as their private

advice, which naturally diſcover'd their vil-
lany; which was, that they deſign'd to mur-

der me on my journey, and conſequently
to have ſtoln all my goods; beſides which,

they would yet have clear'd themſelves, by
urging that they adviſed me againſt going
that way. :

Litile Popo.

H E natives are not numerous, but ve-
ry warlike. Not many years ſince they
had a brave ſoldier for their king, whoſe
name was Aforri, brother to the preſent
king. That prince, on account of his va-

Jour, was very much fear'd and reſpected ;
but his greateſt ſtock of fame, redounded
to him, when the Fidalgo of Offra rebell'd

againſt the king of great Ardra, his maſter,

whoſe yoke he ſhook off, and kill'd our

chief factor Holwerf.

For to revenge thoſe accumulated crimes,
the king of Ardra, perſuaded king Aforri

to come againſt him with all his forces;

which he did, and made ſuch ſhort work

kilPd a great part of his army. Upon this,

Remarkable Occurrences

with thoſe of Offa, that he conquer'd as
ſoon as ſaw them; waſted their country, and
deliver'd the offender into his ſovereign?
hands. Not content with this victory, and
puſt'd on by the king of Ardra, he march'g
againſt the people of Fida, and encamp'q
in their country ; but wanting powder, he
delay*d attacking the Fidaſians, in expeRa-
tion of having it ſent him according to the
king of Ardra's promiſe : which he did nor
fail to do in a large quantity under a good
convoy; but the Fidaſians getting intelli-
gence of it, fell upon the convoy, with a
very ſtrong party, defeated it, and ſeized
all the powder. Afforri being inform'd of
it, and finding himſelf, for want of ammuni-
tion, not able to ſtand againſt his enemies,
made a ſpeedy as well as very ſeaſonable
retreat; for the Fidaſians intended to have
fallen on him with their whole force the
next day, when he and all his army would
probably have been very roughly treated.
The Fidaſians inform'd of his flight, were

not in the leaſt inclin*d to purſue him, but
on the contrary rejoiced to be rid of ſuch a
dangerous enemy.

| Affferri being return'd into his own terri-
tories, was acquainted that his neighbours
of Cots were ready to have aſſiſted Fida, if
he had ſtaid any longer in their country;
which he ſo highly reſented, that with the
utmoſt animoſity he took the field againſt
them, and deſiring nothing more than to
come to a cloſe engagement, attack'd them,
tho' ſtronger than himſelf: but they re-
ceiv'd him fo warmly, that they quickly

furiouſly enrag'd and deſperate, and care-
leſs of himſelf, he flew among the thickeſt
of the enemy; where he was ſo ſurrounded,
that it was impoſſible for him to return,
and with ſeveral of his men, after a valiant.
reſiſtance, was left dead on the ſpot.
The preſent king, tho? more peaceable
and mild, yet prudently reveng*d his bro-
ther*s death on the Coioſians, always attack-
ing them in their weakeſt condition; which
meaſures he purſu'd fo long, as to drive
them out -of their country.

GREAT PoPo. :

TEE king of this little country was ,

firſt ſubject to Fida, but the preſent popo

king being ſet upon the throne by the king n
of Fida, now reigning in the room of his
brother whom he had baniſh'd, in return
for the favours of the Tidaſian monarch, he
has withdrawn his allegiance, and thrown
off that yoke: at which the Fida/ian was ſo
much enraged, that he raiſed a great army,
which he ſent againſt Popo, together with
the aſſiſtance and ammunition he receiv'd
from ſome French ſhips, that then lay before

Fida, deſigning nothing leſs than to ck
pate

E . ˙— ˙·ů ⅛— en 2.

.

1 N

Boiman, p
WH

Pangeroy

aſt,

haft.

in North and South- Guinea.

pate them; which he was alſo encourag'd
to hope, becauſe the French ſhips likewiſe

ſail'd to fall upon that country by ſea. But

Popo being an iſland ſituate in the midſt of
the river, both the French and Fidaſians
were forc'd to make uſe of floats to come at
them; and that nation had put it ſelf in
ſuch a poſture of defence, that it not only
receiv*d its enemies warmly, but after much
blood ſhed, put them to flight without the
Joſs of one man on their ſide : for they fir'd

very briſkly out of their houſes, and unper-

ceiv'd of their enemies, by which means
they kill'd a great number of French and
Fidaſitans ; and fo diſorder'd their forces,
that throwing down their arms, they run
over one another to make their eſcape; and

if the Popoeans had follow'd their victory,

in all probability, not one French man
would have eſcap'd alive, they not being

fo ſwift as the Blacks.

Since that ſo unſucceſsful enterprize, the
king of Fida has not ventur'd on any treſh
attempt with his own forces; but has been
endeavouring, even to this preſent time, to

hire other nations to engage in the quarrel,

But tho? it has already coſt him large ſums,
vet the only ſucceſs he has met with, is to
be cheated on all ſides ; wherefore, much a-
gainſt his will, he is oblig'd to ſuffer the

king of Popo to remain in quiet poſſeſſion

of his iſland.

Fip A by the Engliſh called WHID at,
and by the French Ju vA.

V beſides ſlaves there were five men loſt,
viz. a Portugueſe captain, a clerk, and three

| inns, W HEN TI was there in the year 1698,
| 137

Engliſh ſailors 3 as alſo two captains, who

were brought aſhore for dead, and lived
but a very little while after.

This port has coſt me, or rather the com-
pany, at ſeveral times, above two hundred
pounds; and doubtleſs it muſt have been
more expenſive to the Exgliſb, and others,
who have not ſo good rowers.

Pangerous It is very incommodious and dangerous,

by reaſon of the horrible breaking of the
ſea z but eſpecially in April, May, June,

and July. About that ſeaſon, diſmal acci-

dents are very frequent there; great quantities
of goods are loſt, and many men drowned.

A few years after I left the coaſt of Gujẽ n

nea, in 1682, the French abandon'd their
lodge at Fida, becauſe of the changes that
happen'd in the affairs of their African com-
pany 3 and ſeveral years after that, a new
African company being eſtabliſh*d in France,

they ſettled a factory at Fida, as have allo

the Dutch, who in my time had none there,
only one at Offa, in the Ardra country; and
according to the following memoir, thoſe
factories are turn'd into forts, as well as the

Engliſh lodge.

VorL, V.

one hundred yards ſquare, belonging to the

Engliſh, with four large flankers, all of - 55

earth, having a battery with twenty one
good guns mounted, and a trench about
twenty foot deep and eighteen foot wide a-
bout it; and commonly guarded by about
twenty Mpitè men and one hundred Gromet-
goes. It ſtands about three miles from the
water fide, between a Daniſb tort at Acra, to
the weſtward, and two forts belonging to

the French and Dutch, within half a mile.

About four miles from 1/hidah, in the

king's town, the company have a factory- parte.

houſe, a place of very conſiderable trade ;
but it is a wretched place, as well as all o-

ther European ſettlements, to live in, by

reaſon of the adjacent ſwamps, whence pro-
ceed noiſome ſtinks and ſuch ſwarms of
moſquettoes or gnats, as plague men night
and day in an intolerable manner. From
the Engliſh factory to the king's town is

four miles, through very pleaſant fields,

43

Nefl. p. 34. XIV.] 7hidab is a fort aboutBannor:

full of India and Guinea corn, potatos, and

ignames in great plenty, of which th
have two crops in a year, and along the
roads are ſeveral villages. This was in
1693 and 1694. 8 |
"Theſe are the three principal places for
purchaſing great numbers of ſlaves, about
half a mile diſtant from each other, 5
Boſinan, p. 366. ] Our lodging here, which
the king cauſed to be built for me, is very
large, containing three warehouſes and ſe-

ven chambers, beſides a beautiful court

within, adorn'd on each fide with a cover'd

gallery; but the lodgings of the reſt of the

Europeans are very mean and inconvenient.
The Brandenburghers have alſo a factory
at Fida, ſince the year 1684, .
The ſame king that was at Fida in my
time 1682, was ſtill vigorous in 1501, and
then about fifry two or fifty three years of
age; but as briſk and ſprightly as a man at

thirty five.

I have been told by a French gentleman,
priſoner of war at Southampton, that this
king of Yhidah died in 1708, and that his

death occaſion'd a civil war there. One of

the principal natives of the country, aſpiring

to the ſucceſſion, got together an army of

twelve or fifteen thouſand men, of his party,
to oppoſe the former kings fon, then about

twenty eight years of age; but the young
n

prince being ſupported by the Engliſh a
French, who lent him about two hundred
European ſoldiers or mariners, ſoon forc'd the

diſturber to retire, and was afterwards with

the general conſent of the people enthron'd

and near one hundred and fifty of the princi-

pal rebels, who had been taken, were ſold as
ſlaves to the French of the Aſiento, and
moſt of them carry*d to Martinico and ſold

there. The young king diſtributed about
8 7 one

41 A
Oy l
= \
o y =_
e
*
i
22 |
\ 4
=?
4 o \
» .
* 4.
*
U =
By _
Ls 4 by
mn 1 * *
n l p
* i
* \
z . 4 .
4 LM
3
4 i
. bs j
N
: = \
n
o
U
=y
»
\J
n ' 4 :
ol \
: 4
'p n
* ' Ln
> + 8
15 '
- LU
T”- ,
\
*
1 „ #
5 15
o F o ol
==
4 * 4.7
\ N
{ i id
» Ch!
Wy |
.”n 11
Aj +
5 iy 0 13
un 6 Ol
54. 9 a!
RO *
2
i *
wy l
I 4 U 9
8 —
1 7
i 1 .
. _
_y 3
t l 1
=
( *
J «
4! 4 y
1 4 1
c = 4 1
9 4 ; N
10 1
7 N 7
-
*X- . 1 4
1 pp {#1 1 4
Z | Y b
„
13 .
q S A l "
o F 1 o
Ty L = 4
$f. 4- 06 bog
142 is
V's, 4 - 1:36
WHT 10.8 is Lf;
Pp MM *
„ neee \
+
9 NR *
H# Bi 1h;
' $4, ? Ci
', 1. Fe _ i
_ TT
he? +
. 2 b] 8
18 8
A :
#5 ©:
71 +
wil n Sy i
n 7 * 0
=
J LY my.
Nan | of
: N 1
4 *
% (SR
1 311 N
t *
i
1 'w!
+ * Fo
*#4$4$0
T :
* et
KC + F
1
{it
C l 3
1
E i y 7
m4 5 J
144 j
118 .
47 i ; 1
l «$1108
4 +44
4 is
N 1 3 n f
i *
142 1
* "pi
[ } .
R 5 i
il p b
* 4 4
HY ff
C2 n j
TT ,
1 9
PEE
-_
; {e's
— " | a
= +
l 4
7 * }
- FREY
i 4:
' BI {_ )
g i Ts 0
1 11 1
\ -
A . 1 4
*
.
ry 4
1 1
* 4
, '
' WAS?
<8 is
01% ;
; .
I „
1
2 * 1 0
” (83%;
; RI I 1
ö .
17
vo 'F
99
Wn an \
1 k
11 g
4 1.
PE +
FRY 4
4
N

Sv * PR
———˙ on — — - *

— HER

454

BaRBOT.

, * 4

Nemarfable Occurrences.

one hundred of them among the French and
Engliſb, who had ſo generouſly aſſiſted him

to aſcend the throne of Yhidahb, and gave

other preſents to the men that were upon the
expedition. |

That prince is a great favourer of all Eu-
ropeans reſiding or trading in his country,
but leaſt of the Portugueſe; tho? they are
allow'd a lodge there, as well as the others.
Thoſe factories or lodges are now all en-
cloſed with high mud-walls, like fortreſſes,
and each of them has ſome cannon, more
or leſs, to defend it, with a ſmall garriſon,
beſides factors and ſervants, which the for-
mer king allow'd of upon the preſſing in-
ſtances of our European chief factors there,

as the only way to prevent their ſaid facto-

Boſman,

p. 396.

ries being robb'd and pillag'd, as they had
been often before by the natives, notwith-
ſtanding all their watchfulneſs; which occa-
ſion'd frequent diſputes and conteſts among
them.

This new king adminiſters very impartial
Juſtice, and will not ſuffer any European
factor to abuſe, or encroach upon another,
but will have them all live in unity.

ARDRA
PArther inland are yet more potent king-
doms than this ; but I know nothing, or
very little of them, except that whilſt I
was at Fida, one of their ambaſſadors came

to the king of Great Ardra, to acquaint him

from his maſter, that ſeveral Ardraſian Blacks
had been with him to make their complaints,
and to adviſe him to take care, that his

viceroys treated thoſe poor men more gent-

being

Terrible
ſlaughter.

ly; or elſe he ſhould be oblig'd, tho'ꝰ much

againſt his will, to come to their aſſiſtance,

and take them into his protection.
The king of Great Ardra, inſtead of mak-

ing a proper uſe of this wholeſome advice,
laughed at it, and in farther deſpight to that

king, murther'd his ambaſſador; upon
which, he was ſo violently as well as juſtly

enraged, that with the utmoſt expedition,

he cauſed an army, by the Fidaſians augmen-
ted to the number of ten hundred thouſand
men, to fall into their country; and thoſe
all horſe, and a warlike nation, in a
ſhort time ſubdu'd half the king of Ardra's
territories, and made ſuch a ſlaughter among
his ſubjects, that the dead being innumerable,

they commonly expreſled it by ſaying, they

were like the grains of corn in the field.
This looks very fabulous, infomuch, that

_ tho? it is confirm'd to me by oaths, I do

not vouch it for a truth. But it is certain
that the ſlaughter was prodigious, and that

the general of that great army, contenting

himſelf therewith, return'd home, expecting
to be very well receiv'd by his maſter, but
found himſelf miſtaken; for the king cauſed
him to be hang'd on & tree, becauſe, ac-

cording to his order, he did not bring (he
perſon of the king of Great Ardra alo

ng

with him, on whom, and not on his ſubjects,

he had intended his revenge.

You may pleaſe to obſerve, what mic.
chiets this prince brought upon himſelf, as
alſo that the law of nations is as well ob.
ſerv'd among thoſe Heathens as us Europeans.
for that great monarch did not think himſelf
ſatisfy'd by the death of ſo many thouſand
men, for the murther of his ambaſſador,
but would rid the world of the particular
occaſion of it. Which whether he after.
wards did, I have not yet heard,

BENIN.
David van Myendael's voyage to Bent,
Sept. I o I 702.

IN the beginning of my letter of the city lun g
of Benin, (Oedo,) I inform'd you of e406. |

mean ſtate at-preſent, and that the greateſt
part of it lies deſolate ; which indeed is de-
plorable, by reaſon the circumjacent coun-
try is as pleaſant as could be wiſh'd, where
no interpoſing hill or wood rudely interrupts
the agreeable proſpect of thouſands of
charming trees, which by their wide extend-
ed branches, full of leaves, ſeem to invite
mankind to repoſe under their ſhade.
The ruin of this town and neighbouring
land, was occaſion'd by the king's cauſing

two kings of the ſtreet to be kill'd, under
colour that they had attempted his life, tho?

all the world was fatisfy*d of the contrary,
and thoroughly convinc'd, that their ex-
ceſſive wealth was the true cauſe of their
death, that the king might enrich himſelt
with their effects, as he did.

After this barbarity, the king found aifo

a third man that ſtood in his way ; who be-
ing univerſally belov'd, was timely warned
of that prince's intention, and accordingly
took his flight, accompany'd by three
fourths of the inhabitants of the town: which
the king obſerving, immediately aſſembled
a number of men from the adjacent country,

and cauſed the fugitives to be purſu'd, in

order to oblige them to return; but his
troops were ſo warmly receiv*d by this king
of the ſtreet and his followers, that they
forc'd them to return with bloody noſes,
and give their maſter an account of their
miſadventure. He reſolving not to reſt
there, makes a freſh attempt, which ſuc-
ceeded no better than the former ; nor was
thatall, for the fugitive, throughly incenſed
and fluſh*d, came directly to the city, which

he plunder'd and pillag'd, ſparing no place

but the king's court, and then retir'd; but
inceſſantly continu'd for the ſpace of ten
years to rob the inhabitants of Great Benin,
till at laſt by the mediation of the Portu-
gueſe, a peace was concluded betwixt him
and the King, by which he was Wen, par-

on

BE

Dutch

ah

A Voract 70 New Calabar. ae.

donꝰd all that was paſt, and earneſtly requeſt- red to honourable offices, in order by thoſe BAR BOr.
ed to return to his former habitation : Howe- means to induce the reſt to return; which WWW

ver he would not truſt himſelf there, but lives
two or three days journey from Benin, where
he keeps as great a court and ſtate as the king,

The returning citizens were affably and
amicably receiv'd by the king, and prefer-

probably they will not do, as being very
well contented where they are. Wherefore
It is to be feared, that the greateſt part of

this town is ſtill likely to continue uninha-
bited.

An AssTract of a Voyage to Neu Calabar River, or Rio Real, in
the year 1699.

Taken out of the Journal of Mr. James Barbot; Super-Cargo, and Part-Owner
with me, and other Adventurers of London, in the Alhion-Frigate, of
00 Tons and 24 Guns, a Ten per Cent. Ship.

T HE thirteenth of January 1698-9, we
ſail'd from the Downs.

The third of February, we had ſight of
Porto Santo, and of the iſland Madera.

The fifth, we ſaw the iſland Palma, one of
the Canaries, at ſouth-eaſt, a great diſtance.

Tenth, we built up our ſloop, on our deck.

Thirteenth, ſaw cape Verde, diſtant fix
leagues eaſt ſouth-eaſt. |

Twenty-third, cape Meſurado, ſeven
leagues at eaſt by north.

Twenty fifth, we anchor'd before Seſtro

river; there we ſtaid till the twentieth of
March, getting in wood, water, rice, mala-
guette, fowls, and other refreſhments and
proviſions, &c.

King Pieter was ſtill alive and well; we
got but few elephants teeth, becauſe very
dea.

Twentieth of March, ſailed from Seſtro
river. 5
Twenty eighth, paſs'd by St. Andrew's
river,

Seventh of April, came before Axim, the
firſt Dutch fort on the Gold Coaſt of Guinea.

Eighth, anchor'd before the Pruſſian fort,
Great Fredericksburgh, at Tres-Pontas.

The Pruſſian general receiv'd us at his
fort very civilly, but told us, he had no oc-
caſion for any of our goods; the trade being
every where on that coaſt, at a ſtand, as
well by reaſon of the vaſt number of inter-
lopers and other trading ſhips, as for the
wars among the natives, and eſpecially that
which the Engliſh and Dutch had occaſion'd
on account of a Black king the Engliſb had
murder*d, which muſt be the king of Com-
mendo before mention'd in this Supplement,
and that the armies had actually been in the
field for eight months, which ſtopt all the
paſſes for merchants to come down to the
forts, to trade; that it was expected there
* would be a battle ſpeedily, betwixt them;
N that the Hollanders, a people very jealous
»; Of their commerce at the coaſt, were very
mz, Kudious to have the war carried on among

che Blacks, to diſtract as long as poſſible

the trade of other Europeans, and to that
effect were very ready to aſſiſt upon all oc-
caſions the Blacks, their allies, that they
might beat their enemies, and ſo the com-
merce fall into their hands.

The ninth we came to an anchor before
the Pruſſian fort, Great Predericksburgh, a
very handſome fortreſs, mounted with a-
bout forty guns. The general told me,
that ſix weeks before in his return from
cape Lope to Tres-Pontas, he had been aſ-
ſaulted by a pirate, who was forc'd to let
him go, being too warmly receiv'd; and
that there were two or three other pirates,
cruizing about that cape and St. Tome.

On the tenth, a ſmall Portugueſe ſhip an-
chor'd by us, the maſter a Black ſaid he had
been but three weeks from St. Tome, and
that about three months before he ſaw there
four tall French ſhips coming from the
coaſt of Guinea, loaded with ſlaves, moſtly
at Fida; one of them commanded by Chr.
Damou. Thoſe ſhips were ſent by the French
king with a particular commiſſion, to pur-
chaſe ſlaves in Guinea, to indemnity the
freebooters of St. Daeningo, for their preten-
ſions to the booty taken formerly at Car-
tagena by Meſſ. de Pointis and du Caſſe,
in lien of money ; and thereby engage them
to return to St. Domingo, and puſh on their
ſettlement there, which they had aban-
don'd; it being agreed to fell them the
ſlaves, at no more than two hundred and
fifty livres, per each Indian piece at St. Do-
ningo, which accordingly has made them
return to their ſettlements there. Thoſe
ſhips had been forc'd to give near fifty
crowns a piece, at Fida; ſlaves being then
pretty thin at that place, and in great de-
mand. |

The Blacks there, through malice, had
diverted the channel of the freſh water aſhore,
to hinder us taking any, of which we com-
plain'd to the Praſſian general, who there-
upon gave orders to let us have water.

He lent us ſome of his bricklayers, to ſet
up our copper aboard, for our ſlaves before-
hand, | The

——

FEET

456

BaRBor.

A

The Portugueſe maſter begg'd our pro-
tection to convoy him ſafe to cape Corſo, in
his way to Fida, fearing the Hollanders at
Mina, who, whenever they can, force all
Portugueſe ſhips to pay them a very high
toll, for the permiſſion of trading at the
coaſt. |

We have abundance of our men ſick, and
ſeveral already dead, the weather being in
tolerably ſcorching hot, and we can hardly
getany proviſions tor them, but a few goats
very dear: we had from the Portugueſe, one
goat, one hog, and ſeven chickens, for five
Akies 1n gold.

Here we perceiv'd that above an hundred
pounds worth of horſe-beans, we had bought

at London, for ſubſiſting our ſlaves in the voy-

Interlopers;

lopers of Zealand, one of which carried

age, were quite rotten and ſpoil'd, for want
of being well ſtow'd and look'd after
ever ſince.

On the ſeventeenth of April, we were be-
fore Mina caſtle, and found ſeven fail in the
road, three or four of them tall ſhips; among
which two frigats; each of about thirty
guns, and a hundred and thirty men, cruizers
At the coaſt; who had taken three inter-

thirty-ſix guns, who having made à brave
reſiſtance, the commander was to be try'd
for his life. One of the frigats having been
already two years at the coaſt, was ready
to return home, with a thouſand marks of
m—_ .

1 The eighteenth, anchored at cape Corſo
road, where we rid by two Engliſb ſhips,

on eight fathom, muddy ſandy ground; the

Poriugusſe veſſel in our company was ſet a-

drift, his cable breaking; and ſending his

boat to weigh the anchor, in very boiſ-

terous weather, from ſouth-weſt, the boat
overſet, and three of his men were drown'd.
We found no corn there, every body tel-
ling us it was very dear at the coaſt.
On the twenty-firſt, we ſet ſail, ſaluting
the caſtle with ſeven guns, and anchor'd ar
Anamabou; where we purchas'd with much
trouble, and at a very dear rate, a quantity
of Indian wheat, and fold many perpets,
and much powder: we paid three Axies for

every cheſt of corn, which is exceſſive dear

but having loſt all our large ſtock of horſe-

| beans, were forc'd to get corn at all rates.

Here the Blacks put a great value upon per-
pets, in painted wrappers ; oil-cloths with
gilt leads, with large painted arms of

England.

The tenth, we ſent the boat to Aniſchan,
at eaſt, for fewel; and bought her loading
of billets at three Akies for each hundred,
very dear wood,

The eleventh, we failed, and the twelfth

paſgd by Apong, a Dutch fort, very advan-

tageoully ſituated ; came to anchor at Vin
teen leagues north north-weſt of cape Fer-

niba, an Engliſb fort, and went aſhore,

A Vor Ack ito New Calabar.

The fifteenth, we arriv'd at Acra, ang
anchor*d about a league and a half from ſhore
Here we ſtay'd to the twenty- ſixth, trading
for gold, ſlaves, and ſome few teeth; ane
diverting our ſelves by turns, with the Ing.
liſh, Dutch, and Damſh commanders of the
forts ; but more intimately with Mr, Taye,
the Daniſb chief, who has his lady with him.

The twenty-ſixth, as we work' d our ſmal!

bower aboard, both cable and buoy-rope
breaking, we were forc'd to fail, leaving
the anchor behind, which was hitch'd -
mong the rocks at the bottom; and having
purchas'd ſixty-five ſlaves along the C9.
Coaſt, beſides gold and elephants teeth, ſa-
luted the three Eurobean forts, each with
nine guns; and ſteered eaſt ſouth-eaſt, for
tour or five leagues, then ſouth-eaſt by eaſt
for twenty-eight leagues, towards New Ca-
labar, to buy more ſlaves
The twenty-ſeventh, latitude obſerv'd
five degrees four minutes north, moderate
weather, the wind at fouth-weſt by weſt,
being followed by our ſmall ſloop under fail;
and at night it blew ſo hard, that to keep
her company, we put out the fore-ſail and
two top-ſails only.

The twenty-ninth, we gueſs'd we were
near cape Fermoſo, flow ſail, becauſe of out

ſloop having very rough ſea, an heavy
gale and rains. =

The thirtieth, had ſight of land, ſouth:
eaſt by eaſt of us, and came within two

leagues of it, in ten fathom muddy ſand, the
ſea carrying to land apace. Gueſſing we
had run already near one hundred and ten
leagues from Acra, and perceived then,
that we miſs'd cape Fermoſo, which we ex
pected to have ſeen at north of us; that the
tide had drove us about fifteen leagues north-
welt of it, in the gulph of Benin; which was

a mighty ſurprize, as well as a diſappoint-
ment of our voyage to Calabar. Our ſloop
not being able to work it up, ſo well as the

ſhip, becauſe of the rough ſea and high ſouth-
welt and ſouth ſouth-weſt wind ; were forc'd

to come to anchor in ſeven fathom, muddy
ground, in hopes of a land-wind, to favour

us to the ſouthward : this was on the thir-
tieth of May. 85
The thirty-firſt, we caſt anchor again a-
bout a league and a half from land, at four
degrees fifty minutes of our obſervation.
This day the tide very ſwift, to northward,
at half a league an . the land lying
north and ſouth, very low, flat, and all over
woody: by our guels, ſince we ſail'd from
Acra, we thought to have gained thirty
leagues ſouthward ; and conſequently to be
in a proper latitude for cape Fermoſo 3 4
in all this time we had but two obſervations,

d
oned to be fit-

the weather being 88 gloomy, and

great rains. This day we rec

mM 0j0 b

— e — — nn ks # a 8 &

= ©” lm — 5

"9" e a

25

my . png

AVoracs to New Calabar. 457

moſo, wind high at ſouth ſouth-weſt, the tide The fourteenth, rain, as cold as in De-Barzor:
at ee cember in England, and raw weather: lay WWW

Firſt of June, good weather 3 but the tide
violent to north, and rough ſea, laying at
anchor.

Second, hazy weather at anchor, and
could not ſee our ſloop. |

Third, the ſloop came up to us, with a
weſt ſouth-weſt wind; we were then under
fail, ſteering ſouth : but growing calm in the
afternoon, anchored in five fathom, muddy
ground, and heavy rain.

Fourth, fifth and ſixth, ſtill at anchor,
wind ſouth ſouth-weſt and ſouth-weſt, abun-
dance of rain. |

Seventh, in the morning our cable broke,

and immediately let fall our ſheet-anchor,
the ſea very high. |
Eighth, ſent both boat and pinnace to
take up our loſt anchor; but the boiſterous
weather could not allow the men to work
up the buoy- rope: our people tryed again
in the afternoon, but without effect.
Ninth, calm weather, the boats went to
work the anchor, but the buoy-rope broke,
and fo the anchor was loſt ; which put us
into a conſternation, having but one anchor
left aboard. 1
Thoſe who ſay the navigation in Guinea is
very eaſy, at this time, to the month of Au-
guſt, are ſtrangely miſtaken, and ought to
carry a double quantity of anchors; for the
ſea is moſt days very high, and the wind at
ſouth ſouth-weſt very freſh, blowing on the
land ; accompanied with very heavy long
rains, which ſtrain upon a ſhip continually,
when at anchor; and the ground 1s. very

| ſtony, or rather rocky, in many places, as

at Seſtro, Axim, Tres-Pontas and Acra.

It is alſo thought that the heavy ſhowers
of rain abate the ſurges of the ſea; but we
find the contrary : for during theſe five weeks
paſt, we have had continually a high lea,
diſmal dark, and very cold days and nights,
being as raw a cold as in the channel of Eng-
land, in September: our ſorry ſloop is pro-
perly the occaſion of our misfortune and
retardment. 5

The twelfth, ſail'd again, ſteering weſt and
welt by north, the tide ſtill; in the after-
ternoon the wind being ſouth-weſt, we tack*d
to ſouth ſouth-eaſt, a freſh gale ; at four
in the afternoon to ſouth by eaſt, in fix fa-
thom, in ſight ofa river. At night we came
to an anchor, in five anda half fathom, and
bent our new cable for greater ſafety, hav-
ing only this one anchor left us.

The thirteenth, the tide to ſouth-eaſt, the

wind weſt ſouth-weſt, and then weſt by
ſouth, a ſmall gale z we ſail'd to ſouth, haz
rainy weather, along the ſhore, and at ſout

we anchor'd in eight and a half fathoms,

tearing a tornado,
Vo I. V.

teen foot and a half water.

ſtill at anchor. |

The fifteenth, the ſame weather ; at ten
we failed, but immediately dropt anchor
again, fearing a tornado.

The ſixteenth, rain, ſet ſail, ſteering ſouth-
eaſt on eight fathom, and nine, at eleven
a- clock; we reach'd cape Fermoſo, which
1s not eaſy tobe known. Coming from the
north-weſt at two a-clock, we paſs'd by
Rio Non, ſtearing eaſterly ; at four paſs'd by
Rio Oddy, in ſeven fathom ; at ſix at night,
anchored in ſix fathom, north north-eaſt
and ſouth ſouth-weſt of Ris Tilana, or St.
Juan. |
The ſeventeenth, failed caſt along the
ſhore, on ſix and ſeven fathom ; at nine,
we had Rio St. Nicholas, at north; at eleven,
Rio St. Barbara at one a-clock, paſs'd the
river &. Bartholomeo ; at half an hour after
two, Rio Sombreiro; and at three we came
to an anchor, betwixt the latter, and New
Calabar river, on five and a half fathom

muddy ſand, by gueſs north and ſouth off

Foko Pont. |
The eighteenth, by day-break, we ſent

our long-boat with three men to fail to land

for intelligence, and bring ſome Black to pi-

lot us into Calabar, together with ſamples
of ſome merchandize; we ſpy'd a ſhip in

Bandy river, as much as we could fee it.

The tide running eaſtward at ten, we moor'd

our ſhip about four leagues from ſhore, ſup-
poſing we muſt lie there, and drive our trade
in the river with our ſloop and long- boat,
thinking it impoſſible to find a proper chan-
nel, to carry ſo tall a ſhip in, drawing four-

The nineteenth, we ſent one of the pilots

In the pinnace to ſound the bar ; he returned

at ſeven at night with much trouble, the
wind and ſea being ſo high. .
The twentieth, lay ſtill, expecting the re-
turn of our long- boat from the river.
The twenty-firſt, at day-light, our warp
broke, which was moor'd at ſouth-eaſt, be-
cauſe it had blow'd very hard all night,
from ſouth ſouth-weſt, and ſouth-weſt by
ſouth, and the ebb very ſtrong, the wea-
ther very cold. We find, as the Portugueſe
maſter had told us at Tres- Pontas, the month
of June hereabouts to be a Diablo, as he
expreſs'd it. hs
The twenty-ſecond, rough ſea at ebb- tide,
wind ſouth ſouth-weſt ; we are much con-
cern'd for our long- boat not returning

aboard.

The twenty- third, moderate clear wea-
ther, wind ſouth ſouth-weſt. At eleven
a- clock we ſpy' d a boat near the bar; but
being come aboard at one, found it was a

great canoe with nine Black rowers, beſides

6 A other

458

BAR BOT. other Blacks, and the maſter of our long-
WYW boat, who reported that on the twentieth,

being near the bar, and not poſſible to get
out, he dropp'd his grappling, and a few
hours after the rope broke, and was forc'd
thus back to Bandy river, leaving on it a
buoy- rope.
The king of Bandy, William, had ſent us
two or three of his pilots in the canoe, with
certificates of ſeveral Eugliſb maſters of ſhips
they had piloted formerly ſafe in, ſome of
them drawing thirteen foot water; in caſe
we were deſirous to carry the frigat into the
river.

Our man reported, that the ſhip we could
fee within the river was Engliſh, com-
manded by one Edwards, who had got His
complement of ſlaves, being five hundred, in
three weeks time; and was ready to fail for

the Wieſt-Indies: and that he would ſpare us
an anchor of about eleven hundred weight,
which rejoiced us much.

Good place. He reported farther, that as ſoon as the

Blacks could ſee our ſhip off at fea, they im-
mediately went up the river to buy ſlaves,
beſides a hundred and fifty that were actu-
ally at Bandy town when he left it; and that
king William had aſſur'd him, he engag'd to
- furniſh five hundred ſlaves for our loading,

all luſty and young. Upon which, we con-
| ſulted aboard with the officers, and unani-

mouſly agreed to carry up the ſhip, if poſſi -

ble, for the greater expedition.

On the twenty-fourth, early, the weather
being fair, the wind ſouth-weſt, according
to that reſolution, we ſet all hands to get in
our ſheet-anchor, the only one we had; but

it being ſo deep ſtuck in mud, could not
bring it up 3 which put us to our utmoſt
efforts. But whether the anchor was ſo deep
in the mud, or among rocky ſtones, I can-

not ſay, the ſhip pitching violently two
ſtrands off, our cable gave way, tho? it was a

new one; which cauſed us immediately to
chop it off, and then to wind on the warp,

on which we had faſtened a buoy, being an

iron-bound hogſhead.

At one in the afternoon, weighing our
ahchor, our warp broke, and with precipt-
tation oblig'd us to chop off our cable, to
get under fail to ſave the ſhip, as well as
dur perſons if poſſible, at this time in great
_ conſternation, having thus loſt all our an-
chors, the head at ſouth-eaſt, to endeavour

to weather the breaking on the bar,
Lhus we ſail'd ſouth ſouth-eaſt and ſouth-

eaſt, better than an hour and a half, abour

two leagues from the place where we had
lain at anchor; and having brought Foko
point to north-weſt by north, and north
north-weſt, and Bandy point to north by eaſt
about five leagues from us, we ſtood to
north-weſt by north, and north-weſt, for
ſome time, running on five and a half, five,

A Vox &6t to New Calabar.

four and a half, and four fathom and +
quarter; and all the while with the lead in
hand to ſound the depths. At three a-clock
being about three leagues from the Points
aforeſaid, we fell on a ſudden on three and
a half, arid continu*d fo for a while; then
came to three, and two and three quarters fa.
thom, and finally to two and a half. All then
thought the ſhip loſt, as often touching on

the ground a-ſtern, eſpecially the third
ſtroke was very violent; but then, by pro-

vidence, happening to ſet all our fails, the ſhip
palled over and got in well, and by degrees
found twoand three quarters, three, and three
and one quarter fathom, for above aleaoue's
courſe, the bottom being very uneven, three
or four foot difference, more or leſs, at each
lead caſt, Thus failing for two hours from
three to four, and four to three fathom, we
ſuddenly came again to two and a half, and
the ſhip touch'd ground very ſlightly ; but
the ſea being ſmooth, receiv'd no harm. Ar
about five a-clock, we got the opening of

Bandy river, and the ſight of captain Eg. in: :

wards's ſhip, riding before the king's town 8

at which moment we ſteer'd north-eaſt, di.
rectly for the ſaid river: three quarters paſt
ſix brought Bandy point eaſt and weſt, with
a ſwift courſe of flood. The moon: ſhine

ſerved us to get the ſame tide to an anchor

on fourteen fathom, before Bandy town, on
a ſmall anchor of three hundred weight, the
only one we had left, and which we had at
Anamaboe from an Engliſh ſhip ; but that
anchor being too light for ſo heavy a ſhip,
and the tide fo very ſtrong, it required a
long time, the ſhip driving, before it took

hold of the ground ſufficiently, Captain

Edwards ſent us ſoon after, a ſmall anchor of
ſix hundred weight, for that night only,

till he could ſpare us his large anchor, as he
had promis'd, which is very providential in

the extremity we are reduced to; and after
the dangers of ſhipwreck, from which we
are now lo happily preſerved. OurBlack pilots

were properly of no uſe in our diſtreſs, plea-

ding they never were ſenſible of ſo ſhallow
water at the bar; and that it was at the nip
tide, and at low water too, that the ſhip
has paſs'd over ſo luckily, |
Captain Edwards ſeeing from a great diſ-
tance, the danger we were in, through the
ignorance of our blind pilots, who had miſ-
taken the right channel, came out immedi-
ately in his pinnace, to aſſiſt and ſhow us
the proper channel: to that effect he ſtood
to leeward of us, thinking we apprehended
his meaning, to ſteer towards the pinnace,
which he kept there for a mark for us, the
bar being there not above half a mile of high
ground, and yet at leaſt three fathom wa-
ter; whereas the channel we got through,

is better than three miles and a half of bar:

but we ſuppoſing the tide had driven him
there,

><
1
7
**
2
25
pe
74
4
— 4
ul
4
.
* 1 4
x
*
5

Ke
2

to trade.

juſted.

Propoſals

2

Trade ad.

there, took no notice of his deſign, and ſo
proceeded, as above related, amidft many
dangers and difficulties. But had we, as he

ſaid afterwards, when we had brought the

two points, or capes of the river, to eaſt and
weſt, ſteer*'d immediately north, and north
by caſt, inſtead of running to north-weſt
by north, and north north-weſt, as we did
then; we had got in lieu of three or three
fachom and a half at beſt, five, ſix, ſeven,
and ſoon after eight fathom channel, at the
place where he ſtood ſtill with his pinnace.
On the twenty fifth in the morning, we fa-
luted the Black king of Great Bandy, with
ſeven guns 3 and ſoon after fired as many
for captain Edwards, when he got aboard,
togive us the moſt neceſſary advice concern-
ing the trade wedeſigned to drive there. At
ten he returned aſhore, being again ſaluted
with ſeven guns: we went aſhore alſo to
compliment the king, and make him over-
tures of trade, but he gave us tounderſtand,
he expected one bar of iron for each ſlave,
more than Edwards had paid for his; and
alſo objected much againſt our bafons, tan-
kards, yellow beads, and ſome other mer-

chandize, as of little or no demand there

at that time;

The twenty ſixth, we hada conference

with the king and principal natives of the

country, about trade, which laſted from
three a- clock till night, without any reſult,
they inſiſting to have thirteen bars of iron
for a male, and ten for a female ſlave; ob-
jecting that they were now ſcarce, becauſe
of the many ſhips that had exported vaſt
quantities of late. The king treated us at
ſupper, and we took leave of him. |
The twenty ſeventh the king ſent for a
barrel of brandy of thirty five gallons, at
two bars of iron per gallon ; at ten we went

aſhore, and renewed the treaty with the

Blacks, but concluded nothing at all, they
being {till of the ſame mind as before.
The twenty eighth, we ſent our pinnace

up the river to Dony, for proviſions and re-

freſnments; that village being about twenty-
five miles from Bandy. Tranſacted nothing
with Blacks of Bandy all this day.
The twenty ninth, had three great jars of
palm- oil, and being foul weather, did not
£0 aſhore, 5 |
The thirtieth, being aſhore, had a new
conference, which produced nothing; and
then Pepprell, the king's brother, made us
a diſcourſe, as from the king, importing;
He was forry we would not accept of bis pro-
poſals ; that it was not his fault, he having a
great eſteem and regard for the Whites, who
bad much enriched him by trade. That what
be ſo earneſtly inſiſted on thirteen bars for male,
and ten for female ſlaves, came from the coun-

Ir people holding up the price of ſlaves at their

wand markets, ſeeing ſo many large ſbips re-

king
laced with gold and ſilver, very ruſty, and

of the way; to facilitate trade. |

AVor aus to New Calabar.

fort: to Bandy for them \, but to moderate mat:
ters, and encourage trading with us, be would
be contented with thirteen bars for males, and
nine bars and two braſs rings for females, &c.
Upon which we offered thirteen bars for men,
and nine for women, and proportionably for
boys and girls, according to their ages; after
this we parted, without concluding any thing
farther. |

On the firſt of Fuly, the king ſent for us
to come aſhore, we ſtaid there till four in
the afternoon, and concluded the trade on
the terms offered them the day before; the
king promiſing to come the next day aboard
to regulate it, and be paid his duties,

We took a large ſhark, which was giveri
to the Blacks of Bandy to feaſt on.
pinnace returned at night from Doxy, brought
a ſlave for ten bars of iron and a pint tan-
kard; anda cow and a calf, which coſt a
hundred and fifty rings.

The ſecond; heavy rain all the morning;
At two a-clock we fetch'd the king from
ſhore, attended by all his Caboceiros and
officers, in three large canoes z and entring
the ſhip, was ſaluted with ſeven guns. The
had on an old-faſhion'd ſcarlet coat,

a fine hat on his head, but bare-footed ; all

his attendants ſhewing great reſpect to him:

and ſince our coming hither, none of the na-
tives have dared to come aboard of us, or
fell the leaſt thing, till the king had ad-
juſted the trade with us. - |
We had again a long diſcourſe with the
king, and Pepprell his brother, concerning
the rates of our goods and his cuſtoms.
This Pepprell being a ſharp blade, and a
mighty talking Black, perpetually making
fly objections againſt ſomething or other, and
teazing us for this or that Daffy, or pre-
ſent, as well as for drams, Sc. it were
to be wiſh'd, that ſuch a one as he were out

We fill'd them with drams of brandy and
bowls of punch till night, at ſuch a rate,

559

BaRBor.

Our

that they all, being about fourteen with the
king, had ſuch loud clamorous tattling and

diſcourſes among themſelves, as were hardly
to be endured. | .

Thus, with much patience, all our matters
were adjuſted indifferently, after their way,
who are not very ſcrupulous to find excuſes
or objections, the not keeping literally to
any verbal contract; for they have not the

art of reading and writing, and therefore

we are forced to ſtand to their agreement,
which often is no longer than they think fit
to hold it themſelves. The king order'd the
publick cryer to proclaim the permiſſion of
trade with us; with the noiſe of his trum-
pets, being elephant's teeth, made much
after the ſame faſhion, as is uſed at the Gola
Coaſt, we pay ing ſixteen braſs rings Ee
c

460

Preſents to
the king,
&c.

Prices of
goods,

againſt our wrought pewter, and tankards,
green beads, and other goods, which they

would not accept of.

We gave the uſual preſents to the king
and his officers ; that is, |
To the king a hat, a firelock, and nine

bunches of beads, inſtead of a coat.

To captain Forty, the king's genera],
captain Pepprell, captain Boileau, alderman
Bougsby, my lord Willyby, duke of Monmouth,
drunken Henry, and ſome others, two fire-
locks, eight hats, nine narrow Guinea ſtuffs.

We adjuſted with them the reduction of
our merchandize into bars of iron, as the
ſtandard coin, viz. NE

One bunch of beads, one bar. Four ſtrings
of rings, ten rings in each, one ditto. Four
copper bars, one ditto. One piece of narrow
Guinea ſtuff, one ditio. One piece broad
Hamborough, one ditto. One piece Nicanees,
three ditto. Braſs rings, ditto.

And ſo pro rata, for every other ſort of
goods, .

*

The price of proviſions and wood was alſo
regulated.

Sixty king's yams, one bar; one hun-

dred and ſixty ſlaves yams, one bar; for

fifty thouſand yams to be deliver'd to us.

A butt of water, two rings. For the
length of wood, ſeven bars, which is dear ;

but they were to deliver it ready cut into our

boat, For a goat, one bar. A cow, ten or
eight bars, according toits bigneſs. A hog,
two bars. A calf, eight bars. A jar of

palm-oil one bar and a quarter,

We paid alſo the king's duties in goods;
five hundred ſlaves, to be purchaſed ar two
copper rings a head.

We alſo advanced to the king, by way
of loan, the value of a hundred and fifty
bars of iron, in ſundry goods; and to his
principal men, and others, as much again,
each in proportion of his quality and ability.

To captain Forty,eighty bars. To another,

| forty. To others, twenty each.

Diſorder!
Fs

This we did, in order to repair forthwith

to the inland markets, to buy yams for

greater expedition ; they employing uſually

nine or ten days in each journey up the

country, in their long canoes up the river.
All the before regulations being ſo made,
the ſupper was ſerved. It was as comical as

| ſhocking, to obſerve thoſe people's beha-
viour at table, both king and ſubjects making

a confuſed noiſe, all of them talking together,
and emptying the diſhes as ſoon as ſet down,

every one filling his pockets with meat, as

well as his belly ; eſpecially of hams and
neat's tongues, falling on all together,
without regard to rank or manners, as they
could lay their hands on it. |

After having drank and eat till they were
ready to burſt, they returned aſhore, being
again ſaluted with ſeven guns,

A Vork to New Calabar.

\nzor. fellow for his fee. The Blacks objected much
WAY

*
.

On the third, the king returned aboard, to

ſee ſome ſamples of all our goods, as he
ſaid; but it was only a pretence, for inſteag

of that, he fell a drinking and eating all the

while, and returned to town with his com-
pany, being ſaluted with three guns.

The fifth, the king ſent aboard thirt
ſlaves, men and women; of which we pick*d
nineteen, and returned him the reſt,

The ſixth, the king came aboard with
four ſlaves, which, with the nineteen others
of the day before, made twenty three, for
which we paid him two hundred and forty
ſeven bars, three of the women having each
a Child, We allowed him for twenty four
heads in ſpecie, a hundred and twelve bars,
in Kangoes ten bars, in beads forty ſix bars,
in copper fifty one bars, and in Guinea ſtults
twenty eight bars.

Thus from day to day, from this time to
the twenty ninth of Auguſt follow ing, either
by means of our armed ſloop making leveral
voyages to New Calabar town, and to Don),
to purchaſe ſlaves and proviſions ; and by
the contract made with the king, and his
people of Bandy town, and circumyacent
trading places; we had by degrees aboard

fix hundred and forty eight ſlaves, of all
ſexes and ages, including the ſixty five we

had purchaſed at the Gold Coaſt, all very
freſh and ſound, very few exceeding forty
years of age; beſides proviſions ot yams,
goats, hogs, fowls, wood and water, and
ſome cows and calves. As for fiſh, this
river did not afford us any great quantity,
which was a great loſs to us, being forced
to ſubſiſt the thip's crew with freth meat
from land, at a great charge, it being here

pretty dear, and molt of our ſalt meat being

ſpent, and have but for three months more

of ſea-biſket left in the bread-room. Several

of our ſailors are tormented with cholicks,
and ſome few dead. ey
On the thirteenth of July, captain
Edwards riding at Bandy point, in order to
pur to ſea, after he had fold us an anchor of
eleven hundred weight, with one caſk of
beef, ſome deals and tar, &c. we lent our
two mates and fix men, in the pinnace,
aboard him, to be rightly intormed of the
bar, for our going out when ready loaded.

Mr. John Grazilhier's voyage from Bandy
40 New Calabar in Rio-Real, in our ſloop.

T H E twenty ſecond of Jul), I ſailed with
a little cargo, for Calabar town. At
ſix at night I anchored before a village call'd
Bandy, ſituated in the north north · weſt part
of the iſle of the interlopers, where the
Portugueſe uſually trade for ſlaves. On the
twenty third, I ſet fail with the tide of flood,
and about twelve at night came to anchor
in Calabar river, and fired a pattarero, but
no man came from ſhore,

The

other
ict.

ſaves:

3
F of
the!

preſ

. Te FR UR e N
2 —£ 8 888 ot TA 2 + S
2 . n 8

other
rice

ſaves:

A VovAdE % New Calabar.

The twenty fourth I came before the town
F of Calabar, and fired three guns, to ſalute

the k ing; after which, I made him the uſual
preſents of one caſk of brandy, and a barrel
of powder, with a hat: to the duke of Mon-
mouth a hat 3 to the duke of York a piece of
linen cloth; and to captain Fan Alkmaers
another piece : theſe four being here the
principal Blacks, who claim preſents, before
we can trade. And having adjuſted the price
of ſlaves and of our merchandize, I preſented
them allo with a hat, a firelock, and a coat.
Then the king cauſed the permiſſion of trade
to be proclaimed as at Bandy, vix. Twelve bars
4 man, nine a woman, and fix a boy or girl.

The twenty fifth, I got fifteen flaves aboard
the ſloop, all young people. 5

The twenty ſixth. This morning above
forty great canoes parted from Calabar up
the river, to purchaſe ſlaves inland. At noon
I ſent the ſloop back to Bandy, to deliver
aboard what ſlaves I had bought here, and
ſtaid aſhore at the town, to expect her re-
turn with goods, to carry on the trade here
at the return of the canoes from above.

The twenty ſeventh. Heavy rain all this
day: about nine at night the canoes return'd
with a great number of ſlaves.

The twenty eighth, I got eight ſlaves.
Were our ſhip here, ſhe would get ſlaves

much faſter than at Bandy; the Calabar
Blacks being but two or three days out and
home, to purchaſe them at inland markets:
whereas the Bandy people, lying much lower,

by the ſea-fide, are eight or ten days out

-

and home, to get them down.
The twenty ninth, the ſloop arrived, and

immediately I went back to the ſhip at Bandy

towards night, with forty four ſlaves ; not-
withſtanding it rained all the day and this
night.

The thirtieth,I came to Fuks point, diſtant

five leagues from Calabar, north and ſouth.

The thirty firſt, early I failed, the wind

at weſt ſouth-weſt, and arrived aboard the
ſhip, at Bandy, about ten. , To avoid the

banks which lie north of this point, we
ſteer'd eaſt for half a league, and afterwards
north-eaſt, coaſting the breaking of the ſea

to windward, in three, and two fathom and
a half at low water, to the interlopers
iſland ; where we were careful to avoid a

bank running out thence about a league.

In our courſe to the point of Bandy, and
from it to the town, 1s ten fathom deep all

along. | 128
The ſame night I returned to Calabar
in the floop, with a freſh cargo, taking
Mr. Barbot with me; and arrived there
the firſt of Auguſt at night. |
The ſecond of Auguſt, we got forty three

Naves, and the ſame night went for Bandy,
leaving Mr. Barbot at Calabar to trade;
lodging his goods in king Robert's houſe,

Vol. V.

T

The third, I arrived aboard.
in company of a Portugueſe ſhip, and ar-
rived there at night. Mr. Barbot had thirty
ſlaves ready, which I took in, and failed
immediately to Bandy on the fifth early.
The Portugueſe ſhip anchor'd before Calabar.

hus we navigated the ſloop to and fro,
from Bandy to Calabar, till we had our com-
pliment of ſlaves. At ſome trips, when the
winds were contrary, and too high, we
ſteer'd our courſe from Bandy to Calabar
through the channel betwixt the long narrow
iſland that lies to weſtward of the road,
where there are ſome cottages of fiſhermen,
who often brought vs fiſh aboard ſhip. On

the north ſide of this channel ſtandsa timber
building, which is ſeen as far off as the

ſhore there. The beforementioned iſland is
much higher than any lands. This building

461

BaRrBorT.

The fourth, early I returned to Calabar, WWW

is like a barn at a diſtance ; and about it,
not very far, are ſome hamlets for fiſher-

men. Mr. Bar bol ſays, he once was in that

barn, and obſerved there twenty five or thirty
elephant's heads dried, ſet up all round the
houſe on boards, which are the idols of the
country, the Blacks reſorting thither to pay
their religious worſhip. | ”
In the interval, ſaith Gragilbier, I made
ſome voyages to Dony, as did Mr. Barbot,
in our long- boat; at the ſecond of which,

on the eighth we came at night to Dony, and

cauſed my goods to be carried to the king's
houſe, being a man about forty five years of
age. On the ninth I got three ſlaves, three

cos, and one goat, all for fifty ſeven bars,

the cows at eight bars a-piece, and re-
turned aboard; but by reaſon of the bad
weather, could not reach Bandy till the tenth,
in the morning, when Mr. Barbot arrived
alſo, a little before me, in the ſloop, from
Calabar, with thirty ſeven ſlaves,

_ DescrIPTION of CALABAR,

ter running even between the houſes, where-
of there are about three hundred in a diſor-
derly heap. The King's is pretty high and
airy, which was ſome comfort to me, durin
the time I ſtaid there. |

The land about the town being very bar- TRE

HE town is ſeated in a marſhy iſland, Barbot's
often overflow'd by the river, the wa-j072t.

ren, the inhabitants fetch all their ſubſiſtence Blacks.

from the country lying to the northward of
them, called the Hackbors Blacks, a people
much addicted to war and preying on their
neighbours to the northward, and are them-
ſelves luſty tall men. *
In their territories there are to market - days
every week, for ſlaves and proviſions, which
the Calabar Blacks keep very regularly, to
ſupply themſelves both with proviſions and
ſlaves, palm-oll, palm-wine, Sc. there be-
ing great plenty of the laſt, 2
6 B King

Y Markets.

*
. * PR. — 8 * 2 1
22K 9— — % : — A2 — p ˖ ˖ —5rð — — »4 = =
* _ 5 — — * 2 5 * ” 750 - + — —
3 3 * - $a % Px ' 4 4 1 : ,
** > 2 1 2 — . 8 = _ q _ — DD ” ez 0
— ** "== — 8 — —

” S —_—
- — X

- — —
— . e es, Ein eee

452

BAR BOT. King Robert is a good civil man, about
= thirty years of age.

The king,
Drinking.

Diet,

Idols,

Sacrifice.

Every evening they club together at one
another's houſes, by turns; providing two
or three jugs of palm- wine, each of them
containing twelve or fifteen gallons, to
make merry; each perſon, man and woman,
bringing their own ſtool to ſit on. They
ſit round and drink to one another out of
ox's horns, well poliſned, which hold a

quart or more, ſinging and roaring all the

while till the liquor is out.

Their common food is yams boil'd with
fiſh and palm- oil, which they reckon dainty
fare. | =

Whilſt I was at the town, they ſnow'd me

a conſiderable quantity of elephant's teeth,
very large, but ſo very dear, they would

have turned to no account in Europe.
Every houſe is full of idois, as well as the
ſtreets of the town.

Many of them are dried heads of beaſts,
others made by the Blacks of clay and paint-
ed, which they worſhip and make their of-
ferings to. at „
Before the king goes aboard a ſhip newly

come in, he repairs to his idol houſe, with

drums beating, and trumpets ſounding, all

his attendants bare- headed. There he makes
abundance of bows to thoſe puppets, beg-

ging of them to make his voyage proſpe-

rous; and then ſacrifices a hen, which is
tied alive by one leg to the end of a long
pole, and has a braſs ring on the other

leg, leaving the poor creature in that con-

dition till it ſtarves to death.

Every time their ſmall fleet of canoes
goes up for ſlaves, and when they return,
they blow their horns or trumpets for joy;
and the king never fails, at both thoſe times,
to pay his devotions to his idols, for their
good ſucceſs, and a ſhort voyage.

The Indians of Virginia every time they
return home from hunting or fiſhing, offer

| facrifices of blood, hearts and tobacco, on

altars erected in the fields.

The Blacks here are generally inhuman,
treacherous, very thieviſn, and falſe to the
moft ſolemn engagements. I could ob-
ſerve no curioſities there, but only ſome
ſhells I brought to London with me, and
their weapons, made by the Hackbous Blacks,
and ſuch other things which I have repre-

PLATE 26. ſented in the cut here annexed. |

Barbot's
journal.

There is a prodigious number of monkeys
and apes about Calabar, but not handſome.
They have alſo blue parrots. The natives
give three or four monkeys for an old hat or
coat, taking much pride to dreſs themſelves
in our failors old rags. Boer

ON the twenty fourth of July I went to
Don), diſtant about twenty five miles from

They call them Zea
Tou, being in the nature of tutelar gods.

A VNoyace to New Calabar.

Bandy road, along the river, in the long-
boat, and arrived there at four in the after

noon. The king being then gone to Bandy.

oint with ſome ſlaves, to ſell to our people
aboard, I ſta id for his return, and employ'd my
time in walking about the town ;and obſerved
the country about it to be all overflowed,
being a low ſwampy ground, cut in many

places, with ſmall rivers running into the

great one of Dony. |

It has plenty of cattle, hogs and goats.
and a prodigious quantity of palm-wine,
which is their uſual drink. The cattle is
ſmall, eſpecially cows.

I lay that night in the King's houſe, near
his idol-houſe, which they call Jou-Jou, and
are kept there in a large preſs, full of the
ſkulls of their enemies killed in war, and
others of beaſts ; beſides a quantity of hu-
man bones and other traſh, tome of them
moulded with clay, and painted as at Cala-
bar. They are ſo ſuperſtitiouſly bigotted,
that any perſon whatever, who offers to
touch any of thoſe things with his hand, is
ſure to be ſeverely puniſhed, and in danger
of his life. .

Beſides thoſe 1dols, they worſhip bulls,
and a large fort of lizards, called Goranes

in the French Caribbee lands, as their prime
gods; and it is not leſs than death to kill
them.

Moſt of theſe Blacks are circumciſed, and

ſhow great reverence to their prieſts or Ma-

rabous; and whenſoever they kill any beaſts
for their own eating, they reſerve the en-
trails for their 1dol gods, which they lay on
the little altars erected in many places to
their honour. _
On the twenty fourth che king returned
home, and obliged me not to go away till
next day, to give time to the people to
bring down their cattle from the country,

it being the chief occaſion of my voyage
to get ſome there: yet the next day I

could get but three cows, and three goats,
the former at eight bars a-piece. About
noon, on the twenty fifth, I ſailed for Band)
with theſe cattle.

The king of Dony is a very g00d-natur*'d iu

civil man, ſpeaks Portugueſe, and ſeems to

have been inſtructed by Romiſb prieſts, who

are ſent over from time to time, from &..
Tome and Brazil. The firſt time he came
aboard our ſhip, which was on the ſeventh

of Fuly, we preſented him with a hat and

a firelock ; he invited us to traffick at his

town, and we promiſed to ſend now and
then ſome of our goods thither.

John Grazilbier's voyage to Dony in 1704.

Mr. Grazilhier told me he was once hunt-

ing of elephants at Dony, in the moon-ſhine,

with the king, and above an hundred Blacks,

armed with muſkets, cutlaces, lances and
ſaws, Cc. They ſaw ſeveral elephants come
near them about eleven at night, who were

going

Idol,

. _ aac Fug * - NT IT VIE TINT bak fs a: 2 e N . — —
, ts ris , Re i n e EET F LEE
. — BLOTS. 2 „ ͤsnn ͤ¶ò-ͤV» ; S S CTG „ r . Ee W 8 7 " 8 9 ö :
Eo ee CdS J!! ee ee Ce aheabindrs 7 84, I» DUR tt 7 ͤ c Cong nah aunty mv? Ran. 5 :
* e enn * EPS ; e 4 2 n FAB PIT « * * * 4
x N OY x: 1 4

m Fo WO
= * ih A 22 e * My
ꝛĩꝛiꝛ Se

8 e ee ee CAP e ee SO ERIE OAT +
ane og an A e e e EEE ˙ ! — 88 SOT
eee e Wan : .

— — *

— -

A ES Ee ern ne eee eee eee Ne ...... MST oF Febe $20
, ID IEP . 2 ; EI BET be hls COLLIE EF. rs SAWS * FRYE P =P 2 * 6

RR WWW A ? OL 8 R 5
888 ES RD 3 any 9 2 Torr "B's Ce 5 FEED Ee A ** W k N * 9 3 * to RE * $302,

*

*

72.7. Hate 26

—— —

—

CLAS
—,

— 3
EZ

EA
7

- ——
—
Cd

—
ws
8

MN)

\
Wd
\

8
1

— 2
ye — —
———

11
TN!
!

|
(\!
*

o

\

4
*

8
*
1

N

a
(RE
OPER

*
*

a” 1” a *

——
—
—
tit 111

e e

WW

— —
— —
—

£ ot
MILE LEAST INT]

MLS MICILID

Iii

1

n
k

0

—

—

=
1
ty

—
—

11770

—

— noe

222%

— _ ———

——______

|

*

— —
—

——

7

—
—

: 9 3
Ann Pan!

/

Told

N
1
A

5
I

9

404
1

8 4

2
Rcdonda at ab

*

—
— ——
— 3

.

—

——

, C45: [ "
45 /
/ f 7
1 , ,
N = - W
n
—
4 7% 7 * i
*
+
ä —— — — — ——ů— — — — ” " ag 1 * * wp 4 "w_ —_— ue?
— homing 8 3 . a RS — x _

— —_— OO

—

2

r _—_—_——
—— — owt. — — —

n
1

P

—

— —— —— —— —

5 ,
* ;
ON
YL _»
be
| | Q
| +a 8.
— JN .
5 N 2 my
; = „ 1
OS { \ * N
=> \ \
\ I N
. - 15 4 SW
' . ö
|; * 5
17 8 — J 1
; „ AED e
9 n C 2 { | \
771 / { \_-
n ＋ 0 \=
j 1 | ) = / \ \ W
| / | 8 \ \ W
ad ; <= 71 ) * 0 \ iN N & :
= | / 4 (A+ N 0 J Q
: ih f FN: \ .
lh 152 | =
r R
' f Ny) —
r ö 7 607 S ; SV
VN | / Ay =
18 WV) S
1 | = —
—
5 Pill.” = 4 JV
= "To 0 D
/ 140 ö 1
ö 19 ' \
WM! 8 L =
7% : WWU \ =
„1, 7 | q :
66 100 i Be)
76 ! =O
„,. f j N 7 A 8
7 4 10 *
7710 ul | N 6 1 2 Z
9357 4 * f * n 7 ; H ö 7 } f il, 7 79,
1 * > * EE WL WP .:. h / WW"
p - ! | 44> . 75 5 »
: OOF TL 1 „51 7 .
17 E 1. „1
5 —_ 4. J
TR J 1755 5
2 7% he)
: : 4 92 764 .
k 8 ee e „„ a
111 2 „ e 0 th b, W N |
es * — AM.
! WW a | r of þ \
X\ / _ \ Lp, £ ” 7 0 . N l [ ; !
{1 \\ : — „ l T a N |
. * | g 223 U * / . ; \ 1 O .
rss lt „ | | AY 11 |
WORE OR e \, 43 W || |
W. . |
W —
il
EP
WIL \ .
aun my
it Y
Min.. —
- K 8 E — .

it

2

one Lic.

The F

AR. An the
om CAF FO!

Ir
equi 07.

New Cal:

CORRF (YM.

Hd CALAB

* *.

A NEW

vulzarly ca

of GUINEA about it

or AFRICK

EY OP (>
8 N / =
8 — 5. 0 — 2
2 (.& a1 OP 1 <> |
; : ST 1 1
/ N A 4 © : | ©
* N / h / — |
© VE 1 — 8
8 A NEE * | / © bo |
a . 77 \ ge ; / Ga = .
5 7 * E \ | Wt 2
/ * | wy
I fs fo 658 Lill g 5 \ £2 ae
2 | \ MT bond W
hn 8 \ / | — \
os. | Uo
_— 1-7
( onogepy e N

AppoxJirog 10) AppQ OMAN 1 ll

[4 ©

PART

(Ag 418 cv
wo Oy S

al. Z, Late 27 2

JI vg fo Formbſa at 4.1.10 M. of Nord Latituide. |

A — —— — — d —7ͤ—U— 2 AGE Gs -

„ Fa : a
A.

y Coall

And allo of

ER.

MAPP of CAL/B AR RIVER

che Portu

4
.

BEAT!

NY HI

neſe RIO

S

in
A

A to DO

FTORMO

: q
1
*

4

in Me Pear 169 9 by Jevernd Flow Jointly.

ge, 0202310) 217 gude.

Sue 1 JHOJO C177 1H

Conntry

|

*

one Leagues above Nudel, Nee,

The Hackb ous

Pony River

Town of Bandy |
71 ths lau, Lias

* 5
_—
W -
N D ,
. 8
„* . . 5 ©
. „* * . C
« gd Re $7 7 SS oh of, A „ LV
BY 4 Sz, ® SaaS 2 Yo 200 N N -
e Sa 9% 90 50 40 <a -
. * = of 6 0.2.0 U 97 - " — N
*'*, . LC + C
. 7 223 —9 2
eee
. .
Coen gnee* oe * ff o%* 2
©0:6 2 2 % 2 . „„ 20.8
* 4+, „„

a2 e e ne
* een — +
75 T +.»

ACT ARD e202 — - J*®

2292 „ 3 192
. an BE * * .*

vs, Page of
.

andy Point

4 .. N RP”, a + v5 8 wn vo
. 7 . "AAEFRioReal)

a
oF

1133 42

. a 24
.* I
2

5 471
age
3
k
N I
6
x
8
ea

. .

FG ©: 0 2
= „
ONE BA. *

9 1 IT

a ColabarRiver.

—
*

PORE ION

— 009 Pr
I — rr nee GP;
r

—.— —
—

—

—— CN

— m Cn —

7
*
5

x

&

5

Li

.

|

e

2

8

By

*
TLY
1 E

go
were
Neg
mak
frig.

1

Fephant in

re OO... —

li of the

er taken CO
m
of

Late 27. U
ſi

afin g.
t

— — 2

A Vork to New Calabar. 463
going to the river to drink, ſome of them ing us his muſick, to the noiſe of which we Bargor.
were monſtrous tall and large; but the had a long diverſion of dances and ſports .=
Negroes durſt not attack any, thoſe animals of both ſexes, ſome not unplealing to be-
making ſuch a dreadful noiſe, that he was hold.
frighted at it. | On the eighteenth, being fair weather,

When the Blacks happen to kill an ele- we ſent the ſloop to look for an anchor,
phant, they cut him in pieces, and divide which captain Edwards had left behind, near
the fleſh among all the town's-people, who the bar, at his going out, his cable having
approve of it as good food, and have a na- broke; and at the. ſame time to ſound the
tural hatred for this bulky creature; which ſkirts of the bar, and ſet marks.
does them much miſchief, ſometimes entring On the nineteenth, towards night, the
their villages, and overturning twenty or floop returned, not being able to find Ed-
thirty houſes, and killing all ſuch of the in- wards's anchor, but found a channel pretty
habitants as are not nimble enough to make wide, that runs ſouth-eaſt, where there is no
their eſcape betimes. leſs than three fathom, and three and a half

The river of Bandy falls into that of Dony: at low water, and not above two foot of
the mouth of this latter being to the ſouth- fall; which rejoiced us very much, being
ward of the town, diſcharging it ſelf into near the time of our departure, .
the great ocean. This town is divided into On the twenty ſecond, we let fly our co-
E three parcels. | lours, and fired a gun, for a ſignal to the
I The town of Great Bandy is ſeated ina little Blacks, of our being near ready to fail, and
and, much as that of Calabar, being a to haiten aboard with the reſt of the ſlaves,
marſhy ſwampy ground, and ſomewhat and quantity of yams contracted for.
larger, but like it in buildings, and the in- On the twenty ſixth, came in a Zealand in-
habitants of the ſame manners, temper and terloper of ſixteen guns and forty men, in
religion, ſo that it will be needleſs to ſay two days from Prince's ifland laſt, with a
more of them; but I proceed to ſome general weſt ſouth-welt and ſouth-weſt by weſt
obſeryations concerning the river of New wind; and from Zealand in March before,
Calabar, and the trade there. having traded at the {vory, and Gold Coaſt,
nene Whilſt we were by degrees taking in our and thence gone to S. Tome to ſet his effects
lr talen compliment of flaves at Great Bandy, our there aſhore in truſt, came hither to look
mates, with the aſliſtance and advice as well for teeth; and thence, was afterwards to
of captain Edwards, and the Portugueſe proceed to traffick along the coaſt of Gabon,
maſter that lay there by us for a time, as of Congo, and Angola, for more eclephant's
ſome of the moſt experienced native pilots teetn.
of Bandy town, employed ſeveral days in We got an anchor of about eleven hun-
our pinnace and canoes, to ſound the chan- dred weight of him, for our ſloop, with.
nels, and depths of the bar and banks, that her maſts, tack-ſails, Sc. A high extortioh,
lie arhwart the river's mouth, betwixt Foko if ever any was; for we could have got four
and Bandy-point 3 with all neceſſary exact- hundred pieces of eight for the ſloop at
neſs and caution 3 and drew a map thereof, &.. Tome : but neceſſity forced us to comply
and of the rivers of New Calabar and Dony, to ſo hard a bargain, in the condition we
Murs 21, Which is here annexed, for the benefit of were reduced to, having but one only ſmall
14 ſea-faring men trading thither. anchor left us in fo tall and rich a ſhip,
Mi. It is cuſtomary here for the king of Bandy And accordingly, on the twenty eighth we
1 to treat the officers of every trading ſhip, exchanged the ſloop for the anchor, with
at their firſt coming, and the officers return the Zealander, and at ſix in the evening we
the treat to the king, ſome days before they failed from Bandy with the tide of ebb, and
have their compliment of ſlaves and yams a ſouth-weſt wind, tacking and working the
aboard. Accordingly, on the twelfth of ſhip down, keeping conſtantly near the ſhore
Auguſt, we treated the king, and his prin- of Bandy-point, to avoid the banks that lie
I cipal officers, with a goat, a hog, and a welt of it, on which are ſome rocks; and
4 barrel of punch; and that is an advertiſement at ten at night we dropped anchor within
2 to the Blacks aſhore, to pay in to us what the ſaid point, in nine fathom water, having
they owe us, or to furniſh with all ſpeed, Fko-point weſt by north of us, and that of
I what ſlaves and yams they have contracted Bandy at north-eaſt, about half a league
2 do ſupply us with, elſe the king compels from land, and two Eugliſb miles from the
them to it. At that time alſo ſuch of the breakings of the ſea, through which are ſe-
natives as have received from us a preſent, veral paſſages of channels. The channel at Direions
| uſe to preſent us, each with a boy or girl- ſouth-weſt and north-caſt of Bandy-point isſer ſailing.
E ſlave in requital. According to this cuſtom ſound, there being fifteen to ſixteen foot at

Flephant in

3
:
*
7
?
.
s
A
bs
by
x
144
*
t
2
\
4
9
5
55
5
q
3
& *
8
2
i
os >
he”
be.
3
*
7
2
*
1
by”
7 4
5
ye
I
7
1
*
%Y
Y
2
**
£
:
bY
N
£®
%
—f
Fr;
L
:
5
.
1
A
7
IA
. 8 A
ER. -
£4
1
2
a
1 =
iS
2M
*
vl
7 o
2
_
==
£52"
*
* 1
© al
—
Ui
_—
Ex
4
44 4
< 4
1
2 7
TR”
-* =
N +-
2M
"mm
1
N
3
N.
4
N
<3
-
-.
=
IH
0
=
9
Kr
-— xz
3
5 7
"44. 2M
DE
3t
3
<4
{oY
—
"16"
Bm
We 9
N 4
1
2
bes 7
Fe
2» 48
125M
-
*4
q
*
3:2
1
3
ES: -
i
_
oY
54
* - .
<8
Ap
8

=% 5 „
+
WE.
3 oe
Z ! 4
V ;
8 I

3
"Tan y

&= 7

1

8

*

TW

I \ \ 3 {©
r | * \

: 19] =
4 _ p
1
* | oh
1 þ >
i
1 17 N 11
5 þ
p .
: d1 4 $
4: i
j ? U

An
1 JH
| +44 3B N 4
ww H 14

14 4
111 i ;

7 i ! 11

1 1 1 4

1 ds 6

9 q .

1 10 $
ny ,
F 4 L_ *.

„ n . N o

ihe |
1 0 »

| 71 1. l M. »
1 Ly 4
bo 1 n
n
—_ :
& 4 ! \
7 | 3
1 ,
D 1
* 7
L "
+
_ L_
1 !
"A ; N 4
21 * 4
f : .
* 1
a +: f *
v3 33 3 *
Rr een,

1 '

| th:
if, .

1 * th, *

j t = it + 8 0

: 4 £
$41 - 1 IK
$1 $h7 F

1 ? ; =) H p
n : 4.4
17

16 1 :

& b "y 4

© * 4 ++
1 My 1 .

8 \

Fa. | U 10; l
. 1 1 4 j

"+ .0- 1. 48

4 is 1 b

U Ys U =

5. 6 1 1 5
oa A 3
*

13

1 of mie
11 . =_ fi.
l _ E

oF”) 4 5

\ N 1 4

4 [ j l l
2 1 * D
TS * , oa =
' ally

3 . þ
'Y F3 1
15 Wan

N. 4
+4 W :

38 © . Az

* N 1

* 1 K 1 4 1
15 7 n :

- *

4 9

yr. o *
1 a
q |
1 1 j
1 ' 1 1
N ; *** 4
5 f
4 N 14 Pr 7

284 0 8

* $ 3

[ f
: i bu

} 1

4 'T i : — 4
4

A i" : {
TITEL ©.
JF N ; 47 \ i
1 N 4 l t
14. 0000" » |
N Ai. a]
1 NY LH 4

41 1 '
1 { 8 19

. , .
* nig \ j
11 3 11 7
inen
| ($1 I'S!
1% 1 1 4
A. 1 1 *

11
118
| 1 *
*
4 i k
1%} i
0
i a
3 2 | ?
: UE :
i 4 + 1
; I ELF : ;
* 8 ö $
HIS: S |
4 { 5 :
Mein
1 Ti »
4 2 Be »Þ ' 1
+ Y : ' ? | 5
| 5 i119 \

(YL. + IND! 1
N » 7
e bil i f
41 Y
. " 1 N
n 11 1 7
4 T8 : 1
. . ö
e ? 1 5

* 4} * t o
41: 8 TL.

* * A. P 444
1 CF ? FL 1
7 J * 4
o Nadi 1
1 3 4 | :

» k * 1412 N

jy 1 1 917 5

14 1 | |
"THY i 1 * 1331 \
TE 'L 34 . '
Ou } x j

+ 51 41 * Li \

b ei |
y \ !
iF4h G 4

| ll T3 feb | 1

? 0 « 5

'L "$748 1
” 5 of .M! ;

: 15 © - 7 f

: + 'S:

/ 11 O
4 f 15 -

+ þ 1117 9
1 43 ”

N 17. 4 f

N vs 4

R tho ' b

f \ 1459 ik * U
10

it ' 3 0

4 7

: I 1 4
1 14 i I. 4

. 7 1

"FF £ 'S ; | y
7 : "7
WS: PT tht - N

. 145 1
4 ++ 5
1 1. * 7
: L 4
, 4 e |
f ot 4
1 ” 4
; J 44 n i g
1 1 :
F = 15TH ; +
13 N ö
+ {kad > Is ]
if x 'F7

: F tu * +

- i 77 is, 7 1
3

t 1

k p 1
7 W 4 ?
k : *

1 1 1

» . 1 THE TH 4
97 RB nnn
— Li 4 [ l : \
. = % * 11

MW: * > 3

; 75 | 1 1 4 I

\ 4 * N 1 19
1 11 1 4
* » 1

5

, } i 4

15 Ys i
Bid } be 118 £7
1 * . 7 [1 5
J =? : N þ
11 * 1 4
TT Wy. 1 i
5 My
TT * 1
"WH I . | .

3- f 7 0

1 7
17 z 4
EW © Bis:
408 48}
v5 4 '

: $1
y | PA r
} . 1

1 At 1
* 1
0 1
i
3-40 '
1 3 *
; Ba <5
4 9 1 * *
y go 1.5
I'S - 1
A iin
N ? |
5 19
IE 8
16
'% 4
1
Ll
C *$
: 4
* :
T1 "4
S

16
4
* 7
1
168
4 '
N. p
FX My
we 1 NY
Th.
} 1
o 10 2
.
2 8
if
B
*
7 hed TY
4 4
292 A 18
f + A
me id *
.
+ 1
5 1
44.
1499
1 4 22!
i | FR
X A
| 1 $1
|
1 12
i - *
4 1
in)
1
| 4x
; N
*
1 4 5
þ PU
4:
1 i
*
4
: 7 !
=
-

i
*
z
U
19
3
1
iN
15
in
N
|
1
q os
| WF
:
**
1

we treated the Blacks aſhore on the fifteenth
of Auguſt, and invited the Portugueſe maſter
to it, as alſo the Black ladies; the king lend-

low water; but being very narrow, it can-
not be well ſailed through, unleſs with a
land wind; and at this time of the year ſuch

are

———U—ʒè — EE Ne ———— » — - — — 0 4 wo — — — * — S

- — - — * — - 1 — ——_ 6 —— a *

” : - 2 — ——— — — — — — — — 8 f 2 — . — _ * — - * „ 1 Ne "= = a _ eY „
0

464 A VOYAGE to

BAR BOT. are very rare. Wherefore we reſolved to

S ergcet out the next day through the channel

that ſtretches to ſouth-eaſt; which is wide,

and much more eaſy to fail in with the
ſouth-weſt wind now reigning.

On the twenty ninth, at break of day, we
ſet ſail, the weather fair, and little wind from
ſouth-weſt, we tack'd three or four times
with the ebb. At ſeven in the morning we
came near to the breaking, the point of
Bandy then being at north north-eaſt, about
a mile from us; and Foko point Weſt
north-weſt, ſounding ſix, five, four and a
half, then three and four and a half; four,
three and a half, and three fathom and three
quarters. Having brought Bandy-point to
north by caſt, we got three and a quarter,
three and three quarters, and three fathom
on the ſkirts of the bar; Foko-point being

at weſt north-weſt, and Bandy-point north

by eaſt, half eaſt, we found four, and then
five fathom water. 1
It is to be obſerved, that there are two
high grounds or bars to paſs over; the firſt
is betwixt two ſhoals of a breaking ſea, where,
when you have got Bandy-point at north-
eaſt, and Foko-point weſt north-welt, there
is no danger at all to range the banks of the
ſouth-weſt very cloſe, the better to make

ſure the channel; which alſo is the deepeſt,

for there you have four, four and a half, and
five fathom, Coaſting along the ſaid bank for
ſome time, and having got the ſame aboard,
ſteering ſouth ſouth-eaſt for a while, to wea-

ther the breaking ſea at larboard ; and then
proceeding to the ſouth-eaſt by ſouth, until

you bring Bandy-point to bear north; then,

in a very ſhort time you'll get three and a

half, three and a quarter, three, three
and a half, three and a quarter, three and
three quarters, &c. for a mile's courſe. And
when Bandy-point bears north, ſomewhat
weſt, you are paſt the dangers, and may
boldly ſteer ſouth by eaſt for a time; for ſo
then you'll come on three and a half, three

and three quarters, and ſomewhat farther

four, five, ſix, and ſeven fathom.

By this courſe it is eaſy enough to carry a
ſhip out or into this river. 5

To carry a ſhip in, as coming from Jo-
point, on five and four fathom and a half, at
eaſt and eaſt by ſouth; and having brought
Bandy- point to bear north, and Foko-point
to welt north-weſt in four fathom, if you
have an ebb, you muſt anchor, if the ſhip
draw above ten foot water : and at the be-
inning of flood fail again, ſteering to north
north-weſt, which carries you directly be-
twixt the two banks, ranging that which
lies at weſt ; the bottom there being level,
flat, hard ſand.
We were aſſured here by the natives, they
had never ſeen ſo tall a ſhip, drawing near
fifteen foot water, get into their river : and

really it is almoſt a miracle we eſcaped ſo

has been obſerved before.

New Calabar.

well, and ſo narrowly at our going in, as

Mr. Grazilhier, who, ſince his voyage in wi
the Albion trigat, has made three more thi- hs
ther, commander of Engliſh and Dutch ſhips 1
aſſur'd me at Southampton, in 1705, that "*
the Dutch then made nothing of fetching 1.
ſlaves from Calabar, with ſhips of three or =
four hundred tuns burden, that nation hay- bd
ing now the greateſt trade there of any Ez. ſa
ropeans, as well for flaves as for elephants A
teeth; and that by the knowledge he has =
acquir'd, by often failing to new Calabas 2
river, he will carry in a ſhip of ſix hundred pr
tuns, without any danger, having found a in
paſſage of between four and a half and five 5
fathom at the loweſt water. a

In October 1700, he ſail'd from the Dons Fu for
directly to this river, in two months time, ln, 3
in a little Zg/i/þ ſhip, where he purchas'd 4 **
two hundred ſla ves at twenty - four and twenty Price: «f J in
ſix bars a man, and proportionably for a faves, 0
woman, becauſe of the great number of 3 15
ſhips, ſometimes ten, or more together, that 3 wy
were then trading, which quite drain'd the 1 en
upper markets; and arriv'd at Barbadoes in I di
April following. He has ſince made ſeveral I ”
voyages 1n the ſervice of the Dutch, being I 5
of late marry'd and ſettled in Holland. 2 0
In 1703, or 1704, the price of ſlaves at 1
Calabar was twelve bars a man, and nine a 9 .
woman. „ | KEY

The ſlaves got there, ſays he, are gene- þ
rally pretty tall men, but waſhy and faint, by ws
reaſon of their ill food, which is yams at beſt, 8
and other ſuch ſorry proviſions. A very x
conſiderable number of them is exported *
yearly from that river, by the Europeans; .
he having, as has been ſaid above, ſeen there *
ten ſhips at a time, loading ſlaves, which "Y
is the reaſon the price of them varies fo 1
much, being double ſome years to what it : F
is others, according to the demand there 1s y
of them ; the natives being cunning enough 5

* |

to enhance the price upon ſuch occaſions. =?
He computes there are alſo exported from I 5
thence yearly, from thirty to forty tuns o Gf

elephants teeth, all very fine and large, 4 0
molt by Dutch ſhips. 4 5
The moſt current goods to purchaſe ſlaves o in 85
at New Calabar, in 1704, were iron bars, ! 5
copper bars, of which two ſorts, a great“ “ 1
quantity, eſpecially of the iron; rangoes, 3 6
beads goosberry-colour, large and ſmall, f -
Indian nicanees, little braſs bells, three- 5
pound copper baſons, and ſome of two
pounds; Guinea ſtuffs, ox-horns for drink-
ing cups, pewter tankards great and ſmall ; —_
blue linnen, blue long beads, or pearls, ſpi- J 1
rits, blue perpets a few. ST 1 =
Mr. Grazilhier told me farther, that in \ oye
the months of July, Augilſt, and Sertembers [ 9

he obſerv'd the breaking of the ſea did ha
a

„

Jud for

lues.

Their tem-

.

A VovAGE to New Calabar,

and pitch from fifteen to twenty foot high,
all about the mouth of New Calabar river,
and without it, over the banks of the bar;
which is a good mark to all ſuch ſhips as de-
ſign to enter it, being ſo ſhown the danger.
But it is quite otherwiſe during the follow-
ing ſix months of October, November, &c.
when the bar is cover*d with ſeven, eight, and
nine foot water, and no breaking ſeen ;
wherefore the more caution muſt be us'd in
failing in. He added, that in the months of
Auguſt and September, a man may get in his
compliment of ſlaves much ſooner than he
can have the neceſſary quantity of yams, to
ſubſiſt them. Bur a ſhip loading ſlaves
there in January, Tebruary, Cc. when yams
are very plentiful, the firſt thing to be done,
is to take them in, and afterwards the {aves.
A ſhip that takes in five hundred ſlaves,
muſt provide above a hundred thouſand

yams Which 1s very difficult, becaule it is

hard to ſtow them, by reaſon they take up
ſo much room; and yet no leſs ought to be
provided, the ſlaves there being of ſuch a
conſtitution, that no other food will keep
them; Indian corn, beans, and Mandicca,
diſagreeing with their ſtomach; ſo that they
ſicken and die apace, as it happened aboard
the Albion frigat, as ſoon as their yams were

ſpent, which was juſt when it anchor'd at

St, Tome, after a fortnight's paſſage. from

Bandy-point, at Calabar. Beſides, thoſe poor

wretches, the ſlaves of New Calabar, are a
ſtrange ſort of brutiſh creatures, very weak
and ſlothful; but cruel and bloody in their
temper, always quarrelling, biting and fight-
ing, and ſometimes choaking and mur-
dering one another, without any mercy, as
kappened to ſeveral aboard our ſhip; and
whoſoever carries ſlaves from New Calabar
river to the Yeſt-Indies, had need pray for
a quick paſſage, that they may arrive there
alive and in health. To that purpoſe I would
adviſe, ſo to order matters at Calabar, as to

be in a condition to proceed directly to cape

Lope, and not to S/. Teme, or Prince's iſland.

All the ſhips that loaded ſlaves with the A-

bion frigate at Calabar, loſt, ſome half, and

others two thirds of them, before they reach'd

Barbadoes; and ſuch as were then alive, died
there, as ſoon as landed, or elſe turn'd to a
very bad market: which render'd the ſo
hopeful voyage of the Albion abortive, and
above ſixty per cent. of the capital was loſt,
chiefly occaſion*d by the want of proper food
and water to ſubſiſt them, as well as che ill
management of the principals aboard.

At old CALABAR, in 1698.
T HE ſhip Dragon traded there in April,
for two hundred and twelve ſlaves, men,
women, boys and girls, the ſhip being but
a hundred tuns burden; a hundred and two

men, from forty to forty eight copper bars
Vo I. V.

/

. copper bars four hundred and fifty

One baſon, No. 1.

per head; fifty three women, from twenty BAN RO.

eight to thirty ſix of the ſame; forty three

boys, from twenty to forty bars; and four-
teen girls from ſeventeen to thirty, accord-

ing to their age and conſtitution, for the

following goods. |

Iron bars ſeven hundred and ſeventy one;
two 3
rangoes ſeven hundred and thirty; beads
five hundred and forty ſix pounds, four
pounds making a bunch; pewter tankards
fifty two; baſons No. 1. thirty ſix; N?. 2.
twenty fix; Ne. 3. forty two; Ne. 4. forty
ſeven; linen two hundred and twenty yards;
knives ninety ſix; braſs bells, No. 1. eight
hundred and forty one; No. 2. ſixty two;
No. 3. ſixty nine; No. 4. fifty ſix. Theſe
goods reduced to copper bars, as follows.
Copper Bars.
One Bar iron — — 4
One bunch of beads
Five rangoes

One tankard

— —

N 4
3
4

The other numbers leſs in proportion.
One yard of linen — 1
Six knives — — 1
One braſs bell, No. J. — —3

The other numbers leſs in proportion.

Purple copper armlets, made at Loanda

de S. Paola, in Angola, area very good com-
modity here, and at Rio del Rey; and the
Portugueſe carry a great quantity of them.

> Paid for proviſions here. 5
Forty baſkets of plantains, ſixty copper bars.
Twenty copper bars to duke Aphrom for
game. |

Sixty to king Robin for the ſame,

Twenty to captain Thomas, at Salt-Town,
for the ſame. -

Twenty to captain Thomas at the watering-

place, for the ſame.
Twenty to Meltinon.
Forty to king Ebrero.
Forty to king 7obn,

_ Twenty four to king Oz.

Seventeen to William king Agbiſherea.
Seventeen to Robin king Agbiſherea.
Twelve to duke Aphrom. _
Thirty to old king Robin, at the watering -
place. 5 |
ST. TOM RE.

T HE principal perſon to be made uſe of Prices of
there, in 1699, to contract for provi- Proviſions.

ſions, Sc. was one Raphael Lewis, an emi-
nent Portugueſe merchant z but at the time
when the Albion frigate was there, all ſorts
of proviſions were exceſſive dear, and Euro-
pean goods very cheap, as for inſtance.
A thouſand ears of Indian wheat four pieces
of eight, or four Aktes.
Peaſe two Akies a buſhel.

6 C Fa-

— *
—

4 — = — — > — ——— — — — —— _ — IO — — 9 oO
1 — 5 — — — —
. : — 3
+ * - - - 1 2 : z — 4 — — — * + ” 5 = =» ==> 2607s Bea _ * — * 8 ZE 2 2
* q 4 —_— a 25 8 * . 5 8 — -— - 3 ” Xs - - A 6 * — 4 1
— — — —y—„̃ — —— — ANTE ©2008 — : — — — — a
— - 1 : i a 5 — — - - - = — = l — 1 - ” -
6 - — 2 4 - . as 7 ws K 2 2 l
yn Soc. Wt — Ds a re bi — — — — —— — | — —
bo 1 =. 4 * T A G Y ? \ — . 4 — — - a — . Co 3” . | l 22 =
- wth, rm ee _ — — _—— = _— _ LEY = - * wm _ o 2 L 2 — b = SR 1 2 wal 55 4 — 2 - > 4587 2 — ” - 2 2 23 - Pu FA
— a — = * a * — x 70 — — = — K I _ 4 * 7 . 2 4 4 L ' ev =_
—— - = — * T — by ; a — ah 2 . - 2 . |
* = _ — — — — _ . Ws % 4 ” 5 4 = - -
. *

—
— _

—

4 — E * &
* :

2 ———
1 1 8 = 2
=" == EI ů — —— — ME ——
7 p T Fl . 2 - % — 8 —
1 = I

1 1
135
*

i N
5 |
i%
3 * K
1 4
Af
1
1 .
1
4 2
. 3s
T [1
- bY. 44+
154
197 24
6
21
59 1
a 7.
230! 7,
1 x k
473!
1
14;
) © TH
8 1 1
Si
1
£
4.
Sat!
o
' TIF:
[4 ©
1134 f
1 114
* ,
TP
2 :
3
+
* 1
1 4
$47 .
N
£2421
"MI
i FEY
,
l
1 +
#
T2
* *
4
} 17
SE:
4

y

w
„ \
4

+
EK?
11%34
41
9
a
14
i# q
2 1
7 4
*% IÞ «
4 11
CIC
* i
:
9
|
©
*
"$
.
4
+34
Ly
,

—_— * =
— - hen - —— *
rt SILLAELESL
— — K 0 >. , r r
3 . . — — — et a = - — _ * —
po . . — >
— ' So o——
Ban — by
BY
2

— ig

— —— —ũœ > A
x” 2. 2 -

466
BaRBoT-

WVW Ahies and a half a buſhel.

Farinha da Pao, or Mandioca meal, two

A hundred coco-nuts one Akre.

A middle-fized hog, four Aties 3 the

largeſt, ſix pieces of eight.

An ox, twelve pieces of eight, and a very
poor one eight.

One Alkier of beans, one Akie, at that
time, by reaſon of the great drought.

The prices of European goods were
One piece of ſayes, ten Aktes.
Perpets, four Akies and a half.
Beads, three bunches two Axies.
Proportionably for other goods, being

ſcarce the firſt coſt in Europe.

Note, That an Akie of gold is valued there
at one piece of eight.

The Albion frigate paid the following du-
ties in 1699.

To the governor for anchorage forty one
Akies. 1

To the captain of the ſea, one Ate.

To Raphael Lewis, for his commiſſion,
ten Akies.

In all fifty two Akies.

A Voracet to New Calabar.

„

Paris Gazette, November 9, 1709.] We
have received advice, that the ſieur Parent,

commanding four frigates, arm'd for pri-
vateers, after having taken the Engliſb fort
in Gambia river, in Africa, and a ſhip loaded
with Black ſlaves, afterwards failed thence to
the iſland of St. Tome, belonging to the Por.
tugneſe, and had taken the town and the
caſtle, defended by above three thouſand
men well arm'd, took there a great booty,
and carried away thence ſix ſhips of ſeveral
nations, richly laden.

ANNOB ON.

1* 170, there were above a thouſandBlacks Grass.
in the iſland, on the ſeveral Portugueſe hiers
plantations, to cultivate all manner of j*ma!. 4

Guinea proviſions, and breed ſmall cattle,
which turns to a very good account to the
proprietor, who is a Portugueſe lord, that
owns the iſland. There we got in abun-
dance of water, wood, hogs, goats, tama-

rinds, Mandioca, meal, Guaiavas, oranges,

lemons, &c. The iſland produces a very
great quantity of cotton. We anchored on
the north fade of it.

C

DESCRIPTION

OF THE

LOWER E

THIOPIA.

The PREFACE.

1 Ended the deſcription of the coaſts of Guinea
at Rio de Fernan Vaz, which is the
greateſt extent of the coaſts properly ſo
called, according to the moſt common and ge-
neral acceptation among European travellers,
who at moſt extend them no farther than cape
St. Catherine, /ome leagues ſouth of the river
Fernan Vaz. |

Now in order to compleat the deſcription of
the trading ports and coaſts of the Blacks,
both in Guinea, and the Lower Ethiopia, ad-
joining to it, for the ſatisfaftion and benefit of

ſea-faring men, and adventurers to thoſe paris

of Africa, which bas been the principal deſign
of this work; 1 will add to the aforeſaid de-
ſcription, a ſhort account of the coaſts of Bru-
mas, Sette, Loango, Cacongo, Goy, Congo,
and Angola, as far as the coaſt of Benguella,

or the kingdom of Butua ; all theſe, and other

regions eaſt and ſouth, being comprebended in
the Lower Ethiopia, or South Guinea,
ftretching out about a hundred and eighty
leagues from north-weſt to ſouth-eaſt, in a di-
rect courſe, from cape St. Catherine 10 the river
de Moreira, which is in ten degrees and a half
of ſouth latitude, about thirteen leagues to the
ſouthward of cape Ledo in Benguella.

What I am to ſay on this head, I have

partly collected out of Dapper, and partly
from the maps of the coaſts of Africa, made by

expreſs order of the kings of Portugal, in
whoſe reigns the firſt diſcoveries of thoſe coaſts

dere made; the late M. d' Ablancourt, whilſt

he reſided at the court of Portugal, with the
character of envoy from the king of France,
having found means to get exatt copies of thoſe
maps, fo carefully kept by the aforeſaid kings for
their private uſe, and after the ſaid M. d' A-
blancourt*s death they were publiſhed at Am-
ſterdam, by Peter Mortier, anno 1700. 1
have alſo made uſe of Carli, Merolla, de la

Croix, Robbe, du Pleſſis, and other modern

travellers and geographers. To all this Thave

added a journal of a voyage to Congo, in the
year 1700, by James Barbot, jun. my bro-
ther*s ſon, ſupercargo ; and John Caſſeneuve,

at firſt ſecond, and afterwards chief mate in
the ſhip the Don Carlos of London. And for
the entertainment, and beiter information of
the readers, I have thought proper to ſubjoin
a ſhort account of the inland countries, and
neighbouring nations, from the aforeſaid tra-
vellers and geographers.

*
- ——

— — 4 by —
— — — * » * TAS 4 ey —
3 - q — — —
* — > * -—- 3 = >? 2 ? — oy
2 a — — 1 R 42. + Re oy > — * —
2 1 n — —
2 —
— 4

8 _ 6 =
+ _ bs _ _
3 Py * ”
: —
.

4 —

1
| |

|
4 o
)
wy

1
C
q

W-. - ak. Aa. 2

© „

* ö 1 * 3 =>
8 1 - g f \ g
1 0 |
1 4
, 1 | \ Y
4 N 3
q
| =" 39 4.
i 4 | __
S » L be: 8
15 *
nn 13 l
N i f {5 F
: 1 ; =_ ”
44 1 l N
1 7 „
X 0 IF ne;
| „** I, \
; _
| T#+£* '
1 3
4 | l ,
4 1
#1 .4 XI * TH Y
: ; Fr * 5,
1 Fe ol l
bn Mk -, 9
, l . . . vf .
l 6 |} A
{
1
5 1 1
| | IIe
| o
8 | i 1 "
a.: Mt: i
q , \ "
»f 17 / - o
! ö a 4
i 5
þ by +.
' . oP
1 il i -
11 _
Fi \ $ *
| | \,
| 7 * 145
ö /
1
1
4 \ 4
2 \ \ 4
* 1
W | =
3 +» a o
* 1 * 1287 4
4 P + { 4 iq »
| . .
# 5 '
: ” | E - _ l
'
I . n
Aan a
i» EY ' i
: 4 - „ 79+ Z
: * 3
$i it 1 - & =
& "is _ *
4 17 1 6
11 Fi * 15 =
40 FE N — 16
' l 35 4 1 y \
i | {08 145: INS
Nie
; * F*
| a " N 3
f N BOT
1 7 : "= .
: 4 2H - n _—_
{+ 5 I. d L
1 < * —
iin 55
R os Z
* 14 o 1 N 1
ö 1 bb. ! T}) 3 |
' #1 "at. l \
i l 7 |
| f \ N 1
JS J . t |
"wh N 1 \ l
+ . N U ; i :
; 14 _ j 4 1 *
N CS ) 0
* [ nN 1 — * 0
; ; 7 it
F 9 1 1 71
os 7 1
119 4 3
i : [T; &
N 1] : 760 "5
i ti ls «
1 2 : } [
\ 4, bak. þ
L1H | 1+.
ö . ; — 1 ;
1 1 K 3 7
+ 1%: Ot n ' [
3. \ Fx 1
"WY \ od + -
; : N A 11
: R. 4 N
i 13 yy
' ;
; *
; +4
3 d
wy © ' 7
12
KH - 1 *
+ »
o 7
i 1 $ f 4
| 4
: 5 N 1
1349
1 ! *
N 144 1 .
4. «44 *
. : tif; 11
1 1 o 1
4 0 et ;
| 2 16 4 | n
* "I 1 + 1
N f in
! G 7 1 '
[4 3 * oa? 11 þ
8 £ y 44
10 ; N |
| '2 "FF - = 6
- v \E 0 * ; f .
* | G : ; "*
N 4 it pf : y .
} a 1 :
1 b \ | 7
7 N : | : 1 *
Iii N *
| : 74
-+ . 1 1
; i * ;
i —
5 N 7 N
" "2 + 1
12 q 113 p 11 !
> 4 if, $
1 ' * i b
oo \ 1 * : }
b 1 { ; $31 U
, F W354:
; HT
f b 436 \ i
x 3 \
\ 48 . g
4 4 2 N 11
en
x j* © 7 * 4 [
* N wat 1
: A 1
| - 11 + : g G
27 To 'f, ?
1 U N 1-7 on
diy 's '
111 215
11 ; 9 Y
1 ! L 5 :
p BY! Tr
14. l j
+ $3..-5- l p
4- N { .
* 2 0
$1 -» 6 1 0
4 # ene
U Ng
117 3
1437 + Ji'ks %
ay © iy N
[1 IH Te + © 7
10 1 f
1 | To; .
* } x
11 { N ?
1 . ä hs 3 ,
[1 þ itt 1 9
t ; 1 { 7— 7 b
5 U j * |
; F 1
44 10
7 # pl
: F 70 [ \ . [1 $
is. 7 h _ =
U 1 ; N
| g ; yo
: 4 F : * 4
96 4k 189
1 11
4 1.5 © 2 4 z
| 7 , 5 pi : *
U 17. *
1 4 19989
' 1 1 28: | i
i 4 © " 1 .
1 4 .
714 91
4 is * 22
*
14 57
1 N {49
o : * { N
43 G
5 r r
4 1 ; er ö
1 7 4 +4 * . 1 «
N . 1 q A
4 F , ! 151 4 1 i
; _ | 11% .
+339" Y [ |
þ bs ? *
! f 41 ö 1 l
Wh.
* FI . 8 vg : ö 6 1
27 5 7 1 |
: " 15 5 19 4
ad þ* + UTE |
" — F \ ” . 1
"> 4 1 1 1 F
2 . 5 N 1
. 3 3 '
5 1 * Ry BBY 1 "
ö 1 42;
6 ; 14 7 4
* 1 8 » 4
+33 - BY 1 j i
$7; 1. 1 "© - 3 " 4 1
WEIS is 11 ; LI 0 5
x er WEE
1 1 2 4s
= 78 FI 16 '
F + by n
- 2 5 o I
it; f ;
; p . 5
' 84:48; |! $t'; 9 {8
+B: m1 © i
4 i. C5
\ L f 4 £
M 1 1
2 1 1
. J * * N
* 257 140
4 ++ FF } 0
J 44 y 1
- 4 7 1 5 k
1% 4 ' "of,
14 5 9
4 2 46 *
1 8 ?
141
| Fit. y 1 i
y 7 7 1 *
- hy * 4 9
8 . L « 1 1
2 27 T7 is i * {
$3 & 23) f J fl F U
N. 1. 85
x 4 3 *) +.
12S 7 ö
! T . ,
K
- > :
! + &y „5
4
1 1
1 i
4
£7 ba
& I' bt 1
4 1 4 &
2
£ 5
+ 1
F T l
3 1
+ K 3
* ;
4
stFY
. ff ;
C ?
: 1 s
y 43 A n
f 4 b
A 47 1
= 2 -
j .
1 1
q ;
N fy.
F t:
1 1 | ,
' | ,
4 0
1
1 4 q
3 1 q F
N 119 !
1 TY U
4 * '
; 4 123 4
14 y .
f :
Ip = \
: l — o N
h S H
hwy 4 * 7
5 1 ' n i
\ Ir.
44
4 1
92 4
? 4 4
. 1
1
4 b 1
4 F 1
7 F 435
1 * 19
1 1 * BP . ” %
Y {WF $2 +
= = 73 \
* N . -
y :
: .
| :
* +: J J.
TY : þ 1
0 . I.
4 , 14 9
*** *
7
1 : l
' 7
* - $
i i [ $ | :
« 2 4
TEM a *
11. 1 . :
G 1 f
o 64
4 [> ö
* 7 1
10
1198 1
1 »
is Y G *
9 *
1 in
* = *
, Lu-
5
1 Ps
of £
by
A *
£
| 7
1 7 $5
b 4
FT
- . ; 2 1
F *
WG [
[ 4 *
1 p
mnt
if
*

=y
— <

A DescruPTION of

468
De ſcription of the Lower Ethiopia, begin- the
mw ning Weſt of Cape St. Catherine. Er

wine, call'd Malaffa, the trees Mabba, the
nut Iinba, and the pith or kernel Inbonga.

water; yet farther in, is of a conſiderable

bigneſs, breadth, depth and length, ex-
tending

1 it 1
Bannor, FROM cape St. Catherine to Porto de They have alſo poultry, but not many ; q 2
* Mayemba, or Mujumba, in the juriſ- but the woods afford all ſorts of wild beafts. 1 as [
diction of Sette, is about forty leagues along The rivers feed many water elephants, and ; the
the coaſt from north-welt to ſouth-eaſt, and divers fiſhes; but the land breeds few cattle, | ma
- Sette „i. ſouth-eaſt by ſouth. There being only two beſides beaſts of prey. 1 pal
ver and. rivers, ſtreaming from the inland country The inhabitants feed upon millet, bana- , fiſt
town. of Bramas, from the eaſt-north-eaſt into the nas, and wild creatures, „ l
E:hiopick ocean, the firſt at north, being in Their language has ſome affinity with Langu the
the Baya Comma, but is a ſmall river of no that of Loango, differing only in ſome few ang
note; the other at the ſouth of it, is Rio words; ſo that they eaſily underſtand one 1 gir;
Site, a pretty conſiderable river, gliding another. | = ing
from a great way up the inland, on whole They make wars upon their neighbours, rec
banks is ſituated the town of Sette, ſome eſpecially thoſe of Comma, between cape de Sel
ſay thirty two leagues, others only a day's Lope, and Goby ; this latter being a territory as
if Journey from its mouth; and is the principal full of moraſſes, lakes, and rivers, all navi
| town of that juriſdiction, govern'd by a gated by canoes, WC
|| woman. | The commodities brought out of Europe, Cod ins MM of
| Ten leagues from Sette river, to the ſouth- hither, are, muſkets, powder, bright cop-?9%*. | ſh
fy ward, lies Cabo Segundo; and ten leagues per kettles, white and brown linnen, and ;
{ farther ſouth of it again, 1s cape Niger, on ordinary cloth. I in
the north ſide of Porto Mayomba, three de- Their arms are arrows, bows, and jave-Atatin. uw
1 grees and a half of ſouth latitude; and be- lins, the firſt they call Inſelto, the ſecond ; zo
ji twixt them up the inland, are the moun- Mata, the third Fanga and Zonga. th
1 Mountains tains of the Holy Ghoſt, by the Portugueſe In all other cuſtoms, religion, and con- m
| | 9 = Holy call'd, Serras do Santo Spirito, which take juration, they agree with thoſe of Loango. | fi
| up a large compaſs of land; and beyond The port of Mayomba lies in three de- Maroni be
[| them north, are large woods, foreſts, and grees and a half ſouth latitude, as has been lt.
i lakes. obſerv'd, and north of Loango and of Rio 1s
| This province of Sette lies about ſixteen Comby, bordering weſtward on the fea ; de
Red wood. Miles north of Porto Mayomba, and yields where appears a high black point, by the a
extraordinary plenty of red wood, beſides Portugueſe nam'd Cabo Negro, black point, L
other ſorts of timber. Of this red wood they becauſe it looks black afar off, by reaſon fl
have two ſorts, the one by thoſe of Seite of the great number of trees planted on it C
call'd Quines, which the Portugueſe uſed to very thick. 5 .
buy, but not eſteem'd in Loango; the other Next this cape follows a road for ſhips, t
By-Ceſſe, being much heavier and redder, by failors call'd the road of Majumba, a- V
bears both a good price and reputation. The bout half a league in length; that is, from | 4
root of this By- Seſſe, call'd there Angaſſy cape Negro to the oppoſite ſouth point, = 5
Aby-Sefſe, exceeds in hardneſs and deepneſs which is low, and overſpread with trees. VN t
of colour, which makes it valu'd. Within the country you diſcover a red 1
With this wood the natives drive a great mountain, by the Blacks call'd Metute : not i
trade, all along the coaſt from Mujumba far off a great ſalt lake, a mile broad, out a
to Angola, dealing very ſeldom with any of which ſome waters about half a mile
other than their own people; being at firſt northward of Cabo Negro run into the fea ;
brought from Sette, where the governour but the paſſages are ſometimes choak'd up Via ri. 1
receives the cuſtom of ten in the hundred. by the waves, which beat violently againſt 3
— The Blacks are here yet more deceitful them. — .
2 and treacherous than thoſe of Loango; of On the ſhore ſtands the village Majumba, The vil. |
whom II ſhall give the proper character af- built in one long row, ſo near the ſea, that lage. |
terwards. the incroaching waves often oblige the in-
There grows in the country great and habitants to remove behind the village. On
ſmall millet, the firſt call'd among them the north ſide of this port, lies a river full
Produs Maſſa Manponta, and the other Maſſa Min- of oiſters, that pours its waters into the
kale. They have likewiſe great plenty of po- ocean, and has in its mouth, at moſt not "
tatoes, call'd there 1qua Anpotte, and palm- above ſix, ſometimes but three or four foot amy

Qui ye.

ter,

Dingo
Witry,

the Lower Ethiopia. 469

tending at leaſt fifteen miles up the land, to
the great help and conveniency of thoſe that
fetch red- wood, which otherwiſe, they muſt
carry much farther; whereas now they bring
it in canoes down the ſaid river.
The country about Majumba, 1s barren
as to grain, but abounds in bananas, call'd
there Bittebe, and Makordo, of which they
make bread ; there is alſo abundance of
palm-wine, and the rivers have plenty of
fiſh. , |

Here is no peculiar prince, but one of
the counſellors of ſtate to the king of Lo-
ango, call'd Mani-bonne, deputy of Loan-
giri, who governs the country for him ; be-
ing only accountable to the king for the
red-wood, brought down by the river from

Sette, which pays him ten in the hundred,

as has been obſerv'd.

The inhabitants drive a trade of this red-
wood, which they call Takoel, to Goy, north
of Rio Zair, to barter it for Simbo cloth, as
ſhall be hereafter declar'd. |

The women of this country fiſh for oiſters,

in the abovemention'd river, north of Ma-
jumba, fetching them up in great trays from

the bottom; then opening and ſmoaking
them, they will keep them good for ſome
months. Theſe ſmoak'd oiſters, as all other
fiſh or fleſh ſo ſmoak'd, they call here Bar-
belte. „„

Somewhat to the ſouthward of Majumba,

is a bay by the Portugueſe named Enſeada
de Mvaro Martins, and ſome leagues farther
again ſouth, another, by the ſame call'd
Angra do Yndio, having a cape at ſouth,

from which ſtretches off to ſea a bank,

call'd Baixos do Yndio, and ſome leagues

ſouth of this again, is a river, named by

the Portugueſe Rio das Montas, near to
which, that is, eight or nine miles ſouth of
Majumba, lies the point call'd Quilongo or
Sellage, the name of the next village. This
tract of land appears to ſhips at ſea, com-

ing from the ſouthward, with two moun-
rains, in the ſhape of a woman's breaſts,

and thence calPd by the natives 24anny,
and by the Portugueſe Aſduas Montas.
Two miles to the ſouthward of theſe two
mountains, glides into the Atlantick the ri-
ver Quila or Loango, abounding in fiſh, pre-
cipitating it ſelf with a ſtrong water-fall into

the ſea, and over againſt its mouth ſome-

what off to ſea, lies an iſland.

The European goods fit for the trade of
this tract of land, are the very ſame as
before mention'd, brought to the coaſt of

Sette.

Far inland lies the country of Dingo or
Dingy, which borders on the kingdoms of
Loango, and Vanquy; a large country full
of towns and villages, tributary to the king
of Loango, yet has its peculiar lords, who
rule by ſucceſſion.

Vol. V.

Deſcription of the Kingdom of LO ANG O. Bangor,

QOmewhat ſouth of Quila, about a league WWW
from the ſhore, lies the great town of Loango

Loango, the metropolis and imperial court“
of this kingdom, in four degrees thirty mi-
nutes of ſouth latitude: the natives now call
it Barra Loangiri, and Boary or Bury was
the ancient name they call'd it by.

The ground-plat of it takes as much in
compaſs, as our famous city of York in Eng-
land, but is much more widely built; it
has large, ſtrait and broad ſtreets; of which
the inhabitants take great care, that no graſs
grow, nor ſoil lie in them: they are very
regular and neatly planted with palmetto-
trees, bananas and bakoros, which ſtand in
a line. Some of thoſe trees are alſo behind
the houſes, and ſometimes quite round
them, and thus ſerve both for ſhelter and
ornament, |

In the midſt of the city is a great market- The king's
place, and on one ſide of it the king's court, Palace
ſurrounded with a hedge of palm-trees, con-
taining in circuit as much ground as ſome
ordinary towns, beautify*d with many houſes
tor his women, of which he is reported to
keep ſeven thouſand, that live ſix or eight
together, not daring to ſtir from their ap-
pointed ſtation, without the king's leave or
the overſeer's, who keeps a diligent and
jealous eye over them.
The houſes are built with two gable-ends, Hoxfe:.
and a ſloping roof, which reſts on long
thick poſts, that lie upon ſtays about two
or three fathom high; the breadth, length,
and heighth of them near alike, that they
may ſtand in equal and uniform diſtances ;
and within, they have ſometimes two or
three rooms or chambers, apart; in one of
which they keep their riches, and that has
a door at the hinder end, lock*d up with a
double lock ; ſome have round about, a
fence of palm-boughs plaſh'd ; others of

| bulruſhes wreath'd; ſome make Lebonge or
wickers braided together, which incloſe ſix,
eight, or more houſes; and they dwell in
them as in a precinct, being to each other
very truſty, and in all accidents helpful.

Their houſhold ſtuff conſiſts chiefly in parniture.
pots, calibaſhes, wooden trays, mats, a
block whereon they put their caps; ſome
ſmall and great baſkers of a neat faſhion,
into which they put their clothes, and other
trifling things.

The kingdom of Loango, formerly calld
Bramas, according to Pigafet, and other geo-
graphers, begins below cape St. Catherine
before mention'd, and extends ſouthward to p,;.: of
the ſmall river Loango or Louiſa, in ſix de- the king-

rees of ſouth latitude, by which it is divided dom.
— that of Cakongo. On the welt it is
waſh'd by the Ethiopick ſea, and borders at
eaſt, on the country of Pombo, about a
hundred leagues from Loango. Samuel
6 D Bruno

_—
—— — -
WT;
-s
ZE.
.

4

—

by
_— — — —
* 7

— —— ä——v ernment
E 8 :

_ ——— — 2
= „„ —

— x

A Nn 3
rY | WY
* "—_ (
| S361 -
[4 1 *
1 * (
.
1 %
#, «
;
r IF |
5
N (1

of"

Ie
ö a ts
- r + 4

7 by

|

7 i

1

* :
En 1
on =
N 1
4, .
} Ly
4? : 1
El Lu

1 . 4

* ; [1 n

* n

7 J
+ 1
11 1

7 3 4 n

160 5

171 ? =

i' =
: JS 13 Bo

1
if 4
i it 4
IT 7
er 1 '
4+ 1 4
TT

Has,

9 *
14
1 ik
1 11

it * ; _

14 — ik 1

| it1 * th
1

111

mt

—

*
18
T; * of!
j
'S THE

4
17 5 5
NN 11
4 iy
. | 47
7
3 4
. .
; 1 11
£4317 |
4 3 8
1 *
*F 17
+ 1
5 14 *
"TT
$17 4
f 14
14 F
1
11 ' 14
1 3
1 Tx :
N
HE! ; 1
* 4 ! F
4,28 b :
1 .
. Wt.
: by
2423 N
/ : 1
17
pl
; ? l
*1Þ £+ bs. 4
P39 F
8 1: 428
. — 1
'TF an
* 7: o-
$64 .
a Ne
| . if 4
*% 7 t {
* * 4
4).
i JOE 2
1 44: *
= ; fl 1
| : q it G F
"7 ”
- * 1 *
£x
| 4
K n -
; * d! 4 1
\ | N
15
? 4 i ix
» | I? . by
if 11
1 i
18:1; 41.
* 5 ©
'7 1
l » of. n
q : F
$ i * + T&
4 [ Phd
| wt
11
11
„
4. ö
1 \
{ C
i
+ + 4 | :
i 3
1
11 N
. 41
#2 4 *
z n :
? . 14
NRW 14 3: < Bi
#64 3
MM 0485
0 4 q
E Nt |
£3 F* i
, 'F- 3
J 11 1
1 14
; Iz
5 *
11 ..
1 « * 4
wr 4. {35
ik £ =
is | + 138;
* Bas 4 "7 71 4
ie 1 3
; k
14
13: 1 *
* 141 4 4 1
4 18 L&
1 N
i 4.
IF i. = 7 &
WW; |
þ 4 J l N
enn
1 FF =; 4
$4143 1
n
q] 1 N F
4 Þ
'{#* i % -
- [IEF if i
17 N ! \
.
1 1 ; 4
4.
1 ö
. $12 14 f p
el - i. 4 v4
F Wk þ *
| by
*,, . ,
' *
7 * «
7
£ N 7
"9 72 1
4 : G - =
48 *
4
3 l +
77 *
5 3© 4
Git
1 9
| x £5 . 1.
114.
. :
. [2
1
p ad 4
" + 4; :
4 |
1
5 6 ties 4
1. F- it Þ +
= i : *
- | . . *
0 : ,
+, IS 3
# 2
2 ? 1 4 «
1
f $1
: i *
* 1
0 *
13
3 4 v 7
4 11
4 k 4 4
1 -
ö * 1
1 1 "
9. 19717
7 |
4 ö 9
17 }
4 = *
; 6 1
j 10 5
*
4
y 2, .
LE - *
Ss. * b
1 . 7 . 1
N 1 + x
Fro *, ö
3 5 1 7
8 4
[ -
"7 'F
. $4 .
1
5 1 1
** .
1 * : :
y 1
* 1
'1 -+ FEE
1
# :
|
% |
Y 1
«KY; {8
v4, . .
1 F a
1 %
14
= 4237 Fl
. 5 2
N 4
4 1
3
7 1
g 1
4 | -
{7 -
: *
1 2
44 l
7
FFP 1 * ö *
. 3
P - R HK
* [1 »
.
44 ©
* * | f
4 ,
i . 1 5
37
+ WD +
a 4 ?
4 7 -
6
l YT
+7 4
7 * 2 Ly
: 4
= oy
1
*
U
1
1 17
+ l
4 N 1
13
1

Co ea æ Q — UN n
** — _—_— ur on —
— ——

—
3 -

470

BARBOT.

Provinces.

Loangiri.

Loango«
mongo.

Chilongo.

Piri,

A DesCrIPTION of

Bruno ſets down for its boundaries, in the
ſouth the river Zair or Congo; and in the
eaſt, the people Ambois and Anzikos, who
are man-eaters,

This kingdom contains many provinces,
among which, the tour chiefeſt are Loangiri,
Loangomongo, Chilongo, and Piri. |

Loangiri has the advantage of many ſmall

rivers, to water and refreſh the ſoil, and
by that means is very fruitful, and exceed-

ing full of people. The inhabitants ſubſiſt

by fiſhing, weaving, and the wars.

Loangomongo is a large and hilly country,
abounding in cattle and palmetto-trees ; ſo
that palm-oil may be had cheap.

The inhabitants are either weavers or
merchants. From this province the kings of
Loango drew their original; yet time and
the viciſſitude of affairs had almoſt excluded
them from it: but at laſt having freſh infor-
mations, and finding themſelves more po-
tent in arms, they invaded it, and reduced
the country to their ſubjection.

Chilongo exceeds all the others in bigneſs,
being alſo very populous, in ſome places
mountainous, and 1n others, carpeted with
verdant and delightful plains and valleys.
The people naturally rude and clowniſh ;
but have great ſtore of elephants teeth.

Piri lies plain and even, full of inhabi-

tants, well ſtor'd with fruits and woods, and
ſtock' d with great abundance of cattle, be-
ſides innumerable poultry. _

The inhabitants are a quiet people, averſe
from wars, and for their carriage well be-
lov'd by their king, and ſurpaſſing all their

neighbours in rich commodities ; yet their

chief maintenance drawn from paſturage
and hunting. 5
Loango, according to the beſt information
the Europeans can draw from the ancienteſt,
and moſt experienc'd Blacks, has been di-

vided into divers territories, as Majumba,

Chilougo, Piri, Wanſi, and Loango, each

inhabited by ſeveral people, and ruled by a

particular governor; who, at pleaſure, warr'd

Wildpeople.

upon his neighbours.

In antienter times the natives were all
wild, and man-eaters, as ſtill the Fagos are,

' who dwell towards the eaſt and ſouth-eaſt.
They uſed bananas for bread, and fed on wild

beaſts, hunting elephants, buffaloes, wild
boars, bucks, and ſuch like; and fiſhing in
the rivers and the ſea. Theſe countries,
through the private feuds among the go-
vernors, were ſubdued by Mani Loango,
who boaſted his extraction from Lerri in Ka-
kongo, and politickly made leagues with
ſome, by their joint force conquering others,
and then pick*d quarrels with the reſt ; but
had much trouble with Mani Wanſa, and at-
terwards again with Mani Piri, and Mani-
Cbilongo; by whom he was twice beaten.
But by his great power they were at laſt

made his vaſſals; upon which, Nani Mz.

jumba ſubmitted himſelf : after whoſe ex-

ample, all the places lying northwards, as
Docke, Seere or Sette, yielded to him.

Mani Loango, thus criumphant, divided The 5 f
theſe countries among his chief counſellors cn

of truſt, and committing the care of his
own to a deputy, went and liv'd in Piri:
but the place he firſtpitch'd on, not pleaſing
him, whether for its mountainouſneſs, or
that it lay too far from the water, he went
thence, and ſettled in a place, where to this
preſent the kings of Loango keep their court,
the name whereof is Banzat Loangiri, or ra-
ther Loango; but the Blacks call it Boary,
as has been obſerv'd, being ſituate in a part
of Piri.

The inhabitants of Piri were call'd Mos
Viſſer, or Mouviri, a compound word of
Moutfie and Piri; Moutſie ſignifying people:
fo Moulſie Piri ſignifies people of Piri;
and for brevity, pronounced Mouviri. So
likewiſe, Loangiri is the contraction of Lo-
ango and Piri, which join'd together, makes
Loango-piri, and for quickneſs of ſpeech,

Loangiri.

The better to ſecure his new-gotten domi-

nions, Mani Loango ſettled his brothers and
ſiſters in the greateſt cities or towns about
him, viz. in Cape, to havea vigilant eye
over whatever might threaten danger from

above; and in Bocke, Chilongo, and Salaly,

to ſuperviſe and prevent any ſudden attempt
from below. OT

The chiefeſt towns of Loango, are Cape, ita I
the reſidence of the king's ſiſters, Loango his

own, Congo, Piri, two Chilongos, Jamba,
Cotie, Seny, Gonmo, Lanzy,

ney from Loango, beſides many ſmall ones
farther in the country; as Jamba, Congo,
Cayt, Bocke, Piri, Cotie, and the Chilongos.

The country of Loango affords Maſſa- Product. |
Mamponta or great millet, Maſſa Minkale |

or little millet and red millet, which they

uſe inſtead of tares : alſo potatoes, call'd
Limbale, Ampaita, Bakovens, Injamms, with

Imbale, Emtogifto or ginger, and other
ſtrange fruits, as Goebes, Mandonyns, or
Dongo and Fonſi; and ſome herbs, the chief
of which they account 1z/anſy, bitter of taſte;
Imboa, and Inſua, purſlain, and wild fe-
verfew. They have alſo Malanga, or pom-
pions ; Mampet, or ſugar-canes; Mibenga,
a Juicy fruit; and Maye Monola, or tobacco.
Grain of paradiſe, or Malaguette, by them
called Indonga Anpota ; but in no quantity,
becauſe neither ſown nor planted. Alſo a-
bundance of Bananas and Mandioca or Fa-
rinha de Pao, of which they make bread.
Of the leaves of Majaera, they make a
pretty reliſhing food, dreſſing it with

ſmoak'd fiſh, palm-oil, ſalt, and Achy, or
Brazil pepper; but their common food is
Fondy,

; The chiet
villages lie a day's, or a day and half's jour-

Grain. du

Mitombe-
trees, *

virments,

* 5 — 2

81 „ De 8

the Lower Ethiopia.
Fondy, or Sonſy, made of the flour of millet.
There are calabaſhes, or gourds, which

drinking of palm-wine, yet flighting our BaRBOr.
European wine; no zealots in matter of re- WWW

es,

Birds and

traſt,

Natives,

Grain.

Wiombe-

virments,

when ripe they dry, and make diſhes for
ſeveral uſes. They have Kola, whoſe leaf
is aromatick, Caſſia Fiſtula or Pipe-Caſſia,
which ſerves them in their witchcrafts, &c.
but few oranges, lemons and cocoa-nuts, as
not valuing them. Cotton, as well as Bra-
zil pepper, grows wild. Their fields pro-
duce great wheat, or Gabba, growing under
the earth: a ſecond ſort of grain, about as

large as horſe-beans, grows on trees eight

or nine foot high in cods, which is eaten

with Enganga; and a third fort, like a little

bean, grows along the earth, in rows of
white cods, reſembling French beans. They
have two other ſorts, accounted ſo choice a
dainty, that they are eſteemed food only for
the rich; one of them reſembling our gar-
den-beans, the other Tyrky beans, both
white, but ſomewhat different in ſhape. All
theſe fruits continue the whole year through-
out, except between Majumba, and cape

Lope (37 aer whoſe inhabitants uſe ba-

nanas inſtead of bread, and fiſh for other
proviſion, „ =

Matombe-trees grow numerouſly ; but
yet exceeded by the vaſt multitude of palm-
trees. Theſe Matombes afford firſt good wine,

which they drink inſtead of that of palm,

but not ſo ſtrong : the branches make raf-
ters, and Jaths for houſes, and couches to
ſleep on; the leaves are uſed inſtead of tiles,
and fence off the greateſt rains. 5

All the garments worn in Loango, are
made of theſe leaves, which they uſe inſtead
of money, having no ſort of metal coin'd :
but becauſe the Matombe-leaves are not ſo
ſtrong as thoſe of the palm, the cloths made
thereof are in leſs eſteem, and ſeldom us'd

but by the Zagos.

Their manur'd ground is ſo fertile, that

it affords three | crops, viz. ſmall millet,
little beans, and WÄigge, which is ſown with

millet as rape with us. They do not plow
the land, but break it up with an inſtru—
ment like a hoe, or rather a maſon's trowel,
only broader and hollower. Some have
their lands, one, two, or three miles; others
a day or two's journey from their dwellings,
whither they go at ſeed-time, and remain
with their families, till they have ſow'd
them, and then return to their habitations
again, g LO,

Hogs, ſheep, goats, cows, and all ſorts
of fowls, *breed more plentifully here than
in any other place on the coaſts of Congo and

Angola.

The inhabitants are ſtrong- limb'd, large
of ſtature, and decent in behaviour, com-
monly jealous of their wives, yet themſelves
wanton and unchaſte; covetous and greed
to attain riches, but generous and free-hearted
one to another; very much addicted to

ligion, yet extremely ſuperſtitious. |
The men wear long garments, teaching

from their middle down to their feet, and apparel.

below border*d with fringe, but leave the
upper part of their body naked: the ſtuffs
whereof they are made, may be divided in-
to four ſorts, one of which none may wear
but the king, and thoſe he permits out of
ſingular favour, or as a mark of dignity.
They are calPd ſometimes Libongo, other-
whiles Bondo, which no weavers are permit-
ted to ſell, upon pain of death. There are
two other ſorts uſually fold, the beſt calPd
Kimbes, being a habit for the greateſt no-
blemen, made very fine, and with curious
workmanſhip, flower'd, and beautify*d with
exquiſite imagery, each cloth holding about
two ſpans and a half ſquare, which a wea-
ver with his greateſt diligence may well
ſpend fifteen or ſixteen days in working to
finiſh it. The ſecond ſort call'd S, arc,
leſs by one half than the Kimbes; yet man

who have not muck handled their work,
would eaſily miſtake the one for the other
for both are high and cut work, with ima-
ges or figures on them, but the turn'd fide
gives the diſtinction, by the coarſeneſs or
fineneſs 3 ſix of the foremention'd pieces

make a garment, which they know how to

colour, red, black or green.

The two other ſorts of clothes are for the
common people, being plain without ima-
ges or figures, yet have their diſtinctions;
one being cloſer and firmer wrought than
the other. Theſe are often ſlaſh'd or pink'd
from the middle to the knees, as old fa-
ſhiowd Spaniſh breeches were wont, with
ſmall and great cuts,

Every man is bound to wear a fur-ſkin urs uſe.

over his clothes, right before his privi-
ties, viz, of a tame cat, otter, cat of moun-
tain, great wood or wild-cat ; or of an An-
gali or civet-cat, with whoſe civet the
ſometimes anoint themſelves : beſides theſe,
they have very fair ſpeckled ſkins, call'd
Enkiny, of high price among them, which
none may wear but the king and his pecu-
liar favourites.

Some of thoſe of high rank when they
travel, wear ſix or eight ſkins for garments
others, as the king and his greateſt nobility,
cauſe five or ſix ſkins to be ſew'd together,
interlac'd with many white and black ſpeck-
led tails, of the foremention'd Enkiny.

In the midſt of the ſkin, they commonly
fix round tufts, made of the aforeſaid fur,
and white and black parrots feathers ; and
at the edge, elephant hair, ſpread round in
winding trails. Every one alſo wears 1

y about his middle, made of the peeling of

Matombe-leaves, of which there are two
ſorts, one call'd Poes-anana; and the other
Poes-

— 0, — . «‚« gn ee Ie = y

Bend.

Orna-
ents,

Diet.

472

Womens ©

apparel,

Beſides, they have two girdles one above
another, that 1s, one of fine red or black
cloth ſlightly embroider'd in three or four
places; the other of yarn wrought in flow-
ers, and faſten'd together before with dou-
ble ſtrings, call'd Pondes. Theſe girdles are
commonly three or four inches broad; where-
fore the cloths ſent thither out of Europe,
with broad liſts, ſerve to be embroider*'d
and quilPd to make ſuch girdles.

Some wear girdles of bulruſhes, and young

alm-branches, others of peelings 85 a tree
calPd Cotta; and in other places Emſande,
which they weave and plait together. Of
the ſame peelings they make match for

guns, which ſtands the Portygueſe in good

ſtead. 1 5
Between the upper and lower girdle they
ſet ſeveral ſorts of ornaments, and about
their necks white and black beads; the lat-
ter they call 1z/imba Frotta, but the former
bears the greateſt value. |

Others wear triangular breaſt-chains,
brought thither out of Europe, and by them
named Panpanpane; ſome ivory cut in pie-
ces, and ſome ſorts of flat ſcollops, which
they poliſh very ſmooth and round, and
wear them ſtrung like neck: laces,

On their naked legs they put braſs, cop-
per, or iron rings, about the bigneſs of the
ſmall end of a tobacco-pipe, or elſe trim
them with black and white beads.

On their arms they wear many rings of
ſeveral ſaſhions, and light; which they

. temper in the forging, with palm oil.

Over their ſhoulder they hang a ſack, a-
bout three quarters of a yard long, ſew'd
together, only a little opening left to put
in the hand. Ona their head they have an
artificial cap, made to fit cloſe; and in

their hands, either a great knife, bow and

arrows, or a ſword, for they never go with-
The womens clothes which come a little

below their knees, are made of the ſame as

the mens; over which they ſometimes put
a fine European ſtuff or linen, but without
any girdles: the uppermoſt part of the bo-
dy, and the head remains always naked and
bare, but on their arms, legs and necks,
many rings, beads and other toys. They
muſt go always with their heads uncover'd,
and wear four or five cloths of Kimbi, or
Libongo, ſew'd together, beneath their waiſt,
before the belly, inſtead of a girdle. _
Their uſual diet is freſh and ſmoak'd fiſh,
eſpecially pilchards, which they take with
a hook, and boil with herbs and Achy or
Brazil pepper. People of quality, eat with
their fiſh ſome Maſſanga, or ſmall miller,

firſt bruiſed with a peſtle, then boil'd with

water, and ſo kneaded together.

A DESCRIPTION of
BaRBOr. Poes-anpona with which they tye their

They ſwear by the king, ſpeaking theſe on |
WYYV clothes faſt. |

words, ga mani Lovango ; but the high-

eſt oath is the drinking of Boxdes root, and

never uſed hut when ſomething is preſently
to be undertaken or perform'd.

This Bondes is only the root of a tree, of g. Ve
y es drink, 7

a ruſſet colour, very bitter, and aſtringent
and as they ſay, has by enchantment of the
Ganga, or conjurer, a perfect power and

vertue given it. They ſcrape the root with
a knife, and put it into a pot of water, of

which the accuſed perſon takes about a pint
and a half, adminiſtred by ſome one ap-
pointed by the king for that purpoſe.

It would be tedious to relate, all the par-
ticulars for which this Bonde drink is made
uſe of, in all caſualties or miſhaps ; for
they believe nothing befals them by chance,

but ſtiffly maintain ſome enemy has by his

Moquiſies or ſorceries, brought it upon them.

I ſhall inſtance only theſe few examples: if E:rravs. 1
the way, gant not-.
15. |

a man be kilPd in a wood or by
by a tyger, or wolf, they firmly believe
and ſay, the tyger was a Daktin, that is, a

Dd

ſorcerer or witch, who had by the Moquiſies,

or charms, chang'd himſelf into ſuch a

beaſt ; and whoſoever ſhould endeavour to

perſuade them to think otherwiſe, would

be laugh'd at, and taken for a fool. So if

any man's houſe or goods happen to be

burnt, they ſay one or other of the Mogqui-

ſies has ſet them on fire; or if at any time
they have a more than uſual drought, they

ſay ſome Moquiſie has not his deſire, and

therefore keeps back the rain; and there-
fore they uſe the Bonde drink to enquire or

find out who is the cauſe of thoſe misfor-
tunes. A

In like manner, if any weighty or cri-

minal matter, either of ſorcery or theft, be

laid to any one's charge, and it cannot be

aſcertain'd by the oracle of Ganga, or their

conjurer, they forthwith condemn the ſuſ-

pected perſon to drink of the Bonde drink.

The manner how it is adminiſtred, is tedious
to relate, therefore I forbear mentioning 1t 3
but muſt ſay, the Bonde givers often uſe

much juggling and impoſture : for tho? the Ge
perſon accus'd be not guilty, they will by 1449" |

their ſorcery make him fall ; if either the

people hate him, or the accuſers are great;

or if a rich perſon is guilty, he may ea-
ſily by bribes and gifts, be declar'd inno-
cent; but the poor are ſure of death, tor
then their accuſers bring them naked, their
caps and clothes being for the maſter of the
Bonde, before the king's court, where they
receive ſentence of death, to be hew'd in
pieces.

The women do all the ſervile works; for
they break the ground, ſow and reap, pluck
up the millet, beat it into meal, boil it,
and give it to their huſbands to eat, who
take care for nothing but drink. Mor

| alte

lav. of

Trades.

Clith for

ang.

.

A.
ri.

Wroes

favs.

Trades.

the Lower Ethiopia.

after the ſame manner, the natives of Yir-

.ginia leave to their wives the whole care of

weaving, ſowing, reaping and planting,
whilſt they employ themſelves in hunting
and fiſhing.

When the huſband eats, the wife fits far
off and takes the leavings; and they are ſo
laviſhly ſubje& to their huſbands, that
they dare not ſpeak to them, but on their
bare knees; and when they meet them, to
ſhow their ſubmiſſion, muſt creep upon their
hands. They colour their whole bodies
with Takoel wood ground upon ſtones, and
ſo made fit for painting.

There are many handicrafts among them,
as weavers, ſmiths, carpenters, cap makers,
potters, bead- makers, vintners or tapſters,
fiſhermen, canoe-makers, merchants, and
other traders. A

They make a kind of hemp, taken out of
the peel'd leaves of the Matombe-trees, about
three quarters of a yard ſquare. This hemp

is of two ſorts, the one call'd Poeſana, fit

Cloth for
money.

natives Mollole Vierry,
pieces ſtitch'd together, called Libonges;
ſeventeen ſuch are valued at one piece of
ſlezy

only for coarſe cloth; and the other, Poe-
ſampama, for finer: they have a peculiar
way to beat this hemp, and to ſpin 1t. |
The Portugueſe buy abundance of theſe
cloths, and carry them to Loango St. Paolo,

| where they are uſed inſtead of money: for
in that place, they are the ſtandard to va-

lue all commodities by. Every cloth call'd
by the Portugueſe Pano Sambo, and by the
conſiſts of four

ticking; and every pound of ivory,
bears the price of five Libonges.

In like manner, the inhabitants of Loango,
inſtead of money, uſe ſlight-wove cloths
made of the leaves of Matombe-trees, every
cloth conſiſting of four pieces, each of about
a ſpan and a half ſquare, of which one is
worth a penny; but of late theſe cloths are
fallen low, and conſequently little uſed. Be-

fore the erecting of the Dutch Weſt-India

company, when all the inhabitants of the
United Provinces were allow'd to trade here,

the Hollanders exchang'd copper, ivory, and
other African goods for thoſe handker-
chiefs, which enhanced the price thereof;
at preſent, as the Dutch do not ſupply
thoſe people, they are extraordinarily low-
er'd, or fallen.
Moſt of the wealth of the inhabitants
conſiſts in ſlaves; for what other wealth

they have, is laviſh'd profuſely in idle

expences.

The commodities brought out of this

country by the Whites, are elephants teeth,
copper, tin, lead, iron, and other things ;
but the metals are gotten with great labour
by the inhabitants, becauſe of the great diſ-
tance of the mines. Moſt of the copper is
brought from Sondy, not far from Abiſſinia,
or the empire of Preſter-Jobn.
Yor. Y:;

473

Towards September, many ſmiths reſort BAR BOr.
to Sondy from ſeveral countries, to melt cop- MV
per; who contmue there till May, and then 8
depart, becauſe of the approaching dry ſea- of che
ſon: but by the unſkilfulneſs of the inha- Counrry.
bitants, this copper 1s much debas'd, becauſe
they melt all metals one among another ;
to prevent which, ſome have been ſent where
the mines are, to teach them ro diſtinguiſh
and ſeparate the metals ; but they would
never permit them to do any thing, or
be perſuaded to alter their own ignorant
method. |

The Europeans export alſo from this
country elephants tails, which the Portu-
gueſe buy and carry to Loanda de St. Paolo,
where they prove very good and rich mer-

chandize; that is, an hundred hairs put to-

gether, they value at a thouſand Keis, or
{ix ſhillings. This hair the Blacks braid
very finely, and wear about their necks ;

but the greateſt and longeſt hair braided,

they wear about their waiſt, of which fifty
hairs are ſold for a thouſand Reis.
Loango uſes to vend yearly abundance of
ivory; but the quantity continually decreaſes,
cauſe the natives fetch it ſo far out of the
country, and carry it on their heads. The
chiefeſt place where the ſtaple for this com-
modity remains, is call'd Bakkamele, or Buk-
kemeale, about three hundred Eugliſu miles
up the country; ſo that the Blacks are near
three months on their journeys, forwards
and backwards. But many of the elephants
teeth carried from Bukkemeale, are of thoſe

which die naturally, and are found in the

woods; and therefore look of a decay'd co-
lour, as if they were rotten.

The commodities brought by thoſe of
Loango, are ſalt, palm- oil, broad knwes made
by themſelves, coarſe ſlezy ticking, black
looking-glaſſes, cuſhion-leaves, and ſome
other trifles, beſides ſlaves, and elephants
teeth : they make uſe of theſe ſlaves to carry
their goods from place to place, to ſave other
extraordinary charge of carriage. .
The roads from Loango to Pombo, Sondy, Robbers.
Monſel, Great Mokoko, ly ing north-eaſt and
eaſt north-eaſt, are much infeſted by the ago
man- eaters; ſo that it is dangerous for mer-
chants to travel that way, tho? they uſually
go in whole troops, or carravans under a
chief commander, who is very faithful to
them.

For obtaining of a free trade in Loango, preſents
the Whites give preſents to the king, and for liberty
his mother the queen, and two noblemen, to #rade.
appointed overſeers of the factory, call'd
Manikes, and Manikinga, and ſeveral others.

In trading, the Blacks uſe their own lan-
guage 3 yet ſome fiſhermen on the ſhore
ſpeak broken Portugueſe, and there commonly
ſerve as brokers between the buyers and ſel-
lers, as in Europe.

6 E. The

"So JS 2
. 3 Ce EE.
— --—, — "oY —— ws 8 — — ” * = * — — 2 — —

* ao — 4 P . = — *
uo So coo v RAR.
- — — 8 —

— —— — —
* : EET

— — —
— —

MR — ä —
2

— —

— — ——
*

” —
—

— — — —

cede

.. ͤ .. MN

—— — — —

—

= —_
—

4 —
— ART p IS --

OY 2
—— * — ”

— - — —— — i — - —
2 — 5 8 *
4 _ " — — = - g — os 3 E 2 — * 1 — 3 7 4
—— p — ———— — — —ZÜDW2 — 4 > 8 - W -
EE — ̃ — — — —
r — N — — = ER I——_ - — i a — — - —
* AE 2 S nl 6 - m— — * — 2
1 4 LY * —_ WW => * re ho A 246 * __ \ .
©, - - * Pa — — — 2 2 * - : EY ww —_
— 5 . as KD a * R = = 0 2 * — 28 8 N
* 5 => nn ar * — = *
* * wa . 5 4 — 0 i =: Ry > b
hs ads
— — 5 IE 4
o as = 4 - *

2 — e - po * 2 _ = —

— tee ER an et
— —

=
3

„ aca cam. Bo ——
0 = — —
i — — pad n
Ta phi os 4

_ —_ Y
I „*
—
* —
— hes
- — — — ju — *
— i — 2 —
4 — = 2
- — 4 w- >» ——
Pa. 4% - — 2 2
— * — 12 — > 4
— —
4 en ns — 32 — —
* % l S = == 2 2
* 2
— 4 7
- _ * 3 2 *® if * Ws 4 —- - — 4..o4 *
— — — — — — boy > — ba —

— as — — > — — — — — x — ——

— —— ——— o- — - 6 _ - — — — _ — _
*
Ke 2 — 2 —

7 = —
— — — — — —
— — — — = W — wr. — 1
r 2 „ —— » +. Abs * —— — — QQ—— *
I — ? " = - * q p F r = 2 — - 4” 4
— > ie — — — ——— —ů—ů— 2 — . ; - ! . — .
= " — — — - — ns — - £
— _ > *
— — — — 2.4 2 — —
> > "= ——_
— ———— wo & G2
_ wa

— a ; * 5 . — -
- x
> - _ % . q — __ ©. * — 8 1
— = — 3 i. 2 2 8 0 — er ah — I — ” as
* a — = ; * — - — 8 0 a 1 I — n 5 8 = >> = *
— — + of — — — — > — — — — 0
* f —— . I 5 v ; - — + — — . — ——— —
N 2 — > - - Þ w Z — - N Re - — m *
5 he = = A — — .
4 A K.. * 4 DJs * _ d « - . ©
- 0 * 4 +44 : — 4 _ a
— .
2. 1 th-7 - p
—_— . „4 A <> A "I 0 — — — —— — 1 _ — 3 a * 8 Ft await 7
— * — - I 2 1 2 = - — -- 1 — . — tt mmm * N — Wo — — — —
R A 4 * by 1 8 o — . * 2 #
_—_— — 4 q — ow - Fe? * 4 "IE 2
7 4 - — — - = - * 2 , A — gy \
\ * A — 8 — a —
2 * 2 ah — — — a —
o ka 9 —

=
W_ —
N |

q
4
*
— 1
|
|
|
|
;

474

Power of

BAN Or. The king of Loango has the reputation of a
potent lord, being able to bring numerous
yk. reſpected as dreaded, by the kings of Calongo
and Goy. yet he lives in friendſhip with them,
and holds good correſpondence with thoſe
of Angola. His juriſdiction extends into the
country eaſtward, almoſt as far as on the
ſea-coaſt, being known by the general name

of Mourifſe or Maniloango.
This prince has a great council to ad-
viſe in matters of ſtate, compoſed of his
principal officers ; but particularly of ſix,
who have the title of Mani, that is lord ;
and are governors of his ſix provinces : but
it would be tedious to give all the par-
ticulars concerning theſe, as well as of the
king's pomp, both in his own perſon, and

ftate, in private or publick occurrences.
And therefore I refer you to the large accounts

given by other authors; and ſhall only ſay,
it is more ſumptuous and polite than what-

ever J have deſcrib'd of any of the Guinea

monarchs, theſe Ethiopian kings appearing
better faſhion'd in their behaviour than the
former; which may perhaps be attributed
to their continual commerce with the Por-
tugueſe of Congo and Angola, for a long time;
and perhaps their being nearer to Abiſſinia.
I will here take notice of ſome extraor-
dinary particulars of this Loango king's gran-
deur, and the veneration paid him by all
his ſubjects, without any exception, as my
authors relate it. |
The king commonly wears cloth, or ſtuff,
which the Portugueſe or other Whites carry
him. He and his great officers have on
their left arm the ſkin of a wild-cat ſew'd to-
gether, with one end ſtuffed round and ſtiff.
How the This prince has peculiar forms, and cuſ-
king eats. toms in eating and drinking; for which he
keeps two ſeveral houſes, one to eat, and
the other to drink in: and tho” he has many
houſes, yet by virtue of this cuſtom, he
may uſe no other. He makes two meals
a-day, the firſt in the morning, about ten
a-clock, when his meat is brought in co-
ver'd baſkets, near which a man goes with
a great bell, to give notice to every one of
the coming of the king's diſhes ; who, as
ſoo: is he is 4c91:amnted with it, leaves the
company he 1+ with, and goes thither. But
the ſervants all withdraw, becauſe neither
man nor beaſt may ſee him eat, but it muſt
die; and therefore he eats with his doors
ſhur. How ſtrictly they obſerve this cuſtom,
has appear'd in the two following inſtances.

All die A dog the king was extraordinarily fond

2 ſee of, not being well watch'd by his keeper,
n once thruſt the door open with his noſe,
and got in, looking at the king ; who in-

ſtantly cauſed the ſervants ro kill him.
Another tim, ir happened, that a noble-
man's child about 1even or cight years old,

armies into the feld; and tho? not ſo much

A D#SCRIPTION of

being with his father in the King's ban-

queting houſe, fell aſleep, and when the

king was drinking awaked ; whereupon it

was inſtantly ſentenced to die, with a re-
prieve for ſix or ſeven days at the father's
requeſt ; that time elapſed}, the child was
ſtruck upon the noſe with a ſmith's ham-

mer, and the blood dropped upon the king's

Mokifies, and then with a cord about his
neck was dragg*'d on the ground to a broad
way, to which malefactors are drawn, who
cannot bear the trial of the Bonde.

When the king has done eating, he uſu-

ally goes in ſtate, attended by the nobility,
officers, and common people, to his ban-
queting houſe, the greateſt and moſt ſump-
tuous ſtructure in all his court, ſtanding in
a plain, fenced with palm-tree boughs ;
wherein the moſt intricate cauſes are decide

and determined in his preſence.

This houſe has the fore-fide open, to re- Drinzing
ceive all advantages of the air; about ov.

twenty foot backward is a ſkreen, or par-
tition, made a-croſs one fide, eight foot
broad, and twelve foot long, where they

keep the palm-wine, to preſerve it from

the ſight of the people. This partition has

hangings, from the top to the bottom, of

fine wrought, tufted or quilted leaves, call'd
by them Kumbel ; cloſe to which is a Tial,

or throne, with very fine little pillars of

white and black palmetto-branches, arti-

ficially wrought in the manner of baſket-

work. py

The throne is a fathom long, a foot and
a half high, and two foot broad; on each
ſide ſtand two great baſkets of the ſame
work, made of red and black wicker,
wherein, the Blacks ſay, the king keeps ſome
familiar ſpirits for the guard of his perſon.

Next him, fits on each ſide a cup-bearer 3
he on the right hand reaches him the cup cena
when he is minded to drink: but the other ar n-
on the left, only gives warning to the peo-#!

ple 3 to that end, holding in his hands two

iron-rods, about the bigneſs of a finger,
and pointed at the end, which he ſtrikes

one againſt the other; at which ſound. the
people, who are commonly as well within
the houſe as without, immediately hide their
faces in the ſand, and continue in that poſ-
ture as long as the irons continue making
a noiſe, which is till he has done drinking:
then they riſe up again, and according to
cuſtom ſignify that they wiſh him health,
with clapping their hands, that being a ſign

off the hat.

As none may ſee the king eat or drink
without incurring certain death, ſo no ſub-
j-& may drink in his preſence, but muſt

2

of reſpect, as with us in Europe the putting

turn his back to him: but the king ſeldom

drinks there, except for faſhion-ſake, and

that not till about ſix in the evening, or
half

the Lower Ethiopia.

half an hour later, if any difficult controverſy
has been in debate. Sometimes he goes
thence at four, and recreates himſelf among
his wives. |

About an hour after ſun-ſet, he comes the
ſecond time to the afore mention'd place to,
eat, where his meat is again made ready as
before. That ended, he viſits his banqueting-
bouſe again, and remains there about nine
hours, ſometimes not ſo long, as he finds
himſelf diſpoſed or indiſpoſed. In the night
one or two torches are carried before him to
light him. 5 .

None may drink out of his cup beſides
himſelf; nor any eat of the food he has taſted,
but the remainder mult be buried in the
earth, |
The king never comes abroad but on ac-
count of an ambaſſador from a foreign na-
tion, or when a leopard is taken in the coun-
try, or on the day on which his land is
tilled by his wives, or his chief nobility
pay him tribute. For this his appearance,
there is a place appointed before his court,
being an even and great plain, in the midſt
of the city. He generally goes thither
about three a- clock in the afternoon, and
continues there till about four or five. The
ſtool or ſeat he then ſits on, is raiſed upon
2 foot · pace dreſſed with white and black
wickers, very artificially woven, with other
curious ornaments : behind his back hangs,
on a pole, a ſhield, cover'd with divers party-
colour'd ſtuffs, brought out of Europe. Be-
fore his ſeat is ſpread a great cloth twenty
fachom long, and twelve broad, made of
quilted leaves ſew'd together, upon which none
may tread bur the king and his children.

The cuſtom of ſitting in the open air at
publick ceremonies, or to deliberate on af-
fairs of ſtate, or to hear cauſes, may be de-
riv'd from the Jews, as we read 2Chron. xvili.
9. That the kings Joſapbhat and Achab ſate
on their thrones in the place of Samaria,
near the gate. In ancient times the towns
were not ſo large as qur capital cities in
Europe, which can hardly be ſubſiſted by the
product of the lands for an hundred miles
about them. They were then ſmall, in-
habited bur by a ſmall number of labourers
and huſbandmen, ſufficient to till the ground
about them. Thence it is, that the ſole tribe
of Judah reckoned a hundred and fifteen ſuch
towns within its precinct, each of them
having ſome villages depending on it. The
market was the general rendezvous for all

affairs, and at the town- gate all publick con-

cerns were managed, eſpecially in the days of
the patriarchs, Gen. xxiii. 10, 18. and
xxxiv. 20, Ab. abam purchaſed his burial-
Place in the preſence of all thoſe who en-
tered the gate of the town of Hebron. When
Hemor and his ſon Sichem propoſed to make

475

an alliance with the 1ael:tes, it was at the BAR BOr.

gate of the town. For publick acts tranſacted
at the town- gates, fee the hiſtory of Boaz,

how he took Ruth, the Moabite, for his

wife, Ruth iv. It may be ſaid, that the gate,
among the Hebrews, was anſwerable to
the market-place among the Romans. The
ſame 1s. {till to be ſeen at Sarum, where the
judges fit in an open place, in the great
market, under the city- hall.
The nobility fit in long rows, every one
with a buffalo's tail in his hand. Some fit
on the bare ground, others on cloths made
of leaves, and about them all the king's
muſick, conſiſting of three ſorts ; wind in-
ſtruments of ivory, or elephant's teeth hol-

Muſcat
inſtru-

low'd, like trumpets; ſuch drums as they ment:

have on the Gold Coaſt, and the third fort
reſembles ſuch a ſieve as is uſed for meal,
but that the hoop 1s bigger and deeper,about
which there are long holes cut, two and two
together, each about the length of a finger.
In each hole they put two braſs bells, faſten'd

to the wood with braſs pins: this inſtrument

ſhook, ſounds like the bells on wheels.

The noblemen and others dance there, Dancing

without any regard to civility or modeſty,

ſhameleſſly diſcovering their nakedneſs, both
before and behind; their dances being very
unſeemly and barbarous.

a pigmy ſtature, but with heads of a prodi-
gious bigneſs, who the more to deform them
have the ſkin of ſome wild beaſt tied about
them. Theſe they call Bakke Bakke, or Mi-

Before the king's cloth fit ſome dwarfs of pwart:

nos indifferentiy; and fay, there is a wilder-

neſs, where none but ſuch dwarfs reſide,
who ſhoot at elephants. |

There fit alſo certain bite men by the White
king, with ſkins on their heads, and indeed at hen.

a diſtance they look like our Europeans, ha-
ving not only great eyes, but red or yellow
hair; their eyes as it were fixed in their
heads, like people thar lie a dying : their
ſight weak and dim, turning their eyes as if
they ſquinted, but af night they fee well,
eſpecially by moon-ſhine, 5

Some are of opinion, that thoſe White

—

men ſprung from 7 Felled Mock with

child, having ſeen a White ; as we read, that
a White woman, being with child, upon
ſeeing the picture of a Hack, brought forth
a Black child. However, this ſeems worthy
remark, if true, as feported, that theſe
Woites, of either ſex, are incapable of ge-
neration. = 3
The Forgugueſe call thele {bite men Abi
undes, and have attempted to take ſome of
them priſqners in their wars, and to carry
them oyer. to Brazil to wark 3 for they are
very ſtrong, bus ſo adde ro idleneßs,
that they had Tacher gie chan do any f ſon
labour. | ry
The

*
— —— — — — — - ry — 4 — — — — — — — * = — 8 — — 2 ma
3 * * 1 a Ez Sb 4 2 <TA - B 9 IE
* * * 1 * * — — — £ 4
— — 4 - 4 =
— * - — — = —_— _
- — 2 a — - - -
Ty > 8 — o - SY 5 = 2 - —
— — ꝓ— — - * — — - \ 8 "x i *
= PLAT — r = 2 * 8 5 5 - .
1 — = 2 1 >» 4 J * 3 3 EEE 4 —
= * 2 "I - 5 e
© t 4 = 2 * + - 5 * I *
— x 2 — AM _ = 2 = L — +
. mp — — . 5
oy l . — 3 -
—— äGä— ne BS a = WS — b
- 2 — * —
= : 1 - x r
_ _ = =
— — ea v BD £ * 2 * _ — — ——
ant pp" > 6 ew; \ — - _ —
S A op als oo , l l a — 4 — « — —
> 1 £ - — 93 sf HE
— — 1 = * — — . = =
. 2 = — = 1 2
— 2 = * bi . 2 * 2
—_ - - So] 9 2 2 2 2
— ob bon I - _— —- 5 = = \ £ K 5 \ n » Nn = =
- , 9 4 += - l _ > oY p - 1
1 — 3
*

— — 4 2 —
2 2 * =
a 2 -
— 2 — 0 — . ts 9. — a
— „* IJ 7 — = G . -
— — 2
| L * 3 — 1
. -
— — 4 . 2 # 2
a v ——— ic cx lll <. . LSE
— Cx. Ks * 4 . 5 4 a * , 4 — 5 .
— - ———_— -
E — Fo ; |
— — —— :
= — E . nn, en
— : 1 2 * 3 .
- — : — — 1 —
N 5

— Ee es a —— —
* : a
= - — —

476
BARBOr.

g

A DEScRIPTION of

The like fort of men have been found by

the Netherlanders and Portugueſe, not only
in Africa, but alſo in India, in the iſland of
Borneo, and in New Guinea, call'd the
country of Papous, ſays Voſſius.

The king uſes them in moſt of his reli-
gious ceremonies, as in making Mokiſtes,
from whence they have generally that name

among the natives, which in our language

Nies.

properly ſignifies field-devils. The king
has, as the Blacks report, near ſeven thou-
ſand wives; for after the deceaſe of one
king, his ſucceſſor keeps all his wives, and
adds many more to them: theſe wives have
no great reſpect paid them; for they muſt
work no leſs than other women. Some
few of them he ſelects for his amours, and
with them ſpends much time; the others

are ſhut up like nuns in cloyſters.

Trial of
thers.

When one of theſe proves with child,
ſome man muſt drink Bonde for her, to
know whether ſhe has had to do with any
other but the king. If the man who has
ſo drank be well, they judge the woman
upright ; but if the man falls, ſhe is con-
demn'd and burnt, and the adulterer bu-
ried alive. 1 85

The king makes choice of one to be as

a mother, a grave matron of tried repu-

tation, whomthey call Makonda ; and her he

Adoptive

mother.

reſpects more than his own natural mother.
This Makonda has very great prerogatives

at court, none daring to controul her, even

in ſatisfying her own unruly appetite, as
often and with whom ſhe pleaſes; and what-

ever children ſhe gets by ſuch means, are

are put to death, unleſs they make their

accounted of the royal race: bur if her
gallants meddle with other women, they

_ eſcape in time.

Women

ſow,

The ſeed-time being uſually every year
fix'd, from the firſt to the fourth of Ja-
nuary, all the wives of this nation, the king's
not cxcepted, muſt break their lands to be
ſown, for the ſpace of about two hours

going in length, and one hour in breadth;
the Men being then moſt of them under

arms, and in their beſt apparel, going con-
ſtantly to and fro, to warn the women, to

Work, and to take care that no violence

Fuſtice.

be done to any. There alſo the king ſhews
himſelf at three in the afternoon, in his
higheſt ſtate, to encourage them to work;

and in the evening they all eat at his charge:

ſo that thoſe days are accounted high
feſtivals. _

The adminiſtration of juſtice, and pu-
niſhing of vice, ſeems to be according to
Lex Talionis : for theft is not puniſh*d by
death, except it be againſt the king ; other-
wiſe the thief being taken in the very act or
afterwards, the things ſtolen muſt be made

good by him or his friends, and he expoſed

bound, to publick ſcorn and deriſion in the
midft of the ſtreet. OE
If any embaſſador or nobleman of

of two or three claps with the hands, which
every one preſent anſwers after the ſame
manner; then the ſuppliant cries out aloud,
Empoo lauſan biau Pongo, that is, hearten
for God's ſake ; whereto the people about
him anſwer Tie/ambie Zinga, which ſignifies
long live God. After which the petitioner

begins his ſpeech with the word Wag, uſual

among them, and ends with the words Ju

mama Wag, which is as much as to fay [

herewith conclude : whereupon thoſe that
have any thing to ſay againſt it, begin
and end in the ſame manner. And this
form of ſpeech they uſe in all their mat—
ters of Juſtice, warrants, and orders of the
King.

the Spealine e
country deſires to ſpeak to the king, he Sealing ö
muſt firſt give notice thereof by the ſound

B 1

When the inhabitants of Loango have Kill

lodg'd a leopard in the woods, every one lH,

is warn'd by the ſound of horns or trum-
pets to be ready to attend the king at
the game; if it be far off, the king is
carried in a ſquare ſeat about two foot deep,
made of block-tin, and artificially wrought,
by four men, two before, and two behind,
holding two poles, on each ſide one, co-
ver'd with blue cloth: when come to the
leopard's den, they inſtantly beſet it round,
every one being ready, ſome with bows
and arrows, and others with lances and darts.

Before the king, who ſtands a little rais'd

above the reſt, they ſpread long nets en-

compaſs'd by the people, who, to rouſe the

beaſt, make ſeveral ſorts of ftrange and
uncouth noiſes, with horns, drums, ſhou-
ting, and the like; and the leopard hav-
ing in vain tried all means to eſcape, tired
out and over-power'd with multitudes, falls
a prey to his eager purſuers, who forth-
with bring him into the plain before the
king's palace, where the hunters triumph

over the carcaſs with dancing, leaping, ſing-

ing, and all kinds of revelling paſtimes. At-
terwards the king appoints divers nobie-
men, to overſee the ſtripping of the leopard,
and to bring the ſkin to him; but the
fleſh, together with the bowels, the gall
only taken out, they bury very deep in the
earth, that it may not be dug up again.
The gall, which they reckon to be a moſt
venomous poiſon, they cut up in the pre-
ſence of many, and fling into the midft of
a river, that none may make uſe thereof
to the damage of another.
When any nobleman has ſhot a leopard,
he brings, as a token of it, the tail to the
king on the top of a palmetto-pole, and

pitches it in the earth, without any noiſe

The

or further ceremony.

url of

2

arc

Religion,

N 7 wt —

une The ceremonies at the funeral of a king

the Lower Ethiopia. 7

are theſe: Firſt, they make a vault under
ground, where they place the dead King
in his richeſt habit, on a ſtool ; and by him
all manner of houſhold-ſtuff, as pots, ket-
tles, pans, clothes and garments.

Then they make many little images of
wood, and red earth, and ſet them round
about the corps as repreſentatives of his ſer-
vants and houſhold goods.

Next, the bodies of many ſlaves are ſet
by the corps, either in the ſame, or ſome

adjoining vault, to ſerve the king, as they

believe, in the other world, and to ſhew
when they ſhall comę to the great monarch,

what manner of perſon he has been here :

for they believe after this another life, yet
in general deride the reſurrection of the
dead. They hold ſeveral opinions con-
cerning the ſoul : for thoſe of the king's
family believe, that the foul, when any one
dies, is born again in fome of the ſame
family; others, that the ſoul and body
have one determinate end; ſome, like the
Greeks and Romans, place the foul among
the heroes, or elſe bring 1t into the num-
ber of their tutelar Lares ; others give them
a common place of reſort under the earth,
while another ſort make for them little re-
ceptacles under the roofs of their houſes,

about a ſpan in height; before which places,

when they eat or drink, they make ſome
offering, 2 | FE abt
They further believe, that none can die
of a natural death, bur all come to their
end by miſchance, or by the power of con-

juration; and that the authors of thoſe miſ-

then king of Loango was converted to the

Religion,

chances may make the deceaſed to come
our of their graves, and keep them for
their ſervice: theſe (as they ſay) are fed
daily by the conjurers, with food boil'd

without any falt ; for if any falt ſhould

come in or near it, the bodies would fol-
low them openly. : .
Merolla ſays, that in the year 1663, the

romiſh religion, with his whole court, con-
ſiſting of above three hundred perſons,
by father Bernardino Ungaro, who in the
ſpace of a year he liv'd there, had baptiz'd
upwards of twelve thouſand people; but the
father dying, and after him the king, and
a tyrant ſetting upon the throne, the miſſi-
oners loſt ground by degrees, and the Ca-
congojans are all return'd to their former
condition, and the kingdom, as formerly,
bury'd in idolatry. DI
The natives of Loango, Cakongo, and Goy,
have no knowledge of God at all, or of his
word, but only the bare name, which in
their language is Sambiano Ponge ; and nei-
ther care nor deſire to learn any more.
All acts of devotion they perform to
the field and houſe - devils, repreſented under
Vor. V. 5

the ſhape of idols, of which they have great BAR ROr.
numbers, to each of which they give a par:
ticular name, according as they attribute
to them power, having their diſtinct juriſ-
diction. To ſome they aſcribe the power

of lightning, and the wind ; and alſo to

ſerve as ſcare-crows, to preſerve their corn

from fowl, and other vermin ; to one, they

give the command over the fiſhes of the

ſea z to another, over the fiſhes in the ri-

vers; toa third, over the cattle, c. Some

they make protectors of their health and

Safety; others, to avertevils and misfortunes :

to another again, they commend the charge

of their ſight ; of ſome, they beg to be in-

ſtructed in the myſteries of hidden arts, or
magick, and to be able even to fore-judge

of deſtiny ; neither do they believe them at

large, but circumſcribe them to limited

places, and ſhew their figures in ſeveral

ſhapes; ſome like men ; others only poles
with ſmall irons on the top, or elſe a little
carv'd image; ſome of which ſhapes and
repreſentations they carry commonly with
them, wherever they travel to or fro.
Their greater 1dols are ſtuck with hens

or pheaſants feathers on their heads, and

with all ſorts of taſſels about their bodies: variety ef
ſome make them in the faſhion of long flips, idols.
which they wear about their necks and arms;

others of cords, trimm'd with ſmall feathers,
and two or three Simbos, or- little horns,

with which they adorn their middle, neck,
and arms; ſome are nothing but pots filled
with white earth ; others, buffaloes horns

ſtuffed with the ſame matter, and at the

ſmall end have ſome iron rings.
Another ſort yet more ridiculous, is to

fill an ordinary round pot without feet,

with red and white earth kneaded together
with water, pretty high above the upper
edges; which they mark on the out-ſide
quite round with white ſtreaks, and ſtripe
it on the top with variety of colours.

One of theſe idols, they fay, is jealous
of another; inſomuch, that when they have
made one, they preſently go to work on
another, and ſeveral times are neceſſitated to
make many, leſt they ſhould offend ſuch
as ſeem to be neglected; but ſtill making
their addreſſes to all with equal indifference,
as their protectors and guardians. |

They have particular maſters to inſtruct Manner of
them in the making theſe idols, and call ing
them Enganga, or Fanga Mcukiſie ; whoſe 4%
{kill therein they much admire, and ac-
count them devil-hunters. When any one
requires the Enganga to direct him in mak-
ing an idol, the petitioner invites his whole
tribe, acquaintance, relations, and even his
neighbours ;z and they being aſſembled to-
gether, ' the Mokiſie or ſolemnity con-
tinues for the ſpace of fifteen days, in a
houſe of palm-boughs, nine of which he

-
— — — 2 2

— . =
—— — — — 44. — — od — ——ů— 4
3 . E * n A ct ;
> - 2 * * * - 2 4 N —
— 4 _ k wy - —
— I — a — 8 — _ ; is — — — C4 * a \
— — — — a o pas = . * / *
— — — — > = 6 1 2 25 4
- — =" A - £ . 7 4 * [od a , 4 at -
7 1 * * 7 * - 2 0 3 2 1 2 * 2 37 * 4
— 4 \ . =_ —_— 2 = 7 "TIE ? )
i G * * * 4 1 — 4 1
< - 2 8 — - 4 4 l -
* — — — — — 2
= _ —
+ & a. > - = * 5 = 5 8
— — — _ — — hs — . l
= = 69 7 8 - — 2 =
— — 32 2
— 2 — — > ITS — = PR
= _ =" EE — 5 » =— —— 2 8 — hay
— = > — . — * 3 — — = —
- — 1 Pals
— = D <> - —_— : — 2 hy _
. - \ | 8 - l —
2 os \ LES —_— =_

—
— —
LITE —
7 3 7 x
. 2 :

—

————— —— — hd —
— 2 way
2 - —

ac EC

=y
* *

— 2 *

* <3
— —

= {3p
Fx

——— —ů ä — —
_— —_— OOH
—” ES EIS
= - POE 2.
4

— — — - mo cmweoch
4 — 7 *
— 2 , — -
= — — = =
.
on — 1 — 0 —
— (
8 6 -þ 5 —
= - | g —
- = - >
< — — — — 2 7 2 4
* . +>. at

3 5
—— —ů —
— A. oo
—

=
:
=
MN |
F*
z
13
"
by 4
* '
8 ,
: *
, : 5
437!
'E CY
i F
1 17
4.
| 42F
| 4
*. +
1
1
1
j
:
#
4
. 1 1
+
*
|
(1:3.
1 T.
[ |
*
: 1
A
3
[|
11
17 i}
1 1
1
141
1
Wy i :
97
|.
1%
T
Þ 6
7
1
1. 1.
1
F
LEFT
1 oi
16
1
ir
* 8
WT FY N
K
7
30
15S
123
{ 4p;
or 6
FIF$
HY:

478 A PESCRITION of

Barfor. muſt not ſpeak, and during the whole or diabolical ſpirit, having no particular 1
imme, have no converſe with any-body. On name for the devil, but calling all Mokije,

| each fide of his mouth he wears a parrot's where they ſuppoſe an overruling power, 8 ]
feather, and may not clap his hands if any And therefore even the king has the general f

one ſalutes him; but as a ſign of greeting, ſtile, or additional title of Mokifie Loango, bor, i n

2
f rv

* ä — a E=» TS Tn — — — Ge CE EEE 11 —— I a
* > 4 WW 2 4 * — a

ſtrikes with a ſmall ſtick on a block in his as a diſtincton, which admirably well ex. iba Þ

hand, made ſloping narrow at the top, and preſſes that unlimited power by which he the king. Of rale.

in the middle hollow, and on the end a can with a word impoveriſh, enrich, hum- b 1

man's head carved: of theſe blocks, this ble or raiſe, put whole countries into con- £

devil-hunter has three forts, of different ſizes. fuſion, deſtroy men, cauſe rain or drought, b

Much more might be ſaid of this man- good or bad weather, transform himſelf in- 1 i

ner of conjurations, and witchcrafts, and to any ſhape whatſoever, and many more N Þ

of other ridiculous and impertinent ſtories ſuch like abfurdities invented by their Gan- I,
| of men poſſeſſed by the devil by conju- ga Mokiftes or prieſts, to ſtrike an awe in- J q
| rations; and the way of driving the devil to the people, not only in favour. of the E
= out of them, as alſo of all their various in- King, but even of themſelves as Mokifies, 3 N
1 junctions of forbidding to uſe this or that To inſtance in one of their idols, Liꝶo too 2M is
it meat, or this or that liquor, or this or that Morte is the chiefeſt of them, being a 4 |
1 ſort of garments, which theſe poor wretches wooden image, carv'd in the ſhape of a I :
11 obſerve as exactly as Recabites; making it man fitting, at Kinga, a town near the ſea. Te,
j an article of the higheſt faith, that when coaſt, where they have a common burial-“ ” ;
; a Mokifie is offended, or when injunctions place. They have a thoufand ridiculous
| or promiſes made to him are not fully per- rhimes concerning this Likoto; as that he
| form'd, he has power to kill. Bur I for- preſerves from death, that he ſaves from ”
1 bear adding more on that head, for fear of hurt by Doojes, as they call ſorcerers; that he F
| becoming too tedious. 5 makes the dead rife out of their graves in : ;
lj If a man at any time comes into a houſe, the night, and forces them to labour, help. Mu
dj and ſits down unawares upon the corner of ing to catch fiſh and to drive canoes in the MU”
it a bed, where a man and a woman have water, and in the day forces them to their .
1 lain together, as ſoon as he is told of his graves again; with many more ſuch fictions, 1
. fault, he muſt go inſtantly to a ſmith, who which the old folks make the young believe, g
qi commonly fits with his tools in the open and imprint in them from their infancy. {
qi air, and tell him the cauſe of his coming: The lords or great men in the country 1
1 he then blows up a fire, and taking him are alſo reputed to have their ſhare of Mo- Ml. 5
{if by the little finger of his left hand, turns #ifjes, which makes them honour'd and a |

it over his head; then ſtriking two or three eſteem'd by the people; and they have rbarity.
ſtrokes with his hammer, and blowing with more or lefs of it, according to their degree I "7
his mouth upon his hands put together, he of power, and their nearneſs to or diſtance
pronounces ſome words with a loud voice, from the king. | 1 4
wherewith the fault unwittingly committed According to their Mokifie rules, the oh
is cleans'd. This ceremony they call Vempa King's ſiſter*s ſon, whilſt he is an infant, lives“ “
Momba, that is, a purification, or a be- at Kina, and is forbid hog's fleſh; when paſt
nediction. „ RT his infancy, he is to refide at Moanza, and
Ae All prieſts or conjuters, that is, their pro- to eat no Cola in company. Cola is a fruit
brit. phets and divines, are call'd Ganga, or I have deſcrib'd in the account of Guinea.
Banga Mokiſie; each of them having his par- As ſoon as the down appears upon his checks,
ticular denomination; as Ganga Thiricko, he is put to the Gaga Simega, a famous
Ganga Boefy Batia, Ganga Kyzokoo, Panſa prieſt, who teaches him he is to eat no pul-
Pongo, Manſi, Sc. and innumerable other lets, but what he kills and dreſſes himſelt.
juch names, either given to, or aſſum'd by Afterwards as he advances towards the roy-
them from the Moki/ie they ſerve ; and each al diadem, he obliges himſelf to other forts
Ganga is dreſs'd after a ſeveral manner, and of abſtinence and ceremonies z till being
practiſes different ceremonies, which are aſcended the throne, he gives a full looſe
{aid to be as comical, as ridiculous and apiſh. into all the ocean of Mokifies and obſer-
What Mo- By the word Mokifie, they mean a natural varices. „

kiſie is. ſuperſtition and firm perſuaſion they have of They here circutnciſe all the males, mere- na.

|
]
|
7
1

Habit,

46-4 ee = _ 4 o
- 2 N. — *
r Ay — - 2
ns 2 * it
. *

Ws _-

= 2 n

* 6.4

— 4
—

9 —
— wa ; wor = — A atm : .
— — 5 —. K
2 - 5 — p 2 —

— — —

ſomething to which they aſcribe an inviſible ly out of cuſtom ; being able to give no ſo.
power, in working good to their advan- other reaſon for ſo doing, than that it 1s of

tage, or evil to their prejudice and detri- ancient uſage, and has been deriv'd to them
ment, or from which they expect to learn from one generation to another for many

the knowledge of paſt or future things: ages. OL |
which induces ſome authors to ſay, it can- The moſt comton and general weapons oo |
not be properly call'd idolatry in them, be- of the Loangians, are bows and arrows, an g
"cauſe they have no knowledge of any deity, javelins. ER

. — IPOS ane" ADs
i
„ —

Dx scRIP-

au.

ma.

the Lower Ethiopia,

Their weapons, for they love war, are BaR Bor.

DscRIPTION of the Kingdom of ANnS1K0.

ll.

Natives.

Man-
eters,

north to Nub1a.

T reaches on the ſouth to the territories
of Sunde, Songo, and Congo, and on the
The inhabitants are of
two ſorts, Anzikes or Anzinguis, and Fagos.
There grow in it two forts of ſandal wood or
ſanders, viz. Red call'd Tawilla; and white
Zikengo 3 with which laſt, being the beſt,
beaten to powder, and mixt with palm: oil,
the inhabitants anoint their bodies, for the
preſervation of healtb. They have rich
copper mines, with whoſe metal they fur-

niſh the kingdom of Kongo. The woods

breed lions, and many other beaſts, com-
mon with Loango.

The natives in general are animble, active,

and well-ſhaped people, climbing the crag-

gy mountains with notable agility.
They take little care for their living, and
dare attempt any thing without apprehen-
ſion or fear of danger. Among themſelves
they are unanimous 3 to ſtrangers, with
whom they converſe, uprightand true-heart-
ed; but have, by reaſon of their beſtial na-
ture, little trade with the Whites.
Their common food is man's fleſh, inſo-
much that their markets are provided with

it, as ours in Europe with beef or mutton ;
all priſoners of war, unleſs they can ſell them

alive to greater advantage, they fatten for
laughter, and at laſt ſell them to butchers,

to ſupply the markets, and roaſt them on
ſpits, as we do other meat.

uman
larbarity. |

is, that the father makes no difficulty to eat

Habit,

This ſavage barbarity is ſo natural to
them, that ſome ſlaves, whether as weary
of their lives, or to ſhew their love to their
maſters, will proffer themſelves freely to be
kill'd and eaten. But that which is moſt in-
human, and beyond the ſavageneſs of beaſts,

his ſon, nor the ſon his father, nor one bro-
ther the other ; and whoſoever dies, be the
diſeaſe ever ſo contagious, yet they eat the
fleſh immediately, as a choice diſh, _
The nobles and other women of qualit
cover themſelves from head to foot wit

mantles ; but the common women wear on-

ly a cloth hanging down, girt about their
middle, and go barefoot.

ſort, differs not much from thoſe of Loango,
but people of rank have garments of filk,

or cloth, and on their heads red or black

caps, of their own making; or elſe. Porta-
gueſe flannel bonnets. eee,
They have neither houſes, goods, towns,
or ſettled dwelling- places; but rove like the
wild Arabs, or Scythians, from place to
place, neither ſowing nor mowing, but liv-
ing wholly by rapine and pillage; eating the
fruits of other mens labours, whereſoever
they come, deyouring and ſpoiling all be-

fore them

ſhort wooden bows, cover'd with divers FM”

colour'd ſnakes· ſcins, ſo that they ſeem to
be made of one piece; which they do to
ſtrengthen, and that they may hold them
faſter in their hands. They make theſe
bows of a kind of rough black canes, which
prove very laſting and ſerviceable. The
arrows are ſhort, light and thin, made of
hard wood; which they commonly hold to-
gether with the bow 1n their 91% in the
uſe whereof, they are fo dextrous, that
they can diſcharge twenty eight arrows, be-
fore the firſt falls to the ground, and kill a
bird flying. They uſe allo a fort of pole-
axes, Whole handle having a knob at the
end, is cover'd with ſnakes ſkins. The head
ſhines very bright, being faſten'd in the
wood with copper pins, and like thoſe in
uſe formerly among us, has at one end a
ſharp edge like a hatchet, and at the other

a hammer. In fight they defend themſelves

from the enemies arrows, with the flat ſides
thereof, inſtead of a ſhield, and turn every
way, with ſuch readineſs, that they void all
the ſhafts aim'd at them.

They wear alſo poniards in ſcabbards
of ſerpents ſkins, hanging by bells of ele-
phants hides, three fingers broad, and two
thick. Some have ſhields made of wood,

cover'd with the ſkin of the beaſt calld
ants. |

They worſhip the ſun as their chief deity, Religion.

in the ſhape of a man; and next the moon,
in the figure of a woman. Beſides which,
every one has his peculiar idol. When they
go to battle, they ſacrifice to their idol, and
fancy their devil ſpeaks very plain and tells
them what they are to do.

The Anzikos live under a peculiar king, . :

call'd the Great Makoko, whom they report
to poſſeſs thirteen kingdoms, making him

the moſt potent in Africa. 5
The Jagos have three governors, the firſt jagos.

entitled Singe, the ſecond Kobak, and: the
third Kabango, each of which leads a diſtinct
army. They maintain continual wars a-
gainſt other Blacks, and eat, as has been
ſaid, all the ſlain, but fell the priſoners ; and

for want of buyers, kill and eat them too.
The habit of the men of the common

Such as deſire to lift themſelves in their

bands, muſt firſt receive the uſual marks,

viz, knock out the two upper and the two
lower teeth before, and make a hole through
the middle of their noſes, into which they

thruſt feathers.
There are at preſent no 7agos to be found

of the firſt race; but thoſe who now affume
that name, derive their extraction from the
ſeveral countries where they have warr'd,
and been victorious, and are yet far more

ſavage, and worſe cannibals than the former;

admitting none among them but what are

of a wild ſavage temper, whom they train

from

479

- E
— — 4 Tg = 64

o 4 «
. is — P

480

BakBOr. from their youth to all incredible inhuma-
Vnity. BD

Melimba
village.

They poſſeſs not only this country of
Anſiko, but wander almoſt through all A-
frick, tho? they have now their chief reſi-
dence there, and in the ſouth of Angola.

Their language differs wholly from that
of Congo, which they endeavour to learn
and become very expert in, tho' they make

little uſe of it, by reaſon of their ſavage and

unconverſible nature.
Deſcription of K AKON 60.
TH is a juriſdiction beginning in the

north at the river Loango Loviſa, in a-

bout five degrees twenty minutes ſouth lati-

tude ; borders ſouth and weſt, on the king-
dom of 605, and ends at the river Sambo,

ſome miles up the country.

The chief city is pleaſant and well built,

abounding with all forts of proviſions, and
the country yields great plenty of Talc,
eſpecially about Chiovachianca, but it is not
allow'd under ſevere penalties, to be carry'd
to other parts. About the year 1685, a
Black prieſt, by name father Leonard, in a
few days, as Merolla reports, baptiz'd a-
bove five thouſand children; as a recom-

nce for which, he obtain'd a canonſhip in

the biſhoprick of Loanda, in the kingdom

of Dongo, or Angola. 7
From Cacongo ſouthwards, all the coun-
try by the ſea-coaſt for thirteen miles, and
for two and a half northward of the before
mention'd river Loango Loviſa, lies very
low; but afterwards grows mountainous.

The Blacks call it Kaſtais, and the Whites,

the high-land of Kaſkaisz about which
place, a mile to the ſouthward, a great
water falls into the ſea, and is the only good
river in the kingdom call'd allo Kakongo, in

five degrees thirty minutes ſouth latitude,
and by the Portugueſe named Rio de Se, be-

ing in the center of the Kaskais, gliding
eighteen leagues through the country.

A mile ſouthward of which river lies the
village Molemba or Melimba, upon a great
bay, making a convenient haven or road for

ſhips. The country thereabouts call'd little
Kaskais, forms the bay of Cabinde, in five

degrees thirty-five minutes ſouth latitude ;

Natives.

being all along very rocky and full of clifts,
yet between the chief city of Cacongo, and

the river Sonbo, full of woods, pleaſant

fields and high mountains, but cannot boaſt
of an? fertility, becauſe for the moſt part
untill'd, tho? to populous that it dares num-
ber inhabitants with Loango. |
The natives are treacherous and revenge-
ful, turbulent and quarrelſome, and yet
ſhew bur little ſpirit in the wars; all their
neighbours, eſpecially thoſe of Goy or An-
uh continually infeſting chem, but that the
ing of Loango interpoſes in their behalf;
whoſe mediation in ſuch caſes, prevails

much with all his neighbours,

may not touch or wear any European wares,

A DEsCRIPTION of

Trade and handicrafts are common with Tas

theſe people and thoſe of Loango ; ſuch as
are huſbandry, fiſhing, and dealing in
cloths, black ftitch'd caps, broad irons,
beetles, hammers, mattocks, tobacco, red.
wood or Takoel, and linnen; which com-
modities they carry to Congo, Sonho, and
other places, and there exchange for ſlaves,

The commodities carry'd thither, out of
Europe, and defir'd by the inhabitants, are
the ſame with thoſe ſold at Loango; but the
preſents given for the permiſſion of trade,
are leſs.

Their cuſtoms, ſhape, clothing, riches,
adminiſtration of juſtice, inheritance,govern-
ment and religion, differ little or nothing
from what is already ſaid of Loango ; on]

this is remarkable, that the king of Cacongo Ridiula I

nor dares any man who is cloth'd in them

touch him, becauſe it is ſo order'd by the Mo-

liſie. In all other things they agree with
the former.

The kings of Loango and Cacongo conti-
nually keep a guard upon the river Sonbo,
to receive the cuſtoms of the travelling mer-
chants, and to obſerve that none act any
thing prejudicial to the country.

cuſtom.

On the ſide of the river Cakongo, lies the Serre
territory of Serre or Zarri, ſubject to the ge.

king of Cacongo; but was, for a mutiny and
rebellion againſt him, in a manner totally
laid waſte. Ll Fly
On the edge of this, and near to Coy, is
a territory call'd Lemba, being a high land,

comprehending only one village of the ſame

name, whither the F/hites come to trade for
elephants teeth, ſlaves and copper; the laſt

of which they bring from adjacent mines,

which every year yield no {mall quantities.

© Deſcription of the dominion of Goy or
Rt ANnGcovr,. |

dom rather in name than in dominions,
being but a very ſmall territory. Here
formerly a certain Mani happening to mar-
ry a Mulatto, daughter to a very rich Por-
tugueſe, his father-in-law would needs make
him king of Angoy; and for that purpoſe
cauſed him to rebel againſt the king of Ca-
congo, his lawful ſovereign. The manner
was thus. The king of Cacongo having ſent
a viceroy to govern the kingdom of Lo-
ango, that perſon being rather amoitious to
reign abſolutely, than to rule under another,
got himſelf proclaimed king of all that

country; and took in ſo much more land,

belonging to his maſter, that his dominions
were much the larger, and wholly indepen-
dent of Congo. Cacengo lying in the middle,
between Congo and Loango, that Mani de-

clared himſelf neuter, and ſet up for king of

Angoy, rebelling againſt his lawful ſovereign»
the king of Cacongo. It

AN GOY, as Merolla reports, is a king-

_

Trade,

r eos fol. on ao mos

It borders weſtward on the ſea, ſouthward
on the river Zair or Congo, and northward
on Cacongo. The chief city, delightfully ſi-
tuated on a plain near the ſhore, has many
inhabitants; and there ſeveral ſmall rivers
have their out-lets into the ſea, whoſe waters
both refreſh and fatten the ſoil they paſs
through. On the coaſt, by the river Zair,
you diſcover Ponta de Palmerinha and fix
hours journey onwards the bay of Ca-

binde, where the Portugueſe ſhips take in freſh

proviſions, paſſing ro Loanda de S. Paolo.
This is a good road: for ſhips, in regard
they may be plentifully furniſhed with pro-
viſions, at reaſonable rates, upon condition
that the governor be well preſented.

the Lower Ethiopia.

or Sonbo, Sundo or Sundi,
and Pombo.
The grand dutchy

of the rivers Amaois and Dantis ; in the ſouth
to Angola, and borders at eaſt, according to
Pigafet, on the lake Chelande, or Aquilande,
in the territory of S/ ina.

The lord of Bamba is very puiſſant, bear-
ing the higheſt command at the Congoian
court, being captain- general of all the forces
there; yet holds his place ad placilum regis.
The inhabitants are chriſtians for the gene-
rality, and keep among them divers jeſuits,
Mulatto and Black prieſts, to officiate and
inſtruct them. |

481
Pango, Batta, Ban nor

of Bamba, lying in the Bamba
north part, reaches weſtward to the banks dukedom.

Both men and women give themſelves

The earldom of Soho or Sogno, the ſe- Sogno
| wholly up to wantonneſs; yet towards

cond principality in Congo, borders Upon earlder:.

ts extent,

ſtrangers they are churliſh and uncivil;
not only exacting from them beyond rea-
ſon, but defrauding them by many ſubtle
and ly methods.

The country abounds in millet, beans,

and fiſh; but the Portugueſe have a ſtore-

houſe to buy cloths, call'd Panos Sambos,
the proper commodity of this place, be-
cauſe made no where elſe ; made like our
pluſhes, but without flower or imagery. To

barter for theſe, they bring out of Majumba

red-wood, which the natives chuſe at the
higheſt price, before the richeſt European

merchandize, continuing in their original

ſimplicity, without deſiring to learn better

from abroad; for they never travel from

home, but only when the king ſends them
as agents to any of his neighbours, with
whom he is in amity.

This kingdom of Goy, in the year 1631,
was entirely ſubdued by the duke of Sonho,
who eſtabliſh'd his ſon in the place of the
deceaſed king, by whoſe aſſiſtance the father

afterwards got a great victory over the Ca-

congians, whoſe chief city he ruined and
burnt. The king of Congo takes upon him
the title of lord of both thoſe laſt men-
tioned, but has neither tribute nor ſubjection
from them; for each of them has an abſo-
lute and independent ſovereignty within his
own dominion.

Deſcription of the kingdom of Conco,

T HE true extent is not exactly known,

geographers being at variance about it;
but the moſt certain account that can be
given of it is, that it reaches a hundred
and twenty leagues up the inland, and
ſeventy two leagues along the ſea · coaſt, be-
ing every
of Zair on the north, Coango river in the
eaſt, Rio-Berbele at ſouth-eaſt, and Rio—

Coanza at ſouth ; and bounded at weſt by

the Ethiopick ocean. |
The common diviſion of it is into fi

dukedoms and earldoms, viz. Bamba, Songo
Vo I. V. | :

guolla.

where cut by large rivers: that

the rivers Zair and Lebunde, on the ſourh-
fide ſurrounded with a wood, call'd Finden-
Some extend it from the river Am-
bois, in ſeven degrees and a half of ſouth
latitude, to the red mountains, which bor-
der upon Loango; fo that according to this
laſt account, it reaches on the north to An-

/iko ;, on the ſouth to the river Ambrisz and

on the weſt to the ſea. |
This territory comprehends many petty

lordſhips, heretofore abſolute, but now

made tributaries. to Congo. The chief town

Songo ſtands near a pretty large river.

A quarter of a mile from it is the village
Pinde, which the duke has lent to the Por-
tugueſe to trade at. |

The dutchy of Sando or Sundi, begin- sundi
ning about eight miles from San Salvador, dutchy.

the metropolis of the whole kingdom,
ſtretches beyond the cataracts of Zair, along
both its banks to Anziko, towards the north.
On the eaſt ſide it runs to the place where
the Zair unites with the Baranka, and from
thence to the foot of the cryſtal mountains;
and in the ſouth touches upon Pango. The
chief town alſo, call'd Sundo, the reſidence
of the governor, is ſeared on the banks of

Pongo, by the water-falls of Zair.
The dukedom of Batta, formerly call*d Batta duke-
Aghirimba. to the north-eaſt, or rather full 4m.

north of Pango, about a hundred leagues up
the country, reaches eaſtward above the r1-

ver Barbele, to the mountain of the ſun, and
the falt-petre hill; and on the ſouth runs

to the burnt mountains, by the Portugueſ:
call'd Montes Quemados; its metropolis
call'd alſo Batta. This tract between Pangs
and Batta is fruitful, and yields all forts of
proviſions for the ſupport of life.

All along the way from San Salvador to
Batta, ſtand hutts, the dwelling-places of
the inhabitants.

About a hundred and fifty

or Pembo de Okango, through which the
ſtrong running and deep river Coango makes
its way; till meeting and intermingling with

the

miles from Conde
Balta eaſtward, lies the territory of Conde, terien.

482

BAR BO r.

A DescRIPTION of. |

the larger waters of Zair, it loſes both name
and current.

This country, from the prevalency of an
ancient cuſtom, always has a woman to rule
it, who pays tribute to Mani Batia, or the
prince or duke of Batta, and he receives it
in the name of the king of Congo, tho' he
reaps no benefit of it. To the eaſtward,

beyond the river Congo, according to the re-

Pango
Province.

lation of the Condeans, are found Y/hie
people, with long hair ; but not altogether
ſo white as the Europeans. Some of them
were taken in the country of Sogno, and
preſented to a miſſioner friar, who beſtowed
them again on the Portugueſe governor of
Loanda, not many years ago. ”
The fourth province, ſtiled Pango, has
$undo on the north; Batta on the ſouth ;
Pembo, the dwelling-place of the king, on
the welt ; and the mountains of the jun on
the eaſt. The head city ſeated on the
weſtern ſhore of the river Barbele, was for-
merly call'd Panguelongos, but at prelent,
Pango; heretofore free, but now acknow-

ledging the king of Congo, whoſe protec-

tion they crav'd againſt the incurſions and
inroads of their neighbours.

Eaſt of Pango, beyond the river Zair,
which is there call'd Coanga, are the mar-
quiſates of Cama, and of Cuno Pango; and

ſouthward of theſe, the kingdom of Fun-

geno, where the Portugueſe trade for ſtuffs

and bark.

Pembo
| trdſhip.

ſea, ſouth-eaſt from the mouth of the river

The lordſhip of Pembo ſtands as it were in
the middle of the whole, encompaſſed by
all the reſt, and contains the head city of
the kingdom of Congo, formerly by the
Blacks called Banza, that is, head; but at
preſent by the Portugueſe, San Salvador;
and by Marmol, Ambos-Congo. It ſtands
about the middle of Congo, on a very high
mountain, eight and thirty Dutch miles, or,
as others write, fifty Italian miles from the

Zair, and delightfully ſhaded with palm,
tamarind, Bakovens, Colas, lemons and

orange trees.

City of
Congo.

The top of the mountain Otreiro yields a
curious proſpect of all the adjacent places,
at a great diſtance, both weſt and north,
without any interpoſing ſtop to the eye,

This town has neither incloſure nor wall,
except a little on the ſouth ſide, which the
firſt king built, and afterwards gave that
part to the Portugueſe to inhabit for their
conveniency. The royal palace is ſurround-
ed with walls, and between it and the town
is a great plain, in the midſt of which they
have erected a beautiful church: noblemen's
houſes and others fill up the top of the

mountain; for every grandee ſettles his
dwellings as near the court as he may be

permitted, and with his retinue takes up as
much ground, as an ordinary town may be
built on.

The common houſes ſtand in good order,
and appear very uniform; moſt of them
large, well contriv'd, and fenced about
but generally thatch'd, except a few .
longing to the Portugueſe.

The king's palace is exceeding large, ſur-
rounded with four walls, whereof that to-
wards the Portugueſe part is of chalk and
ſtone, but all the reſt of ſtraw, very neatly

wrought: the lodgings, dining-rooms, gal-

leries, and other apartments, are hung after
the European manner, with mats, of an ex-
quiſite curioſity. Within the innermoſt fence
are ſome gardens, plenteouſly ſtored with va-
riety of herbs, and planted with ſeveral

ſorts of trees: within theſe again are ſome

banqueting-houſes, whoſe building, though
mean and flight, is by them eſteem'd rich
and coſtly. © Op

In the city there are ten or eleven cha,

churches, that is, one great one, being the
chief of all; then the ſeven lamps church;
the conception; the church of the victory or
triumph; a fifth, dedicated to St. James;
a ſixth to St. Anthony; and a ſeventh to
St. John. The other three ſtand within the
court-walls, viz. the churches of the Holy
Ghoſt, of St. Michael, and St. Joſerb.

The jeſuits have a college, where they .lt,

daily teach and inſtruct the Blacks in the
chriſtian faith, in an eaſy and winning me-
thod. 1 3

There are alſo ſchools, where youth are
brought up and taught the Latin and Portu-
gueſe tongues.

All theſe churches, and other publick
ſtructures, except the jeſuit's college, have
the foundations of ſtone, but cover'd with

ſtraw, and very meanly provided with uten-

ſils for celebrating divine offices.

There are alſo two fountains, one in S!.

James's ſtreet, and the other within the walls
of the court, both yielding good ſpring-
water. .

A ſmall river, or rather a branch of Le-
lunde, call'd Veſe, affording very good and
well-taſted water, flows at the foot of the

mountain cloſe by the city, to the great be-

nefit of the inhabitants; for from thence the
ſla ves, both men and women, fetch water
daily to ſerve the town. The adjacent fields
by this river are made very pleaſant and
fruitful, and therefore the citizens have all
their gardens upon its banks. What cattle
they have, are kept for the moſt part inthe
city 3 as hogs and goats, a few ſheep, but
no cows, which lie at night in fences joining
to their houſes,

The rivers which water this kingdom, Rive.
from north to ſouth, are firſt, Rio de las Bor-

renas-Roxas, that is, the river of red-
ſand ; another, at whoſe mouth lies a ſtreet,
call'd in Portugueſe, Boca de las Almadias, or
the gulf of canoes,

Here

Palace.

lar river.

„ V , e

- 2 - * =
—— - — —. th —
8 * ns | * * = I

the Lower Ethiopia. 483

1 Here lie three iſlands, the greateſt and From this great body branch out many Bax por.
middlemoſt of them inhabited, and pro- ſmall ones, to the great conveniency of the WWW

92 ——

vided with a convenient haven for ſmall
barks; but the other without people, har-
bouring only beaſts. |

To the ſouthward of theſe, is the great
river Zair, which, according to Pigafetta,
derives its original from three lakes; the
firſt by the ſame author, and others, enti-
tled Zambre; the ſecond Zair ; and the third
a great lake, out of which the Lelunde, and
Coanza rivers run. But Zambre is the princi-
pal head that feeds the river Zair, being
ſer as it were in the middle point of Africa,
and ſpreading it ſelf with broad ſtreams into
the north: to the eaſt it throws out the great
river Cuama, and Coavo; to the ſouth thoſe
of Zeila, Manice, or Manbeſſen; and laſtly,
to the weſt, this of Zair; which dividing
into ſeveral branches, moiſten and fertilize
the weltern part of ſouth Africa, Congo,
Angola, Monomotapa, Matamam, Bagama-
diri, Agaſymba, and fo to the cape of Good-
hope. .

T his is the account given by former geo-
graphers, but the new map of Africa, cor-
rectect from the obſervations of the gentlemen
of the royal academy at Paris, and reprinted

in London, in the year 1710, takes no no-

tice of the pretended lake of Zambre, whence
thoſe ancienter geographers perſuade us the
river Zair flows. They lay it down there,
penetrating with many windings, eaſt north-
eaſt, as far as the town of Pango, in about
nine degrees of eaſt latitude from the me-
ridian of London, where it changes its name
into that of Coanga, and is carried on inland

eaſt ſouth-eaſt, betwixt the marquiſates of

Cama and Cuno Pango, the kingdom of
Fungeno, where the Portugueſe trade for
ſtuffs and bark, and the territories of Meticos
and Fagos, to the twenty ninth degree of the
ſame eaſt longitude, in the ſame parallel as

. Coanza and Cuneni rivers, to the ſouth of

it; but does not determine its courſe farther

up in the kingdom of Nomeamale and Mo-
noemugi, where very probably theſe rivers

have their ſource.

larriver, The river Zair falls into the ſea through
a mouth, three leagues in breadth, in five

degrees and forty minutes of ſouth latitude,
and with ſuch force and abundance of water,
that the ſtream running out weſt north-weſt,
prevails upon the ſea-water for above twelve
leagues; and when you are out of ſight of
land, the water appears black and full of

heaps of reeds, and other things, like little

floating iſlands, which the force of the
ſtream, falling from the high clifts, carries
away out of the country, and caſts into the
ocean: ſo that ſhips, without a ſtiff gale of
wind, cannot fail up it into the road, within

Cape Padron, on the ſouth ſide of the
Iver,

natives and foreign traders, who paſs along

them in boats from one town to another.

The iſlands Bomma and Quintalla lie in
the mouth of this river, and others higher
up, exceeding full of people, who rebel-
ling againſt the king of Congo, have ſet up
peculiar lords of their own.

That of Bomma, tho! wel! inhabited, ſhews Bomma
few or no houſes, becauſe of the moraſſi- and.

neſs of the country, which for the moſt part
lies under water; ſo that the BI with
canoes go from tree to tree : among which,
they have raiſed ſome places made of leaves
and boughs, on which they reſide and reſt
themſelves without any coverture. _
Theſe iſlanders are ſtrong, well-ſet, live

after a beaſtly manner, are great ſorcerers,
and converſe with the devil; to this end

they firſt come together all on a throng,
then one of them runs about with a vi-

zard on; this continues three days, which

expir'd, they uſe another ceremony, and

then the fiend ſpeaks through the vizarded

man. They live in peaceable times by bar-
tering 3 in time of war, they deal in no-
thing but weapons, arrows, bows, and ja-
velins or lances. _
They have no marriage-ceremony 3 but
men and women make ule of one another,
as their affections or luſts lead them, mix-
ing merely like beaſts without any folem-
nity 3 for they know nothing of chaſtity,
but takeas many concubines as they pleaſe:
however, the firſt, as eldeſt, has the com-
mand and ſuperiority over all the reſt,

In the iſland Quintalla, is an idol made Quinralla
of money, which none dare approach, but Hand.
the ſervants or miniſter appointed to at-

tend, and take care to ſecure the way to
it from being diſcover'd; themſelves being

obliged as often as they go thither, to take

a peculiar path that no other may find,
Many kings and people facrifice to this
idol, eſpecially in ſickneſs, ſeveral of their

| moſt coſtly and higheſt-priz*d goods, which

none are permitted to make uſe of, but by

length of time decay or rot: for as ſoon

as they are dedicated, the attendant carries

them into a great plain, where the idol
ſtands, ſurrounded with a wall of cl:phants

teeth inſtead of ſtone, and there hanging
upon poles they remain til] they are quite
rotten. The iſland of Zariacacongo lies neareſt
to the dominions of Sogno, and was yielded
up by the former king of Cacongo, brother-
in-law to the count of Sogno, who had
marry*d his ſiſter to that prince, on con-
dition he ſhould embrace the chriſtian re-
ligion; but that King ſoon after died, about
the year 1685. The iſland is none of the

ſmalleſt, and lies in the midſt of the river

Zair.

9
0
*
*
. .
7 4 +.
4 7 4
N 5 +
1
1
11
Th
# 19
.
: oF
{4 4]
i a
. »
a $4 a
* 4%
N 4
| j
| ; p
5
1 *
bY 44 i
voy!
T4. 1
138
: n
| 1k
N F
M4 TY!
N. 5 .
. i
4 31
| |
| THIF
Md. .
41
t 4
4; " i -
l 147
I 1 '
: inn
4
iN 117
. 0 |
; 1 1 *
„ 9 14
'T l
iN 4
' 14
L \
Nin
3
| "Pb
b | 4 1
85 bs
- + *
= 1
=
4 k
4
1 z 17
11
: ES
7 15
/ * 7
14 ;
$4 «
UEF: 6
i {TB
H 2
7 '; FF
7x K
141 i
A”
„
A :
fr
© p
$i ö
N 4
* +: 36
4 91
4 i F
, n
11 47 $
N.
= 1 3
1 i $75 be
IJ 1. *
1
7
; 1
4 1
42
4 4
41 1
y Th ©
N 14
| ME.
ry E [5 ö
1
7 it 14
23 44018
j TH
74 1
; if
i *
2
x A
q 4
LY
- W
1
14 if
.
' x
b *
'2 7
4
:

4
It
bt
10
4

a *
- * 4
” ſh — . _ _— 8 7 230 my - py = = . - 2 F — - — . —
a a — — = Tz 2 —2 | - 2 | . =" — > OO — - —
+20 —- hs 2 — y W 4 £ * mf Y * 1 TT 7 3 3 - 89 d . 1 us * 4 2 one” £ — * 2 ——— 2 — — W L
— is * © — — * pu = — — — me a
> 2 4 N — — — 2 * N. 5 - *Y - . 2 q — 4 J 2 - 1 ; l -
— __— _ p _ £ — 7 ** \ xk Ka 9 2 ot . vii. Ao Ss _ 83 4 PRs Lon p < — 5 — * — — —— = « Ar rd. _ 22 1
l yp ; 0 — he d as - —
* . . C — — — — — — _—_— — — — - -_ = — — ” — — — — — — — a — —
— — . — F — = — — 5 — p -4 — — — — —— 5 2 — — — a 7 . — -
43 cy HE - x: . | TE 3 — => — ES: al — — — —
— — * 5 1 ati 2 $1 2 „ hp — — - — oh — — 2 , — B b <
— = — —— > - — — : . | - . — k 2 _
2 4 k. . 7 — — 2 —— — ; 1 x” * . = x - — — ' - >
E — * =” K 22 1 1 3 — = N e > . = _— .
4 4 2X P mY 2 a PID 9 — > "> 4 a

—

1 — 7
= - 5 - —— _ — — — 2 — — — — —
— S E > 2 — 2 Y 2 mu
: ;
” * - . 8 7 * 8 —
, DS. an "on . 2 : FF — =
8 * —— — cons — on non ——— tres Evan * 8 _—
_ ; p 4 - — — — —— 2 4 — — 1 a
2 N - 8
. 22
* 2 p ——
2 I TM 2 7
— - — y — — Ih. ew a * 1 — = — < *
ͤXLEÜ—: . vr ic ——I— f —
_— * 7 — 0 * 5 6-0-2 —
G ” — - "+ 5
1 * 'E
* . 2 - x
is 4 * me — — Jt *
— > _ 8 * x + ww . . »
"4 - r 2 = * * 4 - 1 3 * — * * 4

484

BaR BOT. Zair. It abounds with all ſorts of pro-
8E yifions, and great numbers of inhabitants;

Umbre

river.

Brankare

viver.

Barbele

vi ver.

Cape Pa-

drao.

is plain, rais'd eight fathom above the water,
and divided from the kingdom of Congo,
by a river over which there is a bridge.
The iſlanders have particular heads, and
chief officers, choſen by moſt voices. Se-
veral other rivers with their ſtreams in-
creaſe the ſwelling current of the Zair ;
the moſt eminent are Umbre, Brankare, and

Barbele.

Umbre, by Sanutus calPd Vambere, riſes
in the north, out of a mountain in Ni-
gritia, and loſes itſelf on the eaſt-ſide of
Zair. |

Brankare as Pigafelta, or Bankare as Sa-
nutus calls it, has its original in the ſame
mountain, and after a long courſe, diſcharges
its winding ſtream into the fea, ſays the
lame Sanutus: but Pigafetta, from the infor-
mation of Edward Lopez, avers it mingles

with the Zair, on the eaſterly borders of
Pango, not far from the foot ©

the cryſtal

mountain.

The river Barbele, ſo calld by Linſcho-

ten, and Verbele by Pigafetta, ſprings from

a lake, which the ſame author falſly makes
the Nile to flow from; after which, it ſhoots

the city of Pango, enlarges the Zair with
the addition of its water. 5
Southward of the mouth of the river
Zair, ſhoots out a promontory, call'd in
Portugueſe Cabo do Padrao, from a ſmall
chappel and a croſs they erected on it above

a hundred years ago: and about five miles

from Padrao, is the reſidence of the earl
of Sonho, where the Netherlanders trade. A
little way within Padrao lies St. Paul's-
point, affording a convenient road for ſhips.

hen Diego Can made the firſt diſcovery

of this river Zair, about the year 1480,
he erected on the ſouth-point of its mouth

a monument with an inſcription, containing
in Latin, Arabick and Portugueſe, the names
of the king Dom John the ſecond, and of

| thoſe of his officers, who had diſcover'd that
country, of which they thereby pretended

to be the lawful poſſeſſors. For that reaſon,
lays Vaſconcelos, a Portugueſe author, this ri-
ver was for a long time after call'd Rio de
Padrao, and now the river of Congo, from
the kingdom of that name, which Diego
Can diſcover'd in the ſame voyage. 5

A mile and a half from thence, lies a creek
call'd Pampus Rock.

More to the ſouthward, are the rivers Le-
lunde or Lolongo, Ambris or Ambres, or An-
ores, by the Portugueſe royal map; Enko-

koquematari or Serra de Banba by the ſame ;

Loze or Loza, Onza or Zanza, Libonge or
Lolongo, Danda or Dande, or Dendi, and

Bengo,

A DESCRIPTION of

caus'd by
whoſe bank begins the dukedom of Bamba.

Lelunde running between Zair and Am.
bris, has its head ſpring in the ſame lake
with Coanza or Quanza; ſo paſling cloſe
by the foot of the mountain where the royal
city St. Salvador ſtands, runs down from
thence with many windings, weſt north-
welt to the ſea, into which it falls with a
ſtrong current ; but in the ſummer ſo ſhal-
low, that it is not paſſable in veſſels of any
burden: the Blacks frequent it with canoes,

notwithſtanding the hazard of crocodiles,

which are there very numerous.

Ambris, which is next, lies in ſix de-
grees ſouth latitude; is a great river and
full of fiſh, but rocky at the entrance, yet
paſſable enough for ſmall boats. It has the
ſame original with Lelunde, running not far
from St. Salvador; the water ſeems muddy,
the ſwiftneſs of the ſtream, on

Thirty miles up this river is a ferry, where
every traveller for his paſſage over, muſt
pay a certain toll to the king of Congo. On

the ſouth banks of it are many people, wo

get their living by making ſalt of ſea-water,
boil'd in earthen-pots, and proves grey and
ſandy 3 yet they carry it to Pambo, and ſe-

veral other places, and drive a great trade
through the lake Aquilunde, and paſſing by

with it.

Enkokoquematari is the next, whoſe be- Ta
ginning is unknown to Europeans, and quematri

Lelunde

rider.

Ambri; g

river.

4m.

the whole in a manner of no uſe ; great flats * x

and ſands ſtopping up the mouth, ſo that
it will not bear a {mall boat, and within ſo
ſcanty of water, that a canoe can hardly
make its way.

Loze, another mean brook, yet up in the Loze.

country paſſable for a boat. About twenty
miles upward is a ferry, where all travel-

ps. lers pay a duty to the duke of Bamba.

Onza, or according to Pigafetta Onzoni, Ona

is fordable, and not to be ſail'd by any
veſſels becauſe of its ſhallownelſs.

Libongo, by ſome call'd Lemba, can boaſt Liborg? \

neither greater depth or better qualities.

Danda, a little more ſouthward, has at Danda. ,

the mouth five or ſix foot water, is full of
fiſh, feeds many crocodiles and ſea-horſes,
and affords on each ſide fruitful grounds;
ſomewhat high on the ſouth-ſide, but on
the north, for half a mile low.

Bengo, by ſome taken for a branch of®"3* ©

Danda, with the Quanza, makes the iſland

Loando; it is navigable in ſloops about

fourteen miles upwards, and at the mouth
has ſometimes ſeven or eight foot water,
notwithſtanding the ſands. It comes a great
diſtance out of the country, and in the rainy
ſeaſon, viz. March, April and May, over-
flows with the violence of its ſtream, and
ſometimes carries away much of the earth
on one ſide, which either jeins again on the
other, or elſe is driven into the fea.

The

ue.

Bitta
dixedom,

P-mbo
te ritory.

Product.

the Lower Ethiopia.
The winter there bears almoſt an equal
temper with our ſummer, ſo that the peo-

ferent ſorts of wine diſtinguiſh'd among Bareor.

en. them by peculiar names, as Melaſſo, Em

ple alter nothing of their apparel, nor re-
quire the warmth of fire at that ſeaſon of
the year; for the difference between win-
ter and ſummer is ſcarce diſcernable, only
that the Air, when it rains, is a little cooler;
but the wet ſeaſon once paſt, the heat is al-
moſt intolerable, eſpecially to hours before
and after noon,

The winter commences in mid-March,
and the ſummer in September; in the for-
mer the great rains begin and continue,

batta, Tamgra, Maneba, Manecha, Bordoni.
The wine of grapes they call Melaffo Man-
putto ; the Embatta wine is very refreſhing.
There are alſo cola-trees, which the inha-
bitants chew as the Indians do Betele. The
trees calPd Ozeghes yield a fruit like yellow
plums, delightful in ſmell and delicious in
taſte z and with the branches they make
fences, palliſadoes and arbors, to ſhelter
them from the ſcorching beams of the ſun ;
nor do they want melons, cucumbers and

"*1 March, April, May, June, Fuly and Au- citrons, common and china-oranges of an
guſt, during which time they have ſcarce a extraordinary bigneſs, and pleaſant taſte,
clear day; leſs rain in September and No- and ſeveral forts of pulſe. The miſſioners
vember. The ſummer, as has been ſaid, is ex- in Bamba cultivate in their convent's gar-
ceeding hot and dry. The year of theſe dens all thoſe ſorts that are common in
Ethiopians commences with their winter, in Brazi!, beſides thoſe peculiar to Africk and
March. Their month is lunar, and the Europe, grapes, fennel, cardoons or thiſ-
ſeven days of the week are diſtinguiſh'd by tles; all ſorts of ſalletting, gourds, and

04
t

Bitra

ſeven markets, held ſucceſſively at ſeveral

places; but they do not know how to reckon

the hours of a day. 5

The land- winds on this coaſt and An-
gola, arg eaſt north-eaſt, the ſea-winds weſt
ſouth-weſt.

This country from the ſeveral rivers, has
great ſtore of water; ſo that the inhabi-
tants are very curious in their choice of it:
for they

St. Salvador, who make no ule of ſuch as

the adjoining plains afford them; but cauſe
their ſlaves to fetch it from the fountains,

a little lower on the north: ſide.
The lands in the rainy ſeaſon, by the

muddineſs of the water, are made excec-

ding fruitful, and fit to bring forth all

manner of things. But from November till
the latter end of March there falls not
a drop of rain, which makes the ſoil very
dry and hard,

The dukedom of Batta, and others lying

wed, round about, have a fat and fertile ground,

P.mbo

affording all manner of proviſions.
The territory of Pembo, eſpecially about

oy. St. Salvador, becauſe of the freſh and ſe-

Product.

with they

rene air, abounds in rich paſtures, and pro-
duces many flouriſhing and thriving trees.

Here grows a kind of grain, by the natives
call'd Lyko, not unlike our rye, but ſmaller :
this they grind into meal with hand-mills,
and make bread of it. |

There is alſo abundance of millet, which
the Blacks call Mazza Manputo, or Portu-
gueſe corn; as allo Indian wheat, where-
fat their hogs; and rice in ſuch
plenty that it hardly bears any price.

Lemmons and pome-citron trees grow in
every corner, bearing fruit of a pleaſant and
briſk taſte ; alſo bananas, dates, cocoa-nuts,

and palm-trees, producing two or three dif-
ür

will not drink the neareſt, but the
freſheſt and beſt, as appears by thoſe of

many other forts ; but no pears, apples,
nuts, or ſuch like fruit, as require a cold
climate, |

The ſhore of the river Lelunde, going to
St. Salvador, is beautify'd with abundance
of cedars, which the ignorant people make
no other account of than to make canoes
and fire-fuel. Y

Caſſia Fiſtula and other drugs, fit for the uſe
of apothecaries; alſo tamarinds, which grow
plentifully, and have the repute ot being a
good remedy in fevers.

In the towns near the ſea, they have
ſtore of kidney-beans, by them call'd Ca-
zZalaza, millet and poultry, which the Eng-
liſh, Netherlanders, and other traders buy
for Simbo-cloths, little look ing-glaſſes, and
other trifles.

In Bamba, a province of Congo, and there Cartle.
eſpecially, they have good ſtocks of cattle,

ViZ. Cows, oxen, {wine and goats; beſides

plenty of fowl, as turkeys, hens, ducks, wild-

hens of a delicate fleſh, and geeſe. The
elephants breeding there in numerous droves,
grow to an extraordinary bigneſs, inſo-
much that ſome of their teeth have weigh'd
above two hundred weight. In the Congo
language they call ſuch a tooth Mene Man-
20; and a young elephant Moane Manzo,

The elephant, if we may believe the Elephants.

Blacks, do not caſt their teeth; they hunt
them with lances and darts, making a double
advantage of them as merchandize and food;
many ſcurfed or hollow teeth are found in
the woods, which are decayed by lying
many years in the rain and wind. This
commodity, by reaſon of the infinite quan-
tity brought from thence within theſe fifty
or ſixty years, begins to grow ſcarcer, and
they are fain to fetch them farther out of
the country.

6 H The

—— I

= — #) 222 Pres
**

——— — —— — — — 3
— K 5

486 AD ESRI T ION of

BAR BOUr. The elephant when ſtruck with a lance or

V Javelin, will uſe all means to aſſault and
kill the perſon that wounded him; but as
if it would teach the beaſtly Blacks hu-
manity, neither eats the body, nor inſults
over it: but making a hole with his teeth
in the ground, throws it in, and covers the
place again with earth and boughs of trees.
Therefore the hunters, when they have woun-
ded an elephant, hide themſelves for a while,
and then follow at a diſtance, till being
weakened with loſs of blood, they dare
draw nearer and kill the beaſt. Thoſe Blacks
know not how to take elephants alive, as
they do in the Eaſt-Indies.

Killing In the country of Sogno, when the ele-

elephaugs. Phants are together in a herd, the hunter
anointing himſelf all over with their dung,
gets in dexterouſly with his lance in his hand
among them, and creeps about under their
bellies, till he has an opportunity to ſtrike
one of them under the ear, which is the beſt
place to bring them down. The ſtroke be-
ing given, he immediately makes his eſcape,
before the elephant can turn about to re-
venge himſelf. The other elephants de-
ceiv'd by the ſmell of the dung, take leſs
notice of his roaring; and thus the reſt of

wounded companion, leave him a prey to
the ſucceſsful hunter. If the elephant pur-
ſues him, he eaſily makes his eſcape by
dodging, becauſe the beaſt cannot turn ſo
nimbly.

Water of he natives diſtil a water from the bones

ry good againſt aſthma's, ſciatica's, or any

cold humours.
Their tai: Some Blacks of thoſe parts, and particu-
woerſhip d. larly the Giaghi, pay a certain religious
worſhip to the elephants tail ; for when their
lords or ſovereigns die, they commonly
reſerve one of thoſe tails in memory of
tug on which they beſtow a ſort of adora-
tion, on account of the creature's great
ſtrength. They often go a hunting only
for the ſake of cutting off thoſe tails, bur it
muſt be perform'd at one ſtroke, and from
a living elephant, or elſe they do not rec-

kon it has any virtue,

ah The Blacks in Congo turn the elephants
* Fre, out of their way by firing ſome huts, or
the fields, for thoſe creatures take another

way when they ſee the flame. |
There are no lions, tygers nor wolves, in
the country of Sogno, or if any be ſeen, it
is a great accident, tho* there are enough
in the neighbouring parts; but there is a
ſort of wild-dogs, which go out to hunt
in great numbers, and furiouſly ſet upon
any elephant, or other wild beaſt they meet
with, and never fail to kill it, tho? never
ſo many of them be deſtroy'd in the at-
tempt : thoſe dogs, tho' wild, do little or

Wilddogs.

the herd walking on, and forſaking their

#heirbones. Of the elephants legs, which is reckon'd ve-

no harm to the inhabitants, They are red-

hair*d, have ſmall ſlender bodies, and their
tails turn up on their backs like grey-
hounds. Merolla,

The buffalo, in the language of the
country call'd Empakaſſe, has a red (kin
and black horns, of which the inhabitanrs
make muſical inſtruments. It is a miſ.
chievous beaſt, and dangerous to be hun-
ted, eſpecially after they are ſhot, if not
right ſtruck 3 wherefore the huntſmen, who
mean to ſhoot one, firſt chuſe out a ſe-
cure place, where they may not fear the
furious aſſaults of the enrag'd creature.
The fleſh of it is very groſs and flimy,
yet the ſlaves eat freely of it cut in ſlices

22

and dry*d. There breeds in the woods an-

other creature, ſeldom to be found elſe-
where; they call it Zebra, in ſhape like a
mule, with a {kin ſtriped ; on the head and

| over the whole body, white, black, and

bluiſh : they are very wild and ſwift, hard to

Zebra, A
ſwift beat J Serpents.

be taken alive, and when taken, more diffi-

cult to be tamed; though the Portugueſe
ſay, that ſome years ſince they ſent four
of them to Portugal, for a prefent to the
king, who uſed them for a coach, and re-
warded the perſon who brought them over
with the notaryſhip of Angola, to him and
his heirs 3 but the whole is a fable.

Empalanga is a great beaſt like an ox, hav- gmpu. J

ing two horns, and very ſavoury meat; they gz.

are of ſeveral colours, ſome brown, others,
red, and ſome white. :

Envoeri is a great beaſt like a ſtag, with Eovoni.

two horns.

The Makoto differs little from a horſe in ziale 1

bigneſs, but has long and flender legs, a
long gray neck, with many white ſmall
ſtripes, and on his head Jong ſharp horns
wreath*d below ; the dung of this creature
is like that of a ſheep.

Tygers in the Congoiſh language call'd ge,

Engri, never hurt the Whites; ſo that when
they meet a Y/hite and a Black together,
they will aſſail the Black, and let the White

paſs unhurt; therefore the king of Congo

has appointed a reward for thoſe that kill
them, and bring their ſkin, with this pro-
viſo, that the hair of the lips remain upon
them, becauſe they account them a mortal
poiſon. „ |

the tygers, nor ſo much dreaded ; and tho

The leopards generally prey upon cattel, pars
ſo do the lions, but they are not ſo cruel as U

there are abundance of lions in Congo, yet

the people are not ſo much terrified and
moleſted by them, as they are by the ty-
gers or leopards, They ſcare away lions,
by ſetting fire to parcels of ſhrubs and
weeds, when they ſpy any at a diſtance a-
bout the country, as they travel.

The 2»umbengo, or wolves, are very nu- Hi!

merous, have a thick head and neck,
molt

al &c.

Civet- cats.

Bea vers.

+ Wk, e Wk, — wy

A eee ee RE WW. Ai Hd i -4&t

W-bucks.

Civet- cats.

Beavers.

Alt, 3 Nye ats.

bigger, grey headed, ſpeckled with black
ſpots like the tyger, but much more ill-fa-
vour'd; foxes, ſtags, deer, conies and hares,
ſwarm in incredible multitudes, becauſe
they are never hunted as here with us.
Civet-cats the Blacks catch, and tame
for their perfume. |
The territory of Batia affords many
beavers, whoſe ſkins are of great value, one

of them being as dear as a ſheep; ſo that

none is ſuffer*d to wear them without the
king's licence firſt obtain'd,

Apes and wild-cats are very troubleſome
by their numbers, eſpecially in Songo by

the river Zair.

In Congo the large monkeys or apes are

call'd Mocchacos, and the little ones Sagorts.
There is a multitude of monſtrous ſer-

pents, commonly twenty five foot long, or

more: one fort of which they call Boma 3

another ſort, which kills with its tail, En-

bambi. In the ways to Singa many travellers
are devoured by a ſort of ſerpents, common
in thoſe parts, which they meet on the
roads, as Merolla reports, and adds, that it

once happen'd, that a perſon being thus aſ-
ſaulted by one of theſe prodigious ſerpents,

had by a luſty ſtroke of a cymeter cut him

in two, but not yet kilPd, the enrag*d mon-

ſter lay upon the catch among the thick
buſhes 3 and ſoon after two perſons paſſing

by, it immediately crawPd out, wounded

li.

as

.

as it was, and ſeized upon them, devouring
them almoſt whole; but at laſt a number
of men coming to the place with muſkets,

ſent ſo many bullets into the monſter's body,

that they kill'd it. The natives eat of the
fleſh of ſerpents very heartily, chopping
off the head and tail, and throwing away the
entrails. | :

In this country they have alſo a ſort of
crocodiles, which they call Alacardo.

Wild-boars, by them call'd Emgalo, or

Engulo, may be ſeen here, with two great
taſks, wherewith they tear violently: the
Blacks ſtand more in fear of them than any

other beaſt, and if they do but hear it, will

make away with all poſſible ſpeed. The
filings of their teeth, which the Portugueſe

highly eſteem, and are very ſeldom gotten,

taken in ſome liquor, are reputed a power-
tul antidote againſt poiſon ; the teeth them-
ſelves rubb'd againſt a ſtone, and adminiſter*d
in a little water, are an infallible cure for
an ague. They ſay, this beaſt, when ſick,
recovers its health by ſo rubbing its teeth
upon a ſtone, and licking with its tongue,
Roebucks, call'd Golungo, breed here a-
bundantly, but no bigger than ſheep, of a
brown colour, with ſome white ſpecks, and
two ſharp little horns : ſeveral of the Blacks
kill and eat them, but the Congoians and
Ambandes will by no means taſte their fleſh ;

the Lower Ethiopia.

moſt like the wolves in Europe, but much

pot where their fleſh has been boil'd, nor
come into the place where the fire was that
dreſs'd it, nor lay their hands on any wea-
pon wherewith it was ſlain; yet can give
no other reaſon for it, but that the fleſh
is their Qui killa, that is, a food prohibited
among them by authority and ancient cuſ-

tom, by tradition deliver'd from hand to

hand, by their fore-fathers : for they firmly
and undoubtedly believe, that if they ſhould
do the contrary, they ſhould not only be

lame in their bodies, but their fingers and

toes would rot off. |
Laſtly, bears, foxes, wild cows call'd
Cabaſſa, and goats, frequent the woods, and

ſome of them infinitely damage the people.

Beſides theſe variety of quadrupedes, they
have many ſorts of wing'd animals; as,

Firſt, peacocks, which none but the peacecks.

king only may have; and he keeps them
with great care in incloſed woods, upon the
borders of Angola.

They have two forts of partridges, tame Parrridges.

and wild; as alſo pheaſants, pigeons, turtle-
doves, eagles, falcons, vultures, merlins,
ſparrow-hawks, pellicans, green and red
parroquets, cranes, ſtorks with red bills

and red legs, and half white and half black

feathers. As to ſparrow-hawks, they are ig-
norant of the uſe we make of them in Eu-
rope. | 2
There are abundance more of very beau-
tiful birds of feveral colours, green, red,
yellow, and ſome the fincſt of all, being
Ethiopian parrots, with white feathers, and
black fillers, looking like the ſcales of filh ;
their tail, eyes, beak and feet, of the co-
lour of fire. Theſe parrots will talk like
thoſe of Brazil, bur are rarely brought into
Europe; the hens they call Coricas, the cocks
Enguſſu.

There are alſo owls, which they call Car-

| jampemba, that is, devils, becauſe their ap-

pearing preſages ill- luck.

They have two ſorts of bees, one that Bees.

hives in the woods, in hollow trees; and the
other in the roofs of houſes. |

The piſmires or ants, by them calPd In- Piſmires.

gingie, are of four ſorts, the biggeſt have
ſharp ſtings, with which they raiſe ſwellings

upon men, the other three are ſomewhat

ſmaller. It 1s incredible what trouble and

damage theſe little inſects occaſion to the

natives, as I ſhall hereafter obſerve.
Enſingis is a little beaſt, with a ſkin
ſpeckled black and grey.

The Entigiengio, a ſmall creature, very 4 ſtrange
curiouſly ſtreak'd, ſlender bodied, with a creature.

fine tail and legs, never comes upon the
earth, for the very touch thereof proves
mortal to it, therefore keeps in the trees,
and has always twenty black-hair'd creatures,

call'd

nay, they bear ſuch an antipathy to it, that Bap vor.
they will not touch any thing out of that

I RC
- —
* 1 —— — — — 4

as. BT.

Wh
AI

488

BaRrBor.

2

call'd Einbis, attending it; that is, ten before,
and ten behind. They take the ten firſt in
ſnares, and then the ten behind make their
eſcape, by which means the animal bereav'd
of its guard is alſo taken.

The ſkin of this little beaſt bears ſuch a
value, that none but the king may wear it,
unleſs perhaps, by particular favour, ſome
great lords obtain leave; among which are
the kings of Loango, Cacongo, and Goy.

Some have reported that there are gold
mines about S. Salvador, but without any
ground of probability; for the Portugueſe,

who have converſed ſo long in the country,

Copper-

#nines.

would not have left them undiſcover'd.

But they find many copper mines in ſe-
veral places, eſpecially in Pembo, whoſe me-
tal has ſo deep a tincture of yellow, that able
artiſts have miſtaken it for gold; but upon
proof the error ſoon appears.

The like mines are found in Songo, yield-
ing better copper than that of Pembo ;
whereof the purple armlets in Loando are
commonly made, which the Portugueſe car-
ry to Calabar, Rio del Rey, and other places
in the Bg of Guinea. .

In Baiba, ſays Linſecboten, there are ſilver
mines, and other metals; and in Sundo, of
cryſtal and iron, the laſt bearing the higheſt
value, becauſe it makes knives, ſwords, and
other weapons.

Quarries of ſtone, call'd Maitari, are

very common ; as alfo rocks of red marble;
beſides many precious ſtones, as jaſper, por-
phyry, jacinth, and the like : and yet com-

mon ſtones are rarely found through all

Congo, as is reported by Carli, a miſſioner
in Congo. 8 ens

The inhabitants of Congo, known by the
name of Macikongen, are very black, yet
ſome few differ, being only of a fort of
olive colour : their hair black curPd, their
bodies of a middle ſtature, and well-let ;
the white of their eyes of a ſea-green, and
their lips not ſo thick as other Blacks ;
wherein they differ more eſpecially from
thoſe of Nubia and Guinea, 5

Tho' ſome be ſurly and proud, yet in
general they carry themſelves very friendly
towards ſtrangers, being of a mild conver-
ſation, courteous, affable, and eaſy to be
overcome with reaſon, yet inclin'd to drink,

eſpecially Spaniſh wine and brandy : ſuch as

_ converſe much with them, diſcern a quick-

neſs of reaſon and underſtanding, ordering
their conceits and diſcourſes ſo rationally,

that the moſt knowing take great delight in

The na-
tives.

their facetious humour.

They ſhow little courage in war, but ge-
nerally come by the loſs, unleſs aſſiſted by
the Portugueſe ; for twenty Whites will rout
a thouſand of them.

Thoſe of Songo are a proud, lazy, and
luxurious people, but have a winning be-

A DescRIPTION of

haviour, and a volubility of ſpeech, be-
yond thoſe that live on the north ſide of the
Za. |

The people of Bamba are reckoned the
beſt ſoldiers. The gentry of Bamba travel
with abundance of attendants, and much
ſtate ; ſome of them follow*d by twenty or
thirty Mulattos, who are bold fellows,arm'd
with muſkets and cymiters, and the Blacks
with bows, arrows, and lances ; many mu-

ficians going before, making a great noiſe

with their ſeveral inſtruments. The great

duke of this country has a greater retinue
in proportion. At night they build hutts,
and encloſe them with thorns, to ſecure

them againſt the wild-beaſts, which ſwarm

about the country. Beſides lions, tygers,

wolves, elephants and rhinoceros's, there

are pocaſſes, which roar like lions, and are

white, with black and red ſpots, very long

ears, and ſtrait horns, much like the buffa-
loes. To drive away thoſe creatures, the
Blacks ſet fire to dry graſs ; which flame,

with their ſhouts, makes them fly another

way. Sometimes alſo travellers climb trees,

with ladders of ropes, they have for that

purpoſe, or otherwiſe, and thence ſhoot
them with poiſon'd arrows; but ſometimes,
it not nimble enough, they become a prey
to thoſe ravenous beaſts.

The people, for the moſt part, feed on x,y

kidney-beans, and other kinds, which the

women ſow, being very regardleſs of their

diet, and as merry after a meal of inſipid

roots, which grow wild, as if they had

been at a feaſt, At night the women re-

turn from the fields with their children,

light a fire in the middle of the cottage,

where they eat ſuch as they have, and diſ-

courſe till they fall aſleep. This is the way
moſt of the country people live, many of
them going ſtark naked.

The country is prodigiouſly infeſted with A.

ants, which are ſo numerous and ravenous,
that they are ſaid to devour the carcaſs of a
beaſt in a night, When they get into a
cottage, the only way to rid them, is to
ſet fire to ſtraw on the floor, which de-
ſtroys infinite quantities of them, but leaves
an intolerable ſtench, and ſometimes burns
down the hut.

They have a ſort of ſmall monkeys, awnty: ;
which drive the rats out of their houſes,

there being a ſort of antipathy between them.
Theſe monkeys have a muſky ſcent, which
perfumes a room, are very tame, and will
learn any thing they are taught.

Several prime men, who are in diſgrace Revbrr:

with the king, ſometimes lie in companies
on the roads to the cities of San Salvador
and Loanda, robbing all travellers, till they
are again taken into favour.

They are ſaid to be very guilty of poiſon- Toon

ing, but perhaps it is more in talk than
reality 3

Travelling,

Clothing.

Card.
22

oa e e ® fs a

Faſtin g.

=” |

FREED COLT og RI VOY mel.” Ä e nc "EEE 2 eds

W 1 @a % — *

ys

ws.

nk

Clthing-

Card.
2

the Lower Ethiopia.

reality; for if diſcover'd, they infallibly die
for it, without mercy, and ſuch ſtrict en-
quiry is made, that it can ſcarce be con-
cealed.

People of any note, eſpecially in the
cities, are decently clad, in long mantles of
fine cloth, or black bays, under which they
wear white ſhirts, appearing on the upper
part of the body; and on the lower parts
they have long wide coats of ſatin, or da-
maſk, with rich borders, or embroidery
about the edges. Some var a ſort of cloth
made of the bark of the Malombe-trees,
and palm- leaves colour d black and red, but
all bare-legg'd, and on their heads only
white cotton caps; but they adorn their
necks and arms with gold and ſilver chains,
or ſtrings of the beſt red coral.

Thoſe of Songo wear coats from the navel
to the ankles, and mantles over the reſt;
but the women cover their breaſts.

They play at cards for paſs- time, ſtaking
little horns or ſhells, reckoned among them
as current money. |

The citizens of Congolive chiefly by trade;

and the country people by tilling the land,
and keeping cattle,

Thoſe about the river
Zair live by fiſhing ; others by drawing of
Tombe-wine ; and ſome by weaving.

When they travel trom one place to an-
other, they do not ride, but are carried by

men in hammocks, lying down, others ſit-

Pefing,

Ling on a board hanging to a pole, with one
arm over the pole, and their feet reſting on
a ſort of flat wooden ſtirrup, holding in the
other hand an umbrella; or elſe ſitting on

'a kind of bier, made faſt with a cord to a

pole, reſting on the ſhoulders of their ſlaves,
or of hid people. For expedition they
take many ſlaves, that when the firſt grow
weary, they may be carried by the others.
There are two things very remarkable in
theſe Ethiopians, and worth obſerving ; the
firſt is, in their eating and drinking at feaſts,

which they commonly celebrate in great

numbers, and at night. A great company
being got together, they ſit round in a ring,

on the graſs, then a large thick round wooden

platter is plac'd in the middle of them; the
platter is called Malonga. The eldeſt of the
company, whom they call Maculontu, or
Cocolocangi, is to divide and diſtribute to

every one his portion; which he does with

ſuch exactneſs, that if there happens to be
a bit better than ordinary, that is alſo di-

vided proportionably among the company,
ſo that every one is contented with his ſhare.

When they drink, they make uſe of neither
cups nor glaſſes; to the end, every perſon
may have what is judg'd ſufficient for him,

and no more. The judge is the Maculontu,

who holds the Moringo or flaſk to the perſon's
mouth that drinks, and when he thinks he

has drank enough, he pullsit away. This
„„

in his epiſtles to the Romans, and to the

Be not forgetful to entertain ſtrangers, for

beaſts, and living creatures; the lords bore

is practiſed all along to the end of the Barzor.
feaſt. ö
The other obſetvable thing, is, that if any Hoſpitality.
perſon, man or woman, great or ſmall,
tho? not known to them, happens to paſs by
where the company is feaſting, he or ſhe
thruſts into the ring, and has an equal ſhare
with the reſt, without making any compli-
ments, or ſpeaking a word. If the ſtranger
happens to come after the portions have
been divided, then the Maculontu takes
ſomething from every man's meſs, to make
up a ſhare for him. If many uninvited /
gueſts come, they all have the aforeſaid li-
berty, and may eat and drink as freely as
if they had been invited. When the acci-
dental travellers perceive the platter empty,
they riſe up and go their way, without
taking any leave, or returning thanks to the
company. And tho' the ſtrangers have
ever ſo great plenty of proviſions along
with them of their own, as it very often
happens they have, yet do they forſake their
own for that of theſe people. Another thing
to be wonder'd at, is, that they never aſk
thoſe intruders any queſtions, as whence they
come, whither they go, or the like; but all
paſs in ſilence. This charity of theirs is very
commendable. 55
This ſort of hoſpitality was very common
among ſeveral of the eaſtern nations, in the
firſt ages of the world; and particularly
among the I/raelites, of which we have ſun—
dry inſtances in holy writ, as in Abraham,
Gen. xviii. in Lot, Gen. xix. and in Judges
xix. 21. And St. Paul commends hoſpitalicy

Hebrews xiii. 1, 2. Let brotherly love continue.

thereby ſome have entertain'd angels un-
awares ; that is, Abraham and Lot. St.
Peter preſſes it alſo as a virtue and duty, in
his firſt epiſtle, iii. 9. Uſe hoſpitality to one
another, without grudging. To”,

Theſe people before the coming of the Nane,
Portugueſe, who inſtructed them in the chri-
ſtian faith, had no particular or proper names z
but the common pcople call'd themſelves by
the names of herbs, plants, ſtones, fowls,

the title of the lordſhip they commanded,
as the lord of Songo was call'd Mani-Songo,
that is to ſay, lord of Sog, Mani ſignify-
ing lord, and Songo the country: but at this
day both men and women, high and low,
even the king himſelf, commonly receives
a name in baptiſm. | |

They ſeem ſomewhat experienc'd in ſe-
veral handicrafts, but do not care to take
upon them any hard labour.

Congo, Songo, and Bamba, vent few ſlaves, Slaves,
and thoſe the meaneſt of all ; becauſe being
uſed to live idly, when they are brought ro
labour they quickly die. The beſt come

> thither

490

BaRBoT.

A

Trade.

thither from Amboille, Gingos, Fagos, Ca-

ſeudas, Quilax, Lembo, and other territories
thereabouts, above Maſſignan in Angola.
The Europeans drive a little trade with
Simboes: but the chief dealing in Songo con-
ſiſts in Sambo-cloths, palm- oil, palmetto-
nuts, and ſuch like. Formerly they brought
thence many, and thoſe very large ele-
phants teeth; but of late that trade is fallen
to nothing. |
The city St. Salvador is the ſtaple for
the Portugueſe merchants in thoſe countries,
of whom the natives chiefly buy Cyprus-
cloths or painted table-cloths, call'd Cape
de Verdura blue cans, Biramks or Surats,
copper baſons, Engliſh cloth; great Simbas

of Loanda, Baeſier, and other inconſiderable

trifles, as rings, beads and the like. Their
wealth conſiſts chiefly in elephants teeth
and Simbos, or little ſhells which paſs in-
ſtead of money.

The citizens of St. Salvador amount to
near forty thouſand, moſt of them gentle-

men and nobles, yet wretchedly poor: for

among them all, you ſhall ſcarce find ten

or twelve that have a golden chain or ſmall
jewel. However, it may be ſaid of this

kingdom of Congo in general, that it is very

rich, as having ſo great a quantity of me-
tals; that tho* they ſhould ſpare much to
their neighbours, yet there would remain
enough to reckon it very wealthy; as alſo
conſidering the incredible number of ele-

pPhants there are in it, whoſe teeth may
much enrich it: likewiſe the civet-cats,

wiſe. To ſay ſomething of this in general:
The king's revenues conſiſt chiefly in

which are very numerous, and may turn
to a good account; whence it is eaſy to
conceive that the prince of ſuch a kingdom
muſt be very potent. It is not poſſible to
expreſs what his revenues would be worth,
if the product of metals, elephants teeth,
and other commodities were well minded ;
but for want of induſtry, it is quite other-

yearly tributes paid him by the dukes of
Bamba, Batta, Sundo, Nambanganga, Bumby,
Muſſulo, Oando, Quingengo; and others un-

der the titles of earldoms, as thoſe of Pem-

Money.

bo, Pango, and many more, which are

brought in on St. Fames's day, when the

king rewards them with ſome ſmall trifle,
as 2 mark of his favour, >
They have no coin, either of ſilver, gol
or copper 3 but as has been often men-
tion'd, make all their markets with little

' ſhells call'd Simboes, and another ſort call'd
Bongbi or Libangh1, which paſs current; but

in. other countries are of no eſteem or va-
lue: and the Portugueſe uſe them in their
paſſage, when they or their Pomberoes, that
is, ſlaves, are ſent with merchandize to
Pombo, and other places lying up the coun-
try from Angola and Loanda, through Con-

A Descriertion of
go. They have no apothecaries or doctors, h

nor any phyſick but what themſelves make
of plants, barks of trees, roots, ſtones, wa-
ters and oil, which they adminiſter for a-
gues, fevers, and almoſt all other maladies.

Fevers, the moſt common diſtemper of
this climate, they cure with the beaten
root of ſanda] wood mix*d with the oil of

dates, anointing therewith the body of the

patient two or three times from head to
foot. The pain in the head, by letting blood

in the temples, with little ſhells ſharpened,

wherewith opening the ſkin, they ſuck with
the mouth till they draw the blood,

The pox or venereal diſtemper, call'd
Chirangas, rages among them extremely,
which they cure with the red-wood call'd
Tavilla. |

ticular province, to hear and determine civil
cauſes and differences that happen; who,
tho' there be no ſettled laws or ſtatutes,
may impriſon and releaſe, or impoſe a pe-
cuniary mulct or fine upon them. But in
more weighty matters every one may ap-
peal to the king, before whom criminal

cauſes are alſo brought; and he, as ſove-

reign, gives a definitive ſentence.

In matters of ſtate, and ſuch as concern c 1

peace and war, the king adviſes with ten
or twelye counſellors, his favourites, who
conclude for the welfare of the kingdom,
and ſet forth and publiſh decrees by his
order and in his name.

Theſe ſame puniſh idolatry and witch-
craft with the greateſt ſeverity, condemning
ſorcerers to the flames or to pe

are ſeveral of the meaneſt ſort, who pre-

tend to ſorcery, and make the ignorant peo-

ple believe they can work wonders, as pro-
curing of rain or fair weather ; being con-

verſant in lions, tygers, ſerpents, or other

miſchievous creatures; can oblige croco-
diles to carry them over rivers ; are fa-

miliar with the devil, whom they call Ca-

rabomba, and many more follies, by which
they gain a reputation among the unthink-
ing multitude, and are much dreaded, par-
ticularly in the countries of Sogno and An-
2:93 and this, notwithſtanding all the care

taken by the miſſioners, and the ſeverity of

the princes to deſtroy them, whenſoever
diſcover*d.

Whoſoever kills a man, has his offence
openly read before him, and being convicted
by witneſſes, is condemn'd to die.

When an offender is put to death upon pfui

ſentence pronounced by the King, he for-
feits all his goods and ſlaves ; ſo that no-

thing of what was his, deſcends to his

relations.
When

The king appoints a judge in every par- Jui |

tual ſla- San,,
very in Brazil, or other parts of America, 1
felling them to Europeans. However, there

iapons.

Want of

diſcipline.

Titles of
{vernoys.

the Lower Ethiopia. 491

glu. When they march out with an army a- The titles the king uſes to expreſs his BAR ROT.
gainſt their enemies, the commanders wear greatneſs are theſe; Mani-Congo, by the

* e long, arrows, muſkets, piſtols and ſpect and obedience, is puniſhed with per-
| ſhields made of the barks of trees, and petual ſlavery.
cover'd with buffaloes-hides. The whole When the king treats his nobility, it is The king"
ſtrength of their battle conſiſts in their in- thus: he cauſes them to be number*d, and treat
fantry, for they have few or no horſe. then all the potsare brought before them, one
2 "_ They uſe little diſcipline, either in the with boil'd beans, another with fleſh, and a
iliplize, onſet or retreat; but upon the word of com- third with millet, without any ſpice, but
mand, the drums beating and the horns only falt, and ſome palm- oil. To the great-
blowing, they move forwards not in cloſe eſt lords he ſends every one his part in a
order, but at a diſtance from each other, wooden platter, with a ſmall flaſk of palm-
and ſo advancing, let fly their arrows: wine; but thoſe of leſs quality are by name
which done, they very dextrouſly wheel call'd up, and meſs'd by fix, ſeven, or eight
about, and leap from one place to another, together, to whom the king directs ſuch a
to avoid the enemies arrows. Some bold great pot of millet, beans and fleſn, accord-
2 youths commonly draw out before the front, ing to their number.
iy to encourage the reſt, with abundance of When the feaſt is ended, they come all
bells hanging about their middles, and ring- into the king's preſence, and falling upon
ing. When the firſt have fought till they their knees, clap their hands, and bow their
are weary, upon the ſound of one of their heads, in token of thanks and ſubmiſſion,
horns directed by the commander in chief, and ſo depart to their own homes; only ſome
they retreat, and others inſtantly ſupply favourites ſtay all the day, ſmoaking tobacco,
their places; and this continues till one of and drinking palm-wine, till both king and Drinking.
Y the armies is victorious. nobles are ſo drunk, that they cannot go
"I If the general of the army happens to from the place.
be kilPd, they inſtantly wh i themſelves When the king goes abroad, not only the Going a-
to flight and leave the field; no force nor nobility, but all thoſe that dwell about the 6road.
authority being able to make them rally. court, or happen to be there at that time,
They uſed to take little care to be fur- attend him ; ſome going before, others fol-
niſned with proviſions, ſo that very often lowing ; but all dancing and tumbling with
they were forced for hunger to leave the antick poſtures, to the muſick of certain ill-
enemy, tho' half conquer'd, and retire into tuned drums, and long ivory flutes like cor-
their own country; but now they begin nets, till the king returns to his houſe. 5
to take notice of theſe miſcarriages, and by At his going to church, not only his own Going 7, {|
the inſtruction of the Portugueſe, to mend grandees, who at all times are ready, but church. 0
their diſcipline. the Portugueſe, as well laity as clergy, muſt I
Tile Moſt of the territories and lordſhips of wait on him; and again from the church Pl
inner, Congo have peculiar governors call'd Mani, to his palace; but at no other time are the I

arts

ſquare caps or bonnets, trimm'd with of-
trich, peacock, and other feathers ; which
they look upon-both as an ornament, and
to make them appear the more terrible.
The upper part of their bodies 1s then na-
ked ; but on their ſhoulders they hang two
chains, with links as big as a man's little
finger.

The common ſoldiers uſe great broad
ſwords, which they buy of the Portugueſe ;
ponyards with hafts like knives ; bows ſix

whereto they add the name of the province,
as Mani-Vamma, that is lord of Vamma,
Mani-Coanſa, Mani- Hany, Mani- Kelle, and
ſeveral others: but Bamba, Pembo and
Pango, have the title of dukedoms, and

others of earldoms, wherein the Blacks
imitate the Portugueſe, When they ſhew

themſelyes to the people, they appear very
ſtately, ſitting on great velvet chairs with
velvet cuſhions, and ſpreading on the ground
before them coſtly carpets 3 which the Por-
tugucſe alſo taught them, in order to ſtrike
an awful reverence into their ſubjects.

with ſome few pieces of plate for his uſe.

grace of God King of Congo, Angola, Ma-
kamba, Okanga, Cumba, Lulla, Zouza; lord
of the dukedoms of Batta, Sunda, Bamba,
Amboille, and the territories thereof; lord of
the earldoms of Songo, Angoy, Cacongo, and
of the monarchy of Ambondes; ruler of the
great and wonderful river Zair.

He has abſolute power and ſovereignty The king
over his ſubjects, who never approach him, 42/lure

but in the moſt humble poſtures of reve-
rence ; and whoever fails of paying due re-

Portugueje oblig*d to ſuch attendance,

When he ſhews himſelf to the people,
he is always attir*d in his richeſt robes ; that
is, a great long mantle or cloak of ſilk,
velvet, or fine cloth, richly laced or em-
broider*d: on his fingers he has ſome gold-
chains, intermixt with fine coral; and on
his head a coſtly cap.

He has in his palace above a hundred pjzing.

waiters, who all have lodgings in the court,
He eats his meat after the manner of Europe,
at a high table, where he always fits alone,

All

== - - - — — — —— — "= on *
— , ⏑— . ]—§⏑§˖«
— — Fa
ON * — 4 . — Tr ————
— — —̃ (v — — a , — .
2 —

7
g "0 x

492 A DEscRITION of |

Barzor. All his waiters are cloth'd in black mantles
of bays.
The chair on which he ſits has covers of
red or green velvet faſten'd on with great
gilt nails, and coſtly tapeſtry ſpread before
him, and cuſhions inſtead of a footſtool.
IN When the Hollanders, in the year 1642,
embal)- came the firſt time to the king Don Alvaro
as ambaſſadors from Loanda, immediately
after they had taken it from the Portugueſe,
they had audience at night, in the dark,
paſſing through a gallery two hundred paces
long, ſet on both ſides with two ranks of men,
with wax candles in their hands, burning.
The king's apparel at that time was very
_ glorious and rich, being cloth of gold and

ſilver, with a long velvet mantle: he fat on

a red velvet Spaniſh chair, over his head a
canopy of white ſatin, trimm'd about with

a deep gold fringe 3 on his head a white fine
cap, and on his legs a pair of ruſſet-boots.
On his right hand an officer, who ſome-
times gently fann*d the air with a handker-
chief; and on his left fide another, holding

a tin bow, and a tin ſcepter, cover*d with
fine ſtriped cloth in his hand; and right
before him was ſpread a great Turkey carpet;

and on the right ſide, kneePd his interpreter,
Whitecaps, This king commonly wears a white cap
on his head; as do the nobility that are in
favour: and this is ſo eminent a token
thereof, that if he is diſpleaſed at any of

kill'd one another; and their parents and
friends gather'd all forts of coſtly clothes,
and put them into the grave, to the intent
that when they arriv'd in that ſtrange coun-
try, they might buy ſuch. things, as they
had occaſion fo.

The funeral of the king, inſtead of
mourning, 1s Celebrated eight days toge-
ther, with continual eating and drinking;
which they call Malala, and every year af-
ter ſolemnize it withan anniverſary meeting,
in the ſame manner.

This cuſtom of eating and drinking, is
not only uſed for the king, but alſo for the

_ nobility, according to their quality, and

continues to this day; but chriſtianity has
aboliſh*d the burying of people alive.

The coronation is perform'd after this
manner. All the nobles and Portugueſe
aſſemble before the palace, in a ſquare open
court, formerly built for that purpoſe, en-
compaſſed with a light ſtone wall, about
five yards high; in the middle of which,
ſtands a great velvet chair and cuſhion, with
a ſtately carpet ſpread before it, and a crown
wrought of gold and ſilver wire, as alſo
three gold armlets, about the thickneſs of
a finger, and a velvet purſe, wherein is the
pope's bull, or letters of confirmation to the
new king; who being come into the place ſo
prepar*d, one ſtands up, who in the nature
of a herald pronounces theſe words:

Coronation

wmAgee

EOS EEE OE” VE Tore RY os 8 .. WS WP 2

Leen — —

them, he only cauſes his cap to be taken You who are to be king, muſt not rob, nor Ali
off from his head; for that white cap is a be covetous nor revengeful ; but be a friend the nu»
cognizance of nobility there, as in Europe to the poor: you ſhall beſtow alms for rela- ki.
every order has a peculiar badge to diſtin- ing of priſoners or ſlaves, and help the needy,

guiſh it. and be charitable to the church, and always

When the king goes abroad with all his
nobles, adorn'd with white caps on their
heads, he ſometimes puts on a hat, and at
pleaſure lays that aſide, and reſumes his cap.

His wife is call'd Mani-Mombada, that is,
queen, and for her a yearly tax is gather*d
through the whole kingdom, by them calPd
Pintelſo; every houſe paying a certain rate

for their beds. 2
The queen. The queen hath her peculiar apartment
in the palace with her ladies, who uſe little
art to adorn themſelves ; yet they go al-
moſt every night abroad to take their plea-
ſure, only ſome ſtaying in their turns to

wait on the queen.
Funeral. Formerly when the king died, his rela-
tions perform'd his Tambi, or funeral cere-
monies, putting the dead corps, call'd there
A ua, into the grave, in a fitting poſture,
and a dozen of young maids uſed to leap
into it of their own accord, and were bu-

ry'd alive to ſerve him in the other world;

as believing, he ſhould not remain dead,
but go into that other world, and live there.
T hoſe maids were then ſo earneſt and deſi-
rous of doing that ſervice to their deceaſed
prince, that for eagerneſs to be firſt, they

endeavour to keep this kingdom in peace and

quietneſs, and fully obſerve and keep the ſame,

without breach of league with your brother
the king of Portugal. „

After this ſpeech, the muſick begins to
play; which having continu'd ſome time,

the laſt two noblemen go to ſeek him a-

mong the people, the reſt of them ſitting

on the ground. The two having ſoon found
him they ſought for, and bringing him,

one by the right arm, and the other by the
left, place him on the abovemention'd roy-
al chair, and put the crown upon his head,
the gold armlets on his arms, and the uſual
black cloth, or bays cloak on his ſhoulders.
Then he lays his hands on a maſs- bock, and
the goſpels, which the prieſt holds to him,
having an alb on; and the king ſwears to
do and keep all he has been fore warn'd of,
by the herald aforeſaid.

This ſolemnity being ended, the twelve
noblemen and the king go to the palace,
accompany'd by all thoſe that were preſent
at the coronation, who caſt earth and ſand
upon him, in token of rejoicing, and as an
admonition, that tho' he be now king, he
ſhall be duſt and aſhes. nh

droduct.

tze Lower Ethiopia. 493

The king, after his crowning, remains The old earl being dead, in the year Barnor,
eight days in his palace without going forth, 1041, there broke out a new and bloody N Taped
during which time, all the Black nobility, war, between that king, and Don Daniel da rin of
none excepted, and all the Portugueſe come Silva, the new carl, on account of the prin-

3 Congo
to viſit and congratulate him. The Blacks cipality of Mokata, he had made over, as and Songo.

wmAgee

uon

1
i
A
t5 4
:

do him a kind of homage on both knees,
clapping their hands, and kifling the king's
hand. The Portugueſe kneel upon one knee,
and fo the prieſts and clergy by that hum-
ble poſture acknowledge his ſovereignty.
When the eight days are paſt, the king
appears in the market, and makes a ſpeech
to the people, expreſſing his readineſs for
che performing of that which was propound-
ed to him ; with aſſurance to them, that he
will ſeek nothing more than the quiet and
welfare of his kingdoms and ſubjects, and
the propagating of the chriſtian faith. _
The people of Congo take the oath of
fidelity to their king, like other chriſtians 3
beſides which, there were formerly ſundry
ſorts of oaths in uſe among thoſe Ethiopians,
which were adminiſter'd upon ſeveral occa-
ſions; but as needleſs to mention here, as ri-
diculous and extravagant in their nature and

deſign. Among the many ſorts of them are

theſe chief ones, viz. Chicongo, a draught
of phyſical purging wood; the Chilum-
bo, the Ganganzi, a ſuperſtitious oath ;
others calPd Orioncio, Oluchenche ; finally
the oath of Bulungo, adminiſter'd to ſup-
poſed traitors, by a wizard, or Scingbili;
a draught compoſed of the juice of herbs,
ſerpent's-fleſn, pulp of fruit, and divers
others things.

Of the Earls of S oN G0, or SON HO, in
particular,

T HIS earl is the moſt potent in all Congo,

droduct.

and was ſubject to the king; but con-

fidering the woods of Findemguolla, which

ſurround his country like a bulwark, he
fortified, and made it almoſt impregnable :

ſo caſting off the yoke, he ſcarce acknow-
ledges the king of Congo for his ſovereign,

but only as a friend of Songo.
This province of Songo yields copper
much betrer than that of Congo, and ſome
cotton, but they vend little of it.
In the year 1636, the king Don Alvaro of

Congo, aſſiſted by eighty Portugueſe, was

routed by the earl of Sougo, who took Don
Alvaro priſoner, and he for his ranſom
was forced to give the earl two territories ;
the one a principality, call'd Mokata, a
great land of tillage, lying where the river
Zair borders neareſt to Songo, Afterwards
Alvaro renew'd the quarrel with the ſaid
earl, and again loft theday; but coming a
third time againſt the earl with much ſupe-

rior forces, as he has innumerable people at

command, he took ſevere revenge of the

Songos for the loſſes before ſuſtain'd,
Vo L, V. | |

has been ſaid, to the late ear]; and accord-
ingly invaded Songs, in confederacy with his
ſon Alfonſo, whom he had eſtabliſh'd in Mo-
kata, uſing all the extremities of war both
againſt the ſubjects and country. But the

Songos, a very warlike people, in the year

1645, on the twenty ninth of April, in a
pitch'd battle, defeated and put to flight the
king's army, and took the aforeſaid prince
of Mokata, together with many grandees,
priſoners; and, according to the cuſtom of
the country, chopp'd off all their heads,
keeping only 4/pbon/o priſoner, who was
his couſin, but would not ſuffer him to de-
part from him.

The kipg provoked more than ever by
this overthrow, came the next year into
the field, with all his nobility, and three or

four hundred Mulatios, having made the

duke of Bamba general of that army; who
being come near the borders of Song, was
unawares ſet upon by an ambuſcade out of

the wood Emtin da Gudlla, on the laſt of
July, and his army not only totally defeated,

but the duke himſelf neceſſitated to yield
to the earl ſome places and countries before
wreſted from him, for the releaſe of prince

Alfonſo.

During this war the king ſent embaſſadors
to Brazil, to count Maurice of Naſſau, who
then had the government of that country,

for the ſtates of Holland, with many ſlaves,

and a gold chain, for a preſent ; to deſire
his aſſiſtance to carry on the war againſt
Songo: but two embaſladors, ſent at the fame
time to the ſaid count at Brazz!, by the ear]
of Songo, being allo arriv'd there, intreated
him to give no aſſiſtance to the king of

Congo, againſt Sorgo 3 to which the count
conſented, and accordingly writ to their

governors in Congo and Angola, not to in-
rermeddle in the wars of thele two princes,
for that they were both in league with the
Hollanders : and thus diſmiſſed the ſaid re-
ſpective embaſſadors with equal civilities,
and rich preſents.

Before the coming of the Portugueſe into Ancient
theſe countries, and their converting them l

to chriſtianity, the people of Congo had ſe-
veral ſorts of idols, every man making to
himſelf a god, according to his own fancy.
Some worſhipp'd dragons, goats, tygers,
ſerpents, and many other ſuch living crea-
tures; others ador'd fowls, plants, trees,
and the very ſkins of the beaſts ſtuffed with
ſtraw. Before theſe idols they paid their
religious worſhip, bending their knees, ly-

ing flat on their faces, daubing themſelves

with dirt, and ſacrificing to them of the
6 K beſt

,
4
*
$ 5
n 17 17
1? a 33
180 j *
4 =
, * $1
: 1 8 x
l wy! : FR
: (89 N
1 [ : 4 2
Nein
Wb ! q
4 | oy [
l : 4
4 l
1 7
1 10 N $
N N "2b 1
fv 1 1 4
1 i
Us |
11 a
17
' I 2 + 1 t
> 0g in
1 2 : T s
« 4 1 j
l ; : D
\ ? , 1
1 1
4 g's 4 F
1 .
r +2
"3 f 1
„ 1 *
8
131
1
51
13
5 *
1 18
i 1
t 4 P
ö 1
b 14.44 * 05 18
* 1
19 & 1
4 : - F”
15H 4 i
11 * 649
t 77 1 1
x * 8 :
iy £8 tf
4 1411 *
4 1 *
* 7 : þ >
11 1
1! N 0 1g
4
U X
2
15 n
7 9 3
* i
7 * *
* 13 :
4 if 1 1
„ 15 10
0 12
; P 4
3401 1
7 1 19
0 *
1
* I
i
: Ty a
* *
Y 7 *
- "327 9
; 1 1 4 .
1 = *
0 21
6 :
14 4
1 " 2
3
+: * > u#
. *
i. 4
'T .
"# 1
FB: \ :
. 179
ve *
1 1
1 1 1
Lt! 1 5
17709
* 1
* 1 "=
L441 :
WA $8
* z q
ay
j a
*
U
1 1
4 0

494
BARBOr.

Diſcovery
of Congo,

A DescRrIPTION of

beſt and deareſt things they had. At length
they were brought to light, out of this dark-
neſs of idolatry, in which they had remain*d
for many ages, through the endeavours of
the Portugueſe, who made the firſt diſcovery

of the river Zair in the year 1480, under

the command of James Can. In 1484, king
Fohn the ſecond of Portugal ſent the ſame
Fames Can with a fleet, to diſcover the eaſtern

coaſt of Africa, and the Eaſt- Indies. He

being come to the river Zair, ſent agents to

the king of Congo, who not returning, he
took four of the natives, that came to ſee the
ſhips, and after ſome time ſpent in coaſting,

return'd to Lisbon, where king John treated

thoſe Congoians very courteouſly, and im-
mediately diſpatch'd Can back to Congo with
rich preſents. He arriving on the coaſt, ex-
changed the four Congoians for his four Por-
tugieſe, who, during their ſtay in Congo,
became fo intimately acquainted with the
duke of Songo, uncle to the then king, and a
man of a generous ſpirit, that they inſtructed
him in the chriſtian religion, and ſo fully
convinced him of the error of their idola-
trous worſhip, that the ſaid duke went to
the king to give him an account thereof,

and to adviſe with him about changing their

religion. After ſeveral conſultations, the
king agreed to ſend one Zacuten, on an
embaſly to Portugal, with a great retinue,

deſiring the king of Portugal to ſend ſome

Converſion.

prieſts to inſtruct them.

Zacuten at Lisbon farſt learnt the Portugueſe
tongue, and ſoon after, with all his fol-
lowers, feceiv'd baptiſm ; which ſo encou-
rag*d king John, that, purſuant to the re-
queſt of Zaculen, he diſpatch'd him to Congo,
with ſome prieſts and church ornaments,

where they were received by the prince and

people, with an inexpreſſible joy. The

duke of Songo was firſt baptiz'd, with his

ſon, in the year 1491, he taking the name
of Emanuel, and his ſon that of Antony; as
was afterwards the king by that of J,
his queen was call'd Eleanor, and his youngeſt
ſon Alphsnſo. 5

This good example prevail'd upon not
only the nobility, but many of the com-

mons, whoſe number daily encreaſed; ſince
when, the Portugueſe have not ſpar'd any
hazards or labours to increaſe and confirm
the new planted religion, which has met
with ſuitable ſucceſs.

Among the Portugueſe there are many
ſchoolmaſters, who, beſides reading and
writing, teach the catechiſm, wherein the

make their ſcholars very perfect, and they

are generally very ſubmiſſive to the rules of
the church.

The churches are built like their houſes,

and ſerved by many prieſts both Black and

Mulattoes.

The Backs of Congo call a Capucin friax
Gramga Fomet ; the word Fomet being a
name of reſpect, importing father or maſter.
A prieſt they call Evanga, baptiſm Maxi-
muncu, and God Zabianbunco.

When the earl of Songo goes to church,
he puts on his bett apparel, adorn'd with
many gold chains, and ſtrings of fine coral ;
before, goes the muſick : he is attended b
a guard of muſketeers, and follow'd by a
great throng of people.

Merolla, in his account of Songo, informs!
us, that ſome years before his arrival there,
one F. Thomas de Siſtola, a Cabucin miſſioner
in Congo and Angola, with ſome other miſſio-
ners of his order, underwent a cruel perſe-
cution from the then earl of So, who
tent them away to Angoy, ordering they
ſhould be dragg'd out of his dominions,
tor the ſpace of two miles, which was exe-
cuted with the utmoſt rigour ; the cruel
officers dragging them along by their own
cords, with their faces next the ſands, all
the way reviling and inſulting them, in ſuch
manner, that one of them died ſoot after, and
the others with much difficulty ſurviv'd.
The occaſion of that perſecution, he lays,

was, that a king of Congo deſiring to be

crown*d,a{k*d the aſſiſtance of the Portugueſe

atAngola,promiſing to give them the country

of Songo, and two gold mines. The army
of Congo being join'd by ſome of the Giaghi

and their European auxiliaries, eaſily routed

the forces the carl of Songo had raiſed to op-
poſe them, killing the earl, in whoſe place

another was ſoon elected. He having rais'd

new forces, inſtructed them how to behave
themſelves againſt fire-arms ; exhorted them
to die a glorious death, rather than to live
a miſerable life; and cauſed all the cattle to
be kill'd and eaten by his troops, as well
to ſtrengthen them, as that there might be
nothing for the Portugueſe and Congoians.

Theſe contemning their enemies, fell into ria; e
their hands; for marching without any order, i i

e r/ecmt im.

they were led into an ambuſh. The firſt se.

that fled were the Giaghi, whom the Con-
goians ſoon follow'd. The ſlave, whom
they had before taken, finding an opportu-
nity to eſcape, run in among their friends,

and being by them unbound, fell furiouſly

upon the Portugueſe, who ſtill ſtood their
ground; who being over-power'd by num-
bers, were all Kkill'd but ſix made priſoners,
and carried before the earl, who aſk'd them,
whether they would rather chuſe todie with

y their companions, or live and be made

ſlaves. They reſolutely anſwer'd, Tat
Whites had never yet ſubmitted to be made
ſlaves to Blacks, nor would they, No ſooner
were the words out of their mouths, than
they were all kilPd upon the ſpot. All the
artillery and baggage was taken by the Songe/e

army,

the Lower Ethiopia.

army, the former of which, with ſome other
pieces of cannon bought of the Dutch,

ſeiz'd and threw him into the ſea with a Barzor:
great ſtone about his neck.

" of 5 q

ſerv'd to furniſh a fort built of earth, at the
mouth of the river Zair.

The Sogneſes to Juſtify their proceedings
in this particular, alledg'd that the king
of Congo had no right to give away their
country to the Portugueſe, ſince it was none
of his, but a ſovereignty of it ſelf ; there-

fore the Portugueſe, who were no ſtrangers,

ſhould not have been ſo unjuſt as to ac-
cept of it, and to endeavour to ſubdue it
by force of arms. They farther urg'd,
that when the Dutch ſome years before had
got poſſieſſion of the kingdom of Angola, a
great number of Portugueſe being expell'd
from thence, fled to Sogno, where they
were very courteouſly entertain'd by the
count, who gave them the iſland of Horſes
to live in, and furniſh'd them with all
manner of proviſions gratis; therefore they
could not but admire, that thoſe people,
whom they had ſo hoſpitably receiv'd,
ſhould be ſo ungrateful as to endeavour to
take their country from them.

The aforeſaid count having receiv*d about
thirteen wounds in the battle, died within

a month ; and the new one cholen in his

ſtead bore ſuch hatred to the Portugueſe,

that he reſolv'd for the future to have no
more to do either with them or the Ca-
pucins, whom he look'd upon as belong-
ing to them. Sending therefore for ſome
Flemiſh merchants, who were returning home,
he writ by them to the pope's nuncio there,
to furniſh his dominions with new prieſts.
That prelate ſent him two Franciſcan prieſts
and a lay-brother, with ſtrict orders, that
if there were any Capucins in Sogno they
ſhould ſubmit to them as their ſuperiors.
Thoſe three religious men being arriv'd,
were receiv'd with all imaginable courteſy,
and conducted to the Capucin monaſtery.
The count having thus got other prieſts,
laid hold of ſeveral falſe pretences to ſend

the Capucins away; and not being able to

prove them guilty of any crime, had re-
courſe at laſt to the moſt barbarous courſe
that could be imagin'd, commanding them
to be dragged out of his dominions, as was
ſaid above. 7
Upon this inhuman action of the count,
the Franci/cans who were come from Flan-
ders withdrew to Angola, and would not re-
turn to Sogno any more. Thus the Ca-
pucin convent was totally abandon'd by re-

ligious men, for which reaſon the people

aroſe in a furious manner againſt their prince,
ſeiz'd and ſent him bound to an iſland of
his dominions in the Zair, and choſe a new
count. Afterwards, fearing leſt the former
ſhould endeavour to reinſtate himſelf with
the aſſiſtance of other nations, as he was
then actually contriving to do, they again

Some time after, one father Foſeph Ma-
ria came from Loanda to Sogno, to carry
away the church utenſils belonging to the
miſſion, but more particularly to ſound the
minds of the people; who, as ſoon as he
arriv'd at cape Padron at the mouth of the
Zair, reſorted to him in great numbers, re-
lating how they had diſpatch'd the count,
who had been an enemy to the Cab ucins,
and proteſting to him in the moſt ſolemn
manner, that they would defend them for
the future, to the Jaſt drop of their blood.
This promiſe they again confirm'd by oath
at the altar, and ſo father 7-/zph remain'd
with them, and ſent for father Thomas to
return to Songo, which he did, and ever
ſince the Capucins have liv'd there unmo-
leſted 3 but the Portigueſe have no footing
in Songo to this day,

In the year 1647, at the requeſt of Don Miſſun

Alvaro the ſecond k ing of Congo, the pope
ſent fourteen Carucins from Sicily and Ca-
diz, who landed in Songo, and thence, with
leave, travell'd to Congo; only leaving ſome
of their number, to propagate the faith there.

In the reign of Alvaro the firit of Congo,
the chriſtians receiv'd not only a check,

but underwent heavy perſecution; but pro-

vidence never ſuffering ſuch raging impiety
to go unpuniſhed, the Jagos, who had long
poſſeſs'd the kingdom of An/iko, a ſavage

people reſiding in huts and woods without

prince or government, like the wild Arabs,
fell into the kingdom of Congo like an irre-
ſiſtible innundation, ruining the ſame with
fire and ſword, The province of Batta lay
firſt in their way, where, on a certain plain
before the city of 57. Salvador, the king
gave them battle, but with the loſs of many

people; inſomuch that he was forc'd to re-

treat into the city, and afterwards fled for

ſafety, together with many Portugueſe and
notable perſons of Congo, to Ilha dos Cavallos,
that is, Hor/e-1ſand, leaving the city to the
Zagos for a prize; who burnt it, together
with the churches, laying waſte the whole,
and carrying away the inhabitants, whom
they killed and eat. The huſbandmen fled
to the woods and wilderneſſes, chuſing ra-
ther to die there with hunger, than to fall
into the hands of ſuch inhuman cannibals:
nor was that calamity confin'd to the woods,
but the famine ſpread over the inhabited
parts, ſo that a ſlave, at that time worth
at leaſt ten crowns, was given for a little
meal; nay more, thouſands fold themſelves
for ſlaves to the Portugueſe of the iſland of
St. Tome, to preſerve themſelves from ſtarv-
ing ; amongſt whom were ſome of the blood-

royal, and many of the chief lords.
The king of Congo finding himſelf too
weak to withſtand his enemies, by the 5 55
ſe

*

— FE RR
* — 4 werany rr
N *

—
—
P —

_ — „ „ „ —
N * * — * —— - $6 —— — * — _—
— —ͤ———— — ß — —
— 5

496 A DRERSCRID TIN

BARBO r. ſel of the Portugueſe ſent an agent to Don
scbaſtian then king of Portugal, praying aid;

Chriſti-
anity re-

ſtor d.

who immediately ſent him a ſupply of fix
hundred ſoldiers, many perſons of quality

oing as volunteers, under the command of
Bon Francis de Gowuvea, a man who had of-
ten been in Afia and Africa; and who, after
a fortunate paſſage, arriving at the land of
St. Tome, where by order they put in for
recruits of ammunition, and to victual and
refreſh, they went over to Congo, and landed
at Horſe-Iſland, where the king of Congo
then had his abode. Here the general hav-
ing receiv*d freſh ſupplies of Portugueſe and
natives, went over to the continent and
fought the Jagos, defeating them in ſeveral
battles in ſuch manner, that king Alvaro

after a year and a half's exile was reſtored

to his throne, and deſir'd that prieſts might
be ſent him to re-eſtabliſh the chriſtian re-
ligion; and as an acknowledgement for the
afliſtance receiv*d, obliged himſelf in wri-
ting to ſend the king of Portugal a yearly

preſent of ſlaves, and to own him as his

ſovereign. The king of Portugal! modeſtly
refus'd it; anſwering, that he look'd upon
the king of Congo as his brother; but
aſſiſted him in eſtabliſhing the chriſtian
religion. V

After four years reſidence there, the ge-

neral departed, leaving behind him a num-

ber of Portugueſe as a guard to the king,

and to ſecure the peace for the future.

Hardſhips
u nale r # Oe
by miſſi-

oners,

Father Merolla repreſents the hardſhips
himſelf and other miſſioners endur'd in la-

bouring to propagate chriſtianity in the

Lower Ethiopia after this manner.

Grievous, no doubt, are the ſufferings of
the miſſioners in theſe parts, whether we
conſider the length of their travels, their
frequent want of neceſſaries; the various

_ climates of the countries they paſs through;
the ſuffocating and intolerable heats, eſpe-

cially to us Europeans, who fry under our
coarſe cloth; the travelling over rocks and

frightful precipices, the lying on the bare

round, the being perſecuted by wizards
and ſuch ſorts of wretches, and ſometimes
by bad chriſtians ; and laſtly, the loſing of
ſo much blood as we are fain to do to
preſerve our healths, and a thouſand
other inconyeniencies which cannot be here

mention'd.

F Lower Ethiopia.

In another place, ſpeaking of his journey
from Cacongo, and Cabinde to Congo up the
country, he ſays thus:

On che ſeventh of March 1688, having
gone about two days journey by land, I ar-
riv*d at the Banza of Bomangois, where be-
ing very civilly receiv'd by the Mafuca, and
a canoe got ready to carry me up the Zair,
the voyage prov'd very uneaſy to me, by
reaſon of the exceſſive heat of the ſun then
in Leo, which is the time of the rains. At
night I was oblig'd to lie aſhore on the wet
ground, continually tormented with a mul-
titude of gnats, which rather deſerve the name
of horſe-leeches, for they never quit their
hold till they burſt, and ſo drop off. Other-
wiſe I lay expos'd to the air in the canoe,
which was a much greater plague; and to
add to my miſery, the Blacks who con-
ducted me, having receiv'd money before-
hand for my maintenance, would not allow

me enough to ſubſiſt for four days; ſo that

a little wine I had by me was all my ſupport.
Some days after, he fays, he perceiv'd he
was poiſon'd in ſome broth, but recover'd by
the uſe of ſome antidotes, as ſeveral other
miſſioners have been before in other parts.

By this account and many other inſtances,

we read in Merolla and other miſſioners at
Congo, 1t appears they have endured infinite
outrages and miſeries in the execution of
their prieſtly function among thoſe Ethi-
opians ; beſides the many accidents and dan-
gers of the ſeas, rovers, tempeſts, Ec. in
their voyages from /taly, whence moſt of them
are ſent by the congregation de propaganda
Fide to Congo, Sogno, Angola, and by the way
of Lisbon and Brazil all which hardſhips,
Merolla ſays, are ſweetned to thoſe who un-

dergo them, as being for the ſervice of God,

who can and will reward them.

The following abſtract of the journals of
the voyage to the river of Congo and port
Cabinde in the year 1700, is not only new,
but contains many paſſages of great uſe, to-
wards perfecting the intended deſcription of

the coaſts of Guinea and the Lower Ethiopia ;

and is of no ſmall advantage to traders unto
thoſe parts, as giving an account of the
coaſts, the navigation, the proper commo-
dities, the ſeaſons, winds, tides, duties, and
places of trade in the ſaid river of Congo and
at Cabinde. |

An

=

P16 * Nc —

— — *

7 — — — * — * 4 — hs 3

. rm eo ani

— ET — SO a
S ICONS”. 0

— —
2 2 — 1
* . 5 — — 838 Oo 8 8 — 2 1 .
_ — =_ — — — — — Fe - - — - —— — — — — 2 — — 0 . * * **

_ — — — — — — — — — 2 2 2 — 1 — 3 — 2 4 —
f - - 4 — "> 1 » o 2 * — — OO - Y - — 5 — — T * a” 71 F

* * => = —— - - > — — — — . - — y >, — — - — — — * y a 5 0644 - of 7 >< 2 WS "4s
- —— — — — __ p — 2 - . - — 5 8 by 7 - 3 2 3 ks 4 — 7 l wes ho .

p . - £1 - \ 2 ; 4 1 8 — |

*

N

—

— 2 — —

——

— £

r —— RR

N 1 —

2 8 — - _ - bx —_ — * 7 N — Sons Bob
5 - : ' _— A — ns. og — —— gg : . * — 2 — —
— — EET i

+ — EEE EE. =: WE. —— , —
8 90 "La —

— —

. 2

— 4 . —_ — — — — ee nee _

Br.
2 b — — — —— —
—_ — FINALS 2 — —

— ones

— ,
, N 8 * t dns ER"! R r E 2 *
” » * ” W — r * n rn SS * . FAY N 2 SE oo Jo 8 Set nn R 1 OO SITES 2 ö
GGG Jas LEY n . F Is £4. Ms F . by * r N > a Se 2 ; Wy 2 THY
dou gh or ID a a ee A ends TT CE A es fx es ACRE Las X 8 "I

tn Sbon 2
R

. : Si — 1 e. 8 = r R 2
| 0 Li DELLS
Fg 500 TW 3 4 ——_ = — if 9 "1 * — 0 W

— =.
. N 4 = =

5 — oy IS : | . 5 Hs | mw | 8 * .

+ Ez ＋
= be — —
—

7 —N Wo =.

14

—

dez ue; . —
N Wies, CR 4 :

FH

"

. 1

os
W . mm

ne een „„ „„.
-_

» » - © on hed . = — >» — : —
. = - * » - N 2 5 - 2 - — os wen N 8 ol WW
p TILL , — — —ñ—ꝓͤ— — — a .- . = M 8 a ! * — 7
. - h * Page — n m1 7 * — - * 1 — ©. =
— AT - nc 8 2 -4* — 87 7 — RR xo Te 4 h 44 /
7 — - _— 2 5 8 . > 2 PUP - bh it p \ 0 -
8 ——— - — 22 — - 5 — © - —_ » - 1 N \ —
Wee: . _ >. * 2 — — _ > — a . _ — . FL . 47 7 79 - V — — g
r - n 7 ” 1 8 . I 2 — s e 3 7 5 My =
Pa 4 — a - 4 * — 2 — 77 4 & Ig
r - * — 2 = = ITE s 2 i — 2
£ br — 7 go” (
- - - 09-00 41
2 ” 0: 6 7
o — „. Fr -0 oe
(FRE -*

id Co IA: # r - © f a n
F uf yy" 771 $7; . Ht - . —— ES =>} CONN ST We
4 x o S 122 Fo om —

/ . . NN

7 .
7 ns - „
- 2 1 | 1
* > om - ; *
B * 2 - vo F4 4 7 * 4 -
2 1
2 4 - 4 —
« —
8 — *; {A 3.49,
- = = Un » of -
p 1 vw * 4 ö N 2 5 7 , = 1 1
L 4 . 7 E
7 - 1117 1 N. 0 - . 75
— f 249! 8
Tk, 1 I nn 7 Cow, AS 4 3 Yo We
2 77 \ ; 22 Koi Who EF — 4 { 1 «
-4 (Au 177 Us p — * Q 4 W 1 N
1 i ; 1 Wo &

e 755 " m0 4x
Ft e
AN s

1 WW; 5

1 7 u b ON ' "i kf js >
« lg 2+ 0 * A * J. 301. at tb
' 4 my 3 e - - — 4 2 1 — — ao 2
5 , 4 5 7 A P 7 0 . 92% x Fs 1 He
+, 75 25 1 5 „ W 0 9 15 . " -
CE Pl, 2 222 8 by NN 80 5 ' 2
DDD : Nt
J < OD 8 A RD DDD DDD
- BN x N .

— eee ra ——_ — - — A
= — — —
— — DDD US IDS — S
— Alt, — . — — — — — 1 — *
— —— — > VO \% x,
_— — — —_ — Y _ — —

SD BS =D D

r — DDS _ = - — — — S —
— —
— —— = L 2
—— — 8 U
= ID IRS! - - 2.2 - 2 — 22 : -
— — 8 -, — 2 3 " WW — —— Err — ———3ꝗ—Z oe
. _ 0 < I — - - — - —ͥͤ— — —.

- — — 8 > ee SEES " . — = —— DDD EE — —

- - YEE — 1 —_ = —.— a
"SS = = 2
— — . O :

- - a 2 - > — — —
- —

SD —

8 — —
: — ——— CANS OS —-—-— — _ —_
= = 5 >> 822 —— — — — — — — _—_ — —— — — — —
— 2 — CES —— — — — — —

CIS Te —

does ty gee DR ——_— ——

By "A —— . N 2
a». . *. 2 ® © ” * py
* * - >< 25 . <<, = by
b — — - - — 5 © 7
- * * = y — —_—
— 3 f — — > So ood — — — * — —
— — ——_ — —— — — — — — - - 5 2 & —
ES —ůů— — — — — -
os Py
/
* #
7
— — — — a > — 2 _
= — — — 2 E b —— >= TD .
* - —_ - = = > — » > — — = 0 <7 —
— — — . J — 2 * — RD — _ - - — = = »
- — > 2 > > — > — z x - >" — — — — — — — — — — —
— = = = k — . 8 — — — — . 5 — — = Z = — — — — 6 — — — — — — — - — . = = =
. = - 8 he =D = — - £ p 2 => — = "_ — ———— = p a . — =
= — * > = - _ 1 4 = * * — » <I>
— — — - — — — - — . —_— — "

— — == —_— =

i

[
"ANT ']

[1

[

5% one S v ö r io p, 15 | TA 9773 200 DN 7 | guns, [Jug oat 217 #0 1924S04 ( 21 : {/ |

TP————— —

| . : | | | | | 62 FF 55 F 4 RJ

1

„F oro nee} OR EE Aw ——ůꝛů ———— ——— T—ͤ—z

— " + — — — ñ AWC. wo ewe
* * . - Þo — —Ä— — — —— : 2 - 5
— — — * — . - - — 8 2 —— 5 —
r 2 > ——

K — — —— — —
—5 - - 3
— — — —äh — — —

P OO eITRUnTT——w—
— - —— _—————; —

- — p p p
LIES — — 2

— —
: DS

* 3
— — QI 3 Aur
* nn

22

—— *
» = —
* = * —
. 7 2 % *
—
. CY 5 . —
— 6 II Do r
0 > -
. = —
4 — Wr —
227 ICY L414
EIT u%S% ©
**

*

— =D
— => — — —

>

mos: 22 3 PIUDIIUYP on 222 POR, Py; - N

> — Q == — , — - * * = * — — > =
: 8 - W — — J — >> _ SS — D : 4 — 8 > 1 — DR > 9 — V
. « 0 5 — EH ” _- > — — > ä = " an - = — A — e "=p — — — — \

- Y e — — =
WR W—— —

5 - — - 15 ESD nid — 0 -

— : — 8 8 2 - ; _ 5 : 6 8 ; 3 3 5 DE * — — r 77

— == — — _ — 9 — f — — - A = — — — OST os — — — — — _ 7 — — — — - — 227 —. res 775 225 Br bs PPC 22 2 2 — P

— = 8 * — * 1 * ** * ee a Sy. r - — 2 — — 8 -
* — — - _—— i; 2 — — r IEF; e rn — 77 1 ET IF - ; re” v7 1 _— rr 7757 io — — N enn 6 SS 58 - 2 She tf — — ions [get
, — —̃ä - s: 5 5— 3 rr = . — — - ＋ nee Irrer eee ITT] pes erte: 2 TOILET r 1 H. r fff AIST FELL LITE - * ANTS <4 3 — 5 2282 — — -

; S222 2 - ONE Tr — — 22 - - I 22 * 2 o - 922 FD Lon — — — — r 0 r 222 N $45 #4 * — — — :
4 - — — a . * - J Gt 22 _ — — — ry. 4 — 7 — . 2 - —
- N = : A, * - : : E » -

— — * od
= 2922
1 „ ere

222 7
U
So. 1 5
2
72

QC" 2 — — -

-
7 222.

——— d
=

Form ey

*
0

* L

x PER 7 = — Ae? 2 22 ” WNW \ 10 160
- Wh 7 1 — — 4 — LH 3 2 1 : N 7 N.
- — — = . 3 25 £ - = —— HH , 2 j _—_— f 0 W 55 N bk VV \ I W. } . 5 77
= , EIS, LT 22; * Wü . UN I N e
— 5 8 f 3 222 , — 27 WR N 0 8 N \
C 2 . =! 4 # 9 (ia)
— — 2 7 : * fi

ail
'|

7 0

—
— —— —

27

.
,.
—
CEE

252 —

—

> = ; 5 — : : 4 — = EI AE IR Ss = K —— — ———— — — | 8 — = : — * == Wh N | | 1 :
—— | _ — SEES CIR == 8 NI. A 0 K i 2 DS” =
PPP — f.! EE PUB LEA TLOT 6: — — — —— ‚ — — — : . 0 \\ LOU —
= —.— | 5 2 . DOUG —— Ne W oy Wy „5 3
. = = = = — =: == 5 a EEE . D_— —=—=———= _oo = Ns 2 8 2 N _— Q by fi 2 e 0 97 2y 2 —_——< www

IN WYY = —= 2 ——— — — .

|
a

—

— — — > — — —— — —

rr
bnavaddy =

— =—m_ ny god

—_ ——

ID 2 ; 3 3 l Wet TR 1 == N

774 WAY — 2 — — N 7 10 7 De. = *. N 2 —
7 N : > —
4 ” | >2} AN i" RD

— —

Pct 0 1

5 verb WP oye

e 8 r 2
A S 3.8 CNET do
S 88 e TR

,

714

erm
-Cabines

roll

e
Ill I
|

I

—

ood Pyles
Wm Fr
Tries

a

nda

b

0

of Ca

JT own

l a ND

＋

7

—

kas

CE ZEA AM
ZAZZLE
LL

— Sa,

lj
Y

: \ | |
. W

N | 5

ot La
De 25
la

de
of Ang 0

| j

1
il Wl
|

0

*

L
2

*

4
atitu

*

*
o *
My

South [
coc

e

— ————

21
ht of

he
El

|

&

2

THE BAY o
Saws

Lol; l Hale 29.
The
Ca
21

2 — £ * : * < E — ; , — — —
f — . — OY , — P

ce 2 Bo - ar Ie e WE rH LS...

— — OD Omen x —BELF OW — 102,42. ne
W 2

, - bs
— 2 — OSS ch r
* — — —

PART OF THE

KINGDOM OF

S
D
<
O
SG)

wlll

mn fl

AY

Ik unte

117

. 1

NN

=
wh, quill
t

—
U
*
N

— — ——

8

p
\

| | |

0

. 2 ape Pad

Rio Congo

10'Cacon
R. Co o

This Nel

-
„

is 2
—

6 Vito l.

*
eee
. +4

%

| | |
D. — | ;
1 5 - 2 4 | 8
& 2 | S C0 ST
15 | Il A
i 1 'E
l |
f „ | — 1 8
18 2
D
>
=

7

a Poryolre

ny | :
I 105 eh

TY | 7 j ITY

Y =D
D.
—
— as
—.—
— —
—
—
—
—
—

„ r

* 5 + GT * N : 5 n
4 9 3 8 * 4. . a 7 9 * a 8 nnen Ae N e eee 8 3 2
0p ö 9623 e 2 KK > ues ini ee 4
: | | 1 4 TH II, o — 35 I N of 5
P 3 . ks Lon *
N N 8 * 8 * I yp * 1 * K ;
2 N * . neg R RF A *
— we - 1 — —_— —
P
-
-
-
”
*
| *
0
* bo
Ss {
i, v J
* 3233 — ;
; . 4 92 -
-
„ -
bs I, 0
— 2 5
I a 1
»4 %\ 6
*
* —
* ,
%
*
*
| -
-
by — - » _
.
*
”
-
2
<
*
*
.
71
| s
py *
!
*
=
*
d
*
.
o
2 &: — *. 2 2 4
he i - 4 * * ” — . — 2
ET — . 7 ˙*⅛ Gas — — —U—— — +
— - ——— _ _ - .

— — —

23 2
V 0 A; fo I.
22 = * A -

- — — - 5
— Er + S Ne ee . —
—— RN TTY _— 2 -

. 3 3
— — <3

7 , r ng —E
— 4
E 4. colt. —_— — — —————

PF

. ˖ an

AVoraces to Congo River. 497
BAR BOT.
An ABSTRACT of a Voyage 1 to Congo River, or the Zair, and *
Cabinde, in the year 1700.

By James Barbot, junior, Super-Cargo ; and John Caſſmneuve, Firſt Mate, in 72
the Ten per Cent. Ship Don Carlos of London.

A Yr IT PC
1 IRS |

e t ty yen, ol oo ada pe gy

E ſail'd from the Downs, on the

eighth of April, 1700.
| Arriv'd before Madera iſland, the ele-
venth of May, and proceeded immediately,
after we had got ſome wine and refreſhments

aboard; the proſpect of the town of Fun-
chal, was drawn by Mr. Barbot, as in the
park 28. Print. The variation there three degrees

and a half weſt.

May the fourteenth, had the illand Pal-
na. one of the Canaries in ſight ; the ſouther-
ly point thereof at north-weſt, about nine
leagues diſtance from it, and ſome hours
after brought the iſland Ferro, another of

the Be to ſouth-weſt by ſouth; and
eaſily perceiv'd the high mountain call'd #/

Pico of Teneriffe, at eaſt-north-eaſt of us,

over the iſland Gomera; looking, as by the
"ire 28. Ketch drawn by Mr. Barbot, in the print.

The latitude obſerv'd that day, being twen-

ty eight degrees fifty. five minutes, which i Is
that of Palma exactly.

The eighteenth, wind north- eaſt by north

and north: eaſt, in the night-time a whale
gave a violent ſhock to our ſhip, riſing
from the deep, exactly under our keel, a-

bout the middle of it; as we diſcern'd her
very plainly, and afterwards plung'd with
a great noiſe : the man at the helm affirm'd,

he could not move it any way for above a
minute.

The twenty- third, we caught a dorado,
PLare 29. of the form as in the print, drawn by Mr.
Bar bot.

The twenty-fourth, in the latitude of

twelve degrees five minutes north, and in

one degree ſixteen minutes longitude of Fer-
ro, the wind north-eaſt by north, we ſaw
two ſails, one at north-north-eaſt, the other

at ſouth by weſt, In the afternoon we hail'd
one of them, who prov'd to be a Londoner,

one Fleet commander, who afterwards came
aboard us, and ſaid: he had been three days
from the river Gamboa, ſteering for the
Gold-Coaſt of Guinea. |

The. twenty-ninth, a briſk gale from
ſouth-ſouth-weſt, in nine degrees four mi-
nutes north latitude, were ſurrounded by
large ſhoals of porpoiſes or ſea-hogs, and
caught one with the cramp iron; who was

no Boner wounded, but all the multitude

left us, as if theſe creatures by the ſtain of
blood of their companion, had an inſtinct
of danger to themſelves. Mr. Barbot drew

Pare 29. the porpoiſe exactly, as in the print.

On the ninth of June, the wind ſouth-eaſt

by ſouth and ſouth⸗ eaſt, in three degrees
You. V.

twenty minutes north, we found the tide
ſetting to the northward.

The nineteenth, wind eaſt by ſouth, we
croſs'd the line, the obſervation two mi-
nutes north: and on the twentieth, thirty-
five minutes ſouth-latitude; in five degrees
two minutes longitude of Ferro, ſteering
ſouth by weſt and ſouth- ſouth-weſt, conti-
nu'd ſouth-eaſt wind.

The twenty-ſecond, we clean'd our ſhip,
which being grown foul, ſail'd but heavily.

The twenty- -fourth, in four degrees fifty-
five minutes fouth- latitude, and fix degrees
fourteen minutes longitude of Ferro, wind
eaſt by ſouth and eaſt-ſouth-eaſt, were ex-
actly in the latitude of Cabinde, our intended
port, but ſix hundred leagues welt of it;
the eaſt-ſourh-eaſt and ſouth-eaſt winds,

forcing us to go about to the fouth a great

way; rough ſe a, various wind.

The third of July, in ſeventeen degrees

forty-ſix minutes ſouth-latitude, and twelve
degrees thirty-nine minutes longitude of
Ferro, ſuſpecting we were near the ſhoals
that ſhoot out from cape Abrolho in Brazil,
for fifty leagues to eaſtward at ſea, we kept
good watch on the. fore-yard and fore-
caltie; -- - |

Winds continuing from ſouth to eaſt,
variouſly every day, and now and then at
north weſt, for a ſhort time we proceeded,
ſteering fouthwardly : ; and on the twenty-
tourth, by obſervation 1n thirty-one degrees
twenty minutes ſouth latitude, and "Va de-
grees fifty-ſeven longitude of Ferro, wind
north by welt, ſaw | many birds about us,
ſome as big as turkeys, and others call'd
Pintadbs.

«« They were then exactly in the lati cud
« of the bay Oſmuros da Pedra, on the
« coaſt of the Caffres in Africa, diſtant
« three degrees north of cape de Bonne

6 Eſperance | and thus had run to ſouth-

«© ward about three degrees twenty-one mi-
«© nutes, more than did the Dutch fleet, un-
« der admiral 70, in 1641; which ſail'd
« the thirteenth of May from Fernambuco,
« in Brazil, to conquer Loanda in Angola.
« And two degrees twenty minutes more
« to ſouthward, than father Angelo did, in
« failing from Fernambuco, for Congo in
« Africa. Father Merolla, in his voyage
% from Baya, in Brazil, to Congo, went
« ſo far to the ſouthward, that they had
«© ſight of the cape of Gord Hope; fo that
e jt muſt be concluded, that it is very
« common for ſhips bound to Congo, and

8 9 Angola,

— S
— . NR

D oi
7
3
"It
=_ ! 6 0
4
a "
N | &
' *
* *
1 x
14 _
- n
| »
1
1 N *
14 8
S
* *
41 ' d
7 1 "1
4 8
4 * #
- 5 2 :
18 + 4
4 *;
6 l 7
3 '
4 ; *
F 7
1
1
1 + e
1
i"
3 'Y ff
4
{NW
1
1 !
| :
*
o
4
+ 3
1 f
19
j Ll
"It
1 Y
. *
$f
is +: 12 BY -
1 7
|
3 27 oy
* k ?
17 1
1
N 4 .
k
} 14
9
3
1
+

498

Barnor.** Angola, to be carried ſo far away to
2 «<< ſouth; before they can get the trade-winds

Mataman
country.

Whales.

< to ſerve them for thoſe countries.“

The twenty fifth, the wind changed on a
ſudden from north-weſt, and north by weſt,
to ſouth-weſt by weſt; and ſome time after
ſouth . variable to north-weſt, a
freſh gale, rough ſea, hazy, and then heavy
rains for two days together; ſteered eaſt
north-eaſt. 1

The twenty ſeventh, in thirty degrees fix
minutes ſouth, wind weſt north-weſt, vary-
ing to weſt ſouth-weſt, hail and rain, with
lightnings, but cold weather.

From the twenty eighth dito, to the ninth
of Auguſt, variable wind from ſouth to
north-eaft and north-weſt, hazy, drizling
rain, We had a great multitude of birds
about us on the ninth of Auguſt, being white
under the belly, the wings long, ſharp-pointed,
about as big as pigeons, dark brown on the

back, either flying about or ſwimming on

the ſea, ſo near the ſhip, as almoſt to touch
it, and then took their flight again. Ob-
ſervation twenty three degrees twenty ſeven
minutes ſouth latitude, longitude of Ferro,

thirty one degrees fifty four mintues. We

paſſed the tropick of Capricorn, wind eaſt
north variable to ſouth ſouth-eaſt, and
freſh gale, by judgment not above fifteen
leagues from the land of Africa.
On the tenth, ſaw a floating palm-tree on

the ſea, with a multitude of the ſame birds.

The eleventh, the ſame multitude of
birds, and another floating tree; the ſea-
water alter'd, wind ſouth ſouth-eaſt, |
The thirteenth, with the ſame wind, ſteering
north-eaſt by north, ſomewhat eaſt, Ob-
ſervation ſixteen degrees five minutes; we
ſaw abundance of certain birds, call'd by
the French Gornets, who keep always near
land; which we gueſſed not to be far off.
The fourteenth, at half an hour after one
got ſight of the land of Africa, extending

from ſouth by eaſt, to north-eaſt by eaſt,

about five or ſix leagues from us; had much
floating wood about ; the land in ſeveral
places doubling ; the ſhore as high as Berry-
head.

This land is the part of Africa, common-
ly call'd Mataman, or Cimbebas, and ſhows
ſome white cliffs here and there. For want

of an obſervation, we concluded we had

been about fifteen leagues to the ſouthward
of cape Negro, which, according to the moſt
receiv*d opinion, is in ſixteen degrees thirty
minutes of ſouth latitude, for moſt maps

differ therein; ſome placing it in fifteen

degrees fifteen minutes; others in ſixteen
degrees, and thoſe reckon'd the beſt in ſix-
teen degrees thirty minutes.

The laſt two or three days we had a
great number of whales and grampuſſes about

A Vor Ae to Congo-River.

the ſhip; eſpecially the night between the
fourteenth and fifteenth, three or four of

them kept at a ſmall diſtance from us, making

a prodigious noiſe, which we ſuppoſed were
then aſſaulted by ſome ſword-fiſhes;. their
mortal enemies.

The fifteenth in the morning we were
about two leagues and a half, or three from
the land, ſteering north north eaſt, the land
pretty high at the ſhore, and double in many
places, having ſeveral ſnharp- pointed hillocks
on it, riſing ſomewhat above the other land,
and four or five table-lands, In the night
founded twice, with ſeventy fathom line, and
had no ground. |

About noon ſpy*d a high, black, round
mount, about three leagues to the ſouth-eaſt
of us, which we concluded to be Cabo Negro.
The land here is about the height of that

between Torbay and Plymouth ; that next the

ſhore the loweſt, but _ ſteep, and of a

reddiſh colour. We fail'd along it to north
north-eaſt, at about four leagues diſtance,

and it appear'd cut in many ſmall bays,

with a ſandy ſtrand. The land flat, but

dry and barren, only ſome ſhrubs ſcatter'd
about it.

„The kingdom of Mataman, had that

ce name from its king, according to Pigafetia;

« its proper name being Climbebe, or Zimbe-

% bas, The moſt noted places in it along
« the coaſt are next the black cape, right

« eaſtward, where may be ſeen the beginning

e of the cold mountains, call'd alſo the ſnowy
mountains, from the vaſt quantity of

_ « ſnow continually lying on ſome parts of

them. Next are the cryſtal mountains,
«© which ſhoot northerly to the ſilver moun-
& tains, and to Molembo; near which the
river Coari has its courſe, and is a boundary
to the kingdom of Angola.

„On the ſoutherly coaſt of Cimbebas ap-

« pears Cabo Negro, or the black-cape, fo
„ call'd by reaſon of its blackneſs, whereas

ce there is no other black land to be ſeen
from twenty one degrees of ſouth latitude.
On the top of that point ſtands an ala-
„ baſter pillar, with an inſcription, but ſo
e defac'd by time and the weather, that it is
“ ſcarce legible ; and formerly on the top of
eit ſtood a croſs, ſince fallen off, and now
« lying on the ground, _

The coaſt from hence ſtretches a little
e north-eaſt, and eaſt north-eaſt; the country
e about ſhowing nothing but barren and

* ſandy hills, without any verdure, and

e high ſandy mountains without trees.

More to the ſouthward, in eighteen de- Cape R
e grees, you come to a point, by the Por- Perez.

&« tugueſe call'd Cabo de Ruy Perez ; to the
% northward of which is a great inlet, with
% ſandy hills, and the ſhore to the black
„ point; but to the ſouthward is a high

| G 66 an 3

ColfoFrio.

Moſqu

hawk,

A Voract to Congo- River. 499

« }and, altogether ſandy, and reaches to had abundance of whales and grampuſſes Barnor.
c nineteen degrees. about us. In the evening with the harping- WW

7

ColfoFrio.

« Farther ſtill to the ſouth, in nineteen
« degrees. thirty minutes lies a gulf, call'd
ce Golfo Frio, with double land and full of
« trees. Next you come to the open haven

of Ambros, in twenty one degrees. Beyond

« that, {till to the ſouthward, the coaſt much

« reſembles that we mention'd in the north,

« being high, with ſandy hills, barren land,

e and a bad ſhore.

« A conſiderable way to the weſtward of

« Cabo Negro, or the black cape, is a great
« ſand in the ſea, in Portugueſe calPd Baixo
« de Antonio de Viana, dangerous to ſailors,
e being ſometimes cover'd with water.

The air is temperate, and the ſoil, tho?

« ſandy next the ſea, yet affords all things
e neceſſary for the uſe of man. The moun-
<« tains are rich, not only in cryſtal, but
« other minerals. To the northward it is
te more full of trees, as far as twenty two
e degrees of ſouth latitude, from whence

< there drive into the ſea a hundred and fifty

& miles from the ſhore, certain green weeds,

« call'd Sargoſſa 3 and ſerve for a mark to
e ſeamen to know how near they are to the

« main land of Africa, Abundance of
« mews or ſea-pyes are alſo ſeen at ſome
« diſtance from ſhore, with black feathers
« at the ends of their wings, which is an aſ-
ee ſurance to ſeamen, that they are near the
« African coaſt. 5

„This country is govern'd by a king,
<« who is abſolute; yet ſome great men,
« who command near the ſea-ſhore, take
« the title of kings, tho? they have neither
« wealth nor dominions to give them any
<« reputation among ſtrangers.” I return to
the journal.

Oa the ſixteenth, we held the ſame courſe:
the moſt northern land we could ſee at noon,
bore north-eaſt by eaft, diſtant eight or nine
leagues ; all the coaſt there appearing very
barren, without any tree or buſh for a great

way up the inland. Laſt night we had for

two leagues round us an infinite number of

porpoiſes, driving to the ſouthward for near

Moſquito-
apl.

an hour, very thick and cloſe together.
The night before we took aboard the ſhip
a bird call'd a Mofquito-hawk, about as big
as a lark, of the colour of a woodcock,

with large eyes, a ſhort bill, but very broad,

the feet like a ſparrow, and has its name from
feeding generally on moſquitoes or gnats.
There are great numbers of them in New-
England. The land we coaſted this day is

not quite ſo high as that of yeſterday. The

weather being calm, brought the ſhip on the
careen to clean it. 55

The ſeventeenth, by obſervation, found
twelve degrees fifteen minutes ſouth lati-
tude; little wind at ſouth-weſt; courſe north
north-eaſt, fix or ſeven leagues from land,

iron, ſtruck a large and: hideous fiſh, call'd.

a ſun-fiſh, the figure whereof Mr. Barbot Sun-fiſh.
drew, as repreſented. in the cut. It was Prarg 29.

about four foot long and three in breadth,
almoſt oval, with a monſtrous head, large
round eyes, and a little mouth, cover*d with
a dark brown ſhagreen ſkin, extraordinary
hard. On each ſide of it were two fins,
moving very ſlowly, and not flat. Our
ſailors boiPd the beſt part, and eat it, find-
ing it excellent food. The fleſh of it is milk-
white, riſing in flakes, like cod, and taſtes
like thornback; but very tough, perhaps be-
cauſe too freſh, We boil'd the liver, and
got about three pints of oil; our men alſo
boil'd the entrails, and thought them very
delicious.

The eighteenth, at noon, being eaſt and
weſt, with a little ſandy bay, about four
miles from it; and having for two or three
nights before obſerved, that the Blacks made
fires aſhore, which we gueſs'd to be a ſignal
for us to ſtay, ſome of our men were ſent
aſhore in the pinnace, to take a view of the
country; but the fea roll'd fo violently all
along the beach, that it was impoſſible for

them to come near: but three men ſwam

through the boifterous waves, and walk'd
to and fro for ſome time, but only ſaw
five or ſix very ſmall huts, without any in-
habitants, and in them ſome pieces of dry'd
ſhark, and a few ſmall fiſhing-hooks. It is
likely thoſe Black fiſhermen fled into the
country, when they ſaw the pinnace making
for the ſhore. The men finding thereabouts
ſome very ſmall canoes, call'd bark-logs,

made uſe of them to get aboard the pinnace,

which lay without the rolling ſea waiting
for them. They reported, that the country |
is very barren and ſtony, with only ſome
few ſmall trees and ſhrubs on it ; and near

the ſea a ſandy down, and the ſhore cut

with white clifts, pretty high and ſteep,
and betwixt them ſome little ſandy bays.

Several Portugueſe relations of voyages Man-
« from Brazil to Congo and Angola, obſerve,

c that the people inhabiting the weſtern
African ſhores, from thirty degrees ſouth
<« latitude, to cape Negro, which is much
« more to the northward, are cannibals,
e and that there are many fine large har-
« bours, form'd by nature, and capable of
ee receiving two or three thouſand ſhips each
« of them. The Portugueſe call thoſe Afri-
& cans Papagentes, that is, men-eaters, on
« account of ſome accidents which have
<« happen'd there to their nation; one of
& which, for its ſingularity, I will inſert
ce here. A veſſel coming to an anchor in
« one of thoſe harbours, the captain and
<« ſome of his crew went aſhore, well arm'd,
& and he ſtray ing 32 little farther than ordi-

© nary

500

Bak BOT. 4 nary from his men, ſaw two Black wo-
s men naked, carrying wood; the women

« ſeeing him, ſtood ſtill, which he perceiv-
„ ing, to encourage them, threw down ſe-
« veral trifles, as knives, glaſs, coral and
« the like. The women laid down their
« burdens, and pick'd up thoſe toys, leap-
ing and dancing about the captain. This
<« pleaſed him ſo well, that he was reſolv'd

*

α to have as much of it as he could, and

<< therefore ſat down on the graſs. They ob-

« ſerving his ſecurity, continu'd their gam-
g F S

« bols for a-while ; but at laſt one of them
% ſeizing him behind acroſs the arms, and
« the other catching up his legs at the

ſame time, they run away with him

% ſo ſwiftly, that it was impoſſible for his
“ men, who both ſaw and heard him cry,

&« either to reſcue or come near him; and

« ſo return'd to their boat and ſhip, con-

fſidering on the barbarous banquet thoſe,
rather beaſts than human creatures, were

eto make that night.” x

The nineteenth at noon, we diſcovered
north north-eaſt of us a ſteep high head
lowering to the eaſtward as it ran up the

in-land, not unlike Portland-point in Eng-

land, but not ſo long out to ſea. Our courſe
north-north-eaſt for ſeveral leagues, two

miles or a mile and a half from ſhore ; and

having brought the aforeſaid head to bear

eaſt ſouth-eaſt, about a mile diſtant, dropp'd

anchor. We obſerv'd the land to the north-
ward to form three points or capes, the one
facing north-north-eaſt half north, the mid-
dle one north-north-eaſt, and the third
north-eaſt by north, and the high ſteep head
like Portland head, eaſt-ſouth-eaſt in the
kingdom of Benguella; ſouth of which we
obſerv'd a ſandy bay with ſome rocky ſhoals,
on which the ſea breaks with a terrible noiſe.

North of the cape we ſaw another bay- of

a more eaſy acceſs than the former, but the
country all about very wild and barren.

Here we lay at anchor all night, in

twelve fathom water, mud, and ſandy
ground, reſolving not to ſtir farther till
we had ſent aſhore for intelligence. Our
obſervation was by computation, eleven
degrees thirty-nine minutes ſouth.
Accordingly about ſix in the morning,

our maſter went aſhore in the long-boat

Bark-logs.

with twenty-two armed men; but becauſe
of the ſea breaking on the ſtrand, they an-

chord without to ſea, and ſome men ſwam _

aſhore, where finding two bark-logs on
the beach made of the wood Mapoy, be-
ing ſmall pieces of wood ty'd cloſe toge-
ther in the nature of a raft or float, the
two ends pointed and rais'd on each fide
with pieces, for gunnils, about ſeven inches
high, with thoſe floats or canoes ; they car-

ry'd aſhore our men, who being all lan-

ded after ſome trouble, every one having

AVovAGE 70 Congo-River.

been ſeveral times overſet, but without any
other damage than the pains of drying their
clothes. They march'd in arms almoſt

three miles up the country, without ſpy-
ing any people or huts ; only obſerved ſome.

pieces of ground freſh burnt, being ſtill hot:
they alfo ſaw ſome narrow paths or lanes,

on which, ſays Mr. Barbot, who was of the

company, we could plainly diſcern the
prints of mens feet, for above a mile and
a half; and afterwards .came to a large
rock forming a grotto or den like a vault,
and went in all of us, but found therein
only looſe ſtones.

We had however proceeded farther in-
land, but that one of the company beins
ſcorbutick and not able to walk fo much,
was returning back to the beach by him-
ſelf ; we therefore thought it moſt proper
to deſiſt and accompany him, for fear he
ſhould meet with any ſavage natives, who
might have lain conceaPd in ſome place or
other. We found here and there ſome
ſcatter*d little trees, ſome with a few leaves
others quite dry'd up. 3

Being thus return'd to the beach, where
our long-boat lay at anchor, we obſerved
at a little diſtance, a pond of brackiſh wa-
ter richly ſtor'd with fiſh 3 whereupon we

5

ſent the boat aboard to fetch our drag-
net, with which we caught near three dozen

of indifferent large mullets, and might have
got many more, had not the maſhes of
the net been ſo large, that the fiſh eaſily cot
out through it. We allo took a good
quantity of fine large ſhrimps, very tweet
and delete. | |
There we alſo ſaw abundance of birds,

of a light grey colour, the neck, legs and

bill very long, being of the ſame ſpecies

we had ſeen all along, as we coaſted a-

long the countries of Benguella and Ma-
taman, that 1s, ſea-pyes or mews,

The ſea- breeze by this time had raiſed
the waves along ſhore terrible high, and

the tide was very rapid, which put our
company to much trouble to get through
to the long- boat, with our two little float-
canoes, which were over-ſet many and
many times. That which J was in, with
three of our men, was overturned four
times ſucceſſively ; and not being a ſwim-
mer, I had undoubtedly periſh'd, if the men
had not taken care of me.

Being all got ſafe aboard ſhip, we hoiſted
fail at ſix in the evening, and ſet the courſe

to northward, along the ſhore, which we

kept in ſight all the night, ſounding ſome-
times in ſixteen, and ſometimes in twelve
fathom water,

The twenty-firſt at eight in the morn-
ing, we ſpy'd a very ſteep point at north
half by eaſt of us, about ſeven leagues

diſtant 3 and at noon, the ſame cape _
EP | north-

[> 8 n A * 1 —
I ENTS et i in dd rt I FF, :
VS 2 2 25 YRS * 4 r I - f

A Voracs 7 Congo River,

north north-eaſt about three or four leagues
from us.
land, with very little green; we ſaw a great
ſmoak aſhore at eaſt by north, and on each
fide of the ſmoak white cliffs on the ſtrand
of a reaſonable height, with a ſort of bay or
inlet, which made us conclude, together
with our other obſervations, that this was
cape Tres-Pontas in Benguella. Cape Falet,
or rather Falſo, at ſix. in the afternoon
bore ſouth-eaſt by ſouth of us, ſix leagues.
The twenty-ſecond at noon, we brought
cape Ledo eaſt of us, about five leagues diſ-
tance, which is indifferent high; and by
eſtimation were then in nine degrees fifty-
three minutes ſouth-latitude, wind at ſouth
by weſt and ſouth ſouth-weſt, and at nine
at night ſouth and ſouth ſouth- eaſt, and

ſouth-eaſt by ſouth,

M Odern geographers make this coun-

try to extend along the ſea: coaſt

from the river Coanſa to Cabo Negro,
in ſixteen degrees of ſouth-latitude.
« About three miles from the ſouth-
point of Coanſa, is Mayſotte- bay, before
which a ſmall rock is hid under water.
Three miles and a half farther is Cabo
Ledo; five from that again, Cabo de Tres
Pontas ; two miles ſouth of which is
Cabo Falſo, and five beyond that another.
e Six miles and a half from cape St. Blaſe
is Hens bay, ſo called from the abun-
dance of hens about it; and between
them Benguella Velha, that is Old Ben-
** guella, a champaign, and very fruitful
6 country.

% Hens bay is about a mile and a half
* in breadth, has ten or twelve fathom wa-
<« ter and a muddy bottom.

« On the ſouth- ſide of it ſtands a great
258 village on a hill, where large cows, ſheep,
6 hens, and elephants teeth may be had,
but there is no freſh water.

« Three miles and a half from that bay
is Rio Longo, otherwiſe call'd Rio Mo-
© reno, in eleven degrees four minutes of
*« ſouth- latitude, ſo ſhallow at the mouth,
* that a ſmall boat cannot go in or out
% without difficulty.

In former times the — attemp-
te ted to mend the entrance into this river,
but found it impracticable, by reaſon of
< the great water. falls and many rocks.

% Five miles from Rio Longo is a great
* village call'd Mani Congo, on the aſcent
« of a high mountain, where the Portu-

Of BexnGUuELL A.

« gueſe once had a ſtore-houſe, and bought

* cows, hogs, and elephants teeth, for lin-
nen and Eaſt-India printed cloths. The
e inhabitants are very fond of muſkets
* and powder, |

Vol. V.

All this coaſt is a ſort of table-

"SS

cc

cc

60

cc

« Eleven miles from Mani Congo runs
&

*

* into two or three branches, ſafe againſt

all winds, and has fifteen or ſixteen foor

water; ſo that great ſhips may lie

before it.

About the north-point of Caton Belle

is the good bay; ſo called, becauſe of its

good anchoring-ground.

« Thelands along the ſea-coaſt are fruit-

ful and low, but thoſe higher up moun-

tainous and over-grown with woods.

A mile and a half from Caton Belle is
a freſh river, which falls into the ſea

enly in the rainy ſeaſon.

„ The bay of Benguella, which has good

anchoring- ground, reaches from one

cc
cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

cc

(e

ny
cc

o

*

in breadth. On the north-ſide of it
ſtands the fort of Benguella, built ſquare,
with palliſadoes and trenches, and ſur-
rounded with houſes, ſhaded by banana,
orange, lemmon, pomgranate and ba-

£6
60
&
cc
cc

&« of freſh water.

About it are ſeven villages, which pay
the tenth part of all they have, as tri-

cc
cc

„ Peringe are about a league from the

fort, and a mile diſtant from each other ;
the other five are Maniken, Somba, Ma-
ninomma, Manikimſomba and Maniki-
londe, of all which Manikimſomba is the
biggeſt, and can bring three-thouſand
men into the field. Formerly ſome Por-
tugueſe liv'd there; who afterwards, for
tear of the Blacks, fled to Malſingan, but
were moſt of them kKill'd by the way.
At the weſt-point of the bay of Ben-
*« guella is a flat mountain, call'd in Por-
tugueſe Sombreiro, that is hat, from its

cc

cc
cc
(e
cc
(e

(e

cc
cc

cc

the ſouth- ſide whereof is a ſandy

with a pleaſant valley and a few trees.
but no water fit to drink,
* Four miles from thence is a ſalt pan,
yielding a grey ſalt like that of France,
ſufficient to ſerve the adjacent country.
„The air of Benguella is very bad, the
Portugueſe who live there looking more
like ghoſts than men, being moſt of them
perſons baniſh*d thither for ſome crimes.”
I return to the journal.

The twenty-third of Auguſt, being hazy
weather, could make no obſervation of
the land, but gueſs'd we were got to the
weſtward of the ſouth-point of the iſland
of Loanda de San Paola, in Angola, a place
belonging to the Portugueſe, with the coun-
try about it; and by computation we took

cc

(e

(e

cc

cc

501

.

the ſalt river Calon Belle, dividing it ſelf V

point to the other, a mile and a half

koven-trees ; and behind the fort is a pond.

bute to thoſe of Benguella. Melonde and

ſhape 3 and by it a very good ws on
Ore,

the latitude to be nine degrees eleven mi-

nutes ſouth. The twenty -fourth, by noon,
we were about nine leagues to the north-
6 M ward

902

Bannor.

A Voracs ro Congo-River.

ward of the iſland Loanda, and judg'd the

point Palmerino, in Congo, to be eleven

leagues diſtant. We had a quantity of
whales and grampuſſes about the ſhip.

From the twenty-third to the twenty-
fourth at noon, had no ſight of land, but
cloſe gloomy weather; in the afternoon we
ſpy'd land about fix leagues off, ſteering
our courſe north-north-eaſt, and ſometimes
north, to the twenty- fifth.

That morning we had the land from the
ſouth-ſouth-eaſt to north by welt of us, the
neareſt at north-eaſt, the land all along ve-
ry level and flat, but indifferent high, and
cover'd with trees.

ſome higher than other and woody. At

night we ſounded with a twenty- five fathom

line, but had no ground.

From the twenty- ſixth at noon, till fix
at night, we ran about five leagues to north-
weſt along the ſhore, three or four leagues
diſtant; on ſeven, eight and nine fathom
ſandy ground, and thick water: for which
reaſon the night approaching we drop'd
anchor, in eight fathom and a half, having
at north-eaſt by north of us, about three

leagues and a half, two round heads, look

ing at that diſtance like ſma]l iſlands, which

however were not ſo, but held to the main.

At two in the morning we weigh'd with
a ſmall ſouth- ſouth-weſt wind, ſtanding
north for a while, till coming into fix fa-

thoms, we bore away to north- north - weſt,

till eight in the morning, and were then in ſe-

ven eight, to ten fathoms, and again return'd

to ſeven fathom, about three leagues from

land, which appear'd all overgrown with

tugueſe call them, at eaſt ſomewhat north

trees; the coaſt not very high, but double
land inwards: and what we obſerv'd moſt,
were two red cliffs or Barreiras, as the Por-

from us; beſides, a high lofty tree appear-
ing above all the wood. By this day's ob-
ſervation, we had ſix degrees thirty minutes
{outh-latitude. -
The twenty-ſeventh at noon, had at the
{ide of us, a very pleaſant ſhore, richly a-
dorn'd with wood, and a curious ſandy
beach before it; the country within all
double land, and near the ſea red cliffs.
At ſix in the evening anchor'd in ſix fa-

thom, having at north of us, about five

leagues diſtant a ſhort point, ſhooting out
to ſea, which we ſuppoſed to be cape Pa-
dron, the ſouth head or point of Congo- river,
which the maps ſet down at ſix degrees
ſouth-latitude ; this agreed exactly with
our obſervation of this noon.

The twenty-eighth at five in the morn-
ing, we ſet ſai] with a ſouth-eaſt wind, which
ſoon after grew calm, and the tide and the

ſurges of the ſea drove us on the land ; we
were forc'd to anchor in ſix fathom, about

Some way inland, it is
riſing ground, and farther ſhews double,

half a league from land. But ſoon after the
gale coming up again, we fail'd north-weſt
till noon, and got cape Padron two leagues
from us, bearing north-eaſt by eaſt, and ob.
ſerv'd abundance of Blacks walking alon
the ſandy beach, where they had fever
canoes, and launched twenty-five or thirt
to goa fiſhing ; but none of them would
venture to come aboard, or near our long-
boat which attended us, failing along the
ſhore, for all the ſignals we made them.
The ſhore we had ſail'd by all the fore-
noon, is more ſhaded with trees, than an
we had ſeen before; cape Padron is a low
flat ſandy point, overgrown with trees, to
a ſmall diſtance from the beach, on which

ſtands by it ſelf one only palm-tree, which

makes it the more eaſy to know the cape,
from ſea, Lope Gonzales having diſcover'd

the river Zair, he, according to the orders

of the king of Portugal, taken notice of in
the deſcription of the Gold Coaſt, erected on
this low point, a ſtone baſe or pyramid, to

ſhew or teſtify, he took poſſeſſion of the

coaſts he had left behind; and from this it
was named the river of Padren, and after-
wards Congo river, becauſe it traverſes that
kingdom. „„
In the afternoon, with a ſoutherly breeze,
we continu'd our courſe along the ſhore, a-
bout a mile diſtance; and having weather'd
cape Padron, ſtood north-eaſt by eaſt and
eaſt-north-eaſt, ſometimes to eaſt and eaſt
by ſouth, in twelve, thirteen, fourteen and
fifteen fathoms water; and then on a ſudden
did not find ground with twenty-five fa-

thom of line: obſerving Palmerinba point,

on the north ſide of Congo river, bearing

north-north-weſt of us, this cape being in

the territory of Goy, at ſouth of the bay of
Cabinde, FO

Eaft-north-eaſt of cape Padron, is a point
which we ſail'd by at half a league diſtance,
and being paſs'd the fame, preſently diſco-

ver'd another point, at eaſt by north, con-

tinually ſounding without touching ground
with our twenty-five fathom line; and on
a ſudden came into five fathom, with a
ſtrong tide ſetting to ſhore ; whereupon we
preſently drop'd anchor.

The third point in Congo river, bearing Congo
eaſt half north, half a league of us, being iv

Sony or Songo point, where we ſaw a great
number of Blacks; and ſoon after our maſter
went aſhore in the pinnace : after which, we
moored the ſhip with the ſtream-anchor
and cable, at north-north-weſt.

Soon after the pinnace return'd aboard,
with two Blacks of the country, who ſpoke
broken Portugueſe, and aſſur'd us they had
a great quantity of ſlaves to diſpoſe of, at
the town of Songo or Sony, the ordinary reſi-
dence of the prince or ear] of that name,
lying about five leagues inland from this

point 3

opno,

A Vovacs to Congo-River,

point; and that there were only an Engliſh
and a Duich ſhip at Cavinde, which had al-

503
ing the captain ſay, he was come to trade BAR ROT.
for ſlaves, aſk'd him, Whetber he would take WNW

moſt got in their compliment of flaves.
Towards night we fent ſome men to fiſh

| aſhore with the yaul ; who being returned

ſome hours after, brought a pretty quantity
of fiſh, they caught in a pond, lying not
far from the beach, hedged about with
ſhrubs, and being help'd by the Blacks.

The net was not long enough to be uſed

at the beach, The Blacks dwelling about
this point are all fiſhermen, and very good
civil people, but could afford our men no
refreſhments befides ſome few pots of palm-
wine, which they fetch'd from a good di-

due care that thoſe ſlaves ſhould be inſtructed
in the chriſtian faith; and whether he had
waited on the Portugueſe Padre there, which
was requiſite ſhould be done: and fo diſmiſſed

him, after prefenting him with a goat and

{ix hens,

The captain return'd aboard at eleven at
night, accompanied with Manfouge, that is,
the receiver of the //hites, Manchingue, and
Mananbache, three men of quality, ſent by
the prince to inſpect our goods aboard, the
_— being left at Sony as an hoſtage for
chem. |

ſtance inland. They take pilchards in Zair

The thirtieth, thoſe perſons examined all People Ro
as far and large as herrings, uſing a very

the goods, and liked them very well; at man Ca-

vpno,

long round ſtaff, made of a wood as hard as
iron, and fo thick, that as many darts are
made faſt to it, a ſmall diſtance from each
other, as take up ſix or ſeven ſpans in
compaſs.

There are ſea-horſes in this river as large
as two ordinary land- horſes.

When we anchor'd, the tide was but
ſmall in compariſon to what 1t prov'd to
be about ſix in the evening, when on a
ſudden it came down from the river as ſwift
as in the Thames, and continued ſo till almoſt
ten at night. . 1.

The Blacks about this river's mouth are

all Roman Catholicks, ſome of them wearing

a long ſtring of beads about their neck,
with a croſs hanging at it; and on the point
of Sony there is a little chapel dedicated to
St. Antony. Every Black has a Poriugueſe
name. |

The twenty ninth, our maſter went in the
pinnace, and the yaul was ſent aſhore to
fiſh in the before mention'd pond ; but they
could not double Sony point, nor ſet aſhore

any where about it, the ſea breaking ſo vio-

lently at the beach; and were obliged to
return aboard: but at noon, the yaul tow-
ing the long-boat, and the ſea-breeze being
very ſtrong, had much ado, by the working
of ſails and oars, to weather the ſaid point,
and return'd aboard at night, with a reaſon-
able quantity of fiſh, among which were
ſoles twenty inches long.

Our maſter and mate in the pinnace, con-

dinner they fed on bread and cheeſe, it pane:

ing triday, and conſequently a faſt for

Roman Catbolicks, the prince of Sony and

all his court being ſuch; and maintaining
there two Poriugueſe triars, of the order of
Bernardins, one of whom was but lately
dead. Thoſe noble Blacks wore long beads

| and a croſs, with ſome Agnus-Dei at their

neck.

At three in the afternoon they return'd
to Sony, the captain accompanying them
thither, in order to treat with the prince;
but could do nothing, the ſaid prince telling
him, that neither he nor his ſubjects could
well trade with him for ſlaves, unleſs he had

_ firſt ſatisfied the Portugueſe Padre, pretend-

ing it was not in his power, to let him pur-
chaſe ſlaves in his territories, wit hout havin
obtained his licence to that effect. The cap-

tain was forced to comply, tho? with much

reluctancy at firſt. |
The Padre, when he waited on him, hear-

ing of his deſign, ſtarted ſome difficulties ;

alledging chiefly,thar the Eugliſb carried the
ſlaves to Barbadoes, to the hereticks, where
he was ſure the poor wretches ſhould never
be inſtructed in the chriſtian faith: where-

upon the captain ſhew'd him his commiſſion,
but the father not underſtanding Eugliſb, de-

ſired to have it render*d into the Portugueſe
or Latin tongue, which none there could do,
and ſo the father ſeemingly conſented to
his requeſt.

—

** > — . * 4
Fl 0

bun 2h = —— — — — 2 —_—

Ab BE

Then the prince of Sony order'd the ſame They ex-
three gentlemen Blacks, adding to them his amine the
ſecretary, who could read and write Portu- 890.

_ ducted by two or three Blacks of Sony point,
got up the creek of Sony twelve miles, row-

ing all the day; and being ſet aſhore, walk*d
about ſix Engliſh miles by land to the town,

and were kept there a pretty while, before

they could ſpeak with the prince: at laſt
being admitted to audience, according to

the cuſtom of the country, they preſented

him with fix yards of fine chints, which

he received favourably, and preſently or-

der*d a hen to be dreſs'd and ſerv'd up in a
forry pewter diſh, to treat them. In the
diſcourſe the Black prince, or count, hear-

gueſe, and by his poſt of far greater dignity
than the three others, to return aboard the
ſhip, to examine yet more nicely the nature
of our cargo, and to return him an exact
account forthwith.

Theſe being arriv'd aboard, were enter-
tained as well as we could ; and we drank
with them their prince's, the father's, and
their own healths ſucceſſively and ſeparately,
and each health was ſaluted by firing of
five guns.

They

ä — 2 cena . —— 22
os -
> —-- we. f

. * * * * — *
— — way + — *
5 2 — 22 - — — —

- 2 a
hy = OT
. - \ — —
vo _
= N 1 2 ———
* ,
% o . N n

— * 5 . .
BY — > —
"I q
_—_— 4 + Jn — —
” — bs 2 —
> -
— 22 —
* * 4 =
—
— e —
EE £ £
— wt o + — —

0
8
4 vu
'} »
i
i |
10 125 5
Tr
'3
nm -
n
N. „
o
as 44
. 6K =
1 a _
| 4!
a7
4 U
1 |
: l 75 .
110 1
z ; i
y 1
2 Y
* 219
: ns & :
3 ! N. ;
F } ' 17 4 -
" !
; Yu
-
3
1 LF
U
1 4 ©
1
4 =o
The
„„ F
g $314 ©
; * U Sa
1
'
f . in
[ 1 5
o | te
1 HRS
4 06 Y
9 1. +19
| }
2 FRESH
4 1
7 f 1
4 1. 4
19 3
. .
, ne TN
: l f \ : *
1
5 | q 1
41 MM
_ }
o 5 1
wn
+ i mr
b 4
' no”
) 13
4 124 iy
l \FD
= 4 + FB
*
'F q II \
10 Ss:
T4, 09: 2 38
* 7 :
= 6 | [
4 it p - W
; bob ;
l g
9
4 71 1
8 L, 4 1
enn
6 1 If
5 1
þ : 1
* + 4 6a
i 1 4
? EI
4 .
. ;
* " i4 7
it |
1 1
* 2
i] K 1 7
4 b + "
WAY) : $8
: bu
; 1 of] 4 1
Fein
A [al 1
r 3
4
7” L908 © :
ö 11
1 Ll
p 1 1
N 2
P = 1
44
« \ .
{ 'T]
en.
14 if .
b | Tr
447 8.9
0 1 N
"a 4 9 F
q 1 1 4
15 1 4 1
55 1 x 4 a
1 tf -
i 0 |
j 4 78
e Ly
; N. Ht
We ;
8
14 .
14 1
4 N
# 4
. My: 1 88
A610 Ik
1 >
! \
-
6 37
l 4.
* 4 l 44
1 1 14
U 17 ;
is. f | x
1 b
3 ©
k
1 l «
7 1
1 Fi
1 4 is
1 + MH.
1
17
5
4
\ 1
(IF
, 1
4 s 4 k
| 14 : g N
| KS
Fig 1 l
8 1
1
*
LEV \
. 19
%, f
[7 * 7
1 1
4
£ 7 7 *
L $ a |
Yin! C
$94! E
4 , 4 4
* ,
.
{Bit}
2
NM
45 14
";
*
53
77 0
4 3H \
N j 14
1
,
Y,
8
9 3
1
£
"Tl
11
F, 'T
+, Fe [08
! 1
* 4d +,
ö 1
1
Yai 4
*
1 .
Is
? h
10 ö
4 ＋
Wy
* 13 .
1 **
=
70 |
.
2% *
- Biz
12.
| 7
1 of
*
i {
: o 17.
1
i 1
1
3
a
7 , }
e
T5 * 5%
1 * 1
a . þ
N
13.
1
44
. 1 1
» 3
4 : 18 =
- '
4 \ *
9 7
p '
4.95
1 7
* {
5 [
* A
5 th
19
7 +
#
; 9.

10
34

1 4
x,

? 1
bp
.
i ;
1
| |
1
6 j
1
"at
175
[
44
*

*

9
li
i
li
4
*

23 . -
= o7 —
2

4
7
3

* * 122 $ # * 3 7 * . #4 *
8 7 * - gee 22 wat — -
y £42 . "_ \ tug - . -— : * — —
——— 2 r c _— a rr
* — Fa * — *
— " . — — ———— 2 ů — r
— — 2 — —— — 2D—wAa WET. — — —
— > * ur. a . = o —— — 2 wo 20
| \ A x l : 8 = _ * . 2
-

—— 7

— * 3

504

A Vorace to Congo-River.

Barxnor- They ſtaid aboard till the ſecond of Sep-
V zember, and then returned to Sony, with a

Price of
ſlaves.

certain quantity of our merchandize, to
ſtore the lodge we were to ſet up there, on
the aſſurances they gave us, that in two
months, or ten weeks at fartheſt, we might
there buy five hundred ſlaves; and upon
this perſuaſion we had our lodge ſettled,
being a houſe in Sony, contrary to the uſual

cuſtom there, to ſettle the lodge near the

The ſeventh we had a canoe aboard, with

Fiſhing.

Preſents

for liberty

„F trade.

creek, or river of Sony.

Ihe fifth, they perſiſted to ſettle the price
of ſlaves at eight pieces a man, and ſeven
for a woman flave; and for boys and girls
proportionably, according to their age and
ſtrength : but fearing what did happen after-
wards, that theſe Sony Blacks, being bigotted

to their Padre's opinion, as to the uſe of
the ſlaves, would only amuſe us, we ſent our
long boat to Cabinde, to obſerve the trade of
flaves there; having been told by a Black,

who ſpoke indifferent good Eugliſb, and
ſnew'd ſome certificates of Briti/þ comman-
ders of trading ſhips, of his good-nature,

and readineſs to ſerve the nation, that we

ſhould have a more ready diſpatch at Ca-

binde, than there, he could but adviſe us to

ſend a meſſage to the duke of that country,
and ſeven for women; and for the meaſure

of our goods, ſix foot two inches to each

as he ſtil'd him.

three indifferent large elephant's teeth, weigh-
ing about a hundred and fifty pounds, for

which they aſk'd eleven pieces; we offer'd
ſeven, and they would not ſell them at that

rice.
: The eighth of September, our men went out
a fiſhing near the breakings, and brought as
much fiſh as could ſerve all our crew three
or four days. We obſerved this day, yet
more remarkably than before, the flood to
have little or no force, but the ebb to be
incredibly ſwift, eſpecially at certain times
tor three or four hours, and may be ſaid to
run downwards continually, carrying out
with it not only ſtumps and trunks of trees,

but even whole parcels of ground, over-
grown with ſmall trees and ſhrubs, floating

like little iſlands ; ſo that ſometimes it is im-

poſſible for our boats to get beyond Sni

point, and are forced to land on this fide,
and afterwards hale over the point, which is
very narrow, into the water on the other
{ide of it.

The firſt mate left as factor at our lodge at
Sony, ſent us word, there was no likelihood of

any trade till we had adjuſted with the prince

the price of ſlaves, and the ſtandard of our
merchandizes ; as alſo the king's cuſtoms.
Whereupon the fifreenth, Mr. Caſſeneuve
went up to Sony town, and there firſt waited
on the Portugueſe friar, and preſented him with
ſome ſmall refreſhments of Europe, (ſuch as
they were,after a five months paſlage thither)
which he received with great ſatisfaction, and

*

return'd him his preſent; being ſome fine
ſweet oranges and bananas, and treated him
with wine.

Then he waited on the prince, who was
ſitting on a great chair, his head new]
ſhav'd and naked; having a kind of black
cloak over his ſnhoulders, but very ſhort;
and a clout of the ſame black ſtuff as his
cloak about his middle; his legs bare, but
ſlippers on his feet. When Caſſeneuvs enter'd

the room, he made a ſign to him with his

hand, to fit down oppoſite to him; after
ſome diſcourſe concerning trade, he call'd
for a large pot of palm-wine, which he
cauſed to be preſented to him, after drinking
himſelf in a great filver cup, on a plate in-
ſtead of a ſalver.

This prince's apartments are divided with King au
boards into ſeveral low rooms, ſome of which r
are painted of various colours and figures, houſes,
But the father's is much better and larger,

having alſo a very good garden, curiouſly
planted with great variety of African trees
and plants; and made up into fine pleaſant
walks, moſt of them ſhaded like groves.
His chapel has three bells.

We privately agreed with the prince about
the trade of ſlaves, at eight pieces for men,

fathom for his, and of five foot only for
the people; this prince generally making a
better bargain for himſelf than for them.

The crew of our long- boat that went on

the ſeventh for Cabinde, as has been ob-
ſerved, return'd aboard the ſixteenth, in the
yaul of an Engl; ſhip that lay there; for
it had not been poſſible for our men to have
ſtemm'd the violent tide, by ſailing the
boat; and the captain, who went thither in

it, returned, being indiſpos'd, over land,
from Cabinde to Bomangoy, and thence by

water in a canoe; complaining much of the
rude temper of the Blacks of Cabinde. Our
pinnace had before made that voyage with

our chief carpenter and four men, who had

been ſent aſhore in the yaul to hew wood,
unknown to us all, upon the perſuaſion of
the Black of Bomangoy, before ſpoken of,
that it was not very far, and we might make
a ſhort voyage, before we could ever miſs
of them ; but coming near Cabinde late in
the night, and the breakings being very great,
they got on land there with much trouble,
and often in hazard of ſplitting the yaul

againſt the rocks, and ſands of the bay 3

but were very joyfully receiv*d by the cap-
tain of the inhabitants, who cauſed ſome
guns, they have there, to be fired, to ſa-
Jute them: all the Blacks ſeeming much

Pleaſed to ſee them. |

As we ſuſpected with great reaſon, that
we ſhould have but an indifferent trade at

Sony, finding more and more by the diſ-
courſes

Cannot
trade at
Sogno.

Remov'd.
Gitaar,

Liber t 7.
rt

A Voract to Congo-River, 505

Lan, courſes of the natives, that they were poſ- tice of trade; theſe people being full of Ba» now.
ne at ſeſs'd with an opinion, that we were not chri- ſuch civilities and formalities. But ſome WWW
ego. ſtians, and that we uſed to carry the ſlaves time after they return'd again to the factory;

1 to the Turks, and other infidels and here- the Mangove told Caſſeneuve he was ſent by

4 ticks, where they were never baptiz*d; the king, with the officers preſent, to aſſure
thought proper to loſe no time, in looking him he was well pleaſed the J/hites ſhould

out for a better place to ſettle a lodge or keep a lodge there; and at the ſame time
factory, in Congo-river : and being inform'd, to declare to the inhabitants, they might

that on the northern ſhore, at or near a freely deal with him ; and to charge them

point ſeveral leagues up that river, called 1n his name not to diſturb or moleſt the

point Gitaar, lying eighteen or twenty Whites any manner of ways.

leagues farther eaſtward, we might ſettle Alter which, thoſe q fficers obliged the fac- Servant.
one, and traffick with the inhabitants of tor to take five ſcrvants into his pay, to % 4er
the circumjacent territory, call'd Zairy or attend the ſervice of the fictory, and to be“ cle

—

Serry; | |

On the twenty-firſt of September, Mr.
Caſſeneuve went thither in the pinnace 3
where being landed, he was very courte-
ouſly received by the captain of the vil-
lage Gitaar, ſituated on the fouth-welt
fide of a creek, ſomewhat to northward
of the point, where the river Zazr Joins
that of Congo. He adviſed him, after he
had procured him a proper houſe there, to
be made uſe of for a factory, at two pieces
per month rent, to wait on the king of
Zair, and petition him for a permiſſion to
trade with his ſubjects, as a thing always
practis*'d and of abſolute neceſſity: which
being reſolved, the old Black captain about
ten at night diſpatched up to Zair by
land, one Menlembele, brother-in-law of the
king, to inform him of the deſign, and to
requeſt he would ſend ſome of his officers

imo/dioto Gitaar, to ſerve as guards to our lodge,

Gitaar,

Liberty ro
trade:

and have it encloſed for its ſecurity.
The twenty-third, Caſſeneuve being in the
factory, with the old captain of Gizaar, to

ſettle it in order, they heard a noiſe of ſkir-

miſhing, and the found of a trumpet and
ofa drum, who preceded the Black Men-
lembele, and the king's officers. Theſe ſtop'd
firſt at the governor's houſe, and afterwards
came to the factory. The Mangove, one of
the king's firſt officers, walked at the head

of all the others, under an umbrello carry*d_

over his head by a ſervant, and followed
by about thirty other Blacks, beſides the
king's officers. As they enter'd the factory,
Caſſeneuve cauſed them to be ſaluted with
ſome ſmall arms, to welcome them, ac-
cording to their way; to ſit down on ſome
mats, laid on the ground after the faſhion
of the country, to be treated with drams
of brandy ; and after a little ſtay, in the
way only of a formal viſit, they retired to
the village, the Mangove being preſented
with a flaſk of brandy.

The next morning, being the twenty-fourth,
they came again to the factory, and pre-
ſented Caſſeneuve with a hog, and two cluſ-
ters of bananas z and after a ſhort ſtay re-

turned to the town, without taking any no-
e

the keepers of the ſluves we ſhould bu

there till they were ſent aboard. Twoof
theſe ſervants belonged to the Mangove
himſelf, one to the Alanchingue, one to old
Gitaar, and one to the Yalebuche. We were

to pay them for their attendance one fa-«

thom meaſure in merchandize per week, for
the five men, but no victuals; and they
promiſed to make good whatever loſs or

damage we might 1ncur, and to do all

manner of ſervice as required: for it is the
cuſtom there, that ſuch ſervants are to an-
ſwer for whatever is committed to their
cuſtody, and what ſlaves the ///:tes have,
they are to pay for, if ſtolen or run away;
or be made ſlaves in their room, if not
able to pay. However, the Blacks having
a natural propenſity to ſtealing, at which
they are very dextrous, it is requiſite to

have a watchful eye over their behaviour,
and not truſt them too far, under the

ſpecious pretence of their ſecurities; for if

they can lay hands on any thing they

like unperceiv'd, they will run away with
it, and never return to the factory.

The Mangove and the officers examined
all the merchandize we had in the houſe,
and lik'd it very well; and afterwards re-
turning again to the lodge with a great pot

of palm- wine to drink with the factor, and

having given him new aſſarances we ſhould
meet with a briſk trade of flaves and pro-
viſions, they went home, the Mangove be-

ing preſented by the factor with a fathom

of chints ; and all the other grand officers,
as they ſtiled themſclves, each with two
knives and a dram of brandy : it being re-
ſolved by all thoſe Blacks, that the factor
ſhould wait on their king at Zair, the
next day with a preſent.

The twenty-fifth, Mr. Ca//-neave let out
by water in canozs, in company of thoſe
officers, and being landed again at a place
three or four miles higher up the little ri-
ver of Zair, than Gitaar-point, they of-
fered to have him carried to Zair in a
hammock, as is the way of travelling in that
country; but he choſe rathertowalk it, being
ſeven or eight miles diſtant: and being ar-

8 Io riv'd

2
— — pay ” - — — -
— — — — 2
- * Y — — --— 22 7 7 _
4 F. 2 — -
* "=o ug A2 : o wy
—_— . b —
"WI; > D 4 75 "= — x = »
4 =

506

LR F

A Voy act to Congo-River.

BARROr. riv'd at che town of Zair, reſted a little at

the houſe of one of the king's officers, where

he was waited upon by three of the king's
noblemen to welcome him, and at the ſame

time to complain, he had not cauſed the

ſmall arms to be diſcharged at his coming

Audience
given by
the king.

into town, as is cuſtomary there to do, up-
on viſiting any perſon, and much more the
king; which he excuſed, alledging his ig-
norance of that cuſtom, as he was a great
ſtranger: and added, for further ſatisfaction,
that he was much afflicted at the ill con-
dition one of his near acquaintance lay in
aboard the ſhip, when he departed from
him; which anſwer ſeemed to ſatisfy them.

At two in the afternoon he was conducted
to audience in this manner; the Mangove
placed him on his right hand, and behind

him a ſervant covering his head with an

umbrello held to keep off the ſcorching
heat of the ſun. They were preceded by

four noblemen; the other officers walking

in their ranks, behind the Mangove, with

many other inferior Blacks : and being come

near the palace, they halted for a while, be-

Matombe-bark about his middle, and before

ing told the king was paying his devotions

to his idols; which being over, they moved,

paſſing through two encloſures or courts,
made after the faſhion of the country, into
a large one, beyond the two, where were
above three hundred Blacks ſitting on the
ſandy ground, being either the king's do-
meſticks, or the principal inhabitants of the
town, whom curioſity had brought to ſee
the Whites. ©

The king fat at one end of this ſpacious
court, with his back to the wall, or enclo-
ſure, on a ſeat raiſed about fifteen inches
from the ground, and under his feet an
antelope's ſkin carpet-wiſe ; he being dreſs'd
in a long ſcarlet cloak, which had been pre-
ſented him ſome time before by one Mon-
criffan Engliſhman, as was afterwards known:
his head, legs, and feet bare, with a clout of

him was a lance ſtanding in the Js; he

being an old man of a very indifferent mien.
Mr. Caſſeneuve was made to fit down, a-
bout ten foot diſtance oppoſite to the king
and by the king ſtood a woman having by
her a large pot of palm- wine; and about ten
paces farther were ten or twelve Blacks in
a ſitting poſture, arm'd with muſkets, and
in the midſt of them one with a ſcarlet
cloak, adorn'd with gold fringe, ſtanding
there ſo richly dreſs'd to honour their idols.

The woman preſented the old king with a

cup of palm-wine, and every time he drank,
all the Blacks there preſent clapped their
hands, in token of reſpect and veneration.

In the ſpace betwixt the king and the
White, the royal interpreter placed himſelf
on his knees, but nearer to the king; and
an oath was adminiſtred, that he would

faithfully ſay what the Mbites had to de-
liver; the manner whereof was: The in-
terpreter rubb'd one hand on the earth ſe-
veral times, and every time carry'd it to
his forehead and rubb'd it; after which,

he took one of the king's feet in his hands, Many ,
ſpit on the ſole thereof, and lick'd it with/vearing.

his tongue. This formality being ended,
the interpreter turn'd himſelf towards Caſ-
ſeneuve, and required him to deliver his er-
rand; which being done, he interpreted it
to the king in his own tongue. After which,
he adjuſted the price of ſlaves ; for a man
eight pieces, for thoſe the prince ſhould ſell
him; and bur ſeven and a half for all others
had of private perſons: and fix and a half

for a woman, and the king to have the

ſame meaſure of merchandize as all other
private people, which is four fathom to
each piece, and each fathom to be four
foot and a half meaſure. This done, the
king told him he was well pleaſed the
Mpiles had ſettled a factory at Gitaar ; and
further aſſur'd him there were many ſlaves
in his dominion. Caſſeneuve preſented him
with two fathom of black bafts, and a
caſe of Aqua-vite; which he received very
gladly, and fell a ſinging ſome verſes in
his language, which he repeated three times

ſucceſſively z at each repetition the Blacks

about him clapping their hands as before,
to teſtify their approbation of his fine per-
formances. The king cauſed Caſſeneuve to
taſte before him of all the flaſks of the
brandy he had preſented him, as is their
conſtant practice there, when they offer any

liquor, or ſell it to one another, to taſte

firſt themſelves, to prevent any ſuſpicion of
poiſon.

After the audience, he walked out of the
town, with ſome of the king's gentlemen,
who ſhew'd him nine or ten roads about
the country, leading to ſeveral large towns,
all plentifully ſtor'd with ſlaves; as alſo
the high way to the kingdom of Congo, by
which vaſt quantities of flaves are yearly
conducted to Cabinde; and that as ſoon as

thoſe of Congo ſhould be inform'd, as it is
not very diſtant from Zair, that the Whites

had a factory at Gitaar, they would im-
mediately flock to it from many parts with
their captives, to ſave them the fatigue of
a journey to Cabinde, which lies five and
twenty or thirty leagues farther down-
wards at the ſea-ſhore.

The twenty-ſeventh two of the Black ſer-
vants of the factory at Gitaar came to Zair,
and reported that the under-factor there,
had received an order from Mr. Barbot and
the captain, to leave the factory, and carry
all the goods away down to the ſhip, which
waited only for their coming, in order to
ſail out of Congo-river for Cabinde, where
they had freſh aſſurances of getting their

compliment

: of 3 ö
2. I

A Vorace 70
compliment of ſlaves in a ſhort time; which

being reported to the king, he ſent two of
his gentlemen to Caſſeneuve, to know the

truth of the report, which he declin'd to an-

{wer poſitively, fearing ſome ill conſequences,
after the agreement he had juſt made with
him the day before, out of ſpight or re-

venge: and told them, the under- factor was

a ſort of lunatick at certain times, and he

could not rely at all on what he had ſaid.

About eleven a- clock he waited on the king,
and perſuaded him to give no credit to what
he had been told, about breaking up the
factory at Gitaar, and after that took his
leave of him in order to repair thither,
taking along with him four ſlaves, viz. a
man, a woman, and two boys, the king
truſted him with, to be paid to his officers
at Gitaar: but having found many incon-

venient places and waters to paſs through,
as he came up to Zair a-foot, being often

oblig*d to be ſet on ſome Blacks ſhoulders
to paſs thoſe waters, he cauſed himſelf to

be carried in a hammock, to the neareſt

landing-place in Zair river, being attended
all the way by three gentlemen on the part
of the king ; and the ſlaves conducted a-foot,
by ſome B/ack ſervants ; who being all come
to the place where the canoes had ſet him
aſhore at his coming up, they were by the
ſame carried down to Gitaar creek, and ar-
riv'd at the factory about ſeven in the even-

ing; where there were but two ſlaves bought
ſince his departure.

As it is the uſual cuſtom among Europeans
that buy ſlaves in Africa, to examine each
limb, to know whether ſound or not; the

king of Zair obſerving Caſſeneuve thus try-

ing the four ſlaves he had ſold him, burſt
out a laughing, as did likewiſe the great men

that were about him. He aſk'd the interpre-

ter what was the occaſion of their laughter,
and was anſwer'd, it proceeded from his
lo nicely viewing the poor ſlaves ; but that

| however, the king and his attendants were

ſo much aſhamed of it, that he requir'd him,
for decency ſake, to do it in a private place:
which ſhows thoſe Blacks are very modeſt.
The under-factor having ſhewn Caſſeneuve
the orders come from on board ſhip to break
up the factory forthwith ; they reſolved to
execute it that very night, while the Blacks

were aſleep. Accordingly at midnight they
cauſed their goods to be carried out in

ſmall parcels, thro' the roof of the houſe,
which was all of a piece, and ſupported only

by forked poles, to the pinnace in the creek ;

and as all this could not be done without
the knowledge of our Black ſervants, and
they had alarm'd all the people of Gitaar,
on account of our deſign to leave the place
and ſeveral being come to the factory, we
appealed them as well as we could, by tel-
ling them we had no ſuch deſign as they ſuſ-

Congo-River.

507

pected, and ſo went away each to his BAR Bor.

home; and at break of day we had the reſt WWW

of the goods carried to the pinnace, leaving
only as much there as would pay the rent
of the houſe, and our Black ſervants wages
for a month, tho we had kept it but a week.

We alſo left there the four ſlaves brought
down the day before from Zair, becauſe we
had not paid for them ; and ſo ordering two
Mhite men in the pinnace to carry it out of
the creek, for fear if we had all gone in it,
the Blacks might have fired at us, through
the ſhrubs that cover the creek on each ſide ;
and the factors, with ſome more Whites in
arms walk'd along the banks of the creek
as a guard to it, till being come to a point

that is dry at low water, they all got into

the pinnace, and ſo proceeded unmoleſted
aboard, where they arriv'd at one in the
afternoon, to the great ſatisfaction of our
ſuperiors, who fear'd we might have been
all cut in pieces by the Blacks in this at-
tempt.

Mr. Caſſeneuve's journal goes on thus.

Whilſt I was at Zair town, I was uſed with Civility of
abundance of civility by the Blacks, and che Black.

viſited by moſt of the grandees about the

court, each preſenting me, ſome a chicken,
ſome bananas, another a calabaſh of palm-
wine, Sc. and had beſides a hen boil'd at

every meal; of which I eat the wings and
legs, not having a ſtomach for the reſt, as
being boil'd, with the entrails, as is their
faſhion. |
The inhabitants of Zair mind nothing but
trading, being very lazy, and according to
the cuſtom of the country, leave all other
things that concern houſe-keeping, to the
care of their wives ; who therefore are pro-
perly no better than ſlaves to them : for
they muſt do every thing at home, and be-
ſides, till the ground, ſow corn in the pro-
per ſeaſons, get in the harveſt, make bread,
dreſs victuals for the whole family, and look
after their children and huſbands ; whilſt
the men ſit and club, ſeveral of them
together, moſt of the day, drinking of
palm-wine; the women not daring to join
them, unleſs particularly call'd upon: and
when ſo invited, they repair to them in a
very ſubmiſſive poſture; and When wine is
preſented them, before they take the cup,
or return it, clap their hands ſeveral times,
as a token of their gratitude; and never re-
ceive the cup otherwiſe than on their bended
knees, withdrawing as ſoon as they have
drank, unleſs commanded to ſtay longer.
This cuſtom, eſtabliſh'd here, and at moſt
other parts of the country, is taken from

other ancient nations of the eaſt : for among

the Fews in former times we read, that wo-
men work'd in the houſe, making clothes,
dreſſing eatables, grinding the corn, as is
evident from St, Luke xvil. 35. Two women

ſhall

Bd - of — - i — ” * o - -
. 7 8 _ 2 7 2 A _ =
= p -” 7 Þ 2 : > 1 my -
— : ry 5 — — 4 3 = cha w_
= — _ _ g p * * — = * => — * N * — — 7
2 c - : _ m
i - i No. = 2 * N ph * __ — 8 = wy > a 5 — 2 > . 2
— — — — W 0 7 —— —_ — 575 et;
4 \ + — 4 4
- g -- ra = —-"'t # *» I — — — . 4 - — _ —— — 4
. —— <= = — 4

———

ug A&D...

d Es - - +4 Ty — = - wp ” _—_—
7 ‚ Ta nnr "EAR. WY
— — — * 2
— 2 . RR

4 .
Ll
|
{K-20
' :
}
o
[1
'S
113
n
\ 4
i, |
'
4 ? [1
' 1 m

N ; 1-4

5 7 +
* N

1 4
! J

$: 717,

9 1
594 1
11 fy

4
F 5

41 DI ks:

1 1
5 1 ;

; : 1

—
"© FE
*
* #

R 1

4 * Z
* 1

1 1
1
4 {
1
*
!
4
19
£ A 4 #*
1 11
4
Y = 1 : * :
* 5 14
> 4 0 *
*
. - 13,0
F xs.
1 BIN
1
K * .
5 J !

1 1

b 1

' » Ii}
* an *

: 4 80 l
: *1 x 46,
: f ;
: 84
: t
k » IF
T |
43> 4 4
i 1000) |
1 * # l

.

' 11

11
4
1

N

[1 i :

T's Þ

4 * Ul
- 1

1 6

N

n
2 IF)

bY» FI

ih 40
,

i 17
0 (1

' :

\ 4 : l

38 $4 [4a
13:10

ths I

16 47% L

vo ts
FI
$14
!

MH 4 l

1.48?

4 ,

j &

9 | 4
f

f |

2; :

4! :

* 1

* + ny:

4 Pl

i

tl YER

q :

U 17

11
8
[ ; i". '

0

3 4
0 U

J
i

1 # ®

«$2 1

15 4

* 1

z if f G
J i

þ 8
if -

% *

Wes
-R 4

|

' 1

; } Bi
4

( 1
f }
41

t N i

i 4 £1
7

Mu.

pw 1}:

4
15
F

1

i

4 F =;
. £ ol

N.

; 'F
J. N

1 441 L

TEARS
: ST:

- :

' TP 4
i « iff
ö

"

4 13
LIE :
x i+ 1
: ' y
a.

" 1
F -
11-7
"£1 1

$1 {
{ MH:
ih }
.
ö *
1
2 8
ig. 8
1

e
4 11 —

! 18 fp

. 34 (

1 *

b 1 1
TT [+4 *
Nee

4 ; *
1 .

N.
4

11 ; l
&97 ©!

'

5

1

£7

7 *

i q :

: ! 1
1 4
.
1
„ 4

' 8.

"y
i q
a 11
N *
' a 1 %
: 127 N
4 27 1
Y 1 *
11

*" 6 4
_— —
—— 4 — — — E 1

ꝗ—: cc —— —
* —
— —

—

9 *
paul = — ou ans. na — - — —
= : . — —
- Uü— CES al EI ECREERE
or mu pn — r — —
- 2 A. = IST > LAY". a .* <>
W _ oy . - —- -—» 7 — 2
8 9 — — 392 TY
E . ©; ——

.
— — _——

— . T2
3 Iz 2
—

508 A VoyAce to Congo River.

Banhor. ſhall be grinding together, the one ſpall be
ales, and the other left.
The like in 1 Samuel viii. 13. And he will

take your daughters to be confectioners, and 10

be cooks, and to be bakers ; ſpeaking what
the king they would have to be given them,
would do with them, as the kings of other
nations uſed to do with their people.

Anna, the mother of Samuel, made him
a little coat, and brought it to him from year 10
year, ibid. ii. 19. Tamar, daughter of king
David, took the cakes which ſhe had made,
and brought them into the chamber to Au-
non, her brother. 2 Sam. xili. 10. We ſee
in Homer the examples of Penelope, of Calypſo,
and Circe, weaving cloth and linen with
looms. The like 1s ſeen in TJheocritus, in
Terence, Ec. And what is more remarkable
is, that the cuſtom was yet kept up at Rome,
among the principal and beſt dignified ladies,
though in a corrupt time; whillt Augi¹
uſually wore clothes made by his wife, his
ſiſter, and his daughters. See $9/9mon's de-
ſcription of a virtuous woman, Prov. xxxi.
IO. co 19.

Theſe women are chaſte when married,
but when any proſtitutes herſelf, it is in the

injur'd huſband's power to put her away,

and not only to deprive her of what goods
ſoever he may have endow'd her before, but
alſo to have a fine impoſed on her gallant.
Marriages The marriage-ceremonies here are ſoon
per form'd; for a young man who has but a
yard of painted callico, or other linen, to
make a clout for the young woman he de-
ſigns to marry, and ſomething to buy her a
houſe, has no more to do but to aſk her ot
her parents or relations, and his requeſt is
granted, Some who can earn a little money
among the V bites, take a pride to have their
wives wear another clout about their breaſt,
hanging over that at their waiſt.. The wives
of the rich or dignified Blacks, adorn their
arms and legs with bright copper- rings and
armlets; ſeveral of which weigh ten pound
apiece, which 1s chiefly the reaſon why theſe

women uſually walk very flow, and in a

ſort of ſtately way.
Funerals, When any perſon here dies, his family
depoſite his corps under a ſort of pavilion
or tent, upheld by a pole, in a ſitting

poſture, with a tobacco-pipe in one hand;

_ laying round about him, all the beſt goods
and utenſils he ' poſſeſſed in his life-time.
Thither all his relations and the inhabitants
of the town or village repair morning and
evening about the pavillion, walking round
it, ſighing and lamenting, and even howling
molt intolerably, and others weeping very

bitterly ; and the aged perſons of both ſexes,

but more commonly the old women, make
ſome diſcourſes and exhortations ſuitable to

the occaſion, with many extravagant geſtures
and motions,

Every one who aſſiſts at this ſpectacle,
brings a preſent to the deceaſed, which is
accounted among them not only a decency
and civility, but alſo redounds to their own
honour and reputation. Theſe preſents con-
fiſt in European goods, ſuch as tapſeils,
chints, calicoes, black bafts, nicanees, Sc.
of which one gives a fathom of one ſort, and
another of another; which they wind about

the dead corps, one upon another, till it

looks monſtrous, like a meer lump of ſtuffs
of ſundry ſpecies and colours, roll'd and
plaited over one another to the bulk of a

large caſk. This done, when the corps be-

gins to corrupt, they rub this lump with
a reddiſh colour, and afterwards, ſtill in the
ſame fitting poſture, he is carried to his
laſt home: but as I had no occaſion to aſſiſt
at ſuch burials, TI can ſay nothing more of it.
Caſſeneuve adds, that it griev'd him much
that he was order'd to leave this place ſo
ſuddenly ; not only becauſe he had all pol-
ſible probability of a briſk trade tor ſlaves

and proviſions, but alſo becauſe the inhabi-
tants ſhow'd. him abundance of civility,

And for the ſatisfaction of all perſons who

hereafter may attempt to purchaſe ſlaves in

the great river Zair or Congo, he directed
the author to draw the map or chart of

that river, as here annex'd. It is above fx Fr

leagues broad within the capes or points,
and dy degrees grows narrower, to half of
that breadth, juſt over-againſt the point
Gitaar, at the conflux of the river that goes
towards Zair town, ſituated ſome miles from
its weſtern ſides, being an indifferent large
place, of ſeven or eight hundred houles ;
with another village lying near to the river
Zair. 155

The road from this village to the town of
Zair 1s very incommodious, by reaſon of
the many ponds and brooks lying about it,
ſome of them two or three foot deep. About
half way are ſome little villages and ham-
lets, on each fide, at a ſmall diſtance from
the road, in an open, barren, dry country.

At the village of Gi/aar, the king of
Congo has a collector, to receive his dues
out of all the fiſh caught thereabouts 3

the territory of Zair being tributary to

him. The reaſon that oblig'd us to break
up our factory at Sono was, that the gentry
there, and other Blacks of note, would
have the ſame meaſure of our commodities
which the prince had adjuſted with us for
himſelf alone; as alſo becauſe the prince,

perhaps to pleaſe his ſubjects, and bring us

to their terms, ſometimes alledg*d, he was
very unwilling to let us have any of his

ſlaves, becauſe we were no chriſtians, and

that he was aſſur'd we carried them into
Turkey. This made us reſolve to leave that
place, and try what could be done at Bo.
mangoy, on the other fide of the great _
| air

conh0
tern.

conh0
tern.

AVO ACE t Congo River.

Zair, before we would fail out of it for Ca-

binde, where we had a better proſpect of
getting our compliment. N

Purſuant to this reſolution, we brought
down all our goods from Sonbo, on the twenty
third, paying all our charges at a double
rate, as well as anchorage, and ſome ve
unreaſonable charges, which the Blacks there
extorted from us through ſpight, ſeeing we
had broke up our factory; but they being an
hundred to one, we thought it prudence to
ſwallow the pill calmly.

The town of Soho conſiſts of about four
hundred houſes, built after the country
manner, and takes up a large compaſs of
ground, the houſes being built at diſtance
from each other, in a ſraggling, irregular
manner. It lies about a mile inland from
the end of the river, or rather creek of
Sonbo, which is very narrow, and cover'd
all along the banks with ſmall trees and

ſhrubs, very thick and cloſe together; ſo.
that boats cannot well paſs up to the end of

it, near Sonbo town.
Our factory ſtood on a riſing ground not

far from it.

The inhabitants here are generally of a

middle ſtature, and have commonly hand-

ſome faces, their legs and arms ſlender ; ſo

very crafty and cunning, that it is impoſſible

to deceive them; they underſtand the

way of meaſuring cloth and linen ſo nicely,
and are fo ſuſpicious, that when we meaſure

it, they conſtantly obſerve us with ſuch at-

tention, that their eyes ſeem to pierce into
the hearts of the Whites, and often cauſe us
to meaſure it over again; and in their
dealing will aſk often double the price of

a ſlave, or Moufi, and ſtand two hours con-

teſting to have a knife or two above the

However, the Engh/h and Dutch repair of-

ten hither to trade for ſlaves and elephant's
teeth. . 5

Gul im. The moſt current European goods, in our

time, were theſe: black bays, paper-brawls,
braſs or copper-baſons, India chints, powder,
-muſkets, coral, Sc. As to knives, the Euro-

peans have ſo ſtored them, that they do not
care for any more at preſent ; nor even for
ivory teeth, will they be perſuaded to take any
quantity, as they did in former times : nor

do they much value brandy, in ſmall caſes,

which heretofore they were extremely fond
of.

Towards cape Padron, on the ſouth ſide

of the great river Zair, is a large ſalt-pond,
where daily all the women of an adjacent

village, ſituated in the center of the wood,

work conſtantly at making of ſalt; which is

the chief maintenance of all the inhabitants

of that part of the country, carrying it to

inl ind markets. 5 |
F

ing aſhore on Chappel-point, with nine of

our men, walking about to ſeek for ſome

refreſhments, Mr. Caſſeneuve, with two other
Whites, and their ſervant interpreter, a Black
native of Zair, having walk'd along the
water-ſide, for near two Engliſb miles, they
ſpy'd a path leading to the wood, which
they follow'd for almoſt another Enghifþ
mile, where unexpectedly they found them-
ſelves near the before-mention'd falt-pond,
where above an hundred women were at

work, to get falt z who, as ſoon as they

ſaw us, fled ſhrieking, and redoubled their
noiſe, ſeeing us purſue them, as we did, to

ſee the village at the end of the brook ;
but were hinder'd by above two hundred

arm'd Blacks ſallying out of it upon us,
ſome with bows and arrows, others with
cudgels, and ſome with muſkets and cut-
lacesz the muſketeers clapping the muzzles

of their pieces to our breaſts, and threaten-

ing to ſhoot us. Caſſeneuve ſhow'd them
ſuch toys as we uſually carry to thoſe parts,
but to no purpoſe. 5
They took from us our interpreter, in
order to have him puniſh'd for conducting
of us to that place. Thus were we forc'd to
turn back, leaving the interpreter to their
mercy 3 and being come to the point, where
our pinnace waited for us, found there above

fifty of thoſe arm'd fellows, who had uſed

us ſo roughly in the wood, and were got
thither another way, to ſee what arms we
had in the boat; and finding none, abuſed
our companions, till ſeeing us return, they
were quiet. We aſſur'd them we would
complain to the prince of Soho, which we

did the next day, and both he and the Por-

tugueſe father told us, theſe were a ſort of

wild men, who ever ſince ſome European Europeans

ſhips had carried away ſeveral of their com- 2%4r flole
the native:

panions, would never be reconciled to, or
converſe with any others; beſides, that they
are very jealous of their wives: but the

prince added, he would command them to
reſtore the Black interpreter. It is very rea-

ſonable to believe the women fled and ſet
up ſuch cries, upon the remembrance of thoſe
Europeans, who had formerly baſely carried

away the people from thoſe parts, as fearing

the ſame uſage from us; and the men might
very well be upon their guard, to prevent
what they juſtly apprehended.

The twenty eighth of September, an hour
after Mr. Caſſæneuve was return'd from Zair,
with our goods, and only two ſlaves he had

purchaſed there, it was reſolv'd, before we
ſail'd for the bay of Cabinde, to try what

trade we could have at Bomangoy, the chief

Banza or town of Angoy, on the north ſide

of the Zair, at the requeſt of the Blacks,
2 6 Q who

509

It happen'd on the fifteenth of September, Bax nor.
ſay the authors of the journals, that we be- WWW

OE —
—

"
. — 2
— ona — — — *
— — —_— Ih - — = ä
* —
— X . :
-

--
--
—— — —
— 6 — — —— — — * =
a 2 . - _
—— —— — —
— K — 3 22 —
3 — - — E 7 2 2
-
. \ —
* — papa 2 —
r 7
2 + > B

1 * — 3 Xx
— apkng *
* &
2 5

g 1 OO a = tr
5 M5. Le 2
* o — ES -. — of *

2
abs «2.

— 4 .- £

4

*
4 ©
4 *
ix k
; 2
4
4
.
117
*
*
1
4 $
1
*
J
in
4
'T q
- 7
t
l "
Fo 4
. a
'2
"oy
.
1 ib
i
i
ji
: *
24
* 70
. *
11 *% o
- 77 7
*
F M. 1 *
{ ol
| q ». %
7 J y
0 8
7
7 | *
4
4 G U
1 bo
Ai g
i l
j )
2 f þ * 4
#
314 of a
1 .
7
of
1 *: F- 1
1
*
11 y
1
h 18
Nr!
" 1
1
LM FEE!
: 4 '
—
$21 x
* 11 +.
G ' (i
1 * 7
* 4
by „ 9
3: 4
3
(81 1 ad
Ti 4
4 13 7
"13-4 N
i 4
4 FF
N 3
i +
\ *
*
Fl
8
1
c
: h >
*.. *
U
f :
: n
[126
11
19 bh
5 | i
q G o
ö
1
| * -
13 is
N J
x l WH i:
| q ;
} .
it.
(7:16 =
j 14
g *
* 7 '
*

4 1 5
*
181 "i
1 | J '

”b 1

\ * :

1 o N
1 *
13
81
:
l WS F
,
| »
I.
z
.
) + #%
00 4 « d
| 0 pt
4 1 1
3
1. 1
1 1 rH
48
4 fl
' ? © |
5 4
1 4
1
1
; q |
5 Ll
+9
EY. 1
:
1
1
Ty
11
*
5 F
di 7 {
81 1
14 E N
1 p
+ 1 4.
a ,
2
4 4 :
1 7
1 >»
1
1
{ 4
:
j .
1 II.
1
bs 117
*
L
Y
=
: 4
: 2

'8

:

1

7
2 y 4
* 4
1] 2
8 K
11
6 þ ö
1
| KW b
= 4
7 5 4
7 1288 |
: « #,
A -_ 2
— «kl
' 1430
4:4
4
1:
1
14
1 *

4 G 4.

4 5 Bi
$4 34 3
{ .
+ & o 3-
: 1
ifs :

& ?
i i
7 £:
Linh
1 >
5 *
4
1
1 1
E 7
1
li
8 $4} - 5
:
1
12
>, vv
3s *
1
14
+ © 4
|
12 |

510

BAR BOT. who now and then came aboard to ſollicite
us to ſettle a factory there; and according-

ly Mr. Caſſæneuve was ſent thither, with our
firit mate, The captain of the town re-
ceiv'd them very civilly in his houſe, and
afterwards accompanied them to the Man-
oe of the country, with whom they con-
verſed for an hour, without concluding any
thing. He inſiſted upon high cuſtoms, and
no leſs for himſelf than eight pieces; for
the Manfoque ſix, for the Melembel? ſix,
and for the toll of the factory three pieces
beſides twelve other pieces to two other ab-
ſent officers of Bomangoy; and his order was,
not to allow any more than three pleces
for every ſcore of ſlaves we might purchaſe
there; which however was too little, but
five to twenty had been reaſonable ; and
they have ſeldom taken leſs. Thus we
left Bomangoy, and arriv'd aboard the twen-
ty-ninth in the afternoon. |

The thirtieth, at ſix in the morning we
weigh'd, and ſer ſail for Cabinde, with a
ſouth ſouth-weſt wind, ſteering north and
north by eaſt upon a tack ; but the tide was
ſo ſwift, that the helm could not work the
ſhip about in the opening of the river, which
laſted till noon, when we came in light of

the breakings north of Congo river, off which

we were then about two miles out, having
ſounded all the while in eight, nine and ten
to fifteen fathom water, hard ſandy ground.
Between ſix and ſeven in the evening we
caſt anchor in eight fathom and a half,
about two leagues from land, fearing to
over-ſhoot Cabinde in the night-time.

All the coaſt from Bomangoy to Cabinde
is foul, being full of ſands, ſome ſhooting
out to ſea three leagues weſt, bur leave a
channel betwixt the banks and the ſhore for
boats and floops only. e

The firſt of October we ſail'd at fix in

the morning, with a gale at ſouth-weſt by

ſouth, ſteering no nearer the breakings
than on ſeven and ſix fathom water, till we
came near the ſouth point of the bay of
Cabinde; to enter which, we rang'd the ſouth
ſhore, on five, four, three and a half, and
three fathom, and through an overſight,
came into fifteen foot water, about eleven
a-clock, when we dropp'd anchor, and
moor'd with the ſtream- anchor, out to ſea,

in three fathom water; having the point of

the bay aforeſaid, at weſt of us; and the

land towards Malimba at north, about ſix

or ſeven leagues. We fired five guns, as
uſual, to ſalute the king of Angoy; from
whom ſome ſervants came aboard, to know
whether it was the ſame ſhip that had been for
ſome time at Sonho; and to acquaint us, they
had a great number of ſlaves at hand, if we
would ſettle a factory aſhore, and pay the
cuſtoms, we ſhould be welcome. Towards
night they return'd to their prince, with our

A Vor ACE 70. Congo- River. 5

anſwer, that we did deſign to try what the
reported; and had not the el been kick

he would have waited on him inperſon that

*
Ve found in Cabinde road, a little Eng-
lib ſhip, having a hundred and tw-enty
ſlaves aboard, and was to compleat its car.
go, to two hundred and fifty. The Dutch
interloper, that was there when the captain
firſt went to Cabinde, had ſince been carry'd
away as prize, by another belonging to the
Dutch Meſt-India company.

The third of O#ober, we adjuſted with
the king's officers for the cuſtoms, which
we paid in this manner, 1

Pieces of ſundry ſorts of goods.
For the king's cuſtoms —
That of Maufouco
For the Manchins — 17
For Mafuco Mabouco =—— 17
For Manabele

— 1

7
The forty-ſeven pieces paid to the king,

conliſting of;
Tapſeils holland, — piece 1
Anunabaſſes— — — 10
Nicanees holland — —
Black bafts holland ——
Pintadoes holland ——
Caſe of ſpirits — —
Paper, Sleſia — —
Braſs pan —
Knives, dozen — —
Four ſticks of ſcarlet, at twenty nine
inches per ſtick _ Las 7
Six ſticks black bafts, at twenty- nine
inches per ſtick +
Half caſe of ſpirits fine
Powder barrels —
Muſkets |
Coral ſtring, —

—
—
— ABEL
— —

And ſo proportionably, of the ſame ſpecies
of goods, for the fees of the officers; as
above ſaid. | |

The fourth, we began to ſend goods a-

ſhore, to ſettle our factory, paying before-
hand five pieces for the rent of the houſe,
for all the time we might keep it; and Mr,

Barbot, aſſiſted by two Whites, gave con-
ſtant attendance there. Beſides the Black

ſervants we had hired to aſſiſt him, the king
gave us two of his own, and each of the
before-named officers one; being in all ten
or eleven gromettoes or hired men, to
whom we are to pay one fathom in goods
per week for all of them, to buy their pro-
viſions; and when we ſhall break up the
factory, each ſervant is to have three pieces
of goods: one of them is to ſerve for an
interpreter, and is beſides imploy*d to keep

off the mob, from inſulting us. This 1s.
practiſed commonly here, as well as at:

Zair.

We

47 Duties at
31 1 Cabinde.

Grds uſe
i trade,

Meaſure

A Vovaet 70 CongoRiver. SIN

We did not adjuſt a ſettled price for the The rate of Paves is uncertain, as de-Barnor.
faves, as is cuſtomary at So9uho and Zair, pending on the ſcarcity or plenty of them.

but bargain'd daily with the owners of
them, as they were brought either aboard
the ſhip or the factory; ſending alfo along
the bay, ſome goods in the boat, to trade
with the inhabitants of the adjacent villages:
ſo that Mr. Caſſeneuve, who had the care of
the commerce in the bay, and aboard ſhip,
bought forty-five ſlaves, from the ſeventh
of October, to the ſeventeenth of November.
The twenty-ninth, he was ſent to take care
of the factory, Mr. Barbot being ſick ; where
he purchaſed to the ſixteenth of December,
forty-eight ſlaves, making in all ninety-
three, viz. ſixty-five men, ſixteen women,
nine boys and three girls, for ſeven hundred

ſeventy-one pieces of ſundry goods, the

firſt coſt whereof upon invoice, amounted
to three hundred ſeventy-two pounds fix
ſhillings ſix-pence ſterling ; and fo amount-
ed to four pound ſterling a head, one with
the other.

Gel ud The particular goods were, Annabaſſes,

iy trade.

braſs haſons, muſkets, powder, black batts,
Tapſeils, Pintadoes, Guinea ſtuffs, paper ſle-
ſia, Nicanees, knives but a few, ſcarlet,

coral, caſes of ſpirits, black bays, black

beads, pewter baſons, ſpoons of ditto; of

| theſe ſeven laſt mention'd ſorts, but very
few. | 2

Acſter this they were oblig'd to give one

piece more for a ſlave than before, becauſe
the Blacks ſaw five other Engliſh ſhips come
one after another, in the ſpace of eight or
nine days time, to purchaſe ſlaves and ele-
phants teeth; and therefore brought no
more ſlaves to the factory, but oblig'd us

to give them ten 2 for a man, and nine

for a woman. But by good fortune, we
had then got our compliment within thir—

ty or thirty-five ſlaves: which we had ſoon

| after, and in all aboard, four hundred ſe-

deaſures,

venteen men, women, boys and girls.
Being ſhort of proviſions for our ſlaves,
we bought a hundred baſkets of Indian

wheat, tho' at an exceſſive dear rate, viz.

at one piece of our beſt ſorts of goods, braſs
baſons and Annabaſſes, of an Engliſh captain
Eriford, neceſſity having no law; which we
fetch'd aboard the thirty-firſt of December.

Mr. Caſſeneuve being ill ſince the ſixteenth
of December, as was Mr Barbot before him,
their journals contain but a very ſhort ac-
count of this country and of the trade

there, What they obſerv'd, may be re-

duc'd to this following account.
For the better underſtanding of the mea-
ſure uſed here, to value European goods in
trade; we muſt obſerve, that it conſiſts of
three ſorts, call'd a piece, a fathom, and a

tick. The ſtick 8 inches; three

ſticks are accounted a fathom, and four fa-

thom make what is here call'd a piece.

and the number of foreign hips trading

there together. 5
We eſteem ſlaves here at a reaſonable price of
price, when they are at ſeven or eight pieces/ave-.

a man, and ſix or ſeven a woman, Indian
piece, as the French ſtile it.

Many of the Blacks of Cabinde, who
dwell near the ſhore, ſpeak ſome Engli/h,

and are commonly call'd Por1adors, being

a ſort of brokers to the natives up the in-

land, to whom they repair, when any ſhips
are in the bay, and bring merchants down
aboard or to the factory, and there uſually
buy and ſell for them ; bur very often raking
advantage of their not underſtanding Eng-
liſh, make them pay a piece, and ſometimes
two, above the price they contract for with
Europeans, which they fetch off after they

are gone home again: for here, as well as at

the Gold Conſt of Guinea, the factors muſt

in ſome manner wink at their knavery, in
order to forward their commerce.
The bay of Cabinde lies very convenient
for trade, wooding and watering, on the
ſea-ſhore it is in ſome places marſhy ground
and flat, but riſing gradually to about three

Cabinde
bay.

Engliſh miles up the land, and then forms

it ſelf into a ridge of hillocks, ſtretching out
in length; on the afcent of which is ſituated,
the king of Angoy' father's town. This

man, juſt at the foot of thoſe hillocks, con-

ſtantly keeps a ſtock 6f wood, in piles rea-
dy cut, to fell to foreign ſhips at a reaſona-
ble rate, and will get, it carry'd to the
beach afterwards, to be ſhip'd off.

Prom thoſe wood-piles, to ſouth-weſt a-

long the bay, lie ſeveral ſtraggling fiſhermens
huts, on cach fide of a little freſh-water
river, that falls into the ſea of the bay,
Thente we fetch'd all our freſh-water, roll-

ing the caſks a-croſs over the beachy point

of the mouth of it, to fill them, and re-

turn'd them full the ſame way, to ſhip off

in our boats at that beach, not far to the

eaſtward of the road lying near the ſhore,
The factory ſtood to the ſouth-weſt of

from the village Cabinde, which lies on the
round point of the bay, looking to the weſt.

The Blacks fiſh here at the beach with
drag-nets, as allo in the Bay; and have

good ſtore of fiſh.

© #6

The freſh river is only t6'be enter'd wit
a yaul, carrying a caſk ot two, but it mu
be juſt at full flood. 5

As to the country, in ſeveral places it
lies barren, the Blacks being naturally very
lazy in point of tilling and ſowing ; tho?
the ſoil is very g00d, For which reaſ6n;
proviſions are often very ſcarce, but ſorne
other times, when there are few foreigt

the road, at ſome diſtance, and north-eaſt

ſhips in the road, they may be had at rea-

ſonable rates. They

A * 8
— =
— —— —_ — —
— — —y¾ —
— $ * :

mY et

— •—ñ

— —

—
— *

hl

F 34
l o
\ K 0
Ul

- a

at two or three fathom a head; but poultry,
eſpecially chickens, are plenty enough :
they have alſo parrots to be had for three
or four knives a-piece ; and a monkey for
half a piece, and ſometimes for leſs. Mr.
Caſſeneuve ſays, he ſaw at Cabinde a ſort of
baboon, that had been brought down from
above an hundred leagues up the inland
country, which much reſembled a human
creature, his head and face being like an
old woman's. It had long hair on the
back, but none at all on its hands and feet ;
and when 1t cried, it was hard to diſtinguiſh
the noiſe from that of a child.

«« The kingdom of Angola, or Dongo, pro-
« duces many ſuch extraordinary apes in
« the woods; they are call'd by the Blacks
& Quojas Morrow, and by the Indians
« Orang autang, that is, ſatyrs, or wood-
* men. They arealſo found in the countr
6 of the Quojas, as I have obſerved in the

<« deſcription of Guinea, to which I refer

&* for the repreſentation of this animal. I
| £© ſhall only add, that ſome of them have

e been brought over into Europe, andI

&* have ſeen one in London, publickly ſhow*d
* behind the Royal Exchange; which when
& 1t drank, lifted up the cover of the cann
ce with one hand, and afterwards wiped the
« wet from its lips, with a ſingular dexte-
<« rity; it laid itſelf to ſleep, with its head on
ce a cuſhion, and covered the body over with
ce clothes very decently 3 and when indiſ-
cc poſed, held one hand very . handſomely
e on its forchead, ſo that it might have
c been taken for a man, and would point
« where his diſtemper lay; it groaned like
& a man, that is troubled with an intolera-
<« ble head- ach: ſoon after it died there. The
« Blacks in Guinea and Angola fancy, this
„ beaſt is of human mixture with an ape;
© tis neither fat nor ſlender, but well ſer,
„ and proportioned, and very nimble, with
« black hair on the back, but the ſtomach
„ and belly of a white ſkin. | |
This creature ſeems to be the very
« ſatyr of the ancients, written of by
« Pliny, and others, and is ſaid to ſet upon
tc women in the woods; and ſometimes upon
« armed men.”
For the ſatisfaction of travellers, IT have
annexed ſome familiar words of the Angoy
language, ſpoken at Cabinde; and their
numbers, taken out of the ſaid journals,

bays me ©
bouſe umſo

a White mondelle

a Black fiore

a knife bele

a woman inquinte

a cutlace bele tanſe

a mutet tabonpoute

A Vorace to Congo- River.

Bax BOT. They have no cattle except ſome hogs,
WYM of middle fize, which are commonly ſold

And ſo of the reſt to twenty, which is
Macoumy-mofe ; twenty-one, Macoumy-moſe 3
twenty-two, Macoumy-wale, c.

I ſubjoin here ſome Congheſe words, taken

out of Merolla, for the benefit of tra-
vellers. e

the earth toto

the fire tubia

the water maſa

a mother eguandi

a fon or daughter muana

a floop or ſmack ſomacca
glaſ5-coral miſangas
5 faſt moringo

a wooden platte malonga
a pot, or pipkin chinſu _

a governor mafucca

a garment modello
a man accala
all forts of feſo.or fi/þ dongo

a cloth girt about 5

hs A. 10 + eutaga

eating giuria
millet-flower = fuba
a Wild-cow impamguazze

On the firſt day of January, Caſſeneuve's

journal takes notice of their ſailing out 0
Cabinde

a ſhip combe

a gun itende

to ſleep lala

a ſick perſon bele

to drink nova

to eat lea

to dance chyna

come hither cui ſa

nicanees ſanſeſinginbe

blue bafts boulbonge

black bafts bondefiote

a powder barrel pinpafoula

pintadoes ſongeer

ſearlet fina

tapſeils mongolabaſſa

paper-brawls longuemaſagne

coral macolado

Guinea-ſtuffs toffo

beads meſango

black bays bayeta

a chicken ſouſou

a hen ſurſu .

a goat incubu re

tobacco | fumu ' J 1 iel.

a young lad muleche 1
NUMBERS.

moſe 1 | evoua 9

wale 2 | coumy __ 10

tatou 3 | coumy moſe 11

quina 4 | coumy wale 12

tano 5 | coumy tatou 13

ſambano 6 | coumy quina 14

ſambouale 7 | coumy tano 15

innana 8 5 1

A Voyacs to Congo-River.

Cabinde bay, in the morning, in order to

proceed to Jamaica, and towards night, had
got the bay at ſouth-eaſt by ſouth, about
five leagues diſtant ; himſelf, the ſuper-
cargo, Mr. Barbot, the captain, and the
firſt mate, with ſeveral of their men being
ſick, and having buried here and at ſea, fix
of their crew and the third mate; the air of
Cabinde being very unwholęſome: which
gave an opportunity to the ſlaves aboard to

revolt on the fifth, as follows.

About one in the afternoon, after dinner,
we according to cuſtom cauſed them, one

of doing that office.

I ſhall conclude the abſtract of the journals,
of the voyage to Congo and Cabinde, with
ſome particular obſervations, on the nature
of the merchandize then of moſt demand
at Cabinde, at the latter end of the year
1700, and of the cuſtom of meaſuring and
accounting them after the manner of the
Blacks there; which I found noted in Mr.
Barbot's pocket-book, ſent home to London,
with his trunks from Barbadoes, after his de-
ceaſe there. 8

513

whipt by all our men that were capable Bangor.

by one, to go down between decks, to have

Blue · bafts, a piece containing ſix yards, Goods for
each his pint of water; moſt of them were

and of a deep, almoſt black colour; and is trade and

+.
F
,

dave:
ror.

yet above deck, many of them provided
with knives, which we had indiſcreetly given
them two or three days before, as not ſuſ-
pecting the leaſt attempt of this nature from

them; others had pieces of iron they had

corn off from our fore-caſtle door, as having
premeditated a revolt, and ſeeing all the ſhip's
company, at beſt but weak and many quite
ſick ; they had alſo broken off the ſhackles
from ſeveral of their companions feet, which
ſerved them, as well as billets they had provi-
ded themſelves with, and all other things they
could Jay hands on, which they imagin'd

might be of uſe for their enterprize. Thus

arm'd, they fell in crouds and parcels on
our men, upon the deck unawares, and

ſtabb'd one of the ſtouteſt of us all, who

receiv*d fourteen or fifteen wounds of their
knives, and fo expir'd. Next they aſſaulted
our boatſwain, and cut one of his legs ſo
round the bone, that he could not move,
the net'ves being cut through; others cut
our cook's throat to the pipe, and others
wounded three of the ſailors, and threw one
of them over-board in that condition, from
the fore-caſtle into the ſea ; who, however,
by good providence, got hold of the bowlin
of the fore-ſail, and ſav'd himſelf, along
the lower wale of the quarter-deck, where,
(ſays Caſſeneuve) we ſtood in arms, firing

on the revolted ſlaves, of whom we kill'd

ſome, and wounded many: which ſo ter-
rify*d the reſt, that they gave way, diſper-
ling themſelves ſome one way and ſome a-
nother between decks, and under the fore-
caſtle; and many of the moſt mutinous,
leapt over board, and drown'd themſelves
in the ocean with much reſolution, ſhewing
no manner of concern for life. Thus we

loſt twenty ſeven or twenty eight ſlaves,

either kill'd by us, or drown'd; and having
maſter*d- them, cauſed all to go betwixt
decks, giving them good words. The next
day we had them all again upon deck, where

they unanimouſly declar'd, the Menbombe

flaves had been the contrivers of the mutiny,
and for an example we cauſed about thirty

of the ringleaders to be very ſeverely

Vol. V.

meaſur'd either with a ſtick of twenty ſeven “ eir valle.

inches, of which eight ſticks make a piece;
or by a leſſer ſtick, of eighteen inches long,
twelve of which are accounted a piece.

Guinea ſtuffs, two pieces make a piece.

Tapſeils, have the ſame meaſure as blue-
bafts. .

Nicanees, the ſame meaſure.

Black-bays, two yards and a half for a
piece, meaſured by five ſticks of eighteen
inches each. __

Annabaſſes, ten to the piece.

Painted callicoes, fix yards to a piece.

- Blue-paper Sleſia, one piece, for the piece.

Scarlet, one ſtick of eighteen inches, or
half a yard, is accounted a piece.

Muſkers, one for a piece.
Powder, the barrel or rundlet of ſeven
pounds goes for a piece,

Braſs-baſons, ten to the piece: we carry
thither the largeft. 9
Peter- baſons, of four, three, two, and
one pound, the No. 4. goes four to the piece;
and thoſe of one pound, eight to a piece.

Blue-perpetuanas are become but of late
in great demand; they are meaſured as
blue bafts, ſix yards making the piece.

Dutch cutlaces are the moſt valued be-
cauſe they have two edges; two ſuch go
for a piece. N 1

Coral, the biggeſt and largeſt is much
more acceptable here, than ſmall coral,
which the Blacks value ſo little, that they
will hardly look on it; uſually one ounce
and a half is computed a piece.

Knives, with horn hafts, the blade very
broad and long, twenty four to a piece.

Memorandum: A whole piece of blue-
bafts contains commonly eighteen yards
and a half; however ſome are ſhorter, others
exceed.

Pintadoes commonly contain nine or
nine yards and a half the piece.

Tapſeils, the piece uſually holds fifteen
yards. e :
Nicanees, the piece is nine or nine yards
and a half long.

Thus far the journals.

R 6 P To

94

cerning the province of Pombo, and the
neighbouring nations, becauſe of the trade the
Portugueſe and Blacks have in thoſe countries.

5 18 country lies above an hundred leagues
from the ſea- coaſt. Some divide Pombo
into ſeveral kingdoms; extending as far as a
great lake, between both the ſeas; but the
certain ſituation of this lake is altogether
unknown, as having never been ſeen by
any Yhite : only the Portugueſe tell us, that
a certain Kaffe of Moſambique,who travelled
a-crofs the main land from Safola to Angola,
paſſed by it. | e 3
Both the Portugueſe and Blacks who live

in Loango, Congo, and Loanda S. Paolo, drive

a great trade here, by their ſervants and
ſlaves, ſent with merchandize; who for
ſlaves, elephant's teeth, and Panos-Limpos,
give Canary, Malaga, and Madera wines,
great ſimbos, boxes, and other commodities,
which they carry to inland-markets, by the
natives calld Quilomba, and the market-
places Pompo. VVV

Theſe ſervants, call'd Pombeiros, have
other ſlaves under them, ſometimes a hun-

dred, or a hundred and fifty, who carry the

commodities on their heads up into the
country, as has been before related.

Sometimes thoſe Pombeiros ſtay out a

whole year, and then bring back with them
four, five, and ſix hundred new ſlaves.
Some of the faithfulleſt remain often there,
ſending what ſlaves they buy to their maſters,
who return them other commodities to trade
with a-new. 5

The Whites are neceſſitated to drive their

trade after this manner, becauſe it is im-

poſſible for them to go, by reaſon of the
badneſs of the ways; and to undergo ſo
great hunger and trouble as attends that

journey, beſides the unwholeſomeneſs of

the air, which cauſes extraordinary ſwellings
in the heads of the }/þ1tes.

Their journey from the ſea-coaft of Lo-
ango and Loanda San Paolo to Pombo, 1s
very toilſome to the Blacks themſelves, be-
cauſe there are many rivers, which ſome-
times, after the rain, grow ſo deep; but
they prevent the other hazards often ariſing
from the barbarous 7agos..

This province is ſubject to the great Ma-
kiko, beyond Congo, above two hundred
leagues; or, as others ſay, two hundred and
fifry from Loango and Congo, lying north-
ward of the Zair. The inhabitants bear one
general name of Monſoles, or Meticas, being
men-eaters, like the Jagos, or rather them-
ſelves the right Fagos.

In Monſol is kept a great market of ſlaves,
whither the Portugueſe of Lounge ſend their
Pombeiros with merchandize, who ſome-

A Vorace 79 Congo-River.

BAR Or. To conclude the deſcription of the king-
dom of Congo, I will add ſomething con-

times tarry out two years; when at laſt,
having bought ſome ſlaves, elephant's teeth,

and copper, they make the new-bought

ſlaves carry all on their heads to Loango : ſo
that they are at no charges to bring their
biggeſt reeth or copper out of the country.
The treaſure and riches of the great prince
of Makoko, conſiſts chiefly in ſlaves, Sin
of Loanda, Boejies, or Cauris of the Eaſt.
Indies, and ſome cloths ; things with the
I/hites of a ſmall value, but by them e-
ſteem'd above the beſt gold or ſilver.
North-eaſt of Makoto lies the principality

of Giribuma, or Giringbomba, the king where.

of, who is very powerful, holds as his tri-
butaries fifteen other great lords; but

maintains a firm alliance with the great
Makoko.

The kingdom of Fungeno lies on the rivers
Zair and Coango, eaſt ward of Conde or

Pombo d'Okango: there the Portugueſe trade
for ſtuffs and bark, as J have obſerv'd here-
tofore. This country of Fungeno has on
the ſouth the Meticas and Fagos, a very

brurtifh ſavage people; and on the north the

kingdom of Macoco, or Anzico, with the
marquiſares of Cama and Cuno-pango.

The Portugueſe trade here for a few ſlaves,
chiefly with a ſort of ſmall clouts, made of

the bark of the Matombe-tree, drawn out

long-ways. . e
Thoſe clouts the Portugueſe always uſe at
Loanda, inſtead of money; and every thing
may be had in the markets for them; nor
do the Portugueſe make a ſmall gain of them.

They extend their trade yet farther to

the kingdom of Monimugo, by others call'd

Nimeamaye, whoſe juriſdiction extends to
the borders of the kingdoms of Mombaſa,
Quiloa, Sofala, Sc. That country of Ni-
meamaye abounds in gold, ſilver, copper,
and elephants. The inhabitants are faid to
be white-ſkin'd, and of bigger ſtature than
the Europeans; go naked on the upper part
of their bodies, but over their nether parts

wear ſilk or cotton. The corrected obſer-

vations of meſſieurs of the royal ſocieties of

London and Paris, name this kingdom Ni-

meamalle, or Mono emugi; the inhabitants
whereof live in tents by hords, diſpers'd
and wandering about from place to place,
like Arabs: and it is probable enough
they are for the moſt part of Arabick
deſcent, by their being of a whitiſh com-
plexion.
The dukedom of Ambuila or Amboille,
north-eaſt by eaſt of Loanda de S. Paolo in
Angola, ſeveral days journey, holds in
ſubjection above fifteen dominions, whereot
the five chiefeſt are Matuy Nungo Pingue,
Hoiquyanbole, Ambuile, and Loanda, the
other not named.

This country affords many ſlaves, and the
trade driven there, is in Po2bo.

It

It; name.

Fxtent.

Rvers,

A Vorace 70

It has many pleaſant fields, trees, and
fruits, and abounds in cattle, as goats,
ſheep, hogs and cows: it was never ſubject
to Congo, but vies with it for wealth and
magnitude.

The kingdom of ANGOLA or Donco.
T HIS country, by the Portugueſe call'd

Angola, lies between the rivers Danda

and Coanſa ; the name of Angola belongs not
properly to the land, but is the title of the
prince, who aſſum'd and continues it from

the firſt king thereof, who fell off from
Congo, to whom it belong'd by right of in-
heritance : the right name being Dongo, tho
formerly, and ſtill by ſome calPd Ambonde,
and the inhabitants Ambondes.

Congo-River, .

tonga, where is a garriſon of Blacks, in BAR BOr.

twenty three degrees caſt longitude of the WWW.

meridian of London. |
There are ſeveral other iſlands within it; Hands.

for about nine miles up it divides into two

branches, which form an iſland about four

miles long, and half a mile broad, call'd That of

Maſſander or Maſſandera. (wg
This iſland produces many forts of fruits,

eſpecially the Mandioca, which planted

there, grows extraordinary thick; great

quantities of Indian wheat and millet, three

times a year; beſides palm-trees, and fruit

call'd Guajavas.
Ten or twelve miles above this lies ano- Motihia-

ther, call'd Motibiama, three miles long, ma.

and half a mile broad, very low ground,

It; names

Fxtent.

It ſtretches along the ſea-coaſt about fif-
teen leagues, but runs about an hundred up
into the country eaſtward. Fariz borders

it on the north with the kingdom of Congo;

in the ſouth with that of Mataman; in the

_ eaſt with Mayemba or Malemba; and in the

welt with the ſea, near Cowes-bay 3 but
makes it extend thirty-five leagues along

the ſea.

divers.

It is water'd by divers rivers, as the Co-
anſa, the Lukala, and the Kalukala.

The river Coanſa is in nine degrees twenty
minutes of ſouth latitude; four miles and a
half from Sleeper's-haven to the ſouthward;
or {ix miles from cape Palmarinko, and five
to the northward of Cabo Ledo; has an un-

certain original, for no #/hites have ever been

ſame as thoſe call'd the Gallas, bordering

twenty-nine degrees of eaſt lon

ſo far as its ſprings.
The moſt correct
age extend this river from the ſea- ſide, to

London meridian, in the country of the Zim-
bas, which they ſay are reported to be the

at ſouth on the kingdom of Nimeamalle or
Mono-emugi. This kingdom reaches eaſt-
ward to the country of Melinda; the coaſt
whereof is waſh'd by the Indian or eaſtern
ocean, and belongs to the Portugueſe.

It hath been liken'd to the river of &..
Lucar in Spain, being at the entrance about
half a league wide; and at the north fide
deepeſt to come in with ſhips. It has but
twelve foot in depth at high water, ebbing
and flowing about four foot; but within
they find water enough, yet navigable no

higher than the village Kamkamba, by reaſon-

of the ſtrong water-falls,

It runs from eaſt to weſt, very full
of windings; by reaſon whereof, from the
mouth to Motaboama or Muchima, is thirt
leagues failing, whereas the direct way is
but twenty. In failing by it, the opening
can hardly be ſeen at ſea, becauſe of a
black and woody iſland, lying right before
it, About a hundred and ſixty-five leagues
up in this river, are the two iſlands of Qui-

geographers of this

gitude of

excepting two mountains, beſet with all
ſorts of plants and herbs, and feeding many

goats, ſheep, hogs and hens.

Some years ago five or ſix families of
Portugueſe lived there, who had many ſlaves,
and maintain'd themſelves chiefly with Man-
dioca.

Lukala or Luiola river comes from Am- Lukala
boille, having its head near the riſe of the“

river Panda; and running ſouth-weſtward,
till about ſix and twenty miles from the ſea,
it joins the Coanſa, and ſo loſes its name.

The ſmall river Kaluktala runs a- croſs the Kalukala.

territory of lamba, with ſuch extraordinary
windings and meanders, that there 1s ſcarce
one of the two and forty dominions, into
which this kingdom is divided, that le
above an hour's walk from it.

Some lakes appear at the points of the
Coanſa or Bengo, the chiefeſt whereof are in
the lordſhips of Quibailo, Angolome, and
Chame.

Angola contains ſeveral inferior territories |
or lordſhips, as Loanda, Sinſo, Illamba, 1-
kollo, Enſjaka, Maſſingan, Embakka, Kalam-
ba, each of which comprehends ſeveral little
provinces, govern'd by particular Fovaſſens

or rulers, viz. Loanda contains thirty nine;
Illambas forty two; Tkollo and En/aka divers,

but uncertain; Maſſingan twelve, which
ſome bring under Illamba; Kamkamba ſixty ;
and Embakka ſixty.

The Portugueſe, who have liv'd a long
time in Angola, divide it only into fix parts,

Li. Enbaca, Enſaca, Illamba, Libolo, Lom-

bo, and Quiſama.

In Loanda ſtands the city Loanda de S. Loanda
Paolo, on the riſing of a hill by the ſea-y.

coaſt : on the north fide of it appears ano-
ther mountain, call'd Mora de San Paolo,
ſomewhat higher than that of the city, and
ſo ſteep that it is difficult to climb; yet on
the ſide thereof the jeſuits have built a
monaſtery, about which are three or four

houſes. |
This city was built by the Portugueſe in
the year 1578, when Paul Dias Rate
| was

516

n that country.

Churches.

The city takes up a great compaſs of
ground, containing many fair houſes,
churches and monaſteries; but neither wall'd
nor fortified, only ſome forts are raiſed near
the water- ſide, for the ſecuring the haven.

Before it was taken by the Dutch, in the
year 1641, the Portugueſe had ſix churches
there; two greater, the one call'd Santa

Maria da Conception, and the other Cor po

Santo; and four leſſer, one for the jeſuits,

Sinſo
country.

Ilamba.

call'd Santo Antonio z one for the Blacks,
ſtiled San Goſce; one for the Franciſcans ;
and an alms-houſe, with a church, entitled
Miſericordia, Over this alms-houſe, beſides
the lodgings for the poor, are twenty four
chambers, for the governor and other offi-
cers, Viz. a ſteward, a doctor, a barber, an
apothecary, &c. |
This houſe has ſome revenu2 in lands,

which being but ſmall, has been augmented

by a rate upon ſhips, payable to the trea-

ſurers thercof.
Sinſo is the country north of Loanda, up
the river Bengo.
Tlamba, or Elvama, is a large tract of
land, above an hundred miles in length, be-
ginning ſouth-eaſt, and eaſt ſouth-eaſt, from

the territory of 7ko!lo, and ſtretching from

the river Bengo to Coanſa; and from Kalumba

to Maſſinga, ſtill growing wider the farther

up; and every where ſo well peopled, that
at every two or three miles diſtance there
is a village; which proceeds from the na-
tives diſtinguiſhing themſelves from each
other by peculiar marks: ſo that the whole
is divided into forty-two diſtricts or domi-

nions, wherein may be raiſed ten or twelve

thouſand fighting men, arm'd with bows and
arrows; the bows made of the branches of the

tree Embotta, being very ſtrong and tough.

Souaſſen.

The Souaſſen Blacks keep the boundaries

of their territories ſo exactly, that never

any complaint is heard of one wronging

be conquer*d, becauſe they are ſo dexterous

Ikollo.

Enfaka.

or incroaching upon another, unleſs it be
in open wars; and then the conqueror be-
comes wholly maſter of his enemy's country.

This province has neither artificial torts,
or natural faſtneſſes of woods, for defence
againſt enemies; ſome little groves there
are on hills, but inconſiderable, and ſcarce
worth mentioning: yet they cannot eaſily

at ſhooting their arrows, either lying on
the ground or kneeling.

From Illamba north-weſt, and weſt north-
weſt, lies [kollo.

Enſaka begins ſix or ſeven miles eaſt of

Loanda, and lies between the two rivers,
Coanſa and Bengo. It is but a ſmall juriſ-

diction, and may be travelled through in
half a day.

maſter, built this cit

A Voracs to Congo-River.

BaRBO r. was ſent thither to be their firſt governor

Here in ſome few places the inhabitants
till their ground.

Two or three miles up the country, on

the hill ſtands a wood, encloſed about with
buſhes and thorns, to the great accommoda-
tion and ſtrengthening of the whole: for if
the inhabitants ſhould retire thither, it were

impoſſible to force them out, ſave only for

want of water. |

Nine miles to the eaſtward of, and above Mafling;s ©
the iſland Motchiama, in the province of |

Miſſingan or Maſſagan, ſtands a ſmall town
of the ſame name, where the Portugueſe
have a fort, between the Coanſa and the
Sunda; the laſt of which ſhuts it up on the
north, as the former does on the ſouth :
and about two leagues from thence, inter-
mingle their ftreams ; from which conjunc-
tion, the town derives its name of Mi
gan, lignitying a mixture of waters. Ir
was at firit an open, but pretty large village,

and ſince augmented with many fair ſtone

houſes, whereby at length it is become a
city. The firſt Portugueſe governor of An-
gola, in the year 1578, by command of his

Paolo, as alſo the fort there, when by the
help of the Congbeſe he warr'd againſt the
king of Angola in the country : and it is
now inhabited by many families of Portz>

gueſe, beſides Mulattoes and Blacks,

Kamkamba borders upon Coanſa, where is

a village of the ſame denomination, twelve

days journey from the ſea-ſide. This is
the Portugueſe boundary, beyond which they
claim no intereſt,

This country of Angola or Dongo, is ren-
der*d very fertile by the induſtry of the Por-
tugueſe, in cultivating it conſtantly, for the
Blacks are of a very lazy idle temper, ſo
that the lands of Loanda, which were

barren, are now very fruitful in moſt ſorts

of plants, eſpecially Mandioca, of which
they make bread; having many large plan-

tations, with mills and work-houſes, ſerv'd

by a good number of ſlaves to work it,
which turns to good profit to their maſters.
They have alſo plentifully ſtored the

banks of the river Calucala, with delicate Pod,“
q and bea,

orange, lemon and pomgranate trees, an
vines; beſides G1ajavas, pears, dates, Gegos,
Ananaſſes, and ſugar-canes, the extract
brown, yet better than thoſe of St. Thomas
to bake ſugar-loaves: Maleguette or Guinea
pepper; Benies, a fruit reſembling coriander,

and being dry'd turns black, little differing

in taſte from India pepper, but not ſo hot:
Tamarinds, potatoes, coco-nuts, ſome of
the leſſer ſize, of the ſame ſort and nature a-
gainſt poiſon, as thoſe of the Maldivy iſlands
between Madagaſcar and cape Komorri in
India; and therefore call'd by the Portugueſe,
Cocos de Moleva, They have alſo ſmall and

great

of Loanda de San

50.

Mermaj

A Vor Ack to Congo-River. 517
great millet, whereof they make bread: one from the other, being both of a dark Barzor.
cheſnut- colour beans, call'd Enkoſſa, and grey. They do no harm, nor g0 aſhore, WWW

0.

bananas. Both garden and field- fruit grow
here with little labour, viz. turnips, ra-
diſhes, cabbages, but more open than thoſe
with us; colliflowers, carrots, purſlain,
ſpinage, ſage, hyſſop, thyme, ſweet-mar-
joram, coriander-ſeed, and the like. Be-
fides gum- maſtich, which diſtils from a
tree, and ſmells like gum-elemi, being a
wholeſome medicine for colds and bruiſes ;
and from a certain plant they extract aloes,

as good as that of Soccotara, near the Red-
ſea. 5

The woods breed almoſt the ſame beaſts

as in Congo, viz. tygers, leopards, lions, red
buffalos, bears, wolves, foxes ; very great
wild cats, and cat-a-mountains ; the beaſt
Makoto, Empalanga, civet- cats, rhinocerots,
wild-bears, Emgalla and cameleons: beſides
cattle for proviſion, as ſheep, goats, hogs,
and the like. wo

The land and houſes are much infeſted
with poiſonous vermin, ſcorpions, mil lepedes,
otters, and ſerpents; among which, one by
the Blacks call'd Embamma, has a mouth
wide enough to ſwallow a whole buck, lying
in the ways like a dead trunk of a tree;
but falls upon beaſts or men, as they paſs

by. Another fort of poiſonous ſerpent
breeds there, whoſe back-bone they wear
about their necks, as an infallible remedy
againſt the king's evil. Dy

The rivers Coanſa, Lukala, and Bengo,
yield great plenty of excellent fiſh ; among

which, great crabs. And the ſea affords al-

moſt infinite ſorts, particularly Pergomu-
latos, which the Portugueſe call Pellados, al-

moſt like a roach; Eſquilones, Quikouſſes,

Kuſſones, Syopos, Dorados, Bonitos, Albaco-

res, Pergos de Morochermes, Roukadores,
Korvines; as alſo mackarel, and ſucking-

fiſh, in vaſt quantity, beſides oiſters and

Mermaid.

muſcles,

The lakes alſo breed ſeveral creatures,
eſpecially thoſe of Angola, Quihite, and An-

golm, in the province of Maſſingan; where,
among others, is taken a fiſh, by the inha-

bitants call'd Ambiſangalo, and Peſiengoni ;

by the Portugueſe, Peixe Molher, or woman-
fiſh 3 by the French Syrene, and by the
Engliſh the mermaid; both male and female,
ſome eight foot long, with ſhort arms, and
hands, and long fingers, which they cannot
cloſe together, becauſe of a ſkin growing
between them, as 1s in the feet of ducks
and geeſe. They feed upon graſs on the
ſides of lakes and rivers, and only hold their
heads out of the water. Their heads and
eyes are oval, the forehead high, the noſe
flat, and the mouth wide, without any chin
or ears. The males have genitals like horſes,
and the females two ſtrutting breaſts ; but

in the water there is no diſtinguiſhing the
Vo I. V.

The fleſh of the upper part of their body
taſtes like pork, the lower part is ſome-
what leaner, but all reckon'd good food by
the natives, eſpecially broil'd. They take
them in nets, and then kill them with harp-
ing-irons. In their heads are certain little

bones, which beaten ſmall and taken in

wine, are ſaid to be an excellent remed,
againſt the gravel in the reins or bladder,
but thoſe of the males the beſt. Of the
rips they make bracelets in Angola, and
reckon them to have a virtue to ſtop bleed-

ing, eſpecially thoſe of the left rib next the

heart. Sf

Merolla ſays, the river Zair has plenty of
theſe monſtrous fiſhes or mermaids, reſem-
bling a woman upwards, but the lower part
like a fiſh, ending in a forked tail. It is
beſt caught in rainy weather, becauſe the
water being then diſturb'd, it cannot per-
ceive the fiſnermen, who commonly go in
canoes, paddling very ſoftly towards the

place they perceive them to lie in, by the

motion of the water, and ſo ſtrike them with
ſpears; and when hurt, they are ſaid to give

a cry like a human voice. If not very well

ſtruck, they will often get away, eſpecially if
the fiſherman be in a very ſmall canoe, when
he is obliged to let them go with the ja-
velin ſticking in them.

In the hiſtory of Denmark, we have an

account of ſome ſuch creatures ſeen in the
ſea about Greenland, both males and fe-
males, the male in the Norwegian tongue
calPd Haſtramb, a man- fiſn, appearing ſuch

to the waiſt ; being like a man in the eyes,

noſe, head, broad ſhoulders and arms, but
without hands, and tranſparent as ice, never

riſing out of the water above the middle.

The female, call'd in the ſame language

breaſts, long hair, arms, and fingers join'd

with ſkins, like the feet of a gooſe ; they
catch fiſh with theſe hands. The Danes

ſuperſtitiouſly fancy they are the forerunners
of ſtorms, and that if they appear with their
back to a ſhip, it will inevitably periſh ;
but if the face be to the veſſel, it will eſcape.

A ſea-monſter, like a man, was ſeen at
Martinico, in the year 1671, as I ſhall ob-
ſerve hereafter in the deſcription of that
iſland. | 0

Navarre ſpeaks of this fiſh in India, and
at Manila, and takes notice of the ſtrange
virtue there is in its bones to ſtop bleeding,

eſpecially the rump-bone, but even the

teeth partake of it. By
Theſe creatures are alſo caught about
Sofala on the eaſt coaſt of Africa, and being
ſalted, prove good food at fea, if quickly
ſpent; but if kept ſtale, grow rank, and are

dangerous meat for thoſe who have foul

6 Q dlſeaſes,

We like a woman, with large

. I ER > ©
#

—
— cue 1

4
— AA " — —— . — —
D == = —_ —
LEE — —Üꝗé öf IX

7
4
_
— — — — — D S-
1 — — EMIT ESD - xXx”

. 2 — —
7 2g — LE —

—— — — —᷑ᷣ—t— — can — —ů 2 — — — —
A = - 2
- _
——

%.
© Spe nny —

* i ,
I |
\ u_ 0
rn = '
! AP 1
1 3
1 1
l \ l _
> 1
1 1 . 5
4 $; 49 N
wy.
#91 j
0 i
* &
wth N |
AE $f
10 0
: [ 4
wo
bt |
ö 5 | %
} 4 0
"75 * _
o $
. * , N.
1 q „
= * o
n 1 :
9
; tis
. ah 4
LO
l 1 ' =y
} : U N
— x of =
} 1 o \
1 _
5 ba G 1
f 4
\ =_ 4 tn
i 4 =
*
: t =_ 1
\ IFy p
'S 0 7
+ by! G
: | l SR $1
10
\ 112 1
Nenn
2 + *
N i
bo .
{1 £3 830
d i {rt
4 v9 | HE
| 15 9
,
j l 74 i —
ö A] ©
— 1. ; A 4 7 N
' 1 [7 o
- 3 be
* b
iT +. i. _ |
Ws
i - (4
119
0 Wh
N *\
8&7
. if
14 8
Ty $44, 85
3 14 * „
4 5 > %
l Ls \ |
k &
! " af
142 LES 3%
J + t n
al; n
Le 1
5 . bd -
. . |
; "BRUCE 4
6 1 1
. 3
q 7 i}
= 1 1
„ 3 54 1
155
1 ks. 14

. 4! 5
' J 19
eie

* 4 4

nf 141 4 y 4

475 1
w - be G

. 5

a.) Hitt | ! Bf

n ..

| vt |
* J! 4 : By n

! 11

1

17. BL:

r 4 v
” £ p 2

"J's, l
FY&1: 1
* x y 4 : 85
+ FT | 1
ein |
bs © 1
1 1 | : * 2 -
+> | ' |
ing g
Y 4% 4; E
4 16 g SY
WI + |; w_
8 ' % bs "A
1 1 * 4 N
*. 1
k p 1 139
;4 46g!
5 | "31

1 & : + i '
: . 14 | .
ee 1
: | i .

. $.1
1 1 1 1 1
fa "IE Fi
191 ]
nl 1.
7 7 IS {|
N
14 4 U
0 1 !
: |
; 1-1 }
, 7 N 1
3 :
SRI |
: l
; ; j
HE!
1
]
1 . 6
x T3
1
5 ab;

11
8 „ .

, 1
1 4 1 ö
0 Bi
*

4% 8
4 11
\

1 1
4 . T3 4
: j

j A

* :

11.4

*

$3 {$4
N
\ 1%
1 1
ei

k is

ien

C $434.

4 14
ot:
1

. 146
?
. 5 2 105

l 14

1

*

# 7 48-1 74
'* 4

jd

ws | it.

* !

& |

: N 1 L
1
ö 17
: ' ;
N

1 U

0 ,

1 *

[

4 .
4 :
« "i |

i! '
1 4
79 i

1 4 | f
: 1
ws G
p |
+ 3
i '
,
bl
1
&
\-
$ |
F
7
f
* + | 1
i
l :
}
%
*
ol
1
*

— — 8
$ > -
—

— 2
q x - '- -

— LOI — : 2 —
— 1 * 7 2. -

g 2
e - + p - : l — ** — 1 > : -
S ; * —_ 1 4 — — ah pt p — I M4 - - — "SA *
— + * F — Nor \ _ — — I — — 6 PREY * ” \ 8 * * " "0h N * = — = — — x 2 4 — 2
* . 2 of 2 Q oY, 7 7
. 22A rr > Cx 4-7 ITT TCT — — — - — . — — — . - T — 0 8 8
— —— - a — - 12 pr 7 . pn 5 ken Im. : 1 2
2 — — - - : : we — 1 = _ p FA: 2 4 = * 7 35 IS —

—

—

= .
:
—— — — —
2 — ———— — AF:
— — — — — _ —— —
25 1 — 2 » 4 — 1 01
— 2 UA i —
1 — — — —

518

Bazzor. diſeaſes, as the pox, or ſuch like in their
limbs.

Natives,

Clouts for
coin.

In theſe lakes alſo breed great numbers of
ſea-horſes, crocodiles, and many other am-
phibious animals.

In every dominion of Angola there are
four ſorts of people; the firſt noble- men or
Mokatas ;, the ſecond call'd children of the
dominion, being natives; for the moſt part

artificers or huſbandmen : the third Quiſikos,
or ſlaves, and fo appropriated to the lord,

as his other goods, and inheritable like
them: the fourth Mobikas, being alſo ſlaves
of the Souaſſen, gotten by war, or other-

A Voract to Congo-River.

Songo and Pinda, and in the Countries of
Anna Xinga, beyond Maſſignan; and among
the Fagos, 5

The Simbos of Loanda are alſo of two

ſorts, a finer and a coarſer, ſeparated by

ſifting; the latter they name Simbos-Si/ados,
the other Fonda and Bomba: both theſe they
ſend to Congo, and are carried thither on the
heads of Blacks in ſacks made of ſtraw, every
ſack weighing two Arrobas, that is, ſixty four
pounds. |

The Simbos of the other coaſts of Congo

are the leſſer ſorts: all things are bought in
Congo with thoſe ſhells, even gold, ſilver,

portu -

wiſe. and proviſions; and the uſe of coin, either gueſe tal
Their clothing comes very near to that of of gold or any other metal, is ſuppreſſed and uh
Congo, the ornaments of their necks and forbid in all Congo, as it is in ſome other |

arms, round glaſs beads, they call Anzalos.

The Angoliſßi tongue differs from that of
Congo only in the pronunciation, yet that
makes it ſound like another language.

A woman, as long as her child has no
teeth, keeps from her husband; but as ſoon
as it has any, all the friends and acquaintance,
both men and women, carry it in their arms
from houſe to houſe, playing and ſinging,
to receive a gift for it, and ſeldom or never
are put off with a denial.

Inſtead of money they uſe, as at Loanda,
the ſmall cloths, calPd Libonges, and Pano.
ſambos, above ſpoken of. Of theſe ſome
are ſingle mark'd, with the arms of Por-
tugal, others double mark'd, and ſome un-
mark'd. The fingle-mark*d cloths, or four

parts of Afrira.
They uſe alſo in Loanda inſtead of mone
the red Tatoel wood of Mayumba, and Pao
de Kikongo, brought from Benguella, and cut
into pieces about a foot long, of a {ct value,
which every one knows.

It will ſeem ſtrange to Europeans to hear,
that the people of Loanda, Congo, and
Angola ſhould uſe ſhells, pieces of wood,

and bits of cloth inſtead of money; but

we read of ſeveral other nations, which have

not valued gold and ſilver as we do, or at

leaſt made other things to ſerve inſtead of
coin, to buy and ſell.

In Peru, where the greateſt plenty of gold

and ſilver has been found, thoſe metals
were never uſed as money by the natives.

unmark*d tied together, go for a Teton, or
eight pence, and one alone for two-pence ;
but every double-mark*d cloth is worth

In ſeveral parts of Africa, beſides thoſe $2494! Þ}
here mention'd, ſhells of other forts paſs !%nz 4
current, as the Cauris and Bouges do at 6.
ten or eleven. Ardra and Fida, In other parts, and par- 7

None of the Portugueſe may bring theſe ticularly in Maſſa, and the adjacent parts,
cloths into Loanda, but only the factor of iron is the coin, the ſmalleſt pieces weigh-
the merchant who dwells at Lisbon, and is fent ing about an ounce. At Melinde they have
thither to buy them up, whereof he makes little glaſs balls brought them from Cam-
no ſmall gain. | baia. In Cathay, we are told, a ſort of ſtamp'd

From Benin they bring hither blue cotton paper paſſes for money. In Ethiopia, and
cloths, by them call'd Mouponoqua, but by other parts, cakes of ſalt. In Pegu every
the Portugueſe, Panos do regatto de Berre; man ſtamps lead and copper, gold and filver
they are 25 cloths together, and a yard being look'd upon as merchandize. In Ben-
and a half, or two yards broad. There is gala there is no other coin, but a ſort of
another ſort in Portugueſe calPd Panos de ſmall almonds : as in New Spain the coco-
Komma de Figura, blue and ſome white, nuts were the current coin; and in feveral
mingled with figures, about fix or feven parts of the Eaſt-Indies, pepper, and coco-
yards long, and above a yard broad. Of nuts, &c. 5
theſe ſorts the Portugueſe vend great quan- The chiefeſt trade of the Portugueſe and 77a
tities, and at high prices in Congo, Amboille, other Mhites conſiſts in ſlaves, carried thence ſave.
the kingdom of Gingo, and other places. to ſeveral ports in the Meſt-Indies, to work

The like ſmall cloths are brought from at the ſugar-mills, and in the mines, the Eu-
the iſland St. Tome, but the dye is not ſo ropeans not being ſufficient for that labour;
good, and the ſtuff coarſer. Theſe they and no men can do it ſo well as theſe Au-
exchange for ſlaves, to ſend into Portugal. golans for a time: and thus it is at the ex-
They have two forts of Simbos, which ſerve pence of the lives of theſe poor wretches,
in lieu of money, viz. pure Simbos, taken that we draw ſuch vaſt wealth from A-
under the iſland of Loanda, and uſed for merica, It is affirm'd, that when che Spa-
trade in Punto; and impure, or Braziles, niards were maſters of Portugal, they tranſ-
brought from Rio de Janeiro, and uſed in ported every year fifteen thouſanc —_
"236 5 Ya | | ou

le <

es,

Por

0;

ſaves.

A Voyacs to Congo. River. 519

out of Angola, into the new world. And
the Portugueſe ſtill tranſport a very great

number.

All thoſe ſlaves the Portugueſe cauſe to be

bought, by their Pomberroes, a hundred

and fifty or two hundred leagues up the
country, whence they bring them down to
the ſea-coaſt; have but little food by the

way, and le on the bare ground every
night in the open air, without any covering,

which makes them grow poor and fainr.

But the Portugueſe at Loanda, before they

are ſhip'd off, put them into a great houſe

fur F . Ml
diele rake Which they have built there for that purpole;

and give them their fill of meat and drink,
as alſo palm-oll to refreſh and anoint them-
ſelves with. But if it happens that there
are no ſhips ready, or that they have not
ſlaves enough to fend away, then they uſe
them for tilling the ground, and to plant
or cut Mandioca; but at laſt when they
put them on board, they take great care to
preſerve them from ſickneſs, and that they

may come ſafe and ſound to their intended

ports, they provide medicines, eſpecially le-

mons and white lead to uſe againſt the

worms; and if by chance any fall ſick, they
ſeparate thoſe from the reſt, and lay them

alone to be cur'd, where they are well pro-

vided for, with warm diet. In the ſhips
they have mats to lie on, of which they
take great ſtore with them, eſpecially when
they go over to the Weſt-Indies, to give
every ten or twelve days a freſh mat. But
the Hollanders and other Europeans take

no ſuch care in tranſporting their ſlaves to

America, but ſhip them poor and faint,

without any mats, or other neceſſaries,

which occaſions many of them to die at fea,
The Portugueſe allo cauſe the ſlaves they

ſhip off to be baptiz'd, it being forbid un-

der pain of excommunication to carry any
to Braz!!, that are not chriſtened. How-

ever, it is pitiful to ſee how they croud thoſe

poor wretches, fix hundred and fifty or ſe-

ven hundred in a ſhip, the men ſtanding in

the hold ty'd to ſtakes, the women between
decks, and thoſe that are with child in the
great cabbin, and the children in the
ſteeridge, which in that hot climate occa-
ſions an intolerable ſtench

The voyage is generally perform'd in
thirty or thirty-five days, the trade- wind
carrying them, ſo that they fail over in a
line; but ſome times they are becalm'd,
and then the paſſage is longer. |

The Portugueſe deal for ſlaves at Kamkam-
ba, but not ſo much as in Maſſingan and Em-
bakko; for there, when the adjacent Blacks
want any merchandize, they bring their
flaves to the Portugueſe colonies for ex-
change.

The commodities which the Portugueſe

and other Europeans carry thither, are;

The Souaſſen are allo bound to appoint

Cloths with red liſts ; great ticking with Barzor.

long ſtripes, and fine wrought red kerſeys, G

Sileſia and other fine linnen, fine velvet, S0 im-
ſmall and great gold and ſilver laces, broad 285
black bays, Turkiſp tapiſtry or carpets,

white and all forts of colour'd yarn, blue

and black beads, ſtitching and ſowing ſilk,

Canary wines, brandy, linſeed-oil, ſeamens
knives, all forts of ſpices, white ſugar, and

many other commodities and trifles; as

great fiſh-hooks, pins a finger long, ordi-

nary pins, needles, and great and ſmall.

| hawks-bells,

The Engliſh compoſe their cargoes gene-
rally, of braſs baſons, Annabaſſes, blue
baſts, paper brawls, Guinea ſtuffs, muſkets,
powder, Nicanees, tapſeils, ſcarlet, paper
ſleſia's, coral, bays, wrought pewter, beads,
Pintadoes, knives, ſpirits, &c. With an
aſſortment of theſe ſundry goods, amount-
ing to about fourteen hundred pounds ſterl-
ing, it may be reaſonably expected to get
about three hundred ſlaves or more; which
bring them to near the rate of five pounds
a head. 755 |

All ſorts of haberdaſhery, ſilks, linnen
ſhirts, hats, ſhoes, &c. wrought pewter
plates, diſhes, porringers, ſpoons, of each
a little aſſortment, are alſo very profitably
vended among the Portugue/e. .

The government of Loanda, and the reſt g,,,,...
of Angola, ſubject to the king of Portugal, ment.
is in the governor, two Veadores or in-
ſpectors, one Ovidor or chief juſtice, for
matters criminal, and two other judges

call'd Fuiſes, with a ſecretary.

The king of Portugal has great revenues Revenze.

from Angola, partly by the yearly tributes

of the Souaſſen, and partly by the cuſtoms

and taxes, fet upon exported and imported

goods and ſlaves. This latter revenue is
farm'd at Liſbon by one or more, who keep

their factor at Loanda, and he has to at-

tend him, a ſecretary, two notaries, and

two. Porteiros or door-kee pers.

The Souaſſen governors of all the territo- Subjedion
ries which the Portugueſe hold in Angola, ile na-
by force of arms, are bound to pay a tri-

bute of flaves to them yearly, and to do

them other ſervices under the title of vaſſals.

And. the Portugueſe governor of Loanda

farms the tributes of the Souaſſen to ſome

of their own nation, who are not content

with what was the ſettled revenue of ſlaves,

but often take more; which makes the na-
tives bear them a mortal hatred.

carriers for the Portugueſe, when they travel
through the country, to carry them from
one place to another: for if a Portugueſe has
a mind to travel from Loanda to Maſſingan,
when he comes in the evening to a village,
where he intends to lodge, he ſends to the
Sova to let him know, he has occaſion or

ſo

*

EY

- 2 bh £ 1 * + -
: — DR " TN 4 p — — ” = * - . - -
* N — pF 2 4 8 _ * 2 »
. o : — — D A
* — > — _ * — Cen
— — p > 4 * * — ro — — — — — en -— ® 2 * * 7 1
> 2 E I ® * — — — — — . 2 2 * „ —
—— tho. 5 — ——ꝓ—T—L— — ww — — > — * * — gp 4 þ 4 * 7 + * 8
* = « n — » 4 * 2 = 8 k 4 ch SEG w = 5
—— * — 1 4 1 . ow — * 24. 4 — — + . : - — — — -
— — — —— — — 8 — — — — — * — 2 ty
— = — — — — 2 -- -
F PT"

—

2
wy — —

2 1 U
1
: 0
6 14
t * x
z 11
J. f
: F :
* 11 |
ö & +}
l We
=
is q:
if
1
; i
[1
' a
= -
'Þ - G
7
* 14 0
: oh |
"8:
1 be * 4 ſ
* 4
—
44
f ; 6 |
: :
HE! :
J b - N i4
4 505 | : 1 0
5 "q
: | >13 $4
7435 : þ
N 4
\ 11
x
:
l

_ Native

520
Baznor. ſo many of thoſe carriers, who muſt not fail
r provide chem: and this they do every
| evening, to have freſh men for the next
day's journey.

Every diſtrict has its reſpective Sova, and
governors. he has a certain number of Makoties or
counſellors, who when they apply to him
fall down on their knees, clapping their

hands, with whom he conſults of all weigh-

ty concerns. Theſe Souaſſen live privately

in villages, inclos'd with thick hedges, and

have only a narrow entrance; and the habi-
tations cannot properly be call'd houſes,
but flight huts, made of ruſhes and ſtraw,
after the manner of the country of Dongo.
Every Sova has a chaplain in his Banza
or village, to chriſten children, and cele-
brate maſs. :
Church go- The church-government in Loanda is in
vernment. a biſhop, who is ſuffragan to him of the
iſland of St. Tome, becauſe that iſland pleads

antiquity, and claims the preference as the

mother-church in thoſe parts.
King of

mountain, ſeven leagues in compaſs, in which

are many rich paſtures, fields and meadows,
yielding a plentiful proviſion for all his re-

tinue; into which there is but one ſingle
paſſage, and that, according to their me-
thod, well fortified; ſo that he needs fear
no enemies, either from the queen of Sodeſia's
| fide, of whom more hereafter, nor from the
Fagos. 5 3
This king, like him of Congo, keeps a
great many peacocks, which is peculiar to
the royal family, and of ſo high eſteem,
that if any one ſhould preſume to take but
a feather from one of them, with a deſign
to keep it, he would immediately be put
to death, or made a ſlave, with all his ge-
neration. | TY
At preſent this prince acknowledges no
kind of ſubjection to the king of Congo, tho?
formerly the country, when divided into
divers lordſhips, under ſeveral Souaſſens, be-
long' d to that king. But about an hundred
and fifty years ſince, one of the Sovas, call d
Angola, with the aſſiſtance of the Portugueſe
trading in his country, made wars with the
others, and overcame them one after ano-
ther, till he made them all tributaries, yer
left them ſtill in poſſeſſion of their lordſhips
or dominions.

This Angola afterwards became king, and
ſtiled himſelf Iucue, from the great multi-
tude of people under his ſubjection; and
was not inferior in power to the king of
Congo, to whom, Lynſchoten ſays, he ſends
preſents, tho he be not his vaſſal. |

After his death, in 1560, his fon Damb:
Angola, a great enemy to the Portugueſe,
was Choſen king, who reign'd till the year
1578, when he died, and his youngeſt ſon,

The king of Angola, or Dongo, reſides a
Angola. little above the city Maſſingan, on a ſtony

A Vorace to Congo-River.

Quilonge Angola, or Angolaire, that is, gr
lord, Tack ied him. 6 | OT

He renew'd the ancient league with the
Portugueſe, and Paul Dias de Nevaiz, their
governor; but afterwards, without cauſe,
cut off thirty or forty of them, on the way,
as they were going with merchandize to the

royal city : whereupon Dias made war upon

him, and took many places, ſubjecting them
to the crown of Portugal, which ever ſince,
together with others, from time to time
ſubdued, have remain'd under them.

The arms the Angolans uſe, are bows and Their wis I

arrows, and javelins, and have learnt to?”

handle the ax and cutlaces, but are not

well accuſtomed to manage muſkets. They
always fight a-foot ; and their country. be-
Ing very populous, by reaſon of the great

fruitfulneſs of the women, the king can
eaſily raiſe an army of two hundred thou-

ſand men, but they have no more courage
than thoſe of Congo. 1

The king of Angola, who died in the
year 1640, left three daughters and a ne-
phew. The eldeſt, named Anna Xinga, or
Singa, put 1n her claim to the ſucceſſion of
the crown, as of right; but the Portugueſe

favouring the nephews pretenſions, ſhe was

forc'd, with many of the grandees adhering
to her intereſt, to fly into the inland coun-
try, keeping up her claim to the crown,
and looking upon the nephew as an uſurper.

After many rencounters and battles, in

which ſhe was worſted by the Portugueſe,
ſhe turn'd her arms againſt the Fagos,” whom
ſhe ronted in ſeveral fights; and afterwards

made peace with the Portugueſe, who uſed

to get a great number of ſlaves from her

dominions. That princeſs was of ſo maſcu- 4s Au
line a courage, that ſhe made a diverſion of zonian
war: ſhe was of a fierce barbarous temper, ““

and liv'd after the manner of the Jagos,
under tents in the fields, having quitted
chriſtianity, in hatred to the Portugueſe, who
had excluded her from ſucceeding. to the
crown of Dongo ; ſhe gave herſelf wholly
up to idolatry, and uſed to ſacrifice human
victims to her idol, before ſhe would un-
dertake any war: yet this ſavage temper
did not exempt her from being ſenſible to
love. She kept fifty or ſixty young men
about her court, whom ſhe would have
dreſſed like women, and aſſume their names,
whilſt ſhe her ſelf was apparell'd like a
man, and bearing a man's name, in order
to command with more authority. She was
very fortunate in all her wars, except againſt
the Portugueſe, In the year 1646, ſhe ran-
ſackꝰ d all the dwelling- places in the province
of Ovando, and carried the inhabitants into
ſlavery. The 2ui/ames, a people dwelling
about Coanſa river, paid her an annual tri-

bute.
The

a2
%

BY

.

mi- vl
N :

C
2 2 FEE LOR 8 228
1 r

be
>
»
8
8
E.
=
if
EA
4 %
Ts
2
*
CO
9
FA
—
Io
4
(4s
9
&y
oy
£5
9
7-0
3
i
1
a.
E.
3
1
*
2
8
9 bo
*
bo
1
32

A Voyact to Congo- River.

The nephew, whom the Portugueſe had
ſet upon the throne, being dead; Angola
Sodeſia, who ſucceeded him, made them pre-
ſents ſecretly, to have their protection.

All the Blacks of Angola, till of late,
liv'd in paganiſm, uſing a dance, by them
call'd Quimboara, in which they ſaid the
devil certainly enter'd one of them; and
thro! him inform'd them of future and
paſt events. Now, by the endeavours of the
Portugueſe jeſuits, they are brought to the
Roman Catholick religion. In the year 1584,
many thouſands receiv'd baptiſm 3 ſo that
in 1590, there were about twenty thouſand
families in Angola chriſtians: the fame year
fifteen hundred more were converted; and

the Portugueſe to this day labour very much

in the ſame good work.

The iſland of LO AND A,

LIES before the city Loanda, in eight

degrees forty-eight minutes ſouth lati-

tude; making a good and convenient haven

for ſhipping : the whole about ſeven leagues

in length, and in the broadeſt place not

above half a league over; ſo that thoſe who

_ fail by, may eaſily ſee the ſea run between

it and the main land.
Pigafetta ſuppoſes it to have grown up

from the ſettlings of ſand and mud, thrown

up there in heaps, by the force of the two
great waters of Bengo and Coanſa ; framing
it a plain iſland, about a mile from the
city, behind which the ſhips ride: the en-

trance into it is by two narrow paſſages,

according to Merolla, at the extremities of
the flip. : ;
The whole ſpot is one level plain, but
very dry and ſandy, only in ſome places
may be ſeen a few buſhes and brambles
and on the north ſide, here and there,
ſome hawthorn ſhrubs. The land by the
ſea- ſide is ſo ſteep, that not above a muſket-
ſhot from the ſhore there is twenty ſeven or
twenty eight fathom water; and a mile
from thence a line of a hundred fathom can
reach no ground, 5

On this iſland are ſeven towns or villages,
by the inhabitants call'd Libar or Libata ;
the Portugueſe call the beſt of them Santo
Eſviritu, There are two churches or cha-

pels, and the Portugueſe have divers gardens
and orchards, wherein grow oranges, lem-

mons, citrons, pomegranates, excellent figs,
bananas, coco-nuts, grapes, and other fruit ;
but corn is ſo great a ſtranger to it, that
they are oblig'd to fetch ſupplies from other
places, =

It produces the great tree, by the natives
call'd Enſada; by Cluſius the Indian fig- tree,
by Linſchoten in Portugueſe, Arbor da Raix,
that is, the rooting- tree.

It ſpriugs up commonly with one thick

body to a great height, at the top ſhooting
Vor. V.

nary fig.

forth many branches, from which hang BAR Ror.
down ſeveral ſmall ſtrings of a golden co

lour, which when they once touch the
ground, take faſt root, ſpring up again like
new plants, and in a ſhort time, incteaſe
to alarge bulk ; from whence, as from the
firſt, new ſtrings hang down again, and
take root, ſtill ſpreading : ſo that ſometimes
one ſingle tree will extend its bounds above
a thouſand paces, and ſeems like a little
wood or thicket. |
The great ſprouts, with ſo many cloſe
boughs, entirely ſhut out the ſun-beams
and the cavities within repeat an echo thtee
or four times. wy
Moſt of the citizens of Loanda have there
ſeveral little ſuch verdant arbors, where
they come over to divert themſelves, arid
which, together with the ever-green trees
planted about, afford a very agreeable
proſpect. |

The leaves of the young boughs reſem-
ble thoſe of the quince-tree, being of a
whitiſh green and woolly. The fruit with-
in and without red, ſprings between the
leaves of the young branches like an ordi-
Very credible eye-witneſſes report, that
three thouſand men may be ſhelter*d under
one of theſe trees. L

Within its outermoſt or firſt bark, they
find ſomewhat like a thread or yarn, which

being beaten, cleanſed, and drawn out at

length, the common people make cloth of.
This tree grows alſo in Arabia, and India,
where the inhabitants, cutting away the
ſmall boughs, make arbors under them for
coolneſs and ſhade. i |
Merolla ſays, all the drinking water uſed
in the city is taken up in this iſland ; and the
ſtrangeſt is, that it is ſweeteſt at the flood,
and falt or brackiſh at the ebb. .
The iſlanders uſe canoes made of the
bodies of date- trees join'd together, in which
they fight at ſea.
| Formerly the Fagos dwelt here, but the
Portugueſe drove them out in the year 1578.
and purſued them to Maſſingan ; at the ſame
time raiſing a fort there for their ſecurity.
In this iſland the grey-colour'd Simbos are
taken up, which carried to Congo, and other
places, go for current money 3 ſo that this
place may juſtly be term'd the mint of
Congo. For tho* other parts of the coaſts
of Congo produce Simbos, yet thoſe of Lo-
anda are the beſt. | |
It is commonly the women who gather or
fiſh theſe Simbos out of the ſea, in this man-
ner : they walk to about the knees, or
their middle in the water, with certain baſ-
kets, which they fill with the ſand, among
which the Simbos breed, and returning to
the beach, pick them out. Theſe ſnells are
of two ſorts, males and females, and very
6 R ſmall;

4 Vorace to Congo- River.

Moutas eight; thence to Rio de Se fifteen ;
thence to the bay of Cabinde four, five and
ſix; in the mouth of the river Zair or Congo
ſeven; from Barreiros Brancas to Rio 99
Andrez eight to ten; and from thence to
Rio Bengo eight, ſix and eight: where end
the obſervations of the depths along the
coaft ſouthwar el. : 1
The common trade-winds at the coaſt of
Angola blow from ſouth-weſt to ſouth, vad.
till about twelve degrees longitude from te

521
Bangor. ſmall ; the females are of the beſt colour
— and one. | ah |
The two entrances into the port of the
city Loanda, form'd, as was faid before, by
this iſland, are on the north and ſouth. That
on the ſouth call'd Barra de Corimba, where
formerly was about five fathom water, is
now almoſt choak'd with ſand. The Por-
tugueſe had formerly two batteries on this en-
trance, but the water has almoſt waſh'd
them away.

PLATE 30.

Soundings,

About two miles from. Barra de Corimba,

on the continent, is a little promontory, in

Portugueſe call'd Ponta do Palmerinho,

A mile and a half ſouthward of it is the
Sleepers haven, and the lime-kilns, where
the Portugueſe burn oiſter-ſhells to make

lime.

Four miles and a half from Slzepers haven
is the river Coanſa, where formerly the Dutch
had a fort, call'd Molle, before ſpoken of.

To perfect this deſcription, I have added
a map of the coaſt of Angola, from the river
Bengo to the Coanſa, with the iſland of Lo-

anda, taken from that made by the king of

Portugal's command, often before men-
tion'd. | | | 7

I have thereon given the figure of the
mermaid, in two ſeveral poſtures, mark'd
A. B. having before deſcribed it from Me-
rolla.

The fiſh with a long ſharp horn, repre-
ſented in the ſame cut, at the letter C, was
given me on the coaſt of Guinea, by one
Mr. Gaſchot, an ingenious man, who had
made ſome voyages to the Eaſt-Indies, who
took it from the life, which was four or five
foot long. _

To return to the charts, they ſhow the
depths and ſoundings along the coaſt of the
Lower Ethiopia, from Rio das Arnaſias, on
the ſouth ſide of cape Lope Gonzales, as
follows: from that river to cape St. Ca-

therine twelve fathom ; thence to Serras do

Santo Spirito twelve; thence to Cabo Segundo
eight and nine ; thence to Porto de Mayom-
he twelve and ten; thence to Angra do In-
dio twelve and fifteen; thence to Rio das

meridian of the iſle of Lundy, which is the

common meridian of the Engliſh. Ar ſome
diſtance from the ſhore, they are ſometimes
a point more to the weſtward, and thoſe
who have been there ſeveral voyages ſay,
they found them always in the ſame quarter,
and not ſubject to ſhift, all the time they
ſtaid at that coaſt. The dry
has been obſerv'd to be from the latter end
of April till September, tho' ſometimes in-
termix*d with pleaſant ſhowers of rain. I
cannot be ſo preciſe as to the wet ſeaſon.

The true ſea- breeze has been commonly —

obſerv'd there to be from welt ſouth-weſt
to weſt by ſouth, if the weather be fair, and
the land-breeze at eaſt by north ; bur if a
tornado happens, it makes the winds ſhift all
round the compaſs, and at laſt ſettle at ſouth-

weſt, which is the true trade-wind, as has

been ſaid. , :
Thus I have run through all the parts of

the Lower Ethiopia, to the kingdoms of
Benguella and Mataman, both to the ſouth-
ward of Angola, being the utmoſt extent of

the trading coaft; beyond which, is the coaſt
of the Cafres, a moſt brutal generation,

where no ſort of commerce has ever been.

I have extended ſo far, that nothing might
be wanting to make this the moſt compleat

deſcription of North and Seuth Guinea of

any yet extant ; hoping it may not on!

ſerve for the entertainment and inſtruction
of thoſe, who deſire to be acquainted with
foreign countries, without the toils and ha-

zards of long voyages, but prove of uſe to

ſuch as make trade and the ſea their pro-
feſſion.

The END of the FIRST Book of the SUPPLEMENT:

ſeaſon there Seaſon; {1

4 " . " 1 * 8 8 A D RIOTS "404 . e * 2 ta Dt akenthe ap
8 * n 0 : p . Gd nah Fora th te * * — n _ EIT * O 1 4 g ** * 4 < ” N 5 n 0 — ** e er e e e e e eee e 8 „ mr N e LETS
% AAA welt « 77... yy ß ĩͤ p ASE Oat bro £24 FLEE 1 VO ET RET RIOT ae i N b. Rn,» eee Arber : pay 5 FF / Bf CRISS, EIS n. n 1 N r 8 FOE RITES *
= us Rs: „ 8388 Ax T5 8 8 * = S / ͤ ( 1 D wor et SEP vii 2 3 | D SES 7 S ͤ AY PO r re RN N M ate 3 eee ede; R —— te 2a 12 r ar e. YT b e 5 we
ai hair oo Pn — 2 1 S . A a - «<, <A 5 . N Th 7 . d 2 : n 5 : 1 & >
3 n hs b F ˙ m VV *.. w ] FHP We TR SORE CR AR EP 8 0

2 4

$
I
* *
2

x np — 0 — AX; : : + bo a

a - a 3 <5 Co - 1 — | .
2 — = ox. HAS r „ 2
— > cx ‚—,——— r |

— <<

2 —
_— 2 * -

2 — 86
| 4 — * — 11 -
— ——— — —— — —— ñ— G1 —— h — 9323 — — * * — — — — —
— 22 A ee ao rn tn nn
— — * 8 * * . —
r > N . _— . 4 — — 0 —
— 2 ˙ . ²˙ m! = a=...

2 um — en,

e 8 « — — — — — * — py . 3 — 4 - 2 — " pe 8 * .
i - b - * — * A 2 2 4 mr > x x 3 £ © - Y — — — — 2 Es. - * — -
8 * * < * a - 42 4 ©: : yd. - 2 p — Mr. — - — 2 — _ y 2 * * * — 4 __ — hn A — - — —

5
= « > - -
—— — — — ——<p— — nn — —— — —

_

-

— — —— — . - Ty

0 „* - * — ET Ia 5 — n TOTES Ie - 8 PPTP EEE RY
** * a a ö — EL Per gu ä —B COT IO EPO NT Th ene * e 0 L _ : PPC N r -
8 * R ITY * 9 * K Q * Re * * 1 K »» 9 5 X 2 - + 4 * a : * * * 5 ** > OS Tz 3 24 \ a H 4 r e
4 * 7 7 . "6 C7 0 q o 4 5 48 . 6 7 * '> aye” f r er r er » S K RAT. r Fe 8
9 SEE EI > Ons EP uu 6711 ae TE: 6 IF OE e eee * e a

am
3 IF: 3 eee 4 Ae r r

e OETE e n See e e
FE 2 r r . le

N R bf VE Tout r r W * - R R : 4 - * 8 LI IS 4 _ a 7 ”
OE UE DS inci e e CE ESE ett ae FFC . DRC I he OL On, ENG, OE TO OLE eee 1 eee
R 9 * 1 N n * ö n a e * „ * SETS '< FS. — 8 * CEE Is le fo N N S ee *

5 *
* FA Is
> x 2 >

— r ˙ rr rr r—_—_ ouy

e e ee ws $f rolewang fd? bloc Mts" 4
97 29 _—_— W214 . £ ow 79097 reer, Feizug

HIRE © 247 Zi, eis Du 2
i . - . 2 5 e <A a. e, e wi — 2

» *

— *

: *

> x 22 OO 2. 2 e. e, |
— 2 2 45 2 , - 33 242g = "Cf
uy. *. 75 5 ob e Weg N 2 —.
. 285 Ay 72 e 4 ee 2190 . 5 2 SPY
| % . AOZD A = au,; 7” Fl” 5 HS 12 N Pf
| | banavy url, 943 Prev SPUY, SAUCE 297 FX 141129 JUDY E . e
| 250.7 D WE 2401 a0) JUPPSW SY To
ON, = FRY *

8

Ld 1

5 24 5
1 aa
VdNVOT7 IA £
OTN * 2 O ANA ,

pr
E ... 27 1407;
PUPPUPINDUI ft RY
:lol 5. Tau O4 0 &

, T MY
<LI , AXE

x Du?

4 Pp wild DST |

——
*
hs
- ind} .

\

Os

1

E

V7 211419 PT f, vj

A 8 = _—

/

SLE

| 0 NY
Jo LYVd

. PEI

22

S

Aan

att

FFT —_

"DOE GFOL A 244

—

2 Tan
_ 2 ——— OS —————

by —
—— — — . — —ñ— — —

— =» — —
22 —

1 5 -mop$ ur
ONO mv

LES, —

—

2 255 LN NN NG eg

227

LESS

_ GRO —N—ͤ—

"MMM CE M win nn Mmm ON 2 45

**

Wr LI OOO OO OOO 8417885 TDU

Hunt Auna

Fan?

num

Pa TUO Oo OT ED 2 Voi ö

muohun) 52 3221107 2 ' 25720 ee *X)
D. = 2.40
| ON” ERP. « We SIS S LA
DP 2 ee SO RES D unn 2207109 Feng
RE 2 2722 3 & WE 32 Zi, THU? GJPUPY 2 UL A

HL 22.3925 <*& AX. SP e 242

—

ES i #2; PF

4
”

52 _— 22 . OO »% ; 28 4 RITES: Det
— SPIES LEY > e , , bg

W

—

if ; | 2

r H O 2
E

N „

LY 0 „
25. ” — ect + 4058
ATTT «405 & 4 o WEE \ies 7 77. AN

#)+ I :
[LOL * 5

vzν e, OT Þ VAMOT

G

FIG

750. I. Place 34. d GAMER hos
She Srofpect of Lobos, Lancerota and MI.

1 T...... T— . p p p ————çꝙ s
Lancer; |
2 1 5 „ —— —
Mis 2 e e us

De === I
EE =
| Aa 29
E | e Traspect f. Alcgran J and LANCErOla.

T

8 — —

— Be — — :
— —
5 —
— — — — — —
— — G :
— = at — — — —
j — * —_— =
k —
0 2 — —= _— —

5

| — T wy "Ft path Tt: 0 TOO roman 22 "Wi

*
N.

Leagues tietl

— IS nt — =_
BORED WS BY ERR Seb eee. n
— — — ü— — C—_ * — — _— — — — = * 4 Mi * 1. ———— —-— —— — — — —ääͤt — 5 — — —
— Ws — 1 — * 8 — — -
ce 1 — — "x de RES * 8 . —
. ea « wo a Tn . une —
4 — — — —— —
8 eee — . ne —— — — — - — - — 8 Ane err
— — — — — — — — — — — * * 2 — — — _ - — — — C—— — > —— = - — ꝶ
if r. _ > —— „FF 8 -
I — — ;
*
0
U A
+»
M ”w——_

—

— : < Fr nnd Fe
— 1M 1 ;

? ; "E . — e "oe 4 E ep

e ny
p 1 Ws

| 7 8 A. . 14
4 e

5 .
* — —
ö
I — ä —— —
0
\
F . —
— - 8 — —— —— = — — — my — = = — — . — — — — 2 4 =
y —; - — DEE inn = = =_— — ——— = = => . => A en — —
D EI — 1 — — — 2
——— —— = — — — — = .
N —— — —ſ == — — 5 2 (02
by 2
£ a S
\4 X 422 \ «
| | = Z 8

1711, 18475 *

215 4 on N
nl

ec

: 2 — 44] N 5 iy — In : 2 4 : : N n NN. == 7
pa N : X * 1 I e 8 JH — ä ———— <_ > - — 1 * p 2 25 * J 1s oF; 11 70 a IT *
0 1— | 1 EE ee ol . 00%, e e
0 . : * — — a 1 — * | 10022 J;! 24 ite n

— — — > — — —
— — — ᷣ—— = — — 8 —— — — — —__ — —

. _- — 2
b
*

.

—
— wy

-

—

0 | Gomer at 2 great dretance ab * 72 8 Hearing as d thin Cloud —

—

1

2

>

3 4

79 Fi A N24 7 i | | aq. 523

— = —
— "= —

- ——

LY
—

..
—_—

HOST dt about & or 4 LEMMMCS if fillicc

——

i
[1
i
i
|
[
l
i
|
[
|
1
x
1
1
1
|
5
|
1
1
i
1
4
— ——

2 2
— —

—— — — — ---
— -_ .
7

_
- — —— 7 — ̃ꝓC— — —— — — — — — — — —i — — — — — —— — — — — — —— — — — — — - — —
— — — Err ere —— R p ˖ ——— ‚ê%Y pp —— — — 2 2 — = — —
— << —— — —— — — KR = — — — — — — — —— — — — — uĩ— ͤ ͤ—̃ — — er = — _ — -
— — — —-— — — — — — — — — — — — ——— — — — nn — — —— — . — <—__— — — — —— — — — — —
—ů— 8 — . —ͤ — — — — — — ä — — —— CT TAR, — — — — 8
— — ——_—_— — 2 — —— —— — — ar 8 — 5 — 5 = 2 — i — — mm a = 1 = = — |
— — ̃ — —— — — — — —— —: ———— — — — wider Dt — - - — — Be |
—— — —— — en — — — 2 — —
— — — _ — — — &
—_ _ —— — — — * — . = <=. " _ — — — — —
— a — —— — — — K 8 — — 7 8 — — — — —
— — —— —— —— - -— * — — — — em — — — — — — —
PAR ries: "a 2 = * 5 3 . — 5 —ůͤ — — -
- _ a - — — — — ——— ñ — = — — — — — — — —— — —
_ — * —_ — » — — —
— — — ol

WW

= - / *
5 22 : | Cratioſa at NNE

—
P — *
ED
#--.

=
—

1

61

ron.c w
J—,\\Y

7
— — 2 1 * * —

p SN) 57 =) Y

— ide AA” +»,

WW

4% \ 0

* -
Wot 1 * |
15 Fi A

il — TIA NEERE a

{1 Ps {

4
nn Vs

5

＋

- - —— — — — —— — 4
fe — — — — — — — — —— —— ——ñ— r - —
- — _— POS — jꝛ4— — — — 4

— — 3 7 2 5 — — — = 7 F p
— - Y * . — — — 3 <= 2 —̃ä (2 a — — = ——
4 * "4 - _ _— — — — » 9 — — — — _ ray oth ROE: — 0 SITES — _
eB omg. . ͤ ͤ Ä—— ——) — — — — 2 — — <> guar” RET — — — — , - py — —— — —
I S — AC c_c—c— — ̃ —⅜s;r7——— —— ‚ — ra n= a — — =
—— . —— =>—> ...... ͤ—— ̃ . ̃ ̃ ‚⏑— — — . — —
— — — — — . — —2 — — >. = > —= <-> — — —— — — —— ͤ T—z
— <a — — 3 — —— 7 2 OG —— — = — —— - __— — — — — — — — — — — — — > > —
— — — — — 2 TS. — — — — — — PI: — = — —
— — q———=qp GA — — — — —— 8 — — = AER — — —— — _ wg. —— Cz. . — —
— 2 WW — — —— —— — "Fae... # wag. w_ —— — = _ — — — Dy ry yn
* — . — — — — — Ih —<S; = 2 — =O . — — -
5 — ">> = . — — — — ”

eng at 7.

— —— — — r=

— — =

EA eagues

—— — — —ñä̃——— ͤ E—PV—
— — — —— ¶ [—3n 2 ——— ̃a

—
—

W

N S 8

N Mee yy 1 - ;
— ” b 789 \ * *

—

. LOW E — _ 22 ==
. y A —̃ ——̃ͤ ——

— : - 2 — —
— >= — — — 7 >> —> 2

5 ELD Een Ie

ny >> — ED - = = > - — : —
nf © — — 5 — =” ——— — —
B EE EEE I ine Per een En —— — ‚ —— ——

cc AE. the Point of great Canary at W.S.W.

—

2 : 8 ——— ———————
— 2 —— —
— — —
2 = ä SI
— — — — — -
— > = —
—

9

-

;
—==c—> Tem r@Wfr

— — —— — —L— — — %—4ſk᷑
— —
— ——— ö— 4äͤä— — — — k — . — —
— — ————— —— — —
— bony —
— — — —
— 4

— —

—— 2 —

*
|
q

. 2 D
— — 2
—
Nn Ty
— — —
122.21

> 22225 — — = N = > — —
MH = IIS — : P —

* 5 — KIT). > - —
I ISIIT Man eew.cr 65,5 TTY IE A RS SST: = — 55

— . x ̃̃ ̃— ( 1— — ——ͤ—————PP f md Dn II IR nn In ä

— —

2 - K ; — ——
— il - « — — — —— AC —— —

Si diftance at

Eo nou

—— — U— —

D) ab?

NN
q CLE * — 1 - p
— = — — * 7 — — - — . 4 vt 7 N > =)
F _ —_ — — — N 457 2 177 — — ” * 1
— 7 =" 2 * = alot 7 - mT . — 22 22 \ — e
11

»+ 110
— LS

5

1e 1

— ——

= — => =
- — — —_— 2 — — — Y
— — — == = - — — — — ——— —
— - — W _ => —— : 5
> — — > . EI — — — — —— — =
- nmr ime We En — —_——__——_— — — —

houtÞ'5 {eames and 0 1 the, South Side of Canarv

CU

— — — — — — — 82
— DD Den — — — —
— . ————jhb— ͤ — —— — — „ãZꝛ—ͤ—e—ñ res — —

—

"I E
5 d — —

e

88 8
— —

ND DD
r

Ot reat C anary

— — — —
— — =
- — — * —. -

* v

3 5
7

-

.

4
>

*

*
5 -
T
* e 9 J ** * 9K — ** * ag . fy 7

„ * 4 — Mata * * N * 8 2 : POM g 0 —
| EI > > . e . WA CL CO I Es IE TS TRAINED >"; * 47 BS e Le FOE . *
I 1 S PPP. ee ee ea i 4 9 .
f |

- &

”
.

US £
* 5 5 | |
55 We
* Y
5 *
v *
ec

*
; ns —— ——— — OE»

, r Ae Loeo ol ets

cies

A Ar

THE

SUPPLE MENT.

a Tt

Seaſon to ſail for Guinta.
Am of opinion, that the propereſt ſea-
{on to render the Guinea voyages moſt
proſperous and ſafe, is to depart from
Europe about the latter end of September,
to enjoy the longer the good ſeaſon on that
coaſt; and to have a ſufficient time to carr

on the trade there, ſo as to reach the Lee-
ward iſlands of America by the latter end of

April following, which is the time when
they make the ſugar there; that ſo ſhips
may have their full lading, and ſail thence

for Europe again before the ſeaſon of hurri-

canes there; and arrive here before the
boiſterous weather, which uſually reigns on
our coaſts about the beginning of October,

which the French ſtile Coups de vents de la

St. Michel, or Michaelmas ſtorms ; the ſad

effects whereof I ſufficiently felt in OFober

168 1, aboard the Jolly man-of-war. Having
ſail'd from Rochel road on the ſeventh of
October for the coaſt of Guinea, and after we
had fight of cape Ortegal, in Galicia, we met

with ſuch a violent ſtorm from the ſouth-
weſt, and variable, that we were fixteen
days toſſed up and down in the bay, the

ſea running mountain high, and dreadfully
breaking into our ſhip, which ſpoiPd abun-

dance of our proviſions, and much diſabled

us in our fails and rigging. However, being
a ſtrong ſhip, we kept ſea ; but our paſſage

to Senega river laſted forty eight days:
whereas, in a former voyage begun a fort-

night later, we made our paſſage in twenty
four days.

In this manner we make our Guinea voyages
without much hazard or fatigue; being in
a manner certain, to have moſt of the time
good fair weather, and no conſiderable tem-

peſts at ſea ; either at our departing from
Europe, during our paſſage, or whilſt we

carry on the trade on the coaſts of Nigritia,

that is, at Senegal, Gamboa, and Guinea;
nor in the voyage from thence to the main,
or to the iflands of America, neither during
our ſtay there: as likewiſe, in our return
thence to Europe, it will probably free us,

in ſome meaſure, from the tempeſtuous wea-

ther often reigning in Auguſt about the Ber-
mudas iſlands; and on the coaſts of Britany
and Poictou in October, if we do not reach
land ſome time before Michaelmas.

Our courſe from Rochel to Guinea, was Courſe.

directed for cape Finiſterre in Galicia, ſo as
to have ſight of it, if poſſible; or twenty

to twenty-five leagues weſt of it, according

as the wind ſerv'd.

From that cape we ſteer*d ſouth ſouth-

weſt, directly for Madera, if we had occa-

ſion to call there; or ſouth by eaſt, to

Gran Canaria, Others paſs betwixt this
iſland and Fuerte Ventura;
having touch'd at Madera, or otherwiſe,
coming from the northward, paſs by the
weſt of Palma, ſometimes in ſight of it;
and others yet more weſterly, as is thought
molt proper, or as the wind ſerves. At my
firſt voyage I paſſed betwixt Fuerte Ventura

and Great Canary; and at the ſecond, be-

twixt the former and the main land of Africa;
and thereby had the opportunity of draw-
ing the proſpects of Lancerota, Gracio/a,
Fuerte Ventura, Great Canary, Teneriff and

others, after

Gomera, as in the print here annex'd, for prarz 31:

the advantage or ſatisfaction of travellers.

The other cut repreſents the two ſmall prarg 2

iſlands, Las Deſiertas, eaſt ſouth-eaſt of
Madera, the town and road of Funchal, in
the latter; with the proſpects of Gomera,
the pike of Teneriſf, and Palma, drawn by

my nephew James Barbet, in his paſſage to

Congo, as mention'd in the firſt book of
the Supplement. |

Of

5]

_ _ * -
— C 4 *
— 2 —
— — — s -

_— —

—
—

, N. ;
— — — 2
— r nada.

:
; >
*
{
\
A
0
n
N
.
. T0
* [
tory |
[| *
4 118
110
ö
ti
: "II:
Mow
5 91
5
|
1
*
;
f
[5
.
:
*
1
177
1
.
3
;
i £4
i
l
[1
l
1
;
4
:
}
:
:
0
A
*
* 7
*. a
:
bu
1
145080
F
y -
*
: ,
z 11
914
S% 97
"FL
—
N *
*4
4+
:
1
:
is .
'y
:
:
« +
s 4 :
- 12
1
1
$3
0
"=
13:
1
1
1
14
#7 FL
bs |
bg 2
ag
15 1
11
1
111
1.
.
=
p
f :
1
j 4
;
LI ©
© IT ©
1
154
*
11
11
0 .
1 $
1
TT: 2
3 4
„1
' wy
1
1
1
4
7
"43%
. 5
3333
+ y *
.
711
Ts
£1 BY.
1
7 * 5
$ 1
"$3
111
124
ke)
5
1
A b
*
11
*
1
*
+
:
1
.
"TT |
17
x
.
:
' :
þ 7
15
& 2
*- wn
" ,
:
;

o * Fang 2

— —

— * * *
—
— 1 —2

n
Ge

w- — * — 0 n een b | f4 - e Bs _ 1
> — —ͤ — 3 4 — w ——— ed CC KK ˙AA
2 — > i — ' — Sen

-

—

—

Es...
— OR Ore
: Sta 2
we — a

—— — —

* F
LOG — h 1 vor 8
— — 2 — . —

r
— — —

1212 r — —
= 2 — 4 pe
— 2 -—_

* a

7 CHI

OO ERAS Pro gh re rey oO OY WIR Ar
2 A Ar 8
> —
—

—

— —

r

K

pr
8 rt >
— - — —
PR -— 4
„
— - 4 : * 2

——

- h, 4 A *

— pt —2 : : : 2 —
r — K | i aA A i elit es he A ek 7d. EEE. 2 — ˙ LE 1 GER LIST 2

2 n _ * © 8 — 2

. Pb WS. ka,
- vn wy 2 + > I 8
- KM

7 *
\ — = *
n - -

—
—
_ - ..4
3 —
— -
= — _

_—
AT 4 ”

— —

— 4 2 . ” 2A + 4 *% fs Ps - : „ a. * 2 — —_ F 9 — 8 * — 7＋ 1 *
* + - 22 2 8 2 - * E * = 6 uid 4 = 2 82 * * a
W ͤ PETER Ao ide —— QQ PS EP YON YU. 2 —O RGA re...... . *

„ < 0+

— > 4 fre i ore — — — 2 — *

Ae — IE CE
= 2 = zz — - —

$24

2 THE iſland Madera, ſo call'd by the
* Spaniards, Madeira by the Portugueſe,
and by the ancients Cerne Atlantica, lies in
one degree thirty- nine minutes longitude 3
and thirty-two degrees thirty minutes of
north-latitude z being about twenty leagues
in length, ſeven or eight in breadth, and
forty-eight in circumference, _ |
Some fay it was firſt diſcover'd by an
Engliſhman, call'd Macham, anno 1344.
But the Portugueſe ſeem to claim the diſco-

very thereof more fairly, under Joan Gon-

zalez and Triſtan Vax, anno 1429.
The air is far more temperate than in the
Canary iſlands, and the ſoil more fertile in
corn, wine, ſugar and fruits, being much
better water d by five or fix little rivers;
but is alike ſtor'd with the ſame ſorts of
cattle, birds; plants and trees, from whence
is extracted Sanguis Draconis, maſtick and
other gums.
When firſt diſcover'd by the Portugueſe
in 1420, it was all over cover'd with woods,
and thence call'd Madeira, and thoſe being
ſet on fire, continu'd burning ſeven years; at-
ter which, they found the ſoil extraordinary
fertile, but at preſent it is much decay' d.
Funchal The chief town is Funchal, an epiſcopal
nn. fee, ſuffragan to the archbiſhop of Liſbon,
lying in the bottom of a bay, as the above
mention'd cut repr ſents.
Beſides which, there are two other towns,
Moncerico and Santa Cruce, with thirty-ſix
pariſhes, a college and monaſtery of jeſuits,
five other monaſteries, four hoſpitals, eighty-
two hermitages, and ſeveral fine ſeats and
caſtles about the country. Funchal ſtands

at the foot of a high hill, in a narrow long

form, defended by three forts or caſtles,
This ifland is ten leagues weſt from that
of Porto Santo, ſeven from the two little
deſart iſlands, and about one hundred and
fifty weſt from the neareſt main land of
Fez in Africa. es
The king of Portugal's Adelantado, or go-
vernor, generally reſides at Funchal, The
road is very bad to ride in, tho' ſhips may
do it within piſtol-ſhot of the town, becauſe
the boiſterous ſouth-weſt winds often force
them from their anchors, and they muſt
then of neceſſity make out to ſea, to avoid

the two iſlands calPd Deſiertas. All Euro-

Pean nations trade thither, and receive in

exchange for their commodities wine, much
uſed throughout all the American iſlands,
as keeping beſt in hot countries; ſugar,
Wax, Oranges, lemmons, pomegranates and
Citrons.

Porto Santo was diſcover'd by the ſame
perſons as Madera, and is about eight
leagues in compaſs, having on it ſome vil-
lags and hamlets; being alſo ſubject to the
crown of Portugal.

AD RESCRIPTION of

BROT. Of MAD ERA and Po RTO SAH TO.

3 The CANARY Iſlands. =
W EST of the coaſt of Biledulgerid in
Africa, are the iſlands call'd Canaries
after the name of the largeſt of them.
thought to be the fortunate iſtands of the 1
ancients, They have been ſubject to the ;
crown of Spain, ſince the year 1417, when b
firſt diſcover'd by Jobn de Betancourt, a
French man, in the ſervice of the king of
Caſtile, who fubdu'd Fuerte Ventura and
Lanzarote; as others after him did the reſt,
from that time to the year 1496.
In the days of Ferdinand king of Caſtile,
and Alfonſo the fifth of Portugal; each of
them claiming a right to the other's domi-
nions, and aſſuming their titles, there en-
ſu'd a bloody wat betwixt the Spaniards
and Portugueſe, till both ſides being ſpent,
a peace was concluded in 1479 at Alcobazas,
on the fourth of September ; by which they
reciprocally renounc'd their pretenſions, and
it was therein ſtipulated, that the Canary
iſlands ſhould entirely belong to the crown
of Caſtile, and the commerce and naviga-
tion of Guinea to that of Portugal, excluſive
of the Caſtilians. | |
There are twelve iſlands in all, but only unbe-
ſeven of note. Lanzarote and Fuerte Vens- and jj.
tura lie moſt to the eaſtward ; then Gran tin.
Canaria, Teneriff, Gomera, Hierro and
Palma, theſe two laſt the moſt weſterly,
They all lie betwixt the firſt and the ſixth
or ſeventh degrees of longitude, and be-
twixt the twenty-fourth and the twenty-
eighth degrees of latitude, or the twenty-
ninth, if we include the two call d Salvages. I
Gran Canaria, which has communicated gran ©:
its name to the reſt, is in three degrees nta.
forty minutes longitude, and twenty-ſix de-
grees thirty minutes of latitude, being thir-
teen or fourteen leagues long, and about
—_ in compaſs. VV
eneriff, by the ancients call'd NMivaria, Teneriff
is in two degrees thirty minutes longitude,
and twenty-ſeven degrees of latitude, and
about ſixty leagues in compaſs: it is famous
for the lofty mountain call'd the Pike of

{SN Ve, — „
33 .. ri a

Hierro.

Graciol
aud Ale
pra.

palma.

Teneriſt, riſing in the form of a ſugar-loaf

to ſuch a prodigious height, that I have

ſeen it plain at forty-five leagues diſtance, | 7
ſhowing, as repreſented in the print here pla- 311 ihe:
annexed, 1 ant

Fuerte Ventura, in ancient geography Caſ- Fuerte
peria, lies in five degrees thirty minutes lon- Vents:
gitude, and twenty-ſix degrees of latitude ;
being about twenty-five leagues long from
ſouth-weſt to north-eaſt, the breadth very
irregular z but the circumference about
ſeventy-five leagues round the coaſts, which
form two bays, much like the ends of the
Malta croſs.
Lanzarote, formerly Centuria, is in five Lanza
degrees forty-five minutes longitude, and rote.
twenty-ſeven degrees latitude z about thitreen
| leagues

"A
: *%
»2
8
2
og
.
*
*
x,
is

the Canary Iſlands.

leagues long from north to ſouth, nine in
breadth, and forty in compaſs.

| Gomera, the Theode of the ancients, is in
the firſt degree of longitude, and twenty-
ſeventh of latitude, about twenty-two leagues
in circumference, having a pretty good
haven, and a town of the ſame name, which
might probably be derived from the Go-

meres, a people of Africa, living on the

mountains of the little Alas, according to
Marmol. _

The iſland Hierro, as the Spaniards call it,
tho* others more frequently Ferro, in an-
cient geography Pluvialia, 1s betwixt the
firſt meridian and thirty minutes of longi—

tude, and in twenty-ſix degrees forty-five

minutes latitude; about ten leagues long,
five broad, and twenty-five in compaſs: the
foil dry and barren in ſome parts, for want

of water, which has given many authors oc-

IM comers.
E:
f
Hierro.
Er
*
Gracioſa,
and Ale-
gra.
3 7
"4
f,
Ancient
21. 1 ha.
btants,

caſion to tell a formal ſtory of a tree ſup-
plying all the iſland with water, which is
ſince known to be a fable, and therefore not
worth mentioning, This iſland is become

particularly famous, from the French navi-

gators placing their firſt meridian in the
center of it. ED

Gracio/a and Alegria have nothing in
them worth obſerving ; but the firſt was
by the ancients call'd Juniona Major; and
the latter Funiona Minor. .

Palma anciently Capraria, lies in thirty
minutes longitude, and twenty-ſeven de-
grees forty minutes latitude, and is ſeven
leagues long, ten in breadth, and twenty-
ſix in compaſs: in it is the mountain of
goats, whence its former name; and which
uſed to caſt out fire and ſtones.

The air of theſe iſlands in general is good,
tho? hot; and the ſoil fertile, producing
wheat, barley, millet, and excellent wine,
tranſported thence to moſt parts of Europe ;
but more particularly to Great-Brilain.
There are abundance of poplar, fig, pome-

granate, Citron, and orange- trees: they alſo -
yield ſugar and dragon's blood, beſides

ſome other forts of gum.
Moſt of the inhabitants are Spaniards z but
there are ſome remains of the ancient na-
tives, call'd Guanches, a very active nimble
people, living on the mountains, who feed
moſtly on goats milk, being a hardy bold
people, of a tawny complexion, now civi-
liz'd by the Spaniards living among them.
The Spaniſh fleets returning from the
Weſt-Indies often make theſe iſlands their

place of rendezvous. To conclude with them,

Ihave obſerv*d that the high ſouth ſouth-weſt
wind ſwells the ocean's waves very much be-
tween the Canaries, but it ſeldom blows
there. From the latitude of the mouth of

the ſtreights to theſe iſlands, we had always

good ſport, catching doradoes, ſharks, fly-

ing fiſhes, ſea-dogs, and tunny-fiſh,
Vol. V.

VoYAaGcGe continu'd.

T O return to our voyage : Whether you

Ventura, or between this latter and the con-
tinent of Africa, you are to make cape Bo-
jador, on the coaſt of the Zenegues, as the
Portugueſe call them, or Zuenziga, accor-
ding to the French ; which province is by
ſome reckoned a part of Libia Interior, ex-
tending it to Cabo Branco, or white cape: tho?

fail between Gran per and Fuerte

927

BARBOTr.

82

other authors place its limits on the coaſt

between cape Nao and cape Bojador, and
at this laſt commence the kingdom of Gya-
lala, and thence to Senegal. river extend that
of Geneboa. |

The ancient geography lays down a place

Ancient

near cape Bojador ſomewhat ſouth of Chi- names.

to the people inhabiting that maritime part
of Africa, between the ſaid river Chiſarus
and that calPd Salathus, which falls into
the ocean oppoſite to Fuerte Ventura, one of
the Canary iſlands above-mention'd, exten-
ding them to the mountain Alas Major,
which ſeparated the ancient Getul; from the
Autolote and the Tingitana, now Morocco;
and to the ſouthward of the Sirange places
the Mauſoli, extending to the river Ophidias,
now Rio do Ouro, or the golden river,
We uſually fail along this coaſt, at about

thirty-five, forty, and forty-five fathom wa-
ter, ſandy-ground, mix'd with ſmall foul
ſtones; but within two leagues of the ſhore
the depth is eight and ten fathom. The
wind generally varies from north to eaſt, and
very rarely comes to ſouth-weſt.

Jarus Fluvius, giving the name of Sirangæ

; 8 5 re Coaſting.
ſeven, eight, or nine leagues diſtance, in thirty, ths

Cape Bojador is ſo called from its running Cape Bo-
far out into the ſea, which the name imports; jador.

and has a bending, which makes a hollow or
fort of bay. The Por!rgue/e formerly durſt
not ſail any thing near it, for fear the tide,
which ſets ſtrong there, ſhould carry them

the cape. For many years that nation would
not venture beyond cape Nao, fearing they
ſhould not be able to return home; and
therefore gave it that name, to denote there
was no going beyond it: but having at laſt
ſurmounted that difficulty, they ſtuck no
leſs at cape Bojador. Giles Yanez was the
firſt of that nation, who had the courage to
paſs beyond that dreadful cape, which is by
ſome ſuppoſed to be the mount of the ſun,
of the ancients ; and by others, Ptolemy's
Arſinarium. Not far from it is the town

upon the breakings and ſhoals that are about

Bojador; and about eighty leagues eaſtward, _

up the country, begins the famous ridge of

mountains, called by geographers Atlas Ma- Mount
jor, lying between the provinces of Biledul. Atlas. |

gerid and Zuenziga, and reaching with its
tops above the clouds; whence the heathen
poets took the fiction of Atlas's bearing the
heavens on his ſhou!ders. |

6 8 Cape

[
: i
\ 4 \ :
,
1
* *
y 1
N
|
Ky
| ' |
» 1315
"4!
137
: 1
1.
F * Lin
. j 1
f
= l
FT
[1 1
1
t
11
4
Wi
il it!
-
11
61
"17
144
?
: <
i3 |
14 :
14
Ih. tis
8
* 4
„*
ia 55
; b :
4 ; l
64+
WS
1
1 {
: 7
I :
1 : :
TT; l
"20
| |
p :* l
1:39 }
4
In .
i
tz: F
* 1
17 1 3
T0 4 4
*»; £4
140 5
14
N { :
; "0
1319: 8!
2 FY i
94
|
A
T2410 7
. Ws 2
FLA {4
' I 41
N
FT |
bn © £ ;
1
Ta 4
vs + |
1
"© 1
|
i
1}
i
| [ = !
3 Y qt: i?
iz |
4 4 2
111 14
11 4 Weyl
4 \ . 4 *
[25 4K
1
| 11
$0, Ty D
; 4
* i \
ö gt
1 F
$1] |
1 y f U 4
vt - 5
1 45 T9
1
43.4" N
+ "28
|
*Fz |
%. \ tt ;
7 1 f
: 1
=,

— . .

CL

1
oy
4
N
10
13
Ay!
15
n
1 5
1
* 44
4
4”
_ TH
ip
15
iy
r
14
PR : 1
94: 0
N |
wi
Oy)
14
il
: 1
(Wy:
1
15
13
o
3864
f g
wi
5
J
y $
1 *
1
1
"YN
[1
1
+
* l
.
+
Ve x
6 I
1 *
1 K
1 ts
n
g ;
8
|
*. 5
a
7
1
. j
$
- ©
i ;

BY aw -
— — ——

1

— S — . = = 3
3 * A er nu
—— CI - — —

. P me comme a rw Era ra” > — cnm_p__—_—__———_ — - ,

PM. ey
3 ——

BARRBO Tr.

Cape Bojador lies in twenty-ſix degrees of

r gorchdlatitude, and three hundred fi fty-three

degrees fifty minutes longitude eaſt; the
current about it ſets ſouth ſouth-weſt eight

leagues.

he coaſt all along from this cape to
Angra dos Ruyvos, a large bay, about thirty-
five leagues weſt of it, is very hilly and
mountainous, but lowering as it draws nearer
to the bay, and has no place of any note be-
ſides Penba Grande, ten leagues ſouth of
me. cape:

Angra dos Ruyvos is a bay facing the weſt,
and has but three fathom water between
the two points, and two within, and con-
ſequently only capable of ſmall ſhips. Giles
Yanez, who diſcovercd it in the year 1434,
gave it the name ; becauſe he found there
abundance of the fiſh the Portugueſe call
Ruyvos, and the Engliſh gurnets. Four or
five leagues farther to the ſouthward lies
Porto de Meden : the ſhore here is flat and
barren, producing nothing but large bul-
ruſhes. On the ſouth-ſide of that bay ap-
pears a ſteep high point, which at a diſ-

tance ſhews like a fortreſs.

Fiſhes,

The ſea along this coaſt affords an in-
credible quantity of Pargues and Sardes,
two ſorts of pretty large fiſh, of an ex-
cellent taſte ; of which, in two hours time we
lay by in forty-five fathom water, we
caught above an hundred with lines and
hooks, amongſt which were alſo ſome ſea-
dogs, and another ſort of fiſh larger than
the former, called by the French captains 3

the figure whereof, and of the Pargues and

| Pars 32, Sardes, I drew, as repreſented in the print.

1.

We took notice of two ſorts of the Sardes;
the captain 1s the beſt meat of them all, be-
ing very white, firm and ſavoury : the head
of it is much like that of the French Ro-
chet-fAiſh, but not red, being of a bright

brown, and ugly to look at. I have had ſome

account of a ſort of fiſh much like this, in

ſeveral parts of the Yeft-Tndies, and in the

\

ſouth-ſea, eſpecially about the iſland Juan
Fernandes, near the coaſt of Chili; and is

call'd in thoſe parts the Snapper, being of

the ſhape of a gurnet, but much bigger,
with a great head and mouth, and large
gills and fins; the back of a deep bright
red, and its belly of a filver colour : the
ſcales as large as a ſhilling, and the fleſh
very excellent to eat; all which qualities

anſwer exactly to this captain-fiſh I have

mention'd, and am apt to believe it a ſnapper,

The inhabitants of the Canary iſlands and
of Madera, come hither with a number of
barks and ſloops yearly,to catch theſe fiſhes,

which they ſalt like Newfoundland-bank cod,

and make a great trade thereof in their iſlands.

We caught at another time abundance of
this fiſh, before a place call'd the Sette Mon-
22s, in forty fathom water, ſtony ground

=

A DescrIeTION of the

mix'd with ſmall ſhells: theſe forts of fiſh,

like the cod, keep always near the bottom

of the ſea in deep water, and require very
long lines to reach them. We made at firſt
our baits of pieces of fleſh, or of herrings
and when we had got ſome of them aboard,
us'd them, as better baits : the hooks muſt
alſo be pretty ſtrong. *Tis a very diver-
ting, but ſomewhat laborious ſport, becauſe
of the great depth of the water it muſt be
hall'd out from. „
We had alſo almoſt every day the diver-

ſion of fiſhing for doradoes, ſharks and dog-

fiſh, We commonly caught doradoes with
an harping-iron darted at them, as the

happened to ſwim near the ſhip almoſt on
the ſurface of the ocean; and for ſharks,

we us'd a long ſtout iron-hook, the bait be-

ing a large piece of ſalt pork, of which that
rapacious creature ſeemed to be very greedy,
I will not here enter upon a particular de-

ſcription of either of theſe creatures, the

dorado and the ſhark, as being now fo well
known, by molt travellers or people of any
trading; I ſhall only in general take no-
tice, that the dorado is the moſt beautiful
and nobleſt fiſh in the univerſe, when juſt
come out of the ſea, The French ſailors call
it improperly the dolphin: the name of
dorado was given it by

tranſparent gold- colour, of its ſcales about

the back; ſo wonderfully intermix'd with
ſhining, bright, ſilver, and emerald green
ſpecks, which I have endeavour'd to paint

as near nature as I was capable, in minia-
ture; and have thoſe originally by mc ſtill.
The tail and fins are of a fine gold colour,
and the belly like ſilver, when in its ele-
ment; it ſoon changes aboard, as we obſerve

the ſame ſudden alteration in the mackarcls
in Europe. The dorado ſcales in the night- |
time look of a fiery colour, the fleſh of that

beautiful fiſh is very firm, white, and of

an excellent reliſh, eſpecially broiPd on

briſk wood-coals cut in lices, about two
inches thick, and ſalted for an hour or two.
There are two ſorts of doradoes, and of ei-
ther male and female, of very different ſize
and colour: that which I drew after the life,
was a cock-dorado, near five foot long 3
which, as I was told by old travellers, is the
longeſt it grows to,

The doradoes of the American ſeas differ
from thoſe of the African, in that their head
is longer pointed, whereas thoſe of Africa
are generally flat noſed and round; and for
that reaſon, in ſome reſpect not ſo pleaſing
to the eye, This fiſh is no thicker than our
ſalmon : the other ſort varies from this,
in that the two extremities of its jaws ſtretch

a little farther out, and that the ſpecks in-

ſtead of a fine deep emerald-green, are of a

lively azure, on a gold ground, Both forts
are

the Svamards Or Dorado
Portugueſe, from the fine poliſh*d, enamell'd. .

PLATE

PLA

Weſtern Coaſts of Africa.

are very delicious, and acceptable to travel-
lers, eſpecially when not well furniſh*d with
a variety of freſh proviſions, as it often hap-
pens in a home voyage, or return from re-
mote parts of the univerſe, Mr. Cherot,

a ſurgeon of St. Malo, in an Eaſt-India voy-

age ſaw a dorado which he affirms was full
eight foot long, in the latitude of twelve de-
grees ſouth in the ſeas of Madagaſcar.

I have given ſo large an account of the

ſharks of the Guinean ſeas, in the precedent
deſcription, that I refer to it.
We caught a great quantity, on the coaſt

of Zabara, of a fort of fiſh by the French

called Chiens de Mer, or Rouſſette : they were
generally females, each big with two little
ones ſhut up in a bag, faſten'd to the fiſh, by

a pretty long ligament, through which the

twenty fathom water, and at night out to ſea, Barzor:

to forty and forty-five fathom, when the
wind was at ſouth-weſt; but when north-
eaſt, we kept at night nearer the land,
Twenty four leagues beyond Angra des
Ruyvos is the place, where in 1435, Giles
Yanez, above mention'd, found a multitude
of ſea-wolves, or ſeals, many of which
his men kill'd, and return'd home with their
ſkins; and that was the greateſt profit they
made of their voyage, thoſe being then
look'd upon as a rarity. In 1440, An-
tony Gonzales ſail'd to that ſame place, to

527

load his ſhip with thoſe ſkins. He landed

there, kilPd ſome of the natives, and took

a few. This place is near Rio do Ouro, or
the golden river.

Angra dos Cavallos is a bay ſeven leagues Angra dos
ſouth of Sette Montes; in it is ten fathom Cavallos.
water, and without it, four leagues off, fif-

little twins were nouriſh'd, by the ſubſtance
Pare 32. of their dam, as the figure repreſents it.

da

That bag was full of a gloomy yellow ſoft
matter, which I ſuppoſe was to keep and
nouriſh them till the time of being caſt out
by nature. Vl
Theſe being taken out of the bag, and
thrown into a large tub of ſea-water, did
ſwim as nimbly and ſwiftly, as if they had

been naturally brought forth at the proper

time. = 8

This obſervation may convince ſome per-
ſons, who believe that all ſorts of fiſh what:
ever are generated out of ſpawn, and

not by actual copulation, as with the quadru-
pedes: for beſides the example of this fiſh

J now inſtance, the whales, the north-

_ capers or grampuſſes, and porpoiſes, cer-

tainly procreate by actual copulation, and
bear and bring forth their . young as the
beaſts do. The ſkin of this fiſh being of
the nature of ſhagreen, is uſeful to joiners,
and other artificers, to poliſh wood, c.

We were alſo entertain*d every day during
our voyage along this coaſt of Zahara, with
the ſight of a multitude of ſmall whales,
grampuſſes, porpoiſes, and flying-fiſh ;
which are common in the ſeas betwixt the
equator and tropicks, but more eſpecially
infinite numbers of porpoiſes. |

One day we had, for ſome minutes, a large
Panapana, or hammer-fiſh, ſwimming ſo
ſlowly on the ſurface of the ocean, and ſo
very near the ſhip, that I had time enough

Prare 32. to draw its figure, as in the print. It ap-

pear'd to be near eight foot long; and at
ſome part of the coaſt of Guinea, I ſaw
another like it, ſwimming by our ſhip's ſide
at a ſmall diſtance. The figure of the head
of the Panapana I have drawn after that
which is in Greſham college in London; and
have ſeen another at a houſe near the lant-
horn tower in Kochel.

Tho? we ſail d{by this coaſt in November,
the weather was intolerably hot and heavy ;
by day we navigated towards land, till in

teen, twenty and twenty five, red ſand mix'd
with little white tranſparent ſtones. The
Portugueſe call'd it by the above name, ſig-
nifying bay of horſes, becauſe when they diſ-
cover*d,it they found nothing there but horſes.

Some leagues to the ſouthward of the Otagedo.

bay, the coaſt is hilly, and call'd Ozagedo,
that is, the rocky place, becauſe all fac'd
with rocks and ſmall iſlands next the ſhore.

We ſounded in twenty fathom water, and _

found rough pebbles, and ſtony ground.

RIO vo OUR O.

Qlxteen leagues to the ſouthward of Angra
dos Cavallos, the great river call'd Rio do
Ouro, falls into the ſea, a ſmall matter to the

northward of the tropick of Cancer; the

mouth of it lying in ſuch manner, that tho?
wide, it is not ſeen till got to the ſouthward

lying in twenty three degrees thirty minutes
of north latitude, About four leagues di-
ſtance from the mouth of this river eaſt
and weſt, we founded in twenty-ſix fathom,
large ſand, mix'd with ſhells.

of its weſtern point, call'd cape Olaredo,

About this latitude, juſt in paſſing the
tropick of Cancer, is obſerv'd an ancient

cuſtom, common to all European ſailors;
which is, that thoſe who have never been
under the tropick, are oblig'd to give the
ſhip's crew a piece of money, or ſomething
to drink, from which no man is excuſed.

If any man happens to be ſo great a miſer Pucking.

as to refuſe paying of this duty, the ſailors,
dreſſed like officers, carry him bound before
a tribunal, on which a ſeaman is ſeated in
a long robe, repreſenting a judge, who ex-

amines him, hears what he has to ſay for

himſelf, and then pronounces ſentence
which is, that he be three times duck'd in
the ſea, after this manner : The perſon con-

demned is tied faſt with a rope, and the other

end of it run through a pully at the yard-
arm, by which he is hoiſted up, and then

1
4
U
q
aF » 45
5 nas
sf ©]
,
* i
j
*
11
'
8
4
vi
/ F
.
- uh
4
1
3
I

> — -

E of 4 1

3
———

22 —

=
l TT.
*
1
1 11
poten? _
L373 55% N
h $6 i
* i |
a :
4
?
7 U o
1
j :
4
|
Ir 4 ay
; 14
7
[1 \
0 4 4
I.
. 4
Tt
11
114 x"
| TY; ;
4 }
8
T.
«ll, l
TY.
v4 >
t * 7
v5
N $1 1
1 k
a 4
\ 4
1 1
1189
nn
A Bo .
, 4
1 8
, 1 4 o
; 2 *
10
1 o
4 3 9
(1 f o
4 : : -
*FFf] \ q
' 11 i
J i
ny l
i Ms) 8
" N „
| FD _
*
vii N 50
In L
4;
: 7
l 4
bs 4 +3TY
. MN
** 1
Fa kf
'T 1
q '
A! 5
* 1
1 -
q 1 : x "(
N TY
4K] '+
« 144
| .
* 4
5 4 {tka & ray
S171: RET ff
FT . Bol
. my
k 14
* * . 4
* 1 „
19
1
N }
: 1 il 5
s 4 l 4 i
: _ 1
; * F
n 62
f x! R j
05 $
1 1
: K 4
N ; 1
7 : \
„
on. tc! ö N
: vo 4
* 1 1
4 | "Ma. g
1 *
Ny. 7 f
+ 4 {KI 1
9 64 1
"Ip þ
11
Fi 2”
* ö
| TL
14 q ,
N 1
N ' ' 1 ij:
11 5
* "18 -
on! | }
_ A! |
be» WE - +
' \ — 14
g7 ' RF
l | y
FF 11 f 1
j = 7
11
14 7
4 « 9 '
T1 |
1 N
ti
N [4 U
11
1 11
* 1 | *
NI. TY
.

7 50 2
14
1 J
4; }

” \
38
[ 7
v .
14 .
: 1
e j ls
420 /
" 2 + _
"FIT
N 1.
{ v
4 1 1
N
1 h 1
4 1 I %4
4 1 4
15 14 q a
11 1 1 .
1 0
. . ' 3 y
I 1 , 1
1 . 7
1 1 4
« * } ot
4 1 1
Mn
. f
"7 |
l 1
is "© BY
I =
5 1
ly : 7 b
i 41 +
' 1 1607
Fj 4; AN
7 [ YU i
7
l 4
i
© #1.
1 *
14 4
144 ' .
"5 4: 208
k 1
1 i "#5 t
. ! #5
*
1 ' t *
p "7: 1
* at N
* 1 £ +
o D
1 + b 1
— +85 7 Fa ;
$ 4 \
' 414 7
£ % «
1 8
; wh © l
: 1 a *
"IS + $ z
y : is |
£ 1 N
; p48
1 1
[ | 5
kt f ;
F+1 R t
4 f
+ f q
4 1
4 1 1
: 39
- 1
0:7 1
3 «6
1 1
- 4 1
1 ff
4, 41 "y
# 4 1 1
9 7549 :
is *.
* I ",
1 * 0
1 I.
15 \ Vin! !
1 = \ 18
SLES 17
7
7 1 1 1 :
vu. 6 +260
' þ d '
4 f
.
1117 '
1 3 k
. .. „
0 7
+ | [1 4
\ 4 ky 0
t- i + 3
3 8 ** boy |
4;4. 1 30M $i
4 bs ; *. .
14 F |
138) Fa
| - ' ?
+ 1
1
q '
43 1 * i
1 WM
N
1 F | t
14. 9
*
* 4 F _
- - p *
; 1
4 1 ,
8 k TRL
*%. 5
Ft
13: 43438
Fi 7 47
1
1 1
111
4
1 f
1160
1
11.18 0
4
4 - -
1 **
17a
- EE
5.
3 (gd
4:
*
:
*
J.
in
* M4 o \
A 1 +
£4
1 Oh 8
4 77
+ FL .
4x6 : |
7 11
1
12 .
WEE -.-
1 '
14 n 1 + 5
of .
.
/ 6
N 14
3 i 4 þ
. ! 1 f
41 18
l t
. 1
Br 2
| |
18
*
| TIM
i! l
if; =
!
14
*
3
' >
9

1.

2 es *

» p 2 ä—— > —— — —

528

BaRBOT.

KAY

Mouth of
Rio do
Ouro.

Ancient

game.

Firſt Afri-
can gold.

let run amain three times under water. It is
ſeldom that ſome one fails to give the com-
pany this diverſion. The ſame is practiſed
wich the utmoſt rigor in paſſing the line.
The mouth of Rio do Ouro is three leagues
broad, moſtly choak'd up with a bank of
ſand two leagues broad, and running along
from the weſterly point to ſouth-eaſt almoſt
three leagues, towards the eaſtern ſhore of

the river, leaving only. a channel about a

muſket-ſhot wide, and eighteen fathom deep,
between the main land and the point of the
ſand. This bank at high flood has but two
fathom and a half water, Within the river
there is twelve fathom, near the ſouth-weſt

point of a long iſland, lying near the weſ-
tern ſnore; which is a peninſula, reaching

within five or ſix leagues of Seite Montes, the

river keeping a broad channel for near

thirty leagues up fouth-weſt and north-eaſt ;
and thus with the ſea forming the ſaid pen-
inſula of the coaſt of Angra dos Cavallos

and Otagedo.

The iſland above mention'd is four leagues
long, and one in breadth, Two leagues
above the iſland is the anchoring-place, in
twenty fathom water. The channel of
the river narrows gradually farther up the
country. |

This river in ancient geography is call'd

Opbiodus Fluvius, and the people inhabiting.

the country on the ſouth ſide of it Rhabii.
Antony Gonſalez, above ſpoke of, returning
in 1442, to the place where he had two
years before taken away ſome of the natives,
which was near this river do Ouro, or of
gold, exchang'd theſe perſons for ſome
Guinea ſlaves, and a parcel of gold-duſt of
Tibar, which was the firſt gold ever carried
from that part of Africa into Portugal. He
therefore believing, that either the country,
or the river which runs through it, afforded

much gold, gave 1t the name of the gold-

Dejart
Fountry.

river; which encourag'd the Portugueſe to
proceed farther, in ſearch of this metal.
From cape Bojador to Rio do Ouro, we
obferv'd the oak in many places to be all
high cliffs, ſome grey, others whitiſh, and
the country, as far as we could diſcern from
our top- maſt heads, barren, dry, ſcorch'd,

and red fandy ground, overgrown with

ſhrubs and reeds, but could neither fee men,
houſes, nor beaſts, in all that tract of land.

Some leagues to the ſouthward of the
gold-river, are the ports of Medaos and
Praya, the latter of which 1s a reaſonable
large bay, with a bar before it, where the
ſhips, deſigned for the fiſhery, generally
anchor. Moſt of our modern geographers
make the coaſt of Nzzritia to commence at
Rio do Ouro. |

A very modern author names the Jand
from Kio do Ouro northward towards cape
Bojador,the country of Ludaya or the Ludayos,
ſaid to contain fourſcore thouſand fighting

A DESCRIPTION of the

men, bordering to the ſouthward on the
Dullim and Deveches Arabs, eaſtward on the
Ned Arramena Arabs ;, the Dervis Arabs
northwards, and the Barbas Arabs towards
the north-eaſt.

Angra de Gonzalo de Cintra, a large bay Zankags 1
ſo call'd from its firſt diſcoverer, in the proviz;,

year 1445, lies about fifteen leagues ſouth-
weſt by ſouth from Rio do Ouro. In former
ages the French uſed to reſort thither to buy
gold of the native Arabs, The anchoring
in the midſt of the bay is in ſeven or eight
fathom. The coaſt from Rio do Ouro to it
is all hills, cover'd with coarſe ſand ; the
depth all along, at about a league from the
land, is eighteen fathom. This is the pro-
vince of Zanbaga. |

We had once good ſport at catching of
Pargues and Sardes, forts of fiſh before
ſpoken of, without this bay, in thirty fa-
thom water; the bottom a muddy ſand,
which is the right ground for that ſort of
fiſh.

From this bay of Gorzalo de Cintra, to
Cabo das Barbas, in the province of Gualata,

and in twenty-two degrees twenty minutes

of north latitude, the coaſt is very high,
and therefore by the Portigueſe call'd Terrg
alta, forming at the cape the bay of St. Cy-
prian, by ſome call'd Angra do Cavalleiro, or
the knight's bay, being eighteen leagues
ſouth-weſt by ſouth of Angra de Gonzalo. In
ancient geography it is call'd Nauius Flavius,
which ſuppoſes a river to fall into the bay ;
and the people inhabiting the country about
the bay, were named Macoces, as far as the
river of S. John to the ſouthward,

Cloſe by the bay of Sr. Cyprian the coaſt Cate du
winds about to north-weſt for near three Barbe:
leagues, forming the cape das Barbas at the

extremity of it, being a low table-head, and
the land from it to cape Carvoeiro much the
ſame. About ſix leagues from the cape
there 1s forty-five fathom water, grey ſand.

The coaſt there turns flat to ſouth ſouth-weſt

for eighteen leagues to cape Carvoeiro, fronts
ed all the way by a long bank of ſand, com-
mencing at cape das Barbas, and growing
larger and larger, till it comes to cape Car-
voeiro, where it extends almoſt ſix leagues out
to ſea in breadth, and ſo continues along the
coaſt to the weſt of cape Branco, fifteen
leagues diſtant, directly ſouth from the

former. The Portugueſe ſay this great bank

is left dry at low water,

Cape Carvoeiro is in twenty-one degrees caps Car-
forty two minutes of north latitude. About vociro.

fourteen or fifteen leagues to the weſtward of
it, we find forty-five fathom water, unſound
ground of pebbles and ſtones.

I have annex'd an exact draught of the Pra I

proſpect of the coaſt of Gualata, from cape das

Barbas to cape Carvoeiro, that coaſt ſtretching |

from north-eaſt by north, to ſourn-weſt by

ſouth. At about the middle of thai ag
| [+>

dr. An

Weſtern Coaſts of Africa.

lies a long narrow iſland, call'd Pedro da
Galla, which looks ſwarthy at a diſtance,
and cannot well be approach'd nearer than
two leagues, becauſe of the great bank
above mentioned, which lies out at ſea be-
fore it.

Two leagues north north-eaſt from cape
Carvoeiro, is a hill call'd the little mount
of Sanſania; and to the ſouthward of that
cape are ſeveral little rocks out at ſea,
ſtanding in a ring, call'd Seite Pedras, or
the ſeven rocks: and as far again to the ſouth-
ward, 1s the iſland Lobos, or of wolves, as
near to cape Branco. Some leagues up the
inland is the great hill, calPd Monte de
Areia, or the ſand mountain.

Cape B R A N c o.

Branco, ſo named from a white ſandy

poſite ſhore, the depth is from twelve to
ten, nine and eight fathom, to the point of
the ſaid cape. Some leagues to the north-
ward is a rock above water. The cape is in
twenty degrees three minutes of north lati-
tude ; the current ſouth-weſt by ſouth four
leagues. Ancient geographers call'd it Sol-
Denia extrema.

Digreſſion from the direct courſe.

Shall here interrupt the courle of naviga-

tion from cape Branco to Senega-river, as

uſually practiſed, ſteering from this cape

weſt of the great bank Secca da Gracia; that

I may give ſome account of the coaſts of

Arguim and Anterote, to compleat the de-

{cription of this country, tho' now very

little frequented by Europeans, ſince the de-

d moliſhing of the caſtle of Arguim in 1678.

] It is to be obſerv*d, that the coaſting trade

to Arguim will be more conveniently carri-d

on in ſmall ſhips than tall ones, becauſe of
the ſhallowneſs of the water on that coaſt.

cover'd by Nunho Triſtan, and Antony Gonſalcz,

turns away ſhort to eaſt, forming a bay
cloſe by it, which faces the ſouth, and be-
fore it is nine and ten fathom water. From
that bay the land bends to the north-eaſt
five leagues, and then again on a ſudden
turns to ſouth ſouth-eaſt four leagues, form-
ing a large bay, call'd Angra de Santa Anna,
the bottom whereof is call'd Culata, where
is good anchoring at two places, in four, five
and ſix fathom, as is another near the cape's
bay, in three and four fathom 3 and in the
channel to it from cape Branco ſeven, eight
and ten fathom ; rather keeping along the
ſhore of the cape than the oppoſite point
of the great ſand-bank, call'd by the Por-
lugueſe, as has been ſaid, Secca da Gracia,
and by the French Banc d' Eſtein, which
.

BkEtween the road that lies weſt from cape

point, ſhooting out into the ſea to the op-

Cape Branco, or white cape, was firſt diſ-

in the year 1440. From this cape the land

929

runs twenty ſix leagues from north-weſt to Barzor.

ſouth-eaſt, being almoſt oval; and there, WWW

as well as at another little round bank a few
leagues eaſt ſouth-eaſt of it, over againſt

St. Fobn's river, in the kingdom of Genehoa,

the Moors carry on their fiſhery. The north :
point of the bank 1s about a league and a

halt diſtant from cape Branco, leaving a con-
venient channel, which leads to the ſouth-

ealt coaſt of Arguim. The variation at cape

Branco is four degrees eaſt.

At the ſouth-eaſt end of $S!. Aune's bay Iſandi.
are two ſmall iſlands, at a little diſtance
from the coaſt; the moſt northerly call'd
Ilha da Pedra, the other Ilha Branca, or
White iſland, from its white ſandy beach.
Eaſt ſouth-eaſt of them is good anchoring
in five fathom water, the place therefore
call'qSurgidouro, that is, the anchoring-place.
Beyond this again is another iſland, call'd
Iba dos Couros, or leather-iſland, ſomewhat
to the weſtward of Rio Para Bateis, When
cape Branco bears ſouth-eaſt by ſouth, diſ-
tant eight leagues, there appears at ſouth-
eaſt, about five leagues off, a ſteep white
ſhore, ſtretching ſtrait along, and before it
thirty-five fathom, grey ground.

From the weſt point of the river Para
Bateis to Ponta Bateis, being the weſtern
head of the bay of Arguim, the land tends

weſt north-weſt and eaſt ſouth-eaſt about

five leagues. |
The tide about cape Branco runs along the
above-mention'd coaſts to the bay of Arguim,
and the channel betwixt that ſhore and the
oppoſite ſoutherly banks has nine, ten,

ſeven, five, ſix, five, ſeven, ſix, four, three,

and three and a half fathom water ; as far as
Ilba Branca, and thence to Ponta Bateis, three
and three and a half ar moſt, with good an-
chorage on the ſouth ſide of Ilha das Garzas,
or the iſland of herons, lying in the midſt
of the opening of the bay of Arguim.

ARGuIM bay and iſlands.

T was diſcover'd in the year 1440, by the $144;
above mention*d Triſtan Vaz, and Anto- from

ny Gonſalez, together with the iſlands des thence
Garzas and Adeget. In 1444, a ſmall com-
pany was erected in Portugal, paying an
acknowledgment to the prince, to trade to
thoſe parts newly diſcover*d ; who ſent fix
caravels to the iſles of Argzim, which took
there two hundred ſlaves, that turn'd to
good profit in Portugal. |

The bay is two leagues wide, and three fand
in depth to the northward, there being three
other little iſlands, north of that das Garzas,
which all bear the ſame name of iſles of he-
rons, from the great number of thoſe birds
breeding there. Theſe and the abovemen-
tion'd iſlands, between the bay of St. Anne
and that of Arguim, being ſeven in number,
two whereof call'd Nar and Fider, have not

6 T been

——

— —

r
———

— 2 — 8 22 -4
5" * — — — 3 — —
— — — — -
— — — — £ - : | -
- — — — cer n 1 Þ -4 : < — 2 if * a» =
K — _— - _ \ — — ——— == = 3 3 2 * 2 3
3 S 2 — — OO. — — — — — . _ — a p 2 * = I : -- l N
- : — — - . — * — — . =_ - A 1 = — - = — - 1 TT
= ——_— —I—— — 5 ” wa SF: — — — I r
— — — — * = 9 * C 7 7 4 — — 2 - -
TE > — For 2 2 — — Mt — 4 2 r 2 3-86 * . 2 = : — NN I 7, a 5 5 - - -
8 — - 7 27 — > 7 LIFE * > r . LIT ' 72 2 — — — 3 bt \ — 3 ** 8 2
- OW" 23 l : p — - $ — 2 * 5 => . ; =_ - 8 2
— . D 232 — > hs . . , — —
ID < . = Is
-- - _ - o —_— = - - —

—

- — hon — — .

. —*— —
a 3

— 1 o on
— 2 — — —
+ — — — — " ._ _ — 4
- + : * * * —

0
——— x — —— cn Zoe
5 — 2 * 9

OS NB — ů ů*— — — — — —
. = +

530

take it

5 nw tr
» * D

BarBor. been yet ſpoken of, now commonly go un-
der the general name of iſles of Arguim.

They were formerly long poſſeſſed by the

Portugueſe, who to ſecure their trade, and
keep them in ſubjection, in the year 1441,
by order of their king Alfonſo the fifth,
built a ſtone fort on the chiefeſt of them,
on a commanding point, and about four
hundred twenty-five foot in compaſs, with
all neceſſary accommodation; but the Dutch

Dutch with three ſhips of war, fitted out by their

take the

> Weſt India company, and the aſſiſtance of

ortu- .

gueſe fort. ſome of the prime Moors, drove them out
of it in the year 1633.

The Dutch being maſters of the fort,
added new works to it on the ſea- ſide, and
kept it till the year 1678, when the French

The Senega company took it from them, with
French only one hundred and twenty men, in three
ſhips; and having carry*d off a conſiderable
booty of gum-Arabict, ſlaves and other
goods, laid it level with the ground, to
oblige the Moors of the adjacent parts, to
repair with their gum, ſlaves and oſtrich
feathers, the principal commodities of that
country, to their factory at Senega; where-
as they uſed to ſell them to the Dutch at
Arguim, which was a prejudice to the French.

from them.

The natives and Arabs have fo far comply'd

in that point, that the factory at Senega,
ever ſince gets two hundred tons of gum- 4-
rabick, and would have a much greater quan-
tity, were it not that the Dutch Weſt-India
company lends every year a ſhip to the
coaſt of Arguim and adjacent parts, and
particularly to the bay of Penha, a port a-
bout forty-five leagues to the northward of
Senega, of which more hereafter, to barter
with the Moors for gum Arabick, and by

that means leſſens the trade of the French.
In the year 1685, the Brandenburgh A-

Branden- frican company ſettled a factory at A-

burghers au1m, by conſent of the Caboceiros or chiets
A r

guim. of the country, ſeeing the French had blown

up the fort above mention'd, and carry'd
away with them the cannon, ammunition,
merchandize, and all other things they
found therein; inſomuch that they left nei-
ther lodge nor houſe or cabbin, nor any
body whatever belonging to France. The
Brandenburghers taking it for a total aban-
doning of the fort, rebuilt it out of its
ruins, and gariſoned it, to fecure their own
people and trade. The French Senega com-
pany, finding their gum- Arabic trade
leſſen'd by this new ſettlement, pleaded a
property thereof at the French court, as be-
ing their conqueſt and within the bounds of
their conceſſions; and did ſo much inſiſt
upon their ſuppoſed right, that the French
plenipotentiaries at the conferences for peace,
at Ryſwick in 1697, preſented a memorial
to the mediators on that head ; which was
ſo fully anſwer*d by another memorial from

4 DESCRIPTION of the

Meſſ. Schmettau and Danckelman, embaſſa-
dors of his late electoral highneſs of Bran-
denburgh at the Hague, that it was found,
the French had forfeited their right to the
country and fort of Arguim, by their for-
ſaking it totally and entirely, as is above
obſerv'd; and the property thereof devolv'd
to the Brandenburgbers, by rebuilding it fo
many years after, Thus they poſſeſs it quiet-
ly to this preſent time, according to the
law of nations. This account is inſerted
in the book publiſh'd of the conferences
for peace, held at Ry/wick anno 1697.

I have not been able to hear, whether
the Hollanders, ſince this poſſeſſion taken at
Arguim, and the French, do ſtill trade there
for gums, Cc. |

It is reported that the Portugueſe fort at
Arguim was in former ages poſſeſſed by a
Mooriſh nation, call'd Schek Arabs, who
drove a trade there and apply'd themſelves _.
to fiſhing ; and that the French in thoſe Be
days uſed to ſend ſome ſhips thither, in
January and February, to catch ſharks, on
the coaſt betwixt Arguim and St. John's ri-
ver, about twenty leagues to the ſouth-
ward, which they dry'd in the ſun aſhore,
and boiled the livers freſh, to extract lamp-
oil, whereof they carry'd home conſidera-
ble quantities. 5
The inhabitants of the Canary iſlands,
and the Portugueſe, ſtill repair thither to fiſh,
as they do along the coaſts of Zenegues,
Zanhaga, Gualata, and on the bank Secce
da Gracia, which laſt is the chief ſtation.
They take Pargues and Sardes, which they
cure and uſe at home inſtead of other falt-
fin.

The Portugueſe trade conſiſted in wool- Porty
len and linnen cloth, wrought ſilver, coarſe gueſe
tapiſtry, and moſt of all in corn, which mie
vicded a conſiderable profit, with the wan-
dring wild Arabs and Moors; bartering for
flaves, gold, oftrich feathers, and Barbary
horſes, for one of which they had twelve
or fifteen ſlaves in Nigr1tia,

On the eaſt point of the bay of Arguim is
a hill, on the top whereof the Moors, when

they diſcover a fail ſtanding in, uſe to

make a fire, as a ſignal to deſire the failors
to ſtay and trade with them. :

At the ſouth part of the great iſle of Ar.
guim, is a ſalt pond, which affords a great
quantity of ſalt, but mix'd with' much ſand.

The country about the iſlands is low and
barren. The natives have ſo little fuel, that
the Portugueſe garriſon formerly was oblig'd
to fetch it from fix leagues diſtance up the
inland, to the ſouthward,

The ſlaves the French took from the Dutch,
in the caſtle of Arguim, being there put a- . fernt
board a ſmall ſhip, to the number of one pzce..
hundred and twenty, all luſty people of both
ſexes, for Santo Domingo in Ainerica, hu ing

pri vate. y

Salt.

Arguir

ig

Toh

barb

Maeſtern Coaſts of Africa.
privately provided themſelves with pieces of
iron, and ſuch other weapons as they could,

531

The famous town of Hoden, of which more BAR ROr.

hereafter, lies on the north- ſide of St. John's * Ad ws

berate
ed.

on a ſudden aſſaulted the few French there

were aboard, whilſt ſome of them were

aſleep 3 but not being able to force the cap-

tain and ſome others, who had ſhut them

ſelves up 1n the forecaſtle and great cabbin,
whence they made a terrible fire on them
with their muſkets; and ſeeing ſeveral of
their companions kilPd, forty of the moſt
obſtinate of them, men and women, leap'd
into the ſea together, where turning on their
backs, they calPd to the French to obſerve
them, and holding their mouths quite open,
ſwallow'd down the ſea-water, without
moving arms or legs, till they were drown'd,
to ſhow their intrepidity and little concern
for death,

\rzuim, » Argliim is a kingdom of it ſelf, in the coun-

indem.

Toha
harbour.

try of Gualata, by many calPd Anterote;

which name is alſo ſometimes communi-

cated to the ſeven iſlands above mention'd.

The river of ST, Jo x.
'F E coaſt from the bay of Arguim to Rio

de San Foao, or St. John's river, runs

north and ſouth, twenty leagues indifferent
high; only five leagues from Arguim may

be ſcen at a great diſtance the high mount
Medaon, oppoſite to which weſtward, about
two leagues diſtant, lies IIa de Sarpo, a
ſmall iſland. The channel along the ſhore
from Arguim to it, is three fathom deep near
the land; and from the above iſland, be-
twixt it and the ſand-bank commencing three
leagues to the ſouthward, and advancing in a
ſemi-oval figure, above four leagues to the
weſtward, and near to the iſland Branguinha,
in nineteen degrees thirty minutes north la-
titude, the depth is four, ſix, five, four,

three, and two fathom, coaſting the bank,
which leaves a paſſage of two and three fa-

thom water between it ſelf and the iſland
Branquinha : but the other channel, welt of

this iſland, is five, four, and three fathom
deep. The bank ſhows it ſelf at low wa-

ter, and ſtretches from the laſt mention'd
iſland ſouth-eaſt, to a hill call'd Medaon

grande do Tigre, lying a league or more to

the northward of St. John's river. The
ſpace of ground betwixt the faid river and
the mount is all falt-pits. The channel from
Branquinha to the river, coaſting the ſkirts
of the bank, has three, and two and a half
kathom water.

St. John's river, in ancient geography,
is call'd Maja Fluvius, and the people from
it to Senega- river, Mandori Nigritæ. At the

mouth of it, which is two leagues wide, is
the good harbour Tofia, and in the midſt of

it is an oval iſland; about which there is
two fathom water. On the ſouth point of
this river the natives have a large ſalt- pit,
extending eaſtward to Porto San Joao.

river, five or ſix days journey to the eaſtward.

The people of Senega ſay, they paſs from
their river into that of St. hu, through the
other call'd dos Maringoins, being a branch
of the Senzga. As a proof thereof, they al-
ledge, that the waters of the river dos Ma-
ringoins are ſomewhat brackiſh, which they
pretend proceeds from their mixing with
thoſe of St. John's river in the north, tho?
ſeventy leagues from the ſea: and the more
to enforce it, they affirm there is no other
river between the Senega and that of St.

John.

Rio dos Maringoins riſes not far from it, Marin-
goins
river.

and runs thence acroſs the country of Ge-
neboa, from north to ſouth, with many
windings, into Senega river. There are abun-
dance of towns and villages on both ſides of
It, among which the moſt remarkable are
Samba, Lamech, and Ringuilion; near its
head and to the ſouthward nde Febe, Ye-

be, Goleren, Walaide, Porrie, Pateſan, Kil-

len, Sapaterre, Kocko, and Genebod.
Beyond the ſalt-pits of St. 7obz is a bay,
ſouth of which are four ſmall hills on the

coaſt, call'd Medaos de Santa Anna, a league

or better to the northward of a place, call'd
Porto de Framengo, or the Fleming's port;
which is a bay of good anchoring, in four
and five fathom water, ſeven leagues ſouth
of St. John's river. About two leagues
weſtward, out at ſea, lies an oval bank of
ſand, on which the ſea breaks; and without
it weſtward, there is five and ſix fathom water.

town.

Cabo Darco is the north point of the bay; p,,;

by the Portugueſe call'd Porto de Reſgate, Darco.

where is anchoring on three fathom water:
the ſoutherly point of this bay lies two

leagues and a half ſouth of cape Darco, which
I ſuppoſe had that name from its exact form

of a ſemi-circle; the bay is the mouth of
this port, the depth four and five fathom.
Some leagues ſouth of Reſgate, appear the
hills calPd Sette Montes, being pretty high
land; and fo along the ſhore the coaſt is full
of hillocks. From the Selle Montes to Ar-

moroto, is about four leagues ſouth ; and

from that to Penha or Roſalgate, three
leagues ſtill to ſouthward. The French reckon
Penha to be diſtant from their factory, (in
the iſland of Sz. Lewis in Senega-river) forty-
five leagues north. #

Penha is a fort of bay; the anchorage
within a bank that lies before it. Hither
the Dutch reſort every year with a ſhip;
trading at this coaſt irom port to port, to

purchaſe gums, oſtrich feathers, Sc. in ex-

change for their goods, with the Moors of
Genehoa ; which the French can hardly hin-
der from that diſtance. 5 —
Here I conclude the courſe of navigation,
for the coaſting trade from cape Branco to
this

— = AD —
Oe — —
2 —

.

— — * * —
25 — 3 = lhe 5-5 ”

— Co = — -
—c ES AS EN ns a

=
. 2 —
— <> 04s — PR — AP. mon
— a _
— — 4 - — —
® — — : _— =
2 * 2 * = — —
COR RTE CTC... — —
— — Ee Se. = —— . A 7
—— — _—— * p- — . — CESS . ___— ws * — ——
. G 20 — py, ew, *. — . >
rr AT CL I . ELD: REIT. FRB Ez oO
g : = 2 =
— * : l

MCLE 7 . — an — = —_—_ ne” 5 —_ — — —
> ——ů—— — —— CIS — ;

Va 7 .

_—

— —

—

— —

7 5
i» ak
pi 4 i
, N WY
\ ow
' SAS NT
i a1 N
AC
} l
46.6
» 21
b
. l
=
' 1
| l ;
, . =
4 a" WE
*%
"
1 * :
14 q
: „
1 |
' *
þ 17
0 q N
* ' G 4
4»
i *1 p U
i} p
*
4
4 e
T”
9 1
"1 DF |
*
JF © 1
.. %
* ——
[i «th .
1. ; -
*
o -
SIT
*
is 43. E
rf *
1
1 i
g .
11 $4
2 11
Fe? |
: Jy
| :
| 7 =
| 5
; 1: $25 \
) 1
{ ': „
] = 4 þ
1
1 k 4 2
5.
h *
115
ll
1 i N
n * 2
4 Yo
' F
**
T1 1
1 ' 148 * *
0
153 BIS 5
. 101). TH
11 1 181
1 N i; T4 +
+ "1 1
i
j : +5 l
£51 - BREE is
11
4 7.
1 +&1)
I
5 Y ]
| '
1 7M
„ | *
1t 1 p
.
- 1:44
I 7
CO by. l
1
.
: 1 i
159.
94 ,
1 N..
'T : 1
? *
1
| 1
, 1
. 1 :
x 0 i»
- N 1
1 1 1
"US | þ
* 5 q
1 1
: G
? }
1 *
p*
' N i
, * 1
» 0
” "TY
* $18 1
Me : H&5: i
$77 & BY 7 4
' 1 1
15 "4 i
LE i%#6«%
: ' h
*
8 4 N%; Fg
* 4 Fo
* x iis
" 17
1 1 ©
T 8 A
1 . 8
R + 1 * wn
4 :
a þ ?
' 16
0:3;
[ 1088
v C 1 7
q Y F *
" oi
13 14%
£ U 1 N R
15 q | { N *
0 1A
5 * Fr, 'F
1 11
\ L .
1 þ
|} 5
N 111
5 $5 .
KILN ?
U 7 8 7
{ = Sa
| l
:
: 1
Hy N
T7314 J
N
It's 4.
$
1
FT 10
1 ia
11
1 ö
vi 1
: f,
/ 4
1 .
[
It j
1 *
:
? W. 4
'S ,-
17 F
' 7
EC + 1
11
Fr
FF | ,
+ |
' )
* Al
4 T3
4L "© 4 *
: i!
*1 | 8;
: J.
* .
#Y
| IB
«£& 25
þ i?
1 * Cy 4
TFH 1
1 1 4
1
It } ?
4 \
— ö $ f
. „
N 13, 'F
Ft ©
£ ?
1 1
i 4
1 1 |
i } ;
14
' } .
i
14 1
19 Y
n
: 1
4
{8
: 1
| 11
1
11
f
j |
1
' ,

1 a N
|? : f
mnt
1
17 3
18
1
1 8 *
4 i
"EIS 0
1 1
14
| 8 ,
:

1
|
1
i
[|
|
1
f
[
J

= — ooafn rt oro wr imme wth odects

3

$32

A Des crIPTION of the

Barzor. this place of Penba; and will now reſume
tee direct courſe we uſed, from cape Branco

PLATE 19,

to Senega-road,
Return to the courſe of the VOYAGE.

F ROM about the latitude of cape Branco,

being twenty degrees thirty minutes, as
has been obſerv'd, we ſet our courſe ſouth
and ſouth by weſt, till in ſeventeen degrees
forty minutes, and then ſouth-eaſt. In this
latitude we ſaw paſſing by the ſhip's-ſide
a fiſh of an odd figure, but prodigious large
and black, of the ſhape and form of a thorn-
back, as repreſented in the print ; differ-
ing in this, that it has two fleſhy horns ſhoot-
ing out at the head, which we judg'd to
be above thirty foot in compaſs. Our fai-
lors give it the name of the ſea- devil; it is
a gameſome fiſh, and we obſery'd it once

took a leap pretty high, and falling down

again, tumbled over and over with great

force, making a mighty noiſe 3; by which
motion we obſerv'd, that it's under- ſide or

belly was as white as the back was deep-

black; and that it had as large a mouth, in
wi: MTN to it's bulk, as our rays or thorn-
bac

ways attended by three little fiſhes, about
nine inches long, of the figure as in the
print, ſtriped all round with white and black
almoſt of an equal breadth and largeneſs,
which renders them very beautiful and re-
markable; our French ſailors call them the pi-
lots of the devil of the ſea, Thoſe ſmall
fiſhes, as is ſuppos'd, guide this monſtrous
animal, and prick him as ſoon as they ſpy
ſome fiſh near; at which this enormous fiſh
launches away very ſwiftly. Commonly
thoſe little pilots keep playing about his
head, and chiefly betwixt his horns, and
ſometimes under his ſtomach, This J/hipray
had a tail four yards long at leaſt, *Tis a
very ſtrong fiſh, by what I could obſerve
of its gameſome motions and leapings. Soon

after that fiſh was gone, we were in thirty-

fix, and at night in thirty-five fathom wa-
ter, black ſand and mud, about four leagues
from the land of Genehoa ; exactly weſt of
Penha, or Roſalgate before- mentioned.

In the day-time we ſet the head ſouth
from this latitude; and at night ſouth ſouth-
welt, ſounding every two hours. The next
day we found our ſelves on a ſudden fallen
into ſeventeen fathom fine ſandy ground,

which caus'd us to lie by for a while; and

found by the ſight we had of land imme-
diately, about three leagues at eaſt ſouth-
eaſt, that we were got on the bank of ſand,
which 1s eighteen leagues to the northward
of Senega-road; and exactly weſt of Ga-
nar, and of Petit-Palmit: the former a vil-
lage, the latter a remarkable palm- tree ap-
pearing on the downy-ſhore, ſo named by
the French; and by the Dutch Maſt-Boom,
which uſually ſerves as a land-mark to ſteer

s. This ſea-devil, or Whipray, is al-

into the road aforeſaid, at one league and a

half diſtance from land, without croudino

: 2 0 8
much ſail, for fear of overſhooting the Se-
nega- road: the tide from about cape
Branco to that river, in the ſummer ſeaſon,
ſetting very ſwift to ſouth ſouth-weſt, and
ſometimes to ſouth-weſt, and the wind north

north-eaſt and north-eaſt, always a briſk gale.

Other French ſhips bound to Senega keep
their courſe from cape Branco, on the ſkirts
of the great bank Secca da Gracia, as near
it as is convenient; and being paſs'd the
ſouth- end of it, let go freely to ſouth-eaſt,
for the bay of Anterote or cape de Terem,
or de Arenas, lying north of the ſaid bay,
and about nine leagues to the ſouthward of
Penba before mention'd. In order to ob—
ſerve the other noted land-mark, for know-
ing of this coaſt well, which 1s a great palm.
tree appearing to the northward of the little
palm- tree about ſix leagues diſtance, and
for greater ſurety, they anchor in ſight of
the coaſt at night, if they cannot reach the
road by day. Betwixt Ganar and Senega-
road, there is no village on the ſhore.

The coaſt of Genehoa is cover'd all along

with fandy-downs, like the North-Holland juin.

coaſt, on which ſtand many trees ſtraggling
from each other; and about ſix leagues
north of the point of Geneboa, which the

vulgar French 1mproperly call Pointe de

Barbarie, the coaſt is edg*d all along with
a very white ſandy beach, on which the

| ſea breaks violently, becauſe of the conti-

nual freſh, and frequent hard gales of nor-
therly winds which blow along it, and the
rapid tide. Behind the downs that frame
the coaſt, the land ſhews woody, eſpecially

as we approach to the factory.

This point is by the river of Senega, an
the ocean, reduced into a peninſula; and ſo
narrow for ſeveral leagues to northward,
that as we ſail by, being paſt a thick tuft
of trees ſtanding cok together on the downs,
five leagues north of the ſaid point, about
two Engliſh miles from the breakings, which
are extremely violent all over this coaſt of
Genehoa : but more particularly, the nearer
we approach to the road, we have preſently
a ſight of the five turrets of the French fac-
tory on the iſland of Sz, Lewis, lying within
Senega-river, four or five leagues ; on one
of which, the French diſplay the white ſtan-
dard, when they have any ſhips in ſight
from over the downs.

The coaſt, notwithſtanding the violent
breakings on the white ſand-beach that bor-

ders it, is ſo ſafe, that any ſhips may boldly

ſail by at half a league diſtance out at fea ;

and thus paſſing by the factory with our p,,,ch
colours out, firing a gun, and lowering our fadtory

topſails for a ſignal, we anchor'd at night
four leagues and a half to the ſouthward,

exactly welt of the bar of Senega-river, in

eight

Confine

Dryne/

Rive;

Dviſe

nch
ory.

Weſtern Coaſts of Africa. 633

eight fathom water, clay ground, ſound an-

chorage, and the moſt convenient, for ſend-
ing boats in and out of the ſaid river.
The French company's ſhips bound to
Goeree, uſually keep this ſame courſe of na-
vigation, and ſtop here for orders or in-
ſtructions. But thoſe whoſe buſineſs is for

Gamboa, Sierra Leona, and the Gold Coaſt,

Confines,

Fila or Calabar, ſteer from the latitude of
cape Branco, to the ſouthward directly, to
thoſe reſpective places, as I ſhall hereafter ob-
ſerve in particular. 5

Here follows a ſhort geographical account
of the countries lying along the great ocean,
from cape Bojador to Senegas river.

Of Z AHAR A, or the Deſart.
HAT ſpacious tract of land call'd Za-

hara, Zaahara, Zara or Sarn, by the
Arabs, that is, the deſart, becauſe it is fo
thinly peopled 3 was in former ages com-
prehended in Old Lybia, as part of Gelulia
and the Garamantes, |
It lies betwixt twelve and twenty-ſeven
degrees thirty minutes latitude ; and from
the fourth to the fifty- ſixth degree of lon-
gitude: and conſequently nine hundred and
fifty leagues in length from eaſt to welt ;
and forty, fixty, a hundred, or two hun-

dred and fifty leagues in breadth, according

to ſeveral places. 8

On the north of it is Biledulgerid, or the
country of dates; Nubia on the eaſt, Mi-
gritia on the ſouth, and the Alantick ocean
on the weſt. 1

It is much leſs cultivated and inhabited
than Biledulgerid; but the air is reckoned
wholeſome, notwithſtanding the violent heat

of the ſun. All the wealth of its inhabitants

Dyneſß.

Rivers,

Diviſſon.

conſiſts in camels and dromedaries. In ſome
places they may travel two hundred leagues
without finding any water. The natives
have dry large wells on the roads, but at
ſuch great diſtances that people often die
with thirſt ; and ſometimes thoſe wells are
choak'd or bury'd with the ſand, which
the ſtormy winds often blow up ſo as to
bury travellers.

There are only three rivers of any note in
all this vaſt country. That of Nubia, which
having run through the deſarts of Lempta
and Bor no, ſinks under ground; that of Ghir,

running into the deſart of Zuenziga 3 and

that of Cavallos, or horſes, riſing in and run-
ning through the deſart of Zanbaga, and
falling into the ocean, divided into two
branches. —

This great tract of land is commonly di-

vided into ſeven principal parts or provinces,

each of them taking its name from the chief

town. To the eaſtward are Borno, Gaoga

and Berdoa, all of them formerly kingdoms.

From eaſt to weſt lie Lempta, Targa, Zuen-

ziga, and Senega or Zanbaga. Thele are
Vot. V.

ſubdivided into deſarts, each of which has Banzor:
its peculiar name. 1 2

The ancient African inhabitants are a 2453.
brutiſh ſavage people, and great thieves; tants.
and the Arabs intermix'd among them, not
much better. The more civiliz'd fort live
in towns, the others wander about with
their cattle, ſubject to no laws or govern-
ment. The principal habitations are in the
weſtern part, near the ocean and the rivers.

Theſe weſtern Arabs were formerly call'd
Sabatheans. In all other parts of Zahara the
towns are very remote from each other, at
ſuch places where there are lakes or moraſſes,
and where the air is moſt temperate. The
wretched natives, knowing no better, re-
main fatisfied with what their country af-
fords,

They are ſubject to their own kings or
lords, calPd X2ques, or elſe live like beaſts,
in their beloved brutal liberty; eſpecially the
6 | |
Marmol ſays, theſe Arabs are deſcended
from Sabatha, the fon of Chus, whoſe
dwelling was in the deſarts, between Tingi-
tania and Numidia : Chus having peopled
Ethiopia, and Futh Lybia, formerly from
him calPd Futeia, and now Nigritia, Chus ©
and Futh were the ſons of Cham, the ſon of
Noah. . :

Many of them are Mahometans, others Religion:
have neither faith nor religion.

The people living in the deſart of Lybia
towards the weſt, are the Berbecbes, the Lu-
dais, the Duleyms, and the Senegues, and
ſome Arabs ; and theſe poſſeſs the firſt part
of the deſart. .

The ſecond habitation is 7. egaſa, eaſt of Several
the former, where they dig falt of ſeveral #abira-
colours, which the merchants of Ya and “n.
Tombut carry away with caravans of camels,
traverſing the deſarts of two hundred leagues,
and carrying their proviſions with them;
which it they happen to fall ſhort, they are
ſtary*d to death. Beſides, they are often
infeſted by a ſouth-eaſt wind, which blinds
ſome of them, and others are lamed in their
joints; but all theſe hazards are ſweetned
by the hopes of gain.

_ Zuenziga is the third habitation, a deſart
{till more dry and barren than the former,
inhabited by the Guanaſerces or Zuenzigans,
and thro? it paſs the merchants of Tremecen,
bound for Tombut and Na, with great ha-
zard of their lives; eſpecially about that
part of it call'd Gogden, where travellers

Zuenziga.

find no water for nine days, unleſs in ſome

ponds after rain, but that ſoon dries up,
The beſt ſeaſon to travel thro? theſe de-
farts is the winter, when ſome water may
be found in wells. The winter is from Au-
guſt to the end of November, and ſometimes
till the beginning of February, when there
is graſs, water and milk.
6 U The

Winter beſt.

534 General Obſervations on

BARBZOT. The ſoil in general is barren, the moun-
cis ſteep and uncouth, bearing nothing but
thorns and briars ; the moſt fertile places
produce a little barley, and ſome dates.
Miſerable The inhabitants have nothing to depend on
inhabi- but their camels, whoſe fleſh and milk
ans. maintains them, as alſo ſome few ſheep and
oſtriches. To add to their miſery, they are
much infeſted with ſerpents, and ſwarms of
locuſts fly a-croſs their deſarts, conſuming

what little verdure the earth affords.

The inhabitants are lean, tho? the air of

Zahara is ſo wholeſome, that the people of
Barbary carry their ſick thither to recover
their health, and the natives are not ſubject
to diſeaſes. The women are very freſh and
luſty, having commonly large breaſts. Both
ſexes are of a tawny complexion.

Arabs. Among there Africans are many Arabs,

who exact tribute from the Segulmeſſes for
the lands they cultivate. Theſe Arabs wan-
der about the deſarts, as far as 7puid, ſtay-
ing where they find paſture for their cattle,
of which they have great ſtocks, and gather
abundance of dates on the frontiers of Bile-
dulgerid, where they lord it by the number
of their cavalry.
Nobletribe. Among them there is a nobler tribe or
| hord, call'd Garſa and Eſque; with whom
the kings of Barbary make alliances, and
marry the daughters of the chiefs of them.
Trade, Their principal trade is at Gared, in the
kingdom of Fez, whence they make incur-

ſions as far as Figuig, putting all the people

under contribution, and ſell them the ſlaves
they get from among the Blacks, who dread

them, as being inhumanly treated when in

their power.

Some of theſe Arabs ſell camels to the
Blacks. They have a good number of horſes,

and uſe them in hunting. They are addicted

to poetry, and put their hiſtory, as well as

their amours into verſe, which they ſing to

ſeveral muſical inſtruments. They are frank

and open-hearted, and do all things for ho-

nour. If a ſtranger happens to come among

them, they feaſt him, according to their

ability. | | 8 „

Habit The mean wandering Arabs go quite
naked; others more modeſt, wrap a piece of

coarſe cloth about their body; and ſome

wear a ſort of turbant on their head. Such

as are well to paſs, have a long blue cotton

frock or veſt, with wide hanging-ſleeves,
brought them from the country of the Blacks.

Riding on When travelling, they ride on camels,
camels. placing the ſaddle between the bunch on the
back and the neck, and putting a bridle
through holes bor'd in the noſtrils of the

beaſt, with which they have as much com-

mand of them as we have of horſes, uſing

a goad inſtead of ſpurs. They lie on mats

made of ruſhes, and their tents are cover'd

with coarſe camel's-hair cloth. Their lan-

guage, which is a-kin to the African, is rude
and barbarous, and their religion groſs Ma-
hometaniſm.

The Bereberes, who live among them, are
ſettled in their habitations, being a good-na-
tured people, kind to ſtrangers, and honeſt
in trade; whereas the wandering Arabs are
continually robbing. They call the ſtony
part of their deſarts Zabara, the ſandy Ci-

del, and the marſhy Azgar, which is their

diviſion of the country,

A very modern author mentions fifteen Fife
tribes of Arabs inhabiting the northern parts: 05 f
of the deſart of Zabara, from the ocean, Wb.

near cape Byador, to about the twentieth
degree of longitude from the meridian of
London eaſt, which he reckons as follows;
the Hileles, Ludaya and Duleym Arabs from
north to ſouth, between cape Bojador and
the river of gold, under the tropick, the
Duleym being mix'd with the Deveches to
the ſouthward ; behind them to the eaſtward,
up the inland, he places the Burbus, Uled,
and Aramena Arabs ; next to them eaſter!

again, the Cerem, and Garſa Arabs ; farther
eaſt again the Zargan and the Eſque Arabs ;

eaſt of them the Sobair and Sahit Arabs ;
ſouthof whom are the Lemptunes Moors,call'd
Almoravides; and ſouth of them is the deſart

of Lempiunes, inhabited by a brutiſh nation,

and by the Zabaye Arabs, inhabiting the
more ſouthern part of this deſart. All the

abovemention'd tribes or hords of Arabs are
vagrant ſhepherds and robbers, living in
tents and huts. |

When any one of them dies, the wife, or
nextof kin goes out of the tent, howling after

a ſtrange manner, and as loud as the voice
can ſtrain, to alarm the neighbours. |

Theſe dwellings were in former ages the
country of the Geluli and Numide, whom
the Arabs have drove to the frontiers of

the Blacks, and poſſeſſed themſelves of their

country. If any Numidians remain, they are

| ſubject to the Arabs.

GuaLATA and GENEHOA Kingdoms.

THE firſt of them borders to the north-

ward on Zanhaga, and the other ſouth-
ward on Senega river. They are two diſ-
tin kindoms, comprehended in Nigri/ia,
both extending on the weſt to the Atlantic
ocean; and on the eaſt to the deſart of
Zahara: only Geneboa, on that ſide joins

partly on the ſaid deſart, and partly on the
kingdom of Jombut.

The air is very wholeſome, tho? extreme- 4.

ly hot, and each of them has its metropolis
of the ſame name with the country, How-
ever, they are but thinly peopled, as being

very ſcarce of water, and having but few
rivers,

The kingdom of Gualata, whole inhabi-7” ;
tants are call'd Benays, and in ancient”

geography

product.

Gualata, Genehoa, and Tombut. $35

geography Malcoe, has three great and the mouth of the river of the Senegues, Ba RO.
populous towns; the metropolis is adorn'd which runs through that country, and was WWW

i-

with delightful gardens and date: fields,
lies twenty-five leagues from the ſea- ſhore,
about thirty leagues to the northward

of Tombut. Sanutus lays down in this do-

minion, a place call'd Hoden, lying north
of St. John's river, ſix days journey inland
from cape Branco, in nineteen degrees thirty

minutes latitude, where the Arabs and the
caravans that come from Tombyi, and
other places of Nigritia, travelling through

product.

to Barbary, ſtay and refreſh themſelves.
This country about Hoden abounds in
dates and barley, and has plenty of ca-
mels, beeves and goats; but their beeves
are a ſmaller breed than ours of Europe. It

has many lions and leopards terrible to the
inhabitants; as alſo oſtriches, whole eggs

they account a dainty.

Theſe regions are in ſeveral places much
infeſted with monſters of various ſpecies,
that meet at the watery places, and are
bred of ſo many different kinds, The lions
are reported to be fiercer than elſewhere 3

and roar moſt horribly in the night-time.

They have alſo monſtrous ſerpents, and a

multitude of very venomous ſcorpions, for
whoſe ſake, in ſome parts of Lybia, men
are forc'd to wear a kind of leather boots.

They are beſides plagued with prodigious

ſwarms of locuſts in the dry ſeaſon ; as in

Fuly eſpecially, which, like thick clouds,
traverſe the continent of Africa from eaſt

to welt, tho? ſo very large, and brouze all
the plants, and even the bark of trees; and
leave behind them their eggs, where they
have reſted a while, which encreaſes the
calamity of thoſe countries, as breeding
the ſpecies ad infiniium, and cauſing a con-

tinued deſolation.

Both ſexes are very black, but civil and
courteous to ſtrangers. The inhabitants of
the city Gualata live poorly, but thoſe of
Hoden plentifully, having barley- bread,

dates and fleſh; and ſupply their want of

wine, by drinking camePs milk, and that
of other beaſts.

Both men and women have their faces
commonly cover'd with a cloth; and the
men of Hoden wear ſhort white jackets,

but the women think it no ſhame to go

ſtark naked, covering their heads only with
a caul of hair dy'd red. Their language is
that of Zungay, uſed among the Geloffes.

T heſe Arabs of Hoden, like the others,
never continue long in a place, but rove
up and down with their cattle through the
adjacent wilds.

The Senegues, as long as the country of
Nigritia was under their juriſdiction, had

ſettled the royal reſidence of their kings in

Gualata, which brought a great concourſe

of Barbary merchants thither, to trade at

thought to proceed from the Niger 3 but
ſince that country fell into the. hands of a
powerful prince, call'd Soni-Heli, the mer-
chants forſook this place, and ſettled their
ſtaples at Tombut and Gago. The people

of Hoden {till drive a trade in Gualata, and

reſort thither in great numbers, with their

camels laden with copper, ſilver, and other

commodities from Barbary, and other
countries, as allo to Tombut, and many
places in Nigritia, carrying home no worſe
return from thence than gold,

The king of Gualaia being overcome in
battle by the king of Tombut, in the year
1526, was reſtor'd to his throne, upon con-
dition he ſhould pay hit a yearly tribute.

Theſe people, tho? ſubject to kings, have
no poſitive laws, or courts of judicature in
their chief towns, to puniſh malefactors; but
live after a rambling manner promiſcuouſly,
every one endeavouring to be his own judge
and arbitrator ; the king's will being their
law. | an | | | |

They live like their neighbours of the

deſarts, who want moſt conveniencies of
life, having only great and ſmall millet,

little cattle, and ſome palm-trees, and are

a rude people, and thoſe which are moſt to
the ſouthward blackeſt. The native Gala-

tans worſhip fire, perhaps becauſe of its
uſefulneſs, as the people of Anian and Qui-
vira in North America are faid to pay reli-

gious adoration to water. Thoſe who are
of the Arabian race are Mahometans, and

profeſſed enemies to chriſtianity. The lan—

guage of this country is the Zungay, uſed.

by the Geloffes alſo.
GENEHOA kingdom,

D Y ſome call'd Guinea, by the African

merchants Gheneva, and by the natives
Geuni or Genii, in the ancient geography
was nam' d Mandori.

It is bounded on the north by the king-
dom of Gualata, on the weft by the ocean,
on the ſouth by the Sexega river, and on the
eaſt by Tombut, 5

This country, tho? of a large extent, has
neither cities, towns nor fortreſſes, but on]
one, which looks more like a village, where
the king reſides, and there is a ſort of uni-
verſity, for education of their prieſts and
learned men. It is alſo the ſtaple for all the
merchants of the kingdom : yet this place
of ſo great reſort has wretched buildings,
being only ſmall] thatch'd huts. and hovels
of loam, ſtanding round; the doors ſo low
and narrow, that they are forc'd to creep

in and out: which we may ſuppoſe are no iving in
better built, becauſe they expect every year, boars.

in July, Auguſt and September, to be under

water, by the overflowing of the Senega,

when they retire into veſſels and boats made
for

1 *
N
4 i
} ,
{1 t
1
f 1
)
1
' ol
v
: 4
t
.
; 4
!
| 7
{
| 1
. *
11 177
| N 5
*
4 *
17
4
1
1
p
1
' yl ;
. 1
; 4
D
x o 4
_
!
' 1 + 4
ly 4
p Lie
.
$4 -
3 . 4
' 4 _=
34: F420
17 1
1 NT
: N M7 ILY
*
CY 1 k-
SL
4 $16 't . *
1 1
5 * ,
; 1
- o
1 1
. od 1 14
N |
? by
iſt
5 i
i :
} E
5 :
'y
4
2 9
1 5
Nan
*
+ ? , 4
.* i , 7 |
7. e
9 p 0 +Y
N dats i
| 4 .
1 ?
N the 5
. N [ 27 14
1 A
| 43
4 «$4
; » 5 '+
} 1
1 LT Y
* I *
ed 2 F 4
ITT.
1 WIT";
4 1
CE .
STM
Fa 18: 04
1 144
bh F
.
LT it N
f .
4) 1
i *
1:
; E +
3 * 1
/ 13% 19-
1 LF
3 © 14 i
4 1
by b 5
* 144
* . 1
75 > p
f 1
4 1*
Mil 7
6 n
4 I: ;
1 *
7 17 1
14 ö 1
1 > 1 *
: S |
o ©
23
7
11
1
14
1
1 3,
1 I
* att \
.*
6 198
0 1
4 \ 46
1 4
17 i *
i f 1
7 3 '
1 Pi l
| dT;
11
40188 8
, 1 +
N g ; .
4 1
| yy
# i
43; |
1
* 1
*
[ f
Fi |
Y 1
4 1
11 I
„ !
ö * 0
we 67 0 1. 4
F x U
4 0
4: 4:
1 f 1770
| "MW
; 2
| 17
WM
i ; 7
; N
: I 34
[ h S
1 1
o I p
£ | j
: 1
FF
i }
M
7 *
, 1 4
Mi:
5 0 :
4 11 i
: 15
1
4 1 *
1 8 n
: '1 Wh 1
1 14
ie
7 [4 .
{ +
'T 174
4 1
*
N 1
4 i \ nf
1
, 9 4
£ N c
: 1 i
. 1
* 1
. 9
— "MY . .
1 N
= N
4 17
g
1 k 1
Y ;
4
1 It \
0 a 25 4
.F
2 5 1
4 ; N
3 7 , be
Le 5
ö i N k
HT 1 4 l
A 7 N 'y b by
4 8
Fig,
1 1
Ft 3 +
1 * 4
* | + a
: 148
535 8: N
N
Ae
} 1
1
1
. .
f 93 0
1 11
' 141 £46 :
— 120 LY
; 1
16
*
*
1 *
er
1 '
N

536

Bak BOr. for that purpoſe, in which the king firſt
WYY loads his furniture and houſhold-ſtuff of his

low-roof'd palace; then the ſcholars and
prieſts their univerſity goods; and next the
merchants and inhabitants their moveables 3
and laſt of all, the water increaſing, they go
aboard thetnſelves, as if they enter'd the ark;
and at the ſame time the merchants of Tom-
but come thither, and joining fleets, traffick

with them on the water.

This kingdom abounds in rice, barley,
cotton, cattle and fiſh ; but their ſcarcity
of dates, are ſupply'd them from Gualata
and Numidia, :

The inhabitants according to their man-
ner go handſomely clad, in black and blue
cotton; of which they alſo wear head ſaſn-
es: but their prieſts and doctors are habited
only in white cotton, common alſo to the
Alfaquis, with white bonnets.

Theſe people make great advantage of
their cotton cloths, which they barter with
the merchants of Barbary, for linnen, cop-
per, arms, dates and other commodities.

Marmol ſays, they have money of gold

that has never been melted ; as alſo a cur-

rent coin of iron, ſome pieces whereof weigh
a pound, others four ounces,
The kingdom was formerly ſubject to
the Luntines or Lumptunes, a people of Ly-

bia, who founded the city of Morocco, call'd

alſo Morabitines, of the race of the Almora-
Vides, but was afterwards made tributary to
Soni-Ali king of Tombut, His ſucceſſor
Iſchia obtaining a ſignal victory over the
king of Genehoa, took and ſent him priſoner
to Gags, where he died in captivity.

The king of Tombut thus grown maſter |
of all Geneboa, reduc'd it into a province,

placing a governor there, and then cauſed
a great market to be proclaim'd in tae me-
tropolis of the country, |

Marmol ſays, the people of Genehoa were
calPd in Africa Morabitines, and the firſt
that embrac'd the Mahometan ſuperſtition,
in the days of Hechin, the ſon of Abdel Ma-
lic; for before they were chriſtians,

The Kingdom of TomBu r.

I T will not be improper to give ſome ac-
count of this kingdom, as being the moſt

noted among the more northern Blacks, both

Tombut
town.

for its riches and trade.

It takes the name from a city founded, as
they ſay, by king Menſey Suleyman or Soli-
man, anno 1221. about thirteen miles from
an arm of the Niger, and one hundred and
thirty leagues from the country of Dara or
Segelmeſſe.

This city was formerly famous for ſump-
tuous buildings, but is now reduc'd to
plain huts and hovels, and has only one
ſtately moſque and a magnificent palace
for the king, built by a famous architect of
Granada, who happen'd to come thither.

General Obſervations on

Three miles from Tombut, on the bank of Cambre

the Niger, ſtands another great town, call'q #9».
Cabra or Cambre; a convenient place for
merchants to ſet out for the kingdom of
Melli in Nigritia, |

The emperor of Tombut has vaſt domi.
nions, which yield him immenſe treaſure,
which he piles up in bars of pure gold of
Tybar, ſome of them ſaid to be of a prodi-
gious weight. He ſtiles himſelf emperor of
Melli. His court is as well regulated as
any in Barbary, both in religious and tem-
poral affairs. 2

The cheriff Mahomet, in the height of his
proſperity, had thoughts of conquering this
and other kingdoms of the Blacks, at the
inſtigation of the people of Lybia, as had
been done in former ages by the Lemptunes.
He ſet forward by the way of Acequia el
Ilamara, on the borders of Genehoa, with
one thouſand eight hundred horſe, and an
infinite number of camels loaded with am-
munition and proviſions; but being inform'd

King o

that the king of Tombut was marching to

meet him, with three hundred thouſand men,
he made haſte back to Tarudant. This

happened in the year 1540. Some chriſtian

captives, that belong'd to the cheriff, at-
tending him in that expedition, the Blacks
reſorted thither to look on them as a wonder,
believing thoſe Y/hite ſlaves were not like
other men, and delighted to diſcourſe with
them; the cheriff having induſtriouſly given
out, that they were monſters, that uſed to
tear other men with their teeth and eat
them. Marmol, who gives this account,
was himſelf in the expedition,

When the king of Tombut takes a pro- , ,,,

greſs, he is attended by all his court on army,
camels ; but in fight they all ride on horſes,
are bold ſoldiers, but obſerve no order.
Their beſt horſes come from Barbary, which
when arriv'd, the king chuſes ſuch as he
likes and pays well for them. Nigritia has
no good breed of horſes, but ſome ſmall
ones, which they uſe at Tombut to ride in

and about the town.

The people of Tombut are good-natur*d, Inbabi.
civil and pleaſant, and ſpend much of the tant,
night in ſinging, dancing and revelling a-
bout the ſtreets. They keep many ſlaves

of both ſexes. a

There are great numbers of ſtudents, gcholar,
who are in great eſteem and maintain'd at
the king's charge, having abundance of A.-
rabick books brought them from Barbary, *'
and purchaſed at great rates.

There are alſo many tradeſmen and ar- Trade,
tificers, eſpecially cotton-weavers, ſhop-
keepers and handicrafts.

Their common diet is a diſh compoſed of ,,,,
fleſh, fiſh, butter and milk, ſtew'd toge-
ther. e
All the women, except ſlaves, cover thei! Home,
heads and faces. They

Tombut.

„ ON ar Ia . ALY FOUR Cont b ORD ICESD > Want ne,, y / v * t e nr OR FE e — FO rr — . „2 —— 1
A OO STOR TONES OIL 4H 2 N 3 1 i > of EAT Top 3 AN r 5 = 40 o A ISA i 2 ren 8 3 n N Wer. 8 — 8 2 7 2 2 . . 1
"yy SING 9 * A , 88 F Tone fFitaar, Hon 2g 4 * A * "ap K — ws N 8 FNR eee YELLS Iv. IRS . . 2 EPs 1 2 * *
ee 3 8 OLE * 8 83 WW 2 RE ak r E POET FOE COTE EIA n EPA 983 . 9 * ES Eee ISIS ̃ ͤ nad 1 2 5 72
US . 8 TM ” ** e on y 1 , CRUE 6 1 5 —

. 22 : IG
- On 7 8 2

— - n i p i - — 8"
— — — —— rig — » *

— — 1 — 4 . » -
p * et Sd =; 4 PSs — 7 „„ — > OTITIS PR == a= ;
— — * 2 — — — — N I WW,” . TY 4 4 _— — -
— —

—

— — — — U Ä , ———— —— ERR — — — 2 _
— — — — — n — 2 ee _— —— 2 — — - K a - —
1 * — — Coe ——— RL

..

* *
. han Roe r CS Ea

=

PERS

4 9 1 . Lead n 7
Ce Ee ee ore tan oe od Ea ch Le es

PIR

5.

,
{6 JA NDS

FF X44

CAGE tn +

* ks {ES 1 7
4 er n ate.
S/ ð nc
Me 2 ws. a =

Gia

5;

. —
Mees ; | G ; N Ne 8
ITS JBQLRY

* | " w *

— ” \

FL; N
>

\

—
CY

—

A Hole

A
—

—

LAVA

—

enn
—
_

KA

—
= *

— 5

*

Hh 1a, al.

[

—
"=

WS
n

—

=

Dorade

2

Pn
VC.

.

the

—

—

2
2

-_—-
a

—

\
5
—a"—_ = >. va" 4” a

— 2

=
gs

—

W
IN

— -E4,
><

N
_

—

WW

on +
0

N NO &

i

s WH

—

22.

N W
WYLE 0
1 t
4.

11 *

vw

.

—
».D,

2
7 reat Dorade :

q94(?!

+4
I * \ 5 5% %
TT | : WOO „, , ,
- „„ ; /
*| A . . ö WW FY) / |
0 f 1 k ; 0 EV UA 0 / „ / }
ITS] W ö N
*

p | i ' h * % Ny A
N | ' | | > 8 ee **
| : AD 0 00000)
| 442000

BR J - | 0 „
. N AY . ' MAG N
IN) J \\ , * . \ a „
8 0 ö WO
\ y ;

\ *

8 * WW 0
NN. bu

3

foot for the

*
—— — *

orade

—

J

Teale of 4

x

rospect of the Coat of .

| J |
1
Y 8 f
V W
| — [
| Q |
F
B [= Wl
vi <) :
J
* |
Cr J
Y — 4
id |
7 ; 3 4 ͤĩ—u en FEITIS E- +

322

th -

— —

Eve
= Abs
l

a”
_

ve

—
—.

F Sugsset

or .

T Ky fe

Ad =

E:

—

Lag. 530:
=
2.

=

—

—

— £22,

—

\ 1
„ J
710 A“

/ "4 1

47%

—

—
222

wy
—
—

EN E

YL

—

—_s

a” --
— —

. —

+

*

—
— 2 —
GS” >,

* , .
CBS
0 5 .

\ N

RED DE

-
Cd

at * [| K
Het Tj]
Ae

2

a

-
0A vp,

—
—
—

—

CEE I
P22)
—

FF.

—
—

er Hanh. *

—
— —m

— 4a Sn. 8 ——

ww — >

—
—— i

aw
— „

he Remora hich a

*

— —
.. —

— ES

LR .

Fthe
197%

0
/
77

— —

— Toa
— —

—
—

2

—
a"
—

—

Nec
Wee

ie . f
We N
l W W

e Cape das Barbas at

Co

.
—

ro, th

—

—
— 5
-*
=
—
e
oz

—

«>> — *
— —

—
”
—

="
—
. «_—

- x

Hapanda A
he upper part
Jhe he Rs

1094
19
* 4 „ 474
4770 0
1465 + b
45 7 4 5
„ 7 v 1
' 7 U —
- [] wh [
7.447770 |
IIA ' 2
o 9745 Ik: /
1 WA 5
7 — {
*
0

4+.»

—
— BIDEED

The <

—_—_— -

o

o\ I

.*
*
N

—
— .
—

2
—

>>
—

—

S®

©
—

22

*
— 20

——

—

—— — 2 —

—
—

—— — CT
—— ——
nent
— IT”

_— —_—

— RR 5 EE
1 —— —
— — ꝓ œ¶ü»4wãdneñ::.'

"TO —
. K

—

So © *
——

Caye das Bar

N n
WILT 3 Da _—_
7 £1 -

7

TH | ; ;

8

plenty of

gold,

Army,

'E
E
[=

— ä

Double
tides,

— — — RT... Wr
— 1

—

— , ⏑— OY OY , 1 Woo Oe 7 — 9
, . 4 — *

—— — — — — a =

n P 1 er onrn—— —„— — — —b — "_ — — —— — .

Tater.

Judges,

plenty of
gold,

ſews

tated,

Amy.

Product.

the Kingdom of Tombut.

They have no ſtamp'd coin, but only
bigger or ſmaller pieces of pure gold of
Tibar; and fine pieces of metal twiſted like
a ſnail ſaid to come from Perſia, four hun-
dred whereof make a ducat, ſo that they
ſerve for ſmall change. |

The city of Tombut, conſiſting of thatch'd
cottages, is often ſubject to be burat. It is
plentifully ſupply*d with water, not only by
channels drawn from the Niger, which runs
through the ſtreets, but by abundance of
wells. There are Alfaquis or judges, and
other doors of the law of Mahomet, who
are maintained by the publick, and much

reſpected.

The merchants of Fez, Morocco, and even
of Grand Cairo, reſort to Jombut to trade
for gold, which is brought thither by the
people of Mandinga, in ſuch plenty, that
ſometimes the merchants having diſpoſed of
all their commodities, that metal lies there
till another return, or is carry*d home again.

The princes of this country are ſuch ene-
mies to Jes, that they are abſolutely for-
bid the country; and ſhould it be known,
that the native merchants had any corre-
ſpondence with them, their eſtates would be
confilcated...--- -

When any perſon ſpeaks to the king, he

muſt proſtrate himſelf on the ground, and

throw duſt on his head and ſhoulders. The
king is attended by ſeven thouſand horſe and
a vaſt multitude of archers a-foot, having
long bows, and poiſon'd arrows. All pri-
ſoners of war are made ſlaves _
The country abounds in corn ; and there

s ſuch plenty of cattle, that milk and butter

are common. Salt is very ſcarce, what they
have being brought them from the country
of Senega, a hundred and ſeventy leagues
to the northward. Eo

The king has a commiſſioner in the city

Cabra, who hears and determines all cauſes,

either relating to the crown, or between pri-
vate perſons. |

The courſe of navigation for the ſouthern parts
of GUINEA.

FE coming from Europe, we are bound

directly for the Gold Coaſt, Fida, New

or Old Calabar, being arriv'd in the la-

Double
tes,

titude of cape Branco, we ſteer ſouth; ſo
that we paſs twelve or fifreen leagues weſt
of Cabo Verde, and being in its latitude at
that diſtance, we carefully avoid making up
too near to the land, by reaſon the tide
thereabouts divides as it were in two branches,
but more eſpecially about Rio Grande; the

moſt conſiderable running from eaſt to welt,

along the equinoCtial line, towards the con-
tinent of America : the other, whirling a-
bout the coaſt betwixt cape Verde and cape
Monte, afterwards runs eaſt on the coaſts of
Cuinea in ſuch a manner, that in the begin-
TH 6 1

vent being driven upon the coaſt of Brazil,
about cape S. Auguſtine were inſenſibly
carry'd upon the banks, lying betwixt the
aforeſaid cape Verde and Cabo Monte; and
others were into the Bight of Guinea,
Obſerving the above-mention'd courſe,
and what I have before taken notice of in
tne deſcription of Sierra Leona, we came to
have fight of land at cape Monte, and hav-
ing brought it to bear north, rang'd the

ſhore to Rio Seſtro ; where, if occaſion re-
quire, we may ſtop to get in wood, water,

and proviſions. But having no occaſion,
we ſteer*d our courſe ſo as to get fight of
Seſtro Paris, to take in ſome Guinea pepper
or Malaguette for our deſign'd ſlaves. Next
we endeavour'd to have ſight of cape das
Palmas, from four or five leagues diſtance
at ſea, to avoid the ſhoals that ſhoot out
from it to the ſouthward. Thence, without
coming near the Ivory coaſt, as bound di-
rectly to the Gold Coaſt, we came to anchor
before Iſeny, or Aſinee, being the firſt port
or town of that coaſt, As for the remaining
courſe along it, every man does as he judges
conventent, or as his occaſions require, from
port to port, to the end of the ſame.

But when we deſign directly from cape
das Palmas to Lampy, Popoo, Fida and

Ardra, we ſet our courſe to the ſouth, till
in the Jatitude of cape Tres Pontas, taking
care, if poſſible, to ger ſight of it; and com-

monly to call in at Axim, if not at Tacorary,

to provide a bar-canoe of ſixteen to twenty
rowers or padlers. Thence bearing five or
ſix leagues off the Gold Coaſt, we get in a
ſhort time to any of the above mention'd
places. . 8
We obſerv'd, during this navigation, the
tide to ſet often to the eaſtward, and to
north-eaſt, from cape das Palmas to Fida

or Whidah ; and from Cabo Verdo to the

cape Palmas, to the north-weſt,
From the latitude of cape Branco to cape

Palmas, we had the diverſion of catching

ſharks, doradoes, negroes or king-fiſhes ;
bonnitoes, tunny-fith, flying fiſh, carangues,
remoras or ſucking fiſh, machorans, and
many other ſorts, which are both pleaſant and
ſerviceable to travellers.

Twenty or twenty-five leagues weſt of ed i
Cabo Branco, we often ſee the ocean almoſt the ſes.

all over cover'd with a certain weed of a
yellow-green colour, call'd Sargaſſo, reſem-
bling that which grows in our wells, or

ſamphire, bearing a ſort of ſeed at the ex-

tremities, which have neither ſubſtance nor
ſavour. No man can tell where theſe weeds
take root, the ocean being there ſo deep:
they are alſo ſeen thus floating on its ſurface
ſixty leagues to the weſtward of the coaſt
of Africa, for the ſpace of forty or fifty
6 X leagues;

ning of the laſt century, ſome ſhips bound BAR ROT.
for the Eaſt-Indies ſteering eaſtward to pre- WYW

—
— — —

— —

—
= = BS
— —
va

— 6 —
ES — — 2 —
oY —
— 2 — 2 p

> 2

r a —— — — a ame — — no w ů —-V—¼ — :
—ͤ— ſ — — ” a : _— _—
un IEEE I —— — — —— —— ͤ— 8

— ———
ho. — ple

- — * — ix . —
* — 8 — — — L — I
— E _ — — * —
. * — is — — 8 — . — rr 83 SB 3 — Roe
— — — — - TS ——— —ů Se 2 2 7 - - — A ” i 2 - — 3
- - . O - — — * - — — Þ 1 — — 8 _— = . ” 22 8 — > — - 3
———j—kUk—ñ—ę— — — ͤ een — — * > . I - — — s - = =: $28 "a: £-— I 2 ä * d : . a 2 3 53 — am Ss * — — w - = =
g — — — — 2 =o _ * — A SR, 1 — a _ _ — 3 — — I ms — r
— 5 N 8 — — fo ee . 1 : 4 a : E — 22 * * — — — —
a — 5 n — — — he — a - 9 rr fur. * * — — * C *
. - - > : RR py = N 2 * 1 8 2 — — - -
0 2 — * — — — — — p . * * => : = : .
. 1 — * 1 [ 3 : . — 2 TE i > - - > x . . = —_— — — . f 4
_ 2 4 — 2 — 2 7 : - þ —— 1 - £ 2 " = . - 2
PY H — — ———————————————————— — ——— — - - of : _ — —cwas ö = ITO TIES a Vl 8 538 — 2 = a =
——< * — 4 K f - l OT « * Ply” === - - I Ee : K r s a * = = _
* >. — - > 2s , gs eye — 2 2 = * ==
2 — — =
* = :

4 ,- w WL” — — - — — * = ——
—— = 8 : —— 2 - a Ix” "= > — I :

*

— —

— TER,

e
—

_ = Ss
he: S yy. -. 5 - — * r 1 *

5 . . IEEE: —
— S — —
— —— 12
= - "VIE * : R
67 ͤ „%%%. — —— — — — —
mY — — — 5 — com
F * U » = — = 1 £ *

2 — . a — —
— — — ee —
* 7 7 z 3
— — — — — —
2 N —— 25 2 7
- —
ow

— 0 2 — — — — — — aid — ” — 0 TIES — — —
* oY

538

92

Meir
names.

Poſit ion.

Santiago.

AD ES CRI

leagues; and ſo eloſe and thick together in
ſome places, that a ſhip requires a very freſh
gale of wind to make her way through: and
therefore we are very cautious to avoid them
in our courſe. |

The iſlands of CaBo VERDE,

A RE the Gorgades, or Heſperides, or wel-
1 tern iſlands of the ancients. Some au-
thors mention twenty of them, but we com-
monly reckon but ten of any note, the reſt
being very ſmall and inconſiderable. They
are, beginning to the northward, St. Antony,
St. Vincent, St. Lucia, St. Nicholas, Sal, or
the Salt iſland, Boaviſta, Mayo, Santiago,
Brava, and Fuego; this laſt fo call'd from
2 burning mountain in it, which ſometimes
caſts our fire.

Their ſituation is weſt of Nigritia, betwixt

three hundred fifty-four and three hundred
fifty- eight degrees of longitude ; and from
fourteen to eighteen degrees thirty minutes
of north latitude. -

The iſland Santiago, or St. James, is the
largeſt of them, about forty-five leagues in
length, ten in the greateſt breadth, and ninety-
ave in compaſs.

broad, and fixty about. The former lies

fram north-weſt to ſouth-eaſt, and the latter
from north-eaſt to ſouth-weſt, |

St. Vincent and St. Antony are not above
half as big as thoſe above, and the five 0-
thers ſtill ſmaller ; the biggeſt of them not

ten leagues in length, and near twenty about.

Targe aſſes.

The air of theſe iſlands is generally hot
and unwholeſome; the ſoil in ſome of them
rocky, as the Salt iſland, Boaviſta and Mayo;
the firſt having nothing in it of value,

but ſome wild horſes and mules, and very

tall large red aſſes, which the Dutch and
French often tranſport to their plantations,

at Surinam and Cayenne in America; and

when I was at Cayenne, a Dutch ſhip carry*d

over thither ſixteen of thoſe afles for fale.

beaſts, and more goats; the ſkins whereof

Product,

The latter has alſo a great number of thoſe

and the ſalt it affords make it reſorted to.
The other iflands are much more fertile,
producing rice, Indian wheat, ignames, ba-
nanas, lemons, citrons, oranges, pome-
granates, cocoa- nuts, figs, melons, ſugar-

canes, cotton, and wine; of ſeveral of which

ſorts of fruit, they have two crops a year.
Brava and Fuego afford the beſt wine. The
iſland Mayo has ſalt enough to load a thou-
ſand ſhips every year. It is made in Ja-
mary, February and March, of the ſea-
water let into trenches or ponds, made for
that purpoſe. It kerns only in the dry ſea-
ſon, and they who go thither for it, take it
up as it kerns, and lay it in heaps on the
dry land before the water breaks in again.

PTION of

It coſts nothing but the mens labour to take S
it out of the pits, beſides the carriage, which
is very cheap, the inhabitants having aſſes
for that purpoſe, and being glad to get a
{mall matter by it. The pits are not above
half a mile from the landing- place. The
Engliſh drive a great trade of ſalt there, and
have ſometimes a man of war for a guard-
ſhip, moſt of it being for Newfoundland.
There is great plenty of fiſh in the bay of Coo
Mayo, which is a great help to ſailors, who ing
ſometimes have taken fix dozen of large
fiſhes, moſt of them mullets, from eighteen
to twenty-four inches long, at one draught.
There is alſo good ſtore of cattle, poultry, ruin.
and all ſorts of wild fowl: but above all, a |
vaſt number of goats, which they ſalt, and
export in caſks to the neighbouring ports,
or ſell to ſhips that touch there; and they
dreſs the goats ſkins very finely, in the na-
ture of Turky leather. |
About theſe iſlands, the ſea in ſome places
is ſubje& to be cover'd with weeds like the /
Sargaſſo above ſpoken of, which ſailors care- f ,
fully avoid. 1 ;
The iſlands were all deſert, when firſt diſ-

Flaming
birds.

OT cover'd by a Genoe/e, and not inhabited in
S!. Nicholas and S-. Lucia, are twenty-five
or twenty-ſix leagues long, ſeven or eight

thirty years after; when in 1440, the Por-
tugueſe began to ſettle on them, and keep
the dominion thereof to this day, under the
direction of a governour-general of their na.
tion, reſiding in the town of S7. Jago, in the 1
iſland of that name, that place being the wy
capital not only of theſe iſlands, but alſo of I
all the places the crown of Portugal poſſeſſes
on the coaſts of North or High Guinea, whoſe
governors depend on this juriſdiction: it is
alſo an epiſcopal ſee, ſuffragan to Liſbon.
The French took and plunder'd it in the
year 1712. 5 5
The bay call'd Praya, lies eaſt of Si.
Jago, large enough to contain an hundred
ſhips ſafe at anchor, on fourteen fathom
water, behind a ſmall iſland,
The iſle $7. Mary has a good haven on
the north- ſide; but that of $7. Thomas is very
dangerous. 5 „
Ribera Grande has five hundred houſes,
and the beſt of horſes, but the air is un-
_wholeſome, and the ſoil very barren. Sf. Lu-
cia has the moſt people next to S7. Jago.

There is ſuch plenty of tortoiſes in theſe pri
iſlands, that at a certain time of the year ſe-
veral foreign ſhips reſort to it, to catch and
ſalt them by whole cargoes, for the Euro-
pean colonies in America. In the wet ſea-
ſon, an infinite number of theſe creatures
make for land, to lay their eggs in the ſand,
and bury them, and then return to their ele-
ment again, letting the eggs be hatch'd by
the violent heat of the ſun. |

The inhabitants go out in the night, and
turn the tortoiſes on their backs with poles 3
for they are ſo large, that there is no Gong

:

birds.

Red fog.

Lorufts,

Flam ingos

of it with their hands. The fleſh of them
well cured is as great a ſupply to the Ameri-
can plantations, as cod-fiſh is to Europe.
They have a ſort of fine tall birds in theſe
iſlands, which they call Flamingos, or Flem-

_ mings, not unlike geeſe z the feathers on

their bodies white, and thoſe of their
wings red, much admir'd in France, whi-
ther ſome of them are now and then ſent
from Cayenne, a colony of theirs in America.
There are alſo Guinea hens, and very large
curlieus. | 3 5

To theſe iſlands the French agents at Se-
nega and Goeree ſend for prob Mads, when
there is any ſcarcity in thoſe parts of Ni-
gritia, and have them in exchange for ſome
few ſlaves, and all ſorts of linnen and wear-
ing apparel for men and women. In the
year 1681, when I arriv'd at Goeree, there
being a great dearth in that country, one of
the company's ſhips was gone to the iſlands
for proviſions. |

J have obſerv'd, that in our courſe, be-
twixt the continent of Africa and theſe iſlands

of Cabo Verde, we had ſometimes a thick

fog of a reddiſh colour, which look'd to us

like a red ſand, and gave our men violent
head-aches, fevers, and the bloody flux.

Another time, paſſing by the coaſt of

Zanhaga, we ſaw the ocean overſpread in

ſeveral places, with an infinite multitude of
very ugly red and wing'd graſhoppers, or
Jocuſts, as big as a man's little finger, and

"2 long body lying on the ſurface of the ſea,
lance of them yet alive; which it is

abun
likely were driven out to ſea from that part
of the continent of Africa, by the ſtrong
north-eaſt gales: that country, as has been
faid before, being often infeſted with whole
clouds of thoſe miſchievous inſets, flying
acroſs the defarts of Africa, from Arabia,
Egypt, Numidia, &c. and covering the land
for ſeyeral leagues, according as the winds
ſet to drive them.

In the year 1672, a plague of theſe locuſts
came into the province of Aulnix, in France,

where they devour'd all that was green to
the very root; and being carry*d by the wind

to ſea from Roc bel towards the iſle of Rhee,
I ſaw a ridge of them dead, above a foot

deep, on the beach, for ſeveral leagues in
length, as they had been thrown up by the

waves, and left there at low water; which,

with the heat of the ſun, it being then ſum-
mer, caus'd a Fer offenſive ſtench. And 1
remember, that before they were thus drown'd,

there was not a houſe in the province, but
what was peſter'd with them; and I heard

abundance of the people ſay, that for ſome
days they could ſcarce dreſs any meat, thoſe
inſects falling ſo thick down the chimneys
into the fire. It was a diſmal ſight to behold
the country, without any the leaſt green left

in it, as if all had been burnt up; whence

the Iſlands of Cape Verde.

we may eaſily Judge how much Africa ſuf. Bax Bor.
fers, which is ſo frequently infeſted with them.
There is another ſort of graſhoppers, 5,

Yes a 5 6
which are not wing'd, and conſequently re- .

main longer in a place, and deſtroy all the
plants. Beſides which, they are often plagu'd
with flies, no leſs hurtful than the others.
Monſieur Beauplan, in his deſcription of
the Ukrain, gives a very notable account of
the flies, the gnats, and eſpecially the lo-

cuſts, and the infinite damage they do in

that country; he ſays, they are commonly
brought out of Tartary by the eaſterly
winds into the country about Novogreod, be-
ing as thick as a man's finger, and three or

four inches long. In O#7ober, they make a

hole with their tails in the earth, in which
every one lays three hundred eggs, which

they cover with their feet, and then die; none

of them living above fix months, or little
more. The rain, ſnow, and froſt, do not
hurt the eggs, which lie there till April,
when the warm weather hatches them, and

the inſects coming our, are ſix weeks before

they can fly. If the rains fall when they

begin to hatch, and continue eight or ten

days, they are all deſtroy'd; and the like
rain in ſummer kills the locuſts upon the

ground, becauſe they cannot fly away:

but if the ſummer proves dry, as is moſt
uſual, the country is infeſted with them till
October. The ſaid Monſieur Beauplan, who
lived in the Ukrain ſeventeen years, adds,
that the air is ſo full of locuſts there in the
ſummer, that the houſes ſwarm with them;
and to avoid them, he was forc'd to eat in
a dark room by candle-light, and yet many

times did cut the locuſts with his meat; and

a man could ſcarce open his mouth, but

ſome of them would get in: beſides that,

there were clouds of them to be ſeen flying
abroad five or ſix leagues in length, and two
or three in breadth; inſomuch, that the wiſeſt
men were confounded at the ſight of ſuch in-

numerable multitudes as could not be ex-

preſsd or even conceived, but by ſuch as

had ſeen them. He concludes, ſaying, he

was told there by perſons knowing in lan-
guages, that on their wings were to be ſeen
in Chaldaick letters, theſe words, Boze In-

ion, ſignifying in Engliſh, ſcourge of God;
for the truth whereof, he rely'd on thoſe

who told it him, and underſtood the lan-
DN . a
Whilſt I was writing this, 1 receiv'd a

letter from Liſbon, dated July twenty-fourth

N. S. 1710. giving an account, that the
crop in Portugal would have been gene-
rally good; but that in the province of Alen-
tejo, the beſt of that kingdom, the locuſts
had deſtroy'd moſt of the wheat, which had

rais'd the price of foreign corn.

To return to the graſhoppers or locuſts,
with which we found the ocean cover'd on
the

— —

mer —

— — over” 2>
——

j

*
1
y 7
þ 1
*
16
fro
x Fi
BL 0
ag!
nab
|
1
* 1
1
F
1 *
[Ws
i'r
1
.
1
4
— 1
"0
$5 1
N
*
* 1
+ {
1
1 1
18
. is
Ia
1
i,
9
4:3
2
.
14
*
1
65
\
ti
1
$; *
4
N
{}
18;
!
i
dg
2677,
1
.
1
9
;

ag \ *
7 ² AAA · AA Tx. > as r r ... Fg * = _— — — — 5
= - —— - : ——- ” - * -

— — —
*

2 = .
8 oO I LET”
2 - —

——
2 — — — : — — — —— — - .
© . 1 —_ W = p p ” = 2 * = — p >
— 28 * Fs * I = => —_ - > - — - — ne > - 4 2 _
— — * * — — = a — 4 — * — — — ——_— = oY 2 ——
— — — — — ——_— _— — 5
- 7 4 * — 8 > —— = - "2: :
— = — — ͤ—-— K ccc 3 3 ax
2 — — a — wl * a * * 2 * * — N 2 Os 222 — — * 2 4 — — 88 $= — * =
E : ee CS „
= * o * * —— * 2 — — — 2 o * — 1 1
- T of - . => — _ o * = 1

540 Courſes from Guinea

BIRBO Tr. the coaſt of Zabara : I cauſed ſome of them the ſtrength or fury not above a quarter of
A co be taken up out of the ſea in a bucket, and an hour ; but accompanied with prodigious

— — — — — } 2 — —
q ” - — 8" —
<4 RPE 2 — — F< — — — 3 & WS. —— — — 2 0 2 6 — is « —
zw. ů —— — ——— — — — — a - , . a
.

— * — 3

CIT Bo Ei gs Pair reno

—

r

kept one alive above three months, in a
cornet of paper, cloſe in a trunk, ſo that
it never breathed the leaſt air all that
while, and fed on the very paper it was con-
fined in. When dead, I obſerv*d the bottom
of the paper full of the ordure of the inſect.

I ſhall ſubjoin to the courſe to ſteer for
the Gold- Coaſt of Guinea, the following ob-
ſervations, as deliver'd by the late Mr. Henry
Greenhill, whom I have mention'd heretofore
as my particular acquaintance, when he was
agent at cape Corſo caſtle, and ever ſince in
England; being a very intelligent and ex-
perienc'd gentleman, commiſſioner of the
navy at Plymouth and Portſmouth, and pro-
jector and builder of the royal dock at Ha-
MOZES. |

Vinds on the coaſt.
8 H E coaſt of Africa from cape Palmas
to cape Fermoſo, lies eaſt and eaſt by
north ; and near thoſe points the land-breezes
blow on that coaſt, which commonly begin
about ſeven in the evening, and continue

all night, till near the ſame time the next

morning: during which interval, we are

| troubled with ſtinking fogs and miſts from

ſhore, which by return of the ſea-breezes
upon the oppoſite points, are all driven
away; and we have the benefit of them in
a curious freſh gale, till about five in the
afternoon. | 5 |

And here let me note it for a general ob-
ſervation, that in theſe, and all other places
within the tropicks, as far as ever I took
notice, the wind is drawn by the land.
For if an iſland or head-land were inclining
to a circular form, the ſea and land:breezes
fall in diametrically oppoſite to that part
where you are; ſo that if you are on the
ſouth ſide, the ſea-breeze ſhall be at ſouth,

and the land-breeze, when it comes in its

ſeaſon, at north. ; 11 55 =
In getting on the coaſt, we endeavour
to fall in with cape Monte or cape Meſurado,
which is about eighteen leagues to the eaſt
ſouth-eaſt thereof; and after that, we double
cape Palmas, whence, as afore ſaid, the land

tends away eaſt by north, the current near
the ſhore ſets upon that point down into

the Bight. The land-breezes between cape

St. Anne and cape Palmas are at eaſt, blow-

ing briſk four leagues off the ſhore. The
ſea-winds there, are at ſouth-weſt.
The Tornadoes, ſays he, uſually come in

the beginning of April, and ſeldom leave

the Gold Coaſt till June commences, and with
frequent viſirs make us ſenſible of their quali-
ties. We have ſometimes three or four in
a day, but then their continuance 1s but
ſhort, perhaps not above two hours, and

thunder, lightning and rain, and the violence

of the wind ſo extraordinary, that it has ſome-
times rolled up the lead the houſes are cover'd
with, as cloſe and compactly as poſſible ic
could be done by the art of man. The name
implies a variety of winds, but the ſtrength
of them is generally at ſouth-eaſt ; and by
ſhips that are bound for the coaſt, they are
made uſe of to get to windward.

Of the paſſage from the GoLp Cos 7
EuROPE, or to AMERICA.

QUppoling we part from Cormentyn, or

from Acra, for Europe, if we have all
neceſſary proviſions for ſuch a voyage, and
have no occaſion to call at any places or
iſlands of the Bright of Guinea, or at cape
Lope, we keep as cloſe as poſlible to the
wind, to paſs at windward of St. Tome;

which, however, is ſeldom feaſible, but in

the ſeaſon of Tornados coming from the

north-eaſt : for without ſuch powerful aſſi-

ſtance, it is very rare we can well weather

that iſland, the current al moſt continually

ſerting eaſt by north. =
Thence we run to the ſouthward of the

line three and a half or four degrees, keep-

ing ſtill the luff; and the farther ſouthward
we go, the ſtronger we find the gales, and
more beneficial for getting off the African
coaſt, In that elevation of three and a half
or four degrees ſouth, we commonly meet
with the eaſt ſouth-eaſt, or trade-wind,
which carries us to the northward of the

_ equator pretty faſt,

If we get ſo far to ſouthward, we have
commonly ſight of Annabom iſland, How-

ever, it muſt be obſerv'd, not to keep to

the northward of it, till we come between
twenty five to thirty degrees to the weſtward
of cape Lope Gonſalez, or at the longitude

of Cabo Verdo; and thence advancing gra-

dually northward, we come inſenſibly to

get the north-eaſt winds, which carry us to

the latitude of the Flemiſh or Acores iſlands,

if deſigning for the bay of Biſcay, or the

Britiſh channel.
It muſt be obſery*d in this paſſage, that

when once we are to the weſtward of the

ſaid cape Lope, and in ſouth latitude, the
current ſets northerly, and the wind, to

twenty degrees of latitude, is generally at

eaſt ſouth-eaſt ; as to the like number of
degrees, on the oppoſite fide of the line,
it blows at eaſt north-eaſt, Nor is there

any change of the current obſerv'd, unleſs

in the Tornado ſeaſon, when, during their
blowing, they ſet to windward ; tho' per-

haps the moon, upon full and change, may

have the like influence there, as in other

places, 3
Another

—

Another obſervation in this paſſage is,
that in the months of May, June, July
and Auguſt, we carefully keep to the ſouth
of the line ſome degrees, till we croſs it,
in the aboveſaid longitude of cape Verde;
to avoid the calms, very frequent at that
ſeaſon on the north of the line, which keeps
us much longer in our paſſage. But in the
month of September we may fail continually
along the line, without inclining one de-
gree either to north or ſouth. At that
time it proves ſo cold there, at fo ſmall a
diſtance from the line, that the ſailors, who
are commonly more hardy than other
people, clothe themſelves warm ; the thick
weather and freſh gales, wholly obſtructing
the heat of the ſun, tho? it be then paſſing
the line, and directly over our heads,

The interlopers, and other Europeans,
who uſe a coaſting trade in Guinea, when
they have run along it from one end to the
other, return to it again, ſome of the ways
that have been above mention'd, according
to the ſeaſon of the year; till they croſs
the line again to the northward, about the
longitude of cape Palmas, and thence order
their courſe back to the Quagqua coaſt, to
begin to trade along it, and the Gold Coaſt.
The hiſtory of navigation informs us,
that in the year 1500, Vincent Yanez Pin-
on was the firſt Spaniard that cut the line,
and diſcover'd cape $87. Auguſtin in Brazil.
The cuſtom of ducking, before mention'd
in ſpeaking of the tropicks, is obſerved by
all nations in paſſing the line: the French
vie much pumping of them in a tub with
ſalt-water inſtead of ducking. There are
many other ſports uſed by failors, which
afford paſſengers good diverſion. The duck-
ing is by the French call'd the ſea-baptiſm.

Experience has made it appear, that

keeping too near the equinoctial, and often

north-weſt, has occaſion'd a paſſage to laſt
five months; when others, who have kept
more to the ſouthward, made their paſſage
in leſs than ten weeks, It is true, there are
ſome inſtances of ſhips that have run it in
ſeventy days to the Britiſb channel, often

traverſing the line; but it is ſo rare, that

it muſt certainly be allow'd much better
to follow the moſt general practice of all
European nations, which is to keep to the
ſouthward to the longitude of Cabo Verde,
as has been ſaid before; for a good ſailer
will, after that manner, run ſixty or ſeventy
leagues in twenty four hours, the ſea being
commonly ſmooth and the wind freſh,

If it be deſign'd, at parting from Fida,

or Mbidab, or from Offra for Cayenne, or

the Leeward iſlands, to put in at Prince's

ſand in the Bight, that will prove a very

difficult matter from the windward, unleſs

a ſhip will lie very cloſe upon a wind, which
Vol. V.

to Europe,

America, Cc. 541
conſtantly blows very freſh from the ſouth BAR BOT.
and ſouth ſouth-weſt, and the current ſet- WWW
ting very ſwiftly eaſt north-eaſt and north-
eaſt by eaſt, according to the ſeaſon of the
year and ſtations, which carry ſhips violent-
ly on that point: we are therefore oblig'd
to work it along the coaſt of Biafara,
which is the bottom of the Bight, to make
this Prince's- iſland, which ſometimes proves

a work of twenty, and even of thirty days

being forc'd to anchor moſt part of the
day, and to fail in the night, by the favour
of the land-wind. It is true, I was once
fifty leagues weſt of Prince's- iſland, in the
ſame latitude, coming from the road of Fida
in a ſloop, in the month of April; but
the veſſel was an excellent ſailer upon a
wind, and I had every day the aſſiſtance of
tornados from the north-eaſt. Nevertheleſs,
tho? I got ſo far welt of that iſland, it was
with no ſmall trouble I reached the port of
St. Antony ; for when I came in ſight of the
iſland, tho? its ſoutherly point bore eaſt
ſouth-eaſt, and it was then very calm, the
current drove us under the north point of
it, and we had certainly miſſed it, and fallen
into the Bight, had we not ſeaſonably made
uſe of fix long oars we had aboard, and
hands enough to hold it out rowing from

morning till ſun-ſet, notwithſtanding the

ſcorching vehement heat of the ſun, and no
air atall; and by that means coaſting the
weſt ſide of the iſland, gain'd the diviſion
of the current, one branch of it ſetting
north-eaſt as cuſtomary, and the other ſouth
ſouth-eaſt round the land: ſo I made this
paſſage in ten days from Mphpidab road hi-

ther, which is extraordinary,

This Bight or gulf of Guinea ſo often
mention'd, is a bending of the land, a little
to the north of the line, and from thence,

the land ſtretches weſt, parallel with the line.
croſſing it between the ſouth-eaſt and the

It is much more difficult to get to St. Tome

upon a tack, at parting from Whidah, if

not altogether impoſſible, without falling
into the Bight ; which however, as unavoid-
able as it is, proves of dangerous conſe-
quence to ſuch ſhips as have their compli-
ment of ſlaves aboard. And therefore I ad-
viſe thoſe, to uſe all poſſible means to get
their neceſſary ſtore of proviſions at Fida,
where they are ſo plenty, in order to ſail
along the Biafara coaſt in the Bight, to cape
Lope directly, without being neceſſitated
to call at &. Tome for proviſions; and only
take their ſtore of water and wood at the
ſaid cape; and if proviſions grow ſcanty,
then to make for Annobon iſland, to get
that there. 855 e
At parting from New Calabar river, if
the wind be weſt ſouth-weſt, we lay the
head ſouth by eaſt, and with the ſouth-weſt
wind, to ſouth ſouth-eaſt ; keeping as near
the wind as is reaſonable to weather the
6 * iſland

542

BannorT.

9

and 6f Ferdinand Po, diſtant thirty fix
leagues from Bandy point north-eaſt by eaſt;
and having paſt to the windward of it, ſet

the courſe for cape t. John; and thence or-

dering the navigation, according to occur-
rences, as above related, if we deſign for

St. Tome, to wood and water, and for pro-

viſions, we may very well, in the month of

September, get our NN from Bandy
te

point to St. Tome's road in fifteen or ſixteen
days. At that time of the year we find
the weather commonly ſo cold, as we ap-
proach this iſland, tho ſo near the line, and

at the time of the equinox, that it may well
be ſaid to be as raw and pinching, as on
the coaſt of Britany; eſpecially in the night,

every man aboard, tho' never ſo hardy, is
glad to put on more clothes.
It will not be amiſs, before we leave the
equinoctial line, to give warning, that in
this run it is requiſite often to correct the
courſe of ſhips failing in longitude from eaſt
to weſt, which thoſe acquainted with the
azimuth-compaſs will eaſily do ; for if the
variation of the compaſs be not allow'd,
all reckonings muſt prove erroneous : and
in continued cloudy weather, or where the

mariner is not provided to obſerve the vari-

ation duly, Mr. Edmund Halley's chart will

_ readily ſhow him what allowance he muſt

make for this default of his compaſs, and

thereby rectify his journal.

This correction of the courſe, ſays Mr.
Halley, is in no caſe ſo neceſſary, as in run-
ning down a parallel eaſt or weſt to hit a
port; for if being in your latitude at the
diſtance of ſeventy or eighty leagues, you
allow not the variation, but ſteer eaſt or
welt by compaſs, you ſhall fall ro the north-

wards or ſouthwards of your port, on each

nineteen leagues of diſtance, one mile for
each degree of variation, which may pro-
duce very dangerous errors, where the va-

riation is conſiderable. For inſtance, ſays he,

having a good obſervation in latitude forty-

nine degrees forty minutes, about eighty

| leagues without Scilly, and not conſidering

that there 1s eight degrees weſt variation,

I ſteer away eaſt by compaſs for the chan-

nel; but by making my way truly eaſt eight

degrees north, when I come up with

Silly, inſtead of being three leagues to the

ſouth thereof, I ſhall find myſelf as much
to the northward: and this evil will be more
or leſs according to the diſtance you ſhall
fail in the parallel. The rule to apply it is,
that to keep your parallel truly, you go
ſo many degrees to the ſouthward of the
eaſt, and northward of the weſt, as in the
welt variation: but contrary-wiſe, ſo many

degrees to the northwards of the eaſt, and

ſouthwards of 'the weſt, as there is eaſt
variation. To proceed on our preſent ſubject.

Cour ſes from Guinea

As to the reſt of the paſſage, when bound
to the iſland Cayenne, a French colony on

the main land of America, in the province

of Guiana, being got three degrees and a
half or four degrees ſouth of the line, to
meet the eaſt-ſouth-eaſt and ſouth-eaſt
winds, as has been obſerv'd; we ſet thence
the courſe weſt, till we reach ſo far that
way as one hundred leagues from the little
iſlands Ponendo de San Paolo, which lie at

one degree forty minutes north, and three

hundred fifry two degrees of longitude, ac-

cording to the French and Dutch maps.
Thence we make to north-weſt, after-

wards north-notrth-weſt, till we come into

four degrees north latitude, being that of
cape Caſſepourri, on the continent of Ame-

rica, and thus lay the courſe directly weſt
upon 1t, and not on the north cape, which is
but two degrees more northerly, as ſome
have done to their diſadvantage 3 having

thereby conſiderably retarded their paſſage,

it being a coaſt where they were forc'd to
anchor every night. 5

We commonly make a ſwift run along
that coaſt of America, by reaſon of the ſwift
current, and the guſhing out of the Marar-
hon and Amazons rivers ; which ſet ſo far
out, that at a great diſtance from the land,
freſh water 1s taken up in the ocean,

We reckon our ſelves juſt north-north-
eaſt of that famous river of the Amazons,
when we have forty-eight fathom water,

and yellow ſandy ground, mixt with very

ſmall ſhells,

Chriſtopher d' Acugna a Jeſuit, who ſailed
down that river from its ſource near Quito
in Peru, in 1639, with Pedro Texeira a
Portugueſe general at Para in Brazil, who

had firſt ſail'd up it from Para to near Qui-

to, tells us that,

Twenty-ſix leagues below the iſland of

the Sun, directly under the line, this great

river of the Amazons is eighty-four leagues |

wide, others ſay Any and others but fifty,
bounded on the ſouth ſide by cape Zapara-
ra, and on the other ſide by the north cape,

and here at laſt diſcharges it ſelf in the
ocean. It may be call'd a ſea of freſh water,

mixing it ſelf with the ſalt water-ſea. Tis
the nobleſt and largeſt river in the known
world, by the Spaniards call'd Orellana,
from its firſt diſcoverer, as alſo Maragnon,
and San Juan de las Amazonas ; it falls here
into the ſea, after it has water'd a country
of one thouſand two hundred ſeventy fix
leagues in length, and furniſh*d a multitude
of nations with its fruitfulneſs and plenty

and in a word, after it has cut America in-

to two parts, almoſt in the wideſt of it,
and afforded a great channel, into which
the beſt, the richeſt, and moſt pleaſant r1-
vers, that come down from all the moun-

tains

* FR " - * ec . „ PI
— TS ur en So gs For n
e ” n *

— —

5; - wad

Co - > — Pa — * ——
* r * ̃ CCR EE I AE —— wn 27 - | | =
X 433 A <—— 3 I: 2 a” - r — „ TEE. - - £ — K n | . +. af — *

5 & X - a 2 & 4 2 — 2 — - — fe

_ - — — — K 2 *
— — — —— — — —

- — 7 . N

— — 2 k *

35 C.

—— —— — — —

Lo and — — —ü—ä— ee ener

#7404, ee
do A 242 Sun br >
ELD 2 HOP UDP; a

_ T and of 5
1 — 1 8

Nv

apo 9 | Ly

ee _— | | eee, = = woupnunu 7) C |

|
j

—— A I re er A A ron es
a _ SORES

54 2 25 3 2

N
TIE ES, -
=="

TH - RM -
—__—_ Ne JILIN = 77, 2. 9 75
r 4 _— — um 2 5 1, = 75 2 BEL i J. 1
9 ty 8 A
28 2 7555 7 — 3x —

G oy) wy SON g : Oo

rue uud?

|
i
'

1 92 3 1 7

Ae

N

— —
— —
— —
— — —

0 ee 2 Ih

1 af 22 £18 2 4 2 97ʃ¹⁰ 7 2g

1
: 3

2 * ===

FER —

ESU ,

: : 3 ö ; | 3 | 95 . | | I od ddl. ma mM £ |
1 . ar T0 l vo ο,g 1 Lanodl 7e 5

= —
— *x-© - K
» -

2
ha — —

———— — ———— —— ___ ==. — ——
— 2 — r- 2 = ES Lc ris < 2 — — =
— = IP -4 — 4 - — 2 4 — —— —
- — . — — ==

*

2 *

Dan 2 We. | . |
* e „ OO ./ e pvoYg 1 5
[= | PUNT) o nusur gc

1 240Joq prof? SH

a Sa unt o f
E | — | <0
umo i noq v aun ap 00 9

Puunhv e

. | | Ton
ETC...
A=, f a Ji o op
71 % fo nge f o dive pl H if
Fg 21.

LO)
B

hz

een

—
_ ;

Q
&& PIIPD umo 211 JO ＋ OA el
2½ mogy o, Hinruvα ij ouo Yo
jdn un ST
WML 994puou?T N
WT
Hr} > SI ſ pri nage, e AE ED
4 > > = = * * = ae, 77¹ 27. AgpPud umo Nd
222 JS 2.9.9 + * a | this” e 2 4 ſo 2 han
SLALD 0220 on 0 N FY 25 Ne e
a * 3 Pup udo 4 | Up E, 1
2. D De | |

* —

1

-

— i
7

2

l

Amun * *

AX
;

7 * fl gf ＋ 27 |

(TILLE]

SYHw ws.

\ . i

*
„nn
—— + +

— ——Ʒ—ÿ— — — — —

ELSE -
- / > j
=

aw,
C's *

— 8
LAS 1
— *

AUR —
Wag

all
; WH!

"> && © & ©

*
| | —
lu. 7

Py

Town and Fort, #+ Low

es

— —
——
—

8
aha

— Py
I I

HA
me
Raqunoy hpoo fl, & :
brag 22qUv ) umpu [7 + :
C£uo13vJur] T lng © Þ
YAO, n 4A g

du 4 ut Sauab >
oO VOIP UPIAXTT

2272

— — 2
EVE h K «ccͤ0 44h „4h«44„4ů«„„łt᷑! U 3 „ „ „ „ „ „ „„ 200
2
—=. * a>
> *
- —
7

PLATE 33+

— —

— . «§⏑§6,ꝙð p 7˙»‚•‚‚⅛ .ð» ern rr —ͤ—ũ—Eẽ44—ä —— —

*

/

PLATE 33+

to the Iſlands of America.

tains and coafts of that new world, diſ-
charge their waters. |

To reſume our diſcourſe of navigation
we are very careful when we make the land,

at this coaſt of the Amazons, to caſt the

lead very often : for as the land is low, ſo is
the ſea ſhallow. We can ſcarce have ſight
of cape Caſſ-pourri, at ſeven or eight leagues
diſtance, and there is not above eight or
nine fathom water at that diſtance.

It is of abſolute neceſſity we get ſight of
this cape, to order our courſe accordingly.

Caſſepourri has no other obſervable marks
but only two low round hills, appearing on

its point when it bears ſouth-weſt, as the

figure repreſents. |
The water of the ocean, for three leagues
from Caſſepourri, looks white, becauſe of

its ſhallowneſs ; but the coaſt is very ſafe,

as is that of cape Orange, call'd alſo de
Conde and Cecil; the firſt being the Dutch,
the ſecond the French, and the laſt the Eng-
liſb name, lying three leagues lower. The
current ſets with great rapidity along this

ſhore, two leagues an hour weſt, without

. : Ricks be-
fore the
ſand of

Cayenne.

the help of fails, by which means we ſoon
reach the little iſlands, or rocks lying be-
fore the iſland of Cayenne, tho? almoſt twen-
ty-five leagues diſtant from the aforeſaid
cape.
Theſe iſlands, or rather rocks, lie in a
line before the coaſt of Cayenne. The firſt
of them is ſome leagues eaſt of the point of
Armire in Cayenne, by the Indians call d
Hocaiary, and by the Dutch de Conſtapel;
which muſt not be come nearer to than half

a league, becauſe of ſome ſhoals running

out to ſea from it, which are dry at low
water. Weſt of it are two very ſmall round
rocks, ſtanding cloſe together, by the Indi-
ans call'd Eponeregemere, and by the French

les Mamelles, that is, the breaſts. The next

| rock cloſe by is call'd the mother, both by

the French and Dutch, and by the Indians
Sanawony. The next to that again is named

Eßanaſari or the father, and then the ſon ;

beyond which ſome leagues more to the
weſtward, is Pverloren Rindt in Dutch,
P Enfant perdu in French, both ſignifying
the loſt child, The French give ſometimes
another name to the two rocks I ſaid they
call'd les Mamelles or the breaſts, which 1s
les Files the daughters; and the other call'd
the ſon, ſome of them name Enfant Ma-
lingre, the ſcabby fon. The jeſuits have a
large ſtock of wild hogs on the ſmall iſland
Epinaſari or the father, which turn to a
good account. =

We paſs by theſe iſlands at half a league
diſtance, to proceed to the road of Cayenne,
under fort &. Lewis, where the river Cay-
enne falls into the ocean, and there come

to an anchor in four or five fathom water,
Pars 33. ſandy ouſy ground, I here give the pro-

voyage thither from Guinea.

ſpect of the iſland, as I drew it at my BaRROr.
2A

e are 2 forty or forty-five

days in our paſſage, from the ſight of cape
Lope Gonſalez in Guinea, to Cayenne in Gui-
ana in America; having moſt of the time a
favourable pleaſant gale, ſmooth ſea, and
very ſeldom or never any tempeſtuous wea-
ther, ſetting aſide ſome Tornados, near cape
Lope and Annobon, and ſome heavy ſhowers
of rain, attended with high wind, near the
coaſt of Guiana, by the French call'd Grains;

and very rarely one or two water-ſpouts at

a great diſtance, by the French mariners
named Puyzeaux Trombes and

by lowering and furling our fails betimes :

Sports.

Queues de
Dragon; againſt which we ſecure our ſelves,

for we generally know their approach, by

a little black cloud, riſing gradually from
the horizon, which in a few minutes, with
great rapidity, overſpreads the beſt part of
the hemiſphere, and immediately burſts out,
forming a viſible ſpout, reaching down from

the Joweſt clouds, to the ſurface of the oce-
an, as the figure repreſents very naturally. Prare 7.

And extracting the water through it to the

clouds, afterwards breaks into a heavy

ſhower, attended with a vaſt ſpout and a

moſt furious guſt of wind; which if it falls
upon any ſhip with all its fails abroad, as
we often uſe to be in this paſſage, will cer-
tainly overſet it, or at leaſt bring the maſts
by the board. Generally when the ſigns of

the coming of ſuch water-ſpout appear, we

lower our top-maſts to the top, and our
main and mizen yards to the deck, with
all poſſible ſpeed. 5

As to the paſſage from Loango and Congo
river, in the lower Ethiopia; the former
having its capital city in four degrees thirty
minutes ſouth-Jatitude, and eighteen de-
grees eight minutes eaſtward from the me-
ridian of Lundy; if we are bound to Famai-

ca, and in the month of O#ober, when we

find the winds ſouth by weſt, and ſouth-

ſouth-weſt, freſh gales, veerable to ſouth-
weſt and back to ſouth; we ſtand off to the
weſtward with larboard tacks on board, till
in fourteen degrees longitude, to the weſt-

ward of Loango, and there we find the winds |

veering from ſouth-ſouth-eaſt to ſouth-eaſt,
freſh gales. When we are thirty-four de-
grees to the weſtward of Loango, we are
then ſixteen weſtward from the meridian of
Lundy, the peculiar meridian of the Exgliſb,
and there we find the winds veering from

ſouth-eaſt by eaſt to eaſt by ſouth and eaſt;

and ſo they continue blowing freſh, as we
{till run to the weſtward, between the lati-
tude of three and four degrees ſouth, till
we make the iſland Fernando de Noronha,
which lies in three degrees fifty-four minutes
of ſouth latitude, and forty degrees fifty
minutes longitude weſt ward from Len;
an

— —
* - © — — may 2 - — f A —
— — — ——— — — a — — — * — * — * * — — — — — — — — — 1 —
1 — Tor — —— — — - — —— — (— ——— — — — — — = . _ X
EEE — = = SD —— =. — == — —— — T9 Iz — = - - - 24
&T > - +1 — - — 7 2 - _—_ Nee - 1 r — n T 1. 7 — 22 —
2— — > ; — 3 - — — — = = - . 2 —— — — — Y — —— — 2 — 22 — TI _ — — 2
XX = . — — * — — R be — — Az — _— —— = — 1 - — . — — — 7 — = = — 2
- = — — — 8 _—— — — — — I — — — — * - 5 4 EDS AER — . ˙—— re
L . ” = ITS .. : b = - = — — — — 1 * 8 * _ — oo —_ <—— N << | — — — — ens
— —— — — = we — = . . — = 1 >>I - = . 5 2
_ - - = —= - — — — — . — 2 — —

= - —
— — — —
— — = — — ES
=- - _ —
— mg — — -
— - — = -=
=, — —— — = :
— T 3232 * 4
© moe 3 by — Rn
* . EREG WET” <=
— — 9

544 A DESCRIPTION of the

BAR BOT. and twenty-two degrees fifty-one minutes
YM from the meridian of Landy.

Ferdinand In this iſland appears a very high pyra-

de Noron- midal or piked mountain ; and coming cloſe

* to it, the ſaid pyramid looks like a large ca-

, thedral. On the north-weſt fide is a ſmall

bay to anchor in, but ſhips muſt come pretty

near the ſhore, becauſe it is deep water.

There is plenty of fiſh ; and on the iſland is

ſome freſh water, and low ſhrubs of trees.

There are no other inhabitants but dogs: in

former times, it was inhabited by the Portu-

gueſe; but the Dutch, then in war with them,

ranſack'd the iſland, and carried the Poriu-
gueſe all away.
The iſland may be about four miles long,
from north-eaſt to ſouth-weſt. On the north
ſide are ſome rocks pretty high above wa-
ter; and many birds, as ſea-gulls and man- of-
war birds, which are ſomething like our
kites in Great- Britain. The current ſets
ſtrong to the north-weſt; the variation
very little. |

From this iſland we ſteer north weſt, with

freſh gales at ſouth-eaſt and eaſt ſouth-eaſt,

in order to croſs the equator, and deſign-

ing to make the iſland Tobago weſtward, ly-
ing in eleven degrees thirty-three minutes
north longitude, weſtward of Fernando
twenty-eight degrees nineteen minutes.

In this paſſage between the ſaid iſlands, we

find ſtrange rippling and cockling ſeas, ready

to leap in upon the ſhip's deck, which in-

duces me to think the current is ſtrong. 70.

Tobago bago is a high iſland with a good ſandy bay
Hand. on the ſouth-weſt ſide, where the Dutch had

formerly a great fort, till moleſted by the

Engliſh and French by turns, and now deſerted.
From this iſland it's well known how to
ſer the courſe to that of Jamaica, the meri-

dian diſtance from Tobago, being ſeven hun-

dred and fifty miles weſt; and in that paſ-
ſage no land is ſeen, till we make the north-
eaſt of Jamaica, ly ing in eighty-two degrees
ſixteen minutes longitude, weſt from the
city of Loango before mention' d.
We have commonly in the paſſage from
Guinea to America, the diverſion of catch-
ing bonitoes, albacores, doradoes, porpoiſes,
- ſharks, flying fiſh, and remoras; of which
ſorts, ſometimes great ſhoals keep us com-
pany, and we take them freſh and freſh
every day, eſpecially the bonitoes and alba-
cores, of which latter ſort ſome weigh ſixty
pounds or more, being not only pleaſant,
but very uſeful and refreſhing for travellers,
We are alſo often diverted with the ſight
of a multitude of ſmall whales or grampuſſes,
lying (till as if they were dead with their
ſnouts above water, and ſometimes play ing
about the ſhip, with a heavy ſlow motion
and a great noiſe; and when in company
of other ſhips, we viſit one another by turns
in our pinnaces or yauls, having commonly

ood weather and a ſmooth ſea in this paſ.
age. Theſe grampuſſes are ſhaped almoſt
like a whale, but much leſs in bulk, and caſt
or blow up water like it, but only through
one paſſage or orifice, which is above its
ſnout, whereas the whale has two there,

In the longitude of the iſles of St. Matthew runs.

and the Aſcenſion, we are often viſited by a
multitude of large birds of a dark brown fea-

ther, which in the night-time more eſpe ·
cially perch on our ſhrouds and yards, and

even on the gunnills, and ſuffer themſelves
to be taken up by hand; for which reaſon
the French ſailors call them Fous, that is
fools ; being of three ſorts : ſome as big as
a young goole, with large, thick, and long
bills, ſhort legs, and feer like a duck ; their
cry very piercing. They are a ſort of
ſea-gulls z the Portugueſe call them Alca-
traces, and give this farther account of
them. At night, when diſpos'd to ſleep,
they ſoar up as high as poſſible, and put-
ting their head under one wing, ſupport
themſelves for ſome time with the other;
but becauſe the weight of their bodies muſt
needs force them down again at laſt, as
ſoon as they come to the water, they take

their flight again, and often repeating it,

may in a manner be ſaid to ſleep waking :
it often happens that they fall into the ſhips
as they fail. Thoſe who know the nature

of them add, that at a certain time of the

year, they always go aſhore to build their
neſts, and that in the higheſt places, whereby
they facilitate their flight. It has been ob-

ſerv'd, that being ſet at liberty upon the

plain deck, they cannot raiſe themſelves.

Some Engliſb ſailors call this bird a booby,
and others a noddy. As they feed moſtly up-
on flying fiſh, they caſte very fiſhy; and if

you do not falt them very well before you
eat them, will make you ſick. They are

ſo ſilly, that when they are weary of fly-

ing, they will, if you hold out your hand,
come and fit upon it.
The ſecond ſort are white, not near ſo

large, and their feet red, The third ſpe-

cies are leſs than theſe,

There are great multitudes of them in
theſe ſeas, preying on ſhoals of flying fiſh,
hunted by bonitoes and albacores; who, to
avoid being devoured by theſe greedy fiſhes,
their implacable enemies, betake themſelves
to fly out of their element into that of the
air, a little above the ſurface of the ocean,
where they meet theſe other winged foes

falling thick upon them, as hawks do on

birds, and never fail to ſnap many, and to
force the reſt to plunge again into the ſea,
and into the ſame dangers they had en-
deavour'd to avoid. The ſight of this ſort
of conflict is ſo pleaſant, that I could not

forbear drawing a ſketch of it, which I hope Part 7-

will be acceptable.
The

2 eee

aſcenſion

nd.

Ferdi-
nand

de N
ronha

lang,

Aſcenſion
0.

Fand of St. Matthew, Aſcenſion, &c.

The iſland of St. Matthew before men-
tion'd, lies in one degree fifty minutes ſouth
latitude, formerly inhabited by the Portugueſe,

who diſcover*d it on St. Matthew's day, and

gave it that name; but they deſerted it long
ago. This is what is ſaid of it, how true I
know not; for at preſent that iſland is not
to be found, tho' laid down in moſt Euro-
Pean maps. :

The ifland Aſcenſion lies in eight degrees
thirty minutes of ſouth latitude, diſcover'd
by the Portugueſe on Aſcenſion-day, whence
it derives the name. The land is very high
and ſteep towards the ſhore ; the ſoil barren
without any green, appearing full of moun-
tains and craggy rocks cover'd with birds
dung, who make their neſts on the top of
them. The whole iſland may be about vive
leagues in compaſs, and is famous for the
tortoiſes taken on it at a certain time of the
year, and carry'd ſalted to the American
colonies, by way of trade. This iſland is
uninhabited, but its ſhore is plentifully ſtored
with mews, and many other ſea-birds, and
an incredible quantity of flying fiſh.

Captain Dampier reports, in his voyage to
New Holland, printed Anno 1703, that

himſelf and his crew, after his ſhipwreck

thereabouts, with much difficulty got aſhore
on the Aſcenſion, where they liv'd on goats
and tortoiſes; and found, to their great
comfort, on the ſouth-eaſt ſide of a high
mountain, about half a mile from its top,
a ſpring of freſh water: contrary to the
general account given hitherto, that this

illand was quite deſtitute of freſh water.

Which information may ſerve ſuch perſons

in future times, as through neceſſity may

ferdi-
nind *
de No-
ronha

land.

chance to be forc'd thither.

On the weſt fide of the iſland are two
high mountains, which have a little green,
being better moiſtened by the frequent dews,
which cauſes the ground all about to abound
with the largeſt and beſt-taſted purſlain in
the Wörle. 5

Iam told, many perſons have croſs'd the

line, between the little iſlands Ponendo de

San Paolo, and that of Ferdinand de No-
ronha, Others pretend it is not ſafe to croſs
it there, alledging there are ſhoals of rocks
betwixt thoſe iſlands, which in ſome maps
are call'd Abrolhos or Vigia, that is, ſee, or
open the eyes. In ſuch uncertainty, I think
it much more prudent to follow the moſt
general practice, as before obſerv'd.

As to the iſland Ferdinand Noronba, of
which I have already given a ſhort account ;
I ſhall now add, we know our {elves to
be about it, when we ſee a multitude of
birds playing over the occan, even at thirty
leagues diſtance. It is eaſily perceiv'd fif-
teen leagues off in fair weather, and muſt be

approached when juſt in its latitude 3 ſteer-

ing welt to it, to prevent overſhooting it, as
ſome have done infailing towards it obliquely,
Vor. V. |

not being able to find ground to anchor. Barnor.
The road is when the peak, or pyramid, al- WWW
ready mention'd, bears ſouth ſouth-eaſt ; it

is good ſandy-ground very near the ſhore.

The iſland ſeems to make a kind of ſepa-

ration on the eaſt-ſide.

In the beginning of the laſt century, a few
Portugueſe were left there to cultivate the
grounds for cotton and Indian wheat, which
throve well. It has ſome cattle and goats,
and ſome Mandioca; but little freſh water

in the ſummer ſeaſon. As for wood, there is

plenty of it; ſo that in caſe of neceſſity, ſhips
repair to it, for a ſupply of thoſe neceſſaries.
Thus far concerning our paſſage from

Guinea to America; which, if obſerv'd, will

not fail of making it eaſy and expeditious,
and may reaſonably be perform'd in fifty
days to any of the Caribbee iſlands, or two
months at moſt, to Jamaica: whereas, if
we keep our courſe near to the equator, it
may be much longer, becauſe of the great
calms we uſually meet thereabouts, which
is a great diſadvantage to our flave-ſhips ;
the tediouſneſs of the paſſage cauſing a great
mortality among them, eſpecially when
they are too much crouded, and come from
any of the ports of the Bight of Guinea,
which often ſpend a whole month or more in
getting to St. Tome, or to cape Lope, and too
often the ſhips are over-loaded with ſlaves.

1 have obſerv'd, that the great morta-
lity, which ſo often happens in flave- ſhips,
proceeds as well from taking in too many,

as from want of knowing how to manage

them aboard, and how to order the courſe.

at ſea ſo nicely, as not to overſhoot their

ports in America, as ſome bound to Cayenne

with ſlaves, have done; attributing the te-
diouſneſs of their paſſage, and their other Methods zo

miſtakes, to wrong cauſes, as being becalnyd*?* e
about the line, Sc. which only proceeded

in ſhips.
from their not obſerving the regular courſe,
or not making due obſervations of land when
they approach'd the American continent; or
of the force and ftrength of the current of
the Amazons.
Others have been faulty in not putting

their ſhips into due order before they left the
Guinea coaſt, a thing very much to be
minded; and have not taken care before
they ſail'd from Vhidab, or cape Lope, to
ſet well their ſhrouds and ſtays, tarr them
well, with all the running ropes and blocks,
If the port or road will allow it, we clean
our ſhips as low as is poſſible, and tallow
them well, to give them the better way :
beſides all this, during the paſſage, we take
care, in good weather, to have the ſhips
well caulk'd without and within, as well as
the decks. The work of the outlide we do in
fair weather; and if bad, the carpenters work
within, and tarr all over, that every thing
within may be kept dry, as well for its pre-
ſervation as decency.

| | 6 Z As

— — — _ - * *
— — — — ——— — . —
— — — —
- ——————— — —
” 2 — =" 23
— — * d
— — n - — 2 -

r cow _- — no — 2 ——— E 22 = B 2 . ——————— 2 — =
4 — _ - — > —— - — — ha. A 238 _ — — I — * 7 0
—— — a * — — — — — p — =

5 —

— — — —
=
<td”

— — -
=; ads R_S

— rms '» — — —
- E 2
S
1 —

2

— — — we

. b 1 N
n " — 2 * 0 - m NI - 2 n =
—— — — — — N — — 5 — — — — . =. — — . — 2 — ——
— — —— — Soren . — — — — * —— — : . 5 - - =
8 * : * = ä —— * * . - - * _ 2 , N —_— * 2 5 p . — . — — we 2
= * — ws — — — = — — — . —— - — ” - — — — — — ” — ä ——ůů — — — — — a — —
n — — * — © ran 4 — — — dent - — — — - . - — — — = — 833 — — — * p — — — — — — — — —
= — 1 hora . a . a - ba
— — — — —h: — — —— — — - —__—— 2 — - p 2 — 2 — R 1 _ — — — inn — — . 4 — - 7 2
> . ——— — — — —— = = ——— — . —— — i — — — === — — — - — — — 2 7 : I - - AZ - _— = FR
PEPE -_ 7 I 2 — — n — " : — 8 = " - — - O -4 — I . * = 322 2 8 n 2 a 8 - A -
I , : A l — n 4 - _ : * 2 p 2 — 0 . - — — — — _— — 5 a 2 2
— 2 ren ä —— qe - 2 — — __ _— —— — — —— 2 — — — — 2-2 SL 2 — > ang —-——x.- - gr 2 . N ,
- - . — — — - b 8 - . — —
. 6 * 1 — pom; —— 2 - — — — - >» . 2 , — — — — * —
N — — — — - —— — — . — ——— — — — * —— x . — 4 23 2 \ ep conn aye q — - — *$. _— — « _— Ao om . — — — » — . , _s 8 7 — — ” 1 Sw ww —_— - *
— — — — — - — * . — Lanes = Bo — — — : - — — — — = - ——— * 2 - — 2 — 8 = — :
, y 1 2 2 — — 2 — — Lad - - i > 23a 2 * — — — — — — — * = l S-o— 1} 4 — * 1 "a —_— b = — - * = : z > , E -
— — — — - 2 — * 2 = a _ * * 4 — — . — ag — — 2 = l = — -

==
— 7» 25 Po:

* L

> —

225 — wa — 2 =

A:
x as

—

*
0
*
7
.
4:
Ko
.
2
o
4
3
1
:
Mt
N
\*
4
1
;

p ” — of . *
re —— — DET TT ICED — —r—
Ta — 28 4
4 3 2 K i — - a SY . 8
OS 2 — LS . :

546

BARBOTT.

OY

Manage-
ment of

Ha vet.

General Obſervations on

As to the management of our ſlaves
aboard, we lodge the two ſexes apart, by
means of a ſtrong partition at the main maſt;
the forepart is for men, the other behind
the maſt for the women. If it be in large
ſhips carrying five or ſix hundred ſlaves, the
deck in ſuch ſhips ought to be at leaſt five
and a half or ſix foot high, which is very

requiſite for driving a continual trade of

ſlaves : for the greater height it has, the
more airy and convenient it -is for ſuch a
conſiderable number of human creatures;

and conſequently far the more healthy for

them, and fitter to look after them. We

build a fort of half-decks along the ſides

with deals and ſpars provided tor that pur-

poſe in Europe, that half-deck extending no
farther than the ſides of our ſcuttles, and ſo
the ſlaves lie in two rows, one above the
other, and as cloſe together as they can be

crouded.

The Dutch company's ſhips exceed all o-

ther Europeans in ſuch accommodations, be-

ing commonly built deſignedly for thoſe
voyages, and conſequently contrived very

wide, loſty, and airy, betwixt decks, with
gratings and ſcuttles, which can be cover'd
with tarpawlins in wet weather; and in fair
Some alſo
have made ſmall ports, or lights along the
ſides at proper diſtances, well ſecured with
thick iron bars, which they open from time
to time for the air; and that very much con-
tributes to the preſervation of thoſe poor
wretches, who are ſo thick crouded to-

uncover'd, to let in the more air.

gether.

4

The Portugueſe of Angola, a people in ma-

ny reſpects not to be compar'd to the Eugliſb,
Dutch or French, in point of neatneſs aboard
their ſhips, tho? indeed ſome French and Eng-
liſb ſhips in thoſe voyages for ſlaves are ſlo-
vingly, foul, and ſtinking, according to tne

_ temper and the want of ſkill of the com-

manders ; the Portugueſe, I ſay, are com-

mendable in that they bring along with

them to the coaſt, a ſufficient quantity of

coarſe thick mats, to ſerve as bedding under
the ſlaves aboard, and ſhift them every fort-
night or three weeks with ſuch freſh mats:

which, beſides that it is ſofter for the poor

wretches to lie upon than the bare deals or
decks, muſt alſo be much healthier for them,
becauſe the planks, or deals, contract ſome
dampneſs more or leſs, cither from the deck
being ſo often waſh'd to keep it clean and
iweet, or from the rain that gets in now and
then through the ſcuttles or other openings,
and even from the very ſweat of the ſlaves ;
which being ſo crouded in a low place, is
perpetual, and occaſions many diſtempers,
or at beſt great inconveniencies dangerous
to their health : whercas, lying on mats,
and ſhifting them from time to time, muſt
be much more convenient z and it would be

prudent to imitate the Portugueſe in this

point, the charge of ſuch mats being incon-
ſiderable.

We are very nice in keeping the places
whete the ſlaves lie clean and neat, appoin-
ting fome of the ſhip's crew to do that office
conſtantly, and ſeveral of the flaves them-
ſelves to be aſſiſtant to them in that em-
ployment; and thrice a week we perfume
betwixt decks with a quantity of good vine-
gar in pails, and red-hot iron bullets in them,
to expel the bad air, after the place has been
well waſh*d and ſcrubb'd with brooms : af.
ter which, the deck is clean'd with cold vi-
negar, and in the day-time, in good weather,
we leave all the ſcuttles open, and ſhut theft
again at night. BY

It has been obſerv'd before, that ſome
ſlaves fancy they are carry'd to be eaten,
which makes them deſperate; and others
are ſo on account of their captivity : ſo that

if care be not taken, they will mutiny and

deſtroy the ſhip's crew in hopes to get away.
To prevent ſuch misfortunes, we uſe to
vilit them daily, narrowly ſearching every
corner between decks, to fee whether they
have not found means, to gather any pieces
of iron, or wood, or knives, about the ſhip,
notwithſtanding thegreat care we take not to

leave any tools or nails, or other things in the

way: which, however, cannot be always ſo
exactly obſerv'd, where ſo many people are
in the narrow compals of a ſhip.

We cauſe as many of our men as is con-

venient to lie in the quarter-deck and gun-

room, and our principal officers in the great
cabbin, where we keep all our ſmall arms
in a readineſs, with ſentinels conſtantly at
the door and avenues to it ; being thus
ready to diſappoint any attempts our ſlaves
might make on a ſudden.

Theſe precautions contribute very much
to keep them in awe ; and if all thoſe who
carry flaves duly obſerv'd them, we ſhould

not hear of ſo many revolts as have happen'd.

Where I was concern'd, we always kept our
ſlaves in ſuch order, that we did not perceive
the leaſt inclination in any of them to revolt,

or mutiny, and loſt very few of our number

in the voyage.

It is true, we allow'd them much more
liberty, and us'd them with more tenderneſs
than moſt other Europeans would think pru-

dent to do; as, to have them all upon deck _
every day in good weather; to take their

meals twice a-day, at fix'd hours, that is,
at ten in the morning, and at five at night;
which being ended, we made the men go
down again between decks: for the women
were almoſt entirely at their own diſcretion,
to be upon deck as long as they pleas'd, nay
even many of the males had the ſame liberty
by turns, ſucceſſively; few or none being fet-

ter'd or kept in ſhackles, and that only on

account of ſome diſturbances, or injuries, of-
ter*d to their fellow captives, as will una-

voidably

Dizt of

faves,

Dirt of

faves,

the Management of SLAvEs.

voidably happen among a numerous croud
of ſuch ſavage people. Beſides, we allow'd
each of them betwixt their meals a handful
of Indian wheat and Mandioca, and now and
then ſhort pipes and tobacco to ſmoak up-
on deck by turns, and ſome cocoa-nuts
and to the women a piece of coarſe cloth to
cover them, and the ſame to many of the
men, which we took care they did waſh
from time to time, to prevent vermin, which
they are very ſubject to; and becauſe it
look*d ſweeter and more agreeable, To-
wards the evening they diverted themſelves
on the deck, as they thought fit, ſome con-
verſing together, others dancing, ſinging,
and ſporting after their manner, which
pleaſed them highly, and often made us
paſtime ; eſpecially the female ſex, who be-
ing a- part from the males, on the quarter-
deck, and many of them young ſprightly
maidens, full of jollity and good-humour,
afforded us abundance of recreation; as did
ſeveral little fine boys, which we moſtly
kept to attend on us about the ſhip.

We meſs'd the ſlaves twice a day, as I
have obſerved ; the firſt meal was of our
large beans boiPd, with a certain quantity

of Muſcovy lard, which we have from Hol-

land, well pack'd up in caſks. The beans
we have in great plenty at Rochel. The
other meal was of peaſe, or of Indian wheat,
and ſometimes meal of Mandioca; this pro-
vided in Prince's iſland, the Indian wheat
at the Gold Coaſt; boil'd with either lard, or
ſuet, or greaſe, by turns: and ſometimes
with palm-oil and malaguette or Guinea

pepper. I found they had much batter ſto-

machs for beans, and it is a proper fattening

food for captives; in my opinion far better to

maintain them well, than Indian wheat, Man-
dioca or yams; tho? the Calabar ſlaves value

this root above any other food, as being uſed
to it in their own country: but it is not at

certain times of the year to be had in ſo
great a quantity as is requiſite to ſubſiſt ſuch

a number of people for ſeveral months;

beſides that they are apt to decay, and even

to putrify as they grow old. Horle-beans
are alſo very proper for ſlaves in lieu of large
beans : there is good plenty of them in Great
Britain, which, as well as the other beans,
will keep, if well put up in dry fats or caſks,

We diſtributed them by ten in a meſs,
about a ſmall flat tub, made for that uſe
by our coopers, in which their victuals were
ſerved ; each ſlave having a little wooden
ſpoon to feed himſelf handſomely, and more
cleanly than with their fingers, and they
were well pleaſed with it.

At each meal we allow'd every ſlave a
full coco-nut ſhell of water, and from time
to time a dram of brandy, to ſtrengthen
their ſtomachs,

The Dutch commonly feed their flaves
three times a day, with indifterent good

victuals, and much better than they eat in Bagzor.
their own country. The Portugueſe feed www

them moſt with Mandioca.
As for the ſick and wounded, or thoſe out

of order, our ſurgeons, in their daily viſits ck faves.

betwixt decks, finding any indiſpoſed, caus'd
them to be carried to the Lazaretto, under
the fore-caſtle, a room reſerv'd for a ſort
of hoſpital, where they were carefully look*d
after. Being out of the croud, the ſurgeons
had more conveniency and time to admi-
niſter proper remedies ; which they cannot
do leiſurely between decks, becauſe of the
great heat that is there continually, which
is ſometimes ſo exceſſive, that the ſurgeons
would faint away, and the candles would not
burn; beſides, that in ſuch a croud of brutiſh
people, there are always ſome very apt to
annoy and hurt others, and all in general

fo greedy, that they will ſnatch from the

ſick ſlaves the freſh meat or liquor that is
given them. It is no way adviſable to put
the ſick ſlaves into the long-boat upon deck,
as was very imprudently done in the Albion
frigate, ſpoken of in the deſcription of New /s p

Calabar ; for they. being thus expoſed in the

open air, and coming out of the exceſſive
hot hold, and lying there in the cool of the
nights, for ſome time juſt under the fall of
the wind from the ſails, were ſoon taken ſo
ill of violent cholicks and bloody fluxes,
that ina few days they died, and the owners
loſt above three hundred ſlaves in the paſ-
ſage from S/. Tome to Barbadoes; and the
two hundred and fifty that ſurvived, were

like ſkeletons, one half of them not yielding

above four pounds a head there: an over-
ſight, by which fifty per Cent. of the ſtock
or outſet was loft,

Much more might be ſaid relating to the
preſervation and maintenance of ſlaves in
ſuch voyages, which I leave to the prudence

of the officers that govern aboard, if they
value their own reputation and their owners

advantage; and ſhall only add theſe few
particulars, that tho? we ought to be circum-
ſpect in watching the ſlaves narrowly, to
prevent or diſappoint their ill deſigns for
our own conſervation, yet muſt we not be
too ſevere and haughty with them, but on
the contrary, careſs and humour them in
every reaſonable thing. Some commanders,
of a moroſe peeviſh temper are perpetually
beating and curbing them, even without
the leaſt offence, and will not ſuffer an
upon deck but when unavoidable neceſſity
to eaſe themſelves does require; under
pretence it hinders the work of the
ſhip and failors, and that they are trou-
bleſome by their naſty nauſeous ſtench,
or their noiſe; which makes thoſe poor
wretches deſperate, and beſides their
falling into diſtempers thro' melancholy,
often is the occaſion of their deſtroying
themſelves.

Such

> * 5 - —
—— ————— — e ]—
— 2 - -

U

þ
1]
4
j

|

1 hs
|
if

i
x
!
5
.
.
4

= m 1 — * = .
4 5 We SI # - oy

ev” > 3
tat

—
—

548

ſelves, tho? of a different colour, and pagans;
and that they ought to do to others as they
would be done by in like circumſtances; as
it may be their turn, if they ſhould have the
misfortune to fall into the hands of Algerines
or Sallee men, as it has happen'd to many
after ſuch voyages perform'd. They ought
alſo to conſider the intereſt of their owners,
who put them into that employment; and,

unleſs they have laid aſide the ſenſe of gra-
titude and credit, it may be an inducement

to curb their brutiſh temper, and move them
to agentle humane carriage towards the poor
faves, and to contribute as far as in them
lies, to keep them clean, healthy and eaſy ;
to leſſen the deep ſenſe of their lamentable
condition, which many are ſenſible enough
of, whatever we may think of their ſtupidity.
Theſe methods will undoubtedly turn to the
adyantage of the adventurers, their maſters,

and is the leaſt return they can reaſonably

expect from them.

It alſo concerns the adventurers in Guinea
voyages for ſlaves, not to allow the com-
manders, ſupercargo or officers, the liberty

of taking aboard any ſlaves for their own

particular account, as is too often practiſed

among European traders, thinking to ſave
ſomething in their ſalaries by the month:
for experience has ſnown, that the captain's
ſlaves never die, ſince there are not ten
maſters in fifty who ſcruple to make good
their own out of the cargo; or at leaſt ſuch
licence- ſlaves are ſure to have the beſt ac-
commodations aboard, and the greateſt plenty
of ſubſiſtance out of the ſhip's ſtock : and
very often thoſe who were allow'd to carry
but two ſlaves, have had ten or twelve, and
thoſe the beſt of the cargo, ſubſiſted out of

the general proviſions of the ſhip, and train'd

up aboard, to be carpenters, coopers, and
cooks, ſo as to fell for double the price of

other ſlaves in America, becauſe of their ſkill,
Se. And ſuch commanders, when return'd

home, and requir'd to account for ſuch
licentious practices, and to reſtore the pro-
duct of ſuch ſlaves fo diſpos'd of, allowing
them their firſt coſt, not only refuſe to com-

ply with fo reaſonable a demand, but know-
ing how many formalities the law in England

requires, to compel them to it, which re-
duces it almoſt to an impoſſibility, the

fall out with, and ungratefully abuſe their
benefactors and patrons, So that it were
infinitely better, in lieu of ſuch grants,to aug-
ment the ſalaries, proportionably to the great
fatigues and imminent hazards of life in ſuch
voyages, with this condition, that any per-
ſons whatſoever tranſgreſſing in this point,
ſhall forfeit not only ſuch ſlaves as he ſhall
preſume to carry over without permiſſion,
but alſo all his wages, and pay a reaſonable
fine beſides. All this r1go ouſly executed,

A DzscriPTION of

BaARBOr. Such officers ſhould conſider, thoſe un-

would have a great influence, and deter
[ fortunate creatures are men as well as them-

many from their ill practices for the future.
And thus I conclude the deſcription of the
coaſts of North and South Guinea, and of
Angola, in the Lower Ethiopia, and the par-
ticular obſervations for the courſe of navi.
gation to and from it, to the iſland Cayenne,
in the province of Guiana in North America.
J have thought fit to ſubjoin a ſhort new

deſcription of that province of Gyiang in

general, and of the iſland of Cayenne in par-

ticular; as far as I could gather from ſome

of the principal inhabitants, and the g9.
vernor, as well as from my own obſervations.
during the ſhort ſtay I made in that iſland,
in the year 1679; to which I will add a
ſuccinct account of the French Carilber
lands, Marlinico and Guadaloupe, and others
adjacent, inhabited only by Indians, toge-
gether with the draughts of thoſe two laft
named.

Of the province of GUIANA.

T HL province may be call'd a large p.
Iſland, the rivers Oronoque or Paria, anderen.

and that of the Amazons, which join, cutting

it off from the body of the continent; the

diſtance between the mouths of the {aid
rivers being above three hundred leagues;
and all that tract of land by geographers is
calPd Guiana and Caribana, on which coat
lies the iſland of Cayenne. The rivers Oro
noque and that of the Amazons part, ac-
cording to Acunna, who made this obſervation
on the ſpot, in the longitude of three
hundred and ſixteen degrees. The native
Indians of that place call the Oronoque, Curi-
guarura; but the Toupinambous give it the

name of Urama and Acunna, that of Rio

Negro or the black-river, becaule its waters
are ſo clear that they look black ; and U-
rama, in the language of the Toupinambo!!s
ſignifies the ſame. Thoſe Indians call the
river of the Amazons, Paianacuris, that is,
the great river. =

Caribana is the name of the maritime 1,
part of Guiana; others call it the country

of the Amazons, and others El Dorado: but
the Indian name of Guiana has prevail'd
ſince the French have ſettled there, and ſome
of their authors have from them entitled it
Equinoctial France, as being near the equator.
This part of the continent of America 1s
water'd by abundance of rivers, ſome ot
which will carry ſhips up a conſiderable
way, and on the banks of them an infinite
number of plantations might be made, which
would turn to a very good account, as well
in reſpect of the trade with the natives, and
the fiſhing in the rivers and along the ſea-
coaſts, as of the product of the land, if it
were induſtriouſly cultivated, and the na-
tives well uſed ; for otherwiſe they are very
revengeful. The land of Guiana all along
the fea-coaſt, and the banks of the river, 15
commonly low. /
The

Rivers»

P;rima
lake.

Ertility,

Pda,

Temper,
ture,

Hater,

and.

Rivers»

P;rima
lake.

ertility.

Poly.

Temper ge
ture,

Hater,

Nandi.

the Province of Guiana.

The rivers of this country, to begin on
the welt of north cape, are Toponowyny, Aro-
wary, Arikary, Corroſuine, Quanaoueny, Caſ-
ſipoure or Caſepouri, whence the cape takes
name; Arocaws, weſt of cape Orange; and
near it WViapoca or Yapoco, Wanary, Apor-
chaque or Aproaque, in which there are
great dangerous water- falls; after which is
Cauwo, and then Via or Ouia, Cayanni
or Cayenne, theſe two laſt forming the iſland
Cayenne; Macouriaque, Courora, Manama—
nary, Sinamory; and many more too tedious
to mention in particular, being in all forty-
one, which all fall into the north-ſea. The
famous Oronogque is the laſt of them all to
the weſtward, and has ſeveral Indian names,
as Worinoque, Huria Paria, and Tviapari.

Beſides this great number of rivers, the

imaginary lake of Parima has always been
plac*d in the ſouth part of this country, as
may be ſeen in all our maps. I call it ima-
ginary, becauſe 1t could never be heard of
by the French, who were ſeveral years en-

quiring after it; I ſhall have occaſion to

ſpeak of it again in the deſcription of
Cayenne. 4585 |

This country has all diverſity of lands,
as hills, plains and meadows; the very
mountains being capable of tilling, and the
ſoil ſo fruitful, that one man may with eaſe

get enough to maintain twenty.

According to ſome, this province is in

many parts very wild and thinly peopled,
eſpecially the loweſt lands, which are often

overflow'd by the rivers; but the upper
hilly countries are very populous, the foil
being water'd by fo many rivers, very com-
modious for travellers. The air in that up-
land country is much colder than towards
the coaſt, and the hills are very rich in
mines of ſeveral ſorts.

Fruit is very plentiful and good, and all
ſorts of grain grow there all the year about,
except wheat; coming up in a ſhort time,
and with little or no diſtinctiop of ſcaſons:
for there being no winter, the trees are al-

ways green and full of leaves, bloſſoms and

fruit.

Tho' this country is between the line and
the tropick of Cancer, that is, within the
torrid Zone, the climate is pretty tempe—
rate, and the air wholeſome; the heats being
generally allay'd by a freſh eaſterly wind,
which reigns the greateſt part of the year,
during the day, and at night the land-breezes
prevail, but do not reach to two or three

leagues out at ſea.

The waters are likewiſe excellent, and of
ſuch a particular nature, that they will keep
ſweet and freſh during the longeſt voyages,
as has been often found by experience.

On the ſea-coaſts, which, as has been
ſaid, are generally low, there are many large

lands, fit, if improv'd, to feed cattle,
Vol., V.

The ſea about the coaſts ahounds in fiſh ; Ba HO.
the moſt common, is that which the French WW
call Machoran, and the Eugliſh cat-fiſh, Fiſh and
being of a yellow colour, and very large;“ “
ſweet mullets and thornbacks, lamentyns
and ſea-tortoiſes, Fowl is alſo very plenti-
ful, either tame or wild, and other game;
with all which they ſupply the European ſet-
tlements at the ſea- coaſt, exchanging for
toys and wrought iron.

This country produces divers ſorts of
phyſical gums, woods and roots, very va-,,
luable in France; as well as ſeveral forts of
wood for dying, and for making ol cabi—
nets and inlaid works: among which is the
letter-wood, by the French call'd Bois de la
Chine, and which grows no where in the
world but here ; yet the natives cut and
carry it quite to the watcr-ſide ſo cheap,
that a tun weight of it does not colt above
ten ſhillings; and in France a tun of that
wood has formerly yielded fifty pounds
ſterling or more; and never was yet under
twenty-five or thirty pounds to this day.
There is ebony of a different ſort from the

letter-wood, and one ſort call'd Bots de Vi-

olet, with ſeveral others very common;

there are alſo prodigious large trees, where-
of the Indians make canoes, which carry
twelve or thirteen tuns in caſks ; beſides a

prodigious ſtore of very lofty large trees,
the wood of them very hard, and even too
ponderous, but has the advantage of reſiſt-
ing worms in ſalt water. 1

Guiana has vaſt numbers of monkeys, of
divers forts, among, which is that ſort call'd
by the Indians ud after them the French,
Sapajous; a kind of little yellowiſh ape, with
large eyes, a white face and black chin: it
is of a low ſtature, and of a lively and ca-
reſſing nature, but ſo tender in cold wea-
ther, that it is with great difficulty we can
carry ſome over to France alive, and they
are there much eſteemed, and yield a con-
ſiderable price among perſons of quality, I
had much ado to preſerve one, whoſe head
was no bigger than an ordinary goole-egg,

The baboons are large, but very ugly.

There are tamarinds, Sagovius, Parrots, pra; and
cameleons, Agontils, Arras, Ocos, Tocaus Or beaſts.
Toucans, Flamans, wild large ducks, with
red feathers at their head, but not in great
plenty, which eat very well, being ſtew'd ;
and ſeveral other birds, who have nothing
remarkable in them beſides their feathers.

It likewiſe abounds in ſmall tygers, deer,
pigs, little porcupines, large monſtrous ſer-
pents, and divers other forts of animals.

The Agontil is a creature of the ſame big-
neſs as a hare, of a reddiſh colour, ſharp
muzzle, ſmall ears, ſhort and very ſmall
legs. The cameleon is like thoſe of Guinea,

The ſerpents, tho? ſo large, are not very ve-

nomous; ſome of them have ſwallow'd a Seren

7 A whole

550 A DESCRIPTION of

ParBoT. whole deer at a time, being twenty-four

YV foot long; the ſkin of one was ſhew'd me

PLare 16. at Cayenne, fourteen foot long, of the figure
as in the print.

Their parrots are very fine, and ſoon
learn to ſpeak 3 the Indians pluck their fea-
thers to adorn themſelves, rubbing them
with the blood of certain creeping animals,

The Flamans are ſea-birds, about the ſize
of a hen, and fly in bands like ducks or
cranes ; their feathers ſcarlet, and ſerve the
Indians to make crowns, or garlands, for
their heads, |

The Ocos are as big as turkeys, black on
the back, white on the breait, a ſhort yel-
low bill, a fierce gait, ſmall frizzled fea-
thers ſtanding up like a tuft on their heads.

The Tocay, or Toucans, is a bird with
black, red, and yellow feathers, about as
big as a pidgeon, his bill almolt as thick as
his body, and of a very ſingular make, be-
ing all over black and white welts, or ſtreaks,
like ebony and ivory interlaid: his tongue is
alſo very remarkable, being a kind of plain
ather, very ſtreight.

Fruits aul As to fruits, beſides ſugar-canes, (Which

Plants. grow very well in Guiana.) the Caſſia, Pa-

7 aye, Accajou-apples, Banillas, Tobacco, Peet,

and Roccou 3 it produces alſo Indian wheat,

mandioca, cotton, indigo, and the other

fruits common in Brazil, and ſeveral others.
Among the plants which the Indians cul-
tivate in their plantations, cotton is one of
thoſe that abounds moſt ; and is uſed by the
women who adorn themſelves with it, and can
ſpin it as fine as they pleaſe. There is ſuch
plenty of it every where, that if it were poſſi-
ble to have women enough there to ſpin it, to

ſave the great charges and expence of tranſ-

porting it in the wooll to Europe, which ren-
ders the profit very inconſiderable to the plan-
ters; it might furniſh all Europe, without
coſting the French at Cayenne, any other
trouble than purchaſing it of the Indians, for
very inconſiderable toys and haberdaſhery
ware of little value: the Indians eſteeming a
grain of cryſtal, to adorn their necks or

ears, as much as a diamond of the ſame

bigneſs is valued among the Europeans. And
if the diſorders which have happened in the
European ſettlements in Guiana, at ſeveral
times, had not hinder'd the eſtabliſhing a
regular commerce, this advantageous trade
would have already been ſettled, and a vaſt
number of people enrich*d themſelves by it:
but in a more peculiar manner the inhabi-

tants of Cayenne, becauſe of the ſituation of
their and, their ſea-port town, and great
intereſt with the Indians.

The Peet is an herb, that can be peel'd as
hemp and nettles with us; but the threads
are finer than ſilk, and would have long
ſince ſupplanted it, if it had been allowed
to be tranſported into France.

*

The Banilla is a weed that creeps up trees,
as ivy does ; the leaves are of a bright green,
long, ſtrait, thick, and pointed at the ends,
When it has been ſeven years ſet in the
ground, it begins to bear a kind of huſks, full
of an oily matter and ſeed, much ſmaller than
that of poppy, which they uſe there to per-
fume liquors and tobacco; and in France and
other parts of Europe in chocolate.

The Papaye is a thick fruit, taſting ſome-
what like a cucumber ; of a round ſhape, the
ſtem tall, but Nender, with large leaves
cleft like vine-leaves ; the tree is hollow,
and grows in a year fifreen foot high.

The Accajou-apple 1s long, thick, and of
an orange red; it has a ſharp taſte, and is
commonly eaten bax*d. At the end of this
fruit, is a green nut, which taſtes like Spani/h

nuts or our filberts, much in the ſhane of a

little ſheep's kidney; the ſhell whereof is
oily, the oil ſtaining the fkin black, fo as
it does not tub away in a long time; and is
medicinal, and very laxative. The plant is
a round fort of tree like the cheſnut-tree, and
the leaves in form and colour reſembling
thoſe of the bay-laurel. The wood is very
fine, proper to make houſhold goods ; the
Indians make their long canoes, which they
call Piraguas, of it, tho* theſe are com-
monly forty or fifty foot long: it has been
obſery*d, that whereſoever the juice of this
apple falls, the ſtain cannot be taken away,

till the ſeaſon of the apple is quite over,
This province of Guiana is inhabited by Indian

ſundry nations, or tribes of Indians, who tion,
pretend to be deſcended from the race of the

ancient Jidian Yaos, and from the Arowacca:,
dwelling far up the inland beyond the equa-
tor; of whom much cannot be ſaid, as to
their ſituations or diviſions in the country.
I ſhall only take ſome notice of thoſe that
dwell to the ſouth ſouth-eaſt, and eaſt of
Cayenne, according to the diſcoveries of ſome
French Jeſuit miſſioners in their travels, in
the year 1674.
The nation of the Galibis dwells along
the ſea- coaſt about Cayenne, and in ſome
parts of that iſland ; amongſt whom, ſome
tew Maprovanes are retir'd from their
country, near the river of the Amazons,
to avoid the perſecution of the Portugueſe,
and of thoſe Indians call'd the Arianes,
dwelling near the mouth of the Amazons.
South of the Galibis are the Nourague:,
being about ſix or ſeven hundred perſons.
The Mercious are on the weſt-ſide of them,
equal to them in number. The Ac qua-
are ſouth of them, at two degrees twenty -
five minutes north latitude, and are a p.ople

honeſt, affable, and pleaſant, very ready

and attentive to receive what is faid to thei.
They are very ſtudious to conceal] their num-
ber from the Europeans; however, it 1s

gueſs'd they may be about three thouſand 3
a

the Province of Guiana,

a very warlike people, and uſed to eat men.
A Nourague Indian that had been amongſt
them, has reported to the jeſuits of Cayenne,
that ſome months ago he came from them,
and that then they had juſt made an end
of boiling in their pots and eating a nation
they had deſtroy'd.

The Pirios are a nation of equal force with
the Acoquas, lying betwixt them and the
Mercious. The Pirionaus join on the eaſt
to the Pirios and Magapas; and in the
middle of all theſe nations are the Morous,
a very barbarous people; the Aracarets,
the Palicours, the Mayes, and the Couſſades,
whoſe habitations ſtand more thick and cloſe
together than thoſe before mention'd.

Theſe nations ſpeak all one and the ſame
language, and are underſtood by the Caranes,
who are enemies to the Nouragues. The In—
dians ſay the Maranes, who are a very great
people, underſtand the ſame tongue. The
language of the Galibis has a great number
of words that muſt be pronounc'd with very
rough aſpirations, others cannot be pro-
nounc'd without ſhutring the teeth; at ano-
ther time one muſt ſpeak through the noſe ;
and ſometimes theſe three difficulties all oc-

cur in the fame word. The Galibis idiom

is not only underſtood by all the nations,
which the Spaniards on one fide, and the
Portugueſe on the other, have oblig'd to
retire into Guiana, but alſo by the Caraibes,
who are the natives of the Antilles, and uſe
this language; as allo the Iudians of St.
Vincent, and St. Domingo, and others: ſo
that it may be ſaid to be ſpoken, for the
ſpace of above four hundred leagues on the
ſea- coaſts, and in many places far above
a hundred and twenty leagues up the coun-

try. On the ſouth ſouth- weſt of the Acoquas

are the Aramiſas, whoſe idiom borders
much on that of the Galibis, having a great

many of the ſame words in it, tho' they are

unacquainted with that nation. By the re-
port of the Nouragues, the Aramiſas are a
very good fort of people. If there be a
lake of Parima, this nation cannot be forty
leagues from it on the north ſide ; but none
of theſe nations can give the leaſt intelli-
| gence of it, not even the Aramiſas, who are
ſituated towards the ſource of the river Ma-
roni, the mouth of which is about fifty
leagues from Cayenne weſtward, and thirt
from the river of Surinam, where the Dutch
have a fort and a colony ; and are in the
lame longitude wherein the maps place the
eaſtern parts of the lake of Parima,
The nation of the Sapayes dwells next to
the Galibis, at the mouth of the river Apro-
aque, which is fourteen or fifteen leagues
eaſt of Cayenne. The Arovagues, the Aro-
ates, the Yaos, Arvaques, Caraibes, and o-
ther Indian nations lie towards the river
Oronoque, weſtward of Cayenne; having a

Oronoque flows through four ſeparate and
parallel branches. The Caraibes call them-
ſelves Callinago; they lived in Guiana with
the Galibis, of whom they made a part; but
ſince threw themſelves into the Caribbee
iſlands, the fartheſt eaſt in the north-ſea :
and thoſe iſlands, having been poſſeſs'd in
the beginning of the laſt century by the Eu-
ropeans, it has oblig'd them for the moſt
part, to return to the great continent of
America, and into Guiana, from whence
they came originally ; others remain in the
Antilles to this time.

The other Indian rations before men-
tion'd, it is believ'd, retir*d from the iſland
de la Trinidad, or from the provinces of the
Oronoque, from the Spaniards; who are at
continual war with the Caraibes living in the
inland, and at the ſea-coaſt. They all live
under the juriſdiction of their Caciques 3 they
have very little of religion, eſpecially the Ca-

raibes, who are without laws, and ſcarce believe

a deity : however, ſome have their Pecajos, ob

prieſts, and believe the immortality of the

foul. And when any Cacique or commander

dies, they kill his ſlaves, to wait on and ſerve

their maſter in the other world.
Theſe nations love war, for want of other

exerciſe, The Caraibes, when in the field, to

make ſome incurſions on their neighbours,
are ſo very much afraid that any of their
army ſhould be taken by ſurprize, that
they ſend out detachments every hour, and
place guards in places of difficult acceſs,

as ingeniouſly as regular forces in Europe
can do. Thoſe that live on the ſea-coaſt,

have learnt of the Spaniards to uſe fire- arms.
Moſt of theſe Caraibes feed upon human
fleſh broiPd. The Galibis are pretty la-

borious, and cultivate their lands proporti-

onable to the wants of their families. Thoſe
people do not put any great value upon gold
or ſilver: they truck hamocks, aloes-wood,
monkeys, and parrots, for ſome hatchets,
bills, knives, looking-glaſſes, and other
ſmall wares 3 but particularly for Yades,
that is a green ſtone, which they value very
much, believing it has a ſovereign virtue a-
gainſt the falling ſickneſs, to which they are
very ſubject. They have a temperate air,
and great abundance of maiz, ananas, plan-
tains as large as an egg, and a fingers
length, of an excellent taſte ; a great deal
of aloes-wood, brazil. balſam, cotton, ſilk,
and ſpices; abundance of apes, and ba-
boons with long tails, very large and flat-
noſed. The turkeys have black feathers
on the head, as herons. :
The Guiana Indians are generally red, of
a middling, or rather low ſtature, of a ro-
buſt ſtrong conſtitution, having black, long,
and lank hair; going all naked, their privy
parts cover*d only with a little cotton- welt,
hanging

551

great lake in their country, into which the Ban vor.

— — — — ——
n _—_ — — 8 *
— a — a = —
— — | _ —
—— ä — 1 -
ä — — — *

© *
= þ od ——
= —
1

it
4
: [4
N
4 '
!

1
1 7
is:

, 1
1 1
+

1
.*

1 * 5

19

.

*

FL i,

.

' |

; [

j 6
* 2
ot
*
ls
1
1!
7

4 7
4, i A
U !

.
—
7
5 1
o
.
1 Ji
'S-
thi
5

\

1

7 1

} 1

*

4 g ?

4
1

" +5

4 Fi
„ 19
. | 1
1 BY
1
1
+ :
id |
* 1

4
ſt!

* t
W119
x3} 1
LS; :

T x 5

*

N f o
T 3
&

I
1
U

tl
?
x Li

: 3 EEC
—y £ 2

9 — =>; 22 ren
— Ar
. a "

— i _— —_—

2

— - — - _ _ — — — —
= 2 — 4 — N
5 — Ls > mY = my 7 * ——
3 x 12 8
— 2 — 2
| — PEE. - — s - -
. : - - — 2 — — —
- - — - - £5 = 3
->- — — 2. — - — —

b 4 T 4 2 * *

—

— — —
i - —

552

colour, but tolerably handſome; their eyes
for the moſt part blue, and very regular fea-
tures in their faces, and well framed. They
uſe a piece of cloth about ſix inches ſquare,
which they call Camiſa, uſually wove in
ſtripes of divers colours, and eſpecially white,
which is the moſt valuable among them.
The men cut off their beards, dye their
faces with Rocou, and cover their arms and
faces with ſeveral folds of the fore- men-
tion'd fort of cloth; they wear by way of
ornament, a fort of crown, or garland, of
feathers of ſundry colours, and bore a hole
between their noſtrils, where they hang a
little piece of money, or a large knob of
green ſtone, or rather cryſtal, brought from
the river of the Ama cos, which they put a
great value on: particularly one whole na-
tion of them make a large ho! in their lower
lip, through which they put a piece of wood,
and to it they faſten this cryſtal. All the o-
ther neighbouring Indian nations have their
particular marks of diſtinction after this man-
ner, differing ſomewhat from one another.
Theſe Indians are generally of ſuch robuſt
conſtitutions, and live ſo long, that they
reckon a man dies young at a hundred years
of age. 5 .
They are endued with indifferent good
ſenſe, their long lives ſerving them to gain

experience, and improve their judgment in

ſuch things as are within the reach of the
light of nature. Te
They are induſtrious, ingenious, patient,
and ſkilful in fiſhing and hunting; ſpend
the greateſt part of their time in thoſe exer-
cifes, and ſpare no pains to get their liv-
ing, being more inclin'd to peace than war;
which yet they engage, in either upon a juſt
quarrel, revenge, or point of honour : they
obſerve their promiſes to each other ex-

actly; and vill not do to others, what they

would not have others do to them.
It once happened that ſeveral of theſe na-
tions near the Amazons, entred into a league
againſt another, and were about a year mak-
ing great preparations for war; which at laſt
ended in one night's expedition, ſurprizing
two or three Carbets, ſo they call their ham-
lets, or villages, where they burnt about an
hundred perſons of all ſexes and ages, and
return'd home as proud and fierce, as if the
had conquer'd the whole country. Other
wars are ſeldom concluded till they make
forty or fifty oftheir enemies priſoners, whom
afterwards they either kill, boil in their pots,
and eat as the Noragues do; or ſell them
to the Europeans at the coaſt for ſlaves.
This barbarity ſeems in them to be ra-
ther the effect of an ancient ill cuſtom, to
eat the fleſh of their enemies, than a natu-
ral diſpaſition; for they ſeem to be aſham'd

A DescrieTION of

Ban nor. hanging down to the legs. The women are
WY ſhorter generally than the men, and of a red

of it, when an European repreſents to them
in their language, that by the laws of God
we are forbid to kill an enemy when he is
taken priſoner, and much more to eat hin j
and they do not offer to reply to it: and ſome
of the principal Acoquas have appear'd full
of indignation, when they heard that ſome
Calibis inſinuated we ſhould be roaſted by
them, if we, I mean the Europeans, ſhould
venture to travel through their country.
Whence it may be infer'd, that tho' this
barbarous inhuman practice is ſo much eſta-
bliſh'd and received among theſe Ac:quaz,
and the Noragiies, yet it ſeems to be no
difficult matter to reſtrain them from it.

The way of living among the Acoqua;

and Noragues is very agreeable, and has
ſomething more courteous in it, than that

of the Galibis: for inſtance, among the latter

married men dine every one apart, and the
unmarried eat all together; and all the wo-
men, maids, and little children go to ano-
ther ſide of the hut to cat: in this parti-
cular like the Blacks of Congo, and other
parts of Africa. But the Noragues do other-
wile, for the huſband eats with his wife or
wives and children, with great union and
agreement,

They are generally great eaters, and
drink little or nothing at their ordinar
meals, till they have done, and then com-
monly drink one draught ; but when they
aſſemble together for warlike enterprizes, or
to begin a canoe, or to Jaunch it, or to ad-
mit one into their council, after they have

expos'd him to ſeveral hard trials; they

make extraordinary rejoicings, which fre-

quently hold three or four days, continuing

till they have drank up all their liquors, which
is what the French call, Faire un din. For
theſe occaſions they make three or four dif-
ferent ſorts of drink, ſome of which be—
come very ſtrong by fermentation; as that
which they call Palinot, which they make

with Caſſabi, that is baked more than ordi-

ſabi, being cakes made of the Mandioca
root, baked on the embers ; as alſo Indian
wheat, fiſh and fruit.

There is a root call'd Caſſabi in ſeveral Cafavi

arts of America, not much unlike a parſenip,
whereof there are two ſorts, the one ſweet,
the other poiſonous. The ſweet ſort the
natives eat roaſted, as they do yams and
potatoes. Of the poiſonous they make bread,
firſt preſſing out the juice, which is the
noxious part; the reſt they grate into poW-
der, and ftrew it on a ſtone by degrees over
the fire, where it bakes into a cake, the
bottom of which is hard and brown, the
reſt rough and white, like our frying oat-
cakes. Theſe they lay on the tops of their
houſes or hedges, where they dry and po
criſp.

Their common diet is that they call Ca

T

palinot

luer.

Ouicou
liquor. |

T

palinat

liquor.

Oaicou
liquor, |

the Province of Guiana.

criſp. In Jamaica they are frequently uſed
inſtead of bread, and ſo in other American
iſlands. 1 3
Their liquor, call'd Palinot, is made of
Caſſiibi, baked more than ordinary; then
they pile up pieces of it, one upon another,
whilſt hot, and keep them ſo till they begin
to grow mouldy: after which, they mix
them with potatoes, cut in ſmall pieces, as
is the mouldy Caſſabi, and put them together
into great earthen veſſels or jars, pouring
a proportionable quantity of water upon

them, and ſo leave all to ferment and work,

till the liquor is as ſtrong as they deſire,
which is commonly after ſix days fermen-
tation. Before uſing, they commonly ſtrain
it, and it is of the colour and conſiſtence
of beer; but much better taſted, and more
intoxicating and heady. 3 |

The Indians make many other ſorts of
liquors. The commoneſt, call'd Ouicou or

Ouacou, is as white as milk, and much of

the ſame conſiſtence, made of Caſſabi, baked
after the ordinary manner, and potatoes
boil'd with it, till all becomes as thick as
paſte. This they put into baſkets lined
with banana leaves, and it will ſo keep
good a month; but after that grows ſour,

unleſs kept in a cool place. When they

uſe this paſte, they ſteep as much of it as
they have occaſion for at a time, in a ſuita-
ble quantity of water, and when diſſolv'd

ſtrain it, if they have time and conveniency;

but when they carry this paſte abroad with
them in baſkets, they only ſteep and drink
it, without ſtraining. Some add ſugar to it,
or ſugar-canes bruiſed, which makes it taſte
like ſweet barley-water, being of that co-
lour and conſiſtence. This Ouacou, made

by the Indians, is much better than what

the French make, becauſe the former chew
the Caſſabi and potatoes before they boil
them together, which is commonly the
buſineſs of old women, as I obſerv'd at
Cayenne; beſides that they underſtand bet-
ter what boiling it requires, to be in per-

fection: whereas the French cannot prevail

with themſelves to chew the Caſſabi and
potatoes, that ſort of preparation being
diſagreeable to the ſtomach; and I muſt
own, it turn'd mine, to ſee old decrepit wo-
men chewing the Caſſabi and potatoes to
make this liquor, and ſpitting what they
had ſo mumbled into jars: but this is not
nauſeous to the Indians, becauſe the fer-
mentation afterwards carries off all the filth,
as it does of wine or beer in Europe. The
Brazilians make this liquor exactly after
the ſame manner; and the women of the
iſland Formoſa, about China, are ſaid to chew
their rice-bread or paſte, to make the common
drink of that country, which is as pleaſant

and ſtrong as the liquor they draw from
Vol. V. |

Africa.

the palme trees in other parts of Aſia and Bare-r.

They very much uſe fiſh and fleſh bucca-
need, that is, dried without ſalting, upon
a ſort of grate made of ſticks laid a-croſs,
about three foot above a fire. The word
buccaneed is well known at Santo Domingo,
and the pirates of thoſe parts are call'd guccaneers
buccaneers, becauſe they often live upon why jo
fleſh and fiſh dry'd after that manner. called.

Polygamy is generally in uſe among them,
and there is no perſuading thoſe who have
ſeveral wives to part with them. Could they
be broke of this cuſtom, and of the other
of killing their enemies in cold blood, to
eat them, there would be no other difficulty 3
to hinder their converſion; for it has been .
obſerv'd, that thoſe few who have but one
wife, will never forſake her, not tho* ſhe
ſhould happen to prove unchaſte.

It is reported of theſe [ndians, that when Men lying
they are abroad in the country, about any“
buſineſs, or at the wars, if they happen to
hear that the wife lies in, the huſband makes

haſte home, binds up his head, and lays

himſelf in the hammock or bed, where the
neighbours come to viſit him upon his ima-
ginary illneſs. Others are complimented
upon their happy delivery, and anſwer the
viſitants accordingly.

There is a ſtrange cuſtom among them,
which 1s to lay the infants in the mud or dirt
as ſoon as they are born, and leavethem there
for a conſiderable time.

They live ſeveral of them in one or more
cottages, which they call carbets, over each
of which is a captain choſen among them-
ſelves. |

They pay great reſpe& to aged men, and chief.
the chiefs or captains of tribes among the
Nouragues are commonly phyſicians, to cure
the reſt upon occaſion ; and, according to
their cuſtom, morning and night ſalute all
the people, from the oldeſt down to thoſe of
fifteen years of age. The chief of that tribe
in my time, was one Camiati, father to one
Inamon, a Piaye, or doctor among them.

Arithmetick being unknown in theſe na- Number-
tions, when they would expreſs a number .
beyond their tale, they take hold of a hand-
ful of their hair, ſaying Enoura, which fig-
nifles, thus much. |

They compute the year by moons, from

one to ten, and then begin again. To expreſs

twenty, they put their fingers to their toes.

The women till the ground, ſow, plant, Homen
and reap at the proper ſeaſons, and make % &c.
their ſeveral ſorts of drink, as thoſe above
mention'd, and others; of which more here-
after. They alſo dreſs the meat for the fa-

The Carbets or villages conſiſt of ſeveral village:
houſes or huts in a ring. The Galibis in and hut:

7 B and

x
i
i
x
1
1
1
4 4a
i
1
+
1
x 1
+
rH '
+ $A
*
|
"WT |
IT 4
i 4 [
C .
iÞ » )
11
1
' mW YT
1198; :
i 487
$1]
' Wn
.
7 (i
i
1%
1 it 1
i ik ;
: j
$
,
1 y 3%
!
i }
j .
e
f 1
{ 1
4
1
+ +. d |
|.”
1
' '
' |
a
: 144 1
i 1
.
1 714
| j
' 4 ; i
1 FY
LY : 74
IS |. { I}
1 4 |
is 0 1
+ .
{| [ '
4 1
: | [
17 { |
14 F 1
. 1
1
it 1
jt 1
i 1 I
"Ft bf |
1 n .
' | 4 BY
?
| |
4 i
| 4
17 f
14 14
Kill '
: 1
Vw HY
.
F 64 ty
17 i
WT
MF
1 1
7 *
I | 1 IIS
S b
'4 * q 1
14 17 1
1 1 1
F +
161
117 N
i 14
1 U f
: 14
ö —
. F 1%
11 14
j =
{ 4 14
1
14 4
i 1
1 1
j Ll }
i 1 WE 4
21 iS «
' ME
y £ S0 U
{7 |
; WE . l
4 1
1 , 1 0
' 4
| | 1
q 4
' _ |
+ 4 [1
'
| * WE BY
:
. 4
; N uv
v- FAY
* .
1
if ' ,
1 19
im |
0
' 1
· }
| 145 F
1 i
{ ;
14 ;
1 ;
5
j
' %;
.
:

od :

— ae. X «84.

220% E 2 5
ERR... IE
ae * — —

BAR BO r. and about Cayenne, build houſes of planks,
A three ſmall ſtories high. The ground-room
is for a kitchen, the firſt ſtory for a par-

lour to receive viſits, and the next ſtory

to ſleepin ; where they hang up hammocks,

which are their beds, about ſun-ſetting, and

lie in them all night till ſun-riſing, when the

hang them on the props of the houſe, form-
ing a ſort of out-hall or room, extending
\ | ten or twelve paces without the houſe. This
1 out-hall they call Carbet, and from it the
Europeans have improperly given the name of
Carbets to the cottages.
out-houſes are cover'd with palm-tree leaves,
and in them they meet and fit to conſult
about their moſt weighty affairs, which 1s
generally done with great ſolemnity ; thoſe
who are concerned and invited, coming from

there all night, with the men and boys of
the family.
Archers,
bows and arrows, which they uſe in fiſhing
and fowling with ſuch dexterity, that they

A DtescrIeTION of

wives take down the hammocks again, and
The true Carbets or

all parts, and ſtrangers are commonly lodg'd

Theſe Indians are very expert at their

another, for this purpoſe 3 and ſeldom go
out upon à journey into the country without
theſe hnammocks; and when they will go to
ſleep, hang them up by the two ends; ſome.
times upon two trees at ten or twelve foot
diſtance, and ſometimes at two of the poſts
that ſupport their houſes or Carbets.

This ſort of beds is alſo uſed throughout
South- America, to carry wounded or fick
people in; thoſe that are appropriated to
this uſe, have at each end a great ring,
through which they put a pole of a ſuffi.
cient length, and ftrength to bear a man's
weight. And thus two Indians, one before
and the other behind, carry the ſick man,
ſupported in his hammock, by the pole,
which the porters bear upon their ſhoulders.

They commonly ſell theſe hammocks to
Europeans for two hatchets or bills a-piece,
or three at moſt, and they afterwards ſel]
in the iſlands for conſiderable advantage;
becauſe every perſon there muſt have one
of them, and none are brought from an
other parts but Guiana and Brazil, and the
laſt rarely,

ſeldom mils their aim. „
Hammocks, Their hammocks are very curiouſly made
of cotton thread, thick and ſtrong, very

The weſtern Indians of Guiana, i. e. the Produ
Arovagues, the Aroates, and moſt other na- mau.
tions about the Oronogue, make their ham.“ e,

full, and many of them dy'd red with Roco;
ſome of them with fine flouriſhes or figures,
very exact and proportionable, and are

being much ſtronger and laſting than thoſe
of Brazil, which are ſo thin, that a man
may ſee thro? them, and have great fringes
on the ſides, and much work about them,

| thence are alike. In Guiana the men are to

web. The looms they have in both coun-
tries, are two round ſticks about nine foot
long, and three or four inches diameter,
the two ends whereof lie a-croſs, on two
pieces of wood, lying eight or nine foot

to the length they deſign to make the bed.
The other round ſtick hangs directly under
this, to which they make faſt the warp of
the bed. They uſe a kind of ſhuttle thruſt
thro? the thread, after the manner of our
cloth-weavers ; but with this difference, that
they put the ſhuttle thro? thread by thread,
one above, and the other below, which
renders the work very tedious, and requires
the ſtock of patience they generally have.
The largeſt bed is carried about with little
trouble, as not weighing above ſix pounds,
and the Brazil hammocks not above three,
becauſe thinner and finer. They have con-
venient ſtrong cotton lines at each end to
hang them up any where, with two pegs or
great nails. The Indians place the props of
their houſes at a convenient diſtance one from

,
*
2
” x
1 »
4
* 2}
1
.
i
|
7
EY
i
[ *
1
*
f
1 5
F:
4 4
IT
"ky
x
Is]
' 1
5
*
9
[
N
1
1
"BR
T8
#5
|
14}
+ *Y
*
is
''
I
q
4 \|
8
*
4
'
*
+1}
1
1
34
4
N 3
3
.
x
.
1
1
1
Ty
391
I.
*
f!
1
3
*
4 d
]
# z 2
N
q
; 3
1
* 4
L
\ 1
;
+48
: of
|
119
2 4
:
A
+ Rk
: :
04
r
1
4
d
;
* +
' þ
ICH
.
72
:
4 2
1
19
1
its
4
P i}
:
i:
[ z :
4 v8
[1 N.
18
i
5 £
*
111 7
*
* 2H
4 ils
.F#
1
*
v
108
S i;
3 7
"vr i
>
4
:
:
10
1
4 ;
4
M IT
i
*
:
®
4-
1
— 4
I "
£ "7
"7.
Ho
0:
4
1 .
.
;
[4
} !
4%
5
4
j

— 2 7
CAR Ga... —

* ts wa $6 1
—— — —
_

» —— — 7 - ak » _— ”
= — — — —— — —ͤ— —— SS Se OE — i 2
a * .
— * * -

— 4 *

8 A R — p N —
— — ca vg re ey et ian. Hoe as Eb ASA porn
in —
— : = : 3 2 2 PEEE —
— — —

moſt valued, eſpecially in the French iſlands;

ſo ingeniouſly made by the Brazilian women,
that ſcarce two in an hundred brought from

paint them after the women have finiſh'd the

from the ground, more or leſs, according

ing calabaſhes, about which they

mocks of the thread of Pite, in net-work.

This Pite is a fort of flax or hemp, but much
whiter, longer, lighter and ſtronger than
ours. Of this kind of hemp the Indians
there make cordage, tackling and fails for

their Piraguas or great canoes, as alſo fine

thread to mend their arrows, and for other
like uſes. This Pite is not ſo apt to rot in
the water as hemp. :

They have prodigious plenty of wild-
honey in this province, which is very ſweet

and good, and conſequently a great quan-

tity of bees-wax may be gather'd, if well
look'd to. Among the ſeveral ſorts of gums
found in this country, is the yellow-amber,
the gums Lemium, Colliman, and Baratta ;
this laſt is black, and in the fire fills the

houſe with an exquiſite perfume: is alſo a
proper balſam for wounds. They have like-

wiſe jaſper and porphyry ſtones.
The Galibis and other Indians make very
pretty pots; as alſo baſkets, which they

call Pagara, wrought in ſuch manner, that

water cannot penetrate them. They are of
various ſizes, according to the uſes, to carry
proviſions and other things when they travel
either by land or water.

They alſo make uſe of their Covis, be-
turn cer-
tain ornamental figures after their way,
and varniſh them with ſeveral colours, to
render them water- proof.

They make their long Piraguas, and their Piraguas.
canoes all of one tree, but are a prodigions 1 ng

time in doing of it. After they have fl“

a tree, proper for the deſign, they ho: ov
RE.

— — —

.... mA
— —

_

— —

. ELDER In =

- — — — ä —

—̃ —Ä—
3 err ney ns —

28.

—

— Ce en

*

— . — — —

— —— —_

—

——

—— Re

—

—

—

— . ä er

—

&:

—

- p @ . TA, , . , 2 EE ; N
8 TL, L. Plate 34. | * 3 | 1 1 f a

—
"5 yy

OTE he Prorpect ' the Fort and Town SE-Lewr

—
| —̃̃̃̃̃—————— = -
. — ———
—— — — DEGREES —
— a — awocats — —— — —
— —— — - — *

*

fl, The Fovernaurys O | =p, - = —
B The Main Guard —__
C The Kmge Ware house
D 7T he only landog place
e Comandersy house
| 1 L.amentyn Barks going t N 10 Amazones
G Tndian Piraques of War 50 men vu each.

.
.

— — — —

- a - ay . — —— — — —— 5 5 >

py” > — = — >
- o_——— pro — — — — ——

— — — — LIE btn waar 3p — . — 2 —— — — — = — 2
— — eee — . . —— ů — —.— . ——
— . - : —— — — — — — — - — of 2 — 8 5 2 5 — — —

8 WP: g L — —— — — . — — 2 ͤ— mt —— — —

— — — —

—— — c—_—

7 3
——— — — —
- —

——
— _
—

eres ——
—

=

— — —— —

— — , -

— = is =

— — - — - —— — — * 8
— — — — — — — — * -

—_— - — 3 7 FO — be . -

—_—_— _ — — — - — =

— — N 5

— — 8 * 5 5 a E

1 - — - 5 — 2 - — .

— a > = :
4 my = — OO — Le — —— * - —

— ——ů— A - — .

— cc. * —— — £ > — — — . — 5 — —
- — . — — — — — Fe 1 —

F - — g : :
- * — — TY 4 * © — =
— — — — A ; ; ;

2 * 9 8 y 0
4 5 — * — = >

* — *

he Hoint

— _

——

—

EEE EEE ACN
en

— — -

— IE IR—0> eoyt>—i.

Lewis At Cdiſd unc as it Shaverh from i Road

— —-

— Ss —— — a —
——— ———ů ů —— — —_— 5 —
— = — ——ů— 3 n 8 25 Pry
— — — — . ——— —— — — — — — : — — ,
> WW I _ ˖ ——— — — — — — -
— ——— 85 ES —
— — — Fu — -+

— — _—_—— — .——

— —— —

LSE — — — 2 8 3 r ' x 2
oo . 5 . ==
"5 2 Z — Ez =>
. _ \ : — — —— —
— — — f 0
— ——» —
: A bd 5 ——_
- 3 5 7 , ; IR, =
— — 2 . 2 3 LO cn . Py > 4 — — — 5 — =
= 2 — — - ? ll j * : . — > - - — . Þ
- — | . — N = 8 * —
; - —. r > = ; | _—_
- joel . 8 \
- x” -

ka TIT) xx"

\ \
|| CAN
1 „ * NON.

\ \ WAN
N
\\ Wb 4
Wi
2

11
N

o 1 W
288%

— 2

4d
I
my -

27 —

2

*7* «
772

48. . 5 : WP i UII |
& Wt n
lj i 15 6 * 7 Wc Ir;
- 1
,

5 —

-
2 6t —
722 ST
nn... e
U
—

LEP

9 -

Hs 71
4;

= — — *

V
4

*

Us
LA
—_—

|
i „0
W ule

NW"; \
— N wah

—

Wm
0 \ WO
4y

——
—. E — 5 he
4 —— ——

— 2 —
— fr
P „„
— ” -
— -- , 2.

— —
—— — —

/ ; = | f

oreſmall S hy 7

AN.
8 5h
2

Kd

aut II

$11;1
11 abit!

TTRHIAT li)

1

1

Menne

1

\

ESTRUS!

*

1
E

*

— —ũ—— — „„ —ũ—ſ—a3

n 2

——

cal
*
—
-A
Q-

8 —

— "_ d .
— "TW WI — OPT orcs t ̃ ͤAp̃ . 1 FR I EG ̃— 7 oo mmZ —— — ger op — EIG

4.

Weap

—
—— . —TL—T —ůI—ͤH ⁵w iy
—— —

the Province of Guiana, 5557
it with a hatchet or adz, to the breadth of of a very ponderous hard wood, having a Barzor.
half a foot, and about the ſame depth, thro' long round knob at one end, and the other WWW

the whole length of it. This done, they
hollow the reſt of it with a gentle fire;
and this work, which goes on very ſlowly,
continues in proportion to the bulk of the
piece of timber, and to the length they have
projected the canoe ſhall be. Then they
plain or ſmooth the outſides of the canoe,
with another tool fit for that particular work;

all which tools, they get from the French,

and other Europeans, as ſhall be hereafter
mention'd. By this method they are a very

- conſiderable time making it; but on the

ther ſixteen or twenty

other hand, it tends much to the duration
of the veſſel, becauſe the worms can never
pierce it: which advantage is partly owing
to the hardneſs of the timber, for there 1s
ſcarce any betwixt the tropicks bur has this
quality, as has been obſerved before.

The Piraguas of war of the Galibis about
Cayenne are fo large, that they carry fifty
or ſixty men, with ſufficient proviſions for
a coaſting voyage of ſeveral days, and even
to the ſouthern Caribbee iſlands 3 ſailing thus

on the northern ocean, a hundred and fifty

or two hundred leagues; and in calm wea-

dle with their Pagayes or paddles. The
poop is commonly join'd to the reſt ; they
mend the leaks thereof, caulking it with a
ſort of fat earth : but the water in a ſhort
time waſhing it away, they are at the trouble

of putting in freſh from time to time; and

this they call refitting or mending.

PLare 23, form and figure of the Indian Piraguas,

French
beat the
Dutch,

Weapons,

ſome with one, others with two ſhort and
ſmall maſts, and ſquare fails and yards; to
which I refer. ”
The chevalier de Lezy, the French governor
of Cayenne, about the year 1676, made a

very ſucceſsful attempt by ſea on the Dutch

colony at Wiapoco, with the Piraguas of his
auxiliary Galibis and Indians, driving fix
hundred Hollanders out of their ſmall fort,
mounted with ſome pieces of cannon, and

at the ſame time likewiſe beat them twice

from the river Aproague, where they had
alſo a fort defended with cannon; and re-
turn'd to Cayenne, with a conſiderable booty,
of which almoſt every French inhabitant had
ſome ſhare, eſpecially abundance of linnen
of all ſorts. I keep to this day ſome minia-
tures in water-colours, taken from the Dutch
commander's houſe, and given me by major
de Ferolles, then lieutenant-governor of that
iſland and country. | :

The Indians are very expert at their bows
and arrows, which they make uſe of as well
in filhing and fowling, as in war. They
have alſo two other ſorts of weapotis, the
one call'd a Bouttoy, being a kind of club,

men row or pad-

flat, but about an inch thick ; both which
will knock the ſtouteſt man down dead at
one blow, if they hit the head. |
They carry but little proviſion along with
them, in their warlike expeditions, as con-
cluding they ſhall ſubſiſt on the fleſh of their
priſoners, and feaſt upon the fatteſt part.
They allo ſell them for ſlaves to the French.
They give a ſignal with a ſort of pipe, that
may be heard at a great diſtance.

The commodities that have vent among Good; im-
theſe nations are hatchets, bills, knives, Ported and
looking-glaſſes, beads, hooks, coats, linnen Ported.

and haberdaſhery wares. They very much

value our hats, coats, ſhoes and guns in the
inland country, eſpecially in that of the

Acoquas. With theſe goods the French drive

a conſiderable trade with thoſe nations, and

receive in exchange, ſlaves, dry'd fiſh, ham-

mocks, tortoiſe-ſhells, poultry, ebony, and

all other ſorts of fine wood, timber, Rocou,
tobacco, fruits, fine birds, Sapajous, and
ſeveral other things of the product of their
countries; and employ many of them in
their ſervice, at very cheap rates, provided
they are kindly uſed. In my time a hen
was to be had of them for a two- penny or
three-penny knife, when it yielded a crown

in the colony of Cayenne, and a dozen of eggs

forty ſous, which thoſe Indians ſold but for
a two-penny knife. .

The iron tools proper for the Indians are yon tools.
of various ſizes, and of different value in

I have taken care in the proſpect of the
town and fort of Cayenne, to draw the exact

France, ſome of about half. a- crown, two

ſhillings, twenty pence, fifteen pence ; being,

as I have ſaid, hatchets or axes ; bills, ſome
with wooden, others with iron handles, in
the ſocket of which they may be fix'd or
taken off ar pleaſure; and ſuch little
plaining axes are uſed for hollowing the in-

fide, and others for ſmoothing the outſide
of their canoes and Piraguas, as has been

already obſerved,

For a very inconſiderable value of theſe

iron tools, if they have occaſion for them,

they undertake to load a ſmall ſhip entirely

with a ſort of fiſh they catch in the rivers
with harping-irons; and this they perform
ſo juſtly, that the French, who follow the
fiſh trade by their means, find a very great
advantage 3 becauſe the vent of the fiſh is
always ſpeedy and certain in the iſlands,
where there 1s a great conſumption of it :
ſo that this ſort of fiſh, and the ſea-tortoiſe,
are anſwerable to cod-fiſh in the continent,
and the Caribbee iſlands.

The fiſhing trade is practiſed all the year

8 . Fi 3 b
in moſt of the rivers on this coaſt; but that iſer

of tortoiſes holds only three or four months,
when the females come to lay their eggs in
the ſand, above the high-water marks, and
that in ſo great abundance, in places or

ſhores

556

BARBOT.

liev*d : five men can turn as many in a night

as fifty can dreſs in a week; for it is only in

the night-time the tortoiſes lay their eggs,
when they turn them on their backs, and
they can never recover their feet, and con-

ſequently not go back to ſea again. All

perſons there allow the tortoiſe to be good
meat, and indeed the ſtomach of it well ſea-
ſon'd with pepper, ſalt, Sc. and bak'd in
an oven, is an excellent diſh, as J found it
at the governor's tables at Cayenne, and
Guadaloupe ; only the fat of the fiſh being as
green as graſs, looks a little diſagreeable be-

fore one is us'd to it.

Religion.

Not ion of
God.

In matters of religion, the Galibis, Nou-
ragues, and the Acoquas, are all alike, —_
They all own a God, who they ſay re-
ſides in heaven, but do not determine whe-
ther he is a ſpirit or no; and ſeem rather to

believe he has a body, and pay him no pe-
culiar adoration.

The Galibis call the de-

ity 7. amoucicabo; Tamouci or Jamechi in their

Of the
devil,

language ſignifying old, and Cabo heaven;
that is, the ancient of or in heaven. The
Nouragues and Acoquas call him Maire, and
never talk of him but after a fabulous man-
ner. They have many childiſh ſuperſti-
tions, but no idols, and worſhip the ſun
and moon; ſome ſay the ſtars alſo, and are
very much afraid of the devil, whom they
call Yattipa : for in the night, if they hap-
pen to hear the cry of a bird, they ſay to
one another, Hark how the devil cries. The

pretend the devils have bodies, and that their
Piacos or prieſts kill them with great clubs.

Others fancy the Pedaios, ſo ſome alſo call

thoſe prieſts, do converie with Wattipa or
the devil, at certain times ; and many affirm,

they are often moſt cruelly beaten by him,

Dreams
ob ſerv d.

which occaſions a mighty dread of him.
The NVouragues of one village place the fi-
gure of a man on the way they fancy the
devil will take, to come to their dwellings
in the night to do them harm; to the end,
that he taking that figure for a man, and
ſtopping about it, the Piacos who watch for
him, may take that opportunity to knock
him on the head.

Their dreams are to theſe people inſtead
of prophecies, revelation, and rules in all

their undertakings; whether in war, peace,

commerce, or hunting. They look up-
on them as oracles; and this opinion puts
them under a neceſſity of being entirely di-
rected by them. In North America, they
believe it is an univerſal ſpirit that inſpires
their dreams, and ſo adviſes what they are
to do; which they carry ſo far, that if
their dream directs them to kill a man, or
commit any other villainy, they always put
it in execution, Parents dream for their

children, and the captains for their village.
There are ſome among them who pretend

4 DescriPTION of
ſhores leaſt frequented, as can hadly be be-

to interpret dreams; and tho' the inter-
pretation prove falſe, they are never the
worſe look'd upon.

Theſe people of Guiana, as well as thoſe Prieſt; op
of other parts of America, have their Jug- jggler..

glers, whom ſome look upon as ſorcerers ;
and indeed they do ſuch things, as would
incline a man to believe the evil ſpirit did
aſſiſt them to deceive thoſe poor creatures,
to divert them from the knowledge of the
true God. They are wonderful fond of
thoſe prieſts, tho? they perpetually impoſe
on them. They pretend to the ſpirit of

prophecy, and to a ſupernatural power, in
procuring rain or fair weather, calms or
{torms, fruitfulneſs or barrenneſs, and mak-

ing hunting lucky or unlucky : they are alſo
phy ſicians, but do nothing without a fee or
reward. Thus they gain the reputation of

men of great ſanctity, and extraordinary

qualifications, tho' generally of a leud con-
verſation. They uſe ſtrange contorſions,
and make horrid cries when they practiſe
their juggling arts, and are very clever at
ſlight of hand. All their cures and predic-
tions are merely accidental; and they have
a thouſand fetches to delude the ignorant
people when they miſcarry.

The French miſſioners report, that in their

miſſions through theſe nations, in queſt of
the lake of Parima, they found the Nou-
ragues, as well as Imanon their chief, to
take delight in hearing their diſcourſe of the
creation of the univerſe, in their language;
and were very ready to repeat after them
theſe words; God made the heavens, God
made the earth, &c, And that tho? they
heard they condemn'd their cuſtom of tak-

ing two or three wives at a time, yet they
ſaid not a word againſt the chriſtian law, for

allowing only one woman to a man. They
ſay, theſe people are docile and pliable and
were ſo well pleaſed to hear the hymns of

the church, that they commonly ſang three

times a- day to their great ſatisfaction ; and
that even ſome of them learnt to anſwer to
the litanies, which they ſang every evening
during their ſtay in Imanon's carbet; and
made all the children ſay their prayers morn-

ing and evening, baptizing ſome of them,

and ſome women, and [manon's child that
was very ſick; but could never perſuade him

to forſake his juggling tricks and divina-

tions, much leſs the plurality of wives.
They alſo perſuaded ſome young men already
marry'd never to take a ſecond wife whilſt
the firſt liv'd ;; and add, that of twenty-
four perſons, there was not above three,
but took very great delight in their inſtruc-
tions in the chriſtian faith.

During their abode with this people, 2
ſerpent came in the night into the hur, where
the miſſioners lay, and bit a hound ; ſo that
he died in thirty hours after. The chief .

| the

W 2 «| ati n K res > * 8 Abd 8 wet OS I FE —_— 33 N PL: e 2 e od < fs kt rakes. ©
Pe as 6 2 3 * . IRE 1 th 8 n BEES l I * 2 5 N SS A 22 ” e . 1 8 3 Sn een Coen oo ed : 7
1 GG nnn ind; atk. Ea IE Is Is too lr ME 3 J T TTTßßñ oo Ee EE 2 3 n 1
a * r r . ß „ „% V . ISLET AC
4 = 2 n STA n * 4 7 e . xt 8 od . "—_— 3 8 1 r + ts is. 2 I "FR = le ad; * "RF \ x
- k W * 1 > Y f FR 4 a 8 4 « 7 x 1 - ? 2 e 8 WS K
2 __ * 7 5 -_ * + n . * at" IT « 3 5 * 9. E 5 0 n 3 2 t % R 7 4 BR! 6 $44 v . 2 1 4
« + N * r dj : 2th 4 7 1 2 . I py 8 &f 1 2 ern s * G i 8 n 2 r Na 5 1
2 " o — * . 8 8 + * av 3 1 9 " * Pa 82 ow = 5
x 8 3 — FRY” we es 3 ä 8 8 8 R EE be od 1 ©
% Y * a 2% , St $0” * TIES 3 N . ot > A 4 2 N e * , PETS SENT OPTION * 7 « -
_ p * PR Go, N R SB £ 2 8 , 7 7 8 EL VIE 1 ; .
a R 4 PERL # - 8 TS l 7 * tad : * 90 1
r £ * de. © 4 8 1 a 2 993 Org” 8 8 EIS” . n * I" * :
Jr 24 ͤĩ ]ðQ» . ͤ b ee * 8
n I N 8 , 8 8 ”" y

8

Accoun
miſſione

Blood
man.
kater;

the Province of Guiana, 557

the cottage, and the owner of the dog, at- the Artis, eaſt of the province of las Chanas BARBOT.
tributed this accident to the prayers which in Peru, of whom we have an account, that WWW,

me

0 64 - - T ˙ ts IRS 8 2
þ 8 4 LES? B # e BS a » 3 n

, 4 — 8 4. 1 22 r 0 oer 8 aa PENS ²˙ 1 OE Son ge . 2 * 4
* 1 Cos NR EE IEDEE 5 warts EE EE 2 2 - Si . 3 "ONES 9 N
K l 8 7 38 8 1 ; 8 ae ads K ,
12 Zoos wed AR een in A at, Bare n 9 1 *
pt. 39 WV TY 8 * RI ata 7 *

they ſang; ſo that they durſt not ſing any
more, but contented themſelves to make
every body ſay their prayers, except the

three before mention'd incredulous perſons,

namely the chief Camiati, and two other old
men.

4rcount r In the country of the Acoguas, ſome of
miſſoners. their guides of their own accord, after ſup-

per, ſang in the tune of the church, Sancta
Maria, ora pro nobis; having been yet taught

no more, and as they continu'd the litanies,

they anſwer'd. „„

The Acoquas were mightily pleas'd to ſee
the Europeans, and in three days became ſo
familiarly acquainted with the miſſioners,
that not one of them refus'd to pray, but did

it every day, morning and evening. As
they advanced farther into that country,

thoſe that lived a day's journey more remote,

hearing the news of their arrival, came to

fee them, and admir'd their garments, their
guns, the pictures in their breviaries, their

writing, and the ſongs of the church, which

do break them of that ſavage practice. vants alſo very fick ; they conſented with
Man. Theſe Indians are of a much gentler na- their guides to return, ſince they were not
eaters,

they deſired to hear ſeveral times in a day:
they alſo heard their inſtructions with at-
tention, and ſeem'd to have very good ſen-
timents, and to be much affected, when
they told them, that formerly the people of
France were ignorant of God; and that
ſome good people came thither who taught
them, that there was a God, who would
make them happy for ever in heaven, if they
ſerv*d him dutifully. That they were come
into that country to do them the ſame good
office, that they might go to heaven as well
as they, if they perform'd the ſame duties.
Some of thoſe nations believe, that good
men after this life are carried to heaven,
which they call Caupo ; and that the wicked
go down into the earth, which by them
is call'd Soy. 5

The natural diſpoſition of the Nouragues
and Acoquas is mild; but the more remote
the Nouragues live from the ſea, the more
tractable they are: for the frequent inter-

courſe they have with the Indians on the ſea-

coaſts, renders them more difficult to be
treated with. The Acoquas are quite ano-
ther ſort of people, than the inhabitants
of Cayenne imagine them to be; for they
look upon them as fierce, cruel, and per-
fidious to their gueſts; and it is true, they
have not long ſince extirpated a {mall na-
tion of Indians, and eaten ſome of them:
but this inhumanity is rather the effect of a

barbarous cuſtom, than the natural diſpo-

ſition of the people, as has been before ob-
ſerv'd; and tho' the ſame is practis'd by the

Nouragues, it ſeems to be no difficult taſk to

ture than the Chiriguanas, of the country of
Vol. V.

they made excurſions upon their neighbours,
only to feed on them, devouring all the pri-
ſoners they took, without ſparing age or
ſex; and drank their blood, as ſoon as they

had cut their throats, that no part might
be loſt. That not ſatisfied with eating

their neighbours, their barbarity extended
ro their neareſt relations, on whom the

alſo fed when dying naturally, or by any
accident ; after which, they join'd all their
bones, with much lamentation, and bury'd
them in hollow trees, or clifts of rocks, as

may be ſeen in Garcilaſſo de la Vega's hiſto-

ry of Peru, lib. 1. cap. 12. who adds, that
not only theſe Chiriguanas, but alſo the
people about cape Paſſao, on the South-Sea,
and ſeveral others in thoſe parts, were ſo ad-
dicted to this inhumanity, that they had
publick ſhambles of human fleſh, part
whereof they minced and ſtuffed the guts
with it, like our ſauſages. Pedro de Creza

mentions the ſame thing in the twenty- ſixth

chapter of his hiſtory, and ſpeaking as an
eye-witneſs, ſays, this went ſo far, that the

did not ſpare the very children they had be-
got themſelves on foreign women, taken
priſoners in their wars, with whom they
had to do ; keeping thoſe children very

daintily till thirteen years of age, when

they kilPd and eat them; and the ſame the
did by the mother, when ſhe could bear
no more children.
After the French miſſioners had been
twelve or thirteen days among the Acoquas,
and received due information from thoſe

people, concerning the lake of Parima, No lake of
aſking ſeveral of them, whether they did Parima.

not know of a vaſt place of water like the
ſea, the ſand of which is Caracoli, ſo they
call gold, ſilver and copper, none of them

was able to give them the leaſt intelligence

of it; but ſaid, that to the ſouth-weſt of

their country, was the nation of the Ara-

miſas, ſituate towards the ſource of the river
Maroni, the mouth of which is about fifty
leagues from Cayenne weſtward, as has been
obſerv'd; and by the miſſioners computa-
tion the Aramiſas, a very great nation, are
in the ſame longitude in Which the maps
place the lake of Parima.
Thus ſeeing they could get no manner of
intelligence of the lake before mention'd,
the air growing unwholeſome by reaſon of
the exceſſive heat, at the latter end of May,
when there was very little wind; which
ſeldom fails ro blow in thoſe countries, and
which renders them habitable : and one of
the ſaid miſſioners being taken ill with a
tertian ague, and the ſtrongeſt of their ſer-

willing to conduct them any farther, or to
TS ſuffer

'
*
11
p j
i
*
1 »
9
[
*
vt
j
:
1
1
|
10
Wy.
nil 1
38
5 #
* 4 y
18.
:
4 1
7
j
: i,
i!
: 1
Fr;
[0
:
9
4,
[
1
#7)
* is
n 1d
131
**
| ]
} 4
wo
: 7
N
„ 15
\ *
8 it
. *
5
:
＋ I
N
*
.
* J +
4
ow
* q 1
þ | {|
7 1
£ $a
1
; ;
"3:
#7? "of ?
: 2
0 t
"WH
.
= by ;
$ F
TT £ I
}
3... | 2:
I 4 $
{ f
' U
=.
1 1
\ 14
1 11
* \
j K
\ [|
4
7
9
10
N I
1
: 1
'T
4
Ay 1
{£ 10
> i.
F «
{34 6:
* £0
2
: .
Tl Ly
4 _
4 9
og 5 N
5 + BM
l : .
1
74
. 1
nm
T - a
=
þ j
\ LE
„
5 4 i
* 35
Fr
199
\f WP.
', Fa
* 6
|
& | 4
#3
F
.
+
8 -
+!
»
RY
\ 1
N. p
[ *

2 8 FE
— = » — * 7
„
<
— TY a g
—_— -

A DeScrIPTION of

next day, took them in his canoe, bei
himſelf bound for Cayenne and Fri

558

BAR BO r. ſuffer the Acoquas to go fetch their chief,
WY V dwelling three days journey from the place

where they were, with whom they would
have made an alliance. Their three guides

rew inſolent, ſuppoſing it was to honour
them that the Acoguas came in ſuch great
numbers; when in all likelihood it was the
curioſity of ſeeing Europeans, that brought

them together. One of theſe guides, a Mo-

rou, did all he could to perſuade thoſe peo-

ple, that the miſſioners ought to leave them
all their goods; and they, to put them in
hopes of their return, left an iron tool with
an Acoqua, who had but one wife, upon
condition he ſhould give them a great ha-
mock when they came again, and they
would give him a bill and a knife more, to
make up the value of it. That Indian very

well knew the regard the miſſioners had for

lawful marriages, and promiſed he would
not take a ſecond wife, during the life of
that he had already liv'd with eight or nine
years, and had by her a daughter about ſe-
ven years old. |

Journey of Thus agreed, they imbark*d on the river
miſfioners. Camopi in two. canoes, and after having

paſs'd dangerous falls, with ſo much ha-
zard of their lives, that a young Nourague,
who had never run the like riſque before,
| ſaid, God is good, and is not angry with us;
they came to the place where they were to
go by land, betwixt the river Inipi and Je-
naporibo. Their guides being loaded with
hamocks and other things, which they had
bought of the Acoquas, walk'd fo faſt, as
the Indians are wont to do when well load-
ed, that they left them five leagues from
Tenaporibo; however, they got through with-
out loſing their way, by following a path
in which their guides had thrown little
boughs in many places, where it was not
eaſy to diſcern the track, to ſignify which
way they went. Being by this time very
311 of their diſtempers, they made an agree-
ment with the firſt Nourague, who had done
them ſome ſervice at Caraolibo, three leagues
from Aproague, he being of a very good
temper, and come thither with two other
Nouragues of the ſame place, who were
willing to return home as ſoon as they
could. Thus they went, ſome in a canoe,
ſome by land, to Camiati's cottage, and
thence taking in his abſence a ſmall cheſt
they had left before with him, vent to lie
at a cottage a little way farther; where Ca-
miati at his return from hunting with his
hound, waited on, and offer'd to accompa-
ny them to the mouth of the Aproague, to
the cottage of the chief of the Sapayes,
whom he had a mind to viſit, being his ve-
ry good friend.

Being come to the cottage of this chief
of the Sapayes, they were kindly entertain'd,
and a Chief of the Galibis arriving there the

and lodged them in a ſmall iſland in the

river Aproague, at a pretty diſtance from

the ſea ; where they ſtaid two days, and
obſerv'd that the tide roſe there eight foot;
and concluded thence, becauſe it covers the
laſt fall of the river, that it declines but eight
foot in the ſpace of twenty-five leagues from
the ſea. : |

Departing from this iſland, they went to
Co; the next day they ſaw the ſea, and
many Piraguas of the Galibis on it, mak-
ing towards the river of the Amazons, and
ſome Indians of their company went aboard
to viſit them. Then they proceeded coaſt-
ing along to Maburi, the firſt place to land
at in the iſle of Cayenne, on the eaſt of it,
which they got about with much labour,
the fea being ſo rough, that they could not
well bear up againſt it, to proceed beyond
Maburi. Thus they perform'd a voyage
of a hundred and ſeventy leagues from the
country of the Acoquas to Cayenne; and the
whole, out and home, was two hundred and
forty leagues in the ſpace of about five

The map

PLATE 3

Poitzon,

Hardſhip;
they en-
dure.

months, ſuffering many hardſhips and fa-

tigues, becauſe in thoſe parts there is little

or no accommodation to relieve them in

their ſickneſs; and the leſs one carries thither,
the better: beſides that the ignorance and
barbarity of thoſe Indian nations always
give a miſſioner juſt cauſe to fear any miſ-
chief upon the leaſt diſguſt, They are al-
ways forc'd to carry with them ſome Caſa-
bi and paſte of Ouiccu, in hopes to find ei-

ther fiſh or veniſon, with the aſſiſtance of

their Indian guides, and here and there,
buccaneed fleſh and fiſh, However, if miſ-
ſioners of a vigorous conſtitution, of great

in a ſufficient number, to ſettle for a conſi-

derable time, in each country or nation;

Lmgtha
breadth,

Cayana
river.

virtue, and of a diſpoſition ready to ſuffer
thoſe hardſhips, were ſent over from Europe

it ſeems, there would be a great proſpect of

converting a vaſt multitude of thoſe people
to the chriſtian faith, and a great field open'd
to the goſpel-labourers, that are willing to
employ themſelves in it; as well as to diſ-

cover many other Indian nations, which

probably might alſo be converted.

Of the iſland of CAYENNE.
Promis'd in my ſhort deſcription of the

I

iſland is a part, to give a particular account
of it, as being a place famous, both for the

various adventures of the French at ſeveral

times, in ſettling themſelves there, and for
the many battles they have fought, as well
with the native Indians as with Europeans,

large province of Guiana, whereof this

to maintain their ground: wherein they have

been ſo ſucceſsful, that it is now one of the

moſt conſiderable and advantageous colonies

they have in America. It

the Iſland

Tt will be needleſs to ſay much of the cli-
mate, the ſoil and product of the country,

of Cayenne. 559
ny died almoſt as ſoon as born, and others Bax Or.
at a very tender age: for which reaſon the WWW

which are the ſame as in the reſt of Guiana;
I ſhall confine my ſelf to what is more pe-
culiar to the iſland, gather'd by my own

obſervation, and the information of thoſe

The map,
PLATE 33

employ'd in the government, and of the
principal and moſt ancient planters. To
this I have added a moſt exact map of the
iſland, which was preſented me by Monſieur
de Ferolles major of the place, and a rela-

tion to the late duke de Noailles, and to the

count de Blenac, as he caus'd it to be taken,

- when he came into that poſt, after the death

Poſition.

of the chevalier de Lexy; which, according to
his direction, I caus'd to be engrav'd at
Rochel in a large ſheet, for the uſe of thecourt.

This iſland of Cayenne has been a French
colony ever ſince the year 1625. It lies
cloſe by the continent of Guiana, and only

cut off and made an iſland by the rivers Ovia

on the eaſt, and Cayana on the weſt ; from
which laſt it takes its name, as may be ſeen in
the map. The town and fort, where the
great road is at the mouth of the river Gui-
ana, are exactly in four degrees fifty minutes
of north latitude, and three hundred thirty-

two degrees of eaſt longitude from Ferro. It

is reckoned about eighteen or twenty leagues

in compals, ſtanding high on the coaſt, and

looks at a diſtance like part of the continent,

he as appears by the proſpect in the print here
Inſerted, which I took as we ſail'd along the

Imgthand The length of the iſland, from the river

headth, Ovia to the river Cayana, is about ſeven

Cayana
river.

leagues, and the breadth about three.
The river Cayana falls into the north-ſea

on the weſt ſide of it, dividing the country

of the Caraibes from that of the Galibis.
The iſland forms three principal capes or
promontories, being thoſe of Fort- Louis, Se-

perou, and Maburi. It has much meadow

and paſture ground in ſeveral parts; the reſt
is low and marſhy, eſpecially in the middle,

ſo as to be almoſt impaſſable. The edges
of it are moſtly cover'd with large trees,
which we call mangroves, having that pe-

culiar quality of growing in ſalt water, ſo

thick, deep, and wide rooted, that from
thoſe very roots other trees riſe up without
end, ſo wonderful cloſe interwoven within one
another, that in ſome parts of the iſland, a
man may walk leagues on them without
touching the ground.

About forty years ago the iſland was ex-

_ traordinary unhealthy, becauſe of the long

rains, which laſted above nine months in
twelve, but eipecially from December till
Fune; as alſo becauſe the ground was cloſe
wooded, and ſo marſhy, that it occaſion'd
feveral ſorts of diſeaſes among the inhabi-
tants, which in a more particular manner
affected young infants, inſomuch, that ma-

moſt ſubſtantial planters uſed to ſend them
over to France very young, to preſerve

them from the malignity of that bad air; Unhealthy
which is now nothing near fo pernicious to Climate.

thoſe young babes, ſince the land has been
grubb'd up: ſo that they grow up healthy
and ſtrong. Beſides, the women are ſafer
in child-bed, and the generality of the in-
habitants leſs ſubje& to diſtempers than they
were before the iſland was clear'd of moſt of
the wood. However, it is ſtill, and will
always bean uncomfortable place to live in,
becauſe of the long rainy ſeaſon every year,
the ſcorching cloſe air night and day, which

diſpirits a man; and the heavy ſhowers and

vapours, exhal'd from the ſwampy grounds,
which ſtill occaſion diſeaſes in men and

beaſts, tho? not ſo much as formerly. Large

cattle particularly, can ſcarce live there,

They are alſo continually tormented with

gnats, flies, hand-worms, ants, bugs, and
other ſorts of vermin z all which together
renders the place very diſagreeable and un-

eaſy: for which reaſon, ſeveral planters, when
grown rich, retire into Fance, and let their

plantations.

The ſoil of Cayenne, by reaſon of the con- Soil and

plentifully : alſo of Mandioca or Caſſabi, 1n-

dian wheat, Rocou, cotton, Accajou-apples,

Banillas, Pete, Ebony, Letter and Violei-
wood Ananas, Tuberoſes, very fine and large;
Papaias, and leveral forts of American and

European grain and ſeeds, beſides lemons,
oranges, indigo, and figs, c.

tinual rains, produces plenty of ſugar-canes ; Product.
which, tho* ſmall and ſhort-jointed, yield very

The country abounds in wild-boars, call'd 3% ang

ortolans, nightingals, arras, occos, toucans,
parrots, parroquets, and other birds only re-
markable for their feathers; al ſo Flamingos,
birds about as big as a hen, fly ing in ſwarms
like ducks or cranes; large wild-ducks with
red tufts on their heads; lizards, cameleons,

there Packs, deer, agontils, wood-cocks, beaſts.

and very large ſerpents, ſome of them above gent.

twenty-five foot long, beſides many ſmaller.
] was ſhew'd the ſkin of one in the town

twenty-four foot long, kill'd in the iſland, in

whoſe belly was found a whole fawn, Ano-
ther ſkin was preſented me fourteen foot
long, the figure whereof is in the cut.

In relation to monſtrous ſerpents found in
South America, I will here give the account
I had from one monſieur Cherot, a ſurgeon

of St. Malo, who in his return from the Eaſt-

Indies, in the year 1704, having put into
Bahia de Todos los Santos, in Brazil, affirms,
that in the monaſtery of the jeſuits, at the
city of St. Salvador, one of thoſe fathers

PLATE 16,

ſhow'd him the ſkin of a monſtrous ſerpent Monſtrou-
kill'd in the country fix months beforewhich/erpenr. |

he meaſur' d himſelf, and found to be forty-
N- O

560

V ference 3 and adds, the jeſuit aſſur'd him,

Prodigious were monſtrouſly ſwollen, as if he had been

asa known truth, that a young bullock had
been found in the belly of it almoſt whole.
The fame monſieur Cherot aſſur'd me, that
in the ſame city of S/. Salvador, he admi-
niſter*d to a Black, whoſe ſtomach and belly

worm in a in a dropſy, a doſe of a dram and a half of

Man.

Saba jou,

mercury or quickſilver, which brought away
from him by ſtool a prodigious dead, flat
worm, cover'd all over with thin ſmall ſcales
like a ſnake, full ſixty-fix foot long, and but
a quarter of an inch broad ; but wanting the
head, which had been diſſolv'd in the pati-
ent's body. This worm he proteſted he had
kept a Jong time in a bottle that held five
pints of liquor, and yet the worm with on!
one pint of ſpirits to preſerve it, almoſt fill'd
the bottle. After which evacuation, the pa-
tient recover'd by degrees.

Leguat in his travels, if they deferve any
credit, ſays, there are ſerpents fifty foot
long in the iſland of Fava. At Batavia
they ſtill keep the ſkin of one, which tho?
but twenty foot in length, is ſaid to have
ſwallow'd a young maid whole, I return to
Cayenne, where 5

They have fine tygers ſkins from the In-
dians, ſome of which I caus'd to be made
into muffs at my return to Paris, and the
were there valu'd at ten Louis-d'or each.
There are alſo ſeveral ſorts of monkeys, ſa-
pajous, and fine Amazon parrots brought
trom the countries about that river, eaſy to

be taught to ſpeak diſtinctly, but very dear,

PLATE 7.

tor I gave ten crowns for one of them my
ſelt. The parroquets are commonly about
the bigneſs of an ordinary thruſh, all the
body of a lovely ſhining green, a painted
head, and very long narrow tail of various
colours; the feet and bill white, and ſome
of them will talk a little. I have inſerted
in the print the exact figure of the ſapajous
and parroquets of Cayenne, drawn from the
life, and that of the female lamentins; as
alſo of a rare creature about as big as a

little monkey, which J often ſaw in the poſ-

ſeſſion of Mr. Geo. d' Otin, drugſter in New-
gate-Street, London, about the year 1703,
who kept it in his ſhop, and was preſented
with it by a traveller coming from the Red-
Sea; who brought it from the iſland of An-
gouan, one of the Comeras, lying in thirteen
degrees of ſouth latitude, between the coaſt
of Zanguebar and the iſland of Madagaſcar,

on the eaſt ſide of Africa. This little ani-

mals head was like that of a very young
lamb, only the muzzle ſomewhat ſharper-
pointed; the ears flat and open, the head
and neck all cover'd with a ſhort curl'd

wool as fine as ſilk; the body, legs, and

tail exactly like a monkey, only that the
tail was more hairy, The noiſe it made

A DresCrrertioN of

BarBorT. two foot in length, and above four in circum-

was like a ſwine, and play'd all the tricks of
a monkey. The wool on its head, neck and
body, was grey and brown ſtriped. It fed
very greedily on walnuts, and was very full
of ſport, but died in 1704. The ſame ſort
of animal is alſo found in the iſland of Mada-

y gaſcar, and call'd Chitote by the people a- Chitote,
bout the bay of Maſaly, facing the channel # ſrange
of Mozambique; where it breeds in the woods, .

{kipping from one branch to another on the
high trees, asthe monkeys do, and hanging

in the ſame manner at the boughs by their

long tails. ;

The ſea about Cayenne affords large tor- F;

roiſes, mullets of twenty pounds weight,
yellowiſh large Machorans or cat-fiſhes,
thornbacks, and other ſorts of fiſh; and the

y rivers are well ſtor d with ſuch as belong to

the freſh water. | :

In my time there were not above fifteen
ſugar plantations, and four or five of Rocou
or Anotto in this iſland ; but there are at
preſent mahy more of the former, and few
or none of the latter, for reaſons I ſhall
have occaſion to mention hereafter,

Money was alſo very ſcarce then, but the 974.

free-booters who return'd from the South-
Sea, the meaneſt of whom had at leaſt two
thouſand crowns for his ſhare, bought them
habitations there, increaſed the colony, and
render*d money current among the inhabi-
tants; and the ſoil of the iſland being ſoon

worn out by planting of ſugar-canes, ſome
have made plantations on the adjoining con-

tinent, to the weſt and ſouth-weſt of Cayenne,
and thrive extremely well.

It is reported in Spani/ hiſtories of the
diſcovery of America, that the art of draw-
ing and refining of ſugar, was perfected by
Lewis de Figueroa and Alonſo de St, Fobn,
priors of the order of St. Ferome, in the
iſland Hiſpaniola, anno 1516.

The ſugar made here is very good, both
white and Muſcovado of three ſorts, and
reckon'd at Lyons and Tours in France,
much more proper and ſaving for confectio-
ners, than any other whatſoever; being both

very ſweet and moiſt, The beſt white ſu-

gars and Muſcovados, are commonly put up
in large and long cheſts, made of Acajcu
planks, after the manner of the Brazil
cheſts, and the coarſeſt in caſks, for the
greater conveniency of ſtowidge aboard
ſhips. The ſugar is the chief product of
this iſland, and has enrich'd ſeveral planters
in a ſhort time, when they were well ſup-

ply'd with luſty Black ſlaves from Guinea;
for then a male ſlave did not yield above

one hundred crowns, or two hundred and
fifty French livres: about which laſt price,
I ſold a hundred and thirty ſlaves at my
paſſage thither. But the colony having
been lately neglected, ſome of the rich
planters being dead, and others gone ny
in

Rocou or

anotto
che

Pratt

the Iſland of Cayenne. 561
into France, which cauſed them to make ing very ſtrong. The dye ſtains every BarBoT-
but little ſugar; and Rocou becoming a thing it touches, but the Spaniſb Anotio i

perfect drug, ſo that ſhips of but an in- far better and finer than that of Cayenne.
different burden, waited ſometimes near a Thus fort of dye will keep many years, if

Rocou or
Anotto
dje

year for their lading: they had ſo few well preſerv'd in proper moiſt and cool pla-

ſlaves carry*d thither, that in the year
1697, a man-ſlave yielded five hundred li-
vres; the Indians not being able to furniſh
the colony with a ſufficient number of A-
merican ſlaves, who beſides are not altoge-
ther ſo proper as the Blacks, to cultivate
the ground. | |
Few at preſent are ignorant of the man-
ner how ſugar is made, but perhaps as few
know the manner of making Rocou, and
therefore I ſhall here give an account of it.
Rocou is a red dye, or deep orange-colour,
and commonly uſed as a ground for other
colours, in linnen cloth or ſilks. The name
is Indian, and it is calPd Anotto in the Spa-
niſh American countries, which perhaps may

alſo be deriv'd from the Indians of thoſe

parts. At the firſt planting of it in Cay-
enne, the natural Rocou got from the Indi-
ans ſold in France from twenty to fifteen

livres a pound. This great price ſet many

people upon cultivating the plants there,
and in a few years ſo great a quantity was
made, that it became a drug; inſomuch
that about the year 1686, it would not
fetch nine ſols a pound at Rochel, one of the
ſea- port towns of France, which had for

many years the moſt ſettled trade with

Cayenne, and from whence more eſpecially
the garriſon of that iſland receiv'd its pro-
viſions and clothing; having my ſelf been
commiſſion'd into that ſervice.

This dye is produc'd from certain very
ſmall red berries, growing a great number
together in a ſmall cluſter, the form of

kFrarE 16. Which is repreſented in the print. This

cluſter, when the berries are almoſt ripe, is
pluck'd from the trees, and as it dries, opens
ſo as to drop the berries; which are gather'd
and put into proper veſſels or troughs, to a
certain quantity, and ſteep'd in clean water,
which in a very ſhort time waſhes off the
red colour from them, and ſwims on the
ſurface, and the ſeed by its ponderouſneſs
falls to the bottom of the troughs, and is
good for nothing. This dye they take up
gently, and put it into other veſſels, where
it coagulates in the ſun, and grows thicker
and thicker, by lying; and when it is come
to a true conſiſtency, like new cheeſe, they
mould it into ſmall maſſes, ſome ſquare,
others in long rolls, each weighing about
four pounds, and cover them with dry'd
palm-tree leaves, which help to preſerve it,
and prevent its ſticking rogether when
pack*d up in barrels, caſks or cheſts: and
thus by degrees it grows harder and harder

as Cheeſe does. But the ſmell of it is more

and more diſagreeable to many people, be-
Vol. V.

ces; but in length of time it dries up al-
moſt to duſt, and loſes its virtue. It is alſo
adulterated and mix'd with ſome other in-
gredients, either in the country or in Eu-
rope, and moulded a- new into loaves ; but
ſuch dye is nothing near ſo good as the
natural.

The trees commonly at full age do not
exceed fifteen or ſixteen foot in height, ve-
ry ſhady and ever green; bearing a great
quantity of the bloſſom or flower of Anotto
or Rocou, which when yet young, are of a
fine pleaſant red, and at ſome diſtance re-
ſembles the pomgranate- tree when blown.

The Rocou planters formerly cultivated
large orchards of theſe trees, as we do of
apples or cherries, 3

The chief town of Cayenne ſtands on the
weſt part of the iſland, in an advantageous
ſituation; nature and art having equally
contributed to the fortifying of it. It is of
an irregular hexagon figure. The fortifi-
cations of the town, as the plan repreſents,
were moſtly caſt up with earth by the Hol-
landers, after they had driven the French
from the iſland; and have ſeveral batteries

mounted with cannon, and a dry ditch quite

round, beſides rows of trees that ſurround
it in a triangle, which makes a handſome
proſpect at a diſtance. Within this light

fortification, ſtand above two hundred hou-

ſes, diſpoſed in ſuch manner, as to form two
indifferent ſtreets or lanes, all built with
planks of a certain tree by the French call'd
Poirier, and of other ſort of timber, and
thatch'd ; which is the reaſon they are now
and then burnt down fo faſt, that nothing
can be ſav'd, to the great loſs and damage

not only to the owners, but of ſeveral inha-

bitants round the town, On the north-eaſt
part of it, towards the gate of Armire, the
Jeſuits have a little chappel, ſtanding in an
open place by itſelf, and before it a grove
of lemon-trees, which afford a pleaſant

ſhade to walk under; the chappel is adorn'd
with a ſmall ſpire of planks, with good

bells.
Ona pretty ſteep hill or eminence ſtands
the fort of St. Lewis de Ceperoux, built
by order of Lewis XIII. king of France,
on the ſea- ſide, commanding every way,
mounted with forty-two iron guns; the
garriſon whereof commonly conſiſts of four
companies of regular forces, beſides near
five hundred inhabitants moſtly Frencb, and
divers Indians, who retire into the iſland
with their canoes, and there make their
cottages and carbets; living either in the
town, or on the iſland round about as far
7 D as

i.
1
1

;

+ oY]

o
|
i!

"i
WW

WT !
us
'M
2
Fi

df /
?

; ja
A

7

=

4 1
RE -

*
2
1
x
1

'1

4

»11 4
i 0

* 1

4
bw |
6 4
: 4

j
7.

4 7

[

!

U
17
9

3
iv

s 1
i
*1(]
©
>

| 1

[i
F

r
. 4
= =. Ap... a

r e

rn
W
2
=

1

: r EE ES INE ON IS
r . ß — —

562

BaRBO r. as mount Sinery, becauſe of the goodneſs

2

of the ſoil, and the wholeſomenels of the
air, as it lies much higher than the iſland.
Theſe, upon the leaſt alarm, are obliged
to ſtand to their arms; the ſignal to give
notice to them to come together, being to
fire off ſome cannons, eſpecially in the
night-time. The weakeſt places of this
iſland are alſo defended by ſome batteries
and guns.

The next town in the iſland to this, is
Armire, diſtant about three leagues eaſt-
ward, but ſmall and thinly peopled ; where
the jeſuits have a chappel alſo, for the con-

veniency of the inhabitants of that part of

the iſland: and about a league farther eaſt is
the point Maburi, and near it a very fine
plantation for ſugar, belonging to a parti-
cular acquaintance of mine, Mr. Fontaine of
Ronen, ſince deceaſed ; and is a fit place to
land at. Weſt of this plantation ſtands an

Indian carbet. Theſe are all the remarka-

ble towns of Cayenne, except here and there
ſome cottages, and plantations about the

iſland; the ſouth part of which is ſtor'd with

fine large meadows or paſture-grounds,
call'd after the Indians Savanas, and three
rivulets. They have uſually a warch-houſe
and a battery of ſome iron guns at Armire,
to give ſignals, when they diſcover ſhips
coming from the eaſtward, |

Fort Louis commands both the town and
the ſea ; the anchoring-place for ſhips is un-
der the cannon of the fort, within muſket-
ſhot from land, in three fathom and a half
muddy ground, ſouth-weſt of the water-
gate, which has four good guns to defend
the road.

The colony is partly ſubſiſted by pro-
viſions brought over from France, in mer-
chants ſhips by way of trade; which com-
monly are wine, brandy, meal and pow-
der*d or ſalt meats : for beef is very ſcarce
there, beſides that they are not allow'd to

kill any, nor calves neither, without leave

of the governour or his ſubſtitutes, that cat-
tle may multiply in the iſland. All ſorts
of linnen, cloathing, ſtuffs, ſilks, ſhoes,
and other wearing apparel are alſo carry'd
thither from France, for the uſe of men,

women and children; and all ſorts of iron-

tools and ſmall wares, either for the ſer—
vice of the colony, or for the Amazons and

Indian trade, are barter*d for ſugar, Rocov,

Indigo, tortoiſe ſhells, tygers ſkins, and o-

ther inconſiderable curioſities of the country,

which did once turn to great profit to the
traders there.

The other neceſſary proviſions of the
product of the iſland, are Mandioca or Caſſa-
bi, and Indian wheat; of which each planter
ſows large quantities, both for the ſub-
ſiſtance of their own families and ſlaves,
and to ſell to the other inferior inhabitants.

has a long back-bone, compoſed of fifty-two

ADESsGRITION of

The ſea and river- fiſh, poultry, pidgeons,

ueeſts or ring-doves, whereof there is great
plenty, and delicate turkeys, veniſon, hares,
agontils, hogs, and Pacłs, that is wild- boars,
are alſo a part of their ſufibſtance: but La-
mentyns and ſea-tortoiſes are their chief pro-
viſion, and may well be called the manna
to the poorer ſort.

The Lamentyn 1s by ſome call'd the ſea- Mana „
cow, and by others Manati, the head where- . ——
of is much like a pig's, except that its ſnout
is not altogether ſo long. The largeſt of
them are about twenty foot long, having
no fins, but the tail, and two paws: the
body is pretty thick or round, till towards
the navel ; the tail like that of a whale and .
porpoiſe, has an horizontal breadth when _—
the animal lies flat on his ſtomach or belly,
Its ſkin is blackiſh, with ſome thin hairs,
rough and hard, and ſo very thick, that the
Indians cut it into narrow long flips, which
they dry, and become as ſtiff as a cane; where-
with the Europeans chaſtiſe their ſlaves. "M Wag a
Others make of the ſkin a ſort of bucklers, 88
muſket- proof. The cyes are very ſmall, no
bigger than a common hog's : the optick
nerves are allo ſmall, and have no iris, and
very little humour. At a diſtance from
which is a round hole, on each ſide of the
head, with all the uſual and neceſſary organs
for hearing; and it hears the beſt of all wa-
ter animals. The tongue is extremely ſmall,
in proportion to the bulk of the creature; *
and beſides, it commonly draws it in, whence
ſeveral have ſaid it has none. It has thirty-
two cheek-tecth or grinders, and tuſks like
wild boars, but no fore teeth: the gums
are pretty hard, with which it brouzes and
pulls the graſs it feeds on,
This animal from the neck to the tail,

vertebræ, reſembling thoſe of a horſe ; leſ-
ſening proportionably at the ends.

The females have two breaſts, much re-
ſembling thoſe of Black women, and fome
believe they bring forth two young ones at
a time, and ſuckle chem at thoſe paps: others
ſay, they never obſery'd that creature to
ſuckle and embrace any more than one little
one at a time, and are confident it brings
forth but one. The genitals, as well in-
ternal as external, are more like thoſe of
human creatures, than any other ſpecies of
animals. Their blood is warm, and never
congeals. It has not a very free reſpiration
in the water, for which reaſon it often holds
the muzzle out of it for air; at which time
they are eaſily ſtruck with harping-irons.

This fort of fiſh is very eaſily caught, as
generally feeding in large herds, in three
or four foot water, and ſo tame in many
parts of the Eaſt- - Indies, as to ſuffer men io
get in among them as they are feeding 3
that they may feel them with their nc l

and chuſe which they pleaſe; or to ſhoot

them with the muzzle of the piece almoſt
at their head : and will let two or three men,
without any arms or tools, take hold of
them with their hands, or tie a rope about
their tails, and ſo drag them aſhore.

The fleſh of this creature is excellent, very
wholeſome, and taſtes much like veal of

Europe, when young ; for the biggeſt are

PLATE 7.

not ſo delicate and agreeable to the palate.
Their fat is hard, and very ſweet, as that
of our hogs ; the fleſh reſembles veal. It
dies with very little loſs of blood, and is
not obſerv'd to come upon dry land; nor
is there any likelihood it ſhould, conſider-
ing its ſhape, as in the cut, whence it is con-
cluded not to be amphibious.
The Spaniards about the iſland of S..
Margaret, or Margarita, call the Manati
Pece-Buey, that is, ox-filh; and particu-
larly value the ſtomach and belly. part of

ſig of it roaſted on ſpits. Others cut long ſlices

Manati.

of the fleſh of its back, which they ſalt a
little, only for two days, and then dry it
in the air; after which, it will keep three or
four months.
with butter, and reckon delicious meat. A
gentleman has aſſur'd me, that at Jamaica
they give eighteen pence a pound for young
Manati. At Cayenne it yields but three
pence a pound ſalted,

F. Chriſtopher de Acunna, in the relation of
his voyage on the river of the Amazons,
chap. 25. deſcribes this fiſh as follows.

The Pece-Buey, ſays he, is of a delicious

taſte z any one that eats it, would think it to
be moſt excellent fleſh well ſeaſon'd. This
fiſh is as big as a heifer of a year and a halt

old; it has a head and ears juſt like thoſe

of a heifer, and the body of it is all cover'd
with hair, like the briſtles of a white hog;
it ſwims with two little arms, and under
its belly has teats, with which it ſuckles its
young ones. The ſkin of it is very thick,
and when dreſſed into leather, ſerves to make
targets, which are proof againſt a muſker-
bullet. It feeds upon graſs, on the bank
of the river, like an ox; from which it re-

ceives ſo good nouriſhment, and is of ſo

pleaſant taſte, that a man is more ſtrengthen'd

and better ſatisfy*d with eating a ſmall quan-
tity of it, than with twice as much mutton.
It has nota free reſpiration in the water, and
therefore often thruſts out its ſnout to take
breath, and ſo is diſcover'd by them that

ck after it. When the Indians get fight of
it, they follow it with their oars in little
canoes; and when it appears above water to
take breath, caſt their harping- tools made
of ſhells, with which they ſtop its courſe,
and take it. When they have kill'd it, they
cut it into pieces, and dry it upon wooden
grates, which they call Boucan; and thus

This they roaſt and baſte

ſervoirs, and loole them. c
The Manati's fleſh uſed at Cayenne is

tools.

the Iſiand of Cayenne.

dreſſed, it will keep good above a month.

563

BARRHO r.

They have not the way of ſalting and dry

ing it to keep a long while, for want of
plenty of ſalt; that which they uſe to ſeaſon

their meat being very ſcarce, and made of
the aſhes of a ſort of palm- tree, fo that it is

more like ſalt-· petre than common ſalt.
To get freſh meat all their winter, which
is the time of the rains, when they can nei-
ther hunt nor fiſn, they make choice of ſome
fit places where the floods can never come,
and there dig ponds of a moderate depth,
to hold a good quantity of water, which
they incloſe round with a palliſado of ſtakes:
they bring water into theſe ponds, and keep
them always full, that they may uſe them
as reſervoirs for their winter proviſions; put-
ting in tortoiſes, at the ſeaſon they come
aſhore to lay their eggs: there they feed
them with the leaves and branches of trees,
which they throw into the pond. One of
theſe tortoiſes is enough to feed a numerous
family ſome time. To carry them to the
pond, when they fetch them from a good
diſtance, they ſtring them together with
great cords thro? holes they make on the top
of their ſhells, and turning them on their
feet, lead them to the water, where they

tie them to their canoes, and fo drag them

home, and then put them into their re-

brought ready falted from the river of the
Amazons ; ſeveral of the principal inhabi-
tants ſending the barks and brigantines thi-

ther with men and ſalt to buy it of the In-
dians, for beads, knives with white hafts of
a low price, ſome linnen, toys, and iron

When thoſe veſlels are enter'd the
river of the Amazons, the Indians, who al-
ways follow the Manati fiſhery, go aboard,
take the ſalt, and with it run up the river
in canoes or Piraguas, to catch the Manati's;

which they cut in pieces, and falt as taken,

returning with that ſalt fiſh to the brigan-
tines; which go not up, becauſe the Portu-
gueſe, who dwell to the eaſtward, at Para,
and other places of Brazil, claim the ſo-
vereignty of the north ſide of that river,
and give no quarter to the French, or other
Europeans they can take 1n their liberties,

which has occaſion'd many diſputes and

uarrels between them, as I ſhall obſerve
hereafter. That controverſy was decided
by the treaty of Nrecbt in the year 1713.
The Portugueſe ſome years ſince deſigning
to ſettle on the weſt fide of the Amazons,
cruelly maſſacred many, who before uſed to
go unmoleſted, and conſequently miſtruſting
no danger. F

The brigantines having got their la- % of

ding of ſalted Manati, return to Cayenne,
and ſell it there, commonly at three pence
a pound. They

Manati.

564
BARBO r.

Of ſlaves.

Other com-
modities.

185 ö A Dxsc RIPTION of

They alſo often bring from thence ſome

ſlaves, purchaſed of the Indians, with whom
they. trade, thoſe ſlaves being commonly
handſome young women, 3
They alſo bring great quantities of ham-
mocks, parrots, parroquets, tortoiſe ſhells,
tygers {kins, and other rarities of that

country, and dry'd fiſh.

Tndian
tools.

Before the Europeans had furniſh'd the
Indians of Guiana with inſtruments of iron
and ſteel for fiſhing, hunting, hewing of
wood, and cultivating the ground, they
made them of hard ſtones 3 and beſides the

endleſs labour of making, were at no leſs

pains in uſing them: and perceiving they
could do more work in a day with hatchets,
bills, knives and hooks, than they could

before in a month with their ſtone tools,

they give any thing for ſuch neceſſaries, and

Caſſabi.

{laves, and of all the Indians, not only of
Guiana, but of a great part of South-Ame-

have quite left off the uſe of their own; which
are now good for nothing, but to be kept

as a curioſity, and a memorial of the induſtry

and patience of thoſe Indians. oy
The Caſſabi is the common bread of the
country, eſpecially among the poorer ſort and

rica. It is made of the Mandioca root, which

they ſcrape, and then preſs to get out the

poiſonous juice; being ſo rank a poiſon, that

half a common glaſs of it ſwallow'd, will

quality.

Drink.

kill either man or beaſt, and yet it may be
put into ſauces and pottages, giving them a
good reliſh, provided it be boiPd but ever
ſo little, for then it loſes that pernicious
They bake the Caſſabi on large, thin, flat
iron plates, over the embers, making it into
cakes; which when new, are tolerable good
food; but when ſtale and dry, very inſipid
and poor, 1 „ |
The meaner inhabitants and ſlaves, be-
ſides water, drink that ſort of liquor call'd
Ouicou, which they brew after the Indian
manner, as before deſcrib'd ; tho' not fo
good as theirs, for the reaſons there mention'd.

The government and adminiſtration of

juſtice is in the governour, as well over the
inhabitants as the garriſon; but in judicial
affairs he is aſſiſted by a council, compoſed
of the prime military officers and chief in-
habitants. i |

The governour of Cayenne claims a juriſ-
diction over the countries of Guiana, from
the great river of the Amazons on the eaſt,
to the river Maroni at weſt north-weſt ; and

accordingly the late governour M. deFerolles,

who was major of the fort and garriſon in
my time, begun a road by land to the river
of the Amazons, pretending to drive the

_ Portugueſe from the rivers Paron and Maca-

ba, on which they have built three forts
for their ſecurity. The French alledge, that
thoſecountries belong to the crown of France,

and that it behoves them to defend them not

only on account of the trade, but becauſe
there are ſilver mines; ſo that the countr
they pretend to, extends about an hundred
leagues along the ocean, which is its boun-
dary on the eaſt and north; and this they call
Equinoclial France, as has been obſerved
before.

This road to the river of the Amazons, Road

begins at the river Peiro, which falls into
that of Paron, and they afterwards go down
that in canoes.

The pretenſions of the French and Por- Conteſts
tuygueſe to the ſovereignty of this port of %erwee;
Guiana, have occaſion*d many controver- French

ſies and blows between them, and ſevera]
negotiations have been ſet on foot, and re-
gulations made, to adjuſt thoſe differences
amicably. bs 8

To make this point the clearer, I ſhall .

here inſert the account given me concerning
this conteſt betwixt the French and Ports
gueſe, by a judicious French gentleman, em-

ploy'd by the government of Cayenne, about

the year 1702, to ſee the treaties concluded
between the two crowns punctually executed
on the {pot ; but mult begin with the cauſe
of this difference. |

The Portugueſe of Para, one of the cap-
tainſhips of Brazil, which reaches to the
great river of the Amazons, envying the
trade of the colony of Cayenne, in this
river, reſolv'd ſeveral years ago, to ſecure
it to themſelves, by ſetting up a pretenſion,
that their ſovereignty, in thoſe parts of
South- America, had extended for a long
time, as far weſtward beyond the river of the
Amazons, as the river Miapoco, near cape
Caſſepourri; which, they ſaid, was their
boundary, and the ſeparation from the French

juriſdiction at Cayenne. The French, on the
other hand, affirm'd, that the Portugueſe li-
mits could reach no farther weſtward than

another river or channel, calPd Miapoco, ly-
ing in the midſt of the Archipelago of iſlands,
at the mouth of the river of the Amazons,
and almoſt a hundred leagues in breadth.
The Portugueſe perſiſted in their claim,
aiming to ſecure to themſelves the trade of
the river of the Amazons, conſiſting in ſlaves,
Manati, hammocks, green ſtones, fine fea-
thers, and tygers ſkins ; as alſo to poſſeſs
ſolely the benefit of the Cacao trade in that
part of Guiana, on the weſt fide of the
river of the Amazons, ſo very advantageous;
the large country round about Macaba, na-
turally abounding in plants of Cacao, grow-
ing of themſelves, without any culture, in
the woods. They made no ſcruple to fall
out with the French on that account; ſo that
at laſt force of arms was uſed by the con-
tending parties reciprocally, as opportunity

offer d: but the Portugueſe having been
quick at erecting a ſmall fort at Arows'y,

near

gueſe.

Large
£anves,

Large
canoes.

near cape North, at the mouth of the river

of the Amazons, and a pretty large one at
Macaba, about fixty leagues up it, mounted

with fourteen guns; and a little one at ſome
diſtance from it, with the arms of Portugal
on the gate; maintain'd their ground for a
time, and very much moleſted the French
trading that way, either by ſea orland : and
many have been flain or injur'd on both
ſides, for the French ſtruggled againſt their
antagoniſts from Cayenne and Miapoco, as
much as they could,

Things being come to this paſs, and for
2 long while to open violence among the
contenders, and their buſineſs being thereby
very much obſtructed ; at laſt there was a
treaty ſet on foot by the two kings, by
which it was agreed, that the Portugueſe
ſhould demoliſh their new forts, and with-
draw their artillery and garriſons, which
was executed about the year 1702, when
the governour of Cayenne ſent this officer
with a ſmall fleet of barques and canoes, and
about two hundred men aboard, to Don Al-
buquerque, chief governour at Para, with
the diſpatches of Portugal; but yet this was
not done by him without great reluctancy,

and to the great ſorrow of the ſubjects of

Portugal in thoſe parts.

Thus this country was left to the French,
but not long at their diſpoſal ; for ſoon after
the crown of France, labouring hard to diſ-
ſuade the king of Portugal from entering
into the grand alliance with the Emperor,
the Queen of Great-Britain, and the States-
general, for reſtoring the intire monarchy of
Spain to the houſe of Auſtria, thought proper
to relinquiſh its intereſt in that part of Guiana,
to the Portugueſe ; who loſing no time, took
poſſeſſion thereof, and with great diligence

rebuilt the fort at Arowary and Macada, and

thus again peaceably poſſeſs the beneficial
trade of Cacao. However, it is to be obſerv*d,

that thoſe nuts are nothing to the right Spa-
niſb, commonly known by the name of Caracas

nuts, which are large and ſweet; whereas
theſe Portugueſe nuts are ſmall and bitter.
Theſe nuts the Portugueſe convey in large
canoes and barks to Para, whence great
quantities are ſent yearly to Liſbon.

The canoes the Portugueſe of Para make
to carry on their trade in the river of the

Amazons, are extraordinary fine and large,
all of one ſingle tree, and ſome of them

eight foot broad, and above ſixty in length,

with cabbins, wherein they can hang three
hammocks in a row, and their Indians are

very dexterous at navigating of them.

The government of Para has above three
thouſand Indians, living in villages, about
the town of that name, and maintained
as a conſtant, regular militia, to ſerve upon
all occaſions. Thoſe Indians are all baptiz'd

and inſtructed in the chriſtian religion, with
Vol. V.

the INand of Cayenne,

565

their whole families, by the labour of the Barzor.

jeſuits, who have ereCted fine churches in the
Indian villages, and employ thoſe people in
huſbandry, when the government has no
occaſion for their ſervice in war,

82

The ſame gentleman farther told me, Beautiful
that there is a nation of Indians on the weſt women.

ſide of this river, ſeveral leagues up it, whoſe
female ſex is exceedingly handſome, and go
ſtark naked, plaiting the hair of their heads

very artificially ; and that he obſerv*d, when

any of thoſe women came into his preſence,
they ſeem'd to be aſhamed of being naked,
but not at all when return'd among their
own people.

That in croſſing the wide mouth of the
river of the Amazons, being near ninety
leagues wide, as has been obſerved, he ſpent

eight days with his little fleet, before he got
to the town of Para, on the eaſt ſhore: and
found much pleaſure every evening at ſun-

ſetting, when failing thro* the Archipelago of
iſlands, he obſerved the ſweetneſs and ſereni-
ty of the air, the beautiful, ever-green lofty
trees along the many chatinels, formed by
the ſituation of thoſe iſlands ; the clearneſs
of the water reflecting ſo lively the form
and ſhape of them again in their cryſtalline
ſurface ; together with the variety of beauti-
ful birds in the woods, and their ſweet me-

lody. On the weſt ſide of the river, and as he

croſſed ſome part of the province of Guiana,
he met with many proſpects of landſkips,
extraordinary fine and pleaſant to behold.
The jeſuit Chr. d' Acunna, who made a
voyage from Quito down to the mouth of
the Amazons river, with Texeira, general
of the Portugueſe at Para, who firit of all
Europeans went up from Para to Quito, on
that river, in the year 1637, upon the re-
port of two Franciſcan friars, who had eſcap'd
the hands of the Indians; tells us, in the re-
lation of his ſaid voyage, of which 1 ſhall
have occaſion to ſpeak farther hereafter, that
two leagues below Ginipape, the river of
the Amazons begins to divide itſelf into ſe-
veral great branches, which form that mul-

its waters, till it enters into the ſea.

Theſe iſlands are inhabited by nations
differing from one another, both in their lan-
guage and cuſtoms ; not but that moſt of
them underſtand the language of Brazil ver

well, which is the general tongue in thoſe

arts.
; The number of theſe iſlands is ſo great,
and the people that dwell in them ſo different,
that it is not poſſible to give a particular ac-
count of what is obſervable among them,
without compoſing a volume. However,
I'll name ſome of the moſt conſiderable and
beſt known, as the Tapuyas, and the valiant
Pacaxas ; which laſt dwell on the ſide of a
river, the name of which they bear, that

7 E enters

Iſlands in
ö 5 ; the Ama-
titude of iſlands, which ſeem to float upon zons river;

666

Ne

river Paranaiba, and upon the bank of this
laſt river. Theſe iſlands are ſo well peopled,
that there is no end of the number of inha-

bitants, nor indeed of their villages; inſo-

much, that ſome of the Portugueſe aſſur'd
me, they had ſeen no countries better ſtock*d

with people thro? the whole extent of the

Amazon river. |

The great fort of Para is built thirty

leagues below Commuta, belonging to the

Portugueſe, who have commonly there a gar-

riſon of three companies of foot, under the

command of a governour, who has the
overſight of all other officers of garriſons
belonging to his government; but this go-

vernour 1s under the juriſdiction of him of

Maragnon, and muſt obey his orders. The
government of Maragnon is above a hundred
and thirty leagues diſtant from Para, down

along the river, and towards Brazil ; which
occaſions great inconveniencies in the con-

duct of affairs, in relation to the government

of Para.

The iſland 4u Soleil, or of the ſun, is four-
teen leagues below the mouth of the river

of the Amazons; it has a great harbour
Melter'd from all winds, in which ſhips may

ride with great ſafety ; and when they have a
mind to fail, they need only wait for the

tull moon, when the ſea is higher than or-

dinary, and they may paſs over all the
lands, which render the entrance of this river

difficult. This iſland is above ten leagues in
compaſs; there is very good water in it,
and abundance of ſea and river-fiſh. It at-
fords all neceſſary accommodation for life,
the land being extraordinary fruitful, and

capable of maintaining as many people as

the Ama-
Zons river.

can deſire to ſettle there. An infinite num-
ber of crabs is found there, which are the
common food of the Indians, and other poor

people, being now the main ſupport of Para;

for this is the principal iſland to which they

reſort, to ſeek ſubſiſtance for the inhabitants.
Mouth of Twenty-ſix leagues below this iſland of

the ſun, directly under the line, this river
of the Amazons 1s eighty four leagues over,
bounded on the ſouth ſide by Zaparara,
and on the other by the north cape, between
which it diſcharges it ſelf into the ocean. It
may be call'd a ſea of freſh water, mixing

with the ſalt of the ſea, being the nobleſt

and largeſt river in the known world. This
{ame river is otherwiſe call'd Orellana, the
name of the firſt Spaniard that ſail'd down

it from Peru. The length of its courſe has

been long reckon'd onethouſand two hundred
ſeventy- ſix leagues, but later diſcoveries make
it one thouſand eight hundred;in which courſe
it fertilizes an infinite number of nations, and
almoſt cuts South- America aſunder, receiv-

ing abundance of the nobleſt and fineſt

rivers in that part of the new world, which

ADESCRIPTIONS of

BarBorT. enters the Amazon eighty leagues above the

run down to it on both ſides. Another

thing of it is remarkable, and is, that it
runs out with ſuch a torrent, that freſh water

may be taken up above thirty leagues at

ſea; its force and rapidity hindering it from

mixing with the ſalt. It is to be obſerv'd,
that whatſoever Europeans firſt poſſeſs them-
ſel ves of the iſland of the ſun, will eaſily
command the entrance into that noble river
of the Amazons, and ſecure the trade of it
to themſelves.

The lake of Parima, fo much ſpoken of No /ate of
by many authors, is now generally agreed Parima,

to be altogether fabulous and imaginary
the French from Cayenne having made all
imaginable ſearch afrer it, as the Spaniards
and other nations had done before : and for

the city Manoa, or El Dorado, it is of the

ſame ſtamp. For had there been any ſuch
wealth, as many have reported to be in
that place, no obſtacles would have been
ſufficient to ſtop the progreſs of Europeans,
but they would have reach'd it long ago:
and it is certain the Spaniards, who firſt
heard the report of it, and were able to ſub-
due the molt valuable part of America, would
not have been bafed in the purſuit of ſuck
treaſure as that place was given out to con-
tain 3 but that after (ſearching all that coun-
try, they were fully convinc'd it was fairy
treaſure, a meer chimæra or invention, and
therefore they gave over the purſuit of it,

being ſatisfied thoſe countries afforded no-

thing worth their toils. The Portugueſe after

them took no little pains to find out that
imaginary treaſure, and to as little purpole

the French, as has been ſaid, have follow'd

their example from Cayenne, with the like

ſucceſs; and our Sir Walter Raleigb's ſo much

celebrated voyage to Guiana, was on the ſame

account, and turn'd as little to his honour,
nor did he make any other profit than what
accrued by robbing of the Spaniards.

Since I am upon the deſcription of this
part of America, and have had occaſion
to mention the famous river of the Ama-
2015, it will not, I hope, be diſagreeable to

give ſome farther account of the ſaid river,
from the belt Spani/h authors, who alone

are able to acquaint us with what has been
diſcover*d relating to it.

When Francis Pizarro had ſubdued the Orelan
empire of Peru, he gave the government#
of Quito, and ſome other northern provinces, ,
to his brother Gonzalo Pizarro; who reſolv- gmazons.

ing to make farther diſcoveries weſtward,
in hopes of finding much gold, he let
out with a good number of Spaniards, among
whom was Don Franciſco de Orellana, a
gentleman of good birth and quality: after
many days travel, being in great want of
proviſions, Pizarro ſent this Orellana in a
bark, with ſixty men, down a river to ſec K
for proviſions. He ran down with the

55 ſtream

Acui
of th
Ame
"Iver

and parrots, partridges, and ſeveral forts of

the River of the Amazons.

ſtream for ſeveral days through a deſart coun-
try, till he came to another inhabited;
when finding it very difficult to return up
two hundred leagues, to the place from
whence he came, he reſolv'd to proceed;
and was carry'd from the river on which he
had imbark*d into that of the Amazons, fo
call'd in reality from ſome women they ſaw
fighting among the men : which gave occa-
ſion to the fo much talk*d of fable of a coun-

try of Amazons, invented by ſome men in

imitation of thoſe formerly talk'd of in A/ia,
a chimera much like that above mention'd of
the lake of Parima, and the city Manoa
for never could this country be found any
more than that lake or city: ſo that many go
onatteſting ſo manifeſt a fiction, without con-
ſidering the abſolute impoſſibility of ſuch
places being hid to the ſearch of ſo many
perſons, as have rang'd all thoſe regions in

queſt of them.

Orellana ſail'd two hundred leagues far-
ther in nine days, and came to a country of

peaceable Indians, who ſupply'd him with

proviſions, and there he ſtaid and built a
brigantine. He run almoſt two hundred
leagues farther, without finding any Indian
towns; and then was ſupply'd with tortoiſes

fiſh ; there he ſtaid thirty-five days, and

built another brigantine. That place was

Acunna,
of the
Amazons
river.

call'd Aparia. Proceeding eighty leagues, he

found no warlike Indians in that ſpace; but
was afterwards forc'd to fight his way through

fleets of canoes full of arm'd Indians; and to
land and get proviſions by force. The par-
ticulars of this relation are too long for this
place; and therefore I ſhall only obſerve,

that after many encounters, they ſpy'd ſome
women fighting deſperately at the head of

the men ; and not underſtanding the natives,
fancy*d they talk*d to them of Amazons, and
that there was ſuch a nation: whereas there
was nothing but the ſavage fierceneſs of thoſe
tew women to ground the notion upon, as
tas been obſerv'd already. And therefore it
will be needleſs to inſiſt longer upon a thing,
that has been long ſince exploded by all
men of ſenſe,

Leaving that imaginary nation, I will
proceed to the account Acunna gives of the
river of the Amazons, which is as follows.
This river runs from weſt to eaſt, continu-
ally on the ſouth fide of the equinoctial, ne-
ver departing from it above two, three, four,
or at moſt five degrees, in the greateſt of its
windings. This author makes it to riſe in
the kingdom of Quito, in the north of Peru;
but the jeſuits living in that kingdom, ſay it

riſes in the lake Lauricocha, near the city

Guameco ; and they being better acquainted
with that part, I ſhall paſs by what Acunna
farther ſays of its original, which he did not
lee, and inſert it afterwards from thoſe je-

together.
leagues in compaſs, others ten, and others

ſtrument but their hands.

ſuits, proceeding now to what Acunna ſays BaRBor.
of its courſe, of which he was an eye-witneſs.

He deſcribes it thus: Its courſe is full of
windings, receiving a great number of other
rivers from both the north and ſouth ſides :
the breadth varies much, being in ſome
places a league; in others two, three, or
more; but the mouth of it is eighty-four

leagues over. The narroweſt place in all

its courſe from Peru, being a quarter of a
league, or little leſs, in two degrees forty
minutes of ſouth latitude : the depth is fo
great, that in ſome places we could find no
bottom; and from the mouth of it to Rio
Negro, or the black river, being near fix
hundred leagues, never leſs than thirty or
forty fathom water in the greateſt channel;
but from thence upwards the depth is un-
certain, ſometimes twenty, ſometimes twelve
and ſometimes eight fathom 3; and up at the
higheſt towards Peru, it has water enough
to carry the largeſt veſſels, which may well
go up it: for tho? the current be ſometimes
ſwift, yet every day, without fail, there are

eaſterly breezes, which laſt three or four

hours, and ſometimes the whole day, and

check the ſtream ; ſo that it is not violent.

It is full of innumerable iſlands of ſeveral
ſizes, and ſome of them ſtanding very cloſe
Some of them are four or five

twenty; but that the Toypinambous inhabit,

is above a hundred leagues about: there are

alſo abundance of ſmall iſlands, all which
are overflow'd every year, as is much of the
large ones. There is ſuch vaſt plenty of fiſh,
that if any one offers it to the natives, their

common anſwer is, put it into your 01 dib.

They take very much, without any other in-

the choiceſt of all their fiſn; and found from
the very ſource to the mouth of the river.
_ Tho? this river lies all along ſo near the

equinoctial, yet the heat of the ſun is not
offenſive, nor the evening- air, notwithſtand-

ing its being cold and moiſt, prejudicial :
for during our voyage down it, I frequently
paſs'd whole nights in the open air, without

receiving any hurt of colds, or pains in my

head or limbs; and yet have felt the ill con-
ſequence of being abroad in moon-ſhine
nights in other parts. It is true, that moſt
of our men, who came from cold countries,
had agues at firſt, but were cured by bleed-
ing two or three times.

T his ſweet temperature of the air cauſes
all the banks of the river to be cover'd
with a thouſand ſeveral ſorts of lovely

trees ; the pleaſant verdure whereof, is per-

petually preſerv'd by the moderate nature
of the climate. We diſcover'd every where
moſt beautiful landſkips; which convinc'd
us, that nature was able, where it pleas'd, to
exceed art,

The

The Manat: is

4

©68

Barnor. The ground is commonly very low near
the banks, but riſes gradually at ſome diſ-

tance with little hills, adjoining to delight-
ful plains, all cover'd with flowers, and no
trees among them. Beyond them are lovely
vales, cloth'd with graſs and ſeveral ſorts of
herbs, preſerv*d continually green, by the
many rivulets running through them. Far-
ther on ſtill are hills, riſing one above ano-
ther, till they form thoſe high mountains,
which run acroſs all South America, and are
call'd La Cordillera, or the ridge of the Andes.
There are many thickets producing all ſorts
of ſimples, which the natives know how to
uſe for the cure of diſeaſes. Among them
are Caſſia-trees, bearing the beſt Caſſia of
all the Weſt-Indies; as allo excellent Sar/a-
parilla, gums and roſins very good for
bruiſes; and a prodigious quantity of ho-
ney, which is not to be exhauſted, being as
good to eat, as for the compoſition of vari-
ous medicines ; and in proportion, of a ſort
of black wax, There is balſam of Copayba,
the beſt in America; and in ſhort, an in—
credible variety of herbs and plants, and
trees of a ſurprizing tallneſs and bulk.
Four things particularly abound on this
river; 1, timber for building, fine ebony,

and common wood; 2. cacao- trees for mak»

ing of chocolate, covering the banks and
growing wild; 3. tobacco in infinite plenty

and 4. ſugar, as alſo Anotio or Rocou, and

Pita, being excellent thread, beſides a thou-
ſand other things. It is reaſonable to be-
lieve there are gold and ſilver mines, be-
cauſe I ſaw much gold among the Indians we

met in going down, and they afſur*d us there

were mines of both ſorts. =

This great river receives the waters of the
richeſt countries of South America: in many
parts along it, the country is extraordinary
populous, as appears by the huts being ſo
thick together, tho' they are in continual

wars, deſtroying and making ſlaves of one

another in their turns. They ſeem bold
enough among themſelves, but will not ſtand
before Europeans. Their arms are javelins,
darts, and flat heavy clubs. But enough of
this digreſſion, let us return to the account
of Guiana.

Europeans The coaſt of Guiana, from cape Orange to
in Guiana. near the river Oronoque, was, about the year

1666, poſſeſſed by three European nations.
The Dutch were about the river Aproague;
the French had the iſland of Cayenne, and the
rivers of Ovia, Corrou, and Sinamary; this
laſt about twenty-five leagues north-weſt
from Cayenne, and fifty-three eaſt from Su-
rinam; and the Eugliſb had a ſmall colony
and redoubt on the river Maronny, their chief
ſettlement being then at Surinam river, which
is ſo good and deep, that ſhips of three hun-
dred tons run twenty leagues up it. The
Zealanders were poſſeſs d of the river Berbiche,

A DescriertioN of

and had repuls'd the Engliſi who attack'd
them there, with conſiderable loſs. The
ſame year 1666, the ſtates of Zealand, being
provok'd at the Exgliſh having invaded, and
taken from them all the lands they had been
poſſeſs'd of in America, except the river Ber-
biche, ſent thither commodore Creiſſen with
four men of war, and three hundred men, to
attack Surinam. He ſail'd from Zealand at
the latter end of January, arriv'd at Cayenne
in March, went thence for Surinam, faiPd
up the river under Engli/h colours, and came
to the fort of Paramorbo, three leagues up
the river, without being taken for an ene-
my; but being diſcover*d there for want of
ſignals, the fort began to fire on his ſhips,
which he anſwer'd with broad-ſides from all

the veſſels, and immediately landed his forces.

The Engliſb who had liv'd long in profound 4 yy
ſecurity, found themſelves too weak, and the wud
fort in no poſture of defence on the land. 4 Et
ſide; and their habitations being diſperſed un.

along the river, for thirty leagues up, the
fort could not be ſuccour'd but by water,
where the Zealanders were maſters: upon
which conſiderations, they ſurrender'd it, ca-
pitulating for all the inhabitants of the river

of Surinam, and thoſe of Kamomieque; ſtipu-

lating, that all thoſe who ſhould take the

oath of fidelity to the ſtates of Zealand, ſnould

enjoy their eſtates peaceably; the habita-

tions of ſuch as abſented themſelves, and

thoſe belonging to the late lord WVilloughby,

ſhould be forfeited to the ſaid ſtates; all fo-

reigners, who had no plantations there, ſhould

remain priſoners of war, and all the Z#gli/h

be oblig d to deliver up their arms. When

the capitulation was executed, Creiſſen put

aboard a fly- boat he had taken in the river,

the moſt valuable part of the booty he found

in the places that were confiſcated, and the

priſoners aboard a man- of- war, after cauſing

the fort to be repair'd and put into a poſture

of defence; and leaving in it the ſieur de Rame 2

with a hundred and twenty men, he ſail'd for SE

the iſlands. | | wor
The French colony at Cayenne, was foun- Coloy at *

ded in the reign of Lewis XIII. of France; Cayenne.

but ſo much neglected, during the minority

of his ſucceſſor, by reaſon of the civil wars

in France, that the new company, which

had obtain'd of the king the propriety of

that iſland, and the continent of America

neighbouring upon it, made little or no ad-

vantage of it ; and therefore in the year 1663

made it over to another company, which

had a patent granted by the late king of

France, dated in April 1664, and ſent over

governours and officers, to take poſſcſſion of

it in their name, forbidding the inhabitants

to trade with any other European nation; by

whom, eſpecially the Dwch, they uſed to be

before ſupply'd with ſlaves, proviſions, and

clothes.
The

the Iſland | of Cayenne.

The king of France, having declar'd war
againſt England in January 1666, purſuant
to his treaty with the ſtates of the united
provinces, it was carry'd into the lands
and continent of America, notwithſtanding
the good correſpondence; which general de
la Barre had ſettled between the Englifþ at
Surinam, and the colony of Cayenne, du-
ring his government there in 1664 and 1665;
allowing, and even aſſiſting them, to fiſh
and trade with their ſloops and barks, about
the river Viapoco, cape North, and the A.
mazons : which liberty, the governour of
Cayenne the chevalier de Lezy, brother to
the before-mention*d general, had continu'd

them to enjoy, by a particular treaty of

neutrality for the coaſts of Guiana, notwith-
ſtanding the declaration of war, between the

569

repulſe them fruitleſs there. The chevalier BAR BOr.

de Lezy endeavour'd to rally his men about
the chappel of Remire or Armire, but in
vain; and the conſternation being great all
over the iſland, he order'd all the inhabi-
tants to ſhip themſelves in ſome barques
that were in the port, and to come to him
to the river Macouriague, five leagues from
Cayenne, whither he fled, to prepare the Ju-
dians there to aſſiſt him, and ſhelter the fu-
gitives. But ſeveral of the inhabitants forc'd
the maſters of the floops to carry them to
the river Maronni, contrary to the direc-
tions of their governour; who having waited
twenty-four hours for them, on the banks
of the Macouriague, where he had appoint-
ed the rendezvous, and not receiving the

WW

leaſt intelligence of them, went thence, coaſt-

French two crowns in Europe. Nevertheleſs, on

ing the ſhore, all along to the Zealanders
at Surinam, leaving admiral Harman and
his Engliſb in poſſeſſion of the whole iſland
of Cayenne, at a very cheap rate: but it
was afterwards reſtor'd to the French, by
the treaty of peace, and the chevalier de Lezy
to the government,
The French and Dutch have had long Dutch
conteſts about this iſland, and drove one babe it.
another out of it ſucceſſively. In the year

— 4 letter to colonel Noel, the French chief at
Sinamary, to acquaint him, he was order'd
by the lord Milloughby, general of the Eng-

1th colonies in South- America, to whom he
was ſubordinate, to make void the neutrality,
agreed on between the two national colo-
nies in America, declaring that from thence-

forward the French on the coaſt of Guiana,
were to look upon the Engliſh on that coaſt,
as well as elſewhere, as their enemies, who
would act againſt them for the future as ſuch,

And about four of the clock the very next
morning, the French not ſuſpecting any
ſurprize from the Engliſh of Surinam, which

was fifty- three leagues diſtant, were aſſault-
ed by eighty Engliſi and Indians of that ri-

1677, the Dutch then at war with France,
took the iſland of Cayenne from the French.
Jacob Binkes, admiral of Zealand, arriv'd the
fourth of May 1677, before Cayenne ; on the
fifth he landed eleven hundred men, with-

out any oppolition, ſummon'd fort S..

Lewis to ſurrender, and being refuſed, at-
tack*d it with ſuch good ſuccels, that the
garriſon conſiſting of three hundred men,

ver, in their redoubt, unprovided of arms commanded by the governour the cheva-
and ammunition, and fifty of them made lier de Lezy, ſurrender'd themſelves the

- priſoners of war, with colonel Noel; and a- ſame day priſoners of war. Binkes in a few
bout twenty others made their eſcape to the days ſubdu'd the reſt of the iſland, and ſent
woods, and brought the account of their to Holland for men to ſettle there, look-
misfortune, and the breach of neutrality to ing upon it as a better place than Surinam,
Cayenne. | and as fruitful as the beſt of Brazil, Whilſt

Engliſh The Zealanders of Berbiche ſome time an anſwer could come from Holland, he

take Cay- after took the Engliſh ſettlements at Suri-

fail d thence on the twenty-third of May,
enne.

— nam and at Sinamary: and about the twen-

ty-third of September 1667, the Engliſh un-
der Sir 7ohn Harman, having reſolv'd to
recover Surinam and take Cayenne, which
they knew the Weſt-India company
France had left unprovided fince the month

of Ofober 1666, of all manner of ſtores,

by which the colony was become very weak
and ſickly, and had order'd the chevalier de
Lezy, to diſcontinue all the fortifications,
begun for the ſecurity of the ifland, Ge.
appeared before Mahuri point in Cayenne,
landed there two hundred men, before the
governour, with his few forces gather'd in
great haſte, could come up to oppoſe the
deſcent; which being ſuſtained by ſeven or
eight hundred other men in ſloops and
boats, render'd the efforts of the French to
Vol. V.

of

leaving a good garriſon for the Leeward
iſlands, and on the firſt of June took that

of Mariga/ante. But the French ſoon diſap- prench
pointed all Binkes's projects; the French recover it.

vice-admiral, the count d Eſtrees, recovering

Cayenne, and reſtoring it to the proprietors,

who have ever ſince continu'd poſſeſs'd of
and conſiderably improv'd it, driving the
Dutch from Wiapoco and the river Aproague,
as has been ſaid before: ſo that at preſent
they have no ſettlements on that coaft, be-

| ſides Surinam and Berbiche ; and the Engliſh

none, having by the treaty of Breda given
up all their pretenſions to the continent of
South- America to the Dutch ; and particular-

ly the river of Surinam, which is now a

large ſtrong colony, very profitable to the
Dutch, among whom are alſo ſome French
„ refugees,

570 The Courſe of Navigation

BaR Or. refugees, eminent for their traffick and

Thus I have endeavoured to give a ſhort
Www wealth.

account of the province of Guiana, and of

The Dutch town - ſtands on a riſing
ground environ'd with moraſſes, which ren-
ders the air unwholeſome, but is neverthe-
leſs pretty well peopled and fortify'd; a
thing in which the Hollanders ſpare no la-
bour or charges, where they make a ſettle-
ment: and To they have built good forts at
the entries of the rivers of Berbiche and Eſe-
quebe, for the ſecurity of their colonies there,
All which nevertheleſs were oblig'd by the
French, under Monſeur Caſſart, to ranſome
themſelves, in the year 1713.

the European colonies there, as they ſtand
at this preſent time, in a much clearer wa

and method than any yet extant, as alſo of
the ſeveral nations of Indians; all upon the
beſt authorities that can be had, from per-
ſons of much credit, in regard of their can-
dour, intelligence and experiences in that
part of the new world: to which I have

added ſome of my own obſervations, which

I have reaſon to hope; will not be altoge-

ther unacceptable,

The Covurss of Navicartion from Cayenne to Martinico.

Y Y AVING reſolv'd to proceed on our
voyage to Martinico, we let fail ac-

cordingly on the fourth of May;

but had not gone a gun-ſhot from the road,
before we were ſo becalm'd, that it oblig'd
us to come to an anchor, on very bad

ground: whence however we got out with

much labour towards night, when we fell
ſomewhat lower, and there anchor'd again,
to wait for the next morning tide. But the
rains falling very heavily all that day, we
tarry'd there till the day after, when we
faiPd with a very ſwift north-eaſt wind.
Being paſt the point of the fort, we ſaluted
it with five guns, and about two in the
afternoon, were to leeward of the great
rock, call'd ' Enfant perdu, in four fathom
water; but full of fear, becauſe it is not
the uſual courſe, and we could not juſtify
it : for had we drop'd anchor thereabouts,
we had certainly loſt the ſhip. Which made
us reſolve to give it into the hands of pro-
vidence, which was indeed very propitious
to us in that extremity 3 ſo that at ſun-ſet-
ting we were three leagues to the windward
of the Devil's Iſlands, which lie weſt of
Enfant perdu, near the coaſt of Guiana;
and are ſo call'd, becauſe of the great trou-
ble and hazard the French have commonly
been at, to weather them in calm weather,
The tide ſet very ſwift upon them, but
the freſh gale and good tide did us conſi-
derable ſervice 3 and it is obſerv'd, that ge-
nerally all ſhips which come out of Cayenne,

are very ſtudious to improve the opportunity

of wind and tide, ſo exactly together, as
they may fail to windward of this rock;
lying out at ſea about three leagues north by

weſt of the point of the fort of Cayenne:

which being ſo weather*d, leaves more room
to paſs the iſles au Diable with ſafety. Theſe
iſles au Diable are three in number, ſome
leagues off at ſea from the mouth of the

river Caurora : the Indians call one of them

Erepice, and another Cauwerry; and the

Dutch, Duyvels Eylanden, or the devil's

iſlands. :
We paſs'd by them ona Saturday towards

theevening, with a freſh gale at north-eaſt,

a rough ſea and eaſterly tide, running weſt-

ward along the coaſt ; and the Wedneſday
following we had ſight of the iſland of Bar-
badoes, about ſeven leagues to the windward,
belonging to the crown of England; leaving
St. Vincent, another land, inhabited only
by Indian cannibals, to the leeward, And
all that night we coaſted by Barbadoes,
which, as much as I could diſcover of it in
the evening, when we approach'd it, is a
very fine pleaſant country, all over full of
large buildings, windmills and plantations.
The eaſterly tide, above mention'd, we
commonly meet, and it ſerves us to come
from Cayenne to Martinico. It is not, how-
ever, ſo ſwift to weſtward, but that from

the eaſt end of Trinidad iſland it is poſſible

to beat it up with the land and ſea-breezes.
The variation on the Guiana coaſts is ſixty
= a eaſt, and at Barbadoes fifty and a
half. "5

The next morning at break of day we
were about fix leagues from it, and about
ten ſpy'd two fail, ſtanding to north by
eaſt: at noon we had a very good obſerva-
tion, fourteen degrees twenty-three minutes
north latitude. At three in the afternoon
had ſight of the iſland Sz. Lucia, to the lee-
ward of us, which all our ſailors aboard, ex-
cept the chief mate, would have to be Mar-
tinico. This occaſioned long debates and
diſputes among them, but the chief mate
having prevaiPd in his opinion, we imme-
diately ſtood to windward, till the next

morning: and well for us that we did; for

at break of day we found our ſelves two
leagues off Cul de Sac Marin, at the Cabe/terre
of that iſland, on the eaſt ſide of Martinico,

which appear'd as in the print. After which, Prart 3+

ſteering for the Cul de Sac Roya', round
about the diamond-point, a high horn
rOCKy

— ns

— — —

2

— — . n - - Sen *
— Co I oO La EN PE. *
RA — —2

34

4

Jol. , Zitat 34. (2)

Me. 41 500 Lof Eye] of 6 U TH Fl Mart co. rhe C

1 „ %
eee

#741)

— —

Sac L of at,

„ —
2222
— 5
Wee —
1 — INI Trim ttt

of

—

aff 8

Fe '0, as it "PRs

=

wet h from. THe -

DS SS OSS ———— .
5 3 CCC T =
A The Fit Wall 8 =
B The Second Mall, = ulifraded 2
C The SaBaſtion, on , Cntr: 4 of Cul le Sj ac Teoyal == —
D The Steep cut down, at” TEvrar pe Co a ES =
it he Ptronmers house 5 = EE
ERS he Point of A FortRoval 7 y Bat, : 2 ES = BEE Ez 2
2 Date ry of j& Guns on Y Ba oy. EEE _— . Z 55% 7 7
5 Ml Quard hone RR -
4 The Caſernes or ouldiers hou ar OE 5 4 = —= —_- 2
3 4 thi Ii o = = EEE EE
6 an Earthen Battery of 9 Guns 55 1 ns — TOERREND
> The Oenerals © houre
e 4 Quard hour 85 . — ie FFF
Dal e Fouder houſe ; | — — 8
10 I he Friæom and Pitt 6m
n The advanced JVorks | fo - _—
12.J he S andy Jo lut of land that | Joins „„ OM ? = EE = === =
Fort to 1 Y Main bland 5 . "Th _ 5 5 ä =
2 e Negros Po int, at 426232 Leaguc | nn DW 8 = = = — — SOIT,
dia lane een over u Sand 4 75 omt 2. 5 > HCk<= REC
29.The landing Bridge = —

16 he Cul de Sac Royal

WA

reer

-
4 700 = -
- AT INN NON

I IN

ALL —
| 2 ;
10

Ui;

\ Wis

WING

””
an, 7

11
22228

f 1 .
aua
t

vill, bee ga agp hs,

= i iti in, Ilia
—
wy . N ,,

1.40 1 1
Ne
i
WA | TUNG
/ 5
/ , UE ,”
an ES. 1

$4454

$35 552555

fie
e e
W een

I N di | 5 8 l
wo! og 0 by Ml D. . a En ( \ (5 ql

18 Uk

_ —

2

— ”
x 100 Ie i

al ” 1775 hy l
wy N 1

mY

YG
N

Wh, u MN

| ce t

0 A

: W = IN

5
3

>|
>= ,
—, niet Ea:
— — D 4 —
= 1994 82,4

- —— — —

8 1

—

—
— —
22.

% Fe N =

. ., po

WS” itn

fad dad ange
U Wilt NT

e
bi AV 1

122
mt N n
Wee

5 Wy 1m; 1 0 ror

Bil 1 =

[ Miri 10

—

—— —

Sn __—

_ —

nery of 10 12 8

ne = dd
72 the Mount Teles in a Mict an?

5 b TE always SO © ED —

E
7
2
ww

at J about 7 or df 4 N and Y Orr at

oy

'
; — A
„ e 7

$3 4
+" 777 *

„ — *
24 702K. FTC. —4 8 7 — AL”
= II. Lad —— ual GOES, EE , 137 4 ; - 7 p : 2
7 3 — RE PLL | ; . * _ PORT > - D S = 1 : : x = - Y - — I"
— [4 - — . 2 _— 4 as * * 27 77% » 0 ' „ "yp * Ne 28 „ N N by, 44
j — F . 6 — . I 4 * AS nn — en 44 OTA) Is
| P ; -_ — — — ” f - 2 — : — 47 UL +4417, 141.4 ik

— — — — —

= _ * — *. os — — — * —— -
_ — — — 9 ä 1 — — — —

— o - 2 6

2 - — — — 3 — :
— — —̃— — — — — >= > —
————— — . — —== — — — ö — : —
1 — — Dn — ————ů— = - : > — 5 = — > >= == — - — — N
2 — — — — = — —_—— - —— _ = == == — — 5 > — ————— ————————_ — . 5 —
— — — — — — * 1 —— — 2 by - ——
. ö - — : — - —: : En — ===
; 7 2 2 =
, T1 a * N 7 . p J ' 25
MC 1 | i U all P
C 1 MU d. CUHL AC NAC
42 — 01 5

—
p —
WA; A
/ 5 > — 8 —
24. {1 M7 2 : . = — — — — =
- , - p 7 — — — — - —
— © - —ͤ— — — 8 = *
LEE * — > — — —— — — _ = — === — = — „
3 - — KK . —— — I — — . * 4
— bd 7s — — — ß— — — — —— — ——u— —— —
——— — pu — — ————
== —
— — - — — *
— _ e i, — — —— *
— —2 — —
. — = —— OC w — —
— ] — ee ener — ——
* — — —

,

N IP + -
— # of SAL
WI, 11112, 995
/ i/

3

Fx

— —

2 —
e TT r a WW mg eh Fe
Mi ji | N j 10 4 N X. N ! \ | oh

a . mm 8 \ . e Ling >" | fe Hs it Hen YN 5 Ak N RRR
a jp rr eee

— —
—

— 01 "4 ef z
7 2 Lf ,
,, >,
— EE — P———=PY — — "7 74 of .
— — = 5 Nr FE. 7 ,
SZS []] : . .
nn B —— — : = £; —__ — 22 - 2292 1
— — 2 — — — A — 27 EASE 2 — — — — 2 — . — r = ;
, oo i nn nn pp“), 4;
— 4, — — — 7 [
fo — is f
PE 7 L — 7 77 7 70 "A, 7
nn 2 2 7
- ,
, ,. , eG
LL AT La Al RR AP ;
.. SLSS->
72 , . 7
,, — = =D
— Ll . SEL > ee ir — : 2
, 7 . 4
2 — Ls EO 7
7 — a - "of RN
, x ,,
7 24. — 2 AHL - - < -- ! NN
2 ln oo ct LEA BL HOI LILALL LS TC ELLE i;
f,, ỹð/ x e nn oo fa foo ab . 1 RN
,,,, , oa a fo oor: f
. . F —V——K———— — . LL
25% “?“ . |
— . 7 — —— = — Fg ” ” — — oy:
: = 3 5 4 — = — * 2 . — —
x = 1 l —— ee — Lp ae en TEL, CT 2
— — YE . _— : - — he T Fa ES
——_ =" . — — ene — . IOIIOY - — wee ;
— N . — ͤ—- — K—' : | Þ
- - — — 5 — 2 |
: 2 — — —.— 5 g * 3 3 — - — Eu a — - — _—_— - = — — Gs — ͤ — ne Rn — : 5 — s )
pr FL DF - — — — — — —
— 5 — I. - = EIS — ings \
re Re nn Re , — = — a = —
8 = = f 2
F ES j * —— 0
fe: Fo E. 8 — RG ö = — —— — :
—— —— — ( —K— K PR : :
— 2 — 3 DP —— RR
" 8 8 1 8 — F- > 5 > kg ;
— — — * — - « Y
OE IT EE : = H
| ee en En — = an
— — I = — — — — — 5 Te 2 2 — 2 1 * N 6 _ — * * . — —_ — -
—̃ — — * — 8 . r —_ 3
pon 2 3 RENE gre" wm — === 2 2 Corr — 2 ons _ 4 — Oe
= 3 „„ 8 ETON — = : IO 5
— —— — ( 8 4 — < = —
.*
\
OR H— — © poor. Le 5
— Y 2 |
— 8 % i r oy N
37 c#rake * ( W. Ne VV k . n A - 9 ;
Linn, — — — N | Wt 1 lj [US l WAN — — — — — ( | — . 2 * . |
- . — WIS - > ; Din | IN Tl 7 2 - — — ; :
—— — — - — 2 3 991. G % CE e. SS as a R - * „* 8 ** [a * | l 0 Wi D 2 — — — — — _
— — D . 7 OS i — A LIES GEE 99 x — [ — p — — — — —— 1 = _ =, OTT
ff 2 7 — Eo Bn ns Moy : STULE | n . ——— = — 0 : = ; L : i! oo
11000 1 e ; „„ — —— a ae en |
— W e use DIVES " SFS KKK. , 1 0
5 bv, >” 4s 2 Fo T7 Anas? of
—— 7-4 , r ao notes NN _ o 4 5
2 - — 2 — — Sen yh
ä ZL py rte HH ' — 2 — Fo NY a > if — 2 x — === > ( | 0 x
— 242 Kd „n * * int —— e — . „ eee ö - "oY — 7 1. -
anni ein Gy og re gs ON CEC . — | = Dae ieee tw
77 Pell eee - Sp op. AA k ND 2 * „ , #4. uff TI y ' 9 „
. TELELLEESE 20 47 — I Wo v1 | p vi 1 g 11 i! 15 2 -
— — * N \ 110 j U [ 1 ms It,
| : : lil NAAR del Aae unn on
Nannen — = Ae umme OR WTI =.
a 8 x — — — wad 8 7 LS

— —

A 8.
— —

|

[]
is
421

— - a = —
— — —— — "

— — — CET Ie ee OOO — —L—ẽ ' —„—-— f ˙ , , YU rr — — 33 EE —˙ů ⁊ — —

| al i lj | KLIN

— —

— —

— — =
— —̃ä [(- — S= : - - —
— — — — — —— — - — — 5 — — 8
— — — Ez — ä : —— — — - DD Co
— A 2 —

—

7 «
— *
— — —

"VF vj

(0

0
11 0
(A
|
|
(

*

— —

dc oyal Courvette or Jual.

as pager — — — —

MU Ce —

——— hams

.
2
8 4
7 Pao.
47 1

* ah Þ e
3 FE 0 Dy
1 3

Saves |
valued,

] from Cayenne to Martinico. 571
J rock, about a mile out from the iſland, of we ſoon drew near the iſland Dominica, Barzor.
which more hereafter 3 we arriv'd before where we coaſted along all that day, and ww

it about the evening of the twelfth of May,
and paid the uſual ſalutes to the orten
which ſhows as in the abovemention'd print,
and got aſhore, juſt as the tattoo was go-
ing : having thus made our paſſage from
Cayenne hither, in ſeven days, without any
remarkable accident. The ſlaves aboard,
being about two hundred and fifty, were all
very hearty,having loſtonly ſeven of them by

ſickneſs, or otherwiſe, in all our voyage at

and from the Gold Coaſt of Guinea, and

found the iſland in much want of them;

and therefore to render them more valuable,
I reſolv'd to diſpoſe of part of them at
Guadaloupe, being inform'd that the planters
long*d there much for our arrival. 3

Accordingly the next day having waited
on count de Blenac, captain-general and
commander in chief of all the French Carib-
hee iſlands, and brought our ſhip about the
Negroes point, and Le Preſcheur, ſome days
after, when it had been careen'd in the Cul
de Sac Royal, to the town of St. Peter of La
Baſſcterre or Martinico; after the uſual
compliments to the governour, we begun the
fale of our ſlaves, at about ſeven thouſand
pounds weight of brown ſugar, the Indian

piece, as they term it there, to be paid at

tartheſt within the month of June following,
upon a certain forfeiture agreed on. The
ſale went thus on pretty briſkly, all our

ſlaves being Gold Coaſt Blacks, which are

much more acceptable in the French iſlands,
as I have obſerved before, in the chapter of
faves, in the deſcription of Guinea. I caus'd
about ſixty of them to be ſhip'd off for
Guadaloupe, in a ſmall fly- boat, of about
eighty tuns, which had been diſpatch*d from
Rochel, with proviſions for the frigate, the
fun of Africa, I was in, to help load off our
effects, and arrived at Martiinico a month
before me.

iz bow Note, That the French imitate the Spaniards
wud, in valuing ſlaves by the denomination of the

Indian piece, which the Spaniards call Pieza de
Indias. By which is meant, a Black from
fifteen to twenty-five years of age 3 from
eight to fifteen, and from twenty-five to
thirty-five, three paſs for two. Below eight,
and from thirty-five to forty-five, two pals
for one. Sucking infants follow their mothers
without accompt. All above forty-five
years, with the diſeaſed, are valued by arbi-
trators. | | |

On the ſeventeenth of May I went aboard
the flyboat, the Hope, and proceeded for
Guadaloupe; having much ado to get up our
anchors, which were faſt in the rocky ground
of the road of St. Peter. At break of day of
the eighteenth we were no farther than the

point of Le Preſcheur, and continued ſo

till ten, when by means of a freſh gale

which having compleated the full lading of

the following night; being there becalm'd,
as it commonly happens to all ſhips ſailitig
by, becauſe of the high hills in it.

That iſland is inhabited only by three
hundred and fifty to four hundred Indians,
men and women, and ſome ſlaves run away
from the neighbouring French colonies : the
Indians being all tall folty people.

At break of day the nineteenth, we were

got to the weſtward of the northerly point

of Dominica; and about nine we brought

the ſmall iſlands Les Santes, ſouth of Gua-
daloupe, to bear eaſt. Afterwards we got

ſight of Marigalante, at north-eaſt, about

five leagues; a low flat iſland, and French
colony, and about noon anchor'd in Guada-
loupe road : where, after the uſual compli-
ments paid to the chevalier Hinſelin, the then
governour of the iſland; and he having forc*d
me to accept of his houſe, which ſtands on
the water-ſide of La Baſſeterre, near the
iron-gate, (a battery of ſome heavy, large
iron guns, that point at the road, to ſecure
the landing · place; ) Ihad all my ſlaves brought
alhote thither, and in a few days diſpoſed

of them all to the inhabitants and planters,
for about fix thouſand pounds of brown

ſugar a-piece, one with another, the ſugar
being there better than at Martinico. Ha-
ving before ſent back the flyboat to that

iſland again, to help load the ſun of Africa,

with orders to return to Gyuadaloupe, whither
he came to me again the tenth of July, and
ſhip'd there all the product of the ſlaves,
either in brown or white ſugar, refin'd there
only with earth, and valued one hundred
for ſix hundred of the brown; when TI had
taken leave of the governour, with whom J
was very familiar, and who did me conſi-
derable kindneſs in recovering my effects,
ina very ſhort time, which is not eaſily done

there, I ſailed again with the flyboat for

Martinico, on the twentieth of July at mid-
night. = Oy. ;
The twenty-firſt we were becalm'd all
day under Dominica, and ſaw a fail afar off
at ſea, being a ſhip bound for Rochel, as I
underſtood afterwards.
On the twenty-ſecond, found our ſelves

five leagues to leeward of the point Le Preſ-

cheur, at Martinico, in a calm all day. At
night ply*d it with a good gale, and ſo till
the twenty-fifth in the morning, when we
enter*d, with much difficulty, into the Cal
de Sac Royal of that iſland, where we found

fourteen or fifteen ſail of ſhips of all forts, _

put in to winter, and among them the ſun of
Africa; into which I order*d part ofthe ſugars
and cotton I had purchaſed at Guadaloupe,
to be remoy*d out of the flyboat, lying ſide
by ſide with it, for the greater conveniency:

the-

2 — — — — 2
— 22 — — — — — 2 -
4 5 - bs . 82
- —— 1 1 — 12 do . - 8 a — pu 2 — — - o Z — — — —
— — — 5 - > 28-4 — — —— 1 + W r 23 — as... . — — — — k - — —
— x DT OO. (* 4 * — T — — —— — 122 — —— 1 — _ 1 ＋ - — - 2 = -
* S — — — - _— — 2 - — — — od — —— — ' — — —
* 1 D - 2 2 — — — — — — = — — — =
— —— — = - 22 — K — — —

— F ! ʃꝛͤ —— — 2 -
— 2 3 he n VO EF : == : _ 2
0 * 3 —— — — . ——— non
— a

2 4 **
— ”
2 - 8 ne
_ — —

572

BARBO r.

wy

Voyage from Martinico to France.

the frigate, we brought her out of that
harbour, in order to fail forthwith to France,
leaving a factor behind, to load the reſt of

our effects in the fly boat, which was to fail

after us. |

Voyage from MA RTINxICO to FrAxce.
ON the firſt of Auguſt, at break of day,
we failed out of the Cul de Sac Royal,
and were becalm'd under the Morne aux
Beufs , which oblig'd me, having ſome buſi-
neſs at fort St. Pierre, to order the long-boat
to be mann'd, and went there aſhore, the

ſhip plying to and fro before La Baſſeterre 3

and about ſeven at night return'd aboard,
and proceeded on our voyage to Rocbel, ſa-

lating my friends in the iſland with ſeven
guns. The frigate was very leaky, and
deeply laden, having aboard near three hun-

dred tuns of ſugar; cotton, and other goods.
The ſecond in the morning, were three

leagues to leeward of Dominica at night

our top-fails almoſt on the tops, hazy wea-

had ſome ſmall tornados. | WES
On the third early, had very {tiff gales,

ther, and the point of Guadaloupe, calld Le
Bailly, bore eaſt. As we proceeded, we ſaw
the iſlands Antegoa and Redonda, belonging
to the crown of England; the latter appear-
ing only as a round large hill, and then we
paſſed about three leagues to windward of
Monſerrat, another Eugliſb iſland.

The fourth, about eight in the morning,
we had ſight of the ſoutherly point of the
ifland of St. Bartholomew, belonging to the

French, diſtant eight leagues weſt by north;

and at the ſame time the Cabeſterre of St..
Chriſtopher's, with a freſh north-eaſt wind;

ſetting our courſe north north- weſt, and north

by weſt, hazy weather, and a rough ſea,

The fifth, the ſame weather, courſe north

and north-eaſt, the wind at eaſt north-eaſt,
and no obſervation.

The obſervation the day following twenty-

one degrees torty-five minutes, the ſun in the

zenith.
The ſeventh, in the morning, we ſpied a

fail to leeward three leagues, ſteer'd north,

and afterwards north by weſt, to ſpeak with

that ſhip, which proved to be an Englifþ

pink; afterwards order'd the courſe north
by eaſt: our obſervation this day twenty-

three degrees eighteen minutes. At four a-

clock were exactly under the tropick of
Cancer; the next night had loud claps of
thunder, and great lightnings; the wind
north-eaſt, and eaſt north-eaſt ; the courſe
north, and north by eaſt. For ſome days
very apprehenſive of a hurrican, that being
the time of the year for them, but God fa-
vour'd us with a change of the weather ;
and ſo we continued our voyage, without
any remarkable accident, only our leaks in-
creaſed very much, ſo that we had much

toil to keep up the ſhip to the end of our

voyage, our two pumps going without in-

termiſſion day and night; which extremely
fatigued our crew, tho' numerous, and made
us all very uneaſy.

Being in the latitude of the Azores or Flemiſh ina, ;.
ſaw abun- he /ea,

iſlands, or Terceras, we every da

dance of weeds floating on the op which
ſome, who had been on the coaſt of New
Spain, ſaid, came from the channel of Baha-
ma, being carried thence into the ocean b

the rapidity of the currents, and ſcatter'd
all about by the weſterly winds, which con-

tinually blow on the coaſts of Virginia and
New- England,

| Emanuel de Taria ) Souſa, in his hiſtory $,414, ;;
of Portugal, takes notice, that in one of Tercera
the Tercera iſlands, on the top of a mountain, #14.

calPd del Cuervo, or of the crow, in the

days of king Alfonſo, the fifth of the name,

and twelfth king of Portugal, there was found
a ſtatue of a man on horſeback, his head
bare, his left hand on the horſe's main, and
the right pointing to the weſt, Ir ſtood up-
on a ſtone pedeſtal, which, together with
the whole ſtatue, was all of one piece, and
under 1t were certain characters cut in the
rock, but could not be underſtood, By
this account it appears, that theſe iſlands
had been known before, and had the name
of Azores, or of hawks, from the great

number of thoſe birds ſeen there when diſ-
cover'd. N

At length, by God's providence, on the

lixteenth of September following, we ſpy'd land
to the leeward of us, being part of the coaſt of
the lower Poitou in France. At eight a- clock
we ſaw Olone, and ſoon after the light- houſe of
the iſle of Rhee,calld la Tour des Balleines, my
native country. At three in the afternoon
we came to an anchor in Paliſſæ road, before
the fort de la Pree, a ſtrong place on the
ſouth-eaſt ſide of the ſaid iſle of Rhee, which
we ſaluted with five guns, having ſpent
forty- ſix days in our paſſage, from the Cl
de Sac Royal of Martinico to Rochel ; and
eleven months and ten days in our whole

voyage to Guinea, out and home, bringing
all our effects with us.

Another Voyage from Gu N E A to MaR-

TINICO.:
A T my ſecond voyage from Guinea to
Martinico directly, in the man of war
L' Emerillon, with a ſloop, in 1682, being
by that day's obſervation in fourteen degrees
five minutes of north latitude, and by eſti-

mation in three hundred and ten degrees

forty-ſix minutes longitude, the ſloop, which
was a conſiderable way a-head of us, towards
the evening made a ſignal that they ſaw
land, without being poſitive whether it was
Martinico, or St. Lucia; for which reaſon
we lay by all night, and by the next day-

light

Voyage from Martinico to Guinea,
light found the land was the eaſt ſide of
Martinico, and our ſelves in the Emerillon,

removed into the Folly, that the other might BAR RO r.
fail immediately for the Cyl de Sac Royal, to WWW

"nearer to the north point of Le Preſcheur,
than to the ſoutherly point of the Diamond;
and ſo refolv*d to fail north about the point
Le Preſcheur, to the great road of St. Peter's
town, and thence to Cul de Sac Royal to ca-
reen. The ſloop finding themſelves in the
morning farther to the ſouthward than we,
held on their courſe that way, and failed by
the point of the Diamond to the ſaid Cut
de Sac Royal, . |

The next day about eight, as we made
the beſt of our way to Sz. Peter's road, ſaw

the ifland Dominica, and being in a freſh

gale, put the head to the land, till about
three in the afternoon, when we were be-
calm'd under the point Le Preſcbeur; and

ſoon after follow'd by a large flyboat, the

St. Jobn, coming from Rochel, on board of
whom were ſome of the chief planters wives,
coming from France, who deliver'd me ſe-
veral letters from my friends at Rochel. We
continued becalm'd all the next night, with
only now and then ſome guſts from the iſland.
However, the next morning, after abun-

dance of fatigues and motions; we had ſo

work'd the ſhips, that about nine a- clock
we reach'd the road aforeſaid, and there
came to an anchor, near our other compa-
nion of the Guinea voyage, the Jolly, who
was arriv'd there twelve days before us,
and inform'd me, that at his ſailing from
Whidah road in Guinea, with the Emerillon
and the Pearl, as I have taken notice in that
part of the deſcription of Yhidab, he fell
to the leeward of the iſlands Prince and
5t. Tome in the Bight of Guinea; and after
ſeveral days ſpent in turning and tacking,
at laſt reach*d the cape Lope, where having
taken in wood and water, finding the offi-
cers and crew very ſickly, and no refreſh-
ments at all at the ſaid cape, at that time,
even not ſo much as a chicken, they had
projected to fail for 87. Tome; but whether
thro' ignorance, or deſign of the pilots aboard,
could not compaſs it, and were neceſſitated
to make the beſt of their way for Martinico,

in the ſorry condition they were in. But by

a particular providence finding the trade-
winds of ſouth-eaſt, at two degrees ſouth of
the line, they got their paſſage in forty-
eight days, and had ſold their ſlaves imme-
diately, che males at fix, the females at five
thouſand weight of brown ſugar, the Indian
piece, to pay in July and Auguſt following,
being theſeaſon when ſugar is moſt generally
made. The next day I cauſed a hundred
and twenty of our flaves to be ſhip'd off
for Guadaloupe, in the Sun of Africa, and at-
terwards in the ſhip the Wonderful, conſign'd
to the company's agent there; and then
proceeded to the ſale of the remaining ſlaves

in the Emerillon, which I had cauſed to be
Vor, V. |

careen and refit. Two days after this, our
conſort the Pearl arrived from Cayenne, for
which place I had detached her, in the lon-
gitude of ſeven degrees thirty-five minutes,
and in four degrees ten minutes ſouth of the
line, on the fourteenth of May of that year,
as we proceeded from Prince's iſland to A-
merica, and had fold there near a hundred
ſlaves, at two hundred and fifty livres a-
piece, one with another, payable one half
in bills of exchange in Paris and Rocbel,
and the reſt in Rocoy, or Anotto, and ſome
ſugars and money; Rocoy to be taken at
twelve ſols a pound; the fineſt ſugar at
twenty-ſeven livres Tournois a hundred; and
the inferiors proportionable, as M. deFerolles,
the then governor, inform'd me by his let-
ter: withal complaining, in the name of
the inhabitants, that I had not ſent two in-
ſtead of one hundred ſlaves, which they
very much wanted in that iſland, and the
company had promiſed; but the ſending of
that number would have too much ſunk the
price of them. : ny

A few days after, I receiv'd information

from the governour of Guadaloupe, and the

company's agent there, that the ſlaves I had
ſent them by the Wonderful, were all ſold,
at the fame price we had at Martinico, which
was yet more advantageous to the company,
the ſugar of Seat being far better than
that of the former iſland.

The next day the French ſquadron, under
M. de Gabarret, a flag officer, arrived from
Rochefort, and Rochel; by whom I received
orders from the company, to take the firſt
opportunity of ſhips ready to ſail for France,

and come over, to give their board an ac-
count of affairs in Guinea and America: which

I very readily embrac'd, having great rea-
ſon to fear I ſhould be oblig'd ro winter in
the iſlands, where all things were in a ſort of
confuſion, by the ill management of the

company's agents, and their quarrels about

ſubordination.
Accordingly, having reſolv'd to go over

in the Rainbow, a twenty-four-gun ſhip
that was half loaded, I caus'd her to take
in her full lading with all expedition, of
the effects that had been begun to be put in-
to the Emerillon and the Folly ; and whilſt
it was doing, ſettled and regulated ſeveral
differences and accompts with the company's
agents. Which, however, could not be done
ſo timely, as that I might embark in the Rain-
bow ; which being ready to fail, and to take
in ſome more goods at that iſland, departed
accordingly ; and I follow'd three days after
in a ſorry brigantine of Martinico, when I
had taken my leave of the intendant, the
governour, and the marquis of Maintenon;
the ſame gentleman whoſe father was pre-
0 vail'd

*
i

5
[s
by
J
;
|
'

ERS oe Bs ths." .

Wa”. * 77 ww > RAT <2

=—_— —

Mo er Ie ORE rn A 1A... . = -

1 a4

BAR ROr. vail'd upon to. diſpoſe of his eſtate and
WY Vtritl at Beauce, near Chartres, to madam

Scarron, the renowned lady at the French
court. After which, the marquiſs retir'd
hither with his lady, where he has ſet up
a fine plantation, about two or three Eug-
liſh miles from the town of St. Peter, call'd
there commonly La Montagne, and is his
dwelling- place; the road to which from that

town, is a large lane hedged all along, on
both ſides, with curious rows of large orange
and lemon: trees, which makes it one of the
moſt delightful walks that can be imagin'd,
for the pleaſantneſs of the proſpect, and the

raviſhing fragrant odour of the bloſſoms of
both fruits. The trees are all the year full
of bloſſoms and fruit, whoſe pure white and
the lively red, together with the largeneſs
of the oranges and lemons, naturally inter-
mix'd in a prodigious quantity among the
freſh ſhining and ever-green leaves of the
trees, is extremely charming to behold, eſ-
pecially in the cool of the morning; beſides,

the great quantity of ſmall birds that ſwarm

there : and more particularly, that ſo won-
derful little creature calPd there Colibris, or
the humming-bird, ſome of which are no
bigger than a cherry, with variety of ſhi-
ning feathers, (and are uſed by ſome for pen-

dants and other ornaments,) continually fly-
ing about and perching on the trees.

The oranges there are of that valuable
fort, which have a taſte betwixt the China
and Sevil, full of juice, and commonly ex-

traordinary large and refreſhing. Sometimes
not only the trees are loaded with them, bur

the road is all ſtrew'd with ſuch as fall of
themſelves when over-ripe ; which I par-
ticularly obſerv*d, having frequent occaſion
to wait on the marquiſs at his plantation: in

going thither, my horſe trampled many of

them under his feet. This ſort of orange in
France is call'd Bigarrade.

heing ready to fail for Guadaloupe, I went

about a league from the town, where the

veſſel lay ready, expecting a paſs from the
count de Blenac general of the iſlands, to

imbark there in the brigantine, and was de-
tain'd there all that day, by a ſort of driz-
ling rain, attended with horrid claps of

thunder, and great lightning, which made

us very apprehenſive of an hurrican, that be-
ing the moſt common ſeaſon for them; and
occaſion'd the ſquadron under Mr. de Ga-
barret, before mention'd, to weigh and fail
away into the open ſea with great precipi-

tation; ſome of the men- of- war, and our dn

of Africa having already receiv'd damage in
their rigging by the lightning. The laſt
mention'd ſhip had her main top-maſt all
ſhatter'd by it, every man {till having freſh
in his memory the hurrican of the year be-
fore, which made ſuch great havock at

574 Voyage from Martinico to Guadaloupe.

Antegoa; and of which I ſhall ſay more
hereafter. =

The next day the intendant conſented that
the brigantine ſhould ſail forthwith, tho? the
general's paſs was not yet come down, that
being a haſty expedition, for the ſervice of
the company; and accordingly about noon,
having got my trunks and portmanteaus a.
board, with ſome baſkets of the ſeveral fruits

of the iſland, ſent me by a lady of my ac-

quaintance from her plantation ſtanding near
this beach, I ſer fail for the point Le Pre/.
cheur, there to take in ſome proviſions and
refreſhments. LO,

This ſhort paſſage was very troubleſome
and dangerous at the ſeaſon of hurricans, in

a forty boat, ill mann'd, worſe rigg'd, and

deep laden. About middle way between
Martinico and Dominica, the weather grew
ſo boiſterous, and the wind vary'd ſo often,
that we had good reaſon to fear a hurrican ;

but providence protected us. Under Domi-

nica, we lay two whole days in dead calms,
and exceſſive ſcorching weather, without any

ſhelter, in the little veſſel, which made us all

ſick ; and made me very uneaſy fearing the
Rainbow, not having heard of me by the
time I had appointed, would have proceeded

on her voyage to France. However, the
fourth day of our paſſage, towards night,
we arriv'd ſafe in the road of Guadaloupe, and

found the Rainbow there, having alſo had a
long paſſage from Martinico; and the day
before, loſt two of her anchors in that road,
for which reaſon ſhe could not fail : but three
days after my arrival, provided other anchors
and neceſſaries for the voyage.

I ſpent that time in regulating the affairs of
the company, with her agents there; and
viſiting my friends and acquaintance about
the ifland, as madam dy Lion, the former

governour, the chevalier Hinſelin's widow,
the preſent governour ; and other perſons ot
note, with whom I had much diſcourſe con-

cerning the good of that colony, and the at-

fairs of the company, eſpecially in relation

to the trade of ſlaves; all of them deſiring
I ſhould move the board at Paris, to order
that iſland for the future, to be more con-
ſtantly ſupply*d with them from Guinea; and
not to ſend thither the refuſe of the ſlaves of
Martinico, as had been practisd to their great
prejudice, by the company's agents and com-
manders ; but that their ſhips ſhould alterna-
tively make directly for their iſland from the
coaſt of Guinea. They alſo deſired I ſhould

pray the board to employ in their affairs

there, men of a good repute and vers'd in
trade, with many other particulars.

On thetwenty-ſecond of July, about eleven
in the morning, I went aboard the Rainbow,
thinking to fail ; but it blew deſperately hard

all that day, ſo that we could not get up our
anchors.

Dread
form,

Dreadful

form,

bout three in the morning a flaſh of light-

Dreadful Thunder and Lightning.

anchors. The next morning, the weather be-

ing pretty favourable, we got under fail, and

proceeded on our voyage for Havre de Grace
in France, paſſing in ſight of Montſerrat, Re-
donda, Nevis, St. Chriſtopber*s, and Ante-

g94, and arrived there ſafe on the nineteenth

of September following; nothing very re-
markable having occurr'd in all our paſſage,
beſides what I am now to relate, as being
ſomewhat ſingular in it ſelf, and very ter-
rible to behold. |
On the twenty-eighth of July, ſix days after
our departure from Guadaloupe, the wind at
ſouth-weſt, we croſs'd the tropick of Cancer,
by our eſtimation, ſteering north-eaſt by
north. The twenty-ninth we were becalm'd
all day, and fo the thirtieth ; by obſerva-
tion this day, twenty-five degrees twenty
minutes north latitude ; we took a ſhark, the
weather thick and rainy. |
On the thirty-firſt we ſaw a fail a-ſtern, at
break of day, ſtanding ſouth-eaſt, thick wea-
ther and exceſſive hot, with great flaſhes of
lightning; being then by eſtimation about
eighty-four leagues ſouth by eaſt of the ſmall
iſlands of Bermudas. Towards evening the
heat abated a little till near eleven at night,

when it increas'd almoſt intolerably, and was

very calm. We haPd up our fails at two in

the morning, being apprehenſive by the diſ-

8 of the weather of ſome dreadful

ſtorm, or other fatal accident; and we had

ſcarce done it, before on a ſudden all the he-
miſphere appear'd in a flame, with frightful
horrid thunder all about the ſhip, attended
with a violent heavy rain like a flood, and a
tempeſtuous wind, which made us hope that
the ſtorm would ſoon blow over: but inſtead
of it, the flaſhes of lightning and claps of
thunder increas'd and grew ſo prodigious,
that the two elements of air and water ſeem'd
to be converted into fire, with ſuch a dead
calm and ſuffocating ſulphureous ſtench, that

we could ſcarce breathe z which gave us all

cauſe to apprehend ſome diſmal event. A-

ning fell with a dreadful noiſe on the fore-
caſtle, going in at one of the doors, and pal-
ſing through the head, without doing any
other harm, beſides ſlightly wounding a
little black boy, who lay there in the elbow,
and ſome poultry, which cry'd after a hideous
manner; and ftruck a mighty conſternation

among us all: it alſo ſplinter'd a timber in

the fore-caſtle. About half an hour after,
the weather not only continu'd, but the vio-
lence ſeem'd to increaſe; and then a ſecond
flaſh of lightning fell upon our main- maſt,
with ſo prodigious a noiſe, that the moſt un-
daunted ſailors were ſeiz'd with horror, and
ſome utterly ſtupify'd and void of ſenſe.
When this happened, I was juſt ſtepping out
of the great cabbin into the ſteeridge; and

.

me, as it were a ball of fire, about as big
as a man's fiſt ; which burſt into many
ſparks, much in the nature of ſky-rockets,
when they are at their higheſt elevation,
giving ſuch a monſtrous report, that I know
not how to expreſs it; but it ſtunn'd me as
if a great number of large cannon had been
exactly fir'd the ſame moment. This made
me fall down backwards on a trunk that
ſtood within the cabbin-door ; and in that
poſture I continu'd ſome minutes quite be-
ſide my ſelf; nor were thoſe who ſtood in
the ſteeridge leſs frighted and amaz'd. That
which redoubled our conſternation, was the
hideous ſhrieking and crying we heard at the
ſame time from all parts of the ſhip, both
above and under deck, as well from the men,
as ſeveral forts of creatures we had aboard
as ſheep, hogs, turkeys, hens, ducks, mon-
keys, goats, dogs, parrots, and geeſe, ſome

of which we afterwards found dead, their

heads, feet or tails carry'd away; the unpa-
rallell'd thunder continuing all the time, and
the flaſhes of lightning inceſſantly flying
about the ſhip, as being the only body that
was any thing rais'd above the ocean; and
lightning generally reputed to attack the
higheſt places. The waves, tho? in motion,
did not break or riſe very high, by reaſon the
air had been ſo long ſtill; and the ſhip hav-
ing no fails out, or wind to keep her ſteddy

roll'd about ſo violently, that the men could
not ſtand without holding by ſomething.

Being in this dreadful condition, on a
ſudden we were all in a thick ſulphureous
ſmoak, riſing from under the decks, which
made us all conclude the ſhip had taken
fire, or that the lightning had pierc'd thro?
to the very bottom; fo that we had no other
proſpect than being immediately devour'd
by the flames, or ſwallow'd up by the mer-
cileſs ſea: and the more, for that not only
the hold was ſtow'd quite full of ſugar-caſks
and barrels of indigo, but even between
decks, there was little ſtirring for bales of
cotton; ſo that it was impoſſible to come
at any leak to ſtop it. In this perplexity
a man was order*d to try the pumps, to ſee
what water the ſhip made; and others to
ſearch all parts for fire. The few minutes
they were about it, ſeem'd an age to us all,
our fate depending on their report; but it
pleas'd the infinite goodneſs of God, that
they found no tokens of fire below, nor any
increaſe of water by the pumps : which re-
port much cheer'd our drooping ſpirits,
and made us conclude, it might be a true
opinion, that lightning never penetrates into
liquid bodies; and that the ſtinking ſmoak
which encompaſs'd us, was produc*d by the
violent agitation of the air, and the extra-
ordinary preſſure occaſionꝰd by thunder and

lightning,

975

diſtinctly ſaw, about four or five paces from Ban nor.

|

576

"=

lightning, eſpecially between the tropicks,
and near them; the cauſes and effects of
which, are beyond our comprehenſion.
This made us change our miſerere mei Deus
into laudate Dominum omnes gentes, for ſo
2 a deliverance in ſuch diſmal circum-

ances; and put us in mind of the words of
the pſalmiſt, Pſalm xxix. 3. and Ixxvii.
18, 19. The voice of the Lord is upon the
waters; the God of glory thundereth , the
Lord is upon many waters. And again, The

' woice of thy thunder was in the heaven; the

ſome hours, without intermiſſion. I ſhall

lightning lighted the world, the earth trembled
and ſhook. Thy way is in the ſea, and thy
paths in the great waters; and thy footſteps
are not known. Theſe lofty expreſſions of
the pſalmiſt, in ſome meaſure ſpeak the na-
ture of that tempeſt, which no tongue or
pen can deſcribe, as it appear'd to us, for

only add, that during that ſpace of time the
lightning ſeem'd to run in that ſerpentine fi-
gure, as poets and painters repreſent Fove's
thunderbolts; and ſo entirely fill'd the he-
miſphere, that we could not but conclude
the time of the general conflagration, men-
tion'd in the ſcripture, was then come. Some-
times the whole horizon appear'd more light
than it does in the brighteſt ſun-ſhine day at

noon, and immediately we were left amidſt

the obſcurity of the darkeſt night ; light and

darkneſs often ſucceeding one another, as if

they had ſtruggled which ſhould prevail up-
on the ocean, which very much affected our
eyes, occaſioning much weakneſs in them.

Alfter a conſiderable time ſpent in return-
ing thanks to our great deliverer, the da
appear'd, its light by degrees diſpelling the
noiſe of the thunder and the flaſhes of light-
ning; when follow'd ſuch a heavy ſhower
of large and warm rain, as quite laid that o-
ther ſtorm, with this farther advantage,
that it much refreſh'd us, cooling the cloſe

ſuffocating air, which was compleated by

a gentle wind riſing gently with the rain,

Stran ge ef-

fect of
lightning.

and carrying off that inſupportable ſulphu-

reous ſtench, which had before almoſt ſuffo-

cated us.

As the day-light increas'd, ſo that we
could ſee things about us, it was very ſur-
prizing to behold the ſhatter*d condition of
our maſts, ſails and rigging ; and our decks
ſtrew'd with the ſplinters of our maſts and
yards : but eſpecially the main maſt, on

| which the ſecond flaſh of lightning, before

ſpoken of, had fallen, and paſs'd almoſt

from one end to the other: for it lighted _

on the iron ſpindle of the fane, which it cut
aſunder, as if it had been done by hand ;
and we found it ſticking deep in the planks

of the deck on an end, and ſtill burning hot

to the feeling, rho? it was five hours ſince it

had been done. Moſt of the fails not being

furPd, but only drawn up in the brails, were

Dreadful Thunder and Lightning.

either torn or ſcorch'd and burnt + and

moſt of the rigging was in the ſame con-
dition. The lightning having cut the ſpin-
dle, as has been ſaid, ſunk through the top-

gallant and top-maſt, ſhivering them as if

they had been hew'd in ſplinters with tools;
then ſhattering all the tops and the main-
yard, and finking down through the whole

body of the main-maſt, till it came between

decks, where 1t burſt a barrel of indigo that
lay at the foot of the maſt, ſcattering all
the indigo far about, tho? the place was full
of bags of cotton; whence riſing again thro?
the ſcuttle in the ſteeridge, it broke out near
the great cabbin-door, and burſt with that
dreadful noiſe, and in the manner before

mention'd. |

Another ſurpriſing effect of this ſtorm, It affect
was, that it diſabled all the compaſſes which -e com.
were in uſe, ſome of them deviating ſeven, bf.

and others twenty-three degrees; only the

azimuth compaſs being then diſmounted
and hid in its box under a bed, receiv'd no

hurt: which was well for us, we having no

load- ſtone aboard the ſhip, to touch the o-
thers again and render them uſeful; and
being forc'd to make uſe of that one all the
reſt of our voyage. Eo

About ſeven in the morning the wind
ceaſed, and a ſmall rain follow'd it; and in
a ſhort time the weather grew diſmal dark,
and the ſea riſing more and more, the thun-
der was renew'd, attended with great flaſhes,

and the wind ſhifting ſuddenly from ſouth-

eaſt to welt, and weſt north-weſt, and thence

again to ſouth-eaſt, gave juſt cauſe to ap-
y prehend we were to expect a hurrican; which

put us all into a great conſternation and
dread, conſidering the diſmal condition our
ſhip was in. Having reſign'd our ſelves to
the will of providence, and tervently begg'd
its aſſiſtance in the worſt of extremities, we
ſet all hands to work to put the veſlel into
the beſt poſture to reſiſt the ſtorm if it ſhould
come; to this effect our top-maſts were
ſtruck, and the yards brought down to the
gunnels of the ſhip. _

In that condition we waited four hours

with great anxiety, what the event would
be; after which, by degrees, we began to
conceive hopes of good weather again, by
the ſight of a lictle bright cloud riſing at
ſouth-eaſt, which brought on a gentle wind,
abated the ſurges of the ocean already very
* up, and at length cleared the air into
a calm. | |

This laſted not long; for juſt after dinner

the wind began a- new to blow freſh at north-

welt ; and as it ſtill increas'd, ſhifted on a

ſudden to the north, and then again to the

north-eaſt, bringing on another ſtorm of
thunder and lightning, with a heavy rain,
for two hours, which ſeem'd two years to
every man aboard, looking upon it as a cer-

| taln

I
ho

An Account of Hurricans.

tain forerunner of a hurrican. However,

it pleaſed God to avert it at laſt ; for then
the wind ſhifted to the eaſt, the ocean grew
more ſtill, the weather clear'd up, the
thunder ceaſed, and the flaſhes vaniſh*d a-
way 3 till the air became ſerene and ſettled.
Prayers being ended, our people grew

hearty, and fell to repair the damage in our

maſts, ſails and rigging, as well as it could
be done in our circumſtances; but it was
ſo very great, that it could not be perform'd
in a ſhort time: our main maſt, particular-
ly, was ſo ſhatter'd, that it could not be
made ſerviceable, without fiſhing it; for
which, by good fortune, we were provided
with ſome ſpare pieces of timber. Whilſt
that was doing, we held on our courſe with
our two foreſails, to north-north-eaſt and
north-eaſt by north, about a league an
hour, our pumps giving little or no water,
The following night was fair and coo].
The next day, the carpenter had repair-
ed the main maſt, ſo that towards night the
main yard was hoiſted up, in calm weather,
At night we had a briſk gale. That day,
our oblervation was twenty-ſeven degrees
three minutes north, and three hundred ſix-
teen degrees forty minutes longitude eaſt,
ſteering north-eaſt by north, the wind at
_ eaſt-ſouth-eaſt and eaſt by ſouth. |
The next morning we ſpy*d two fail to
windward, ſtanding north-eaſt by north,
but our main-top maſt and fail not being
up, we could not chaſe them. The obſer-
vation was, at noon, twenty-eight degrees

twenty minutes north; at night hazy wea-

ther, and ſome ſhort guſts of wind, very in-
conſiderable: the variation ſeven degrees
and a half caſt. 5
The next day we were becalm'd in rainy
weather; the two fail we had ſpy d the day
before, ſtood then to leeward, and put out
Engliſh colours: obſervation twenty - nine
degrees twenty - five minutes, courſe north-
eaſt by north, the wind eaſt-ſouth-eaſt, _
The next day little wind, but great ſwel-
ling waves. The two following days calm,
obſervation thirty-two degrees five minutes,

three hundred and twenty degrees twelve

minutes longitude of Ferro; we caught four
dorados, and the day after two more. And
thus being deliver'd from any more appre-
henſion of a hurrican, we held on our
courſe for Havre de Grace, where we ar-
riv'd, as has been ſaid, on tie nineteenth of

September following. I ſtaid there ſome days,

and was preſent at the publick rejoicings

for the birth of the duke of Burgundy, the

dauphin of France's eldeſt ſon. Among o-
ther illuminations made there on that night,
that which the men of war that were in the
baſon made, was very fine, each ſhip that
was rigg' d, being every where from top-
Vo bY. |

577

gallant ſhrouds to the deck, the ſtays, bra- Bagnor.

ces, Sc. full of lights in lanthorns. Thence
I went by land to Dieppe, and afterwards
to Rouen, to viſit my friends; and from
Rouen to Paris, where I gave, in my two
months ſtay there, a full account to the di-
rectors of the African company, of their
affairs in Guinea and in America, and my

advice what was moſt advantagequs for the

good of the company,

The late honourable Robert Boyle, who
during the latter years of his life honour'd
me with his acquaintance, was pleaſed to
read my French manuſcripts, - relating to

Guinea, and took particular notice of the
above-mention'd tempeſt of fire and brim-

ſtone. He told me, he had receiv'd much
the ſame account of a ſtorm, in which an
Engliſh ſhip had been about a year before,

length in the London gazette, only differ-
ing in that particular about the compaſſes ;
for whereas ours were made to ſwerve, ſome
ſeven, others twenty-three degrees, theirs
deviated much more; which he concluded
was the effect of the thunder ſeparating the
adamant from it.

Of HunrrICans. |

THERE are three ſorts of hurricans in
the Weſt- Indies, vix. norths,
hurricans. „ |
The norths and ſouths are more peculiar
at the bay of Mexico, Cuba, Florida, Hi/-
paniola and Famaica, and the adjacent parts
of America, at ſeveral times of the year,
according to their latitude and longitude ;
and differ only from the hurricans, which
particularly affect the Caribbee iſlands, in be-
ing more conſtant to one point of the com-

paſs, or coming ſooner in the year; but do

not far from Bermudas, which was inſerted at

ſouths, and |

theſame miſchief, ſome of them laſting thirty

hours or longer, as the hurricans in the Ca-
ribbee iſlands, Theſe norths and ſouths give
ſome ſigns of their approach, as well as the
hurricans; and by what enquiry I have
made, differ but little from each other in that
point. FTE; |
The hurricans which chiefly rage among
the Caribbee iſlands, are generally preceded
by unuſual gentle winds, and very fair wea-
ther; or by a great glut of rain, or elſe by
both rains and calms together: or again,
by a violent rain for two days, and then fair
again for two or three days more. :
The clouds that precede a hurrican fly
high, preſſing forwards, and fo linked one

within another, that they all move together.

The ſkirts of them are of ſeveral hideous
colours, and the very edges of a pale fine
colour next that dull yellow; and nearer the
body of the cloud, of a copper colour. The
body it ſelf, which is very thick, appears ex-

7 H—7 KR traor-

978

BARBO Tr.

*

traordinary black; and all together it looks
very terrible. However, it muſt not be
taken for a general rule, that this tempeſt
does always give warning of its coming ex -
actly alike ; for there may be ſome diffe-
rence in thoſe ſigns, tho? all of them are plain
enough, if well obſerved. Beſides, ſome-

times they are double, ſometimes only ſin-

gle ſigns; and ſometimes the ſigns may be
more viſible and plain than at other times,

through ſome accidental cauſe, as of ſome
high land or mountain interpos'd between

the obſerver and the horizon ; particularly
if it lies north-eaſt from him, the quarter

where hurricans commonly riſe.

By theſe ſigns the inhabitants are moſtly
certain of a hurrican ; and diſpoſe them-
ſelves as much as may be to avoid the ter-
rible effects of its fury, and warn the com-
manders of ſhips to provide for it ; ſome re-
tiring into proper harbours, as in the French
iſlands Cul de Sac Royal, and Saintes near Gua-
daloupe, or endeavour to make the beſt of
their way to the open ſea, far from land.
In the Engliſh iſlands, Moſtito Cove in St.
Fobn's harbour in Antegoa, ſerves them for a re-
treat on ſuch occaſions. For want of ſuch
harbours, they moor their ſhips as ſecure as

they can with all their cables and anchors,

beſides ſome cables they make faſt aſhore to
great trees; all their maſts and yards down,
their crews often retiring afhore for ſhelter.
The planters, as is practis'd in the French
colonies, repair with their families and beſt
moveables to their hurrican huts, each ſub-
ſtantial planter having ſuch a one near his
plantation; being built low, on large ſtumps
of trees deeply fix'd in the ground, and com-
monly not above ſeven foot high, of ſtrong
poſts faſten'd to each other by croſs-pieces
of timber, with ropes caſt over the root
to ſecure it from flying away. 54

The hurricans commonly begin with a
very fierce north-eaſt ; and veering about to
the north and north north-weſt, ſettle there
a-while, bringing with them very heavy
gluts of rain for five or ſix hours ; and then
will often abate much, and fall flat calm,
and the rain ceaſe. The ſea enraged by
thoſe fierce winds, looks in the night all of
a fire; and ebbs prodigiouſly : and on the

_ contrary, at other times ſhips that lay a-

ground before the ſtorm, are by it caſt a
great way up the land, ſome from one ſide
of a harbour to the other; the ſhores ſtrew' d
with fiſh of ſeveral ſorts, great and ſmall ;
even ſharks, porpoiſes, and abundance of
fowls are alſo deſtroy'd by it. The houſes
are blown down, ſome of them torn from
their very foundations, and carried away
through the air, as it once happen'd at Gua-
daloupe; and even men blown up into the air.
The trees are torn up by the roots, or their

An Account of Hurricans.

heads and branches ſhatter'd, and look as if

the flames had ſcorch'd their leaves; and

ſometimes no leaves are left on them, nor

any green on the ground, but all looks like
winter: the low- lands overflow'd, ſhips caſt

aſhore lying on their ſides, and the maſts

ſticking in the ſand; others drove from
their anchors, beating in pieces on the rocks,
or cruſhing and battering one another: and
others carry'd out to ſea, ſome never heard
of again; and ſome having much ado to
preſerve themſelves from the furious tem-
peſt, the ſea being in a violent motion as
well as the air. Abundance of perſons are
drowned or kilPd by ſundry accidents oc-
caſion'd by the ſtorm, and a multitude of
goods of all forts ſpoiPd, waſh'd away, or
damag' d: ſo that it is a diſmal ſpectacle to

behold the iſland, that has been expos'd to

the fury of ſome hurricans, and to hear the

complaints of the inhabitants, many of whom

were before well to paſs, being in one night
reduced to a very low condition. Antegoa
had that misfortune in 1681, as IJ have ob-
ſerved. The hurrican which happen'd at that
time, wrought ſuch terrible effects there, that
thoſe who uſed thetrade, coming thither ſoon

after, could ſcarce believe it to be the ſame

iſland: and the ſame has happened at Mar-
tinico, Guadaloupe, Marigalante, Montſerrat,
§t. Chriſiopher*s, and other neighbouring

iſlands, as alſo to Barbardoes, all of them
being ſubject to theſe tempeſts in their turn,

ſome one year, and ſome another: and ſome
of them have felt two or three hurricans,
in the months of July, Auguſt, and Septem-
ber, the uſual time of their coming.
This ſort of tempeſt was very fatal to the
Engliſh ſquadron, under the lord Willoughby,

conſiſting of thirteen ſhips, a ketch, and

three barks, which faiPd from Barbadoes,
with two thouſand land-men, beſides the

ſhip's crews, in Auguſt 1666, with a defign

to conquer the ifland of S/. Chriſtopher ;
and by the way, they attempted to take
ſome large rich French ſhips of the company,

which were retir*d into the harbour of the

iſles of Les Saintes, near Guadaloupe. The
Engliſh fleet had, to that effect, got to
the windward of thoſe iſlands, by means of
a gentle north-weſt wind, then blowing 3
and being betwixt the ſaid iſlands, Mariga-
lante and Dominica, having Guadaloupe a-head
of them, the wind roſe by degrees, with
all the ſigns Bf an approaching hurrican
which, about ſeven in the evening, began

ſo fiercely, that the fleet was diſperſed, and gygliſh
all the ſhips loſt, except a fly-boat, and two ſhips lf

other ſmaller veſſels, which eſcaped with only
the loſs of their maſts. cy

The Engliſb ſhips the admiral had detached

before the hurrican came, for the ifles of

Saintes, to carry away thence the French
company's

The men
taken by
theFrenc

durrica
& Gua
vupe,

.
loſt

there drove aſhore.

company's ſhips, before mention'd, were
The officers, ſoldiers
and mariners, being abour ſix hundred men,
got to land, with part of their ammunition
and cannon, to fortify themſelves there, in
a ſorry ſmall redoubt they found, againſt
any attacks from the French, in caſe of ne-
ceſſity, till they could find means to get
away by ſea, ro ſome of the iſlands of their
nation.

But the ſieur du Lion, governour of Gua-

daloupe, being inform'd of it, tho? all the
barks and boats of his government had been

deſtroy*d by the ſame hurrican, cauſed his

men to be carried over by ſmall parcels, to

the Saintes, in ſeven canoes only; who

The men
taken by
theFrench.

being joined by ſome ſeamen and inhabi-
tants of thoſe iſlands, that were intrenched
in ſo advantageous a poſt, that the ſhip-
wreck'd Engliſh, tho* much ſuperior in
number, had not been able to ſubdue them:
that gentleman having, as has been ſaid,
join'd thoſe men, paſſing that tract of three
leagues of ſea, with two four pounders car-

ried in his canoes, and afterwards received

a ſmall detachment from Marigalante; with
the four hundred men he had in all, attack d

the Znglih in their entrenchments, ſeveral
times, and at laſt forc'd them to ſurrender
themſelves priſoners of war, to the number
of near five hundred ſoldiers, and twelve

officers, after thirty-five had been kill'd,
and eighty wounded. Thus the whole
ſquadron was loſt, with above four thouſand
men, and the lord WMillougbby's deſign on

Sf, Chriſtopher*s fruſtrated.

Hurrican
a Guada-
bope.

We have the following account of an

hurrican at Guadaloupe; that iſland being,
of all the other French colonies there, the
moſt ſubject to them; inſomuch, that about
the year 16536, it ſuffer'd by three in the
ſpace of fifteen months. |

FT hat hurrican I am to deſcribe, began
with a rumbling and cracking in the woods,
„as if carts at a diſtance were rolling of

ce ſtones, for three hours together; after

which, the whirlwinds blew ſo fiercely,
about fix in the evening, as is not poſſible
<« to expreſs: for it was as if the whole

„ iſland would have been ſwallow'd up.

« Many trees in the woods were torn up by
c the roots, or broken ſhort off, and the houſes
e overthrown, none eſcaping but ſuch as
« were built with ſtone ; which, notwith-

e ſtanding their ſtrong walls, were very

„ much ſhaken.

After theſe fierce whirlwinds, which
e laſted very long, the ſky ſeem'd to open,
* chang*d its colour, and appear'd inflamed
* like red-hot iron; a continual noiſe of thun-
eder was heard, attended with ſuch frequent

*« flaſhes of lightning, that all people were

_ © forc*d to keep their eyes ſhut, and to lie

An Account of Hurricans.

e the light.

« About ten at night the wind ſhifted on
& a ſudden, and taking a round towards the
% Baſſeterre of Guadaloupe, forc'd aſhore
« all the ſhips that were in that road; they
« not having had time to make away to ſea,
e becauſe the wind veer*d ſo ſuddenly, and
<« were all ſtaved to pieces on the rocks,
and moſt of the men drown'd.

At four inthe morning, the great hur-

© rican commenced, which in five or ſix

hours time made ſuch terrible havock,
< that to expreſs the violence of it, I need
ec only ſay, it threw down all the trees that

e had eſcaped before, except ſome large
« Acomas and Courbarils, which remain'd
ce ſtanding without branches, like maſts of

« ſhips; and moſt of the birds, chickens,
and turkeys were kill'd; as were the
ec rabbits, dogs and pigs ; and the Mandioca
« roots thrown up in all the plantations,
& which occaſioned a great dearth in the
"RAC |

After the hurrican, there remain'd a ſort
« of infection in the air, which bred ſuch
<« a quantity of caterpillars, that all the

<< earth was cover'd with them; and they

« were ſo prodigious large and long, that
the like has not been ever ſeen in Europe:

« they brouz'd all the plantations in ſo

<< ſhort a time, and in ſo deplorable a man-
e ner, that one would have thought they

had been all burnt.” 5

After this diſmal account of the nature

and effects of hurricans, it is eaſy to con-

ceive how uncomfortable it is to live in
thoſe parts, where men's lives and eſtates
are in continual danger; but want, or cove-

touſneſs put men upon ex poſing themſelves

to the utmoſt extremities. For notwithſtand-
ing theſe diſaſters and hazards, and the de-

vaſtations that have been there ſucceſſively,

on occaſion of wars between the Engliſh,

French and Dutch, ſome of thoſe iſlands, as

well French as Engliſh, are very well peopled,
and wealthy, as I ſhall ſhow in the general
deſcription I deſign to give of them, after
I have mentioned what ſailors commonly do
in America, upon the approach of a hurrican,
or of a north or a ſouth tempeſt, to ſave
their ſhips and lives,

The Engliſb commonly bring to, under
a main-ſail and mizen, and if the wind grows

too fierce, they bring the ſhip under a mizen

only : and if they cannot maintain that, then
they ballaſt their mizen; which is taking

up the great part of the ſail, and leaving

only the point out, to keep the ſhip's head
ſteady, If, after all this, the winds and ſeas
are too high for them, then they put before
it; but not before they have try*d their ut-

moſt,

« down flat with their faces to the ground, Bangor:
<« no perſon whatever being able to endure WWW.

4

A I

r 1 en

688

Ba RBO. moſt, ef] pecially if th

he Frenchand Spaniards, on the contrary,

An Account of Hurricans.

are near ſhore.

in the Weſt-Indies, lie under a fore-ſail and
mizen; but this muſt be an extraordinary
ſtrain to a ſhip, eſpecially if ſhe is long.
However, it muſt be own'd, there is this
conveniency in it, when they are minded to
put away before it, it is but halling up the
mizen, and then the fore-ſail veers the ſhip
preſently ; which muſt bethe reaſon why they
do it. For when the wind comes on ſo fierce,
that they can no longer keep on a wind,
they put right afore it, and ſo continue till
the ſtorm ceaſes, or the land takes them up;

that is, till they are run aſhore. Tho? the
before-named other European nations don't
uſe this method, yet they find means to
bring about their ſhips, as well as the Spa-
niards: for if after the mizen is hall'd up,
the ſhip will not wear, they do it with ſome
head-ſail, which ſometimes puts them to
their ſhifts; and among others, this has

prov'd very effectual in extremities, i. e. to
ſend ſome men a little way up the fore.

ſhrouds, about half-maſt high, and thereto
ſpread abroad the flaps of their coats,
which will make the ſhip wear m three or
four minutes. 28

De END of the SECOND Book, and SUPPLEMENT.

A N

x;
0
: 3
iq
we
A
4
Wh
Fo
£125
2
F5
1 8
905
$1 :
1
8 4
2

„

AN v.
Il APPENDIX

To the preceding

MEMOIR S5
DE —_ —-
North and Jouth-Guinega,
LOWER ET HI OP IA.
CONTAINING,
A General Obſervations, and an Account of the firſt

. „ RET ” p ai „* 3 * 4 1 ar 128 mY 9 vel nfs Shin ned ns * * 1 K — A Wann * 1 Senn
CTY, Re Ms aero Nets et LIT UTE Ss Cu oor Hh ap Ws Bhs ot te hog ner Oy #234 0 2 .
7 . 5 8 o 4 I 4 :
9 8 7 , N 2 x - 8
CO ALD ak Ha N * . 4 1 2

Diſcoveries of America by the Europeans; with a

brief Relation of Admiral Chri ſtopber Columbus's
Voyages. | OE 1

The Deſcription and Hiſtory of the Caribbee Iſlands of America;
Tabago, Granada, Granadilla, Bekia, St. Vincent, Barbadoes,
Santa Lucia, Martinico, Dominica, Los Santos, Marigalante,
La Deſſeada, Guadalupe, Monſerrate, Santa Maria Redonda,
Mieves, Antigua, Barbuda, St. Chriſtopher, St. Euſtachius, St.
Bartholomew, St. Martin, Anguila, Saba, Santa Crus, The
Virgins, Anegada, to Ft. Tuan de Puerto Rico,

Their Product, Trade, Wars, &c.

An Account of the Riſe and Progreſs of the Engliſp Trade to
Africk, before the Year 1697. A Fragment of a Letter of
Sir Thomas Roe, Embaſſador from King James I. of England,
to the Great Mogol, concerning Fortreſſes and Garriſons for
ſecurity of Trade in Afa; and a method of a Table of Courſe
in long Voyages, by the ſame.

Vol. v. 7 L

mamas —— *

— —˙ Won Cope n

Og ne *

. K

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS,

And an ACCOUNT of the

Firſt Diſcovery of AME RI CA,

By CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS,
of the Weſt Indies, Written in

From the Hiſtory

Spaniſh by AN TONY DE HERRERA, Hiſtorio-
grapher to the King of Spain.

2 —_ — —

. — .
*** - — — —ẽ

wo 4

Of the Moti ves the Ancients had to believe there was another World.

HE generality of mankind was
ſo far from imagining there could
be any ſuch country as the Weſt-
Indies, that the very notion of

T

it was looked upon as extravagant; it be-

ing univerſally believed, that there was no
land beyond the Canary iſlands, but that
all to the weſtward of them was an immenſe

ocean; and yet ſome of the ancients gave

hints that there were ſuch lands. Seneca
in the cloſe of the ſecond act of his tragedy
of Medea, tells us, The time will come
when the ocean ſhall become navigable,
a vaſt land be diſcovered, and a new
world be found. St. Gregory on the epiſtle
of St. Clement, ſays, There is another
world, and even worlds beyond the
ocean. Others inform us, that a Cartha-
ginian merchant ſhip, accidentally in the
ocean, diſcovered an iſland incredibly
fruitful, full of navigable rivers, many
days fail remote from the continent; not

inhabited by men, but wild beaſts, and

therefore would have ſettled there; but
that having given the ſenate at Carthage an
account of it, none was permitted to ſail
thither, and the more abſolutely to pre-
vent it, thoſe who had been there were

put to death. But this makes not for our
purpoſe, becauſe there is no authentick
Proof of this voyage, and whoever ſpeaks
of it does not lay it down coſmographi-
cally, ſo as the admiral Chriſtopbher Colum-
bus, who firſt diſcovered the Weſt Indies,
might gain any light by it ; nor were there
any wild beaſts, either in the windward or
leeward iſlands by him diſcovered ; and
therefore, thoſe who would rob him of

part of the honour, alledge Plato in Ti-

ocean, becauſe the entrance to it was ſhut
up at Hercules's pillars, or the ſtreights of
Gibraltar; but that in the ſaid ocean there
had been an iſland bigger than all Europe,
Aſia, and Africk, and from it a paſſage to

591

mæb, who ſays, There was no failing that HzaxzAA
” a 4

other iſlands, for ſuch as went to them;

and from thoſe iſlands they might go ro
all the continent oppoſite to them, near

the true ocean. Theſe men explicating

the ſaid words after their manner, with
more wit than truth, will have it that the
paſſage ſhut up is the ſtreight of Gibral-
tar, and the gulph the great ocean; and

that the great iſland by which they paſſed

to the others was called Atlantis, the others
being the leeward and windward iſlands
the continent, Peru, and the true ocean,
the South Sea, ſo called for its vaſt extent.
But it is certain that no man had any po-
ſitive knowledge of it; and what there
now ſeems to have been, is only made up
of gueſſes and notions ſince the diſcovery;
for by reaſon of the vaſt extent of the
ocean, the ancients concluded there was no
poſſibility of failing acroſs it. However,
they labour to confirm their opinion, by
alledging, that there was formerly much

known of the Torrid Zone, which they

pretend to prove, by ſaying, that Hanno
the Carthaginian coaſted about Africk, from
the ſtreight of Gibraltar to the Red Sea;
and Eudoxius from that ſea to the ſtreight;
and that they paſſed through the torrid
zone, cutting the equinoxial. Beſides

that, Ovid and Pliny mention the iſland

Trapobana, now called Zamatra, which is
under the line.

All

592

A

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of
Herrera All this is not to the purpoſe, for Se-

neca's words did not anſwer, the diſcovery
he propoſed being to the northward,
whereas ours 1s to the weſtward; and the
coaſting of Africk differs very much from
traverſing the vaſt ocean, as the admiral
Columbus did, and the Spaniards that after-
wards follow'd him. If any notice is to
be taken of ancient hints, that alone 1s
worth obſerving, which we find in the
twenty eighth chapter of Job, where Gop
ſeems to have kept this new world concealed
from men, till in his inſcrutable judgments
it was decreed to beſtow it on the Spani-
ards. Nor is any account to be made of

what others ſay, alledging, that the ſcrip-

ture by Ophir means Peru, believing it was

called Peru at the time of writing the Ho-
ly Text, as it is now; for neither is the
name of Peru ſo ancient, nor ſo univerſal
to all that country; it being a general
practice among den to give names
to ports and lands as occaſion offered; and
accordingly they called all that kingdom
Peru, from a river the Spaniards firſt put
into, or from a Cacique in thoſe parts, as

will be obſerved hereafter; and the likeneſs

of words is too trivial a foundation to

build matters of moment on. The moſt
ſolid hiſtorians affirm, that Opbir is in the
Eaſt Indies; becauſe Solomon's fleet muſt
of neceſſity have run quite acroſs it, pal.
ſed by China, and through the immenſe
ocean to come to the Wet Indies, which
could not be; nothing being more certain,
than that they went down the Red Sea, and
the ancients were not acquainted with the
art of navigation now in uſe, without which
they could not launch out ſo far into the
main; nor could thoſe parts be ſo well
known by land, Beſides that from Opbir
they carried king Solomon peacocks, and
ivory, which were never ſeen throughout
the Veſt Indies. It is therefore believed,
that the iſland Trapobana was the place

whence they carried all thoſe valuable com-

modities to 8 and they called all
the new diſcovery, the new world; be-
cauſe containing as much land as was be-

fore known, there was no better way of

expreſſing its vaſt extent, as alſo becauſe
the product of it differ'd from ours, tho'
the elements were the ſame, and in this
appellation they followed Seneca, and St.
Jerome. e

CHAP. .

| Of the Motives that induced Admiral Columbus 70 believe there were Countries
- 1 unknown, 1 |

CADETS > F

T H E admiral Chrifopher Columbus had

many reaſons to perſuade him, that
there were new lands to be diſcovered ; for

ſatisfaction, he took notice of all the tokens
mariners obſerved, which made for his
purpoſe, till he became very poſitive, that

there were many lands to the weſtward of Lands to
the iſlands of Cabo Verde, and the Canaries, be _ 3
and that it was practicable to fail over the VEN

being a great coſmographer, and well ſkill-
ed in navigation, he confidered, that, the
heavens being circular, and moving round

the earth, which in conjunction with the
ſea makes a globe of two elements; what
was then known could not be all the earth,

but a great part muſt be ſtil] undiſcovered,

according to the meaſure of 360 degrees the

whole circumference contains, which being

reduced into leagues, allowing ſeventeen

and a half to a degree, make fix thouſand

ocean, and diſcover them, becauſe the world

being round, all the parts of it muſt of ne-

ceſſity be ſo to; that the earth is ſo fixed
it can never fail, and that the ſea tho? ſnut
in by it, preſerves its roundneſs, without
falling away, with regard to the center of

gravitation, = 8
Laying together many natural reaſons,

| All five three hundred leagues; and that muſt cer- and perceiving, that not above the third
; mw. tainly be inhabited, for Gop had not part of the greateſt circle of the ſphere was
e.

made it to lie waſte; and tho? very many

queſtioned, whether there was land, and

water about both the poles, yet it was re-
quiſite, that the earth ſhould bear the ſame
proportion towards the Antartict pole, as
this part does to the Arctick; and hence he
concluded that all the five zones were inha-
bited, and was the more confirmed in it,
after he had failed into 75 degrees of north
latitude.

He alſo concluded, that as the Portu-
gueſes ſailed to the ſouthward, the ſame might
be done to the weſtward, where in all reaſon
there mult be land found ; and for the more

I

diſcovered, being the extent eaſtward, from
the iſlands of Cabo Verde, to the fartheſt
then known land in India, he concluded
there muſt be much room for farther diſ-
coveries to the weſtward till they came to
meet with thoſe lands the end whereof was
not yet known by failing eaſtward. In this
opinion he was much confirmed by Martin

de Bohemia, a Portugueſe, his friend, born

in the iſland of Fayal, and an able coſmo-

grapher. |
Many more things concurred to encourage

Columbus to that mighty enterprize, among

which was, that diſcourſing with thoſe w_
| uſe

„ 65
v8
i * *
*
«+
H
Mx .
* bu 0
1
N
"SY _—_— |
XY
Vo
4 7 .

5
£42
I
1
PL.

uſed to fail to the weſtward, and particular-
ly the iſlands Azores, Martin Vicente aſſured
him, that being once four hundred and fifty
leagues to the weſtward of cape St. Vincent,
he took up a piece of wood, artificial]

wrought, and as was ſuppoſed, not wit

iron ; whence, the wind having been ma-
ny days at weſt, he inferred that piece of
wood muſt come from ſome iſland. Peter

Correa, who had married Columbus's wife's

ſiſter, aſſured him, that in the iſland of
Puerto Santo, he had ſeen another piece of
wood, brought by the fame winds, and
wrought after that manner; as alſo canes
of ſuch a thickneſs, that every joint would
contain above a gallon of liquor. Colum-

bus himſelf ſaid, he had heard the king of
Portugal affirm the ſame, in diſcourſe upon

ſuch affairs, and that he had thoſe canes,
which he ordered to be ſhewed him; and
he concluded to have been drove by the
wind, there being none ſuch throughout
all Europe, wherein he was confirmed by

Ptolemy, who in the firſt book, and ſeven-

teenth chapter of his coſmography, ſays,
there are ſuch canes in India. Some inha-
bitants of the iſlands Azores farther aſſured
him, that when the wind blew hard at weſt,
and north-weſt, the ſea threw up pine-
trees on the coaſt of the iſlands of Gra-

cioſa and Fayal, whereas thoſe iſlands pro-

duce none of that ſort. The ſea alſo caſt
up two dead bodies on the iſland Flores,
whoſe faces ſeemed to be very broad, and

their features different from the Chriſtians.

Another time they ſaw two canoes, with
moveables in them, which might be drove
away by the force of the wind, in paſſing
from one iſland to another, and thoſe boats
never ſinking, they at length came to the
Azores. Antony Leme, who had married a
wife in the iſland of Madera, declared,
that having run a conſiderable way to the

weſtward in his caravel, he fancied he had

ſeen three iſlands near the place where he
was; and many inhabitants of Gomera,
Hierro, and the Azores affirmed, they eve-

ry year ſaw ſome iſlands to the weſtward.

Theſe, Columbus ſaid, might be thoſe Pli-
ny ſpeaks of in his natural hiſtory, where

he ſays, the ſea to the northward did cut

off from the land ſome pieces of woods,
whoſe roots being extraordinary large,
they drove on the water like floats, and
e fer like iſlands at a diſtance.

In the year 1484, an inhabitant of the
iſland Madera aſked leave of the king of
Portugal to diſcover a country he ſwore
he ſaw every year, and always in the ſame
manner, agreeable to what the people of
the Azores ſaid; and for this reaſon in the
ancient ſea charts, ſome iſlands were laid
down about thoſe ſeas, particularly that
_ —_ Antilla, which was placed ſome-

ol. V. |

America by the Europeans.

much money to no ofe. The ſtor)
goes, that this and of the ſeven cities eh
peopled by them, at the time when Spain
was overrun by the Mvors, in the reign of
king Roderick, when flying the perſecution
of thoſe infidels, ſeven biſhops imbark'd
with a great number of people, and ar-
rived in that iſland, where every one of
them built a town, and leſt the people
ſhould entertain any thoughts of return-
ing, they ſet fire to their ſhips. That in
the days of prince Henry of Portugal, a
ſhip of that country was driven by a ſtorm
upon that iſland, where the natives carried
the ſailors to the church, to ſee whether
they were Chriſtians, and obſerved the
Roman ceremonies, and finding them to
be ſo, deſired they would ſtay till their
lord could come, but that the Portugueſes
fearing leſt they ſhould burn their ſhips and
detain them, returned well-pleaſed into

Portugal, hoping to be conſiderably re-

warded by the prince, who reproved them
for coming away with ſo imperfect a rela-
tion, and ordered that they ſhould return,
which the maſter and ſailors durſt not do;

593
what above two hundred leagues weſt from
the Canaries and Azores; and that the Por-
tugueſes believed to be the iſland of the ſe-
ven cities, the fame whereof, and deſire of
finding it has occaſioned many to commit
great follies out of covetouſneſs, and ſpend

HzaRRRA

but departing the kingdom, were never

more heard of.

They add that the ſailors belonging to this
Portugueſe ſhip, gathered ſome ſand for
their cook room, and a great part of it
proved to be gold; whereupon ſome ad-
venturers ſet out from Portugal to diſcover

this country, among whom one was Fames

de Tiene, whoſe pilot James Yelazquez, in-

habitant of the town of Palos, aſſured Co-

lumbus at the monaſtery of St. Mary of

Arabida, that they loſt themſelves at the

iſland of Fayal, and failed 150 leagues to

the ſouth weſt, and at their return diſcovered
the iſland Flores, following many birds they
ſaw flying that way, which they knew' were
not water fowl. Next, he faid, they failed
fo far to the north-weſt, that Cape Clare,
in Ireland, bore eaſt from them, where
they found the weſt winds blew hard, and

the ſea was very ſmooth, which they be-

lieved was occaſioned by the nearneſs of
ſome land, covering it from the violence
of the. wind; and that they durſt not pro-
ſecute that voyage, becauſe it was in Au-
guſt, and they feared the approach of win-
ter: This happened 40 years before Colum-
bus diſcovered the Weſt- Indies.

Another ſailor at port St. Mary declared,
that in a voyage to Ireland, he ſaw that
country, which they imagined to be Tartary,
inclining to the weſt-ward, and has ſince

7 M appeared

— ——_ IGOR oo oa „ 1 * *
— . — — 2 She E —

.
.

594

H

de Velaſco of Galicia, declared that in a
voyage to Ireland, he ſtood ſo far to the
northward, that he ſaw land to the welt-
ward of that ifland. Vincent Diaz, a Por-
tugueſe pilot and inhabitant of Tavira, fe-
turning from Guinea, ſaid that about the

eight of the iſland Madera, he thought
be ſaw an iſland, which appeared —_
real land, and diſcoyered the ſecret to 3
Genoeſe merchant his friend, whom he per-

ſuaded to fit out 2 ſhip for that diſcovery R

and that with the King of Portugal's leay 7
advice was ſent to Francis de Cazana, the

merchant's brother, for him to rig a ſhip

at Sevil, and put it under the command
of Vincent Diaz; but that he rejected it,
cera, with the aſſiſtance of Lyke de Cazang
fitted out a ſhip, and going out two or

and the pilot rexyrning to the iſland Ter-

three times above an hundred leagues,

found nothing. To theſe may be added
the attempts made by Goſpar, and Michael
de Cartereal, ſons to the commander that
diſcovered the iſland Texera, who were loſt
in ſearch after that land. All which par:

ticulars were ſufficient to encourage Ho-
lumbus to undertake ſuch an enterprize;

for when Proyidence has decreed a thin

ſhould be done, it diſpoſes the means, and
provides the proper inſtruments.

Having ſaid enough concerning the
grounds Columbus had to believe there were

other lands to diſcover, it will not be imt
proper to add a work concerning the An-
tipodes, which the ancients would not allow-

Obſervations aud Diſcaveries of

bes- appeared to be that they called Bacallgas,
being part of Canada, but could not make
it by reaſon of the ſtormy winds. Peter

of, and poſitively maintained it was im-
poſſible to ail 4crgG the tgrrid zone. I
1s to be gbleryed, that tho”. in all parts
whatſqever men's heads are upright to-
wards heaven, and their fect towards the
center of the earth, yet in regard to Fa
whole circumference of the world, they
ſtand like the ſpokes in a wheel, pointing
every 1 and all jn their natural poſtyre
upright, becauſe the heaven is every where

ppermoſt, and the earth the proper ten

Proper ten-
qency for the feet. Now, thot there be

two, parcels of continent, the one Contain-
ing Europe, Afi, and Africk, and the gther
America, or rhe Weſh- Indies, yet ther 70
not two qiſtinet lands, but one anc the
ſame, only in part ſeparated by the ſea,

and in fame places cut into iflands.

for the Antipodes the people of Lima, Chziq,
and Arequipa are ſo to thoſe at the mouth
of the river Indus, in Calicut, and Ceilon;
and thoſe of the Meluceo, or Spice iſlands

10 ben of Guings in Africk. All the er-

rgrs of the ancients as well concerning

the Antipodes, as the torrid zone, were de-

feated hy the voyage performed by the ſhip
calbd the Yifory, which firſt ſailed quite

und the world, Unger the command of cap-
rai Jobn Sebaſtian del Cano, a native of Gal
tara, in the province of Guipuacoa, touching
at both Antipodes, and paſſing the tropicks
and equinoctial, which demonſtrated this
matter to the world, and immortalized the
names of captain Ferdinand de Magalbaens,
or as we call him Magellan, for attempting,

and the aforeſaid captain Jobn Sebaſtian del

Cano for perfecting ſo incredible à work.

CHAP. I.

Of the Torrid Zone, and

I HE ancients believed the torrid zone
not habitable, becauſe of the direct

vertical reflection of the ſun; yet expe-
rience teaches us that the various poſi-
tion of places alters their diſpoſition to
heat or cold, drought or moifture, more

than the nearneſs and diſtance of that pla-
net. Thus we ſee the violence of winds
gathers ſtrength in hollow vales, and diſ-
ſolyes in open plains, The heat of the
ſun gathers, and intends itſelf in the ca-
vities, and confined parts of the earth
and dilates itſelf in the flats; and fo the
heat and cold of the air and earth varies
much according to the height, or lowneſs
of the ſituation, 1ts being to the eaſt or

welt, and either near to, 'or far from the

ſea, lakes, rivers, woods, and windy or
calm mountains; ſo that the degrees of
heat, or cold, dryneſs, or moiſture do not
depend on the nearneſs, diſtance, directneſs,

en.

ma to the ſtreights of Magellan, where are
thoſe of Santa- Maria, or the Magdalen,
Oron 0que, Orellana » OT the A Mazans, che
riyer of Plate, and others. In North Ame-
mericg are the rivers of Alvarado, Grijalva,
Guatemala, Mexico, &c. Ethiopia allo has
great rivers, and lakes; and ſuch there are
in the iſlands of Ceylon, and Sumatra, and
there is much more ſea than land under th
I . . . Jorr1

CH

torrid zone. The rains increaſe as the ſup
draws near 22 equinoctial, and decline as
he goes off towards the tropicks, and
thus there are very temperate countries
under the torrid zone, and ſome rather
cold than hot; as for inſtance Paſto Collao,
and Potoſi, where there are mountains con-
tinually covered with ſnow. The length
of the night is the cauſe hereof, the days
and nights being always equal near the
line, and the more we remove from it, ſo
much the more the ſummer days lengthen,
and the Pights ſhorten. This ſhortneſs of
che day obſtryfts the ſun's intendin ys
heat ſo much under the equinoQtial; 0
that we find the ſummer is hotter in the
ſouth part of Spain, and Italy, than at
Vito, and Collas in Peru. E
Another reaſon why there are hotter,
and colder parts of the torrid zone is be-
cauſe of rhe very high mountains in the
Meſt-Indięs which cool the air: for high
places are mpre ſubject to cold than the
| low, which is. occaſioned by the clouds,
and the lakes, and rivers flowing from them,
which being formed by melted ſnow, and
running impetuouſly refreſh the air in the
plains; beſides that the mountains being
exceſſive high they ſhade one another, and
this added to the length of the nights
Tenders the torrid zone temperate. Over
and aboye all this, the cold winds never
ceaſe blowing, a perpetual levant reign-
ing, without any oppoſition, oyer the

ocean, and a cold ſouth wind in Peru, and

Braſil, riſing after noon, as the breezes
do at the windward iſlands. On all open
ſeas the winds are more regular ; but by
land they vary according to the mountains,
rivers, lakes, woods, or other circum-
ſtances; bur in the torrid zone the winds
from the ſea are generally pleaſant, and

healthy, and thoſe from the land thick and

unwholſome; and even this varies accord-
ing to the difference of the coaſts, yet
generally the land breezes blow from mid-
night, till the ſun begins to be high, and
thoſe off the ſea, from his mounting till
after he ſets. :

they never meet with calms abroad in the
wide ocean, but can always advance more
or leſs, by reaſon the air is impelled by
the motion of the heaven, enough to carry
the ſhip right ahead; fo that during the
whole voyage from the city of Samia,
in Peru, to the Philippine iſlands, which
they reckon above 2000 leagues, all along
near the equinoctial, or not at above 12
degrees diſtance, a ſhip in February and
March, when the ſun 1s vertical, never
met with any calm, but had always a freſh
gale, and conſequently performed that
voyage in two months. Near the coaſts

America &y the Europeans.

. __ guay.
The maſt experienced ſailors affirm, that

continent reach, there are often many dead
calms, both within and without the torrid

zone; and ſo hurricanes and ſpouts are

more frequent near the land, as far as it's
exhalations reach, than in the broad ocean ;

595

where the vapours of the iſlands, and HRA

2
—

but this within the torrid zone, for with-

out it there are both calms and hurricanes
out at ſea.

As to the difference between the two
hemiſpheres, the firſt which we live in
ſeems to bear the preference beyond the
other, becauſe ours 1s fuller of ſtars, which
are thick cloſe about the arctick pole,
whereas there are very few within 30 deg.
of the antarctick, within which diſtance
is the cock's foot, being the loweſt of the
four that compole the crozier. Our con-
tinent extends more to eaſt and weſt, and
is more proper to be inhabited than the
other which ſtretches out too much to-
wards the pole, and is too narrow from
eaſt to mi for that which lies ſo from
eaſt to weſt is more temperate, and the

other near the pole is ſubje& to exceſſive
cold; and over long nights. The Mediter-

anean is alſo a great conveniency lying
earth Europe, Aſia, and Africk for the

trade and correſpondence between thoſe |

parts; but in the other hemiſphere the ſea
is too wide and conſequently more dange-
rous, and troubleſome. In the other he-
miſphere there were no dogs, aſſes, ſheep,
goats, ſwine, cats, horſes, mules, camels,
or elephants; nor orange, lemmon, pom-
granate, fig, olive or quince-trees, melons,
vines, wheat, or Tice, nor had they iron,
guns, printing or learning; and navigation
did not extend out of ſight of land; their

government was barbarous, their moun-

tains and woods not habitable, nor thar
part which was inhabited ſo populous as

ours. In ſome of their woods the natives

lived like brutes, as the Chichimecas, of

New Spain, who had no head, no laws,
no ſettled place of abode, but lived diſ-

perſed, feeding on the product of the

earth, as others did in Florida, and Para-
When the Spaniards entered Peru,

Cuzco was the only place that bore the
form of a city, and it is certain that
thoſe who live in cities are more polite,

and civilized than ſuch as dwell diſperſed

in woods, like wild beaſts.

cannot but take notice, that a diſcreet
Indian being aſked, what was the beſt the
Indians received from the Spaniards, he

anſwered, the Spaniſh hens eggs where-

of there is great plenty, and they are to

be had new laid every day, they are good
for young and old, either raw or dreſſed;
for the hen herſelf muſt be either boil'd or
roaſted, and does not always prove tender ;
whereas the egg 1s good every way. =
adde

-

— — — . . . — EPR ——— .

a *

596

HAN A added horſes and light: becauſe a horſe

V carries a man at his eaſe, and his burdens

Indian

opinions of
their ori-

ginal.

and light, becauſe the Indians never knew
how to make wax, or tallow candles, or

to burn dil, and this ſerved to live part

of the night, and this he thought the moſt
valuable thing. | 70. 2209 80

111.

CHAP. IV. Fae e
How America was firſt peopled, and why the name of Weſt-Indies was

*

UCH enquiry has been, to know,
| whence the inhabitants of the other
hemiſphere paſſed over thither, which they
muſt certainly do from ours, and yet the
Indians of Peru did not fail thither deſign-
edly, for the ancients were no able navi-
gators, nor had they any uſe of the com-

| paſs, without which there is no Ong

over the main ocean. That was firſt di

covered by Havius, or John Gioia, a native
of the coaſt of Amalfi, in the kingdom
of Naples. The inhabitants of the vale
of Xanza, in Peru, ſay, they have it
from their apceſtors, that they deſcend
from a man and a woman, who came out
of the ſpring of Guaribalia. Thoſe of the
vale Andabayla, tell us they proceeded from

the lake of Socdococa; thoſe of Cuzco from

that of Titicaca. Others ſay, that after

a deluge, mankind was reſtored by fix
perſons that came out of a cave. But
laying aſide all theſe follies, ſince all the

race of man deſcends from Adam and Eve,
It is plain they muſt come from us; but

we are ſo little acquainted with the ex-
tremities of the earth, that nothing can

be politively aſſerted. |
Some ſay, that to the northward Groen-
land is the ſame continent with Eſtotiland,

or the moſt northern regions of America;

and if ſo, it is likely, that the Aſiaticts and
Nor wegians ſtretching out their habitations,
by degrees ſpread themſelves into thoſe
new countries; which ſeems to be in ſome
manner verified by the ſame cuſtoms which
are common to the Faponeſes, northern
Americans, and Norwegians; for they all
live in foreſts, and caves, and hollow-trees,

covering themſelves with the ſkins of fiſhes

and wild beaſts; feeding on fiſh, and ſuch

fruit as the earth naturally produces, and

they differ very little in complexion. Nor
is there any thing known how far the land
runs out to the ſouthward, tho? ſeveral
im perfect diſcoveries have been made that

way, and conſequently, whether people

given to it.

might paſs over that way, no great ſhips
having been ever ſeen in the Weſt-Indies
before Columbus. The Americans are more
like the eaſtern nations, than the Europeans,
and therefore it is moſt likely that none
of the latter came among thein before the
Spaniards. To imagine that America ſhould
be peopled by perſons drove thither by
ſtreſs of weather is very unlikely; nor is
any account to be made of what the In-
dians ſay, touching their antiquities; for
they know nothing worth regarding, as
having lived long without kings, or any

regular government; but wandered about
like the people of Florida. They were

all certainly wild, and under no dominion,

only chuſing commanders to lead them

to war, ſome of whom proving more po-
litick, and ſtronger, began to ſubdue the
reſt, and by degrees laid the foundation
of the kingdoms of Peru, and Mexico,
which tho? ſtill barbarous, yet were pre-
ferable to all the other Indians; whence it
ſeems to be moſt likely, that the Weſt-Iu-

dies were peopled by degrees from the con-

tinent, extending themſelves in proceſs of
time farther and farther.

The motive Columbus had for giving
the name of Indies to thoſe new found
countries, was, that he might thereby the
more excite thoſe princes he had to do
with, and render his project of more weight,

as propoſing to find gold, ſilver, pearls,

and other ſorts of drugs than our hemi-
ſpere affords, and therefore he concluded
theſe his diſcoveries might vie with the
Eaſt-Indies, and this gave reputation to his
undertaking. Beſides his deſign being to
diſcover the eaſt by the way of the weſt,

and the Eaſt-Indies lying in the remoteſt

part of the eaſt, as that he ſought in the
fartheſt weſt, it might as well be called
India as the other; and then Peru being

diſcovered after New Spain, the name was

made plural, calling them Indies, becauſe
divided into thoſe two great parts.

CHAP.

Colum
who h
Was.

Got
Por

CHAP. 5.

Amer ica f by the Eur Opeans. 65 97

£ eee. wo 3
Columbus propoſes his Deſign to the King and Queen of Spain, and after many
„ = Repulſes is admitted by the Queen. 4 x

\ HESE Indies are the countries com-
prehended within the limits aſſigned
to the crown of Caſtile, and Leon, con-
ſiſting of one hemiſphere, or half of the
globe, being 180 degrees, commencing at
a meridian at 39, or 40 degrees from that
of the city of Toledo, and proceeding weſt-
ward; ſo that allowing 17 leagues and a
half to a degree, this allotment contains
3700 Spaniſh leagues in breadth eaſt and
1 welt. To come to Chriſtopher Columbus,
2 whom the Spaniards, adapting the word
vs, to their language, call Colon, he was born
in the city of Genoa, in which particular,
and that his father's name was Dominick,
all that write of him agree, and he owns
it himſelf. As to his original, ſome bring
it from Placentia, others from Cucureo, a
town on the ſea coaſt, near that city, and
others from the lords of the caſtle of Cu-
caro, in that part of Italy, formerly called
Liguria, now the dukedom of Montferrat,
ſo near the city of Alexandria de la Pagla
that they hear the bells of it. It appears
that the emperor Otho the 2d, in the year
940, confirmed to the brother earls Peter,
Jobn, and Alexander Columbus, the eſtates
feodal and real, they poſſeſſed in the li-
berties of the cities of Aqui, Savona, Aſtt,
Montferrat, Turin, Vercelli, Parma, Cre-
mona, and Bergamo, with all the reſt they
held in Haly. By other records it appears
that the Columbi of Cucaro, Cucureo, and
Placentia, were the ſame, and that the afore-
{aid emperor, in the ſame year 940 granted
unto the ſaid brothers Peter, John, and
Alexander Columbus the caſtles of Cucaro,
Cowzano, Roſignano, and others, and the
4th part of Biſtagno, which belonged to
the empire, and this demonſtrates the an-
tiquity of the family. 5
Goes into He came into Spain, and particularly
portugal. to Portugal, very young, as other men do,
to ſeek his fortune, where he married
Donna Philippa Moniz de Pereſtrelo, by
whom he had D. James Columbus, and af-
terwards by Donna Beatrix Henriquez, of
the city of Cordova, Don Ferdinand, a gen-
tleman excellently qualified, and learned.
Being thoroughly convinced of what he
had been ſo long revolving in his mind,
that there were new lands to diſcover, he
reſolved to publiſh it; but knowing that
ſuch an undertaking was only fit for ſome
ſovereign prince, or ſtate, he propoſed it
to that of Genoa, where it was looked upon
as a chimera; and then to king John the

2d of Portugal, who tho' he gave him a
Wb Fo on

favourable hearing, being then taken up Hex

with the difcovery of the coaſt of Africk, Ig

along the ocean, did not think fit to engage

in ſo many enter prizes at once; but however

referred the matter to the conſideration of

doctor Calzadilla known by the name of

Don James Ortzz, biſhop of Ceuta, who

was a Spaniard, born at Calzadilla, in the

maſterſhip of Santiago, and to maſter Ro-

derick, and maſter Foſeph, Jewiſh phyſicians,

whom he entruſted in matters relating to

diſcoveries, and coſmography ; and tho?

they declared they thought it a wild no-

tion, yet having heard Columbus, the rea-

ſons he alledged, and the courſe he intend-

ed to ſteer, they adviſed the king to ſend Under-

a caravel, giving out it was bound for hand deal-

Cabo Verde, to diſcover the truth of that 5. of |

imagination, according to the courſe lad 8.

down. This veſſel having run many leagues |

at ſea, and been beaten in ſtorms, it return-

ed without finding any thing, and ridicu-

ling Columbus's notion, who was not igno-

rant of this practice. 55 55
This very much offended Columbus, and Cb

gave him ſuch an averſion for Portugal, in Spain,

that his wife being dead, he reſolved to his bro-

go away into Spain, and leſt he ſhould be ther !

ſerved there as he had been in Portugal, *

ſent his brother Bartholomew Columbus, at

the ſame time into England, where Henry

the 7th then reigned. He ſpent much

time on the way, being taken by pi-

rates, and ſtayed there to learn the methods
of that court, and how to ſolicite. D.
Chriſtopher Columbus reſolving to propoſe his
deſign to king Ferdinand, and queen Jabel,
or Elizabeth of Spain, departed Portugal
privately, in the year 1484, for Andaluzia,
knowing that the king of Portugal, being
ſenſible that what he had ſaid was well
grounded, and that thoſe who went in the
caravel had not done their duty was enclined
to conſult about that enterprize: He land-
ed at Palos de Moguer, whence he went
away to the court, which was then at Cor-
dova, leaving his ſon in the monaſtery of
Rabida, half a league from Palos, under
the care of F. John Perez de Marchena,
the guardian of that houſe, who was a

iece of a coſmographer, and learned in

umanity.

He propoſed: the buſineſs at Cordova,

and found moſt encouragement from Alonſo Alonſo de

G) 114 1
de Quintanilla, comptroller of Caſtile, a — 55

diſcreet man, inclined to great undertak- tertains
ings, and who finding him a man of worth him.
gave him his table, without which he could

5N not

598

Heznzxa not have ſubſiſted ſo long as he was ſol-
&YV liciting. It was preſſed ſo far, that their

catholick majeſties giving ear to the pro-
poſal, referred it to F. Ferdinand de Tala-

vera, prior of Prado, of the order of St.

Jerome, and confeſſor to the queen, who

was afterwards the firſt archbiſhop of Gra-

nada. He called an aſſembly of coſmo-
graphers, but there being few-of that ꝓro-
feſſion then in Spain, and thoſe none of
the ableſt in the world, and beſides Co-

lumbus forbearing fully to explain himſelf,

for fear of being ſerved as he had been in

Portugal, the reſult was not anſwerable to

his expectation; for ſome ſaid, that ſince
in ſo many ages as were elapſed from the
creation of the world, all men who had

been perfectly ſkilled in ſea affairs, never

Extrava-
gant op1-
nions

againſt
Columbus.

to be navigable, whether there was any

knew any thing of thoſe lands Columbus
perſuaded them they ſhould find; it was
not to be imagined that he ſhould be wiſer
than all of them. Others coming cloſer
to coſmography, alledged the world was
ſo large, that three years would be too
ſhort a time to reach the fartheſt eaſtern

parts, whither Columbus ſaid he intended

to fail; and to confirm their opinion, they

quoted Seneca, who tells us, that wiſe

men did not agree whether the ocean was

not infinite, and queſtioned whether it was

poſſible to fail over it; and ſuppoſing it

land inhabited beyond it, and there was
any poſſibility of going to it. They far-
ther urged, that no part of this globe of

earth and water was inhabited, but one

ſmall parcel left in this our hemiſphere a-

bove the water, and that all the reſt was

ſea; however, if it could be found prac-

ticable to go on to the fartheſt parts eaſt-

ward, it would alſo be granted the ſame
might be done from Spain weſtward.
Others prerended, that ſhould Columbus

ail directly weſtward, it would be impoſ-

ſible for him ever to return into Spain, hy
reaſon of the roundneſs of the globe; for

that whoſoever ſhould go beyond the he-

miſphere known to Plolomy, muſt deſcend

ſo much, that it would be impracticable

to return, becauſe it would be like climb ing
a ſteep mountain; and though Columbus

anſwered all theſe objections, they could

not comprehend him. Thus the aſſembly

declared the project was vain and imprac-

ticable, and that it did not become the

majeſty of ſuch mighty princes to be pre-

vailed upon by ſo trivial an information.
After much time ſpent, their catholick
majeſties ordered Columbus ſnould be told,
that being engaged in ſeveral wars, and
particularly the conqueſt of Granada, they
could not then venture upon other ex-
pences; but when that was over they
would again examine the matter, and
5

Ohfſervations and Diſcourries M

ſo they diſmiſſed him. Thoſe who look
upon it as a fable, that Columbus had this

ſecret from a Portugueſe pilot, who diſco-

vered thoſe parts, being trove' upen them
by a ſtorm, urge in vindication of their
opinion, that had Columbus known it fo
certainly, he would never have put it to
be argued, or have hazarded being thus
excluded by their catholick majeſties; but
would have found ſame way to declare it
to them affirmatively. | |

Having received this anſwer, Columbus Colunj,,
went away very idiſconfolate to Sev, after tries other

; great men,

ſpending five years at court, to no pur
He had his project propoſed to the duke of
Mediun Sidonia, and fome Tay to him of
Medina Celi, and they alſo rejecting him,
he writ to the king of France, intending
to go over into England to ſeek his bro-

ther, from whom he had heard nothing a

long time, in caſe the French did not en-

tertain him. Having fet this reſolution,
he went away to the monaſtry of Rabida,

for his ſon James, intending to leave him
at Cordova, and having diſcovered his de-
ſign to F. John Perez de Marchena, Gop
who had reſerved this diſcovery for the

crown of Caſtile and Leon, fo ordered,

that F. Jobn Perez, perceiving Columbus,
who had lived ſo long in Spain, as to think
himſelf in a manner naturalized, went un-

willingly to treat with other princes, pre-

vailed with him to put off his journey;
and for the better underſtanding of what

he propoſed, aſſociated to him one Garci

Hernandez, a phyſician z and they three
conferring together, Garci Hernandez as
a philoſopher, was very well pleaſed.

Hereupon F. John Perez, who was known
to the queen, as having ſometimes heard
her confeſſion, writ to the queen, who or-

dered him to repair to the court, which
was then at the new city of Santa Fe, or
St. Faith, before Granada, and to leave
Columbus at Palos, with hopes of ſucceſs.
When F. John Perez had diſcourſed the

queen, ſhe ordered 20000 maravedies,

[ which, according to the preſent way of reck-
oning, is little above ten pounds, yet in thoſe
days was a gift for a queen] to be ſent Co-
lumbus, by Fames Prieto of Palos, for him

to return to the court, and upon his com-
ing, the negotiation was again ſet on foot.

However, the prior of Prado, and others.
who joined with him, being againſt the

undertaking, and Columbus demanding |

great conditions, among which was, that
he ſhould have the titles of admiral and
viceroy, ; and they thinking he required
too much in caſe of ſucceſs, and that in
caſe of failure, the granting of it was diſ⸗
honourable ; the treaty was again entirely
broke off, and Columbus reſolved to go 4“
way to Cordova, in order to proceed to

France,

Is
er

Chap. 6.

Frante, being poſitive not to go to Portu-
gal on any account.

Alonſo de Quintanilla, and Lewis de Sant-

angel clerk of the greencloth for the crown
of Aragon, were much concerned that this
enterpriſe ſhould be laid afide, and car-
dinal Don Pedro Gonzalez de Mendoza at
the requeſt of F. John Perez, and Alonſo
ue Quintanilla had heard what Columbus

propoſed, and valued him as a man of
worth. However, the adverſe party ob-

jected, that he venturing nothing of his

own in that difcoyery, and requiring to
be made admiral of a fleet under their ca-
tholick majefties, it would not much con-
cern him, though the enterpriſe failed. To

which he anſwered, That he would be an

eighth part in the charge, provided it might
be refunded, with the proportionable ſhare

of the profits at his return, and yet no-

thing was concluded. In Fanuary 1492,

he departed the city of Santa Fe, for Cor-
dova, in great perplexity, their catholick

majeſties being then poſſeſſed of the city

of Granada. That ſame day Lewis de

Santangel told the queen, he much admired

prince, as Columbus affirmed it would, if

Conditi-

that her majeſty, who had always a great
genius for extraordinary undertakings,
ſhould fail when ſo little was hazarded, an
ſo much might be gained; for ſhould
that enterpriſe be embraced by another

Spain rejected it, ſhe might eaſily reflect
how great a detriment it would be to her
erown; and ſince Columbus appeared to be
a man of worth, and deſired no reward
but for what he ſhould find; venturing
part of the charge and his own perſon, the
thing ought not to be thought impracti-
cable, as the coſmographers pretended,

nor the attempting of it to be looked upon Haas
as indiſcretion, though it did not ſucceed ; WY WV

ſince it was the part of great princes to
diſcover the wonders and ſecrets of the
world, which had gained other monarchs
eternal renown ; beſides that, Columbus de-

manded but a million of maravedies [which
is little above five hundred and twenty pounds

of our money, according to the preſent com-
Putation] to fit himſelf out, and therefore
he defired that ſo ſmall an expence might
not obſtruct ſo great an enterpriſe.

The queen being alſo importuned by
Alonſo de Quintanilla, who had much cre-
dit with her, thanked them for their ad-
vice, and ſaid, ſhe would embrace it, pro-

vided they would ſtay till ſhe had a little
recovered the great expence of the war;

but in caſe they thought fit, the buſineſs
ſhou}d be proſecuted out of hand, ſhe

would conſent to have the money raiſed

upon ſome of her jewels. Quintanilla and
Santangel kiſſed her hand, becauſe ſhe was
pleaſed at their requeſt to undertake that
which ſhe had belbre refuſed, upon the
advice of many others; and Lewis de Sani-
angel offered to lend the ſum required of
his own money. This being reſolved, the
queen ordered an alguazil, or meſſenger to
go poſt after Columbus, and bring him Bel ;
who overtook him two leagues from Gra-

nada, at the bridge of Pinos, and though

much concerned to have been fo much

| Nlighted, he returned to the city of Santa

Fe, where he was well received, and the
ſecretary John Coloma was ordered to pre-
pare the contract and inſtructions; after
he had ſpent eight years in. folliciting to
have his project undertaken, with much
vexation and uneaſineſs.

CHAP. VI.

The Cintract between the Queen and Columbus, he fits out three Veſſels, ſails to

the Canaries, and thence on his Diſcovery.

6 and the ſecretary Coloma hav-
ing conferred together about the con-
ditions he had demanded from the begin-

ens grant- ning, they at length agreed on the follow-

ed to Co-
lumbas.

1. Admi-
ral of the
fa

ing articles, which were ſigned the 17th of
April 1492. 3535
Imprimis, their highneſſes, as ſovereigns
of the ocean, do from this time conſtitute
Don Chriſtopher Columbus their admiral
throughout all thoſe iſlands, or continents,
that, by his means ſhall be diſcovered and
conquered in the ſaid ocean, for the term of
his life, and after his death to his heirs and
ſucceſſors for ever, with all the immunities
and prerogatives belonging to the ſaid office,
in the ſame manner as they have been en-
Joyed by their admiral Don Alonſo Enriquez,
and his predeceſlors, within their liberties.

45 Their highneſſes do conſtitute, and 2. Viceroy
appoint the ſaid Columbus their vice-roy, and go-
and governor- general of all the iſlands, or or ge-

continents, which, as has been ſaid, he

ſhall diſcover, or conquer, in the ſaid ſeas;
and that he ſhall nominate three perſons for

the government of each of them, whereof
their highneſſes ſhall chuſe one.

3. That their highneſſes grant to the ſaid z. To have
Columbus the tithe of all commodities what- the tithe
ſoever, whether pearls, precious ſtones, of 2

gold, filver, ſpice, or any other, bought,
bartered, found, taken, or otherwiſe had

within the limits of the ſaid admiralty,

the charges being firſt deducted; ſo that
he take to himſelf the faid tithe of the nec
product, to enjoy, and diſpoſe of at his

Pleaſure.

4. That

America by the Europeans: 399

600

Herrera

4. To try
cauſes.

5. To be

an eighth

in all ſhips.

Columbus
goes to
Palos to
fit.

4. That.in caſe any controverſies ſhall
ariſe on account of the commodities he ſhall
bring from the ſaid iſlands, or countries,
ſo conquered, or diſcovered as aforeſaid, or
on account of thoſe here taken of other
merchants in exchange for thoſe, in the
place where the ſaid trade ſhall be ſettled ;
if it ſhall of right belong to the admiral to
try ſuch cauſes, he ſhall be allowed to do
it himſelf, or by his deputy, as was allowed
to the admiral Don Alonſo Enriquez, and
his predeceſſors, within their diſtricts.

5. That it ſhall be lawful for the ſaid

Columbus, whenſoever any ſhips are fitted

out for that trade, to contribute the eighth
part of the charge, and accordingly to re-
ceive the eighth part of all the produce.
Theſe articles were ſigned 1n the city of
Santa Fe, in the plain of Granada, with
which, and the aforeſaid ſum of money he
departed that place on the 12h of May;
and leaving his ſons at ſchool in Cordova,
went away himſelf to the port of Palos, in
order to expedite his voyage; very few at
court believing he would perform what he
had promiſed. Their catholick majeſties
ſtrictly enjoined him, not to touch at Gui-

nta, nor to come within an hundred leagues

of the Portugueſe conqueſts. They gave him
letters patents to all kings and princes in
the world, that they might honour and en-

tertain him as their commander. He went

to Palos, becauſe there were very able ſea-
men, and he had many friends among them,
as alſo for the ſake of F. Fobn Perez de
Marchena, who aſſiſted him very much in
this affair, diſpoſing the minds of the ſea-

men, who were unwilling to venture upon

an unknown voyage. He had alſo orders
to that town, to furniſh him with two ca-

ravels, which it was obliged to ſerve the

crown with three months every year. He

fitted out another ſhip to be admiral, and

Columbus
ſails on his
diſcovery

An. 1492.

called her St. Mary; the ſecond was named

Pinta, commanded by captain Martin A-

lonſo Pinzon, and his brother Francis Mar-
tinez Pinzon maſter ; and the third Ia Pin-
na, which had latin, or triangular fails,
of which Vincent Yanez Pinzon was captain,
and maſter, who much forwarded the e-

quipment, and laid down half a million of

maravedies (about two hundred ſixty pounds)
for the eighth part of the charge, making
uſe of the family of the Pinzones, who were
men of the firſt rank in that town, wealthy,
and able ſailors, and all the common ſea-
men ſeeing them inclinable to the voyage
were willing to undertake it.

A year's proviſion being put into the
ſnips, with ninety men, moſt of them in-

habitants of Palos, for there were ſome

friends of Columbus, and of the king's ſer-

vants, they ſet ſail on the 3d of Auguſt, this

ſame year 1492, half an hour before ſun
4

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

riſing, and got over the bar of Saltes, fo
the river of Palos is called, directing their
courſe for the Canary iſlands, all the men
having after the example of Columbus con-
feſſed their ſins, and received the bleſſed
ſacrament. On the 47h of Auguſt the rud-
der of the caravel Pinta, where Martin A-
lonſo Pinzon commanded, btoke looſe, and
it was ſuſpected to have happened by the
contrivance of Gomez Raſcon, and Chriſto-
pber Quintero the owners of her, and ſea-
men , becauſe they went that voyage with
an ill will, age had endeavoured to diſap-
point it before they ſet out. This obliged
them to lie by, and the admiral made up
to the caravel, tho? he could. not aſſiſt her,
it being uſual ſo to do, to encourage the
men. However Martin Alonſo Pinzon be-
ing an able ſailor, the rudder was ſo faſten-
ed with ropes, that they held on their
courſe till the tueſday following, when it
got looſe again, thro' the violence of the

wind, and they were all obliged to lie by.

This misfortune happening to the caravel

Pinta, at firſt ſetting out, might have ſtart-

led a ſuperſtitious perſon, eſpecially con-
ſidering how refractory Martin Alonſo Pin- Is at the
zon afterwards proved towards the admiral ; Canary
but having again made faſt the rudder, the land.
beſt they could, they diſcovered the Cana-

ry iſlands on the 1 1ch of Auguſt, about
break of day, and not being able, by rea-

ſon of the contrary winds, to reach Grand

Canaria in two days, Martin Alonſo was or-

dered, as ſoon as he could get to land, to
provide another ſhip, the admiral going
himſelf with the other two to Gomera, with
the ſame intent; but finding none returned
to Canaria, reſolving to make a new rud-
der to the caravel Pinta, and to change the
ſails of the caravel Pinna which were latin,

or triangular into ſquare, that ſhe might

labour the leſs, and keep company with
more ſafety. He failed again on the 1ſt of
September, after noon, and returning to Go-
mera, took in fleſh, wood, and water very
haſtily, in four days; for being informed
that ſome Portugueſe caravels ply'd there-
abouts to take him, he apprehended ſome
misfortune, becauſe the king of Portugal
was much concerned when he heard that
Columbus had agreed with their catholick
majeſties, ſuſpecting he had miſſed his for-
tune. On thurſday the 6th, he failed to the
weſtward, and made little way by reaſon of Sails weft
the calms; yet the next day they loſt ſight Ware
of land, and many ſighed, and wept, be-
lieving they ſhould never ſee it again, Co.
lumbus comforting them with the hopes of

wealth, and ſucceſs. That day they ran

eighteen leagues, the admiral deſignedly
reckoning but fifteen, thinking it convent-
ent to ſhorten the voyage, to leſſen the ap-

prehenſion of the ſeamen. On the 11 of

September

An e
ation.

A birc
three |
dred

league
out at

Weec

Mc
ker
ſer)

CHAP. 7.

e I p
nnn er Ee CE EI
3 IO SD. 5 TE GIRL nu 8 2 LOS ar © ob AN LES cos pg err e 1 — _
ds IS Le 9b Eg tr neo ens ES iT Lon 0 1 FS W ein 108-3 n 0
8 . 2 CC ² -ö7⅛ En ed OE at ee TE ann | 3 25 1 . n 1
L a 2 . 5 8 . 7 8 : ;

9
RENE EIS

September, being a hundred fifty leagues
from the iſland of Ferro, they ſaw a piece of
a maſt, that ſeemed to have been carried
by the current, which a little farther they
found ſet very ſtrong to the northward. On
the 14h of September, being fifty leagues
more to the weſtward, about night fall the
admiral perceived the needle varied a point
weſtward, and ſomewhat more about break
of day. 8
The ſaid variation had never before been
obſerved by any man, which made him much
admire it, and more three days after, when
having run an hundred leagues farther upon
the ſame courſe he found the needles varied
at evening two points, and in the morning
exactly pointed upon the north ſtar. On
ſaturday the 15th, being near three hundred
leagues to the weſtward of the iſland of
Ferro, in the night they ſaw a flame of fire
fall into the ſea, four, or five leagues
ſouth-weſt from the ſhips, the weather
being calm, and the ſea ſmooth, and
the currents full ſetting north-eaſt. The
men in the caravel Ninna ſaid, they had
the day before ſeen one of thoſe birds we
call water-wagtails, which they admired,
as being the firſt they had ſeen, and a bird

out at fea. they ſay does not fly above fifteen, or twen-

ty leagues from land. The next day they
were more ſurprized to obſerve ſome

Weeds, ſpots of green, and yellow weeds, on the

ſurface of the water, and the more for that
it ſeemed to be newly broke looſe. from
ſome iſland, or rock ; and on monday they
ſaw much more, which made many con-
clude 'they were near land, and the rather

Fr i ß TO DW 5
The Voyage continued ; the Signs they obſerved ; ſhewing hob ere muſe be Land ;
the Men grow mutinous, the Admiral endeavours to appeaſe them.

2A LL the men being unacquainted with

ſuch a voyage, and having ſeen no-
thing but the ſky and water in ſo many
days, began to mutter, as thinking their
condition deſperate, and therefore diligent-
ly obſerved all tokens they ſaw, none hav-
ing ever been ſo far out at ſea as they then
were. On the 19th of September a ſea-gull
came aboard the admiral, and others ap-
peared in the evening, which put them in

More to- hopes of land, believing thoſe birds were
lens ob- not gone far from it; and hereupon they

threw out the lead with two hundred fathom
of line, and tho? they found no bottom, it
appeared that the current did ſet ſouth welt.
Thurſday the 20th, about ten in the morn-

ing they ſaw two guls more, near the admi-

ral, and ſome time after took a black bird,
with a white ſpot on his head, and the feet
like. a duck; and they killed a ſmall fiſh,
and ſaw abundance of weeds, which the ſhips
Vol. V.

America by the Europeans.

*

the weeds. Yet others thought they might
come from lands, or rocks lying under water,
which made them fear and mutter againſt

the voyage. They alſo took notice, that the

ſea water, was but half ſo ſalt as it had been
before, and that night they ſaw abundance
of tunny fiſhes, following ſo cloſe after the
ſhips, that the men in the caravel Mina
killed one with an harping iron; and in
the morning the air was temperate, that
it much delighted and pleaſed them, the
weather being much the ſame as it is in

Andaluzia about April. About three hun-

ared ſixty leagues weſt from the iſland
Ferro, they ſaw another water-wagtail, and

Alonſo Pinzon, who was before, in the ca-
ravel Pinta, which was an excellent ſailor,
lay by for the admiral, and faid he had

ſeen a multitude of fowl, flying weſtward,

which made him hope to diſcover land that
night, at about fifteen leagues diſtance to
the northward ; nay he fancy'd he had ſeen

it; but the admiral not belicving it, would

not loſe time, in going out of the way to
ſeek it, tho” all the men were that way in-
clined, as not thinking that was the place,
where according to his notion it was to be
found. That night the wind freſhened,
when they had failed eleven days without

handing their ſails, running always to the |

weſtward before the wind. The admiral
conſtantly noted down all particulars, , as
the winds that blew, the fiſhes, and birds
he ſaw, and all other tokens, continually

making obſervations, and ſounding;

—

ſailing over, they began to be leſs afraid.
The next morning at break of day three
little land birds came aboard the admiral
ſinging, and when the ſun was up, flew
away, which was ſome comfort to the men,
as believing, that the other ſorts of ſea
fowl might venture out farther, but thoſe
little birds could not come from ſo great a
diſtance. Some time after they ſaw another
gull, coming from the weſt north weſt, and
the next day after noon another water-wag-
tail, and a gull, and more weeds to the
northward, which was ſome encourage-

ment, ſuppoſing they muſt come from ſome

land not remote. Yet theſe very weeds trou-
bled them, becauſe ſometimes there were
ſuch thick ſpots of them, that they hinder'd

the way of the ſhips, and therefore they

kept from them, as much as they could.

The next day they ſaw a whale, and on

the 224 of September ſome birds; and dur-

1 ing

601

becauſe they ſaw a live ſmall graſhopper on Heart, |

Other to-
= kens ob-
on tueſday the 18th of September, Martin ſerved.

* e - 2 —
ID 5 "== * 3 _
* 4 - z--6 -
- — 2 — - 5 —
— — —— _ — 1 — wy << RS =
7 3 * p : }
7” - — = 1 3 81 :
— 2 — _ _ 2 — — — —
4 ——— SS + — — .- — —
—— — — y
— -
3 8
— * 0
= — — = 2 = 7 N
2 — 3 © — «= —
— > 4 . — -
- N — —
— — 2 - — K — —.
p _ =
- -— 2 -, =
CY — *
9

"a FR :
= =— = - I =
N = ny ——— _
FE = * 4 5 4 5 : 2 — 2 *
= — — IM -

=
— —

> of
—

—

602

Henzzna ing thoſe three days they met with ſouth

Murmur-
ings,

weſt winds, which tho* contrary, the ad-
miral faid were good, becauſe the ſhips
having failed all that while before the wind,
the men believed it would be impoſſible to
return home. Yet for all he could alledge
the men grew mutinous, and 1 to
flight him, and rail at the king for ſendin

them upon ſuch a voyage; whult Columbus
ſometimes fed them with hopes, and other
whiles threatned them with the puniſhment

they muſt expect from his majeſty. But

on the 23d, the wind came up at weſt
north weſt, with a rough ſea, as they all
wiſhed, and at nine in the morning a turtle
dove flew over the admiral, and in the after-
noon a gull, and other white birds, and

they found graſhoppers among the weeds.

The next day came another gull, and tur-
tle doves from the weſtward, as alſo ſome
ſmall fiſhes, which they killed with harp-

ing irons, becauſe they would not bite at

the bait. ä

All theſe tokens proving vain, the men's
fear increaſed, who began openly to mutter,
that the admiral had projected to make
himſelf great, at the expence of their lives;
and ſince they had done their duty, ventu-
ring out farther than any men had ever

done before them, they ought not to ſeek

their own deſtruction, by ſailing on to no
purpoſe, till their proviſions were ſpent;
which though never ſo ſparingly managed,
would not ſerve them back again; nor
would the ſhips hold out, being already
crazy; ſo that no man could blame them,
and the admiral having met with ſo much
oppoſition, they would be the ſooner be-
lieved. There wanted not ſome, who ſaid,

That to avoid all controverſy, it were the
beſt way privately to throw him overboard,

and give out he had dropt accidentally, as he

was gazing on the ſtars, and this would be

the ſureſt method to ſave themſelves, ſince
no examination would be made. Thus the
men daily inclined more and more to mu-

tiny, which much perplexed Columbus, who

ſometimes with good words, and then again
with menaces curbed their inſolency; often
inculcating the tokens they met with, to
aſſure them they ſhould ſoon find a won-
derful rich country, where all their toils
would be overpaid. Thus they continued
ſo full of care and trouble, that every

hour looked to them like a year, till on

tueſday the 2 ;th of September, Vincent Tan-
nez Pinzon talking to Columbus, cried out,
land, land. Sir I demand my reward for

this news, and then pointing to the ſouth

weſt, ſhewed a bulk that looked like an

iſland, about twenty five leagues from the

ſhips, which tho? afterwards believed to be

a contrivance concerted between them two,

yet at that time was ſo pleaſing to the men,

4 ;

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

that they returned thanks to Gop ; and the
admiral pretended to believe it, till night,

directing his courſe that way a great part

of it, to pleaſe his crew.

The next morning they all perceived
thoſe were clouds, which often look like
land, and then with general diſſatisfaction
ſtood weſtward again, continuing ſo to do
as long as the wind favoured, and obſerv-
ing the ſigns, ſaw a gull, a water-wagtail,
and other birds; and on thurſday morning,
another gull flying from the weſt to the
eaſtward, they alſo ſaw many of the fiſhes
called gilt-heads, ſome of which they
ſtruck with harping irons; another water-
wagtail paſſed by very near the ſhips, and
they obſerved, that the currents did not
run fo ſtrong in a body as before, but
turned back with the tides, and there were
tewer weeds. Friday following they ſaw
many derados, or gilt-heads, and on fa-

turday a water-wagtail, being a ſea fow]
that never reſts, but purſues the gulls,

till for fear they mute, which the other
catches in the air, and lives on; and of
theſe there are great numbers about the
iſlands of Cabo Verde. Soon after abun-
dance of gulls appeared, as alſo numbers of

flying fiſhes. In the afternoon they found

many weeds ſtretching out in length from

north to ſouth, as alſo three gulls, and a
water-wagtail purſuing them; the men

conſtantly believing the weeds were a ſign
that there was land near, but under water,
and that they ſhould periſh. On ſunday four

water-wagtails came near the admiral, and
they coming together, it was believed that

the land was not far off; and many weeds
appeared lying in length from weſt north
welt to eaſt ſouth eaſt; beſides many of
thoſe fiſhes they call emperors, which have

a hard ſkin, and are not good to eat. Tho?

the admira] took notice of all theſe ſigns
below, yet he omitted not to obſerve thoſe
in the heavens. He perceived, that at

night-fall the needles varied two full points,

and in the morning they were exact with

the north ſtar, which much perplexed the

Pllots, till he told them, that was occa-
ſioned by the north-ſtar's rounding the
pole, which ſomewhat ſatisfied him; for
this variation made them apprehend ſome
danger, being ſo far from land. _
Monday the firſt of O#ober, at break of
day a gull, and thoſe there they ſay are
like bitterns, came aboard the admiral 3
and others before noon, and the weeds then
ſet from eaſt to weſt, many fearing that

they ſhould come to ſome place, where

the land was ſo cloſe to the ſaid weeds, that
they muſt ſtick aground, and be loft. That
ſame morning the pilot told Columbus, that
they were five hundred eighty eight leagues
welt from the iſland of Ferro; the admi-

ral

Thisſ
to be
miſta!
the n
ber 0
leagnt
being
much

- more

Colun
had 1:

on
$523

CHAP. 7.

ral anſwered, he reckoned but five hundred
eighty four; but in reality his reckoning
was ſeven hundred and ſeven. The pilot
of the caravel Minna, on wedneſday fol-
lowing in the afternoon ſaid, by his com-
tation they had run ſix hundred and
ty leagues, and he of the Pina ſix hun-
dred and thirty, which was a miſtake, for

Thisfeems they always failed right before the wind.

to be a

However, Columbus ſaid nothing, leſt the

miſtake in men being ſo far from land ſhould diſmay.

the num-
ber of
leagnes,
being ſo
much

more than

Columbus

On the ſecond of October they killed a tun-
ny fiſn, and ſaw many other ſorts, as alſo
a white bird and many grey ones, and the
weeds looked withered, and almoſt reduced
to powder. No birds appearing on the

had failed. third, they feared they had left ſome

iſland on either fide, ſuppoſing all the
birds they had ſeen paſſed over from one

iſland to another, and the men being of

opinion to turn off to either hand, Colum-
bus did not think fit to loſe the oppor-
tunity of the wind, which carried him due
weſt, that being what he deſired, and be-
cauſe it would leſſen his reputation, ſhould
he fail up and down to ſeek for that he

always ſaid he was aſſured of. This made

the men mutiny again, and no wonder,

conſidering ſo many were led by one, of
whom they had but little knowledge, and

run into ſuch a vaſt ocean, where for ſo
many days. they had ſeen nothing but the
iky and water, without knowing what
would be the end of it.

fourth of OZober, after noon, they ſaw

above forty fparrows and two gulls, which

came ſo cloſe to the ſhips, that a ſailor
killed one of them with a ſtone, and ma-

ny flying fiſhes fell into the ſhips, with

which, and the admirals fair words, they

were appealed.
The next day a gull, a water-wagtail,
and many ſparrows appeared near the ſhip

to the weſtward. On ſunday the ſeventh,
there was ſome ſign of land to the weſtward,
and none durſt fay ſo, tho? they all wiſh'd
for it, in hopes of gaining an annuity of
10000 maravedies, which their catholick
majeſties had promiſed to him that firſt
ſaw land; and leſt they ſhould upon every
fancy cry, land, out of covetuouſneſs of

the reward, it was ordered, that whoſoever

America by the Europeans.

But it pleaſed
Gop to provide freſh ſigns, wherewith
they were ſomewhat pacified; for on the

603

ſhould pretend to ſee land, if it were not Han

verified in three days, ſhould be for ever
excluded from that benefit, tho' he after-
wards really diſcovered it. However, they
in the caravel Ninna, which was foremoſt,
being the beſt ſailor, concluding for cer-
tain that they had ſeen land, fired their
guns, and. hoiſted out their colours, but
the farther they advanced, the more their
Joy declined, till it quite vaniſhed. In this.
diſconſolate condition it pleaſed Gop again
to comfort them with the ſight of great
flights of birds, and amongſt them tome
belonging to the land, which made to the
ſouth-weſt ; whereupon Columbus concluded
he could not be far from land, and there-
fore altered his courſe from weſt to ſouth-
weſt, alledging, that the difference was
not great, and that the Portugueſes had
diſcovered moſt of their iſlands by ſuch
flights of birds, and that thoſe he ſaw
took the ſame way he had always deſigned
for diſcovering of the land, for they well
knew he always told them he did not ex-
pect to meet with it, till he had ſailed
ſeven hundred and fifty leagues to the weſt-
ward of the Canaries, where he had ſaid,
he ſhould find the iſland Hiſpaniola, which

he then called Cipongo, and muſt certainly

have been upon it, but that knowing it
lay north and ſouth in length, he had not
before turned to che ſouthward, for fear
of being foul of it, yet he believed it lay

among other iſlands to the left, the way
thoſe birds flew, they being ſo numerous

becauſe the land was ſo near; for on mon-

day the eighth about a dozen of ſmall
birds of ſeveral colours came to the ſhip, .
and after hovering a while about it, flew
away, many others making to the ſourh-
weſt. That ſame evening many large birds

appeared, and flocks of ſmall ones, com-

ing from the northward, and they ſaw ma-
ny tunny fiſhes; and the next morning a
gull, ducks, and ſmall birds flying the ſame
way the others had gone; beſides the air
was more freſh and fragrant, as it is at Se-
vil about April. But now the men were
ſo eager to ſee land, that they regarded
no ſigns, tho? on wedneſday the tenth ma-
ny birds were ſeen both by day and night;
yet neither the admira]'s encouragement,
nor upbraiding them with puſillanimity
could quell thoſe people.

CHAP.

600

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

CHAP. VIII.

Admiral Columbus diſcovers the Iſlands of San Salvador, The Conception, Fer-

nandina, Iſabella, and others; the Deſcription of them, and of the Natives.

Herrera TT pleaſed Gop that when Colambus was
81

no longer able to withſtand the muti-
nous temper, and diſcontents of his men,
on thurſday the 11* of Ofober 1492, in
the afternoon, he received ſome comfort,

from the manifeſt tokens there appeared of

rhe nearneſs of the land; for thoſe aboard
his own ſhips ſaw by her ſide a green ruſh,
and then a large green fiſh of that fort
which is uſually near rocks. They in the
caravel Pinta ſaw a cane and a ſtaff, and

took up another artificially carved, and a
bit of board, and many weeds freſh torn

off from the ſhore. Thoſe of the caravel
Ninna ſaw other ſuch like tokens, and a
thorn tree branch with the berries on it;
which ſeem'd to be freſh broke off, all de-

monſtrations of their being near land, as

was the ſand they brought up with the
lead in founding ; beſides the unſtead ineſs
of the wind then blowing was thought to

be occaſioned by the land. Columbus con-

cluding that he was certainly near it, as
ſoon as it was night, after evening prayer,
he made a ſpeech to his men, ſignify ing

the infinite goodneſs of Gop to them, in

conducting them ſafe through ſo long a
voyage, and ſince the tokens hourly ap-
peared more certain, he deſired they would

watch all the night, ſince they knew, that
the firſt article of the inſtructions he gave
. them, when they left Spain, directed that

after ſailing ſeven hundred leagues, with-
out finding land, they ſhould make no way

from midnight till day, but ſtand upon

their guard, for he was moſt confident they
ſhould make the land that night, and that
beſides the ten thouſand maravedies annui-
ty their majeſties had promiſed to the firſt
that ſaw it, he would give him a velvet
doublet. About ten at night, Columbus
fitting on the poop ſaw a light, and pri-
vately called Peter Gutierrez, one of the
King's grooms of the privy chamber, and

bid him look at it, and he ſaid, he ſaw it.

Then they called Roderick Sanchez of Sego-
via, inſpector of the fleet, who could not
diſcern it, but it was afterwards ſeen twice,

and looked like a candle that was lifted up,

and put down, ſo that Columbus made no
doubt of its being a true light, or that he
was near land, as it proved, being people
going from one houſe to another. About
two in the morning, the caravel Pina,
which was always foremoſt, made a ſignal
of land, which was firſt deſcried by Node.
71k de Triann, a ſailor, and but two leagues
diſtant, However the reward of ten thou-
ſand maravedies annuity, was by their ma-

jeſties declared to belong to the admiral,
and was always paid him out of the revenue
of the ſhambles at Sevil; becauſe he ſaw the
light, in the midſt of darkneſs, meaning
the ſpiritual light they were bringing a-
mong thoſe barbarous people; Gop fo
ordering, that as ſoon as the war with the
Moors was ended, after ſeven hundred twen-

ty years ſince their firſt coming into Spain,

this work ſhould be begun, that ſo the kings
of Caſtile, and Leon, might be continually
employed in bringing of infidels to the
knowledge of the catholick faith.

When the day appeared, they perceived
it was an iſland, fifteen leagues in length,
plain, much wooded, with good water, a
freſh lake in the middle, and full of people,
who ſtood full of admiration on the ſhore,
believing the ſhips to be ſome monſtrous

Firſt land

diſcover's

creatures, and impatient to be better inform

ed, as the Spaniards were to go aſhore. The
admiral went off in his boat well mann'd,
and the royal ſtandard hoiſted, as did the
captains Martin Alonſo Pinzon, and Vincent
Yannez Pinzon with the peculiar colours of
the enterprize, being a green croſs with
ſome crowns, and the names of their catho-

lick majeſties. When they had all kiſgd

the ground, and returned thanks to: Al-
mighty Gon, on their knees, for that his
mercy to them, the admiral ſtood up, and
called that iſland San Salvador, that is, St.
Saviour, but by the inhabitants it was
named Guanabani, being one of thoſe af-

terwards in general called Lucayos, nine

hundred fifty leagues from the Canary iſlands,
and diſcovered after thirty three days ſail.
Columbus took poſſeſſion of it, with the
uſual formalities, for the crown of Caſtile

The iſland
called St.
Saviour.

and Leon, in the preſence of the notary

| Roderick de Eſcovedo, vaſt numbers of the

natives looking on. The Spaniards then
owned him as admiral, and viceroy, tak-

the king's perſon in thoſe parts, with all
the pleaſure, and ſatisfaction as may be
imag ined for ſuch ſucceſs, all of them beg-
ging pardon for the trouble they had put
him to through their irreſolution and pu-
ſillanimity. The admiral perceiving thoſe
Indians were a ſimple peaceable people,
who ſtood in admiration gazing on the
Chriſtians, wondring at their beards, com-
plexion, and cloaths, gave them ſome red
caps, glaſs beads, and ſuch baubles, which
they highly valued, the Spaxiards being
no leſs ſurprized to behold thoſe people,
their poſture, and behayiour,

ing an oath to obey. him, as repreſenting |

4 | The

Ct

I"
&
*
1

f | » Wl i
; i d N 4
*
N
8 5
4 " % Fl 2 ;
k

l. © Like ty Rape 053

The admiral returned aboard his ſhips they anſwered, from the ſouthward, where Hzaztra
followed by the Indians, ſome of them there was a king, who had abundance of WY

ſwimming, and others in their boats, call-

ed canoes, made of one entire piece of tim-
ber, like troughs, or trays, they carried
with them bottoms of cotton, parrots, and
javelins, pointed with fiſh bones, and ſome
other things to barter for glaſs toys, hawks
bells, and ſuch trifles, which they were
ſo well pleaſed with, as to put a high value
upon piecesof broken earthen glazed plates
and porringers. Men and women were
all ſtark naked, like people in their primi-
tive innocence ; the greater number being
under thirty years of age, though there
were alſo ſome old. They wore their hair
down to their ears, and ſome few to their
necks, ty'd with a ſtring to the head, in the
nature of treſſes. Their features and coun-
tenances were good, tho? their extraordinary
broad foreheads were ſome deformity.
They were of a middle ſtature, well ſhap-
ed, their ſkins of an olive colour, like the
natives of the Canary iſlands ; ſome were
painted white, others black, and others
red; moſt of them about their bodies,
ſome only their faces, eyes, and noſes.
They were totally unacquainted with our
weapons, for being ſhewed ſome ſwords,
they ignorantly laid hold of the edge; nor
did they know any thing of iron ; but made
uſe of ſharp ſtones found in the rivers to
work in wood. Being aſked by ſigns, how

they came by ſome ſcars the Spaniards.

ſaw among them ; they anſwered, That
the people of other iſlands came to take
them, and they were wounded ſtanding up-

on their own defence. They ſeem to have

voluble tongues, and ready wits, eafily
repeating the words they heard. No liv-
ing creatures whaſoever were ſeen there,
but only parrots. The next day, being the
13 rh of OFfober, abundance of Indians came
aboard the ſhips in their canoes, moſt of
which carried forty, or fifty men; and

ſome ſo ſmall that they held but one. They

rowed with an oar, like a baker's peel, as if
they had been digging with a ſpade. The
canoes are ſo contrived, that if they overſet,
the Indians ſwimming turn them up again,
and lade out the water with dry'd calabaſhes
they carry for that purpoſe. They had
cotton to barter, and ſome of them gave as
many bottoms of it as weighed a quarter
of an hundred weight, for the Portugueſe
centis, being a ſmall braſs coin, worth leſs
than a farthing. There were no jewels, or
other things of value, except ſome little
gold plates they hung at their noſes. They
were never ſatisfied with gazing at the Spa-
niards, kneePd down, lifted up their hands, as
it were to praiſe Gop,and invited one another
to go ſee the men that came from heaven.

Being aſked, whence they had that gold;
Vor. V. |

it, making ſigns with their hands. The

admiral underſtanding there were other

countries, reſolved to go ſeek them. The
ſhips were never clear of Indians, who as
ſoon as they could lay hold of any thing,
tho? it were but a bit of a broken earthen
diſh, went away well pleaſed, and ſwam
aſhore; offering whatſoever they had for
any trifle they gave them, Thus the day
was ſpent in trading, and they all went
away, their generoſity in giving being oc-
caſioned by the value they had for what was
returned, looking upon the Spaniards as men

come from heaven, and therefore deſiring
ſomething to keep in remembrance of them.

On the 14h of October, in the morning,
the admiral took a view of all the coaſt
towards the north-weſt, in the boats. The

natives followed by land, offering pro-

viſions, and calling others to ſee thoſe hea-
venly men, lifting up their hands in ad-

miration, and others in canoes, and ſome

ſwimming, by ſigns aſked whether they
were not come from heaven, and deſiring
they would go aſhore to reſt. The admiral
gave them all ſtrings of glaſs beads, pins,
and other toys, being well pleaſed to ſee ſo
much ſimplicity, till he came to a ridge of
rocks, where there was a ſpacious ſafe har-
bour, wherea ſtrong fort might have been
built, becauſe it was almoſt encloſed by
the water. In that place there were ſix
houſes, with abundance of trees about them,
which looked like gardens. The men be-
ing weary of rowing, and the land not fit
to make any ſtay there, Columbus took ſe-
ven Indians, that they might learn Spaniſh,
and returning to the caravels, proceeded
to diſcover other iſlands, above an hundred
whereof appeared, all of them plain, green,
and inhabited, the names whereof the In-
dians told, On monday the 15th, he came
to one, ſeven leagues from the firſt, and

called Santa Maria de Ia Conceptione, or St. Conception

Mary of the Conception, the fide whereof iſland.
next to San Salvador ſtretches out fifty

leagues; but the admiral ran along it eaſt
. weſt, where the extent is but ten leagues,
anchored on the weſt ſide, and went aſhore.
Vaſt numbers of the natives came down
immediately full of admiration; and he
finding ſtill the ſame thing thought fit to
proceed farther. A canoe being aboard the
caravel Niuna, one of the ſeven Indians
brought from San Salvador leaped over,
and ſwam away, and though the boat pur-
ſued, it could not overtake him; another
had made his eſcape the night before. An
Indian came in a canoe to barter cotton;
the admiral ordered a red cap to be put
on his head, and hawkſbels about his arms
and legs, and ſo he went away well pleaſed
with his cotton. 75 The

il IH
i;
|| 1
4
17
37
: J
IN
£4001
i;
mh
N
11
|
'
.
I.
”
»7.37
P 1
» 7
( by
8 |
4s:
.
|
' F
＋
*

— — — . .
ORD CER - —— —— — <oec.ogy — 1
— — — - 7 — — y
2 ' ? 2
* 3 Y — * . <2 — -
— — — ay 2 — — — — — * — — — OW — — bony
— — —— — — — — LEG DE rung 4
— —

- — — — — — — —ů —
— = — — — — — — — — l N - = — —

— rages — — — = we ee — — — — & — —
— — > — — —— — * — ——

5 * x - A: Þ IE EET — 8

— - 1 f TT.
ay.
a

ö

\
4
i
j
Ml

i
by!

l
- 19
1 = q
1 .
1 ,
nd
4 1 N
0 E 1
4
:
14 T4

y
: * 1
(

1
. !
N Vt .
Us 4

18 F

4 'n

* } ik *

J

z i
* | 4 n

"4 q

T7
: 7 ie *

o \ b
1 oY T
3 $*f P

1 }

5 {1
' .
1.

11
i

B87 BY

1886.49
b $

l *

i BY
"7 } [>

1 0
r
1 o

U 1.

Ll
[

! :

lil

+4 F 4 12 [
- £ 17
5 ö 1111 f
l N '
f i } [
1 * 1
: * | * p
. Wt > N TY 14
1 * k j 4 4.25
1 wht | Fi
1 N. * { 79 mr.
N . l 19 1
* 8% : \
Yy . w 5 "tr
| J > © -
y | YC | 7
FAM |
U FA 4 l
BILE 0 ia
1 19 Y i, ©Y F
40011! | , '
$459} 0 4
"ep! 4 1
0 1 * nin ;
FF HIT 0
i } 1 M 1
! a 7
0 i
I n
IH 4 1
©.
1 ;
1
2 |
, fa I
j* | .
A TERS... | 4
9 a
ö ; 4
4. all
: Wa | 7
i n N. \
4
1 f 14 | = 4 i
} 4%. 4+ - 4
1 5 t l
4 * 7 |
br ; | 4
vas
SE 1» '
FLY THE
A $4
| 170
1
| *
vid!
. ' .
. i 14 1
n.
4 4
1 » zatif
34+ 1
0 | I 4p
I 7
' 74
147
[ ' l
5 199
Nei
14
. .
Nan
D.
1 mat
Sg 415
i
, 5 »
4 "nl
1 17 ot n
"$0
1 5
+4 4&4
*
3
ile
1
x
: 91
'
2 WW;
1 \|
1115
915
1 |
: t
4 1
p bl, "
:
= N |
0:4 Hh
fb
[ 7 4
Fi
— 114
ee
1440
el 71
11 0 N
111 . is
BF
14 uy
14 k e ö
0 2 16
, I had FN:
17 (TIN
NERF : b 1 f
IN i 4
1141 184
. 1 4 74 " T
en |
: {
1 ” n | '$, !
14 ; .
46 $1;
it I ) 1
1364 4 N
„ ei
een ;
: 1 1 ” 5
44 } 1
1. 1 1
I 07 $ 0
. if \ *.
1 * i t : s
FEM 341i?
"7 ' | ”
een FIEOK
N. i} 1 : *
Ferne
. i N g
Ii} C47
1 TH) 109 \ .
N | | +
' as d [
19 , 4
Menne iy!
# 4 5
: £4] 4
; rn 1
14 } \ » h
4 : -
i i is U |
9g l N 1 * *z
1 . -
WA i
N. b
ae + 0
, 0 d ;
9 ' t « 4 [3
| 15%. **
1 N 71 1 |
4 Ft
174 is
. +17 4 ” 4
a . "7 $668 113
17 v my '1 N N
1 f |
F 1 ö
13 $4 :
U 1 3 }
1917 27 Wy!
| * x 1 7 f
0 4 8 1 n
* „ {
? F TL
1 ] '
64 +
$ 1-7-7
i! 1 Hy 1!
7 CET E
1 *
{4 ö 1
= * 1
115, 17
* 1 i
AY + ant
. i
N e
Sh, Ib ent
+3 h |
Hr y *
g 1 "$4 :
i ; 4
7
44 b 1.
Jy; 464+4;
1
[i TT.”
* :
; : - 9
„ |
. %
& i
4 1
o
: :
'x 4
-
: 'T
i} *
1
* 55 |
L
L
|

— —
2
—
= 2

— 2
SC = 2

—
24 2
—— -

Sim.

— "og

-— apo
—_ —_——
r* Bt OI. gs — — —
_- » — — —

pn AST l EI 9.09
*

S2 * oz”
* *

= — Ss -

On —

223 BURG. ona ĩI—üT———-—
— & — — *
—
S F —
2330 —
— — 4
ny
— —_— N —
— —
—
12 —

— =

— JV.

= 8
r

— —

< r

—
—

-

—
T
ons

”

— r.

—

606

U ceeded weſtward to another iſland, the coaſt

Fernandi-
ud iſland.

7

whereof ran out eighteen leagues north weſt
and ſouth eaſt. He came not to it till
wedneſday the 17th, afternoon; by reaſon
of the calms. By the way they met an In-
dian in a canoe, who had a piece of ſuch
bread as they eat, and ſome water in a ca-
labaſh, or gourd, a little black earth, ſuch
as they uſe to paint themſelves, and dry
leaves of a ſort of herb they highly value, be-
cauſe it is wholeſome, and ſweet ſcented,
and in a little baſket a ftring of glaſs beads,
and two vinteins, which is a ſmall Portugueſe
filver coin, worth under two pence; by
which it appeared he came from the iſland
of San Salvador, had paſſed by the Concep-
tion, and was going to the iſland which the
admiral now called Fernandina, in honour
of the king, and to make the Spaniards
known. The way being long, and the In-
dian tired with rowing, he went aboard
the ſhips, where the admiral ordered he
ſhould have bread, and honey given him
to eat, and wine to drink, and as ſoon as

he came to the iſland, cauſed him to be

ſet aſhore, with ſome toys. The good ac-
count this man gave of his entertainment,

brought the people to barter aboard the

ſhips, as had been done in the other iſlands,
they being all alike. When the boat went

aſhore for water, the Indians readily ſhewed

it them, and helped to fill the pipes; yet
theſe ſeemed to be ſomewhat more under-
ſtanding than the others, for they ſtood
harder in the exchange of their things, had
cotton blankets in their houſes, and the
women covered their privities with little
cotton wrappers, like ſhort coats, reachin
from the navel half way the thighs, and
others with a ſwathe of the ſame ſort ; ſuch
as had no better did it with leaves of trees,
which was not uſed by the maidens,

This iſland ſeemed to have plenty of
water , many meadows, and groves, and

ſome pleaſant little hills, which the others
had not, with an infinite variety of birds

that ſung ſweetly, and flew about in flocks,
moſt of them different from what Spain
affords, and there were many lakes; near

one of theſe they ſaw a creature ſeven foot

long, which they ſuppoſed to be an alligator,
and having thrown ſtones it ran into the
water, where they killed it with their ſpears,
admiring its bigneſs, and ſtrange = 3

et afterwards experience taught them, that
the ſaid animal, being flead and ſcaled is

good meat, for the fleſh of it is white,

and moſt valued by the Indians, and in the
iſland Hiſpaniola they call them Toanes. In
this iſland they ſaw ſome trees, that looked
as if they had been grafted, as bearing four
or five forts of leaves, and yet they were
natural. They allo ſaw fiſhes of fine co-

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Hits The next day, being tueſday, he pro-

lours, but no land animals, except large

tame ſnakes, the aforeſaid alligators, and a

little ſort of rabbets, not unlike mice, which
they call Utias. Proceeding farther to-
wards the north welt; to view the iſland,

they anchored at the mouth of a ſtately

harbour, having a ſmall iſland before it;
but went not in becauſe of the ſhallowneſs,
nor would the admiral remove far from a
town, that ſheltered them, having ſeen
none in any. of the other iſlands of above
ten, or twelve houſes, like tents, ſome of
them round, and others ſloping both ways,
with an open porch before, after the Flan-

ders faſhion, and theſe covered with leaves

of trees, handſomely laid on againſt wind
and rain, with vents for the ſmoak, and
handſome ridges, or ornaments at the top.
Within them there was nothing but what
they carried aboard the ſhips to barter ;

only their beds were of net ty*'d up to two

poſts', which they call hamacks. Here
were alſo ſome little dumb dogs. An Indian
was ſeen, who had a little piece of gold at
his noſe, with ſome marks on it like cha-
racers, which the admiral would fain have
had, ſuppoſing it to be ſome coin; but
it afterwards appeared that there was none
throughout all the Meſt-Indies.

Nothing more being found at Fernandina,
than what had been ſeen at San Salvador,
and the Conception, he proceeded to the next
iſlands. The fourth was called Saomoto,
and he gave it the name of Jabela, in ho- 1/abel;
nour of her catholick majeſty, taking poſ- iſa.

ſeſſion of it before witneſſes, with a notary,
as was done in all the reſt. The land ap-
peared as beautiful as the reſt, looking like

g Spain in April, and the people of the ſame

ſort, There they killed an alligator, and
as they were going towards a town, the in-
habitants fled, carrying away what they

had; but the admiral having ordered that

no harm ſhould be done, they ſoon came
to the ſhips, to barter, as the others had
done, and he gave them toys, aſking them

for water, that they might grow more fa-

miliar, and they brought it in gourds. He

would not loſe time at the /abela, nor any

of the others, which were very numerous,

and all alike, but reſolved to go find out

one they told him was very large, and by
them called Cuba, pointing to the ſouth-

ward; he ſuppoſing it to be Sucipango by

the ſigns they gave, and mighty things
they ſeem'd to ſay of it. He ſteer'd his
courſe weſt ſouth-weſt, made little way

on wedneſday and thurſday, by reaſon of
the rain, and at nine in the morning

changed his courſe to ſouth-eaſt, running
eight leagues, and diſcovering eight iſlands

lying north and ſouth, which he called del
Arena, or of ſand, on account of the

ſhoals about them. He was told it was a
1 3

Ch

.. een
. IN. f i
o |
. |

. wo *
17 * 9 |
* * /
G " q 4 i
0 8 1 } 10
| | | 11
3

＋
-
4
.

H.

CHAP. 9. America by the Europeans. 1

day and a half's ſail from thence to Cuba, Cuba before night, yet becauſe it grew late Haas
left them on ſaturday the 27th of October, and dark, would not draw nearer, but lay WV
and ſtanding ſouth ſouth-weſt, diſcovered by all night. |

CHAP. IX. Tel
The Admiral diſcovers, and takes a view of the Iſlands of Cuba, and Hi, pa-
niola, and is forſaken by Martin Alonſo Pinzon.

O* ſunday the 28tb of October, he out to the weſt north-weſt, and this was af- ef
drew near the coaſt, and called the terwards the port of Barocoa, which the ade-

iſland Juana, or Joanna, which appeared lantado, or lord-lieutenant Velazquez, cal-

to be better than the others, there being led of the Aſſumption. 2

hills, mountains, various ſorts of trees; On the ;th of November, when the ſhips what the

plains, and waters to be ſeen at firſt ſight. were ready to fail, the Spaniards returned, Spaniards

He anchored in a great river he called with three natives of the iſland, ſaying ſam up the

San Salvador, or St. Saviour for a good they had travelled 22 leagues, and found iſland.

Cuba
;ſland-

omen. The wood ſeemed to be very thick,

the trees tall; bearing bloſſoms, and fruit,

different from ours, with abundance of

birds. The admiral wanting ſome infor-
mation, ſent to two houſes there were in
fight, the inhabitants whereof fled; bearing
nets, and other fiſhing tackle, and a dog
that did not bark. He would not ſuffer

any thing to be touched; but went on to
another great river he called de la Luna,

or of the moon; another he named Mares,

or ſeas, the banks whereof were full of

Inhabitants, who fled to the mountains,
which were covered with ſeveral ſorts of

large tall trees. The Indians he brought

with him, ſignified, that there was gold,
and pearls, which he thought was likely,
having ſeen mulcles, and ſaid it was not

ten days ſail from thence to the continent,

only upon a notion he had conceived, up-
on what Paul, a phyſician of Florence had
writ; and though he was in the right, it
was not the land he imagined ; and believing
that if many men went aſhore the Indians
would be the more fearful ; he ſent only
two Spaniards, with one of the Indians of

the iſland of San Salvador, and one of Cu-

ba, who came to the ſhips in a canoe. The
Spaniards were Roderick de Xeres, inhabi-
tant of Ayamonſe, and Lewis de Torres, who
had been a Few, and ſpoke Hebrew, Chal-
dee, and ſome ſay Arabick. He gave them
toys to barter, allotted ſix days for their
ſtay, and order'd what they ſhould fay in
the name of their catholick majeſties; di-
recting they ſhould go up the inland, and
enquire into all particulars, without doing
wrong to any man. In the mean while he
refitted his ſhip, and found all the wood
they burnt had a ſort of gum like maſtick,
the leaf and fruit much reſembling the

lentiſk tree, but was much bigger. In

this river of Mares the ſhip had room to
wind, and it has ſeven or eight fathom
water at the mouth, and five within,
there being two ſmall hills on the ſouth-
welt ſide, and a pleaſant plain cape running

a town of fifty houſes, built like thoſe al-
m_ mentioned, wherein were about 1000
inhabitants, a whole race living in a houſe ;
that the prime men came out to meet,
and led them by the arms to lodge in one
of thoſe houſes, where they were ſeated on
ſtools made of one entire piece of wood,
in the ſhape of a living creature that had

ſhort legs, the tail ſtanding upright, and

the head before, with gold eyes, and ears.

That all the Indians fat about them on
the ground, and came one after another

to kiſs their hands and feet, believing
they came from heaven, and giving them
boiled roots to eat, which taſted like cheſ-
nuts, intreating them to ſtay there, or at

leaſt to reſt themſelves for five, or fix

days, the Indians that went along with them,

having ſaid much in their commendation.

Afterwards abundance of women coming
in to ſee them; the men went away, and

thoſe with the ſame admiration kiſfed their

hands and feet, touching them, as if they
had been ſomething holy, and offering
what they had. That many would have
come away with them, but they gave leave
only to their lord, his ſon, and a ſervant

of his, of whom the admiral made very

much. „
They added, that both going and com-

ing they met with ſeveral towns, where
they were courteouſly entertained, but none

of them had above five or ſix houſes to-
gether; and by the way they met ſeveral
people, every one carrying a lighted fire-
brand in his hand, to make fire, and
ſmoke themſelves with certain herbs they

took with them, as alſo to roaſt roots, that

being their chief food. That the fire was
eaſily lighted, for they had a ſort of wood,
which being rubbed one piece againſt an-

other, as if they were boreing, ſoon took

fire. They ſaw ſeveral ſorts of trees,
which they had not ſeen along the ſea
coaſt, and extraordinary variety of birds
quite different from ours, and among them
partridges and nightingales; but had found

| 1 no

608

and that grain they called Maiz, which
was well taſted, either boiled whole, or
made into flower. They ſaw vaſt quan-
tities of ſpun cotton, in bottoms, and
thought there was above 12000 weight of
it in one houſe, for it grows wild in the
fields; and opens itſelf, when ripe, as the
roſes do: but not all at once, for there
were ſome heads open, and others ſtill
cloſed, upon the fame plant; and they
would give a ſmall baſket full of cotton
for a leather thong, or a piece of glaz'd
earthen ware, or looking glaſs. They did
not uſe that cotton for cloathing, being all
naked, but to make nets to lie in, and
to weave ſmall clouts, to cover their pri-
vities. Being aſked for gold and pearls,
they ſaid there was plenty of them at Bo-
hio, pointing to the eaſt. gr
The Spaniards made much enquiry a-
mong the Indians they had aboard for
gold, they anſwered, Cubanacan, and the
others thought they meant, the great Cham,
and that the country of Cathay was near,
for they alſo made ſigns to denote four
days journey. Martin Alonzo Pinzon was
of opinion, it muſt be ſome great city
that was four days journey off; but it was
not long before they underſtood, that Ca-
banacan was a province in the midſt of
Cuba, for Nocan ſignifies in the middle, and
that there were gold mines. The admiral
having received this information, would
not loſe time; but ordered ſome Indians
of ſeveral parts to be taken, to carry them
into Spain, that every one might give an
account of his own country, as witneſſes
of the diſcovery. Twelve men, women,
and children were ſecured without giving
offence, and when they were ready to fail,

an Indian, huſband to one of the women,

and father to two of the children that

Were aboard, came and deſired to be car-

ried along with them. The admiral or-
dered he ſhould be received, and all of
them well uſed; but the wind proving
northerly was obliged to put into a port
he called del Principe, or the princes, in
the ſame iſland, which he only viewed from
without, near a great number of iſlands,
about a muſket ſhot diſtant from one an-
other; and this place he called Mar de
Nueſtra Sennora, our ladies ſea, the chan-
nels between the iſlands being ſo deep,
and well adorned with trees and greens, that
it was very delightful failing through them.
The trees were different from ours, ſome
of them looking like maſtick, others like
lignum aloes, others like palm, with the
ſtems green, and ſmooth, and others of
teveral ſorts, And tho* theſe iſlands,
2 -

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

| Hennnna no four-footed.creature, except thoſe little
WYV curdogs, that could not bark. That there
was much land ſowed with thoſe roots,

among which they went in their boats,

were not inhabited, there were many fires

in them made by fiſhermen, the people of
Cuba uſing to go thither to fiſh, and fowl,
their numbers being infinite; and there
they looked for other proviſions, for they

eat ſeveral filthy things, as great ſpiders,
worms breeding in rotten wood, and other

corruption; and fiſh half raw, whoſe eyes
they put out as ſoon as taken, and devour
them; and ſo many other things which

would turn a Spaniard's ſtomach. In theſe

employments they ſpent ſeveral ſeaſons of
the year, ſometimes in one iſland, and
ſometimes in another, like people that
weary of one ſort of diet, change for an-
other. In one of theſe iſlands with their
ſwords they killed a creature that looked
Hike a wild boar; in the ſea they found

ſome mother of pearl, and among many

other ſorts of fiſn they drew up in the
net, one was like a ſwine, with a very

hard ſkin, and no part of it ſoft but the

tail. They obſerved the ſea ebb'd, and
flowed much more than in any of the other
parts they had ſeen thereabouts, which the
admiral attributed to the many iſlands,
and the tide was contrary to what it is in
Spain, which he concluded ſo to be, be-
cauſe there it was low water when the moon
was ſouth ſouth-weſt. „„
On ſunday the 18th of November, he

returned to Puerto del Principe, or the

prince's port, and at the mouth of it erect-

ed a croſs made of two large pieces of

wood: Monday the 19th, he made towards
Hiſpaniola, which ſome called Bohio, and
others Babeque, yet as it afterwards ap-
peared Babeque was not Hiſpaniola, but the
continent, for they called it by another
name Caribana. By reaſon of the contrary

winds he ſpent three or four days cruiling

about the iſland /abela, but did not go

up to it, for fear the Indians he had taken

ſhould flip away, and here they found

ſome of the weeds they had met with in

the ocean, and perceived it was carried

away by the currents. Martin Alonzo Pin-

⁊zon underſtanding the Indians ſaid there
was much gold at Bohio, and coveting to
enrich himſelf, left the admiral on Weneſda
the 21ſt of November, without any ſtreſs

of weather, or other lawful cauſe, and his

ſhip being a good ſailor got foremoſt, till
at night he quite diſappeared. The name
of Bobio the Indians gave to Hiſpaniola
ſeemed to denote it was full of many Bo-
hios, which are their houſes or huts. The
admiral perceived that notwithſtanding he
had made ſo many ſignals, Martin Alon/o
did not appear, returned to Cuba, with
the other two ſhips, the wind being con-
trary, to a large and fafe harbour, which
he called Santa Catalina, or St. Catherines,

that

CHAP. IO.

that day being the ſaid ſaint's eve. Here
he took in wood and water; ſaw ſome
ſtones that had veins like gold; on the
ſhore there were tall pines, fit for maſts
of ſhips; and ſeeing all the Indians di-
rected him to Hiſpaniola, he failed along
the coaſt 12 leagues farther, where he
found good ſpacious harbours, and among
them a river, up whoſe mouth a galley
might conveniently paſs, and yet the en-
trance was not diſcernible till near at hand,
the conveniency whereof invited him to
go up the boat's length, and found 8 fa-
thom water, and running up farther drawn
along by the clearneſs of the water, the
beauty. of the trees, the pleaſantneſs of
the banks, and the variety of birds, he
ſaw a boat with twelve ſeats for men to
row, under an arbour, and in ſome houſes
cloſe by they found a maſs of wax, and
a man's head hanging in a baſket at a poſt,
which wax they carried to their catholick
majeſties, but never any more was found
in Cuba, ſo that it was ſuppoſed to have
been brought from Jucatan by ſtreſs of
weather, in a canoe, or otherwiſe, They
found no people to enquire of, for they all
fled, but ſaw another canoe 95 ſpans long,
which could contain fifty perſons, made of
one tree, like the others, and tho' they had
no iron tools to work them with, thoſe
they made of flint ſerved, the trees bein
very large, and the heart of them ſoft
and ſpungy, ſo that the flints eaſily made
impreſſion on them. N
The admiral having failed 107 leagues
to the eaſtward, along the coaſt of Cuba,
came to the eaſtermoſt point of it, and
departed thence on the 5th of December,
for Hiſpaniola, being a paſſage of 18 leagues

eaſtward, yet could not reach it till the

next day by reaſon of the currents, when
he came to the port he called St. Nicholas,
becauſe it was that Saint's day, and found
it good, ſpacious, deep, ſurrounded with
thick groves, tho? the land is mountainous,
the trees not very large, and like thoſe in
Spain; there being pine, and myrtle, and
a pleaſant river fell into the port, and

along the banks of it were many Canoes,

as big as brigaatines of twenty five benches.

3 CHALK:
The farther Diſcovery of the Iſland Hiſpaniola, Simplicity

America by the Europeans.

However finding no people, he went on, Heanera

to the northward, as far as the port he
called of the Conception, ſouth of a ſmall
iſland he named Tortuga, 10 leagues from
Hiſpaniola. Perceiving that this iſland of
Bohio was very large, and the land and
trees like thoſe of Spain, and that in one
draught of a net, among other fiſh, his
men had taken ſkates, ſoles, and other
fiſhes known to the Spaniards, which they
had not ſeen before, and had heard night-

ingales, and other Zuropean birds ſing,

which they admired, in December, he called
it Ila Eſpannola, that is, the Spaniſb iſland,
which we corruptly write and pronounce
Hiſpaniola; becauſe the firſt was called
San Salvador, or St. Saviour, in honour of
Gop 3 the 2d the Conception, in honour of
our lady; the 3d Fernandina, the 4th Va-
bella; and the 5th Joanna from the king,

queen, and prince, and therefore the name

of Spain was thought fit to be given to
the 6th, tho” ſome ſaid, it might be more
properly called Caſtellana, that is the Caſ-
tilian land, becauſe only the crown of
Caſtile was concerned in that diſcovery.
The Indians he had with him giving a
good account of that place, which he was
deſirous to be certified of, and to know
whether it was ſo wealthy as they repre-
ſented, and the natives flying, and giving
one another notice with fires; he reſolved
to ſend out ſix armed Spaniards, who
having gone far, without meeting any

people, returned, telling wonders of the de-

liciouſneſs of the country. He ordered
a croſs to be erected at the mouth of the
harbour, on the weſt-ſide, and three ſea-
men being in a wood viewing the trees,
to make it, they ſaw abundance of naked
people, who fled, as ſoon as they diſco-
vered them, into the thickeſt parts. The
ſailors purſued, and took a woman, who
had a little plate of gold hanging at her
noſe. The admiral gave her hawkſbels,
and glaſs beads, ordered a ſhirt to be put
upon her, and fent her away with three
of the Indians he brought with him, who

underſtood her, and three Spaniards to bear

her company to her habitation,

of the Natives, kind

Reception of the Cacique Guacanagari, the Admiral loſts his Ship, and re-
ſolves to ſettle a Colony m this Country. 0

HE next day he ſent nine Spaniards
well armed, with an Indian of the
iſland of San Salvador, to the woman's

habitation, which was 4 leagues to the

fouth eaſt. They found a town of 1000

ſcattered houſes, and deſert, the inhabitants

being fled. The Indian was ſent after them
SOLE | 3

who called, and ſaid ſo much in praiſe of

the Spaniards, that they returned, and
quaking with wonder laid their hands on
their heads, by way of honour and re-
ſpect, giving them to eat, and deſiring
they would ſtay with them that night.
Abundance of people now flocked toge-

N a2 ther,

1

$f? 75 8 TV
"NG
" {1 W wy Abit
3-00 * ; | 1 l,
1 +58 Fly 111
p 10 * ( ge q
| 32x p | f
. * Fi
1 Ss 1
* + l * q

609

610

HzxxRNA ther, carrying the woman the admiral
WY WV had given the ſhirt to on their ſhoulders,

and her huſband, who was going to give
him thanks. The Spaniards returned with

an account, that the country abounded
in proviſions, that the natives were whiter,
more tractable, and better countenanced
than thoſe of the other iſlands, and that the
country where the gold was found lay

more on the eaſtward ; beſides that the
men were not ſo large, yet brawny, and

well ſet, without beards, their noſtrils wide,
their foreheads ſmooth, broad, and no-
thing graceful, which were ſo ſhaped, as
ſoon as they were born, as a Beauty ; for
which reaſon, and becauſe they always

were bareheaded, their ſculs were ſo hard

that they might break a Spaniſh ſword.
Here the admiral obſerved the length of
the day and night, and found that twenty

Half hour glaſſes were run between ſun

and ſun; but he believed there had been
ſome miſtake, through the negligence of
the ſailors, and that the day was ſomewhat
above eleven hours. Having learnt thus

much, tho* the wind was contrary, he

reſolved to leave that place, and paſſing
between Hiſpaniola, and Tortuga, found an

Indian in a canoe, and wondered that the

The Ca-
cique
comes
aboard.

ſea running ſo high, had not ſwallowed

him up. He took him and his canoe

into the ſhip, and ſer him aſhore, with

ſome toys, who ſo highly commended the
Spaniards, that many reſorted to the ſhips ;
but they only brought ſome {ſmall grains
of fine gold hanging at their noſes, which

they freely parted with. Being aſked,

where that gold was found, they made
ſigns that there was plenty of it farther
on. The admiral enquiring after his iſland
of Cipango, they thought he had meant
Cibao, and pointed to it, being the place
that afforded moſt gold in that iſland.
The admiral was informed, that the
lord of that. part of the country, whom
they called a Cacique, was coming, attend-
ed by 200 men, to ſee the ſhips ; and tho
young, he was carried in a chair, on men's
ſhoulders, and had a governor, and coun-
ſellors. When he came near it was ob-
ſerved that they paid him wonderful re-
ſpect, and he was extraordinary grave.

An Indian of the iſland Iſabela went aſhore,

and ſpoke to him, telling him the Spaniards
were heavenly men. He went aboard,
and being come to the poop, made ſigns

for thoſe that attended him to ſtay behind,

except two men of riper years, who ſate
down at his feet, being his counſellors.
The admiral ordered they ſhould give
him to eat, he took a little of every fort,
which he taſted, then gave 1t to the other

two, and from them it was carried out

to the reſt; but when they gave him to

„

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

drink he only touched it with his lips.

They all obſerved much gravity, ſpoke
little, his men looked upon his mouth,
and talked to him. The admiral thought

theſe people more rational than thoſe of
the other iſlands, and it growing late the
petty king, or Cacique went aſhore.

The next day, tho' the wind was con-
trary, and blew hard, the ſea did not run

high, becauſe ſheltered by the iſland Tor-

tuga, and ſome ſeamen went a fiſhing,
with whom the Indians were much pleaſed.

Some men went to the town, and barter'd

with glaſs beads for ſmall plates of gold,
which much pleaſed the admiral, that their
majeſt ies might ſee he had found gold in

his diſcovery, and that his promiſes were

not vain. The king, in the afternoon,
came down again to the ſhore, and at the
ſame time a canoe, from the iſland Torty-
ga, with forty men in it, to ſee the Spa-
niards, at which the Cacique ſeemed to
take offence; but all the natives of Hiſpa-
niola ſat down on the ground, in token
of peace, and thoſe in the canoe landed;
but the king ſtood up, and threatned them,
whereupon they went off again, and he
threw water, and ſome ſtones at them to

ſhew his anger, and gave the admiral's
Alguazil a ſtone to throw at them, which

he did not, but ſmiled. They in the ca-
noe returned very ſubmiſſively to Tortuga,
and the admiral uſed all means to find out

that place, where they ſaid, there was fo

much gold. This day, in honour of the
feaſt of the Conception, the admiral ordered

lours and ſtreamers, arming the men,
and firing the cannon. The king came

aboard, when the admiral was at dinner,

and fat down by him, without ſuffering

him to riſe, the reſpe& thoſe naked peo-

ple paid to their ſovereign being very re-
markable. He invited him to eat, and
the Cacique took the meat as he had done

the time before; and after dinner, they

laid before the admiral a gold girdle, which
looked like thoſe they uſe in Spain, but the
workmanſhip was different, and ſome gold
plates. The admiral gave the king an
old piece of hanging that was before his

bed, becauſe he perceived it pleaſed him,

and ſome amber beads he had about his
neck, a pair of red ſhoes, and a bottle of
orange flower water, which pleaſed him
highly. He and his men feemed much
concerned that they could not underſtand
one another, and offered all the country
afforded, The admiral ſhewed him a piece

of Spaniſh coin, bearing the heads of their

catholick majeſties, which he admired, as

alſo the colours, with the croſſes, and

royal arms. Then he returned aſhore, the
admiral having done him much honour,

and

the ſhips to be adorn'd, hoiſting the co-

Second
entertain-
ment of
the Ca-
cique à-

board.

CHAP. IO.

and was carried back to his town in the
chair, or bier. There was alſo a ſon of
his, attended by abundance of people, and
before him they carried the things the ad-
miral had given him, held up ſingly on

high, that they might be ſeen by all men.

Next a brother of the king's went aboard,
whom the admiral treated, and ſhewed
much reſpect to, and the next day he order'd
a croſs to be erected in the {ſquare belong-
ing to the town near the ſea, which the
Indians paid reſpect to, as they ſaw the
Chriſtians did, for the town the king lived
in, was 4 leagues off.

On tueſday night, the admiral being de-

ſirous to diſcover ſome of the ſecrets of
that country, hoiſted ſail, yet could not

in all wedneſday the 19th get out of that
little channel, between the two iſlands,

or reach a port there was in it, He ſaw
abundance of woods and mountains, and
a ſmall iſland he called $7. Thomas, judged
that the iſland Hiſpaniola had many capes

and ports, found the weather very delight-

ful, and the land pleaſant, Thurſday the
20th he put into a port, betwixt the little

iſland of Sr. Thomas, and a cape. They
ſaw ſeveral towns, and many fires, or ſmokes,

for the ſeaſon being dry, and the graſs

growing high, they burnt it to make ways,

becauſe being naked it would hurt them,
as alſo to catch the Utias, which they did

by means of the fire. The admiral went
with the boats into the harbour, and hav-
ing taken a view, ſaid it was a very good

one. They ſaw ſome Indians, who were
ſhy of the Spaniards, but thoſe who came
in the ſhips, bid them not to fear, and
then there flocked ſuch multitudes of men,
women, and children, that they covered

the ſhore. They brought viduals, gourds

full of water, and good bread made of
Mayz, or Indian wheat; nor did they hide
the women, as in other places, but all
ſtood in admiration to behold the Spani-
ards, and praiſed Gop. They were a
whiter people, more cleverly ſhaped, bet-
ter natured, and more generous, and the
admiral took much care that no offence
ſhould be given them. He ſent fix men
to ſee the town, where they were enter-
tained like perſons that came from heaven.
At this time came ſome canoes, with In-
dians, from a petty king, who deſired the
admiral to come to his town, and expected
him with abundance of people, on a point
of land. He went with the boats, tho?
many intreated him to ſtay with them. As
ſoon as the boats arrived, the king ſent
the Spaniards proviſions, and finding they
received them, the Indians went to fetch
more, and ſome parrots. The admiral gave
them hawkſbels and glaſs, and other toys,
and returned to his ſhips, the women

America by the Europeans. 551

and children crying out, to him to ſtay. Herrera

He ordered meat to be given to ſome WWW

that followed him in -canoes, and others

that ſwam half a league to the caravels,

and tho* the ſhore was covered with peo-

ple, abundance were ſeen going and com-

ing to and from the ſhips, acroſs a great

plain, which was afterwards called la Vega

Real, or the royal plain. The admiral

again commenced that port, and gave it

the name of S/. Thomas becauſe diſcover'd

on his day. | . |
On ſaturday the 22d, he deſigned to go King Ge-

ſeek. out thoſe iſlands where the Indians 8

ſaid there was much gold, but was hinder'd theaAmti.

by the weather, and therefore ſent out the ral.

boats a fiſhing. Soon after came a man

from king Guacanagari to deſire he would

go into his country, and he would give

him all he had, being one of the five

ſovereigns of the iſland, and maſter of

moſt of the northern ſide, on which the

admiral then was. He ſent him a girdle

he wore inſtead of a purſe, and a vizard

maſk, with ears, a tongue, and noſe, all

of beaten gold. The girdle was all ſet

with ſmall fiſh bones, like ſeed pear], cu-

riouſly wrought, and four fingers broad.

he reſolved to depart on the 23d, but firſt

ſent ſix Spaniards, with the notary, to

pleaſe others, who were no leſs deſirous to

ſee them. They were well treated, and

bartered for ſome cotton, and grains of

gold. Above 120 canoes came to the ſhips

with proviſion, and earthen pitchers of

good water, well made, and painted red,

and giving their ſort of ſpice, called Axi,

which they put into diſhes of water, and

drank it off, ſhewing it was wholſome.

The bad weather detaining the admiral,

he ſent the notary to ſatisfy king Guaca-

nagari, and two of his Indians to a town,

to ſee whether there was any gold, be-

cauſe having got ſome conſiderable quan-

tity of late days, he believed there was

plenty. It was certainly concluded, that

no leſs than 1000 men came into the ſhips

this day, every one of whom gave ſome-

thing, and thoſe who came not aboard

from their canoes cried out to them to take

what they brought, The admiral by what

he had ſeen till then, gueſſed the iſland

to be as big as England. The notary went
to Guacanagari, who came out to meet
him; he thought his town more regular
than any of the others he had ſeen. All
the natives gazed on the Spaniards with
ſurprize, and ſatisfaction. The king gave
them cotton cloths, parrots, and ſome
pieces of gold; the people parted with
ſuch as they had, and kept the trifles the
Spaniards gave them like relicks, and ſo
the notary and his companions returned
to the ſhips, attended by the Indians. Mon-

3 day

N My
Wh

RY
K
WY.
i 1 5
2

10
4.

i
0

iet
| u U
.

612 Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

HeanznaQay the 24th the admiral went to viſit king to bid the admiral not be concern'd, for he
' X Guacanagari, who was four or five leagues would give him all he had, and the goods

from the port of St. Thomas, and there he
diverted himſelf, till ſeeing the ſea calm,
he went to bed, for he had not ſlept in
two days and a night. The weather be-
ing calm, the ſteerſman left the helm to
a grummet, notwithſtanding the admiral
had commanded, that whether the wind
blew or not, he who was entruſted with
the helm, ſhould never leave it to another.
The truth is, there appeared no danger
of ſhoals, or rocks, for on ſunday, when
the boats attended the notary to the Ca-
cique, they had founded all the coaſt, and
what rocks there were from the point to
the eaſt ſouth eaſt, for three leagues, and
had obſerved which way they might paſs;
and therefore being now in a dead calm,

were carried to two houſes he appointed
for laying of them up. The Indians aſ-
ſiſted with ſo much diligence, and good
will, that nothing more could have been
done, had they been in Spain ; for the peo-
ple were peaceable and loving, their lan-
guage eaſy to pronounce and learn; tho?

naked they had ſome commendable cuſ-
toms, the king was ſerv'd in great ſtate,

was himſelf very ſteady in all points, and
the people were ſo curious in aſking queſ-
tions, that they would know reaſons for
every thing they ſaw. They knelt down

at prayers, as well as the Spaniards, and it

did not appear at that time, that they had

any other religion, but worſhipping of

heaven, the ſun, and moon.

they all went to ſleep, and it happened that Wedneſday the 26th of December, Guaca- G

the current carried on the ſhip by degrees, nagari went aboard the caravel Ninna, where gari goes

with ſuch a mighty noiſe, that it might the admiral was, very much afflicted for te viſitthe

be heard a league off, when the lag, who the loſs of his ſhip; he comforted him, of- mural.

was at the helm, perceiving the rudder fering all he had. Two Indians of ano-
to ſtrike, cried our. 3 ther town came with gold plates, to ex-
Theadmi- The admiral hearing him, was the firſt change for hawkſbels, which they moſt va-
3 that got up, then came the maſter, whoſe lu'd, and the admiral was well provided
P. watch that was, whom he directed, ſince with ſuch toys, knowing by the Portugueſes
the boat was out, to heave out an anchor how beneficial they were in Guinea. The
a ſtern, that ſo by help of the capſtain ſeamen alſo ſaid, that others brought gold,
they might work off the ſhip; but when and gave it for ribbons, and other trifles.
he thought they had been executing his or- Guacanagari perceiving that the admiral

ders, he perceiv'd that ſome of the men valu'd it, told him, he would have ſome 4 2
were flying in the boat to the other cara- brought from Ciba. Then going aſhore, cee
vel, which was half a league to windward. he invited the admiral to eat Axi and Ca- "BY oth
Perceiving that the water ebbed, and the Zabi, which was their chief diet, and gave I

veſſel was in danger, he order'd the maſt
to be cut by the board, and many things
caſt into the ſea, to get her off; but no-
thing would do, for the water falling off
amain, the ſhip every moment ſtuck faſter,
and lying athwart the ſea, tho? it was calm,
the ſeams of her open'd, ſhe heePd to one
ſide ſprung a leak below, and was filPd
with water, and had the wind or ſea been
rough, no man had eſcap'd; whereas had
the maſter done what the admiral order'd,

the ſhip had been ſaved. The boat came

back to their relief, for they in the other
caravel ſeeing how the matter ſtood, did

not only refuſe to receive them, but were

coming with it to help; but there being
no remedy, order was taken to ſave the
men, to which purpoſe the admiral ſent
James de Arana, and Peter Gutierrez aſhore,
to tell the Cacique that he had loſt his ſhip
at a league and a half from his town, as
he was going to ſee him. Guacanagari ſhed
tears for ſorrow, and immediately ſent out
his Canoes, which in a moment carried off
all there was upon the deck, he coming
with his brothers, and taking great care,
that nothing ſhould be touch'd; for he
ſtay'd himſelf to ſecure the goods, and ſent
4

him ſome vizor-masks with ears, noſes,
and eyes all of gold, beſides other ſmall
things they wore about their necks, and

complain'd much of the Caribbecs, who
carry'd away his ſubjects, and that was the

_ reaſon why he fled at firſt, believing that
the Spaniards were Caribbees [whom we call
Canibals, or Man-eaters of the Caribbee
Nands.] The admiral ſhew'd him his

weapons, and a Turkiſh bow, with which
a Spaniard ſhot very well, promiſing to
defend him; but he was moſt frighted at
the canon, for when that fir'd, all the Indians
fell down, as if they were dead. The ad-

miral finding all people ſo loving, ſo ma-
ny tokens of gold, and the country ſa
fruitful and pleaſant, concluded that Goo

had permitted the ſhip to be loſt, that a
ſettlement might be made there, and the

preaching of his holy name begin in that

place; for he often permits that this ſhould
not be done merely for his honour, and
the advantage of our neighbours, but for
the reward men expect in this world, and
in the next; for it is not to be believ'd
that any nation in the world would venture
upon ſo many hardſhips as the admiral and

the Spaniards did, in ſo dubious and dan-
| gerous

Pleaſant
ſimplicity
of an In-
dian.

CHAP. II.

gerous an undertaking, were it not in hopes

of ſome reward, which has carry'd on this

holy work. The Indians went forwards
and backwards for hawkſbels, which was
the thing they moſt valued, and as ſoon as
they came near the caravel, they held up
the pieces of gold, cry ing, Chugue, Chuque,
ſignifying, Take and give the bell. An
Indian aſhore came with a piece of gold,
weighing about half a mark Ly is four
ounces] which he held in his left hand, and
ſtretch'd out the right, and as ſoon as he
had receiv*d the bell, he dropt the gold,
and rang away, thinking he had cheated

the Spamard.

The admiral reſolv'd to leave ſome men
in this country, to trade with the Indians,

make diſcoveries up the land, and learn the

language, that at his return from Spain he
might have ſome to direct him in planting
of Colonies, and ſubduing it, and many

freely offer'd themſelves to ſtay. He or-

der'd a tower to be built, with the timber

of the ſhip that was caſt away, and by this

time advice was brought, that the caravel

America by the Europeans.

certain information of it. The admiral
took much care to advance the ſtructure,
and the more becauſe he had daily freſh
motives ſoto do : in regard that Guacana-
gari always expreſs'd much fear of the Ca-
ribbees, to encourage him, and at the ſame
time give a proof of the effect of the Spa-
niſh arms, the admiral order'd a cannon
to be fir*d againſt the ſide of the ſhip that
was caſt away, which was pierc'd through,
and the ball fell into the water beyond it.
He ſhew'd him what execution our wea-
pons would do, and ſaid, thoſe he intend-
ed to leave in his country, ſhould defend
him with them, becauſe he intended to
return into Spain, to bring jewels, and
other things to preſent him. Above all,

thoſe people were ſo fond of the hawkſbels,

that ſome of them, fearing there ſhould
be none left, would come to the caravel

over night, to deſire to have one kept for
theni till the next morning.

| The Admiral affeftionately receivd, builds a Fort in Hiſpaniola, and diſpoſes all
MET Things for his Return to Spain, | e

A canoe
ſent to
ſeek the
other ca ·
ravel.

HE admiral had ſent a Canoe, with a
Spaniard in it, to find out the caravel
Pinta, and carry a letter to Martin Alonſo
Pinzon, kindly deſiring he would join
him again, without taking notice of the

which was ſending his brother, who re-
ceiv*d the admiral with much joy and ci-

vility, and led him by the hand to one of \

the houſes that were given to the Chriſtians,
being the beſt and biggeſt in the town.

613

Pinta was in a river, towards the eaſter- Hzznra
moſt point, and Guacanagari ſent to get Saw

fault committed in leaving him 3 but he There they had prepar'd him a place to Reception
return'd with an account that he had gone fit in adorfid with the inner rhinds or films of the ad-

above twenty leagues without finding him, of palm-trees, which areas large as a great ®
and had he gone five or ſix farther, he had calf's skin, and almoſt of that ſhape, ve-

dited, ſince the others had not met with

not loſt his labour. An Indian afterwards

ſaid, he had two days before ſeen the cara-
vel at anchor in a river, yet was not cre-

her, and yet he ſpoke the truth as it after-
wards appeared, for he might ſee her from

ſome high ground, and made haſte to tell

his lord. The ſailor, who went in the
canoe, ſaid, that twenty leagues from that
Place he ſaw a king, who had two great
gold plates on his head, as had ſeveral o-
thers who were with him, which as ſoon
as the Indians in the cance ſpoke to him,
he took off. The admiral fancy'd that
Guacanagari had forbid them all ſelling

any gold to the Spaniards, that it might

all paſs through his own hands. The build-
ing of the fort was haſtned, and to that

effect Columbus went aſhore, for he always

lay aboard the caravel. As he went in
the boat he thought he had ſeen Guacana-
gari, who ſlipp'd into his houſe, perhaps
for the more ſtate, having concerted to

perform the ceremony he afterwards did,
Vol. V. |

ry clean and cool, and one of them covers
a man, and keeps the rain off him, as if
he had a calf's or cow's skin over him,
and they ſerve for many uſes, being by the
Indians call'd Yaguas. „ ;
They ſeated the admiral on a chair, with

a low back to it, as the Indians uſed, being

very handſome, ſmooth, and ſhining, as
if they had been of jer. As ſoon as he
was ſeated the brother gave notice to the
king, who came preſently, put a great
plate of gold about his neck, with much
ſatisfaction, and ſtay'd with him till it grew
late, when the admiral return'd to lye a-
board his caravel. He had many motives
for ſetling a colony in this place ; the chief
whereof were, that when it was known in
Spain, that ſome men were left there, others

might be inclinable to go over; and be-

cauſe the one cara vel he had left could not
conveniently contain them all; beſides the
good will he found in thoſe that were to
be left, to which they were much encou-
rag*d by the meekneſs and affability of the

„ natiyes;

9 1 — — —
.
0
— 3 K —
——
PR, - _

4 $0 15
ie

'

1 "F
* y *
Men
Nn
*
1*
J ">
N
: k ?

I. I}

14
3 "1

.

1 I

0118!

4 "7
e AU.

1 Gin

F001 +

4.5: 4p

oe

' N
| 15
' ay
e
8
„
: 1
5 1%
. * .
' ** 4

+: Wh .

14 M

"|

1

bd |) 3
* ths
N
145 7
1 [
R ;
1 1
I
} 27

$61 20

1 *

+44

10 j

: j 1
1
1
| e
er
44 1
* Me
#4 .
| FO Pure
| .

l {HALL
ö N J if
17

( 1

ain!

10 4

1816 +

| "ov eu
IF 4 . 5
: 4 A
ö 1, "I i}
14 HIGHER?
$34 1 1
Nene
/ +1: q "+ j
- i 7
$8, i
4 WING
: Mt 1 1
4 4

e |

„ 0

WH 14

4 " of :
G
1
rien
ih I [1
Wil
4 4
Ae
4 . 14
6 1. f
F 15

, \ i

* -

118

i 1
en
| : | :

144.

14 {

19

17 33 8
| 16 o :
— Mn
. 4 1
i :

1 1

Aim

a l

1 10

1.

i 7

5 {4 !

( | 0
1
nn,
1 *
9 my
ze 1;
, 14
1 ii
19 N.
177 1
181 \
1
{3 i; 1
"16:8 :
j! '
3 199 164+
TH 14
io: :
: . 4
4 + \
1
1107
. |
16. |
09A 6

' a

KAY"

1 * "
7.49
yt

4+
T7799 177
4 4877
W112 vÞ
b 1
Ll
s i
1 0
1114
*Y -+ :
7. 90
N
110 10

tt 114
14

1 +

«45 *

11 ©
| 1
1

1

bl 7%F bi

14 12F!

1

if 1

0 9
1 i

[0 :

+
& |? 7

"1 4%

. k —
eis

ll
1
1

4

lin

T1444
14 "+

4 $++-
.

18

7 **

[
if

Tx!

17

* it
U

N

: It
110

TRIM

: *

/ '

108

41 f
7.5
1

' 4

14110

": i
1H

2E2P
4TH

. it

*

n

7

. „

TS!
0

* x KJ

; j

ö "ny

150173

1 14

= —— — — — - _— —
pn - 4 - — 2 — — 22
_— - : k f — - *
— —— — — 2 5 — EW —
a : — — _— —
- A 2 - ——_— — —
— — — - - — —
— yy — 2 — = 1 © =" 5
c 7 © ay I * voy 7 * - = - 1
_ a — — — —
2 — 4

I - — ———— —
— — —
— — — Ov? —

Hennezanatives; as alſo for that, tho? he had re-

>

The firſt
fort or
town in

folv'd to carry the king ſome of the In-
dians, and ſuch other notable things as he
could find in the country, as a teſtimony
of his diſcovery, it was requiſite to give a
reputation to the action, that it ſhould be
known ſome men had ſtay'd by their own
conſent in thoſe parts.

The fort had a ditch, and tho? made of

wood, yet there being men to defend it,

the Indies the ſtrength was ſufficient againſt the/na-
call'd the tives. It was finiſh'd in ten days, an infi-

Nativity.

nite number of men working at it, and

he call'd it la Villa de Navidad, that is, the
town of the nativity, becauſe he came in-
to that port on Chriſt mas- day. The next
morning, being the 29th of December, a
nephew of the king's very young but in-
genious, went aboard the caravel, and the
admiral being ſtill eager to know where
they had their gold, aſk'd every body by
ſigns, and began to underſtand ſome words.
He enquir'd of this youth after the mines,

and underſtood he told him, that four days

journey off to the eaſtward, there was an

iſland he call'd Cuarinoex, and thoſe of

Macorix, Mayons, Fumay, Cibao, and Co-

ray, where there was abundance of gold.
Theſe names the admiral writ down im-
mediately, and thereby it appear'd that
he yet knew nothing of the Indian tongue
for thoſe were not ſo many iſlands, but pro-

vinces in Hiſpaniola, and lands ſubjed to fo

many kings or lords. Guarinoex was the
king of that vaſt Yega Real, or Royal Plain,
above mention'd, one of the wonders of
nature; and the youth meant, that the
province of Cibao, abounding in gold, was
in the dominions of Guarinoex. Macorix
was another province, which afforded lit-

tle gold; and the other names were other

provinces, ſome letters being omitted, or
added, becauſe the admiral not underſtand-
ing, knew not how to ſpell them; and

thought the king's brother, who was pre-

ſent, had reprov'd his nephew, for telling
him thoſe names. At night, the king ſent

him a great gold maſk, deſiring in return

a baſon, and a pot, or pitcher, which per-

haps were of braſs, or pewter, and were
immediately ſent him, believing they were
for models to make others of gold.

On ſunday the zoth of December, the
admiral went to dine aſhore, at ſuch time

as five Caciques arriv'd there, all of them

ſubject to king Guacanagari, with gold
crowns on their heads, and much ſtate.
As ſoon as he landed, Guacanagari came
to receive, and led him by the arm to the
ſame houſe he had been in before, where
the place of ſtate was prepar'd with chairs.
He made the admiral fit down, with much
courteſy and reſpect, then took off the
crown from his own head, and put it on

Obfervations and Diſcreeriet of

the admiral's, who took off a ſtring of cu-
rious glaſs beads, of ſeveral colours, ma-
king a very fine ſhow, which he had about
his neck, and put it on the king's, as alſo
a fine cloth looſe coat, he wore that day,
and put that on him, then ſent for a pair

of colour'd buſkins, and cauſed him to

draw them on; he alſo put upon his finger
a great ſilver ring, being inform'd, they
had ſeen a ſeaman wear one, and did all
they could to get it; for they put a great
value upon any white metal, whether ſil-
ver, or pewter. Theſe gifts extremel

pleaſed the king, and made him tak him-
ſelf the richeſt man in the world. Two
of the Caciques attended the admiral to the
boat, and each of them gave him a great

plate of gold, which were not caſt, but

compoſed of many grains, thoſe Indians

being ignorant of the art of founding, but

batter'd out the grains they found, between
two ſtones. . 3
The admiral went to lye aboard the ca-
ravel, and found that Vinzent Janes Pinzon
affirm'd he had ſeen rhubarb, and knew
its branches and the root; which, they ſay,

ſhoots out little ſprigs above the earth, the
fruit on it being like green mulberries, al-
moſt withered, and the ſtalk near the root
1s a very curious yellow, the root under

ground being like a great pear. The admi-

ral ſent for the rhubarb, and they brought

him a frail full and no more, becauſe they

carried no ſpade to dig it up, which was
carried to their majeſties for a ſample, but

did not prove to be rhubarb. The ad-

miral look'd upon that they call Axi in

this iſland, as good ſpice, faying it was
better than the pepper, or grains of para-

diſe they bring from the eaſt, and there-

fore they imagin'd there might be other
ſorts of it. 1
The admiral being now ſenſible of Gop's

bleſſing in diſcovering to him ſo many,

and ſuch happy nations, with ſuch tokens
of gold, which ſeem'd to promiſe ineſti-

mable wealth; and thinking this an affair

of the greateſt conſequence, he coveted
nothing ſo much as to make known to all
the world how much Providence had
proſper'd him, and particularly to their
catholick majeſties. The fort being now
finiſh'd, he order'd to make ready for their
return, taking in wood, water, and all
other neceſſarles. The king order'd he
ſhould have as much of the country bread,
call'd Cazabi, as he pleaſed, as alſo Ax:,
ſalt-fiſn, and whatſoever elſe he had. Tho!
he would not willingly have return'd into
Spain, without firſt coaſting all along that
land, which he thought ran far to the eaſt-
ward, that he might diſcover more of its
ſecrets, and find out the beſt way to it,
far the better bringing of beaſts and ates

ye

HER
WY

Crap. 12.

franc, yet he durſt not then attempt it, as having

ut one caravel, and might therefore be
in danger, ſo that it was not reaſonable to
venture farther on an unknown coaſt. He
complain'd grievouſly, that Martin Alonſo
Pinzon had forſaken, and thereby put him
to theſe inconveniencies. For to ſtay in
the fort he made choice of thirty nine men,
the moſt willing, and freely diſpos'd,
ſtrong, and of a good conſtitution to en-
dure hardſhips, from among all his crew,
appointing James de Arana, a native of
Cordova, for their captain, notary, and
Alguazil, with as full power as he had from
their catholick majeſt ies; in caſe he ſhould
die Peter Gutierrez, groom of the privy
chamber to their catholick majeſties was
to ſucceed him, and after him Roderick de
Eſcovedo, born at Segovia. He alſo left

one maſter John, a ſurgeon among them,

His holy faith; not to forſake him, but to live
like good Chriſtians, and he would be their

An. 1493.
The ad- |
miral's
departure
towards
Spain.

and a ſhip-carpenter, a cooper, an able
gunner, well experienc'd in that buſineſs,
and a taylor, the reſt being all able ſea-
men; furniſhing them with biſket, wine,
and ſuch other proviſions as he had for a
year, ſeeds to ſow, all the commodities
he had to barter, being a conſiderable
quantity, all the cannon belonging to his
own ſhip that was loſt, and her boat.

All things being in a readineſs for his
departure, he calPd them all together, and
made a ſpeech to this effect. He bid them
ſerve Gop and praiſe him, for that he had
brought them into that country to propagate

ſupport ; to pray for his good voyage, that he
might ſoon return with a greater force; to
love, and obey their captain, which was ne-
ceſſary for their preſervation, and he required

it of them in their highneſſes names; to reſpeft

Ametica by the Europeans.

or offer any violence either to man or woman,
that they might be confirm d in the opinion of
their coming from heaven; not to divide them-
ſelves, nor go up the country, nor out of Gua-
canagari's dominions, ſince he ſhew'd them
ſo much affeftion ; to ſurvey the coaſt in their
boat and canoes, with his conſent, endeavour-
ing to diſcover the gold mines, and ſome good
Port, not being well ſatisfied with that where
they were, call'd the Nativity; to endeavour
to barter for as much as they could, fairly,
without ſeeming covetous ; and to learn the

language, that being ſo neceſſary to gain the

friendſhip of the natives, and very uſeful ;
and he promis d, ſince they gave the king the
firſt footing in that new-found empire, to beg,
be would be pleas'd io reward them. They
anſwer'd, They would moſt readily com-
ply with all he enjoin'd them. On wedneſ-
day the 24 of January, 1493, he went a-
ſhore to take his leave, din'd with Guaca-
nagari, and his Caciques, recommended to

him the Chriſtians, whom he had order'd

to ſerve, and defend him againſt the Carib-
bees; gave him a very fine ſhirt, and faid
he would ſoon return with preſents from
the monarchs of Spain. The king return'd
a courteous anſwer, expreſſing much ſor-

row for his departure. One of the king's
| ſervants ſaid, he had ſent canoes along the
coaſt to ſeek for gold ; and the admiral re-

eft him, he durſt have undertaken to round
the iſland, and carry home a ton of gold;
and ſtill he would have done it, did he not
apprehend that the caravel Pina might get
ſafe into Spain, and inform againſt him,
tha ſo the captain might palliate his of-
ENCE, |

CHAP. XI.
The Admiral ſets out in order to return to Spain.

T friday the 4ch of January, 1493,
() Columbus e the port of the
Nativity, ſail'd to the eaſtward, for a very
high mountain, bare of trees, but thick
of graſs, and looking like a pavilion, or
tent; which he call'd Monte Chriſto, or
Chriſt's Mount, and 1s eighteen leagues

_ eaſt from the cape he named Santo, or Ho-

ly, being four leagues from the port of
the Nativity. That night he anchor'd ſix
leagues from Monte Chriſto. Saturday the
gth of January he advanc'd to a little iſland
cloſe by, where there were good falt-pits.

He enter'd the ſalt-pits, and lik'd the

country ſo well, and the beauty of the
woods and plains he ſaw, that he ſaid, that

muſt be the iſland of Cipango, and had he

thought he had been ſo near the mines of

3

Cibao, whence ſo much wealth was drawn,
he would have been much more poſitive.
Sunday the 6th, he left Monte Chriſto, and
ſoon diſcover'd the caravel Pinta, failing
towards him, before the wind. They a-
greed to return to Monte Chriſto, where

Martin Alonſo Pinzon made his excuſe, n.

for leaving him; and tho? it was not ſatis-
factory, the admiral conniv*d, and believ'd
he had barter'd for much gold, and taken
the one half for himſelf, allowing the other
to the ſailors. A great river falls into this
port, which he call'd Rio de Oro, or River
of Gold, becauſe the ſand look'd like
gold, and there he water'd. Wedneſday
the g*h he hoiſt'd fail, came to Punta Roxa,
or Red Point, which is thirty leagues eaſt
from Monte Chriſto, and there they took

tortoiſes,

615

Guacanagari, and wrong none of bis people, |

NaN z That had not Martin Alonſo Pinzon

An. 1493.

He finds
the cara-
vel that
had left

616 Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Hzraera tortoiſes, as big as bucklers, that went to any more, that they prepar'd to ſeize the

xo lay their eggs aſhore. The admiral affirm'd

he had thereabouts ſeen three mermaids,
which raiſed themſelves high above the wa-
ter, and were not ſo beautiful as they paint
them ; but had ſome ſort of human face,
as he had ſeen at other times on the coaſt
of Guinea. He proceeded to Rio de Gra-
ciæ, or the River of Grace, where Martin
Alonſo Pinzon had been trading, and was
always calPd by his name, and there he
order*d four Indians the ſaid Martin Alonſo
had taken by force, to be left.

Friday the 11th, he ſail'd on to a cape
he call'd Belprado, whence there was a pro-
ſpect of a mountain, which looking like
filver, becauſe cover'd with ſnow, he call'd
it Monte de Plata, or Mountain of Plate,
and the port at the foot of it Puerto de
Plata, that is, Port of Plate, being in
the ſhape of a horſe-ſhoe. Running on
all along the coaſt, with the current,
and fair weather, ten leagues farther, he
found ſeveral capes, which he call'd del
Angel, or the AngePs; la Punta del Yerro,
the Miſtake-Point ; el Redondo, the Round
one; el Frances, the French one; el Cabo
de buen Tiempo, Fair weather Cape ; el Ta-
jado, the Upright. Next faturday he ad-
_ vanc'd thirty leagues farther, admiring the
extent of the iſland, call'd one cape de Pa-
dre y Hyo, of the Father and Son, a har-
bour Puerto ſacro, ſacred Port, and a point
of land Cabo de les Enamorados, the Love's
Cape. Coming up to it he diſcover'd an
extraordinary large bay, three leagues wide,
and in the midſt of it a ſmall iſland. There
he lay to obſerve the eclipſe, which was
like to be on the 170, the oppoſition of
Jupiter and the moon, and the conjunction
of the ſun and Mercury, in oppoſition to
Jupiter. He ſent the boat aſhore for water,
where they found ſome men, with bows and
arrows; they bought a bow and ſome ar-
rows, and deſir'd one of them to go ſpeak
with the admiral; he conſented, was aſk'd
for the Caribbees, and pointed, that they were
to the eaſtward; and to the queſtion about
gold, pointed towards the iſland of S..
John de Puerto Rico, ſaying there was gua-
nia, that is, pale gold, which the Indians
highly value. He gave him meat, and
two pieces of green and red cloth, with
ſome little glaſs beads, and then ſet him
aſhore. Five and fifty naked Indians, with
long hair, like women in Spain, great
plumes of feathers, bows and arrows,
ſwords made of hard palm- tree wood,
and heavy poles, which bruiſed grievouſ-
ly where they fell, lay in ambuſh in the
wood. The Indian made them lay down
their arms, they came to the boat, two of
their bows were bought by the admiral's
order, and they were ſo far from ſelling

Spaniards, for which reaſon they fell upon
them, gave one a great cut in the buttocks,
and another a blow on the breaſt, upon
which the reſt fled, and they might have
kill'd many had they purſu'd them. This
was the firſt time any hoſtility was com-
mitted on this iſland, betwixt the Spaniards
and Indians. The admiral was concern'd at
it, tho' on the other hand he ſaid it pleaſ-
ed him, that they might know what the
Chriſtians could do. 25 |

On monday the 14th, in the morning,
abundance of people appear'd on the ſhore,
Columbus order'd the men in the boat to
ſtand upon their guard; but the Indians
came as if nothing had happened, and
among them was the king of that province,

and the Indian that had been aboard the
caravel, to which that king came with

three of his men. The admiral order'd

them biſket and honey to eat, red caps,
bits of cloth, and beads. The next day the

king ſent his gold crown, and ſtore of

proviſions, the men that brought them

being arm'd with bows and arrows. Four

ſuch underſtanding Tous came to the ca-

ravel, that Columbus reſolv'd to carry them

to Spain. They gave him an account of

ſeveral things, and from thence ſnew'd him

the iſland of St. Jobn de Puerto Rico. He

departed that bay, which he nam'd de los
Flechos, or of the arrows, on wedneſday
the 16 of January, not thinking fit to

ſtay any longer becauſe the caravels made

much water, failing on with a weſt-north-

weſt wind, and when he had fail'd ſixteeen
leagues, the Indians he had aboard ſhew'd

him the iſland of St. John de Puerto Rico,
and the Caribbees, where the man-eaters
lived. Tho' he would willingly have
taken a view of thoſe iſlands, yet to ſatisfy
the men, the wind freſhning, he order'd to
direct their courſe for Spain. Sailing on for
ſome time proſperouſly enough he ſaw

many tunny fiſhes, ſome gulls, and the

wind was very drying. They met with
abundance of weeds, but being acquainted

with them were not apprehenſive, and kill'd

a tunny fiſh, and a large ſhark, which
ſerv*d them to make a good meal, for they

had nothing left but bread and wine. The

caravel Pinta could not ſail well upon a
bouling, her mizen maſt being faulty, and
therefore little uſe made of it; and the ad-

miral waiting for her, they made little

way. Sometimes when the weather was
calm, the Indians leap'd into the water,
ſwam about, and diverted themſelves.
Having fail'd ſome days upon ſeveral
rambs, becauſe the wind was unſteady,
Vincent Yanez Pinzon, Sancho Ruyz, Pera-
lonſo Ninno, and Roldan the pilots kept ac-
count of the leagues they ran, and making

their

Adre
torn

CHAP. 13.

their reckoning, concluded themſelves to

be to the eaſtward of the Azores, for they

allow'd more leagues than in truth the
caravels ſail'd; ſo that directing their
courſe northward they would not have

America by the Europeans. 617

come up with the iſland of Sz. Mary, which Hat
is the laſt of the Azores, but would have WWW
been five leagues from it, and have come
up, near Madera, or Puerto Santo. |

7

3 CHAP. XII.
The Admiral proſecutes his voyages, touches at the Azores, and is driven by Storms
into Lisbon.

HE admiral being ſkilful in comput-
J ing the leagues, found 150 ſhort of
the others, and on tueſday the 12th of
February, the ſea began to ſwell with

| fierce and dangerous ſtorms, ſo that he

drove all the night without any fail aboard,
yet afterwards let out a ſmall matter. The

| Adreadful fea broke, and beat the ſhips. In the

ſtorm.

morning the wind flackened a little, but
on wedneſday night grew ſtrong again, the

waves running ſo high that the ſhip could

not work her way out. The admiral bore

his mainſail, without any bonnet, very

low, that it might only carry the veſlel
through the ſurges; but perceiving the

mighty danger ſuffered her to drive a ſtern
before the wind, there being no other re-
medy. Then the caravel Pinta began to

run from it, and vaniſhed, tho' the ad-
miral carried a light all the night, and ſhe

anſwered. On thurſday the 14˙h of Fe-
brnary, the ſtorm increaſed, as did the
fear of periſhing, to which was added the
concern of thinking the Pinta was loſt.

The diſmal weather ceaſed not, and the

caravel rolPd for want of ballaſt, the
roviſions being ſpent. The admiral ſee-

ing death near at hand, that their catho-
lick majeſties might not miſs of ſome in-

telligence of what he had done to ſerve

them, writ down on a ſkin of parchment

as much as he could relating to his diſ-
covery, which he wrapped up in an oiled

cloth, and pur it into a cloſe caſk, throw-

ing it into the ſea, all the men believing
it was ſome act of devotion, and imme-
diately the wind ſlackned. Friday the 15*h
of February, they ſaw land a head, to-
wards the eaſt north eaſt, which ſome ſaid

was the iſland Madera, others the rock

of Liſbon; but the admiral ſtill perſiſted
it was one of the Azores, They ply'd
backwards and forwards with much trou-
ble, and could not recover the iſland of
St. Mary. The admira] ſuffered much
in his legs, having been our in the cold

and wet, and on the 18* with much dif-

ficulty, anchored on the north ſide of the
iſland, which they found to be St. Mary's.
Immediately three men hailed the caravel,
the boat went for them, and they carried
the admiral ſome refreſhment of bread and

fowl from the governor, whoſe name was

Vol. V.

Jobn de Coſtenheda. On tueſday the 19th
of February, he ordered half the men to
go out in proceſſion, to a chapel there was
near by, in purſuance of a vow made in the
ſtorm, and when they returned, he would
go with the other half, and deſired the
three Portugueſes to ſend them a prieſt to
fay maſs. Whilſt they were in their ſhirts
at prayers, the whole town, ' horſe and
foot, with their governor, fell upon and
ſeized them all. Their long ſtay made
the admiral ſuſpect, that they were de-
tained, or that the boat was ſtaved, the
iſland being ſurrounded with rocks, and
there being no ſight of it, becauſe the her-
mitage was covered by a point of land,
which juts out into the ſea, he removed
with the caravel right againſt the chapel,
and faw abundance of people, and that
ſome went into the boat, and were com-
ing to the caravel. rr Pere id «ig
The governor of the iſland ſtood up,
demanded ſecurity of the admiral to come
aboard, and tho? he gave him his word,
yet he would not venture his perſon.
The admiral aſked him, why he had ſent
him freſh proviſions, and thoſe Portugueſes
to invite him aſhore, and yet, notwith-
ſtanding there was peace between the crowns
of Caſtile and Portugal, did ſo baſe a thing
as to detain his men; adding, that to ſa-
tisfy him of his being employed by the
king and queen of Spain, he would ſhew
him his commiſſion. The Portugueſe an-
ſwered, we here do not know the king
and queen of Caſtile, nor do we regard
their commiſſion, or ſtand in fear of them.
Some other words paſſed between them,
and the Portugueſe told him he might go
into the port with the caravel, for all he
had done was by his king's order, which
the admiral bid his men bear witneſs to;

*

and told the governor, that in caſe he did

not reſtore his boat and men, he would
carry an hundred Por!ugueſe priſoners into
Spain. Then he anchored again where he
was before, becauſe the wind blew freſh,
ordered the caſks to be filled with ſea
water, to ballaſt the caravel, and the wea-
ther being foul, failed towards the iſland
of St. Michael, by reaſon there are no good
harbours in thoſe iſlands, and therefore it
is ſafeſt to be out at ſea. It blew a great
Bl OTE ſtorm

618

| Henne
| ;

ſtorm all that night, and miſſing the iſland

of St. Michael, he returned to St. Mary's,

where the boat preſently came out with
two clergymen, a notary, and five ſailors,
and being promiſed ſecurity they went

aboard, and required the admiral to ſhew

them the king of Spain's commiſſion, which
he did, they returned, and diſmiſſed his
boat and men, the governor ſaying, he
had orders from the king of Portugal to
ſeize the admiral, and would give any
thing to take him. OY
Having recovered his men, and the
weather being fit to fail for Spain, he
gave orders to ſtand eaſtward. The next

Jaya great bird, which the admiral judged

to be an eagle, came to the ſhip. On ſa-

turday the 2d of March there blewa dread-

ful ſtorm. They drove without any fails
till four of the clock on monday, without

any hopes of eſcaping, but then it pleaſed

Gop they diſcovered the land, which was
the rock of Cintra, or as our ſailors call

it of Liſbon, and to avoid the tempeſt, he

reſolved to put into the harbour, without
being able to lie at Caſcaes. He gave
Gop thanks for his deliverance, and all
men admired how he had eſcaped, de-

elaring they had never ſeen ſuch ſtorms.

The king of Portugal was then at Valparay-

fo, the admiral writ to acquaint him that

the king and queen of Spain, his ſovereigns,
had ordered him to put into any of his

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of |

highneſs's ports, to get what he had need
of for his money, and therefore deſired his
leave to go up to Liſbon for his greater
ſecurity, and to ſatisfy his highneſs, that
he came not from Guinea, but from the
Indies. Bartholomew Diaz de Liſboa, maſ-
ter of a galeon well ſtored with cannon,
came in an armed boat, and bid the ad-
miral come aboard him, to give an account

of himſelf to the king's officers, and the

captain of the galeon. Columbus anſwer'd,
that he was the monarch of Spain's admi-
ral, and therefore accountable to no man,

and would not go out of his ſhip, unleſs

compelled by a ſuperior power. The Por-
tugueſe bid him ſend his maſter, which the
admiral alſo refuſed to do, ſaying, he would
never conſent, unleſs compelled, for ic
was the ſame thing for him to go, as to
ſend another ; and that it was the cuſtom
of the Spaniſh admirals rather to die,
than to put themſelves, or their men into
the hands of others. The Portugueſe re-

plied, that ſince he was fo reſolved, he

might do as he pleaſed; but deſired he
would ſhew him the king of Spain's com-

miſſion if he had any; and having ſeen it

returned to the galeon, and gave an ac-
count of what had paſſed. The captain
of it, whoſe name was Alvaro Daman, went
aboard the admiral's caravel, with kettle-
drums, trumpets, and hautboys, and of-

fered him all he ſhould defire.

CHAP. XIV.

What paſſed between the Admiral, and the King of Portugal. Columbus arrives
at Palos, their Majeſties preſs his coming to Barcclona, and the honourable
Reception he had there, the Pope grants thoſe Countries to the Crown of

_ Caſtile.

As ſoon as the report was ſpread a-

| broad in Liſbon, that the admiral
was come from the Indies, fuch multitudes
of people flocked to ſee him, and the In-

dians he brought, that it was wonderful

to behold, and all men were amazed at it.

The next day he received a letter from the

king of Portugal, by the hands of Don

Martin de Noronna, his majeſty's ſervant;
by which he deſired he would come to

him, and he, not to ſhew any miſtruſt,

complied. He lay that night at Sacavem,

and was well entertained, and the king
had given orders at Liſbon, for him to be
ſupplied with all he had occaſion for gratis.
The next day he arrived where the king
was, all the gentlemen of the king's houſe-

hold came out to meet, and conducted

and enquiring after ſome particulars, ſaid,

him to court, where the king received him

very honourably, made him fit down, and

after expreſſing much joy for his ſucceſs,

his voyage.

he was of opinion, that according to arti-
cles with the crown of Spain, that conqueſt
rather belonged to the crown of Portugal,
than to that of Spain. He anſwered, he

had not ſeen thoſe articles, nor knew any
more, than that their highneſſes had di-
rected him, not to go to Mina, or Gui-
ea, which had been proclaimed in all the
ports of Andaluzia, before he ſet out on
The king anſwered, he be-
lieved there would be no need of any media-
tors to accommodate this matter. He or-
dered the prior of Crato, that is of the
knights of Malta, the prime man then
about the court, to entertain him. The

next day the king told him, if he wanted
any thing, he ſhould: be ſupplied, and

making him fit, aſked many queſtions,
concerning that new voyage, the latitudes,
the people, and other things relating to
thoſe parts, being highly concerned that

he had let ſlip that good fortune. There
were

Chr. 14.

were thoſe, who offered him to murder
the admiral, that what he had done might
not be known; but he would not con-
lent | |

On monday the 11th of March, the ad-
mira] tookhis leave of the king, who was at-
tended by all the gentry about the court.
Don Martin de Norenba was ordered to
conduct him to Liſbon; his majeſty gave
him a mule, and another to his pilot,
and twenty Eſpadines, worth about 20 du-
cats. He took Yilla Franca in his way,
where the queen was, in the monaſtery of
St. Antony. He kiſſed her hand, and hav-
ing given an account of his voyage, de-
parted, and was overtaken by a ſervant of
the king's, who told him from his ma-
jeſty, that if he would go into Spain by
land, he would order him to be attended,
provide horſes, and furniſh him with all
neceſſaries; but he ſailed for Sevil in his
caravel, on wedneſday the 13** of March.
On thurſday before ſun riſing he came to
cape St. Vincent, and friday the 1 5th after
day to Saltes, where he entered about noon
with the tide, into the port he had ſet out
from, on friday the 34 of Auguſt, the year
before, ſo that he ſpent ſix months and a
half on the voyage. Being informed that
their catholick majeſt ies were at Barcelona,
he had thoughts of repairing to them by
ſea, in his caravel. He landed at Palos,
was received with a proceſſion, and ex-
traordinary rejoicing of the whole town,
all men admiring that mighty exploit,
which they never imagined he would have
performed ſo ſucceſsfully.

The admiral having reſolved not to go
by ſea to Barcelona, ſent their majeſties ad-
vice of his arrival, and a brief account
of his voyage, referring them to his own
more ample information, by word of
mouth. The anſwer met him at Sevil, the
purport whereof was, to expreſs their joy
for his return and ſucceſs, offering to re-
ward and honour him, ordering him to
make haſte to Barcelona, that they might
concert what was neceſſary for carrying on
the diſcovery commenced, and to conſi-
der, whether it were convenient to leave
ſome orders at Sevil, that no time might

be loſt. It is impoſſible to expreſs how

their majeſties were pleaſed, and all the
court rejoiced at, and admired to fee that
accompliſhed, which they hadall deſpaired
of. The ſuperſcription of the letter was to
Don Chriſtopher Columbus, their majeſties
admiral of the ocean, viceroy, and gover-
nor of the iſlands diſcovered in the Indies.
He returned an anſwer with a particular of
what ſhips, men, ſtores, ammunition, and
proviſions were requiſite, to return to the
Indies, and took the way to Barcelona,

with ſeven Indians, the reſt being dead by

4

America by the Europeans.

\

never before ſeen in Spain. The fame of
this wonder being ſpread abroad, when
he departed Sevil, the people flocked from
all parts to the road to ſee the admiral,
and the Indians. Their majeſties havin
received his memorial, directed Fohn Ro-
driquez de Fonſeca, brother to Alonſo de Fon-
ſeca, and Antony de Fonſera, lords of Coca,
and Alaejos, to apply himſelf immediately
to the providing of all the admiral thought
— for his ſecond voyage to the In-
ies. | |
The admiral came to Barcelona about the
middle of April, was received in ſolemn
manner, all the court and city going
out in ſuch numbers, that the ſtreets
could not contain them, admiring the

admiral, the Indians, and the things

he brought, which were carried open-
ly. The more to honour him, their ma-
jeſties ordered their throne to be ſet out
in publick view, where they ſat with prince
John. The admiral came in attended by

a multitude of gentlemen; as ſoon as he

drew near their majeſties ſtood up, he

knelt down, kiſſed their hands, was or-

dered to riſe, a chair brought, and he ſat
down in their royal preſence, When he
had very ſedately, and with much diſcre-
tion, given their highneſſes a ſhort relati-
on of Gop's mercies, under their high-
neſſes auſpicious fortune, of his voyage,
and diſcovery, the hopes he had of find ing
larger countries; and having ſhewed the
things he brought, and the Indians, as they
went in their own country ; the majeſties
left their chairs, knelt down, and lifting
up their hands to heaven, with tears in
their eyes, returned thanks to Gop, and

the muſick of the chapel began the hymn

Te Deum. In regard that what had been
concerted at firſt with the admiral was but a
plain contract, and he had performed what

he undertook, their majeſties in more am-

ple manner ratified to him, what they
had promiſed at the town of Santa Fe, on
the 17th of April, the foregoing year, and
the patents paſſed at Barcelona on the goth
of the ſame month, this year, and were
ſigned by their highneſſes on the 28* of
May. They alſo gave him the arms of
Caſtile and Leon to bear together with his
paternal coat, with other things denoting
his difficult and wonderful diſcovery ; and
beſtowed ſome favours on his brothers Don
Bartholomew, and Don James, tho' they
were not then at court. 'The king took
the admiral by his fide, when he appeared
in publick in Barcelona, doing him very
much honour otherwiſe, and therefore all
the grandees, and other prime men ho-

noured and invited him to dine with them;

and

615

the way. He alſo took with him green HaaxzAA
and red agg and other rare things, WWW.

+. +8

620

minded prince, was the firſt grandee, who

going one day from court, took the ad-

miral to dine with him. Their catholick
majeſties thought fit to acquaint pope
Alexander the 6th, of the houſe of Borja,
with their new diſcovery, that he might re-
turn thanks to Gop, for the goodneſs

ſhewn to his church, and rejoice, for that in

his days, an opportunity was offered of pro-
pagating the goſpel. Their embaſſador

was alſo ordered to inform him, that the

ſaid diſcovery had been made without in-
croaching upon the crown of Portugal,
the admiral having received ſtrict com-
mands from their highneſſes, not to come
within an hundred leagues of la Mina, or

Guinea, or any other part belonging to the

Portugueſes, which he had punctually per-
formed. And tho', in regard the admiral
had taken poſſeſſion of thoſe new lands,
and for many other reaſons, ſeveral emi-
ninent civilians were of opinion, there was
no need of the pope's confirmation, or
grant for poſſeſſing of that new world

Juſtly ; however their catholick majeſties

directed their faid embaſſador, to entreat
his holineſs to make a deed of gift of the
lands already diſcovered, and to be diſ-

covered to the crown of Caſtile, and Leon,

and to expedite his bulls accordingly.
The pope rejoiced very much at this

news, and glorified Gop, for that he had

been pleaſed to ſhew the means to draw
thoſe people out of infidelity, and make them

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Hernzna and the cardinal of Spain, Don Peter Gon-
nales de Mendoza, a virtuous and noble

partakers of his bleſſings by means of their
catholick majeſties, the induſtry of admi-
ral Columbus, and the aſſiſtance of the Spa-
niſh nation; and all the court of Rome
celebrated and admired ſo great an ex-

ploit. The pope granted to their majeſties

of Caſtile and Leon, and to their heirs and
ſucceſſors, the ſovereign empire and do-
minion of the Indies, and their ſeas, with
ſupreme and royal juriſdiction, imperial

dignity, and ſuperiority over all that he-

miſphere: to which, by the advice, con-
ſent, and approbation of the ſacred col-
lege of cardinals, a bull was expedited,
on the 24 of May this ſame year, with

all the ſame privileges, franchiſes, and

prerogatives granted to the king of Por-
tugal for India, Guinea, and other parts of
Africk. And by another bull of the 3d
of May the ſame year he granted to them
all the Indies, whether iſlands, or conti-

nent, already diſcovered, or to be diſco-

vered, for ever, drawing a line from the
one pole to the other at an hundred leagues
diſtance to the weſtward from the iſlands
Azores, and thoſe of Cabo Verde, and that
whatſoever was, or ſhould be diſcovered
to the weſtward, or ſouthward of that
line, ſhould appertain to the navigation
and diſcovery of their majeſties of Caſtile

and Leon, provided it was not 1n the poſ-
ſeſſion of any other chriſtian prince, be-
fore Chriſtmas-day in the ſame year; and
that none ſhould preſume to fail into

thoſe parts, under penalties and eccleſi-

aſtical cenſures.

CHAP. XV.

The Admiral takes leave of their Catholick Majeſties to return to the Indies; and

the King of Portugal pretends that what had been diſcovered belongs to him.

FPHE pope's bulls being brought, when
the admiral had obtained all things

for the voyage he was to undertake, a

few days before he left Barcelona, their ma-
jeſties ordered that the Indians ſhould be
baptized, having been before inſtructed

in the catholick faith, they themſelves de-
firing to be made Chriſtians; and therefore

their majeſties were willing to offer up to

Gop thoſe firſt fruits of the Gentiles,

the king, and the prince his ſon ſtand-
ing godfathers ; the latter of which would
have one of the Indians to remain in his
ſervice, who ſoon after died. For the bet-
ter managing the converſion of thoſe peo-

ple, their highneſſes ordered, that one F.
Boyl, a Catalonian monk, of the order of

St. Benedid, and other religious men, with
the pope's authority, ſhould go along with
the admiral, giving ſtrict charge that the

Indians ſhould be well uſed, and brought

into the church by fair means, and that

the Spaniards who miſuſed them ſhould

be ſeverely puniſhed. They gave the ad-
miral very rich church ſtuff, for the ſer-
vice of Gop, and ordered him to expe-
dite his departure, and as ſoon as poſſible

to diſcover whether Cuba, which he had

called Juana, was an iſland, or continent,
and to behave himſelf diſcreetly towards
the Spaniards, encouraging the good, and
chaſtizing the wicked. He took leave of
their majeſties, and was attended that 11
from the palace to his lodgings by all
the court, and the ſame when he depart-
ed Barcelona. |

When he came to Sevil, he found the
arch-deacon John Rodriguez de Fonſeca had

provided ſeventeen ſhips, great and ſmall, , fecond
furniſhed with abundance of victuals, am- voyage.

munition, cannon, wheat, ſeeds, mares,

horſes, and tools ro work the gold mines,

and ſtore of commodities to barter, and
give as the admiral ſhould think fit. The

4 fame

Ci

en

Chap. 15,

fame of this ſtrange diſcovery, and of

gold, drew together 1500 men, and amon

them many gentlemen, all in the king's
pay, for not above twenty went over upon
their own account, and thoſe were horſe-
men. 'There were many labouring men,
to work at the gold mines, and handicrafts
of ſeveral forts. Their majeſties by a
new commiſſion appointed the admiral
captain general of the navy, and of the
Indies, and Antony de Torres, brother to
prince John's nurſe, a man of prudence,
and ability to bring it back. Francis de

Pennaloſa, the queen's ſervant, was ap-

pointed to command the forces in the
field, and Alonſo de Vallejo had the ſame
poſt. Bernard de Piſa, an alguazil of the
court, equivalent to a ſergeant at arms,
went as controller of the Indies, and Fames
Marque as inſpector. The moſt noted

erſons that went over were the commen-

dary Gallegos, Sebaſtian de Campo, both of

Galicia, the commendary Arroyo, Roderick
Abarca, Micer Girao, John de Luxon, Pe-

ter Navarro, Peter Hernandez Coronel, whom
the admiral conſtituted head alguazil of

the iſland Hiſpaniola; Moſen Peter Marga-
rite, a Catalonian gentleman, Alonſo San-
chez de Carvajal, alderman of Baeza, Gor-
bolan, Lewis de Arriaga, Alonſo Perez Mar-
tel, Francis de Zunniga, Alonſo Ortiz, Fran-
cis de Villalobos, Perefan de Ribera, Mel-

chior Maldonado, and Alonſo Malaver. Now
alſo went over Alonſo de Ojeda, ſervant to
the duke of Medina Cel, a little man, but
well ſhaped, of a good aſpect, very ſtrong,

and active, who when queen Jabel, or Eli-
zabeth was on the tower of the cathedral
at Sevil, got upon the beam, which was
out 20 foot beyond the ſaid tower, mea-
ſured the length of it with his feer, as
nimbly, as if he had been walking along
a room; at the end of the beam ſhook
one leg in the air, and turning round, re-

turned with the ſame agility to the tower,

all men admiring he did not fall, and beat

himſelf in pieces. Theſe and all the reſt

that went aboard the fleet took a ſolemn
oath to be obedient to their majeſties, to
his admiral, and to the juſtices, and to take
care of the royal intereſt. ES
King Jobn of Portugal was ſo highly
concerned for having ſutfered this new em-
pire to go from him, that not being able
to conceal his trouble, he ordered prepa-
rations to be made for invading of thoſe
countries, upon pretence that they be-
longed to him; and on the other hand
ſent Ruy de Sande to their highneſſes, who
told them, ſhewing his credentials, how
well he had treated the admiral, that he
was pleaſed his project and voyage had
been ſucceſsful z and that he did not queſ-

tion, if there were any countries and iſlands
. Yor, V. |

America by the Europeans. 621

diſcovered which belong'd fo him, that HAN Ts
they would ſo behave themſelves towards WW WV
him, as he would do in the like caſe; and
that being informed they deſigned to pro-
ſecute the diſcovery due weſt from the Ca-
nary iſlands, without turning to the ſouth-
ward, he deſired they would direct the
admiral to obſerve thoſe orders, and he
would enjoin his commanders, when they
went out upon diſcovery, not to paſs thoſe
bounds to the northward. Before Ruy de
Sande came, a report had reached the court,
that the king of Poriugal would ſend his
fleet the ſame way the Spaniards failed,
and take poſſeſſion of thoſe lands. There
was alſo advice brought, that Martin A-
lonſo Pinzon, after eſcaping dreadful ſtorms,
was arrived with his caravel Pinta in Ga-
licia. He died preſently, and ſome fay it
was for grief of a reprimand he received,
for not obeying the admiral, and leaving
him; and becauſe their catholick maje-
ſties would not ſce him, unleſs introduced
by Columbus.

Upon the advice received from Lisbon,
and the king of Portugal's intimation of
his deſigns, their catholick majeſties or-

dered John Rodriguez de Fonſeca ſo to pro-

vide the fleet the admiral was to command,

that in caſe the Portugueſes ſhould make

any attempt, it might be either offenſive
or defenſive, and to haſten its departure.
They alſo ſent Lope de Herrera, a retainer
on their family, to Lisbon, to return that

king thanks for his courteſy towards the

admiral, and deſire him not to ſuffer any
of his ſubjects to go or ſend to thoſe iſlands,
or continents newly diſcovered, becauſe
they belonged to them; which would be

agreeable to the brotherly affection there

was between them, and troubles would be
prevented, and the preaching of the catho-
lick faith among thoſe nations would not
be obſtructed. Lope de Herrera had alſo
inſtructions to repreſent the extraordinar
care their catholick majeſties had taken, in
charging the admiral not to touch at the
gold mine, or Guinea, or any other part
diſcovered by his predeceſſors. Beſides this
compliment, he had other private inſtruc-
tions, that in caſe he found that king had
either already ſent out his fleet, or deſign-
ed to ſend it, he ſhould not proceed as a-
bove, but deliver other credentials he car-
ried, and require him to ftop thoſe pro-
ceedings, till publick proclamation there-
of were made in his kingdom. When Ruy
de Sande had delivered his embaſſy, as is
ſaid above, he deſir'd leave to export ſome
things the king of Portugal ſtood in need
of for the expedition he deſigned to un-
dertake againſt the Moors in Africk, where-
with he diſguiſed the report of the diſco-
very he intended to the weſtward, He

e alſo

I,

N "= D
iy mY B
: 4 2 \
0 LY U
145 1
Wii.
1 . 1
N 28

is. + 1

ey
SY

U

bv

Nl 1 = |
4 wh
WEEN)

622 Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Hansa alſo demanded, that the Spaniards ſhould of his difcoveries and advantages, and pro-

till it ſhould be amicably decided, whe-
ther they might lawfully do ſo, and their
highneſſes anſwered, It ſhould be done.
Lope de Herrera being ſet out for Portu-
gal, before Ruy de Sande reached the court
of their catholick majeſties, and king John
being inform'd of the meſſage he brought, he

ſent Edward Galvan to give notice of what

Ruy de Sande had in commiſſion, relating
to Columbus's diſcovery, and without per-
mitting Lope de Herrera to make uſe of
his credentials, or requiring what he was
directed, anſwered, that he would ſend no
ſhips upon diſcovery in ſixty days, becauſe
he intended to ſend embaſſadors to their
highneſſes upon that point. Whilſt this was
in agitation, he had complained againſt
their catholick majeſties at the court of
Rome, ſaying, they interrupted the courſe

be forbid going to fiſh at cape Bojador, teſted againit the bulls granted, alledging
many pretences of wrong, as that they
broke into his limits, and there ought to

be bounds aſſigned, to prevent the trou-
bles that might enſue between the ſubjects
of the two crowns. The pope anſwered,
that to obviate all occaſions of complaint,
he had marked out what belonged to each,
ordering the meridian to be drawn from
pole to pole, as has been ſaid; and again
granted to the kings of Spain all that ſhould
be conquered in the iſlands towards the
eaſt, weſt, and ſouth, not already poſſeſ-
ſed by any other prince; and another bull
was expedited on the 26th of September the
ſame year. However, this did not ſatisfy
the Portugueſes, who pretended they were
wronged, and that the partition meridian
ought to be drawn much farther weſtward.

1 5 GM AP. XYL
The Admirals Inſtructions and Preparations ; he ſets out on his ſecond Voyage.

TE admiral being at Sevil, with his or-

ders, declaring how far the liberty of

his admiralſhip and government extended,
which were as large as the pope's grant, and
having left his ſons Don Fames and Don Fer-
dinand, as pages to prince John, he applied
himſelf to chuſe the ableſt pilots, and to
review the men appointed for the ſervice,
in the preſence of the controller Soria. All
perſons were prohibited carrying any goods
to barter, and it was order'd, that all things
belonging to their highneſſes, as well as to
private perſons, ſhould be entered at the
cuſtom-houſe both in Spain and the Indies,
and whatſoever ſhould be found not en-
| tered, to be confiſcate. The admiral had
directions, as ſoon as he arriv'd at Hi-

ſpaniola, to muſter his men, and ſo at other

times as he thought fit, and to order their
pay; and he had power to appoint Alcaldes

and Alguazils, that is, magiſtrates in the

iſlands and others parts, to try cauſes, both
civil and criminal, from whom appeals
might lie to himſelf ; and when aldermen,
common-council men, and other officers
were to be appointed for the government
of the people, or any town that was built,
he ſhould name three for every place,
out of which their highneſſes might chuſe

one; but for the firſt time he was allowed

to chuſe them himſelf. All proclamations
made were to be in their highneſſes names;
as were all patents, injunctions, and or-
ders, ſigned by the admiral, counterſigned
by the ſecretary, or clerk that drew them
and ſealed with their highneſſes ſeal on
the back. That as ſoon as he landed a
cuſtom-houſe ſhould be built, to lay up
4

their majeſt ies ſtores, to be kept by their

officers, the admiral having the ſupreme
command over them all, who was to carry
on the trade, or the perſon by him ap-
pointed, with the aſſiſtance of their high-
neſſes inſpector and controller. That he
ſhould have the eighth part of all the
profit, paying the eighth of all the goods
carried over to barter, firſt deducting the

tenth he was to have of all things, pur-
ſuant to his contract; and that he might

ſend out ſhips to any other part, as he
ſaw convenient. 5 5
Whilſt the admiral continued at Sevil at-
tending the diſpatch of his affairs, he re-
ceived a letter from their majeſties, dated

at Barcelona the fifth of September, direct-

ing, that before his departure he ſhould
cauſe to be drawn a ſea chart, with the
rumbs, and all other particulars for the

voyage to the Yeſt-Indies, and preſſing

him to be gone ſpeedily, promiſing him
great matters, for as much as the impor-
tance of that diſcovery appeared daily
to be of greater conſequence ; and as yet
nothing was concerted with the king of
Portugal, though it was hoped he would

hearken to reaſon. The admiral cauſed

abundance of plants to be ſhipp'd, as alſo

wheat, barley, oats, rye, and all ſorts of

grain; cows, brick, lime, and other ma-

terials. The men being ſhipp'd, and all

things in readineſs, the fleet ſet ſail from
the bay of Cadiz, on wedneſday the 25*
of September, before ſun- riſing. He di-
reed his courſe ſouth-weſt, for the Cana-
ry Hands, came up with Gran Canaria on

wedneſday the ſecond, and on ſaturday the

fifth

Crap. 17.

Dominica
iſland, _

Mariga-
lante.

fifth of Ofober to Gomera, where he ſtaid
two days, taking in wood, water and cat-
tle; as calves, goats, ſheep, and eight
fows, at ſeventy maravedies each ; from
which all thoſe there have been ſince in
the Indies have multiplied. They alſo
took aboard hens, other creatutes, and
garden ſeeds. There each pilot had his

America by the Europeans.

country of king Guacanagari, which they
were not to open unleſs ſeparated from
him by ſtreſs of weather, becauſe he would
not otherwiſe have that voyage commonly
known, leſt it ſhould be diſcovered to the
king of Portugal.

1 HAF. XVII |
The Admiral proſecuting his Voyage, diſcovers other Iſlands.

E departed the iſland Gomera on mon-
H day the ſeventh of October, paſſed by
that of Hierro, the laſt of the Canaries,
ſteering more to the ſouthward than he
had done the firſt voyage, and on the
24th of the ſame month, when he be-
lieved he had failed about four hundred
and fifty leagues, ſaw a ſwallow come to
the ſhips, and ſoon after met with heavy
ſhowers of rain, which he ſuppoſed to be
occaſioned by the nearneſs of ſome land ;
wherefore he ordered to ſlacken ſail, and
to look out ſharp at night. On ſunday the
third of November all the fleet ſaw land,

to their great ſatisfaction, and it proved an

iſland, which he called Dominica, becauſe
diſcovered on ſunday, in Spaniſh called
Domingo. Preſently they ſaw two more on
the ſtarboard fide, and then many others;
and they began to ſmel] the herbs and
flowers; and to ſee flocks of parrots, which

always make a great noiſe as they fly.
There ſeemed to be no convenient anchor-

ing to the eaſtward, and therefore he pal-
ſed on to the ſecond iſland called by him
Marigalante, that being the name of the

ſhip he was in. He landed ſome men, and

took poſſeſſion before a notary and wit-

neſſes. Departing thence the next day, he

Guadalupe found another iſland, and called it Guada-

lupe, ſent the boats aſhore, found no in-
habitants in a ſmall town there appeared
on the coaſt, and here they took the firſt
of thoſe parrots they called Guacamayas,
being as big as dunghil-cocks, of ſeveral
colours. The natives were fled to the
mountains, but in ſearching their houſes,
they found that piece of timber failors
call the ſtern poſt, which ſurpriſed them
all, not knowing how it ſhould come thi-
ther, unleſs drove by the weather from
the Canaries, or from Hiſpaniola, if it were
that belonging to the admiral's ſhip, loſt

there. Men were ſent aſhore again on

tueſday, who took two youths, that by
ſigns gave them to underſtand they be-
longed to the iſland of Borriquen, and that
thoſe of Guadalupe were Caribbees, and

kept them to eat. The boats returned

for ſome Spaniards that had ſtaid behind,

and found them with ſix women, that were

fled from the Canibals, which the admiral

would not believe, and therefore gave

them hawkſbels, and ſet them aſhore. The

Canibals took away all that had been given
them; and when the boats came again, the

women, two boys, and a youth begged
of the ſeamen to carry them aboard the
ſhips. By theſe it was known that there
was a continent not far off, and many
iſlands, which they called by their names.

Being aſked for the iſland Hiſpaniola, in
their language called Ayti, they pointed

towards the place where it lay.

The admiral would have held on his
way without ſtopping, but that they told
him, the inſpector James Marque was gone
aſhore with eight ſoldiers, at which he

was offended; and becauſe he had been

long gone, and returned not, parties of
men were ſent to ſeek him; who could
not find him, by reaſon of the thickneſs
of the woods, and therefore he reſolved

to wait a day for him, He ſent men a-

gain aſhore, who fired muſkets, and ſound-
ed a trumpet, and he not returning, Co-
lumbus, who thought every day a year, re-
ſolved to leave them, yet bore patiently,
for fear they ſhould periſh, and ordered
the ſhips to take in wood and water ; and

then ſent Alonſo de Ojeda, who was captain

of a caravel, with forty men to find him,

and take a view of the country, who re-
turned without any tidings of thoſe men,

and ſaid he had ſeen much cotton, faul-
cons, haggards, kites, herons; rooks, pi-

geons, turtles, ducks, nightingals and par-
tridges; and that in travelling fix leagues

he had waded through twenty ſix rivers,
many of which came up to a man's waſte.
On friday the eighth of November, the in-
ſpector returned with his men, and faid he
had loſt himſelf in the mighty woods and
thickets, and could not ſooner find the
way back. The admiral ordered him to
be put under arreſt, and went aſhore, where
in ſome houſes that were near at hand, he

found cotton, both ſpun and unſpun,

and a ſtrange ſort of looms they wove it
in. There were abundance of men's heads
hung up, and baſkets full of human bones,
the houſes very good, and better ſtored

| with

623
inſtructions given him ſeal'd, directing the Hax
courſe he was to ſteer, till he came to the

5 V
W.

3
10 15 4

624.

Herrera with proviſions than thoſe in the iſlands
V diſcovered the firſt voyage.
On the 10th of November he coaſted along
this ſame iſland of Guadalupe, towards the
' north-weſt, making towards Hiſpaniola,
and diſcovered a very high iſland, which
Iands of he called Monſerrate, becauſe it looked
Monſer- like the rocks of that place. Next he found
rate, San- a very round iſland, every way perpendi-
ta Maria cular, ſo that there ſeemed to be no getting

la Redon- Set” 6 |
4%, Santa up into it without ladders, and therefore

Maria e he called it Santa Maria la Redonda, that

Antigua, is, Round St. Mary; to another he gave
St. Mar- the name of Santa Maria el Antigua, Anti-
wo Ars ent St. Mary, whoſe coaſt extended fifteen
or twenty leagues. Many more iſlands
appeared to the northward, very high,
wooded, and green. He anchored at one

of them, and named it &. Martin; and on

the 14h of November, at Santa Cruz, or

Holy Croſs. There they took four women

and two children; and the boat returning
met a canoe with four Indian men and a
woman, who ſtood upon their guard, and
the woman ſhot arrows as well as the men,
who wounded two ſoldiers, and the woman
ſhot through a buckler. They boarded the
canoe, which overſet, and one of the In-
dians diſcharged his bow very vigorouſly
as he ſwam. Holding on their courſe, they

Obſervations aud Diſcoveries of

ſaw ſo many iſlands cloſe together, that

they ſeemed not to be numbered, the largeſt

of which he called St. Urſula, and the reſt

the 11000 Virgins, and then came up with 1100
another great one called Borriquen, but he V,
gave it the name of St. John Baptiſt. (it is _ 1
now called St. Juan de Puerto Rico.) In ſlands.
a bay of it to the weſtward they took ſeve-
ral forts of fiſh, as ſcate, olaves, Pilchards.
There were many good houſes, tho? all of
timber, and thatched, with a ſquare to them

and a way from it down to the ſea, kept

very clean and beaten; the walls of the
houſes made of canes wove together like
wattles, with greens on them very curiouſly,

as ts uſed at Valencia in Spain. Near the

ſea was a ſort of open gallery, or balcony,
that would contain twelve perſons, of the
ſame ſort of ſtructure ; but they ſaw no
living creature, and ſuppoſed they were
fled. On friday the 22d of the ſame month,
the admiral diſcovered the firſt land of the
iſland Hiſpaniola, on the north fide, de-

parting the utmoſt point of Sz. John de Pu-
erio Rico, which are fifteen leagues diſtant.

We have here ſeen the firſt diſcovery of the
Caribbee iſlands we deſign to deſcribe, but

ſhall proceed ſomewhat farther upon theſe

firſt diſcoveries, before we come to treat of
them. 1 8

C HAF. XVIII.
F the Negotiations relating to the Portugueſe Pretenſions; the Admiral arrives in
tbe Ifland Hiſpaniola. 5

T Hough the ſixty days the king of Por-
zugal had aſſigned were elapſed, their
catholick majeſties ſent Garcia de Herrera,
a gentleman of their family, to require them
not to commit any innovation. Preſently
after they ſent the protonotary Don Peter
de Ayala, and Garci Lopez de Carvazal,
brother to the cardinal de Santa Cruz, with
inſtructions, to thank the king of Portugal
for his good inclination to preſerve the peace
between them, and to remove all occaſions
that might diſturb it; letting them know,
that their intentions were the ſame, and
that as to his pretenſion to that part of
the ocean, by grant from the ſee apoſtolick,
by poſſeſſion, and by the articles of peace,
they were willing to admit of all honour-
able means to continue the brotherly friend-
ſhip there was between the two crowns;
but that their highneſſes were fully ſatisfied,
that nothing in the ocean belonged to king
Jobn, but the iſlands of Madera, the Azo-
res, thoſe of Cabo Verde, and the reſt he
was then poſſeſſed of, with what was then
diſcovered from the Canary iſlands, as far
as Guinea, with the gold mines there, and
all other commerce; which was all that
belonged to him by the articles of peace,

4

where it was expreſly mentioned; that they
would not moleſt him in the trade, com-
merce, or country of Guinea, and its mines,
or any other iſlands already diſcovered, or
to be diſcovered, from the Canary iſlands
forward towards Guinea; this being all he
could ſay he had been poſſeſſed of and no
more. And that it plainly appeared he had
ſo underſtood it, when he heard their high-
neſſes were ſending Don Chriſtopher Colum-
bus upon diſcovery, and he was fatisfied he
ſhould fail all over the ocean, provided he did
not go beyond the Canary iſlands, towards
Guinea, which was the place he uſed to
ſend his fleets to; and that when Don Chri-
ſtopher returned, and went to wait upon
him at Valparayſo, he ſeemed to be well
pleaſed with it. =
Their catholick majeſties ſo far juſtified
their proceedings, that they offered, in caſe
king John was not ſatisfied with theſe rea-
ſons, they would be content to refer it to
the deciſion of perſons nominated on both
ſides, and if they ſhould not agree, an um-
pire ſhould be immediately named, or power
given to the arbitrators to name one; and
if the king ſhould think fit to have ic
debated out of their dominions, in the
Roman

—

$i RQ mY 10

Char. 18. America by the Europeans. 625
of Portugal forbearing to ſend to make Haza
any diſcoveries in that part their catholick WW

majeſties pretended did belong to them;

Roman court, or in any other indifferent
lace, they would conſent,and that any other
Wenden might be found to have it ſpeedily

determined equitably, their majeſties never
deſigning to invade the right of another.
They therefore directed, that the remon-
ſtrance of Lope de Herrera ſhould be rei-
terated, to the end there might none go out
upon diſcovery towards thoſe parts which
belonged to their highneſſes; but to thoſe
the Portugueſes had before frequented; for
ſhould they proceed into other parts of the

ocean, it would be intruding upon the

rights of others; and therefore he ſhould
order proclamation to be made to that
effect throughout his kingdoms, under
ſevere penalties, ſince their highneſſes were

the firſt that had began to diſcover that
way; and the king of Portugal's predeceſ-

ſors had no other right to hold that as their

own, which they were then poſſeſſed of,

but their being the firſt diſcoverers; and
the kings of Caſtile and Leon had never

any way obſtructed thoſe of Portugal, ſince
they took that courſe; ſo that he ought to

obſerve the ſame method as their predeceſ-
ſors had done to one another; the contra-

ry whereof would be a poſitive infringing

of the peace there was between them, no

leſs than invading their kingdoms, or than

as king Joby would reſent it, ſhould they
go about to take away any thing he was
poſſeſſed of at the gold mines, or in any
other countries, or iſlands.

2

When theſe embaſſadors departed the

_ Portugueſe court of their catholick majeſties, Peter

emballa” Diaz, one of the king of Portugal's judges, ſhirt, to ſhew they knew the Spaniſh names, 1
Spain, " and Ray de Pinna, a gentleman of his houſ- which ſomewhat comforted the admiral,

hold, were already come to it; and diſ-
courſing upon this affair, they propoſed as a

proper method, that the ocean ſhould be di-
vided betwixt the two crowns, by a ſtraight

line down from the Canaries to the welt-
ward, and that all the ſeas, iſlands, and
countriesfrom that weſtern line to the north-

ward ſhould belong to the crown of oo

and Leon, excepting the iſlands the kin

9

Portugal was then poſſeſſed of within thoſe
limits; and that all the remaining ſeas, iſ-

lands, and countries to the ſouthward of
that line, ſhould belong to the king of
Portugal, excepting the Canary iſlands,

which appertained to the crown of Caſtile.

To which their catholick majeſties an-

ſwered, That it was no proper method,

becauſe nothing throughout all the ocean,
but what has been mentioned, belonged to

the king of Portugal, and ſo the affair

remained undecided at that time, the king

N

but the ſaid king of Portugal ſtill preſſing
that theſe differences might be adjuſted,
the ſame was afterwards done.

The admiral arriving on the iſland Hi/-
paniola, as has been ſaid above, made the
firſt land on the north ſide, where he ſet
aſhore one of the Indians he brought out
of Spain, that being the province of Sama-
na, that he might tell the natives the
mighty things he had ſeen in Spain, and
induce them to enter into amity with the
Chriſtians. He readily undertook ſo to do,
but was never more 33 of, and it was
believed he died. Going on to point An-
gel, ſome Indians went aboard in canoes
with proviſions, and other things to barter

The Ad-
mi ral on
Hiſpaniols

with the Spaniards. Anchoring at Monte

Chriſto, a boat made to a river towards
the land, and found two men dead, the
one a youth, the other old, who had a
rope made of Spaniſh Eſparto about his neck,
his arms ſtretched out, and his hands ty*d
acroſs to a ſtick ; but they could not diſ-

cern, whether they were Chriſtians, or In-

dians, which made the admiral conceive
much jealouſy, and troubled. him. The
next day being the 26t of November, he
ſent more men ſeveral ways to hear what

news there were of thoſe at the town of the

Nativity. Many Indians went to talk with
the Spaniards in all ſecurity, They came up
Cloſe to them, touched their doublet, and
ſhirt, ſaying, zubon, camiſa, that is, doublet,

and the more for that the Indians were not
afraid, imagining thoſe he left in the new
town were not dead. On wedneſday the
25tb, he came to an anchor at the mouth

of the harbour of the Nativity. About

midnight a canoe came up to the admiral,

and ſaid, Almirante, that is, admiral; the

Spaniards bid them come aboard, for he

was there; but they would not, till they

ſaw and knew him. They gave him wo

well wrought vizor masks, and ſome gold
they brought as a preſent from the Cacigue
Guacanagari. Being aſked, concerning the

Chriſtians, they ſaid ſome had died of ſick-

neſs, and others were gone up the inland
with their wives. The Kr} gueſſed they
were all dead, but was fain to connive,
and ſent back the Indians with a preſent of
braſs baubles, which they always put a
great value on, and other toys for the
Olrare——— — ——

7 *

. . . ;
— — — — 7 pu ” — — = — — > —_—_
— — a — — —— 2 Dar — — 5 2 — — = = _——— — — 7 — = —
— — — — — L — 5 Z - ä = : 7: *
— == — — — . — — _— : ER * "= ＋ = 3334 — ̃ — — _ = 45
1 — D — — ” — — mans —— — D r= 2 —. — — 7 — — —
— — — — = — - — — -_ - - — = — — — — —7 — — — — > — — ——
— 2 _ — * — — 5 — — — Py -
poor — — —ñ— —— - — = — — — —ͤ ©... >. - 5
— - * * Py — ” *
— a — 4 _ — — — — a —_ - — » — — - -
7 I = 7 - 2 ö x : — : —
— — - y , Beet — — We. — 2 7 - £ - — ——— — — = —
— 2 — 2 = P. bh 1 -
= — — — — — — _= — = 8 = - 2 — — 2
N A Js - 38m hy * =
— A Cn 2 „ — — - p — 2 - x 2 = - —— —
— 8 < 5 | —_ * K 5 * 2 *

— — — R — - —
—— -
— 2 =. ö - A
— - -
en een. SI —
— — — —— — — — d
_ — — — . — 4
_—_— — ==> © —— —— *
— — — a — — ̃ä— ty
— — — —— K

- — . — 1 — — — — "4 < ” - = % 28
— - — —[—— — 7 5 7 * 2
— — 2 — — 2 — 2 — — — = 82 — - 2 - — - — — - by —
— —_ i! — - * — —— — — — — - — ͤ — — —— - . 3 — yy
hy 2 2 _ 2 — bh - * # «4 - * 7
— On
— — ¶ JA 4. — nf > 4 — — —
K — 7 — _ - _
— by — — — — — — — —

— — r — E 4

—
— — —

' = : -
| 44
! |
| |
TH. 1 p by
＋ 1 Fn :
þ ''y "3:
'
I! nn |
UN 14
iy Fit 11
N i
: 1 4
11 14 78
4 þ
0

0

i [ 14y !
.
4

* N
51 k 0
4

n
i
4
v
:

H

l

of

:
Way.
1 65
97

626

. Obſer vations and Di ſcoveries. of

The Admiral lands, finds the Spaniards all killed, and goes to viſit King

Guacanagari.

MennenA Tz thurſday following all the fleet en-

ter*d the port; they ſaw the fort burnt,
and thence concluded all the Chriſtians were
dead, which troubled them, and the more
for that no Indian appeared. The admiral
went aſhore the next day very much con-
cerned, finding no body to aſk any queſti-
on of. - Some things belonging to the Spa-
niards lay about, which was a melancholy
ſight. Columbus went up the river with the
boats, and ordered a well. he had made in
the fort to becleansd; but nothing was found
in it, the Indians fled from their houſes, ſo
that there was no man to enquire of, tho?
they found ſome of the Chriſtians cloaths,

and ſo he returned. They diſcovered ſeven

or eight men buried near the fort, and
others farther off, whom they knew to be
Chriſtians by their cloaths, and they ſeem-

ed not to have been dead above a month.

Whilſt they were thus ſeeking about, a bro-

ther of Guacanagari's came with ſome In-

dians, who ſpoke ſome little Spaniſh, and
named all thoſe who had been left in the
fort; by whom, with the aſſiſtance of one
the admiral brought back out of Spain, cal-
led James Columbus, they were informed
of the diſaſter. They declared, that as
ſoon as the admiral was gone, the Spaniards
began. to diſagree among themſelves, and
diſobey their commander, going out diſor-
derly to ſeize what women and gold they

had a mind to; that Peter Gutierrez and

Eſcovedo killed one Facome, and they with
nine others went away with the women

they had taken, and their goods to the

lands of a Cacique called Cannabo, who was
lord of the mines, and killed them all.
That ſome days after Cannabo went to the
fort with a great number of men, there
being none then in it, but the commander

James de Arana, and five more that ſtay*'d

with him to defend it, which he ſet fire to
in the night, and that thoſe who were in
it flying to the ſea, they were drowned, and
the reſt diſperſed themſelves throughout
the iſland. That king Guacanagari going
out to fight Cannabo, in defence of the Chri-
ſtians, was wounded, and not yet recover-
ed. All this agreed with the account ſome

Spaniards brought, who had been ſent by
the admiral to get information, and com-
ing to Guacanagari's town, found him ill of
the wounds he had received, which he us'd
as his excuſe for not waiting upon the ad-
Rare 29030-07717 1 189

Buy what has been ſaid, and ſeveral other
accounts, it appeared that there had been
diviſions among thoſe Chriſtians, which
were occaſioned by the Biſcainers; and that

had they been united among themſelves,

and obeyed the admiral's commands, they

would not have miſcarry'd. Guacanagari The Ad-
ſent to deſire the admiral to go viſit him, miral viſits
he not being able to go abroad by reaſon &#can-
of his wounds. The admiral did ſo, and*”*

the Cacique with a melancholy countenance

told him all that has been ſaid, ſhewing him
his wounds, and thoſe of many of his men ;
which plainly appeared to be made by the
weapons the Indians uſed, being darts
pointed with fiſh bones. When the diſ-
courſe was ended, he preſented the admiral

with eight hundred ſmall ſtone beads, which

they ſet a great value on, and call cibas, an
hundred of gold, a crown of gold, an

three little calabaſhes, or gourds, by them

called ybueras, full of grains of gold, the
whole weighing about two hundred pieces

of eight. The admiral gave him ſeveral

glaſs toys, knives, ſciſſars, hawks-bells.

pins, needles, and little looking glaſſes,

which the Cacique thought a mighty treaſure.
He attended the admiral to his quarters,
admiring the horſes, and how the men ma-
naged them. There were ſeveral in the ar-

my, and among them F. Boyle, who adviſed,
that Guacanagari ſhould be ſecured, till he

cleared himſelf better of the death of the
Chriſtians, who had been left in his charge;

yet he thought it not convenient, ſince

there was no remedy for what was paſt,

and it was not proper at his firſt ſetling
in the country to uſe ſeverity, or pro-
claim war ; beſides that he deſigned firſt

to gain faſt footing, fortify himſelf, and
plant colonies, and ſo examine the matter
by degrees, and in caſe the Cacique were
found guilty it would be ſeaſonable at any
time to puniſh him.

CHAP.

'E

Embaſſa-
dors of
Spain
Portugal
meet.

the weſtward of that mentioned in the
pope's bull, from the iſlands of Cabo Ver-

The diffe-
rence ad-

juſted.

CHAP. 20.

America by the Europeans.

I 3
The Difference with the King of Portugal adjuſted ; the Admiral builds the Town
of Ilabela in the Iſland Hiſpaniola.

HE importunity of the Portugueſes
made their catholick majeſties Shiva
to put an end to that controverſy, to which
purpoſe, when they were at Tordeſillas
there came thither as embaſſadors from
that king Ruy de Souſa, lord of Sagre, and
Birenguel, Don John de Souſa his ſon, head
regulator of the weights and meaſures in
Portugal, and the licentiate Arias d Amada,
judge of the houſhold, all of king John's
council. Theſe joining with Don Henr

Enriquez, his catholick majeſty's lord high

ſteward, Don Gutierre de Cardenas, chief
and commendary of Leon, and controller, and

doctor Roderick Maldonado, all of the king's

council; both ſides being ſufficiently em-

powered to ſettle and adjuſt this matter,
by the points of the compaſs, or by way
of latitude, or longitude, or as they ſhould
think fit: After many debates, and con-

ſulting of ſeveral coſmographers, admitted
to the congreſs, on the 7th of June this
ſame year 1493 they agreed, that the line

of diviſion ſhould be drawn 370 leagues to

de, and that all to the weſtward of this

meridian ſhould belong to the kings of

Caſtile and Leon, and all to the eaſtward

to the kings of Portugal; ſo that it ſhould |
be free for the kings of Caſtile to fail thro?
the ſeas belonging to the king of Portugal,

following their direct courſe. That what-

ſoever ſhould be diſcovered before the 20th

of the ſaid month of June, within the firſt
two hundred fifty leagues of the ſaid three
hundred ſeventy, ſhould remain to the
kings of Portugal, and whatſoever was with-
in the other hundred and twenty to the

kings of Caſtile for ever. That from that

months an equal number of ſhips, coſmo-

time forward neither fide ſhould ſend ſhips
out of thoſe ſaid bounds to trade, or bar-
ter; and that within the term of ten

graphers, and ſeamen ſhould be ſent on
both ſides, to mark out the line and limits.
T heſe articles being engroſſed before Fer-
dinand Alvarez de Toledo, ſecretary to their
catholick majeſties, and Stephen Baez, ſe-
cretary to the king of Portugal, were ſign-

ed by the former at Arevalo, on the ſecond

of July, and by the king of Portugal at
Ebora, on the 27th of February, the follow-
ing year. Though their catholick majeſties
on the 7th of May that ſame year, ordered
the coſmographers, and others who were
to draw the line of ſeparation to meet, and

perform it, within the ſpace of ten months

in caſe it was required of them; it does not Hzarzna

appear to have been performed, though it
is certain their catholick majeſties endea-
voured it; but the Portugueſes, who at
this time had conquered little beyond the
iſland of St. Thomas, under the equinoctial,
that they might not be outdone by their
neighbours, applied themſelves ſo earneſt-
ly to their buſineſs, that they ſoon paſſed
that cape ſo dreadful to the ancients, called

of Good Hope, which juts outs ſo far into
the ſea.

The admiral was now in the port of the Col anbau,
Nativity, full of thought how he ſhould ſeeks a

behave himſelf to give a good beginning better
place to

;

to what he had in hand; and thinking

try, and ſcarce of ſtone, and other mate-

rials for building, though it had good har-

bours and water; he reſolv'd to turn back
along the coaſt to the eaſtward, to find a
convenient place to build a town.

ſeventh of December, with all his fleet, and

anchored that evening near ſome ſmall _
iſlands not far from Monte Chriſto, and the

next day, being ſunday, under the ſaid
mountain; and imagining that Monte de
Plata was nearer to the province of Cibao,
where he had been told the rich gold mines
were, which he, as has been ſaid, fancied
to be Cipango, he was deſirous to draw
near to that part. The wind proved ſo
contrary, after he left Monte Chriſto, that
he ſuffered very much, becauſe the men
and horſes were fatigued, and could not

proceed to the port of Gracia or Grace,

where Martin Alonſo Pinzon had been, and
is now called the river of Martin Alonſo,
being five or ſix leagues from Puerto de
Plata, or port Plate; and was forced to
turn back three leagues, to a place where
a large river falls into the ſea, forming a
good port, tho' lying open to the north-
weſt. He landed at an Indian town there,
ſaw a delightful plain up the river, and
obſerved that the ſaid river might be

drawn out into. trenches to run through

the town, and to place mills on, and o-
ther conveniences for building. He there-
fore reſolved to erect a town there, and
ordered the men and horſes, both much
ſpent, to be landed. In this place he be-
gan to plant a colony, being the firſt in
the YYeſt Indies, which he would have cal-
led Jſabela, in honour of queen Jabel, or
Elizabeth, for whom he had extraordinary
reſpect z and having found neceſſaries of

4 ſtone

. ; build a
that province of Marien a very low coun- town.

With
this deſign he ſailed out on ſaturday the

627

Wn

| 4. |
I. : f n
18- 14 U 6
4 1 F 'F
U : t'y | d |
e
! 141 71
N ö
FR | 2
1 1
Nin
; 1 * T id
oy, 1

444

4

pal

4

J

\ (4 44:
iy .
. L 1

:
}

i
j
*

628

Henzzza ſtone and lime, with all elſe he could wiſh,
ss alſo the land extraordinary fruitful, he

applied himſelf very diligently to build

the church, magazines, and his own houſe
divided the ground, and marked out the
ſtreets and ſquares. The publick build-
ings were of ſtone, the .others of timber
thatch*d, according to every man's abi-
lity. IHE
The Spa- The men being fatigued with a long
niards fa- voyage, as not uſed to the ſea, and now
— * toiled with the works, ſhort allowance,
and none liking the country bread, they
began to fall ſick apace, by reaſon of
the change of air, though the country is
of itſelf very healthy, and they died for
want of conveniences, and becauſe they all
laboured alike, Nor did it leſs afflict
them to be ſo remote from their native
country, without hope of relief, or of the
gold and immenſe wealth they had con-
ceited they ſnould immediately find. The
admiral himſelf did not eſcape, for as
his toil was great at ſea, having the whole
charge of the fleet, ſo it was nothing leſ-
ſened aſhore, being to diſpoſe and order
all things, that they might ſucceed as had
been hoped from him, in an affair of that
conſequence; ſo that tho' he kept his bed,
he preſſed the building of the town, and
was deſirous that no time might be loſt,
or the proviſions ſpent in vain, to difco-
ver. the ſecrets of the country, and be
thoroughly informed concerning his Ci-

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

pango, which he had ſo much miſtaken,
the Indians affirming that Cibao was near.
He ſent out Ojeda to diſcover all, with

fifteen men, and in the mean while applied
himſelf to ſend back twelve ſhips into

Caſtile, keeping five of the biggeſt, two
ſhips, and three caravels. ®

Alonſo de Ojeda travelled eight or ten Alonſo 4.
leagues through a country not inhabited, Oed diſ-
and being paſſed a mountain, came into che fl
the beautiful plain full of Indian towns, nd.
where he was well received and entertained,
He came to Cibao in five or ſix days,
though it be but fifteen or twenty leagues
from the place where he left the admiral ;
but he could not travel any faſter, by
reaſon of the entertainment he received
from the Indians, and the many rivers and
brooks in thoſe parts. The natives and

Indians that went as guides, gather'd gold

in the preſence of Ojeda, and he returned
with as much as he thought ſufficed to
ſnew what plenty there was of it, which
proved very great, and gave the admiral
extraordinary ſatisfaction, as it did after-
wards to all the reſt. With theſe ſamples,
and what had been given him by king
Guacanagari, all which he fent to their
catholick majeſties, together with a full
relation of all he had difcovered till that
time, he diſpatched the twelve ſhips, under
the command of Antony de Torres, and thus
ended the year 1493. 5

. CHAP. XXI
Of the Uneaſineſs the Admiral had with his Men, and his March towards the
Province of Cibao. HE .

2 ſhips being ſailed, and the admi-
ral recovering of his ſickneſs, he was
informed, that ſome who repented their
Conſpira- having undertaken that voyage, had cho-
54% pin ſen Bernal de Piſa for their chief, and
* contrived either to ſteal, or forcibly take
away the five remaining ſhips, or ſome of
them, to return to Spain. He ordered
Bernal de Piſa to be ſecured, and ſent
with the proceedings againſt him in a ſhip
to the king. Some of the other conſpi-
rators he cauſed to be puniſhed, and tho?
it was not with the ſeverity their crime
deſerved, yet his enemies took occaſion
from thence to tax him with cruelty. For
this reaſon, he cauſed the guns, ammuni-
tion, and other ſtores belonging to the
four ſhips, to be put aboard the admiral,
under the guard of ſuch perſons as he could
confide in. This was the firſt mutinous
attempt in the Meſt Indies, and the origi-
nal of all the oppoſition the admiral, and
his ſucceſſors met with in thoſe parts as to
their pretenſions. As ſoon as Bernal de
: 2

Piſa was arreſted, an information drawn Origin of
up in form againſt the admiral was found commo-
in the buoy of one of the ſhips, which he ag n
alſo reſolved to ſend to their majeſties. 3:1.
Having quelled this mutiny, he prepared

to go with the beſt men he had, to viſit.

the province of Cibao, and to carry with

him labourers and tools to dig for gold,

and materials to build a ſtrong houſe, if

it ſhould be requiſite. Accordingly he ſet

out with colours flying, drums beating,
trumpets ſounding, and his forces drawn

up, and ſo he enter'd all towns, to gain re-
putation among the Indians, who were
amazed- at it, and to ſee their horſes. He
departed the town of 1/abela on the twelfth

of March, leaving his brother Don Fames
Columbus, a gentleman of a peaceable diſ-
poſition, and regular behaviour, whom

he had brought over with him to govern

the new town. That day they marched He goes

three leagues, and lay at the foot of a to the .
craggy paſs on the mountains; and the N
Indian ways being only narrow paths, 3

a ent

an!

Char. 22.

ſent before the pioneers under the conduct
of ſome gentlemen to level the way, for

” Puerto 4 which reaſon that was called el Puerto de

Hidalgos, los Hidalgos, that is, the gentlemen's pals.
and Vega On thurſday from the mountain, they diſ-
Real. covered the great plain, which is one of
the fineſt in the world, being eighty leagues
in length, and between twenty and thirty
over, and it appeared ſo beautiful, green,
and delightful, that the men thought them-
ſelves in Paradiſe, for which reaſon the
admiral called it Vega Real, or the Royal
Plain. Coming down from the mountain,
they croſs'd the plain, which is there five
leagues over, paſſing through ſeveral towns,

where they were kindly received.
Coming to the great river, by the In-
dians called Yagqui, which is as wide as the
ber of Ebro at Tortoſa, the admiral called it Rio
—_—_ or de las Cannas, or river of canes, forgetting
Ore, or that the firſt voyage, when he was in the
Yagui. mouth of it, he had given it the name of
Rio del Oro, or golden river, where it falls
into the ſea near Monte Chriſto. They all
lay that night well pleaſed, on the bank
of this river. The Indians they brought
with them from the country about the
town of Jſabela, went into the houſes of
thoſe towns they paſſed through, and took
what they found, as if it had been in pub-
lick, the owners being very well pleaſed,
and they went to the quarters of the
Chriſtians, and took what they liked, be-

of it.

America by the Europeans. 629

lieving that had been the cuſtom among Herzera
them. Having croſſed the river, the next VV
day, in canoes and floats, and the horſe

at the ford, a league and a half from it

they found another river, which they cal-

led del Oro, or of gold, becauſe they found xi 1:7
ſome grains in it; but the Indians called it Oro, or
Nicayagua, into which three other brooks Nicayague
fall. The firſt of them is Buenicum, which

the Spaniards named Rio Seco, or dry river;

the ſecond, Coatenicu; the third, Cibu, all

which proved extraordinary rich in the

fineſt gold, and the prime wealth of Cibao.

Having paſſed this river, he came to a

town, moſt- of the inhabitants whereof

fled, and thoſe that remained, having ſet

ſome canes acroſs at their doors, thought
themſelves ſafe. The admiral ſeeing their
ſimplicity gave orders that no wrong ſhould

be done them, which made them take cou-

rage and come out. He went on to an-

other river, which for its delightfulneſs
was called Rio Verde, or green river, the Ris Verde.
bottom and banks whereof were covered |
with ſmooth pebble-ſtones, almoſt round.
On ſaturday the 15th, they paſſed by o-
ther towns, where they alſo thought it a
ſufficient defence to croſs canes before their
doors. Next they came to a paſs, which
they called of Cibao, becauſe the province
of Cibao commences on that ſide at the top

))
The Admiral continues his Progreſs, builds the Fort of St. Thomas, and returns
© 70 the Town of Ilabela; great Sufferings of the Spaniards.

| Lapin were ſent before to make way

thro? the paſs, and carriage horſes re-
turned from hence to Iſabela for proviſions,
the men as yet not reliſhing thoſe of the
country. On the top of the paſs they had

again a delicate proſpect of the plain, for

above forty leagues on both ſides. In
Cizoo pro- fine, they entered Cibao, an uncooth pro-
vince. vince of high rocky mountains, called Ci-
bao, from Ciba, a ſtone. It is full of a-
bundance of rivers and brooks, and there

is gold in all of them; but there are few

green trees, the land being very barren,

unleſs in the bottoms on the rivers. It a-

| bounds in tall ſpreading pine-trees, which

bear no pine-apples, but ſo ordered by na-

ture, that they look like the olive trees of
Axarafe at Sevil. The province is every

where healthy, the air temperate, the wa-

ters fine and pleaſant. Little grains of

gold were found in every brook, though
ſometimes large grains have been found.

The Indiaxs came out at every town to

meet the admiral, with preſents of provi-

ſion, and grains of gold they had gathered

Vol. V.

after they underſtood it pleaſed him. He
was then eighteen leagues from Iſabela, and
diſcovered ſeveral gold mines, one of cop-
per, one of azure, and another of amber;
of which two there was but little: for
which reaſon, and becauſe the country is

very craggy, ſo that the horſes could not

well travel it, he reſolved to build a ſtron
houſe for the ſecurity of the Chriſtians,
and that they might thence ſubdue the pro-
vince. He madechoice of a ſpot of ground
on a hill, almoſt encompaſſed with a river
called Aanique, which tho? it yields not
much gold, is nearer many that have
plenty. The fort was made of mud and
timber, and a ditch was drawn where the
river did not encloſe it. The name of
St. Thomas's fort was given it, becauſe the
men would not believe that iſland afforded
gold, till they ſaw it. *
In the foundation of this fort they found
neſts of ſtraw, which looked as if they Neſts wich
had been laid there few years ſince, and os 5
in them, inſtead of eggs, three or four en

round ſtones, as big as oranges. Don

7 X Peter

226.4 n 6. I...
= - — — - —
— . a * 4 — — 1 — **

— —
"=D mY
__ äE—mFartr r ͤe7„%é“*—1w ———_
2 youu 7
* — a a" 2 "
p __ * 5s ty _ — 2 — "a G
i 7 *.
22 2 — 2.8
r

— 2
22 -

"MN
— —____—_
—-

630 _ Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Hearn! Peter Margarite, a Catalonian gentleman, was
Q left governor of the fort, with fifty ſix men,
and the admiral returned to the town of
Jabela, where he arrived on the 29th of
March, found the men much fatigued,
many dead, and thoſe who were in health,
diſconſolate, fearing every hour to follow
them, and ſtill the more ſicken'd, as the
proviſions failed, and the allowances were
ſhortned; and this was partly occaſioned
by. a great quantity being ſpoiled, through
the fault of the ſea-captains ; beſides that,
thoſe which were landed in yore condition
could not keep long by reaſon of the heat
and dampneſs of the country. The meal
being near ſpent, it was requiſite to make

a mi
labouring people being ſick, the better
ſort were obli
moſt grievous to them, eſpecially wanting
food. This misfortune forced the admiral
to uſe compulſion, that the people might

not periſn, rather than carry on the pub-

Diſtreſs of lick works, and this rendered him odious.
che Sani- Hence F. Boyl began to be incenſed againſt

ards. the admiral, charging him with cruelty;

tho? others ſay his averſion proceeded from
his not allowing him and his ſervants ſo
largely as he deſired. Thus neceſſaries
grew hourly more ſcarce, not only among
thoſe that were in health, but among the
ſick ; for ſometimes five of them that were
purged had but an egg apiece, and a pot
of boiled Spaniſh peaſe; to which may be
added the want of medicines; for though

ſome were carried over, they did not a-

for grinding of the corn, and the

to work, which was

gree with all conſtitutions 3 and what was

worſe ſtill, they had no body to help and
attend them. 7 3
Many men well born, who had never
undergone ſuch hardſhips, ſeeing no hopes
of redreſs, as being ſick and ſtarving, died
impatiently, and almoſt in deſpair 5 which
gave occalion, that after the town of Ja-
bela was abandoned, it was reported there
were dreadful. noiſes heard in that place,
ſo that none durſt go that way.
_ Whilſt the admiral was under this af-
fliction, he received advice from fort Sr.

Thomas, that the Indians abandoned their The Ii.
towns, and that the Cacique of a certain an begin
province, whoſe name was Caonabo made ©2 e-

preparations to reduce the fort. He im-
mediately ſent thither ſeventy of the heal-
thieſt men, and the beaſts of burden laden
with proviſions, and arms, and as many
more of the other men as he could, leaving
behind only the mechanicks, appointing
Alonſo de Ojeda for their captain, with or-
ders to him to ſtay in the fort, and Don Peter
Margarite to take the field with the ſtrong-
eſt he could, to march about the country,

and ſhew the Iudians the ſtrength of the
Spaniards, that they might know they

were to fear, and obey them; and this
particularly about the Vega Real, or Royal
Plain, where there was an innumerable
multitude of natives, and many lords, or
Caciques; as alſo that the Spaniards might

uſe themſelves to eat the country proviſions,

ſince the Spaniſb were near ſpent.

CHAP. XXIII.

Alonſo de

A Lonſo de Ojeda departed the town of
Labrla, on the 9th of April, with
above four hundred men, and as ſoon as
paſt the river del Oro, or of gold, ſeized
the Cacique of a town, with his brother and

nephew, and fent them to Jabela, and

cauſed an 1ndian's ears to be cut off in the
market place. This he did, becauſe when
three Spaniards were going from fort St.

Thomas ro 1/abela, the Cacique gave them

five Indians to carry their baggage over
the river, who left the Chriſtians in the
middle of it, and returned with their equi-
page to the town, for which the Cacique
was fo far from puniſing them, that he

kept the. baggage. Another Cacigue of an-

other town, ſeeing thoſe above mentioned,
carried away priſoners, went away with
them, believing he might prevail upon the
admiral in their behalf, on account of
ſome good turns he had done the Spaniards:
He, as ſoon as they came, ordered their
934

Ojeda marches to Fort St. Thomas, and the Admiral goes out to diſcover
Fiertber on the Coaft of Cuba, and finds Jamaica.

heads to be chopped off in the market
place, a cryer proclaming their offences;
but for the fake of the other Cacique for-
gave them. Juſt then came an horſeman
from the fort, and faid, the Indians of the
priſoner Caciqne's town had beſet five Spani-
ards, to kill them, and that he with the

help of his horſe had reſcued them, above The Indi.

four hundred of thoſe people flying be-
fore him, whom he purſued, and wounded
ſeveral with his ſpear. VVV

Thus the commotions that were feared
in the iſland Hiſpaniola ſeemed to be pa-
cified for the preſent, and the admiral re-

ſolved to ſet out upon diſcovery, as he had A council

been directed by their catholick majeſties,
and his own inclination, averſe to idleneſs,
dictated. For the better government of
the 1fland he conſtituted a council, whereof
his brother Don James Columbus was ap-
pointed preſident, the counſellors were
F. Boyle, Peter Ferdinandez 1 ,

bg the

Co,
fail
diſt

2

CHAP. 23.

Columbus
ſails upon
diſcovery.

Puerto
Grande.

o

the chief Alguazil, or officer of juſtice,
Alonſo Sanchez de Carvajal, and John de
Luxan. Don Peter Margarite with the
forces he had, being above four hundred
men, was ordered to march over all the
iſland ; and the admiral gave them all ſuch
inſtructions as he thought moſt convenient.
Then leaving two ſhips in the harbour to
ſerve upon any exigency, he failed out to

the weſtward, on thurſday the 24 of

April, with one great ſhip, and two cara-
vels. He proceeded to Monte Chriſto, and
the port of the Nativity, where he enquired
for Guacanagari, but tho' they told him
he would ſoon come, did nor ſtay for him,
Then he advanced to the iſland Tortuga,
and the wind proving contrary returned to
anchor in the riyer he called Guadalquivir.
On the 29% of April he reached port Sz,
Nicholas, whence he diſcovered the point of
the iſland Cuba, which he named Alpha
and Omega, but the Indians call it Bayati-
quiri.

» »

canoes brin ng much fiſh. On ſunday
the 7th of May he proceeded farther, hour-
7 diſcovering very notable harbours. He

aw high mountains, rivers falling into the
ſea, and keeping cloſe to the land, infinite
numbers of Indians reſorted, to the ſhips in
their canoes, carry ing proviſions gratis, as
believing the Spaniards came from heaven,
and the admira] always gave them wh
with which they went away extremely ſa-
tisfied, thoſe Indians he had with him who
had been in Spain, ſpeaking kindly to

them. He reſolved to turn to the ſouth-

Jamaica

diſcover'd.

eaſt, becauſe he there diſcovered an iſland,
which was Jamaica, and ſome believe it
might be that the Lucayo Indians ſo often

ſpoke of by the name of Babeche, or Bobio.

Monday the 14% of May he came upon
the coaſt of Famaica, which he thought
the beautifulleſt iſland of all he had yet

ſeen, and infinite numbers of canoes came

to the ſhips. The boats belxg ſent to ſound
and find out a port, abundance of armed
canoes came out to hinder the landing of
the Spaniards, The admiral went off to
another place, which he called Puerto bue-
no, or good port, where the ſame oppoſi-

tion was made, and therefore he ſent a

volley of arrows out of the croſs-bows at
them, wherewith ſix or {ſeven being
wounded, the reſt came peaceably to the
ſhips. The next friday he failed along the

coaſt to the weſtward, ſo near the ſhore,

America by the Europeans. K.)

ceiving what the Spaniards gave them with
great ſatisfaction. The wind being always
contrary Colymbys reſolved to retutn to
Cuba, to be ſatisfied whether it was an
iſland or continent. This ſame day, being
the 18th of May, an Indian youth came to
the ſhips, deſiring by ſigns they would
take him along in them; and tho? his pa-
rents and kindred, with tears, intreated
him not to go, they could not prevail;
but he rather than ſee them weep, hid him-
ſelf in the priyateſt parts of the ſhip.

That ſame day, the 18th of May, he

came up on the point of Cuba, which he C7 in

called Cabo de Crux, or cape croſs, and run-
ning along the coaſt with much rain, thun-
der and lightning; met many fhoals, which
perplexed him; and the farther he advanced,
che more ſmall iſlands he met with, ſome
of them all ſand, others full of trees. The

nearer they lay to Cuba, the higher, green-

ner, and more beautiful they appear'd, ſome
being a league, ſome two, ſome three,
and ſome four in compaſs.
he diſcovered them he ſaw many, the next

many more; in ſhort they were number-

leſs, and there being no giving a name to

every one, he called them, e Jorden de la Jardin de
| Reyna, the Queen's Garden. There were

channels between them, which the ſhips
could paſs through, and in ſome of them
they found a ſort of birds like red cranes,
which are only to be ſeen in Cuba and theſe
ſmall iſlands, living only on the ſalt water,
and ſomething they find in it; and when

631

that many canoes followed the ſhips, Cre,
giving ſuch things as they had, and re

-
*

Cape de
Cuba.

The firſt day

la Reyna

iſlands.

any of them are kept in the houſe, they
feed them with cagabi, which is the Indian

bread, in a pan of falt and water. There
were abundace of tortoiſes, as big as large
bucklers. They ſaw cranes, like thoſe in
Spain, crows and ſeveral forts of ſinging
birds, and the iſlands exhaled fweet odours.
They diſcovered a canoe full of fiſhermen,
who ſtood ſtill without any tokens of fear,
expecting the approach of the Chriſtians.

They fiſhed on, and took ſome fiſhes they

call reves, the largeſt whereof are about
the ſize of a pilchard, having a roughneſs
on the belly, which when clung to any
thing, they may be ſooner torn. in pieces
than removed from the place. They ty'd
theſe by the tail, with a ſmall cord; two
hundred fathom, more or leſs, in length,
and the fiſh ſwimming along on the ſur-
face of the water, or near it, when it came
where there were any tortoiſes in the ſea,
clung to their under ſhell, ſo that the men
drawing the ſtring took a tortoiſe, weigh-
ing an hundred weight, or more. In the
lame manner they take ſharks, moſt fierce
and ravenous creatures, that devour men.
The fiſhing being over the Indians came

| aboard

Reves,

ſmall fiſh-

es, catch

tortoiſes.

—— . - 3 —— *
=q — — = — — -
— 8 —
— — 5 — — -

5 — —
= —— -
— ——— — —

2
2
— ow n

1 -
ung or oe
8 5 SE; = pa;

tl *

<=
b — > — — —
— — — —— = — — — —
— — — —_——-> - —
— — — — — — — — —
TRE — — ==> —— I — —
— —_ : — —
— — ——— — — - —
— — — * n "= 8 — — > .

—

2 +
48h
Lt:

; }
144
17 9 9
$994
1
til;
|
:

1
Nh
1 CITY

Y £ T5 /

7 TP}

"B*( {4

RE? 7
+?

4 141
18 13

11
1 14 d
: yl *+
if [74
411 1/810
TITER. i}: 7
45 . 1
x : . 1
7 * |
4
A” 5
144

AT 1

16 ;
- x
: ”

1 14

1 »

4 .T
4+ 11%;
148K |
| |
: [1

4

1.7
{
: *

| i :
1 „ i- {
*y 1 i}:
ii.

* ' |
11

2 — —— —— —
* - —
— — 7 aa”
x Bs — 8 —
4 -—_— —— — . = Ls 2 —
renin ene == *—

—

- . s 2 þ 2
== _———— — — —
—5 7 2 _ — 22 =
. en: me et
— — EET —
—U—äũä— <= x — > -
— . 2 —
82 9323 woe * 7

th ay
© OO — 0 —o—_— noe —

632

HEAR ERA

Coaſt oſ
Cuba.

A
*

aboard the ſhips, the admiral ordered they
ſhould have toys given them, and was in-
formed there were many more iſlands for-
ward. He held on his way weſtward among
the iſlands, with heavy rain, thunder, and
lightning every evening, till the moon was
up; and tho? all imaginable care was taken,

Obſervations and Diſcoveries - of

yet the ſhip often touched, and ſtuck,
and cauſed much labour to get her off.
He found an iſland larger than the reſt; and
called it Santa Marta, in which there was
a town, abundance of fiſh, dumb dogs,
grear flocks of red cranes, parrots, and
other birds; and the people fled for fear.

| "CHAP. XXIV. 1
The Admiral underſtands that Cuba is an iſiand; how much he ſuffered during
his Voyage, and what happened to him with an old Cacique. ot

THE admiral wanting water, reſolved
1 to leave the ſmall Rands, and draw
near to Cuba. By reaſon of the thickneſs
of the trees, there was no diſcovering,
whether there were any towns, or not; but
a failor going aſhore with a croſs-bow,
met thirty men armed with ſpears, and
mazanas,' which are the wooden ſwords
they uſed. This ſeaman ſaid, he ſaw one
among them who had a white tunick, or
garment down to his heels; but he could
not be found, tho? ſought after, for they
all fled. Proceeding about ten leagues to
the weſtward, they ſpied houſes, whence
ſome men came in canoes, bringing pro-
viſions, and calabaſhes full of water, for

- which the admiral returned toys. He de-

Vaſt
flights of
birds and
butterflies

fired they would permit him to take an In-
dian along to ſhew him the way, and ſome

particulars; and tho unwillingly, they con-

ſented. This man almoſt ſatisfied him

that Cuba was an iſland, and that the king

of it farther along the weſtern coaſt, only
talked to his peopled by ſigns, and was
obeyed by them. Holding on their way,
the ſhips came upon a bank of ſand,
which had one fathom water, and was two
ſhips length over. Here they were in
great anguiſh, being obliged with much
difficulty to ply all their capſtains, to wind
them over into a deeper channel. The ſea
was all covered with mighty tortoiſes. A
flight of ſea crows, like a cloud, paſſed
over them, darkning the ſun, coming from
the ſea, and alighting on Cuba.
numbers of pigeons, ſea-gulls, and other
ſorts of birds followed after them. The
next day ſuch multitudes of butter flies
came to the ſhips, that they hid the light
of the ſun, and held till night, when the
great rains carried them away. The In-
dian informing that the iſlands continued
all along that way, fo that the danger
and toil would encreaſe, when at the ſame
time proviſions began to fail, the admiral
thought fit to return to Hiſpaniola. To fur-
niſh himſelf with wood and water, he made
to an iſland about thirty leagues in com-
paſs, which he called the Evangeliſt, and
ſeemed to be about ſeven hundred leagues
from Dominica, and is ſuppoſed to be that

4

No leſs

they now call Ta de Pinos, or the INand

of Pines, ſo that there was not much want-
ing to diſcover the farther point of Cuba,
being but about thirty ſix leagues ; ſo that
he failed upon this diſcovery three hun-

dred thirty three leagues. Computing his

voyage by aſtronomical rules, from Cadiz

to the weſtermoſt part of Cuba he found

he had failed 75 degrees in longitude, which

amount to five hours in the difference of

time. OW
On friday the 13" of June, he turned
to the ſouthward, and taking through a
channel he thought the beſt, found it unpaſ-

ſible, which diſcouraged the men, ſeeing

ſo much danger, and conſidering they want-
ed proviſions; but by the admiral's con-
trivance, and reſolution, they got out the

fame way they came in, and returned to

the Evangeliſt's iſland. He departed thence
to the north-weſt, to view certain iſlands,

which appeared a little above five leagues

off, where they fell into a ſea that was full

of green and white ſpots, looking as if it Several

were all ſhoals, though there were two colours in

fathoms of water. At ſeven leagues diſ-
tance they came into a very white ſea, which
looked as if it had been condenſed. Seven
leagues farther they found another ſea, as
black as ink which was five fathom deep,

and failed thro? it till they came upon Cuba,

the ſailors being much amazed to ſee ſuch
changes in the ſea ; which is certainly con-
cluded to proceed from the bottom's being of
that colour, and not the water, as the Por-
tugueſes affirm of the Red . Sea; and ſuch ſpots
have been ſeen in the ſouth and north ſeas.
Among the windward iſlands there are other
white ſpots, becauſe the bottom is white,
ſo that it proceeds from the tranſparency.

He departed Cuba to the eaſtward, the

wind ſcant, through channels full of ſhoals ;
and on the 30th of June the admiral's ſhip
ſtuck aground, which when it could not be
drawn off aſtern with anchors and cables,
was forced away ahead, by the admiraPs
ingenuity. He proceeded, holding no re-
gular courſe, bur as the channels and ſhoals
would permit, through a very white ſea,
and had great ſhowers of rain every even-
ing. He drew near to the land of os

about

the ſea.

T
ra
m
C

The admi-
ral hears
maſs in
Cuba.

CHAP. 25.

about the place where he came on firſt to
the eaſtward, where they ſmelt moſt fra-
grant odours, as of ſtorax, proceeding
from the wood the Indians burnt. On the
57th of July, he went aſhore, to hear mals,
and whilſt it was ſaying, an old Cacique
came to the place, who obſerved every

thing the prieſt did, how reverently the

Chriſtians behaved themſelves, the reſpect
they paid to the admiral when the pax was
given him, and ſuppoſing him to be the
ſuperior of all the reſt, he preſented him a
ſort of that country fruit, in a calabaſh,
or gourd, called in that country ybueras,
ſerving inſtead of porrengers, and ſat down
by him on his hams, for ſo they do, when

they have not their low chairs, and diſ-

An old

Cacique's

him.

courſed him as follows,

4 You are come into theſe coun-

« tries, which you never ſaw before,
ſpeech to ;

« with a mighty power, and have ſtruck
« a great terror. You muſt underſtand,
ce that according to the notion we have
ce here, there are two places in the other

« world, which ſouls go to; the one dark
« and diſmal prepared for thoſe who do

& ill; the other is pleaſant and delight-
« full, where they are to be entertained
C who promote peace among mortals. If
& therefore you believe you are to die, and

America by the Europeans.

« you will do no harm to thoſe who do
«© you none. What you have done here
« is good, for I take it to be a form of
returning thanks to Gop. He ſaid, he
« had been in Hiſpaniola, Jamaica, and
% the farther part of Cuba, and that the
« lord of that country was clad like a
e prieſt.

All this the admiral underſtood by means

*

of the interpreters, and was amazed at the-

old Indian's ingenious diſcourſe, to which
he anſwered, «+ He was glad that himſelf
« and the natives of that country believed
« the immortality of the ſoul, that he was

_ « ſent by his ſovereigns their majeſties of

«© Spain to view thoſe countries, and ſee
«© whether there were any men in them
e that did wrong to others, as he under-
& ſtood the Canibals did, and to curb them,
« and endeavour they ſhould all live in
% peace.” The old Indian ſhed tears
hearing theſe laſt words, declaring he
would go away to Spain with him, had he
not a wife and children; and having re-
ceived ſome toys from the admiral, knelt

down, expreſſing much admiration, often

aſking, Whether it was heaven or earth
where thoſe men were born.

CHAP. XXV.
The Admiral returns to Hiſpaniola, and finds his Brother Don Bartholomew
Columbus there. .

EE admiral leaving that place, where
52 the old Indian diſcourſed him, the
winds and ſtorms of rain ſeem'd all to

have conſpired to fatigue him, and amon
the reſt, ſo great a ſpout fell upon him, as

The admi-
* va} ait-
treſſed.

almoſt laid his deck under water, ſo that
it ſeem'd to be a ſpecial providence that
they could ſtrike their ſails, and at the
ſame time drop their ſheet anchors. The

took in ſo much water above the deck,
that they could ſcarce diſcharge it with

the pumps; nor was it the leaſt part of

Jamaica,
called

Santiag 0.

their trouble, to be now reduced to no
other allowance but a pound of rotten
biſket a man, and half a pint of wine,
there being no other proviſions, unleſs they
rook ſome fiſh. With theſe difficulties he
came, on the 18th of July, to cape Cruz,
or croſs, where he reſted three days, be-
cauſe the Indians entertained him very lov-
ingly, carrying him of their fruit and pro-
viſions. On tueſday the 224, the winds
being contrary, he returned towards the
iſland of Jamaica, which he called Santi-
ago. He ran along its coaſt to the weſt-
ward, admiring its deliciouſneſs, and the
ports he found at almoſt every league's

diſtance: abundance of Indians following

VOI. V.

in canoes, who freely gave their proviſions,

which the Spaniards thought better than
thoſe of the other iſlands; but he never

miſſed every evening of heavy rains, which

he faid were occaſioned by the many woods.

He ſaw a very beauriful bay, with ſeven

{mall iſlands, on the edge of the fea, one

of which was extraordinary high land, and

had abundance of towns. The admiral

thought it very large, but afterwards it
appeared to be Famaica itſelf, being eighty
leagues in length, and fifty in breadth.
The weather growing calmer, he turned to
the eaſtward, towards Hiſpaniola, and the
utmoſt land of it, being a cape that ſtretch-
es out towards Jamaica, which he called
Cabo de Ferol, or cape Lighthouſe ; and on
wedneſday the 2oth of Auguſt ſaw the weſt-
ermoſt cape of the iſland Hiſpaniola, which
he named Sz. Michael's, and is now called
cape Tiburon, being twenty five or thirty
leagues from the eaſtermoſt point of Fa-
maica. On ſaturday the 2 Jos a Cacique
came to the ſhips crying, almirente, almi-
rante, that is, admiral, admiral, whence
he inferred that muſt be the point of Hi-

ſpaniola, for till then he knew it not. At

the end of Auguſt he anchored at a ſmall
27 Y . land,

ce that every man ſhall be there rewarded, Herzzea
« according to what he has deſerved here, WWW

IT

* 8 Im "
al N "ll |
e 1 95 |

— : — < _ __ - : — ——— - bh -
- — — 2 7 — = 2 — — * - = -
Crs SI DIES ICT a — — —— — — — — Ag — — —
— —.— — — — 2 —.—— =
_ 4 -

—

——

— 2
© —

— —— ——
— —.— = CERES

|

f

Wu |
0
on
N

1 144 1 79

: 161

9 1 F 1
1 f

ö

li
\
tl
-

1.

ö
0

4
z *

Warlike

-

Hezaxra iſland, which looks like a fail, becauſe it
is high, and called it Alto Velo, being twelve
"od tap " leagues from /a Beata, The other two
ſhips being out of ſight, he cauſed ſame
men to go up to the op of the iſland to
diſcover them, and the ſeamen killed five
ſeals that lay aſleep on the ſands, knock*d
down many birds with ſtaves, and took
ſome with their hands, for that part
not being inhabited, they fled not from

them.
rs Beata After ſix days, the other ſhips came
Au up; they proceeded to the iſland Ia Beata,
Sch is ſmall, and thence coaft it along
Hiſpaniola to a river, on which lies a cu-
. rious plain, very populous, now called
de Catalina, that is Catherine's, from a la-
dy it belonged to. The Indians came
aboard in canoes, ſaid the Spaniards of 1/a-
bela town had been there, and were all well.
Columbus ſaild on eaftward, and diſco-
vered a great town, towards which he fent
the boats for water. The Indians came
out armed, and their arrows were poiſoned,
threatning to bind the Spaniards with cords

they ſnewed, and this was the province of

Higuey Higuey, whoſe natives were the moſt war-
like of any in Hiſpaniola, and uſed poiſon'd

in Hiſpa- arrows; yet as ſoon as the boats came
niola. up, they laid down their arms, enquired
for the admiral, and carried proviſions.

Sailing ſtill on to the eaſtward, they ſaw a

large fiſh, like a ſmall whale, with a ſhell

as large as that of a tortoiſe on the neck,
and that is as big as a target. The head,
which it held above water, was like a caſk,
or pipe, the tail like that of the tunny
fiſh, very large, and two vaſt fins on the
fides; by this fiſh and other tokens in the
{ky, the admiral gueſſed the weather would
change, and therefore endeavoured to put
into a ſmall iſland, which the Indians call

2 Adamanoy, and the Spaniards Saona, be-
Illand.

is about two leagues in length. There he
anchored, and the other two ſhips not
being able to get in, run great danger.

That night the admiral obſerved the eclipſe
of the moon, and declared the difference

between that place and Cagiz was five hours

and twenty three minutes; he ſtayed there
eight days, and the other ſhips having

Joined him, they ſailed away on the 24h

of September. and arrived at Cabo de Erga-

rio, of Cape Deceit, in Hiſpaniola, which

the admiral called of $S:. Raphael; then

1:3, Couched at the iſland Mona, ten leagues
from Hiſpaniola, and eight from St. John's,

Itſelf ſix in compaſs, where moſt delicious

melons grow, as big as a two gallon veſſel.

tween which and Hiſpaniola is a ſtreight
little above a league over, and the iſland

624 Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Departing Mona, near $. John de Puerto

Rico, he was ſeized by ſo violent a le-

thargy, that he quite loſt his ſenſes, ſo
that it was concluded he could not live;
for which reaſon the ſeamen made the beſt

of their way, and all the ſhips arrived to-

gether at the port of /abela, on the 29h

of September, without any more aſſurance '

of Cuba's being an iſland, than what the
Indian had told them. Here the admi-
ral underitood that his brother Don Bar-
tholomew Columbus was in the town, and
that the Indians of the iſland were in arms
againſt the Chriſtians.

The admiral was wonderfully pleaſed Barth.
with the arrival of his brother, of whom wer, Co.
it may be acceptable to give an account,

before we proceed, fince he went to offer

this diſcovery to the king of England. ther.
He was long on his way to that kingdom,

and ſpent much time in learning the lan-
guage, the manner of ſoliciting at court,
and gaining admiſſion to the miniſtry ; fo
that after ſeven years ſpent, he agreed and
articled with king Henry the 7th then reign-
ing, and returned towards Spain, to find
out his brother, who having heard nothing
of him in ſo long a time, concluded him
dead. At Paris he was informed, he had
made the diſcovery, and was already ad-
miral, which was told him by king Charles,

called the headſtrong, who gave him 100

crowns towards his journey; and tho? he
made haſte, his brother was gone the ſe-

cond time, with the ſeventeen fail before

mentioned, and received inſtructions left
him by the admiral. He went to kiſs their

majefties hands, and to viſit his nephews
Don Fames, and Don Ferdinand at Vallado-
lid, where the court then reſided, and

they were pages to prince John. Their ca-
tholick majeſties did him much honour,
and ordered him to go to the Indies with
three ſhips, that carried proviſions for the

admiral. He arrived there in April this
ſame year, and found his brother was gone
to diſcover Cuba. The admiral thought

his brother would be ſome eaſe and com-
fort to him, and gave him the title of
Adelantado, being as much as lord lieu-
tenant, which their catholick majeſties were
offended ar, declaring it was not in the ad-
miral's power to make him ſo, it belonging
only to them to give that title; yet ſome
years after they confirmed it, Don Bar-
tholomew was a diſcreet man, and as ſkil-
ful in ſea affairs as his brother, ſomewhat
harſh. in his temper, very brave and blunt,

which made ſome men hate him; he had

other commendable qualities becoming a
reſolute and wiſe man. |

CHAP.

CHAP. 26.

America by the Europeans.

635

ape pes Ar WW,
The Indians grow weary of the Spaniards, and Alonſo de Ojeda ſerures the
5 Cacique Caonabo.

O return to the affairs of Hiſpaniola,

the admiral having left the council

to govern there, and Don Peter Margarite

to command the 400 men abovementioned,

to the intent aforeſaid ; he marched away

with them to the Vega Real, or Royal

Plain, 10 leagues from the town of Ja-

Diforders bela, and quartered them in the towns,
of Don Pe- where they lived without any order, or
ter Mar- diſcipline, undoing the Indians, for one of
gartie. them would eat more in a day, than a
native in a month. The council reprov-

ing Don Peter Margarite for not curbing

the diſorderly ſoldiers, he began to cavil

with them, refuſing to obey their com-
mands, either in this particular, or in march-

ing about the iſland, as the admiral had
directed him; and now fearing, to be pu-

niſhed for his offences, he reſolved to lin-

He and F. Bartholomew Columbus, and return to Spain,
aer iu and with him F. Beyl and ſome others of
muy . |

in Spain. that party. Being come to court, they
gave an account that there was no gold in

the Weſt-Indies, and that all the admiral

ſaid was a meer fraud and fiction. The
ſoldiers being left without their comman-

der, diſperſed themſelves about the coun-

try, living like men under no government;

| whereupon a Cacique, whoſe name was Gu-
atiguna, and who had a large town on the

banks of the great river, killed ten Chri-

ſtians there, and privately ſent to ſet fire

to a houſe, where ſome ſick men lay; and

fix more were killed by the Indians, in ſe-

veral parts of the iſland, throughout all
which the fame of their miſbehaviour was
ſpread: ſo that all the Indians generally
hated them, tho* they had not ſeen them,
and eſpecially the four principal kings, or
2 Caciques, who were Guarinoex, Caonabo,
3 gHebec hico, and Higuanama, and all thoſe
that ſided with, and were ſubject to them,
being an infinite number, were deſirous
to drive the Spaniards out of the country.
Only Guacanagari king of Marien made
no commotion, but kept 100 Spaniards in
his country, giving them ſuch as he had,
and entertaining them friendly. |
Some days after the admiral's return,
Guacanagari went to viſit him, expreſſed
much concern for his indifpoſition and
troubles, ſaid, he had no hand in the death
of the Chriſtians, but was their friend,
and therefore all the natives bore him ill
will, and particularly thoſe who were in
arms in the plain and other parts; then

calling to mind the Spaniards left at firſt

4

bark on the three ſhips which brought Don

in the town of the Nativity, he wept, be- Hiern
cauſe he had not been able to Ne *
them alive till the admiral's return; and
he being reſolved to take the field, to diſ-
perſe thoſe natives, and pacily the iſland,
Guacanagari offered to attend him with his
ſubjects; but before Columbus went out in
perſon, he {ent others to make war on
Guatiguana, who had ſlain the ten Chri- Guatigua-
ſtians, that the puniſhment might not be 7 routed.
delay'd, or he grow the bolder. The Spa-
niards killed many of his men, took ma-
ny more, feveral of which were ſent into
Spain, and the Cacigue fled. Caonabo was
the moſt potent prince 1n the iſland, perſo-
nally brave, and had three valiant brothers,
being king of the province called Magu-
ana, of whom the admiral made moſt ac-
count, and thinking it moſt convenient to
reduce him by art, becauſe it would be
difficult to do it by force; he reſolved to

ſend Alonſo de _ a horſeback, with on-
s

ly nine Spaniards, under colour of carryi

him a preſent. The Indians valued lattin Value the

above gold, and were much taken with Indian,
it, and other metals carried out of Spain, put upon
as if they came from heaven; and when _—
the bell of the church in the town of Ja-
bela rang, and the inhabitants repaired to

the ſaid church, they thought it ſpoke,

the fame thereof had reached Caonabo,

who had often thoughts of begging it of

the Adelantado, or lord lieutenant, that he

might ſee the e Turey, for they called

lattin Tarey, ſignifying heaven, and they

put ſuch a value upon it and other me-

tals, that they called it by the ſame name

of Turey, and the Spaniards added of Biſcay,
whence it was called Tyrey of Biſcay.

Ojeda being come into the province of
Maguana, which was about ſixty or ſe-
venty leagues from the town of T/abela,
the Indians wondering to ſee him a horſe-
back, as believing the horſe and man to
be all of a piece, told Caonabo, there were
Chriſtians come, ſent by the admiral, whom
they called Guamiguini, and brought a
preſent, of that they called Turey of Bi/-
cay, which he much rejoiced at, Ojeda c,,,,z,

was admitted, kiſſed his hands, the reſt treache-

doing the like, and ſhewed him the preſent, rouſly ta-

which was fetters and hand bolts ſo curi- ken 34

ouſly poliſhed that they looked like ſilver. .

He told him, the kings of Spain uſed to

wear them, becauſe they came from hea-

ven, and put them on at the Arcitos, or

balls, and it would be proper for him to

go along with them to waſh himſelf in
the

— I
. a — - — —
— * - — 2

10

"a

11
|

* * .
— > — —
© <<
n = 3 —
— 3 =
2 8
- %

—
= ==

N 4 * p
— 2 — —
3 ”
=_ * — — —
1 7 I 2
2 = —_— — - -
= ar af —
© 2 _ —— REIT
* 8
* 8 *
— => > a .
— — = _—
— — *
= — *
_ — — — —

5s SJ 1 i! 1 il

*; pj nm
FRE i

1

* 2 — — - - <6 Opt — — — : *
— 2 — - - — — SD 2 — 5 * W 8 — — - - — - — — _ — ——ů— — — - = — ” —
— 1 _ — — — — — — — — —— __ = D hy———nme ng — —— —᷑ — — ” — >
— ——— — —— — — —— — — — — — — — y —— . <> < — — b N 2 —
—— — —— — — ” — — — — - - — —_
— — — — — — —— — — - > - - — - | — #
- * . : ' N — — - = . — 208 5 x . _
9 2 K ——— 2 —— — — — — — = - — ꝙ(„—— = — — — — — — . , -
— — — — — — — * - by * —— Ea
4 - .: > 5 — — 2 a. — _ — — - — — "X — —
* x” 4 — > 2 _ - - p - = — — — - - — - * * wy -
— — — — — - — — = — _ We. * 2
- — — —— c — = 4 —_ — — 24 — = — — > — — — — 5 1 2 - *
. hy = - — — — —— 2 — — — — — => = —_— - 2 779 - * - C 2 - 4 2 „ > =
— Rs. 7 — 1 —4 — — => — —— = IC - P — 3 — — BE 7 2 * 2 4 — — 55 —
1 2 7% _ —— o_— CO — — > — — = — 2 — — — — — — — — — 2 > — « — — _ =
2x 4 — — — — — — — — — - — GS as 4 þ 2 p : 2£5.2 at * i * = * _ * —
4 — — 8 4 * * 4 T S.. - - Pry IS . T —_ — 2 = 2
— kX; — - — . * 2 p 2 — — * $ - — 8 7 => %
— p _ = 5 n " - . - - — _ _=- 3 2 I 2 - - 2” : = - ” 2
* - = g A L — — — S — _—— — — - — — — — — — — A 2 — — 8
* — 4 — . —— 4 — — - 7 2 — — — - 2 —_— > . . 2 I = —
2 — < 1 — _— — - —̃ — - = — — _ -. >= — — :
K * — jo paryy = ON" 4 , * 1 p — — — — * _ , — » . - X 2 *
> A = = - Y — cis -
a * — — ” — = =_ 2 1
4 S « w_ 4 8 . — - — 8 4 8
— — — — : ; . — E — = — e ws * * . — — 5 - . 3 5
N 2 4 — — , — 2 - 2 - — 2 _ — 1 > — 8 5 —
1 71 IS — ad 12 _ pn. _ * * £ —

—— — — ͥͤꝗ ö——D — — — * *

636 Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

Herrera the river 7aqui, Which was half a league
& VV diſtant, and there he ſhould put them on,
and return a horſeback, and appear before

his ſubjects like the king of Spain. He

went away one day along with Hojeda, at-

tended only by a few ſervants, to the ri-

ver, little imagining that nine or ten men

ſhould attempt any thing againſt him,

where his power was ſo great. There

he waſhed and cooled himſelf, and

being very eager to fit on the preſent, the
Succeſsful Indians being ordered to ſtand off, tho'
err tbr they always took care to keep far enough
tue de. from the horſes, he was ſet up behind Oje-
neca. da, and the fetters and hand bolts put on
him, the Cacique taking great notice of

what they did. Ojeda took two turns abouc

with him to dilzuile his deſign, and at

the third made off, with the Spaniards
about his horſe, till the Indians loſt ſight

nee CHAP.
Their Catholick Majeſties Letters to the

of them. Then they drew their ſwords,
and threatned to kill him if he ſtirred,

whilſt they bound him faſt with ropes to
Ojeda, and making the beſt of their way,

came ſafe to the town of Jabela, and de-

livered him to the admiral; who kept
him in his houſe fettered, and he never
paid any reſpect to the admiral when he
came in, but only to Alonſo de Ojeda ; and
being aſked, why he did fo? anſwered,
that the admiral durſt not go to his houſe

to ſeize him, as Ojeda had done. The
admiral reſolved to ſend him into Spain,

and when he was aboard with other In-
dians, there arole ſuch a ſtorm that the
ſhip was calt away, and he with the reſt

drowned. Columbus ordered there ſhould
be two caravels built with ſpeed, that he

might not be without ſhipping.

XXVII. 5 My
Admiral ; he outs 4 great Army of

Indians, and unpoſes a Tribute on them.

HE return of Antony de Torres into

1 Spain, with the twelve ſhips, was high-

ly pleaſing to their catholick majeſties,

which they ſignified to the admiral by his

brother Bartholomew Columbus, giving him

their thanks for his toils, promiſing al-

ways to ſupport him, expreſſing much

concern for the affronts offer'd him, and
ordering him to ſend away Bernal de Piſa

in the next ſhips, and to put into his place

ſuch a one as he and F. Boy! ſhould think

fir. And their majeſties deſiring to give
ſatisfaction to the admiral, and to promote

the affairs of the Y/eſt-Indies, ordered the

dean Jobn Rodriguez de Fonſeca, to fit out
Immediately four ſhips, with ſuch things

as the admiral deſired, and appointed An-

Whit Zony de Torres to return with them, to
their ma- Whom they gave letters for Columbus dated
jeſties at Segovia the 16th of Auguſt, wherein they
writto Co thanked him for the pains he took in
/umb17. their ſervice, promiſing to ſhew him all
favour, ſince he had performed all he un-
dertook, as punctually as if he had known

what he was to diſcover. That they had re-

ceived the relation he ſent them, yet they

could wiſh he would particularize how

many iſlands he had diſcovered, what names

they bore, and thoſe he had given them,

the diſtance there was between them, what

every one afforded, how the ſeaſons of the

year anſwered in thoſe parts, every month,

and that ſome ſaid there were two ſummers

and two winters; that he ſhould ſend them

all the faulcons he could take, and ſeveral

forts of birds; as they ſent him all the

things he had deſired by his inventories; and

that 1n order to receive frequent news from

him, they thought fit a caravel ſhould be

ſent from Spain every month, and another
return from thence, the controverſy with
Portugal being adjuſted; and as for the
government of the people there, their
highneſſes approved of what he had prac-
tiſed till then, and directed he ſhould con-
tinue the ſame method, giving them all
poſſible ſatisfaction, without encourage-
ment to commit the leaſt diſorder. That

as to the town he had founded, they had
no objection to make againſt it, for had
they been there preſent themſelves, they

would have taken his advice, therefore
they referred all to him, and ſent him a
copy of the articles concluded with Por-

tugal, that he might know and obſerve
them; and as for the line of partition that

was to be drawn, in regard it was a dif-
ficult matter, and of conſiderable truſt,
there highneſſes deſired, if it were poſſible,
that the admiral ſhould be preſent at, and

fix it, with thoſe the king of Portugal was

to employ to that purpoſe; and in caſe

he could not come himſelf, he ſhould ſend
his brother Don Bartholomew, or ſome other

able perſons with inſtructions and draughts,

and his opinion of what was to be done,

and this to be with all expedition, to be

there in time, and not diſappoint the king
of Portugal.

The impriſonment of Caonabo much An. 1595.

alarmed his brothers, who reſolved to make
the moſt vigorous war they were able upon
the Chriſtians; and the admiral, obſerving

that great numbers of men began to ren-
dezvous, and all the country had recourſe The Ii
to arms; took the field with 200 foot, 20 c riſe in
4 ore

Cuar. 28.

horſe, and 20 maſtiffs: the reſt of the men
being ſick, and the dogs making great ha-
vock among the naked Indians. He marched
out on the 24th of March 1595, taking
along with him his brother, the Adelantado,
or lord lieutenant Don Bartholomew, and
king Guacanagari, with his forces. They
entered upon the Vega Real, or Royal Plain,
and diſcovered the enemies army, in which
king Manicatex had numerous forces, and
100000 of the whole ſeemed to amount to 100000
them men. The admiral's brother gave the firſt
routed. charge, and men, horſes, and dogs acted

ſo vigorouſly, that they were ſoon routed,

great numbers ſlain, and the priſoners be-
ing no ſmall number condemned to ſerve
as ſlaves; many whereof were ſent into
Spain, in the four ſhips commanded by
Antony de Torres. The admiral ranged
about the iſland nine or ten months, ſe-
verely puniſhing thoſe he found guilty ;

and meeting with fome oppoſition from

Caonabo's brothers, who made their utmoſt
efforts, till finding themſelves too weak,
both they and Guarinoen, who were the
prime kings in the iſland, thought fit to

| ſubmit to the admiral. 1
He perceiving that all the towns were now
brought under their obedience to catholick
Firſt tri. majeſties, ordered they ſhould pay tribute,
ence op after this manner; that all the inhabitants
lian. Of Cibao, the Vega Real, or Royal Plain,
: and others near the mines, from fourteen
years of age upwards, ſhould pay a little
hawkſbel full of gold every three months ;
all other perſons a quarter of an hundred

weight of cotton each, and only king Ma-

xicatex gave monthly half a gourd, or ca-

labaſh full of gold, which was worth 150

CHAD.

America by the Europeans. 637

pieces of eight. A new fort of copper, Hzazzna

or braſs medals was coined every time the WWW
tribute was paid, for every tributary In-
dian to wear one about his neck, that ſo
they might know who had paid. At this
ſame time Guarinoex, king of the Royal
Plain, offered the admiral to ſow corn
fields for him from the town of 1/abela
to Santo Domingo, that is, from ſea to ſea,
being full 55 leagues, which would ſuffice
to maintain all the- people in Caſtile, pro-
vided he would demand no gold of him,
becauſe his ſubjects knew not how to ga-
ther it; but the admiral being a ſingle
ſtranger, and as ſuch not acceptable to
their catholick majeſties miniſters, and
wiſely concluding that he muſt be ſupport-
ed by the treaſure he ſent over, preſſed
for gold: he was of himſelf a good
Chriftian, and feared Gop, and therefore
moderated the tribute, perceiving it could
not be paid, which made ſome abandon
their houſes, and others range about from
one province to another, Theſe hardſhips,
and the want of hopes that ever the Chri-
ſtians would leave the country, becauſe
there were no ſhips in the harbour, and
they built ſtone and mud houſes aſhore,
afflicted the Indians, who aſked, whether
they ever intended to return home; and
having found by experience, that the Spa-
niards were much greater eaters than them-
ſelves, and thinking they only went thither
to eat, and perceiving many of them were
ſick, and wanted proviſions from Spain,
ſeyeral towns reſolved to find ſome means
to put a ſtop to theſe growing evils, con-
triving they ſhould all either periſh, or re-
turn into Spain | |

XXVIII.

Their Catholic Majeſties hearing ſome Miſinformations againſt Columbus, 2d
John Aguado 0 enquire into the Truth, he behaves himſelf inſolently, and the
Admiral reſolving to return into Spain, erects ſeveral new Forts.

T HE beſt expedient the Indians could
The Tudi- think of, to be rid of the Spaniards,
ans de- was not to ſow, that there might be no
"gn ne harveſt, they themſelves withdrawing into
. the mountains, where there is plenty of
good roots to eat, that grow without plant-

ing, and vaſt numbers of Utias, like rab-
bits, with which they might ſhifr. This
contrivance availed them little, for tho?
the Spaniards ſuffered to extremity, through
hunger, and ranging after the Indians, yet

they went not away, but many died, hun-

ger obliging them to eat filthy and loath-

tome things ; ſo that all the calamity fell

upon the Indians themſelves, through the
inſcrutable judgments of Gop ; for they

wandering about with their wives and chil-
175 N by hunger, without being
. OL. V. | |

together with the wars, by the year 149

allowed to hunt, fiſh, or ſeek proviſions,

lying hid in the damp grounds along and de-

the rivers, and on the mountains, a vio- ſtroy

lent diſtemper came among them, which, them-
6 ſelves,

carried off the third part of the people

in the iſland,

F. Boyl, and Don Peter Margarite before
mentioned, as they agreed to go away to- i
gether, without leave, ſo they joined in Informati.
ſpeaking ill of the Indies, and diſcrediting que _
that enterprize; becauſe they did not find cy,
gold laid up in cheſts to lay hold on, or
growing on the trees. They alſo gave an
account that the admiral did not behave
himſelf well, as not having been full four
months in the iſland Hiſpaniola, after his
ſecond voyage, till he returned from his

74 diſcovery

— _— — br
+ * — —
23

_ — — —
- a
— —
—— —

1 1 Wy \
U [i
"1 "0
t 1 l
Mt JJ LA
eee
| „% 4h
{ £31
(18a.
LE +
* 1 I
=
WES TH
+4 U 1 |
; |
KN j
4 . 1
1
e ia
10 27 e
LS Tt
12
I.
* 14 þ
- L 1
'
4}.
"43 8 +
Fi. its
„
}
1
; L050
|
LE
[ U 5
117 8
| l
q "Ft
4 *
1
1
5
1
14
Ha j :
{
? i
129
..
"8 5
is
ö |
{41 32K |
: G fl!
1 15
1 y |
. 1 * |
. A ( .
; . 1 |
jt on 164 f
* b l q
I D |
1 AI
117 N |
WP bf bo |
: G 4
N iN f
1 i
"0? oy
1 i 17
wh 15
Wy $85 5
1
— ;
es if,
i þ
j (CE 7 BIS
2 7
| zl 5 j 6
THIN EIT THY
G 1 „
bo f
b 4 = 1
1 1
2 ES
1
Ins 0 |
91 ,
435 1
[ " * 1
ot 1
1.
Den
1 f
x 1
q ' j .
I
in P 1
14: 349 x
1 0 70 |
RES!
1 1 2
1494 5
i | :
A 4 1
[ * 5
4 0 1
{ L
F
01 48H g
An j :
if A
1 | 6
* 81 a
5 i ,
.
104 i
1 N
N 3
pl +4142 -
1
(i
:
14 5
$04 N
nt:
4 SF; 7
79 o
n
wÞ! ";
.
| i \
' 1 7
Yi! |
: ff q
: 15
11 »
WET! ;
*'3
Nan
+ 1
4
11.095
Inis
:
(96k bb
UL:
- 34 4s 14
| „ 1
| 1.8 *
+4; D 1
F C "Jas 1
Ii nie
* Av
#7 [1 , 1
199 1
1 Fg
. *
8 wh : 1 1
| Nin!
.
10 1
43. W
: 55 M6...
7 4
an k :
4 Ft
1
e T1 :
i
*
* 4
(1a 4
* At k :
* 14 I
i j
. F.
id h 71
7 #4 1
1
1 1 *
AF q $1473
4 1 1 115
* 4. 1
61 þ
: + .
Fa 7
"Vi j

* ==
—
— — —

2 — —

— =
2 A 4 4
——

.

638

Hz ERA diſcovery of Cuba; and there being other

letters againſt him, from thoſe who went

in the four ſhips under Antony de Torres,

Jobn Agu-
ado ſent
to enquire

into the

affairs of

Hiſpaniola

for there never is want of malecontents;
almoſt- at the ſame time that the admiral
was taking the field againſt the Indians
of the Royal Vale, their majeſties diſpatch-
ed Jobn Aguado, a native of Sevil, their
age of the bedchamber, to go enquire
to what was doing in the iſland Hiſpani-
ola, and under his command four ſhips
with proviſions, and other neceſſaries for
the ſupport of the people there.
Jobn Aguado carried with him credentials,
containing theſe words, Gentlemen, yeomen,
and other perſons reſiding in the Indies by
our command, we ſend you our page of the
bedchamber John Aguado, who will dif-
courſe you in our name, we do command you
to give full credit io him, Madrid, April
the g9*, He arrived at the town of Ja-
bela about Ofober, when the admiral was
in the Province of Maguana, carrying on
the war againſt Caonabo's brothers; and
there he let fall words, and behaved him-
ſelf ſo as to ſignify his power and au-
thority was great, medling in the govern-
ment, impriſoning ſome perſons, and re-
roving the admiral's officers, without any
reſpe& to Don Bartholomew Columbus, who

was left during his abſence to govern at

Tſabela. Fohn Aguado reſolved to go after
the admiral, taking horſe and foot along
with him, and they by the way gave
out, that another admiral was come,
who would kill the old one; and the na-

tives being diſſatisfied, becauſe of the war

Obſervations and Diſcoveries of

hands, and at laſt the affidavit was made

very favourable for the admiral.

John Aguado's example being ſo preju-
dicial to the admiral, by reaſon of the
threats he haughtily let fall, and the peo-
ple being diſſatified, on account of their
ſufferings and ſickneſs; for they had no-
thing then to eat, but the allowance given
them out of the king's ſtores, which was a

- Porringer of wheat, every one was to grind

in a hand-mill, and many eat it boiled,
and a raſher of ruſty bacon, or rotten
cheeſe, and a fe beans, or peaſe, with-
out any wine; and they being all in the
king's pay, the admiral commanded them

to work at the fort, his own houſe, and

other ſtructures; theſe things made them

like men in deſpair complain to John Agug-

do, and theſe were the flick men, for thoſe
who were in health rambling about the
iſland fared better. Theſe complaints John
Aguado thought were ſufficient for him to
lay before their majeſties. At this time
the four ſhips which carried him over were
caſt away in the port, by thoſe ſtorms the
Indians call hurrancans, ſo that he had no
veſſel to return in, but the admiral's two
caravels; who obſerving his diſreſpectful
behaviour, and that he bore him no good

Four ſhips
loſt in the

har bour.

will, beſides that he was laviſh and ſaucy
in his expreſſions, and way; alſo informed
of what F. Boyl and Don Peter Margarite
had reported at court, where he had no

other ſupport but his own virtue, he re-
ſolved to appear in perſon before their

majeſties, to clear himſelf of fo many ca-

lumnies, and at the fame time acquaint

and the gold tribute, they were much them of what he had found in his diſco-
pleaſed with the news, and ſome of the very of Cuba, and what he thought fit to
Caciques met privately in the houſe of a be done in relation to the partition of
king called Manicaotex, whoſe lands were the ocean, between the two crowns of
pear the river Yaqui, where they agreed to Spain and Portugal, That all might be

complain againſt the admiral, and demand
redreſs of the new commander. The ad-

miral being informed, that Jobn Aguado

was coming to him, thought fit to return

to the town of Jſabela, where, in the pre-

His ill be-
haviour.

ſence of all the people, he received their
highneſſes letters with ſound of trumpets
and all ather ſolemnities. John Agmuado dic
not fail immediately to ſhew his indiſcre-
tion, intermeddling with man
without reſpect to the admiral, which gave
an ill example to others, and made them
not regard him, tho? the admiral honoured

and entertained him generouſly, and bore

,

with him very modeſtly. John Aguado

ſaid he had not received their majeſties let-

ters with the due reſpect, and required

affidavit to be made of it ſome months

after, requiring the notaries to come to

his houſe to make it; but they inſiſted

that he ſhould fend them in his vouchers,

which he faid, he could not truſt in their
2

things,

left behind the more ſecure, he thought
fit firſt to leave other forts he had begun

to erect, beſides that of $7. Thomas, in a

good poſture, for the defence of the coun-
try, and were thoſe of St. Mary Magdalgn,

called the Jower Macorix, in the Royal
Plain, and lands of the Cacique Guanazs-

nel, three or four leagues from the place gert, e
where the town of Santiago now ftands, rected in
the command whereof was given to Lewis Hiſpaniola

de Artiaga, another called Sz. Catherine was
committed to Ferdinand Navarro, native

of Logronuo; another on the banks of the

river Jagui, towards Cibao, named E/pe-
ronza, or Hope; a fourth in Guaringen's
kingdom in the Royal Plain, called the
Conception, commanded by Jabn de Ayas
la, and after him by Michag{ Balleſter.
The Caciques finding themſelves much bur-
dened with the taxes, declared to the ad-
miral, that there were good gold mines to
the ſouthward, adviſing him to ſend his

| Chriſtians

$

rials

Crap. 29.

Chriſtians to ſeek them, and the admiral

being concerned to find much of it, to

ſupport his reputation, and this happening
opportunely, when he was about return-
ing to Spain, he ſent Francis de Garay,

and Michael Diaz, with ſome men, and

the guides provided by the Indians.

went from the town of Iſabela to the Mag-
dalen fort, and thence to the Conception, all
che way over the Royal Plain, then through

2 paſs on the mountains, two leagues in

length, had a view of another Plain, whoſe
lord's name was Bonao, went on ſome

leagues along the ridges of Bonac's hills,

America by the Europeans. -

639

came to a great river called Hayra, a ve-Henzera

ry fertile place, where they were told there .
was much gold, and in all the brocks,

which they found true; for digging in ſe-

veral places it proved fo well, that one
labourer could take up above three pieces

of eight every day. Thefe mines they New rick
called Ss. Chriſtopher's, from a fort the ad- mines.
miral left orders to build; but they were
afterwards calted the old mines. At this

time ſome inhabitants of Szvil were at the

court of Spain aſking leave to make new
diſcoveries. | 0

C HAP. XXIX.

have been very particular in theſe two
1 voyages of Columbus, and what was
previous to them for the greater ſatisfacti-
on of the reader, and to ſhew by what
ſteps che diſcovery of America, and of thoſe
Caribbee iſlands firſt came on, and was
afterwards: improved. It would ſwell this
volume too much to proceed in that man-
ner, therefore that we may not break off
abruptly the reſt of that great man's ac-
tions ſnhall be briefly run over, that we may

return to our proper ſubject, the above-
mentioned iſlands, and draw to a conclu-

ſion of this work,

ing left all things in the beſt poſture he

could, returned to Spain, very ſick, and

loaded with accuſations; but their majeſt ies

conſidering his mighty ſervices and extra-

ordinary ſufferings clear'd him in ſpight
of all his adverſaries, only adviſing him

to be kind to the Spaniards; and having

heard his relation of all the new diſcove-
ries, and the immenſe wealth of thoſe coun-
tries, for proof whereof he brought a quan-

tity of gold, ſent him back honourably

to Sevil, where eight ſhips were provided
for his third voyage, two of which he

ſent before to his brother Bartholomew Co-
#Smbus, who had then begun to build the carriec over E Spain. As Tooi

city of Santo Domingo, capital of Hiſpa-
niola, on the ſouth ſide of the iſland and
at the mouth of the river Ozama. The
admiral himſelf ſailed with the other ſix

from San Lucar de Barrameda on the 19h

of May, 1497 and ſtanding to the ſouth

- welt till he came under the line, had ſuch

dead calms and violent heat that the men
thought they ſhould all have periſhed ; but
the winds coming up he proceeded and

on the firſt of Auguſt diſcovered the iſland

by him called la Trinidad, or the Trinity,
near that part of the continent now called
New Andaluzia, then ran along that coaſt

trading with the natives for gold and pearls,
giving names to all places of note, till

thinking his preſence neceſfary at Hiſpam-
ola, he failed back the ſame way to the
iſland of the Trinity, found that he cal-
led Margarita, and arrived at the new
town of Santo Domingo, in Hiſpaniola.
Several private adventurers fitted our ſhips
in Spain, after this 3d voyage of Columbus,
as particularly Alonſo de Ojeda, in 1499,
and with them went Americus Veſpnſins, who -
as has heen ſaid gave his name to America;
bur their diſcoveries do not belong to this
place. To return to Colambus, at his re-

turn, the Indians all in arms, were fe-

veral times defeated by the Spaniards, and
particularly under the conduct of Baribo-
lomew Columbus; who took fifteen Cariques
and their general Guarinoex, all whom he
releaſed upon their promiſe that they would
be ſubject to the king of Spain. Next
ſome Spaniards mutinied and ſeparated
themſelves from the reſt, which proved
more pernictous than all the natives were
able to do. The diſcontented party ſent
complaints to the king of Spain againſt
Columbus and his brother ; his majeſty ſent
over Francis de Bovadilla, knight of the
order of Calatrava, who upon very light

informations put the admiral and his bro-

ther aboard two veſſels, in irons, to be fo
O0N as ar-
rived in Spain, their majeſties ordered them
to be ſet at liberty and to repair to them
to Granada, where tho' they cleared them-
ſelves, the government of the WVieſt-Indies
was taken from them, and they fed with
fair promiſes. Bovadilla was afterwards
caſt away returning to Spain. _—
On the g*h of May admiral Columbus

failed again from Spain, upon diſcovery

with four caravels fitted out by the king
and 170 men in them, and on the 29th of
June arrived before Santo Domingo, in the
iſland Hiſpaniola, where the then governor
Nicholas de Ovando would not permit him
to enter into the harbour; whereupon on
the 4th of July he failed to the weſtward,

and

Wd TY

640

Henzana and after ſtruggling ſome time with the
O currents, in calms, had 6o days of violent

ſtorms, and then diſcovered the iſland Gua-
naja, northward of cape Honduras, in 1

degrees of north latitude. He ſent his
brother aſhore, who met with a canoe, as
long as a Spaniſh galley and 8 foot wide,
covered with mats, and in it men, women
and children, with abundance of commo-
dities to barter; as long cotton cloths of
ſeveral colours, ſhort cotton ſhirts, or jer-
kins, without ſleeves, curiouſly wrought ;
clouts of the ſame to cover their pri-
vities, wooden {words edged with flint,
copper hatchets, horſe bells of the ſame
metal, broad flat plates of it, crucibles to
melt copper, cacao nuts, bread made of
Indian wheat, and drink of the ſame.
Columbus exchanged ſome commodities
and diſmiſſed them, and having enquired
for gold, and they pointing to the eaſt-
ward, made him alter his courſe and ſteer
that way. The firſt land he came to was
Caſinas, in the province of Honduras, where
his brother ended and took poſſeſſion, the
natives coming down peaceably, wearing
__ 2 jackets and er of the a me

ore their privy parts and bringing plen

of INST Cling thence | a6. S hn
kd againſt the wind, he came to a
great point, and perceiving the ſhore there

run to the ſouthward, he called it Cabo

de Gracios a Dios, or Cape Thanks to Gon,

| becauſe the eaſterly winds would carry him

Obſervations and Diſcoveries, &c.

down the coaſt, along which he ran trad-
ing with the Indians, and touched at Porto

Belo, Nombre de Dios, Belen, and Veragua,

where he heard of gold mines, and ſent
his brother up the country, who returned
to him with a conſiderable quantity of it,
exchanged for inconſiderable toys.

On this encouragement he would have
left his brother there, with 80 Spaniards
and began to build houſes, but the Indians
oppoling and his own men growing mu-
tinous, he took them aboard again and
failed for Hiſpaniola. His caravels being
ſhattered with ſtorms and all worm eaten,
could not reach that iſland, and he was
obliged to run them aſhore at Jamaica;
ſhoring them up with piles, and building
huts on the decks for his men, all below
being full of water. There he lay near a
year, ſuffering many hardſhips, till having
ſent over to Hiſpaniola in a canoe, he was

at laſt tranſported to that iſland, and thence
into Spain. This was his laſt voyage, after

which he ſpent the ſmall remainder of his
life at Valladolid and died on the 8th of
May, 1506, aged 64 years. His corps
was carried to Sevil, as he had ordered in
his will, and there honourably interred, in
the church of the Caribuſians called de las
Cuevas, with a Latin epitaph ſuitable to his
great actions. Thus much of Columbus
and the firſt diſcovery of America, or the
Weſt-Indies, of which the Caribbee iſlands, .
we are next to ſpeak of, are a part.

, 5 0
, = : Z — 2

A brief

641

A brief Deſcription and hiſtorical Ac-
count of the Caribbee Iſlands in North
America, and their preſent State.

ſome perſons, that I here add this

account of the Caribbee iſlands, in re-

> gard there has been much writ of them

already, both in French and Engh/ſh; but

I muſt defire any ſuch firſt to read, be-

fore they paſs their cenſure, for in compar-

ing this with other relations they will find

here are many things which other writers

have not taken notice of, and which are

of uſe and inſtruction. I ſhall not go

about to prepoſſeſs the reader any farther,

but leave him to the liberty of his own
judgment.

By whom The Caribbee iſlands, by the French cal-

inhabited. led Antilles, lye in a bow, from the coaſt of

Paria to St. John de Puerto Rico, and are

at preſent inhabited by four ſeveral nations.

The firſt being the original natives, who

are Canibals or man eaters, from whom the

iſlands have their general name; the others

are French, Engliſh, Danes and Dutch, who

]* may perhaps ſeem ſuperfluqus to

have ſettled on them ſince the year 1625.
as ſhall be obſerv'd hereafter, and ſince then
are grown very numerous. The French are

ofleſs'd of eight of them, viz. Deſeada,

Granada, Mariinico, Guadalupe, Santa Lu-

cia, Marigalante, St. Bartholomew and San-
ta Cruz, beſides part of St. Martin with the
Dutch, as they had alſo part of Sz. Chriſto-
_ pher with the Engliſh, which is now yield-
ed up by the treaty of Lirecht. The Eng-
fp are maſters of Barbada, Monſerratie,
Redouda, Nieves, Antigua, Bar bouda, An-
guila, and now all St. Chriſtopher, as by the
treaty abovemention'd. The Dutch have
Saba, St. Euſtachius, and part of St. Mar-
tin with the French, and had formerly Ta-
bago, which they have abandon'd by rea-
ſon of the wars. The Danes are ſettled on
St. Thomas, next the eaſt ſide of Sr. John
de Puerto Rico. The Caribbes, or Canibals
remain poſſeſs d of the reſt,

product. The air in theſe iſlands is ſomewhat hot-
ter than in the great ones of Hiſpaniola, Cu-
ba, Cc. The ſoil is not altogether ſo fruit-
ful, tho* it produces plenty of Indian wheat,
yuca, ſugar, tobacco, indigo, cacao, man-
dioca, potatoes, ananas, accajou, lemons,
citrons, oranges both ſour and of a ſort be-
tween Sevil and China, of a very fragrant
ſcent. Sugar, tobacco and indigo are ſo
plentiful in ſome of theſe iflands, that they
are commonly uſed by way of barter for

other neceſſaries, inſtead of money.

Vor. V.

The inhabitants eat a ſort of very large Hann
lizards, whoſe fleſh is delicious, as alſo tor-
toiſes of a prodigious bulk.
They know nothing of ice, ſnow or hail,
but there are frequent hurricanes and earth-
quakes, but for which they would be very
delightful places, by reaſon of the perpetual
verdure, and are healthy enough when peo-
ple are once ſeaſon'd to the climate; eſpe-
cially in Barbagdoes, Martinico, Guadalupe
and 87. Chriſtopher, the heats are not reck-
on'd to be much greater than in the ſouthern
parts of France. 5
There are no encloſed towns in theſe Structures
iſlands, except Bridge-Town in Barbadoes,
and Cul de Sac Royal in Martinico; but there
are ſome villages, or boroughs. However
the planters generally build their houſes a-

bout the country of timber, and cover them

with palmito Jeaves, or barks of trees.
The houſes of ſame governors are built of
ſtone or brick, like caſtles; and of late
ſome factors and planters build after the
ſame manner.

There are ſeyeral forts, redoubts and Forts.
batteries on the coaſts, generally fenc'd
round with double paliſadoes. |

In moſt of the French iſlands they uſe water Mills.
or horſe-mulls for their ſugar ; but in Bar-
badoes the Engliſh generally have wind-mills.
The Indians, whom the Europeans there

call ſavages, live in large huts, whereof ,n vil.

there are twenty or thirty together in ſome lages.

places, and theſe villages they call Carbets.

Theſe natiyes are bloody and inhuman man
eaters, and as ſuch were dreaded by the in-
habitants of the great iſlands of Cuba, Hi/-
paniola and Famaica, who were harmleſs
people, and on whom they prey*d, com-

ing over in their piraguas or great canoes

and carrying off many of them to devour.
The Spaniards having ſuch a vaſt extent of
land to ſubdue, as is from the north of
Mexico to the ſouth of Chili, never had
leiſure to think of theſe inconſiderable
iſlands, at which they only touch'd ſome-
times for freſh water, and ſet aſhore on them
ſome ſwine, which in proceſs of time mul-
tiply*d prodigiouſly. Beſides, theſe Indians
being, as has been ſaid, Canibals or man
eaters, all ſuch as they could take of them
they ſold as ſlaves, |
About the latter end of the ſixteenth
and the beginning of the ſeventeenth cen-
tury, the Engliſb and French begun to ſhew
8 A them-

4%” ,4

WR 11
1 tt 1
N 6

N
Wb 0

642

Heazera themſelves in thoſe ſeas, which encourag'd
YM ſome of their countrymen to think of mak-

Firſt French
andEng liſh

ing ſettlements there. Some Engliſh and
French pyrates firſt of all took up their

in the Ca- Awellings in the iſland Martinico, which

ribbes.

Engliſh at

Nieves.

Firſt -
French
Colonies.

was without any authority, or form of
government. In the year 1625. two
adventurers, the one a Frenchman call-
ed dEnambuc, of the family of Vau de-
roques, in Normandy, the other Mr. War-
ner, an Engliſhman, arriv'd on the ſame

day, upon the fame deſign, and without

knowing of each other, at the iſland of
St. Chriſtopher, and both ſettled there.
D' Enambuc had been before this at Marti-
nico, where thoſe outlaws abovemention'd
had promis'd, if he would return to them
with neceſſaries for a colony from France,
they would join and ſubmit to him, as
their commander. He propos'd his de-
ſign to the cardinal de Richelieu, repreſent-
ing ſo many advantages from his project,

that in 1626. many perſons of worth form-

ed a company of the iſles of America, un-
der the king of France's authority.
In 1627. the Engliſh poſſeſs'd themſelves
of the iſland the Spaniards call Nieves, and
the others corruptly Nevis. In 1632. when
they had a little recovered themſelves from
the blow given them by Don Frederick de
Toledo, with the Spaniſh fleet, they ſent co-
lonies into Monſerratte, Antigua and Bar-
bauda, and from St. Chriſtopher to that of
Barbada, now corruptly Barbadoes, which
is ſince grown one of the moſt flouriſhing
colonies in the world for its extent.

The Zrexch encourag'd by this exam-

ple, tho' but weakly aſſiſted by the com-

pany abovemention'd to have been form'd
in France, in 1626. for carrying of colo-
nies into America, reſolve to enlarge their
poſſeſſions in America. With this intent
the ſieurs POhve and du Pleſſis ſailed from

Normandy, carrying a good number of men,

and peopled Guadalupe, afterwards ſtretch-
ing out to the little iſlands of Saintes, and
that of Marigalante.

Du Parguet, who was in St. Chriſtopher

and had intended to make himſelf maſter

Wars with
the Caui-

bals

of Guadalupe, being thus prevented, re-
ſolv'd to people Martinico, which he per-
form'd with ſo much prudence and con-
duct, and govern'd his people with ſuch
prudence and equity, that it became the
moſt flouriſhing of all the French colonies
in the Caribbee iſlands, and reduc'd thoſe
of Granada and Santa Lucia,

The French and Engliſh could not ſettle
in theſe iſlands without much oppoſition
from the Indians, and wars which laſted
ſeveral years; till the few Indians that ſur-
viv'd were oblig'd to withdraw themſelves
into Dominica, St. Vincent, Bequia, and 0-
ther iſlands, excepting ſome few who vo-

A brief Deſcription of |

luntarily were content to remain in Mar-
tinico and Granada: Thoſe who retir'd
and their poſterity watching all opportu-
nities to annoy the Engliſh, of whom they
have ſlaughter'd and eaten great numbers.

In the year 1635. Vanree, a Dutchman, Dutch co.
and company ſettled a colony in the iſland lonies.

of St. Euſtachius and part of that of St.
Martin; and Lampſen of Middleburg, ano-
ther in that of Tabago, by the Dutch call'd
Walcheren.

The bailly of Pointy, a French knight of More
Malta, ſome years after, laid the founda- Frenc&:

tion of a French colony in the iſland of Sy.
Bartholomew, and the other part of that of
St. Martin which the Dutch had not, divid-
ing it betwixt them; and in 1650. began
to ſettle that of Santa Cruz, which has
been hitherto maintain'd with much diffi-
culty ; but now gives hopes of anſwering
all expectation, ſince the French Weſt-1n-
dia company has been careful to ſupply it
plentifully with all neceſſaries, ſo that it
yields conſiderable returns of its product.
After the French had ravaged the Eng-
liſh ſettlements at St. Chriſtopher in 1666.
the Engliſh that remained ſettled themſelves
in the iſland Anguila.

The Danes have alſo ſettled a colony of Dares.

their nation in the little iſland of Sz. Tho-
mas, one of thoſe calld the Virgins near Sz.

John de Puerto Rico; but this being ſuch a
ſmall ſpot of ground, can ſcarce afford its
inhabitants a comfortable maintenance, be-

ſides that they are but ſorrily ſupply*d from

Denmark, and therefore not likely to be-
come very conſiderable. However, as it

lies ſo near the Spaniſh iſlands, the Danes

have had there a good underhand trade
with that and other European nations, eſpe-
cially ſince the late elector of Brandenburg
was allow'd a ſtorehouſe there in the fort,
for the uſe of his African company, which
has ſent thither a conſiderable number of
ſlaves yearly, from Guinea, and ſeveral

ſorts of goods from Europe, M. Barbot de
la Porte, a relation of mine, being then

chief agent there for the Brandenburg Afri-
can company. |

The ebbing and flowing of the ſea is ve- Ebb and
ry inconſiderable about theſe iſlands, but Flood.

greater at thoſe which are neareſt the con-
tinent, and conſequently more viſible at
Granada than at Martinico, and more at
this laſt than at Sz. Chriſtopher; for at this
the difference between high and low water
is not above a foot, whereas it is two foot
at Marlinico.

It is to be obſerved, that in all the French Remarks

iſlands the leeward fide is call'd baſſeterre,
and the windward fide cabeſterre. The
hills in general are named mornes, with
each its particular diſtinctive name. The
little rivers they call ravines. Another re-

4 | mark

the Caribbee Iſlands.

mark is, that whereſoever there are ſuch
mornes or hills to the leeward, there
ſometimes come from them on a ſud-
den ſuch fierce guſts of wind, that it be-
hoves all failors who paſs by any thing
near, to keep a watchful eye upon their
ſails, for they may very well overſet a ſhip,
and immediately follows a dead calm. This
the French call pezant or raphal.

Having given this ſhort account of the
firſt eſtabliſhments of the Europeans in the
Caribbee iſlands, I ſhall now proceed to o-
ther particulars which are uſeful to ſuch as
_ reſort to that part of the world, being

their true poſition and extent, and the
diſtance between them, beginning with
thoſe which lie neareſt to the continent, and
proceeding regularly along to the moſt
diſtant; adding a geographical and hiſto-
rical account of the wars and other tranſ-
actions of moment which have happened
there ſince they have been poſſeſs'd by Eu-
ropeans. .

TAB AGA. by the Dutch calld W Al-
CHEREN, and by the French T A-
BAC. .

In the year 1678. this iſland was taken
from the Dutch by marſhal d Eſtrees, after
two of the ſharpeſt ingagements that have
been known; and is now abandon'd, and
only reſorted to by birds. It is about twen-
ty eight leagues in compaſs, the land on
the eaſt ſide low, and lies in 11 degrees 13
minutes north latitude to windward of all
the other iſlands, that is the moſt eaſterly
of them. „ |
Tabago is encompaſſed with rocks and
ſhoals, which render the acceſs to it very
difficult, and has no havens for ſhips of a-
bove a hundred tons. The Country is ve-
ry marſhy, and therefore the air unwhol-
ſome, and there is but little freſh water in it.
The incurſions of the Indians, as well from
the iſland of Sf. Vincent, as from the con-
tinent always, made it a place of little ſafety,
and may hinder its being poſſeſs'd by Eu-
ropeans hereafter. The Zealanders, after the
peace of Breda, were at a greatexpence to re-
pair all the habitations the Engliſh had de-
ſtroy'd, when they took the iſland from

them, and the French of the iſland of Grana-

da a year after drove out the Engliſo; but
not being able to keep their ground, they a-
bandon'd it, carrying away the beſt move-
ables and ſome cannon, having burnt the
little fort and houſes. However they ſtill
claim the property of the iſland, as yielded
up to France by the treaty of Nimeguen;

but the Engliſb pretend to the ſame right.

The ſoil is very Pee: for tobacco, In-
dian wheat, indigo, ſeveral ſorts of grain
and American fruits.

ten or twelve leagues in compaſs, lying

GRANADA

Is forty leagues diſtant from the conti-
nent, and lies in 11 degrees 50 minutes of
north latitude and about thirty leagues to
leeward of Tabago, being about twenty five
or twenty eight leagues in compaſs; a ver
hilly country, every where watered with
brooks and rivulets. The hills are not very
high, pretty eaſy of aſcent, and generally
fruitful in moſt parts. Ir has a very good
harbour againſt all ſorts of weather, and con-
tains twenty ſtout men of war, having every
where five fathom water; beſides another
advantage it enjoys, which 1s that this iſland

is quite free from hurricanes, which rage

ſo violently in the other Caribbee iſlands.
The French colony there begins to increaſe,
and 1s like to turn to good account.

Formerly the French at Granada drove

a trade with the Indians on the oppoſite

continent, by means of ſome of the natives

of Dominica, whom they kept ſeveral years

in that ſervice and who brought them from

the ſaid continent ſome cochineal, bal-
ſam of Tolou, capachu oil, parrots, and o-
ther rarities of the country.- It has been
obſerved, that the Caribbees of Dominica

and thoſe of S7. Vincent and Santa Lucia

ſcarce underſtand one another's language,
nor much of thoſe other Canibals on the
continent over againſt them, whence it is

ſuppoſed that they have little communica-
tion among themſelves.

GRANADILLA

Lies north by eaſt of Granada, with ſe-

veral ſmall iſlands about it; betwixt which
there is ſcarce any paſſage, but for ſloops
and barks, and even thoſe muſt be well
acquainted with the channels. Their near-
neſs and the rocks and ſhoals about them

break the force of the current, which there

ſets with the wind, and it 1s adviſeable in
failing by them to keep to the windward.

BE EI A

Lies betwixt Granadilla on the ſouth and

St. Vincent on the north, having a deſart
anonymous iſland on the north-eaſt of it,

much of the ſame bigneſs and beyond that
again the Iſle of Birds, not half ſo big,
but ſo call'd from the vaſt multitude of ſea
birds reſorting to it. The compaſs of Be-
kia is about twelve leagues, having a ver

good harbour, but little freſh water, and is
inhabited by a few Caribbees.

St. VINCENT

Is moſt of it one high round mountain

on
the

**

Hex 114

Sa

644

Haza the ſame parallel with Granadilla, in 13

Bridge
Town.

degrees 20 minutes north latitude, diſtant
reap Pha leagues from Granada. On the
lee fide of

it is a very fine port, which
the Engliſh ſome years ſince would have
made themſelves maſters of; but the In
dians, who are wholly poſſeſſed of the

land, prevented their making a deſcent,

with ſhowers of poiſoned arrows, and the
aſſiſtance of the Blacks, who then reveng-
ed themſelves for all the ill uſage they had
received from the Engliſh.
Thoſe Blacks being about twelve o
fifteen hundred, living on the coaſt of S..
Vincent are fled thither from the neighbour-

ing iſlands, and eſpecially from Barbadoes,

whence they made their eſcape with a
fair wind in their maſters canoes. The

other ſide 4s peopled by two or three thou-

{and {xdians, who trade with thoſe about
the river Oronoque, on the continent, go-
ing over in their piraguas or large canoes,

as they do to any other iſlands in the gulf

of Mexico; and what is ſtrangeſt, they
ſeldom miſcarry by foul weather, but are
commonly aware of hurricanes a conſide-
rable time before they come. Theſe two
forts of inhabitants being ſo numerous,
take care to till their lands, that they may
afford them ſufficient proviſions, which

makes it look like a very fine country in

failing by, at about half a league diſtance.

It abounds in fruit, fowl, goats and ſwine.

BARBADOES,
So commonly called by the Engliſh, but

more properly Barbada, being the name
given it by the Spaniards, who were the

firſt diſcoverers lyes in 13 degrees 20 mi-
nutes north latitude, and is between twen-
ty and thirty leagues in compaſs, twenty
five leagues diftant eaſtward from Santa
Lucia, and ſomewhat more from Marti-
uico. The Enghſþ have been poſſeſſed of
it ſince the year 1627, and fo well im-
proved the ſoil, that it is become the moſt

wealthy colony they have in America, be-

ing extraordinary populous, and having a
very great trade, not only to Great Bri-
tain, but to North America. It is ſaid to
contain 10000 Whites able to bear arms,
beſide 40000 Blacks employed about the
plantations of ſugar, cotton, indigo, gin-
ger and other fruits, which make the wealth
of the inhabitants, many of whom are very

rich, and live very decently. There are
abundance of fine houſes built with brick

and ſtone, well furniſhed, and a conſider-
able number of well furniſhed ſhops, eſ-
pecially in Bridge Town, otherwiſe called

St. Michael's, which is the capital, the re-

ſidence of the governor, the magiſtracy,
the gariſon, and ſeveral eminent merchants
/ 4 | |

4

A brief Deſcription of

and factors. The great reſort from all
parts of England and North America makes
it abound with all neceſſaries and conve-
niences for life. The town is reckoned to
contain about 1500 houſes, and is built in
the form of a creſcent, or half- moon, with
good fortifications at both ends to defend
the road, where a conſiderable number of
ſhips rides all the year about.

There are three other towns in the iſland,
viz. Charles Town, James Town and Little
Briſtol, each of them containing above two
hundred houſes, beſides many fine ones all

about the country. All this, together with

the roundneſs of the iſland, the evenneſs of

the land, which is pretty high, without

hills or mountains, the great variety of
trees, the curious hedges and the many
wind-mills, affords a delightful proſpect in

failing along the ſhore, as we did in our

paſſage from Cayenne. There are allo ſe-
veral forts on the coaſt, for its greater ſe-
curity. | 2
This 1s obſervable, that there are no
rivers, and yet there is no want of freſh

water, which is every where to be had

without digging very deep. There is a

ſufficient ſtock of cattel and poultry. A
prodigious quantity of ſugar is yearly Sugar.

brought from thence, and better than that
of the French iſlands near to it. Some is
refined there, of which there are two ſorts,
and three of the moſcovado.

The multitude of black ſlaves kept in
the iſland has ſeveral times brought the

Enghſh inhabitants into danger of een.

maſſacred; thoſe wretches having ſevera
times conſpired againſt their maſters, and
particularly a few years ago, when their

deſign was diſcovered but a few days be-
fore it was to have been put in execution;

ſeveral of the ringleaders were put to moſt

cruel deaths, and ſome hundreds made their

eſcape to the iſland of &. Vincent, as has

been before obſerved, where they continue
to this day among the Indian inhabitants.

Since then, ſuch order has been taken, that
we have not heard of any mutiny.

The iſland is divided into eleven pariſhes,
and has fourteen churches and chapels, be-
ing again ſubdivided into many plantations,
ſome great and ſome ſmall, the whole con-

tinent of it being reckoned about 126000

acres, naturally fortified with rocks and

ſhoals on the north and north-eaſt, where

ſhips can only anchor at two or three pla-
ces; but for the ſouth-eaſt and weſterly
part, it is all a long road, where ſhips
may ride, eſpecially in four principal pla-
ces or bays. The chief of them is called
Carliſle bay, in the ſouth-weſt part of the
iſland, about the middle of it, a very good
road, where five hundred ſhips of any bur-

den may be ſafe, except from ſouth and
welt

« *% Aw

Forts.

Charles
Town.

Litth-
Briſtol.

with breaſt-works.

lattoes. | .
All accounts are adjuſted in Moſcovado

' the Caribbee J/auds.

weſt - winds, which very ſeldom blow in
thoſe parts, being generally eaſt, inclining
either to north or ſouth, and therefore the
eaſt part of the iſland is called the wind-
ward, and the weſt the leeward part.
There alſo lies St. Michael's, or Bridge
Town, with the two forts at the points a-
bove - mentioned. The chiefeſt of them
is called Charles Fort, ſtanding on Needham's

point, lying out in the ſea, to the wind-

ward of the bay and town, ſo that an ene-
my keeping out of command of it, can-
not do the town or ſhipping any harm.

The fort is ſtrong, built with lime and
ſtone, and has ſeventeen great guns, with
room for more, ſufficiently gariſoned and

commanded by a captain.

The platform joins to the windward
part of the town, made for fifteen guns,
and the other fort 1s at the leeward part ca-

pable of fifteen great guns.

The ſecond road and town 1s called

Charles Town, ſtanding on Oyſton Bay, a-
bout two leagues weſt from Bridge Town,
and has alſo two forts and a platform ; the
forts one to the windward and the other
to the leeward, and the platform in the
middle. Tho? this town be not much re-
ſorted to by ſhipping, there are in it ſeve-

ral ware-houſes for trade.

The third is James Town, formerly cal-

led the Holl, about two leagues to the lee-

ward of Bridge Town, and has only one
platform, but is otherwiſe well fortified
Few ſhips come to it,
but it has a trade with the inhabitants of
the adjacent parts. |

The
Spight's Bay, is about four leagues to lee-

ward of Bridge Town, and has two forts.

Many ſhips reſort to it, eſpecially from

the city of Briſtol, and it is the ſecond place

of trade in the iſland to Bridge Town.
The iſland is inhabited by Znghſb, Scots

and Iriſh, and ſome few Dutch and French,
as traders and planters, beſides ſome few

Fewws, and a multitude of Blacks and Mu-

ſugars, by which all other commodities
are regulated; and the ſame is done in all
the other Engliſb and French Caribbee iſlands.
The potatoes of Barbadoes are generally re-

puted the beſt of all thoſe iſlands.

SanTa Lucia
Lies N. by E. of S. Vincent, that is, of

the point, called les Pitons, which is form-

ed by two very high ſteep mounts like ſu-

gar loaves, ſtanding on the weſtern part of

the iſland, whence a very ſtrong current

ſets to the weſtward, and ought carefully

to be avoided, when failing thence for
Vor. V.

fourth being Liiile-Briſtol, or

of north latitude, and about twenty leagues
in compaſs, high, and divided into plains
and mountains covered with wood; are
reckoned good, but ſcarce habitable, by

reaſon of a multitude of ſerpents, of the

ſame ſort and as venomous as thoſe in
Martinico. However, there are two or
three Indi an carbets in it, and ſome French-
men, who carry tortoiſes from thence to
Martinico. On the ſhore grow abundance

of manſanilla trees, not tall, but the wood Mar/a+
of them fine, the leaves like thoſe of the 7:

pear tree, the fruit a ſort of ſma)l apples,
whence the Spaniards gave them the name
of ſo fine a colour and pleaſant ſcent, as
will eaſily invite ſuch as are unacquainted
to eat them; but containing a mortal poi-
ſon, againſt which no antidote has any
force. The very leaf of it cauſes an ulcer,
where it touches the fleſh, and the dew on

it frets off the ſkin ; nay the very ſhadow

of the tree is pernicious, and will cauſe a
man to ſwell, if he ſleeps under it.
Beſides tortoiſes, it ſupplies Martinico
with” many wild ſwine and fowl, the for-
mer whereof is excellent food, and eafily
taken, there being great plenty. Several

ſhips touch there for wood.

The paſſage between the two moſt weſt-
erly points of Santa Lucia and Martinico is
about eight leagues, but to the middle of
the latter, which is the Cul de Sac, is about
ten leagues.

MarrTintco.

By the Indians called Madanina , is
a large iſland, about fifty five leagues in

compaſs, eighteen in length, and the
breadth very unequal in ſeveral places, lying
in 14 degrees 30 minutes north latitude z
high land, eſpecially in the middle, where
ſtands the great high mountain called Pelec,
the top whereof riſes above the clouds, and
therefore there is always a gathering of
clouds about it, whence above forty rivu-
lets ſpread themſelves all about the iſland,

ſome of them navigable a conſiderable
It has the conveniency

way up the land.
of three ports, where above a hundred ſhips

may lade every year, viz. the Cut de Sac Ports.

Royal, the borough of St. Peter, by many

called Baſſe Ville, or le Mouillage, and the

Cul de Sac de la Trinite, of which ports more
hereafter. |

The ifland lies between that of Dominica
on the north and Santa Lucia on the ſouth,

Its principal capes are thoſe called des Tour- Capes:
mentes, |

acing the north-eaſt ; des Salines,

at S. S. E, and Solomon's, at S. S. W, and

betwixt the two latter the diamond rock.
All Martinico is hilly, and the middle
part ſo mountainous that it is not inha-
3 ditable.

—

645

Martinico. This iſland is in 14 degrees HanazA4

:
” "8. "| 5
— 44444 YEE.

646

Henars8a bitable. However all: the reſt is very fer-
—

Product.

c ˙» b . re" TEE RIO, RL APN PDP ht M02. EI Ws EIS Ap

tile in ſugars,” which-are now xefin'd: there;
cotton, indigo, caſſia, rocou, cinnamon,
cocoa, mandioea, potatoes, ranonas, plan-
tanes, ananas, accajou, apples, lemons ,
oranges, and many other ſorts of fruits and
plants. The: ſugar, : tho? oy -plentiful,

is brown. There is alſo a fine fort of wood

Cattel.

Cocoa.

Balſam.

Trade.

called gayac, of which they make pullies
and other things for ſhips. The lemon
tree is no other than a large thick buſh,

very thorny, and grows every where wild;

the fruit very ſmall, but yielding much
tities to ſend abroad in caſks.
Theſe and other fruits, tranſported thi-
ther from France, thrive there very well;
and ſheep, oxen and horſes multiply apace.
The cocoa- nuts grow no here but in
moiſt places, and ſuch as are but little ex-
poſed to the ſun. The tree is ſmall, and
the fruit grows in a long cod, which when

juice, of which they preſs out great quan-

ripe they gather and dry in the ſun; the

ſaid cod is a rind like that of the pome-
granate, and contains about twenty five

or thirty of thoſe nuts, of which chocolate

is made. [> 3
Along the banks of the river of S;. Pe-
ter's town, of late years has been obſerved

a quantity of ruſhes, growing pretty thick

and round, about three feet high; the
leaves whereof are long, narrow and ſharp
pointed. The boughs of theſe buſhes be-
ing broke into many ſhort pieces, there
runs out of each little ſtick two, three or
four drops of a white, glutinous ſap, or
liquor, much like that of unripe figs, which
has been found a ſovereign medicine againſt

all ſorts of intermitting fevers, taking two

ſpoonfuls of it at a time, and excellent a-
gainſt the country cholicks. Some ſuppoſe
it to be the white balſam ſo much com-
mended by chemiſts. The people there

gather jt in ſmall vials, and it is much va-

lu'd in France. 8
Its advantageous ſituation, and great
number of ſubſtantial merchants and plan-

ters, give this iſland a great ſhare of trade

at Beurdeaux, Rochelle, Nantes, Dieppe,
Marſeilles, and other ſea port towns of
France, which ſend thither yearly great
quantities of all forts of commodities, as
wine, brandy, meal, corn, falt-meat, cloth,
linen, ſilks, haberdaſhery of all ſorts, hats,

ſhoes, paper, laces and houſhold goods, as

alſo all things requiſite for rigging and fit-
ing out of thips, barks and boats; whence
in return they bring away ſugars, brown
and refined; cotton, rocou, caſſia, indigo,
cocao, gayae wood, and other product of

the iſland 3 and during the war they had

many adventurers in privateering, who dur-
ing the laſt wars took abundance of very

rich ſhips, as well Dutch as Exgli/h, inſo-

2

A \wief Deſcription aj

much, that ſeveral of the inhabitants have Wealth
got conſiderable eſtates by. that means, and and polite-
the; planters. in the mean time have made a

very good hand of their ſugars and other
commodities of their growth, the value
whereof has been much enhanc'd by the wars
and other caſualties. Thus. many. families
there now make a very ſplendid appear-
ance, being a very civil and affable peo-
ple; and France may be known there by
the fineneſs of the people, the women be-
ing as handſome as any in Europe, well fa-
ſhion'd and genteel, thro? the great num-
ber of well-bred: perſons reſorting thither
from France and other. parts, this being the
rendezvous for the officers of men of war,
and of the garriſon, and the. reſidence of
the general, the governor, the intendants,
the magiſtrates, and of the ſovereign court
of judicature, on which depend the iſlands
of Santo Domingo, Guadalupe, Marigalante,
Saintes, Santa Crux and Santa Lucia. Here
are alſo the agents of the French African
company, and thoſe of many ſubſtantial
merchants and factors in France.

In my time I knew there ſome planters,
who had above four hundred black ſlaves

of their own, each of them to work in
their plantations.
The Baſſeville being the reſidence of all Baſcvilli.

the moſt faſhionable people, is a pretty
large and popular town, otherwiſe called
St. Peter, conſiſting chiefly of one wind-
ing ſtreet, an Engliſß mile in length, all
in aſcents and deſcents, lying along the
beach, and in ſeveral places croſſed by
many curious rows of orange trees, towards
that part of the town called Je Mouillage,
that is, the anchoring place, becauſe the
ſhips uſually ride before it, about a muſket
ſhot from the ſhore, in about thirty five
fathoms water; beſides the river which
croſſes the middle of the town, and has
excellent water, over which is a little bridge,

and at the end of it the governor's houſe.

This river comes down from a great
valley that is behind the town, in which
are many plantations, affording a very
pleaſant e At one end of the town
is the monaſtery of the Jeſuits, curiouſly

built; and at the other, towards the Mou-
illage, in the midſt of the orange tree walk,
which is eight hundred paces in length,
with double rows of orange and lemon
trees, and the fineſt perhaps in the world,
were it not for the continual fear a man
is there in of ſome ſnakes lurking about;
and in the middle of this walk is the
convent of the Dominicans. There is alſo

a ſmall nunnery of Ur/ehins; beſide an hoſ-
pital in the care of thoſe they call the bre-
thren of the charity. Moſt of the houſes
In the town are built with timber, though
there are ſome of ſtone, all of them very
2 | handſome,

— 2

- — — ** _ g
= * — — — =— N 1 RS — - —
- 2 — 2 — — *
— Py —— = 0 . —— o a — X
= * 2 "DT 225 — — — — p —
2 — "4 — 2 4 55 - . 7 7 2
— — Pal L TOE 2 28 þ =
. — > = - ry FR. — 4 os >
& ” by G 4 2 — — — Þ ws
- Pac = . - — — by ——_
— — — — — — - — — — * —
- — — * * — — —
- — — — —— of 3
— — jg —

'S »

>

-

"
:
:

e 6 eee, e

0 l;
( 440% [ "et
i

o 0 ” p 4

N.
lf 765 —

**

** 1. Je
oe

: Ne 0

k {-h 160 *

ee

Fill)
al

q

| 0

— ——
— —

—— —

——

il; 1 7 10
0 Nag NN
160 000 MN FO; ds,
5 WM 0,0 0d 6
(SIN FLLDT it WWW, 1 \ 94 ; Wn by
411656 Ky Ws JA it)
| al 1 j

Lo
WY
i

DIR

Pad c

Fd 4,

+ ,
127

117 40 .
a, „ its —
* 166 * 7 8
WW * ===:
7 —
1 5 |
15 ! 0
f | Fi
i | 0 0
Wh, li! e
0 9% ti \
[ oy a ji! \ N
FI mY YL 1
1 N —
\ A666 K. :
, V i {3119 4 wn
| Wes" | 16 "8 %%% Tat, 157
16ů4½% * e N | 6600 570 Fe
OA Ty | F108 "IF 7% N
[i 0 l | TR: [ 0 * 9% N \ ; SW
i WB | ' 70% % rene
„65 ' ' 140 ) Y {AY N
„656 | % \ ene
ih | ; | | V eee
ee | 16 %, eb: | Wess ö | * AN | EN. ne 3% . M | | . Ve
"Wy 19 ö ö | ne 2 MS L446 oy | l N * q W140 W
WW , | : » ap OY NO ROW

—
— 22
—

——

i

—

—
—

—

„
1 e VADSAS
tl 4 \ i Wl 1

14

— —
—

1

ESSS
Z-
Wn

ru

vn
Wa 0

—
EEEREE
—ͤ —
—
—
—

—
—

=
—
=
—
—
——
—

-

=E-
=

—
—
—

—
2

—

—

*
/ 1 0 TH W 0
1 RIA „ Wy! 4 Wi . Na %
eee 8 OO
x i foot Y t v, ,
+: Wo

5 — 0
729 8 a

3

—
—— —
— 2 —
— —

as \ \ 6 , * F \F It
\ \ Lev tb ay ml |

TK vo

—
——
— >
—
-—_

—
-
—
-
— =

—
2 -

[

—
OY

*
U
\

10 0 0 WAN g FRY

—
22

ALL

AAF
—

j
4 vol

[ ; [ ' „KN. l
* 4 ol

[1 d |
Wi j g , 2

—
—

—
2 ==

—

by
—

— — —

——

7,7

2
tite Tow: calls lu Ot

—

_

9100-4007
71
4144-17

—

—

. '

M Uh
7936 . j
i

-

—
—

= >

4 14:99407
* 1
U U

—
by

—
— —
— -
—

=

7
1/7 U
Wt *
UURIRTLATH wy n
19 0 i
4.4 io

—

*
WAY

—
-
=

i

—

worth N
wh
"4

—
——
— —

=

—

—

—— 8
=
=2

—
—
—
—

DIES
— —

ale

—

—

* 9

—
—
=.

U (

n l

0 1 65 ot 5 (NIN). | | 9

o 7% Wenne I
* ut i N ö Wi

IAU l ai

DS
—
="
—
—
—
De!

4 41!
Gul DOT

—

—

-
— —
DO —
>
—
—
—
——

><
—

—
—

zal, #

_
—

—
—
—

22

—

bb, 0 „ l

N

ANN N
= 15 dy

—
—

— — ———

Ul, : / U [
* 1,009
ARES M1 17, Nh IR!

2

rs = 7

INeGPICH.

Peter

TFIL 41

7

,

fe

)

e

orf

2
h-Carriber.s

2

*

pect

ETC

PAY

(

Hl

7

J

of the

he

OHMIC

-

(ere

*
2 St Peres
2

*

9
{le

Fel
la Pe

*

Se wit”

7

ral /
't Sf Peter
„

A
place
ted

l

he Cat

he Fon

wor and u

1.

nt ee
g

*
—

}

Market place

Landi
IM ountar

Fart 0
1

A

4
E
2

-

—
A
1

He
=!
TT
Th

i

7
2
4

—

7 70 /
ll Wood W408
vl ll Dee W bag

U
[i

= | ä — ũ— er eee e N TT EIT n
Meat IN | = = "Mk 0 Ae 1 i; 4 „4 ler R | | 75

7 U 1 | ' ni 1 N = 5 1 · . N
);, WOW RI NE | | = Vil | N
77. % 777 114% =
4 Ul IT Bs 9777 75 44 75 :
mw [ „4,7 110% = nn - [ A
744% „ M8. ty — >
1 * ee j ; ; —
; jon 4 it, 1 0% [it | i : . — oF
+ | Wee eee D ii :
n i i | if | —— | 5 1 4
2 | 164445 eee = DON." 3: 8
J i ul S
N d 1 1! 0 i — WW
[ | MOOT — —
f D 2 A
; A =
2 0 a; ww
f
:

June

Town, Call d le Pecheurs

' . 0 : 8 \ 5 b "

Iz

*
-

1 2
. —

A N 2

Lerew

„ 1 TIL KENT | | MH /

d le Mou
uefr Ma

IC JI lk 2
e trees Walk

, 4 71644 4 ] vil j [ ol $ Will | . W ö 4 Bo IH : a 3 | . 1 5 5 40 » , tk 22 9 O 5 S 8
- 16 1 6 e 1. | 5 | — i 28 IP x
4% „„ e M 0 XY MB e S
| 10 : S 82
100% e ee 0 Vo TN
wy [11M WOE VION HU AUTOR 6 . WL ES
| | 238 28HHE
WAY N hg 2 vs 28
. tit if 0 : ll! | n N 28 > S S S &
| ll |; It | 2 * . BR SS II OD IFI
44% Wee Wt TIF: . Ld Ws: . | 8 0
a Wt" | N 82 88d
Wk | [ ll i! = by 10 8 RIO 2 => ITY Ou
1 [1 "i! ! \ ' [
U any 70 | 0 4. 1 8 3 0
ip | MANN © ff | is, A N S.
140% 10 | | | j OS 8 8 DM RS
44; f
* —
2 / wo > Va Q)
2 es "YN ; S
. 1 14 —

I WI//h

[1

*
/

fa |
illage

Tr{#
lou

[ WH ETAL
% ＋ 1

| 48 1
* 0

RY
75 7
da Je

a , / 7 / F ſit
F 5 * 0 // | V W
ing %%

call

4
.

rw -
*

4

2
/

N a N (i...

10 u. "I;

| Wr hu 15.5 1M 10
* \ | . *

2
—
74

(>

D

2

7

0

-4

I
hr

5
/
7

/

11H 1}!
WS 17h io!
U 1

HART

-C
{

(000
. 4

Ort
:

7

—

—

e
I/

C

(1

46
185 000
Wl 2 1 h

775557
ti

tt; Y al
1 Jr fr!
TT il
> ih

{

*

—

PD

12
,
*

==

— —

/ Us
75

> ; *
We

—
== _—_—
— m
mg DD —
—

5 CY
p* 5 _ VJ
SANS t

&

h,

. 75 /

Ur, i} , /
60 3 %
1111] LIT WH; / 7 It}, /

wand
merica. dra

UF 0

il

—

It

Peter 0

)

——— —

———ů—Z

N
9
7
354
U 7
nt;
— 1
Iv -
*
tt
.
wk I 775
t
Box
D
7
1
0
*
.
*
Ea
1 5
_
ee
1
8
2
55
pL
F:
85
VS

WS
4
”
5
*
£
"x
4 *
3
*
Rs
a
4.
= . 8
”
.
* *
- $
tr
.
AR
. == .
*
4
*
1
4
8 :
2
%
AY 4
:
EA's
E
Sou
EE
3
$
bs
*
.
Sx
1

R

7
43
4
:
F
I

of the ſaid hills and the great variety of

the Caribbee Iſlands.

handſome, which together with the plow'd
lands between the town and the mountain,
aſcending gradually for a great diſtance up

the land, renders the proſpect of that part

of Martinico ſo very delightful by the view

woods, trees and greens, that I thought it

PiATE
35+

St. Peter's
tort.

well worth preſenting the reader with a

draught thereof, as it appeared to me from

aboard a ſhip, riding in the road, the cut
here inſerted repreſenting it to the life.
The fort of Sf. Peter, which in my time
ſtood at the' mouth of the river, to obſtruct
any deſcent that way, and' hinder boats and

floops from running up the freſh water r1-

ver, has been ſince ruin'd by hurricanes.
It was formerly erected by the Sieur du
Parguet, and was as ill contriv*d to repulſe
an enemy from without, as to oppole any
attempt from within, not commanding the
road, nor hindring the approach of ſhips
to the coaſt; it was of no uſe againſt an
enemy, beſide that it was commanded by
a higher ground overlooking it, within

, muſket ſhot, ſo that the defendants lay

wholly expoſed, for which reaſon it could
not hold out twelve hours, if attacked on
the land fide, and therefore it has not been
thought fit to be ſince rebuilt. There are
ſtill two batteries, one at each end of the
town, with other fortifications raiſed there
fince the Engliſh, in 1693, with a fleet of

ſixty ſail, attempted to make a deſcent at

the point du Preſcheur, a little above the
town, but were repulſed with conſiderable

loſs by the inhabitants, who were ſeaſon-

ably joined and ſuſtained by the count de
Blenac, their general, who march'd thi-

ther with two hundred men, from Fort
Koyal in one night, the diſtance being fix

Cul de Sac

Kozal,

: Fort Royal.

leagues. |
Cul de Sac Royal 1s a large bay on the
ſouth ſide of the iſland, at the bottom
whereof ſtands a pretty town, containing
near three hundred families, where the ge-
neral reſides, and the courts of juſtice are
kept. The ſtreets are ſtrait, and the hou-
ſes regular, moſt built with timber. The
Capuchins have a fine monaſtery there.
Fort Royal commands tne town, being
very advantageouſly ſeated on a large, long
and high peninſula, It is no way acceſſible
on the ſea ſide, but along the rows of rocks
which encompaſs it. There is no other avenue
to the town but by a long and very nar-
row cauſeway, flank'd by a half moon and
two baſtions, lin'd with good ſtone work,
and defended by a wet ditch. There are
eighteen and twenty four pounders mount-
ed every way on it, and ſix companies of
mariners in gariſon. There is alſo a good
magazine of powder, and a ciſtern, both
of them bomb proof, ſo that the fort is
now in a good condition and may with-

their ſhips in thither 'for ſhelter.

always very rough.

_ diſtance it look'd like a diamond.

ſtand a conſiderable army; and even be-
fore it was brought to this perfection, ad-

miral de Ruyter, in the year 1674, attack d

it in vain with three thouſand men, under
count Horn, and was forced to draw off
with great precipitation, leaving nine hun-
dred of his ſoldiers dead on the ſpot. I
here inſert the cut of this fort ſo ſtrong by
art and nature, as it was in the year 1679.
The trees which then ſtood on the riſing
ground in the center of the fort, have been
ſince cut down, and the fortifications con-
ſiderably improv'd. Tet .

I have added a plan of the harbour cal
led Cut de Sac, which is the beſt careening
place throughout the Caribbee iſlands; the

entrance into it is well ſecured by the can-

non of the batteries in the fortreſs, and
by ſeveral rocks and ſhoals, ſo ranged that
there is no other -paſſage for great ſhips,
but within piſto]-ſhot of the water- battery.

This harbour can contain fifty tall ſhips,

and is the common refuge of French ſhips

in the time of hurricanes ; the water in it

being always ſtill, becauſe it is ſurrounded
almoſt on all ſides with high hills. About
the middle, or the latter end of Juiy, the
general orders all commanders to carry
The
royal magazine ſtands almoſt oppoſite to

the fort, on the other ſide of the river.

Cul de Sac de la Trinite, ſtanding on the
other ſide of the iſland, is a much ſmaler
harbour, and leſs frequented than thoſe be-
fore ſpoken of. wo

647

Henna

*

Plar:
34.

Cul de ae
harbour.

Cul de Sas
de la Tris
ui te.

Cul de Sac Maria, at the Cabeſterre and

ſeveral other ſmall places along the coaſt,
ſerve only for barks and boats to take in
their lading of ſugar and other goods of
the product of the iſland, and fo to brin

it about to the ſhips lying at Baſſeville, 5
Preſcheur, or Cul de Sac Royal, which is

very troubleſome, becauſe it muſt firſt be

carried from the ſhore to the barks in ca-
noes, and the ſea on that windward fide is

The Diamond Point, in the ſouth part of Diamond

the iſland, has its name from a large, high,

from the point, becauſe perhaps at a great
It gives
ſhelter to a vaſt number of ſea-fowl of ſe-

Point.
round rock, lying out at ſea, about a mile

veral ſorts, which increaſe prodigiouſſy, it

being forbid to kill them. However, in
the year 1671, five perſons going from
Martinico to this rock to catch thoſe birds,
for above a quarter of an hour had a full
view of a fiſh reſembling human ſhape,
or a mermaid, within piſtol-ſhot of the

{ſkirts of the rock, which they all atteſted

upon oath, before the clerk of the council
of the iſland; and ſeveral people at Mar-

tinico aſſerted it to me as a certain truth.

This might to be the ſame ſort of fiſh I
Tn © mentioned

648

Inhabi-
tants.

Air.

in the river Zaire, of the kingdom of
Congo. LES |
It is computed that there are now above

three thouſand Whites able to bear arms

in Martinico, and above fifteen thouſand
black fla ves. e |
The high-lands make the air unwhole-
ſome, and few ſhips go thither, whoſe
crews do not feel the effects of it; ſome
dying in a few hours, without any ſickneſs
appearing. Befides they are much tor-
mented with ants, gnats and chiques; this
laſt is a ſort of worm, which cuts into the
heels and ſoles of the feet, and are the

more troubleſome in that they are ſcarce

Vermin.

to be got out, if they have had time to
lay their eggs there. I have ſeen ſome
Whites, but much more the Blacks,
ſo peſtered with that almoſt imperceptible

| ſort of vermin, that their feet have been ſo

Snakes,

ulcerated and ſwell'd, as not to be able to
go or ſtand, and others brought in danger
of their lives, a gangrene following the
ulceration. .

Another great annoyance is from the

ſnakes, which are ſo common, that they

crawl into the houſes, and ſometimes into
the very beds. There are ſeveral ſorts of
them, and their ſting is very dangerous,

but of late years the Blacks have diſcover'd

ſome ſimples which cure it immediately.
Among them is a weed that runs up the
trees like our ivy, there called liane. One
morning as I was ſitting with the marquis
de Maintenon, in his hall, a large ſnake
crept into his kitchen, and was killed there,

which he told me he would cauſe to be

dreſſed by his cook, throwing away the
head and entrails, and eat it as a delicate
diſh, It is very dangerous walking about

the woody parts of the iſland, on account

of thoſe creatures, or ſo much as in the
beautiful orange-walk by the Mouillage, or

anchoring- place, of whoſe beauty J have

Clergy.

ipoken before,

As to ſpirituals, there are both ſecular
and regular clergy. The Jeſuits and the

Dominicans have their houſes, where the
former commonly keep four prieſts, and

the latter two. The pariſhes are ſerved

Juſtice,

by ſeculars. There is alſo a monaſtery of
Capuchin friars at Fort Royal, and one of
nuns at St. Peter de la Baſfterre.

As for judicial affairs, the general and
his twelve counſellors decide all matters
civil and criminal, throughout the French
Caribbee iſlands, an appeal lying from the
councils of all the others to that of Mar-

tinico, as alſo from that of Santo Domingo.

This iſland is much hotter than that of
Guadalupe, not only becauſe of its lying
more to the ſouthward, but by reaſon it
is alſo more mountainous and woody, and

= brief Deſcription of

Henxena mentioned in the ſupplement, ſo common
A |

the ground dryer and more gravelly, which
alſo makes it more fruitful in tobacco and
mandioca. The ſea affords abundance of
tortoiſes, caouannes and machorans, or
cat-fiſhes, eſpecially of thoſe repreſented in

the cut; beſides other ſorts of fiſh, as tre- PLATE
zahar, bequne, Cc. Some of the macho- 19, 20.
rans are unwholeſome and dangerous to g,

eat, which is thought to proceed from their

feeding on the poiſonous Manzanilla apples,
which drop into the creeks. There are alſo

ſeveral ſorts of ſea-fowl, and among them

thoſe two ſorts repreſented in the cut, Pl AT?
called fregats and paille en cul; the former 16.
of them is by the Engliſh call'd à man Fowl.

of war, from their ſwift flight and large
preading wings; the other has its name
fignifying a ſtraw in the britch, from one
long ſingle and pointed feather, which is
all the tail it has, and at a diſtance looks
like a ſtraw ſtuck in its rump. The men
of war naturally fly ſeveral leagues out at
ſea, and are a mark for ſhips to know when
they are near the iſland; but the paille en
cul commonly plies about the ſhore.
This iſland is not ſo ſubject to hurricanes
as the others, and is the general rendez-
vous of all ſhips coming from France, as

lying more to the windward than the reſt,

and therefore they can fail thence to the
ſeveral iſlands they are bound to.
Martinico was at firſt inhabited by ſome

French and Engliſh, who reſorted to it, as
well as to others, on ſeveral accounts, be-

ing generally ſuch as fled thither for ſhel-
ter for their pyracies. They lived there

ſome time at peace with the ſavages, but
after the ſettlements made by d' Enambuc

and Warner before- mentioned, on the

iſland of St. Chriſtopher, they reſolved to

maſſacre thoſe intruding gueſts, and the
deſign being diſcovered, the ſlaughter fell

upon themſelves.

The old French African company, with
the king's leave, ſold this iſland, Santa
Lucia, Granada and Granadilla, in the
year 1650, for 60000 livres, to the then

governor for the king, being a knight of
Malta, for himſelf and partners. The new

Weft India company bought the ſame again
of that gentleman's heirs in 1665, the two
firſt for 120000 livres, and the others for
100000 livres of -another gentleman, who

had bought them of the before-mentioned

governor, and appointed governors of
their nomination in the ſame, that very
year: but at preſent all the governors are
appointed by the king of France, who
claims the propriety of Martinico, and all

other French Caribbee iſlands, where he has

erected forts, and keeps good gariſons,

and they yield him a large annual income

by the tolls and cuſtoms impoſed on all

goods of their produ and manufacture.
SB „JJ

28

IC S) % Fi
Pla l. |
* 4 1 11 ]
1. N | jp

the Caribbee I/lands. 3 649

Every ſhip that loads there being obliged dom miſfing in their maſter's houſes of Haun A
to give ſufficient ſecurity to the king's a- meeting with ſome others, who are of their ⏑
gent there, under a great penalty, that ſhe own country and language; thoſe have

will deliver the faid lading at no other commonly a particular charge given them

ports in Europe but thoſe of Fance; and to look after their new fellow-ſervants.

upon a due certificate returned from thence, Next the Feſuits, who apply themſelves to Care of
that it was performed accordingly, the the converſion of thoſe poor wretches, make their con-

7 5 . 2 2 2
— |

IVEY TAY
2 re OG

af * 9 _—
* Le 4 "T4 *
* 7 NI RSS OI Fav
A wo Se
3

fs og ES

bonds are cancelled, and the ſecurities diſ-
charged; and the ſubjects of France and of
theſe iſlands are allowed to employ an

foreign bottom, eſpecially ſince the la

war, Swedes, Danes or Dutch, for their
commerce too and fro, which ſaves abun-
dance of men to the French nation, that
are otherwiſe employed by the govern-
ment. And it were to be wiſh'd our act
of parliament in England, for encourage-
ment of ſhipping and navigation, which
perhaps was neceffary at the time it was
paſſed, had been long ago repealed, ac-
cording to the opinion of ſome able mer-

chants of Great Britain, which they prove
would have ſpared many thouſands of our

Engliſbmen's lives, during this preſent long
and expenſive war, to carry on our trade to
the Eaſt and Weſt Indies, which takes up
the beſt of our mariners employed in thoſe
long and hazardous voyages; one third
part, if not more, never returns home,
either by deſertion or mortality, whilſt our
fleets are often at a ſtand, for want of hands

enough to fit them out timely on emergent

occaſions. Beſide that it ruins abundance

of private adventurers and merchants, who
to get men enough to ſerve in their veſ-

uſe of the old ſlaves to infuſe the prin- Verſion.

ciples of Chriſtianity into the minds of the

new ones. This is not done without much

labour and difficulty, in which they are ſo
zealous, that ſome of them often ſuffer in
their own health, through the pains they
take in that pious work.

When theſe poor people have been often

inſtructed, by the means of interpreters,

they are baptiſed with much ſolemnity, and

ſoon after their maſters take care to marry Of marry-
them to their minds, giving them their ing them.

choice, either at home or aboard the ſhips

that come in; and in this laſt caſe, the maſ-
ter buys the woman his man flave likes

beſt, allowing them full liberty to match
to their own liking ; inſomuch, that it is
an eſtabliſned law in the French iſlands,
that when one perſon's male flave has a
mind to marry another inhabitant's woman
ſlave, and ſhe approves of it, one of the

two owners is obliged to diſpoſe of his

ſlave to the other, by ſale, exchange, or
otherwiſe, that they may cohabit m the
ſame houſe. TOSS ns: od nw
- This care of marrying and ſettling them
together in a family, allowing them ſome
little parcels of ground to till and make

woo —— NS —— my =
—_— — — * — — -
= — = — 2 223 ; >
- — — 2 5 — — — ——
— 4

4 8 —
2 —— — np

2
<=;
-_

.
3
8 — —

— 22 —

ſels, are obliged to allow indifferent ſailors gardens, endears them to their maſters, and
very extravagant wages, which has un- makes them add to their ordinary labour,
done ſeveral good merchants in progreſs of and to produce many things of uſe to the
time, when voyages have proved long and inhabitants in general, and to themſelves

tedious through any unforeſeen accidents, in particular, to add to the conveniency of
and their goods come to a bad market. life and cloathing. Thus we ſee among
It will not be amiſs in this place to give the planters and maſters of ſugar-mills, two
| ſome account of the behaviour of the French or three generations of families of ſlaves,
towards their ſlaves in the Caribbee iſlands, who are very fond of one another, ob-
to illuſtrate what I have before ſaid in the ſerving as much paternal affection and filial
deſcription of Guinea, of the particular duty as any among us; and living as con-
care that nation takes of their ſpiritual as tentedly in their bondage, as the peaſants
well as temporal welfare, and at the ſame in Europe. The maſters, on their part,
time to make out what I ſaid in the ſame are very careful not to ſeparate thoſe fa-
place of the neglect of Proteſtants in that milies, and to allow the parents the ſatis-

reſpect. | „ | faction of educating their children.
Choice of As ſoon as the ſlave ſhips arrive at the It is pleaſant to fee their little huts, or
faves, French iſlands, the planters and other in- cottages ſtanding about their maſter's ſu-
habitants flock aboard to buy as many as gar works, like little villages, each cabbin

they have occaſion for. The price being ſeparated from another by a little garden Govern-
agreed on, they ſearch every ſlave limb by belonging to it and appropriated to the ment.

limb, to ſee whether they are ſound and uſe of the ſlaves inhabiting it. Theſe vil-

ſtrong, and it is diverting enough to ſee lages are under the inſpection of a French
the examining even of thoſe parts which overſeer, called there Commandeur des Ne-

8

are not to be named. This done, every

buyer carries away his own flaves, and

immediately provides for their nouriſhment,

cloathing and health, which is done with

extraordinary care. The new ſlaves ſel-
Vo . |

gres, or Commander of the Blacks, who
is to take care they obſerve good order a-
mong themſelves, to fet them to work as
the maſter has occaſion, and to chaſtiſe thoſe
that are _ z the puniſhment being more

8 or

650

Hzaxkxa or leſs, according: to the offence, but al-
—

Inſtructi-

Good

ufage.

Poiſonous

3

ways ſevere, they being naturally diſor-

derly and ſlothful. The greateſt puniſn-

ment I once ſaw inflicted on a ſlave, who
had ſeveral times run away from his maſ-
ter's houſe, was chopping off both his
feet on a block in the publick market-
Place at Ja Baſſeterre of Guadalupe.

The Jeſuits do not only apply themſelves
to convert the new comers; but go daily
into the gardens and grounds, where they
are at work, and having procured half an
hour's relaxation from their labour,
catechiſe them, enquire into their wants
and intercede with their maſters to grant
them what is moſt neceſſary. They alſo
take care on ſundays and holy days to
aſſemble them in publick places, where
they keep their little markets, that they
may hear maſs, which 1s celebrated on

. purpoſe, and therefore at Martinico called

la Meſſe des Negres, or the Maſs of the
Blacks. In the afternoon they are again
obliged to come to be inſtructed, and no-

thing is omitted that may confirm them in

the belief and exerciſe of religion.
In ſhort, it is impoſſible ro expreſs the
Joy and ſatisfaction thoſe poor ſlaves con-

ceive to ſee themſelves ſomewhat tolerably

dreſſed on ſundays and feſtivals, aſſiſting
at the ſame maſs with their maſters, equal-
ly well treated by the prieſts, when they.
go to confeſſion, admitted without diſtinc-
tion to communion, to fee their fellow
ſlaves, when. they die, decently buried,
and in fine, to perceive that religion makes
no difference between them and their maſ-
ters, which the Jeſuits make good uſe of

to work upon their heavy capacities, inſo-
much, that it is not poſlible to expreſs

more zeal for the precepts and ceremonies
of religion- than thoſe ſlaves generally do,
and they value themſelves much more a-
mong the French than thoſe do who live
among the Dutch and Engliſh ; the former
admitting them indifferently with them-

ſelves to communion and all other ſervice

of the church, and the latter excluding

them from the religious equality, which

keeps them always dejected and brutal.
This may be ſaid to be the reaſon there
never happens any ſuch deſertion of ſlaves
from the French iſlands, as we have often
heard among the Engliſb, eſpecially at Bar-
badoes, as was mentioned in the deſcription
of that iſland. .

To conclude with Martinico, I think

proper to warn travellers to be very cauti-

ous of eating two ſorts of fiſh, at this or any
other of the Caribbee iſlands, viz. The cat-
ib, above ſpoken of, and that which the
French commonly call bequene. Theſe two
ſorts before they come to be well known,
did much harm, ſuch as did eat them be-

»

A brief Deſcription of

ing generally afflicted with painful ſwelling,
or elſe ſeized with vomiting and racking
colicks, ſuppoſed to proceed from thoſe
fiſhes feeding on the poiſonous manzanilla
apples, which fall into the ſea, as has been
hinted before. It has been alſo found by
experience of late years, that the teeth of
thoſe fiſhes which have fed on the manza-

nillas are black, and therefore they always

look into their mouths and ſuch are always

thrown away; but thoſe whoſe teeth are

white are eaten, as not being infected with
that poiſon, and very good food. The
wood of the manzanilla tree is proper to

make tables, chairs and other houſhold

goods.

The large and delicious oranges this iſ- Oranges.

land produces, in great plenty, deſerve to
be taken notice of. Moſt of them grow
between the town of Sr. Peter and the hill
called la Montagne, the road to it, aſcend-
ing for three miles, being all along ſet on
both ſides very thick with thoſe fine orange
trees, intermixed with lemon trees, grow-

ing wild, always green the whole year a-

bout, with the bloſſom and both green

and ripe fruit hanging at the ſame time.

The curious green of the leaves, the milk
white leaves and the lively red of infinite

numbers of oranges, make a delightful

mixture to the eye, and the fragrancy of
the bloſſoms perfuming the air raviſhes the
ſcent, in riding along that ſhady lane, eſ-
pecially in the morning early before the
heat of the ſun comes upon it. The horſes
often tread on thoſe excellent oranges,
which fall from the trees. 255
Another diverting object is the vaſt

number of thoſe very little birds, by the
French called colibris, but by the Engliſh
humming birds, flying about from tree to Humming

tree. They have a charming fine plumage,
and are thought to feed on the dew that

lies on the orange and lemon flowers. An-
other opinion concerning them is, that
they fix themſelves on the boughs about
October and there ſleep without waking

till April following, which I cannot aſſert.
The common ſort of women and girls hang
them in their ears for pendants, |

Do MINICà.

Another of the Caribbee iſlands, is eight
leagues diſtant from Martinico, between
point and point. Columbus gave it the name
becauſe he diſcovered it on a ſunday. It

lies in 15 degrees 40 min. north latitude,

N. by W. and N. N. W. from Martinico and
has Guadalupe N. by W. of it. The whole
compaſs of it is about eighteen or twenty
leagues, and in it are very large high
mountains, which occaſion the great calms
ſhips frequently meet with under it, thoſe

chat

FFT 11 "_— __ _—
2 HON . 5 - ee 1 2 n N of -
22 A . pt. 2 k #" Bro. yy

37 TEC tori f ns er 7s

">,
PIs
©
.
n
125
5 J
Sy
FA *
Sb,
83 8
N
4 .
RX
bit 5
HELD
.
>”

; | | the Caribbee lands. 651

that ply to the northward iſlands being ob- being inhabited by a few poor people, Haag
liged to coaſt as near the ſhore as conveni- fiſhermen and mariners, but their product

4 ently may be, to prevent a more tedious is inconſiderable. Theſe iſlands have been

paſſage, if carried out to ſea by the N. E.

winds which generally blow there.

This iſland is inhabited by none but na-
tive ſavages or Indians, and it was aſſigned
them, together with St. Vincent and Behia,

famous ſince the remarkable expedition
of M. du Lion their governor, in Auguſt
1666, who after ſeveral attacks made 300
Engliſh ſoldiers and officers priſoners there,
as has been mentioned before.

to retire to from the other Caribbee iſlands,
i in 1660. It has not much ground proper MARIGALANT E
85 for plantations, but a great bay in the | |
E weſtern part of it, affords a good ſafe Had its name from the ſhip Columbus
2 road. 1 was in, when he diſcovered it, at his ſe-
5 Ihe Indians inhabiting this iſland con- cond voyage to America. It lies in 16
. ſtantly trade with the French, Martinico degrees 20 minutes of north latitude, N.
; and Guadalupe, where I have ſeen many N. E. and N. E. by N. of Dominica, and
5 piraguas full of them, and they have ſo E. of Guadalupe, has no mountains, but
7 great a kindneſs for the French, that when raiſes itſelf in a heap in the middle, and
7 they are at war with the Engliſo, thoſe ſa- thence deſcends every way towards the ſea,
= vages will kill and eat the latter, becauſe which makes it look at a diſtance like a
” they are enemies to their good friends the flat. |
: | French, who cannot prevail with them to There are few ſprings and brooks, but
„ give the others quarter. many ſtanding pools of freſh water, which
| The T7eſuits, and other religious men are of great uſe to the inhabitants. The

rdf f

A e ce
1222
r

ſettled in the French iſlands, do from time
to time go over to thoſe Indian iſlands, to
inſtruct thoſe people in the principles of
Chriſtianity, which they hear with great

attention, but do not profit much, being
naturally tenacious of their ancient ſuper-

ſtition.

Their language is the ſame as that of
the Galibis in Guiana, whence it is believed

theſe iſlands were firſt peopled, and there-

fore it will be needleſs to ſay any thing of

their manners, wars, Sc. being much the
ſame, as deſcribed in ſpeaking of thoſe
people in Guiana. But theſe natives of
Dominica are reputed the moſt warlike of

any of the Caribbee iſlands.

The land crabs of Dominica are much

eſteemed in the French iſlands for their

ſweetneſs and excellent meat, and there 1s
great plenty of them abour all the woods,
which cover the greateſt part of the iſland.

The natives carry abundance of them to
market in the neighbouring French iſlands,
and ſell them cheap enough, for ſeveral toys

of very ſmall value, as they do alſo ana-
nas, figs, parrots and monkeys. The ana-
nas there are eſteemed the beſt of all the
iſlands.

Los SAN Tos, by the French LES
SAINTES:

That is the Saints, are ſeveral little iſlands

lying five leagues north of Dominica, and

three leagues ſouth of Guadalupe, to whoſe
government they are ſubject. They are
no way conſiderable, on any other ac-
count than that they form by their ſitu-
ation an indifferentgood harbour, to ſhelter
ſhips in bad weather, ſome of the largeſt

ſoil is good, eſpecially for ſugar canes,
which 1s the reaſon the number of inha-
bitants daily increaſes ; but it has no man-
ner of port, ſo that the ſhips trading there
ride in open roads. The whole compaſs
of it 1s about 18 leagues, the diſtance

from Dominica 8, and from Guadalupe 6

or 7. The French have had it ever ſince

the year 1648. Jacob Binks, admiral of

Zealand, took it from them on the firſt
of June 1677, but the French ſoon reco-
vered it, and have ſince erected a fort there
for its ſecurity. The colony, which is in-
differently large, is under a French gover-
nor. The late marques de Maintenon,
mentioned by me in the deſcription of
Martinico, was one governor of it. The
Carmelite friars attend the ſpiritual func-
tions. |

La DESSEADA

Is another French iſland and colony,
6 leagues eaſt of Guadalupe, tho? not very
large, fertile and well cultivated by the
French inhabitants, producing ſugar and
all ſorts of American fruits. Chriſtopher
Columbus gave this iſland the name of la
Deſſeaſa, or the Deſired, or wiſh'd for,
at his ſecond voyage, it being the firſt of

thoſe iſlands he diſcovered.

GUADALUPE

Is a French iſland in 16 degrees 10 mi-
nutes north latitude, and 315 deg. 40 mi-
nutes longitude, about 70 leagues in com-
paſs, is divided into two iſlands, almoſt
of an equal bigneſs, by a channel, or
ſmall arm of the ſea, called The Salt Ri-

Ver,

652

Hennnna ver, which 6vefflows an iſthmus of about

5 leagues in length, from end to end, ſo
that barks may paſs up, when the tide 1s

in.
The gteateſt of theſe two parts of the

iſland is that which the French call la Grande
Terre, being about 50 leagues in compaſs.
This is the true Guadalupe, ſo named by
the Spaniards, when they diſcovered it, be-
cauſe its mountains reſemble thoſe of Our
Lady of Guadalupe, in the 3 of E,
tremadura in Spain. Its Indian name is
Kartkera, or Carucutira. The French cor-
rupting the Spaniſh name call it Guarde-
loupe.

Wherher the French have found the ſoil
barren, or for what other reaſon I know
not, but it is thinly inhabited, there being

ſcarce an hundred families in it. Mo

Burning
mountain.

of it is taken up with high inacceſſible
mountains, excepting only on the ſide of
Cabeſterre, beſides that it wants freſh wa-
ter. |
"he other part of the iſland, which lies
to the S. W. is about 40 leagues in com-
paſs, and ſubdivided into two parts, or ter-
ritories. The middle is taken up with
high mountains, on ſome of which are
boiling hot ſprings, and wholeſome mine-
ral waters. Among the othef mountains
is one called Ia Soufrere, or the Sulphureous,
which caſts out thick ſmoke ſometimes
mixed with flames, at the mouth or open-
ing there 18 on the top. The Blacks ga-

ther ſome ſmall quantity of brimſtone

thereabotits, which they ſell for a ſmall
matter to failors, but it is very foul and
full of droſs, which were eaſily remedied,

if they knew how to refine it.

The ſoil is fertile in ſugar, which is bet-
ter than that at Martinico, but not ſo fine
as that of St. Chriſtopher, alſo roccou, of
anotto, tobacco, indigo, yuca, cotton,
caſſia, cacao. Fruit and fowl are ver
plentifu], eſpecially turkeys, much cheaper
than at any other of the Caribbee iſlands.
There is a fort of birds about the ful-
prom mountain, which they call dia-

bolins, very large and as good as chickens.

Baſeterre

town.

They live altogether upon fiſh and fetch
them up out of their craw to feed their
young. The Blacks commonly catch them,
but ate themfelves ſometimes ſo piereed
by the ſharp cold air of that mountain,
that they languiſh and have much difficul-
ty to ſur mount it.

In the two Cul de ſais, or inlets of the
ſea, which ſeparate la Grande Terre from
the other part of the iſland more pecu-

harly called Guadalupe, they take tortoites,

manaties and all forrs6f common fiſh.

The town, called ia Baſſeterre, lies on
the weſt fide of this part of Guadalupe,
where we uſually come to an anchor, tho?

I

A brief Deſcription of

the ground is very rocky, and it is a very

indifferent open road for ſhips, which ride

there about a muſket ſhot from the beach,

of little more. It is the moſt conſiderable

town of the iſland, pretty large, ſeated on
a riſing ground and along the reach, ſome-
what ſtraggling, leaving a large place of
arms in the middle, at the eaſt end whereof
ſtands the governor's houſe. The houſes,
which as has been ſaid ſtand ſcattering, are
moſt built of ſtone, only ſome few of tim-
ber. At the north end of the town is a
large ſugar-bake-houſe, all of free ſtone,

where much work was done, when I was

there, and near it runs a ſmall river athwart
the town, coming down from the ſulphu-

reous cavity above ſpoken of. About the

middle is a battery of eight pieces of can-
non, which eommands all the road, and

is called the Iron Gate. At the ſouth end

of the town, on the bank of a rapid

torrent, ſtands a little fort, mounted with

eight pieces of cannon and lined with good
ſtone work. There are chapels of Jeſuits,
Dominicans, and Carmelites, beſides two or
three pariſh churches ſerved by the ſecular
—_ The Feſuits and Dominicans have
conſiderable ſettlements. There are alſo
ſome Iriſh families about la Baſſeterre,
and elſewhere in the iſland.

The other town of Guadalupe is called

le Bailly, ſtanding two or three Engliſh miles
from la Baſſeterre, where in my time was
a ſugar-bake-houſe. This town is incon-

ſiderable, as having no great number of

houſes, but there is a chapel at ſome diſ-
tance for the private uſe of a conſidera-
ble planter, and the landing place is pretty
eaſy, being a ſmooth flat gravelly ground,
not of large black pebbles, as is uſual at
moſt places where the wind perpetually

beats upon the ſhore ; the ſea rowling up
thoſe ſtones, and ar ſuch places it is dif-

ficult to land without being wet, and much
ſugar is damaged or loft in ſhipping off,

which often retards the diſpatch of trading

ſhips.

it, and only the fort beforementioned was
made good by the inhabitants, till Mr.
D' Uragny, then general of the iſlands,

came with three or four men of war and

ſome merchant. ſhips, fitted up in haſte to
raiſe the ſiege: when the Engliſb reimbark-

ed with precipitation; leaving near 200 of
their men in the woods, to the mercy of

the French, |
The inhabitants of the ſide of Guadalupe
have the advantage, on occaſion of an in-
vaſion, from enemies, to ſecure their beſt
goods, furniture, cattle and even their per-
fons in the mountains, where among the
. woods

The Engliſh made a deſcent at 1a Baſſe-
terre, in 1691, burnt the town, deſtroy'd
the battery that ſtood in the middle of

S
N :

r OR ES,
* * e .

the Caribbee Handi.

-
o *

woods they have pron a ſufficient quari-

tity of clear ground to ſubſiſt for a time:
the avenues of which on all ſides are fo

well ſecured by the thickneſs of the wood
and the many trees lying ready cut to fill
it up, that it is inacceſſible, much in the
ſame manner as it was formerly practiſed
at Santa Cruz, as I ſhall hereafter obſerve.

There is a little Cyl de Sac, or inlet
which affords a pretty ſafe harbour, in the
worſt weather, to ſhips retiring into it.

I have taken notice before that the iſland

is ſubject to frequent hurricanes, and that
about the year 1636, it felt three of thoſe
raging tempeſts, in the ſpace of 15 months,
the laſt of which was extraordinary as was
there particularly mentioned; however the
air at Guadalupe is far leſs unwholeſome,
than at Martinico: the inhabitants whereof
ſend their ſick people thither for change

of air, and many ſoon find benefit by it.

The country all round the town is grubbed
up and open, in the ſhape of an amphi-
theatre from the foot of the hills down to

the beach, and contains ſeveral good plan-

tations of ſugar and other private houſes;
a freſh breeze blowing all day till ſun fer.

_ Fiſh, fouls, poultry and fruits of the cli-

mate are much cheaper there than at any
of the French iſlands, as being very plen-
tiful, and conſequently the inhabitants live

more comfortably, there being ſeveral plan-
ters who keep very good houſes; and I

may freely ſay the late Chevalier Hinſelin's
table was as plentiful and ſumptuous, as
any nobleman's table in England; having
always twelve coverts and three courſes,
each of three and ſometimes four diſhes,

and as good and nice a cook as can be

imagined. The publick eating houſes, are

alſo very well ſerved; and good chear at
half a crown a day, dinner and ſupper

with good claret. 77
This iſland with Marigalante, the Deſ-

ſeada and Saintes, were ſold for 61500

livres, to a private perſon, by the directors
of the firſt American company, with the

king of France's approbation. One of the

directors, who was brother-in-law to the

_ purchaſer of theſe iſlands, went half in

that purchaſe; but the former happening
to die, and the latter being at variance
with the nephews of the deceaſed, the king
of France being informed of their diffe-
rences, ordered the contracts of acquiſition
to be brought to the council, as alſo thoſe
of all the other purchaſers of the iſlands

made by the company, to be reimburſed

their money. The heirs of the firſt ac-
1 yielded up their half ſhare of Gua-
alupe, Marigalante and Deſſeada to the

new company, for 120000 livres, which

were not payed till the year 1668. But

the other having declined to fell his half
Vol, V.

vertheleſs took from him the government
he had obtained of it, and ſet up a go-
vernor of their own in the year 1665.

Formerly they had in this iſland five
or ſix ſmall forts, at preſent there are but
three, and five or ſix churches and chapels,
or pariſhes. There are ſeveral good plan-
tations about the iſland, which yield a
good quantity of ſugar, indigo, cotton, &c.
yearly ; enriching ſeveral of the planters,
who as they grow wealthy, make remit-
tances to France; and at laſt retire thither
with their families, which hinders the ad-
vancement of the colony, and yet it is
pretty conſiderable. At the firſt ſettling

of it, which was about the year 1635,

the chief product of the country was to-
bacco, and ſometime after it was much in-
creaſed, by the breaking up of the Dutch
colony of Arrecife in Braſil; by whoſe aſſi-
ſtance they fell to cultivating of ſugar canes,
which has turned to much better account

than tobacco did before.

The Spaniſh hiſtories make mention of

two Spaniſh miſſioners, who paſling to the
Philippines to preach the goſpel, were mar-

tyred in Guadalupe in 1603, and the fol-

lowing year fix others, who were to have
gone to China and Japan, by the way of

Acapulco, !

The woods are full of ſmall land-crabs,
as alſo of very ſmall lizards, very trou-

bleſome to the inhabitants, entring their

houſes in the night time and even into their

beds. I found one night by the moon-

ſhine a crab ſtuck faſt with both claws

to my ſheets, which weighed above a pound
anda half, But what is yet a much greater
annoyance, 1s an. incredible multitude of
large ants, crawling in multitudes about

the houſes, which obliges the inhabitants

to contrive convenient cupboards to pre-
ſerve their proviſions from them. The

rats do much miſchief to the ſugar canes

and other plants, as well in Martinico

as the other iſlands. The ſnakes are not

ſo venomous or troubleſome as there.

The inhabitants are ſubſiſted partly by
proviſions of their own growth, and part-
ly by others from Europe, as at Martinico:
1 cotton and indigo being there, as
well as in all the other iſlands, the ſtaple
commodities to deal with ſhips by way of
exchange.

I have before given a ſhort account of

the wreck of the lord Willoughby's fleet,
betwixt Marigalante and Saintes, by a fierce
hurricane, about the beginning of Auguſt,

1666, after the loſs of St. Chriſtopher's,

which I ſhall mention in another place. A
little Engliſb ſhip, having eſcaped the fury
of that hurricane, ſoon after put into the
port of Antigua, and informed lieutenant

8D general

633

ſhare of Guadalupe, the new company ne- Hznzzna

S Roy i \
. Wo) MY h:
, Ne. 11

. 4

654

Heraona general Willoughby of the diſaſter befallen

ing in the middle of the mountain: and

his uncle's fleet, and of the four veſſels
that were drove upon Saintes; whereupon
he reſolved to paſs over thither immedi-
ately, to reinforce or bring off the Engliſb
there; and to hear farther concerning the
fate of the reſt of the fleet. To this effect,
he fitted out ſeven ſmall veſſels, putting
aboard them what forces he could gather,
and imbarked for Saintes; ſteering his courſe
to the leeward of Guadalupe. Four French
ſhips that lay in the road of- that iſland,
ſpying him off at ſea, took ſome ſoldiers
aboard and falling in with that little En-
gliſh ſquadron the next day totally defeated

it: taking four of the veſſels, with 230

men in them; but lieutenant general Wil-
loughby ſeeing his ſhips taken and diſperſed,
made his eſcape in a bark.

MO RNSERRAT E.

Is an Engliſh iſland, conſiſting of one
very large mountain, and reſembling the
famous mountain of the ſame name in the
province of Catalonia in Spain, about a
league diſtant from Maureſa, and nine from
Barcelona, much reſorted to on account of

the devotion pay'd to our Lady there, in

a monaſtery of BenediFine monks, ſtand-

from that reſemblance the iſland was ſo

cal. e
It is about eight leagues in compaſs,
almoſt round, in 17 degrees of north lati-

tude, N. N. W. from Guadalupe, and diſ-

tant from it eight or nine leagues. It is
obſervable, that in the tract of ſea between
thoſe two iſlands, the current ſets ſwiftly

to the weſtward for the moſt part, only

ſome odd days it turns back to windward,
the reaſon for which extraordinary motions
no man has been yet able to find our.
This is one of the moſt extraordinary things
to be taken notice of about thoſe iſlands.

Monſerrate has no port or harbour, and
but a very bad road for ſhips; nor does

other commodities for trade. |

In the year 1667, the French general de
la Barre, with 26 ſhips and 2500 men,
took this iſland and ranſacked it, after a
vigorous reſiſtance made by 900 inhabi-
tants. The French ſent away 300 Engliſh,
fit to bear arms to Jamaica, and permitted
500 Iriſh, who were there and with their
wives and children made 2000 ſouls to re-

main, taking an oath of fidelity to the king

of France. The general carried off from
thence ſixteen pieces of cannon, a great
number of ſlaves, and abundance of horſes
and cattle, which he diftributed among
his men. He alſo deſtroyed about forty
ſugar mills and houſes, and burnt feveral

\

A brief Deſcription of

warehouſes full of valuable commodities.
All this was done in ſix days. The French
had with them ſome Caribbee Indians, with

whoſe help they drove ſome hundred Eu-
gliſb from a very high and almoſt inacceſſi-

ble hill, which is the laſt refuge of the peo-
ple in all choſe iſlands, when beaten Bm
their forts and intrenchments. The Indians
are the propereſt for ſuch enterpriſes, be-
ing bred in the woods, and uſed to climb

the mountains like wild beaſts. |
The ſouth eaſt point of Monſerrate is ve-
ry ſound and deep all about, ſo that ſhips

may fail by within piſtol ſhot, The fort

1s on the weſt ſide of the iſland. The French

landed in a little bay about a muſket ſhot

to the windward of the fort, The iſland
was reſtored to the Engh/p by the treaty
of peace concluded at Breda, Fuly 31,
1667. . 41

SANTA MARIA RE DON Da,

So named by admiral Columbus, when he

firſt diſcovered it, in the year 1493, in
memory of the. church ſo called at Rome,
is a little Engliſb iſland, lying N. N. W.
of Mon/errate, being only a little round
mount, as it appeared to me in ſailing by
it at a diſtance, and therefore Columbus gave
it the name. It is very rocky, overſpread
with weeds, and therefore of no conſider-
able product, nor well peopled, and moſt
of the inhabitants are Iriſb. It abounds in a
ſort of ſea fowl, by the French called Foux,
that is Fools, becauſe they were formerly ſo
ſtupid as to ſuffer themſelves to be taken

by hand, on the yards and maſts of ſhips

at ſea, and ſome of them till continue ſo
very tame, as I have obſerved in the ac-
count of the navigation from Guinea to
America, where the figure of the bird is

annexed.

NIE VES, 1
By the Engliſh, to whom it belongs, cor-

ruptly called Nevis, is a great high moun-
it afford any great quantity of ſugar, or

tain of an eaſy aſcent every way; ſo that

it has all round about three miles of im-

proveable land, which the inhabitants in-
duſtriouſly cultivate for ſugar and other
American productions, being very fertile.
It lies N. N. W. of Monſerraie, about 7
leagues diſtant, and the ſame number of
leagues in compaſs, but has no other port

than a good road, on the fide next S7.

Chriſtopher. The colony was firſt ſettled

there in the year 1628, ſome of the inha-

bitants being Iriſh. Ir is in 17 degrees,
20 minutes of north latitude, well peo-
pled, and has a good 5

and New England, for ſugar, rum, ginger
and other American commodities, in ex-
change for which it receives all ſorts of

1 | ' proviſions,

trade with England

Ls

is Ss S i 6 e . A - 9 251 * * „ PEE , , . a * ,
5 nn * Are 5 5 N CS 27h W
55 „ 1X ; N eo TR N 5 4 n 8 4 .
SOLE 2 . rer SSN E See T < A He] * 2 x yp 2 2 s Y 5 7
SW J7ͤĩ ò ͥ ed e I es Ie 5 US. LE ot Rl ld OC ot GR, I eto ( bh, A
q - F . 1
. Ba : . y - : 8 8 4 Rl 2 2 E ed ito 1 FN 3 py 7
. ! CHIEN ¾ »: ] ͥ A —³Ñ ·˙òU w OD AT WIT, 22 See ee Eads

e >: be

. proviſions, cloathing and other neceſſaries.
The ſugar it affords is indifferent good.
The coaſt being eaſy of acceſs, it has
been often invaded by the French, and there-
fore there are forts and batteries erected in
ſeveral parts, to prevent the like attempts.
In May, 1666, the French having conquer-
ed the Engliſb part of the iſland of Sz, Chri-
ſtopher, of which I ſhall ſpeak in its place,
9 and received a ſupply of ammunition and
I ſome forces, by four large ſhips, the French
T1 company had furniſhed at Rochel, and be-
5 ing joined by a little ſquadron of Zealand,
£4 under the command of Creiſſen, they re-
I ſolved in a council of war to ſeek our
the fleet commanded by the lord Willoughby,
which was then before Nieves, expecting
Sir 7obn Harmont with a reinforcement of
ſhips, and men from England. To this
purpoſe they laboured day and night at
Martinico, and having imbarked 600 men,
ſer ſail the 15th of the aforeſaid month.
The 16th they came to Guadalupe, where
+ 600 men more were put aboard, with
= Monſ. du Lion, the governor and Chevalier
. Hinſelin, his lieutenant. The 18th at night
they left Guadalupe, being thirteen French
and four Zealand ſhips, with two fireſhips.
The 20th at break of day, this fleet being

2

5 elifþ guard ſhip, which being an excellent
44 ſailor, got clear of them and retired under
the fort of Nieves, giving notice to the

Fight be- Engliſh fleet, by continual firing, of the ap-
twixt Ex. proach of the French, who were advanc-
700% * ing to get about the W. S. W. part of the
e. jlland and found the Engliſb ſtanding out
full fail from under that point and con-

fiſting of 17 ſhips; the admiral whereof

carried 52 guns, the vice and rear admirals,

48, the other 12 from 28 to 36 and 2

| fireſhips. General de la Barre was aboard

the Lilly of 40 guns, as admiral ; the vice
5 and rear admiral 32 each, the other French
1 ſnips from 18 to 32 each; beſides a flyboat,
a galliot and ſeveral barks, laden with all

ſorts of proviſions, to throw into Sr. Chri-
ſtopher's, during the ingagement, which was
done accordingly. The French admiral,

having given the ſignal of battle, the Eu-
gliſb made a line from the point of Nevis
weſtward, in order to cut off the paſſage

to St. Chriſtopher. The French formed their

line ſhorter than their enemies to cut

through their fleet, and by that means put

= one half to the leeward, betwixt 57. Chri-
+. 1 ſtopher's and their own ſecond diviſion. The
} 1 Engliſþ admiral made his ſignals, after
_ which, part of his fleet ranged Nevis nearer,
5 to keep the wind and fall the eaſier on the
firſt diviſion of the French, when ingaged,
| which obliged general de la Barre to alter
5 his firſt order of battle, to prevent the
5 enemies deſign; and inſtead 22 ſailing up

the Caribbee Mandi.

or ſhoals of Nevis, thus keeping the advan-

between Redonda and Nieves, ſpied the En-

directiy to them, he cauſed his ſhips to Hassan
fill, ranging as near as he could the Cayes, VV

tage of the wind. In this manner the two
fleets ingaged for ſome hours, both ad-
mirals being for a time in great danger;
but at length, the French forced one of
the Engliſh frigats aground and blew -up
another, a ſhot having fallen into its pow-
der room. They both kept a ſort of
running fight far into the bay of Nevis,
continually cannonading each other, till
the Engliſh tacking on a ſudden, ſtood to
the ſouthward : whereas before their heads
were to S. E. as if they would all have
run aground under their forts, and at the
Cayes of the weſt point of Nevis. The
French and Zealanders tacked at the ſame
time; but fearing to be aground, came
not up ſo near the ſhore as the Engliſh,
who ran into three fathom vater: bock
fleets endeavouring to gain the wind, but
ſtill within ſhot of one another; but the
Engliſh being the beſt ſailors, the French
perceived it was impoſſible to get the wind
of them: and therefore the night drawing
on they made for the iſland of St. Chri-
ſtopher, having gained their point, which
was to ſupply that iſland with men and
proviſions: the flyboat, galliot and barks
being ſafely arrived there, and the whole
French fleet anchored at ten at night in
St. Chriſtopher's road. The fight laſted
from eight in the morning till three in
the afternoon. Above 600 ſhot were made
at the French admiral, of which go reached
his ſhip, which killed and wounded ſeve-
ral men, not one man being killed in all
the reſt of the ſquadron, and only ſixteen
wounded. The Erngliſh, beſides the two
. loft, as was faid above, owned they
had eighty men killed or wounded. The
French give out, that had it not been for
the ill working of two of their ſhips at
the beginning of the ingagement, they
would certainly have gained the wind up-
on their enemies, and having cut off their
retreat towards Nevis, their fleet had been
quite deftroyed, and Nevis taken without
any oppoſition,

ANTIGUA

This ifland was by Chriſtopher Columbus,
the firſt diſcoverer, called Santa Maria la
Antigua, in honour of a church of the
ſame name in Sevil; the Engliſh to whom
it belongs calling it only by the laſt word.
It is about 20 leagues in compaſs, ſtretch-
ing out eaſt and weſt, in 17 degrees, 20 mi-
nutes north latitude, and about 10 leagues
to the eaſtward of Nevis. The length
of it is 7 leagues, the breadth very un-
equal, the acceſs to it is very difficult,

55 | becauſe

656

HzR AENA

moded freſh wat 8
no ſprings, and only two ſmall rivulets.

becauſe of the many rocks and ſhoals a-
bout it, but has ſeveral good harbours a-
ainſt all weather, among which is that of
t. Jobn of Pope's Head. The colony there
is pretty conſiderable, tho? much incom-
by want of freſh water, there being

The inhabitants take care to ſave all the
rain water they can and ſell it to one ano-
ther upon occaſion. A factor's wife of that
iſland told me, ſhe had ſold much rain wa-
ter at nine pence the pail. They alſo ga-
ther water in holes they make in the earth,
or ponds, for the uſe of their cattle. How-
ever the ground is very fertile, divided
into plains, hillocks, and ſmall mountains,
and producing abundance of indifferent
good ſugar, indigo, tobacco, ginger, cot-
ton, and other commodities of the product

of America, which afford them a briſk trade

Taken by
the French

with the dominions of Ereat- Britain both
in Europe and north America, eſpecially
with Boſton, from which places it receives

in return all ſorts of proviſions, appare!l

and other neceſſaries.
Among the inhabitants are ſeveral ri
families, deſcended from ſome of thoſe the
uſurper Oliver Cromwell ſent over from that
kingdom to the Britiſh colonies, making
ſlaves of many thouſands of thoſe unfortu-
nate people. T0 .
In the year 1666. the French general de
la Barre invaded Antigua,
the port of the ſeven iſles with his ſquadron,
ſounding all the way, and turn'd it up by
direction of ſome deſerters, making himſelf
maſter of two forts, whereof that on the left
hand had ſix pieces of cannon, and the o-

ther in the middle of the harbour ſeven, all

eight and twelve pounders. He anchor'd
within piſtol ſhot of them, and with his
cannon ruin'd their batteries, whereupon
they were abandon'd by the Engliſh. Next

| he attack'd a large houſe built with free-

ſtone, ſtanding about five miles up the

country, in which colonel Carding the go-
vernor had intrench*d himſelf with his gar-
riſon, which made a vigorous reſiſtance,

but in the end moſt of them fled, and the

governour and about twenty officers were

made priſoners of war. The next day the

French attack'd another parcel of the En-

gliſþ at another ſtrong houſe, and after ſome

oppoſition enter*d the houſe by force, put-
ting to the ſword moſt of thoſe that were
in it, only colonel Queſts and about twenty
five others remaining priſoners. Then they

ruin'd all the batteries and took away the

guns. The whole iſland ſubmitted upon
articles, one of which imported, that where-
as the iſland Barbuda, diſtant from this ten
leagues north by eaſt, being dependent on
Autigua, the one half of it ſhould remain in
propriety to ſuch inhabitants as would take

e enter'd

A brief Deſcription of

an oath of fidelity to the king of France.
Antigua was reſtored to the Engliſh by

the treaty of peace concluded at Breda, the
31th of July 1667.

BAR B UPD,

An Enxgliſb iſland, as well as Antigua and
Barbadoes, lies ſomewhat out of the chain
of Caribbee iſlands, about ten leagues north
by eaſt from Antigua, and depends on its
government, being in 18 degrees of north
latitude. It is flat and level, but wants
freſh water; and was almoſt abandon'd du-

ring the wars between the Engliſh and French

in 1666, but has been ſince peopled from
Antigua, The acceſs to it is dangerous,
being all beſet with banks and ſhoals, eſpe-

cially on the eaſt fide, which makes all thoſe

avoid it who ſail about thoſe parts.

St. CHRISTOPH E R,

So call'd by Chriſtopher Columbus, tie
firſt diſcoverer of it, in the year 149g. from
his own name, lies about three leagues

north-weſt from Nevis, in 17 degrees 30
minutes north latitude, and 314 degrees 53
minutes longitude from the meridian of Fer-

ro or Hierro, ſtretching out from north-
weſt to ſouth-eaſt about nine leagues in

length, the breadth unequal, but all toge-

ther makes about twenty or twenty five

leagues in compaſs. os
The native Caribbee Indians call'd it Lia-

maiga. It has been for many years divided
between the French and Engliſh, the for-

mer poſſeſſing the two ends of it, at north-
welt and ſouth-eaſt, the latter the middle
part between them, whereof only about one
league in breadth and four along the coaſt
are inhabited. This intermixture of quar-
ters was occaſion'd by the French and Eng-
liſb arriving there on the ſame day, in the
year 1625. to ſettle colonies of their ſe-
veral nations, as has been mention'd before.
The middle part of the iſland is not habita-

ble by reaſon of the ſteep mountains, with
dreadful precipices, ſeparating the other
parts from each other, and in thoſe moun-

tains are hot ſprings and mines of ſulphur
and alom.

The form of the iſland is almoſt oval,

if we take from it that which is there call'd
les ſalines, or the falt-pits, being a tract
of land, about a cannon ſhot in breadth,

and a league and a half in length, jutting

out towards Nevis. The oval part is cut

in two in length by the aforeſaid ridge

of high mountains of difficult acceſs,
taking up but little ground in breadth.
From the ſhore to the place where theſe
mountains begin to be impaſſable for carts,

the ground riſes gently for the ſpace of

three

„ * 1 ES 4 "a #7 atmo a gy ” 4
: » as . 2 4 A
% ᷣ PIE EAR ĩ AY 2 FOE AS r e 8 n ERS. tw E MBE TEE I OR FE F
"Wor OPS FE 8 . 1 2 „ 8 24 3 5 2 „ as es. 2
Nx 8 7 * We 1 7 . 2 = 5 EY, ba es o USE = IE 5 ID. EW
4 1 3 ä oy r FR - — . ERS [in N 2 > ö
2 a \ 5 Be. r Sb one a EE IN :

Rn OS REL oor OR EE ROAR
5 wy » Ny 2
: * 83 TEE * 1 BEL Ren 23 3

SES a teddy Res Pata 9 Rl
VV

72

755
Ws
rs
Beg
WW:
180
Lhe:
be
8
E *
*
5
ME
Kt

the Caribbee I/lands. 659

E three quarters of a league in the broadeſt, during the wars that have happened fince it HzxxzAA
and half a league in the narroweſt part. began to make a figure, betwixt the two WWW

RR eee

a * * Po " I = # 1; 97 tte 1 of
2 85 * * P 6 MINTED I 5 2 va n
‚ 7777
* > * a r N G's X >, y + Ire oe 2. * *
7 8 4 : i 2 N de
: mY : L ESD * . 2 2

We
8
7
Is
2
As
FER
1352
DE WA)
* Cos
£1
*
8
TIS
+4
.
Kz
E *

That ſpace is divided by ſeveral rivulets
form'd by the waters falling from the moun-

tains, and contains the dwellings of thoſe
who have ſettled on the iſland. The French,

as has been ſaid, poſſeſs the two points, The Lord Willoughby, Engliſh general at Wars be-
and the Engliſh the middle parts. The Barbadoes, had no ſooner information that *
French quarter of the ſouth-eaſt end is cal- the war was declar'd between France and .
led la Baſſeterre, where is the beſt road; England, but forgetting all thoughts of liſh.

the other at the north north-weſt end la Ca-
befterre. Theſe quarters have no commu-
nication without paſſing through the Eng-
liſb quarters, who being under the ſame in-
conveniency on their ſide, becauſe of the
mountains ſeparating them, have made a

foot road over the hills, not paſſable for
| horſemen without extraordinary difficulty

and danger. EO
The principal quarter of the Engliſh,

war. The river Cayonne parts the French.

from the Engliſb territories ; the deſcent of

it on the French ſide is pretty eaſy, and the
aſcent on the Engliſb ſide more difficult.

Beſides the Cayonne laſt mentioned, the

molt conſiderable river in the iſland is that
of Pentecoſt, the others ſcarce worth taking

notice of. Om
The air is more temperate here than 1h
Martinico or Guadalupe, but the ground

not more fertile. At the firſt ſettling it

yielded a good quantity of tobacco and gin-

ger, but they have now left off planting

thoſe two ſorts, and now employ all the
ground in ſugar, mandioca, potatoes, and
other ſorts of fruit and roots for the ſupport
of life. The ſugar is better than at Gua-

dalupe, tho? that 1s alſo better than at Mar-
tinico.

There are three good ports, but the
iſland is much more ſubject to hurricanes
than the others, and they ſometimes make

mighty havock in it, which does not how-

ever obſtruct its being well peopled by

French and Engliſh, ſome of both nations
being very wealthy, and living in plenty;

as do alſo the inferior ſort of inhabitants in
proportion to the richer, there being in the
iſland a good number of genteel, faſhion-
able people, and driving a conſiderable
trade to England, France, Ireland, and
ſeveral ports of New-England, and o-
ther Engliſh colonies of north America;

which in exchange for its ſugars, indigo, and
other product, ſupply it with all ſorts of

eatables, liquors, cloathing, &c, It would

have been far more rich and beautiful, had

it not been ſo often invaded and ranſack'd
Vor. V.

nations that poſſeſs it in common.

I will here give the reader a brief account
of the war in that iſland between the Engliſh
and the French, in the year 1666.

neutrality 'he had flatter'd the French with,
he wholly apply'd himſelf to make all ad-
vantages of the weakneſs they had reduc'd
themſelves to, by too much relying on his
word, and ſuppos'd it would not be diffi-
cult for him to drive the French out of the
half of S7. Chriſtopher's they poſſeſs'd joint-
ly with his nation. He ſent away to colo-
nel Watts, governor of the Engliſh part, to
be inform'd by him of the ſtate of the

. call'd the good road, looking weſt ſouth- French and Engliſh in that iſland, and of

795 weſt, being the uſual reſidence of the go- the number of forces requiſite to carry on

2 vernor and the only anchoring place they his deſign. Watts being of a covetous tem-

& 3 have, is alſo the place where they generally per and poor, thought this an opportuni-

= aſſemble their auxilliary forces from the ty to enrich himſelf with the ſpoils of the
other adjacent Engliſb colonies in time of

French, concluded it an eaſy matter to ſub-
due them, and ſent word to that lord, that
he could never mils in this project, and that
he had occaſion for no other forces but what
he might draw from Nevis, and St. Euſta-

chius ; which laſt had been of late taxen

from the Dutch, and where three hundred
Engliſh, moſt of them Buccaneers, . had
been planted ; and, that whilſt his lordſhip
provided for his project he would diſpoſe
all things for the execution and ſucceſs of
that enterprize.

ſwer to the lord Willoughby, he reſolv'd

As ſoon as Watts had return'd this an-

himſelf to ſurprize the French before his

general ſent him any forces from Barbadoes,
fearing he would employ ſome other to ex-

ecute this deſign, and thereby deprive him

of the booty, with which he hoped to en-
rich himſelf. |
he entertain'd the French of the iſland of

St. Chriſtopher, eſpecially the commander

de Sales their governor, with great hopes of
neutrality; whilſt to compaſs his projects,
he adviſed Ruſſel governor of Nevis, what
number of forces he ſhould want from that
iſland, and ſent word to colonel Morgan, then

Following his firſt thought,

commanding the new Engiz/o inhabitants in

St. Euſtachius, to hold himſelf in a readineſs
to come over to him with his beſt men.
He was ſomewhat thwarted in the execution
of his enterprize which he had communt-
cated to ſeveral of the chief of the Engliſh,
ſome of whom would not conſent to break
thus with the French; which obliged him
to write to colonel Remes, commanding in

the north quarter of the iſland, to ſecure

thoſe who ſhould be againſt his deſign,
Whilſt he was thus contriving in St. Chri-
8 F : ſtopher's

658

drum to be beaten in Barbadoes, and hav-
ing there liſted ſeven or eight hundred men.
1 his nephew lieutenant general
enry Willoughby, to command in the en-
terprize of &. Chriſtopher's, and ordered
veſſels to be got ready for tranſportation.
At the ſame time the governors of Nevis
and St. Euſtachius, purſuant to their advice
from Watts, had ſhip'd off and ſent the
beſt men of their reſpective iſlands into
that of Sz. Chriſtopher.
The French governor de Sales being in-
formed of theſe tranſactions of the Eu-
_ gliſh, by a Frenchman who had been at Ne-
vis ſame weeks before, and acquainted him
he had much trouble to come out of that
iſland, where the French were already treat-
ed as enemies; and that there was no other
diſcourfe, than of the preparations made
to invade the French quarters in St. Chri-
ſtopber; for which effect the lord Willough-
by, their captain-general, made levies at
Barbadoes, took the alarm, and reſolv'd
to prevent them, notwithſtanding the freſh
aſſurances Watts had lately given him when

he ſent him the printed copy of the decla-

ration of war by the king of England a-
ainſt France, that he was reſolved to ob-
erve the neutrality ſettled betwixt the two

nations, as it had been practiſed during

CromwelPs uſurpation, when no manner
of hoſtilities had been committed in thoſe
iſlands on either fide ; the lord Willoughby

himſelf having alſo ſhewed a great incli-

nation to entertain that neutrality in Ame-
rica which he had renewed with him, and

promis'd that whatever rupture ſhould hap-

pen between France and England, they
ſhould not make war in that iſland, with-
out firſt having reſpectively informed each
other of the reſolution they ſhould take,

purſuant to what ſhould be tranſacted in

Europe.

"7% this eo” 4 Sale havike confers”

with the fieur de St. Laurent, who was his
lieutenant, he ordered about ſeven hundred
of the beſt forces of the quarter of the
iſland he was in, to keep themſelves in a
_ readineſs; and on the 19) of April was
informed that nine ſloops had been ſeen
paſſing by in the night Joaden with ſoldi-
ers from Nevis to St. Chriſtopher's, who

were landed there at Palm Tree point, one

of the Engliſh quarters; and immediately
he received another advice, that the day
before two hundred and fifty Engliſb buc-
cancers, with colonel Morgan at the head
of them, from the iſland of St. Euſtachius,
with ſome ſoldiers from Barbadoes, were
alſo arrived at the ZEnghfp quarter called
la Grande Rade. —

De Sales being convinced by all theſe
preparations of the Exgliſb, that the loſs

4

A brief Deſcription of 5

Hezzura ſtopher's, the lord Hilloy bly cauſed the
4 aao

of his iſland was unavoidable, and that he

had no hopes of faving it, but by pre-

venting them : that he might do what he
had reſolved with the more right and ju-
ſtice, he ſent his aid-major with an officer
to colonel Watis the Engliſh governor, to
know of him on what deſign he gather'd
ſo many forces, contrary to the agree-
ments made between the two nations: the
anſwer was, that he had ſent to him to de-
clare war, and that he allow'd but three
days to prepare himſelf.

This anſwer did not only determine the
commandeur de Sales to attack the Engliſh,

but to do it ſo ſpeedily that he might ſur-

prize them before they had given their or-
ders, either for an attack upon him or
for their own defence. To this purpoſe he
diſpatch'd an expreſs to the fieur de Poiney,

commanding in the quarter of the point
de Sable and Cabeſterre, to inform him,

that on the night betwen the 21ſt and 22d
he would attack the enemy on their north
quarter, next Cayonne, and that he ſhould

do the ſame then on the ſide of Ia Cabe-
ſterre, that the French forces of the two

diſtant ſeparate quarters might join ; bur
the expreſs could not paſs.
This order ſo given, he judged it neceſ-

ſary to deceive the enemy by a ſtratagem,

and therefore, on the 21ſt he cauſed all

the forces of la Baſſeterre to aſſemble on

the heighth of the river Pentecoſte in the
ſouthern quarter, where he drew.them up

in battel, in the ſight of the enemy; and

juſt at night, having cauſed ſeveral fires to
be lighted, and left in that place about a

hundred of his weakeſt men, with a num

ber of Blacks, and moſt of his drums, to

cover his deſign and amuſe the enemy in

that place, he marched towards Cayonne
with all his forces, being about ſix hundred
and fifty ſoldiers, and fifty volunteers.

I ſhall not mention all the particulars of
the diſpoſition he made of his forces, and
of his attacks; but think it ſufficient to
ſay, that the firſt engagement was at the
river Cayonne, which ſeparates the French
from the Engliſh quarters, as has been ob-
ſerved, which is near a church, 1200 paces

higher up the land; after which they pe-
netrated into the Engliſh quarter, and the
Blacks ſet fire to all the ſugar-canes, hou-

ſes and ſugar- works of the Engliſh. Next
they paſſed the deep rivulet of Nicholſton
wit |

the upper end of the rivulet in the plain,
that lyes betwixt it and the five combles,
they halted to breathe a little, having al-

ready ſuffer'd very much by the heat and

the ſmoak. After a little reſt, they march'd
along a road, hemm'd in on one fide with
a great ditch and a hedge, and on the o-

ther with ſhrubs and canes very cloſe and

thick,

out any oppoſition, and having gain'd

Io.
=
72
SO
25
*
>
E
WR
%
%
5
Jy
8
X
47
1
$:
T4]
bl
5
F;
SD
- -
by
*:
*
Ks
y
*
4
$5
5
*
F<.
E 8 ; ©
8
*
We
Wo
is
mY
5:
be
25
5
R
. %
2
A 1
Ws
&

. the Caribbee Iſlands. 669

thick, which leads to the place of arms gan, ſeeing their forces repulſed from thoſe Hf
before the aforeſaid church of the five poſts, reſolved to make a general attac N

*
.
wy
#7
„
F %
—
2 WS
DF
8
1
—— 21.
2G
4
8
+12
N
SF;
3
Wee
r f
3
: a"
OY
N
8
98
„
WE.
11
an
* v5
ol
n
85
1 .
2 £0
N51
"3 $ 0
oo.
3
N
2465535
v9
kn, ay" OY
BR
i
0 .
* 4
_ EA
2 N
* [4.0
NY
. — 3
— .
*
«x Ay
oo *
bye :
4"
1 —
(66 520M
; *
ys; 4
Ts
22
7
1 "
»e

6 * e
S „ r Wr
N , Kol
- Fas — LS 5 3

N 1 .

combles, and by it found an ambuſcade in

the ditch and ſhrubs, lying at the entry of

that place, which ſtopp'd them awhile, till
being reinforced, they charged the Eugliſb

muſqueteers ſo warmly, that they retired
to the place of arms, where they were
ſuſtained by the fire of two companies of
Engliſb that had not yet engaged, poſted
within and without the church. There
the commandeur de Sales was killed by a ſhot
in the head, and ſome other officers wound-

ed: his death diſorder'd the French forces,

but the chevalier de St. Laurent coming up

and heading them afoot, with ſword in

hand, overthrew the Engliſb, and purſued
them to the end of the rivulet. The road
being then free for the joining of the for-
ces of la Cabeſterre, they marched directly

that way, and found the French of that

part of the iſland of the Lance a Louvet

having been attack'd by the Engliſb, led

by colonel Remes, had ſo vigorouſly re-
pulſed them, that they were forced to re-
tire towards the mountains, after eighty of
their men had been killed on the ſpot.

The runaways, as well of the north quar-

ter as of this place, gaining a paſſage acroſs
the mountains, which leads to their quar-
ter of la grande Rade, got away to their

governor Vatts, who was aftoniſh'd to

hear of the progreſs the French had made,
and reſolved to take revenge. To that
effect he ſent orders to the Engliſh of the

two frontiers of the Palm Tree Point, and

that of de Sable, to hold themſelves ready
to aſſault the French; and being arrived
with their body on the banks of the little

rivulet of the Sandy Point, which divides
them from the French, found their men

there ſkirmiſhing with them in a ſavanna
or paſture ground, on which ſtands the
houſe of L* Eſperance, captain of that quar-
ter, and cauſed them to march by the
heighths, and thence ſending their detach-
ments, they attack*d the advanced guard
of the French, poſted in a little ſavanna at
the head of thoſe huts, ſuſtained by three
hundred men under de Poiney, and drove
them from that poſt, retiring to the firſt
houſes there; but being aſſiſted by the
two ſmall batallions of Poiney's, they charg-
ed the Engliſh, and repulſed them beyond

with all. their troops, being about 1200
men. Accordingly Watts put himſelf on

the right, and Morgan on the left, filling
up all the front of the riſing ground of the
huts and ſavanna's of the fieur L? Eſperance ;
moving thence orderly to all the places
where they judged they might be attack'd
in front, in order to face and charge the ene-
my every way; but the French perceiving
by this diſpoſition of the enemy, that
they ſhould infallibly be forced from thence
if they did not advance ſome ſmall forces
before them, to fuſtain the firſt brunt;
they ſlided fifty fuzileers along a defile
which the Engliſs had not obſerved, on
the left of their firſt attack, and behind
ſome trees ſtanding along the great road,
cauſing them to file off by ten at a time,
with orders not to fire till within piſto]-
ſhot, and then to retire to their body if
they were preſs'd. This was executed fo
exactly, and the Engliſh received their
firſt volley ſo fully, that WÄatis their chief,
with three of his captains, fell down dead,
and colonel Morgan mortally wounded,
which ſtopp'd the motion of the Engliſh

troops, and gave time to the French to

make a ſecond diſcharge; and to the two
ſmall batallions to come out of their poſts,
and charge the enemy with ſo much ſuc-
ceſs, that being diſmay*d by the loſs of
their chiefs, they betook themſelves to
flight, and were purſued by the French a
great way up into their territories,

About ten at night an Zxgh/ trumpeter
came to demand the body of their gover-
nor, but it was rather to obſerve the poſ-
ture of the French; for though they had

obtain'd the permiſſion of taking him a-

way, they did not do it. |
The next morning when the officers were
making the diſpofition to attack the Ex-
liſh quarter of the great road, where they
Pad formed a body of two thouſand men ;
an officer came from them, deſirine to
ſpeak to the chevalier de St. Laurent, who

then commanded the French in chief upon

the death of the commandeur de Sales, and
propoſed to him an accommodation, which -
obliged de St. Laurent to aflemble his offi- _
cers, who knowing their forces wanted
powder, were of opinion to propoſe to the

| the poſt they had juſt taken of the French. Engliſh ſeven articles; the firſt of which 8. Chri-
f Here de Poiney was mortally wounded. imported, that they ſhould immediately de- fopher

theFrench.

freſh forces, renew*d the charge very fu-

riouſly, and retook the houſes; but were

ſoon beaten from them by the French, who
had the advantage of the ground, and
could make two diſcharges for one, be-
cauſe the Engliſh were above them.

The Engliſh governors, Watts and Mor-

| The Engliſh being there ſuſtained by liver up their forts, cannons, arms and nes by

ammunition ; the third, that the inhabi-
tants, who ſhould take an oath of fidelity
to France, ſhould live and enjoy their e-
ſtates; the ſixth, that they ſhould have
liberty of conſcience, but no publick ex-
erciſe of the Profeſtant religion; and not
be allowed any arms, nor ſo much as

_ ſwords, The

ww

HeRrRERA

The officer was ſent back with theſe
conditions, and the Engliſh allowed only

. four hours to accept of them, which they

did, and ſigned them within the time; and

hoſtages were deliver'd for the execution

of that ſhameful capitulation, purſuant to
which, the French were made maſters of
the Engliſb forts and arms. Many of the
Engliſh withdrew from the iſland, and the
French allowed but a few of thoſe that

were fit to carry arms to retire into Nieves,

Monſerrate and Antigua, the moſt were
ſent to Jamaica, Carolina, Virginia, Ber-
mudas, the Azores, and ſome to England.
Whilſt this was tranſacting at S7. Chri-
ſtopher's, lieutenant general Willoughby was
on his paſſage with eight ſhips from Bar-
badoes to Nevis; and betwixt the great
land of Guadalupe and Antigua, met a
French bark going from Marigalante to
St. Chriſtopher's, which he ſoon took, and
was ſtrangely ſurpriſed, when aſking the
French crew, What news; they told him
they had heard of none ſince the conqueſt
their nation had made of the parts of &..

_ Chriſtopher's belonging to the crown of Eu-

gland; only that the ſieur de Chambray,
agent general of the French Weſt India com-
pany, was gone over to that iſland with
three large ſhips, to carry away the Eu-

gliſb to other parts. This account made
him reſolve to throw the forces he brought

from Barbadoes, into Antigua and Nevis, to
defend thoſe iſlands againſt the attacks of

the French; and as to himſelf, to expect

at Antigua freſh orders from the lord Wil-
loughby, his uncle. if -
The eight hundred men this lieutenant

general was bringing from Barbadoes, were

in their paſſage to be reinforc'd by about
five hundred more from Antigua, and all
to be join'd to thoſe prepar'd in St. Chri-
ſtopher's by Colonel Watts, in order with

that number of forces, which were to ex-

ceed five thouſand men, to undertake the
attack of the French quarters at St. Chri-

ſtopber's with the greater ſucceſs ; but they

Engliſh
attempt
on St.
Chriſto-
pher.

who deſign'd to take, were taken them-
ſelves. „

In June following, the lord Willoughby
having projected not only to recover the
Engliſh quarters in the iſland of Sz. Chri-
ſtopbher, but even to diſpoſſeſs the French of

theirs, came before it with his fleet, aboard

which were three thouſand men of regular
troops and militia, detach'd from Barba-
does, Antigua and Nevis, commanded b

his nephew Henry Willoughby and lieutenant
colonel Stapleton. The fleet paſſed by the
tort at point Palm Tree at break of day,
and made ſuch expedition, that before the
chevalier de St. Laurent, who then com-
manded in the iſland, could oppoſe it; the
Engliſh boats landed above ſix hundred

4 |

A brief Deſcription of -

men on the beach at the river Pelan, d
quarter of a league above the Exgliſb fort,
tho? the place was not very convenient for

making a deſcent ; for notwithſtanding it

was eaſy enough to land on the beach, yer
the entrance into the river was defended
by a little ſteep clift, about twelve feet
high, encloſed with ſmall thorny buſhes,
acceſſible only by a little narrow foot path,

which a ſingle man had enough to do to

ſcramble up between the buſhes, with two
rivulets full of rocks at the two ends, ver

difficult to paſs. The Engliſh, inſtead of
gaining that heighth, drew up in order of
battel on the beach, and by that means gave
time to the chevalier de St. Laurent, with
about twenty five horſe to place themſelves
before that little foot path, and to repulſe
the detachments ſent from the beach to

gain the heighth, notwithſtanding the fire

of the main body that was on the beach,
and that from the men of war and barks,
riding within piſtol- ſhot of the ſhore.

The Engliſh being repulſed from that
road, extended themſelves to the right and

left to advance among the rocks and ſtones
in the mouth of the river Pelan; but the

French forces by that time increaſing there,

ſeveral boats continually landed more
men to ſuſtain the former; ſo that there
was a continual ſkirmiſhing for ſeveral
hours, and many men killed, the particu-
lars whereof being tedious ; but in conclu-

ſion, the Engliſh were lo preſſed, that they

reimbark*d, after having canonaded a long
time from their ſhips, leaving eight hun-
dred of their beſt men, either killed or
drowned, among whom was the lord Bel-
lamont and ſeveral officers, beſides five

hundred and fifty priſoners, of which num-

ber was colonel Stapleton, who command-
ed the deſcent, colonel Bonely and colonel
Colter, and twenty other officers. The
Engliſh fleet returned to Nevis.

By the peace of Breda, concluded Fuly
31, 1667. their quarters in the iſland of
St. Chriſtopher were reſtored to the Engliſh,

who in a few years put their colony into a
good condition again ; but were again dri-

ven out of it by the French in 1690, and
reſtored by the peace of Ry/wick in 1697,
when they once more re-eſtabliſh*d all
things, but were ſince expelPd again dur-
ing the laſt war; but by the peace, con-
cluded ar Utrecht in 1712, France has yield-
ed up the whole iſland to the Eugliſb.
Beſides the frequent calamities of war,
the iſland is more ſubject to hurricanes and
earthquakes than any other of the Carib-
bees, as has been hinted before; but for
which it would be a very pleaſant and ad-
vantageous place.

charg'd them in front and flank, whilſt

Defeated.

The

ä
* x
923
1
3
A
N
&
Rs
{
35 .
25
$8
$ .
SOL
n
Fn
3
ATA
W's
8
TH:
. yg
Bro
8
RE.
EXD
e
975
RS
8
. * 3 ”
he nr” OY
8
13 TE ?
de +4, *
Oo * *
* : 9
15 3
L A
ede
8
n 5
$4 .
bi 9
25 *
1, 28
e
e p
855 ©
I
255 F.
9
23 4M
37
. <<
2.7 500
Ws ©
2 {
. 4
2 4
5 4 q
5
+
* ö
8 *
*
* 2
4

1
183

the Caribbee Ilandi.

The Commandeur de Souvre, with the
king's permiſſion, bought the propriety of
the iſlands of St. Chriſtopher, Santa Cruz,
St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew of the
French American company, for the ſum of
40000 crowns. The king ratified the trea-
ty in 1653, and yielded up all the right to
them to the order of Malta, they only
paying an acknowledgment of a gold
crown, worth 3000 livres, to every king
at his acceſſion to the crown of France, and
the great maſter was obliged to ſend no
other perſons governors of thoſe iſlands,
but French knights.

The new Weſt India company redeem'd
the ſaid iſlands from the knights of Malta,
for the ſum of 500000 livres in 1665, ſend-
ing over thither the Sieur de Chambray,
their agent-general, to take poſſeſſion of
them in their name, who ſettled their go-
vernors in them, that ſame year; not-
withſtanding the Commandeur de Sales, go-
vernor of thoſe iſlands for the knights of

Malta, made ſome oppoſition. The in-

habitants were alſo ſomewhat uneaſy at

this change, and the prohibition of com-

merce with the Dutch was as little agree-
able to them, as to thoſe of Guadalupe and
Martinico. Theſe diſcontents were height-
en'd by the apprehenſion of a rupture be-
tween France and England, when they

ſhould be expoſed to all the miſchiefs of

war; whereas if they had continued ſubject

to the knights of Malta, they would have

been out of all danger, as being neu-
ters.

St. EUuSTACHIUS,

1s about nine leagues in compaſs, lies in
17 degrees 40 minutes north latitude ;
three leagues N. W. from St. Chriſtopher,
and to the ſouthward looks like a high

ward in an indifferent good country. It is
poſſeſſed by a Dutch colony, as has been
obſerved before, ſince the year 1635. The

chief product is cotton, beſides ſome ſugar
_ plantations. It has no harbour, but a

good road. The land is mountainous and

wants water.

The Engliſh from Jamaica, took it from
the Dutch in 1665, and having ſent them
away, repeopled it for the moſt part with

\ buccaneers, under the command of colonel
Morgan, who was killed the next year at

St. Chriſtopher, as was ſaid above.

The French having, as is there alſo re-
lated, poſſeſſed themſelves of St. Cbriſto-
pher in 1666, invaded Sr. Euſtachius, to-
gether with the Dutch ; and being landed
with little or no oppoſition from the new
Engliſh poſſeſſors, who retired to their
fort, advanced under their commanders
E

—— — — ———

the Sicur Dorvilliers of the French, and Van-
derburg of the Dutch to ſtorm that work;
but the Engli/ ſent out colonel Sedborough
to capitulate, and they were allowed to
depart the iſland without any arms; only
to carry off their equipage to Jamaica,
without landing on any of the Eugliſb
Caribbee iſlands, which was executed ac-
cordingly; and to prevent their retiring
to any of the neighbouring iſlands, the
ſhip lent to carry them off had no main
top- maſt. The confederate forces took
N of the ſaid fort, in which they
ound ſixteen pieces of cannon mounted,
a braſs mortar, twelve bombs, a hundred
and fifty muſkets, ſome ammunition, and
a conſiderable number of Blacks. The
iſland being at that time of war look'd
upon by general de la Barre, as very ſer-
viceable to ſhelter the little ſhips, that
ſhould have occaſion to go to S. Chriſto-
Pber by the ſide of the Cabeſterre; and that
it would bea great annoyance to the French
there, if the Engliſb ſhould be maſters of
it again and keep ſome ſmall frigats there,
to hinder the reſort to 87. Chriſtopher with-
out being expoſed, as they muſt be at Ne-
vis; he reſolved to keep a good gariſon
of French in St. Euſtachius, to ſecure the
fort, which, tho* but of earth, is one of
the beſt in the Caribbee iſlands; and to
leave in it a governor of reſolution and
experience, The Sieur de Roſe was
pitch'd upon for that employment, with

_ eighty men of regular troops; and all

the ſlaves the Engliſb had left, who were
employ'd at repairing and improving of
the works. Afterwards, by the treaty of
Breda, the iſland returned to its firſt poſ-
ſeſſors.

In 1689, the French took it again from
the Dutch, but reſtored it by the peace of

Ryfwick, in 1697.
mountain, bur ſtretches out to the north-

St. BARTHOLOMEW,

So call'd from Bartholomew, brother to
Chriſtopher Columbus, which laſt diſcover'd
it in the year 1493, is ten leagues in com-
paſs, lyes in 18 degrees north latitude,
eight leagues N. N. E. from St. Chriſto-
Pber, and belongs to the French ſince the
year 1648. The colony is not conſide-
rable, having but a few inhabitants, be-

cauſe it wants freſh water and the ſoil is

none of the beſt, However it abounds in
fowl, as hens, turkeys and ducks, and
alſo in ſheep and goats, which the inhabi-
tants trade with to Sr. Chriſtopher. It alſo
produces plenty of mandioca, whereof the
caſſabi, or ordinary bread of thoſe iſlands

15 made, |

This mandioca is a buſh, full of crook- n1ongives;

ed knots, and ſeldom grows quite ſix foot
| 8 F | high,

661

662

high. There are fix or ſeven ſorts of it,
the violet colour is the beſt. It is re-
duced to a ſort of meal, as has been ſaid
elſewhere, and they bake it in large flat
cakes. LE

This iſland produces plenty of tobacco,
and has a pretty good harbour for veſſels
under a hundred ton burthen.

St. MARTIN,

Belongs to the French ever ſince the year
1645, is in the ſame longitude as the for-
mer, in 18 degrees 25 minutes latitude
its compaſs about twenty five leagues, di-
ſtant from $2. Chriſtopher nine leagues north,
and is ſeated between Sr. Bartholomew on
the ſouth, and Anguila on the north.

It is inhabited by French and Dutch ;
one Yanree, a Hollander, having enter'd
upon it, as well as the French in 1635, and
each nation has its ſeparate quarter. Be-
fore the wars in 1666, it abounded in cat-
tel and had ſome ſugar mills; but having
been almoſt abandon'd, it will not be eaſily
reſtor*d,. as wel] on account of its unwhole-
ſome air, as of the diſtempers thought to
be occaſion'd by the badneſs of the water,
which is alſo ſcarce, and taken out of a

lake there is in it; beſides that the land is

barren. It lyes alſo too much to leeward,
which renders the commerce with the wind-
ward iſlands the more difficult. Nor has
it any harbour; and the ſouth ſhore, being

the paſſage from it to that of S. Baribolo-

mew, is very rocky and dangerous.

AN GUIL A,

ls a long flat iſland, north of St. Mar-
tin, in 18 degrees 30 minutes north lati-
tude; eight leagues long, and but of a
ſmall breadth, whence the name of An-
guila is deriv'd, ſignifying an eel in Spa-
niſh. It is inhabited by Engliſb, ſeveral
families having retired thither after the
French had conquered their quarters in Sz.

Chriſtopher in the year 1666. Their chief

product is tobacco, which has not enrich'd
them, but they continue generally poor.

The acceſs to the iſland is very dangerous,

and many ſhips have been loſt about it,
nor has it any harbour to ſhelter them.

8 A B A,

Is a ſmall iſland, conſiſting of one great

mountain, lying N. W. from St. Euſta-
chius, in 17 degrees 50 minutes north la-
titude, inhabited by the Dutch ; but is a
colony of fmall value and thinly inhabited,
though there are now ſome Engliſh on it,
as well as Dutch. It is not ſo large as St.

o Mr |

By the Indians called Ay Ay, ; is about
thirty leagues in compaſs, in 17 degrees
40 minutes north latitude, forty leagues to
the weſtward of Sz. Chriſtopher, conſiſting
altogether of ſmall hills; of good acceſs
even for carts, and proper to produce all

things of American growth. The ſoil in

ſome places is nitrous, for which reaſon the
water 1s not every where fit to drink, as
taſting of that mineral, which defect is
ſupplied by ciſterns for the uſe of man-
kind, the cattel drinking that of the wells,
which ſerves alſo for other common uſes.
It has been obſerved, that the deeper they
dig the wells, the ſweeter the water is.
That of ſeveral rivulets is alſo very good,

and ſerves thoſe places through which they
paſs. The iſland being no higher in the
middle than in other parts, as moſt of the
Caribbees are, ſeveral of the little rivers
ſtagnate towards their mouths, for want
of a deſcent. They abound in fiſh, but

the water ſometimes ſtanding ſtill there,

occaſions infectious vapours and exhalati-
ons, Which render the place unhealthy, as
1 ſhall again obſerve. .

This ifland, ever ſince the year 1650,
has belonged to the French, who have
there a little colony. The air was reckon-
ed bad for many years, but it has been
obſerved to grow more wholeſome as the
woods are cut down, and the inhabitants
live pretty well in it, and have good pro-

viſions, which makes the number of peo-

ple increaſe; and it is like to become a
conſiderable colony, there being ſeveral
ſugar-mills on it already. The ſoil pro-
duces plenty of tobacco, ſugar and indigo,
and there 1s good paſture ground for feed-
ing horſes, cows and ſheep. In the year
1680, it was reckoned to contain 800 in-
habitants. It formerly belonged to the
knights of Malta, as was obſerved before,
but now to the new French Weſt India, or
American company. The Dominicans have
the charge of ſpiritual affairs: The king
appoints a governor. _

There are three ports in it, the beſt in
all the Caribbee iſlands, eſpecially one of
them, which is a very ſafe harbour, but
ſomewhat difficult to get in, having two

very narrow channels among the rocks, not

above ſix fathom broad, and the one fifteen,
the other ſixteen foot water. Within thoſe
narrow channels the depth increaſes to four
and five fathom, all within the port very
cloſe to the ſhore, the ſhips commonly lying

fo near a ſmall iſland there is within it,
that they make uſe of the trees growing on

it, to bring them down on a ſide and ca-

Teen, 3
There

There is a little fort, mounted with can-
non ; beſides which the inhabitants have a

ſafe retreat, in caſe of being attacked by

too great a power, which they provided
in the midſt of the woods, in the year
1666, when they apprehended being at-
tacked by the Engliſh; the place being
big enough to breed and maintain cattle,
with other conveniences for themſelves,
their families and effects. That natural
fortreſs is ſecured on all ſides either by
the thickneſs of the trees ſtanding, or by
many others cut down and lay'd athwart
to ſtop. up the avenues, ſo that 20 men
who were well acquainted with the place,
may keep off 500 in thoſe parts which are
eaſieſt of acceſs.

Thoſe woods are full of queeſts and ring-

doves, very good to eat, beſides abun-

dance of land crabs. They alſo ſwarm
with gnats, chikas and other troubleſome
inſects, which much annoy the inhabitants
at certain times of the year. The crabs
are of ſuch a nature, that if trod on, or
otherwiſe cruſhed, they fill the air with a
loathſome ſtink : beſides they ſpoil all the
freſh water of the wells or brooks they re-
ſort to, in incredible multitudes, at a cer-

tain time of the year, when they go down

from the inland hills to the ſea fide to
ſpawn; after which they return again ſe-

veral miles up the country, crowded ſo
cloſe that they take up half a league in

breadth, crawling over one another. The

ats cauſe violent pain and ſwelling knots
where they ſting, and it 1s difficult to ſleep
quiet for them in the houſe, and impoſſible
to avoid them in the woods. e

The VIRGIN s,

Are ſeveral ſmall iſlands in 18 degrees

50 minutes north latitude, lying ina cluſter,

north of Santa Cruz, of ſeveral ſizes, their
ſoil barren, and therefore very thinly in-
habited by Danes, who live there very poor-
ly. The neareſt of them to Santa Cruz is

10 leagues diſtant, and the moſt weſterly

of them, within a few leagues of the great
Spaniſh iſland of St. John de Puerto Rico.
This is the chiefeſt of them all, where the
Danes and Pruſſians have a tolerable ſet-
tlement, to carry on an underhand trade
of ſlaves from Guinea and ſome European
commodities, with the other Caribbee iſlands,

and with the Spaniards, as I have obſerved

before.

ANEGADA,

Is a deſert iſland, in 19 degrees north
latitude, about twelve leagues to the north-
ward of the Virgins, very difficult of ac-
ceſs, by reaſon of the ſhoals lying about

4

> the Caribbee [/lands.

it, and therefore carefully avoided by all

663

ſhips coming from the windward iſlands to

roceed to Europe, many ſhips having been
ormerly loſt there. It is about as big as
the iſland of $7. Bartholomew, or perhaps
ſomewhat larger. There is no account of
its ſoil or product.

S OMB RE RO,

Is a little iſland lying betwixt the laſt
ſpoken of and Anguila, ſerving for a land-
mark to get out ſafe from among the Ca-
ribbee iſlands.

The great iſlands of St. John de Pu-

erto Rico, Hiſpaniola and Cubs belonging to

the Spaniards, and Famaica to the Engliſh

are not of the number of the Caribbees, and

therefore nothing ſhall be ſaid of them.
BERMU DAS.
Theſe iſlands are not of thoſe we have
above ſpoken, but very remote, yet in re-

gard they lie in the way for ſhips return-

ing from Guinea and the Caribbee iſlands,
and are often reſorted to upon accidents,
ſtreſs of weather, or want of proviſions,
it may not be improper to ſay ſomething
of them. Ons
They are in 32 degrees, 25 minutes

north latitude, and 270 degrees longitude

from the meridian of London, about 300

leagues diſtant from Carolina, which is the

neareſt continent. Their firſt diſcoverer
was John Bermudo, a native of Galicia in
Spain, whoſe name they retain, about the
beginning of the 16th century. In 1352,

the king of Spain had reſolved to ſend

thither a colony of his ſubjects, becauſe

turning to Spain, through the channel of

it is a place convenient for the ſhips re-

Bahama, and accordingly granted great

privileges to Ferdinand Camelo a Portugueſe,
but that deſign took no effect. N
In 1593, Barbottere a French captain was

ſight of his pilot, twenty ſix of his men
got aſhore, among whom was Henry May,
who afterwards publiſhed an account of
that ſhipwreck. In 1609, Sir George Som-
mer an Engliſhman was drove thither by
the violence of the winds, and ſome of
his men returning into England, ſo much
commended the iſlands, then called Som-

ſhipwrecked on them, through the over-

mer's iſlands, from Sir George Sommers,

that in the year 1612, a ſociety of Engliſh
gentlemen and merchants, having obtained
a grant from king James the firſt, ſent
over ſixty men to begin a colony, under
the direction of Richard More, who built
eight forts in ſeveral places.

More was ſucceeded in the government,

anno 1616, by Daniel Tucker, who ſet his

men

1
4 : .
— — p p
8 — — 2
: 5 — — —— p — — _ =
* — — r 5 FE - - — = _— = ” Y _
— — — - g 6 2 - . - = — ” : . * * 4 * —
* _ _ * — 4 * * * —— F d
* —[ — —— 2—2— tt — OY + 7 * 2 — 2 , 4 * — — — 5 = —_ 2 S |
= — B . 2 — — — — —— — — —Y —
= — — e — = - _ = "4 — — D — — "> : I
"== — — — — — — — — — - — — Og" 4 209 ow — ==; 2 _ — —
— - _ —— — — — —— - _ - 1302 — > << 4 — - - — l
_ — — —ů— — = _— a 7 — D 2 _ — — 2 N — - —
— 0 + 4 — — cn 5 — — — WE — — —
« 2 5 . z rw. SM pn. — 4 —
— þ - Miz - ——
Oo 2 — 4 > _ 2 — — >
* Sn 8 - — 4 * — 2 — — — — — * 3
— —— — _ * —
- — — — 9 y

— —
2 2
2 —

664.

A brief Deſcription of, &c.
„

men to cultivate the ground, to plant trees
and tobacco. In 1619 Butler ſucceeded

Tucker, having carried over above 500 in-

habitants, and found as many there. He

divided thoſe iſlands into parcels, which

foot.

were ſoon peopled, for in 1623, there were
above 3000 Engliſh inhabitants.

There is but one large iſland, four or

five ſmaller, and ſeveral little ones: all of
them ſurrounded with rocks, ſhoals and
ſands, which render the acceſs extraordina-
ry difficult, and are their greateſt ſecurity,
there being only two clear channels, with
good fortifications to ſecure them. The
rocks may be ſeen at low water, but not
at flood, when the water riſes about five
May, in his deſcription of theſe
iſlands ſays, the biggeſt is about fifteen
Engliſh miles long, and fix or ſeven in
breadth; all over ſtocked with trees and
plants of ſeveral ſorts. The cedars there
are very beautiful, with which the inhabi-

tants build houſes and veſſels, the timber

being the beſt in the world.

The ſea affords tortoiſes of a prodigious
bulk. The prickly pears grow all the year

about, and there are red and white mul-

berries, and filk worms.

There are alſo
abundance of a ſort of palm trees bearing
a fruit like acorns, which ſerve to feed
{wine, whereof there are great numbers.
The fea alſo yields ſome good pearls and

ambergreeſe. Indian corn comes twice a

year, a ſingle grain producing a pound
weight each time. The firſt ſowing is in
March, and the harveſt in July; the ſecond
ſowing in Auguſt, which is reaped in De-
cember. There are abundance of whales
all round the iſlands, of divers ſorts and
other ſea monſters, which play about the

| ſhores from January till May, and are a

profitable fiſhery.

The air is clear, temperate, moiſt and

moderately hot, which renders the ſoil fit

to produce any plants or ſeeds, and tho?
the trees loſe their leaves, they are always
pom Freſh water is ſomewhat ſcarce,
or which reaſon the Engliſb have dug many
wells, which ſupply them.

The worſt of thoſe iſlands is that they
are very ſubject to horrid ſtorms of thun-
der and lightning, except in the months
of April and May, when the weather is
very delightful. It is obſervable that few
ſhips paſs by the iſlands without meeting
ſome tempeſt, tho” at 70 or 80 leagues
diſtance. Notwithſtanding which boiſte-
rous weather, 1n the year 1616, five men,
in an open boat of about 3 tons burden,
ventured to fail thence to Ireland, at
the moſt tempeſtuous time of the year,
and arrived there ſafe, after a paſſage
of ſeven weeks, and eſcaping infinite dan-
gers. |

The arms of Bermudas are, a ſhip ſplit-
ting againſt a rock in the ſea, to denote
how thoſe iſlands were made known to the
Engliſo, by Barbotiere and Sir George Som-
mers being ſhipwrecked on them, as has
been mentioned, — WE

The End of the Account of the Caribbee
Hands.

I have thought fit to ſubjoin the fol-
lowing diſcourſe, taken out of the reflecti-
ons upon the conſtitution and management
of the trade to Africk, through the whole
courſe and progreſs thereof; from the be-
ginning of the laſt Century, to this time;
as it was offered in print, to the Houſe of
Commons, by the Royal- African-Company,
anno, 1709. 5 :

—
5
3
TE
Is
Wo
"A.
+.
wo
4
wu
A
. A
44
Le
n
7
. 08
9
"6/4
PLAY
2
e
2
l
|
cel
x2
> ol
i
: 0
Nr
>, LM
5
+,
N
* .
n
A. D
. 1
nn
BALE
8
7. 48
3
KA C
A.
AI
a -
"» 4:
„
i
Wee
bs.
3
17 oy.
pi J *
» 4
n
* *
$8
5
e
RY
"+8 I
.
we
7
8
> =
5 We.
7% *
9
3 s
SR 4
+
5
+

An Account of the Riſe and Progreſs

of our Trade to Africa, preceding

the Year 1697.

BOUT the latter end of queen
Elizabeth's, and in the beginning
of her ſucceſſor king James's reign,
ſome London adventurers made ſe-

veral attempts ſeparately, for carrying on
a Trade to the coaſt of Africk, call'd Gui-
ea; yet all that can be found any of them
ever gain'd thereby, was merely a bare
diſcovery, and dear bought experience,

that probably an advantagious trade might

have been carried on thither, provided
they had had a ſtock and power ſufficient
for that end, and had known how to pre-
ſerve their men from the dangerous in-
fluence and effects of the peſtilential air
of that ſtrange climate; and from the
barbarous cruelties of the treacherous na-
tives: but theſe adventurers wanting pro-
per means for the aforeſaid purpoſes, and
meeting with ſome ſevere rebukes upon

that account, did by degrees lay aſide all

thoughts of making any farther attempt

that way. . .
Whereupon king James in the 16th year

of his reign, granted a charter under the
great ſeal of England, to Sir Robert Rich,
and other citizens of London therein men-
tioned, together with ſuch other perſons as
they ſnould think fit, to aſſume and in-
corporate into one body politick, for raiſ-
ing a joint ſtock, to carry on a Trade to

Africk; and that excluſive to all his ma-

jeſty's other ſubjects, under no leſs penalty
than the forfeiture of both ſhip and cargo,

to the uſe of thoſe joint adventurers for
their encouragement. ol

But ſcarce had that infant company of
Joint adventurers made the experiment of

two or three ſeveral voyages, when ſome
other private merchants envying their fellow
citizens apparent view of ſucceſs, would alſo

needs try their fortunes, by interloping
clandeſtinely upon the ſame coaſt ; upon
diſcovery whereof ſome diſputes aroſe be-
tween them and the company, which pro-
ceeding ſoon after to an open rupture,
the company inſiſted upon the privileges
of their charter; the others on their natu-
ral right : and both parties at laſt growing

| weary of ſuch debates, as well as of their

mutual loſſes, withdrew the ſhatter'd re-
mains of their ſeveral] and reſpective ſtocks ;
by which means that trade was again
wholly neglected for ſome years.

Vor. V.

In the mean time ſome other European
nations, but more eſpecially the Dutch,
{ti]] purſuing their deſign of fixing and
ſecuring to themſelves the trade of Africk,
by cultivating a friendſhip with the natives,
building of forts, and ſettling of factories
on the coaſts of Guinea, and by ſupplant-
ing the Portugyezes, who were ſettled long
before them: Some of our moſt intelli-
gent merchants repreſented the ſame to
king Charles I. as alſo the conſequences
which they thought might naturally attend
the ſupine neglect of that trade. Where-
upon his majeſty did, in the ſeventh year
of his reign, grant a new charter under the
great ſeal of England, to Humphrey Slaney,
Nicholas Criſp and company, with ſuch.
ample privileges, excluſions, prohibitions
and penalties, as in the former charter
were contain'd: which laſt charter was, in

the year 1651, confirm'd and exempli-
fy'd to Rowland Wilſon and company, by
the governing power at that time,

But conſidering the many convulſive
fits and diſtractions which in thoſe days
embroiPd and confounded the govern-
ment both of church and ſtate through-
out this iſland, we need not wonder that
our trade to Africꝶ fell at the ſame time in-
to very great diſorders ; forthe unreſtrain'd
liberty which interlopers aſſum'd for trad-
ing as they pleas'd, without any regard to
the rights of the company, fer them and
the company together by the ears ; and
then the Dutch and Daniſh companies lay-
ing hold of the opportunity which our
domeſtick commotions and diviſions did
adminiſter to their advantage, they in-
creaſed the number of their forts, facto-
ries and ſhips of war on the coaſt of

Africk; by which they not only encou-

rag'd, advanc'd and defended their own
trade and navigation, but alſo wholly ob-
ſtructed that of their neighbours; inſo-

much, that beſides demoliſhing the forts,

and quite ruining the ſtock of that com-
pany, they took the ſhips and goods of
other private Eugliſb traders to the value of

about 300000 J. as appear'd by their Peti-
tions to the parliament, after the reſtau-

ration of king Charles II.
Hoy far theſe loſſes were any ways con-

ſider'd or repair'd by that parliament, 1
| know not; but upon a repreſentation

8 G made

666

made ſoon after to king Charles IT. that
the Britih plantations in America were by
degrees advancing to ſuch a condition as
neceſſarily required a greater yearly ſup-
ply of ſervants and labourers, than could
2 well ſpared from hence, without the
danger of depopulatipg his majeſty's na-
tive dominions; his majeſty did, for the
ſupplying of thoſe plantations with Blacks,
publickly invite all his ſubjects to ſubſcribe
to a new joint ſtock, for recovering and
carrying on the trade to Africt; and the
then deſign'd ſubſcription being compleat-

ed accordingly, his majeſty did, in the year

1662, grant a new charter to the ſubſcrib-
ers of that joint ſtock, by the name of the
Company of Royal Adventurers of England

for carrying on a trade to Africk ; with the

ſame exclufions, prohibitions, penalties,
forfeitures and immunities, which were
contain'd in the ſeveral charters formerly
mention'd *.

But ſcarce had that new company put
themſelves into a condition of trading,
when a war breaking out with the ſtates

of Holland in the year 1664, the Dutch,

who ſeldom or never neglected the taking
hold of any opportunity for engroſſing to

themſelves as much as they could of ei-

ther that or any other beneficial trade,
did, in the very beginning of the war, ſend
orders to their admiral de Ruyter, lying
then at Gibraltar with a ſquadron of thir-
teen men of war, to ſail for the coaſt of
Guinea, and to ſet upon the Engliſb there;
which he ſo effectually perform'd, that in

the year 1665, he not only deſtroy'd moſt

of their factories, took Cormentyn Caſtle,
Tocoravy Fort, and the other places on
that coaſt, but likewiſe ſeiſed on ſeveral
ſhips and goods belonging to the Engliſh
company, inſomuch that their loſs there-
by was. computed at above 200000 l. by
which means that company's ſtock was ſo
much reduced, that they were quite diſ-
courag'd, as well as diſabled, from making
any farther conſiderable efforts for retriev-

ing and carrying on that trade to any pur-

poſe, without ſome new help.

Whereupon his majeſty conſidering, that

the ſaid trade was in imminent danger of
being wholly loſt to the nation, and con-
ceiving, that the eſtabliſhing a new com-
pany, and a new ſtock, upon ſurrender of
the former company's charter, would be
the moſt effectual means for recovering
and carrying on that trade, did, in the

year 1671, publickly invite all his ſubjects

reſiding in foreign plantations, as well as
here at home, to ſubſcribe what ſums they
pleaſed towards carry ing on the aforeſaid
trade; and thereupon many of the nobi-

lity, gentry and merchants having, in the

Note, The African Company's Patent contains from the $/raight; mouth, to the Cape of Good-hope.

An Account of the Riſe and Progreſs

compaſs of nine months, ſubſcribed and
compleated their deſign'd ſtock ; his ma-
jeſty granted a new charter in the year
1672, to thoſe new ſubſcribers, diſtin-
guifh'd by the denomination of the Royal
African Company of England; with the
ſame excluſions and privileges which the
former company had : it being previouſly
ſtipulated, that out of this laſt ſtock, fa-
tisfaction ſhould be given to the former
company, for the eſtimated value of the
remains of ſuch caſtles, forts and ſettle-
ments, as were then in their poſſeſſion on
the coaſt of Africt: which was done ac-
cordingly.

The trade of Guizea being thus ſettled

again, and carried on by the uniform in-

fluence, direction and management of a
ſociety of perſons, who had the counte-
nance and protection of the government
at that time; they introduced and encou-
raged the making of ſeveral forts of wool-
len, and other goods, proper for the trade
of Guinea, not formerly manufactur'd in
England, and reduc'd the making thereof
to a ſtaple and ſettled goodneſs; they
exported yearly above ſeventy thouſand
pounds worth of the ſaid woollen, and
other manufactures; and gave far better
prices for the ſame, than what uſually is
now given for the like; they furniſh'd the
weſtern plantations with frequent ſupplies
of conſiderable numbers of ſlaves, at very
moderate rates; and in ſo encouraging a
manner, that they ſometimes truſted the

planters to the value of a hundred thou-

ſand pounds and upwards, till they could
conveniently pay the ſame; they imported
beſide, elephant-teetb, red-wood, and other
goods, fit for being manufactur'd at home
ſuch quantities of gold-duſt from the coaſt
of Africk, that they frequently coin'd
thirty, forty, or fifty thouſand guineas at
a time, with the elephant on them, for-a
mark of diſtinction; and in effect they
managed matters ſo, as that, for ſeveral.

years ſucceſſively, that trade did not only

produce an annual dwidend of certain pro-
fits to all the particular adventurers in the
Joint ſtock, beſide an increaſe of their capi-
tal; but alſo ſeveral other publick and
national advantages to the whole king-
dom, and the Britiþ plantations in ge-
neral. |

But ſome time after the late revolution,
ſeveral private traders, then properly call-
led interlopers, aſſuming again a liberty of
trading ſeparately to Africk, without any-

regard to the company's charter, few or

none of them had any other conſideration
in view, than barely the ready diſpoſal of
all ſuch cargoes as they carried along with
them, no matter to whom or which way,

and

=

5
Kay 1
3
LON
#
9
<2
532
548 1,
wY

and the ſpeedy procuring of Blacks, or

any other commodiries which they could

get on that coaſt, whether by purchaſe or

| otherwiſe, ſo as not to ſtay long there: for
accompliſhing of which deſign they ſtuck

at nothing; but were too frequently guil-
ty of ſuch ſiniſter practices, as proved not

only very injurious to the private intereſt of

the company, but likewiſe diſgraceful and
pernicious to the Britiſb intereſt in general
among the natives; inſomuch that the
company's agents were frequently oblig'd
to vindicate the company, by making the
natives ſenſible, that they were none of
the company's ſhips or ſervants. And as

the impunity of ſuch practices did en-

courage the authors to perſevere for ſome

time in ſuch like courſes ; ſo others tak-

ing their views and meaſures from the ſeem-
ing ſucceſs of the former, without any

regard to the conſequences of trading in

that manner, join'd in an out-cry againſt

the privileges of the company, as a mono-

poly inconſiſtent with the liberty of the
ſubject, and not eſtabliſh'd by act of par-
liament; and that therefore they would
exerciſe their natural right of trading to

Africk, as well as the company.

Thus they went on for ſome time; and

to give the more colourable title to ſuch

their proceedings, they never fail'd to
magnify. and improve any accidental loſs
or misfortune which happened to the com-
pany, during the late war; as if that had

been the natural effect of trading by a

joint ſtock; inſomuch, that whoſoever

could contrive the moſt effectual methods

for leſſening the company's credit and in-
tereſt, either at home or abroad, whether

by detraction or otherwiſe, was among
them accounted the braveſt adventurer.

Nor were the agents of other nations,

particularly thoſe of the Dutch Weſt-India

Company, ever wanting in cheriſhing, upon
all occaſions, the authors and fomenters of

any diviſions in the Britiſb intereſt on the
_ coaſt of Guinea; but endeavoured with all

their art and skill, to make ſuch improve-
ments thereof, as they thought might beſt
ſerve their ends with the natives upon
that coaſt,

Whereupon, after long forbearance, the
company at laſt addreſs'd the parliament
by petition for relief: but ſome others, at
the ſame time, alledging very confidently,
that if the trade to Africk were laid open
to all ſuch perſons as had a mind to trade
thither, the ſame would not only be more
agreeable to the natural liberty of the ſub-
Jet, but alſo, that thereby ſeveral new
diſcoveries would be made, many places
then unknown traded to, much greater
quantities of the Engliſi manufactures ex-
ported of courſe ; and that the plantations

ef onr Trade to Africa.

would be furniſh'd with flaves in greater
numbers, and at cheaper rates, than could
be expected from the company alone. By
which alluring ſuggeſtions, and plauſible

pretences, the parliament was, in the year

1697, induced to make an experiment, by

giving permiſſion to all perſons wharſoever,

as well as the company, to trade to Africk,

for the term and ſpace of thirteen years;

they paying to the company a duty of ten

per cent. towards defraying the charges

of their forts and caſtles, for the defence

and preſervation of that trade to the na-

tion.

The company in the following chapter
gives an account of the progreſs of the
trade to Africk, ſince the year 1697, and a
view of the ſtate thereof, which I ſhall
briefly abſtract. Rr.

The novelty of laying the trade to Mick
open by act of parliament, ſays the com-
pany, induced many to trade thither, who
ſoon repented it. Page 8.

Several particular abuſes are repreſented
as committed by the ſeparate traders. hid.

The Dutch Company's agent cajole the
private traders, and inſtigate the natives

againſt the Royal African Company. Page 9.

The Royal African Company raiſe and ad-

vance 180000 J. of additional ſtock. id.

The natives advance the price of ſlaves,
and beat down the prices of our Britiſh
manufactures; the merchant impoſes theſe
ſlaves on the planters at exorbitant rates;
and the planters muſt advance the prices of
ſugars, Sc. Page 10. 4

In the year 1707, the Royal African
Company petition'd the queen to recom-
mend their cafe to the lords commiſſioners
for trade and plantations, who prepar'd a
report thereupon. Page 11.

That report was laid aſide; but copies
of it being ſpread! abroad, ſiniſter uſes,
ſays the company, were made thereof. 1517.

The third chapter contains a detection

of the falſe notion inculcated by the ſepa-

rate traders; with a continuation of the
ſtate of the Africas tradſleee.

The fourth, Some conſiderations on the
nature and uncommon circumſtances of the
African trade. |
The ib chapter has ſome arguments,
ſhewing that the conſtitution of the Turkey
company pleaded by ſeparate traders, or
any other regulated open trade, cannot be
ſuited to the nature and circumſtances of
the trade to Africk.

The /ixth brings ſeveral arguments to
prove that the trade to Africk cannot be

reſerv'd and carry*d on effectually by any

other method than that of a conſiderable
joint ſtock, with excluſive privileges.

The ſeventh lays down ſome popular ob-

jections againſt ſettling and carrying on

2 the

667

669

the trade to Africk by an excluſive joint
ſtock, fairly ſtated and anſwer'd.
The eighth contains ſome reaſons hum-
bly offer'd for committing the manage-
ment of the African trade, to the Royal
African Company; as having an equitable
claim to it preferable to that of any other
pretender, | |
At the concluſion of theſe reflections,

P. 27. the company brings in an eſtimate of

the charge of building the thirteen forts,
caſtles and faQories, they have actually

erected, and maintain on the coaſt of

north and ſouth Guinea, viz. James Fort
in Gambia, and Sherbrow Fort in north
Guinea, Dickie's Cove, Succundee, Com-
mendo, Cape Corſo Caſtle, Fort Royal An-
niſbam, Annamaboe, Agga, Winnibah, Ac-
cra, and Whidah, in ſouth, or Guinea-pro-
pria, with the number of men, and the
time requiſite for building of them.

The company adds, that as to materials
for building, there are to be had in Gui-
nea oyſter ſhells to make lime, tho bought
of the natives at great rates; as alſo tim-
ber and planks: But out of Europe is car-
ry'd lead, tarras, iron-work, provifion,
ſtores, and all other neceſſaries; as alſo
artificers of all ſorts, with working tools,
Se. The continual charge whereof, with
that of tranſport ſhips, and the needful
recruits of men to ſupply the places with
ſuch conſiderable numbers as commonly
die there, by reaſon of the contagiouſneſs
of the climate, together with the expence

of great guns, ſmall arms, ammunition,
c. muſt needs amount to very great ſums

of money, far exceeding the 150000 J.
at which the company very moderately, as
is there ſaid, eſtimated their preſent forts
and ſettlements, as the foundation of a

new ſubſcription z provided the wiſdom of

the parliament think fit now to ſettle the
trade to Africk, upon the foot of a con-

ſtitution ſuitable to the nature and circum-

An Account of the Riſe and Progreſs, &c.

ſtances thereof. It ſays farther, In mak-

ing an eſtimate of the charges of thoſe
forts, regard muſt be had to the having

about 600 officers and ſoldiers for man-

ning them, 200 artificers of all ſorts, be-

ſides labourers, for keeping them in repair,

and four or five veſſels conſtantly on the

coaſt, ſubſervient to the aforeſaid ends.

All this concludes with ſome general

reflections on the damages accrued to the

company, by the preſent war with France ;
as likewiſe by means of ſeparate traders
abroad, under the denomination of pirates,

buccaneers, interlopers, and ſuch like: the

under-hand dealings of the other European
nations ſettled at the coaſt of Guinea, but
more eſpecially the Dutch, and the crafti-

neſs of the native Blacks. And finally, the

company faith, that from the foregoing

accidents _ occurrences, opportunity

and importunity have made many rogues

and thieves in their ſervice for twelve years
paſt ; ſeveral of their ſervants having been
tempted to prove treacherous to the truſt
repos'd in them, being ſeduc'd and de-
bauch'd by temptation and example, with
an aſſurance of impunity, without regard
to rules of Chriſtianity, or morality, every
one doing what ſeemeth good in his own .

eyes; not only tranſporting their perſons,
but alſo ſuch of the company's effects as
they calld their own, and altering the

property thereof in ſuch manner, that the

company can ſcarcely ever expect to get
any fair or tolerable account of them, and

commonly picking groundleſs quarrels with
the company, as a pretence for not adjuſt-

ing or clearing with them : ſo that indeed
the company concludes they can have no
hopes of ever raiſing their head again, ſince
their ſtock is actually ſold and bought
daily at three per cent. nor the trade of
flouriſhing, but by ſome uniform manage-
ment, under the happy influence and pro-
tection of the queen and parliament.

ARE.

5
Py

9 * — xt an MMR cb ed Sc
2 8

+
4
pt
.
87
Vs
g
L
We.
A *
*
"
A
7
4
2
1
81
5
.
45
2
ko
oy *
—
by »
FT
A
75
+ * A
#
1
5
4

1 = Ie "RI" FOOTY 1 PI F oo
—— as n l
Ci Eo ESO on WB i OE on, oo RD OO :
2 - * 7 4 98 „J 0 Ol Rs
a e 1 <5 8 : : 3 3 © CL 88 a
1 . T 24x J OO. ro Ne OS

A RELATION. of

AJOURNE *

WP

CONSTANTINOPLE;

. Giving an Account of divers Occurrences ; how far the King of
Sweden's Commiſſion was executed there; as alſo of the State

of the Turkiſh Monarchy at that time, being a Report made
to the moſt Potent Prince,

CHARLES GUSTAVUS

King of the SwED ES, GoTas, and VANDALS.

T9

His faithful Servant and Subject NI HOL AS ROL AMB, Baron of Byſtad,
Lord of Lanna, Bro, Burk, Beatalund and Traan-nos, his Majeſty's
Truſty Senator, Counſellor, and Preſident of his Court of Juſtice of Gothia
at t. formerly Envoy Extracrdinary to the Ottoman Porte.

Tranſlated from the Copy printed in Swediſh at STOCKHO 1

e 8 THE

x

I
2
*
=
701
#
V8
%

THE

Author's PREFACE
" HE reputation and 'eſteem'.which your Majeſty's hereditary
| kingdom of Sweden hath obtain d, by the long war in Ger-
many, and by the conqueſts made in it, have ſtirred up

the envy of the chiefeft Princes in Europe, ſo that they have let flip

70 opportunity to. diſturb its reſt and peaceable ſtate, and to trouble

it both from within and without with many difficulties; but chiefly
they were jealous of ſeeing the government of Sweden in your Ma-

Jeſty hands, whoſe valour they had before felt in Germany 70 1 f

forrow; and now again muſt look upon your Majeſty's viftorious
arms in the kingdom of Poland with anger and envy: They. alſo
have raiſed againſt your Majeſty' the houſe of Auſtria, the Pope,

and other new enemies; and not only meddled with the affairs of

Poland, bus alſo endeavoured to inſpire all neighbouring Princes,

even, the Ottoman Porte, with wrong Notions of your Majeſty's acti-

ons, which was the more eaſy for them to do, becauſe the report of
your Majeſty's great progreſſes in Poland were already ſuſpected by
the Ottoman Porte, on account of its bordering on. that country,
and therefore fearing your Majeſty's too great power. To prevent

theſe and other inconveniencies, and to make an end of the diffe-
rences with Poland, for the glory of your Majeſty and your domi-
nions, as alſo for the ſecurity of the proteſtant religion (fince your

Majeſty was obliged to enter into alliances with foreign Princes that
were in its intereſt, eſpecially with the Prince of Tranſylvania, and

with the Colaks, to remove all the miſtruſt the Ottoman Porte

might have of your Majeſty's fucceſs in Poland, 10 the end that that

potent oriental empire might not obtru# the foreſaid Princes, or,
as it appeared to be deſign d, might not carry any forces into Po-
land, and ſo take an advantage againſ} the Chriſtians, by weaken-

ing their power there) your Majeſly ſent an embaſſy* to the Otto-

man Porte; and having been pleaſed to make uſe of my perſon in
this buſineſs, my duty requires to give a full account, as well of
what happen d upon my journey to and from a place fo far diſtant,
as how the affairs were executed, and in what condition J found
_ the Ottoman empire. All which is moſt humbly preſented to your
Majeſty in the following lines. J 8

* N. B. The occaſion of this embaſſy, with ſeveral other circumſtances relating to

the hiſtory of the negotiation itſelf, may be ſeen more at large in Puſſendorf de rebus 6
Carola Guſtavo Sueviæ Rege geſtis, lib. ili. ſect. 71. and J. iv. ſect. 23. 5
*

A RE-

TY” EY

: ©) knnd ans

A 1 0 U

Sd oo A —

„ A RBUATION: ef

R N E V

T ©

CONSTANTINOPLE, &c.

HEREAS your majeſty in
the month of September 1656,
being near Frauenburg in Pruſ-
ſia, diſpatched me with your

gracious commands, that I ſhould wait at

Stetin for your majeſty's further orders;
likewiſe for the anſwer of Mr. Ney, your
majeſty's reſident at the Roman emperor's
court, concerning the paſſport your ma-
jeſty had deſired for me of the ſaid empe-

ror, I was obliged to tarry at Stetin for

theſe and other reaſons beſt known to your

22d. Febr. majeſty, till the 229 of February 1657. Then
1657 I ſet out with the Berlin poſt at eight a
clock in the evening; and becauſe my ſtay

| Report at Stetin had occaſioned a general report,
- COoncern-
| ing this

. Porte; and yet it being very neceſſary for

me to travel incognito, if I would paſs
through the emperor's dominions, they

uſing their utmoſt endeavours to know

when I would ſet out, and which way I
would take, ſince not long before, a gentle-
man of the electoral court at Dre/den, had

| ſhewn to one of your majeſty's officers,
viz. lieutenant colonel Taub, a letter dated

at Stetin, in which my perſon and ſtature

were deſcribed, and the time of my depar-

prudently ture named : I gave out eight days before
provided my ſetting out, that your majeſty had
againſt. ſent for me to come to Pruſſia, in order
to ſend me that way through Poland; fo

no body, even my own ſervants, knew no

better, than that I went to Pruſſia, except

the government of Pomerania, of whom

I took a paſſport as a ſtudent, with which

J could paſs through the cities in Ger-

25 Febr. many. From Berlin I went with the Leip-
Berlin. zig poſt through Wittenberg, where I met

with two Swediſh ſtudents, that were at

table with me where I lodg'd, but wearing

a black perriwig, I was unknown to them.

28 Febr. At Leipzig I ſtayed one day to receive the

Leipzig. money I had ordered to be remitted

me from Hamburg hither for my journey :

here I alſo provided myſelf with a pals-

port of the commandant of the garriſon,

to whom J gave myſelt out to be a ſtu-

dent, that had ſtudied a while at Leipzig,
4

that your majeſty was ſending me to the

rect road to Pirna.

and was now reſolved to ſee other places Ror u.

in Germany. This paſſport was afterwards -
of great uſe to me in Bohemia and Auſtria.
It was very troubleſome at this time to
travel, the roads being ſo very deep, that
often the waggons ſtuck in the clay, and
we were obliged to draw them out with a

great deal of pains, which continued till

we reach'd Vienna. Although my right
way was to go to Dreſden, yet I would
not venture to paſs through that place, by
reaſon of the ſtrict inquiry made there, and
the information they already had of my

coming, but went within ſomewhat leſs than

a mile of it, to a town called Seræowitz;

from whence I fent my ſervant to Dreſden, Confe-
to Mr. Steen Bielcke, and acquainted him rence with
of my arrival, who in the morning came na wg |
to mè; and after a ſhort conference with Ne
him, I purſued my journey, turning on
the left hand about the city, to a ferry

call'd Loſchewitz, where I paſſed over the

river Elbe, and ſhould have gone the di-

But the commandant

of Dreſden having allo command there,

and for fear of being diſcovered, I turned

on my right hand to a market town call'd
Dohna ; afterwards I follow'd the direct 9 x
road to Praag, lgelaw and Vienna. In market
Bohemia and Moravia I was in ſome dan- town.
ger of being attack'd by highwaymen,

that keep in the foreſts, and in their lan-

guage are called Petrofsky : beſides theſe,

the ſoldiers that were quarter'd thereabouts,

robbed the travellers in the country, and
committed great violence. Both ſorts ap-
pear*d to us, but being four coaches to-

gether from Praag, and all well armed, pr agg.
they had not courage to come near us; _
though juſt before they had murder'd ſome

travellers; and again, ſome of them had

been killed by other travellers, as we found

in paſling by. :

The 15 of March, at nine a clock in 15 Mar.
the morning, I arrived at Vienna, and Vienna.
lodged in the ſuburbs, in an inn call'd the
Golden Fleece, where I ſtay'd till after din-
ner, after which I changed clothes, and
went into the city unknown, and without

any

672 -- Relation of a Journey

Rotams. any examination, as if I had been no
S ſtranger, and concerted with Mr, Ney the
Vink Ar. reſident about ſome neceſſary affairs or
Klry, other. I ſtayed in his houſe with one ſer-
vant, and gave myſelf out to be Mr. Steen
Bieleke's gentleman of the horſe, that was

ſent by him to. buy ſome Hungarian horſes :

the next day I let my other ſervants come

into the city, and lodged them ſeparately,

as I had ſent notice to Mr. Ney before-

hand of my coming by letters from Leip-

zig and Praag, and he had thereupon wrote

to Jonas Midnansky, miniſter of the prince

of Tranſylvania, about an honeſt man that

might conduct me to him; I ſtayed three

days at Vienna expecting him; but he not

19 March, coming, I ſet out for Preſburg the 1th of
Preßburg. March, being holy Thur/day, under the
pretext, that I, like all other proteſtants,

was come on account of the approaching

Eaſter holy-days to attend .my devotion.

I alfo got thither unperceived, and by the

help of two proteſtant citizens, named
Michael Schrembſter and Chriſtopher Snolſchi,

I hired a coachman to Eperizs, who did not

know better, than that I was a merchant;

thoſe of my retinue gave themſelves out to

be alfo either merchants. or tradeſmen 3
and for the better diſpatch, I was obliged
to ſee Midnansky, who lived ina city call'd
Beizkou, that lies far from the high road
to Eperies: To prevent my coachman's miſ-

_ truſting any thing, I told him I had by a
ſervant already bargain'd for a great quan-
tity of leather at Tranſbia, a place trading
in that commodity, which ] needs muſt
ſee before I could ſend it to Vienna, which
contented him, and he carried me whither

I would go. Half a mile on the other ſide

of Tirnaw, I went through a valley, where

a merchant from Vienna had juſt before
been robb'd of 000 rixdollars, ready
money, by the Huſſars, who alſo appear'd
to us; but finding us arm'd with long
guns, Jet us go in peace. When I was
come within a mile of Betzkou, where
prince Ragotzky's miniſter Midnansky liv-
ed, I firſt intended to go only with one

Hungarian ſervant thither, to confer with

him about the ſecurity of my voyage, ac-
cording to direction by his letter, and to

leave the reſt of my retinue behind me in

the village T/achkowitz, where I lodg'd the
night before at an anabapriſt's, and was
already provided with horſes. But it com-
ing into my mind, that I might eaſily
meet with ſome Huſſars, who for the ſake
of a tolerable ſuit of clothes, which I
wore, and the cloak-bag, in which I kept

his majeſty's orders, and which I never

left out of my ſight, might aſſault me,
and thereby his majeſty's deſign be hin-
dred, I thought it the ſureſt way, rather
ta loſe one day's journey, than to hazard

ey ——

a caſtle call'd Roune, belonging to prince

Ragotzky, where Midnansky de ſign'd to

meet me the next day; hecauſe at Betz-

kou there lived ſeveral Roman catholicks
that were in the emperor's intereſt, and that
I therefore hardly could come undiſco-
vered thither, nor ſtay there. When
Aidnansky's ſervant arrived, I was in a
worſe condition than before, becauſe he

underſtood no other language than Hunga-

rian, and my coachman being curious to
ſift him, I took him aſide, and by ſigns
made him underſtand, not to tell where
we intended to go, the coachman having
already perceived that I deſign'd to go to

Roune, which was quite out of his way

and he making words about it, I could

hardly have made him be ſilent, if he had
not been a Lutherax, and a good man:

ſo that at laſt he was content. |

The next morning after I was arrived at 24 March,
Roune, Midnansky came alſo thither, with conferr'd

whom I conferr*d about all neceſſaries of
my journey, and our. correſpondence. And

the Poliſo crown marſhal Lubomirsty, be- journey

ing upon the road to Moran, to ſee the

Hungarian palatin and chancellor, who

was arrived at Eperies from prince Ra-

gotz y, in order to go from thence to Vi-

enna; ſo that the meeting either the one
or the other was almoſt inevitable, I took a

paſſport of Midnansky, as if T was an offi-
cer by him taken into prince Rago/zky's
ſervice, to make uſe of it, if I ſhould

meet the chancellor ; but in caſe I ſhould

meet Lubomirsky, I deſign'd to pretend to

be a merchant, who, on account of his

trade, was going to Eperies.
The following day, I, with two more, 25 Mercb.

and AMidnansky's ſervant that ſhould go
with me to Zaros, ſer out on horſeback ;

my other ſervants and baggage went. the

right road, with whom, for the better ſe-
curity, Midnansky had alſo ſent two Hey-
ducks. After one day and an half's jour-
ney by the mountain Fatra, which is a
part of the mountain Carpathus, I came

again into the right road, where I found

the ordinary poſt. The way between
Roune and the mentioned poſt, went along

the river Vagb, a paſſage ſo terrible to Paſſage by

look upon, that it made my hair ſtand on
end: for at the left hand was a precipice

Tlver

Wagh ter-

ible t
many fathoms deep, to the ſtrand of the 3 at

i
1
**
1
— X
te,
7
Be
hs 7
5 *
> f 4
e
$430
N.
3
1
e
ION...
3:46
WIC
5
- N
9 8
A
8
*
We
+-F
10 e
e
padre
8
FE, 4
Wu
45 l
e
rn Ms
IIS
N <
+ £1,
e
u 1
n
RY
FEY
e
N
.
9
4 4 of
54
i»; 8
2 0
Wd
* 8
1
3
4
e
$2028
1 8
2 4
1
Fe
Fan
Vo
E 2 "3
7
ee
2
1 %
0 a 4
- 1
4 þ
WY,
vs 0
22
Fe 5
35% v
$M
SY |
* F
"06 ry
*
"wy
$9.2
PE 1
E 3 Qg
Enn
L 1
Fo :
be Og
= N 5
5
3
Fa) 5
K* 13

ENS.

dt hk wo

* N f WH i) 4

155 0 N
1 f lil 4
1 TL *
N FW. 111
me Wii 1
1 115
$1 ' } | :
; g
*
A.
1 4
|
13H 14 7
144
: x
Yi
"7

10 Conſtantinople,

river, and at the right hand ſharp and caſtles and towns where they uſed to ex- Rorans.,
high rocks, and the way itſelf very nar- amine, among which was the town of
row. To get over the mountain Fatra Wolvar, where the year before ſome wag-
was very troubleſome, it being not only gons belonging to the elector of Saxony's
extraordinary ſteep and high, viz. half envoy that was ſent to 7 ranſyluania, were
a German mile up, and ſo much down ſtopt by the Polanders; but [ took a, wag-
again, but alſo covered with ice, ſo that gon and went two miles on the left han
we were obliged to climb up on our hands through a valley call'd the Wolf's Dale,
S and feet. | buy reaſon of the danger of robbers that
75 , In a market town called Roſenberg, I attack the travellers like wolves. _
73 e was informed that the Hungarian count- About nine a clock in the morning I
town. Palatine Franciſcus Veſſelini was alſo on the came to the town of Leuiſch, and becauſe
road from Moran to Vienna; wherefore I I could get no waggon I was forced to
haſtened to paſs that place, where perhaps ſtay there that day, which happened very
he might come in my way, which was well for me, being ſo weary of riding poſt,
three miles from thence, and accordingly that I was not able to ſet a foot over
I did not meet him. But inſtead of him, the threſhold without the help of my hands,
I met near a town called Hybe ſixteen Po- having rid the three days and nights be-
$73 landers of Lubomirſey's people, that told fore, and in fo troubleſome a manner, that
= 5 for certain that he was upon the way, and if I had had my feet in the ſtirrups one
4 immediately would follow after : wherefore mile, I was forced to carry them in my
| I took lodging in a village called Lauſen- hands the next; and he that does not know Trouble-
_ berg, and did not go to the poſt-houſe, what it is to be fatigued, may only ride foue rid-
4 which was a mile farther, and where I poſt in Hungary for ſome days, without 1
| ſhould have ſtay*'d that night, to the end his own ſaddle and furniture. 2
N that he might paſs by me, which alſo Midnanſey had given me a direction to Recom-
1 happen'd. In the ſaid village I ſtay*'d till the bailiff of Leuiſch, who was to ſerve 8
* midnight, and went from thence in the me if I had occaſion, but when I de- 1

Ace ; 55 naniky to
© | daark to the next poſt-houſe, which was fired him to provide me with waggons, the bailiff
& | in a Poliſh market-town called Luchyuna,

he gave me a ſurly anſwer, ſaying, He of Leut/ch
neither could I go farther being obliged to

was not ſo far obliged to Midnanſey, as
take freſh horſes there; wherefore I ſtay*'d to put himſelf in danger for his fake, after
again till all were aſleep, came alſo thi-

he had cauſed his diſgrace with the Pala-
. ther and went from thence without being tin for having furthered ſome Swediſhb en-
The polt- perceived by any body except the poſt- voys, viz. Mr. Sternbach and Welling ,
_ "? maſter, who was ſly enough to aſk queſti- though they had had a paſsport of the
;nquifitive ons, viz. whether we were envoys, or if emperor; wherefore I might ſee how to
the Swediſh envoys that were expected provide for my ſelf: as for his part he
would ſoon come, and other things that dared not meddle with it, for fear of be-
did not concern him; he alſo endeavoured ing diſgraced. I judged from this anſwer,
in a very complaiſant manner to make us and becauſe I could get no body to carry The bai-
ſtay ſome hours, pretending the badneſs me, it might have been contrived ſo, to on ſurly
of the roads that were very difficult to force me to go to the aforeſaid Poliſh places, oe.
pals in the dark, and offered if we would or to make me ſtay till they had ſent thi- ſuſpicion.
ſtay till ſun riſing, to give us his coach,

| ther, and given notice of my being here;
with which he only favoured his particu- therefore I reſolved to go out of the town

lar friends. But as I perceived well enough on foot along with Midnanſty's Hungarian,
he was ordered to ſpy, and ſome roguery to the next villages, where we might get
was hid under his complaiſance, I gave horſes, or quite to the town of Cibin, four
him thanks for his offer; and to confirm miles from thence, - and to leave my ſer-
him in his opinion that I was a merchant, vants behind in the inn, that it might
I took out ſome knives, and offered them ſeem as if I was only gone to dine ſome

073

26 March,

FVP

*

W 2 ;
8 8

oe:

to ſell to him, which made him believe
me: ſo that he gave me ſome commiſſions
to execute for him at Eperies, and bring
The place him an anſwer when I returned. Near this

h -
where 2 market- town Gamoiſey and the Turkiſh

taken by Chiaus that were in Pruſſia with the king,
the Poles. had been taken by the Polanders a little

27 March before our arrival. |
Leutſch ;
one of the of the fix German free towns in Hungary,
fix Cerman I would not venture to go farther with

free towns . 1
in Mga. © poſt, there being in that road ſeveral

TE, Vor. V.

— nn of Cibin, that lies a mile from
When I came to Leut/ch, which is one

where in the town, But juſt as I was going
to take the cloak-bag, wherein I had my

letters and orders, upon my ſhoulder, one

of my . ſervants came and told me he had
got a country waggon with four horſes, 28 March,
into which we got in the morning by day- £ar0, a

break, and went the aforementioned way caſtle and

town be-
| | bt — longing to
Zaros, a caſtle and town belonging in com- prince Ra-
mon to prince Ragoſſey and his relation %%, and

Ladiſlaus Ragotſky. And becauſe the ſaid bis relati-

a d on.
Ladiſlaus, who was a Roman catholick, and

IN

—

_ _ A Relation of a Journey

RoLaws. in the emperor's intereſt uſed to reſide
there; I ſent Midnanſty's Hungarian before
hand, to inquire whether Ladiſlaus Ragolſty
was there or not, and fent a letter with

him to the prince's governor, Martinus

Halapi by which I acquainted him of my

arrival, deſiring him to keep it ſecret,

(bur yet I did not tell him otherwiſe than

that * an officer, as I have mentioned
before, neither did Midnanſty's Hungarian

knew better:) and to forward me as ſoon

as poffible. . This Hungarian met me again

half a mile out of the town, and told me

that at that inſtant the above mentioned
Ladiſſaus Ragoiſky was coming along with

the biſhop of Cracow, beſides forty Poliſh
noblemen ; wherefore I ſtayed in the val-

| ley till it was dark, and then went into the
29 March. town: and in the morning early from thence
to Zaros Parat, ſo that neither Ladi/laus
Ragolſty nor any of the Polanders did per-

ceive me. In the village called Giorcke,
Alarm where I lodged the night before, five Hu/-

og ſars that had followed us, expecting ſome

booty, made an alarm, but we being got
into the inn before they came, they went
to and fro, under the window all the night,
and diſcourſed with one another, whether
they ſhould attack us in the houſe: But
finding us well armed, and having like-

wiſe four Heiducks, whom the governor of

Zaros had ſent with me, beſides four mer-

chants, who were come to lodge there the

ſame evening with their ſervants, in all
ten perſons, they went off in the morning.
What grieved me moſt was, that I thought

they were fent by the Polanders at Zaros,

or by the Hungarian chancellor Georgius
Zelepzim, who lived but a little mile from
thence at Caſſou, but hearing afterwards
what party it was, I did not mind it, but
ſet out in the morning early for Zaros Pa-
rat. When I came there, the Præfectus
Michael Inxedy was not at home, where-
fore I was obliged to ftay there for him
three days,
Zaros Pa- This Zaros Parak is an eſtate of prince
rake. George Ragoiſky's mother Catharina Lorant-

phi, on the river Bodrack, and hath a fine

little caſtle with a town well fortified, ex-
traordinary well fituated and of great re-

venue; it lies cloſe by the famous town of

Tokay, a Tokay, where there grows the beſt wine
town fa- in all Hungary. At Tokay the river T:-
oa for pj/eus and Bodrath Join, both full of 'fiſh
eſt | | x |
Hungary of many forts, very large and fat. They
wine. never take more of them than what is

Tibiſcus ſufficient for one meal, the reſt they fling -

and Bo- into the river again, being ſure of catch-

drat, full : 5 N
ry 5 ing at any time as many as they pleaſe.

Every body has liberty to fiſh, whether he

has land there or not. They have wood

enough; wheat, (for of other ſort of corn

they ſow very little in all Hungary and
2

wine, and know of no other cellar or gra-

Tranſylvania) cornfields and meadows in
abundance; vineyards likewiſe, game and
wild-fowl more than in any place in all
Hungary, the great and large plains of the
Heidones that are full of all forts of game Plenty of
extending to the town. But all this the te ecun.
people do not mind, for they value no- &
thing more than a glaſs of ftrong Hungary
wine, garlick and fat bacon, which makes
them reliſh their wine the better; and one
may fee there herds of hogs and oxen,
like flocks of ſheep in Germany, by a thou-
ſand at once. |

The third of April T went from Zaros
Parak to Tokay, and there I paſſed over
the river Tibiſcus. Tokay lieth on the T:-

biſcus, where the Bodrack falls into it; the

Tibiſcus is one of the four capital rivers in The four
Hungary, (the others are the Savas, Dravus capital

and Danube) and in goodneſs and bigneſs % of
next the Danube. The caſtle ſtands upon
the point that is between both rivers. The Deſeripti-

gariſon belongs to Tranſylvania; but of an of Je-

the gariſon in the city, one half belongs “.

to the emperor, and the other to Tranſyl-
vania. The town is open, and without
any fortification more than the advantage
of its ſituation; on one ſide of it paſſeth

the river Tibiſcus, and on the other it is

ſurrounded with very high and ſteep
vineyards, thar Jeave on both ends of
the town only a ſmall avenue by the
ſtrand. Theſe vineyards are about three

leagues in circumference, and produce the

Hungary Tokay wine ſo well known in Po-
land. The inhabitants lamented very much

the circumſtances of Poland, becauſe they

could not ſell their wine, of which all their
cellars were ſo full, that they had no room
left for the product of future vintages. In
theſe vineyards I was ſhewn ſome ſeparate
pieces of ground, of about 1 tunneland
[a Swediſh meaſure of land] that were ge-
nerally fold for 30, 20, or 15000 gilders,

on account of the particular quality they
have of producing better wine than thoſe

that are adjoining, which is owing partly
to the-ground, and partly to their ſituation,
as they lie towards the eaſt and ſouth. I
cannot 'forbear mentioning here in what

manner the Hungarians keep their corn and
wine, which is, by digging holes in the How they

ground, in which they keep their ſeed and Leep their

corn and
nary: thus all their ſtreets, and almoſt 3
half their fields are undermined. In theſe

holes the corn will keep ten years and lon-

ger without any damage. 7
Near TokayI paſſed over the river Ti-

biſcus, and went through the counties or
comitatus of Zapolia and Bibor, a diſtrict of

three days journey in length, and ſeven

Hungarian miles broad, all plain fields,
without any buſh; and there being many

bogs.

tre

R
#14
*

Multitude wild-geeſe,

horſes.

bogs, there is ſuch a multitude of cranes,
buſtards, ducks and other
ſmall wild fowl, that they almoſt cover
the earth, and fly in great flights like
clouds; hares are there alſo in abundance,
likewiſe meadow and cornfields, which
they need not dung, it being fat enough
of itſelf. Inſtead of wood the inhabitants
burn reeds that grow in the bogs. In theſe
Heidones countries live none but Heidones or Hei-
orHeiduks quts, who are ſubject to the prince of
Tranſylvania, in number about 40000, and

dwell in large boroughs, which they call
cities, about 1000, 2000, or even 4000

in one town. They are free from all du-

ties and impoſts, and only obliged to ſerve

of wild-
fowl.

the prince in his wars whenever they are

ſummon'd; and then they take three, four,
and more ſervants with them. They are
divided into regiments, each city making
one, which hath its colonel, whom they
call capitaneus, and each regiment ought
to conſiſt of the ſame number, and all
have one general over them, which at
Their that time was Baccus Gabor. Their traf-
traffick in fick conſiſts in cattel and horſes, which
cattle and run wild there: the cattel are tended like
as in our country, but run in the fields
winter and ſummer, and the calf always
follows the cow, as the colt alſo does the
mare, i
It is remarkable, that in all Hungary, eſ-

pecially in this diſtrict, quite to Yaradin,

no cattle is to be ſeen but what have hair
of the colour of elks, oxen as well as
cows; the calves are all red, but when
they grow older, they become of the ſame
colour. Commonly a Heiduk ſells two or
three hundred oxen in a year, which the
Hungarian merchants buy, and ſell them
again in Italy and Auſtria. One day's jour-

Debrens, a
tree towns

I paſſed through a town call'd Debrens,

in this diſtrict, becauſe it is a free town,
and only one thouſand Heidones are quar-
ter'd there. The inhabitants of that place
deal in Turty commodities, and pay con-
_ tribution to the Turks, the king of Hun-
gary, and the prince of Tranſylvania, by
whom in time of war they are always al-

Remark- Jow'd to be neuter. This place 1s only re-

able for

ts nai. markable on account of its naſtineſs, it be-

neſs. ing a conſtant dunghil. Croſs the mar-
| ket is laid a bridge of timber, over which
people paſs on. foot and on horſeback, and
whoever goes . beſide it is ſure to fall into
the dirt, ro which they are ſo well recon-
cil'd, that they beſmear their doors with
it inſtead of paint —
As I travelled through theſe countries,
I was conducted by Heidones, who were
relieved in every city, and had their ban-
ners and colours, which look'd at a di-

zo Conſtantinople.

ney from Waradin in the county of Bibor,

where there live no Heidones, tho? it lieth

675

ſtance as if a fleet of ſhips came to meet Rotaus.

me. In Waradin I was very well received WWW

and treated by the capitaneus Franciſcus

Gyuleus. |
The ninth of April, in the evening, I 9 4pri/

arrived at Clauſenburg in Tranſylvania ; the Clauſen-

young princeſs and the young prince her Tranſit.

ſon were there, but having no miniſter 50

with them, except their maſter of the

houſhold, a man of a mean character, I

was not received with any ſolemnity; how-

ever, the next morning the princeſs ſent

to me to my lodging, and bid me welcome,

deſiring me to excuſe my not being re-

ceived as ſhe deſired, and that J would

have patience for ſome days, till the old

princeſs, mother to the then reigning

prince, came with the ſtadtholder, to which
returned a proper anſwer. ©
The 11" of April the old princeſs ar- 114pri/,

rived with the ſtadtholder Achatius Bardzai the old

and ſome other miniſters. About an hour er

after her arrival, ſne ſent two noblemen to ;

me to complement me, and invited me to

an audience the next day, which was per-

formed as follows:

The 12th of April at ſeven in the morn- 1245ril,
ing, two coaches drawn by ſix horſes came ceremo- |
before my lodging, with a great number was now
of halberdeers, which they call carnaks, and 2 85
footmen cloathed in Hungarian livery, viz.
ſheepſkins. The maſter of the horſe went
before the coach with a ſtick in his hand,
and one of the princeſs's miniſters, Sebeci
Ferens, who the year before had been en-
voy to his Swediſh majeſty, and was taken
priſoner by Warta, came to receive me.

In the caſtle from the gate to the ſtairs,
where I went up on both ſides where the
coach paſſed, ſtood the princeſs's guard
with guns, which they held upon their
ſhoulders, and not before them as is uſual
in our country, when the ſoldiers ſtand in

arms. At the ſtairs T was received by

both princeſſes marſhals, that conducted
me thro' three chambers (full of all forts
of perſons of diſt inction, who were come

to attend) to the old princeſs Catharina

Lorantphi, who received me in the middle
of the apartment. I made your majeſty's
compliments to her in Latin. Having
concluded my harangue, they were all ſi-

lent, looking upon one another, and then

diſputing who ſhould anſwer, for none of
them was vers'd enough in the Latin
tongue. When they had thus ſpent about
half a quarter of an hour, the princeſs her
ſelf at laſt was obliged to anſwer in the
Hungarian language, and her marſhal

interpreted it in German as well as he
was able. The princeſs deſiring after-
wards to talk with me in private, bid her

zople as well as mine retire, and there

Itay'd only the ſtadtholder Achatins Bard.

243

676

Ror auf. v4; a counſellor, and the marſhal: a chair
| being ſer for the princeſs, and another for
me, ſhe diſcourſed with me concerning
prince Ragolſey's intereſt at rhe Ottoman
Porte, which ſhe recommended to me in
many words, to which I returned a proper
anſwer; and having taken my leave of
her, went into another apartment to the
young princeſs and the young prince Ra-
otſky Ferens, i. e. Franciſcus Ragoiſty, whom
likewiſe ſaluted in your majeſty's name,
and delivered to the princeſs the letter I
had from your majeſty, for prince George
Ragoiſky ; after which I was reconducted in
I the manner as before, into the city to my
the ko lodging. From Clauſenburg I wrote to
of France's Monſieur de la Haye the king of France's
embaſſa · embaſſador at the Ottoman Porte, deſiring
dor at the him to acquaint the vizir with my coming,
Ottoman and to excuſe my not bringing preſents
Porte. 3 Sing p
| from your majeſty. The next day the old
princeſs ſet out for Zaros Parat, and J, in
company with the ſtadtholder, went to
Alba Julia or Weiſſenburg. He ſhewed me
upon the road as well as at Weiſſenburg,
all civility ; his diſcourſe was very ſenſible
and pleaſant, and among the Hungarians
he paſſed for a good ſoldier. Among all
the Hungarians I ever converſed with, he
was the beſt and the moſt humane ; for
Way of the greater part of them are conceited, un-
life of the reaſonable and ill-bred, deſpiſing others,
Hurgari- and undervaluing every thing in compari-
. ſon of their own ruſtick and filthy way
of life; thinking when they have but fowls,
bacon, garlick and ſtrong Hungarian wine
with it (which they rather ſuck than
drink out of dirty common ſtone or wooden
mugs, that have narrow necks, and are
ſtopt up with naſtineſs) they have the great-
eſt pleaſure the world can afford. No man
how great ſoever hath any plate or glaſs,
nor even pewter upon his table ; but naſty
trenchers that are not ſcoured but once a
week, which when they have thrown the
bones off, they lay before you again.
Alla When came near Alba Fulia, I was re-
Julia. ceived by four companies of horſe and con-
ducted to my lodging. As to this place,
it has the name of a great city among us,
but when you ſee it, is very ordinary, fo
that one may well ſay of it, minuit pre-
ſentia famam. There is not one tolerable
| houſe in all the town, except the princeſs's ;
the reſt are all ſmall huts, and the win-
dows of ſkin, which is uſed all over Tran-
ſylvania None the gentry as well as the
common people. | 238
11 April, After having wrote from hence to your
Wrote to majeſty, and ſettled a correſpondence with
his Ma- the ſtadtholder, I went the 17% of April
ve to the Saxon cities and villages, the chief
Herman- of which are Hermanſtadt and Cronſtadt.
fladt and Wherever I lodged with the Saxons L was

Cron/tadt,

Rr e II IECCEY

A Relation of a Journey

referring for that to hiſtory. I ſhall only

{imple

well received, and treated with all good the chief

will and civility : but the road was very Saxon ci-
bad, all mountains, water and mire; I had « Þ
eſpecially a foreſt to paſs, called Sayden- 60) wg
wald, Which is three leagues long; all the Sayden-
roads were laid over with bridges of round 24.
timber, and were beſides very deep, by High,
reaſon of the ſnow's melting upon the high ee
mountains which ſeparate Wallachia and Wallachia
Tranſylvania. At fome places the bridges and Tran-
being carried off, we could not paſs with-Hania.
out great danger; and where the water did

not hinder us, the roads were ſo deep that
although I had ten horſes before the
waggon, we were hardly able to get
through.

I ſhall paſs over in ſilence how theſe Sax-z: in
Saxons at firſt came into Tranſylvania, and 7741/04-
how they have obtained their privileges,“
mention here, that the Saxons poſſeſſing yo the
the beft and moſt fruitful part of the 8
country, and having great privileges, are
hated and very much oppreſſed by the At preſent
Hungarians. And though the princes, be- 3 358
fore their acceſſion to the government, are *** 2

obliged to promiſe to maintain them in

the enjoyments of their privileges, yet
that promiſe 1s little minded. They com-
plain in particular very much of the prince
now reigning, George Ragoiſky, who op-
preſſes them more than any of his prede-
ceſſors, and makes uſe of all manner of

Pretences to ſeize on their houſes or farms;
forces them to forward, to lodge and to

defray all travellers, which none of the
other inhabitants of the country are ob-
liged to do. One of their ancient privi-
leges was, that none but a Saxon was al-
lowed to buy any houſe in their towns:
this they are now about to aboliſh, under
the pretext that, if an Hungarian ſhould

offer the value for a houſe to be fold, the

Saxon ſhould be obliged to let him have it,

or the ſeller ſnould forfeit his houſe, and

ſo much money beſides, as the buyer had
offered. This they ſay was reſolved by
the two ſtates, viz. the Nobilitas and Si- The fate:
culi, which, by reaſon of a majority of f Han
votes, ought to prevail, notwithſtanding?“ .

the third ſtate, viz. the Saxons who were

prejudiced by it, neither were preſent nor
conſented to it. Many other burthens are

laid upon them, ſo that in all likelihood

they will loſe their liberty in time, eſpe-
cially as they have but few men of under-
ſtanding among them, the reſt being all
people. As for the Hungarians,
they would willingly ſee the Saxons de-
ſtroy'd, though they have more reaſon to
protect and careſs them; for wherever
there appears any culture in Tranſylvania,
it is owing to the Saxons, the reſt being a
meer Barbary. e

Hermanſtadt

\

H.

gr

.

__

fadt.

ſtadt is the ſtrongeſt and has the braveſt
inhabitants, who may well be called the
protectors of the liberty of the Saxons, for
which they ſtand up boldly, though they
do it ſometimes too bluntly and ſer aſide
the proper methods to be obſerved. For
they once ſhut the gates upon their prince
who was juſt coming into their town, and
forced him to turn back; but they ſmarted
Cronſtadt for it afterwards, Cronſtadt is remarkable
borders on account of the ſituation, lying on the
1-1achia frontiers of Wallachia upon a ſpot of
ground, that looks as if it were a country
by itſelf, the land being low like the Pruſ-
ſian werders (marſhlands) ſeparated on all
ſides from the reſt by high mountains,
and in no part like the reſt of Tranſylva-
nia; it has alſo its particular name, viz.
Wurizland, containing thirteen large Sax-
on market-towns, that well may paſs for
good towns all belonging to Cronſtadt. It
is a fine fruitful country, but of no great-

er extent than what one may look all over,

there being neither woods nor hills to hin-
deer the ſight.
Hath 3 Called Bariza, in Latin, Burcia, Cronſtadt
great ſub. hath three great ſuburbs, one is inhabited
by Wallachians, the ſecond by Saxons, and
the third by Hungarians. Here I was ob-
liged to tarry three days for horſes 'and
other neceſſaries. During my ſtay here,
one of the princeſs's couriers arrived from
_ Conſtantinople, whom I could not get to
ſpeak with, for he avoided me for fear I
might queſtion him how it fared with the
prince of Tranſylivania's affairs at the Porte,
which however I ought to have been in-
formed of, as I was chiefly ſent upon their
account. But ſo ſuſpicious 1s that nation,
that they truſt no man, nor ſhew any con-
fidence or friendſhip, but where it 1s for

their own intereſt, _
23 April. The 23d of April I went in company
with prince Ragoi/tey'senvoy from Cronſtad!
over the Wallachian mountains into Wal.
9 5 lachia, and arrived the 26th at Targowiſb,
of Walla. the prince of Wallachia's reſidence ; we
chia's re- paſſed the mountains with great trouble,
fidence. on account of the ſnow, and the river
. - Dombvifza with great danger, there being
no bridges where we paſſed over, and as
it winds much betwixt the mountains, we
were obliged to croſs it very often; it is
ſoon filled up with water, according as the
ſnow upon the mountains melts faſter or
ſlower, ſo that at one hour it is eaſy to get
over, but at another it overflows all its
banks: for in the morning when firſt we
paſſed over it, it was not very deep, but
before eight a clock that ſame morning,
the horſes and waggons did almoſt ſwim,
and one of the Hungarian envoy's ſervants

Ver. Vo

to Conſtantinople.

Herman: Hermanſtadt within the walls is the great-
eſt and beſt built town of the Saxons. Cron-

A river runs through it,

677

with his horſe narrowly eſcaped being Rotaus.
drowned. We uſed hands and cet to = Sad

over as well as we could, and let the wag-

gons go at a venture: before night it was

ſo high, that no body could paſs that way

after us for a fortnight. _ 3
A good diſtance from Targowiſh the Reception

prince ſent me his coach with ſix fine before the

Turkiſh horſes, two hundred noblemen on ©?

horſeback, all finely equipp'd, and about

thirty companies of horſe, all which made

a ſhew like a little army. The prince him-

ſelf was preſent incognito, till his marſhal

and ſecretary had bid me welcome, the ſe-

cretary complimenting me in Latin. Here

we ſaw the fineſt Turkiſþ horſes, the offi- FineTurk-

cers dreſſed different ways, ſome in coats J here

of mail, others in panther, leopard and

whole tiger ſkins, others with ſpotted

wings like thoſe of eagles; their muſick

were pipes and kettle- drums, for neither

the Hungarians, Wallachians, nor Turks

know how to uſe trumpets, and in this

manner I was conducted to my lodging;

The day following I had audience of the Audience

prince, which was done with a pomp ſuit- of the
able to your majeſty's dignity, and the PIE
prince's reſpect for you. At the audience
was a great number of people, moſt no-
blemen, ſome dreſſed in ſable and other

rich furs; among others was alſo their
archbiſhop preſent. The audience- room

was hung with damaſk, and had glaſs
windows; all other chambers where I paſ-

ſed through, about eight or nine, were

not hung, and had but paper windows.
The prince met me in the middle of the
room ; after I had in a proper compli-

ment aſſured him of your majeſty's affec-
tion, he conducted me towards two chairs,

on one of which he ſet himſelf down, and I

fat in the other. But after a little diſcourſe
and enquiry after your majeſty's health, 1
went with him, according to his deſire, into
his apartment, where I ſtay'd about two
hours, and having on his requeſt given him
an account of the ſtate of affairs in Poland,
he not only ſeemed pleaſed but even ſur-
priſed at it. He afterwards hung about
me a Caſtan of gold brocade, which I re-
fuſing to accept of, he ſaid it was the
cuſtom of the country, and the greateſt
mark of benevolence, which obliged me
to take it; after this I went in the ſame
proceflion to my lodging again 1n his
coach drawn by ſix Turkiſþ horſes, that
were much finer than thoſe the day be-
fore.

The next day I was for proceeding in
my journey, but was detained by the
prince who invited me to dinner, that was Dinner in
to be in his orchard. Coming in his coach the or-
to the gate of the orchard, five marſhals chard.
met me with ſilver ſtaves in their hands,
8 K and

678

RoLams.

A Relatian of a Journey

and the prince himſelf met me in the door

WWW of his ſummerhouſe, where the table was

laid. Before the ſummerhouſe ſtood his

miniſters and courtiers with ſome companies

F%

of German ſoldiers. As ſoon as I was en-
ter'd, he conducted me to the table, where
he and J ſar upon two raiſed chairs; the

_ *envoy of Tranſylvania ſat upon an ordinary

Drinkin
healths.

other Turkiſh inſtruments. Upon drink-

mediately after that of Cmelnici) two cuſhi-

bench. Upon the table ſtood only four

filver diſhes, -but the covers were of iron.

After we: had fat and diſcourſed a little
while, the ſecond courſe was brought in,
then thoſe of my retinue, that uſed to

dine at my own table, and the prince's

miniſters ſat down alſo, Firſt there were

always four or ſix filver diſhes brought in;
the prince and I were ſerv'd in plate, but
the others in pewter. The victuals were

well dreſs'd, and of a good taſte, and

changed continually from the beginning
S to the end of the dinner. alths
went round, that of the grand ſignor was

When the healths

drunk firſt, the prince having firſt made
ſome excuſe for ſo doing, your majeſty's'
health came next, which the prince drank

twice, whereas he had drunk that of the
grand ſignor but once; after theſe came
the health of prince Ragoiſty of Cmelnici,
and the prince of Moldavia. At every
health there was muſick of harps, violins,

pipes, drums, kettle-drums, and ſeveral
ing the prince's health (which I began im-

ons were laid upon the floor where the
prince fat ; for his miniſters, who roſe from

the table, went thither two by two, kneel-

ing down upon the cuſhions; and after
having drank, kiſs'd the prince's hands,
wiſhing him proſperity, and then took

their places again. Before dinner was half

over, two great bears were laid before the

door of the ſummerhouſe, which had been

Taking
leave of
theprince.

4 © ©

he himſelf made a preſent of a handful of
aſpers. Near the ſummerhouſe was pitch'd
a tent to retire to upon occaſion 3 and ſe-

cretary Klingen once riſing up, he was re-
ceived by two marſhals with their ſilver

ſtaffs, who conducted him to the'tent with
great ceremony, and ſtayed before the
door till he came out again ; then one pre-
ſented him a baſon with water ; and after
he had waſhed himſelf, the marſhals con-
ducted him again into the ſummerhouſe.
The dinner continued from half an hour
paſt ten, till ſeven o' clock at night, when
I took my leave of the prince who ſhewed
me no leſs civility on this occaſion than at
dinner, embracing and kifling me twice ;
after which J went in his coach to my lodg-
ing again, conducted by all his courtiers
and muſicians. At dinner he often expreſ-
ſed his devotion and veneration for your

majeſty's perſon and great actions, wiſn-

ing that Wallachia was as near Sweden as
e Ne not doubting but his ſtate
would then be better; wiſhing your ma-

jeſty would allow him to levy 500 Swediſh

ſoldiers for his own money.

The nexr'

morning he ſent me by his maſter of the

horſe a very fine pacer, and ſome compa-

nies of horſe to conduct me part of my

way; where, whenever I came to a town, I

always met ſome companies of horſe, who
received and conducted me.

Wallachia is, by reaſon of its ſituation;
and goodneſs of the ground; to be count-
ed one of the beſt provinces in Europe.
The ſoil is extraordinary fruitful, ſo that

the inhabitants need not give themſelves.

much trouble. in plowing it; for if they
only cover the wheat with the:ground, it
bears plentifully. The beſt of the land

lies uncultivated,' and, is quite unpeopled;

the inhabitants living all along the moun-

tains, in order to be protected by the moun-

tain guards, againſt the invaſions of the

Tartars and Turks. The middle of the

country 1s all champaign, and notthe leaſt
hill to be found; and as the Jand lies un-
cultivated, it produces numbers of oak

foreſts, that ſtand here and there like little

iſlands in a ſea. Along the Daxnbe is the
moſt culture, and paſture every where
enough; ſufficient fiſhing ; plenty of Wine;
honey, wax and ſalt; as alſo veins of gold
and filver ; but none dare ſearch them, for
fear of making the Turks long after it;
out of the earth runs alſo pitch; there is
as much game and wild fowl as one's heart
could defire. The prince may yearly raiſe
in Fallachia 6 or 700,000 rixdollars or-

ordinary taxes on the inhabitants, unleſs

by their good will; in which particular

the Wallacbians are freer than the Molda-
vians, whom their prince may tax- as he

dinary revenue; but he cannot lay extra- yearly re-

pleaſeth, A traveller finds no convenience

there; for along the road, there is not a

village to be ſeen in ſome days travelling.

except every two miles a hut covered with -
ſtraw, where he finds a barril of wine, of -
which he may have for his money what ge

deſires, but proviſions - he muſt bring

along with him. The inhabitants in the Temper
country, eſpecially the nobility,” are hand- of the in-

ſome, civil and friendly, but of: no great
courage; they are inconſtant and ſeditious
with regard to their princes: © Matthias
Woywoda that had governed them forty
years peaceably, and defended- them with
great bravery againſt invaſions of Turks,
Moldavians, Coſacks and Tartars, felt
their treachery in his old age, which he

had great difficulty to overcome. The
reſent prince Conſtantin Sorban, by the
help of the prince of Tranſylvania, —

Sed
app
; by t
jen
pri
Wallachia
one of the
fineſt 18
countries -
in Europe,
Ou
Ch
FUL
Tu
1 1
Au
of
YI. ha}
, = I Sil
«E; a 5
Beſt culti-
vated a- =
long the . |
Danube. 4 as
The
prince's
Venue.
habitants.
Th
wh
con
mer
nod
heac

appealed
by the pre-
jent
prince.

to Conſtantinople: 56559

Sedition ed their ſedition, and - eſtabliſhed himſelf

in the government. Juſt before my arri-
val, he had defeated before the town of

Targowiſh 300 mutineers of his own horſe,

whoſe heads I ſaw upon ſtakes round the

city. The prince is obliged conſtantly to

keep ſoldiers upon the Tarkiſp frontiers, to

hinder their invaſions, from which he is
not ſecure, notwithſtanding he pays a great
contribution to the grand ſignor, viz, 300
purſes, amounting to 150,000 Rixdollars ;
for which reaſon he had a garriſon in Piſe
of 2600 men, in Breila 6000, and in Va-

diivai 4000, to guard the frontiers.
28 April. :

The 28th of April, I came to the Danube,
over againſt a town call'd Siliſtria Dreſtor
or Siliſtra, where the ſaid river ſeparates

MWallachia from Turky. J croſſed it in

Out of
Chriſten-
dom into

Tur xy.

1 May.
Audience
of the
baſſa of
Siliſtria.

ferry boats, and ſo ſet my foot out of
Chriſtendom into Turky ; I was there lodg'd
in & little dirty houſe (there being no bet-
ter) in which lived Grecians. I was con-
veyed to the river fide by four companies
of the prince's Huſſars with flying colours.
The following day I was fetch*d to the au-
dience of the baſſa of Silitria, who re-
ſides in this city, and 1s one of the ſeven
vizirs, named Melech Achmet baſſa, he is

called Melech, i. e. Angel, by reaſon of his

fine ſhape; his wife is daughter of Sultan

Ceremo-
nies.

Murat, uncle of the emperor now reign-
ing. - Being come to his Seraglio, the chi-

aus that conducted me ſtopped, and pre-
tended I ſhould alight. from my horſe be-

fore the gate; but as I thought this dero-
gatory from your majeſty's honour, I rode
directly into the court up to the ſtairs,

where two Capuci Baſh, i. e. chief door-

keepers with ſilver ſtaves met me, and con-
ducted me through a large antichamber to
the door of the audience room, where 1

was deſired to take off my ſword, which 1

refuſed; the baſſa ſending three times to

inſiſt upon it; 1 anſwered at laſt; that I

was reſolved not to part with it; had 1
been told of it in my lodging beforehand,
perhaps I might have complied with his
demand ; but to make me take it off. be-
fore his door, was neither civil, nor con-

ſiſtent with. the dignity - of your ma-

jeſty my gracious king; beſides, I was not

The
whole
compli-
ment, a
nod of the
head,

ſent to him, but to the Tuyrkih emperor ;
and if he would not admit me in a manner
agreeable. to the honour of my maſter, I
had no buſineſs with him. When he heard
this, I was at laſt conducted into the au-
dience room, which was ſpread over with
fine carpets, and near the walls were laid
cuſhions; in the middle ſtood two chairs
oppoſite to one another; upon one of
which I fat down, then the haſſa came out
of his apartment, and after his ſalutation,
which was but a nod of the head, we ſat
down each upon his chair. His expreſſion
2

and behaviour were at firſt pretty rough; Ror aun.
but ſeeing that I made no account of it

but returned proper anſwers to all his ob-

jections, he began to ſoften z and turning
about to an emir of Mahomet's relations,
who fat a little from him, ſaid in Turkiſh,

No wonder we hear the Swedes ſo much His ſaying
talked of for ſoldiers, look upon this young of the
man here, how boldly he ſpeaks ; after- $4:
wards he began to be good humour'd with
me, and asked, why I did not let my beard
grow? ſent for coffee, and ſhewed me

how I muſt drink it without burning my-

ſelf, and invited me to comè the next day

to dine with him before my ſetting out;
afterward he hung a caftan of gold bro-

cade about me, which with them is rec-
koned a particular honour; ſo I took my
leave, and went to my lodging again,
where I was ſoon after complimented by

his muſicians, capuiſis, pages, cooks, 6c.

to whom I was obliged to give money for

their coffee; as they call itt.

The next day he ſent for me to dinner, 2 May.
which paſſed in the following manner. Dinner
The baſſa himſelf with the effendi of Ma- vi the
homet's family, fat upon the floor, each fri
in a ſeparate corner of the hall; in the
middle upon the floor ſtood four low ſquare

ſtools, one in the middle that was white,
and the three others round it. When 1
came in, I was conducted to the ſaid

ſtools to ſit down, and the white ſtool be-

ing the ſame upon which I had ſat at the
audience the day before, I was going te
ſit down upon it again; but it ſtandin
in the middle, I had ſome doubt or other
about it, and pitched upon one of the
other three; accordingly it appear'd after-
wards, that the white one was deſign'd fot
a table. Being ſet down, che baſſs came
and placed himſelf upon the other ſtool,
upon the third ſat the envoy of Yanſylvania,
the forementioned effendi ſat by the aa
upon the floor, another aga alſo upon the
floor at his other ſide; after this came the
buttler to lay the cloth, he laid over our
knees a linnen towel of divers colours,
long enough to reach round; he next laid
a round cloth with coloured flowers upon
the ſtool that ſtood in the middle, and
ſerved for a table, which alſo covered all
our knees; behind each perſon was a Turk
upon his knees, holding the cloth faſt on

both ſides with both hands, then the but-

tler laid bread round upon the table, which

was thin, oval, and baked in hot aſhes

(for they have no ovens in thoſe parts, but How the
towards the time when they are going to bread is
eat, they prepare a dough, of which they bak'd.
make a cake, and ſer upon the hearth in

the chimney, that is ſwept clean, and then
throw a great heap of embers upon it, and

ſo che bread is baked, but how wholſome

.

— —— ——— —— rTP

680

RoLams. it muſt be, is eaſy to preſume.) He then
nd ͤ upon the ſame cloth before each of

table, a
baſon, into which he flung for every one

us a handful of wooden ſpoons, great and

ſmall ; I for my part got ſix, afterwards
he ſet _ the ſtool, that ſerved for a
arge flat pewter diſh, like a waſh

three green graſſes of a bitter taſte; but
as they pretended wholſome for the ſto-
mach, and by it a little China diſh with
pickles; this done, they placed in the

middle of this table a diſh of roaſted meat,

call'd cabab, of which every one ſnatch'd
a bit with his fingers; but the baſſa flung
a piece for me upon the border of this
large pewter diſh, (for they uſe no other
plates) and lent me his knife. After
having eat between us two or three bits
of this diſh, ir was taken away, and

another put in its place, and ſo they con-

tinued till there had been ſerved up about
forty diſhes, ſome of which were well

_ taſted ; but there were divers ſorts of frit-
ters and puddings, dreſſed with honey, not
very pleaſant to eat. When rice, boil'd

Rice the
beſt victu-

als with

the Turks.

_ towel ; thereupon we drank coffee, after

with broth and melted fat was ſerved up,
there was at the ſame time ſet before every
one a porringer with milk, which they
mixed with the rice, and ſo eat it toge-
ther; this diſh they call pilou, and is by
them reckoned one of the beſt, rice being
the beſt victuals among the Turks. The
deſert conſiſted of preſerved fruit. After
dinner there was brought water and a

that we waſhed our hands and face with
roſe water; at laſt there was hung a piece

of red ſilk over every one's head, and our

Leave of

the 54a.

faces were ſmoak' d with all ſorts of frank-
incenſe, and ſo dinner was done. Thoſe

of my retinue dined upon the floor, fitting

in a circle. After a ſhort diſcourſe with
the baſſa, I took my leave of him, and
immediately purſued my journey; but

about two muſket ſhot from the city, I

had the misfortune to be overturn'd, and
to bruiſe my left leg and foot ſo much,
that for three weeks I could not ſtir any
further than I was carried. However, I

continued my journey in this troubleſome

condition, there being no where any con-

veniency for ſtopping a few days, the coun-

try being utterly impoveriſh'd by the
marches of the Turks; we came to many
places where we could not get the leaſt bit

to eat, and the greateſt trouble was to ap-

4 May.

Vetus By-
zautium.

peaſe the hungry ſtomachs of my peo-
ple. SE SN

A third day's journey from Siliſtria,
about a mile on the other ſide of a place
call'd Shumna, is a hill, upon which, as
the Turks ſay, Velus Byſantium ſtood for-

merly, the Pontus Euxinus reaching then

up to it, though it is now many miles diſ-
4

A Relation of a Journey

tant from that place, neither is there any
other water, but a large. valley of flat

fields of a long extent. It is true indeed,

that upon the mountain there are ruins of Ruins
old walls to be ſeen, with great iron rings upon the
walled in, on which they believe ſhips and mountain.

boats were faſtned in former times. There
may have ſtood of old a city, but that
it was Byzantium, and that the Pontus Eux-
inus came up to it, is like other fables told
by the Turks.

The fourth day I paſs'd the mountain 5 May.
Hæmus, by the inhabitants call'd Noak, The _
from a great robber Noak Bela, who once 2 |
lived upon this mountain, as they ſay, called No

and did great damage to the Turks; on ak.

the place where his caſtle ſtood, lives now
conſtantly a Turk, who beats the drum,
ſings a ſong of the foreſaid Noak, and

ſhews the rudera of his caſtle to travellers,

who uſe to give him a few aſpers. It is
one day's journey to paſs over thefe moun-

tains, they are ſteep, high, and the road
is bad and dangerous, by reaſon of rob

bers, of whom ten in number appear'd

to us, yet durſt not attack us, but fled

into the wood; the Turkiſh chiaus | had

with me ſhot at them, but miſſed. Theſe

mountains ſeparate Bulgaria Minor from
Major, and go from Pontus Euxinus to

Macedonia, all of an even height; there they

divide themſelves, and as it were, incom-

paſs with two arms Macedonia and Greece.

Being paſs'd theſe mountains, we had for
the greater part even and flat fields through
all Bulgaria, an admirable country, like

an orchard ; aſparagus, collyflowers, tu-

lips, and other fine herbs and flowers grow

in the fields: wild tortoiſes were lying on
the road, thirty or forty in a heap. Be-
tween this and Conſtantinople we had only Two
two troubleſome foreſts, one call'd Faky, trouble-
one day's journey long, at the end of which ſome fo-
runs a water that ſeparates Bulgaria Major
from Romania; the other foreſt is call'd De-

bletikoak, i. e. Dives Sylva, likewiſe one day's
Journey long, and two days journey from
Conſtantinople. In both theſe foreſts rob-
bers uſe to lurk, who march with flying
colours, foot and horſe ; two days before
my arrival, a company of thirty Turkiſh

travellers had been attacked by ſome rob-

bers from the latter foreſt, who kill'd
twelve of them, the reſt narrowly eſcap-
ing, who met us, and told us the ill ſuc-
ceſs of their journey; thoſe that were
wounded: lay in channas or inns in a city
call'd Sarai, where we lodg'd at night;
the following day we paſsd this foreſt
without any danger, being convoyed by
Turks. CE ing
Being now come ſo near Conſtantinople,
I ſent an expreſs into' the city, and by the
Hungarian miniſters reſiding there, ac-
gquainted

&
a
"$97
1775
.
2
1
25
6
TN
5
1 *
929
9
3
bo
I
x
i4
a
*
8

681

tween the miniſters of thoſe two crowns, Rotaus.
who being in fo ſtrict an alliance with his
Swediſh majeſty, and all three being inti- |

mate friends of the Ottoman Porte, he had

no reaſon to miſtruſt them, they having

not the leaſt thought of any thing diſad-

to Conſtantinople.

quainted the grand vizir of my coming; I
alſo wrote to the embaſſador of France for
neceſſary information concerning ſeveral
matters; mean time I ſtayed in a town

Kutziu- call'd Kutziukcek Meſe, three hours jour-
Keek three ney from Conſtantinople, where the mini-

hours ters of Tranſylvania came to me, with vantagious to the Ottoman Porte; which
BREE wh ſulted ab fatisfy*d hi | eſiden
from Con- Whom I conſulted about my entry, fatisfy'd him. After dinner, the reſident
| fanti- which was performed in the following of the emperor ſent ſome perſons with his
nople. manner. GE compliments; but a ſpabi that was order'd
14 May. The 14h of May, at fix o' clock in the to be my door-keeper, would not let them

morning, I ſet out from the above men-

tioned Katziukcek Meſe. About half way
between this and the city, I met the am-
Entry in- baſſadors of Tranſylvania, that brought a

come in, but ſent them away unknown to
me. Immediately after, others came from
the reſident of Holland on the like errand,
who would have been ſent away likewiſe,

to bid me welcome; and the ſecretary
entring with me into a long converſation,
my chiaus grew uneaſy at it, faying, it
was contrary to cuſtom to converſe with
the foreign miniſters, before I had audi-
ence of the vizir. I excuſed it in the beſt
manner I was able, ſlaying, That among

the miniſters of the Chriſtian powers the

cuſtom was ſo, and to neglect it would be

look'd on as an incivility : beſides, on ſuch

occaſions nothing material was treated of,

but all conſiſted in compliments, nor could

he take amiſs any thing that paſſed be-
Vol. V.

to Con- horſe for me with very fine trappings: had I not prevented it. The next day I ſent 16 May
Hani. but being not able, on account of my foot, meſſages to return my compliments to the The com-
ape to mount a horſe, it was led before my foreſaid miniſters, and excuſed myſelf to that nome"
coach in which I went; my Hungarian of the emperor, that his people were not ;
commiſſary, with two of his ſervants, admitted, and he afterwards ſent to me
went alſo before. At the uſual place, with better ſucceſs. It is the cuſtom in
that is a good way from the city, I was Conſtantinople, contrary to what is obſerved
received in the name of the Turkiſh empe- in chriſtian countries, that the miniſters
ror, by a Turkiſh aga or officer called Ali who reſide there, fend firſt ro him that
Aga, who had with him 24 chiauſes on arrives; they give the title of illuſtrious,
4 horſeback, and conducted me into the city even to the reſidents; and in viſiting treat
by to my lodging in a proceſſion, according one another with ſweetmeats and wine.
70 to the cuſtom there, viz. Firſt of all went However, they converſe but little roge-
the 24 chiauſes, after them Ali Aga by ther, and live retired, notwithſtanding
himſelf, then the miniſters of Tranſylva- their principals are in friendſhip.
nia and their retinue; next, the horſe The 17˙h of Ma) J had audience of the 1 a,
deſign'd for me was led by two grooms of great vizir Copryli Mehemet baſſa, which Audience
the ſtable; I followed in a coach drawn by reaſon of the indiſpoſition of my foot, of the vi-
by fix horſes, which the reſident of Tran- I fain would have defer'd ſome days; but *
ſylvania had lent me; after the coach fol- the vizir inſiſt ing upon it, notwithſtanding
low'd fix of my retinue on horſeback, and it was Ybit/anday, I was allowed no farther
at laſt my baggage waggon drawn by excuſes. Beſides that, the envoy of Tran-
four horſes. My lodging was order'd by /y!vania deſired me to make a begin-
The lodg- the vizir, in which two rooms were fur- ning, and enter upon buſineſs for fear of
ing order- niſh'd after the Turkiſh faſhion, with car- the vizir, who was a rigorous man, might
ed by the pets upon the floor, and cuſhions of many make him ſufferfor it. I went in the morn-
vir. colours next to the walls; the others were ing half an hour paſt ſeven on horſeback
expreſly furniſhed with tables and banks, from my lodging to the Strand, where I went
otherwiſe not in uſe among the Turks. into a boat, and was rowed to the har-
15 May, I was no ſooner arrived in my lodg- bour next to the emperor's Seraglio, call'd
ing, when ſome of the French embaſſa- Baſs Capi; there I mounted a horſe again,
Welcom- dor's ſervants came, whom he had ſent to which Ihad borrow'd of the reſident of Tan-
ed by the meet me out of town; but they having /yſvania, and went to the vizir's houſe, that
foreign taken the wrong way, had miſſed of me. lay a good way from the water. Firſt rid procegi-
miniſters 8 | : . |
at Con/tan- As ſoon as they were gone, the ſecretary my cbiaus by himſelf, he was followed by on.
tinople. and ſervants of the Engliſb embaſſador came half of my retinue on foot two and two, af-

ter that my janizaries in their dreſs, viz. a
high cap of elk ſkin, trim'd with a gold
lace a hand broad, and in the forepart a
ſcutcheon of ſilver gilt, half a yard high,
in the hand a great cane with an ivory

head; after the janizaries went my inter-
preter, I on dert Bock came next, and be-
hind me the reſt of my retinue. Being
come to the ſtairs of his houſe, I alighted
from my horſe, and was as good as carried
into a room that was hung, where I waited a
little till L was call'd into the vizir's room;
for they never allow any perſon to go di-

8 J. rectly

682

the tranſactions of laſt

A Relatian of a Tourney

;
.
"A
iD.
5
wo,
"En >
N
bio.
HG
3
*
3
n
5
„
VE
.
2 9 *W
1 5
LY
25 Ke
6 4 J
N —
J
8 o
©
ys
8
20 x -
We.
2 4
- Th *
2 1
.
$2 3
DS
Ns 1
= x
* N
E
Xe -
* of
1
y 24
5
£
CEN
1
q x

Ror ui. rectly in to them, but let them firſt wait year, how the
Va while; it even is a great honour to be ſtates of Poland ſurrendred themſelves,
brought into a ſeparate apartment, moſt how they renounced Caſimir, and how at
people being obliged to wait in the anti- the pope's inſtigation the Poles had broke
chamber or hall. their oath and promiſes. Your majeſty
The vi- In the audience room there were two therefore was now about purſuing and pu- :
zir's au- chairs placed, a little ſquare one for the niſhing thoſe rebels, and bringing them f
a vizir, and an arm chair of red velvet for to reaſon. I farther acquainted him, how 1
mie. I was introduced by chiaus Paſji, and through the pope's intrigues the Poles had 1
immediately after I had entered the room, made an alliance with the Czar of Rilſſia, i
the vizir came alſo out of his chamber; and conſented to have his fon for their 1
we fat down each upon his chair over king. To this he anſwered in great paſ- :
againſt one another; the vizir began firſt ſion, this the Poles will never conſent to; a
to ſpeak to my interpreter, asking how I he ſaid ſeveral other things on that ſub- f 1
came by that accident on my foot, with ject; too long to be related here. As for : a
ſome expreſſions of compaſſion; then I the reſt he uſed me with great civility in F
made him a compliment in your maje- his diſcourſe, in receiving and diſmiſ- ®
ſty's name, delivering him your letter, fing me; fo that all who were preſent 1
which he received with great veneration, could not but expreſs their great ſurprize, =
and gave it to the chancellor, by them as being quite contrary to his cuſtom, T
call'd reis effendi. After this I ſpoke which is to give every body ſurly and © 1
concerning my commiſſion in general, ſhort anſwers. After the conference, he =
referring myſelf to a memorial I had with hung a coat upon me, and gave allo to ;
me, containing the particulars, together each of my people one ; fo we went away 5
with the proper arguments drawn up in like mals prieſts, keeping the coats on till 3
Turkiſh, which I delivered at the ſame we got on horſeback, then I took off * |
time with a tranſlation of the letter. The mine. When I was got out of the outer
reaſon why I delivered it in writing, was, gate of the vizir's ſeraglio into the ſtreet, 1
1. Becauſe the interpreters do not exactly my chiaus, and another of the vizir's ſer- 3
keep to one's words, but either uſe other vants, that begg'd ſome money, coming 1
expreſſions, or add ſomething of their too near my horſe, he kicked twice, and 5
own, which in a matter of ſuch moment threw both their horſes with the riders to ” 2
might eaſily have done prejudice. 2. The the ground, their white turbans rolling 5 2
Turksare much wandering in their thoughts, along the ſtreet; my chiaus that was an ; "i
ſo that they do not take things ſo well old and an heavy man, fell upon the other = cl
only from diſcourſe. 3. They have no Turk, and as it happen'd, received no ” Þ
patience to hear a long ſpeaker, but one harm, but the other was ſo bruiſed, that 3
muſt make few words in ſpeaking with the blood guſhed out of his noſe and ears, 3
them. 4. Foreign miniſters have their and the next day he died. This at firſt *
{pies at publick audiences. 5. It is cuſ- occaſioned laughter, but afterwards it was L
tomary with them to do buſineſs in writ- look*d upon as ominous, that a Swediſh +
ing; for even the vizir himſelf, when he horſe at one ſtroke had thrown down two 1
is with the emperor, tranſacts all in writ- Tyrks, this nation being very ſuperſtitious. 5
ing, and talks but ſeldom with him. Af- Beſides, they have a particular ſuſpicion =
ter having delivered the writings, the vizir againſt the Sediſb nation, it being writ in 4 |
The 21. began to ask, 1. How your majeſty did? their prophecies, that their empire ſhall A prophe- n |
zir's di- 2, Where you were? 3. How ſtrong Ra- be deſtroy'd by a northern nation, of which fe e, | _ M
rot queſ- gotzky was? 4. About the deſign and in- I ſhall make farther mention hereafter. ge ” *
ons. tention of your majeſty's conjunction with The 19th of May being the third feſtival ing a cer- ©} Ry
him. 5. What towns and fortreſſes your of Fhit/untide, J had audience of the empe- tain nor. |
majeſty had in poſſeſſion in Poland. To ror Sultan Mebemet, which was performed _ "
all which J returned proper anſwers. Af- as follows. In the morning about three 10 May. ;
terwards he aſked, whether your majeſty o' clock, I went from my lodging by wa- Audience Tz 3
had defeated the enemy ſince that conjuncti- ter to the abovementioned harbour, near of the em- i 5
Anſwers on? I thereupon firſt mentioned in a few the ſeraglio, where my horſe ſtood ready, Peer. "0 for
to them. words the chief encounters that had paſ- which I mounted, and rid to the empe- _ E 1 em
ſed before; but that after the conjunction, ror's ſeraglio in the following proceſſion. 5 2
whilit 1 was there, no deciſive action had 1. Rode chianſes. 2. The refident of Tran- Proceſi : wo
happened, king Caſimir not having a ſuf- Hlvania, and a ſecretary of Tranſylvania, on. 5

ficient army for offering battel; he replied,

Why did not your majeſty march your

army back again into your own country,

ſince they were not able to reſiſt you?

Upon which I gave him an account of
4

Jacobus Hanzani. 3. The envoy of Van—

fylvania, Tordai Ferens alone, he had de-
fired his own audience might be put off,
in expectation of this opportunity, when
he knew he would be treated with greater

| -honour,

—— aa dels

xo * „ as. 7

Ln da 4 * 6x © Re ISI oo;

DE TTY _—
F
Yay at.) *

ener
r

Ears. A
SOT?

Ds SI.

*

Y EE
A Y
1 a Sn . 9

to Conſtantinople. "BBY

honour, than if he had had audience by
himſelf. 4. I rode by my ſelf. 5. Be-
hind me my retinue on foot, conſiſting of
about 40 perſons, many of the French em-
baſſador's people, and French merchants
attending among my retinue, partly at my
deſire, partly out of their own curioſity.
In this order I went through the firſt pa-

lace-yard of the ſeraglio to the ſecond gate,

The inner
court,

The Di-

Dan, Or

council
chamber.

where J alighted on a high bench of marble
made for that purpoſe, call'd Beckgitaſhi,
for none are permitted to ride into the in-
ner court; afterwards I went on foot in
the aforementioned order through this in-
ner court, which 1s four ſquare, and very
large, ſet with laurel, cypreſs, and other
trees, more like a park, there being a
great many red deer and harts in it. Along
all the four ſides are porches, or ſheds of
boards ſupported by marble pillars ; un-

der the porch on the right hand ſtood the
janizar aga with his officers, who had high

and large bunches of feathers upon their
heads, and were dreſs'd in gold brocade of
many colours; behind them ſtood the ja-
nixaries in four ranks, all along that fide
of the court; they were, as I gueſſed by
eye- ſight, about 10 or 1200, all well
dreſs'd, with furr caps upon their heads.
On the left hand ſtood a long row of chi-
auſes, with their high white iurbans upon
their heads ; in the middle of the laſt row,
in a large room, call'd Divan, which is
their council chamber, was the great vi⁊ir
fitting in the front, dreſs'd in a white ſattin
coat lin'd with ſable, ro whom I bow'd in
paſſing by; on the right hand in the front
towards the court, fat a row of about 60
or 70 baſſas, all dreſs'd in filver brocade,
and high white /urbans upon their heads;
I and the envoy of Tranſylvania were con-
ducted to the left hand ſide, where we and
our retinue ſat down. Immediately after,
a great heap of bags of money were laid

down before me, with which the empe-
ror's ſervants and troops were to be paid.

Money

not count-

ed but

weighed.

Audience
uſually

given to

foreign
embaſſa-
dors, when
the militia
is paid.

This money was not counted but weigh'd ;
neither is it uſual among the Tyrks in talk-
ing of money, to reckon by hundreds or

thouſands pieces in number, but by fo

many bags or purſes, each purſe contain-
ing 500 rixdollars; ſo if you hear 100
bags mention'd, there is 50000 rixdollars
meant by it; they always take care to

fix the audience of foreign embaſſadors,

upon a day when the forces are to be paid,
to make a ſhew of their grandeur. Betore
they began to diſtribute the money, the
teſterdar, i. e. treaſurer, came to ask my
name, which he took down in writing, it

beign cuſtomary to regiſter at whoſe au-

dience the pay was made. Then the grand
vizir wrote a note to the emperor, ac-
quainting him with my preſence, and de-

firing his orders about the audience; that Rota.
note was carried to the emperor by a capuci

baſſt, who had a ſilver ſtaff in his hand;

the emperor ſent his orders to the vizir like-

wiſe in a note, which the capuci baſſi carried

aloft in his right hand, and where he paſ-

ſed by, the people roſe up and made a
reſpective bow to the paper. After this,

I was deſired to come to dinner in the room Pinner in
where the vizir was, which paſs'd in the thevizir's
following manner. In the wvizir's place room.
(who abſented himſelf, becauſe he faſted)

ſar Zuſſuff baſſa, one of the ſeven wizirs ;

over againſt him ſtood a chair of red vel-

vet, upon which I fat down, and the en-

voy of Tranſylvania by me on my left ſide;

then came he that laid the cloth, ſetting

a {mall ſquare ſtool between us, and a flat

round filver diſh upon it, in the ſhape of

a large water baſon, which ſerved for a

table, upon which the cloth was laid. The

reſt of the manner of dining being like

that of the baſſa of Siliſtria, J ſhall refer

to it: There were in all five ſuch tables in

the room, one 1n the front, at which I ſat

with the mentioned vizzir, and one in each
corner; at that on the right hand ſat Ach-

met baſſa, alſo a vizir, by himſelf; at

the other on the left hand fat two judges

of Aſia and Europe, calPd Cadi les Kieri ;

out of which always one is taken to be

mufti: on the left ſide of the room Ni/an-

ſky Muſtafa baſſa dined with the reſident

and ſecretary of Tranſylvania, and two of

my retinue; on the right ſide of the room

ſar the high treaſurer, call'd 7zefterdar,

who is a baſſa, by him fat ſecretary lin-

gen, and another of my retinue; the reſt

of my people dined in another room.

There was ſuch a ſilence during dinner, With ſuct:
that not one word was ſpoke, nor the filence,
leaſt noiſe perceived; the attendants ſerv- that not 4
ing at table, going to and fro in very good ©. 7205
order and quietneſs. All that were pre. ken.
ſent ſat like images looking down before

them, becauſe the emperor himſelf was

upon the roof, and look'd through a glaſs

window upon us, wherefore none durſt

look up on pain of death. Only ſome

chiauſes run to the other tables, where they
had victuals given them, taking ſome in

diſhes, ſome in their hands, and ſome in

ſmall bags, which they carry about them,

to put up all ſort of eatables roaſted and
boiled, even ſoups, all together; for the

Turks look upon it as a ſign of grandeur,

when ſuch people come to beg ſomething

from their table. Dinner being over, and

the tables taken away, the grand vizir

came in again, and ſat down by me in the

place of 7ufſuff baſſa, who, upon the 3
other's approach, got out of the way, as on ſhewn
if he had been turned out of doors; ſuch to the

is the veneration they ſhew the grand vii. grand vi-

| He j «|

RoLams.

SV

The audi-
ence
room.

He ſpoke very friendly to me, inquired
how I was in health, afterwards he deſired
us to take our places again, and to pre-
pare for the audience. Thereupon I with-
drew, and being come to my former place
again, I, and thoſe I had with me, had
long coats of gold brocade hung about us,
according to cuſtom. The great vizzr,
and three other vizirs being gone into the
emperor firſt, I was ſoon after conducted
into his preſence. The room where he
uſes to give publick audience, call'd Di-
van Hane, is but little and dark, and you
go two ſteps down into it. The emperor

ſat upon a throne raiſed a yard from the

ground, which had four pillars, with cur-
tains above and below, round about;
within were laid long cuſhions, which

made it almoſt look like a French bed; the

pillars were covered over with gold; the
knobs ſet with diamonds, the cuſhions and

_ curtains embroidered with pearls ; the floor

The em-
peror's_
Character,

was ſpread over with red velvet, rich]

embroidered with gold, which we walked
upon. The emperor was eighteen years
of age, his face tawny and long, of a pu-
ſillanimous and ſtupid phyſiognomy, he
wore a white turban, with two black
plumes of hern feathers, one hanging down
on each ſide, and a ſilver brocade coat of
many colours; the grand vizir ſtood next

by him, and three other baſſas on the other

had been nailed to the wall.

The em-
peror
gives his
orders by
eunuchs
and mutes.

ſide, who ſtood fo immoveable, as if they

In the anti-
chamber ſtood Capi Aga an eunuch, who is

head of all the white eunuchs, and of

what men there are in the emperor's ſe-
raglio; likewiſe Kiſſar Aga a moor, and
an eunuch, who is head of all black eu-
nuchs, 200 in number, and of all women
in the ſeraglio. By theſe two ſtood alſo
ſome other white and black eunuchs and
mutes, who are much employed by the
Turkiſh emperor ; for by them he gives his
moſt conſiderable orders by ſigns, for two
reaſons, 1. That it may be kept ſecret.
2. Thar he may talk what he pleaſeth

without any notice. At the door of the

audience room ſtood two capuci baſſas in

gold brocade coats, who took me. under

again towards the door, by the wall; my

the arms, and ſo led me in before the em-

peror, to whom I made a bow; after
which I was brought ſome ſteps back
again, and there they left me; then they
rook the envoy of Tranſylvania, and
brought him in to the middle of the room,
where they puſhed him down upon all
fours; from thence they carried him back

retinue were brought in one after another

in the ſame maner, and ſome that did not

take care of themſelves, were paſh'd down
to the ground that they quaked ; for there
was a long row of them, and the cere-

4

A Relation of a Journey

mony was to be diſpatch'd in great hurry.
After me ſix of my ſervants had the fa-
vour to be admitted, who had alſo coats
given them.
baſſas lo warm, that the ſweat run down
their faces, partly from working, partly
from fear; for had they committed the
leaſt fault, they had been undone at the
leaſt wink from the emperor.

All this made the ſaid capuci

All being now quiet, I ſaluted the em- Compli-
peror in your majeſty's name in Latin, aſ- nent ©

ſur ing him of your friendſhip in as few
words as poſſible; but when I began to
talk of the ſubject of my embaſſy, the
vizir interrupted me, ſaying, he had ac-
quainted the emperor with it already,
which obliged me to ſtop there. I then
delivered his majeſty's letter, wrap'd up

the empe-

ror.

in blew gold brocade, which a capuci baſſi

took from my hands, and gave it to the

vizir, who laid it down by the emperor.

As ſoon as this was done, the capuci baſ-

ſas took me under my arms again and af-

ter having made a bow to the emperor,

conducted me out again, where I mounted
on horſeback, but was obliged to ſtay till
all the janizaries with their officers were
paſſed by, to march before me: after this

] went in the ſame proceſſion as before to

the harbour, where I ſtepr into a boat,
and returned to my lodgings. _

The next day after the emperor's au-
dience, I ſent to the mufti, to wait on him
with your majeſty's letter; but he return-
ed an excuſe, pretending, as he was but
lately come into his office, (for he had
indeed been in it but eight days) he would
inform himſelf about the affair, and af-
terward ſend me word. However, though
he was not altogether in the wrong ſo far,
for he was not only unexperienced, but

alſo of no great parts ; yet the main point

was, he knew I was not come ſtocked with

20 May.
No audi-
ence of
the mufti.

preſents ; and therefore the honour of re-

ceiving your majeſty's letter and compli-

ment was of no account with him; and
although I afterwards got him underhand
put in mind of it once or twice, yet I had

no notice of any audience; nor did I
think 1t neceſſary to force your majeſty's
letter upon him, he having no credit nor
authority, but living in a ſervile depen-
dence on the vizir, who had
in that office, with a deſign of eſtabliſhing
himſelf the better in his own: for when
the emperor deſigns to make away with
ſome vizir, or make any other conſider-

able change, he never fails to conſult the

mufii about it, who is the chief of their
lawyers, and whoſe opinion has great
weight with the emperor; and accordingly
theſe views of the vizir had the intended

Venetians, which the vizir commanded,
things

placed him

effect: for in the expedition againſt the

_
. e * SS s

to Conſtantinople. _

things looked at firſt with a bad aſpect for
the Turks, ſo that che emperor even was

twice reſolved to ſend him a cord, but the

21 May.
Meſſage
ſrom the
dDixir to
the Szwe-
diſh en-
voy.

mufti prevented that ſtorm both times by
his interceſſion,

The day following the vizir ſent to me
to ſalute me, to ask after my health, and
to bid me be of chear (their expreſſion is

ſafadaoln, i. e. be merry) the emperor

having declared himſelf favourably upon
your majeſty's defire, and reſolved to diſ-
patch me, before his departure to the
army, with all honour, and to your ma-
jeſty's ſatisfaction. I ſent him an anſwer

with a compliment, and as I found it

neceſſary to give him a true notion of the
affairs, and to clear up certain doubts he
had raiſed about ſome of the articles, which
J had delivered to him in writing; at the

ſame time, to get an opportunity of bring-

ing him to a firm reſolution with relation

to the Tartars, and to get favourable or-

ders to be returned for them by a courier
lately arrived from the cham of Crim,
who ſent notice by him, that he was rea-

dy with his forces, and only expected the

22 May.

Final au-
dience of

| the vi zir.

emperor's orders. I ſent my chiaus to
deſire leave to wait on him once more be-
fore my departure. He ſent me a civil
anſwer by the chiaus, appointing me for the

next day to Terſano, where we could talk

more at liberty, his houſe in town being
too much frequented, I went accordingly,
and notwithſtanding he was full of buſi-

neſs, he ſent every body away, and ad-

mitted me immediately. Being now ac-
quainted with their way, I forthwith,

without any previous diſcourſe, entered.

upon my buſineſs, and asked him, whe-

ther the Porte was reſolved to accept of the

offer of your majeſty's friendſhip upon
the terms propoſed? he anſwer'd very ci-
villy, with aſſurances of reciprocal good

offices; I then touched upon the three

_ friendſhip with Poland; and the Poles hav-

points of my commiſſion, as being

replied, That the Porte had long had
ing committed nothing contrary to it, it
would be wrong in the Porte, to abandon
that old friendſhip for the new one with
your majeſty, which was as yet to beeſta-

bliſhed, and to conſent, out of regard for

this new friend, that their ſubjects ſhould

Friendſhip help to diſtreſs their old friends. I there-
between upon remonſtrated to him, that the friend-

the Otto-

mas Porte

and king
Guſtavus
Adolphus,

ſhip offered by your majeſty was not new,
but had begun in the time of king Gu/ta-
vus Adolphus, was continued by queen
Chriſtina, with good offices done in favour

and queen of the Porte againſt the Roman emperor,

Chriſtina
to be re-
newed,

and was now confirmed by your majeſty 3

conſequently this was no new tranſaction,

Vol. V.

the
effects intended by that union, and deſired
to know what anſwer I had to expect? He

your majeſty was willing to ſtrengthen the
old union,for which the Porte ought to think

themſelves ſo much more obliged. Upon

this he anſwered, Valla (which is a great
oath with them, ſignifying as much as, ſo
help me God) all this is very reaſonable,

adding, that I might depend upon it, that
the Ottoman Porte would never be deficient +

in good offices and ſincerity towards you

majeſty, and would now particularly com-
ply with your majeſty's deſire as to the
three points propoſed ; he alſo promiſed
immediately to write to the cham, not to
aſſiſt the Polanders againſt your majeſty ;
and to enquire of him at the ſame time
whether he had not perhaps newly made
an alliance with Ruſſia, which if not done,

but a continuation and, ſequel of the old Rol Au u.
friendſhip, only with this difference, that

he would order him to fall upon the R/,

fians. I thereupon deſired an order to the
cham in writing, which he promiſed to
give me. In order to have full reſolution

upon every thing, I ſpoke concerning the Th

prince of Tranſylvania in particular; he prince of
Tranſyl-
vana's
concerns

fell into ſome paſſion, and asked, why your
majeſty had that affair ſo much at heart?

e

As I knew the reaſon why this conjuncti- recom-

on or alliance was ſuſpected to the Porte, mended.

I enlarged a little on the reaſons for it, re-
futing on the other hand with plain argu-
ments the pretended cauſes of their miſ-
truſting him, proteſting withal, that your
majeſty's intentions and deſigns were ſin-

cere towards the Porte, without having

the leaſt thoughts againſt their intereſt or
advantage.
that if thoſe were his majeſty's intentions,

the prince of Tyanſylvania ſhould not only

be forgiven, but even the grand ſignor's

own troops ſhould be at your majeſty's

ſervice, if deſir'd. He concluded with
this general promiſe, that your majeſty's
deſires ſhould be complied with in every
reſpect, and I ſhould be diſpatch'd-to my
ſatisfaction before his departure,

Two days after, being the 25 of May, 2

the vizir ſent me word by my chiaus, that

my recredential letters were drawing up,
that he had appointed the next Wedneſday, 27 May.

being the 27th, for my expedition, and

that I might keep myſelf in readineſs for

ir, he intending to ſet out the day after for
the camp, which was about a quarter of
a league from the city. However, the
appointed day being come, I was not cal-
led; wherefore I ſent my chiaus to the vi-

zir, to know the reaſon of this delay, and Remem-
bring the
vi ir on
his pro-
N miſe of
liſtria and Wallachia, that a ſolemn em- diſpatch-

baſſy from your majeſty was on the way ing me.
till its

to put him in mind of his promiſe, the
time of his departure being ſo near. His
anſwer was, that having learned from Si-

hither, my expedition was deferr'd
8 M

arrival.

He ſwore the ſame oath again,

5 May.

_ gaimaham.

686

RoLams. arrival. I was apprehenſive, that if the
Q ͤ vizir was once arrived at the Dardanels,
he would be ſo overloaded with other bu-
ſineſs, that theſe and ſuch like affairs might
be poſtponed to your majeſty's 8
beſides, that thoſe people are of an incon-
ſtant mind, and do not long ſtick to one
reſolution, but are rather apt to take con-
trary impreſſions ſuggeſted to them by ill
affected perſons. A miniſter was alſo daily
expected from Poland, who was not like
to promote your majeſty's intereſt; but
what I was moſt afraid of, was, leſt ſome
encounter, or any other accident concern-
ing Ragoikty might happen, that might
make the Tarks waver, to the prejudice of
your majeſty's intereſt, Theſe conſidera-

tions put me upon trying once more, whe-.

ther it was not poſſible to get a confirma-
tion of their reſolutions, at my taking
leave, before the vizir proceeded on, his
journey; for he was already in the camp,

3. June.

where he ſtay'd eight days: accordingly I

ſent to deſire another audience of him,

but he excuſed himſelf, pretending multi-
pPplicity of buſineſs, and that he had refer-
The cai- red my affair to the caimakam, (who is the

makan the vizir's deputy or lieutenant at Conſtanti-
viZir's ople, during the vizir's abſence, and go-
Deputy. verns the whole ſtate) who would ſatisfy
me in every thing. I therefore immedi-

ately deſir'd audience of the caimakam ; who
excuſing himſelf alſo, I inſiſted that I
might at leaſt ſend ſecretary Klingen to

him; but he anſwered he durſt not admit

any ſtranger, nor meddle with any buſineſs,

whilſt the vizir was ſo near, but that as

ſoon as he was gone he would give me no-

tice of it; he did ſo, and ſent for me pre-

$ Jure. ſently after the vizir's decamping. I told
Audience him in a few words, what the vizir and I
of the had agreed upon, and acquainted him
with your majeſty's progreſs in Poland,
ſince the conjunction with Ragofſey, of
which I had received advice a few days
before from Mr. Ney your majeſty's reſi-
dent at Vienna. He received me with all

civility, and anſwered, the vizir had ac-
quainted him with his reſolution, and all

ſhould be done to your majeſty's ſatisfacti-

on, but only my expedition was deferr'd
till the arrival of the other miniſter.

This was the ſituation your majeſty's

affairs committed to my care were brought

to before the vizir's departure; and as
there could nothing more be done, but to
wait for the promiſed expedition, I em-
ploy'd the reſt of my time in viſiting fo-
reign miniſters : for before this time, as
there was a great number of troops in the
city, the vizir had adviſed me to keep at
home, left I might receive ſome affront,
he not being able to prevent their inſo-
lence. This I alledged to the French and

A Relation of a Journey

often happens.

Engliſh embaſſadors, when I ſent ſecretary
Klingen to excuſe my delay in viſiting.

As for the emperor's miniſter Mr. Si- The en.
mon von Reninge, I expected the firſt viſit peror of
from him, he having but the character of .
reſident. Beſides, there being no great h at

the Otto-
confidence between our maſters, and he ,,,,

not ſeeming very deſirous to come to me, I Porte.

kept my viſit back allo, and remained with-

in the terms of thoſe compliments we had
exchanged by our ſervants at my arrival.

In other reſpects he is ſaid to be an ingenious

and diſcreet man, who has a good character
among thoſe that converſe with him, and

is well beloved at that court, ſince the
preſent vizir has a great regard for the

houſe of Auſtria; partly on account of Thel
the Venetian war, which as the Tyrks would or 8
willingly be rid of it with reputation, the in great
vixix thinks might eaſily be ended by the credit
Roman emperor's (whoſe authority he ima- wa the
gines to be the ſame in Chriſtendom, as his 5.
own is in the Tarkiſh empire) obliging the ©
Venetians to make peace with them on ſuch

terms as they ſhould propoſe ; or by per-
mitting their army to march through the
emperor's dominions into the Venetian ter-

ritories; prey alſo to prevent the Roman
de

emperor's undertaking any thing againſt

the Ottoman Porte, while that war laſts.

For theſe reaſons the houſe of Auſtria is

much careſs'd by the Porte; and their re-

ſident is ſure to effectuate what he will, by

the means of his interpreter Panejotti, who Panejotti
is a Greek by his religion, has learning, and interpre
is endowed with quick parts and good ter to the
ſenſe, above any other dragoman at this Rendent.
court, and is much truſted by the vizir;

ſo that what Panejotti ſays, almoſt paſſes

for an oracle; (for among theſe barbarians

and ignorant people, a ſlender tincture of
knowledge paſſes for the higheſt wiſdom)

for which reaſon he has penſions from

Tranſylvania, Wallachia and Moldavia, and

many other quarters, to ſupport their in-
tereſt, when conſulted by the Porte, which
But as he takes money
indifferently of them all; ſo he equally
impoſes upon them all. What makes his
credit ſtill greater, is, that the vizir im-
ploys him to tranſlate all Latin letters that
come to the Porte, there being no other
dragoinan that underſtands Latin.
The French embaſſador Mr. de la Hay, The
was about 80 years of age, and had been French.
20 years embaſſador; a capricious man, 2
who for a punctilio would ſet aſide all con-“
ſideration, even in matters of conſequence,
and was at that time u ill terms with
the vizir, who had bid my chiaus diſſuade
me from viſiting him. However, I would
not be wanting in what I owed him, and
went to pay him a viſit at the time he had
himſelf appointed, but he let me 15
within

HL Ee 47 nan oa ET ne min ay ver 20, een nioyoon on, hn #5 afifth oi HS EAI Bags ee Pen FS big 7 a as ck ein = oe Pak Ng eee 7 Ea ARS LES 5 It 8
K ß on St Pant, 4 HW" * 8 5 5 n e SOR

=
BR
2
5
Ws
*
*
*
1
*
Wert
1 8
1
55
JI” .
23
Xx
a4
x
0
It
£7
34
8
3
8
Ps
ho
1
2
+.
7 85
*
2
*
e
3
FS”
S
oe
£85
IK
Wt
FA
2
25
8
PERS
bo
gy,
th"
**
1
1 x
By
A
Ba
|. .
W
£5
1 3
e Y
*
Lot |
1
5
*
If
*
=
EY
*
&
8
©
*
ih
2
#5
2
12
33;
4.
A.
z
bl
*
7.
.
7
N
5
3
4
Ec
5
5
.
0
Fs
*
10
* N
5
ww
IS,
LPs
*
: 5
75
ARE
*
F
4
*
\
4s
"Es
Re
[4
A
&
*
£
267-7
Fn
2
8
'F
ws
8
f
.
7
ws
I
a ;4
ACN
#
vw
*
2
F.
p

1
£
be >
WH
WA
W
& *
7
N
bs
Ag.
i
LE
4 i 3
45]
3
Woe l
8
1 q *
8 0 5
5 br g
x.
*
L
ey 30 2
— wo 5
em. J
N *
E . 4 A
1:4,
© ui
tits J
A, A
* *
7 J
8 4
he
wut 9
+=
Cooks .
iS bB
Fg ?
7.4368
KAY'S
$ \ "0
PR
LY
F :
WET bY
Ty -
Is x
9
ben '
8
5 I
1 5
1
2 1
2
4 5
*
wh
og
n. ö

to Conſtantinople.

within his gate into his orchard, where I

was met by his ſecretary, who was to

make an excuſe, as if he was indiſpoſed ;

bur the truth was, he had taken amiſs my

viſiting the Engli/þ embaſſador before him;
though he had no reaſon for it; 1. Becauſe
the Engliſb embaſſador had viſited me firſt,
and he not. 2. There was the ſame good
underſtanding between your majeſty and
his maſter. 3. The Engliþ embaſſador
had invited me that day to dinner. 4. He
had the ſame morning been with the mufti

about your majeſty's affairs, and was to

bring me an anſwer; and as he was to go
next morning to the caimakam on the ſame
errand, he wanted my information, 5. Hav-
ing already heard of the French embaſſa-
dor's capricious temper, I had left him the
choice of his own time, either in the fore-
noon or in the afternoon, and he appointed
afternoon. But waving all this, as he did not
greatly affect your majeſty, or the common
cauſe, this occaſion ſnewed what was to be
expected from him. For altho' I had wrote
to him from Tranſylvania, and deſired him

to acquaint the Porte of my coming, and to
excuſe my bringing no preſents with me, he

had indeed done it but ſuperficially, having
only ſent his dragoman to the vixir; who be-
ing a proud and ſcornful man, was not a lit-

_ tle provoked at it. After my arrival,

when an aiack divan (that is, a general

council) had been held, concerning my

commiſſion, and the writing I had given
in, after the breaking up of which, the
vizir fat down and diſcourſed on that ſub-
ject ; among others, one call'd Sali paſſa
began to ſpeak of your majeſty and your
exploits, much in the ſame terms he had
heard me talk the day before, and turned
his diſcourſe to this concluſion, they ought
by all means to lay hold of this opportu-
nity ofembracing your majeſty's friendſhip.
Upon this M. 4 Borde the French embaſſa-
dor's oldeſt interpreter, who had been ſent
thither prepared, began to caution them,
ſaying, They ſhould be aware of the

Swedes; for it is a nation (theſe were his

His ex-
preſſion
concern-
ing the
Sꝛoediſb
nation.

expreſſions) who, if they can get a hole
big enough to put a finger into, they will

not give over, till they can follow with

their whole body; Poland they have
already brought under their yoke; if they
are allowed to keep it, they will ſoon long
for Moldavia and Wallachia alſo: and at
laſt extend their deſires even beyond the
Danube; you have better neighbours of
the Poles; conſequently it is more adviſ-
able for you to aſſiſt them in driving the
Szwedes out of Poland. I had delivered to
the vizir on the 15th of June a paper, in
which I mention'd the alliances and friend-

| ſhip that were ſubſiſting between his ma-

jeſty and France, Sc. The vizir having
:

embaſlador ſent his interpreter to the vizir,
to tell him for anſwer on his part, that
formerly there had indeed been an alliance
between Fraxce and Sweden, but that was
now at an end, and France had no further
concerns with Sweden. Nay, when I de-
ſir'd him to ſtir and ſpeak in behalf of the
common cauſe, he excuſed himſelf; ſome-
times he pretended it would ſound too
harſh, and look like threatning, to men-
tion that France and Sweden ſtood in fo
cloſe an union, that to comply with the
one, was obliging the other alſo; at other
times he was too tender to give umbrage to
the emperor's reſident. Both which ex-
cuſes were but ſhifts too eaſily ſeen through;

for on the other hand, he cultivated a

great intimacy with the emperor's reſident,

careſſed the internuncio of Poland exceed-

ingly ; and in ſhort, was indefatigable in
obſtructing your majeſty's affairs and the
common cauſe. As for the reſt, he kept
too much company with monks, and was
a * promoter of their intereſts, a man
of infinite intrigues, eſpecially in the afs
fairs with Venice, in which he had meddled
very much, and for which he was ſuſ-
pected and hated by the Tyrks, who inter-
cepted ſome of his letters to the Venetians,
and by that means were come to know what
ſums had been paid him by that republick.

The Engliſp embaſſador, lord Thomas The Eng-
Bendyſſe paid me the firſt viſit, on which % em-
occaſion, as well as before in his frequent bafldor.

meſſages to me, he aſſured me in many and
ſtrong expreſſions of his veneration and

good intentions towards your majeſty and
the common cauſe, offering himſelf moſt

readily to aſſiſt me in all that could be for

your majeſty's ſervice. Upon my arrival, he

had call'd all the Engliſb merchants at Con-

ſtantinople together, repreſenting to them
the great friendſhip that was between your
majeſty and the protector, and acquainted
them with the ſtrict orders he had from him
toeſpouſe his Swediſp majeſty's intereſt at this

court. Therefore, ſeeing your majeſty's_

envoy was now arriv'd, he exhorted them
to neglect no opportunity of giving to all
the Turks with whom they converſed, ſuch
impreſſions as might tend to your maje-
ſty*s advantage, and to the promoting of
the common cauſe. He himſelf at my
requeſt went in perſon to the catmakam,
the nufti, the huſtanci paſſi, and others of
his acquaintance, ſetting forth to them the
reaſons that were moſt conducive to the
ends propoſed. To ſum up all, he left
nothing untried to give rea] proofs of all
that can be deſired of an ally and friend;
and this not only in the beginning, but
alſo during all the time I was obliged to

5 continue

687

ſent to enquire concerning that matter Rol Au.
among the foreign miniſters, the French S WV

688 1 A Relation of 4 Journey

Rot.ams. continue at Conftantimple for your maje-
WYW y's ſervice ; he was otherwiſe a man of
great civility and good underſtanding, and
has moſt credit at the Ottoman Porte of

any of the foreign miniſters of this time,

both on account of the reſpect they bear

to his maſter, and for his own ſincerity.

The The Dutch miniſter Mr. Varner was firſt
7-10 re- appointed reſident by the Ottoman Porte,
dent. andafterwards confirmed by the States; a
Well verſ. man well verſed in the oriental languages,
ed in the bur fitter for a profeſſor, than for a pub-
cr lick miniſter; for his whole delight and
anguage buſineſs conſiſted in reading Rabin's, and
all ſorts of other oriental writings; for

which purpoſe he kept Hebrews, that at

certain hours of the day went to inſtruct

him; he himſelf had publiſhed a treatiſe

Author of Of coffee, its nature and uſe. This is a
a treatiſe kind of a pea that grows in Egypt, which
of coffee. the Turks. pound and boil in water, and
take it for pleaſure inſtead of brandy, ſip-

ping it through the lips boiling hot, per-

ſuading themſelves, that it conſumes ca-

tarrhs, and prevents the riſing of vapours

out of the ſtomach into the head. The

drinking of this coffee, and ſmoaking to-
Tobacco hacco (for though the uſe of tobacco is
forbidden forbidden on pain of death, yet it is uſed
on pain of , | 3 | | |
death. in Conſtantinople more than any where by
men as well as women, though ſecretly)
makes up all the paſtime among the Turks,
and is the only thing they treat one another

with; for which reaſon all people of diſ-

tinction have a particular room next their
own, built on purpoſe for it, where there
ſtands a jar of coffee continually boiling.
The Dutch reſident never having paid me
a vifit, the reſpect due to your majeſty,

did not allow me neither to ſee him; and

though I gave him all manner of reaſon

and opportunities to live confidently -toge-

ther, yet he kept himſelf retired, and

avoided all commerce with me, except

the compliment he ſent me at my arrival.
Whether he did this out of jealouſy againſt

the Swediſh nation, agreeably to the ſen-

timents of his maſters, or to pleaſe the
emperor's and the French miniſters, - with

whom he had a very good underſtanding, 1s

what | donot know. Beſides, thoſe that were

no miniſters in ordinary of foreign powers at

the Porte, for thoſe of prince Ragoiky, of
Moldavia, Waltlachia, of the Tartars, and

of Raguza, were not reckoned among the

foreign miniſters, forasmuch as their ma-

ſters are tributary to the Porte. The Ve.

netians uſed to have one here in time of

peace, but he was recalled upon the war's
breaking out; and their bailo, who had

been ſent envoy extraordinary half a year

The reſi- àgo, Was then in priſon at Adrianople.
dent of I lived in confidence, as I was directed
Tran/y!- by your majeſty, with Mr. Stephen Tiſſa the

refident of Tranſ/ilvania, and Mr. Jacob
Hartzanius prince Ragoiſky's ſecretary, who
aſſiſted me in tranſlating my writings, and
was my interpreter at the audiences,

I enquired underhand, whether the Tar-,,. .,
tarian capi chibaja was inclined to join and e
converſe with me; but I found him ſo 25.
much in the Poliſh intereſt, that he did all
he could to defeat my deſigns, and avoid-
ed my company ; for this reaſon, I judged
your majeſty's dignity might ſuffer by
making an attempt, and meeting perhaps
with a difhonourable repulſe, a thing one
might well apprehend from ſo polite a
nation. | K

There were alſo two envoys from the Envoys of
Zaporovian Coſſaks, but they lived retired, the Co/-
I ſent to compliment them, and acquaint-/*#
ed them with the orders I had from his

majeſty to eſpouſe their intereſt ; they only

returned a civil anſwer, but were ſhy of
converſing with me, for fear of giving
ſuſpicion ; for their aim was to make the
Ottoman Porte believe, the Cofſaks had no
leſs abſolutely ſubmitted themſelves to
them than the Tartars, without having

their eyes turned for ſupport any where

elſe, and that they maintained great friend-

ſhip with the Tartars. The end, which

the envoys intended, was, not to be long

detained, but they thereby miſſed their true

intereſt. „ WV.

In this ſtate and condition were your
majeſty's affairs, which I was graciouſly

entruſted with on the fourth of June, on

which day the vizir broke up with the
camp from Conſtantinople.

The King of” Sweden's Letter to the

BGrand Signor.

Ns CaroLus Gusr Avus Dei gratia

Suecorum, Gothorum, Wandalo-
rumque rex, magnus princeps Finlandiæ,

dux Eſthoniæ, Careliæ, Brehme, Verdæ,

Stetini, Pomeraniæ, Caſſubiæ, & Vanda-
liæ, princeps Rugiæ, dominus Ingriæ &
Viſmariæ; nec non comes palatinus Rheni,
Bavariæ, Juliaci, Cliviæ & Montium dux
&c. Sereniſſimo, celſiſſimo, excellentiſ-
ſimo, potentiſſimo, magnanimo, & in-

victiſſimo principi, domino SoL TAN

MEREMET, eadem Dei gratia Turcarum
imperatori, &c. Amico noſtro chariſſimo
ſalutem, proſperos rerum ſucceſſus & mu-
tui amoris incrementum. |

Sereniſſime, celſiſſime, excellentiſſime,
magnanime, & invictiſſime princeps, a-
mice chariſſime. Quemadmodum in ſu-
perioribus noſt ris literis ad ſerenitatem ve-
ſtram d. xvi. Junii proxime præteriti anni

hic Marienburgi perſcriptis, atque cum

ſerenitatis veſtræ fideli aulico & internuncio
Muſta-

n

.
2
5 2
2
2
Pa
N.
2
3 4.
* 4
; 4
* "I
£1 ö %
$ Wy
* 4
4 p
2
275 a
ws
* 2889
2 :
A ;
2 4%
* —
4 6
*.
8 ;
3 2
2 5
Js 6
&$ 7
8 8
Th F
$2 1
1
* 2
1
vs b
8
* N
$20
= _
$2.4 pr
AE Y
L 2
5 ö
2 —
8 :
- £ 2 4
4
A 8
FF,
by
—
ay
BY:
3
*
© F
. 2
3
.
* *
3 :
Fu 3s
5 —
x. :
.
* 0
4 =
2
Do
Av
3
Bt
4
3
Ws
UM
us
= %
"8 1
3
2
PE
Oy,
.
——
*
40
*
72 ;
A
iy 5
.
.
n
3
ee
*
* ?
*
7
ee
2
TAB:
KNX
5 5 FI?
Fs
*
Wks
£ I 3
.
FEES «
PE
„
4:
2 £
4:5
I J
* o
FF k -
|
3 $
*
5
*
= 3
7 ;
5
. 5
N #
x
*
* p
8 4
. I
2 .
5
We

2
XxX
v3.
2»
ix
4%
35
Fn
N
2
"=
*
25
I
1

OE

5 * 2 r . 1 .
. * „%% ²˙ U part r 1
EY 5 OC 8 Ie G 8 Wa” T7 3 4
: ee 5 1 n A

ok, 2 WR 5 — 2 NN 82 8 bi

to Conſtantinople.
Muſtapha aga tranſmiſſis amice ſignifica-
vimus. Nos conſtituiſſe mittere ad ſerenita-

tem veſtram aliquem noſtrorum miniſtro-

rum, qui eandem de ſtatu rerum noſtra-

rum, aliiſque connexis negotiis informaret,
& cum primis noſtro nomine amorem &
affectionem noſtram erga ſerenitatem ve-
ſtram conteſtaretur: ita nunc ſupra dic-
tarum rerum cauſa ad ſerenitatem veſtram
ablegamus noſtrum aulicum & militiæ
conſiliarium, generoſum, nobis ſincerè
fidelem, Claudium Rolamb, hæreditari-
um in Byſtad & Lenna, ut ſerenitati ve-
ſtræ exponat, non modo quibus ex cauſis

bellum quod nunc cum rege & republica

Poloniæ gerimus, primo ſit ortum, & de-
inde nunc aperta hoſtilitate, nunc ſuſpen-
ſione ar morum continuatum: ſed etiam
quare ultimis induciis nondum finitis, nu-
perrimè ad armorum conflictum utrinque
ventum ſit. Largitus nobis eſt Deus feli-

ces rerum ſucceſſus contra noſtros hoſtes,

& ſpem etiam aliquam mediaque nobis
oſtendit, componendi & ſopiendi diutur-
num & cruentum hoc diſſidium. Cui in-
tentioni dum illaboramus, inventi ſunt

68

*

9

veſtram amicè requirimus, velit eundem no- Ror aux.

ſtrum extraordinarium ablegatum, Clau-
dium Rolamb, benevolè coram ſe admit-
tete, & ſermoni deductionibuſque ejus in-

dubiam fidem tribuere, non aliter atque ſi

ipſi præſentes eſſemus; eundemque deinde
ad nos cum optata & amicà reſolutione

uantocius dimittere. Quibus finientes,
erenitati veſtræ amica noſtra ſtudia & of-
ficia deferimus.

Dabantur Frauenburgi in Boruſſià
d. xxiii. Sept. An. M. DC. LVI.

CAROLUS GUSTAVUS.
M. Biornklou.
Sereniſſimo, Celſiſſimo, Excellentiſſimo, Mag-
nanimo & Invictiſimo Principi, Domino

SoL TAN MEHEMET, Turcarum
Imperatori, amico noſtro chariſſimo.

As for the ſtate of the Turkiſh empire, State of
quidam, qui non ferentes æquis animis it was at my arrival almoſt in a criſis; the Turk-
noſtram proſperitatem, novas nobis turbas, for although there was ſome appearance i empire.

N - 5 . >
4 > St * Ys my 8 TSS
n nn Se. e V ,

novoſque hoſtes excitare anniſi ſunt. In

his eſt magnus Moſcoviz dux, utpote qui

nulli juſta de cauſa, ſed excogitatis fri-
volis quibuſdam querelis, contra pacta
perpetuæ pacis, nos bello laceſſere cœpit.

Adjunxere ſe etiam Polonis contra nos

chami Crimenſis copiæ, noſque preelio

cum Polonico exercitu, licet infelici illis

eventu adorti ſunt. Et quia communes
ſunt rationes, quæ nos & ſerenitatem ve-
ſtram ad conſtituendam mutuam, firmam
& utilem amicitiam correſpondentiamque

of its recovering in the time of ſultan

Amurat from the ſhock it had ſuffered,

during the unſkilful adminiſtration of the

ſultans Muſtafa and Oſman, yet ſince the

unexpected demiſe of Amurat, and till

my time, it always was in a ſtate of decay,
which then was ſuch, that it either might
be re-eſtabliſhed or utterly unhinged. But
as it is neceſſary for the ſetting theſe. af-

fairs in a better light, to give an inſight.
into the tranſactions of the time immedi-

ately preceding, I ſhall begin my relation

| invitare videntur, ſperamus fore, ut ſere- from the time when Mr. S!raſburger, who ,,,,, _
— 4 nitas veſtra, cognito rerum in hac parte Was ſent by king Guſtavus Adolphus of glo- gers rela-
„ Europe & cum primis noſtro ſtatu, e rious memory, was at the Ottoman Porte, tion of the:
ſua re futurum judicet, ut mutuis ani- and reſume the thread of his account from affairs of
mis in communem rem conſulamus rati- the troubles that happened at ſultan Amu- 27 U
oneſque ineamus, quibus utriuſque partis rat's acceſſion to the throne, and the re-

vicini, quandoque extra juſtitiæ veſtigia volt of Babylon where he leaves off.
exorbitantes, ad juris & æquitatis nor- Although ſultan Murat at the begin- gultan
mam redigantur. Quod ſi ſerenitas veſtra ning of his reign appeared only of an ef- Murat
velit permittere & auctoritate ſua ita diri- feminate and voluptuous temper, particu- given to
gere, ut chamus Crimenſis nobiſcum armo- larly given to poetry and muſick, and in voluptu-

2 +
<5

rum ſocietatem contra magnum Moſco-
vie ducem inire poſſit; & ſimul alia non-
nulla, que ſerenitati veſtræ noſter extra-
ordinarius ablegatus pluribus exponet, pro-
curatione ſua promovere, fecerit quidem
hoc ipſo nobis rem gratam, ſed ſibi cum
primis proprioque ſuo ſtatui nunc & in
futurum valde proficuam & pene neceſ-
fariam. Quam rem totam & quibus fun-
damentis ducti, confidamus ſerenitatem
veſtram inſupradicta noſtra poſtulata condeſ-
cenſuram, depromet etiam ſæpe jam nomi-

natus noſter conſiliarius. Quare ſerenitatem
Vor. V. | |

love with an Armenian young man called _—

Muſa Cielehi, for whoſe ſake he renounced 3

all converſation with women; yet this
youth being afterwards forcibly and with
threatnings taken from him by the janiza-
ries, and cut to pieces before his eyes, he

fell into melancholy, to drive away which

he was adviſed to drink wine, to which he

was not a little inclined before from the

raiſes he found of it in the poetical writ-
ings which he read every day. And hav-

ing the beſt ſorts of wines brought him To wine.

from all — he gave himſelf up to
1 drink-

690 A Relation of a Juurney

Ror aus. drinking to ſuch exceſs, that it wrought
Wan entire change of his mind, to ſuch a
degree, that he would often go privately
to taverns and ſpend there half the day

in drinking; nor would he mind any

thing but looking at the exerciſes and

ſham fights of his young favourites called
Izoglans and Muſtabys, or even getting on

rſeback himſelf, mingling with them,

and fighting with a kind of ſpear, which

they call girid; and then his greateſt di-

verſion was to run it into their eyes, or

to cut off the heads of thoſe who came in

To cru- his way. Theſe daily practices raiſed his
elty. thirſt after blood to ſuch a degree, that in

the night time after he had drank himſelf

out of his ſenſes, he went about the ſtreets

of Conſtantinople with ſome executioners

behind him, climbed with ladders up into
the windows, to ſearch whether he could
perceive any ſmell of tobacco, and then
to have the ſmoakers dragged out of the
houſe and hanged up. homſoever he
met in the ſtreets in the night time, inno-
cent or . he ordered their heads to
be cut off and thrown into the water; ſo
that no morning paſſed without finding
. twenty or thirty dead bodies without heads
The Jur- here and there in the ſtreets. Theſe ac-
kiſh empe- tions as they rendered him terrible, fo
rors de. they brought him into credit among his
valued for ſ beds: he Hows] N 2
no quality ſubjects; for no quality in an emperor is

more than higher valued among them than that of
for eru- cruelty ; for which reaſon ſultan Amurat's
elty. memory is in high eſteem with them to
this day. His /iliar-aga, i. e. his armour-

bearer, named Muſtapha Paſja, who was

in great credit with him, encouraged him

in this notion of raiſing thereby an opinion

of bravery among his own forces and his
neighbours; and in order the better to

refrain the inſolency of the army, adviſed

him to undertake an expedition againſt his
enemies the Perſians or Poles, And al-

though Amurat inclined more againſt Po-

land, yet the mufti endeavoured to per-

ſuade him firſt to recover Babylon, it be-

ing an eternal diſgrace for the Ottoman

Porte to give up ſo famous a city, whither

The Turks the Turks make as folemn pilgrimages as
chief pil- the Chriſtians do to Jeruſalem. But ſul-
2 tan Amurat had a higher ſpirit, and re-
ln. ſolved to attack both theſe enemies at once;
nor would he ſlip the opportunity of king
Hadiſlaus of Poland's being in war againſt
the Kuſſians. Accordingly he ſent the
vizir Tabani Bujuk over into Aſia to raiſe
an army againit the Perſians, at the head
of which Huſref Paſſa was to march againſt
Babylon; Amurat himſelf went to Adria-
n0pie, from whence he deſign'd to march

in perſon againſt Poland; however he ſent

Abaſſa Mehemet Paſſa before with ſixty
thouland men to take Kaminieck Podolſey,

Murat having thus miſcarried in one of

but the ſaid general was totally defeated
by Koniix Polſei; nor had Huſref Paſſa
better ſucceſs againſt Babylon. Sultan

his deſigns, he was perſuaded by Szahin
ga to make peace with Poland; after
which he marched in perſon with four hun-
dred thouſand men, firſt againſt Fhrevan,
and then againſt Babylon, both which pla-
ces he took by capitulation ; the former he 2275.
in the year 1045. in the month of Sefer; chrono-
the latter in the year 1048. in the month logy.
of Szaban, according to the Turkiſh way

of computation (who begin to reckon their

time from Mahomet's flight from Mecca,

called by them Hetzira, and according to

the change of the moon from new moon

to new moon.) During theſe expeditions

he had given orders by one of his eunuchs

Beſſier aga to the vizir Bairam baſſa to
make away with two of his brothers ſultan -o,,, f
Soliman and ſultan Achmet, as alſo with the empe-
the late emperor ſultan Muſtafa, who was ror's bro-
in priſon, leſt they might occaſion ſome _
inſurrection during his abſence; ſultan 80

Muſtafa died the night before this order The late
was to have been executed. The wizir emperor

a 5 . - ales tne
being gone in to the two others to diſpoſe night be.

them willingly to ſubmit to death, the ex- fore the
ecutioner came in ſoon after and laid the intended
cord firſt about the vizir's neck {by miſ- execu-
take for want of knowing him ;) and if *
thoſe that ſtood before the door had not
known the vizir by his voice, whilſt he

was ſtruggling and calling out, he had

been ſtrangled firſt; but having eſcaped

in this manner, the two youths were put

to death. After this was done, the vizir

Kara Muſtafa Paſſa was left before Baby-

| ton with three hundred thouſand men; but

ſultan Murat himſelf marched home again
through Meſopotamia to Conſtantinople with
a hundred thouſand men, whereof up-
wards of thirty thouſand periſhed by the
way, partly of hunger and thirſt, partly
being torn to pieces by the lions.
With the remainder ſultan Murat re-
turned in the year 1049 victorious, and in
great triumph to Conſtantinople, and at his
arrival, cauſed two of his remaining
younger brothers ſultan Bajazet and ſultan Two

| Kaſim to be ſtrangled; the third, ſultan more of

: | the empe-
Thrahim, who was the only one left, was s bro-

ſpared upon his mother's interceſſion, he thers
being ſimple and of no ſpirit, only given ſtrangled.
to love, ſo that there was nothing to be
apprehended from him.

Being now returned to Conſtantinople in His con-
peace, he gave himſelf up to drinking duét after
night and day ; during the night in com- e
pany with one of his concubines an 1talian
woman, and in the day time with his fa-
vourites Mucio Buſtangi Paſſi, Deli Huſſein
Paſſi, Silichter Paſcha, and his phy ſician

1 | Hafin

r 4.4 GSS nwbnnll. woo

A 0 Pa

A OO wi

Hakin Paſſa. Since the expedition of
Babylon he had got a Perſian with him
named Emirghione Ogli a good poet and
muſician, who accuſtomed him to drink
brandy and ſtrong waters, the exceſſive
uſe of which threw him ſoon after his ar-

Dies at rival into a fever, of which he died after
= . 70 thirteen days illneſs in the 30th year of his
tere“ con. age. When he ſaw death approaching,
tracted he called before him all his favourites, and
by drink- made them promiſe, that as ſoon as he
ing = ſhould have breathed his laſt, they would
brandy, make away with themſelves and all the
ſervants of his houſhold, that he might
not go alone into the other world, but be
waited on by them there alſo; but when
he was dead, none of them cared to make
good their promiſe. |
| In the room of ſultan Murat, his bro-
Sultan ther ſultan 1brahim was ſet up for emperor,
Ibrahim who was naturally ſtupid ; but as ſultan
N Murat had left no ſons himſelf, and had

made away with his other brothers, there re-
mained none of the male line of the Ottoman
family to ſucceed, but he, however unfit
he was for government, and Kara Muſtafa

Paſſa the vizir being a prudent man, and
reflecting on the new emperor's incapacity |

as well as his inclination to women and all
ſorts of pleaſures, and fearing leſt his fol-
lies might prove obſtructions to his carry-

to Conſtantinople.

ing on the adminiſtration, he ſupplied the

emperor with ſtore of beautiful women,
muſicians, and other pleaſures to which

the emperor addicted himſelf ſo entirely,

that he never thought of the government,
but left it to the vizir's care. He had
nine women given him for his lawful and
principal wives, who were called haſſaki
fultanas, and were to ſerve him alternately,

among whom was one named, on account

Szeker- Of her beauty and agreeableneſs, Szekerpara
para his (as much as to ſay a bit of ſugar) who
chief wife. gained the emperor's heart preferably to
all others ; and being a quick and cun-
ning woman ſet the emperor upon many
Her in. extravagancies. She brought it about that
trigues. Fuſſuf capitan baſſa, who returned victo-

rious from Candia, loſt his life, merely be-
cauſe he had brought her no preſents;
ſhe made the emperor waſte upon her and
the other women the whole treaſure which
ſultan Murat had heaped up, and diſtri-
buted all offices in the empire among her
favourites. And as their minds were al-
ways ſet upon ſomething or other that was
not to be had in the ſeraglio, they per-
ſuaded the emperor to oblige the vizir to
get it, which not only was very difficult,
but ſometimes even impoſſible for him.
The vizir The vizir at laſt remonſtrated this to the

endea- emperor, and brought him ſo far, that he
— turned ſome of the women off, and only

kept thoſe whom the vizir recommended

691

to him. But it was not long before the Ror aun.
emperor, wrought upon, partly by his ll Do
former love, partly by their intrigues, in.“
took the ſame women again, who full of
revenge gave the emperor all ſorts of ill
impreſſions againſt the vizir, ſo that he
often treated him with very rough lan-
guage ; bur dared not touch his life on ac-
count of the authority and credit he had.
The women perceiving this tried another by reaſon
method, and made the emperor believe, of the wo-
that the vizir had ſome negromantick cha- Gs,
racters under his gown of fable fur, where.
by he enchanted the emperor ſo as to be
formidable to him. Some days after the

vizir appeared in that gown again before

the emperor, who fell into a great paſſion,

called out and ordered Byſtanci Paſji to
diſpatch him. The vizir hearing this got

on horſeback, went out of the ſeraglio in

full gallop, and as he went by the people

that were gathered together on account of

the divan, cried out fire! fire! to conceal

the true reaſon of his flight, which fright-

ened every one, and made them haſten
homewards ; but Buſtanci Paſſa pur ſued and at la
him to his houſe and had him killed there. loſes his
So this wiſe and able miniſter fell by the life for it.
intrigues of theſe women, a man whom

in,

they ſtill talk of with praiſe, in whoſe

time not one bad aſper was to be ſeen in
Conſtantinople, which otherwiſe is but too
common.

Sultan /brahim's mother tried all poſſible The em-
means to reſtore him to his ſenſes by the peror to
help of phyſicians, but that proving in- be reſtor-
effectual, ſhe employed a ſorcerer called ms 1 5
Huſſein Gingi Hogia (Huſſein means a ma- Prei-
ſter of ſpirits.) This was the man who ans, but
ſhould make the emperor wiſer, and for groweth
that reaſon was night and day with him, 8
which brought him into great credit and hands of a
authority. But the emperor grew rather ſorcerer.
mad than better, and let this man govern
according to his wild ſchemes, who depo-
ſed and ſet up vizirs as he liked, he taking
for himſelf the employment of cadi Pal-
kieri of Aſia, which is a great dignity a-
mong the Turks. But the emperor fell
into ſtill greater debaucheries and exceſſes Commits
with women; he was carried with his con- great ex-
cubines in ſedans all about the ſtreets of ceſſes.
Conſtantinople in broad day light, attended
with pipes, drums, and all other ſorts of
noiſy muſick : he ordered the vizir to take
care that no waggon ſhould be ſeen in the
ſtreets that might hinder him in his furi-
ous rambles. The vizir accordingly made
all poſſible regulations; notwithſtanding
which, 1t unluckily happened one day that
the emperor met a country waggon in his
way, laden with wood, which put him in
ſuch a fury, that he immediately ſent for
the vizir and ſtabbed him in the ſtreet

with

"—

bf 4 Journey

A Relatian

RoLams. with his own hand, leaving the corps na-

SY Vked for ſome days expoſed to publick

view. He made great and ſumptuous

nuptials for his daughters, whom he mar-

ried one after another to ſome baſſes, tho'

they were but two or three years of age.

All diamonds, pearls and other jewels

that were to be had in Conſtantinople he

bought up, and gave them to his women :

he ſent to the ſhops of chriſtian and jewiſh

merchants for gold brocade and other pre-

cious goods in great quantities, without

paying for them. All the amber that was

to be found in Conſtantinople he bought up

and eat it for a provocative like bread,

| which made that drug ſo dear in the city,

Ahundred that a hundred drachms of it coſt above

drachms a thouſand rixdollars, and at laſt grew ſo

of 1 ſcarce that none was to be had; for the

ame 1000 ſame purpoſe he ſent all over the country

rixdollars. to catch ſparrows, of the brains of which

he had pyes made. |

If one wanted a great employment, an

infallible way to obtain it, was to preſent

the emperor with a handſome woman

ſlave, but then the purchaſer could keep

it no longer till another gave him one

more handſome, and ſo every month pro-

duced a ſhifting of places and employ-

Heclothes ments. At laſt the emperor took it in

all his his head to have all his concubines (who

concu- were ſome thouſands) clothed in fable,

Fre u and to hang even his apartments with that
able furs. : x

pretious fur; in order to which he com-

692

manded the viſir Achmet Paſſa to get a

ſufficient quantity of it; the vizir obeyed,
and ordered that every body in Conſtanti-
noble, who had a ſable fur coat, ſhould

ſend it to the emperor. This falling hard

upon the chief men of the empire, parti-
cularly on the officers of the janixaries,
who would not willingly part with theirs,
they grew mutinous ; and one Murat aga
who had lately been diſguſted by the vizir,
and depoſed from his office of janizar aga,
took the reſolution to remonſtrate to the
Remon- empreſs dowager, to the mufti, to Abdu
ſtrances Rahim Effendi, to Mulki Kadi a favourite
_ lady of the empreſs dowager, and to
preſs dow- Bectaſ aga , lately made janizar aga,
how unfit the emperor was for govern-

ager.
ment, and what would be the conſequen-

ces of his continuing longer in it. This

had ſo much effect, that it was reſolved

by the foreſaid perſons, in conjunction with

He is de. the janixaries, to dethrone ſultan Ibrahim,
' throned, and to raiſe his eldeſt ſon ſultan Mebemet
and his ſon to the imperial dignity in his ſtead ; who
made em- ag he was but a child, the empreſs dow-
Peror. ager his grandmother by the father's ſide
was to have the guardianſhip over him till

he was ſeventeen years of age. And tho'

the /pahis of Conſtantinople oppoſed this
deſign, yet the janizaries being ſtrongeſt

done the more

in number, and having the empreſs dowa-

ger and the muſti on their ſide, the latter

party prevailed. So they proceeded to exe-

cution, and firſt depoſed the vizir Achmet

Paſa, filling his place with jophi Mebemet

Paſſa, otherwiſe called Kogia Vizir. They

next went into the ſeraglio, and upon a

ſentence pronounced by the mufti, ſeized

Sultan Ibrahim, and put him into an iron

cage, the ſame in which formerly Tamer-

lan had kept ſultan Bajazet. This was Js put into

quietly, becauſe Abdy de

Rabman Capi Agaſi had been alſo brought ©

over, and conſequently the 1zoglans, and

others of the court ſervants, were kept in

awe in their own rooms. The women

ſeeing their protector fallen from his gran-

deur, and prognoſticating but too well Lament:

what would be their fate, raiſed heavy tions a-

cries and lamentations; accordingly 800 ne 5
; a omen,

of his concubines, beſides the women ho are

ſlaves were turned out of doors at once, involved

ſome of them were ſtrangled, and others in the ex-

exiled; Szekerpara was ſent to Grand un.

Cairo, where ſhe died miſerably. Their

gold, jewels, and all their precious fur-

niture, of which they had not only cheſts

but even whole rooms and houſes full,

were ſold at Conſtantinople for half the
value. 5 .
This made ſultan [brahim, who before Hrabin
was but ſtupid, at length run quite mad; runs at laſt
he roared and cried night and day, that ite wad.
no body in the ſeraglio could have reſt,

till ſome days after the vizir took him out

of the ſaid cage, brought him into a room,

ſo as he was, without a cap, breeches, and
barefooted, and had him ſtrangled there Is ſtran-
by two old ſeamen, of whom there are 24 Sled.
in the ſeraglio, who being by age diſabled
for rowing, are employed there in ſweep-

ing the rooms, his corps being afterwards

carried out, and laid in the palace yard,

all the eunuchs came, according to cuſtom,
to fling their /4rbays upon and about the
corps, which was at laſt carried into So-
phia church, and buried there near that Buried in
of ſultan Muſtafa, who in his time had Sh
been no wiſer than this emperor. — church.
Sultan Mebemet hearing that his father gultan
was ſtrangled (for it was done unknown to Mebemet.
him) wept and lamented very much, till
at laſt the empreſs and the vizir with much
ado comiorted him. GE.
He was afterwards brought to the
moſque of Eiub, in the year 1058, accor-
ding to the Turk; chronology, and there,
after many prayers, and burning of frank-
incenſe, the mufti hung to his fide the
ſword of their prophet Ali, and ſtuck a
hern feather in his zurban, which is all the sies of the
ceremony of their inauguration. Thus 74,4
ſultan Mehemet Han ſucceeded his father, emperor's

who for his extravagancies and luſt was 1n2ugurs-
| "taken ©”

eee IN

*** *
Poe ak a 185 2 ad, ey I
SIR Gas Wt»

$i ES

eee ee eee eee e
3ͤĩÜ72ĩͤ̃·˙ m en ns

ond

8

Tumult
betwixt
the jani-
zaries an

ſpabi' 8.

A ſharp
fight.

to Conſtantinople.

taken off the ſame year, in the imperial
dignity, in the g*h year of his age, his
grandmother Bujuk Valide, ſultan Ach-
met's dowager, and mother to ſultan Mu-
rat and ſultan [brahim being appointed
his guardian, and regent of the empire.
Immediately after rhis change, a tumult
aroſe between the janizaries and the ſpa-
hi's of Conſtantinople ; the latter alledged
that they had not conſented to ſultan 1bra-
him's death; and having engaged in their
party all the Izoglasout of the two imperial
ſeraglio's at Pera and Atmeidan, they called
loudly for having all thoſe puniſhed who
had been the cauſe of ſultan Ibrahim's death;
the janixar officers endeavoured to ap-
peaſe the tumult by fair means, bur in
vain 3 and one of their ſorbaci, i. e. colo-
nels, who ſet up for mediator, was killed
by the /pabr's. The conſequence was, that
both parties at laſt came to a pitched bat-
tel near Aimeidan, in which, after a ſharp
engagement the Hpahi's were put to flight,
and upwards of one thouſand men kill'd
on both ſides, but moſt on that of the

ſpahi's, ſome of whom were cut off even

in ſultan Achmet's moſque, whither they
had fled z and others wherever the jani-

zaries met with them. Thus was this

the government.

emotion appeaſed for this time, being the
firſt ſince ſultan Mehemet's acceſſion to
But the /pahb?'s were ra-
ther irritated herewith than ſuppreſſed ;

for thoſe of Aſia and Europe were not con-

cerned in this affair, but only

The em-

preſs

dowager

governs

to years.

thoſe of
Conſtantinople; on the other hand, the au-
thority of the janizaries increaſed more
and more, and the old janizar aga mentio-
ned before, who was 5

Ibrahim's death, was made vixir.

Now the ſtate was in peace for two

years, and the empreſs dowager being a

woman of ſpirit and ſenſe, both on ac-

count of her own natural parts, and of the
long experience of her years, governed
during that time well and peaceably, till
the young dowager Seni Valide (i. e. the
emperor's mother) began to ſuſpect, that

ſhe would conſent to the death of ſultan

{brahim her own ſon, might at laſt practiſe
againſt her grandſon's lite alſo; for which
there was the more appearance, becauſe the

old empreſs had a good underſtanding with

the janizaries, and bore an ill will to the
young empreſs dowager, whilſt on the other

ſide ſhe much careſſed the mother of the

emperor's younger brother ſultan Soliman, a
youth of a much better look and ſhape
than the eldeſt. Theſe conſiderations
made the young empreſs dowager ſeek her
ſecurity and ſupport among the Hpabi's of
Aſia, who were eaſily drawn into her inte-
reſt, as being highly provoked at the diſ-
graceful rencounter with the janixaries; ſo
Vor. V.

e author of ſultan

the Turkiſb empire is in the hands of theſe

693

that they only waited for an opportunity Ror un.

e revenged. i
to be revenged. For the main power of F. d
ower of

two bodies, which keep one another as It the 727.
were in balance; ſo that if one begins to % em-

outweigh the other in credit, the oppoſite
EN immediately ſets up for a counter-
alance. An emperor's greateſt ſkill and

pire is in
the hands
of the ſpa-
his and

ſecurity conſiſts in keeping this balance; janiza-
and in caſe both parties grow too power- ries.

ful in playing one againſt the other to both
their ruin; which maxim indeed has been
tried, but ſeldom with ſucceſs before this
preſent vizir's time, of whoſe artful ma-
nagement in this point mention ſhall be
made hereafter, .

The young dowager therefore endea-
voured to gain over to her intereſt the a-
hi's, and ſome baſſas and begs, who had
formerly been imployed in the ſeraglio, by
repreſenting to them the inſolence of the
janixaries, and inſinuating, that they in
concert with the ſultane Yalide, were ſet
upon deſtroying the /pahi's, unleſs they
took care to prevent them in time. This
wrought ſo readily upon the Hpabi's, that
they roſe up in arms, and marched with a
great force under the conduct of an old
renowned commander of theirs Gurgi Nebi
ta Scudari, a city ſituate over againſt Con-
ſtantinople on the Aſiatick fide, under the
pretence of revenging ſultan Ibrabim's
death: But as all thoſe who were the au-
thors of it, maintained a good underſtand-
ing with the janixaries, and that the vizir

Murat paſſa's credit among them was al-

moſt abſolute, this revolt of the ſpabi's was
ſoon ſuppreſs'd, through the vizir's capa-

city, and the power of the janizaries,
without much bloodſhed. For tho* the
vizir met them near Scudari with a great
army of janizaries, yet he firſt ſent the

Cadi Þ Aftieri, or chief judge of Aſia, to
diſſuade them from giving occaſion to the

Cadi Af
kieri the

ſpilling of Muſſulmens blood, and to en- chief
force his admonition with threats, in caſe judge of
they perſiſted. Accordingly this method a.

proved effectual; for after ſome ſlight
ſkirmiſhes in which the ſpahi's were wor-

ſted, they relented, and every one went to

his own home again. This ſucceſs raiſ-
ed the ſpirits of the janizaries ſtill more
and more, and particularly increaſed the

inſolence of their commander BeZaſz aga, Beaaſz.
who beſides, was the old empreſs's favou- 4, com-

rite, and of his adherents Kut Kbiabaja and 82 725 of
Zariess

Kara Chiaus, who were rich men, and of
great credit, The hatred alſo which the
old empreſs dowager bore to the younger,
grew the more violent, as ſhe was inform-
ed, that the latter had been the occaſion

of the late tumult, in order to ruin her.

She therefore began to contrive how to de-
throne the emperor by the help of the ja-
8 O nizaries,

694

RoLAMB.

His inſo-
lencies.

the better to ſecure her own authority,
without being any more controuled by
any one; for ſultan Soliman's mother
being lately dead, the inſpection over
him ſeemed to devolve upon her alone.
To bring this about, ſhe thought the
more eaſy, becauſe the /pahi's being re-
duced ſo low, the janizaries carried all
before them, and with them ſhe could do
what ſhe pleas'd by the means of Bectaſs
their aga, whoſe inſolence was come to
that degree, that he pretended to overrule
even the vizir; and as Murat baſſa above-

mentioned, who otherwiſe was in high

Coins bad

aſpers.

Which
coccaſions
tumult
and com-
plaints a-

gainſt him.

eſteem, had refuſed him ſome ſmall re-

queſt, he, by the help and authority of
the old empreſs, had him turned out of
that high poſt, and Melech Achmet paſſa
put in his room, who was a quiet and
ſimple man, whom he could lead at his
own will. But this invincible power of
theirs which they imagined ſo well rivetted,
that Befaſz uſed publickly to ſay, that
before any man ſhould take off his head,
ſo many other heads ſhould fly firſt, as
would make a heap as high as St. Sophia's
church, ſuffered a terrible ſhock from a
quarter where 1t was leaſt expected. For

Befaſz making his credit ſubſervient to his

avarice, had bad aſpers coined at Belgrade,
which he forced upon the common peo-
ple, by making them change the adulte-
rated coin for their ducats, which he put
into his own coffers. This cauſed an in-
ſurrection, which began at Conſtantinople
in a quarter of the town call'd Sarabechana,
where their taverns are; the common peo-
ple of the whole city having gathered
there in a few hours, went to the nufti,
and to Nakib effendi, (the head of Maho-
met*s family, a great dignity among them)
whom they forced along with them to the

ſeraglio, deſired to ſpeak with the emperor,

on another vizir's being named, he who

his ruin
intended.

made their complaints to him, and inſiſted

then filled that poſt not being fit to go-

vern, as being a tool and underling of

Beftaſz aga.
Capi aga and Kilar aga, the chief offi-

cers of the emperor's houſhold (the latter

hath the command over all women and

Moors, and the former over all men in the

ſeraglio) found this fair opportunity to ruin
Bectaſa aga, and to eſtabliſh the emperor
upon the throne, and therefore encouraged
the emperor, not to let it ſlip, but to get
the common people on his ſide, and fer
them on againſt the janizaries. Accor-
dingly the vizir Melech Achmet paſſa was
ſent for, and immediately depoſed from
his office in the ſight of the people, and
Chiaus paſſa put in his place, who former-

A Relatian of a Jonrney

nizaries, and to ſet his younger brother
ſulran Soliman upon the throne, in order

ly had been ſultan Murat's armour- bearer,
a man of good underſtanding and cou-
rage. So the people were for this time

appeaſed and fatisfied. But Bectaſ and

his adherents perceiving too well, that
Chiaus paſſa would not be a man for their Which he
turn; and yet not daring to oppoſe theſe ſecretly
meaſures for fear of the people, diſſem- ties to
bled, in hopes that either they might gain 8
him over, or find out means to put him
out of the way. In order therefore to
hinder the vizir from ſtirring up the peo-

ple again, and ſubjecting the old empreſs
together with himſelf to the ſame peril, he
ordered his janixaries carefully to hinder

any further meeting among the inhabi-

tants; ſo that whenever any two were

found to talk together either walking or

ſtanding, they were clapt up in priſon,

and the moſt eminent among them were

ſecured on various pretences, in order to
frighten the others from aſſiſting the new
dizir upon occaſion. 3 oy
The emperor affiſted by the vizir on
the other ſide, deſigning inſenſibly to re-
move out of the way thoſe three heads
of the janizaries, ordered Buſtanci paſſa,
that when Cuichia Hajaſi ſhould come to
the divan, according to cuſtom, he ſhould
meet him and diſpatch him at any rate:

But the old empreſs having information of With the

aſliſtance

this deſign, terrified Buſtanci paſſa, ſo of the I

that he dared not to put it in execution. empreſs.

With theſe cabals the animoſity between

the two empreſſes was carried to the higheſt The ha-
itch; and as the younger her with tred be-

3 Younger: ages Win t irt both

the vizir, laboured to maintain the em- empreſſes

peror's perſon and authority, the elder encreaſes.

with the aga of the janizaries endeavoured

with all their might to eſtabliſh their own,

which could not be done, unleſs the em-

peror was dethroned, and his brother

ſultan Soliman ſet up in his place, as I

mentioned before. In order to bring this |

about, Befaſz calPd a divan together, to Bedaſe

be held in Orta Giami, 1. e. the janizaries convokes

moſque, where there was a numerous aſ- .

ſembly of their clergy, as well as laymen,

who made appearance, ſome as being of

Beftaſz's party, others as being awed by

his credit, who durſt not ſtay away: Only

the vizir Chiaus paſſa was yet wanting;

but he was ſent for at midnight, with an

intent either to make him conſent to their
ſcheme, or, in caſe of refuſal, to kill him

there on the ſpot. The vizir, though And ſends |

fully ſenſible of the great danger he would for the vi-

expoſe himſelf to if he went, and of the 2 who
otherwiſe

indignity offered to his perſon, he by his hi the

employment having ſolely the power of ſole power

convoking a divan, and this no where ex- of calling

cept in the ſeraglio, or in his own houſe: ne.

Nevertheleſs, being a man of ſenſe, and

of an undaunted ſpirit, he went with a
ſmall

„ „ BY 7

2
x
2
Fay
2
87
1 5
#
3
n
4
-
*

to Conſtantinople.

ſmall attendance to the ſaid aſſembly,
where he found 10000 janizaries drawn up
in arms before the moſque, with burning
matches. However, he proceeded and
entered their aſſembly, tho* Befafz neither
met him, nor yielded the upperhand to
him; of all which he took no notice, but
temporized. Having heard their propo-
ſition, concerning the election of ſultan
Soliman, he returned an anſwer, as if he
was very well pleaſed with it, commend-
ing them for the zeal they ſhewed for the
welfare of the Muſſulmen, and took an
oath upon their alcoran, that he would
always be true to their party, and aſſiſt

them in the execution of their deſign.

With this Be#aſz was ſatisfy'd, not fo
much that he really gave credit to the vi-
zir's promiſe, and relied on his friend-
ſhip, but rather in confidence of his own
power, imagining, that though the vizir
might have a mind to oppoſe him, he

would not be able to do it in ſo ſhort a
time; for the next day was appointed for

the execution of the reſolution they had

taken in the Kalaba divan. Towards even-

ing the vizir left them, and repaired
to his own houſe; where having ſtayed
ſome hours, he, with two perſons more,
went to the emperor's ſeraglio through a
back door called Iron Gate, having had
information, that the old empreſs intended
to retire that night out of the ſeraglio, on

account of the diſturbances that were to
be expected the next day, and to ſecure
her own perſon among the janizaries. The

vizir coming to the ſaid gate, found 1t
open, contrary to what is uſual, Buſtanci

paſſa having ordered it ſo, at the old em-

preſs's direction; but the vizir had it ſhut

The vizir Up, and went to the emperor's bed-cham-
acquaincs ber (called Haram) where he met Solei-
the empe- man Kiſlar aga, who perceiving a candle

burning in the old empreſs's apartment,
contrary to cuſtom z and being at a loſs
what to think of it, was not gone to bed :

His fears increaſed, when he ſaw the vizir
coming fo privately, and in the dark.

But upon the vizir's acquainting him with
the whole tranſaction, and his own inten-
tions, he ſoon recovered his fright, and,
at the vizir's defire, went in, and ordered

the young empreſs and the emperor to be
. waked, and conducted by ſome eunuchs

out of their own rooms into the old em-
preſs's apartment, where ſhe was fitting
and amuſing herſelf with vocal and inſtru-
mental muſick. Her chief door-keeper
Baſz Capa Oglan endeavouring to lock the
door againſt him, he killed him with his
ganzar or dagger, and with his eunuchs
who had their daggers alſo drawn (for
thoſe are the uſual arms of the Turks,
who wear no fabres, except in war, or
| 2

EE...

on their travels ruſhed in upon the old Rotaus.

empreſs, ſeized her, and put her into a fafe WWW.

room under a cloſe guard. This being 3

done, the vizir and the ſaid Kiſlar aga empreſs.

went into the emperor's apartment, and

by ſigns bid the women who watched

there, to wake the emperor and the em-

preſs; which accordingly they did, with-

out ſpeaking one word, alſo by ſigns only

(for at the Tyrkiſh court it is the general The con-
cuſtom to converſe chiefly by ſigns; one 4 8
ſeldom hears a word ſpoken, and they Turk
are ſo perfect in this practice, that they court is
are able to tell ſtories, and to underſtand by figns.
one another, as well as if they talked to-
gether, thinking that this ſilent way of
converſing adds to the veneration of the
place.) The emperor and his mother hear-

ing of the deſign that was upon the an-

vil, were extremely diſturbed, particu-

larly the empreſs, who having but lately

loſt her huſband, was now feized with new
apprehenſions what would become of her
ſon; the emperor being but a child, was
frighted at his mother's deſponding beha-
viour, and fell crying and Jamenting at

the Kilar aga's feet, ſaying, La, la, la,
Kurtar ben, i. e. My guardian protect me.

The vizir comforted them the beſt he

could, and took the emperor with him to Provides

a part of the ſeraglio call'd Hazoda, where for the

his gentlemen of the bedchamber have ©2P<r9r'8

their room 3 there are forty of them in uy"
number, who are afterwards advanced to
the dignity of paſſas, and other high offi-
ces, and are called Hazodali, from the
place where they dwell. In theſe mens
hands it was that the vizir and Kiſlar aga
put the emperor, from whom he had in
the mean time taken an order, by vertue
of which he deprived Buſtanci paſſa of his
office (which is the inſpection over all bu/-
lanciòs and ſeraglios) and appointed another
in his place; he farther ſent for all bu/-
ſtanci s, of whom there are always about
500 1n the ſeraglio, who take care of the
gates and apartments; thoſe he put under
a new oath of fidelity, and ſent them back
to their poſts, to guard all avenues and
gates. All theſe precautions having been
taken with ſo much tranquillity, that all
the people of the houſhold, who lay in
the adjoining rooms, knew nothing of
what paſſed, the vizir gave orders to Capi
aga to rouſe and arm all the 1zoglans, who
are about 1000 in number, all young and
ſtout fellows. He himſelf went to all the
other rooms, where any of the court's at-
tendants lay, had them all armed, and
ordered them to keep in readineſs, yer
every one in their reſpective rooms, and
without any noiſe. 'The emperor conti-
nuing his cries and lamentations, as
not knowing but that he was to be fa-

_ crificed,

696

RoLans. crificed, the vizir had him carried before a
window of the ſaid room to ſhew him
bir, how all the people were ready for his de-
fence, But it happened contrary to his
intentions, that an Loglan ſeeing him from

—
Comforts

one of their rooms, call'd Baju Oda,
knew the emperor, and immediately cal-
led out Hakia ala padiſza himaſe, &c.
which is their Vive le roi, or, God ſave
the king, to which all the others anſwer-
ed, allah, allah; and this cry running round
through all the apartments of the ſeraglio,
was the beginning of the alarm and con-
fuſion that enſued,

Summons The vizir had overnight immediately

all paſas ſent orders into the city of Conſtantinople,

and begs
to the ſe-
raglio.

to all the paſſas and begs, to appear in the
ſeraglio with as many men as they could
gather, each of them provided with pro-
viſions for three days; which was done ac-
cordingly : So that before day break, not
only both outer palace yards, but even

the gardens and the ſtreets adjoining to the
ſeraglio, as far as the large place Ait Mei-

Aik Mei- dan, i. e. horſe market, where the three
dan the ancient columns ſtand, were filled up with

erg "here troops, and all night long the ſeraglio

the three was ſupplied with ammunition by water,

antient from Galata and Toptſana, About day-

columns hreak the janizaries alſo grew aware of

ſtand. what paſſed in the ſeraglio, and therefore

with Bectaſ at their head prepared them-
ſelves alſo. When it was day-light, and
they ſaw a multitude of citizens, and of the
mob gathering towards the ſeraglio, know-
ing that they
conſcious of the ill will they muſt bear
them on account of the inſolencies they
had for ſome time ſuffered from them, the
janizaries made large promiſes to the
Greeks, Albanians and other Chriſtians,
that if they would ſide with them, they
ne tri- ſhould be freed from the Haradz, (i. e. the
bute tribute which the Chriſtians pay to the
er Fray Turks) and be admitted to employments,
Fe the diſtributing withal great ſums of money
Turks, among them. By theſe means the jani-
; Zaries gained a great many people over to
their ſide; ſo that even the city itſelf be-

The city came divided into two parties, one holdin

divided with the emperor, and the other with the
Sy janizaries. All that was done hitherto in

the ſeraglio, had been conducted with
good order and quietly, all the different
ranks of the houſhold keeping in their
rooms, only waiting for the emperor's
orders, and leaving the reſt to the vizir's
and the Kiſſar aga's diſpoſition : But after
The Turk; they had ſaid their firſt morning prayers,
firſt morn- which is always done at break of day, and
ing pray- is calPd Sabanamaſi, the Baltazi's (who are
8 raked about 200 in number, all choice men,

4 ' ſtrong, briſk, and of a full ſize, who are
armed with battle-axes, and ſerve as a

A Relation of a Journey

had not called them, and-

guard for the women) began an alarm,
calling the Izog/ans to come out of their
rooms and follow them. The Izeglans Repariiti-
are divided into two partitions, one is of g on of the
or 600 men, whoſe quarters are called Bu- Legen.

jut Oda, the other conſiſts of 400 men,

and is called Kyizuk Oda. Theſe iſſued

forth immediately, and went with the Bal-

taz?”s directly to the hall of the forty Ha-
⁊odali's, where the emperor was. There

they met one of the old empreſs's favou-

rite eunuchs, whoſe name was Has Odabaſh, Ha, OA
whom they firſt attacked with words, and 4% the
upon his offering to reply, went to ſeize emperor's
him; he eſcaped however, and haſtened nuch.
to ſave himſelf among the Byſtanci's, but

they cut off his paſſage, and were going

to diſpatch him, when upon his requeſt

they allowed him as much time as to be
brought firſt before the emperor, in order

to deliver to him his ſeal, and the key of

his wardrobe. He had ſcarcely given

both to the emperor, and was going to

ſay ſomething in his own defence, when

one of the 1zoglans lifted up his battle-

ax, and cleaved his head in two, that he His head
fell before the emperor's feet; then the ſplit in
others fell upon him, and cut him into fo e.

ſmall pieces, that even a watch and ſome

ducats he had in his pockets were cut to
bits; the pieces of the corps were after-

wards gathered upon a carpet, and car-

ried away. The emperor being young,
was ſo extremely frightned at this proceed-
ing, that he cried ; but theſe people -being
once grown furious, nothing was capable
to check or awe them, amidſt the con-
fuſed noiſe of ſo many different languages,
for they wereall renegadoes of divers coun-
tries, Albanians, Circaſſians, Boſuians, Ha-
lians, Frenchmen, Poles, &c. It is to be obſer-
ved here by the way, that in the emperor's
ſeraglio native Turks are ſeldom employ- 47, ſel-

ed, but only foreign renegadoes, ever dom em-

ſince ſultan Soliman's time, who made ployed in
this regulation on a trifling occaſion, 3
which was, that one of his pages a 7. urk, © :
ſerving him drink in a cup, kept the handle

in his own hand, no other being left for

the emperor to take hold of; another page
who was a renegado immediately preſented
another cup to the emperor with the handle
turned towards him, which pleaſed the The chief
emperor ſo well, that he would never af. reaſon of
ter employ any Turk in his ſervice at court, it-
which maxim prevails to this day; though
the chief reaſon of it is, perhaps, becauſe
the Turks are too inſolent, high ſpirited
and ſeditious to be © truſted. To pro-
ceed, this medley of nations however agreed
in one point, which was the making away
with the old empreſs. The muft: chanc-
ing to get among them, wiſhed himſelf
indeed far off, being unwilling to *
- the

_ * re 2 ry = - *
SS l ed i N 1 0 4
- 1 A ˙·¹ͥ ne HON NN EE
. 7 2 R = S V rar r 2 N 83
5 * „ o 8 e RX
6 * * 5 - ** "7 0 s .
7 s 3 05 1
. : x « £3 SRC **
* Re, y e 2 * - 2 _” $5 _ —_—

r * A * * . 2 7 Bays . =
* IS nag 1 % n = < r r R * n A WP
Cee Eo SR
7 4 I, 1 5 * y N e
: W454 2 ©.
* 8 : \ » 27S * 8 2 2
ST 8 * _ 3 n *. 2 I 2 = ” *

8
Tet
8

A

The em-
peror's
mother
gets
among the
mutineers.

to Conſtantinople.

the ſentence over her (which in the like
caſes is always neceſſary to precede) but
they threatned him, that if he would not
ral the ſentence immediately, they would
uſe him in the ſame manner as they had
done another, whoſe corps they had juſt
before carried away.

During this parley with the mufti, the
emperor's mother being under the greateſt
apprehenſions for her ſon's life, came run-

ning out of her room in a maſk, and re-

proved the mutineers for their inſolence ;
but they in their madneſs and rage, taking
her for the old empreſs, were going to lay
violent hands on her, and would certainly

have deſtroyed her, had not ſhe ſaved her-

The muf-
fi's ſen-
tence a-

gainſt the

old em-
preſs.

Who be-
ing ſhut

up in a

room,

ſelf by falling at the emperor's feet, who
thereupon made ſigns to them with his
handkerchief, crying out, Gheri duriniz,
gheri duriniz, i. e. fall back; and ſo the
mutineers finding who ſhe was, kept off.
This alarm being thus over, they re-
turned upon the nuſti, who thought it not
adviſeable to uſe any more delays ; but
ſaid, it was the will of Gop, that the old

empreſs ſhould be delivered into their

hands; which ſentence he wrote upon a

paper, and gave it to them; with this and
the emperor's orders in writing, they ſent

ſome of their own party to the room where
the old empreſs was ſhut up, who went
thither, carrying both papers aloft before

them. Going through the apartments,

they met the empreſs's fool, a woman,
who being aſked, whether ſhe was the old

empreſs? anſwered, Yes; and at the ſame

time fired a piſtol at them, which did but
flaſh in the pan; with this they ſeized on
her, and would have ſtrangled her for the

old empreſs, had not Kiſlar aga chanced

to come in, and told them who ſhe was;

hid her-

after which he himſelf conducted them in-

to the room where the old empreſs was;

but they not finding her there immediately,

ſelf among (for ſhe had hid herſelf in a loft among a

bolſters.

heap of bolſters) they were near killing
the ſaid Kiſlar aga, for having deceived
them as they thought. But he deſiring

them firſt to look better about, one of the

Troglans climbed up to the loft, and there

found her hid in a bolſter among the cot-
ton, with which it was ſtuffed. When ſhe
ſaw herſelf diſcovered, ſhe took her
hands full of ducats, and threw them on
the ground, in hopes, that he who was got
up in queſt of her, would leap down after
the money, and leave her an opportunity

of ſlipping out of their hands. But the

ſaid Izoglan, named Deli Dograndi, little
minding the money, pulled her by the

feet down upon the floor, where his com-

panions, like ſo many birds of prey, ſur-

rounded her, tore off her clothes, which

ſhe had all over ſewed full of gold, pearls
Vor. V.

697

and diamonds, particularly a gown of ſable Ror Au.
fur, which ſhe had ſtuck full of ducats; WW
all which they cut into pieces, and divid-
ed among themſelves. She had a pair of
diamond ear rings about her, which her Her dia-
late lord ſultan Achmet had given her, be- mond ear:
ing bought for a year's revenue of Grand rings
Cairo, theſe one of the Ioglans named Ali bought for
Boſtanci got for his ſhare; there were likewiſe ene 8
necromantick characters found upon her, of Grand
and among others a padlock of a particular Cairo.
make, with the interwoven names of ſultan
Murat and ſultan 1brahim ; by the means
of which ſhe was ſaid to have inchanted thoſe
princes. After they had ſtript her quite
naked, even without leaving any linen upon Stript na-
her, theydragg'd her by the feet into the pa- ked, drag-
lace yard, and there ſtrangled her. Whilſt = 3
the fellow who was to perform the execu- .
tion, was ſtruggling with her, ſhe ſnatch- yard and
ed his finger in her mouth, and bit it with ſtrangled.
her gums (for age had not left one tooth
in her head, ſhe being then 80 years old) ws e
with ſuch force, that he was very near lo- 88.
ſing it, When they had thus made an end
of her, as they thought, ſeeing no farther
ſigns of life in her, they all left her,and ran to
acquaint the emperor with this expedition.
But they were hardly gone a few ſteps off,
when ſhe reared herſelf up again, and
look'd about where to fly to, which being
obſerved by ſome others, they call'd the
1zoglans back, and ſhewed them that they

had but little {kill in that trade; where-

upon they ſet about it a ſecond time, and

did not give over till they were ſure there

was no life left in her.

Thus the emperor's greateſt enemy,
who was the cauſe and ſpring of all theſe
diſturbances, aiming at no leſs than the
taking away his crown and his life, was
put out of the way; and conſequently the
faction of Befaſz and his janizaries, as
good as half quaſhed. To finiſh all, the
vizir immediately ſent for Mabomet's ban- Mahomet's
ner out of the treaſury, where it is kept banner
as their palladium, and a facred relick ; it „
being a tradition among them, that 1 wy 90

2 n 2 „that it was treaſury,

brought by the angel Gabriel to Mahomet,
at a time when he was engaged in a heavy
war againſt the Chriſtians, for a preſage of
victory: it is never made uſe of, except
in the greateſt extremities, on which occa-
ſion, all that are above ſeven years of
age, and will be reputed good Muſſulmen,
i. e. faithful, ought to repair under this
banner, on pain, in caſe of failure, of be-
ing deemed Giaur, i. e. infidels, who are
fallen off from their belief. This banner

was delivered to the baltazi*s, who carried

it to the populace, and ſet it up among

them, calling out Allah, allah. The vi-

zir alſo ſent heralds through all the ſtreets called the

of Conſtantinople, to proclaim the heavenly heavenly
P banner anner.

698

Kor aus. banner (as they call it) being ſet up,
and to ſummon all Myfſulmen to repair to
their duty; This cauſed ſuch a concourſe

of» people, even of children and decrepit

old men, that it was with much difficulty
they could keep their women at home;
thoſe who had no arms took ſticks, ſtones,
and what elſe they firſt could ſeize on, and
went to range themſelves under the banner.
The report of the old empreſs's death,

Repartiti- as well as of Mahbomet's banner being ſet
on of the

Janixaries

odalar, i. e. the old houſe, where one half

of their body was then with their officers;
the other is called jeni odalar, the new
85 houſe, in which was the other half with
Beaaſs Beftaſs: himſelf and his counſellors. He

2 and 1 1 _ no 1 5 of that
pretended religious duty, but Knowing
_— has bis Be was, at Bake, advie hls: fol
lowers to fall upon thoſe who had ranged
themſelves under the banner, before their
number encreaſed too much, and after
having defeated them, to attack the empe-
ror's ſeraglio; the better to forward which
deſign, they might fire the city in different
places, which would draw the inhabitants
from the banner, in order to fave their
without own houſes and goods. This ſcheme might
ſucceſs. have ſucceeded, had it not been for thoſe

of the old houſe, who, ſwayed by a reli-
gious principle, made a ſcruple of con-
ſcience to let private intereſt prevail o-

ver the duty of their belief and the con-
cerns of their ſouls, and thus to render

themſelves for ever unworthy of the name

of Muſſulmen; beſides that, their wives,

children and goods were diſperſed in ſeve-
ral parts of the city; ſo this project of
ſetting ir on fire was rejected. Bectaſ how-
ever with his party was preparing himſelf

for an attack, and had ſent orders to the

| ſame effect to the old houſe, to be enforced

with diſtributing money among them,

when he received advice, that the Janiza-

ries of the old houſe had thrown down

their arms, and were gone over to Maho-
met*s banner, after having returned for an-
ſwer to thoſe who were come with BefZa/z's
orders and money; Verenda kiafir alanda
kiafir, i. e. he that ſends them 1s an infi-
del. At the ſame time arrived a chiaus
from the ſeraglio, ſent by the vizir to
Bectaſs and his followers, who in the name
of the emperor ſaid: Hazratin ſangi agbi

altuina git meien kendi kaifir we awreti boſz,
1, e. he that does not repair to the holy

banner is an infidel, and his wife is divor-
ced from him. The chiaus having pro-

nounced theſe words and thrown a paper

before their feet, haſtened back with all

poſſible ſpeed. Upon reading the paper

up, ſoon reached alſo the ſtreets where the
janizaries were aſſembled : they are divid-
ed into two quarters, the firſt is called elk;

him; and, in order to ſoften him, ſend ®

A Relation of a Fourney

they found theſe words; Thee, BeZafe
aga, I have appointed paſſa of Burcia,
and thee Kara chiaus I have appointed
capitan paſſa, and thee Kutchiahaja I have
appointed paſſa of Temiſwar, and thee Kara
Haſſan J have appointed janizar aga, on
penalty of death and .confiſcation of all
goods, if every one of you doth not im-
mediately repair to his employment. At
this all the janizaries of the new houſe
called out, Daima emiz padis 2ah ijn olſun,
1.c, the emperor's reign be for ever; and
ſo they all to one man and without any
order ran to the ſaid banner. Kara Haſſan
who was named for janizar aga, went to
the ſeraglio to the emperor, and received
of him his kaftan in confirmation of his
new employment ; after which he proceed-
ed to his janizaries under the banner. Thus
the great power of Bectaſæ being vaniſhed His great

in one moment, and he finding himſelf power is
with his two collegues Kutchiahaja and ** an end.

Kara chiaus quite deſtitute, conſcious at
the ſame time what deſtiny, would attend.
them, they were trying to ſave themſelves
by flight.
zed, ſet upon a mule, and in ſcorn and and ſtrang-
deriſion carried to the ſeraglio and there led.
ſtrangled 3 after he was dead, they pluck-

ed out his beard, and ſent to every one of

his friends in the city a hair of it for a
preſent, and a memorandum of their tri-

umph. The other two were alſo overta-

ken in the country and killed. The reſt

of the ill affected who had any credit, be-

ing thirty eight in number, all of them
czorbadzi and odabaſſi, 1. e. colonel-like

officers among the janizaries, were after-

wards alſo privately and in the night-time

made away with by the vizir's order.

Thus this ſedition, which ſeemed very The ſed.

near overthrowing the whole Ottoman eſta- tion ap-

bliſhment, was through the vizir's pru- Peaſed
with

dent conduct quaſhed, without great blood- 1 the

ſhed, the emperor with his mother were Ottoman

ſaved, and the pride of the janizaries cruſh- ſtate ſeem- |

ed, ſo that there was all reaſonable proſ- ed threat.
pect of a laſting tranquillity. However,

it was not long before a paſſa, named Ipſir % 5
paſſa, began a new n in Natolia with 2
an army of the /pahi's of Aſia conſiſting of newalarm,
thirty or forty thouſand men, whom he

had gained over to his fide, and roved

with them over the country, laying one

town after another under contribution, and
even Aleppo, which place he blocked up
for ſometime, till it ſubmitted alſo. Many
and heavy complaints were brought before
the emperor againſt him, but there was
no remedy to be expected from main force
on the contrary, the emperor being at Jai:
apprehenſive leſt Ipfir paſſa might turn his

arms againſt himſelf, was obliged to careſs 1 8
* Sem

him Peror.

But Beclaſæ was forthwith ſei- Is ſeized

e Los 2 * - 1
je FN IE 8 . Tr 2 : _ a
7d en Pr or M6 FEI „ I I I CEE EEE
e Do RR the dos Foe ; 28 „ Ä NES tr rs ie RI re Er AE ey A AK SINPD => CHER PRs F ö "wa
7 * 7 2 enn -” if tt 8 A 27 * - * 3 YT x Ran re _ . - Sr e e Nee
: : Ye ; 5

7
1
4
>
*

Y
5
i

10 Conſtantinople.

him his ſeal with the offer of the title lala,

i. e. guardian (which in effect was making

him vizir guardian, being the uſual term

the emperor miakes uſe of in talking with

his vizir.) This offer took with Tpfir paſſa,

. Who came to Conſtantinople and took poſ-
8 ſeſſion of his new poſt of vizir, and ſoon
ployment began to make away with one paſſa after
of vixir; the other, part of whoſe eſtates he con-
veyed into the emperor's coffers, and the

reſt into his own; in which proceedings

none durſt oppoſe him, he having the

ſbabi's near him and at his beck, all the

ſtreets and corners of Conſtantinople being

filled with them. However, the grandees

of Conſtantinople combined at laſt, and on

a certain evening having every one invited

his company of Hpahi's to his houſe, they

told them ſo much, as at length to talk

them into an averſion to the vizir ; from
thence they went and offered the direction
of their deſign to Murat, capitan paſſa,
who being upon ill terms with the vizir
readily accepted of it, and managed the
buſineſs ſo dexterouſly, that the next day
the /pab!'s and janizaries having made an
in ſurrection, the emperor was forced to

but ſoon give them the vizir Ipfir paſſa's head,

killed. though much againſt his will, the vizir
having greatly inſinuated himſelf into the
emperor's favour by furniſhing him with
money; and as it ſeemed to them that the
mufti had been in the vizir's intereft, they
ſtript him of all and pillaged his houſe,
obliging the emperor to fill the vizir's
Marat Place with Murat paſſa. But after three

paſa in months it was over with him too, and he

his ſtead was ſent to Damaſcus and poiſoned on the

zir, and

afterwards This tumult was hardly appeaſed when

| baniſh'dto another aroſe, which was occaſioned by

Damaſcus. the miſmanagement of the emperor's own

A new tu and moſt truſty miniſter : for ſoon after
mult occa-

ſioned by the. /Pabr's and janizaries reunited and made

baſe coin. a common cauſe in complaining among
themſelves, that their pay was made to
them in baſe money, the emperor's trea-
ſurers cauſing bad aſpers to be coined un-
derhand, when the troops were to be paid,
putting them in purſes filled more than
half with that bad coin; this wrought at
. laſt a ſtrict union between thoſe two bo-
dies, who choſe an old renowned /pah:
Aſſan aga for their leader, and unexpect-
edly went to the ſeraglio, demanding to
ſpeak with the emperor himſelf. He was
obliged to comply and ſhew himſelf from
a high room near the outermoſt gate of
the ſeraglio, called ali 7ioſe, when the ſaid
Aſſan aga, in the name of all, repreſented
their grieyances to the emperor, The
blame was laid upon Klar aga, as alſo on
ſome Moors and eunuchs, who were the
emperor's greateſt favourites (called muſba-
1

—

699

Hip) whom chey inſiſted to have delivered Rotaus,

out for puniſhment; how gratingly ſoever WW
this might ſound in the emperor's ears,
yet there was no denying them; accord- 5
ingly he ordered Kiſſar aga to be ſtrangled Appeaſed
firſt, and then with ſeven others to be by the ex-
thrown over the wall to them; their bo- Fele, of
dies they hung all together on a tree, and u
mangled them with cutting the fleſh from
their bones; nor would this ſatisfy them
yet, but they demanded alſo a lady, called
Mulkikadin the empreſs's favourite, who be- and of
ing delivered alſo, they hung her by the /. ka-
feet on the ſame tree. Though by the er
death of theſe perſons the tumult was ſo e
far laid, yet Aan aga with his followers
ſtill went on to commit ſeveral other out-
rages, and took it in his head to turn all
the Jews out of Conſtantinople (where there
were above twenty thouſand) and to divide Above
their goods and daughters among them- 20900
ſelves. But this deſign was prevented by zo =
ſome of the moſt diſcreet among them ; 44
and after the abovementioned vizir Chiaus
paſſa was come to Conſtantinople, the em-

eror by his advice ſent for Iſan aga to
the divan, as if he intended to ſpeak with
him, who preſuming that all former tranſ-
actions were now forgotten, went ſecurely
thither, but ended his life there under the
ſabres by the emperor's order: and ſo there
was = an end of this 1 0 I

After this manner, one ſedition being .

quelled, another broke out during the 2 We
nority of ſultan Mebemet; and though Mehemer's
ſince that time he was free from tumults minority,
and rebellions, yet upon the whole, the
Turkiſh empire ſtruggled with great fata-
lities during his reign, not only with rela-
tion to the aboveſaid revolts, but alſo ever

after through a continual ſeries of diſaſters

in the war with the Venetians; for beſides Continual
the ſeveral battels the Tyrks loſt from time loſſes rom
to time at ſea, immenſe numbers of their the Vene-
men periſhed in Candia, they were forced,

to ſuffer the Yenetians to come almoſt

within ſight of their capital, and take

from them one ſtrong iſland after another
in the Archipelago, whereby all communi-
cation with, and ſupplies from Egypt and
other parts of Africa were cut off, This
began to occaſion a mean opinion of ſu]-
tan Mehemet, to whoſe ill fortune they at-
tributed all their adverſities, and at my ar-
rival the publick talk ran very hard againſt
him upon that account, ſo that upon the
leaſt unlucky turn and new diſgrace in their
publick affairs he ſtood in great hazard of
a revolution. However, the treachery of
the Turkiſh miniſtry was the true cauſe of by the
the good ſucceſs of the Venetians, of whom treachery
they took bribes and managed affairs ac- of the
cordingly to the advantage of the enemy, n

occaſioned

This management went on during the ad- init.

miniſtration

-
.
—— — a
* — a
a - —
—— — *

„ — = - — — — 2 — — . _
— KKK ooo ——ñ— ——— ES —_— —
" | —_—_— _— 2 4 2 pe —— —_—_ — re. P — > — HT

tre rn — OR"
- 4 .

700

Rol Au. miniſtration of the ſeveral vizirs, who were
A corrupted one after the other by the in-
trigues and management of the French
Remedied embaſſador, till this preſent vizir Coprili
by this Mehemet paſſa, who being poſſeſſed with
vizir. a true zeal for his ſovereign's reputation,
and the intereſt of the Turkiſb empire,

ſcorns to be tempted with their money.

His manly The emperor till now had been a child,
actions, and conſequently was not able to judge how
publick affairs were managed; but the

vizir let him into the reaſons why the Ve-

netians had till then made ſuch progreſs

againſt his empirez after which he had

the corrupted miniſters diſpatched out of

the way, and highly affronted the French
embaſſador, for having made himſelf fo

mean as to be employed by them, calling

him publickly a traitor, and ſending his
interpreter to priſon for ſome months. He

next went and aſſiſted at the campaign of

laſt year in perſon, recovered the iſlands

in the Archipelago, which the Venetians had

made themſelves maſters of, and took ſuch
meaſures that their numerous and power-

ful fleet was obliged to return home with

ſhame. This conduct had the effect, that
the emperor was reſtored to a better opi-
nion among his ſubjects, and has now as
much eſtabliſhed his throne, as it was tot-
tering before on the leaſt unlucky incident.
For the bad aſpe& affairs bore laſt ſum-
mer, occaſioned thoſe frequent and unu-
ſual devotions at Conſtantinople, every time
the vizir near the Dardanels was on ſome
enterprize or other, when the emperor
himſelf went either to Ejub's moſque, or
to Okmeidan, to paſs whole nights in de-
votion, attended thither with exceſſive ac-
clamations, whilſt ſome hundreds of boats
that went up and down the canal, anſwer-
ed with an equal noiſe. As to the vizir,
his credit with the emperor grew to ſuch
a height, that he now reſpects him as a
father; and indeed he is a man of good

and good Natural parts in their own way, and of
qualifica- great experience by reaſon of his age; but

tions, his behaviour is rough and tyrannical,
which is what creates him the eſteem of
the Turks. The readineſs of his wit makes
him govern well, and his cruelty awes
thoſe who might otherwiſe plot againſt his
life, When he came into the adminiſtra-
of which tion, the /pab7's had great authority, which

he gives they uſed with ſuch licentiouſneſs, as may
proofs on

P's actions; he therefore made it his farſt care
to inſinuate himſelf with the janizaries,
and then to make away with about four or
five hundred of the chief men among the
ſpahi's, who he was afraid were preparing
new broils ; and this he had executed in
the night time, as privately and with as
little noiſe as was poſſible. But laſt ſum-
I

be judged from the abovementioned tranſ-

mer when he was going to take the field,
he grew apprehenſive of their revenge, and
with reaſon, for they had already ſeveral
times mutinied in the camp before Conſtan-
tinople, which once went ſo far, that they
ſeized and carried him before the emperor,
demanding his life, which however was
ſpared at the emperor's own interceſſion :
he therefore tried another method, which
was to reconcile himſelf with part of them
by dint of money, and to ſend the greater
number, viz. the /pah?'s of Aſia to their own
homes, in order to manage the reſt the
better. On the other hand, as the jani- as well as
zaries began to rear up again after the on the ja-
ſpah?i”s were cruſhed, he turned about to the ies;
latter for help to keep the janizaries down,

and near the Dardanels, cauſed moſt of

their officers, even ſeventeen ſorbaices, i. e.
colonels, and the chibaja beg himſelf, to

be put to death in one day, beſides many
hundreds of janizaries, on pretence that

they had failed in their duty in the action,

which executions he chiefly committed to

the ſpabi' s, with a view of rooting up all
confidence between them. Thus he laid

the ſpirit of theſe two formidable bodies

of the Turkiſh empire by playing one a-

gainſt the other, ſo that neither the ſpahi's

nor the janizaries were ever ſo low as they

are at preſent. =

Beſides this he degraded or killed ſeve- on ſeveral

ral paſſas and vizirs. He depoſed caima- palſas and
kam Frenk Achmet paſſa ſo ſuddenly, that“ T
no body knew of it till it was done, not the
caimakam himſelf; for when he was fitting

in the emperor's ſeraglio holding a divan,

his employment was given to another, for

whom he was to make room that moment.

He alſo removed the capitan paſſa, the
beglerbeg of Buda, the paſſa of Siliſtria,

who had been vizir once, and twice caima- *©

tam; moreover, he degraded the mufti

and the nałib effends, which are their high-

eſt dignities, and ſacred among them, and

put his own favourites in their places. He
ordered the patriarch of Conſtantinople to and on the

be hanged, and kept another of Feryſalem patriarchs

for ſome weeks in priſon, as he did alſo d C,
innumerable begs and officers, even once

and Jeru-

all the captains of the fleet, whom he af- falem.
terwards either turned out of the ſervice, +

or made away with. To ſum up all; by

theſe rigorous and cruel proceedings he has
compaſſed his ends ſo far, that the Tyrki/ſh

army, which before him had their minds

{et only upon mutiny and uproar at home, Reforms
and ſhewed no ſenſe of honour nor brave- the arm).

ry againſt the enemy in the field, are now

ſo far broke of that rebellious humour,
that laſt ſummer they not only made a
brave ſtand againſt the Yenetians, but even
recovered the two iſlands Tenedo and Lem-
nos out of their hands: for they were be-

COme

—

FS weed TIENES IBN :
„ 8 232 FP rr — S F $
5 n x * mona 9 8 3 F — . 8 7 N N
3 JJ ES OO OE OY I 0 ont CO YET NS
« 8 7 5 n 1 tat HITS + Lots . e e 6
, 775550. N _ 3 | RTE SIRE:
2 TI was nal . Des 7 Y-. 2 2 2

be tat F LIC A C;
J PT ot N

+ PPE: 3 n er e r
LE SE v - Py 5

[op

= 3
«5 ;
7

7 bs
$5,

If

85 7
Te

pe
Sh 5
3
8
N

12 5

Acdriano-
- ple the an-

come ſenſible that either they muſt con-

quer the enemy, or chooſe inevitably to

periſh by the hands of the vizir, the for-

mer of which appearing more preferable,
they now begin to accuſtom themſelves to
notions of victory.
The Tur- During my ſtay at Conſtantinople ſultan
kifþ empe- Mebemet entered into his 17h year, at
ror be- which time a Turkiſh emperor becomes of
dee when age, and the mother's guardianſhip deter-
ge when *'S 3
17 years mines. He is then by their law obliged
old. to repair to Adrianople, the antient ſeat of
the empire, and to undertake ſome expe-
ze tne an- dition, to entitle him to a third feather to
tient ſeat . Ss *
of the em. be put into his turbant by the vizir; for
pire. before this he may wear only two, and
thoſe hanging down before; but after he

has performed that journey, he may ſet

thoſe two feathers upright, and add a

third as aforeſaid, which however muſt

alſo be turned downwards, till he has con-

uered ſome province, and then he wears

them all three upright, and is acknowledg-

ed by his ſubjects, and deemed to have

full authoricy. In conformity to this cuſ-

tom the emperor, by the vizir's advice,

The em- ſet out from Conſtantinople the 234 of
peror September 1657, and after a ſtay of a few

makes 2 days in his camp with Daut paſji marched

2 2 „ to Adrianople. The vizir was as yet taken

fantinople up near the Dardanels, but followed ſome
to Adria- weeks after, and was received by the em-
aople. peror with great demonſtrations of favour

and honour. There were indeed divers

conjectures concerning the views intended
by this journey, but the true and chief
The chief Teaſon of it was in reality no more than
reaſon of what I mention. Yet in other regards

it. this vizir is forming great and deep de-

ſigns; he was formerly in the ſervice of

two famous and able vizirs, during ſultan
Amurat's time, one named Tabani Bujuk,

and the other Kara Muſtafa paſſa, which

latter was alſo in the adminiſtration for

ſome years in ſultan Jrabin's time. Hav-

ing ſtudied the maxims of thoſe miniſters,

he ſtrictly follows them: as Tabani Bujuk

did always preſs ſultan Murat to under-

take ſome expedition, in order to gain to

himſelf reputation in the world, the pre-

ſent vizir obſerves the ſame conduct with
reſpect to ſultan Mebemet now reigning.

And notwithſtanding he is from his nature

The em- eaſy and inclined to melancholy, yet the
Dy aa. vizir 3 diſcourſes have wrought ſo much
— in. upon him, that laſt ſummer he imitated
clined to the example of ſultan Murat, and with the
melan- view of making himſelf more reſpected
choly. and feared, began to range up and down
Conſtantinople in diſguiſe, always attended

by his executioners, whom he immediately

orders to diſpatch whoſoever is ſurprized

in ſmoking tobacco or any other irregula-

rity 3 on which occaſions he hath already

zo Conſtantinople. . (> 701

ſhewn ſeveral inſtances of cruelcy : the RolAuä.

vizir hath likewiſe done all his endeavours CV
3 . . ER TE ad as given

to inſpire him with an inclination to war, jnſtances

ſo far that upon his ſetting out from Con- of cruelty.

ſtantinople on the ſaid expedition, the em-

peror gave his mother to underſtand he

did not intend to ſee Conſtantinople again

within the firſt ſeven years, but to employ

his younger years in extending the borders

of the empire of the Muſſulmen. For it
is an article of their conſtitution, that no
emperor ſhall be allowed to build a moſque,
unleſs he has conquered ſome province or
other; and this building of a church is
thought the more meritorious, becauſe

they have a ſuperſtition, which makes it A particu-

doubtful for an emperor, who has not lar ſupet-
built his church, whether he ſhall go to ſtition.
heaven or no. But this warlike reſolution

ſoon abated, for while I was at Adrianople,

his mind was already much ſet upon re-

turning to Conſtantinople again; and it was

with great difficulty the vizir could keep

him with the army till they broke up. If

this vizir ſhould live long, he will cer-

tainly put him upon ſome remarkable en-

terprize againſt ſome part or other of
Chriſtendom, Every thing looked then
towards an Expedition againſt Italy; how- Intended
ever, the vizir would willingly abate in <xpediti- |
ſomething to have thoſe troubleſome af- 7 por
fairs adjuſted, in order to carry on his o- Vente.
ther and more important deſigns. The

reports of an intended expedition againſt

the Venetians have turned the heads of the

Turkiſh budalates, whom they look upon

as ſaints and prophets, but in reality are

errant fanaticks, that wherever they are

ſeen in the ſtreets, they bawl out, Cicil

Alma, Cicil Alma, i. e. Rome; for in their
muhamedys (a book of prophecies) it is Their pro-
ſaid, that the Turkiſh emperor ſhall come phecies
as far as Rome, and take it, that he ſhall concern-

make the pope patriarch of Feruſalem, ing a nor-

thern peo-

who ſome time after ſhall profeſs the Ma- ple.

hometan faith; then ChRIST ſhall come
and ſhew the Chriſtians their error in not
having accepted the alcoran, and inſtruct
them; that the dove which came down
from heaven was not the Holy Ghoſt, but
was Mahomet, who ſhall be thirty years
upon earth, and confirm the alcoran by
new miracles. After that time the power
of the Turks ſhall decline, till they retire
into deſert Arabia, and then there ſhall be
an end of the world. This their over-
throw ſhall come from that people north-
ward, which in the ſaid prophecy is called
caumies fer, i. e. yellow haired ſons. But
the ruin of Conſtantinople, ſhall happen in
one ſultan Mebemet's time, and then the
Turks ſhall be reduced to ſo few in number,
that ſixty Turki/þ women ſhall have but
one huſband among them. Now as the
8 preſent

—

==

*

.

— —
——
0

—— — —
— ——

— . 1.
== =

A Ng

Rol aun. preſent ſultan's name is Mebemet, when
B they heard of your majeſty's progreſſes in
Poland, they were extremely affected wich

702

it, fearing the accompliſhment of thoſe

prophecics was now at hand. For they
call the Swedes Sed, and ſay that between
zfed and 5fer there is ſo little difference,
that a miſtake might eaſily have happened
in writing er inſtead of Sed, for their r
is written J and their 4 . But above all
Having now that they have ſeen of that ſort of
now © People in Conſtantinople, of whom they
ol people, £90k no notice before, that prophecy muſt
they fear needs be ſoon fulfilled. And indeed our
their pro- arrival here has ſo raiſed the attention of
9777 g. the Turks, that whereas they uſe to call
ame. all thoſe who wear hats and their own hair,
by the name of frenk or franks, yet I had
ſcarce been a week at Conſtantinople, but
they had learned ſo well to diſtinguiſh,
that they not only called me and thoſe of
my retinue, but alſo every man who had

yellow hair, no longer frenꝶ but Sed.

It is true, if one narrowly examines
their preſent ſtate, and compares it with
the following national character, to which

The en- their monarchy owes its former encreaſe, it
creaſe of ſeems that vaſt machine is near its down-
the Turk fall. For 1ſt; They formerly cultivated
2% empire
— "0 nothing ſo much as a laſting peace ; where-
diſcipline. as now they are diſpoſed for nothing leſs
than war, and fond of nothing more than
peace, being grown effeminate to a degree
Their mo- hardly to be believed. 2dly, They did
deration not give themſelves up to luxury, but
in Nen were temperate both in eating and drink-
e ing, and with this view their law forbids
them the drinking of wine, and refrains
their being too long at their meals, pre-
tending that two angels are waiting on
each Muſſulman at table, whom they ought
not to detain long; the true meaning of

ing.

which is, that Mahbomet would not have

them indulge themſelves in long and dainty
meals. Contrary to this precept, gluttony
and other exceſſes are no where more
common now than among them, and thoſe
who are above others in rank and dignity,
drink ſecretly in their own houſes, ſtill
careful of their reputation, which would
Their ſuffer was it publickly known. 3dly,
truth and There was once truth and faith among
good faith. them; but it is otherwiſe now, and one
Turk will not truſt the other, bur relies al-
moſt more on a Chriſtian ; and for this
reaſon the chief employments are filled with
renegadoes or their children, nay the em-
peror's whole houſhold is compoſed of
Choice in none elſe. Athly, The moſt important
beltowing employments were beſtowed only upon
2 * Turks who were the molt capable; whereas
ats.
but directly ſold by the emperor's eunuchs,
4 |

military arts and exerciſes, and avoided

at this time they are not given by choice,

of a Journey

without diſt inction or regard to. capacity.
5thly, Formerly the ſtrength of their mo- The
narchy conſiſted in theſe two bodies of ſtrength
forces, the | /pahi's and the janizaries, for 7171
which not only choice men were picked

out all over the empire, but even hardly their /pa-
any admitted, who were not from their bi and
childhood brought up and well exerciſed 7e
among the Azamoglans. in three different
ſeraglios, on purpoſe appointed for that

uſe. At preſent they are promiſcuouſly

taken out among all forts of people, and

to become a janizary colts no more than

the expence of an ocka of ſugar or coffee;

yet they have no pay, but only the name,

which exempts them from tribute, which
makes it that there never were more jani-

zaries in Turkey, than at preſent; and yet

their empire never wanted ſoldiers more

than even now, for they have neither life

nor ſpirit; ſo. that a janizary and a dog

are at this time almoſt valued alike.

6thly, Their veneration for the emperor yenerati-
was very great; they. reſpected him like on for
a god; his commands were without con- their em-
troul; nay, he who was to die by his or- Pers.
der, was reckoned among the bleſſed; At

this time one hears not only every year of

a tumult or rebellion, but even they have

killed ſultan Ofman, dethroned ſultan

Muſtafa, made away again with ſultan

Ibrahim, and would have done ſo likewiſe
by ſultan Murat, had he not prevented
them; how often this preſent. ſultan Me-
hemet was in danger of his life has been
related above. Formerly, when the em-
peror ſent a capuci paſſa (of whom he has
two hundred at his court) to any paſſa to
take away his life, he was received with

great veneration, and the diſgraced per-

ſon ſubmitted to the execution with pro-
found obedience; but now when a capuci
paſſa ſets out on the like errand, he is
often met on the road and made away
with, or is ſeized and tortured till he for-
ſwears undertaking ever the like commiſ-
ſion again. 7thly, They are fallen off Reſpect

from their former veneration of Mabomet's for Mabo-
laws and ſtatutes; and their mufties, who 3 law

and ſta-

are the guardians and interpreters of that 3

law, and whoſe perſons formerly were
reckoned ſacred among them, are now,
for reaſons of ſtate, depoſed and changed
on any emergency; nay, ſultan Murat
even took away one :nufti's life. Sthly,
Juſtice is not adminiſtred by the preſcrip- A dmini-
tion of the law, but according as avarice ſtration of
prompts their vizzrs and paſſas, who force juſtice.
the cadis or judges to pronounce ſentence
as they are bid, though it be directly op-
poſite to the law; nay the fountain of it,
the nufti himſelf, when ſome revolt pre-
vails, is forced to pronounce any ſentence,
how contrary ſoever to his conſcience,

which

empire in

9 Conſtantinople. -
which is dictated to him by the vizir of

other leading men. gthly, To compleat
all, ſome of the late emperors laid intirely

Care aſide all care and enquiry, how the go-
aeg vernment and the revenues were admini-
80 =

ment and ſtred, and gave themſelves wholly up to
revenue. their pleaſures among their concubines and
eunuchs, which has opened a door to the
covetouſneſs of the courtiers, Who think

of nothing but filling their own purſes by

breach of truſt, and open vislence, ſo far,

that as ſoon as a man is known to be well

in his affairs, his neck is in certain danger,

let his merits and capacity be never ſo

great. Theſe methods not ſufficing, bafe

At preſent coin is ſtruck in vaſt quantity, with which
baſe coin. they cheat the army, till they mutiny and
riſe in arms. And the pre nt vixir ex-
cepted, I cannot ſay, that in my time any
one of the Turk/h miniſters ſhewed the
rene leaſt concern for the commoti-wea), but
ambition all other regards gave way to their ſelfiſh
and ava- Views of ambition and avarice. This con-
rice duct proved very pernicious to the Turk-
1/4 affairs for fome years paſt, in the war
againſt the Venetians, and cannot fail to

end in the utter ruin of their empire. For

a nation's falling of from its antient cha-

rafter, and giving into new cuſtoms, 1s

_ uſually reckoned a certain forerunner of

ſome remarkable change in the govern-
ment; and according as that turn of tem-
per inclines a nation towards virtue or vice,
ſo the change of their ſtate will be for
their advantage or detriment. Now,
ſeem to whereas there appears at preſent in all their
forebode affairs a violent bent of vice, it is not un-
heir ruin. ea ſonable thence to foretel their impen-
ding ruin, unleſs ney recover by the di-

viſions among Chriſtians, which as the
have at firſt highly contributed to their
encreaſe; ſo they will in all probability
have the ſame effect again, if it ſhould
pleaſe almighty Gop any longer to make

uſe of that nation to ſcourge his own diſ-

obedient people.

of the Among the ſeveral matters that deſerve
emperor's to be related concerning the ſtate of the
ſeragho q,ykiſh empire, the emperor's ſeraglio,
and part1- oat Late? V ith 3
cular ( ſeptum magni domint) with his particu
houſhold. Jar houſhold, is very remarkable; not ſo

much on account of its ſtately and ſump-

tuous architecture, as becauſe neither Chri-
ſtians nor Turks, the emperor's neareſt ſer-
vants excepted, are permitted to come
into it; and it is death for any body only
to peep in, and fee any of his women;
conſequently there are few or no ſtrangers
who ever could have true information con-
cerning the ſtate of it. But I had the
good fortune to receive a moſt particular
account of it whilſt I was there, from a
Bobovias's renegado Albertus Bobovins, a man of

of it.

103
lian, German, Latin, Greek, Turkiſh and Roraus.
Arabian tongues, who fince his being ta- WV
ken priſoner in the Venetian war, had ſerv-

ed ten years for a mufician in the ſerag-

lio, but was lately ſet at liberty, and re-

ceived ſpabi's pay, yet lived in the Engliſh
embaſſador's houſe, in hopes of getting.

by his help, out of Tyrky, and among
Chriſtians again, being in his heart {till
addicted to His former religion of the re-

formed profeſſion. I ſhall impart the ſub-
ſtance of his account in a few words.

Its ſituation is upon a pore of land that

reaches out into the Boſphorus, waſhed with

the fea on three ſides, and by the Turks

call'd Sarai Burnu, the property of which

piece of ground, with the palace, and all
buildings ſtanding upon it, belong to The place
Mecca, the emperor holding the uſe of it where.

for a certain rent or acknowledgment, upon the

which is yearly paid into the temple at Nang, be.
Mecca. The whole building conſiſts of longs to
three wy yards built round on all fides, Mecca.
all which is compaſſed with a great or-
1; oe

In the foremoſt palace-yard are the ar- The fore-
ſenal, the hoſpital, the habitation of the moſt pa.

4 HEE n : lace yard.

wood and water-carriers, the baking-
houſe, and the dwellings of thoſe who make
and take care of all ſorts of mats, which the
Turks wotk very curiouſly and neat, for
covering the floors. In this court the vi-
zir, and whoever comes on horſeback do
alight, and then proceed on foot. The The ſe-
fecond palace yard is ſurrounded within cond pa-
with porticos or piazzas, ſupported with lace yard-
marble pillars, under which are ſitting the
paſſas, chiauſes and janizaries, and other
officers, when there is a divan or council,
which is alſo held in the ſame place, as
well as their chancellary or ſecretary's of-
fice. In this court live cooks and con-

fectioners, who prepare all ſorts of ſweet-
meats and preſerves; as alſo the lackeys

who wait on the women. It is very large,

full of laurels, cypreſſes, and other trees;

among which ſtags and fallow deer are

ſeen to walk about, like in a park. The The inner

third and innermoſt court contains, be- _

ſides the hall called Divan Hane, where,“

in publick audiences are given, the empe-

ror's apartments, and thoſe of his women,

and the rooms for thoſe of the houſhold,

who are in daily waiting, who being of

divers degrees, I ſhall give an account of

each ſort, and reckon up their number. |
The chief of the emperor's court offi- Chief of-

cers are two eunuchs; one white, who is _ Pt

calbd Capi aga, and has under him a held.

hundred white eunuchs, who are to obſerve

the young men call'd 1zeglans, and kee

them from unnatural vices. The ſaid Ca- The Cap!

Pi aga's office is beſides this, to exerciſe 4.
account learning, well verſed in the French, Ita- a command over all the men in the ſera-

glio,

— A cre r=

” * "Ae —̃ 8 $ = - — — *

—
— —

704

emperor employs in correcting the vizir,

in caſe he thinks his pride too much grown,

and yet will not take away his life, on ac-

count of his behaving well in the admini-
ſtration; and this correction conſiſts in the

Capi aga's giving him as many ſtripes as

the emperor directs. |

Cs The ſecond of the emperor's chief court
The X/. officers is the Ki/lar aga, a black eunuch,
lar ag. under whom are 200 black eunuchs, who
have the inſpection over the women. His
office is to govern all the emperor's wives,
concubines, and their female ſlaves; and

if any of the emperor's women miſbehave

againſt him, they receive their puniſhment

from his hands. The next in rank after
The By/- theſe two is the Buſtanci Baſh, the head of all

tanaBaff. the buſtanci's or gardeners ; theſe have the

care of the emperor's ſeveral houſes and
gardens, whereſoever ſituate, and they are
5000 in number. Theſe three officers are
always about the emperor's perſon, whom

they turn and lead at their pleaſure, and

_ conſequently muſt be much courted by the
_ vizir and other grandees to keep them in
favour. a 5
The Ha- After theſe are 40 young men, call'd
3 Hazodali's, who are like gentlemen of the
men of the bed- chamber; they dreſs and undreſs the
| bed-cham- Emperor, and ſleep in his own apartment.
ber. They have three chiefs ; the firſt of whom
is the ſilictar aga, the emperor's armour-
bearer, who always carries the emperor's
ſabre after him; the ſecond is, the cho-
hadar, his valet-de-chamber, who takes
care of his wearing apparel. A third is,
the 7ike haptar, who carries the emperor's
turban in travelling, and holds the ſtir-
rup when the emperor mounts on horſe-
back. Theſe three always ride abreaſt
immediately after the emperor, when he
travels. The next after theſe is the keeper
of the furniture or wardrobe, with thoſe
The Hag. under his command, called Haznali's, being
2 ae of 200 muſicians, divided into two ſorts, ſome
hewar. to whom the field muſick belongs, and
drobe. others who play upon all kinds of inſtru-
„ ments; beſides theſe are the ſingers calld
e, Mechetarles, about 80 in all, more or leſs,
or fingers, according as the emperor's curioſity leads
him. Their buſineſs is to play before the
emperor and his wives night and day, that
e 5 being their chief and almoſt only paſs- time.
2 „„ The emperor's falconers or Doganci's are
talconers. 200 in number, who attend the emperor's
hawking, and are obliged night and day
do go to and fro near their habitation, car-
Tho Me: ; rying faulcons upon their hands. His con-
_ terll ,

— called Kilerli's.
The /zo- His moſt truſty and privy ſervants are
glans, or call'd Izoglans, who are 1000 in number,

rivy ſer- ;
bang. and as it were, the ſprings by which the

A Relation of a Journey

RoLams. glio, and he is even the perſon whom the

fectioners, who are 100 in number, are

reſt of the houſhold in the innermoſt court-

ard move; they dwell in two long houſes

ike barns, without any partitions of rooms;
in one there are 400, and in the other 600,

where they have hardly room enough to

ſit or lie down. Moſt part of the day they
are ſitting without any motion or talk,

unleſs ſpoke to by their foremen, their

whole converſation being only by ſigns,
without the leaſt noiſe, nor ſo much as
laughing; for the reſt they are allowed
reading or writing, and walking about in
the court-yard, once a month, to ſtretch
their legs; otherwiſe they do not ſo much
as ſtir from their places, except it be to go
to prayers, to bathe, or on their neceſſary
occaſions z for which three purpoſes there
is a houſe near their door. The bath- The Ha-
keepers called Haman, are 80 in num- pu. *
ber. „
Beſides theſe men ſervants, there are the The em-
emperor's wives, concubines, and their peror's
women 8 } whoſe N Ar al- ieee
ways alike, but depends on the empe- ;;
ns will and tie. The preſent ſultan eee
Mebemet has but two wives. His father ſlaves.
ſultan Ibrabim had nine wives, beſides a
vaſt number of concubines; ſo that the

women he kept were reckoned upwards of
ten thouſand; but commonl

ſpeaking,
there are but one thouſand of all ſorts of
women in the ſeraglio. Theſe have all
their particular houſes and habitations in
the inner palace yard. In the middle yard
there dwell cooks, called Aſci's, 300 in The Aſcin,
number, and people who make all forts or cooks.
of ſweetmeats, and preſerves of honey,
called Halvaci's, 200 in number; likewiſe The Hal-
one hundred of lackies, called Sulufli Bal- 24s.
zaci's, who wait on the women, and are 7 S
armed with great ares. .

In the third or outermoſt yard, there

live thoſe who make and take care of |
matts, calld Haſſirgis, 120 in number; The Ha

likewiſe the bakers, call'd Ekmekgi's, 80 frgi's.
in number, and the wood and water-car- e Ek-
riers, call'd Azamoglans, 100 in number. Ther.
In the very walls of the orchard, there gn.
live the people who take care of the houſe
and orchard, called Boflanciles Odalari, of Baſtanci-
whom there are always 600 in the preſent . 94-
emperor's ſeraglio, as alſo the grooms of Groom
the ſtables, to the number of one thou- of the
ſand. : ſtables.
All the perſons now mentioned are oblig- Al cheſe
ed night and day to attend in the empe- are miſe-

ror's ſeraglio, where they are lodged and rably diet-

dieted, but very miſerably ; they have ed.
wretched bread, and a {mall piece of meat
half rotten given them once a week; now
and then ſome beans, fruit, but ſeldom a
ſpoonful or two of rice; their drink is
water. All theſe attendants are taken
from among the children of Chriſtians, or

2 are

2 IT" ** ”
, ,
BEE gr WES
o «42 ..

keepers..

fli Balta-

IEF. 8 * 2 2

e ea, Ei)” To OL
8 N

3 Conſtantinople.

are priſoners brought out of Chriſtendom.

The pri- The priſoners when they come into the em-
ſoners 37e peror's ſeraglio are trained up in the man-
to ii. ner following. Firſt, they muſt uſe them-
ſelves to their cuſtoms, eſpecially their man-
ner of ſitting, which they find the hardeſt

of all; and many of them, for want of
being able to learn it, are turned out of the
ſeraglio again, and ſent to the gallies. For
during the firſt month of their ſtay in the
ſeraglio, they are taught to ſit all the: fore-
noon upon their knees and heels with their
ſhins under them at length, and their toes
touching the ground; in the : afternoon
they change their poſture, ſitting upon
their legs croſsways like taylors. Thoſe
that cannot hold it out, which indeed is

the caſe of moſt of them, but from that
continual and conſtrained ſitting have their
thighs and legs ſwelled, are removed into

the hoſpital, where they are anointed and
taken care of till they are better; then
they return to their ſitting as before, till
their legs ſwell again; and this trial is re-
peated three times. If after all they can-
not bring themſelves to it, they are ſent to

row in the gallies, or to ſome other labour

out of the ſeraglio. If it happens ſo that
they overcome it at laſt, and are able to

ſit, the ſecond thing to be done is, to per-

2dly, Per- ſuade them to the Mahometan faith and to
ſuaded to be circumciſed, If they ſhew any reluc-
turn Ma- tancy, they are put into a particular room
bomtianie for the night, where they are ſcourged,
and by all forts of torment kept from

ſleeping : in the day time they are brought

back to their own room, where certain

| perſons are appointed to perſuade them by

fair means, and all ſorts of inducements ;
which method 1s continued till they yield,
and conform with their religion. This
zdly, In- ſtep being gained there remains a third,
ſtructed in which is, to inſtruct them in their law,

their law, and in reading and writing; after which
reading

d writ- |
64 I? glans, in thoſe two large houſes, where they

paſs their time in the miſerable condition de-
{cribed above, and in time are advanced to

ſome of the forementioned employ ments.
Azame- Thoſe from among the azamoglans who
glans the are taken into the ſervice at the emperor's
fit born court, are firſt inſtructed. They are the
children firſt born children of Chriſtians, which
Chriſtians. the ſubjects are obliged to furniſh by way
of tribute ; for whoſe education their em-
perors have appointed three large houſes
at Conſtantinople, two at Pera, and one at
Adrianople, where they are inſtructed till
they are come to a proper age, when they
are taken from thence, and during the firit

ſix years are called azamoglans, waiting by

turns in the ſeraglio, one hundred at a
time, to carry wood and water, and be-
ing at other times employed in the moſt
Vor. V.

they are put among the body of the 120

705

abject ſervices, as occaſion offers within Ror Au.

the city of Conſtantinople; there is an offi wv Wo
cer ſet over them, who is called St ambol
aga, who alſo in the janigar aga's abſence
commands thoſe janizaries who are left

behind. When theſe azamoglans have held

out their ſix years, and are inured to hard
work and fatigues, they are ranged among
the janizaries, buſtanct's or izoglans.

There are beſides theſe other ſervants
alſo who belong to the houſhold, and wait
indeed every day at court, but they have
their turns; nor do they live in the ſera-
glio, but in the city. Such are the capyci Thercapuct
baſſis, two hundred in number, whoſe of. ..
fice is to wait at the door of the emperor's
innermoſt chamber, being always four at
one time, and are often ſent with import-
ant commiſſions. Another fort are the
muſtafaraka, two hundred in number alſo ; The mu/-
who are to follow the emperor and wait on H rale.
him, and on ſome great ſolemnity or other
to carry the diſhes to his table. Six hun-
dred chiauſes, with their chiaus paſſa at the Thechiaus
head, make up a third ſort, who are like- .

wiſe employed in embaſſies, diſpatches
abroad, and other commiſſions of leſs

conſequence, and are daily waiting on the
emperor, the vizir and the caima tam.

It would be too tedious to enter into an Of other
account of all the employments in the civil civil and
as well as military eſtabliſnment, accord- e
ing to their ſeveral degrees; I ſhall there-
fore paſs that over, and only in a few
words give the ſum of the belief and doc- The r-
trine of the Turks, which chiefly conſiſts belief
in ſix articles, and doc-

1ſt, They believe that there is a Gop, "Of God.
to whom none is equal; to whom none
of the epithets of Father, Son or Holy
Ghoſt do belong ; who neither begot, nor
is begotten himſelf ; has neither beginning
nor end; is the creator, protector and

preſerver of heaven and earth, and of all

that has life. For the reſt they give him

the attributes of being all-wiſe, all-know-

ing, ſo that (according to their own ex-
preſſion) he ſees the way of a black ant
upon a black ſtone, all preſent, with other
like attributes; without whoſe will and
permiſſion nothing happens whether good
or evil.
2dly, They believe that there are an- 2. Of an-

gels good and evil, that the good angels gels.
are Gop's ſervants, and are by Gop em-
ployed in ſeveral ſervices both in heaven
and upon earth. Among them Gabriel is
the greateſt and the moſt powerful; Eſrail
receives the ſouls of the dead, and is cal-
led the angel of death; Iaſil ſhall ſound
the trumpet on the approach of the laſt
day, holding therefore the trumpet conti-
nually before his mouth, to be ready when
Gop commands him to ſound, They call

8 R the

706

RoLams. the evil angel 1blis, who for his diſobedi-
W ence and pride was caft out of heaven,
and begot many fons ſince, which are the
evil angels, who lay all forts of ſnares for
mankind. UFO TR
3. Of four gdly, They believe that there are four
holy holy books written and ſent down by Gop,
books. iz. the books of Moſes, the goſpel of
CuRISsTFT, the pſalms of David, and the
alcoran, which are all worthy to be credit-
ed; but that the three firſt are falſified,
and were therefore ſet aſide by the alco-
ran, which was ſince ſent down by Gop
for a rule, and ſhall endure till the laſt
day without poſſibility of being falſified.
This book is in ſo high veneration among
them, that none who has not waſhed his
hands and his body may read or handle
it, unleſs in caſe of neceſſity, if it ſnould
happen to fall down, or on ſuch like oc-
caſions, and then they muſt firſt put a
cloth about it; if one who is reading in
it ſnould chance to turn his back upon it,
he commits a ſin not to be atoned for.
Their ve- Thoſe who are ſkilful in writing neat co-
neration — of the alcoran (for printing is not ſuf-
3 ered among them) are called Hitet, and
copy it or are very much reſpected; others who can

by it by ſay it by heart, are called hyufa, and are
cart.

The al.
£0r an,

and wear them about their necks to charm
away all dangers of the body as well as
the ſoul. |

4. Of pro- Athly, They believe that Gop ſent pro-
phets and phets and evangeliſts to preach and teach
3 the truth, of whom Adam was the firſt,
g and Mabomet the laſt; to which latter the
law contained in the alcoran was given to

publiſh, and that Gop gives to the people

who follow it, the preference above all

other nations in the world. This is the

The Turks Cauſe of the great conceit the Tyrks have

eee of themſelves; ſo that there is none of
dh them- them, how mean ſoever his circumſtances

. be, who does not value himſelf ſo much
above any king among the Chriſtians, that
he ſhould reckon it an injury only for to
be compared to him.

5. Of the Sthly, They believe a laſt judgment and

laſt judg- a reſurrection, but are of opinion that the
ment and ſoul is buried with the body; but that
TIS the ſouls of the bleſſed have a little win-
touls. dow through which they can fee all that

paſſes in heaven. They farther believe
Of the an. that there is an antichriſt whom they call
icht. deggiali; alſo that ChRISTH ſhall deſcend

from heaven and deſtroy him ; that a di-

rector general ſhall be born of Mahomet's

deſcent, who ſhall agree with CHRISH and
give him his daughter for a wife; after
Of the end which heaven and earth ſhall be no more;

of = that Gop ſhall lay a bridge over the hell,
Of heil. ſmaller than a hair and ſharper than a

2

A. Relation of a Journey

evil.

worſhipped like ſaints; they uſe to copy
certain paſſages and ſentences out of it,

ſword, over which all men ſhall try to

paſs; the bleſſed only ſhall get over it,

but the wicked ſhall fall from it into hell.

Of the feen. Joys they imagine, that of he-
they are to conſiſt merely in ſenſual plea- ven.

ſures, magnificent habitations, plenty of

perfumes, jewels, eating and drinking, but
chiefly and above all the poſſeſſion of beau-
tiful women. |

6thly, They believe a predeſtination, 6. of pre.
and that every thing both good and evil Jeftinatl.
happens by an inevitable decree and deter- nu.

mination of Gop.

| Theſe are the fix articles of their be- Practical
lief, for confirmation of which they are duties in
enjoined the practice of the following du- ono

ties. 1. Of the confeſſion itſelf to be made this belief

when aſked : I believe that there is a Gop; 1. Confeſ.

that there are angels, books, prophets, a fion, or
laſt judgment, and a decree of Gop con- _
cerning all that happens both good and :
2dly, Of prayers: thoſe are of two 2. Prayers.
ſorts: farza, as commanded by Gop

himſelf in the alcoran, and ſunna, as or-

dered by their Mabomet. Five times a

day they are called to prayers from their

church ſteeples, which is with them in-

ſtead of ringing of bells. Before they go

to prayers they are enjoined to waſh their Waſhia;.

hands, face and arms up to the elbow, their

feet, their neck and nape, as alſo their

armpits; which waſhing is with them

what baptiſm is with us. But their cir-

cumciſion is performed with particular ce- Circum.

remonies of their own, which it would be ciſion.

too long to relate here. When they ſay

their prayers, they range themſelves as if

they were to be muſtered, and one who is

the moſt learned among them, being pla-

ced 1n the front, the reſt ſay after him, all

turning. themſelves to that ſide, which

looks towards Mecca. 3dly, Of alms or , Alms:

charity: to which they are ſo diſpoſed, ©

that no beggar is to be ſeen among them; No beg-

they even keep birds, dogs and cats out gars a-

of charity; and there are certain publick mong the

places at Conſtantinople where thoſe crea- Bird,

tures are fed by thouſands. It is a diver- dogs and

ſion to ſee their keeper go with them to a cats fed

certain place, looking like an exchange, out of

where their alms are gathered for them, Charity.

for not one dog goes in with him, but

they ſtand by hundreds at the door, wait-

ing for his return, and when he comes out

they rejoice and follow him like ſo man

attendants. They alſo feed many thou-

ſand of birds of prey, ſo that the air of Likewiſe

Conſtantinople is as full of them, as it is in birds of

other places of flies; every morning they prey.

throw ſmall bits of fleſh out of the win-

dows for thoſe birds, which ſnatch them

up in the air with ſuch dexterity, that it is

much if a piece touches the ground. What

is moſt commendable is, that the N
or

x
* 4/
Tix
* ——
.
Wet
W
LY Ne
TE
$2
MRS.
a
* 1 2
.
3
te
19 519
22500
7!
.
by g
5
Tt
oe 0
q1 \#
PITS
WT 6
* *
We 5
„
N
whe l
1
5
* 7 ” J
* *
8
2
285
er
855
1 5 4
x
4
*
*
*
4
25
Bu
OG
*
21
:
5 1
i
PS
25
5
.
Ce
LES
v3»
I
*
*
8
&
*
.
.
te.
PS"
aA
I
95
2
5
. 7
BY
bo
5
Us
48%
D

een Y.

; a

re;
EE
£3
puts
#4 4
2; þ
, Y
2
28-4
5
225
8
. A
i=
þ >
8
I Is.
TY *
=
vo: |
Ne
*
of
5
f

— w_ = — TIT 2 TFP
eee e SOOT ROS 2D, CE Pe
ER VL! 40 N wo EIT 2 93 — 2 J -

or ERS EDS Tenet

FI ITY 9 1
ny s
e

" 5 r n 1 7 : 8 5 n
1 — e JJ —— Co BS 2 2 :
n N — 2 * * 13 4 .

Pe
*
$a
539 25 d
* 1 4
4 g
** ve
2 4
Key
>.
wP 1
. q
*
**
+
x FT
2
82 A
_ N Y
=
Ws J
I 3
*
*
V

1 Conſtantinople.

for inſtance vizirs, and the like perſons,

with the view alſo of eſtabliſhing a fame

for themſelves, lay out great ſums in
building for the conveniency and relief of
travellers, ſumptuous bridges, fountains

Tnns for and channes or publick inns, where paſſen-
travellers gers are lodged, and even ſometimes de-
and the frayed as to eating and drinking, particu-
poor: larly the poorer ſort, and that by hun-
dreds; for the ſupport of which founda-
tions they ſettle funds of many thouſands of

4. Faſts. dollars income. 4thly, Of faſts: thoſe are
| called 7amadan, and laſt a whole month,
during which they do not taſte either wet

or dry from ſun-rife till ſun-ſet, but then

5. Pilgri- again they cat all night long. 5thly, Of
mages to pilgrimages: that to Mecca mult be per-
Meccaz formed by every one who is come to
_ years of diſcretion, and has the uſe of his
reaſon, either in his own perſon, or by

ſending a deputy in his ſtead, They un-

dertake thoſe pilgrimages to Mecca, where

to Medi- Mahomet was born; to Medina, where he
— buried; to Babylon, where are the tombs
rok „of Imam Aſim their chief evangeliſt, and of
to Feru- Ali their general; and laſtly to Feruſalem,
ſalem. where they have built a temple over the
place, on which they ſay CarisT's feet

had ſtood when he was teaching the peo-

ple, in which they pay veneration to him.

They have abundance of other abſurdities

in their religion, the relation of which

would be too tedious.

The As: for what concerns the affairs of
Portes Turky with reſpect to its neighbouring
. kingdoms and ſtates, your majeſty is al-
and inte-

ob "wich ready ſufficiently appriſed in what relation
TT po- that monarchy ſtands with the ſeveral pow-
ers of ers of Chriſtendom; and that France, Eng-

Chriſten- and and Holland are in friendſhip with

dom. them, on account of the trade they carry

France, on in the Levant z for which reaſon they

| England have their miniſters at Conſtantinople, as

and the

alſo ſeveral conſuls at Grand Cairo, Aleppo,
Dutch.

Smyrna, and many other places in Aſia
and Africa. However, England enjoys its
trade thither on much more advantageous
ſtipulations with the Oitoman Porte, than
any other of the foreſaid nations; and the
Dutch are of late but upon indifferent terms
with them, ſince many of their ſhips were
laſt ſummer found out among the Venetian
fleet. The confidence with the emperor

With the Of Germany and the houſe of Auſtria has
_ emperor hitherto not been very great; however,

and the peace was maintained during the late reigns,
houſe of

of on account of the incapacity of the ſeveral
free. ſultans, who filled the Ottoman throne one
after another. But now it ſeems the houſe

of Auſtria is in better correſpondence and

greater credit with the Turkiſh court than

ever before; for the preſent vizir careſſes

the emperor and his ſon the King of Hun-

gary, making ſhew of embracing their in-

tereſts; though this conduct proceeds ra- Rol au.

ther from his own political views of ob-

taining leave for the Turkiſh army to paſs
through Dalmatia, The king of Spain With the
has no communication with this court, by king of
reaſon- of his miniſters not being treated in Pain.
point of the ceremonial agreeably to the

Spaniſh grandeur, which is not ſatisfied

with the uſual honours paid to the mini-

ſters of other chriſtian powers. The pope With the
avoids all commerce with a people whom Pope.

he treats as the enemies of Chriſtendom,

to keep intercourſe with whom would pro-
fane his holineſs ; yet he has three convents
at Galata, one of Feſuits and two of Capu-
chins, whoſe relation with the Yenetians is

more than publick. Poland had formerly With Po-

little credit here; but that kingdom being bara.
now reduced to ſuch a condition as not to

give them any apprehenſion, they ſhew more.

regard for it; and having been inſpired

with ſuſpicions againſt your majeſty's pro-
greſſes and power in Poland, they encou-

rage the Polanders to make reſiſtance, Be-

ſides this, the cham of the Tartars being With the
gained over with Poliſh money, and the Tartars-
proſpect of the uſual plunder he gets every
year in Poland, fills the Ottoman Porte

with favourable impreſſions in behalf of
Poland; ſo that at leaſt in outward ap-
pearances Poland is now more favoured

than ever it was before. The old jealouſ;
between the Muſcovite and the Ottoman WithMuſ>

Porte not only continues, but even daily cn.

increaſes againſt him, on account of the
piracies committed by the Don- Coſſachs on

the Black-Sea, as allo of the miſtruſt the

Ottoman Porte have of their own ſubjects
of the Greek religion, that they are ſe-
cretly promoting the intereſt of Muſcovy.
This was the cauſe of the death of the
patriarch of Conſtantinople who was hanged
laſt year, and the patriarch of Feruſalem's

being caſt into priſon for ſome weeks.

The Zaporovian Coſſachs lay under the With the
ſame ſuſpicion at the Porte, who do not Cefacis.
much rely on their pretended devotion,

by reaſon of the good underſtanding they

keep with the Ruſians, and that they al-

ways were found in company with the

Don-Coſſacks on the Black- Sea, particularly
laſt ſummer in July, when they together
did great damage to the Turks near Pan-
gala, a town in Bulgaria, by plundering the

paſſa of Siliſtria's camp, and ſetting fire to

the town itſelt.

Towards the eaſt the O!toman Porte has x, the
a great and powerful] rival, which is the Eat with
king of Perſia; but ſince the Turks have the king
recovered Babylon out of his hands, and of P:r/-
he the year after had ſent a magnificent
embaſſy to compliment their emperor, a
good underſtanding is now reſtored between

the two courts. In return the Oztoman

Porte

|;
i
$
q
Q

708

V enbaſſy to Perſia, both to confirm the a-

greement lately made, and to accommodate

the differences between the Perſian and the
Indian courts.

There was alſo at my time at the Oto-
man Porte an embaſſador from the Great
Mogul, whoſe commiſſion was, both to
renew the former friendſhip, and toengage
the Turkiſh emperor to fall upon Per ſia in

conjunction with him, and to divide the
Reaſon of conqueſts between themſelves. This ani-
the Indi- moſity againſt Perſia, among other rea-
an; hatred ſons, proceeded from the king of Perſia's
= having lately taken the city and province
ers. O .
of Kandahar from the Mogul, with the
ſlaughter of great numbers of his forces.

In India
with the
Great
Mogul.

Indian The ſaid Indian embaſſador was received
embaſſ- and treated with the utmoſt magnificence,
= bar and all the vizirs and paſſas had orders to
his dif. Entertain him with all poſſible marks of

honour. But in anſwer to his commiſſion

patch,
5 he was told, that the Porte was engaged
againſt the Chriſtians, and that any hoſtile
enterpriſe againſt Perſia would be an open
violation of the treaties lately concluded
with them; that however the Porte, in
teſtimony of its friendſhip, would endea-
vour to mediate an amicable compoſition
of the differences depending between them
The true and the Perſians. But the true reaſon was
reaſon of the mufti's diſſuading the Turkiſh court
* an from ruining the king of Perſia, and ra-
er. ther adviſing to aſſiſt him, he being a
king, with whom the O:toman Porte would
always be able to cope ; and his domini-
ons by their ſituation ſerving the Turkiſh
empire for a barrier againſt the Mogul and
Great Tartary; whereas, ſhould the king
of Perſia be ruined, thoſe two powers
would become neighbours to the Ottoman
Porte; and being both of the ſame reli-
gion, and beſides of a more ancient deſ-

cent than the Turks, might poſſibly lay

claim to the protection of Mecca, of which
the Ottoman Porte is at preſent in quiet
poſſeſſion. Accordingly the Indian em-
baſſador was diſpatched with the above-
ſaid anſwer, and accompanied back by
Huſſein Manoli, whom the Porte ſent their
embaſſador to the Mogul. |

The third power of the eaſt, for whom
the Ottoman Porte has great reſpect, 1s

The king Ra or the king of Zagathai, the moſt

of Zaga-

thai the powerful in Great Tartary, who receives
moſt pow-
erful in

Great Tar-
tary.

oreat marks of love and veneration from
the Turkiſh emperor, becauſe they both
are of the ſame religion, and deſcended of
Mahomet himſelf ; but the kings of Hu/-
beck being of the elder branch, value them-
ſelves ſo high, that they do not deign the
Turks to have any communication with
them, and look with envy on the protec-

tion the Ottoman Porte exerciſes over

2

A Relation of a Journey

Rol Aun. Porte has ſent Kioſe Iſmael paſha on an

Mecca, as belonging to them for the ſaid
reaſon. However, as their dominions do

not border immediately on any part of
the Turkiſh empire, but are ſituate between
_ Perſia, the Great Mogul's dominions, and
thoſe of Ruſſia, and have bn a fourth ſide +

the Caſpian Sea, they have no opportunity

of doing the Turks any harm, but are

obliged to leave them in the
ment of that protection. |

A fourth ſovereign in the eaſt, or rather The king
to the ſouth, whom the Ottoman Porte muſt of 4% i-
have an eye upon, is the king of Abyſinia, nis.
called by them Padeſba Jabeſb, of whom
being a Chriſtian as well as his ſubjects,
the Ottoman Porte entertains a perpetual
jealouſy. Sultan Amurat took two pro-
vinces from him, one of which, called
Femenia, the king of Abyſſinia has ſince
recovered, but the other is ſtill in the poſ-
ſeſſion of the Turks, who ſend thither ever
year a paſſa from Grand Cairo. This
Neighbourhood is indeed very diſagree-
able to the Tyrks, but hitherto they have
not ventured yet to break with him, for
as It 1s a very remote expedition, where
the climate does not at all ſuit with their
Aſiatick and European forces, they ſeldom
before had any great ſucceſs to boaſt of
againſt the ſaid Aby/inian empire. |

This is in a few words the ſtate and
ſituation of the Tyrki/þ empire with rela-
tion to its neighbours in the eaſt.

Thus much may ſuffice for an account The ſe-
of the preſent ſtate of Turxy, and its re- quel of the
lation to the neighbouring powers; I negotiati-
think it my duty next to reſume my re- Ke
port of the negotiation I was entruſted Porte.
with at that court.

Since your majeſty's commiſſion had gurmiſes
been ſo far negotiated with the emperor of the
and great vizir, as is mentioned above, 7«r# con-

quiet enjoy-

and that the anſwer intended to be given ©2128
. : the king's
to me, together with my diſpatch, had affairs.

been deferr'd, the great vizir ſet out the
28th of May from Conſtantinople for Daut
Paſji, a place half a quarter of a league
from the city, to join the army there,

with which he proceeded on the fourth of

June to the Dardanels, leaving my negoti-

ation in the hands of the caimakam, Frenk

Achmet paſſa, a reaſonable man, by nation
an Italian, and entirely for our intereſt.
But the vizir was hardly gone, when it
began to be whiſpered among the Turkiſh
miniſters, that your majeſty's affairs could
not be in ſo good a condition as they had
been repreſented; but that ſome extraor-
dinary diſtreſs muſt have forced him to
court the Ottoman Porte's friendſhip with
ſuch eagerneſs; and that all I had told
them was only with a view to miſlead them,
and to gain time; at length their own
fickleneſs, -

"
*
1. —
Y

LY
MF
.
1
IN ©
8
$a
"IJ
en
Be Dt
TY
Rx og
ns x!
8
*
©"
6+
3
Ss l
©, LY
W's
13
eng
5.
7 4
"Is
*% q
&
.
*

*

10 Conſtantinople.

fickleneſs, as well as the odious in ſinua-
tions of others, made them break out in-
to unguarded expreſſions againſt your ma-

jeſty and your alliance with Ragotzky, and
to ſay publickly, they

ought to retract
their firſt reſolution, and let the whole af-

fair lie dormant, till they had heard what
the other envoy had to propoſe, who was

expected from your majeſty, and then to
hold :

another council concerning it, but
that in the mean time the Tartars ſhould
be ordered to advance into Poland, or
Tranſylvania.

of our being ſo long detained; to which

he anſwered with making ſeveral excuſes,

particularly with laying the fault on the
multiplicity of buſineſs occaſioned by the
preſent war, but that now he had ſent for
us, to acquaint us with the good news, that
we ſhould be forthwith diſpatched with a
good and agreeable reſolution. I anſwer-
ed, that we were indeed glad to hear we
were at laſt to be diſmiſſed with a favour-
able reſolution, and that ſoon; but ſince
we had been put in hopes of it ſo often,

Repreſen- On the other hand, I was not wanting we ſhould be ſtill more glad, when we ſaw
os pe... repreſent to them both myſelf in an the effect itſelf. As to their war, it was
that fab. audience I had of the caimakam, and b

jet, with the means of the Engliſb embaſſador, what

the rea-
ſons of a
ſecond

embaſly,

was the true reaſon of two miniſters being
ſent, which ſtep ought to convince them

the more of your majeſty's ſincere and

good intentions towards them. Mr. Wol-
ling being allo arrived on the ninth of Zune,
I delivered a memorial in writing, con-
cerning the whole negotiation, which had
ſo much effect, that they grew eaſy again,
and Jaid aſide their former diffidence and
prejudices. And whereas both the empe-
ror and the vizir, as well as the other

Turkiſh miniſters, * were already fully in-
formed of your majeſty's defire; and

that the objections they had made of them-
ſelves, were removed, by clearing; up all
doubts, and giving them all poſſible Nicht
and ſatisfaction, but eſpecially whereas the
main point was already obtained on the
good terms granted by former reſolutions,

(unleſs they ſhould now alter thoſe reſolu-

tions again, as was then intended) there
remained only for me to preſs our diſ-

patch, which accordingly I did with great

application, and inſiſted upon it with the

true, that did furniſh them with occupa-
tions of the higheſt conſequence; however,
they ought to conſider, that our commiſ-
ſion was of no leſs importance, and of
ſuch a nature, as rather to leſſen than to
increaſe their other cares. For it could
not but ſtartle and diſcourage their ene-
mies, to hear that they had eſtabliſned
friendſhip with ſo powerful a king as the
king of Sweden; and I concluded with preſ-
ſing him to let us ſoon ſee the effects of
his promiſes. Secondly, I told him, that
indeed we had been always uſed by the vi-
zir, as well as by himſelf, with much ci-
vility, and received many good promiſes,
but that now we were ſurprized to ſee their
outward behaviour contradicted by the ef-
fect itſelf, being informed, that the cham of
Crim Tartary was marched into Poland,
which did not look like a ſign of the Of-
oman Porte's friendſhip towards your ma-
jeſty; and as we were not able to recon-
cile this ſtep with their promiſes, we de-
ſired he himſelf would explain, how it was
to be underſtood? He anſwered, the cham

709

ſion was as follows. Firſt, I took notice Rotaws:

was not gone to Poland to aſſiſt the Po- The rea-
landers, but only to the frontiers, to watch fon of the
the motions in Poland, leſt the emperor's cham's

g marching
provinces might be expoſed to ſome dan-

1 into Po-
ger; for ſince there was a war in Poland, land.

catmakam ſeveral times, both in writing,
and by word of mouth ; but he wanted
authority to diſpatch us of his own ac-
cord; and the orders he expected from the

' wizir were retarded by the occupations he

had at the Dardanels. For he was not only

very hard preſſed by the Yenetians, but

alſo had mutinies every day among the

The af-
fairs ob-
ſtructed
by the

Poliſh en-

troops under his command, the ſuppreſſing
of which employed almoſt all his thoughts.
And ſo our diſpatch was deferr'd from one

week to another, notwithſtanding all our
ſolicitations 3 and at laſt one contrary in-

cident came upon the neck of the other.
Firſt, there arrived a Poliſß envoy, who
being aſſiſted by the Roman catholick mi-

niſters, very much obſtructed our affairs;

et we defeated his intrigues after much

the Tartars certainly could not but have

an eye upon it. I anſwered, what buſineſs
had the Tartars with Poland? that I never

heard yet the kingdom of Poland had put

itſelf under the cham's protection, neither

had he any juriſdiction in Poland, which

obliged him to obſerve our motions there ;

and as for the guarding the Tyrkiſh provin-

ces, there was no occaſion, they being not
infeſted by any body; beſides, that it
was injurious to miſtruſt your majeſty's
ſincerity, and good intentions. He an-
ſwered, they indeed confided in your ma-

jeſty, but did not know how far they

voy. abour, and brought it at laſt ſo far, that
orders came from the vizir to diſpatch us,
with which the caimakam acquainted us

21 Jul : a 8 |
1 himſelf in the audience we had on the 2 iſt
of the

caimaſtam.

might truſt the prince of Tranſylvania, The
who had ſo enormouſly ſwerved from his prince of
duty, as to march into Poland, without Tranſylva-
taking any notice of it to the emperor, 9's error.
of July. Our converſation on that occa- I anſwered, your majeſty and the prince

Vol. V 5 S8 > „ ee

2
?
*
7
Pa”,
*
bs
—
a
p
2
*
55
*
»F
«
>
55
*
-
iq
KL
KS
%
8
5»
F
$
HG.
*
y

710

RoLamsB. had one and the ſame intention, which was

rather for the Ottoman Porte's advantage

His maje-
ity's em-
baſly to
the charm.

than prejudice. And if the prince had of-
fended in point of formality, the Porte

might eaſily overlook that flip, in conſi-
deration that the main deſign was good.

I thereupon deſired the Turkiſh emperor's
orders to the cham, to keep himſelf with-
in his boundaries. He anſwered, it ſhould
be done, and an expreſs ſent to him imme-
diately. He then aſked, whether your
majeſty had ſent an embaſſador to the
cham, and to what end? I anſwered,
there had been one ſent in order to make
triendſhip with the cham, and to convince
him of the juſtice of your majeſty*s arms
in Poland. He ſaid, that was well done:
But I replied, the cham had neither well
received, nor diſmiſſed your majeſty's em-
baſſy. He then reſumed his excuſes for
our being ſo long detained, ſaying, that
as ſoon as they had received an anſwer
from the cham, we ſhould be diſpatched.
I anſwered, we little thought the Orztoman
Porte wanted the cham's conſent for what
they intended to do, we were {ent to the
head, which was the emperor, but had no
buſineſs with the cham; we were apt to

believe the emperor's authority was great

enough for determining himſelf in an af-
fair of this nature without the cham's

leave, who, for ought we knew, was but a

ſubject, and was to obey; but that the
emperor was the maſter, and had to com-
mand; beſides this, the Ottoman Porte
ought not to put ſo much confidence in
the cham, who was deeper in the Poliſh
intereſt than they were aware of, and hav-
ing received bribes, promoted their cauſe

both with his diſcourſes and advices, and

drawing up.

purſued his own private views, without
any regard for the true intereſt of the
Porte. At this he was a little out of coun-
tenance, and ſaid, he well knew all that
to be true; however, he would not ſtay
for the cham's anſwer, but forthwith diſ-
patch us, our recredential. being already
I aſked, whether we might
depend upon it, and report it thus to your
majeſty, for fear of writing things which
afterwards proved otherwiſe in the event.

He ſaid it ſhould certainly be done, and

we might ſafely write ſo to your majeſty.
I farther ſaid, that in order to let them
have the better ſecurity for your majeſty's
good intentions, if they pleaſed, we would
give them an aſſurance under your own
hand and ſeal, on condition however that
the emperor would give us alſo his aſſur-
ance, that he would neither oppoſe your
majeſty and his allies himſelf, nor ſuffer
them to be oppoſed by others. That this
offer ought to convince the Porte of the

ſincerity of your majeſty's intentions, and

A Relation of a Journey

whatever;contrary reports had lately been
ſpread by our adverfaries, were nothing
but falſhoods and impoſtures. He deſired

language, and deliver in two copies of it,
one for the vizir, and the other for him-
ſelf to ſhew to the emperor. We aſked
him alſo, whether he ſhould like ir, if we
wrote to the vizir? He anſwered, we
might do it, and he would ſend him our
letter. Immediately I drew up a memo-
rial, which we ſent away, together with a
copy of his majeſty's aſſurance. After
this, the miniſters of Tranſylvania were al-
ſo called on the 26th of July to an audl-
ence of the caimakam, who promiſed them
likewiſe their diſmiſſion, concluding with
theſe words, that the Turkiſh
had good reaſon to reſent the fault which
prince Ragosſey had committed in going
to Poland, without aſking the emperor's
leave; but in regard to your majeſty's in-
terceſſion, he had pardoned him for this
time; and now, ſince he had begun an
affair, he ſhould make the beſt of it, and
order it ſo, that he might get ſomething

for his own trouble alſo; for your majeſty,

the Ruſſian, Brandenburg and the Coſſacks,
had already got the beſt part of Poland
for themſelves. Whilſt affairs looked
thus with the moſt favourable aſpect, and
notice was already given us for our audi-
ence of leave of the emperor, the report
came of Ragoſſey's retreat out of Poland,
and the enſuing defeat of his troops, which,
as we uſe to ſay, put every thing off the
hinges again: His miniſters were im-
priſoned the ninth of Auguſt; and we not
only fell under the ſtrongeſt ſuſpicion at
the Turkiſh court, but even found ourſelves
expoſed to the greater danger, the more
we had before eſpouſed Ragoiky's intereſt ;
ſo that it was already reported all over
Conſtantinople, that we were likewiſe thrown
into priſon ; and indeed we expected no
leſs every moment; for we were, during

three weeks, cut off from all communica-

tion; and as often as we deſired audience,
we were refuſed it. —

And ſo prince Ragoſſey himſelf was the
occaſion of deſtroying all the work, which
your majeſty had been labouring at in his
behalf at the Ottoman Porte, and brought
to ſo favourable a ſituation, that the Turk-
1% emperor's orders were already ſent to
the Tartars, to keep themſelves within
their boundaries, which the cham had re-
ceived the day after the prince's defeat, and

us to draw that aſſurance up in the Turkiſh

26 Tu y.
The mini-

ſters of

Tranſy!-
wana
emperor had have audi-

ence of
the cai-
ma fam.

Prince
Ragotky's
retreat
out of
Poland,
and de-
feat.
Involves
us alſo in
great dan-
ger.

had accordingly withdrawn his forces.

This event at the ſame time drew upon us
thoſe delays, and other ſufferings ſo dero-
gatory to your majeſty's reſpect, to the
Joy of our enemies, who thereby got a
fair opportunity of working againlt us

I more

e e

nnn.

1
e

4
*
*
2
"FEES
LR
* 7
EY
5
” r
N
1
1
W
20
Fr
WAR” , *
2 a
.
8
e
15
5
HI, i
WIT
4
.
.
s *
5 ,
” * Qt}
2 2 x
8 3
* 55
4
2
8
25 4
?
* 7
8 o
£
*
Fon. tf
(55 ;
* '
Fe
15
5

to Conſtantinople.

more effectually than before, and with ſo
much ſucceſs, that though there came a
24 Auguſt» new order from the vizir on the 24th of
Auguſt, for diſmiſſing us, yet it was limit-
ed in ſuch a manner, that the caimakam
ſhould let us depart with our diſpatches,
but without admitting us into the empe-
ror's preſence. We proteſted againſt this
unequitable proceeding, both directly, and
by the interpoſition of the Engliſb embaſ-
ſador, making proper remonſtrances to
the caimatam, who himſelf owned he thought

It a very irregular ſtep, and had therefore

already wrote to the vizir concerning it,
. Whole anſwer he was expecting every day.
But as that tarried long, and we ſtill preſ-

ſed for our departure; the caimakam being

a reaſonable man, and our hearty well-

wither, went himſelf to the emperor on
15 Septem- the 15 of September, to get orders for
ber, the fixing the day of our audience of leave ;
porn aa but we had no better luck this time; for
xy when he came into the ſeraglio, he was
unexpectedly depoſed, and ſucceeded by Thi-
Succeeded or Haſſan paſſa, who had been ſent from the

þ- 57 4 * . ® *

3 Dardanels by the vizir; to which misfor-
Ei + - . 8 N

2ajſa, tune his remonſtrating to the vigir in our

behalf, had in all likelihood not a little
contributes We ſolicited the new cai-
makai: nkewiſe to execute the vizir's or-
ders,
fore, either by reaſon of the emperor's be-
ing to ſet out for Adrianople, as accor-
dingly he did on the 23d of September, or
apeeviſh, of the caimatam's own ill nature; for he

g was a peeviſh, cruel and headſtrong man,
ſtrong Which made all the foreign miniſters averſe
man. to have to do with him; he afterwards

amuſed us, during twelve weeks, with a
heap of ſhifts and falſe promiſes, ſaying

ſometimes he had already wrote, and pro-
miſing at others he would write, whilſt he
neither had wrote one ſyllable, nor ſent

the leaſt word to the vizir concerning our
buſineſs, neither would he permit us to go
ourſelves to ſpeak with the vizzr, much

leſs to ſend any body to him. In all this

he had no other view, than to force mone

from us; till at laſt I cold him the plain

truth, and our own mind in very dry

terms, as well by word of mouth, on the

30 Novem 30 of November, as in writing on the 21ſt
ber. of December, which expoſed us to his in-
ſolence and menaces ; ſo far, that he even
threatned us with taking our heads, if we

offered to go to Adrianople without his
permiſſion. This made us at laſt reſolve

in deſpite of his oppoſition and defiance to

My inter- write to the vizir himſelf, and to ſend the
preter ſent letter by my interpreter to Adrianople, af-
le cob ter we had firſt conſulted with the French,
the vizir Engliſh and Dutch miniſters, and repre-

on the 1 ſented to them his brutiſh behaviour, and

E Decem- what would be the conſequences, if the
FV. |

Kb Ages AA MOU A? ods 2 a9 pr SEK 48

write to the vizir about it.

away on the 31ſt of December.
Duc with no better effect than be-

* FX **
7 W r „

711

Turks ſhould once begin to violate the law Ror Au.

of nations, with regard to the embaſſadors WV
of chriſtian powers, the effects whereof x 2
would fall heavieſt upon them who were er
reſiding there in ordinary, and daily ex- theFrench,
poſed to his brutality. The Engliſh em- EL

baſſador thereupon declared he would 24d 547
embaſla-

The French, qQ;5.
that he might not ſeem to have done no-

thing, ſent indeed a letter alſo, but not to
the vizir (alledging that he had no intereſt
with the vizir, and conſequently might do
more harm than good by his letter) but
to a friend of the vizir, named Ali aga,

who at that time had no credit neither.

The Dutch embaſſador firſt took time to
conſider of it, and afterwards abſolutely
adviſed us againſt it, ſaying, he knew the
temper of the Tyrks ſo well, and had
learnt ſo much of thoſe with whom he
daily converſed, that if we did it, it
would not only obſtruct our Views, but
poſſibly draw the greateſt misfortunes
upon us. But as I knew him perfectly

well, and was fully ſenſible his advice was

grounded on an unwillingneſs of meddling
in an affair which might give offence to
the king of Hungary's reſident, I kept to
my reſolution, and ſent my interpreter
When he
heard this, and that the other miniſters
had wrote, he was aſhamed, and ſent a
letter alſo, after my interpreter was already
on the road, but that was not delivered.

My interpreter being arrived at Adrianople,

was not only admitted by the vizir, but

even diſpatched back immediately with

orders to the caimaſam to let us depart,

and to provide us with neceſſary carriages

and a chiaus. |
Upon this the caimakam ſent for us on 1658.

the 13th of January 1658, affecting a 13 Janus

very friendly countenance. We took our Y. mo

leave of him, and afterwards on the 21ſt nil 4

of January ſet out from Conſtantinople. kam.

On the 8th of February we arrived at

Adrianople, where we met with a good

reception from the vizir, and were pro-
vided with lodgings, and other neceſ-

ſaries.

The 10th, I employed the Engliſs em- 10 F..
baſſador's interpreter, who had orders
from his principal, to be aiding and aſſiſt-
ing to us in any thing that might tend to
your majeſty's ſervice, to ſpeak to the vi-
zir's chiabaja (an officer like a ſteward,
whom one applies to for being admitted
to the vizir, and on other occaſions) to

rocure us an audience of the vizir, in
which I hoped to have an opportunity to
lay open to him the intrigues between the
houſe of Auſtria and Poland, purſuant to
your majeſty's orders, for which purpoſe
I had drawn up a memorial which I had

CAULCC

11s

A Relation

Rol Au. cauſed to be tranſlated into the Turkiſh lan-

9 guage.

20 Febr.

On the 13th I received anſwer
rom the vizir, that as ſoon as he ſhould
be at leiſure, he would ſend for us, being

at that time taken up with the payment

of the ſpabi's and janizariesz and though
fince that time I ſent every day either to
the foreſaid chiahaja, or to the chiaus paſſi,
to put them in mind of it, and preſſed
them ſo earneſtly, that the chiaus even once
refuſed to admit my interpreter to ſpeak
with him, yet the audience was ſtill poſt-
poned till the 20th of February, when we

diſpatched were called by the vizir, and at the ſame

Ter.

by the vi. time diſpatched; and thereby no oppor-

tunity was left to deliver my memorial;
for the vizir was already ſo much prepoſ-
ſeſſed by the king of Hungary's chief in-
terpreter Panejotti, that it was in vain to
make any farther remonſtrances; for he
approved of nothing but what was pro-
poſed to him by the ſaid interpreter; what-
ever any body elſe moved, took with him

no farther, than as it had Panejolti's ſancti-

on, and what he happened to diſlike, was
ſure to be rejected by the vizir. We

therefore judged it inconſiſtent with your

A ſum-

mary ac-
count of
what paſ-
ſed at the
audience.

majeſty's dignity, to deliver our memo-
rial, and to give the vizir a handle to put
a ſlight upon your majeſty's good inten-
tions. It was owing alſo to Panejotti's in-
ſinuations, that the vizir would not allow
us to return by the way of Venice, but

made us go by Buda, through the domi-

nions of the king of Hungary. At the
audience, after the uſual formalities were
over, the vizir began to ſay, your maje-
ſty had ſent to eſtabliſh a friendſhip with
the Ottoman Porte, at the ſame time that
you had contracted an alliance with a
ſlave of the Porte, the prince of Tranſyl-

' vania, who on that occaſion had incurred

the guilt of rebellion, and marched againſt

the emperor's ſubjects the Tartars, I an-

ſwered him, that as your majeſty being
willing to continue the friendſhip eſtabliſh-
ed by king Guſtavus Adolphus with ſultan
Murat; and to teſtify your ſincere affecti-

on towards the Ottoman Porte, had ſent us

to renew and confirm the ſaid friendſhip ;
ſo your majeſty had likewiſe, at the ex-
ample of the ſaid king Guſtavus Adolphus,

and queen Chriſtina made an alliance with

rince Ragoiſey, according to a long in-
Ha X rende that had en
ſiſting between the crown of Sweden and
the princes of Tranſylvania: That
majeſty's uniting yourſelf with a friend
and vaſſal of the Ottoman Porte, rather
than with an enemy of theirs, ought on
the contrary to be looked upon as a ſtrong
argument of your majeſty's good inten-
tions towards them. That if the prince
had given offence to the Porte, by march-

4

of a Journey

your

ing into Poland without their previous
leave, and afterwards proceeded too far
with relation to the Tartars, it was all his
own fault; for which he had already
atoned by his own ruin: That your maje-
ſty was not at all pleaſed with it, but had
on your part nicely obſerved all the parts
becoming a friend, having not only at the
very time when your majeſty entered into

a negotiation with the prince, ſent an em-

baſſy on that ſubject to the Porte, but hav-
ing alſo on all occaſions adviſed the prince,
and ſuggeſted to him what might be

for the advantage of the Ottoman Porte;

that as for the laſt action againſt the Tar-
tars, your majeſty had not given the prince
one man for it; nay, did not know the
leaſt of it but after it had happened. The

vizir proceeded with telling us the contents

; ls. I made ample and Repreſen-
ſerious repreſentations againſt them, re- tations

of our recredentials.

monſtrating, that this was a very unſuitable
return for your majeſty's ſincere affection

to the Ottoman Porte, and that he was tials.

miſled by 11] minded perſons. But he an-
ſwered, what I had ſaid was all right, but
the letter was now drawn up, and could not

be done over again: The Porte had con-

fided in your majeſty's friendſhip, but
whilſt he, the vizir, had been taken up
againſt the enemies of the Turk; empire,
the foreſaid changes intervened ,

expect from your majeſty, but were in

hopes to have more particular aſſurances

on that head. Then he ordered caftans or
long gowns to be brought in, and hung
about us.

I talked to him next concerning our au- An audi-
dience of the emperor ; he anſwered, it enceofthe
could not be this time; but if either we <mperor

or any others ſhould return from your —

majeſty, to let them know what they might
rely on with relation to your majeſty, we

ſhould have all ſatisfaction. I anſwered,
that this way of proceeding, as it could
not but convince your majeſty of the
Porie's indifference for his good intentions,

would rather make you averſe to any far-
ther communication with them, and that
therefore he ought to be tender of not of-
fending your majeſty, who having given
them no cauſe for it, but rather ſent us to
confirm the antient friendſhip, this way
of diſmiſſing us would be à very unbe-
coming return. But he repeated his for-
mer anſwer and turned the diſcourſe on our

journey, and the aſſiſtance we were to
have on the road, uſing withal much tem-

per and moderation in his talk, and for-
bearing all paſſion. Afterwards he gave
orders to clothe our retinue, and clothes
were brought in accordingly; but the
chiaus paſſi's ill- nature prevented the diſtri-

buting

ſince
which they knew not what they had to

e ver Ie A —
VVVVVVCVVVVVVVVVCVVVVVVVVVVS
5 +3 Ga CRONE EI ITE A I PE ER ER A IY

i
8
i
*.
5
x
ag
*
CONCCFn- F
ng the 1
* 4
e BE:
recredene Ee
Fd
by
7
328
Fe.
So
255
BE;
.
.
.
25
R
By
8
1 2
Kg
Fe, 2
25
£
jc; 28
.
8

FVVVVVTFVFVFCCC
4 BY 4 £54 * * wy 2 _—_
9 5 IRE 55s

Was

nſiſted

to Conſtantinople.

buting of them by whiſpering ſomething
to them that brought them in.
Diſpatch- Thus we were diſmiſſed, and had by the
per Mor vizir's order a purſe of aſpers given us to
—＋ Hog ſides thoſe of our ſtay at Adrianople, for
ney, which we were allowed and exactly paid at
the rate of fifteen hundred aſpers per diem
(though the greater part of them were of a
baſe coin.) A chiaus was allo ordered to
conduct us with an open paſſport of the
and the emperor, and a recommendation from the
emperor's great vizir to the vizir of Buda, with ſtrict
open paſſ- Orders for him to ſee us ſafely conducted
Port. to the limits of Chriſtendom, and to pro-
cure us a ſecure paſſage through the Au-
ſtrian dominions. The vizir ſent likewiſe
to deſire a paſſport of the king of Hunga-
ry's reſident, which was to carry us fate
over the frontiers to Comorra, which ac-
cordingly was afterwards ſent to us.

28 Feb. All things being thus provided, we left
= % . Adrianople on the 28th of February and ſet
rom Adri- | 2

anople. out on the road for Buda, ſince the vizir

Venice, merely upon the inſtigation of Pa-
nejotti the Hungarian interpreter.
Hardſhips The fatigues and hardſhips we under-
by ſtorm went upon this our return, are beyond
and frolt. hat can be expreſſed and deſcribed. For

between Conſtantinople and Adrianople,

which regularly is but ſix or ſeven days jour-
ney, we toiled eighteen days on account

of the bad weather; on the 26th of 7a-

nuary it blew ſo unnatural a ſtorm, attend-
ed with froſt and ſnow, that had the inn
been but half a mile farther off, we had
all been in danger of our lives; for one
of our coachmen was grown ſo ſtiff with
cold that he tumbled off the coach, none
of the reſt offering to help him, as think-
ing him quite dead. My interpreter like-

wiſe was ſo penetrated with the cold, as

no longer to be able to move a limb or

govern his horſe, whom he let go where

he would; the wind withal was ſo violent,

that it blew the cap from his head ſo far

off into the fields, that thoſe who went

after it on foot as well as on horſeback

could not recover it. The ſevere cold had

made us utterly unable to help one another,

and we travelled on, weathering the ſtorm

as if we were at ſea, to keep in the road

if poſſible, yet were always driven off

28 travel- ſidewards.
ee travelling perſons were ſtarved to death
ar. on the ſame road cloſe behind us, between

two places called Bujukmeſe and Silibria.

We were the only ones that ventured on
that day's journey, but all other Turks turn-
ed back again. The next day the ſtorm
and cold obliged us to tarry in a town cal-
led Czorlu; having afterwards with great

Vol. V.
4

defray the expences of our journey, be-

would not allow us to go by the way of

That day eight and twenty

713
trouble and labour worked our ſelves Rol Ausr.
through the . ſnow, which then was ſtill V
paſſable, to the town of Baba on the zoth

of January, and got into a houſe that had

neither windows nor doors, and where the

ſow lay piled up againſt it on one ſide

(all channes or inns being full of travellers

that were ftopt by the ſnow.) There fell ſo

deep a ſnow that night, that it was impoſ-

ſible for us or any body elſe to get thro?

and ſome that tried to force a way through

it with the help of buffaloes or oxen, were

obliged to lie that night in the open fields,

and to come back the next day, leaving

one of their companions behind, who pe-

riſhed of cold. Near Adrianople the weight

of ſnow had borne down above forty hou- 40 houſes
ſes (which in thoſe parts. are flat at the Þroken
top) and a fountain head that ſtood in the conn of,
field, the walls of which were eight ells of the ©
high, was covered over with ſnow, with ſnow near
which the ſtreets of the town were filled -44r:an0-
to ſuch a degree, that for ſome days there J.

was no going from one houſe to another,

till they were cleared by the Chriſtians

and Jes, who were obliged to make

way.

On the third of February we had dread- Thunder,
ful thunder and lightning, attended with a
heavy rain, which indeed melted a great and after-
deal of the ſnow ; but when we as well as wards in-
other paſſengers were ſet out, we found vndations.
the waters riſen to ſuch a height, that they
overflowed the very bridges that they could
not be ſeen, A Turk being confident he
knew the way beſt of any, went before us
into the water, but was carried off by the
ſtream, with his horſe; another who fol-
lowed him was alſo ſeized by the ſtream,
but was ſaved by the ſtrength of his horſe,
which ſwam with him on ſhore. Cauti-
oned by the misfortune of theſe two we
turned back, after we had travelled one
mile to no purpoſe, and lay by at Baba
aforeſaid till the ninth day, and uſing all
ſorts of hardſhip, ſuch a number of tra-
vellers coming in every day from Conſtan-
zinople, who were forced to ſtop there alſo,
that all the houſes in the town were filled
with them, and ar laſt neither bread nor
meat was to be had for any money. The
waters falling a little, we ſet out again on
the ſeventh of February, and reached Adri-
anople with the utmoſt danger of our lives,
having croſſed ſeveral waters, in which =
hundreds of travellers periſhed about that x4,ny
time on the ſame road from Conftantinople hundred
thither, among whom was the Zngliſh, em, perſons
baſſador's janizary, who being tent wich Periſtc
a letter to Adrianople, was by the ſtream in. o
carried off with his horſe from a bridge.
Between Adrianople and Philippopoli we had
a tolerable journey, and began to hope

e 795. the

7.9%
Rol aus. the beſt as to the roads and the weather;
but the very day we ſet out, from Philip-

po poli it began again to ſnow, which con-
tinuing for three days, we rid all the way
through the ſnow almoſt up to our horſes

bellies, till we came to Sophia. Upon the

ſnow's melting, all the brooks and rivers

were ſo ſwelled up, that we were many

times forced to ſwim our horſes oven, eſpe-

cially over the ſmaller ones, and in crol-

ſing after this manner a water between

We were Sophia and Dragoman, the ſtream drove us
driven by above ſeventy paces out of our way ; there
| the ſtream being no poſſibility of getting the waggons
pony 70 , Over, WE left them at the waterſide till the
ofourway. next morning, when the water abated.
Thus we travelled on under continual rain
and ſnow, till we arrived at Belgrade on the

25 March, 25th of March with our horſes, which by

_ tolling and Jabouring through the deep

roads, ſnow and water were become as bare
about their bellies and legs as if they had
been ſhaved, From Belgrade, where the

river Savus and Danube join and ſeparate

Hungary from Boſnia, we found the roads
tollerable.

| Arrived at On the fifth of April we arrived at Buda,

Buda. the vizir of which place Renan paſſa ſent

four chiauſes to meet us out of town in

the fields: he was already marched out

from thence to the camp that had been

formed on the other ſide of the Danube,

near a ſmall town called Peſte; and as he

was to proceed the next morning to Te-

_ meſwaer, to command a body of troops

that were marching againſt Ragozſ#i, we
Audience were immediately called to have audience.

of the vi. Being come to the place, the firſt thing
⁊ir of that he deſired was to ſee our recredentials,

PIC. which I flatly refuſed, telling him, they
were to be opened by none but your ma-
jeſty, with which anſwer he ſeemed ſatiſ-
fied. Being come into the audience room
he ſat himſelf preſently down and began
to talk to us, without offering us any
chairs; but I let him know I was not uſed
to talk with any body ſtanding ; nor ought
he to preſume ſo much upon his own gran-
deur, as to expect the king of Sweden's em-
baſſador ſhould talk with him ſtanding ;
at the ſame time I turned my back upon
him, which they reckon a great affront.
At this he was much out of countenance,

and forthwith ordered chairs to be brought,

which indeed ſtood near at hand, but had
been kept back to try us. After I had
ſate my ſelf down, I told him he might
ſpeak what he pleaſed, and he ſhould have
His extra- an anſwer. He thereupon began to talk
vagancies extravagantly, blaming your majeſty for
checked. making war againſt their friends the Poles.
I replied, not without ſome emotion, that
your majeſty was a ſoyereign king, who

4

A Relation of a Fourney

%

needed not aſk the Ottoman Porte, nor any

power whatſoever, it he had a mind to

make war or peace, but acted on theſe
occaſions entirely as he judged proper.

And to let him know your majeſty's ſenti-
ments, I could acquaint him that your
majeſty employed your arms to purſue

thoſe who were evil-minded, whoever they

were, and on the other hand loved and
honoured his friends, and for ſo doing was
accountable to none but himſelf. He next Concern-
talked of Ragolſti and your majeſty's al- ing R«-
liance with him, that this certainly was no _
friendly ſtep, Ragolſti being a ſubject of naue
the Ottoman Porte; how your majeſty could wich him.
condeſcend ſo far as to enter into an union

with one who was but a Yaywode, it now
would ſoon appear where it would end

with him. Iexplained to him the reaſons

of this alliance; that as all the world had

views towards Poland, your majeſty was
willing to aſſiſt one in going thither, who

was in ſo near a relation with the Porte,

left ſome of their own rivals might get a
footing there, and afterwards prove a dan-
gerous neighbour to them. Conſequently

that your majeſty's uniting your ſelf with

the friends of the Ottoman Porte, rather
than their enemies, was an evidence of
your majeſty's affection; ſhould he enter

into engagements with Ry/ia againſt the
Porte, what would they ſay then ? With

this he was down in the mouth, and faid, He begins
let us talk of ſomething elſe ; but yet ad- to change

is dil-

ded, if your majeſty would be friends with ure.

the Otioman Porte, you ſhould have your
own refident at their court. I replied, 1

had nothing to ſay to that point, as abſo-

lutely depending on your majeſty's own

will, to whom they might apply for it.

We diſcourſed next of our journey, how Talk about
we might ſafely proceed on as far as Co- our jour-
morra ; he allo aſked how we intended af- 27:
terwards to get through Germany, Hav-

ing ſufficiently concerted with him what

related to our departure, he concluded
with ſaying, your majeſty had beſt remain

a friend to the O/toman Porte, as you had

been hitherto 3 and ſo having obtained his
promiſe for providing what was neceſſary
for our journey, we took our leave of
him, and returned to our quarters; but
by his order were led back another way
than we came firſt, the Turks taking it as
a bad omen for a man to come and return
by the ſame way. He ordered two chiauſes
and two janizaries to attend us; but after
he was broke up with his camp, we were
ſo ſtrictly kept by his ca:makam, whom he
had left behind him, that none of our re-
tinue were allowed to go farther than be-
tween our own houſes (for we were lodged
in four different houſes) except only ſome-
times

3;
I
XY

x N
N
:
-
38
8555
5 855
oy
ff
8
1
$7
332
ES,
S
8
«Iv
*

chein.

endom.

to Conſtantinople.

times they permitted us to go to the warm
baths that are in the ſuburbs. The day
after our arrival, the vixir's letter to count
Buchein relating to our ſafe conduct was
diſpatched. The day following we alſo

Secretary {ent our letter to the ſaid count, and the
Wallich

, regency of Hungary by ſecretary Wallich,

_ whom the vine tua provided with a paſſ-
count Bu- Port and orders for relays. And though
the council of war at Vienna had immedi-

ately iſſued orders for our paſſage, of
which ſecretary Yallich had ſent us notice
by letters, yet the ſaid caimakam kept them
from us, merely with the deſign of forc-
ing us to make him preſents, and thereby
made us ſtay, and wait at Buda twelve
days without the leaſt information, thoſe
at Comorra wondering, at the ſame time
what was become of us. At laſt on the
A capuci 16th of April there came a capuci baſſi,
balſi re- who had been ſent to Vienna to deſire a

turns

from Vi. Pallage for the Turkiſb army through Dal-

RON matia ; he had a letter with him from
where he Wallich, but far from intending to deliver
had de- it to us, he had opened it, in hopes of

fired paſ- meeting with ſomebody who could read
ſage for;

the Tyrk. it for him; but finding none, and yet be-

1% army ing curious to know the contents, he ſent

through for my interpreter and ſecretary Klingen,

Dalmatia. deſiring them to read the letter and inter-
pret it to him. By this means we had at

laſt information how things ſtood, and

how deceitfully we were dealt with by the
caimatam; for which we immediately ſent

to expoſtulate with him, which had ſo

much effect, that he diſpatched us the

next day, and provided us with orders for

a convoy and other neceſſaries to the beg

who commanded at Gran; ſo we travelled

from Buda by the way of Gran, and on

18 April the 18th of April arrived on the borders
return in- of Chriſtendom, near a village one mile
to Chriſt- on this ſide of Comorra, where the Turkiſh
convoy, conſiſting of a company of Hu/-
ſars halted, with their colours fly ing, at
one end of the village; at the other end
were drawn up two companies of German
Curaſſiers, ſent by the king of Hungary to
bg the Turks, we returned among Chriſtians,
the Turks. being received by an Hungarian commil-
ſary, who in the name of the command-

ant welcomed us with a Latin compliment,

being attended by ſome Hungarian Huſſars,

with whom he conducted us through the

village to the place where the Curaſſiers

were drawn up, under the command of a

major, who received us with great civility,

and conducted us to the Palanka, which

lies on this fide of the Danube, over againſt

the town and fortreſs of Comorra, where

we were welcomed by the officers of the

place, and brought to the lodgings pro-

meet us. Having taken our leave of

we were tolerably

715
vided for us. Thoſe officers ſhewed us all
imaginable honour and friendſhip, and an
obliging readineſs to aſſiſt us in all we could

want. But the commandant or governor The com-
of Comorra himſelf Gabriel Boſſani an Hun- mandant
garian, was a rude and ill bred man, and of Comor-
had not the leaſt complaiſance for us even g, jor gt
in trifles, which we made him ſenſible of, ;cfonable
by ſending him a fitting compliment. The

next day the commiſſary, who was ap-
pointed by the council of war at Vienna

to attend us, came to wait on us, and we
inſtantly ſet out with him. We paſſed

over the Danube in a ſaique to the town of

Comorra, being ſaluted with two guns at

our embarking at the Palanka, and two

more at our landing near the fortreſs.
There we took horſe and travelled on, be-

ing provided all along the road with re-

lays, and defrayed in moſt of the inns. _
On the frontiers of Hungary, where we 24 April.
were to enter into Moravia, we were re- the fron-
ceived by a judge, who was brother to the 5 f
viſcount of the county of Tranci, attended

by ſome of the Hungarian nobility, and

40 Heiducks, who convoyed us one day's
journey to the firſt town in Moravia ; in
Moravia and Sileſia we were treated every ppravia,
where with civility, and had aſſiſtance, Sia,
except at Breſſau, where the chancellor of 3, al.
the regency received our commiſſary very
roughly, without ſhewing the leaſt reſpect
for the paſſport we had from the king his
maſter, merely becauſe there had been
ſome miſtake in point of formality, no
notice having: been given to that regency
depending on the government of Bohemia.
This incivility made us paſs by the city to
the next inn, half a quarter of a mile far-
ther, where the prince of Lignitz, who is
preſident of the regency, ſent the maſter
of his houſhold after us, to order our
horſes back with the drivers, who were
his ſubjects, promiſing us others in their
ſtead; I took that opportuninty of reſent-
ing in fitting terms the uncivil uſage we
had met with. The maſter of the houſ-
hold returned with this meſſage to his
prince, but was immediately ſent back
again to us with the prince's excuſes,
which we ſent our ſecretary to receive in

I May.

the yard, without admitting him before

us. And as he was not able to get o-

ther men and horſes, he was obliged all

night to look out for his own peaſants

we had before, and ſend them to us,

whom we kept as far as Neumark, where Reception

well received by one at Neu-

Hunoltſtein maſter of the ordnance, enter- mark.
tertained at dinner, and provided with a

| M 5 ä 4 May.
new commiſſary and all neceſſaries for our The din-

journey to the frontiers of Sileſia. But ner fea.
the ſaid Hunoliſtein had ſeaſoned his dinner ſonedwith
| with {mart diſ- |
ourſe.

Cc

716

Nor Au. with a good deal of ſmart and poignant
&wwW diſcourſe, to which he had as lively replies

from me; but as he carried it too far,

and began to grow impertinent with aſæ-

ing queſtions, I cut him ſhort with ſay-
ing, I was come to dine with him, and
not to be examined, and therefore deſired
he might ſuſpend that ſort of converſa-
tion. This not only took him down a

little, but alſo made him change his note,

drink your majeſty's health, and uſe us
with civility. _

Thus we travelled through the midſt of
the dominions of your majeſty's adverſa-

A Relation of a Journey), &c.

ries and enemies without being hurt by
them, but even with their help and aſſiſt-

ance; which though it was by no means
owing to any good will of theirs, yet the

reſpect they had for your majeſty's va-

lour and arms, wrought ſo much upon

them, that they could not help doing us
all good offices, and aſſiſting us, though
much againſt their natural inclinations.

So far the account of that remarkable and

important embaſſy, in which that gentleman

was employed by his majeſty at the Turkiſh
court.

VV

r

.

1

N .

To the Fifth VOLU ME.

Soldiery 351

A.
Bbiany village Page 147 Commerce and ſlaves 352
Aboera | 199 ... Adminiſtration of juſtice and religion ibid.
Abonee ibid. Little Ardra | 345
| Abroby village 153 Arebo 360
Acanimina village 147 Arguim | 529
Acarady 190 Arompo 214
Accany 188, 459 Arvoredo river 111
Achombene village - --.. 149. Affes . SW
Acra or Acara | 181,447 Aſante 45I
Acron 179, 446 Affiny © Walk 429
Aaja village 177 Alas | 525
Adom 188, 436 Atti 188
Aarianople the ancient ſeat of the 2 urkiſ Em- Audiences had by the Swed: ” miniſter at the
peror . „
Apge village 177 Awerri 7 356
Agonna 180, 445 Awine 451
Aham © 190, 450 Axim kingdom 148
Alampoe 449 River 149
Alcaviak bird 8 |
Alcoran 1 B.
Ale kingdom | 16 |
Alegria 321 Aboons e e AA
Alligator: 30, 210 Baffa village - 136
Ambergris | 49 Bagnons : 2
Ambozes kingdom | 335 Baixos de F. Anna 105
America diſcovered | 591 Bauale 32
Anamaboe | | 176, 445 Banana | 32, 201
Ananas I, 199 Bandy 380, 458, 460
Angra river 3 8, 389 Banque river 106
S. Audrevu's river 139 Baoel kingdom 20 -
Anegada 003 Barbadues | 644
Angola SJIsS das Barbas river - 140
Angoy h 480 Barbecins kingdom 16
Anguila 5 662 Barbuda iſland | 656
Anguina, or Auguina 180, 446 S. Bartholomew 661
Anican village | 176 Baye de France 22, 99
Animal unknown | 28, 487 Beans | 198, 329
Aunobon iſland 411,466 Beavers EE
Avzſiko kingdom 479 Bees 221, 487
Anta kingdom 151 Was ----* 49
Village | 152 Bekia ifland 043
Antelopes | 211 Bell: Town | O
S. Anthony fort | 149 Belly, the name of a religious ſociety i in South-
Town _ | 400 Guinea | a7
Autigua 6% Benguella for:
Ants 488 Benin 454
1 31 Courſe to it 354
Ape 212 River deſcribed 355
8. „ 82) We Cape | 147, 148 Kingdom „ ͤ
Apples 200 Pr 9du&t —
Aqua _ . Trade 359
Aquada river 109 Goods imported and exported 361
Aquaſfo | | 436 Markets Ibid.
Aquamboe | 188, 190, 447 Habit of the natives 362
Arabs 68 Marriages 2nd Polygamy 363
Ardra _ 327, 345, 346, 434 Circumciſion 305
Habit of the natives 347 Handicrafts, diet, prieſts, oholicians ibid.
Polygamy and marriages ibid. Funerals 395
Funerals 348 Inheritance ibid.
Commodities ibid. Government 367
King 350 . King's prerogative N 368
| OS ; 80 Revenue

Index

- - Revenue, wars, army
+ Appearing abroad IT
Audience to Exropeans a

Enthroning
Muſical inſtruments
Puniſhment ... ,
Trials |
Religion

S. Bento river

Berby village

Bermudas

:guba kingdom
þ eee

ſtterns |

lack ſmiths of Nigritia
ogre village

Vild Boars

Boededoe

Boetroe village
Beguinda river

Bollo town

27

Bomma iſland

Bonde- tree

1
ongia- tree
Bowe

Bogz village

Borba river
Boroa river .
Borſalo kingdom
River

_ Eing |
123 kingdom

rah king of Senega
Branca iſland
Branco cape
Brezalme river
Buccanecrs
Buffaloes _
Buramos iſlands
Burrows-tree
Byburt- town

F NN Abinde
Cabra iſland
Cacheo town

Cahovar, a ſort of plumb- tree

Calabar town .
Old Calabar river

Goods imported

Calandars (religious men)

New Calbary =
Trade of flaves
Money, canoes .

Camaroze's river

Cam-wood _

Cameleon

Camina

Cammanach

Canary iflands

Canoes

Cantor kingdom

Capot-tree

Capraria

Carache iſland

Caribbee iſlands

Caſperia

Caſſabi bread

Caſſan 2

Calſangas people

I oe: ©.

to the Fiſth Volume.

D. Catharine cape

369

3/0;

ibid.

371
#bid.

210, 393
359

3

209, 393, 486
82

112
26

511
404
93

Wo
380, 461
382
383, 465
61

3797455

Cats
Civet

Cayenne
Centuria

Cerbero tiver
Chamaſcian river
Chilongo 8
China idol
Chitote

S. Chriſtopher
Ciparras

Cilla Vandoch

S8. Clara cape

Cloſy fon Kgboſſy
Cobra river
Cocks

Coco: trees

Cola fruit
Commeudo kingdom
Conception iſland
Congo

101, 113, 409. See Kola.

202

there, and the ſtate of the Tarkiſp Monarchy

. 671
Couraediburg fort at Mina 156, bo
Converſation in Terk; court by ſigns 695
Coriſto iſland 388
Oormentin 177
. KN x 21
Corſo cape 16
. Gattle | ; 18

Niver 111
Coto kingdom 321
Cotoſes country 451
Cotton 32, 207
Couſcous 49
Cranes | 218
Crevecenr fort 182
Crocodiles 210
Crook bills 218
Crown; bird 219
Cuba iſland 607
D fort 172

Deer 211
La Deſſeada iflands 65
Devil worſhipped 305
Diabolos 32
Dickieſco 433
Dingo country 469
Diukira 189, 449
Dogs 216, 456
Domboch- tree 113
Dominica iſland 623, 650
S. DominicR's river 81, 82
S. Domingo tiver 1
Dongah- tree 113
Dongo kingdom 515
Dony town 382
Dorro bird 116
Droe village .
Druyn Petry village 139
Ducks 217
Datch, their abſolute authority at Axim 150
Voyages to Guinea Ss
Behaviour there 166
Dankira 449
Day-tree 112
LAgles 218
Eating after a ſlovenly manner among
the Blacks | | *.. 40
Elephants

*

|

P 8

Index to the Fifth Volume.

Elephants 206, 393, 485
Teeth 48, 93
Elyſian fields — 7
Cape Emanuel 20
Emaukura 23
Empalauga 486
Euglifſo ambaſſador's aſſi _ the Swed) iſp en-
oy -- | 687
Envoers 436
Equea 190
Eſtyras bay 388
Ethiopia the lower 458
S. Euſtachius | 661
Eutan (a great lake) 26
F. : .
Padory of the French in the river Senega 18
In the iſland Goeree 21
At Porto d' Ali | 23
River Gambia 74
Fida 325
Of the Eugliſh at Sherbro 107
Famine | 33
Fantin country I75, 440
Fanton bird 11
Farim town — 84
Fermoſa iſland 86, 90, 399
Fermoſo river 355
Fernandina Iſland 606
Fernando Po iſland 399
Ferro 525
Fetiches-tree | 89
Fetiſſo fiſh 223
Feta kingdom es 168
Fida 3235 453
Behaviour of the natives 330
Habit 332
Wives and Children 1014.
Inheritance EE
King | 11d.
Revenues of the crown 335
King's wives ibid.
King's death | 336
Not good ſoldiers 1d.
Weapons ibid.
Adminiſtration of juſtice 3 —
Contracts „
Funerals ibid.
Mone ibid.
Accompts 339
Language „
Religion 5 340
Fiſh of the gold coalt 146, 222
At Fids _ | 330
Flying wh | 227
7 Strange 30
Fiſhermen in Nigritia | | 41
Logs nnwholeſom on the gold coaſt 193
Fofo town 379, 380
Folgias, a people of South Guinea 122
Fondy-kong-tree | 113
Forcado river | 376
Foules kingdom 25, 27
King Slatick : = +;
Fowl tame and wil 21 0
Fredericksbargh F929) =
French diſcoverers of Guinea 8
Freſco or Freſh river 22
Frogs | 221
Fuerte Ventura | | 524
Funerals of the Blacks 51
— 8
Alon river 87, 390
Gago Kingdom 77 189
Gala- ay 111

Gelinhas iſland 89
River 107
Gamba river 72,
min river 106
Carwai village | 137
Gazello 2 | | +41
Gelsfes, See Falafes. 8 TOS 1
Genehoa 1
S. George's caſtle at Mina UN I
Ginger 199
Goats | 215
iſland * 20
aken by the Ex F 5
Re- taken by the 7225 2
Gold coaſt | > ”
. trs ſeafons and unhealthineſs 191
Gold trade 1 25 93
Mines 228
Several ſorts of gold „
Falſifying of gold ibid.
How to diſcover falſe gold 1 - Þ
Golto Frio 499
Gomera 5 ae
Cotton | 360
Government of Nzgritia 1
Coy | 450.
Goyava village FR 137
race river | ] 24
Gracioſa 25
Grampuſſes 225
Granadilla iſlanßd 643
Grande river 84, 89
Grigi or Charnis 60, 104
Growa village 137
* iland 623, 651
Gaaffo town 154
Gaalata 534
Gaarda lake | BE
Guard of dogs. | 85
Guiana | 548
Guinala kingdom | 85
Cuiuca fatal to Europeans 194
_ ; Seaſon to ſail for it = 523
Guiriots | 55
Gum Arabic 45
Euongais village | | 83
Emus, a great mountain 680
1 Hares | "
Harmatans 193
Hens 1
1 | id
ubs, their number 6
Hides ; | 48 |
ere 527
Hippopotami 73
Hiſpaniola 609, 624
Hondo 111, 123
Hoquella-tree 112
Horſes | 216
Honour paid to them GT
La Hou cape 2 140
Hungariaus deſcrib'd_ 676
Hurricanes 577
J.
Aaja- tree 113
Jaboe | 376
abs country 153
Fackals 7 209
Jagos 479
4155 town 346
7 alofes, their country 15
Their king 16
" Kingdom | 26, 27

TITTIES =»

Locus

Lope Gonzalves cape
King and prince

Los and villages
Natives

Religion

Lory village

Santa Lucia

M.

Appies
M 3
Mahometan tenets
Four ſects
Maiz |
Makoko 1
Malaguette coaſt
Mamo- tree
Mancu river
Mandanaza fruit
Mandinga town
Kingdom
Mandioca root

Man- eater

Manfrou town
Cape Mawoel
Marabouts .
Marigalante iſland

S. Martin

Jam town
| _— diſcoyer'd 631
ort James 74, 182
James iſland 76
jo 174
Iaolos iſlands 3 94
ews in Conſtantinople about 20000 . 699
nam fruit 1 113
wira kingdom 187
Incaſſan | ibid.
Incaſſia Iggina I bid.
dg 325 329
Infiama 433
Inſoko 190
Inſects 220
Inte tt 189, 451
8. John's river 436, 531
Fonwa bird 1
Tſabella iſland 606
abo kingdom * g7f
eny village 147, 429
Jo a kingdom - 4.0
Town 24
Funiona $25
Fank river 110
Ivory coaſt 138, 430
Jaa 453
XK.
K Z. . 112
\ Kakaton fruit -3t
Kakongo | 7 40
Kampaen cliff 22
Kayor kingdom 16
ö 215
King in | 223
Kingdoms at the gold coaſt 285, 299
Kings of the gold coaſt elected 286
Enthron'd . ibid.
Their revenues 287
Polygamy 2.90
Officers ibid.
Vi.iſiting 291
Feaſts 292
Covetouſneſs ibid.
Wars 293
Tieaties 298
Kites 419
Kola fruit 31, 199. See Cola.
Kolach-tree 25 112
Komma bird 116
LKonde Quojas 111
Kquoggelo I14
N 190
| L.
Labade kingdom 185
Ladingcour 460 -
La Hoe cape. +... 40x 439
Lampa ik 449
Lanzarote 524
Lataby 190
Lay village | 186
Lele-Atterenua bird 116
Lemon-trees 204
Leopards 486
S. Lewis iſland 18
Liahor | 76
Lions . 486
Lizards „
Loanda iſland NF 121
Loango-mongo ; 470
Loangiri - 8 470

Martinico

| Mafſ: 2 flu 1

Cape Maſto

Mataman country
Matombe- trees

[Matte Fermoſo
Maaß river
Mayomba port

Mecca

Meiborg
Water-melons
Menoch river
Mermaid

Cape Meſurads
Mews

Mice

Millepedes

Mille-tree

Millet :
Mina | |

Taken by the Datch
Minia (vaſt ſerpent) |

Mitomba
Mokifie

Molo territory
Mompa |

Monkeys

Monſerrate

Cape Monte

Monte del Diablo
Moors of Genehaa
Morocco emperor
Moſquito hawk
Moucheron iſlands
Mourec
Mulattoes

Ns
Naſſaw fort

Naukony-tree 5

Neſſoge (a female ſociety of South-Guin

Nieves

Mio village

60

623, 651
662

570, 572, 645
7 N | 531 |

40, 197, 329

156, 442

31

174

e

ea) 126

642, 645
1 "I

Niger

Niger river a 90
Nigritia or North - Gninta 15
Ne is
Ningo kingdom 155
Nr:wvaria | 524
N. ompatas 31
O.
Daena 442
Oedo (capital of Benin) 358
O edoba 376
Offra : 346
Olibatta river and bay 394
Ovegwa town. 168
Ophiodus fluvius 528
Orange-trees 204
Oftrich feathers 49
Ouro river $27

Oxwere or Oveiro kingdom, its ſituation, me-

tropolis, climate | „„
Trade, product, natives, king, religion 377
Coaſt | 378
F.
Dat HD Almas cape 137
Palma 525
Palm: oil 112, 204
Palm- trees FI,203
Palm-wine Flr, 203
Palm iſland 40
Papas fruit 177
Papayes 317 290
Papels Blacks —
Parima lake 506
Parroquets Gp. 220
Parrots 101d.
Partridges 218, 487
Peacocks 487
Pedras river 94
Pembo territory 435
Pepper 199
Petry village 139
Pheaſants 217
Pigeons 701d.
Pintados 29
Piraguas | 42
Piri: 470
Piſmires 487
Pigang 5
Plantans ibid.
Pluvialia 5 F25
Plyzoge river 109
Pokkoe 219
Pomegranates 200
Pongo iſlands 390
Little Popo 321, 452
Great Popo 322, 452
Porcupine 114, 214
Porpoiſe 226
. 23, 425
Novo . 5
Portug ue xe, their trade at Gambia 83
Diſcoverers of Guinea | 16:
Potatoes 5 198, 329
Potters in Nigritia 41
Povoacao de Brancos 25

Power of the Tzrkif empire is in the hands of

the Spahi”s and Fanizaries 693
Poyera village | 152
Princes iſland 399
Puuta ſerena 24

Q.
© a (a people of Sonth-Guinea)

3 124
Qua loe 190

. 112
Juan- tree bid.
Queeſts *
© fonfoo bird 116
Quintalla ifland 433
Duoja-berkoma people It

Their policy, reception of embaſſadors,
favour to Europeans, ſuperſtitions about
fouls departed and ceremonies

Dnojas-Morron 117
uulma | 114
15 Foro 188

| | R.
Ainy ſeaſon dreaded by the Blacks
R Ramadan 7 * 17 7
Rats 216
Field 214

Real river 475

Sa ta Maria Redonda 654

Remora 227

Reptiles 220

Key river 354

Rha river 81

Rice 197

Rio de Angra 388, 389
4 Aquadu 109

. Camarones "no
Cerbera ; LOG 429
Corſo 111

Fermoſo 395
Freſco | 22
Forcado | 376
Gabon 357

de la Gracia 24
Grande | 84 89

de S. Tuan 436, 531
Tunk 110
Menoch 109
do Oaro 527

de S. Paolo 109, 110
das Pedra: 94
Real 455
del Rey 384

Seſtro 148

Ada Volta 319

River-horſes | 73

_ Of iſlands 84

Rock- ſalt 2

Roe-bucks

Rolamb, the envoy extraordinary from the ins
ol Sweden, his reception and audience of the

prince of Hallachia 677
His entry into Conſtantinople 151d.
His audience of the vizir 681
Raſas iſland 404
Cape Roxo 81
Kufiſco 5" AS.
Ray Perez cape | 499
| 8.
Aba 662
Saboe kingdom 174
Sabrebon village 136
Sac unde village 152
Sadlers in Nigritia 4
Salamanders 213
Salt how made 205
San Salvador iſland 624
Sama village 153
Sanglet FO
Sangwin village | 136
Sanquay 190
Santa Crus 662
Los Santos iſlands 651
Sapajors F6O
ES 8 X Sargaſſo

1 CES —y— ——— — —

rey
—_— N *

2 26 13 ** 8 hay
ws * —

K n

—— — IIS

Index to the Fifth Vo blume.

Sargaſſo 537
927 . 326
Sea-Mews 218
Senega river 16
French factory 18
Kingdom 25
Trade Fs 43
King Brak : 57
Serpents 213; 487
flying | | 2 |
Seftro river 12
Seſtro Cros village 136
Grand Seſtro 137
Setema village 136
Sharks | | 4
Sheep | 21:
Sherbro river 106, 429
Sierra Leona 96, 428
Sillatick (king of the Foxles) BE
ino village 136
Slave coa | 319
Slaves how made 47
Sluggard 212
Snakes 213
Worſhip'd at Hias 341
Snipes | -:A46
Solo village 182, 448
EKingdom 5
Sombrero 663
Songs 403, 503
Sorcerers iſland | 89
Soweraboe village | 136
Sparrows 218
State of the Turkiſp empire 689
Succundee N 434
Sugar-canes 199
Sun - fiſn 7 499
Superltition of the Blacks | JI
Swallows 218
Sweden, the king, his letter to the Grand Seig-
mor 688
Swediſh envoys, return into Chriſtendom | 715
Swine 215
Sword-fiſn 225
;
4 or Tabago iſland — Ka
Tabeu 4 11 795
7 abo village — 2
Taba Dune village ibid.
Tacorary town 152 433
Taßoe | 190
Tahoe village 139
Tamarinds | 329
Tambakumba 3 2
Tebbo village 147
Teneriff | $24
Theode

F25
S. Thomas's iſland, or St. Tome 161, 404, 465
Thruſhes 218

Thunder dreaded by the Blacks 52, 55
Toads 221
Toccaradoe "033 -
Toglow-tree 113
Tele wine DL 67
Tolay deſcrib'd ibid.
Tombut 536
| Tarnadoes © I

Torry country
Trade of Nigritia in general

Of the French in particular

At Commendo
Travellers frozen to death
Trees wild

Tres Pontas cape
Turkeys

Turks intereſt with reſpect to England, France,
Holland and other nations

I A AA A Cs a ̃⅛ ⁵ñnR A Ns. As a II ww.

345
42
43
155
713

205
150, 431

217
707

The Txrks value their emperors for their 2

el

reaſon
Turkiſh emperor at age at 17
Turkiſh empire its ſtrength
Tarkiſh belief and doctrine
Turtle-doves
Tigers

Anqui
Cape Verde
S. Vincent iſland
Vines
Virgins iſlands
22 kingdom

da Velta river

Uſa | |

J. Verloma people
hs iſland

Turks ſeldom employ'd in the ſeraglio, and 125

70
702

505 & ſeg.

218

209, 486

188

20, 8 38

C43
200

663
359

| Yocabulary of the principal languages of Guiuea

413

"FI"

356
111

Wallachia, one of the fineſt countries — ;

E urope
JW appou village
Wars of the Blacks
Waſſahs
Weavers in Nigritia
Whales
Whidah ©
Witchcraft of the Blacks

Wives, concubines and women Caves of the

' emperors

Moey

Wolves
Woodcocks |
Worms in the fleſh
Wotoe village

: X x
1 S. Francis fort

v.

Ya N

Abara
Zair river

Zeta

MVSEVM

BRITA! NIV

11
4
486

218

33
140

183

£97, 329

533

433, 497
456

T— ot